Warning, /office/kbibtex-testset/isi/tougao.isi is written in an unsupported language. File is not indexed.

 FN ISI Export Format
 VR 1.0
 PT J
 AU Li, KY
    Yam, LH
 TI An optimization design method for large scale structures
 SO COMPUTER METHODS IN APPLIED MECHANICS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 ID STRESS CONSTRAINTS; PLATE STRUCTURES; APPROXIMATION
 AB In this paper, based on the mechanical property of structures, a
    unified approximate formula with high precision suitable to several
    structural response functions and various types of finite elements is
    introduced first and then an algorithm for solving the nonlinear
    program is presented. This algorithm is not only effective for solving
    the program constructed by this unified approximate formula, but also
    easy to change the objective function and to solve the structural
    optimization problem with dual or multiple objective functions. (C)
    1998 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Engn Mech, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Yam, LH, Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Engn Mech, Hong Kong, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ARORA JS, 1975, J STRUCT DIV ASCE, V101, P2063
    BERKE L, 1974, AGARD LS, V70, P1
    CANFIELD RA, 1990, AIAA J, V28, P1116
    FLEURY C, 1983, COMPUT METHODS APPL, V37, P249
    LI KY, 1980, P 1 NAT C COMP MECH, P146
    LI KY, 1991, COMPT STRUCT MECH AP, V2, P178
    PRASAD B, 1979, J STRUCT DIV ASCE, V105, P2376
    SCHMIT LA, 1960, P 2 ASCE C EL COMP P, P105
    SCHMIT LA, 1976, NASA CR, P2552
    STARNES JH, 1979, J AIRCRAFT, V16, P564
    STORAASLI OO, 1974, AIAA J, V12, P231
    VANDERPLAATS GN, 1989, AIAA J, V27, P352
    VANDERPLAATS GN, 1993, STRUCT OPTIMIZATION, V6, P1
    VENKAYYA VB, 1971, J COMPUT STRUCT, V1, P239
    ZHOU M, 1993, AIAA J, V31, P2169
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 0045-7825
 J9 COMPUT METHOD APPL MECH ENG
 JI Comput. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng.
 PD NOV 2
 PY 1998
 VL 165
 IS 1-4
 BP 273
 EP 289
 PG 17
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering,
    Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 147XW
 UT ISI:000077523700014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, NH
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Non-linear mathematical model of viscoelastic thin plates with its
    applications
 SO COMPUTER METHODS IN APPLIED MECHANICS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 ID SOLIDS
 AB In this paper, the nonlinear mathematical model of viscoelastic thin
    prates, by the Karman's hypotheses of a large deflection plate and the
    Boltzmann's law of anisotropic viscoelastic materials, is established
    by means of the Laplace transformation and its inverse as well as
    so-called structural functions introduced in this paper. In the case of
    isotropic viscoelastic materials with Poisson's ratio nu = const, the
    quasi-static problems of a simply-supported rectangular plate are
    investigated by using the Galerkin method for the spatial domain and
    two finite difference schemes for the temporal domain. It could be seen
    that the numerical method in this paper is Very simple and has some
    advantages, such as, smaller storage and quicker computational speed.
    (C) 1998 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ARGYRIS J, 1991, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V88, P135
    CHEN Q, 1990, COMPUT STRUCT MECH A, V7, P27
    CHEN WH, 1993, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V109, P315
    CHENG CJ, 1991, BUCKLING BIFURCATION
    CHRISTENSEN RM, 1982, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    DUAN Q, 1995, J APPL MECH, V62, P407
    GAUL L, 1994, EUR J MECH A-SOLID, V13, P43
    LEITMAN JM, 1973, HDB PHYSIK, V6, P10
    LETALLEC P, 1993, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V109, P233
    SCHANZ M, 1993, APPL MECH REV, V46, P41
    TIMOSHENKO S, 1959, THEORY PLATES SHELLS
    YANG TQ, 1990, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
 NR 12
 TC 3
 SN 0045-7825
 J9 COMPUT METHOD APPL MECH ENG
 JI Comput. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng.
 PD NOV 2
 PY 1998
 VL 165
 IS 1-4
 BP 307
 EP 319
 PG 13
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering,
    Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 147XW
 UT ISI:000077523700016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, YZ
    Zhu, YL
    Li, QS
    Ma, XM
    Dong, YD
    Chuang, YZ
 TI A Mossbauer study on the mechanically alloyed Cu-Sn alloys
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID SYSTEM
 AB Nanocrystalline epsilon and eta electron compounds and supersaturated
    solid solution of the Cu-Sn system have been prepared by mechanical
    alloying of elemental Cu and Sn powders. The atomic alloying and
    microstructure of the resultant alloys have been investigated by XRD,
    DSC and Sn-119 Mossbauer spectroscopy. A little amount of SnO2 was
    detected by Mossbauer spectroscopy, although no trace of diffraction
    peaks occurred in the XRD pattern. Thus the spectra for all the milled
    samples should be fitted using two quadrupole-splitting doublets: one
    corresponding to SnO2, the other corresponding to the resultant alloys.
    The composition dependence of the hyperfine parameters has been
    extensively discussed and explained well with respect to oxidation,
    surface effect resulting from grain refinement, coordination
    environment asymmetry and distortion caused or/and induced by
    mechanical alloying.
 C1 Guangdong Univ Technol, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Guangzhou 510090, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Met Res, Shenyang 110015, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, YZ, Guangdong Univ Technol, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Guangzhou
    510090, Peoples R China.
 CR CAER GL, 1992, J MATER RES, V7, P1387
    CORTIE MB, 1991, METALL TRANS A, V22, P11
    GENTE C, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P13244
    KOCH CC, 1991, MAT SCI TECHNOLOGY, V15, P193
    MASSALSKI TB, 1987, BINARY ALLOY PHASE D, P965
    STEVENS JG, 1981, ISOMER SHIFT REFEREN
    YANG YZ, 1994, CHINESE SCI BULL, V39, P1956
    YANG YZ, 1994, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V10, P135
    ZHANG DY, 1991, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V40, P844
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD NOV
 PY 1998
 VL 14
 IS 6
 BP 551
 EP 554
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 142QN
 UT ISI:000077212000013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ni, JS
    Wan, XJ
    Chen, WJ
    Wang, S
 TI Effect of mineral oil on the mechanical properties and fractographs of
    Fe-3(Al,Cr,Zr) intermetallic alloy
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID FE3AL-BASED ALLOYS; FRACTURE; FE3AL
 AB The effect of mineral oil on the mechanical properties and fractographs
    of Fe-3(Al,Cr,Zr) intermetallic alloy has been investigated. The
    results show that the tensile ductility of the Fe-3(Al,Cr,Zr) alloy
    tested in oil is comparable with the results obtained in oxygen and is
    insensitive to strain rate. The fracture mode of the Fe-3(Al,Cr,Zr)
    alloy, treated at 700 degrees C/1.5 h and tested in oil, is cleavage
    and with dimples in some areas.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Met & Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ni, JS, Shanghai Univ, Inst Met & Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR LIU CT, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P385
    MCKAMEY CG, 1991, J MATER RES, V6, P1779
    MORET M, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V31, P1135
    NI JS, 1994, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V15, P457
    QIAO L, 1996, METALL MATER TRANS A, V27, P3949
    ZHU JH, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V32, P1399
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD NOV
 PY 1998
 VL 14
 IS 6
 BP 564
 EP 566
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 142QN
 UT ISI:000077212000016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, NN
    Wei, JM
    Cai, XS
    Zhang, ZW
    Zheng, G
    Yu, XH
 TI Optical measurement of wet steam in turbines
 SO JOURNAL OF ENGINEERING FOR GAS TURBINES AND POWER-TRANSACTIONS OF THE
    ASME
 DT Article
 AB The wetness fraction of steam causes dangerous erosion of turbine
    blades and other components, and decreases efficiency of stages. The
    instrumentation of wet steam has, therefore, attracted growing interest
    from the point of safety and economical operation of power stations.
    Based on the light scattering technique, a method is presented that is
    capable of measuring the wetness fraction of steam, the mean water
    droplet diameter as well as their full size distribution. An optical
    probe has been constructed that can be used in the turbines in
    operation. Its main characteristic and features are discussed in this
    paper. Experimental results in a 200 MW condensing steam turbine are
    also given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, NN, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, 516 Jun Gong
    Rd, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR ACCORNERO A, 1987, AEROTHERMODYNAMIC LO, P185
    BARBACCI P, 1991, P INT C MULT FLOW TS, P132
    CAI XS, 1991, THESIS U SHANGHAI SC
    CAI XS, 1994, P 3 INT S MULT FLOW, P432
    KASPRZYK S, 1964, BRENNSTUFF WARME KRA, V16, P350
    KLEITZ A, 1991, P EUR C TURB LOND, P176
    MOORE MJ, 1987, AEROTHERMODYNAMIC LO
    RENNER M, 1994, P 12 S MEAS TECHN TR, P171
    ROEGENER H, 1960, BWK, V12, P220
    WALTER PT, 1985, JOINT ASME AEEE POW
    WANG NN, 1982, THESIS U STUTTGART G
    WANG NN, 1994, PART PART SYST CHAR, V11, P309
    WILLIAMS GH, 1978, P I MECH ENG, V190
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0742-4795
 J9 J ENG GAS TURB POWER-T ASME
 JI J. Eng. Gas. Turbines Power-Trans. ASME
 PD OCT
 PY 1998
 VL 120
 IS 4
 BP 867
 EP 871
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 142EH
 UT ISI:000077186600026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZJ
    Ying, TL
    Wu, XX
    Qi, DY
 TI Study on a horseradish peroxidase biosensor based on N-methylene
    phenazine as a mediator
 SO ACTA BIOCHIMICA ET BIOPHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE biosensor; N-methyl phenazine; horseradish peroxidase; hydrogen peroxide
 ID AMPEROMETRIC ENZYME ELECTRODES; GLUCOSE-OXIDASE; GRAPHITE
 AB Horseradish peroxidase biosensors highly sensitive to hydrogen peroxide
    were constructed with N-methyl phenazine as mediator and
    coimmobilization of N-methyl phenazine, bovine serum albumin and
    glutaraldehyde. The sensor possesses perfect stability and high
    sensitivity, and its linear range is from 1 x 10(-6) to 5 x 10(-4)
    mol/L with the response time of less than 10 s.
 C1 Shanghai Fisheries Univ, Coll Food, Shanghai 200090, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ALBERY WJ, 1985, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V194, P211
    ALBERY WJ, 1985, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V194, P223
    ALBERY WJ, 1987, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V218, P127
    BIFULCO L, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1443
    KATAKIS I, 1994, J AM CHEM SOC, V116, P3617
    KULYS J, 1990, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V24, P305
    MULCHANDANI A, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P94
    PISHKO MV, 1990, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V29, P82
    RUZGAS T, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V391, P41
    SCOTT DL, 1992, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V341, P307
    TATSUMA T, 1992, ANAL CHEM, V64, P1183
    TORSTENSSON A, 1981, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V148, P130
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0582-9879
 J9 ACTA BIOCHIM BIOPHYS SINICA
 JI Acta Biochim. Biophys. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 1998
 VL 30
 IS 6
 BP 641
 EP 643
 PG 3
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Biophysics
 GA 141UW
 UT ISI:000077163500022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wong, PL
    Huang, P
    Wang, W
    Zhang, Z
 TI Effect of geometry change of rough point contact due to lubricated
    sliding wear on lubrication
 SO TRIBOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE wear; roughness; micro-EHL
 ID THERMAL-ELASTOHYDRODYNAMIC LUBRICATION; RUNNING-IN; TRACTION; SURFACES;
    MODEL; STEEL
 AB The geometry change of a single asperity due to lubricated wear was
    studied by an experimental simulation with a ball-on-disc set up. The
    wear leads to the formation of a tilted section at the tip of the ball,
    which is proved to be due to the presence of oil during the process.
    The effect of the geometry change of rough surface contacts due to wear
    was examined by a micro-EHL analysis. A non-Newtonian visco-plastic
    fluid model which includes the effect of a limiting sheer strength was
    used.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Mfg Engn & Engn Management Dept, Hong Kong, Hong Kong.
    S China Univ Technol, Dept Engn Mech, Guangzhou, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Bearing Res Ctr, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wong, PL, City Univ Hong Kong, Mfg Engn & Engn Management Dept, Hong
    Kong, Hong Kong.
 CR CARSLAW HS, 1959, CONDUCTION HEAT SOLI
    CHANG L, 1992, T ASME, V114, P186
    DOWSON D, 1977, ELASTO HYDRODYNAMIC
    HSIAO HS, 1992, T ASME, V114, P540
    HSIAO HS, 1994, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V116, P559
    HU YZ, 1991, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V113, P499
    HUANG P, 1994, ACTA TRIBOLOGICA, V2, P23
    KWEH CC, 1998, T ASME, V110, P421
    PATCHING MJ, 1996, TRIBOL T, V39, P595
    PATIR N, 1978, T ASME, V100, P12
    PAWLUS P, 1997, WEAR, V209, P69
    ROELANDS CJA, 1966, THESIS TU DELFT DELF
    SUZUKI M, 1987, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V109, P587
    WANG FX, 1991, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V113, P755
 NR 14
 TC 3
 SN 1023-8883
 J9 TRIBOL LETT
 JI Tribol. Lett.
 PY 1998
 VL 5
 IS 4
 BP 265
 EP 274
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Chemical; Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 138ZF
 UT ISI:000077002400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KY
    Cheng, CJ
 TI The subharmonic bifurcation of a viscoelastic circular cylindrical shell
 SO NONLINEAR DYNAMICS
 DT Article
 DE viscoelasticity; circular cylindrical shell; resonance; subharmonic
    bifurcation
 AB In this paper the nonlinear dynamic behavior of a viscoelastic circular
    cylindrical shell under a harmonic excitation applied at both ends is
    studied. The modified Flugge partial differential equations of motion
    are reduced to a system of finite degrees of freedom using the Galerkin
    method. The equations are solved by the Liapunov-Schmidt reduction
    procedure. In order to study 1/2 and 1/4 subharmonic parametric
    resonance of the shell, the transition sets in parameter plane and
    bifurcation diagrams are plotted for a number of situations. Results
    indicate that, for certain static loads, the shell may display jumps
    due to the presence of dynamic periodic load with small amplitude.
    Additionally, different physical situations are identified in which
    periodic oscillating phenomena can be observed, and where 1/4
    subharmonic parametric resonance is simpler than the 1/2-one.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, KY, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BELIAEV NM, 1924, ENG CONSTRUCTIONS ST, P149
    BOLOTIN VV, 1964, DYNAMIC STABILITY EL
    CHOW SN, 1982, METHODS BIFURCATION
    EVENSEN HA, 1967, AIAA J, V5, P969
    GOLUBISKY M, 1985, SINGULARITIES GROUPS, V1
    GURGOZE M, 1985, J SOUND VIB, V102, P415
    HUANG NC, 1972, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V8, P315
    HUANG NC, 1982, STABILITY MECH CONTI, P215
    IWATSUBO T, 1972, J SOUND VIBRATION, V23, P245
    KOUNADIS AN, 1977, J STRUCTURAL MECHANI, V5, P383
    SIMITSES GJ, 1987, APPL MECH REV, V40, P1403
    XU KY, 1995, MMM, V6, P247
    XU KY, 1996, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    YAMAKI N, 1984, ELASTIC STABILITY CI
    YAO JC, 1963, AIAA J, V1, P1391
    YAO JC, 1965, J APPL MECH, V32, P109
    ZHU YY, 1996, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V17, P257
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0924-090X
 J9 NONLINEAR DYNAMICS
 JI Nonlinear Dyn.
 PD OCT
 PY 1998
 VL 17
 IS 2
 BP 159
 EP 171
 PG 13
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 138AX
 UT ISI:000076950200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, YF
    Wang, Q
    Bao, JS
 TI Nonlinear TE surface waves on an antiferromagnetic crystal
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB A study of nonlinear magnetodynamic waves in antiferromagnetic
    materials is presented. Attention is restricted to an exact theory of
    electromagnetic waves along the single interface between a linear
    dielectric material and an antiferromagnetic crystal. The nonlinear
    motion equation for the TE waves is converted to the Bernoulli
    differential equation and its exact solution is found in a form of
    inverse function, and the exact dispersion relation is obtained. The
    necessary condition for the existence of the nonlinear TE surface wave
    is mu(x)(L) > 0. The dispersion equation and the frequency regime are
    analyzed. The theoretical results show that the peak position of the
    magnetic field is not a function of the effective index and is located
    steadily at the surface of the crystal, and in some cases one guided
    power corresponds to two different effective refraction indexes showing
    the bistable property of the waves. (C) 1998 American Institute of
    Physics. [S0021-8979(98)01823-4].
 C1 Shanghai Maritime Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Shanghai 200135, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, YF, Shanghai Maritime Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Shanghai 200135,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ALMEIDA NS, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P2015
    BOARDMAN AD, 1986, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V22, P319
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P717
    BOARDMAN AD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P13602
    LAX B, 1962, MICROWAVE FERRIMAGNE, CH6
    MIHALACHE D, 1987, OPT LETT, V12, P187
    VUKOVICH S, 1990, SOV PHYS JETP, V71, P964
 NR 7
 TC 4
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD DEC 1
 PY 1998
 VL 84
 IS 11
 BP 6233
 EP 6238
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 137RN
 UT ISI:000076930100060
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gan, JP
    Xu, DM
 TI Technique for optically tuning dielectric resonators
 SO ELECTRONICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB A novel technique is presented for optically tuning dielectric
    resonators at microwave frequencies. The resonator is tuned by coupling
    it to two sections of microstrip tuning line which are connected by a
    photoconductor patch. The resonant frequency of the dielectric
    resonator is changed when the photoconductor is illuminated. With 200
    mW optical power, an 86 MHz tuning range has been achieved, which is
    the best result ever reported.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Commun, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Gan, JP, Shanghai Univ, Coll Commun, 20 Chengzhong Rd, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BUER KV, 1995, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V43, P36
    GU ML, 1997, MICR C CHIN, P101
    HERCZFELD PR, 1985, RCA REV, V46, P528
    KAJFEZ D, 1986, DIELECTRIC RESONATOR
    RAMO S, 1984, FIELDS WAVES COMMUNI
    SHEN Y, 1993, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V41, P1005
    XU DM, 1990, APMC 90
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0013-5194
 J9 ELECTRON LETT
 JI Electron. Lett.
 PD OCT 29
 PY 1998
 VL 34
 IS 22
 BP 2137
 EP 2138
 PG 2
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 138NL
 UT ISI:000076978600045
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, SS
    Wang, B
    Qiu, XJ
 TI Bosonization to order 1/m by duality in three dimensions
 SO MODERN PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 ID WAVE FUNCTIONALS; FIELD-THEORIES
 AB The recently discovered bosonization via duality transform can be used
    in arbitrary space-time dimensions. It is stressed that because of the
    gauge invariance of the resulting bosonic model for D greater than or
    equal to 3, the generating functional is not well-defined. This
    weakness can be eliminated by decomposing the bosonic field into
    transverse and longitudinal parts and only the transverse part is
    relevant. In this way the massive Thirring model in (2 + 1) dimensions
    is bosonized. It is found that the current-current coupling bosonizes
    into a Maxwell term.
 C1 CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Normal Univ, Ctr String Theory, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
 RP Qiu, XJ, CCAST, World Lab, POB 8730, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 EM xjqiu@fudan.ac.cn
 CR ABDALLA E, 1991, NONPERTURBATIVE METH
    BANERJEE R, 1996, NUCL PHYS B, V465, P157
    BURGESS CP, 1994, NUCL PHYS B, V421, P373
    BURGESS CP, 1994, PHYS LETT B, V329, P457
    BURGESS CP, 1994, PHYS LETT B, V336, P18
    CASTRONETO AH, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P10877
    DESER S, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P1541
    FENG SS, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P1827
    FRADKIN E, 1991, FIELD THEORIES CONDE
    FRADKIN E, 1993, NUCL PHYS B, V389, P587
    FRADKIN E, 1993, NUCL PHYS B, V392, P667
    FRADKIN E, 1994, PHYS LETT B, V338, P253
    FROHLICH J, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P6788
    ITOH T, HEPTH9411201
    LEGUILLOU JC, 1997, NPB PREPRINT
    LOPEZ A, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P2126
    SCHAPOSNIK FA, 1995, PHYS LETT B, V356, P39
    TSVELIK AM, 1995, QUANTUM FIELD THEORY
 NR 18
 TC 1
 SN 0217-7323
 J9 MOD PHYS LETT A
 JI Mod. Phys. Lett. A
 PD SEP 21
 PY 1998
 VL 13
 IS 29
 BP 2393
 EP 2398
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Nuclear; Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA 133FZ
 UT ISI:000076677300009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, ZM
    Lu, JM
 TI Iterative analytical solution of nonlinear analysis of shallow
    spherical shell with computer algebra systems - MapleV
 SO COMPUTER METHODS IN APPLIED MECHANICS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 ID SOFTWARE
 AB This paper is concerned with the application of Computer algebra
    System-MapleV to the nonlinear analysis of shallow spherical shells. In
    the present paper, the nonlinear equations of the shell to the
    nonlinear problem could be solved by using CASes method. Detailed
    high-order iterative solution expressions and analytical results for
    the third iteration are given in CASes forms. The numerical results
    show that the solutions of this paper contain other cases where the
    solutions were the second iteration. The effects of various inner
    radius parameters have been investigated in detail. The results of the
    third iterative expressions are obtained firstly. It has been shown
    that the adoption of CASes method would be useful in nonlinear
    problems. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ye, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yan Chang
    Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR *MAPLE, 1992, SYMB COMP GROUP
    FOSTER KR, 1989, SCIENCE, V243, P679
    HANSEN P, 1991, MATH PROGRAM, V52, P227
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1991, ENG FRACT MECH, V38, P95
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1992, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V94, P229
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1993, COMPUT STRUCT, V47, P233
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1993, INT J COMPUT MATH, V49, P75
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1994, COMPUT STRUCT, V53, P63
    YE Z, 1997, MECH PRACTICE, V19, P1
    YE ZM, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P1026
    YE ZM, 1993, MECH RES COMMUN, V20, P83
    YE ZM, 1995, COMPUT STRUCT, V55, P325
    YE ZM, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V202, P303
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0045-7825
 J9 COMPUT METHOD APPL MECH ENG
 JI Comput. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng.
 PD SEP 21
 PY 1998
 VL 163
 IS 1-4
 BP 383
 EP 394
 PG 12
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering,
    Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 134JR
 UT ISI:000076740200025
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Cao, Q
    Hua, TC
 TI Effects on rapid cooling of small samples in quenching
 SO BIOTRANSPORT: HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER IN LIVING SYSTEMS
 SE ANNALS OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
 DT Article
 ID CURVES; RATES
 AB Rapid cooling of small samples is necessary both to cryofixation for
    electron microscopy and to vitrification for cryopreservation, Several
    effects on the cooling rates of small samples quenched into liquid
    nitrogen were studied, including the diameter of samples, the
    subcooling of liquid nitrogen, the quenching speed, and the quenching
    distance, The heat flux is up to 1.4 X 10(6) W/m(2); the cooling rate
    is also up to 8200 K/s at the CRF point of boiling curves for sphere of
    diameter 0.287 mm quenching into subcooled liquid nitrogen, It is also
    found that if the time of sample moving inside the liquid nitrogen is
    not longer than the time required for forming stable vapor in the
    liquid, the quenching boiling heat transfer is not influenced by the
    quenching speed, Several equations for calculating heat flux of samples
    are also presented.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Refrigerat & Cryogen Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, Q, Shanghai Marine Equipment Res Inst, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BALD WB, 1987, QUANTITATIVE CRYOFIX
    CAO Q, 1998, P ICCR 98 HANGZH CHI, P117
    DED JS, 1972, AICHE J, V18, P337
    ELKASSABGI Y, 1988, ASME, V110, P479
    FAHY GM, 1988, LOW TEMPERATURE BIOT, P113
    HAN RH, 1995, CRYOLETT, V16, P157
    HENDRICKS RC, 1969, TND5124 NASA
    RYAN KP, 1985, J MICROSC-OXFORD, V140, P47
    RYAN KP, 1987, J MICROSC-OXFORD, V145, P89
    TAJIMA M, 1990, JSME, V33, P340
    WESTWATER JW, 1986, IND ENG CHEM FUND, V25, P685
    YU GX, 1991, THESIS SHANGHAI I ME
    ZUBER N, 1958, T AM SOC MECH ENG, V80, P711
    ZUBER N, 1961, P 2 INT HEAT TRANSF, P27
    ZUBER N, 1963, ASME NEW YORK, V27, P230
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0077-8923
 J9 ANN N Y ACAD SCI
 JI Ann.NY Acad.Sci.
 PY 1998
 VL 858
 BP 262
 EP 269
 PG 8
 GA BL74B
 UT ISI:000076515800026
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Zhao, H
    Hua, TC
    Zhou, YZ
    Wang, QF
    Yang, Y
    Bao, LL
 TI Cryopreservation and transplantation of dog trachea
 SO BIOTRANSPORT: HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER IN LIVING SYSTEMS
 SE ANNALS OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
 DT Article
 ID CANINE
 AB In order to meet the need of trachea transplantation for clinical
    application, it is important to research the methods of
    cryopreservation and transplantation of trachea. By the thermal
    analyses and thermal control techniques, combined with electron
    microscopy, the effects of cooling and warming rates with different
    concentrations of cryoprotective agents were studied. Also the
    transplantation technique was studied, eighty five percent ( 17/20) of
    the dogs were survival after the transplantation with cryopreserved
    tracheas.
 C1 Shanghai Chest Hosp, Dept Gen Thorac Surg, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Cryobiol Engn Lab, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, H, Shanghai Chest Hosp, Dept Gen Thorac Surg, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BATESON EAJ, 1994, CRYOLETT, V15, P15
    CHEN RT, 1988, CRYOBIOLOGY, V25, P549
    DESCHAMPS C, 1989, ANN THORAC SURG, V47, P208
    HUA TC, 1991, J BIOMEDICAL ENG, V10, P118
    HUA TC, 1994, CRYOBIOMEDICAL TECHN
    LETANG E, 1990, ANN THROAC SURG, V49, P951
    YOKOMISE H, 1994, J THORAC CARDIOV SUR, V107, P1391
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0077-8923
 J9 ANN N Y ACAD SCI
 JI Ann.NY Acad.Sci.
 PY 1998
 VL 858
 BP 270
 EP 275
 PG 6
 GA BL74B
 UT ISI:000076515800027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, XH
    Xu, J
    Meng, ZY
 TI Ionic interdiffusion of functionally gradient piezoelectric materials
    in PNN/PZT system
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE ionic interdiffusion; compositional distribution; piezoelectric
    materials; PNN/PZT system; functionally gradient materials
 ID ACTUATOR
 AB The ionic interdiffusions for Nb5+, Ni2+, Zr4+ and Ti4+ ions in the
    PNN/PZT functionally gradient piezoelectric materials were investigated
    as a function of diffusion temperature and time respectively. The ionic
    compositional distribution profiles were examined by electron probe
    microbeam analysis (EPMA), from which the thickness of the
    interdiffusion layers were determined. Based on a diffusion model of
    the overlapped diffusion solute from thin slub, the numerical
    simulation of the ionic concentration distributions for Nb5+, Ni2+,
    Zr4+ and Ti4+ ions was carried out by computer, which was in agreement
    with the EPMA experimental result. The ionic diffusivities and apparent
    activation energies were estimated, and discussed.
 C1 Nanjing Univ, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, XH, Nanjing Univ, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct, Nanjing
    210093, Peoples R China.
 CR CHAWIA KK, 1995, CERAMIC MATRIX COMPO
    SHEWMON PG, 1963, DIFFUSION SOLIDS, CH1
    TAKAHASHI H, 1990, JSME INT J A-SOLID M, V33, P281
    ZHU XH, 1995, J MATER SCI LETT, V14, P516
    ZHU XH, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V48, P169
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD APR
 PY 1998
 VL 13
 IS 2
 BP 181
 EP 188
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 127AA
 UT ISI:000076326500010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jin, Y
    Jin, L
    Jiang, XY
    Zhang, ZL
    Xu, SC
 TI Two various element doped ZnS cluster
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE cluster; dope; quantum size effect; time decay
 AB Manganese-doped zinc sulfide and copper-doped zinc sulfide were
    prepared by a chemical precipitation method. The structures and sizes
    of these clusters were detected by X-ray diffraction. Photoluminescence
    measurements demonstrate some changes in optical property due to
    quantum size effect, such as excitation blue shift with size decreasing
    and faster decay time. The mechanisms of various luminescent centers in
    zinc sulfide cluster were discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Jin, Y, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BHARGAVA RN, 1994, J LUMIN, V60, P275
    BHARGAVA RN, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P416
    BRUS L, 1986, J PHYS CHEM-US, V90, P2555
    KHOSRAVI AA, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P2702
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD APR
 PY 1998
 VL 13
 IS 2
 BP 225
 EP 228
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 127AA
 UT ISI:000076326500017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, J
    Guo, BY
    Cao, WM
 TI Fourier-Chebyshev pseudospectral method for three-dimensional vorticity
    equation
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE pseudospectral method; vorticity equation; error estimates
 ID FINITE-ELEMENT; FLOW
 AB In this paper, a Fourier-Chebyshev pseudospectral scheme with mixed
    filtering is proposed for three-dimensional vorticity equation. The
    generalized stability and convergence are proved. The numerical results
    show the advantages of this method.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, ICMSEC, State Key Lab Sci & Engn Comp, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CANUTO C, 1984, NUMER MATH, V44, P201
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    GUO BY, UNPUB GEN BOCHNER SU
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHODS P
    GUO BY, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V84, P259
    GUO BY, 1990, COMPUTATIONAL TECHNI, P253
    GUO BY, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P113
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P207
    GUO BY, 1993, NUMER MATH, V66, P329
    GUO BY, 1995, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V11, P94
    KUO PY, 1983, J COMPUT MATH, V1, P353
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    MA HP, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V65, P120
    MA HP, 1988, J COMPUT MATH, V6, P48
    MACARAEG MG, 1982, J COMPUT PHYS, V62, P297
    MURDOK JW, 860434 AIAA
    VANDEVEN H, 1987, F56 CNRS CTR MATH AP
    WOODWARD P, 1984, J COMPUT PHYS, V54, P115
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD SEP
 PY 1998
 VL 16
 IS 5
 BP 417
 EP 436
 PG 20
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 126AX
 UT ISI:000076271500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, MG
    Cai, YC
 TI Chen's theorem in short intervals
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Letter
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Normal Univ, Dept Math, Jinan 250014, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, MG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN JR, 1966, KEXUE TONGBAO, V17, P385
    CHEN JR, 1973, SCI SINICA, V16, P157
    CHEN JR, 1978, SCI SINICA, V21, P421
    SALERNO S, 1993, NOTE MAT, V13, P309
    WU J, 1993, Q J MATH, V44, P109
    WU J, 1994, J LOND MATH SOC, V49, P61
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD AUG
 PY 1998
 VL 43
 IS 16
 BP 1401
 EP 1403
 PG 3
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 126CQ
 UT ISI:000076275700020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, WZ
    Qiu, XJ
 TI Medium effects on dynamical properties of the fermion and mesons in the
    gauged Nambu-Jona-Lasinio model
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID ADDITIONAL 4-FERMION INTERACTION; THERMODYNAMICS
 AB The gap equation for the fermion in the gauged Nambu-Jona-Lasinio (NJL)
    model is derived in nuclear medium with flavors N-f = 2. Based on the
    gap equation, the fermion mass in nuclear medium is obtained and used
    to determine the properties of the scalar and pseudoscalar mesons. In
    contrast to the NJL model, the gluonic part has the one-fourth
    contribution to the fermion mass. The critical density with the chiral
    symmetry restored is about 6 rho(0).
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, WZ, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR APPELQUIST T, 1988, P 12 J HOPK WORKSH C, P197
    BERNARD V, 1987, PHYS REV D, V36, P818
    BERNARD V, 1988, NUCL PHYS A, V489, P647
    CHRISTOV CV, 1990, NUCL PHYS A, V510, P689
    CUGNON J, 1996, NUCL PHYS A, V598, P515
    HENLEY EM, 1990, NUCL PHYS A, V513, P667
    JIANG WZ, UNPUB COVARIANT GAP
    KONDO K, 1993, MOD PHYS LETT A, V8, P2859
    KONDO K, 1993, PROG THEOR PHYS, V89, P1249
    KONDO KI, 1991, MOD PHYS LETT A, V6, P3385
    LEUNG CN, 1986, NUCL PHYS B, V273, P649
    MIRANSKY VA, 1989, MOD PHYS LETT A, V4, P129
    MIRANSKY VA, 1989, MOD PHYS LETT A, V4, P1409
    NAMBU Y, 1961, PHYS REV, V122, P345
    ZHUANG P, 1994, NUCL PHYS A, V576, P525
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1998
 VL 15
 IS 9
 BP 639
 EP 641
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 126XR
 UT ISI:000076320700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, SC
    Zhong, SS
 TI Dual-polarized microstrip antenna array with high isolation fed by
    coplanar network
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE dual polarization; microstrip antenna array; coplanar network
 AB Serial corner feeding of a square patch with two ports is proposed to
    realize dual-polarized operation. A novel coplanar feedline network is
    also presented for the array. A method of analysis is developed. The
    measured isolation is less than -40 dB at 6.07 GHz. The array has a
    small size and is easy to be combined further to form a larger coplanar
    array (C) 1998 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, SC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR DANIEL JP, 1985, P ISAP 85, P121
    DUTOLT LJ, 1987, IEEE ANTENNAS PROPAG, V2, P810
    GUPT KC, 1987, IEEE AP S INT S ANT, V2, P786
    GUPTA KC, 1981, COMPUTER AIDED DESIG
    JAMES JR, 1981, MICROSTRIP ANTENNA T, P166
    LO YT, 1988, ANTENNA HDB THEORY
 NR 6
 TC 14
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD OCT 20
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 3
 BP 214
 EP 216
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 124EG
 UT ISI:000076168000012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
 TI Gegenbauer approximation and its applications to differential equations
    on the whole line
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE Gegenbauer approximations; differential equations on the whole line;
    convergences
 ID DOMAINS
 AB A Gegenbauer approximation is discussed. Several imbedding inequalities
    and inverse inequalities are obtained. some approximation results are
    given. By variable transformation, differential equations on the whole
    lint: are changed to certain equations on a finite interval. Gegenbauer
    polynomials are used for their numerical solutions. The stabilities and
    convergences of proposed schemes are proved. The main idea and
    techniques used in this paper are also applicable to other
    multiple-dimensional problems in unbounded domains. (C) 1998 Academic
    Press.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Pohang Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Pohang, South Korea.
 RP Guo, BY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR ADAMS RA, 1975, SOBOLEV SPACES
    ASKEY R, 1975, REGIONAL C SERIES AP, V21
    BERGH J, 1976, INTERPOLATION SPACES
    BOYD JP, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V69, P112
    CANUTO C, 1982, MATH COMPUT, V38, P67
    CHRISTOV CI, 1982, SIAM J APPL MATH, V42, P1337
    COULAUD O, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P451
    COURANT R, 1928, MATH ANN, V100, P32
    FUNARO D, 1990, MATH COMPUT, V57, P597
    FUNARO D, 1991, ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIA, P263
    GOTTLIEB D, 1995, MATH COMPUT, V64, P1081
    GUO BY, IN PRESS MATH COMP
    GUO BY, 1965, TR SUST
    GUO BY, 1994, CONT MATH, V163, P33
    IRANZO V, 1992, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V98, P105
    MADAY Y, 1985, RECH AEROSPATIALE, P353
    MAVRIPLIS C, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V80, P480
    RICHTMEYER RD, 1967, FINITE DIFFERENCE ME
    STETTER HJ, 1966, NUMERICAL SOLUTIONS, P111
    TIMAN AF, 1963, THEORY APPROXIMATION
 NR 20
 TC 14
 SN 0022-247X
 J9 J MATH ANAL APPL
 JI J. Math. Anal. Appl.
 PD OCT 1
 PY 1998
 VL 226
 IS 1
 BP 180
 EP 206
 PG 27
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 123CQ
 UT ISI:000076108600013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, YR
    Hou, DH
    Wang, DY
    Xu, WP
 TI Hot deformation and modeling of flow stress for a Ti-containing HSLA
    steel
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID STRIP; PREDICTION
 AB Single-stage and double-stage interrupted hot compression tests for
    simulating hot rolling have been carried out for a Ti-containing HSLA
    steel (10Ti). Physical simulation of hot rolling was in progress
    utilizing a Thermecmastor-Z simulator in 850 similar to 1150 degrees C
    and strain rate of 0.1 similar to 60 s(-1) A model for residual strain
    ratio lambda was designed, and a model of flow stress considering
    residual strain has been obtained.
    sigma = 8.176(epsilon + Delta epsilon(i)) .(epsilon) over
    dot(5.69x10-5T)..exp(3634/T)
    Delta epsilon(i) = lambda(i)[epsilon(0(i-1))+
    lambda((i-1))(epsilon(0(i-2)))+ lambda((i-2))(epsilon(0(i-3)))+ ...]
    The hot deformation behaviour at various strain rates has been studied.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, YR, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BEYNON JH, 1992, ISIJ INT, V32, P259
    DEARDO AJ, 1988, THERMEC882029
    DEARDO AJ, 1995, MICROALLOYING 95, P15
    FABREGUE P, 1994, ADV HOT DEFORMATION, P75
    HODGSON PD, 1993, MODELLING METAL ROLL
    KWON O, 1992, ISIJ INT, V32, P350
    LAASRAOUI A, 1991, ISIJ INT, V31, P95
    SAMUEL FH, 1989, ISIJ INT, V29, P878
    SAMUEL FH, 1990, ISIJ INT, V30, P216
    SELLARS CM, 1990, MATER SCI TECH SER, V6, P1072
    TAMURE I, 1988, THERMOMECHANICAL PRO
    XU YR, 1991, CHIN J MET SCI TECHN, V7, P317
    XU YR, 1993, P 4 INT C TECHN PLAS
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD SEP
 PY 1998
 VL 14
 IS 5
 BP 419
 EP 424
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 125AB
 UT ISI:000076214300009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, SS
    Qiu, XJ
    Zhu, ZY
 TI Energy spectrum of excitations in the Proca-Chern-Simons system
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID FRACTIONAL SPIN; QUANTUM-MECHANICS; FIELD-THEORY; QUANTIZATION;
    STATISTICS
 AB We quantize the Proca-Chern-Simons system via the path-integral
    approach and diagonalize the Hamiltonian by canonical transformations.
    We find that the mass spectrum of the system is equivalent to a system
    of two free scalar fields; the statistical partition function, which
    does not exhibit any exotic properties, is also evaluated from the
    diagonalized Hamiltonian.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Teachers Univ, Ctr String Theory, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, SS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BAILIN D, 1986, INTRO GAUGE FIELD TH
    BANERJEE R, 1994, PHYS REV D, V49, P5431
    BAXTER C, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P514
    BERNARD CW, 1974, PHYS REV D, V9, P3312
    BOWICK MJ, 1986, NUCL PHYS B, V271, P417
    DESER S, 1982, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V140, P372
    DIRAC PAM, 1964, LECT QUANTUM DYNAMIC
    DUNNE GV, 1990, PHYS REV D, V41, P661
    FENG SS, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P1827
    FORTE S, 1992, REV MOD PHYS, V64, P193
    GITMAN DM, 1990, QUANTIZATION FIELDS
    NIEMI AJ, 1994, PHYS LETT B, V336, P381
    SEMENOFF GW, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P517
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD AUG
 PY 1998
 VL 37
 IS 8
 BP 2105
 EP 2113
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 123ZX
 UT ISI:000076156800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Deng, K
    Shen, M
    Ren, ZM
 TI Lateral stability of alternative horizontal levitation electromagnetic
    continuous casting of aluminium sheet
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE stability; horizontal continuous casting; electromagnetic casting;
    aluminium sheet
 AB The lateral stability of alternative horizontal levitation
    electromagnetic continuous casting process of aluminium sheet was
    analyzed by correlating the lateral electromagnetic force on the
    aluminium sheet to the lateral position disturbance of the sheet which
    was set between the side blocks. The results show that when a small
    disturbance occurs to the lateral position of the sheet, the unbalanced
    lateral force caused by disturbance will make it greater. Therefore,
    the lateral position of the sheet is an unstable balanced position,
    which explains the observation of instability in experiment. Based on
    the analyses, an explanation for the formation of rod after the
    appearance of the instability in the casting process of aluminium sheet
    was given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ASAI S, 1989, TETSU TO HAGANE, V75, P32
    REN ZM, 1991, J DALIAN U TECH, V31, P419
    REN ZM, 1992, J DALIAN U TECH, V32, P121
    REN ZM, 1993, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V3, P93
    REN ZM, 1994, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V4, P78
    REN ZM, 1994, J DALIAN U TECH, V34, P556
    REN ZM, 1996, ACTA METALL SINICA, V36, P462
    REN ZM, 1996, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V6, P108
    SAKANE J, 1988, METALL T B, V19, P397
    ZHU SJ, 1996, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V6, P42
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD SEP
 PY 1998
 VL 8
 IS 3
 BP 441
 EP 444
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 121TW
 UT ISI:000076030900016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, W
    Wong, PL
    Luo, JB
    Zhang, Z
 TI A new optical technique for roughness measurement on moving surface
 SO TRIBOLOGY INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE surface roughness; speckle; scattering
 ID REAL-TIME MEASUREMENT
 AB A new optical technique which allows the roughness of moving surfaces
    to be determined was developed. The new technique which is called the
    dark/bright ratio (DBR) method utilizes the combined effects of speckle
    and scattering phenomena. The roughness of surfaces is inferred from
    the dimensions of the recorded dark or bright area in the speckle
    pattern. Although it is a relative method, it has great potential to be
    used for in-process measurement and automation owing to the simplicity
    of both its principle and required optical set-up. The new technique
    has also been proved to have large measuring range and with high
    precision, The principle of this technique and the set-up of the
    measuring system are described. Experimental results for both static
    and dynamic conditions, which were compared to those obtained using the
    traditional stylus technique, were found to be in good agreement. The
    reliability of the new technique in obtaining roughness data of
    surfaces under various speed conditions (from 0 to 0.017 m/s) was
    validated. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Kowloon, Hong Kong.
    Tsing Hua Univ, Natl Tribol Lab, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Bearing Res Ctr, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, W, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Tat Chee
    Ave, Kowloon, Hong Kong.
 CR BECKMANN P, 1987, SCATTERING ELECTROMA
    BENNETT JM, 1985, OPT ENG, V24, P380
    BROADMAN R, 1986, P 3 INT C METR PROP, P1
    CLARKE GM, 1979, WEAR, V57, P107
    HUANG P, 1994, J TRIBO, V14, P175
    LEGER D, 1976, J OPT SOC AM, V66, P1210
    LIANG X, 1989, WEAR, V132, P221
    LUO JB, 1996, WEAR, V194, P107
    MITSUI K, 1986, PRECIS ENG, V8, P212
    PERSSON U, 1992, OPT LASER ENG, V17, P61
    PERSSON U, 1993, WEAR, V160, P221
    SIROHI RS, 1993, SPECKLE METROLOGY, P380
 NR 12
 TC 3
 SN 0301-679X
 J9 TRIBOL INT
 JI Tribol. Int.
 PD MAY
 PY 1998
 VL 31
 IS 5
 BP 281
 EP 287
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 120XE
 UT ISI:000075982100008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tu, DW
 TI Range image acquisition for machine vision
 SO OPTICAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE range finding; laser scanning; target acquisition; machine vision
 AB An optical 3-D imaging system for autonomous vehicle and mobile robot
    navigation is presented. The system is based on a phase comparison
    range finder using a 30-mW laser diode modulated at a 5-MHz frequency,
    and a scanning mechanism, consisting of a nodding mirror and an
    eight-faced polygon and providing 30 X 30-deg total view with only
    0.5-deg instantaneous fields of view for the receiver optics. A
    Si-avalanche photodiode (APD) optoelectric detector and low-noise
    preamplifier can detect very low levels of returned energy. With an
    integrated MC4044 circuit for phase comparison, pixel range information
    can be represented by gray level on the high-resolution video monitor.
    A 3-D range image is obtained in the experiment, and a range accuracy
    of 0.08 m at 10 m outdoors in sunlight is achieved. (C) 1998 Society of
    Photo-Optical Instrumentation Engineers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mech Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Tu, DW, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mech Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CAMERON ES, 1989, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V1103, P190
    DAVIS WC, 1985, NSFECS85003 NTIS CUR
    MORING I, 1989, OPT ENG, V28, P897
    SAMPSON RE, 1987, IEEE COMPUT, V20, P23
    VEATCH PA, 1990, COMPUT VISION GRAPH, V50, P50
    WESOLOWICZ KG, 1987, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V783, P152
    ZUK DM, 1983, 3 DIMENSIONAL VISION
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0091-3286
 J9 OPT ENG
 JI Opt. Eng.
 PD SEP
 PY 1998
 VL 37
 IS 9
 BP 2531
 EP 2535
 PG 5
 SC Optics
 GA 120BV
 UT ISI:000075935400014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, M
    Deng, K
    Ren, ZM
 TI Stability of alternative horizontal levitation electromagnetic
    continuous casting of aluminum sheet
 SO ISIJ INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, M, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Box 189,149 Yan
    Chang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM shenw@online.sh.cn
 CR ASAI S, 1989, TETSU TO HAGANE, V75, P32
    OHNO A, 1986, J MET, V38, P14
    REN Z, 1994, J SYNCHROTRON RADIAT, V1, P78
    REN ZM, 1991, J DALIAN U TECH, V31, P419
    REN ZM, 1992, J DALIAN U TECH, V32, P121
    REN ZM, 1993, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V3, P93
    REN ZM, 1994, J DALIAN U TECH, V34, P556
    REN ZM, 1996, ACTA METALL SINICA, V36, P462
    REN ZM, 1996, T NONFEROUS MET SOC, V6, P108
    SAKANE J, 1988, METALL T B, V19, P397
    ZHU SJ, 1996, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V6, P42
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0915-1559
 J9 ISIJ INT
 JI ISIJ Int.
 PY 1998
 VL 38
 IS 9
 BP 1035
 EP 1037
 PG 3
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 120PQ
 UT ISI:000075965100018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ho, SL
    Fu, WN
    Wong, HC
 TI Estimation of stray losses of skewed rotor induction motors using
    coupled 2-D and 3-D time stepping finite element methods
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON MAGNETICS
 DT Article
 DE induction machines; losses; finite element methods
 ID MACHINES; MODEL
 AB A precise estimation of stray losses in skewed rotor induction motors
    is an important and yet very challenging topic for machine designers,
    Methods for evaluating the stray losses in skewed rotor induction
    motors by coupling a 2-D multi-slice time stepping finite element model
    into a 3-D time stepping finite element method are presented in this
    paper, The model tan take into account the inter-bar currents which are
    ignored if a 2-D finite element model only is used, New formulas, which
    are based on the actual changes in the magnetic flux densities and can
    be easily coupled into a time stepping finite element method for
    estimating the iron losses, are also described.
 C1 Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Automat, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Ind Ctr, Hong Kong, Hong Kong.
 RP Ho, SL, Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong.
 CR ALGER PL, 1970, INDUCTION MACH
    ARKKIO A, 1992, P ICEM MANCH, P317
    HO SL, 1995, C P, V412, P93
    HO SL, 1997, 1997 IEEE INT EL MAC
    HO SL, 1997, IEEE T MAGN, V33, P2265
    JIMOH AA, 1985, IEEE T PAS, V104, P1506
    JIMOH AA, 1985, IEEE T POWER AP SYST, V104, P1500
    PIRIOU F, 1990, IEEE T MAGN, V26, P1096
    SALON SJ, 1984, IEEE T MAGN, V20, P1992
 NR 9
 TC 14
 SN 0018-9464
 J9 IEEE TRANS MAGN
 JI IEEE Trans. Magn.
 PD SEP
 PY 1998
 VL 34
 IS 5
 PN Part 1
 BP 3102
 EP 3105
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied
 GA 120MM
 UT ISI:000075960200173
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, HY
    Gu, SW
    Shi, YM
 TI Effects of strong coupling magnetopolaron in quantum dot
 SO MODERN PHYSICS LETTERS B
 DT Article
 ID OPTICAL POLARON; MAGNETIC-FIELD; STATE
 AB With the use of variational method of Pekar type, we have calculated
    both the ground state energy and the excited state energy of strong
    coupling magnetopolaron in disk-shape quantum dot. The dependence of
    cyclotron resonance frequency of magnetopolaron on the magnetic field
    and the confinement strength of quantum dot and quantum well is
    depicted. The limiting case of bulk type and strict two-dimensional
    type is discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Appl Phys, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Condensed Matter Phys, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, HY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHATTERJEE A, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P1668
    DAVYDOV AS, 1976, QUANTUM MECH
    DEMEL T, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P788
    DEVREESE JT, 1972, POLARONS IONIC CRYST
    FROHLICH H, 1954, ADV PHYS, V3, P325
    HUYBRECHTS WJ, 1977, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V10, P3761
    KUPER CG, 1963, POLARONS EXCITONS
    LARSEN DM, 1987, PHYS REV B, V35, P4435
    LEE TD, 1953, PHYS REV, V90, P297
    LEPINE Y, 1984, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V122, P151
    LORKE A, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P2559
    MASALE M, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P11128
    PAN JS, 1985, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V128, P287
    PEETERS FM, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P4442
    PEKAR SI, 1954, UNTERSUCHUNGEN ELEKT
    PETERS FM, 1982, PHYS REV B, V25, P7281
    PETERS FM, 1982, PHYS REV B, V25, P7302
    SIKORSKI C, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P2164
    TOKUDA N, 1987, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V20, P3021
    YILDIRIM T, 1991, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V3, P1271
    ZHU KD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P12941
    ZHU KD, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V190, P337
    ZHU KD, 1994, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V92, P353
 NR 23
 TC 1
 SN 0217-9849
 J9 MOD PHYS LETT B
 JI Mod. Phys. Lett. B
 PD JUL 20
 PY 1998
 VL 12
 IS 17
 BP 693
 EP 701
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 117WN
 UT ISI:000075805800005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ji, PY
    Zhu, ST
    Shen, WD
 TI Gravitational perturbation induced by an intense laser pulse
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB The energy-level shifts of the hydrogen spectrum in curved spacetime
    induced by intense short laser pulses are studied. With present
    high-power laser pulses the magnitude of the energy-level shifts of
    highly excited hydrogen atom should be detectable.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ji, PY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR MANASSE FK, 1963, J MATH PHYS, V4, P785
    PARKER L, 1980, PHYS REV D, V22, P1922
    PARKER L, 1982, PHYS REV D, V25, P3180
    SCULLY MO, 1979, PHYSICAL REV D, V19, P3582
 NR 4
 TC 1
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 1998
 VL 37
 IS 6
 BP 1779
 EP 1791
 PG 13
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 117RB
 UT ISI:000075794600010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, SH
    Qiu, XJ
 TI A renormalization group study of the Ising model on a triangular
    lattice with long-range interactions
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE renormalization group; Ising model; long-range interaction
 ID HEISENBERG
 AB The critical exponents of the triangular lattice Ising model with
    long-range interactions r(-s) are calculated by the real space
    renormalization group. Using the simplest Kadanoff blocks and the
    lowest approximation of cumulant expansion, it is shown that there
    exists a finite critical temperature when 4(1 - ln 2/ln 3) < s < 4.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, SH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CANNAS SA, 1995, PHYS REV B, V52, P3034
    HALDANE FDM, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P635
    NAKANO H, 1995, PHYS REV B, V52, P6606
 NR 3
 TC 1
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD JUL 30
 PY 1998
 VL 30
 IS 1
 BP 129
 EP 132
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 118DU
 UT ISI:000075823800023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, XY
    Jin, Y
    Zhang, ZL
    Xu, SH
 TI Mn-doped nanometer-size ZnS clusters in chitosan film matrix prepared
    by ion-coordination reaction
 SO JOURNAL OF CRYSTAL GROWTH
 DT Article
 DE Mn-doped ZnS nanocluster; chitosan film; ion-coordination reaction;
    quantum size effect; emission efficiency
 ID QUANTUM CONFINEMENT; MICROCRYSTALLITES
 AB A novel method, the so called ion-coordination reaction, was introduced
    to prepare nanometer-sized Mn-doped ZnS clusters stuck to a chitosan
    medium. A possible growth mechanism of the Mn-doped ZnS clusters in a
    chitosan film has been proposed. The X-ray diffraction showed that the
    ZnS clusters have a cubic structure like bulk crystals and the cluster
    sizes were estimated from the diffraction linewidth to be 2-4 nm based
    on Scherre's equation. The emission of Mn ion was observed through
    band-to-band excitation of ZnS. The excitation spectrum showed a large
    blue shift relative to that of ZnS bulk material. The effect of Zn ion
    concentration on the luminescence intensity reveals that the emission
    efficiency of Mn ion increases with the decrease of the ZnS cluster
    size. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, XY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Jiading Campus, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BHARGAVA RN, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P416
    BORRELLI NF, 1987, J APPL PHYS, V61, P5399
    STUCKY GD, 1990, SCIENCE, V247, P669
    WANG Y, 1987, OPT COMMUN, V61, P233
    WANG Y, 1991, J PHYS CHEM-US, V95, P525
    YOFFE AD, 1993, ADV PHYS, V42, P173
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0022-0248
 J9 J CRYST GROWTH
 JI J. Cryst. Growth
 PD AUG
 PY 1998
 VL 191
 IS 4
 BP 692
 EP 696
 PG 5
 SC Crystallography
 GA 115WE
 UT ISI:000075688600015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A family of variational principles for compressible rotational
    blade-to-blade flow using semi-inverse method
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 AB By means of semi-inverse method of establishing generalized variational
    principles, a family of variational principles for compressible
    rotational blade-to-blade now has been rederived in detail. The present
    variational theory provides a straightforward way to arrive at various
    variational principles. This paper aims at providing a more complete
    theoretical basis for finite element applications.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR HE JH, 1996, J SHANGHAI U, V2, P129
    HE JH, 1997, 40 ANN M CHIN MECH, P71417
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V18, P440
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V3, P99
    LIU GL, 1979, ACTA MECH SINICA, V11, P303
    LIU GL, 1980, SCI SINICA, V23, P1339
    LIU GL, 1982, P INT C FEM SHANGH C, P520
    LIU GL, 1992, FLOW MODELING TURBUL, P243
    LIU GL, 1993, INT J TURBO JET ENGI, V10, P273
    LIU GL, 1995, INT GAS TURB C YOK J
    LIU GL, 1995, P 6 AS C FLUID MECH
 NR 12
 TC 8
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1998
 VL 15
 IS 2
 BP 95
 EP 100
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 116GJ
 UT ISI:000075715700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Generalized variational principle for compressible S2-flow in
    mixed-flow turbomachinery using semi-inverse method
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 AB Using semi-inverse method of establishing generalized variational
    principle, a family of variational principles for compressible S-2-flow
    in mixed-flow turbomachinery has been rederived in detail The present
    theory provides a convenient way to arrive at a variational functional
    and a more complete theoretical basis for finite element applications.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CAI RQ, 1988, INT J HEAT FLUID FL, V9, P302
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    HE JH, 1996, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V18, P440
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P117
    LIU GL, 1990, P 1 INT S AER INT FL, P128
    LIU GL, 1995, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V12, P213
 NR 8
 TC 8
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1998
 VL 15
 IS 2
 BP 101
 EP 107
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 116GJ
 UT ISI:000075715700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Liu, YZ
 TI A modified open-plus-closed-loop approach to control chaos in nonlinear
    oscillations
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 ID COMPLEX DYNAMIC-SYSTEMS; MIGRATION CONTROLS; ATTRACTORS
 AB We present a modified form of open-plus-closed-loop control for chaotic
    oscillations described by a non-autonomous second-order ordinary
    differential equation. The Duffing-Helmholtz oscillator is treated as a
    numerical example to demonstrate the effectiveness and robustness of
    the method. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN G, 1997, CHAOS ORDER
    CHEN LQ, 1991, A MECH SOLI SINI, V4, P381
    JACKSON EA, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V151, P478
    JACKSON EA, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P4839
    JACKSON EA, 1991, PHYSICA D, V50, P341
    JACKSON EA, 1995, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V5, P1255
    JACKSON EA, 1995, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V5, P1767
    JACKSON EA, 1995, PHYSICA D, V85, P1
    KAPITANIAK T, 1996, CHONTROLLING CHAOS T
 NR 9
 TC 7
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD AUG 10
 PY 1998
 VL 245
 IS 1-2
 BP 87
 EP 90
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 112PG
 UT ISI:000075502600016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, XB
    Jiang, GC
    Ding, WZ
    Xu, KD
 TI Evaluation of component activities in C-Mn-Fe-Si with model SELF-SReM4
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE sub-regular solution model; component activity; C-Mn-Si-Fe alloy
 AB A sub-regular solution model SELF-SReM4 used to evaluate activities of
    thr components in a homogeneous region of a quaternary system has been
    developed in Shanghai Enhanced Lab of Ferrometallurgy. This paper
    introduces the application cf SELF-SReM4 in evaluating activities of
    the components in C-Mn-Fe-Si system without SiC precipitation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, XB, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHIPMAN J, 1952, T AM SOC MET, V44, P1215
    CHIPMAN J, 1963, T METALL SOC AIME, V227, P473
    DRESLER W, 1990, T ISS, V3, P95
    GEE R, 1978, SCAND J METALL, V7, P38
    HULTGREN R, 1973, SELECTED VALUES THER, P487
    JIANG GC, 1992, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V5, P476
    KATSNELSON A, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P1045
    SCHURMANN E, 1969, GIESSEREI FORSCH, V21, P29
    TANAKA A, 1979, T JIM, V20, P516
    TUSET J, 1970, 340358 SINTEF
    ZHANG XB, 1996, THESIS SHANGHAI U
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD APR
 PY 1998
 VL 5
 IS 1
 BP 28
 EP 33
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 113NL
 UT ISI:000075558100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Huang, TH
    Huang, H
    Wei, CH
 TI Convenient syntheses of 4-perfluoroalkyl-6-(alpha-thienyl)-2-pyranones
    and methyl 4-(alpha-thienacyl)-3-perfluoroalkyl-3-butenoates
 SO JOURNAL OF FLUORINE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE methyl 2-perfluoroalkynoates;
    4-perfluoroalkyl-6-(alpha-thienyl)-2-pyranones; methyl
    4-(alpha-thienacyl)-3-perfluoroalkyl-3-butenoates
 ID ELEMENTO-ORGANIC COMPOUNDS; STEREOSELECTIVE SYNTHESIS; 6TH GROUPS;
    ARSORANE; 2-PERFLUOROALKYNOATES; PHOSPHONIUM; CHEMISTRY; 5TH
 AB In the presence of K2CO3, reaction of (alpha-thienacyl) methyltriphenyl
    phosphonium bromide (1) with methyl 2-perfluoroalkynoates (2) in CH2Cl2
    at room temperature gave methyl
    4-(alpha-thienacyl)-2-triphenylphosphoranylidene-3-perfluoroalkyl-3-bute
    noates (3) in excellent yields.
    4-Perfluoroalkyl-6-(alpha-thienyl)-6-pyranones (4) and methyl
    4-(alpha-thienacyl)-3-perfluoroalkyl-3-butenoates (5) were obtained in
    high yield by hydrolysis of these methylene phosphoranes (3) with hot
    aqueous methanol. The butenoates (5) were isolated chromatographically
    as mixtures of Z and E isomers, the ratios of which were estimated by
    H-1 NMR. Reaction mechanisms are proposed to account for the formation
    of products 3, 4 and 5. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BANKS RE, 1979, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    DING WY, 1986, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V44, P255
    DING WY, 1986, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V44, P62
    DING WY, 1987, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V45, P47
    DING WY, 1987, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, P435
    DING WY, 1991, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V49, P284
    DING WY, 1991, J CHEM SOC PERK  JUN, P1369
    DING WY, 1992, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V8, P224
    HUANG YZ, 1979, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V37, P47
    MANN J, 1987, CHEM SOC REV, V16, P381
    TAO WT, 1983, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, P129
    WELCH JT, 1987, TETRAHEDRON, V43, P3123
 NR 12
 TC 4
 SN 0022-1139
 J9 J FLUORINE CHEM
 JI J. Fluor. Chem.
 PD AUG 10
 PY 1998
 VL 91
 IS 1
 BP 99
 EP 101
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Chemistry, Organic
 GA 112MA
 UT ISI:000075497400020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, JH
    Chen, YS
    Liu, ZR
 TI Threshold value for diagnosis of chaotic nature of the data obtained in
    nonlinear dynamic analysis
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE chaotic timeseries; surrogate-data; threshold value; random timeseries
 ID CORRELATION DIMENSION; TIME-SERIES; NOISE
 AB In this paper surrogate data method of phase-randomized is proposed to
    identify the random or chaotic nature of the data obtained in dynamic
    analysis: The calculating results validate the phase-randomized method
    to be useful as it can increase the extent of accuracy of the results.
    And the calculating results show that threshold values of the random
    timeseries and nonlinear chaotic timeseries have marked difference.
 C1 SE Univ, Inst Syst Engn, Nanjing 210018, Peoples R China.
    Tianjin Univ, Dept Mech, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, JH, SE Univ, Inst Syst Engn, Nanjing 210018, Peoples R China.
 CR ABARBANEL HDI, 1991, INT J MOD PHYS B, V5, P1347
    CABRERA JL, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V197, P19
    CASDAGLI M, 1992, J ROY STAT SOC B MET, V54, P303
    GRASSBERGER P, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V128, P369
    KENNEL MB, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P3111
    KOSTELICH EJ, 1992, PHYSICA D, V58, P138
    PRICHARD D, 1993, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V20, P2817
    PRICHARD D, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V191, P245
    PRICHARD D, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V191, P230
    RAPP PE, 1993, PHYS REV E, V47, P2289
    RAPP PE, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V192, P27
    ROMBOUTS SAR, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V202, P352
    SCHIFF SJ, 1992, PHYS REV LETT A, V67, P378
    TAKALO J, 1993, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V20, P1527
    THEILER J, 1986, PHYS REV A, V34, P2427
    THEILER J, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V155, P480
    THEILER J, 1992, PHYSICA D, V58, P77
 NR 17
 TC 5
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUN
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 6
 BP 513
 EP 520
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 113CA
 UT ISI:000075530700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, DH
    Jin, C
    Li, MZ
 TI On the stability estimation of analytic continuation for potential field
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Cauchy problems for Laplace equations; analytic continuation of
    potential field; ill-posed problems; stability estimation
 AB This paper discusses the stability of solutions to a class of Cauchy
    problems for Laplace equations under two kinds of nonclassical
    circumstances. By means of conformal mapping and Tikhonov, Luan Wengui
    and Yamamoto's methods for solving ill-posed problems respectively, the
    stability estimations of weighted Holder type and logarithmic type,
    have been obtained accordingly.
 C1 E China Geol Inst, Fuzhou 344000, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, DH, E China Geol Inst, POB 267, Fuzhou 344000, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG J, 1996, J NINGXIA U, V17, P74
    HETIAN R, 1982, FOURIER ANAL, P108
    LI MZ, 1990, THEORY BOUNDARY VALU, P228
    LUAN WG, 1985, SCI CHINA SER A, V9, P824
    LUAN WG, 1989, INVERSE PROBLEMS GEO, P32
    NIRENBERG L, 1957, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V10, P89
    TIKHONOV AN, 1977, SOLUTIONS ILL POSED, P27
    YAMAMOTO M, 1993, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V18, P79
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUN
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 6
 BP 563
 EP 572
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 113CA
 UT ISI:000075530700008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, GQ
    Yu, KW
    Hui, PM
 TI First-principles approach to conductivity of a nonlinear composite
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW B
 DT Article
 ID DIELECTRIC-CONSTANT; MEDIA; SPHERES; APPROXIMATION; LATTICE; FIELD
 AB The Rayleigh method is extended to study the effective response in
    weakly nonlinear composites within a perturbative approach. The
    Rayleigh identity is used to obtain a set of equations for zeroth-order
    and higher-order potentials, with the latter resulted from the presence
    of nonlinearity in the problem. The formalism is applied to study the
    effective response in an array of cylinders embedded in a host. Results
    are compared with those obtained by other approximations previously
    proposed in the literature. Results from the present approach show that
    while the previous approach of applying the Rayleigh identity to
    determine the zeroth-order potential and neglecting the induced fields
    due to the higher-order potentials is valid for a wide range of
    nonlinear composites, the effects of induced fields due to the
    higher-order potentials are important in composites with high
    concentrations of inclusions, and in systems with a low value for the
    ratio of the Linear conductivities and a high value of the ratio of the
    third-order nonlinear conductivities. The present approach, thus,
    provides a general formalism for treating nonlinear composites and
    establishes the range of validity of previous approximations.
 C1 Chinese Ctr Adv Sci & Technol, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Syst Sci & Syst Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Shatin, New Territories, Hong Kong.
 RP Gu, GQ, Chinese Ctr Adv Sci & Technol, World Lab, POB 8730, Beijing
    100080, Peoples R China.
 CR BERGMAN DJ, 1979, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V12, P4947
    BLUMENFELD R, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P1987
    BLUMENFELD R, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P7378
    CHEN G, 1994, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V22, P265
    FULLER KA, 1991, APPL OPTICS, V30, P4716
    GERARDY JM, 1980, PHYS REV B, V22, P4950
    GU GQ, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P2968
    GU GQ, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P8612
    GU GQ, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P4502
    GU GQ, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P1737
    GU GQ, 1997, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V27, P395
    LU SY, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P2641
    MCPHEDRAN RC, 1978, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V359, P45
    NEMATNASSER S, 1981, Q APPL MATH, V39, P43
    RAYLEIGH JW, 1892, PHILOS MAG, V34, P481
    STROUD D, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P8719
    STROUD D, 1989, J OPT SOC AM B, V6, P778
    SUEN WM, 1979, J PHYS D, V12, P1325
    YU KW, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V168, P313
    YU KW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P14150
    ZENG XC, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P10970
    ZENG XC, 1989, PHYSICA A, V157, P192
 NR 22
 TC 2
 SN 0163-1829
 J9 PHYS REV B
 JI Phys. Rev. B
 PD AUG 1
 PY 1998
 VL 58
 IS 6
 BP 3057
 EP 3062
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 110BN
 UT ISI:000075359500027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhuang, J
    Tan, WH
 TI Cooperative frequency locking and spatiotemporal chaos in a
    photorefractive oscillator
 SO JOURNAL OF THE OPTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA B-OPTICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID UNIDIRECTIONAL RING OSCILLATOR; 2-WAVE MIXING EXPERIMENTS; BI12SIO20
    CRYSTALS; DYNAMICS; LASERS; GAIN
 AB The spatiotemporal dynamics of a unidirectional ring oscillator with
    photorefractive gain are studied numerically. Some interesting
    spatiotemporal phenomena observed in the experiments were obtained even
    though intermodal gratings were neglected in the weak-field limit;
    These phenomena include cooperative frequency locking, spatiotemporal
    periodic behavior, and spatiotemporal chaos. Moreover, our results show
    that the spatiotemporal chaos that appears in the photorefractive
    oscillator can be induced by intermittence. (C) 1998 Optical Society of
    America [S0740-3224(98)01008-X] OCIS codes: 190.5330, 190.4420,
    130.4970.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhuang, J, Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON DZ, 1987, J OPT SOC AM B, V4, P164
    ARECCHI FT, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P2531
    ARECCHI FT, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P3794
    DALESSANDRO G, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P2791
    HENNEQUIN D, 1994, J OPT SOC AM B, V11, P676
    HUIGNARD JP, 1981, OPT COMMUN, V38, P249
    JOST BM, 1995, PHYS REV A, V51, P1539
    JUN ZA, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P5201
    KLISCHE W, 1989, PHYS REV A, V39, P919
    LUGIATO LA, 1988, J OPT SOC AM B, V5, P879
    LUGIATO LA, 1988, OPT COMMUN, V68, P63
    MALOS J, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P3559
    MARRAKCHI A, 1981, APPL PHYS, V24, P131
    STALIUNAS K, 1995, PHYS REV A, V51, P4140
 NR 14
 TC 2
 SN 0740-3224
 J9 J OPT SOC AM B-OPT PHYSICS
 JI J. Opt. Soc. Am. B-Opt. Phys.
 PD AUG
 PY 1998
 VL 15
 IS 8
 BP 2249
 EP 2254
 PG 6
 SC Optics
 GA 108LP
 UT ISI:000075268100008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, DY
 TI The potential constraints of the complex (1+2)-dimensional soliton
    systems and related Hamiltonian equations
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB Potential complete constraints (symmetric and nonsymmetric) of the
    complex KP and MKP systems are derived by using the general theory for
    a nonlinear equation to be a Hamiltonian system. All the complex
    Hamiltonian equations corresponding to this kind of constraint are
    obtained, which contain the famous nonlinear Schrodinger equations and
    several new Hamiltonian equations. In addition, the classical
    Kaup-Newell system and the Heisenberg system are also led by a new
    reduction approach from the MKP system. (C) 1998 American Institute of
    Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, DY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN DY, 1984, ACTA MATH SINICA, V27, P624
    CHEN DY, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4725
    CHENG Y, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V157, P22
    CHENG Y, 1992, J MATH PHYS, V33, P3774
    CHENG Y, 1992, J PHYS A, V25, P419
    FUCHSSTEINER B, 1981, PHYSICA D, V4, P47
    KAUP DJ, 1978, J MATH PHYS, V19, P798
    KONOPELCHENKO B, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V157, P17
    LI YS, 1982, ACTA MATH SINICA, V25, P464
    ZHU M, 1993, POTENTIAL CONSTRAINT
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2488
 J9 J MATH PHYS-NY
 JI J. Math. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 1998
 VL 39
 IS 6
 BP 3246
 EP 3259
 PG 14
 SC Physics, Mathematical
 GA 108KC
 UT ISI:000075264200018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, CJ
    Zhang, NH
 TI Variational principles on static-dynamic analysis of viscoelastic thin
    plates with applications
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SOLIDS AND STRUCTURES
 DT Article
 ID PERTURBED MOTION
 AB In this paper, according to the integral-type constitutive relation of
    linear viscoelastic materials, the initial-boundary-value problem on
    the static-dynamic analysis of viscoelastic thin plates is established
    by introducing a "structural function". The corresponding variational
    principles are presented by means of convolution bilinear forms. As
    applications, we consider the quasi-static responses of a
    simply-supported square plate with three different load histories in
    which the classical Ritz method on the spatial response and the
    interpolation technique of Legendre polynomials on the temporal
    response are used. The obtained results are compared with the
    analytical solutions given in this paper. One can see that the
    approximate solutions agree well with the analytical solutions. (C)
    1998 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHIEN WZ, 1982, VARIATIONAL METHODS
    CHRISTENSEN RM, 1982, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    DAI TM, 1995, P MMM, V6, P28
    DALLASTA A, 1993, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V30, P325
    DALLASTA A, 1994, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V31, P247
    GURTIN ME, 1963, ARCH RATIONAL MECH A, V3, P179
    HOFF NJ, 1958, P 3 US NAT C APPL ME
    LEITMAN JM, 1973, HDB PHYSIK, V6, P10
    LUO E, 1990, ACTA MECH SINICA, V22, P484
    REDDY JN, 1976, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V12, P227
 NR 10
 TC 8
 SN 0020-7683
 J9 INT J SOLIDS STRUCT
 JI Int. J. Solids Struct.
 PD NOV
 PY 1998
 VL 35
 IS 33
 BP 4491
 EP 4505
 PG 15
 SC Mechanics
 GA 108RE
 UT ISI:000075278600010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ragone, E
    Strazzullo, P
    Siani, A
    Iacone, R
    Russo, L
    Sacchi, A
    Cipriano, P
    Mancini, M
    Zhao, GS
    Yuan, XY
    Li, DY
    Gong, LS
 TI Ethnic differences in red blood cell sodium/lithium countertransport
    and metabolic correlates of hypertension - An international
    collaborative study
 SO AMERICAN JOURNAL OF HYPERTENSION
 DT Article
 DE erythrocyte Na/Li countertransport; hypertension; metabolic
    abnormalities; insulin resistance; Chinese population; electrolyte
    excretion
 ID SODIUM-LITHIUM COUNTERTRANSPORT; INSULIN-RESISTANCE; FAT DISTRIBUTION;
    BODY-MASS; PRESSURE; UTAH; POPULATION; TRANSPORT; DISEASE; CHINA
 AB Arterial hypertension is frequently associated with metabolic
    abnormalities. An abnormal activity of the erythrocyte sodium/lithium
    countertransport (Na/Li CT), an ion transport system under strong
    genetic control, is also found in people with hypertension and
    concomitant metabolic abnormalities. However, little information exists
    with regard to these clinical associations in different racial groups.
    The aim of this international collaborative study was to investigate
    Na/Li CT and the metabolic correlates of hypertension in two comparable
    samples of normotensive and hypertensive populations in the cities of
    Naples, Italy, and Shanghai, China, using identical, carefully
    standardized techniques. flood pressure, anthropometric and metabolic
    variables, Na/Li CT, and 24-h urinary Na and K excretion were measured
    in untreated essential hypertensive (HPT) and normotensive (NT)
    individuals selected by age (35-60 years), body mass index (BMI; < 30
    kg/m(2)), and blood pressure (BP; HPT, DBP greater than or equal to 95
    mm Hg; NT, DBP < 90 mm Hg). The analysis of variance with adjustment
    for age was used to compare the groups. In the Neapolitan population,
    hypertensive individuals had higher serum triglyceride (P <.05) and
    uric acid levels (P <.001) than the normotensive group and also had a
    reduced glucose tolerance (P <.01) and an enhanced insulin response to
    the oral glucose tolerance test (OGTT) (P <.05). No such differences
    were seen between normotensive and hypertensive Chinese participants.
    The Neapolitan population (both NT and HPT) had a higher BMI (P <.01)
    than their Chinese peers. In the comparison of hypertensive patients in
    Shanghai and in Naples, the Neapolitans were heavier (P <.001), had a
    lower HDL/total cholesterol ratio (P <.01), an elevated fasting blood
    glucose (P <.05), and also a higher glucose (P <.001) and insulin
    response (P <.001) to OGTT. By contrast, they showed a significantly
    lower urinary Na/K ratio (P <.001). Na/Li CT was significantly
    increased in HPT both in Naples (286 +/- 24 v 224 +/- 13 mu mol/L RBC x
    h; P <.05, M +/- SE) and in Shanghai (388 +/- 45 v 265 +/- 30 mu mol/L
    RBC x h; P <.05). Furthermore, Na/Li CT was significantly and inversely
    associated with HDL cholesterol both in the Neapolitan (P <.01) and in
    the Chinese (P <.05) population, whereas it was directly correlated
    with serum triglyceride (P <.001) and serum uric acid (P =.001) only in
    the Neapolitan population. These results indicate that essential
    hypertension is associated with a higher prevalence of obesity,
    impaired glucose tolerance, and hyperinsulinemia in Naples than in
    Shanghai; and Na/Li CT is linked to both high blood pressure and
    metabolic abnormalities in the Italian sample, whereas it is an
    isolated marker of hypertension in the Chinese sample. Am J Hypertens
    1998;11:935-941 (C) 1998 American Journal of Hypertension, Ltd.
 C1 Univ Naples Federico II, Dept Clin & Expt Med, Sch Med, I-80131 Naples, Italy.
    Natl Res Council, Epidemiol & Prevent Unit, Inst Food Sci & Technol, Avellino, Italy.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Hypertens, Dept Internal Med, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Strazzullo, P, Univ Naples Federico II, Dept Clin & Expt Med, Sch Med,
    Via S Pansini 5, I-80131 Naples, Italy.
 EM strazzul@unina.it
 CR *WORK GROUP MAN PA, 1991, ANN INTERN MED, V114, P224
    BUNKER CH, 1993, J HYPERTENS, V5, P7
    CANESSA M, 1980, NEW ENGL J MED, V302, P772
    CANESSA M, 1984, HYPERTENSION, V6, P334
    DADONE MM, 1984, AM J MED GENET, V17, P565
    DORIA A, 1991, AM J PHYSIOL, V261, P684
    DOUGLAS JG, 1993, AM J KIDNEY DIS, V21, P46
    ELLIOTT P, 1988, BRIT MED J, V297, P319
    FOLSOM AR, 1994, J CLIN EPIDEMIOL, V47, P173
    HAFFNER SM, 1992, DIABETES, V41, P715
    HASSTEDT SJ, 1988, AM J HUM GENET, V43, P14
    HUNT SC, 1986, HYPERTENSION, V8, P30
    HUNT SC, 1990, CARDIOVASC DRUG THER, V4, P357
    IBSEN KK, 1982, HYPERTENSION, V4, P703
    KAPLAN NM, 1989, ARCH INTERN MED, V149, P1514
    LAW MR, 1991, BRIT MED J, V302, P811
    LAW YT, 1992, CLIN EXP HYPERTENS A, V14, P489
    PAGANO E, 1997, LIFE SCI, V26, P2389
    RAGONE E, 1993, J HYPERTENS, V11, S256
    REAVEN GM, 1989, AM J MED, V87, S2
    REAVEN GM, 1991, AM HEART J, V121, P1283
    SEMPLICINI A, 1997, NUTR METAB CARDIOVAS, V7, P81
    SIANI A, 1994, HIGH BLOOD PRESS, V3, P7
    SIANI A, 1996, NUTR METAB CARDIOVAS, V6, P245
    STAMLER R, 1978, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V240, P1607
    STRAZZULLO P, 1993, J HYPERTENS, V11, P815
    TREVISAN M, 1984, AM J EPIDEMIOL, V120, P537
    TREVISAN M, 1992, LIFE SCI, V51, P687
    WEDER AB, 1993, NUTR METAB CARDIOVAS, V3, P38
    WEIR MR, 1993, AM J KIDNEY DIS, V21, P58
    WILLIAMS RR, 1988, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V259, P3579
    WU XG, 1996, J HYPERTENS, V14, P1267
 NR 32
 TC 6
 SN 0895-7061
 J9 AMER J HYPERTENS
 JI Am. J. Hypertens.
 PD AUG
 PY 1998
 VL 11
 IS 8
 PN Part 1
 BP 935
 EP 941
 PG 7
 SC Peripheral Vascular Disease
 GA 108CH
 UT ISI:000075248100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mo, Y
    Xia, Y
    Wu, W
 TI A nucleation mechanism for diamond film deposited on alumina substrates
    by microwave plasma CVD
 SO JOURNAL OF CRYSTAL GROWTH
 DT Article
 DE diamond; microwave plasma; chemical vapor deposition; aluminium oxide
 AB Diamond films were deposited on alumina substrates by a microwave
    plasma chemical vapor deposition (MPCVD) method. It is shown that by
    using appropriate pre-treatments, such as polishing the substrate
    surface carefully and by in situ pre-deposition of a carbon layer on
    the alumina substrate surface, one can significantly enhance the
    nucleation of diamond. The mechanism of the process has been considered
    using a droplet model with a quasi-equilibrium approximation. (C) 1998
    Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Mo, Y, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BARNES PN, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P37
    HSU JY, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P1861
    MO Y, 1995, ICEM ICSA95 XIAN
    MO YW, 1997, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V46, P618
    NAZERI A, 1993, AM CERAM SOC B, V75, P59
    NEMANICH RJ, 1991, ANNU REV MATER SCI, V21, P535
    SOMMER M, 1990, J MATER RES, V5, P2433
    XIA YB, 1996, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V13, P557
    YARBROUGH WA, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P3179
 NR 9
 TC 8
 SN 0022-0248
 J9 J CRYST GROWTH
 JI J. Cryst. Growth
 PD JUL
 PY 1998
 VL 191
 IS 3
 BP 459
 EP 465
 PG 7
 SC Crystallography
 GA 104TY
 UT ISI:000075032500021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A variational theory for one-dimensional unsteady compressible flow -
    an image plane approach
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICAL MODELLING
 DT Article
 DE 1-dimensional unsteady flow; variational principle; semi-inverse
    method; trial-functional
 AB Via a semi-inverse method of establishing generalized variational
    principles, two families of variational principles and generalized
    variational principles for one-dimensional unsteady compressible flow
    in an imagine plane tau-Psi (defined by tau = t, Psi - path-function)
    have been deduced. The calculation domain in the image plane has the
    regular form of rectangle, which gives much advantage of utilizing
    variational-based FEM or other direct variational methods such as
    Kantrovich-FEM method to solve the problem. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science
    Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHIEN WZ, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P137
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    HE JH, 1996, 4 C CHIN IND APPL MA
    HE JH, 1996, J SHANGHAI U, V2, P129
    HE JH, 1996, J SHANGHAI U, V2, P584
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V18, P440
    LIU GL, 1995, P 6 AS C FLUID MECH
    SHAPIRO AH, 1953, DYNAMICS THERMODYNAM
 NR 9
 TC 7
 SN 0307-904X
 J9 APPL MATH MODEL
 JI Appl. Math. Model.
 PD JUN
 PY 1998
 VL 22
 IS 6
 BP 395
 EP 403
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics; Operations Research & Management
    Science
 GA 106JW
 UT ISI:000075127000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Du, J
    Rui, HB
 TI Based algebras and standard bases for quasi-hereditary algebras
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN MATHEMATICAL SOCIETY
 DT Article
 ID SCHUR ALGEBRA; IRREDUCIBLE REPRESENTATIONS; CANONICAL BASES; QUANTUM
    GL(N)
 AB Quasi-hereditary algebras can be viewed as a Lie theory approach to the
    theory of finite dimensional algebras. Motivated by the existence of
    certain nice bases for representations of semisimple Lie algebras and
    algebraic groups, we will construct in this paper nice bases for
    (split) quasi-hereditary algebras and characterize them using these
    bases. We first introduce the notion of a standardly based algebra,
    which is a generalized version of a cellular algebra introduced by
    Graham and Lehrer, and discuss their representation theory. The main
    result is that an algebra over a commutative local noetherian ring with
    finite rank is split quasi-hereditary if and only if it is standardly
    full-based. As an application, we will give an elementary proof of the
    fact that split symmetric algebras are not quasi-hereditary unless they
    are semisimple. Finally, some relations between standardly based
    algebras and cellular algebras are also discussed.
 C1 Univ New S Wales, Sch Math, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Du, J, Univ New S Wales, Sch Math, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia.
 EM jied@maths.unsw.edu.au
    hbruik@online.sh.cn
 CR BARBASCH D, 1982, MATH ANN, V259, P153
    BEILINSON AA, 1990, DUKE MATH J, V61, P655
    BERGE C, 1971, PRINCIPLES COMBINATO
    CLINE E, 1988, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V391, P85
    CLINE E, 1989, CONT MATH, V82, P7
    CLINE E, 1990, J ALGEBRA, V131, P126
    DIPPER R, 1986, P LOND MATH SOC, V52, P20
    DIPPER R, 1989, P LOND MATH SOC, V59, P23
    DIPPER R, 1991, T AM MATH SOC, V327, P251
    DLAB V, 1989, ILLINOIS J MATH, V33, P280
    DLAB V, 1992, LONDON MATH SOC LECT, V168, P200
    DU J, NEW PROOF CANONICAL
    DU J, 1992, B LOND MATH SOC 4, V24, P325
    DU J, 1992, CONT MATH, V139, P121
    DU J, 1992, MANUSCRIPTA MATH, V75, P411
    DU J, 1994, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V455, P141
    DU J, 1994, P S PURE MATH 2, V56, P135
    DU J, 1995, J LOND MATH SOC, V51, P461
    GRAHAM JJ, 1996, INVENT MATH, V123, P1
    GREEN JA, 1980, LECT NOTES MATH, V830
    GREEN JA, 1990, J ALGEBRA, V131, P265
    GREEN JA, 1993, J PURE APPL ALGEBRA, V88, P89
    GREEN R, 1994, THESIS
    KAZHDAN D, 1979, INVENT MATH, V53, P155
    KONIG S, 1997, INVENT MATH, V127, P481
    LUSZTIG G, 1993, INTRO QUANTUM GROUPS
    PARSHALL B, 1991, MEMOIRS AM MATH SOC, V89
    SCOTT LL, 1987, P S PURE MATH 2, V47, P271
 NR 28
 TC 7
 SN 0002-9947
 J9 TRANS AMER MATH SOC
 JI Trans. Am. Math. Soc.
 PD AUG
 PY 1998
 VL 350
 IS 8
 BP 3207
 EP 3235
 PG 29
 SC Mathematics
 GA 103WZ
 UT ISI:000074982000012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
    Zhao, XH
    Liu, ZR
 TI Divergence-free vector-field and reduction
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 AB By the Lie symmetry group, the reduction for divergence-free
    vector-fields (DFVs) is studied, and the following results are found. A
    n-dimensional DFV can be locally reduced to a (n - 1)-dimensional DFV
    if it admits a one-parameter symmetry group that is spatial and
    divergenceless. More generally, a n-dimensional DFV admitting a
    r-parameter, spatial, divergenceless Abelian (commutable) symmetry
    group can be locally reduced to a (n - r)-dimensional DFV. (C) 1998
    Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, LNM, Inst Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Yunnan Univ, Dept Math, Kunming 650091, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Chinese Acad Sci, LNM, Inst Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR GASCON FG, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V225, P269
    HUANG DB, 1997, IN PRESS SCI SIN A
    JANAKI MS, 1987, J PHYS A, V20, P3679
    LORENZ EN, 1987, J ATMOS SCI, V44, P2940
    MEZIC I, 1994, J NONLINEAR SCI, V4, P157
    OLVER PJ, 1986, APPL LIE GROUP DIFFE
    QUISPEL GRW, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V206, P26
    XIA ZH, 1992, ERGOD THEOR DYN SYST, V12, P621
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD JUL 27
 PY 1998
 VL 244
 IS 5
 BP 377
 EP 382
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 104XC
 UT ISI:000075040600010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, NN
    Shen, JQ
 TI A study of the influence of misalignment on measuring results for laser
    particle analyzers
 SO PARTICLE & PARTICLE SYSTEMS CHARACTERIZATION
 DT Article
 AB Light scattering-based laser particle analyzers have found wide use in
    powder technology and many-particle systems. It is very important that
    the photodetector of the analyzer is in good alignment with the
    incident laser beam, otherwise errors will occur. In this paper, the
    influences of misalignment on the final results of measurements are
    discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, NN, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, 516 Jun Gong Rd, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 CR ALLEN T, 1990, PARTICLE SIZE MEASUR
    BARTH GB, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, R257
    HIRLEMAN ED, 1984, ASTM STP, V848, P35
    VANDEHULST HC, 1957, LIGHT SCATTERING SMA
 NR 4
 TC 2
 SN 0934-0866
 J9 PART PART SYST CHARACT
 JI Part. Part. Syst. Charact.
 PD JUN
 PY 1998
 VL 15
 IS 3
 BP 122
 EP 126
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Chemical; Materials Science, Characterization & Testing
 GA 103NH
 UT ISI:000075162100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, SS
 TI Some exact results of Hubbard model at finite temperature
 SO MODERN PHYSICS LETTERS B
 DT Article
 ID LONG-RANGE ORDER; STRONGLY CORRELATED ELECTRONS; GROUND-STATE;
    SUPERCONDUCTIVITY; THEOREMS
 AB Two theorems of the Hubbard model at finite temperature are proven
    employing the fluctuation-dissipation theorem and particle-hole
    transform. The main conclusion states that for the prototype Kubbard
    model, the expectation value of (S) over tilde(2) - (S) over
    tilde(z)(2) will be of order N-Lambda at any temperature except those
    critical.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, SS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR DEBOER J, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P789
    ESSLER FHL, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P2960
    ESSLER FHL, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P73
    JONES W, 1973, THEORETICAL SOLID ST, V1, CH4
    LIEB EH, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P1201
    NIEH HT, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P3760
    SEWELL GL, 1990, J STAT PHYS, V61, P415
    SHEN SQ, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P4238
    SHEN SQ, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P1280
    SINGH RRP, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P3203
    TIAN GS, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P3145
    YANG CN, 1962, REV MOD PHYS, V34, P694
    YANG CN, 1990, MOD PHYS LETT B, V4, P759
 NR 13
 TC 3
 SN 0217-9849
 J9 MOD PHYS LETT B
 JI Mod. Phys. Lett. B
 PD JUN 30
 PY 1998
 VL 12
 IS 14-15
 BP 555
 EP 559
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 105QZ
 UT ISI:000075086300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, MH
    Bao, BR
    Zhou, RM
    Zhu, JL
    Hu, LX
 TI The regeneration of polluted activated carbon by radiation techniques
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE regeneration; radiation; activated carbon
 AB In this paper, the regeneration of used activated carbon from
    monosodium glutamate factory was experimented using radiation and
    acid-alkali chemical cleaning method. Results showed that the activated
    carbon saturated with pollutants can be wash away easily by flushing
    with chemical solution prior irradiation. DSC was used to monitor the
    change of carbon adsorption (C) 1998 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, MH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BLULELY JP, 1965, CARBON, V3, P269
    CASE FN, 1973, 2179129, FR
    HERNANDEZ LA, 1976, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V10, P454
    HOSONO M, 1993, APPL RADIAT ISOTOPES, V44, P1199
    KLEI HE, 1975, IEC RES REV, V14, P471
    KUZUYUKI C, 1981, AICHE J, V27, P20
    SHUBIN VN, 1980, ZH FIG KHIM, V54, P2557
    STRANGE JF, 1976, CARBON, V14, P345
    SUZUKI M, 1978, CHEM ENG SCI, V33, P271
 NR 9
 TC 2
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD OCT
 PY 1998
 VL 53
 IS 4
 BP 431
 EP 435
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA 100TY
 UT ISI:000074832500012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, GQ
    Yu, KW
 TI Homotopy continuation approach to electrostatic boundary-value problems
    of nonlinear media
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear media; homotopy continuation method; electrostatic
    boundary-value problem
 ID EFFECTIVE CONDUCTIVITY; DECOUPLING APPROXIMATION; COMPOSITE MEDIA;
    BEHAVIOR
 AB The homotopy continuation method is employed to solve electrostatic
    boundary-value problems of nonlinear media. The difficulty associated
    with matching the inherently nonlinear boundary conditions on the
    interface is overcome by the mode expansion method, by which the
    nonlinear partial differential equations of the original problem are
    transformed into an infinite set of nonlinear ordinary differential
    equations. In this regard, the homotopy method has to be modified to
    handle the nonlinear boundary conditions. As an illustration, we study
    two cases: (a) nonlinear inclusion in linear host and (b) linear
    inclusion in nonlinear host, both in two dimensions. The homotopy
    method is validated by comparing the results with the exact solution of
    case (a) and the results derived by perturbation method in case (b).
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Syst Sci & Syst Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Shatin, New Territories, Hong Kong.
 RP Gu, GQ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Syst Sci & Syst Engn,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR BARDHAN KK, 1994, SPRINGER LECT NOTES, V437, P1
    BERGMAN DJ, 1992, SOLID STATE PHYS, V46, P147
    BERGMAN DJ, 1994, PHYSICA A, V207, P1
    BLUMENFELD R, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P7378
    FLYTZANIS C, 1992, PROG OPTICS, V29, P2539
    GU GQ, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P4502
    GU GQ, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P1737
    HAUS JW, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P5729
    LEE HC, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V197, P341
    LEE HC, 1995, PHYS REV B, V52, P4217
    LI K, 1993, NUMER ALG, V4, P167
    LIAO SJ, 1992, INT J NUMER METH FL, V15, P595
    LIAO SJ, 1992, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V59, P970
    LUI SH, 1995, NUMER ALGORITHMS, V10, P363
    PONTECASTANEDA P, 1991, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V39, P45
    STROUD D, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P8719
    STROUD D, 1989, J OPT SOC AM B, V6, P778
    YU KW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P14150
    YU KW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P1782
    YU KW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P7568
    YU KW, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V193, P311
    YU KW, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P13327
    YU KW, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V210, P115
    ZENG XC, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P10970
 NR 24
 TC 1
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD JUN 15
 PY 1998
 VL 29
 IS 4
 BP 523
 EP 530
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 100WG
 UT ISI:000074837900008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, QL
    Qiu, XJ
 TI A chiral breaking field theory for giant multipole states of nuclei
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE giant multipole states of nuclei; chiral breaking field theory
 ID THOMAS-FERMI APPROXIMATION; QUADRUPOLE STATES; MATTER; MONOPOLE
 AB The isoscalar giant monopole and quadrupole states of finite nuclei are
    studied in a relativistic chiral breaking held theory by making use of
    local Lorentz-boost and scaling method. The nuclear surface effect and
    the density distribution are treated in the relativistic Thomas-Fermi
    approximation. The excitation energies of the giant resonances are
    self-consistently calculated. The numerical results for the excitation
    energies are in agreement with experimental data for all nuclei.
 C1 Ningxia Univ, Dept Phys, Yinchuan 750021, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, QL, Ningxia Univ, Dept Phys, Yinchuan 750021, Peoples R China.
 CR BOGUTA J, 1977, NUCL PHYS A, V292, P413
    BOGUTA J, 1983, PHYS LETT B, V120, P34
    CLARK BC, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V51, P1803
    HOROWITZ CJ, 1987, NUCL PHYS A, V464, P613
    NISHIZAKI S, 1987, NUCL PHYS A, V462, P687
    RING P, 1980, NUCL MANY BODY PROBL, P528
    SEROT BD, 1986, ADV NUCL PHYS, V16
    SERR FE, 1978, PHYS LETT B, V79, P10
    SUZUKI T, 1980, PROG THEOR PHYS, V64, P1627
    WALECKA JD, 1974, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V83, P491
    ZHANG QL, 1992, HIGH ENERG PHYS NUCL, V16, P615
    ZHU CY, 1990, HIGH ENERG PHYS NUCL, V14, P76
    ZHU CY, 1991, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V15, P27
    ZHU CY, 1991, J PHYS G, V17, L11
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD JUN 15
 PY 1998
 VL 29
 IS 4
 BP 563
 EP 570
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 100WG
 UT ISI:000074837900016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZG
    Tang, CJ
    Zhao, WM
    Zhang, ZL
    Jiang, XY
    Xu, SH
    Nazare, MH
 TI Effects of microcavities on the spontaneous emission of organic
    light-emitting diodes with ZnO : Al as the anode
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 ID ELECTROLUMINESCENT DIODES; PLANAR MICROCAVITY; DEVICES; SEMICONDUCTORS;
    VINYLENE); PHYSICS
 AB Organic light-emitting diodes (LED) with a microcavity structure and an
    aluminium-doped zinc oxide ZnO:Al (AZO) anode have been fabricated.
    Effects of microcavities on the spontaneous emission of the organic
    LED, such as spectral narrowing, intensity enhancement and angle
    dependence of the emission, have been observed. Different emission
    colours have been obtained by changing the thickness of the AZO layer
    and that of a TiO2 filler layer. The wavelengths of the cavity modes
    can be explained on the basis of the calculated total optical thickness
    of the individual cavities.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Univ Aveiro, Dept Phys, P-3810 Aveiro, Portugal.
 RP Liu, ZG, Univ Aveiro, Dept Phys, P-3810 Aveiro, Portugal.
 CR BECKER H, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V81, P2825
    CHANG KY, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P335
    CIMROVA V, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P608
    CIMROVA V, 1996, J APPL PHYS, V79, P3299
    DODABALAPUR A, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P2308
    DODABALAPUR A, 1994, ELECTRON LETT, V30, P1000
    DODABALAPUR A, 1996, J APPL PHYS, V80, P6954
    DUTRA SM, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P3587
    EBINA K, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P2783
    FISHER TA, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P1355
    HUNT NEJ, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V61, P2287
    JORDAN RH, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P1997
    LEMMER U, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P1301
    LEMMER U, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P3007
    LIDZEY DG, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P744
    LIU ZG, 1996, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V8, P3221
    MINAMI T, 1985, JPN J APPL PHYS, V24, L605
    RIGNEAULT H, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P2356
    TAKADA N, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2032
    TANG CW, 1995, EL SOC FALL M PRINC, P1215
    TESSLER N, 1996, NATURE, V382, P695
    TESSLER N, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P566
    TSUTSUI T, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P1868
    YAMAMOTO Y, 1993, PHYS TODAY, V46, P66
    YOKOYAMA H, 1992, SCIENCE, V256, P66
    ZHANG B, 1996, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V97, P445
 NR 26
 TC 5
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD JUL 6
 PY 1998
 VL 10
 IS 26
 BP 6019
 EP 6025
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA ZZ898
 UT ISI:000074780600025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, J
    Nho, YC
    Park, JS
 TI Grafting polymerization of acrylic acid onto preirradiated
    polypropylene fabric
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID CATIONIC SALTS; POLYETHYLENE; STYRENE
 AB Acrylic acid (AAc) was grafted onto polypropylene (PP) fabric by a
    preirradiation method using a Co-60 gamma ray. The effect of absorbed
    dose, AAc concentration, reaction temperature, reaction time, storage
    time, as well as the effect of ferrous ion and sulfuric acid on the
    degree of grafting were determined. It has been shown that the
    synergistic effect of sulfuric acid with the ferrous sulfate can not
    only increase the grafting yield, but also decrease the apparent
    activation energy for the grafting. It leads to the possibility of
    getting a particular grafting yield at a lower absorbed dose. In this
    experiment, It has also been shown that the grafting activity of
    preirradiated PP fabric in AAc aqueous solution could be well kept at
    room temperature for a long period.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Korea Atom Energy Res Inst, Radiat Proc Project, Taejon 305600, South Korea.
 RP Chen, J, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Jiading Campus,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHAPIRO A, 1962, RAD CHEM POLYM SYSTE, P690
    DUNN TS, 1979, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V14, P625
    GARGAN K, 1990, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V36, P757
    GARNETT JL, 1980, J MACROMOL SCI CHEM, V14, P87
    ISHIGAKI I, 1982, J APPL POLYM SCI, V27, P1043
    NHO YC, 1992, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V30, P1219
    NHO YC, 1993, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V31, P1621
    NHO YC, 1995, 5 INT C RAD CUR DEC, P389
    ONELL T, 1972, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V10, P569
 NR 9
 TC 14
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD JUN
 PY 1998
 VL 52
 IS 1-6
 BP 201
 EP 206
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA ZX723
 UT ISI:000074548000041
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, GS
    Wang, Q
 TI Mode coupling in single-mode helical fibres under perturbations
 SO OPTICAL AND QUANTUM ELECTRONICS
 DT Article
 ID OPTICAL FIBERS
 AB The mode coupling in a helical fibre with a circular cross-section
    undergoing perturbations is investigated in the Serret-Frenet frame.
    The coupled-mode equations have been derived and are compared with the
    conventional ones. Applying the coupled-mode equations to a helical
    fibre with an elliptical core deformation, we obtained, for the first
    time, a rigorous analysis of the transmission characteristics of the
    fibre. The numerical examples show that the mode ellipticity and
    elliptical birefringence increase as the core ellipticity increases and
    also vary as the pitch or the core offset change.
 C1 Zhongshan Univ, Dept Elect, Guangzhou 510275, Guangdong Prov, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, GS, Zhongshan Univ, Dept Elect, Guangzhou 510275, Guangdong Prov,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BIRCH RD, 1987, ELECTRON LETT, V23, P50
    CHEN GS, UNPUB OPT QUANTUM EL
    FANG XS, 1985, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V33, P1150
    LEWIN L, 1977, ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE
    PAPP A, 1977, APPL OPTICS, V16, P1315
    QIAN JR, 1988, IEE PROC-J, V135, P178
    SAKAI JI, 1981, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V17, P1041
    TANG CH, 1970, I ELECT ELECTRON ENG, V18, P69
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0306-8919
 J9 OPT QUANT ELECTRON
 JI Opt. Quantum Electron.
 PD MAR
 PY 1998
 VL 30
 IS 3
 BP 209
 EP 216
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA ZY605
 UT ISI:000074640400008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, HX
    Dai, YL
 TI Population-size-dependent branching processes in Markovian random
    environments
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE Markov chains in random environments; stochastic population models;
    branching processes
 ID PROBABILITIES; CHAINS
 AB A branching model \Z(n)\(n greater than or equal to 0) is considered
    where the offspring distribution of the population's evolution is not
    only dependent on the population size, but also controlled by a
    Markovian environmental process {xi(n)}(n greater than or equal to 0).
    For this model, asymptotic behaviour is studied such as
    [GRAPHICS]
    Z(n) and
    [GRAPHICS]
    Z(n)/m(n) in the case that the mean m(k,0) of the offspring
    distribution converges to m > 1 as the population size k grows to
    infinity. In the case that {xi(n)}(n greater than or equal to 0) is an
    irreducible positive recurrent Markov chain, certain extinction (i. e.
    P(Z(n) = 0 for some n) = 1) and noncertain extinction (i. e. P(Z(n) = 0
    for some n) < l) are studied.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Zhongshan Univ, Dept Math, Guangzhou 510275, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, HX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ATHREYA KB, 1971, ANN MATH STAT, V42, P1499
    COGBURN R, 1984, Z WAHRSCHEINLICHKEIT, V66, P109
    KLEBANER FC, 1983, J APPL PROBAB, V20, P242
    KLEBANER FC, 1984, ADV APPL PROBAB, V16, P30
    OREY S, 1991, ANN PROBAB, V19, P907
    VIAUD DPL, 1994, J APPL PROBAB, V31, P22
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD APR
 PY 1998
 VL 43
 IS 8
 BP 635
 EP 638
 PG 4
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA ZX142
 UT ISI:000074483600005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
    Zhao, XH
    Liu, ZR
 TI Reduction of the vector fields preserving n-form and the study of their
    interrelated problems
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Letter
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Yunnan Univ, Dept Math, Kunming 650091, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG CQ, 1990, CELESTIAL MECH, V47, P275
    MARSDEN J, 1974, REP MATH PHYS, V5, P121
    MEZIC I, 1994, J NONLINEAR SCI, V4, P157
    QUISPEL GRW, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V206, P26
    XIA ZH, 1992, ERGOD THEOR DYN SYST, V12, P621
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD MAY
 PY 1998
 VL 43
 IS 9
 BP 788
 EP 789
 PG 2
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA ZX144
 UT ISI:000074483800023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
 TI Variational principles for 1-D unsteady compressible flow in a
    deforming tube of variable cross section
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 AB The 1-D unsteady compressible, homentropic, inviscid now in a flexible
    tube of varying cross-sectional area A(x,t) is formulated by two
    variational principle (VP) families in terms of the potential-and
    path-functions respectively. In addition, a novel approach to dealing
    with the initial/final conditions is suggested in order to be able to
    incorporate physical initial conditions into the VP and to exclude
    final conditions from the VP so as to ensure the properly-posedness of
    the hyperbolic problem under study. Thus, a sound theoretical basis for
    the finite element analysis of unsteady now is founded.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, GL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BENSON RS, 1982, THERMODYNAMICS GAS D, V1
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    LIU GL, 1990, P 1 INT S AER INT FL, P128
    LIU GL, 1993, P 2 INT C FLUID MECH, P359
    RAO SS, 1982, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    SHAPIRO AH, 1953, DYNAMICS THERMODYNAM, V2, CH23
 NR 6
 TC 3
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1998
 VL 15
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 5
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA ZT828
 UT ISI:000074131800001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BQ
    Cao, WM
 TI Domain decomposition method for the h-p version finite element method
 SO COMPUTER METHODS IN APPLIED MECHANICS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 ID ELLIPTIC PROBLEMS; 3 DIMENSIONS; ITERATIVE METHODS; 2 DIMENSIONS;
    PRECONDITIONER
 AB Domain decomposition method for the h-p version of the finite element
    method in two and three dimensions are discussed. Using the framework
    of additive Schwarz method, various iterative methods are described,
    with their condition numbers estimated. Further, to reduce the cost for
    solving the sub-problems on element interfaces, different inexact
    interface solvers are proposed. The effects on the overall condition
    number, as well as their efficient implementation, are analyzed. (C)
    1998 Elsevier Science S.A.
 C1 Univ Manitoba, Dept Appl Math, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2N2, Canada.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, BQ, Univ Manitoba, Dept Appl Math, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2N2, Canada.
 CR AINSWORTH M, 1996, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P1358
    BABUSKA I, 1988, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V25, P837
    BABUSKA I, 1989, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V28, P1891
    BABUSKA I, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P624
    BJORSTAD PE, 1986, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V23, P1097
    BRAMBLE J, 1986, MATH COMPUT, V175, P103
    BRAMBLE JH, 1989, MATH COMPUT, V53, P1
    CANUTO C, 1987, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CAO WM, IN PRESS SIAM J SCI
    CASARIN M, 1995, 704 NEW YORK U COUR
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    DON WS, 1994, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V31, P1519
    DRUJA M, 1990, P 3 INT S DOM DEC ME
    DRYJA M, 1987, 339 NEW YORK U COUR
    DRYJA M, 1989, ITERATIVE METHODS LA, P273
    DRYJA M, 1994, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V31, P1662
    GUO B, 1986, COMPUT MECH, V1, P203
    GUO B, 1986, COMPUT MECH, V1, P21
    GUO BQ, IN PRESS SIAM J SCI
    GUO BQ, 1996, NUMER MATH, V75, P59
    GUO BQ, 1997, P ROY SOC EDINB A 1, V127, P77
    GUO BQ, 1997, P ROY SOC EDINB A 3, V127, P517
    LIONS JL, 1972, NONHOMOGENEOUS BOUND, V1
    LIONS PL, 1988, P 1 INT S DOM DEC ME
    MANDEL J, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P117
    MANDEL J, 1990, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V29, P1095
    ODEN JT, 1994, 9411 TICAM
    ODEN JT, 1994, CONT MATH, V180, P295
    PAVARINO LF, 1994, IN PRESS COMPUTERS M
    PAVARINO LF, 1996, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P1303
    SZABO B, 1990, FINITE ELEMETN ANAL
    WDLUND OB, 1988, P 1 INT S DOM DEC ME
    WIDLUND OB, 1989, P 2 INT S DOM DEC ME
    XU JC, 1992, SIAM REV, V34, P581
 NR 34
 TC 3
 SN 0045-7825
 J9 COMPUT METHOD APPL MECH ENG
 JI Comput. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng.
 PD MAY 11
 PY 1998
 VL 157
 IS 3-4
 BP 425
 EP 440
 PG 16
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering,
    Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA ZT934
 UT ISI:000074142800018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, ZZ
    Wang, DR
    Evans, DJ
 TI A class of asynchronous matrix multi-splitting multi-parameter
    relaxation iterations
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE system of linear equations; asynchronous iteration; matrix
    multisplitting; relaxation; convergence
 ID MULTISPLITTING RELAXED ITERATIONS; PARALLEL; CONVERGENCE; ALGORITHM;
    EQUATIONS; MODELS
 AB A class of asynchronous matrix multi-splitting multi-parameter
    relaxation methods, including the asynchronous matrix multisplitting
    SAOR, SSOR and SGS methods as well. as the known asynchronous matrix
    multisplitting AOR, SOR and GS methods, etc., is proposed for solving
    the large sparse systems of linear equations by making use of the
    principle of sufficiently using the delayed information. These new
    methods can greatly execute the parallel computational efficiency of
    the MIMD-systems, and are shown to be convergent when the coefficient
    matrices are H-matrices. Moreover, necessary and sufficient conditions
    ensuring the convergence of these methods are concluded for the case
    that the coefficient matrices are L-matrices.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, ICMSEC, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Loughborough Univ Technol, Dept Comp Studies, Loughborough LE11 3TU, Leics, England.
 CR BAI ZZ, 1993, CHINESE J ENG MATH, V10, P107
    BAI ZZ, 1993, J NATU SCI HEILONGJI, V10, P1
    BAI ZZ, 1993, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V2, P87
    BAI ZZ, 1993, THESIS SHANGHAI U SC
    BAI ZZ, 1994, APPL MATH JCU B, V9, P189
    BAI ZZ, 1994, CHINESE J ENG MATH, V11, P99
    BAI ZZ, 1994, J UEST CHINA, V23, P207
    BAI ZZ, 1994, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V16, P107
    BAI ZZ, 1995, APPL MATH JCU A, V10, P133
    BAI ZZ, 1995, COMMUN NUMER METH EN, V11, P363
    BAI ZZ, 1995, INT J COMPUT MATH, V55, P223
    BAI ZZ, 1995, J COMPUT MATH, V13, P369
    BAI ZZ, 1995, J FUDAN U, V34, P139
    BAI ZZ, 1995, J SHANGHAI TEACHERS, V24, P13
    BAI ZZ, 1995, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V17, P127
    BAI ZZ, 1995, PARALLEL COMPUT, V21, P565
    BRU R, 1988, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V103, P175
    EVANS DJ, 1991, PARALLEL COMPUT, V17, P165
    EVANS DJ, 1992, INT J COMPUT MATH, V43, P173
    FROMMER A, 1989, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V119, P141
    NEUMANN M, 1987, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V88, P559
    OLEARY DP, 1985, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V6, P630
    VARGA RS, 1961, MATRIX ITERATIVE ANA
    WANG D, 1991, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V154, P473
    WANG DR, 1994, INT J COMPUT MATH, V54, P57
    WANG DR, 1994, P 92 SHANGH INT NUME
    WANG DR, 1994, PARALLEL ALGORITHMS, V2, P173
    WANG DR, 1994, PARALLEL ALGORITHMS, V2, P209
    WHITE RE, 1989, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V10, P481
 NR 29
 TC 3
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD MAY
 PY 1998
 VL 16
 IS 3
 BP 221
 EP 238
 PG 18
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA ZQ797
 UT ISI:000073904000004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, J
    Fiebig, M
 TI Absolute measurements of the thermal diffusivity of aqueous solutions
    of sodium chloride
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THERMOPHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE aqueous solution; diffraction; laser-induced thermal grating; sodium
    chloride; thermal conductivity; thermal diffusivity
 ID GRATING TECHNIQUE; CONDUCTIVITY; LIQUIDS; PRESSURES; NACL
 AB The laser-induced thermal grating technique was used to determine the
    thermal diffusivity of aqueous solutions of sodium chloride. In
    comparison with conventional measurement methods, this noninvasive
    optical technique has the advantage that no sensors need to be inserted
    in the sample. Therefore, this technique is especially suitable for the
    measurement of electrically conducting and corrosive liquids. The
    aqueous solutions studied have weight fractions of 5, 10, 15, and 20%
    sodium chloride. Measurement results for the thermal diffusivity are
    presented for aqueous solutions of sodium chloride in the temperature
    range 293 to 373 K at atmospheric pressure.
 C1 Ruhr Univ Bochum, Inst Thermo & Fluiddynam, D-44780 Bochum, Germany.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Fiebig, M, Ruhr Univ Bochum, Inst Thermo & Fluiddynam, D-44780 Bochum,
    Germany.
 CR 1991, VDI WARMEATLAS
    ABDULAGATOV IM, 1994, INT J THERMOPHYS, V15, P401
    ASSAEL MJ, 1991, EXPT THERMODYNAMICS, V3, P184
    BLANKE W, 1989, THERMOPHYSIKALISCHE, P112
    DAVIS PS, 1971, J CHEM PHYS, V55, P4776
    ELDAROV VS, 1986, ZH FIZ KHIM, V60, P603
    GANIEV Y, 1990, P 11 INT C PROP WAT, P132
    KAPUSTINSKII AF, 1955, ZH FIZ KHIM, V29, P2222
    MAGOMEDOV UB, 1989, GEOTHERMICS, P103
    NAGASAKA Y, 1983, BER BUNSEN PHYS CHEM, V87, P859
    NAGASAKA Y, 1984, P 10 INT C PROP STEA, V2, P203
    NAGASAKA Y, 1988, REV SCI INSTRUM, V59, P1156
    PERRY RH, 1984, PERRYS CHEM ENG HDB
    PRESS WH, 1992, NUMERICAL RECIPES FO, P678
    RAMIRES MLV, 1994, J CHEM ENG DATA, V39, P186
    RIEDEL L, 1951, CHEM ING TECHNIK, V3, P59
    URBACH W, 1978, MOL CRYST LIQ CRYST, V46, P209
    VARGAFTIK NB, 1956, TEPLOENERGETIKA, V7, P11
    WANG J, 1995, INT J THERMOPHYS, V16, P1353
    WANG J, 1995, MESSUNG TEMPERATURLE, P48
    WANG J, 1996, EXP THERM FLUID SCI, V13, P38
    WANG J, 1996, INT J THERMOPHYS, V17, P1229
    WANG J, 1996, INT J THERMOPHYS, V17, P329
    WU G, 1988, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V31, P1471
    WU G, 1993, FLUID PHASE EQUILIBR, V88, P239
    YUSUFOVA VD, 1975, INZH FIZ ZH, V29, P600
 NR 26
 TC 2
 SN 0195-928X
 J9 INT J THERMOPHYS
 JI Int. J. Thermophys.
 PD JAN
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 1
 BP 15
 EP 25
 PG 11
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Applied; Mechanics; Thermodynamics
 GA ZN249
 UT ISI:000073627000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, RH
    Tan, WH
 TI Nonlinear control of chaos
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID SYSTEMS
 AB The nonlinear and the exact control of chaos is deduced. Using these
    methods we achieve a simultaneous and instantaneous control of the
    scheduled unstable 2(k)p points for the logistic and the Henon map. The
    derivatives needed in the nonlinear method have been evaluated
    experimentally from the time series x(n), without the preknowledge of
    the function f(x). The difficulty confronted in the optimum control may
    be overcome by introducing the nonlinear control.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, RH, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR HUBERMAN BA, 1990, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V37, P547
    HUNT ER, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P1953
    JACKSON EA, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V151, P478
    LIMA R, 1990, PHYS REV A, V41, P726
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    PYRAGAS K, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V170, P423
    TONG PQ, 1995, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V44, P169
    WANSUN NI, 1994, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V11, P325
 NR 8
 TC 4
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1998
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 249
 EP 251
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA ZN653
 UT ISI:000073668200006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, XY
    Wan, XJ
 TI Hydrogen diffusivity in a Fe3Al-based alloy
 SO SCRIPTA MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 ID ROOM-TEMPERATURE DUCTILITY; UNIDIRECTIONAL SOLIDIFICATION;
    ENVIRONMENTAL EMBRITTLEMENT; NI3AL; CO3TI; BORON
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Met & Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, XY, Shanghai Univ, Inst Met & Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR CASTAGNA A, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL, V26, P273
    GEORGE EP, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V30, P37
    HIRANO T, 1991, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V25, P1747
    LIU CT, 1989, SCRIPTA METALL, V23, P875
    LIU CT, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P385
    MCKAMEY CG, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V28, P1173
    NI JS, 1994, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V15, P81
    NISHIMURA C, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V29, P1205
    SANDERS PG, 1991, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V25, P2365
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    TAKASUGI T, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V29, P1587
    WAN X, 1994, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V10, P39
    WAN XJ, 1995, ACTA METALL SINICA B, V31, B183
    ZHANG DZ, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V29, P901
    ZHU JH, 1994, ACTA METALL SINICA, V30, A139
    ZHU JH, 1994, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V15, P81
 NR 16
 TC 4
 SN 1359-6462
 J9 SCRIPTA MATER
 JI Scr. Mater.
 PD APR 14
 PY 1998
 VL 38
 IS 10
 BP 1505
 EP 1509
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA ZM587
 UT ISI:000073555100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, F
    Ping, XY
    Zhou, ZQ
    Geng, MM
    Han, JW
    Northwood, DO
 TI The relationship between equilibrium potential during discharge and
    hydrogen concentration in a metal hydride electrode
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF HYDROGEN ENERGY
 DT Article
 ID BATTERY; ALLOYS; POWDER; MODEL
 AB Based on the static equilibrium of electrochemical reaction kinetics,
    i.e, the same static reaction current density of forward and backward
    reactions, a relationship has been established between the equilibrium
    potential during discharge (E-e) and hydrogen concentration (C-H) in a
    hydride alloy (Mm(0.4)Ml(0.6)Ni(3.8)Co(0.5)Al(0.3)Mn(0.4)) at an
    equilibrium discharge condition. The theoretical results are in an
    agreement with the experimental electrochemical data in the two-phase
    (alpha-beta) region of the hydrogen-absorbing alloy. The enthalpy
    (Delta H) and entropy (Delta S), which is a function of hydrogen
    concentration in the electrode alloy, were obtained by fitting the
    curve of the equilibrium potential vs hydrogen concentration. (C) 1998
    International Association for Hydrogen Energy.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Hydrogen Storage Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Windsor, Dept Mech & Mat Engn, Windsor, ON N9B 3P4, Canada.
 RP Northwood, DO, Ryerson Polytech Univ, Fac Engn & Appl Sci, 350 Victoria
    St, Toronto, ON M5B 2K3, Canada.
 CR BJURSTROM H, 1987, J LESS-COMMON MET, V130, P365
    DRIESSEN A, 1985, Z PHYS CHEM NEUE FOL, V143, P145
    FUJITANI S, 1993, Z PHYS CHEM, V179, P27
    GENG MM, 1996, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V21, P887
    JARMAN RH, 1982, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V129, P2276
    LEE SG, 1996, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V21, P733
    NOTTEN PHL, 1991, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V138, P1877
    PONS M, 1994, Z PHYS CHEM, V183, P213
    RATNAKUMAR BV, 1996, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V143, P2578
    SAKAI T, 1990, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V137, P795
    SAKAI T, 1991, J LESS-COMMON MET, V1175, P172
    SUZUKI K, 1993, J ALLOY COMPD, V192, P173
    WILLEMS JJG, 1984, PHILIPS J RES S1, V39, P1
    YANG QM, 1994, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V141, P2108
    YAYAMA H, 1985, TECHNOLOGY REPORT KY, V58, P139
    YE Z, 1995, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V142, P4045
 NR 16
 TC 5
 SN 0360-3199
 J9 INT J HYDROGEN ENERG
 JI Int. J. Hydrog. Energy
 PD JUL
 PY 1998
 VL 23
 IS 7
 BP 599
 EP 602
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Energy & Fuels; Environmental
    Sciences
 GA ZN252
 UT ISI:000073627300010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ru, HY
    Min, ZK
 TI New upper bounds for Ramsey numbers
 SO EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF COMBINATORICS
 DT Article
 AB Ramsey number R(G(1),G(2)) is the smallest integer p such that for any
    graph G on p vertices either G contains G(1) or (G) over bar contains
    G(2), where (G) over bar denotes the complement of G. Let R(m, n) =
    R(K-m, K-n). Some new upper bound formulas are obtained for
    R(G(1),G(2)) and R(m, n), and we derive some new upper bounds for
    Ramsey numbers here. (C) 1998 Academic Press Limited.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Dept Math, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
 CR BONDY JA, 1976, GRAPH THEORY APPL
    RADZISZOWSKI SP, 1996, ELECT J COMBIN, V1, P1
    RU HY, 1997, JCMCC
    WALKER K, 1968, J COMB THEORY, V5, P238
 NR 4
 TC 1
 SN 0195-6698
 J9 EUR J COMBINATORIC
 JI Eur. J. Comb.
 PD APR
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 3
 BP 391
 EP 394
 PG 4
 SC Mathematics
 GA ZM774
 UT ISI:000073574500012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guan, HW
    Ip, HHS
    Zhang, YC
 TI Java-based approaches for accessing databases on the Internet and a
    JDBC-ODBC implementation
 SO COMPUTING & CONTROL ENGINEERING JOURNAL
 DT Article
 AB An important area of Java development is to create Java-based software
    or tools with the capability of accessing databases over the Internet.
    In this article JDBC and its various properties are explored. Several
    Java-based technical approaches for accessing databases on the Internet
    are proposed and investigated in detail. A design and implementation of
    the Java software for accessing databases on the Internet is proposed
    and described, where the design scheme of an interactive applet by
    using Java JDBC programming is proposed and investigated, the main JDBC
    classes used in the Java program and the relationship between them are
    discussed, the implementation of the software is provided, and some
    instances for running the Java program are given. This Java software
    provides an interactive and user-friendly interface on the browser
    which supports Java JDK 1.1 or later and the software has the
    capability for the connection, SQL access, retrieval and display of a
    database on the Internet.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Comp Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    IPSI, GMD, Darmstadt, Germany.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Comp Sci, Hong Kong, Hong Kong.
    Univ So Queensland, Dept Math & Comp, Toowoomba, Qld 4350, Australia.
 RP Guan, HW, Shanghai Univ, Dept Comp Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR GOSLING J, 1996, JAVA LANGUAGE SPECIF
    HELLER P, 1997, JAVA 1 1 DEV HDB
    JENNINGS R, 1997, VISUAL BASIC PROGRAM, V7, P22
    JEPSON B, 1997, JAVA DATABASE PROGRA
    LINDHOLM T, 1997, JAVA VIRTUAL MACHINE
    URQUHART K, 1997, IEEE MICRO, V17, P11
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0956-3385
 J9 COMPUTING CONTROL ENGINEER J
 JI Comput. Control Eng. J.
 PD APR
 PY 1998
 VL 9
 IS 2
 BP 71
 EP 78
 PG 8
 SC Automation & Control Systems
 GA ZM371
 UT ISI:000073531800005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HP
 TI Chebyshev-Legendre spectral viscosity method for nonlinear conservation
    laws
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE conservation laws; Chebyshev-Legendre method; spectral viscosity;
    convergence
 ID RECOVERING EXPONENTIAL ACCURACY; PIECEWISE ANALYTIC-FUNCTION; GIBBS
    PHENOMENON; PARTIAL SUM; CONVERGENCE; APPROXIMATIONS
 AB In this paper, a Chebyshev-Legendre spectral viscosity (CLSV) method is
    developed for nonlinear conservation laws with initial and boundary
    conditions. The boundary conditions are dealt with by a penalty method.
    The viscosity is put only on the high modes, so accuracy may be
    recovered by postprocessing the CLSV approximation. It is proved that
    the bounded solution of the CLSV method converges to the exact scalar
    entropy solution by compensated compactness arguments. Also, a new
    spectral viscosity method using the Chebyshev differential operator D =
    root 1-x(2) partial derivative(x) is introduced, which is a little
    weaker than the usual one while guaranteeing the convergence of the
    bounded solution of the Chebyshev Galerkin, Chebyshev collocation, or
    Legendre Galerkin approximation to nonlinear conservation laws. This
    kind of viscosity is ready to be generalized to a super viscosity
    version.
 C1 Brown Univ, Div Appl Math, Providence, RI 02912 USA.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HP, Brown Univ, Div Appl Math, Providence, RI 02912 USA.
 CR ABARBANEL S, 1986, NUMERICAL METHODS FL, V2, P129
    ALPERT BK, 1991, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V12, P158
    BENNETT C, 1988, INTERPOLATION OPERAT
    BERNARDI C, 1992, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V43, P53
    CAI W, 1992, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V29, P905
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    DON WS, 1994, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V31, P1519
    FUNARO D, 1988, MATH COMPUT, V51, P599
    FUNARO D, 1991, MATH COMPUT, V57, P585
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, SIAM CBMS, V26
    GOTTLIEB D, 1985, PROGR SUPERCOMPUTING, P357
    GOTTLIEB D, 1992, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V43, P81
    GOTTLIEB D, 1995, MATH COMPUT, V64, P1081
    GOTTLIEB D, 1995, NUMER MATH, V71, P511
    GOTTLIEB D, 1996, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P280
    KABER SMO, 1991, THESIS U P M CURIE P
    MA HP, 1988, J COMPUT MATH, V6, P48
    MADAY Y, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P854
    MADAY Y, 1991, THESIS U P M CURIE P
    MADAY Y, 1993, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V30, P321
    MITRINOVIC DS, 1991, INEQUALITIES INVOLVI
    MUCKENHOUPT B, 1969, P AM MATH SOC, V23, P306
    MUCKENHOUPT B, 1970, T AM MATH SOC, V147, P433
    REYNA LG, 1988, J SCI COMPUT, V3, P1
    TADMOR E, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P30
    TADMOR E, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P197
    TADMOR E, 1993, NUMERICAL METHODS FL, V4, P69
    TARTAR L, 1975, RES NOTES MATH 39, V4, P136
 NR 28
 TC 10
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PD JUN
 PY 1998
 VL 35
 IS 3
 BP 869
 EP 892
 PG 24
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA ZL417
 UT ISI:000073430800001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HP
 TI Chebyshev-Legendre super spectral viscosity method for nonlinear
    conservation laws
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE conservation laws; Chebyshev-Legendre method; super spectral viscosity;
    convergence
 ID RECOVERING EXPONENTIAL ACCURACY; PIECEWISE ANALYTIC-FUNCTION; GIBBS
    PHENOMENON; PARTIAL SUM; APPROXIMATIONS; CONVERGENCE
 AB In this paper, a super spectral viscosity method using the Chebyshev
    differential operator of high order D-s = (root 1-x(2) partial
    derivative(x))(s) is developed for nonlinear conservation laws. The
    boundary conditions are treated by a penalty method. Compared with the
    second-order spectral viscosity method, the super one is much weaker
    while still guaranteeing the convergence of the bounded solution of the
    Chebyshev-Galerkin, Chebyshev collocation, or Legendre-Galerkin
    approximations to nonlinear conservation laws, which is proved by
    compensated compactness arguments.
 C1 Brown Univ, Div Appl Math, Providence, RI 02912 USA.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HP, Brown Univ, Div Appl Math, Providence, RI 02912 USA.
 CR ABARBANEL S, 1986, NUMERICAL METHODS FL, V2, P129
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPCTRAL METHODS FLUI
    CHEN GQ, 1993, MATH COMPUT, V61, P629
    DON WS, 1994, J COMPUT PHYS, V110, P103
    DON WS, 1994, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V31, P1519
    FUNARO D, 1988, MATH COMPUT, V51, P599
    FUNARO D, 1991, MATH COMPUT, V57, P585
    GOTTLIEB D, COMMUNICATION
    GOTTLIEB D, 1985, PROGR SUPERCOMPUTING, P357
    GOTTLIEB D, 1992, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V43, P81
    GOTTLIEB D, 1995, MATH COMPUT, V64, P1081
    GOTTLIEB D, 1995, NUMER MATH, V71, P511
    GOTTLIEB D, 1996, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P280
    KWONG MK, 1991, LECT NOTES PURE APPL, V129, P91
    MA HP, 1998, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V35, P901
    MADAY Y, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P854
    MADAY Y, 1993, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V30, P321
    SHU CW, 1995, J SCI COMPUT, V10, P357
    TADMOR E, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P30
    TADMOR E, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P197
    TADMOR E, 1993, NUMERICAL METHODS FL, V4, P69
    TARTAR L, 1979, RES NOTES MATH, V39, P136
 NR 22
 TC 15
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PD JUN
 PY 1998
 VL 35
 IS 3
 BP 893
 EP 908
 PG 16
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA ZL417
 UT ISI:000073430800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, RD
    Ding, AH
    Bao, PY
    Guo, ZG
    Luo, HZ
    Sun, SF
    Han, R
    Xu, SP
 TI Chemoprevention of cancer of uterine cervix: A study on chemoprevention
    of Retinamide II from cervical precancerous lesions
 SO JOURNAL OF CELLULAR BIOCHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE chemoprevention; precancerous lesions; uterine cervix Retinamide II
    (RII)
 AB Dysplasia of the uterine cervix is a recognized precancerous condition.
    Because of the observed ability of retinoids to suppress various cell
    lines in vitro, a number of clinical studies have examined tie effect
    these agents have on cervical dysplasia, with the object of developing
    a means of chemoprevention of cervical malignancies in women at risk.
    Three cervical cancer chemoprevention trials with Retinamide II (RII)
    have been conducted at the Cancer Institute, Chinese Academy of Medical
    Sciences, Beijing, China.
    A pilot study used RII to intervene in cases of precancerous cervical
    dysplasia. Twenty-seven women with mild, moderate, or servere cervical
    dysplasia, pathologically confirmed, were treated by RII suppositories,
    10 mg QD, given intravaginally for 6 months teach course lasting 3
    months). The results indicated that after the second course, the
    overall response rate was 96.29% and the complete response rate was
    88.89%. In general, side effects were mild. A little cervical and
    vaginal irritation was well tolerated. in the second double-blind
    study, patients with precancerous cervical lesions were randomized into
    two groups, one treated with RII suppository intravaginally and the
    other with a placebo, once daily for 50 days in two courses.
    Precancerous lesions in 68.76% of patients in the treatment arm
    disappeared, with an overall effective rate of 74.29% after two courses
    of treatment with RII. its curative effect was approximately that of
    laser beam radiation and electrocautery (P > 0.05), and differed
    significantly (P < 0.01) from that of traditional antiinflammatories.
    RII can be a major measure in prevention and treatment of cervical
    cancer in high-incidence areas in China. in the third trial, we are
    conducting a randomized double-blind study placebo controlled, in a
    high-incidence area of cervical cancer (Xiang-Yuan county, Shang Xi
    Province, China). At present, the patients are being followed up and
    the study will be completed after 2 years. (C) 1998 Wiley-Liss, inc.
 C1 Chinese Acad Med Sci, Inst Canc, Beijing 100021, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Med Ctr, Shanghai Obstect Gynecol Hosp, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Hebei Med Coll, Affiliated Hosp 4, Shijiazhuang Shi, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Med Sci, Inst Mat Med, Beijing 100050, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, RD, Chinese Acad Med Sci, Inst Canc, Beijing 100021, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CAI H, 1981, ACTA PHARM SINCA, V16, P648
    CHEN R, 1987, CHINESE J ONCOL, V9, P348
    CHEN R, 1993, CHINESE J ONCOL, V15, P272
    CHU EW, 1965, CANCER RES, V25, P884
    ROBERTS AB, 1979, FED PROC, V38, P2524
    STAFL A, 1976, OBSTET GYNECOL, V48, P123
    WANG R, 1983, CHINESE J ONCOL, V15, P243
    XU S, 1981, ACTA PHARM SINCA, V16, P686
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0730-2312
 J9 J CELL BIOCHEM
 JI J. Cell. Biochem.
 PY 1997
 SU Suppl. 28-29
 BP 140
 EP 143
 PG 4
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Cell Biology
 GA ZL634
 UT ISI:000073454800016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, R
    Zhu, ZY
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Boundary element method for solving dynamical response of viscoelastic
    thin plate (II) - Theoretical analysis
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE dynamic response; viscoelasticity; approximate boundary element method;
    error estimation
 AB In this paper, the necessary theoretical analysis for the approximation
    boundary element method to solve dynamical response of viscoelastic
    thin plate presented in [1] is discussed. The theorem of existence and
    uniqueness of the approximate solution and the error estimation are
    also obtained. Based on these conclusions, the principle for choosing
    the mesh size and the number of truncated terms in the fundamental
    solution are given. It is shown that the theoretical analysis in this
    paper are consistent with the numerical results in [1].
 C1 SW Jiaotong Univ, Mech Postdoctoral Stn, Chengdu 610031, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, R, SW Jiaotong Univ, Mech Postdoctoral Stn, Chengdu 610031,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BELLMAN R, 1966, NUMERICAL INVERSION, P624
    DING FY, 1995, J LANZHOU U, V31, P30
    DING R, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P229
    RUOTSALAINEN K, 1988, NUMER MATH, V53, P229
    ZHU JL, 1987, BOUNDARY ELEMENT ANA
 NR 5
 TC 2
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 2
 BP 101
 EP 110
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA ZL516
 UT ISI:000073441400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, HH
    Yan, SH
    Qi, DY
    Liu, HY
 TI Biosensors and clinic application based on immobilization of enzymes
    with beta-cyclodextrin.
 SO PROGRESS IN BIOCHEMISTRY AND BIOPHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE biosensor; Eastman-AQ polymer; N-methyl phenazine methosulphate;
    horseradish peroxidase; glucose; lactose; beta-cyclodextrin
 ID HORSERADISH-PEROXIDASE; ELECTRODE
 AB Biosensor highly sensitive to hydrogen peroxide has constructed by
    immobilizing horseradish peroxidase in Eastman-AQ-N-methyl phenazine
    methosulphate modified electrode via cross-linking. Cyclic voltammetry
    and chronamperometry were employed to demonstrate the effective
    electron transfer between immobilized horseradish peroxidase and a
    glassy carbon electrode via N-methyl phenazine methosulphate in
    Eastman-AQ polymer film. Because of high efficiency of
    bioelectrocatalytic reduction of hydrogen peroxide via N-methyl
    phenazine methosulphate, the hydrogen peroxide sensor was combined with
    glucose oxidase and beta-galactosidase for bienzyme and trienzyme-based
    biosensor for determination of low glucose and lactose. The biosensors
    for hydrogen peroxide, glucose and lactose possessed a wide variety of
    advantages including long stability, rapid response times, wide dynamic
    range, high sensitivity and selectivity. Comparison of glucose
    biosensor with colorimetric method with glucose oxidase and peroxidase
    for the determination of serum glucose from diabetic patients indicates
    that the results display a good consistency.
 C1 Weimei Cooperat Zhejiang, Clin Dept, Hangzhou 310015, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BERGMEYER HU, 1984, METHOD ENZYMAT AN, V1, P178
    BOURDILLON C, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P12264
    GARGUILO MG, 1993, ANAL CHEM, V65, P523
    LIU H, 1995, ANAL P, V32, P437
    LIU YC, 1996, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V41, P77
    REEKE M, 1995, ANALC HEM, V67, P303
    RUZGAS T, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V391, P41
 NR 7
 TC 2
 SN 1000-3282
 J9 PROG BIOCHEM BIOPHYS
 JI Prog. Biochem. Biophys.
 PD APR
 PY 1998
 VL 25
 IS 2
 BP 162
 EP 166
 PG 5
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Biophysics
 GA ZK264
 UT ISI:000073301800018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, HQ
    Fung, PCW
 TI Contribution of vacuum field to angular deviation of light path and
    radar echo delay
 SO ASTROPHYSICS AND SPACE SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID GRAVITATIONAL LENS; Q0957+561
 AB The discovery of 'twin quasistellar objects' arose interests among
    astronomers and astrophysicists to study gravitational lensing
    problems. The deviation of light from its straight line path is caused
    by two sources according to the general theory of relativity: (i) the
    presence of massive objects, i.e. the presence of gravitational field
    and (ii) the presence of a 'vacuum field' which arises because there is
    a non-zero cosmological vacuum energy.
    Recently, the research on the relationship between cosmological
    constant and gravitational lensing process is rather active (see
    reference [1, 2, 3]. According to the Kottler space time metric, we
    have deduced an explicit representation of the angular deviation of
    light path. The deviation term is found to be simply -4GM/r(min)c(2)
    (Lambda/6r(min)(2)), where nd is the mass of the 'astronomical lens',
    r(min) is the distance between the point of nearest approach and the
    centre of M, other symbols have their usual meaning. The presence of
    this term may be meaningful to the study of cosmological constant using
    the concept of gravitational lensing; however more sophisticated
    analysis awaits.
    Consider a signal radar to be sent from one planet to another. We have
    found that the radar echo delay contributed by the existence of the
    cosmological constant Lambda is expressible as 2
    Lambda/9c(r(A)(3)+r(B)(3)) [1-r(min)(2)/2r(A)(2)+r(min)(2)/2r(B)(2)].
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
    Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, HQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 CR EPSTEIN R, 1980, PHYS REV D, V22, P2947
    FAN JH, 1992, ASTROPHYS SPACE SCI, V197, P269
    FAN LZ, 1981, FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPT, P55
    FOMALONT EB, 1976, PHYS REV LETT, V36, P1475
    FORT B, 1997, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V321, P353
    IBANEZ J, 1983, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V124, P175
    IM MS, 1997, ASTROPHYS J 1, V475, P457
    KOCHANEK CS, 1996, ASTROPHYS J 1, V466, P638
    KOLB EW, 1990, EARLY UNIVERSE, P308
    KOTTLER F, 1922, ENCY MATH WISS A, V22, P231
    LIEBES S, 1964, PHYS REV B, V133, P835
    SCHNEIDER P, 1987, MITT ASTRON GES, V70, P219
    SHAPIRO II, 1971, ASTRON J, V76, P588
    WALSH D, 1979, NATURE, V279, P381
    YOUNG P, 1981, ASTROPHYS J, V244, P756
    YOUNG P, 1981, ASTROPHYS J, V249, P415
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 0004-640X
 J9 ASTROPHYS SPACE SCI
 JI Astrophys. Space Sci.
 PY 1997
 VL 253
 IS 2
 BP 291
 EP 299
 PG 9
 SC Astronomy & Astrophysics
 GA ZK077
 UT ISI:000073282600013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pu, DG
    Tian, WW
 TI A class of Broyden algorithms with revised search directions
 SO ASIA-PACIFIC JOURNAL OF OPERATIONAL RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE variable metric algorithms; line search; convergence; convergence rate
 AB In this paper we discuss the convergence of the Broyden algorithms with
    revised search direction. We prove that the algorithms are globally
    convergent for continuously differentiable functions and the rate of
    convergence of the algorithms is one-step superlinear and n-step
    second-order for uniformly convex objective functions.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Hong Kong, Hong Kong.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Jiading, Peoples R China.
 CR BYRD RH, 1987, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V24, P1171
    FLETCHER R, 1987, PRACTICAL METHODS OP, V1
    OREN SS, 1974, MANAGE SCI, V20, P845
    POWELL MJD, 1971, J I MATHS APPLICS, V7, P21
    POWELL MJD, 1976, SIAM AMS P, V6
    POWELL MJD, 1987, MATH PROGRAM, V38, P29
    PU D, 1989, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V13, P118
    PU D, 1989, CHINESE J OPERATIONS, V8, P53
    PU D, 1990, J ANN OPERATIONS RES, V24, P175
    PU D, 1992, ASIA PACIFIC J OPERA, V9, P207
    PU D, 1994, J COMPUTATIONAL MATH, V8, P366
    PU D, 1995, APPL MATH J CHINESE, V10, P313
    TIAN W, 1993, COMMUNICATION APPL M, V7, P50
 NR 13
 TC 3
 SN 0217-5959
 J9 ASIA PAC J OPER RES
 JI Asia Pac. J. Oper. Res.
 PD NOV
 PY 1997
 VL 14
 IS 2
 BP 93
 EP 109
 PG 17
 SC Operations Research & Management Science
 GA ZK325
 UT ISI:000073307800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, RH
    Tan, WH
    Xu, WC
    Zhang, JF
 TI A quantum mode theory of the micromaser
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE quantum mode; threshold condition
 ID LASERS
 AB Failure of the steady solution of the master equation was analysed. It
    was found that the state of sustained oscillation exists only when the
    ratio of photon decay rate gamma to injection late tau is satisfied.
    Based on this understanding, a quantum mode micromaser theory was
    developed. The threshold nu(th) and photon distribution for pi and 2 pi
    mode were calculated. The instability of quantum mode was analyzed as
    well.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, RH, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BENKERT C, 1993, PHYS REV A, V47, P1564
    DAVIDOVICH L, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P1630
    FILIPOWICZ P, 1986, J OPT SOC AM B, V3, P906
    FILIPOWICZ P, 1986, PHYS REV A, V34, P3077
    GOLUBEV YM, 1984, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V60, P234
    GUERRA ES, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P7785
    HAAK F, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P712
    TAN WH, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V190, P13
    TAN WH, 1995, OPT COMMUN, V115, P303
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD MAR
 PY 1998
 VL 43
 IS 5
 BP 425
 EP 430
 PG 6
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA ZJ371
 UT ISI:000073207900018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, XM
 TI The existence of solution to the finite elastodynamics with mixed
    boundary conditions
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE finite deformation; nonlinear constitutive; elastodynamics; existence
    of solution
 ID INITIAL-VALUE PROBLEM; INCOMPRESSIBLE BODIES
 AB In this paper the existence of solution to finite elastodynamics
    constrainted by mixed boundary conditions is derived when the
    hyperpotential and its gradient (for Green's strain) satisfy adequate
    conditions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, XM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ADAM RA, 1975, SOBOLEV SPACES
    BERGER MS, 1977, NONLINEARITY FUNCTIO
    CHEN C, 1982, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V337, P77
    DAFERMOS CM, 1985, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V87, P267
    EBIN DG, 1986, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V94, P15
    EBIN DG, 1992, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V120, P61
    GURTIN ME, 1981, INTRO CONTINUM MECH
    HUGHES TJR, 1977, ARCH RATIONAL MECH A, V63, P273
    HUGHES TJR, 1983, MATH FDN ELASTICITY
    KATO T, 1976, HYPERBOLICITY, P125
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 1
 BP 27
 EP 35
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA ZH202
 UT ISI:000073083100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, ZM
 TI The damage process zone characteristics at crack tip in concrete
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE concrete; crack tip; damage zone; nonlinear softening model
 AB This paper presents a comprehensive derivation of fracture process zone
    size which closely parallels similar work in fracture of metals and
    anisotropic solid, but is adapted to conrete. Some nonlinear mechanics
    models of concrete materials will be discussed by using uniaxial stress
    assumptions. For uniaxial stress assumption, energy model and fracture
    model will be presented for nonlinear softening models. Finally, we
    make a comparison with those models.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ye, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AYARI ML, 1988, THESIS U COLORADO
    BAZANT ZP, 1984, J ENG MECH-ASCE, V110, P518
    BAZANT ZP, 1985, POLI ANNIVERSARY VOL, P3335
    BAZANT ZP, 1986, APPL MECH REV, V39, P674
    HILLERBORG A, 1976, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V6, P773
    LIEBOWITZ H, 1986, FRACTURE ADV TREATIS, V2
    SHAH SP, 1985, J ENG MECH-ASCE, V111, P275
    SWARTZ SE, 1982, P INT C FRACT MECH C
    YE ZM, 1995, INT J FRACTURE, V74, R3
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 1
 BP 37
 EP 43
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA ZH202
 UT ISI:000073083100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YX
    Wan, XJ
 TI Hydrogen effects on the mechanical properties of Ti-24Al-11Nb-3V-1Mo
    alloy
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID TITANIUM ALUMINIDE ALLOY; HYDRIDES; TI3AL
 AB The effects of hydrogen on the mechanical properties at room
    temperature of a Ti3Al based alloy Ti-24Al-11Nb-3V-1Mo have been
    investigated. The results show a parabolic rate relationship between
    the average hydrogen concentration of the alloy at constant temperature
    and charging time. The mechanical properties (ultimate bending strength
    and deflection) decrease with increasing hydrogen content in the alloy.
    The fractographic feature indicates that the decrease of the mechanical
    properties is due to the crack nucleation and propagation at the
    hydride Ti3AlH.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YX, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHU WY, 1992, ACTA METALL MATER, V40, P455
    CHU WY, 1992, METALL TRANS A, V23, P1299
    FLEISCHER RL, 1989, ANNU REV MATER SCI, V19, P231
    GAO M, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P2135
    MANOR E, 1989, SCRIPTA METALL, V23, P313
    RUDMAN PS, 1978, J LESS-COMMON MET, V58, P231
    SCHWARTZ DS, 1991, ACTA METALL MATER, V39, P2799
    SHIH DS, 1989, SCRIPTA METALL, V23, P973
    SUBRAHMANYAM J, 1988, J MATER SCI, V23, P1906
 NR 9
 TC 3
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAR
 PY 1998
 VL 14
 IS 2
 BP 176
 EP 178
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA ZG171
 UT ISI:000072974000017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    He, LP
 TI The fully discrete Legendre spectral approximation of two-dimensional
    unsteady incompressible fluid flow in stream function form
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE incompressible fluid flow in stream function form; fully discrete
    Legendre spectral scheme; convergence; numerical results
 ID EQUATIONS
 AB The initial-boundary value problem of two-dimensional incompressible
    fluid flow in stream function form is considered. A fully discrete
    Legendre spectral scheme is proposed. By a series of a priori
    estimations and a compactness argument, it is proved that the numerical
    solution converges to the weak solution of the original problem. If the
    genuine solution is suitably smooth, then this approach provides higher
    accuracy. The numerical results show the advantages of this method. The
    techniques used in this paper are also applicable to other related
    problems with derivatives of high order in space.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, BY, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong.
 EM maguo@cityu.edu.hk
 CR ADAMS RA, 1975, SOBOLEV SPACE
    BERNARDI C, 1992, MATH COMPUT, V59, P63
    CANTO C, 1982, MATH COMPUT, V38, P67
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CHORIN AJ, 1967, J COMPUT PHYS, V2, P12
    GIRAULT V, 1979, LECT NOTES MATH, V794
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, CBMS NSF REGIONAL C, V26
    GRESHO PM, 1987, INT J NUMER METH FL, V7, P1111
    GUO BY, 1988, FINITE DIFFERENT MET
    GUO BY, 1997, J MATH ANAL APPL, V20, P1
    KUO PY, 1977, SCI SINICA, V20, P287
    LIONS JL, 1968, PROBLEMES AUX LIMITE, V1
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    LIONS JL, 1970, NUMERICAL SOLUTION F, P11
    ODEN JT, 1974, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    ROACH PJ, 1976, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID
    SHEN J, 1992, ADV COMPUTER METHODS, V7, P658
    SHEN J, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P1489
    TEMAM R, 1977, NAVIER STOKES EQUATI
 NR 19
 TC 5
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PD FEB
 PY 1998
 VL 35
 IS 1
 BP 146
 EP 176
 PG 31
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA ZC436
 UT ISI:000072578000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BQ
    Cao, WM
 TI An additive Schwarz method for the h-p version of the finite element
    method in three dimensions
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE additive Schwarz method; the h-p version; condition number; iterative
    and parallel solver
 ID 3 DIMENSIONS; ELLIPTIC PROBLEMS; DOMAIN DECOMPOSITION; 2 DIMENSIONS;
    APPROXIMATION; PRECONDITIONER; POLYNOMIALS; SPACES
 AB In this paper, we study the additive Schwarz method for the h-p version
    of the finite element method in three dimensions. The main idea is to
    treat separately the h-version (linear) components and the p-version
    (high-order) components by a vertex-based method. It can also be viewed
    as a three-level method with the level being the linear finite element
    approximation on the coarse mesh, the linear finite element
    approximation on the fine mesh, and the high-order finite element
    approximation on the fine mesh, respectively. The resulting algorithm
    can be implemented in parallel on the subdomain level for the h-version
    components and on the element level for the p-version components. The
    condition number is of order
    [GRAPHICS]
    where H-i stands for the diameter of the subdomain Omega(i), h(i) is
    the diameter of the elements in Omega(i), and p(i) is the maximum of
    the polynomial degrees used in Omega(i).
 C1 Univ Manitoba, Dept Appl Math, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2N2, Canada.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, BQ, Univ Manitoba, Dept Appl Math, Winnipeg, MB R3T 2N2, Canada.
 CR AINSWORTH M, 1996, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P1358
    BABUSKA I, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P624
    BABUSKA I, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V133, P319
    BABUSKA I, 1996, IN PRESS H P VERSION
    BRAMBLE JH, 1989, MATH COMPUT, V53, P1
    BRAMBLE JH, 1991, MATH COMPUT, V56, P463
    CAI XC, 1993, NONESTED COARSE SPAC
    CANUTO C, 1982, MATH COMPUT, V38, P67
    CASARIN MA, 1995, 705 NEW YORK U COUR
    CHAN TF, 1994, 948 CAM UCLA DEP MAT
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    CLEMENT P, 1975, RAIRO ANAL NUMER, V9, P77
    DRYJA M, 1988, P 1 INT S DOM DEC ME
    DRYJA M, 1994, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V31, P1662
    DRYJA M, 1995, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V48, P121
    DRYJA M, 1996, NUMER MATH, V72, P313
    GUO B, 1996, HOUSTON J MATH, P487
    GUO B, 1997, IN PRESS REGULARIT 3
    GUO BQ, 1994, BOUNDARY VALUE PROBL, P101
    GUO BQ, 1996, NUMER MATH, V75, P59
    GUO BQ, 1997, P ROY SOC EDINB A 1, V127, P77
    GUO BQ, 1997, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V18, P1267
    LIONS JL, 1972, NONHOMOGENEOUS BOUND, V1
    MADAY Y, 1989, CR ACAD SCI I-MATH, V309, P463
    MANDEL J, 1990, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V29, P1095
    ODEN JT, 1994, CONT MATH, V180, P295
    PAVARINO LF, 1994, 663 NEW YORK U DEP C
    PAVARINO LF, 1996, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P1303
    SZABO B, 1990, FINITE ELEMENT ANAL
    WIDLUND OB, 1988, P 1 S DOM DEC METH P
    WIDLUND OB, 1995, COMMUNICATION
 NR 31
 TC 15
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PD APR
 PY 1998
 VL 35
 IS 2
 BP 632
 EP 654
 PG 23
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA ZC449
 UT ISI:000072580500013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WM
    He, GQ
 TI Rigorous analysis of an implicit spectral method for KdV equation
 SO ARABIAN JOURNAL FOR SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE KdV equation; spectral method; implicit scheme; existence; convergence;
    iteration method
 ID WAVE
 AB A Fourier spectral method in combination with the standard midpoint
    Euler temporal discretization for the KdV equation is considered. The
    global existence and convergence of the numerical solution are
    investigated rigorously. An iteration method for solving the nonlinear
    algebraic systems at each time level is also proposed, with its
    compression factor strictly estimated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP He, GQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Jiading Campus, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ADAMS RA, 1975, SOBOLEV SPACES
    BENYU G, 1978, CHINESE SCI BULL, V23, P592
    BENYU G, 1985, ACTA MATH SINICA, V28, P1
    FORNBERG B, 1978, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V289, P373
    FRUTOS JD, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V103, P160
    HE GQ, 1990, COMM APPL MATH COMP, V4, P51
    HE GQ, 1993, COMM APPL MATH COMPU, V7, P41
    HE GQ, 1993, J SHANGHAI U SCI TEC, V16, P111
    JEEFREY A, 1972, SIAM REV, V14, P582
    QUARTERONI A, 1984, JAPAN J APPL MATH, V1, P173
    TAHA TR, 1984, J COMPUT PHYS, V55, P231
    WINEBERG SB, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V97, P311
    ZABUSKY NJ, 1965, PHYS REV LETT, V15, P240
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0377-9211
 J9 ARAB J SCI ENG
 JI Arab. J. Sci. Eng.
 PD DEC
 PY 1997
 VL 22
 IS 2C
 BP 159
 EP 167
 PG 9
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA ZC497
 UT ISI:000072586000014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JC
    Zhang, YH
    Yang, YF
    Sen, Y
    Wu, WH
 TI Modification of surface properties of PbSe by ion implantation
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID PBTE
 AB P-type PbSe was implanted by phosphorous ion (P+) with incident energy
    of E-0 = 200 keV and doses of D-s = 1 x 10(14), 5 x 10(14) x 10(15)
    ions cm(-2), respectively. R-p, Delta R-p and the depth of the junction
    which was formed on the surface of the implanted (Pi) PbSe were
    measured and compared with theoretical calculation by means of
    modification of LSS theory. The electrical parameters of the pn
    junctions in PbSe were also discussed. PbSe photodiode implanted by P+
    ion with performance was: ideal factor of the diode m = 2.31, diffusion
    length L = 51.4 mu m, diffusion coefficient D = 26.52 cm(2) s(-1),
    non-equilibrium minority carrier lifetime tau = 9.96 x 10(-7) s. (C)
    1998 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BAN Y, 1970, J APPL PHYS, V41, P2817
    CARTER G, 1976, ION IMPLANTATION SEM, P42
    COLLOT P, 1994, SEMICONDUCTOR SCI TE, V9, P1135
    DALVEN R, 1969, INFRARED PHYS, V9, P141
    DONNELLY JP, 1973, PHYSICS 4 6 COMPOUND, P47
    GIBBONS JN, 1973, PROJECTED RANGE STAT, P78
    IGAKI K, 1963, J PHYSICS SOC JAPAN, V18, P143
    KOMAROV FF, 1991, VACUUM TECHNIQUE TEC, V1, P28
    LINDHARD J, 1963, MAT FYS MEDD K DAN V, V33, P14
    MARCHETTI S, 1993, INFRARED PHYS, V34, P137
    NORR MK, 1962, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V109, P433
    SHI Z, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P2537
    STOBER D, 1992, J CRYST GROWTH, V121, P656
    WANG DN, 1980, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V29, P14
    WANG HT, 1992, TECHNICAL PRINCIPLES, CH3
    ZHANG JC, 1989, P ICSICT 89, P53
    ZLOMANOV VP, 1974, J CRYST GROWTH, V26, P261
 NR 17
 TC 0
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD FEB
 PY 1998
 VL 51
 IS 2
 BP 129
 EP 133
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA ZB067
 UT ISI:000072431700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Min-Ning, J
 TI Phase retardation measurement of single-mode optical fibers
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE optical fibers; single-mode fibers; phase retardation measurements
 AB Two new methods for measuring the phase retardation R of a "nominal"
    single-mode optical fiber are demonstrated. One of them is based on the
    polarization magnitude measure; the other is based on the polarization
    direction measure. Their effectiveness is confirmed by experiments. (C)
    1998 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Fiber Opt, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Min-Ning, J, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Fiber Opt, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR JONES RC, 1941, J OPT SOC AM, V31, P488
    JONES RC, 1948, J OPT SOC AM, V38, P671
    KAPRON FP, 1972, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V8
 NR 3
 TC 1
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD APR 5
 PY 1998
 VL 17
 IS 5
 BP 303
 EP 306
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA ZB601
 UT ISI:000072488900008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZH
 TI Free-space mode approximation for radiation modes of a slab waveguide
    and its application
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE slab waveguide; radiation modes
 ID WAVE-GUIDES; BRANCHES
 AB The symmetric slab waveguide as an example, we show that radiation
    modes of a weakly guiding planar optical waveguide can be approximated
    by the free-space modes; their field expressions and normalization
    constants are simple and physically understandable, and can be obtained
    directly without any calculation. By applying this approximation, the
    far-field and radiation loss calculations caused by random wall
    imperfections have been greatly simplified. (C) 1998 John Wiley & Sons,
    Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Wave Sci Lab, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZH, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Wave Sci Lab, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BENECH P, 1992, OPT COMMUN, V88, P96
    CHU FS, 1991, OPT LETT, V16, P309
    LACEY JPR, 1990, IEE PROC-J, V137, P282
    LEE SL, 1994, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V12, P2073
    MARCUSE D, 1974, THEORY DIELECTIC OPT
    MARCUSE D, 1982, LIGHT TRANSMISSION O
    MARCUSE D, 1990, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V26, P675
    ROZZI TE, 1978, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V26, P738
    SNYDER AW, 1983, OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE TH
    YAP D, 1984, APPL OPTICS, V23, P2991
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD APR 5
 PY 1998
 VL 17
 IS 5
 BP 313
 EP 315
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA ZB601
 UT ISI:000072488900011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bing, ZX
    Chang, JG
    Kai, T
    Lun, XJ
    Zhong, DW
    Di, XK
 TI A sub-regular solution model used to predict the component activities
    of quaternary systems
 SO CALPHAD-COMPUTER COUPLING OF PHASE DIAGRAMS AND THERMOCHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 AB A sub-regular solution model used to predict the component activities
    in a homogeneous region of a quaternary system was developed in
    Shanghai Enhanced Lab of Ferrometallurgy. It was designated as
    SELF-SReM4. The component activities were described with the
    polynomials of the content variables, in which a group of A(jkl)
    parameters involves. It was evaluated along with the reliable boundary
    conditions. The deduction of the model and the procedure of the
    evaluation of A(jkl), parameters were introduced in detail in this
    paper.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Bing, ZX, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHANG JG, 1992, ACTA METALLURGICAL B, V5, P476
    CHANG WZ, 1986, CHINESE SCI A, V8, P862
    CHOU KC, 1994, CALPHAD, V23
    DARKEN LS, 1950, J AM CHEM SOC, V72, P2909
    PELTON AD, 1969, CAN J CHEM, V47, P2283
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0364-5916
 J9 CALPHAD-COMPUT COUP PHASE DIA
 JI Calphad-Comput. Coupling Ph. Diagrams Thermochem.
 PD SEP
 PY 1997
 VL 21
 IS 3
 BP 301
 EP 309
 PG 9
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Thermodynamics
 GA ZA668
 UT ISI:000072389100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bing, ZX
    Chang, JG
    Di, XK
 TI Prediction of component activities of quaternary systems using the
    sub-regular solution model
 SO CALPHAD-COMPUTER COUPLING OF PHASE DIAGRAMS AND THERMOCHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID MELTS
 AB A sub-regular solution model used to predict the component activities
    in a homogeneous region of a quaternary system was developed in
    Shanghai Enhanced Lab of Ferrometallurgy. It was designated as
    SELF-SReM4. The previous paper elucidated the model and the evaluating
    procedures of A(jkl) parameters(1). In this paper, SELF-SReM4 is used
    to predict the component activities for the systems of C-Mn-Fe-Si,
    C-Cr-Fe-Ni, C-Cr-Fe-P and MnO-SiO2-Al2O3-CaO.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Bing, ZX, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRAHAM KP, 1960, J IRON STEEL I, V196, P82
    BAYYA S, 1993, ISIJ INT, P17
    BING ZX, IN PRESS
    CHANG JG, 1992, ACTA METALLURGICAL B, V5, P476
    CHIPMAN J, 1952, T AM SOC MET, V44, P1215
    CHIPMAN J, 1980, T JIK, V21, P27
    DARKEN LS, 1967, T METALL SOC AIME, V239, P90
    DRESLER W, 1990, I SM, P95
    FROHBERG MG, 1968, ARCH EISENHUTTENWES, V39, P587
    GEE R, 1978, SCAND J METALL, V7, P38
    GILBY SW, 1969, T METALL SOC AIME, V245, P1749
    HADRYS HG, 1970, METALL T, V1, P1867
    HEALY GW, 1987, I SM, P51
    HULTGREN R, 1973, SELECTED VALUES THER, P487
    KATSNELSON A, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P1045
    KATSNELSON AM, 1993, STEEL RES, V64, P197
    KUBASCHEWSKI O, 1979, METALLURGICAL THERMO
    MEHTA SR, 1965, J IRON STEEL I, V203, P524
    REIN RH, 1965, J CHIPMAN, P415
    RISBUD SH, 1977, J AM CERAM SOC, V60, P418
    SCHURMANN E, 1969, GIESSEREI FORSCH, V21, P29
    SHARMA RA, 1961, J IRON ST I, V198, P386
    SHARMA RA, 1965, T AIME, P1586
    TANAKA A, 1979, T JIM, V20, P516
    TURKGOGAN ET, 1956, JISI, P69
    TUSET JK, 1970, 340358 SINTEF
    WARREN GF, 1974, INFACON, V1, P175
    YAMADA A, 1990, TETSU TO HAGANE, V76, P2137
    ZHONG DW, 1993, THESIS TRONDHEIM U N
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 0364-5916
 J9 CALPHAD-COMPUT COUP PHASE DIA
 JI Calphad-Comput. Coupling Ph. Diagrams Thermochem.
 PD SEP
 PY 1997
 VL 21
 IS 3
 BP 311
 EP 320
 PG 10
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Thermodynamics
 GA ZA668
 UT ISI:000072389100004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Hsu, TY
 TI Gibbs free energy evaluation of the fcc(gamma) and hcp(epsilon) phases
    in Fe-Mn-Si alloys
 SO CALPHAD-COMPUTER COUPLING OF PHASE DIAGRAMS AND THERMOCHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID SHAPE MEMORY ALLOYS; TRANSFORMATION; SYSTEM
 AB The Gibbs free energy as a function of temperature of the fcc(gamma)
    and hcp(epsilon) phases in the Fe-Mn-Si system is evaluated by the
    application of the general model for predicting thermodynamic
    properties for ternary systems from binary ones, suggested by Chou and
    by the utilization of the available data from binary Fe-Mn, Fe-Si and
    Mn-Si systems and the SGTE DATA given by Dinsdale. The calculated
    result seems reasonable as compared with the experimental data.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, L, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR *SHANGH I MECH ENG, 1984, APPL FORTR PROGR, P29
    ANSARA I, 1979, INT METAL REV, V1, P20
    CHOU KC, 1995, CALPHAD, V19, P315
    DINSDALE AT, 1991, CALPHAD, V15, P317
    DONNER P, 1989, MARTENSITIC TRANSFOR, P267
    FORSBERG A, 1993, J PHASE EQUILIB, V14, P354
    GHOSH G, 1989, MRS INT M ADV MAT MA, P9
    HILLERT M, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P227
    HILLERT M, 1980, CALPHAD, V4, P1
    HUANG WM, 1989, CALPHAD, V13, P243
    INDEN G, 1976, PROJ M CALPHAD 5 JUN
    LACAZE J, 1991, METALL TRANS A, V22, P2211
    MURAKAMI M, 1987, P INT C MARTENS TRAN, P985
    OTSUKA H, 1990, ISIJ INT, V30, P674
    SADE M, 1990, J MATER SCI LETT, V9, P112
    SATO A, 1982, ACTA METALL, V30, P1177
    TIBALLS JE, 1991, 8902215MNSI SI NORW
 NR 17
 TC 12
 SN 0364-5916
 J9 CALPHAD-COMPUT COUP PHASE DIA
 JI Calphad-Comput. Coupling Ph. Diagrams Thermochem.
 PD SEP
 PY 1997
 VL 21
 IS 3
 BP 443
 EP 448
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Thermodynamics
 GA ZA668
 UT ISI:000072389100016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, X
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Some identity relations between plane problems for visco- and elasticity
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE viscoelasticity; plane problem; Airy stress function; identity
    relation; integral constitutive relation
 AB In this paper, the boundary value problems of plane problems with a
    simply- or multiply-connected domain for isotropic linear
    visco-elasticity are first established by terms of Airy stress function
    F(chi(a) t). Secondly, some identity relations between displacements
    and stresses for plane problems of visco- and elasticity are discussed
    in detail and some meaningful conclusions are obtained. As an example,
    the deformation response for viscoelastic plate with a small circular
    hole at the center is analyzed under a uniaxial uniform extension.
 C1 Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, X, Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN CJ, 1995, THEORY ELASTICITY
    CHRISTENSEN RM, 1982, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    HUANG KZ, 1986, ANAL TENSOR
    MILLER MK, 1966, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V3, P624
    YANG TQ, 1984, ASME 1984 PVP C
    YANG TQ, 1990, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 12
 BP 1159
 EP 1167
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA ZB193
 UT ISI:000072445700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, XY
    Wan, XJ
    Guo, JT
    Liu, CT
 TI Effect of Zr and B on environmental embrittlement in Ni(3)AI alloys
 SO SCRIPTA MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 ID POLYCRYSTALLINE NI3AL; BORON; SEGREGATION
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Res, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Oak Ridge Natl Lab, Div Met & Ceram, Oak Ridge, TN 37831 USA.
    Acad Sinica, Inst Met Res, Shenyang, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, XY, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Res, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR AOKI K, 1979, NIPPON KINZOKU GAKKA, V43, P1190
    CHOUDHURY A, 1992, ACTA METALL MATER, V40, P57
    CHUANG TH, 1991, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V141, P169
    GEORGE EP, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P365
    GEORGE EP, 1995, MATER RES SOC S P, V364, P1131
    GEORGE EP, 1996, ACTA MATER, V44, P1757
    GU YF, 1994, THESIS SHANGHAI JIAO
    LIU CT, 1985, ACTA METALL, V33, P213
    LIU CT, 1992, NATO ASI SER, V213, P321
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    WAN XJ, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V31, P677
    XIAOJING W, 1995, ACTA METALL SINICA, V8, P299
    ZHEN Z, 1992, ACTA METALL SINICA, V28, A202
 NR 13
 TC 10
 SN 1359-6462
 J9 SCRIPTA MATER
 JI Scr. Mater.
 PD FEB 13
 PY 1998
 VL 38
 IS 6
 BP 959
 EP 964
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA ZA001
 UT ISI:000072317800015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, MM
    Zhuang, L
 TI Preparation of SrTiO3-based ceramic material for boundary layer
    capacitor by vacuum sintering method
 SO JOURNAL OF THE KOREAN PHYSICAL SOCIETY
 DT Article
 ID POLYCRYSTALLINE
 AB Applying the vacuum sintering method instead of the sintering in
    reducing atmosphere (N-2+H-2) to achieve semiconduction for ceramic
    material of SrTiO3 with donor Nb2O5 has been researched preliminarily.
    The vacuum sintering method can produce n-type semiconductor, strontium
    titanate based ceramics, which is fired at 1350 degrees C for 3 h under
    a vacuum condition of 5 Pa, with resistivity about 2 Omega.cm. The
    process under vacuum condition allows promotion of the sintering as
    well as grain growth when compared with the process in atmosphere
    condition. The vacuum sintering can lower the sintering temperature by
    about 100 degrees C, and raise the density of ceramics and the apparent
    permittivity of GBLC of SrTiO3-based ceramics. The above mentioned
    advantages are the key factors of improving the properties of GBLC.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Technol Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, MM, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BURN I, 1982, J MATER SCI, V17, P3510
    SHIRASAKI S, 1980, J CHEM PHYS, V73, P4640
    WEI MM, 1992, FERROELECTRICS, V133, P301
    ZHONG JP, 1987, J INORG MATER, V2, P22
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0374-4884
 J9 J KOREAN PHYS SOC
 JI J. Korean Phys. Soc.
 PD FEB
 PY 1998
 VL 32
 PN Part 3 Suppl. S
 BP S1180
 EP S1182
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA YZ022
 UT ISI:000072212300093
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, DH
    Xu, WY
    Hua, LQ
    Zhang, ZY
    Wan, XJ
 TI Electrochemical preparation & mechanical properties of amorphous
    nickel-SiC composites
 SO PLATING AND SURFACE FINISHING
 DT Article
 ID ALLOYS
 AB In this study, an attempt was made to incorporate SiC particles into an
    amorphous nickel-phosphorus alloy matrix by electrodeposition. The bath
    composition and operating conditions of electrodeposited Ni-P-SiC
    composite coatings were studied and the structure and mechanical
    properties of the deposits were determined.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Met Res Ctr, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, DH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CARGILL GS, 1970, J APPL PHYS, V41, P12
    GROUSE M, 1980, MET FINISH, V78, P31
    MUKHERJEE D, 1989, B ELECTROCHEM, V5, P656
    RAJAGOPAL C, 1984, MET FINISH, V82, P59
 NR 4
 TC 7
 SN 0360-3164
 J9 PLAT SURF FINISH
 JI Plat. Surf. Finish.
 PD FEB
 PY 1998
 VL 85
 IS 2
 BP 61
 EP 64
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Coatings & Films; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA YY160
 UT ISI:000072119300021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
 TI Variable-domain variational finite element method: A general approach
    to free/moving boundary problems in heat and fluid flow
 SO NONLINEAR ANALYSIS-THEORY METHODS & APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE finite element method; variational principle; free & moving boundary
    problems; fluid dynamics; heat transfer
 ID INCOMPRESSIBLE ROTOR FLOW; HYBRID PROBLEMS; POTENTIAL FLOW; PRINCIPLES;
    SHOCKS
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, GL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR 1990, AGARDCP463
    CRANK J, 1984, FREE MOVING BOUNDARY
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    GUO JH, 1993, P 1 INT C AER BEIJ, P75
    LIU GI, 1986, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V108, P254
    LIU GL, 1987, NUM METHODS THERMAL, V5, P284
    LIU GL, 1990, P 1 INT S AER INT FL, P128
    LIU GL, 1992, ACTA MECH, V95, P117
    LIU GL, 1993, INT J TURBO JET ENGI, V10, P273
    LIU GL, 1993, P 2 INT S AER INT FL, V2, P355
    LIU GL, 1993, P 2 INT S AER INT FL, V2, P361
    LIU GL, 1995, ACTA MECH, V108, P207
    LIU GL, 1995, INVERSE PROBL ENG, V2, P1
    LIU GL, 1996, 2 INT C HYDR DEC 16
    YAN S, 1994, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V11, P71
 NR 15
 TC 5
 SN 0362-546X
 J9 NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR METH APP
 JI Nonlinear Anal.-Theory Methods Appl.
 PD DEC
 PY 1997
 VL 30
 IS 8
 BP 5229
 EP 5239
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA YX561
 UT ISI:000072052900064
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xueming, MA
    Gang, JI
    Ling, Z
    Yuanda, D
 TI Structure and properties of bulk nano-structured WC-CO alloy by
    mechanical alloying
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Article
 DE nanocrystalline; WC-Co; mechanical alloying
 AB Mixtures of elemental powders of nominal composition WC-6wt% Co and
    WC-6wt% Co-1wt% VC were prepared using 99.5% purity tungsten, graphite,
    cobalt and vanadium powders with particle sizes smaller than 75 mu m.
    Mechanical alloying (MA) was performed in a QM-1 planetary ball mill.
    The structural evolution and the crystallite size changes of the
    powders during MA were monitored by X-ray diffraction. The results show
    that cemented carbides of WC-Co powder with crystalline sizes of about
    10 nm were directly synthesized from elemental powders by mechanical
    alloying. Cold compacting was carried our at a pressure of 800 MPa
    using a manual uniaxial press with carbide insert dies. The hardness
    and sintered density of sintered samples were measured. The effects of
    small VC additions on the grain size, density and hardness of sintered
    samples were also investigated. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science S.A.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xueming, MA, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR GLEITER H, 1984, Z METALLKD, V75, P263
    SHINGU PH, 1988, T JIM S, V29, P3
    XUEMING MA, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V245, L30
    YUANZHENG Y, 1992, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V5, P266
    YUANZHENG Y, 1994, CHINESE SCI BULL, V17, P1626
 NR 5
 TC 5
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD JAN 9
 PY 1998
 VL 264
 IS 1-2
 BP 267
 EP 270
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA YX365
 UT ISI:000072032900050
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, XH
    Chen, WF
 TI Effective elastic moduli of concrete with interface layer
 SO COMPUTERS & STRUCTURES
 DT Article
 DE concrete; effective elastic moduli; engineering mechanics; interface
    layer; microstructure; stress analysis
 ID CEMENT PASTE; COMPOSITES; MORTAR
 AB In this paper, the effective elastic moduli E* and mu* of concrete are
    obtained from the analytical solution of a two-dimensional
    microstructural model, and the relationships between E*, mu* and the
    elastic moduli of each constituent of concrete are studied. Engineering
    formulas of the effective elastic :moduli on the basis of engineering
    mechanics are also derived and their advantages and limitations are
    assessed. The variation of E* and mu* values with the basic elastic
    moduli E-1, E-2 and E-3 of sand (or aggregate), interface and cement
    paste is given. It is found that the E* and mu* values are affected
    significantly by the interface layer. The results provide a deeper
    understanding of the influences of each constituent of the
    microstructure on the overall behavior of concrete, and an analytical
    relationship between the nonlinear behavior of concrete and the
    properties of its constituent. They are also helpful for developing new
    high-strength concrete materials with an improved strength and
    stiffness. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Purdue Univ, Sch Civil Engn, W Lafayette, IN 47907 USA.
 RP Zhao, XH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BENVENISTE Y, 1989, MECH MATER, V7, P305
    CHEN WF, 1994, CONCRETE PLASTICITY, P146
    CHRISTENSEN RM, 1979, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V27, P315
    CLYNE TW, 1993, INTRO METAL MATRIX C
    COHEN MD, 1994, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V24, P95
    COHEN MD, 1995, MATER RES SOC S P, V370, P407
    DASGUPTA A, 1992, MECH MATER, V14, P67
    HASHIN Z, 1962, J APPL MECH, V29, P144
    HASHIN Z, 1964, J APPL MECH        E, V31, P223
    JONES RM, 1975, MECH COMPOSITE MAT
    LUO HA, 1989, MECH MATER, V8, P77
    SIBONI G, 1991, MECH MATER, V11, P107
    WANG ZM, 1991, MECH STRUCTURAL MECH, P67
    WINSLOW DN, 1994, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V24
    ZHAO XH, 1996, CESTR962 PURD U
    ZHAO XH, 1996, INT J NUMER ANAL MET, V20, P215
    ZHAO XH, 1996, INT J NUMER ANAL MET, V20, P275
 NR 17
 TC 3
 SN 0045-7949
 J9 COMPUT STRUCT
 JI Comput. Struct.
 PD JAN
 PY 1998
 VL 66
 IS 2-3
 BP 275
 EP 288
 PG 14
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering, Civil
 GA YX439
 UT ISI:000072040100012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, HY
    Li, HH
    Ying, TL
    Sun, K
    Qin, YQ
    Qi, DY
 TI Amperometric biosensor sensitive to glucose and lactose based on
    co-immobilization of ferrocene, glucose oxidase, beta-galactosidase and
    mutarotase in beta-cyclodextrin polymer
 SO ANALYTICA CHIMICA ACTA
 DT Article
 DE biosensor; glucose oxidase; beta-galactosidase; mutarotase; glucose;
    lactose; ferrocene; beta-cyclodextrin
 ID ENZYME ELECTRODE; INCLUSION; MILK; SENSOR
 AB An amperometric biosensor sensitive to glucose and lactose has been
    developed by immobilizing glucose oxidase (GOD), beta-galactosidase,
    mutarotase and ferrocene in beta-cyclodextrin polymer. The ferrocene is
    included in the cavities of the beta-cyclodextrin polymer through a
    host-guest chemical reaction whereas glucose oxidase,
    beta-galactosidase and mutarotase are cross-linked with the
    beta-cyclodextrin polymer. Cyclic voltammetry and amperometric
    measurement have been employed for the first time to show the efficacy
    of electron transfer between immobilized glucose oxidase and a glassy
    carbon electrode via ferrocene included in the cavities of
    beta-cyclodextrin polymer. Performance and characteristics of the
    biosensor were evaluated with respect to response time, detection
    limit, selectivity, and dependence on applied potential, temperature
    and pH as well as operating and storage stability. The stability of the
    enzyme membrane was greatly enhanced by cross-linking of the enzymes
    with beta-cyclodextrin polymer because of the water absorbability of
    the beta-cyclodextrin polymer. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Weimei Cooperat Hangzhou, Clin Dept, Hangzhou 310016, Zhejiang Prov, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, HY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR *INT DAIR FED, 1974, 28A INT DAIR FED
    CHENG FS, 1977, ANALYST, V102, P124
    DUBOIS M, 1956, ANAL CHEM, V28, P350
    GRIMBLEBY FH, 1956, J DAIRY RES, V23, P229
    HAMID JA, 1989, ANALYST, V114, P1587
    HARADA A, 1984, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P645
    HARADA A, 1984, J INCLUSION PHENOM, V2, P791
    HARRIS WM, 1986, ANALYST, V111, P37
    JAGER A, 1994, ANALYST, V119, P1251
    KARASZ AB, 1971, J ASSOC OFF ANA CHEM, V54, P1436
    KORADECKI D, 1991, J INCLUS PHENOM MOL, V10, P79
    KUTNER W, 1992, J INCLUS PHENOM MOL, V13, P257
    LI S, 1992, CHEM REV, V92, P1457
    LIU HY, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V300, P65
    LIU HY, 1997, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V344, P187
    LUNDBACK H, 1985, ANAL LETT PT B, V18, P871
    MATSUMOTO K, 1985, AGR BIOL CHEM TOKYO, V49, P2131
    PFEIFFER D, 1990, J CHEM TECHNOL BIOT, V49, P255
    PILLOTON R, 1987, ANAL LETT, V20, P1803
    SAENGER W, 1980, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V19, P344
    TAKAHASHI K, 1994, J INCLUS PHENOM MOL, V17, P1
    WALLENFELS K, 1972, ENZYMES, V7, P617
    WATANABE E, 1991, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V38, P99
    XU YH, 1990, ENZYME MICROB TECH, V12, P104
    YANG MT, 1981, J CHROMATOGR, V209, P316
 NR 25
 TC 30
 SN 0003-2670
 J9 ANAL CHIM ACTA
 JI Anal. Chim. Acta
 PD JAN 30
 PY 1998
 VL 358
 IS 2
 BP 137
 EP 144
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA YX680
 UT ISI:000072065700005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, C
    Qiu, ZG
 TI Effects of surface texture on hydrodynamic lubrication of dynamically
    loaded journal bearings
 SO TRIBOLOGY TRANSACTIONS
 DT Article
 DE hydrodynamic lubrication; journal bearing; surface roughness
 AB The effects of two-sided purely longitudinal, transverse and isotropic
    surface roughness on the hydrodynamic lubrication of dynamically loaded
    finite journal bearings are analyzed using Christensen's stochastic
    model of hydrodynamic lubrication of rough surfaces and considering
    running-in effect on roughness height distributions. A detailed study
    of the above system in terms of the nominal minimum film thickness and
    the maximum film pressure demonstrates that the effects of roughness
    are closely tied to the roughness texture and structure, features of
    nominal geometry, and operating factors.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Res Inst Bearings, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Appl Mech, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, C, Northwestern Univ, Evanston, IL 60201 USA.
 CR BOEDO S, 1995, P INT TRIB C YOK, P1061
    CHRISTENSEN H, 1969, P I MECH ENGRS     1, V184, P1013
    ELROD HG, 1973, ASME, V93, P324
    PATIR N, 1978, T ASME, V100, P12
    PRAKASH J, 1984, ASME, V106, P324
    RHOW SK, 1974, ASME, V94, P554
    TONDER K, 1977, WEAR, V44, P329
    ZHANG C, 1995, CHINESE INTERNAL COM, V16, P69
    ZHANG C, 1995, P INT TRIB C YOK, P1005
 NR 9
 TC 3
 SN 1040-2004
 J9 TRIBOL TRANS
 JI Tribol. Trans.
 PD JAN
 PY 1998
 VL 41
 IS 1
 BP 43
 EP 48
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA YW245
 UT ISI:000071913000006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, DR
    Zhao, FG
 TI The globalization of Durand-Kerner algorithm
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Durand-Kerner algorithm; continuous homotopy; path tracing; global
    convergence; point estimation
 ID EIGENVALUE PROBLEMS; POLYNOMIAL SYSTEMS; HOMOTOPY; EQUATIONS; ZEROS
 AB Making use of the theory of continuous homotopy and the relation
    between symmetric polynomial and polynomial in one variable the authors
    devoted this article to constructing a regularly homotopic curve with
    probability one. Discrete tracing along this homotopic curve leads to a
    class of Durand-Kerner algorithm with step parameters. The convergence
    of this class of algorithms is given, which solves the conjecture about
    the global property of Durand-Kerner algorithm. The problem for
    steplength selection is thoroughly discussed. Finally, sufficient
    numerical examples are used to verify our theory.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, DR, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ALEFELD G, 1974, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V11, P237
    ALLGOWER EL, 1990, NUMERICAL CONTINUATI
    CHOW SN, 1978, MATH COMPUT, V32, P887
    DEREN W, 1987, COMPUTING, V38, P75
    DEREN W, 1989, COMPUTING, V43, P187
    DEREN W, 1993, JCAM, V60, P253
    DURAND E, 1960, SOLUTIONS NAMERIQUES, V1
    GARCIA CB, 1979, MATH PROGRAM, V16, P159
    KERNER IO, 1966, NUMER MATH, V8, P290
    LI TY, 1987, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V91, P65
    LI TY, 1987, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V24, P435
    LI TY, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P1241
    LI TY, 1992, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V29, P229
    MO ZJ, 1987, ALGEBRA, V1
    SCHWARTZ ST, 1969, NONLINEAR FUNCTIONAL
    SENLIN X, 1989, SYSTEM ALGEBRAIC EQU
    SMALE S, 1986, MERGING DISCIPLINES, P185
    ZHAO FG, 1993, MATH NUMERICA SINICA, V2, P196
    ZHENG SM, 1982, CHINESE SCI BULL, V9, P515
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 11
 BP 1045
 EP 1057
 PG 13
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YW736
 UT ISI:000071967700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    Wang, YM
 TI An almost monotone approximation for a nonlinear two-point boundary
    value problem
 SO ADVANCES IN COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear two-point problem; almost monotone approximation; nonlinear
    Jacobi and Gauss-Seidel iterations
 ID PETROV-GALERKIN
 AB Almost monotone approximation is proposed for nonlinear two-points
    problem. A general framework is given for studying the existence and
    uniqueness of numerical solutions. A discrete approximation with high
    accuracy is constructed. Nonlinear Jacobi iteration and Gauss-Seidel
    iteration are introduced to save work. The continuous approximation is
    also considered. The numerical results show the advantages of such an
    approach.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR BABUSKA I, 1966, NUMERICAL PROCESSES
    BABUSKA I, 1983, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V20, P510
    BERMAN A, 1979, NONNEGATIVE MATRICES
    BOGLAEV IP, 1988, P ROY IRISH ACAD A, V88, P153
    CHANG KW, 1984, APPL MATH SCI, V56
    COLLATZ L, 1960, NUMERICAL TREATMENT
    COLLATZ L, 1964, FUNKTIONALANALYSIS N
    GUO BY, 1986, NUMER MATH, V49, P511
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHODS P
    GUO BY, 1991, NUMER METH PART D E, P23
    GUO BY, 1992, J APPL SCI, V10, P1
    GUO BY, 1992, MATH COMPUT, V58, P531
    HOWES FA, 1978, MEMOIRS AM MATH SOC, V203
    LADDE GS, 1985, MONOTONE ITERATIVE T
    NUMEROV BV, 1924, MON NOT R ASTRON SOC, V84, P592
    RABINOWITZ PH, 1970, LECT NOTES MATH, V648, P97
    ROSE ME, 1964, MATH COMPUT, V18, P179
    VARGA RS, 1962, MATRIX ITERATIVE ANA
 NR 18
 TC 5
 SN 1019-7168
 J9 ADV COMPUT MATH
 JI Adv. Comput. Math.
 PY 1998
 VL 8
 IS 1-2
 BP 65
 EP 96
 PG 32
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA YW687
 UT ISI:000071962500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZL
    Jiang, XY
    Xu, SH
    Nagatomo, T
    Omoto, O
 TI Stability enhancement of organic electroluminescent diode through
    buffer layer or rubrene doping in hole-transporting layer
 SO SYNTHETIC METALS
 DT Article
 DE buffer layers; organic electroluminescent diodes; rubrene
 AB The stability of organic electroluminescent devices is significantly
    improved by inserting a buffer layer between ITO and the
    hole-transporting layer or by doping rubrene in the hole layer, The
    durabilities of the improved devices increase by a factor of about 10.
    The reasons for the improvements are discussed based on tunnelling
    theory and the energy-level diagram of the device, (C) 1997 Elsevier
    Science S.A.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shibaura Inst Technol, Tokyo 108, Japan.
 RP Zhang, ZL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ADACHI C, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P2679
    SANO T, P IN ORG EL EL 96 BE, P249
    SHIROTA Y, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P807
 NR 3
 TC 26
 SN 0379-6779
 J9 SYNTHET METAL
 JI Synth. Met.
 PD DEC
 PY 1997
 VL 91
 IS 1-3
 BP 131
 EP 132
 PG 2
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter;
    Polymer Science
 GA YU803
 UT ISI:000071756200032
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, BW
    Zhao, W
    Cao, Y
    Wang, XS
    Zhang, ZL
    Jiang, XY
    Xu, SH
 TI Photoluminescence and electroluminescence of squarylium cyanine dyes
 SO SYNTHETIC METALS
 DT Article
 DE organic devices; photoluminescence; electroluminescence; squarylium
    cyanine-doped 8-hydroxyquinoline aluminium; energy transfer mechanism
 ID FILMS
 AB A series of squarylium cyanine dyes (Sq1, Sq2 and Sq3) were synthesized
    to explore their applications in organic electroluminescence devices
    (ELDs) with the aim of achieving highly efficient red emission. The
    absorption and fluorescence spectra of squarylium cyanine dyes (Sqs) in
    organic solvents, as well as their interaction with S-hydroxyquinoline
    aluminum (Alq) in solution and in film, were investigated to help
    understand the EL mechanism. The basic device structure consists of a
    hole-transport layer (HTL) of
    N,N'-diphenyl-N,N'-bis(3-methylphenyl)-1,1'-diphenyl-4,4'-diamine (TPD)
    and an emission layer (EML) of Sq-doped Alq. By the doping method, the
    EL color can be readily tuned from green (EL of Alq) to red (EL of Sq)
    upon varying application of voltage. The EL mechanism is suggested to
    be associated with the energy transfer from the excited Alq to the
    dopant Sq. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science S.A.
 C1 Acad Sinica, Inst Photog Chem, Photochem Lab, Beijing 100101, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, BW, Acad Sinica, Inst Photog Chem, Photochem Lab, Beijing
    100101, Peoples R China.
 CR ABKOWITZ M, 1986, PHILOS MAG B, V53, P193
    BORSENBERGER PM, 1978, J APPL PHYS, V49, P273
    DALEEP SD, 1961, J ORG CHEM, V26, P3527
    EMMELIUS M, 1989, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V28, P1445
    GALE DJ, 1974, J SOC DYERS COLOUR, V90, P97
    GRIFFITHS J, 1976, COLOR CONSTITUTION O
    HENG LS, 1995, J SICHUAN U, V32, P566
    HUGO I, 1968, J ORG CHEM, V33, P4283
    JOHNSON GE, 1995, PURE APPL CHEM, V67, P175
    LAW KY, 1993, CHEM REV, V93, P449
    LI CP, 1995, J POLYM RES, V2, P133
    MILON WB, 1956, J AM CHEM SOC, V78, P5854
    PIECHOWSKI A, 1984, J PHYS CHEM-US, V88, P933
    SANO T, 1995, 5432014, US
    SPRENGER HE, 1967, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V6, P553
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    TANG CW, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V65, P3610
    TANG CW, 1995, 5409783, US
 NR 18
 TC 8
 SN 0379-6779
 J9 SYNTHET METAL
 JI Synth. Met.
 PD DEC
 PY 1997
 VL 91
 IS 1-3
 BP 237
 EP 241
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter;
    Polymer Science
 GA YU803
 UT ISI:000071756200057
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Tang, Z
    Sun, W
    Wang, P
 TI Calculation of phase diagrams of Al2O3-SiO2-R2O3 systems
 SO PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF GLASSES
 DT Article
 ID GLASSES
 AB Binary oxide diagrams of Al2O3-SiO2, SiO2-R2O3, Al2O3-R2O3 (R=Nd, Sm)
    were thermodynamically assessed. The obtained Gibbs free energies of
    components and stoichiometric phases and solution parameters were used
    for the estimation of liquidus surface and isothermal sections of
    Al2O3-SiO2-Nd2O3 and Al2O3-SiO2-Sm2O3 systems. The eutectics in
    Al2O3-SiO2-Nd2O3 ternary phase diagram were also calculated in this
    work.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200027, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, L, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200027, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ARAMAKI S, 1962, J AM CERAM SOC, V45, P229
    BONDAR A, 1966, B ACAD SCI USSR CH, P195
    COUTURES JP, 1985, J AM CERAM SOC, V68, P105
    ERBE EM, 1990, J AM CERAM SOC, V73, P2708
    ERIKSSON G, 1993, METALL TRANS B, V24, P807
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P35
    KOHLI JT, 1991, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V32, P67
    LUKAS HL, 1977, CALPHAD, V1, P225
    LUO W, 1990, PHYSICAL CHEM, P316
    PELTON AD, 1986, METALL TRANS B, V17, P805
    SUN G, 1991, J CHIN RARE EARTH EL, V9, P118
    TOROPOV NA, 1960, T 7 INT CER C LOND, P440
    TOROPOV NA, 1961, B ACAD SCI USSR CH, P1279
    WU P, 1992, J ALLOY COMPD, V179, P259
 NR 14
 TC 8
 SN 0031-9090
 J9 PHYS CHEM GLASSES
 JI Phys. Chem. Glasses
 PD DEC
 PY 1997
 VL 38
 IS 6
 BP 323
 EP 326
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA YV402
 UT ISI:000071819400008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZL
    Jiang, XY
    Xu, SH
    Nagatomo, T
    Omoto, O
 TI The effect of rubrene as a dopant on the efficiency and stability of
    organic thin film electroluminescent devices
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS D-APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID LIGHT-EMITTING-DIODES
 AB Rubrene was doped into the hole transport layer of an organic thin film
    electroluminescent (OTFEL) device with a double-layered structure. It
    was found that the dopant has a profound influence on the EL
    characteristics - it changed the region of light emission, increased
    the luminescence efficiency by more than 50% and improved the device
    stability tenfold. The reasons for these effects are discussed based on
    injection theory and the energy level diagram of the device.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shibaura Inst Technol, Minato Ku, Tokyo 108, Japan.
 RP Zhang, ZL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Jiading Campus, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ADACHI C, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P2679
    BROWN AR, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V61, P2793
    PARKER ID, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P1272
    SANO T, 1996, INORGANIC ORGANIC EL, P249
    SHIROTA Y, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P807
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    YANG Y, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V64, P1245
    ZHANG ZL, 1996, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V4, P301
 NR 8
 TC 11
 SN 0022-3727
 J9 J PHYS-D-APPL PHYS
 JI J. Phys. D-Appl. Phys.
 PD JAN 7
 PY 1998
 VL 31
 IS 1
 BP 32
 EP 35
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA YV414
 UT ISI:000071820600005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wen, HQ
    Mao, XM
    Xu, KD
 TI High strength conductor by directional solidification
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 AB The directional solidification of Cu-0.8 wt pet Cr alloy was
    investigated for high-strength conductors. An in-situ composite
    material in which the matrix is in cellular morphology and the
    well-distributed eutectics around the cells is formed in the
    directional solidification process. In such microstructure, the
    cellular matrix is as conductor and the coated-around eutectics as
    reinforcement. The formation mechanism of this microstructure is
    discussed from the interfacial instability. As a result, the tensile
    strength of the material along the solidification direction is two
    times more than that of the conventionally cast one, while the
    electrical conductivity is reduced a little by comparison with the pure
    Cu.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Mao, XM, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON KR, 1995, METALL MATER TRANS A, V9, P1197
    HANQI HU, 1991, SOLIDIFICATION FUNDA
    HARDWICH DA, 1993, METALL T A, V1, P27
    KURZ W, 1981, ACTA METALL, V29, P11
    TILLER WA, 1953, ACTA METALL, V1, P428
    VERHOEVEN JD, 1990, J MAT ENG, V2, P27
    WANG YW, 1995, FUNCTIONAL MAT, V3, P220
    ZHAO ZD, 1993, HDB CU ITS ALLOYS MA, P3
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD JAN
 PY 1998
 VL 14
 IS 1
 BP 89
 EP 91
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA YV447
 UT ISI:000071825100022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, XH
    Xu, J
    Meng, ZY
 TI Interdiffusion reaction in the PZT/PNN functionally gradient
    piezoelectric ceramic materials
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID ACTUATOR
 AB The interfacial diffusion reaction between lead zirconate titanate
    (PZT) and lead nickel niobate (PbNi1/3Nb2/3O3:PNN) phases in the
    PZT/PNN functionally gradient piezoelectric ceramics were investigated
    as a function of the diffusion temperature and time, respectively. The
    ionic composition distribution profiles in the interdiffusion region
    were examined by electron probe microbeam analysis (EPMA). Based on a
    diffusion model of the overlapped diffusion solution from thin slab,
    the numerical simulation for the ionic composition distribution was
    carried out by computer, which was in agreement with the EPMA result.
    The diffusion coefficients for the Ni2+, Nb5+, Ti4+ and Zr4+ ions were
    determined, which were 33.8, 22.6, 10.8 and 9.9 x 10(-12) m(2) s(-1),
    respectively. The apparent activation energies for these ions were
    94.4, 171.7, 257.5 and 325.8 kJ mol(-1), respectively. The differences
    in the ionic diffusion coefficients and apparent activation energies
    were discussed from the viewpoint of the crystal chemistry. (C) 1998
    Chapman & Hall.
 C1 Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, XH, Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
 CR CHAWLA KK, 1995, CERAMIC MATRIX COMPO
    ZHU XH, 1995, J MATER SCI LETT, V14, P516
    ZHU XH, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V48, P169
    ZHU XH, 1995, THESIS XIAN JIAOTONG
 NR 4
 TC 13
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD FEB 15
 PY 1998
 VL 33
 IS 4
 BP 1023
 EP 1030
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA YU268
 UT ISI:000071699300022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, SR
    Luo, J
    Leonardi, F
    Lipo, TA
 TI A general approach to sizing and power density equations for comparison
    of electrical machines
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON INDUSTRY APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE ferrites; magnets; motors; power density; sizing equation
 AB Whenever an electrical machine is meant to be fed lug a power
    converter, the design should be approached as a system optimization,
    more than a simple machine sizing. A great variety of electrical
    machines is available to accomplish this goal, and the task of
    comparing the different options tan be very difficult, A general
    purpose sizing equation, easily adjustable for every topology, that
    could take into account different waveforms and machine
    characteristics, would be a very desirable tool, In this paper, a
    general approach is presented to develop and to discuss such an
    equation. Sample applications of the sizing and power density equations
    are utilized to compare the induction machine and the doubly salient
    permanent magnet (DSPM) machine.
 C1 Univ Wisconsin, Dept Elect & Comp Engn, Madison, WI 53706 USA.
 RP Huang, SR, Shanghai Univ, Coll Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHEN SQ, 1982, ELECT MACHINE DESIGN
    HONSINGER VB, 1987, IEEE T ENERGY CONVER, V2, P116
    HUANG S, 1997, 1997 IEEE POW ENG SO
    LEONARDI F, 1996, IEEE IAS ANN M M SAN
    LEVI E, 1984, POLYPHASE MOTORS DIR
    LI Y, 1995, C DES MAN MOD IND DM
    LIPO TA, 1984, IEEE T IND APPL, V20, P834
    LIPO TA, 1995, P IPEC 95, P1
    LIPO TA, 1996, INTRO AC MACHINE DES
    SCHUISKY W, 1957, INDUKTIONSMASCHIMEN
 NR 10
 TC 5
 SN 0093-9994
 J9 IEEE TRANS IND APPL
 JI IEEE Trans. Ind. Appl.
 PD JAN-FEB
 PY 1998
 VL 34
 IS 1
 BP 92
 EP 97
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Engineering, Multidisciplinary
 GA YU517
 UT ISI:000071725800012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, GL
    Yu, FH
    Weng, HM
    Zhang, HH
 TI Annealing behavior of Fe-57 implanted in ZrO2(Y)
 SO HYPERFINE INTERACTIONS
 DT Article
 AB Using conversion electron Mossbauer spectroscopy(CEMS) and slow
    positron beam, the chemical states of the implanted Fe-57 (100keV,3 x
    10(16) ions/cm(2)) in ZrO2 containing 3 mol% Y2O3 (ZY(3)) and its
    thermodynamic behavior during annealing process with the temperature
    from 200 to 500 degrees C were studied. After annealing at 400 degrees
    C the complex of Fe3+-V has been mostly dissolved, and the prior phase
    to alpha-Fe and alpha-Fe nano-crystalline cluster were present in the
    sample. Meanwhile the mixed conducting of oxygen-ions and electrons in
    the ZY(3) containing Fe sample appeared.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol China, Hefei 230026, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, GL, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BURGGRAAF AJ, 1988, PHYS RES B, V32, P32
    MAREST G, 1990, HYPERFINE INTERACT, V56, P1605
    SAWICKI JA, 1988, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V32, P79
    WELLER M, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P573
    ZHANG G, 1986, PHYS LETT A, V119, P251
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0304-3843
 J9 HYPERFINE INTERACTIONS
 JI Hyperfine Interact.
 PY 1998
 VL 112
 IS 1-4
 BP 197
 EP 200
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Physics, Condensed Matter;
    Physics, Nuclear
 GA YV034
 UT ISI:000071783000042
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, XH
    Chen, WF
 TI Solutions of multilayer inclusion problems under uniform field
 SO JOURNAL OF ENGINEERING MECHANICS-ASCE
 DT Article
 ID STRESS-FIELDS; COMPOSITES
 AB In this paper, a general solution of an n-layer inclusion problem in a
    limited region is obtained for the first time. The solutions of
    three-layer inclusion problems in a limited region under uniform strain
    field and under uniform stress field are given also. These solutions
    with undetermined constants are all expressed in closed form. The
    validity of these solutions is verified by numerical examples of
    several special cases. These solutions will enable us to study various
    stress distributions and elastic behavior of concrete materials in
    microscale.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Purdue Univ, Sch Civil Engn, W Lafayette, IN 47907 USA.
 RP Zhao, XH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BENVENISTE Y, 1989, MECH MATER, V7, P305
    CHEN T, 1990, MECH MATER, V9, P17
    CHRISTENSEN RM, 1979, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V27, P315
    DASGUPTA A, 1992, MECH MATER, V14, P67
    GOODIER JN, 1933, J APPL MECH, V1, P39
    LING CB, 1966, APPL SCI RES THE HAG, V18, P32
    SIBONI G, 1991, MECH MATER, V11, P107
    TIMOSHENKO S, 1951, THEORY ELASTICITY
    ZHAO XH, 1990, APPL MATH MECH, V11, P207
    ZHAO XH, 1996, INT J NUMER ANAL MET, V20, P275
 NR 10
 TC 3
 SN 0733-9399
 J9 J ENG MECH-ASCE
 JI J. Eng. Mech.-ASCE
 PD FEB
 PY 1998
 VL 124
 IS 2
 BP 209
 EP 216
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA YT178
 UT ISI:000071573300012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, XG
    Chen, ZH
 TI Heat recovery from the starting vessel of a once-through boiler system
 SO APPLIED THERMAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE heat recovery; deaerator; boiler; start-up system
 AB An increasing number of coal-and oil-fired boilers are employed in
    covering the week-day load and are shut down at weekends. This paper
    describes an attempt to calculate the amount of heat recovery in a
    once-through boiler system during its start-up. A mathematical model
    has been firstly developed, and an experimental study is carried out to
    check the model. The 300 MW once-through boiler system is taken as an
    example. Both theoretical analysis and an experimental study show that
    the capacity for heat recovery in the deaerator tank largely depends on
    the working pressure of the deaerator tank and the starting vessel. The
    volume of the deaerator tank, especially the volume of water, has a
    large effect on the heat recovery capacity. (C) 1997 Published by
    Elsevier Science Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, XG, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, 516 Jun Gong Rd,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR HIRSCH C, 1988, NUMERICAL COMPUTATIO
    HUANG CM, 1982, HYDRODYNAMICS HEAT T
    RAY A, 1976, J DYNAMIC SYSTEM MEA, V9, P332
    XU HZ, 1996, POWER STATION AUXILI, V1, P1
    ZHANG CY, 1976, DYNAMIC RESPONSE MAT
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1359-4311
 J9 APPL THERM ENG
 JI Appl. Therm. Eng.
 PD MAR-APR
 PY 1998
 VL 18
 IS 3-4
 BP 179
 EP 186
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Energy & Fuels; Mechanics; Thermodynamics
 GA YR474
 UT ISI:000071498900011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
    Zhao, XH
    Dai, HH
 TI Invariant tori and chaotic streamlines in the ABC flow
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE ABC flow; action-angle-angle; invariant tori; Melnikov method; chaos
 AB We study the dynamical system associated with fluid particle motions of
    the Arnold-Beltrami-Childress (ABC) flow, defined by (x) over dot = A
    sin z + C cos y, (y) over dot = B sin x + A cos z, (z) over dot = C sin
    y + B cos x, where A, B, C are real parameters and \C\ much less than
    1. First, we reduce this system to action-angle-angle coordinates.
    Then, by using the new-KAM-like theorems for perturbations of a
    three-dimensional, volume-preserving map, we obtain the conditions of
    existence of invariant tori in the ABC flow. In addition, by using a
    high-dimensional generalization of the Melnikov method, we obtain the
    analytical criterion for the existence of chaotic streamlines in the
    ABC flow. (C) 1998 Published by Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Yunnan Univ, Dept Math, Kunming 650091, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Hong Kong, Hong Kong.
 RP Huang, DB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ARNOLD VI, 1965, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V261, P17
    ARNOLD VI, 1978, MATH METHODS CLASSIC
    CHENG CQ, 1990, CELESTIAL MECH, V47, P275
    DOMBRE T, 1986, J FLUID MECH, V167, P353
    GALLOWAY D, 1987, J FLUID MECH, V180, P557
    GUCHENHEIMER J, 1983, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    HENON M, 1966, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V262, P312
    MEIZE J, 1994, J NONLINEAR SCI, V4, P157
    WIGGINS S, 1988, GLOBAL BIFURCATIONS
    WIGGINS S, 1990, INTRO APPL NONLINEAR
    YOCCOZ JC, 1992, ASTERISQUE, V206, P311
    ZHAO XH, 1993, SIAM J APPL MATH, V53, P71
 NR 12
 TC 4
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD JAN 5
 PY 1998
 VL 237
 IS 3
 BP 136
 EP 140
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA YQ830
 UT ISI:000071427400006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
    He, JH
 TI New research and concepts in turbo-jet engine design
 SO AIRCRAFT ENGINEERING AND AEROSPACE TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE aerospace engineering; design; engines; 3D
 AB Presents a brief overview of some new concepts and research results
    concerning aerodynamic computation and design of jet-propulsion engines
    with emphasis on turbomachinery (TM) developed in China, without any
    attempt to be exhaustive.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mech, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, GL, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mech, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR DEICH ME, 1963, THERMAL ENERGETICS
    EPPLER R, 1980, TM80210 NASA, P82
    GAO JH, 1997, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    LI XD, 1996, AIAA J, V34, P1097
    LIU GL, 1993, P I MECH ENG A-J POW, V207, P23
    LIU GL, 1995, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V12, P109
    LIU GL, 1996, 19 INT C THEOR APPL
    LIU GL, 1996, ACTA AERODYNAMICA SI, V14, P1
    LIU GL, 1996, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V13, P1
    LIU GL, 1998, IN PRESS INT S INV P
    MIAO RT, 1991, J AEROSPACE POWER, V6, P13
    OHTSUKA M, 1974, 74GT2 ASME
    SELIG MS, 1992, AIAA J, V30, P1162
    WANG ZQ, 1981, 5 INT S AIR BREATH E
    WANG ZQ, 1994, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V15, P147
    ZHANG ZC, 1996, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V17, P180
 NR 16
 TC 2
 SN 0002-2667
 J9 AIRCRAFT ENG AEROSP TECHNOL
 JI Aircr. Eng. Aerosp. Technol.
 PY 1997
 VL 69
 IS 6
 BP 527
 EP +
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA YQ732
 UT ISI:000071417700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Liu, YZ
 TI Parametric open-plus-closed-loop control of chaos in continuous
    dynamical systems
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE continuous dynamical system; chaos; parametric open-plus-closed-loop
    control; the Lorenz model
 ID MIGRATION CONTROLS; ENTRAINMENT
 AB This paper presents a parametric open-plus-closed-loop control approach
    to controlling chaos in continuous dynamical systems. As an example,
    chaos in the Lorenz model is controlled to demonstrate its application.
    Finally. the relations between the parametric open-plus-closed-loop
    control and the former control methods, such as the
    open-plus-closed-loop control and the parametric entrainment control.
    are discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN LQ, IN PRESS APPL MATH M
    CHEN LQ, 1996, PHYS, V25, P278
    HU HY, 1996, ADV MECH, V26, P453
    HUBLER A, 1989, NATURWISSENSCHAFTEN, V76, P67
    JACKSON EA, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V151, P478
    JACKSON EA, 1995, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V5, P1255
    JACKSON EA, 1995, PHYSICA D, V85, P1
    METTIN R, 1995, PHYS REV E A, V51, P4065
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 1997
 VL 10
 IS 4
 BP 316
 EP 321
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA YR176
 UT ISI:000071468000004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Q
    Awai, I
 TI Frequency characteristics of the magnetic spatial solitons on the
    surface of an antiferromagnet
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID CROSS-PHASE MODULATION; WAVE-GUIDES; FERROMAGNETIC-FILMS; ENVELOPE
    SOLITONS; OPTICAL SOLITONS; SPIN-WAVES; PROPAGATION
 AB The frequency characteristics of magnetic spatial solitons on the
    surface of two-sublattice uniaxial antiferromagnetic crystal have been
    studied. The distinguishing feature of the solitons is the existence of
    the frequency passband(s) and stopband(s) that can be switched into
    each other by varying the power. This is because the nonlinear
    permeability is not only power dependent but also frequency dependent
    in infrared frequency region. The passband width may increase sharply
    with the power when the dielectric constant of the antiferromagnetic
    crystal is smaller than that of the nonmagnetic substrate. The passband
    may vary as much as 100 GHz below the infrared resonance frequency of
    the system. (C) 1998 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Yamaguchi Univ, Dept Elect & Elect Engn, Ube, Yamaguchi 755, Japan.
 RP Wang, Q, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AITCHISON JS, 1991, J OPT SOC AM B, V8, P1290
    AITCHISON JS, 1992, ELECTRON LETT, V28, P1879
    AKHMANOV SA, 1968, SOV PHYS USP, V10, P609
    ALMEIDA NS, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P2015
    BARTHELEMY A, 1985, OPT COMMUN, V55, P201
    BEEMAN DE, 1966, J APPL PHYS, V37, P1136
    BOARDMAN AD, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P1144
    BOARDMAN AD, 1989, PHYS REV A, V39, P2481
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P717
    BOARDMAN AD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P13602
    BOARDMAN AD, 1993, RADIO SCI, V28, P891
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P1
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P14
    CAMLEY RE, 1987, SURF SCI REP, V7, P103
    CARNLEY RE, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V45, P283
    COSTA BV, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P5059
    DEGASPERIS P, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V63, P4136
    DELAFUENTE R, 1992, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V28, P547
    DELAFUENTE R, 1992, OPT COMMUN, V88, P419
    FETISOV YK, 1983, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V25, P1634
    GATZ S, 1991, J OPT SOC AM B, V8, P2296
    GORDON NI, 1965, SOV PHYS JETP, V21, P576
    GULYAEV YV, 1986, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V28, P1553
    KADIGROBOV MI, 1965, SOV PHYS JETP, V21, P576
    KALINIKOS BA, 1990, IEEE T MAGN, V26, P1477
    KALINIKOS BA, 1991, J APPL PHYS 2B, V69, P5712
    LIU SL, 1995, PHYS REV A, V51, R38
    MOLONEY JV, 1992, NATO ASI SER E, V214, P341
    MOLONEY JV, 1992, OPT QUANTUM ELECT, V24, S1269
    QI W, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P1
    QI W, 1995, SCI CHINA SER A, V24, P1108
    STAMPS RL, 1984, J APPL PHYS, V56, P3497
    TEMIRYAZEV AG, 1987, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V29, P179
    VUKOVICH S, 1990, SOV PHYS JETP, V71, P964
    ZHANG HK, 1990, J APPL PHYS 2B, V67, P5498
 NR 35
 TC 6
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD JAN 1
 PY 1998
 VL 83
 IS 1
 BP 382
 EP 387
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA YP836
 UT ISI:000071320400055
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, XH
    Chen, WF
 TI The effective elastic moduli of concrete and composite materials
 SO COMPOSITES PART B-ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE effective elastic modulus; concrete; composite materials; micromechanics
 ID CEMENT PASTE; MORTAR
 AB In this paper, the analytical expressions of the effective elastic
    moduli E* for concrete or other composite materials under a uniform
    stress field, a uniform strain field and a uniform field at infinity
    are obtained based on elastic theory. The new expressions provide a
    better estimate of E* than the existing engineering formulas, and the
    differences between them are compared numerically. It is found that the
    effective elastic modulus E* depends not only on the geometrical and
    physical parameters of microstructure, but also on stress state. The
    value of E* is found to vary within a narrow region. (C) 1997 Elsevier
    Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Purdue Univ, Sch Civil Engn, Dept Struct Engn, W Lafayette, IN 47907 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, WF, Purdue Univ, Sch Civil Engn, Dept Struct Engn, W Lafayette,
    IN 47907 USA.
 CR BENVENISTE Y, 1989, MECH MATER, V7, P305
    CHEN WF, 1994, CONCRETE PLASTICITY
    CHRISTENSEN RM, 1979, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V27, P315
    COHEN MD, 1994, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V24, P95
    COHEN MD, 1995, MATER RES SOC S P, V370, P407
    HASHIN Z, 1962, ASME J APPL MECH, V29, P144
    HASHIN Z, 1964, J APPL MECH        E, V31, P223
    HASHIN Z, 1983, ASME, V50, P481
    HERVE E, 1993, INT J ENG SCI, V31, P1
    HILL R, 1963, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V11, P357
    JONES RM, 1975, MECH COMPOSITE MAT
    LUO HA, 1989, MECH MATER, V8, P77
    SIBONI G, 1991, MECH MATER, V11, P107
    TORQUATO S, 1991, APPL MECH REV, V44, P37
    WISLOW DN, 1994, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V24
    ZHAO XH, 1996, INT J NUMER ANAL MET, V20, P215
    ZHAO XH, 1996, INT J NUMER ANAL MET, V20, P275
    ZHAO XH, 1997, IN PRESS COMPUTERS S, V64
    ZHAO XH, 1998, IN PRESS J ENG MECH, V124
 NR 19
 TC 2
 SN 1359-8368
 J9 COMPOS PART B-ENG
 JI Compos. Pt. B-Eng.
 PY 1998
 VL 29
 IS 1
 BP 31
 EP 40
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Composites
 GA YP479
 UT ISI:000071280900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chien, WZ
 TI The first order approximation of non-Kirchhoff-Love theory for elastic
    circular plate with fixed boundary under uniform surface loading (I)
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE elastic circular plate; Kirchhoff-Love assumption; generalized
    variational principle
 AB Based on the approximation theory adopting non-Kirchhoff-love
    assumption for three dimensional elastic plates with arbitrary
    shapes([1], [2]), the author derives a functional of generalized
    variation for three dimensional elastic circular plates, thereby
    obtains a set of differential equations and the relate boundary
    conditions to establish a first order approximation theory for elastic
    circular plate with fixed boundary and under uniform loading on one of
    its surface. The analytical solution of this problem will present in
    another paper.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chien, WZ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHIEN WZ, 1984, ADV APPL MECH, V24, P93
    CHIEN WZ, 1995, APPL MATH MECH, V16, P203
    CHIEN WZ, 1995, APPL MATH MECH, V16, P405
    CHIESA P, 1987, MEDIOEVO RINASCIMENT, V1, P1
 NR 4
 TC 3
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 18
 PG 18
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP169
 UT ISI:000071249500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, JC
    Pan, LZ
 TI Nonlinear theory of multilayer sandwich shells and its application (I)
    - General theory
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE multilayer sandwich shells; nonlinear theory
 AB In this paper, a nonlinear theory is given for multilayer sandwich
    shells undergoing small strains and moderate rotations. Then a
    simplified theory for the shells undergoing moderate or moderate/small
    rotations are obtained.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Engn Mech, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, JC, Tongji Univ, Dept Engn Mech, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 CR ABDULHADI F, 1971, 71VIBR48 ASME
    AZAR JJ, 1968, AIAA J, V6, P2166
    AZAR JJ, 1970, AIAA J, V8, P157
    CHIEN WZ, 1944, Q APPL MATH, V2, P120
    JOHN F, 1965, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V18, P235
    KOITER WT, 1980, MECHANICS TODAY, V5, P139
    LIAW BD, 1967, AIAA J, V5, P301
    LIAW BD, 1969, AERONAUTICAL Q, V20, P61
    LIU RH, NONLINEAR THEORY SAN
    PIETRASZKIEWICZ W, 1985, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V19, P115
    RAJAGOPAL SV, 1978, AIAA J, V25, P130
    WONG JP, 1968, DEV MECH, V4, P289
 NR 12
 TC 2
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 1
 BP 19
 EP 27
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP169
 UT ISI:000071249500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, Y
 TI Strongly oblique interactions between internal solitary waves with the
    same mode
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE solitary waves; strong interaction; stratified fluids; 3D problem
 AB In this paper, by using the Lagrangian coordinates, the strongly
    oblique interactions between solitary waves with the same mode in a
    stratified fluid ape discussed, which includes the shallow fluid case
    and deep fluid case. It is found that the interactions are described by
    the KP equation for the shallow fluid case, the two-dimensional
    intermediate long wave equation (2D-ILW equation) for the deep fluid
    case and the two-dimensional BO equation (2D-BO equation) for the
    infinite deep fluid case.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, Y, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1980, STUD APPL MATH, V62, P249
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITONS INVERSE SCA
    GRIMSHAW R, 1994, STUD APPL MATH, V92, P249
    MILES JW, 1977, J FLUID MECH, V79, P157
    MILES JW, 1977, J FLUID MECH, V79, P171
    ZABUSKY NJ, 1965, PHYS REV LETT, V15, P240
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 10
 BP 957
 EP 962
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP725
 UT ISI:000071308200005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, YJ
 TI Remarks on nonlinear Galerkin method for Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear Galerkin method; Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equation; infinite
    dimensional dynamical systems
 ID APPROXIMATE INERTIAL MANIFOLDS; NAVIER-STOKES EQUATIONS
 AB This paper is concentrated on a nonlinear Galerkin method with s(m)
    small-scale components for Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equation, in which
    convergence results and the analysis of error estimates are given. The
    conclusion shows that this choice of modes is efficient for the method
    modified.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Dept Math, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, YJ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR FOIAS C, 1983, PHYSICA D, V9, P157
    FOIAS C, 1988, RAIRO MODEL MATH ANA, V22, P93
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    MARION M, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P1139
    NICOLAENKO B, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P155
    SHEN J, 1990, APPL ANAL, V38, P201
    TEMAM R, 1983, CBMS NSF REGIONAL C
    TEMAM R, 1984, NAVIER STOKES EQUATI
    TEMAM R, 1988, APPL MATH SCI, V68
    TEMAM R, 1988, CR ACAD SCI II-MEC P, V306, P399
    TEMAM R, 1989, LECT NOTES PHYSICS
    TEMAM R, 1989, RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUM, V23, P541
    WU YJ, IN PRESS J COMPUT MA
    WU YJ, 1994, ADV MECH, V24, P145
    YANG ZH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P20
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 10
 BP 1005
 EP 1013
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP725
 UT ISI:000071308200011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chien, WZ
 TI The first-order approximation of non-Kirchhoff-Love theory for elastic
    circular plate with fixed boundary under uniform surface loading (II)
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE elasticity; circular plate; Kirchhoff-Love assumptions; generalized
    variational principle
 AB Based upon the differential equations and their related boundary
    conditions given in !he previous paper([I]), this paper finds the
    analytical solution of non-Kirchhoff-love theory for elastic circular
    plate with fixed boundary conditions under uniform surface loading.
    Hailer er, for. the sake of saving computational work, the first order
    approximation theory can be further simplified in more rational bases.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chien, WZ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHIEN WZ, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P1
    KIRCHHOFF G, 1850, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V40, P51
    LOVE AEN, 1937, TREATISE MATH THEORY
    MCPHERSON AE, 1943, 744 NACA
 NR 4
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 2
 BP 103
 EP 112
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP170
 UT ISI:000071249600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dai, SQ
    Zang, HM
 TI A semi-inverse algorithm in application of computer algebra
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE computer algebra; symbolic computation; intermediate expression swell;
    perturbation method; nonlinear analysis
 AB For the purpose of overcoming the difficulty of the so-called
    "intermediate expression swell" in applying computer algebra, a
    semi-inverse algorithm is proposed. The or del of seeking solutions for
    various problems is partly inverted, i. e., the intermediate
    expressions appearing in computation are "frozen" in the symbolic form
    at first, and "unfrozen" till the formal expressions of final solutions
    are found out. In this rca!, the overflow due to the shortage of saving
    space is avoided. The applications of the algorithm in the problems on
    nonlinear oscillation, dynamical optimization and interfacial solitary
    waves are described, which show the effectiveness of the semi-inverse
    algorithm.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Dai, SQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BELTZER AI, 1990, APPL MECH REV, V43, P119
    CALMET J, 1988, COMPUTER ALGEBRA SYM, P245
    DAI SQ, 1981, SINGULAR PETURBATION, P33
    DAI SQ, 1982, APPL MATH MECHANICS, V3, P777
    RAND HR, 1987, PERTURBATION METHODS
    VANDYKE M, 1984, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V16, P287
    WANG MQ, 1995, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V16, P421
    ZANG HM, 1991, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V12, P283
    ZANG HM, 1993, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V14, P189
    ZANG HM, 1993, THESIS SHANGHAI U TE
    ZANG HM, 1994, P INT C HYDR, P691
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 2
 BP 113
 EP 119
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP170
 UT ISI:000071249600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, JC
    Pan, LZ
 TI Nonlinear theory of multilayer sandwich shells and its application (II)
    - Fundamental equations for orthotropic shallow shells
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE multilayer sandwich shallow shells; orthotropic; fundamental equation
 AB This paper-applied the simplified theory for multilayer sandwich shells
    undergoing moderate/small rotations in Ref.[1] to shallow shells. The
    equilibrium equations and boundary conditions of large deflection of
    orthotropic and the special case, isotropic shells, are presented.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Inst Engn Mech, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, JC, Tongji Univ, Inst Engn Mech, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 CR *I MECH AC SIN, 1977, STAB VIBR SANDW PLAT
    CHENG ZQ, 1994, APPL MATH MECH, V15, P605
    CHIEN WZ, 1944, Q APPL MATH, V2, P120
    WU JC, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P19
 NR 4
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 2
 BP 129
 EP 139
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP170
 UT ISI:000071249600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, SW
    Zang, GC
 TI The study of sabot-discarding mechanism of gas-propelled APDS
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE gas-propelled APDS; gas-filling; gas-ejecting; sabot-discarding motion
 AB With the advantages of simpler structure, smaller disturbance and no
    self-hurt while discarding sabot, the gas-propelled amor-piercing
    projectile with discarding sabot (APDS) owns its promissing prospect.
    This paper has studied the gas-filling and ejecting characteristics
    between the gas chamber iir saber and the environment. A dynamical
    model describing the sabot-discarding process I?as been established The
    authors have also given the starling condition and the parting
    criterion of the parting motion during the sabot-discarding. The mellon
    of fire gas-propelled APDS has been carefully calculated. Finally, the
    effect of the gashole area has been analyzed not only on the pressure
    in the gas chamber near the barrel exit, but also on the
    sabot-discarding time and distance away from the barrel.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ Sci & Technol, Ballist Res Lab China, Nanjing 210094, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, SW, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR *E CHIN I TECHN 10, 1978, INN BALL
    FENG SW, 1995, THESIS NANJING U SCI
    ZANG GC, 1989, AERODYNAMICS PROJECT
    ZUCROW MJ, 1976, GAS DYNAMICS
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 2
 BP 151
 EP 156
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP170
 UT ISI:000071249600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, R
    Zhu, ZY
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Boundary element method for solving dynamical response of viscoelastic
    thin plate (I)
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE dynamic response; viscoelasticity; BEM
 AB In this paper, a boundary element method for solving dynamical response
    of viscoelastic thin plate is given. In Laplace domain, we propose two
    methods to approximate the fundamental solution and develop the
    corresponding boundary element method. Then using the improved
    Bellman's numerical inversion of the Laplace transform, the solution of
    the original problem is obtained. The numerical results show that this
    method has higher accuracy and faster convergence.
 C1 Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, R, Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 CR BELLMAN R, 1966, NUMERICAL INVERSION
    BREBBIA CA, 1984, BOUNDARY ELEMENT TEC
    DURBIN F, 1974, COMPUT J, V17, P371
    GU P, 1990, COMPUTATIONAL STRUCT, V7, P65
    MILLER MK, 1966, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V3, P624
    SUN B, 1990, COMPUTATIONAL STRUCT, V7, P19
    SUN B, 1990, SHANGHAI MECH, V11, P1
    YANG T, 1990, ACTA MECH SINICA, V22, P217
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 3
 BP 229
 EP 235
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP171
 UT ISI:000071249700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, XM
 TI The existence of solutions in nonlinear elastodynamics
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear; constitutive law; elastodynamics; existence
 AB Under the small deformation assumption this paper shows the existence
    of solution for the system of elastic dynamics with the general
    nonlinear constitutive laws, and the existence of classical solution
    can be found under weaker conditions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, XM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR DUVAUT G, 1976, INEQUALITIES MECH PH
    GUO YZ, 1987, MORDEN MATH MECH, P143
    GURTIN ME, 1972, HDB PHYSIK A, V6
    LENE F, 1974, J MECANIQUE, V13, P499
    MOREAU JJ, 1974, LECT NOTES EC MATH S, V102, P141
    NAYROLES B, 1974, DAULITY CONVEXITY SO
    PANAGITOPOLUOS PD, 1985, INEQUALITY PROBLEMS
    VALENT T, 1988, BOUNDARY VALUE PROBL
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 3
 BP 243
 EP 249
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP171
 UT ISI:000071249700005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, WH
    Chen, DD
    Tang, YM
 TI On the exact solution to certain non-linear partial differential
    equations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Janet number; bad system of equations; good system of equation
 AB This paper, based on the theory of stratifications, gives a brand-new
    classification of partial differential equations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, WH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HADAMARD J, 1964, THEORIE EQUATIONS DE
    SHIH JE, IN PRESS UN PROBLEME
    SHIH WH, 1986, UNE METHODE ELEMENTA
    SHIH WH, 1987, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V364, P535
    SHIH WH, 1992, SOLUTIONS ANAL QUELQ
    SHIH WY, IN PRESS STRATIFICAT
    SIH JA, 1994, THESIS
    THOM R, 1986, C HONN MME SCHW
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 3
 BP 259
 EP 265
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP171
 UT ISI:000071249700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, ZM
    Liu, YL
 TI A calculation method for fully developed flows in curved rectangular
    tubes
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE curved tube; Galerkin method; Dean number
 ID BIFURCATION
 AB In this paper, A method, consisted of perturbation method, Garlerkin
    method and finite-difference method, is designed to calculate fully
    developed flows in curved tubes of rectangular cross-section. It costs
    less computation than that of direct solving N-S equations, and
    prevents from building high-order difference equations and extra
    dealing with the boundary conditions. Numerical results in the
    situation of small curvature and low Dean number is in accordance with
    former's numerical and experimental results in quality, and it shows
    the feasibility of this paper's method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BARA B, 1992, J FLUID MECH, V244, P339
    BERGER SA, 1983, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V15, P461
    DEAN WR, 1927, PHILOS MAG, V4, P208
    DEAN WR, 1928, PHILOS MAG, V5, P673
    DEAN WR, 1959, MATHEMATIKA, V6, P77
    DEVRIEND HJ, 1981, J FLUID MECH, V107, P423
    GHIA KN, 1977, T ASME           DEC, P640
    LIU YL, 1995, P 6 C MOD MATH MECHS
    SAAD Y, 1986, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V7, P856
    SELMI M, 1994, J FLUID MECH, V262, P353
    THANGAM S, 1990, J FLUID MECH, V217, P421
    WINTERS KH, 1987, J FLUID MECH, V180, P343
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 4
 BP 315
 EP 320
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP172
 UT ISI:000071249800001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, JC
    Pan, LZ
 TI Nonlinear theory of multilayer sandwich shells and its application
    (III) - Large deflection and postbuckling of shallow shells
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE multilayer sandwich shallow shells; nonlinear; deflection; postbuckling
 ID VIBRATION
 AB In this paper, exact solutions of large deflection of multilayer
    sandwich shallow shells under transverse forces and different boundary
    conditions are presented. Exactly results of postbuckling of multilayer
    sandwich plates, shallow cylindrical shells and nonlinear deflection of
    general shallow shells such as spherical shells under inplane edge
    forces are also obtained by the same procedure.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Inst Engn Mech, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, JC, Tongji Univ, Inst Engn Mech, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG ZQ, 1994, APPL MATH MECH, V15, P605
    CHIA CY, 1980, NONLINEAR ANAL PLATE
    CHIA CY, 1987, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V23, P1123
    LIU RH, 1993, APPL MATH MECH, V14, P217
    RAJAGOPAL SV, 1987, AIAA J, V25, P130
    WU JC, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P129
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 4
 BP 321
 EP 329
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP172
 UT ISI:000071249800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chien, WZ
    Sheng, SZ
 TI The first-order approximation of non-Kirchhoff-Love theory for elastic
    circular plate with fixed boundary under uniform surface loading (III)
    - Numerical results
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE elasticity; circular plate; non-Kirchhoff-Love theory; global
    interpolation method
 AB Based upon the differential equations and their related boundary
    conditions given in the previous papers([1,2]), using a global
    interpolation method, this paper presents a numerical solution to the
    axisymmetric bending problem of non-Kirchhoff-Love theory for circular
    plate with fired boundary under uniform surface loading. AN the
    numerical results obtained in this paper are compared with that of
    Kirchhoff-Love classical theory([3]) and E. Resisner's modified
    theory([4]).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chien, WZ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CAO ZY, 1983, DYNAMIC THEORY THICK
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, MECH ELASTICITY
    CHIEN WZ, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P1
    CHIEN WZ, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P103
    MCPHERSON AE, 1942, NORMAL PRESSURE TEST, P744
    REISSNER E, 1945, J APPL MECH, V12, P69
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 5
 BP 411
 EP 419
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP173
 UT ISI:000071249900001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, Y
 TI Resonant flow of a fluid past a concave topography
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear waves; fKdV equation; surface tension
 ID GENERATION
 AB In this paper, the resonant generation of nonlinear capillary-gravity
    waves in a fluid system with the effect of surface tension and the
    concave topography is examined by using a perturbation method and
    numerical method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, Y, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR FORNBERG B, 1978, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V289, P373
    GRIMSHAW R, 1992, C P NONLINEAR DISPER, P1
    WU TYT, 1987, J FLUID MECH, V184, P75
    ZHU Y, 1995, PHYS FLUIDS, V7, P2294
 NR 4
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 5
 BP 479
 EP 482
 PG 4
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP173
 UT ISI:000071249900007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, CJ
    Shang, XC
 TI The growth of the void in a hyperelastic rectangular plate under a
    uniaxial extension
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE hyperelastic rectangular plate; finite deformation; growth of void;
    variational principle
 ID CAVITATION
 AB In the present paper, the finite deformation and stress analysis for a
    hyperelastic rectangular plate with a center void under a uniaxial
    extension is studied. In order to consider the effect of the existence
    of the void on the deformation and stress of the plate, the problem is
    reduced to the deformation and stress analysis for a hyperelastic
    annular plate and its approximate solution is obtained from the minimum
    potential energy principle. The growth of the cavitation is also
    numerically computed and analysed.
 C1 Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 CR BALL JM, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V306, P557
    HAUGHTON DM, 1990, INT J ENG SCI, V28, P163
    HORGAN CO, 1986, J ELASTICITY, V16, P189
    HORGAN CO, 1989, J APPL MECH, V56, P302
    HOU HS, 1993, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V60, P1
    ODEN TT, 1972, FINITE ELEMENTS NONL
    PODIOGUIDUGLI P, 1986, J ELASTICITY, V16, P75
    POLIGNONE DA, 1993, EFFECT MAT ANISOTROP, V3, P3381
    SHIELD RT, 1983, ASME J APPL MECH
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUL
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 7
 BP 615
 EP 621
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP175
 UT ISI:000071250100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, CJ
    Yang, X
 TI Nonlinear stability analysis of a clamped rod carrying electric current
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE magnetoelasticity; bifurcation; limit point; numerical method; straight
    rod carrying electric current
 ID BIFURCATION-THEORY; MAGNETIC FORCES; SUBJECT; STATES; FIELD; WIRE
 AB This paper is devoted to the analysis of the nonlinear stability of a
    clamped rod carrying electric current in the magnetic field which is
    produced by the current flowing in a pair of infinitely long parallel
    rigid wires. The natural state of the rod is in the plane of the wires
    and is equidistant from them. Firstly under the assumption of spatial
    deformation, the governing equations of the problem are derived, and
    the linearized problem and critical currents are discussed. Secondly,
    it is proved that the buckled states of the rod are always in planes.
    Finally, the global responses of the bifurcation problem of the rod are
    computed numerically and the distributions of the deflections, axial
    forces and bending moments are obtained. The results show that the
    buckled states of the rod and the wires. Furthermore, it is found that
    there exists a limit point on the branch solution of the supercritical
    buckled state. This is distinctively different from the buckled state
    of the elastic compressive rods.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ANTMAN SS, 1976, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V61, P307
    BUJANO E, 1985, ARCH RATIONAL MECH A, V89, P307
    HEALEY TJ, 1990, J ELASTICITY, V24, P211
    SEIDMAN T, 1988, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V102, P307
    WOLFE P, 1983, T AM MATH SOC, V278, P377
    WOLFE P, 1988, Q J MECH APPL MATH, V41, P265
    WOLFE P, 1990, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V25, P597
    WOLFE P, 1990, J ELASTICITY, V23, P201
    WOODSON HH, 1968, ELECTROMECHANICAL DY
    ZHU ZY, 1989, NUMERICAL METHOD BIF
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 9
 BP 825
 EP 834
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA YP177
 UT ISI:000071250300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, WD
    Mao, LY
    Gao, W
    Zhu, ST
 TI Light tracks in the anisotropic optical fiber with two types of
    parabolic refractive indices
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA-OVERSEAS EDITION
 DT Article
 ID STRONG-LASER PLASMA; RIEMANNIAN GEOMETRY
 AB The light tracks in an anisotropic optical fiber are studied by the
    optical metric model. The ordinary and extraordinary light tracks are
    determined by solving the null geodesic equation. In the paraxial
    approximation the birefringence of the fiber is analyzed. The focusing
    and defocusing characteristics of alight beam are described via the
    geodesic deviation equation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, WD, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ERDELYI A, 1995, HIGHER TRANSCENDENTA, V2
    GORDON W, 1923, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V72, P421
    GUO QZ, 1995, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V44, P210
    GUO QZ, 1995, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V44, P396
    MISNER C, 1973, GRAVITATION, P1108
    MISNER CW, 1973, GRAVITATION, P219
    SHEN W, 1996, CHIN J LASERS B, V5, P516
    SHEN WD, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P2085
    SHEN WD, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P2095
    ZHU ST, 1993, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V42, P1471
    ZHU ST, 1993, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V42, P1483
    ZHU ST, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P169
 NR 12
 TC 10
 SN 1004-423X
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-OVERSEAS ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.-Overseas Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 1998
 VL 7
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 11
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA YP854
 UT ISI:000071322500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Q
    Li, CF
    Bao, JS
    Awai, I
    Boardman, AD
 TI Nonlinear magnetization and frequency conversion of magnetostatic waves
    in a ferromagnetic slab
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA-OVERSEAS EDITION
 DT Article
 ID ENVELOPE SOLITONS; SURFACE-WAVES; GARNET-FILMS
 AB The possibilities of the generation of second-order dc and
    second-harmonic magnetic fields excited by the magnetostatic surface
    wave (MSSW) and backward volume wave (MSBVW) in ferromagnetic films
    have been analyzed and discussed through the calculations of source
    terms in the equations satisfying the magnetostatic potentials. The
    results show that the nonlinear magnetization responses of the film to
    the MSSW can generate neither de nor the second-harmonic magnetic
    fields. And the responses to the MSBVW will not induce the de field,
    but can excite second-harmonics under some conditions. The general
    expressions of third-order nonlinear magnetization are also derived and
    discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, Q, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR AGRAWAL GP, 1989, NONLINEAR FIBER OPTI
    BOARDMAN AD, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P11444
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, NONLINEAR WAVES SOLI
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P1
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P14
    DAMON RW, 1961, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V19, P308
    DEGASPERIS P, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V59, P481
    DEGASPERIS P, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V63, P4136
    GUREVICH AG, 1963, FERRITE MICROWAVE FR, P135
    GUSEV BN, 1986, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V28, P1669
    KALINIKOS BA, 1988, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V67, P303
    KALINIKOS BA, 1990, PHYS REV B B, V42, P8658
    KALINIKOS BA, 1991, J APPL PHYS 2B, V69, P5712
    MENDNIKOV AM, 1981, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V23, P136
    QI W, 1994, J INFRARED MILLIMETE, V13, P131
    SUHL H, 1957, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V1, P109
    TEMIRYAZEV AG, 1987, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V29, P179
    YARIV A, 1989, QUANTUM ELECT
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 1004-423X
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-OVERSEAS ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.-Overseas Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 1998
 VL 7
 IS 1
 BP 47
 EP 60
 PG 14
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA YP854
 UT ISI:000071322500006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Q
    Li, CF
    Bao, JS
    Awai, I
    Boardman, AD
 TI Frequency conversion of magnetostatic waves through nonlinear
    magnetization
 SO JAPANESE JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS PART 1-REGULAR PAPERS SHORT NOTES &
    REVIEW PAPERS
 DT Article
 DE magnetostatic wave; nonlinear magnetization; frequency conversion;
    ferromagnet; second harmonics
 ID ENVELOPE SOLITONS; SURFACE-WAVES; GARNET-FILMS
 AB The possibilities of the generation of the second-order de and
    second-harmonic magnetic fields excited by the magnetostatic surface
    wave (MSSW) and backward volume wave (MSBVW) in ferromagnetic films
    have been analyzed and discussed through the calculations of the source
    terms in the equations satisfying the magnetostatic potentials. The
    results show that the nonlinear magnetization responses of the film to
    the MSSW can generate neither de nor the second-harmonic magnetic
    fields, and the responses to the MSBVW will not induce the de held, but
    could excite second-harmonics in the conditions of phase-matching and
    H-0/M-0 less than or equal to cos(2) (theta/3). The general expressions
    of the third-order nonlinear magnetization induced by electromagnetic
    waves are also derived, and the contributions of the second-order
    magnetization are analyzed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Yamaguchi Univ, Fac Engn, Ube, Yamaguchi 755, Japan.
    Univ Salford, Dept Phys, Salford M5 4WT, Lancs, England.
 RP Wang, Q, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR AGRAWAL GP, 1989, NONLINEAR FIBER OPTI
    BLOEBERGEN N, 1965, NONLINEAR OPTICS
    BOARDMAN AD, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P1144
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, NONLINEAR WAVES SOLI
    BOARDMAN AD, 1991, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V40, P1703
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P1
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P14
    DAMON RW, 1961, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V19, P308
    DEGASPERIS P, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V59, P481
    DEGASPERIS P, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V63, P4136
    GUREVICH AG, 1963, FERRITE MICROWAVE FR, P135
    GUSEV BN, 1986, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V28, P1669
    KALINIKOS BA, 1988, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V67, P303
    KALINIKOS BA, 1990, PHYS REV B B, V42, P8658
    KALINIKOS BA, 1991, J APPL PHYS 2B, V69, P5712
    MENDNIKOV AM, 1981, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V23, P136
    QI W, 1993, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V42, P2005
    QI W, 1994, J INFRARED MILLIMETE, V13, P131
    SHEN YR, 1984, PRINCIPLES NONLINEAR
    SUHL H, 1957, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V1, P109
    TEMIRYAZEV AG, 1987, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V29, P179
    YARIV A, 1989, QUANTUM ELECT
 NR 22
 TC 1
 SN 0021-4922
 J9 JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1
 JI Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. Part 1 - Regul. Pap. Short Notes Rev. Pap.
 PD NOV
 PY 1997
 VL 36
 IS 11
 BP 7064
 EP 7072
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA YN475
 UT ISI:000071172300093
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, YS
    Bao, BR
    Cao, WC
 TI N,N,N ',N '-tetrabutylsuccinylamide as a new extractant in n-dodecane
    for extraction of uranium(VI) and thorium(IV) ions
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Letter
 ID SOLVENT-EXTRACTION; N,N,N,N-TETRABUTYLSUCCINYLAMIDE
 AB N,N,N',N'-tetrabutylsuccinylamide (TBSA) was synthesized, characterised
    and used for the extradion of U(VI) and Th(IV) from nitric acid
    solutions into n-dodecane. Extraction distribution coefficients of
    U(VI) and Th(IV) as a function of aqueous nitric acid concentration
    extractant concentration and temperature have been measured and found
    that n-dodecane as diluent was superior to 50% 1,2,4-trimethyl benzene
    (TMB) and 50% kerosene (OK) system for extraction of U(VI) and Th(IV).
    The compositions of extracted species, equilibrium constants and
    enthalpies of extraction reactions have also been calculated. The
    formation of the 1 : 2 : 1 complex of uranyl(II) ion or the 1 : 4 : 1
    complex of thorium(IV) ion, nitrate ion and TBSA and extracted species
    was further confirmed by the IR spectra of saturated extract of U(VI)
    and Th(IV).
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, YS, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Nucl Res, POB 800 204, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR MUSIKAS C, 1988, SEPAR SCI TECHNOL, V23, P1211
    NAIR GM, 1993, SOL EXTR ION EXCH, V11, P813
    SIDDALL TH, 1963, J INORG NUCL CHEM, V26, P883
    STANLEY RS, 1968, ORGANIC FUNCTIONAL G, V1, P277
    TIAN QZ, 1993, P ISEC 93, V1, P404
    WANG YS, 1996, J RADIOAN NUCL CH LE, V212, P101
    WANG YS, 1996, J RADIOAN NUCL CH LE, V213, P199
    WANG YS, 1996, J RADIOAN NUCL CH LE, V214, P67
    YIN YJ, 1985, HDB COLLEGE CHEM, P302
 NR 9
 TC 5
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD AUG
 PY 1997
 VL 222
 IS 1-2
 BP 279
 EP 281
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA YL699
 UT ISI:000070983600051
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZH
 TI Orthogonal condition between two types of radiation modes for
    multilayer dielectric waveguides
 SO OPTICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID WAVE-GUIDES
 AB A simplified orthogonal condition between two types of radiation modes
    for multilayer structures is presented by using their plane wave
    expressions, which is dependent on the ratios of amplitudes or relative
    phases of the fields at the outermost interfaces only, regardless of
    the number of layers and without detailed knowledge of field
    distribution inside this structure. It is a universal orthogonal
    condition, all the previously presented orthogonal conditions are
    special cases of this condition. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science B.V.
 RP Wang, ZH, SHANGHAI UNIV,WAVE SCI LAB,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BENECH P, 1992, OPT COMMUN, V88, P96
    DING H, 1995, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V31, P411
    KOGELNIK H, 1998, GUIDED WAVE OPTOELEC, P7
    LEE SL, 1994, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V12, P2073
    MARCUSE D, 1982, LIGHT TRANSMISSION, P313
    MARCUSE D, 1990, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V26, P675
    MARCUSE D, 1991, THEORY DIELECTRIC OP
    SNYDER AW, 1983, OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE TH
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0030-4018
 J9 OPT COMMUN
 JI Opt. Commun.
 PD DEC 15
 PY 1997
 VL 144
 IS 4-6
 BP 187
 EP 191
 PG 5
 SC Optics
 GA YH847
 UT ISI:A1997YH84700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, SJ
    Hu, LL
    Xu, DM
 TI Open resonator technique for measuring multilayer dielectrics
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE open resonator; complex permittivity; multilayer dielectrics; Q-factor;
    length-varying method
 ID PERMITTIVITY
 AB In the present work, the open resonator technique is extended to
    measure multilayer dielectrics. The difficulties that limit the open
    resonator in measuring easy warped thin films can be overcome by
    flattening a heavy sample to eliminate air gaps. Applying the simply
    equipped length-varying method, measurements on several thin films were
    carried out, and encouraging results were achieved. (C) 1997 John Wiley
    & Sons, Inc.
 RP Wang, SJ, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SCH COMMUN & INFORMAT
    ENGN,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR *NAT STAND BUR PR, 1988, 953488 GB NAT STAND
    AFSAR MN, 1990, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V38, P1845
    CHAN WFP, 1987, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V35, P1429
    COOK RJ, 1976, ELECTRON LETT, V12, P1
    CULLEN AL, 1971, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V325, P493
    HIRVONEN TM, 1996, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V45, P780
    JONES RG, 1976, P I ELECTR ENG, V123, P285
    LYNCH AC, 1982, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V380, P73
    VONHIPPEL AR, 1954, DIELECTRIC MATERIALS
    XU D, 1989, J ELECT MEAS INSTRUM, V3
    YU PK, 1982, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V380, P49
 NR 11
 TC 3
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD DEC 20
 PY 1997
 VL 16
 IS 6
 BP 368
 EP 371
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA YH635
 UT ISI:A1997YH63500012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
 TI Variational formulation of 3-D unsteady transonic flow past oscillating
    rotor bladings .1. Potential flow
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 ID SHOCKS
 AB A family of variational principles (VP) and generalized VP have been
    derived for fully 3-D unsteady transonic potential flow past
    periodically oscillating rotating bladings with an interblade phase
    angle, accounting also for the distributed mass suction/blowing along
    the blade/annular walls and converting the matching conditions across
    all unknown oscillating discontinuities (such as shocks and free
    trailing vortex sheets) into natural ones. In addition, taking
    advantage of the periodicity of blade oscillation, it has succeeded in
    transforming the original initial-boundary-value problem into a pure
    boundary-value problem to facilitate finite element (FE) computations.
    This work provides a sound theoretical basis for FE analysis of
    unsteady flow and also constitutes an important ingredient of the
    coupled aeroelasticity theory of blade vibration /13,14/.
 C1 SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DOWELL EH, 1988, APPL MECH REV, V41, P299
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    HAFEZ MM, 1979, AIAA J, V17, P838
    LIU GL, 1987, 871426 AIAA
    LIU GL, 1989, P 5 INT S UNST AER A, P76
    LIU GL, 1989, SCI CHINA SER A, V32, P707
    LIU GL, 1990, P 1 INT S AER INT FL, P128
    LIU GL, 1992, ACTA MECH, V95, P117
    LIU GL, 1992, P 4 CHIN NAT AER C S, P358
    LIU GL, 1993, P 2 INT C FLUID MECH, P438
    LIU GL, 1993, P 2 INT S AER INT FL, P361
    LIU GL, 1996, 19 INT C THEOR APPL
    POLING DR, 1986, AIAA J, V24, P193
    TRAUPEL W, 1977, THERMISCHE TURBOMASC, V1, P3
    XU JZ, 1980, CHINESE J MECH ENG, V16, P66
 NR 15
 TC 2
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1997
 VL 14
 IS 2
 BP 71
 EP 77
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA YH439
 UT ISI:A1997YH43900002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, H
    Fu, RT
    Sun, X
    Zhang, ZL
 TI Off-diagonal interactions, bond density correlation, and their effects
    on the excitons in conjugated polymers
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW B
 DT Article
 ID CHARGE COULOMB REPULSION; PEIERLS-HUBBARD MODELS; N-ELECTRONS SYSTEM;
    BAND-GAP; OPTICAL-SPECTRA; ONE DIMENSION; GROUND-STATE; POLYACETYLENE;
    SUPERCONDUCTIVITY; ALTERNATION
 AB The effects of electron-electron interactions with both diagonal and
    off-diagonal parts on the excitons in conjugated polymers are studied,
    and it is found that the bond-charge interaction W and the bond-site
    interaction X affect the excitons oppositely: the former suppresses the
    excitation energy of excitons whereas the latter increases it except
    for the 2A(g) state. We find that the screening (originating from the
    bond density correlation effect of pi electrons), which controls the
    bond correlation, is a reason that the binding energy of the exciton is
    reduced. Our calculation shows that the off-diagonal interactions
    affect the singlet exciton with small binding energy even at normal
    screening, but for large exciton energy, such effects are negligible.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST TECH PHYS,SHANGHAI 200083,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MAT SCI,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Zhao, H, FUDAN UNIV,TD LEE PHYS LAB,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ABE S, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P8264
    ABE S, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P9432
    BAERISWYL D, 1985, PHYS REV B, V31, P6633
    BEDNORZ JG, 1986, Z PHYS B CON MAT, V64, P189
    CAMPBELL DK, 1988, PHYS REV B B, V38, P12043
    CAMPBELL DK, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P475
    CAMPBELL IH, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1900
    CHNO K, 1964, THEOR CHIM ACTA, V2, P219
    DACOSTA PG, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P1993
    EMERY VJ, 1976, PHYS REV B, V14, P2898
    GRANT PM, 1979, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V29, P225
    HAYASHI H, 1985, PHYS REV B, V32, P5295
    HIRSCH JE, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V51, P296
    HIRSCH JE, 1989, PHYS LETT A, V134, P451
    HIRSCH JE, 1989, PHYS LETT A, V138, P83
    HIRSCH JE, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P11515
    HIRSCH JE, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P2354
    HORSCH P, 1981, PHYS REV B, V24, P7351
    HUBBARD J, 1963, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V276, P238
    HUBBARD J, 1978, PHYS REV B, V17, P494
    KIVELSON S, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P1899
    LENG JM, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P156
    LOF RW, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P3924
    MARTIN RL, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P4845
    MAZUMDAR S, 1989, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V66, P427
    MEINDERS MBJ, 1995, PHYS REV B, V52, P2484
    NASU K, 1983, J PHYS SOC JPN, V52, P3865
    NASU K, 1983, J PHYS SOC JPN, V53, P302
    NASU K, 1984, J PHYS SOC JPN, V53, P427
    PAINELLI A, 1988, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V66, P273
    PAINELLI A, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P2830
    PARISER R, 1953, J CHEM PHYS, V21, P767
    PARR RG, 1950, J CHEM PHYS, V18, P1561
    PARR RG, 1952, J CHEM PHYS, V20, P1499
    POPLE JA, 1955, P PHYS SOC         A, V68, P81
    RNOX RS, 1963, SOLID STATE PHYSIC S, V5
    SCHUTEN K, 1975, J CHEM PHYS, V64, P4422
    SONDHI SL, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P5943
    STRACK R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P2637
    SU WP, 1979, PHYS REV LETT, V42, P1698
    SUN X, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P11042
    WU C, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V59, P831
    WU CQ, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P4204
    ZAANEN J, 1990, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V88, P8
 NR 44
 TC 3
 SN 0163-1829
 J9 PHYS REV B
 JI Phys. Rev. B
 PD NOV 15
 PY 1997
 VL 56
 IS 19
 BP 12268
 EP 12276
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA YH165
 UT ISI:A1997YH16500048
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, SS
    Qiu, XJ
 TI Energy-momentum and angular-momentum in ISO(1,2) Chern-Simons gravity
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS B
 DT Article
 DE enegy-momentum; angular-momentum; ISO(1,2) Chern-Simons
 ID 2+1 DIMENSIONAL GRAVITY; GRAVITATIONAL ANYONS; SPIN
 AB Using local SO(1,2) transform and general displacement transform, We
    obtain generally covariant conservation laws of angular -momentum and
    energy-momentum for ISO(1,2) Chern-Simons gravity. The currents have
    also superpotentials and are therefore identically conserved. The
    structure of the superpotentials are simpler than those in the
    conventional SO(1,2) topologically massive gravity (TMG). The
    reasonableness of the definitions may be supported by the correct
    energy momentum and angular-momentum for Cho-Lee's exact solution. (C)
    1997 Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 SHANGHAI TEACHERS UNIV,CTR STRING THEORY,SHANGHAI 200234,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Feng, SS, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAK D, 1994, PHYS REV D, V49, P5173
    CHO JH, 1995, PHYS LETT B, V351, P111
    DESER S, 1982, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V140, P372
    DESER S, 1984, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V152, P220
    DESER S, 1990, NUCL PHYS B, V344, P747
    DESER S, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P611
    DUAN YS, 1963, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V19, P589
    DUAN YS, 1988, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V20, P5
    FENG SS, GEN COVARIANT CONSER
    FENG SS, 1995, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V27, P887
    FENG SS, 1996, NUCL PHYS B, V468, P163
    WITTEN E, 1988, NUCL PHYS B, V311, P46
    WITTEN E, 1989, NUCL PHYS B, V323, P113
 NR 13
 TC 2
 SN 0370-2693
 J9 PHYS LETT B
 JI Phys. Lett. B
 PD OCT 16
 PY 1997
 VL 411
 IS 3-4
 BP 256
 EP 260
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA YG529
 UT ISI:A1997YG52900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, W
    Hoa, SV
    Huang, Q
 TI Classification of stress modes in assumed stress fields of hybrid
    finite elements
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL FOR NUMERICAL METHODS IN ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE finite element; stress modes; classification
 ID INVARIANT; 20-NODE
 AB A classification method is presented to classify stress modes in
    assumed stress fields of hybrid finite element based on the eigenvalue
    examination and the concept of natural deformation modes. It is assumed
    that there only exist m (=n - r) natural deformation modes in a hybrid
    finite element which has n degrees of freedom and r rigid-body modes.
    For a hybrid element, stress modes in various assumed stress fields
    proposed by different researchers can be classified into m stress mode
    groups corresponding to m natural deformation modes and a zero-energy
    stress mode group corresponding to rigid-body modes by the m natural
    deformation modes. It is proved that if the flexibility matrix CHI is a
    diagonal matrix, the classification of stress modes is unique. Each
    stress mode group, except the zero-energy stress mode group, contains
    many stress modes that are interchangeable in an assumed stress field
    and do not cause any kinematic deformation modes in the element. A
    necessary and sufficient condition for avoiding kinematic deformation
    modes in a hybrid element is also presented. By means of the m
    classified stress mode groups and the necessary and sufficient
    condition, assumed stress fields with the minimum number of stress
    modes can be constructed and the resulting elements are free from
    kinematic deformation modes. Moreover, an assumed stress field cap be
    constructed according to the problem to be solved. As examples, 2-D,
    4-node plane element and 3-D, 8-node solid element are discussed. (C)
    1997 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
 C1 CONCORDIA UNIV,DEPT MECH ENGN,MONTREAL,PQ H3G 1M8,CANADA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AHMAD S, 1974, FINITE ELEMENT METHO, P85
    BABUSKA I, 1977, COMPUT METHODS APPL, V11, P175
    BREZZI F, 1974, RAIRO, V8, P129
    CHEN WJ, 1992, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V35, P1871
    DEVEUBAKE BMF, 1965, P C MATR METH STRUCT
    FENG W, 1996, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V39, P3625
    HAN J, 1990, P 2 INT C COMP AID D, P189
    HAN JH, 1993, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V36, P3903
    HAO SV, 1995, COMPUTER AIDED DESIG
    HENSHELL RD, 1972, P BRUN U C I MATH IT
    HUANG Q, 1989, THESIS CONCORDIA U M
    PIAN THH, 1964, AIAA J, V2, P1333
    PIAN THH, 1969, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V1, P3
    PIAN THH, 1983, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V19, P1741
    PIAN THH, 1986, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V22, P173
    PIAN THH, 1987, FINITE ELEMENT HDB
    PIAN THH, 1988, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V26, P2331
    PIAN THH, 1995, FINITE ELEM ANAL DES, V21, P5
    PUNCH EF, 1984, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V47, P331
    RUBINSTEIN R, 1983, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V38, P63
    SZE KY, 1990, FINITE ELEM ANAL DES, V7, P61
    SZE KY, 1994, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V37, P2235
    WU CC, 1995, FINITE ELEM ANAL DES, V21, P111
 NR 23
 TC 7
 SN 0029-5981
 J9 INT J NUMER METHOD ENG
 JI Int. J. Numer. Methods Eng.
 PD DEC 15
 PY 1997
 VL 40
 IS 23
 BP 4313
 EP 4339
 PG 27
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied
 GA YG117
 UT ISI:A1997YG11700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, ZL
    Lu, Q
    Tang, GC
 TI Single machine scheduling with discretely controllable processing times
 SO OPERATIONS RESEARCH LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE single machine scheduling; discretely controllable processing times;
    NP-hardness; dynamic programming
 ID EARLINESS; COMMON; JOBS; DATE; COST
 AB In the field of machine scheduling problems with controllable
    processing times, it is often assumed that the possible processing time
    of a job can be continuously controlled, i.e. it can be any number in a
    given interval. In this paper, we introduce a discrete model in which
    job processing times are discretely controllable, i.e. the possible
    processing time of a job can only be controlled to be some specified
    lengths. Under this discrete model, we consider a class of single
    machine problems with the objective of minimizing the sum of the total
    processing cost and the cost measured by a standard criterion. We
    investigate most common criteria, e.g. makespan, maximum tardiness,
    total completion time, weighted number of tardy jobs, and total
    earliness-tardiness penalty. The computational complexity of each
    problem is analyzed, and pseudo-polynomial dynamic programming
    algorithms are proposed for hard problems. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science
    B.V.
 C1 NATL UNIV SINGAPORE,DEPT DECIS SCI,SINGAPORE 0511,SINGAPORE.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MANAGEMENT,SHANGHAI 200041,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Chen, ZL, PRINCETON UNIV,DEPT CIVIL ENGN & OPERAT RES,PRINCETON,NJ
    08544.
 CR AHUJA RK, 1993, NETWORKS FLOWS THEOR
    ALIDAEE B, 1993, EUR J OPER RES, V70, P335
    BAKER KR, 1990, OPER RES, V38, P22
    CHENG TCE, SCHEDULING MINIMIZE
    CHENG TCE, 1996, IIE TRANS, V28, P177
    CHENG TCE, 1996, OPER RES LETT, V19, P237
    DANIELS RL, 1994, OPER RES, V42, P504
    GAREY MR, 1978, COMPUTERS INTRACTABI
    GRAHAM RL, 1979, ANN DISCRETE MATH, V5, P287
    HALL NG, 1991, OPER RES, V39, P847
    KARP RM, 1972, REDUCIBILITY COMBINA
    MOORE JM, 1968, MANAGE SCI, V15, P334
    NOWICKI E, 1990, DISCRETE APPLIED MAT, V25, P271
    PANWALKAR SS, 1982, OPER RES, V30, P391
    PANWALKAR SS, 1992, EUR J OPER RES, V59, P298
    TRICK MA, 1994, OPER RES, V42, P234
    VANWASSENHOVE LN, 1982, EUR J OPER RES, V11, P48
    VICKSON RG, 1980, AIIE T, V12, P258
    VICKSON RG, 1980, OPS RES, V28, P1155
    ZDRZALKA S, 1991, OPER RES LETT, V10, P519
 NR 20
 TC 15
 SN 0167-6377
 J9 OPER RES LETT
 JI Oper. Res. Lett.
 PD SEP
 PY 1997
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 69
 EP 76
 PG 8
 SC Operations Research & Management Science
 GA YE472
 UT ISI:A1997YE47200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, CQ
 TI Multivariate generalized inverse vector-valued rational interpolants
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE generalized inverse for vectors; bivariate rational interpolants;
    characterisation
 AB Bivariate rational interpolating functions of the type introduced in
    [9, 1] are shown to have a natural extension to the case of rational
    interpolation of vector-valued quantities using the formalism of
    Graves-Morris [2]. In this paper, the convergence of Stieltjes-type
    branched vector-valued continued fractions for two-variable functions
    are constructed by using the Samelson inverse. Based on them, a kind of
    bivariate vector-valued rational interpolating function is defined on
    plane grids. Sufficient conditions for existence, characterisation and
    uniqueness for the interpolating functions are proved. The results in
    the paper are illustrated with some examples.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CUTY AM, 1985, COMPUTING, V34, P41
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1983, NUMER MATH, V42, P331
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1983, PADE APPROXIMATION I, P144
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1984, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V4, P209
    GU CQ, 1993, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V15, P99
    GU CQ, 1994, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V16, P293
    GU CQ, 1995, MATH NUMER SINICA, V17, P73
    GU CQ, 1995, P INT C NUM APPR
    MURPHY JA, 1978, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V4, P181
    WYNN P, 1963, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V12, P273
    ZHU GQ, 1990, CHINESE J NUMER MATH, V12, P66
 NR 11
 TC 4
 SN 0377-0427
 J9 J COMPUT APPL MATH
 JI J. Comput. Appl. Math.
 PD OCT 28
 PY 1997
 VL 84
 IS 2
 BP 137
 EP 146
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA YD221
 UT ISI:A1997YD22100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sang, WB
    Durose, K
    Brinkman, AW
    Woods, J
 TI In situ mass spectroscopic investigation of the pyrolysis mechanism of
    (C3H7)(2)Te and (CH3)(2)Cd during MOCVD
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID GROWTH; CDTE
 AB Pyrolysis properties of metallo - organic precursors, di -
    isopropyltelluride (DIPTe) and dimethylcadmium (DMCd), in a MOCVD
    reactor have been investigated by in - situ mass spectroscopy. In
    particular, possible gas phase reactions as well as pyrolysis mechanism
    are analysed. Interaction between the two precursors and its influence
    on pyrolysis temperature are explored under the CdTe, CdTe growth
    conditions.
 C1 UNIV DURHAM,DEPT PHYS,APPL PHYS GRP,DURHAM DH1 3LE,ENGLAND.
 RP Sang, WB, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT INORGAN MAT,JIADING CAMPUS,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CZERNIAK MR, 1984, J CRYST GROWTH, V68, P128
    DAVIES JI, 1986, J CRYST GROWTH, V79, P363
    FUJII S, 1988, J CRYST GROWTH, V93, P750
    GAILS JE, 1991, MATER RES SOC S P, V204, P155
    HOKE WE, 1985, APPL PHYS LETT, V46, P398
    JAXKSON DA, 1988, J CRYST GROWTH, V87, P205
    KIRSS RU, 1991, ORGANOMETALLICS, V10, P3589
    KONDRATEV VN, 1970, RATE CONSTANTS GAS P
    LAURIE CM, 1957, T FARADAY SOC, V53, P1431
    LOVERGINE N, 1991, CHEMTRONICS, V5, P11
    MCALLISTER T, 1989, J CRYST GROWTH, V96, P552
    MULLIN JB, 1981, J CRYST GROWTH, V55, P92
    NISHIO M, 1990, JPN J APPL PHYS, V29, P145
    OGAWA H, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P6750
    SANG WB, 1991, CHEMTRONICS, V5, P179
    TROTMANDICKENSO.AF, 1973, COMPREHENSIVE INORGA, P991
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PY 1997
 VL 55
 IS 6
 BP 578
 EP 584
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA YD106
 UT ISI:A1997YD10600009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wong, PL
    Xu, H
    Zhang, Z
 TI Performance evaluation of high pressure sleeve seal
 SO WEAR
 DT Article
 DE high pressure; sleeve seal; elastohydrodynamics
 AB Sealing problems for reciprocating pumps or intensifiers operating at
    high pressures (above 100 MPa) may be solved by adopting a closely
    fitting externally pressurized sleeve. This paper presents an
    elastohydrodynamic (EHD) analysis for such high pressure sleeve type
    seals and examines the effects of structural and operational parameters
    on their high pressure performance characteristics. The effects of
    pressure on the viscosity and density of the working fluid are also
    considered in the analysis. The numerical results clearly indicate that
    the sealing efficiency of high pressure sleeve seals can be enhanced
    with elastic deformation of both the sleeve and the plunger. The effect
    of working pressure on the stiffness of the sleeve seal and the induced
    frictional force are also presented. The study of the effect of
    eccentricity on the radial stiffness shows that it leads to a large
    radial force and the plunger is pressed on the sleeve surface, hereby
    termed 'hydraulic locking'. This phenomenon results in an increase in
    frictional forces which is one of the key factors for the limited
    working life of the seal. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science S.A.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,BEARING RES INST,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Wong, PL, CITY UNIV HONG KONG,DEPT MFG ENGN,KOWLOON,HONG KONG.
 CR HARRIS HD, 1972, ASME, V94, P335
    JOHANNESSON HL, 1983, 198313 TULEA
    KAMAL MM, 1968, ASME, V90, P412
    VENKATARAMAN B, 1996, ASME, V118, P509
    WANG NM, 1970, ASME, V92, P310
    XU H, 1991, THESIS ACAD MACH SCI
    XU H, 1995, 22 LEEDS LYON S TRIB
    YOUNG WC, 1989, ROARKS FORMULAE STRE
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0043-1648
 J9 WEAR
 JI Wear
 PD SEP
 PY 1997
 VL 210
 IS 1-2
 BP 104
 EP 111
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA YC793
 UT ISI:A1997YC79300014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BQ
    Cao, WM
 TI An iterative and parallel solver based on domain decomposition for the
    h-p version of the finite element method
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE iterative and parallel solver; preconditioning; the h-p version of the
    finite element method
 ID ELLIPTIC PROBLEMS; 2 DIMENSIONS; PRECONDITIONER
 AB In this paper, we propose a new interative and parallel solver, based
    on domain decomposition, for the h-p version of the finite element
    method in two dimensions. It improves our previous work in two aspects:
    (1) A subdomain may contain several super-elements of the coarse mesh,
    thus can be of arbitrary shape and size. This makes the solver more
    efficient and more flexible in computational practice. (2) The
    p-version components (i.e., the high order side and internal modes) in
    every element are treated separately, which results in better
    parallelism.
 C1 UNIV MANITOBA,DEPT APPL MATH,WINNIPEG,MB R3T 2N2,CANADA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AINSWORTH M, 1996, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P1358
    BABUSKA I, 1988, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V19, P257
    BABUSKA I, 1988, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V25, P837
    BABUSKA I, 1989, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V28, P1891
    BABUSKA I, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P624
    BJORSTAD PE, 1986, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V23, P1097
    BRAMBLE J, 1986, J MATH COMPUT, V175, P103
    BRAMBLE JH, 1989, MATH COMPUT, V53, P1
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    DRYJA M, 1989, ITERATIVE METHODS LA, P273
    DRYJA M, 1990, P 3 INT S DOM DEC ME
    DRYJA M, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P604
    GUO B, 1986, COMPUT MECH, V1, P203
    GUO B, 1986, COMPUT MECH, V1, P21
    GUO BQ, IN PRESS SIAM J SCI
    GUO BQ, 1996, NUMER MATH, V75, P59
    MANDEL J, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P117
    MANDEL J, 1993, SOLVING LARGE SCALE, P65
    ODEN JT, 1994, 9411 TICAM
    ODEN JT, 1994, CONT MATH, V180, P295
    PAVARINO LF, 1994, IN PRESS COMPUT MATH
    PAVARINO LF, 1996, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P1303
    SZABO B, 1990, FINITE ELEMENT ANAL
    WIDLUND OB, 1988, P 1 INT S DOM DEC ME
    XU JC, 1992, SIAM REV, V34, P581
    ZIENKIEWICZ OC, 1989, FINITE ELEMENT METHO, V1
 NR 26
 TC 6
 SN 0377-0427
 J9 J COMPUT APPL MATH
 JI J. Comput. Appl. Math.
 PD SEP 30
 PY 1997
 VL 83
 IS 1
 BP 71
 EP 85
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA YA600
 UT ISI:A1997YA60000005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
 TI Globalism of commutation relation and mechanism of momentum transfer in
    the Aharonov-Bohm effect
 SO PHYSICA B
 DT Article
 DE globalism of a commutation relation; Aharonov-Bohm effect; momentum
    transfer
 ID WAVE
 AB After examining the domain of an operator that has classical analog,
    which is shown to be the whole spatial space, the concept of globalism
    of a commutation relation is introduced through analyzing the
    quantization of the kinetic angular momentum in the Aharonov-Bohm
    effect. Its applications are also given to explain in an elegant and
    precise way, the mechanism of momentum transfer in the Aharonov-Bohm
    scattering and to study the probability distribution of the momentum
    for a particle in a one-dimensional infinitely deep square potential
    well.
 RP Li, CF, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,20 CHENGZHONG RD,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AFANASEV GN, 1990, SOV J PART NUCL, V21, P74
    AHARONOV Y, 1959, PHYS REV, V115, P485
    CHAMBERS RG, 1960, PHYS REV LETT, V5, P3
    DIRAC PAM, 1958, PRINCIPLES QUANTUM M, P140
    ERIZ CP, 1973, PAULI LECT PHYSICS, V5, P24
    JACKIW R, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V50, P555
    KRETZSCHMAR M, 1965, Z PHYS, V185, P97
    LANDAU LD, 1977, QUANTUM MECH NONRELA, P65
    LI CF, 1995, PHYSICA B, V212, P436
    LI CF, 1996, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V252, P329
    LI CF, 1996, PHYSICA B, V226, P406
    LI CF, 1997, PHYSICA B, V229, P354
    PESHKIN M, 1981, PHYS REP, V80, P375
    ROY SM, 1984, NUOVO CIMENTO A, V79, P391
    SAKURAI JJ, 1985, MODERN QUANTUM MECH, P55
    TONOMURA A, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V56, P792
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 0921-4526
 J9 PHYSICA B
 JI Physica B
 PD SEP
 PY 1997
 VL 240
 IS 1-2
 BP 98
 EP 103
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA XZ736
 UT ISI:A1997XZ73600015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, WD
    Zhang, JF
    Wang, ST
    Zhu, ST
 TI Fermat's principle, the general eikonal equation, and space geometry in
    a static anisotropic medium
 SO JOURNAL OF THE OPTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA A-OPTICS IMAGE SCIENCE AND
    VISION
 DT Article
 DE anisotropic medium; Fermat's principle; Riemannian manifold; optical
    metric; general eikonal equation; geodesic equation
 ID TRANSMISSION SCALAR THEORY; STRONG-LASER PLASMA; RIEMANNIAN GEOMETRY;
    OPTICS
 AB Fermat's principle and the optical metric are generalized to the case
    of an anisotropic medium. The metric tensor of a three-dimensional
    Riemannian manifold is related to the dielectric tensor of the medium.
    The general eikonal equation in a static anisotropic medium is derived.
    The expressions for the curvature tensor and the curvature scalar that
    characterize the geometrical structure of a three-dimensional manifold
    are given. For an isotropic medium the derived expressions for the
    curvature tensor and curvature scalar reduce to the previous results.
    (C) 1997 Optical Society of America.
 C1 SHANGHAI INST EDUC,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200031,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Shen, WD, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BORN M, 1980, PRINCIPLES OPTICS, P122
    BORN M, 1980, PRINCIPLES OPTICS, P666
    CARINENA JF, 1996, FORTSCHR PHYS, V44, P181
    CARINENA JF, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P1695
    CARMELI M, 1982, CLASSICAL FIELDS GEN, P67
    GUO H, 1995, J OPT SOC AM A, V12, P600
    GUO H, 1995, J OPT SOC AM A, V12, P607
    GUO QZ, 1995, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V44, P210
    GUO QZ, 1995, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V44, P396
    MISNER CW, 1973, GRAVITATION, P293
    RIVERA AL, 1995, J OPT SOC AM A, V12, P1380
    SHEN W, 1996, CHIN J LASERS B, V5, P516
    SHEN WD, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P2085
    SHEN WD, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P2095
    ZHU S, 1993, WORLD OPT C SHANGH C
    ZHU ST, 1987, J OPT SOC AM B, V4, P739
    ZHU ST, 1988, P TOP M LAS MAT LAS, P190
    ZHU ST, 1989, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V38, P1167
    ZHU ST, 1989, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V38, P559
    ZHU ST, 1993, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V42, P1471
    ZHU ST, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P169
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0740-3232
 J9 J OPT SOC AM A-OPT IMAGE SCI
 JI J. Opt. Soc. Am. A-Opt. Image Sci. Vis.
 PD OCT
 PY 1997
 VL 14
 IS 10
 BP 2850
 EP 2854
 PG 5
 SC Optics
 GA XY742
 UT ISI:A1997XY74200029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mo, YW
    Xia, YB
    Huang, XQ
    Wang, H
 TI Dielectric properties of diamond film alumina composites
 SO THIN SOLID FILMS
 DT Article
 DE diamond; aluminium oxide; dielectric properties; chemical vapour
    deposition (CVD)
 AB Diamond films were deposited on alumina substrates both by microwave
    plasma chemical vapor deposition and hot filament chemical vapor
    deposition techniques. The qualities of deposited films were
    characterized by X-ray diffraction and Raman scattering spectrometry.
    The dielectric properties of the diamond film/alumina composites were
    measured, and were compared with the results also calculated by the
    model of series capacitors. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science S.A.
 RP Mo, YW, SHANGHAI UNIV,SCH MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR CHU MY, 1992, J MATER RES, V7, P3010
    HSU JY, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P1861
    JOHNSON WB, 1993, J MATER RES, V8, P1169
    MO YW, 1995, ICEM ICSA 95 XIAN
    MO YW, 1997, IN PRESS ACTA PHYS S, V46
    NAZERI A, 1993, AM CERAM SOC B, V75, P59
    NEMANICH RJ, 1991, ANNU REV MATER SCI, V21, P535
    YARBROUGH WA, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P3179
    YIBEN XIA, 1996, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V13, P557
 NR 9
 TC 9
 SN 0040-6090
 J9 THIN SOLID FILMS
 JI Thin Solid Films
 PD AUG 15
 PY 1997
 VL 305
 IS 1-2
 BP 266
 EP 269
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Condensed Matter
 GA XX864
 UT ISI:A1997XX86400035
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, WP
    Gu, M
    Zheng, LR
    Xin, HP
    Cao, ZC
    Okuyama, M
    Lin, CG
 TI Pulsed laser deposition of PZT/BaRuO3 bi-layered films on silicon
    substrate
 SO FERROELECTRICS
 DT Article
 ID CAPACITORS; FATIGUE
 AB Bi-layered thin films of PZT(70/30) on BaRuO3 have been prepared on
    silicon substrate by AF excimer laser deposition(PLD). BaRuO3 thin film
    crystallized into perovskite-like structure with (110) orientation and
    became highly conductive after atmospheric thermal annealing at 700
    degrees C for 30 minutes. It was found the subsequent PLD-deposited PZT
    film can be efficiently transformed to its perovskite structure by
    rapid thermal processing(RTP) at 700 degrees C for 100sec.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    OSAKA UNIV,FAC ENGN SCI,DEPT ELECT ENGN,OSAKA 560,JAPAN.
 RP Xu, WP, CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST MET,STATE KEY LAB FUNCT MAT
    INFORMAT,SHANGHAI 200050,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ALSHAREEF HN, 1994, J MATER RES, V9, P2968
    DAT R, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V64, P2673
    EOM CB, 1992, SCIENCE, V258, P1766
    RAMESH R, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V61, P1537
    RANDALL JJ, 1959, J AM CHEM SOC, V81, P2629
    TAKIKAVA O, 1986, IEEE P EL COMP C IEE, P214
    XU WP, IN PRESS PHYS STAT A
    XU WP, UNPUB MAT LETT
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 0015-0193
 J9 FERROELECTRICS
 JI Ferroelectrics
 PY 1997
 VL 195
 IS 1-4
 BP 199
 EP 202
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA XX634
 UT ISI:A1997XX63400048
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, JD
    Sasaki, S
    Sugiura, H
    Huang, TK
    Inaguma, Y
    Itoh, M
 TI Compressibility and pressure dependence of charge transfer and T-c in
    pristine and iodine-intercalated single crystals of
    Bi2.2Sr1.8CaCu2O8+delta
 SO PHYSICA C
 DT Article
 DE electrical resistivity; Hall concentration; high pressure effect
 ID SUPERCONDUCTING TRANSITION-TEMPERATURE; HALL-COEFFICIENT; EPITAXIAL
    INTERCALATION; RESISTIVITY TENSOR
 AB Compressibility measurements for Bi2.2Sr1.8CaCu2O8+delta
    (Bi-2.2:1.8:1:2) and IBi2.2Sr1.8CaCu2O8+delta (IBi-2.2:1.8:1:2) single
    crystals were carried out in a diamond-anvil pressure cell up to 9 GPa.
    The values of bulk modulus are 68.56 and 48.21 Gpa for Bi-2.2:1.8:1:2
    and for IBi-2.2:1.8:1:2 single crystals, respectively. Hall
    coefficients and resistivities for oxygen annealed Bi-2.2:1.8:1:2 and
    I0.7Bi-2.2:1.8:1:2 single crystals were measured under high pressure up
    to 1.5 GPa. The value of dR(H)/dP for the oxygen annealed crystal is
    -0.06 x 10(-3) cm(3) C-1 GPa(-1), which is one third of the as-grown
    crystal. The decrease of dR(H)/dP after oxygen annealing is considered
    to be due to the increase of homogeneity of oxygen during high
    temperature annealing, The dR(H)/dP of I0.7Bi-2.2:1.8:1:2 is -0.39 x
    10(-3) cm(3) C-1 GPa(-1), which is nearly the same as that of
    IBi-2.2:1.8:1:2. That the negative dR(H)/dP of intercalated crystals is
    nearly twice as large as that of pristine crystals is concerned with
    the deposition of the iodine molecular state under pressure. The T-c of
    oxygen-annealed Bi-2.2:1.8:1:2 increases with increasing pressure at a
    parabolic curve below 1.5 Cpa. By using the Gupta model, we simulated
    T-c(P) up to 6 GPa, and found that the maximum value of T-c(P) is 88 K
    at P = 4.1 GPa. This is in good agreement with the experimental result
    measured by Klotz et al. [Physica C 209 (1993) 499]. The T-c of the
    I0.7Bi-2.2:1.8:1:2 crystal increased linearly at a rate of dT(c)/dP =
    3.5 K/GPa. This is the opposite of the behaviour of IBi-2.2:1.8:1:2
    which decreased linearly at a rate of dT(c)/dP = -3.6 K/GPa, although
    both intercalated crystals are overdoped compounds. (C) 1997 Elsevier
    Science B.V.
 C1 TOKYO INST TECHNOL,MAT & STRUCT LAB,MIDORI KU,YOKOHAMA,KANAGAWA 226,JAPAN.
    YOKOHAMA CITY UNIV,GRAD SCH INTEGRATED SCI,KANAZAWA KU,YOKOHAMA,KANAGAWA 236,JAPAN.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ALMASAN CC, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P680
    CRUSELLAS MA, 1991, PHYSICA C, V180, P313
    FAULQUES E, 1992, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V82, P531
    FUJIWARA A, 1992, PHYSICA C, V203, P411
    GROEN WA, 1990, PHYSICA C, V165, P55
    GUPTA RP, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P11760
    HUANG TK, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P7712
    HUANG TK, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P9885
    HUANG TK, 1996, PHYSICA C, V271, P103
    HYBERTSEN MS, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P1661
    KLOTZ S, 1993, PHYSICA C, V209, P499
    KOSUGE M, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P10713
    MARTIN S, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P2194
    MURAYAMA C, 1991, PHYSICA C 2, V185, P1293
    MURAYAMA C, 1991, PHYSICA C, V183, P277
    MURNAGHAN FD, 1951, FINITE DEFORMATION E
    NEUMEIER JJ, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P8385
    OLSEN JS, 1991, PHYS SCR, V44, P211
    POOKE D, 1992, PHYSICA C, V198, P349
    TAJIMA Y, 1989, PHYSICA C, V158, P237
    THOMPSON JD, 1984, REV SCI INSTRUM, V55, P231
    WIJNGAARDEN RJ, 1989, STUDIES HIGH TEMPERA, V2, P29
    XIANG XD, 1990, NATURE, V348, P145
    XIANG XD, 1991, PHYS REV B B, V43, P11496
    XIANG XD, 1991, SCIENCE, V254, P1487
    XIANG XD, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P530
 NR 26
 TC 4
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD JUL 21
 PY 1997
 VL 281
 IS 1
 BP 45
 EP 54
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA XX217
 UT ISI:A1997XX21700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, XY
    Wan, XJ
    Chen, YX
 TI Environmental embrittlement and hydrogen diffusion in Co3Ti alloys
 SO SCRIPTA MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 ID MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES; NI3AL; BORON; INTERMETALLICS; NI3(SI,TI);
    DUCTILITY
 RP Cheng, XY, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GEORGE EP, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V28, P857
    GEORGE EP, 1993, STRUCTURAL INTERMETA, P431
    GEORGE EP, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V30, P37
    GEORGE EP, 1995, MATER RES SOC S P, V364, P1131
    LIU CT, 1985, ACTA METALL, V33, P213
    LIU CT, 1992, NATO ASI SER, V213, P321
    LIU CT, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P25
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    TAKASUGI T, 1988, MATERIALS FORUM, V12, P8
    TAKASUGI T, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P4239
    TAKASUGI T, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P1173
    TAKASUGI T, 1991, MATER RES SOC S P, V213, P403
    TAKASUGI T, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V29, P1587
    WAN X, 1994, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V10, P39
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    WAN XJ, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V31, P677
    WAN XJ, 1995, ACTA METALL SINICA, V8, P299
 NR 17
 TC 4
 SN 1359-6462
 J9 SCRIPTA MATER
 JI Scr. Mater.
 PD OCT 1
 PY 1997
 VL 37
 IS 7
 BP 1065
 EP 1069
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA XW414
 UT ISI:A1997XW41400025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, RJ
    Dai, SG
    Mu, PA
 TI A spherical capacitive probe for measuring the thickness of coatings on
    metals
 SO MEASUREMENT SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 AB This paper proposes a new method of using the spherical capacitive
    probe instead of the common planar probe to increase the accuracy in
    measuring the thickness of non-conducting coatings on metals. The
    measuring conversion model of the spherical capacitive probe and Its
    electric circuit are discussed and effective methods for overcoming the
    unfavourable influence caused by the spherical capacitive probe are
    introduced as well.
 RP Zhang, RJ, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 200093,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR *ISO, 1982, 2178 ISO
    *ISO, 1982, 2360 ISO
 NR 2
 TC 1
 SN 0957-0233
 J9 MEAS SCI TECHNOL
 JI Meas. Sci. Technol.
 PD SEP
 PY 1997
 VL 8
 IS 9
 BP 1028
 EP 1033
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA XW071
 UT ISI:A1997XW07100011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tu, LH
 TI Asymptotic Hodge theory in several variables: The flat case
 SO CHINESE ANNALS OF MATHEMATICS SERIES B
 DT Article
 DE canonical extension; Gauss-Manin connection; monodromy transformation
 AB In the flat case, the answer to the problem posed by Steenbrink and
    Zucker is given.
 RP Tu, LH, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CLEMENS CH, 1977, DUKE MATH J, V44, P215
    DELIGNE P, 1970, LECT NOTES MAT, V163
    DELIGNE P, 1971, PUBL MATH IHES, V40, P5
    DELIGNE P, 1974, PUBL MATH IHES, V44, P5
    SCHMID W, 1973, INVENT MATH, V22, P211
    STEENBRINK J, 1976, INVENT MATH, V31, P229
    STEENBRINK J, 1985, INVENT MATH, V80, P489
    TU LH, 1990, J SYS SCI MATH SCI, V10, P277
    TU LH, 1991, CHIN ANN MATH A, V12, P766
    ZUCKER S, 1984, ANN MATH STUD, V106, P121
    ZUCKER S, 1985, INVENT MATH, V80, P543
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0252-9599
 J9 CHIN ANN MATH SER B
 JI Chin. Ann. Math. Ser. B
 PD JUL
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 3
 BP 277
 EP 282
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics
 GA XV663
 UT ISI:A1997XV66300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, HC
 TI Practical circular-polarization-maintaining optical fiber
 SO APPLIED OPTICS
 DT Article
 ID PROPOSALS; FIELD
 AB The author describes a new idea for making
    circular-polarization-maintaining optical fiber with an existing
    fabrication technique. The method simply requires one to spin at a
    constant rate a special preform consisting of only one off-axis
    stress-applying element in addition to the on-axis core. Measurements
    taken with such a fiber specimen verify the existence of circular
    eigenmodes, the ease of joining or splicing two fiber segments, the
    tolerance to macrobending with a small radius, etc. Good agreement
    exists between the experimental data and the theoretical analysis.
    Prospective applications are discussed. (C) 1997 Optical Society of
    America.
 RP Huang, HC, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BARLOW AJ, 1981, ELECTRON LETT, V17, P388
    BIRCH RD, 1987, ELECTRON LETT, V23, P50
    CASTELLI R, 1989, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V21, P35
    DANDLIKER R, 1992, OPTICAL WAVE SCI TEC, V2, P39
    FANG XS, 1985, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V33, P1150
    FUJII Y, 1986, IEE PROC-J, V133, P249
    GAUTHIER F, 1981, P INT C FIB ROT SENS, P196
    HUANG HC, IN PRESS MICROWAVE A
    HUANG HC, 1960, SCI SINICA, V9, P142
    HUANG HC, 1990, 4943132, US
    HUANG HC, 1992, 5096312, US
    HUANG HC, 1995, 5452394, US
    HUANG HC, 1995, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V9, P37
    HUANG HC, 1997, APPL OPTICS, V36, P4241
    HUSSEY CD, 1986, ELECTRON LETT, V22, P129
    JEUNHOMME L, 1980, ELECTRON LETT, V16, P921
    MACHIDA S, 1982, T IECE JPN E, V65, P642
    MAYSTRE F, 1989, OPT LETT, V14, P587
    RAMASWAMY V, 1978, APPL OPTICS, V17, P3014
    ROGERS AJ, 1995, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V13, P1371
    SAKAI JI, 1981, OPT LETT, V6, P496
    SOMEDA CG, 1985, 41584, IT
    SOMEDA CG, 1986, 41638, IT
    SOMEDA CG, 1991, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V23, P713
    ULRICH R, 1979, APPL OPTICS, V18, P2241
    VARNHAM MP, 1985, P IOOC ECOC VEN, P135
    VARNHAM MP, 1986, M OPT FIB COMM, P68
 NR 27
 TC 2
 SN 0003-6935
 J9 APPL OPT
 JI Appl. Optics
 PD SEP 20
 PY 1997
 VL 36
 IS 27
 BP 6968
 EP 6975
 PG 8
 SC Optics
 GA XV502
 UT ISI:A1997XV50200036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, SS
    Zong, HS
    Wang, ZX
    Qiu, XJ
 TI Induced electronic interactions in Chern-Simons systems
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID GAUGE NONINVARIANCE; 3 DIMENSIONS; FIELD-THEORY; QUANTIZATION
 AB The induced electronic interactions in (I + 2)-dimensional vector
    Chem-Simons systems are studied by means of path-integral quantization.
    We consider four cases: relativistic, and nonrelativistic fermion
    Maxwell-Chern-Simons models, and relativistic and nonrelativistic
    fermion Chern-Simons models. It is shown that the Chern-Simons term may
    induce exotic electronic interactions which can be local or nonlocal
    and small Chern-Simons coupling may have a considerable effect in some
    cases.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,INST THEORET PHYS,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    ACAD SINICA,INST NUCL PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI TEACHERS UNIV,CTR STRING THEORY,SHANGHAI 200234,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Feng, SS, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR ANDRES K, 1975, PHYS REV LETT, V35, P1779
    BARASHENKOV IV, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P1575
    DESER S, 1982, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V140, P372
    FENG D, 1992, NEW PERSPECTIVES CON
    FENG SS, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P1827
    FENG SS, 1997, INT J THEORETICAL PH, V36, P41
    FRADKIN E, 1991, FIELD THEORIES CONDE
    GITMANN DM, 1990, QUANTIZATION FIELDS
    HAGEN CR, 1985, PHYS REV D, V31, P2135
    HAGEN CR, 1985, PHYS REV D, V31, P848
    JACKIW R, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P2969
    JONES W, 1973, THEORETICAL SOLID ST
    KIM YW, 1995, PHYS REV D, V51, P2943
    LOPEZ A, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P5246
    NI GJ, 1995, LEVINSON THEOREM ANO
    POLYAKOV AM, 1988, MOD PHYS LETT A, V3, P325
    REDLICH AN, 1984, PHYS REV D, V29, P2366
    REDLICH AN, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V52, P18
    SEMENOFF GW, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P517
    YANG CN, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P2144
    YANG JF, 1995, PHYS LETT B, V343, P249
 NR 21
 TC 1
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD AUG
 PY 1997
 VL 36
 IS 8
 BP 1717
 EP 1731
 PG 15
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA XU738
 UT ISI:A1997XU73800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, LX
    Wu, YS
    Yang, LX
    Fang, MX
    Fan, CZ
 TI Relationship between bronze alloy composition and corrosion
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Letter
 RP Zhang, LX, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,JINAN 250061,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR FAN CZ, 1992, CHINESE J CHE PHYS, V6, P479
    FAN CZ, 1993, SCI CHINA SER B, V36, P659
    WANG CS, 1995, J U SCI TECH CHINA, V25, P448
    WU LM, 1986, CULTURAL RELICS, V11, P76
    WU YS, 1992, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V1, P79
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD SEP
 PY 1997
 VL 42
 IS 17
 BP 1494
 EP 1496
 PG 3
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA XU001
 UT ISI:A1997XU00100025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bi, PZ
    Shi, YM
 TI A revised approach of the two phase model for quark-gluon deconfinement
    phase transition
 SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PHYSIK C-PARTICLES AND FIELDS
 DT Article
 ID HARD-CORE RADIUS; FINITE TEMPERATURE; BAG CONSTANT; THERMODYNAMICS;
    DENSITY; CHROMODYNAMICS; PHENOMENOLOGY; RESTORATION; CHARMONIUM;
    SPECTRUM
 AB The two phase model for the quark-gluon deconfinement phase transition
    is modified based on the temperature and density related properties of
    the hadron. The revised approach is consistent with the single body
    description. Its consequences on the pressure and energy density of the
    hadron gas is investigated, and the critical value of temperature and
    chemical potential of the phase transition from the hadron gas to a
    non-interacting quark matter are calculated. Our results agree with the
    recent lattice gauge calculations.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT PHYS 2,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    CCAST,WORLD LAB,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Bi, PZ, FUDAN UNIV,TD LEE PHYS LAB,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BERNARD C, HEPLAT950993 MILK CO
    BI PZ, 1988, J PHYS G, V14, P681
    BI PZ, 1989, J PHYS G, V15, P1653
    BI PZ, 1991, QUARK GLUON STRUCTUR
    BI PZ, 1992, Z PHYS C, V54, P543
    BROWN GE, SUNYNTG966
    BROWN GE, 1991, NUCL PHYS A, V535, P701
    BROWN GE, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P2720
    CLEYMANS J, 1986, Z PHYS C PART FIELDS, V33, P151
    CLEYMANS J, 1987, Z PHYS C, V37, P51
    CLEYMANS J, 1993, Z PHYS C, V57, P135
    DEFORCRAND P, 1985, PHYS LETT B, V160, P137
    HARRINGTON BJ, 1974, PHYS REV LETT, V33, P324
    HASHIMOTO T, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P2123
    HASHIMOTO T, 1988, Z PHYS C, V38, P251
    HATSUDA T, 1992, NUCL PHYS A, V544, C27
    KAPUSTA JI, 1981, PHYS REV D, V23, P2444
    KOCH V, 1993, NUCL PHYS A, V560, P345
    KOGUT JB, 1991, PHYS LETT B, V263, P101
    KOUNO H, 1982, Z PHYS C, V42, P209
    LI SX, 1991, INT J MOD PHYS A, V6, P501
    LINDE AD, 1979, REPORTS PROGR PHYSIC, V42, P25
    PISARSKI R, 1982, PHYS LETT B, V110, P155
    PISARSKI RD, 1982, PHYS REV D, V26, P3735
    PISARSKI RD, 1984, PHYS REV D, V29, P338
    REINHARDT H, 1986, PHYS LETT B, V173, P473
    RISCHKE DH, 1991, Z PHYS C, V51, P584
    SHURYAK EV, 1980, PHYS REP           C, V61, P71
    TAKAGI F, 1986, PHYS REV D, V34, P1646
    TAKAGI F, 1987, PHYS REV D, V35, P2226
    UDDIN S, 1992, Z PHYS C PART FIELDS, V53, P319
    VOGT R, 1988, PHYS LETT B, V206, P333
 NR 32
 TC 2
 SN 0170-9739
 J9 Z PHYS C-PAR FIELD
 JI Z. Phys. C-Part. Fields
 PD AUG
 PY 1997
 VL 75
 IS 4
 BP 735
 EP 738
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA XT297
 UT ISI:A1997XT29700017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, XH
    Xu, J
    Meng, ZY
 TI Dielectric and piezoelectric properties of
    Pb(Ni1/3Nb2/3)O-3-PbTiO3-PbZrO3 ceramics modified with bismuth and zinc
    substitutions
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID ACTUATOR
 AB The dielectric and piezoelectric properties of the
    (Pb0.985Bi0.01)(Ni1/4Zn1/12Nb2/3)(x)(ZrsigmaTi1-sigma)(1-x)O-3
    piezoelectric ceramic system (0.2 less than or equal to x less than or
    equal to 0.7, 0.1 less than or equal to sigma less than or equal to
    0.9) were systematically investigated. The results showed that, after
    poling, the dielectric constant, epsilon(33)(T), increased for the
    tetragonal compositions but decreased for the rhombohedral
    compositions. Furthermore, high values of epsilon(33)(T) and
    piezoelectric modulus, d(31) were found for the compositions along the
    extension of the morphotropic phase boundary. The highest values of the
    planar electromechanical coupling factor, K-p, and the piezoelectric
    modulus, d(31), were found to be 0.70 and -274 x 10(-12) C N-1,
    respectively. The Curie temperature, remanent polarization, coercive
    field and the lattice constants of the a and c axes in relation to the
    Pb(Ni1/3Nb2/3)O-3 content and the Zr/Zr + Ti ratio were also determined.
 C1 NANJING UNIV,NATL LAB SOLID STATE MICROSTRUCT,NANJING 210093,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SCH MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Zhu, XH, NANJING UNIV,DEPT PHYS,NANJING 210093,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ADACHI M, 1987, JPN J APPL PHYS, V29, P68
    GERSON R, 1960, J APPL PHYS, V31, P188
    HAUN MJ, 1989, FERROELECTRICS, V99, P13
    JAFFE B, 1971, PIEZOELECTRIC CERAMI
    JONTS L, 1994, SMART MATER STRUCT, V3, P147
    KITAMURA T, 1981, JPN J APPL PHYS, V20, P97
    KULCSAR F, 1959, J AM CERAM SOC, V42, P343
    MOON JH, 1993, J MATER RES, V8, P3184
    OUCHI H, 1965, J AM CERAM SOC, V48, P630
    OUCHI H, 1968, J AM CERAM SOC, V51, P169
    ROBBINS WP, 1991, IEEE T ULTRASON FERR, V38, P454
    TAKAHASHI M, 1970, JPN J APPL PHYS, V9, P1236
    ZHU XH, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V48, P169
    ZHU XH, 1996, J MATER SCI, V31, P2171
 NR 14
 TC 8
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD AUG 15
 PY 1997
 VL 32
 IS 16
 BP 4275
 EP 4282
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA XT184
 UT ISI:A1997XT18400014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BQ
    Cao, WM
 TI Additive Schwarz methods for the h-p version of the finite element
    method in two dimensions
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING
 DT Article
 DE additive Schwarz method; the h-p version; condition number; iterative
    and parallel solver
 ID ITERATIVE METHODS; ELLIPTIC PROBLEMS; DECOMPOSITION
 AB Two additive Schwarz methods (ASMs) are proposed for the h-p version of
    the finite element method for two-dimensional elliptic problems in
    polygonal domains. One is based on generous overlapping of the
    h-version components (i.e., the linear nodal modes) and nonoverlapping
    of the p-version components (i.e., the high-order side modes and
    internal modes). Another is based on nonoverlapping for both the
    h-version and the p-version components. Their implementations are in
    parallel on the subdomain level for the h-version components and on the
    element level for the p-version components. The condition number for
    the first method is of order O(1 + ln p)(2), and for the second one is
    max(i)(1 + ln(H(i)p(i)/h(i)))(2), where H-i is the diameter of the
    subdomain Omega(i), h(i) is the characteristic diameter of the elements
    in Omega(i), p(i) is the maximum polynomial degree used in Omega(i),
    and p = max(i)p(i) .
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Guo, BQ, UNIV MANITOBA,DEPT APPL MATH,WINNIPEG,MB R3T 2N2,CANADA.
 CR AINSWORTH M, 1996, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P1358
    BABUSKA I, 1988, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V19, P257
    BABUSKA I, 1988, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V25, P837
    BABUSKA I, 1989, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V28, P1891
    BABUSKA I, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P624
    BJORSTAD PE, 1986, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V23, P1097
    BRAMBLE JH, 1986, MATH COMPUT, V47, P103
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    CLEMENT P, 1975, RAIRO ANAL NUMER R, V2, P77
    DRYJA M, 1987, 339 NEW YORK U COUR
    DRYJA M, 1989, ITERATIVE METHODS LA, P273
    DRYJA M, 1990, P 3 INT S DOM DEC ME
    DRYJA M, 1994, CONT MATH, V157, P53
    GRISVARD P, 1985, ELLIPTIC PROBLEMS NO
    GUO B, 1986, COMPUT MECH, V1, P203
    GUO B, 1986, COMPUT MECH, V1, P21
    GUO BQ, 1996, NUMER MATH, V75, P59
    GUO BQ, 1997, IN PRESS J COMPUT AP
    LIONS PL, 1988, P 1 INT S DOM DEC ME
    MANDEL J, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P117
    MANDEL J, 1990, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V29, P1095
    ODEN JT, 1994, 9411 U TEX AUST TICA
    PAVARINO LF, 1992, THESIS NEW YORK U NE
    WIDLUDN OB, 1988, P 1 INT S DOM DEC ME
    WILUND OB, 1989, P 2 INT S DOM DEC ME
    XU JC, 1992, SIAM REV, V34, P581
 NR 26
 TC 6
 SN 1064-8275
 J9 SIAM J SCI COMPUT
 JI SIAM J. Sci. Comput.
 PD SEP
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 5
 BP 1267
 EP 1288
 PG 22
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA XT113
 UT ISI:A1997XT11300003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xin, HP
    Lin, CL
    Wang, JX
    Zou, SC
    Shi, XH
    Lin, ZX
    Zhou, ZY
    Liu, ZG
 TI Experimental studies of N+ implantation into CVD diamond thin films
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES E-TECHNOLOGICAL SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE N+ implantation into diamond films; Raman spectroscopy; ultraviolet
    photoluminescence spectroscopy (UV-PL); electrically inactive
    deep-level impurity; C N covalent bond; carbon nitride; x-ray
    photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS)
 ID ION
 AB The effects of N+ implantation under various conditions on CVD diamond
    films were analyzed with Raman spectroscopy, four-point probe method,
    X-ray diffraction (XRD), Rutherford backscattering spectroscopy (RBS),
    ultraviolet photoluminescence spectroscopy (UV-PL), Fourier
    transformation infrared absorption spectroscopy (FTIR) and X-ray
    photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS). The results show that the N+
    implantation doping without any graphitization has been successfully
    realized when 100 keV N+ ions at a dosage of 2 x 10(16) cm(-2) were
    implanted into diamond films at 550 degrees C. UV-PL spectra indicate
    that the implanted N+ ions formed an electrically inactive deep-level
    impurity in diamond films. So the sheet resistance of the sample after
    N+ implantation changed little. Carbon nitride containing C=N covalent
    bond has been successfully synthesized by 100 keV, 1.2 x 10(18) N/cm(2)
    N+ implantation into diamond films. Most of the implanted N+ ions
    formed C=N covalent bonds with C atoms. The others were free state
    nitrogen, which existed in the excessive nitrogen layers. C(1s) XPS
    studies show the existence of three different C(1s) bonding states,
    corresponding to graphite, i-carbon and the carbon of C=N covalent
    bonding state, respectively, which agrees well with the Raman results.
 C1 CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST TECH PHYS,NATL LAB INFRARED PHYS,SHANGHAI 200083,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST MET,ION BEAM LAB,SHANGHAI 200050,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Xin, HP, CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST MET,NATL LAB FUNCT MAT
    INFORMAT,SHANGHAI 200050,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ANSELL RO, 1979, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V98, P79
    BROWER KL, 1982, PHYS REV B, V26, P6040
    CHU WK, 1978, BACKSCATTERING SPECT
    HARTNETT TM, 1988, THESIS PENNSYLVANIA
    LIN CG, 1990, SCI CHINA, P976
    MITCHELL JB, 1975, J APPL PHYS, V46, P332
    MITCHELL JB, 1975, J APPL PHYS, V46, P335
    SATO S, 1991, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V59, P1391
    SCHER H, 1970, J CHEM PHYS, V53, P3759
    XIN HP, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P3290
    XIN HP, 1995, CHINESE PHYSICS, V24, P147
    XIN HP, 1996, SCI CHINA SER E, V26, P210
    ZHANG XK, 1992, VACUUM, V43, P1047
    ZHU W, 1990, THESIS SOLID STATE S
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1006-9321
 J9 SCI CHINA SER E
 JI Sci. China Ser. E-Technol. Sci.
 PD AUG
 PY 1997
 VL 40
 IS 4
 BP 361
 EP 368
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA XR161
 UT ISI:A1997XR16100004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, XH
    Li, Q
    Ming, NB
    Meng, ZY
 TI Origin of optical nonlinearity for PbO, TiO2, K2O, and SiO2 optical
    glasses
 SO APPLIED PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID SINGLE-BEAM
 AB The nonlinear optical properties for the PbO, TiO2, K2O, and SiO2
    system have been measured by the Z-scan method. The magnitude and sign
    of the nonlinear refractive index n(2) were determined, as was the
    negative sign, which indicated a self-defocusing optical nonlinearity.
    Two optical absorption bands at 540 and 660 nm, respectively, are
    observed in the optical absorption spectra. The sources of the
    absorption bands are attributed to the 3 d-shell electronic transitions
    of Ti3+ ions from the ground state to the excited states. The origin of
    the negative nonlinear refractive index was the contribution of
    resonant electronic transition processes, which can cancel the positive
    nonresonant refractive index that mainly resulted from the
    hyperpolarizabilities of the Pb-O and Ti-O pairs. (C) 1997 American
    Institute of Physics.
 C1 NANJING UNIV,CTR ADV STUDIES SCI & TECHNOL MICROSTRUCT,NANJING 210093,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    CCAST,WORLD LAB,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,SCH MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Zhu, XH, NANJING UNIV,NATL LAB SOLID STATE MICROSTRUCT,DEPT
    PHYS,NANJING 210093,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BORRELLI NF, 1991, OPTICAL PROPERTIES G, P87
    BORRELLI NF, 1995, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V185, P109
    FRIBERG SR, 1987, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V23, P2089
    GAN F, 1991, OPTICAL SPECTRAL PRO, P203
    KAMIYA K, 1985, J MATER SCI, V20, P906
    MIYAJI F, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V60, P2060
    NASU H, 1987, OPT ENG, V26, P102
    NASU H, 1995, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V182, P321
    SHEIKBAHAE M, 1989, OPT LETT, V14, P955
    SHEIKBAHAE M, 1990, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V26, P760
    SHEN YR, 1984, PRINCIPLES NONLINEAR
    ZHU XH, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V75, P3756
 NR 12
 TC 17
 SN 0003-6951
 J9 APPL PHYS LETT
 JI Appl. Phys. Lett.
 PD AUG 18
 PY 1997
 VL 71
 IS 7
 BP 867
 EP 869
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA XR278
 UT ISI:A1997XR27800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A generalized variational principle for 3-D unsteady transonic
    rotational flow in rotor using Clebsch variables
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 AB Via semi-inverse method /1,2/, a generalized variational principle with
    only 6 independent variables for 3-D unsteady compressible rotational
    transonic rotor-flow with shocks has been successfully formulated,
    which has been unknown till the present time, and the matching
    conditions across all unknown oscillating discontinuities (such as
    shocks, free surface and free trailing vortex sheets) have been deduced
    via variable-domain variable principle. This theory aims at rendering a
    general, rigorous theoretical basis for the finite element method and
    other direct variational methods.
 RP He, JH, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHAN STK, 1977, FE APPL UNSTEADY TRA
    ECER A, 1983, AIAA J, V21, P343
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    HE JH, IN PRESS INT J TURBO
    HE JH, 1996, 4 C CHIN IND APPL MA
    LIU GL, 1989, SCI CHINA, V32, P271
    LIU GL, 1991, 3 INT C INV DES OPT, P337
    LIU GL, 1991, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V12, P280
    LIU GL, 1993, ACTA MECH, V99, P219
    MCCROSKEY WJ, 1977, J FLUIDS ENG, V99, P8
    SELIGER RL, 1968, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V305, P1
    SERRIN J, 1959, HDB PHYSIK, V8
 NR 12
 TC 11
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1997
 VL 14
 IS 1
 BP 17
 EP 21
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA XR112
 UT ISI:A1997XR11200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Semi-inverse method of establishing generalized variational principles
    for fluid mechanics with emphasis on turbomachinery aerodynamics
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 DE blade-to-blade flow in turbomachinery; variational principle in fluid
    mechanics; semi-inverse method; trial-functional
 AB The semi-inverse method suggested by the author is one of the best and
    most convenient ways to deduce generalized variational principles with
    multi-variables from 1) partial differential equations (PDE) and
    boundary conditions (BC), or 2) known variational principles with
    single variable or double variables, or 3) a suitable energy
    trial-functional, without any crisis variational phenomenon.
    As a result two families of generalized variational principles for
    irrotational compressible blade-to-blade flow have been deduced without
    using the Lagrange multiplier method. The method will have a great
    effect not only in fluid mechanics, but also in elasticity theorems.
 RP He, JH, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHIEN WZ, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P137
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    HE JH, 1996, 4 C CHIN IND APPL MA
    LIU GL, 1990, P 1 INT S AER INT FL, P128
    LIU GL, 1993, INT J TURBO JET ENGI, V10, P273
    LIU GL, 1995, P 6 AS C FLUID MECH
 NR 6
 TC 48
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1997
 VL 14
 IS 1
 BP 23
 EP 28
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA XR112
 UT ISI:A1997XR11200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, YS
    Sun, GX
    Xie, DF
    Bao, BR
    Cao, WG
 TI Extraction of uranium(VI) and thorium(IV) ions from nitric acid
    solutions by N,N,N',N'-tetrabutyladipicamide
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY-LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB A new symmetrical diamide, the straight-chain alkyl substituted neutral
    tetrabutyladipicamide (TBAA) has been synthesized, characterized and
    used for the extraction of U(V) and Th(IV) from nitric acid solutions
    in a diluent composed of 50% 1,2,4-trimethylbenzene (TMB) and 50%
    kerosene (OK). Extraction distribution coefficients of U(VI) and Th(IV)
    as a function of aqueous nitric acid concentration, extractant
    concentration and temperature have been studied. Back-extraction of
    U(VI) and Th(IV) from organic phases by dilute nitric acid has been
    undertaken. From the data, the compositions of extracted species,
    equilibrium constants and enthalpies of extraction reactions have also
    been calculated.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Wang, YS, CHINESE ACAD SCI,INST NUCL RES,POB 800-204,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAO BR, 1992, J RADIOAN NUCL CH AR, V162, P391
    CUILLERDIER C, 1991, SEPAR SCI TECHNOL, V26, P1229
    MUSIKAS C, 1988, SEPAR SCI TECHNOL, V23, P1211
    NAIR GM, 1993, SOL EXTR ION EXCH, V11, P813
    SEHN CH, 1996, J RADIOANAL NUCL CHE, V212, P187
    SIDDAL TE, 1996, J INORG NUCL CHEM, V26, P883
    YIN YJ, 1985, HDB COLLEGE CHEM, P302
 NR 7
 TC 24
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM LETT
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.-Lett.
 PD SEP 2
 PY 1996
 VL 214
 IS 1
 BP 67
 EP 76
 PG 10
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA XQ095
 UT ISI:A1996XQ09500007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, BC
    Chen, Y
    Cai, RF
    Huang, ZE
    Xiao, YW
 TI Synthesis and structural characterization of a novel and starlike
    C-60(PMS)(x)(CH3)(x) copolymer
 SO EUROPEAN POLYMER JOURNAL
 DT Article
 ID MAGNETIC-RESONANCE; OPTICAL-PROPERTIES; C-60; FULLERENES; SPECTROSCOPY;
    POLYSTYRENE; POLYMERS; STYRENE; CARBON; FORM
 AB A novel starlike C-60(PMS)(x)(CH3)(x) (x=1-3) copolymer was prepared by
    reaction of a living poly(alpha-methylstyrene) (PMS) carbanion with
    C-60, followed by a capping reaction with methyl iodine. The
    characterization techniques used are UV-vis, FT-IR, GPC, DSC, TGA, ESR,
    C-13 NMR, SEM, XRD, cyclic voltammetry (CV) and fluorescence
    spectroscopy. This starlike polymer has a visibly earthy yellow cast
    when compared with the unfunctionalized parent polymer (PMS), and is
    highly soluble in some common organic solvents.
    Poly(alpha-methylstyrene) is essentially transparent at wavelengths
    longer than 280 nm, and its main absorption band is at 250 (vs) nm.
    Covalent attachment of the multiple PMS arms to the C-60 core results
    in the bathochromic shift of the above band and the appearance of a new
    absorption band at 328 nm (pi-->pi*). This new band is one of the
    characteristic absorptions for organofullerenes. The thermal stability
    and oxidation/reduction activation of pure PMS are enhanced apparently
    by C-60 chemical modifiction. It is also found that in this copolymer
    there are mainly two kinds of paramagnetic species, whereas no ESR
    signal in pure poly(a-methylstyrene) is detected, and this indicates
    the non-existence of unpaired electron or free radical. (C) 1997
    Elsevier Science Ltd.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BABU GN, 1984, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V22, P213
    BALCH AL, 1992, J AM CHEM SOC, V114, P5455
    BERGER PA, 1992, MACROMOLECULES, V25, P7227
    BUNKER CE, 1995, MACROMOLECULES, V28, P3744
    CAO T, 1995, MACROMOLECULES, V28, P3741
    CHEN Y, IN PRESS EUR POLYM J
    CHEN Y, 1996, J POLYM SCI POL PHYS, V34, P631
    CHEN Y, 1996, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V97, P239
    CHILKOTI A, 1991, APPL SPECTROSC, V45, P209
    DAVID C, 1974, EUR POLYM J, V10, P1181
    DIEDERICH F, 1996, SCIENCE, V271, P317
    ELGERT KF, 1975, POLYMER, V16, P465
    FUJIMOTO T, 1965, J POLYM SCI A, V3, P2259
    GALLAGHER PK, 1992, J THERM ANAL, V38, P2247
    GECKELER KE, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P3850
    GECKELER KE, 1994, TRENDS POLYM SCI, V2, P355
    GILMAN H, 1964, J ORGANOMET CHEM, V2, P447
    GUILLET JE, 1985, POLYM PHOTOPHYSICS P
    HADDON RC, 1986, CHEM PHYS LETT, V125, P459
    HARADA K, 1981, J APPL POLYM SCI, V26, P3395
    HARE JP, 1991, CHEM PHYS LETT, V177, P394
    HAWKER CJ, 1994, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P925
    HAWKER CJ, 1994, MACROMOLECULES, V27, P4836
    HIRSCH A, 1992, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V31, P766
    HIRSCH A, 1993, ADV MATER, V5, P859
    INOUE Y, 1972, MAKROMOL CHEM, V156, P207
    ISAACS L, 1993, HELV CHIM ACTA, V76, P1231
    KIMURA A, 1970, J POLYM SCI       A2, V8, P643
    KRATSCHMER W, 1990, NATURE, V347, P354
    KUST EG, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P3850
    KUWASHIMA SY, 1994, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V35, P4371
    LOY DA, 1992, J AM CHEM SOC, V114, P3977
    MCCORMICK HW, 1957, J POLYM SCI, V25, P488
    MIZOGUCHI K, 1993, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V54, P1693
    MUTO S, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V66, P3912
    NEPPEL A, 1984, SPECTROCHIM ACTA A, V40, P1095
    OKAMURA S, 1958, J POLYM SCI, V33, P491
    PATIL AO, 1993, POLYM BULL, V30, P187
    SAMULSKI ET, 1992, CHEM MATER, V4, P1153
    STEVENS MP, 1975, POLYM CHEM INTRO, P63
    SUN YP, 1991, J INORG ORGANOMET P, V1, P3
    SUN YP, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P6376
    TAYLOR R, 1990, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1423
    VOLLMERT B, 1957, POLYM CHEM, P175
    WEBBER SE, 1986, ENCY POLYM SCI ENG, V6, P83
    WEIS C, 1995, MACROMOLECULES, V28, P403
    WORSFOLD DJ, 1957, J POLYM SCI, V26, P299
    WUDL F, 1992, ACCOUNTS CHEM RES, V25, P157
    WYMAN DP, 1968, MAKROMOL CHEM, V115, P64
 NR 49
 TC 11
 SN 0014-3057
 J9 EUR POLYM J
 JI Eur. Polym. J.
 PD JUL
 PY 1997
 VL 33
 IS 7
 BP 1049
 EP 1056
 PG 8
 SC Polymer Science
 GA XM230
 UT ISI:A1997XM23000010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, BH
    Yuan, GX
 TI Compression of ECG data by vector quantization
 SO IEEE ENGINEERING IN MEDICINE AND BIOLOGY MAGAZINE
 DT Article
 RP Wang, BH, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT BIOMED ENGN,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR BERGER T, 1971, RATE DISTORTION THEO
    FOSTER J, 1985, IEEE T INFORM THEORY, V31
    GRAY RM, 1984, IEEE ASSP MAG    APR, P4
    HAMILTON PS, 1991, IEEE T BIOMED ENG, V38
    LINDE Y, 1986, IEEE T COMMUN, V28, P1105
    MAMMEN CP, 1990, IEEE T BIOMED ENG, V37
    SATEH MS, 1990, IEEE T BIOMED ENG, V37
    SHANNON CE, 1948, BELL SYST TECH J, V27, P379
    SHANNON CE, 1948, BELL SYST TECH J, V27, P623
 NR 9
 TC 4
 SN 0739-5175
 J9 IEEE ENG MED BIOL MAG
 JI IEEE Eng. Med. Biol. Mag.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 1997
 VL 16
 IS 4
 BP 23
 EP 26
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Biomedical; Medical Informatics
 GA XL193
 UT ISI:A1997XL19300009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, FL
 TI A new way of predicting cement strength - Fuzzy logic
 SO CEMENT AND CONCRETE RESEARCH
 DT Article
 AB This paper is to analyse the fuzzy logic method of predicting cement
    strength and to calculate some samples with fuzzy models. In order to
    compare, samples of them are calculated with regression method. All of
    results are shown in both root mean square error and scattered map. (C)
    1997 Elsevier Science Ltd.
 RP Gao, FL, SHANGHAI UNIV,FUZZY ENGN RES INST,149 YAN CHANG RD,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GAO FL, P 5 IFSA WORLD C, P1163
    GAO FL, P 6 IFSA WORLD C 95, P113
    GAO FL, P 7 CFSM C 94 TAI YA, P468
    GAO FL, 1994, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, P28
    GAO FL, 1994, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, P517
    GAO FL, 1996, CHINA BUILDING MAT S, P24
    ZADEH LA, 1965, INFORM CONTR, V8, P338
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0008-8846
 J9 CEM CONCR RES
 JI Cem. Concr. Res.
 PD JUN
 PY 1997
 VL 27
 IS 6
 BP 883
 EP 888
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Construction & Building Technology
 GA XK977
 UT ISI:A1997XK97700011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ying, TL
    Wang, ZJ
    Liu, HY
    Sun, K
    Deng, JQ
 TI Hydrogen peroxide biosensor based on methylene blue incorporated into
    nafion membrane as electron transfer mediator
 SO PROGRESS IN BIOCHEMISTRY AND BIOPHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE biosensor; methylene blue; nafion; horseradish peroxidase; hydrogen
    peroxide
 AB A new amperometic biosensor for hydrogen peroxide based on methylene
    blue incorporated into Nafion membrane as electron transfer mediator
    was fabricated. It was found that methylene blue incorporated into
    Nafion membrane by ion-exchanging could effectively transfer electrons
    between horseradish peroxidase and glassy carbon electrode.
    Bio-electrocatalytic reduction of hydrogen peroxide al the biosensor
    was evaluated with respect to solution pH, temperature, operating
    potential and influences of ascorbic acid etc. The biosensor response
    exhibited fine selectivity, high sensitivity and a linear dependence on
    the analytic concentration range 5 x 10(-7) similar to 2 x 10(-4)
    mol/L. Response time less than 30 s.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BIFULCO L, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1443
    DENG Q, 1994, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V377, P191
    FREW JE, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V201, P1
    GUADALUPE AR, 1991, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V36, P881
    HURRELL HC, 1988, ANAL CHEM, V60, P254
    KUWABATA S, 1989, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V261, P363
    LIU KE, 1989, ANAL CHEM, V61, P2599
    SWAMIDOSS A, 1994, CHEM SOC FARADAY T, V90, P1241
 NR 8
 TC 4
 SN 1000-3282
 J9 PROG BIOCHEM BIOPHYS
 JI Prog. Biochem. Biophys.
 PY 1997
 VL 24
 IS 3
 BP 254
 EP 258
 PG 5
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Biophysics
 GA XK091
 UT ISI:A1997XK09100015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, W
    Shi, DH
    Chao, XL
 TI Reliability analysis of M/G/1 queueing systems with server breakdowns
    and vacations
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PROBABILITY
 DT Article
 DE server breakdowns and repairs; queues with vacations; reliability
 ID BERNOULLI SCHEDULES
 AB This note introduces reliability issues to the analysis of queueing
    systems, We consider an M/G/1 queue with Bernoulli vacations and sen;er
    breakdowns. The server uptimes are assumed to be exponential, and the
    server repair times are arbitrarily distributed. Using a supplementary
    variable method we obtain a transient solution for both queueing and
    reliability measures of interest. These results provide insight into
    the effect of server breakdowns and repairs on system performance.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    NEW JERSEY INST TECHNOL,DEPT IND & MFG ENGN,NEWARK,NJ 07102.
 RP Li, W, CHINESE ACAD SCI,INST APPL MATH,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR COX DR, 1955, P CAMB PHILOS SOC, V51, P433
    DOSHI BT, 1990, STOCHASTIC ANAL COMP
    HSU GH, 1988, STOCHASTIC SERVICE S
    KEILSON J, 1960, ANN MATH STAT, V31, P104
    KEILSON J, 1986, J APPL PROBAB, V23, P790
    SERVI LD, 1986, IEEE J SEL AREA COMM, V4, P813
    SHI DH, 1985, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V8, P101
    SHI DH, 1990, CHINESE J OPERAT RES, V2, P38
    TAKACS L, 1962, INTRO THEORY QUEUES
 NR 9
 TC 7
 SN 0021-9002
 J9 J APPL PROBAB
 JI J. Appl. Probab.
 PD JUN
 PY 1997
 VL 34
 IS 2
 BP 546
 EP 555
 PG 10
 SC Statistics & Probability
 GA XK077
 UT ISI:A1997XK07700023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, DW
    Qian, GZ
    Zhang, ML
    Farkas, LG
 TI Differences in horizontal, neoclassical facial canons in Chinese (Han)
    and North American Caucasian populations
 SO AESTHETIC PLASTIC SURGERY
 DT Article
 DE anthropometry; horizontal neoclassical facial canons; canon,
    variations; Chinese (Han) population; North American Caucasians
 AB To better our ability to analyze the facial disproportions of patients
    of Chinese ancestry, we compared the validity of four neoclassical
    canons of facial proportion in Chinese and North American Caucasians
    populations. We tested the frequency of four horizontal facial canons
    and their eight variations in 206 healthy adults (105 males and 101
    females, 18-25 years old) belonging to the predominant ethnic group
    (Han: 400 million) of the Chinese population, and compared them to
    those of 103 healthy young North American Caucasian adults. The nose
    width corresponded to one-quarter of the face width (the nasofacial
    canon) significantly more frequently in Chinese participants (51.5%)
    than in Caucasian adults (36.9%). The nose was narrower than
    one-quarter of the face width in 38.8% of North American Caucasians and
    in 21.8% of Chinese; this difference was also statistically
    significant. In defiance of the naso-oral canon, the mouths of Chinese
    people were significantly more often narrower than 1.5 times the nose
    width (71.8%), while in North American Caucasian ethnics the mouth was
    significantly more frequently wider (60.2%).
 RP Wang, DW, SHANGHAI UNIV,CHANGHAI HOSP,DEPT PLAST & RECONSTRUCT SURG,174
    CHANG HAI RD,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BERGMULLER JG, 1723, ANTHROPOMETRIA
    BROADBENT TR, 1957, PLAST RECONSTR SURG, V20, P1
    CONVERSE JM, 1977, RECONSTRUCTIVE PLAST, V1, P24
    DAVINCI L, 1898, 1 MANOSCRITTI L DAVI
    DURER A, 1557, QUATRE LIVES A DURER
    ELSHOLTZ JS, 1663, ANTHROPOMETRIA SIVE
    FARKAS LG, 1981, ANTHROPOMETRY HEAD F
    FARKAS LG, 1985, PLAST RECONSTR SURG, V75, P328
    FARKAS LG, 1987, ANTHROPOMETRIC FACIA
    FARKAS LG, 1987, CLIN PLAST SURG, V14, P599
    FARKAS LG, 1994, ANTHROPOMETRY HEAD F
    GONZALEZULLOA M, 1975, CIRURGIA PLASTICA IB, V1, P13
    HAJNIS K, 1994, ANTHROPOMETRY HEAD F, P201
    HUGHES DR, 1967, MAN, V2, P119
    ROGERS BO, 1974, CLIN PLAST SURG, V1, P439
    SEGHERS MJ, 1964, PLAST RECONSTR SURG, V34, P382
    SHAO XG, 1985, HDB ANTHROPOMETRY
    TESSIER P, 1987, ANTHROPOMETRIC FACIA, R9
 NR 18
 TC 6
 SN 0364-216X
 J9 AESTHET PLAST SURG
 JI Aesthet. Plast. Surg.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 1997
 VL 21
 IS 4
 BP 265
 EP 269
 PG 5
 SC Surgery
 GA XK111
 UT ISI:A1997XK11100011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, ZM
 TI A new finite element formulation for planar elastic deformation
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL FOR NUMERICAL METHODS IN ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE finite element model; planar elastic deformation; 3-D solution
 AB For the stress analysis of planar deformable bodies, we usually refer
    to either plane stress or plane strain hypothesis. Three-dimensional
    analysis is required when neither hypothesis is applicable, e.g. bodies
    with finite thickness. In this paper, we derive an 'exact' solution for
    the plane stress problem based on a less restrictive hypothesis than
    sigma(z) = 0. By requiring the out-plane stress sigma(z) to be a
    harmonic function, the three-dimensional solution is obtained. In
    addition, we present a two-dimensional finite element for planar
    analysis of problems where the thickness of the body 2h is comparable
    to other characteristic dimensions. This element is presented as a
    substitute for classical plane stress and plane strain finite elements.
    The typical plane stress and plane strain state are recovered in the
    case where h --> 0 and the case h --> infinity, respectively. As an
    example for the application of such formulation, the behaviour of a
    concrete gravity dam is investigated. It is shown that this structure,
    typically analysed by using plane strain hypothesis, has its out-plane
    stress underestimated. (C) 1997 by John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
 RP Ye, ZM, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,149 YAN CHANG
    RD,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BROEK D, 1982, ELEMENTARY ENG FRACT
    FUNG YC, 1965, FDN SOLID MECH
    LOVE AEH, 1927, TREATISE MATH THEORY
    PAL N, 1976, J STRUCT DIV P ASCE, V102
    TIMOSHENKO SP, 1954, THEORY ELASTICITY
    YE ZM, 1987, MECH PRACTICE, V8, P26
    ZHOU S, 1988, ENG FRACT MECH, V29, P41
 NR 7
 TC 5
 SN 0029-5981
 J9 INT J NUMER METHOD ENG
 JI Int. J. Numer. Methods Eng.
 PD JUL 30
 PY 1997
 VL 40
 IS 14
 BP 2579
 EP 2591
 PG 13
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied
 GA XJ723
 UT ISI:A1997XJ72300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Ding, WL
    Huang, H
 TI A facile synthesis of dimethyl 4-(alpha-furyl)- and
    4-(alpha-thienyl)-6-perfluoroalkylisophthalates via acyclic precursors
 SO JOURNAL OF FLUORINE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE phosphoranes; acyclic precursors; intramolecular Wittig reaction;
    dimethyl 4-(alpha-furyl)-perfluoroalkylisophthalates;
    4-(alpha-thienyl)-6-perfluoroalkylisophthalates
 AB In the presence of K2CO3, reaction of methyl propynoate 2 with
    (alpha-furoyl)methyltriphenylphosphorium bromide la or
    (alpha-thienacyl)methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide Ib gave methyl
    4-(alpha-furoyl)-2-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)but-3-enoate 4a or
    methyl 4-(alpha-thienacyl)-2-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)but-3-enoate
    4b as the major product. Phosphorane 4a or 4b could react further with
    methyl perfluoroalkynoates 5a-b to afford dimethyl
    2-(alpha-furoyl-1-perfluoroalkylvinyl)-4-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)pen
    t-2-enedioates 7a-b or dimethyl
    2-(alpha-thienacyl-1-perfluoroalkylvinyl)-4-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)
    pent-2-enedioates 7c-d, respectively. Dimethyl
    4-(alpha-furyl)-6-perfluoroalkylisophthalates 8a-b or dimethyl
    4-(alpha-thienyl) -6-perfluoroalkylisophthalates 8c-d were prepared in
    high yields via intramolecular Wittig reaction of phosphoranes 7a-d
    under heating in a sealed tube in xylenes. The structures of these
    compounds were confirmed by IR spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, H-1,
    F-19 and C-13 NMR spectra, and elemental analyses. Reaction mechanisms
    of the formation of compounds 4, 6, 7 and 8 were also proposed. (C)
    Elsevier Science S.A.
 RP Cao, WG, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BANKS RE, 1979, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    CAO WG, 1997, J FLUORINE CHEM, V81, P153
    DING WY, 1987, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V28, P81
    DING WY, 1992, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P635
    DING WY, 1993, CHINESE J CHEM, V11, P81
    DING WY, 1993, J CHEM SOC P1, P855
    DING WY, 1995, CHINESE J CHEM, V13, P468
    HUANG YZ, 1979, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V37, P47
    JAMES DS, 1962, J ORG CHEM, V27, P3346
    TAO WT, 1983, YOUJI HUAXUE, P129
    WELCH JT, 1987, TETRAHEDRON, V43, P3123
 NR 11
 TC 4
 SN 0022-1139
 J9 J FLUORINE CHEM
 JI J. Fluor. Chem.
 PD JUN
 PY 1997
 VL 83
 IS 1
 BP 21
 EP 26
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Chemistry, Organic
 GA XJ678
 UT ISI:A1997XJ67800004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dong, YD
    Ma, XM
    Yang, YZ
    Liu, FX
    Wang, GM
 TI Mechanically driven alloying and structural evolution of
    nanocrystalline Fe60Cu40 powder
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID SYSTEM; AMORPHIZATION
 AB Highly supersaturated nanocrystalline fee Fe60Cu40 alloy has been
    prepared by mechanical alloying of elemental powders. The phase
    transformation is monitored by X-ray diffraction (XRD), Mossbauer
    spectroscopy and extended X-ray absorption fine structure (EXAFS). The
    powder obtained after milling is of single fee structure with grain
    size of nanometer order. The Mossbauer spectra of the milled powder can
    be fitted by two subspectra whose hyperfine magnetic fields are 16 MA/m
    and 20 MA/m while that of pure Fe disappeared. EXAFS results show that
    the radial structure function (RSF) of Fe K-edge changed drastically
    and finally became similar to that of reference Cu K-edge, while that
    of Cu K-edge nearly keeps unchanged in the process of milling.
    These,imply that bcc Fe really transforms to fee structure and alloying
    between Fe and Cu occurs truly on an atomic scale. EXAFS results
    indicate that iron atoms tend to segregate at the boundaries and Cu
    atoms are rich in the fee lattice. Annealing experiments show that the
    Fe atoms at the interfaces are easy to cluster to alpha-Fe at a lower
    temperature, whereas the iron atoms in the lattice will form gamma-Fe
    first at temperature above 350 degrees C, and then transform to bcc Fe.
 C1 S CHINA UNIV TECHNOL,DEPT MECH ENGN 2,GUANGZHOU 510641,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    UNIV SCI & TECHNOL CHINA,LAB STRUCT ANAL,HEFEI 230026,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Dong, YD, SHANGHAI UNIV,SCH MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR ECKERT J, 1988, APPL PHYS LETT, V55, P117
    FUKUNAGA T, 1990, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V117, P700
    FUKUNAGA T, 1991, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V134, P863
    GAFFET E, 1991, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V134, P1380
    JIMAN PS, 1983, ANN REV MAT SCI, V13, P279
    JOHNSON WL, 1986, PROG MATER SCI, V30, P81
    KOCH CC, 1983, APPL PHYS LETT, V43, P1017
    SCHULTZ L, 1988, MATER SCI ENG, V97, P15
    SHINGU PH, 1990, SOLID STATE POWDER P, P21
    WILLIAMSON GK, 1953, ACTA METALL, V1, P23
    YANG YZ, 1992, ACTA METALL SINICA, V28, A399
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD JUL
 PY 1997
 VL 13
 IS 4
 BP 354
 EP 358
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA XJ724
 UT ISI:A1997XJ72400032
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, YZ
    Yan, MS
    Fang, RS
 TI Two-area power system costing by the cumulant method using available
    capacity distribution
 SO ELECTRIC POWER SYSTEMS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE two-area power system; stochastic production simulation; equivalent
    available capacity; cumulant method
 AB This paper extends the cumulant method using available capacity
    distribution to evaluate the production costs of two-area power
    systems, in which the random characters of generating available
    capacity and the transmission capacity limit have been considered
    accurately. By means of the independence of both systems equivalent
    available capacity based on a chronological load curve, the
    single-variant cumulant and single-variant Gram-Charlier Series A
    approximation are adequate for the two-area production simulation. The
    method gives a new approach to stochastic production simulation for a
    two-area power system, and is easily extended to three-areas or
    multi-areas. Sample studies show favourable accuracy and efficiency
    results. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science S.A.
 RP Li, YZ, SHANGHAI UNIV,POB 9,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AHSAN Q, 1983, IEEE T POWER APPAR S, V102, P2155
    AHSAN Q, 1985, IEEE T POWER AP SYST, V104, P2140
    BALERIAUX H, 1967, REVU E, V5, P3
    BOOTH RR, 1972, IEEE T PAS, V91, P62
    HYEDT GT, 1980, IEEE T PAS 99, V5, P1916
    NOYES LR, 1983, IEEE T PAS, V2, P433
    RAU NS, 1980, IEEE T POWER APPARAT, V99, P1908
    SAGER MA, 1972, IEEE T PAS, V91, P2114
    STREMD JP, 1980, IEEE T PAS 99, V5, P1947
    YEN MS, 1992, 3 BIENN IND EL POW A, P11
    ZAHAVI J, 1977, IEEE T POWER APPAR S, V96, P285
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0378-7796
 J9 ELEC POWER SYST RES
 JI Electr. Power Syst. Res.
 PD JUL
 PY 1997
 VL 42
 IS 1
 BP 55
 EP 61
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA XJ526
 UT ISI:A1997XJ52600011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yen, MS
    Zhang, SH
 TI An efficient method for pumped-storage planning and evaluation
 SO ELECTRIC POWER SYSTEMS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE pumped-storage plants; evaluation; production costing; optimization;
    planning
 AB An efficient method for systematic planning and evaluation of
    pumped-storage plants is developed, in which a detailed operation
    simulation using an hourly chronological probabilistic production
    costing model is introduced so that the time dependency of storage
    operation policies through the charging and discharging processes is
    reflected. The optimum capacity of pumped-storage plants is chosen to
    minimize the overall system cost. In addition, peaking constraints are
    incorporated both in the thermal unit planning model and in the daily
    operation simulation model. So it is well-suited to the planning and
    evaluation of peaking plants. In this paper, a detailed description of
    the algorithm is provided and a real application to the East China
    Electric Power System is discussed. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science S.A.
 RP Yen, MS, SHANGHAI UNIV,AUTOMAT SCH,POB 9,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR EA1411 EPRI, V1
    *E CHIN EL POW ADM, 1990, ECEPA REP
    FINGER S, 1975, 75009WP MITEL
    LEE BY, 1987, IEEE T POWER SYST, V2, P486
    PARK YM, 1985, IEEE T POWER APPARAT, V104, P390
    YEN MS, 1992, P 3 BIENN S IND EL P, P1
    YEN MS, 1992, P 3 BIENN S IND EL P, P11
    YEN MS, 1993, IEE CONF PUBL, P578
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0378-7796
 J9 ELEC POWER SYST RES
 JI Electr. Power Syst. Res.
 PD JUL
 PY 1997
 VL 42
 IS 1
 BP 63
 EP 70
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA XJ526
 UT ISI:A1997XJ52600012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, SX
    Duan, YS
 TI About the energy of the universe - Reply
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Editorial Material
 C1 LANZHOU UNIV,INST THEORET PHYS,LANZHOU 730000,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Feng, SX, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DUAN YS, 1963, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V19, P589
    DUAN YS, 1996, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V25, P99
    EINSTEIN A, 1955, MEANING RELATIVITY 4, P90
    FENG SX, 1996, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V13, P409
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1997
 VL 14
 IS 5
 BP 400
 EP 400
 PG 1
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA XH742
 UT ISI:A1997XH74200022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, XM
    Ling, Z
    Gang, J
    Dong, YD
 TI Preparation and structure of bulk nanostructured WC-Co alloy by high
    energy ball-milling
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 RP Ma, XM, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR GLEITER H, 1984, Z METALLKD, V75, P263
    MA XM, IN PRESS J ALLOYS CO
    PETZOLDT F, 1987, MATER LETT, V5, P280
    SHINGU PH, 1988, T JIM S, V29, P3
    YANG YZ, 1992, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V5, P266
    YANG YZ, 1994, CHINESE SCI BULL, V17, P1626
 NR 6
 TC 3
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD JUN 15
 PY 1997
 VL 16
 IS 12
 BP 968
 EP 970
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA XG479
 UT ISI:A1997XG47900002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, YZ
    Zhu, YL
    Li, QS
    Ma, XM
    Dong, YD
    Wang, GM
    Wei, SQ
    Liu, FX
    Chuang, YZ
 TI Local structure of mechanically alloyed nanocrystalline BCC Fe80Cu20
    solid solution
 SO PHYSICA B
 DT Article
 DE mechanical alloying; nanocrystalline solid solutions; fine structure;
    EXAFS
 ID FE-CU SYSTEM; THERMAL-STABILITY; DECOMPOSITION; IRON
 AB The fine structure of mechanically alloyed BCC Fe80Cu20 solid solution
    has been studied by X-ray diffraction (XRD), Mossbauer spectroscopy and
    the extended X-ray absorption fine structure (EXAFS) technique. The
    appearance of Mossbauer spectrum with a broad hyperfine magnetic field
    distribution demonstrates that the alloying is at an atomic level and
    complex forms of coordination exist in the solution. EXAFS results
    further prove the atomic alloying from the clear observation of Cu
    atoms taking on BCC coordination in the solution. Furthermore, a
    reduction in the nearest-neighbor coordination number of a center Cu
    atom but not for a center Fe atom due to surface effect and structure
    defects indicates the composition nonuniformity that Cu atoms are rich
    at interface and Fe atoms are slightly rich in the core of a BCC
    nanocrystal.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    UNIV SCI & TECHNOL CHINA,CTR STRUCT ANAL,HEFEI 230026,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    ACAD SINICA,INST MET RES,SHENYANG 110015,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Yang, YZ, GUANGDONG UNIV TECHNOL,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,GUANGZHOU
    510090,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DICICCO A, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P12386
    DRBOHLAV O, 1995, ACTA METALL MATER, V43, P1799
    ECKERT J, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P131
    ECKERT J, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P2794
    HUANG JY, 1994, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V4, P1
    JIANG JZ, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P1056
    JIANG JZ, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2768
    LIU FX, 1993, CHINESE SCI BULL, V38, P1565
    MA E, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V74, P955
    SCHILLING PJ, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P767
    SUMIYAMA K, 1985, T JPN I MET, V26, P217
    UENISHI K, 1992, Z METALLKD, V83, P132
    YANG YZ, 1992, ACTA METALL SINICA, V28, A399
    YANG YZ, 1994, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V3, P567
    YANG YZ, 1994, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V10, P135
    YAVARI AR, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P2235
 NR 16
 TC 2
 SN 0921-4526
 J9 PHYSICA B
 JI Physica B
 PD MAY
 PY 1997
 VL 233
 IS 2-3
 BP 119
 EP 124
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA XG331
 UT ISI:A1997XG33100004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, MG
    Yu, G
 TI On a problem of sums of mixed powers .2.
 SO CHINESE ANNALS OF MATHEMATICS SERIES B
 DT Article
 DE mixed power; Warings problem and variants; asymptotic formulae
 ID WARING PROBLEM
 AB Let R-b,R-c(n) denote the number of representations of n as the sum of
    one square, four cubes, one b-th power and one c-th power of natural
    numbers. It is shown that if b = 4, 4 less than or equal to c less than
    or equal to 35, or b = 5,5 less than or equal to c less than or equal
    to 13, or b = 6,6 less than or equal to c less than or equal to 9, or b
    = c = 7, then R-b,R-c(n) much greater than n(5/6+1/b+1/c) for all
    sufficiently large n.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    UNIV GEORGIA,DEPT MATH,ATHENS,GA 30602.
 CR BRUDERN J, 1987, J LOND MATH SOC, V35, P233
    BRUDERN J, 1988, MATH P CAMBRIDGE PHI, V103, P27
    HOOLEY C, 1981, RECENT PROGR ANAL NU, V1, P127
    LU MG, 1991, ACTA ARITH, V58, P89
    LU MG, 1991, SCI CHINA SER A, V34, P385
    SELBERG A, 1954, J INDIAN MATH SOC, V18, P83
    VAUGHAN RC, 1984, TOPICS CLASSICAL NUM, V34, P1585
    VAUGHAN RC, 1986, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V365, P122
    VAUGHAN RC, 1989, ACTA MATH-DJURSHOLM, V162, P1
    WOOLEY TD, 1992, ANN MATH, V135, P131
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0252-9599
 J9 CHIN ANN MATH SER B
 JI Chin. Ann. Math. Ser. B
 PD APR
 PY 1997
 VL 18
 IS 2
 BP 243
 EP 248
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics
 GA XG384
 UT ISI:A1997XG38400011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, WZ
    Olsen, SE
 TI Reactions between multicomponent slags and Mn-Fe-Si-C alloys:
    Equilibrium and stoichiometry
 SO SCANDINAVIAN JOURNAL OF METALLURGY
 DT Article
 DE manganese ferroalloys; equilibrium relations; reaction stoichiometry;
    equilibrium diagrams
 AB Background/aims: The purpose was to establish equilibrium and
    stoichiometric relations associated with production of manganese
    ferroalloys, and to determine experimentally equilibrium distribution
    between multicomponent slags and Mn-Fe-Si-C-sat alloys.
    Methods: Measurements were carried out in a resistance furnace in an
    argon and carbon monoxide atmosphere in the temperature range 1350
    degrees C to 1500 degrees C. Graphite crucibles were used. Only a small
    amount of slag was charged to expose both metal and slag to the gas
    phase. In this way, complete equilibrium was established relatively
    fast. Metal samples were analyzed by wet chemical methods and slag
    samples by electron microprobe analysis.
    Results and conclusions: A thermodynamic analysis has been made and a
    graphical method is developed for simultaneous description of
    equilibrium and stoichiometric relations in slag diagrams. The results
    of equilibrium measurements are compared with previous results, and the
    effect of adding MgO to the slag and Fe to the metal is especially
    discussed.
 C1 NORWEGIAN UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MET,N-7034 TRONDHEIM,NORWAY.
 RP Ding, WZ, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MET,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR *NAT BUR STAND, 1985, JANAF THERM TABL
    BARCZA NA, 1981, CAN METAL Q, V20, P285
    BARIN I, 1989, THERMOCHEMICAL DATA
    BLOISE R, 1990, P INT S FERR NON FER, P75
    CHIPMAN J, 1963, T METALL SOC AIME, V227, P473
    DING WZ, 1993, THESIS NORWEGIAN I T
    DING WZ, 1996, METALL MATER TRANS B, V27, P5
    ELYUTIN VP, 1961, PRODUCTION FERROALLO
    GZIELO A, 1986, NEUE HUTTE, P100
    KOR GJW, 1979, METAL T B, V10, P367
    LEE YE, 1980, CAN METALL Q, V19, P315
    OLSEN SE, 1995, P 7 INT FERR C, P591
    RANKIN WJ, 1978, 1959 NIM
    RISS M, 1967, PRODUCTION FERROALLO
    TANAKA A, 1980, TETSU TO HAGANE, V66, P1474
    TURKDOGAN ET, 1958, T I MIN METALL, V67, P573
    TUSET JK, 1970, 340358 SINTEF
    TUSET JK, 1970, 340420 SINTEF
 NR 18
 TC 3
 SN 0371-0459
 J9 SCAND J METALL
 JI Scand. J. Metall.
 PD DEC
 PY 1996
 VL 25
 IS 6
 BP 232
 EP 243
 PG 12
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA XG283
 UT ISI:A1996XG28300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, ST
    Shen, WD
 TI Light trajectory in geometrical optics and metric optics
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS PHYSICS ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE light trajectory; geometrical optics; metric optics; Fermat's
    principle; null geodesic
 ID STRONG-LASER PLASMA; RIEMANNIAN GEOMETRY
 AB The light trajectory in an inhomogeneous medium is studied by the
    variation of Lagrangians L and L which correspond to Fermat's principle
    in the geometrical optics and the null geodesic in the metric optics,
    respectively. The relation between the metric coefficients of the
    three-dimensional space and of the four-dimensional space-time is
    established. The physical meaning of the equivalence and difference of
    both the descriptions is revealed. It is shown that Fermat's principle
    is a direct result of the null geodesic.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Zhu, ST, CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BORN M, 1975, PRINCIPLES OPTICS
    GORDON W, 1923, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V72, P421
    GUO QZ, 1995, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V44, P210
    GUO QZ, 1995, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V44, P396
    SHEN WD, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P2085
    SHEN WD, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P2095
    ZHU ST, 1987, J OPT SOC AM B, V4, P739
    ZHU ST, 1988, P TOP M LAS MAT LAS, P190
    ZHU ST, 1989, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V38, P1167
    ZHU ST, 1989, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V38, P559
    ZHU ST, 1993, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V42, P1438
    ZHU ST, 1993, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V42, P1471
    ZHU ST, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P169
 NR 13
 TC 2
 SN 1006-9283
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math. Phys. Astron.
 PD JUL
 PY 1997
 VL 40
 IS 7
 BP 755
 EP 760
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA XG055
 UT ISI:A1997XG05500011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, HY
    Ying, TL
    Sun, K
    Li, HH
    Qi, DY
 TI Reagentless amperometric biosensors highly sensitive to hydrogen
    peroxide, glucose and lactose based on N-methyl phenazine methosulfate
    incorporated in a Nafion film as an electron transfer mediator between
    horseradish peroxidase and an electrode
 SO ANALYTICA CHIMICA ACTA
 DT Article
 DE biosensors; nafion; N-methyl phenazine methosulfate; horseradish
    peroxidase; hydrogen peroxide; glucose oxidase; beta-galactosidase;
    glucose; lactose
 ID CYTOCHROME-C PEROXIDASE; SILK FIBROIN MEMBRANE; ENZYME ELECTRODES;
    ELECTROCHEMICAL-BEHAVIOR; GRAPHITE-ELECTRODES; PYROLYTIC-GRAPHITE;
    SHUTTLE; SENSOR; FERROCENE; TETRATHIAFULVALENE
 AB Reagentless biosensors highly sensitive to hydrogen peroxide, glucose
    and lactose have been developed by immobilizing horseradish peroxidase
    (HRP), glucose oxidase (GOD) and beta-galactosidase (GAL) on
    Nafion-N-methyl phenazine methosulfate modified electrode. The cationic
    exchange of a perfluorosulfonic acid cation-exchange polymer (Nafion)
    film coated on a glassy carbon electrode was used to provide high local
    concentrations of the N-methyl phenazine ion in the Nafion film via a
    process of ion exchange from the solution. The incorporated N-methyl
    phenazine ions displayed an electrochemical behavior different from
    that in aqueous solution. Cyclic voltammetry and chronamperometry were
    employed to demonstrate the suitability of electron transfer between
    immobilized HRP and a glassy carbon electrode via N-methyl phenazine
    methosulfate (NMP) in a Nafion film. A hydrogen peroxide biosensor,
    prepared by immobilization of HRP alone, provided a detection limit of
    75 nM. Comparison of the NMP-mediated biosensor to the mediatorless
    biosensor indicated that the high sensitivity of the biosensor to
    hydrogen peroxide arose from the high efficiency of bioelectrocatalytic
    reduction of hydrogen peroxide via NMP incorporated in the Nafion film.
    Coimmobilization of HRP and GOD was employed to establish the
    feasibility of highly effective bienzyme-based biosensors for low
    glucose concentrations. Addition of GAL to the glucose biosensor
    provided a sensitive response to lactose, which illustrated the
    suitability of trienzyme-based biosensors. Performance and
    characteristics of the biosensors were evaluated with respect to
    response time, detection limit, selectivity, and dependence on applied
    potential, thickness of the Nafion film, temperature and pH as well as
    operating and storage stability.
 C1 WEIMEI COOPERAT HANGZHOU,CLIN DEPT,HANGZHOU 310000,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, HY, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR 1991, SIGMA CHEM CATALOGUE, P771
    ANDRIEUX CP, 1990, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V296, P117
    ARMSTRONG FA, 1993, ANALYST, V118, P973
    AUDEBERT P, 1989, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P939
    BIFULCO L, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1443
    CASS AEG, 1984, ANAL CHEM, V56, P667
    FURBEE JW, 1993, ANAL CHEM, V65, P1654
    GARCIA O, 1990, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V279, P79
    GIERKE TD, 1982, PERFLUORINATED IONOM, V180
    GORTON L, 1991, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V249, P43
    GORTON L, 1992, ANALYST, V117, P1235
    HAMID JA, 1989, ANALYST, V114, P1587
    HO WO, 1993, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V351, P185
    JENSEN MH, 1994, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V377, P131
    KAMIN RA, 1980, ANAL CHEM, V52, P1198
    KATAKIS I, 1994, J AM CHEM SOC, V116, P3617
    KULYS J, 1990, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V24, P305
    LIU H, 1995, ANAL P, V32, P375
    LIU HY, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V300, P65
    LIU HY, 1995, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V40, P1845
    LIU HY, 1996, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V329, P97
    LIU HY, 1996, TALANTA, V43, P111
    LIU YC, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V316, P65
    LIU YC, 1996, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V41, P77
    MULCHANDANI A, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P94
    PFEIFFER D, 1990, J CHEM TECHNOL BIOT, V49, P255
    PISHKO MV, 1990, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V29, P82
    POPESCU IC, 1995, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V10, P443
    QIAN JH, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V397, P157
    RANDIN JP, 1982, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V129, P1215
    RAZUMAS V, 1992, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V28, P159
    RUZGAS T, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V391, P41
    RYSWYK HV, 1989, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V265, P317
    SANCHEZ PD, 1990, ELECTROANAL, V2, P303
    SCOTT DL, 1992, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V341, P307
    TATSUMA T, 1992, ANAL CHEM, V64, P1183
    TATSUMA T, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P283
    VREEKE M, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P303
    WILDES PD, 1978, J AM CHEM SOC, V100, P6568
 NR 39
 TC 21
 SN 0003-2670
 J9 ANAL CHIM ACTA
 JI Anal. Chim. Acta
 PD JUN 10
 PY 1997
 VL 344
 IS 3
 BP 187
 EP 199
 PG 13
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA XF798
 UT ISI:A1997XF79800005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, HC
 TI Fiber-optic analogs of bulk-optic wave plates
 SO APPLIED OPTICS
 DT Article
 AB The author's discovery of an unusual fiber element that is simply a
    variably spun birefringent fiber with a spin rate that varies from fast
    to zero or vice versa is revealed. The novel fiber element can be
    readily made by the existing fabrication technique, with fairly loose
    tolerances of the structural parameters. Analytic theory predicts that
    such a nonuniform fiber element can function as a bulk-optic
    quarter-wave plate, but with the advantage of being inherently wide
    band. Experimental evidence confirms the theoretical prediction. With
    such a fiber-optic analog of a quarter-wave plate as a building block,
    wide-band half-wave plates and full wave plates can likewise be made in
    the form of variably spun birefringent fibers. (C) 1997 Optical Society
    of America.
 RP Huang, HC, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BARLOW AJ, 1981, APPL OPTICS, V20, P2962
    COOK JS, 1955, BELL SYST TECH J, V34, P807
    FOX AG, 1955, BELL SYST TECH J, V34, P823
    HUANG HC, IN PRESS MICROWAVE A
    HUANG HC, 1960, SCI SINICA, V9, P142
    HUANG HC, 1961, ACTA MATH SINICA, V11, P238
    HUANG HC, 1990, 4943132, US
    HUANG HC, 1992, 5096312, US
    HUANG HC, 1995, 5452394, US
    KAPRON FP, 1972, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V8, P222
    KELLER HB, 1962, J SOC IND APPL MATH, V10, P246
    LEFEVRE HC, 1983, 4389090, US
    LOUISELL WH, 1955, BELL SYST TECH J, V34, P853
    MATSUMOTO T, 1989, 4793678, US
    MCINTYRE P, 1978, J OPT SOC AM, V68, P149
    SHAW HJ, 1989, 4801189, US
 NR 16
 TC 3
 SN 0003-6935
 J9 APPL OPT
 JI Appl. Optics
 PD JUN 20
 PY 1997
 VL 36
 IS 18
 BP 4241
 EP 4258
 PG 18
 SC Optics
 GA XE301
 UT ISI:A1997XE30100030
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jian, GC
    Zhu, YR
    Guo, SQ
    Xu, JL
    Wang, YQ
    Pan, LY
    Yu, DW
 TI The existence of intragranular ferrite plates and nucleating inclusions
    in the heat affected zone of X-60 pipe steel
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB In order to improve the heat affected zone (HAZ) toughness of X-60 pipe
    steel, we have applied intragranular ferrite plate (IFP) technology.
    The characteristic of IFP is the appearance of fine ferrite plates
    inside the original austenite grains. By means of suitable Re, Zr and
    Ti additions at high initial oxygen potentials, and good control of the
    peak temperature and the cooling rate during welding simulation, one
    can obtain IFP contents over 50 vol% with a resultant increase in the
    toughness from 55-160 J. It was found that the inclusions that were
    most effective in nucleating the IFP were deformable complex silicates
    which either entrap Re, Zr and Ti oxides or contain these elements. The
    greater the number of the evenly distributed and effectively nucleating
    inclusions, the greater the IFP content, and the finer the
    microstructure of the HAZ, and the greater the relevant toughness.
    Generally, these silicates behave as fine spheres along a line. The
    present authors show that these fine spheres result from the remelting
    of the shuttle-like silicates due to heating in the process of welding
    simulation. These silicates contain a high sulfur capacity and thus MnS
    deposits are often observed on the periphery of the silicates. The IFP
    was shown to be directly rooted in the Mn depletion zone which is
    located beside the MnS deposits.
 C1 BAO SHAN IRON & STEEL CORP,BAOSHAN,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Jian, GC, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI ENHANCED LAB FERROMET,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR *IR STEEL I JAP, 1990, P 6 INT IR STEEL C N, V1, P591
    GRAY JM, 1985, P HSLA STEELS MET AP, P557
    JIANG GC, 1996, CLEAN STEELS SECONDA
    LEE JL, 1995, ISIJ INT, V35, P1027
    TOMITA Y, 1994, ISIJ INT, V34, P829
 NR 5
 TC 2
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD JUN 1
 PY 1997
 VL 32
 IS 11
 BP 2985
 EP 2989
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA XD827
 UT ISI:A1997XD82700022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZL
    Jiang, XY
    Xu, SH
    Nagatomo, T
    Omoto, O
 TI Improving stability of organic electroluminescent diode by inserting
    copper phthalocyanine between the anode and hole transport layer
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB Copper phthalocyanine(CuPc) thin film layer was inserted between the
    anode indium tin oxide and the hole transport layer TPD of an organic
    thin film electroluminescent device with a. double-layered structure.
    It is found that the CuPc layer greatly improves the device stability.
    The durability of the device with CuPc layer increases about 8 times.
    The fact that at a constant current density the driving voltage remains
    unchanged with operation time for the device with CuPc layer means that
    the barriers of the carriers injection are stable due to the inserted
    CuPc layer.
 C1 SHIBAURA INST TECHNOL,MINATO KU,TOKYO 108,JAPAN.
 RP Zhang, ZL, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI,JIADING CAMPUS,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ADACHI C, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P2679
    HAMADA Y, 1995, JPN J APPL PHYS, V34, P824
    SHIROTA Y, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P807
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
 NR 4
 TC 2
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1997
 VL 14
 IS 4
 BP 302
 EP 305
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA XE116
 UT ISI:A1997XE11600018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, SS
    Huang, CG
 TI Can Dirac observability apply to gravitational systems?
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID GRAVITY
 AB The problem of what is observable in general relativity is
    investigated. With the help of Landau's observable space interval. the
    observational frames for individual observers are established. Within
    the Ashtekar formulation of general relativity, we argue from the
    nonvanishing Poisson brackets of the Yang-Mills fi-ld and the
    constraints that Dirac observability does not apply to gravitational
    systems.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,INST HIGH ENERGY PHYS,BEIJING 100039,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANDONG TEACHERS UNIV,CTR STRING THEORY,SHANGHAI 200234,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Feng, SS, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR ASHTEKAR A, 1989, PHYS REV D, V40, P2572
    DIRAC PAM, 1964, LECTURES QUANTUM MEC
    DUAN YS, 1988, GENERAL RELATIVITY G, V20
    DUAN YS, 1996, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V25, P99
    EINSTEIN A, 1979, MEANING RELATIVITY
    FENG SS, 1995, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V27, P887
    FENG SS, 1996, INT J THEOR PHYS, V35, P267
    FENG SS, 1996, NUCL PHYS B, V468, P163
    GITMAN DM, 1990, QUANTIZATION FIELDS
    HAWKING SW, 1988, BRIEF HIST TIME BIG
    KUCHAR K, 1991, CONCEPTUAL PROBLEMS
    LANDAU LD, 1951, CLASSICAL THEORY FIE
    ROVELLI C, 1991, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V8, P297
    STACHEL J, 1986, GENERAL RELATIVITY G
    WALD RM, 1984, GENERAL RELATIVITY
 NR 15
 TC 7
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAY
 PY 1997
 VL 36
 IS 5
 BP 1179
 EP 1187
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA XE078
 UT ISI:A1997XE07800009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, CQ
 TI Bivariate Thiele-type matrix-valued rational interpolants
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE matrix-valued rational interpolants; branched continued fractions;
    generalized inverse
 AB A new method for the construction of bivariate matrix-valued rational
    interpolants on a rectangular grid is introduced in this paper. The
    rational interpolants are of the continued fraction form, with scalar
    denominator. In this respect the approach is essentially different from
    that of Bose and Basu (1980) where a rational matrix-valued approximant
    with matrix-valued numerator and denominator is used for the
    approximation of a bivariate matrix power series. The matrix quotients
    are based on the generalized inverse for a matrix introduced by Gu
    Chuanqing and Chen Zhibing (1995) which is found to be effective in
    continued fraction interpolation. A sufficient condition of existence
    is obtained. Some important conclusions such as characterisation and
    uniqueness are proven respectfully. The inner connection between two
    type interpolating functions is investigated. Some examples are given
    so as to illustrate the results in the paper.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BOSE NK, 1978, P C DEC CONTR IEEE C
    BOSE NK, 1980, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V25, P509
    BULTHEEL A, 1986, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V14, P401
    COORE CJ, 1977, INT J ELECTRON, V43, P449
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1983, NUMER MATH, V42, P331
    GU CQ, 1993, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V15, P99
    GU CQ, 1995, MATH NUMER SINICA, V17, P73
    GU CQ, 1996, J MATH RES EXPOSITIO, P301
    SHIEH LS, 1975, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V22, P721
    SIEMASZKO W, 1978, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V4, P181
    SIEMASZKO W, 1983, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V9, P137
    ZHU GQ, 1990, CHINESE J NUMER MATH, V12, P66
 NR 12
 TC 5
 SN 0377-0427
 J9 J COMPUT APPL MATH
 JI J. Comput. Appl. Math.
 PD APR 14
 PY 1997
 VL 80
 IS 1
 BP 71
 EP 82
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA XC667
 UT ISI:A1997XC66700005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Duan, YS
    Feng, SS
 TI General covariant conservative angular momentum for topologically
    massive gravity
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID GRAVITATIONAL ANYONS
 AB We obtain the general covariant conservation law of angular momentum
    for gravitational anyons by means of global rather than local SO(1,2)
    transforms. Two examples show that our conservation law is reasonable.
    The general covariance suggests that this definition of angular
    momentum is better than the usual Aux-integral definition.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Duan, YS, LANZHOU UNIV,INST THEORET PHYS,LANZHOU 730000,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAK D, 1994, PHYS REV D, V49, P5173
    CLEMENT G, 1992, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V9, P2615
    CLEMENT G, 1992, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V9, P2635
    DESER S, 1982, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V140, P372
    DESER S, 1984, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V152, P220
    DESER S, 1990, NUCL PHYS B, V344, P747
    DESER S, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P611
    DESER S, 1992, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V9, P61
    DUAN YS, 1996, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V25, P99
    FENG SS, 1994, THESIS LANZHOU U
    FENG SS, 1996, INT J THEOR PHYS, V35, P327
    FRADKIN E, 1991, FIELD THEORIES CONDE
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD APR 30
 PY 1997
 VL 27
 IS 3
 BP 343
 EP 348
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA XC049
 UT ISI:A1997XC04900014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, BH
    Hui, PM
    Gu, GQ
 TI Dynamical evolution of highway traffic flow: From microscopic to
    macroscopic
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID MODEL
 AB In this paper, a derivation of the macroscopic mean field theory of the
    cellular automaton (CA) model of highway traffic flow starting from the
    microscopic dynamical point of view is presented. Starting from an
    equation describing the time evolution of the Boolean state variable at
    each site of the basic CA model, and using a two-site approximation for
    the multi-site correlation functions, a dynamical mapping between the
    macroscopic average speeds v(t + 1) and v(t) at different time can be
    derived. Mean field results consistent with the simulation data are
    obtained by considering the attractors of the mapping and their
    corresponding basins.
 C1 UNIV SCI & TECHNOL CHINA,CTR NONLINEAR SCI,HEFEI 230026,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    CHINESE UNIV HONG KONG,DEPT PHYS,SHATIN,NT,HONG KONG.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT SYST ENGN,SHANGHAI 200093,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Wang, BH, UNIV SCI & TECHNOL CHINA,DEPT MODERN PHYS,HEFEI
    230026,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHUNG KH, 1994, J PHYS SOC JPN, V63, P4338
    NAGATANI T, 1995, J PHYS SOC JPN, V64, P1421
    NAGEL K, 1992, J PHYS I, V2, P2221
    SCHREKENBERG M, 1995, PHYS REV E A, V51, P2939
    WANG BH, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, L31
    WANG BH, 1996, J PHYS SOC JPN, V65, P2345
    WOLFRAM S, 1986, THEORY APPL CELLULAR
 NR 7
 TC 8
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1997
 VL 14
 IS 3
 BP 202
 EP 205
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA XA764
 UT ISI:A1997XA76400012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, ZZ
    Wang, DR
 TI A class of new hybrid algebraic multilevel preconditioning methods
 SO LINEAR ALGEBRA AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 AB A class of new hybrid algebraic multilevel. preconditioning methods is
    presented for solving the large sparse systems of linear equations with
    symmetric positive definite coefficient matrices resulting from the
    discretization of many second-order elliptic boundary-value problems by
    the finite-element method. The new preconditioners are shown to be of
    optimal orders of complexities for two-dimensional and
    three-dimensional problem domains, and their relative condition numbers
    are estimated to be bounded uniformly, independent of the numbers of
    both the levels and the nodes. (C) Elsevier Science Inc., 1997.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Bai, ZZ, CHINESE ACAD SCI,INST COMPUTAT MATH & SCI ENGN COMP,POB
    2719,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AXELSSON O, 1983, MATH COMPUT, V40, P219
    AXELSSON O, 1989, NUMER MATH, V56, P157
    AXELSSON O, 1990, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V27, P1569
    AXELSSON O, 1991, DOMAIN DECOMPOSITION, P163
    BAI ZZ, 1993, THESIS SHANGHAI U SC
    BAI ZZ, 1996, APPL NUMER MATH, V19, P389
    CAO ZH, 1993, INT J COMPUT MATH, V47, P77
    CAO ZH, 1993, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V1, P25
    VASSILEVSKI PS, 198909 U WYOM I SCI
    VASSILEVSKI PS, 1992, MATH COMPUT, V58, P489
    WANG DR, 1997, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V250, P317
    YSERENTANT H, 1986, NUMER MATH, V49, P379
 NR 12
 TC 2
 SN 0024-3795
 J9 LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL
 JI Linear Alg. Appl.
 PD JUL 15
 PY 1997
 VL 260
 BP 223
 EP 255
 PG 33
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA XA857
 UT ISI:A1997XA85700011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Yi, T
    Zhu, ZM
 TI A simple approach to the synthesis of ethyl
    2-ethoxy-4-methoxy-6-perfluoroalkylbenzoates via acyclic precursors
 SO JOURNAL OF FLUORINE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE synthesis; phosphoranes; acyclic precursors; intramolecular Wittig
    reaction; ethyl 2-ethoxy-4-methoxy-6-perfluoroalkylbenzoates
 ID FACILE SYNTHESIS
 AB The acyclic precursors, methyl
    3-perfluoroalkyl-4-carboethoxy-5-ethoxy-6-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)he
    xa-2,4-dienoates 3a-c were obtained through the addition reaction of
    ethyl 3-ethoxy-4-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)but-2-enoate 1 with
    equally molar of methyl 2-perfluoroalkynoates 2a-c. Ethyl
    2-ethoxy-4-methoxy-6-perfluoroalkylbenzoates 4a-c were synthesized with
    high yields via an intramolecular elimination of Ph3PO of 3a-c by
    heating in anhydrous benzene in a sealed tube. The structures of these
    compounds were confirmed by IR, MS, H-1, C-13 and F-19 NMR spectra, and
    elemental analyses. The reaction mechanisms were also proposed.
 RP Cao, WG, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR BANKS RE, 1979, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    COFFEY S, RODDS CHEM CARBON CO, P403
    DING WY, 1987, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V28, P81
    DING WY, 1992, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P635
    DING WY, 1993, CHINESE J CHEM, V11, P81
    DING WY, 1993, J CHEM SOC P1, P855
    DING WY, 1995, CHINESE J CHEM, V13, P468
    HUANG YZ, 1979, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V37, P47
    KOCHHAR KS, 1984, J ORG CHEM, V49, P3222
    MCCLINTON MA, 1992, TETRAHEDRON, V48, P6555
    TENDIL J, 1977, B SOC CHIM FR, P565
    WELCH JT, 1987, TETRAHEDRON, V43, P3123
 NR 12
 TC 6
 SN 0022-1139
 J9 J FLUORINE CHEM
 JI J. Fluor. Chem.
 PD MAR
 PY 1997
 VL 81
 IS 2
 BP 153
 EP 155
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Chemistry, Organic
 GA XA484
 UT ISI:A1997XA48400009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, ZM
 TI The non-linear vibration and dynamic instability of thin shallow shells
 SO JOURNAL OF SOUND AND VIBRATION
 DT Article
 ID RECTANGULAR-PLATES; NONLINEAR VIBRATION; SPHERICAL-SHELL; CIRCULAR
    PLATES
 AB In this paper, the non-linear vibration and dynamic instability of thin
    shallow spherical and conical shells subjected to periodic transverse
    and in-plane loads are investigated. The Marguerre type dynamic
    equations used for the analysis of shallow shells, when treated by the
    Galerkin method, will result in a system of total differential
    equations in the time functions, known as Duffing and Mathieu
    equations, from which the various kinds of non-linear vibration and
    dynamic instability are determined by using numerical methods.
    Numerical results are presented for axisymmetric vibrations and dynamic
    instabilities of shallow spherical and conical shells with (a) clamped
    and (b) supported edge conditions. As numerical examples, non-linear
    vibration frequencies and instability regions for shells are
    determined. The effects of static load as well as static snap-through
    buckling on the instability are also investigated. (C) 1997 Academic
    Press Limited.
 RP Ye, ZM, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CIVIL ENGN,149 YAN CHANG RD,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BHUSHAN B, 1991, COMPOS STRUCT, V18, P263
    CHIA CY, 1985, J SOUND VIB, V101, P539
    CHIA CY, 1992, COMPUT STRUCT, V44, P797
    DENISOV VN, 1985, MECH SOLIDS, V20, P142
    DUMIR PC, 1986, J SOUND VIB, V107, P253
    EVANSEN DA, 1967, TND4090 NASA
    GONCALVES PB, 1988, J SOUND VIBRATION, V127, P133
    HUI D, 1985, INT J MECH SCI, V27, P397
    JAIN RK, 1987, AIAA J, V25, P630
    LEISSA AW, 1961, J AEROSP SCI, V29, P1381
    MAHRENHOLTZ O, 1987, APPL MATH MECH, V67, P218
    MEI C, 1985, AIAA J, V23, P1104
    NATH Y, 1985, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V21, P565
    NATH Y, 1987, J SOUND VIBRATION, V112, P53
    SANDERS JL, 1959, TRR24 NASA
    TSAI CT, 1989, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V24, P127
    WANG XX, 1991, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V86, P73
    YASUDA K, 1984, B JSME, V27, P2233
    YE ZM, 1984, ACTA MECH SINICA, V16, P634
    YE ZM, 1988, APPL MATH MECH, V9, P153
    YE ZM, 1993, MECH RES COMMUN, V20, P83
 NR 21
 TC 11
 SN 0022-460X
 J9 J SOUND VIB
 JI J. Sound Vibr.
 PD MAY 8
 PY 1997
 VL 202
 IS 3
 BP 303
 EP 311
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Acoustics; Mechanics
 GA WY075
 UT ISI:A1997WY07500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
    Wang, HG
 TI A new pseudo-potential model for rotational turbo-flow .1. Variational
    formulation and finite element solution for transonic blade-to-blade
    flow
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 ID PRINCIPLES; SHOCKS; ROTOR
 AB A new general function - the pseudo-potential function - is introduced
    via the term-condensing method /13/, being a simple and consistent
    generalization of the potential function to general rotational
    turbo-now. It retains almost all advantages of the potential function,
    while removing its restriction to now potentiality (namely homentropy
    and homrothalpy). The general formulation of rotational now along S-1-
    and S-2-stream sheets in turbomachines is derived, and methods of
    solution are given with special attention to transonic and supersonic
    flows, providing a new physically self-consistent and computationally
    simple now model and allowing for the vorticity generated just behind
    shocks. Then, a family of variational principles for S-1-flow is
    established and based thereupon finite element solutions to some
    transonic now examples are obtained, which agree fairly well with the
    Euler's equation solutions and the measurements. This model can be
    further generalized to fully 3-D now, especially transonic turbo-now.
 C1 E CHINA UNIV TECHNOL,POWER ENGN DEPT,SHANGHAI 200093,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AKAY HU, 1984, FINITE ELEMENTS FLUI, V5, P173
    BAKER TJ, 1983, COMPUTATION TRANSONI
    BOSMAN C, 1974, 3746 ARC RM
    CAI RQ, 1988, INT J HEAT FLUID FL, V9, P302
    DECONINCK H, 1981, ASME, V103, P665
    HAFEZ M, 1988, INT J NUMER METH FL, V8, P31
    HAFEZ MM, 1983, AIAA J, V21, P327
    HIRSCH C, 1990, NUMERICAL COMPUTATIO, V2
    KLOPFER GH, 1984, AIAA J, V22, P770
    LIU GL, 1980, FUNDAMENTALS AERODYN
    LIU GL, 1980, SCI SINICA, V23, P1339
    LIU GL, 1982, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V3, P138
    LIU GL, 1982, P INT C FEM SHANGH C, P520
    LIU GL, 1983, 2ND P AS C FLUID MEC, P698
    LIU GL, 1989, NUMERICAL METHODS LA, V6, P1289
    LIU GL, 1990, EXPT COMPUTATIONAL A, P128
    LIU GL, 1992, ACTA MECH, V95, P117
    LIU GL, 1993, ACTA MECH, V97, P229
    NI RH, 1982, AIAA J, V20, P1565
    SARATHY KP, 1982, T ASME, V104, P394
    WU CH, 1952, 2604 NACA TN
    XU HY, 1990, P 1 INT S AER DYN IN, P121
    XU JZ, 1980, CHINESE J MECH ENG, V16, P3
 NR 23
 TC 1
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1996
 VL 13
 IS 4
 BP 263
 EP 275
 PG 13
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA WW120
 UT ISI:A1996WW12000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, X
    Guo, BY
 TI A Legendre pseudospectral method for solving nonlinear Klein-Gordon
    equation
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 ID SOBOLEV SPACES
 AB A Legendre pseudospectral scheme is proposed for solving
    initial-boundary value problem of nonlinear Klein-Gordon equation. The
    numerical solution keeps the discrete conservation. Its stability and
    convergence are investigated. Numerical results are also presented,
    which show the high accuracy. The technique in the theoretical analysis
    provides a framework for Legendre pseudospectral approximation of
    nonlinear multi-dimensional problems.
 C1 CHINESE UNIV HONG KONG,HONG KONG,HONG KONG.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BERNARDI C, 1992, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V43, P53
    CANUTO C, 1982, MATH COMPUT, V38, P67
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CAO WM, 1993, J COMPUT PHYS, V108, P296
    GUO BY, 1982, NUMERICAL MATH, V4, P46
    GUO BY, 1982, SCI SINICA A, V25, P702
    GUO BY, 1983, J APPL SCI, V1, P25
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHODS P
    GUO BY, 1993, NUMERICAL MATH, V2, P38
    GUO BY, 1996, J COMP PHYS APPL MAT, V15, P19
    HARDY GH, 1952, INEQUALITES
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    MA HP, 1987, J COMPUT MATH, V4, P337
    NEVAI P, 1979, MEN AM MATH SOC, V213
    RICHTMYER RD, 1967, FINITE DIFFERENCE ME
    STRAUSS W, 1978, J COMP PHYSIOL, V28, P271
    SZABADOS J, 1992, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V43, P3
 NR 17
 TC 2
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD APR
 PY 1997
 VL 15
 IS 2
 BP 105
 EP 126
 PG 22
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA WV929
 UT ISI:A1997WV92900002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, H
    Shi, YM
    Yu, JZ
    Zhu, JL
    Kawazoe, Y
 TI Phonon-associated conductance through a quantum point contact
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW B
 DT Article
 ID DOUBLE-BARRIER; BALLISTIC RESISTANCE; TRANSPORT; MODEL
 AB By using an independent-boson model we: study the electronic
    conductance through a quantum point contact in the presence of the
    electron-phonon interaction. We find that the phonon energy plays a
    crucial role in the quantum behavior of the conductance.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Chen, H, TOHOKU UNIV,INST MAT RES,SENDAI,MIYAGI 98077,JAPAN.
 CR AVISHAI Y, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P12535
    BLICK RH, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P3924
    CAI W, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P418
    CAI W, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P104
    CHEN H, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P8790
    DREXLER H, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P2616
    GELFAND BY, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P1683
    GOLDMAN VJ, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P7635
    GUIMARAES PSS, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P3792
    GUREVICH VL, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P5219
    KEAY BJ, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P4098
    KOUWENHOVEN LP, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P3443
    MAHAN GD, 1981, MANY PARTICLE PHYSIC, P269
    RICCO B, 1984, PHYS REV B, V29, P1970
    STAFFORD CA, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1916
    VANWEES BJ, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P848
    WHARAM DA, 1988, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V21, L209
    WHARAM DA, 1988, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V21, L887
    WROBEL J, 1995, EUROPHYS LETT, V29, P481
 NR 19
 TC 2
 SN 0163-1829
 J9 PHYS REV B
 JI Phys. Rev. B
 PD APR 15
 PY 1997
 VL 55
 IS 15
 BP 9935
 EP 9940
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA WV251
 UT ISI:A1997WV25100120
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, HY
    Deng, HH
    Sun, K
    Qi, DY
    Deng, JQ
    Liu, YC
    Yu, TY
 TI Structure and properties of porous composite membranes of regenerated
    silk fibroin and poly(vinyl alcohol) and biosensing of glucose via
    Meldola blue dispersed in polyester ionomer as an electron transfer
    mediator
 SO FRESENIUS JOURNAL OF ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID ENZYME ELECTRODES; SENSOR; OXIDASE; IMMOBILIZATION; TETRATHIAFULVALENE;
    FERROCENE; SHUTTLE; NAFION
 AB Porous composite membranes of regenerated silk fibroin and poly(vinyl
    alcohol) were prepared by adding polyethyleneglycol to the composite
    solution to reduce the mass-transfer resistance to the diffusion of
    substrate material transport; their surfaces were visualized with
    scanning electron microscopy. An amperometric glucose biosensor
    employing Meldola blue dispersed in polyester ionomer as electron
    transfer mediator was prepared to test the feasibility and workability
    of the composite membrane as immobilization matrix for glucose oxidase.
    The cationic exchange property of the polyester ionomer was employed to
    provide high local concentrations of Meldola blue (MB(+)) in the
    polymer film via ion exchange. Performance and characteristics of the
    glucose biosensor were evaluated with respect to response time,
    detection limit, applied potential, thickness of polyester ionomer
    membrane, pH and temperature. The glucose biosensor possesses a variety
    of advantages including easy maintenance of enzyme, simplicity of
    construction, fast response time and high stability.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT MACROMOL SCI,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, HY, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR BADIA A, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P7053
    BARKER SA, 1989, BIOSENSORS FUNDAMENT, P85
    BARTLETT PN, 1987, BIOSENSORS, V3, P359
    CLARK LC, 1962, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V102, P29
    CSOREGI E, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P1240
    DEMURA M, 1989, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V33, P598
    DEMURA M, 1989, J BIOTECHNOL, V10, P113
    FORTIER G, 1990, ANAL LETT, V23, P1607
    GRUNDIG B, 1989, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V222, P75
    HARKNESS JK, 1993, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V357, P261
    JIANG L, 1995, J CHEM SOC CHEM 0621, P1293
    KUWABATA S, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P2757
    LIU H, 1997, IN PRESS FRESENIUS J, V357
    LIU HY, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V300, P65
    LIU HY, 1996, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V11, P103
    LIU Y, 1985, ANAL CHEM, V316, P65
    LIU YC, 1995, J CHEM TECHNOL BIOT, V64, P269
    MALITESTA C, 1990, ANAL CHEM, V62, P2735
    PANDEY PC, 1988, J CHEM SOC F1, V84, P2259
    PANDEY PC, 1995, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V10, P669
    PAZUR JH, 1965, ARCH BIOCHEM BIOPHYS, V111, P351
    QIAN JH, 1996, FRESEN J ANAL CHEM, V354, P173
    TRANMINH C, 1985, ION SEL ELECTRODE R, V7, P41
    WANG J, 1989, ANAL CHEM, V61, P1397
    WILSON GS, 1992, ANAL CHEM, V64, A381
    ZHAO SS, 1993, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V282, P319
 NR 26
 TC 4
 SN 0937-0633
 J9 FRESENIUS J ANAL CHEM
 JI Fresenius J. Anal. Chem.
 PD APR
 PY 1997
 VL 357
 IS 7
 BP 812
 EP 816
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA WT961
 UT ISI:A1997WT96100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
 TI Gauge transformation and A-B effect
 SO PHYSICA B
 DT Article
 DE gauge transformation; Aharonov-Bohm effect; momentum transfer
 ID AHARONOV-BOHM INTERFERENCE; MULTIPLY CONNECTED SPACES;
    ANGULAR-MOMENTUM; MAGNETIC-FLUX; QUANTUM-MECHANICS; PATH-INTEGRALS;
    STATISTICS; ROTATIONS
 AB The aim of this paper is to show that the vector potential in the
    so-called Aharonov-Bohm (A-B) effect is not a gauge transformation of
    the vacuum, even when alpha = integer(not equal 0) (where alpha =
    Phi/Phi(0) represents the magnetic flux in the long cylindrical
    solenoid and Phi(0) = h/e). To this end, it is discussed that the wave
    function of the electron and the gauge function in a gauge
    transformation are required to be single-valued so that the Schrodinger
    wave mechanics and the Maxwell electromagnetic theory are
    well-formulated. It is also discussed that the gauge transformation of
    wave functions and the representation change of operators of Kobe's
    meaning are the same thing.
 RP Li, CF, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,20 CHENGZHONG RD,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AFANASEV GN, 1990, SOV J PART NUCL, V21, P74
    AHARONOV Y, 1959, PHYS REV, V115, P485
    AHARONOV Y, 1961, PHYS REV, V123, P1511
    AHARONOV Y, 1967, PHYS REV, V158, P1237
    AHARONOV Y, 1984, P INT S FDN QUANT ME, P10
    AHARONOV Y, 1984, PHYS REV D, V29, P2396
    BAWIN M, 1983, J PHYS A, V16, P2173
    BAWIN M, 1985, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V18, P2123
    BIEDENHARN LC, 1981, ANGULAR MOMENTUM QUA, P319
    BLATT JM, 1952, THEORETICAL NUCL PHY, P783
    BOCCHIERI P, 1978, NUOVO CIMENTO      A, V47, P475
    BOHM D, 1951, QUANTUM THEORY, P389
    BOHM D, 1979, NUOVO CIMENTO A, V52, P295
    GRIFFITHS DJ, 1981, INTRO ELECTRODYNAMIC, P283
    GUPTA BD, 1978, MATH PHYSICS, P127
    HORVATHY PA, 1985, PHYS REV A, V31, P1151
    JACKIW R, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V50, P555
    KLEIN AG, 1976, PHYS REV LETT, V37, P238
    KOBE DH, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P1592
    KRETZSCHMAR M, 1965, Z PHYS, V185, P73
    KRETZSCHMAR M, 1965, Z PHYS, V185, P97
    LANDAU LD, 1975, CLASSICAL THEORY FIE, P49
    LI CF, IN PRESS ANN PHYS
    LI CF, IN PRESS PHYSICA B
    LI CF, 1995, PHYSICA B, V212, P436
    LIANG JQ, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P836
    LIANG JQ, 1988, PHYSICA B C, V151, P239
    MERZBACHER E, 1962, AM J PHYSIOL, V30, P237
    NIETO MM, 1984, PHYS REV A, V29, P3413
    PANDRES D, 1962, J MATH PHYS, V3, P305
    PAULI W, 1939, HELV PHYS ACTA, V12, P147
    PESHKIN M, 1961, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V12, P426
    PESHKIN M, 1989, LECT NOTES PHYSICS, V340
    RAUCH H, 1978, Z PHYSIK           B, V29, P281
    ROY SM, 1984, NUOVO CIMENTO A, V79, P391
    RUIJSENAARS SNM, 1983, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V146, P1
    SAKURAI JJ, 1985, MODERN QUANTUM MECH, P101
    SAKURAI JJ, 1985, MODERN QUANTUM MECHD, P162
    TASSIE LJ, 1961, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V16, P177
    WERNER SA, 1975, PHYS REV LETT, V35, P1053
    WILCZEK F, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V48, P1144
    WILCZEK F, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P957
    WU TT, 1975, PHYS REV D, V12, P3845
    WU YS, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V53, P111
    ZEILINGER A, 1979, LETT NUOVO CIMENTO, V25, P333
 NR 45
 TC 1
 SN 0921-4526
 J9 PHYSICA B
 JI Physica B
 PD MAR
 PY 1997
 VL 229
 IS 3-4
 BP 354
 EP 360
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA WT606
 UT ISI:A1997WT60600020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, Y
 TI Interactions of atmospheric solitary waves of different modes
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE atmospheric solitary waves; BO equation; perturbation methods
 AB The interactions of atmospheric solitary waves with different modes are
    investigated by a perturbation method. The model considered in this
    paper consists of a lower layer with exponential density profile and an
    infinitely deep upper layer with constant density. The analysis show
    that the waves obey the Benjamin-Ono equation before and after
    interaction, and the main effect of the interaction is the phase shifts
    for each wave.
 RP Zhu, Y, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,149 YANCHANG
    RD,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BENJAMIN TB, 1967, J FLUID MECH, V29, P249
    CHRISTIE DR, 1981, NATURE, V293, P46
    DAVIS RE, 1967, J FLUID MECH, V29, P593
    GEAR J, 1984, STUD APPL MATH, V70, P233
    GRIMSHAW R, 1994, STUD APPL MATH, V92, P249
    MILES JW, 1977, J FLUID MECH, V79, P157
    MILES JW, 1980, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V12, P11
    ONO H, 1975, J PHYS SOC JPN, V39, P1082
    SMITH RK, 1988, EARTH-SCI REV, V25, P267
    SU CH, 1980, J FLUID MECH, V98, P509
    ZHU Y, 1996, ATMOSPHERIC SCI, V20, P751
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7718
 J9 ACTA MECH SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 1997
 VL 13
 IS 1
 BP 10
 EP 16
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA WT856
 UT ISI:A1997WT85600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, MH
    Zhou, RM
    Ma, ZT
    Bao, BR
    Lei, JQ
 TI Preparation of acrylate IPN copolymer latexes by radiation emulsion
    polymerization
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID SHELL
 AB Radiation-induced and chemical initiation are compared in the
    initiation of acrylate emulsion copolymer latexes. The particle
    diameter, distribution and microstructure are influenced by emulsifier
    concentration, radiation dose and temperature. The results show that
    the emulsion particle diameter of radiation polymerization is smaller
    and better distributed in comparison to using chemical polymerization.
    In addition, interlude polymer net (IPN) core-shell copolymer latexes
    are observed by transimission electron microscope (TEM). The bounding
    face of core-shell acrylate copolymer latexes of radiation
    polymerization is clearer. The morphology of acrylate IPN copolymer
    latexes is further investigated. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science Ltd.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Wu, MH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,JIADING
    CAMPUS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BALITER B, 1987, J POLYM SCI A, V25, P135
    HOIGNE H, 1972, J POLYM SCI A, V10, P581
    LEE DI, 1983, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V21, P147
    MCCARTY W, 1984, HUS US, V444, P923
    PIRMA I, 1976, ACS SYM SER, V24, P306
    SAKOTA K, 1976, J APPL POLYM SCI, V20, P1735
    SPERLING LH, 1973, J APPL POLYM SCI, V17, P2443
    WU MH, 1993, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V42, P171
 NR 8
 TC 0
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD MAR
 PY 1997
 VL 49
 IS 3
 BP 371
 EP 375
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA WM139
 UT ISI:A1997WM13900010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YL
    Guo, GY
 TI Preparation and characterization of yttria-stabilized zirconia powders
    by solvent extraction process
 SO CERAMICS INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 ID ZRO2; DENSIFICATION
 AB This study demonstrates that zirconium and yttrium can quantitatively
    be coextracted with di-(2-ethylhexyl) phosphoric acid or
    2-ethylhexyl-phosphonic acid mono-2-ethylhexylester from commercial
    grade of starting materials under suitable conditions, End that both
    zirconium and yttrium can be stripped completely with oxalic acid from
    the extractants under some specific conditions. The resulting oxalates,
    after careful washing with absolute ethanol, may be calcined to both
    ultrafine and pure yttria-stabilized zirconia powders, while the
    stripped extractants can be recycled to extract zirconium and yttrium.
    The present process, therefore, is a more economical technique than the
    metal alkoxide process - one of the most popular chemical processing
    routes for the preparation of advanced ceramic powder, yet it is a very
    efficient technique for controlling the purity, particle size, and
    crystalline phase composition of the powders. (C) 1997 Elsevier Science
    Limited and Techna S.r.l.
 C1 SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 200030,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Chen, YL, SHANGHAI UNIV,COL CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR BOURELL DL, 1993, J AM CERAM SOC, V76, P705
    DESCEMOND M, 1993, J MATER SCI, V28, P3754
    DOYLE FM, 1992, HYDROMETALLURGY, V29, P527
    FEGLEY B, 1985, AM CERAM SOC BULL, V64, P1115
    FOSTER CM, 1993, J MATER RES, V8, P1977
    GHONELM NM, 1986, CFI-CERAM FORUM INT, V3, P96
    GONGYI G, 1988, PRODUCTION PROCESSIN, P627
    GONGYI G, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P3511
    GONGYI G, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P1294
    HABERKO K, 1979, CERAMURGIA INT, V5, P148
    ISHIZAWA H, 1986, AM CERAM SOC BULL, V65, P1399
    RHODES WH, 1989, AM CERAM SOC BULL, V68, P1804
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0272-8842
 J9 CERAM INT
 JI Ceram. Int.
 PY 1997
 VL 23
 IS 3
 BP 267
 EP 272
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA WM133
 UT ISI:A1997WM13300013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lin, D
    Fuchs, EF
    Doyle, M
 TI Computer-aided testing of electrical apparatus supplying nonlinear loads
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON POWER SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 DE computer-aided testing; electrical machines; transformers; electrical
    apparatus; nonlinear loads; derating
 AB A computer-aided testing program for electrical apparatus (CATEA) is
    designed to test the performance of single and polyphase electrical
    devices. It has been applied to measure the losses of single- and
    three-phase ac and dc electrical machines, single- and three-phase
    transformers with linear and nonlinear loads. On-line measurements of
    iron-core and copper losses of single- and three-phase transformers
    with rectifier load are presented and compared with the results of the
    open- and short-circuit tests.
 C1 TU ELECT,FT WORTH,TX 76101.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Lin, D, UNIV COLORADO,BOULDER,CO 80309.
 CR FUCHS EF, 1994, IEEE IND APPLIC SOC, P128
 NR 1
 TC 5
 SN 0885-8950
 J9 IEEE TRANS POWER SYST
 JI IEEE Trans. Power Syst.
 PD FEB
 PY 1997
 VL 12
 IS 1
 BP 11
 EP 21
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA WK945
 UT ISI:A1997WK94500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, HY
    Deng, ZY
 TI Electronic and hydrogenic impurity states in a corner under an applied
    electric field
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 ID QUANTUM-WELL WIRES; 2 ORTHOGONAL SURFACES; DEPENDENCE; VICINITY;
    SPECTRA; GROWTH; ENERGY
 AB With the use of a variational method to solve the effective-mass
    equation, we have studied the electronic and hydrogenic impurity states
    in a corner under an applied electric field. The electron energy levels
    and the impurity binding energies are calculated. Our results show
    that, with the increasing strength of the electric field, the electron
    energy levels increase, and the impurity binding energy in the ground
    state increases at first, to a peak value, then decreases to a value
    which is determined by the impurity position in the corner. The
    dependence of the impurity binding energy on the applied electric field
    and impurity position is discussed in detail.
 C1 CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST CERAM,SHANGHAI 200050,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    CHINA CTR ADV SCI & TECHNOL,WORLD LAB,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BASTARD G, 1981, PHYS REV B, V24, P4714
    BASTARD G, 1983, PHYS REV B, V28, P3241
    BRANIS SV, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P1316
    BROWN JW, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V59, P1179
    BRUM JA, 1985, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V54, P179
    BRYANT GW, 1984, PHYS REV B, V29, P6632
    BRYANT GW, 1985, PHYS REV B, V31, P7812
    CAO HT, 1995, PHYSICA B, V205, P273
    CHEN H, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P6220
    DENG ZY, 1994, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V6, P9729
    FUJIWARA K, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P9698
    GEROHONI D, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P1631
    KHOO GS, 1993, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V5, P6507
    LANDAU LD, 1977, QUANTUM MECHANICS
    LEE WW, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P3352
    LEE WW, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P9920
    NAMBA H, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P4027
    TANAKA M, 1988, JPN J APPL PHYS 2, V27, L2025
    TANAKA M, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V54, P1326
    TSUCHIYA M, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P466
    WEBER G, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P2179
    WEISBUCH C, 1980, J VAC SCI TECHNOL, V17, P1128
 NR 22
 TC 8
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD FEB 10
 PY 1997
 VL 9
 IS 6
 BP 1241
 EP 1248
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA WK618
 UT ISI:A1997WK61800010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, T
    Yang, LB
 TI Application of fuzzy cellular neural networks to Euclidean Distance
    Transformation
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON CIRCUITS AND SYSTEMS I-FUNDAMENTAL THEORY AND
    APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE distance transformation; Euclidean distance; fuzzy cellular neural
    network; image processing; mathematical morphology
 AB A new structure of fuzzy cellular neural network (FCNN) is proposed in
    this brief. In this FCNN, the relationship between fuzzy templates and
    input or/and output is defined by addition but not multiplication.
    Unlike the FCNN we proposed before [I], which can only implement
    morphological operators with flat structuring elements, this FCNN can
    implement morphological operators with all the types of structuring
    elements. This: FCNN is used to implement Euclidean Distance Transform.
    Simulation results are given.
 C1 UNIV E ZHOU,E ZHOU 436000,HUBEI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Yang, T, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT AUTOMAT CONTROL ENGN,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHUA LO, 1988, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V35, P1257
    HARALICK RM, 1987, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V9, P532
    HEIJMANS HJA, 1994, MORPHOLOGICAL IMAGE
    MARAGOS PA, 1986, IEEE T ACOUST SPEECH, V34, P1228
    ROSKA T, 1993, IEEE T CIRCUITS-II, V40, P163
    SERRA J, 1982, IMAGE ANAL MATH MORP
    SERRA J, 1988, IMAGE ANAL MATH MORP, V2
    SHIH FY, 1992, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V1, P197
    YANG T, 1996, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V43, P880
    YANG T, 1996, P 4 IEEE INT WORKSH, P181
 NR 10
 TC 5
 SN 1057-7122
 J9 IEEE TRANS CIRCUIT SYST-I
 JI IEEE Trans. Circuits Syst. I-Fundam. Theor. Appl.
 PD MAR
 PY 1997
 VL 44
 IS 3
 BP 242
 EP 246
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA WK578
 UT ISI:A1997WK57800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, HY
    Zhang, ZN
    Fan, YB
    Dai, M
    Zhang, XL
    Wei, JJ
    Qiu, ZN
    Li, HB
    Wu, XX
    Deng, JQ
    Qi, DY
 TI Reagentless amperometric biosensor highly sensitive to hydrogen
    peroxide based on the incorporation of Meldola Blue, fumed silica and
    horseradish peroxidase into carbon paste
 SO FRESENIUS JOURNAL OF ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID ELECTROCATALYTIC OXIDATION; ENZYME ELECTRODES; LACTATE OXIDASE;
    SENSORS; DEHYDROGENASE; PROTEINS; GRAPHITE; NADH
 AB A reagentless amperometric sensor highly sensitive to H2O2 has been
    prepared by incorporating fumed silica, horseradish peroxidase (HRP)
    and Meldola Blue into carbon paste. The efficient mediating ability to
    shift electrons between HRP and the carbon paste electrode via Meldola
    Blue was investigated by cyclic voltammetric and amperometric
    measurements. Reproducibility, response time, detection limit,
    selectivity and effects of applied potential, temperature and pH on the
    response of the sensor are reported. The high sensitivity of the sensor
    with a detection limit of 0.1 mu mol/l arose from the high efficiency
    of the bioelectrocatalytic reduction of hydrogen peroxide via HRP and
    Meldola Blue. The dependence of the Michaelis-Menten constant on the
    applied potential and the mediator concentration has been investigated
    and the results are presented.
 C1 SUZHOU INST CITY CONSTRUCT & ENVIRONM PROTECT,DEPT ENVIRONM PROTECT,SUZHOU 300111,JIANSU,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, HY, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR BIFULCO L, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1443
    BONAKDAR M, 1989, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V266, P47
    FORZANI ES, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V382, P33
    FREW JE, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V201, P1
    GARGUILO MG, 1993, ANAL CHEM, V65, P523
    GUO LH, 1991, ADV INORG CHEM RAD, V36, P341
    HURDIS EC, 1954, ANAL CHEM, V26, P320
    KAMIN RA, 1980, ANAL CHEM, V52, P1198
    KORELL U, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P510
    KULYS J, 1990, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V24, P305
    KULYS J, 1992, ANAL LETT, V25, P1011
    KULYS J, 1993, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V274, P53
    KULYS J, 1994, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V288, P193
    KULYS J, 1994, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V372, P49
    LIU HY, 1995, ANAL PROC, V32, P475
    LIU YC, 1996, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V41, P77
    MULCHANDANI A, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P94
    NAGY G, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V305, P65
    PERSSON B, 1990, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V287, P61
    PERSSON B, 1990, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V292, P115
    SANCHEZ PD, 1990, ELECTROANAL, V2, P303
    SCOTT DL, 1992, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V341, P307
    SPRULES SD, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V304, P17
    WANG J, 1991, ANAL CHEM, V63, P2993
    WANG J, 1993, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V284, P385
    WOLLENBERGER U, 1991, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V26, P287
 NR 26
 TC 14
 SN 0937-0633
 J9 FRESENIUS J ANAL CHEM
 JI Fresenius J. Anal. Chem.
 PD FEB
 PY 1997
 VL 357
 IS 3
 BP 297
 EP 301
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA WJ843
 UT ISI:A1997WJ84300010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, HY
    Qian, JH
    Liu, YC
    Yu, TY
    Deng, JG
    Qi, DY
 TI Amperometric methylene blue-mediated sensor highly sensitive to
    hydrogen peroxide based on a composite membrane of regenerated silk
    fibroin and poly-vinyl alcohol as immobilization matrix for horseradish
    peroxidase
 SO FRESENIUS JOURNAL OF ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID ENZYME ELECTRODES; BIOELECTROCATALYTIC REDUCTION; CARBON; SYSTEM;
    ASSAY; ACID
 AB Horseradish peroxidase (HRP) was effectively entrapped in a novel
    composite membrane of poly-vinyl alcohol and regenerated silk fibroin,
    and IR was employed to provide a useful insight into the structure of
    the composite membrane. A methylene blue-mediated sensor highly
    sensitive to hydrogen peroxide was constructed, which was based on the
    immobilization of HRP in the composite membrane. Cyclic voltammetry and
    amperometric measurement were utilized to demonstrate the feasibility
    of electron communication between immobilized HRP and a glassy carbon
    electrode in the bioelectrocatalytic reduction of hydrogen peroxide via
    methylene blue. Performance and characteristics of the sensor were
    evaluated with regard to response time, detection limit, selectivity,
    and dependence on temperature and pH as well as operating and storage
    stability. The sensor possesses a variety of characteristics including
    high sensitivity, rapid response time and a low detection limit of 0.1
    mu mol/L.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT MACROMOL SCI,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, HY, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR AIZAWA M, 1984, ANAL LETT PT B, V17, P555
    BENNETTO HP, 1987, INT ANAL, V8, P22
    BIFULCO L, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1443
    CLARK LC, 1979, METHOD ENZYMOL, V56, P448
    FREW JE, 1983, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V155, P139
    FREW JE, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V201, P1
    GARGUILO MG, 1993, ANAL CHEM, V65, P523
    HO WO, 1993, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V351, P185
    HURDIS EC, 1954, ANAL CHEM, V26, P320
    IANNIELLO RM, 1981, ANAL CHEM, V53, P2090
    JONSSON G, 1989, ELECTROANAL, V1, P465
    KAMIN RA, 1980, ANAL CHEM, V52, P1198
    LIU HY, 1995, ANAL PROC, V32, P475
    MAEHLY AC, 1955, METHOD ENZYMOL, V2, P801
    OHARA TJ, 1993, ELECTROANAL, V5, P823
    OLSSON B, 1988, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V206, P49
    QIAN JH, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V397, P157
    SANCHEZ PD, 1990, ELECTROANAL, V2, P303
    SANCHEZ PD, 1991, ELECTROANAL, V3, P281
    TATSUMA T, 1991, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V242, P85
    WANG J, 1991, ANAL CHEM, V63, P2993
    WANG J, 1992, ANAL CHEM, V64, P1285
    WELINDER KG, 1979, EUR J BIOCHEM, V96, P483
    WOLLENBERGER U, 1990, ANAL LETT, V23, P1795
    WOLLENBERGER U, 1991, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V26, P287
    YAMADA H, 1974, ARCH BIOCHEM BIOPHYS, V165, P728
    YAROPOLOV AI, 1979, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR, V249, P1399
    ZHANG Z, 1996, IN PRESS ANAL CHEM
 NR 28
 TC 5
 SN 0937-0633
 J9 FRESENIUS J ANAL CHEM
 JI Fresenius J. Anal. Chem.
 PD FEB
 PY 1997
 VL 357
 IS 3
 BP 302
 EP 307
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA WJ843
 UT ISI:A1997WJ84300011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZH
 TI Analysis of graded-index optical fibers by expansion of the fields in
    terms of partial-waveguide modes
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE optical fibers; mode-field and propagation constant; partial-waveguide
    mode; coupled-mode theory
 AB According to the core-cladding interface of an ideal waveguide, a
    step-index fiber, the transverse plane has been divided into two
    regions. Mode fields and propagation constants of the graded-index
    optical fibers have been calculated by the use of
    partial-waveguide-mode expansion and coupled-mode theory.
 RP Wang, ZH, SHANGHAI UNIV,WAVE SCI LAB,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CLARRICOATS PJB, 1970, ELECTRON LETT, V6, P694
    GLOGE D, 1971, APPL OPTICS, V10, P2252
    HENRY CH, 1989, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V7, P308
    OKOSHI T, 1982, OPTICAL FIBERS
    SNYDER AW, 1983, OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE TH
    WANG ZH, 1996, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V12, P90
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD MAR
 PY 1997
 VL 14
 IS 4
 BP 236
 EP 239
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA WH757
 UT ISI:A1997WH75700013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Luo, WL
    Liu, HY
    Deng, HH
    Sun, K
    Zhao, CH
    Qi, DY
    Deng, JQ
 TI Biosensing of hydrogen peroxide at carbon paste electrode incorporating
    N-methyl phenazine methosulphate, fumed-silica and horseradish
    peroxidase
 SO ANALYTICAL LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE biosensor; N-methyl phenazine methosulphate; horseradish peroxidase;
    hydrogen peroxide; fumed silica; carbon paste electrode
 ID CYTOCHROME-C PEROXIDASE; SPECTROPHOTOMETRIC DETERMINATION;
    PYROLYTIC-GRAPHITE; ACTIVATED CARBON; SENSORS; DEHYDROGENASE; POLYMER;
    GLUCOSE; ENZYMES
 AB Biosensing of hydrogen peroxide was made at a carbon paste electrode
    incorporating fumed silica, horseradish peroxidase and N-methyl
    phenazine methosulphate. Cyclic voltammetric and amperometric
    measurements were used for the first time to demonstrate the
    suitability of electron communication between horseradish peroxidase
    and a carbon paste electrode via N-methyl phenazine methosulphate, an
    electron transfer mediator. Performance and characteristics of the
    biosensor were evaluated with respect to response time, detection
    limit, applied potential and concentration of the mediator. Effect of
    applied potential and amount of the mediator in carbon paste on the
    Michaelis-Menten constant of the biosensor was investigated. The
    biosensor possessed a variety of characteristics including long
    stability and rapid response and high sensitivity to hydrogen peroxide,
    with a detection limit of 0.08 mu M.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AIZAWA M, 1984, ANAL LETT PT B, V17, P555
    AKIMOTO K, 1990, ANAL BIOCHEM, V189, P182
    BIFULCO L, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1443
    BONAKDAR M, 1989, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V266, P47
    CHICHARRO M, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1809
    CLAPP PA, 1989, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V218, P331
    CSOREGI E, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P3604
    FREW JE, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V201, P1
    GARGUILO MG, 1993, ANAL CHEM, V65, P523
    GORTON L, 1986, J MOL CATAL, V38, P157
    GORTON L, 1991, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V249, P43
    GUO LH, 1991, ADV INORG CHEM RAD, V36, P341
    HO WO, 1993, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V351, P185
    HURDIS EC, 1954, ANAL CHEM, V26, P320
    IANNIELLO RM, 1981, ANAL CHEM, V53, P448
    JOHANSSON G, 1989, ELECTROANAL, V1, P465
    KAMIN RA, 1980, ANAL CHEM, V52, P1198
    KOK GM, 1978, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V12, P1073
    KORELL U, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P510
    KULYS J, 1990, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V24, P305
    KULYS J, 1993, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V274, P53
    KUWANA T, 1964, ANAL CHEM, V36, P241
    LIU H, 1995, ANAL P, V32, P375
    LIU YC, 1996, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V41, P77
    MOTTA N, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P566
    OHARA TJ, 1993, ELECTROANAL, V5, P823
    RUZGAS T, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V391, P41
    SCOTT DL, 1992, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V341, P307
    SCOTT DL, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P1217
    SELLERS RM, 1980, ANALYST, V105, P950
    SHU HC, 1995, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V46, P270
    WANG J, 1991, ANAL CHEM, V63, P2993
    WANG J, 1993, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V284, P385
    WIJESURIYA DC, 1993, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V8, P155
    WOLLENBERGER U, 1990, ANAL LETT, V23, P1795
    YAROPOLOV AI, 1979, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR, V249, P1399
    ZHANG ZE, 1996, ANAL CHEM, V68, P1632
 NR 37
 TC 7
 SN 0003-2719
 J9 ANAL LETT
 JI Anal. Lett.
 PY 1997
 VL 30
 IS 2
 BP 205
 EP 220
 PG 16
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA WH284
 UT ISI:A1997WH28400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, ZZ
    Wang, DR
 TI The monotone convergence of the two-stage iterative method for solving
    large sparse systems of linear equations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE linear system of equations; two-stage iterative method; Monotone
    convergence; Monotone convergence rate
 AB This paper sets up the monotone convergence theory for the two-stage
    iterative method proposed by Frommer and Szyld in [1], and investigates
    the influence of the splitting matrices and the inner iteration number
    sequence on the monotone convergence rate of this method.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Bai, ZZ, CHINESE ACAD SCI,INST COMPUTAT MAT & SCI ENGN COMP,STATE KEY
    LAB SCI ENGN COMP,POB 2719,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR FROMMER A, 1992, NUMER MATH, V63, P345
    GOLUB GH, 1988, NUMER MATH, V53, P571
    LANZKRON PJ, 1991, NUMER MATH, V58, P685
    NICHOLS NK, 1973, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V10, P460
    WACHSPRESS EL, 1966, ITERATIVE SOLUTION E
 NR 5
 TC 8
 SN 0893-9659
 J9 APPL MATH LETT
 JI Appl. Math. Lett.
 PD JAN
 PY 1997
 VL 10
 IS 1
 BP 113
 EP 117
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA WH071
 UT ISI:A1997WH07100021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, CJ
    Shang, XC
 TI Mode jumping of simply supported rectangular plates on non-linear
    elastic foundation
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NON-LINEAR MECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE non-linear stability; non-linear elastic foundation; secondary
    bifurcation; mode jumping; stability of bifurcation solution
 AB In this paper, we study the non-linear stability of simply supported
    rectangular plates on a non-linear elastic foundation and use the
    theory of singularities to analyse the effect of the coefficients of
    the foundation on the stability behaviour. The results point out that
    the instability behaviour of the rectangular plate near a double
    eigenvalue is very complex due to the interaction between the
    foundation and plate. And the stability behaviour of the plate not only
    depends on the elastic coefficients of the foundation but also the
    modes of the plate when it losses its stability. From 45 bifurcation
    diagrams given in the paper, one can see that the rectangular plate not
    only occurs the secondary bifurcation but also has very complex
    super-critical behaviour like mode jumping. In these figures, we still
    discover the new manners of mode transition. Finally, we discuss all
    possible bifurcation behaviours of rectangular plates. Copyright (C)
    1996 Elsevier Science Ltd.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Cheng, CJ, LANZHOU UNIV,DEPT MECH,LANZHOU 730000,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAUER L, 1965, SIAM J APPL MATH, V13, P603
    BAUER L, 1975, SIAM REV, V17, P101
    CHENG CJ, 1992, LIXUE YU SHIJIAN, V14, P12
    CHOW SN, 1982, GRUHDLEHREN, V251
    HOLDER EJ, 1984, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V15, P446
    MAOSKANT R, 1992, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V29, P1209
    MATHOWSKY BJ, 1973, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V9, P84
    POSTON T, 1978, CATASTROPHE THEORY I
    SCHAEFFER D, 1979, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V69, P209
    STEIN M, 1959, R40 NASA
    STROEBEL GJ, 1973, J ELASTICITY, V3, P185
    SUCHY H, 1985, Z ANGEW MATH MECH, V65, P71
    SUPPLE WJ, 1970, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V6, P1234
    UEMURA M, 1977, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V12, P355
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0020-7462
 J9 INT J NON-LINEAR MECH
 JI Int. J. Non-Linear Mech.
 PD JAN
 PY 1997
 VL 32
 IS 1
 BP 161
 EP 172
 PG 12
 SC Mechanics
 GA WG519
 UT ISI:A1997WG51900013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sang, WB
    Durose, K
    Brinkman, AW
    Tanner, BK
 TI Growth and characterization of magnetic metal Mn film by MOCVD
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE metal organic chemical vapour deposition; Mn film growth; growth
    kinetics
 ID MOVPE
 AB Metal manganese films have successfully been grown on (100) and (111)
    GaAs substrates by metal organic chemical vapour deposition using
    tricarbonyl (methylcyclopentadienyl) manganese (TCMn) as the Mn source
    material. The onset of diffusion limited growth occurs at a temperature
    of similar to 470 degrees C. Above this transition temperature, the
    growth is relatively independent of the temperature and limited only by
    the rate at which the precursor is able to diffuse to the substrate. At
    the low temperatures, the growth rate is limited by the pyrolysis
    behaviour of the TCMn and is thermally activated with an activation
    energy of similar to 220 kJ mol(-1). This compares with the activation
    energy obtained for the decomposition of the TCMn of 236 kJ mol(-1).
    The growth characteristic of Mn films has also shown that no growth
    took place below the temperature of 410 degrees C and the morphology of
    the layers grown at the higher temperature of 470 degrees C was
    considerably better than that of the layers grown at lower
    temperatures. Ex-situ reflection high-energy electron diffraction
    (RHEED) showed the films to be polycrystalline Mn, with good surface
    morphology. Surface roughness was measured to be similar to 4 nm and
    was probably limited by oxidation, when exposed to air.
 C1 UNIV DURHAM,DEPT PHYS,DURHAM DH1 3LE,ENGLAND.
 RP Sang, WB, SHANGHAI UNIV,JIADING CAMPUS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAIBICH MN, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P2472
    DUB M, 1966, ORGANOMETALLIC COMPO, V1, P1445
    HAILS JE, 1986, J CRYST GROWTH, V79, P940
    MOTOMURA Y, 1988, SUPERLATTICE MICROST, V4, P479
    SANG WB, 1991, J CRYST GROWTH, V113, P1
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD JAN
 PY 1997
 VL 47
 IS 1
 BP 75
 EP 77
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA WG642
 UT ISI:A1997WG64200013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yao, DM
    Li, CF
 TI Field and intensity expectation values of quantum solitons in optical
    fibers
 SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PHYSIK B-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 ID FLUCTUATIONS; APPROXIMATION; PROPAGATION
 AB Expectation values of the field and intensity operators are evaluated
    for quantum solitons in the normalized fundamental soliton states with
    a Gaussian momentum superposition and a Poisson distribution for photon
    numbers. The associate quantum diffusion effects are discussed and the
    conditions which lead to the classical limit are identified. A
    numerical estimate is given using experimental data.
 C1 UNIV SCI & TECHNOL CHINA,CTR FUNDAMENTAL PHYS,HEFEI 230026,ANHUI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Yao, DM, CHINA CTR ADV SCI & TECHNOL,WORLD LAB,POB 8730,BEIJING
    100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BELINSKII AV, 1991, JETP LETT, V53, P74
    BELINSKII AV, 1992, SOV J QUANTUM ELECTR, V22, P828
    CARTER SJ, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P1841
    DESURVIRE E, 1994, PHYS TODAY, V62, P20
    DRUMMOND PD, 1993, NATURE, V365, P307
    GLASS AM, 1993, PHYS TODAY, V61, P34
    GORDON JP, 1986, OPT LETT, V11, P665
    HASEGAWA A, 1990, OPTICAL SOLUTIONS FI
    KARTNER FX, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P454
    KUZNETSOV DY, 1991, JETP LETT, V54, P568
    KUZNETZOV DY, 1992, QUANTUM OPT, V4, P221
    LAI Y, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P854
    LAI YC, 1993, J OPT SOC AM B, V10, P475
    MOLLENAUER LF, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V45, P1095
    NOHL CR, 1976, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V96, P234
    ROSENBLUH M, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P153
    WADACHI M, 1984, J PHYS SOC JPN, V53, P1933
    WADATI M, 1985, SPRINGER SERIES SYNE, V30, P68
    WRIGHT EM, 1991, PHYS REV A, V43, P3836
    YAO DM, 1995, PHYS REV A, V52, P1574
    YAO DM, 1995, PHYS REV A, V52, P4871
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0722-3277
 J9 Z PHYS B-CONDENS MATTER
 JI Z. Phys. B-Condens. Mat.
 PD FEB
 PY 1997
 VL 102
 IS 2
 BP 239
 EP 243
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA WF434
 UT ISI:A1997WF43400012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sang, WB
    Zhou, SQ
    Wu, WH
 TI Investigation of equilibrium partial pressures over (Hg1-xCdx)(y)Te-1-y
    (y<0.5) melts
 SO JOURNAL OF CRYSTAL GROWTH
 DT Article
 ID TRAVELING HEATER METHOD; CRYSTAL-GROWTH; LPE GROWTH; TE; HG1-XCDXTE
 AB A double optical path system was designed for the optical absorbance
    measurement. The equilibrium partial pressures of Hg and Te-2 over the
    (Hg1-xCdx)(y)Te-1-y (y < 0.5) melts with x = 0.13-0.55 and y =
    0.21-0.41 between 500 and 750 degrees C were determined by this method.
    The experimental results were reproducible and the errors were
    estimated as about 5%. The data achieved show that p(Hg) increases with
    the rise of y when T and x remain unchanged, and decreases slightly
    with the increase of x when T and y are kept constant. The cause of
    these phenomena is discussed.
 RP Sang, WB, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,JIADING CAMPUS,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ASTLES MG, 1992, J CRYST GROWTH, V117, P213
    BERNARDI S, 1988, J CRYST GROWTH, V87, P365
    BREBRICK RF, 1965, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V26, P989
    DENOBEL D, 1959, PHILIPS RES REP, V14, P361
    GILLE P, 1991, J CRYST GROWTH, V114, P77
    GOLDFINGER P, 1963, T FARADAY SOC, V59, P2851
    HARMAN TC, 1980, J ELECTRON MATER, V9, P945
    HUA SC, 1985, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V132, P942
    MOCHIZUKI K, 1990, J CRYST GROWTH, V99, P722
    PELLICIARI B, 1988, J CRYST GROWTH, V86, P146
    PELLICIARI B, 1994, PROG CRYST GROWTH CH, V29, P1
    SCHMIT JL, 1968, INFRARED PHYS, V8, P247
    SCHWARTZ JP, 1981, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V128, P438
    SHUQUAN Z, 1989, J APPL SCI, V7, P271
    STEININGER J, 1976, J ELECTRON MATER, V5, P299
    UEDA R, 1972, J CRYST GROWTH, V13, P668
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0022-0248
 J9 J CRYST GROWTH
 JI J. Cryst. Growth
 PD JAN
 PY 1997
 VL 171
 IS 1-2
 BP 45
 EP 49
 PG 5
 SC Crystallography
 GA WE271
 UT ISI:A1997WE27100007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    He, LP
    Mao, DK
 TI On the two-dimensional Navier-Stokes equations in stream function form
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 AB In this paper the initial-boundary value problem of the Navier-Stokes
    equations in stream function form is considered. A trilinear form is
    introduced to deal with the nonlinear term. A weak formulation of this
    problem is provided. The existence of a weak solution is proved by an
    auxiliary semi-discrete Faedo-Galerkin scheme and a compactness
    argument. The uniqueness and regularity of the solution are discussed.
    Finally the convergence of the numerical solution and the converge rate
    with a certain choice of basis in the Faedo-Galerkin method are given.
    (C) 1997 Academic Press
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Guo, BY, CITY UNIV HONG KONG,DEPT MATH,KOWLOON,HONG KONG.
 CR ADAMS RA, 1975, SOBOLEV SPACES
    BERNARDI C, 1992, MATH COMPUT, V59, P63
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, CBMS REGIONAL C SERI, V26
    GUO B, 1985, SCI SINICA SER A, V28, P1139
    GUO BY, 1988, FINITE DIFFERENCE ME
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    ODEN JT, 1974, FINITE ELEMENTS MATH
    SHEN J, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P1489
    TEMANS R, 1977, NAVIER STOKES EQUATI
 NR 10
 TC 3
 SN 0022-247X
 J9 J MATH ANAL APPL
 JI J. Math. Anal. Appl.
 PD JAN 1
 PY 1997
 VL 205
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 31
 PG 31
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA WD284
 UT ISI:A1997WD28400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, SS
    Zhu, ZY
 TI Path integral quantization and the ground-state wave functional for
    multiplier scalar-vector field systems
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB With the help of path-integral quantization and Fradkin's approach, we
    obtain a new representation in the Schrodinger picture of the
    multiplier scalar-vector fields and the ground-state functional. We
    show that the model is equivalent to free scalar fields with the same
    mass.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,INST NUCL RES,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Feng, SS, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR DIRAC PAM, 1964, LECTURES QUANTUM MEC
    FENG SS, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P1827
    FRADKIN E, 1993, NUCL PHYS B, V389, P587
    FRADKIN E, 1993, NUCL PHYS B, V392, P667
    LI ZP, 1991, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V24, P4261
    LOPEZ A, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P2126
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD JAN
 PY 1997
 VL 36
 IS 1
 BP 41
 EP 46
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA WD241
 UT ISI:A1997WD24100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, ZZ
    Sun, JC
    Wang, DR
 TI A unified framework for the construction of various matrix
    multisplitting iterative methods for large sparse system of linear
    equations
 SO COMPUTERS & MATHEMATICS WITH APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE system of linear equations; parallel iteration; matrix multisplitting;
    relaxation method; convergence theory
 ID PARALLEL SOLUTION; CONVERGENCE; SPLITTINGS; ALGORITHM; 2-STAGE
 AB A unified framework for the construction of various synchronous and
    asynchronous parallel matrix multisplitting iterative methods, suitable
    to the SIMD and MIMD multiprocessor systems, respectively, is
    presented, and its convergence theory is established under rather weak
    conditions. These afford general method models and systematical
    convergence criterions for studying the parallel iterations in the
    sense of matrix multisplitting. In addition, how the known parallel
    matrix multisplitting iterative methods can be classified into this new
    framework, and what novel ones can be generated by it are shown in
    detail.
 C1 CHINESE ACAD SCI,INST SOFTWARE,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Bai, ZZ, CHINESE ACAD SCI,INST COMPUTAT MATH & SCI ENGN COMP,STATE KEY
    LAB SCI ENGN COMP,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAI ZZ, IN PRESS COMP MULTIS
    BAI ZZ, IN PRESS J COMP MATH
    BAI ZZ, 1993, CHINESE J ENG MATH, V10, P107
    BAI ZZ, 1993, J NATU SCI HEILONGJI, V10, P1
    BAI ZZ, 1993, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V2, P87
    BAI ZZ, 1993, THESIS SHANGHAI U SC
    BAI ZZ, 1994, CHINESE J ENG MATH, V11, P99
    BAI ZZ, 1994, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V16, P107
    BAI ZZ, 1995, APPL MATH JCU A, V10, P133
    BAI ZZ, 1995, COMMUN NUMER METH EN, V11, P363
    BAI ZZ, 1995, J FUDAN U, V34, P139
    BAI ZZ, 1995, PARALLEL COMPUT, V21, P565
    BRU R, 1988, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V103, P175
    BRU R, 1990, APPL MATH LETT, V3, P65
    CHAZAN D, 1969, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V2, P199
    EVANS DJ, 1991, PARALLEL COMPUT, V17, P165
    EVANS DJ, 1992, INT J COMPUT MATH, V43, P173
    FROMMER A, 1989, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V119, P141
    FROMMER A, 1992, NUMER MATH, V63, P345
    HADJIDIMOS A, 1978, MATH COMPUT, V32, P149
    NEUMANN M, 1987, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V88, P559
    OLEARY DP, 1985, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V6, P630
    SZYLD DB, 1992, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V13, P671
    VARGA RS, 1961, MATRIX ITERATIVE ANA
    WANG D, 1991, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V154, P473
    WANG DR, 1994, P 92 SHANGH INT NUM
    WANG DR, 1994, PARALLEL ALGORITHMS, V2, P173
    WHITE RE, 1989, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V10, P481
 NR 28
 TC 15
 SN 0898-1221
 J9 COMPUT MATH APPL
 JI Comput. Math. Appl.
 PD DEC
 PY 1996
 VL 32
 IS 12
 BP 51
 EP 76
 PG 26
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA WC720
 UT ISI:A1996WC72000005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sang, WB
    Wu, WH
 TI Thermodynamic investigation of equilibrium partial pressures over
    Hg1-xCdxTe melts
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 AB Equilibrium partial pressures over Hg1-xCdxTe(MCT) melts have been
    considered as important thermodynamic parameters in high quality MCT
    crystal growth, However, these parameters reported until present in
    literatures are highly different from each other, which has become an
    obstacle to furthering studies on the crystal growth of MCT. This work
    determined systematically Hg and Te partial pressures over the MCT
    melts in the range of x = 0 similar to 0.4, based on the principles of
    the optical absorption, Cd partial pressure is calculated from our
    experimental results and known thermodynamic data. Relationship between
    P-Hg and composition re is discussed, Comparison has been made between
    our results and other author's data. The cause of difference is pursued.
 RP Sang, WB, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT INORGAN MAT,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BREBRICK RF, 1965, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V26, P989
    DENOBEL D, 1959, PHILIPS RES REP, V14, P361
    GOLDFINGER P, 1963, T FARADAY SOC, V59, P2851
    HARMAN TC, 1967, PHYSICS CHEM 2 6 COM, P725
    HULTGREN R, 1963, SELECTED VALUES THER, P592
    SCHMIT JL, 1968, INFRARED PHYS, V8, P247
    SCHWARTZ JP, 1981, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V128, P438
    STEININGER J, 1970, J APPL PHYS, V41, P2713
    STEININGER J, 1976, J ELECTRON MATER, V5, P299
    SUGAWARA S, 1971, B JAP SOC MECH ENG, V118, P2014
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PY 1996
 VL 54
 IS 12
 BP 1151
 EP 1158
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA WC584
 UT ISI:A1996WC58400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, SJ
    Ren, ZM
    Deng, K
    Jiang, GC
 TI Numerical simulation of alternative horizontal levitation
    electromagnetic continuous casting
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE horizontal electromagnetic continuous casting; electromagnetic
    levitation; numerical simulation
 AB Electromagnetic problem of horizontal electromagnetic continuous
    casting (HEMC) had been studied. The influence of structure of
    apparatus and power frequency on maximum electromagnetic levitation
    pressure had been analyzed. The results show that, in order to get
    large electromagnetic levitation pressure at high frequency, the screen
    must be wide but can be thin, and the width of the sheet should be
    closed to the distance of the flanges.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI ENHANCED LAB FERROMET,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ASAI S, 1989, TETSU TO HAGANE, V75, P32
    REN ZM, 1991, J DALIAN U TECH, V31, P419
    REN ZM, 1993, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V3, P93
    REN ZM, 1994, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V4, P78
    REN ZM, 1994, J DALIAN U TECH, V34, P556
    REN ZM, 1996, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V6, P108
    SAKANE J, 1988, METALL T B, V9, P397
    ZHU SJ, 1995, T SHANGHAI U, V1, P68
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD DEC
 PY 1996
 VL 6
 IS 4
 BP 42
 EP 46
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA WC539
 UT ISI:A1996WC53900010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, YX
    Senos, AMR
    Rocha, J
    Baptista, JL
 TI Gel formation in mullite precursors obtained via
    tetraethylorthosilicate (TEOS) pre-hydrolysis
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID ALUMINOSILICATE GELS; SPINEL PHASE; XEROGELS
 AB Tetraethylorthosilicate (TEOS) and aluminium chloride were taken as
    sources of SiO2 and Al2O3 to prepare precursors of mullite by
    pre-hydrolysis of TEOS under refluxing conditions. Gelation was carried
    out at different pH values and the effect of the pH of gelation on the
    subsequent temperature-induced phase transformations was characterized
    by differential thermal analysis, powder X-ray diffraction and Si-29
    and Al-27 solid-state nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy. A
    pH-dependent exothermic peak was observed at similar to 980 degrees C.
    Strong acidic conditions (pH = 1.5) were found to be beneficial for
    improving the mixing scale of the Al-Si components, leading to a
    mullitization temperature of similar to 1200 degrees C and a sharp 980
    degrees C exothermic peak. In strong basic conditions (pH = 11.5), no
    evident similar to 980 degrees C exothermic peak was detected, and the
    mullitization temperature was as high as 1350 degrees C, probably due
    to heterogeneity in the mixing scale of the Al-Si components in the
    precursor system. A gel formation process has been proposed.
 C1 INESC,DEPT ENGN CERAM & VIDRO,P-3800 AVEIRO,PORTUGAL.
    UNIV AVEIRO,DEPT QUIM,P-3800 AVEIRO,PORTUGAL.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,FAC MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHAKRABORTY AK, 1978, J AM CERAM SOC, V61, P170
    CHAKRAVORTY AK, 1994, J MATER SCI, V29, P1558
    HULING JC, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P2374
    HYATT MJ, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P2815
    LI DX, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P2382
    LIPPMAA E, 1980, J AM CHEM SOC, V102, P4889
    OKADA K, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P652
    OKADA K, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, C251
    ROCHA J, 1990, PHYS CHEM MINER, V17, P17
    SACKS MD, 1990, CERAMIC T, V6, P167
    SCHNEIDER H, 1992, J MATER SCI, V27, P805
    SCHNEIDER H, 1994, J EUR CERAM SOC, V13, P441
    SUNDARESAN S, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P2388
    YAMANE M, 1984, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V63, P13
    YANG H, 1989, J CHINESE CERAM SOC, V17, P204
 NR 15
 TC 5
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD JAN 1
 PY 1997
 VL 32
 IS 1
 BP 105
 EP 110
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA WC325
 UT ISI:A1997WC32500013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bi, PZ
    Shi, YM
 TI The P-T spectra of pion from resonance decays
 SO NUOVO CIMENTO DELLA SOCIETA ITALIANA DI FISICA A-NUCLEI PARTICLES AND
    FIELDS
 DT Article
 ID HEAVY-ION COLLISIONS; NUCLEAR COLLISIONS; FINITE TEMPERATURE; CHARMONIUM
 AB The PT spectra of pion from resonance decay are studied. It is found
    that the reduction of effective mass increases the emission of low P-T
    pions. The approach to explain the enhancement of low-P-T pion observed
    by the NA35 Collaboration in 200 GeV S+S collisions with the
    contribution from the resonance decays can be improved by the mass
    reduction.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT PHYS 2,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Bi, PZ, FUDAN UNIV,TD LEE PHYS LAB,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BARZ HW, 1991, PHYS LETT B, V254, P332
    BROWN GE, SUBYNTC9013
    HARRINGTON BJ, 1974, PHYS REV LETT, V33, P324
    HASHIMOTO T, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P2123
    HASHIMOTO T, 1988, Z PHYS C, V38, P251
    KICG P, 1986, PHYS REP, V142, P167
    KUSENEZOV D, 1989, PHYS REV C, V40, P2075
    KUSENEZOV D, 1991, PHYS REV C, V44, P902
    LI CQ, NUCLTH9504025
    PINZHEN B, 1988, J PHYS G, V14, P681
    PINZHEN B, 1989, J PHYS G NUCL PARTIC, V15, P1653
    PISARSKI RD, 1982, PHYS REV D, V26, P3735
    PISARSKI RD, 1985, PHYS LETT B, V160, P137
    SOLLFRANK J, 1990, PHYS LETT B, V252, P256
    SOLLFRANK J, 1991, Z PHYS C PART FIELDS, V52, P593
    STROBELE H, 1988, Z PHYS C, V38, P89
    VOGT R, 1988, PHYS LETT B, V206, P333
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0369-3546
 J9 NUOVO CIMENTO A-NUCL PART F
 JI Nuovo Cimento Soc. Ital. Fis. A-Nucl. Part. Fields
 PD NOV
 PY 1996
 VL 109
 IS 11
 BP 1601
 EP 1604
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA WC189
 UT ISI:A1996WC18900008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shao, HQ
    Gao, XH
    Cao, ZC
 TI Effect of annealing on phase structure and degradation of a zinc oxide
    varistor with Si-additive
 SO JOURNAL OF THE EUROPEAN CERAMIC SOCIETY
 DT Article
 ID ANTIMONY OXIDE; ZNO; CERAMICS; MICROSTRUCTURE; BI2O3
 AB The effect of annealing of phase structure and degradation of the
    current-voltage characteristics for a ZnO varistor with Si-additive has
    been investigated. By means of X-ray diffraction, analytical electron
    microscopy and thermal analysis, it is found that a phase transition
    from delta-Bi2O3 (with dissolved Si), to Bi24Si2O40 (bismuth silicate)
    took place in the ZnO varistor after annealing at 470 degrees C. This
    transition is associated with a volume contraction, no notable thermal
    effect, a high transition rate and reversibility. It is calculated by
    crystallography that the volume contraction of the phase transition is
    6.02%. The transition of the Bi-rich phase results in decreased levels
    of degradation and improved stability of the ZnO varistor. (C) 1996
    Elsevier Science Limited.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ASOKAN T, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P2447
    EDU K, 1980, J APPL PHYS, V51, P2678
    HAYASHI M, 1982, J APPL PHYS, V53, P5754
    IGN A, 1976, JPN J APPL PHYS, V15, P1161
    INADA M, 1978, JPN J APPL PHYS, V17, P1
    INADA M, 1980, JPN J APPL PHYS, V19, P409
    KIM J, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P1390
    KIM J, 1989, J MATER SCI, V24, P213
    MEDERNACH JW, 1978, J AM CERAM SOC, V61, P494
    OLSSON E, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V66, P3666
    OLSSON E, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V66, P4317
    TAKEMURA T, 1986, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V25, P293
    TAKEMURA T, 1986, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V25, P295
    TAKEMURA T, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P237
    WONG J, 1975, J APPL PHYS, V46, P1653
 NR 15
 TC 2
 SN 0955-2219
 J9 J EUR CERAM SOC
 JI J. European Ceram. Soc.
 PY 1997
 VL 17
 IS 1
 BP 55
 EP 59
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA WB693
 UT ISI:A1997WB69300008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xueming, MA
    Gang, JI
 TI Nanostructured WC-Co alloy prepared by mechanical alloying
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Letter
 DE nanocrystalline alloys; mechanical alloying; WC-Co cemented carbide
    powder
 AB Nanocrystalline cemented carbide powder of WC-Co was directly
    synthesized by mechanical alloying. The structure evolution of the
    powders was monitored by X-ray diffration, scanning electron microscope
    and thermal analysis. Results show that the formation of the compounds
    is controlled by an inter-diffusion reaction between elements. Powders
    of WC-Co milled for 100 h were compacted and sintered to a cylinder
    with the size circle divide 6 mmx8 mm. The hardness and sintered
    density were measured.
 RP Xueming, MA, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR GLEITER H, 1984, Z METALLKD, V75, P263
    PETZOLDT F, 1987, MATER LETT, V5, P280
    SHINGU PH, 1988, T JIM S, V29, P3
    YANG YZ, 1992, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V5, P266
    YANG YZ, 1994, CHINESE SCI BULL, V17, P1626
 NR 5
 TC 8
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD NOV 15
 PY 1996
 VL 245
 BP L30
 EP L32
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA WB358
 UT ISI:A1996WB35800009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xie, FQ
    Zhang, J
    Mao, XM
    Li, DL
    Fu, HZ
 TI Rapid directional solidification excited from bulk supercooled melt
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE supercooling; directional solidification; rapid solidification;
    excitation
 AB With the organic combination of melt supercooling and directional
    solidification techniques, a new concept of rapid directional
    solidification excited from superceded melt has been advanced. in this
    paper, the experimental method of this new technique is reviewed. The
    difference between the new and the conventional directional
    solidification processing is illustrated diagramatically. The latest
    experimental results are given for Cu-Ni alloy, which indicate the
    attractive prospects of the new technique.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,INST MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Xie, FQ, NORTHWESTERN POLYTECH UNIV,STATE KEY LAB SOLIDIFICAT PROC,XIAN
    710072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAYUZICK RJ, 1991, METALL T A, V22, P2713
    BEINGBO W, 1990, ACTA METAL SINICA, V5, B343
    DELI L, 1993, P 1 NAT C PHASE TRAN
    HERLACH DM, 1988, MATER SCI ENG, V98, P339
    LUX B, 1981, METALL, V95, P1235
    MEYER E, 1989, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V107, P163
    SCHLEIP R, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P2707
    SHAM PR, 1989, MAT SCI LETT, V8, P201
    WU XY, 1994, THESIS NW POLYTECHNI
 NR 9
 TC 3
 SN 0924-0136
 J9 J MATER PROCESS TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Process. Technol.
 PD JAN
 PY 1997
 VL 63
 IS 1-3
 BP 776
 EP 778
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Industrial; Engineering, Manufacturing; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary
 GA WA730
 UT ISI:A1997WA73000133
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, Y
 TI Interactions of internal solitary waves in deep stratified fluids -
    Weak interactions
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS PHYSICS ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE internal solitary waves; weak interactions; deep stratified fluids
 AB The weak interactions of internal solitary waves in deep stratified
    fluids are investigated in terns of Lagrangian coordinates, which
    include the head-on and overtaking collisions of solitary waves with
    different modes, and the head-on collision of waves with the same mode.
    The analysis shows that each wave is governed by the intermediately
    long wave (ILW) equation for finitely deep fluids and the Benjamin-Ono
    (BO) equation for infinitely deep fluids. The main effect of the
    interaction is the phase shifts of each wave.
 RP Zhu, Y, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GEAR JA, 1984, STUD APPL MATH, V70, P235
    GRIMSHAW R, 1986, ENCY FLUID MECH, V2, P1
    MILES JW, 1977, J FLUID MECH, V79, P157
    MILES JW, 1980, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V12, P11
    MIRIE RM, 1982, J FLUID MECH, V147, P475
    SU CH, 1980, J FLUID MECH, V98, P509
    ZHU Y, IN PRESS ATMOSPHERIC
    ZHU Y, 1992, APPL MATH MECH, V13, P407
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1006-9283
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math. Phys. Astron.
 PD JUL
 PY 1996
 VL 39
 IS 7
 BP 728
 EP 737
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA WA869
 UT ISI:A1996WA86900006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, YY
    Chen, YL
    Zhang, Y
    Yao, Y
 TI A highly stereoselective synthesis of
    2-carbomethoxy-3-aryl-4-carboethoxy-5-methyl-cis-2,3-dihydrofurans
 SO CHEMICAL RESEARCH IN CHINESE UNIVERSITIES
 DT Article
 DE arsorane; stereoselective synthesis; 2,3-dihydrofuran
 AB Carbomethoxymethylenetriphenylarsorane reacts with ethyl
    2-acetyl-3-arylacrylates to afford
    2-carbomethoxy-3-aryl-4-carboethoxy-5-methyl-2,3-dihydrofuran via
    Michael addition in high to excellent yields with high
    stereoselectivity.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BRUCKNER C, 1988, J ORG CHEM, V53, P2440
    DANION BR, 1968, B SOC CHIM FR, V6, P2526
    HUANG YZ, 1978, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V36, P215
    KOO G, 1993, J HETEROCYCLIC CHEM, V30, P1213
    MCDONALD FE, 1993, J ORG CHEM, V58, P6952
    SUGIMURA H, 1994, J ORG CHEM, V59, P7653
 NR 6
 TC 2
 SN 1005-9040
 J9 CHEM RES CHINESE UNIV
 JI Chem. Res. Chin. Univ.
 PD NOV
 PY 1996
 VL 12
 IS 4
 BP 354
 EP 359
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA VZ675
 UT ISI:A1996VZ67500007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, DC
    Liu, YZ
    Miao, GP
 TI The interactions between wave-currents and offshore structures with
    consideration of fluid viscosity
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE interactions among waves; viscous currents and bodies; depth-averaged
    Reynolds equations; depth-averaged kappa epsilon turbulence model
 ID OPEN-CHANNEL FLOW; WATER
 AB Study of the how held around the large scale offshore structures under
    the action of waves and viscous currents is of primary importance for
    the scouring estimation and protection in the vicinity of the
    structures. But very little has been known in its mechanism when the
    viscous effects is taken into consideration. As a part of the efforts
    to tackle the problem, a numerical model is presented for the
    simulation of the how held around a fixed vertical truncated circular
    cylinder subjected to waves and viscous currents based on the
    depth-averaged Reynolds equations and depth-averaged k-epsilon
    turbulence model. Finite difference method with a suitable iteration
    defect correct method and an artificial open boundary condition are
    adopted in the numerical process. Numerical results presented relate to
    the interactions of a pure incident viscous current with Reynolds
    number Re = 10(5), a pure incident regular sinusoidal wave, and the
    coexisting of viscous current and wave with a circular cylinder,
    respectively. Flow fields associated with the hydrodynamic coefficients
    of the fixed cylinder, as well as corresponding free surface profiles
    and wave amplitudes, are discussed. The present method is found to be
    relatively straightforward, computationally effective and numerically
    stable for treating the problem of interactions among waves, viscous
    currents and bodies.
 C1 SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV, DEPT NAVAL ARCHITECTURE & OCEAN ENGN, SHANGHAI 200030, PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Wan, DC, SHANGHAI UNIV, SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH, SHANGHAI
    200072, PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BORTHWICK AGL, 1993, INT J NUMER METH FL, V17, P417
    CHENG J, 1992, THESIS SHANGHAI JIAO, P1
    FISCHER HB, 1973, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V5, P59
    GIVOLI D, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V94, P1
    HINZE JO, 1975, TURBULENCE, P78
    KAWAMURA T, 1984, 840340 AIAA, P1
    LAUFER J, 1951, 1053 NACA, P312
    LAUNDER BE, 1974, COMPUTER METHODS APP, V3, P269
    MCGUIRK JJ, 1978, J FLUID MECH, V86, P761
    MEI CC, 1978, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V10, P393
    RASTOGI AK, 1978, J HYDRAULICS DIVISIO, V104, P397
    SARPKAYA T, 1981, MECH WAVE FORCES OFF, P54
    SPALDING DB, 1975, HTS754 IMP COLL DEPT, P890
    STETTER HJ, 1978, NUMER MATH, V29, P234
    THOMPSON JF, 1984, AIAA J, V22, P1505
    WAN DC, 1993, J SHANGHAI JIAOTONG, V27, P9
    WAN DC, 1994, INT S WAVES PHYSICAL, V2, P951
    WAN DC, 1995, J HYDRODYNAMICS B, V7, P105
    WAN DC, 1995, P 5 INT OFFSH POL EN, V3, P182
    YOON SB, 1989, J FLUID MECH, V205, P397
    ZHAO R, 1988, 5 C BEH OFFSH STRUCT, P623
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7718
 J9 ACTA MECH SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 1996
 VL 12
 IS 4
 BP 307
 EP 322
 PG 16
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA VZ544
 UT ISI:A1996VZ54400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, HY
    Ying, TL
    Sun, K
    Qi, DY
 TI A reagentless biosensor highly sensitive to hydrogen peroxide based on
    new methylene blue N dispersed in Nafion(R) gel as the electron shuttle
 SO JOURNAL OF ELECTROANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE biosensor; horseradish peroxidase; Nafion(R); new methylene blue N;
    hydrogen peroxide
 ID CYTOCHROME-C PEROXIDASE; SILK FIBROIN MEMBRANE; HORSERADISH-PEROXIDASE;
    ENZYME ELECTRODES; CARBON; GRAPHITE; SENSOR; OXIDATION
 AB A reagentless biosensor highly sensitive to hydrogen peroxide was
    constructed by immobilizing horseradish peroxidase on Nafion(R)-new
    methylene blue N modified electrode. Cyclic voltammetry and
    chronamperometry were for the first time employed to demonstrate the
    feasibility of electron transfer between immobilized horseradish
    peroxidase and a glassy carbon electrode via new methylene blue N
    incorporated in Nafion(R) gel. Performance and characteristics of the
    sensor were evaluated with respect to response time, detection limit,
    selectivity, and dependence on applied potential, thickness of
    Nafion(R) membrane, ionic strength, temperature and pH as well as
    operating and storage stability. High sensitivity of the sensor with a
    detection limit of 0.5 mu M was due to high efficiency of the electron
    communication between immobilized horseradish peroxidase and the
    electrode via new methylene blue N.
 RP Liu, HY, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR BIFULCO L, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1443
    CLARK LC, 1979, METHOD ENZYMOL, V56, P448
    COOPER JM, 1991, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V312, P155
    CSOREGI E, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P3604
    DENG Q, 1994, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V377, P191
    FREW JE, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V201, P1
    GORTON L, 1992, ANALYST, V117, P1235
    HO WO, 1993, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V351, P185
    HURDIS EC, 1954, ANAL CHEM, V26, P320
    IANNIELLO RM, 1981, ANAL CHEM, V53, P2090
    KAMIN RA, 1980, ANAL CHEM, V52, P1198
    LIU H, IN PRESS J ANAL CHEM
    LIU H, 1995, ANAL P, V32, P375
    LIU HY, 1996, TALANTA, V43, P111
    LIU YC, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V316, P65
    LIU YC, 1996, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V41, P77
    MAEHLY AC, 1955, METHOD ENZYMOL, V2, P801
    MULCHANDANI A, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P94
    POPESCU IC, 1995, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V10, P443
    QIAN JH, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V397, P157
    RUZGAS T, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V391, P41
    SANCHEZ PD, 1990, ELECTROANAL, V2, P303
    SCHUBERT F, 1991, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V245, P133
    SCOTT DL, 1992, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V341, P307
    TATSUMA T, 1992, ANAL CHEM, V64, P1183
    TATSUMA T, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P283
    VREEKE M, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P303
    WANG J, 1992, ANAL CHEM, V64, P1285
    WELINDER KG, 1979, EUR J BIOCHEM, V96, P483
    WOLLENBERGER U, 1991, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V26, P287
    YAMADA H, 1974, ARCH BIOCHEM BIOPHYS, V165, P728
    YANG L, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P1325
    ZHANG ZE, 1996, ANAL CHEM, V68, P1632
    ZHAO JG, 1992, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V327, P109
 NR 34
 TC 11
 SN 0022-0728
 J9 J ELECTROANAL CHEM
 JI J. Electroanal. Chem.
 PD NOV 7
 PY 1996
 VL 417
 IS 1-2
 BP 59
 EP 64
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Electrochemistry
 GA VZ349
 UT ISI:A1996VZ34900009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, M
    Xu, WP
    Zheng, LR
    Lin, CL
    Cao, ZC
 TI Multiple conduction behavior of BaRuO3 thin film prepared by pulsed
    laser ablation deposition
 SO THIN SOLID FILMS
 DT Article
 DE ruthenium; oxides; laser ablation; conductivity
 AB In this paper, thin films of BaRuO3 prepared on a Si substrate by the
    pulsed laser ablation deposition method under oxygen ambient have been
    studied by means of X-ray diffraction, emission spectroscopy,
    Rutherford backscattering spectroscopy, RT Hall measurement and
    resistivity measurement. It is interesting to find that BaRuO3 thin
    films, having a different thermal history examined in the same
    temperature range, show different conduction types including
    metallicity, semiconduction and semiconductor-metal transition. The
    explanation about the findings are given using a suggested modified
    energy band diagram. It is believed that the versatile electrical
    behavior is helpful for the use in electrical contact materials.
 C1 CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST MET,STATE KEY LAB MAT INFORMAT,SHANGHAI 200050,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Gu, M, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT INORGAN MAT,JIADING
    CAMPUS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR COX PA, 1992, TRANSITION METAL OXI, P237
    DONOHUE PC, 1965, INORG CHEM, V4, P306
    EOM CB, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2570
    NEWNHAM RE, 1975, STRUCTURE PROPERTY R
    RICE CE, 1977, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR B, V33, P1342
    TAKIKAVA O, 1986, IEEE P EL COMP C IEE, P214
    VANLOAN PR, 1972, CERAM B, V51, P231
 NR 7
 TC 2
 SN 0040-6090
 J9 THIN SOLID FILMS
 JI Thin Solid Films
 PD NOV 15
 PY 1996
 VL 288
 IS 1-2
 BP 95
 EP 98
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Condensed Matter
 GA VZ205
 UT ISI:A1996VZ20500018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZX
    Luo, WY
    Wang, CS
    Wang, WM
 TI Modelling of the angular distribution of sputtered particles from
    roughened elemental and alloy targets
 SO VACUUM
 DT Article
 ID SCANNING TUNNELING MICROSCOPY; MULTICOMPONENT MATERIALS; GRAPHITE
    SURFACE; ION-BOMBARDMENT; IMPACTS
 AB A solid surface subjected to energetic ion bombardment generally
    develops characteristic structures, which may change the total and
    partial sputtering yields significantly. The change is caused by
    several competing effects, for instance, change of the effective
    projectile incidence angle, recapture of obliquely ejected particles
    (shadowing effect), and element local-enrichment in different
    micro-regions on the alloy surface. In this article, we have developed
    a new theoretical method to take account of all the above effects. This
    method and its application to the analysis of experimental results for
    elemental (Cd) and alloy system (Al-x-Sn-100-x) targets is described in
    detail. Copyright (C) 1996 Elsevier Science Ltd
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    CCAST,WORLD LAB,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Wang, ZX, ACAD SINICA,INST NUCL RES,POB 800204,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR ANDERSEN HH, 1985, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V6, P459
    ANDERSEN HH, 1988, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V33, P466
    BETZ G, 1983, TOP APPL PHYS, V52, P11
    CARTER G, 1983, TOPICS APPL PHYSICS, V52
    DEVILLENEUVE CH, 1990, VACUUM, V41, P1686
    DODONOV AI, 1988, RADIAT EFF, V107, P15
    EMMOTH B, 1980, S SPUTT PERCHT VIENN
    FETZ H, 1942, Z PHYS, V119, P590
    HUCKS P, 1978, J NUCL MATER, V76, P736
    JISHENG P, 1992, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V67, P514
    KELLY R, 1984, ION BOMBARDMENT MODI, V1
    LINDHARD J, 1963, KGL DANSKE VIDENSKAB, V33, P10
    LITTMARK U, 1978, J MATER SCI, V13, P2577
    OECHSNER H, 1975, APPL PHYS, V8, P185
    PORTE L, 1989, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V44, P116
    SIGMUND P, 1969, PHYS REV, V184, P383
    SIGMUND P, 1982, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V194, P541
    SIGMUND P, 1982, TOP APPL PHYS, V47, P9
    VOSSEN JL, 1974, J VAC SCI TECHNOL, V11, P875
    WILSON IH, 1989, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V7, P2840
    ZHENXIA W, 1993, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V74, P380
    ZHENXIA W, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V177, P275
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0042-207X
 J9 VACUUM
 JI Vacuum
 PD DEC
 PY 1996
 VL 47
 IS 12
 BP 1465
 EP 1472
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA VY916
 UT ISI:A1996VY91600010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
 TI Pauli criterion and the vector Aharonov-Bohm effect
 SO ANNALS OF PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID MAGNETIC-FLUX QUANTIZATION; ELECTROMAGNETIC POTENTIALS;
    QUANTUM-MECHANICS; ANGULAR-MOMENTUM
 AB After discussing the commutation relations of the kinetic angular
    momentum of the electron in the vector Aharonov-Bohm effect, the author
    shows that the Pauli criterion for admissibility of the wave function
    is inapplicable. The point is that the kinetic angular momentum does
    not satisfy the fundamental commutation relations of the angular
    momentum. The inapplicability of the Pauli criterion reflects the
    breakdown of the symmetry of the electron's motion around the solenoid.
    (C) 1996 Academic Press, Inc.
 RP Li, CF, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,20 CHENGZHONG RD,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AFANASEV GN, 1990, SOV J PART NUCL, V21, P74
    AHARONOV Y, 1959, PHYS REV, V115, P485
    CABRERA B, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P2040
    DIRAC PAM, 1958, PRINCIPLES QUANTUM M, P140
    HENNEBERGER WC, 1981, J MATH PHYS, V22, P116
    JACKIW R, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V50, P555
    KAWAMOTO H, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V190, P9
    KRETZSCHMAR M, 1965, Z PHYS, V185, P97
    LIANG JQ, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P836
    MAGNI C, 1995, J MATH PHYS, V36, P177
    PAULI W, 1939, HELV PHYS ACTA, V12, P147
    PAULI W, 1980, GEN PRINCIPLES QUANT, P47
    PESHKIN M, 1981, PHYS REP, V80, P375
    ROY SM, 1984, NUOVO CIMENTO A, V79, P391
    RUBIO H, 1991, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V106, P407
    SPAVIERI G, 1994, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V109, P675
 NR 16
 TC 3
 SN 0003-4916
 J9 ANN PHYS N Y
 JI Ann. Phys.
 PD DEC 15
 PY 1996
 VL 252
 IS 2
 BP 329
 EP 335
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA VY568
 UT ISI:A1996VY56800004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, DR
    Bai, ZZ
 TI Parallel multilevel iterative methods
 SO LINEAR ALGEBRA AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID PRECONDITIONING METHODS
 AB For large-scale system of linear equations with symmetric positive
    definite block coefficient matrix resulting from the discretization of
    a self-adjoint elliptic boundary-value problem, by making use of
    blocked multilevel iteration we construct preconditioning matrices for
    the coefficient matrix and set up a class of parallel multilevel
    iterative methods for solving such system. Theoretical analysis shows
    that besides lending themselves to strongly parallel computation these
    new methods have convergence rates independent of both the sizes and
    the level numbers of the grids, and their computational work loads are
    also bounded by linear functions about the step sizes of the finest
    grids. (C) Elsevier Science Inc., 1997
 C1 CHINESE ACAD SCI,INST COMPUTAT MATH & SCI ENGN COMP,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Wang, DR, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AXELSSON O, 1984, FINITE ELEMENT SOLUT
    AXELSSON O, 1989, BIT, V29, P769
    AXELSSON O, 1989, NUMER MATH, V56, P157
    AXELSSON O, 1990, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V27, P1569
    BAI ZZ, 1993, THESIS SHANGHAI U SC
    BANK RE, 1988, NUMER MATH, V52, P427
    BERTSEKAS DP, 1989, PARALLEL DISTRIBUTED
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    HACKBUSCH W, 1985, MULTIGRID METHODS
    YSERENTANT H, 1986, NUMER MATH, V49, P379
 NR 10
 TC 3
 SN 0024-3795
 J9 LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL
 JI Linear Alg. Appl.
 PD JAN 1
 PY 1997
 VL 250
 BP 317
 EP 347
 PG 31
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA VX450
 UT ISI:A1997VX45000018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, HY
    Zhang, ZN
    Zhang, XL
    Qi, DY
    Liu, YC
    Yu, TY
    Deng, JQ
 TI A phenazine methosulphate-mediated sensor sensitive to lactate based on
    entrapment of lactate oxidase and horseradish peroxidase in composite
    membrane of poly(vinyl alcohol) and regenerated silk fibroin
 SO ELECTROCHIMICA ACTA
 DT Article
 DE sensor; phenazine methosulphate; L-lactate; lactate oxidase;
    horseradish peroxidase; poly(vinyl alcohol); regenerated silk fibroin
 ID CARBON-PASTE ELECTRODES; LACTIC-ACID; SYSTEMS
 AB An amperometric phenazine methosulphate-mediated sensor sensitive to
    lactate was fabricated, which was based on immobilization of lactate
    oxidase and horseradish peroxidase in a novel composite membrane of
    poly(vinyl alcohol) and regenerated silk fibroin. The water
    absorbability and mechanical properties of the composite membrane were
    investigated. Horseradish peroxidase (HRP) was employed in the
    catalytic reduction of hydrogen peroxide, formed by the lactate oxidase
    reaction, to amplify the amperometric response of the lactate sensor.
    In this bienzyme configuration, phenazine methosulphate was used as an
    electron transfer mediator between immobilized HRP and a glassy carbon
    electrode. Effects of pH, temperature, applied potential and
    concentration of phenazine methosulphate on the steady-state
    bioelectrocatalytic oxidation of lactate at the sensor were evaluated.
    Dependence of Michaelis-Menten constant K-m(app) on the concentration
    of phenazine methosulphate and applied potential was also investigated.
    The response of the sensor to lactate reached 95% steady-state current
    within 20 s. Copyright (C) 1996 Elsevier Science Ltd
 C1 SUZHOU INST CITY CONSTRUCT & ENVIRONM PROTECT,DEPT ENVIRONM PROTECT,SUZHOU 300111,JIANSU PROVINCE,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT MACROMOL SCI,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, HY, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR *SIGM CHEM CO, 1991, CAT, P771
    DURLIAT H, 1979, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V106, P131
    HU YB, 1993, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V281, P503
    HUCK H, 1984, ANALYST, V109, P147
    KAMIN RA, 1980, ANAL CHEM, V52, P1198
    KATAKIS I, 1992, ANAL CHEM, V64, P1008
    KULYS J, 1992, ANAL LETT, V25, P1011
    LIU HY, 1995, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V40, P1845
    LIU YC, 1996, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V41, P77
    MAKOVOS EB, 1985, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V27, P167
    MASCINI M, 1984, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V157, P45
    MITZUTANI F, 1984, CHEM LETT, V2, P199
    MITZUTANI F, 1985, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V177, P153
    NEWMAN JD, 1992, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V262, P13
    SCHUBERT F, 1985, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V169, P391
    SPRULES SD, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V304, P17
    WANG DL, 1993, ANAL CHEM, V65, P1069
    WANG J, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V304, P41
    YAO T, 1979, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V110, P203
 NR 19
 TC 2
 SN 0013-4686
 J9 ELECTROCHIM ACTA
 JI Electrochim. Acta
 PY 1997
 VL 42
 IS 3
 BP 349
 EP 355
 PG 7
 SC Electrochemistry
 GA VW704
 UT ISI:A1997VW70400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    Ma, HP
    Hou, JY
 TI Chebyshev pseudospectral-hybrid finite element method for
    two-dimensional vorticity equation
 SO RAIRO-MATHEMATICAL MODELLING AND NUMERICAL ANALYSIS-MODELISATION
    MATHEMATIQUE ET ANALYSE NUMERIQUE
 DT Article
 DE two-dimensional vorticity equation; Chebyshev pseudospectral-finite
    element approximation
 ID NAVIER-STOKES EQUATIONS; SPECTRAL APPROXIMATIONS
 AB Chebyshev pseudospectral-hybrid finite element schemes are proposed for
    two-dimensional vorticity equation. Some approximation results in
    non-isotropic Sobolev spaces are presented. The generalized stability
    and the convergence are proved. The hybrid finite element approximation
    provides the optimal convergence rate. The numerical results show the
    advantages of the approach. The technique in this paper is also
    applicable to other nonlinear problems in computational fluid dynamics.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Guo, BY, CITY UNIV HONG KONG,KOWLOON,HONG KONG.
 CR BERNARDI C, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P769
    CANUTO C, 1982, NUMER MATH, V39, P205
    CANUTO C, 1984, NUMER MATH, V44, P201
    CANUTO C, 1984, SPECTRAL METHODS PAR, P55
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    GUO BY, UNPUB CHEBYSHEV SPEC
    GUO BY, 1983, J COMPUT MATH, V1, P353
    GUO BY, 1987, SCI SINICA SER A, V30, P696
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHODS P
    GUO BY, 1988, J COMPUT MATH, V6, P238
    GUO BY, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P113
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P207
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P375
    GUO BY, 1993, NUMER MATH, V66, P329
    INGHAM DB, 1985, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V402, P109
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    MA HP, 1987, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V7, P47
    MA HP, 1988, J COMPUT MATH, V6, P48
    MADAY Y, 1981, NUMER MATH, V37, P321
    MURDOCK JW, 1977, AIAA J, V15, P1167
    ODEN JT, 1974, FINITE ELEMENTS MATH
    RAVIART PA, 1979, COURS ECOLE ETE ANAL
    ROACHE PJ, 1976, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID
 NR 24
 TC 1
 SN 0764-583X
 J9 RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUMER ANAL
 JI Rairo-Math. Model. Numer. Anal.-Model. Math. Anal. Numer.
 PD DEC
 PY 1996
 VL 30
 IS 7
 BP 873
 EP 905
 PG 33
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA VX586
 UT ISI:A1996VX58600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sakatsume, O
    Tsutsui, H
    Wang, YF
    Gao, H
    Tang, XR
    Yamauchi, T
    Murata, T
    Itakura, K
    Yokoyama, KK
 TI Binding of THZif-1, a MAZ-like zinc finger protein to the
    nuclease-hypersensitive element in the promoter region of the c-MYC
    protooncogene
 SO JOURNAL OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID TRIPLE-HELIX FORMATION; IN-VITRO; EMBRYONIC LETHALITY;
    BURKITT-LYMPHOMA; TRANSCRIPTIONAL INITIATION; FORMING OLIGONUCLEOTIDES;
    TARGETED DISRUPTION; MODULATE EXPRESSION; REGULATORY ELEMENTS;
    CHROMATIN STRUCTURE
 AB A detailed analysis is reported of the binding of the zinc finger
    protein THZif-1 to the nuclease hypersensitive element (NHE) in the
    promoter region of the c-MYC gene using the electrophoretic mobility
    shift assay and a series of mutants of a fusion protein composed of
    glutathione S-transferase and THZif-1. The THZif-1 protein bound
    specifically to the single-stranded (ss) pyrimidine-rich DNA of the NHE
    (ss c-myc NHE-C) with an apparent dissociation constant (K-d(app)) of
    0.077 mu M. By contrast, no binding to the single-stranded purine rich
    DNA of the NHE (ss c-myc NHE-me(5)C) was detected. Moreover, the
    binding affinity of THZif-1 protein was S-fold higher for the
    single-stranded 5-methyl-2'-deoxycytidine derivative of NHE (ss c-myc
    NHE-me(5)C) than for the unmethylated NHE, in the case of the binding
    of THZif-1 to methylated double-stranded (ds) NHE (ds c-myc
    NHE-me(5)CG), no significant binding to the DNA was observed. The
    decrease in binding: to DNA of THZif-1 was significant in the case of
    mutated ds c-myc NHE, in which more than two sites of deoxycytidine
    residues were methylated, However, the binding affinity of THZif-1
    protein for methylated and for unmethylated triple-helical DNA of the
    NHE was almost identical, Moreover, the domain of the THZif-1 protein
    that made the major contribution to binding to ss c-myc NHE-C or ss
    c-myc NHE-me(5)C corresponded to the amino-terminal second zinc finger
    motif. Taken together, the results indicate that the THZif-1 protein
    exhibits preferential DNA-binding activity with ss c-myc NHE-C, ds
    c-myc NHE-CG, and ts c-myc NHE but not with ss c-myc NHE-G and ds c-myc
    NRE-me(5)CG in vitro.
 C1 INST PHYS & CHEM RES,TSUKUBA LIFE SCI CTR,TSUKUBA,IBARAKI 305,JAPAN.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    W CHINA UNIV MED SCI,DEPT MED GENET,SHENYANG,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    CITY HOPE NATL MED CTR,BECKMAN RES INST,DEPT MOL GENET,DUARTE,CA 91010.
 CR ARCINAS M, 1994, ONCOGENE, V9, P2699
    ASSELIN C, 1989, ONCOGENE, V4, P549
    BATTEY J, 1983, CELL, V34, P779
    BEAL PA, 1991, SCIENCE, V251, P1360
    BENTLEY DL, 1986, MOL CELL BIOL, V6, P3481
    BENTLEY DL, 1986, NATURE, V321, P702
    BLACKWOOD EM, 1992, CURR OPIN GENE DEV, V2, P227
    BOLES TC, 1987, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V26, P367
    BOSSONE SA, 1992, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V89, P7452
    CHARRON J, 1992, GENE DEV, V6, P2248
    CHRISTMAN JK, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P7347
    CHUNG J, 1986, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V83, P7918
    COLE MD, 1986, ANNU REV GENET, V20, P361
    CONREY AJ, 1988, CELL, V55, P887
    COONEY M, 1988, SCIENCE, V241, P456
    DAVIS AC, 1993, GENE DEV, V7, P671
    DAVIS TL, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P9682
    DESJARDINS E, 1993, MOL CELL BIOL, V13, P5710
    DURLAND RH, 1991, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V30, P9246
    DYSON PJ, 1985, EMBO J, V4, P2885
    EBBINGHAUS SW, 1993, J CLIN INVEST, V92, P2433
    EHRLICH M, 1981, SCIENCE, V212, P1350
    EICK D, 1989, EMBO J, V8, P1965
    EVAN GI, 1992, CELL, V69, P119
    FANG GW, 1993, CELL, V74, P875
    FILIPPOVA GN, 1996, MOL CELL BIOL, V16, P2802
    FIRULLI AB, 1994, ARCH BIOCHEM BIOPHYS, V310, P236
    GLASER RL, 1990, J MOL BIOL, V211, P751
    GORMAN CM, 1982, MOL CELL BIOL, V2, P1044
    GRIGORIEV M, 1992, J BIOL CHEM, V267, P3389
    HALL DJ, 1990, ONCOGENE, V5, P47
    HAY N, 1987, GENE DEV, V1, P659
    HELM CW, 1993, GYNECOL ONCOL, V49, P339
    KAWASAKI H, 1996, ARTIF ORGANS, V20, P836
    KENNEDY GC, 1992, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V89, P11498
    KIMURA A, 1986, CELL, V44, P261
    KINNIBURGH AJ, 1989, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V17, P771
    KITABAYASHI I, 1992, EMBO J, V11, P167
    KITABAYASHI I, 1995, EMBO J, V14, P3496
    KLENOVA EM, 1993, MOL CELL BIOL, V13, P7612
    KOHWI Y, 1988, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V85, P3781
    KOLLURI R, 1992, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V20, P111
    LI E, 1992, CELL, V69, P915
    LIPP M, 1987, MOL CELL BIOL, V7, P1393
    LUCKOW B, 1987, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V15, P5490
    MAHER LJ, 1989, SCIENCE, V245, P725
    MARCU KB, 1992, ANNU REV BIOCHEM, V61, P809
    MAYFIELD C, 1994, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V33, P3358
    MAYFIELD C, 1994, J BIOL CHEM, V269, P18232
    MICHELOTTI EF, 1995, J BIOL CHEM, V270, P9494
    MICHELOTTI EF, 1996, MOL CELL BIOL, V16, P2350
    MICHELOTTI GA, 1996, MOL CELL BIOL, V16, P2656
    MOBERG KH, 1992, ONCOGENE, V7, P411
    MOSER HE, 1987, SCIENCE, V238, P645
    ORSON FM, 1991, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V19, P3435
    POSTEL EH, 1989, MOL CELL BIOL, V9, P5123
    POSTEL EH, 1991, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V88, P8227
    POSTEL EH, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P478
    POVSIC TJ, 1989, J AM CHEM SOC, V111, P3059
    PYRC JJ, 1992, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V31, P4102
    RAJAGOPAL P, 1989, NATURE, V339, P637
    SAWAI S, 1993, DEVELOPMENT, V117, P1445
    SCHMID P, 1989, SCIENCE, V243, P226
    SIEBENLIST U, 1984, CELL, V37, P381
    SIEBENLIST U, 1988, MOL CELL BIOL, V8, P867
    SPENCER CA, 1991, ADV CANCER RES, V56, P1
    STANTON BR, 1992, GENE DEV, V6, P2235
    TAKIMOTO M, 1993, J BIOL CHEM, V268, P18249
    TOMONAGA T, 1995, J BIOL CHEM, V270, P4875
    TOMONAGA T, 1996, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V93, P5830
    TOTH M, 1990, J MOL BIOL, V214, P673
    WELLS RD, 1988, FASEB J, V2, P2939
    XODO LE, 1991, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V19, P5625
    YOKOYAMA K, 1987, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V84, P7363
    YOKOYAMA K, 1990, PROSPECT ANTISENSE N, P35
    YOKOYAMA K, 1991, ANTISENSE RNA DNA, P335
 NR 76
 TC 17
 SN 0021-9258
 J9 J BIOL CHEM
 JI J. Biol. Chem.
 PD DEC 6
 PY 1996
 VL 271
 IS 49
 BP 31322
 EP 31333
 PG 12
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology
 GA VW686
 UT ISI:A1996VW68600050
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BQ
    Cao, WM
 TI A preconditioner for the h-p version of the finite element method in
    two dimensions
 SO NUMERISCHE MATHEMATIK
 DT Article
 ID ITERATIVE METHODS; DECOMPOSITION
 AB A preconditioner, based on a two-level mesh and a two-level
    orthogonalization, is proposed for the h-p version of the finite
    element method for two dimensional elliptic problems in polygonal
    domains. Its implementation is in parallel on the subdomain level for
    the linear or bilinear (nodal) modes, and in parallel on the element
    level for the high order (side and internal) modes. The condition
    number of the preconditioned linear system is of order
    [GRAPHICS]
    where H-i is the diameter of the i-th subdomain, h(i) and p(i) are the
    diameter of elements and the maximum polynomial degree used in the
    subdomain. This result reduces to well-known results for the h-version
    (i.e. p(i) = 1) and the p-version (i.e. h(i) = H-i) as the special
    cases of the h-p version.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Guo, BQ, UNIV MANITOBA,DEPT APPL MATH,WINNIPEG,MB R3T 2N2,CANADA.
 CR AINSWORTH M, 1993, MATH COMPUT SCI TECH, V16
    BABUSKA I, 1988, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V19, P257
    BABUSKA I, 1988, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V25, P837
    BABUSKA I, 1989, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V27, P157
    BABUSKA I, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P624
    BJORSTAD PE, 1986, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V23, P1097
    BRAMBLE J, 1986, MATH COMPUT, V175, P103
    BRAMBLE JH, 1991, MATH COMPUT, V56, P463
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    DRYJA M, 1989, ITERATIVE METHODS LA, P273
    DRYJA M, 1990, P 3 INT S DOM DEC ME
    GRISVARD P, 1985, ELLIPTIC PROBLEMS NO
    GUO B, 1986, COMPUT MECH, V1, P203
    GUO B, 1986, COMPUT MECH, V1, P21
    MANDEL J, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P117
    MANDEL J, 1990, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V29, P1095
    ODEN JT, 1994, 9411 TICAM
    WIDLUND OB, 1988, P 1 INT S DOM DEC ME
    XU JC, 1992, SIAM REV, V34, P581
 NR 19
 TC 15
 SN 0029-599X
 J9 NUMER MATH
 JI Numer. Math.
 PD NOV
 PY 1996
 VL 75
 IS 1
 BP 59
 EP 77
 PG 19
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA VW511
 UT ISI:A1996VW51100004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, GP
    Wu, WB
    Kita, T
    Nakayama, H
    Nishino, T
    Ma, W
    Okamoto, H
    Okuyama, M
    Hamakawa, Y
 TI Hydrogenated amorphous silicon crystalline silicon double
    heterojunction X-ray sensor
 SO JAPANESE JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS PART 1-REGULAR PAPERS SHORT NOTES &
    REVIEW PAPERS
 DT Article
 DE amorphous silicon (a-Si); X-ray; sensor; heterojunction
 AB With full utilization of the low-temperature process of hydrogenated
    amorphous silicon (a-Si) thin-him deposition and long carrier lifetime
    of high-purity crystalline silicon (c-Si), we have developed a new type
    of a-Si/c-Si double heterojunction X-ray sensor. The sensor has the
    structure of Au/p a-SiC/n NTD c-Si/n a-SilAl. High-purity NTD (neutron
    transmutation doping) crystalline silicon wafers were used as
    substrates. The high-purity NTD crystalline silicon has a long carrier
    lifetime (about 400 mu s), and the low deposition temperature of a-Si
    has no adverse effects on the carrier lifetime. Therefore, high
    photogenerated carrier collection efficiency and high sensitivity can
    be obtained. The characteristics of this kind of X-ray sensor have been
    examined. The linearity of the relationship between output current and
    X-ray intensity was good, and the sensitivity was high.
 C1 KOBE UNIV,INST NAT SCI,NADA KU,KOBE 657,JAPAN.
    OSAKA UNIV,FAC ENGN SCI,DEPT ELECT ENGN,TOYONAKA,OSAKA 560,JAPAN.
 RP Wei, GP, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,INST MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR HALLER EE, 1981, HDB SEMICONDUCTORS, V4, P799
    JACOB G, 1972, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V101, P51
    KIM C, 1982, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V193, P69
    SAKAI E, 1973, OYO BUTURI, V42, P97
    SHIRAISHI F, 1982, OYO BUTURI, V51, P299
    WEI GP, IN PRESS
    WEI GP, 1985, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V24, P1105
    WEI GP, 1986, OYO BUTURI, V55, P824
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0021-4922
 J9 JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1
 JI Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. Part 1 - Regul. Pap. Short Notes Rev. Pap.
 PD OCT
 PY 1996
 VL 35
 IS 10
 BP 5342
 EP 5345
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA VU822
 UT ISI:A1996VU82200022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, TK
    Yu, LM
    Zhang, YB
    Itoh, M
    Yu, JD
    Inaguma, Y
    Nakamura, T
 TI Hall coefficient and resistivity measurements for oxygen-annealed
    Bi2.2Sr1.8CaCu2O8+y single crystals under pressure
 SO PHYSICA C
 DT Article
 DE electrical resistivity; Hall effect; high pressure effect
 ID SUPERCONDUCTING TRANSITION-TEMPERATURE; HIGH-TC SUPERCONDUCTORS;
    HYDROSTATIC-PRESSURE; EPITAXIAL INTERCALATION; IODINE INTERCALATION;
    CHARGE-TRANSFER; DEPENDENCE; BI2SR2CACU2O8+DELTA; OXIDE; BI
 AB Hall coefficients and resistivities have been measured on
    oxygen-annealed Bi2.2Sr1.8CaCu2O8+y single crystals under hydrostatic
    pressure up to 1.6 GPa and the results are compared with those on
    as-grown and iodine-intercalated ones. Under pressure, the Hall
    coefficient of the oxygen-annealed crystal decreases and the pressure
    derivative of the Hall coefficient is - 0.12 x 10(-3)
    cm(3)C(-1)GPa(-1). The variation of T-c, contrary to the
    iodine-intercalated crystal, shows a linear increase at the rate of
    dT(c)/dP = 2.3 K GPa(-1), whereas the Hall coefficient at ambient
    pressure is 2.15 x 10(-3) cm(3)C(-1), very close to the value of the
    iodine-intercalated one. The positive behavior of dT(c)/dP is an
    indication that the hole concentration in the CuO2 layers is located at
    the underdoped region and holes derived from extra oxygen are probable
    in other layers, e.g., Bi2O2 layers. The resistivities along the c-axis
    direction are semiconductor-like, indicating the holes from extra
    oxygen are two-dimensional.
 C1 TOKYO INST TECHNOL,ENGN MAT RES LAB,MIDORI KU,YOKOHAMA,KANAGAWA 227,JAPAN.
    UTSUNOMIYA UNIV,FAC ENGN,DEPT APPL CHEM,UTSUNOMIYA,TOCHIGI 321,JAPAN.
 RP Huang, TK, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ALLGEIER C, 1989, PHYSICA C, V162, P741
    ALLGEIER C, 1990, PHYSICA C, V168, P499
    BERKLEY DD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P5524
    ERSKINE D, 1987, J MATER RES, V2, P783
    FUJIWARA A, 1992, PHYSICA C, V203, P411
    GROEN WA, 1989, PHYSICA C, V159, P417
    HUANG T, 1993, ADV SUPERCONDUCTIVIT, V6, P359
    HUANG T, 1993, REP RES LAB ENG MAT, V18, P83
    HUANG TK, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P7712
    HUANG TK, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P9885
    HYBERTSEN MS, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P1661
    KATO M, 1994, PHYSICA C, V226, P243
    KENDZIORA C, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P3531
    KLOTZ S, 1991, PHYSICA C, V172, P423
    KLOTZ S, 1993, PHYSICA C, V209, P499
    KOSUGE M, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P10713
    KUBIAK R, 1990, PHYSICA C, V166, P532
    LI TW, 1994, PHYSICA C, V224, P110
    MA J, 1994, PHYSICA C, V227, P371
    MORI N, 1990, J PHYS SOC JPN, V59, P3839
    MURAYAMA C, 1991, PHYSICA C, V183, P277
    NEUMEIER JJ, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P8385
    PRESLAND MR, 1991, PHYSICA C, V176, P95
    SCHILLING JS, 1992, PHYSICAL PROPERTIES, V3, P59
    SCHOLTZ JJ, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P3077
    SIEBURGER R, 1991, PHYSICA C, V181, P335
    THOMPSON JD, 1984, REV SCI INSTRUM, V55, P231
    VANEENIGE EN, 1992, EUROPHYS LETT, V20, P41
    WHEATLEY JM, 1988, NATURE, V333, P121
    WIJNGAARDEN RJ, 1991, FRONTIERS HIGH PRESS, P339
    XIANG XD, 1990, NATURE, V348, P145
    XIANG XD, 1991, PHYS REV B B, V43, P11496
    XIANG XD, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P530
    YAMAMOTO A, 1990, PHYS REV B A, V42, P4228
 NR 34
 TC 8
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD NOV 1
 PY 1996
 VL 271
 IS 1-2
 BP 103
 EP 110
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA VU642
 UT ISI:A1996VU64200013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tan, WH
    Li, QN
 TI On the general and resonant solutions of atoms reflected by an
    evanescent laser wave
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB Usually the reflection of two level atoms by a detuning evanescent
    laser wave was studied in past few years.(1-3) In previous paper we
    have presented an exact solution for this model based on the matrix
    Laplace transformation technique, and proceeded the numerical
    calculations for a given set of parameters.(4) However in the special
    case of resonance interaction considered in this paper, the solution
    for Schrodinger wave equation and reflectivity calculation can be
    greatly simplified; besides, the resonant solution provides a check to
    the numerical data based on the general solution of the previous paper.
 RP Tan, WH, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BALYKIN VI, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P2137
    COOK RJ, 1982, OPT COMMUN, V43, P250
    DEUTSCHMANN R, 1993, PHYS REV A, V47, P2169
    TAN WH, 1995, ACTA SINICA QUANTUM, V1, P55
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1996
 VL 13
 IS 8
 BP 587
 EP 589
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA VT945
 UT ISI:A1996VT94500008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, DY
    Zhang, DJ
 TI Lie algebraic structures of (1+1)-dimensional Lax integrable systems
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB An approach of constructing isospectral flows K-l, nonisospectral flows
    sigma(k) and their implicit representations of a general Lax integrable
    system is proposed. By introducing product function matrices, it is
    shown that the two sets of flows and of related symmetries both
    constitute infinite-dimensional Lie algebras with respect to the
    commutator [.,.] given in this paper. Algebraic properties for some
    well-known integrable systems such as the AKNS system, the generalized
    Harry Dym system, and the n-wave interaction system are obtained as
    particular examples. (C) 1996 American Institute of Physics.
 RP Chen, DY, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ANTONOWICZ M, 1989, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V124, P456
    BOWMAN S, 1987, MATH PROC CAMBRIDGE, V102, P173
    CHEN DG, 1991, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V24, P377
    CHEN DY, 1993, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V13, P324
    CHEN DY, 1994, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V17, P300
    CHENG Y, 1990, CHINESE SCI BULL, V35, P1631
    FOKAS AS, 1982, J MATH PHYS, V23, P1066
    LI YS, 1991, CHINESE SCI BULL, V36, P496
    MA WX, 1992, J MATH PHYS, V33, P2464
 NR 9
 TC 6
 SN 0022-2488
 J9 J MATH PHYS-NY
 JI J. Math. Phys.
 PD NOV
 PY 1996
 VL 37
 IS 11
 BP 5524
 EP 5538
 PG 15
 SC Physics, Mathematical
 GA VQ507
 UT ISI:A1996VQ50700021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pu, HT
    Ding, ZL
    Ma, Z
 TI Preparation, characterization, and properties of EVA preirradiation
    grafted NIPAAm
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED POLYMER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID GELS; POLYMER; HYDROGEL; MEMBRANE; COLLAPSE; RELEASE
 AB An ethyl-vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA) preirradiation-grafted with
    N-isopropylacrylamide (NIPAAm) was prepared. Various methods which can
    be used to control the grafting reaction are described. DSC and TMA
    were employed to characterize the surface thermosensitivity of the
    graft copolymer. It is indicated that the surface of EVA grafted with
    NIPAAm shows thermosensitivity similar to a partially crosslinked
    poly-NIPAAm (PNIPAAm) gel. The response to the change of temperature
    through the lower critical solution temperature (LCST) of the graft was
    swifter than that of the PNIPAAm gel. SEM revealed a micropore
    structure in the surface layer of the sample. DSC was also used to
    analyze the water state in the surface layer of the sample. (C) 1996
    John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 UNIV WASHINGTON,CTR BIOENGN,SEATTLE,WA 98195.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,INST CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Pu, HT, TONGJI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI,SHANGHAI 200092,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ALHAIQUE F, 1981, J PHARM, V33, P413
    BEA YH, 1987, MAKROMOL CHEM-RAPID, V8, P481
    CHAPIRO A, 1962, RAD CHEM POLYM SYSTE, CH12
    DONG LC, 1986, J CONTROL RELEASE, V4, P223
    DONG LC, 1991, J CONTROL RELEASE, V15, P141
    DUSEK K, 1968, J POLYM SCI       A2, V6, P1209
    EISENBERG SR, 1984, J MEMBRANE SCI, V19, P173
    FRELTAS RFS, 1987, SEPAR SCI TECHNOL, V22, P911
    HIROTSU S, 1987, J CHEM PHYS, V87, P1392
    HIROTSU S, 1989, J PHYS SOC JPN, V58, P1508
    HOFFMAN AS, 1986, J CONTROL RELEASE, V4, P213
    ILAVASK M, 1985, POLYMER, V26, P26
    ISHIHARA K, 1984, J APPL POLYM SCI, V29, P211
    KUNGWATCHAKUN D, 1988, MAKROMOL CHEM-RAPID, V9, P243
    MATSUO ES, 1988, J CHEM PHYS, V89, P1696
    MUKAE K, 1990, POLYM J, V22, P206
    OKANO T, 1990, J CONTROL RELEASE, V11, P255
    TANAKA T, 1978, PHYS REV LETT, V40, P820
    TANAKA T, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V45, P1637
    TANAKA T, 1982, SCIENCE, V218, P467
    ULBRICH K, 1979, J POLYM SCI POLYM S, V66, P209
    YOSHIDA M, 1989, EUR POLYM J, V25, P1197
 NR 22
 TC 5
 SN 0021-8995
 J9 J APPL POLYM SCI
 JI J. Appl. Polym. Sci.
 PD DEC 5
 PY 1996
 VL 62
 IS 10
 BP 1529
 EP 1535
 PG 7
 SC Polymer Science
 GA VQ475
 UT ISI:A1996VQ47500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, YX
    Liu, HY
    Qi, DY
    Liu, YC
    Qian, JH
    Liu, SH
    Yu, TY
    Deng, JQ
 TI Methylene green-mediated sensor highly sensitive to hydrogen peroxide
    based on entrapment of horseradish peroxidase in composite membrane of
    regenerated silk fibroin and poly(vinyl alcohol)
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE sensor; poly(vinyl alcohol); regenerated silk fibroin; methylene green;
    horseradish peroxidase; hydrogen peroxide
 ID BIOELECTROCATALYTIC REDUCTION; ELECTRODE; CARBON; SYSTEM; ASSAY
 AB A novel composite membrane of poly(vinyl alcohol) and regenerated silk
    fibroin was employed to immobilize horseradish peroxidase (HRP) and IR
    was used to give a useful insight into the structure of the composite
    membrane before and after ethanol treatment. A methylene green-mediated
    sensor sensitive to hydrogen peroxide was fabricated, based on the
    composite membrane as immobilization matrix for HRP. Cyclic voltammetry
    and amperometric measurement were for the first time utilized to
    demonstrate the suitability of methylene green as an electron transfer
    mediator between immobilized HRP and a glassy carbon electrode in
    bioelectrocatalytic reduction of hydrogen peroxide. Performance and
    characteristics of the sensor were evaluated in respect to response
    time, detection limit, applied potential and concentration of the
    mediator. The sensor possesses a variety of characteristics including
    good sensitivity, rapid response time and low detection of limit of 0.1
    mu mol/L.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT MACROMOL SCI & CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DUNFORD HB, 1991, PEROXIDASES CHEM BIO, V2, P1
    GARGUILO MG, 1993, ANAL CHEM, V65, P523
    HO WO, 1993, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V351, P185
    JONSSON G, 1989, ELECTROANAL, V1, P465
    KAMIN RA, 1980, ANAL CHEM, V52, P1198
    LIU HY, 1995, ANAL PROC, V32, P475
    MAEHLY AC, 1955, METHOD ENZYMOL, V2, P801
    MINOURA N, 1990, POLYMER, V31, P430
    OHARA TJ, 1993, ELECTROANAL, V5, P823
    OLSSON B, 1988, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V206, P49
    SANCHEZ PD, 1990, ELECTROANAL, V2, P303
    SANCHEZ PD, 1991, ELECTROANAL, V3, P281
    TATSUMA T, 1991, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V242, P85
    WANG J, 1991, ANAL CHEM, V63, P2993
    WOLLENBERGER U, 1990, ANAL LETT, V23, P1795
    YAROPOLOV AI, 1979, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR, V249, P1399
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1001-604X
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Chem.
 PY 1996
 VL 14
 IS 4
 BP 359
 EP 366
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA VQ561
 UT ISI:A1996VQ56100012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bi, PZ
    Shi, YM
 TI The Psi' in the relativistic heavy ion collision
 SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR PHYSIK C-PARTICLES AND FIELDS
 DT Article
 ID HADRONIC TRANSITIONS; TEMPERATURE; STATES; SYSTEM; DECAY; MASS
 AB We have investigated the temperature influence on the hadronic decay
    width Psi'. Contrary to the divergence of the decay width of rho-meson,
    pi-meson at critical temperature as suggested in some papers, we find
    that the decay width of Psi' decreases with increasing temperature.
    Thus the leptonic decay can be used to measure the number of produced
    Psi' at finite temperature just as at zero temperature.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT PHYS 2,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    CHINA CTR ADV SCI & TECHNOL,WORLD LAB,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Bi, PZ, FUDAN UNIV,TD LEE PHYS LAB,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BHANOT G, 1979, NUCL PHYS B, V156, P391
    BI P, 1988, J PHYS G, V15, P1653
    BI PZ, 1991, PHYS LETT B, V262, P485
    BI PZ, 1992, MOD PHYS LETT A, V7, P3161
    BI PZ, 1992, Z PHYS C PART FIELDS, V54, P453
    CRAIGIE NS, 1978, PHYS REP, V49, P1
    DOMINGUEZ CA, 1993, Z PHYS C PART FIELDS, V59, P63
    HASHIMOTO T, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P2123
    HASHIMOTO T, 1988, PHYS REV D, V37, P3331
    HIOKI S, 1991, PHYS LETT B, V261, P5
    KOCH P, 1986, PHYS REP, V142, P262
    KUANG YP, 1981, PHYS REV D, V24, P2874
    LIU DS, 1987, Z PHYS C PART FIELDS, V37, P119
    MATSUI T, 1986, PHYS LETT B, V178, P416
    VARELA J, 1991, NUCL PHYS A, V525, P275
    VOLOSHIN M, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V45, P688
    YAN TM, 1980, PHYS REV D, V22, P1652
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 0170-9739
 J9 Z PHYS C-PAR FIELD
 JI Z. Phys. C-Part. Fields
 PD OCT
 PY 1996
 VL 72
 IS 3
 BP 497
 EP 499
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA VQ431
 UT ISI:A1996VQ43100014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, ZZ
    Wang, DR
 TI A class of parallel nonlinear multisplitting relaxation methods for the
    large sparse nonlinear complementarity problems
 SO COMPUTERS & MATHEMATICS WITH APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear complementarity problem; nonlinear multisplitting; relaxation
    method; local convergence; parallel computation
 ID NEWTON METHODS; EQUATIONS
 AB By making use of the nonlinear multisplitting and the nonlinear
    relaxation techniques, we present, in this paper, a class of parallel
    nonlinear multisplitting successive overrelaxation methods for solving
    the large sparse nonlinear complementarity problems on the modern
    high-speed multiprocessors. These new methods particularly include the
    so-called nonlinear multisplitting SOR Newton method, the nonlinear
    multisplitting SOR-chord method, and the nonlinear multisplitting
    SOR-Steffensen method. Under suitable conditions, we establish the
    local convergence theories of the new methods, and investigate their
    asymptotic convergence rates. A lot of numerical results show that our
    new methods are feasible and efficient for parallel solving the
    nonlinear complementarity problems.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Bai, ZZ, CHINESE ACAD SCI,STATE KEY LAB SCI ENGN COMP,INST COMPUTAT
    MATH & SCI ENGN COMP,POB 2719,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAI ZZ, 1995, J FUDAN U NATURAL SC, V34, P683
    BAI ZZ, 1996, COMPUT MATH APPL, V31, P17
    BAI ZZ, 1996, COMPUT MATH APPL, V32, P41
    BAI ZZ, 1996, J FUDAN U NATURAL SC, V35
    DELEONE R, 1988, MATH PROGRAM, V42, P347
    FROMMER A, 1989, NUMER MATH, V56, P269
    HARKER PT, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V48, P339
    IP CM, 1992, MATH PROGRAM, V56, P71
    MANGASARIAN OL, 1976, SIAM J APPL MATH, V31, P89
    OLEARY DP, 1985, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V6, P630
    ORTEGA JM, 1970, ITERATIVE SOLUTION N
    PANG JS, 1982, MATH PROGRAM, V24, P284
    PANG JS, 1988, MATH PROGRAM, V42, P407
    VARGA RS, 1962, MATRIX ITERATIVE ANA
    WANG DR, 1995, APPL MATH JCU B, V10, P251
 NR 15
 TC 3
 SN 0898-1221
 J9 COMPUT MATH APPL
 JI Comput. Math. Appl.
 PD OCT
 PY 1996
 VL 32
 IS 8
 BP 79
 EP 95
 PG 17
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA VM923
 UT ISI:A1996VM92300008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, WH
    VanBrunt, V
    Xu, XW
    Hsu, HW
 TI Dynamic analysis of gas stripping during ethanol fermentation in CSTR
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE gas stripping; bifurcation; stability; product-substrate inhibition
 ID INHIBITION; REACTOR; BEHAVIOR
 AB The dynamic behavior of gas stripping during ethanol fermentation
    (GSEF) in a CSTR for a combined product-substrate inhibition case has
    been investigated in terms of bifurcation and regional stability
    theory. The region of optimal operating steady states and the effect of
    initial concentration on the attraction region have been established.
    The analytical results can be used to predict and promote the GSEF
    system moving towards an optimal operating steady state.
 C1 UNIV S CAROLINA,DEPT CHEM ENGN,COLUMBIA,SC 29208.
    UNIV TENNESSEE,DEPT CHEM ENGN,KNOXVILLE,TN 37996.
 RP Shen, WH, SHANGHAI UNIV,COLL CHEM & CHEM ENGN,JIADING CAMPUS,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AGRAWAL P, 1982, CHEM ENG SCI, V37, P453
    CYSEWSKI GR, 1977, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V19, P1125
    DALE MC, 1985, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V27, P932
    GHOSE TK, 1979, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V21, P1387
    HAZWINKEL M, 1985, BIFURCATION ANAL, P13
    HONDA H, 1986, J CHEM ENG JPN, V19, P268
    LENBURY Y, 1987, APPL MICROBIOL BIOT, V25, P532
    LIU HS, 1990, CHEM ENG SCI, V45, P1289
    LIU HS, 1991, CHEM ENG SCI, V46, P2551
    LUEDEKING R, 1959, J BIOCHEM MICROBIOL, V1, P393
    LUONG JHT, 1985, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V27, P280
    MARGARITIS A, 1978, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V20, P727
    POORE BA, 1973, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V52, P358
    RION WL, 1990, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V14, P889
    SEVELY Y, 1980, 5 IFAC TRIEN C KYOT
    THIBAULT J, 1987, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V29, P74
    UPPAL A, 1976, CHEM ENG SCI, V31, P205
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 1004-9541
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM ENG
 JI Chin. J. Chem. Eng.
 PD SEP
 PY 1996
 VL 4
 IS 3
 BP 236
 EP 245
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Chemical
 GA VM719
 UT ISI:A1996VM71900006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, DH
    Liu, LM
 TI Availability analysis of a two-unit series system with a priority
    shut-off rule
 SO NAVAL RESEARCH LOGISTICS
 DT Article
 AB This study shows that the steady-state availability of a two-unit
    series system, which operates under a one-direction shut-off rule with
    a preemptive repair priority for unit 1, depends only on the
    first-order system parameters. First we obtain both transient and
    steady-state system availability and failure frequency when the
    lifetime of Unit 1 is Erlang and the other distributions are general.
    When the lifetime of Unit 1 is general, the system process has no
    regenerative point. Using supplementary variables, we establish a
    vector Markov process and hence transfer the problem to the solution of
    a system of integrodifferential equations. We can then obtain explicit
    formulas for the steady-state system availability and failure
    frequency, respectively. In concluding this article we make some
    conjectures on series systems and point out future research
    opportunities. (C) 1996 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 RP Shi, DH, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BARLOW RE, 1979, ASYMPTOTIC MEASURES
    BARLOW RE, 1981, STATISTICAL THEORY R
    BARLOW RE, 1985, THEORY RELIABILITY S, P67
    CAO J, 1987, RELIABILITY THEORY A, P1
    KHALIL ZS, 1985, IEEE T RELIAB, V34, P181
    KLEINROCK L, 1976, QUEUEING SYSTEMS
    SHI DH, 1985, ACTA AUTOMATICA SINI, V1, P71
    SHI DH, 1985, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V1, P101
    SHI DH, 1993, ACTA MATH APPL SINTC, V1, P88
 NR 9
 TC 6
 SN 0894-069X
 J9 NAV RES LOG
 JI Nav. Res. Logist.
 PD OCT
 PY 1996
 VL 43
 IS 7
 BP 1009
 EP 1024
 PG 16
 SC Operations Research & Management Science
 GA VK759
 UT ISI:A1996VK75900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
 TI A note on the boundary condition in the Aharonov-Bohm scattering for
    alpha=integer
 SO PHYSICA B
 DT Article
 AB The boundary condition under which the Aharonov-Bohm scattering
    solution was obtained is examined. It is shown that when alpha =
    integer (where alpha = Phi/Phi(0) represents the magnetic flux in the
    long cylindrical solenoid, and Phi(0) = h/e), scattering does not
    happen only if the electron enters the region where the magnetic field
    exists. This result is not only in contrast with Aharonov and Bohm's
    result that there will be no scattering if the electron does not enter
    the field, but is also rather surprising, because it means that the
    electron passing through the magnetic field does not experience any
    effect.
 RP Li, CF, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,20 CHENGZHONG RD,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AHARONOV Y, 1959, PHYS REV, V115, P485
    CHAMBERS RG, 1960, PHYS REV LETT, V5, P3
    PAGE L, 1930, PHYS REV, V36, P444
    TONOMURA A, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V56, P792
 NR 4
 TC 2
 SN 0921-4526
 J9 PHYSICA B
 JI Physica B
 PD AUG
 PY 1996
 VL 226
 IS 4
 BP 406
 EP 408
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA VJ660
 UT ISI:A1996VJ66000020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, MH
    Jie, C
    Ding, ZL
    Ma, ZT
 TI Preparation of a new thermo-sensitive material by preirradiation
    grafting
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID GELS
 AB In this paper, a new thermo-sensitive material that NIPAAm was grafted
    onto EVA by preirradiation grafting was obtained, and the effects of
    reaction condition on grafting reaction were discussed. The
    experimental results showed that the swelling of the grafted EVA was
    reversible and the lower critical solution temperature (LCST) of the
    surface was 32 degrees C. Compared with the poly-NIPAAm gel, the
    grafted EVA with high mechanical strength behaves with similar
    thermo-sensitivity and the more swift response to the change of
    temperature. When acrylic or acrylamide was added to NIPAAm, the LCST
    of the grafted surface shifts higher with the increase of the grafted
    component hydrophilicity. Copyright (C) 1996 Elsevier Science Ltd
 RP Wu, MH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAE YH, 1987, MAKROMOL CHEM-RAPID, V8, P481
    DONG LC, 1986, J CONTROL RELEASE, V4, P223
    FREITAS RFS, 1987, SEPAR SCI TECHNOL, V22, P911
    HIROTSU S, 1987, J CHEM PHYS, V87, P1392
    HOFFMAN AS, 1986, AM CHEM SOC M NEW YO
    HOFFMAN AS, 1986, J CONTROL RELEASE, V4, P213
    MATSUO ES, 1988, J CHEM PHYS, V89, P1695
    MUKAE K, 1990, POLYM J, V22, P206
    TANAKA T, 1978, PHYS REV LETT, V40, P820
    ULBRICK K, 1979, J POLYM SCI PS, V66, P206
 NR 10
 TC 7
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD OCT
 PY 1996
 VL 48
 IS 4
 BP 525
 EP 527
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA VJ820
 UT ISI:A1996VJ82000019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yan, H
    Wang, Q
    Awai, I
 TI Resonant frequency shift in a MSSW-SER with excitation power
 SO ELECTRONICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE magnetostatic surface waves; magnetostatic wave devices
 AB Owing to the nonlinear effect of LPE-YIG film and the energy
    confinement effect in the resonator, the resonant frequency of a
    MSSW-SER shifts appreciably with exciting power increase. Using this
    principle, an experimental method is proposed to investigate the
    nonlinear MSSW dispersion without large excitation power. The MSSW
    nonlinear prpoagation theory is verified by experimental results.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,SCH SCI,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Yan, H, YAMAGUCHI UNIV,DEPT ELECT & ELECT ENGN,TOKIWADAI
    2557,UBE,YAMAGUCHI 755,JAPAN.
 CR BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P14
    CHANG KW, 1985, CIRC SYST SIGNAL PR, V4, P201
 NR 2
 TC 2
 SN 0013-5194
 J9 ELECTRON LETT
 JI Electron. Lett.
 PD SEP 12
 PY 1996
 VL 32
 IS 19
 BP 1787
 EP 1789
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA VJ628
 UT ISI:A1996VJ62800032
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Kostreva, MM
    Zheng, Q
    Zhuang, DM
 TI Upper robust mappings and vector minimization: An integral approach
 SO EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF OPERATIONAL RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE programming nonlinear; programming multiple criteria
 ID OPTIMIZATION PROBLEMS
 AB A study of upper robust mapping from a topological space to R(n) and
    development of optimality conditions for vector minimization of upper
    robust mappings are presented in the framework of integral based
    optimization theory. Under some general assumptions, optimality
    conditions are established for several well developed scalarization
    techniques such as weighting, E-constraint and reference point. These
    optimality conditions are applied to design integral algorithms for
    finding the set of efficient solutions of a vector optimization
    problem. A numerical example is presented to illustrate the
    effectiveness of the algorithm.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    MT ST VINCENT UNIV,DEPT MATH & COMP STUDIES,HALIFAX,NS B3M 2J6,CANADA.
 RP Kostreva, MM, CLEMSON UNIV,DEPT MATH SCI,CLEMSON,SC 29634.
 CR BORWEIN JM, 1993, T AM MATH SOC, V338, P105
    CHANKONG V, 1983, MULTIOBJECTIVE DECIS
    CHEW SH, 1988, LECTURE NOTES EC MAT, V298
    HAIMES YY, 1971, IEEE T SYST MAN CYB, V1, P296
    JAHN J, 1984, MATH PROGRAM, V29, P203
    JAHN J, 1986, MATH VECTOR OPTIMIZA
    JAHN J, 1988, OPERATIONS RES P 198, P576
    JAHN J, 1992, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V74, P87
    JAHN J, 1992, LECTURE NOTES EC MAT, V378
    KURATOWSKI K, 1966, TOPOLOGY, V1
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 1970, CONVEX ANAL
    SHI SZ, 1994, J MATH ANAL APPL, V183, P706
    SHI SZ, 1995, T AM MATH SOC, V347, P4943
    WIERZBICKI AP, 1982, MATH MODELLING, V3, P391
    WIERZBICKI AP, 1986, OR SPEKTRUM, V8, P73
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P205
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P317
    ZHENG Q, 1992, THESIS CLEMSON U
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0377-2217
 J9 EUR J OPER RES
 JI Eur. J. Oper. Res.
 PD SEP 20
 PY 1996
 VL 93
 IS 3
 BP 565
 EP 581
 PG 17
 SC Operations Research & Management Science
 GA VJ553
 UT ISI:A1996VJ55300009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sang, WB
    Qian, YB
    Guan, XD
    Wu, WH
    Liu, YF
    Zhang, KJ
    Wang, J
    Hua, JD
 TI Synthesis and characterisation of nanometre-sized CdS clusters in
    chitosan film
 SO ADVANCED MATERIALS FOR OPTICS AND ELECTRONICS
 DT Article
 DE CdS; nanometer-sized clusters; chitosan; complexes
 ID QUANTUM CONFINEMENT
 AB A novel process using chitosan containing ligand groups as a medium for
    forming CdS clusters in chitosan films by an ion co-ordinate method has
    been investigated. The CdS clusters in the chitosan have been
    identified by X-ray diffraction and by their infrared, ultraviolet and
    visible absorption spectra and shown to possess high stability with a
    specific structure. Notable quantum size effects have been shown
    through their absorption spectra. By changing the reaction conditions,
    the wavelength edge of the absorption can be blue-shifted from 470 to
    375 nm.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Sang, WB, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT INORGAN MAT,JIADING CAMPUS,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BORRELLI NF, 1987, J APPL PHYS, V61, P5399
    DEAN JA, 1985, LANGES HDB CHEM, CH5
    KLUG HP, 1974, XRAY DIFFRACTION PRO, P635
    MAHLER W, 1988, INORG CHEM, V27, P435
    PILENI MP, 1992, CHEM MATER, V4, P345
    ROSSETTI R, 1984, J CHEM PHYS, V80, P4464
    STUCKY GD, 1990, SCIENCE, V247, P669
    TAYLOR A, 1961, XRAY METALLOGRAPHY
    WANG Y, 1987, OPT COMMUN, V61, P223
    WANG Y, 1990, J CHEM PHYS, V92, P6977
    WANG Y, 1991, J PHYS CHEM-US, V95, P525
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 1057-9257
 J9 ADV MATER OPT ELECTRON
 JI Adv. Mater. Opt. Electron.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 1996
 VL 6
 IS 4
 BP 197
 EP 202
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Applied; Chemistry, Multidisciplinary; Engineering,
    Electrical & Electronic; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Optics
 GA VH708
 UT ISI:A1996VH70800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, LM
    Shi, DH
 TI Busy period in GI(X)/G/infinity
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PROBABILITY
 DT Article
 DE busy period; busy cycle; idle period; vector Markov process method;
    renewal method
 ID QUEUE
 AB Busy period problems in infinite server queues are studied
    systematically, starting from the batch service time. General relations
    are given for the lengths of the busy cycle, busy period and idle
    period, and for the number of customers served in a busy period. These
    relations show that the idle period is the most difficult while the
    busy cycle is the simplest of the four random variables. Renewal
    arguments are used to derive explicit results for both general and
    special cases.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, LM, HONG KONG UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT IND ENGN,CLEAR WATER
    BAY,KOWLOON,HONG KONG.
 CR BROWN M, 1969, J APPL PROBAB, V6, P604
    BROWNE S, 1993, J APPL PROBAB, V30, P589
    CHAUDHRY ML, 1992, QUEUEING SYST, V10, P105
    DVURECENSKIJ A, 1984, J APPL PROBAB, V21, P207
    HOLMAN DF, 1982, SANKHYA A, V44, P294
    KEILSON J, 1994, J APPL PROBAB, V31, P157
    LIU L, 1990, J APPL PROBAB, V27, P671
    LIU L, 1993, QUEUEING SYSTEMS, V14, P313
    SHANBHAG DN, 1966, J APPL PROBAB, V3, P274
    SHI DH, 1990, ANN OPERAT RES, V24, P185
    STADJE W, 1985, J APPL PROBAB, V22, P694
    TAKACS L, 1962, INTRO THEORY QUEUES
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0021-9002
 J9 J APPL PROBAB
 JI J. Appl. Probab.
 PD SEP
 PY 1996
 VL 33
 IS 3
 BP 815
 EP 829
 PG 15
 SC Statistics & Probability
 GA VH253
 UT ISI:A1996VH25300020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, JR
    Wang, YZ
 TI Velocity-selective population and quantum collapse-revival phenomena of
    the atomic motion for a motion-quantized Raman-coupled Jaynes-Cummings
    model
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW A
 DT Article
 ID NONDEMOLITION MEASUREMENTS; RABI OSCILLATIONS; PHOTON STATISTICS;
    SQUEEZED STATES; BEAM DEFLECTION; SUPER-RADIANCE; CAVITY FIELDS;
    2-LEVEL ATOM; MASER; DYNAMICS
 AB An extension of the standard Raman-coupled Jaynes-Cummings model has
    been made to include atomic external effects dire to quantization of
    atomic motion. The collapse-and-revival phenomena in population
    inversion and in atomic motion, the velocity-selective population and
    their relation for a motion-quantized atom are given on the basis of a
    fundamental constant characterizing the interaction strength between
    the field modes and the atomic internal and external states. This study
    reveals how the initial statistics of atomic momentum affect the atomic
    internal dynamics and how those of the fields affect the atomic
    external dynamics through the atomic internal states. An exact
    expression for the time evolution of the density operator has been
    given for two fields and the center-of-mass motion initially in
    coherent states and in an arbitrary superposition of atomic momentum
    eigenstates. The statistics of atomic external and internal quantities
    such as the radiation force and the atomic momentum are given.
 RP Liu, JR, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,JOINT LAB QUANTUM OPT,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AGARWAL GS, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V53, P1732
    AGARWAL GS, 1985, J OPT SOC AM B, V2, P480
    AGARWAL GS, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P3665
    ARVINDA PK, 1988, PHYSICA C, V150, P427
    BRUNE M, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V59, P1899
    BUZEK V, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P8190
    CARDIMONA DA, 1991, PHYS REV A, V43, P3710
    CIRAC JI, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P556
    CUMMINGS FW, 1965, PHYS REV, V140, A1051
    EBERLY JH, 1977, J OPT SOC AM, V67, P1257
    EBERLY JH, 1980, J PHYS B ATOM MOL PH, V13, P217
    EBERLY JH, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V44, P1383
    ENGLERT BG, 1991, EUROPHYS LETT, V14, P25
    FOX RF, 1986, PHYS REV A, V34, P482
    GENTILE TR, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P5103
    GERRY CC, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P6805
    HAROCHE S, 1984, NEW TRENDS ATOMIC PH
    HAROCHE S, 1991, EUROPHYS LETT, V14, P19
    HERKOMMER AM, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P3298
    HOLLAND MJ, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P1716
    ITANO WM, 1982, PHYS REV A, V25, P35
    JAYNES ET, 1963, P IEEE, V51, P89
    KALUZNY Y, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V51, P1175
    KLEPPNER D, 1981, PHYS REV LETT, V47, P233
    KNIGHT PL, 1982, PHYS LETT A, V90, P342
    KNIGHT PL, 1986, PHYS SCRI T, V12, P51
    KUKLINSKI JR, 1988, PHYS REV A, V37, P317
    LOWELL S, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P527
    MAHRAN MH, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P5113
    MESCHEDE D, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V54, P551
    MEYSTRE P, 1975, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V25, P21
    MEYSTRE P, 1982, PHYS LETT A, V89, P390
    MILBURN GJ, 1984, OPT ACTA, V31, P671
    MILONNI PW, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V50, P966
    MOLER K, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P342
    NAROZHNY NB, 1981, PHYS REV A, V23, P236
    PURI RR, 1987, PHYS REV A, V35, P3433
    PURI RR, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P5073
    RAIMOND JM, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P117
    RAIMOND JM, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P1924
    REMPE G, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V51, P550
    REMPE G, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P353
    RITI C, 1982, OPT COMMUN, V44, P105
    SANCHEZMONDRAGO.JJ, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V51, P550
    SCHOENDORFF L, 1990, PHYS REV A, V41, P5147
    SHORE BW, 1993, J MOD OPTIC, V40, P1195
    SHORT R, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V51, P384
    SLEATOR T, 1993, PHYS REV A, V48, P3286
    STOREY P, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P472
    WALLS DF, 1970, Z PHYS, V237, P224
    YOO HI, 1981, J PHYS A, V14, P1383
    YOO HI, 1985, PHYS REP, V118, P239
    YURKE B, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P13
    YURKE B, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P1703
 NR 54
 TC 5
 SN 1050-2947
 J9 PHYS REV A
 JI Phys. Rev. A
 PD SEP
 PY 1996
 VL 54
 IS 3
 BP 2444
 EP 2450
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Optics
 GA VH090
 UT ISI:A1996VH09000086
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, HY
    Zhang, XL
    Zhang, ZN
    Qi, DY
    Fan, YB
    Liu, YC
    Liu, SH
    Yu, TY
    Deng, JQ
 TI Characterization of composite membrane of poly(vinyl alcohol) and
    regenerated silk fibroin for immobilization of horseradish peroxidase
    and an amperometric neckelocene-mediated sensor sensitive to hydrogen
    peroxide
 SO JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY AND BIOTECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE sensor; poly(vinyl alcohol); regenerated silk fibroin; nickelocene;
    horseradish peroxidase; hydrogen peroxide
 ID DIRECT ELECTRON-TRANSFER; ENZYME ELECTRODES; POTENTIAL APPLICATION;
    ORGANIC PEROXIDES; ACTIVATED CARBON; BIOSENSORS; POLYMER; OXIDASE
 AB Horseradish peroxidase (HRP) was effectively entrapped in a novel
    composite membrane of poly(vinyl alcohol) and regenerated silk fibroin.
    IR spectroscopy was employed to characterize the structure of the
    composite membrane and scanning electron microscopy was used to
    visualize the morphology of the composite membrane. HRP was utilized to
    amplify the amperometric response of the sensor by catalyzing reduction
    of hydrogen peroxide via nickelocene, an electron transfer mediator
    between immobilized HRP and a glassy carbon electrode. The influence of
    various experimental parameters such as pH, temperature and applied
    potential were explored for optimum analytical performance. The sensor
    possessed a variety of characteristics including good sensitivity,
    rapid response time and a low detection of limit of 0.1 mu mol dm(-3),
    which arose from the efficiency of electron transfer between
    immobilized HRP and the electrode via nickelocene.
 C1 SUZHOU INST CITY CONSTRUCT & ENVIRONM PROTECT,DEPT ENVIRONM PROTECT,SUZHOU 300111,JIANSU,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, HY, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR ADEYOJU O, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V305, P57
    ASAKURA T, 1989, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V33, P598
    BIFULCO L, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1443
    CSOREGI E, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P3604
    DEMURA M, 1992, BIOMATERIALS, V13, P276
    DENG Q, 1994, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V377, P191
    DORDICK JS, 1992, TRENDS BIOTECHNOL, V10, P287
    DUNFORD HB, 1991, PEROXIDASES CHEM BIO, V2, P1
    FREW JE, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V201, P1
    GARGUILO MG, 1993, ANAL CHEM, V65, P523
    GORTON L, 1992, ANALYST, V117, P1235
    HO WO, 1993, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V351, P185
    HO WO, 1995, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V10, P683
    LIU YC, 1995, J CHEM TECHNOL BIOT, V64, P269
    LIU YC, 1996, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V41, P77
    MULCHANDANI A, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P94
    OLIVER JM, 1984, METHOD ENZYMOL, V108, P336
    POPESCU IC, 1995, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V10, P443
    RENZ M, 1984, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V12, P3435
    RUZGAS T, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V391, P41
    SMITH AT, 1992, BIOCHEM SOC T, V20, P340
    TAKAHASHI K, 1984, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V121, P261
    TATSUMA T, 1992, ANAL CHEM, V64, P1183
    TATSUMA T, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P283
    TSUKADA M, 1994, J POLYM SCI POL PHYS, V32, P1407
    VREEKE M, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P303
    WANG J, 1991, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V254, P81
    WOLLENBERGER U, 1991, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V26, P287
    YANG L, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P1326
    ZHAO JG, 1992, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V327, P109
 NR 30
 TC 2
 SN 0268-2575
 J9 J CHEM TECHNOL BIOTECHNOL
 JI J. Chem. Technol. Biotechnol.
 PD SEP
 PY 1996
 VL 67
 IS 1
 BP 77
 EP 83
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary; Engineering, Chemical; Biotechnology &
    Applied Microbiology
 GA VF658
 UT ISI:A1996VF65800010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, MY
    Zhang, HY
    Zhu, YL
    Jin, HM
    Jin, HJ
    Xu, GQ
 TI Study on the easy direction of magnetization of Sm0.88Dy0.12Fe2 alloy
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE Sm0.88Dy0.12Fe2 alloy; easy direction of magnetization;
    magnetostriction; Mossbauer-effect
 AB By Mossbauer-effect, the changes of easy direction of magnetization for
    Sm0.88Dy0.12. Fe-2 alloy have been studied in this paper. It was found
    that as temperature increases, the easy direction of magnetization
    changes gradually from [110] to [111] axis in the temperature range of
    153 to 213 K. Two easy directions of magnetization [110] and [111]
    coexist and do not change suddenly from [110] to [111] at the same
    temperature.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI IRON & STEEL RES INST,SHANGHAI 200940,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ANNAPOORNI S, 1990, J APPL PHYS, V67, P424
    ATZMONY U, 1973, P 10 RAR EARTH C, V1, P605
    CLARK AE, 1980, FERROMAGNETIC MAT
    VANDIEPEN AM, 1973, PHYS REV B, V8, P1125
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD SEP
 PY 1996
 VL 14
 IS 3
 BP 185
 EP 188
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA VF262
 UT ISI:A1996VF26200005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sang, WB
    Qian, YB
    Shi, WM
    Wang, DM
    Min, JH
    Wu, WH
    Liu, YF
    Hua, JD
    Fang, J
    Yue, YF
 TI A primary study on the synthesis and characterization of ZnS clusters
    in chitosan film
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Letter
 ID QUANTUM CONFINEMENT
 AB A novel process using chitosan containing ligand groups as a medium for
    forming ZnS clusters by an ion-coordination method is investigated for
    the first time. The ZnS clusters in the chitosan film have been
    identified by x-ray diffraction, ultraviolet-visible absorption and
    photoluminescence spectra. The ZnS cluster size was estimated to be
    about 2-6 nm, depending on the processing conditions. Blue luminescence
    for the undoped ZnS clusters was observed and its mechanism is briefly
    discussed.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST CERAM,SHANGHAI 200050,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Sang, WB, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT INORGAN MAT,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BORRELLI NF, 1987, J APPL PHYS, V61, P5399
    GARLICK GFJ, 1966, P INT C LUMINESCENCE, P56
    KLUG HP, 1974, XRAY DIFFRACTION PRO, P635
    MAHLER W, 1988, INORG CHEM, V27, P435
    PILENI MP, 1992, CHEM MATER, V4, P345
    ROSSETTI R, 1984, J CHEM PHYS, V80, P4464
    STUCKY GD, 1990, SCIENCE, V247, P669
    TAYLOR A, 1961, XRAY METALLOGRAPHY
    WANG Y, 1987, OPT COMMUN, V61, P233
    WANG Y, 1990, J CHEM PHYS, V92, P6977
    WANG Y, 1991, J PHYS CHEM-US, V95, P525
 NR 11
 TC 4
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD SEP 2
 PY 1996
 VL 8
 IS 36
 BP L499
 EP L504
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA VF317
 UT ISI:A1996VF31700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZC
    Wang, SF
    Shen, SH
    Zou, SC
    Zhang, ZM
 TI Intrinsic periodicity associated with quantum-well states in a magnetic
    sandwich
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 ID OSCILLATORY INTERLAYER EXCHANGE; NONMAGNETIC METALLIC LAYER; GIANT
    MAGNETORESISTANCE; TRANSPORT-PROPERTIES; THIN-FILMS; FE LAYERS;
    MULTILAYERS; SUPERLATTICES; MECHANISM; TRILAYERS
 AB zFrom a simplified quantum-well model for a magnetic sandwich, it can
    be shown that in the variation of the number of occupied levels with
    the spacer layers, there exists an intrinsic periodicity, which leads
    the Fermi level to oscillate periodically. The intrinsic periodicity
    does not depend on the magnetic alignment but only on the quantum-well
    states themselves. The oscillation period can be approximately given by
    T = (1/beta) (3) root pi mu(parallel to)/(3n(0) mu(perpendicular to)),
    where mu(parallel to) and mu(perpendicular to) are the effective masses
    of the electron in the lateral and perpendicular directions
    respectively, beta is the distance between the two neighbouring atomic
    layers, and n(0) is the electron density in the spacer layers. This
    makes one speculate that the long periodicity of the oscillatory
    coupling could be a result of the intrinsic periodicity, if mu(parallel
    to)/mu(perpendicular to) >> 1 and a small s-electron density are
    assumed. On the other hand, from the calculated energy bands for a thin
    film, it is found that the electronic structure is highly anisotropic,
    which is in agreement with this assumption. Therefore, it can be
    confirmed that the intrinsic periodicity plays an important role in the
    oscillatory coupling. An inverse photoemission experiment on Cu(100)
    films over Co can be explained quite well using this physical picture.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Wang, ZC, CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST MET,STATE KEY LAB FUNCT MAT
    INFORMAT,865 CHANGNING RD,SHANGHAI 200050,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAIBICH MN, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P2472
    BARNAS J, 1992, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V111, L215
    BENNETT WR, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P3169
    BRUBAKER ME, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P2307
    BRUNO P, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P1602
    BRUNO P, 1992, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V116, L13
    BRUNO P, 1993, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V121, P248
    CAMLEY RE, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P664
    CARBONE C, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P2433
    CARBONE C, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2805
    CELINSKI Z, 1991, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V99, L25
    DOSE V, 1983, PROG SURF SCI, V13, P225
    EDWARDS DM, 1990, S C E MRS SPRING M S
    EDWARDS DM, 1991, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V93, P85
    EDWARDS DM, 1991, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V3, P4941
    EDWARDS DM, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P493
    EHRLICH AC, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P5536
    EHRLICH AC, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2300
    EUCEDA A, 1983, PHYS REV B, V27, P659
    GARCIA N, 1991, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V99, L12
    GARRISON K, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2801
    GRUNBERG P, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P2442
    HEINRICH B, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P673
    HIMPSEL FJ, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P5966
    JIN QY, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P5
    JONES BA, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P4253
    KRAKAUER H, 1979, PHYS REV B, V19, P1706
    LACROIX C, 1991, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V93, P413
    LEVY PM, 1990, J APPL PHYS 2B, V67, P5914
    LEVY PM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P1643
    MANKEY J, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P1540
    MATHON J, 1991, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V100, P527
    MATHON J, 1992, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V4, P9873
    NEDOREZOV SS, 1967, SOV PHYS JETP, V24, P578
    ORTEGA JE, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P844
    PARKIN SSP, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P2304
    PARKIN SSP, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P2152
    PARKIN SSP, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P3598
    PESCIA D, 1990, Z PHYS B, V78, P475
    PETROFF F, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P5355
    QIU ZQ, 1992, PHYS REV, V46, P5810
    RUDERMAN MA, 1954, PHYS REV, V96, P99
    SEGALL B, 1962, PHYS REV, V125, P109
    SOHN KS, 1976, PHYS REV B, V13, P1515
    STILES MD, 1990, PHYS REV B, V64, P2304
    STILES MD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P7238
    TRIVEDI N, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P12298
    VANSCHILFGAARDE M, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P3870
    WALKER TG, 1993, PHYS REV, V48
    WANG SF, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P15156
    WANG Y, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P2732
    WANG Y, 1991, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V93, P359
    WANG ZC, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V193, P480
    YAFET Y, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P3948
    ZHANG S, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P8689
 NR 55
 TC 1
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD AUG 26
 PY 1996
 VL 8
 IS 35
 BP 6381
 EP 6391
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA VE807
 UT ISI:A1996VE80700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, WJ
    Wan, XJ
    Jin, C
 TI Environmental effects on the room temperature ductility of a TiAl based
    alloy
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID EMBRITTLEMENT
 AB The effects of different environments and strain rates on the room
    temperature ductility of a TiAl based alloy with the composition
    Ti-46Al-2Cr-0.2Si-0.1Nd have been investigated in this paper. The
    results show that the TiAl based alloy is susceptible to environmental
    embrittlement at room temperature. The tensile ductility of the TiAl
    based alloy in different test environments decreases in the sequence of
    oxygen > air > hydrogen > argon saturated with water vapor. The
    ductility is also sensitive to strain rate. It increases with
    increasing strain rate when tested in hydrogen gas. Both H2O and H-2
    cause environmental embrittlement, with the former being a more potent
    embrittler.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,INST MET & MAT SCI,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHAN KS, 1992, METALL T A, V23, P1663
    CHRISTODOULOU L, 1990, HYDROGEN EFFECTS MAT, P515
    GEORGE EP, 1994, HIGH TEMPERATURE ORD, V6, P1131
    KANE RD, 1991, ENV EFFECTS ADV MAT, P35
    KIM YW, 1990, HIGH TEMPERATURE ALU, P465
    LIU CT, 1989, SCRIPTA METALL, V23, P875
    LIU CT, 1990, HIGH TEMPERATURE ALU, P133
    LIU CT, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P1583
    LIU CT, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P385
    LIU CT, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P599
    MASAHASHI N, 1988, METALL T, V19, P535
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    YAMAGUCHI M, 1990, PROG MATER SCI, V34, P1
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD OCT
 PY 1996
 VL 12
 IS 5
 BP 373
 EP 376
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA VE553
 UT ISI:A1996VE55300011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, JH
    Lu, WC
    Ding, YM
    Yan, LC
 TI Self-organization neural tree applied to structure-activity
    relationship of 3-methylfentanyl derivatives
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Article
 DE 3-methylfentanyl derivatives; structure-activity relationship;
    artificial neural network; self-organization neural tree
 AB In this paper, the non-linear relationship between the characteristic
    parameters and analgesic activities of a series of 3-methylfentanyl
    derivatives was calculated by self-organization neural tree model, The
    results show that the performance of the self-organization neural tree
    is quite good and the successful classification rare is high,
    Therefore, we can expect that this model might be used as an effective
    assistant technique for the investigation of structure-activity
    relationship of drugs.
 C1 CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST MET,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Fang, JH, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR HANSCH C, 1962, NATURE, V194, P178
    HANSCH C, 1973, J MED CHEM, V16, P1207
    HANSCH C, 1977, J MED CHEM, V20, P304
    HOFFMANN R, 1963, J CHEM PHYS, V39, P1397
    LI T, 1993, NEUROCOMPUTING, V5, P231
    LU WC, 1993, J MOL SCI, V9, P123
    ZHU YC, 1981, ACTA PHARMACOL SINIC, V16, P97
    ZHU YC, 1983, ACTA PHARMACEUTICA S, V18, P591
    ZHU YC, 1985, ACTA PHARMACOL SINIC, V20, P267
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD AUG
 PY 1996
 VL 17
 IS 8
 BP 1280
 EP 1284
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA VE173
 UT ISI:A1996VE17300032
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, XR
    Zhu, YZ
 TI Optimal heapsort algorithm
 SO THEORETICAL COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB A new heapsort algorithm is given in this paper. Its practical value is
    that the efficiency of it is two times as high as that of the original
    algorithm in Horowitz and Sahni (1978). Also, its theoretical
    significance lies in the order and the main term coefficient of the
    complexity has optimal performance.
 RP Gu, XR, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT COMP SCI,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AHO AV, 1975, DESIGN ANAL COMPUTER
    HOROWITZ E, 1978, FUNDAMENTALS COMPUTE
    KNUTH DE, 1973, ART COMPUTER PROGRAM, V3
    WEGENER I, 1992, SIMPLE MODIFICATION
    XUNRANG G, 1990, COMPUT J, V33, P281
    XUNRANG G, 1994, THEORET COMPUT SCI, V134, P559
 NR 6
 TC 2
 SN 0304-3975
 J9 THEOR COMPUT SCI
 JI Theor. Comput. Sci.
 PD AUG 30
 PY 1996
 VL 163
 IS 1-2
 BP 239
 EP 243
 PG 5
 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods
 GA VE225
 UT ISI:A1996VE22500010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
 TI Generalized Euler's turbomachine equation and free vortex sheet
    conditions in separated/cavitated turbo-flows
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 ID INCOMPRESSIBLE ROTOR FLOW; 3-D TRANSONIC FLOW; VARIATIONAL-PRINCIPLES;
    VARIABLE-DOMAIN; HYBRID PROBLEMS; SHOCKS
 AB In the present paper four fundamental problems in turbomachinery
    aerodynamic theory are studied in depth: (1) It is shown that the
    well-known Euler's equation for turbomachine power is valid only for
    shrouded impellers. Then, a generalization of it to unshrouded
    impellers is carried out. (2) An equation relating the free trailing
    vortex distribution along the blade span to that of the swirl moment
    rV(theta) is derived, yielding a condition for the vanishing of free
    trailing vortex sheets. (3) The free surface conditions in separated
    now are shown to be entirely different from those in cavitated flow.
    (4) Generalized Kutta conditions for 3-D rotor bladings in separated
    and cavitated flows are also derived. All these results are of
    fundamental value in both analytical and numerical handlings of fully
    3-D rotor-flows.
 RP Liu, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DRING RP, 1971, J ENG POWER, V93, P4
    HAWTHORNE WR, 1964, AERODYNAMICS TURBINE
    HIRSCH C, 1974, 74GT72 ASME
    HORLOCK JH, 1974, AGARDOGRAPH, V185
    KIRILLOV II, 1972, THEORY TURBOMACHINES
    LASKARIS TE, 1978, AIAA J, V16, P717
    LIU GI, 1986, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V108, P254
    LIU GL, 1980, FUNDAMENTALS AERODYN
    LIU GL, 1992, ACTA MECH, V95, P117
    LIU GL, 1992, P 3 E CHIN C FLUID M, P156
    LIU GL, 1993, ACTA MECH, V97, P229
    SPALDING DB, 1958, ENG THERMODYNAMICS
    STODOLA A, 1945, STEAM GAS TURBINES
    TRAPEL W, 1966, THERMISCHE TURBOMASC, V1
    VAVRA MH, 1960, AEROTHERMODYNAMICS F
    WISLICENUS GF, 1965, FLUID MECH TURBOMACH, V1
    WU CH, 1965, CHINESE J MECH ENG, V13, P43
    YAN S, 1994, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V11, P71
    YAN S, 1996, IN PRESS INT J TURBO
 NR 19
 TC 9
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1996
 VL 13
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 11
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA VE151
 UT ISI:A1996VE15100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yan, S
    Liu, GL
 TI Variable-domain finite element method based on variational principles
    for solving hybrid problems of fully 3-D compressible rotor flow
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 AB Based on a unified variable-domain variational theory (Liu, 1988), a
    new finite element method (FEM) with self-adjusting nodes for
    determining the unknown boundaries (shape of the blade and of the
    annulus walls) in hybrid problems is presented. Two hybrid problem
    types H(A)xD and [H-C+D]xD are tested numerically by this FEM and the
    geometry of the rotor bladings thus obtained coincides with the
    original one quite well. Thus, a new numerical method with great
    generality and versatility for practical 3-D blading design and/or
    modification is provided.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Yan, S, E CHINA UNIV TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 200093,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHUNG TJ, 1989, FINITE ELEMENT ANAL
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    LIU GI, 1986, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V108, P254
    LIU GL, 1980, SCI SINICA, V23, P1339
    LIU GL, 1988, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID, P473
    LIU GL, 1993, INT J TURBO JET ENGI, V10, P273
    LIU GL, 1994, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V11, P53
    LIU GL, 1995, 95GT171 ASME
    LIU GL, 1995, ACTA MECH, V108, P207
    MARCHUK GI, 1982, METHODS NUMERICAL MA, CH4
    PENG HW, 1975, KEXUE TONGBAO, V20, P416
    SIEVERDING CH, 1984, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V106, P437
    WU CH, 1952, 2604 NACA TN
    YAN S, 1989, VARIATIONAL FINITE E
    YAN S, 1990, EXP COMPUT AEROTHERM, P457
    YAN S, 1994, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V11, P71
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1996
 VL 13
 IS 1
 BP 13
 EP 23
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA VE151
 UT ISI:A1996VE15100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, YB
    Mo, YW
    Wang, Y
    Huang, XQ
    Chen, DM
    Wang, H
 TI Nucleation mechanism of polycrystalline diamond film deposited on
    ceramic alumina by microwave plasma chemical vapor deposition
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID PHASE
 AB Polycrystalline diamond films have been deposited on ceramic alumina
    substrates by microwave plasma chemical vapor deposition method,
    Variation of the emission spectra in the microwave plasma with the
    microwave power and the vapor pressure in the reaction chamber is
    studied, respectively. Relationships between the hydrogen atomic
    spectra and the average energy of the electrons in the plasma, as well
    as the mechanism of diamond film deposition on ceramic alumina are
    discussed.
 RP Xia, YB, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,COLL MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAKEFI G, 1976, PRINCIPLES LASER PLA, P592
    BARNES PN, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P37
    CHEN Y, 1993, THIN FILMS SCI TECH, V6, P277
    DAWSON PH, 1969, ADV ELECT ELECTR PHY, V27, P60
    FRENKLACH M, 1991, PHYS REV B, V43, P1520
    SHECHTMAN D, 1993, J MATER RES, V8, P473
    SPEAR KE, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P171
    YARBROUGH WA, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P3179
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1996
 VL 13
 IS 7
 BP 557
 EP 560
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA VE315
 UT ISI:A1996VE31500021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, XY
    Zhou, SP
    Xu, DM
 TI The photoinduced carrier distribution in a semiconductor waveguide and
    the FDTD analysis for millimeter-wave propagation
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE photoinduced carrier; semiconductor waveguide; FDTD analysis
 ID OPTICAL CONTROL; GUIDES
 AB Exact solutions for millimeter-wave propagation in an optically
    controlled rectangular semiconductor waveguide were presented. This was
    implemented by strictly solving the continuity equation that the
    photoinduced carriers hold and by finite-difference-time-domain (FDTD)
    modeling for the wave propagation in the waveguide. The laser intensity
    dependence of the millimeter-wave signal's amplitude and phase shift
    was obtained. Excellent agreement between numerical results and
    experiments was found. (C) 1996 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 RP Wu, XY, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR LEE CH, 1980, IEEE QUANTUM ELECTRO, V16, P277
    LEE CH, 1984, PICOSECOND OPTOELECT
    LUEBBERS RJ, 1991, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V39, P29
    PLATTE W, 1989, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V37, P139
    SEEDS AJ, 1990, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V38, P577
    SHEN Y, 1993, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V41, P1005
    TSUTSUMI M, 1991, IEE PROC-H, V138, P527
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD SEP
 PY 1996
 VL 13
 IS 1
 BP 35
 EP 38
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA VC405
 UT ISI:A1996VC40500012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, ZH
    Ye, RS
 TI Symmetry-breaking and bifurcation study on the laminar flows through
    curved pipes with a circular cross section
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID TUBE; POINTS
 AB The Dean problem of steady viscous flow through a coiled circular pipe
    is studied numerically. We compute the structure of the symmetric
    families of the flows that exist as the crucial parameter D varies,
    which is in accordance with those stated in Yang and Keller (Appl.
    Numer. Math. 2, 257, 1986), Furthermore, we find a asymmetric flow
    emanating from the symmetry-breaking bifurcation point, which they
    could not find since they restricted the numerical study on the flows
    symmetric about the x-axis. (C) 1996 Academic Press, Inc.
 C1 SHANTOU UNIV,INST MATH,GUANGDONG 515063,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Yang, ZH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR BREZZI F, 1981, NUMER MATH, V38, P1
    COLLINS WM, 1975, Q J MECH APPL MATH, V28, P133
    DASKOPOULOS P, 1989, J FLUID MECH, V203, P125
    DEAN WR, 1927, PHILOS MAG, V4, P208
    DEAN WR, 1928, PHILOS MAG, V5, P673
    DENNIS SCR, 1980, J FLUID MECH, V99, P449
    DENNIS SCR, 1982, Q J MECH APPL MATH, V35, P305
    KELLER HB, 1977, APPL BIFURCATION THE, P359
    MOORE G, 1980, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V17, P567
    VANDYKE M, 1978, J FLUID MECH, V86, P129
    WERNER B, 1984, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V21, P388
    WINTERS KH, 1987, J FLUID MECH, V180, P343
    YANG ZH, 1986, APPL NUMER MATH, V2, P257
 NR 13
 TC 2
 SN 0021-9991
 J9 J COMPUT PHYS
 JI J. Comput. Phys.
 PD AUG
 PY 1996
 VL 127
 IS 1
 BP 73
 EP 87
 PG 15
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Physics, Mathematical
 GA VB430
 UT ISI:A1996VB43000007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, HY
    Zhang, XL
    Wei, JJ
    Wu, XX
    Qi, DY
    Liu, YC
    Dai, M
    Yu, TY
    Deng, JQ
 TI An amperometric Meldola Blue-mediated sensor high sensitive to hydrogen
    peroxide based on immobilization of horseradish peroxidase in a
    composite membrane of regenerated silk fibroin and poly(vinyl alcohol)
 SO ANALYTICA CHIMICA ACTA
 DT Article
 DE sensors; poly(vinyl alcohol); regenerated silk fibroin; Meldola Blue;
    horseradish peroxidase; hydrogen peroxide
 ID ENZYME ELECTRODES; BIOELECTROCATALYTIC REDUCTION; CARBON; ASSAY
 AB A new composite membrane of poly(vinyl alcohol) (PVA) and regenerated
    silk fibroin (RSF) was successfully employed to immobilize horseradish
    peroxidase (HRP) and infrared (IR) was used to get insight in the
    structure of the composite membrane. An amperometric HRP-based sensor
    highly sensitive to hydrogen peroxide was fabricated, which was based
    on Meldola Blue as a mediator to facilitate efficient electron transfer
    between immobilized HRP and a glassy carbon electrode. Performance and
    characteristics of the sensor were evaluated with respect to response
    time, detection limit, selectivity, operating and storage stability,
    and dependence on temperature, pH, applied potential and mediator
    concentration. The sensor displayed high sensitivity to hydrogen
    peroxide with low detection of limit of 0.1 mu M.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT MACROMOLEC SCI,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, HY, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR 1991, SIGMA CATALOG, V771
    BIFULCO L, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1443
    FREW JE, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V201, P1
    GARGUILO MG, 1993, ANAL CHEM, V65, P523
    HO WO, 1993, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V351, P185
    HURDIS EC, 1954, ANAL CHEM, V26, P320
    JONSSON G, 1989, ELECTROANAL, V1, P465
    KAMIN RA, 1980, ANAL CHEM, V52, P1198
    KORELL U, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P510
    KULYS JJ, 1980, FEBS LETT, V114, P7
    LIU HY, 1995, ANAL PROC, V32, P475
    LIU YC, 1996, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V41, P77
    MAEHLY AC, 1955, METHOD ENZYMOL, V2, P801
    OHARA TJ, 1993, ELECTROANAL, V5, P823
    QIAN JH, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V397, P157
    SANCHEZ PD, 1990, ELECTROANAL, V2, P303
    SANCHEZ PD, 1991, ELECTROANAL, V3, P281
    TATSUMA T, 1989, ANAL CHEM, V61, P2352
    TATSUMA T, 1992, ANAL CHEM, V64, P1183
    WANG J, 1991, ANAL CHEM, V63, P2993
    WELINDER KG, 1979, EUR J BIOCHEM, V96, P483
    WOLLENBERGER U, 1990, ANAL LETT, V23, P1795
    WOLLENBERGER U, 1991, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V26, P287
    YAMADA H, 1974, ARCH BIOCHEM BIOPHYS, V165, P728
    YAROPOLOV AI, 1979, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR, V249, P1399
 NR 25
 TC 16
 SN 0003-2670
 J9 ANAL CHIM ACTA
 JI Anal. Chim. Acta
 PD AUG 9
 PY 1996
 VL 329
 IS 1-2
 BP 97
 EP 103
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA VB446
 UT ISI:A1996VB44600012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hsu, TY
    Li, L
    Jiang, BH
 TI Thermodynamic calculation of the equilibrium temperature between the
    tetragonal and monoclinic phases in CeO2-ZrO2
 SO MATERIALS TRANSACTIONS JIM
 DT Article
 DE thermodynamics; martensitic transformation; CeO2-ZrO2
 ID MARTENSITIC-TRANSFORMATION; ZIRCONIA MICROCRYSTALS; APPLIED STRESS;
    DRIVING FORCE; AL ALLOYS; FE-C; MS; SYSTEM
 AB Gibbs free energies of tetragonal and monoclinic phases at various
    temperatures are calculated for 8, 10 and 12 mol% CeO2-ZrO2 by
    referring to the revised CeO2-ZrO2 phase diagram given by Tani ct al.
    and utilizing the Lukas program. The equilibrium temperatures T-0,
    between t and m phases are obtained as 999, 838 and 697 K for 8, 10 and
    12 mol% CeO2-ZrO2, respectively, being much lower than the T-0 of ZrO2.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Hsu, TY, SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI,SHANGHAI 200030,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P1569
    GARVIE RC, 1965, J PHYS CHEM-US, V69, P1238
    GARVIE RC, 1978, J PHYS CHEM-US, V82, P218
    GARVIE RC, 1985, J MATER SCI, V20, P1193
    GARVIE RC, 1985, J MATER SCI, V20, P3479
    GARVIE RC, 1986, J MATER SCI, V21, P1253
    HANNINK RHJ, 1981, ADV CERAM, V3, P116
    HSU TY, 1983, J MATER SCI, V18, P3206
    HSU TY, 1984, ACTA METALL, V32, P343
    HSU TY, 1985, J MATER SCI, V20, P23
    HSU TY, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P3091
    HSU TY, 1994, CHINESE J MATER RES, V8, P50
    HSU TY, 1995, CHINESE J MATER RES, V9, P338
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P35
    LUKAS HL, 1977, CALPHAD, V1, P225
    TANI E, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P506
    TU JB, 1994, J MATER SCI, V29, P1662
    ZHOU XW, 1991, ACTA METALL MATER, V39, P1041
    ZHOU XW, 1991, ACTA METALL MATER, V39, P1045
 NR 19
 TC 3
 SN 0916-1821
 J9 MATER TRANS JIM
 JI Mater. Trans. JIM
 PD JUN
 PY 1996
 VL 37
 IS 6
 BP 1281
 EP 1283
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA VB574
 UT ISI:A1996VB57400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, BH
    Li, L
    Hsu, TY
 TI Thermodynamic calculation of the M(s) temperature in 8 mol% CeO2-ZrO2
 SO MATERIALS TRANSACTIONS JIM
 DT Article
 DE thermodynamics; martensitic transformation; CeO2-ZrO2
 ID ZIRCONIA MICROCRYSTALS; PHASE-TRANSFORMATION; APPLIED STRESS; ZRO2
 AB The M(s) temperature in 8 mol% CeO2-ZrO2 with a mean grain size of 1.38
    mu m is calculated by using the calculated results of the Gibbs
    energies of both tetragonal and monoclinic phases in our previous
    paper((1)), The required parameters for M(s) calculation are obtained
    by experimental measurements or through estimation from some available
    data. The calculated M(s) temperature is in good agreement with the
    experimental one and the difference of them is less than 5 degrees,
    showing that the approach given in this article is suitable for the
    prediction of M(s) in zirconia ceramics.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Jiang, BH, SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI,SHANGHAI 200030,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR BANSAL GK, 1972, ACTA METALL, V20, P1281
    EVANS AG, 1981, ACTA METALL, V79, P447
    GARVIE RC, 1965, J PHYS CHEM-US, V69, P1238
    GARVIE RC, 1978, J PHYS CHEM-US, V82, P218
    GARVIE RC, 1980, CERAM INT, V6, P19
    GARVIE RC, 1985, J MATER SCI, V20, P1193
    GARVIE RC, 1985, J MATER SCI, V20, P3479
    GARVIE RC, 1986, J MATER SCI, V21, P1253
    HANNINK RHJ, 1981, ADV CERAM, V3, P116
    HOMES H, 1972, J PHYS CHEM-US, V76, P1497
    HSU TY, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P1281
    HUGO GR, 1990, MATER SCI FORUM, V56, P357
    LEE RR, 1988, J AM CERAM SOC, V71, P694
    SAMSONOV GV, 1982, OXIDE HDB, P183
 NR 14
 TC 2
 SN 0916-1821
 J9 MATER TRANS JIM
 JI Mater. Trans. JIM
 PD JUN
 PY 1996
 VL 37
 IS 6
 BP 1284
 EP 1286
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA VB574
 UT ISI:A1996VB57400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, GY
    Chen, YL
 TI Thermal analysis and infrared measurements of a lead-barium-aluminum
    phosphate glass
 SO JOURNAL OF NON-CRYSTALLINE SOLIDS
 DT Letter
 ID VIBRATIONS
 AB Thermal properties of a recently-developed lead-barium-aluminum
    phosphate glass were examined by means of differential thermal analysis
    (DTA) and thermal mechanical analysis (TMA). DTA curve shows that the
    melting of the crystalline phases (devitrified phases) appears at 891
    +/- 3 degrees C. The glass transition temperature, softening
    temperature and thermal expansion coefficient obtained from TMA are 528
    +/- 3 degrees C, 565 +/- 3 degrees C and (11.7 +/- 0.4) x
    10(-6)/degrees C (30 degrees C < T < 520 degrees C), respectively.
    Infrared spectra were measured on samples of the glass to investigate
    the structure of the glass. The infrared spectrum of the glass has an
    absorption band due to water in the near-infrared region, the absence
    of a characteristic P=O absorption band at around 1280 cm(-1) in the
    mid-infrared region, and three well-resolved absorption bands at 403
    +/- 10, 124 +/- 7, 115 +/- 5 cm(-1) in the far-infrared region.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Guo, GY, SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI
    200030,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHAKRABORTY S, 1989, J MATER SCI LETT, V8, P1358
    CORBRIDGE DEC, 1954, J CHEM SOC, P493
    EXARHOS GJ, 1972, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V11, P755
    EXARHOS GJ, 1974, J CHEM PHYS, V60, P4145
    GUO GY, 1993, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V162, P164
    GUO GY, 1993, MATER CHEM PHYS, V35, P49
    GUO GY, 1995, J AM CERAM SOC, V78, P501
    HIGAZY AA, 1985, J MATER SCI, V20, P2345
    LAPP JC, 1992, AM CERAM SOC B, V71, P1545
    MORIKAWA H, 1981, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V44, P107
    NELSON BN, 1979, J CHEM PHYS, V71, P2739
    OUCHETTO M, 1991, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V32, P22
    SALES BC, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P615
 NR 13
 TC 6
 SN 0022-3093
 J9 J NON-CRYST SOLIDS
 JI J. Non-Cryst. Solids
 PD JUN
 PY 1996
 VL 201
 IS 3
 BP 262
 EP 266
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA VA912
 UT ISI:A1996VA91200010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, WZ
    Zhu, ZY
    Qiu, XJ
 TI Relativistic density-dependent Hartree approach for nuclear matter in
    the chiral-symmetry-breaking model
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB A relativistic density-dependent Hartree approach in the
    chiral-symmetry-breaking field model has been developed for nuclear
    matter. The coupling constants of the relativistic Hartree-Lagrangian
    are made density dependence and obtained from the relativistic
    Brueckner-Bethe-Goldstone results of nuclear matter. The calculated
    saturation nuclear density, binding-energy and compressibility for
    nuclear matter are close to the empirical ones.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Jiang, WZ, CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST NUCL RES,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BOGUTA J, 1977, NUCL PHYS A, V292, P413
    BROCKMANN R, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P3408
    GELLMANN M, 1960, NUOVO CIMENTO, V16, P705
    JIANG WH, IN PRESS COMMUN THEO
    SEROT BD, 1986, ADV NUCLEAR PHYSICS, V16, CH1
    ZHANG XO, IN PRESS CHIN J NUCL
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1996
 VL 13
 IS 6
 BP 416
 EP 419
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA VA453
 UT ISI:A1996VA45300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bi, PZ
    Shi, YM
 TI The temperature influence on the Q(2)(Q)over-bar(2) system
 SO NUOVO CIMENTO DELLA SOCIETA ITALIANA DI FISICA A-NUCLEI PARTICLES AND
    FIELDS
 DT Article
 ID ANNIHILATIONS; STATES; REST
 AB The Q(2) (Q) over bar(2) system at finite temperature is investigated
    based on the ellipsoidal bag model. It is found that the binding energy
    decreases with increasing temperature.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT PHYS 2,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Bi, PZ, FUDAN UNIV,TD LEE PHYS LAB,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ADER JP, 1982, PHYS REV D, V25, P2370
    BI PZ, 1988, J PHYS G, V14, P681
    BI PZ, 1991, PHYS LETT B, V262, P485
    BI PZ, 1991, Z PHYS C PART FIELDS, V52, P105
    BI PZ, 1992, Z PHYS C PART FIELDS, V54, P453
    BRIDGES D, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V56, P211
    BRIDGES D, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V56, P215
    HELLER L, 1985, PHYS REV D, V32, P755
    LIU KF, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P2288
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0369-3546
 J9 NUOVO CIMENTO A-NUCL PART F
 JI Nuovo Cimento Soc. Ital. Fis. A-Nucl. Part. Fields
 PD MAY
 PY 1996
 VL 109
 IS 5
 BP 593
 EP 596
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA UZ797
 UT ISI:A1996UZ79700009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, YT
    Zhao, XH
 TI Collinear periodic cracks in an anisotropic medium
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF FRACTURE
 DT Article
 ID ELASTIC-MATERIALS; LINE FORCES; DISLOCATIONS
 AB The problem of collinear periodic cracks in an anisotropic medium is
    examined in this paper. By means of Stroh formalism and the conformal
    mapping method, we obtain general periodic solutions for collinear
    cracks. The corresponding stress intensity factors, crack opening
    displacements and strain energy release rate are found.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Hu, YT, HUAZHONG UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MECH,WUHAN 430074,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR ASARO RJ, 1973, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V60, P261
    BARNETT DM, 1973, J PHYS F MET PHYS, V3, P1083
    BARNETT DM, 1974, J PHYS F MET PHYS, V4, P1618
    CHADWICK P, 1977, ADV APPL MECH, V17, P303
    HOWLAND RCJ, 1935, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V148, P471
    HWU C, 1989, Q J MECH APPL MATH, V42, P553
    HWU CB, 1991, INT J FRACTURE, V52, P239
    JIANKE L, 1986, PERIODIC PROBLEMS PL
    KARIHALOO BL, 1979, ENG FRACT MECH, V12, P49
    KOITER WT, 1959, ING ARCH, V28, P168
    LI QQ, 1989, J APPL MECH, V56, P556
    MUSKHELISHVILI NI, 1953, SOME BASIC PROBLEMS
    STROH AN, 1958, PHILOS MAG, V3, P625
    STROH AN, 1962, J MATH PHYS, V41, P77
    SUO ZG, 1990, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V427, P331
    TING TCT, 1982, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V18, P139
    TING TCT, 1988, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V146, P81
 NR 17
 TC 3
 SN 0376-9429
 J9 INT J FRACTURE
 JI Int. J. Fract.
 PY 1996
 VL 76
 IS 3
 BP 207
 EP 219
 PG 13
 SC Mechanics
 GA UZ448
 UT ISI:A1996UZ44800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qiao, ZC
    Dai, SQ
 TI Limit cycle analysis of a class of strongly nonlinear oscillation
    equations
 SO NONLINEAR DYNAMICS
 DT Article
 DE strongly nonlinear oscillation; limit cycle; asymptotic analysis;
    modified KBM method
 ID NON-LINEAR OSCILLATOR; BIFURCATIONS
 AB The limit cycle of a class of strongly nonlinear oscillation equations
    of the form u double over dot + g(u) = epsilon f(u, u over dot) is
    investigated by means of a modified version of the KBM method, where
    epsilon is a positive small parameter. The advantage of our method is
    its straightforwardness and effectiveness, which is suitable for the
    above equation, where g(u) need not be restricted to an odd function of
    u, provided that the reduced equation, corresponding to epsilon = 0,
    has a periodic solution. A specific example is presented to demonstrate
    the validity and accuracy of our method by comparing our results with
    numerical ones, which are in good agreement with each other even for
    relatively large epsilon.
 RP Qiao, ZC, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BURTON TD, 1982, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V17, P7
    BYRD PF, 1971, HDB ELLIPTIC INTEGRA
    CHEN SH, 1991, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V26, P125
    DAI SQ, 1985, APPL MATH MECH, V6, P409
    HOLMES P, 1980, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V15, P449
    KNOBLOCH E, 1981, J FLUID MECH, V108, P2911
    MARGALLO JG, 1987, J SOUND VIBRATION, V116, P591
    MARGALLO JG, 1988, J SOUND VIBRATION, V125, P13
    MARGALLO JG, 1990, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V25, P663
    MOREMEDI GM, 1993, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V28, P237
    NAYFEH AH, 1973, PERTURBATION METHODS
    NAYFEH AH, 1981, INTRO PERTURBATION T
    SHEN JQ, 1988, ACTA MATH SINICA, V31, P215
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0924-090X
 J9 NONLINEAR DYNAMICS
 JI Nonlinear Dyn.
 PD JUL
 PY 1996
 VL 10
 IS 3
 BP 221
 EP 233
 PG 13
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA UZ339
 UT ISI:A1996UZ33900002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Grabb, ML
    Wang, SZ
    Birdsall, TG
 TI Deterministic three-dimensional analysis of long-range sound
    propagation through internal-wave fields
 SO IEEE JOURNAL OF OCEANIC ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 AB A Munk profile and a set of propagating internal-wave modes are used to
    construct a three-dimensional time-varying ocean sound-speed model.
    Three-dimensional ray tracing is employed to simulate long-range sound
    propagation of a broad-band acoustic signal. Methods are developed to
    convert three-dimensional ray-tracing results to acoustic time-domain
    amplitude and phase measurements. The ocean sound-speed model is
    defined deterministically, and the model acoustic receptions are
    analyzed deterministically. A single internal-wave mode that is
    ''spatially synchronized'' to an arrival can coherently focus and
    defocus the acoustic energy. These internal waves ran cause an
    arrival's amplitude fluctuation to mimic Rayleigh fading; however, the
    time-domain phase is stable, in contradiction to the classical Rayleigh
    fading environment where the received phase is uniformly distributed.
    for example, the received power attributed to an early arrival
    propagated over a 750-km range can fluctuate over 40 dB, while the
    time-domain phase remains within a quarter of a 75-Hz cycle, The
    characteristics of the time-domain phase are important for establishing
    coherent integration times at the receiver.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT ELECTR & TELECOMMUN ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Grabb, ML, UNIV MICHIGAN,DEPT ELECT & COMP SCI,ANN ARBOR,MI 48109.
 CR BOLD GEJ, 1986, 112 AC SOC AM M F FF, S63
    BOLD GEJ, 1986, J ACOUST SOC AM, P656
    CERVENY V, 1987, SEISMIC TOMOGRAPHY
    COLOSI JA, 1994, J ACOUST SOC AM, V96, P452
    CORNUELLE BD, 1992, J GEOPHYS RES, V11, P680
    ECKART C, 1961, HYDRODYNAMICS OCEANS
    FLATTE SM, 1979, SOUND PROPAGATION FL
    FLATTE SM, 1983, P IEEE, V71, P1267
    FLATTE SM, 1987, J ACOUST SOC AM, V82, P967
    FLATTE SM, 1988, J ACOUST SOC AM, V84, P1414
    FLATTE SM, 1992, INT M WAV PROP RAND
    GARRETT C, 1975, J GEOPHYS RES, V80, P291
    GRABB ML, 1996, THESIS U MICHIGAN AN
    MUNK WH, 1974, J ACOUST SOC AM, V55, P220
    PHILLIPS OM, 1977, DYNAMICS UPPER OCEAN
    TAPPERT FD, UNPUB J ACOUST SOC A
    TECHAU P, UNPUB
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 0364-9059
 J9 IEEE J OCEANIC ENG
 JI IEEE J. Ocean. Eng.
 PD JUL
 PY 1996
 VL 21
 IS 3
 BP 260
 EP 272
 PG 13
 SC Engineering, Civil; Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Engineering,
    Ocean; Oceanography
 GA UY891
 UT ISI:A1996UY89100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Deng, K
    Zhou, YM
    Ren, ZM
    Zhu, SJ
    Wei, JH
    Jiang, GC
 TI Electromagnetic model of levitation melting with cold crucible
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE cold crucible; electromagnetic induction; levitation melting
 AB The electromagnetic problems of levitation melting with cold crucible
    were studied. A quasi-three dimensional model of electromagnetic field
    in this levitation melting process and the modified coupled current
    method were presented. The influences of crucible structure and power
    frequency on the electromagnetic field in this process were analyzed.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI ENHANCED LAB FERROMET,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CISZEK TF, 1985, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V132, P963
    DENG K, 1994, T SHANGHAI U TECHN, V15, P87
    TANAKA T, 1991, ISIJ INT, V31, P1416
    TANAKA T, 1991, ISIJ INT, V31, P350
    TARAPORE ED, 1976, METALL T B B, V7, P343
    TOH T, 1990, P 6 INT IRON STEEL C, P239
 NR 6
 TC 3
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD JUN
 PY 1996
 VL 6
 IS 2
 BP 12
 EP 17
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA UY040
 UT ISI:A1996UY04000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, ZH
    Zhang, J
    Wang, Y
 TI The HAL-3 airborne navigation radar
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON AEROSPACE AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
 DT Letter
 AB This correspondence describes the HAL-3 navigation radar which was
    designed specially for civil airplanes. The main technical functions of
    the radar have been extensively tested on Boeing 707 and Y-7A airplanes
    to the military standard on aeronautic airborne facilities. The rest
    results [1] are qualified by the Chinese Appraisal Committee of
    Aeronautics Facilities. The technical specifications of the radar are
    similar to those of the RDR-1F radar manufactured in tie U.S. with
    several added, operational functions. The radar includes 7 units:
    antenna, transceiver, servo unit, control box, two display units and
    power supply. Operational principles and functions of each unit ore
    described briefly. The current research project for interfacing the
    radar to a fibre-optic gyroscope is in process and some initial
    experimental results are described.
 RP Fang, ZH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI INST ELECTR
    PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR *CHIN APPR COMM AE, 1985, QUAL REP HAL 3 RAD
    DEFANG Z, 1990, TECHNICAL MANUAL HAL
    JI Y, 1995, THESIS SHANGHAI U
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0018-9251
 J9 IEEE TRANS AEROSP ELECTRON SY
 JI IEEE Trans. Aerosp. Electron. Syst.
 PD JUL
 PY 1996
 VL 32
 IS 3
 BP 1208
 EP 1211
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Aerospace; Engineering, Electrical & Electronic;
    Telecommunications
 GA UX978
 UT ISI:A1996UX97800038
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, LS
    Sun, XL
 TI An algorithm for minimizing a class of locally Lipschitz functions
 SO JOURNAL OF OPTIMIZATION THEORY AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE nondifferentiable optimization; locally Lipschitz functions;
    generalized gradients; global convergence methods
 ID OPTIMIZATION
 AB In this paper, we present an algorithm for minimizing a class of
    locally Lipschitz functions. The method generalizes the E-smeared
    method to a class of functions whose Clarke generalized gradients are
    singleton at almost all differentiable points. We analyze the global
    convergence of the method and report some numerical results.
 RP Zhang, LS, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BIHAIN A, 1984, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V44, P545
    CLARKE FH, 1983, OPTIMIZATION NONSMOO
    KIWIEL KC, 1985, LECTURE NOTES MATH, V1133
    LEMARECHAL C, 1975, MATH PROGRAMMING STU, V3, P95
    MIFFLIN R, 1977, MATH OPER RES, V2, P191
    POLAK E, 1983, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V21, P179
    POLAK E, 1985, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V23, P477
    SHOR NZ, 1985, MINIMIZATION METHODS
    WOLFE P, 1975, MATHEMATICAL PROGRAM, V3, P145
    ZHANG LS, 1988, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V4, P200
    ZOWE J, 1985, COMPUTATIONAL MATH P, P323
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0022-3239
 J9 J OPTIMIZ THEOR APPL
 JI J. Optim. Theory Appl.
 PD JUL
 PY 1996
 VL 90
 IS 1
 BP 203
 EP 212
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA UX337
 UT ISI:A1996UX33700011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, F
    Cao, ZC
 TI Study on the electrical properties of single grain boundaries in BaTiO3
    ceramics
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB In the article, the electrical properties of single grains and single
    grain boundaries in donor doped BaTiO3 ceramics have been investigated.
    The results show that the grains have no positive temperature
    coefficient of resistance effect (PTCR effect) if the influence of
    electrode was neglected. The results also show that different grain
    boundaries have various PTCR effect. The characteristics of
    current-voltage do not follow the Heywang model and accord with our
    modified model. The maximum barrier heights of single grain boundaries
    are also deduced experimentally. (C) 1996 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Zhang, F, CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST MET,ION BEAM LAB,SHANGHAI
    200050,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GOODMAN G, 1963, J AM CERAM SOC, V46, P48
    HEYWANG W, 1961, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V3, P51
    HEYWANG W, 1964, J AM CERAM SOC, V47, P484
    NEMOTO H, 1980, J AM CERAM SOC, V63, P398
    OMISSON E, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V6, P3666
    RHODERICK EH, 1978, METAL SEMICONDUCTOR
    TAO M, 1987, J APPL PHYS, V61, P1562
    ZHANG F, IN PRESS J APPL PHYS
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD JUL 15
 PY 1996
 VL 80
 IS 2
 BP 1033
 EP 1036
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA UX156
 UT ISI:A1996UX15600061
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KX
    Zhou, SP
    Bao, JS
    Xu, WW
    Wang, HB
 TI Optical detector using granular YBa2Cu3O7-delta weak link-type junctions
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON APPLIED SUPERCONDUCTIVITY
 DT Article
 ID THIN-FILMS
 AB Experimental photoresponse study of granular YBa2Cu3O7-x (YBCO) weak
    link is reported, The Josephson critical current I-c is suppressed with
    light illumination of the junction, produced mainly from optical
    generation of quasiparticles. At lower temperature (T = 64.5 K), the
    hysteresis in I-V characteristic of the weak link appears, which may be
    found useful for optical detection purpose. This was supported from
    preliminary experiments.
 C1 NANJING UNIV,NANJING 210093,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Xu, KX, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAO J, 1995, J SHANGHAI U NATURAL, V1, P48
    BARONE A, 1982, PHYSICS APPL JOSEPHS, P322
    BHATTACHARYA S, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2279
    BLUZER N, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P10222
    BLUZER N, 1993, IEEE T APPL SUPERCON, V3, P2869
    CARSLAW HS, 1986, CONDUCTION HEAT SOLI, P75
    ENOMOTO Y, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V59, P3807
    FENKEL A, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P9717
    FRENKEL A, 1990, J APPL PHYS, V67, P3054
    GHIS A, 1993, IEEE T APPL SUPERCON, V3, P2136
    TESTARDI LR, 1971, PHYS REV           B, V4, P2189
    XU KX, 1995, J INFRARED MILLIM WA, V14, P341
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1051-8223
 J9 IEEE TRANS APPL SUPERCONDUCT
 JI IEEE Trans. Appl. Supercond.
 PD JUN
 PY 1996
 VL 6
 IS 2
 BP 87
 EP 89
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied
 GA UW838
 UT ISI:A1996UW83800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, DR
    Bai, ZZ
    Evans, DJ
 TI On the monotone convergence of multisplitting method for a class of
    systems of weakly nonlinear equations
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF COMPUTER MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE system of weakly nonlinear equations; matrix multisplitting; monotone
    convergence; convergence rate
 ID REGULAR SPLITTINGS
 AB In this paper, we set up a parallel matrix multisplitting iterative
    method for a class of system of weakly nonlinear equations, Au = G(u),
    A is an element of L(R(n)), G:R(n) --> R(n), which is generally
    resulted from the discretization of many classical differential
    equations. For the new method, the two-sided approximation property is
    deliberately shown, and the comparison theorems between the convergence
    rates of different multisplittings as well as multisplitting and single
    splittings of the coefficient matrix A is an element of L(R(n)) are
    given in detail in the sense of monotonicity. Therefore, the monotone
    convergence theory about this method is thoroghly established. Finally,
    we apply the built conclusions to several special but very important
    and practical multisplittings to confirm the correctness and
    effectiveness of our theory.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,INST MATH,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    LOUGHBOROUGH UNIV TECHNOL,PARALLEL ALGORITHMS RES CTR,LOUGHBOROUGH LE11 3TU,LEICS,ENGLAND.
 RP Wang, DR, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR ALEFELD G, 1985, NUMER MATH, V46, P213
    ELSNER L, 1989, NUMER MATH, V56, P283
    NEUMANN M, 1987, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V88, P559
    OLEARY DP, 1985, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V6, P630
    ORTEGA JM, 1970, ITERATIVE SOLUTION N
    VARGA RS, 1961, MATRIX ITERATIVE ANA
 NR 6
 TC 8
 SN 0020-7160
 J9 INT J COMPUT MATH
 JI Int. J. Comput. Math.
 PY 1996
 VL 60
 IS 3-4
 BP 229
 EP 242
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA UW399
 UT ISI:A1996UW39900006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KX
    Zhou, SP
    Bao, JS
 TI Optically tuned superconductive-dielectric resonators with
    whispering-gallery modes
 SO JOURNAL OF SUPERCONDUCTIVITY
 DT Article
 DE optical effect; superconductive-dielectric resonator;
    whispering-gallery mode; modified partial region method
 AB An analytical method is presented for calculating the resonant
    frequency and Q-factor of a superconducting dielectric disk resonator
    operating in millimeter-wave regime with whispering-gallery mode.
    Resonant frequency shift due to the optical generation of
    quasi-particles in superconducting film is investigated as a function
    of photon flux. An optically tunable resonant frequency of about 500
    MHz is estimated, and good agreement is found between numerical results
    and experimental ones.
 RP Xu, KX, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,JIA DING,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR ARNAUD JA, 1976, BEAM FIBER OPTICS
    FRENKEL A, 1990, J APPL PHYS, V67, P3054
    FRENKEL A, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P9717
    HERCZFELD PR, 1984, P 14 EUR MICR C  SEP, P268
    INVENOV EN, 1992, IEEE MTT, V41, P632
    JONSE SK, 1988, ELECTRON LETT, V23, P807
    KAJFEZ D, 1988, DIELECTRIC RESONATOR
    LEE CH, 1980, IEEE QUANTUM ELECTRO, V16, P277
    LEE CH, 1990, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V38, P596
    LONDON F, 1935, PROC R SOC LON SER-A, V149, P71
    MEI KK, 1991, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V39, P1545
    NEIKIRK P, 1990, IEEE MTT, V38, P586
    OWEN CS, 1972, PHYS REV LETT, V28, P1559
    PARKER WH, 1972, PHYS REV LETT, V29, P925
    SECMNOV AD, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P681
    SEEDS AJ, 1990, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V38, P577
    TESTARDI LR, 1971, PHYS REV           B, V4, P2189
    TOBAR M, 1991, IEEE MTT, V39, P2073
    TSINDLEKHT M, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P2875
    XU KX, 1995, J INFRARED MILLIM WA, V14, P341
    ZHOU SP, 1991, J SUPERCOND, V4, P227
    ZHOU SP, 1992, J APPL PHYS, V71, P2789
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0896-1107
 J9 J SUPERCOND
 JI J. Supercond.
 PD APR
 PY 1996
 VL 9
 IS 2
 BP 193
 EP 199
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA UV423
 UT ISI:A1996UV42300008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lin, D
    Batan, T
    Fuchs, EF
    Grady, WM
 TI Harmonic losses of single-phase induction motors under nonsinusoidal
    voltages
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON ENERGY CONVERSION
 DT Article
 DE time harmonics; single-phase induction machines
 AB Parameters of a capacitor-start, capacitor-run single-phase induction
    motor with closed or semi-closed rotor slots are measured and a model
    for the investigation of the performance of the machine in the
    frequency domain under the influence of harmonic voltages is presented,
    An algorithm taking into account the nonlinear rotor leakage inductance
    is established, This algorithm is applied to estimate the current in
    the time domain, and the harmonic losses at rated-load operation
    without and with run capacitors are calculated, Computational results
    are compared with those from experimentation and the differences
    between both are discussed.
 C1 UNIV TEXAS,AUSTIN,TX 78712.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Lin, D, UNIV COLORADO,BOULDER,CO 80309.
 CR DUFFEY CK, 1989, IEEE T IND APPL, V25
    FUCHS EF, 1994 IEEE IAS ANN M
    FUCHS EF, 1987, OPTIMIZATION INDUCTI, V2
    HU Z, 1989, ANAL CALCULATION ELE
    HUANG Y, 1986, SMALL MEDIUM ELECT M
    VANDERMERWE C, IEEE PES 1994 SUMM M
 NR 6
 TC 4
 SN 0885-8969
 J9 IEEE TRANS ENERGY CONVERS
 JI IEEE Trans. Energy Convers.
 PD JUN
 PY 1996
 VL 11
 IS 2
 BP 273
 EP 279
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Energy & Fuels
 GA UU449
 UT ISI:A1996UU44900001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YC
    Qian, JH
    Liu, HY
    Zhang, XL
    Deng, JQ
    Yu, TY
 TI Blend membrane of regenerated silk fibroin, poly(vinyl alcohol), and
    peroxidase and its application to a ferrocene-mediating hydrogen
    peroxide sensor
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED POLYMER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID HORSERADISH-PEROXIDASE; IMMOBILIZATION; BEADS; ENZYME
 AB Before or after the blend membrane of regenerated silk fibroin (RSF),
    poly(vinyl alcohol) (PVA), and peroxidase is treated with ethanol, RSF,
    PVA, and peroxidase maintain their own structures. The conformational
    transition of RSF in the blend membrane is accomplished from the silk I
    structure to the silk II structure by ethanol treatment, which is used
    to immobilize peroxidase. A ferrocene-mediating sensor for H2O2 is
    made, which is based on the immobilization of peroxidase in the blend
    membrane of RSF and PVA. Performance and characteristics of the sensor
    were evaluated with respect to response time, detection limit,
    selectivity, and dependencies on temperature and pH as well as on
    operating and storage stability. (C) 1996 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT MACROMOLEC SCI,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AMPON K, 1992, J CHEM TECHNOL BIOT, V55, P185
    BAHADUR A, 1985, MAKROMOL CHEM, V186, P1387
    BARTLETT PN, 1993, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V362, P1
    BOYER RF, 1991, BIOTECHNOL EDUC, V2, P17
    CHIBATA I, 1987, BIOTECHNOLOGY A, V7, P653
    DALVIE SK, 1992, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V40, P1173
    DINELLI D, 1976, METHOD ENZYMOL, V44, P227
    DRIOLI E, 1986, NATO ASI SER C, P667
    HAYASHI T, 1991, J APPL POLYM SCI, V42, P85
    HAYASHI T, 1992, J APPL POLYM SCI, V44, P143
    HAYASHI T, 1993, MAKROMOL CHEM-M SYMP, V70, P137
    HURDIS EC, 1954, ANAL CHEM, V26, P320
    KARUBE I, 1987, BIOTECHNOLOGY A, V7, P685
    LINKO P, 1984, CRC CRIT R BIOTECH, V1, P289
    LIU F, 1993, BIOTECHNOL APPL BIOC, V18, P57
    LIU H, IN PRESS BIOELECTROC
    LIU Y, IN PRESS ELECTROCHIM
    MAEHLY AC, 1955, METHOD ENZYMOL, V2, P801
    OHKI A, 1994, CHEM LETT, V6, P1065
    SCHUHMANN W, 1992, BIOELECTROANAL S, V2, P113
    TARHAN L, 1991, J FS EGE U A, V14, P11
    WANG J, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P1988
    WELINDER KG, 1979, EUR J BIOCHEM, V96, P483
    YAMADA H, 1974, ARCH BIOCHEM BIOPHYS, V165, P728
    YU T, IN PRESS J APPL POLY
 NR 25
 TC 2
 SN 0021-8995
 J9 J APPL POLYM SCI
 JI J. Appl. Polym. Sci.
 PD JUL 25
 PY 1996
 VL 61
 IS 4
 BP 641
 EP 647
 PG 7
 SC Polymer Science
 GA UU473
 UT ISI:A1996UU47300007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bradbury, I
    Kirkby, R
    Guanbao, S
 TI Development and environment: The case of rural industrialization and
    small-town growth in China
 SO AMBIO
 DT Article
 AB Rural industrialization and small-town growth are prominent and
    distinctive features oi China's phenomenal economic growth since the
    Open Door Policy was introduced;around 1980. Such developments are most
    advanced in the coastal provinces, but are steadily diffusing
    westwards. Major concerns of these developments are their impact on
    China's food production capability and a general degradation of the
    rural environment. The trend of progressive land loss since the 1950s
    has been accentuated, the pollution burden in rural areas has risen,
    and workers have been attracted away from agriculture by the greater
    rewards oi industrial work with a consequent lowering of land
    maintenance and husbandry standards. Resource constraints and the
    administrative system limit the likely effectiveness oi environmental
    protection by coercion. Incentives, through the lax system, are
    suggested as a possible approach to limiting the environmental impacts
    of rural industrialization, but must be complemented by strenuous
    measures to enhance environmental awareness.
 C1 UNIV LIVERPOOL,DEPT CIV DESIGN,LIVERPOOL L69 3BX,MERSEYSIDE,ENGLAND.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT SOCIOL,SHANGHAI 200434,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Bradbury, I, UNIV LIVERPOOL,DEPT GEOG,POB 147,LIVERPOOL L69
    3BX,MERSEYSIDE,ENGLAND.
 CR *CHIN AC SOC SCI, 1994, POL CHOIC CHIN EC DE
    *NATL ENV PROT AG, 1994, ZHONGG HUANJ BAOH XI
    *STAT PLANN COMM, 1994, CHIN AG 21 PAP CHIN
    BYRD W, 1990, CHINAS RURAL IND STR
    EDMONDS RL, 1994, PATTERNS CHINAS LOST
    GLAESER B, 1990, GEOGRAPHY CONT CHINA, P249
    KIRKBY R, 1994, CHINA NEXT DECADES, P128
    LIU Q, 1995, P BAND S SMALL CIT
    LUK S, 1993, MEGAPROJECT CASE STU
    MA R, 1992, URBANIZING CHINA, P119
    SMIL V, 1984, BAD EARTH
    SMIL V, 1993, CHINAS ENV CRISIS
    STONE B, 1988, CHINA Q, V116, P767
 NR 13
 TC 7
 SN 0044-7447
 J9 AMBIO
 JI Ambio
 PD MAY
 PY 1996
 VL 25
 IS 3
 BP 204
 EP 209
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Environmental; Environmental Sciences
 GA UQ531
 UT ISI:A1996UQ53100011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bi, PZ
    Shi, YM
 TI The influence of mass reduction on pion momentum spectra from
    relativistic collisions
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS B
 DT Article
 ID HEAVY-ION COLLISIONS; FINITE TEMPERATURE; NUCLEAR COLLISIONS; MODEL;
    DECONFINEMENT; CHARMONIUM; TRANSITION; DENSITY; MESONS
 AB The influence of mass reduction on the momentum spectra is
    investigated. We find that the enhancement of the low P-T pion observed
    by the NA35 Collabration in 200 GeV S+S collisions can be understood as
    a consequence of pion mass reduction.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT PHYS 2,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    CHINA CTR ADV SCI & TECHNOL,WORLD LAB,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Bi, PZ, FUDAN UNIV,TD LEE PHYS LAB,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ATWATER TW, 1987, PHYS LETT B, V199, P30
    BARZ HW, 1991, PHYS LETT B, V254, P332
    BERTSCH G, 1989, PHYS REV C, V40, P1830
    BROWN GE, SUNYNTC9013
    BROWN GE, 1991, NUCL PHYS A, V535, P701
    COLLAB NA, 1988, Z PHYS C, V38, P89
    DEFORCRAND P, 1985, PHYS LETT B, V160, P137
    HARRINGTON BJ, 1974, PHYS REV LETT, V33, P324
    HASHIMOTO T, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P2123
    HASHIMOTO T, 1988, Z PHYS C, V38, P251
    KOCH P, 1986, PHYS REP, V142, P167
    KOCH V, 1993, NUCL PHYS A, V560, P345
    KUSENEZOV D, 1989, PHYS REV C, V40, P2075
    KUSENEZOV D, 1991, PHYS REV C, V44, P902
    LEE KS, 1989, Z PHYS C PART FIELDS, V43, P425
    PINZHEN B, 1988, J PHYS G, V14, P681
    PINZHEN B, 1989, J PHYS G NUCL PARTIC, V15, P1653
    PISARSKI RD, 1982, PHYS REV D, V26, P3735
    SOLLFRANK J, 1990, PHYS LETT B, V252, P256
    SOLLFRANK J, 1991, Z PHYS C PART FIELDS, V52, P593
    TAKAGI F, 1986, PHYS REV D, V34, P1646
    VOGT R, 1988, PHYS LETT B, V206, P333
    WENIG S, 1990, THESIS I KERNPHYS FR
 NR 23
 TC 2
 SN 0370-2693
 J9 PHYS LETT B
 JI Phys. Lett. B
 PD MAY 16
 PY 1996
 VL 375
 IS 1-4
 BP 355
 EP 357
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA UP263
 UT ISI:A1996UP26300053
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZL
    Jiang, XY
    Xu, SH
    Nagatomo, T
    Omoto, O
 TI Threshold lowering and by intensity and efficiency enhancement by
    dopants in polymer emitting diodes
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID ELECTROLUMINESCENT
 AB A new method to increase the luminance and quantum efficiency of
    polymer light emitting diodes with a lower threshold voltage has been
    reported. The threshold voltage, luminance and quantum efficiency have
    been significantly improved by doping certain dopants with a lower
    highest occupied molecular orbital (HOMO) level into the hole
    transporting layer. A high performance device has been achieved by
    addition of the perylene and triphenylamine as a dopant into
    poly(N-vinylcarbazole). The luminance and quantum efficiency increase
    by 2-3 times in comparison with the undoped device, reaching 10000
    cd/m(2) in luminance and 0.58% in quantum efficiency. While threshold
    voltage is reduced to one half value. The energy diagram has been
    obtained by measuring the HOMO levels and band gap values. Based on
    this, the carriers injection and balance between electrons and holes as
    well as the action of dopant are discussed.
 C1 SHIBAURA INST TECHNOL, MINATO KU, TOKYO 108, JAPAN.
 RP Zhang, ZL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL, DEPT MAT SCI, JIADING CAMPUS,
    SHANGHAI 201800, PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BROWN AR, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V61, P2793
    PARKER ID, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P1272
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    YANG Y, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V64, P1245
    ZHANG ZL, 1994, CHINESE J LUMINESCEN, V15, P363
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1996
 VL 13
 IS 4
 BP 301
 EP 304
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA UM282
 UT ISI:A1996UM28200016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Delaey, L
    Wollants, P
    Biest, VD
 TI Thermodynamic calculation of segregation in multicomponent steels
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID REGULAR SOLUTION MODEL; PHASES
 AB The thermodynamic equation for segregation in multicomponent steels is
    extended from that in ternary system and the segregation amounts of Cr,
    C and P in the intergranular phase in a Cr-steel are estimated.
 C1 KATHOLIEKE UNIV LEUVEN,DEPT MTM,B-3001 HEVERLEE,BELGIUM.
 RP Li, L, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 2000072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR CHANDRASEKARAN L, 1987, CALPHAD, V11, P163
    DEFAY R, 1966, SURFACE TENSION ADSO
    GUTTMANN M, 1979, INTERFACIAL SEGREGAT
    GUTTMANN M, 1982, MET T A, V13, P1693
    HERTZMAN S, 1987, METALL TRANS A, V18, P1767
    HILLERT M, 1970, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V24, P3618
    LI L, 1993, J CHIM PHYS, V90, P305
    LI L, 1994, CALPHAD, V18, P89
    SUNDMAN B, 1981, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V42, P297
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PY 1996
 VL 12
 IS 3
 BP 238
 EP 240
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA UL673
 UT ISI:A1996UL67300017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZH
 TI Application of the coupled mode theory to eigenvalue problems of
    graded-index optical fibers
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE coupled mode theory; eigenvalue and eigenmode; optical fibers
 AB The propagation constant and the modal field distribution for guided
    modes of an arbitrary graded-index optical fiber have been calculated
    with the use of the coupled mode theory. The infinitely extended
    parabolic profile fiber is taken as an ideal waveguide, and an
    arbitrary radially inhomogenous optical fiber can be viewed as a
    perturbation. Its modal field can be expanded in terms of complete set
    of ideal waveguide modes. Eigenvalues and modal fields are then
    obtained from coupled mode equations that have been transformed into a
    set of linear equations. Numerical results have been presented and
    compared with exact values. (C) 1996 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 RP Wang, ZH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,WAVE SCI LAB,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ABRAMOWITZ M, 1964, HDB MATH FUNCTIONS
    ADAMS MJ, 1981, INTRO OPTICAL WAVEGU
    GLOGE D, 1971, APPL OPTICS, V10, P2252
    KOGELNIK H, 1975, INTEGRATED OPTICS, CH2
    MARCUSE D, 1974, THEORY DIELECTRIC OP
    MILLER SE, 1954, BELL SYST TECH J, V33, P661
    OKOSHI T, 1982, OPTICAL FIBERS
    SHEN YR, 1984, PRINCIPLES NONLINEAR, CH6
    SNYDER AW, 1983, OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE TH
    YAMADA R, 1977, J OPT SOC AM, V67, P96
    YARIV A, 1973, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V9, P919
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD JUN 5
 PY 1996
 VL 12
 IS 2
 BP 90
 EP 93
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA UL075
 UT ISI:A1996UL07500011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, W
    Wong, PL
    Zhang, Z
 TI Partial EHL analysis of rib-roller end contact in tapered roller
    bearings
 SO TRIBOLOGY INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE tapered roller bearing; partial elastohydrodynamic lubrication; surface
    roughness
 ID TORQUE
 AB A partial EHL analysis was performed for the tapered rib/spherical
    roller end contact in tapered roller bearings. The average Reynolds
    equation, the elasticity equation and the pressure-viscosity relation
    were solved simultaneously. The effects of the surface roughness as
    well as the peculiar geometrical and kinematics parameters of the
    rib-roller end contact on the friction torque and film thickness were
    investigated. The optimal ratios of radius of curvature of roller end
    to rib face were deduced, which confirm the previous finding with the
    theory of smooth surfaces. The significant range of surface roughness,
    and the optimal surface roughness for the roller big end were obtained.
    It was found that asperity contacts extend into the outlet zone. The
    results are significant for the design of rib faces and roller ends.
    The theoretical treatment is validated by its good correlation with the
    existing experimental data for smooth surface contact. Copyright (C)
    1996 Elsevier Science Ltd
 C1 CITY UNIV HONG KONG,DEPT MFG ENGN,KOWLOON,HONG KONG.
 RP Wang, W, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT ENGN MECH,POB 224,149 YAN CHANG RD,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AIHARA S, 1987, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V109, P471
    DALMAZ G, 1980, P 7 LEEDS LYON S TRI, V7, P175
    ELROD HG, 1979, ASME, V101, P8
    GADALLAH N, 1984, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V106, P265
    GREENWOOD JA, 1970, P I MECH ENG, V185, P625
    JAMISON WE, 1976, ASLE T, V20, P79
    JIANG XF, 1994, ASME STLE ANN C HAW
    KLECKNER RJ, 1982, ASME T, V104, P99
    KORRENN H, 1967, FORTSCHR BER, V1, P11
    PATIR N, 1978, ASME, V100, P12
    ROELANDS CJA, 1966, CORRELATIONAL ASPECT
    TRIPP JH, 1983, ASME, V105, P458
    ZHANG Z, 1988, STLE T, V31, P461
    ZHOU RS, 1991, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V113, P590
    ZHU D, 1988, ASME, V110, P32
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 0301-679X
 J9 TRIBOL INT
 JI Tribol. Int.
 PD JUN
 PY 1996
 VL 29
 IS 4
 BP 313
 EP 321
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA UJ716
 UT ISI:A1996UJ71600007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, HC
 TI Elliptically birefringent optical fiber transmission characteristics
 SO FIBER AND INTEGRATED OPTICS
 DT Article
 DE birefringence; Faraday effect; optical fiber; optical sensors;
    polarization optics
 AB This paper presents a rigorous analysis of spun hi-bi (highly
    birefringent) fibers, loosely categorized as elliptically bi fibers,
    via the initial value problem approach. Two kinds of transmission
    problem are treated. In the single-eigenmode transmission regime, it is
    found that the major technological difficulty inherent to spun hi-bi
    fibers concerns excitation of the eigenmode, which strictly requires
    that the launched light be exactly oriented in conformity with one or
    the other local principal axes of the fiber and, meanwhile, that the
    ellipticity of the launched light be exactly equal to the
    eigen-ellipticity of the same fiber. In the second kind of problem that
    involves the interaction of two eigenmodes, a basic result is derived
    to show that an arbitrary polarization mode of excitation will
    reproduce itself in integer multiples of the local beat length. Such a
    kind of transmission regime is relieved of the excitation difficulty
    but, because of being severely length-sensitive, is inherently
    impractical from the application viewpoint.
 RP Huang, HC, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BORN M, 1964, PRINCIPLES OPTICS, P36
    HUANG HC, 1960, SCI SINICA, V9, P142
    HUANG HC, 1983, OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE SC, P57
    LI L, 1986, ELECTRON LETT, V22, P1142
 NR 4
 TC 1
 SN 0146-8030
 J9 FIBER INTEGRATED OPT
 JI Fiber Integr. Opt.
 PY 1996
 VL 15
 IS 2
 BP 71
 EP 80
 PG 10
 SC Optics
 GA UJ548
 UT ISI:A1996UJ54800001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, XH
    Meng, ZY
 TI The influence of the morphotropic phase boundary on the dielectric and
    piezoelectric properties of the PNN-PZ-PT ternary system
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB The influence of the morphotropic phase boundary (MPB) on the
    dielectric and piezoelectric properties of PbNi1/3Nb2/3-PbZrO3-PbTiO3
    (PNN-PZ-PT) ternary system were systematically investigated. The
    results showed that the piezoelectric constant d(31) and plane coupling
    factor k(p) reached a maximum in the vicinity of morphotropic phase
    boundary. The highest value of the piezoelectric constant d(31) was 260
    x 10(-12) C/N. The Curie temperature T-c decreased rapidly with
    increasing content of PNN. The lattice parameters a increased and c
    decreased with increasing PNN content and the Zr/Zr + Ti ratio as a
    result of the crystal structural transformation from tetragonal to
    rhombohedral phases.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,SCH MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Zhu, XH, XIAN JIAOTONG UNIV,SCH ELECT & INFORMAT ENGN,XIAN
    710049,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR 1961, P IRE, V49, P1161
    BUYANOVA EA, 1965, IZV AN SSSR FIZ, V29, P1877
    KITAMURA T, 1981, JPN J APPL PHYS, V20, P97
    KO JS, 1992, P 8 IEEE S APPL FERR, P395
    KUDO T, 1970, J AM CERAM SOC, V53, P326
    MOON JH, 1993, J AM CERAM SOC, V76, P549
    UCHINO K, 1986, PIEZOELECTRIC ELECTR
    WANG TB, 1986, J INORGANIC MAT, V2, P143
 NR 8
 TC 12
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD APR 15
 PY 1996
 VL 31
 IS 8
 BP 2171
 EP 2175
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA UJ408
 UT ISI:A1996UJ40800028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZG
    Zhao, WM
    Ji, RB
    Zhang, ZL
    Jiang, XY
    Xue, MZ
    Fang, B
 TI Organic thin film electroluminescent devices with ZnO:Al as the anode
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 ID DIODES; POLY(3-ALKYLTHIOPHENE)
 AB Some organic thin film electroluminescent (EL) devices with
    aluminium-doped zinc oxide as the hole-injecting electrode have now
    been manufactured. Their EL spectra and J-V and B-V characteristics
    have been studied in detail. The work function and ionization potential
    of the materials composing the devices have been measured and their
    energy models given. The EL performance properties have been explained
    well.
 C1 E CHINA UNIV CHEM TECHNOL,ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTING POLYMER LAB,SHANGHAI 200237,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, ZG, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SCH MAT,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR ADACHI C, 1988, JPN J APPL PHYS, V27, L269
    ADACHI C, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V57, P531
    AMINAKA E, 1994, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V33, P1061
    FOWLER RH, 1928, P R SOC LOND A-CONTA, V119, P173
    FUKUDA M, 1989, JPN J APPL PHYS, V28, L1433
    HOSOKAWA C, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V61, P2503
    KAO KC, 1981, ELECT TRANSPORT SOLI
    KEDO J, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2627
    LIU ZG, 1993, CHIN J LUMIN, V14, P185
    OHMORI Y, 1991, JPN J APPL PHYS, V30, P1938
    OHMORI Y, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS 2, V31, L568
    ONODA M, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS, V31, P1107
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    TANG CW, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V65, P3610
    ZHANG C, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P5177
    ZHANG ZL, 1994, CHINESE J LUMINESCEN, V15, P363
    ZHAO WM, 1995, THIN FILM SCI TECHNO, V8, P153
 NR 17
 TC 3
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD APR 29
 PY 1996
 VL 8
 IS 18
 BP 3221
 EP 3228
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA UJ327
 UT ISI:A1996UJ32700014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qian, JH
    Liu, YC
    Liu, HY
    Yu, TY
    Deng, JQ
 TI An amperometric new methylene blue N-mediating sensor for hydrogen
    peroxide based on regenerated silk fibroin as an immobilization matrix
    for peroxidase
 SO ANALYTICAL BIOCHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID ENZYME ELECTRODE
 AB A simple and effective procedure was described for the immobilization
    of peroxidase in regenerated silk. fibroin membrane prepared from waste
    silk. The membranes of regenerated silk fibroin with or without
    peroxidase, before or after the ethanol treatment, were characterized
    by ir spectra. An amperometric H2O2 sensor, based on the immobilized
    peroxidase in regenerated silk fibroin membrane, in the use of new
    methylene blue N as an electron transfer mediator, was fabricated. The
    characteristics of the sensor with respect to linearity, response time,
    effect of pH and temperature, stability, and reproducibility were
    investigated. Dependences of Michaelis-Menten constant K-M(app) on the
    concentration of the mediator, and the applied potential were also
    studied and the results were presented. The sensor was highly sensitive
    to H2O2 with a detection limit of 1.0 x 10(-7) M and with response time
    of less than 40 s. (C) 1996 Academic Press, Inc.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT MACROMOLEC SCI,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ALBERY J, 1975, ELECTRODE KINETICS
    BIFULCO L, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1443
    DEMURA M, 1989, J BIOTECHNOL, V10, P113
    DENG Q, 1994, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V377, P191
    DURLIAT H, 1989, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V22, P197
    FREW JE, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V201, P1
    HOOGVLIET JC, 1991, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V6, P413
    HURDIS EC, 1954, ANAL CHEM, V26, P320
    ITO Y, 1981, J ASSOC OFF ANA CHEM, V64, P1448
    KAMIN RA, 1980, ANAL CHEM, V52, P1198
    LIU Y, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P1326
    LIU YC, 1995, J CHEM TECHNOL BIOT, V64, P269
    MAEHLY AC, 1955, METHOD ENZYMOL, V2, P801
    MATSUBARA C, 1985, ANAL CHEM, V57, P1107
    OLSSON B, 1982, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V136, P113
    POPESCU IC, 1995, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V10, P443
    QIAN JH, 1995, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V397, P157
    SCHUBERT F, 1991, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V245, P133
    SHCELLER FW, 1989, BIOSENSORS
    TATSUMA T, 1989, ANAL CHEM, V61, P2352
    WANG J, 1989, ELECTROANAL, V1, P43
    ZHOU XJ, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V304, P147
 NR 22
 TC 13
 SN 0003-2697
 J9 ANAL BIOCHEM
 JI Anal. Biochem.
 PD MAY 1
 PY 1996
 VL 236
 IS 2
 BP 208
 EP 214
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Biochemical Research Methods; Biochemistry &
    Molecular Biology
 GA UJ495
 UT ISI:A1996UJ49500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, WC
    Yan, LC
    Liu, HL
    Chen, NY
 TI Expert system RECORES for classification and prediction of
    resistivities of rare earth complex oxides
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Article
 DE rare earth complex brides; pattern recognition; expert system
 AB The relationship between the resistivities of rare earth complex oxides
    and their characteristic parameters was studied by chemical bond
    parameter-pattern recognition method, An expert system, RECORES, for
    the classification and prediction of resistivities of the compounds has
    been built on the basis of the classification diagrams and rules found
    by the principal; component analysis and Fisher method, The expert
    system posesses the basic properties of common expert system as well as
    the pattern recognition package used as a visual and effective tool to
    save, represent and acquire the knowledges.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST MET,SHANGHAI 200050,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Lu, WC, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR CHEN N, 1988, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V210, P175
    LIU HL, 1992, CHINESE SCI BULL, V2, P113
    LIU ZX, 1981, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V17, P652
    LU WC, 1994, CHEM J CHINESE U, V15, P882
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD APR
 PY 1996
 VL 17
 IS 4
 BP 505
 EP 508
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA UH847
 UT ISI:A1996UH84700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cai, YD
    Tang, Y
    Lu, WC
    Yan, LC
 TI Learning association by self-organization neural tree applied to the
    estimation of formation condition for amorphous phase of trinal
    fluorides
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Article
 DE fluoride; condition for amorphous formation; artificial neural network;
    learning association by self-organization neural tree (LASSONT)
 AB In this paper, Learning Association by Self-organization neural
    tree(LASSONT) was applied to the estimation of the formation condition
    for amorphous phase of trinal fluorides by using the chemical bond
    parameters, and the intelligential expert systems for computer
    estimation was established, The classification results show that the
    performance of the neural tree is good, and therefore LASSONT might be
    referred as an effective assistant technique for the investigation of
    formation condition of amorphous phase of trinal fluorides.
 C1 CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI RES CTR BIOTECHNOL,SHANGHAI 200233,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR FRANK IE, 1982, ANAL CHEM, V54, P232
    LI T, 1993, NEUROCOMPUTING, P5
    LUO MQ, 1991, 3 NAT C COMP CHEM HA, P102
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD APR
 PY 1996
 VL 17
 IS 4
 BP 531
 EP 534
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA UH847
 UT ISI:A1996UH84700009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, WY
    Han, ZH
    Chen, YL
    Zou, YJ
    Liu, X
 TI Stereoselective synthesis of cis-1,2-cyclopropane derivatives
 SO CHEMICAL RESEARCH IN CHINESE UNIVERSITIES
 DT Article
 DE cyclopropanation; stereoselective synthesis; arsenic ylide
 AB Carbomethoxymethylenetriphenylarsorane 1, or its arsonium bromide in
    the presence of K2CO3, reacts with 2, 2-dialkyl-1,
    3-dioxa-5-substituted-benzal-4, 6-dione 2 to give
    cis-1-methoxycarbonyl-2-aryl-6, 6-dialky-5, 7-dioxa-spiro-[2, 5]-4,
    8-octanadione 3 with a moderate to good yield.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DAVIDSON D, 1948, J AM CHEM SOC, V70, P3426
    NICOLAOU KC, 1981, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1195
    SCHUSTER P, 1964, MH CHEM, V95, P53
    SHEN YC, 1981, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V39, P243
    TROST BM, 1991, COMPREHENSIVE ORGANI, V4, P951
 NR 5
 TC 12
 SN 1005-9040
 J9 CHEM RES CHINESE UNIV
 JI Chem. Res. Chin. Univ.
 PD FEB
 PY 1996
 VL 12
 IS 1
 BP 50
 EP 55
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA UH840
 UT ISI:A1996UH84000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, SZ
 TI Finite-difference time-domain approach to underwater acoustic
    scattering problems
 SO JOURNAL OF THE ACOUSTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA
 DT Article
 ID ABSORBING BOUNDARY-CONDITIONS; RADIATION; EQUATIONS
 AB The finite-difference time-domain (FDTD) recurrence expressions are
    formulated, and the numerical algorithm developed for underwater
    acoustic scattering applications, based upon the basic motion equation
    and the equation of continuity. The boundary condition implementation
    for both soft and rigid surfaces, and the absorbing boundary conditions
    on the truncating surface are described. The algorithm simulates the
    sound wave propagation in the time domain. As the time-stepping
    proceeds,boundary conditions are satisfied naturally. The method is
    particularly suited for scattering from complex objects. Near-field
    distributions of waves scattered from cylinders with ideal boundary
    conditions, insonified by a plane incident wave, are first computed.
    Far-field directional patterns are then derived using a Fourier
    transform method. The method is then applied to some other objects,
    including a square cylinder with an arbitrary aspect angle, and wedges
    with either ideally soft or ideally rigid surfaces. A good agreement
    between the FDTD and the theoretical results is demonstrated, showing
    the potential of the method in the studies of underwater scattering
    problems. (C) 1996 Acoustical Society of America.
 RP Wang, SZ, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BOBBER RJ, 1970, UNDERWATER ELECTROAC, P193
    CHANG WF, 1989, B SEISMOL SOC AM, V79, P211
    CLARK JA, 1992, IEEE 6 SP WORKSH STA, P338
    DOUGHERTY M, 1987, J ACOUST SOC AM, V82, P239
    FANG J, 1988, P 1988 IEEE AP S INT, P472
    FRICKE JR, 1993, J ACOUST SOC AM, V93, P1784
    JULL EV, 1981, APERTURE ANTENNAS DI, P38
    KELLY KR, 1974, P ROY IR AC C NUM AN, P57
    LUEBBERS RJ, 1992, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V40, P1403
    MALONEY JG, 1993, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V41, P668
    MORSE PM, 1983, VIBRATION SOUND, P347
    MUR G, 1981, IEEE T ELECTROMAGN C, V23, P377
    RAILTON CJ, 1992, ELECTRON LETT, V628, P1891
    ROACHE PJ, 1972, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID
    SCHINZINGER R, 1991, CONFORMAL MAPPING ME, P339
    STEPHEN RA, 1988, REV GEOPHYS, V26, P445
    TAFLOVE A, 1975, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V23, P623
    TAFLOVE A, 1989, P IEEE, V77, P682
    TIRKAS PA, 1993, IEEE T ELECTROMAGN C, V35, P192
    WANG S, UNPUB EFFICIENT ABSO
    WANG S, 1984, CHIN J ACOUST, V3, P121
    WANG S, 1985, ACTA ACUST, V10, P247
    YEE KS, 1966, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V14, P302
 NR 23
 TC 7
 SN 0001-4966
 J9 J ACOUST SOC AMER
 JI J. Acoust. Soc. Am.
 PD APR
 PY 1996
 VL 99
 IS 4
 PN Part 1
 BP 1924
 EP 1931
 PG 8
 SC Acoustics
 GA UF398
 UT ISI:A1996UF39800014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, XL
    Liu, HY
    Wu, XX
    Qi, DY
    Zhang, ZY
    Dai, M
    Deng, JQ
    Feng, F
 TI Amperometric tetrathiafulvalene-mediated sensor sensitive to reduced
    nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide based on co-immobilized lactate
    oxidase and lactate dehydrogenase
 SO ANALYTICAL COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID CHEMICALLY MODIFIED ELECTRODES; ELECTROCATALYTIC OXIDATION; ENZYME
    ELECTRODE; CARBON ELECTRODES; NADH; ADSORPTION; COENZYMES; ACID; SALT
 AB An amperometric tetrathiafulvalene (TTF) mediated reduced nicotinamide
    adenine dinucleotide (NADH) sensor has been fabricated by
    co-immobilizing lactate oxidase and lactate dehydrogenase on an
    Eastman-AQ-TTF-modified electrode. The sensor provides low detection
    limits of 0.01 mmol l(-1) NADH and 1.0 mu mol l(-1) L-lactate and
    pyruvate by means of amplification of the bioelectrocatalytic oxidation
    current by the recycling of L-lactate and pyruvate, The response of the
    sensor to NADH under N-2 saturation reaches a 95% steady-state current
    within 2 min with a linear response at concentrations of 0.05-2.5 mmol
    l(-1), The dependence of the apparent Michaelis-Menten constant on
    applied potential was studied.
 C1 SUZHOU INST CITY CONSTRUCT & ENVIRONM PROTECT,DEPT ENVIRONM PROTECT,SUZHOU 300111,JIANSU,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,INST HYDROGEN STORAGE MAT,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Zhang, XL, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR ALBERY WJ, 1987, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V218, P127
    BARD AJ, 1990, ANAL CHEM, V62, P2658
    CENAS NK, 1981, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V128, P103
    DEMPSEY E, 1992, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V7, P323
    ESSAADI K, 1994, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V367, P275
    GABBAY EJ, 1976, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V15, P2062
    GENTILOMI G, 1991, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V255, P387
    GORTON L, 1984, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V161, P103
    GORTON L, 1986, J CHEM SOC FARAD T 1, V82, P1245
    GORTON L, 1991, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V250, P203
    HAJIZADEH K, 1991, ANAL LETT, V24, P1453
    HALE PD, 1993, ANAL LETT, V26, P1073
    HIN BFYY, 1987, ANAL CHEM, V59, P2111
    JAEGFELDT H, 1980, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V110, P295
    KAMACHE M, 1982, J AM CHEM SOC, V104, P4520
    KATZ E, 1994, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V373, P189
    KUO KN, 1979, ANAL CHEM, V51, P745
    MCNEIL CJ, 1989, ANAL CHEM, V61, P25
    MOIROUX J, 1978, ANAL CHEM, V50, P1056
    MURTHY ASN, 1994, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V33, P71
    ONSAKA T, 1993, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P222
    RIVERA N, 1994, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V34, P169
    RYAN MD, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, R360
    SCOTT DA, 1992, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V256, P47
    SIM KW, 1993, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V273, P165
    SPRULES SD, 1994, ANALYST, V119, P253
    SYMONS RH, 1989, J VIROL METHODS, V23, P299
    UEDA C, 1982, ANAL CHEM, V54, P850
    XU FQ, 1994, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V368, P221
    YAMADA H, 1994, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V33, P91
 NR 30
 TC 4
 SN 1359-7337
 J9 ANAL COMMUN
 JI Anal. Commun.
 PD MAR
 PY 1996
 VL 33
 IS 3
 BP 111
 EP 114
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA UE375
 UT ISI:A1996UE37500008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Xu, ZY
    Hsu, TY
    Ao, Q
 TI Optimization of the phase diagram of CeO2-ZrO2 system
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 AB Revised phase diagram of the CeO2-ZrO2 system is optimized and the
    lattice stability parameters of CeO2 of various phases as well as
    solution parameters of phases (liquid, cubic, tetragonal and
    monoclinic) are simultaneously obtained by using the Kaufman and
    Nesor's model for describing the ceramic solutions and the Lukas
    program.
 C1 SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI,SHANGHAI 200030,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANDONG POLYTECH UNIV,DEPT MAT ENGN,JINAN 250014,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Li, L, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P1569
    DUWEZ P, 1950, J AM CERAM SOC, V33, P274
    GARVIE RC, 1965, J PHYS CHEM-US, V69, P1238
    KAUFMAN L, 1987, CALPHAD, V2, P35
    LANGE FF, 1981, 12 ROCHW INT, P19
    LIN L, 1995, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V11, P276
    LONGO V, 1971, CERAMURGIA INT, V1, P4
    LUKAS HL, 1977, CALPHAD, V1, P225
    NEGAS T, 1976, 12TH P RAR EARTH RES, P605
    ROITTI S, 1972, CERAMURGIA INT, V2, P97
    STUBICAN VS, 1981, ADV CERAM, V3, P25
    TANI E, 1982, YOGVO KYOKAI SHI, V90, P195
    TANI E, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P506
 NR 13
 TC 11
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PY 1996
 VL 12
 IS 2
 BP 159
 EP 160
 PG 2
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA UD933
 UT ISI:A1996UD93300015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    Li, X
    Vazquez, L
 TI A Legendre spectral method for solving the nonlinear Klein-Gordon
    education
 SO COMPUTATIONAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE Legendre spectral scheme; Klein-Gordon equation
 ID EQUATION
 AB A Legendre spectral scheme is proposed for solving the initial boundary
    value problem of the nonlinear Klein-Gordon equation. The numerical
    solution keeps the conservation. Its stability and convergence are
    investigated. Numerical results show the advantages of such
    approximation.
 C1 CITY UNIV HONG KONG,DEPT MATH,KOWLOON,HONG KONG.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    UNIV COMPLUTENSE MADRID,FAC CIENCIAS FIS,DEPT FIS TEOR,E-28040 MADRID,SPAIN.
 CR CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CAO WM, 1993, J COMPUT PHYS, V108, P296
    GOU BY, 1982, NUMERICAL MATH, V4, P46
    GOU BY, 1982, SCI SINICA A, V25, P702
    GOU BY, 1983, J APPL SCI, V1, P25
    GOU BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHODS P
    GOU BY, 1993, NUMERICAL MATH, V2, P38
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    RICHTMYER RD, 1967, FINITE DIFFERENCE ME
    STRAUSS W, 1978, J COMP PHYSIOL, V28, P271
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0101-8205
 J9 COMPUT APPL MATH
 JI Comput. Appl. Math.
 PY 1996
 VL 15
 IS 1
 BP 19
 EP 36
 PG 18
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA UD917
 UT ISI:A1996UD91700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lin, L
    Delaey, L
    VanDerBiest, O
    Wollants, P
 TI Calculation of isothermal sections of three ternary Ti-Zr-X systems
 SO SCRIPTA MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 C1 KATHOLIEKE UNIV LEUVEN,DEPT MET & MAT ENGN,B-3001 HEVERLEE,BELGIUM.
 RP Lin, L, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR ABRIATA JP, 1982, B ALLOY PHASE DIAGR, V3, P34
    ABRIATA JP, 1982, B ALLOY PHASE DIAGRA, V3, P29
    AUFFREDIC JP, 1982, J LESS-COMMON MET, V84, P49
    BALAKRISHNA SS, 1990, T INDIAN I METALS, V33, P155
    BOYER HE, 1973, METALS HDB, V8, P310
    BROWN ARG, 1966, MEM SCI REV METALL, V63, P575
    BUDBERG PB, 1967, IAN SSSR NEORG MATER, V3, P656
    CHAN YA, 1966, AFMLTR652 USAF 2, P5
    CHATTERJI D, 1971, MET T, V2, P1271
    DOMAGALA RF, 1966, J LESS-COMMON MET, V11, P70
    FAN MY, 1982, OPTIMUM TECHNIQUE, P159
    FARRAR PA, 1966, T AIME, V236, P1061
    FLEWITT PEJ, 1972, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V5, P423
    GUILLERMET AF, 1991, Z METALLKD, V82, P478
    HAYES ET, 1957, USBMU345 US AT EN CO
    HAYES ET, 1957, USBMV345
    IMGRAM AG, 1961, 59595 WADC BATT MEM
    IMGRAM AG, 1962, J LESS-COMMON MET, V4, P217
    KAUFMAN L, 1970, COMPUTER CALCULATION
    LIN L, 1994, CALPHAD, V18, P89
    MAYKUTH DJ, 1953, T AIME, V197, P231
    MURRAY JL, COMMUNICATION
    MURRAY JL, 1981, B ALLOY PHASE DIAGRA, V2, P181
    MURRAY JL, 1981, B ALLOY PHASE DIAGRA, V2, P55
    MURRAY JL, 1981, BAPD, V2, P197
    MURRAY JL, 1981, BAPD, V2, P62
    MURRAY JL, 1987, PHASE DIAGRAMS BINAR, P340
    NELDER JA, 1965, COMPUT J, V7, P308
    RAUB CJ, 1965, PHYS REV A, V137, P142
    RUDY E, 1969, AFMLTR652 USAF 5
    VANEFFENTEREE P, 1972, CEAR4330 CTR ET NUCL
 NR 31
 TC 0
 SN 1359-6462
 J9 SCRIPTA MATER
 JI Scr. Mater.
 PD MAY 1
 PY 1996
 VL 34
 IS 9
 BP 1411
 EP 1416
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA UD557
 UT ISI:A1996UD55700012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, ZZ
    Wang, DR
 TI Improved comparison theorem for the nonlinear multisplitting relaxation
    method
 SO COMPUTERS & MATHEMATICS WITH APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear multisplitting; relaxation method; monotone convergence;
    convergence rate
 ID PARALLEL; ALGORITHM
 AB A new comparison theorem is given for the nonlinear multisplitting
    relaxation method [1], and an important modification is proposed for
    it, too.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Bai, ZZ, CHINESE ACAD SCI,INST COMPUTAT MATH & SCI ENGN COMP,POB
    2719,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAI ZZ, 1993, THESIS SHANGHAI U SC
    BAI ZZ, 1994, CHINESE J ENG MATH, V11, P99
    BAI ZZ, 1996, COMPUT MATH APPL, V31, P21
    FROMMER A, 1989, NUMER MATH, V56, P269
    MORE JJ, 1972, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V9, P357
    OLEARY DP, 1985, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V6, P630
    ORTEGA JM, 1970, ITERATIVE SOLUTION N
    RHEINBOLDT WC, 1970, J MATH ANAL APPL, V32, P274
    WANG D, 1991, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V154, P473
    WANG DR, 1994, CHINESE ANN MATH B, V15, P335
    WANG DR, 1994, P 92 SHANGH INT NUM, P125
    WHITE RE, 1986, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V7, P137
    WHITE RE, 1986, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V23, P639
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0898-1221
 J9 COMPUT MATH APPL
 JI Comput. Math. Appl.
 PD APR
 PY 1996
 VL 31
 IS 8
 BP 23
 EP 30
 PG 8
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA UD547
 UT ISI:A1996UD54700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lin, SP
    Zhou, ZW
 TI The hydrodynamic stability of pendent drop under a liquid column
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED MECHANICS-TRANSACTIONS OF THE ASME
 DT Article
 AB The hydrodynamic stability of a liquid column resting on a gas in a
    vertical tube with its upper end closed is analyzed. The maximum height
    above which the interface is unstable is given as a function of the
    Bond number and the density ratio. The instability is shown to be
    monotonic, i.e., nonoscillatory.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Lin, SP, CLARKSON UNIV,DEPT MECH & AERONAUT ENGN,POTSDAM,NY 13699.
 CR DUSSAN V, 1975, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V57, P363
    HUH C, 1969, THESIS U MINNESOTA
    JOSEPH DD, 1976, STABILITY FLUID MOTI
    LIN SP, 1990, J FLUID MECH, V218, P641
    PITTS E, 1973, J FLUID MECH, V59, P753
    PITTS E, 1974, J FLUID MECH, V63, P487
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8936
 J9 J APPL MECH
 JI J. Appl. Mech.-Trans. ASME
 PD MAR
 PY 1996
 VL 63
 IS 1
 BP 106
 EP 109
 PG 4
 SC Mechanics
 GA UC815
 UT ISI:A1996UC81500015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, HZ
 TI Incidence-radiation condition of an artificial boundary
 SO COMPUTERS & STRUCTURES
 DT Article
 ID FINITE
 AB In this paper, the incidence-radiation composite boundary is presented
    for simulating the radiation condition on load incidence boundary. The
    theoretical foundations of the composite boundary are region-wise
    virtual work equations of wave motion in the finite and infinite
    domain. By studying the virtual work equations of changed domain and
    original domain, the correct boundary condition of wave motion problems
    concerning infinite domain is obtained. This revises the mistake caused
    by the current generally used method. Numerical results also show that
    the presented incidence-radiation composite boundary is very effective.
 RP Wang, HZ, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHEW WC, 1990, WAVES FIELDS INHOMOG
    CHIEN W, 1989, ACTA MECH SINICA, V21, P300
    LIAO ZP, 1984, SCI SINICA SER A, V27, P1063
    LYSMER J, 1969, J ENG MECH DIV ASCE, V95, P859
    MEDINA F, 1983, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V19, P1209
    SUN J, 1993, SELECTED PAPERS TONG, P71
    WHITE W, 1977, J ENG MECH DIV ASCE, V103, P949
    WOLF JP, 1981, DYNAMIC SOIL STRUCTU
    ZIENKIEWICZ OC, 1991, FINITE ELEMENT METHO, V2
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0045-7949
 J9 COMPUT STRUCT
 JI Comput. Struct.
 PD MAY 17
 PY 1996
 VL 59
 IS 4
 BP 743
 EP 749
 PG 7
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering, Civil
 GA UC192
 UT ISI:A1996UC19200014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, YW
    Zhang, ZW
 TI Investigation on the potentiostatic polymerization of low concentration
    aniline
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Article
 DE potentiostatic method; electrochemical polymerization; low
    concentration aniline
 AB In this paper, the electrochemical polymerization of low concentration
    aniline was studied by potentiostatic method. The equation of polymeric
    current simultaneously controlled by diffusion and electrode reaction
    was derived and verified successfully, Some electrochemical parameters
    of polymeric reaction, such as alpha(boolean AND), k(s)' and D-R, were
    determined.
 C1 NANJING UNIV, DEPT CHEM, NANJING 210093, PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Xiao, YW, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL, DEPT CHEM, SHANGHAI 201800,
    PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BREITENHACH M, 1971, ELECTROANAL CHEM ELE, V29, P29
    DIAZ AF, 1980, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V111, P111
    DUNSCH L, 1975, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V61, P61
    MOHILNER DM, 1962, J AM CHEM SOC, V84, P3618
    XIAO YW, IN PRESS ACTA CHIM S
    YIN B, IN PRESS ACTA CHIMIC
    YIN B, 1995, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V53, P73
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD DEC
 PY 1995
 VL 16
 IS 12
 BP 1852
 EP 1855
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA UC194
 UT ISI:A1995UC19400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, PS
    Yun, S
    Hu, ZM
    Qi, DY
 TI Quantitative analysis of a mixture with reversible electrode processes
    by cyclic voltammetry and linear sweep voltammetry
 SO JOURNAL OF ELECTROANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE digital simulation; quantitative analysis; reversible electrode
    processes; cyclic voltammetry; linear sweep voltammetry
 ID RESOLUTION ENHANCEMENT
 AB The theories of the linear sweep voltammetry (LSV) and cyclic
    voltammetry (CV), including branch cyclic voltammetry (BACV), of a
    mixture containing two components whose electrode processes are
    reversible and independent are described. The digital simulation method
    is used to simulate the theoretical linear sweep and cyclic
    voltammograms at spherical electrodes. A mixture of Pb2+ and Cd2+ at
    hanging mercury drop electrodes is used to test the theories. Both
    theory and experiment show that, in the presence of a species which is
    reduced at more positive potentials, it is difficult to determine the
    concentration of another species; considerable error could be caused in
    LSV, but CV based on the reverse branch of a cyclic voltammogram and
    BACV show less error. The allowed concentration of the more positively
    reduced species with a 10% relative error in CV and BACV is about four
    to twenty times more than that in LSV. However, in the presence of a
    species that is reduced at more negative potentials, LSV shows far less
    error than BACV and CV. The theoretical and experimental results are
    consistent.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BARD AJ, 1980, ELECTROCHEMICAL METH, P232
    BOND AM, 1980, MODERN POLAROGRAPHIC, P207
    ENGBLOM SO, 1990, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V296, P371
    FELDBERG SW, 1969, ELECTROANALYTICAL CH, V3, P199
    KISSINGER PT, 1983, J CHEM EDUC, V60, P702
    MABBOTT GA, 1983, J CHEM EDUC, V60, P697
    MYLAND JC, 1983, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V153, P43
    MYLAND JC, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V206, P1
    NICHOLSON RS, 1964, ANAL CHEM, V36, P706
    OLDHAM KB, 1983, ANAL CHEM, V55, P1992
    OSTERYOUNG J, 1986, ANAL CHEM S SER, V25, P3
    OSTERYOUNG J, 1986, ELECTROANAL CHEM, V14, P209
    PALYS M, 1991, TALANTA, V38, P723
    PIZETA I, 1990, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V296, P395
    POLCYN DS, 1966, ANAL CHEM, V38, P370
    ROONEY RC, 1963, J POLAROGRAPH SOC, V9, P45
    TOKUDA K, 1983, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V159, P23
    ZHAO P, 1987, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V45, P1163
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0022-0728
 J9 J ELECTROANAL CHEM
 JI J. Electroanal. Chem.
 PD FEB 7
 PY 1996
 VL 402
 IS 1-2
 BP 11
 EP 17
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Electrochemistry
 GA UC280
 UT ISI:A1996UC28000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chian, JF
 TI Ceramic glass from flying-ash
 SO ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY
 DT Meeting Abstract
 C1 SUNY COLL ONEONTA,DEPT CHEM,ONEONTA,NY 13820.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0065-7727
 J9 ABSTR PAP AMER CHEM SOC
 JI Abstr. Pap. Am. Chem. Soc.
 PD MAR 24
 PY 1996
 VL 211
 PN Part 1
 BP 631
 EP INOR
 PG 1
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA UA482
 UT ISI:A1996UA48203648
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, XH
    Chen, WF
 TI The influence of interface layer on microstructural stresses in mortar
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL FOR NUMERICAL AND ANALYTICAL METHODS IN
    GEOMECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE concrete; interface layer; microstructure; mortar; stress
 AB In this paper, the influence of geometrical and physical parameters
    (size of the sand particle, thickness of the interface layer and ratios
    of the modulus of elasticity) on stress distributions in a mortar is
    studied. It is found that a weak or soft interface layer in the mortar
    will greatly reduce the strength of the concrete; if the modulus of the
    interface layer approaches to that of the cement paste and the modulus
    of the sand particle (or aggregate) is 4-10 times as large as that of
    the cement paste, the concrete will possess a much higher strength and
    thus has a better property.
 C1 PURDUE UNIV,SCH CIVIL ENGN,W LAFAYETTE,IN 47907.
 RP Zhao, XH, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR BENVENISTE Y, 1989, MECH MATER, V7, P305
    CHEN WF, 1994, 146 ASME AMR
    CHRISTENSEN RM, 1979, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V27, P315
    COHEN MD, 1994, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V24, P95
    YAMAGUCHI E, 1991, J ENG MECH-ASCE, V117, P653
    ZHAO XH, 1994, CESTR9423 PURD U SCH
 NR 6
 TC 2
 SN 0363-9061
 J9 INT J NUMER ANAL METH GEOMECH
 JI Int. J. Numer. Anal. Methods Geomech.
 PD MAR
 PY 1996
 VL 20
 IS 3
 BP 215
 EP 228
 PG 14
 SC Engineering, Geological; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA UA784
 UT ISI:A1996UA78400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, F
    Cao, ZC
 TI Modified model in positive temperature coefficient of resistance BaTiO3
    ceramics
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB Current-voltage and resistivity-voltage measurements have been made on
    donor-doped BaTiO3 ceramics in order to investigate the nature of the
    current transport processes. It is found that the characteristics of
    the current-voltage do not follow the Heywang model [Solid-State
    Electron. 3, 51 (1961)]. Hence, the classical Heywang model is modified
    and the thermionic emission model with smoothly changed barrier
    resulted from image force is suggested. The modified theory coincides
    better with the experimental observation. The dependence between
    current density and voltage is J=J(0) exp[-(phi(0)-beta V-1/2)/kT]. The
    relationship between resistivity and voltage (voltage effect) is
    rho=(2kT/dJ(0) beta)V-1/2 exp[(phi(0)-beta V-1/2)/kT]. From the
    modified model, the maximum barrier height of BaTiO3 ceramics can be
    deduced experimentally as well. (C) 1996 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Zhang, F, CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST MET,ION BEAM LAB,SHANGHAI
    200050,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR HAAYMAN PW, 1995, 925350, GE
    HEYWANG W, 1961, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V3, P51
    HEYWANG W, 1964, J AM CERAM SOC, V47, P484
    JONKER GH, 1964, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V7, P895
    NEMOTO H, 1980, J AM CERAM SOC, V63, P398
    SIMMONS JG, 1964, J APPL PHYS, V35, P2472
    SMYTHE WR, 1950, STATIC DYNAMIC ELECT
 NR 7
 TC 3
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD MAR 1
 PY 1996
 VL 79
 IS 5
 BP 2487
 EP 2490
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA TY119
 UT ISI:A1996TY11900046
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, ZM
 TI Plastic zone characteristics of crack tip in anisotropic solids
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF FRACTURE
 DT Article
 RP Ye, ZM, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CIVIL ENGN,149 YAN CHANG RD,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ERDOGAN F, 1963, J BASIC ENG, V85, P519
    LIEBOWITZ H, 1968, FRACTURE ADV TREATIS, V2
    SIH GC, 1974, INT J FRACTURE MECH, V10, P305
    WU EM, 1968, COMP MAT WORKSH, P20
    ZHIMING Y, 1994, ENG FRACT MECH, V49, P797
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0376-9429
 J9 INT J FRACTURE
 JI Int. J. Fract.
 PY 1996
 VL 74
 IS 1
 BP R3
 EP R10
 PG 8
 SC Mechanics
 GA TX339
 UT ISI:A1996TX33900008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, WZ
    Olsen, SE
 TI Reaction equilibria in the production of manganese ferroalloys
 SO METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS TRANSACTIONS B-PROCESS METALLURGY AND
    MATERIALS PROCESSING SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB A laboratory investigation has been carried out to determine slag/metal
    and slag/metal/gas equilibria relevant to production of manganese
    ferroalloys. The metal phase was normally composed of Mn-Si-C-sat
    alloys, but in some experiments, the alloys contained up to 15 wt pet
    Fe. Different slag systems were used: MnO-SiO2, MnO-SiO2-CaO,
    MnO-SiO2-Al2O3, and quaternary MnO-SiO2-CaO-Al2O3 with fixed CaO/Al2O3
    weight ratios of 1.5 and 3. The experiments were normally made in CO
    gas atmosphere at temperatures ranging from 1450 degrees C to 1600
    degrees C. The results give comprehensive information about equilibrium
    relations. Partial and complete equilibria are illustrated in
    equilibrium diagrams. Partial equilibrium is a situation in which
    equilibrium is established with respect to certain variables but not to
    others, in this case, between slag and metal but not with the gas
    phase. The effect of temperature was found to be of minor importance
    for the partial slag/metal equilibrium, whereas the complete
    slag/metal/gas equilibrium is considerably influenced by both
    temperature and CO pressure. As expected, increasing temperature and
    decreasing CO pressure will reduce the equilibrium MnO content of
    slags. The influence of alumina addition to the slag phase and of iron
    to the metal phase is also discussed.
 C1 UNIV TRONDHEIM,NORWEGIAN INST TECHNOL,DEPT MET,N-7034 TRONDHEIM,NORWAY.
 RP Ding, WZ, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MET,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR ABRAHAM KP, 1960, J IRON STEEL I, V196, P82
    AHMAD N, 1978, METALL T A, V9, P1857
    ASHIN AK, 1977, IZV AKAD NAUK SSSR M, P232
    BALATIN GI, 1974, UKR KHIM ZH, V40, P542
    CENGIZLER H, 1992, P 6 INT FERR C 1992, P167
    CHIPMAN J, 1952, T AM SOC MET, V44, P1215
    DARKEN RS, 1953, PHYSICAL CHEM METALS, P144
    DING W, 1993, THESIS NORWEGIAN I T
    ESIN OA, 1954, RUSS ZH APPL CHEM, V27, P1252
    FUJISAWA T, 1977, TETSU TO HAGANE, V63, P1494
    GEE R, 1976, SCAND J METALL, V5, P57
    GEE R, 1978, SCAND J METALL, V7, P38
    GELDENHUIS JMA, 1992, P 6 INT FERR C 1992, P105
    GLASSER FP, 1962, J AM CERAM SOC, V45, P242
    GZIELO A, 1986, NEUE HUTTE, P100
    KOR GJW, 1979, METAL T B, V10, P367
    KORBER F, 1936, MITT KAIS WILH I EIS, V18, P109
    LEE YE, 1980, CAN METALL Q, V19, P315
    MEHTA SR, 1965, J IRON STEEL I, V203, P524
    MUAN A, 1965, PHASE EQUILIBRIA OXI
    NI RM, 1990, STEEL RES, V61, P113
    PETRUSHEVSKII MS, 1959, J PRIKLADNOI KHEMI, V32, P86
    PETRUSHEVSKII MS, 1973, RUSS J PHYS CHEM, V47, P158
    RANKIN WJ, 1978, 1959 NIM
    RAO BKD, 1981, METALL T B, V12, P469
    RAO BKDP, 1981, METALL TRANS B, V12, P311
    REIN RH, 1963, T METALL SOC AIME, V227, P1193
    RESER MK, PHASE DIAGRAMS CERAM, P630
    SHARMA RA, 1965, T METALL SOC AIME, V233, P1586
    SKIREDJ O, 1963, T TMS AIME, V227, P536
    STAPLETON JM, 1961, J MET, V13, P45
    TANAKA A, 1977, J JPN I MET, V41, P601
    TANAKA A, 1980, MURORAN KOGYO DAIGAK, V10, P19
    TANAKA A, 1980, TETSU TO HAGANE, V66, P1474
    TURKDOGAN ET, 1956, J IRON STEEL I, V182, P274
    TURKDOGAN ET, 1957, T I MIN METALL, V67, P573
    TUSET JK, 1970, 340358 SINTEF
    TUSET JK, 1970, 340420 SINTEF
    VORONOV VA, 1982, RUSS METALL+, P22
    WARREN GF, 1975, P 1 INT FERR C 1974, P175
    YAKOSHEVITCH NF, 1969, IZV VUZ CHERN METALL, P48
    ZAITSEV AI, 1989, RASPLAVY, V3, P9
 NR 42
 TC 10
 SN 1073-5623
 J9 METALL MATER TRANS B
 JI Metall. Mater. Trans. B-Proc. Metall. Mater. Proc. Sci.
 PD FEB
 PY 1996
 VL 27
 IS 1
 BP 5
 EP 17
 PG 13
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA TW621
 UT ISI:A1996TW62100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, RS
    Yang, ZH
 TI Double S-breaking cubic turning points and their computation
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 AB In the paper we are concerned with double S-breaking cubic turning
    points of two-parameter nonlinear problems in the presence of
    Z(2)-symmetry. Three extended systems are proposed to determine double
    S-breaking cubic turning points. We show that there exist two kinds of
    singular point path passing through double S-breaking cubic turning
    point, One is the simple quadratic turning point path, the other is the
    pitchfork bifurcation point path.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ALLGOWER EL, 1984, ISNM70, P15
    GOLUBITSKY M, 1985, SINGULARITIES GROUPS, V2
    MA YN, 1990, J COMPUT MATH, V8, P261
    SPENCE A, 1982, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V2, P413
    WERNER B, 1984, ISNM70, P562
    WERNER B, 1984, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V21, P388
    WU W, 1993, NUMERICAL MATH J CHI, V2, P101
    YANG ZH, 1991, J COMPUT MATH, V9, P149
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD JAN
 PY 1996
 VL 14
 IS 1
 BP 8
 EP 22
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA TU315
 UT ISI:A1996TU31500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, WY
    Cao, WG
    Yao, Y
    Zhu, ZM
 TI Synthesis of dimethyl
    3-perfluoroalkyl-4-(3-oxo-2-triphenylphosphoranylidenbutanylidene)-pent-
    2-enedioate and its cyclization
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE phosphorane; polysubstituted arene; intramolecular cyclization
 ID ACYCLIC PRECURSORS; FACILE SYNTHESIS; METHYL
 AB The title compounds 5a-5c were prepared via the reaction of methyl
    2-perfluoroalkynoates (4) with methyl
    5-oxo-4-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)hex-2-enoate (3), which was
    obtained from the reaction of methyl propynate (2) with
    acetylmethylenetriphenylphosphorane (1) at -5-0 degrees C.
    Intramolecular elimination of Ph(3)PO took place when compound 5 was
    heated in aqueous methanol at 115-120 degrees C in sealed tube,
    yielding dimethyl 2-trifluoromethyl-4-methylisophthalate (6a) from 5a
    and methyl 5-acetyl-4-hydroxy-2-heptafluoropropanylbenzoate (6b) from
    5b, respectively. The structures of compounds 5, 6a and 6b were
    confirmed by IR, MS, H-1 NMR, F-19 NMR and C-13 NMR spectroscopy and
    elemental analyses. Rection mechanisms for the formation of compounds
    5, 6a and 6b were proposed.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BANKS RE, 1979, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    DING WY, 1986, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V44, P62
    DING WY, 1987, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V28, P81
    DING WY, 1992, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P635
    DING WY, 1993, CHINESE J CHEM, V11, P81
    DING WY, 1993, J CHEM SOC P1, P855
    HUANG YZ, 1979, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V37, P47
    JUNG ME, 1988, J AM CHEM SOC, V110, P3965
    MANN J, 1987, CHEM SOC REV, V16, P381
    MCCLINTON MA, 1992, TETRAHEDRON, V48, P6555
    RAMIREZ F, 1957, J ORG CHEM, V22, P41
    WELCH JT, 1987, TETRAHEDRON, V43, P3123
    WOLF V, 1953, CHEM BER, V86, P735
 NR 13
 TC 6
 SN 1001-604X
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Chem.
 PD SEP
 PY 1995
 VL 13
 IS 5
 BP 468
 EP 474
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA TU139
 UT ISI:A1995TU13900014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, XF
    Wong, PL
    Zhang, ZM
 TI Thermal non-Newtonian EHL analysis of rib-roller end contact in tapered
    roller bearings
 SO JOURNAL OF TRIBOLOGY-TRANSACTIONS OF THE ASME
 DT Article
 ID LUBRICATION
 AB An EHL approach to the rib-roller end contact in tapered roller
    bearings has been achieved by taking into account the non-Newtonian
    behavior of lubricants and thermal effects and with full consideration
    of the peculiar geometrical and kinematic conditions. Two kinds of
    geometrical configurations of rib and roller end were investigated
    tapered rib/spherical roller end and spherical rib/spherical roller
    end. Optimal ratios of curvature radius of roller end to rib face were
    deduced. The film thickness, friction torque, lubricant temperature,
    and surface temperature at various speeds and loads were calculated.
 C1 CITY UNIV HONG KONG,DEPT MFG ENGN,KOWLOON,HONG KONG.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT ENGN MECH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ARAMAKI H, 1992, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V114, P311
    BAIR S, 1979, ASME, V101, P258
    CARSLAW HS, 1959, CONDUCTION HEAT SOLI
    CHITTENDEN RJ, 1985, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V397, P245
    DALMAZ G, 1980, 7TH P LEEDS LY S TRI, V7, P175
    DOWSON D, 1977, ELASTOHYDRODYNAMIC L
    GADALLAH N, 1984, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V106, P265
    HAMROCK BJ, 1981, BALL BEARING LUBRICA
    JAMISON WE, 1977, ASLE T, V20, P79
    JIANG XF, 1993, P INT S TRIBOLOGY 93, P147
    JOHNSON KL, 1977, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V356, P215
    KORRENN H, 1970, FORTSCHR BER, V1, P11
    ROELANDS CJA, 1966, CORRELATIONAL ASPECT
    WANG SH, 1987, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V109, P666
    ZHANG Z, 1988, STLE T, V31, P461
    ZHOU RS, 1991, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V113, P590
 NR 16
 TC 2
 SN 0742-4787
 J9 J TRIBOL-TRANS ASME
 JI J. Tribol.-Trans. ASME
 PD OCT
 PY 1995
 VL 117
 IS 4
 BP 646
 EP 654
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA TT886
 UT ISI:A1995TT88600016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Du, B
    Yang, KZ
    Zhong, SS
 TI Theoretical analysis of a parabolic torus reflector antenna with
    multibeam
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS PHYSICS ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE multibeam antenna; single offset antenna; parabolic torus reflector
    antenna
 AB The parametric equations and the formulas of unit normal vector and
    surface element for a parabolic torus reflector antenna are derived and
    the mechanism of producing multibeam is proposed. Based on physical
    optics, the radiation pattern formulas for the antenna are given, with
    which the effects of geometric parameters on the antenna are studied.
    The good agreement between the calculated patterns and the measured
    ones shows that the theory is helpful for designing parabolic torus
    antennas.
 C1 MINIST ELECTR IND,INST 54,SHIJIAZHUANG 050081,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Du, B, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT ELECTR ENGN,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR HDB MATH, P307
    1979, HDB MATH, V415, P416
    BOSWELL AGP, 1978, MARCONI REV, V41, P237
    HYDE G, 1974, COMSAT TECH REV, V4, P231
    LUDWING AC, 1973, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V2, P116
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 1001-6511
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math. Phys. Astron.
 PD DEC
 PY 1995
 VL 38
 IS 12
 BP 1520
 EP 1531
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA TQ966
 UT ISI:A1995TQ96600012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZX
    Pan, JS
    Luo, WY
    Li, XN
    Wang, CS
 TI Preferential sputtering from Ni-Pd alloy in the phase transition region
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID PARTICLES
 C1 ACAD SINICA,INST NUCL RES,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Wang, ZX, CCAST,WORLD LAB,POB 8730,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BETZ G, 1983, SPUTTERING PARTICLE, V2, P11
    KELLY R, 1985, SURF INTERFACE ANAL, V7, P1
    KIRSCHNER J, 1985, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V7, P742
    SHAKIROV R, 1992, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V67, P540
    SIGMUND P, 1969, PHYS REV, V184, P383
    SIGMUND P, 1982, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V194, P541
    SLUSSER GJ, 1979, SURF SCI, V84, P211
    WANG ZX, 1993, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V74, P380
    YURASOVA VE, 1983, VACUUM, V33, P565
    YURASOVA VE, 1986, VACUUM, V36, P630
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD JAN 15
 PY 1996
 VL 15
 IS 2
 BP 149
 EP 150
 PG 2
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA TQ664
 UT ISI:A1996TQ66400017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, GB
    Tan, WH
 TI Field enhancement due to anomalous skin effect inside a target
 SO PHYSICS OF PLASMAS
 DT Article
 ID HIGH-DENSITY PLASMA; LASER-PULSES; ABSORPTION
 AB A new method based on Fourier transformation to study the skin effects
    is presented. Using this method, the field amplitude in plasma is
    represented in terms of electric conductivity, and the normal and
    anomalous skin effects are described through one formula by omitting
    the plasma dispersion or not. The results are in agreement with other
    publications [e.g., J. P. Matte and K. Aguenaou, Phys. Rev. A 45, 2558
    (1992)] for equivalent parameters. But for deeper positions inside a
    target, which have not been studied by others, it is found that the
    field amplitude is considerably enhanced due to an anomalous skin
    effect, even for constant collision frequency. In addition, the skin
    absorptions and some calculations on an anomalous skin effect for
    different collision frequencies are also presented. (C) 1996 American
    Institute of Physics.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Ma, GB, ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,POB 800211,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BLEVIN HA, 1970, PHYS FLUIDS, V10, P1259
    BLEVIN HA, 1973, PHYS FLUIDS, V13, P82
    BRUNEL F, 1988, PHYS FLUIDS, V31, P2714
    BULANOV SV, 1994, PHYS PLASMAS, V1, P745
    DENAVIT J, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P3052
    FEDOSEJEVS R, 1990, APPL PHYS B-PHOTO, V50, P79
    FEDOSEJEVS R, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1250
    FRIED BD, 1961, PLASMA DISPERSION FU
    GAMALIY EG, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P929
    GAUTSCHI W, 1964, APPLIED MATH SERIES, V55, P295
    GIBBON P, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P1535
    ICHIMARU S, 1973, BASIC PRINCIPLES PLA, CH3
    JACKSON JD, 1962, CLASSICAL ELECTRODYN, P220
    KIEFFER JC, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P760
    KIEFFER JC, 1991, PHYS FLUIDS B-PLASMA, V3, P167
    MATTE JP, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P2558
    MURNANE MM, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P155
    NG A, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P3351
    ROZMUS W, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P7401
    SAUERBREY R, 1994, PHYS PLASMAS, V1, P1635
    WEIBEL ES, 1967, PHYS FLUIDS, V10, P741
    WILKS SC, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P1383
    ZIGLER A, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V59, P534
    ZIMAN JM, 1969, PRINCIPLES THEORY SO, P241
    ZIMAN JM, 1981, PHYS MET, V1, P102
 NR 25
 TC 2
 SN 1070-664X
 J9 PHYS PLASMAS
 JI Phys. Plasmas
 PD JAN
 PY 1996
 VL 3
 IS 1
 BP 349
 EP 353
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas
 GA TP807
 UT ISI:A1996TP80700040
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, ZZ
    Wang, DR
    Evans, DJ
 TI Models of asynchronous parallel nonlinear multisplitting relaxed
    iterations
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 ID ALGORITHM; CONVERGENCE
 AB In the sense of the nonlinear multisplitting and based on the principle
    of sufficiently using the delayed information, we propose models of
    asynchronous parallel accelerated overrelaxation iteration methods for
    solving large scale system of nonlinear equations. Under proper
    conditions, we set up the local convergence theories of these new
    method models.
 C1 CHINESE ACAD SCI,INST COMPUTAT MATH & SCI ENGN COMP,BEIJING,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    LOUGHBOROUGH UNIV TECHNOL,PARALLEL ALGORITHMS RES CTR,LOUGHBOROUGH LE11 3TU,LEICS,ENGLAND.
 CR BAI ZZ, 1995, PARALLEL COMPUT, V21, P565
    BERTSEKAS DP, 1989, PARALLEL DISTRIBUTED
    BRU R, 1988, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V103, P175
    EVANS DJ, 1991, PARALLEL COMPUT, V17, P165
    FROMMER A, 1989, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V119, P141
    FROMMER A, 1989, NUMER MATH, V56, P269
    OLEARY DP, 1985, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V6, P630
    ORTEGA JM, 1970, ITERATIVE SOLUTION N
    VARGA RS, 1961, MATRIX ITERATIVE ANA
    WANG D, 1991, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V154, P473
    WANG DR, 1994, CHINESE ANN MATH B, V15, P335
    WANG DR, 1994, PARALLEL ALGORITHMS, V2, P173
    WANG DR, 1994, PARALLEL ALGORITHMS, V2, P209
    WANG DR, 1995, IN PRESS APPL MATH J
    WHITE RE, 1986, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V7, P137
    WHITE RE, 1986, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V23, P639
 NR 16
 TC 3
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD OCT
 PY 1995
 VL 13
 IS 4
 BP 369
 EP 386
 PG 18
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA TP800
 UT ISI:A1995TP80000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, SZ
    Zheng, QA
    Zhuang, DM
 TI Discontinuous robust mappings are approximatable
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN MATHEMATICAL SOCIETY
 DT Article
 DE robust sets; robust mappings; approximatable mappings; integral global
    optimization
 AB The concepts of robustness of sets and and functions were introduced to
    form the foundation of the theory of integral global optimization. A
    set A of a topological space X is said to be robust iff cl A = cl int
    A. A mapping f: X --> Y is said to be robust iff for each open set U-Y
    of Y, f(-1)(U-Y) is robust. We prove that if X is a Baire space and Y
    satisfies the second axiom of countability, then a mapping f: X --> Y
    is robust iff it is approximatable in the sense that the set of points
    of continuity of f is dense in X and that for any other point x is an
    element of X, (x, f(x)) is the limit of {(x(alpha), f(x(alpha)))},
    where for all alpha, x(alpha) is a continuous point of f. This result
    justifies the notion of robustness.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    MT ST VINCENT UNIV,DEPT MATH & COMP STUDIES,HALIFAX,NS B3M 2J6,CANADA.
 RP Shi, SZ, NANKAI INST MATH,DIV THEORET PHYS,TIANJIN 300071,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR BATUCHTIN LV, 1984, OPTIMIZATION DISCONT
    CHEW SH, 1988, LECTURE NOTES EC MAT, V298
    CHOQUET G, 1969, LECTURES ANAL, V1
    CHOQUET G, 1969, OUTILS TOPOLOGIQUES
    MAYUROVA IV, 1984, USSR COMP MATH MATH, V24, P121
    OXTOBY JC, 1980, MEASURE CATEGORY
    SEMANDENI Z, 1971, BANACH SPACES CONTIN
    SHI SZ, 1994, J MATH ANAL APPL, V183, P706
    ZANG I, 1981, MATH OPER RES, V6, P140
    ZHENG Q, IN PRESS GLOBAL MINI
    ZHENG Q, 1978, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V1, P161
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P205
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P317
    ZHENG Q, 1991, COMPUT MATH APPL, V21, P17
    ZHENG Q, 1991, RECENT ADV GLOBAL OP
    ZHENG Q, 1993, COMPUT MATH APPL, V25, P79
 NR 16
 TC 4
 SN 0002-9947
 J9 TRANS AMER MATH SOC
 JI Trans. Am. Math. Soc.
 PD DEC
 PY 1995
 VL 347
 IS 12
 BP 4943
 EP 4957
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics
 GA TM686
 UT ISI:A1995TM68600016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
 TI A unified variable-domain variational theory of hybrid problems for
    compressible S-2-flow in mixed-flow turbomachinery
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 ID PRINCIPLES; ROTOR
 AB Using the functional variation with variable domain, two families of
    variational principles (VPs) for the hybrid problem types H-A and H-B
    of S-2-flow in mixed-flow turbomachinery are established. The new
    theory provides both rational ways for best contouring the hub/casing
    walls to meet various practical design requirements and a theoretical
    basis for introducing the finite element method (FEM) into
    computational aerodynamics of turbomachinery
 C1 SHANGHAI INST APPL MATHS & MECH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BOSMAN C, 1974, ARC RM3746
    CAI RQ, 1983, ACTA AERODYNAMICA SI, V1, P25
    CAI RQ, 1988, INT J HEAT FLUID FL, V9, P302
    COURANT R, 1953, METHODS MATH PHYSICS, V1
    DORMAN TE, 1968, ASME, V90
    LIU GI, 1986, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V108, P254
    LIU GL, 1978, VARIATIONAL PRINCIPL
    LIU GL, 1979, ACTA MECH SINICA, V11, P303
    LIU GL, 1980, SCI SINICA, V23, P1339
    LIU GL, 1981, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V2, P335
    LIU GL, 1981, THERMOPHYSICS
    LIU GL, 1982, AUG P INT C FEM SHAN, P520
    LIU GL, 1986, 6TH P INT S FEM FLOW, P125
    LIU GL, 1986, 6TH P INT S FEM FLOW, P137
    LIU GL, 1987, AIAA871426 PAP
    LIU GL, 1990, 1 INT S EXP COMP AER, P128
    LIU GL, 1993, ACTA MECH, V97, P229
    LIU GL, 1993, ACTA MECHANICA 1, V95, P117
    LIU GL, 1993, INT J TURBO JET ENGI, V10, P273
    LIU RX, 1981, SEISMOL GEOL, V3, P1
    MARSH H, 1968, ARC RM3509
    MCNALLY WD, 1985, J FLUID ENG-T ASME, V107, P6
    OATES GC, 1976, ASME, V98, P1
    PENG HW, 1975, KEXUE TONGBAO, V20, P416
    WU CH, 1952, NACA TN2604
    WU CH, 1965, CHINESE J MECH ENG, V13, P43
    YAN S, 1990, 1ST P INT S EXP COMP, P457
 NR 27
 TC 1
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1995
 VL 12
 IS 3
 BP 213
 EP 222
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA TN109
 UT ISI:A1995TN10900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
 TI Optimization of axial-flow pump cascade solidity subject to cavitation
    and separation-free constraints
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 AB The solidity optimization of 2-D axial-flow pump cascades is formulated
    as a nonlinear programming problem that minimizes the profile losses
    subject to separation/cavitation-free constraints. Both constraints are
    expressed in terms of the Lieblen's equivalent diffusion ratio D-eq.
    Analytical solutions are obtained in the form of formulae convenient
    for design. The method is further extended to 3-D pump stages.
 C1 SHANGHAI INST APPL MATHS & MECH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Liu, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BEVERIDGE GSG, 1970, OPTIMIZATION THEORY
    BRUCE EP, 1974, NASA SP304, P795
    CONRAD A, 1965, MTZ
    LIEBLEIN S, 1959, ASME, V81, P387
    LIEBLEIN S, 1965, NASA SP, V36, CH6
    LIU GL, 1983, 6TH P INT S AIR BREA, P313
    LIU GL, 1987, NUMERICAL METHODS LA, V5, P1739
    LIU GL, 1993, INT J TURBO JET ENGI, V10, P127
    OKIISHI TH, 1975, INT J MECH SCI, V17, P633
    REKLAITIS GV, 1983, ENG OPTIMIZATION MET
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1995
 VL 12
 IS 3
 BP 231
 EP 236
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA TN109
 UT ISI:A1995TN10900007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tu, DW
 TI In-process sensor for surface profile measurement applying a
    common-mode rejection technique
 SO OPTICS AND LASER TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE interferometers; profilometers; noise suppression; common-mode rejection
 AB An optical non-contact profilometer is presented for super-smooth
    surfaces, which applies a so-called common-mode rejection technique.
    Environmental disturbances and laser amplitude noise, which commonly
    exist in similar instruments, are overcome in this system. The overall
    simplicity of the optics and electronics, the low cost of the
    components and the ease of alignment make this a convenient system to
    implement.
 RP Tu, DW, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SCH MECH AUTOMAT,POB 27,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DAUDRIDGE A, 1981, APPL OPTICS, V20, P2337
    DOWNS MJ, 1985, PRECIS ENG, V7, P211
    HUANG CC, 1984, OPT ENG, V23, P356
    MITSUI K, 1986, PRECIS ENG, V8, P212
    PANTZER D, 1986, APPL OPTICS, V25, P4168
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0030-3992
 J9 OPT LASER TECHNOL
 JI Opt. Laser Technol.
 PD DEC
 PY 1995
 VL 27
 IS 6
 BP 351
 EP 353
 PG 3
 SC Optics
 GA TN089
 UT ISI:A1995TN08900012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, JL
    Chadderton, LT
    Fink, D
    Cruz, SA
    Ghosh, S
    Zhu, DZ
 TI Electronic stopping and etched particle tracks in polymers .2. Boron
    and lithium tracks
 SO NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTS & METHODS IN PHYSICS RESEARCH SECTION B-BEAM
    INTERACTIONS WITH MATERIALS AND ATOMS
 DT Article
 ID DETECTORS; CR-39; IONS
 AB This work is the second one in a series of papers on the correlation of
    etched particle tracks with the projectiles' electronic energy
    transfer. The plastic detector CR39 was bombarded with boron and
    lithium ions at different energies, and subsequently etched. The
    relation between the diameter of etched tracks and the projectile
    energy was studied in detail. Maximum diameters were found after boron
    irradiation at 2.1 MeV, and after lithium irradiation at about 1.1 MeV.
    These values closely coincide with those ion energies at which they
    deposit their maximum electronic energy in the target surface area. The
    observations also point at a linear relationship between the maximum
    electronic stopping power and the atomic number of the projectile ions.
 C1 AUSTRALIAN NATL UNIV,RES SCH PHYS SCI,CANBERRA,ACT 2601,AUSTRALIA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    HAHN MEITNER INST BERLIN GMBH,DEPT FD,D-14109 BERLIN,GERMANY.
    UNIV AUTONOMA METROPOLITANA IZTAPALAPA,DEPT FIS,MEXICO CITY 09340,DF,MEXICO.
    NE HILL UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHILLONG 793003,MEGHALAYA,INDIA.
    ACAD SINICA,JOINT OPEN LAB ANALYT NUCL TECH,SHANGHAI BRANCH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Zhu, JL, CSIRO,DIV APPL PHYS,GPO 4,CANBERRA,ACT 2601,AUSTRALIA.
 CR ALNAJJAR SAR, 1984, NUCL TRACKS RAD MEAS, V8, P45
    BERNARDI L, 1991, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V53, P61
    BIERSACK JP, 1980, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V174, P257
    CHADDERTON LT, 1994, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V91, P168
    CROSS WG, 1986, NUCL TRACKS RAD MEAS, V12, P533
    FINK D, 1992, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V65, P432
    FLEISCHER RL, 1975, NUCLEAR TRACKS SOLID
    JONSSON G, 1992, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V63, P399
    ZIEGLER JF, 1985, STOPPING RANGES IONS, V1
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0168-583X
 J9 NUCL INSTRUM METH PHYS RES B
 JI Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res. Sect. B-Beam Interact. Mater. Atoms
 PD NOV
 PY 1995
 VL 105
 IS 1-4
 BP 208
 EP 211
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Physics, Nuclear; Instruments &
    Instrumentation; Nuclear Science & Technology
 GA TM152
 UT ISI:A1995TM15200043
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, QJ
    Deng, XN
 TI Oscillating behaviour on electrodeposited CuInSe2 thin-films during
    H2O2 cathodic reduction
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID IRON-SULFIDE ELECTRODES; SUSTAINED OSCILLATIONS; CATALYTIC REDUCTION;
    HYDROGEN-PEROXIDE
 AB CuInSe2 thin films prepared by electrodeposition method can produce
    periodically electrochemistry oscillation phenomenna during H2O2
    cathodic reduction. The dynamic current-voltage curve from -1.80V to
    0.00V((vsSCE)) appears a pronounced current wave. When the potential is
    set in the oscillating potential region, the cell response may be
    accounted for, in the equivalent circuit representation, by the
    presence of negative resistances and inductances with A.C. methods. The
    negative resistances and inductances may indicate an autocatalytio
    reaction with an adsorbed intermediate.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,ELECTROCHEM RES CTR,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP Xu, QJ, SHANGHAI INST ELECT POWER,ELECTROCHEM RES CTR,SHANGHAI
    200090,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ARMSTRONG RD, 1972, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V39, P81
    CATTARIN S, 1988, BER BUNSEN PHYS CHEM, V92, P1345
    CATTARIN S, 1990, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V137, P3475
    SCHUMANN D, 1968, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V17, P451
    TRIBUTSCH H, 1975, BER BUNSEN PHYS CHEM, V79, P570
    TRIBUTSCH H, 1975, BER BUNSEN PHYS CHEM, V79, P580
    WOJTOWICZ J, 1973, MOD ASPECT ELECTROC, P47
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PY 1995
 VL 53
 IS 11
 BP 1076
 EP 1081
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA TL445
 UT ISI:A1995TL44500007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, CS
    Luo, WY
    Gu, JQ
    Tabata, T
    Ito, R
 TI A comparison of calculated and measured absorbed doses of electron beams
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID DOSIMETERS; ALGORITHM
 AB A semiempirical code to compute the absorbed dose in a single- to
    five-layer slab absorbers irradiated by electron beams has been
    developed. The doses estimated by the code have been compared with the
    experimental results obtained with a pyrolitic-graphite calorimeter for
    the electron beams of 1.5 and 1.75-MeV energy, and these have shown
    agreement within about 3%.
 C1 UNIV OSAKA PREFECTURE,ADV SCI & TECHNOL RES INST,SAKAI,OSAKA 593,JAPAN.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI INST METROL TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 200233,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR 1992, EDMULT 311 MICRO ELE
    GARTH JC, 1986, T AM NUCL SOC, V52, P377
    HUMPHREYS JC, 1990, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V35, P744
    ITO R, 1987, RCOPTR8 RAD CTR OS P
    KOBETICH EJ, 1968, PHYS REV, V170, P391
    KOBETICH EJ, 1969, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V71, P269
    MCLAUGHLIN WL, 1989, DOSIMETRY RAD PROCES
    MILLER A, 1985, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V10, P994
    MILLER A, 1990, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V35, P774
    TABATA T, 1974, NUCL SCI ENG, V53, P226
    TABATA T, 1981, JPN J APPL PHYS, V20, P249
    TABATA T, 1989, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V33, P411
    TABATA T, 1990, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V35, P821
    TABATA T, 1993, NOV RADT AS 93 C P T, P574
    TANAKA R, 1971, 32ND PREPR AUT M JAP, P231
    ZHANG LM, 1993, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V42, P765
 NR 16
 TC 3
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD FEB
 PY 1996
 VL 47
 IS 2
 BP 167
 EP 170
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA TK581
 UT ISI:A1996TK58100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU YANG, T
 TI RECOVERY OF DIGITAL SIGNALS FROM CHAOTIC SWITCHING
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF CIRCUIT THEORY AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Letter
 ID CHUA CIRCUIT
 RP YANG, T, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT AUTOMAT ENGN,CAMPUS BOX
    14,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHUA LO, 1992, AEU-ARCH ELEKTRON UB, V46, P250
    CRUZ JM, 1993, IEEE T CIRCUITS-II, V40, P614
    CUOMO KM, 1993, 1993 P IEEE ASSP C M, P137
    CUOMO KM, 1993, IEEE T CIRCUITS-II, V40, P626
    KOCAREV L, 1992, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V2, P709
    PARLITZ U, 1992, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V2, P973
    YANG T, 1994, INT J CIRC THEOR APP, V22, P399
 NR 7
 TC 41
 SN 0098-9886
 J9 INT J CIRCUIT THEOR APPL
 JI Int. J. Circuit Theory Appl.
 PD NOV-DEC
 PY 1995
 VL 23
 IS 6
 BP 611
 EP 615
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA TJ622
 UT ISI:A1995TJ62200006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, BY
    CAO, WM
 TI A SPECTRAL METHOD FOR THE FLUID-FLOW WITH LOW MACH NUMBER ON THE
    SPHERICAL SURFACE
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE FLUID FLOW WITH LOW MACH NUMBER; SPHERICAL SURFACE; SPECTRAL METHOD
 AB A spectral scheme is proposed for the fluid flow with low Mach number
    on the spherical surface. The stability and the convergence are proved.
    some skills in this paper can be extended to tackle problems defined on
    manifolds.
 RP GUO, BY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CANUTO C, 1987, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    COURANT R, 1953, METHODS MATH PHYSICS, V1
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, NUMERICAL ANAL SPECT
    GUO BY, 1994, J COMPUT MATH, V12, P173
    GUO BY, 1995, MATH COMPUT, V64, P1067
    HALTINER GJ, 1980, NUMERICAL PREDICTION
    JARUND M, 1985, LECTURE NOTES APPLIE, V22, P1
    LIONS JL, 1972, NONHOMOGENEOUS BOUND, V1
    ROACHE PJ, 1976, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID
    WILLIAMSON DL, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V102, P211
    ZEN QC, 1979, PHYSICAL MATH BASIS, V1
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PD DEC
 PY 1995
 VL 32
 IS 6
 BP 1764
 EP 1777
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA TH076
 UT ISI:A1995TH07600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHU, Y
 TI GENERATION OF SOLITARY WAVES IN A 3-LAYER FLUID SYSTEM
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS PHYSICS ASTRONOMY & TECHNOLOGICAL
    SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE SOLITARY WAVES; STRATIFIED FLUID; KDV EQUATION
 ID GRAVITATIONAL COLLAPSE; STRATIFIED FLUID; INTERNAL WAVES
 AB Based on the generalized Boussinesq equations for the three-layer fluid
    system, the KdV equations for the interfaces are obtained by using a
    perturbation method and the effect of fluid depth on the generation of
    solitary waves is discussed. By classifying the waves into fast-,
    medium- and slow-modes, it is found that the results on the slow-mode
    waves is qualitatively consistent with the experimental ones, and there
    may exist concave solitary waves on free surface, which is yet to be
    verified by experiments.
 RP ZHU, Y, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITONS INVERSE SCA
    AMEN R, 1980, J FLUID MECH, V96, P65
    GILREATH HE, 1985, AIAA J, V23, P693
    KAKUTANI T, 1978, J PHYS SOC JPN, V45, P674
    MAXWORTHY T, 1980, J FLUID MECH, V96, P47
    WHITHAM GB, 1974, LINEAR NONLINEAR WAV
    ZHU Y, IN PRESS J HYDRODYNA
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1001-6511
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math. Phys. Astron. Technol. Sci.
 PD OCT
 PY 1995
 VL 38
 IS 10
 BP 1239
 EP 1245
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA TH029
 UT ISI:A1995TH02900008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU XU, WP
    ZHENG, LR
    XIN, HP
    LIN, CL
    GU, M
    CAO, ZC
    OKUYAMA, M
 TI BARUO3 THIN-FILMS PREPARED BY PULSED-LASER DEPOSITION
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID FERROELECTRIC MEMORIES
 AB High electrical conductive BaRuO3 thin films with (110) perovskite
    orientation have been successfully fabricated on Si(100) substrates by
    pulsed ArF excimer laser deposition and post-annealing. The resistivity
    of the films at room temperature is in the range of 10(-2)-10(-3) Ohm
    cm. Auger electron spectroscopy (AES) measurement shows that the
    compositions uniformly distributed throughout the film. Rutherford
    backscattering spectroscopy (RES) analysis indicates that the chemical
    stoichiometric ratio is well consistent with the ideal one as in BaRuO3.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,FAC MAT,JIADING 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    OSAKA UNIV,FAC ENGN SCI,DEPT ELECT ENGN,TOYONAKA,OSAKA 560,JAPAN.
 RP XU, WP, CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST MET,STATE KEY LAB FUNCT MAT
    INFORMAT,SHANGHAI 200050,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BENSCH W, 1990, SOLID STATE IONICS, V43, P171
    CHEUNG JT, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P2045
    DONOHUE PC, 1965, INORG CHEM, V4, P306
    EOM CB, 1992, SCIENCE, V258, P1766
    KIM TW, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V64, P2676
    LARSEN PK, 1992, FERROELECTRICS, V128, P265
    SCOTT JF, 1989, SCIENCE, V246, P1400
    TAKIKAWA O, 1986, 36TH IEEE P EL COMP, P214
    VANLOAN PR, 1992, CERAM B, V51, P231
    VIJAY DP, 1993, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V140, P2640
    XU W, 1995, IN PRESS PHYS STAT A
    YOON YS, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P1547
 NR 12
 TC 5
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD NOV
 PY 1995
 VL 25
 IS 3-4
 BP 175
 EP 178
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA TG742
 UT ISI:A1995TG74200021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, ZH
 TI SPLICE LOSS ANALYSIS OF 2 NONIDENTICAL SINGLE-MODE SLAB WAVE-GUIDES
    WITH SIMULTANEOUS TILT AND OFFSET MISALIGNMENTS
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE PLANAR OPTICAL WAVE-GUIDES; SPLICE LOSS
 AB By using the Gaussian approximation of the fundamental mode of a
    symmetric slab waveguide, the splice losses due to simultaneous tilt,
    offset, and waveguide-parameter mismatch of single-mode slab waveguides
    have been calculated Very simple formulas have been derived, and
    numerical examples have been given. (C) 1995 John Wiiey & Sons, Inc.
 RP WANG, ZH, SHANGHAI UNIV,WAVE SCI LAB,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD DEC 5
 PY 1995
 VL 10
 IS 5
 BP 291
 EP 294
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA TE780
 UT ISI:A1995TE78000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, HY
    QIAN, JH
    LIU, YC
    YU, TY
    DENG, JQ
 TI NICKELOCENE-MEDIATING SENSOR FOR HYDROGEN-PEROXIDE BASED ON
    BIOELECTROCATALYTIC REDUCTION OF HYDROGEN-PEROXIDE
 SO ANALYTICAL PROCEEDINGS
 DT Article
 ID HORSERADISH-PEROXIDASE; MODIFIED ELECTRODES; CARBON
 AB An amperometric H2O2 sensor using nickelocene as the electron transfer
    agent between immobilized horseradish peroxide and a glassy carbon
    electrode was fabricated. The sensor was highly sensitive to H2O2 with
    a detection limit of 5.0 X 10(-7) mol l(-1) H2O2 and a response time of
    less than 20 s. The effect of applied potential and temperature on the
    Michaelis-Menten constant was calculated and the influence of various
    experimental parameters such as pH, temperature and applied potential
    were explored for optimum analytical performance.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT MACROMOLEC SCI,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR 1991, SIGMA CHEM CATALOGUE, P771
    BIFULCO L, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P1443
    BOGDANOVSKAYA VA, 1988, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V19, P581
    CHEN L, 1991, ANAL LETT, V24, P1
    DANNER DJ, 1973, ARCH BIOCHEM BIOPHYS, V156, P759
    DUNFORD HB, 1982, ADV INORG BIOCHEM, V4, P41
    DUNFORD HB, 1987, COORD CHEM, V19, P187
    DURLIAT H, 1989, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V22, P197
    FREW JE, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V201, P1
    GORTIER G, 1990, ANAL LETT, V23, P1607
    HO WO, 1993, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V351, P185
    HURDIS EC, 1954, ANAL CHEM, V26, P320
    JONSSONPETTERSS.G, 1991, ELECTROANAL, V3, P741
    LIU H, IN PRESS TALANTA
    LIU Y, IN PRESS J ELECTROAN
    MAEHLY AC, 1955, METHOD ENZYMOL, V2, P801
    OYYAMA N, 1985, ANAL CHEM, V57, P1526
    TATSUMA T, 1991, ANAL CHEM, V63, P1580
    ZHAO JG, 1992, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V327, P109
 NR 19
 TC 9
 SN 0144-557X
 J9 ANALYT PROC
 JI Anal. Proc.
 PD NOV
 PY 1995
 VL 32
 IS 11
 BP 475
 EP 477
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA TE648
 UT ISI:A1995TE64800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CHEN, GS
    WANG, Q
 TI LOCAL-FIELDS IN SINGLE-MODE HELICAL FIBERS
 SO OPTICAL AND QUANTUM ELECTRONICS
 DT Article
 ID OPTICAL FIBERS; BIREFRINGENCE; POLARIZATION
 AB The scalar local-field wave equations in helical fibres are derived
    and, with the aid of a special mathematical treatment, solved
    approximately in a local coordinate system - the Serret-Frenet frame
    from the Maxwell's equations. Two basic results are obtained: (1) The
    local modes in a single-mode helical fibre are circularly polarized.
    (2) The difference of the propagation constants between the two
    fundamental modes is 2 tau, where tau is the torsion. They agree well
    with the known experimental measurements.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP CHEN, GS, ZHONGSHAN UNIV,DEPT ELECTR,CANTON,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BIRCH RD, 1987, ELECTRON LETT, V23, P50
    COLLIN RE, 1991, FIELD THEORY GUIDED, P637
    FANG XS, 1985, IEEE T MICROWAVE THE, V33, P150
    FUJII Y, 1986, IEE PROC-J, V133, P249
    LALOV IJ, 1992, INT J OPTOELECTRON, V7, P479
    LEWIN L, 1977, ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE, P16
    LOVE JD, 1987, ELECTRON LETT, V23, P1109
    PAPP A, 1977, APPL OPTICS, V16, P1315
    PHILLIPS RS, 1950, Q APPL MATH, V8, P229
    PIERCE JR, 1950, BELL SYST TECH J, V29, P189
    PIERCE JR, 1950, BELL SYST TECH J, V29, P390
    PIERCE JR, 1950, BELL SYST TECH J, V29, P608
    QIAN J, 1986, ELECTRON LETT, V22, P515
    QIAN JR, 1988, IEE PROC-J, V135, P178
    ROSS JN, 1984, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V16, P455
    SOLLFREY W, 1951, J APPL PHYS, V22, P905
    TANG CH, 1970, I ELECT ELECTRON ENG, V18, P69
    ULRICH R, 1979, APPL OPTICS, V10, P2241
    VARNHAM MP, 1986, P OFC ATLANTA, P68
 NR 19
 TC 3
 SN 0306-8919
 J9 OPT QUANT ELECTRON
 JI Opt. Quantum Electron.
 PD NOV
 PY 1995
 VL 27
 IS 11
 BP 1069
 EP 1074
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA TD876
 UT ISI:A1995TD87600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU SHEN, WD
    ZHU, ST
 TI WAVE-FUNCTION OF A FREE-ELECTRON IN A LASER-PLASMA VIA RIEMANNIAN
    GEOMETRY
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB The wave function of a free electron in a laser plasma described via
    Riemannian geometry is derived by solving the Dirac equation in the
    associated curved spacetime. If the laser field vanishes, the wave
    function naturally reduces to the case in flat space-time.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP SHEN, WD, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR SCHIFF LI, 1968, QUANTUM MECHANICS
    SHEN W, 1988, PHYSICAL REV A, V37, P4387
    ZHU ST, 1995, IN PRESS INT J THEOR
 NR 3
 TC 4
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD OCT
 PY 1995
 VL 34
 IS 10
 BP 2085
 EP 2094
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA TA672
 UT ISI:A1995TA67200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU SHEN, WD
    ZHU, ST
    GUO, QZ
 TI CLASSICAL DESCRIPTION OF THE RADIATION OF A CHARGED-PARTICLE IN A
    STRONG-LASER PLASMA
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB The behavior of a charged particle in it strong-laser plasma is
    discussed by solving the generally covariant equation of motion for a
    charged particle. The classical description for the radiation of a
    charged particle in a strong-laser plasma is given, and the intensity
    and the radiation power are derived in detail.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP SHEN, WD, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR JACKSON JD, 1976, CLASSICAL ELECTRODYN
    SARACHIK ES, 1970, PHYS REV D, V1, P2738
    WEINBERG S, 1972, GRAVITATION COSMOLOG
    ZHU ST, 1995, IN PRESS INT J THEOR
 NR 4
 TC 4
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD OCT
 PY 1995
 VL 34
 IS 10
 BP 2095
 EP 2104
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA TA672
 UT ISI:A1995TA67200010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU FENG, SS
    QIU, XJ
 TI PATH-INTEGRAL QUANTIZATION AND THE GROUND-STATE FUNCTIONAL FOR
    MAXWELL-CHERN-SIMONS SYSTEM
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID WAVE
 AB The Maxwell-Chern-Simons system as a constrained system is quantized in
    the path integral formulation. Using the functional partition function
    and the method proposed by Fradkin, we obtain the correct absolute
    value squared of the ground state.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP FENG, SS, ACAD SINICA,INST NUCL RES,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DESER S, 1982, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V140, P372
    FRADKIN E, 1993, NUCL PHYS B, V362, P667
    FRADKIN E, 1993, NUCL PHYS B, V389, P587
    GITMAN DM, 1990, QUANTIZATION FIELDS
    LI ZP, 1993, CLASSICAL QUANTUM CO
    LOPEZ A, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P2126
 NR 6
 TC 5
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD SEP
 PY 1995
 VL 34
 IS 9
 BP 1827
 EP 1833
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA RX153
 UT ISI:A1995RX15300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, DR
    ZHAO, FG
 TI THE THEORY OF SMALES POINT ESTIMATION AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE POINT ESTIMATION; NEWTON METHOD; DURAND-KERNER METHOD
 AB The main result of this paper is that we exact Smale's point estimation
    theory, i.e., without assuming gamma(k) = parallel to P'(z)(-1)
    P-(k)(z)/k! parallel to (k greater than or equal to 2) being bounded by
    gamma, the point estimation convergence theorem of the Newton method is
    set up by making use of the majorizing method. The proof of the theorem
    is simple and precise, while the required point estimation conditions
    are weaker than all those of known point estimation convergence
    theorems.
    Another result of this paper is an application of the above new theory
    to the Durand-Kerner method. We compare the point estimation conditions
    for the Durand-Kerner method with other known point estimation
    conditions. Numerical results show that our results have evident
    advantages.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR KERNER IO, 1966, NUMER MATH, V8, P290
    SMALE S, 1986, INT C MATH BERK CAL, P1
    SMALE S, 1986, INT C MATH BERK CAL, P1
    SMALE S, 1989, P C HONOR G YOUNG LA, P1
    WANG X, 1989, SCI SINICA A, P905
    ZHAO F, 1993, MATH NUMER SINICA, V15, P196
 NR 6
 TC 15
 SN 0377-0427
 J9 J COMPUT APPL MATH
 JI J. Comput. Appl. Math.
 PD JUN 20
 PY 1995
 VL 60
 IS 1-2
 BP 253
 EP 269
 PG 17
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA RV875
 UT ISI:A1995RV87500017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, GQ
    YUAN, B
    ZHANG, NG
    GONG, XY
 TI CALCULATION OF THE MAGNETIC-SUSCEPTIBILITY AND THE VERDET CONSTANT IN
    NEODYMIUM TRIFLUORIDE
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID OPTICAL-ABSORPTION
 AB This paper first considers the effects of multielectron interaction,
    L-S interaction and the weak crystal-field on the 4f(3) ground state of
    Nd3+ ion in the paramagnetic medium NdF3; then, further takes account
    of the splitting of the crystal-field ground levels caused by both the
    effective superexchange field H upsilon and the applied field H-e, and
    calculates quantitatively the temperature dependence of the magnetic
    susceptibility chi in NdF3. For the splitting of 4f(2)5d excited state
    of Nd3+ ion in NdF3, the paper investigates the effect of the strong
    crystal-held on the 5d electrons. Using the model of three-level
    transition, the specific Faraday rotation theta(F), the Verdet constant
    V, and their temperature dependence, which originate from the
    electronic transitions between the electron configurations 4f(3) and
    4f(2)5d, are calculated quantitatively, The theoretical calculations
    show that the superexchange interaction between Nd3+ ions has an
    important effect on the magneto-optical properties in NdF3, and both
    V-1 and chi(-1) are linearly dependent on T in the temperature range 70
    K < T < 300 K. The theory is in good agreement with the experimental
    results. (C) 1995 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT APPL PHYS,SHANGHAI 200030,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LIU, GQ, CHINA CTR ADV SCI & TECHNOL,WORLD LAB,POB 8730,BEIJING
    100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ASANO S, 1979, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V12, P4081
    BENNETT HS, 1965, PHYS REV, V137, A448
    CARNALL WT, 1977, ENERGY LEVEL STRUCTU
    CARO P, 1981, J CHEM PHYS, V74, P2698
    CROSSLEY WA, 1969, PHYS REV, V181, P896
    DAVIS JA, 1984, APPL OPTICS, V23, P633
    FREISER MJ, 1968, IEEE T MAGN, V4, P152
    GOLDSCHMILT ZB, HDB PHYSICS CHEM RAR, V1
    JUDD BR, 1966, PHYS REV, V141, P1
    JUDD BR, 1966, PHYS REV, V141, P91
    LEYCURAS C, 1984, J APPL PHYS, V55, P2161
    LIU GQ, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P749
    LIU GQ, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P16091
    LIU GQ, 1994, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V6, P453
    NIELSON CW, 1963, SPECTROSCOPIC COEFFI
    OFTEDAL I, 1931, Z PHYS CHEM B-CHEM E, V13, P190
    RACAH G, 1942, PHYS REV, V61, P186
    RACAH G, 1942, PHYS REV, V62, P438
    RACAH G, 1943, PHYS REV, V63, P367
    RACAH G, 1949, PHYS REV, V76, P1352
    ROTENBERG M, 1963, 3J 6J SYMBOLS
    SHEN YR, 1964, PHYS REV, V133, A511
    STAROSTIN NV, 1976, CRYSTAL SPECTROSCOPY, P216
    SUITS JC, 1972, IEEE T MAGN, V8, P95
    VANVLECK JH, 1934, PHYS REV, V46, P17
    WYBOURNE BG, 1965, SPECTROSCOPIC PROPER
    YANASE A, 1970, PROG THEOR PHYS S, V46, P338
    YANASE A, 1977, J PHYS SOC JPN, V42, P1680
    YOU Y, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P11636
 NR 29
 TC 5
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD SEP 15
 PY 1995
 VL 78
 IS 6
 BP 4054
 EP 4059
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA RU953
 UT ISI:A1995RU95300074
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LI, L
    AO, Q
    VANDERBIEST, O
    WOLLANTS, P
    DELAEY, L
 TI CALCULATION OF THE QUASI-TERNARY SYSTEMS - SI3N4-Y2O3-SIO2,
    Y2O3-SIO2-BEO AND Y2O3-AL2O3-BEO
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 AB Based on the thermodynamic model of Kaufman for the calculation of
    quasibinary and quasiternary system, numerical method for the
    calculation of stable equilibrium is developed and thermodynamic data
    of undefined phases are discussed in this work for several ceramic
    systems. The calculated isothermal sections in Si3N4-Y2O3-SiO2 system
    meet well with other previous calculated phase diagrams and
    experimental results. The diagrams in Y2O3-SiO2-BeO and Y2O3-Al2O3-BeO
    systems are calculated for the approach of prediction.
 C1 SHANDONG POLYTECH UNIV,DEPT MAT ENGN,JINAN 250014,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    KATHOLIEKE UNIV LEUVEN,DEPT MTM,B-3001 LOUVAIN,BELGIUM.
 RP LI, L, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR COHEN AM, 1973, NUMERICAL ANAL, P270
    DORNER P, 1979, CALPHAD, P241
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, P35
    KAUFMAN L, 1979, CALCULATION PHASE DI, P46
    KAUFMAN L, 1979, CALPHAD, P27
    KAUFMAN L, 1979, CALPHAD, P275
    KAUFMAN L, 1981, CALPHAD, P163
    LEVIN EM, 1964, PHASE DIAGRAMS CERAM, V1, P99
    LI L, 1994, CALPHAD, V18, P89
    ROTH RS, 1983, PHASE DIAGRAMS CERAM, V5, P308
    ROTH RS, 1983, PHASE DIAGRAMS CERAM, V5, P309
    SINGHAL SC, 1976, CERAMURGIA INT, V2, P123
    TORRE JP, 1977, NITROGEN CERAMICS, P63
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PY 1995
 VL 11
 IS 4
 BP 276
 EP 280
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA RT533
 UT ISI:A1995RT53300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU REN, JS
    ZHANG, GS
    WANG, ZS
    ZHAO, JW
 TI SPUTTERING RATES OF ALLOYS IN GLOW-DISCHARGE
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 AB The sputtering rates of alloys were investigated under constant Ar
    pressure and voltage supplied. The alloys studied in this work range
    from binary intermetallic alloys to ternary and quaternary alloys. It
    is revealed that the sputtering rates of alloy targets under steady
    states are
    q = 1/Sigma C-i/q(i)(0)
    where q is the sputtering rates of alloys, C-i the weight percentage of
    i-th component in the alloy, and q(i)(0) the sputtering rate of pure
    metal of i-th component.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP REN, JS, CHINESE ACAD SCI,INST MET RES,SHENYANG 110015,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BOUMANS PWJ, 1972, ANAL CHEM, V44, P1219
    DUENCHENG F, 1988, JAAS, V3, P873
    GREENE JE, 1978, J APPL PHYS, V49, P417
    PONSCORBEAU J, 1985, SURF INTERFACE ANAL, V7, P169
    REN JS, 1983, ANAL CHEM, V11, P586
    REN JS, 1992, ACTA METALL SIN B, V5, P462
    ZHAO JW, 1992, THESIS SHANGHAI IND
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PY 1995
 VL 11
 IS 4
 BP 295
 EP 298
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA RT533
 UT ISI:A1995RT53300009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU HU, XL
 TI LANGUAGE AND LEARNING - EDUCATING LINGUISTICALLY DIVERSE STUDENTS -
    MCLEOD,B
 SO BRITISH JOURNAL OF EDUCATIONAL STUDIES
 DT Book Review
 RP HU, XL, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR MCLEOD B, 1994, LANGUAGE LEARNING ED
 NR 1
 TC 0
 SN 0007-1005
 J9 BRIT J EDUC STUD
 JI Br. J. Educ. Stud.
 PD SEP
 PY 1995
 VL 43
 IS 3
 BP 358
 EP 360
 PG 3
 SC Education & Educational Research
 GA RU011
 UT ISI:A1995RU01100023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHU, Y
 TI RESONANT GENERATION OF NONLINEAR CAPILLARY-GRAVITY WAVES
 SO PHYSICS OF FLUIDS
 DT Note
 ID FLOW; TOPOGRAPHY; SOLITONS
 AB The model considered in this paper consists of an incompressibie,
    inviscid fluid flow over bottom topography with the surface tension
    acting on it. A forced KdV equation with negative dispersion for
    capillary-gravity waves is derived with the inclusion of the effect of
    surface tension (for the case of Bond number being larger than 1/3)
    when the flow is near resonant. The most important result is that a
    typical solution of the present forced KdV equation consists of a train
    of concave solitary-like waves which propagate downward, a convex near
    the topography and a train of upstream dispersive waves. (C) 1995
    American Institute of Physics.
 RP ZHU, Y, SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AKYLAS TR, 1984, J FLUID MECH, V141, P455
    COLE SL, 1985, WAVE MOTION, V7, P579
    FORNBERG B, 1978, PHILOS T R SOC LON A, V289, P337
    GRIMSHAW R, 1992, NONLINEAR DISPERSIVE, P1
    GRIMSHAW RHJ, 1986, J FLUID MECH, V169, P429
    MEI CC, 1986, J FLUID MECH, V162, P53
    MELVILLE WK, 1987, J FLUID MECH, V178, P31
    MILES JW, 1986, J FLUID MECH, V62, P489
    WU DM, 1980, 14TH P S NAV HYDR WA, P103
    WU TYT, 1987, J FLUID MECH, V184, P75
 NR 10
 TC 2
 SN 1070-6631
 J9 PHYS FLUIDS
 JI Phys. Fluids
 PD SEP
 PY 1995
 VL 7
 IS 9
 BP 2294
 EP 2296
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Mechanics
 GA RR501
 UT ISI:A1995RR50100025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZOU, GP
 TI THE MIXED-STATE HAMILTONIAN DYNAMIC ELEMENT AND A SEMI-ANALYTICAL
    SOLUTION FOR THE ANALYSIS OF THICK LAMINATED COMPOSITE PLATES
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE HAMILTON CANONICAL EQUATION; LAMINATED COMPOSITE PLATE
 ID TRANSIENT
 AB Through introducing the Laplace transformation in the time direction,
    the mixed state Hamilton canonical equation and a semi-analytical
    solution are presented for analyzing the dynamic response of laminated
    composite plates. This method accounts for the separation of variables,
    the finite element discretization can be employed in the plane of
    laminar, and the exact solution in the thickness direction is derived
    by the state space control method. To apply the transfer matrix method,
    the relational expression at the top and bottom surface is established.
    So the general solution in transformation space is deduced by the spot
    method. By the application of inversion of Laplace transformation, the
    transient displacements and stresses can be derived.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    DALIAN UNIV TECHNOL,ENGN MECH RES INST,DALIAN 116024,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR KANT T, 1988, COMPOS STRUCT, V9, P319
    KHDEIR AA, 1989, COMPOS SCI TECHNOL, V34, P205
    PAGANO NJ, 1970, J COMPOS MATER, V4, P20
    PAPOULIS A, 1982, APPL MATH MODEL, V6, P238
    REDDY JN, 1983, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V19, P237
    ROCK TA, 1976, COMPUT STRUCT, V6, P37
    TANG LM, 1992, COMPUT STRUCT MECH A, V9, P347
    ZOU GP, 1994, ACTA MATERIAL COMPOS, V11, P95
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 1995
 VL 8
 IS 2
 BP 154
 EP 162
 PG 9
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA RR435
 UT ISI:A1995RR43500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, YF
    ZHANG, KJ
    HE, XL
    HUA, JD
 TI DETERMINATION OF STABILITY CONSTANT OF POLYVINYLPYRIDINE-CU(II) COMPLEX
    BY VISIBLE SPECTROSCOPY
 SO JOURNAL OF MACROMOLECULAR SCIENCE-PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE POLYMER METAL COMPLEX; STABILITY CONSTANT; VISIBLE SPECTROSCOPY
 AB This paper suggests a broadly applicable method for the determination
    of the stability constant and formation function of metal-polymer
    complexes in which only the visible spectrum of metal ion is used. The
    basic principle has been proved through an experiment on the polyvinyl
    pyridine-Cu(II) complex system.
 RP LIU, YF, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR BJERRUM J, 1941, METAL AMINE FORMATIO
    BRUEHLMAN RC, 1948, J AM CHEM SOC, V70, P1401
    FUOSS RM, 1950, IND ENG CHEM, V42, P1603
    GREGOR HP, 1955, J PHYS CHEM-US, V59, P34
    HISHIKAWA H, 1975, J PHYS CHEM-US, V79, P2072
    ISE N, 1979, KANKYO KAGAKU TOKUBE, V1, P5
    KHANLAROV TG, 1992, ZH ANAL KHIM, V47, P1817
    MAS F, 1993, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V273, P297
    SKURLATOV YI, 1982, VYSOKOMOL SOEDIN A+, V24, P1874
 NR 9
 TC 4
 SN 0022-2348
 J9 J MACROMOL SCI-PHYS
 JI J. Macromol. Sci-Phys.
 PY 1995
 VL B34
 IS 3
 BP 311
 EP 324
 PG 14
 SC Polymer Science
 GA RQ884
 UT ISI:A1995RQ88400011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU MA, GB
    TAN, WH
 TI CALCULATION OF SOFT-X-RAY LASER IN AN EXPANDING HE-LIKE MG PLASMA
    PUMPED BY A SHORT LASER-PULSE
 SO OPTICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Note
 ID AMPLIFICATION
 AB Using the analytical solution of hydrodynamic equations, energy level
    populations of the plasma dominated by He-Like Mg ions are obtained by
    solving the rate equations numerically for a short pulsed pumping
    laser. Variations of gain coefficient for the lasing transition
    1s3d-1s4f of MgXI (lambda = 154 Angstrom) versus time and space are
    calculated. Also, the influence of pumping laser pulse duration on gain
    coefficient is discussed.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP MA, GB, ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,NATL LAB HIGH POWER
    LASER & PHYS,POB 800211,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BURNETT NH, 1989, J OPT SOC AM B, V6, P1195
    CARILLON A, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P2971
    CHARATIS G, 1992, J OPT SOC AM B, V9, P1278
    COWAN RD, 1968, J OPT SOC AM, V58, P808
    COWAN RD, 1968, J OPT SOC AM, V58, P924
    DASILVA LB, 1992, SCIENCE, V258, P269
    EDER DC, 1992, PHYS REP A, V45, P6741
    FARNSWORTH AV, 1980, PHYS FLUIDS, V23, P1496
    JAEGLE P, 1987, J OPT SOC AM B, V4, P563
    KOCH JA, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P3291
    LANDSHOFF RK, 1976, PHYS REV A, V13, P1619
    LEE TN, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V59, P1185
    LIN Z, 1988, OPT COMMUN, V65, P445
    LOCHTEHOLTGREVE.W, 1968, PLASMA DIAGNOSTICS
    LONDON RA, 1989, APPL OPTICS, V28, P3397
    LUTHERDAVIES B, 1992, SOV J QUANTUM ELECTR, V422, P289
    MA GB, 1991, ACTA OPT SINICA, V11, P1057
    MACGOWAN BJ, 1992, PHYS FLUIDS B-PLASMA, V4, P2326
    MATTHEWS DL, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V54, P110
    MCWRITER RWP, 1965, PLASMA DIAGNOSTIC TE
    STEYER M, 1990, APPL PHYS B-PHOTO, V50, P265
    SUCKEWER S, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V55, P1753
    TALLENTS GJ, 1991, XRAY LASERS 1990
    TAN W, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P6182
    VALEO EJ, 1993, PHYS REV E, V47, P1321
    ZHANG J, 1994, PHYS REV A, V49, P4024
 NR 26
 TC 2
 SN 0030-4018
 J9 OPT COMMUN
 JI Opt. Commun.
 PD AUG 15
 PY 1995
 VL 119
 IS 1-2
 BP 125
 EP 131
 PG 7
 SC Optics
 GA RP774
 UT ISI:A1995RP77400023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU HU, ZM
    ZHANG, WQ
    ZHAO, PS
    QI, DY
 TI STUDY OF CATION TRANSFER ACROSS THE WATER/NITROBENZENE INTERFACE
    FACILITATED BY A SYNTHETIC NEUTRAL DICARBOXAMIDE
 SO ELECTROANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE WATER/NITROBENZENE INTERFACE; IONOPHORE; ION TRANSFER; CYCLIC
    VOLTAMMETRY
 ID WATER-NITROBENZENE INTERFACE; IMMISCIBLE ELECTROLYTE-SOLUTIONS; LIQUID
    MEMBRANE ELECTRODES; ION TRANSFER; METAL-CATIONS; LITHIUM; ALKALI;
    VOLTAMMETRY; IONOPHORES; POTASSIUM
 AB The transfer of proton, alkali, and alkaline earth metal ions across
    the water/nitrobenzene interface, facilitated by a synthetic neutral
    dicarboxamide ionophore in the nitrobenzene phase was investigated
    using cyclic voltammetry. The ionophore-facilitated transfer of Li+
    Ca2+, and Ba2+ ions showed cathodic current peaks, and the transfer of
    H+ ions apparently resulted in peaks of both anodic and cathodic
    currents within the potential window. The transfer process of these
    ions was found to be controlled by the diffusion of the ionophore in
    the nitrobenzene. The formation of a 1:1 complex for H+ and of 1:2
    (cation to ionophore) complexes for Li+, Ca2+, and Ba2+ ions was
    inferred, through peak separation or the dependence of the cathodic
    peak potential on the logarithm of the ionophore concentration, to be
    involved in the transfer process. The equilibrium constants K-Li,K-M
    for the exchange reaction of the ion M(Z+) with the Li-(+)ionophore
    complex at the water/nitrobenzene interface were evaluated and
    correlated with the potentiometric selectivity coefficients K-Li,M(Pot).
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AMMANN D, 1986, ION SELECTIVE MICROE, P55
    BARUZZI AM, 1990, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V279, P19
    FAN R, 1988, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V256, P207
    FAN RX, 1992, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V324, P107
    HOFMANOVA A, 1982, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V135, P257
    HOMOLKA D, 1981, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V125, P243
    HOMOLKA D, 1982, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V138, P29
    KAKUTANI T, 1986, B CHEM SOC JPN, V59, P781
    KETAZAWA S, 1985, ANALYST, V110, P295
    KORYTA J, 1983, ION SEL ELECTRODE R, V5, P131
    KORYTA J, 1983, ION SELECTIVE ELECTR, P39
    MEIER PC, 1980, MED BIOL APPLICATION, P13
    METZGER E, 1984, CHIMIA, V38, P440
    METZGER E, 1986, ANAL CHEM, V58, P132
    METZGER E, 1986, HELV CHIM ACTA, V69, P1821
    MORF WE, 1983, ION SELECTIVE ELECTR, V1, P39
    PARHAM H, 1991, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V314, P71
    SAMEC Z, 1982, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V135, P265
    SAMEC Z, 1990, ANAL CHEM, V62, P1010
    SHAO Y, 1991, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V318, P101
    SUN ZH, 1989, ELECTROANAL, V1, P441
    SUN ZS, 1990, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V228, P241
    TAN SN, 1992, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V332, P101
    VANYSEK P, 1983, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V148, P117
    WANG E, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V214, P465
    WANG EK, 1990, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V35, P1965
    WANG EK, 1993, ELECTROANAL, V5, P149
    XIA XH, 1992, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V324, P59
    XIE RY, 1986, ANAL CHEM, V58, P1806
 NR 29
 TC 2
 SN 1040-0397
 J9 ELECTROANAL
 JI Electroanalysis
 PD JUL
 PY 1995
 VL 7
 IS 7
 BP 681
 EP 686
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA RN553
 UT ISI:A1995RN55300015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHANG, JK
    HUANG, JZ
    YANG, JZ
 TI RESEARCH INTO THE SYNTHETIC CALCULATION OF THE PLACE-AND-POSE ERROR
    (SCPPE) OF THE PARTS IN A MACHINE
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 AB During machine design and manufacturing, the analyses and calculations
    of the structural or assembling accuracy are very important for
    ensuring the quality of the mechanical product. However, the structural
    or assembling accuracy is the result of synthesizing the place-and-pose
    error of the parts required to be assembled. Due to every part in the
    machine being a Three-Dimensional (3-D) Space Substance, in this paper
    the place-and-pose error of every part is described in a 3-D coordinate
    system. Further, it is shown how the SCPPE of the parts concerned in a
    machine can be researched, analyzed and calculated by vector and matrix
    operations. Finally, the satisfactory results obtained are illustrated.
 RP ZHANG, JK, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT ENGN MECH,149 YAN CHANG
    RD,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHAKRABORTY J, 1975, MECHANISM MACHINE TH, V10, P155
    SHAHEEN A, 1988, IEEE J ROBOTICS AUTO, V14
    SHARFI OMA, 1983, MECH MACH THEORY, V18, P123
    WILLIAM KV, 1988, IEEE J ROBOTICS AUTO, V14
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0924-0136
 J9 J MATER PROCESS TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Process. Technol.
 PD MAY
 PY 1995
 VL 52
 IS 1
 BP 151
 EP 173
 PG 23
 SC Engineering, Industrial; Engineering, Manufacturing; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary
 GA RM653
 UT ISI:A1995RM65300016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, BY
    LI, J
 TI FOURIER-CHEBYSHEV PSEUDOSPECTRAL METHODS FOR THE 2-DIMENSIONAL
    NAVIER-STOKES EQUATIONS
 SO RAIRO-MATHEMATICAL MODELLING AND NUMERICAL ANALYSIS-MODELISATION
    MATHEMATIQUE ET ANALYSE NUMERIQUE
 DT Article
 DE NAVIER-STOKES EQUATIONS; FOURIER-CHEBYSHEV PSEUDOSPECTRAL
    APPROXIMATION; SUBJECT CLASSIFICATION; AMS(MOS), 65N30; 76D99
 ID SPECTRAL METHOD; APPROXIMATION
 AB Fourier-Chebyshev pseudospectral approximation for the two-dimensional
    unsteady Naviel-Stokes equations is analyzed. The generalized stability
    and convergence are proved strictly The numerical results are presented.
 RP GUO, BY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CANUTO C, 1982, MATH COMPUT, V38, P67
    CANUTO C, 1984, SPECTRAL METHODS PAR, P55
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CAO WM, 1992, APPL MATH J CHINESE, V7, P350
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, NUMERICAL ANAL SPECT
    GUO B, 1985, SCI SINICA SER A, V28, P1139
    GUO BY, 1988, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V4, P55
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHODS P
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P207
    GUO BY, 1994, NUMER MATH, V66, P329
    KUO PY, 1983, J COMPUT MATH, V1, P353
    MA HP, 1988, J COMPUT MATH, V6, P48
    MADAY Y, 1981, NUMER MATH, V37, P321
    MADAY Y, 1982, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V19, P761
    MADAY Y, 1987, RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUM, V21, P93
    ROACHE PJ, 1976, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID
 NR 16
 TC 3
 SN 0764-583X
 J9 RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUMER ANAL
 JI Rairo-Math. Model. Numer. Anal.-Model. Math. Anal. Numer.
 PD MAY
 PY 1995
 VL 29
 IS 3
 BP 303
 EP 337
 PG 35
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA RJ578
 UT ISI:A1995RJ57800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, BY
 TI A SPECTRAL METHOD FOR THE VORTICITY EQUATION ON THE SURFACE
 SO MATHEMATICS OF COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE VORTICITY EQUATION; SPHERICAL SURFACE; SPECTRAL METHOD; APPROXIMATION
    THEORY
 AB A spectral scheme is proposed for the vorticity equation defined on the
    spherical surface. Generalized stability and convergence are proved.
    The approximation results in this paper are also useful for other
    nonlinear problems.
 RP GUO, BY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BRAMBLE JH, 1985, APPL NUMER MATH, V1, P493
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CURANT R, 1953, METHODS MATH PHYSICS, V1
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, REGIONAL C SERIES AP, V26
    GUO B, 1985, SCI SINICA SER A, V28, P1139
    GUO BY, 1987, CALCOLO, V24, P263
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHOD PA
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P207
    HALTINER GJ, 1971, NUMERICAL PREDICTION
    HALTINER GJ, 1980, NUMERICAL PREDICTION
    JARRAUD M, 1985, LECTURES APPLIED MAT, V22, P1
    KREISS HO, 1979, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V16, P421
    KUO PY, 1983, J COMPUT MATH, V1, P353
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    LIONS JL, 1972, NONHOMOGENEOUS BOUND, V1
    MADAY Y, 1982, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V19, P761
    PASCIAK J, 1982, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V19, P142
    RICHTMYER RD, 1967, DIFFERENCE METHODS I
    ZEN QG, 1979, PHYSICAL MATH BASIS, V1
 NR 19
 TC 2
 SN 0025-5718
 J9 MATH COMPUT
 JI Math. Comput.
 PD JUL
 PY 1995
 VL 64
 IS 211
 BP 1067
 EP 1079
 PG 13
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA RJ128
 UT ISI:A1995RJ12800008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, ZX
    LI, XN
    WANG, CS
 TI LOCALIZED COMPOSITIONAL DEPTH PROFILES IN NEAR-SURFACE OF CU-50 WT
    PERCENT AG ALLOY
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID SEGREGATION
 C1 ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST NUCL RES,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP WANG, ZX, CCAST,WORLD LAB,POB 8730,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ANDERSEN HH, 1983, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V209, P487
    ANDERSON GS, 1969, J APPL PHYS, V40, P2884
    BETZ G, 1980, SURF SCI, V92, P283
    BRIZZOLARA RA, 1987, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V26, P528
    HOFF HA, 1988, SURF SCI, V204, P233
    KELLY R, 1989, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V39, P43
    WANG ZX, 1992, J MATER SCI LETT, V11, P719
    WANG ZX, 1993, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V74, P380
    WANG ZX, 1994, J MATER SCI LETT, V13, P427
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD JUN 15
 PY 1995
 VL 14
 IS 12
 BP 892
 EP 894
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA RG754
 UT ISI:A1995RG75400018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU JIANG, XY
    ZHANG, ZL
    XU, SH
 TI MULTI-DIFFUSED REFLECTION SPECTROSCOPY OF RARE-EARTHS DOPED LAOCL
    POWDER SAMPLES AND THE CALCULATION OF QUANTUM EFFICIENCY
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE POWDERED MATERIAL; MULTI-DIFFUSED REFLECTION; DIFFUSED REFLECTION
    ABSORPTION SPECTRUM; QUANTUM EFFICIENCY
 AB The excitation and emission spectra, the relaxation time of principal
    spectral lines and multi-diffused reflection spectra in LaOCl : Er,
    LaOCl : Ho powder samples were measured. The diffused absorption
    spectrum was derived from the multi-diffused reflection spectrum.
    According to Judd-Ofelt theory, the intensity parameters, radiative
    transition probabilities and quantum efficiencies of luminescence
    emission were calculated. Then comparison with erbium and holmium doped
    floride glass and other matrices were made.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MAT,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CAMALL WJ, 1968, J CHEM PHYS, V49, P4412
    CAMALL WT, 1968, J CHEM PHYS, V49, P4424
    HEBET T, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P1727
    JIANG XY, 1990, CHINESE J LUMIN, V11, P79
    JIANG XY, 1993, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V2, P333
    JIANG XY, 1993, CHINESE J LUMIN, V14, P307
    QI CH, 1985, LUMINESCENCE DISPLAY, V6, P18
    WU S, 1986, CHINESE J LUMINESCEN, V7, P252
    ZHANG ZL, 1989, 2ND P INT S RAR EART, P353
    ZHANG ZL, 1991, ACTA OPT SINICA, V11, P312
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD JUN
 PY 1995
 VL 13
 IS 2
 BP 94
 EP 98
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA RG278
 UT ISI:A1995RG27800004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, JR
    WEI, GL
 TI KINETICS OF THE TRANSFORMATION PROCESS OF PBSO4 TO PBO2 IN A LEAD
    ANODIC FILM
 SO JOURNAL OF ELECTROANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE FILM GROWTH; LEAD-ACID BATTERY; POTENTIOSTATIC OXIDATION; PBSO4; PBO2
 ID SULFURIC-ACID; ACTIVE MASS; OXIDATION; SULFATE
 AB The kinetics of the nucleation and growth of PbO2 during the
    potentiostatic oxidation of PbSO4 in a lead anodic film was studied
    using linear sweep voltammetry, potential-step and ac impedance tracing
    methods. The film investigated is the partially reduced anodic PbO2
    film formed by. polarizing a lead electrode in 4.5 M H2SO4 solution
    first at 1.3 V vs. Hg\HgSO4 for 20 min and then at 0.9 V for 5 min. The
    nucleation and growth process begins some time after the potential step
    and is completed within 60 s. The pre- and post-nucleation and growth
    processes correspond to the growth of the anodic film formed by the
    oxidation of the lead substrate. The mathematical equations
    representing the current-time and capacitance-time transients are
    derived laking the background oxidation current into account. The
    experimental results are well fitted by these equations. The process
    obeys the laws of two-dimensional instantaneous nucleation and growth.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CARR JP, 1970, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V27, P201
    DAWSON JL, 1975, POWER SOURCES, V5, P70
    FLEISCHMANN M, 1955, T FARADAY SOC, V51, P71
    HAMEENOJA E, 1984, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V14, P449
    HAMPSON NA, 1980, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V107, P177
    LAITINEN T, 1989, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V134, P3
    MONAHOV B, 1993, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V23, P1244
    PAVLOV D, 1989, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V136, P3189
    PAVLOV D, 1990, J POWER SOURCES, V30, P77
    PAVLOV D, 1992, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V139, P3075
    TAKEHARA Z, 1990, J POWER SOURCES, V30, P55
    VALERIOTE EML, 1975, POWER SOURCES, V5, P55
    VALERIOTE EML, 1977, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V124, P370
    WEI C, 1989, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V47, P569
 NR 14
 TC 4
 SN 0022-0728
 J9 J ELECTROANAL CHEM
 JI J. Electroanal. Chem.
 PD JUN 15
 PY 1995
 VL 390
 IS 1-2
 BP 29
 EP 33
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Electrochemistry
 GA RG024
 UT ISI:A1995RG02400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, GL
 TI THE GENERALIZED UNTWIST PROBLEM OF ROTATING BLADES - A COUPLED
    AEROELASTIC FORMULATION
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 ID 3-D TRANSONIC FLOW; VARIATIONAL-PRINCIPLES; TURBO-ROTOR; SHOCKS
 AB The untwist of rotating blades in turbomachines treated so far in the
    literature simply as a pure elasticity problem is generalized and
    formulated rigorously as a problem of aeroelasticity by variational
    principles (VPs) and generalized VP (GVP). It takes into account not
    only the centrifugal force, but also the aeroelastic interaction
    between blades and the flow as well as the elastic distortion of the
    cross section shape of blades, assuming the material to be linearly
    elastic but anisotropic. Thus, a new rigorous theoretical basis for the
    finite element analysis of blade untwist in turbomachine design is
    provided.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LIU, GL, SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BIEZENO CB, 1953, TECHNISCHE DYNAMIK, V1
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, CALCULUS VARIATIONS
    DOWELL EH, 1978, MODERN COURSE AEROEL
    FUNG YC, 1965, F SOLID MECHANICS
    LIU GL, 1981, ACTA MECH SINICA, V13, P421
    LIU GL, 1988, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID, P473
    LIU GL, 1990, 1 INT S EXP COMP AER, P128
    LIU GL, 1992, ACTA MECH, V95, P117
    LIU GL, 1993, 1993 P INT C FLUID M, P359
    LIU GL, 1993, ACTA MECH, V97, P229
    LIU GL, 1993, MEMORIAL TRIBUTE VOL
    OHTSUKA M, 1974, ASME74GT2 PAP
    TRAUPEL W, 1977, THERMISCHE TURBOMASC, V1
    TRAUPEL W, 1982, THERMISCHE TURBOMASC, V2
    WASHIZU K, 1982, VARIATIONAL METHODS
    WU CH, 1952, NACA TN2604
 NR 16
 TC 4
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1995
 VL 12
 IS 2
 BP 109
 EP 117
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA RE849
 UT ISI:A1995RE84900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU FINK, D
    HU, HW
    KLETT, R
    MULLER, M
    ZHU, J
    LI, CL
    SUN, YM
    MA, F
    WANG, LH
 TI CONDUCTIVITY OF AGED NONOVERLAPPING AND OVERLAPPING TRACKS IN
    ION-IRRADIATED POLYIMIDE
 SO RADIATION MEASUREMENTS
 DT Article
 DE CONDUCTIVITY; NUCLEAR TRACKS; POLYIMIDE; ELECTRONIC ENERGY TRANSFER;
    TRACK RADIUS
 AB Non-overlapping as well as overlapping tracks of energtic ions have
    been introduced into polyimide foils. After aging their conductivity
    was measured. This - to our knowledge - first systematic study shows
    that conductivity does not only result from multiple track overlapping,
    but can be found already in single ion tracks. This conductivity is
    shown to be primarily a consequence of electronic energy transfer. The
    conductivity of single ion tracks is higher than that of typical
    insulators, but still orders of magnitude lower than that of typical
    semiconductors. The conductivity is independent of the applied electric
    field strength until at excessive voltages the electric current
    increases nonlinearly up to complete breakthrough. The total
    conductivity of an irradiated polyimide foil increases proportionally
    with ion fluence for large ion track spacings, and approaches
    saturation when the electronically active track regimes begin to
    overlap. Above some thousand times track overlapping however, new
    chemical and structural changes in the irradiated material lead to
    another strong increase in conductivity.
 C1 CHINESE INST ATOM ENERGY,BEIJING,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    ACAD SINICA,INST MODERN PHYS,LANZHOU,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    GESELL SCHWERIONENFORSCH MBH,D-64291 DARMSTADT,GERMANY.
 RP FINK, D, HAHN MEITNER INST BERLIN GMBH,GLIENICKER STR 100,D-14109
    BERLIN,GERMANY.
 CR CARDOSO J, 1994, IN PRESS COMMUNICATI
    FINK D, 1990, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V46, P342
    FINK D, 1990, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V46, P342
    FINK D, 1994, RAD EFF DEF SOLIDS, V25, P27
    FINK D, 1994, UNPUB RAD EFF DE SOL
 NR 5
 TC 3
 SN 1350-4487
 J9 RADIAT MEAS
 JI Radiat. Meas.
 PY 1995
 VL 25
 IS 1-4
 BP 51
 EP 54
 PG 4
 SC Nuclear Science & Technology
 GA RE480
 UT ISI:A1995RE48000011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHOU, SP
 TI NOVEL METHODOLOGY TO INVESTIGATE SUPERCONDUCTING DIELECTRIC RESONATORS
 SO JOURNAL OF SUPERCONDUCTIVITY
 DT Article
 DE YBA2CU3O7-DELTA (DELTA-APPROXIMATE-TO-0) RESONATOR; NEGATIVE DIELECTRIC
    CONSTANT; CONFORMAL TRANSFORMATION
 AB An analytical method is presented for investigating the resonant
    behavior of a c-axis oriented YBa2Cu2O7-delta (delta approximate to 0)
    thin film on a resonator composed of LaAlO3 (001). The concept of the
    negative dielectric medium for a superconductor is introduced within
    the framework of the two-fluid model, which permits us to treat a
    superconductor as any other penetrable materials so that only its
    electromagnetics are concerned. A conformal transformation is further
    suggested to map the original open boundary-value problem to a closed
    one. This not only makes the original problem readily solvable by using
    the variational technique, but is also a powerful tool for analyzing
    some kinds of problems such as the propagation characteristics of the
    superconducting microstripe and coplanar waveguide structures.
 RP ZHOU, SP, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR ALLENDER D, 1973, PHYS REV B, V7, P1020
    BAO JS, 1992, CHIN J LOW TEMP PHYS, V14, P383
    BARDEEN J, 1957, PHYS REV, V108, P1175
    GOULD SH, 1986, VARIATIONAL METHOD E
    KLOPMAN BBG, 1993, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V41, P781
    MATTIS DC, 1958, PHYS REV, V111, P412
    RIBBER JC, 1991, IEEE T MAGN, V27, P2533
    SCHLUTER M, 1989, PHYSICA C, V162, P583
    TURENEAURE JP, 1967, THESIS STANFORD U
    VANDUZER T, 1990, 2ND WORKSH HIGH TEMP
    ZHOU SP, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V71, P2789
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0896-1107
 J9 J SUPERCOND
 JI J. Supercond.
 PD APR
 PY 1995
 VL 8
 IS 2
 BP 211
 EP 219
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA RD121
 UT ISI:A1995RD12100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHOU, SP
    COURT, GR
 TI MAGNETIC-BEHAVIOR AND VORTEX LATTICE TRANSITION IN YBA2CU3O7-DELTA
 SO JOURNAL OF SUPERCONDUCTIVITY
 DT Article
 DE SUSCEPTIBILITY; MIXED STATE; PINNING; STRUCTURE VORTEX LATTICE
    TRANSITION
 ID HIGH-TC SUPERCONDUCTORS; MULTILAYERS; MODEL
 AB Magnetic susceptibility measurements on YBa2Cu3O7-delta rod materials
    by an ac balanced bridge technique are made in fields of up to 50 mT
    and over the temperature range from 4.2 K to just below T-c. A large
    H-c2 accompanied by characteristic form of hysteresis has been shown. A
    modified critical state model of Anderson [Phys. Rev. Lett. 9, 309
    (1962)] is adapted to fit the curves in the region where hysteresis is
    dominant because of flux trapping. A conceptual model of structure
    vortex lattice transition due to the intrinsic pinning of the layering
    configuration is suggested, which can provide an explanation of the
    magnetic behaviour of oxide superconductors.
 C1 UNIV LIVERPOOL,DEPT PHYS,LIVERPOOL L69 3BX,MERSEYSIDE,ENGLAND.
 RP ZHOU, SP, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR ANDERSON PW, 1962, PHYS REV LETT, V9, P309
    ANDERSON PW, 1964, REV MOD PHYS, V36, P39
    ARATS J, 1990, EUROPHYS LETT, V12, P447
    BAK P, 1988, PHYS REV A, V38, P364
    BEAN CP, 1962, PHYS REV LETT, V8, P250
    CHADWICK J, 1989, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V69, P19
    CHAKRAVARTY S, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P1057
    CLEM JR, 1991, PHYS REV B, V43, P7837
    DOLAN GJ, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P8276
    DREW HD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P586
    HAGEN CW, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P2857
    KES PH, 1988, PHYSICA C, V153, P1121
    KES PH, 1989, PHYSICA C, V153, P1121
    KES PH, 1991, PHYSICA C, V185, P2071
    KIM YB, 1962, PHYS REV LETT, V9, P306
    KRRAI K, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P355
    KUMAR GR, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P4704
    KUWASAWA Y, 1990, PHYSICA C, V165, P173
    LARKIN AI, 1979, J LOW TEMP PHYS, V34, P409
    LARKIN AI, 1989, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V70, P291
    MAJ W, 1992, SUPERCOND SCI TECH, V5, P483
    ROSSAT J, 1989, SEP P INT FOR PHYS H
    SUN JZ, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P4861
    TACHIKI M, 1989, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V70, P361
    TAKAHASHI S, 1986, PHYS REV B, V33, P4620
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 0896-1107
 J9 J SUPERCOND
 JI J. Supercond.
 PD FEB
 PY 1995
 VL 8
 IS 1
 BP 79
 EP 85
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA RD078
 UT ISI:A1995RD07800014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LI, J
    GUO, BY
 TI FOURIER-LEGENDRE SPECTRAL METHOD FOR THE UNSTEADY NAVIER-STOKES
    EQUATIONS
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 ID FINITE-ELEMENT; APPROXIMATION
 AB Fourier-Legendre spectral approximation for the unsteady Navier-Stokes
    equations is analyzed. The generalized stability and convergence are
    proved respectively.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,CTR COMP,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BERNARDI C, 1987, NUMER MATH, V51, P655
    CANTO C, 1982, MATH COMPUT, V38, P67
    CANUTO C, 1984, NUMER MATH, V44, P201
    GIRAULT V, 1986, FINITE ELEMENT APPRO
    GUO BY, 1985, SCI SINICA, V28, P1138
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHODS P
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P375
    HUANG W, 1992, NE MATH J, V8, P157
    LIONS JL, 1970, 2 SIAM AMS P, V2, P11
    MADAY Y, 1981, NUMER MATH, V37, P321
    MADAY Y, 1982, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V19, P761
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD APR
 PY 1995
 VL 13
 IS 2
 BP 144
 EP 155
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA RB379
 UT ISI:A1995RB37900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, Q
    SHI, JL
    BAO, JS
 TI THEORY OF NONLINEAR MAGNETOSTATIC SURFACE-WAVE IN A PERIODICALLY
    CORRUGATED FERROMAGNETIC SLAB
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID YTTRIUM-IRON-GARNET; ENVELOPE SOLITONS; SPIN-WAVES; FILMS; PROPAGATION
 RP WANG, Q, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR ANISIMOV AN, 1976, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V18, P20
    BOARDMAN AD, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P11444
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, NONLINEAR WAVES SOLI, P235
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P1
    BRILLOUIN L, 1953, WAVE PROPAGATION PER
    DAMON RW, 1961, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V19, P308
    DEAGUIAR FM, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V56, P1070
    DEGASPERIS P, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V59, P481
    DEGASPERIS P, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V63, P3335
    ELACHI C, 1975, IEEE T MAGN, V11, P36
    GULYAEV YV, 1980, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V22, P1651
    GULYAEV YV, 1986, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V28, P1553
    JEFFRIES CD, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P5382
    KALINIKOS BA, 1983, JETP LETT, V38, P413
    KALINIKOS BA, 1988, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V67, P303
    KALINIKOS BA, 1990, PHYS REV B B, V42, P8658
    KALINIKOS BA, 1991, J APPL PHYS 2B, V69, P5712
    KOGELNIK H, 1972, J APPL PHYS, V43, P2327
    MCKINSTRY KD, 1985, J APPL PHYS, V58, P925
    MEDNIKOV AM, 1981, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V23, P136
    PATTON CE, 1969, J APPL PHYS, V40, P2837
    PENG ST, 1975, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V23, P123
    POLZIKOVA NI, 1984, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V26, P2113
    QI W, 1994, SCI CHINA SER A, V24, P160
    SYKES CG, 1976, APPL PHYS LETT, V29, P388
    TSUTSUMI M, 1977, IEEE T MICROWAVE THE, V25, P224
    VENDIK OG, 1977, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V19, P222
    WANG Q, 1993, ACTA PHYSIC SINICA, V42, P2005
    WEISS MT, 1959, J APPL PHYS, V30, P2014
    ZVEZDIN AK, 1983, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V57, P350
 NR 30
 TC 8
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD JUN 1
 PY 1995
 VL 77
 IS 11
 BP 5831
 EP 5837
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA QZ282
 UT ISI:A1995QZ28200047
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WEI, GL
    CHEN, XL
    ZHOU, WF
 TI OXIDATION PROCESSES OF LEAD SULFATE IN THE ANODIC FILMS ON PURE AND
    ANTIMONIAL LEAD
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID SULFURIC-ACID; SULFATE
 AB The oxidation processes of lead sulphate in the anodic films on lead
    and Pb-5wt% Sb alloy, which were formed by the reduction at 0.9 V (vs.
    Hg / Hg2SO4, the same reference electrode below) for 5 min of the
    anodic films grown in a 4.5 mol . dm(-3) H2SO4 solution (30 degrees C)
    at 1.3 V for 20 min, have been studied using potential. step and a.c.
    impedance methods respectively. The experimental results show that the
    lead sulphate, which is formed by reducing lead dioxide, can be
    reoxidized to lead dioxide within 1 min at 1.4 V. This is due to the
    fact that this kind of lead sulphate is at the surface layers of the
    lead sulphate grains in the anodic film, The oxidation process of lead
    sulphate in the inner part of the grain, which is formed directly by
    anodizing lead, is much slower. The antimony in the lead alloy inhibits
    significantly the nucleation and growth of lead dioxide crystals,
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP WEI, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR DAWSON JL, 1979, ELECTROCHEMISTRY LEA, P309
    ELLIS SR, 1986, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V16, P159
    FLEISCHMANN M, 1963, ADV ELECTROCHEMISTRY, V3, P123
    HAN J, 1994, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V368, P43
    LAITINEN T, 1991, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V36, P605
    RAND DAJ, 1988, J POWER SOURCES, V23, P269
    TAKEHARA Z, 1990, J POWER SOURCES, V30, P55
    VALERIOTE EML, 1977, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V124, P370
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PY 1995
 VL 53
 IS 4
 BP 313
 EP 317
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA QY409
 UT ISI:A1995QY40900001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU JIN, C
    WANG, JG
    CHEN, WJ
 TI IN-SITU OBSERVATION OF FRACTURE PROCESS OF A TIAL ALLOY WITH FULLY
    LAMELLAR MICROSTRUCTURE
 SO SCRIPTA METALLURGICA ET MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 ID GAMMA-TITANIUM ALUMINIDE; INTERMETALLICS; TOUGHNESS
 RP JIN, C, SHANGHAI UNIV,INST MET & MAT,YANCHANG RD 149,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CAO HC, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P2969
    CHAN KS, 1991, METALL TRANS A, V22, P2021
    CHAN KS, 1992, JOM-J MIN MET MAT S, V44, P30
    CHAN KS, 1992, METALL T A, V23, P1663
    DEVE HE, 1990, ACTA METALL MATER, V38, P1491
    DEVE HE, 1991, ACTA METALL MATER, V39, P2275
    DEVE HE, 1992, ACTA METALL MATER, V40, P1259
    JIN C, IN PRESS
    JIN C, UNPUB
    KIM YW, 1989, JOM-J MIN MET MAT S, V41, P24
    KIM YW, 1991, JOM, V43, P40
    LONDON B, 1991, MICROSTRUCTURE PROPE, P285
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0956-716X
 J9 SCR METALL MATER
 JI Scr. Metall. Materialia
 PD MAY 15
 PY 1995
 VL 32
 IS 10
 BP 1579
 EP 1584
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA QX018
 UT ISI:A1995QX01800011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUAN, HW
 TI TECHNICAL APPROACHES TO REAL-TIME CONTROL-BASED ON TRANSPUTERS
 SO COMPUTING & CONTROL ENGINEERING JOURNAL
 DT Article
 AB An important application of modern microcomputer systems is in the area
    of real-time control. The transputer is a novel RISC microcomputer that
    provides a few of the facilities which may be obtained in a general
    microcomputer. The various kinds of real-time control methods based on
    transputers are investigated in this article. Some practical real-time
    control techniques are proposed according to the properties of the
    transputer and the capability of Occam programming. The outlines of
    Occam code for the various real-time control applications are given.
 RP GUAN, HW, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT COMP SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR 1987, REFERENCE MANUAL TRA
    1987, TUTORIAL INTRO OCCAM
    1989, TRANSPUTER APPLICATI
    1989, TRANSPUTER DATABOOK
    1991, TRANSPURTER DEV IQ S
    GUAN HW, 1993, CHINESE J COMPUTERS, V16, P488
    GUAN HW, 1993, DEC P INT C MOD SIM
    GUAN HW, 1993, SEP P IEEE INT C NET
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0956-3385
 J9 COMPUTING CONTROL ENGINEER J
 JI Comput. Control Eng. J.
 PD APR
 PY 1995
 VL 6
 IS 2
 BP 75
 EP 78
 PG 4
 SC Automation & Control Systems
 GA QX091
 UT ISI:A1995QX09100008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU SHE, JW
    LI, MY
    HUAN, LJ
    YU, YZ
 TI DYNAMIC CHARACTERISTICS OF PROSTHETIC HEART-VALVES
 SO MEDICAL ENGINEERING & PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE PROSTHETIC HEART VALVE; PRESSURE DROP; FLOW RATE; DYNAMIC
    CHARACTERISTIC; CIRCULATION; POWER LOSS
 ID BJORK-SHILEY; INVITRO; HYPERTENSION; MODEL
 AB The relation between flow rate (Q) and transvalvular pressure-drop (DP)
    is of fundamental importance for a prosthetic heart value tested in
    steady flow conditions. The Q-DP Plot can thus be called the static
    characteristic of the valve. While in pulsatile flow, with time (t) as
    a parameter, the instantaneous Q(t)-DP(t) relation can also be
    obtained. The Q-DP relation forms a phase graph on an X-Y plane during
    a whole cardiac cycle, and can be regarded as the dynamic
    characteristic, which to our knowledge has never been systematically
    explored before. With in vitro experiment the Q(t)-DP(t) relations are
    presented for five different aortic valves. Properly modelling the
    characteristics of heart valves is a key link in modelling the
    interaction between the ventricle and arterial system. Treatments for
    valves, such as diode analogue and orifice area assumption governed by
    the Gorlin formula, are found unsatisfactory. A simple one-dimensional
    flow equation is used to futher examine the Q-DP graph, and both the
    dynamic resistance characteristic and the dynamic flow characteristic
    can be obtained. It is found that the dynamic characteristic differs
    from the static one not only in the inertance effect but also in the
    transient process, which can be quite energy-consuming and therefore
    important. Geometric relations of these phase graphs with the
    transvalvular power loss are discussed. The method of dynamic
    characteristics provides a new way to evaluate the performance of a
    tested valve.
 C1 SHANGHAI MED UNIV,DEPT ANAT,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI MED UNIV,DEPT BIOMED ENGN,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MECH ENGN,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR 1986, REPLACEMENT HEART VA
    AVANZOLINI G, 1989, IEEE T BIO-MED ENG, V36, P462
    BARBARO V, 1992, J MED ENG TECHNOL, V16, P10
    BURKHOFF D, 1988, AM J PHYSIOL, V255, H742
    COCHRANE T, 1991, J BIOMED ENG, V13, P335
    COHN JN, 1992, J HYPERTENS, V10, S61
    GROSS JM, 1991, ASAIO T, V37, P7357
    HAGGAG YAM, 1989, J BIOMED ENG, V12, P63
    HENZE A, 1974, J THORACIC CARDIOVAS, V4, P167
    JANSEN J, 1992, J MED ENG TECHNOL, V16, P27
    KNOTT E, 1988, J THORAC CARDIOV SUR, V96, P952
    LEVENSON J, 1992, EUR HEART J, V13, P48
    LIVNAT A, 1981, AM J PHYSIOL, V240, R370
    MILLMAN J, 1965, PULSE DIGITAL SWITCH
    OLIN C, 1971, J THORACIC CARDIOVAS, V5, P1
    RUEL H, 1987, ENG MED, V16, P67
    SABBAH HN, 1984, J BIOMECH ENG-T ASME, V106, P66
    SHE JW, 1990, J BIOMED ENG, V12, P375
    SUGA H, 1971, IEEE T BIOMED ENG, V18, P47
    SWANSON WM, 1984, MED INSTRUM, V18, P318
    TSITLIK JE, 1992, ANN BIOMED ENG, V20, P595
    WALKER DK, 1984, J THORACIC CARDIOVAS, V88, P673
    WENDT MO, 1991, J BIOMED ENG, V13, P126
    WILLSHAW P, 1986, J BIOMED ENG, V8, P43
    YAGANATHAN AP, 1979, J BIOMECH, V12, P153
 NR 25
 TC 2
 SN 1350-4533
 J9 MED ENG PHYS
 JI Med. Eng. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 1995
 VL 17
 IS 4
 BP 273
 EP 281
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Biomedical
 GA QW624
 UT ISI:A1995QW62400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU DEREN, W
    BAI, ZZ
    EVANS, DJ
 TI ASYNCHRONOUS MULTISPLITTING RELAXED ITERATIONS FOR WEAKLY
    NONLINEAR-SYSTEMS
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF COMPUTER MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE SYSTEM OF WEAKLY NONLINEAR EQUATIONS; MATRIX MULTISPLITTING;
    ASYNCHRONOUS PARALLEL ITERATION; RELAXATION; GLOBAL CONVERGENCE
 ID PARALLEL ALGORITHM; CONVERGENCE
 AB In this paper, we propose a class of asynchronous parallel
    multisplitting accelerated overrelaxation methods for solving the
    system of weakly nonlinear equations A phi(x) + B psi(x) = G(x) with
    A,B is an element of L(R(n)), phi, psi:R(n) --> R(n) being diagonal
    mappings and G:R(n) --> R(n) a general mapping, which is constantly
    resulted from the discretization of many classical differential
    equations. Under suitable conditions of both the coefficient matrices
    and the nonlinear mappings, as well as reasonable constraints of the
    multiple splittings and the relaxation parameters, the global
    convergence theories of these new methods are set up thoroughly.
 C1 FUDAN UNIV,INST MATH,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    LOUGHBOROUGH UNIV TECHNOL,DEPT COMP STUDIES,LOUGHBOROUGH LE11 3TU,LEICS,ENGLAND.
 RP DEREN, W, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR BAI ZZ, 1993, IN PRESS MODELS ASYN
    BAI ZZ, 1994, IN PRESS APPL MATH B
    BERTSEKAS DP, 1989, NUMERICAL METHODS
    BRU R, 1989, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V103, P175
    EVANS DJ, 1991, PARALLEL COMPUT, V17, P165
    FROMMER A, 1989, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V119, P141
    MEMON RA, 1994, J SHANGHAI U SCI TEC
    NEUMANN M, 1987, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V88, P559
    OLEARY DP, 1985, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V6, P630
    ORTEGA JM, 1970, ITERATIVE SOLUTION N
    VARGA RS, 1961, MATRIX ITERATIVE ANA
    WANG D, 1991, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V154, P473
    WANG D, 1991, NUMER MATH SINICA, V13, P297
    WANG D, 1993, IN PRESS MONOTONE CO
    WANG D, 1993, IN PRESS MULTISPLITT
    WANG DR, 1994, PARALLEL ALGORITHMS, V2, P173
    WHITE RE, 1986, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V7, P137
    WHITE RE, 1986, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V23, P639
 NR 18
 TC 1
 SN 0020-7160
 J9 INT J COMPUT MATH
 JI Int. J. Comput. Math.
 PY 1994
 VL 54
 IS 1-2
 BP 57
 EP 76
 PG 20
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA QV102
 UT ISI:A1994QV10200006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU BAI, ZZ
    WANG, DR
    EVANS, DJ
 TI MODELS OF ASYNCHRONOUS PARALLEL MATRIX MULTISPLITTING RELAXED ITERATIONS
 SO PARALLEL COMPUTING
 DT Article
 DE SYSTEM OF LINEAR EQUATIONS; ASYNCHRONOUS PARALLEL ITERATION; MATRIX
    MULTISPLITTING; RELAXATION; CONVERGENCE
 ID CONVERGENCE
 AB By making use of the principle of sufficiently using the delayed
    information, we propose two models of asynchronous parallel matrix
    multisplitting accelerated overrelaxation iterative methods for solving
    systems of linear equations, which have the merits of convenient
    computations, flexible and free communications, and can cover all the
    known synchronous as well as asynchronous parallel matrix
    multisplitting relaxation methods and their special cases. When the
    coefficient matrix is an H-matrix, we prove the convergence and
    estimate the convergence rates of these models in a detailed manner.
 C1 LOUGHBOROUGH UNIV TECHNOL,DEPT COMP STUDIES,LOUGHBOROUGH LE11 3TU,LEICS,ENGLAND.
    FUDAN UNIV,INST MATH,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAUDET GM, 1978, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V25, P226
    BERTSEKAS DP, 1978, PARALLEL DISTRIBUTED
    BRU R, 1989, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V103, P175
    CHAZAN D, 1969, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V2, P199
    DEREN W, 1991, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V154, P473
    DEREN W, 1993, PARALLEL ALGORITHMS, V1
    ELTARAZI MN, 1982, NUMER MATH, V39, P325
    EVANS DJ, 1991, PARALLEL COMPUT, V17, P165
    FROMMER A, 1989, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V119, P141
    OLEARY DP, 1985, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V6, P630
    VARGA RS, 1961, MATRIX ITERATIVE ANA
    YANGFENG S, 1991, J FUDAN U NATURAL SC, V4, P444
    YOUNG DM, 1971, ITERATIVE SOLUTION L
 NR 13
 TC 15
 SN 0167-8191
 J9 PARALLEL COMPUT
 JI Parallel Comput.
 PD APR
 PY 1995
 VL 21
 IS 4
 BP 565
 EP 582
 PG 18
 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods
 GA QU875
 UT ISI:A1995QU87500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHU, JH
    HUANG, SB
    WAN, XJ
 TI SURFACE-REACTION OF FE3AL WITH WATER-VAPOR AND OXYGEN
 SO SCRIPTA METALLURGICA ET MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 ID ENVIRONMENTAL EMBRITTLEMENT; CRACK-GROWTH; FRACTURE
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,INST MET & MAT SCI,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GAO SJ, 1984, MATER SCI ENG, V62, P65
    GEORGE EP, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V30, P37
    LIU CT, 1989, SCRIPTA METALL, V23, P875
    LIU CT, 1990, HIGH TEMPERATURE ALU, P133
    LIU CT, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P385
    LIU CT, 1991, INT J IRON STEEL OCT
    LIU CT, 1992, ORDERED INTERMETALLI, P321
    LIU CT, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P599
    SHEA M, 1992, MAT RES SOC P, V213, P609
    SIMMONS GW, 1978, METALL T A, V9, P1147
    WAN X, 1994, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V10, P39
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    WEI RP, 1980, MET T              A, V11, P151
 NR 13
 TC 9
 SN 0956-716X
 J9 SCR METALL MATER
 JI Scr. Metall. Materialia
 PD MAY 1
 PY 1995
 VL 32
 IS 9
 BP 1399
 EP 1404
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA QU727
 UT ISI:A1995QU72700018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU HUANG, HC
    HE, YC
 TI POLARIZATION BEHAVIOR OF SPUN FIBER VERSUS CONVENTIONAL FIBER UNDER
    STRONG SLIGHT TWISTING
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE FIBER OPTICS; POLARIZATION OPTICS; OPTOELECTRONICS; PHOTONICS;
    SPECIALIZED FIBER
 AB In this article, the authors attempt to treat both strong twisting and
    slight twisting of fiber via a consistent asymptotic approach to the
    coupled-mode theory. In strong twisting, an admirably simple and useful
    asymptotic equation is derived in the form R(2) tau = const., which
    relates the minimum required twist rate tau with the minimum allowable
    radius of curvature R. In slight twisting, an oscillatory pattern of
    the polarization behavior clearly reveals the advantageous feature of a
    twist-spun fiber, which is made by a prior spinning of the fiber before
    a twisting. (C) 1995 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 RP HUANG, HC, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 NR 0
 TC 1
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD MAY
 PY 1995
 VL 9
 IS 1
 BP 37
 EP 41
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA QT782
 UT ISI:A1995QT78200013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU DING, S
    KHAN, RD
    ZHANG, JL
    SHEN, WD
 TI QUANTUM HARMONIC-OSCILLATOR WITH TIME-DEPENDENT MASS AND FREQUENCY
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID FABRY-PEROT CAVITY; FIELD FLUCTUATIONS; COHERENT STATES; VARIABLE MASS;
    2-LEVEL ATOMS; INVARIANTS; HAMILTONIANS; RESONANCE; RESERVOIR
 AB The quantum harmonic oscillator with time-dependent mass and frequency
    is analyzed by using the canonical transformation method. The varying
    mass and frequency of the system are reduced to constant mass and
    frequency, and the corresponding eigenvalues and eigenvectors are
    derived. The exact time-dependent coherent state of the harmonic
    oscillator is constructed and shown to be equivalent to the squeezed
    state. Damped harmonic oscillators with different frictions and forced
    time-dependent harmonic oscillators are also discussed.
 RP DING, S, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR ABDALLA MS, 1986, PHYS REV A, V34, P4598
    BASEIA B, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P5308
    COLEGRAVE RK, 1981, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V14, P2269
    COLEGRAVE RK, 1981, OPT ACTA, V28, P495
    COLEGRAVE RK, 1982, J PHYS A, V15, P1549
    COLEGRAVE RK, 1983, OPT ACTA, V30, P849
    COLEGRAVE RK, 1983, OPT ACTA, V30, P861
    DANTAS CMA, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P1320
    GUNTHER NJ, 1977, J MATH PHYS, V18, P572
    HARTLEY JG, 1982, PHYS REV A, V25, P2388
    HARTLEY JG, 1982, PHYS REV D, V25, P382
    JANNUSSIS A, 1988, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V102, P33
    JANNUSSIS AD, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V129, P2631
    LEACH PGL, 1977, J MATH PHYS, V18, P1608
    LEACH PGL, 1977, J MATH PHYS, V18, P1902
    LEACH PGL, 1978, J MATH PHYS, V19, P446
    LEACH PGL, 1983, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V16, P3261
    LEWIS HR, 1969, J MATH PHYS, V10, P1458
    LO CF, 1990, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V105, P497
    LO CF, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P5262
    PEDROSA IA, 1987, J MATH PHYS, V28, P2662
    PEDROSA IA, 1987, PHYS REV D, V36, P1279
    YUAN HP, 1976, PHYSICAL REV A, V131, P2226
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAR
 PY 1995
 VL 34
 IS 3
 BP 355
 EP 368
 PG 14
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA QR832
 UT ISI:A1995QR83200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHU, ST
    GUO, QZ
    SHEN, WD
    WANG, ST
 TI RIEMANNIAN GEOMETRY OF STRONG-LASER PLASMA
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB The optical metric for a strong-laser plasma is derived. The affine
    connection and curvature related to the optical metric are given and
    their spatial distributions are studied numerically.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST EDUC,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200031,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP ZHU, ST, ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GORDON W, 1923, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V72, P421
    SHEN W, 1988, PHYSICAL REV A, V37, P4387
    WEINBERG S, 1972, GRAVITATION COSMOLOG
    ZHU ST, 1987, J OPT SOC AM B, V4, P739
    ZHU ST, 1988, SATELLITE M IQFC 88
    ZHU ST, 1989, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V38, P1167
    ZHU ST, 1989, ACTA PHYSICA SINIA, V38, P560
    ZHU ST, 1991, CNOC 91
    ZHU ST, 1992, INT LASER C BEIJING
 NR 9
 TC 6
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD FEB
 PY 1995
 VL 34
 IS 2
 BP 169
 EP 177
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA QR441
 UT ISI:A1995QR44100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CHEN, CH
 TI A FORMULA FOR DETERMINING LIMIT NONINTERFERENCE CURVATURE IN PURE
    ROLLING CONJUGATION GEARS BY USING GEOMETRO-KINEMATICAL CONCEPTS
 SO JOURNAL OF MECHANICAL DESIGN
 DT Article
 AB Pure rolling conjugation gears are very useful in the cases where
    lubrication is difficult to implement, such as in cryogenic and/or
    vacuum environments, and at slow operating speeds.  The main problem
    confronted in the design of the pure rolling conjugation gears is to
    determine the limit noninterference curvature of one gear when the
    curvature of the conjugate gear is prescribed.  The way of solving this
    problem becomes very complicated when using the conventional concepts
    from the classical differential geometry.  However, when using the
    geometro-kinematical concepts from the theory of conjugate surfaces,
    this problem can be solved explicitly and simply.  In this paper, these
    concepts are introduced, and a closed-form formula for determining the
    limit noninterference curvature is derived.  A numerical example is
    cited.
 RP CHEN, CH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,LANE 200,HOUSE 23,ROOM
    401,SHANGHAI 200063,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 NR 0
 TC 5
 SN 1050-0472
 J9 J MECH DESIGN
 JI J. Mech. Des.
 PD MAR
 PY 1995
 VL 117
 IS 1
 BP 180
 EP 184
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA QR245
 UT ISI:A1995QR24500027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHANG, JL
    JIAN, XY
    XU, SH
    SAITO, S
    NAGAMOTO, T
 TI BRIGHT BLUE EMISSION FROM A NEW SPECIES OF POLYMER DIODE
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID LIGHT-EMITTING-DIODES; ELECTROLUMINESCENT
 AB Blue emitting electroluminescent diode using PVCz doped with perylene
    and BBOT as electron transport has been constructed. The emission
    spectrum is a mixture of spectra of BBOT and perylene. A luminance of
    as high as 680 cd/m(2) with lumen efficiency more then 0.028 lm/W ham
    been obtained.
 C1 SHIBAURA INST TECHNOL,MINATO KU,TOKYO 108,JAPAN.
 RP ZHANG, JL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MAT SCI,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BROWN AR, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V61, P2793
    BURROUGHES JH, 1990, NATURE, V347, P539
    KIGO J, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2627
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    TANG CW, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V65, P3610
    ZHANG ZL, IN PRESS J LUMINESCE
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1995
 VL 12
 IS 1
 BP 54
 EP 57
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA QL804
 UT ISI:A1995QL80400015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU TAN, WH
 TI THE GENERAL PROCESS IN LASERS
 SO OPTICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Note
 ID PUMP
 AB Generalizing the results of previous papers, a model of general process
    in lasers is described. It is shown that a three-level laser system can
    generate nonclassical light with sub-Poissonian distribution, where as
    the four-level system generates light essentially Poisson distributed
    at threshold.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP TAN, WH, SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT PHYS,JOINT LAB QUANTUM OPT,POB
    800-211,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GOLUBEV YM, 1984, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V60, P234
    HAAKE F, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P7121
    MARTE MAM, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P5774
    RITSCH H, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P3361
    SARGENT M, 1974, LASER PHYSICS, P297
    SCULLY MO, 1967, PHYS REV, V159, P208
    TAN WH, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V190, P13
    WIESMAN HM, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P2853
    YAMAMOTO Y, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P7121
    YAMAMOTO Y, 1990, PHYS REV A, V41, P2808
 NR 10
 TC 3
 SN 0030-4018
 J9 OPT COMMUN
 JI Opt. Commun.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 1995
 VL 115
 IS 3-4
 BP 303
 EP 307
 PG 5
 SC Optics
 GA QL915
 UT ISI:A1995QL91500014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GU, HY
 TI STUDIES ON OPTIMUM CONDITION-MONITOR CYCLE TIME POLICIES WITH GENERAL
    REPAIR RESULT
 SO RELIABILITY ENGINEERING & SYSTEM SAFETY
 DT Article
 AB In this paper we consider that an equipment life is subjected to a
    general distribution and its condition-monitor cycle time is T. No
    sooner is the failure monitored than the equipment is repaired. After
    being repaired, the equipment does not function as a new, but as one
    which has been used for a period of time. Let Y indicate such a period
    of time, standing as a random variable. Hence, assuming the same repair
    conditions at each repair, we get a Y distribution after each repair.
    Using the following method, E(X) = E(y)(E(x)(X \ Y)), we can obtain a
    mean condition-monitor cycle time and mean repair cost between two
    adjacent maintenance intervals. Finally, considering an objective
    function with bound condition, and using Lagrange's method of
    multipliers, we obtain an optimum condition-monitor cycle time T-*,
    where the minimum total repairing cost is achieved.
 RP GU, HY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,BOX 30,149 YANCHANG
    RD,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GERTSBAKH IB, 1977, MODELS PREVENTIVE MA
    GU HY, 1993, RELIAB ENG SYST SAFE, V41, P197
    NAKAFAWA T, 1977, THESIS KYOTO U JAPAN
    NAKAGAWA T, 1976, Z OPNS RES, V20, P171
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0951-8320
 J9 RELIAB ENG SYST SAFETY
 JI Reliab. Eng. Syst. Saf.
 PY 1994
 VL 46
 IS 3
 BP 245
 EP 252
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Industrial; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA QK577
 UT ISI:A1994QK57700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU YAN, Q
    HOFFMAN, AS
 TI SYNTHESIS OF MACROPOROUS HYDROGELS WITH RAPID SWELLING AND DESWELLING
    PROPERTIES FOR DELIVERY OF MACROMOLECULES
 SO POLYMER
 DT Note
 DE MACROPOROUS HYDROGEL; SWELLING KINETICS; PORE SIZE
 AB Thermally reversible macroporous poly(N-isopropylacrylamide)
    (polyNIPAAm) hydrogel has been synthesized in aqueous solution at a
    temperature above the lower critical solution temperature (LCST). Rapid
    swelling and deswelling kinetics of this macroporous hydrogel are
    characterized. Pore size measurement by a solute exclusion technique
    reveals that this macroporous hydrogel has a larger pore size
    distribution than the hydrogel synthesized at a temperature below the
    LCST. This kind of thermally reversible macroporous hydrogel will be
    very useful in delivery of macromolecules.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    UNIV WASHINGTON,CTR BIOENGN,SEATTLE,WA 98105.
 CR DONG LC, 1990, P INT S CONTROL REL, V17, P325
    PARKER L, 1988, LEARN MOTIV, V19, P1
    SATO S, 1974, INT J PHARM, V22, P229
 NR 3
 TC 49
 SN 0032-3861
 J9 POLYMER
 JI Polymer
 PD FEB
 PY 1995
 VL 36
 IS 4
 BP 887
 EP 889
 PG 3
 SC Polymer Science
 GA QK671
 UT ISI:A1995QK67100029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, XW
    ZHU, XH
 TI NUMERICAL-SIMULATION OF DEEP-DRAWING PROCESS
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 AB In this pager, both rigid-plastic FEM simulation and experimental
    methods are used to systematically analyze axisymmetric deep-drawing
    process, summarize material flow law in deep-drawing process. The
    relation between punch force and drawing depth is measured with
    transducer and other equipment. Contrasting to the experimental result,
    it shows that this method is successfully applied to simulate
    deep-drawing process. The method of dealing with boundary conditions
    raised in this paper precisely simulate the material warping in the
    center and the cavity in the flange, and investigate the influence of
    friction and other parameters on the limit depth of deep-drawing.
    Although the program shown in this paper deals merely with the
    axisymmetric deep-drawing deformation, it could be applied to upsetting
    and forging process either.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MAT ENGN,SHANGHAI 200335,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP WANG, XW, SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT MAT ENGN,1954 HUA SHAN
    RD,SHANGHAI 200030,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BIANCHI JH, 1987, INT J MECH SCI, V29, P61
    CHEN CC, 1979, T ASME, V101, P23
    KANETAKE N, 1987, ADV TECHNOLOGY PLAST, P493
    LEE CH, 1973, J ENG IND-T ASME, V95, P865
    OH SI, 1979, T ASME B, V101, P36
    TEKKAYA AE, 1985, SIMULATION METAL FOR, P50
    ZICNKIWICZ OC, 1984, NUMERICAL ANAL FORMI
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0924-0136
 J9 J MATER PROCESS TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Process. Technol.
 PD JAN 15
 PY 1995
 VL 48
 IS 1-4
 BP 123
 EP 127
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Industrial; Engineering, Manufacturing; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary
 GA QJ335
 UT ISI:A1995QJ33500016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU TAN, WH
    MA, GB
    ZHUANG, J
    LIU, RH
 TI INFLUENCE OF DETUNING ON THE BUTTERFLY EFFECT OF LASER OSCILLATION
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA-OVERSEAS EDITION
 DT Article
 AB In this paper the butterfly effects of single mode laser oscillation
    are studied.  It is shown that the detuning between laser oscillation
    and atomic transition frequency leads to a decrease in second
    threshold, which makes the demonstration of chaos theory in experiment
    easy.
 RP TAN, WH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 NR 0
 TC 1
 SN 1004-423X
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-OVERSEAS ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.-Overseas Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 1994
 VL 3
 IS 12
 BP 884
 EP 890
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA QH441
 UT ISI:A1994QH44100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, Q
    WEN, GJ
    CAI, YS
 TI THEORY OF OPTICAL-WAVE COUPLING IN THE PRESENCE OF MAGNETOSTATIC
    SURFACE-WAVES
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA-OVERSEAS EDITION
 DT Article
 AB The general expression of magneto-optical permittivity tensor including
    the Faraday and Cotton-Mouton effects is derived and the coupled wave
    equations for the optical modes propagating in an arbitrary direction
    with respect to the magnetostatic surface wave are obtained.  The
    optical multimode coupled wave equations will reduce to the bi-mode
    ones in the phase-matching conditions.  The behaviors of four types of
    important optical bi-mode coupling are discussed and some new results
    are obtained.  In the limits of alpha = 0 and pi/2, all results
    obtained reduce to those reported in the literature.
 RP WANG, Q, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 1004-423X
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-OVERSEAS ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.-Overseas Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 1994
 VL 3
 IS 11
 BP 849
 EP 860
 PG 12
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA QH440
 UT ISI:A1994QH44000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, GY
    CHEN, YL
 TI FORMATION AND PROPERTIES OF A LEAD-BARIUM-ALUMINUM PHOSPHATE-GLASS
 SO JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CERAMIC SOCIETY
 DT Note
 AB A lead-barium-aluminum phosphate glass has been prepared by a wet
    chemical process. The phosphate glass exhibits high transmission in the
    visible region of the spectrum and into the mid-infrared and can
    strongly absorb in the ultraviolet at wavelengths of less than 344 nm.
    In addition, the glass has a relatively high index of refraction and a
    good chemical durability, Therefore, the phosphate glass can be used
    for general-purpose optical applications.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP GUO, GY, SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI
    200030,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BROW RK, 1993, J AM CERAM SOC, V76, P913
    BUNKER BC, 1984, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V64, P291
    GUO GY, 1993, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V162, P164
    GUO GY, 1993, MATER CHEM PHYS, V35, P409
    HE Y, 1992, GLASS TECHNOL, V33, P214
    PENG YB, 1991, GLASS TECHNOL, V32, P166
    PENG YB, 1991, GLASS TECHNOL, V32, P200
    SALES BC, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P615
    VOLF MB, 1984, CHEM APPROACH GLASS, P277
 NR 9
 TC 5
 SN 0002-7820
 J9 J AMER CERAM SOC
 JI J. Am. Ceram. Soc.
 PD FEB
 PY 1995
 VL 78
 IS 2
 BP 501
 EP 503
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA QG272
 UT ISI:A1995QG27200036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WEI, GL
    WANG, JR
 TI KINETICS OF THE FORMATION PROCESS OF PBO2 ON LEAD ANTIMONY ELECTRODES
 SO JOURNAL OF POWER SOURCES
 DT Article
 DE ELECTRODES; LEAD; ANTIMONY; FORMATION PROCESS
 ID ACID; OXIDATION
 AB The kinetics of the formation process of PbO2 on Pb-1wt.%Sb and
    Pb-7wt.%Sb electrodes, together with the influence of antimony on this
    process, are studied with potential-step and a.c. impedance methods.
    Relationships between the current density and time, and between the
    capacitance and time, are investigated. The oxidation current of the
    lead substrate is considered. Results show that the formation process
    of PbO2 on lead-antimony electrodes follows a two-dimensional
    instantaneous nucleation/growth process. Antimony enhances the
    formation of PbO2 nuclei, but inhibits their growth.
 RP WEI, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR DAWSON JL, 1979, POWER SOURCES, V7, P1
    HAMEENOJA E, 1984, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V14, P449
    HAMPSON NA, 1980, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V107, P177
    LAITINEN T, 1989, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V134, P3
    LAITINEN T, 1991, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V36, P605
    PAVLOV D, 1993, J POWER SOURCES, V42, P345
    RITCHIE EJ, 1970, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V117, P299
    THIRSK HR, 1972, GUIDE STUDY ELECTROD, P116
    VALERIOTE EML, 1977, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V124, P370
    WEI C, 1989, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V47, P569
 NR 10
 TC 3
 SN 0378-7753
 J9 J POWER SOURCES
 JI J. Power Sources
 PD DEC
 PY 1994
 VL 52
 IS 2
 BP 193
 EP 196
 PG 4
 SC Electrochemistry; Energy & Fuels
 GA QD431
 UT ISI:A1994QD43100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LI, B
    MA, XM
    LIU, L
    QI, ZH
    DONG, YD
 TI INVESTIGATION OF AMORPHIZATION OF NB-SI ALLOYS BY MECHANICAL ALLOYING
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; ZR ALLOYS; POWDERS; NI
 AB Amorphous Nb62.5 Si37.5 and Nb75Si25 alloys were produced from mixtures
    of elemental Nb and Si powders by mechanical alloying (MA).  The
    structural changes of mechanically alloyed powders were monitored by
    x-ray diffraction.  It was found that NbSi2 intermetallic compound was
    formed in the initial stage of MA of Nb62.5 Si37.5 or Nb75Si25 powders.
     With continued milling, the mixtures of intermetallic NbSi2 and
    elemental Nb transformed into amorphous Nb-Si alloys (Nb62.5 Si37.5 or
    Nb75Si25).  The slow interdiffusion of Nb and Si and the slower
    diffusion of silicon atoms to niobium matrix than that of niobium atoms
    to silicon matrix were suggested to be responsible for the formation of
    intermetallic NbSi2.  The amorphization of 3NbSi2 + 7Nb mixtures (or
    NbSi2 + 5Nb mixtures) is believed to be controlled by material
    transfer, which moves composition of line intermetallic NbSi2, off
    stoichiometry, and causes the matrix of elemental Nb deformed.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MET & MAT,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LI, B, ACAD SINICA,INST SOLID STATE PHYS,HEFEI 230031,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CALKA A, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P119
    HELLSTERN E, 1986, APPL PHYS LETT, V48, P124
    HIKATA A, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V50, P478
    KOCH CC, 1983, APPL PHYS LETT, V43, P1017
    LEE PY, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V50, P1578
    LI B, UNPUB APPL PHYS LETT
    LI B, 1993, J ALLOY COMPD, V202, P161
    MIEDEMA AR, 1980, PHYSICA B, V100, P1
    OMURO K, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V60, P1433
    POUNDER NM, 1991, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V3, P2069
    SCHWARZ RB, 1985, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V76, P281
    SCHWARZ RB, 1986, APPL PHYS LETT, V49, P146
    WANG WK, 1988, Z PHYS B, V69, P481
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1994
 VL 11
 IS 11
 BP 681
 EP 684
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA QD297
 UT ISI:A1994QD29700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU YU, JD
    ITOH, M
    HUANG, T
    INAGUMA, Y
    NAKAMURA, T
 TI ELECTRONIC TRANSPORT PROPERTY OF LA2CUO4+DELTA
    (0-LESS-THAN-DELTA-LESS-THAN-0.35) SINGLE-CRYSTAL BELOW 320-K
 SO PHYSICA C
 DT Article
 ID PHASE-SEPARATION
 AB The excess oxygen contents of La2CuO4+delta single crystals grown by
    the TSFZ method were changed in the range 0.000 less than or equal to
    delta less than or equal to 0.035 by the heat treatments under high and
    low oxygen pressures. Measurements of the electrical resistivity under
    hydrostatic pressure up to 11 kbar, magnetic susceptibility, and
    thermoelectric power were carried out below 320 K for the samples with
    different excess oxygen contents. The results of all measurements
    indicated that, except for superconducting transition temperature,
    there are three characteristic temperatures below 320 K, i.e., aroud
    295 K, around 265 K, around 195 K.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP YU, JD, TOKYO INST TECHNOL,ENGN MAT RES LAB,MIDORI KU,4259
    NAGATSUTA,YOKOHAMA,KANAGAWA 227,JAPAN.
 CR BEDNORZ JG, 1986, Z PHYS B CON MAT, V64, P189
    CHAILLOUT C, 1990, PHYSICA C, V170, P87
    HUNDLEY MF, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P4062
    HUNDLEY MF, 1991, PHYSICA C, V172, P455
    ITOH M, 1994, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V90, P787
    JORGENSEN JD, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P11337
    RADAELLI PG, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P6239
    VAKNIN D, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P9057
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD DEC
 PY 1994
 VL 235
 PN Part 2
 BP 1323
 EP 1324
 PG 2
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA QC694
 UT ISI:A1994QC69400301
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, GL
 TI RESEARCH ON INVERSE, HYBRID AND OPTIMIZATION PROBLEMS IN ENGINEERING
    SCIENCES WITH EMPHASIS ON TURBOMACHINE AERODYNAMICS - A REVIEW OF
    CHINESE ADVANCES
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 AB A brief review of advances in the inverse design and optimization
    theory in the following engineering fields in China is presented:  I)
    turbomachine aerodynamic inverse design:  including mainly:  (i) two
    original approaches - image-space approach and variational approach,
    (ii) improved mean-streamline (stream surface) method, (iii)
    optimization theory based on optimal control; II) other engineering
    fields:  inverse problem of heat conduction, free-surface flow,
    variational cogeneration of optimal grid and flow field, optimal
    meshing theory of gears, etc.
 C1 SHANGHAI INST APP MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LIU, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CAI R, 1984, ASME, V106, P300
    CAI R, 1987, ASME87GT147 PAP
    CAI RQ, 1983, INT J HEAT FLUID FL, V9, P302
    CHEN KM, NUMERICAL METHOD C 2, P1355
    CHEN NI, 1986, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V22, P456
    CHEN NI, 1987, ASME87GT29 PAP
    CHEN XI, 1986, ASME86GT159 PAP
    CHEN Z, 1982, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V3, P353
    GE M, 1987, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V8, P243
    GE M, 1987, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V8, P31
    GE M, 1988, ASME88GT PAP
    GU CG, 1986, ASME86FT182 PAP
    GU CG, 1987, 2ND P CHIN JAP JOINT, P416
    HAFEZ MM, 1983, AIAA J, V21, P327
    HUA YN, 1983, 6TH P INT S AIR BREA, P487
    JIANG HX, 1983 P TOK INT GAS T
    LING ZU, 1985, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V6, P245
    LIU GL, 1964, UNIVERSAL COMPUTER M
    LIU GL, 1980, ACTA MECHANICA SIN, V12, P337
    LIU GL, 1980, FUNDAMENTALS AERODYN
    LIU GL, 1980, J SHANGAI I MECH ENG, V2, P25
    LIU GL, 1981, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V23, P335
    LIU GL, 1981, J SHANGHAI I MECHANI, V3, P1
    LIU GL, 1982, ACTA MECHANICA SIN, V14, P122
    LIU GL, 1982, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V3, P138
    LIU GL, 1983, 6TH P INT S AIR BREA, P313
    LIU GL, 1984, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V5, P27
    LIU GL, 1985, ACTA AERODYN SINICA, V3, P24
    LIU GL, 1985, OPTIMAL TYPE FLOW PA
    LIU GL, 1986, 6TH P INT S FEM FLOW, P137
    LIU GL, 1986, 6TH P INT S FEM FLOW, P39
    LIU GL, 1987, 1987 TOKY INT GAS TU, V2, P259
    LIU GL, 1987, NUM METHODS THERMAL, V5, P284
    LIU GL, 1987, NUMERICAL METHODS LA, V5, P1739
    LIU GL, 1987, TURBULENCE MEASUREME, P323
    LIU GL, 1988, 3RD P INT S REF FLOW, P283
    LIU GL, 1989, NUM METHODS THERMAL, V6, P1712
    LIU GL, 1989, NUMERICAL METHODS C, V6, P1343
    LIU GL, 1989, NUMERICAL METHODS LA, V6, P1289
    LIU GL, 1990, 4TH P INT S REF FLOW, P175
    LIU GL, 1990, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V11, P136
    LIU GL, 1991, ASME91GT169 PAP
    LIU GL, 1991, ASME91GT3085 PAP
    LIU GL, 1993, 2ND P INT S AER INT, P361
    LIU GL, 1993, ACTA MECH, V99, P219
    LU WC, 1987, 2ND P CHIN JAP JOINT, P481
    QIN R, ASME J TURBOMACHINER, V110, P545
    SHEN MY, 1983, ACTA MECH SINICA, V15, P1
    SUN XY, 1988, ASME88GT113 PAP
    TAO C, 1990, 3RD P JAP CHIN JOINT
    THOMAS KM, 1974, ASME74GT82 PAP
    WANG XJ, 1983, THESIS NE U TECHNOLO
    WANG ZM, 1985, ASME85GT6 PAP
    WANG ZM, 1988, ASME, V110, P181
    WANG ZM, 1989, 9TH INTL S AIR BREAT
    WANG ZM, 1990, 1ST P ISAIF BEIJ, P482
    WANG ZM, 1991, ASME91GT76 PAP
    WILKINSON DH, 1970, ARC RM3704
    WU BR, 1984, ADV MECHANICS, V14, P161
    WU CH, 1952, JAS, V19, P3
    WU CH, 1952, NACA TN2604
    WU CH, 1976, 3RD P ISABE MUN, P233
    WU GC, 1987, 87TOKYOIGTC19 PAP
    XU HY, 1990, ACTA AERODYNAMICS SI, V8, P103
    XUE MI, 1975, OPTIMUM AERODYNAMICS
    YAN S, 1ST INT S BEIJ, P457
    YAO FS, 1979, CHINESE J MECH ENG
    YAO Z, 1982, THESIS SHANGHAI I ME
    YAO Z, 1984, COMPUTL TURBOMACHINE, P237
    ZHAO SL, 1989, ASME89GT73 PAP
    ZHAO XL, 1985, ASME, V107, P293
    ZHOU XH, 1985, CHEM J ENGN THERMOPH, V6, P331
    ZOU ZX, 1980, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V1, P341
 NR 73
 TC 3
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1994
 VL 11
 IS 1
 BP 53
 EP 70
 PG 18
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA QC854
 UT ISI:A1994QC85400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU YAN, S
    LIU, GL
 TI VARIATIONAL VARIABLE-DOMAIN FINITE-ELEMENT METHOD FOR HYBRID PROBLEMS
    OF 3-DIMENSIONAL INCOMPRESSIBLE ROTOR FLOW
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 AB Based on the variational theory developed by Liu (1986), a new finite
    element method (FEM) with self-adapting nodes is suggested in this
    paper for determining the unknown shape of the boundaries in hybrid
    problems of three-dimensional incompressible rotor flow.  The
    computational results of two different kinds of hybrid problems show
    that the rotor geometry obtained from the calculation coincides with
    the original one quite well.  A new numerical method for cascade design
    and modification is thus provided and recommended for practical use. 
    It can be extended to compressible flow (Liu, 1988).
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP YAN, S, SHANGHAI INST MECH & ELECT ENGN,SHANGHAI 200093,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BORGES JE, 1989, ASME89GT136 PAP
    BORGES JE, 1989, ASME89GT137 PAP
    CHUNG TJ, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT ANAL
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    GHALY WS, 1990, INT J NUMER METH FL, V10, P179
    HAWTHORNE WR, 1987, P ICIDES 2 DULIKRAVI, P207
    LIU GL, 1986, ASME, V108, P254
    LIU GL, 1988, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID, P473
    MARCHUK GI, 1982, METHODS NUMERICAL MA
    MIZUKI S, 1975, ASME75GT14 PAP
    MIZUKI S, 1979, PERFORMANCE PREDICTI, P13
    STANITZ JD, 1988, APPLIED MECHANICS RE, V41, P217
    YAN S, 1989, VARIATIONAL FINITE E
    YAN S, 1990, 1ST P INT S EXP COMP, P457
 NR 14
 TC 3
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1994
 VL 11
 IS 1
 BP 71
 EP 82
 PG 12
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA QC854
 UT ISI:A1994QC85400006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, ZX
    PAN, JS
    ZHANG, JP
    TAO, ZL
    DU, GT
    WANG, CH
    LI, XN
    XIE, YF
    LUO, WY
    ZHOU, SX
 TI TOPOGRAPHY AND ANGULAR-DISTRIBUTION OF SPUTTERED ATOMS OF SILVER TARGET
    BOMBARDED BY SIN- (N=1,2) IONS
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID MOLECULAR-DYNAMICS SIMULATION; FILMS
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,INST APPL RADIAT,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP WANG, ZX, ACAD SINICA,INST NUCL RES,POB 800204,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR ANDERSEN HH, 1975, J APPL PHYS, V46, P2416
    JOHAR SS, 1979, SURF SCI, V90, P319
    OASTA DJ, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P1392
    ROOSENDAAL HE, 1982, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V194, P579
    SHAPIRO MH, 1990, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V48, P557
    SHAPIRO MH, 1991, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V62, P35
    SZYMONSKI M, 1978, J PHYS             D, V11, P751
    THOMPSON DA, 1977, RADIAT EFF, V32, P135
    THOMPSON DA, 1979, APPL PHYS LETT, V34, P342
    WANG ZX, 1993, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V74, P380
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD JAN 1
 PY 1995
 VL 14
 IS 1
 BP 33
 EP 34
 PG 2
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA QB226
 UT ISI:A1995QB22600013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WEI, GP
    ZHENG, YM
    HUANG, ZJ
    LI, Y
    FENG, JW
    MO, YW
 TI POROUS SILICON AND ITS APPLICATION TEST FOR PHOTOVOLTAIC DEVICES
 SO SOLAR ENERGY MATERIALS AND SOLAR CELLS
 DT Article
 AB Porous silicon was prepared by anodization of a p/p(+) epitaxial c-Si
    wafer. Its structure was examined by electron microscopy, Raman
    spectroscopy, and infrared spectroscopy. The results of the examination
    show that the porous Si consists of many nano-scale pores and
    crystalline slices, and that there is a thin molecular film containing
    Si-H, Si-O and SI-H-2 bonds at the surface of the slices. Some solar
    cells were fabricated from the porous Si wafers, and about 7%
    efficiency was obtained.
 RP WEI, GP, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BRANDT MS, 1992, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V81, P307
    CANHAM LT, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V57, P1046
    KOSHIDA N, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS, V60, P1
    LEHMANN V, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P856
    NAKAGAWA K, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS, V31, L515
    NISHIDA A, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS, V31, P1219
 NR 6
 TC 6
 SN 0927-0248
 J9 SOLAR ENERG MATER SOLAR CELLS
 JI Sol. Energy Mater. Sol. Cells
 PD SEP
 PY 1994
 VL 35
 IS 1-4
 BP 319
 EP 324
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Energy & Fuels
 GA PX516
 UT ISI:A1994PX51600042
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, BY
    XIONG, YS
 TI FOURIER PSEUDOSPECTRAL-FINITE DIFFERENCE METHOD FOR 2-DIMENSIONAL
    VORTICITY EQUATION
 SO CHINESE ANNALS OF MATHEMATICS SERIES B
 DT Article
 DE VORTICITY EQUATION; FOURIER PSEUDOSPECTRAL-FINITE DIFFERENCE METHOD;
    GENERALIZED STABILITY; CONVERGENCE
 ID BAROCLINIC PRIMITIVE EQUATION; NAVIER-STOKES EQUATIONS; RESTRAIN
    OPERATOR; ERROR ESTIMATION; SPECTRAL METHOD; ELEMENT METHOD; FLOW;
    APPROXIMATION
 AB A Fourier pseudospectral-finite difference scheme is proposed for
    solving two-dimensional vorticity equations.  The generalized stability
    and the convergence are proved.  The numerical results are given.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CANUTO C, 1982, MATH COMPUT, V38, P67
    CANUTO C, 1984, NUMER MATH, V44, P201
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, NUMERICAL ANAL SPECT
    GUO B, 1985, SCI SINICA SER A, V28, P1139
    GUO B, 1988, J COMPUT PHYS, V74, P110
    GUO BY, 1974, ACTA MATH SINICA, V17, P242
    GUO BY, 1987, SCI SINICA SER A, V30, P696
    GUO BY, 1988, J COMPUT MATH, V6, P238
    GUO BY, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V84, P259
    GUO BY, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P113
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P207
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P375
    GUO BY, 1992, SCI CHINA SER A, V35, P1
    INGHAM DB, 1978, J APPL MATH PHYS, V29, P871
    INGHAM DB, 1984, J COMPUT PHYS, V53, P90
    KREISS HO, 1979, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V16, P421
    KUO PY, 1981, COMMUNICATION    MAR
    KUO PY, 1983, J COMPUT MATH, V1, P353
    KUO PY, 1985, ACTA MATH SINICA, V28, P1
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    MA HP, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V65, P120
    MA HP, 1987, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V7, P47
    MACARAEG MG, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V62, P297
    MOIN P, 1982, J FLUID MECH, V118, P341
    MURDOCK JW, 1977, AIAA J, V15, P1167
    VANDEVEN H, 1987, FAMILY SPECTRAL FILT
    WOODWARD P, 1984, J COMPUT PHYS, V54, P115
 NR 28
 TC 0
 SN 0252-9599
 J9 CHIN ANN MATH SER B
 JI Chin. Ann. Math. Ser. B
 PD OCT
 PY 1994
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 469
 EP 488
 PG 20
 SC Mathematics
 GA PX887
 UT ISI:A1994PX88700008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, SZ
    GRABB, ML
    BIRDSALL, TG
 TI DESIGN OF PERIODIC SIGNALS USING FM SWEEPS AND AMPLITUDE-MODULATION FOR
    OCEAN ACOUSTIC TRAVEL-TIME MEASUREMENTS
 SO IEEE JOURNAL OF OCEANIC ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 ID TOMOGRAPHY
 AB A design procedure for an amplitude-modulated and nonlinear
    frequency-modulated (AM-NLFM) signal is introduced. The designed signal
    can drive a given transducer to its peak power to produce a sound
    pressure waveform into the water with a desired power spectrum and
    maximum possible energy. The signal can be formed either in the time
    domain or in the frequency domain. The frequency domain approach gives
    an output power spectrum precisely identical to a preferred shape.
    Therefore, the sidelobe levels after matched filtering are not raised
    by unwanted spectral magnitude ripples which exist when a time domain
    method is adopted. The absence of spectral ripples is desirable for
    applications requiring long range transmission and good multipath
    discrimination capability. An acceptable tradeoff between time
    resolution and sidelobe levels is achieved by properly choosing the
    desired power spectral shape. As the time resolution is usually the
    most critical specification for precision travel-time measurements, it
    is shown that by sacrificing some of the transducer's output power
    capability, a waveform with a considerably wider band, width can be
    transmitted, resulting in a significantly enhanced time resolution. A
    quasi-steady-stale (QSS) approximation is used in the signal design,
    leading to a manageable and intuitive design procedure.
 C1 UNIV MICHIGAN,DEPT ELECT ENGN & COMP SCI,ANN ARBOR,MI 48109.
 RP WANG, SZ, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT ELECTR & TELECOMMUN
    ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAGGEROER A, 1992, PHYSICS TODAY    SEP, P22
    BATTEN HW, 1952, 3 U MICH DEPT EL ENG
    BEHRINGER D, 1982, NATURE, V299, P121
    BIRDSALL TG, 1976, IEEE T EDUC, V19, P168
    BIRDSALL TG, 1986, J ACOUST SOC AM, V79, P91
    BUTLER MBN, 1980, P IEE F, V127, P118
    DUDA TF, 1993, IEEE J OCEANIC ENG, V18, P87
    JOHNSTON A, 1983, RADIO ELECTRON ENG, V53, P138
    JOHNSTON JA, 1986, IEE PROC-F, V133, P163
    JUDD GW, 1973, P IEEE ULTR S MONT, P478
    MUNK W, 1993, SCIENCES, V33, P21
    NATHANSON FE, 1991, RADAR DESIGN PRINCIP, P624
    SPIESBERGER JL, 1991, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V96, P4869
    WORCESTER PF, 1991, REV GEOPHYS S, P557
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0364-9059
 J9 IEEE J OCEANIC ENG
 JI IEEE J. Ocean. Eng.
 PD OCT
 PY 1994
 VL 19
 IS 4
 BP 611
 EP 618
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Civil; Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Engineering,
    Ocean; Oceanography
 GA PX325
 UT ISI:A1994PX32500014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU MAK, AFT
    HUANG, LD
    WANG, QQ
 TI A BIPHASIC POROELASTIC ANALYSIS OF THE PLOW DEPENDENT SUBCUTANEOUS
    TISSUE PRESSURE AND COMPACTION DUE TO EPIDERMAL LOADINGS - ISSUES IN
    PRESSURE SORE
 SO JOURNAL OF BIOMECHANICAL ENGINEERING-TRANSACTIONS OF THE ASME
 DT Article
 ID ARTICULAR-CARTILAGE; FLUID TRANSPORT; INDENTATION; COMPRESSION; MODEL;
    SKIN; FLOW
 AB A layer of skin and subcutaneous tissue on a bony substratum was
    modeled as a homogeneous layer of biphasic poroelastic material with
    uniform thickness. The epidermal surface and the bony interface were
    taken to be impervious. The soft tissue on the bony interface was
    assumed either fully adhered or completely free to slide on the bone.
    The cases for surface pressure loadings and displacement controlled
    indentations were simulated The resultant biomechanical responses of
    the layer, including the transient tissue hydrostatic pressure and the
    tissue compaction, were presented. A new hypothesis is offered to
    interpret the threshold pressure-time curve for pressure sores in term
    of the time required for a particular area in the tissue layer to reach
    tr critical compaction for a given level of applied pressure.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PRECIS MECH ENGN,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP MAK, AFT, HONG KONG POLYTECH,CTR REHABIL ENGN,HONG KONG,HONG KONG.
 CR BADER DL, 1988, CLIN PHYS PHYSL MEAS, V9, P33
    BADER DL, 1990, PRESSURE SORES CLIN
    BENNETT L, 1979, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V60, P309
    BIOT MA, 1941, J APPL PHYS, V12, P155
    BOWEN RM, 1976, CONTINUUM PHYSICS, V3
    CHOW WW, 1978, J BIOMECH ENG, V100, P79
    CRENSHAW RP, 1989, J REHABIL RES DEV, V26, P63
    DANIEL RK, 1981, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V62, P492
    DRUMMOND DS, 1982, J BONE JOINT SURG AM, V64, P1034
    FERGUSONPELL MW, 1992, P RESNA INT 92, P219
    HAYES WC, 1972, J BIOMECH, V5, P541
    HIVDBERY E, 1960, ACTA PARMACAL KOBENH, V16, P245
    IRANI KD, 1985, MED REHABILITATION
    KENYON DE, 1979, B MATH BIOL, V41, P79
    KOSIAK M, 1959, ARCH PHYS MED REHAB, V40, P62
    KROUSKOP TA, 1983, MED HYPOTHESES, V11, P255
    LANIR Y, 1987, HDB BIOENGINEERING
    LANIR Y, 1990, J BIOMECH ENG-T ASME, V112, P63
    LIVESLEY B, 1990, PRESSURE SORES CLIN, P27
    MAK AF, 1986, J BIOMECH ENG-T ASME, V108, P123
    MAK AF, 1987, J BIOMECH, V20, P703
    MCNAMEE J, 1960, Q J MECH APPL MATH, V13, P98
    MICHEL CC, 1990, PRESSURE SORES CLIN, P153
    MONTAGNA W, 1962, STRUCTURE FUNCTION S
    MOW VC, 1977, J BIOMECH, V10, P31
    MOW VC, 1980, J BIOMECH ENG, V102, P73
    MOW VC, 1984, J BIOMECH, V17, P377
    MOW VC, 1986, FRONTIERS BIOMECHANI
    OOMENS CWJ, 1982, J BIOMECH, V20, P877
    OOMENS CWJ, 1987, J BIOMECH, V20, P923
    PAPIR YS, 1985, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V399, P170
    PETERSON MJ, 1982, PHYS THER, V62, P990
    POULOS HG, 1974, ELASTIC SOLUTIONS SO
    REDDY NP, 1981, J BIOMECH, V14, P879
    REDDY NP, 1982, J BIOMECH, V15, P493
    REDDY NP, 1986, TISSUE NUTRITION VIA, P215
    REDDY NP, 1990, PRESSURE SORES CLIN, P203
    REGER SI, 1990, PRESSURE SORES CLIN, P177
    RESWICK JB, 1976, BEDSORE BIOMECHANICS, P301
    SACKS AH, 1985, J REHAB RES DEV, P1
    SACKS AH, 1989, J REHABIL RES DEV, V26, P27
    SALZETEIN RA, 1987, J BIOMECH, V20, P681
    SANGEORZAN BJ, 1989, J ORTHOPAED RES, V7, P425
    SCALES JT, 1990, PRESSURE SORES CLIN, P15
    SCHOCK RB, 1982, ADV BIOENG, P88
    SIMON BR, 1985, J BIOMECH ENG-T ASME, V107, P327
    SNASHALL PD, 1971, CLIN SCI, V41, P35
    SPILKER RL, 1990, J BIOMECH ENG-T ASME, V112, P138
    STEEGE JW, 1987, 10TH RESNA ANN C, P814
    TABER LA, 1992, 1991 ADV BIOENGINEER, P623
    TODD BA, 1992, P RESNA INT 92, P222
    TORZILLI PA, 1976, J BIOMECH, V9, P587
 NR 52
 TC 13
 SN 0148-0731
 J9 J BIOMECH ENG
 JI J. Biomech. Eng.-Trans. ASME
 PD NOV
 PY 1994
 VL 116
 IS 4
 BP 421
 EP 429
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Biomedical; Biophysics
 GA PW301
 UT ISI:A1994PW30100007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU SKIDMORE, MJ
 TI ETHICS AND PUBLIC-SERVICE
 SO ANNALS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY OF POLITICAL AND SOCIAL SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB There is widespread concern for ethics in government, and news reports
    justify that concern.  The public's emphasis, fueled by both accurate
    and inaccurate reporting, appears to center upon the conduct of elected
    officials.  Some of that reporting is significant, and some is trivial.
     Professional literature tends to concentrate upon the bureaucracy. 
    This article traces the history in general of ethical thought regarding
    public service in America and sketches attempts to require adherence to
    ethical standards.  It concludes that-with notable exceptions and
    despite considerable insightful work from ethicists - the strongest
    reactions have often come in response to relatively trivial infractions
    and that prescriptions tend to be entirely negative.  Such negative
    approaches are unlikely to result in significant improvement of ethics
    in public service, whether judged by standards of personal conduct or
    the even more important standard of institutional performance and
    integrity.
 C1 UNIV MISSOURI,COLUMBIA,MO 65201.
    SHANGHAI UNIV,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BOHR JA, 1991, PUBLIC ADMIN REV, V51, P283
    BOWMAN JE, 1991, ETHICAL FRONTIERS PU, P2
    COOPER TL, 1982, RESPONSIBLE ADM, P8
    DEGEORGE RT, 1982, BUSINESS ETHICS
    DENHARDT K, 1991, ETHICAL FRONTEIRS PU, P100
    DENHARDT KG, 1988, ETHICS PUBLIC SERVIC, P5
    DVORIN EP, 1972, AMORAL HUMANE BUREAU, P1
    FINER H, 1994, PUBLIC ADM REV, V1
    FRIEDRICH CJ, 1940, PUBLIC POLICY
    GABRIS GT, 1991, ETHICAL FRONTIERS PU, P217
    GAWTHROP LC, 1984, PUBLIC SECTOR MANAGE, P142
    GOLEMBIEWSKI RT, 1962, PUBLIC ADM REV, V22
    GOLEMBIEWSKI RT, 1965, MEN MANAGEMENT MORAL
    HARMON MM, 1971, NEW PUBLIC MINNOWBRO, P172
    JENNINGS B, 1991, ETHICAL FRONTIERS PU, P67
    LEYS WAR, 1944, ETHICS SOCIAL POLICY
    LUKE IS, 1991, ETHICAL FRONTIERS PU, P160
    MERGET AE, 1989, GOVERNING, V3, P90
    NORTON DL, 1988, PAPERS ETHICS ADM, P47
    PUGH DL, 1991, ETHICAL FRONTIERS PU, P10
    ROHR JA, 1978, ETHICS BUREAUCRATS
    ROHR JA, 1989, ETHICS BUREAUCRATS
    SCOTT WG, 1988, PAPERS ETHICS ADM, P29
    THOMPSON DF, 1987, POLITICAL ETHICS PUB
    VENTRISS C, 1991, ETHICAL FRONTIERS PU, P114
    WALDO D, 1948, ADM STATE STUDY POLI, P18
    WALL B, 1991, ETHICAL FRONTIERS PU, P136
    WILSON W, 1987, POLITICAL SCI Q, V2
    WRIGHT ND, 1988, PAPERS ETHICS ADM, P15
 NR 29
 TC 1
 SN 0002-7162
 J9 ANN AMER ACAD POLIT SOC SCI
 JI Ann. Am. Acad. Polit. Soc. Sci.
 PD JAN
 PY 1995
 VL 537
 BP 25
 EP 36
 PG 12
 SC Social Sciences, Interdisciplinary; Political Science
 GA PX926
 UT ISI:A1995PX92600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, GL
 TI A UNIFIED VARIATIONAL THEORY OF HYBRID PROBLEMS FOR FULLY 3-D TRANSONIC
    ROTOR-FLOW WITH SHOCKS .1. POTENTIAL FLOW
 SO ACTA MECHANICA
 DT Article
 ID TURBO-ROTOR; PRINCIPLES
 AB Based on [3], the unified variable-domain variational theory of hybrid
    problems for rotor-flow [1], [2], [16], [24] is extended to fully 3-D
    transonic rotor-flows with shocks, unifying and generalizing the direct
    and inverse problems. Three variational principle (VP) families
    together with a general form of generalized VPs have been established,
    taking distributed suction and/or blowing along blade- and annular
    walls into account. All unknown boundaries are successfully handled via
    functional variations with variable domain, converting almost all
    boundary and interface conditions, including the Rankine-Hugoniot shock
    relations, into natural ones. This theory provides a series of novel
    ways for blade design and a theoretical basis for finite element
    applications and also constitutes an important part of the optimal
    design theory of rotor-bladings [6]. Numerical solutions by finite
    elements in [22]-[24] show good agreement with experimental results.
 C1 SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LIU, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV,149 YAN CHANG RD,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ECER A, 1983, AIAA J, V21, P343
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    LIU GI, 1986, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V108, P254
    LIU GL, 1979, ACTA MECH SINICA, V11, P303
    LIU GL, 1980, LECTURE NOTES SHANGH
    LIU GL, 1980, SCI SINICA, V23, P1339
    LIU GL, 1981, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V2, P335
    LIU GL, 1982, 1982 P INT C FEM SHA, P520
    LIU GL, 1983, 6TH P INT S AIR BREA, P313
    LIU GL, 1985, ACTA AERODYN SINICA, V3, P24
    LIU GL, 1986, 6TH P INT S FEM FLOW, P137
    LIU GL, 1987, NUM METHODS THERMAL, V5, P284
    LIU GL, 1987, TURBULENCE MEASUREME, P323
    LIU GL, 1988, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID, P473
    LIU GL, 1990, 1 INT S EXP COMP AER, P128
    LIU GL, 1992, ACTA MECH, V95, P117
    LIU GL, 1993, 2ND INT S EXP COMP A, P355
    LIU GL, 1993, ACTA MECH, V97, P229
    LIU GL, 1993, INT J TURBO JET ENGI, V10, P273
    MCNALLY WD, 1985, J FLUID ENG-T ASME, V107, P6
    MEAUZE G, 1982, ASME, V104, P650
    PENG HW, 1975, KEXUE TONGBAO, V20, P416
    SERRIN J, 1959, HDB PHYSIK, V7
    THOMPKINS WT, 1982, ASME, V104, P282
    WU CH, 1952, NACA TN2604
    YAN S, 1990, EXP COMP AEROTHERMOD, P449
    YAN S, 1991, 1991 P YOK INT GAS T, P35
    YAO Z, 1984, IMECHE PAPER, V69, P237
 NR 28
 TC 3
 SN 0001-5970
 J9 ACTA MECH
 JI Acta Mech.
 PY 1995
 VL 108
 IS 1-4
 BP 207
 EP 217
 PG 11
 SC Mechanics
 GA PW711
 UT ISI:A1995PW71100016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU RODGERS, GJ
    HASSAN, MK
 TI FRAGMENTATION OF PARTICLES WITH MORE THAN ONE DEGREE-OF-FREEDOM
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 ID KINETICS; DEGRADATION
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SYLHET,BANGLADESH.
 RP RODGERS, GJ, BRUNEL UNIV,DEPT PHYS,UXBRIDGE UB8 3PH,MIDDX,ENGLAND.
 CR AMEMIYA A, 1962, J PHYS SOC JPN, V17, P1245
    AMEMIYA A, 1962, J PHYS SOC JPN, V17, P1694
    BAK TA, 1959, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V13, P1997
    BALLAUFF M, 1981, MACROMOLECULES, V14, P654
    BASEDOW AM, 1978, MACROMOLECULES, V11, P774
    CHARLESBY A, 1954, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V224, P120
    DEMJANENKO M, 1980, MACROMOLECULES, V13, P571
    ERNST MH, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P6085
    FAMILY F, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P727
    FILIPPOV AF, 1961, THEORY PROBABILITY I, V6, P275
    GILVARRY JJ, 1961, J APPL PHYS, V32, P391
    MCGRADY ED, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P892
    MEYER R, 1966, BR J APPL PHYS, V17, P409
    SHINNAR R, 1961, J FLUID MECH, V10, P259
    VICSEK T, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V52, P1669
    ZIFF RM, 1985, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V18, P3027
    ZIFF RM, 1986, MACROMOLECULES, V19, P2513
    ZIFF RM, 1991, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V24, P2821
 NR 18
 TC 10
 SN 1063-651X
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD NOV
 PY 1994
 VL 50
 IS 5
 BP 3458
 EP 3463
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA PV863
 UT ISI:A1994PV86300033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, ZX
    PAN, JS
    ZHANG, JP
    WANG, CS
    LUO, WY
    LI, XN
    ZHOU, SX
    ZHANG, HM
    ZHAO, L
 TI SURFACE-TOPOGRAPHY EFFECT ON PREFERENTIAL SPUTTERING FROM CU76NI15SN9
    ALLOY
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI INST APPL RADIAT,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    HANGZHOU UNIV,CENT LAB,HANGZHOU 310028,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP WANG, ZX, ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST NUCL RES,POB 800-204,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BETZ G, 1980, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V170, P347
    BETZ G, 1981, SURF SCI, V104, L185
    MATTIEU HJ, 1979, APPL SURF SCI, V3, P348
    WITTMAACK K, 1980, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V170, P331
    ZHENXIA W, 1992, J MATER SCI LETT, V11, P719
    ZHENXIA W, 1993, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V74, P380
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD DEC 1
 PY 1994
 VL 13
 IS 23
 BP 1667
 EP 1669
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA PX084
 UT ISI:A1994PX08400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU KLINGENBERG, C
    MAO, DK
 TI THE TOTAL VARIATION DECREASING PROPERTY OF A CONSERVATIVE FRONT
    TRACKING TECHNIQUE
 SO MATHEMATICAL AND COMPUTER MODELLING
 DT Article
 DE CONSERVATION LAWS; CONSERVATIVE NUMERICAL SCHEME; TOTAL VARIATION
    DECREASING
 ID FINITE-DIFFERENCE METHODS; HIGH-RESOLUTION SCHEMES; LAWS;
    DISCONTINUITIES
 AB In [1-4], one of the authors developed a conservative front tracking
    technique. In this paper, we study the effect of the technique on the
    total variation of the numerical solution when the underlying scheme is
    total variation decreasing (TVD). We prove that the first order
    technique will retain the TVD property for the overall scheme.
    Numerical examples are presented to support the conclusion even for
    higher order front tracking techniques.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP KLINGENBERG, C, UNIV HEIDELBERG,DEPT APPL MATH,NEUENHEIMER FELD
    294,D-69120 HEIDELBERG,GERMANY.
 CR CRANDALL MG, 1980, MATH COMPUT, V34, P1
    HARTEN A, 1983, J COMPUT PHYS, V49, P357
    MAO D, IN PRESS J COMPUT PH
    MAO D, UNPUB CONSERVATIVE F
    MAO DK, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V92, P422
    MAO DK, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V103, P359
    OSHER S, 1984, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V21, P955
    SHU CW, 1987, MATH COMPUT, V49, P105
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 0895-7177
 J9 MATH COMPUT MODELLING
 JI Math. Comput. Model.
 PD NOV-DEC
 PY 1994
 VL 20
 IS 10-11
 BP 89
 EP 99
 PG 11
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Computer Science,
    Software Engineering; Mathematics, Applied
 GA PV700
 UT ISI:A1994PV70000007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WEI, GL
    WANG, JR
 TI ELECTROCHEMICAL-BEHAVIOR OF LEAD ELECTRODE IN SULFURIC-ACID-SOLUTION
    CONTAINING CITRIC-ACID
 SO JOURNAL OF POWER SOURCES
 DT Article
 DE LEAD ELECTRODES; SULFURIC ACID; CITRIC ACID
 ID PBO2/PBSO4 ELECTRODE; POSITIVE PLATES; PBO2 ELECTRODE; ANTIMONY; SWEEP;
    H3PO4; TIN
 AB The electrochemical behaviour of a lead electrode as the positive
    electrode (in PbO2 form) and the negative electrode of a lead/acid
    battery in sulfuric acid solution containing different concentrations
    of citric acid has been studied by cyclic voltammetry.  For the
    behaviour of lead as a positive electrode, a new layer of PbO2 is
    formed in the presence of citric acid.  It is difficult for this layer
    to be reduced and, therefore, the conductivity between the positive
    grid and the positive active material will be greater than that in pure
    sulfuric acid solution.  The peak currents attributed to the formation
    and reduction of PbO2, and to the evolution of oxygen, increase with
    the concentration of citric acid.  The limits of the effects are
    reached at about 2 g/l citric acid in 4.5 M H2SO4.  For the behaviour
    of lead as a negative electrode, the peak currents attributed to the
    oxidation of lead to PbSO4 and to the evolution of hydrogen gas also
    increase with the concentration of citric acid.  In 4.5 M H2SO4, the
    limits of these effects are reached at a citric acid concentration of 2
    and 3 g/l, respectively.  The observed behaviour is caused by the
    adsorption of citric acid on the PbO2, lead and PbSO4 surfaces.
 RP WEI, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR BULLOCK KR, 1977, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V124, P1478
    CULPIN B, 1992, J POWER SOURCES, V38, P63
    DORING H, 1992, J POWER SOURCES, V38, P261
    HULLMEINE U, 1990, J POWER SOURCES, V30, P99
    LAITINEN HA, 1975, ANAL CHEM, V47, P135
    LAITINEN T, 1991, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V36, P605
    MAHATO BK, 1980, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V127, P1679
    MAHATO BK, 1983, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V130, P2139
    MOHAMMADI AT, 1992, J POWER SOURCES, V40, P323
    PAVLOV D, 1990, J POWER SOURCES, V30, P117
    SATO Y, 1992, J POWER SOURCES, V39, P43
    SHARPE TF, 1975, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V122, P845
    STERNBERG S, 1987, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V32, P349
    VOSS E, 1990, J POWER SOURCES, V30, P33
 NR 14
 TC 4
 SN 0378-7753
 J9 J POWER SOURCES
 JI J. Power Sources
 PD NOV
 PY 1994
 VL 52
 IS 1
 BP 25
 EP 29
 PG 5
 SC Electrochemistry; Energy & Fuels
 GA PV022
 UT ISI:A1994PV02200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WEI, GL
    WANG, JR
 TI ELECTROCHEMICAL-BEHAVIOR OF SNSO4 IN SULFURIC-ACID-SOLUTION
 SO JOURNAL OF POWER SOURCES
 DT Article
 DE SULFURIC ACID; TIN SULFATE; LEAD ACID BATTERIES
 ID ANODIC BEHAVIOR; TIN; LEAD; ELECTRODE
 AB The effect of SnSO4 on the deep-discharge capacity of lead/acid
    batteries is investigated when it is added to the sulfuric acid
    electrolyte.  The electrochemical behaviour of Sn2+ ions in sulfuric
    acid is studied by using chemical-analysis and cyclic-voltammetry
    methods.  In the battery system, Sn2+ ions will be reduced to tin on
    the negative plates or will be oxidized to tin(IV) species on the
    positive plates.  Tin metal formed on the negative plates will improve
    the charge/discharge properties.  Tin(IV) species formed on the
    positive plates may be incorporated as SnO2 in the positive active
    material (PAM) as well as in the anodic film that is produced at the
    grid/active-material interface.  The effect of SnO2 on the properties
    of the PAM are explained in terms of the gel-crystal model.  The SnO2
    is stable during the discharge process.  The compound increases the
    electronic conductivity of the gel zones, thereby, enhances the
    capacity of the PAM.  The SnO2 species may also act as nuclei for the
    formation of beta-PbO2 in the crystal zones.  The corrosion of positive
    grids is inhibited by the presence of SnO2.  By virtue of these
    effects, the addition of SnSO4 is beneficial to the operation of
    lead/acid batteries.
 RP WEI, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR BAGSHAW N, 1988, POWER SOURCES 12, P113
    BURBANK J, 1971, ADV ELECTROCHEMISTRY, V8, P109
    CULPIN B, 1992, J POWER SOURCES, V38, P63
    DORING H, 1990, J POWER SOURCES, V30, P41
    GALUS Z, 1975, ENCY ELECTROCHEMISTR, V4, P229
    GALUS Z, 1975, ENCY ELECTROCHEMISTR, V4, P233
    ISHIKAWA Y, 1987, 8751161, JA
    LAITINEN T, 1992, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V37, P1797
    NELSON RF, 1991, J POWER SOURCES, V33, P165
    PAVLOV D, 1984, POWER SOURCES ELECTR, P237
    PAVLOV D, 1992, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V139, P3075
    SALMI K, 1992, J POWER SOURCES, V40, P217
    SUGIKARA M, 1979, 7960424, JA
    TERADA M, 1988, 202862, JA
    TOKUNAGA A, 1979, 79495386, JA
    VOSS E, 1990, J POWER SOURCES, V30, P33
    WILL FG, 1982, 4324848, US
    WILL FG, 1982, 4326017, US
 NR 18
 TC 5
 SN 0378-7753
 J9 J POWER SOURCES
 JI J. Power Sources
 PD NOV
 PY 1994
 VL 52
 IS 1
 BP 81
 EP 85
 PG 5
 SC Electrochemistry; Energy & Fuels
 GA PV022
 UT ISI:A1994PV02200011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GU, XR
    ZHU, YZ
 TI ASYMPTOTIC OPTIMAL HEAPSORT ALGORITHM
 SO THEORETICAL COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Note
 AB Heapsort algorithm HEAPSORT runs in a higher efficiency way. It has
    been improved to reduce the constant factor of the complexity. An
    asymptotic optimal heapsort algorithm is given in this paper. When the
    efficiency becomes the lowest, the constant factor of its complexity
    will not be more than 4/3.
 RP GU, XR, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT COMP SCI,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AHO AV, 1975, DESIGN ANAL COMPUTER
    BAASE S, 1978, COMPUTER ALGORITHMS
    GU X, 1990, COMPUT J, V33, P281
    HOROWITZ E, 1978, FUNDAMENTALS COMPUTE
    WEGENER I, 1992, SIMPLE MODIFICATION
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0304-3975
 J9 THEOR COMPUT SCI
 JI Theor. Comput. Sci.
 PD NOV 21
 PY 1994
 VL 134
 IS 2
 BP 559
 EP 565
 PG 7
 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods
 GA PR819
 UT ISI:A1994PR81900016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, BY
    XIONG, YS
 TI FOURIER PSEUDOSPECTRAL-FINITE DIFFERENCE METHOD FOR INCOMPRESSIBLE-FLOW
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 ID NAVIER-STOKES EQUATIONS; VORTICITY EQUATIONS; ELEMENT METHOD;
    APPROXIMATION
 AB A Fourier pseudospectral-finite difference scheme is proposed for
    unsteady Navier-Stokes equation.  It is showed that the numerical
    solution keeps semi-discrete conservation.  The strict error estimation
    is established.  The numerical results are presented.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CANUTO C, 1982, MATH COMPUT, V38, P67
    CANUTO C, 1984, NUMER MATH, V44, P201
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHOD FLUI
    CHORIN AJ, 1967, J COMPUT PHYS, V2, P12
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, NUMERICAL ANAL SPECT
    GUO BY, 1981, SCI SINICA A, V24, P297
    GUO BY, 1987, SCI SINICA A, V30, P6963
    GUO BY, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V84, P259
    GUO BY, 1991, J COMPUT MATH, V9, P57
    GUO BY, 1991, MATH NUMER SINICA, V13, P331
    GUO BY, 1991, SCI SINICA A, V35, P1
    GUO BY, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P113
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P207
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P375
    GUO BY, 1992, P BAIL, V6, P34
    GUO BY, 1993, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V30, P1066
    INGHAM DB, 1985, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V402, P109
    KUO PY, 1983, J COMPUT MATH, V1, P353
    LIONS JL, 1970, 2 SIAM AMS P, P11
    MA HP, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V65, P120
    MACARAEG MG, 1982, J COMPUT PHYS, V62, P297
    MOIN P, 1982, J FLUID MECH, V118, P341
    MULHOLLAND LS, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V96, P369
    MURDOCK JW, AIAA860434
    ROACHE PJ, 1976, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID
    VANDEVEN H, 1987, CNRS F56 CTR MATH AP
    WOODWARD P, 1984, J COMPUT PHYS, V54, P115
 NR 27
 TC 1
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD OCT
 PY 1994
 VL 12
 IS 4
 BP 312
 EP 329
 PG 18
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA PR581
 UT ISI:A1994PR58100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU PU, DG
    TIAN, WW
 TI A CLASS OF MODIFIED BROYDEN ALGORITHMS
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 ID QUASI-NEWTON METHODS
 AB In this paper we dicuss the convergence of the modified Broyden
    algorithms.  We prove that the algorithms are globally convergent for
    the continuous differentiable function and the rate of convergence of
    the algorithms is one-step superlinear and n-step second-order for the
    uniformly convex objective function.  From the discussion of this
    paper, we may get some convergence properties of the Broyden algorithms.
 C1 SHANGHAI INST RAILWAY TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BYRD RH, 1987, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V24, P1171
    BYRD RH, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P727
    CONN NI, 1991, MATH PROG, V52, P177
    FLETCHER R, 1987, PRACTICAL METHODS OP
    HUANG HY, 1970, J OPTIM THEORY APPL, V5, P405
    POWELL MJD, 1971, J I MATHS APPLICS, V7, P21
    POWELL MJD, 1972, NUMERICAL METHODS NO, P1
    POWELL MJD, 1976, 6 SIAM AMS P, P53
    PU D, 1987, J SHANGHAI I RAILWAY, V8, P19
    PU D, 1989, J OPER RES CHINA, V8, P53
    PU D, 1989, L ACTA MATHEMATICAE, V13, P118
    PU D, 1990, J ANN OPERATIONS RES, V24, P175
    PU D, 1990, J OPER RES CHINA, V9, P49
    PU D, 1992, ASIA PACIFIC J OPERA, V9, P207
    PU D, 1993, J OPER RES CHINA, V22, P2
    TIAN W, 1992, J APPL MATH COMP MAT, V6, P42
    TIAN W, 1993, J APPL MATH COMP MAT, V7, P50
    WU F, 1991 P C APOR SOC BE, P35
    WU F, 1981, J ACTA MATH SINICA C, V24, P921
    YUAN YX, 1991, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V11, P325
 NR 20
 TC 2
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD OCT
 PY 1994
 VL 12
 IS 4
 BP 366
 EP 379
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA PR581
 UT ISI:A1994PR58100008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU YANG, T
 TI BLIND SIGNAL SEPARATION USING CELLULAR NEURAL NETWORKS
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF CIRCUIT THEORY AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 AB In this paper a two-layer cellular neural network (CNN) is used to
    separate blind signals. The topological structures of the CNN and the
    inner parameters are presented. The first CNN layer functions as an
    adaptive filter which converges asymptotically to an equilibrium point
    in the mean. A stochastic stability model is used to find conditions
    under which cells in the first layer converge. Conditions leading to
    correct equilibrium solutions are also presented using this model. The
    second CNN layer functions as a signal separator. Simulations show that
    the CNN blind signal separator has strong robustness and works even
    better than the theory predicts.
 RP YANG, T, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT AUTOMAT CONTROL ENGN,POB
    14,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CARDOSO J, 1989, P IEEE ICASSP, V4, P2109
    CHUA LO, 1988, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V35, P1257
    CHUA LO, 1988, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V35, P1273
    CHUA LO, 1992, P CNNA 92, P1
    COMON P, 1991, SIGNAL PROCESS, V24, P11
    JUTTEN C, 1991, SIGNAL PROCESS, V24, P1
    SOROUCHYARI E, 1991, SIGNAL PROCESS, V24, P21
    TONG L, 1991, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V38, P499
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 0098-9886
 J9 INT J CIRCUIT THEOR APPL
 JI Int. J. Circuit Theory Appl.
 PD SEP-OCT
 PY 1994
 VL 22
 IS 5
 BP 399
 EP 408
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA PN991
 UT ISI:A1994PN99100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU XU, HP
    LEI, TJ
 TI A RINGLESS HIGH-PRESSURE MOVING SEAL UP TO 1200 MPA
 SO TRIBOLOGY TRANSACTIONS
 DT Article
 DE HIGH PRESSURE; MOVING SEAL; RINGLESS SEAL
 AB A ringless high pressure moving seal has been developed which can reach
    pressures as high as 1200 MPa.  A unique feature of the seal is the
    elastic action of its plunger.  This action results in full oil film
    operation that enhances volumetric efficiency while reducing leakage. 
    Analysis and results of the pressure examination are presented.  It is
    shown that the seal operates with high volumetric efficiency, very low
    friction and no wear.
 C1 ACAD MACHINE SCI,BEIJING 100044,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP XU, HP, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BRIDGMAN PW, 1953, PHYSICS HIGH PRESSUR
    XU H, 1991, 911084401, CH
    XU H, 1991, THESIS ACADEMY MACHI
    XU H, 1994, CHINESE J MECH ENG, V7, P2
 NR 4
 TC 1
 SN 0569-8197
 J9 TRIBOL TRANS
 JI Tribol. Trans.
 PD OCT
 PY 1994
 VL 37
 IS 4
 BP 767
 EP 770
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA PN115
 UT ISI:A1994PN11500013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHU, ST
    SHEN, WD
 TI GLOBALLY REGULAR MODEL OF THE ELECTRON IN GENERAL-RELATIVITY
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB Necessary conditions on a reasonable description of a physical object
    are suggested.  The globally regular solutions of Petrov type D of the
    Einstein - Maxwell field equations and their generation solutions are
    derived for a charged perfect fluid sphere.  A globally regular model
    of a stationary electron is established in the framework of general
    relativity.  The quantitative relations between the inertial and the
    electromagnetic mass of an electron and between the electron mass and
    radius are explained.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP ZHU, ST, ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,POB 800-211,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR FUKUDA H, 1949, PROG THEOR PHYS, V4, P121
    GAUTREAU R, 1985, PHYS REV D, V31, P1860
    HAWKING SW, 1973, LARGE SCALE STRUCTUR
    HORWITZ G, 1971, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V3, P245
    ISRAEL W, 1970, PHYS REV           D, V2, P641
    JACKSON JD, 1975, CLASSICAL ELECTRODYN
    KATZ J, 1971, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V5, P59
    KRAMER D, 1980, EXACT SOLUTIONS EINS, P164
    PAULI W, 1958, THEORY RELATIVITY
    SHEN WD, 1985, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V17, P739
    TIWARI RN, 1985, PHYSICAL REV D, V30, P489
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD AUG
 PY 1994
 VL 33
 IS 8
 BP 1687
 EP 1697
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA PL431
 UT ISI:A1994PL43100009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU SUN, Z
    ZHENG, Z
    XU, N
    SUN, Y
    JI, R
    ZHAO, W
 TI DIAMOND FILM DEPOSITED ON A SILICA SUBSTRATE WITH A ZNOAL INTERMEDIATE
    LAYER BY HOT-FILAMENT CHEMICAL-VAPOR-DEPOSITION
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Note
 ID THIN-FILMS; OPTICAL-PROPERTIES; LOW-PRESSURE
 AB Diamond films were deposited on ZnO:Al thin-film silica substrates by
    hot-filament chemical vapor deposition.  Ultrasonic irradiation in a
    diamond suspension enhanced the diamond nucleation density on a
    ZnO:Al-silica substrate.  The nucleation density and the growth rate of
    diamond film deposited on ZnO:Al thin film is higher than on the
    silica.  The cracks on a ZnO:Al-silica substrate occurred during the
    diamond deposition process.  It is proposed that the cracks were caused
    by the stress in ZnO:Al film and diamond film, and the peak frequency
    shift of the Raman line of diamond indicates the presence of
    compressive stress in the diamond film.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MAT SCI,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP SUN, Z, E CHINA NORMAL UNIV,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 200062,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ANGUS JC, 1988, SCIENCE, V241, P913
    BONNOT AM, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P6040
    CELII FG, 1992, NAV RES REV, V44, P23
    DEVERIES RC, 1987, ANNU REV MATER SCI, V17, P161
    JIN ZC, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P149
    JIN ZC, 1988, J APPL PHYS 1, V64, P5117
    LEE YH, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V57, P1916
    RAVI KV, 1993, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V19, P203
    SHPAK MT, 1985, PHYS CHEM MECH SURF, V3, P1412
    SOOD DK, 1992, SURF COAT TECH, V51, P307
    TANIGUCHI Y, 1989, JPN J APPL PHYS, V28, L1848
    VANDEPOL FCM, 1990, AM CERAM SOC BULL, V69, P1959
    WINDISCHMANN H, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P2231
    YARBROUGH WA, 1990, SCIENCE, V247, P688
    YOSHIKAWA M, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V55, P2608
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD OCT 1
 PY 1994
 VL 76
 IS 7
 BP 4446
 EP 4447
 PG 2
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA PK458
 UT ISI:A1994PK45800078
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CHEN, CH
    CHEN, HJ
 TI DOF OF EQUIVALENT CONJUGATE MOTION BETWEEN 2 BODIES IN A MECHANICAL
    SYSTEM
 SO MECHANISM AND MACHINE THEORY
 DT Article
 AB In modern mechanical systems, especially in robotics and bio-mechanics,
    there are needs to investigate higher pairs in more details, and to
    compute the d.o.f. of the relative motion between two bodies, rather
    than the d.o.f. of the whole system.  In this paper, conjugate pairs
    are investigated with the aid of the theory of conjugate surfaces. 
    This investigation provides a geometrical insight of the d.o.f. of a
    joint.  The conjugation chain and the corresponding algorithm are
    introduced.  They provide an instrumental tool for computing the d.o.f.
    of the equivalent conjugate motion between two bodies in a mechanical
    system.  The existence of the redundant and the complementary d.o.f. is
    briefly explained.
 RP CHEN, CH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,LANE 200,HOUSE 23,ROOM
    401,SHANGHAI 20063,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAGCI C, 1971, T ASME, V93, P140
    BAUSCH JJ, 1990, P MANUFACTURING INT, V1, P225
    CHEN CH, 1985, FUNDAMENTALS THEORY, P107
    LIU T, 1992, ASME, V47, P653
    REULEAUX F, 1963, KINEMATICS MACHINERY
    WARNAAR DB, 1992, ASME DE, V47, P143
 NR 6
 TC 6
 SN 0094-114X
 J9 MECH MACH THEOR
 JI Mech. Mach. Theory
 PD NOV
 PY 1994
 VL 29
 IS 8
 BP 1143
 EP 1150
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA PJ582
 UT ISI:A1994PJ58200005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHONG, SS
    LIU, G
    QASIM, G
 TI CLOSED-FORM EXPRESSIONS FOR RESONANT-FREQUENCY OF RECTANGULAR PATCH
    ANTENNAS WITH MULTIDIELECTRIC LAYERS
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON ANTENNAS AND PROPAGATION
 DT Note
 ID MICROSTRIP ANTENNAS; DIELECTRIC LAYER; ACCURATE MODEL; LINES
 AB The conformal mapping approach combined with a generalized transmission
    line model has been developed to predict the resonant frequency of
    rectangular patch antennas with multidielectric layers. A set of closed
    form expressions is derived, which is suitable for direct application
    in CAD programs. Numerical results are presented to validate this
    method.
 C1 NWFP UNIV ENGN & TECHNOL,PESHAWAR,PAKISTAN.
 RP ZHONG, SS, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT RADIO & ELECTR,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAHL IJ, 1982, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V30, P314
    BENALLA A, 1990, IEE PROC-H, V137, P377
    KIRSCHNING M, 1981, ELECTRON LETT, V17, P123
    KIRSCHNING M, 1982, ELECTRON LETT, V18, P272
    NELSON RM, 1990, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V38, P978
    PRIBETICH J, 1988, ELECTRON LETT, V24, P1464
    QQASIM G, 1991, J SHANGHAI U SCI TEC, V14, P77
    RAMAHI OM, 1992, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V5, P254
    SVACINA J, 1992, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V40, P769
    VERMA AK, 1991, IEICE T COMMUN, V74, P1270
    WHEELER HA, 1964, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V12, P280
 NR 11
 TC 6
 SN 0018-926X
 J9 IEEE TRANS ANTENNAS PROPAGAT
 JI IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag.
 PD SEP
 PY 1994
 VL 42
 IS 9
 BP 1360
 EP 1363
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Telecommunications
 GA PH084
 UT ISI:A1994PH08400024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, DR
    BAI, ZZ
 TI ON MONOTONE CONVERGENCE OF NONLINEAR MULTISPLITTING RELAXATION METHODS
 SO CHINESE ANNALS OF MATHEMATICS SERIES B
 DT Article
 DE NONLINEAR SYSTEM OF EQUATIONS; NONLINEAR MULTISPLITTING; MONOTONICITY;
    GLOBAL CONVERGENCE
 ID PARALLEL; ALGORITHM
 AB A class of parallel nonlinear multisplitting AOR methods is et up by
    directly multisplitting the nonlinear mapping F : D subset-of R(n) -->
    R(n) for solving the nonlinear system of equations F(x) = 0.  The
    different choices of the relaxation parameters can yield all the known
    and a lot of new relaxation methods as well as a lot of new relaxation
    parallel nonlinear multisplitting methods. The two-sided approximation
    properties and the influences on convergence from the relaxation
    parameters about the new methods are shown, and the sufficient
    conditions guaranteeing the methods to converge globally are discussed.
    Finally, a lot of numerical results show that the methods are feasible
    and efficient.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    EUDAN UNIV,INST MATH,SHANGHAI 200433,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR FROMMER A, 1989, NUMER MATH, V56, P269
    MORE J, 1970, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V9, P357
    OLEARY DP, 1985, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V6, P630
    RHEINBOLDT WC, 1970, ITERATIVE SOLUTION N
    RHEINBOLDT WC, 1970, J MATH ANAL APPL, V32, P274
    WANG D, 1991, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V154, P473
    WHITE RE, 1986, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V7, P137
    WHITE RE, 1986, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V23, P639
 NR 8
 TC 5
 SN 0252-9599
 J9 CHIN ANN MATH SER B
 JI Chin. Ann. Math. Ser. B
 PD JUL
 PY 1994
 VL 15
 IS 3
 BP 335
 EP 348
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics
 GA PG700
 UT ISI:A1994PG70000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LI, YZ
    DAVID, AK
 TI WHEELING RATES OF REACTIVE POWER-FLOW UNDER MARGINAL COST PRICING
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON POWER SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 DE WHEELING; POWER WHEELING; WHEELING RATES; MARGINAL COST PRICING;
    ECONOMIC DISPATCH
 AB Wheeling is the transmission of electrical power and reactive power
    from a seller to a buyer through a transmission network owned by a
    third party.  The wheeling rate is an area of intense research at
    present in view of increased deregulation.  This paper uses a wheeling
    rate based on marginal cost pricing and implemented using a
    modification of the OPF.  A case study based on the IEEE 30-bus system
    illustrates the magnitudes and ranges that wheeling rates might have in
    different circumstances.  Special attention is paid to reactive
    wheeling, which cannot be analyzed with a DC model used by previous
    authors.  The ratio of wheeling rates between real and reactive flow
    shows the importance of the latter.  The paper also discusses the
    significance of this for the trade-off between paying for reactive
    wheel or investing in compensating plant.
 C1 HONG KONG POLYTECH,KOWLOON,HONG KONG.
 RP LI, YZ, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAUGHMAN ML, 1991, IEEE T POWER SYST, V6, P23
    CARAMANIS MC, 1986, IEEE T POWER SYST, V1, P63
    CARAMANIS MC, 1989, IEEE T POWER SYST, V4, P594
    LI YZ, IN PRESS P IEE C
    LI YZ, 1992, WIN IEEE P M
    MERRILL HM, 1989, IEEE T POWER SYST, V4, P1445
    MUKERJI R, 1992, IEEE T POWER SYST, V7, P201
    SCHWEPPE FC, 1988, SPOT PRICING ELECTRI
 NR 8
 TC 16
 SN 0885-8950
 J9 IEEE TRANS POWER SYST
 JI IEEE Trans. Power Syst.
 PD AUG
 PY 1994
 VL 9
 IS 3
 BP 1263
 EP 1269
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA PF168
 UT ISI:A1994PF16800014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CHEN, DY
    ZHU, NS
    ZHU, M
 TI THE POTENTIAL CONSTRAINTS OF THE KP SYSTEM AND THE CORRESPONDING
    HAMILTONIAN EQUATIONS
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB In this paper all the potential constraints (wither without first-order
    partial derivatives) of the KP system, from which the associated linear
    problem can be restricted into a (1+1)-dimensional Hamiltonian
    equation, are obtained by using the sufficient and necessary condition
    for a nonlinear equation to be a Hamiltonian system. Some well-known
    integrable systems, such as (1+1)-dimensional AKNS system, generalized
    NS system, and several new Hamiltonian equations, are deduced as
    particular examples.
 RP CHEN, DY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ADLER M, 1979, INVENT MATH, V50, P219
    CEWEN C, 1987, HENAN SCI, V5, P2
    CHEN HH, 1979, PHYS SCR, V20, P490
    DENGYUNA C, 1992, SYMMETRIC CONSTRAINT
    FLASCHKA H, 1983, 1981 P RIMS S NONL I, P219
    FUCHSSTEINER B, 1981, PHYSICA D, V4, P47
    KONOPELCHENKO B, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V157, P17
    YI C, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V157, P22
    YI C, 1992, J PHYS A, V25, P419
    YUNBO Z, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1679
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0022-2488
 J9 J MATH PHYS-NY
 JI J. Math. Phys.
 PD SEP
 PY 1994
 VL 35
 IS 9
 BP 4725
 EP 4738
 PG 14
 SC Physics, Mathematical
 GA PF137
 UT ISI:A1994PF13700022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CHEN, WR
    ZHANG, B
    CHEN, WJ
    WANG, J
    WAN, X
 TI TEMPERATURE-DEPENDENCE OF THE MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES OF A TI-AL-CR ALLOY
 SO SCRIPTA METALLURGICA ET MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 ID ELEVATED-TEMPERATURES; DEFORMATION; FRACTURE
 RP CHEN, WR, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,INST MAT SCI,149 YANCHANG
    RD,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHEN WR, UNPUB
    CHEN WR, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL, V30, P83
    HUANG SC, 1988, SCRIPTA METALL, V22, P1885
    HUANG SC, 1991, METALL T A, V22, P427
    KIM YW, 1989, JOM-J MIN MET MAT S, V41, P24
    KIM YW, 1990, HIGH TEMPERATURE ALU, P465
    KIM YW, 1991, JOM, V43, P40
    KIMURA M, 1992, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V152, P54
    LIPSITT HA, 1975, METALL T A, V6, P1991
    LIPSITT HA, 1980, METALLURG T A, V11, P1369
    LIPSITT HA, 1985, MATER RES SOC S P, V39, P351
    WUNDERLICH W, 1990, Z METALLKD, V81, P802
    ZHENG Y, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P219
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0956-716X
 J9 SCR METALL MATER
 JI Scr. Metall. Materialia
 PD NOV 15
 PY 1994
 VL 31
 IS 10
 BP 1297
 EP 1300
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA PE217
 UT ISI:A1994PE21700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LU, DY
    LIANG, G
    ZHANG, MJ
    XU, B
 TI SERUM CONTENTS OF SIALIC ACIDS IN MICE BEARING DIFFERENT TUMORS
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE SIALIC ACIDS; HPLC; ANTINEOPLASTIC DRUGS; NEOPLASM METASTASES;
    CARCINOGENESIS
 RP LU, DY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD JUL
 PY 1994
 VL 39
 IS 14
 BP 1220
 EP 1233
 PG 14
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA PD156
 UT ISI:A1994PD15600017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU DUNHAM, CB
    ZHU, CZ
 TI COMPUTATION OF THE MODIFIED STRONG UNIQUENESS CONSTANTS
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF COMPUTER MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE COMPUTATION; MINIMAX APPROXIMATION; MODIFIED STRONG UNIQUENESS
    CONSTANT; NEARNESS OF COEFFICIENTS (PARAMETERS); HAAR CONDITION
 AB Paralleling the classical strong uniqueness, in this paper we consider
    the modified strong uniqueness which measures the distance between the
    best approximation and the achieved approximation in the parameter norm
    instead of uniform (function) norm in which the classical strong
    uniqueness measures the distance.  We introduce a quantity called
    modified strong uniqueness constant which can be used to bound the
    distance mentioned above (if we can bound the difference between the
    minimal approximation error norm and the achieved approximation error
    norm), and deduce a computation formula for it for both linear and
    nonlinear uniform approximations. Cline's arguments for the classical
    strong uniqueness constant are used, but we make some modifications due
    to the turning of our attention from uniform (function) norm to
    parameter norm. Implementation of the computation, and examples for
    computing both classical and modified strong uniqueness constants are
    given. We also introduce a quantity which is analogous to Lipschitz
    constant.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP DUNHAM, CB, UNIV WESTERN ONTARIO,DEPT COMP SCI,LONDON N6A
    5B7,ONTARIO,CANADA.
 CR CLINE AK, 1973, J APPROXIMATION THEO, V8, P160
    CROMME L, 1978, NUMER MATH, V29, P179
    DUNHAM C, 1980, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V6, P241
    DUNHAM C, 1986, C NUMERANTIUM, V51, P123
    DUNHAM C, 1988, 204 U W ONT DEP COMP
    DUNHAM C, 1989, APPROX THEORY APPL, V5, P43
    DUNHAM C, 1992, 312 U W ONT DEP COMP
    DUNHAM C, 1993, 377 U W ONT DEP COMP
    JITTORNTRUM K, 1980, NUMER MATH, V34, P439
    RICE JR, 1964, APPROXIMATION FUNCTI, V1
    SMITH, 1979, THESIS U CALIFORNIA
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0020-7160
 J9 INT J COMPUT MATH
 JI Int. J. Comput. Math.
 PY 1994
 VL 52
 IS 1-2
 BP 83
 EP 97
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA PA314
 UT ISI:A1994PA31400008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, HL
    CHEN, NY
    LU, WC
    ZHU, XW
 TI MULTITARGET CLASSIFICATION PATTERN-RECOGNITION APPLIED TO
    COMPUTER-AIDED MATERIALS DESIGN
 SO ANALYTICAL LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE CLASSIFICATION PATTERN RECOGNITION; PRINCIPAL COMPONENT ANALYSIS;
    INVERSE MAPPING; OPTIMIZATION; MATERIALS DESIGN
 AB A multi-target classification pattern recognition method based on the
    principal component analysis (PCA) has been proposed for computer-aided
    materials design considering the multiple specialties of materials. The
    designed sample with probable optimal specialties is determined in such
    way that its representing point should be at the optimal region in the
    PC sub-space, where most optimal samples can be discriminated from
    nonoptimal samples by means of features. The experimental parameters of
    the sample represented by this point can be obtained using a non-linear
    inverse mapping method from the PC sub-space to the original space.
    Based on the information provided using the method, several samples of
    V-PTC materials with optimal multiple specialties are synthesized.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LIU, HL, CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST MET,SHANGHAI 200050,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR CHEN N, 1988, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V210, P175
    CHEN NY, 1990, 1990 INT S P MECH PR, P777
    CHEN Y, 1990, ABIT, V4, P29
    HAYMANN PW, 1955, 929350, GE
    KAZUSHIRO H, 1985, 5329234, JA
    KOWALSKI BR, 1982, CLASSIFICATION PATTE, P673
    LIU HL, 1991, CHINESE SCI BULL, V36, P991
    LIU HL, 1993, PATT RECOG ARTI, V6, P399
    SAMMON JW, 1969, IEEE T COMPUT, V18, P401
    VARMUZA K, 1980, PATTERN RECOGNITION
 NR 10
 TC 7
 SN 0003-2719
 J9 ANAL LETT
 JI Anal. Lett.
 PY 1994
 VL 27
 IS 11
 BP 2195
 EP 2203
 PG 9
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA NY067
 UT ISI:A1994NY06700014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU TAN, WH
 TI THE EXACT SOLUTION TO THE REGULAR PUMP MODEL OF PHOTON NOISE-REDUCTION
    IN LASERS
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 ID FEEDBACK
 AB An exact solution to the regular pump model of photon reduction in
    lasers is presented.
 RP TAN, WH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI TECHNOL,ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE
    MECH,JOINT LAB QUANTUM OPT,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GOLUBEV YM, 1984, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V60, P234
    HAAK F, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P712
    HAUS HA, 1986, PHYS REV A, V34, P270
    MACHIDA S, 1986, OPT COMMUN, V57, P290
    SARGENT M, 1974, LASER PHYSICS, P297
 NR 5
 TC 7
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD JUL 11
 PY 1994
 VL 190
 IS 1
 BP 13
 EP 16
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA NX957
 UT ISI:A1994NX95700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU MA, RD
    ZHANG, QL
    DING, WY
    ZHANG, QR
    XU, MJ
 TI STRUCTURE OF PEROXIDE FORMED DURING PREIRRADIATION OF STYRENE AND ITS
    INITIATING REACTIVITY
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 AB Preirradiation of styrene under total dosage 5 x 10(4) Gy of gamma-ray
    radiation and different dose rate 2.9 Gy/s, 0.7 Gy/s, 0.5Gy/s and 0.3
    Gy/s were investigated. The peroxides formed during Preirradiation were
    separated by silica gel column chromatography in three components, 1,2
    and 3 respectively. The distribution of components was different with
    the different dose rate. The peroxide isolated only the single
    component 2 when dose rate was 0.3 Gy/s. Their structures were studied
    by IR, H-1 NM R and MS. It was found the component 2 possesses strong
    initiating reactivity with the structure of alternating peroxide,
    initiates smoother polymerization than BPO under lower temperature and
    shorter time. It also initiates copolymerization with other monomer.
 RP MA, RD, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR MUKUNDAN T, 1989, J POLYM SCI C, V2, P455
 NR 1
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PY 1994
 VL 52
 IS 6
 BP 603
 EP 608
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA NX086
 UT ISI:A1994NX08600014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU FANG, ZH
    ZHANG, MX
    SHEN, CH
    WANG, Y
 TI THE HAL-3 RADAR TEST SET
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON AEROSPACE AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 AB This paper presents the HAL-3 radar test set (called the set in the
    following) used to measure the technical specifications of the HAL-3
    airborne radar and to maintain it based on tested results. Some new
    techniques are employed in the set, including sinusoidal pulsewidth
    modulation (SPWM) in the power supply, digital gyro simulator and
    automatic test module (ATM) with STD industrial control microprocessor
    series. The specially designed software implements man-machine
    interaction with menu in chinese, selects parameters and operation
    mode, and controls testing procedures. These techniques may be
    extensively applied to other automatic test instruments.
 RP FANG, ZH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI INST ELECTRON
    PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ZHENHE F, 1992, 1992 AMSE MSC 92 C P, P69
 NR 1
 TC 0
 SN 0018-9251
 J9 IEEE TRANS AEROSP ELECTRON SY
 JI IEEE Trans. Aerosp. Electron. Syst.
 PD JUL
 PY 1994
 VL 30
 IS 3
 BP 919
 EP 924
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Aerospace; Engineering, Electrical & Electronic;
    Telecommunications
 GA NV887
 UT ISI:A1994NV88700025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU SHENG, ZL
    WOLFE, MA
 TI AN INTERVAL ALGORITHM FOR NONDIFFERENTIABLE GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 AB An interval algorithm for constrained nondifferentiable global
    optimization in which an exact penalty function is used is described,
    and the determination of the penalty function parameter is discussed.
    Numerical results are presented.
 C1 UNIV ST ANDREWS,SCH MATH & COMP SCI,ST ANDREWS KY15 9SS,FIFE,SCOTLAND.
 RP SHENG, ZL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR ALEFELD G, 1983, INTRO INTERVAL COMPU
    BRACKEN J, 1968, SELECTED APPLICATION
    GOULD FJ, 1972, NONLINEAR TOLERANCE
    HESTENES MR, 1975, OPTIMIZATION THEORY
    MOORE RE, 1979, SIAM STUDIES, V2
    NEUMAIER A, 1988, PERSPECTIVES COMPUTI, V9
    NEUMAIER A, 1990, ENCY MATH ITS APPLIC
    RATSCHEK H, 1988, E HORWOOD SERIES MAT
    SHEN ZH, 1990, APPL MATH COMPUT, V39, P89
    WOLFE MA, 1994, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V50, P1
 NR 10
 TC 2
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD JUL
 PY 1994
 VL 63
 IS 2-3
 BP 101
 EP 122
 PG 22
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA NV827
 UT ISI:A1994NV82700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU RASHID, A
    WEIMING, C
    BENYU, G
 TI 3 LEVEL FOURIER SPECTRAL APPROXIMATIONS FOR FLUID-FLOW WITH LOW MACH
    NUMBER
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 ID TIME
 AB Fourier spectral approximation, combined with a second-order time
    differencing technique for fluid flow with low Mach number is
    considered in this paper. Its generalized stability and convergence are
    strictly proven.
 RP RASHID, A, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BENYU G, 1986, CHINESE SCI BULL, V31, P1081
    CANUTO C, 1987, SPECTRAL FLUID DYNAM
    MA HP, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V65, P120
    PENYU K, 1990, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V2, P64
    RASHID A, 1992, FOURIER PSEUDOSPECTR
    ROACHE PJ, 1976, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID
    TALEZER H, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P1
    ZAKARIA A, 1985, THESIS U NICE
    ZLATEV Z, 1984, J COMPUT PHYS, V55, P278
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD JUL
 PY 1994
 VL 63
 IS 2-3
 BP 131
 EP 149
 PG 19
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA NV827
 UT ISI:A1994NV82700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU BOARDMAN, AD
    NIKITOV, SA
    WANG, Q
 TI THEORY OF BISTABLE MAGNETOSTATIC SURFACE-WAVES
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON MAGNETICS
 DT Article
 ID OPTICAL BISTABILITY; BEHAVIOR
 AB A comprehensive theory of nonlinear magnetostatic wave propagation in a
    corrugated ferromagnetic film is presented. The applied magnetic field
    is in the plane of the film, and is perpendicular to the propagation
    direction. A portion of the film has its upper boundary periodically
    corrugated, and an analysis close to the Bragg condition is carried
    out. Typical bistable loops of output power against input power are
    obtained. Multistability is predicted for input powers, in the range
    50-150 mW/mm. The threshold power is rather sensitive to the modulation
    of the upper surface, i.e., to the amplitude of the geometric
    variations on the periodic surface. Small amplitudes suppress the
    multistability and this critical region is investigated quantitatively.
    It is concluded that the multistable effects should be readily
    observable.
 C1 RUSSIAN ACAD SCI,INST RADIOENGN & ELECTR,MOSCOW,RUSSIA.
    SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP BOARDMAN, AD, UNIV SALFORD,DEPT PURE & APPL PHYS,SALFORD M5
    4WT,LANCS,ENGLAND.
 CR ADAM JD, 1977, IEEE T MAG, V13, P1246
    ALMEIDA NS, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P2015
    AN NB, 1989, PHYS LETT A, V136, P71
    BASHAROV AM, 1988, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V67, P1741
    BAZHENOV VY, 1990, P SPIE INT SOC OPT E, V1280, P289
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, NATO ASI SER B-PHYS, V247, P239
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P14
    BRILLOUIN L, 1953, WAVE PROPAGATION PER
    ELACHI C, 1975, IEEE T MAGN, V11, P36
    EMPSTEN A, 1990, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V26, P1089
    ESIPOV SE, 1988, SOV PHYS JETP, V67, P1363
    FELBER FS, 1976, APPL PHYS LETT, V28, P731
    GIBBS HM, 1985, OPTICAL BISTABILITY
    GULYAEV YV, 1980, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V22, P1651
    GULYAEV YV, 1981, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V23, P2138
    GULYAEV YV, 1981, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V23, P724
    KAWARSCHIK R, 1982, OPT ACT, V29, P455
    KOGELNIK H, 1972, J APPL PHYS, V43, P2327
    KUZNETSOV AV, 1988, SOV PHYS SEMICOND+, V22, P1143
    LEUNG KM, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P3590
    OKUDA M, 1977, JPN J APPL PHYS, V16, P769
    PENG ST, 1975, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V23, P123
    SUNG CC, 1984, J OPT SOC AM B, V1, P476
    TSUTSUMI M, 1975, IEEE T MICROWAVE THE, V58, P16
    TSUTSUMI M, 1975, J I ELECTRON COMMU B, V58, P16
    TSUTSUMI M, 1977, IEEE T MICROWAVE THE, V25, P224
    VUKOVICH S, 1990, SOV PHYS JETP, V71, P964
    WINFUL HG, 1979, APPL PHYS LETT, V35, P379
 NR 28
 TC 20
 SN 0018-9464
 J9 IEEE TRANS MAGN
 JI IEEE Trans. Magn.
 PD JAN
 PY 1994
 VL 30
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 13
 PG 13
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied
 GA NC483
 UT ISI:A1994NC48300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU BOARDMAN, AD
    WANG, Q
    NIKITOV, SA
    SHEN, J
    CHEN, W
    MILLS, D
    BAO, JS
 TI NONLINEAR MAGNETOSTATIC SURFACE-WAVES IN FERROMAGNETIC-FILMS
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON MAGNETICS
 DT Article
 ID ENVELOPE SOLITONS
 AB A comprehensive perturbation theory is presented, that enables the
    nonlinear wavenumber shift of magnetostatic surface waves (MSSW) on a
    thin ferromagnetic film to be calculated from first principles. The
    MSSW propagate, in this case, perpendicularly or obliquely to the
    applied magnetic field and their group-velocity dispersion is positive.
    Detailed calculations show that the nonlinear coefficient is also
    positive so that bright envelope solitons are forbidden. Nevertheless,
    nonlinear pulse shaping is possible so the use of the nonlinear
    Schrodinger equation is discussed in detail, together with the role of
    damping.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    RUSSIAN ACAD SCI,INST RADIOENGN & ELECTR,MOSCOW,RUSSIA.
    UNIV CALIF IRVINE,DEPT PHYS,IRVINE,CA 92717.
    ROCKWELL INT CORP,CTR SCI,THOUSAND OAKS,CA 91360.
 RP BOARDMAN, AD, UNIV SALFORD,DEPT PURE & APPL PHYS,SALFORD M5
    4WT,LANCS,ENGLAND.
 CR BLOW KJ, 1985, OPT COMMUN, V52, P367
    BOARDMAN AD, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P1144
    BOARDMAN AD, 1991, NATO ASI SER B-PHYS, V247, P235
    DEGASPERIS P, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V59, P481
    DEGASPERIS P, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V63, P4136
    GUREVICH AG, 1963, FERRITE MICROWAVE FR, P135
    KALINIKOS BA, 1988, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V67, P303
    KALINIKOS BA, 1990, IEEE T MAGN, V26, P1477
    KALINIKOS BA, 1990, PHYS REV B B, V42, P8658
    SCHILZ W, 1973, PHILIPS RES REP, V28, P50
    SCOTT AC, 1973, P IEEE, V61, P1443
    SODHA MS, 1981, MICROWAVE PROPAGATIO
    ZVEZDIN AK, 1983, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V57, P350
 NR 13
 TC 37
 SN 0018-9464
 J9 IEEE TRANS MAGN
 JI IEEE Trans. Magn.
 PD JAN
 PY 1994
 VL 30
 IS 1
 BP 14
 EP 22
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied
 GA NC483
 UT ISI:A1994NC48300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WAN, XJ
    ZHU, JH
    JING, KL
    LIU, CT
 TI HYDROGEN DIFFUSIVITY IN BORON-DOPED POLYCRYSTALLINE NI3AL
 SO SCRIPTA METALLURGICA ET MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 ID ENVIRONMENTAL EMBRITTLEMENT; DUCTILITY
 C1 OAK RIDGE NATL LAB,DIV MET & CERAM,OAK RIDGE,TN 37831.
 RP WAN, XJ, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AOKI K, 1979, NIPPON KINZOKU GAKKA, V43, P1190
    CHOUDHURY A, 1987, ORNLTM10508 OAK RIDG
    DEVANATHAN MAV, 1962, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V270, P90
    GEORGE EP, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P365
    GEORGE EP, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V28, P857
    GEORGE EP, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V30, P37
    GEROGE EP, 1993, STRUCTURAL INTERMETA, P431
    HANADA S, 1985, J MATER SCI, V21, P203
    LIU CT, 1985, ACTA METALL, V33, P213
    LIU CT, 1992, NATO ASI SER, V213, P321
    LIU CT, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P25
    LIU CT, 1993, MATER RES SOC S P, V288, P3
    MASAHASHI N, 1988, ACTA METALL, V36, P1823
    TAKASUGI T, 1991, MATER RES SOC S P, V213, P403
    TAUB AI, 1984, METALL TRANS A, V15, P399
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    YAO J, 1993, METALL TRANS A, V24, P105
    ZHU JH, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V29, P429
 NR 18
 TC 29
 SN 0956-716X
 J9 SCR METALL MATER
 JI Scr. Metall. Materialia
 PD SEP 15
 PY 1994
 VL 31
 IS 6
 BP 677
 EP 681
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA NW207
 UT ISI:A1994NW20700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GRIMSHAW, R
    ZHU, Y
 TI OBLIQUE INTERACTIONS BETWEEN INTERNAL SOLITARY WAVES
 SO STUDIES IN APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 ID ATMOSPHERE
 AB In this paper, we study the oblique interaction of weakly, nonlinear,
    long internal gravity waves in both shallow and deep fluids. The
    interaction is classified as weak when DELTA1,2 much greater than alpha
    where DELTA1 = \c(m)/c(n) - cos delta\, DELTA2 = \c(n)/c(m) - cos
    delta\, c(m,n) are the linear, long wave speeds for waves with mode
    numbers m, n, delta is the angle between the respective propagation
    directions, and alpha measures the wave amplitude. In this case, each
    wave is governed by its own Kortweg-de Vries (KdV) equation' for a
    shallow fluid, or intermediate long-wave (ILW) equation for a deep
    fluid, and the main effect of the interaction is an 0(alpha) phase
    shift. A strong interaction (I) occurs when DELTA1,2 are 0(alpha), and
    this case is governed by two coupled Kadomtsev-Petviashvili (KP)
    equations for a shallow fluid, or two coupled, two-dimensional ILW
    equations for deep fluids. A strong interaction (II) occurs when DELTA1
    is 0(alpha), and DELTA2 much greater than a (or vice versa), and in
    this case, each wave is governed by its own KdV equation for a shallow
    fluid, or ILW equation for a deep fluid. The main effect of the
    interaction is that the phase shift associated with DELTA1 leads to a
    local distortion of the wave speed of the mode n. When the interacting
    waves belong to the same mode (i.e., m = n) the general results
    simplify and we show that for a weak interaction (\1 - cos delta\ much
    greater than alpha) the phase shift for obliquely interacting waves
    always negative (positive) for (1/2 + cos delta) > 0(< 0), while the
    interaction term always has the same polarity as the interacting waves.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP GRIMSHAW, R, MONASH UNIV,DEPT MATH,CLAYTON,VIC 3168,AUSTRALIA.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITONS INVERSE SCA
    APEL JR, 1980, ANN REV EARTH PLANET, V8, P303
    BENNEY DJ, 1966, J MATH PHYS, V45, P52
    CHRISTIE DR, 1978, J ATMOS SCI, V35, P805
    DAI SQ, 1984, APPL MATH MECH, V5, P1469
    ECKART C, 1961, PHYS FLUIDS, V4, P791
    FARMER DM, 1978, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V8, P63
    GEAR JA, 1984, STUD APPL MATH, V70, P235
    GEAR JA, 1985, STUD APPL MATH, V72, P95
    GRIMSHAW R, 1983, 1982 P IUTAM S TALL, P431
    GRIMSHAW RHJ, 1986, ENCY FLUID MECHANICS, P3
    LIU AK, 1980, STUD APPL MATH, V63, P25
    MILES JW, 1977, J FLUID MECH, V79, P157
    MILES JW, 1977, J FLUID MECH, V79, P170
    SMITH RK, 1988, EARTH-SCI REV, V25, P267
 NR 15
 TC 12
 SN 0022-2526
 J9 STUD APPL MATH
 JI Stud. Appl. Math.
 PD JUL
 PY 1994
 VL 92
 IS 3
 BP 249
 EP 270
 PG 22
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA NV263
 UT ISI:A1994NV26300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CHADDERTON, LT
    ZHU, JL
    CRUZ, SA
    FINK, D
    GHOSH, S
 TI ELECTRONIC STOPPING AND ETCHED PARTICLE TRACKS IN POLYMERS
 SO NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTS & METHODS IN PHYSICS RESEARCH SECTION B-BEAM
    INTERACTIONS WITH MATERIALS AND ATOMS
 DT Article
 ID IMPLANTATION; DAMAGE
 AB The existence of a maximum in the electronic stopping power when an
    energetic ion reaches some depth in a solid target is well known.
    Experiments are described in which lithium ions - in the energy range
    0.6 to 3 MeV - were used to bombard the common polymer and particle
    dosimeter CR-39, so that the position of the stopping power peak
    relative to the polymer surface could be systematically varied.
    Differences in etched surface track diameters measured by optical
    microscopy and corresponding to differences in energy approximately 0.2
    MeV could be readily distinguished. Maximum etched track diameters
    clearly coincided with the intersection of maximum electronic energy
    losses with the CR-39 surface. Implications of this to more general
    stopping are discussed, including a linear relationship between the
    maximum electronic stopping power at a surface and the atomic number of
    the projectile ion.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL, INST APPL RADIAT, SHANGHAI, PEOPLES R CHINA.
    UNIV AUTONOMA METROPOLITANA IZTAPALAPA, DEPT FIS, MEXICO CITY 09340, DF, MEXICO.
    HAHN MEITNER INST BERLIN GMBH, DEP P-3, D-14109 BERLIN, GERMANY.
    NE HILL UNIV, DEPT CHEM, SHILLONG, INDIA.
    AUSTRALIAN NATL UNIV, RES SCH PHYS SCI, INST ADV STUDIES, CANBERRA, ACT 2601, AUSTRALIA.
 RP CHADDERTON, LT, AUSTRALIAN NATL UNIV, CSIRO, DIV APPL PHYS, GPO BOX 4,
    CANBERRA, ACT 2601, AUSTRALIA.
 CR BERNARDI L, 1991, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V53, P61
    BIERSACK JP, 1982, Z PHYS A, V305, P95
    DAVENAS J, 1989, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V39, P796
    FINK D, 1992, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V65, P432
    GIBBONS JF, 1972, P IEEE, V60, P1062
 NR 5
 TC 4
 SN 0168-583X
 J9 NUCL INSTRUM METH PHYS RES B
 JI Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res. Sect. B-Beam Interact. Mater. Atoms
 PD JUN
 PY 1994
 VL 91
 IS 1-4
 BP 168
 EP 171
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Physics, Nuclear; Instruments &
    Instrumentation; Nuclear Science & Technology
 GA NR935
 UT ISI:A1994NR93500027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, ZM
    ZHU, JL
    GUO, YP
    YU, ZW
    QIAN, PP
    MA, ZT
 TI CHEMICAL EFFECTS OF ION-IMPLANTATION IN POLYANILINE
 SO NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTS & METHODS IN PHYSICS RESEARCH SECTION B-BEAM
    INTERACTIONS WITH MATERIALS AND ATOMS
 DT Article
 AB The chemical changes of polyaniline resulted from implantation of H, B,
    P, F, BF2, or Ar ions have been studied. From ESCA studies it is
    concluded that the number of nitrogen atoms in polyaniline decreases
    with increasing ion dose, while the number of oxygen atoms in the ion
    implanted layer of polyaniline increases. ESR (electron spin resonance)
    spectra show that the radical concentration in polyaniline increases
    with the ion dose. From FTIR analysis, two different kinds of chemical
    changes in the irradiated polyaniline are found, one from implanting H,
    F, or BF2 ions and the other from implanting B, P, or Ar ions.
 RP LIU, ZM, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DESURVILLE R, 1968, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V13, P1451
    KITANI A, 1988, J POLYM SCI A, V88, P2385
    SILVERSTEIN RM, 1974, SPECTROMETRIC IDENTI
    WANG LX, 1990, APPL CHEM, V75, P1
    WANG ZM, 1982, APPLIED INFRARED SPE
    ZHU JL, 1994, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V91, P469
 NR 6
 TC 2
 SN 0168-583X
 J9 NUCL INSTRUM METH PHYS RES B
 JI Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res. Sect. B-Beam Interact. Mater. Atoms
 PD JUN
 PY 1994
 VL 91
 IS 1-4
 BP 465
 EP 468
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Physics, Nuclear; Instruments &
    Instrumentation; Nuclear Science & Technology
 GA NR935
 UT ISI:A1994NR93500088
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHU, JL
    LIU, ZM
    YU, ZW
    GUO, YP
    MA, ZT
    BENG, RZ
 TI EFFECTS OF ION-IMPLANTATION ON THE ELECTRICAL-CONDUCTIVITY OF
    POLYANILINE
 SO NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTS & METHODS IN PHYSICS RESEARCH SECTION B-BEAM
    INTERACTIONS WITH MATERIALS AND ATOMS
 DT Article
 AB Polyaniline with a marked environmental stability was bombarded by
    beams of hydrogen, boron, fluorine, phosphorus and argon ions. All
    irradiated surfaces displayed substantial changes in physical
    properties (e.g. electrical conductivity, colour, etc.). The highest
    measured conductivity was approximately 100 S/cm and the irradiated
    samples have now been shown to be environmentally stable. The
    conductivity of the irradiated zone depended upon the deposited
    electronic energy density and also upon the chemical structure and
    composition. The radicals appeared prior to nitrogen release when the
    electronic energy deposition density was at the lower threshold in the
    irradiated layer. The radical concentration, nitrogen release and
    carbon richness contributed to the conductivity. Shrinkage and colour
    changes accompanied by nitrogen release and remnant nitrogen reduction
    or oxidation and also a higher conductivity value were observed.
 C1 SHANGHAI DEVICES FACTORY 5,SHANGHAI 20041,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP ZHU, JL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,INST APPL RADIAT,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHADDERTON LT, 1994, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V91, P71
    FINK D, 1992, COMMUNICATION
    FRIEND R, 1992, PHYS WORLD       NOV, P42
    LIU ZM, 1994, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V91, P465
    RUDY FH, 1988, J MATER RES, V3, P1253
    VANKKATESSAN T, 1983, POLYM SCI ENG, V23, P931
 NR 6
 TC 13
 SN 0168-583X
 J9 NUCL INSTRUM METH PHYS RES B
 JI Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res. Sect. B-Beam Interact. Mater. Atoms
 PD JUN
 PY 1994
 VL 91
 IS 1-4
 BP 469
 EP 472
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Physics, Nuclear; Instruments &
    Instrumentation; Nuclear Science & Technology
 GA NR935
 UT ISI:A1994NR93500089
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, BY
    ZHENG, JD
 TI A SPECTRAL APPROXIMATION OF THE BAROTROPIC VORTICITY EQUATION
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 ID BAROCLINIC PRIMITIVE EQUATION; DIFFERENCE METHOD; ERROR ESTIMATION
 AB A spectral scheme is considered for solving the barotropic vorticity
    equation. The error estimates are proved strictly. The technique used
    in this paper is also useful for other nonlinear problems defined on a
    spherical surface.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SHANGHAI INST COMP TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ARAKAWA A, 1966, J COMPUT PHYS, V1, P119
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    COURANT R, 1953, METHODS MATH PHYSICS, V1
    GUO BY, 1974, ACTA MATH SINICA, V17, P242
    GUO BY, 1983, J COMPUT MATH, V1, P353
    GUO BY, 1987, SCI SINICA SER A, V30, P696
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHOD PA
    GUO BY, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V84, P259
    GUO BY, 1992, SCI CHINA SER A, V35, P1
    HALTINER GJ, 1971, NUMERICAL WEATHER PR
    HALTINER GJ, 1980, NUMERICAL PREDICTION
    JARRAUD M, 1985, LECTURES APPLIED MAT, V22, P1
    LIONS JL, 1972, NONHOMOGENEOUS BOUND, V1
    ZEN QC, 1979, PHYSICAL MATH BASIS, V1
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD APR
 PY 1994
 VL 12
 IS 2
 BP 173
 EP 184
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA NT096
 UT ISI:A1994NT09600009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU SHI, SZ
    ZHENG, Q
    ZHUANG, DM
 TI SET-VALUED ROBUST MAPPINGS AND APPROXIMATABLE MAPPINGS
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID MAPS
 AB The concepts of robustness of sets and mappings were proposed for the
    theory of integral global optimization. This paper discusses the
    robustness of a set-valued mapping, associating with the stability
    problem. We extend the equivalence between the robustness and the
    approximatability to the case of a set-valued mapping. We deal also
    with ''bi-robustness'' and ''in-robustness.''   (C) 1994 Academic
    Press, Inc.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    MT ST VINCENT UNIV,DEPT MATH & COMP STUDIES,HALIFAX B3M 2J6,NS,CANADA.
 RP SHI, SZ, NANKAI INST MATH,TIANJIN 300071,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AUBIN JP, 1988, ANN I H POINCARE-AN, V5, P519
    AUBIN JP, 1990, SET VALUED ANAL
    BORWEIN JM, 1988, J MATH ANAL APPL, V134, P441
    CHEW SH, 1988, LECTURE NOTES ECONOM, V298
    CHOQUET G, 1969, LECTURES ANAL, V1
    CHOQUET G, 1969, OUTILS TOPOLOGIQUES
    FRANKOWSKA H, CONICAL INVERSE MAPP
    FRANKOWSKA H, 1987, J MATH ANAL APPL, V127, P172
    FRANKOWSKA H, 1990, ANN I H POINCARE-AN, V7, P183
    OXTOBY JC, 1957, ANN MATH STUD, V39, P159
    PREISS D, 1990, ISRAEL J MATH, V72, P257
    SHI SZ, IN PRESS DISCONTINUO
    SHI SZ, 1981, C R ACAD SCI I, V293, P27
    ZHENG Q, IN PRESS GLOBAL MINI
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P205
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P317
    ZHENG Q, 1991, COMPUT MATH APPL, V21, P17
    ZHENG Q, 1991, RECENT ADV GLOBAL OP, P298
    ZHENG Q, 1992, 2ND P INT C FIX POIN, P346
 NR 19
 TC 5
 SN 0022-247X
 J9 J MATH ANAL APPL
 JI J. Math. Anal. Appl.
 PD MAY 1
 PY 1994
 VL 183
 IS 3
 BP 706
 EP 726
 PG 21
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA NN729
 UT ISI:A1994NN72900022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LUO, ZF
    XU, ZZ
    QIU, XJ
 TI ENERGY-DEPENDENT POTENTIAL AND HYPERFINE MASS SPLITTING OF QUARKONIUM
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB For scalar and vector interactions, the relativistic two-body Dirac
    equation is reduced in the nonrelativistic approximation by expanding
    in powers of E-1 to obtain energy-dependent effective potential. The
    spin-spin part of the resulting potential is applied to analyze the
    hyperfine mass splitting of quarkonium. It is found that the formula
    established with such a potential improves the description of hyperfine
    mass splittings for most ground state and excited state mesons of
    isospin nonzero and isospin zero.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LUO, ZF, ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,POB 800-211,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR 1988, PHYS LETT B, V204, P1
    1990, PHYS LETT B, V239, P1
    BARKER WA, 1955, PHYS REV, V99, P317
    BREIT G, 1958, PHYS REV, V111, P652
    BUCHMULLER W, 1981, PHYS REV D, V24, P3003
    CHAKRABARTY S, 1990, J PHYS G NUCL PARTIC, V16, P185
    FELDMAN G, 1973, PHYS REV A, V8, P1149
    FRANK M, 1985, PHYS LETT B, V159, P174
    FRANK M, 1987, Z PHYS C PART FIELDS, V34, P39
    GRATER HW, 1981, PHYS LETT B, V100, P166
    GREEN AES, 1967, NUCL PHYS B, V2, P267
    GROMES D, 1977, NUCL PHYS B, V131, P80
    IGI K, 1985, PHYS REV D, V32, P232
    JACOBS S, 1987, PHYS REV D, V35, P2448
    LICHTENBERG DB, 1987, PHYS LETT, V193, P95
    SATO S, 1990, NUOVO CIMENTO A, V103, P471
    SONG XT, 1989, PHYS REV D, V40, P3655
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 1994
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 217
 EP 222
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA NM498
 UT ISI:A1994NM49800015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU DING, ZL
    YOSHIDA, M
    ASANO, M
    MA, ZT
    OMICHI, H
    KATAKAI, R
 TI THERMORESPONSIVE BEHAVIOR OF A METHACRYLOYL-DL-ALANINE METHYL-ESTER
    POLYMER GEL PREPARED BY RADIATION-INDUCED POLYMERIZATION
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID FUNCTIONAL CAPSULE MEMBRANES; PHASE-TRANSITION; THERMOSENSITIVE
    HYDROGEL; PERMEABILITY CONTROL; TEMPERATURE;
    POLY(N-ISOPROPYLACRYLAMIDE); PERMEATION; NETWORKS; COLLAPSE; RELEASE
 AB Loosely cross-linked poly(methacryloyl-DL-alanine methyl ester,
    MA-DL-AlaOMe) gels, which were prepared by radiation-induced
    polymerization, exhibited a reversible low-temperature swelling and
    high-temperature deswelling when cycled in water at different
    temperatures at 24-h intervals, in the range of 0 and 40-degrees-C. The
    thermo-response strongly depended upon irradiation condition.
    Increasing the irradiation dose resulted in a formation of lower
    molecular weight polymer owing to the scission of polymer chain, in
    which it gave a high swelling ability at low temperature, in contrast
    to a sluggish shrinkage at high temperature. On the other hand, no
    irradiation temperature affects the thermo-response of the gel. An
    important characteristic of the MA-DL-AlaOMe polymer gel is the
    formation of the membrane barrier at the surface with the rise in
    temperature, but it disappears in reswelling, to be termed
    ''surface-controlling on-off switch system''. Brilliant blue FCF (BB)
    as a model compound was incorporated into the gel to evaluate the
    capability as a thermo-responsive carrier for application in drug
    delivery systems, and it was found that the reversibly
    surface-controlling on-off switch function responsible to temperature
    changes plays an important role in a pulsatile release of BB from the
    gel in vitro.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,JIA DING,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    JAPAN ATOM ENERGY RES INST,TAKASAKI RADIAT CHEM RES ESTAB,DEPT MAT DEV,TAKASAKI,GUNMA 37012,JAPAN.
    GUNMA UNIV,FAC ENGN,DEPT CHEM,KIRYU,GUNMA 376,JAPAN.
 CR DONG LC, 1986, J CONTROL RELEASE, V4, P223
    FREITAS RFS, 1987, CHEM ENG SCI, V42, P97
    FUJISHIGE S, 1989, J PHYS CHEM-US, V93, P331
    HESKINS M, 1968, J MACROMOL SCI CHEM, V2, P1441
    HIROSE Y, 1987, MACROMOLECULES, V20, P1342
    HIROTSU S, 1987, J PHYS SOC JPN, V56, P233
    HOFFMAN AS, 1986, J CONTROL RELEASE, V4, P213
    ILAVSKY M, 1985, POLYMER, V26, P1514
    ISHIHARA K, 1985, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V23, P2841
    ITO R, 1990, INT J PHARM, V61, P109
    KUNGWATCHAKUN D, 1988, MAKROMOL CHEM-RAPID, V9, P243
    MUKAE K, 1990, POLYM J, V22, P206
    MUKAE K, 1990, POLYM J, V22, P250
    OHMINE I, 1982, J CHEM PHYS, V77, P5725
    OKAHATA Y, 1983, J AM CHEM SOC, V105, P4855
    OKAHATA Y, 1986, MACROMOLECULES, V19, P493
    OKANO T, 1990, J CONTROL RELEASE, V11, P255
    OSADA Y, 1985, CHEM LETT, P1285
    PALASIS M, 1992, J CONTROL RELEASE, V18, P1
    SAEKI S, 1976, POLYMER, V17, P685
    SATOH K, 1989, CHEM PHARM BULL, V37, P1642
    SCHILD HG, 1991, MACROMOLECULES, V24, P948
    TANAKA T, 1978, PHYS REV LETT, V40, P820
    TANAKA T, 1982, SCIENCE, V218, P467
    WINNIK FM, 1990, MACROMOLECULES, V23, P2414
    YOSHIDA M, 1989, EUR POLYM J, V25, P1197
    YOSHIDA M, 1991, DRUG DESIGN DELIVERY, V7, P159
    YOSHIDA M, 1991, EUR POLYM J, V27, P997
    YOSHIDA M, 1991, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V38, P7
    YOSHIDA M, 1992, EUR POLYM J, V28, P1141
    YOSHIDA M, 1993, POLYM J, V25, P215
 NR 31
 TC 11
 SN 0146-5724
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD SEP
 PY 1994
 VL 44
 IS 3
 BP 263
 EP 272
 PG 10
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA NL474
 UT ISI:A1994NL47400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LI, YZ
    DAVID, AK
 TI OPTIMAL MULTIAREA WHEELING
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON POWER SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 DE WHEELING; POWER TRANSMISSION ECONOMICS; POWER SYSTEM ECONOMICS;
    OPTIMIZATION METHODS; NONLINEAR PROGRAMMING
 ID MARGINAL-COST; RATES
 AB An important consideration in wheeling is where a transaction involves
    several parties, that is, multi-area wheeling. Power from seller to
    buyer flows through several intermediate utilities. Each utility
    represents an individual control area, engaged in part of a more
    complex wheeling transaction. Individual wheeling rates then have to be
    computed for each area. The question of how much energy should be
    transported through each path and what wheeling price should be payed
    is then an issue of importance. This is formulated as a nonlinear
    optimisation program with linear constraints and solved by a gradient
    projection method. The availability of FACTS capability to implement
    the optimal wheeling strategy once determined, is assumed in this paper.
 C1 HONG KONG POLYTECH,KOWLOON,HONG KONG.
 RP LI, YZ, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CARAMANIS MC, 1986, IEEE T POWER SYST, V1, P63
    CARAMANIS MC, 1989, IEEE T POWER SYST, V4, P594
    MERRILL HM, 1989, IEEE T POWER SYST, V4, P1445
    POWELL MJD, 1987, LECTURES NOTES MATH, V630
    SCHWEPPE FC, 1988, SPOT PRICING ELECTRI
    TALUKDAR SN, 1982, IEEE T PAS, V101, P415
    WOLFE P, 1967, NONLINEAR PROGRAMMIN, P120
 NR 7
 TC 8
 SN 0885-8950
 J9 IEEE TRANS POWER SYST
 JI IEEE Trans. Power Syst.
 PD FEB
 PY 1994
 VL 9
 IS 1
 BP 288
 EP 294
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA NL152
 UT ISI:A1994NL15200095
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU JIANG, XY
    ZHANG, ZL
    ZHAO, WM
    LUI, ZG
    XU, SH
 TI A QUANTITATIVE-EVALUATION OF THE EXCITATION MECHANISM OF TM3+ IN A ZNS
    THIN-FILM
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 ID IMPACT EXCITATION; ELECTROLUMINESCENCE; TRANSPORT
 AB The impact excitation rates, and consequently the emission intensities,
    of various energy states of Tm3+ in ZnS thin-film electroluminescence
    (TFEL) have been quantitatively evaluated by calculating the radiative
    transition rates and the impact cross section, together with a Baraff
    distribution function of hot-electron energy The results show that the
    direct impact excitation rate of the 1G4 state of Tm3+ is very small,
    while that of the F-3(4) state is fairly large, resulting in a weak
    blue light intensity relative to the IR light in TFEL. Different
    theories of the electron distribution function are compared and
    discussed.
 RP JIANG, XY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MAT SCI,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ALLEN JW, 1986, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V19, L369
    BARAFF GA, 1962, PHYS REV, V128, P2507
    BARAFF GA, 1964, PHYS REV, V133, A26
    BHATTACHARYYA K, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P3390
    BRENNAN K, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P4024
    BRINGUIER E, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V70, P4505
    BRINGUIER E, 1992, ELECTROLUMINESCENCE, P379
    FITTING HJ, 1990, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V121, P305
    HUANG SH, 1983, LUMIN DISPLAY, V4, P23
    KOBAYASHI H, 1985, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V88, P713
    KRUPKA DC, 1972, J APPL PHYS, V43, P476
    MA L, 1985, LUMIN DISPLAY DEVICE, V6, P192
    MACH R, 1984, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V81, P609
    MACH R, 1990, J CRYST GROWTH, V101, P967
    OKAMOTO K, 1986, APPL PHYS LETT, V49, P1596
    ONO YA, 1993, SID F 1
    PAPPALARDO R, 1976, J LUMIN, V14, P159
    RIDLEY BK, 1983, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V16, P3373
    SHOCKLEY W, 1961, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V2, P35
    TANAKA S, 1992, J CRYST GROWTH, V117, P997
    WOLFF PA, 1954, PHYS REV, V95, P1415
    YU JQ, SPRINGER P PHYSICS, V38, P24
 NR 22
 TC 3
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD APR 25
 PY 1994
 VL 6
 IS 17
 BP 3279
 EP 3290
 PG 12
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA NH957
 UT ISI:A1994NH95700018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU TAO, DH
    LU, SP
    LI, ZY
    SHI, YP
 TI THE LUBRICATION EFFECT OF THE GLYCOLIPID-TYPE BIONIC SYNOVIAL-FLUID ON
    A BONE JOINT
 SO LUBRICATION ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE BIONIC SYNOVIAL FLUID; BONE JOINT; LUBRICATION EFFECT; FRICTION
    COEFFICIENT
 AB A new concept is proposed, using a glycolipid bionic lubricant to
    improve the behavior of pathologically-changed bone joints, such that
    an artificial joint might not be required.
    The experiments were made on a simulated bone joint test machine. The
    results showed that the lubrication behavior was excellent when an
    ethyl sophorosolipid aqueous solution of 50% concentration was used.
    The friction coefficient was only 13 to 20 percent, compared with dry
    friction under heavy load.
 C1 SHANGHAI INST ORGAN CHEM,SHANGHAI 200020,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP TAO, DH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR COOKE A, 1974, THESIS LEEDS U LEEDS
    DAVIES DV, 1967, P I MECH ENG, V181, P25
    DAVIES WH, 1987, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V21, P754
    DUMBIETON JH, 1981, TRIBOLOGY NATURAL AR
    MANSOUR JM, 1977, ASME JUL TECH F, V99, P163
    OGSTON AG, 1950, BIOCHEM J, V46, P364
    OGSTON AG, 1951, BIOCHEM J, V49, P585
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0024-7154
 J9 LUBRIC ENG
 JI Lubric. Eng.
 PD MAY
 PY 1994
 VL 50
 IS 5
 BP 386
 EP 389
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA NJ065
 UT ISI:A1994NJ06500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, DR
    HUANG, ZJ
 TI ON THE CONVERGENCE OF THE BRENT METHOD
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 ID INEXACT NEWTON METHODS
 AB In this paper, we establish the semi-local convergence theorem of the
    rent method with regional estimation. By an in-depth investigation in
    to the algorithm structure of the method, we convert the Brent method
    into an approximate Newton method with a special error term. Bsaed on
    such equivalent variation, under a similar condition of the
    Newton-Kantorovich theorem of the Newton method, we establish a
    semi-local convergence theorem of the Brent method. This theorem
    provides a sufficient theoretical basis for initial choices of the
    Brent method.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    FUDAN UNIV,DEPT STAT & OPERAT RES,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BRENT RP, 1973, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V10, P327
    BROWN KM, 1969, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V6, P560
    DEMBO RS, 1982, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V19, P400
    DENNIS JE, 1971, MATH COMPUT, V25, P559
    DENNIS JE, 1983, NUMERICAL METHODS UN
    GAY DM, 1975, BROWN METHOD SOME GE, P75
    KANTOROVICH LV, 1948, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR, V59, P1237
    MIEL GJ, 1979, NUMER MATH, V33, P391
    MORE JJ, 1979, ACM T MATH SOFTWARE, V5, P64
    MORET I, 1986, COMPUTING, V37, P185
    ORTEGA JM, 1970, ITERATIVE SOLUTION N
    YPMA TJ, 1984, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V21, P583
 NR 12
 TC 2
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD JAN
 PY 1994
 VL 12
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 20
 PG 20
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA ND010
 UT ISI:A1994ND01000001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU DONG, Y
    LIU, L
 TI MECHANICALLY DRIVEN AMORPHIZATION IN THE TA-CU SYSTEM
 SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR METALLKUNDE
 DT Article
 ID METALS; ALLOYS
 AB Amorphizing transformation by ball milling was studied in a system
    without miscibility of the elements, Ta-Cu, with nominal compositions
    of Ta50Cu50 to Ta90Cu10. X-ray diffractometry, scanning and
    transmission electron microscopy were employed to monitor the
    structural evolution of the samples. The results show that a single
    phase of amorphous product was obtained for all the given samples after
    100 h of milling. Differential thermal analysis shows that both the
    temperature and the activation energy for crystallization increase with
    the Ta content, implying that the Ta-rich alloys exhibit a better
    thermal stability. The atomic structure of the Ta-Cu amorphous alloys
    was studied by radial distribution function analysis. The region of
    short-range ordering (SRO) increases with Cu content, which means that
    SRO became stronger in those alloys with a higher Cu content. The
    nearest-neighbor coordination number was estimated to be 12 to 13 for
    all the alloys, which indicates that the amorphous materials formed by
    mechanical alloying are also of topologically dense packing structure.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,INST SOLID STATE PHYS,HEFEI 230031,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP DONG, Y, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MET & MAT,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BENJAMIN JS, 1970, METALL T, V1, P2943
    DEBOER FR, 1988, COHESION METALS
    FECHT HJ, 1990, METALL TRANS A, V21, P2333
    GESSINGER GH, 1984, POWDER METALLURGY SU, P273
    JOHNSON WL, 1988, PROG MATER SCI, V30, P87
    KOCH CC, 1983, APPL PHYS LETT, V43, P1017
    KOCH CC, 1989, ANNU REV MATER SCI, V19, P121
    SCHULTZ L, 1987, J APPL PHYS, V61, P3183
    SCHWARZ RB, 1986, APPL PHYS LETT, V49, P146
    SCHWARZ RB, 1988, J LESS-COMMON MET, V140, P171
 NR 10
 TC 2
 SN 0044-3093
 J9 Z METALLK
 JI Z. Metallk.
 PD FEB
 PY 1994
 VL 85
 IS 2
 BP 140
 EP 142
 PG 3
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA NA295
 UT ISI:A1994NA29500013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHOU, ZQ
    ZHANG, JL
    GE, JS
    FENG, F
    DAI, ZM
 TI MATHEMATICAL-MODELING OF THE PCT CURVE OF HYDROGEN STORAGE ALLOYS
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF HYDROGEN ENERGY
 DT Article
 AB The PCT curve presents the thermodynamic characteristics of hydrogen
    storage alloys, which consist of hydrogen storage capacity, the
    temperature, and the equilibrium presure in hydriding and dehydriding,
    the mathematical modeling of which is important for the application of
    hydrogen storage alloys in various techniques. Mathematical modeling of
    the PCT curve of hydrogen storage alloys was studied. It has been shown
    that the calculated PCT curves are in good agreement with the
    experimental curves, and a lot of physical parameters, which are very
    useful, can be estimated from the modeling.
 RP ZHOU, ZQ, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,149 YANCHANG RD,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR JORDY C, 1991, J LESS-COMMON MET, V172, P1236
    SAKAI T, 1990, J LESS-COMMON MET, V159, P127
    WILLEMS JJG, 1984, PHILIPS J RES S1, V39
    ZHOU ZQ, P S HYDROGEN STORAGE, P139
 NR 4
 TC 7
 SN 0360-3199
 J9 INT J HYDROGEN ENERG
 JI Int. J. Hydrog. Energy
 PD MAR
 PY 1994
 VL 19
 IS 3
 BP 269
 EP 273
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Energy & Fuels; Environmental
    Sciences
 GA MZ473
 UT ISI:A1994MZ47300014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU XU, BM
    YIN, ZW
    WANG, H
 TI MICROSTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT OF THE SINGLE-STEP, LOW-TEMPERATURE SINTERED
    SRTIO3 GBBL CAPACITOR MATERIALS
 SO FERROELECTRICS LETTERS SECTION
 DT Article
 ID POLYCRYSTALLINE
 AB The microstructure development of the single-step, low-temperature
    sintered SrTiO3 GBBL capacitor materials is studied according to the
    microstructure analysis, mass transfer and defect chemical reactions
    during sintering process. The sintering mechanism is the reactive
    liquid phase sintering with the participation of solid state diffusion
    caused by the volatilization of oxygen. Insulating grain boundaries are
    formed by the grain boundary segregation of Li2O, which is caused by
    the donor enhanced volatilization of oxygen. Grains are
    semiconductorized during grain growth process which incorporates the
    donor dopant into SrTiO3 lattice.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP XU, BM, CHINESE ACAD SCI,SHANGHAI INST CERAM,SHANGHAI 200050,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR BURN I, 1982, J MATER SCI, V17, P3510
    GOODMAN G, 1981, ADV CERAM, V1, P215
    SHIRASAKI S, 1980, J CHEM PHYS, V73, P4640
    XU BM, 1991, J CHIN CERAM SOC, V19, P354
    XU BM, 1992, J CHIN CERAM SOC, V20, P16
    YAN MF, 1983, ADV CERAM, V7, P226
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0731-5171
 J9 FERROELECTRICS LETT SECT
 JI Ferroelectr. Lett. Sect.
 PY 1993
 VL 16
 IS 5-6
 BP 157
 EP 165
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA MY696
 UT ISI:A1993MY69600003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CAO, ZC
    WU, RJ
    SONG, RS
 TI INEFFECTIVE GRAIN-BOUNDARIES AND BREAKDOWN THRESHOLD OF ZINC-OXIDE
    VARISTORS
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING B-SOLID STATE MATERIALS FOR ADVANCED
    TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID ZNO VARISTORS
 AB In order to evaluate the breakdown threshold of ZnO varistor ceramic,
    the geometry-independent average breakdown voltage per grain boundary,
    or V-gb was examined. The discrepancy between the average breakdown
    voltage per grain in ZnO varistor ceramic and the breakdown voltage of
    a single grain boundary in this material is interesting and worth study
    for practical purposes. The contradiction is imputed to the existence
    of ineffective grain boundaries in this material. The ineffective grain
    boundary is demonstrated by elaborately designed experiments.
    Observation also shows that the presence of ineffective grain
    boundaries is related to deficiency of oxygen in the grain boundary
    region. Using computer-aided simulation, the influence of ineffective
    grain boundaries on the breakdown threshold of the component is
    discussed.
 RP CAO, ZC, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MAT SIC & ENGN,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ALLES AB, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V70, P6883
    CAO ZC, 1990, J EUR CERAM SOC, V6, P85
    EDA K, 1984, J APPL PHYS, V56, P2948
    EMTAGE PR, 1979, J APPL PHYS, V50, P6833
    FUJITSU S, 1988, J CERAM SOC JPN, V96, P119
    GUPTA TK, 1990, J AM CERAM SOC, V73, P1817
    LEVINSON LM, 1988, B AM CERAM SOC, V65, P639
    OLSSON E, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V66, P3666
    SONDER E, 1983, J APPL PHYS, V54
    SONDER E, 1985, J APPL PHYS, V58, P4420
    SONG RS, 1992, 1992 P INT C EL COMP, P31
    TRONTELJ M, 1983, ADDITIVES INTERFACES, P107
 NR 12
 TC 8
 SN 0921-5107
 J9 MATER SCI ENG B-SOLID STATE M
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. B-Solid State Mater. Adv. Technol.
 PD JAN
 PY 1994
 VL 22
 IS 2-3
 BP 261
 EP 266
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA MR122
 UT ISI:A1994MR12200023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU KHAN, RD
    ZHANG, JL
    SHENG, D
    WENDA, S
 TI EVOLUTION OF A VELOCITY-DEPENDENT QUANTUM FORCED ANHARMONIC-OSCILLATOR
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB The exact solution to a velocity-dependent quantum forced anharmonic
    oscillator is derived by using integral operators and an iteration
    method. The study is carried out in operational form by use of the
    creation and annihilation operators of the oscillator. The time
    development of the displacement and momentum operators of the
    anharmonic oscillator is given. These operators are presented as a
    Laplace transform and a subsequent inverse Laplace transform of
    suitable functionals.
 RP KHAN, RD, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR CARUSOTTO S, 1988, PHYS REV A, V38, P3249
    LOUISELL WH, 1973, QUANTUM STATISTICAL, P137
    SAAVEDRA FA, 1990, PHYSICAL REV A, V42, P5073
    ZHANG JL, 1992, IN PRESS SPIE, V1726
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD NOV
 PY 1993
 VL 32
 IS 11
 BP 2023
 EP 2029
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA MQ896
 UT ISI:A1993MQ89600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHANG, B
    WANG, JG
    WAN, XJ
    CHEN, WJ
 TI A STUDY ON THE BETA AND OMEGA PHASES IN A TI-AL-CR ALLOY
 SO SCRIPTA METALLURGICA ET MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 ID MICROSTRUCTURE EVOLUTION; BASE ALLOYS
 AB The beta phase obtained in the Ti-42Al-3Cr alloy has an ordered B.C.C.
    structure with a0=0.3197nm, which is rich in chromium. The omega phase
    precipitated from the beta phase in this alloy has an ordered hexagonal
    structure with a0=0.452nm and c0=0.577nm. The orientation relationship
    between the omega phase and the parent beta phase yields the usual
    orientation relationship: [111]c\\[0001]h and {110}c\\{1120}h.
 RP ZHANG, B, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,INST MAT SCI,149 YANCHANG
    RD,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BENDERSKY LA, 1990, ACTA METALL MATER, V38, P931
    CHEN WJ, IN PRESS
    CUI YY, 1993, ACTA METALLURGICA A, V29, P61
    HUANG SC, 1991, METALL TRANS A, V22, P2619
    JONES SA, 1988, SCRIPTA METALL, V22, P1235
    KIMURA M, 1992, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V152, P54
    LIPSITT HA, 1985, MATER RES SOC S P, V39, P351
    MURRAY JL, 1981, B ALLOY PHASE DIA, V2, P174
    PEREPEZKO JH, 1991, ISIJ INT, V31, P1080
    SASTRY SML, 1977, METALL T A, V8, P299
    VALENCIA JJ, 1987, SCRIPTA METALL, V21, P1341
    WILLIAMS JC, 1978, PRECIPITATION PROCES, P191
    ZHENG Y, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P219
 NR 13
 TC 7
 SN 0956-716X
 J9 SCR METALL MATER
 JI Scr. Metall. Materialia
 PD FEB 15
 PY 1994
 VL 30
 IS 4
 BP 399
 EP 404
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA MN519
 UT ISI:A1994MN51900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CHEN, WJ
    WANG, JG
    ZHANG, B
    WAN, XJ
 TI MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES OF A TI-AL-CR ALLOY
 SO SCRIPTA METALLURGICA ET MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 RP CHEN, WJ, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,INST MAT SCI,149 YANCHANG
    RD,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR COURT SA, 1989, MATER RES SOC S P, V133, P675
    HAYES FH, TERNARY ALLOYS, V4, P430
    KIM YW, 1990, HIGH TEMPERATURE ALU, P465
    KIMURA M, 1992, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V152, P54
    LIPSITT HA, 1985, MATER RES SOC S P, V39, P351
    MURALEEDHARAN K, 1989, METALL TRANS A, V20, P1139
    ROWE RG, 1990, HIGH TEMPERATURE ALU, P375
    TSUJIMOTO T, 1992, MATER T JIM, V33, P989
    ZHANG B, UNPUB
    ZHENG Y, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P219
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0956-716X
 J9 SCR METALL MATER
 JI Scr. Metall. Materialia
 PD JAN 1
 PY 1994
 VL 30
 IS 1
 BP 83
 EP 87
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA ME906
 UT ISI:A1994ME90600016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, BY
    LI, J
 TI FOURIER-CHEBYSHEV PSEUDOSPECTRAL METHOD FOR 2-DIMENSIONAL VORTICITY
    EQUATION
 SO NUMERISCHE MATHEMATIK
 DT Article
 ID NAVIER-STOKES EQUATIONS; FINITE-ELEMENT; FLOW
 AB A Fourier-Chebyshev pseudospectral scheme is proposed for
    two-dimensional unsteady vorticity equation. The generalized stability
    and convergence are proved strictly. The numerical results are
    presented.
 RP GUO, BY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CANUTO C, 1984, NUMER MATH, V44, P201
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHODS P
    GUO BY, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V84, P259
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P207
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P375
    INGHAM DB, 1985, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V402, P109
    KUO PY, 1983, J COMPUT MATH, V1, P353
    MA HP, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V65, P120
    MA HP, 1988, J COMPUT MATH, V6, P48
    MACARAEG MG, 1982, J COMPUT PHYS, V62, P297
    MOIN P, 1982, J FLUID MECH, V118, P341
    MURDOK JW, 1986, AIAA860434
    VANDEVEN H, 1987, FAMILY SPECTRAL FILT
    WOODWARD P, 1984, J COMPUT PHYS, V54, P115
 NR 15
 TC 3
 SN 0029-599X
 J9 NUMER MATH
 JI Numer. Math.
 PD DEC
 PY 1993
 VL 66
 IS 3
 BP 329
 EP 346
 PG 18
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA ML599
 UT ISI:A1993ML59900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LI, B
    LIU, L
    MA, XM
    DONG, YD
 TI AMORPHIZATION IN THE NB-SI SYSTEM BY MECHANICAL ALLOYING
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Article
 ID NI; POWDERS
 AB Amorphous Nb50Si50 alloy was produced from crystalline elemental
    powders by high-energy ball milling; the amorphization mechanisms of
    Nb50Si50 powders are discussed.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MET & MAT,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LI, B, ACAD SINICA,INST SOLID STATE PHYS,POB 1129,HEFEI 230031,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR BRANDES EA, 1983, SMITHELLS METALS REF
    CALKA A, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P119
    KOCH CC, 1983, APPL PHYS LETT, V43, P1017
    KOCH CC, 1989, ANNU REV MATER SCI, V19, P121
    LEE PY, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V50, P1578
    MIEDEMA AR, 1980, PHYSICA B, V100, P1
    OMURO K, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V60, P1433
    SCHWARZ RB, 1985, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V76, P281
 NR 8
 TC 6
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD DEC 10
 PY 1993
 VL 202
 BP 161
 EP 163
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA MK678
 UT ISI:A1993MK67800036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU SHAO, J
 TI STRUCTURAL-CHANGE OF SIO2 GLASS UNDER HIGH-PRESSURE - A
    MOLECULAR-DYNAMICS STUDY
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID INDUCED COORDINATION CHANGES; X-RAY-DIFFRACTION; QUARTZ
 AB Pressure-induced structural transition in SiO2 glass at 300 K has been
    investigated by molecular dynamics simulation. The compression of SiO2
    glass appears to be accommodated by three processes occuring in our
    calculation. Below 10 GPa, the Si-O, O-O and Si-Si bond distances
    decrease with compression. Also in this pressure region the O-Si-O
    angle is always peaked at about 109-degrees. Above 10 GPa, the Si-O
    bond distance increase quickly with compression and the O-Si-O angle
    deviates from 109-degrees. At about 46 GPa, the structural information
    shows that the coordination number of Si becomes six. Then, the
    structural behavior of SiO2 glass becomes normal with further
    compression.
 RP SHAO, J, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR DURBEN DJ, 1990, PHYS REV B, V43, P2355
    GIBBS GV, 1982, AM MINERAL, V67, P421
    GRIMSDITCH M, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V52, P2379
    HAZEN RM, 1989, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V72, P507
    HEMLEY RJ, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P747
    ITIE JP, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P398
    LEVIEN L, 1980, AM MINERAL, V65, P920
    MEADE C, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P1387
    TSUJI K, 1989, REV SCI INSTRUM, V60, P2425
    WEIDNER DJ, 1982, J GEOPHYS RES, V87, P4740
    WILLIAMS Q, 1988, SCIENCE, V239, P902
    WOODCOCK LV, 1976, J CHEM PHYS, V65, P1565
 NR 12
 TC 4
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1993
 VL 10
 IS 11
 BP 669
 EP 672
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA MK170
 UT ISI:A1993MK17000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU REN, XH
    YU, XJ
 TI CHARACTERIZATION OF NUCLEOLAR ORGANIZER REGIONS OF 12 SPECIES OF
    CHINESE CYPRINID FISHES
 SO CARYOLOGIA
 DT Article
 ID CHROMOSOMES; PISCES
 AB Silver staining technique was used to study the chromosomal NORs of 12
    species of Chinese cyprinids. The NOR number varies from 2 to 7. Only a
    single pair of NOR-bearing chromosomes was detected in 5 species
    respectively. The remaining species each possess two or more pairs of
    NOR-bearing homologues. NORs may be located at submetacentric,
    subtelocentric or metacentric chromosomes. NOR heteromorphism was
    common. Finally, it is suggested, in the discussion, that further
    studies should be made on the overall Cyprinidae.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT BIOTECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP REN, XH, WUHAN UNIV,DEPT BIOL,WUSHAN 430072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AMEMIYA CT, 1990, HEREDITAS, V112, P231
    FORESTI F, 1981, CYTOGENET CELL GENET, V31, P137
    GALETTI PM, 1984, CARYOLOGIA, V37, P401
    GOODPASTURE C, 1975, CHROMOSOMA, V53, P37
    HOWELL WM, 1980, EXPERIENTIA, V36, P1014
    HOWELL WM, 1982, CELL NUCLEUS, V11, P89
    HSU TC, 1975, CHROMOSOMA, V53, P25
    MAYR B, 1987, GENETICA, V75, P199
    OBERDORFF T, 1990, CARYOLOGIA, V43, P9
    PHILLIPS RB, 1989, COPEIA, P47
    REN X, 1991, CHIN J GENET, V18, P219
    REN X, 1991, CYTOLOGIA, V56, P673
    TAKAI A, 1984, P JPN ACAD B-PHYS, V60, P410
    THODE G, 1985, CYTOBIOS, V43, P73
    WU XW, 1977, CYPRINIDAE FISHES CH, P229
    YU XJ, 1989, CHROMOSOMES FRESHWAT, P1
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0008-7114
 J9 CARYOLOGIA
 JI Caryologia
 PD APR-SEP
 PY 1993
 VL 46
 IS 2-3
 BP 201
 EP 207
 PG 7
 SC Genetics & Heredity
 GA MH884
 UT ISI:A1993MH88400011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GU, Y
    WANG, YG
    FU, SZ
    WU, J
    YU, SY
    WAN, BG
    ZHOU, GL
    WANG, X
    HAN, GJ
    ZENG, YX
    MA, MX
 TI HUGONIOT MEASUREMENTS ON COPPER TO 0.8 TPA BY LASER-DRIVEN SHOCK-WAVES
 SO LASER AND PARTICLE BEAMS
 DT Article
 AB An experiment on Al-Cu impedance-match targets, carried out at the
    Shenguang high-power laser facility, is described. The shock adiabat of
    Cu in the pressure region 0.4-0.8 TPa, measured experimentally, is
    close to the extrapolated results of the data at lower pressure
    obtained with a high-explosive loading facility and also is in with the
    data at high pressure measured in the underground nuclear test
    environment.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV,COLL ENGN,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP GU, Y, CHINA ACAD ENGN PHYS,SHANGHAI LASER LAB,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DE XM, 1986, APPL OPTICS, V25, P377
    ELIEZER S, 1986, INTRO EQUATIONS STAT
    ELIEZER S, 1990, J APPL PHYS, V68, P356
    FORTOV VE, 1991, E FERMI SUMMER SCH 1
    GU Y, 1986, P INT S INTENSE DYNA, P131
    GU Y, 1988, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V37, P1690
    MCQUEEN RG, 1970, HIGH VELOCITY IMPACT, P530
    NELLIS WJ, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P1414
    XU XS, 1986, INTRO APPLIED THEORY, P521
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0263-0346
 J9 LASER PART BEAM
 JI Laser Part. Beams
 PY 1993
 VL 11
 IS 3
 BP 611
 EP 616
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA MF947
 UT ISI:A1993MF94700019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LU, WC
    YAN, LC
    LIU, HL
    HUANG, SP
    CHEN, NY
    LI, JL
    XU, YM
 TI STUDIES ON STRUCTURE-ACTIVITY RELATIONSHIP OF THE ETHOFENPROX ANALOGOUS
    OF PESTICIDE BY PATTERN-RECOGNITION METHOD
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE PATTERN RECOGNITION; ETHOFENPROX ANALOGOUS; HAMMETT CONSTANT; MOLAR
    REFLECTIVITY; HYDROPHOBIC PARAMETER
 RP LU, WC, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 NR 0
 TC 1
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD SEP
 PY 1993
 VL 38
 IS 18
 BP 1534
 EP 1537
 PG 4
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA ME840
 UT ISI:A1993ME84000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CAO, WM
    GUO, BY
 TI FOURIER COLLOCATION METHOD FOR SOLVING NONLINEAR KLEIN-GORDON EQUATION
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 RP CAO, WM, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ADAMS RA, 1975, SOBOLEV SPACES
    CANUTO C, 1982, MATH COMPUT, V38, P67
    GUO B, IN PRESS J APPL MATH
    GUO B, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHODS P
    HARDY GH, 1952, INEQUALITIES
    KUO P, 1983, J APPL SCI, V1, P25
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    QUARTERONI A, 1984, JAPAN J APPL MATH, V1, P173
    STRAUSS W, 1978, J COMP PHYSIOL, V28, P271
    WHITHAM GB, 1974, LINEAR NONLINEAR WAV
 NR 10
 TC 4
 SN 0021-9991
 J9 J COMPUT PHYS
 JI J. Comput. Phys.
 PD OCT
 PY 1993
 VL 108
 IS 2
 BP 296
 EP 305
 PG 10
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Physics, Mathematical
 GA MC593
 UT ISI:A1993MC59300009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GU, HY
    HE, YH
 TI THE CLOSENESS FOR (NBU) AND (NWU)
 SO MICROELECTRONICS AND RELIABILITY
 DT Note
 AB In this note an n mutually independent unit coherent system is
    considered. Using the minimal path method, it is proved that if every
    unit lifetime distribution belongs to {NBU} (which is a class of new
    better than used), the system lifetime distribution belongs to {NBU}
    also. Finally, by using an example, it is proposed that {NWU} (which is
    a class of new worse than used) is not closed.
 RP GU, HY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,149 YANCHANG RD,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BARLOW RE, 1981, STATISTICAL THEORY R, P158
    KLEFSJO B, 1982, NAVAL RES LOGIST Q, V29, P331
    KLEFSJO B, 1985, IEEE T RELIAB, V33
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0026-2714
 J9 MICROELECTRON REL
 JI Microelectron. Reliab.
 PD OCT
 PY 1993
 VL 33
 IS 13
 BP 2053
 EP 2054
 PG 2
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA LZ803
 UT ISI:A1993LZ80300014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU DENG, XN
    FAN, QB
    YIN, JH
    LIANG, PH
    ZHANG, WQ
 TI THE EFFECT OF LONG-CHAIN COUMARIN FILMS ON THE ELECTRON-TRANSFER AT THE
    LIQUID-JUNCTION ON N-SI/NI
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 AB The modification of stearic acid-coumarin LB films on the performance
    of n-Si/Ni electrode has been studied in this paper The deposition of
    the LB film was Z-type. There was a blue shift of absorption peak (from
    343 nm to 325 nm) after the film had been prepared on a glass plate.
    Under the illumination of 60 m W degrees cm-2 bromine-tungstem lamp
    light, the energy conversion efficiency of n-Si/Ni/3LB/Fe(CN)63-/4-/Pt
    cell has been increased by 100% and the stability has been apparently
    enhanced. The AC impedance measurement has shown that the charge
    transfer resistance of n-Si/Ni/3LB electrode decreased greatly under
    the irradiation. The research results indicates that the modification
    of stearic acid-coumarin LB films on the photoelectron transfer process
    on n-Si/Ni electrode is good.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT MECH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP DENG, XN, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,ELECTROCHEM RES CTR,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHANDRASEKARAN K, 1987, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V32, P1392
    FURUNO T, 1988, THIN SOLID FILMS, V160, P145
    HIGUCHI Y, 1986, CHEM LETT, V12, P1651
    HOLDCROFT S, 1988, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V135, P3106
    HOME AT, 1987, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V134, P7
    KAKIMOTO M, 1986, CHEM LETT, V2, P173
    KAKIMOTO M, 1986, CHEM LETT, V6, P823
    KUHN H, 1985, P INT S FUTURE ELECT, P1
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PY 1993
 VL 51
 IS 8
 BP 743
 EP 747
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA LX882
 UT ISI:A1993LX88200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GU, HY
 TI STUDIES ON OPTIMUM PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE POLICIES FOR GENERAL REPAIR
    RESULT
 SO RELIABILITY ENGINEERING & SYSTEM SAFETY
 DT Note
 AB In this paper we consider that a unit is repaired preventively after it
    has operated for time T. After repair, the unit is not as good as a new
    one, but is equivalent to one which has been used for a period of time.
    If we let Y indicate such a period of time, then Y is a random variable
    related to the time for which the unit has already operated     .
    Hence, under the same repair condition as above, we obtain the unit's
    renovation degree distribution Of Y after the unit is repaired
    preventively at time kT (k = 2, 3, . . . ). Further, using the method
    of leading variables, we obtain the mean number of times the unit has
    broken down from time (k - 1)T to time kT (k = 1, 2, . . . ). Finally,
    considering an objective function with a bound condition and using the
    Lagrange multipliers method, we obtain an optimal preventive
    maintenance time T, for which the minimum total repair cost is achieved.
 RP GU, HY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,ROOM 402 6 LANE 840,TIAN SHAN
    RD,SHANGHAI 200051,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GERTSBAKH IB, 1977, MODELS PREVENTIVE MA
    NAKAGAWA T, 1976, Z OPNS RES, V20, P171
    NAKAGAWA T, 1977, THESIS KYOTO U
 NR 3
 TC 4
 SN 0951-8320
 J9 RELIAB ENG SYST SAFETY
 JI Reliab. Eng. Syst. Saf.
 PY 1993
 VL 41
 IS 2
 BP 197
 EP 201
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Industrial; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA LX684
 UT ISI:A1993LX68400011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, GY
    CHEN, YL
 TI PREPARATION AND THERMAL-PROPERTIES OF A LEAD INDIUM ALUMINUM
    PHOSPHATE-GLASS
 SO JOURNAL OF NON-CRYSTALLINE SOLIDS
 DT Article
 AB A wet chemical process has been developed for the preparation of a
    lead-indium phosphate compound, and the effect of incorporation of
    aluminum into the compound on the thermal properties of the resulting
    glass is reported. High field Al-27 NMR in combination with a magic
    angle spinning technique was used to investigate the aluminum
    coordination in the lead-indium-aluminum phosphate glass. The
    transition, crystallization and softening temperatures and thermal
    expansion coefficient of the glass were determined by means of DTA, TMA
    and dilatometric measurements.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP GUO, GY, SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI
    200030,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GUO GY, 1993, J MATER SCI LETT, V12, P265
    MULLER D, 1983, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V24, P37
    PENG YB, 1991, GLASS TECHNOL, V32, P166
    SALES BC, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P615
    SCALES BC, 1986, J NONCRYSTALLINE SOL, V79, P83
 NR 5
 TC 8
 SN 0022-3093
 J9 J NON-CRYST SOLIDS
 JI J. Non-Cryst. Solids
 PD SEP
 PY 1993
 VL 162
 IS 1-2
 BP 164
 EP 168
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA LX484
 UT ISI:A1993LX48400017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LI, YZ
    DAVID, AK
 TI PRICING REACTIVE POWER CONVEYANCE
 SO IEE PROCEEDINGS-C GENERATION TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION
 DT Article
 DE FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT; POWER SYSTEM ECONOMICS; POWER SYSTEM OPERATION
 ID WHEELING RATES; MARGINAL-COST
 AB The transmission of electrical power and reactive power from a seller
    to a buyer through a transmission network obviously has cost
    implications. The costs incurred are of interest to transmission system
    owners in view of the increased interest in deregulation in recent
    years. The paper provides a theory of an ideal conveyance rate based on
    marginal cost pricing theory. An analysis is made of the marginal cost
    of reactive transportation using a modification of the optimal power
    flow algorithm, followed by a case study illustrating the magnitudes
    and ranges that reactive transportation rates may take on under
    different circumstances. The ratio of marginal prices between real and
    reactive power conveyance shows that the costs of reactive power
    transport is of as much interest because of its impact on real power
    transport as in itself.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT AUTOMAT,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LI, YZ, HONG KONG POLYTECH,DEPT ELECT ENGN,KOWLOON,HONG KONG.
 CR BAUGHMAN ML, 1991, IEEE T POWER SYST, V6, P23
    CARAMANIS MC, 1986, IEEE T POWER SYST, V1, P63
    CARAMANIS MC, 1989, IEEE T POWER SYST, V4, P594
    MERRILL HM, 1989, IEEE T POWER SYST, V4, P1445
    POWELL MJD, 1987, LECTURE NOTES MATH, V630
    SCHWEPPE FC, 1988, SPOT PRICING ELECTRI
    TALUKDAR SN, 1982, IEEE T PAS, V101, P415
 NR 7
 TC 6
 SN 0143-7046
 J9 IEE PROC-C GEN TRANSM DISTRIB
 PD MAY
 PY 1993
 VL 140
 IS 3
 BP 174
 EP 180
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA LW324
 UT ISI:A1993LW32400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, BY
    MA, HP
 TI COMBINED FINITE-ELEMENT AND PSEUDOSPECTRAL METHOD FOR THE 2-DIMENSIONAL
    EVOLUTIONARY NAVIER-STOKES EQUATIONS
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE NAVIER-STOKES EQUATION; COMBINED FINITE ELEMENT AND PSEUDOSPECTRAL
    APPROXIMATION; INF-SUP CONDITION AND ERROR ESTIMATION
 ID RESTRAIN OPERATOR; APPROXIMATION
 AB A combined finite element and pseudospectral scheme is proposed for
    solving the two-dimensional evolutionary Navier-Stokes equations. The
    artificial compressibility and filtering techniques are used. It is
    also shown that the inf-sup condition holds naturally for this combined
    method.  The generalized stability and optimal convergence rate in
    L2-norm are proved. Some numerical results are presented.
 RP GUO, BY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BERINGEN S, 1984, J FLUID MECH, V148, P413
    CANUTO C, 1982, NUMER MATH, V39, P205
    CANUTO C, 1983, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V20, P873
    CANUTO C, 1984, NUMER MATH, V44, P201
    CAO W, 1991, J COMPUT MATH, V9, P278
    CHORIN AJ, 1967, J COMPUT PHYS, V2, P12
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    GIRAULT V, 1979, LECTURE NOTES MATH, V794
    GUO B, 1985, SCI SINICA SER A, V28, P1139
    GUO B, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHODS P
    GUO B, 1988, J COMPUT PHYS, V74, P110
    GUO B, 1991, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V7, P257
    GUO BY, 1987, SCI SINICA A, V30, P697
    GUO BY, 1988, J COMPUT MATH, V6, P238
    GUO BY, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P113
    HALD O, 1981, J COMPUT PHYS, V40, P305
    INGHAM DB, 1984, J COMPUT PHYS, V53, P90
    INGHAM DB, 1985, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V402, P109
    KREISS HO, 1979, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V16, P421
    KUO PY, 1983, J COMPUT MATH, V1, P353
    LIONS JL, 1972, NONHOMOGENEOUS BOUND
    MA H, 1992, MATH ANN B, V13, P96
    MA HP, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V65, P120
    MADAY Y, 1982, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V19, P761
    MILINAZZO FA, 1985, J FLUID MECH, V160, P281
    MULHOLLAND LS, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V96, P369
    MURDOCK JW, 1977, AIAA J, V15, P1167
    MURDOCK JW, 1986, AIAA J
    ROACHE PJ, 1976, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID
    TEMAM R, 1977, NAVIER STOKES EQUATI
 NR 30
 TC 4
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PD AUG
 PY 1993
 VL 30
 IS 4
 BP 1066
 EP 1083
 PG 18
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA LR663
 UT ISI:A1993LR66300008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CHENG, WM
    CHEN, MY
 TI TRANSFORMATION AND CONNECTION OF SUBAPERTURES IN THE MULTIAPERTURE
    OVERLAP-SCANNING TECHNIQUE FOR LARGE OPTICS TESTS
 SO OPTICAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE OVERLAP SCANNING; SUBAPERTURE CONNECTION; LARGE OPTICS TESTING
 AB The multiaperture overlap-scanning technique (MAOST) is a new method
    for large optics testing. We describe the mathematical model and the
    performance procedure of the transformation and connection of
    subapertures for MAOST. Computer simulation results show that the
    theoretical accuracy of a pair of two-subaperture connections tested
    with MAOST could be reached up to lambda/600. The experimental test
    with a magnification ratio of 1.7 in a four-aperture overlap-scanning
    configuration is conducted and its result is analyzed in detail.
 RP CHENG, WM, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,APPL OPT & METROL LAB,SOUTH
    GATE,JIADING 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BRUNING JH, 1978, OPTICAL SHOP TESTING, P425
    CHEN MY, 1991, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V1553, P626
    JENSEN SC, 1984, APPL OPTICS, V23, P740
    KIM CJ, 1982, THESIS U ARIZONA
    THUNEN JG, 1982, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V351, P19
    WILLIAMS RA, 1987, J OPT SOC AM A, V4, P1855
 NR 6
 TC 4
 SN 0091-3286
 J9 OPT ENG
 JI Opt. Eng.
 PD AUG
 PY 1993
 VL 32
 IS 8
 BP 1947
 EP 1950
 PG 4
 SC Optics
 GA LR112
 UT ISI:A1993LR11200037
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, GL
 TI THE RADIAL EQUILIBRIUM PROBLEM OF FLOW IN WAVE MACHINERY
 SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE INSTITUTION OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS PART A-JOURNAL
    OF POWER AND ENERGY
 DT Article
 AB The present paper deals with the radial equilibrium problem of gas flow
    at the inlet and outlet of a wave rotor theoretically, presenting a
    method of solution. The salient feature of this method is that, in
    contrast to turbomachinery, the outlet flow parameters are related to
    those at inlet by the state characteristic (compatibility) equations of
    unsteady rotor flow. The numerical example has shown that the radial
    equilibrium effect plays a very important role in the design and
    performance of wave machinery and hence it is suggested that a complete
    gas dynamic design procedure of a wave machine should include two
    parts: (a) solution of the one-dimensional unsteady relative flow in
    rotor at the mean radius; (b) solution of the radial equilibrium
    problem of gas flow at the rotor inlet and outlet.
 RP LIU, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 NR 0
 TC 1
 SN 0957-6509
 J9 PROC INST MECH ENG A-J POWER
 JI Proc. Inst. Mech. Eng. Part A-J. Power Energy
 PY 1993
 VL 207
 IS A1
 BP 23
 EP 30
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA LQ983
 UT ISI:A1993LQ98300003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LI, W
    SHI, DH
 TI RELIABILITY-ANALYSIS OF A 2-UNIT PARALLEL SYSTEM WITH PREEMPTIVE
    PRIORITY RULE
 SO MICROELECTRONICS AND RELIABILITY
 DT Article
 AB This paper deals with a two-dissimilar-unit parallel redundant system
    in which unit 1 has preemptive priority in being repaired. Under the
    assumptions that the life time of unit 1 is an mth Erlang distribution,
    the life time of unit 2 and the repaired time of unit i(i = 1, 2) are
    all general continuous distributions, we obtain almost all of the
    interesting reliability indices of the system. Finally, we give the
    upper and lower limits of a special case which has not been discussed
    elsewhere.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LI, W, CHINESE ACAD SCI,INST APPL MATH,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHENG K, 1978, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V4, P341
    LINTON DG, 1976, MICROELECTRON RELIAB, V15, P39
    NAKAGAWA T, 1975, MICROELECTRON RELIAB, V14, P457
    SHI DH, 1985, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V8, P101
    SHI DH, 1985, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V8, P159
 NR 5
 TC 6
 SN 0026-2714
 J9 MICROELECTRON REL
 JI Microelectron. Reliab.
 PD AUG
 PY 1993
 VL 33
 IS 10
 BP 1447
 EP 1453
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA LQ167
 UT ISI:A1993LQ16700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU JIN, C
    CHEN, WJ
    JING, KL
    WAN, XJ
 TI THE INFLUENCE OF CR ON OXIDATION BEHAVIOR OF TIAL AT 1173K
 SO SCRIPTA METALLURGICA ET MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 RP JIN, C, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,INST MET & MAT SCI,YANCHANG RD
    149,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR HUANG SC, 1991, METALL TRANS A, V22, P2619
    JIN C, UNPUB
    PERKINS RA, 1987, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V21, P1505
    PU Z, IN PRESS SCRIPTA MET
    TANIGUCHI S, 1991, MATER T JIM, V32, P151
    WELSCH G, 1988, OXIDATION HIGH TEMPE, P207
 NR 6
 TC 2
 SN 0956-716X
 J9 SCR METALL MATER
 JI Scr. Metall. Materialia
 PD SEP 15
 PY 1993
 VL 29
 IS 6
 BP 747
 EP 751
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA LP598
 UT ISI:A1993LP59800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, GY
    CHEN, YL
 TI OPTICAL-PROPERTIES AND CHEMICAL DURABILITY OF LEAD INDIUM ALUMINUM
    PHOSPHATE-GLASS
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID THERMAL-EXPANSION
 AB The optical properties and chemical durability of lead-indium-aluminum
    phosphate glass prepared by a wet-chemical process have been
    investigated. Ultraviolet-visible and infrared spectra were recorded
    for the glass. The refraction index of the glass was measured as a
    function of wavelength in the visible region of the spectrum. The
    long-term chemical durability of the glass in acidic and basic aqueous
    solutions was examined at a high temperature. The results are compared
    with recent data for other phosphate glasses, and indicate that
    lead-indium-aluminum phosphate glass has a promising combination of
    good optical properties and chemical durability.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP GUO, GY, SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI
    200030,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BUNKER BC, 1984, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V64, P291
    BUNKER BC, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P425
    GUO GY, IN PRESS 1993 AM CER
    MINAMI T, 1977, J AM CERAM SOC, V60, P232
    MULLER D, 1983, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V24, P37
    PENG YB, 1991, GLASS TECHNOL, V32, P166
    PENG YB, 1991, GLASS TECHNOL, V32, P200
    RAY NH, 1979, BRIT POLYM J, V11, P63
    SALES BC, 1986, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V79, P83
    SALES BC, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P615
 NR 10
 TC 4
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD AUG
 PY 1993
 VL 35
 IS 1
 BP 49
 EP 52
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA LP402
 UT ISI:A1993LP40200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU BAI, ZZ
    WANG, DR
 TI ON THE CONVERGENCE OF THE FACTORIZATION UPDATE ALGORITHM
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, we make a Kantorovich-type analysis for the sparse
    Johnson and Austria's algorithm given in [2], which is called
    factorization update algorithm. When the mapping is linear, it is shown
    that a modification of that algorithm leads to global and Q-superlinear
    convergence. Finally, we point out the modification is also of local
    and Q-superlinear convergence for nonlinear systems of equations and
    give its corresponding Kantorovich-type convergence result.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DENNIS JE, 1971, MATH COMPUT, V25, P559
    JOHNSON GW, 1983, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V20, P315
    LAM B, 1978, MATH COMPUT, V32, P447
    MARWIL E, 1979, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V16, P558
    WANG DR, 1989, IN PRESS CLASS FACTO
    WANG DR, 1991, COMMUN APPL MATH COM, V5, P50
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD JUL
 PY 1993
 VL 11
 IS 3
 BP 236
 EP 249
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA LN497
 UT ISI:A1993LN49700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, GL
 TI A VARIABLE-DOMAIN VARIATIONAL THEORY USING CLEBSCH VARIABLES FOR HYBRID
    PROBLEMS OF 2-D TRANSONIC ROTATIONAL FLOW
 SO ACTA MECHANICA
 DT Note
 AB By means of functional variations with variable domain the variational
    principles of [7], [8] are extended to inverse and hybrid flow problems.
 C1 SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LIU, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,149 YAN CHANG RD,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ECER A, 1983, AIAA J, V21, P343
    LIU GI, 1986, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V108, P254
    LIU GL, 1980, SCI SINICA, V23, P1339
    LIU GL, 1981, J ENG THERMOPHYS, V2, P335
    LIU GL, 1985, ACTA AERODYN SINICA, V3, P24
    LIU GL, 1986, 6TH P INT S FEM FLOW, P137
    LIU GL, 1991, ASME91GT169 PAP
    MEAUZE G, 1982, ASME, V104, P650
    SELIGER RL, 1968, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V305, P1
    YAO Z, 1984, IMECHE PUBLICATION, P237
 NR 10
 TC 3
 SN 0001-5970
 J9 ACTA MECH
 JI Acta Mech.
 PY 1993
 VL 99
 IS 1-4
 BP 219
 EP 223
 PG 5
 SC Mechanics
 GA LK575
 UT ISI:A1993LK57500017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU HE, ZM
    SHEN, BG
    JIN, JH
    XIONG, CS
 TI MAGNETIC-PROPERTIES AND MAGNETOSTRICTION AT ROOM-TEMPERATURE OF THE
    AMORPHOUS RARE EARTH-FE ALLOYS (RBFECOCU) (R = ND, SM)
 SO JOURNAL OF MAGNETISM AND MAGNETIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 AB The following three systems of the amorphous alloy specimens have been
    prepared and measured: NdxB20-x (Fe78Co1.7Cu0.3)(x = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5),
    SmxB20-x (Fe78CO17Cu0.3)(x = 0, 1, 3), Fe79.7-xCox (Cu0.3B17Sm3)(x = 0,
    1.7, 3.7, 5.7, 7.7). The results show that the specific magnetizing
    moment sigma(s) varies with temperature T, and that the anisotropy
    constant K(u) and saturation magnetostriction constant lambda(s) vary
    with composition x at room temperature. It is shown that small amounts
    of rare earth elements alloyed into Fe-based amorphous alloys can
    increase K(u), lambda(s) and the crystallization temperature T(cr) of
    the amorphous alloys. It stands to reason that the local magnetic
    anisotropy and the exchange interaction are both effected. Although
    sigma(s) and T(c) may decrease as the small amount of R elements is
    alloyed, they can be compensated with an increase in the composition of
    Co.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,INST PHYS,MAGNETISM LAB,BEIJING 100080,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    UNIV SCI & TECHNOL CHINA,DEPT PHYS,HEFEI 230026,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP HE, ZM, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,PHYS TEACHING & RES OFF,BOX
    146,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DAI DS, 1987, FERROMAGNETISM, P135
    GROSSINGER R, 1990, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V86, P219
    HE ZM, 1989, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V25, B329
    KHAN Y, 1990, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V86, L143
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0304-8853
 J9 J MAGN MAGN MATER
 JI J. Magn. Magn. Mater.
 PD JUN
 PY 1993
 VL 124
 IS 1-2
 BP 47
 EP 50
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA LK585
 UT ISI:A1993LK58500008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CHEN, J
    YANG, YQ
    QIAN, PB
    MA, ZT
    WU, WB
    SUNG, PZ
    WANG, XG
    LI, JH
 TI DRUG CARRYING HYDROGEL BASE WOUND DRESSING
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE HYDROGEL; WOUND DRESSING; DRUG RELEASE; RADIATION CROSS-LINKING
 AB A special drug carrying hydrogel base wound dressing by radiation
    preparation is developed for hospital uses. The dressing possesses high
    water absorption property. Radiation preparation is carried out using a
    Van de Graaff Accelerator as an electron radiation source. The effect
    of absorbed dose and amount of crosslinking agent on the gel fraction
    and swelling ratio of the hydrogel were determined respectively. As a
    bio-medical material, standard tests were made. Results showed
    properties conforming with requirements for clinical applications.
    Results obtained from clinical tests were good.
 C1 NAVY HOSP 411,SHANGHAI 200081,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP CHEN, J, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR PEPPAS NA, 1986, HYDROGELS MED PHARM, V3, P180
    RUCINSKA A, 1988, 4TH C RAD PROC IND, P218
 NR 2
 TC 4
 SN 0146-5724
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD OCT-DEC
 PY 1993
 VL 42
 IS 4-6
 BP 915
 EP 918
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA LK325
 UT ISI:A1993LK32500075
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, ZM
    MA, ZT
 TI RADIATION GRAFTING KINETICS OF HEMA/DGDA ONTO SILASTIC IN DIFFERENT
    ATMOSPHERES
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE RADIATION GRAFTING; GRAFTING KINETICS; GRAFTING ATMOSPHERES; GRAFTING
    DISTRIBUTION
 AB The radiation grafting kinetics of HEMA, as well as that of the mixture
    monomers of HEMA and DGDA have been researched. The effects of
    radiation dose, dose rate, and temperature on grafting are
    systematically researched in different atmospheres. It has been found
    that grafting is different in different atmospheres. The findings show
    that the depth distribution of HEMA/DGDA monomer units in grafting
    layer is nonuniform. At first, HEMA grafting is superior, in the later
    stage of grafting, however, DGDA grafting is increased. The temperature
    effect on grafting is great at the beginning, it is less in the later
    stage of grafting.
 RP LIU, ZM, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT INST,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHAPIRO A, 1962, RAD CHEM POLYM SYSTE
    COHN D, 1984, J APPL POLYM SCI, V29, P2645
    HOFFMAN AS, 1982, IND APPL RADIOISOTOP, P279
    MA ZT, 1986, J SHANGHAI U SCI TEC, P1
    YASUDA H, 1964, J POLYM SCI A2, P5093
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0146-5724
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD OCT-DEC
 PY 1993
 VL 42
 IS 4-6
 BP 939
 EP 942
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA LK325
 UT ISI:A1993LK32500081
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHOU, RM
    MA, ZT
    KAETUS, I
    KUMAKURA, M
 TI IMMOBILIZATION OF TRICHORDEMA REESEI BY RADIATION POLYMERIZATION
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE RADIATION POLYMERIZATION; IMMOBILIZATION; FERMENTATION; CELL
 AB Immobilization of trichordema Reesei(QM9414) was prepared by radiation
    polymerization. It was found that the activity of fixed cells increased
    with inseasing surface area of the carrier and was affected by the
    concentration of monomer tetraethylenglycol dimethacrylate (4G) and the
    shape of the substrate composition and structure of cotton textile
    fabics.
 C1 JAPAN ATOM ENERGY RES INST,TAKASAKI RADIAT CHEM INST,TAKASAKI,GUNMA 37012,JAPAN.
 RP ZHOU, RM, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT
    INST,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ARCURI EJ, 1982, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V24, P595
    MA ZT, 1986, IND MICROBIOLOGY, V16, P21
    ZHOU RM, 1987, IND MICROBIOLOGY, V17, P5
 NR 3
 TC 1
 SN 0146-5724
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD OCT-DEC
 PY 1993
 VL 42
 IS 4-6
 BP 943
 EP 945
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA LK325
 UT ISI:A1993LK32500082
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WU, WB
    SUNG, PZ
    WANG, XG
    LI, JH
    CHEN, J
    YANG, YQ
    SHEN, YH
    MA, ZT
 TI SLOW-RELEASE OF WOUND-HEALING DRUG FROM HYDROGEL WOUND DRESSING
    PREPARED BY RADIATION CROSS-LINKING METHOD
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE WOUND DRESSING; DRUG RELEASE; HYDROGEL; RADIATION CROSS-LINKING
 AB The hydrogel wound dressing was prepared by radiation crosslinking. It
    was used of on patients in the Navy 411 Hospital and some other
    hospitals.From sixty case studies of the clinical effects, the results
    showed that: 1. drug releasing slowly relieves       the pain
    effectively for prolonged period of application; 2. The dressing can
    reduce the oozing liquid from the wound and make the wound heal faster
    ;3.The number of the dressing change is greatly reduced. All the data
    indicates that the dressing is superior to the conventional kinds.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP WU, WB, NAVY HOSP 411,SHANGHAI 200081,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR QUEEN D, 1987, BURNS, V13, P218
 NR 1
 TC 1
 SN 0146-5724
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD OCT-DEC
 PY 1993
 VL 42
 IS 4-6
 BP 947
 EP 948
 PG 2
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA LK325
 UT ISI:A1993LK32500083
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU DING, ZL
    YOSHIDA
    MA, ZT
    KUMAKURA, M
 TI A STUDY ON THE DESWELLING BEHAVIOR OF A THERMORESPONSIVE HYDROGEL
    PREPARED BY RADIATION POLYMERIZATION
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE THERMORESPONSIVE HYDROGEL; RADIATION POLYMERIZATION; SWELLING
 AB A new kind of thermo-responsive hydrogel, poly(methacryloyl-DL-alanie
    methyl ester), was synthesized by means of radiation polymerization.
    The swelling and deswelling were reversible.The deswelling kinetics
    changes with the variation of temperature. It was found that a rigid
    membrane was formed during deswlling at 40-degrees-C . In the case of
    deswelling at 20-degrees-C , no skin was found. The hydrogel deswelled
    uniformly.
 C1 JAPAN ATOM ENERGY RES INST,TAKASAKI RADIAT CHEM RES INST,TAKASAKI,GUNMA 37012,JAPAN.
 RP DING, ZL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI APPL RADIAT
    INST,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR DONG LC, 1986, J CONTROL RELEASE, V4, P223
    FREITAS RFS, 1987, CHEM ENG SCI, V42, P97
    OKANO T, 1990, J CONTROL RELEASE, V11, P255
 NR 3
 TC 2
 SN 0146-5724
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD OCT-DEC
 PY 1993
 VL 42
 IS 4-6
 BP 959
 EP 962
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA LK325
 UT ISI:A1993LK32500086
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WU, MH
    SHEN, WP
    MA, ZT
 TI SYNTHESIS OF POLYACRYLATE CORE-SHELL STRUCTURE LATEX BY RADIATION
    TECHNIQUES
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE CORE-SHELL STRUCTURE; POLYACRYLATE; EMULSION POLYMERIZATION
 AB A series of poly(butyl acrylate-co-methyl methacrylate)/poly (ethyl
    acrylate-co-acrylic acid) interpenetrating polymer network (IPN) was
    synthesized in latex form by emulsion polymerization. The multiphase
    morphology of the latex particles was studied after two-stage
    polymerization by using transimission electron microscope (TEM), the
    result indicated that the morphology of the particles comprises
    gradient shell structure, cellular structure and core-shell structure.
    The change of morphology might stem from emulsion polymerization by
    radiation initiation or chemical initiation and the weight composition
    of poly(EA-co-MMA) seed latex which formed the core. By radiation
    techniques, we successfully synthesized poly( BA-co-MMA)/poly(EA-co-AA)
    latex of core-shell structure having (42-8)/(46-4) weight compositions.
    The PA core-shell structure latex applied to textile as a water
    proofing coating showed higher water-pressure and easier handling than
    that with PA homogeneous phase structure latex.
 RP WU, MH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI RADIAT APPLICAT
    INST,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR 1983, PROGR ORGANIC COATIN, V11, P205
    MCCARTY WHU, 1984, 44492324, US
    PIRMA I, 1976, ACS SYM SER, V24, P306
    SPERLING LH, 1972, INT J POLYM MATER, V1, P331
    SPERLING LH, 1973, J APPL POLYM SCI, V17, P2443
    WANDERHOFF TW, 1984, J POLYM CHEM, V22
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0146-5724
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD JUL-SEP
 PY 1993
 VL 42
 IS 1-3
 BP 171
 EP 174
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA LK323
 UT ISI:A1993LK32300038
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU DENG, XN
    YIN, JH
    FAN, QB
    SHEN, ZD
    LIANG, PH
    ZHANG, WQ
 TI THE MODIFICATION OF NI, PB AND LB FILMS ON THE BEHAVIOR OF N-SI
    PHOTOELECTRODE
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID SILICON PHOTOELECTRODES
 AB The effects of metal (Ni or Pb) and Langmuir-Blodgett films on the PEC
    behavior of n-Si have been studied. It is observed that Ni and Pb can
    improve the energy conversion efficiency and the stability of n-Si. The
    modification of LB films prepared with eight different organic
    compounds on n-Si/Ni have been determined and discussed, its efficiency
    has been doubled by the best one (long-chain coumarin LB film). The
    photoelectrochemical properties of Si/LB/Al electrode having the MIS
    structure has also been researched. It is discovered that it exhibits
    good photoelectric effect.
 C1 ACAD SINICA,SHANGHAI INST OPT & FINE MECH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP DENG, XN, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,ELECTROCHEM RES CTR,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BAKER S, 1983, THIN SOLID FILMS, V99, P53
    BATEY J, 1983, THIN SOLID FILMS, V99, P283
    BOLTS JM, 1979, J AM CHEM SOC, V101, P1378
    FURUNO T, 1988, THIN SOLID FILMS, V160, P145
    HIGUCHI Y, 1986, CHEM LETT, V12, P1651
    HOME AT, 1987, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V134, P72
    LI G, 1990, Z NATURFORSCH, V45, P695
    NAKATO Y, 1987, BER BUNSEN PHYS CHEM, V91, P405
    TSUBOMURA H, 1987, NEW J CHEM, V11, P167
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PY 1993
 VL 51
 IS 5
 BP 432
 EP 437
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA LJ879
 UT ISI:A1993LJ87900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU HUANG, HC
 TI FIBEROPTICS IN CHINA - INTRODUCTION
 SO FIBER AND INTEGRATED OPTICS
 DT Editorial Material
 RP HUANG, HC, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0146-8030
 J9 FIBER INTEGRATED OPT
 JI Fiber Integr. Opt.
 PY 1993
 VL 12
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 1
 PG 1
 SC Optics
 GA LJ499
 UT ISI:A1993LJ49900001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU HUANG, HC
 TI PASSIVE POLARIZATION-CONTROLLED ALL-FIBER GYROSCOPE AND OTHER
    INTERFEROMETRIC ARCHITECTURES
 SO FIBER AND INTEGRATED OPTICS
 DT Article
 AB A novel all-fiber gyroscope architecture is disclosed making use of the
    author's U. S. -patented Passive Polarization Control (PPC) invention
    to stabilize the polarization state of the counter-propagating beams in
    the rotating Sagnac fiber loop. The PPC is simply a piece of variably
    spun birefringent optical fiber capable of transforming a circularly
    polarized light into a linearly polarized light that automatically
    aligns itself along a principal axis of the fiber. The all-fiber
    gyroscope architecture uses two cascaded directional couplers operating
    on circular SOP, thus providing an ''SOP matching '' with the
    PPC-terminated fiber loop. The predicted PPC performance has been
    confirmed experimentally in a laboratory.
 RP HUANG, HC, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CULSHAW B, 1991, PROGR ELECTROMAGNETI
    HUNGCHIA H, 1960, SCIENTIA SINICA, V9, P142
    HUNGCHIA H, 1961, ACTA MATH SINICA, V11, P238
    HUNGCHIA H, 1981, RADIO SCI, V16, P494
    HUNGCHIA H, 1984, COUPLED MODE THEORY
    HUNGCHIA H, 1990, 10422442, CH
    HUNGCHIA H, 1990, 4943132, US
    HUNGCHIA H, 1991, 91107430, CH, APPL
    HUNGCHIA H, 1991, COUPLED MODES NONIDE, P81
    HUNGCHIA H, 1991, PROGR ELECTROMAGNETI
    HUNGCHIA H, 1992, 5096312, US
    HUNGCHIA H, 1992, 92108559, CH, APPL
    KELLER HB, 1962, J SOC IND APPL MATH, V10, P246
 NR 13
 TC 3
 SN 0146-8030
 J9 FIBER INTEGRATED OPT
 JI Fiber Integr. Opt.
 PY 1993
 VL 12
 IS 1
 BP 21
 EP 29
 PG 9
 SC Optics
 GA LJ499
 UT ISI:A1993LJ49900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHU, JH
    WAN, XJ
    WU, Y
 TI EFFECT OF BORON DOPING ON ENVIRONMENTAL EMBRITTLEMENT OF NI3(AL,MN)
 SO SCRIPTA METALLURGICA ET MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 ID INTERGRANULAR HYDROGEN EMBRITTLEMENT; MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES;
    GRAIN-BOUNDARIES; NI3AL; DUCTILITY; ALLOYS; FEAL; CO3TI; BERYLLIUM;
    COMPOUND
 RP ZHU, JH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,INST MET & MAT SCI,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GAYDOSH DJ, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P1281
    GEORGE EP, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P365
    HORTON JA, 1984, HIGH TEMPERATURE ALL, P309
    HORTON JA, 1987, ACTA METALL, V35, P133
    LIU CT, 1985, ACTA METALL, V33, P213
    LIU CT, 1989, SCRIPTA METALL, V23, P875
    LIU CT, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P1285
    LIU CT, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P385
    LIU CT, 1991, ISIJ INT, V31, P1192
    LIU CT, 1991, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V25, P1933
    LIU CT, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P25
    LIU CT, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P599
    LYNTH R, 1991, SCRIPTA METALL, V25, P2147
    MASAHASHI N, 1988, ACTA METALL, V36, P1823
    MASAHASHI N, 1988, METALL T A, V19, P345
    MASAHASHI N, 1988, METALL T A, V19, P353
    MCKAMEY CG, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P2119
    NISHIMURA C, 1991, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V25, P791
    NISHIMURA C, 1992, ACTA METALL MATER, V40, P723
    SIKKA VK, 1991, SAMPE QUART, V22, P2
    TAKASUGI T, 1985, SCRIPTA METALL, V19, P903
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, SCRIPTA METALL, V20, P1317
    TAKASUGI T, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P4239
    TAKASUGI T, 1991, ACTA METALL MATER, V39, P2157
    TAKASUGI T, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P1179
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    WHITE CL, 1984, SCRIPTA METALL, V18, P1417
 NR 28
 TC 10
 SN 0956-716X
 J9 SCR METALL MATER
 JI Scr. Metall. Materialia
 PD AUG 1
 PY 1993
 VL 29
 IS 3
 BP 429
 EP 432
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA LJ115
 UT ISI:A1993LJ11500026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, E
    YU, ZM
    XU, CM
    QI, DY
 TI BARIUM ION TRANSFER ACROSS THE WATER NITROBENZENE INTERFACE FACILITATED
    BY AN IONOPHORE N,N,N',N'-TETRACYCLOHEXYL-3-OXAPENTANEDIAMIDE (ETH129)
 SO ANALYTICAL SCIENCES
 DT Note
 ID MECHANISM; TRANSPORT
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP WANG, E, CHINESE ACAD SCI,CHANGCHUN INST APPL CHEM,ELECTROANALYT CHEM
    LAB,CHANGCHUN 130022,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR HOMOLKA D, 1982, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V138, P29
    KAKIUCHI T, 1991, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V300, P431
    KAKUTANI T, 1986, B CHEM SOC JPN, V59, P781
    KORYTA J, 1979, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V24, P293
    KORYTA J, 1983, ION SEL ELECTRODE R, V5, P131
    PRETSCH E, 1980, HELV, V63, P191
    QI DY, 1992, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V50, P479
    VANYSEK P, 1984, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V163, P1
    WANG E, 1987, J CHEM SOC F1, V83, P2993
    YOSHIDA Z, 1984, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V179, P31
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0910-6340
 J9 ANAL SCI
 JI Anal. Sci.
 PD JUN
 PY 1993
 VL 9
 IS 3
 BP 405
 EP 408
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA LG425
 UT ISI:A1993LG42500014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU YANG, ZJ
    YAO, KY
 TI EFFECTS OF SEVERAL KINDS OF ANISOTROPY ON THE COERCIVITY BEHAVIORS OF
    IRON-OXIDES
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB Coercivity behaviors of iron oxides during phase changes between Fe3O4
    and gamma-Fe2O3 for granular powders and continuous thin films, which
    can be interpreted in a unified framework by an intermediate product
    hypothesis, are investigated. There exists a critical value c(cr) of
    Fe3O4 concentration for different samples. The intermediate product
    Fe3-zO4 in oxidation and reduction processes is a mixture of two phases
    when Fe3O4 concentration c is smaller than C(cr); but it may exist in
    the form of a homogeneous solid solution (single-phase)
    (Fe3O4)1-x(gamma-Fe2O3)x when c is larger than c(cr). The difference in
    lattice constants will produce a tensive stress (sigma>0) on
    gamma-Fe2O3 and compressive stress (sigma<0) on Fe3O4 at interfaces.
    Superposition of a positive stress anisotropy on the easy axes [111] of
    magnetocrystalline anisotropy for Fe3O4 and on the easy axes [110] for
    gamma-Fe2O3 will cause an increase in the coercivity H(c) for spherical
    particle and thin film samples. The coercivity behavior of our acicular
    particle sample is contrary to that of thin film and spherical particle
    samples. Also, the switching field distribution curve showed a peak
    near c=0.4. There always exist some two-phase intermediate compounds in
    Fe3-zO4 due to the incomplete reaction of single domain particles. The
    decrease in coercivity of acicular particles is affected by the shape
    anisotropy related to changes in effective particle sizes.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT PHYS,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP YANG, ZJ, ARIZONA STATE UNIV,DEPT PHYS,TEMPE,AZ 85287.
 CR BATE G, 1980, FERROMAGNETIC MATERI, V2, P381
    BEAN CP, 1959, J APPL PHYS, V30, P1205
    BICKFORD LR, 1956, P I ELECTR ENG S5, V104, P238
    BORRELLI NF, 1972, IEEE MAGNET, V8, P648
    CHIKAZUMI S, 1964, PHYSICS MAGNETISM
    COLOMBO U, 1967, MATER SCI ENG, V2, P125
    EAGLE DF, 1967, J APPL PHYS, V38, P995
    GUSTARD B, 1969, IEEE T MAGN, V5, P326
    HANDERS PJ, 1962, J APPL PHYS, V33, P216
    IMAOKA Y, 1968, J ELECTRON SOC JPN, V36, P15
    IMAOKA Y, 1971, P INT C FERRITES, P467
    KOJIMA H, 1980, IEEE T MAGN, V16, P11
    NEEL L, 1947, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V224, P488
    NEEL L, 1955, ADV PHYS, V4, P191
    SHTRIKMAN S, 1959, J PHYS RADIUM, V20, P286
    STONER EC, 1948, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V240, P599
    TAKEI H, 1966, J PHYS SOC JPN, V21, P1255
    WATT LAK, 1960, J APPL PHYS, V31, S71
    WOHLFARTH EP, 1964, J APPL PHYS, V35, P783
 NR 19
 TC 2
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD MAY 15
 PY 1993
 VL 73
 IS 10
 PN Part 2B
 BP 6665
 EP 6667
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA LD865
 UT ISI:A1993LD86500196
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CHEN, ZX
    YU, GB
 TI LONG-TIME BEHAVIORS OF THE SPATIALLY UNIFORM DISCRETE NAGUMO MODEL
 SO MATHEMATICAL METHODS IN THE APPLIED SCIENCES
 DT Article
 AB In this paper a spatially uniform discrete Nagumo model is considered.
    The relation between the number and positions of period-2 solutions,
    and the parameter and initial values are discovered. The long-time
    behaviours of the solutions are discussed for different parameters and
    initial values.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP CHEN, ZX, SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT APPL MATH,SHANGHAI
    200030,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BRITTON NF, 1986, REACTION DIFFUSION E
    BURATTI RJ, 1968, P IEEE, V56, P1392
    CHEN ZX, 1992, IMA J APPL MATH, V48, P107
    DEVANCY RL, 1986, INTRO CHAOTIC DYNAMI
    DEVANEY RL, 1989, CHAOS FRACTALS MATH
    GUO B, 1989, APPL ANAL, V33, P215
    JONES DS, 1983, DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIO
    NAGUMO J, 1962, P IRE, V50, P2061
    NAGUMO J, 1965, IREE T CIRCUIT THEOR, V12, P400
    PICKARD WF, 1966, J THEOR BIOL, V11, P30
    SCOTT AC, 1963, P IEEE, V51, P240
    SLEEMAN BD, 1988, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V9, P543
    SMIONOV VI, 1952, KUS VYESHEI MATEMATI, V1
    SMOLLER J, 1983, SHOCK WAVES REACTION
    WEINBERGER HF, 1982, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V13, P353
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0170-4214
 J9 MATH METH APPL SCI
 JI Math. Meth. Appl. Sci.
 PD MAY
 PY 1993
 VL 16
 IS 5
 BP 305
 EP 325
 PG 21
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA LD445
 UT ISI:A1993LD44500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU HUA, JD
    LIU, YF
    ZHANG, KJ
    JIANG, SR
 TI THE COMPATIBILITY OF A POLYMERIC CATALYST SUBSTRATE SOLVENT AND
    REACTION-RATE .3.
 SO JOURNAL OF MACROMOLECULAR SCIENCE-PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB In the presence of solvent, the catalytic rate in a polymeric metal
    complex catalyst (2)-substrate (1)-solvent (0) system is related to the
    solubility parameters (delta(i)) of the three components. According to
    thermodynamic and kinetic theories, an approximate relationship between
    the reaction rate and solubility parameters has been deduced as follows:
    [GRAPHICS] where phi2 is volume fraction of polymeric catalyst and V1
    is mole volume of substrate. For a given polymeric catalyst and a given
    substrate, the effect of different solvents on the rate could be
    simplified as r = A/1 + D . exp(-B (delta0 - delta2)2) where A, B, and
    D are constants. From this formula it can be seen that the rate is a
    function of solubility parameter of solvent in the form of the
    reciprocal of a normal distribution. This result has been supported by
    experiment.
 RP HUA, JD, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR HANSEN CM, 1967, J PAINT TECHNOL, V39, P104
    HANSEN CM, 1967, J PAINT TECHNOL, V39, P511
    HANSEN CM, 1969, IND ENG CHEM PROD RD, V2, P8
    HUA J, 1989, J APPL POLYM SCI, V38, P1211
    HUA J, 1989, J MACROMOL SCI PHY B, V28, P455
 NR 5
 TC 2
 SN 0022-2348
 J9 J MACROMOL SCI-PHYS
 JI J. Macromol. Sci.-Phys.
 PY 1993
 VL B32
 IS 2
 BP 183
 EP 204
 PG 22
 SC Polymer Science
 GA LB533
 UT ISI:A1993LB53300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, X
    WANG, ZH
    HUANG, ZM
 TI PROPAGATION CONSTANT OF A PLANAR DIELECTRIC WAVE-GUIDE WITH ARBITRARY
    REFRACTIVE-INDEX VARIATION
 SO OPTICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID OPTICAL WAVE-GUIDE; MATRIX
 AB The calculation of a propagation constant is an interesting problem in
    the study of planar waveguides. We present a new method for solving the
    problem of a planar dielectric waveguide with arbitrary
    refractive-index variation for either TE or TM modes, and this method
    is simpler than other methods. Taking a parabolic refractive-index
    profile as an example, we show that high accuracy can be attained with
    this new method, provided that the waveguide is divided into layers of
    proper number and thickness.
 RP WANG, X, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,WAVE SCI LAB,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CHILWELL J, 1984, J OPT SOC AM A, V1, P742
    HUANG HC, 1981, ELECTRON LETT, V17, P202
    POLKY JN, 1974, J OPT SOC AM, V64, P274
    TAMIR T, 1979, INTEGRATED OPTICS, CH2
    WALPITA LM, 1985, J OPT SOC AM A, V2, P595
    WANG ZH, 1989, J OPT SOC AM A, V6, P142
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0146-9592
 J9 OPTICS LETTERS
 JI Opt. Lett.
 PD MAY 15
 PY 1993
 VL 18
 IS 10
 BP 805
 EP 807
 PG 3
 SC Optics
 GA LA947
 UT ISI:A1993LA94700017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, RH
    ZOU, RP
 TI NONLINEAR BENDING OF A CORRUGATED ANNULAR PLATE WITH A PLANE BOUNDARY
    REGION AND A NON-DEFORMABLE RIGID-BODY AT THE CENTER UNDER COMPOUND LOAD
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NON-LINEAR MECHANICS
 DT Article
 ID LARGE DEFLECTION; CIRCULAR PLATE
 AB In this paper, based on the non-linear bending theories of isotropic
    and anisotropic annular plates, the non-linear bending of a corrupted
    annular plate with a plane boundary region and a non-deformable rigid
    body at the center has been investigated under the combined action of
    uniform pressure and a single concentrated load at the center. For two
    kinds of outer edges, namely, rigidly and loosely clamped edges,
    analytical solutions of the plate have been obtained by the modified
    iteration method.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LIU, RH, JINAN UNIV,CANTON 510632,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AKASAKA T, 1955, J JAP SOC AERONAUT E, V3, P279
    ANDRYEVA LE, 1962, ELASTIC ELEMENTS INS
    ANDRYEWA LE, 1955, ENG COLLECTION SBORN, V21, P128
    BURMISTROV EV, 1960, ENG COLLECTION, V27, P185
    CHEN SL, 1980, APPL MATH MECH, V1, P261
    FEODOSEV VI, 1945, PRIKL MAT MEKH, V9, P389
    FEODOSEV VI, 1949, ELASTIC ELEMENTS PRE
    HARINGX JA, 1956, APPL SCI RES A, V16, P45
    HARINGX JA, 1957, T ASME, V79, P55
    LIU RH, 1965, B SCI, V3, P253
    LIU RH, 1978, ACTA MECH SINICA, V1, P47
    LIU RH, 1979, J CHINA U SCI TECHNO, V9, P75
    LIU RH, 1984, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V19, P409
    LIU RH, 1984, SCI SINICA SER A, V27, P640
    LIU RH, 1984, SOLID MECH ARCH, V9, P383
    LIU RH, 1985, SCI SINICA SER A, V28, P959
    LIU RH, 1987, ADV APPL MATH MECH C, V1, P138
    LIU RH, 1988, APPL MATH MECH, V9, P711
    LIU RH, 1989, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V24, P165
    PANOV DY, 1941, PRIKL MAT MEKH, V5, P308
    YEH KY, 1965, B SCI, V2, P142
    YEH KY, 1965, B SCI, V2, P145
 NR 22
 TC 2
 SN 0020-7462
 J9 INT J NON-LINEAR MECH
 JI Int. J. Non-Linear Mech.
 PD MAY
 PY 1993
 VL 28
 IS 3
 BP 353
 EP 364
 PG 12
 SC Mechanics
 GA KZ772
 UT ISI:A1993KZ77200007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU DAVID, AK
    LI, YZ
 TI EFFECT OF INTER-TEMPORAL FACTORS ON THE REAL-TIME PRICING OF ELECTRICITY
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON POWER SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 DE REAL TIME PRICING; POWER ECONOMICS; POWER GENERATION DISPATCH; LOAD
    MANAGEMENT; ENERGY MANAGEMENT
 AB Dynamic tariffs such as spot pricing are meaningful as indirect load
    management tools only if customers are sensitive to inter-temporal
    price variations. However, little attention has been paid so far to
    understanding the mechanisms of cross-time price elasticity of demand,
    inter-temporal definitions of customer utility, and the interaction of
    these two effects with the supply side factors of least cost system
    operation and dispatch. The importance of these interactions is
    enhanced in circumstances where competition between suppliers is
    envisaged or when it is desired to use a common spot price for several
    disparate customers. This paper develops conceptual and theoretical
    models for this purpose, describes computerized solution algorithms and
    provides simulation examples.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP DAVID, AK, HONG KONG POLYTECH,KOWLOON,HONG KONG.
 CR DAVID AK, IN PRESS INT J ELECT
    DAVID AK, 1988, IEE P-GENER TRANSM D, V135, P378
    DAVID AK, 1989, IEEE T POWER SYST, V4, P904
    DAVID AK, 1991, NOV P IEE C ADV POW
    SCHWEPPE FC, 1988, SPOT PRICING ELECTRI
 NR 5
 TC 4
 SN 0885-8950
 J9 IEEE TRANS POWER SYST
 JI IEEE Trans. Power Syst.
 PD FEB
 PY 1993
 VL 8
 IS 1
 BP 44
 EP 52
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA KZ377
 UT ISI:A1993KZ37700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU HE, GQ
    CHEN, YM
 TI AN INVERSE PROBLEM FOR THE BURGERS-EQUATION
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 AB In this paper the Generalized Pulse-Spectrum Technique (GPST) is
    extended to solve an inverse problem for the Burgers equation. We prove
    that the GPST is equivalent in some sense to the Newton-Kautorovich
    iteration method. A feasible numerical implementation is presented in
    the paper and some examples are excuted. The numerical results show
    that this procedure works quite well.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    SUNY STONY BROOK,DEPT APPL MATH & STAT,STONY BROOK,NY 11794.
 CR BURGERS JM, 1948, ADV APPL MECH, V1, P171
    BURGERS JM, 1974, NONLINEAR DIFFUSION
    CHEN YM, 1983, J COMPUT PHYS, V50, P193
    CHEN YM, 1983, SEP US CHIN WORKSH A
    LIONS JL, 1972, NONHOMOGENEOUS BOUND
    LIU XY, 1987, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V8, P436
    TEMAM R, 1982, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V43, P73
    TEMAM R, 1984, NAVIER STOKES EQUATI
    TIKHONOV AN, 1977, SOLUTIONS ILL POSED
    WHITHAM GB, 1974, LINEAR NONLINEAR WAV
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD APR
 PY 1993
 VL 11
 IS 2
 BP 103
 EP 112
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA KZ192
 UT ISI:A1993KZ19200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIN, CS
    YAQOOB, MT
 TI AN EFFICIENT FORMULATION TO FIND THE SCATTERING FIELD OF A CONDUCTING
    CYLINDER COATED WITH LOSSY MAGNETIC MATERIAL
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB A new formulation for the scattered field from a two dimensional
    conducting cylinder coated with a lossy magnetic material is presented
    for transverse electric polarization of the incident field. A
    conduction current on the conducting surface and a magnetic
    polarization current in the coating material is supposed to be induced
    when an electromagnetic field is incident over the cylinder. The
    scattered field is supposed to be originated in these induced currents.
    Two H-field integral equations are developed, which are then solved by
    the Method of Moments to find these currents. Scattering cross section
    for circular configuration is calculated and compared with exact
    solution. Good agreement of results is achieved. The advantage of the
    formulation is that it solves the scattered field without the
    computation of complex argument Hankel functions. Second, by
    considering the polarization of the magnetic coating, the effects of
    surface wave excitation are automatically included in the solution.
 C1 GOVT COLL,DEPT PHYS,BHAKKAR,PAKISTAN.
 RP LIN, CS, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ANTAR YMM, 1989, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V37, P564
    ARVAS E, 1989, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V37, P546
    HARRINGTON RF, 1968, FIELD COMPUTATION MO
    HELSTROM CW, 1963, SCATTERING CYLINDER, P133
    JIN JM, 1988, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V36, P50
    LIN CS, 1992, J APPL PHYS, V72, P788
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD APR 15
 PY 1993
 VL 73
 IS 8
 BP 4038
 EP 4041
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA KY567
 UT ISI:A1993KY56700068
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU DING, WY
    CAO, WG
    XU, ZR
    YAO, Y
    SHI, ZJ
    HAN, ZH
 TI SIMPLE SYNTHESIS OF DIMETHYL 4-METHYL-6-PERFLUOROALKYLISOPHTHALATES AND
    DIMETHYL 5-PERFLUOROALKYLBIPHENYL-2,4-DICARBOXYLATES VIA ACYCLIC
    PRECURSORS
 SO JOURNAL OF THE CHEMICAL SOCIETY-PERKIN TRANSACTIONS 1
 DT Article
 AB Reaction of methyl propynoate 2 with
    acetylmethylenetriphenylphosphorane 1 a or
    benzoylmethylenetriphenylphosphorane 1b at 90-degrees-C gives methyl
    5-oxo-2-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)hex-3-enoate 4a or methyl
    4-benzoyl-2-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)but-3-enoate 4b as the main
    product, respectively. Phosphoranes 4a or 4b can further react with
    methyl perfluoroalkynoates 5a and 5b to afford dimethyl
    2-(3-oxo-1-perfluoroalkylbut-1-enyl)-4-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)pent-
    2-enedioates 6a and 6b or dimethyl
    2-(2-benzoyl-1-perfluoroalkylvinyl)-4-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)pent-2
    -enedioates 6c and 6d, respectively. Diemethyl
    4-methyl-6-perfluoroalkylisophthalates 7a and 7b or dimethyl
    5-perfluoroalkylbiphenyl-2,4-dicarboxylates 7c and 7d were prepared in
    high yield via intramolecular Wittig reaction of phosphoranes 6a/6b or
    6c/6d in benzene or methanol. The structures of compounds 4a, 6a and 7a
    were confirmed by IR, MS and H-1, F-19 and C-13 NMR spectroscopy and
    elemental analyses. Reaction mechanisms for the formation of compounds
    4, 6 and 7 are proposed.
 RP DING, WY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR DING WY, 1987, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V28, P81
    DING WY, 1992, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P635
    DING WY, 1993, UNPUB CHIN J CHEM, V11, P67
    HUANG YZ, 1979, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V37, P47
    JUNG ME, 1988, J AM CHEM SOC, V110, P3965
    RAMIREZ F, 1957, J ORG CHEM, V22, P41
    WOLF V, 1953, CHEM BER, V86, P735
 NR 7
 TC 10
 SN 0300-922X
 J9 J CHEM SOC PERKIN TRANS 1
 JI J. Chem. Soc.-Perkin Trans. 1
 PD APR 7
 PY 1993
 IS 7
 BP 855
 EP 858
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA KX923
 UT ISI:A1993KX92300020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU HE, GQ
 TI A KIND OF A POSTERIORI PARAMETER CHOICES FOR THE ITERATED TIKHONOV
    REGULARIZATION METHOD
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE ILL-POSED PROBLEM; REGULARIZATION METHOD; A POSTERIORI PARAMETER CHOICE
 RP HE, GQ, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 NR 0
 TC 1
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD MAR
 PY 1993
 VL 38
 IS 5
 BP 356
 EP 360
 PG 5
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA KV496
 UT ISI:A1993KV49600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU XIE, XY
    EVANS, RJ
 TI FREQUENCY-WAVE-NUMBER TRACKING USING HIDDEN MARKOV-MODELS
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON SIGNAL PROCESSING
 DT Letter
 ID MULTIPLE
 AB This correspondence extends earlier work by the authors on multiple
    frequency line tracking using hidden Markov models (HMM's) to also
    include wavenumber estimation. The main idea is to model the frequency
    and wavenumber of each target using HMM and then to track these signals
    using a Viterbi algorithm. The input measurements to the Viterbi
    algorithm are two-dimensional (2-D) Fourier transforms of the array
    output signals. Several supporting simulations show that the approach
    works well, although it is computationally expensive.
 C1 UNIV MELBOURNE,DEPT ELECT & ELECTR ENGN,PARKVILLE,VIC 3052,AUSTRALIA.
 RP XIE, XY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT COMP SCI,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR BARSHALOM Y, 1988, TRACKING DATA ASS
    DAVENPORT WB, 1987, INTRO THEORY RANDOM
    DEGRAAF SR, 1983, IEEE T ACOUST SPEECH, V33, P1368
    HALPENY OS, 1975, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V22, P552
    HAYKIN S, 1983, NONLINEAR METHODS SP, CH1
    JOHNSON DH, 1982, P IEEE, V70, P1018
    RABINER LR, 1986, IEEE ASSP MAGAZI JAN, P4
    RABINER LR, 1989, P IEEE, V77, P257
    SCHMIDT RO, 1986, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V34, P276
    STARKEY PG, 1987, GEC-J RES, V5, P193
    STREIT RL, 1990, IEEE T ACOUST SPEECH, V38, P586
    SWORD CK, 1990, IEEE T AERO ELEC SYS, V26, P367
    XIE XY, 1991, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V39, P2659
    XIE XY, 1993, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V41, P334
 NR 14
 TC 2
 SN 1053-587X
 J9 IEEE TRANS SIGNAL PROCESS
 JI IEEE Trans. Signal Process.
 PD MAR
 PY 1993
 VL 41
 IS 3
 BP 1391
 EP 1394
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA KU545
 UT ISI:A1993KU54500029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU TU, RJ
    ZHENG, Q
 TI INTEGRAL GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION METHOD IN STATISTICAL APPLICATIONS
 SO COMPUTERS & MATHEMATICS WITH APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID MAXIMUM-LIKELIHOOD; EM ALGORITHM
 AB Many statistical computations need a minimization method which can find
    global of a nonconvex, nonsmooth and even discontinuous objective
    function. Conventional optimization methods hardly serve that. The
    integral optimization method has been developed to satisfy such
    requirements. In this paper, we apply this method to several problems
    in statistics, such as nonlinear regression, maximum likelihood
    estimation for three-pararmeter Weibull distribution, mixture densities
    and sampling, and show that the results obtained by a global
    minimization method are better than those by a gradient-based one.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP TU, RJ, WICHITA STATE UNIV,DEPT MATH,WICHITA,KS 67208.
 CR ARTHANARI TS, 1981, MATH PROGRAMMING STA
    CHEW SH, 1988, LECTURE NOTES EC MAT, V298
    DEMPSTER AP, 1977, J ROY STAT SOC B MET, V39, P1
    MCCORMICK GP, 1983, NONLINEAR PROGRAMMIN
    MCCORMICK GP, 1988, EXAMPLE 2 LOCAL MAXI
    RATKOWSKY DA, 1983, NONLINEAR REGRESSION
    REDNER RA, 1984, SIAM REV, V26, P195
    ROCHETTE H, 1974, J AM STAT ASSOC, V69, P246
    ZANAKIS SH, 1986, J STATISTICAL COMPUT, V25, P53
    ZHENG Q, 1978, ACTAMATH APPLICATAE, V2, P161
    ZHENG Q, 1985, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V1, P118
    ZHENG Q, 1985, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V1, P67
    ZHENG Q, 1988, LECTURE NOTES EC MAT, V302, P18
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P205
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P317
    ZHENG Q, 1991, COMPUT MATH APPL, V21, P17
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 0898-1221
 J9 COMPUT MATH APPL
 JI Comput. Math. Appl.
 PD MAY-JUN
 PY 1993
 VL 25
 IS 10-11
 BP 9
 EP 17
 PG 9
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA KU420
 UT ISI:A1993KU42000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHENG, Q
 TI DISCONTINUITY AND MEASURABILITY OF ROBUST FUNCTIONS IN THE INTEGRAL
    GLOBAL MINIMIZATION
 SO COMPUTERS & MATHEMATICS WITH APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 AB Robustness and measurability of a set and of a function are the
    foundation of the integral approach to global minimization. However, a
    robust function may be discontinuous and nonmeasurable. In this paper,
    we show that the set of points of discontinuity of a robust function
    has empty interior and is of the first category. A robust function on
    the interval [0,1] is constructed such that the Lebesgue measure of its
    set of points of discontinuity approaches 1. We also show that there is
    a robust set on [0,1] which is Lebesgue nonmeasurable, and then a
    Lebesgue nonmeasurable robust function is constructed.
 RP ZHENG, Q, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R
    CHINA.
 CR BAIRE R, 1905, LECONS FONCTIONS DIS
    BOREL E, 1905, LECONS FONCTIONS VAR
    GALPERIN E, IN PRESS INTEGRAL GL
    GALPERIN E, 1991, GLOBAL SOLUTIONS OPT
    HEWITT E, 1975, REAL ABSTRACT ANAL
    KULLER RG, 1969, TOPICS MODERN ANAL
    LEBESGUE MH, 1898, B SCI MATH
    OXTOBY JC, 1980, MEASURE CATEGORY
    ROYDEN HL, 1968, REAL ANAL
    ZHENG Q, 1985, NUMERICAL ANAL J CHI, V8, P31
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P205
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P317
    ZHENG Q, 1991, COMPUT MATH APPL, V21, P17
 NR 13
 TC 3
 SN 0898-1221
 J9 COMPUT MATH APPL
 JI Comput. Math. Appl.
 PD MAY-JUN
 PY 1993
 VL 25
 IS 10-11
 BP 79
 EP 88
 PG 10
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA KU420
 UT ISI:A1993KU42000011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GALPERIN, EA
    ZHENG, Q
 TI SOLUTION AND CONTROL OF PDE VIA GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION METHODS
 SO COMPUTERS & MATHEMATICS WITH APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID PARTIAL-DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS; COMPUTATIONAL FLUID-DYNAMICS; DATA
    APPROXIMATION SCHEME; FINITE-ELEMENT METHOD; PARABOLIC EQUATIONS;
    MULTIQUADRICS; SYSTEMS
 AB Based on the concept of eta-equivalent solutions (not to be confused
    with approximations to the exact solution), a new consideration is
    given to ill-posed [1,2] and overdetermined PDE problems and to
    problems with nonexistent solutions [3]. Then a new method based on
    full global optimization techniques is developed for solution and
    control of processes described by partial differential equations. The
    ideas are illustrated by examples, and a case study is presented in
    comparison with the quasi-reversibility method [4].
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP GALPERIN, EA, UNIV QUEBEC,DEPT MATH & INFORMAT,CP 8888,SUCC A,MONTREAL
    H3C 3P8,QUEBEC,CANADA.
 CR BAKER GA, 1980, NONL ANAL THEORY MET, V4, P579
    BENISRAEL A, 1974, GENERALIZED INVERSES
    CHEW SH, 1988, LECTURE NOTES EC MAT, V298
    COPSON ET, 1975, PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL
    COURANT R, 1928, MATH ANN, V100, P32
    DOUGLAS J, 1970, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V7, P575
    EPSTEIN B, 1975, PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL
    FARAGO I, 1991, COMPUT MATH APPL, V21, P49
    FARAGO I, 1991, COMPUT MATH APPL, V21, P59
    GALPERIN EA, 1990, CUBIC ALGORITHM OPTI
    GALPERIN EA, 1990, NEW THEORY CONTINUOU
    GARABEDIAN PR, 1964, PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL
    GROMOV ML, 1973, MATH USSR IZV, V7, P329
    HADAMARD J, 1952, LECTURES CAUCHYS PRO
    HARDY RL, 1990, COMPUT MATH APPL, V19, P163
    KANSA EJ, 1990, COMPUT MATH APPL, V19, P127
    KANSA EJ, 1990, COMPUT MATH APPL, V19, P147
    LATTES R, 1967, METHODE QUASIREVERSI
    PENROSE R, 1955, P CAMBRIDGE PHILOS S, V51, P406
    PENROSE R, 1956, P CAMBRIDGE PHILOS S, V52, P17
    SPRING D, 1983, ANN I FOURIER, V33, P121
 NR 21
 TC 4
 SN 0898-1221
 J9 COMPUT MATH APPL
 JI Comput. Math. Appl.
 PD MAY-JUN
 PY 1993
 VL 25
 IS 10-11
 BP 103
 EP 118
 PG 16
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA KU420
 UT ISI:A1993KU42000013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GALPERIN, EA
    PAN, ZX
    ZHENG, Q
 TI APPLICATION OF GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION TO IMPLICIT SOLUTION OF
    PARTIAL-DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
 SO COMPUTERS & MATHEMATICS WITH APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID COMPUTATIONAL FLUID-DYNAMICS; DATA APPROXIMATION SCHEME; MULTIQUADRICS
 AB A numerical method of finding implicit eta-solutions of partial
    differential equations is presented.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP GALPERIN, EA, UNIV QUEBEC,DEPT MATH & COMP SCI,CP 8888,SUCC A,MONTREAL
    H3C 3P8,QUEBEC,CANADA.
 CR GALPERIN EA, 1991, GLOBAL SOLUTIONS OPT
    HARDY RL, 1990, COMPUT MATH APPL, V19, P163
    KANSA EJ, 1990, COMPUT MATH APPL, V19, P127
    KANSA EJ, 1990, COMPUT MATH APPL, V19, P147
    LEVEQUE RJ, 1982, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, P1091
    RICHTMYER RD, 1967, DIFFERENCE METHODS I
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0898-1221
 J9 COMPUT MATH APPL
 JI Comput. Math. Appl.
 PD MAY-JUN
 PY 1993
 VL 25
 IS 10-11
 BP 119
 EP 124
 PG 6
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA KU420
 UT ISI:A1993KU42000014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, YP
    DENG, XN
 TI ELECTRODEPOSITION OF CDTE THIN-FILMS AND THEIR PHOTOELECTROCHEMICAL
    BEHAVIOR
 SO SOLAR ENERGY MATERIALS AND SOLAR CELLS
 DT Article
 ID SOLAR-CELLS; CADMIUM; DEPOSITION; TELLURIDE
 AB CdTe thin films were electrodeposited on Ni substrates from aqueous
    solutions containing CdSO4, TeO2 and H2SO4 with an interchangeable
    rotating disk electrode. The variations in the composition of the CdTe
    films with cathodic potentials and heat treatment temperatures were
    studied by the polarographic method. The deposition and annealing
    parameters had been optimized to yield a good photoelectrochemical
    performance. After surface modification, the conversion efficiencies
    were 0.61% and 5.3% for the cells p-CdTe/SnCl2 (sat.), 0.2M HCl/C and
    n-CdTe/1 M Na2S, 1 M S, 1 M NaOH/C, respectively.
 RP GUO, YP, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR BHATTACHARYA RN, 1984, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V131, P2033
    DANAHER WJ, 1983, AUST J CHEM, V36, P1011
    DARKOWSKI A, 1985, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V132, P2768
    DARKOWSKI A, 1986, TALANTA, V33, P187
    FULOP G, 1982, APPL PHYS LETT, V40, P327
    GORE RB, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V65, P2693
    GORE RB, 1989, SOL ENERG MATER, V18, P159
    GUO YP, IN PRESS SOC ENERGY
    LICHT S, 1986, J PHYS CHEM-US, V90, P1096
    LLABRES J, 1984, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V131, P464
    LOAEZA P, 1990, J MATER SCI LETT, V9, P11
    PANICKER MPR, 1978, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V125, P566
    SANYAL GS, 1990, SOL ENERG MATER, V20, P395
    SHEN J, 1986, ACTA PHYSICOCHIMICA, V2, P554
    TAKAHASHI M, 1985, J APPL PHYS, V58, P4292
    UOSAKI K, 1984, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V29, P279
 NR 16
 TC 10
 SN 0927-0248
 J9 SOLAR ENERG MATER SOLAR CELLS
 JI Sol. Energy Mater. Sol. Cells
 PD MAR
 PY 1993
 VL 29
 IS 2
 BP 115
 EP 122
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Energy & Fuels
 GA KU287
 UT ISI:A1993KU28700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, YP
    DENG, XN
 TI EFFECTS OF SURFACE MODIFICATION ON THE PEC PERFORMANCE OF
    ELECTROCHEMICALLY DEPOSITED N-CDTE FILMS
 SO SOLAR ENERGY MATERIALS AND SOLAR CELLS
 DT Article
 ID P-TYPE CDTE; THIN-FILMS; CADMIUM TELLURIDE; PHOTOELECTROCHEMICAL CELLS;
    INSITU PREPARATION; SOLAR-CELLS; ELECTRODEPOSITION; EFFICIENCY;
    ELECTROLYTES; STABILITY
 AB Modification of electrodeposited n-CdTe thin films by PbS showed
    considerably improvement of the performance and stability of n-CdTe
    photoelectrochemical cells. The enhanced parameters of PEC solar cells
    after modification are V(oc) = 0.515 V, I(sc) = 13 mA/cm2, FF = 0.385
    and eta = 5.2% under 50 mW/cm2 illumination, compared to V(oc) = 0.44
    V, I(sc) = 6 mA/cm2, FF = 0.31 and eta = 1.6% observed before
    modification. The enhanced parameters are attributed to the greater
    band bending induced by excess surface charge, as well as the enhanced
    solution kinetics due to a good electrocatalysis of PbS for the
    polysulfide redox system.
 RP GUO, YP, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR BASOL BM, 1984, J APPL PHYS, V55, P601
    BHATTACHARYA RN, 1984, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V131, P2032
    BHATTACHARYA RN, 1985, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V132, P732
    BOSE DN, 1984, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V131, P850
    CAHEN D, 1979, J AM CHEM SOC, V101, P3969
    DANAHER WJ, 1983, AUST J CHEM, V36, P1011
    DARKOWSKI A, 1985, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V132, P2768
    ELLIS AB, 1977, J AM CHEM SOC, V99, P2839
    FULOP G, 1982, APPL PHYS LETT, V40, P327
    GAUGASH P, 1981, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V128, P924
    GROE RB, 1989, SOL ENERG MATER, V18, P159
    GUTIERREZ MT, 1990, SOL ENERG MATER, V20, P387
    HELLER A, 1978, J AM CHEM SOC, V100, P684
    HODES G, 1980, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V127, P544
    HODES G, 1981, SOL ENERG MATER, V4, P373
    LLABRES J, 1984, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V131, P464
    LOAEZA P, 1990, J MATER SCI LETT, V9, P11
    MANDAL KC, 1987, J PHYS CHEM-US, V91, P4011
    MANDAL KC, 1987, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V71, P559
    MULLER N, 1981, APPL PHYS LETT, V39, P283
    PANICKER MPR, 1978, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V125, P566
    PARKINSON BA, 1979, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V126, P954
    PENG R, 1984, B MATER ENERGY SYSTE, V2, P25
    TAKAHASHI M, 1984, J APPL PHYS, V55, P3879
    TAKAHASHI M, 1986, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V133, P266
    TENNE R, 1983, APPL PHYS LETT, V43, P201
    TENNE R, 1983, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V143, P103
    UOSAKI K, 1984, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V29, P279
 NR 28
 TC 1
 SN 0927-0248
 J9 SOLAR ENERG MATER SOLAR CELLS
 JI Sol. Energy Mater. Sol. Cells
 PD MAR
 PY 1993
 VL 29
 IS 2
 BP 123
 EP 130
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Energy & Fuels
 GA KU287
 UT ISI:A1993KU28700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WANG, EK
    YU, ZM
    QI, DY
    XU, CM
 TI ALKALI AND ALKALINE-EARTH METAL-ION TRANSFER ACROSS THE LIQUID-LIQUID
    INTERFACE FACILITATED BY IONOPHORE ETH157
 SO ELECTROANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE LIQUID-LIQUID INTERFACE; ION TRANSFER; IONOPHORE
 ID WATER
 AB The H+, Li+, Na+, K+, Mg2+, Ca2+ and Ba2+ ion transfer across the
    water/nitrobenzene (NB) and water/1,2-dichloroethane (DCE) interfaces,
    facilitated by the ionophore ETH157, has been investigated by cyclic
    voltammetry (CV). The mechanism of the transfer process has been
    discussed, and the diffusion coefficients and the stability constants
    of the complexes formed in the nitrobenzene phase have been determined.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 20072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP WANG, EK, CHINESE ACAD SCI,CHANGCHUN INST APPL CHEM,ELECTROANALYT CHEM
    LAB,CHANGCHUN 130022,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AMMANN D, 1985, NEUROSCI LETT, V57, P267
    FUJINAGA T, 1982, BUNSEKI KAGAKU, V31, E301
    HOMOLKA D, 1982, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V138, P29
    KIHARA S, 1982, BUNSEKI KAGAKU, V31, E293
    KORYTA J, 1983, ION SEL ELECTRODE R, V5, P131
    VANYSEK P, 1985, ELECTROCHEMISTRY LIQ
 NR 6
 TC 6
 SN 1040-0397
 J9 ELECTROANAL
 JI Electroanalysis
 PD FEB
 PY 1993
 VL 5
 IS 2
 BP 149
 EP 154
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA KT389
 UT ISI:A1993KT38900008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, GY
    CHEN, YL
 TI OPTICAL-PROPERTIES OF A CHEMICALLY DURABLE PHOSPHATE-GLASS
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID THERMAL-EXPANSION
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CHEM & CHEM ENGN,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP GUO, GY, SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIV,DEPT MAT SCI & ENGN,SHANGHAI
    200030,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BUNKER BC, 1984, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V64, P291
    BUNKER BC, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P425
    MINAMI T, 1977, J AM CERAM SOC, V60, P232
    MULLER D, 1983, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V24, P37
    PENG YB, 1991, GLASS TECHNOL, V32, P166
    PENG YB, 1991, GLASS TECHNOL, V32, P200
    RAY NH, 1979, BRIT POLYM J, V11, P63
    SALES BC, 1986, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V79, P83
    SALES BC, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P615
 NR 9
 TC 3
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD MAR 1
 PY 1993
 VL 12
 IS 5
 BP 265
 EP 267
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA KR345
 UT ISI:A1993KR34500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU LIU, GL
 TI VARIATIONAL-PRINCIPLES AND GENERALIZED VARIATIONAL-PRINCIPLES FOR FULLY
    3-D TRANSONIC FLOW WITH SHOCKS IN A TURBO-ROTOR .2. ROTATIONAL FLOW
 SO ACTA MECHANICA
 DT Article
 AB Two variational principle (VP) families for fully 3-D transonic
    potential, Beltrami rotational flows with shocks in a rotor are put
    forth in terms of stream functions. By making use of functional
    variations with variable domain one succeeded in converting most of the
    boundary conditions and matching conditions across unknown
    discontinuities (such as shocks and free trailing vortex sheets),
    including the generalized Rankine-Hugoniot shock relations, into
    natural ones. This paper is intended to provide a rigorous theoretical
    foundation for constructing a novel computational method which
    incorporating a new finite element with self-adapting embedded
    discontinuities (now under development) and the artificial density
    concept, could capture all unknown discontinuities automatically and
    clearly. The applicability of VPs for rotational flow, in contrast to
    those for Beltrami flow, is not limited to transonic flow with moderate
    Mach numbers.
 C1 SHANGHAI INST APPL MATH & MECH,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP LIU, GL, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,149 YAN CHANG RD,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR CAREY GF, 1978, COMPUTER METHODS APP, V13, P129
    CHAN SKT, 1975, AIAA7579 PAP
    CHEN KM, 1982, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V3, P145
    DECONINCK H, 1981, ASME, V103, P665
    GIESE JH, 1951, J MATH PHYS, V30, P31
    HAFEZ MM, 1983, AIAA J, V21, P327
    KRIMERMAN Y, 1978, J MECH ENG SCI, V20, P149
    KUZNETSOV BG, 1959, J NAT TOM U, V144, P117
    LASKARIS TE, 1978, AIAA J, V16, P717
    LIU GI, 1986, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V108, P254
    LIU GL, 1979, ACTA MECH SINICA, V11, P303
    LIU GL, 1980, SCI SINICA, V23, P1339
    LIU GL, 1981, ACTA MECH SINICA, V13, P421
    LIU GL, 1981, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V2, P335
    LIU GL, 1981, LECTURE NOTES
    LIU GL, 1982, P INT C FEM SHANGH C, P520
    LIU GL, 1983, 2ND P AS C FLUID MEC, P698
    LIU GL, 1983, 6TH P INT S AIR BREA, P313
    LIU GL, 1986, 6TH P INT S FEM FLOW, P125
    LIU GL, 1987, 1987 P TOK INT GAS T, V2, P256
    LIU GL, 1990, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V2, P480
    LIU GL, 1991, ASME91GT169 PAP
    LIU GL, 1992, ACTA MECH, V95, P117
    LIU RX, 1981, SEISMOL GEOL, V3, P1
    NORRIE DH, 1978, FINITE ELEMENTS FLUI, V3, P363
    OATES GC, 1976, ASME, V98, P1
    QIN R, 1988, J TURBOMACH, V110, P545
    SERRIN J, 1959, HDB PHYSIK, V8
    WU CH, 1952, NACA TN2604
    WU WQ, 1979, CHINESE J MECH ENG, V15
    XU JZ, 1980, CHINESE J MECHANICAL, V16, P61
 NR 31
 TC 7
 SN 0001-5970
 J9 ACTA MECH
 JI Acta Mech.
 PY 1993
 VL 97
 IS 3-4
 BP 229
 EP 238
 PG 10
 SC Mechanics
 GA KN932
 UT ISI:A1993KN93200008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WEI, CH
    XIANG, SH
 TI ELECTRICAL-CONDUCTIVITY OF MOLTEN SLAGS OF CAF2+AL2O3 AND
    CAF2+AL2O3+CAO SYSTEMS FOR ESR
 SO ISIJ INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE ELECTROSLAG REMELTING; MOLTEN SLAGS OF CAF2+AL2O3 AND CAF2+AL2O3+CAO
    SYSTEMS; ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY; CONSTANT-CURRENT SINGLE PULSE
    TECHNIQUE WITH 3 LEAD-ELECTRODES
 AB The electrical conductivity of the molten slags of the CaF2 + Al2O3 and
    CaF2 + Al2O3 + CaO systems for the practical ESR was determined, using
    the constant-current single pulse technique with three lead-electrodes.
    All the measurements were carried out under high-purity argon
    atmosphere, employing a high-purity molybdenum metal crucible with pure
    iron wire electrodes. The effects of FeO, MnO, MgO, Cr2O3, TiO2, SiO2
    and other oxide components and temperature on the conductivity of the
    slags were examined. The results indicated that in the common
    concentration ranges for the ESR practice, the specific conductivity
    values of the slags in these two systems are monotonously increasing
    with the FeO and MnO contents in the slags following an essentially
    similar pattern; the additions of MgO, Cr2O3, and TiO2 change also
    evidently the conductivity but in another roughly similar mode and make
    it have a maximum value, whilst the influence due to a small amount of
    SiO2 (less-than-or-equal-to 1.5 mass%) is relatively not large; the
    conduction of CaF2-based multi-component and complicate liquid slags
    may be treated as a rate process.
 C1 XIAN INST MET & CONSTRUCT ENGN,DEPT MET,XIAN,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP WEI, CH, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MET & MAT
    ENGN,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR 1972, HDB PROPERTIES LIQUI, P244
    ELGAMMAL T, 1978, ARCH EISENHUTTENWES, V49, P235
    EVSEEV PP, 1965, IZV VUZ CHERNAYA MET, V8, P74
    EVSEEV PP, 1967, AUTOMAT WELD, V20, P12
    EVSEEV PP, 1967, IZV VYSSH UCHEBN ZAV, V10, P55
    HAJDUK M, 1979, STAHL EISEN, V99, P113
    ISOTOMIN SA, 1975, 220275 REP
    KOLISNYK VN, 1964, AUTOMAT WELD, V17, P9
    KOLISNYK VN, 1965, AUTOMAT WELD, V18, P80
    KOVAL AE, 1970, IZV VUZ CHERNAYA MET, V13, P71
    KRAUS S, 1973, THESIS BERGAHAD
    KUO CK, 1964, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V30, P381
    LATASH YL, 1960, AUTOMAT WELD, V13, P14
    LOPAEV BE, 1966, AUTOMAT WELD, V19, P31
    MANAKOV AI, 1975, IZV VUZ CHERNAYA MET, V18, P14
    MILLS KC, 1979, NPL103 REP CHEM
    MILLS KS, 1981, INT METALS REV, V1, P21
    MITCHELL A, 1971, METALL T, V3, P3361
    OGINO K, 1977, TETSU TO HAGANE, V63, P2141
    OGINO K, 1978, TETSU TO HAGANE, V64, P225
    OGINO K, 1978, TETSU TO HAGANE, V64, P232
    POVOLOTSKII DY, 1970, IZV VUZ CHERN MET, V13, P8
    WEAST RC, 1979, HDB CHEM PHYSICS
    WEI CH, 1984, ACTA METALL SINICA, V20, B261
    WEI CH, 1987, ACTA METALL SINICA, V23, B126
    WEI CH, 1989, CHIN ENG CHEM METAL, V10, P87
    WEI CH, 1989, CHIN J MET SCI TECHN, V5, P235
    XIANG SH, 1989, THESIS XIAN I METALL
    ZHMOIDIN G, 1970, IZV AKAD NAUK SSSR M, V3, P69
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 0915-1559
 J9 ISIJ INT
 JI ISIJ Int.
 PY 1993
 VL 33
 IS 2
 BP 239
 EP 244
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA KM872
 UT ISI:A1993KM87200001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU MAO, DK
 TI A TREATMENT OF DISCONTINUITIES FOR FINITE-DIFFERENCE METHODS IN THE
    2-DIMENSIONAL CASE
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID FRONT TRACKING; CONSERVATION-LAWS; ENTROPY CONDITION; SCHEMES; WAVES;
    INTERFACES; RESOLUTION
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP MAO, DK, UNIV CALIF LOS ANGELES,DEPT MATH,LOS ANGELES,CA 90024.
 CR CHANG SH, 1989, NASA TM102384
    CHERN IL, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V62, P83
    GLIMM J, 1981, ADV APPL MATH, V2, P91
    GLIMM J, 1985, ADV APPL MATH, V6, P259
    GLIMM J, 1985, ADV APPL MATH, V6, P422
    GLIMM J, 1986, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V7, P280
    GLIMM J, 1988, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V41, P569
    GLIMM J, 1988, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V9, P61
    GROVE J, 1989, ADV APPL MATH, V10, P201
    HARTEN A, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V83, P148
    HENSHAW WD, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V68, P25
    LEVEQUE RJ, 1988, NASA TM100075
    MAO D, 1985, J COMPUT MATH, V3, P256
    MAO D, 1990, UCLA CAM9019 REP
    MAO DK, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V92, P422
    MORETTI G, 1972, PIBAL7237 POLYT I BR
    OSHER S, 1984, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V21, P217
    OSHER S, 1984, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V21, P955
    OSHER S, 1986, IMA VOLUMES MATH ITS, V2, P229
    RICHTMYER RD, 1967, DIFFERENCE METHODS I
    SHU CW, 1987, MATH COMPUT, V49, P105
    SWARTZ BK, 1986, APPL NUMER MATH, V2, P385
    WAGNER DH, 1983, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V14, P3
 NR 23
 TC 14
 SN 0021-9991
 J9 J COMPUT PHYS
 JI J. Comput. Phys.
 PD FEB
 PY 1993
 VL 104
 IS 2
 BP 377
 EP 397
 PG 21
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Physics, Mathematical
 GA KM221
 UT ISI:A1993KM22100008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU GUO, BY
    HUANG, W
 TI THE SPECTRAL-DIFFERENCE METHOD FOR COMPRESSIBLE FLOW
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 AB A spectral-difference scheme is proposed for semi-periodic compressible
    flow with strict estimation.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR GUO BY, 1981, SCI SINICA A, V24, P297
    GUO BY, 1987, CALCOLO, V24, P263
    GUO BY, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V84, P259
    INGHAM DB, 1985, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V402, P109
    MACARAEG MG, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V62, P297
    MURDOCK JW, 1977, AIAA J, V15, P1167
    TANI A, 1976, P JAPAN ACAD, V52, P334
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD JAN
 PY 1993
 VL 11
 IS 1
 BP 37
 EP 49
 PG 13
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA KM180
 UT ISI:A1993KM18000004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU CHEN, Q
    WANG, ZH
 TI EXACT DISPERSION-RELATIONS FOR TM WAVES GUIDED BY THIN DIELECTRIC FILMS
    BOUNDED BY NONLINEAR MEDIA
 SO OPTICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB Exact dispersion relations for TM waves guided by thin dielectric
    films, surrounded on one or both sides by media with
    intensity-dependent refractive indices, have been derived. Numerical
    results for a symmetric structure are in complete agreement with those
    obtained by the finite-element method.
 RP CHEN, Q, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,WAVE SCI LAB,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR AGRANOVICH VM, 1981, JETP LETT+, V32, P512
    BERKHOER AL, 1970, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V31, P486
    BOARDMAN AD, 1985, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V21, P1701
    BOARDMAN AD, 1987, IEE PROC-J, V134, P152
    HAYATA K, 1988, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V36, P1207
    MIHALACHE D, 1987, OPT LETT, V12, P187
    OGUSU K, 1989, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V37, P941
    SEATON CT, 1985, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V21, P774
    SEATON CT, 1985, OPT LETT, V10, P149
    STEGEMAN GI, 1986, NONLINEAR OPTICS MAT
 NR 10
 TC 3
 SN 0146-9592
 J9 OPTICS LETTERS
 JI Opt. Lett.
 PD FEB 15
 PY 1993
 VL 18
 IS 4
 BP 260
 EP 262
 PG 3
 SC Optics
 GA KK808
 UT ISI:A1993KK80800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU ZHANG, LA
    QIU, WD
 TI DECOMPOSITIONS OF RECOGNIZABLE STRONG MAXIMAL CODES
 SO THEORETICAL COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, we study the decompositions of recognizable strong
    maximal codes and obtain the following results: Every recognizable
    strong maximal code is a composition of a finite number of
    indecomposable (in the sense of strong codes) recognizable strong
    maximal codes. In particular, every solvable strong code is a
    composition of a finite number of indecomposable (in the sense of
    general codes) strong maximal codes and, for the latter, a structure
    formula is given.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT COMP SCI,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP ZHANG, LA, SHANGHAI INST URBAN CONSTRUCT,DEPT BASIC COURSES,SHANGHAI
    200092,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BERSTEL J, 1985, THEORY CODES
    LALLEMENT G, 1979, SEMIGROUPS COMBINATO
    SHYR HJ, 1977, SOOCHOW J MATH NAT S, V3, P9
    SHYR HJ, 1979, LECTURE NOTES MATH D
    ZHANG LX, 1987, SEMIGROUP FORUM, V35, P181
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 0304-3975
 J9 THEOR COMPUT SCI
 JI Theor. Comput. Sci.
 PD FEB 1
 PY 1993
 VL 108
 IS 1
 BP 173
 EP 183
 PG 11
 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods
 GA KK389
 UT ISI:A1993KK38900010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU YE, ZM
 TI AN OPTIMIZATION OF NONLINEAR BENDING AND STABILITY OF REVOLUTIONAL
    PARABOLIC SHELL WITH VARIABLE THICKNESS
 SO MECHANICS RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 RP YE, ZM, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT CIVIL ENGN,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR BANERJEE B, 1982, J APPL MECH, V49, P268
    BANERJEE B, 1983, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V19, P202
    TIMOSHENKO SP, 1959, THEORY PLATES SHELLS
    YE ZM, 1984, ACTA MECH SINICA, V16, P634
    YE ZM, 1988, APPL MATH MECH, V9, P153
    YE ZM, 1989, ACTA MECH SINICA, V5, P152
    YE ZM, 1990, ASME, V57, P1026
 NR 7
 TC 3
 SN 0093-6413
 J9 MECH RES COMMUN
 JI Mech. Res. Commun.
 PD JAN-FEB
 PY 1993
 VL 20
 IS 1
 BP 83
 EP 88
 PG 6
 SC Mechanics
 GA KH577
 UT ISI:A1993KH57700011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU SHEN, YD
    CHENG, DJ
    TONG, F
    SOENEN, R
    TAHON, C
 TI ON THE COMPLETED DATABASE SEMANTICS FOR NEGATION
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS PHYSICS ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE NEGATION AS FAILURE; THE COMPLETED DATABASE; CONSISTENCY
 AB As a semantics for negation. the completed database appears to be a
    little too strong. It makes no sense when it is inconsistent. However,
    as has been shown by Shepherdson, the general problem of determining
    whether the completed database is consistent is recursively
    undecidable. In this paper, we present a necessary and sufficient
    condition for the consistency of the completed database and use it to
    prove the consistency of the completed database for definite, locally
    stratified and R-terminable programs, respectively. We then establish a
    weak version of the completed database semantics for negation.
    Informally, the semantics says that for any function-free logic program
    P the results inferred by applying the SLDNF-refutation procedure via
    the ''Latest-first'' computation rule are logical consequences of the
    relevant completed database comp(REL(P)), where comp(REL(P)) is always
    consistent even if comp(P) is inconsistent.
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT COMP SCI,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
    UNIV VALENCIA,LGIL,CNRS,URIAH 1118,F-59326 VALENCIENNES,FRANCE.
 RP SHEN, YD, CHONGQING UNIV,DEPT COMP SCI,CHONGQING 630044,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR APT KR, 1988, FDN DEDUCTIVE DATABA, P89
    CLARK KL, 1978, LOGIC DATA BASES, P293
    CLOCKSIN WF, 1984, PROGRAMMING PROLOG
    LLOYD JW, 1984, F LOGIC PROGRAMMING
    LOVELAND DW, 1978, AUTOMATED THEOREM PR
    PRZMUSINSKI TC, 1988, FDN DEDUCTIVE DATABA, P193
    SHEPHERDSON JC, 1988, FDN DEDUCTIVE DATABA, P19
    VANEMDEN MH, 1976, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V23, P733
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1001-6511
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math. Phys. Astron.
 PD DEC
 PY 1992
 VL 35
 IS 12
 BP 1516
 EP 1528
 PG 13
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA KJ935
 UT ISI:A1992KJ93500011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU JIANG, GC
    XU, KD
    WEI, SK
 TI SOME ADVANCES ON THE THEORETICAL RESEARCH OF SLAG
 SO ISIJ INTERNATIONAL
 DT Review
 DE SLAG MODEL; BASICITY; CELL STRUCTURE
 ID OPTICAL BASICITY
 AB This pasper is a review and a comment regarding slag models and optical
    basicity. It was thought to be better to establish slag model and
    basicity concept based on the cell structure of slag.
 C1 BEIJING UNIV SCI & ENGN,BEIJING 100083,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP JIANG, GC, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,YANCHANG RD,SHANGHAI
    200072,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR APPEN AA, 1974, GLASS CHEM, P268
    BANYA S, 1988, TETSU TO HAGANE, V74, P1701
    BOOM R, 1988, 3RD P INT C MOLT SLA, P273
    BOTTINGA Y, 1981, THERMODYNAMICS MINER, P207
    DUFFY JA, 1976, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V21, P373
    GAYE H, 1984, 2ND P INT S MET SLAG, P257
    HASTIE JW, 1988, 3RD P INT C MOLT SLA, P254
    HILLERT M, 1990, METALL TRANS B, V21, P303
    HINO M, 1990, 6TH P IISC TOK, V1, P264
    HYUN DB, 1988, T ISIJ, V28, P736
    HYUN DB, 1990, 6TH P IISC TOK, V1, P177
    INGRAM MD, 1988, 3RD P INT C MOLT SLA, P166
    JIANG GC, 1989, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V10, P257
    JIANG GC, 1990, 6TH P IISC TOK, V1, P240
    JIANG GC, 1992, 4TH P INT C MOLT SLA
    JIANG GC, 1992, ACTA METALL SIN B, V28, P240
    KAPOOR ML, 1971, P INT S MET CHEM APP, P17
    KAY DAR, 1988, 3RD P INT C MOLT SLA, P263
    LEHMAN J, 1990, 6TH P INT IR STEEL C, V1, P256
    MASSON CR, 1971, P S CHEM METALLURGY, P3
    MYSEN BO, 1988, STRUCTURE PROPERTIES, P48
    NAGABAYASHI R, 1988, 3RD P INT C MOLT SLA, P24
    NAKAMURA T, 1986, J JPN I MET, V50, P456
    PELTON AD, 1986, METALL TRANS B, V17, P805
    PELTON AD, 1988, 3RD P INT C MOLT SLA, P66
    QI GJ, 1984, 5TH P NAT C MET PHYS, P227
    RICHARSAON RD, 1974, PHYSICOCHEMISTRY MEL, P116
    SAINTJOURS C, 1988, 3RD P INT C MOLT SLA, P65
    SHARMA RC, 1979, MET T              B, V10, P103
    SOMMERVILLE ID, 1986, SEP P TECHN ADV MET
    SOSINSKY DJ, 1986, METALL TRANS B, V17, P331
    VARSHAL VG, 1972, IZV A N SSSR INORG M, P934
    YOKOKAWA T, 1969, T JAPAN I MET, V10, P3
    YOKOKAWA T, 1969, T JPN I MET, V10, P81
    YOKOKAWA T, 1986, B JIM, V25, P3
    ZHANG J, COMMUNICATION
    ZHANG J, 1986, P NATIONAL ACADEMIC, P1
    ZHANG J, 1990, P WEI SHOUKUN S, P57
 NR 38
 TC 4
 SN 0915-1559
 J9 ISIJ INT
 JI ISIJ Int.
 PY 1993
 VL 33
 IS 1
 BP 20
 EP 25
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA KH294
 UT ISI:A1993KH29400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU XU, KD
    JIANG, GC
    DING, WZ
    GU, LP
    GUO, SQ
    ZHAO, BX
 TI THE KINETICS OF REDUCTION OF MNO IN MOLTEN SLAG WITH CARBON SATURATED
    LIQUID-IRON
 SO ISIJ INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE KINETICS, REDUCTION OF (MNO), CARBON SATURATED IRON; SLAG METAL REACTION
 ID OXIDE
 AB This investigation devotes to the kinetics of the reduction of (MnO)
    with carbon-saturated liquid iron. The experiment condition involves
    high content realm of both (%MnO) and %Mn. It was found that the
    reduction is limited by the interfacial reaction. By means of a X-TV
    dynamic metallurgical phenomena displaying device, the slag-iron
    interface was proved to be the essential site for evolving the
    reduction product CO. The content variation of surface active agent S
    affects obviously on the reduction rate. If no carbon is added in slag,
    then a hump emerges on the curve of (%FeO) vs. reaction time. In this
    case, the apparent reaction order is 2. If there is a carbon addition
    in slag, the process is of apparent first order. Based on the three
    step model of reactions in series, the aforementioned phenomena and
    regularities were elucidated unitedly.
 RP XU, KD, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,YANCHANG RD,SHANGHAI 200072,PEOPLES
    R CHINA.
 CR CHEN JX, 1984, HDB DATA ATLAS STEEL, P412
    FANG YY, 1986, SHANGHAI METALS, V3, P47
    FUJITA M, 1988, TETSU TO HAGANE, V74, P801
    FUWA T, 1987, B JPN I MET, V26, P365
    HAN QY, 1983, KINETICS METALLURGIC, P24
    PLASHEVSKY AA, 1984, IZV VUZ CHERNAYA MET, V10, P16
    POMFRET RJ, 1984, P CENTENARY C CELEBR
    POMFRET RJ, 1987, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V5, P191
    QY Y, 1980, PRINCIPLE STEELMAKIN, P72
    SATO A, 1987, TETSU TO HAGANE, V73, P812
    SHINOTAKE A, 1987, TETSU TO HAGANE, V73, S121
    SHINOZAKI N, 1984, TETSU TO HAGANE, V70, P73
    SUITO H, 1984, TETSU TO HAGANE, V70, P672
    TURKDOGAN ET, 1953, J IRON STEEL I, V173, P217
    WAGNER C, 1958, PHYSICAL CHEM STEELM, P237
 NR 15
 TC 5
 SN 0915-1559
 J9 ISIJ INT
 JI ISIJ Int.
 PY 1993
 VL 33
 IS 1
 BP 104
 EP 108
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA KH294
 UT ISI:A1993KH29400016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU XU, DM
    SONG, LP
 TI A NEW TYPE OF OPTOELECTRONIC MILLIMETER-WAVE FINLINE SWITCHES
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON MICROWAVE THEORY AND TECHNIQUES
 DT Article
 AB A new type of millimeter-wave finline switches constructed on teflon
    substrates is proposed, which can be easily fabricated and mounted. The
    experimental results are reported, which show less than 2 dB insertion
    loss in the region of 26-40 GHz and 23.4 dB on/off ratio have been
    reached. Because of its good compatibility with the conventional
    finline structures, it will have a wide application field. A very
    simple method has been given to analyze its behaviors which has
    successfully predicted the experimental results. A nonlinear relation
    between the photoconductivity and the light power is given which has
    been confirmed by experiment.
 RP XU, DM, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,SHANGHAI 201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR 1975, HP183 APPL NOT
    CHEUNG P, 1990, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V38, P586
    GUPTA KC, 1981, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, P39
    LEE CH, 1990, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V38, P596
    PLATTE W, 1984, ELECTRON LETT, V20, P608
    SCHIEBLICH C, 1984, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V32, P1638
    SEEGER K, 1985, SEMICONDUCTOR PHYSIC, P386
    UHDE K, 1990, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V38, P679
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0018-9480
 J9 IEEE TRANS MICROWAVE THEORY
 JI IEEE Trans. Microw. Theory Tech.
 PD DEC
 PY 1992
 VL 40
 IS 12
 BP 2392
 EP 2396
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA KH463
 UT ISI:A1992KH46300035
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU XIE, XY
    EVANS, RJ
 TI MULTIPLE FREQUENCY LINE TRACKING WITH HIDDEN MARKOV-MODELS - FURTHER
    RESULTS
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON SIGNAL PROCESSING
 DT Article
 AB This paper extends our earlier work on the application of hidden Markov
    models (HMM's) to the problem of multiple frequency line tracking using
    the concept of a mixed track. Here we introduce an alternative
    definition of measurement vector which avoids the use of thresholds and
    is shown to yield superior performance to threshold based schemes. We
    also present an improved method for separating the mixed track into its
    component tracks.
 C1 UNIV NEWCASTLE,DEPT ELECT ENGN & COMP SCI,NEWCASTLE,NSW 2308,AUSTRALIA.
    UNIV MELBOURNE,DEPT ELECT & ELECTR ENGN,PARKVILLE,VIC 3052,AUSTRALIA.
 RP XIE, XY, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT COMP SCI,SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR ADAMS G, 1991, EE9125 U NEWC DEP EL
    BARNIV Y, 1985, IEEE T AERO ELEC SYS, V21, P144
    BARNIV Y, 1987, IEEE T AERO ELEC SYS, V23, P776
    BARSHALOM Y, 1988, TRACKING DATA ASS
    BLACKMAN SS, 1986, MULTIPLE TARGET TRAC
    DAVENPORT WB, 1987, INTRO THEORY RANDOM
    FORNEY GD, 1973, P IEEE, V61, P268
    RABINER LR, 1986, IEEE ASSP MAGAZI JAN, P4
    RABINER R, 1989, P IEEE, V77, P257
    SCHMIDT RO, 1986, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V34, P276
    STEELE A, 1989, APR P ASSP 89 SIGN P, P17
    STREIT RL, 1990, IEEE T ACOUST SPEECH, V38, P586
    WHALEN AD, 1971, DETECTION SIGNALS NO
    XIANYA X, 1990, EE9007 U NEWC DEP EL
    XIANYA X, 1990, EE9032 U NEWC DEP EL
    XIE XY, 1991, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V39, P2659
 NR 16
 TC 5
 SN 1053-587X
 J9 IEEE TRANS SIGNAL PROCESS
 JI IEEE Trans. Signal Process.
 PD JAN
 PY 1993
 VL 41
 IS 1
 BP 334
 EP 343
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA KG148
 UT ISI:A1993KG14800029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU WEI, MM
    GU, F
    XIE, WY
 TI STUDY ON THE PREPARATION OF PZT CERAMIC MATERIAL FOR MEDIUM
    HIGH-FREQUENCY SAW DEVICES BY LOW VACUUM ATMOSPHERE SINTERING
 SO FERROELECTRICS
 DT Article
 AB Ternary PZT-PNM* ceramics is prepared by low vacuum atmosphere(5 x
    10(-2) bar) sintering technique to improve the microstructure, density,
    polished surface smoothness, as well as the piezoelectric properties.
    The grain growth has been restrained by doping small amount of CeO2. At
    the same time. The density up to 7.97 g/cm3 and grain size less than 2
    um have also been obtained. The size of pits on the polished surface is
    less than 0.5 um. It is suitable for manufacturing SAW devices in
    medium high frequency of 10 to 40 MHz.
 RP WEI, MM, SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MAT,JIADING SHANGHAI
    201800,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 CR LEVIN EM, 1969, PHASE DIAGRAM CERAMI, P39
    SHIGERU J, 1981, J APPL PHYS, V52, P4472
    TAKAHASHI M, 1974, J JPN SOC POWD METAL, V20, P274
 NR 3
 TC 1
 SN 0015-0193
 J9 FERROELECTRICS
 PY 1992
 VL 133
 IS 1-4
 BP 301
 EP 306
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA KF791
 UT ISI:A1992KF79100052
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU MAO, DK
 TI A TREATMENT OF DISCONTINUITIES FOR FINITE-DIFFERENCE METHODS
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID FRONT-TRACKING; CONSERVATION-LAWS; SCHEMES
 C1 SHANGHAI UNIV SCI & TECHNOL,DEPT MATH,SHANGHAI,PEOPLES R CHINA.
 RP MAO, DK, UNIV CALIF LOS ANGELES,DEPT MATH,LOS ANGELES,CA 90024.
 CR CHARRIER P, 1986, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V23, P461
    CHEN IL, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V62, P83
    CHORIN A, 1979, MATH INTRO FLUID MEC
    GLIMM J, 1985, ADV APPL MATH, V6, P259
    HARTEN A, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V83, P148
    MAO D, 1985, J COMPUT MATH, V3, P256
    MO D, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V92, P422
    MORETTI, 1972, PIBAL7237 POL I BROO
    OSHER S, 1986, IMA VOLUMES MATH ITS, V2, P229
    SHU CW, 1987, MATH COMPUT, V49, P105
    SJOGREEN B, 1991, 3RD P INT C HYP PROB, P848
    SWARTZ BK, 1986, APPL NUMER MATH, V2, P385
 NR 12
 TC 12
 SN 0021-9991
 J9 J COMPUT PHYS
 JI J. Comput. Phys.
 PD DEC
 PY 1992
 VL 103
 IS 2
 BP 359
 EP 369
 PG 11
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Physics, Mathematical
 GA KD206
 UT ISI:A1992KD20600012
 ER
 
 EF
 
 FN ISI Export Format
 VR 1.0
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Chen, YL
    Gao, JS
 TI An efficient and highly stereoselective synthesis of
    cis-1-acetyl-2-aryl-6,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-spiro-[2,5]-4,8-octadiones
    and beta,gamma-trans-beta-acetyl-gamma-aryl-butyrolactones
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE stereoselective synthesis; acetylmethyltriphenylarsonium bromide;
    2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxa-5-substituted-benzylidene-4,6-dione;
    cis-1-acetyl-2-aryl-6,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-spiro-[2,5]-4,8-octadiones;
    beta,gamma-trans-beta-acetyl-gamma-aryl-gamma-butyrolactones
 AB Acetylmethyltriphenylarsonium bromide 6 in the presence of potassium
    carbonate and trace water reacted with
    2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxa-5-substituted-benzylidene-4,6-dione 2 at room
    temperature to give cyclopropane derivatives
    cis-1-acetyl-2-aryl-6,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-spiro-[2,5]-4,8-octadiones 7
    (X=p-CH3, p-Cl, H, p-NO2) or beta,gamma -trans-beta -acetyl-gamma
    -aryl-gamma -butyrolactones 8 (X=p-CH3O, p-N(CH3)(2), 3',4'-OCH2O-)
    with good yield and high stereoselectivity.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Organomet Chem Lab, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CAO WG, IN PRESS SYNTH COMMU
    CHEN YL, 1998, CHEM J CHINESE U, V19, P1614
    DING WY, 1965, B NAT SCI U CHEM CE, P540
    DING WY, 1996, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V12, P51
    HUDLICKY T, 1990, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V20, P1721
    JAIN PT, 1991, DISS ABSTR INT B, P195
    SCHUSTER P, 1964, MH CHEM, V95, P53
    SHI DQ, 1998, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V18, P82
 NR 8
 TC 6
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2000
 VL 30
 IS 24
 BP 4523
 EP 4530
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 381YX
 UT ISI:000165792600018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Chen, YL
    Gao, JS
 TI Study on the reaction of
    cis-1-acetyl-2-aryl-6,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-spiro-[2,5]-4,8-octadiones
    with methanol
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE cis-1-acetyl-2-aryl-6,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-spiro-[2,5]-4,8-octadione;
    trans,cis-alpha-carbomethoxy-beta-(alpha'-methoxy-alpha'-aryl)-gamma-met
    hoxy-gamma-methyl-gamma-butyrolactones;
    cis,cis-alpha-carbomethoxy-beta-(alpha'-methoxy-alpha'-aryl)-gamma-metho
    xy-gamma-methyl-gamma-butyrolactones
 AB Cis-1-acetyl-2-aryl-6,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxo-spiro-[2,5]-4,8-octadiones
    3a-d (X=p-CH3, p-Cl, H, p-NO2) reacted with anhydrous methanol in a
    sealed tube at 80 degreesC to form trans, cis-alpha
    -carbomethoxy-beta-(alpha'-methoxy-alpha'-aryl)-gamma -methoxy-gamma
    -methyl-gamma -butyrolactones 4a-d and cis,cis-alpha-alpha
    -carbomethoxy-beta-(alpha'-methoxy-alpha'-aryl)-gamma -methoxy-gamma
    -methyl-gamma -butyrolactones 5a-d in good yield.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Organomet Chem Lab, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CAO WG, IN PRESS CHEM J CHIN
    CAO WG, IN PRESS SYNTH COMMU
    CHEN YL, 1998, CHEM J CHINESE U, V19, P1614
    GAO JS, 1999, J SHANGHAI U NATURL, V5, P491
    HUDLICKY T, 1990, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V20, P1721
 NR 5
 TC 3
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2000
 VL 30
 IS 24
 BP 4531
 EP 4541
 PG 11
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 381YX
 UT ISI:000165792600019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, JM
    Wang, Q
    Wu, Z
    Li, CF
 TI Frequency properties of nonlinear transverse electric surface waves
 SO JAPANESE JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS PART 1-REGULAR PAPERS SHORT NOTES &
    REVIEW PAPERS
 DT Article
 DE frequency region; passband; stopband; antiferromagnet; dielectric;
    nonlinear TE surface wave
 ID MICROWAVE-ENVELOPE SOLITONS; IRON-GARNET FILMS
 AB The frequency properties of the nonlinear transverse electric (TE)
    waves on the interface between a dielectric and a nonlinear
    antiferromagnet are studied. The analyzed expressions of the field
    components of TE waves are derived in a large power case. We find that
    the peak magnetic field moves into the nonlinear antiferromagnet from
    the interface when the power of TE waves increases. Using the explicit
    dispersion equation obtained in this article we analyze in detail the
    frequency regions of the TE surface waves. The results show the
    nonlinear TE surface waves have frequency passband and stopband, which
    can be switched into each other by varying the power. Ii is also
    revealed that, under certain conditions, the nonlinear TE waves on the
    interface are backward surface waves with the group and phase
    velocities opposite in direction.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, JM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ALMEIDA NS, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P2015
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P717
    BOARDMAN AD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P13602
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P1
    CHEN M, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P12773
    DAMON RW, 1961, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V19, P308
    MIHALACHE D, 1987, OPT LETT, V12, P187
    TSANKOV MA, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P4274
    VUKOVIH S, 1990, SOV PHYS JETP, V71, P864
    WANG Q, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P5831
    WANG Q, 1999, SCI CHINA SER A, V42, P310
    WANG YF, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P6233
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0021-4922
 J9 JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1
 JI Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. Part 1 - Regul. Pap. Short Notes Rev. Pap.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 39
 IS 11
 BP 6223
 EP 6229
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 382PL
 UT ISI:000165831400021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Stability and chaotic motion in columns of nonlinear viscoelastic
    material
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE stability; chaos; averaging method; Galerkin method; viscoelastic column
 ID DYNAMIC STABILITY; PLATES
 AB The dynamical stability of a homogeneous, simple supported column,
    subjected to a periodic axial force, is investigated. The viscoelastic
    material is assumed to obey the Leaderman nonlinear constitutive
    relation. The equation of motion was derived as a nonlinear
    integro-partial-differential equation, and was simplified into a
    nonlinear integro-differential equation by the Galerkin method. The
    averaging method was employed to carry out the stability analysis.
    Numerical results are presented to compare with the analytical ones.
    Numerical results also indicate that chaotic motion appears.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ARGYRIS J, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P151
    CEDERBAUM G, 1992, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V59, P16
    CHEN LQ, 1999, APPL MATH MECH, V20, P1224
    CHENG CJ, 1998, ACTA MECH SINICA, V30, P690
    GLUCKNER PG, 1987, ENCY CIV ENG PRAC TE, V23, P577
    LEADERMAN H, 1962, T SOC RHEOL, V6, P361
    MATYASH VI, 1964, MECH POLY, V2, P293
    NAYFEF AH, 1979, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    SANDERS JA, 1985, AVERAGING METHODS NO
    SMART J, 1972, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V20, P313
    STEVENS KK, 1966, AIAA J, V12, P2111
    SUIRE G, 1994, ARCH APPL MECH-ING, V64, P307
    SUIRE G, 1995, INT J MECH SCI, V37, P753
    SZYSZKOWSKI W, 1985, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V6, P545
    TOUATI D, 1994, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V31, P2367
    TOUATI D, 1995, ACTA MECH, V113, P215
    ZHANG NH, 1998, P 3 INT C NONL MECH, P432
    ZHU YY, 1998, P 3 INT C NONL MECH, P445
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 9
 BP 987
 EP 994
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 381DZ
 UT ISI:000165748200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Dynamical behavior of nonlinear viscoelastic beams
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE viscoelastic beam; differential equation of motion; Leaderman relation;
    Galerkin method
 ID CHAOTIC VIBRATIONS
 AB The integro-partial-differential equation that governs the dynamical
    behavior of homogeneous viscoelastic beams was established. The
    material of the beams obeys the Leaderman nonlinear constitutive
    relation. rn the case of two simply supported ends, the mathematical
    model is simplified into an integro-differential equation after a
    2nd-order truncation by the Galerkin method. Then the equation is
    further reduced to an ordinary differential equation which is
    convenient to carry out numerical experiments. Finally, the dynamical
    behavior of Ist-order and 2nd-order truncation are numerically compared.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ABHYANKAR NS, 1993, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V60, P167
    ARGYRIS J, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P151
    CHEN LQ, 1999, NATURAL J, V21, P1
    LEADERMAN H, 1962, T SOC RHEOL, V6, P361
    MOON FC, 1979, J SOUND VIB, V65, P285
    NAYFEF AH, 1979, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    POTAPOV VD, 1997, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V34, P1367
    SMART J, 1972, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V20, P313
    SUIRE G, 1995, INT J MECH SCI, V37, P753
    WOJCIECH S, 1990, ACTA MECH, V85, P43
 NR 10
 TC 5
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 9
 BP 995
 EP 1001
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 381DZ
 UT ISI:000165748200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lai, JW
    Zhou, SP
    Li, GH
    Xu, DM
 TI A method for computing Lyapunov exponents spectra without
    reorthogonalization
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE chaos; Lyapunov exponents; compound matrix; eigenvalue
 ID SYSTEMS
 AB We present a method for the computation of Lyapunov exponents without
    reorthogonalization. In the low dimension of system( n<5), the
    equations needed. in present algorithm is less than those in normal
    methods such as QR, SVD etc. This method is applicable to both discrete
    systems and continuous systems, and is still valid when the Lyapunov
    spectra is degenerate. Numerical analysis to Lorenz dynamical system
    indicates that the method converges quickly and steadly for arbitrary
    nonzero initial state.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Lai, JW, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ARGYRIS J, 1994, EXPLORATION CHAOS, CH5
    CHOQUETBRUHAT Y, 1977, ANAL MANIFOLDS PHYSI, P258
    ECKMANN JP, 1985, REV MOD PHYS, V57, P617
    GEIST K, 1990, PROG THEOR PHYS, V83, P875
    GREENE JM, 1987, PHYSICA D, V24, P213
    HEINXOTTOPEITGE., 1992, CHAOS FRACTALS, CH12
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    PECORA LM, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P2374
    RANGARAJAN G, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P3743
    ROSSLER OE, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V71, P155
    VONBREMEN HF, 1997, PHYSICA D, V101, P1
    WANG DS, 1995, CHAOS FRACTAL APPL, CH2
    WILKINSM JH, 1987, ALGEBRAIC EIGENVALUE, CH1
    WOLF A, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P285
    ZHANG XK, 1998, ADV ALGEBRA, P22
 NR 15
 TC 3
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 12
 BP 2328
 EP 2332
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 382WB
 UT ISI:000165849400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lai, GJ
    Ji, PY
 TI Photon acceleration based on laser-plasma
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE electron density perturbation; optical metric; photon acceleration
 AB The one-dimensional electron density perturbation is derived by using
    the cold fluid equation, Poisson's equation and the continuity
    equation, which is generated by a driving laser pulse propagating
    through a tenuous plasma. The upshifting of the frequency of a trailing
    pulse induced by density perturbation is studied by using optical
    metric. The results show that it is possible that the photon will gain
    energy from the wake field when assuming photon number to be conserved,
    i. e., the photon will be accelerated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Lai, GJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR GORDON W, 1923, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V72, P421
    JOSHI C, 1984, NATURE, V311, P525
    MENDONCA JT, 1994, PHYS REV E, V49, P3520
    NAKAJIMA K, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P4428
    TAJIMA T, 1979, PHYS REV LETT, V43, P267
    WEINBERG S, 1972, GRAVITATION COSMOLOG
    WILKS SC, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P2600
    ZHU ST, 1993, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V42, P1438
 NR 8
 TC 4
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 12
 BP 2399
 EP 2403
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 382WB
 UT ISI:000165849400015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU You, JL
    Jiang, GC
    Xu, KD
 TI High temperature Raman spectroscopic study of the structure of sodium
    disilicate crystal, glass and its melt
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE high temperature; Raman spectroscopy; melts; sodium disilicate
 AB The structure of Na2Si2O5 from room temperature up to 1 773 K are
    studied by high temperature Raman spectroscopy using copper vapor pulse
    laser and integral time-resolved detection technique without any
    black-body radiation effect on spectral record. Backscattering optical
    configuration is coupled with confocal collection of Raman signal of
    macro-sample in the high temperature shaft tube furnace. Results show
    that temperature-dependent Raman spectra can clearly indicate phase
    transition during melting. Relative densities of various kinds of
    SiO4(n-4) (n, bridging-oxygen number binding to one tetrahedron former
    Si) tetrahedrons can be qualitatively and quantitatively resolved by
    Gaussian spectral deconvolution. Obviously high temperature Raman
    spectroscopy provides an useful tool for the micro-structure research
    of materials under high temperature.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP You, JL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR DOMINE F, 1983, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V55, P125
    HANDKE M, 1993, VIB SPECTROSC, V5, P75
    SMITH W, 1995, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V192, P267
    XU KD, 1999, SCI CHINA, V22, P77
    YOU JL, 1998, J CHINESE RARE EARTH, V16, P505
 NR 5
 TC 3
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 20
 IS 6
 BP 797
 EP 799
 PG 3
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 379NP
 UT ISI:000165649400015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ben-Yu, G
    Cheng-Long, X
 TI On two-dimensional unsteady incompressible fluid flow in an infinite
    strip
 SO MATHEMATICAL METHODS IN THE APPLIED SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE incompressible fluid flow; stream function form; infinite strip;
    existence; uniqueness and regularity of solution
 ID NAVIER-STOKES EQUATIONS; STREAM FUNCTION FORM
 AB In this paper, we study two-dimensional incompressible fluid flow in an
    infinite strip. The stream function form of Navier-Stokes equation is
    considered, which keeps the physical boundary condition and avoids some
    difficulties in numerical simulations. The existence and uniqueness of
    global solution are proved. Some results on the regularity of solution
    are obtained. Copyright (C) 2000 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Normal Univ, Sch Math Sci, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ben-Yu, G, Shanghai Normal Univ, Sch Math Sci, Shanghai 200234, Peoples
    R China.
 CR BERNARDI C, 1992, MATH COMPUT, V59, P63
    CHAZARAIN J, 1982, INTRO THEORY LINEAR
    GUO BY, 1997, J MATH ANAL APPL, V205, P1
    GUO BY, 1998, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V35, P146
    GUO BY, 1999, MATH COMPUT, V68, P1067
    HE LP, 1999, RAIRO MATH MODEL NUM, V33, P113
    KWEON JR, 1998, J MATH ANAL APPL, V220, P657
    LADYZHENSKAJA OA, 1969, MATH THEORY VISCOUS
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    MADAY Y, 1985, RECH AEROSPATIALE, P353
    TEMAM R, 1977, NAVIERSTOKES EQUATIO
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0170-4214
 J9 MATH METH APPL SCI
 JI Math. Meth. Appl. Sci.
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 23
 IS 18
 BP 1617
 EP 1636
 PG 20
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 380WJ
 UT ISI:000165726200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, YJ
    Liu, YX
    Sun, DS
    Bian, XF
    Xiao, LM
    Geng, GL
 TI Atmospheric oxidation of CuZnAlMnNi shape memory alloy
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE shape memory alloy (CuZnAlMnNi), oxidation of; microstructure;
    transmission electron microscopy
 ID CU-ZN-AL; MARTENSITIC-TRANSFORMATION; THERMOELASTICITY; TEMPERATURE;
    BEHAVIOR
 AB The microstructures of CuZnAlMnNi alloy after ion-polishing and
    subsequent exposure for 60 days in the ambient atmosphere were examined
    by transmission electron microscopy (TEM). It was found that a large
    number of fine oxide grains, with various sizes, appear homogeneously
    on the surface of the alloy after being held in atmosphere. The oxides
    form along the planes of stacking fault, at the plate boundaries or
    around the dislocations, resulting in the decrease of the stacking
    faults in the original quenched martensite plates, and even the
    complete disappearance in local zones. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mech, Jinan 250031, Shandong, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ Technol, Mat Testing Ctr, Jinan 250061, Shandong, Peoples R China.
 RP Bai, YJ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mech, Jinan 250031,
    Shandong, Peoples R China.
 CR BAI YJ, 1999, J MATER SCI LETT, V18, P1509
    DELAEY L, 1974, J MATER SCI, V9, P1521
    GENG GL, 1999, MATER CHARACT, V42, P45
    GU NJ, 1996, METALL MATER TRANS A, V27, P3108
    LOVEY FC, 1990, PHILOS MAG A, V61, P159
    LOVEY FC, 1995, J PHYS IV, V5, C2
    LOVEY FC, 1999, PROG MATER SCI, V44, P189
    PELEGRINA JL, 1992, ACTA METALL MATER, V40, P3205
    PONS J, 1990, ACTA METALL MATER, V38, P2733
    PONS J, 1993, ACTA METALL MATER, V41, P2547
    STALMANS R, 1992, ACTA METALL MATER, V40, P501
    WEI ZG, 1998, J MATER SCI, V33, P3743
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 46
 IS 6
 BP 358
 EP 361
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 380KV
 UT ISI:000165701800009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Luo, X
    Roetzel, W
    Ludersen, U
 TI The single-blow transient testing technique considering longitudinal
    core conduction and fluid dispersion
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER
 DT Article
 DE heat exchangers; measurement techniques; transient
 ID NUMERICAL INVERSION; LAPLACE TRANSFORMS; COEFFICIENTS
 AB Single-blow transient testing technique has been widely used to measure
    the thermal performance of compact heat exchangers. For compact heat
    exchangers with short length the effect of longitudinal core conduction
    can usually not be neglected. Furthermore, the flow nonuniformity in a
    heat exchanger has also a significant influence on its temperature
    response. A new conduction/dispersion model for the single-blow
    transient testing technique is developed to include the effects of the
    longitudinal core conduction and fluid dispersion. Because the axial
    dispersion coefficient depends on the flow pattern in the heat
    exchanger which is usually unknown, both the heat transfer coefficient
    and the axial dispersion coefficient are determined with the whole
    curve matching simultaneously. The experiments are conducted in an open
    circuit wind tunnel. Comparison is made between the experimental
    results and data available in the literature. The software TAIHE
    (Transient Analysis In Heat Exchangers) developed by the authors is
    applied to the data analysis to evaluate heat transfer coefficients and
    axial dispersion coefficients. The results show that the pulse testing
    technique developed in the present investigation can easily be carried
    out and gives good evaluated results. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Univ Fed Armed Forces Hamburg, Inst Thermodynam, D-22039 Hamburg, Germany.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Thermal Engn & Air Conditioning, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Luo, X, Univ Fed Armed Forces Hamburg, Inst Thermodynam, D-22039
    Hamburg, Germany.
 CR 1979, HDB MATH
    ANZELIUS A, 1926, Z ANGEW MATH MECH, V6, P291
    CAI ZH, 1984, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V27, P971
    CRUMP KS, 1976, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V23, P89
    DANCKWERTS PV, 1953, CHEM ENG SCI, V2, P1
    FURNAS CC, 1932, US BUREAU MINES B, V361
    HAUSEN H, 1929, Z ANGEW MATH MECH, V9, P173
    HEGGS PJ, 1988, EXP THERM FLUID SCI, V1, P243
    HOWARD CP, 1964, 64GTP11 ASME
    ICHIKAWA S, 1972, KYOTO U MEMORIES 1, V34, P53
    JACQUOT RG, 1983, IEEE CIRCUITS SYSTEM, V5, P4
    KOHLMAYR GF, 1966, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V9, P671
    KOHLMAYR GF, 1968, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V11, P567
    KOHLMAYR GF, 1968, J HEAT TRANSFER, V90, P130
    LIANG CY, 1975, J HEAT TRANSFER, V97, P16
    LOEHRKE RI, 1990, EXP THERM FLUID SCI, V3, P574
    LUO X, 1998, FORTSCHRITT BERICHTE, V19
    LUO X, 1999, SCI COMPUTING CHEM E, V2, P167
    MULLISEN RS, 1986, J HEAT TRANS-T ASME, V108, P370
    NUSSELT W, 1927, Z VER DTSCH ING 1, V71, P85
    PUCCI PF, 1967, J ENG PWR, V89, P29
    ROETZEL W, 1996, NEW DEV HEAT EXCHANG, P547
    ROETZEL W, 1997, COMPACT HEAT EXCHANG, P381
    ROETZEL W, 1997, REV GEN THERM, V36, P635
    ROETZEL W, 1998, REV GEN THERM, V37, P277
    ROETZEL W, 1999, DYNAMIC BEHAV HEAT E
    SCHUMANN TEW, 1929, J FRANKL INST, V208, P405
    STEHFEST H, 1970, COMMUN ACM, V13, P47
    ZHOU K, 1998, P INT C HEAT EXCH SU, P645
 NR 29
 TC 4
 SN 0017-9310
 J9 INT J HEAT MASS TRANSFER
 JI Int. J. Heat Mass Transf.
 PD JAN
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 IS 1
 BP 121
 EP 129
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics; Thermodynamics
 GA 380ND
 UT ISI:000165707200011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Deng, K
    Ren, ZM
    Jiang, GC
 TI Theoretical and experimental analyses of continuous casting with
    soft-contacted mould - (II) - EMF calculation and experimental analyses
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE electromagnetic continuous casting (EMC); soft-contacted mould;
    electromagnetic field (EMF)
 AB Coupling the quasi-3D numerical simulation of the electromagnetic field
    and the experiments with some metals, a series of phenomena in the
    processes of continuous casting with soft-contacted mould was analyzed.
    Some theoretical and experimental models were presented, from which
    following results were obtained. 1) The electromagnetic force is
    related with electric conductivity of billet as a power function to
    0.4. 2) The heat transfer between billet and mould is related with the
    contacting pressure, and it is a linear function for tin billet
    approximately. 3) The distance between initial solidification point and
    meniscus in billet is related with the surface magnetic flux density as
    a fourth root function. 4) The temperature gradient in the initial
    solidifying shell is reduced, which can decrease the tendency of hot
    tearing on the surface of billet, and increase the equiaxed crystal
    zone in billet. 5) The stronger the magnetic flux density is, the more
    shallow and the thinner the oscillation mark on the surface of billet
    is. 6) The depth of oscillation mark on the billet cast by the
    soft-contacted mould can be reduced to about 10% in comparison with
    that on the billets cast by traditional mould. 7) In non-dimensional
    condition, the average depth of the oscillation marks on the billets
    cast by the soft-contacted mould decreases with increasing magnetic
    flux density on there as a complementary error function.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AYATA K, 1997, CAMP ISIJ, V10, P828
    CHA PR, 1998, ISIJ INT, V38, P403
    DENG K, 1996, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V6, P12
    DONG HF, 1998, J IRON STEEL, V10, P5
    FURUHASHI S, 1998, TETSU TO HAGANE, V84, P625
    LI TJ, 1997, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V33, P524
    MORISHITA M, 1991, MAGNETOHYDRODYNAMICS, P267
    REN ZM, 1999, ACTA METALL SIN, V35, P851
    SIMPSON PG, 1960, INDUCTION HEATING CO
    VIVES C, 1989, METALL TRANS B, V20, P623
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 10
 IS 6
 BP 726
 EP 731
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 379EE
 UT ISI:000165627300006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yoshida, F
    Horiike, K
    Huang, SP
 TI Time-dependent concentration profile of secreted molecules in the
    intercellular signaling
 SO JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN
 DT Article
 DE diffusion equation; secretion rate; communication distance; cytokine;
    hormone; signal transduction
 ID CELLS; DIFFUSION; VESICLES
 AB The concentration profile of secreted molecules is studied to
    understand characteristic properties of the intercellular signaling.
    Diffusion equations are solved for the concentration by assuming the
    rectangular, triangular and oscillatory lime-dependence of the flux at
    the cell surface. The concentration is examined as a function of time
    and distance from a secreting cell by varying both the strength of an
    enhanced secretion rate and a secretion time. The time-dependence of
    the secretion rate is found to be inevitable for the concept of
    communication distance and characteristic time. Realistic estimations
    of these quantities are given for human cytokines.
 C1 Shiga Univ Med Sci, Dept Phys, Otsu, Shiga 5202192, Japan.
    Shiga Univ Med Sci, Dept Biochem, Otsu, Shiga 5202192, Japan.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yoshida, F, Shiga Univ Med Sci, Dept Phys, Seta Tsukinowa Cho, Otsu,
    Shiga 5202192, Japan.
 CR ALBERTS B, 1994, MOL BIOL CELL, CH13
    BROCK TG, 1999, J BIOL CHEM, V274, P11660
    CARSLAW HS, 1959, CONDUCTION HEAT SOLI
    CIOLKOWSKI EL, 1992, J AM CHEM SOC, V114, P2815
    CRANK J, 1975, MATH DIFFUSION, CH14
    FRANCIS K, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P12258
    LAUFFENBURGER DA, 1993, RECEPTORS MODELS BIN
    NICHOLSON C, 1995, BIOPHYS J, V68, P1699
    NISHIKI T, 1997, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V239, P57
    PALSSON BO, 1997, NAT BIOTECHNOL, V15, P3
    SAVINELL JM, 1989, BIOPROCESS ENG, V4, P231
    WIGHTMAN RM, 1995, BIOPHYS J, V68, P383
    YOSHIDA F, 1999, P JPN ACAD B-PHYS, V75, P87
 NR 13
 TC 6
 SN 0031-9015
 J9 J PHYS SOC JPN
 JI J. Phys. Soc. Jpn.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 69
 IS 11
 BP 3736
 EP 3743
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 378DH
 UT ISI:000165569400046
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, D
    Sun, XL
 TI Success guarantee of dual search in integer programming: p-th power
    Lagrangian method
 SO JOURNAL OF GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE integer programming; dual search; Lagrangian method
 ID GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION METHODS; CONSTRAINTS; BRANCH; GAP
 AB Although the Lagrangian method is a powerful dual search approach in
    integer programming, it often fails to identify an optimal solution of
    the primal problem. The p-th power Lagrangian method developed in this
    paper offers a success guarantee for the dual search in generating an
    optimal solution of the primal integer programming problem in an
    equivalent setting via two key transformations. One other prominent
    feature of the p-th power Lagrangian method is that the dual search
    only involves a one-dimensional search within [0,1]. Some potential
    applications of the method as well as the issue of its implementation
    are discussed.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, D, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management,
    Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR BARHEN J, 1997, SCIENCE, V276, P1094
    BELL DE, 1977, OPER RES, V25, P419
    COOPER MW, 1981, MANAGE SCI, V27, P353
    CVIJOVIC D, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P664
    FISHER ML, 1974, SIAM J APPL MATH, V27, P31
    FISHER ML, 1981, MANAGE SCI, V27, P1
    FLETCHER R, 1994, MATH PROGRAM, V66, P327
    GE R, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V46, P191
    GEOFFRION AM, 1974, MATHEMATICAL PROGRAM, V2, P82
    GLOVER F, 1968, OPER RES, V16, P741
    GUPTA OK, 1985, MANAGE SCI, V31, P1533
    HORST R, 1993, GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
    KAN AHGR, 1987, MATH PROGRAM, V39, P27
    KAN AHGR, 1987, MATH PROGRAM, V39, P57
    KARWAN MH, 1979, MATH PROGRAM, V17, P320
    KARWAN MH, 1980, OPER RES, V28, P1251
    KRAAY D, 1991, OPER RES, V39, P82
    LI D, 1995, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V85, P309
    LI D, 1999, OPER RES LETT, V25, P89
    MICHELON P, 1991, MATH PROGRAM, V52, P303
    OHTAGAKI H, 1995, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V22, P261
    PARKER RG, 1988, DISCRETE OPTIMIZATIO
    SHAPIRO JF, 1979, ANN DISCRETE MATH, V5, P113
    SKORINKAPOV J, 1987, OPER RES LETT, V6, P269
    SUNG CS, 1999, IEEE T RELIAB, V48, P108
    TILLMAN FA, 1980, OPTIMIZATION SYSTEM
    TZAFESTAS SG, 1980, INT J SYST SCI, V11, P455
 NR 27
 TC 4
 SN 0925-5001
 J9 J GLOBAL OPTIM
 JI J. Glob. Optim.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 18
 IS 3
 BP 235
 EP 254
 PG 20
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 379JB
 UT ISI:000165638000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, MH
    Bao, BR
    Chen, J
 TI Reduction of the thrombogenicity of polyethylene membranes by radiation
    grafting
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID ACRYLIC-ACID; BIOMATERIALS
 AB A new anti-thrombosis dialytic membrane with a hydrophilic-hydrophobic
    microphase structure was prepared by pre-irradiation grafting of beta
    -hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA) and styrene (St) onto polyethylene
    (PE) membranes. The effects of reaction conditions on the degree of
    grafting were determined, and the properties of the grafted films were
    investigated. Compared with PE grafted with hydrophilic monomer, the
    antithrombogenicity and permeability of the PE-g-(HEMA-co-St) were 30
    and 15 times higher than that of the ungrafted films, respectively, if
    the volume ratio (HEMA:St) is about 1:1.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, MH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHE JT, 1993, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V42, P85
    CHEN J, 1998, NUCL TECH, V21, P498
    EUSTACE DJ, 1988, J APPL POLYM SCI, V35, P707
    HOFFMAN AS, 1981, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V18, P323
    IMAI Y, 1972, J BIOMED MATER RES, V6, P165
    ISHIGAKI I, 1982, J APPL POLYM SCI, V27, P1033
    LINARES HA, 1972, J INVEST DERMATOL, V59, P323
    MERRILL EW, 1987, HYDROGELS MED PHARM, P31
    MULLERSCHULTE D, 1993, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V42, P891
    RATNER BD, 1981, BIOCOMPATIBILITY CLI, P145
    RATNER BD, 1996, HYDROGELS BIOMATERIA, P60
    WU MH, 1995, J RAD RES RAD PROCES, V13, P145
    ZHOU RM, 1993, J RAD RES RAD PROCES, V11, P170
 NR 13
 TC 2
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 246
 IS 2
 BP 457
 EP 461
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 375EZ
 UT ISI:000165387700039
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, LY
    Zhang, Y
    Fang, DY
    Li, CZ
    Gu, HC
 TI The effect of SnO2 on the photocatalytic activity of aerosol-made TiO2
    particles
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SYNTHESIS AND PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE composite particles; photodegradation; titanium dioxide
 ID DEGRADATION; PHENOL; POWDERS; FILMS
 AB Ultrafine titania particles were prepared by gas-phase oxidation of
    titanium tetrachloride in a high-temperature tubular aerosol how
    reactor. Homogeneous precipitation method was used to deposit SnO2 on
    the surface of lab-made TiO2. The composite particles were
    characterized by TEM, ICP, XRD, and BET surface area analysis. The
    composite particles, pure ultrafine TiO2, commercial TiO2, and pure
    SnO2 were employed for photocatalytic degradation of azo dye active red
    X-3B in aerated solutions. The result showed that the photoactivity of
    the composite particles was higher than that of pure ultrafine TiO2 and
    commercial TiO2, and the optimum loading of SnO2 on TiO2 is 15.3%. The
    enhanced degradation rate of X-3B using SnO2-TiO2 composite particles
    was attributed to increased charge separation in these systems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, LY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Box 59,149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BEDJA I, 1994, J PHYS CHEM-US, V98, P4133
    CHHABRA V, 1995, LANGMUIR, V11, P3307
    FOTOU GP, 1994, CHEM ENG SCI, V49, P4939
    FOTOU GP, 1996, CHEM ENG COMMUN, V151, P251
    GERISCHER H, 1991, J PHYS CHEM-US, V95, P5261
    GOPIDAS KR, 1994, J PHYS CHEM-US, V98, P3822
    HIROSHI Y, 1989, J PHYS CHEM-US, V93, P4833
    JUDIN VPS, 1993, CHEM BRIT, V29, P503
    KRUIS FE, 1998, J AEROSOL SCI, V29, P511
    LEGRINI O, 1993, CHEM REV, V93, P671
    LOOK JL, 1992, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V153, P461
    SCLAFANI A, 1990, J PHYS CHEM-US, V94, P829
    SHI LY, 1998, J ECUST CH, V24, P291
    SHI LY, 1998, MAT REV, V12, P23
    SHI LY, 1999, J CATAL, V20, P338
    SHI LY, 1999, J ECUST, V25, P151
    SHI LY, 1999, J INORG MATER, V14, P717
    SHI LY, 1999, THESIS
    TSAI SJ, 1997, CATAL TODAY, V33, P227
    VINODGOPAL K, 1995, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V29, P841
    VINODGPAL K, 1998, CHEM MATER, V8, P2180
    WEI TY, 1991, IND ENG CHEM RES, V30, P1293
 NR 22
 TC 3
 SN 1064-7562
 J9 J MATER SYNTH PROCESS
 JI J. Mater. Synth. Process
 PD NOV
 PY 1999
 VL 7
 IS 6
 BP 357
 EP 363
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 376NW
 UT ISI:000165464500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, JTK
    Yu, KW
    Gu, GQ
 TI Dynamic electrorheological effects and interparticle force between a
    pair of rotating spheres
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 ID SUSPENSIONS; SIMULATION; SHEAR; FLUIDS; FIELD
 AB We consider a two-particle system in which a particle is held fixed,
    and the other one rotates around the axis perpendicular to the line
    joining the particles' centers. The rotating particle leads to a
    displacement of its polarization charge on the surface. Our results
    show that the rotational motion of the particles generally reduces the
    force between the particles. The dependence of interparticle force on
    the angular velocity of rotation will be discussed.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Comp Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wan, JTK, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples
    R China.
 CR HALSEY TC, 1990, J STAT PHYS, V61, P1257
    HALSEY TC, 1992, SCIENCE, V258, P761
    JACKSON JD, 1975, CLASSICAL ELECTRODYN
    JONES TK, 1998, THESIS CHINESE U HON
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1989, J CHEM PHYS, V91, P7888
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1990, LANGMUIR, V6, P15
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1991, J CHEM PHYS, V94, P6160
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1998, MRS BULL, V23, P30
    LADD AJC, 1988, J CHEM PHYS, V88, P5051
    LOBRY L, 1999, J ELECTROSTAT, V47, P61
    PHULE PP, 1998, MRS BULL, V23, P19
    POLADIAN L, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P2092
    RUSSEL WB, 1989, COLLOIDAL DISPERSION
    TAO R, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P398
    WANG ZW, COMMUNICATION
    WANG ZW, 1996, INT J MOD PHYS B, V10, P1153
    WANG ZW, 1997, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V30, P1265
    YU KW, 2000, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V129, P177
    YU KW, 2000, PHYSICA B, V279, P78
 NR 19
 TC 10
 SN 1063-651X
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 62
 IS 5
 PN Part B
 BP 6846
 EP 6850
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 374JK
 UT ISI:000165341900020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SP
 TI The s+id(x2-y2) pairing symmetry in high temperature superconductors
 SO PHYSICA C-SUPERCONDUCTIVITY AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE Ginzburg-Landau theory; energy gap; Josephson effect
 ID TIME-REVERSAL SYMMETRY; ORDER-PARAMETER; THIN-FILMS; YBA2CU3O7-DELTA;
    JUNCTIONS; VORTICES; WAVE; PB
 AB The pairing symmetry in high temperature superconductors
    YBa2Cu3O7-delta a is studied. In the framework of Ginzburg-Landau
    model, the coexistence of s- and d-wave states has been discussed from
    the group theory analysis point of view. The s + id(x2-y2) pairing
    symmetry argument can provide us a plausible account of the
    experimental results of the Josephson tunneling along in
    YBa2Cu3O7-delta/YB2Cu3O7-delta junctions and the c-axis tunneling
    between YBCO/Pb junctions as well. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 20 Chengzhong Rd, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BARONE A, 1982, PHYSICS APPL JOSEPHS, CH2
    CHAKRAVARTY S, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P337
    CHAUDHARI P, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P1084
    ELLIOTT JP, 1984, SYMMETRY PHYSICS
    GORKOV LP, 1959, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V36, P1918
    GORKOV LP, 1960, SOV PHYS JETP, V9, P1364
    IGUCHI I, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P12388
    KHOMSKII DI, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P1384
    KOUZNETSOV KA, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P3050
    KRESIN VZ, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P9012
    LESUEUR J, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P3398
    LI QP, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P437
    LIHN HTS, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P3810
    LYONS KB, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P2949
    MILLIS AJ, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P15408
    ROBERTAZZI RP, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P8456
    ROHKSAR DS, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P493
    SIGRIST M, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P1727
    SIGRIST M, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P3249
    SIGRIST M, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P2835
    SPIELMAN S, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P123
    SUN AG, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P2267
    TINKHAM M, 1964, GROUP THEORY QUANTUM
    TSUEI CC, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P593
    VOLOVIK GE, 1985, SOV PHYS JETP, V61, P843
    WEBER HJ, 1990, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V76, P511
    WEI CD, 1992, GREENS FUNCTION METH, CH8
    WOLLMAN DA, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2134
    WU S, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P13343
    ZHANG FC, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P3759
 NR 30
 TC 3
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD NOV 1
 PY 2000
 VL 339
 IS 4
 BP 258
 EP 268
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 372YC
 UT ISI:000165260800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, TS
    Hing, P
    Zhang, RF
    Zhang, JC
    Li, Y
 TI Phase evolution, microstructure, and gas-sensing characteristics of the
    Sb2O3-Fe2O3 system prepared by coprecipitation
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 ID ALPHA-FE2O3 CERAMICS; FILM; SENSITIVITY; SENSORS; FE2O3; AIR
 AB Precursor powders with antimony-to-iron (Sb/Fe) atomic ratios ranging
    from 0 to 2.0 were prepared by chemical coprecipitation. The origin of
    enhanced gas-sensing behavior at a higher calcining temperature was
    investigated, based on phase evolution and microstructure characterized
    by means of thermal analysis, x-ray diffraction, Brunauer-Emmett-Teller
    surface area measurement, and electron microscopy. Only one
    iron-antimony oxide (i.e., FeSbO4) could be obtained under present
    experimental conditions. Pure FeSbO4 exhibited a high gas sensitivity,
    only when calcining temperature was below 600 degreesC. A rapid
    crystallite growth, as well as hard agglomeration, occurred in pure
    FeSbO4 powder calcined at 600-1000 degreesC, and thus led to poor
    gas-sensing behavior. However, there existed an optimal Sb/Fe ratio
    range (i.e., 0.25 to 0.65) in which crystallite growth of both alpha
    -Fe2O3 and FeSbO4 could be efficiently depressed up to 800 degreesC.
    The samples (with Sb/Fe ratio in the range 0.25-0.65) calcined at
    600-800 degreesC displayed a high sensitivity to liquid petroleum gas
    due to their large specific surface area and poor crystallinity.
 C1 Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Appl Sci, Div Mat Engn, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol China, Struct Res Lab, Hefei 230026, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, TS, Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Appl Sci, Div Mat Engn, Nanyang
    Ave, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
 CR ASO I, 1980, J CATAL, V64, P29
    BABDO Y, 1965, JPN J APPL PHYS, V4, P240
    BADAWY WA, 1988, THIN SOLID FILMS, V158, P277
    BERRY FJ, 1987, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V71, P582
    BONDIOLI F, 1998, MATER RES BULL, V33, P723
    CANTALINI C, 1994, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V18, P437
    CHUNG WY, 1991, THIN SOLID FILMS, V200, P329
    COLOMBO P, 1991, J EUR CERAM SOC, V8, P383
    DEBOER FE, 1954, J AM CHEM SOC, V76, P3365
    EWISS MAZ, 1998, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V39, P236
    FANG YK, 1989, THIN SOLID FILMS, V169, P51
    IPPOMMATSU M, 1989, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V136, P2123
    KIM KH, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P915
    KIM TH, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V70, P2739
    KOHL D, 1989, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V18, P71
    MATSUOKA M, 1978, NAT TECH REPORT, V24, P461
    NAKATANI Y, 1982, JPN J APPL PHYS, V21, L758
    NAKATANI Y, 1983, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V22, P233
    NAKATANI Y, 1983, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V22, P912
    SARALA G, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V28, P31
    SCHIERBAUM KD, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V3, P205
    WALCZAK J, 1997, SOLID STATE IONICS 2, V101, P1363
    ZHANG TS, 1999, J MATER SCI-MATER EL, V10, P509
    ZHANG TS, 2000, J MATER SCI, V35, P1419
 NR 24
 TC 3
 SN 0884-2914
 J9 J MATER RES
 JI J. Mater. Res.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 15
 IS 11
 BP 2356
 EP 2363
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 373EL
 UT ISI:000165275400016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Rocha, A
    Tong, F
    Yan, ZZ
 TI A logic filter for tumor detection on mammograms
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE logic filter; mammogram diagnosis; image processing for mammograms
 AB This paper presents a novel approach for detection of suspicious
    regions in digitized mammograms. The edges of the suspicious region in
    mammogram are enhanced using an improved logic filter. The result of
    further image processing gives a gray-level histogram with
    distinguished characteristics, which facilitates the segmentation of
    the suspicious masses. The experiment results based on 25 digital
    sample mammograms, which are definitely diagnosed, are analyzed and
    evaluated briefly.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Biomed Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Rocha, A, Shanghai Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BASSMANN H, 1995, DIGITAL IMAGE PROCES, P117
    BOVIK AC, 1987, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V9, P181
    HALL EL, 1971, IEEE T COMPUTER, V20
    LAI SM, 1989, IEEE T MED IMAGING, V8, P377
    LAMARQUE JL, 1981, ATLS BREAST CLIN RAD
    ROCHA A, 1999, J SHANGHAI U, V3, P293
    TSIRIKOLIAS K, 1991, P INT C DIG SIGN PRO, P285
    TSIRIKOLIAS K, 1993, IMAGE PROCESSING THE, P251
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 1000-9000
 J9 J COMPUT SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Comput. Sci. Technol.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 15
 IS 6
 BP 629
 EP 632
 PG 4
 SC Computer Science, Hardware & Architecture; Computer Science, Software
    Engineering
 GA 373JC
 UT ISI:000165284800015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Peng, LM
    Mao, XM
    Wen, HQ
 TI Directional solidification properties of the in-situ composite Cu-Cr
    alloy
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE in-situ composite; primary dendritic spacing; axial length
 AB The in-situ. composite cable ingots of the alloy Cu-Cr have been
    produced by a directional solidification and continuous casting
    process. The directional solidification properties of the alloy Cu-Cr,
    such as microstructure, primary dendritic spacing, and axial length of
    crystal, are studied. The experimental results show that the planar or
    cellular solidification interface is beneficial to forming the in-situ
    composite reinforced by fibers. As G(L) = 210 degreesC/cm, and V = 0.6
    mm/min, the solidification interface of the alloy Cu-0. 8%Cr is planar.
    With the increase of the solidification rate, the primary dendritic
    spacing of the alloy Cu-Cr increases at the beginning, and then
    decreases while the axial length increases all the time.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Bao Steel Co, Shanghai 201900, Peoples R China.
 RP Peng, LM, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR HU HQ, 1991, PRINCIPLE METAL SOLI, P109
    PAN Y, 1999, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V28, P85
    VERHOEVEN JD, 1990, J MATER ENG, V12, P127
    WAN CK, 1993, MAT REV, V2, P23
    WEN HQ, 1995, J FUNCTIONAL MAT, V26, P553
    WEN HQ, 1998, RARE METALS, V17, P23
    WU NP, 1993, ELECT MAT, P24
    ZHAO ZD, 1990, HDB COPPER COPPER AL, P3
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 29
 IS 5
 BP 307
 EP 310
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 370QR
 UT ISI:000165134200006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, JR
    Meng, ZY
 TI Orientation controlling of PZT thin films derived from sol-gel
    techniques
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Technol, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Technol, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ADACHI M, 1987, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V26, P550
    BROOKS KG, 1994, J MATER RES, V9, P2540
    CHEN SY, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P2337
    CHEN SY, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V36, P4451
    CHEN SY, 1998, J AM CERAM SOC, V81, P97
    CHENG JR, 1999, ADV SCI TECH, V25, P61
    CLEE M, 1992, J APPL PHYS, V72, P1566
    FOSTER CM, 1995, MATER RES SOC S P, V361, P307
    KANG YM, 1997, FERROELECTRICS, V196, P5
    KWOK CK, 1993, J MATER RES, V8, P339
    LAKEMAN CDE, 1992, CERAMIC T, V25, P413
    WILLEMS GJ, 1995, MICROELECTRON ENG, V29, P217
    WILLEMS GJ, 1997, INTEGR FERROELECTR, V15, P19
    WOOD VE, 1992, J APPL PHYS, V71, P4557
 NR 14
 TC 6
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 19
 IS 21
 BP 1945
 EP 1949
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 369WK
 UT ISI:000165090600019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GH
    Zhou, SP
    Xu, DM
    Lai, JW
 TI An occasional linear feedback approach to control chaos
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE occasional linear feedback; chaos; Henon-like mapping; Lyapunov exponent
 AB This paper proposes an approach to control chaos based on occasional
    linear feedback. This scheme is composed of control and non-control
    phases. The different stable periodic orbits are obtained by adjusting
    the feedback coefficients and the time duration which the control phase
    occupies. We also simulate acousto-optic bistable model and Henon-like
    attactor. The results from the numerical simulation show that the
    method can switch effectively the system to the desired periodic orbits.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BERNARDO M, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V214, P139
    GUEMEZ J, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V181, P29
    LIM TK, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V240, P289
    LIU ZH, 1997, PHYS LETT A, V232, P55
    MATIAS MA, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P1455
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
 NR 6
 TC 9
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 11
 BP 2123
 EP 2128
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 371XH
 UT ISI:000165204200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ju, JH
    Xia, YB
    Zhang, WL
    Wang, LJ
    Shi, WM
    Huang, ZM
    Li, ZF
    Zheng, GZ
    Tang, DY
 TI Effect of nitrogen on the residual stress and adhesion of diamond-like
    amorphous carbon nitride films
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE diamond-like carbon film; microstructure; adhesion properties
 ID THIN-FILMS; INDENTATION; ADHERENCE
 AB Microstructure and adhesion properties of nitrogen - doped diamond-like
    amorphous carbon (DLC) film deposited by r f plasma-enhanced chemical
    vapor deposition method is studied by atomic force microscope, Auger
    electron spectroscopy (AES) and micro-indentation analysis. Results
    show that, with the increase of nitrogen content, particles of tens of
    nanometer in size appear in the film. The atomic lateral force
    microscope and AES analyses show that these nano particles are
    nitrogen-rich amorphous carbon nitride CNx, where x is larger than
    0.126. Micro-indentation measurement shows that this DLC/CNx
    nano-composite structure reduces the residual stress of the film and
    improves the adhesion between DLC film and Si substrate.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, State Key Lab Infrared Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
 RP Ju, JH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ANGUS JC, 1988, J VAC SCI TECHNOL  2, V6, P1778
    CHOI W, 1998, J ADHES SCI TECHNOL, V12, P29
    FRANCESCHINI DF, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V60, P3229
    JU JH, IN PRESS J APPL SCI
    MARSHALL DB, 1984, J APPL PHYS, V56, P2632
    ROSSINGTON C, 1984, J APPL PHYS, V56, P2639
    SILVA SRP, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V81, P2626
    ZOU JW, 1988, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V6, P3103
    ZOU JW, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V65, P3914
 NR 9
 TC 3
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 11
 BP 2310
 EP 2314
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 371XH
 UT ISI:000165204200038
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Han, JT
    Bao, BR
    Sun, GX
    Yang, Y
    Yang, YH
    Chen, MQ
    Sun, SX
 TI Synthesis and structure of dinitrato Di(N-dodecanoylpyrrolidine)
    uranyl(II)
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE N - dodecanoylpyrrolidine; crystal structures; uranyl complex
 ID EXTRACTION; URANIUM(VI); TOLUENE
 AB The complex UO2(DOPOD)(2)(NO3)(2) has been prepared and characterized
    by elemental analysis and IR spectroscopy. The crystal structure of the
    complex has been determined by four - circle X - ray diffractometer.
    The complex crystal belongs to the orthorhombic system and space group
    Pbca, with cell parameters: a=0.9301(5), b=1.7017(2), c=5.1171(11)nm,
    V=8.099(5)nm(3), Z = 8, D-c = 1.478g/ cm(3),mu>(*) over bar * (MoK
    alpha) = 4.061mm(-1), F(000) = 3632, final R = 0.0655 and R-w = 0.1907
    for 3006 observed reflections [I > 2 sigma>(*) over bar * (I)], The
    results indicate that uranyl ion is coordinated to six oxygen atoms,
    four of them are from two nitrate groups and other two are from
    carbonyl groups of organic ligands. The uranium atom in the structure
    is hexagonal bipyramid cooperated.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Ctr Anal & Measurement, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ, Dept Chem, Jinan 250100, Peoples R China.
 RP Han, JT, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR HAN JT, 1999, J RADIOANAL NUCL CH, V241, P215
    HAN JT, 1999, J RADIOANAL NUCL CH, V241, P679
    JIANG D, 1992, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V50, P1091
    PANATTONI C, 1969, INORG CHEM, V8, P320
    SUN GX, 1998, J RADIOANAL NUCL CH, V232, P245
    SUN GX, 1998, RADIOCHIM ACTA, V83, P27
    THIOLLET G, 1989, SOLVENT EXTR ION EXC, V7, P813
    XU G, 1984, PRINCIPLES EXTRACTIO, P161
    ZHOU G, 1989, BASIC STRUCTURAL CHE, P246
 NR 9
 TC 4
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PY 2000
 VL 58
 IS 10
 BP 1286
 EP 1290
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 371YX
 UT ISI:000165207800021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, XS
    Tanaka, T
    Suzuki, Y
 TI Preferred orientation and ferroelectric properties of lead zirconate
    titanate thin films
 SO THIN SOLID FILMS
 DT Article
 DE PZT thin film; facing target sputtering; ferroelectric properties;
    preferred orientation
 ID AXIS-ORIENTED PB(ZR; DEPOSITION; GROWTH; RF
 AB Highly (111) oriented perovskite PZT thin films have been prepared by
    annealing FTS-deposited samples. The effects of the substrate
    temperature, sputtering power, annealing temperature and heating rate
    for annealing on the crystalline orientation were investigated. The
    sample prepared under the optimum condition showed excellent
    ferroelectric properties with P-r of 45 muC/cm(2) and P-s of 79
    muC/cm(2). (C) 2000 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Technol Res Inst Osaka Prefecture, Super Eye Image Sensor Project, Osaka 5941157, Japan.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, XS, Technol Res Inst Osaka Prefecture, Super Eye Image Sensor
    Project, Ayumino 2-7-1, Osaka 5941157, Japan.
 CR BAI GR, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P1572
    CHEN SY, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P2337
    FUJII S, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V36, P6065
    FUKAMI T, 1991, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V30, P2155
    LEE KB, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P1484
    MATSUOKA M, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V60, P2096
    RANDALL CA, 1998, J AM CERAM SOC, V81, P677
    SONG YJ, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P2686
    TYUNINA M, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P5489
    UDAYAKUMAR KR, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P3981
    YAMAUCHI S, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V32, P4118
 NR 11
 TC 7
 SN 0040-6090
 J9 THIN SOLID FILMS
 JI Thin Solid Films
 PD OCT 31
 PY 2000
 VL 375
 IS 1-2
 BP 91
 EP 94
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Condensed Matter
 GA 369LU
 UT ISI:000165067400022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, YP
    Jin, CY
    Meng, ZY
 TI The effects and mechanism of chemical additives on the pyrolysis
    evolution and microstructure of sol-gel derived Ba1-xSrxTiO3 thin films
 SO THIN SOLID FILMS
 DT Article
 DE BST film; deposition process; crystallization; microstructure
 ID BARIUM-TITANATE
 AB The dependence of phase evolution on preparation conditions of
    precursor sols were investigated by DSC and XRD experiments during the
    sol-gel processing for Ba1-xSrxTiO3(BST) thin films. Two kinds of
    crystallization paths of perovskite BST were found during the
    annealing, which are closely dependent on chelating agent and solution
    aging. One path was the decomposition of all oxycarbonate intermediate,
    the other was the solid reaction between Ba/Sr carbonates and titanium
    oxides. For fresh sol, the addition of acetylacetone (HAcAc) as a
    chelating agent reduced the crystallization temperature by similar to
    70 degreesC. Moreover, the back scattered scanning electron microscopy
    (BS-SEM) revealed that the HAcAc-derived films were homogeneous in
    composition in comparison with the heterogeneity of the films prepared
    with no chelating agent addition. The Variations mentioned above were
    considered originating from different molecule structures of the
    precursors. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 20030, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ALSHAREEF HN, 1997, J ELECTROCERAM, V1, P145
    CHANDLER CD, 1993, CHEM REV, V93, P1025
    DING Y, 1998, P 9 INT C MOD MAT TE, P615
    GRAMMATICO JP, 1997, J MAT SCI LETT ELECT, V3, P82
    GUST MC, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2828
    HOFFMAN W, 1997, THIN SOLID FILMS, V305, P305
    KRUPANIDHI SB, 1997, THIN SOLID FILMS, V305, P144
    MOSSET A, 1988, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V100, P339
    SCOTT JF, 1992, P 8 IEEE INT S APPL, P356
    SHAIKH AS, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P682
    TSAY JD, 1998, J MATER SCI, V33, P3721
    UEDA T, 1995, INTEGR FERROELECTR, V7, P45
 NR 12
 TC 10
 SN 0040-6090
 J9 THIN SOLID FILMS
 JI Thin Solid Films
 PD OCT 31
 PY 2000
 VL 375
 IS 1-2
 BP 196
 EP 199
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Condensed Matter
 GA 369LU
 UT ISI:000165067400045
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, XS
    Tanaka, T
    Suzuki, Y
 TI Characterization of lead zirconate titanate thin films deposited at low
    temperature by reactive facing target sputtering
 SO THIN SOLID FILMS
 DT Article
 DE reactive facing target sputtering; lead zirconate titanate thin film;
    orientation; ferroelectric property
 ID PB(ZR,TI)O-3 FILMS; PB(ZR; RF; GROWTH
 AB Lead zirconate titanate thin films have been deposited on platinized
    silicon substrate at low temperature by reactive facing target
    sputtering. The effects of substrate temperature, total gas pressure,
    sputtering ambience, input power and target composition on the phase
    composition of PZT thin film were investigated. By controlling the
    sputtering conditions, highly (111) oriented perovskite PZT thin films
    can be obtained, and the samples show ferroelectric properties. (C)
    2000 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Technol Res Inst Osaka Prefecture, Super Eye Image Sensor Project, Osaka 5941157, Japan.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, XS, Technol Res Inst Osaka Prefecture, Super Eye Image Sensor
    Project, Ayumino 2-7-1, Osaka 5941157, Japan.
 CR CHEN SY, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P2332
    FUJISAWA A, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V32, P4048
    HASE T, 1991, JPN J APPL PHYS, V30, P2159
    HASE T, 1994, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V33, P5244
    HAYASHI K, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V32, P4122
    LEE HS, 1998, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V37, P5630
    MATSUOKA M, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V60, P2096
    MATSUOKA M, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V63, P2098
    NAM HJ, 1998, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V37, P3462
    TOMINAGA K, 1991, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V30, P2574
    TRISCONE JM, 1996, J APPL PHYS 1, V79, P4298
    YAMAUCHI S, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V32, P4118
    ZHANG WX, 1995, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V34, P5120
    ZHANG WX, 1996, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V35, P5084
 NR 14
 TC 2
 SN 0040-6090
 J9 THIN SOLID FILMS
 JI Thin Solid Films
 PD OCT 31
 PY 2000
 VL 375
 IS 1-2
 BP 267
 EP 270
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Condensed Matter
 GA 369LU
 UT ISI:000165067400061
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wen, Q
    You, JL
    Huang, SP
    Yu, BK
    Jiang, GC
    Zhou, CD
 TI High temperature Raman spectra and micro-structure study of lithium
    metaborate and its melt
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE high temperature Raman spectroscopy; lithium metaborate (LiBO2); melt
 AB Lithium metaborate (LiBO2) is studied by high temperature Raman
    spectroscopy from room temperature up to 1 673 K,and spectra drawing in
    different temperature are got. By analyzing, it focus on the phase
    transition,it is that the endless chains of BO3 triangles transform
    into rings of (B3O6)(3-) at about 1 123 K,and then the different kind
    of phase balance's motion occurs after 1 273 K which implies that both
    endless chain and ring have changed to CRN. In the drawing, the
    variation of peak's area rate implies the microstructure
    information,and shows the process from order to disorder.
 C1 Shanghai City Key Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wen, Q, Shanghai City Key Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BRONSWIJK JP, 1977, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V24, P145
    CHRYSSIKOS GD, 1990, J NONCRYSTALL SOLIDS, V42, P126
    JIANG YJ, 1996, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V45, P885
    LIU HS, 1996, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V16, P66
    MAREZIO M, 1963, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR, V16, P390
    MAREZIO M, 1963, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR, V16, P594
    RULMONT A, 1989, SPECTROCHIM ACTA A, V45, P603
    SASTRY BSR, 1995, J AM CERAM SOC, V42, P218
    YOU JL, 1999, OPTICAL INSTRUMENT, V21, P21
    ZACHARIASEN WH, 1964, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR, V17, P749
    ZHOU XW, 1997, PROGR LIQUID PHYSI 1, V7, P12
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 20
 IS 5
 BP 694
 EP 696
 PG 3
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 369AR
 UT ISI:000090150100036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZY
    Lin, L
    Shi, CC
 TI Nonstationary two-stage multisplitting methods for symmetric positive
    definite matrices
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE nonstationary two-stage multisplitting; diagonal compensation
    reduction; block diagonal conformable
 ID LINEAR-SYSTEMS; OVERLAPPING BLOCKS; ITERATIVE METHODS; PARALLEL
    SOLUTION; CONVERGENCE; 2-STAGE
 AB Nonstationary synchronous two-stage multisplitting methods for the
    solution of the symmetric positive definite linear system of equations
    are considered. The convergence properties of these methods are
    studied. Relaxed variants are also discussed. The main tool for the
    construction of the two-stage multisplitting and related theoretical
    investigation is the diagonally compensated reduction (cf. [1]). (C)
    2000 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Xiamen Univ, Dept Math, Xiamen 361005, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AXELSSON O, 1994, NUMER LINEAR ALGEBR, V1, P155
    BERMAN A, 1979, NONNEGATIVE MATRICES
    BRU R, 1988, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V103, P175
    BRU R, 1990, APPL MATH LETT, V3, P65
    BRU R, 1995, ELECTRONIC T NUMERIC, V3, P24
    BRU R, 1995, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V16, P1210
    CAO ZH, 1998, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V285, P153
    CAO ZH, 1998, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V285, P309
    CASTEL MJ, 1998, MATH COMPUT, V67, P209
    FROMMER A, 1989, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V119, P141
    JONES MT, 1996, NUMER LINEAR ALGEBR, V3, P113
    LANZKRON PJ, 1991, NUMER MATH, V58, P685
    MIGALLON V, 1997, APPL MATH LETT, V10, P79
    NEUMANN M, 1987, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V88, P559
    OLEARY DP, 1985, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V6, P630
    ORTEGA JM, 1972, NUMERICAL ANAL 2 COU
    SZYLD DB, 1992, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V13, P671
    VARGA RS, 1962, MATRIX ITERATIVE ANA
 NR 18
 TC 5
 SN 0893-9659
 J9 APPL MATH LETT
 JI Appl. Math. Lett.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 13
 IS 8
 BP 49
 EP 54
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 369ZM
 UT ISI:000165097700009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Du, B
    Yung, EKN
    Yang, KZ
    Zhong, SS
 TI Design of multibeam parabolic torus reflector antennas
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE parabolic torus reflector antenna; multibeam antenna; offset antenna;
    antenna design
 AB Design formulas, principles, and procedures for a multibeam parabolic
    tones reflector antenna (PTRA) are presented. A six-beam PTRA with 15
    degrees geostationary are coverage for satellite communication is
    described. Experimental and theoretical radiation patterns are given.
    Six identical beams are obtained with low sidelobe and low
    cross-polarization lei els. A comparison between the calculated and
    measured patterns of the central beam shows good agreement. (C) 2000
    John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Commun Telemetry & Telecontrol Res Inst, Shijiazhuang 050081, Hebei, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Du, B, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BOSWELL AGP, 1978, MARCONI REV, V41, P237
    CHU TS, 1989, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V37, P865
    CLARRICOATS PJB, 1984, CORRUGATED HORNS MIC, P141
    DU B, 1995, SCI CHINA SER A, V38, P1520
    DU B, 1997, CHINESE J ELECTRON, V6, P86
    DU B, 1997, P 4 INT S ANT EM THE, P148
    HOFERER RA, 1998, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V46, P1449
    ZHONG SS, 1998, P IEEE AP S S ATL GA, P848
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD DEC 5
 PY 2000
 VL 27
 IS 5
 BP 343
 EP 347
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 367FM
 UT ISI:000090051100016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
    Wang, Q
 TI Negative phase time for particles passing through a potential well
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE negative phase time; negative lateral shift; potential well;
    quantum-like dependence of phase on potential-well thickness
 ID TOTAL-INTERNAL-REFLECTION; TUNNELING TIMES; DELAY
 AB It is reported that the phase time of particles passing through a
    potential well is negative when the energy of incident particles and
    the thickness of potential well satisfy certain conditions. Similar
    results are also found in a fully-relativistic optical analog. The
    2-dimensional optical case gives rise to a lateral shift of the wave
    packet. It is shown that the phase-time associated lateral shift can
    also be negative. (C) 2000 Published by Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BALCOU P, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P851
    BRILLOUIN L, 1960, WAVE PROPAGATION GRO, P121
    CARNIGLIA CK, 1971, J OPT SOC AM, V61, P1035
    CHIAO RY, 1997, PROG OPTICS, V37, P345
    ENDERS A, 1992, J PHYS I, V2, P1693
    ENDERS A, 1993, J PHYS I, V3, P1089
    GARRETT CGB, 1970, PHYS REV A-GEN PHYS, V1, P305
    HARTMAN TE, 1962, J APPL PHYS, V33, P3427
    HAUGE EH, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P917
    LEE B, 1997, J OPT SOC AM B, V14, P777
    MACCOLL LA, 1932, PHYS REV, V40, P621
    MARTIN T, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P2611
    MERZBACHER E, 1970, QUANTUM MECH, P112
    SPIELMANN C, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P2308
    STEINBERG AM, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P708
    STEINBERG AM, 1994, PHYS REV A, V49, P3283
    WANG LJ, 2000, NATURE, V406, P277
    WIGNER EP, 1955, PHYS REV, V98, P145
 NR 18
 TC 12
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD OCT 16
 PY 2000
 VL 275
 IS 4
 BP 287
 EP 291
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 365QL
 UT ISI:000089961900009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mao, JM
    Liu, ZR
    Ling, Y
 TI Straight-line stabilization
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 ID CHAOS; SYSTEMS
 AB For finite-dimensional maps, an unstable orbit in a neighborhood of an
    unstable fixed point can be stabilized by adjusting parameters so that
    the orbit goes to the fixed point along the straight line connecting
    the orbit (at a given time) and the fixed point [Yang Ling, Liu
    Zengrong and Jian-min Mao, Phys. Rev. Lett. 83, 67 (2000)]. This is
    called straight-line stabilization. In this paper, we derive the
    expression for the region of stabilization, i.e., the region within
    which the straight-line stabilization method is valid. For
    two-dimensional maps, the parameter adjustments needed by the
    stabilization method are explicitly given for nine cases. Stabilization
    of unstable flows, with or without introducing a Poincare map, is also
    investigated.
 C1 Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Mao, JM, Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Hong Kong, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AYNG L, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P67
    GARFINKEL A, 1992, SCIENCE, V257, P1230
    HUNT ER, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P1953
    MYNENI K, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P2175
    OSIPOV G, 1998, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V9, P307
    OSIPOV GV, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V247, P119
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    PETTOV V, 1993, NATURE, V361, P240
    ROMEIRAS FJ, 1992, PHYSICA D, V58, P165
    ROY R, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P1259
 NR 10
 TC 3
 SN 1063-651X
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 62
 IS 4
 PN Part A
 BP 4846
 EP 4849
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 365XY
 UT ISI:000089976800050
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, J
    Ma, HP
    Sun, WW
 TI Error analysis for solving the Korteweg-de Vries equation by a Legendre
    pseudo-spectral method
 SO NUMERICAL METHODS FOR PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
 DT Article
 DE Korteweg-de Vries equation; Legendre pseudo-spectral method
 ID KORTEWEG-DEVRIES EQUATION; PSEUDOSPECTRAL METHOD; GALERKIN METHOD;
    DIRECT SOLVERS; POLYNOMIALS; 3RD-ORDER; 2ND-ORDER
 AB A Legendre pseudo-spectral method is proposed for the Korteweg-de Vries
    equation with nonperiodic boundary conditions. Appropriate base
    functions are chosen to get an efficient algorithm. Error analysis is
    given for both semi-discrete and fully discrete schemes. The numerical
    results confirm to the theoretical analysis. (C) (2000) John Wiley &
    Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Acad Math & Syst Sci, Inst Computat Math & Sci Engn Comp, LSEC, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BERNARD C, 1997, SPECIAL METHODS HDB, V5, P209
    BERNARDI C, 1992, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V43, P53
    BRESSAN N, 1990, COMPUT METHODS APPL, V80, P443
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CAREY GF, 1991, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V93, P1
    CHAN TF, 1985, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V22, P441
    DJIDJELI K, 1995, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V58, P307
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, NUMERICAL ANAL SPECT
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE MEHTODS P
    GUO BY, 1998, SPECTRAL METHODS THE
    HUANG WZ, 1992, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V29, P1626
    MA HP, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V65, P120
    MADAY Y, 1988, MEAN MODEL MATH AN N, V22, P499
    MERRYFIELD WJ, 1993, J COMPUT PHYS, V105, P182
    MITRINOVIE DS, 1991, INEQUALITIES INVOLVI
    PAVONI D, 1988, CALCOLO, V25, P311
    SHEN J, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P1489
    SHEN J, 1995, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V16, P74
    SZEGO G, 1975, ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIA
 NR 19
 TC 4
 SN 0749-159X
 J9 NUMER METHOD PARTIAL DIFFER E
 JI Numer. Meth. Part Differ. Equ.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 16
 IS 6
 BP 513
 EP 534
 PG 22
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 364UJ
 UT ISI:000089911100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hua, TC
    Xu, JJ
 TI Quenching boiling in subcooled liquid nitrogen for solidification of
    aqueous materials
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING A-STRUCTURAL MATERIALS PROPERTIES
    MICROSTRUCTURE AND PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE rapid cooling; quenching boiling; subcooled liquid nitrogen;
    solidification
 ID SPECIMENS
 AB Rapid cooling is of great importance in solidification of aqueous
    materials, such as in vitrification of biological cells and tissues,
    and in quick freezing of food. Quenching of samples into liquid
    nitrogen is a typical technique to obtain high cooling rate. This paper
    investigates the quenching boiling of small spheres and a circular
    plate into saturated and subcooled liquid nitrogen. Effects of the
    diameters of spheres, the inclination angles of the plate, and the
    subcooling of liquid nitrogen on quenching boiling are investigated
    systematically. Boiling characteristics of the small spheres
    (representing small samples) and the circular plate (representing large
    samples) are very different from each other. The scale effect of small
    samples and the inclination effect of large plate on heat transfer
    performance are obvious. The subcooling of liquid nitrogen can enhance
    the heat fluxes in all cases, especially in the cases of small samples.
    (C) 2000 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryogen & Refrigerat, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Hua, TC, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryogen & Refrigerat, 516
    Jun Gong Rd, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR CAO Q, 1998, CRYOGENICS REFRIGERA, P117
    COSTELLO MJ, 1978, J MICROSC, V112, P17
    ELKASSABGI Y, 1988, ASME, V110, P479
    HAN RH, 1995, CRYOLETT, V16, P157
    HUA TC, 1998, HEAT TRANSFER 1998, V1, P357
    KUTATELADZE SS, 1961, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V4, P31
    RYAN KP, 1987, J MICROSC-OXFORD, V145, P89
    STEPONKUS PL, 1990, NATURE, V345, P170
    XU JJ, 1998, CRYOGENICS REFRIGERA, P301
    ZUBER N, 1958, T ASME, V83, P351
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0921-5093
 J9 MATER SCI ENG A-STRUCT MATER
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process.
 PD NOV 30
 PY 2000
 VL 292
 IS 2
 BP 169
 EP 172
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 364HE
 UT ISI:000089886300007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, SY
    Frank, TJ
 TI Forecasting the efficiency of test generation algorithms for
    combinational circuits
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE testability; genetic algorithm; forecasting; test generation
 AB In this era of VLSI circuits, testability is truly a very crucial
    issue. To generate a test set for a given circuit, choice of an
    algorithm from a number of existing test generation algorithms to apply
    is bound to vary from circuit to circuit. In this paper, the Genetic
    Algorithm is used in order to construct an accurate model for some
    existing test generation algorithms that are being used everywhere in
    the world. Some objective quantitative measures are used as an
    effective tool in making such choice. Such measures are so important to
    the analysis of algorithms that they become one of the subjects of this
    work.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, SY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR *TEX INSTR INC, 1982, BIP DIG INT CIRC D 1
    ABRAMOVICI M, 1986, IEEE DES TEST COMPUT, V3, P43
    ABRAMOVICI M, 1990, DIGITAL SYSTEMS TEST
    BRGLEZ F, 1985, INT TEST S CIRC SYST
    CHA CW, 1978, IEEE T COMPUT, V27, P193
    FOGEL LJ, 1966, ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGE
    FUJIWARA H, 1983, IEEE T COMPUT, V32, P1137
    GLOVER F, 1977, DECISION SCI, V8, P156
    GOEL P, 1981, IEEE T COMPUT, V30, P215
    HOLLAND JH, 1975, ADAPTATION NATURAL A
    HU Y, 1997, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    JOHNSON BW, 1989, DESIGN ANAL FAULT TO
    KIRKLAND T, 1987, P 24 DES AUT C JUN, P502
    KOZA JR, 1991, GENETIC PROGRAMMING
    MAHFOUD S, 1996, APPL ARTIF INTELL, V10, P543
    MICHALEWICZ Z, 1994, GENETIC ALGORITHMS D
    MUTH P, 1976, IEEE T COMPUT, V25, P630
    ROTH JP, 1966, IBM J RES DEV, V10, P278
    ROTH JP, 1967, IEEE T ELECTRON COMP, V16, P567
    RUSSELL SJ, 1995, ARTIF INTELL, P619
    SCHNEIDER PR, 1967, IBM J RES DEV    JAN, V11, P14
    SCHWEFEL HP, 1981, NUMERICAL OPTIMIZATI
    WELSTEAD ST, 1994, NEURAL NETWORK FUZZY, P283
    XI SY, 1995, P IEEE 4 AS TEST S N, P199
    XU SY, 1997, P IEEE 6 AS TEST S N, P126
    XU SY, 1999, P IEEE 8 AS TEST S N, P63
 NR 26
 TC 1
 SN 1000-9000
 J9 J COMPUT SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Comput. Sci. Technol.
 PD JUL
 PY 2000
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 326
 EP 337
 PG 12
 SC Computer Science, Hardware & Architecture; Computer Science, Software
    Engineering
 GA 365EZ
 UT ISI:000089936800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lin, QS
    Feng, XQ
    Man, ZY
    Shi, ZS
    Zhang, QR
 TI Formation of the 350 nm intrinsic color center in PbWO4 crystals
 SO PHYSICA STATUS SOLIDI A-APPLIED RESEARCH
 DT Article
 ID SINGLE-CRYSTALS; ORIGIN; DAMAGE; BAND
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Lab Funct Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Natl Synchrotron Radiat Lab, Hefei 230039, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, XQ, Chinese Acad Sci, Lab Funct Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 200050,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ANNENKOV A, 1998, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V170, P47
    BACCARO S, 1997, J LUMIN, V72, P748
    BACCARO S, 1998, P SCINT 98 U STUD SE, P129
    BIEDERBICK R, 1975, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V69, P55
    HAN BG, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P2831
    HAN BG, 1999, J APPL PHYS, V86, P3571
    KOBAYASHI M, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V434, P412
    LIN QS, UNPUB
    NESSITEDALDI F, 1998, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V408, P266
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V196, K7
    NIKL M, 1997, MATER SCI FORUM, V239, P271
    VANLOO W, 1975, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V14, P359
    WILLIAMS RT, 1999, P SCINT 99 MOSC
    ZHANG Y, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P12738
 NR 14
 TC 24
 SN 0031-8965
 J9 PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A-APPL RES
 JI Phys. Status Solidi A-Appl. Res.
 PD SEP 16
 PY 2000
 VL 181
 IS 1
 BP R1
 EP R3
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 363GV
 UT ISI:000089827900001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hassan, AKA
    Xu, DM
    Maode, N
    Zhang, YJ
 TI EM-properties measurement of concave-surface coating materials using a
    modified open-ended coaxial probe
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE coating materials testing; open-ended coaxial probe; concave-surface
    materials; complex permittivity and permeability; air gap; FDTD
 AB In this work, a new aspect of the utilization and development of the
    open-ended coaxial probe technique for EM-properties measurement of
    coating materials with a concave surface is studied. it is found from
    the results of an analysis performed using FDTD modeling that the
    reflection coefficient is strongly affected, even for large sample
    radii. In order to satisfy concave-surface materials measurement, rte
    propose a technique to modify the standard open-ended coaxial probe to
    improve measurement accuracy. It is based on adding a ring patch at the
    end of the extended length of the inner conductor throughout the air
    gap between the probe and the material under test. The proposed
    technique is analyzed and verified by experiments. Results of the
    measured epsilon* and mu* of the several microwave-absorbing materials
    coated on prototype boxes with different radii for shielding are in
    relative agreement with the published data. (C) 2000 John Wiley & Sons,
    Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Hassan, AKA, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Commun & Informat Engn,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BAKERJARVIS J, 1994, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V43, P711
    HASSAN AKA, 1999, INT UN RAD SCI C URS
    HASSAN AKA, 2000, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V24, P117
    LAUGHE PD, 1993, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V42, P879
    LI CL, 1995, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V44, P19
    NIU M, 1999, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V47, P476
    WANG S, 1998, IEEE T MICROWAVE THE, V45, P2145
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD NOV 20
 PY 2000
 VL 27
 IS 4
 BP 278
 EP 281
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 363ZB
 UT ISI:000089866600019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Weng, XC
    Wang, W
 TI Antioxidant activity of compounds isolated from Salvia plebeia
 SO FOOD CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE Salvia plebeia; natural antioxidant; antioxidant activity; compound
 AB Six compounds, hispidulin-glucuronide (1), hispidulin-7-O-D-glucoside
    (2), 6-methoxy-luteolin-7-glucoside (3), p-sitosterol (4),
    2'-hydroxy-5'-methoxybiochanin A (5) and coniferyl aldehyde (6), were
    isolated from Salvia plebeia and identified by UV, IR, Mass, H-1 and
    (CNMR)-C-13 spectra. Their antioxidant activities were investigated
    individually and compared with butylatedhydroxytoluene (BHT) (8) and
    alpha-tocopherol (7) by the oxidative stability instrument (OSI) at 100
    degrees C. Compounds 3, 4 and 5 had strong antioxidant activities, but
    compounds 1, 2 and 6 had low antioxidant activities at 0.02 and 0.04%
    levels. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Weng, XC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, 20 Chengzhong Rd, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR AUGUSTIN EN, 1989, J NAT PRODUCTS, V52, P320
    CHIPAULT JR, 1952, FOOD RES, V17, P45
    DUAN S, 1998, FOOD CHEM, V61, P101
    GRICE HC, 1986, FOOD CHEM TOXICOL, V24, P1127
    GUPTA HC, 1975, J CHEM, V13, P215
    JIAN Y, 1987, J PHARM IND, V18, P349
    KOSUGE K, 1994, CHEM PHARM BULL, V42, P1669
    MARIA CG, 1986, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V25, P272
    PLATTNER RD, 1978, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V17, P149
    RICHARD GP, 1976, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V15, P1963
    SU JD, 1986, AGR BIOL CHEM TOKYO, V50, P199
    WENG XC, 1993, J ZHENGZHOU GRAIN CO, P20
    WENG XC, 1997, J YANTAI U, V104, P304
    WENG XC, 1998, J CHINESE CEREAL OIL, V13, P46
    WENG XC, 1998, J CHINESE CEREALS OI, V13, P25
    WICHI HP, 1988, FOOD CHEM TOXICOL, V26, P717
 NR 16
 TC 9
 SN 0308-8146
 J9 FOOD CHEM
 JI Food Chem.
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 71
 IS 4
 BP 489
 EP 493
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Applied; Food Science & Technology; Nutrition & Dietetics
 GA 362YT
 UT ISI:000089806400011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Semi-inverse method and generalized variational principles with
    multi-variables in elasticity
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE variational principle in elasticy; Chien's generalized variational
    principles; Hu-Washizu principle; semi-inverse method;
    trial-functional; variational crisis
 ID MIXED-FLOW TURBOMACHINERY; COMPRESSIBLE S2-FLOW
 AB Semi-inverse method, which is an integration and an extension of Hu's
    try-and-error method, Chien's veighted residual method and Liu's
    systematic method, is proposed to establish generalized variational
    principles with multi-variables without arty variational crisis
    phenomenon. The method is to construct an energy trial-functional with
    an unknown function F, which can be readily identified by making the
    trial-functional stationary and using known constraint equations. As a
    result generalized variational principles with two kinds of independent
    variables (such as well-known Hellinger-Reissner variational principle
    and Hu-Washizu principle) and generalized variational principles with
    three kinds of independent variables (such as Chien's generalized
    variational principles) in elasticity have been deduced without using
    Lagrange multiplier method. By semi-inverse method, the author has also
    proved that Hu-Washizu principle is actually a variational principle
    with only two kinds of independent variables, stress-strain relations
    are still its constraints.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHIEN WZ, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P143
    CHIEN WZ, 1984, ADV APPL MECH, V24, P93
    CHIEN WZ, 1985, APPL MATH MECH, V6, P25
    CHIEN WZ, 1989, SELECTED WORKS WEI Z, P419
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    GU CH, 1990, SOLITON THEORY ITS A
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V18, P440
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P101
    HE JH, 1999, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V71, P154
    HE JH, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P545
    HE JH, 1999, SHANGHAI J MECH, V20, P365
    HU HC, 1954, PHYSICS J, V10, P259
    HU HC, 1955, SCI SINICA, V4, P33
    HU JH, 1992, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V21, P29
    HU JH, 1997, SHANGHAI J MECH, V18, P305
    LIU GL, 1990, P 1 INT S AER DYN IN, V11, P128
    LIU GL, 1995, P 6 AS C FLUID MECH
 NR 18
 TC 5
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUL
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 7
 BP 797
 EP 808
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 361NT
 UT ISI:000089729700010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, W
    Wong, PL
    Zhang, Z
 TI Experimental study of the real time change in surface roughness during
    running-in for PEHL contacts
 SO WEAR
 DT Article
 DE running-in; surface roughness
 ID ASPERITY LEVEL CONFORMITY; PARTIAL-EHL; LUBRICATION
 AB An optical system for the implementation of a new real time roughness
    measuring technique was incorporated to a two-dish machine. The change
    in surface roughness during the running-in stage of partial
    elastohydrodynamic lubricated wear tests was measured in a real time
    mode. The results were compared with the experimental data, which were
    measured, in a conventional manner, at discrete intervals of time by
    stopping the wear test. The apparent discrepancies reveal that the wear
    is enhanced by the stop/start actions. The effects of different initial
    roughness, sliding/rolling ratios and loading on the change in surface
    roughness during lubricated running-in tests were also studied with the
    current set up. (C) 2000 Published by Elsevier Science S.A.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wong, PL, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Tat
    Chee Ave, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR BECKMANN P, 1987, SCATTERING ELECTROMA
    BOOSER ER, 1983, HDB LUBRICATION
    FOUCHER D, 1977, P 4 LEEDS LYON S TRI, P109
    HAMROCK BJ, 1981, BALL BEARING LUBRICA
    LUO JB, 1996, WEAR, V194, P107
    MITSUI K, 1986, PRECIS ENG, V8, P212
    PAWLUS P, 1991, WEAR, V176, P323
    PERSSON U, 1993, WEAR, V160, P221
    STOUT KJ, 1977, WEAR, V43, P99
    THOMAS TR, 1977, P 4 LEEDS LYN S TRIB, P99
    TYAGI MR, 1996, WEAR, V197, P89
    TYAGI MR, 1996, WEAR, V197, P98
    WANG FX, 1991, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V113, P755
    WANG W, 1998, TRIBOL INT, V31, P281
    WU CG, 1991, WEAR, V147, P323
    WU SF, 1991, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V113, P134
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 0043-1648
 J9 WEAR
 JI Wear
 PD SEP
 PY 2000
 VL 244
 IS 1-2
 BP 140
 EP 146
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 360TH
 UT ISI:000089683000016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, YP
    Jin, CY
    Meng, ZY
 TI Investigation on the amorphous-crystalline transition and
    microstructure of sol-gel derived (Ba1-xSrx)TiO3 thin films
 SO MATERIALS RESEARCH BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE thin films; sol-gel chemistry; phase transitions; microstructure
 ID TITANATE
 AB (Ba1-xSrx)TiO3 (BST) ferroelectric thin films were fabricated by
    sol-gel processing, using Ba(Ac)(2), Sr(Ac)(2), and Ti(OC4H9)(4) as
    starting materials. Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC),
    backscattering scanning electronic microscopy (BS-SEM), and X-ray
    diffraction (XRD) were employed to investigate the effect of chelating
    agents on the phase formation characteristics and microstructure of the
    BST films. It was found that the chelating agents, acetate acid (HAc)
    and acetylacetone (HAcAc), changed the crystallization path from
    amorphous to crystalline phase during annealing. BS-SEM revealed that
    HAcAc improved the densification and compositional homogeneity in the
    microregion of the films. These phenomena were explained by the
    modified condensation property of the precursors. (C) 2000 Elsevier
    Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ALSHAREEF HN, 1997, J ELECTROCERAM, V1, P145
    CHANDLER CD, 1993, CHEM REV, V93, P1025
    DING YP, 1999, CHIN J MAT RES, V13, P21
    FUJII E, 1992, IEDM, P267
    GRAMMATICO JP, 1997, J MAT SCI LETT ELECT, V3, P82
    GUST MC, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2828
    HOFFMAN W, 1997, THIN SOLID FILMS, V305, P305
    KRUPANIDHI SB, 1997, THIN SOLID FILMS, V305, P144
    MOSSET A, 1988, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V100, P339
    SCHWARTZ RW, 1997, J MATER RES, V12, P444
    SHAIKH AS, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P682
    UEDA T, 1995, INTEGR FERROELECTR, V7, P45
 NR 12
 TC 8
 SN 0025-5408
 J9 MATER RES BULL
 JI Mater. Res. Bull.
 PD MAY
 PY 2000
 VL 35
 IS 7
 BP 1187
 EP 1193
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 360MA
 UT ISI:000089670600021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yan, KZ
    Tan, WH
 TI Bose-Einstein condersation of neutral atoms with attractive interaction
    in a harmonic trap
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Bose-Einstein condensation; bistability
 ID CONDENSATION; GAS
 AB In this paper we present the numerical solutions of neutral atoms with
    attractive interaction in a harmonic trap. The calculated result shows
    the bistability curve of the number of condensate atoms versus the
    energy eigenvalues. The maximum number of atoms in and attractive
    Bose-Einstein condensate deduced hereby is in agreement with the
    experimental on the whole.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yan, KZ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON MH, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P198
    BAYM G, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P6
    BRADLEY CC, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P1687
    BRADLEY CC, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P985
    DAVIS KB, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P3969
    DODD RJ, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P661
    KAGAN Y, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P2670
    NOZIERES P, 1990, THEORY QUANTUM LIQUI, V2
    RUPRECHT PA, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P4178
    SHURYAK EV, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P3151
    UEDA M, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1576
    YAN KZ, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1185
 NR 12
 TC 5
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 10
 BP 1909
 EP 1911
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 360NA
 UT ISI:000089673000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, LP
    Qiu, XJ
 TI The influence of the intensity and the frequency on the enhanced
    ionization behavior of multiatomic molecular ions in the intense laser
    fields
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE intense laser field; molecular ion; enhanced ionization
 ID MULTIPHOTON IONIZATION; ELECTRON; H-2(+); PULSES
 AB The enhanced ionization(EI) behavior of multiatomic molecular ions is
    studied in intense laser fields by the numerical solution of
    time-dependent Schrodinger equation with the symmetrical splitting of
    the short-time exponential propagator and fast fourier
    transformation(FFT). The influence of the intensity and the frequency
    of the laser on EI is given. With the laser frequency increasing, the
    criticla value of bond length for EI decreases and the ionization
    probability decreases too. The ionization probability increases with
    increasing laser intensity. The EI disappeares when the intensity
    reaches a certain value.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, LP, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BAIK MG, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P1570
    BANDRACK AD, 1994, MOL LASER FIELDS, P156
    BANDRAUK AD, 1993, J CHEM PHYS, V99, P1185
    EBERLY JH, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P881
    FEIT MD, 1982, J COMPUT PHYS, V47, P412
    FRASINSKI LJ, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, R6789
    GIBSON GN, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P2022
    HEATHER RW, 1991, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V63, P446
    HU SX, 1998, SCI CHINA SER A, V41, P198
    JAVANAINEN J, 1988, PHYS REV A, V38, P3430
    LEI AL, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P264
    MAINE P, 1988, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V24, P398
    SCHMIDT M, 1994, PHYS REV A A, V50, P5037
    SEIDEMAN T, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P2819
    ZUO T, 1995, PHYS REV A, V52, R2511
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 10
 BP 1965
 EP 1968
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 360NA
 UT ISI:000089673000013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jing, C
    Jin, XF
    Dong, GS
    Gong, XY
    Yu, LM
    Zheng, WM
 TI Exchange biasing in molecular-beam-epitaxy-grown Fe/Fe50Mn50 bilayers
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE MBE; Fe/Fe50Mn50; bilayer; exchange biasing
 ID NIFE/COO BILAYERS; DEPENDENCE; ANISOTROPY; LAYER
 AB Exchange biasing and coercive field of molecular-beam-epitaxy-grown
    Fe/Fe50Mn50 bilayers have been investigated by Surface Magneto-optical
    Kerr Effect(SMOKE) and ferromagnetic resonance measurements. The
    results indicate that there is no exchange biasing when the thickness
    of antiferromagnetic layer is less than 5.5 nm. The exchange biasing
    appears when the thickness of antiferromagnetic layer is greater than
    5.5 nm,and the maximum value is reached when the thickness is about 7
    nm. Exchange biasing and coercive field decrease with further increase
    of the thickness of the antiferrmagnetic layer. The ferromagnetic
    resonance measurement results show that there exists unidirectional
    anisotropy. The above results are discussed in the paper.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, State Key Lab Surface Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, State Key Lab Infrared Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
 RP Jing, C, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AMBROSE T, 1998, J APPL PHYS 2, V83, P6822
    AMBROSE T, 1998, J APPL PHYS 2, V83, P7222
    DIENY B, 1991, PHYS REV B, V43, P1297
    GOKEMEIJER NJ, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P4270
    JUNGBLUT R, 1995, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V148, P300
    MAURI D, 1987, J APPL PHYS, V62, P2929
    MEIKLEJOHN WH, 1956, PHYS REV, V102, P1413
    MEIKLEJOHN WH, 1957, PHYS REV, V105, P904
    MEIKLEJOHN WH, 1962, J APPL PHYS, V33, P1328
    TSANG C, 1981, J APPL PHYS, V52, P2471
    ZHU WR, 1997, VACUUM SCI TECHNOLOG, V17, P243
    ZHU XG, 1993, CHINESE J SEMICONDUC, V14, P719
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 10
 BP 2022
 EP 2026
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 360NA
 UT ISI:000089673000024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, CJ
    Fan, XJ
 TI A method for calculating the Lyapunov exponent spectrum of a
    periodically excited non-autonomous dynamical system.
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE periodically excited dynamical system; Lyapunov exponent spectrum;
    Lyapunov dimension; Duffing equation; van der Pol equation
 AB The relation between the Lyapunov exponent spectrum of a periodically
    excited non-autonomous dynamical system and the Lyapunov exponent
    spectrum of the corresponding autonomous system is given and the
    validity of the relation is verified theoretically and computationally.
    A direct method for calculating the Lyapunov exponent spectrum of
    non-autonomous dynamical systems is suggested in this paper, which
    makes it more convenient to calculate the Lyapunov exponent spectrum of
    the dynamical system periodically excited. Following the definition of
    the Lyapunov dimension D-L((A)) of the autonomous system, the
    definition of the Lyapunov dimension D-L of the non-autonomous
    dynamical system is also given, and the difference between them is the
    integer 1, namely, D-L((A)) - D-L = 1. For a quasi-periodically excited
    dynamical system, similar conclusions are formed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Xian Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Civil Engn & Mech, Xian 710049, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR KREUZER E, 1989, NUMERISCHE UNTERSUCH
    PARKER TS, 1989, PRACTICAL NUMERICAL
    SHIMADA I, 1979, PROG THEOR PHYS, V61, P1605
    WOLF A, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P285
 NR 4
 TC 1
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD SEP
 PY 2000
 VL 13
 IS 3
 BP 254
 EP 261
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA 359EQ
 UT ISI:000089598900009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KX
    Essa, AA
    Zhou, SP
    Bao, JS
 TI Microwave detection using Y-Ba-Cu-O granular film bridge device
 SO PHYSICA C-SUPERCONDUCTIVITY AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE granular superconductivity; Josephson effect; microwave detection
 ID TRANSPORT; BOLOMETER
 AB High-T-c superconducting microwave video detection is investigated
    based on the Y-Ba-Cu-O granular film bridge device. By optimizing the
    device parameters, a detectivity of about 10(4) V/W is achievable, and
    the noise equivalent power at T = 70 K is about 5.2 x 10(-14)
    W/Hz(1/2). To identify the response time of the device, the response
    voltage is measured with incident radiation chopped at 500 kHz, and a
    rise time of less than 3.9 x 10(-8) s is observed. These results
    compare favorably with that of high-T-c superconducting bolometers for
    millimeter wave bands. On the other hand, the dynamic resistance R-N of
    the device is found to increase as the device is illuminated by
    incident irradiation. This effect cannot be interpreted in terms of the
    Josephson dissipation mechanism, and a discussion about this is
    presented. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, KX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BARONE A, 1982, PHYSICS APPL JOSEPHS, CH11
    BLUZER N, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P7340
    BOONE BG, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P2676
    CHERN JD, 1993, IEEE T APPL SUPERCON, V3, P2128
    CONSTANTINIAN KY, 1997, I PHYS C SER, V158, P417
    CULBERTSON JC, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P9609
    GRIMES CC, 1968, J APPL PHYS, V39, P3905
    KAILA MM, 1997, SUPERCOND SCI TECH, V10, P763
    KAILA MM, 1998, J SUPERCOND, V11, P463
    KANTER H, 1972, J APPL PHYS, V43, P3714
    PHONG LN, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V74, P7414
    PIQUE A, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P1920
    RICHARDS PL, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V54, P283
    WOLF SA, 1988, 13TH INT C INFR MILL, V1039, P253
    XU KX, UNPUB PHYSICA C
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD SEP 15
 PY 2000
 VL 339
 IS 1
 BP 42
 EP 48
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 357ZJ
 UT ISI:000089532500006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, MH
    Bao, BR
    Chen, J
 TI Study on antithrombosis dialytic membrane prepared by preirradiation
    grafting
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED POLYMER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE radiation grafting; antithrombosis; ethylene-vinyl acetate;
    beta-hydroxyethyl methacrylate; styrene
 ID ACRYLIC-ACID; RADIATION; BIOMATERIALS
 AB A new antithrombosis dialytic membrane with a hydrophilic-hydrophobic
    microphase structure was prepared by preirradiation grafting of
    beta-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA) and styrene (St) onto
    ethylene-vinyl acetate (EVA). The influence of some effects, such as
    preirradiation dose, dose rate, grafting reaction temperature, reaction
    time, and monomer component, on the degree of grafting was determined,
    and the properties of the grafted films were investigated. Compared
    with the conventional EVA-grafted hydrophilic monomer, the EVA films
    grafted with HEMA and St have superior antithrombogenicity; the
    antithrombogenicity and permeability of EVA-g-(HEMA-co-St) were 30 and
    20 times higher than those of the ungrafted films, respectively, when
    the volume ratio (HEMA versus St) was about 7:3. (C) 2000 John Wiley &
    Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, MH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHAPIRO A, 1980, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V15, P423
    CHE JT, 1993, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V42, P85
    CHEN J, 1998, NUCL TECH, V21, P498
    CRANK J, 1956, MATH DIFFUSION, P291
    EUSTACE DJ, 1988, J APPL POLYM SCI, V35, P707
    HOFFMAN AS, 1981, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V18, P323
    ISHIGAKI I, 1982, J APPL POLYM SCI, V27, P1033
    LINARES HA, 1972, J INVEST DERMATOL, V59, P323
    MERRILL EW, 1987, HYDROGELS MED PHARM, P31
    MULLERSCHULTE D, 1993, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V42, P891
    RATNER BD, 1981, BIOCOMPATIBILITY CLI, P145
    RATNER BD, 1996, HYDROGELS BIOMATERIA, P60
    URGUHART J, 1980, OPHTHALMIC DRUG DELI, P105
    WU MH, 1995, J RAD RES RAD PROCES, V13, P145
    ZHOU RM, 1993, J RAD RES RAD PROCES, V11, P170
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8995
 J9 J APPL POLYM SCI
 JI J. Appl. Polym. Sci.
 PD NOV 14
 PY 2000
 VL 78
 IS 7
 BP 1321
 EP 1327
 PG 7
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 357ZH
 UT ISI:000089532400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, WH
    Olsen, SE
 TI Manganese and silicon distribution between slag and metal in
    silicomanganese production
 SO ISIJ INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE silicon distribution; manganese distribution; silicomanganese;
    equilibrium relations; equilibrium diagrams
 AB Laboratory measurements have been carried out to investigate the
    equilibrium distribution of manganese and silicon between slag and
    metal in silicomanganese production. Graphite crucibles have been used
    to study equilibrium between Mn-Si-C-sat alloys and
    MnQ-SiO2-CaO-Al2O3-MgO slags in CO gas at 1 600 degrees C, 1 650
    degrees C and 1 700 degrees C.
    The equilibrium content of Si in the metal is mainly controlled by the
    temperature, the silica content of the slag and the mass ratio
    R=(CaO+MgO)/Al2O3. The silicon content increases with the temperature
    and the silica content, and decreases with increasing R-ratio. The
    silicon content remains approximately the same when some MgO replaces
    CaO in the slag.
    The equilibrium content of MnO in silicomanganese slags is primarily
    controlled by the temperature and the silica content of the slag.
    Addition of Al2O3 to acid slags will result in somewhat lower MnO
    contents, and addition to more basic slags has the opposite effect. The
    equilibrium content of MnO in the slag is slightly increased when some
    CaO is replaced by MgO.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Norwegian Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mat Technol & Electrochem, N-7491 Trondheim, Norway.
 RP Ding, WH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, 149 Yan Shang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRAHAM KP, 1960, J IRON STEEL I, V196, P82
    DING W, 1993, THESIS NORWEGIAN I T
    DING WZ, 1996, METALL MATER TRANS B, V27, P5
    GZIELO A, 1986, NEUE HUTTE, P100
    KOR GJW, 1979, METAL T B, V10, P367
    OLSEN SE, 1995, P 7 INT FERR C, P591
    OLSEN SE, 1996, STF24 SINTEF
    OLSEN SE, 1997, STF24 SINTEF
    RANKIN WJ, 1979, T I MIN METALL C, V88, C167
    REIN RH, 1963, T METALL SOC AIME, V227, P1193
    SWINBOURNE DR, 1995, METALL MATER TRANS B, V26, P59
    TANAKA A, 1980, TETSU TO HAGANE, V66, P1474
    TUSET JK, 1979, 340420 SINTEF
    YOKOKAWA T, 1969, T JPN I MET, V10, P81
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0915-1559
 J9 ISIJ INT
 JI ISIJ Int.
 PY 2000
 VL 40
 IS 9
 BP 850
 EP 856
 PG 7
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 356TF
 UT ISI:000089458400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    Xu, CL
 TI Hermite pseudospectral method for nonlinear partial differential
    equations
 SO ESAIM-MATHEMATICAL MODELLING AND NUMERICAL ANALYSIS-MODELISATION
    MATHEMATIQUE ET ANALYSE NUMERIQUE
 DT Article
 DE hermite pseudospectral approximation; nonlinear partial differential
    equations
 AB Hermite polynomial interpolation is investigated. Some approximation
    results are obtained. As an example, the Burgers equation on the whole
    line is considered. The stability and the convergence of proposed
    Hermite pseudospectral scheme are proved strictly. Numerical results
    are presented.
 C1 Shanghai Normal Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, BY, Shanghai Normal Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ADAMS RA, 1975, SOBOLEV SPACES
    BERNARDI C, 1997, TECHNIQUES SCI COM 2, P209
    COULAUD O, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P451
    COURANT R, 1928, MATH ANN, V100, P32
    FUNARO D, 1990, MATH COMPUT, V57, P597
    FUNARO D, 1991, ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIA, P263
    GUO BY, 1974, ACTA MATH SINICA, V17, P242
    GUO BY, 1994, CONT MATH, V163, P33
    GUO BY, 1998, SPECTRAL METHODS THE
    GUO BY, 1999, MATH COMPUT, V68, P1067
    LEVIN AL, 1992, CONSTR APPROX, V8, P461
    LUBINSKY DS, 1994, J APPROX THEORY, V77, P42
    MADAY Y, 1985, RECH AEROSPATIALE, V6, P353
    RICHITMEYER RD, 1967, FINITE DIFFERENCE ME
    STETTER HJ, 1966, NUMERICAL SOLUTIONS, P111
    SZEGO G, 1967, ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIA
    TIMAN AF, 1963, THEORY APPROXIMATION
 NR 17
 TC 6
 SN 0764-583X
 J9 ESAIM-MATH MODEL NUMER ANAL
 JI ESAIM-Math. Model. Numer. Anal.-Model. Math. Anal. Numer.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 34
 IS 4
 BP 859
 EP 872
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 357KL
 UT ISI:000089499000007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Chen, YL
    Qiu, MY
 TI An efficient and highly stereoselective synthesis of
    beta,gamma-trans-beta-benzoyl-gamma-aryl-gamma-butyrolactones
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE benzoylmethyltriphenylarsonium bromide;
    2,2-dialkyl-1,3-dioxa-5-substituted-benzylidene-4,6-dione;
    beta,gamma-trans-beta-benzoyl-gamma-aryl-gamma-butyrolactone
 AB Benzoylmethyltriphenylarsonium bromide 6 in the presence of potassium
    carbonate reacted with
    2,2-dialkyl-1,3-dioxa-5-substituted-benzylidene-4,6-dione 2 at room
    temperature to give
    beta,gamma-trans-beta-benzoyl-gamma-aryl-gamma-butyrolactones 7 in good
    yield.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Organomet Chem Lab, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN YL, 1998, CHEM J CHINESE U, V19, P1614
    DING WY, 1965, B NAT SCI U CHEM CE, P540
    HUDLICKY T, 1990, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V20, P1721
    SCHUSTER P, 1964, MH CHEM, V95, P53
    SHI DQ, 1998, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V18, P82
 NR 5
 TC 4
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2000
 VL 30
 IS 20
 BP 3793
 EP 3799
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 356PA
 UT ISI:000089450600019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, J
    Yang, LM
    Wu, MH
    Xi, Q
    He, SM
    Li, YW
    Nho, YC
 TI Preparation of interpenetrating polymer networks by two times grafting
    of monomers onto preirradiated polypropylene film
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE radiation grafting; electron beam (EB); acrylamide (AAm); acrylic acid
    (AAc); polypropylene (PP)
 AB An interpenetrating polymer network (IPN) hydrogel was made by the
    grafting of acrylamide (AAm) and acrylic acid (AAc) onto preirradiated
    polypropylene (PP) film. AAm and AAc were grafted onto preirradiated PP
    film by two times grafting reaction. Thermo-sensitive behaviors were
    determined. The effect of first and second reactions on the degree of
    grafting was studied. Trapped radicals on samples with different
    storage conditions and reaction conditions were determined by electron
    spin resonance (ESR). (C) 2000 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Second Med Univ, Shanghai Biomat Res & Test Ctr, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Korea Atom Energy Res Inst, Radiat Applicat Div, Taejon, South Korea.
 RP Chen, J, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHAPIRO A, 1962, RAD CHEM POLYM SYSTE, P690
    CHEN YG, 1998, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V52, P1
    HOFFMAN AS, 1991, MRS BULL, V16, P42
    KATANO H, 1991, POLYM J, V23, P1179
    NHO YC, 1998, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V54, P317
    PEPPAS NA, 1986, HYDROGELS MED PHARM, P1
    PU HT, 1994, J SHANGHAI JIAOTONG, V28, P102
    WU MH, 1999, THESIS CHINESE ACAD, P73
 NR 8
 TC 11
 SN 0969-806X
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD SEP
 PY 2000
 VL 59
 IS 3
 BP 313
 EP 316
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA 353UY
 UT ISI:000089294900012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, LY
    Li, CZ
    Chen, AP
    Zhu, YH
    Fang, DY
 TI Morphology and structure of nanosized TiO2 particles synthesized by
    gas-phase reaction
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE rutile; titanium dioxide; nanosized particle; gas-phase reaction
 ID TITANIA; DOPANTS; POWDERS
 AB Nanosized titania particles are synthesized by the gas-phase oxidation
    of titanium tetrachloride in a high temperature tubular aerosol flow
    reactor that consists of two preheaters for oxygen and vaporized
    titanium tetrachloride, a reaction zone, and a cooling zone for
    particles. The effect of process parameters on the morphology and
    structure of titania particles is studied. As the preheating
    temperature of oxygen increases, the average particle size of titania
    decreases and the size distribution becomes more uniform. The addition
    of AlCl3 can reduce the particle size, and enhance the rutile weight
    fraction. The effect of reaction temperature (T) on the characteristics
    of nanosized titania particles is also investigated. The results show
    that the particle size increases with increasing temperature, acid a
    maximum rutile fraction is attained at 1200 degrees C and AlCl3 and
    TiCl4 feed ratio (X-inlet) of 0.09. Pure rutile titania particles is
    formed when T=1373 K and X-inlet=0.25. The average grain size of the
    particles is 29.0 nm, and the BET specific surface area is 23.4 m(2)
    g(-1). (C) 2000 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, LY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AKHTAR MK, 1991, AICHE J, V37, P1561
    AKHTAR MK, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P3408
    KOBATA A, 1991, AICHE J, V37, P347
    MACHENZIE K, 1975, BRIT CERAM TRANS J, V74, P29
    MOROOKA S, 1989, INT CHEM ENG, V29, P119
    PIERRE AC, 1991, AM CERAM SOC BULL, V70, P1281
    SETO T, 1995, AEROSOL SCI TECH, V23, P183
    SHANNON RD, 1965, J AM CERAM SOC, V48, P391
    SHI LY, 1998, FUNCT MAT, V29, P136
    SHI LY, 1998, MAT REV, V12, P23
    SHI LY, 1999, J INORG MATER, V14, P717
    SPURR RA, 1957, ANAL CHEM, V29, P760
    SUYAMA Y, 1985, J AM CERAM SOC, V68, C154
    VEMURY S, 1995, J AM CERAM SOC, V78, P2984
    XIONG Y, 1991, J AEROSOL SCI, V22, P637
    YU JG, 1991, CHEM B, V10, P25
    ZHOU M, 1996, COAT IND, V4, P36
 NR 17
 TC 6
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD SEP 15
 PY 2000
 VL 66
 IS 1
 BP 51
 EP 57
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 354ZG
 UT ISI:000089360700008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Forchielli, ML
    Gura, K
    Anessi-Pessina, E
    Richardson, D
    Cai, W
    Lo, CW
 TI Success rates and cost-effectiveness of antibiotic combinations for
    initial treatment of central-venous-line infections during total
    parenteral nutrition
 SO JOURNAL OF PARENTERAL AND ENTERAL NUTRITION
 DT Article
 ID INTENSIVE-CARE UNIT; CATHETER INFECTIONS; SEPSIS; MANAGEMENT; RISK;
    SEPTICEMIA; BACTEREMIA; CHILDREN; CANCER; FEVER
 AB Background: Central-venous-line infections can be successfully treated
    with appropriate antibiotics, thus avoiding the need for catheter
    removal. Based on our experience, vancomycin, gentamicin, piperacillin,
    ceftazidime, and amphotericin, alone or in combination, are usually
    administered, pending sensitivity results. This empirical list,
    however, has never been verified against actual sensitivity results nor
    has it been tested for cost or efficacy. Methods: Medical records of
    inpatients on hyperalimentation over 1 year were reviewed. Success
    rate, therapy duration, and drug acquisition cost and charge were
    assessed for central-venous-line infections. Antibiotics then were
    paired and evaluated in terms of charge and efficacy against all
    microorganisms as determined by sensitivity results. Results: In 500
    inpatients receiving hyperalimentation for 9698 patient-days, 8.4
    central-venous-line infections/1000 patient-days occurred.
    Staphylococcus non-aureus, Candida species, Enterococcus faecium, and
    Staphylococcus aureus predominantly were isolated. Of the infections,
    51 (67%) were sensitive to one or more of the initial antibiotics. A
    2-week course of antibiotics successfully treated 50 (66%) catheter
    infections without line removal. Appropriate initial therapy on average
    reduced treatment duration by 8 to 10 days and drug charges by $400 to
    $700. Conclusions: Amikacin-vancomycin appears to be the most
    cost-effective selection for presumed central-venous-line infections,
    pending sensitivity results, followed by valid alternatives. Lower
    failure rates are well worth the extra cost in pharmaceutical charges.
 C1 Univ Bologna, Dept Pediat, I-41038 Bologna, Italy.
    Childrens Hosp, Combined Program Gastroenterol & Nutr, Boston, MA 02115 USA.
    Childrens Hosp, Dept Pharm, Boston, MA 02115 USA.
    Catholic Univ, Dept Business Adm, Milan, Italy.
    Shanghai Univ, Xin Hua Hosp, Dept Pediat Surg, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Forchielli, ML, Univ Bologna, Dept Pediat, 11 V Massarenti, I-41038
    Bologna, Italy.
 CR 1995, FED REG, V60, P49978
    *HOSP INF CONTR PR, 1995, INFECT CONT HOSP EP, V16, P105
    ABRAHM JL, 1982, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V248, P2868
    BALAGTAS RC, 1971, PEDIATRICS, V48, P359
    BATTISTI O, 1981, ARCH DIS CHILD, V56, P775
    BENOIT JL, 1995, CLIN INFECT DIS, V21, P1286
    COLLIGNON PJ, 1984, MED J AUSTRALIA, V141, P345
    DECKER MD, 1988, PEDIATR CLIN N AM, V35, P579
    FLEER A, 1983, PEDIATR INFECT DIS J, V2, P426
    KING DR, 1985, J PEDIATR SURG, V20, P728
    KRAUSS AN, 1972, NY STATE J MED, V72, P1136
    LEIBOVICI L, 1992, J INTERN MED, V231, P371
    MCKINNON PS, 1997, CLIN INFECT DIS, V24, P57
    MULLOY RH, 1991, JPEN-PARENTER ENTER, V15, P460
    NELSON DB, 1986, DRESSING CHANGES SPE, V19, P220
    PALADINO JA, 1994, PHARMACOECONOMICS, V5, P505
    PARTSCH DJ, 1997, ANN PHARMACOTHER, V31, P1137
    PESSION A, 1997, CHEMOTHERAPY, V43, P358
    PINILLA JC, 1983, CRIT CARE MED, V11, P21
    PRESS OW, 1984, MEDICINE, V63, P189
    PRINCE A, 1986, PEDIATR INFECT DIS J, V5, P20
    REINHARDT GF, 1978, AM J SURG, V49, P401
    RICARD P, 1985, CRIT CARE MED, V13, P541
    RIIKONEN P, 1993, SCAND J INFECT DIS, V25, P357
    RYAN JA, 1974, NEW ENGL J MED, V290, P757
    SALZMAN MB, 1995, ADV PEDIAT INFECT DI, V10, P337
    SHAPIRO ED, 1982, AM J DIS CHILD, V136, P679
    VISCOLI C, 1988, RECENT RESULTS CANC, V108, P71
    WEBER TR, 1983, AM J SURG, V145, P202
 NR 29
 TC 4
 SN 0148-6071
 J9 J PARENT ENTER NUTR
 JI J. Parenter. Enter. Nutr.
 PD MAR-APR
 PY 2000
 VL 24
 IS 2
 BP 119
 EP 125
 PG 7
 SC Nutrition & Dietetics
 GA 355MG
 UT ISI:000089389000013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, SQ
    Jiang, GC
    Xu, JL
    Xu, KD
 TI Kinetics of reduction of MnO in molten slag with carbon undersaturated
    liquid iron
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE MnO; kinetics; smelting reduction
 ID REGULAR SOLUTION MODEL
 AB The reduction of MnO in molten slag with carbon undersaturated iron was
    studied. It was found that the process is affected by the carbon
    content of molten metal and the temperature. The higher the carbon
    content and the temperature, the faster both the reduction and the
    emerging of the hump on curve of omega(FeO), the larger the difference
    between omega(FeO, max) and omega(FeO, e). The phenomena were explained
    with three-step reaction model.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, SQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BANYA S, 1985, TETSU TO HAGANE, V71, P853
    BANYA S, 1986, TETSU TO HAGANE, V72, S223
    BANYA S, 1987, TETSU TO HAGANE, V73, P476
    BANYA S, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P2
    MARTIN E, 1974, T B I MIN METALL, V83, C193
    SHINOZAKI N, 1982, TETSU TO HAGANE, V68, P72
    SOMMERVILLE ID, 1982, CAN METALL Q, V21, P145
    XU KD, 1990, P 6 NAT C STEELM C B
    XU KD, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P104
 NR 9
 TC 4
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD MAY
 PY 2000
 VL 7
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 5
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 356DW
 UT ISI:000089429900001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, XB
    Jiang, GC
    Xu, KD
 TI Evaluation of component activity in molten MnO-SiO2-Al2O3-CaO system
    with model SELF-SReM4
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE sub-regular solution model; component activity; molten slag;
    MnO-SiO2-Al2O3-CaO
 AB A sub-regular solution model SELF-SReM4 used to evaluate activity of
    the components in a homogeneous region of a quaternary system has been
    developed in Shanghai Enhanced Laboratory of Ferrometallurgy. The
    application of SELF-SReM4 in C-Mn-Fe-Si system without the SIC
    formation has been introduced in previous paper. It's application for
    molten slag of MnO-SiO2-Al2O3-CaO was introduced in this paper. They
    provide a basis for the prediction of the metal-slag equilibrium
    conditions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, XB, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRAHAM KP, 1960, ISIJ
    MEHTA SR, 1965, J IRON STEEL I, V203, P524
    REIN RH, 1965, T AIME, P415
    RISBUD SH, 1977, J AM CERAM SOC, V60, P418
    SHARMA RA, 1961, J IRON ST I, V198, P386
    SHARMA RA, 1965, T AIME, P1586
    TANG K, 1995, RARE METALS, V14, P137
    WARREN GF, 1975, INT C FERR ALL 1974, P175
    YA SB, 1991, CHEM PROPERTIES MELT
    ZHANG XB, 1998, J IRON STEEL RES INT, V5, P28
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD MAY
 PY 2000
 VL 7
 IS 1
 BP 6
 EP 8
 PG 3
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 356DW
 UT ISI:000089429900002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, XG
    Li, FS
    Li, LF
    Chou, KC
 TI Study on electronic conductivity of CaO-SiO2-Al2O3-FeOx slag system
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE smelt slag; electron hole; electronic conductivity
 AB A study on electronic conductivity of CaO-SiO2-Al2O3-FeOx slag system
    with Wagner polarization technique was carried out. The experimental
    data show that electronic conductivity is consisted of free electron
    conductivity and electron hole conductivity and both are related to the
    content of Fe3+ and Fe2+. Free electron conductivity is decreasing and
    electron hole conductivity is increasing while Fe3+ changes to Fe2+.
    There is a maximum electronic conductivity at some ratio of ferric ions
    Fe3+ to total ion content. Under the experimental conditions, the
    electronic conductivity is in the range of 10(-4)-10(-2) S/cm.
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, XG, Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
 CR BOCKRIS JOM, 1952, T FARADAY SOC, V48, P75
    DANCY EA, 1966, T TMS AIME, V236, P1642
    DICKSON WR, 1962, T METALL SOC AIME, V224, P505
    DUKELOW DA, 1960, T AIME, V218, P136
    ENGELL HJ, 1968, BER BUNSEN PHYS CHEM, V72, P5
    FARUP F, 1924, CHEM IND, V12, P11
    FONTANA A, 1984, TMS AIME PAPER SELEC, P53
    GOEL RP, 1980, MET T              B, V11, P107
    GOTO KS, 1977, T ISIJ, V20, P212
    GOTO KS, 1984, P INT S MET SLAG NEW, P839
    HAARBERG GM, 1988, BER BUNSEN PHYS CHEM, V92, P139
    HAARBERG GM, 1990, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V137, P2777
    HAARBERG GM, 1993, METALL TRANS B, V24, P729
    INOUYE H, 1953, T FARADAY SOC, V49, P796
    KATO M, 1969, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V9, P39
    KRISHNA GGM, 1993, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V20, P198
    KROGER FA, 1974, CHEM IMPERFECT CRYST, V3, P149
    MARTIN AE, 1942, T AIME, V154, P104
    PAL U, 1985, J AM CERAM SOC, V68, P104
    PAL U, 1985, METALL TRANS B, V16, P77
    PASTUKHOV EA, 1966, ELEKTROCHEM, V2, P209
    SANERWALD F, 1925, ZISCH ELEKTROCHEM, V31, P643
    SIMNAD MT, 1953, J CHEM PHYS, V21, P933
    SIMNAD MT, 1954, T AIME, V200, P1386
    SPEELMAN JL, 1989, METALL T B, V20, P31
    WAGNER C, 1957, P 7 M INT COMM EL TH, P361
    WEJNARTH A, 1934, ELECTROCHEM SOC, V66, P329
    WEJNARTH A, 1934, T AM, V63, P177
 NR 28
 TC 1
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD MAY
 PY 2000
 VL 7
 IS 1
 BP 9
 EP 13
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 356DW
 UT ISI:000089429900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yan, KZ
    Tan, WH
 TI A model for macroscopic quantum tunneling of Bose-Einstein condensate
    with attractive interaction
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID NONLINEAR SCHRODINGER-EQUATION; NEUTRAL ATOMS; GAS; EXCITATIONS; TRAP
 AB Based on the numerical wave function solutions of neutral atoms with
    attractive interaction in a harmonic trap, we propose an exactly
    solvable model for macroscopic quantum tunneling of a Bose condensate
    with attractive interaction. me calculate the rate of macroscopic
    quantum tunneling from a metastable condensate state to the collapse
    state and analyze the stability of the attractive Bose-Einstein
    condensation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yan, KZ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON MH, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P198
    BRADLEY CC, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P1687
    BRADLEY CC, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P985
    DAVIS KB, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P3969
    DUAN YW, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P568
    HONG T, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P550
    HUANG H, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P9
    KAGAN Y, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P2670
    KAGAN Y, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P933
    KUANG LM, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P703
    RUPRECHT PA, 1995, PHYS REV A, V51, P4704
    RUPRECHT PA, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P4178
    SHURYAK EV, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P3151
    STOOF HTC, 1997, J STAT PHYS, V87, P1353
    UEDA M, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1576
    YAN KZ, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1185
 NR 16
 TC 3
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 2000
 VL 17
 IS 9
 BP 631
 EP 633
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 356JT
 UT ISI:000089440700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, W
    Wong, PL
 TI Wear volume determination during running-in for PEHL contacts
 SO TRIBOLOGY INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE running-in; zero-wear; surface roughness
 ID SURFACE
 AB The relation of wear volume and the change of average surface roughness
    under the "zero-wear" condition was derived, with the assumption that
    the original profiles of the surface below the wear plane remain
    exactly the same as before, i.e. no plastic deformation. The flattening
    of asperities on an engineering rough surface was simulated with
    numerical techniques. The variation in wear volume and average surface
    roughness with the depth of wear was studied. The pattern and the
    correlation length of rough surface were checked and found to have no
    effect on the relation of wear volume and change of average roughness.
    The simulated results show that the variation of wear volume and the
    change of average roughness can be described by a second order
    polynomial. The model was also validated with experimental results
    obtained by using a two-disc wear machine. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wong, PL, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Tat
    Chee Ave, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR LI N, 1990, THESIS TSINGHUA U
    PATIR N, 1978, WEAR, V47, P263
    PAWLUS P, 1994, WEAR, V176, P247
    REDFERN D, 1998, MATLAB 5 HDB
    STOUT KJ, 1977, WEAR, V43, P99
    THOMAS TR, 1972, WEAR, V22, P83
    WANG W, 1998, 24 LEEDS LYON S TRIB, P275
    WANG W, 1998, TRIBOL INT, V31, P281
    ZHANG B, 1989, WEAR, V129, P37
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0301-679X
 J9 TRIBOL INT
 JI Tribol. Int.
 PD JUL
 PY 2000
 VL 33
 IS 7
 BP 501
 EP 506
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 352VC
 UT ISI:000089237700008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, XM
    Lu, ZM
    Liu, YL
 TI Krylov subspace projection method and its application on oil reservoir
    simulation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Krylov subspace methods; block PE method; numerical oil reservoir
    simulation
 ID NONSYMMETRIC LINEAR-SYSTEMS; CONJUGATE-GRADIENT; ITERATIVE METHODS;
    BI-CGSTAB; ALGORITHM; GMRES; EQUATIONS; VARIANT; QMR
 AB Krylov subspace projection methods are known to be highly efficient for
    solving large linear systems. Many different versions arise from
    different choices to the left and right subspaces. These methods were
    classified into two groups in terms of the different forms of matrix
    H-m, the main properties in applications and the new versions of these
    two types of methods were briefly reviewed, then one of the most
    efficient versions, GMRES method was applied to oil reservoir
    simulation. The block Pseudo-Elimination method was used to generate
    the preconditioned matrix. Numerical results show much better
    performance of this preconditioned techniques and the GMRES method than
    that of preconditioned ORTHMIN method, which is now in use in oil
    reservoir simulation. Finally, some limitations of Krylov subspace
    methods and some potential improvements to this type of methods are
    further presented.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, XM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BROWN PN, 1991, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V12, P58
    CHAN TF, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P338
    CHEN YM, 1989, FUNDAMENTALS NUMERIC
    DESA C, 1992, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V13, P30
    ERN A, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P681
    FREUND RW, 1991, NUMER MATH, V60, P315
    FREUND RW, 1992, NUMER MATHS, V14, P470
    FROMMER A, 1998, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V19, P15
    HU JG, 1991, ITERATIVE METHODS SO
    KASENALLY EM, 1995, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V16, P698
    LU ZM, 1993, THESIS FUDAN U SHANG
    PAIGE CC, 1975, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V12, P617
    PARLETT BN, 1985, MATH COMPUT, V44, P105
    RESSEL KJ, 1998, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V19, P55
    SAAD Y, 1981, MATH COMPUT, V37, P105
    SAAD Y, 1985, MATH COMPUT, V44, P417
    SAAD Y, 1986, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V7, P859
    SAAD Y, 1993, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V14, P461
    SAUNDERS MA, 1988, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V25, P927
    SONNEVELD P, 1989, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V10, P36
    TAN LH, 1991, COMPUT STRUCT, V40, P441
    VANDERVORST HA, 1992, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V13, P631
    ZHOU L, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P297
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 6
 BP 607
 EP 616
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 353GM
 UT ISI:000089266500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, Q
    Zhou, BX
 TI TEM sample preparation of melt-spun Nd-Fe-B powders
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE Ni-Fe-B permanent magnet; transmission electron microscopy;
    microstructure
 AB A method of TEM sample preparation for melt-spun Nd-Fe-B powders is
    presented. The TEM samples were prepared by mixing the Nd-Fe-B powders
    (30% in volume) with pure aluminium powders, followed by blending,
    compacting into pellets, rolling into flakes, punching, grinding and
    ion-sputter thinning.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, Q, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR MISHRA RK, 1991, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V7, P297
    MISHRA RK, 1994, J APPL PHYS 2B, V75, P6652
    ZHOU BX, 1996, CNIC01111
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 29
 IS 4
 BP 283
 EP 284
 PG 2
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 351YD
 UT ISI:000089186900019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Dynamical behavior of nonlinear viscoelastic columns based on 2-order
    Galerkin truncation
 SO MECHANICS RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID CHAOTIC VIBRATIONS; STABILITY ANALYSIS; PLATES; BEAM
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ABHYANKAR NS, 1993, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V60, P167
    ABOUDI J, 1990, J SOUND VIB, V139, P459
    ARGYRIS J, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P151
    CEDERBAUM G, 1992, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V59, P16
    CHEN LQ, IN PRESS APPL MATH M
    CHENG CJ, 1998, ACTA MECH SINICA, V30, P690
    CHENG CJ, 1998, SHANGHAI J MECH, V19, P326
    LEADERMAN H, 1962, T SOC RHEOL, V6, P361
    MOON FC, 1979, J SOUND VIB, V65, P285
    NAYFEH AH, 1979, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    SUIRE G, 1994, ARCH APPL MECH-ING, V64, P307
    SUIRE G, 1995, INT J MECH SCI, V37, P753
    TOUATI D, 1995, ACTA MECH, V113, P215
    WOJCIECH S, 1990, ACTA MECH, V85, P43
    XU KY, NONLINEAR DYNAMICS
    ZHANG NH, IN PRESS ACTA MECH S
    ZHANG NH, 1998, P 3 INT C NONL MECH, P432
    ZHU YY, 1998, P 3 INT C NONL MECH, P445
 NR 18
 TC 5
 SN 0093-6413
 J9 MECH RES COMMUN
 JI Mech. Res. Commun.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 27
 IS 4
 BP 413
 EP 419
 PG 7
 SC Mechanics
 GA 352CP
 UT ISI:000089197200005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A variational approach to electroelastic analysis of piezoelectric
    ceramics with surface electrodes
 SO MECHANICS RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID SEMI-INVERSE METHOD; FLOW; PRINCIPLES
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR HE JH, IN PRESS ASME
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P17
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P117
    HE JH, 1998, APPL MATH MODEL, V22, P395
    HE JH, 1998, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V3, P179
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P101
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P95
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P133
    SHINDO Y, 1998, INT J ENG SCI, V36, P1001
    ZHOU SA, 1986, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V22, P1411
 NR 11
 TC 16
 SN 0093-6413
 J9 MECH RES COMMUN
 JI Mech. Res. Commun.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 27
 IS 4
 BP 445
 EP 450
 PG 6
 SC Mechanics
 GA 352CP
 UT ISI:000089197200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Exact resonances of nonlinear vibration of rotor-bearings system
    without small parameter
 SO MECHANICS RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    HE JH, 1997, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V2, P235
    HE JH, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V167, P57
    HE JH, 1998, P INT C VIBR ENG 98, P288
    HE JH, 1999, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V34, P699
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P51
    INOKUTI M, 1978, VARIATIONAL METHOD M, P156
    LIU CS, 1998, P INT C VIBR ENG 98, P435
    NAYFEH AH, 1981, INTRO PERTURBATION T
 NR 9
 TC 3
 SN 0093-6413
 J9 MECH RES COMMUN
 JI Mech. Res. Commun.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 27
 IS 4
 BP 451
 EP 456
 PG 6
 SC Mechanics
 GA 352CP
 UT ISI:000089197200010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, DP
    Feng, SS
    Yang, GH
 TI Mass density of Dp-branes
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB It is shown that the generally covariant definition of mass equals the
    ADM mass for Dp-branes.
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Astron & Appl Phys, Hefei 230026, Peoples R China.
    Anhui Post & Telecommun Sch, Hefei 230031, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, SS, Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Astron & Appl Phys, Hefei
    230026, Peoples R China.
 CR DAURIA R, HEPTH9812160
    DUAN YS, 1963, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V19, P589
    DUAN YS, 1988, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V20, P485
    FENG SS, HEPTH9902082
    FENG SS, HEPTH9902108
    PETERSEN JL, HEPTH9902131
    STELLE KS, HEPTH9803116
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 39
 IS 6
 BP 1637
 EP 1642
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 351XJ
 UT ISI:000089184500017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, LJ
    Jiang, XY
    Zhang, ZL
    Xu, SH
 TI Organic thin film electroluminescent devices using Gaq3 as emitting
    layers
 SO DISPLAYS
 DT Article
 DE electroluminescence; Gaq3; Alq3; Znq2; organic materials
 ID IMPROVED STABILITY
 AB Organic electroluminescent (EL) devices using
    tris(8-hydroxyquinoline)-gallium complex (Gaq3) as the emitting layer
    were developed. Results indicated that EL devices using Gaq3 as
    emitting layers emitted light at a peak wavelength of 540 nm. The
    maximum luminance of these devices was obviously higher than that of
    devices using Alq3 and Znq2 as emitting layers prepared with the same
    structures and under the same conditions as Gaq3. The greatest maximum
    luminance of Gaq3 devices was attributed to the higher breakdown
    voltage and quantum efficiency than those of the other two devices. (C)
    2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, LJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ADACHI C, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V57, P531
    HAMADA Y, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS, V32, P514
    LIU ZG, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V3, P157
    SHI JM, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P1665
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    VANSLYKE SA, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P2160
    WAGNER J, 1982, J MATER SCI, V17, P27
    ZHANG ZQ, 1996, ELECTROPHORESIS, V17, P372
 NR 8
 TC 7
 SN 0141-9382
 J9 DISPLAYS
 JI Displays
 PD AUG 1
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 2-3
 BP 47
 EP 49
 PG 3
 SC Computer Science, Hardware & Architecture; Engineering, Electrical &
    Electronic; Instruments & Instrumentation; Optics
 GA 351AT
 UT ISI:000089134400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, LJ
    Xia, YB
    Ju, JH
    Zhang, WG
 TI Electrical properties of chemical vapor deposition diamond films and
    electrical response to X-ray
 SO DIAMOND AND RELATED MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE microwave plasma chemical vapor deposition; electrical properties;
    diamond films; optoelectronic properties
 ID CVD DIAMOND; DETECTORS
 AB In this paper, dark current-voltage (I-V) characteristics,
    current-temperature (I-T) characteristics, and photocurrents under
    steady-state X-ray excitation of CVD diamond films were investigated.
    Results indicated that dark currents and photocurrents by X-ray
    irradiation for the [001] textured CVD diamond film were greater than
    those for the non-textured one. The differences in dark currents and
    resistivities were attributed to a large number of grain boundaries
    contained in the non-textured diamond films. From the I-T curves, at
    the temperature higher than 500 K, currents clearly followed an
    exponential behavior because of the activation energy of E-a = 1.68 eV
    which was normally attributed to Si trapped to a vacancy in the diamond
    lattice. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, LJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BEHNKE T, 1998, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V414, P340
    FERNANDES AJ, 1999, VACUUM, V52, P215
    FOULON F, 1994, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V41, P927
    GALLUZZI F, 1998, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V409, P423
    MANFREDOTTI C, 1998, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V410, P96
    POCHET T, 1993, MATER RES SOC S P, V302, P369
    WEILHAMMER P, 1998, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V409, P264
 NR 7
 TC 7
 SN 0925-9635
 J9 DIAM RELAT MATER
 JI Diam. Relat. Mat.
 PD SEP-OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 9
 IS 9-10
 BP 1617
 EP 1620
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 352FD
 UT ISI:000089203100011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, YB
    Sekiguchi, T
    Zhang, WJ
    Jiang, X
    Ju, JH
    Wang, LJ
    Yao, T
 TI Surfaces of undoped and boron doped polycrystalline diamond films
    influenced by negative DC bias voltage
 SO DIAMOND AND RELATED MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE diamond; penetrating effects; thin film; cathodoluminescence
 ID CHEMICAL-VAPOR-DEPOSITION
 AB The hydrogen ion bombardment is performed by applying a negative bias
    voltage to the substrate during microwave plasma chemical vapor
    deposition process, using only hydrogen as reactant gas. The size of
    (001) faces increases after hydrogen ion etching while other grains are
    etched off. The surfaces of [001]-oriented films after doping boron are
    investigated by scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and
    cathodoluminescent (CL) spectra. The absence of the band-A emission in
    the CL spectra means a low density of dislocation in the films. It is
    the first time that the peak at 741.5 nm and the broad peak at
    approximately 575 and 625 nm in the CL spectra were reduced efficiently
    after boron doping in (001) polycrystalline diamond films and to
    propose that these phenomena should be explained in simple terms with
    penetration of the lattice nets of the [001]-oriented faces model. (C)
    2000 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Tohoku Univ, Inst Mat Res, Sendai, Miyagi 980, Japan.
    Fraunhofer Inst Thin Films & Surface Engn, D-38108 Braunschweig, Germany.
 RP Xia, YB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR COLLINS AT, 1990, J MATER RES, V5, P2507
    DAVIS JW, 1987, J NUCL MATER, V145, P417
    HAYASHI K, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V81, P744
    HAYASHI K, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V183, P338
    ROBINS LH, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P13367
    WON J, 1996, RECENT PROG DIAMOND, V1, P103
    YOKOTA Y, 1990, MAT RES SOC S P PITT, P162
    ZHANG WJ, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P1896
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0925-9635
 J9 DIAM RELAT MATER
 JI Diam. Relat. Mat.
 PD SEP-OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 9
 IS 9-10
 BP 1636
 EP 1639
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 352FD
 UT ISI:000089203100015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, WG
    Xia, YB
    Shi, WM
    Wang, LJ
    Fang, ZJ
 TI Effect of substrate temperature on the selective deposition of diamond
    films
 SO DIAMOND AND RELATED MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE diamond films; deposition; chemical vapor deposition
 ID CHEMICAL-VAPOR-DEPOSITION; BIAS-ENHANCED NUCLEATION; SILICON; GROWTH
 AB Selective diamond films on roughened Si(100) substrates with
    patternings have been achieved by microwave plasma chemical vapor
    deposition (MP-CVD). The films have been characterized by scanning
    electron microscopy (SEM) and Raman spectra. The influence of substrate
    temperature on the selective deposition of diamond films has been
    discussed in detail: the diamond nucleation density on the SiO2 mask
    increased with substrate temperature while the effect of the selective
    deposition of diamond films deteriorated; the optimized deposition
    temperature conditions have been concluded. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science
    S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, WG, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Inorgan Mat,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR DAVIDSON JL, 1989, J ELECTRON MATER, V18, P711
    IRWIN MD, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P716
    JIANG X, 1991, PROGR STUDY DIAMOND, P21
    JIANG X, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P3438
    JOFFREAN PO, 1988, INT J REFRACT HARD M, V7, P186
    LEE JS, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V81, P486
    MA JS, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V55, P1071
    MO Y, 1997, THESIS CHINESE ACAD, P35
    RANKIN J, 1994, J MATER RES, V9, P2164
    STONER BR, 1993, J MATER RES, V8, P1334
    ZEMANSKY MW, 1981, HEAT THERMODYN, V4, P267
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0925-9635
 J9 DIAM RELAT MATER
 JI Diam. Relat. Mat.
 PD SEP-OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 9
 IS 9-10
 BP 1687
 EP 1690
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 352FD
 UT ISI:000089203100026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, LY
    Li, CZ
    Fang, DY
    Gu, HC
    Zhu, YH
    Chen, AP
 TI Morphology of high temperature vapor-phase synthesized nanophase
    TiO2-Al2O3 composite particles
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE nanophase particles; vapor-phase reaction; functional ceramic
 AB Nanophase TiO2-Al2O3 composite particles synthesized by gas-phase
    oxidation of TiCl4 and AlCl3 in an aerosol reactor were characterized
    by EDS, XPS, TG-DTA, TEM, XRD and BET surface area analysis. The
    results showed that the morphological structure of the composite
    particles were influenced by AlCl3 feed ratio and reaction temperature.
    When X-inlet = 2.80 and T = 1400 degrees C; the composite particles
    were mainly composed of rutile TiO2, alpha-Al2O3, and Al2TiO5, the
    average particle size was 25.3 nm and GSD (Geometric tandaed Squace
    Deviation) was 1.51. Other processing parameters affecting the particle
    size was also analyzed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Tech Chem Phys, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Chem Engn, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, LY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHENG HM, 1996, CHEM J CHINESE U, V17, P833
    HUNG CH, 1992, J MATER RES, V7, P1870
    LI HR, 1987, PRACTICAL COMPLEXING, P227
    LIU SH, 1988, XRAY PHOTOELECTRON S, V305, P313
    MO SF, 1991, GUSUANYAN TONGBAO, P4
    OKUMURA H, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, C22
    SHI LY, 1999, HUAXUE FANYING GONGC, V15, P213
    SHI LY, 1999, J INORG MATER, V14, P717
    WOIGNIER T, 1988, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V100, P325
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1001-4861
 J9 CHIN J INORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Inorg. Chem.
 PD JUL
 PY 2000
 VL 16
 IS 4
 BP 683
 EP 687
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear
 GA 351PA
 UT ISI:000089166300026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tu, DW
    Lin, CX
 TI Spy quantitative inspection with a machine vision light sectioning
    method
 SO MEASUREMENT SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE spy inspection; machine vision; light sectioning; non-contact sensor
 AB Machine vision light sectioning sensing is developed and expanded to
    the range of spy quantitative inspection for hole-like work pieces in
    this paper. A light beam from a semiconductor laser diode is converged
    into a line-shape by a cylindrical lens. A special compact
    reflecting-refracting, prism group is designed to ensure that such a
    sectioning light is projected axially onto the inner surface, and to
    make the deformed Line be imaged onto a CCD sensitive area. The image
    is digitized and captured into a computer by a 512 x 512 pixel card,
    and machine vision image processing methods such as thresholding, line
    centre detect and the least-squares method are developed for contour
    feature extraction and description. Two other important problems in
    such an inspection system are how to orientate the deep-going optical
    probe and how to bring the projected line into focus. A focusing
    criterion based on image position deviation and a four-step orientating
    procedure are put forward, and analysed to be feasible respectively.
    The experimental results show that the principle is correct and the
    techniques are realizable, and a good future for application in
    industry is possible.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron & Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Tu, DW, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron & Automat, POB 17,149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR MIYOSHI T, 1992, J JAPAN SOC PRECISIO, P98
    SCHALKOFF RJ, 1989, DIGITAL IMAGE PROCES
    VANDERHEIJDEN F, 1996, IMAGE BASED MEASUREM
    ZHANG WW, 1998, MEAS SCI TECHNOL, V9, P1380
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0957-0233
 J9 MEAS SCI TECHNOL
 JI Meas. Sci. Technol.
 PD AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 11
 IS 8
 BP 1187
 EP 1192
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 349KU
 UT ISI:000089044900015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, BX
    Zhao, WM
    Zhu, WQ
    Wang, KS
    Jiang, XY
 TI Transition of Eu3+ ion in SiO2 aerogel thin film
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE SiO2 aerogel; doped-nanocrystals; rare-earth luminescent centers;
    time-resolved emission spectroscopy
 AB The Eu3+ ion doped SiO2 aerogel film was prepared by a sol-gel process,
    and the luminescence and transitions of this aerogel film were
    investigated. The surface structure of the film was observed by AFM.
    Its microstructure was investigated by XRD and IR. Its excitation,
    emission, absorption, and time-resolved spectra were measured. The
    luminescence properties were discussed. The radiative transition
    probabilities of D-5(0) energy levels in Eu3+ ion were calculated by
    Judd-Ofelt theory. According to the time-resolved spectra, the
    nonradiative transition probabilities and decay properties of D-5(1)
    were also studied. The results are not quite different to Eu3+ ion in
    silicate glass, but a fine thin film doped with rare earth ions can be
    obtained by using a facile and low temperature method, and this film,
    having luminescent light glass qualities, can possess potential
    applications.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, BX, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples
    R China.
 CR JUDD BR, 1962, PHYS REV, V127, P750
    KAMISKI AA, 1981, LASER CRYSTALS, P166
    OFELT GS, 1962, J CHEM PHYS, V37, P511
    REISFELD R, 1972, J RES NBS          A, V76, P613
    WEBER MJ, 1967, OPTICAL PROPERTIES I, P467
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 727
 EP 732
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 348MW
 UT ISI:000088989400026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mao, RH
    Guo, CJ
 TI Preparation of nanosized anatase titania
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE titania; nanonmeter; colloid; anatase
 ID POWDER
 AB Nanosized anatase titania colloid and powders were prepared by
    hydrolysis of titanium-tetrabutoxide in basic media and then dehydrated
    at 700C in acid media. The powder and colloid were characterized by
    XRD, BET, TEM, HREM and TG-DTA. methods. The results show that after
    dehydrated in acid media the titania particles in colloid are already
    anatase crystallites with good crystal lattices. The average diameter
    of the nanosized titania powder after calcination at 220 degrees C is
    9nm and surface area is 171m(2)/g.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Mao, RH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHEN JY, 1996, J MATER SCI, V31, P3497
    DOUGLAS C, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P1957
    HUANG JH, 1996, J INORG MATER, V11, P51
    KEICHI T, 1991, CHEM PHYS LETT, V187, P73
    OREGAN B, 1991, NATURE, V353, P737
    ZHAO WK, 1998, J INORG MATER, V13, P608
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 761
 EP 764
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 348MW
 UT ISI:000088989400032
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, J
    Hua, TC
    Chen, ET
 TI Experimental measurement and theoretical analyses of the
    freezing-thawing processes around a probe
 SO CRYO-LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE cryosurgery; cryoprobe; phase-changing problem; heat transfer; enthalpy
    method
 ID NONIDEAL BIOLOGICAL TISSUES; INVERSE-STEFAN PROBLEM; CRYOGENIC
    TEMPERATURES; CRYOSURGERY
 AB Both the experimental and the analytical studies of the
    freezing/thawing process around a cryosurgical cylinder probes in a
    simulative biological tissue are presented in this paper. The enthalpy
    method and the finite element scheme are applied to solve the
    multidimensional phase change problems in cryosurgery. A very good
    agreement is found between the computed solutions and the experimental
    results. The influences of different cooling-warming schemes of the
    probe on the ice ball development, the temperature variation, the axial
    and the radial temperature gradients inside the tissues, and the
    requirement of cooling power are analyzed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryobiol & Food Freezing, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Hua, TC, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryobiol & Food Freezing,
    516 Jun Gong Rd, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR BUDMAN HM, 1991, J BIOMECH ENG-T ASME, V113, P430
    DILLER KR, 1992, ADV HEAT TRANSFER, V22, P177
    GAGE AA, 1998, CRYOBIOLOGY, V37, P171
    GAO DY, 1995, CRYOBIOLOGY, V32, P270
    HUA TC, 1994, CRYOBIOMEDICAL TECHN, P325
    HUNT CJ, 1994, CRYOBIOLOGY, V31, P506
    OZIZIK MN, 1993, HEAT CONDUCTION, P423
    RABIN Y, 1995, J HEAT TRANSFER, V117, P425
    RABIN Y, 1996, CRYOBIOLOGY, V33, P472
    RABIN Y, 1997, J BIOMECH ENG-T ASME, V119, P146
    RABIN Y, 1998, J BIOMECH ENG-T ASME, V120, P259
    RABIN Y, 1998, J BIOMECH ENG-T ASME, V120, P32
    RUBINSKY B, 1980, CRYOBIOLOGY, V17, P66
    SHAMSUNDAR N, 1975, J HEAT TRANSFER, V97, P333
    YOO J, 1986, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V23, P1785
 NR 15
 TC 2
 SN 0143-2044
 J9 CRYO-LETT
 JI Cryo-Lett.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 4
 BP 245
 EP 254
 PG 10
 SC Biology; Physiology
 GA 348PK
 UT ISI:000088993700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, XY
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Discrete inverse method for viscoelastic medium with complete data
 SO COMPUTER METHODS IN APPLIED MECHANICS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE viscoelastic medium; scattering and propagation operator; discrete
    inverse method; imbedding equation; reconstruction of the relaxation
    modulus; extent of the reflection data; volterra integral equation
 ID DISSIPATIVE WAVE-EQUATION; TIME DOMAIN; SCATTERING OPERATORS;
    DISPERSIVE MEDIA
 AB The discrete inverse scattering problem for viscoelastic medium is
    studied in this paper. It is assumed that the relaxation modulus varies
    only with time t. The object of this paper is to develop a method to
    reconstruct the relaxation modulus with less measurement data than
    before. The propagation operators of the viscoelastic medium are
    defined first and the imbedding equations governing the behavior of the
    propagation operators are derived with the invariant imbedding
    techniques. Using the finite difference method, these equations can be
    discretized to obtain a system of linear algebraic equations about the
    propagation operators and the material modulus. For the inverse
    scattering problem, it is assumed that the reflection data obtained
    from the scattering experiments are only available on one side of the
    medium and for one round trip through the viscoelastic slab. To
    reconstruct the unknown relaxation modulus, an inversion procedure is
    developed using this set of data that are complete in the sense that
    they can be extended to arbitrary rime t and the other scattering and
    propagation operators can also be determined by the inversion procedure
    described in this paper. The inversion algorithm is implemented
    numerically on several examples at the end of the paper. It can be seen
    that the obtained curves of the material modulus coincide with the
    original relaxation modulus very well. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science S.A.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AMMICHT E, 1987, J ACOUST SOC AM, V81, P827
    BEEZLEY RS, 1985, J MATH PHYS, V26, P317
    BUI DD, 1995, INVERSE PROBL, V11, P835
    CHENG CJ, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P2839
    CHRISTENSON RM, 1982, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    CORONES JP, 1983, J ACOUST SOC AM, V74, P1535
    FUKS P, 1994, INVERSE PROBL, V10, P555
    KRESS R, 1989, LINEAR INTEGRAL EQUA
    KRISTENSSON G, 1986, J MATH PHYS, V27, P1667
    KRISTENSSON G, 1986, J MATH PHYS, V27, P1683
    KRISTENSSON G, 1987, J MATH PHYS, V28, P360
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0045-7825
 J9 COMPUT METHOD APPL MECH ENG
 JI Comput. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng.
 PY 2000
 VL 189
 IS 1
 BP 77
 EP 90
 PG 14
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering,
    Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 349DQ
 UT ISI:000089028800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Variational iteration method for autonomous ordinary differential
    systems
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE nonlinearity; variational technique; autonomous ordinary differential
    equations
 ID APPROXIMATE
 AB In this paper, a new iteration technique is proposed to solve
    autonomous ordinary differential systems. In this method, general
    Lagrange multipliers are introduced to construct correction functionals
    for the systems. The multipliers in the functionals can be identified
    by the variational theory. The initial approximations can be freely
    chosen with possible unknown constants, which can be determined by
    imposing the boundary/initial conditions. Some examples are given. The
    results reveal that the method is very effective and convenient. (C)
    2000 Elsevier Science Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR DRIVER RD, 1977, ORDINARY DELAY DIFFE
    HE JH, 1996, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    HE JH, 1997, COMM NONLINEAR SCI N, V2, P230
    HE JH, 1997, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V2, P235
    HE JH, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V167, P57
    HE JH, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V167, P69
    HE JH, 1998, GEN VARIATIONAL PRIN
    HE JH, 1998, INT C VIBR ENG 98 DA
    HE JH, 1998, MECH PRACTICE, V20, P30
    HE JH, 1998, MECH SCI TECHNOL, V17, P221
    INOKUTI M, 1978, VARIATIONAL METHOD M, P156
    NAYFEH AH, 1985, PROBLEMS PERTURBATIO
    SMITH DR, 1985, SINGULAR PERTURBATIO
 NR 13
 TC 17
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD SEP 11
 PY 2000
 VL 114
 IS 2-3
 BP 115
 EP 123
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 349ZG
 UT ISI:000089075100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, H
    He, KY
    Qiu, YQ
    Wang, ZJ
    Feng, W
    Dong, YD
    Xiao, XS
    Wang, Q
 TI Intense milling nanocrystalline Fe73.5Cu1Nb3Si13.5B9: a soft magnetic
    material in powdered form
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING A-STRUCTURAL MATERIALS PROPERTIES
    MICROSTRUCTURE AND PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE intense milling; nanocrystalline; dust core
 ID GRAIN-STRUCTURE; FERROMAGNETS
 AB The change of structure by intense milling on the nanocrystalline
    Fe73.5Cu1Nb3Si13.5B9 alloy was investigated. The magnetic properties of
    nanocrystalline Fe73.5Cu1Nb3Si13.5B9 dust cores (core of compacted
    powder) were studied. It was found that the nanostructured ribbons
    obtained from the crystallization of amorphous state by a proper
    annealing treatment could be changed into amorphous powder via short
    time milling. By increasing the milling time, the milled powder return
    to crystallization. It was also found that the permeability of the
    nanocrystalline dust cores had nearly not any changes in the frequency
    range from 1 to 100 kHz. The quality factor Q of the nanocrystalline
    dust cores increased gradually with increasing frequency. The quality
    factor Q of nanocrystalline dust cores became higher at the frequency
    over 50 similar to 70 kHz n comparison with that of the permalloy dust
    core. Published by Elsevier Science S.A.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Northeastern Univ, Shenyang 110006, Peoples R China.
    Cent Iron & Steel Res Inst, Beijing 100081, Peoples R China.
    Liaoning Sch Light Ind, Shenyang 110036, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, H, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HERZER G, 1989, IEEE T MAGN, V25, P3327
    HERZER G, 1990, IEEE T MAGN, V26, P1397
    SCHULZ R, 1994, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V179, P516
    YOSHIZAWA Y, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P6044
    YOSHIZAWA Y, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P6047
 NR 5
 TC 7
 SN 0921-5093
 J9 MATER SCI ENG A-STRUCT MATER
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process.
 PD JUN 30
 PY 2000
 VL 286
 IS 1
 BP 197
 EP 200
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 347EP
 UT ISI:000088914700036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, XH
    Xu, J
    Meng, ZY
    Zhu, JM
    Zhou, SH
    Li, Q
    Liu, ZG
    Ming, NB
 TI Microdisplacement characteristics and microstructures of functionally
    graded piezoelectric ceramic actuator
 SO MATERIALS & DESIGN
 DT Article
 DE composites; sandwich structures; microstructure; bonding diffusion;
    powder metallurgy
 AB In this work, we report a functionally gradient piezoelectric ceramic
    actuator with sandwiched structure prepared by the powder metallurgical
    method. The functional gradients of piezoelectric activity and
    dielectric activity vary inversely across the thickness of the
    actuator. Such functional gradients are obtained by interdiffusion
    reaction between a high piezoelectric composition [Pb(Zr,Ti)O-3/PZT]
    and a high dielectric composition (PbNi1/3Nb2/3O3/PNN). The bending
    displacement at the free end of the PNN/PZT functionally graded
    piezoelectric ceramic actuator was approximately 20 mu m when 1.4-kV/mm
    electric field was applied. The grain morphology and compositional
    distribution across the actuator section and the microstructures of the
    sandwiched layer were investigated by scanned electron microscopy
    equipped with energy-dispersive spectroscopy, transmission electron
    microscopy, and selected area electron diffraction patterns,
    respectively. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    CCAST World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
 CR BERLINCOURT D, 1959, J APPL PHYS, V30, P1804
    CHEN J, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P593
    GERSON R, 1960, J APPL PHYS, V31, P188
    HAERTLING GH, 1994, AM CERAM SOC BULL, V73, P93
    ROBBINS WP, 1991, IEEE T ULTRASON FERR, V38, P634
    SHANNON RD, 1976, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR A, V32, P751
    SUGAWARA Y, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P996
    YAOMAJI A, 1977, J AM CERAM SOC, V60, P97
    ZHU XH, 1995, J MATER SCI LETT, V14, P516
    ZHU XH, 1998, J MATER SCI, V33, P1023
 NR 10
 TC 17
 SN 0261-3069
 J9 MATER DESIGN
 JI Mater. Des.
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 6
 BP 561
 EP 566
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 345ZB
 UT ISI:000088844400015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZL
    Jiang, XY
    Xu, SH
 TI A white emitting organic diode with a doped blocking layer
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID ELECTROLUMINESCENT DEVICES; STABILITY
 AB A novel white emitting organic diode has been simply realized by
    inserting a doped hole-blocking layer between the hole transporting
    layer (RTL) and the electron transporting layer (ETL). The structure of
    this device is ITO/CuPc/NPB/blocking layer:rubrene/Alq/MgAg. Copper
    phthalocyanine(CuPc) was used as a buffer layer,
    N,N'-bis-(1-naphthyl)-N,N'-diphenyl-1,1'-biphenyl-4,4'-diamine (NPB) as
    the HTL, and trimer of N-arylbenzimidazoles (TPBi) as the blocking
    layers, in which rubrene is doped. Tris(8-quinolinolato)aluminum
    complex(Alq) as ETL. Indium tin oxide and MgAg were the anode and
    cathode, respectively. The emission spectrum of this device covers a
    wide range of visible region and can be sensitively adjusted by the
    concentration of rubrene. The white emission with the CIE (Commission
    International de I' Eclairage) color coordinates x = 0.31, y = 0.32, a
    maximum luminance of 8635 cd/m(2), and the luminous efficiency 1.39
    lm/W at the luminance of 100 cd/m(2) were obtained in the device with
    1.5% rubrene concentration in TPBi.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ZL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR FORREST SR, 1997, SYNTHETIC MET, V91, P9
    GAO ZQ, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P865
    GRANSTROM M, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P147
    HOSOKAWA C, 1997, SOC INFORMATION DISP, V91, P1037
    JORDAN RH, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P1192
    KIDO J, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V64, P815
    KIDO J, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P1332
    MIYAGUCHI S, 1998, 9 INT WORKSH IN ORG, P137
    SATO Y, 1997, SYNTHETIC MET, V91, P103
    TAN HS, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P137
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    VANSLYKE SA, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P2160
    YANG Y, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V81, P3294
    ZHANG ZL, 1998, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V31, P32
 NR 14
 TC 3
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 2000
 VL 17
 IS 7
 BP 534
 EP 536
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 346VM
 UT ISI:000088891800026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, YY
    Li, HB
    Sun, L
    Shen, YJ
    Qiu, ZC
 TI Synthesis of 1-amino-2-(2 '-methyl-4 '-methyl propionate)
    phenoxy-4-hydroxy anthraquinone
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE 2-methyl-4-beta- cyanoethylphenol; 1-amino-2-(2 ' - methyl-4 '-
    methylpropionate) phenoxy-4-hydroxy anthraquinone; synthesis
 AB 2- Methyl - 4 - beta - cyanoethylphenol was synthesized via Friedel -
    Crafts reaction between o - cresol and acrylonitrile. It was condensed
    with 1 - amino - 2 - bromo - 4 - hydroxy anthraquinone by the
    nucleophilic reaction. The product was hydrolyzed in alkaline medium
    and esterified with methanol to afford the title compound. Mass, H-1
    NMR, element analyses, Vis spectra and the melting points of the title
    compound and the intermediates were measured.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Architectural Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Fine Chem, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Analyt Instrument Gen Factory, Shanghai 200233, Peoples R China.
 RP Hu, YY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Architectural Engn, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG ZS, 1994, JINGXI HUAXUEPIN HUA, P70
    JOHNSTON HW, 1957, J ORG CHEM, V22, P1264
    RICHTER RH, 1977, 4051166, US
    SATO YSK, 1969, 15316, JP
    SUN SD, 1992, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V12, P96
    ZHANG ZY, 1995, JINGXI YOUJI HECHENG, P270
    ZHOU QK, 1993, SHANGHAI RANLIAO, V105, P5
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0253-2786
 J9 CHINESE J ORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Org. Chem.
 PD AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 20
 IS 4
 BP 533
 EP 536
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 346VC
 UT ISI:000088890900015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
 TI A new generation of inverse shape design problem in aerodynamics and
    aerothermoelasticity: concepts, theory and methods
 SO AIRCRAFT ENGINEERING AND AEROSPACE TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE aerodynamics; inverse problems; finite element method; wings; fluid
    mechanics
 AB So far the literature on inverse shape design in aerodynamics is still
    confined to the single-point (nominal design point) design and to
    steady flow. This situation cannot cope with the modern development of
    internal and external aerodynamics and aerothermoelasticity, especially
    turbomachinery and aircraft flows. Accordingly, in recent years a new
    generation of inverse shape design problem has been suggested and
    investigated theoretically and computationally, consisting mainly of:
    unsteady inverse and hybrid problems; multipoint inverse and hybrid
    problems; and inverse problem in aerothermoelasticity. It opens a new
    area of research in fluid mechanics and aerothermoelasticity. An
    overview of its status and perspective is given herein, emphasizing the
    new concepts, theory and methods of solution involved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mech, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, GL, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mech, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR DULIKRAVICH GS, 1992, J AIRCRAFT, V29, P1020
    EPPLER R, 1979, J SHIP RES, V23, P191
    EPPLER R, 1979, J SHIP RES, V23, P209
    EPPLER R, 1980, TM80210 NASA
    EPPLER R, 1985, J SHIP RES, V29, P30
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    JAMESON A, 1990, AGARDCP463, P1
    LIGHTHILL MJ, 1945, 2112 ARC R D
    LIU GL, IN PRESS ACTA MECH
    LIU GL, 1980, SCI SINICA, V23, P1339
    LIU GL, 1987, NUMERICAL METHODS LA, V5, P1739
    LIU GL, 1995, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V12, P109
    LIU GL, 1995, INVERSE PROBL ENG, V2, P1
    LIU GL, 1996, ACTA AERODYNAMICA SI, V14, P1
    LIU GL, 1997, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V69, P527
    LIU GL, 1997, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V30, P5229
    LIU GL, 1998, HYDRODYNAMICS THEORY, V2, P901
    LIU GL, 1998, IN PRESS ACTA MECH
    LIU GL, 1998, INVERSE PROBL ENG, P391
    LIU GL, 1998, P 3 INT C FLUID MECH, P809
    LIU GL, 1998, P 3 INT C NONL MECH, P502
    LIU GL, 1999, P 14 INT S AIRBR ENG
    LIU GL, 1999, P 4 INT S AER INT FL
    LOIU GL, 1999, ACTA MECH SINICA, V31, P165
    MANGLER W, 1938, JB DTSCH LUFTFAHRTFO, V1, P46
    NAKAZAKI M, 1986, J KANSAI SOC NAVAL A
    OHTSUKA M, 1974, 74GT2 ASME
    SELIG MS, 1992, AIAA J, V30, P1162
    SHEN YT, 1981, J SHIP RES, V25, P191
    WEINIG F, 1929, Z ANGEANDTE MATH MEC, V9, P507
    YIU KFC, 1994, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V20, P3
 NR 31
 TC 1
 SN 0002-2667
 J9 AIRCRAFT ENG AEROSP TECHNOL
 JI Aircr. Eng. Aerosp. Technol.
 PY 2000
 VL 72
 IS 4
 BP 334
 EP 344
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 346TM
 UT ISI:000088887200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, DC
    Wei, GW
 TI Numerical solutions of incompressible Euler and Navier-Stokes equations
    by efficient discrete singular convolution method
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE incompressible flows; periodic boundary; DSC method; fourth-order
    Runge-Kutta method
 ID SCHEMES
 AB An efficient discrete singular convolution (DSC) method is introduced
    to the numerical solutions of incompressible Euler and Navier-Stokes
    equations with periodic boundary conditions. Two numerical tests of
    two-dimensional Navier-Stokes equations with periodic boundary
    conditions and Euler equations for doubly periodic shear layer flows
    are carried out by using the DSC method for spatial derivatives and
    fourth-order Runge-Kutta method for time advancement, respectively. The
    computational results show that the DSC method is efficient and robust
    for solving tho problems of incompressible flows, and has the potential
    of being extended to numerically solve much broader problems in fluid
    dynamics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Natl Univ Singapore, Dept Computat Sci, Singapore 119260, Singapore.
 RP Wan, DC, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BELL JB, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V85, P257
    BELLMAN R, 1972, J COMPUT PHYS, V10, P40
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CHEUNG YK, 1976, FINITE STRIP METHODS
    CHUI CK, 1992, INTRO WAVELETS
    E WN, 1996, J COMPUT PHYS, V126, P122
    FORNBERG B, 1996, PRACTICAL GUIDE PSEU
    FORSYTHE GE, 1960, FINITE DIFFERENCE ME
    HARTEN A, 1983, J COMPUT PHYS, V49, P357
    HARTEN A, 1987, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V24, P279
    HIRSH RS, 1975, J COMPUT PHYS, V19, P90
    KOREVAAR J, 1968, MATH METHODS, V1
    LOU JZ, 1996, J COMPUT PHYS, V125, P225
    MA YW, 1999, INT J NUMER METH FL, V30, P509
    MEAD JL, 1999, J COMPUT PHYS, V152, P404
    ORSZAG SA, 1972, STUD APPL MATH, V51, P253
    PATANKAR SV, 1980, NUMERICAL HEAT TRANS
    SCHWARTZ L, 1951, THEORE DISTRIBUTIONS
    TOLSTYKH A, 1994, SERIES ADV MATH APPL, V21
    WALKER JS, 1996, FAST FOURIER TRANSFO
    WAN DC, 2000, P 4 INT C HYDR SEPT
    WEI GW, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P775
    WEI GW, 1998, CHEM PHYS LETT, V296, P215
    WEI GW, 1999, J CHEM PHYS, V110, P8930
    WEI GW, 2000, J PHYS B-AT MOL OPT, V33, P343
    WEI GW, 2000, PHYSICA D, V137, P247
    WEINAN E, 1994, J COMPUT PHYS, V110, P39
    ZIENKIEWICZ OC, 1971, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
 NR 28
 TC 1
 SN 0567-7718
 J9 ACTA MECH SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Sin.
 PD AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 16
 IS 3
 BP 223
 EP 239
 PG 17
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 346NK
 UT ISI:000088877800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, W
    Weng, XC
    Cheng, DL
 TI Antioxidant activities of natural phenolic components from Dalbergia
    odorifera T. Chen
 SO FOOD CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID LIPID-PEROXIDATION; RED WINE
 AB The antioxidant activities on oil of natural phenolic components
    extracted from Dalbergia odorifera T. Chen were investigated. A new
    benzophenone 2,4-dihydroxy-5-methoxybenzophenone (1), together with
    eight known components, were isolated. The eight components were
    identified by chemical and spectroscopic methods as
    2',3',7-trihydroxy-4'-methoxyisoflavanone (2), 3'-methoxydaidzein (3),
    4',5,7-trihydroxy-3-methoxyflavone (4), vestitol (5), medicarpin (6),
    hexanoic acid, 2-propenylester (7), hexadecanoic acid, ethyl ester (8)
    and 3,8,-nonadien-2-one (9). Their antioxidant activities were
    investigated and compared with butylated hydroxyluene (BHT) and
    alpha-tocopherol. The results showed that components 1, 3, 5 and 6 had
    antioxidant activity and components 2 and 4 had strong antioxidant
    activity at 0.02 and 0.04% levels. When the individual components
    (0.02%) were mixed with 0.02% BHT, or 0.02% cr-tocopherol, their
    protection factor was increased, but there was no synergistic effect.
    When the individual component had 4 ppm added Fe3+, components 1, 2, 3
    and 4 had antioxidant activity. Their antioxidant activities were
    tested by an oxidative stability instrument (OSI) at 100 degrees C. Six
    of the phenolic components showed antioxidant activities. (C) 2000
    Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Lanzhou Univ, Dept Chem, Natl Lab Appl Organ Chem, Lanzhou 730000, Gansu, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, DL, Lanzhou Univ, Dept Chem, Natl Lab Appl Organ Chem, Lanzhou
    730000, Gansu, Peoples R China.
 CR FUHRMAN B, 1995, AM J CLIN NUTR, V61, P549
    GRICE HC, 1986, FOOD CHEM TOXICOL, V24, P1127
    HELLER SR, 1978, EPA NIH MASS SPECTRA, V1, P336
    HELLER SR, 1978, EPA NIH MASS SPECTRA, V1, P547
    HELLER SR, 1978, EPA NIH MASS SPECTRA, V3, P2090
    HELLER SR, 1978, EPA NIH MASS SPECTRA, V3, P234
    KANNER J, 1991, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V39, P1017
    KROYER G, 1986, Z ERNAHRUNGSWISS, V25, P63
    PRATT DE, 1990, FOOD ANTIOXIDANTS, P171
    RUSZNYAK S, 1936, NATURE, V138, P27
    SHOJI Y, 1989, CHEM PHARM BULL, V31, P979
    TETSU O, 1990, CHEM PHARM BULL, V38, P2750
    WENG XC, 1998, J CHINESE CEREAL OIL, V13, P46
    WHITEHEAD TP, 1995, CLIN CHEM, V41, P32
    WICHI HP, 1988, FOOD CHEM TOXICOL, V26, P717
    YUKIHIRO G, 1992, CHEM PHARM BULL, V40, P2452
    ZLOCH Z, 1969, INT Z VITAMINFORSCH, V39, P269
 NR 17
 TC 7
 SN 0308-8146
 J9 FOOD CHEM
 JI Food Chem.
 PD OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 71
 IS 1
 BP 45
 EP 49
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Applied; Food Science & Technology; Nutrition & Dietetics
 GA 344YW
 UT ISI:000088789500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Peng, LM
    Mao, XM
    Xu, KD
 TI Simulation and control model for interactions among process parameters
    of directional solidification continuous casting
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE directional solidification; continuous casting; control model
 AB On the basis of analyzing the principles, equipment and control needs
    of directional solidification continuous casting (DSCC) process, the
    building and fulfilling methods of control model of DSCC procedure by
    neural network control (NNC) method were proposed and discussed.
    Combining the experimental researches, firstly the computer is used to
    simulate the effects of those solidification parameters on destination
    control variable (S/L interface) and the reactions among those
    parameters during DSCC procedure; secondly many training samples can be
    obtained. Moreover, after these samples are input into neural network
    software (NNs) and trained, the control model can be built.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHANG GW, 1999, FOUNDRY, V40, P18
    FAN XH, 1996, CHINESE J MAT RES, V10, P364
    FAN XH, 1997, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V7, P134
    LI SY, 1996, THEORY FUZZY CONTROL, P85
    NI WD, 1996, SEVERAL PROBLEMS MOD, P10
    OHNO A, 1989, LIGHT METAL, V39, P735
    OHNO A, 1990, ADV MATER, V28, P161
    OHNO A, 1991, T JAPAN I METALS, V30, P448
    SU YJ, 1996, J HARBIN U SCI TECHN, V1, P60
    WANG W, 1997, CONTROL DECISION S, V12, P385
    WANG YN, 1996, INTELLIGENT CONTROL, P96
    XU ZM, 1997, P 9 CHIN FOUNDR C C, P345
    XU ZM, 1998, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V8, P277
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 10
 IS 4
 BP 449
 EP 452
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 343GQ
 UT ISI:000088693700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, H
    Zou, XW
    Wang, ZH
    Chen, YX
 TI A comparative investigation of oxygen in-diffusion in the orthorhombic
    phase of REBCO (RE:: Y, Sm, Nd) by in situ electrical resistance
 SO PHYSICA C
 DT Article
 DE REBCO (RE : Y, Sm, Nd) curprate; in situ electrical resistance; oxygen
    in-diffusion
 ID TRACER DIFFUSION; SINGLE-CRYSTAL; YBA2CU3O7-DELTA; YBA2CU3O6+X;
    SUPERCONDUCTORS
 AB The relaxation behavior of the isothermal electrical resistance has
    been comparatively investigated in the single orthorhombic phase of
    REBCO (RE: Y, Sm, Nd) powder sinters in oxygen uptaking processes. It
    can be well described by an oxygen uptaking process controlled by the
    lattice diffusion. The relaxation activation energy, i.e., the
    diffusion activation energy is 1.2, 1.0 and 0.7 eV for YBa2Cu3Oy,
    SmBa2Cu3Oy and Nd1.1Ba1.9Cu3Oy, respectively. It indicates that the
    diffusion activation energy of oxygen in REBCO decreases with the
    increase of RE ion size. It may be connected with the repulsive energy
    between O(1) and O(5). (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Met, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, H, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Met, Shanghai 200050, Peoples
    R China.
 CR CRANK J, 1956, MATH DIFFUSION
    ERB A, 1997, APPL SUPERCOND, V158, P1109
    HIKUMOTO N, 1997, PHYSICA C, V278, P187
    KLAUSER M, 1998, PHYSICA C, V306, P188
    LAGRAFF JR, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P3380
    LAGRAFF JR, 1993, PHYSICA C, V212, P470
    LAGRAFF JR, 1993, PHYSICA C, V212, P487
    MURAKAMI M, 1994, JPN J APPL PHYS, V33, P715
    MURAKAMI M, 1997, PHYSICA C 1, V282, P371
    ROTHMAN SJ, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P8852
    ROTHMAN SJ, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P2326
    SHAKED H, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P4173
    TALLON JL, 1992, SCIENCE, V258, P781
    TU KN, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P304
    XIA XM, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P4549
    YOO SI, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P633
 NR 16
 TC 5
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD JUL
 PY 2000
 VL 337
 IS 1-4
 BP 307
 EP 311
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 343DL
 UT ISI:000088686400062
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tan, WH
    Yan, KZ
    Liu, RH
 TI The enhancement of spontaneous and induced transition rates by a
    Bose-Einstein condensate
 SO JOURNAL OF MODERN OPTICS
 DT Article
 ID RESONANCE OPTICS; H-DOWN; GAS; ATOMS; LIGHT
 AB In this paper, an exactly solved model for the emission by N atoms is
    presented, the spontaneous and induced transition rates obtained, are
    enhanced by a factor which is proportional to the number of atoms n in
    the volume lambda(3)/(2 pi(2)) (lambda is the transition wavelength of
    the atom) and dependent on the de-Broglie wavelength lambda(B) in a
    more complicated way.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Tan, WH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON MH, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P198
    BRADLEY CC, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P1787
    DAVIS KB, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P3969
    GLAUBER RJ, 1959, LECTURES THEORETICAL, V1, P315
    HOPE JJ, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P3177
    HUANG H, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P2923
    JAVANAINEN JH, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P2375
    LEHMBERG RH, 1970, PHYS REV A-GEN PHYS, V2, P883
    LEVI BG, 1998, PHYS TODAY      1017
    POLITZER HD, 1991, PHYS REV A, V43, P6444
    SCHIFF LI, 1968, QUANTUM MECH, P533
    SVISTUNOV BV, 1990, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V97, P821
    SVISTUNOV BV, 1990, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V98, P129
    TAYLOR JR, 1987, SCATTERING THEORY QU
    WEISSKOPF V, 1930, Z PHYS, V63, P54
    WEISSKOPF VG, 1990, QUANTUM STAT PROPERT, P285
    YOU L, 1994, PHYS REV A, V50, R3365
    YOU L, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P329
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0950-0340
 J9 J MOD OPTIC
 JI J. Mod. Opt.
 PD AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 47
 IS 10
 BP 1729
 EP 1737
 PG 9
 SC Optics
 GA 341DF
 UT ISI:000088575200011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, JA
    Zhu, ZY
 TI Upwind local differential quadrature method for solving incompressible
    viscous flow
 SO COMPUTER METHODS IN APPLIED MECHANICS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE upwind local differential quadrature method; incompressible viscous
    flow; navier-stokes equations
 ID EQUATIONS
 AB The differential quadrature method (DQM) is able to obtain quite
    accurate numerical solutions of differential equations with few grid
    points and less computational effort. The successful applications of
    DQM have been reported to solve various problems of fluid mechanics.
    But, owing to the limitation of its quadrature rules, DQM is convenient
    only For regular regions and lacks upwind mechanism to characterize the
    convection of the fluid flow. In the present paper, a local
    differential quadrature method (LDQM) with upwind mechanism is proposed
    to solve incompressible viscous fluid flow problems in irregular
    regions. As its application, planar contraction flows in irregular
    regions is numerically solved and excellent numerical results are
    obtained for coarse meshes, (C) 2000 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    NW Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Lanzhou 730070, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, JA, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BELLMAN R, 1971, J MATH ANAL APPL, V34, P235
    BELLMAN R, 1972, J COMPUT PHYS, V10, P40
    BERT CW, 1996, APPL MECH REV, V49, P1
    BOGER DV, 1987, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V19, P157
    CIVAN F, 1983, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V19, P711
    JANG SK, 1989, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V28, P561
    KINE ME, 1983, J NONNEWTONIAN FLUID, V13, P341
    SHU C, 1990, 3RD P INT C ADV NUM, V2, P978
    SHU C, 1992, COMPUTING SYSTEMS EN, V3, P271
    SHU C, 1992, INT J NUMER METH FL, V15, P791
    SHU C, 1993, P 1 PAN PAC C COMP E, P131
    STRIZ AG, 1994, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V29, P665
    VIRIYAYUTHAKORN M, 1980, J NONNEWTONIAN FLUID, V6, P245
    VRENTAS JS, 1973, APPL SCI RES, V28, P241
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0045-7825
 J9 COMPUT METHOD APPL MECH ENG
 JI Comput. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng.
 PY 2000
 VL 188
 IS 1-3
 BP 495
 EP 504
 PG 10
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering,
    Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 342TR
 UT ISI:000088661700030
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, YF
    Wang, ZH
    Bialkowski, ME
 TI All-optical logic devices with cascaded nonlinear couplers
 SO APPLIED OPTICS
 DT Article
 ID DIRECTIONAL-COUPLERS
 AB The switching behaviors of cascaded nonlinear couplers were
    investigated. They have nearly ideal digital-switching characteristics,
    and their output power levels can he adjusted by means of varying the
    nonlinear coupling coefficient of the final coupler. The two-input
    excitation nonlinear cascaded couplers can perform not only switching
    operations but also a series of logic operations; The logic operations
    depend mainly on the coupling length of the two-input coupler and its
    initial inputs. The power corresponding to the rising and falling ridge
    of the logic operating waveforms can be shifted effectively by means of
    varying the switching power of the reshaper. Allowable ranges of three
    important parameters-coupling length of the two-input coupler L-1, bias
    optical power P-bia, and phase difference Jr between the signal and
    bias beams for six fundamental logic operations-were calculated. Curves
    for design considerations and suggestions for the best choice of
    parameters for stable and reliable logic operations AND, OR, XOR, NAND,
    NOR, and NXOR are also presented individually. (C) 2000 Optical Society
    of America OCIS codes: 060.0060, 130.0130, 190.0190, 220.0220, 230.0230.
 C1 Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Elect & Elect Engn, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
    Shanghai Univ, Wave Sci Lab, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, YF, Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Elect & Elect Engn, Singapore
    639798, Singapore.
 CR AITCHISON JS, 1995, OPT LETT, V20, P698
    CHEN Y, 1990, ELECTRON LETT, V26, P77
    CHEN YJ, 1992, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V28, P239
    FUKUSHIMA T, 1995, P ILLMC 95, P250
    JENSEN SM, 1982, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V18, P1580
    KITAYAMA K, 1983, APPL PHYS LETT, V43, P17
    PHAM AT, 1990, INT J OPTOELECTRON, V5, P367
    PHAM AT, 1991, J OPT SOC AM B, V8, P1914
    VILLENEUVE A, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V61, P147
    WANG YF, 1999, IEEE PHOTONIC TECH L, V11, P72
    WANG YF, 1999, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V17, P292
    YANG CC, 1992, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V28, P479
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0003-6935
 J9 APPL OPT
 JI Appl. Optics
 PD AUG 10
 PY 2000
 VL 39
 IS 23
 BP 4143
 EP 4152
 PG 10
 SC Optics
 GA 342KE
 UT ISI:000088643100011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, MY
    Guo, HW
    Wei, CL
 TI Algorithm immune to tilt phase-shifting error for phase-shifting
    interferometers
 SO APPLIED OPTICS
 DT Article
 ID STEPPING ALGORITHM; SURFACES
 AB As a phase shifter usually suffers from both translational and
    tilt-shift errors during shifting, so every pixel in the same
    interferogram will have a different phase-shift value. Thus nonlinear
    phase-measurement errors cannot be avoided, but even
    translational-shift error has been corrected effectively. However,
    based on the fact that the shifted phases of all the pixels in the same
    interferogram remain on the phase-shift plane, by defining this plane
    one can eliminate a significant number of phase errors. A new algorithm
    that is immune to both translational- and tilt-shift errors in a phase
    shifter for phase-stepping interferometers is presented. A first-order
    Taylor series expansion replaces the nonlinear equations for defining
    the phase-shift plane, and iteration of the algorithm guarantees its
    accuracy. Results of a computer simulation show that phase-measurement
    errors caused by both translation- and tilt-shift error can be
    compensated for completely, even when the tilt-shift error is not more
    than +/-1%. (C) 2000 Optical Society of America. OCIS codes: 050.5080,
    120.3180, 120.5050.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Lab Appl Opt & Metrol, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, MY, Shanghai Univ, Lab Appl Opt & Metrol, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BRUNING JH, 1974, APPL OPTICS, V13, P2693
    CARRE P, 1966, METROLOGIA, V2, P13
    CREATH K, 1993, INTERFEROGRAM ANAL, P94
    KONG IB, 1995, OPT ENG, V34, P1400
    KONG IB, 1995, OPT ENG, V34, P183
    MORGAN CJ, 1982, OPT LETT, V7, P368
    OKADA K, 1991, OPT COMMUN, V84, P118
    WEI CL, 1998, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3478, P411
    WEI CL, 1999, OPT ENG, V38, P1357
 NR 9
 TC 6
 SN 0003-6935
 J9 APPL OPT
 JI Appl. Optics
 PD AUG 1
 PY 2000
 VL 39
 IS 22
 BP 3894
 EP 3898
 PG 5
 SC Optics
 GA 338MZ
 UT ISI:000088425000011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, JQ
    Shun, YA
    Pan, QY
    Qin, JH
 TI Sensing characteristics of double layer film of ZnO
 SO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS B-CHEMICAL
 DT Article
 DE zinc oxide; gas selectivity; gas sensor; double layer film; catalyst
    coating
 AB Pure ZnO powder was made by chemical precipitation. ZnO-based gas
    sensing materials and Al2O3-based catalysts doped with a noble metal
    were prepared with impregnation. Gas sensitivity of ZnO single layer
    and double layer film gas sensors was measured in static state. It can
    be shown from experimental results that the gas sensitivity and
    selectivity of ZnO gas sensor can be improved by doping noble metal and
    using noble metal catalyst coating, (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Chem Engn, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Chem Engn, Shanghai 210072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, JQ, Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Chem Engn, Zhengzhou 450002,
    Peoples R China.
 CR LOU X, 1991, J SENS T TECHNOL, V3, P1
    XU J, 1993, J FUNCT MAT, V24, P30
    XU J, 1997, SENS WORLD, V3, P7
    XU J, 1998, J FUNCT MAT, V29, P281
 NR 4
 TC 16
 SN 0925-4005
 J9 SENSOR ACTUATOR B-CHEM
 JI Sens. Actuator B-Chem.
 PD JUL 25
 PY 2000
 VL 66
 IS 1-3
 BP 161
 EP 163
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Electrochemistry; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 337TV
 UT ISI:000088378500050
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pan, QY
    Xu, JQ
    Dong, XW
    Zhang, JP
 TI Gas-sensitive properties of nanometer-sized SnO2
 SO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS B-CHEMICAL
 DT Article
 DE sol-gel method; nanometer; tin peroxide; doping; reducing gas
 AB Nanometer-sized SnO2 particles were prepared by a sol-gel method using
    inorganic salt as a precursor material. The investigated results
    indicate that well-crystallized nano-sized SnO2 with size around 15 nm
    was obtained at annealing temperature 600 degrees C. The activation
    energy for the growth of nano-SnO2 was calculated to be 26.55 kJ
    mol(-1) when the annealing temperature was higher than 500 degrees C.
    The measurements also show that there is a peculiar resistance change
    as a function of temperature for nano-SnO2. It has relevance to the
    increase of surface adsorbed oxygen. The selective detection for C4H10
    and patrol can be increased when ruthenium ion was doped in nano-SnO2
    as a catalyst. The gas sensitivity to CO, CH4, H-2, etc., can be
    increased when rhodium ion was doped in nano-SnO2 as a catalyst and the
    detection to the several reducing gas can be realized ranging in
    temperature from 260 degrees C to 400 degrees C. (C) 2000 Elsevier
    Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Chem Engn, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
 RP Pan, QY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CULLITY BD, 1977, ELEMENTS XRAY DIFFRA
    RAMAMURTHI SD, 1990, J AM CERAM SOC, V73, P2760
    SCOTT MG, AMORPHOUS METALLIC A
    ZHOU QF, 1995, J TRANSDUCTION TECHN, V8, P22
 NR 4
 TC 12
 SN 0925-4005
 J9 SENSOR ACTUATOR B-CHEM
 JI Sens. Actuator B-Chem.
 PD JUL 25
 PY 2000
 VL 66
 IS 1-3
 BP 237
 EP 239
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Electrochemistry; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 337TV
 UT ISI:000088378500075
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, JQ
    Pan, QY
    Shun, YA
    Tian, ZZ
 TI Grain size control and gas sensing properties of ZnO gas sensor
 SO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS B-CHEMICAL
 DT Article
 DE zinc oxide; nanometer material; grain size control; gas sensor;
    emulsion synthesis
 AB Nanometer ZnO gas sensing material with different particle size were
    made by chemical precipitation, emulsion and microemulsion,
    respectively. Crystal structure and ceramic microstructure of powders
    were determined by XRD and TEM. The mean grain size and lattice
    distortion of the materials were calculated with the Cauchy-Cauchy and
    Debye-Scherrer methods, respectively. Gas sensitivity of ZnO to H-2,
    SF6, C4H10, gasoline, C2H5OH was measured. It Fan be shown from
    experimental results that grain size of ZnO gas-sensitive materials can
    be controlled by means of different processes or surfactants. The gas
    sensitivity of ZnO gas sensor depends upon its grain size. (C) 2000
    Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Chem Engn, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Chem Engn, Shanghai 210072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, JQ, Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Chem Engn, Zhengzhou 450002,
    Peoples R China.
 CR LOU X, 1991, J SENS T TECHNOL, V3, P1
    PAN S, 1993, J SENS TRANS TECHNOL, V3, P18
    SEIYAMA T, 1962, ANAL CHEM, V34, P1502
    XU J, 1993, J FUNCT MAT, V24, P30
    XU J, 1998, J INORG CHEM, V14, P355
 NR 5
 TC 40
 SN 0925-4005
 J9 SENSOR ACTUATOR B-CHEM
 JI Sens. Actuator B-Chem.
 PD JUL 25
 PY 2000
 VL 66
 IS 1-3
 BP 277
 EP 279
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Electrochemistry; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 337TV
 UT ISI:000088378500086
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Adikary, SU
    Meng, ZY
    Jin, DR
 TI A resistivity gradient piezoelectric FGM actuator
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 AB A resistivity gradient actuator based on lead zirconate titanate
    ceramics was successfully developed and the bending deflections up to
    140 mu m were obtained. The actuator material was a matrix of PZT
    ceramic into which smooth gradient of piezoelectric activity was
    introduced. The application of an electric field then causes the
    actuator to bend due to differential strains induced by the
    piezoelectric effect. The resistivity gradient of the actuator was
    achieved by doping PZT with suitable donor and acceptor dopants. PZT
    powder was modified and synthesized by using two stage powder
    fabrication method. The actuator was fabricated by uniaxial pressing
    followed by isostatic pressing with two layers of different
    resistivities.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR HEARTLING GH, 1994, AM CERAM SOC B, V73, P93
    HEARTLING GH, 1997, SPIE, V3040, P81
    NINO M, 1990, ISIJ INT, V30, P699
    ONITSUKA K, 1995, J INTEL MAT SYST STR, V6, P447
    ROBBINS WP, 1991, IEEE T ULSR FERR FRE, V68, P634
    SUGAWARA Y, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P996
    TOMIKAWA Y, 1986, FERROELECTRICS, V68, P235
    UCHINO K, 1997, PIEZOELECTRIC ACTUAT
    WU CCM, 1996, J AM CERAM SOC, V79, P809
    ZHU XH, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V48, P169
    ZHU XH, 1998, J MATER SCI, V33, P1023
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD JUL
 PY 2000
 VL 16
 IS 4
 BP 383
 EP 386
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 337QA
 UT ISI:000088372100007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, XY
    Wan, XJ
    Chen, YX
    Yao, MY
 TI The effect of Al and Fe on the intergranular embrittlement of Co3Ti
    alloys by hydrogen transport from the external surface
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID ENVIRONMENTAL EMBRITTLEMENT; MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES; ORDERED ALLOYS;
    WATER-VAPOR; POLYCRYSTALS; FRACTURE; NI3FE
 AB Some observation relating tp the solubility, diffusivity and
    intergranular cracking by hydrogen transport from the external surface
    in Co3Ti, Co3Ti-Al and Co3Ti-Fe alloys have been carried out. The
    results show that the addition of alloying elements Al or Fe to Co3Ti
    alloy can increase the critical hydrogen concentration for changing
    from transgranular to brittle intergranular fracture, therefore
    suppress the moisture induced environmental embrittlement.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Met & Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, XY, Shanghai Univ, Inst Met & Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR CAMUS GM, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P1497
    CHEN YX, 1998, J MATER SCI LETT, V17, P1627
    CHENG XY, 1997, J IRON STEEL RES S, V9, P270
    CHENG XY, 1997, SCRIPTA MATER, V37, P1065
    CHU WY, 1981, CORROSION, V37, P514
    CHU WY, 1982, CORROSION, V38, P514
    CHU WY, 1982, CORROSION, V38, P561
    KIMURA A, 1994, MATER T JIM, V35, P879
    KIMURA A, 1995, INTERMETALLICS, V3, P115
    KURUVILLA AK, 1985, SCRIPTA METALL, V19, P83
    LIU CT, 1984, INT MET REV, V29, P168
    LIU CT, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P1583
    LIU Y, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P507
    LIU Y, 1989, J MATER SCI, V24, P4458
    SHUTT RC, 1985, WELD J, V64, P19
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    TAKASUGI T, 1997, INTERMETALLICS, V5, P443
    ZHANG DZ, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V29, P901
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD JUL
 PY 2000
 VL 16
 IS 4
 BP 431
 EP 434
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 337QA
 UT ISI:000088372100018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, LJ
    Sang, WB
    Shi, WM
    Qian, YB
    Min, JH
    Liu, DH
    Xia, YB
 TI Electrical properties of contacts on P-type Cd0.8Zn0.2Te crystal
    surfaces
 SO NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTS & METHODS IN PHYSICS RESEARCH SECTION
    A-ACCELERATORS SPECTROMETERS DETECTORS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
 DT Article
 DE cadmium zinc telluride; electrical contacts; gamma-ray detectors
 ID RADIATION DETECTORS; TELLURIDE
 AB In this payer effects of surface treatments of p-type Cd0.8Zn0.2Te
    devices were studied by Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM), I-V
    measurements, and electrical properties as well as different contact
    technologies using Au, Al: In and electroless Au. It is shown that
    electroless Au film deposited by the chemical method can form a heavily
    doped pf layer on a smooth surface, which is nearly ohmic on p-type
    material. Electroless Au gives better contact than evaporated Au, Al or
    In. A post-annealing treatment of electroless Au film improves the
    ohmic quality of contacts and enhances the adhesion between contact
    layer and the Cd0.8Zn0.2Te crystal surface. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, LJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AZOULAY M, 1993, J VAC SCI TECHNOL B, V11, P148
    BUTLER JF, 1992, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V39, P605
    CHEN KT, 1997, J VAC SCI TECHNOL  1, V15, P850
    GEORGE MA, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P3134
    LACHISH U, 1998, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V403, P417
    MUSA A, 1983, J APPL PHYS, V54, P3260
    NEMIROVSKY Y, 1996, J ELECTRON MATER, V25, P1221
    RABINAL MK, 1997, J ELECTRON MATER, V26, P893
    SUZUKI K, 1996, J CRYST GROWTH, V159, P388
    VERGER L, 1997, J ELECT MAT, V26, P738
    YOON H, 1997, J ELECTRON MATER, V26, P529
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0168-9002
 J9 NUCL INSTRUM METH PHYS RES A
 JI Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res. Sect. A-Accel. Spectrom. Dect. Assoc.
    Equip.
 PD JUL 1
 PY 2000
 VL 448
 IS 3
 BP 581
 EP 585
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Particles & Fields; Instruments & Instrumentation; Nuclear
    Science & Technology; Spectroscopy
 GA 336CU
 UT ISI:000088285000012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, SL
    Zhao, MJ
    Wu, ZY
    Li, ZP
 TI Detection of Lis1 gene frame shift mutation in human hepatocarcinoma
 SO ACTA BIOCHIMICA ET BIOPHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE PTT; Lis1 gene; frame shift mutation; GST fusion protein
 ID CANCER PATIENTS
 AB GST fusion protein expression system combined with protein truncation
    test(PTT) protocol was used to detect gene frame shift mutation. The
    RT-PCR products of Lis1 genes from hepatocarcinoma samples were
    respectively cloned into a GST fusion protein expression vector pGEX-1,
    then expressed in E. coli. The results showed a truncated 33 kD fusion
    protein in SDS-PAGE, although the full-translated product of Lis1 gene
    should be of 71 kD. Sequencing revealed insertion of an A residue,
    causing the premature termination of translation, between the 163th and
    164th nucleotide of Lis1 gene. This improved PTT assay was proved to be
    a fast and effective way in detecting gene frame shift mutation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Dept Biochem Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biochem, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
 CR DANIELA TP, 1998, HUM MOL GENET, V13, P2029
    DUNNEN JT, 1999, HUM MUTAT, V14, P95
    FARRINGTON SM, 1998, AM J HUM GENET, V63, P749
    ORLY R, 1993, NAT GENET, V364, P717
    OZCELIK H, 1997, NAT GENET, V16, P17
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 0582-9879
 J9 ACTA BIOCHIM BIOPHYS SINICA
 JI Acta Biochim. Biophys. Sin.
 PD JUL
 PY 2000
 VL 32
 IS 4
 BP 401
 EP 405
 PG 5
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Biophysics
 GA 336TQ
 UT ISI:000088319400019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU De-Kang, M
 TI Toward front tracking based on conservation in two space dimensions
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING
 DT Article
 DE front tracking; cell-average; recovery of discontinuity curve
 ID FINITE-DIFFERENCE METHODS; WAVE-PROPAGATION METHODS; DISCONTINUITIES;
    SCHEMES
 AB A two-dimensional front tracking method based on conservation for
    scalar conservation law and for the Euler system of gas dynamics is
    being developed. In the method, discontinuities are tracked by
    enforcing the conservation properties of the PDEs. Unlike the
    traditional front tracking methods, for which the conservation is only
    a property that may or may not be preserved, in this front tracking
    method the conservation is the mechanism by which the tracking is
    performed. The method is also extended to treat the reflection wall
    boundary in the Euler system. As an attempt to treat the interactions
    of discontinuities by enforcing the conservation properties without
    solving two-dimensional Riemann problems, three special cases of
    treatment of discontinuity interactions in scalar conservation law and
    in the Euler system of gas dynamics are studied. Finally, numerical
    experiments are implemented in both scalar and system cases to show the
    efficiency of the method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP De-Kang, M, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHERN IL, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V62, P83
    CHERN IL, 1987, UCRL97200 L LIV NAT
    CHORIN AJ, 1993, MATH INTRO FLUID MEC
    COLELLA P, 1984, J COMPUT PHYS, V54, P174
    DESCHAMBAULT RL, 1983, J FLUID MECH, V131, P27
    FORRER H, 1996, 9304 EIDG TH
    FORRER H, 1996, 9613 EIDG TH
    GLIMM J, 1985, ADV APPL MATH, V6, P259
    GLIMM J, 1986, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V7, P230
    GLIMM J, 1988, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V41, P569
    GLIMM J, 1988, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V9, P61
    GLIMM J, 1998, COMPUT MATH APPL, V35, P1
    GLIMM J, 1998, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V19, P703
    GROVE J, 1989, ADV APPL MATH, V10, P201
    HARTEN A, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V71, P231
    HARTEN A, 1987, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V24, P279
    HENSHAW WD, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V68, P25
    KLINGENBERG C, 1994, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V20, P89
    LEVEQUE RJ, 1990, 9037 2CASE
    LEVEQUE RJ, 1990, NUMERICAL METHODS CO
    LEVEQUE RJ, 1995, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V16, P348
    LEVEQUE RJ, 1996, J COMPUT PHYS, V123, P354
    MAJDA A, 1984, APPL MATH SCI, V53
    MAO D, 1985, J COMPUT MATH, V3, P356
    MAO D, 1991, P 3 INT C HYP PROBL
    MAO DK, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V92, P422
    MAO DK, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V103, P359
    MAO DK, 1993, J COMPUT PHYS, V104, P377
    MAO DK, 1995, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V32, P1677
    MAO DK, 1999, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V36, P529
    MORETTI G, 1972, PIBAL7237 POL I BROO
    OSHER S, 1986, IMA VOLUMES MATH ITS, V2, P229
    SHU CW, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V83, P439
    SWARTZ BK, 1986, APPL NUMER MATH, V2, P385
    VANLEER B, 1977, J COMPUT PHYS, V23, P276
    WANGER DH, 1983, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V14, P534
    WOODWARD P, 1984, J COMPUT PHYS, V54, P115
    ZHU YL, 1980, DIFFERENCE METHODS I
 NR 38
 TC 0
 SN 1064-8275
 J9 SIAM J SCI COMPUT
 JI SIAM J. Sci. Comput.
 PD JUN 23
 PY 2000
 VL 22
 IS 1
 BP 113
 EP 151
 PG 39
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 334BP
 UT ISI:000088165500007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Zhu, SJ
    Yu, NW
 TI Kinetic model of desulphurisation by powder injection and blowing in RH
    refining of molten steel
 SO IRONMAKING & STEELMAKING
 DT Article
 ID IRON
 AB The desulphurisation by powder injection and blowing in the RH refining
    of molten steel and its mechanism have been considered and analysed.
    Based on the two-resistance mass transfer theory and the mass balance
    of sulphur in the system, a kinetic model for the process has been
    developed. The related parameters of the model, including the mass
    transfer coefficients and the effective amount of powder in the molten
    steel being treated for desulphurisation, have been reasonably
    determined. Modelling and predictions of the process of injecting and
    blowing the lime based powder flux under assumed operating modes with
    the different initial contents of sulphur and amounts of powder
    injected and blown in a RH degasser of 300 t capacity have been carried
    out using the model, The relevant circulation rate of the liquid steel
    and the powder injection and blowing rate were taken to be 100 t
    min(-1) and 150 kg min(-1), respectively, The initial contents of
    sulphur in the liquid steel to be treated a nd the amounts of powder
    injection and blowing were respectively assumed to be 0.007, 0.006,
    0.005, 0.004, 0.003, 0.002 wt-% and 10, 8, 6, 5, 4, 3 kg/t steel, The
    total treatment time for desulphurisation under each mode was set at 24
    min, equivalent to eight circulation cycles of the liquid steel to be
    treated. The results indicated that the predictions made by this model
    are in good agreement with data from industrial experiments and
    practice. By injecting and blowing the lime based powder flux with the
    composition of 85 wt-% lime (CaO) + 15 wt-% fluorspar (CaF2) of 3-5
    kg/t steel, it is possible to decrease the sulphur content in the
    molten steel to an ultralow level below (5-10) x 10(-4) wt-% from
    (60-80) x 10(-4) wt-%. The total treatment time needed will be 12-20
    min. Intensifying the powder injection and blowing operation and
    increasing the circulation rate of the liquid steel may effectively
    increase the rate of the process in RH refining. The model may be
    expected to offer some useful information and a reliable basis for
    determining the reasonable process parameters and help in optimising
    the technology of desulphurisation by powder injection and blowing in
    the RH refining of molten steel.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Univ Iowa, Dept Mech Engn, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA.
 CR *ISIJ, 1971, YOUT YOUK NO MON YAS, P70
    ENDOH K, 1989, SADA TETSU TOGISATA, P20
    ENDOH K, 1990, NIPP STEEL TECH REP, P45
    ENGH TA, 1972, SCAND J METALL, V1, P103
    FARIAS LR, 1985, METALL TRANS B, V16, P211
    GEIGER GH, 1973, TRANSPORT PHENOMENA, P18
    GHOSH DN, 1982, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V9, P136
    HALE RJ, 1990, ISS STEELM C P, V73, P69
    HANDA N, 1977, TETSU TO HAGANE, V63, P163
    HATAKEYAMA T, 1989, IRON STEELMAKER, V15, P23
    IRONS GA, 1986, P INT C INJ MET SC 1
    KAWAI Y, 1975, TETSU TO HAGANE, V61, P29
    KAWAI Y, 1984, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V24, P509
    KIRHARA T, 1992, CAMP ISIJ, V5, P1239
    KOMAI T, 1982, P 7 INT C VAC MET TO, P1383
    LEHNER T, 1977, P INT C INJ MET SCAN
    MCNALLEN M, 1980, P INT C INJ MET SCAN
    MCNALLEN M, 1983, P INT INJ MET SCAN 3
    MYRAYAMA N, 1990, P 6 INT IR STEEL C N, V3, P151
    OETERS F, 1973, ARCH EISENHUTTENWES, V44, P727
    OETERS F, 1983, P INT C INJ MET SC 1
    OHGUCHI S, 1984, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V11, P262
    OHGUCHI S, 1984, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V11, P274
    OKADA Y, 1992, CAMP ISIJ, V5, P1238
    OKADA Y, 1994, TETSU TO HAGANE, V80, T9
    RANZ WE, 1952, CHEM ENG PROG, V48, P141
    ROBERTSON DGC, 1980, P INT C INJ MET SCAN
    SZATKOWSHI M, 1991, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V17, P65
    TSUJINO R, 1989, ISIJ INT, V29, P589
    UEHARAL H, 1992, CAMP ISIJ, V5, P1240
    WEI JH, 1997, UNPUB
 NR 31
 TC 2
 SN 0301-9233
 J9 IRONMAKING STEELMAKING
 JI Ironmak. Steelmak.
 PY 2000
 VL 27
 IS 2
 BP 129
 EP 137
 PG 9
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 332JE
 UT ISI:000088069900007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, HT
    Xu, HY
 TI In situ permeability measurements to establish the influence of slice
    mining on floor rocks
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ROCK MECHANICS AND MINING SCIENCES
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Ctr Special Mining, Tainan 271019, Taiwan.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Civil Engn, Tainan 271019, Taiwan.
 RP Xiao, HT, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Ctr Special Mining, Tainan
    271019, Taiwan.
 CR CAI DB, 1981, HDB MINE GEOLOGY, P10
    JING ZG, 1984, J CHINA COAL SOC, V9, P81
    PANG YH, 1982, COAL GEOLOGY EXPLORA, V10, P37
    SUN GZ, 1988, STRUCTURE MECH ROCKS, P92
    TANG MX, 1988, THESIS SHANDONG U SC
    XIAO HT, 1989, COAL GEOLOGY EXPLORA, V17, P39
 NR 6
 TC 2
 SN 1365-1609
 J9 INT J ROCK MECH MINING SCI
 JI Int. J. Rock Mech. Min. Sci.
 PD JUL
 PY 2000
 VL 37
 IS 5
 BP 855
 EP 860
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Geological; Mining & Mineral Processing
 GA 332XA
 UT ISI:000088098600008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lin, L
    Liu, ZY
 TI Algebraic multilevel iterative preconditioning methods for H-matrices
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF COMPUTER MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE algebraic multilevel; H-compatible splitting; diagonal compensation
    reduction; optimal order preconditioners
 AB A purely algebraic method is presented to construct preconditioners for
    symmetric positive definite H-matrices. The main technique is
    H-compatible splitting and diagonal compensation reduction. Associated
    with some special matrix polynomials, under certain condition, this
    method is optimal with respect to the rate of convergence and
    computational complexity. Numerical results that illustrate these
    properties are provided.
 C1 Xiamen Univ, Dept Math, Xiamen 361005, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Lin, L, Xiamen Univ, Dept Math, Xiamen 361005, Peoples R China.
 CR AXELSSON O, 1984, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V58, P3
    AXELSSON O, 1989, NUMER MATH, V56, P157
    AXELSSON O, 1990, 9045 CATH U DEP MATH
    AXELSSON O, 1990, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V27, P1569
    AXELSSON O, 1991, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V38, P31
    AXELSSON O, 1994, NUMER LINEAR ALGEBR, V1, P155
    AXELSSON O, 1994, NUMER LINEAR ALGEBR, V1, P213
    KOLOTILINA LY, 1993, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V14, P45
    VASSILEVSKI PS, 1997, SIAM REV, V39, P18
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7160
 J9 INT J COMPUT MATH
 JI Int. J. Comput. Math.
 PY 2000
 VL 74
 IS 1
 BP 97
 EP 111
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 333LK
 UT ISI:000088131600008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hong-Yi, L
 TI The calculation of global error for initial value problem of ordinary
    differential equations
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF COMPUTER MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE ordinary differential equation; initial value problem; global error;
    numerical analysis
 AB This paper presents a simple but reliable method to calculate global
    error of ordinary differential equations. The results show that the
    global error can be calculated very simply and satisfactory. Several
    numerical examples are given to verify the method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Polytech 2, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Hong-Yi, L, Shanghai Univ, Polytech 2, 80 Shan Xi Rd, Shanghai 200041,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BRUSA L, 1980, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V15, P685
    DORMAND JR, 1978, CELESTIAL MECH, V18, P223
    GEAR CW, 1971, NUMERICAL INITIAL VA
    PLISCHKE M, 1994, EQUILIBRIUM STAT PHY
    RICE JR, 1993, NUMERICAL METHODS SO
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7160
 J9 INT J COMPUT MATH
 JI Int. J. Comput. Math.
 PY 2000
 VL 74
 IS 2
 BP 237
 EP 245
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 333LL
 UT ISI:000088131700009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yan, KZ
    Tan, WH
 TI The growth rate and statistical fluctuation of Bose-Einstein condensate
    formation
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE Bbose-Einstein condensate; atom laser; growth rate
 ID QUANTUM KINETIC-THEORY; EQUATION; TRAP
 AB Using the generating function method to solve the master equation of
    Bose-Einstein condensate and to evaluate the growth rate, statistical
    fluctuation of condensate atoms, we find out that there is a plateau in
    the growth rate curve and a super-Poisson distribution observed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yan, KZ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR GARDINER CW, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P1793
    GARDINER CW, 1998, PHYS REV A, V58, P536
    GARDINER CW, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P5266
    MIESNER HJ, 1998, SCIENCE, V279, P1005
    TAN WH, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V190, P13
    TAN WH, 1995, OPT COMMUN, V115, P203
    WANG ZX, 1956, INTRO STAT PHYSICS, P186
    YAN KZ, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1185
 NR 8
 TC 4
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD JUL
 PY 2000
 VL 9
 IS 7
 BP 485
 EP 489
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 333PY
 UT ISI:000088139500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, HY
    Lee, HY
 TI One-parameter equation of state for gases and gas mixtures
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE equation of state; virial equation; gases; fugacity; correlation;
    mixture; polar; nonpolar
 ID CORRESPONDING-STATES
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Lee, HY, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 CR CHUECH PL, 1967, IND ENG CHEM FUND, V6, P442
    KELL GS, 1968, J CHEM PHYS, V48, P3805
    KNAPP H, 1982, CHEM DATA SER, V6
    LEE BI, 1975, AICHE J, V21, P510
    LEE HY, 1992, FLUID PHASE EQUILIBR, V81, P152
    LEE HY, 1997, J SHANGHAI 2 POLYTEC, V14, P13
    MARTIN JJ, 1979, IND ENG CHEM FUND, V18, P81
    PLOCKER U, 1978, IND ENG CHEM PROC DD, V17, P324
    PRAUSNITZ JM, 1968, COMPUTER CALCULATION
    SMITH SM, 1975, INTRO CHEM ENG THERM
    SOAVE G, 1972, CHEM ENG SCI, V27, P1197
    VARGAFTIK NB, 1975, TABLES THERMOPHYSICA
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1004-9541
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM ENG
 JI Chin. J. Chem. Eng.
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 8
 IS 2
 BP 163
 EP 166
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Chemical
 GA 332UJ
 UT ISI:000088091500014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, YL
    Zhou, SP
    Xu, DM
 TI Analysis of properties of high-electron-mobility-transistor under
    optical illumination
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE high electron mobility transistor; photovoltage; charge-controlling
    model; 2-dimensional electron gas
 ID ANALYTIC MODEL; HEMTS
 AB We studied the dynamical behaviors of the depletion-mode AlGaAs/GaAs
    high-electron-mobility transistor under optical illumination. The
    photovoltage effect and the photogenerated carriers contribution to the
    space charge concentration were taken into account. The pinch-off
    voltage, the sheet concentration of two-dimensional electron gas
    (2-DEG) located at the interface of the: heterojunction, the I-V
    characteristic curve, and the transconductance were investigated by
    using the charge-controlling model. We found that the pinch-off voltage
    was lowered and the sheet concentration of 2-DEG was increased because
    of the optical illumination, which, in turn, resulted in an increase in
    the current gain and the transconductance of the device.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, YL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHANG CS, 1987, IEEE T ELECTRON DEV, V34, P1456
    CHANG CS, 1987, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V30, P485
    CHATURVEDI GJ, 1983, INFRARED PHYS, V23, P65
    CHEN CY, 1983, APPL PHYS LETT, V42, P1040
    DELAGEBEAUDEUF D, 1982, IEEE T ELECTRON DEV, V29, P955
    DESALLES AA, 1990, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V3, P350
    DESALLES AA, 1991, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V39, P2010
    GRAFFEUIL J, 1979, ELECTRON LETT, V15, P439
    HUEPPER G, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P2372
    MITRA H, 1998, IEEE T ELECTRON DEV, V45, P68
    SIMONS RN, 1987, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V35, P1444
    SIMONS RN, 1990, OPTICAL CONTROL MICR, CH4
    SINGHAL A, 1990, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V33, P1214
    SZE SM, 1981, PHYSICS SEMICONDUCTO, CH13
    YU LS, 1990, PHYSICS SEMICONDUCTO, CH5
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUL
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 7
 BP 1394
 EP 1399
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 333HU
 UT ISI:000088125500037
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dai, HH
    Dai, SQ
    Huo, Y
 TI Head-on collision between two solitary waves in a compressible
    Mooney-Rivlin elastic rod
 SO WAVE MOTION
 DT Article
 DE solitary waves; hyperelastic rods
 AB The interaction between two solitary waves in hyperelastic rods had
    been studied in literature by numerical methods, and here we study the
    head-on collision between two solitary waves in a circular cylindrical
    rod composed of a compressible Mooney-Rivlin material by a perturbation
    approach which combines the reductive perturbation method with the
    technique of strained coordinates. The third-order asymptotic solution
    which describes the evolution process of interaction is derived. It is
    found that the head-on collision does have imprints on the colliding
    waves with nonuniform phase shifts at O(epsilon(2)), which cause the
    tilting of the wave profiles. Our analytical results provide a formula
    for the maximum amplitude during the collision and also successfully
    explain the phenomenon that the smaller solitary wave has a larger
    distortion while the larger solitary wave has a smaller distortion. (C)
    2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Kowloon Tong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Dai, HH, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Tat Chee Ave, Kowloon Tong,
    Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    CLARKSON PA, 1986, STUD APPL MATH, V75, P95
    COHEN H, 1993, ACTA MECH, V100, P223
    COLEMAN BD, 1990, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V109, P39
    DAI HH, 1998, ACTA MECH, V127, P193
    DAI SQ, 1984, SIENTIA SINICA, V27, P507
    DAI SQ, 1992, NONLINEAR PROBLEMS E
    DAI SQ, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P113
    HECK H, 1993, INTRO MAPLE
    MEI CC, 1989, APPL DYNAMICS OCEAN
    NARIBOLI GA, 1970, J MATH PHYS SCI, V4, P64
    NEWELL AC, 1985, SOLITONS MATH PHYSIC
    SAMSONOV AM, 1994, NONLINEAR WAVES SOLI, P349
    SOERENSEN MP, 1984, J ACOUST SOC AM, V76, P871
    SOERENSEN MP, 1987, J ACOUST SOC AM, V81, P1718
    SU CH, 1980, J FLUID MECH, V98, P509
    WRIGHT T, 1982, P IUTAM S FIN EL
 NR 17
 TC 2
 SN 0165-2125
 J9 WAVE MOTION
 JI Wave Motion
 PD AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 32
 IS 2
 BP 93
 EP 111
 PG 19
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary; Acoustics; Mechanics
 GA 329VE
 UT ISI:000087928500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sang, WB
    Qian, YB
    Shi, WM
    Wang, LJ
    Yang, J
    Liu, DH
 TI Equilibrium partial pressures and crystal growth of Cd1-xZnxTe
 SO JOURNAL OF CRYSTAL GROWTH
 DT Article
 DE equilibrium partial pressure; CdZnTe crystal growth; gamma detector
 ID CD-TE; SYSTEM
 AB The partial pressures, p(Cd) and p(Zn), over Cd1-xZnxTe (CZT) and
    Cd1-xZnx, melts were estimated based on known thermodynamic data and
    the partial pressures, p(Cd) and p(Zn), over Cd0.86Zn0.14 alloy melt at
    a temperature of about 980 degrees C could be equilibrium with those
    over Cd0.8Zn0.2Te melt at a melting temperature of 1162 degrees C. The
    Cd0.8Zn0.2Te crystal growth from the melt under controlled constituent
    partial pressures, provided by Cd0.86Zn0.14 alloy instead of only Cd
    source was carried out in this work. The best result for the
    resistivity, which has reached up to about 10(10) Omega cm, has been
    obtained under the equilibrium partial pressures estimated by
    thermodynamic relationships. The axial variation in Zn concentration,
    which has been obviously improved due to the Zn replenishment from the
    reservoir during the whole growth procedure, is within about 4%. EPD on
    the average was about 2 x 10(5) and 4 x 10(4)cm(-2) at the middle of
    the bulk. IR transmissivity in the range of 2 to 42 mu m is larger than
    60%. In addition, the relationship between resistivities and conducting
    types of the crystal and different controlled pressures is also
    discussed. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Sang, WB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Jiading Campus,20
    Chengzhong Rd,Jiading, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BREBRICK RF, 1995, METALL MATER TRANS A, V26, P2597
    BUTLER JF, 1992, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V39, P605
    EISEN Y, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V184, P1310
    GLASS HL, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V184, P1035
    HULTGREN R, 1963, SELECTED VALUES THER, P637
    JORDAN AS, 1970, MET T, V1, P239
    NIEMELA A, 1994, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V41, P1054
    PETERS K, 1990, CRYST RES TECHNOL, V25, P1107
    TANAKA A, 1989, J CRYST GROWTH, V94, P166
    TUNG T, 1982, J VAC SCI TECHNOL, V21, P117
    VYDYANATH HR, 1993, J ELECTRON MATER, V22, P1067
 NR 11
 TC 8
 SN 0022-0248
 J9 J CRYST GROWTH
 JI J. Cryst. Growth
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 214
 BP 30
 EP 34
 PG 5
 SC Crystallography
 GA 328WC
 UT ISI:000087873200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sang, WB
    Ju, JH
    Shi, WM
    Qian, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Xia, YB
    Wu, WH
    Fang, JX
    Li, YJ
    Zhao, J
    Gong, HM
 TI Comparison of physical passivation of Hg1-xCdxTe
 SO JOURNAL OF CRYSTAL GROWTH
 DT Article
 DE MCT physical passivation; ZnS/MCT interface; DLC/MCT interface
 ID HGCDTE; WINDOW
 AB The interface properties between well-polished MCT and ZnS layers
    deposited by three different physical techniques, and DLC prepared by
    RFPCVD, have been investigated by AES, IRTS, etc. ZnS and DLC films can
    prevent the outward diffusion of the components in MCT. However, Zn and
    S in the ZnS layer tend to diffuse into the MCT, especially, the S
    diffuses deeper in the case of EBV, and O is detected especially after
    PLD, but C in the DLC layer diffuses only slightly into the MCT. In
    particular, the IR transmission of the MCT with deposited DLC is
    obviously raised, and higher than that of the MCT with deposited ZnS at
    least in the range of 7.1-7.5 mu m. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
 RP Sang, WB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Jiading Campus, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BUBULAC LO, 1995, J ELECTRON MATER, V24, P1175
    HARRIS DC, 1995, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2552, P325
    HOLLAND L, 1979, THIN SOLID FILMS, V58, P107
    KINCH MA, 1982, J VAC SCI TECHNOL, V21, P215
    MCKINLEY JM, 1995, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2554, P213
    MROCZKOWSKI JA, 1983, J APPL PHYS, V54, P2041
    NEMIROVSKY Y, 1989, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V7, P450
 NR 7
 TC 3
 SN 0022-0248
 J9 J CRYST GROWTH
 JI J. Cryst. Growth
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 214
 BP 265
 EP 268
 PG 4
 SC Crystallography
 GA 328WC
 UT ISI:000087873200057
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KX
    Essa, AA
    Zhou, SP
    Bao, JS
 TI Anomalous microwave response of YBa2Cu3O7-delta granular thin films
    under magnetic fields
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON APPLIED SUPERCONDUCTIVITY
 DT Article
 ID KOSTERLITZ-THOULESS TRANSITION; SINGLE-CRYSTALS; SUPERCONDUCTORS;
    RADIATION; ARRAYS
 AB The microwave response of YBa2Cu3O7-delta (YBCO) granular films has
    been studied at a microwave frequency of 30.5 GHz. In absence of a
    magnetic field, the dependencies of a normal microwave response on the
    bias current was observed at a temperature close to T-c. When a
    magnetic field ranging from 5.0 to 33.0 mT is applied, the responses
    broaden and shift toward a lower temperature. In the superconducting
    state, the responses were found to be highly dependent on the magnetic
    field. For a current of 5.0 mA and a magnetic field above 17.0 mT, the
    responses increased and did not vanish, even at a very low temperature,
    which is believed to be correlative with the anisotropic character of
    the structure.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, KX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR AFANASYEV AS, 1989, IEEE T MAGN, V25, P2571
    BOONE BG, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P2676
    CHANG K, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P7316
    CHERN JD, 1993, IEEE T APPL SUPERCON, V3, P2128
    CULERTSON JC, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P9609
    DAVIS LC, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P99
    DONIACH S, 1979, PHYS REV LETT, V42, P1169
    ENOMOTO Y, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V59, P3808
    GAMMEL PL, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P953
    HERBERT ST, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P1154
    JUNG G, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V54, P2355
    KOCH RH, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P2586
    LI Q, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P3086
    MARTIN S, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P677
    PHONG LN, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V74, P7414
    ROSE K, 1975, APPL SUPERCONDUCTIVI
    RZCHOWSKI MS, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P2041
    TINHAM M, 1995, INTRO SUPERCONDUCTIV
    VADLAMANNATI S, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P7094
    YEH NC, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P9708
    YING QY, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P2242
    YOSOHISATO Y, 1990, JPN J APPL PHYS, V29, P1080
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 1051-8223
 J9 IEEE TRANS APPL SUPERCONDUCT
 JI IEEE Trans. Appl. Supercond.
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 10
 IS 2
 BP 1606
 EP 1611
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied
 GA 329UR
 UT ISI:000087927300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, XX
    Zhong, SS
 TI Analysis of two dual-polarization square-patch antennas
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE patch antenna; dual polarization; Green's function approach; input
    impedance
 ID MICROSTRIP ANTENNAS
 AB New analytical expressions for the input and mutual impedance of two
    kinds of dual-polarization square-patch antenna double fed ar the
    orthogonal edges or corners are obtained using the Green's function
    approach based on the planar circuit principle. The frequency
    characteristics of the input impedance, VSWR, and isolation are
    analyzed and verified by the published data and experiments. The
    calculating formulas are very efficient with little computation, and
    are suitable for engineering design. (C) 2000 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, XX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ABDALHAMEED RA, 1998, P I ELECTR ENG, V145, P455
    BENALLA A, 1986, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V34, P733
    GATSINGER WJ, 1973, IEEE T MICROWAVE THE, V21, P34
    HAMMERSTAD EO, 1975, 5 EUR MICR C SEPT, P268
    LO YT, 1979, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V27, P137
    MUNSON RE, 1974, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V22, P74
    OKOSHI T, 1972, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V20, P245
    RICHARDS WF, 1981, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V29, P38
 NR 8
 TC 3
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD AUG 5
 PY 2000
 VL 26
 IS 3
 BP 153
 EP 156
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 328KW
 UT ISI:000087850900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, SH
    Li, YZ
 TI Concise method for evaluating the probability distribution of the
    marginal cost of power generation
 SO IEE PROCEEDINGS-GENERATION TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION
 DT Article
 ID CONTRACTS; SYSTEM
 AB In the developing electricity market, many questions on electricity
    pricing and the risk modelling of forward contracts require the
    evaluation of the expected value and probability distribution of the
    short-run marginal cast of power generation at any given time. A
    concise forecasting method is provided, which is consistent with the
    definitions of marginal costs and the techniques of probabilistic
    production costing. The method embodies clear physical concepts, so
    that it can be easily understood theoretically and computationally
    realised. A numerical example has been used to test the proposed method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, SH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Automat, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BILLINTON R, 1993, RELIABILITY EVALUATI
    BILLINTON R, 1994, IEEE T POWER SYST, V9, P68
    BLOOM JA, 1984, IEEE T POWER AP SYST, V103, P1725
    BLOOM JA, 1992, IEEE T POWER SYST, V7, P1370
    DAVID AK, 1994, IEE P-GENER TRANSM D, V141, P75
    GEDRA TW, 1994, IEEE T POWER SYST, V9, P1766
    KIRSCH LD, 1988, IEEE T PWRS, V3, P1133
    RAU NS, 1985, IEEE T POWER APPARAT, V104, P3493
    SHIH FR, 1998, IEEE T POWER SYST, V13, P731
    SUTANTON D, 1989, IEEE T ENERGY CONVER, V4, P559
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 1350-2360
 J9 IEE PROC-GENER TRANSM DISTRIB
 JI IEE Proc.-Gener. Transm. Distrib.
 PD MAY
 PY 2000
 VL 147
 IS 3
 BP 137
 EP 142
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 324AL
 UT ISI:000087598100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, HB
    Hu, YY
    Sun, L
    Shen, YJ
 TI Synthesis of 1-amino-2-(4 '-methoxycarbonyl ethyl-2
    '-methyl)phenoxy-4-hydroxy anthraquinone
 SO DYES AND PIGMENTS
 DT Article
 DE 1-amino-2-(4 '-methoxylcarbonyl ethyl-2 '-methyl)phenoxy-4-hydroxy
    anthraquinone; 4-(beta-cyanoethyl)-2-methylphenol; Friedel-Crafts
    reaction; hydrolysis of nitrile
 AB 4-(beta-Cyanoethyl)-2-methylphenol was synthesized via the
    Friedel-Crafts reaction between o-cresol and acrylonitrile and was then
    condensed with 1-amino-2-bromo-4-hydroxy anthraquinone. The resulting
    product was hydrolyzed in alkaline medium and esterified with methanol
    to afford the title compound. Mass spectra, H-1 NMR and visible spectra
    of the title compound and the intermediates were measured. (C) 2000
    Elsevier:Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Architectural Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Fine Chem, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, YJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Architectural Engn, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR 15316, JP
    JOHNSON HW, 1975, J ORG CHEM, V22, P1264
    LAI DY, 1981, GONGYE HECHENG RANLI, P82
    RICHTER RH, 1977, 4051166, US
    SUN SD, 1992, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V12, P96
    ZHANG ZY, 1995, JINGXI YOUJI HECHENG, P270
    ZHOU QK, 1993, SHANGHAI RANLIAO, V105, P5
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0143-7208
 J9 DYE PIGMENT
 JI Dyes Pigment.
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 45
 IS 3
 BP 185
 EP 188
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Applied; Engineering, Chemical; Materials Science, Textiles
 GA 328QJ
 UT ISI:000087861300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, WP
    Guo, P
    Huang, Q
 TI General solution for U-shaped bellows overall-bending problems
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE flexible shells; shells of revolution; circular ring shells; bellows;
    U-shaped bellows
 AB The formulae for stresses and angular displacements of U-shaped bellows
    overall bending in a meridian plane under pure bending moments are
    presented based on the general solution for slender ring shells
    proposed by Zhu Weiping, et al. and the solution for ring plates. The
    results evaluated in this paper are compared with those on EJMA
    (standards of the expansion joint manufacturers association) and of the
    experiment given by Li Tingxilz, et al.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, WP, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR 1993, STANDARDS EXPANSION
    AXELRAD EL, 1976, FLEXIBLE SHELLS M
    AXELRAD EL, 1987, THEORY FLEXIBLE SHEL
    CHIEN WZ, 1979, J TSINGHUA U, V19, P27
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V1, P305
    CHIEN WZ, 1981, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V2, P103
    CHIEN WZ, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P649
    HAMADA M, 1971, B JSME, V14, P401
    HUANG Q, 1986, APPL MATH MECH, V7, P573
    LI TX, 1994, J S CHINA U TECH, V22, P94
    NARASIMHAM SV, 1997, INT J PRES VES PIP, V71, P35
    QIAN H, 1982, APPL MATH MECH, V3, P99
    SKOCZEN B, 1992, INT J MECH SCI, V34, P901
    ZHU WP, 1998, P 2 ICIWS 1998 SING, P477
    ZHU WP, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P952
 NR 15
 TC 4
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 4
 BP 371
 EP 382
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 328KN
 UT ISI:000087850200001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Deng, K
    Ren, ZM
    Jiang, GC
 TI Theoretical and experimental analysis of continuous casting with
    soft-contacted mould
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE continuous casting; numerical simulation; soft-contacted mould
 AB Coupling the quasi-3D numerical simulation of electromagnetic field and
    the experiments with some metals such as tin, aluminum, copper and
    steel, the electromagnetic characteristics of continuous casting with
    soft-contacted mould, especially the influences of power frequency, the
    mould structure, and the inductor position, size and current on the
    electromagnetic force and pressure on the billet, were analyzed. The
    result shows that, in continuous casting with soft-contacted mould, the
    electromagnetic pressure on the surface of billet increases with the
    rising of the power frequency as a logarithmically parabolic function
    and, with that of inductor current as a parabolic function. The design
    principle of the soft-contacted mould is that 1) the mould structure
    should be 'more segments and thin slits'; 2) the topside of inductor
    should be at the same location with the meniscus of molten metal; 3)
    the inductor should cover the initial solidifying shell of billet.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AYATA K, 1997, CAMP ISIJ, V10, P828
    CHA PR, 1998, ISIJ INT, V38, P403
    DENG K, 1994, J SHANGHAI U TECH, V15, P87
    DENG K, 1996, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V6, P12
    DONG HF, 1998, J IRON STEEL, V10, P5
    FURUHASHI S, 1998, TETSU TO HAGANE, V84, P625
    LAVERS JD, 1989, ISIJ INT, V29, P993
    LI TJ, 1997, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V33, P524
    MORISHITA M, 1991, MAGNETOHYDRODYNAMICS, P267
    SAKANE J, 1988, METALL T B, V19, P397
    VIVES C, 1989, METALL TRANS B, V20, P623
    ZHU XY, 1991, STUDY ELECTROMAGNETI
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 10
 IS 3
 BP 314
 EP 319
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 327KX
 UT ISI:000087794000006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, XH
    Zhu, JM
    Zhou, SH
    Li, Q
    Meng, ZY
    Liu, ZG
    Ming, NB
 TI Domain morphology evolution associated with the relaxer-normal
    ferroelectric transition in the Bi- and Zn-modified
    Pb(Ni1/3Nb2/3)O-3-PbZrO3-PbTiO3 system
 SO JOURNAL OF THE EUROPEAN CERAMIC SOCIETY
 DT Article
 DE domains; electron microscopy; ferroelectric properties; Pb(Ni,Nb)O-3;
    PbTiO3; PbZrO3; perovskites
 ID MODIFIED PB(NI1/3NB2/3)O-3-PBTIO3-PBZRO3 CERAMICS; LEAD-MAGNESIUM
    NIOBATE; PEROVSKITE FERROELECTRICS; DIELECTRIC-PROPERTIES; BISMUTH;
    BEHAVIOR
 AB To understand the dielectric behavior from a viewpoint of domain
    configuration, the domain morphology evolution in
    (Pb0.985Bi0.01)(Ni1/4Zn1/12Nb2/3)(0.2)(Zr1-sigmaTisigma)(0.8)O-3
    ceramics (0.30 less than or equal to sigma less than or equal to 0.60)
    has been investigated by transmission electron microscopy and high
    resolution electron microscopy. The results indicated that the domain
    morphology evolved from the normal micron-sized domains to herringbone
    domain patterns, and finally to the polar nanodoamains approximately 3
    similar to 6 nm in size when the PT content was decreased from 60 to 30
    mol%. The normal twin-related 90 degrees macrodomains are closely
    correlated with the normal dielectric response of the composition with
    higher PT content, whereas the relaxer response of the composition with
    lower PT content is directly attributable to nanometer domains that
    contain 1:1 short-range ordering on the B-site sub-lattice. A model is
    proposed to describe the effect of the PbTiO3 content on the
    ferroelectric domain morphology evolution in the system. (C) 2000
    Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, XH, Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct,
    Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
 CR AKBAS MA, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2933
    CHEN J, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P593
    CROSS LE, 1987, FERROELECTRICS, V76, P241
    HARMER MP, 1989, FERROELECTRICS, V97, P263
    HILTON AD, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P3461
    HU YH, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P594
    POKOV VA, 1961, SOV PHYS-SOLID STATE, V3, P613
    RANDALL C, 1987, FERROELECTRICS, V76, P277
    RANDALL CA, 1990, J MATER RES, V5, P829
    RANDALL CA, 1990, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V29, P327
    SETTER N, 1980, J APPL PHYS, V51, P4356
    SMOLENSKY GA, 1970, J PHYS SOC JAPAN   S, V28, P26
    SWARTZ SL, 1984, J AM CERAM SOC, V67, P311
    YAO X, 1983, J APPL PHYS, V54, P3399
    YOON MS, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P3991
    ZHU XH, 1997, J MATER SCI, V32, P4275
    ZHU XH, 1998, FERROELECTRICS, V215, P265
    ZHU XH, 1999, J MATER SCI, V34, P1533
 NR 18
 TC 3
 SN 0955-2219
 J9 J EUR CERAM SOC
 JI J. European Ceram. Soc.
 PD AUG
 PY 2000
 VL 20
 IS 9
 BP 1251
 EP 1255
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 324PJ
 UT ISI:000087630300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YF
    Hua, JD
    Sang, WB
 TI Dielectric properties in ferroelectric optically active polyamides
 SO JOURNAL OF MACROMOLECULAR SCIENCE-PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE dielectric constant; dielectric loss; dielectric properties; optically
    active polymers; polyamides
 ID LIQUID-CRYSTALLINE POLYACRYLATES; POLARIZATION; COPOLYMERS
 AB A relationship between dielectric constant epsilon or dielectric loss
    tan delta and structure was studied for optically active polyamides.
    The samples of these polyamides exhibited a chiral smectic phase due to
    their asymmetric structures and strong hydrogen bonds. The dielectric
    parameters were significantly influenced by temperature, but were
    hardly affected by frequency in the high-frequency region. The hindered
    rotations of the mesogens, which affect the polarization, depended on
    the structures and the phase transitions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YF, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BALIZER E, 1991, IEEE PUBLICATION, P193
    CHIELLINI E, 1992, ACS SYM SER, V493, P280
    FURUKAWA T, 1992, POLYM PREPR JPN, V41, P4562
    KOZLOVSKY MV, 1992, CRYST RES TECHNOL, V27, P1141
    LEE JW, 1991, J POLYM SCI POL PHYS, V29, P273
    LIU Y, 1999, SHANGHAI DAXUE XUEBA, V5, P165
    OHTANI M, 1992, POLYM PREPR JPN, V41, P4559
    PORTUGALL M, 1982, MAKROMOL CHEM, V183, P2311
    SHIBAEV VP, 1984, POLYM BULL, V12, P299
    YAMAMOTO M, 1992, 04223440, JP
    ZENTEL R, 1985, MACROMOLECULES, V18, P960
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2348
 J9 J MACROMOL SCI-PHYS
 JI J. Macromol. Sci.-Phys.
 PY 2000
 VL B39
 IS 3
 BP 349
 EP 358
 PG 10
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 327AQ
 UT ISI:000087770400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hua, JD
    Liu, YF
    Yuan, WJ
 TI The compatibility of a polymeric catalyst-substrate-solvent and
    reaction rate. IV
 SO JOURNAL OF MACROMOLECULAR SCIENCE-PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE catalyst; compatibility; electrostatic interaction; hydrogenation;
    polymer-metal complex
 AB This article focuses on charged polymer catalyst systems. Based on
    chemical thermodynamics, kinetics, and interface chemistry, a
    quantitative relationship between the catalysis rate and the charge
    density on the various components in the catalysis system was obtained.
    It can be formulated as follows:
    r = A alpha phi(2)(1 - phi(2)) exp {lambda sigma(2) exp(gamma root
    alpha(1-phi(2)) + beta root alpha(1 - phi(2))[alpha(1 - phi(2)) +
    sigma(2)phi(2)]}
    This formula indicates that the larger the value of the charge density
    of the polymer backbone, the better the compatibility and, in turn, the
    faster the catalysis rate. This result is compared to our experiments
    and to literature results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YF, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR DEBYE P, 1923, PHYSIK, V2, P185
    DEBYE P, 1923, PHYSIK, V2, P24
    HUA J, 1989, J APPL POLYM SCI, V38, P1211
    HUA J, 1989, J MACROMOL SCI PHY B, V28, P455
    HUA J, 1993, J MACROMOL SCI PHY B, V32, P183
    ISE N, 1968, J AM CHEM SOC, V90, P4242
    YIN Y, 1980, CONCISE TXB PHYSICAL, V2, P214
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2348
 J9 J MACROMOL SCI-PHYS
 JI J. Macromol. Sci.-Phys.
 PY 2000
 VL B39
 IS 3
 BP 359
 EP 372
 PG 14
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 327AQ
 UT ISI:000087770400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, H
    Shao, J
 TI Molecular dynamics simulation of the phase transition of
    alpha-berlinite under high pressure
 SO ACTA PHYSICO-CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE molecular dynamics simulation; alpha-berlinite; pressure-induced
    amorphization
 ID GLASS; ALPO4
 AB A Molecular dynamics simulation of the behavior of alpha-berlinite
    (AIPO(4)) was performed between -20 GPa to 40 GPa at 300 K, With
    increasing pressure, the PO4 tetrahedron almost keeps unchanged, while
    the AlO4 tetrahedron becomes more and more distorted, but both P and Al
    continue to keep four coordinated with oxygen in the pressure region
    studied. The lattice constant a is more compressible than c and the
    calculated cell edge compressibilities are in good agreement with the
    experimental data available in low pressure region, An amorphous solid
    is formed at about 20 GPa and this glass, when releasing the pressure
    to zero, will transform back to its original crystal structure. The
    crystal structure can remain under tension until -15GPa. Further
    tension will make the crystal structure collapse.
 C1 Changshu Coll, Dept Chem, Changshu 215500, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, H, Changshu Coll, Dept Chem, Changshu 215500, Peoples R China.
 CR ANGELL CA, 1994, NUOVO CIMENTO D, V16, P993
    KIEFFER J, 1999, J PHYS CHEM B, V103, P4153
    KRUGER MB, 1990, SCIENCE, V249, P647
    MCNEW J, 1992, VA QUART REV, V68, P1
    SCIORTINO F, 1995, PHYS REV E B, V52, P6484
    SHAO J, 1990, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V39, P245
    SHAO J, 1993, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V29, B11
    SHAO J, 1993, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V10, P669
    SOWA H, 1990, Z KRISTALLOGR, V192, P119
    TSE JS, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P174
    VANBEEST BWH, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1955
    XU H, 1999, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V35, P1065
 NR 12
 TC 2
 SN 1000-6818
 J9 ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Phys.-Chim. Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 16
 IS 6
 BP 512
 EP 516
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical
 GA 325GJ
 UT ISI:000087667600007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, YJ
    Guo, BY
 TI Localization and approximation of attractors for the
    Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equations
 SO ACTA MATHEMATICA SCIENTIA
 DT Article
 DE Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equations; attractors; approximate inertial
    manifolds
 AB The aim of this paper is to provide explicitly a sequence of
    m-dimensional approximate inertial manifolds M(m,j,)j = 1,2,, for each
    positive integer m, for the Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equations. A very thin
    neighborhood into which the orbits enter with an exponential speed and
    in a finite time is associated with each manifold. The thickness of
    these neighborhoods decreases with increasing m for a fixed order j.
    Besides, the neighborhoods localize the global attractor and aid in the
    approximate computation of large-time solutions of the
    Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equations.
 C1 Lanzhou Univ, Dept Math, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR FOIAS C, 1988, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V73, P309
    FOIAS C, 1988, RAIRO MODEL MATH ANA, V22, P93
    NICOLAENKO B, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P155
    PROMISLOW K, 1990, PHYSICA D, P232
    PROMISLOW K, 1991, J DYNAMICS DIFFERENT, V3, P491
    PROMISLOW K, 1991, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V16, P959
    TEMAM R, 1988, APPL MATH SCI SER, V8
    TEMAM R, 1989, J FS TOKYO IA, V36, P629
    WU YJ, 1994, ADV MECH, V24, P145
    WU YJ, 1999, J COMPUT MATH, V17, P243
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0252-9602
 J9 ACTA MATH SCI
 JI Acta Math. Sci.
 PD APR
 PY 2000
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 145
 EP 154
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics
 GA 324JR
 UT ISI:000087619000001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YX
    Yao, MY
    Wan, XJ
    Xu, WX
 TI Effect of Fe on the environmental embrittlement of Co3Ti alloy
 SO INTERMETALLICS
 DT Article
 DE hydrogen embrittlement
 ID MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES
 AB The mechanical properties of Co3Ti-based alloys were investigated. The
    tensile results show that the environment embrittlement of the alloy
    was completely suppressed when third element Fe was added to Ll(2)-type
    Co3Ti alloy. The AES result shows that the surface reaction of Co3Ti-Fe
    alloy with water vapor saturates at exposure of 2x10(-3) Pa s, bur it
    does not saturate at 0.1 Pa s exposure for Co3Ti alloy, and that the
    extent of the surface reaction of Co3Ti-Fe with water vapor is much
    smaller than that of Co3Ti at the same exposure. It illustrates that
    the beneficial effect of Fe in Co3Ti on the environmental embrittlement
    is attributed to its obvious reduction of the kinetics of the surface
    reaction with water vapor. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Iron & Steel Res Inst, Shanghai 200940, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YX, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN TK, UNPUB SCRIPTA MAT
    GEORGE EP, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V28, P857
    LIU CT, 1991, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V25, P1933
    LIU Y, 1989, J MATER SCI, V24, P4458
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    TAKASUGI T, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P4239
    TAKASUGI T, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P1173
    WAN X, 1994, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V10, P39
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    WAN XJ, 1995, ACTA METALL SINICA, V8, P299
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0966-9795
 J9 INTERMETALLICS
 JI Intermetallics
 PD MAY-JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 8
 IS 5-6
 BP 585
 EP 588
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 320GQ
 UT ISI:000087393800021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, EB
    Gu, GQ
 TI Electrostatic potential of strongly nonlinear composites: Homotopy
    continuation approach
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID BOUNDARY-VALUE-PROBLEMS; DECOUPLING APPROXIMATION; MEDIA; CONDUCTIVITY;
    2ND-ORDER
 AB The homotopy continuation method is used to solve the electrostatic
    boundary-value problems of strongly nonlinear composite media, which
    obey a current-field relation of J = sigma E + chi\E\E-2. With the mode
    expansion, the approximate analytical solutions of electric potential
    in host and inclusion regions are obtained by solving a set of
    nonlinear ordinary different equations, which are derived from the
    original equations with homotopy method. As an example in dimension
    two, we apply the method to deal with a nonlinear cylindrical inclusion
    embedded in a host. Comparing the approximate analytical solution of
    the potential obtained by homotopy method with that of numerical
    method, we can obverse that the homotopy method is valid for solving
    boundary-value problems of weakly and strongly nonlinear media.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, EB, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BARDHAN KK, 1994, SPRINGER LECT NOTES
    BERGMAN DJ, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P4598
    BERGMAN DJ, 1992, SOLID STATE PHYS, V46, P147
    BLUMENFELD R, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P1987
    CASTANEDA PP, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P4387
    CHOY TS, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V202, P129
    GU GQ, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P4502
    GU GQ, 1998, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V29, P523
    LIAO SJ, 1992, INT J NUMER METH FL, V15, P595
    LIAO SJ, 1992, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V59, P970
    LUI SH, 1995, NUMER ALGORITHMS, V10, P363
    NI FS, 1995, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V12, P438
    STROUD D, 1989, J OPT SOC AM B, V6, P778
    YU KW, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V168, P313
    YU KW, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V193, P311
    YU KW, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V210, P115
    ZENG XC, 1989, PHYSICA A, V157, P192
    ZHANG W, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V255, P343
 NR 18
 TC 3
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 9
 IS 6
 BP 464
 EP 468
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 321QW
 UT ISI:000087467000012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
 TI A Note on bifurcations of u ''+mu(u-u(k)) = 0(4 <= k epsilon Z(+))
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Liapunov-Schmidt reduction; singularity theory; bifurcation
 AB Bifurcations of one kind of reaction-diffusion equations, u" + mu ( u -
    u(k)) = 0(mu is a parameter, 4 less than or equal to k epsilon Z(+)),
    with boundary value condition u(0) = u(rr) = 0 are discussed. By means
    of singularity theory based on the method of Liapunov-Schmidt
    reduction, satisfactory results can be acquired.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHOW SN, 1982, METHODS BIFURCATION
    FIFE PC, 1979, LECT NOTES BIOMATHEM, V28
    GOLUBITSKY M, 1985, SINGULARITIES GROUPS, V1
    LU QS, 1995, BIFURCATION SINGULAR
    TANG Y, 1998, FDN SYMMETRY BIFURCA
    YE QX, 1994, INTRO REACTION DIFFU
 NR 6
 TC 2
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 3
 BP 265
 EP 274
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 321QX
 UT ISI:000087467100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, GQ
    Yu, KW
 TI A theoretical research to effective viscosity of colloidal dispersions
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE multiphase flow; colloidal dispersion; suspension; emulsion
 ID PERIODIC SUSPENSION; PARTICLES
 AB Colloidal dispersions are common in nature with wide industrial
    applications. One of the central theoretical problems in the field is
    to determine the rheological properties of the colloidal dispersion
    from the microstructures of the systems. Because of the difficulties
    associated with the boundary-value problems of the many-particle
    system, existing theories for colloidal suspensions are limited to low
    particle concentrations. In this work, a method of transformation field
    is developed by which one can calculate the effective viscosity of an
    incompressible viscous fluid containing colloidal particles ( either
    solid particles or liquid drops). The predictions of the theory are in
    goad agreement with the Einstein's formula for suspensions and the
    Taylor's formula for emulsions at low particle concentrations. At
    higher particle concentrations, the results of Nunan and Keller are
    produced. The method is also applicable to the viscosity of colloidal
    systems with non-spherical particles.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Comp Engn, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, GQ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Comp Engn, Shanghai 200092,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BATCHELOR GK, 1972, J FLUID MECH, V56, P401
    BATCHELOR GK, 1976, J FLUID MECH, V74, P1
    BEDEAUX D, 1977, PHYSICA            A, V88, P88
    CHOW TS, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P1977
    EINSTEIN A, 1906, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V19, P289
    GU GQ, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P8612
    GU GQ, 1989, SCI CHINA SER A, V32, P1186
    MAZUR P, 1982, PHYSICA A, V115, P21
    MELLEMA J, 1983, PHYSICA A, V122, P286
    NAGATANI T, 1979, J PHYS SOC JPN, V47, P320
    NASSER SN, 1981, Q APPL MATH, V39, P43
    NUNAN KC, 1984, J FLUID MECH, V142, P269
    PETERSON JM, 1963, J CHEM PHYS, V39, P2516
    RAYLEIGH, 1892, PHILOS MAG, V34, P481
    TAYLOR GI, 1932, P R SOC LOND A-CONTA, V138, P41
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 3
 BP 275
 EP 282
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 321QX
 UT ISI:000087467100004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JK
    Huang, YH
    Huang, GZ
    Chen, CG
 TI The Monte-Carlo method for solving the dimensional chain positive
    problem
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE Monte-Carlo simulation; dimensional chain; pseudo-random number
 AB In this paper, the Monte-Carlo method for solving the dimensional chain
    positive problem is presented and discussed. By using an electronic
    computer to calculate the limit size of piston travel of piston parts,
    not only are the calculating results of this method proven to be more
    precise than those of the probability method, but also the calculating
    speed of this method is proven to be faster than that of the
    probability method. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Ctr Mechanoelect Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Sch Mechanoelect Ind, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Yuchai Machinery Co, Yulin 537005, Guangxi, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JK, Shanghai Univ, Ctr Mechanoelect Engn, 149 Yan Chang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR *DEP MATH MECH ZHO, 1980, THEOR PROB MATH STAT, V1, P148
    *DEP MATH MECH ZHO, 1980, THEOR PROB MATH STAT, V2, P343
    JIANZHONG Z, 1974, MONTE CARLO METHOD P, P28
 NR 3
 TC 1
 SN 0924-0136
 J9 J MATER PROCESS TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Process. Technol.
 PD JUN 15
 PY 2000
 VL 103
 IS 2
 BP 189
 EP 193
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Industrial; Engineering, Manufacturing; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary
 GA 319RB
 UT ISI:000087354400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, YB
    Sekiguchi, T
    Zhang, WJ
    Jiang, X
    Wu, WH
    Yao, T
 TI Effects of hydrogen ion bombardment and boron doping on (001)
    polycrystalline diamond films
 SO JOURNAL OF CRYSTAL GROWTH
 DT Article
 DE diamond; penetrating effects; thin film; cathodoluminescence
 ID CHEMICAL-VAPOR-DEPOSITION; GROWTH; SMOOTH
 AB Hydrogen ion bombardment was carried out by applying a negative bias
    voltage to the substrate during a microwave plasma chemical vapor
    deposition process, using only hydrogen as reactant gas. The sine of (0
    0 1) faces increases after hydrogen ion etching while other grains are
    etched off. The surfaces of [0 0 1] directionally oriented films after
    boron doping were investigated by scanning electron microscopy (SEM)
    and cathodoluminescent (CL) spectra. The absence of the band-A emission
    in the CL spectra indicates a low density of dislocations in the films.
    It is the first indication that the peak at 741.5 Nn and the broad peak
    at around 575 and 625 nm in the CL spectra are reduced efficiently
    after boron doping in (0 0 1) polycrystalline diamond films. We propose
    that these phenomena could be explained in simple terms by penetration
    or adsorption through the lattice nets of the [0 0 1] directionally
    oriented surfaces model. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Tohoku Univ, Mat Res Inst, Sendai, Miyagi 980, Japan.
    Fraunhofer Inst Thin Films & Surface Engn, D-38108 Braunschweig, Germany.
 RP Xia, YB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Jiading Campus, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR COLLINS AT, 1990, J MATER RES, V5, P2507
    DAVIS JW, 1987, J NUCL MATER, V145, P417
    HAYASHI K, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V81, P744
    HAYASHI K, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V183, P338
    KAWARADA H, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P583
    ROBINS LH, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P13367
    WILD C, 1993, DIAM RELAT MATER, V2, P158
    WON J, 1996, RECENT PROG DIAMOND, V1, P103
    YOKOTA Y, 1990, MAT RES SOC S P PITT, V160, P162
    ZHANG WJ, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P1896
 NR 10
 TC 4
 SN 0022-0248
 J9 J CRYST GROWTH
 JI J. Cryst. Growth
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 213
 IS 3-4
 BP 328
 EP 333
 PG 6
 SC Crystallography
 GA 320EX
 UT ISI:000087389800017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, SR
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Analysis of thermal post-buckling of heated elastic rods
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE elastic straight rod; thermal post-buckling; nonlinear mathematical
    model; shooting method; numerical solution
 AB Based on the nonlinear geometric theory of extensible rods, an exact
    mathematical model of thermal post-buckling behavior of uniformly
    heated elastic rods with axially immovable ends is developed, in which
    the are length s(x) of axial line and the longitudinal displacement
    u(x) are taken as the basic unknown functions. This is a two point
    boundary value problem of first order ordinary differential equations
    with strong nonlinearity. By using shooting method and analytical
    continuation, the nonlinear boundary value problems are numerically
    solved. The thermal post-buckled states of the rods with transversely
    simply supported and clamped ends are obtained respectively and the
    corresponding numerical data tables and characteristic curves are also
    given.
 C1 Gansu Univ Technol, Dept Basic Sci, Lanzhou 730050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, SR, Gansu Univ Technol, Dept Basic Sci, Lanzhou 730050, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHEN CJ, 1991, BUCKLING BIFURCATION, P83
    CHENG JK, 1994, MECH PRACTICE, V16, P23
    LI SR, 1997, J LANZHOU U, V33, P43
    LI SR, 1998, P INT C NONL MECH, P282
    NOWISCKI JL, 1978, THEORY THERMAL ELAST, P547
    TAUCHERT TR, 1987, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V22, P511
    TIMOSHENKO SP, 1961, THEORY ELASTIC STABI, P76
    WANG CY, 1997, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V32, P1115
    WILLIAM HP, 1986, NUMERICAL RECIPES AR, P578
 NR 9
 TC 8
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 133
 EP 140
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 320DT
 UT ISI:000087387100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
    Zhao, XH
 TI The vector fields admitting one-parameter spatial symmetry group and
    their reduction
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE vector field; symmtry group; Lie group; reduction; preserving n-form
 AB For a n-dimensional vector fields preserving some n-form, the following
    conclusion is reached by the method of Lie group. That is, if it admits
    an one-parameter, n-form preserving symmetry group, a transformation
    independent of the vector field is constructed explicitly, which can
    reduce not only dimesion of the vector field by one, but also make the
    reduced vector field preserve the corresponding ( n - 1)-form. In
    partic ular, while n = 3, an important result can be directly got which
    is given by Me,ie and Wiggins in 1994.
 C1 Acad Sinica, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Yunnan Univ, Dept Math, Kunming 650091, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Acad Sinica, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 CR GUO ZH, 1995, APPL MATH MECH, V16, P301
    LI JB, 1994, THEORY GEN HAMILTONI
    MARSDEN J, 1974, REP MATH PHYS, V5, P121
    MARSDEN JE, 1994, INTRO MECH SYMMETRY
    MEYER KR, 1973, DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS, P259
    MEZIC I, 1994, J NONLINEAR SCI, V4, P157
    OLVER PJ, 1986, APPL LIE GROUP DIFFE
    OTTINO JM, 1989, KINEMATICS MIXING ST
    SEN T, 1990, PHYSICA D, V44, P313
    SMALE S, 1970, INVENT MATH, V10, P305
    ZHANG JY, 1983, SCI SINICA A, V13, P426
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 173
 EP 180
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 320DT
 UT ISI:000087387100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, HF
    Wang, XW
    Zhang, RG
    Yuan, JH
    Xie, Y
    Xie, H
 TI Discovery of new antimetastatic agents: Review of in vitro and in vivo
    screening methods
 SO METHODS AND FINDINGS IN EXPERIMENTAL AND CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID TUMOR-CELLS; HEPATOCELLULAR-CARCINOMA; METASTATIC CAPACITY;
    BASEMENT-MEMBRANE; LUNG METASTASIS; NUDE-MICE; MODEL; INVASION; CANCER;
    MATRIX
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Cell Biol, Dept Biotherapy, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Life Sci, Dept Biochem, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Biol, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XW, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Cell Biol, Dept Biotherapy,
    320 Yue Yang Rd, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
 CR ALBINI A, 1987, CANCER RES, V47, P3239
    BERLIN J, 1997, J CLIN ONCOL, V15, P781
    CORBLEY MJ, 1996, INT J CANCER, V66, P753
    FAN TPD, 1995, TRENDS PHARMACOL SCI, V16, P57
    FOLKMAN J, 1986, CANCER RES, V46, P467
    GREENBERG AH, 1989, INVAS METAST, V9, P360
    GUAITANI A, 1985, CANCER RES, V45, P2206
    HORI K, 1979, GANN, V70, P383
    JAMES SE, 1974, CANCER RES, V34, P839
    KARRER K, 1967, INT J CANCER, V2, P213
    KOPPER L, 1982, J CANCER RES CLIN, V103, P31
    KRAMER RH, 1986, CANCER RES, V46, P1980
    KURAMITSU Y, 1998, ANTI-CANCER DRUG, V9, P88
    LAFRENLERE R, 1996, J NATL CANCER I, V76, P309
    LEONE A, 1991, CELL, V65, P25
    LI HF, 1998, ONCOL RES, V10, P569
    LIU HY, 1998, ACTA PHARMACOL SINIC, V33, P18
    MEHTA RR, 1998, BRIT J CANCER, V77, P595
    NICOSIA RF, 1990, LAB INVEST, V63, P115
    POHL J, 1988, MOL CELL BIOL, V8, P2078
    RABBANI SA, 1998, INT J ONCOL, V12, P911
    SAIKI I, 1989, BRIT J CANCER, V59, P194
    SATO H, 1961, CANC CHEMOTHER REP, V13, P33
    SIDRANSKY D, 1994, J NATL CANCER I, V86, P955
    STROEKEN PJM, 1998, CANCER RES, V58, P1569
    SUN FX, 1996, INT J CANCER, V66, P239
    SUN FX, 1996, J CANCER RES CLIN, V122, P397
    TAKASHI T, 1980, CANCER RES, V40, P4758
    TAKAZAWA H, 1976, GANN, V67, P403
    TERRANOVA VP, 1986, J NATL CANCER I, V77, P311
    TSUKAGOSHI S, 1970, CANC CHEMOTHER REP, V54, P311
    WEXLER H, 1966, J NATL CANCER I, V36, P641
    YAMAMOTO H, 1996, INT J CANCER, V65, P519
    YU AE, 1997, DRUG AGING, V11, P229
 NR 34
 TC 0
 SN 0379-0355
 J9 METH FIND EXP CLIN PHARMACOL
 JI Methods Find. Exp. Clin. Pharmacol.
 PD MAR
 PY 2000
 VL 22
 IS 2
 BP 123
 EP 128
 PG 6
 SC Pharmacology & Pharmacy
 GA 315CJ
 UT ISI:000087094800009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Shen, XY
 TI Study on electroslag remelting of Cu-Cr-Zr alloy
 SO METALL
 DT Article
 AB The ESR of Cu-Cr-Zr alloy has been experimentally investigated. The
    remelting experiments have been carried out with different slag fluxes
    in the CaF2 + NaF, CaF2 + ZrO2 and CaF2 + NaF + ZrO2 systems on an ESR
    furnace of 25 kg capacity, using a water-cooled copper mould of 96.5 mm
    diameter, with the forged square bar electrodes of 50 x 50 mm(2). The
    slag amount was taken to be 1.5 kg. The remelting current and voltage
    used were 1600-1800 A and 15-25 V, respectively. The influence of the
    slag composition on the stability of the remelting process and the
    losses of alloying elements (Zr and Cr) has been considered and
    examined. The technologies of hot working and heat treatment of the ES
    ingot have been described and discussed. Some physical properties of
    the slag in a CaF2 + NaF + ZrO2 system and the remelted Cu-Cr-Zr alloy
    have been determined. The results indicated that with the slag flux of
    CaF2 + NaF + 10mass% ZrO2 and the other operation parameters employed,
    a high quality ingot of Cu-Cr-Zr alloy can be obtained at the
    considerably high yields of Zr and Cr by means of ESR. For the remelted
    Cu-Cr-Zr alloy with a specified composition of 0.5 mass% Cr and 0.1
    mass% Zr, the appropriate electrical conductivity, hardness and
    softening temperature are as high as 45-46 S/m, HRB 82-84 and greater
    than or equal to 550 degrees C, respectively. The properties of the
    Cu-Cr-Zr alloy products are in accordance with and superior to the
    requirements and specifications of ISO5182-1991(E).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Elect Apparatus Res Inst, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR 474258, SU
    ANZEL I, 1997, METALL, V5, P189
    ANZEL, 1997, METALL, V4, P181
    HOYLE G, 1983, ELECTROSLAG PROCESSE
    KOROUSIC B, 1983, METALL, V37, P1109
    KOROUSIC B, 1984, METALL, V38, P319
    KOROUSIK B, 1987, METALL, V41, P153
    LODINI A, 1980, REV METALLURGIE, V12, P1061
    MILLER RR, 1981, PHARMACOTHERAPY, V1, P21
    PATON BE, 1981, ELECTROSLAG TECHNOLO
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0026-0746
 J9 METALL
 JI Metall
 PY 2000
 VL 54
 IS 4
 BP 196
 EP 200
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 314BX
 UT ISI:000087035200005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, SP
    You, JP
    Jiang, GC
    Yoshida, F
    Xu, KD
 TI A molecular dynamics simulation of CaSiO3 melt under an electric field
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB The results of a molecular dynamics (MD) simulation are presented for
    CaSiO3 melt under an electric field. The two-body interaction potential
    is adopted in the simulation, with parameters chosen so that the
    calculated static structure is consistent with results of high
    temperature x-ray experiments. It is found that the MD results for the
    heat capacity at constant volume, the self-diffusion coefficient and
    the electrical conductivity change greatly when the electric field is
    over 500 MV/m. Discussion is given on these results, together with the
    frequency-dependent electrical conductivity.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shiga Univ Med Sci, Dept Phys, Shiga 5202192, Japan.
 RP Huang, SP, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ENDERLY JE, 1985, AMORPHOUS SOLIDS LIQ
    HANSEN JP, 1986, THEORY SIMPLE LIQUID
    HEMMATI M, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P14841
    HUANG SP, 1999, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V11, P5429
    KATO T, 1990, J CHEM PHYS, V92, P5506
    KELLER H, 1979, METALL T B, V10, P1356
    KELLER H, 1982, METALL T B, V13, P237
    MAEDA M, 1997, P 5 INT C MOLT SLAGS, P423
    MATSUI M, 1988, PHYS CHEM MINER, V16, P234
    PING HS, 1997, J PHYS SOC JPN, V66, P1356
    PING HS, 1997, J PHYS SOC JPN, V66, P392
    WANG ZW, 1997, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V14, P151
    WASEDA Y, 1989, MAT SCI EARTH INTERI
    ZHANG YH, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P253
    ZONG XF, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P767
 NR 15
 TC 4
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 2000
 VL 17
 IS 4
 BP 279
 EP 281
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 318EP
 UT ISI:000087271200017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, YS
    Bao, BR
    Tan, XF
    Yang, AP
 TI Extraction mechanism of uranium(VI) with N,N,N ',N
    '-tetrabutylmalonamide
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE N,N,N ',N '-tetrabutylmalonamide (TBMA); extraction uranium (VI);
    coordination model
 AB The extraction mechanism of HNO3 and UO22+ with TBMA in toluene from
    the nitric acid medium has been studied. At the experimental condition,
    HNO3 and TBMA can form HNO3. TBMA, and the composition of extracted
    species is UO2(NO3)(2). 3TBMA. it was testified that the in the
    extraction species UO2(NO3)(2). 3TBMA, NO3- did not directly
    participate in coordination of uranyl (VI) ion by IR, and the
    coordination mode of the complex was also discussed.
 C1 Coll Agr, Laiyang 265200, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, YS, Coll Agr, Laiyang 265200, Peoples R China.
 CR DAVIS W, 1965, J PHYS CHEM-US, V69, P1094
    MUSIKAS C, 1988, SEPAR SCI TECHNOL, V23, P1211
    NAIR GM, 1993, SOL EXTR ION EXCH, V11, P813
    WANG HZ, 1995, WUJI HUAXUE XUEBAO, V11, P120
    WANG YS, 1997, THESIS CHINESE ACAD
    XU GX, 1984, EXTRACTION CHEM PRIN, P134
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 1001-4861
 J9 CHIN J INORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Inorg. Chem.
 PD MAY
 PY 2000
 VL 16
 IS 3
 BP 416
 EP 420
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear
 GA 317VH
 UT ISI:000087247300007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Tong, WQ
    Liu, X
    Qiu, MY
 TI Studies on the reaction of 1,2,3-trisubstituted electron-deficient
    cyclopropane derivatives with methanol
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Article
 DE 1,2,3-trisubstituted cyclopropane; methanolysis; methyl butyrate
 ID STEREOSELECTIVE SYNTHESIS
 AB In this paper, the reaction of 1,2,3-trisubstituted electron-deficient
    cyclopropane derivatives cis-1-benzoyl-2-p-substituted phenyl-6,
    6-dimethyl-5, 7-dioxo-spiro-[2, 5]-4,8-octadiones with methanol was
    studied. The structures of the reaction products were confirmed as
    methyl beta-benzoyl-gamma-methoxy-gamma-p-substituted phenylbutyrates
    by means of IR, MS, microanalysis, H-1, C-13 NMR spectroscopies and APT
    techniques. The reaction mechanism for the formation of the product was
    also proposed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Organomet Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN YL, 1998, CHEM J CHINESE U, V19, P1614
    DING WY, 1996, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V12, P50
    DING WY, 1999, CHEM J CHINESE U, V20, P64
    MONTI SA, 1974, TETRAHEDRON LETT, P3239
    MURPHY WS, 1983, J CHEM SOC P1, P817
    POKU SK, 1984, CAN J CHEM, V62, P1217
    PU JQ, 2000, IN PRESS SYNTHESIS C
    SMITH AB, 1978, TETRAHEDRON LETT, P1649
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 5
 BP 740
 EP 742
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 316HH
 UT ISI:000087161200022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZR
    Chen, LQ
    Yang, L
 TI On properties of hyperchaos: Case study
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE hyperchaos; strange attractor; unstable periodic point; pattern
    formation
 ID CHAOS
 AB Some properties of hyperchaos are exploited by studying both uncoupled
    and coupled CML. In addition to usual properties of chaotic strange
    attractors, there are other interesting properties, such as: the number
    of unstable periodic points embedded in the strange attractor increases
    dramatically increasing and a large number of low-dimensional chaotic
    invariant sets are contained in the strange attractor. These properties
    may be useful for regarding the edge of chaos as. the origin of
    complexity of dynamical systems.
 C1 Acad Sinica, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, ZR, Acad Sinica, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 CR BADII R, 1997, COMPLEXITY HIERARCHI
    CHEN LQ, 1998, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V19, P67
    CHEN LQ, 1998, J SHANGHAI JIAOTONG, V32, P108
    KANEKO K, 1989, PHYSICA D, V34, P1
    LIU ZG, 1993, SCI CHINA SER A, V23, P702
    LIU ZR, 1997, ACTA MECH SCINICA, V29, P103
    MAROTTO FR, 1978, J MATH ANAL APPL, V63, P199
    MAROTTO FR, 1979, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V68, P187
    MAROTTO FR, 1979, J MATH ANAL APPL, V72, P716
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    WALDROP MM, 1992, COMPLEXITY EMERGING
    YANG L, 1998, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V19, P1
 NR 12
 TC 6
 SN 0567-7718
 J9 ACTA MECH SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 1999
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 366
 EP 370
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 317GF
 UT ISI:000087217100008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, XS
    Yamashita, K
    Tanaka, T
    Suzuki, Y
    Okuyama, M
 TI Structural and electrical properties of highly oriented Pb(Zr,Ti)O-3
    thin films deposited by facing target sputtering
 SO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS A-PHYSICAL
 DT Article
 DE PZT thin film; facing target sputtering; crystalline orientation;
    ferroelectric property
 ID ZIRCONATE-TITANATE FILMS; HEAT-TREATMENT; GEL; SUBSTRATE; GROWTH;
    PB(ZR; RF
 AB The Pb(Zr,Ti)O-3 thin films with single (111) oriented perovskite phase
    and excellent electrical properties have been prepared by annealing the
    as-deposited samples. The orientation of crystals depends strongly on
    both the deposition temperature and annealing temperature. The sample
    annealed at 606 degrees C has the best (111) orientation. When the
    sample is annealed at lower temperature, the relative content of (111)
    oriented perovskite phase decreases quickly with increase of deposition
    temperature. The deposition temperature has little effects on the
    orientation when the sample is annealed at higher temperature. The
    effects of deposition temperature and annealing temperature on the
    crystallographic structures and electrical properties of PZT thin films
    were investigated in this paper. The sample deposited at 285 degrees C
    and annealed at 606 degrees C has the maximum value of polarization,
    which displays excellent ferroelectric properties. The typical P-r and
    P-s values are 57 and 101 mu C/cm(2), respectively. (C) 2000 Elsevier
    Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Osaka Univ, Osaka, Japan.
    Technol Res Inst Osaka Prefecture, Super Eye Image Sensor Project, Osaka 5941157, Japan.
 RP Li, XS, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN SY, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P2337
    EAKIM B, 1998, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V16, P2876
    FUKUDA Y, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V36, P5793
    HIRATA K, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V31, P3021
    KIM CJ, 1998, THIN SOLID FILMS, V312, P130
    MASUDA Y, 1996, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V35, P5002
    MATSUOKA M, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V60, P2096
    NAM HJ, 1998, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V37, P3462
    RANDALL CA, 1998, J AM CERAM SOC, V81, P677
    REANEY IM, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P1209
    SONG YJ, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P2686
    SPIERINGS GACM, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V70, P2290
    TUTTLE BA, 1993, J AM CERAM SOC, V76, P1537
    UDAYAKUMAR KR, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P3981
 NR 14
 TC 6
 SN 0924-4247
 J9 SENSOR ACTUATOR A-PHYS
 JI Sens. Actuator A-Phys.
 PD MAY 15
 PY 2000
 VL 82
 IS 1-3
 BP 265
 EP 269
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 314PD
 UT ISI:000087063700041
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KX
 TI Non-equilibrium radiation response and decoupling of vortex-antivortes
    pairs in two-dimensional high-T-c superconductors
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID KOSTERLITZ-THOULESS TRANSITION; YBA2CU3O7-DELTA THIN-FILMS;
    2-DIMENSIONAL SUPERCONDUCTORS; RENORMALIZATION; PHOTORESPONSE
 AB On the basis of the two-dimensional (2D) characteristics of the
    superconducting transportation as well as Josephson weak link behaviors
    in granular YBCO films,a 2D Josephson junction array is propssed as a
    model system for this film. Using this simplified model, we have
    discussed the decoupling procedure of vortex-antivortex pairs by bias
    current,and analytically developed temperature distribution of free
    vortices n(T,I) below T-KT. As compared with experimental results,we
    find that the temperature dependency of n(T,I) is similar to the
    behaviors of microwave response of granular YBCO films near K-T
    transition temperature. This similarity implies, to a certain
    extent,some intrinsic relationship between vortex-antivortex decoupling
    and non-equilibrium radiation response dissipation in the high-T-c
    superconducting granular films.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, KX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BEASLEY MR, 1979, PHYS REV LETT, V42, P1165
    BOONE BG, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P2676
    CHEN JD, 1993, IEEE T APPL SUPERCON, V3, P2128
    CULBERTSON JC, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P9609
    DAVIS LC, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P99
    DEMSAR J, 1997, J SUPERCOND, V10, P455
    DONIACH S, 1979, PHYS REV LETT, V42, P1169
    FIORY AT, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P1419
    FRENKEL A, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P9717
    HABIB YM, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P13833
    HALPERIN BI, 1979, J LOW TEMP PHYS, V36, P599
    HEGMANN FA, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P16023
    HEGMANN FA, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P285
    HERTER ST, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P1154
    HUBER WM, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P3338
    KADIN AM, 1983, PHYS REV B, V27, P6691
    KOSTERLITZ JM, 1973, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V6, P1181
    MARTIN S, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P677
    PHONG LN, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V74, P7414
    TINKHAM M, 1995, INTRO SUPERCONDUCTIV
    VANVECHTEN D, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P1415
    WU PH, 1987, JPN J APPL PHYS, V26, L1579
    XU KX, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1152
    YING QY, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P2242
    ZHANG ZM, 1994, J SUPERCOND, V7, P871
 NR 25
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 5
 BP 989
 EP 996
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 313XV
 UT ISI:000087025700032
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhong, YB
    Ren, ZM
    Deng, K
    Jiang, GC
    Xu, KD
 TI Separation of inclusions from liquid metal contained in a
    triangle/square pipe by travelling magnetic field
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE travelling magnetic fields; purification; inclusion
 AB By using plug flow and trajectory model, the elimination efficiency of
    the inclusions from liquid metals purified by travelling magnetic field
    (TMF) in either a triangle or a square pipe was analyzed theoretically.
    The ways to improve the elimination efficiency were suggested. The
    results using different kinds of pipes were reciprocally compared. It
    is determined that by means of TMF to eliminate inclusions the
    efficiency is affected by the diameter of the inclusions, in which the
    inclusions can be removed most efficiently, is optimized.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Key Lab Ferrous Met, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR FLEMINGS MC, 1981, SOLIDIFYING PROCESS, P202
    JIANG GC, 1996, CLEAN STEEL SECONDAR, P2
    JOON P, 1994, TETSU TO HAGANE, V80, P31
    LEENOV D, 1954, J CHEM PHYS, V22, P683
    SHANGGUAN D, 1992, METALL TRANS A, V23, P669
    SHOJI T, 1994, TETSU TO HAGANE, V80, P24
    TANLGUCHI S, 1997, PAR P EMP INT C, P199
    YOSHIKO T, 1995, TETSU TO HAGANE, V81, P12
    ZHAO XD, 1985, VISCOUS HYDROMECHANI, P62
    ZHONG YB, 1988, DEV NOWADAYS LEVEL T, P435
    ZHONG YB, 1999, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V9, P482
    ZHONG YB, 1999, SHANGHAI NONFERROUS, P5
 NR 12
 TC 5
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD APR
 PY 2000
 VL 10
 IS 2
 BP 240
 EP 245
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 310PC
 UT ISI:000086835700024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, GC
    You, JL
    Yu, BK
    Haung, SP
 TI Developments of high temperature Raman spectroscopic techniques
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE high temperature; Raman spectroscopy; melt
 AB In recent years,researches on electroluminescence (EL) of organic and
    polymer thin film materials have been made with an outstanding
    progress,and have attracted much interest because of its large-area,
    full color, high luminance displays which can be driven with low de
    voltage. In this paper, the history of the development on
    electroluminescence, the devices and the selection of luminescent
    materials and the electroluminescence principle are introduced briefly.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, GC, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR GILLET P, 1996, PHYS CHEM MINER, V23, P263
    IGUCHI Y, 1981, CAN METALL Q, V20, P51
    IGUCHI Y, 1984, P 2 INT C MOLT SLAGS, P975
    IGUCHI Y, 1988, P 3 INT C MOLT SLAGS, P169
    KASHIO S, 1980, RAMAN SPECTROSCOPIC, V20, P251
    LONG DA, 1977, RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY
    RICHET P, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V74, P5451
 NR 7
 TC 6
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD APR
 PY 2000
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 206
 EP +
 PG 5
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 312TD
 UT ISI:000086958400018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XJ
    Zhang, ZM
    Zhang, GX
 TI Improving the performance of spring-supported thrust bearing by
    controlling its deformations
 SO TRIBOLOGY INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE spring supporting form; thermo-elastic deformation; thrust bearing
 ID ELASTIC DISTORTION ANALYSIS
 AB The performance of the spring-supported thrust bearing is studied with
    three-dimensional thermo-elastic hydrodynamic lubrication theory. The
    generalized Reynolds equation, the energy equation, the heat conduction
    equation, and the thermo-elastic deformation equation are solved
    simultaneously using the combination of the finite difference method
    and finite element method. Thermo-elastic deformation plays an
    important role in the performance of the spring-supported thrust
    bearing. Several factors such as spring pattern, pad thickness and
    initial pad geometry are analyzed. The results show that the above
    factors influence the performance of the bearing significantly.
    Suggestions based on the results are put forward to assist design
    considerations. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ASHOUR NME, 1991, TRIBOL INT, V24, P299
    ETTLES CM, 1991, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V113, P626
    LIAO G, 1994, HUBEI ELECT TECHNOL, V1, P74
    SINHA AN, 1993, TRIBOL INT, V26, P251
    SINHA AN, 1994, STLE TRIBOL T, V37, P802
    WANG X, 1998, P ASIATRIB 98, P30
 NR 6
 TC 3
 SN 0301-679X
 J9 TRIBOL INT
 JI Tribol. Int.
 PD DEC
 PY 1999
 VL 32
 IS 12
 BP 713
 EP 720
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 310GA
 UT ISI:000086817100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, GB
 TI Synthesis and characterization of novel complexes of a dipeptide Schiff
    base ligand containing DL-alanyl-DL-alanine
 SO SYNTHESIS AND REACTIVITY IN INORGANIC AND METAL-ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID L-AMINO-ACIDS; COORDINATION MODES; HISTIDINE; OXOVANADIUM(IV);
    STEREOCHEMISTRY; OXYGENATION; COPPER(II); CRYSTAL
 AB A new dipeptide Schiff base obtained by the condensation of
    DL-alanyl-DL-alanine with o-vanillin was synthesized and characterized
    by H-1 NMR spectroscopy. Cu(II), Zn(II), Ni(II) and Co(II) complexes
    were obtained with the dipeptide Schiff base. The COO stretching bands
    in the IR spectra suggest that carboxylate acts as a monodentate group
    when binding with metal. The ligand is coordinated to the central metal
    as tetradentate ligand. The bonding sites are the carboxylate oxygen,
    imino nitrogen, amide nitrogen and phenolic oxygen.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, GB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ABDELMAWGOUD AM, 1991, SYN REACT INORG MET, V21, P1061
    ANGOSO A, 1992, INORG CHIM ACTA, V195, P45
    CASELLA L, 1984, J CHEM SOC DA, P1033
    CASELLA L, 1986, INORG CHEM, V25, P1293
    CASELLA L, 1988, INORG CHIM ACTA, V144, P89
    CAVACO I, 1994, J CHEM SOC DA, P149
    CHAKRAVARTY J, 1994, J CHEM SOC DA, P557
    DUTTA S, 1995, POLYHEDRON, V14, P1163
    FULWOOD R, 1995, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1443
    GEARY WJ, 1971, COORDIN CHEM REV, V7, P81
    GON NK, 1993, POLYHEDRON, V12, P925
    MARTELL AE, 1989, ACCOUNTS CHEM RES, V22, P115
    MARTELL AE, 1990, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P352
    MATHEWS II, 1991, INORG CHEM, V30, P81
    MONDAL S, 1995, J CHEM SOC DA, P1115
    NAKAMOTO K, 1978, INFRA RED RAMAN SPEC
    NATH M, 1998, SYN REACT INORG MET, V28, P715
    PESSOA JC, 1992, J CHEM SOC DA, P1745
    VOGEL AI, 1978, TXB QUANTITATIVE INO
    WANG GB, 1994, SYN REACT INORG MET, V28, P843
    YUSUFF KKM, 1991, SYN REACT INORG MET, V21, P553
 NR 21
 TC 3
 SN 0094-5714
 J9 SYN REACTIV INORG METAL-ORG C
 JI Synth. React. Inorganic Met.-Org. Chem.
 PY 2000
 VL 30
 IS 4
 BP 601
 EP 608
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear
 GA 310HM
 UT ISI:000086820500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yao, LX
    Chen, RL
    Qin, P
    Chen, NY
    Lu, WC
 TI Regularities of formation of ternary alloy phases between
    non-transition metals
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES E-TECHNOLOGICAL SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE non-transition metals; ternary intermetallic compounds; regularities of
    formation
 AB Using a four-parameter model based on extended Miedema's cellular model
    of alloy phases and pattern recognition methods, the regularities of
    formation of ternary intermetallic compounds between non-transition
    metals have been investigated. The criterion of formation can be
    expressed as some empirical functions of phi (electronegativity),
    n(ws)(1/3)(valence electron density in Wagner-Seitz cell), R (Pauling's
    metallic radius) and Z (number of valence electrons in atom).
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Met, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yao, LX, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Met, Shanghai 200050, Peoples
    R China.
 CR CHEN NY, 1976, BOND PARAMETER FUNCT
    CHEN NY, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V245, P179
    CHEN NY, 1999, CHEMOMETR INTELL LAB, V45, P329
    MIEDEMA AR, 1973, J LESS-COMMON MET, V32, P117
    NESPER R, 1993, J ALLOY COMPD, V197, P109
    PAULING L, 1960, NATURE CHEM BOND
    TILLARDCHARBONN.M, 1993, MATER RES BULL, V28, P1285
    VILLERS P, 1987, PERSONS HDB CRYSTALL, V1
 NR 8
 TC 3
 SN 1006-9321
 J9 SCI CHINA SER E
 JI Sci. China Ser. E-Technol. Sci.
 PD APR
 PY 2000
 VL 43
 IS 2
 BP 199
 EP 205
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 309AJ
 UT ISI:000086744800011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, DQ
    Wang, WH
    Zhuang, YX
    Pan, MX
    Ji, YF
    Ma, XM
    Dong, YD
 TI Formation and performance of new Zr-Ti-Cu-Ni-Be-Fe bulk amorphous alloy
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS PHYSICS ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE bulk amorphous alloy; glass forming ability; Zr-Ti-Cu-Ni-Be-Fe alloy;
    hardness; susceptibility
 ID METALLIC-GLASS; MICROSTRUCTURE
 AB The formation of the new Zr-Ti-Cu-Ni-Be-Fe bulk amorphous alloy with
    high strength is reported. The effects of the iron atom on the glass
    forming ability, hardness, susceptibility and thermal stability of the
    amorphous alloy are investigated. The role of the iron in the formation
    of the bulk amorphous alloy is discussed.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, DQ, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, POB 603, Beijing 100080, Peoples
    R China.
 CR DAI DS, 1992, FERROMAGNETICS, P28
    GREER AL, 1993, NATURE, V366, P303
    INOUE A, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P866
    JOHNSON WL, 1996, MATER SCI FORUM, V35, P225
    PEKER A, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2342
    WANG R, 1979, NATURE, V278, P700
    WANG WH, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P1053
    WANG WH, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P8211
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1006-9283
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math. Phys. Astron.
 PD MAR
 PY 2000
 VL 43
 IS 3
 BP 307
 EP 311
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 309AP
 UT ISI:000086745300009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, YR
    Chen, LS
    Wang, DY
    Jin, L
 TI Flow behavior and evolution of microstructure during hot deformation
    for a high Mo stainless steel
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID PRECIPITATION
 AB The mechanical behaviors of high Mo austenitic stainless steel
    00Cr20Ni18Mo6Cu[N] have been investigated using the methods of hot
    compression simulation test on the Thermecmaster-Z simulator. The
    dynamic recrystallization kinetic equation was established, Avrami
    coefficient n lies in between 0.9 similar to 2 depending on deformation
    parameters. A perfect flow stress model considering dynamic
    recrystallization was also established. Dynamic recrystallization tends
    to complete at 1050 degrees C and high strain rate, but at temperature
    below 950 degrees C, it is hard to occur. Double-stage interrupt
    compression tests were carried out. Activation energy for static and
    metadynamic recrystallization have been obtained respectively
    (Q(SRX)=483.7, Q(MDRX)=253.5 kJ/mol). Avrami coefficient of MDRX is
    about 0.5, and t(0.5)-kinetics equations of SRX and MDRX have also been
    constructed. The evolution of microstructures during interrupt
    compression deformation was investigated. Static and metadynamic
    recrystallization is essential to improve plasticity, at temperature
    above 1000 degrees C increasing interpass time has advantage for static
    and metadynamic recrystallization.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, YR, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR DUTTA B, 1987, MATER SCI TECH SER, V3, P197
    FABREGUE P, 1994, ADV HOT DEFORMATION, P75
    HERTZMEN S, 1996, SCANDINAVIAN J METAL, V24, P140
    HODGSON PD, 1994, ADV HOT DEFORMATION, P41
    HOLMVIK AA, 1997, THERM 97 INT C THERM, V1, P241
    JARGELIUSPETTER.RF, 1996, SCANDINAVIAN J METAL, V24, P188
    MILITZER M, 1994, ACTA METALL MATER, V42, P133
    ROBERTS W, 1984, DEFORMATION PROCESSI, P109
    ROUCOULES C, 1993, 1 INT C MOD MET ROLL, P165
    RYAN ND, 1990, MATER FORUM, V14, P283
    RYAN ND, 1994, ADV HOT DEFORMATION, P445
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAY
 PY 2000
 VL 16
 IS 3
 BP 341
 EP 344
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 310FW
 UT ISI:000086816700018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, BL
    Lu, W
    Wang, ZG
    Yang, H
    Wang, H
 TI Characterization for 64x64 InSb photovoltaic infrared detector array
 SO JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE infrared focal plane array; InSb; microprobing; characterization
 AB Statistical characterization and uniformity evaluation for 64 X 64 InSb
    photovoltaic detector arrays prepared for fabrication of staring
    infrared focal plane array by using modified cryomicroprobing technique
    were carried out. Typical values of mean detector impedance 42Mh Omega
    at 90K and zero bias with nonuniformity 20%, mean responsivity 2.8A/W
    for 1000K blackbody with nonuniformity 6.3%, and electrical crosstalk
    rate less than 2% were measured. These performances meet the technical
    requirements to fabrication of hybrid InSb focal plane arrays.
    Localized electrical crosstalk detected on some abnormal chips was
    discussed.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, BL, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, Shanghai 200083,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AMINGUAL D, 1996, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2894, P95
    BLUZER N, 1987, OPT ENG, V26, P241
    NAVEH O, 1997, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3061, P692
    PARRISH WJ, 1991, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V1512, P68
    TREADO PJ, 1994, APPL SPECTROSC, V48, P607
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1001-9014
 J9 J INFRARED MILIM WAVES
 JI J. Infrared Millim. Waves
 PD APR
 PY 2000
 VL 19
 IS 2
 BP 89
 EP 92
 PG 4
 SC Optics
 GA 310JD
 UT ISI:000086822000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZH
    Peng, GD
    Chu, PL
 TI Improved Rouard's method for fiber and waveguide gratings
 SO OPTICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE Rouard's method; fiber gratings
 ID WAVE-GUIDE GRATINGS; COUPLED-MODE THEORY; PERIODIC STRUCTURES
 AB An improvement has been made to Rouard's method for the analysis of
    fiber and waveguide gratings. The real reflectivity of each interface
    is used instead of an approximate value obtained by coupled-mode
    theory. The improved Rouard's method becomes a complete Rouard's method
    and an exact method. It is simple and independent on coupled-mode
    theory for no calculation of coupling coefficient required. Numerical
    examples of uniform and nonuniform gratings have been given. (C) 2000
    Published by Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Wave Sci Lab, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Univ New S Wales, Sch Elect Engn, Opt Commun Grp, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia.
 RP Wang, ZH, Shanghai Univ, Wave Sci Lab, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ERDOGAN T, 1997, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V15, P1277
    HILL KO, 1997, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V15, P1263
    KOGELNIK H, 1976, BELL SYST TECH J, V55, P109
    WELLERBROPHY LA, 1985, J OPT SOC AM A, V2, P863
    WELLERBROPHY LA, 1987, J OPT SOC AM A, V4, P60
    WINICK KA, 1992, APPL OPTICS, V31, P757
    YAMADA M, 1987, APPL OPTICS, V26, P3474
    YARIV A, 1977, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V13, P233
    YARIV A, 1993, OPTICAL WAVES CRYSTA, P177
    YEH P, 1977, J OPT SOC AM, V67, P423
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0030-4018
 J9 OPT COMMUN
 JI Opt. Commun.
 PD APR 15
 PY 2000
 VL 177
 IS 1-6
 BP 245
 EP 250
 PG 6
 SC Optics
 GA 306BW
 UT ISI:000086577200029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jin, CY
    Ding, YP
    Meng, ZY
 TI Studies on the chemical mechanism of BaxSr1-xTiO3 ferroelectric thin
    films by sol-gel method
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE BST thin films; sol-gel method; FTIR; DSC; XRD; AFM
 ID KINETICS
 AB FTIR analysis combined with DSC, XRD and AFM experiments was used to
    study on the chemical mechanism of thermal evolution for BaxSr1-xTiO3
    (BST) thin films derived by sol-gel method. Acetylacetone(HAcAc) was
    introduced as a chelating agent to reduce a rapid hydrolysis rate of
    Ti-alkoxide, to improve its crystallization path, to decrease its
    crystallization temperature. And then the densified and crack-free BST
    thin films with better crystallization were fabricated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Jin, CY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR DING YP, UNPUB MAT RES B
    DING YP, 1999, ADV SCI TECHNOLOGY, V20, P615
    GUST MC, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2828
    JANG SI, 1997, J MATER RES, V12, P1327
    KAMALASANAN MN, 1996, J MATER SCI, V31, P2741
    OHFUJI S, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V36, P5854
    SENGUPTA LC, 1994, FERROELECTRICS, V153, P359
    SHAIKH AS, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P682
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD APR
 PY 2000
 VL 15
 IS 2
 BP 287
 EP 292
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 307PA
 UT ISI:000086660700015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, WB
    Li, KT
 TI The existence and uniqueness of weak solution of the flow between two
    concentric rotating spheres
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Navier-Stokes equations; stream function; Galerkin method
 ID SIMULATION
 AB The unsteady axisymmetric incompressible flow between two concentric
    spheres was discussed in this paper. It is useful to most
    astrophysical, geophysical and engineering applications. In order to
    get the existence and uniqueness of weak solution of this flow with the
    stream-velocity form, firstly, the relations among the nonlinear terms
    in this equation is found; then, the existence is proved by an
    auxiliary semi-discrete scheme and a compactness argument.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Xian Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Sci, Xian 710049, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, WB, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR GLOWINSKI R, 1984, NUMERICAL METHODS NO
    KHLEBUTIN GN, 1968, FLUID DYN, V3, P31
    LI KT, 1992, HILBERT SPACE METHOD
    MARCUS PS, 1987, J FLUID MECH, V185, P1
    MARCUS PS, 1987, J FLUID MECH, V185, P31
    TEMAN R, 1984, NAVIERSTOKES EQUATIO
    TUCKERMAN LS, 1983, THESIS MIT MASSACHUS
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 1
 BP 67
 EP 72
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 308DJ
 UT ISI:000086695000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, CJ
    Chen, XY
 TI Inverse scattering for inhomogeneous viscoelastic media
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID DISSIPATIVE WAVE-EQUATION; ELECTROMAGNETIC SCATTERING; TIME DOMAIN
 AB In this paper, the inverse scattering problems for the full
    inhomogeneous viscoelastic medium are studied via the invariant
    imbedding technique. Special attention is paid to the propagation
    operators of the viscoelastic medium and the imbedding equations for
    these operators are derived. For the inverse scattering problems, it is
    shown that the reflection data can be extended from one round trip
    through the iscoelastic slab to arbitrary time with the help of the
    propagation operators, hence the reconstruction of the relaxation
    modulus is sufficient to be considered only in one round trip. It is
    also shown that only one-side measurement reflection data are not
    sufficient to reconstruct the relaxation modulus and the density of the
    medium simultaneously. The corresponding numerical examples are
    presented. For the case that the relaxation modulus of the medium is
    modeled by two independent functions, an iterative inversion procedure
    is proposed to recover the relaxation modulus and the density
    simultaneously with the input two-side normally reflection data. (C)
    2000 American Institute of Physics. [S0022-2488(00)06705-0].
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    State Ocean Adm, Key Lab Marine Sci & Numer Modelling, Tsingdao 266003, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AMMICHT E, 1987, J ACOUST SOC AM, V81, P827
    BEEZLEY RS, 1985, J MATH PHYS, V26, P317
    BUI DD, 1995, INVERSE PROBL, V11, P835
    CHRISTENSON RM, 1982, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    CORONES JP, 1988, INVERSE PROBL, V4, P643
    KARLSSON A, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P691
    KREIDER KL, 1989, WAVE MOTION, V11, P427
    KRESS R, 1989, APPL MATH SCI
    KRISTENSSON G, 1986, J MATH PHYS, V27, P1667
    KRISTENSSON G, 1986, J MATH PHYS, V27, P1683
    ZHU WH, 1990, J ACOUST SOC AM, V877, P2371
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0022-2488
 J9 J MATH PHYS-NY
 JI J. Math. Phys.
 PD MAY
 PY 2000
 VL 41
 IS 5
 BP 2839
 EP 2850
 PG 12
 SC Physics, Mathematical
 GA 305YD
 UT ISI:000086568600022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YF
    Wang, SZ
    Hua, JD
 TI Synthesis of complex polymeric flocculant and its application in
    purifying water
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED POLYMER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE polyacrylamide; complex; flocculant
 AB A novel flocculant was synthesized, a method consisting of a
    poly(acrylamide-co-acrylic acid) complexed with an inorganic coagulant
    through the chemical bond between metal ions and carboxyl acid groups
    or amide ligands within the polymer. This complex polymeric flocculant
    is more readily available for purifying water than any single or
    mechanical mixture. The mechanism of flocculating is discussed and a
    practical use performed for wastewater from paper mill. (C) 2000 John
    Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YF, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CAMPANELLA L, 1995, INQUINAMENTO, V37, P66
    CHEN F, 1994, 2110458, CA
    FAN R, 1995, ZIRAN KEXUE BAN, V23, P71
    FUJII N, 1991, MIYAZAKI DAIGAKU NOG, V38, P131
    GOLDBLATT ME, 1995, P 68 ANN C EXP WAT E, V3, P451
    GOOSSENS IR, 1993, CM MAG, V19, P20
    KOETZ J, 1992, 301010, DE
    LAMER VK, 1963, REV PURE APPL CHEM, V13, P112
 NR 8
 TC 4
 SN 0021-8995
 J9 J APPL POLYM SCI
 JI J. Appl. Polym. Sci.
 PD JUN 28
 PY 2000
 VL 76
 IS 14
 BP 2093
 EP 2097
 PG 5
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 306JF
 UT ISI:000086593000013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A variational model for compressible rotational blade-to-blade flow
    using Liu-type potential function
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 ID SEMI-INVERSE METHOD; PRINCIPLES
 AB The pseudo-potential function proposed by Liu retains almost all
    advantages of the potential function, while removing its restriction to
    flow potentiality. To apply the finite element applications for
    numerical simulation of the compressible rotational blade-to-blade
    flow, it is necessary to establish a generalized variational principle.
    In this paper a family of variational principles is established by the
    trial-and-error method, the Lagrange multiplier method and the
    semi-inverse method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P117
    HE JH, 1998, APPL MATH MODEL, V22, P395
    HE JH, 1998, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V3, P176
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P101
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P95
    HE JH, 1999, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V71, P154
    LIU GH, 1997, AIRCRAFT ENG AEROSPA, V6, P527
    LIU GL, 1991, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V12, P2026
    LIU GL, 1996, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V13, P263
    SHEN YS, 1998, THESIS SHANGHAI I AP
    WANG HG, 1993, THESIS SHANGHAI I ME, P21
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 2000
 VL 17
 IS 2
 BP 143
 EP 152
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 305YZ
 UT ISI:000086570500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, J
    Fiebig, M
 TI Thermal diffusivity of aqueous solutions of magnesium chloride in the
    temperature range from 294 to 371 K
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THERMOPHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE aqueous solution; diffraction; laser-induced thermal grating; magnesium
    chloride; thermal conductivity; thermal diffusivity
 ID GRATING TECHNIQUE; METHANOL
 AB The thermal diffusivity of aqueous solutions of magnesium chloride was
    determined in the temperature range 294 to 371 K and at atmospheric
    pressure. Using a noninvasive optical technique-laser-induced thermal
    grating ( LTG) the measurements were carried out in aqueous solutions
    of weight fractions of 5, 10, 15, and 20% magnesium chloride. The
    measurement results for the aqueous solutions are presented as a
    Function of temperature and weight fraction.
 C1 Ruhr Univ Bochum, Inst Thermo & Fluiddynam, D-44780 Bochum, Germany.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Fiebig, M, Ruhr Univ Bochum, Inst Thermo & Fluiddynam, D-44780 Bochum,
    Germany.
 CR 1991, VDI WARMEATLAS
    BLANKE W, 1989, THERMOPHYSIKALISCHE, P112
    NAGASAKA Y, 1988, REV SCI INSTRUM, V59, P1156
    PRESS WH, 1992, NUMERICAL RECIPES FO, P678
    WANG J, 1995, HEAT MASS TRANSFER, V31, P83
    WANG J, 1995, INT J THERMOPHYS, V16, P1353
    WANG J, 1995, MESSUNG TEMPERATURLE, P48
    WANG J, 1996, EXP THERM FLUID SCI, V13, P38
    WANG J, 1998, INT J THERMOPHYS, V19, P15
    WU G, 1993, FLUID PHASE EQUILIBR, V88, P239
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0195-928X
 J9 INT J THERMOPHYS
 JI Int. J. Thermophys.
 PD JAN
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 1
 BP 35
 EP 44
 PG 10
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Applied; Mechanics; Thermodynamics
 GA 304VZ
 UT ISI:000086506000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, GY
    Chen, YL
 TI Achieving practically zero discharge for an acrylic acid plant by a
    metalorganic precipitation process
 SO GREEN CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID ACETIC-ACID; ION-EXCHANGE; SEPARATION; EXTRACTION; PRECURSOR; PH
 C1 Jiao Tong Univ, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, GY, Jiao Tong Univ, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 CR ANWAR MM, 1998, SOLVENT EXTR ION EXC, V16, P931
    CLOETE FLD, 1995, IND ENG CHEM RES, V34, P2464
    DELUCAS A, 1999, SEPAR SCI TECHNOL, V34, P525
    DOEUFF S, 1987, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V89, P206
    GUO GY, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P3511
    GUO GY, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P1294
    JOSHI VP, 1998, CHEM ENG SCI, V53, P2271
    MICHELI AL, 1989, CERAM INT, V15, P131
    RAYNAUDLACROZE PO, 1993, IND ENG CHEM RES, V32, P685
    REISINGER H, 1995, IND ENG CHEM RES, V34, P845
    SCHIERBAUM B, 1999, CHEM ENG TECHNOL, V22, P37
    SHENDE RV, 1997, IND ENG CHEM RES, V36, P4809
    SOREK Y, 1997, CHEM MATER, V9, P670
    TAKATSUJI W, 1997, J CHEM ENG JPN, V30, P396
    WODZKI R, 1997, SOLVENT EXTR ION EXC, V15, P1085
    YANG ST, 1991, IND ENG CHEM RES, V30, P1335
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 1463-9262
 J9 GREEN CHEM
 JI Green Chem.
 PD APR
 PY 2000
 VL 2
 IS 2
 BP G42
 EP G45
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 305DR
 UT ISI:000086524600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, LJ
    Xia, YB
    Ju, JH
    Fan, YM
    Mo, YW
    Shi, WM
 TI Efficient luminescence from CVD diamond film-coated porous silicon
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Letter
 AB In this Letter a novel passivation method for porous silicon (PS)
    surfaces, i.e., depositing diamond film on a PS surface by microwave
    plasma assisted chemical vapour deposition (MPCVD) method, is reported.
    The morphologies, structure and PL of CVD diamond film coated PS were
    characterized using scanning electron microscopy (SEM), Raman spectrum
    and PL spectroscope. Results indicate that efficient luminescence can
    be obtained from diamond film-coated porous silicon Also, the CVD
    diamond film may efficiently stabilize the PL wavelength and intensity
    of PS, and therefore is a promising candidate for passivation of porous
    silicon in the future.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, LJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CANHAM LT, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V57, P1016
    GARDELIS S, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P5327
    GILDENBLAT GS, 1991, P IEEE, V79, P647
    KALISH R, 1997, APPL SURF SCI, V117, P558
    MULLER C, 1993, SCI SOC, V57, P111
    PROKES SM, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P2671
    TISCHLER MA, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V60, P639
    ZOUBIR NH, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P82
 NR 8
 TC 3
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD APR 3
 PY 2000
 VL 12
 IS 13
 BP L257
 EP L260
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 303HF
 UT ISI:000086415900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Controlling chaotic oscillations of viscoelastic plates by the
    linearization via output feedback
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE controlling chaos; linearization via output feedback; viscoelastic
    plate; nonlinearity
 ID VIBRATIONS
 AB Controlling chaotic oscillations of viscoelastic plates are
    investigated in this paper. Based an the exact linearization method in
    nonlinear system control theory, a nonlinear feedback control law is
    presented for a class of non-affine control systems. The mathematical
    model describing motion of nonlinear viscoelastic plates is
    established, and it is simplified by the Galerkin method. The phase
    space portrait and the power spectrum are employed to demonstrate chaos
    in the system. The deflection is treated as an output, and is
    controlled to given periodic goals.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ALVAREZGALLEGOS J, 1994, DYNAM CONTROL, V4, P277
    ARGYRIS J, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P151
    CHEN LQ, 1998, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V19, P67
    CHEN LQ, 1998, J SHANGHAI JIAOTONG, V32, P108
    DING R, 1996, THESIS LANZHOU U, P56
    HALL EK, 1993, J GUID CONTROL DYNAM, V16, P470
    HU HY, 1996, ADV MECH, V26, P453
    ISIDORI A, 1989, NONLINEAR CONTROL SY, P156
    LINDNER JF, 1995, REV APPL MECH, V45, P795
    SHINBROT T, 1993, NATURE, V363, P411
    SUIRE G, 1995, INT J MECH SCI, V37, P753
    TOUATI D, 1994, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V31, P2367
    YU XH, 1997, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V7, P1659
    ZHANG SQ, 1997, CAN AGR ENG, V39, P99
 NR 14
 TC 2
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 12
 BP 1324
 EP 1330
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 301UH
 UT ISI:000086328300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, J
    Zhu, ZY
 TI A mixture differential quadrature method for solving two-dimensional
    imcompressible Navier-Stokes equations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE numerical method; differential quadrature method; Navier-Stokes
    equations
 AB Differential quadrature method (DQM) is able to obtain high;ly accurate
    numerical solutions of differential equations just using a few grid
    points. Bat using purely differential quadrature: method, goad
    numerical solutions of two-dimensional incompressible Navier-Stokes
    equations can be obtained only for lour Reynolds number flow and
    numerical solutions will not be convergent for high Reynolds number
    flow. For this reason, ill this paper a combinative
    predicting-correcting numerical scheme for solving hue-dimensional
    incompressible Navier-Stokes equations is presented by mixing upwind
    difference method into differential quadrature! one, Using this scheme
    and pseudo-time-dependent algorithm, numerical solutions of high
    Reynolds number flow are obtained with only a few grid points. For
    example?, 1:1 and 1:2 driven cavity flows are calculated and good
    numerical solutions ape obtained.
 C1 NW Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Lanzhou, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, J, NW Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Lanzhou, Peoples R China.
 CR BELLMAN R, 1971, J MATH ANAL APPL, V34, P235
    BELLMAN R, 1972, J COMPUT PHYS, V10, P40
    BERT CW, 1996, APPL MECH REV, V49, P1
    BURGGRAF OR, 1966, J FLUID MECH, V24, P113
    CHIA U, 1982, J COMPUT PHYS, V48, P387
    CHU C, 1992, COMPUT SYST ENG, V3, P271
    KAWAGUTI M, 1961, J PHYS SOC JPN, V16, P2307
    PROSNAK WJ, 1991, ACTA MECH, V89, P45
    SHU C, 1992, INT J NUMER METH FL, V15, P791
    STRIZ AG, 1994, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V29, P665
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 12
 BP 1358
 EP 1366
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 301UH
 UT ISI:000086328300008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
    Liu, ZR
    Wang, LL
 TI A family of interesting exact solutions of the sine-Gordon equation
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID SOLITON; SYSTEM; CHAOS
 AB By using AKNS [Phys. Rev. Lett. 31 (1973) 125] system and introducing
    the wave function, a family of interesting exact solutions of the
    sine-Gordon equation are constructed. These solutions seem to be some
    soliton, kink, and anti-kink ones respectively for the different choice
    of the spectrum, whereas due to the interaction between two
    traveling-waves they have some properties different from usual soliton,
    kink, and anti-kink solutions.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1973, PHYS REV LETT, V31, P125
    BISHOP AR, 1986, PHYSICA D, V23, P1
    BISHOP AR, 1990, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V21, P1511
    CAUDREY PJ, 1973, PHYS REV LETT, V30, P237
    CROSS MC, 1993, REV MOD PHYS, V65, P851
    HIROTA R, 1972, J PHYS SOC JPN, V33, P1459
    LIU ZR, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P313
    LOMDAHL PS, 1984, PHYS REV A, V29, P350
    OVERMAN EA, 1986, PHYSICA D, V19, P1
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    YAN JR, 1997, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V14, P671
 NR 11
 TC 6
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 2000
 VL 17
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 3
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 297RA
 UT ISI:000086095400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, J
    Wang, JK
 TI Reactive precipitation of procaine benzylpenicillin
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE procaine benzylpenicillin; reactive precipitation; secondary processes;
    mixing
 ID CRYSTALLIZATION
 AB The reactive precipitation process of procaine benzylpenicillin is
    reviewed, while such secondary processes as ageing, agglomeration,
    breakage, and the effects of operation parameters on crystal size are
    emphasized. In the reactive precipitation the ageing of particles has a
    little effect on the process. while the greater effect, comes from the
    agglomeration and breakage of particles, furthermore, the mixing has
    also notable influence on the product; size. All of these provide the
    bases for further study on reactive precipitation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Tianjin Univ, Inst Chem Engn, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, J, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR DAVID R, 1991, CHEM ENG SCI, V46, P205
    JONES E, 1992, YOUNG CHILDREN, V47, P12
    LU J, 1997, THESIS TIANJIN U TIA
    MERSMANN A, 1990, J CRYST GROWTH, V102, P841
    MULLIN JW, 1993, CRYSTALLIZATION
    MYDLARZ J, 1991, POWDER TECHNOL, V65, P187
    NIELSEN AE, 1964, KINETICS PRECIPITATI
    NORE PH, 1993, CHEM ENG SCI, V48, P3083
    RANDOLPH AD, 1988, THEORY PARTICULATE P
    TAVARE NS, 1993, CHEM ENG SCI, V48, P475
    WANG ST, 1986, HEAT MASS TRANSFER
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1004-9541
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM ENG
 JI Chin. J. Chem. Eng.
 PD MAR
 PY 2000
 VL 8
 IS 1
 BP 68
 EP 73
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Chemical
 GA 299JQ
 UT ISI:000086195700012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Harko, T
    Lu, HQ
    Mak, MK
    Cheng, KS
 TI Quantum birth of the Universe in the varying speed of light cosmologies
 SO EUROPHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID INFLATION
 AB In the framework of the varying speed of light theory the
    Wheeler-DeWitt equation is considered in the minisuperspace
    approximation. The quantum potential is obtained and the tunneling
    probability is studied in bath Vilenkin and Hartle-Hawking approaches.
 C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Harko, T, Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ALBRECHT A, 1999, PHYS REV D, V59
    ATKATZ D, 1982, PHYS REV D, V25, P2065
    AVELINO PP, 1999, PHYS LETT B, V459, P468
    BARROW JD, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V443, P104
    BARROW JD, 1999, ASTROPH9904116
    BARROW JD, 1999, ASTROPH9907354
    BARROW JD, 1999, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V16, P1435
    BARROW JD, 1999, PHYS LETT B, V447, P246
    BARROW JD, 1999, PHYS REV D, V59
    BEKENSTEIN JD, 1982, PHYS REV D, V25, P1527
    CLAYTON MA, 1999, PHYS LETT B, V460, P263
    COULE DH, 1999, GRQC9905056
    COULE DH, 1999, MOD PHYS LETT A, V14, P2437
    DEWITT BS, 1967, PHYS REV, V160, P1113
    GASPERINI M, 1985, PHYS LETT B, V163, P84
    HARKO T, 1999, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V16, P2741
    HARTLE JB, 1983, PHYS REV D, V28, P3960
    HAWKING SW, 1984, NUCL PHYS B, V239, P257
    LINDE AD, 1984, LETT NUOVO CIMENTO, V39, P401
    MFFAT JW, 1998, ASTROPH9811390
    MOFFAT JW, 1993, INT J MOD PHYS D, V2, P351
    NORBURY JW, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V433, P263
    RATRA B, 1988, PHYS REV D, V37, P3406
    VILENKIN A, 1983, PHYS REV D, V27, P2848
    VILENKIN A, 1989, PHYS REV D, V39, P1116
    VILENKIN A, 1994, PHYS REV D, V50, P2581
    WEINBERG S, 1984, PHYS LETT B, V138, P47
 NR 27
 TC 4
 SN 0295-5075
 J9 EUROPHYS LETT
 JI Europhys. Lett.
 PD MAR
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 6
 BP 814
 EP 820
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 296RD
 UT ISI:000086038800019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cai, YC
    Lu, MG
 TI Chen's theorem in short intervals
 SO ACTA ARITHMETICA
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Cai, YC, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN JR, 1966, REPRESENTATION LARGE, V17, P385
    CHEN JR, 1973, SCI SINICA, V16, P157
    CHEN JR, 1978, SCI SINICA, V21, P477
    IWANIEC H, 1981, RECENT PROGR ANAL NU, V2, P203
    JIA CH, 1996, ACTA ARITH, V76, P21
    PAN CD, 1981, GOLDBACH CONJECTURE
    SALERNO S, 1993, NOTE MAT, V13, P309
    WU J, 1993, Q J MATH, V44, P109
    WU J, 1994, J LOND MATH SOC, V49, P61
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0065-1036
 J9 ACTA ARITHMET
 JI Acta Arith.
 PY 1999
 VL 91
 IS 4
 BP 311
 EP 323
 PG 13
 SC Mathematics
 GA 297ZH
 UT ISI:000086113800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Weng, XC
    Xiang, GQ
    Jiang, AL
    Liu, YP
    Wu, LL
    Dong, XW
    Duan, S
 TI Antioxidant properties of components extracted from puccoon
    (Lithospermum erythrorhizon Sieb. et Zucc.)
 SO FOOD CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE puccoon (Lithospermum erythrorhizon Sieb. et Zucc.); antioxidant
    activity; beta,beta-dimethyl-acrylshikonin; acetylshikonin; shikonin
 AB The petroleum ether extract of puccoon has been separated with
    thin-layer chromatography (TLC) and three compounds have been isolated.
    The structures of the compounds have been identified by spectroscopic
    methods as beta,beta-dimethyl-acrylshikonin, acetylshikonin and
    shikonin. Their antioxidant properties in lard have been tested with
    the oxidative stability instrument (OSI). The raw extracts and pure
    compounds all have obvious antioxidant activity, and all have some
    synergistic effects with D,L-alpha-tocopherol (Ve) and
    butylatedhydroxytoluene (BHT). They all show antioxidant properties in
    lard containing Fe3+, and all show synergistic effects with Ve and
    citric acid (CA) with different degrees. In the concentration range of
    0.01-0.06%, antioxidant activity of Ve and BHT, on OSI at 100 degrees
    C, increases with increase of concentration, but much less than
    acetylshikonin, shikonin and beta,beta-dimethyl-acrylshikonin. (C) 2000
    Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Yantai Univ, Lipid Res Lab, Shandong, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Inst Bot, Beijing 100044, Peoples R China.
 RP Weng, XC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, 20 Chengzhong Rd, Shanghai,
    Peoples R China.
 CR GAO JH, 1986, ZHONGCAOYAO, V17, P28
    GORDON MH, 1992, FOOD CHEM, V44, P119
    HUDSON BJF, 1983, FOOD CHEM, V10, P111
    LIN ZB, 1980, J BEIJING MED COLLEG, V12, P101
    LIU GS, 1981, PHARM B, V16, P270
    LIU YP, 1998, J CHINESE CEREALS OI, V13, P34
    LU FS, 1983, ACTA BOT SIN, V25, P454
    WENG XC, 1991, THESIS READING U UK
    WENG XC, 1998, J CHINESE CEREAL OIL, V13, P46
    ZHAO I, 1997, MED J CHINA, V8, P115
    ZHOU SB, 1996, J HARBIN MED U, V30, P524
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0308-8146
 J9 FOOD CHEM
 JI Food Chem.
 PD MAY
 PY 2000
 VL 69
 IS 2
 BP 143
 EP 146
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Applied; Food Science & Technology; Nutrition & Dietetics
 GA 294FR
 UT ISI:000085901300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qiu, ZB
    Xiao, XS
    Mo, ZS
    Yu, YN
    Wang, XH
    Dong, YD
 TI Melt crystallization of poly(ether ether ketone ketone) under strong
    electric field
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Letter
 DE PEEKK; electric field; crystallization; crystal structure
 ID DRAWING-INDUCED POLYMORPHISM; CRYSTAL-STRUCTURE; PEEKK; KINETICS
 AB In this paper, melt crystallization of poly(ether ether ketone ketone)
    (PEEKK) under strong electric field was investigated. In the crystal
    structure of PEEKK, the length of c axis was found to he 1.075 nm,
    increasing by 7% compared to that of PEEKK crystallized without strong
    electric field. The molecule chains might take a more extended
    conformation through the opening of the bridge bond angles by
    increasing from 124 degrees to 144 degrees under strong electric field
    in the crystal structure.
 C1 Acad Sinica, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, Polymer Phys Lab, Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Mo, ZS, Acad Sinica, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, Polymer Phys Lab,
    Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
 CR LIU TX, 1997, EUR POLYM J, V33, P1405
    LIU TX, 1997, EUR POLYM J, V33, P913
    LIU TX, 1997, POLYM ENG SCI, V37, P568
    LIU TX, 1998, S POL SHANGH
    WANG S, 1997, MACROMOL RAPID COMM, V18, P83
    WANG SG, 1997, MACROMOL CHEM PHYSIC, V198, P969
    ZIMMERMANN HJ, 1991, POLYMER, V32, P3162
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 3
 BP 491
 EP 492
 PG 2
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 294KM
 UT ISI:000085910500040
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, TY
    Yu, BK
    Wang, Q
    Wan, YB
    Pan, SK
 TI Potassium lithium niobate crystal and the second harmonic generation in
    IT
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID SINGLE-CRYSTALS
 AB The tetragonal tungsten bronze type potassium lithium niobatc single
    crystals grown by the resistance heating Czochralski technique are
    reported. Frequency doubling of a quasi-continuous tunable Ti:sapphire
    laser is realized in the crystal. Tunable second harmonic generation
    within the range of 445-476 nm by noncritical phase matching at room
    temperature is obtained. The incident power is 144-269 mW and the power
    of the second harmonic generation is 0.58-1.73 mW. The conversion
    efficiency is about 0.65 percent.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yu, TY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BONNER WA, 1967, J CRYST GROWTH, V1, P318
    FUKUDA T, 1970, J CRYST GROWTH, V6, P293
    GE YM, 1996, CHINESE J LASERS A, V23, P969
    OUWERKERK M, 1991, ADV MATER, V3, P399
    REID JJE, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P19
    SMITH AW, 1971, J APPL PHYS, V42, P684
    XIA HR, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P14892
    YOON DH, 1994, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V33, P3510
    ZHANG GY, 1984, ACTA OPT SINICA, V4, P515
 NR 9
 TC 3
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 3
 BP 463
 EP 467
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 294WD
 UT ISI:000085932700016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, D
    Sun, XL
 TI Local convexification of the Lagrangian function in nonconvex
    optimization
 SO JOURNAL OF OPTIMIZATION THEORY AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE nonconvex optimization; Lagrangian function; local convexification;
    local duality; p-power formulation
 AB It is well-known that a basic requirement for the development of local
    duality theory in nonconvex optimization is the local convexity of the
    Lagrangian function. This paper shot-vs how to locally convexify the
    Lagrangian function and thus expand the class of optimization problems
    to which dual methods can be applied. Specifically, we prove that,
    under mild assumptions, the Hessian of the Lagrangian in some
    transformed equivalent problem formulations becomes positive definite
    in a neighborhood of a local optimal point of the original problem.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, D, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management,
    Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR LI D, 1995, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V85, P309
    LI D, 1997, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V30, P4339
    LUENBERGER DG, 1984, LINEAR NONLINEAR PRO
    WOLFE P, 1961, Q APPL MATH, V19, P239
    XU ZK, 1997, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V94, P739
 NR 5
 TC 6
 SN 0022-3239
 J9 J OPTIMIZ THEOR APPL
 JI J. Optim. Theory Appl.
 PD JAN
 PY 2000
 VL 104
 IS 1
 BP 109
 EP 120
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 291PR
 UT ISI:000085745700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZL
    Jiang, XY
    Xu, SH
 TI Energy transfer and white emitting organic thin film electroluminescence
 SO THIN SOLID FILMS
 DT Article
 DE energy transfer; white emitting organic thin film electroluminescence;
    full-color display
 AB Energy transfer between in
    N,N'-bis-(1-naphthyl)-N,N'-diphenyl-1,1'-biphenyl-4-4'-diamine (NPB)
    and rubrene was investigated. The device ITO/CuPc/NPB:rubrene/blocking
    layer /Alq/MgAg, in which copper phthalocyanine (CuPc) is used as
    buffer layer, NPB as the hole transporting layer (HTL), trimer of
    N-arylbenzimidazoles (TPBi) [or
    2-(4-biphenylyl)-5-(4-tertbutylphenyl)-1,2,3-oxadiazole(PBD) or
    1,2,3-triazolederivative(TAZ)] as the blocking layer,
    Tris(8-quinolinolato)aluminum complex (Alq) as electron transporting
    layers (ETL), can not give white emitting light. White emitting light
    can be realized in a new device with the structure
    ITO/CuPc/NPB/blocking layer:rubene/Alq/MeAg, in which rubrene is doped
    in blocking layer instead of in NPB. The emission spectrum of this
    device covers a wide range of visible region and can be adjusted by the
    concentration of rubrene. The white emitting devices with CIE
    coordinates x = 0.31, y = 0.32, maximum luminance 8635 cd/m(2) and
    luminous efficiency 1.39 Lm/w, were obtained with the blocking layer
    TPBi doped with 1.5% rubrene. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ZL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Jiading Campus, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR FOREST SR, 1997, SYNTHETIC MET, V91, P9
    KIDO J, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P1332
    MIYAGUCHI S, 1998, 9 INT WORKSH IN ORG, P137
 NR 3
 TC 10
 SN 0040-6090
 J9 THIN SOLID FILMS
 JI Thin Solid Films
 PD MAR 1
 PY 2000
 VL 363
 IS 1-2
 BP 61
 EP 63
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Condensed Matter
 GA 290EU
 UT ISI:000085664000016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, PL
    Deng, CF
    Wang, LL
    Xu, MJ
 TI Calculation of the productive dilepton spectrum (M <= 4GeV/c(2)) in
    U-238+U-238 collisions at E-c,E-m approximate to 200GeV/u
 SO HIGH ENERGY PHYSICS AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS-CHINESE EDITION
 DT Article
 DE charm; quark flavour dynamics effect; dilepton spectrum
 AB In this paper, besides including u, d, s quarks and their anti-quarks
    the charm quarks and their anti-quarks (c (c) over bar) were still
    included in the calculation of flavour kinetics of quarks. Using
    relativistic hydrodynamics model with the effect of quark flavor
    kinetics, invariable mass dilepton spectrum of M less than or equal to
    4GeV/c(2) has been calculated. The dileptons are emitted from phase
    transition process of an expansion quark matter which is created in
    collisions of U-238 + U-238 at energy similar to 200GeV/u. The
    numerical results have been compared with experimental data of CERN SPS
    qualitatively. A preliminary conclusion has been given: quark
    fragmentation and effect of flavour kinetics are the causes of
    suppression of the peak of J/psi-->mu(+) + mu(-).
 C1 Suzhou Railway Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Suzhou 215009, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, PL, Suzhou Railway Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Suzhou 215009, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BARZ HW, 1988, NUCL PHYS A, V484, P661
    KAJANTIE K, 1983, NUCL PHYS B, V222, P152
    KAJANTIE K, 1986, PHYS REV D, V34, P811
    KOCH P, 1986, PHYS REP, V142, P167
    LI PL, 1997, HIGH ENERG PHYS, V21, P918
    MASERA M, 1995, NUCL PHYS A, V590, C93
    WU H, 1999, CHINESE GEN COMPUTAT, V16, P94
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0254-3052
 J9 HIGH ENERGY PHYS NUCL PHYS-CH
 JI High Energy Phys. Nucl. Phys.-Chin. Ed.
 PD JUL
 PY 1999
 VL 23
 IS 7
 BP 693
 EP 700
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Nuclear; Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA 289PB
 UT ISI:000085630200013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Harko, T
    Mak, MK
    Lu, HQ
    Cheng, KS
 TI Bianchi-type I and V cosmologies in Einstein-Cartan theory
 SO NUOVO CIMENTO DELLA SOCIETA ITALIANA DI FISICA B-GENERAL PHYSICS
    RELATIVITY ASTRONOMY AND MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS AND METHODS
 DT Article
 ID GENERAL-RELATIVITY; UNIVERSES; MATTER; FLUIDS; MODEL; SPIN
 AB Within the framework of the Einstein-Cartan theory a
    Weyssenhoff-spinning-fluid-filled homogeneous anisotropic Bianchi-type
    I and V space-time is studied. The effects of a cosmological constant
    upon the dynamics of the early Universe are also considered. In the
    presence of torsion the general solution of the gravitational field
    equations for a cosmological fluid obeying a linear barotropic equation
    of state can be expressed in an exact parametric form. Several classes
    of exact analytical solutions for stiff matter and radiation are also
    obtained. In the large-time limit the Bianchi-type-V Universe ends in
    an isotropic open non-flat inflationary era but due to the effects of
    the spin the isotropization period is shortened. For an appropriate
    choice of the parameters non-singular behavior occurs and the evolution
    of the cosmological fluid near the bounce is considered in detail.
 C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Harko, T, Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ASSAD MJD, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V145, P74
    BAHCALL NA, 1995, APJ, V447, L81
    BAHCALL NA, 1997, ASTROPHYS J 2, V485, L53
    BAKER WM, 1990, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V7, P717
    BARROW JD, 1997, PHYS LETT A, V233, P169
    BATAKIS NA, 1982, PHYS REV D, V26, P2611
    FENNELLY AJ, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V129, P195
    FUKUGITA M, 1993, NATURE, V366, P369
    GRON O, 1985, PHYS REV D, V32, P2522
    GRONWALD F, GRQC9602013
    GUTH AH, 1981, PHYS REV D, V23, P347
    HARVEY A, 1997, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V112, P1217
    HAWKING SW, 1973, LARGE SCALE STRUCTUR
    HEHL FW, 1976, REV MOD PHYS, V48, P393
    KOCHANEK CS, 1996, ASTROPHYS J 1, V466, P638
    KRAMER D, 1980, EXACT SOLUTIONS EINS
    LANDAU LD, 1975, CLASSICAL THEORY FIE
    LU HQ, 1995, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V12, P2755
    OBREGON O, 1993, PHYS REV D, V48, P5642
    RATRA B, 1988, PHYS REV D, V37, P3406
    RAY JR, 1982, PHYS REV D, V26, P2615
    RAY JR, 1982, PHYS REV D, V26, P2619
    SARAJEDINI A, 1989, ASTRON J, V98, P1624
    SCIAMA JA, 1964, REV MOD PHYS, V36, P463
    SHAPIRO SL, 1983, BLACK HOLES WHITE DW
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 0369-3554
 J9 NUOVO CIMENTO B-GEN PHYS R
 JI Nouvo Cimento Soc. Ital. Fis. B-Gen. Phys. Relativ. Astron. Math. Phys.
    Methods
 PD DEC
 PY 1999
 VL 114
 IS 12
 BP 1389
 EP 1407
 PG 19
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 285WT
 UT ISI:000085411900006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Q
    Liu, CQ
    Li, Y
 TI Quasi-tem analysis of a shielded microstrip line of elliptic
    cross-section with finite metallization thickness penetrating into the
    substrate by the finite difference method
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE MSL; monolithic microwave integrated circuits (MMICs); quasi-static
    characteristics; metallization thickness; FDM
 ID WAVE-GUIDES; TRANSMISSION-LINES; STATIC ANALYSIS; ELEMENT METHOD;
    ELECTRODES
 AB A shielded microstripline(MSL) of elliptic cross-section with finite
    metallization thickness penetrating into the substrate is presented.
    The quasi-static characteristics of this kind of MSL are studied with
    finit difference method(FDM),The effect of metal cross-section shape
    and metal penetrating depth is also studied.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, Q, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHANG TN, 1990, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V38, P1130
    FENG NN, 1999, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V21, P60
    GENTILI GG, 1994, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V42, P249
    HEINRICH W, 1994, IEEE T MICROWAVE THE, V41, P249
    HOFFMANN RK, 1989, HDB MICROWAVE INTEGR, P142
    HONG IP, 1999, INT J RF MICROW C E, V9, P49
    IVANOV SA, 1984, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V32, P450
    JIN H, 1991, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V27, P2306
    JIN H, 1991, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V27, P243
    KE JY, 1995, IEE P-MICROW ANTEN P, V142, P357
    KOLLIPARA RT, 1992, IEEE MICROW GUIDED W, V2, P100
    KUO JT, 1997, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V45, P274
    LERER AM, 1997, INT J MICROWAVE MILL, V7, P483
    MATSUHARA M, 1988, IEICE T C, V71, P1398
    PANTIC Z, 1986, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V34, P1096
    SCHMUCKLE FJ, 1991, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V39, P107
    SHIH C, 1989, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V37, P793
    TAO YM, 1994, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V7, P17
    WADELL BC, 1991, TRANSMISSION LINE DE
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0195-9271
 J9 INT J INFRAR MILLIM WAVE
 JI Int. J. Infrared Millimeter Waves
 PD JAN
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 1
 BP 91
 EP 100
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied; Optics
 GA 284AN
 UT ISI:000085308700011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, JH
    Chen, YS
    Liu, ZG
 TI The non-linear chaotic model reconstruction for the experimental data
    obtained from different dynamic system
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE non-linear; chaotic timeseries; Lyapunov exponent; chaotic model;
    parameter identification
 ID TIME-SERIES; ATTRACTORS
 AB The non-linear chaotic model reconstruction is the major important
    quantitative index for describing accurate experimental data obtained
    in dynamic analysis. A lot of work has been done to distinguish chaos
    from,randomness, to calculate fractral dimension and Lyapunov exponent,
    to reconstruct the state space and to fix the rank of model. In this
    paper, a new improved EAR method is presented in modelling and
    predicting chaotic timeseries, and a successful approach to fast
    estimation algorithms is proposed. Some illustrative experimental data
    examples from known chaotic systems are presented, emphasising the
    increase in predicting error with time. The calculating results tell us
    that the parameter identification method in this paper can effectively
    adjust the initial value row ards the global limit value of the single
    peak target Junction nearby. Then the model paremeter can immediately
    be obtained by using the improved optimization method rapidly, and
    non-linens chaotic models can nor provide long period superior
    predictions. Applications of this method are listed to real data from
    widely different areas.
 C1 Tianjin Finance Univ, Dept Econ & Management, Tianjin 300222, Peoples R China.
    Tianjin Univ, Dept Mech, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, JH, Tianjin Finance Univ, Dept Econ & Management, Tianjin 300222,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN CH, 1989, APPL TIMESERIES ANAL
    DAVIES ME, 1997, PHYSICA D, V101, P195
    LIANG YC, 1995, PHYSICA D, V85, P225
    MA JH, 1997, NONLINEAR DYNAMIC SY, P5
    MA JH, 1998, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V19, P513
    MESS AI, 1987, PHYS REV A, V36, P340
    NERENBERG MAH, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P7065
    POTAPOV A, 1997, PHYSICA D, V101, P207
    PRICHARD D, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V191, P230
    WOLF A, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P285
    YA W, 1989, APPL TIME SERIES ANA
    YANG SZ, 1992, APPL TIMESERIES ANAL
    ZHANG QH, 1992, IEE T NEURAL NETWORK, V6, P889
 NR 13
 TC 2
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 11
 BP 1214
 EP 1221
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 285RP
 UT ISI:000085402100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, XY
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Inverse problem for the viscoelastic medium with discontinuous wave
    impedance
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE viscoelastic medium; inverse scattering; inversion procedure; Volterra
    integral equation; relaxation modulus; one round trip; numerical
    examples
 ID DISPERSIVE MEDIA; SCATTERING
 AB In this paper, the inverse problem for the viscoelastic medium is
    investigated in the time domain, in which the wave impedance of the
    medium is discontinuous at the rear interface. The differentio-integral
    equations governing the behavior of the scattering and propagation
    operators are utilized to reconstruct the relaxation modulus of the
    viscoelastic medium. A new approach, in which only the one-side
    measurement reflection data for one round trip through the viscoelastic
    layer, is developed. The numerical examples are given at the end of the
    paper. Ir is shown that the curves of the reconstructed moduli coincide
    very well with the original relaxation moduli.
 C1 Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, XY, Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 CR AMMICHT E, 1987, J ACOUST SOC AM, V81, P827
    BEEZLEY RS, 1985, J MATH PHYS, V26, P317
    CHEN XY, 1999, THESIS LANZHOU U LAN
    CHRISTENSON RM, 1982, THOERY VISCOELASTICI
    FUKS P, 1994, INVERSE PROBL, V10, P555
    KRESS R, 1989, LINEAR INTEGRAL EQUA
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 11
 BP 1222
 EP 1229
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 285RP
 UT ISI:000085402100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, GQ
    Hui, PM
    Yu, KW
 TI A theory of nonlinear AC response in nonlinear composites
 SO PHYSICA B
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear composites; effective nonlinear conductivity; harmonic
    generation
 ID EFFECTIVE CONDUCTIVITY; GENERATION
 AB A perturbative approach, which has previously been applied to study the
    effective nonlinear response in random nonlinear composites consisting
    of Kerr materials. is extended to treat random composites with
    components having nonlinear response at finite frequencies. For a
    sinusoidal applied field, the field in the composite generally includes
    components with frequencies at the higher harmonics. Using the
    potential in the absence of nonlinearity as the unperturbed potential,
    nonlinear response can be studied perturbatively. Expression for the
    effective nonlinear susceptibility at the third harmonic is derived in
    the dilute limit of one of the nonlinear components. (C) 2000 Elsevier
    Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Comp Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, GQ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Comp Engn, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR GU GQ, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P4502
    HUI PM, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P3451
    LEVY O, 1995, PHYS REV E, V52, P3184
    YU KW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P14150
    YU KW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P1782
    YU KW, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, P14195
 NR 6
 TC 19
 SN 0921-4526
 J9 PHYSICA B
 JI Physica B
 PD APR
 PY 2000
 VL 279
 IS 1-3
 BP 62
 EP 65
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 284DD
 UT ISI:000085314700018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Modified straightforward expansion
 SO MECCANICA
 DT Article
 DE perturbation technique; nonlinear equation; duffing equation; nonlinear
    dynamics
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang
    Rd,POB 189, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BELLMAN R, 1964, PERTURBATION TECHNIQ
    CHEUNG YK, 1991, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V26, P367
    HE JH, IN PRESS J SOUND VIB
    MICKENS RE, 1996, J SOUND VIB, V193, P747
    NAYFEH AH, 1985, PROBLEMS PERTURBATIO
 NR 5
 TC 6
 SN 0025-6455
 J9 MECCANICA
 JI Meccanica
 PD OCT
 PY 1999
 VL 34
 IS 4
 BP 287
 EP 289
 PG 3
 SC Mechanics
 GA 283XD
 UT ISI:000085300600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, F
    Han, J
    Shen, M
    Geng, M
    Zhou, Z
    Northwood, DO
 TI Electrochemical properties of a LaNi4.7Al0.3 alloy used for the
    negative electrode in nickel/metal hydride batteries
 SO JOURNAL OF NEW MATERIALS FOR ELECTROCHEMICAL SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 DE metal hydride electrodes; electrochemical characteristics; exchange
    current density; symmetry factor
 ID HYDROGEN STORAGE ALLOYS; EVOLUTION REACTION; METAL; PERFORMANCE;
    DISCHARGE; BEHAVIOR
 AB The electrochemical properties of an activated LaNi4.7Al0.3 hydride
    electrode (MH) were studied using charge/discharge and polarization
    tests. The rests were performed at different steady states of
    discharging and temperatures. Both the exchange current density (I-0)
    and the symmetry-factor (beta) of the MH electrode in a 6M KOH aqueous
    solution decrease with increasing hydrogen concentration and increase
    with increasing temperature at a given hydrogen concentration. These
    intrinsic parameters (I-0 and beta) were then used to evaluate the
    characteristics of the nonequilibrium discharge process of the MH
    electrode, including the discharge overpotential and activation. From
    the exchange current density measurements, the apparent activation
    energy (E-a) was found to be in the range 15.5 to 22.5 kJ.(molH)(-1)
    for hydrogen concentrations H/M=0.6 to 0.1 in the temperature range
    273-318K. It is suggested that the apparent activation energy (E-a) is
    a useful intrinsic parameter for evaluating the electrochemical
    characteristics of MH electrodes.
 C1 Univ Windsor, Dept Mech & Mat Engn, Windsor, ON N9B 3P4, Canada.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Hydrogen Storage Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Ryerson Polytech Univ, Fac Engn & Appl Sci, Toronto, ON M5B 2K3, Canada.
 RP Northwood, DO, Univ Windsor, Dept Mech & Mat Engn, Windsor, ON N9B 3P4,
    Canada.
 CR BARD AJ, 1980, ELECTROCHEMICAL METH, P106
    BOCKRIS JO, 1993, MOD ASPECT ELECTROC, V25, P261
    FENG F, 1998, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V23, P599
    GENG MM, 1996, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V21, P887
    IWAKURA C, 1992, J POWER SOURCES, V38, P335
    IWAKURA C, 1993, J ALLOY COMPD, V192, P152
    KIBRIA MF, 1996, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V21, P179
    KRONBERGER H, 1996, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V21, P577
    KURIYAMA N, 1993, J ALLOY COMPD, V202, P183
    LIU BH, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V245, P132
    MATSUOKA M, 1993, J ALLOY COMPD, V192, P149
    NDZEBET E, 1995, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V20, P635
    POPOV BN, 1996, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V26, P603
    SAKAI T, 1991, J LESS-COMMON MET, V172, P1175
    WANG XL, 1990, J LESS-COMMON MET, V159, P83
    WILLEMS JJG, 1984, PHILIPS J RES S1, V39, P1
    WILLEMS JJG, 1984, PHILIPS J RES S1, V39, P3
 NR 17
 TC 3
 SN 1480-2422
 J9 J NEW MATER ELECTROCHEM SYST
 JI J. New Mat.Electrochem. Syst.
 PD JAN
 PY 1999
 VL 2
 IS 1
 BP 45
 EP 50
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Electrochemistry
 GA 283LB
 UT ISI:000085276100007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, XM
 TI On existence and uniqueness of solution of hyperbolic differential
    inclusion with discontinuous nonlinearity
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID EQUATIONS
 AB In this paper a hyperbolic differential inclusion with a discontinuous
    and nonlinear multi-valued term is studied, and the existence and
    uniqueness of its global weak solutions are obtained. We also study the
    asymptotic behavior of the solutions under suitable assumptions. (C)
    2000 Academic Press.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, XM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BREZIS H, 1971, CONTRIBUTIONS NONLIN, P101
    CARL S, 1992, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V18, P471
    CHANG KC, 1981, J MATH ANAL APPL, V80, P102
    CLARK MR, 1996, INT J MATH MATH SCI, V19, P151
    DUVAUT G, 1972, INEQUATIONS MECH PHY
    FERREIRA J, 1996, INT J MATH MATH SCI, V19, P751
    HARAUX A, 1981, LECT NOTES MATH, V841
    MACIEL AB, 1993, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V20, P745
    NAKAO M, 1978, MATH REP, V11, P117
    PANAGIOTOPOULOS PD, 1985, INEQUALITY PROBLEMS
    PANAGIOTOPOULOS PD, 1993, HEMIVARIATIONAL INEQ
    RAUCH J, 1977, P AM MATH SOC, V64, P277
    ZHANG KC, 1987, COURSE FUNCTIONAL AN
    ZHOU MQ, 1985, REAL VARIABLES FUNCT
 NR 14
 TC 2
 SN 0022-247X
 J9 J MATH ANAL APPL
 JI J. Math. Anal. Appl.
 PD JAN 15
 PY 2000
 VL 241
 IS 2
 BP 198
 EP 213
 PG 16
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 282NQ
 UT ISI:000085225300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yan, LC
    Lu, WC
    Ding, YM
    Fang, JH
    Chen, NY
    Cao, GY
    Zhu, JX
 TI Thermodynamic stability of LiFeO2 in molten carbonate fuel cell
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Letter
 AB LiFeO2, as one of candidate cathode materials or additive for molten
    carbonate fuel cell, has been found to be thermodynamically unstable in
    CO2 atmosphere at 650 degrees C (the condition of molten carbonate fuel
    cell) both by computation and experimental confirmation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Fuel Cell Technol, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Yan, LC, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR DEVAN HSH, 1987, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, P2146
    JANZ GJ, 1961, J CHEM ENG DATA, P6321
    OTA KI, 1987, 2 S MOLT CARB FUEL C, P53
    OTA KI, 1992, P 4 JAP CHIN BIL C M, P34
    PLOMP L, 1993, P 3 S MOLT CARB FUEL, P171
    SHORES D, 1993, P 3 2NT S CARB FUEL, P254
    TANIMOTO K, 1998, P FUEL CELL S, P321
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD JAN
 PY 2000
 VL 16
 IS 1
 BP 71
 EP 72
 PG 2
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 282AN
 UT ISI:000085193800015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
    Zhao, XG
 TI Spatial rotation and time-evolution operator of two-level systems
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS B
 DT Article
 ID 2-LEVEL SYSTEMS; DYNAMICS
 AB All the six kinds of rotation approach with the same form to the
    evolution problem of arbitrarily time-dependent two-level systems are
    investigated in this paper. A time-dependent two-level system can be
    viewed as a spin-1/2 system in a time-varying magnetic field. It is
    shown that for each kind of rotation approach, we can always find a
    rotating frame in which the direction of the effective magnetic field
    is fixed. This property reduces the problem of finding the
    time-evolution operator to the solution of a second-order differential
    equation. Applications are made to the J C model in quantum optics and
    the Landau-Zener model in resonance physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Inst Appl Phys & Computat Math, Beijing 100088, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Inst Theoret Phys, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 Qixiang Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ALLEN L, 1975, OPTICAL RESONANCE 2
    ERDELYI A, 1953, HIGH TRANSCENDENTAL, V2, P192
    FERNANDEZ DJ, 1997, PHYS LETT A, V236, P275
    HUANG YH, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P4171
    LANDAU L, 1932, PHYS Z SOWJETUNION, V2, P46
    MAJORANA E, 1932, NUOVO CIMENTO, V9, P43
    SAKURAI JJ, 1985, MODERN QUANTUM MECH, P171
    VITANOV NV, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P4288
    WAGH AG, 1993, PHYS REV A, V48, R1729
    WANG ZX, 1965, INTRO SPECIAL FUNCTI, P359
    ZENER C, 1932, P R SOC LOND A-CONTA, V137, P696
    ZHAO XG, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V181, P425
    ZHAO XG, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V193, P5
    ZHOU JY, 1994, PHYS REV A, V50, P1903
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9792
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS B
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. B
 PD JAN 10
 PY 2000
 VL 14
 IS 1
 BP 101
 EP 112
 PG 12
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 282JF
 UT ISI:000085214200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
 TI Derivation and transformation of variational principles with emphasis
    on inverse and hybrid problems in fluid mechanics: a systematic approach
 SO ACTA MECHANICA
 DT Article
 ID TRANSONIC FLOW; POTENTIAL FLOW; ROTOR; FORMULATION; SHOCKS
 AB A systematic approach to the derivation of variational principles (VPs)
    from the partial differential equations of fluid mechanics is suggested
    herein, consisting essentially of two major lines: (1) establishing a
    first VP via reversed deduction followed by extending it successively
    to a Family of subgeneralized VPs via a series of transformations. and
    (2) vice versa. Full advantage is taken of four powerful means - the
    functional variation with variable domain, the natural boundary/initial
    condition (BC/IC), the Lagrange multiplier, and the artificial
    interface. The occurrence of three kinds of variational crisis is
    demonstrated and methods for their removal are suggested. This approach
    has been used with great success in establishing VP-families in fluid
    mechanics with special attention to inverse and hybrid problems of flow
    in a rotating system.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Appl Maths & Mechs, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, GL, Shanghai Univ, 149 Yan Chang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHIESA P, 1987, MEDIOEVO RINASCIMENT, V1, P1
    COURANT R, 1953, METHODS MATH PHYSICS, V1
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    KOMKOV V, 1986, VARIATIONAL PRINCIPL, V1
    LIU GL, 1979, ACTA MECH SINICA, V11, P303
    LIU GL, 1980, SCI SINICA, V23, P1339
    LIU GL, 1987, TURBULENCE MEASUREME, P323
    LIU GL, 1990, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V11, P136
    LIU GL, 1993, ACTA MECH, V97, P229
    LIU GL, 1995, ACTA MECH, V108, P207
    LIU GL, 1995, INVERSE PROBL ENG, V2, P1
    LIU GL, 1995, P 6 AS C FLUID MECH, V1, P745
    LIU GL, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P71
    LIU GL, 1997, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V30, P5229
    LIU GL, 1999, P 14 INT S AIR BREAT
    LIU GL, 1999, P 4 INT S AER INT FL, V1, P29
    REDDY JN, 1986, APPL FUNCTIONAL ANAL
    TONTI E, 1984, INT J ENG SCI, V22, P1343
 NR 18
 TC 7
 SN 0001-5970
 J9 ACTA MECH
 JI Acta Mech.
 PY 2000
 VL 140
 IS 1-2
 BP 73
 EP 89
 PG 17
 SC Mechanics
 GA 284EL
 UT ISI:000085317700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, XH
    Zhu, JM
    Zhou, SH
    Li, Q
    Liu, ZG
    Ming, NB
    Meng, ZY
 TI EPMA and TEM investigations on the interdiffusion layer of the PNN/PZT
    functionally gradient piezoelectric ceramics
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID ACTUATOR
 AB The compositional profile, distribution of the phases and the ordering
    behavior in the interdiffusion layer of the PNN/PZT functionally
    gradient piezoelectric ceramics have been investigated by electron
    probe microbeam analyses (EPMA) and transmission electron microscopy
    (TEM) respectively. The results show that the thickness of the
    interdiffusion layers (d) for Ni2+, Nb5+, Ti4+ and Zr4+ ions are
    ordered as d(Ni)(2+) > d(Nb)(5+) > d(Ti)(4+) > d(Zr)(4+). It is
    demonstrated by TEM observation and selected area electron diffraction
    (SAED) patterns that a clear interface between the rhombohedral and
    pseudocubic phases exists in the interdiffusion layer. The SAED studies
    also reveal the presence of F spots along the [111] direction of the
    perovskite cubic unit cell. The origin of this superstructure is
    determined. (C) 2000 Kluwer Academic Publishers.
 C1 Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, XH, Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct,
    Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN J, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P593
    CHERRADI N, 1994, COMPOS ENG, V4, P883
    HARMER MP, 1989, FERROELECTRICS, V97, P263
    HILTON AD, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P3461
    RANDALL CA, 1990, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V29, P327
    SHANNON RD, 1976, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR A, V32, P751
    ZHU XH, 1995, J MATER SCI LETT, V14, P516
    ZHU XH, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V48, P169
    ZHU XH, 1998, J MATER SCI, V33, P1023
 NR 9
 TC 2
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD FEB
 PY 2000
 VL 35
 IS 4
 BP 1031
 EP 1036
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 279HF
 UT ISI:000085037800033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Inverse problems of determining the unknown shape of oscillating
    airfoils in compressible 2D unsteady flow via variational technique
 SO AIRCRAFT ENGINEERING AND AEROSPACE TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE flow; finite element method; inverse problems; aircraft; aerodynamics
 AB A generalized variational principle of 2D unsteady compressible flow
    around oscillating airfoils is established directly from the governing
    equations and boundary/initial conditions via the semi-inverse method
    proposed by He. In this method, an energy integral with an unknown F is
    used as a trial-functional. The identification of the unknown F is
    similar to the identification of the Lagrange multiplier. Based on the
    variational theory with variable domain, a variational principle for
    the inverse problem (given as the time-averaged pressure over the
    airfoil contour, while the corresponding airfoil shape is unknown) is
    constructed, and all the boundary/initial conditions are converted into
    natural ones, leading to well-posedness and the unique solution of the
    inverse problems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mech, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mech, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1998, APPL MATH MODEL, V22, P395
    HE JH, 1998, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V3, P176
    HE JH, 1999, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V71, P154
    HE JH, 1999, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V16, P19
    LIU GL, 1989, SCI CHINA SER A, V32, P707
    LIU GL, 1993, ACTA MECH, V99, P219
    LIU GL, 1996, ACTA AERODYNAMICA SI, V14, P1
    LIU GL, 1998, INT J HEAT FLUID FL, V9, P302
    MEAUZE G, 1982, ASME, V104, P650
 NR 10
 TC 9
 SN 0002-2667
 J9 AIRCRAFT ENG AEROSP TECHNOL
 JI Aircr. Eng. Aerosp. Technol.
 PY 2000
 VL 72
 IS 1
 BP 18
 EP 24
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 281PF
 UT ISI:000085169300003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, ZT
    Wu, PF
    Tao, YQ
    Mao, DK
 TI Calculation of magnetic entropy changes of gadolinium from
    magnetization curves
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 AB The magnetization curves of gadolinium were measured with a vibrating
    sample magnetometer, from which the function M(H, T) was obtained using
    two-step least square fitting. Then magnetic entropy changes can be
    calculated. These works can provide the perliminary information needed
    for the design of magnetic refrigerator.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Yuelong NonFerrous Met Co Ltd, Shanghai 200949, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, ZT, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BROWN GV, 1976, J APPL PHYS, V47, P3673
    CAO LF, 1986, NUMERICAL ANAL, P399
    FOLDEAKI M, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P3528
    KUHRT C, 1985, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V91, P105
    LI ZT, 1995, PROGR CHEM, V7, P140
    TISHIN AM, 1990, CRYOGENICS, V30, P127
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 1999
 VL 48
 IS 12
 SU Suppl. S
 BP S126
 EP S131
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 279XN
 UT ISI:000085070500022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Q
    Wu, Z
    Wang, LQ
 TI Nonlinear TM waves on interface of gyromagnets
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID MICROWAVE-ENVELOPE SOLITONS; IRON-GARNET FILMS; FERROMAGNETIC-FILMS;
    LIGHT; PROPAGATION; SURFACE
 AB The nonlinear behavior of transverse magnetic (TM) waves on the
    interface between an antiferromagnet and a ferromagnet is studied. The
    theoretical results show that for TM waves there exist frequency
    passband(s) and stopband(s) which can be switched into each other by
    varying the power. It is indicated that this surface waveguide may
    support backward surface waves, which have opposite group velocities to
    their phase velocities. The passbands width of forward and backward
    surface waves are about 10 GHz.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, Q, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ACEVES AB, 1989, PHYS REV A, V39, P1809
    ACEVES AB, 1990, J OPT SOC AM B, V7, P963
    AGRAWAL GP, 1989, NONLINEAR FIBER OPTI
    ALMEIDA NS, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P2015
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, OPT COMMUN, V74, P347
    BOARDMAN AD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P13602
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P1
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P14
    BOARDMAN AD, 1995, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V145, P357
    BOYLE JW, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P12173
    CHEN M, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P12773
    CHEN ZG, 1996, OPT LETT, V21, P716
    HAUS HA, 1993, IEEE SPECTRUM, V30, P48
    KALINIKOS BA, 1991, J APPL PHYS 2B, V69, P5712
    MILLS DL, 1974, REPORTS PROGR PHYSIC, V37, P817
    QI W, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P5831
    QI W, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS, V36, P22
    TRAN HT, 1992, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V28, P488
    TSANKOV MA, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P4274
    VARATHARAJAH P, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P1767
    VUKOVICH S, 1991, SOV PHYS JETP, V71, P964
    WANG Q, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P382
 NR 22
 TC 2
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 2
 BP 349
 EP 354
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 281BY
 UT ISI:000085139300033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A new perturbation technique which is also valid for large parameters
 SO JOURNAL OF SOUND AND VIBRATION
 DT Letter
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BELLMAN R, 1964, PERTURBATION TECHNIQ
    CHEUNG YK, 1991, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V26, P367
    HE JH, 1999, CHINESE J COMPUTATIO, V16, P121
    HE JH, 1999, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V178, P257
    HE JH, 1999, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V34, P699
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P37
    MICKENS RE, 1996, J SOUND VIB, V193, P747
 NR 7
 TC 15
 SN 0022-460X
 J9 J SOUND VIB
 JI J. Sound Vibr.
 PD FEB 3
 PY 2000
 VL 229
 IS 5
 BP 1257
 EP 1263
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Acoustics; Mechanics
 GA 279GH
 UT ISI:000085035700011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Q
    Wu, Z
    Li, SM
    Wang, LQ
 TI Nonlinear behavior of magnetic surface waves on the interface between
    ferromagnet and antiferromagnet
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID MICROWAVE-ENVELOPE SOLITONS; IRON-GARNET FILMS; LIGHT; PROPAGATION
 AB In this article the nonlinear frequency characteristics of the
    transverse magnetic surface waves at microwave frequencies on the
    interface between a ferromagnet and an antiferromagnet have been
    studied. The results show that the magnetic surface waves have
    passband(s) and stopband(s), which are interchangeable through the
    variation of the wave power. It is shown that the nonlinear surface
    waves excited on the interface can be backward surface waves with group
    velocities opposite to their phase velocities in direction. The
    passband widths of the forward surface waves are about five times
    larger than those of the backward surface waves in the situation. (C)
    2000 American Institute of Physics. [S0021-8979(00)00604-6].
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, Q, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ACEVES AB, 1989, PHYS REV A, V39, P1809
    ACEVES AB, 1990, J OPT SOC AM B, V7, P963
    AGRAWAL GP, 1989, NONLINEAR FIBER OPTI
    ALMEIDA NS, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P2015
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, OPT COMMUN, V74, P347
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P717
    BOARDMAN AD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P13602
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P1
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P14
    BOYLE JW, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P12173
    CHEN M, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P12773
    CHEN ZG, 1996, OPT LETT, V21, P716
    HAUS HA, 1993, IEEE SPECTRUM, V30, P48
    KALINIKOS BA, 1991, J APPL PHYS 2B, V69, P5712
    MILLS DL, 1974, REPORTS PROGR PHYSIC, V37, P817
    TRAN HT, 1992, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V28, P488
    TSANKOV MA, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P4274
    VARATHARAJAH P, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P1767
    VUKOVICH S, 1991, SOV PHYS JETP, V71, P964
    WANG Q, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P5831
    WANG Q, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V36, P22
    WANG Q, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P382
 NR 22
 TC 1
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD FEB 15
 PY 2000
 VL 87
 IS 4
 BP 1908
 EP 1913
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 278MA
 UT ISI:000084992500048
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Ma, JC
    Fan, YY
    Yu, NW
    Yang, SL
    Xiang, SH
    Zhu, DP
 TI Water modelling study of fluid flow and mixing characteristics in bath
    during AOD process
 SO IRONMAKING & STEELMAKING
 DT Article
 ID METAL
 AB The fluid flow and mixing characteristics in the bath during the
    argon-oxygen decarburisation (AOD) process have been investigated on a
    water model of an 18 t AOD vessel blown th rough two annu lar tube type
    lances of constant cross-sectional area. The geometric similarity ratio
    between the model and its prototype (including the lances) was 1 :3.
    Based on theoretical calculations of the parameters of the gas streams
    in the lances, the gas blowing rates used for the model were determined
    fairly precisely. Thus, sufficiently full kinematic similarity between
    the model and its prototype was ensured. The influence of the gas
    flowrate and the angle included between the two lances was examined.
    The results demonstrated that the liquid in the bath underwent vigorous
    circulatory motion du ring blowing, and there was no obvious dead zone
    in the bath, resulting in excellent mixing and a short mixing time. The
    gas flowrates, particularly that of the main lance, had a key influence
    on these characteristics. However, the gas jet of the sublance had a
    physical shielding effect on the gas jet of the main lance, and mixing
    efficiency could be improved by a suitable increase in the gas blowing
    rate of the sublance. The angular separation of the two lances also had
    a marked influence on the flow and mixing in the bath. An excessively
    large or small separation of the two lances would reduce the stability
    of blowing and would also be unfavourable to mixing. The optimum range
    of separation is 60-100 degrees under the conditions of the present
    work. The relationships between the mixing time and the gas blowing
    rate, the stirring energy, the modified Froude numbers for the main
    lance and sublance, the lance arrangement, etc. have been obtained.
    I&S/1413.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Metall Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Metall Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHO YW, 1986, SCANINJECT 1, V4
    FIGUEIRA RM, 1985, METALL T B, V16, P67
    GEIGER GH, 1973, TRANSPORT PHENOMENA, P244
    GORGES H, 1978, P 3 INT IR STEEL C C, P161
    IGUCHI M, 1992, SCANINJECT 1, V6, P113
    KOMAROV SV, 1996, P INT C MSMM 96 BEIJ, P113
    LEACH JCC, 1978, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V5, P107
    NAKANISHI K, 1975, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V2, P193
    SANO M, 1983, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V23, P169
    SCHWARZ MP, 1991, ISIJ INT, V30, P947
    SZEKELY J, 1984, IRON STEEL MAKER, V11, P22
    TOKUNAGA H, 1995, ISIJ INT, V35, P21
    WEI JH, 1989, CHIN J MET SCI TECHN, V5, P235
    WEI JH, 1997, P 7 NAT S COMP HEAT, P264
    ZHANG MH, 1995, P 10 NAT ANN C STAIN, P13
 NR 15
 TC 8
 SN 0301-9233
 J9 IRONMAKING STEELMAKING
 JI Ironmak. Steelmak.
 PY 1999
 VL 26
 IS 5
 BP 363
 EP 371
 PG 9
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 279NG
 UT ISI:000085050600009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
    Liu, ZR
 TI On the persistence of lower-dimensional invariant hyperbolic tori for
    smooth Hamiltonian systems
 SO NONLINEARITY
 DT Article
 ID QUASI-PERIODIC PERTURBATIONS
 AB In this paper, sufficiently smooth Hamiltonian systems with
    perturbations are considered. By combining a smooth version of the
    Kolmogorov-Arnold-Moser theorem and the theory of normally hyperbolic
    invariant manifolds, we show that under the conditions of nonresonance
    and nondegeneracy, most hyperbolic invariant tori and their stable and
    unstable manifolds survive smoothly under sufficiently smooth
    autonomous perturbation. This result can be generalized directly to the
    case of time-dependent quasi-periodic perturbations. Finally, an
    example from geometrical optics is used to illustrate our method.
 C1 Acad China, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Acad China, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing, Peoples R China.
 CR ARNOLD VI, 1963, RUSS MATH SURV, V18, P9
    CHENG CQ, 1990, CELESTIAL MECH, V47, P275
    DIEZ C, 1991, CELESTIAL MECH, V50, P13
    ELIASSON LH, 1988, ANN SC NORM SUPER S, V15, P115
    FENICHEL N, 1971, INDIANA U MATH J, V21, P193
    GRAFF SM, 1974, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V15, P1
    HOLM DD, 1991, PHYSICA D, V51, P177
    JORBA A, 1996, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V27, P1704
    JORBA A, 1997, J NONLINEAR SCI, V7, P427
    LERMAN L, 1987, SELECTA MATH SOVIETI, V6, P365
    MARSDEN JE, 1994, INTRO MECH SYMMETRY
    MOSER J, 1966, ANN SCUOLA NORM, V20, P499
    POSCHEL J, 1982, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V35, P653
    POSCHEL J, 1989, MATH Z, V202, P559
    RUDNEV M, 1997, J NONLINEAR SCI, V7, P177
    SPIVAK M, 1979, DIFFERENTIAL GEOMETR, V1
    WIGGINS S, 1994, NORMALLY HYPERBOLIC
    XIA ZH, 1992, ERGOD THEOR DYN SYST, V12, P621
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0951-7715
 J9 NONLINEARITY
 JI Nonlinearity
 PD JAN
 PY 2000
 VL 13
 IS 1
 BP 189
 EP 202
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 276TW
 UT ISI:000084894300010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhong, SS
    Yang, XX
    Gao, SC
    Ahmed, M
 TI A low-cost dual-polarized microstrip antenna array
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE microstrip antenna array; dual polarization; low cost; radiation
    patterns; S-parameters
 AB A new low-cost dual-polarized microsrip antenna array with a single
    layer is proposed. Its element is the parallel corner-fed square patch
    with two ports. The design, analysis, and experimental results of a 12
    GHz 16-element array on a 0.8 mm thick substrate are presented. Its
    measured isolation is 26.5 dB at 12 GHz and higher than 20 dB over 710
    MHz. The 2:1 VSWR bandwidth is wider than 840 MHz (7%). The theoretical
    results agree well with the experimental results. (C) 2000 John Wiley &
    Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhong, SS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BRACHAT P, 1995, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V43, P738
    CRUZ EM, 1991, ELECTRON LETT, V27, P1410
    CRYAN MJ, 1996, ELECTRON LETT, V32, P286
    DERNERYD AG, 1976, P 6 EUR MICR C, P339
    GAO SC, 1998, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V19, P214
    GAO SC, 1999, THESIS SHANGHAI U PR
    LINDMARK B, 1998, IEEE AP-S, P328
    MURAKAMI Y, 1996, IEE P-MICROW ANTEN P, V143, P119
    RICHARDS WF, 1981, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V29, P38
    ZHONG SS, 1991, MICROSTRIP ANTENNA T
 NR 10
 TC 3
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD FEB 5
 PY 2000
 VL 24
 IS 3
 BP 176
 EP 179
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 275GU
 UT ISI:000084813100009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, F
    Xu, YR
    Song, BY
    Xia, KN
 TI Substructural changes during hot deformation of an Fe-26Cr ferritic
    stainless steel
 SO METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS TRANSACTIONS A-PHYSICAL METALLURGY AND
    MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID HIGH-TEMPERATURE DEFORMATION; DYNAMIC RECRYSTALLIZATION; MICROSTRUCTURE
 AB Dynamic softening and substructural changes during hot deformation of a
    ferritic Fe-26Cr stainless steel were studied. The flow stress
    increased to reach a steady state in all the cases and the steady-state
    stress decreased with decreasing Z the Zener-Hollomon parameter. A
    constant subgrain size was observed to correspond to the
    steady-state:flow and the steady-state subgrain size increased with
    decreasing Z. Substructure examinations revealed-that elongated,
    pancake-shaped subgrains formed in the early stage of deformation.
    Straight sub-boundaries: and equiaxed subgrains developed pi-ogres
    sively with strain, leading eventually to a stable substructure at
    strains greater than 0.7. During deformation at 1100 degrees C, dynamic
    recrystallization occurred by the migration and coalescence of
    subboundaries. Dynamic recovery dominated during deformation at 900
    degrees C, resulting in the formation of fine equiaxed subgrains, Based
    on microstructural;observations, the process of substructural changes
    during hot deformation was described by a schematic-diagram.
 C1 Dalian Railway Univ, Dalian 116028, Liaoning, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Univ Melbourne, Dept Mech & Mfg Engn, Parkville, Vic 3052, Australia.
 RP Gao, F, Dalian Railway Univ, Dalian 116028, Liaoning, Peoples R China.
 CR BELYAKOV AN, 1993, PHYS MET METALLOGR, V76, P162
    BOURELL DL, 1987, J MAT SHAPING TECH, V5, P53
    CIZEK P, 1989, METALL J, V44, P94
    CIZEK P, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V230, P88
    DOHERTY RD, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V238, P219
    DRURY MR, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P2259
    GAO F, 1988, ACTA METALL SINICA, V24, B195
    GLOVER G, 1973, METALL T, V4, P765
    ION SE, 1982, ACTA METALL, V30, P1909
    JONAS JJ, 1969, MET REV, V14, P1
    KONOPLEVA EV, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V234, P826
    MAKI T, 1982, 6 INT C STRENGTH MET, P529
    MCQUEEN HJ, 1977, METALL TRANS A, V8, P807
    ROBERTS W, 1984, DEFORMATION PROCESSI, P109
    SAKAI T, 1984, ACTA METALL, V32, P189
    SCHMIDT CG, 1982, MET T A, V13, P447
 NR 16
 TC 9
 SN 1073-5623
 J9 METALL MATER TRANS A
 JI Metall. Mater. Trans. A-Phys. Metall. Mater. Sci.
 PD JAN
 PY 2000
 VL 31
 IS 1
 BP 21
 EP 27
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 274JQ
 UT ISI:000084763100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, YP
    Meng, ZY
 TI The ordered micro-domain in Ba1-xSrxTiO3 thin films and its effect on
    phase transition
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID FERROELECTRICS
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, YP, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CROSS LE, 1987, FERROELECTRICS, V76, P241
    DING YP, 1998, IN PRESS 9 INT C MOD
    GU BL, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V70, P4224
    KING G, 1988, J AM CERAM SOC, V71, P454
    RANDALL CA, 1990, J MATER RES, V5, P829
    SMOLENSKY GA, 1970, J PHYS SOC JAPAN   S, V28, P26
 NR 6
 TC 3
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD JAN
 PY 2000
 VL 19
 IS 2
 BP 163
 EP 165
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 276GR
 UT ISI:000084868500021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, JM
    Ye, ZM
 TI Application of CASs to iterative solution of nonlinear analysis of
    shallow conical shell
 SO COMPUTER METHODS IN APPLIED MECHANICS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 ID COMPUTER ALGEBRA SOFTWARE; MATHEMATICA
 AB This paper deals with the application of Computer Algebra Systems
    (CASs) - Maple V to the nonlinear analysis of shallow conical shells.
    It is shown that the nonlinear equations of the shell to the nonlinear
    problem could be solved by using the CASs method. Detailed high-order
    iterative solution expressions and analytical results or the third
    iteration are given in CASs forms. The numerical results show that the
    solutions of this paper contain other cases when the solutions were the
    second order iteration. The effects of various inner radius parameters
    have been investigated in detail. The results of the third iterative
    expressions are obtained first. It has been shown that the adoption of
    the CASs method would be useful in nonlinear problems. (C) 2000
    Published by Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, JM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yan Chang
    Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HANSEN P, 1991, MATH PROGRAM, V52, P227
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1991, ENG FRACT MECH, V38, P95
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1992, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V94, P229
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1993, COMPUT STRUCT, V47, P233
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1993, INT J COMPUT MATH, V49, P75
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1994, COMPUT STRUCT, V53, P63
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1995, COMPUT STRUCT, V55, P229
    KENNETH R, 1989, SCIENCE, V243, P679
    YE Z, 1997, MECH PRACTICE, V19, P1
    YE ZM, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P1026
    YE ZM, 1993, MECH RES COMMUN, V20, P83
    YE ZM, 1995, COMPUT STRUCT, V55, P325
    YE ZM, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V202, P303
    YE ZM, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V163, P383
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0045-7825
 J9 COMPUT METHOD APPL MECH ENG
 JI Comput. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng.
 PD JAN 7
 PY 2000
 VL 181
 IS 1-3
 BP 345
 EP 361
 PG 17
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering,
    Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 276PX
 UT ISI:000084887500014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tan, WH
    Yan, KZ
 TI Collapse and revival in the damped Jaynes-Cummings model
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID STATES; CAVITY; FIELD
 AB We present the first results for the analytic solution of the
    dissipative Jaynes-Cummings model and its application to the collapse
    and revival of atomic inversion. We find that the atomic inversion
    oscillates more and more slowly with decreasing Rabi frequency due to
    the cavity losses. At the same time, long drawn-out revivals after
    collapse are observed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Tan, WH, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BARNETT SM, 1986, PHYS REV A, V33, P2444
    BUCK B, 1981, PHYS LETT A, V81, P132
    DUAN LM, 1997, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V14, P488
    EBERLY JH, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V44, P1323
    GERRY CC, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P2857
    HAKEN H, 1970, ENCYCL PHYS, V25, P41
    JAYNES ET, 1963, P IEEE, V51, P89
    KUKLINSKI JR, 1988, PHYS REV A, V37, P3175
    RAIMOND JM, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P117
    SHAO B, 1997, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V14, P905
    YANG XX, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P186
    ZHENG SB, 1997, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V14, P273
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 12
 BP 896
 EP 898
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 272KQ
 UT ISI:000084649500014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, DZ
 TI Universal equation of photovoltage and transverse photovoltage effect
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 AB We have derived a universal equation of photovoltage using a physics
    model of photovoltage effects, which involves a p(+)-n-n(+) structure.
    Under specified condition, the equation is simplified to expressions of
    junction field photovoltage, Dem ber photovoltage and transverse
    photovoltage.
    According to the function relation between the transverse photovoltage
    and the position of light point derived from the universal equation of
    photovoltage we fabricated the position sensitive detector (PSD) with
    excellent characteristics of position sensitivity on photocurrents. The
    theory is thus proven by the successful fabrication of the PSD.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, DZ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR 1988, POSITION SENSITIVE D
    LI DZ, 1998, J SHANGHAI U, V4, P284
    PANKORE JI, 1971, OPTICAL PROCESS SEMI, P313
    QIAO D, 1980, ELECT MAT, P119
    SMITH RA, 1978, SEMICONDUCTOR CAMBRI
    SZE SM, 1981, PHYSICS SEMICONDUCTO, P74
    WOLTRING H, 1985, J IEEE T ELECT DEVIC, P581
    ZHANG YY, 1987, PHOTOELECTRONIC, P81
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JAN
 PY 2000
 VL 49
 IS 1
 BP 137
 EP 141
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 273EC
 UT ISI:000084694100029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, TS
    Hing, P
    Li, Y
    Zhang, JC
 TI Selective detection of ethanol vapor and hydrogen using Cd-doped
    SnO2-based sensors
 SO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS B-CHEMICAL
 DT Article
 DE tin dioxide; CdO doping; ethanol sensor; hydrogen sensor
 ID GAS SENSORS; WORK FUNCTION; TIN DIOXIDE; THIN-FILMS; SURFACE; SNO2;
    SENSITIVITY; CONDUCTANCE; H2S
 AB The effect of CdO doping on microstructure, conductance and gas-sensing
    properties of SnO2-based sensors has been presented in this study.
    Precursor powders with Cd/Sn molar ratios ranging from 0 to 0.5 were
    prepared by chemical coprecipitation. X-ray diffraction (XRD) analysis
    indicates that the solid-state reaction in the CdO-SnO2 system occurs
    and alpha-CdSnO3 with pervoskite structure is formed between 600 and
    650 degrees C. CdO doping suppresses SnO2 crystallite growth
    effectively which has been confirmed by means of XRD, transmission
    electron microscopy (TEM) and BET method. The 10 mol% Cd-doped
    SnO2-based sensor shows an excellent ethanol-sensing performance, such
    as high sensitivity (275 for 100 ppm C2H5OH), rapid response rate (12 s
    for 90% response time) and high selectivity over CO, H-2 and i-C4H10.
    On the other hand, this sensor has good H-2-sensing properties in the
    absence of ethanol vapor. The sensor operates at 300 degrees C, the
    sensitivity to 1000 ppm H-2 is up to 98, but only 16 and 7 for 1000 ppm
    CO and i-C4H10, respectively. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Appl Sci, Div Mat Engn, Ctr Adv Mat Res, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
    Univ Aveiro, UIMC, Dept Ceram & Glass Engn, P-3810 Aveiro, Portugal.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, TS, Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Appl Sci, Div Mat Engn, Ctr Adv
    Mat Res, Nanyang Ave, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
 CR CALDARARU M, 1996, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V30, P35
    CANTALINI C, 1994, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V18, P437
    COLES GSV, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V5, P7
    COX DF, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P2072
    FANG YK, 1989, THIN SOLID FILMS, V169, P51
    GHIOTTI G, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V24, P520
    GUTIERREZ FJ, 1992, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V8, P231
    HARA K, 1994, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V20, P181
    HYKAWAY N, 1988, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V15, P105
    JIANMING L, 1989, P INT C EL COMP MAT, P197
    KOHL D, 1989, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V18, P71
    LONG LB, 1996, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V30, P217
    MAEKAWA T, 1991, CHEM LETT, P575
    MAEKAWA T, 1992, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V9, P63
    MARTINELLI G, 1992, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V7, P717
    MATSUSHIMA S, 1989, CHEM LETT, P845
    MCALEER JF, 1987, J CHEM SOC FARAD T 1, V83, P1323
    MISHRA VN, 1994, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V21, P209
    MIZSEI J, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V4, P163
    NITTA M, 1979, J ELECTRON MATER, V8, P571
    OGAWA H, 1982, J APPL PHYS, V53, P4448
    OYABU T, 1986, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V9, P301
    PROMSONG L, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V24, P504
    SARALA G, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V28, P31
    SBERVEGLIERI G, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V5, P253
    SBERVEGLIERI G, 1992, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V8, P79
    SCHIERBAUM KD, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V3, P205
    TAKATA M, 1976, J AM CERAM SOC, V59, P4
    TALLAL NM, 1974, ELECT CONDUCTIVITY C, P380
    YAMAMOTO N, 1981, JPN J APPL PHYS, V20, P721
    YAMAZOE N, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V5, P7
 NR 31
 TC 8
 SN 0925-4005
 J9 SENSOR ACTUATOR B-CHEM
 JI Sens. Actuator B-Chem.
 PD NOV 23
 PY 1999
 VL 60
 IS 2-3
 BP 208
 EP 215
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Electrochemistry; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 269UB
 UT ISI:000084495000016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, L
    Liu, ZR
    Mao, JM
 TI Controlling hyperchaos
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID DIRECT TRAJECTORIES; CONTROLLING CHAOS; SYSTEMS; TARGETS; ORBITS; MAP
 AB For a finite-dimensional dynamical system, whose governing equations
    may or may not be analytically available, we show how to stabilize an
    unstable orbit in a neighborhood of a "fully"unstable fixed point
    (i.e., a fixed point at which all eigenvalues of the Jacobian matrix
    have modulus greater than unity). Only one of the unstable directions
    is to be stabilized via time-dependent adjustments of control
    parameters. The parameter adjustments can be optimized.
 C1 Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Suzhou Univ, Dept Math, Suzhou 215006, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Mao, JM, Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong.
 CR AUERBACH D, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P3479
    DITTO WL, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P3211
    KANEKO K, 1989, PHYSICA D, V34, P1
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    PETROV V, 1992, J CHEM PHYS, V96, P7506
    PYRAGAS K, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V170, P421
    ROMEIRAS FJ, 1992, PHYSICA D, V58, P165
    SHINBROT T, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P3215
    SHINBROT T, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P4165
    SHINBROT T, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P2863
    SINGER J, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P1123
    SO P, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P4705
 NR 12
 TC 22
 SN 0031-9007
 J9 PHYS REV LETT
 JI Phys. Rev. Lett.
 PD JAN 3
 PY 2000
 VL 84
 IS 1
 BP 67
 EP 70
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 271HJ
 UT ISI:000084587900017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, F
    Xu, Y
    Song, B
    Xia, K
 TI Thermodynamic study of the critical nucleus size for metadynamic
    recrystallisation
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING A-STRUCTURAL MATERIALS PROPERTIES
    MICROSTRUCTURE AND PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE metadynamic recrystallisation; dynamic recrystallisation; nucleation
 ID DYNAMIC RECRYSTALLIZATION; HOT-WORKING; RECOVERY
 AB On the basis of thermodynamics, it is shown that the critical nucleus
    size for metadynamic recrystallisation is smaller than that for dynamic
    recrystallisation. It follows that the nucleation rate of metadynamic
    recrystallisation is not zero. A Cr25Ti steel was hot deformed and its
    recrystallised structures were examined after delayed quench. It was
    observed that after the deformation was terminated, both the grain size
    and the subgrain size decreased at first, although the grains
    eventually coarsened at longer times. This is attributed to the
    conversion of potential embryos formed during dynamic recrystallisation
    into true nuclei in metadynamic recrystallisation. The results from the
    experiment appear to be consistent with the theoretical analysis. (C)
    2000 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Univ Melbourne, Dept Mech & Mfg Engn, Parkville, Vic 3052, Australia.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Dalian Railway Univ, Dalian, Lianoning, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, K, Univ Melbourne, Dept Mech & Mfg Engn, Parkville, Vic 3052,
    Australia.
 CR DJAIC RAP, 1973, MET T, V4, P621
    GAO F, 1988, ACTA METALL SINICA, V24, B195
    GLOVER G, 1972, METALL T, V3, P2271
    HODGSON PD, 1998, THERMEC 97, P121
    JONAS JJ, 1994, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V184, P155
    PETKOVIC RA, 1979, ACTA METALL, V27, P1633
    ROUCOULES C, 1994, METALL MATER TRANS A, V25, P389
    ROUCOULES C, 1995, MATER SCI TECH SER, V11, P548
    SAKAI T, 1988, ACTA METALL, V36, P1781
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0921-5093
 J9 MATER SCI ENG A-STRUCT MATER
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process.
 PD JAN 31
 PY 2000
 VL 277
 IS 1-2
 BP 33
 EP 37
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 271RQ
 UT ISI:000084607600005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, LY
    Li, CZ
    Gu, HC
    Fang, DY
 TI Morphology and properties of ultrafine SnO2-TiO2 coupled semiconductor
    particles
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE photocatalytic oxidation; ultrafine particle; dyeing wastewater
 ID PHOTOCATALYTIC DEGRADATION; FILMS; TIO2
 AB In this paper, a new method to synthesize ultrafine SnO2-TiO2 coupled
    particles is presented. The coupled particles are synthesized by
    homogeneous precipitation and characterized by EDS, XRD, TEM, HREM and
    BET surface area analysis. The coupled particles, pure ultrafine TiO2,
    commercial TiO2,and pure SnO2 are employed for photocatalytic
    degradation of azo dye active red X-3B in aerated solution. The results
    show that a very rapid and complete decolorization of the azo dye can
    be achieved, and the photoactivity of the coupled particles is higher
    than that of pure ultrafine TiO2 and commercial TiO2 particles, and the
    optimum loading of SnO2 on TiO2 is 18.4%. The enhanced degradation rate
    of X-3B using SnO2-TiO2 coupled photocatalysts is attributed to
    increased charge separation in these systems. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science
    S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Chem & Chem Engn, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Tech Chem & Phys, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Chem Engn, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, LY, Shanghai Univ, Coll Chem & Chem Engn, Dept Environm Sci &
    Engn, Box 59,149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BEDJA I, 1994, J PHYS CHEM-US, V98, P4133
    CHAO M, 1993, RES ENV SCI, V6, P58
    CRAIG ST, 1990, J CATAL, V122, P178
    FOTOU GP, 1996, CHEM ENG COMMUN, V251, P151
    GERISCHER H, 1991, J PHYS CHEM-US, V95, P5261
    GOPIDAS KR, 1994, J PHYS CHEM-US, V98, P3822
    HIROSHI Y, 1989, J PHYS CHEM-US, V93, P4833
    JUDIN VPS, 1993, CHEM BRIT, V29, P503
    LEGRINI O, 1993, CHEM REV, V93, P671
    SHI LY, 1998, J ECUST CH, V24, P291
    SHI LY, 1999, IN PRESS J CATAL, V20
    SPADARO JT, 1994, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V28, P1389
    TSAI SJ, 1997, CATAL TODAY, V33, P227
    VINODGOPAL K, 1996, CHEM MATER, V8, P2180
    WEI TY, 1991, IND ENG CHEM RES, V30, P1293
    ZHANG LD, 1994, FUNCTIONAL MAT, P76
 NR 16
 TC 25
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD JAN 14
 PY 2000
 VL 62
 IS 1
 BP 62
 EP 67
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 269RV
 UT ISI:000084492100009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, YJ
    Ho, SL
    Wong, HC
    Xie, GD
 TI Analytical prediction of armature-reaction field in disc-type permanent
    magnet generators
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON ENERGY CONVERSION
 DT Article
 DE disc-type machine; permanent magnet; armature reaction field;
    analytical method
 ID MOTORS
 AB A two dimensional (2D) analytical method to predict the
    armature-reaction field in the slotted opening airgap/magnet region of
    a permanent magnet (PM) disc-type generator is presented. The currents
    in the slot is modeled by a uniform distributed current sheet along an
    are at the slot opening. The analysis takes into account the harmonics
    in the armature current waveforms which are calculated from the voltage
    equations. The effects of the stator slot openings are being accounted
    for by the introduction of a 2D relative permeance function which is
    calculated directly from the nonlinear equation described,by conformal
    transformation. A more refined permeance distribution can then be
    obtained easily.
 C1 Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong.
    Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Ind Ctr, Hong Kong, Hong Kong.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, YJ, Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong
    Kong.
 CR CAMPBELL P, 1975, IEEE T MAGN, V11, P1541
    CHALMERS B, 1990, MACHINES ELECTROMAGN
    FURLANI EP, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P3660
    GU CL, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P3668
    HO SL, 1994, INT C EL MACH PAR FR, P477
    TAKANO H, 1992, IEEE T IND APPL, V28, P350
    ZHU ZQ, 1993, IEEE T MAGN, V29, P144
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0885-8969
 J9 IEEE TRANS ENERGY CONVERS
 JI IEEE Trans. Energy Convers.
 PD DEC
 PY 1999
 VL 14
 IS 4
 BP 1385
 EP 1390
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Energy & Fuels
 GA 271HV
 UT ISI:000084588900095
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ji, YF
    Ji, G
    Xiao, XS
    Dong, YD
    Ma, XM
    Wang, WH
    Zhao, DQ
 TI Fabrication of bulk glassy Zr41Ti14Ni8Cu12.5Be22.5Fe2 alloy by water
    quenching
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE bulk amorphous alloy; glass forming ability; supercooled liquid region;
    eletronegativity
 AB A glassy Zr41Ti14Ni8Cu12.5Be22.5Fe2 rod with a diameter of 9 mm was
    successfully produced by water quenching. The effects of iron addition
    on thermal stability and hardness of Zr41Ti14Ni8Cu12.5Be22.5Fe2 bulk
    amorphous alloy were investigated by XR D, DSC and microhardness test;
    It is found that the full annealing would enhance the strength of the
    alloy significantly. The cause of the increase in hardness was analyzed
    and the formation mechanisms of the bulk amorphous alloy are discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Beijing 10080, Peoples R China.
 RP Ji, YF, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHENG HC, 1985, CRYSTALLIZATION CHEM, P116
    GREER AL, 1993, NATURE, V366, P303
    INOUE A, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P866
    JOHNSON WL, 1996, MATER SCI FORUM, V225, P35
    WANG WH, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P1053
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD JAN
 PY 2000
 VL 45
 IS 1
 BP 23
 EP 27
 PG 5
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 270GE
 UT ISI:000084526400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, CS
    Zhu, JL
    Luo, WY
    Zhou, SX
 TI Measurement of fluorine pollutant in plant leaves and soil using
    nuclear reaction analysis
 SO BIOLOGICAL TRACE ELEMENT RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE fluorine pollution; nuclear reaction analysis; environment; plant
    leaves; soil
 AB In this article, the soil and the leaves of plants, parasol, cotton,
    and glossy privet around a fluorine-polluted area were taken as the
    samples, and fluorine concentration of the samples were studied using
    the nuclear reaction F-19(P,alpha)O-16, and some results were given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, CS, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Jiading Campus,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ALFASSI ZB, 1990, ACTIVATION ANAL
    DECONNINCK G, 1983, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V218, P165
    DIEUMEGARD D, 1980, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V168, P93
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0163-4984
 J9 BIOL TR ELEM RES
 JI Biol. Trace Elem. Res.
 PD WIN
 PY 1999
 VL 71-2
 BP 325
 EP 329
 PG 5
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Endocrinology & Metabolism
 GA 271TT
 UT ISI:000084610100036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU You, JL
    Wang, ZS
    Zhang, GS
    Ren, JS
    Jiang, GC
 TI Study on magnesium ionization in cathodic sputtering glow discharge
    plasma
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE glow discharge; cathodic sputtering atomizer; atomic absorption
    spectrometry; ionic absorption spectrometry; ionization degree
 ID ATOMIC-ABSORPTION SPECTROMETRY; ATOMIZATION; METALS; ALLOYS; COPPER
 AB A method, based on the Doppler broadening-dependent absorption width
    and the ionization degree measured by the ratio of relative atomic and
    ionic absorbance in cathodic sputtering glow discharge (CSGD) plasma
    with aluminum-magnesium alloys as cathodes,is proposed. The
    experimental reveals that the plentiful magnesium ions in the plasma
    under the conventional discharge conditions,of the atomizer do
    influence the analytic working curves. Corrected method is derived and
    factors which result in magnesium ionization degree are disscused.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Inst Met Res, Shenyang 110015, Peoples R China.
 RP You, JL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR *CRC, HDB CHEM PHYS
    BARSHICK CM, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P730
    BATAL A, 1981, SPECTROCHIM ACTA B, V36, P993
    BRUHN CG, 1978, ANAL CHEM, V50, P16
    CHAKRABARTI CL, 1989, SPECTROCHIM ACTA B, V44, P385
    GOUGH DS, 1976, ANAL CHEM, V48, P1926
    GRIMM W, 1968, SPECTROCHIM ACTA   B, V23, P443
    HARVILLE TR, 1993, ANAL CHEM, V65, P3636
    HASEGAWA T, 1985, SPECTROCHIM ACTA B, V40, P123
    HEADRICK KL, 1994, SPECTROCHIM ACTA B, V49, P975
    JIANSHI REN, 1984, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V4, P32
    JINGLIN Y, 1993, ANAL LETT, V26, P541
    MEHDI T, 1993, SPECTROCHIM ACTA B, V48, P1023
    MEI Y, 1993, ANAL CHEM, V65, P3337
    MITCHELL ACG, 1961, RESONANCE RAD EXCITE
    TONG SL, 1993, SPECTROCHIM ACTA B, V48, P1237
    WAGATSUMA K, 1993, SPECTROCHIM ACTA B, V48, P1039
    WEISS Z, 1993, SPECTROCHIM ACTA B, V48, P1247
    WINCHESTER MR, 1988, APPL SPECTROSC, V42, P941
    WINCHESTER MR, 1990, J ANAL ATOM SPECTROM, V5, P9
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD DEC
 PY 1999
 VL 19
 IS 6
 BP 850
 EP 853
 PG 4
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 268RY
 UT ISI:000084430400025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hassan, AKA
    Xu, DM
    Zhang, YJ
 TI Modeling and analysis of finite-flange open-ended coaxial probe for
    planar and convex surface coating material testing by FDTD method
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE curved surface testing; FDTD; error analysis; EM properties; complex
    permittivity and permeability
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Hassan, AKA, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BAKERJARVIS J, 1994, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V43, P711
    BAKHTIARI S, 1994, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V42, P2073
    BRINGHURST S, 1997, IEEE T MICROWAVE THE, V45
    COLPITTS BG, 1996, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V44, P160
    HASSAN AKA, 1999, 26 GEN ASS INT UN RA
    LAUGHE PD, 1993, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V42, P879
    MUR G, 1981, IEEE T ELECTROMAGN C, V23, P377
    NIU M, 1999, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V47, P476
    OKONIEWSKI M, 1994, IEEE ANT PROP SOC IN, V2, P1438
    TOFLOVE A, 1980, IEEE T ELECTROMAGNET, V22, P191
    XU DM, 1987, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V35, P1424
    YEE KS, 1966, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V14, P302
    ZHANG Z, 1995, J MICROWAVES CHINA, V11, P171
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD JAN 20
 PY 2000
 VL 24
 IS 2
 BP 117
 EP 120
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 268YG
 UT ISI:000084447000010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qing, AY
    Li, J
    Ren, L
    Lee, CK
    Zhong, SS
 TI Microwave imaging of multiple perfectly conducting cylinders using
    real-coded genetic algorithm
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF GEOPHYSICS-CHINESE EDITION
 DT Article
 DE microwave imaging; two-dimensional perfectly conducting objects;
    real-coded genetic algorithm; simulated annealing
 ID ELECTROMAGNETICS
 AB A novel approach for microwave imaging of two-dimensional perfectly
    conducting objects in free space using real-coded genetic algorithm is
    put forward in this paper. The shape function of each contour is
    approximated by triangular series. A set of integral equations with
    respect to the coefficients of these series are derived according to
    the boundary conditions. The imaging problem is then reformulated into
    a restrained optimization one where the variables to be optimized are
    the coefficients of the series and the cost function is defined as the
    relative error between the measured scattered electric field and the
    simulated one. Using real-coded genetic algorithm, the imaging is done
    by genetic operating iteratively. The fitness function is obtained by
    transforming and scaling the cost function using simulated annealing
    method. Tournament selection, proportional model, one-point crossover
    and elitist model are used while the mutation is done by adding a
    random purtabation item to the gene to be mutated. Numerical examples
    show the validity of this method. Compared with other inversion
    algorithms, our method is more simple, versatile and robust.
 C1 SW Jiaotong Univ, Inst Electromagnet Theory & Microwave Technol, Chengdu 610031, Peoples R China.
    Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Elect & Elect Engn, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Qing, AY, SW Jiaotong Univ, Inst Electromagnet Theory & Microwave
    Technol, POB 63, Chengdu 610031, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG GL, 1996, GENETIC ALGORITHM AP
    CHEW WC, 1990, WAVES FIELDS INHOMOG
    CHIU CC, 1992, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V40, P933
    DAVIS L, 1987, GENETIC ALGORITHM SI
    HARRINGTON RF, 1968, FIELD COMPUTATION MO
    HAUPT RL, 1995, IEEE ANTENNAS PROPAG, V37, P7
    HOLLAND JH, 1975, ADAPTION NATURAL ART
    KLEINMAN RE, 1994, RADIO SCI, V29, P1157
    MICHIELSSEN E, 1992, IEE PROC-J, V139, P413
    MOGHADDAM M, 1992, IEEE T GEOSCI REMOTE, V30, P147
    PENG ZQ, 1993, J APPL SCI, V11, P297
    QING A, 1997, J ELECTROMAGNET WAVE, V11, P259
    QING AY, 1997, THESIS SW JIAOTONG U
    QING AY, 1998, CHINESE J GEOPHYS, V41, P117
    WEILE DS, 1997, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V45, P343
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0001-5733
 J9 CHINESE J GEOPHYS-CHINESE ED
 JI Chinese J. Geophys.-Chinese Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 1999
 VL 42
 IS 6
 BP 841
 EP 848
 PG 8
 SC Geochemistry & Geophysics
 GA 268JY
 UT ISI:000084411600015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, S
    Zhou, ZQ
    Zhang, JL
    Yao, MY
    Feng, F
    Northwood, DO
 TI The application of mathematical models to the calculation of selected
    hydrogen storage properties (formation enthalpy and hysteresis) of
    AB(2)-type alloys
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF HYDROGEN ENERGY
 DT Article
 ID LAVES PHASE; ABSORPTION; HYDRIDES
 AB Two mathematical models have been applied to AB(2)-type
    hydrogen-absorbing alloys. The first model is for the calculation of
    hydride formation enthalpy and the second model allows for the
    calculation of P-C-T curves. Certain physical parameters (activity
    coefficient of hydrogen (gamma), partial molar volume of hydrogen ((V)
    over bar(H)), solution heat of hydrogen (Delta H-s), enthalpy (Delta H)
    and entropy (Delta S) of formation of a hydride, slope factor (f(s)) of
    a plateau and the variation rate (k) of slope factor with respect to
    temperature in a plateau region of P-C-T curves) for these
    intermetallic compounds and their hydrides are estimated from these
    models. From the second model, the relationship between the hysteresis
    factor (RT ln P-a/P-d) and temperature, hydrogen concentration and
    slope factor of the plateau region for the P-C-T curves has been
    obtained. (C) 1999 International Association for Hydrogen Energy.
    published by Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Ryerson Polytech Inst, Fac Engn & Appl Sci, Toronto, ON M5B 2K3, Canada.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Hydrogen Storage Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Windsor, Windsor, ON N9B 3P4, Canada.
 RP Northwood, DO, Ryerson Polytech Inst, Fac Engn & Appl Sci, 350 Victoria
    St, Toronto, ON M5B 2K3, Canada.
 CR BOUTEN PCP, 1980, J LESS-COMMON MET, V71, P147
    ESAYED A, 1993, THESIS U WINDSOR CAN
    FUJII H, 1981, J PHYS CHEM-US, V85, P3112
    FUJITANI S, 1993, Z PHYS CHEM, V179, P27
    HONG G, 1990, 1043409, CN
    LEE HH, 1993, J ALLOY COMPD, V202, P23
    LUNDIN CE, 1977, J LESS-COMMON MET, V58, P19
    MIEDEMA AR, 1980, THEORY ALLOY PHASE F, P344
    QIAN S, 1988, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V13, P25
    QIAN S, 1989, THESIS U WINDSOR CAN
    SHALTIEL D, 1977, J LESS-COMMON MET, V53, P117
    SHITIKOV V, 1984, J LESS-COMMON MET, V102, P29
    VANMAL HH, 1974, J LESS-COMMON MET, V35, P65
    WICKE E, 1984, J LESS-COMMON MET, V101, P17
    XIAO J, 1985, ALLOY ENERGY RELATIO
    YANG HW, 1995, J ALLOY COMPD, V227, P69
    ZHOU Z, 1991, MAT SCI PROGR, V5, P117
    ZHOU Z, 1993, NEW ENERGY SYSTEMS C, P79
    ZHOU ZQ, 1994, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V19, P269
 NR 19
 TC 8
 SN 0360-3199
 J9 INT J HYDROGEN ENERG
 JI Int. J. Hydrog. Energy
 PD FEB
 PY 2000
 VL 25
 IS 2
 BP 143
 EP 149
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Energy & Fuels; Environmental
    Sciences
 GA 266DT
 UT ISI:000084285900006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, Z
    Zhou, ZW
 TI On the instability in gas atomization
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE gas atomization; spray forming; instability of interfacial wave
 ID LIQUID
 AB The instability theory of fluid flow is applied in gas atomization and
    the results show that the instability of interfacial wave is the main
    cause of gas atomization. The size of the droplets and its change with
    parameters are also studied, the results are compatible with the
    experiments.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, Z, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BRADLEY D, 1973, J PHYS D, V6, P1724
    BRADLEY D, 1973, J PHYS D, V6, P2267
    GRANT NJ, 1983, J MET, V35, P20
    LAWLEY A, 1981, J MET, V33, P13
    LAWLEY A, 1993, ATOMIZATION PRODUCTI
    LUBANSKA H, 1970, J MET, V22, P45
    MA Z, 1998, ICFM, V3, P514
    MA Z, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P825
    REITZ RD, 1982, PHYS FLUIDS, V25, P1730
    SEE JB, 1978, POWDER TECHNOL, V21, P119
    UNAL A, 1987, MATER SCI TECHNOL, V3, P1029
    UNAL A, 1988, MAT SCI TECHNOL, V4, P909
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 10
 BP 1061
 EP 1066
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 266DZ
 UT ISI:000084286500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, ZY
    Cong, YH
 TI The influence of imperfections upon the critical load of structures
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE imperfections; critical load; pitchfork; universal unfolding
 AB By means of the theory of universal unfolding, the influence of
    multi-imperfections upon the critical load of structure in engineering
    is analysed in this paper. For the pitchfork problem, a lower bound of
    increments of the critical loads caused by imperfections of the
    structures is given. A simple and available numerical method for
    computing the lower bound is described.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Normal Univ, Coll Math Sci, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Math,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ARNOLD VI, 1981, LONDON MATH SOC LECT, V51
    CHOW SN, 1975, ARCH RATIONAL MECH A, V59, P159
    ELISHAKOFF I, 1988, BUCKLING STRUCTURES, P195
    GOLUBITSKY M, 1984, SINGULARITIES GROUPS, V1
    HUNT GW, 1977, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V357, P193
    IKEDA K, 1990, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V26, P865
    KIRKPATRICK SW, 1988, J ENG MECH DIV, V115, P1025
    KOITER WT, 1967, NASA TECH T F, V10, P833
    LINDBERG HE, 1988, J ENG MECH-ASCE, V114, P1144
    MUROTA K, 1991, SIAM J APPL MATH, V51, P1222
    NIWA Y, 1981, P JAPAN SOC CIVIL EN, V307, P99
    THOMSON JMT, 1973, GEN THEORY ELASTIC S
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 10
 BP 1108
 EP 1115
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 266DZ
 UT ISI:000084286500006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, LP
 TI Carbon stable isotopic composition of karst soil CO2 in central
    Guizhon, China
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES D-EARTH SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE karst area; soil CO2; carbon stable isotope
 ID UNSATURATED ZONE; DIOXIDE; RESPIRATION; CLIMATE; PLAINS; C-14
 AB The delta(13)C values of soil CO2 are less than that of atmosphere CO2
    in the karst area. On the soil-air interface, the delta(13)C vlaues of
    soil CO2 decrease with the increase in soil depth; below the soil-air
    interface, the delta(13)C values of soil CO2 are invariable. The type
    of vegetation on the land surface has an influence on the delta(13)C
    values of soil CO2. Due to the activity of soil microbes, the
    delta(13)C values of soil CO2 are variable dth seasonal change in
    grass. Isotopic tracer indicates that atmosphere CO2 has a great deal
    of contribution to soil CO2 at the lower parts of soil profile.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Geochem, State Key Lab Environm Geochem, Guiyang 550002, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, LP, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Geochem, State Key Lab Environm
    Geochem, Guiyang 550002, Peoples R China.
 CR BIRD MI, 1996, NATURE, V381, P143
    BRULSEMA TW, 1996, SOIL SCI SOC AM J, V60, P1787
    BUYANOVSKY GA, 1983, SOIL SCI SOC AM J, V47, P1139
    CERLING TE, 1984, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V71, P229
    CERLING TE, 1991, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V55, P3403
    CRAIG H, 1953, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V3, P53
    DAVIDSON GR, 1995, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V59, P2485
    DORR H, 1980, RADIOCARBON, V22, P909
    FRITZ P, 1985, CHEM GEOL, V58, P89
    HINKLE ME, 1994, APPL GEOCHEM, V9, P53
    LI B, 1996, CARSOLOGICA SINICA, V15, P41
    PANKINA RG, 1978, INT GEOL REV, V21, P535
    PINEAU F, 1983, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V62, P239
    RAICH JW, 1992, TELLUS B, V44, P81
    RAICH JW, 1995, GLOBAL BIOGEOCHEM CY, V9, P23
    REARDON EJ, 1979, J HYDROL, V43, P355
    TANS PP, 1990, SCIENCE, V247, P1431
    THORSTENSON DC, 1983, RADIOCARBON, V25, P315
    WAN GJ, 1995, CARBONATE ROCK ENV, V1
    WANG Y, 1994, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V58, P393
    WILDUNG RE, 1975, SOIL BIOL BIOCHEM, V7, P373
    WOOD WW, 1984, WATER RESOUR RES, V20, P1193
    XU SY, CARSOLOGICA SINICA, V15, P50
    XU SY, 1997, CHINESE SCI BULL, V42, P953
    YUAN D, 1993, QUATERNARY SCI, P1
    ZHENG L, 1999, DIZHI DIQIU HUAXUE, P113
 NR 26
 TC 2
 SN 1006-9313
 J9 SCI CHINA SER D
 JI Sci. China Ser. D-Earth Sci.
 PD DEC
 PY 1999
 VL 42
 IS 6
 BP 588
 EP 594
 PG 7
 SC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary
 GA 266DQ
 UT ISI:000084285700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, LH
    Zhao, QX
    Gu, HC
    Lu, YS
 TI Application of instrumented impact test for studying dynamic fracture
    property of 9Cr-1Mo-V-Nb-N steel
 SO ENGINEERING FRACTURE MECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE heat-resistant steel; dynamic fracture toughness; instrumented impact
    test; SZW
 ID REACTOR PRESSURE-VESSEL; A533 STEEL; TOUGHNESS
 AB Dynamic fracture toughness property of 9Cr-1Mo-V-Nb-N heat-resistant
    steel was studied over a broad range of temperatures from -196 to 650
    degrees C, Results show that reasonable dynamic fracture toughness
    values of 9Cr-1Mo-V-Nb-N steel can be obtained from instrumented impact
    test of precracked Charpy specimens, according to the assumption that
    crack initiation occurs at a load equal to (P-m + P-y)/2. Fractographic
    observation shows, close correspondence exists between P-D oscilloscope
    traces and fracture morphology, thus P-D traces can be used to analyse
    the fracture process of 9Cr-1Mo-V-Nb-N steel. (C) 1999 Published by
    Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Xian Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Xian 710049, Shaanxi Provinc, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, LH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR 1970, 466 ASTM STP
    1974, ASTM STP
    CHEN BY, 1990, ENG FRACT MECH, V36, P17
    CHINA R, 1992, 1130 ASTM STP
    HOLT JM, 1990, 1072 ASTM STP
    HUANG FH, 1984, TOPICAL C FERRITIC A, P337
    JAMES LA, 1985, J PRESS VESS-T ASME, V107, P271
    KALTHOFF JF, CONCEPT INPACT RESPO, V8
    KALTHOFF JF, 1986, ENG FRACT MECH, V23, P289
    KESSLER SL, 1986, 936 ASTM STP
    KOBAYASHI T, 1984, ENG FRACT MECH, V19, P49
    KOBAYASHI T, 1984, ENG FRACT MECH, V19, P67
    KOBAYASHI T, 1986, ENG FRACT MECH, V24, P773
    PUTATUNDA SK, 1986, ENG FRACT MECH, V25, P429
    SERVER WL, 1978, J TEST EVAL, V6, P29
    SREENIVASAN PR, 1996, INT J PRES VES PIP, V69, P149
    WADA H, 1996, ENG FRACT MECH, V54, P805
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 0013-7944
 J9 ENG FRACTURE MECH
 JI Eng. Fract. Mech.
 PD OCT
 PY 1999
 VL 64
 IS 3
 BP 327
 EP 336
 PG 10
 SC Mechanics
 GA 264HL
 UT ISI:000084174700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, DZ
 TI Spectral transmission and reflection of the doping semiconductor/metal
    films systems
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 AB The paper presents that the plasma frequency omega(p) of semiconductor
    films are regulated by the way of changing its doping concentration,
    which lead to high transmission. Zone of the film shift visible
    spectral rang V-omega, the semiconductor film is combined with the
    metal which thinness induced transmission frequency omega(g) locate in
    the edge of ultra violet range to compose the excellent D/M spectral
    transmission and reflection film systems. Besides, it is also necessary
    to select the most suitable combination of the thickness between the
    semiconductor and the metal films for forming the excellent transparent
    heat insulation film.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, DZ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR KARLSSON B, 1986, SPIT, V653, P148
    THI ES, 1982, THIN SOLID FILMS, V88, P99
    UTSUMI K, 1998, THIN SOLID FILMS, V334, P30
    VALKONEN E, 1984, SOL ENERGY, V32, P211
    ZHAO JQ, 1998, CHINESE J SEMICONDUC, V19, P752
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 1999
 VL 48
 IS 12
 BP 2349
 EP 2356
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 262KM
 UT ISI:000084066400031
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, ZD
 TI Experimental observation of spectral transmittance of highly
    birefringent fibre with high spin rate
 SO OPTICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE spun high-birefringent fibres; spectral transmittance; microbending loss
 ID SINGLE-MODE FIBERS; OPTICAL FIBERS; FABRICATION; PROPOSALS
 AB Spectral transmittance of spun hi-bi (highly birefringent) fibres with
    different spin rates is studied by an experimental method. It is found
    that, as the spin rate is raised to a certain high value, the
    transmittance of this kind of fibre drops down in a certain long
    wavelength band. This phenomenon of the spun type fibres is attributed
    essentially to microbending produced in the spinning-drawing processes.
    (C) 1999 Published by Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Fibre Opt, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, ZD, Shanghai Univ, Inst Fibre Opt, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BARLOW AJ, 1981, ELECTRON LETT, V17, P725
    BARLOW AJ, 1982, ELECTRON LETT, V18, P200
    BIRCH RD, 1987, ELECTRON LETT, V23, P50
    CASTELLI R, 1989, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V21, P35
    CHEN Y, 1988, J OPT SOC AM, V5, P380
    HUANG HC, MICROWAVE APPROACH H, P172
    HUANG HC, 1997, APPL OPTICS, V36, P4241
    NORMAN SR, 1979, ELECTRON LETT, V15, P309
    SOMEDA CG, 1991, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V23, P713
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0030-4018
 J9 OPT COMMUN
 JI Opt. Commun.
 PD NOV 15
 PY 1999
 VL 171
 IS 1-3
 BP 61
 EP 64
 PG 4
 SC Optics
 GA 260QE
 UT ISI:000083960700009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, XG
    Li, FS
    Li, LF
    Chou, KC
 TI Electrochemical characteristic of decarburization reaction
 SO JOURNAL OF UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY BEIJING
 DT Article
 DE melt-slag reaction; decarburization; electrochemistry; electronic
    conductor
 ID FE-C DROPLETS; REDUCTION; SLAGS
 AB The electrochemical mechanism of the reaction between Fe-C melts and
    CaO-SiO2-Al2O3-FeOx slag systems has been carried out. The experimental
    results suggest that the final content of carbon in melt increases as
    the partial oxygen pressure of gas decreases no matter whether there is
    electronic conductor or not. However, the final content of carbon in
    the system with electronic conductor:is much lower than that without
    electronic conductor. It can be deduced that the transfer ability of
    oxygen in slag is dominated by electrons. When an electronic conductor
    exists, an easy pathway for the electrons is provided and the oxygen
    transfer rate is accelerated.
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Appl Sci Sch, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Mat Sci & Engn Sch, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, XG, Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Appl Sci Sch, Beijing 100083,
    Peoples R China.
 CR LU X, 1997, S PHYS CHEM MET BEIJ, P230
    LU XG, 1998, J UNIV SCI TECHNOL B, V5, P20
    MURTHY GGK, 1993, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V20, P179
    MURTHY GGK, 1993, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V20, P191
    SASABE M, 1974, METALLURG T, V5, P2225
    WEI S, 1980, THERMODYNAMICS METAL
 NR 6
 TC 2
 SN 1005-8850
 J9 J UNIV SCI TECHNOL BEIJING
 JI J. Univ. Sci. Technol. Beijing
 PD MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 6
 IS 1
 BP 27
 EP 30
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering; Mining & Mineral Processing
 GA 262BF
 UT ISI:000084045300008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, SS
    Zhou, ZQ
    Zhang, JL
    Yao, MY
    Feng, F
    Northwood, DD
 TI Two mathematical models for the hydrogen storage properties of AB(2)
    type alloys
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Article
 DE mathematical model; hydrogen storage allay; PCT curve
 ID LAVES PHASE; ABSORPTION; BATTERIES
 AB Two semi-empirical models have been applied to AB(2) hydrogen storage
    alloys. One is concerned with the relation between formation enthalpy
    in hydriding and the atomic parameters of the alloys. The other is an
    expression for the PCT carves, which can be used for estimating some
    physical parameters of these compounds and their hydrides, calculating
    unknown PC isotherms at given temperatures and finding the relationship
    of hysteresis to temperature and hydrogen concentration. (C) 1999
    Published by Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Hydrogen Storage Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Windsor, Dept Mech & Mat Engn, Windsor, ON N9B 3P4, Canada.
 RP Fang, SS, Shanghai Univ, Inst Hydrogen Storage Mat, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ESAYED A, 1993, THESIS U WINDSOR CAN, P69
    FUJII H, 1981, J PHYS CHEM-US, V85, P3112
    GAMO T, 1980, 3RD P WORLD HYDR EN, V4, P2127
    HONG G, 1990, 1043409, CN
    HUOT J, 1995, J ALLOY COMPD, V228, P69
    LEE HH, 1993, J ALLOY COMPD, V202, P23
    LEE JH, 1995, J ALLOY COMPD, V221, P174
    QIAN S, 1988, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V13, P25
    QIAN S, 1989, THESIS U WINDSOR CAN, P106
    SHALTIEL D, 1977, J LESS-COMMON MET, V53, P117
    SHITIKOV V, 1984, J LESS-COMMON MET, V102, P29
    VANMAL HH, 1974, J LESS-COMMON MET, V35, P65
    YANG HW, 1995, J ALLOY COMPD, V227, P69
    ZHOU Z, 1991, MAT SCI PROGR, V5, P117
    ZHOU Z, 1993, NEW ENERGY SYSTEMS C, P79
    ZHOU ZQ, 1994, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V19, P269
 NR 16
 TC 11
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD DEC 20
 PY 1999
 VL 295
 BP 10
 EP 13
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 262KD
 UT ISI:000084065500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, ZQ
    Lin, GW
    Zhang, JL
    Ge, JS
    Shen, JR
 TI Degradation behavior of foamed nickel positive electrodes of Ni-MH
    batteries
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Article
 DE foamed nickel electrode; degradation behavior; phase transformation
    stress
 AB The extrusion mechanism has been demonstrated to be the major cause for
    the capacity decay of the positive electrodes during cycling. However,
    based on our SEM and EPMA observations on cycled electrodes we found
    that some active material on the foamed nickel electrodes came off into
    scales especially as the electrodes cycled at IC rate of discharge.
    This phenomena is suggested as another important cause for the capacity
    decay of positive electrodes and may be explained by the internal
    stress induced by the different volume change at the outer layer and
    the core due to phase and structure transformation during cycling. (C)
    1999 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Hydrogen Storage Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, ZQ, Shanghai Univ, Inst Hydrogen Storage Mat, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR COATES DK, 1996, 13 INT SEM PRIM SEC
    WATADA M, 5366831, US
    ZHOU ZQ, 1995, NEW TYPE FUNCTIONAL, P367
 NR 3
 TC 3
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD DEC 20
 PY 1999
 VL 295
 BP 795
 EP 798
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 262KD
 UT ISI:000084065500150
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, XH
    Zhu, JM
    Zhou, SH
    Li, Q
    Meng, ZY
    Ming, NB
 TI SAED and TEM investigations of domain structure in bismuth- and
    zinc-modified Pb(Ni1/3Nb2/3)O-3-PbTiO3-PbZrO3 ceramics at morphotropic
    phase boundary
 SO FERROELECTRICS
 DT Article
 DE electron diffraction; transmission electron microscopy; domain
    structure; ferroelectric materials; PNN-PT-PZ; morphotropic phase
    boundary
 ID PIEZOELECTRIC PROPERTIES
 AB Transmission electron microscopy and electron diffraction
    investigations of the ferroelectric domain structures in the Bi- and
    Zn-modified Pb(Ni1/3Nb2/3)O-3-PbTiO3-PbZrO3 (PNN-PT-PZ) ceramics at the
    morphotropic phase boundary (MPB) revealed the triplet splitting of
    electron diffraction spots due to the coexistence of the tetragonal
    (T-1 and T-2) and rhombohedral (R) phases at the microscopic
    Ferroelectric-domain level. The angular values formed between the
    parallel stripes in the herringbone domain pattern can be explained by
    a model of spatial domain configuration previously proposed for BaTiO3
    ceramics. A succession model of ferroelectric domain structures T-1 RT
    2RT(1)...is proposed to explain the coexistence of T and R phases
    in:the same ceramic grain at the MPB. The elastically stored energy in
    the mixed T-R wall was estimated, and its uniform distribution confirms
    this succession model.
 C1 Nanjing Univ, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct, Dept Phys, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, XH, Nanjing Univ, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct, Dept Phys,
    Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
 CR ARIT G, 1980, J APPL PHYS, V51, P4956
    BULAEVSKII LN, 1964, FIZ TVERD TELA, V5, P2329
    EDINGTON JW, 1974, PRACTICAL ELECT MICR, P80
    GOO EKW, 1981, J APPL PHYS, V52, P2940
    HANH L, 1978, JPN J APPL PHYS, V17, P637
    KITAMURA T, 1981, JPN J APPL PHYS, V20, P97
    RANDALL CA, 1987, J MATER SCI, V22, P925
    TAKAHASHI S, 1986, SENSOR TECHNOLOGY, V6, P56
    UCHINO K, 1990, THESIS XIAN JIAOTONG, V18, P42
    UCHNIO K, 1986, PIEZOELECTRIC ELECTR
    ZHIRNOV VA, 1959, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V35, P822
    ZHU XH, 1996, J MATER SCI, V31, P2171
    ZHU XH, 1997, J MATER SCI, V32, P4275
 NR 13
 TC 4
 SN 0015-0193
 J9 FERROELECTRICS
 JI Ferroelectrics
 PY 1998
 VL 215
 IS 1-4
 BP 265
 EP 276
 PG 12
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 263BC
 UT ISI:000084101900024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, PL
    Deng, CF
    Wang, LL
    Xu, MJ
 TI J/psi suppression and the effect of quark flavor kinetics
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID GLUON PLASMA; COLLISIONS
 AB The dilepton spectrum emitted in the phase transition process of an
    expanding quark gluon plasma formed in the collisions of U-238-U-238
    and W-184-W-184 at 200 GeV/(cu) is calculated by using the theoretical
    framework of relativistic hydrodynamics, including the effect of quark
    flavor kinetics, and phenomenological SU (3) string model is used in
    the calculation of the quark flavor kinetics. The calculated results
    are compared with the experimental data from the Center of European
    Research of Nucleon SPS and analysis is carried out. The results show
    that the effects of quark fragmentation and flavor kinetics cause a
    peak suppression of J/psi --> mu(+) mu(-), while the dilepton spectrum
    increases for small invariant mass. The calculated results show that
    the phenomena of suppression under the rich-baryon condition is greater
    than those under the poor-baryon conditions. Under the same conditions
    of collision, the J/psi, peak suppression produced in U-238-U-238
    collisions is greater than that in W-184-W-184 collisions.
 C1 Suzhou Railway Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Suzhou 215009, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, PL, Suzhou Railway Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Suzhou 215009, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BARZ HW, 1988, NUCL PHYS A, V484, P661
    CLEYMANS J, 1984, PHYS LETT B, V147, P186
    KAJANTIE K, 1983, NUCL PHYS B, V222, P152
    KOCH P, 1986, PHYS REP, V142, P167
    LI PL, 1999, HIGH ENERG PHYS, V23, P693
    MASERA M, 1995, NUCL PHYS A, V590, C93
    WANG LL, 1999, J COMPUT PHYS, V16, P94
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 11
 BP 800
 EP 802
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 260YA
 UT ISI:000083980000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, WP
    Huang, Q
    Guo, P
 TI Complex equations of flexible circular ring shells overall-bending in a
    meridian plane and general solution for the slender ring shells
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE flexible shells; shells of revolution; circular ring shells;
    curved-tubes; bellows
 AB Complex equations of circular ring shells and slender ring shells
    overall-bending in a meridian plane are presented based on E. L.
    Axelrad's equations of flexible shells of revolution render
    asymmetrical lending. It turns out that the equations are analogous to
    Novozhilov's equations of symmetrical ring shells, where general
    sollutions have been given by W. Z. Chien. Therefore, by analogy with
    Chien's solution, a general solution for equations of the slender ring
    shells is put forward, which can be used to salve bellow's
    overall-bending problems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, WP, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AXELRAD EL, 1976, FLEXIBLE SHELLS
    AXELRAD EL, 1987, THEORY FLEXIBLE SHEL
    BLAZEJ S, 1992, INT J MECH SCI, V34, P901
    CHIEN WZ, 1979, J TSINGHUA U, V19, P27
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V1, P305
    CHIEN WZ, 1981, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V2, P103
    HUANG Q, 1986, APPL MATH MECH, V7, P125
    HUANG Q, 1986, APPL MATH MECH, V7, P573
    ZHU WP, 1998, P 2 ICIWS 1998 SING, P477
 NR 9
 TC 6
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 9
 BP 952
 EP 959
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 261DA
 UT ISI:000083992200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, JH
    Chen, YS
    Liu, ZG
 TI The matric algorithm of Lyapunov exponent for the experimental data
    obtained in dynamic analysis
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear chaotic timeseries; Lyapunov exponent; matric algorithm
 ID TIME-SERIES; SYSTEM
 AB The Lyapunov exponent is important quantitative index for describing
    chaotic attractors. Since Wolf put up the trajectory algorithm to
    Lyapunov exponent in 1985, how to calculate the Lyapunov exponent with
    accuracy has become a very important question. Based on the theoretical
    algorithm of Zuo Binwu, the matric algorithm of Lyapunov exponent is
    given, and the results with the results of Wolf's algorithm are
    compared. The calculating results validate that the matric algorithm
    has sufficient accuracy, and the relationship between the character of
    attractor and the value of Lyapunov exponent is studied in this paper.
    The corresponding conclusions are given in this paper.
 C1 Tianjin Finance Univ, Dept Econ & Management, Tianjin 300222, Peoples R China.
    Tianjin Univ, Dept Mech, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, JH, Tianjin Finance Univ, Dept Econ & Management, Tianjin 300222,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BROWN R, 1991, PHYS REV A, V43, P2787
    ELLNER S, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V153, P357
    GENCAY R, 1992, PHYSICA D, V59, P142
    KANTZ H, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V185, P77
    MA JH, 1997, J NONLINEAR DYNAMICS, V4, P25
    NERENBERG MAH, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P7065
    SHUN GW, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V197, P287
    WOLF A, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P285
    YU QH, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V170, P29
    ZUO BW, 1995, PHYS D, V85, P485
 NR 10
 TC 3
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 9
 BP 985
 EP 993
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 261DA
 UT ISI:000083992200006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, ZZ
    Wang, DR
    Evans, DJ
 TI On the convergence of asynchronous nested matrix multisplitting methods
    for linear systems
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE solution of linear systems; asynchronous parallel iteration; matrix
    multisplitting; relaxation method; convergence
 ID ITERATIVE METHODS; PARALLEL SOLUTION; SPLITTINGS; ALGORITHM; 2-STAGE
 AB A class of asynchronous nested matrix multisplitting methods for
    solving large-scale systems of linear equations are proposed, and their
    convergence characterizations are studied in detail when the
    coefficient matrices of the linear systems are monotone matrices and
    H-matrices, respectively.
 C1 Acad Sinica, State Key Lab Sci Engn Comp, Inst Computat Math & Sci Engn Comp, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Loughborough Univ Technol, Parallel Algorithms Res Ctr, Loughborough LE11 3TU, Leics, England.
 CR BRU R, 1988, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V103, P175
    ELSNER L, 1989, NUMER MATH, V56, P283
    EVANS DJ, 1991, PARALLEL COMPUT, V17, P165
    FROMMER A, 1989, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V119, P141
    FROMMER A, 1992, NUMER MATH, V63, P345
    LANZKRON PJ, 1991, NUMER MATH, V58, P685
    NEUMANN M, 1987, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V88, P559
    OLEARY DP, 1985, SIAM J ALGEBRA DISCR, V6, P630
    ORTEGA JM, 1970, ITERATIVE SOLUTIONS
    SZYLD DB, 1992, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V13, P671
    VARGA RS, 1962, MATRIX ITERATIVE ANA
    WANG D, 1991, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V154, P473
    WANG DR, 1994, PARALLEL ALGORITHMS, V2, P173
    WANG DR, 1994, PARALLEL ALGORITHMS, V2, P209
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD NOV
 PY 1999
 VL 17
 IS 6
 BP 575
 EP 588
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 259FT
 UT ISI:000083884400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, DY
    Cao, JY
    Huang, YP
    Gong, L
    Chen, XL
    Chen, EH
    Xu, B
 TI Comparison of some antineoplastic drugs on inhibiting thrombin
    catalizing fibrinogen clotting in vitro
 SO CHINESE MEDICAL JOURNAL
 DT Article
 DE fibrin; fibrinogen; antineoplastic drugs; neoplasm metastasis
 ID TUMOR; COAGULATION
 AB Objective To classify the effect of thrombin, the key enzyme which
    enables fibrinogen to form fibrin (fibrinogen clotting) on the
    formation of metastasis by comparing the inhibition of some
    antineoplastic drugs on fibrinogen clotting in vitro.
    Methods Time intervals of different drugs to reach a maximum OD (340
    nm) data in fibrinogen solution added with thrombin were used in this
    work.
    Results It was found that L-4-oxalysine (8-40 mu g/ml) and arabinosyl
    cytosine (10-50 mu g/ml) could inhibit the effect of thrombin by
    extending the fibrinogen clotting time to 100% - 150% (P< 0.001) and
    61% -100% (P < 0.001) while the other antimetastatic drugs razoxane,
    probimane, adriamycin, harringtonine homoharringtonine and
    alpha-anordrin at the treatment concentrations showed no such activity.
    The positive rate of drugs to thrombin activity was approximately 25%.
    Conclusion It suggests that L-4-oxalysine and arabinosyl cytosine may
    even exhibit antimetastatic effect through thrombin-fibrinogen pathway,
    and thrombin might operate in tumor metastasis for only limited step
    but crutial to fibrin formation in tumor nodules.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Mat Med, Dept Pharmacol, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
    Cent Hosp Jing An Dist, Dept Oncol, Shanghai 200040, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, DY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR COSTANTINI V, 1992, CANCER METAST REV, V11, P283
    DVORAK HF, 1983, CANCER METAST REV, V2, P41
    GUNJI Y, 1988, CANCER RES, V48, P5216
    LU DY, 1994, HENAN MED RES, V3, P4
    LU DY, 1995, ACTA PHARMACOL SINIC, V16, P187
    POGGI A, 1977, CANCER RES, V37, P272
    YUE XF, 1982, ACTA PHARMACOL SINIC, V3, P124
    YUE XF, 1985, ACTA PHARMACOL SINIC, V6, P198
    ZACHARSKI LR, 1981, MALIGNANCY HEMOSTATI, P113
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0366-6999
 J9 CHIN MED J
 JI Chin. Med. J.
 PD NOV
 PY 1999
 VL 112
 IS 11
 BP 1052
 EP 1053
 PG 2
 SC Medicine, General & Internal
 GA 258WZ
 UT ISI:000083863800033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, HQ
    Harko, T
    Cheng, KS
 TI Quantum cosmology with a nonlinear Born-Infeld type scalar field
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS D
 DT Article
 DE Born-Infeld type scalar field; quantum cosmology
 ID WAVE-FUNCTION; UNIVERSE; STATE
 AB A quantum model of gravitation interacting with a Born-Infeld type
    nonlinear scalar field phi is considered. The corresponding
    Wheeler-DeWitt equation can be solved analytically for both large and
    small phi-over-dot. In the extreme limits of small and large
    cosmological scale factors the wave function of the Universe can also
    be obtained by applying the methods developed by Vilenkin and Hartle
    and Hawking. An inflationary Universe is predicted with the largest
    possible vacuum energy and the largest interaction between the
    particles of the nonlinear scalar field.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, HQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR BOILLAT G, 1998, J MATH PHYS, V40, P1
    BORN M, 1934, PROC R SOC LON SER-A, V144, P425
    DEOLIVEIRA HP, 1995, J MATH PHYS, V36, P2988
    DESER S, 1998, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V15, P135
    DEWITT BS, 1967, PHYS REV, V160, P1113
    FANG LZ, 1986, INT J MOD PHYS D, V4, P887
    FEIGENBAUM JA, 1998, PHYS REV D, V5801, P24023
    GRADSHTEYN IS, 1983, TABLE INTEGRALS SERI
    GRISHCHUK LP, 1988, PHYS LETT B, V208, P369
    GRISHCHUK LP, 1990, PHYS LETT B, V234, P9
    HARTLE JB, 1983, PHYS REV D, V28, P2960
    HAWKING SW, 1984, NUCL PHYS B, V239, P257
    HAWKING SW, 1985, PHYS REV D, V32, P2489
    HAWKING SW, 1986, NUCL PHYS B, V264, P185
    HEISENBERG W, 1952, Z PHYS, V133, P79
    LUKAS A, 1995, PHYS LETT B, V347, P13
    LYONS GW, 1992, PHYS REV D, V46, P1546
    PALATNIK D, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V432, P287
    TSEYTLIN AA, 1986, NUCL PHYS B, V276, P391
    VILENKIN A, 1983, PHYS REV D, V27, P2848
    VILENKIN A, 1984, PHYS REV D, V30, P509
    VILENKIN A, 1985, NUCL PHYS B, V252, P141
    VILENKIN A, 1986, PHYS REV D, V33, P3560
    VILENKIN A, 1988, PHYS REV D, V37, P888
    VILENKIN A, 1994, PHYS REV D, V50, P2581
 NR 25
 TC 8
 SN 0218-2718
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS D
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. D
 PD OCT
 PY 1999
 VL 8
 IS 5
 BP 625
 EP 634
 PG 10
 SC Astronomy & Astrophysics
 GA 256NL
 UT ISI:000083731400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Liu, RD
    Huang, TH
 TI Chemistry and applications of phosphonium and arsonium ylides - XXVI.
    Synthesis of arsonium ylides containing perfluoroalkyl group and study
    on their hydrolysis
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE arsonium ylide; hydrolysis;
    4-perfluoroalkyl-6-(alpha-furyl)-2-pyranone; methyl
    4-(alpha-furoyl)-3-perfluoroalkyl-3-butenoates
 ID ELEMENTO-ORGANIC COMPOUNDS; METHYL 2-PERFLUOROALKYNOATES;
    STEREOSELECTIVE SYNTHESIS; 6TH GROUPS; ARSORANE; 5TH
 AB In the presence of K2CO3, reaction of (alpha - furoyl)methyl -
    arsoniumbromide(1) with methyl 2-perfluoroalkynoates(2) in methylene
    chloride at 0 similar to 5 degrees C afforded the adduct - methyl 4 -
    (alpha furoyl) - 2 - triphenylarsoranylidene - 3 - perfluoroalkyl - 3 -
    butenoates(3) in high yield. Hydrolysis of 3 in V(CH3OH): V(H2O) = 9:1
    methanolic solution at room temperature, 70 degrees C and 120 degrees C
    in a sealed tube respectively, 4 - perfluoroalkyl - 6 - (alpha - furyl)
    - 2 - pyranones(4) and methyl 4 - (alpha - furoyl) 3 - perfluoroalkyl -
    3 - butenoates(5) were obtained in excellent yield. Compounds 4 and 5
    could be separated by column chromatography. 5 is a mixture of Z - and
    E - isomers which couldn't be separated by column chromatography, but
    the ratio of Z - and E - isomers could be estimated by H-1 NMR. The
    catalytic hydrolysis of compound 3 with silica gel and the mechanisms
    for the formation of products are also discussed in this paper.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples
    R China.
 CR *GIB FDN, 1972, CARB FLUOR COMP CHEM
    BANKS RE, 1982, PREPARATION PROPERTI
    CAO WG, 1998, J FLUORINE CHEM, V91, P99
    CAO WG, 1999, J FLUORINE CHEM, V95, P135
    DING WY, 1986, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V44, P255
    DING WY, 1986, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V44, P62
    DING WY, 1987, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V45, P47
    DING WY, 1987, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, P435
    DING WY, 1991, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V49, P284
    DING WY, 1991, J CHEM SOC PERK  JUN, P1369
    DING WY, 1992, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V8, P224
    HUANG YZ, 1979, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V37, P47
    STOLL A, 1933, HELV CHIM ACTA, V16, P703
    TAO WT, 1983, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, P129
    XU ML, 1982, YAOXUE XUEBAO, V17, P905
 NR 15
 TC 2
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PY 1999
 VL 57
 IS 11
 BP 1270
 EP 1276
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 257LT
 UT ISI:000083783900015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, H
    Shi, YM
 TI Antiresonances modulated by magnetic flux in an Aharonov-Bohm ring
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 ID FANO RESONANCES; QUANTUM-WELL; SEMICONDUCTORS; TRANSMISSION; TRANSPORT;
    PHASE; HETEROSTRUCTURES; OSCILLATIONS; INTERFERENCE; IMPURITIES
 AB With or without an inserted quantum dot or an attached side resonator,
    the transmission behavior of an Aharonov-Bohm (AB) ring Is investigated
    in the framework of quantum waveguide theory in the complex-energy
    plane. The calculated results show that the AB ring possesses
    antiresonances in the conductance and several kinds of transmission
    poles in the complex-energy plane. Piercing the ring, magnetic flux
    causes a series of crossovers among zero-pole pairs. zero-double-pole
    pairs, peak-double-pole pairs, and peak-pole pairs. With the inserted
    quantum dot or attached side resonator in one of its arms, the ring
    produces complicated behaviors in conductance: some of the poles are
    split into more than two parts. A kind of deformed Fano resonance is
    found in the conductance of the AB ring with the attached resonator.
    (C) 1999 Published by Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, H, Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR BELITSKY VI, 1997, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V9, P5965
    BELLANI V, 1996, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V97, P459
    BOYKIN TB, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P12769
    BUTTIKER M, 1984, PHYS REV A, V30, P1982
    CERDEIRA F, 1973, PHYS REV B, V8, P4734
    CHO SY, 1996, INT J MOD PHYS B, V10, P3569
    CHOI T, 1998, INT J MOD PHYS B, V12, P2091
    DEO PS, 1998, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V107, P69
    FANO U, 1961, PHYS REV, V124, P1866
    GLUTSCH S, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P17009
    KO DYK, 1988, SEMICOND SCI TECH, V3, P791
    KUNZE C, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P13410
    MASCHKE K, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P2646
    MELLITI A, 1998, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V105, P747
    RYU CM, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P3572
    SHAO ZA, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P7453
    SHI YM, 1999, IN PRESS PHYS REV B
    TEKMAN E, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P9098
    TEKMAN E, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P2553
    TING DZY, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P7281
    WEI LF, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P128
    WU CH, 1991, PHYS REV B, V43, P5012
    XIA JB, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P3593
 NR 23
 TC 2
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD OCT 25
 PY 1999
 VL 262
 IS 1
 BP 76
 EP 82
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 251ZY
 UT ISI:000083477300012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mao, JM
    Liu, ZR
    Cao, YL
 TI Constructing new periodic exact solutions of evolution equations
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 AB For the nonlinear Schrodinger equation, the Korteweg-de Vries equation,
    and the modified Korteweg-de Vries equation, periodic exact solutions
    are constructed from their stationary periodic solutions, by means of
    the Backlund transformation. These periodic solutions were not written
    down explicitly before to our knowledge. Their asymptotic behavior when
    t-->-infinity is different from that when t-->infinity. Near t=0, the
    spatial-temporal pattern can change abruptly, and rational solitons can
    appear randomly in space and time. They correspond to new types of
    "homoclinic orbits" due to different asymptotic behaviors in time.
    [S1063-651X(99)01310-0].
 C1 Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Suzhou Univ, Dept Math, Suzhou 215006, Peoples R China.
 RP Mao, JM, Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Clearwater Bay,
    Kowloon, Hong Kong.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    AKHMEDIEV NN, 1997, SOLITONS NONLINEAR P
    CROSS MC, 1993, REV MOD PHYS, V65, P851
    HERMAN W, 1985, WAVE MOTION, V7, P283
    HERMAN W, 1989, J PHYS A, V22, P241
    HERMAN W, 1990, J PHYS A, V23, P4805
    KHATER AH, 1988, COMPUT MATH APPL, V17, P1379
    KHATER AH, 1989, ASTROPHYS SPACE SCI, V162, P151
    KHATER AH, 1997, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P1901
    KONNO K, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P1652
    LI C, 1997, INVARIANT MANIFOLDS
    LI Y, 1996, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V49, P1175
    LI Y, 1997, J NONLINEAR SCI, V7, P211
    MALFLIET W, 1991, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V24, P5499
    MCLAUGHLIN DW, 1996, DYN REPORT, V5, P190
    OVLVER PJ, 1986, APPL LIE GROUPS DIFF
    ROGERS C, 1982, BUCKLUND TRANSFORMAT
    WEISS J, 1983, J MATH PHYS, V24, P522
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 1063-651X
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD OCT
 PY 1999
 VL 60
 IS 4
 PN Part A
 BP 3589
 EP 3596
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 250XD
 UT ISI:000083414800022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, YM
    Chen, H
 TI Transport through an Aharonov-Casher ring with a quantum gate
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW B
 DT Article
 ID BOHM OSCILLATIONS; MESOSCOPIC RINGS; GEOMETRIC PHASE; BERRY PHASE; DOT;
    SYSTEMS; EVOLUTION; CURRENTS
 AB We study the oscillations of the conductance through an Aharonov-Casher
    (AC) ring with a quantum gate by using one-dimensional quantum
    waveguide theory. The compact formula of the transmission probability
    for the ring-stub system in the presence of the spin-orbit interaction
    and magnetic flux is obtained under the condition of weak Zeeman
    coupling. The formula shows that the competition between AC and
    Aharonov-Bohm phases dominates the transport behavior. The stub as a
    phase modulator also controls the oscillations of the conductance in
    the ring. The perfect reflection condition is obtained. The numerical
    results show that the phase shift between g(up arrow)(alpha) and g(down
    arrow)(alpha) increases with the magnetic field and the spin-dependent
    conductances have parity relation g(up arrow)(- phi) = g(down
    arrow)(phi). [S0163-1 829(99)03639-5].
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, YM, Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR AHARONOV Y, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P1593
    ARONOV AG, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P343
    BERRY MV, 1984, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V392, P45
    BRUDER C, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P114
    BUKS E, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P4664
    CHEN H, 1998, INT J MOD PHYS B, V12, P1729
    CHOI T, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, P4825
    DEO PS, 1996, MOD PHYS LETT B, V10, P787
    GRIFFITH S, 1953, T FARADAY SOC, V49, P345
    HACKENBROICH G, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P110
    LOSS D, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P1655
    LOSS D, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P13544
    MEAD CA, 1992, REV MOD PHYS, V64, P51
    QIAN TZ, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P2311
    QIAN TZ, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P4605
    ROTH LM, 1959, PHYS REV, V114, P90
    SHAPERE A, 1989, GEOMETRIC PHASE PHYS
    WU J, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1952
    XIA JB, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P3593
    YACOBY A, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P4047
    YEYATI AL, 1995, PHYS REV B, V52, P14360
    YI YS, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P10631
    ZHU JX, 1997, Z PHYS B CON MAT, V102, P153
 NR 23
 TC 2
 SN 0163-1829
 J9 PHYS REV B
 JI Phys. Rev. B
 PD OCT 15
 PY 1999
 VL 60
 IS 15
 BP 10949
 EP 10952
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 251CT
 UT ISI:000083427600077
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Essa, AA
    Xu, KX
    Zhou, SP
    Bao, JS
 TI Non-equilibrium microwave response of YBa2Cu3O7-delta granular thin
    films under magnetic fields
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA-OVERSEAS EDITION
 DT Article
 ID SUPERCONDUCTORS; TRANSITION; RADIATION
 AB Microwave responses of YBa2Cu3O7-delta (YBCO) granular film have been
    studied at the microwave frequency of 30.5 GHz. In the absence of a
    magnetic field the dependence of a normal microwave response on the
    bias current is observed at a temperature close to T-c. When a magnetic
    field ranged from 5.0 mT to 33.0 mT is applied, the responses broaden
    and shift toward a lower temperature. In the superconducting state, the
    responses were found to be highly dependent on the magnetic field. For
    the current equal to 5.0 mA and a magnetic field above 17.0 mT the
    response increases and did not vanish even at a very low temperature,
    the fact is believed to be correlated to the anisotropic character of
    the structure.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Essa, AA, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR AFANASYEV AS, 1989, IEEE T MAGN, V25, P2571
    AMBEGAOKAR V, 1978, PHYS REV LETT, V40, P783
    BOONE BG, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P2676
    CHANG K, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P7316
    CHERN JD, 1993, IEEE T APPL SUPERCON, V3, P2128
    CULERTSON JC, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P9609
    ENOMOTO Y, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V59, P3808
    JUNG G, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V54, P2355
    KOSTERLITZ JM, 1973, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V6, P1181
    LI Q, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P3086
    MARTIN S, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P677
    PHONG LN, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V74, P7414
    ROSE K, 1975, APPL SUPERCONDUCTIVI
    SROM U, 1989, IEEE T MAGN, V25, P1315
    VADLAMANNATI S, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P7094
    YING QY, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P2242
    YOSHISATO Y, 1990, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V29, P1080
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 1004-423X
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-OVERSEAS ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.-Overseas Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 1999
 VL 8
 IS 11
 BP 860
 EP 868
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 251BT
 UT ISI:000083425300010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tan, WH
    Yan, KZ
 TI A general approach to the Bose-Einstein condensation of neutral atoms
    with repellent interaction
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID TRAP; GAS
 AB In this paper a general approach to the Bose-Einstein condensation of
    neutral atoms with repellent interaction is presented. Especially in
    the case of free atoms (V=0) with repellent interaction, an exact
    solution for the atom's wave function, can be derived, and therefore
    the calculation of atom's Bose-Einstein condensation is completed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Tan, WH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRAMOWITZ M, 1965, HDB MATH FUNCTIONS F, P567
    ANDERSON MH, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P198
    BOGOLIUBOV NN, 1947, J PHYS USSR, V11, P23
    BRADLEY CC, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P1687
    CHOU TT, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P4257
    CHOU TT, 1997, PHYS REV A, V55, P1179
    DAVIS KB, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P3969
    EINSTEIN A, 1924, SITZBER PREUSS AKAD, P261
    EINSTEIN A, 1925, SITZBER PREUSS AKAD, P3
    FETTER AL, 1972, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V70, P67
    HUANG K, 1957, PHYS REV, V105, P767
    LANDAU LD, 1958, QUANTUM MNECH, P55
    WANG ZX, 1956, INTRO STAT PHYSICS, P279
 NR 13
 TC 4
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 1999
 VL 48
 IS 11
 BP 1983
 EP 1991
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 251CA
 UT ISI:000083426000005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cai, YC
 TI On a diophantine inequality involving prime numbers (III)
 SO ACTA MATHEMATICA SINICA-ENGLISH SERIES
 DT Article
 DE prime; inequality; exponential sum
 AB Let 1 < c <,. In the present paper it is proved that there exists a
    number N(c) > 0 such that for each real number N > N(c) the inequality
    \p(1)(c) + p(2)(c) + p(3)(c) - N\ < N-1/C(11/10 - C) log(c1) N is
    solvable in prime numbers p(1),p(2),p(3), where cl is some absolute
    positive constant. 1991MR Subject Classification 11M.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Cai, YC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CAI YC, IN PRESS DIOPHANTINE
    CAI YC, 1996, ACTA MATH SINICA, V39, P733
    GRITSENKO SA, 1987, MAT ZAMETKI, V39, P625
    HEATHBROWN DR, 1982, CAN J MATH, V34, P1365
    JIA CH, 1992, SCI SIN A, V22, P812
    KARATSUBA AA, 1983, PRINCIPLES ANAL NUMB
    PIATETSKISHAPIR.II, 1952, MAT SBORNIK, V30, P105
    TITCHMARSH EC, 1986, THEORY RIEMANN ZETA
    TOLEV DI, 1990, THESIS MOSCOW U
    TOLEV DI, 1992, ACTA ARITH, V61, P289
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1000-9574
 J9 ACTA MATH SIN-ENGLISH SERIES
 JI Acta. Math. Sin.-English Ser.
 PD JUL
 PY 1999
 VL 15
 IS 3
 BP 387
 EP 394
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 252NR
 UT ISI:000083508000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
 TI Simple syntheses of polysubstituted arenes via acyclic precursors
 SO PHOSPHORUS SULFUR AND SILICON AND THE RELATED ELEMENTS
 DT Article
 DE phosphorane; polysubstituted arene; perfluoroalkynoate; acyclic
    precursor
 ID FACILE SYNTHESIS
 AB Summarizes the syntheses of polysubstituted arenes containing
    perfluoroalkyl group(s) via acyclic precursors.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BANKS RE, 1979, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    CAO WG, 1997, J FLUORINE CHEM, V81, P153
    CAO WG, 1997, J FLUORINE CHEM, V83, P21
    DING WY, 1987, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V28, P81
    DING WY, 1992, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P635
    DING WY, 1993, CHINESE J CHEM, V11, P81
    DING WY, 1993, J CHEM SOC P1, P855
    DING WY, 1995, CHINESE J CHEM, V13, P468
    MANN J, 1987, CHEM SOC REV, V16, P381
    MCCLINTON MA, 1992, TETRAHEDRON, V48, P6555
    WELCH JT, 1987, TETRAHEDRON, V43, P3123
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1042-6507
 J9 PHOSPHOR SULFUR SILICON
 JI Phosphorus Sulfur Silicon Relat. Elem.
 PY 1999
 VL 146
 BP 705
 EP 708
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear
 GA 249EW
 UT ISI:000083320800177
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, Z
    Zhou, ZW
 TI The energy criterion of minimum equivalent diameter in gas atomization
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE gas atomization; capillary potential energy; equivalent diameter
 ID LIQUID
 AB Gas atomization has been studied by using energy method in this paper.
    It shows that the capillary potential energy of the atomization
    droplets is supplied by the impingement of the gas on the liquid. The
    energy criterion of the minimum equivalent diameter of the atomization
    droplets is obtained. The result is comparable to the empirical
    formulae.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, Z, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BRADLEY D, 1973, J PHYS D, V6, P1724
    LAWLEY A, 1981, J MET, V33, P13
    LAWLEY A, 1993, ATOMIZATION PRODUCTI
    LUBANSKA H, 1970, J MET, V22, P45
    MATHUR P, 1991, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V142, P261
    REITZ RD, 1982, PHYS FLUIDS, V25, P1730
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD AUG
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 8
 BP 825
 EP 829
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 248JC
 UT ISI:000083270500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tang, YM
 TI On the stability of general Navier-Stokes type equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE gradue; l-simple; unstable equation
 AB In this paper, by proving that the equations discussed here are
    l-simple (l greater than or equal to 1) by stratification theory, the
    unstability of the equations is proved. And the un-uniqueness of the
    solution of forced dissipative non-linear system equations in
    atmospheric dynamics is used as an illustration for the result.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Tang, YM, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN DD, 1996, APPL MATH MECH, V17, P541
    CHEN DD, 1996, APPL MATH MECH, V17, P541
    CHOU J, 1990, NEW DEV ATMOSPHERIC
    CHOU JF, 1990, NEW DEV ATMOSPHERIC
    EHRESMANN C, 1953, C TOPOLOGIE GEOMETRI, P97
    EHRESMANN C, 1953, C TOPOLOGIE GEOMETRI, P97
    HADAMARD J, 1964, THEORIE EQUATIONS DE
    MARCHONK G, 1980, METHODE CALCUL NUMER
    MARCHONK G, 1980, METHODS CALCUL NUMER
    SHI WH, 1996, J SHANGHAI U, V2, P355
    SHIH WS, 1992, SOLUTIONS ANAL QUELQ
    SHIH WS, 1995, IHES M
    SHIH WS, 1995, IHES M, V95
    SHIN SA, 1994, SATURATION SATABILIT
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD AUG
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 8
 BP 888
 EP 894
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 248JC
 UT ISI:000083270500007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Tang, ZJ
    Sun, WY
    Wang, PL
 TI Phase diagram prediction of the Al2O3-SiO2-La2O3 system
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID REGULAR SOLUTION MODEL; GLASSES
 AB Rare earth oxide systems Al2O3-La2O3 and SiO2-La2O3 were
    thermodynamically assessed and optimized with the substitution model.
    The obtained model parameters and Gibbs free energy of line compounds
    and pure components were applied to the prediction of the liquidus
    surface and isothermal sections of Al2O3-SiO2-La2O3 system.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, L, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ARAMAKI S, 1962, J AM CERAM SOC, V45, P229
    BONDAR IA, 1964, IAN SSSR KH, V5, P785
    CINIBULK MK, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P2037
    DU Y, 1992, CALPHAD, V16, P221
    ERBE EM, 1990, J AM CERAM SOC, V73, P2708
    FRITSCHE ET, 1967, J AM CERAM SOC, V50, P167
    HILLERT M, 1970, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V24, P3618
    HILLERT M, 1992, CALPHAD, V16, P193
    HILLERT M, 1992, CALPHAD, V16, P199
    HIROSAKI N, 1988, J AM CERAM SOC, V71, C144
    HUANG JG, 1993, B CERAM, V6, P50
    HYATT MJ, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P283
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P35
    KLUG FJ, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P750
    KOHLI JT, 1991, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V32, P67
    LI C, 1987, B CERAM, V10, P34
    LI L, 1995, P 8 NAT S PHAS DIAGR, P125
    LI L, 1997, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V38, P323
    LI L, 1999, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V40, P126
    MIZUNO M, 1974, YOGYO-KYOKAI-SHI, V82, P631
    PELTON AD, 1986, METALL TRANS B, V17, P805
    ROLIN M, 1965, REV HAUTES TEMP REFR, V2, P182
    SUN G, 1991, J CHIN RARE EARTH EL, V9, P128
    SUNDMAN B, 1981, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V42, P297
    TOROPOV NA, 1961, IAN SSSR KH, V5, P740
    TOROPOV NA, 1962, T INT CER C 8 COP, P87
    WU P, 1992, J ALLOY COMPD, V179, P259
    YAMAGUCHI O, 1985, J AM CERAM SOC, V68, C44
 NR 28
 TC 2
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD SEP
 PY 1999
 VL 15
 IS 5
 BP 439
 EP 443
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 246WV
 UT ISI:000083188600011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, HX
    Fang, DF
 TI Asymptotic behaviour of population-size-dependent branching processes
    in Markovian random environments
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PROBABILITY
 DT Article
 DE Markov chains in random environments; branching models; extinction
    probabilities
 AB A population-size-dependent branching process {Z(n)} is considered
    where the population's evolution is controlled by a Markovian
    environment process {xi(n)}. For this model, let m(k,theta) and
    sigma(k,theta)(2) be the mean and the variance respectively of the
    offspring distribution when the population size is k and a environment
    theta is given. Let B = {omega : Z(n)(omega) = 0 for some n} and q =
    P(B). The asymptotic behaviour of lim(n) Z(n) and lim(n)
    Z(n)/Pi(i=0)(n-1)m(xi n) is studied in the case where sup(theta)
    /m(k,theta) - m(theta)/ --> 0 for some real numbers {m(theta)} such
    that inf(theta) m(theta) > 1. When the environmental sequence {xi(n)}
    is a irreducible positive recurrent Markov chain (particularly, when
    its state space is finite), certain extinction (q = 1) and non-certain
    extinction (q < 1) are studied.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Yueyang Normal Coll, Dept Math, Yueyang 414000, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, HX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ATHREYA KB, 1971, ANN MATH STAT, V42, P1499
    COGBURN R, 1980, ANN PROBAB, V8, P908
    COGBURN R, 1984, Z WAHRSCHEINLICHKEIT, V66, P109
    FUJIMAGARI T, 1976, KODAI MATH SEM REP, V27, P11
    KLEBANER FC, 1984, ADV APPL PROBAB, V16, P30
    KLEBANER FC, 1984, J APPL PROBAB, V21, P40
    VIAUD DPL, 1994, J APPL PROBAB, V31, P22
    WANG HX, 1999, J APPL PROBAB, V36, P146
 NR 8
 TC 4
 SN 0021-9002
 J9 J APPL PROBAB
 JI J. Appl. Probab.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 36
 IS 2
 BP 611
 EP 619
 PG 9
 SC Statistics & Probability
 GA 248PD
 UT ISI:000083283200024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
 TI A general variational theory of multipoint inverse design of 2-D
    transonic cascades based on an artificial flow-oscillation model
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 AB In order to ensure favorable aerodynamic performance of cascades not
    only at the nominal design point but also at other off-design points, a
    novel variational theory of multipoint inverse design of 2-D transonic
    cascades is developed herein, in which along each of the segments of
    the cascade airfoil contour the pressure (or velocity) distribution is
    specified at a corresponding angle of attack. For this purpose an
    artificial flow-oscillation concept is suggested to simulate the
    multipoint design problem of steady flow. As a result, a family of
    variational principles (VP) for the multipoint inverse problem is
    derived, in which all free boundaries/interfaces such as the unknown
    airfoil shape, the shocks and trailing vortex sheets are handled by
    means of the powerful variable-domain variation of the functional. This
    theory is capable of extending to hybrid problems as well as to fully
    3-D and/or rotational flows.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, GL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BRESLIN JP, 1994, HYDRODYNAMICS SHIP P, P103
    DOWELL EH, 1988, APPL MECH REV, V41, P299
    DULIKRAVICH GS, 1992, J AIRCRAFT, V29, P1020
    EPPLER R, 1979, J SHIP RES, V23, P209
    EPPLER R, 1980, TM80210 NASA
    EPPLER R, 1985, J SHIP RES, V29, P30
    EPPLER R, 1990, AIRFOIL DESIGN DATA
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    JAMESON A, 1985, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V51, P467
    LIU GL, 1987, 871426 AIAA
    LIU GL, 1990, EXPT COMPUTATIONAL A, P128
    LIU GL, 1992, ACTA MECH, V95, P117
    LIU GL, 1993, P INT C AER OCT BEIJ, P82
    LIU GL, 1995, INVERSE PROBL ENG, V2, P1
    LIU GL, 1996, ACTA AERODYNAMICA SI, V14, P1
    LIU GL, 1998, IN PRESS ACTA MECH
    LIU GL, 1998, INVERSE PROBL ENG, P391
    LIU GL, 1998, P 3 INT C FLUID MECH, P809
    NAKAZAKI M, 1986, J KANSAI SOC NAVAL A
    NIXON D, 1989, PROGR ASTRONAUTICS A, V120
    POLING DR, 1986, AIAA J, V24, P193
    SELIG MS, 1992, AIAA J, V30, P1162
    SHEN YT, 1981, J SHIP RES, V25, P191
 NR 23
 TC 1
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 3
 BP 141
 EP 148
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 247CZ
 UT ISI:000083204200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LS
    Zhao, XH
    Fu, MF
 TI The simple shear oscillation and the restrictions to elastic-plastic
    constitutive relations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE objective rates; elastic-plastic constitutive relation; simple shear
    oscillation
 ID FINITE
 AB Based on the definitions of hardening, softening and ideal plastic
    behavior of elastic-plastic materials in the true stress tensor space,
    the phenomena of simple shear oscillation are shown to be relative to
    the oscillatory occurrence of hardening and softening behavior of
    elastic-plastic materials, namely the oscillation of hardening
    behavior, by analyzing a simple model of rigid-plastic materials with
    kinematical hardening under simple shear deformation. To make the
    models of elastic-plastic materials realistic, must be satisfied the
    following conditions: for any constitutive model, its response stresses
    to any continuous plastic deformation must be non-oscillatory, and
    there is no oscillation of hardening behavior during the plastic
    deformation.
 C1 Univ Nanchang, Inst Engn Mech, Nanchang 330029, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LS, Univ Nanchang, Inst Engn Mech, Nanchang 330029, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AGAHTEHRANI A, 1987, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V35, P519
    CASEY J, 1984, Q J MECH APPL MATH, V37, P231
    CASEY J, 1988, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V102, P351
    CHEN LS, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P476
    DIENES JK, 1979, ACTA MECH, V32, P217
    MINFU F, 1995, FINTIE DEFORMATION F, P20
    NAGTEGAAL JC, 1982, P WORKSH PLAST MET F, P56
    NEMATNASSER S, 1983, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V50, P1114
    SZABO L, 1989, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V25, P279
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 6
 BP 593
 EP 603
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 248FL
 UT ISI:000083264400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, GX
    Liu, ZR
 TI On radii of absorbing sets for Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE K-S equation; uniform estimate; absorbing set
 AB In this article sharper estimates on the radii of absorbing sets for
    the Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equation are given. It is proved that radii of
    absorbing sets will decay to Zero as the coefficient of viscosity tends
    to a certain critical value, which is more reasonable in the physical
    sence compared with classical results.
 C1 Peking Univ, Dept Math, Beijing 100871, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, GX, Peking Univ, Dept Math, Beijing 100871, Peoples R China.
 CR COLLET P, 1993, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V152, P203
    GOODMAN J, 1994, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V47, P293
    KEVREKIDIS IG, 1990, SIAM J APPL MATH, V50, P760
    KURAMOTO Y, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V54, P687
    LICOLAENKO B, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P155
    MICHELSON DM, 1977, ACTA ASTRONAUT, V4, P1206
    SIVASHINSKY GI, 1977, ACTA ASTRONAUT, V4, P1177
    SIVASHINSKY GI, 1980, PROG THEOR PHYS, V63, P2112
    WANG GX, 1996, THESIS SUZHOU U
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUL
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 7
 BP 729
 EP 738
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 247WU
 UT ISI:000083244600003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, L
    Zhang, TJ
    Cui, K
    Dong, YD
 TI Reduction of copper oxide with graphite by mechanical alloying
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 ID MECHANOCHEMICAL REDUCTION; SYSTEM; COMBUSTION
 AB The reduction of CuO with different amounts of C (CuO:C = 2:1, 2:1.5,
    and 2:2 molar ratios) driven by mechanical alloying was examined by
    x-ray diffraction and transmission electron microscopy. It was found
    that reduction behaviors are closely related to the carbon content. The
    reduction of CuO for the mixture with 1 mol of carbon follows a
    two-step process; i.e.. CuO --> Cu --> Cu2O. However, the CuO can be
    completely converted to Cu for the mixtures with higher carbon content.
    A tentative model in terms of solid-state reactions at the interfaces
    is proposed to explain the effect of carbon content. Additionally, the
    thermal responses of the premilled mixtures were investigated by
    thermogravity and differential thermal analysis followed by x-ray
    identification. Contrary to mechanical alloying, reduction of CuO
    during thermal treatment follows a transition sequence of CuO -- Cu2O
    --> Cu. The preferential formation of Cu2O at the early annealing stage
    is probably due to the involvement of gaseous reduction.
 C1 Huazhong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, State Key Lab Plast Forming Stimulat & Die & Moul, Wuhan 430074, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, L, Huazhong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, State Key Lab
    Plast Forming Stimulat & Die & Moul, Wuhan 430074, Peoples R China.
 CR BENJAMIN JS, 1970, METALL T, V1, P2943
    BRANDES A, 1983, SMITHELLS METALS REF
    CHEN Y, 1997, METALL MATER TRANS A, V28, P115
    ECKERT J, 1990, Z METALLKD, V81, P862
    FECHT HJ, 1990, J APPL PHYS, V67, P1744
    GILMAN PS, 1983, ANNU REV MATER SCI, V13, P279
    KOCH CC, 1983, APPL PHYS LETT, V43, P1017
    LIU L, 1993, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V2, P463
    LIU L, 1995, ACTA METALL MATER, V43, P3755
    MAGINI M, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P3969
    MCCORMICK PG, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P161
    MORRIS DG, 1991, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V134, P1481
    POLITIS C, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V60, P1147
    SCHAFFER GB, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V55, P45
    SCHAFFER GB, 1990, J MATER SCI LETT, V9, P1014
    SCHAFFER GB, 1990, METALL TRANS A, V21, P2789
    SCHAFFER GB, 1992, METALL TRANS A, V23, P1285
    WEAST RC, 1988, HDB CHEM PHYSICS
    XU J, 1996, J APPL PHYS 1, V79, P3935
    YANG H, 1993, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V107, P258
    YANG H, 1994, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V110, P136
    YANG H, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V32, P681
 NR 22
 TC 2
 SN 0884-2914
 J9 J MATER RES
 JI J. Mater. Res.
 PD OCT
 PY 1999
 VL 14
 IS 10
 BP 4062
 EP 4069
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 246KV
 UT ISI:000083163700034
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Weng, PF
 TI Investigation of separated flow around a curved air intake
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 AB This paper presents the investigation of two-dimensional separated now
    in and around a submerged curved intake by experiment and computation.
    Elliptic Navier-Stokes equations are employed which are discreted in
    body-fitted coordinate system by the SIMPLE method. The results show
    that a now separation near and behind the inlet exists and the duct now
    is distorted. Comparison between the calculations and experimental data
    is fairly satisfactory.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Weng, PF, Campus Box 189,149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR AUIEHLA F, 1982, ICAS824811
    GUO RW, 1983, AERONAUTICAL Q, V32, P130
    HUANG XJ, 1987, INT AVIATION, V7, P19
    JENKINS RC, 1991, AIAA J, V29, P401
    PATANKAR SV, 1980, NUMERICAL HEAT TRANS
    THOMPSON JF, 1985, NUMERICAL GRID GENER
    YU SMC, 1993, J I ENG, V33, P15
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 2
 BP 71
 EP 77
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 244YB
 UT ISI:000083077400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, C
    Zhang, HS
    Qiu, ZG
 TI Fast analysis of crankshaft bearings with a database including shear
    thinning and viscoelastic effects
 SO TRIBOLOGY TRANSACTIONS
 DT Article
 DE database; hydrodynamic lubrication; journal bearing; non-Newtonian
    lubricants; internal combustion engine
 ID JOURNAL BEARINGS
 AB Database consists of nondimensional data of load capacity, maximum
    pressure and its position, flow and power loss factors obtained by
    solving the full 2-D Reynolds equation including the effect of oil feed
    features of 360 degrees, 180 degrees grooves and a single oil hole.
    Aided by the database, dynamically loaded journal bearings are analyzed
    without solving the Reynolds equation. The database is interpolated
    linearly. The fluids shear thinning and elasticity are characterized by
    the power law and Maxwell models. The solutions given by the present
    method are almost identical to the expensive FDM solution, and the CPU
    time consumed in the former cases almost can be neglected as compared
    to the latter cases.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Res Inst Bearings, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Appl Mech, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, C, Shanghai Univ, Res Inst Bearings, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BOOKER JF, 1965, T ASME             D, V87, P537
    BOOKER JF, 1969, ASME, V91, P534
    BOOKER JF, 1971, ASME, V93, P168
    CONWAYJONES JM, 1990, P 17 LEEDS LYON S TR, P33
    GOENKA PK, 1984, ASME, V106, P429
    GOENKA PK, 1984, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V106, P421
    JONES GJ, 1982, P 9 LEEDS LYON S TRI, P83
    JONES GJ, 1983, P 9 LEEDS LYON S TRI
    PARANJPE RS, 1992, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V114, P736
    RASTOGI A, 1990, J RHEOL, V34, P1337
    ZHANG C, 1995, CHINESE INTERNAL COM, V16, P69
    ZHANG C, 1995, P INT TRIB C, P975
    ZHONGGANG F, 1995, LUBR ENG, V5, P12
 NR 13
 TC 2
 SN 1040-2004
 J9 TRIBOL TRANS
 JI Tribol. Trans.
 PD OCT
 PY 1999
 VL 42
 IS 4
 BP 922
 EP 928
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 243MN
 UT ISI:000083002000033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KX
    Essa, AA
    Bao, JS
 TI Non-ohmic dissipation in granular YBCO films with microwave radiation
 SO PHYSICA C
 DT Article
 DE granular superconductivity; microwave absorption; K-T transition
 ID YBA2CU3O7-DELTA THIN-FILMS; PHOTORESPONSE; SUPERCONDUCTORS
 AB The evidence for nonequilibrium response to microwave radiation (37
    GHz) from YBa2Cu3O7-delta (YBCO) granular films is presented in this
    paper. The experimental results show that the microwave response always
    occurs within the "tail" region in R-T curves. The measurements of the
    I-V characteristics suggest that the dissipation below the G-L mean
    field transition temperature T-co can be described in terms of the
    Kosterlitz-Thouless (K-T) transition model, Based on the measurements
    with a weak magnetic field. we propose that the origin of the
    nonequilibrium microwave response in granular YBCO films may be related
    with the photon-vortex interaction process. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, KX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BATLOGG BJ, 1997, J SUPERCOND, V10, P583
    CULBERTSON JC, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P9609
    ENOMOTO Y, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V59, P3807
    FLORY AT, 1983, PHYS REV B, V28, P5075
    FORRESTER MG, 1989, IEEE T MAGN, V25, P1327
    GEVSHENZON EM, 1991, IEEE T MAGN, V27, P1321
    HEGMANN FA, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P16023
    HEGMANN FA, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P285
    HERTER ST, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P1154
    KADIN AM, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V57, P2847
    KADIN AM, 1990, J APPL PHYS, V68, P5741
    KADIN AM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P3193
    KADOWAKI K, 1994, SUPERCOND SCI TECH, V7, P519
    KOSTERLITZ JM, 1973, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V6, P1181
    STROM U, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P4059
    VECHTEN DV, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P1415
    YESHURUN Y, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P2202
    YING QY, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P2242
 NR 18
 TC 1
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD AUG 20
 PY 1999
 VL 321
 IS 3-4
 BP 258
 EP 262
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 243NP
 UT ISI:000083004400015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, HP
    Wong, PL
    Zhang, ZM
 TI An EHL analysis of an all-metal viscoelastic high-pressure seal
 SO JOURNAL OF TRIBOLOGY-TRANSACTIONS OF THE ASME
 DT Article
 AB An EHL (elasto-hydrodynamic lubrication) analysis of art all-metal
    viscoelastic high-pressure seal is presented. The fluid flow is assumed
    to be laminar and isothermal, and its inertial effect is neglected.
    Deformation of the cylinder and plunger is governed by Lame's formula
    for a thick-walled cylinder. The pressure-viscosity and
    pressure-density relationships of a working fluid are assumed to
    satisfy the Burus and Dowson-Higginson formulas, respectively. The
    leakage rate of the seal decreases almost exponentially with an
    increase in the working pressure, while its minimum film thickness can
    remain at about seventy percent of its nominal value at high working
    pressures. The radial stiffness increases significantly with an
    increase in the working pressure, i.e., stable operations of the seal
    can be expected.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong.
    Shanghai Univ, Bearing Res Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, HP, Univ Penn, Dept Mech Engn & Appl Mech, Philadelphia, PA 19104
    USA.
 CR BRIDGMAN P, 1953, PHYSICS HIGH PRESSUR
    HARRIS HD, 1972, ASME, V94, P335
    JOHANNESSON HL, 1983, INFLUENCE PLUNGER EC, P13
    KAMAL MM, 1968, ASME, V90, P412
    ROARK JR, 1975, FORMULAS STRESS STRA, P504
    WANG NM, 1970, ASME, V92, P310
    WONG PL, 1997, WEAR, V210, P104
    XU H, 1991, 1084, CN
    XU H, 1991, THESIS ACAD MACHINE
    XU H, 1994, CHINESE J MECH ENG, V7, P148
    XU H, 1995, P 22 LEEDS LYON S TR
    XU HP, 1994, TRIBOL T, V37, P767
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0742-4787
 J9 J TRIBOL-TRANS ASME
 JI J. Tribol.-Trans. ASME
 PD OCT
 PY 1999
 VL 121
 IS 4
 BP 916
 EP 920
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 243WY
 UT ISI:000083021500040
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hua, JD
    Liu, YF
    Hu, J
    Wang, QQ
    Gong, ZB
    Guo, XZ
 TI Thermal phase transition of poly(N-propionylethyleneimine) hydrogel
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED POLYMER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE poly(N-propionylethyleneimine); lower critical solution temperature;
    hydrogels; interpenetrating polymer network polymer
 ID GELS
 AB This article presents the preparation of the hydrogel of
    poly(N-propionylethyleneimine) and its interpenetrating polymer network
    (IPN) hydrogel containing polyacrylamide by means of gamma-ray
    radiation and a study of the phase transition temperature of these
    hydrogels. As a result, the hydrogel of the crosslinked
    poly(N-propionylethyleneimine) exhibited swelling below and shrinking
    above the phase transition temperature (about 61 degrees C), as well as
    the lower critical solution temperature (LCST) of the liner
    polymer-water system. The experiment also showed that the LCST of the
    IPN hydrogel could be adjusted by the incorporation of the second
    component polyacrylamide. (C) 1999 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Hua, JD, Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat & Engn, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BAE YH, 1989, J CONTROL RELEASE, V9, P271
    DONG LC, 1986, J CONTROL RELEASE, V4, P223
    DONG LC, 1990, J CONTROL RELEASE, V13, P21
    FREITAS RFS, 1987, SEPAR SCI TECHNOL, V22, P911
    FRELTAS RFS, 1987, CHEM ENG SCI, V42, P79
    HIROKAWA Y, 1984, AIP C P PHYS CHEM PO, V107, P203
    HIROKAWA Y, 1984, J CHEM PHYS, V81, P6379
    HOFFMAN AS, 1986, J CONTROL RELEASE, V4, P213
    KISHI R, 1993, J INTEL MAT SYST STR, V4, P533
    OSADA Y, 1975, MAKROMOL CHEM, V176, P2761
    PARK TG, 1990, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V35, P152
    PARK TG, 1990, J BIOMED MATER RES, V24, P21
    TANAKA T, 1978, PHYS REV LETT, V40, P820
 NR 13
 TC 2
 SN 0021-8995
 J9 J APPL POLYM SCI
 JI J. Appl. Polym. Sci.
 PD DEC 5
 PY 1999
 VL 74
 IS 10
 BP 2457
 EP 2461
 PG 5
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 242GH
 UT ISI:000082931800014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
    Wu, ZC
 TI Variational formulation of inverse shape design problem of heat
    conductors in an image plane and finite element solutions
 SO INVERSE PROBLEMS IN ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE variational principles; heat conduction; finite element method
 AB Using an image plane introduced previously by Liu [4] the original
    shape design problem of heat conduction is transformed into the one
    with known boundary and a pair of complementary variational principles
    (VP) for it with complicated boundary conditions are established in
    terms of the heat stream function and the temperature function
    respectively. Based upon these VP some finite element solutions to the
    shape design problem of heat conduction are presented. Finally, a very
    interesting invariance rule of inverse problem solutions with respect
    to the temperature-dependent conductivity is identified and numerically
    demonstrated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Met Coll, Shanghai 200233, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, GL, Shanghai Univ, 149 Yan Chang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CARSLAW HS, 1986, CONDUCTION HEAT SOLI
    CRANK J, 1984, FREE MOVING BOUNDARY
    DULIKRAVICH GS, 1988, APPL MECH REV, V41, P270
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    KOZDOBA LA, 1982, METHODS SOLUTION INV
    LIU GL, 1987, NUM METHODS THERMAL, V5, P284
    LIU GL, 1989, NUM METHODS THERMAL, V6, P1712
    LIU GL, 1990, EXPT COMPUTATIONAL A, P128
    LIU GL, 1997, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V30, P5229
    RAMM AG, 1986, INVERSE PROBL, V2, L19
    STANITZ JD, 1952, TN2593 NACA
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1068-2767
 J9 INVERSE PROBL ENG
 JI Inverse Probl. Eng.
 PY 1999
 VL 7
 IS 4
 BP 385
 EP 408
 PG 24
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 242VJ
 UT ISI:000082962100004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, SH
    Li, YZ
 TI Pumped-storage capacity discount and its effect on capacity planning
 SO ELECTRIC POWER SYSTEMS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE pumped-storage plant; probabilistic operation simulation; capacity
    discount; capacity benefits; planning
 AB Pumped-storage plants can play important roles in several aspects, its
    capacity planning is increasingly of great interest, especially in
    China. The subject of this paper is an investigation of effect of
    pumped-storage capacity discount on its capacity planning. The
    probabilistic formulation and cause analysis of pumped-storage capacity
    discount are presented. Case studies for a real power system in China
    are also discussed. The insight gained from these studies will be
    useful in pumped-storage development planning. (C) 1999 Elsevier
    Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Automat Sch, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, SH, Shanghai Univ, Automat Sch, POB 9,149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN HH, 1991, P INT C HYDR DENV, P1186
    KANDIL MS, 1990, IEE P C, V137, P298
    LEE BY, 1987, IEEE T POWER SYST, V2, P486
    MALIK AS, 1991, P INT C ADV POW SYST, P379
    STASCHUS K, 1990, I ELECT ELECT ENG IE, V5, P531
    YEN MS, 1993, P INT C ADV POW SYST, P578
    YEN MS, 1997, ELECTR POW SYST RES, V42, P63
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0378-7796
 J9 ELEC POWER SYST RES
 JI Electr. Power Syst. Res.
 PD OCT 1
 PY 1999
 VL 52
 IS 1
 BP 43
 EP 49
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 243QQ
 UT ISI:000083009100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
    Guo, JH
 TI A variable-domain variational formulation of inverse problem I-A of 2-D
    unsteady transonic flow around oscillating airfoils
 SO ACTA MECHANICA
 DT Article
 AB The present paper carries out, for the first time, a detailed
    theoretical investigation on the inverse problem in unsteady
    aerodynamics. Special attention is paid to finding proper ways of
    problem-posing and mathematical formulation. To demonstrate the basic
    idea, only an inverse problem of type I-A of unsteady transonic flow
    with shocks around oscillating airfoils is studied herein. II has been
    formulated by a family of variational principles (VP) with variable
    domain, in which all unknown boundary (airfoil contour) and
    discontinuities (shocks and free trailing vortex sheets) are handled
    (captured) via the functional variation with variable domain. As a
    result, almost all boundary- and interface-conditions have been
    converted into natural ones. Thus, a rigorous theoretical basis for
    unsteady airfoil design and Finite element (FE) applications is
    provided. On the basis of these variational principles developed in
    this paper, a method using new self-deforming finite element is
    suggested for the numerical realization of the variable-domain
    variation of the functional and a numerical example is given. Its
    suitability and effectiveness are demonstrated by the numerical results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, GL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang
    Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR *AGARD FLUID DYN P, 1990, AGARDCP463
    CHYU WJ, 1981, AIAA J, V19, P684
    DULIKRAVICH GS, 1991, P INT C INV DES CONC
    FINLAYSON BA, 1970, METHODS WEIGHTED RES, P336
    GUO JH, 1993, P 1 INT C AER BEIJ, P75
    HAFEZ MM, 1979, AIAA J, V17, P838
    HE H, 1993, P 2 INT C FLUID MECH, P359
    LIU G, 1986, ASME, V108, P252
    LIU GL, 1987, AIAA871426
    LIU GL, 1989, P 5 INT S UNST AER A, P76
    LIU GL, 1990, EXPT COMPUTATIONAL A, P128
    LIU GL, 1992, ACTA MECH, V95, P117
    LIU GL, 1993, P 2 INT C FLUID MECH, P438
    LIU GL, 1995, INVERSE PROBL ENG, V2, P1
    LIU GL, 1997, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V30, P5229
    LIU GL, 1998, P 3 INT C FLUID MECH, P809
    POLING DR, 1986, AIAA J, V24, P193
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0001-5970
 J9 ACTA MECH
 JI Acta Mech.
 PY 1999
 VL 137
 IS 3-4
 BP 195
 EP 209
 PG 15
 SC Mechanics
 GA 244DA
 UT ISI:000083035500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, Y
    Zhang, JC
    Gu, F
    Sao, J
    Yan, JK
    Wu, WB
 TI Preparation and spectroscopic properties of C-60-toluene derivative
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE C-60; C-60 - toluene derivative; photoluminescence
 AB A C-60 - toluene derivative is prepared by reaction of C-60 with
    toluene in the presence of a proper catalyst. According to the UV and
    H-1 NMR spectra, the structure of the product and the reaction
    mechanism are discussed. Comparison of the PL spectrum of the
    derivative and C-60; shows that the derivative has increased PL
    phenomena at 460nm at room temperature.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, Y, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR EGUCHI S, 1995, FULLERENES ADDUCTS S
    FOWLER PW, 1990, J CHEM SOC FARADAY T, V86, P2073
    GANG GU, 1995, PROGR PHYSICS, V15, P319
    GUO ZX, 1998, PROG CHEM, V10, P1
    HARE JP, 1991, CHEM PHYS LETT, V177, P394
    HUANG S, 1993, FUNCTIONAL POLYM, V6, P371
    OLAH GA, 1991, J AM CHEM SOC, V113, P9387
    TAYLOR R, 1992, J CHEM SOC CHEM 0501, P667
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PY 1999
 VL 57
 IS 9
 BP 1034
 EP 1037
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 243BY
 UT ISI:000082978300015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, TS
    Hing, P
    Zhang, JC
    Kong, LB
 TI Ethanol-sensing characteristics of cadmium ferrite prepared by chemical
    coprecipitation
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE cadmium oxide; alpha-Fe2O3; cadmium ferrite; ethanol sensor;
    coprecipitation
 ID SEMICONDUCTOR GAS SENSORS; ELECTRICAL-PROPERTIES; TIN OXIDE; HUMIDITY
    SENSORS; SNO2; CO; SENSITIVITY; SELECTIVITY; CONDUCTANCE; ADDITIVES
 AB The microstructure, electrical property and gas-sensing characteristics
    of complex compounds in the CdO-Fe2O3 system have been investigated.
    Raw powder with Cd/Fe = 1:2 was prepared by chemical coprecipitation
    method. The results from thermal gravimetric-differential thermal
    analysis and X-ray diffraction measurement indicate that decomposition
    of CdCO3 takes place from 350 to 500 degrees C, and the solid reaction
    in CdO-Fe2O3 system starts at 570 degrees C; the completion of this
    reaction is up to 800 degrees C. Single phase of CdFe2O4 is composed of
    spheroidic grains with narrow size distribution between 50 and 150 nm.
    Sample calcined at 650 degrees C consists of smaller grains with
    different shape and sizes due to the presence of three phases, i.e.,
    CdFe2O4, CdO and alpha-Fe2O3. The sensors based on Cd-Fe complex oxides
    show a high sensitivity and selectivity to C2H5OH gas over CO, H-2 and
    i-C4H10. The sensor made of 650 degrees C sample operates at 380
    degrees C, and its sensitivity to 200 ppm C2H5OH gas is up to 90, but
    its sensitivity to 1000 ppm H-2, CO or i-C4H10 are only 7.5, 4 and 5,
    respectively. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Appl Sci, Div Mat Sci, Ctr Adv Mat Res, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Elect & Elect Engn, Ctr Microelect, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
 RP Zhang, TS, Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Appl Sci, Div Mat Sci, Ctr Adv Mat
    Res, Nanyang Ave, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
 CR ALBANESE G, 1992, J MATER SCI, V27, P6146
    BEHR G, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V26, P33
    CALDARARU M, 1996, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V30, P35
    CANTALINI C, 1993, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V15, P193
    CAROTTA MC, 1998, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V48, P270
    COLES GSV, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V3, P7
    DAWSON DH, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V26, P76
    FANG YK, 1989, THIN SOLID FILMS, V169, P51
    GIBER J, 1994, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V18, P113
    GUSMANO G, 1993, BRIT CERAM T, V92, P104
    GUSMANO G, 1993, J MATER SCI, V28, P6195
    HYKAWAY N, 1988, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V15, P105
    JIANMING L, 1989, P INT C EL COMP MAT, P197
    KUDO S, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V23, P219
    LANTTO V, 1987, SURF SCI, V192, P243
    LEE DD, 1987, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V12, P441
    MAEKAWA T, 1991, CHEM LETT, P575
    MAEKAWA T, 1992, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V9, P63
    MATSUSHIMA S, 1989, CHEM LETT, P845
    MCALEER E, 1971, DISCUSS FARADAY SOC, V52, P239
    MCALEER JF, 1987, J CHEM SOC FARAD T 1, V83, P1323
    NITTA M, 1979, J ELECTRON MATER, V8, P571
    PROMSONG L, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V24, P504
    SARALA G, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V28, P31
    SAYAGO I, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V26, P19
    SCHIERBAUM KD, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V3, P205
    TAKATA M, 1976, J AM CERAM SOC, V59, P4
    TETERYCZ H, 1998, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V47, P100
    TOURNIER G, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V26, P24
    WOLSKA E, 1992, SOLID STATE IONICS, V51, P231
    YAMAMOTO N, 1981, JPN J APPL PHYS, V20, P721
    YAMAZOE N, 1986, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V10, P379
    YAMAZOE N, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V5, P7
    YOKOYAMA M, 1996, J APPL PHYS, V80, P1015
 NR 34
 TC 2
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD NOV 1
 PY 1999
 VL 61
 IS 3
 BP 192
 EP 198
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 241MQ
 UT ISI:000082887500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Homotopy perturbation technique
 SO COMPUTER METHODS IN APPLIED MECHANICS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE perturbation techniques; homotopy; nonlinearity
 AB The homotopy perturbation technique does not depend upon a small
    parameter in the equation. By the homotopy technique in topology, a
    homotopy is constructed with an imbedding parameter p epsilon [0, 1],
    which is considered as a "smalI parameter". Some examples are given.
    The approximations obtained by the proposed method are uniformly valid
    not only for small parameters, but also for very large parameters. (C)
    1999 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR HE JH, 1997, COMM NONLINEAR SCI N, V2, P230
    HE JH, 1998, INT C VIBR ENG 98 DA
    LIAO SJ, 1995, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V30, P371
    LIAO SJ, 1997, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V20, P91
    LIN CC, 1974, MATH APPL DETERMINIS
    NAYFEH AH, 1981, INTRO PERTURBATION T
    WANG YB, 1986, INTRO PERTURBATION T
 NR 7
 TC 45
 SN 0045-7825
 J9 COMPUT METHOD APPL MECH ENG
 JI Comput. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng.
 PD AUG 3
 PY 1999
 VL 178
 IS 3-4
 BP 257
 EP 262
 PG 6
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering,
    Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 239YN
 UT ISI:000082798300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, MH
    Bao, BR
    Chen, J
    Xu, YJ
    Zhao, SR
    Ma, ZT
 TI Preparation of thermosensitive hydrogel (PP-g-NIPAAm) with one-off
    switching for controlled release of drugs
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID INTERPENETRATING POLYMER NETWORKS
 AB A novel thermosensitive hydrogel with high mechanical strength was
    obtained by grafting N-isopropylacrylamide (NIPAAm) onto polypropylene
    using a preirradiation grafting method. The effect of radiation dose,
    dose rate, grafting temperature and reaction time on the grafting
    degree and properties of swelling-deswelling is discussed. Water
    absorption of the grafted polypropylene film could be switched on and
    off swiftly by control of temperature. The microstructure of grafted
    ultra thin porous PP film was studied with scanning electron
    microscope. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, MH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR DONG LC, 1986, J CONTROL RELEASE, V4, P223
    HESKINS M, 1968, J MACROMOL SCI CHEM, V2, P1441
    HIROSE Y, 1987, MACROMOLECULES, V20, P1342
    HOFFMAN AS, 1986, J CONTROL RELEASE, V4, P213
    ILAVSKY M, 1985, POLYMER, V26, P1514
    MUKAE K, 1990, POLYM J, V22, P206
    MUKAE K, 1990, POLYM J, V22, P250
    OKANO T, 1990, J CONTROL RELEASE, V11, P255
    PALASIS M, 1992, J CONTROL RELEASE, V18, P1
    WU MH, 1996, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V48, P525
 NR 10
 TC 5
 SN 0969-806X
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD SEP
 PY 1999
 VL 56
 IS 3
 BP 341
 EP 346
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA 239LL
 UT ISI:000082769600010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yuan, Y
    Zhang, Q
    Huang, PY
    Wang, YF
    Zhou, QW
    Gan, RB
    Li, ZP
 TI Functional difference between N domain and C domain of hEGF and
    hTGF-alpha
 SO ACTA BIOCHIMICA ET BIOPHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE hEGF; hTGF-alpha; chimera; structure; function
 ID EPIDERMAL GROWTH-FACTOR
 AB By exchanging the N domain and C domain of hEGF and hTGF-alpha genes by
    PCR, two chimeras E-TGF(EGF(1-32)-TGF-alpha(34-50)) and
    T-EGF(TGF-alpha(1-33)-EGF(33-53)) were constructed. The wild and
    chimeric molecules were expressed in E. coli under phoA system. The
    expressed hEGF, hTGF-alpha and two chimeras were purified. The EGF
    receptor competitive binding affinity of the four molecules was hEGF >
    hTGF-alpha and E-TGF > T-EGF and the cell proliferation stimulating
    activity of them was hTGF-alpha and E-TGF > T-EGF > hEGF. The result
    suggests that the N domain of hEGF and hTGF-alpha may play a major role
    in receptor binding activity and C domain of them may be responsible
    for stimulating cell proliferation.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biochem, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ANZANO MA, 1983, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V80, P6264
    BELL GI, 1986, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V14, P8427
    GAN RB, 1992, ACTA BIOCH BIOPH SIN, V24, P587
    MOSMANN T, 1983, J IMMUNOL METHODS, V65, P55
    SAMBROOK J, 1989, MOL CLONING LAB MANU
    WINKLER ME, 1989, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V28, P6373
    YUAN Y, 1998, ACTA BIOCH BIOPH SIN, V30, P96
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0582-9879
 J9 ACTA BIOCHIM BIOPHYS SINICA
 JI Acta Biochim. Biophys. Sin.
 PD SEP
 PY 1999
 VL 31
 IS 5
 BP 519
 EP U2
 PG 6
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Biophysics
 GA 237UF
 UT ISI:000082673900008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZY
    Shen, JQ
 TI Stimulated radiation from high-lying state of Li-2 generated with
    multiphoton in a wide wavelength region
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE stimulated radiation; ionization recombination process; two-photon
    resonant excitation
 ID SODIUM VAPOR; DIFFUSE BAND; DIMER
 AB The experimental results of ultraviolet diffuse-band of stimulated
    radiation from the high-lying state of Li-2 generated with any pumping
    wavelength between 620.0-665.0 nm were reported in this paper. In
    Li-2-Li system, the high-lying state of Li-2 was generated by
    two-photon excitation, ionization recombination process and collision
    energy pooling process, and the ultraviolet diffuse-band radiation was
    stimulated. The radiation was due to the transition from one of the
    comparable high-lying treble states to the low-lying repelling state a
    (3)Sigma(u)(+). The excitation mechanisms involved were discussed in
    detail.
 C1 Wenzhou Teachers Coll, Dept Phys, Wenzhou 325003, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Studies, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Joint Lab Quantum Opt, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZY, Wenzhou Teachers Coll, Dept Phys, Wenzhou 325003, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BAHNS JT, 1984, APPL PHYS LETT, V44, P826
    BAHNS JT, 1989, J CHEM PHYS, V90, P2841
    RATCLIFF LB, 1987, J MOL SPECTROSC, V122, P293
    SHEN JQ, 1987, APPL PHYS B, V43, P225
    SHEN JQ, 1992, OPTICS SINICA, V12, P331
    WANG ZG, 1986, OPT COMMUN, V58, P315
    WANG ZG, 1986, OPTICS SINICA, V6, P1081
    WU CYR, 1983, OPT COMMUN, V48, P28
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD APR
 PY 1999
 VL 19
 IS 2
 BP 145
 EP 147
 PG 3
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 237DG
 UT ISI:000082639600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, XL
    Li, D
 TI Value-estimation function method for constrained global optimization
 SO JOURNAL OF OPTIMIZATION THEORY AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE constrained global optimization; nonconvex optimization; smoothing
    technique; generalized Newton method; bisection method
 AB A novel value-estimation function method for global optimization
    problems with inequality constraints is proposed in this paper. The
    value-estimation function formulation is an auxiliary unconstrained
    optimization problem with a univariate parameter that represents an
    estimated optimal value of the objective function of the original
    optimization problem. A solution is optimal to the original problem if
    and only if it is also optimal to the auxiliary unconstrained
    optimization with the parameter set at the optimal objective value of
    the original problem, which turns out to be the unique root of a basic
    value-estimation function. A logarithmic-exponential value-estimation
    function formulation is further developed to acquire computational
    tractability and efficiency. The optimal objective value of the
    original problem as well as the optimal solution are sought iteratively
    by applying either a generalized Newton method or a bisection method to
    the logarithmic-exponential value-estimation function formulation. The
    convergence properties of the solution algorithms guarantee the
    identification of an approximate optimal solution of the original
    problem, up to any predetermined degree of accuracy, within a finite
    number of iterations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, New Territories, Hong Kong.
 RP Sun, XL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR AUBIN JP, 1984, APPL NONLINEAR ANAL
    BERTSEKAS DP, 1976, AUTOMATICA, V12, P133
    BRANCH MA, 1996, MATLAB OPTIMIZATION
    CETIN BC, 1993, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V77, P97
    CHEN CH, 1995, MATH PROGRAM, V71, P51
    CLARKE FH, 1983, OPTIMIZATION NONSMOO
    DIXON LCW, 1978, GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION, V2
    FIACCO AV, 1990, NONLINEAR PROGRAMMIN
    GILL PE, 1981, PRACTICAL OPTIMIZATI
    GOH CJ, 1997, APPL MATH LETT, V10, P9
    HESTENES MR, 1969, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V4, P303
    HOCK W, 1981, TEST EXAMPLES NONLIN
    HORST R, 1995, INTRO GLOBAL OPTIMIZ
    KAN AHG, 1989, HDB OPERATIONS RES M, V1, P631
    KAN AHGR, 1987, MATH PROGRAM, V39, P57
    LEMARECHAL C, 1975, MATH PROGRAMMING STU, V3, P95
    LEVY AV, 1985, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V6, P15
    LI D, 1995, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V85, P309
    LI XS, 1991, COMPUTATIONAL STRUCT, V8, P85
    RATSCHEK H, 1988, NEW COMPUTER METHODS
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 1973, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V12, P555
    TANG HW, 1994, CHINESE SCI BULL, V39, P682
 NR 22
 TC 6
 SN 0022-3239
 J9 J OPTIMIZ THEOR APPL
 JI J. Optim. Theory Appl.
 PD AUG
 PY 1999
 VL 102
 IS 2
 BP 385
 EP 409
 PG 25
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 235GP
 UT ISI:000082534200010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A coupling method of a homotopy technique and a perturbation technique
    for non-linear problems
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NON-LINEAR MECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE perturbation technique; homotopy; non-linearity
 AB In this paper, a coupling method of a homotopy technique and a
    perturbation technique is proposed to solve non-linear problems. In
    contrast to the traditional perturbation methods, the proposed method
    does not require a small parameter in the equation. In this method,
    according to the homotopy technique, a homotopy with an imbedding
    parameter p is an element of [0, 1] is constructed, and the imbedding
    parameter is considered as a "small parameter". So the proposed method
    can take full advantage of the traditional perturbation methods. Some
    examples are given. The results reveal that the new method is very
    effective and simple. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HE JH, 1997, COMM NONLINEAR SCI N, V2, P230
    HE JH, 1998, INT C VIBR ENG 98 DA
    LIAO SJ, 1995, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V30, P371
    LIAO SJ, 1997, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V20, P91
    LIU GL, 1997, C 7 MOD MATH MECH SH, P47
    NAYFEH AH, 1985, PROBLEMS PERTURBATIO
 NR 6
 TC 62
 SN 0020-7462
 J9 INT J NON-LINEAR MECH
 JI Int. J. Non-Linear Mech.
 PD JAN
 PY 2000
 VL 35
 IS 1
 BP 37
 EP 43
 PG 7
 SC Mechanics
 GA 235WX
 UT ISI:000082567200005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, S
    Li, J
 TI FDTD analysis of a sized-reduced, dual-frequency patch antenna -
    Abstract
 SO JOURNAL OF ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 AB A new single probe-fed, compact, dual-frequency antenna is studied,
    which is a rectangular microstrip patch with a rectangular slot cut in
    the center. The FDTD method is developed for full-wave analysis of its
    characteristics. A simple and accurate probe feed model is proposed,
    together with a simple method of calculating the radiation patterns. It
    is shown that through loading of the rectangular slot and proper
    location of the feed point, dual-frequency operations can be realized
    with an antenna-size reduction of similar to 33% and further reductions
    are also possible by tuning the length and width of the slot and the
    patch. Electric current distributions on the rectangular patch for both
    the slot loaded case and the case without slot are given, together with
    the radiation patterns. Theoretical analysis is verified by
    experimental results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, S, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0920-5071
 J9 J ELECTROMAGNET WAVE APPLICAT
 JI J. Electromagn. Waves Appl.
 PY 1999
 VL 13
 IS 8
 BP 1031
 EP 1032
 PG 2
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical
 GA 232QK
 UT ISI:000082381300003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, L
    Yuan, SL
    Dong, YD
    Cui, K
 TI Effect of carbon content on mechanoreduction of copper oxide
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID MECHANOCHEMICAL REDUCTION; COMBUSTION; GRAPHITE
 AB The reduction of CuO with different amount of carbon (CuO:C = 2:1,
    2:1.5, and 2:2, in molar ratio) induced by ball milling is examined by
    x-ray diffraction and transmission electron microscopy. It is found
    that reduction process is closely related to the carbon content. CuO
    can be completely converted into Cu if an excessive C is used (i.e., C
    = 1.5 or 2.0 mol). However, the reduction of CuO follows a two-step
    process, CuO --> Cu --> Cu2O, if the mixture only contains a nominal C
    content (i.e., C = 1 mol). A tentative model in terms of solid state
    reaction at the interfaces is proposed to explain the effect of carbon
    content on the mechanoreduction of CuO.
 C1 Huazhong Univ Sci & Technol, State Key Lab Plast Forming Stimulat & Die & Moul, Wuhan 430074, Peoples R China.
    Huazhong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Wuhan 430074, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, L, Huazhong Univ Sci & Technol, State Key Lab Plast Forming
    Stimulat & Die & Moul, Wuhan 430074, Peoples R China.
 CR BRANDES A, 1983, SMITHELLS METALS REF
    MATTEAZZI P, 1991, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V149, P135
    MCCORMICK PG, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P161
    SCHAFFER GB, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V55, P45
    SCHAFFER GB, 1990, J MATER SCI LETT, V9, P1014
    SCHAFFER GB, 1990, METALL TRANS A, V21, P2789
    SCHAFFER GB, 1992, METALL TRANS A, V23, P1285
    YANG H, 1993, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V107, P258
    YANG H, 1994, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V110, P136
    YANG H, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V32, P681
    YANG H, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS B, V29, P449
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 8
 BP 591
 EP 593
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 231CH
 UT ISI:000082288500017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SP
    Xu, KX
    Niu, JH
    Qu, H
 TI Solutions for the wave functions of mixed pairing symmetry
    superconductors
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID HIGH-TEMPERATURE SUPERCONDUCTORS; UPPER CRITICAL-FIELD; YBA2CU3O7-DELTA
 AB We study the pairing symmetry in high-temperature superconductors from
    the point of view of group theory analysis in the framework of
    Ginzburg-Landau model. By considering an orthorhombic distortion from
    C-4v point group because of the correlation of intralayers, the two
    apparent transitions needed in earlier work on mixed s and d state have
    been removed. The structure of a single vortex is presented by solving
    the Ginzburg-Landau wave function equations of the mixed s +/-
    id(x2-y2) state. The analysis of the magnetic field dependence of the
    transport behaviors including the critical current and the R-T curve
    expansion reveals the origin of the so-called "eigen-pinning effect"
    and offers a good interpretation of the experimental observations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SP, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CAI JH, 1982, THEORY GREENS FUNCTI, P336
    CHAKRAVARTY S, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P337
    CHAUDHARI P, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P1084
    DORIA MM, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P9537
    DORIA MM, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P6335
    ELLIOTT JP, 1984, SYMMETRY PHYSICS, P43
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE ALGORITHM, P43
    IYE Y, 1987, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 2, V26, L1057
    JOYNT R, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P4271
    KHOMSKII DI, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P1384
    KRESIN VZ, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P9012
    KUPFER H, 1988, CRYOGENICS, V28, P650
    LI QP, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P437
    NIU JH, 1997, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    REN Y, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P3680
    ROBERTAZZI RP, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P8456
    ROHKSAR DS, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P493
    ROSENTHAL PA, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P1984
    SIGRIST M, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P1727
    SUN AG, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P2267
    TINKHAM M, 1964, GROUP THEORY QUANTUM
    TINKHAM M, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P1658
    TSUEI CC, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P593
    WELP U, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P1908
    XU JH, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, R2991
    ZHANG FC, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P3759
    ZHOU SP, 1998, IN PRESS ACTA PHYSIC, P807
 NR 27
 TC 3
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 1999
 VL 48
 IS 2
 BP 342
 EP 351
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 231VU
 UT ISI:000082332800022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qu, H
    Zhou, SP
 TI Vortex lattice in a high-T-c superconductor of mixed pairing symmetry
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID HIGH-TEMPERATURE SUPERCONDUCTORS
 AB Starting from a tight binding description, the existence of mixed s-d
    wave pairing stare is discussed. Then, within the framework of the
    phenomenological G-L theory, the structure of vortex lattice in a
    high-T-c superconductor is studied. It is shown that there is a strong
    correlation between the structure of a single vortex and the shape of
    the vortex lattice. At low temperatures, with the existence of s-wave
    component and its coupling to d-wave component, the d-wave order
    parameter and the local magnetic field show tetragonal anisotropy, and
    the structure of vortex lattice is oblique; however, when the
    temperature is close to T-c, it may become triangular.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Qu, H, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CAI JH, 1982, THEORY GREENS FUNCTI
    CHAKRAVARTY S, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P337
    DERAEDT H, 1990, Z PHYS B CON MAT, V79, P327
    DORIA MM, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P6335
    KEIMER B, 1994, J APPL PHYS 2, V76, P6778
    KHOMSKII DI, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P1384
    KLEINER WH, 1964, PHYS REV, V133, P1266
    KRESIN VZ, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P9012
    LEGGETT AJ, 1975, REV MOD PHYS, V47, P331
    NIU JH, 1997, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    PARKALUOTO R, 1990, PHYS SCR T, V33, P227
    SCHNEIDER T, 1990, Z PHYS B CON MAT, V81, P3
    WANG ZD, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P918
    ZHANG FC, 1980, PHYS REV B, V37, P3795
    ZHOU SP, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P807
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 1999
 VL 48
 IS 2
 BP 352
 EP 362
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 231VU
 UT ISI:000082332800023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KX
    Yu, LM
    Essa, AA
    Zhou, SP
    Bao, JS
 TI Nonequilibrium microwave response and Kosterlitz-Thouless transition in
    YBCO granular films
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID YBA2CU3O7-DELTA THIN-FILMS; HIGH-TEMPERATURE SUPERCONDUCTORS;
    PHOTORESPONSE
 AB The characteristic of microwave radiation (lambda = 8 mm) response of
    YBCO granular films was reported. Experimental results show that the
    response behavior can be described with nonequilibrium response effect,
    instead of thermal effect model. Near below the transition temperature
    T-infinity, nonequilibrium microwave response signal decays gradually
    and disappears with the sample resistance becoming zero. It was also
    found that the response signal is very sensitive to a weak magnetic
    field. The sample I-V curve was studied carefully, and the
    Kosterlitz-Thouless transition model can be used to describe the
    two-dimensional transport characteristic of the YBCO granular films.
    Based on the analysis and experimental results, we believe that the
    mechanism of nonequilibrium microwave response may be related with the
    breaking of the votex-antivotex pair in high T-c superconductor.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, KX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BATLOGG BJ, 1997, J SUPERCOND, V10, P583
    CULBERTSON JC, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P9609
    DEMSAR J, 1997, J SUPERCOND, V10, P455
    ENOMOTO Y, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V59, P3807
    FARDMANESH M, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P4568
    FLORY AT, 1983, PHYS REV B, V28, P5075
    FRENKEL A, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P9717
    HEGMANN FA, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P16023
    HEGMANN FA, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P285
    HERTER ST, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P1154
    HUBER WM, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P3338
    KADOWAKI K, 1994, SUPERCOND SCI TECH, V7, P519
    KOSTERLITZ JM, 1973, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V6, P1181
    VANVECHTEN D, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P1415
    WU PH, 1987, JPN J APPL PHYS, V26, L1579
    XIA RM, 1998, CHINESE J LOW TEMPER, V20, P235
    YING QY, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P2242
    ZHANG ZM, 1994, J SUPERCOND, V7, P871
 NR 18
 TC 3
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 48
 IS 6
 BP 1152
 EP 1162
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 231VY
 UT ISI:000082333200027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yan, KZ
    Tan, WH
 TI Stationary solutions of the nonlinear Schrodinger equation for neutral
    atoms in a harmonic trap
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 ID BOSE-EINSTEIN CONDENSATION; GAS
 AB We present a general method to solve the stationary nonlinear
    Schrodinger equation (NLSE) with an external potential. We apply it to
    the stationary states of NLSE for neutral atoms in a harmonic trap. We
    discuss the problems of convergence and normalization of NLSE wave
    function. The accuracy of calculation is analyzed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yan, KZ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON MH, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P198
    BRADLEY CC, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P1687
    DAVIS KB, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P3969
    EDWARDS M, 1995, PHYS REV A, V51, P1382
    HAO BL, 1997, PROGR PHYSICS, V17, P223
    RUPRECHT PA, 1995, PHYS REV A, V51, P4704
 NR 6
 TC 8
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUL
 PY 1999
 VL 48
 IS 7
 BP 1185
 EP 1191
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 231VZ
 UT ISI:000082333300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, MH
    Cheng, CJ
    Liu, YJ
    Liu, GN
    Zhang, SS
 TI The method of analysis of crack problem in three-dimensional non-local
    elasticity
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE non-local elasticity; fracture mechanics; boundaryintegral equation
    method
 ID NONLOCAL ELASTICITY; SUBJECT; SHEAR
 AB In this paper, the displacement discontinuity fundamental solution
    (DDFS) corresponding to the unit concentrated displacement
    discontinuity for three dimensional (3D) non-local elasticity under
    symmetrical condition is obtained. Based on the displacement
    discontinuity boundary integralequation (DDBIE) and boundary-element
    method (DDBEM) of local (classical) elasticity, a method of analysis of
    crack in 3D non- local elasticity with wide application is proposed
    with the DDFS. Through the method, several important problems of
    fracture mechanics are analysed.
 C1 Zhengzhou Res Inst Mech Engn, Zhengzhou 450052, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, MH, Zhengzhou Res Inst Mech Engn, Zhengzhou 450052, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BREBBIA CA, 1980, BOUNDARY ELEMENT TEC
    CHENG PS, 1992, ACTA MECH SINICA, V24, P329
    EDELEN DGB, 1976, NONLOCAL FIELD THEOR
    ERINGEN AC, 1976, NONLOCAL POLAR FIELD
    ERINGEN AC, 1977, INT J ENG SCI, V15, P177
    ERINGEN AC, 1977, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V25, P339
    ERINGEN AC, 1978, INT J FRACTURE, V14, P367
    ERINGEN AC, 1979, ENG FRACT MECH, V12, P211
    GAO J, 1989, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V10, P289
    GRADSHTEYN IS, 1965, TABLES INTEGRALS SER
    ILCEWICZ L, 1981, ENG FRACT MECH, V14, P801
    RAMABRAHAM B, 1985, INDIAN J PURE APPL M, V16, P661
    RUI W, 1989, SCI B, V34, P412
    SNEDDON IN, 1951, FOURIER TRANSFORMS M
    YU JL, 1984, ACTA MECH SINICA, V16, P487
    ZHAO MH, 1994, ENG ANAL, V13, P333
    ZHAO MH, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P143
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 5
 BP 469
 EP 475
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 230NL
 UT ISI:000082257200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LS
    Zhao, XH
 TI A mathematical theory of materials with elastic range and the
    definition of back stress tensor
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE theory of materials with elastic range; elastic-plastic constitutive
    relation; back stress
 ID FINITE
 AB In this pager, the theory of materials with elastic range by Lucchesi
    and Podio-Guidugli(1988) has been generalized. It has also shown that
    there are some difficulties on the definition of back stress as the
    "center" of the yield surface in the Cauchy space. The back stress
    tensor is Lagrangian, and must be defined in the Lagrangian stress
    space.
 C1 Nanchang Univ, Inst Engn Mech, Nanchang 330029, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LS, Nanchang Univ, Inst Engn Mech, Nanchang 330029, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AGAHTEHRANI A, 1987, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V35, P519
    CASEY J, 1988, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V102, P351
    CASEY J, 1992, INT J ENG SCI, V30, P1257
    DAFALIAS YF, 1987, ACTA MECH, V69, P119
    DAFALIAS YF, 1988, ACTA MECH, V73, P121
    LUCCHESI M, 1988, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V102, P23
    NAGHDI PM, 1990, J APPL MATH PHYS ZAM, V4, P315
    NEMATNASSER S, 1983, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V50, P1114
    NOLL W, 1958, ARCH RATIONAL MECH A, V2, P197
    ZHENG QS, 1992, ACTA MECH, V91, P97
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 5
 BP 476
 EP 484
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 230NL
 UT ISI:000082257200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Further study of the equivalent theorem of Hellinger-Reissner and
    Hu-Washizu variational principles
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE variational principles in elasticity; Hellinger-Reissner principle;
    Hu-Washizu principle; the semi-inverse method; trial-functional
 ID SEMI-INVERSE METHOD; FLOW
 AB In this paper, it has been proved that the well-known Hu-Washizu
    variational principle is a pseudo-generalized variational principle (
    pseudo-GVP). The stationary conditions of its functional may satisfy!
    all its field equations and boundary conditions if all the variables in
    the functional are considered as independent variations, but there
    might exist some kinds of constraints. Some new pseudo-GVPs are
    established to distinguish them from genuine ones by the so-called
    inverse Lagrange multiplier method. The constrained Hu-Washizu
    principle, therefore, is proved to be equivalent with the
    Hellinger-Reissner principle under the constraints of stress-strain
    relations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHEIN WZ, 1989, SELECTED WORKS CHIEN, P419
    CHEN WZ, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P143
    CHIEN WZ, 1983, ACTA MECH SINICA, V4, P313
    CHIEN WZ, 1984, ADV APPL MECH, V24, P93
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P17
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P117
    HE JH, 1998, APPL MATH MODEL, V22, P395
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P101
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P95
    HE JH, 1999, ASME
    HU HC, 1954, ACTA PHYSICA SINICA, V10, P259
    HU HC, 1985, ACTA MECH SINICA, V17, P426
    LIU GL, 1990, P 1 INT S AER INT FL, P128
    WASHIZU K, 1955, 2518 MIT AER STRUCT
 NR 15
 TC 2
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 5
 BP 545
 EP 556
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 230NL
 UT ISI:000082257200012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, CQ
 TI Thiele-type and Lagrange-type generalized inverse rational
    interpolation for rectangular complex matrices
 SO LINEAR ALGEBRA AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID RECURSIVENESS
 AB A variety of matrix rational interpolation problems include the partial
    realization problem for matrix power series and the minimal rational
    interpolation problem for general matrix functions. Different from the
    previous work, in this paper we consider a new method of matrix
    rational interpolation, with rectangular real or complex interpolated
    matrices and distinct real or complex interpolation points. Based on an
    axiomatic definition for the generalized inverse matrix rational
    interpolants (GMRI), GMRI are constructed in the following two forms:
    (i) Thiele-type continued fraction expression; (ii) an explicit
    determinantal formula for the denominator scalar polynomials and for
    the numerator matrix polynomials, which are of Lagrange-type
    expression. As a direct application of GMRI, a matrix rational
    extrapolation is introduced. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science Inc. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, CQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Box 30,149 Yan Chang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON BDO, 1990, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V137, P479
    ANTOULAS AC, 1986, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V31, P1121
    ANTOULAS AC, 1988, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V108, P157
    ANTOULAS AC, 1990, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V137, P511
    BECKERMANN B, 1992, NUMER ALGORITHMS, V3, P45
    BECKERMANN B, 1997, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V77, P5
    BULTHEEL A, 1986, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V14, P401
    DIECI L, 1994, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V202, P25
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1983, NUMER MATH, V42, P331
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1986, CONSTR APPROX, V2, P263
    GU CQ, 1993, J HEFEI U TECHNOLOGY, V16, P176
    GU CQ, 1995, MATH NUMER SINICA, V17, P73
    GU CQ, 1996, J MATH RES EXPOSITIO, V16, P301
    GU CQ, 1996, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V18, P135
    GU CQ, 1997, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V80, P71
    GU CQ, 1997, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V84, P137
    GU CQ, 1997, NUMER MATH J CHINESE, V19, P241
    GU CQ, 1997, NUMER SINICA, V19, P19
    MESSAOUDI A, 1994, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V202, P71
    WUYTACK L, 1970, NUMER MATH, V17, P215
 NR 20
 TC 4
 SN 0024-3795
 J9 LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL
 JI Linear Alg. Appl.
 PD JUL 1
 PY 1999
 VL 295
 IS 1-3
 BP 7
 EP 30
 PG 24
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 228QX
 UT ISI:000082148100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Ma, JC
    Fan, YY
    Yu, NW
    Yang, SL
    Xiang, SH
 TI Back-attack phenomena of gas jets with submerged horizontally blowing
    and effects on erasion and wear of refractory lining
 SO ISIJ INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE back-attack phenomenon; refractory lining erosion and wear;
    annular-straight type tuyere; annular-spiral flat type tuyere;
    submerged gas blowing; horizontally side blowing; AOD refining;
    non-rotating gas jet; rotating gas jet; water modeling
 ID INJECTION
 AB Taken the refining process in an 18 t AOD vessel for example, the
    "back-attack" phenomena of the horizontal rotating and non-rotating gas
    jets and their effects on the erosion and wear of the refractory lining
    were investigated in a water model. For this refining process, the
    two-tuyere (lance with constant cross-sectional area) blowing of gas is
    operated using the annular-tube type tuyere. The geometric similarity
    ratio of the model unit (including the tuyere) with its prototype was
    1/3. The relations of the gas blowing rate, blowing pressure, angular
    separation between the two tuyeres, type of tuyere and other operation
    parameters with the back-attack action of the gas jet and the
    refractory lining erosion and wear were examined under the different
    operating modes. The appropriate back-attack frequencies and pressures
    were continuously monitored and measured by means of a dynamic
    resistance strain-meter of YD-21 type with an anti-water pressure
    sensor made specially. A light-beam oscilloscope of SC16A type recorded
    simultaneously the back-attack waves. Also, the modeling experiment on
    the erosion and wear of the refractory lining was carried out. The
    results indicated that the back-attack phenomena of the horizontal
    rotating and non-rotating gas jets have respectively the different
    features from that in a bottom blowing. On the back-attack phenomena of
    these two kinds of jets, the gas streams of the inner tubes
    (main-tuyeres) have all a governing bearing, and the annular slit pipe
    (sub-tuyere) streams show an evident alleviation and suppression
    effect. The circulative motion of the liquid in the bath would be
    another important reason to bring about the back-attack phenomenon of a
    submerged gas jet. The buoyancy force gives a considerable influence;
    it is able not only to increase the back-attack intensity of a
    horizontal gas jet, but also to enlarge the locally eroded and worn
    zone of the refractory lining. The influence of the tuyere position
    (the angle included between the two tuyeres) is not so remarkable in
    the conditions of the present work. The rotating motion of a horizontal
    gas jet may decrease the frequency and intensity of the back-attack
    action and reduce the eroded and worn rate and area of the refractory
    lining under a same blowing pressure. The annular-spiral tube type
    tuyere with a reasonable structure may be expected to have a good
    latent using power and composite effectiveness.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Metall Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Metall Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AOKI T, 1982, INJECTION PHENOMENA, A1
    AOKI T, 1990, TETSU TO HAGANE, V76, P2004
    BLOSTEIN P, 1992, SCANINJECT 1, V6, P129
    BRIMACOMBE JK, 1984, METALL TRANS B, V15, P243
    CARLSSON G, 1986, SCAND J METALL, V15, P298
    CHO YW, 1986, SCANINJECT 1, V4, P4
    FARIAS L, 1982, INJECTION PHENOMENA, V1, E1
    FARMER L, 1989, P STEELM C AIME ISS, P487
    GUSTAFSSON S, 1984, P S INJ MET SEC REF, R15
    LI YZ, 1984, P 2 NAT S KIN MET RE, V2, P335
    OZAWA Y, 1983, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V23, P764
    SAKAGUCHI S, 1977, TETSU TO HAGANE, V63, S534
    SHIBASHI M, 1975, TETSU TO HAGANE, V61, S111
    SUZUKI K, 1982, T STEEL I JPN, V22, B237
    WEI JH, IN PRESS IRON STEELM
    WEI JH, IN PRESS IRONMAKING
 NR 16
 TC 3
 SN 0915-1559
 J9 ISIJ INT
 JI ISIJ Int.
 PY 1999
 VL 39
 IS 8
 BP 779
 EP 786
 PG 8
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 227XU
 UT ISI:000082105900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, JA
    Zhu, ZY
 TI Application of differential quadrature method to solve entry flow of
    viscoelastic second-order fluid
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL FOR NUMERICAL METHODS IN FLUIDS
 DT Article
 DE viscoelasticity; second-order fluid; entry flow; differential
    quadrature method
 ID EQUATIONS; CAVITY
 AB The entry flow of viscoelastic second-order fluid between two parallel
    plates is discussed. The governing equations of vorticity and the
    streamfunction are expanded with respect to a small parameter that
    characterizes the elasticity of the fluid by means of the standard
    perturbation method. By using the differential quadrature method with
    only a few grid points, high-accurate numerical solutions are obtained.
    The numerical results show a lot of the features of a viscoelastic
    second-order fluid. Copyright (C) 1999 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
 C1 NW Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Lanzhou 730070, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, JA, NW Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Lanzhou 730070, Peoples R China.
 CR BELLMAN R, 1971, J MATH ANAL APPL, V34, P235
    BELLMAN R, 1972, J COMPUT PHYS, V10, P40
    BEN CW, 1996, APPL MECH REV, V49, P1
    CHANG PW, 1979, COMP FLUIDS, V7, P267
    DATTA AB, 1976, RHEOL ACTA, V15, P403
    FONG CFC, 1984, NONNEWTONIAN FLUID M
    MINGLE JO, 1973, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V7, P103
    SHU C, 1992, COMPUT SYST ENG, V3, P281
    SHU C, 1992, INT J NUMER METH FL, V15, P791
    SHU C, 1994, INT COMMUN HEAT MASS, V21, P809
    STRIZ AG, 1994, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V29, P665
    TAN KL, 1977, J NONNEWTONIAN FLUID, V3, P25
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0271-2091
 J9 INT J NUMER METHOD FLUID
 JI Int. J. Numer. Methods Fluids
 PD AUG 30
 PY 1999
 VL 30
 IS 8
 BP 1109
 EP 1117
 PG 9
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied;
    Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Mechanics
 GA 228BC
 UT ISI:000082114800010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZR
    Xu, ZY
    Debin, H
 TI Homoclinic orbit in ODE on GAIM of the sine-Gordon equation
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE infinite dimensional dynamical systems; GIAM; homoclinic orbit
 AB In this paper, the existence of the homoclinic orbit is proved under
    certain parametric conditions, by studying qualitative properties of
    ODE on GAIM of the sine-Gordon equation. (C) 1999 Published by Elsevier
    Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Acad China, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing, Peoples R China.
    Wuxi Light Ind Univ, Math & Phys Inst, Wuxi, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, ZR, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BISHOP AR, 1990, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V21, P1511
    HALLER G, 1993, PHYSICA D, V66, P298
    KOVOCIC G, 1992, PHYSICA D, V59, P185
    LIU Z, 1995, J NONL DYN, V2, P12
    LIU ZG, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V204, P343
    TEMAM R, 1988, INFINITE DIMENSIONAL
    XU Z, 1993, KEXUE TONGBAO, V38, P1750
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD JUL 26
 PY 1999
 VL 258
 IS 4-6
 BP 249
 EP 252
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 225NW
 UT ISI:000081968500009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Tang, ZJ
    Sun, WY
    Wang, PL
 TI Phase diagram estimation of the Al2O3SiO2-Gd2O3 system
 SO PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF GLASSES
 DT Article
 ID REGULAR SOLUTION MODEL; OXIDE SYSTEMS; PREDICTION; GLASSES
 AB Limiting binaries in the Al2O3-SiO2-Gd2O3 system were assessed The
    binary diagrams from Toropov, Mizuno, Aramaki and Roy were optimised
    with the substitutional model of Kaufman and Nesor; and the approximate
    formula for the free energy effusion of rare earth element oxides of Wu
    and Pelton. The Gibbs free energies derived for pure solid oxides and
    stoichiometric phases were used with solution parameters to estimate
    the corresponding binaries, liquidus surface and isothermal sections of
    the ternary system at 2140, 2073 and 2023 K respectively Samples
    as-fired at known temperatures but with different compositions were
    analysed by x-ray diffraction and the results were used in the
    calculation of isothermal sections.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, L, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ARAMAKI S, 1962, J AM CERAM SOC, V45, P229
    BONDAR IA, 1973, CERAM INT, V13, P99
    BUDNIKOV PP, 1965, VS DOKL AKAD NAUK SS, V165, P1077
    CINIBULK MK, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P2037
    DU Y, 1992, CALPHAD, V16, P221
    ERBE EM, 1990, J AM CERAM SOC, V73, P2708
    FELSCHE J, 1973, STRUCT BOND, V13, P99
    HILLERT M, 1970, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V24, P3618
    HILLERT M, 1992, CALPHAD, V16, P193
    HILLERT M, 1992, CALPHAD, V16, P199
    HIROSAKI N, 1988, J AM CERAM SOC, V71, C144
    HUANG JG, 1993, B CERAM, V6, P50
    HYATT MJ, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P283
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P35
    KLUG FJ, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P750
    KOHLI JT, 1991, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V32, P67
    KOLITSCH U, 1997, J ALLOY COMPD, V257, P104
    LI C, 1987, B CERAM, V10, P34
    LI L, 1997, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V38, P323
    LUKAS HL, 1977, CALPHAD, V1, P225
    MIZUNO M, 1977, YOGYO-KYOKAI-SHI, V85, P543
    PELTON AD, 1986, METALL TRANS B, V17, P805
    SHEVTHENKO AV, 1985, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V93, P537
    SHISHIDO T, 1979, J MATER SCI, V14, P823
    SUN G, 1991, J CHIN RARE EARTH EL, V9, P128
    SUNDMAN B, 1981, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V42, P297
    TOROPOV NA, 1960, T 7 INT CER C LOND, P441
    WANG XH, 1990, J AM CERAM SOC, V73, P770
    WU P, 1992, J ALLOY COMPD, V179, P259
    WU P, 1992, J ALLOY COMPD, V179, P259
 NR 30
 TC 4
 SN 0031-9090
 J9 PHYS CHEM GLASSES
 JI Phys. Chem. Glasses
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 40
 IS 3
 BP 126
 EP 129
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 224PY
 UT ISI:000081908500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, CL
    Chen, MY
    Wang, ZL
 TI General phase-stepping algorithm with automatic calibration of phase
    steps
 SO OPTICAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE phase-stepping algorithm; Lissajous figures; interferometry
 ID SHIFTING INTERFEROMETRY; LEAST-SQUARES; SURFACES
 AB A new general algorithm for phase-stepping interferometry is presented.
    The calculation of the phase distribution is composed of three
    least-squares fitting procedures for an analysis of real
    interferograms. First, we calculate the initial phase distribution
    utilizing Lissajous figures and elliptic least-squares fitting. Second,
    we calculate the phase steps through the spatial least-squares fitting.
    Finally, we calculate the exact phase distribution through the serial
    least-squares fitting. Both insensitivity to phase-step errors and
    automatic calibration of phase steps for the new algorithm are
    confirmed by experiment. (C) 1999 Society of Photo-Optical
    Instrumentation Engineers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Precis Mech Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, CL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Jiading Campus, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BRUNING JH, 1974, APPL OPTICS, V13, P2693
    FARRELL CT, 1994, MEAS SCI TECHNOL, V5, P648
    HAN GS, 1994, APPL OPTICS, V33, P7321
    KIM SW, 1997, OPT ENG, V36, P3101
    KONG IB, 1995, OPT ENG, V34, P1400
    KONG IB, 1995, OPT ENG, V34, P183
    LASSAHN GD, 1994, OPT ENG, V33, P2039
    OKADA K, 1991, OPT COMMUN, V84, P118
 NR 8
 TC 6
 SN 0091-3286
 J9 OPT ENG
 JI Opt. Eng.
 PD AUG
 PY 1999
 VL 38
 IS 8
 BP 1357
 EP 1360
 PG 4
 SC Optics
 GA 224JZ
 UT ISI:000081895900012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Malomed, BA
 TI Multichannel switchable system for spatial solitons
 SO JOURNAL OF THE OPTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA B-OPTICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID PHOTOREFRACTIVE MEDIA; OPTICAL SOLITONS; WAVE-GUIDE; LASER-BEAMS
 AB We consider a model of a nonlinear planar waveguide with a sinusoidal
    modulation of the refractive index in the transverse direction, which
    gives rise to a system of parallel troughs that may serve as channels
    that trap solitary beams (spatial solitons). The model can also be
    considered as an asymptotic one describing a dense planar array of
    parallel nonlinear optical fibers, with the modulation representing the
    corresponding effective Peierls-Nabarro potential. By means of the
    variational approximation and by direct simulations we demonstrate that
    the one-soliton state trapped in a channel has no existence threshold
    and is always stable. In contrast with this a stationary state of two
    beams trapped in two adjacent troughs has an existence border, which is
    found numerically. Depending on the values of the parameters, the
    two-soliton states are found to be dynamically stable over an
    indefinitely long or a finite but large distance. We consider the
    possibility of switching the beam from a channel where it was trapped
    into an adjacent one by a localized spot attracting the beam through
    the cross-phase modulation. The spot can be created between the troughs
    by a focused laser beam shone transversely to the waveguide. By means
    of the perturbation theory and numerical method we demonstrate that the
    switching is possible, provided that the spot's strength exceeds a
    certain threshold value. (C) 1999 Optical Society of America
    [S0740-3224(99)00908-X].
 C1 Tel Aviv Univ, Fac Engn, Dept Interdisciplinary Studies, IL-69978 Tel Aviv, Israel.
    Univ New S Wales, Sch Elect Engn, Opt Commun Grp, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia.
    Shanghai Univ, Wave Sci Lab, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Malomed, BA, Tel Aviv Univ, Fac Engn, Dept Interdisciplinary Studies,
    IL-69978 Tel Aviv, Israel.
 CR AFANASJEV VV, 1997, OPT LETT, V22, P1388
    AITCHISON JS, 1990, OPT LETT, V15, P471
    AITCHISON JS, 1991, OPT LETT, V16, P15
    BARTHELEMY A, 1985, OPT COMMUN, V55, P201
    BURYAK AV, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V197, P407
    CHEN ZG, 1996, OPT LETT, V21, P1436
    CHRISTODOULIDES DN, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P646
    CLAUSEN CB, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P4749
    CROSIGNANI B, 1993, J OPT SOC AM B, V10, P446
    EISENBERG HS, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P3383
    FAN SH, 1998, OPT EXPRESS, V3, P4
    HASEGAWA A, 1995, SOLITONS OPTICAL COM
    KIVSHAR YS, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P763
    KIVSHAR YS, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P3077
    KROLIKOWSKI W, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P3240
    LI QY, 1991, OPT LETT, V16, P1083
    MANEUF S, 1988, OPT COMMUN, V65, P193
    MANEUF S, 1988, OPT COMMUN, V66, P325
    REYNAUD F, 1990, EUROPHYS LETT, V12, P401
    SHALABY M, 1991, OPT LETT, V16, P1472
    SHIPULIN A, 1997, J OPT SOC AM B, V14, P3393
    SNYDER AW, 1993, OPT LETT, V18, P482
    VAKHITOV MG, 1973, RADIOPHYS QUANTUM EL, V16, P783
 NR 23
 TC 27
 SN 0740-3224
 J9 J OPT SOC AM B-OPT PHYSICS
 JI J. Opt. Soc. Am. B-Opt. Phys.
 PD AUG
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 8
 BP 1197
 EP 1203
 PG 7
 SC Optics
 GA 223VU
 UT ISI:000081862900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, SP
    Yoshida, F
    You, JL
    Jiang, GC
    Xu, KD
 TI Iom motion in SiO2 melt
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 ID COMPUTER-SIMULATION; MOLECULAR-DYNAMICS; PRESSURE; SILICA; MODEL; GLASS
 AB Dynamical properties of ions are studied in SiO2 melt by using the
    molecular dynamics method. The diffusion constant, ionic conductivity
    and velocity autocorrelation function are calculated at various
    pressures and temperatures. It is found that the simulated ionic
    conductivities are close to experimental values, and show an increase
    with temperature. Diffusion constants become maximum around 10 GPa, in
    close relation with a marked shift in the coordination number of the Si
    ion. The velocity autocorrelation function and its spectra are
    calculated by using the memory function method. These compare well with
    the molecular dynamics results. Discussion is given on the pressure
    dependence of dynamical quantities.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shiga Univ Med Sci, Dept Phys, Otsu, Shiga 52021, Japan.
 RP Huang, SP, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ANGELL CA, 1982, SCIENCE, V218, P885
    BERNE BJ, 1966, J CHEM PHYS, V45, P1086
    DELLAVALLE RG, 1991, J CHEM PHYS, V94, P5056
    HANSEN JP, 1986, THEORY SIMPLE LIQUID, CH7
    HEMMATI M, 1997, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V217, P236
    KATO T, 1990, J CHEM PHYS, V92, P5506
    KELLER H, 1982, METALL T B, V13, P237
    KUBICKI JD, 1988, AM MINERAL, V73, P941
    KUSHIRO I, 1983, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V47, P1415
    PANISH MB, 1959, J PHYS CHEM-US, V63, P1337
    PING HS, 1997, J PHYS SOC JPN, V66, P1356
    SJOGREN L, 1982, J CHEM PHYS, V77, P3703
    STEBBINS GJ, 1989, AM MINERAL, V74, P960
    TSUNEYUKI S, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P869
    TSUNEYUKI S, 1989, NATURE, V339, P209
    VANKAMPEN NG, 1981, STOCHASTIC PROCESSES, CH3
    YOSHIDA F, 1989, PHYS REP, V173, P301
 NR 17
 TC 2
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD JUL 19
 PY 1999
 VL 11
 IS 28
 BP 5429
 EP 5436
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 222BU
 UT ISI:000081764200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, SC
    Li, J
 TI FDTD analysis of serial corner-fed square patch antennas for single-
    and dual-polarised applications
 SO IEE PROCEEDINGS-MICROWAVES ANTENNAS AND PROPAGATION
 DT Article
 ID TIME-DOMAIN METHOD; CIRCUITS
 AB The finite-difference time-domain (FDTD) method is developed for the
    analysis of serial corner-fed square patch antennas. A special
    technique to model the slanted metallic boundaries of the patch antenna
    has been used in the general FDTD algorithm to avoid the staircase
    approximations. The method improves the accuracy of the original FDTD
    algorithm without increasing its complexity. Both the one-port and
    two-port cases are studied, which are for single- and dual-polarised
    applications, respectively, Several antenna elements are manufactured.
    An isolation of -25dB is achieved by the two-port antenna, which makes
    it suitable for many dual-polarised applications. The numerical
    analysis is confirmed by the experimental results and by results
    published elsewhere.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Jiading 201800, Peoples R China.
    Fuyang Normal Univ, Dept Comp, Fuyang 236032, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, SC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Jiading 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BAHL IJ, 1980, MICROSTRIP ANTENNAS
    BERENGER JP, 1994, J COMPUT PHYS, V114, P185
    CHEW WC, 1995, WAVES FIELDS INHOMOG, CH4
    CRUZ EM, 1991, ELECTRON LETT, V27, P1410
    DANIEL JP, 1985, P ISAP 85, P121
    JAMES JR, 1989, HDB MICROSTRIP ANTEN
    LIANG GC, 1989, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V37, P1949
    LIAO ZP, 1984, SCI SINICA SER A, V27, P1063
    MEI KK, 1992, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V40, P1001
    MEZZANOTTE P, 1995, IEEE MICROW GUIDED W, V5, P267
    MUR G, 1981, IEEE T ELECTROMAGN C, V23, P1073
    PIKETMAY M, 1994, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V42, P1514
    POZAR DM, 1982, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V30, P1191
    REIMEIX A, 1989, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V37, P1361
    SHEEN DM, 1990, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V38, P849
    TAFLOVE A, 1975, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V23, P623
    TAFLOVE A, 1983, IEEE T ELECTROMAGN C, V25, P433
    TIRKAS PA, 1992, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V40, P334
    TOLAND B, 1993, IEEE MICROW GUIDED W, V3, P423
    YEE KS, 1966, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V14, P302
    ZHANG X, 1988, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V36, P263
    ZHANG XL, 1988, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V36, P1775
 NR 22
 TC 11
 SN 1350-2417
 J9 IEE PROC-MICROWAVE
 JI IEE Proc.-Microw. Antennas Propag.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 146
 IS 3
 BP 205
 EP 208
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Telecommunications
 GA 223GG
 UT ISI:000081832100007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, XL
    Li, D
 TI Logarithmic-exponential penalty formulation for integer programming
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear integer programming; logarithmic-exponential penalty
    function; inequality constraints; integer programming
 AB The purpose of this note is to present a smooth penalty formulation for
    integer programming. By adopting the proposed logarithmic-exponential
    penalty function, we are able to transform an inequality constrained
    integer programming problem into an equivalent unconstrained problem
    with a smooth objective function when choosing an appropriate penalty
    parameter. We show that this penalty formulation preserves the
    convexity for convex integer programming problems. (C) 1999 Elsevier
    Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, NT, Hong Kong.
 RP Sun, XL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR COOPER MW, 1981, MANAGE SCI, V27, P353
    GUPTA OK, 1985, MANAGE SCI, V31, P1533
    KORNER F, 1988, BIT, V28, P701
    SINCLAIR M, 1986, EUR J OPER RES, V27, P50
 NR 4
 TC 1
 SN 0893-9659
 J9 APPL MATH LETT
 JI Appl. Math. Lett.
 PD OCT
 PY 1999
 VL 12
 IS 7
 BP 73
 EP 77
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 222VV
 UT ISI:000081806800012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, DQ
    Dai, SQ
    Zhang, BS
 TI Hamiltonian formulation of nonlinear water waves in a two-fluid system
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE two-fluid system; Hamilton's principle; nonlinear water waves; shallow
    water assumption; Hamiltonian cononical equations
 ID SURFACE-WAVES; PRINCIPLE
 AB In this paper, it is dealt with that the Hamilton formulation of
    nonlinear water waves in a two-fluid system, which consists of two
    layers of constant-density incompressible inviscid fluid with a
    horizontal bottom, an interface and a free surface. The velocity
    potentials are expanded in power series of the vertical coordinate. By
    taking the kinetic thickness of lower fluid-layer and the reduced
    kinetic thickness of upper fluid-layer as the generalized
    displacements, choosing the velocity potentials at the interface and
    free surface as the generalized momenta and using Hamilton's principle,
    the Hamiltonian canonical equations for the system are derived with the
    Legendre transformation under the shallow water assumption. Hence the
    results for single-layer fluid are extended to the case of stratified
    fluid.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, DQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BENJAMIN TB, 1982, J FLUID MECH, V125, P137
    CRAIG W, 1994, WAVE MOTION, V19, P367
    DIA SQ, 1984, J SCI SINICA A, V27, P507
    LU DQ, 1997, MODERN MATH MECH MMM, V7, P387
    LUKE JC, 1967, J FLUID MECH, V27, P395
    MILDER DM, 1977, J FLUID MECH, V83, P159
    MILES JW, 1977, J FLUID MECH, V83, P153
    WHITHAM GB, 1967, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V299, P6
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1968, J APPL MECH TECH PHY, V2, P190
    ZHANG BS, 1998, ADV MECH, V28, P521
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 4
 BP 343
 EP 349
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 222VP
 UT ISI:000081806300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gabriel, B
    Jiang, FR
 TI Application of the modified method of multiple scales to the bending
    problems for circular thin plate at very large deflection and the
    asymptotics of solutions(II)
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE large deflection; modified method of multiple scales; asymptotic
    behaviors
 AB This paper is a continuation of part ( I ), on the asymptotics
    behaviors of the series solutions investigated in ( I ). The remainder
    terms of the series solutions are estimated by the maximum norm.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Gabriel, B, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BISSANGA G, 1998, APPL MATH MECH, V19, P937
    ECKHAUS W, 1979, STUDIES MATH ITS APP, V9, P190
 NR 2
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 4
 BP 373
 EP 378
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 222VP
 UT ISI:000081806300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jin, XJ
    Xu, ZY
    Li, L
 TI Critical driving force for martensitic transformation fcc(gamma)->
    hcp(epsilon) in Fe-Mn-Si shape memory alloys
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES E-TECHNOLOGICAL SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE critical driving force; martensitic transformation; Fe-Mn-Si alloy
 ID SYSTEM; MODEL
 AB By the application of Chou's new geometry model and the available data
    from binary Fe-Mn, Fe-Si and Mn-Si systems, as well as SGTE DATA for
    lattice stability parameters of three elements from Dinsdale, the Gibbs
    free energy as a function of temperature of the fcc(gamma) and
    hcp(epsilon) phases in the Fe-Mn-Si system is reevaluated. The
    relationship between the Neel temperature of the gamma phase and
    concentration of constituents in mole fraction, T-N(gamma) = 67x(Fe) +
    5402 x(Mn) + x(Fe)x(Mn) [761 + 689(x(Fe) - x(Mn))] - 850x(Si), is
    fitted and verified by the experimental results. The critical driving
    force for the martensitic transformation fcc(gamma) --> hcp(epsilon),
    Delta G(C)(gamma-->epsilon), defined as the free energy difference
    between gamma and epsilon phases at M-S of various alloys can also be
    obtained with a known M-S. It is found that the driving force varies
    with the composition of alloys, e. g. Delta G(C)(gamma-->epsilon) = -
    100.99 J/mol in Fe-27.0Mn-6.0Si and Delta G(C)(epsilon)(gamma-->) = -
    122.11 J/mol in Fe-26.91Mn-3.37Si. The compositional dependence of
    critical driving force accorded with the expression formulated by Hsu
    of the critical driving force for fcc(gamma) --> hcp(epsilon)
    transformation in alloys with low stacking fault energy (SFE), i. e.
    Delta G(C)(gamma-epsilon) = A . gamma + B, where gamma is the stacking
    fault energy (SFE) and A and B are constants related to materials.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, ZY, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 200030, Peoples
    R China.
 CR CHOU KC, 1996, CALPHAD, V20, P395
    CHOU KC, 1997, METALL MATER TRANS B, V28, P439
    DINSDALE AT, 1991, CALPHAD, V15, P317
    FORSBERG A, 1993, J PHASE EQUILIB, V14, P354
    HILLERT M, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P227
    HSU TY, 1980, ACTA METALL SIN, V16, P430
    HSU TY, 1993, SHANGHAI METALS, V15, P1
    HUANG WM, 1989, CALPHAD, V13, P243
    INDEN G, 1981, PHYSICA B, V103, P82
    LACAZE J, 1991, METALL TRANS A, V22, P2211
    LI L, 1997, CALPHAD, V21, P443
    MURAKAMI M, 1987, P INT C MARTENS TRAN, P985
    SATO A, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P287
 NR 13
 TC 8
 SN 1006-9321
 J9 SCI CHINA SER E
 JI Sci. China Ser. E-Technol. Sci.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 42
 IS 3
 BP 266
 EP 274
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 221UG
 UT ISI:000081744700005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, MG
    Cai, YC
 TI Chen's theorem in arithmetical progressions
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS PHYSICS ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE Chen's Theorem; sieve; mean value theorem
 AB Let N be a sufficiently large even integer and
    q greater than or equal to 1, (l(i), q) = 1 (i = 1, 2),
    l(1) + l(2) = N(mod q).
    It is proved that the equation
    N = p + P-2, p = l(1) (mod q), P-2 = l(2) (mod q)
    has infinitely many solutions for almost all q less than or equal to
    N-1/37, where p is a prime and P-2 is an almost prime with at most two
    prime factors.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, MG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN JR, 1966, KEXUE TONGBAO, V17, P385
    CHEN JR, 1973, SCI SINICA, V16, P157
    CHEN JR, 1978, SCI SINICA, V21, P421
    IWANIEC H, 1981, RECENT PROGR ANAL NU, V2, P203
    LIU JY, 1997, ACTA ARITH, V82, P197
    LIU MC, LECT NOTES MATH, V247, P227
    PAN CD, 1981, GOLDBACH CONJECTURE
    RICHERT HE, 1953, J FUR MATH, V191, P179
    TAMES RD, 1942, AM J MATH, V64, P539
    VANDERCORPUT JG, 1939, ACTA ARITH, V33, P181
    VINOGRADOV IM, 1937, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR, V15, P291
    ZULAUF A, 1952, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V190, P169
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1006-9283
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math. Phys. Astron.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 42
 IS 6
 BP 561
 EP 569
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 219WY
 UT ISI:000081632100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Han, JT
    Sun, GX
    Fang, JH
    Bao, BR
 TI Solvent extraction of uranium (VI) by N-octanoylpyrrolidine in toluene
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Letter
 AB The extraction of uranium(VI) from nitric acid by N-octanoylpyrrolidine
    (OPOD) in toluene has been investigated at varying concentrations of
    nitric acid, extractant salting-out agent LiNO3 and at different
    temperatures. The mechanism of extraction is discussed in the light of
    the obtained results.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Han, JT, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, POB 800-204,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR STANLEY RS, 1968, ORGANIC FUNCTIONAL G, V1, P227
    SUN GX, 1998, J RADIOANAL NUCL CH, V232, P245
    SUN GX, 1998, NUCL SCI TECHNOL, V9, P115
    SUN GX, 1998, THESIS CHINESE ACAD, P50
    THIOLLET G, 1989, SOLVENT EXTR ION EXC, V7, P813
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD JUL
 PY 1999
 VL 241
 IS 1
 BP 215
 EP 217
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 219LF
 UT ISI:000081608200035
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, A
    Fang, YH
    Young, JF
 TI Humidity dependence of apparent dielectric constant for DSP cement
    materials at high frequencies
 SO JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CERAMIC SOCIETY
 DT Article
 AB The relationship between humidity and dielectric constant for cement
    densified with small particles (DSP) has been studied in the relative
    humidity range 0%-93% and the frequency range 1 MHz to 1 GHz. The
    calculated dielectric constant appears to increase with increasing
    humidity as a linear relation at fixed frequency. According to
    experimental data and basic principles for dielectrics, two
    experimental expressions are suggested for heterogeneous dielectric
    materials to describe the observed behavior of the dielectric constant.
    The expressions fit the experimental data well in the frequency range
    studied. Apparent dielectric constant decreases with increasing
    frequency. Polarization of DSP cement is also discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Univ Illinois, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Urbana, IL 61801 USA.
    Univ Illinois, Ctr Cement Composite Mat, Urbana, IL 61801 USA.
 RP Hu, A, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BACHE HH, 1981, P 2 INT C SUP CONCR, P5
    BIRCHALL JD, 1981, NATURE, V289, P388
    BRUNAUER S, 1972, 3689294, US
    BUCHANAN RC, 1986, CERAMIC MAT ELECT, P39
    CARTER WJ, 1984, J MATER SCI LETT, V3, P1083
    FRANKLIN AD, 1971, PHYSICS ELECT CERA A, P451
    GOODMAN G, 1986, CERAMIC MAT ELECT, P84
    HAMMOND E, 1955, ENGINEER, V199, P78
    HJORTH L, 1983, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V310, P167
    KINGERY WD, 1976, INTRO CERAMICS, P947
    LEIGH DW, 1989, ADV CERAM, V26, P255
    MOULSON AJ, 1990, ELECTROCERAMIC MAT P, P62
    OTTO GP, 1991, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V40, P742
    PAYNE DA, 1977, CERAMIC MICROSTRUCTU, P584
    PEREZPENA M, 1987, ADV CERAM, V26, P279
    RIXOM MR, 1978, CHEM ADMIXTURE CONCR
    ROY DM, 1973, J AM CERAM SOC, V56, P549
    SWAMY RN, 1979, J MATER SCI, V14, P1521
    TAMAS FD, 1982, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V12, P115
    TAYLOR MA, 1974, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V4, P881
    WILKOSZ DE, 1995, J AM CERAM SOC, V78, P1673
    WISE S, 1985, MAT RES SOC S P, V42
    YOUNG JF, 1967, J APPL CHEM-USSR, V17, P241
 NR 23
 TC 6
 SN 0002-7820
 J9 J AMER CERAM SOC
 JI J. Am. Ceram. Soc.
 PD JUL
 PY 1999
 VL 82
 IS 7
 BP 1741
 EP 1747
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 215ZY
 UT ISI:000081416900013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZR
    Huang, DB
 TI A method to generate new exact solutions from a known stationary
    solution
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID EQUATION; FORM
 AB By combining the Backlund transformations and the AKNS system[ Study in
    Appl. Math. 53 (1974) 249.] which is a linear eigenvalue problem of the
    corresponding evolution equation, a method to find new exact solutions
    from known stationary solutions for nonlinear integrable equations is
    proposed. As an example, Korteweg de Vries (Kd V) equation is used to
    illustrate this method, and a class of new exact solutions of KdV
    equation is obtained.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, ZR, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    ALBOWITZ MJ, 1974, STUDY APPL PHYS, V53, P249
    CHEN XJ, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P504
    CROSS MC, 1993, REV MOD PHYS, V65, P851
    HERMAN W, 1990, J PHYS A, V23, P4805
    KHATER AH, 1997, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P1901
    KONNO K, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P1652
    LU XQ, 1997, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V14, P561
    MALFLIET W, 1993, J PHYS A, V26, L723
    OLVER PJ, 1986, APPL LIE GROUPS DIFF
    ROGERS C, 1982, BACKLUND TRANSFORMAT
    WEISS J, 1983, J MATH PHYS, V24, P522
    WU KX, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P654
 NR 13
 TC 3
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 5
 BP 313
 EP 315
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 215CA
 UT ISI:000081363300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Deng, K
    Zhou, YM
    Ren, ZM
    Gong, T
    Jiang, GC
 TI Electromagnetic characteristics of levitation melting with cold crucible
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE cold crucible; electromagnetic induction; levitation melting; numerical
    simulation
 AB By using the numerical simulation method with quasi-three-dimensions
    and the modified coupled current model presented in the previous work,
    the influences of the structure of cold crucible, the power frequency
    and the electricity property of melting charge on the electromagnetic
    field in the levitation melting processes were analyzed. The
    fundamentals for the technique design of levitation melting with cold
    crucible were presented. It is shown that the levitation melting with
    cold crucible is a self-balanced and self-stable process, and the cold
    crucible can be segmented 16 similar to 20 sectors for high frequency
    electromagnetic field and/or 4 similar to 8 sectors for lower frequency
    one. It is also shown that the change of the power frequency has great
    influence on the magnetic flux density on the surface of metallic
    charge, but for nonmetallic charge, the main influence on the magnetic
    flux density is the segmented number of cold crucible.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ASAI S, 1990, P 6 INT IR STEEL CON, P370
    DENG K, 1994, J SHANGHAI U TECH, V15, P87
    DENG K, 1995, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V5, P409
    DENG K, 1996, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V6, P12
    GARINIER M, 1990, P 6 INT IR STEEL CON, P226
    TANAKA T, 1991, ISIJ INT, V31, P1416
    TANAKA T, 1991, ISIJ INT, V31, P350
    TOH T, 1990, P 6 INT IRON STEEL C, P239
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 9
 IS 2
 BP 387
 EP 392
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 212JX
 UT ISI:000081214500036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, R
    Zhu, ZY
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Some dynamical properties of a viscoelastic cylindrical shell
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE viscoelasticity; cylindrical shell; stability
 AB In this paper, the dynamic,stability of a viscoelastic circular
    cylindrical shell subject to an axial compressive force and a uniformly
    distributed radial compressive load is discussed. By using the Laplace
    transformation, stability conditions of viscoelastic shell under
    constant loads are yielded. By using synthetically the classical
    dynamic methods, the various dynamical properties for the dynamical
    system de: fined by the viscoelastic shell and the effect of parameters
    on the stability of structure are obtained.
 C1 SW Jiaotong Univ, Mech Postdoctoral Stn, Chengdu 610031, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, R, SW Jiaotong Univ, Mech Postdoctoral Stn, Chengdu 610031,
    Peoples R China.
 CR DROZDOV A, 1993, MECH RES COMMUN, V20, P481
    LADOPOULOS EG, 1991, MECH RES COMMUN, V18, P111
    TYLIKOWSKI A, 1989, INT J MED SCI, V31, P591
    YANG TQ, 1989, THEORYT VISCOELASTIC
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 3
 BP 233
 EP 240
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 212FB
 UT ISI:000081205600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Peng, RR
    Chen, JM
    Peng, K
 TI Construction of wavelet bases with vanishing movement
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE vanishing movement; scaling function; orthogonal mother wavelet
 AB A kind of mother wavelet with good properties is constructed for any N
    greater than or equal to 2, which is differentiable for N times,
    converges to Zero at the order of O( I t I-N)( t --> infinity) and has
    N - 2 order of vanishing movement and some property of symmetry
    meanwhile. A computation example for N = 4 is also given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Changzhou Text Ind Coll, Changzhou 213000, Peoples R China.
 RP Peng, RR, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHUI JT, 1995, INTRO WAVELET
    LI SX, 1994, ELEMENTARY WAVELET I
    PENG RR, 1994, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V15, P299
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 3
 BP 247
 EP 253
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 212FB
 UT ISI:000081205600003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, NH
    Cheng, CJ
 TI A variational principle of perturbed motion on viscoelastic thin plates
    with applications
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE viscoelastic thin plate; perturbed motion; variational principle;
    stability
 AB In this paper, in the light of the Boltzmann superposition principle in
    linear viscoelasticity, a mathematical model of perturbed motion on
    viscoelastic thin plates is established. The corresponding variational
    principle is obtained in a convolution bilinear form. For application
    the problems of free vibration, forced vibration and stability of a
    viscoelastic simply-supported rectangular thin plate are considered.
    The results show that numerical solutions agree well with analytical
    solutions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CEDERBAUM G, 1992, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V59, P16
    CEDERBAUM G, 1992, MECH STRUCT MACH, V20, P37
    CHENG CJ, 1998, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V35, P4491
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, VARIATIONAL METHODS
    DALLASTA A, 1994, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V31, P247
    LEITMAN JM, HDB PHYSIK, V6, P10
    LUO E, 1990, ACTA MECH SINICA, V22, P484
    ODEN JT, 1983, VARIATIONAL METHODS
    REDDY JN, 1976, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V16, P227
    SHIMADA I, 1979, PROG THEOR PHYS, V61, P1605
    WOLF A, 1985, PHYS D, V16, P545
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 12
 IS 2
 BP 121
 EP 128
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA 213TR
 UT ISI:000081289800004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, Y
 TI On the symmetry group and harmonic potentials of a generalized multipole
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS D-APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB The relation between the M function for a generalized multipole and the
    pure mathematical M function is discussed. The concept of rotation
    sense has been replaced by the clearer and more general concept of
    screw sense. The influence of the infinitesimal orders of harmonic
    potentials on aberrations in connection with the constraints of the
    symmetry group of a GM are discussed. A simple, unified and powerful
    method to determine the constraint relations among the harmonic
    potentials of a generalized multipole or ordinary multipole is given
    and rigorously proved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Res Sect Appl Phys, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, Y, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Res Sect Appl Phys, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 CR ARFKEN G, 1985, MATH METHODS PHYSICI
    HAMERMESH M, 1962, GROUP THEORY ITS APP
    JOHN F, 1982, PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL
    LANCASTER P, 1985, THEORY MATRICES
    LI Y, 1986, OPTIK, V75, P8
    LI Y, 1987, OPTIK, V76, P48
    LI Y, 1988, ACTA MATH SCI, V8, P131
    LI Y, 1988, OPTIK, V80, P39
    LI Y, 1992, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V41, P353
    LI Y, 1993, ADV ELECTRON EL PHYS, V85, P231
    LI Y, 1995, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V28, P2007
    LI Y, 1995, SCI CHINA SER A, V38, P963
    LI Y, 1996, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V29, P1133
    SCHOUTEN JA, 1954, RICCI CALCULUS
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0022-3727
 J9 J PHYS-D-APPL PHYS
 JI J. Phys. D-Appl. Phys.
 PD JUN 21
 PY 1999
 VL 32
 IS 12
 BP 1336
 EP 1345
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 211GV
 UT ISI:000081153300010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, SS
    Wang, ZX
    Qiu, XJ
 TI SU(2) charges as angular momentum in N=1 self-dual supergravity
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID GRAVITY; VARIABLES
 AB The N = 1 self-dual supergravity has SL(2, C) symmetry. This symmetry
    results in SU(2) charges as the angular momentum. As in
    nonsupersymmetric self-dual gravity, the currents are also of their
    potentials and are therefore identically conserved. The charges are
    generally invariant and gauge covariant under local SU(2) transforms
    and approach being, rigid at spatial infinity. The Poisson brackets
    constitute the su(2) algebra and hence can be interpreted as the
    generally covariant conservative angular momentum.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Teachers Univ, Ctr String Theory, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, SS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ASHTEKAR A, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P2244
    DAI YB, 1987, GAUGE THEORY INTERAC
    DUAN YS, 1963, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V19, P589
    DUAN YS, 1996, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V25, P99
    FENG SS, 1995, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V27, P887
    FENG SS, 1995, GRAV COS, V1, P319
    FENG SS, 1996, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V25, P485
    FENG SS, 1996, INT J THEOR PHYS, V35, P267
    FENG SS, 1996, NUCL PHYS B, V468, P163
    GOROBEY NN, 1990, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V7, P67
    JACOBSON T, 1988, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V5, P923
    SAMUEL J, 1987, PRAMANA-J PHYS, V28, L429
    WEINBERG S, 1995, QUANTUM THEORY FIELD, V1
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAY
 PY 1999
 VL 38
 IS 5
 BP 1415
 EP 1422
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 210QH
 UT ISI:000081115800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cha, KH
    Guo, BY
    Kwon, YH
 TI Parameter estimation by spectral approximation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE parameter estimation; spectral approximation; convergence and spectral
    accuracy
 AB In this paper, Chebyshev and Legendre approximations are proposed for
    estimating parameters in differential equations, which are easy to be
    performed. The convergence and the spectral accuracy are proved, even
    without some conditions as imposed in other papers. The numerical
    results show the advantages of this new approach. (C) 1999 Elsevier
    Science Inc. All rights reserved. AMS Classification: 34A55; 65L10;
    65L99.
 C1 Pohang Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Pohang 790784, South Korea.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, BY, Pohang Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Pohang 790784, South
    Korea.
 CR ACAR R, 1993, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V31, P1221
    BANKS HT, 1989, ESTIMATION TECHNIQUE
    BERNARDI C, 1992, APPROXIMATIONS SPECT
    CANUTO C, 1982, MATH COMPUT, V38, P67
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CHO CK, 1999, APPL MATH COMPUT, V100, P265
    FRIND EO, 1973, WATER RES R, V9, P1397
    GILBARG D, 1983, PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL
    GOTTLIEB D, 1997, NUMERICAL ANAL SPECT
    GUO B, UNPUB PARAMETER IDEN
    GUO B, 1998, SPECTRAL METHODS THE
    NUTBROWN DA, 1975, WATER RESOUR RES, V11, P581
    RABINOWITZ PH, 1970, LECT NOTES MATH, V648, P97
    RICHTER GR, 1981, MATH COMPUT, V36, P375
    RICHTER GR, 1981, SIAM J APPL MATH, V41, P210
    VAINIKKO E, 1992, ACTA COMM U TARTUENS, V937, P90
    VAINIKKO E, 1993, Z ANAL ANGW, V12, P327
    YEH WWG, 1986, WATER RESOUR RES, V22, P95
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD SEP 1
 PY 1999
 VL 104
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 14
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 210ME
 UT ISI:000081108600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
 TI Error estimation of Hermite spectral method for nonlinear partial
    differential equations
 SO MATHEMATICS OF COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE Hermite approximation; Burgers equation; error estimations
 ID DOMAINS
 AB Hermite approximation is investigated. Some inverse inequalities,
    imbedding inequalities and approximation results are obtained. A
    Hermite spectral scheme is constructed for Burgers equation. The
    stability and convergence of the proposed scheme are proved strictly.
    The techniques used in this paper are also applicable to other
    nonlinear problems in unbounded domains.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, BY, Pohang Univ Sci & Technol, Pohang 790784, South Korea.
 CR ADAMS RA, 1975, SOBOLEV SPACES
    BLACK K, UNPUB SPECTRAL ELEME
    BOYD JP, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V69, P112
    CHRISTOV CI, 1982, SIAM J APPL MATH, V42, P1337
    COULAUD O, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P451
    COURANT R, 1928, MATH ANN, V100, P32
    FUNARO D, 1990, MATH COMPUT, V57, P597
    FUNARO D, 1991, ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIA, P263
    GUO BY, 1965, RR SUST
    GUO BY, 1974, ACTA MATH SINICA, V17, P242
    GUO BY, 1994, CONT MATH, V163, P33
    HARDY GH, 1952, INEQUALITIES
    IRANZO V, 1992, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V98, P105
    MADAY Y, 1985, RECH AEROSPATIALE, P353
    MAVRIPLIS C, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V80, P480
    NESSEL RJ, APPROXIMATION THEORY, V2, P479
    STETTER HJ, 1966, NUMERICAL SOLUTIONS, P111
    WEIDEMAN JAC, 1992, NUMER MATH, V61, P409
 NR 18
 TC 20
 SN 0025-5718
 J9 MATH COMPUT
 JI Math. Comput.
 PD JUL
 PY 1999
 VL 68
 IS 227
 BP 1067
 EP 1078
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 209PV
 UT ISI:000081057700010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, Y
    Wang, JX
    Yu, BC
    Cai, RF
    Huang, ZE
    Zhang, JM
 TI Preparation and structural characterization of star-shaped
    C-60-p-methylstyrene copolymers
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF SOLIDS
 DT Article
 DE fullerenes; polymers; chemical synthesis; infrared spectroscopy; X-ray
    diffraction
 ID POLYMER-SUBSTITUTED FULLERENES; ELECTROCHEMICAL DETECTION; C-60;
    BUCKMINSTERFULLERENE; <60>FULLERENE; CHEMISTRY; STYRENE; C60;
    PARAMAGNETISM; FLAGELLENES
 AB Highly soluble star-shaped C-60-p-methylstyrene copolymers with
    different C-60 contents were prepared in the toluene-tetrahydrofuran
    mixed solvents. The average number of grafted polymer chains onto the
    [60]fullerene was approximately between 1 and 4. Covalent attachment of
    C-60 to the terminal of active n-butyl-terminated poly(p-methylstyrene)
    (PPMS) backbone modified greatly the physical and chemical properties
    of the parent polymer. Its thermal stability and absorption degree at
    longer wavelengths were apparently enhanced. Interestingly, unlike pure
    PPMS polymer without paramagnetism, there are two kinds of paramagnetic
    species in the copolymer. This paramagnetic phenomenon can be
    interpreted most logically as being associated with a full charge
    transfer from a PMS unit of grafted chains to the C-60 core. First, if
    upon addition of the C-60 core an electron is transferred from the
    nearby PMS unit, then both would be in doublet states, which couple to
    give a close-lying singlet and triplet. The effect of C-60 chemical
    modification on the morphological structure and the X-ray diffraction
    structure of the parent polymer are also discussed. (C) 1999 Elsevier
    Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, Y, Fudan Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR CAMPS X, 1997, CHEM-EUR J, V3, P561
    CHEN Y, 1995, POLYM BULL, V35, P705
    CHEN Y, 1996, J APPL POLYM SCI, V61, P2185
    CHEN Y, 1996, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V34, P3297
    CHEN Y, 1996, J POLYM SCI POL PHYS, V34, P631
    CHEN Y, 1996, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V97, P239
    CHEN Y, 1996, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V26, P3699
    CHEN Y, 1997, EUR POLYM J, V33, P291
    CHEN Y, 1997, EUR POLYM J, V33, P823
    CHEN Y, 1998, EUR POLYM J, V34, P137
    CHEN Y, 1998, EUR POLYM J, V34, P1755
    CHEN Y, 1998, EUR POLYM J, V34, P421
    CHEN Y, 1998, J POLYM SCI POL PHYS, V36, P2653
    DUBOIS D, 1991, J AM CHEM SOC, V113, P4364
    DUBOIS D, 1991, J AM CHEM SOC, V113, P7773
    EDERLE Y, 1997, MACROMOLECULES, V30, P2546
    FAGAN PJ, 1992, CARBON, V30, P1213
    FAGAN PJ, 1992, J AM CHEM SOC, V114, P9697
    FISHER JE, 1993, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V54, P1725
    FUJIMOTO T, 1965, J POLYM SCI A, V3, P2259
    GILMAN H, 1964, J ORGANOMET CHEM, V2, P447
    GUERRA G, 1991, POLYM COMMUN, V32, P430
    HIGASHI H, 1961, MAKROMOL CHEM, V43, P245
    HIRSCH A, 1992, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V31, P766
    HIRSCH A, 1993, CHEM BER, V126, P1061
    ISAACS L, 1993, HELV CHIM ACTA, V76, P1231
    JEHOULET C, 1991, J AM CHEM SOC, V113, P5456
    JEHOULET C, 1992, J AM CHEM SOC, V114, P4237
    KAWAMURA T, 1982, MAKROMOL CHEM, V183, P153
    KRATSCHMER W, 1990, NATURE, V347, P354
    MARSHALL GL, 1985, EUR POLYM J, V21, P949
    MILLIKEN J, 1991, CHEM MATER, V3, P386
    OHSAWA Y, 1992, J CHEM SOC CHEM 0515, P781
    PRATO M, 1997, J MATER CHEM, V7, P1097
    RASINKANGAS M, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P4901
    SAMULSKI ET, 1992, CHEM MATER, V4, P1153
    STEWART C, 1996, CHEM COMMUN, P1383
    SUBRAMANIAN R, 1996, J PHYS CHEM-US, V100, P16327
    SUN YP, 1996, MACROMOLECULES, V29, P8441
    TADOKORO H, 1959, B CHEM SOC JPN, V32, P313
    WIGNALL GD, 1995, MACROMOLECULES, V28, P6000
 NR 41
 TC 2
 SN 0022-3697
 J9 J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS
 JI J. Phys. Chem. Solids
 PD JUL
 PY 1999
 VL 60
 IS 7
 BP 949
 EP 956
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 208DZ
 UT ISI:000080976100013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Liu, RD
    Huang, TH
    Cao, J
 TI Facile syntheses of 4-perfluoroalkyl-6-(alpha-furyl)-2-pyranones and
    methyl 4-(alpha-furoyl)-3-perfluoroalkyl-3-butenoates
 SO JOURNAL OF FLUORINE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE methyl 2-perfluoroalkynoates;
    4-perfluoroalkyl-6-(alpha-furyl)-2-pyranones; methyl
    4-(alpha-furoyl)-3-perfluoroalkyl-3-butenoates
 ID ELEMENTO-ORGANIC COMPOUNDS; STEREOSELECTIVE SYNTHESIS; 6TH GROUPS;
    ARSORANE; 2-PERFLUOROALKYNOATES; PHOSPHONIUM; CHEMISTRY; 5TH
 AB In the presence of K2CO3, reaction of
    (alpha-furoyl)methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (1) with methyl
    2-perfluoroalkynoates (2) in CH2Cl2 at room temperature gave methyl
    4-(alpha-furoyl)-2-triphenylphospknoranylidene-3-perfluoroalkyl-3-buteno
    ates (3) in excellent yields.
    4-Perfluoroalkyl-6-(alpha-furyl)-6-phyranones (4) and methyl
    4-(alpha-furoyl)-3-perfluoroalkyl-3-butenoates (5) were obtained in
    high yield by hydrolysis of these phosphoranes (3) with hot aqueous
    methanol. The butenoates (5) were isolated chromatographically as
    mixtures of Z and E isomers, the ratios of which were estimated by H-1
    NMR Reaction mechanisms are proposed to account for the formation of
    products 3, 4 and 5. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BANKS RE, 1979, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    CAO WG, 1998, J FLUORINE CHEM, V91, P99
    DING WY, 1986, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V44, P255
    DING WY, 1986, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V44, P62
    DING WY, 1987, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V45, P47
    DING WY, 1987, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, P435
    DING WY, 1991, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V49, P284
    DING WY, 1991, J CHEM SOC PERK  JUN, P1369
    DING WY, 1992, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V8, P224
    HUANG YZ, 1979, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V37, P47
    MANN J, 1987, CHEM SOC REV, V16, P381
    TAO WT, 1983, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, P129
    WELCH JT, 1987, TETRAHEDRON, V43, P3123
 NR 13
 TC 3
 SN 0022-1139
 J9 J FLUORINE CHEM
 JI J. Fluor. Chem.
 PD JUN 4
 PY 1999
 VL 95
 IS 1-2
 BP 135
 EP 140
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Chemistry, Organic
 GA 207JZ
 UT ISI:000080934900016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, J
    Zhu, XH
    Meng, ZY
 TI Effect of the interdiffusion reaction on the compatibility in PZT PNN
    functionally gradient piezoelectric materials
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON COMPONENTS AND PACKAGING TECHNOLOGIES
 DT Article
 DE activation energy; diffusivity; distribution profile; FGM;
    interdiffusion couple
 AB The interfacial diffusion reaction Pb(Ni1/3Nb2/3)O-3 (PNN) and
    Pb(Zr,Ti)O-3 (PZT) phases in functionally gradient materials (FGM) has
    been investigated as a function of sintering temperature and time,
    respectively. The compositional distribution profiles of the
    interaction region were examined by electron probe microbeam analysis
    (EPMA). According to the diffusion model, the concentration
    distribution profiles were simulated by way of numerical approaches.
    The diffusivity and activation energy for Ni2+, Nb5+, Ti4+ and Zr4+
    ions have been estimated. The results were discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, J, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHAWLA KK, 1995, CERAMIC MATRIX COMPO, CH4
    JINPIN L, 1989, CHINESE J MAT SCI, V4
    SHEWMON PB, 1963, DIFFUSION SOLIDS, CH1
    TAKAHASHI H, 1990, JSME INT J 1, V33
    XINHUA Z, 1995, J MATER SCI LETT, V14, P516
    ZHU XH, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V48, P169
 NR 6
 TC 4
 SN 1521-3331
 J9 IEEE TRANS COMPON PACKAGING T
 JI IEEE Trans. Compon. Packaging Technol.
 PD MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 22
 IS 1
 BP 11
 EP 16
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Engineering, Manufacturing;
    Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 209DD
 UT ISI:000081031900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Kong, KH
    Cheung, PCH
    Lu, HQ
    Cheng, KS
 TI Inflation in Bianchi type-IX Einstein-Cartan cosmological model
 SO ASTROPHYSICS AND SPACE SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID ANISOTROPIC COSMOLOGIES; PRIMORDIAL SHEAR; UNIVERSE; TORSION; SPIN
 AB Within the framework of Einstein-Cartan theory with Weyssenhoff fluid,
    we investigate an inflation model for an anisotropic Bianchi type-IX
    cosmological model. The system of field equations is solved numerically
    and an inflation epoch is achieved. The general condition for the
    inflation to occur is also discussed. This anisotropic model evolves
    quickly towards to an isotropic one.
 C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
    Univ Oxford, Dept Astrophys, Nucl & Astrophys Lab, Oxford OX1 3RH, England.
 RP Kong, KH, Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR BARROW JD, 1981, NATURE, V292, P35
    BRANDENBERGER RH, 1985, REV MOD PHYS, V57, P1
    CARTAN E, 1985, MANIFOLD AFFINE CONN
    DEMIANSKI M, 1984, NATURE, V307, P140
    DEMIANSKI M, 1987, PHYS REV D, V35, P1181
    GOENNER H, 1984, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V1, P651
    GUTH AH, 1981, PHYS REV D, V23, P347
    HEHL FW, 1976, REV MOD PHYS, V48, P393
    HENRIQUES AB, 1991, PHYS LETT B, V256, P359
    JENSEN LG, 1986, PHYS REV D, V34, P931
    LINDE AD, 1984, REP PROG PHYS, V47, P925
    LU HQ, 1995, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V12, P2755
    MARTINEZGONZALE.E, 1986, PHYS LETT B, V167, P37
    OBUKHOV YN, 1987, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V4, P1633
    ROTHMAN T, 1985, PHYS LETT B, V159, P256
    ROTHMAN T, 1986, PHYS LETT B, V180, P19
    STEIGMAN G, 1983, PHYS LETT B, V128, P295
    TSAMPARLIS M, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V75, P27
    TSOUBELIS D, 1979, PHYS REV D, V20, P3004
    TURNER MS, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P2237
    WALD RM, 1983, PHYS REV D, V28, P2118
    ZARDECKI A, 1985, PHYS REV D, V31, P718
 NR 22
 TC 1
 SN 0004-640X
 J9 ASTROPHYS SPACE SCI
 JI Astrophys. Space Sci.
 PY 1998
 VL 260
 IS 4
 BP 521
 EP 529
 PG 9
 SC Astronomy & Astrophysics
 GA 207RG
 UT ISI:000080922200008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, GQ
    Yu, KW
 TI New method for effective viscosity of colloidal dispersions with
    periodic microstructures
 SO ACTA MATHEMATICA SCIENTIA
 DT Article
 DE colloidal dispersion; effective viscosity; suspension; emulsion
 ID EFFECTIVE SHEAR VISCOSITY; CONCENTRATED DISPERSIONS; VOLUME FRACTION;
    SPHERES; SUSPENSION; LATTICE; FLOW
 AB One of the central theoretical problems in the colloid field is to
    determine the rheological relation between the macroscopic properties
    of colloidal suspensions and the microstructures of the systems. In
    this work, the authors develop a method of transformation field by
    which one call calculate the effective viscosity of an incompressible:
    viscous fluid containing colloidal particles (either solid particles:
    or liquid drops) fixed at the points of a periodic lattice. The
    effective viscosity of a colloidal dispersion of spherical particles is
    calculated. The predictions of the theory are in good agreement with
    the Einstein's formula for suspensions and the Taylor's formula for
    emulsions at low particle concentrations. At higher particle
    concentrations, the theory reproduces the results of Nunan and Keller.
    The method is also applicable to the viscosity of colloidal systems
    with non-spherical particles.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Syst Sci & Syst Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Shatin, New Territories, Hong Kong.
 CR BATCHELOR GK, 1972, J FLUID MECH, V56, P401
    BATCHELOR GK, 1977, J FLUID MECH, V83, P97
    BEDEAUX D, 1977, PHYSICA            A, V88, P88
    BEDEAUX D, 1983, PHYSICA A, V121, P345
    CHOW TS, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P1977
    DEKRUIF CG, 1985, J CHEM PHYS, V83, P4717
    EINSTEIN A, 1906, ANN PHYS LEIPAIG, V19, P288
    EINSTEIN A, 1911, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V34, P591
    ESHELBY JD, 1957, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V241, P376
    FREED KF, 1982, J CHEM PHYS, V76, P6187
    GU GQ, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P8612
    KANDYRIN LB, 1992, ADV POLYM SCI, V103, P103
    KRIEGER IM, 1972, ADV COLLOID INTERFAC, V3, P111
    MCPHEDRAN RC, 1978, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V359, P45
    MELLEMA J, 1983, PHYSICA A, V122, P268
    MUTHUKUMAR M, 1982, J CHEM PHYS, V76, P6195
    NAGATANI T, 1979, J PHYS SOC JPN, V47, P320
    NEMATNASSER S, 1981, Q APPL MATH, V39, P43
    NUNAN KC, 1984, J FLUID MECH, V142, P269
    PETERSON JM, 1963, J CHEM PHYS, V39, P2516
    RAYLEIGH JW, 1892, PHILOS MAG, V34, P481
    SUEN WM, 1979, J PHYS D, V12, P1325
    TAYLOR GI, 1932, P R SOC LOND A-CONTA, V138, P41
    VANDERWERFF JC, 1989, J RHEOL, V33, P421
    ZICK AA, 1982, J FLUID MECH, V115, P13
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 0252-9602
 J9 ACTA MATH SCI
 JI Acta Math. Sci.
 PY 1999
 VL 19
 IS 2
 BP 148
 EP 157
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics
 GA 208NK
 UT ISI:000080997800004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, J
    Nho, YC
    Kwon, OH
    Hoffman, AS
 TI Grafting copolymerization of polyethylene glycol methacrylate (PEGMA)
    onto preirradiated PP films
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Letter
 ID PEO GRADIENT SURFACES; PROTEIN ADSORPTION; PLATELET-ADHESION;
    PREVENTION; COATINGS
 AB Polyethylene glycol methacrylate (PEGMA) with different polyethylene
    oxide units were grafted onto polypropylene (PP) films by a
    preirradiation grafting method. The effect of co-solvent system on the
    degree of grafting and water contact angle were determined,
    respectively. The grafted sample films were verified by Fourier
    Transform Infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy in the attenuated total
    reflectance mode (ATR). The biocompatibility and blood compatibility of
    the grafted PP films were evaluated by the determination of protein
    adsorption, platelet adsorption and thrombus.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Korea Atom Energy Res Inst, Radiat Applicat Div, Taejon, South Korea.
    Univ Washington, Ctr Bioengn, Seattle, WA 98159 USA.
 RP Chen, J, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Jiadiang Campus,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR AMIJI M, 1992, BIOMATERIALS, V13, P682
    ANDRADE JD, 1987, T AM SOC ART INT ORG, V33, P75
    BAIER RE, 1970, T AM SOC ART INT ORG, V16, P50
    DUNKIRK SG, 1991, J BIOMATER APPL, V6, P131
    HADDADIASL V, 1995, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V45, P191
    HOFFMAN AS, 1982, ADV CHEM SER, V199, P3
    HOFFMAN AS, 1988, J APPL POLYM SCI APP, V42, P251
    IKADA Y, 1981, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V18, P1207
    IMAI Y, 1972, J BIOMED MATER RES, V6, P165
    JEONG BJ, 1996, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V178, P757
    LEE JH, 1989, J BIOMED MATER RES, V23, P351
    LEE JH, 1990, BIOMATERIALS, V11, P455
    LEE JH, 1997, J BIOMED MATER RES, V34, P105
    NIIO YC, 1993, POLYMER, V17, P433
    SUN YH, 1986, J BIOACT COMPAT POL, V1, P316
    WILSON JE, 1977, J MACROMOL SCI CHEM, V11, P2113
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 240
 IS 3
 BP 943
 EP 948
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 207HR
 UT ISI:000080931900039
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, XM
 TI A new uniqueness theorem of the linear thermo-elastic dynamics on
    unbounded domains
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE linear thermo-elasticity; initial boundary value problem; unique
 ID ENERGY
 AB In the present paper, the uniqueness of the solution to the initial
    boundary value problem of the linear thermo-elastic dynamics on
    unbounded domains is obtained under less restrictive conditions,
    including abandoning the positive semi-definiteness of the elasticity
    tensor and boundness of the material tensor and restrictions on the
    acoustic tensor and the coupled tensor, and the results in [1] are
    refined. The conclusion here is valid for the case on bounded domains
    and the linear elastic dynamics on unbounded domains, hence the results
    in [2 similar to 4] are refined too. Abandoning the positive
    semi-definiteness of elasticity tensor permits that the uniqueness of
    the kinetic process is still valid for deformation of the wider
    materials, especially for the case that there are phase-transition
    during deformation process provided that the constitutive equations are
    unchanged in forms.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, XM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BALL JM, 1987, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V100, P13
    CARBONARO B, 1984, J ELASTICITY, V14, P163
    CARBONARO B, 1987, J ELASTICITY, V17, P85
    CHANDRASEKHARAI.DS, 1984, J TECHN PHYS, V25, P345
    ERICKSEN JL, 1975, J ELASTICITY, V5, P191
    SHERIEF HH, 1980, J THERMAL STRESSES, V3, P223
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7718
 J9 ACTA MECH SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 1999
 VL 15
 IS 1
 BP 59
 EP 62
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 206VX
 UT ISI:000080902000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YS
    Ma, JH
    Liu, ZR
 TI The state space reconstruction technology of different kinds of chaotic
    data obtained from dynamical system
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear chaotic data; embedding space matrix; eigenvalue and
    eigenvector; state space reconstruction
 ID TIME-SERIES; INFORMATION; ATTRACTORS
 AB Certain deterministic nonlinear systems may show chaotic behavior. We
    consider the motion of qualitative information and the practicalities
    of extracting a part from chaotic experimental data. Our approach based
    on a theorem of Takens draws on the ideas from the generalized theory
    of information known as singular system analysis. We illustrate this
    technique by numerical data from the chaotic region of the chaotic
    experimental data. The method of the singular-value decomposition is
    used to calculate the eigenvalues of embedding space matrix. The
    corresponding concrete algorithm to calculate eigenvectors and to
    obtain the basis of embedding vector space is proposed in this paper.
    The projection on the orthogonal basis generated by eigenvectors of
    timeseries data and concrete paradigm are also provided here. Meanwhile
    the state space reconstruction technology of different kinds of chaotic
    data obtained from dynamical system has also been discussed in detail.
 C1 Tianjin Univ, Dept Mech, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
    SE Univ, Inst Syst Engn, Nanjing 210096, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YS, Tianjin Univ, Dept Mech, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
 CR ALDANO AM, 1988, PHYS REV A, V38, P3017
    BROOMHEAD DS, 1986, PHYSICA D, V20, P217
    CASDAGLI M, 1991, PHYSICA D, V51, P52
    FRASER AM, 1986, PHYS REV A, V33, P1134
    FRASER AM, 1989, PHYSICA D, V34, P391
    GIBSON JF, 1992, PHYSICA D, V57, P1
    JUNHAI M, 1997, THESIS TIANJIAN U CH
    LIEBERT W, 1988, PHYS LETT, V142, P101
    MA JH, 1998, APPL MATH MECH, V19, P481
    MA JH, 1998, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V19, P1033
    MEES AI, 1987, PHYS REV A, V36, P340
    PACKARD NH, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V45, P712
    PALUS M, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V175, P203
    TAKENS F, 1981, LECT NOTES MATH, V898, P366
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0567-7718
 J9 ACTA MECH SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 1999
 VL 15
 IS 1
 BP 82
 EP 92
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 206VX
 UT ISI:000080902000011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hua, B
    Li, CZ
 TI Production and characterization of nanocrystalline SnO2 films on Al2O3
    agglomerates by CVD in a fluidized bed
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE chemical vapor deposition; fluidization; ultrafine particle
 AB In this paper, nanocrystalline SnO2 films an coated on ultrafine Al2O3
    particles by hydrolyzing SnCl4 vapor using fluidization chemical vapor
    deposition (FCVD) technology. The morphology and distribution of SnO2
    films in Al2O3 agglomerates as well as on ultrafine Al2O3 particles are
    determined by means of X-ray diffraction (XRD), EPMA, high resolution
    electron microscopy (HREM) etc. The results show that nanocrystalline
    SnO2 films are deposited uniformly throughout the whole agglomerate if
    Al2O3 agglomerates are fluidized and the films are made up of both
    amorphous SnO2 and 6-10 nm crystallites on the surfaces of ultrafine
    Al2O3 particles under different coating conditions. FCVD can be
    developed into a competitive method for surface modification of
    ultrafine particles. (C) 1999 Published by Elsevier Science S.A. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Tech Chem Phys, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Hua, B, Shanghai Univ, Coll Chem & Chem Engn, POB 233,Yanchang Rd 149,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR GU Y, 1992, J E CHINA U CHEM TEC, V18, P506
    HUA B, 1994, J E CHINA U SCI TECH, V20, P290
    HUA B, 1994, J E CHINA U SCI TECH, V20, P294
    ITON H, 1988, J MATER SCI, V23, P43
    MAUDES JS, 1980, THIN SOLID FILMS, V69, P183
    MOROOKA S, 1988, J CHEM ENG JPN, V21, P41
    NAGANO M, 1984, J CRYST GROWTH, V67, P639
    YAO J, 1990, J E CHINA U CHEM TEC, V16, P249
 NR 8
 TC 6
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD MAY 25
 PY 1999
 VL 59
 IS 2
 BP 130
 EP 135
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 203NV
 UT ISI:000080714500006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, YH
    Huang, SP
 TI Molecular dynamics simulation study of MgO crystal
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID THERMODYNAMIC PROPERTIES; MGSIO3 PEROVSKITE
 AB Molecular dynamics simulation of MgO crystal at different temperature
    and pressure was carried out by suing the shell model of ionic
    polarizability. The prediction of thermal expansion is in good
    agreement with the experiment. The heat capacity has been calculated
    with a semi-classical approximate method. The calculated values are
    less than the experimental data because the anharmonic effect and
    quantum correlation were not taken into account. The changes of
    transverse-optic and longitudinal-optic modes with the compression
    ration are also calculated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, YH, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ALLAN NL, 1987, ADV CERAM, V23, P257
    ANDERSON OL, 1990, J PHYS CHEM REF DATA, V19, P69
    BORN M, 1954, DYNAMICAL THEORY CRY
    BUSH TS, 1994, J MATER CHEM, V4, P831
    FINCHAM D, 1994, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V6, P393
    LEWIS GV, 1985, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V18, P1140
    MAO HK, 1979, J GEOPHYS RES, V84, P4533
    MATSUI M, 1989, J CHEM PHYS, V91, P489
    MITCHELL PJ, 1993, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V5, P1031
    PING HS, 1997, J PHYS SOC JPN, V66, P1356
    WEI Q, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P834
    WINKLER B, 1992, PHYS CHEM MINER, V18, P407
    ZHOU LX, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P444
 NR 13
 TC 2
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 4
 BP 235
 EP 237
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 203MT
 UT ISI:000080712000001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, YJ
 TI A nonlinear Galerkin method with variable modes for
    Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equation
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE Kuramoto-Sivaskinsky equation; nonlinear Galerkin method;
    approximation; convergence
 ID GLOBAL DYNAMICAL PROPERTIES
 AB This article proposes a kind of nonlinear Galerkin methods with
    variable modes for the long-term integration of Kuramoto-Sivashinsky
    equation. It consists of finding an appropriate or best number of modes
    in the correction of the method. Convergence results and error
    estimates are derived for this method. Numerical examples show also the
    efficiency and advantage of our method over the usual nonlinear
    Galerkin method and the classical Galerkin method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Dept Math, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 CR CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    FOIAS C, 1983, PHYSICA D, V9, P157
    FOIAS C, 1988, MATH MODELLING NUMER, V22, P93
    MARION M, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P1139
    NICOLAENKO B, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P155
    NICOLAENKO B, 1989, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V14, P245
    TEMAM R, 1989, MATH MODEL NUMER ANA, V3, P541
    TEMAM R, 1989, P 11 INT C NUM METH
    TEMAN R, 1984, NAVIER STOKES EQUATI
    TEMAN R, 1988, APPL MATH SCI, V68
    WU YJ, 1994, ADV MECH, V2, P145
    YANG ZH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P20
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD MAY
 PY 1999
 VL 17
 IS 3
 BP 243
 EP 256
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 201MN
 UT ISI:000080599400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, GQ
    Liu, JX
 TI A kind of implicit iterative methods for ill-posed operator equations
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE ill-posed equation; implicit iterative method; control parameter;
    discrepamcy principle; optimal convergence rate
 ID TIKHONOV REGULARIZATION; PARAMETER CHOICE; HILBERT SCALES
 AB In this paper we propose a kind of implicit iterative methods for
    solving ill-posed operator equations and discuss the properties of the
    methods in the case that the control parameter is fixed. The
    theoretical results show that the new methods have certain important
    features and can overcome some disadvantages of Tikhonov-type
    regularization and explicit iterative methods. Numerical examples are
    also given in the paper, which coincide well with theoretical results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BAUMEISTER J, 1987, STABLE SOLUTION INVE
    BRAKHAGE H, 1987, INVERSE ILL POSED PR, P165
    GROETSCH CW, 1984, THEORY TIKHONOV REGU
    GROETSCH CW, 1989, J APPROX THEORY, V58, P184
    HAGEMAN LA, 1981, APPL ITERATIVE METHO
    HANKE M, 1991, NUMER MATH, V60, P341
    HE GQ, 1993, COMM APPL MATH COMPU, V38, P356
    HE GQ, 1993, COMM APPL MATH COMPU, V38, P356
    HE GQ, 1993, COMM APPL MATH COMPU, V7, P76
    KING JT, 1979, NUMER FUNCT ANAL OPT, V1, P499
    LANDWEBER L, 1951, AM J MATH, V73, P615
    LUAN WG, 1989, INVERSE PROBLEMS GEO
    MOROZOV A, 1966, SOV MATH DOKL, V7, P414
    NATTERER F, 1984, APPL ANAL, V18, P29
    NEMIROVSKIY AS, 1984, ENG CYBERN, V22, P1
    NEUBAUER A, 1988, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V25, P1313
    TIKHONOV AN, 1977, SOLUTION ILL POSED P
 NR 17
 TC 2
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD MAY
 PY 1999
 VL 17
 IS 3
 BP 275
 EP 284
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 201MN
 UT ISI:000080599400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, HX
 TI Extinction of population-size-dependent branching processes in random
    environments
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PROBABILITY
 DT Article
 DE stochastic population models; Markov chains in random environments;
    extinction probabilities
 AB We generalize a population-size-dependent branching process to a more
    general branching model called the population-size-dependent branching
    process in random environments. For the model where {Zn}(n greater than
    or equal to 0) is associated with the stationary environment <(xi)over
    bar> = {xi(n)}(n greater than or equal to 0), let B = {omega :
    Z(n)(omega) = 0 for some n}, and q(<(xi)over bar>) = P(B \ <(xi)over
    bar>, Z(0) = 1). The result is that P(q(<(xi)over bar>) = 1) is either
    1 or 0, and sufficient conditions for certain extinction (i.e.
    P(q(<(xi)over bar>) = 1) = 1) and for non-certain extinction (i.e.
    P(q(<(xi)over bar>) < 1) = 1) are obtained for the model.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, HX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ATHREYA KB, 1971, ANN MATH STAT, V42, P1499
    COGBURN R, 1984, Z WAHRSCHEINLICHKEIT, V66, P109
    KLEBANER FC, 1984, ADV APPL PROBAB, V16, P30
    SMITH WL, 1969, ANN MATH STAT, V40, P814
    VIAUD DPL, 1994, J APPL PROBAB, V31, P22
 NR 5
 TC 5
 SN 0021-9002
 J9 J APPL PROBAB
 JI J. Appl. Probab.
 PD MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 36
 IS 1
 BP 146
 EP 154
 PG 9
 SC Statistics & Probability
 GA 202WX
 UT ISI:000080676100013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
    Wang, Q
 TI The quantum behavior of an electron in a uniform magnetic field
 SO PHYSICA B
 DT Article
 DE probability current density; uniform magnetic field; symmetric gauge;
    classical correspondence
 AB The total probability current of an electron in a uniform magnetic
    field is calculated in the symmetric gauge. Even though the eigen
    motion of the electron in this gauge is similar to the classical orbit
    motion, the total probability current is found to be equal to zero when
    the canonical angular momentum is less than zero. The reason is that in
    this case, the origin of the coordinate system lies outside the
    circular orbit of corresponding classical motion, in addition to the
    absence of radial component of the probability current density because
    of the indeterminacy of the location of the orbit center. (C) 1999
    Published by Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CF, CCAST, World Lab, POB 8730, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 CR ARFKEN G, 1985, MATH METHODS PHYSICI, P726
    BALLENTINE LE, 1990, QUANTUM MECH, P216
    CAPRI AZ, 1985, NONRELATIVISTIC QUAN, P457
    LANDAU LD, 1977, QUANTUM MECHANICS, P456
    PAGE L, 1930, PHYS REV, V36, P444
    STONE M, 1992, QUANTUM HALL EFFECT
 NR 6
 TC 3
 SN 0921-4526
 J9 PHYSICA B
 JI Physica B
 PD JUL
 PY 1999
 VL 269
 IS 1
 BP 22
 EP 27
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 200KG
 UT ISI:000080538400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, SR
    Luo, J
    Leonardi, F
    Lipo, TA
 TI A comparison of power density for axial flux machines based on general
    purpose sizing equations
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON ENERGY CONVERSION
 DT Article
 ID ELECTRICAL MACHINES; DESIGN
 AB Based on the concept of the converter fed machine (CFM), an optimal
    machine design can be considered as the best match of the machine
    topology, the power electronic converter and the performance
    specification. To compare power production potential of axial flux
    machines with various topologies, different waveforms of back emf and
    current, general purpose sizing and power density equations for such
    machines are needed. In this paper, a general approach is presented to
    develop and to interpret these equations. Sample applications of the
    sizing and power density equations are utilized to compare the axial
    flux toroidal permanent magnet (AFTPM) machine and the axial flux
    two-stator permanent magnet (AF2SPM) machine.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    McCleer Power Inc, Jackson, MI 49203 USA.
    Univ Wisconsin, Dept Elect & Comp Engn, Madison, WI 53706 USA.
 RP Huang, SR, Shanghai Univ, Coll Automat, 147 Yan Chang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CAMPBELL P, 1974, P I ELECTR ENG, V121, P1489
    CARICCHI F, 1994, IEEE IAS ANN M DENV, P254
    CHAN CC, 1987, IEEE T ENERGY CONVER, V2, P294
    DOTE Y, 1990, BRUSHLESS SERVOMOTOR
    HUANG S, 1996, IEEE IND APPLIC SOC, P836
    JENSEN CC, 1992, IEEE T IND APPL, V28, P646
    LI Y, 1995, THESIS U WISCONSIN M
    LIPO TA, 1984, IEEE T IND APPL, V20, P834
    LIPO TA, 1995, IPEC 95 JAP APR 3 7, P1
    SPOONER E, 1988, P INT C EL MACH, V3, P81
 NR 10
 TC 7
 SN 0885-8969
 J9 IEEE TRANS ENERGY CONVERS
 JI IEEE Trans. Energy Convers.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 14
 IS 2
 BP 185
 EP 191
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Energy & Fuels
 GA 199CP
 UT ISI:000080462000010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, QN
 TI Coupled-local-mode theory and study of optical properties of a Gaussian
    fiber grating
 SO JOURNAL OF THE OPTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA A-OPTICS IMAGE SCIENCE AND
    VISION
 DT Article
 ID BRAGG GRATINGS; PHASE GRATINGS; FILTERS; PERIOD
 AB A coupled-local-mode theory is presented for a nonuniform fiber grating
    with slowly varying background induced-index change. On this basis the
    transmission spectrum of a Gaussian fiber grating is calculated, and
    the underlying physical mechanism is studied in detail. (C) 1999
    Optical Society of America [S0740-3232(99)02306-6].
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Fiber Opt, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, QN, Shanghai Univ, Inst Fiber Opt, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BENNION I, 1996, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V28, P93
    BORN M, 1959, PRINCIPLES OPTICS
    CAMPBELL RJ, 1994, INT J OPTOELECTRON, V9, P33
    ERDOGAN T, 1996, J OPT SOC AM A, V13, P296
    ERDOGAN T, 1997, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V15, P1277
    ERDOGAN T, 1997, J OPT SOC AM A, V14, P1760
    FONJALLAZ PY, 1997, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V15, P371
    HILL KO, 1978, APPL PHYS LETT, V32, P647
    HUANG HC, 1998, MICROWAVE APPROACH H
    KASHYAP R, 1994, OPT FIBRE TECHNOL, V1, P17
    KASHYAP R, 1997, INT J OPTOELECTRON, V11, P87
    LAM DKW, 1981, APPL OPTICS, V20, P440
    LANDAU LD, 1980, QUANTUM MECH
    MARCUSE D, 1991, THEORY DIELECTRIC OP
    MELTZ G, 1989, OPT LETT, V14, P823
    MIZRAHI V, 1993, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V11, P1513
    POLADIAN L, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P4758
    SIPE JE, 1994, J OPT SOC AM A, V11, P1307
    SNYDER AW, 1983, OPTICAL WAVEGUIDE TH
    VENGSARKAR AM, 1996, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V14, P58
    ZHAO YY, 1997, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V15, P154
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0740-3232
 J9 J OPT SOC AM A-OPT IMAGE SCI
 JI J. Opt. Soc. Am. A-Opt. Image Sci. Vis.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 6
 BP 1312
 EP 1325
 PG 14
 SC Optics
 GA 198YQ
 UT ISI:000080452500011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI General Bernoulli equation for rotational flow in rotor
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, a general Bernoulli equation is formulated in terms of
    three Clebsch-type variables for unsteady compressible rotational flow
    in turbomachine aerodynamics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ECER A, 1983, AIAA J, V21, P343
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P17
    LIU GL, 1980, FUNDAMENTALS AERODYN
    LIU GL, 1991, 3 INT C INV DES OPT, P337
 NR 4
 TC 1
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 1
 BP 17
 EP 18
 PG 2
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 196WU
 UT ISI:000080331500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Treatment shocks in transonic aerodynamics in the meshless method Part
    I: Lagrange multiplier approach
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 DE meshless method; variational principle; transonic flow
 ID FREE GALERKIN METHODS; FLUID-MECHANICS
 AB The meshless method, which is mainly based on moving least-squares
    approximation, has features which make it highly attractive for
    simulating problems containing discontinuities (such as material
    discontinuities, shocks, and inverse problems). By using the meshless
    method, the trial and test functions for variational functional are
    constructed with moving least-square interpolants. The Rankine-Hogoniot
    shock relations are imposed at the variational level by the Lagrange
    multipliers. Treatment of the shocks is discussed as well as accurate
    treatment of the unknown discontinuities of shocks has been emphasized.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BELYTSCHKO T, 1994, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V37, P229
    BELYTSCHKO T, 1995, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V32, P2547
    BELYTSCHKO T, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P3
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P17
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P117
    LISZKA TJ, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P263
    LIU WK, 1995, INT J NUMER METH FL, V21, P901
    LIU WK, 1996, ARCH COMPUTATIONAL M, V3, P3
    ONATE E, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P315
 NR 10
 TC 10
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 1
 BP 19
 EP 25
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 196WU
 UT ISI:000080331500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, DH
 TI Revisiting the state transition frequency formula
 SO ANNALS OF OPERATIONS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE supplementary variable technique; VMP method; state transition counting
    process; transition frequency formula; fluid model
 AB In this paper, we give a new proof of the transition frequency formula
    for the state transition counting process in a vector Markov process
    (VMP). The formula was first presented by the author in the early
    eighties. We also derive the absorbing distribution, the renewal
    distribution and the entering probability formulas from the formula. As
    an application, we use derived results to reduce the analysis of a
    fluid model with random disruptions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, DH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN H, 1992, OPER RES, V40, S324
    COX DR, 1955, P CAMBRIDGE PHILOS S, V51, P313
    NEUTS MF, 1957, J APPL PROBAB, V17, P764
    NEUTS MF, 1975, LIBER AMICORUM PROF, P173
    PYKE R, 1961, ANN MATH STAT, V32, P1231
    SHI DH, 1985, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V1, P101
    SHI DH, 1990, ANN OPERAT RES, V24, P185
    SHI DH, 1996, NAV RES LOG, V43, P1009
    WIDDER DV, 1946, LAPLACE TRANSFORM
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0254-5330
 J9 ANN OPER RES
 JI Ann. Oper. Res.
 PY 1999
 VL 87
 BP 305
 EP 317
 PG 13
 SC Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 197DK
 UT ISI:000080349200021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Hybrid problems of determining unknown shape of bladings in
    compressible S2-flow in mixed-flow turbomachinery via variational
    technique
 SO AIRCRAFT ENGINEERING AND AEROSPACE TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE aerodynamics; blades; inverse problems
 AB Using the semi-inverse method proposed by the present author, a family
    of variational principle for direct problem of S2-flow in mixed-flow
    turbomachinery is obtained; then, applying the functional variation
    with variable domain, two families of variational principles are
    established for the hybrid problems of determining the unknown shape of
    bladings, where pressure or velocity is over-specified. The present
    variational models are well posed for redundant data at boundaries. The
    theory provides both rational ways for best contouring the hub/casing
    walls to meet various practical design requirements and a theoretical
    basis for introducing the finite element method into computational
    aerodynamics of turbomachinery.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mech, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mech, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 CR CAI RQ, 1988, INT J HEAT FLUID FL, V9, P302
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P117
    HE JH, 1998, GEN VARIATIONAL PRIN
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15
    LIU GL, 1997, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V69, P527
    LIU X, 1995, MULT SCLER, V1, P2
 NR 7
 TC 8
 SN 0002-2667
 J9 AIRCRAFT ENG AEROSP TECHNOL
 JI Aircr. Eng. Aerosp. Technol.
 PY 1999
 VL 71
 IS 2
 BP 154
 EP 159
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 195JN
 UT ISI:000080247200007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Q
    Wu, Z
    Wang, LQ
 TI Nonlinear behavior of electromagnetic waves on surface of
    antiferromagnet
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS PHYSICS ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE antiferromagnet; nonlinear wave; surface wave
 ID MICROWAVE-ENVELOPE SOLITONS; IRON-GARNET FILMS
 AB The properties of the nonlinear TM waves on the interface between a
    dielectric and an antiferromagnet are studied. The relationship between
    the field components of TM wave is discussed in detail, and the
    dispersion characteristics as well as the position of the peak field
    are exposed. The theoretical analysis shows that for the nonlinear TM
    waves there exist passband(s) and stopband(s) which can be switched
    into each other by varying the power. II is revealed that, in the case
    of epsilon(1)>epsilon(2), the nonlinear TM waves on the interface are
    backward surface waves with the group and phase velocities opposite.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, Q, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ALMEIDA NS, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P2015
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P1
    BOYLE JW, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P12173
    CHEN M, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P12773
    DAMON RW, 1961, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V19, P308
    NEWELL AC, 1991, NONLINEAR OPTICS, P120
    TSANKOV MA, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P4274
    VUKOVICH S, 1990, SOV PHYS JETP, V71, P964
    WANG KCP, 1996, INTERFACES, V26, P77
    WANG Q, 1994, SCI CHINA SER A, V24, P160
    WANG Q, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P5831
 NR 11
 TC 4
 SN 1006-9283
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math. Phys. Astron.
 PD MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 42
 IS 3
 BP 310
 EP 318
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 193FQ
 UT ISI:000080125600011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, MH
    Cheng, CJ
    Liu, GN
    Shen, YP
 TI The analysis of crack problems with non-local elasticity
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE crack; boundary integral equation (BIM); boundary element method (BEM);
    non-local elasticity; fundamental solution
 ID NONLOCAL ELASTICITY; DISLOCATION
 AB In this pager, the displacement discontinuity fundamental solutions (
    DDFS) corresponding to the unit concentrated displacement discontinuity
    for plane problems of non-local elasticity are obtained. Based on the
    displacement discontinuity boundary integral equation (DDBIE) and
    boundary element method (BEM), a method of analysis of crack problems
    in non-local elasticity with generalized purpose is proposed. By using
    this method, several important problems in fracture mechanics such as
    edge crack are studied. The study of edge crack shows that the stress
    concentration factor (SCF) near the crack tip is not a constant but
    varies with the crack length. With this result the effect of crack
    length on the fracture roughness K (I c) is studied. The results
    obtained in this paper are in accordance with the published ones.
 C1 Zhengzhou Res Inst Mech Engn, Zhengzhou 450052, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Xian Jiao Tong Univ, Xian 710049, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, MH, Zhengzhou Res Inst Mech Engn, Zhengzhou 450052, Peoples R
    China.
 CR 1986, GB639486
    CHENG PS, 1992, ACTA MECH SINICA, V24, P329
    CROUCH SL, 1976, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V10, P301
    ERINGEN AC, 1977, INT J ENG SCI, V15, P177
    ERINGEN AC, 1977, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V25, P339
    ERINGEN AC, 1979, ENG FRACT MECH, V12, P211
    ERINGEN AC, 1983, J APPL PHYS, V54, P6811
    ERINGEN AC, 1984, J APPL PHYS, V56, P2675
    ERINGEN AC, 1992, INT J ENG SCI, V10, P223
    GAO J, 1989, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V10, P289
    HU SH, 1991, P 6 NAT C FRACT C HA, P262
    ILCEWICZ L, 1981, ENG FRACT MECH, V14, P801
    LI QF, 1985, ENG FRACT MECH, V22, P9
    RAMABRAHAM B, 1985, INDIAN J PURE APPL M, V16, P661
    SHAH RC, 1974, ASTM STP, V560, P29
    SIH GC, 1973, MECH FRACTURE M, V1
    WANG R, 1989, SCI CHINA, V34, P1056
    YU JL, 1984, ACTA MECH SINICA, V16, P485
    ZHAO MH, 1994, ENG ANAL, V13, P333
    ZHAO MH, 1995, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V8, P42
    ZHAO TS, 1985, J HUAZHONG CENTRAL C, V13, P47
    ZHAO YS, 1987, P INT C FRACT FRACT, P206
 NR 22
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 143
 EP 153
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 193CZ
 UT ISI:000080119400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, XH
    Zhu, JM
    Zhou, SH
    Li, Q
    Meng, ZY
    Ming, NB
 TI Configurations of ferroelectric domains in bismuth- and zinc-modified
    Pb(Ni1/3Nb2/3)O-3-PbTiO3-PbZrO3 ceramics
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID PIEZOELECTRIC PROPERTIES; ELECTRON-MICROSCOPY; BATIO3; SYSTEM
 AB Transmission electron microscopy was used to investigate the domain
    structures of the
    (Pb0.985Bi0.01)(Ni1/4Zn1/12Nb2/3)(0.2)(ZrsigmaTi1-sigma)(0.8)O-3 (0.30
    less than or equal to sigma less than or equal to 0.70) ceramics, which
    are located in the ferroelectric tetragonal and rhombohedral phase
    regions, and also near the morphotropic phase boundary (MPB). The
    results show that the lamellar twinning domains and the delta-fringe
    contrast are most frequently observed in the compositions located in
    the ferroelectrc tetragonal phase region. In the compositions near the
    MPB, a banded domain structure similar to herringbone pattern is
    observed, which contains many parallel bands forming 90 degrees or 70
    degrees angles whereas they are inconsistent with one another on both
    sides of the herringbone domain patterns. The morphology of the
    herringbone domain structure observed in the bismuth- and zinc-modified
    PNN-PZ-PT ceramics with composition near the MPB can be described by a
    space-stacking succession of two crystallographically equivalent plates
    whereas made from different twin-related domains, with the same habit
    plane parallel to the (0.11)-type plane. In the compositions located in
    the rhombohedral phase region, the stripelike domains are observed, and
    a local random contrast representing short-range-ordered 'island'-typed
    polar clusters or nanodomains is also found, which is attributed to the
    existence of the polar microregions with the dispersed nanometer-sized
    short-range-ordered domains in the rhombohedral matrix, because the
    free energy of the ensemble of the polar microregion is lowered, and
    the relative thermodynamic stability is increased with increasing the
    content ratio of Zr to Ti. In addition, the wavy character in the
    thickness fringe is commonly observed at the fringe of thin foil, which
    is due to continuous bending of the thin foil at various equivalent
    directions. (C) 1999 Klumer Academic Publishers.
 C1 Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, XH, Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct,
    Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
 CR ARISTOV VV, 1983, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V78, P229
    ARLT G, 1980, J APPL PHYS, V51, P4956
    BRADT RC, 1969, J AM CERAM SOC, V52, P192
    DEDERICHS H, 1986, FERROELECTRICS, V68, P281
    GERSON R, 1960, J APPL PHYS, V31, P188
    GOO EKW, 1981, J APPL PHYS, V52, P2940
    HU YH, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P594
    JAFFE B, 1971, PIEZOELECTRIC CERAMI
    KING G, 1990, J AM CERAM SOC, V73, P1534
    MAFFITT KN, 1968, J APPL PHYS, V39, P3878
    OUCHI H, 1965, J AM CERAM SOC, V48, P630
    PARK BM, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P3193
    RANDALL CA, 1987, J MATER SCI, V22, P925
    YOON MS, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P3991
    ZHANG QM, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P6445
    ZHU HX, 1996, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V48, P169
    ZHU XH, 1995, THESIS XIAN JIAOTONG
    ZHU XH, 1996, J MATER SCI, V31, P2171
    ZHU XH, 1997, J MATER SCI, V32, P4275
    ZHU XH, 1998, FERROELECTRICS, V215, P265
 NR 20
 TC 2
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD APR 1
 PY 1999
 VL 34
 IS 7
 BP 1533
 EP 1541
 PG 9
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 190DJ
 UT ISI:000079946500014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, LS
    Gao, F
    Zhu, WX
 TI Nonlinear integer programming and global optimization
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE integer programming; global minimization problem; Branch-Bound algorithm
 AB Various approaches have been developed for solving a variety of
    continuous global optimization problems. But up to now, less work has
    been devoted to solving nonlinear integer programming problems due to
    the inherent difficulty. This paper manages to transform the general
    nonlinear integer programming problem into an "equivalent" special
    continuous global minimization problem. Thus any effective global
    optimization algorithm can be used to solve nonlinear integer
    programming problems. This result will also promote the research on
    global optimization. We present an interval Branch-and-Bound algorithm.
    Numerical experiments show that this approach is efficient.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BENSON HP, 1990, ANN OPER RES, V25, P243
    CHICHINADZE VK, 1991, COMP MATH MATH PHYS+, V30, P170
    CONLEY W, 1980, COMPUTER OPTIMIZATIO
    GAREY MR, 1979, COMPUTER INTRACTABIL
    GE R, 1989, APPL MATH COMPUT, V34, P39
    GE R, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V46, P191
    KAN AHG, 1988, HDB OPERATIONS RES M, V1
    LEVY AV, 1985, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V6, P15
    NUMHAAUSER GL, 1988, INTEGER COMBINATORIA
    RATSCHEK H, 1988, E HORWOOD SERIES MAT
    SCHRIJVER A, 1986, THEORY LINEAR INTEGE
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 17
 IS 2
 BP 179
 EP 190
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 190JB
 UT ISI:000079958400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, ZM
 TI Application of Maple V to the nonlinear vibration analysis of circular
    plate with variable thickness
 SO COMPUTERS & STRUCTURES
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear vibration; circular plate with variable thickness; computer
    algebra systems method
 ID NON-LINEAR VIBRATION; RECTANGULAR-PLATES; SHALLOW SHELLS
 AB This paper is concerned with the application of Maple V to the
    nonlinear vibration problems of circular plates with variable
    thickness. In this paper, the nonlinear equations of plates of variable
    thickness to the dynamic case can be solved by using the computer
    algebra systems method. Details of solution expressions and numerical
    results are given in computer algebra systems forms, for two kinds of
    boundary conditions, which are the clamped edge and the supported edge.
    The numerical results show that the solutions of the paper contain
    other cases when the plates are of uniform thickness. The effect of
    various thickness parameters has been investigated in detail. In
    addition, a Runge-Kutta method is used to solve the free vibration and
    the maximum deflection response to a uniformly distributed step load of
    plates with variable thickness. It is shown that the adoption of
    variable thickness plate would be useful in engineering design. (C)
    1999 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ye, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yan Chang
    Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BELTZER AI, 1990, APPL MECH REV, V43, P119
    BHUSHAN B, 1991, COMPOS STRUCT, V18, P263
    BISWAS P, 1984, J INDIAN I SCI, V65, P29
    CHANG WP, 1986, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V21, P375
    CHIA CY, 1985, J SOUND VIB, V101, P539
    CHU HN, 1956, J APPLIED MECHANICS, V23, P532
    DUMIR PC, 1986, J SOUND VIB, V107, P253
    GANDHI M, 1988, T ASME, V110, P140
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1992, COMPUT STRUCT, V43, P181
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 1994, COMPUT STRUCT, V53, P63
    ISAKHANOV GV, 1985, PROBL PROCHN, V11, P74
    LI D, 1990, APPL MATH MECH, V11, P13
    MEI C, 1985, AIAA J, V23, P1104
    RAJAGOPAL SV, 1986, J SOUND VIBR, V110, P261
    RAJAGOPAL SV, 1987, AIAA J, V25, P130
    TIMOSHENKO S, 1959, THEORY PLATES SHELLS
    WAH T, 1963, INT J MECH SCI, V5, P425
    WANG XX, 1991, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V86, P73
    YAMAKI N, 1961, Z ANGEW MATH MECH, V41, P501
    YE ZM, 1995, COMPUT STRUCT, V55, P325
    YE ZM, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V202, P303
    YE ZM, 1998, COMPUT METH APPL MEC, V163, P384
 NR 22
 TC 4
 SN 0045-7949
 J9 COMPUT STRUCT
 JI Comput. Struct.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 71
 IS 5
 BP 481
 EP 488
 PG 8
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering, Civil
 GA 191WD
 UT ISI:000080043800001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tian, LX
    Liu, ZR
 TI p dissipative operator
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID NONLINEAR SCHRODINGER-EQUATION; ADJOINT HILLS OPERATORS; POTENTIALS
 AB In this paper the authors prove that the generalized positive p
    selfadjoint (GPpS) operators in Banach space satisfy the generalized
    Schwarz inequality, solve the maximal dissipative extension
    representation of p dissipative operators in Banach space by using the
    inequality and introducing the generalized indefinite inner product
    (GIIP) space, and apply the result to a certain type of Schrodinger
    operator.
 C1 Jiangsu Uni Sci & Technol, Dept Math & Phys, Zhenjiang 212013, Jiangsu, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Tian, LX, Jiangsu Uni Sci & Technol, Dept Math & Phys, Zhenjiang
    212013, Jiangsu, Peoples R China.
 CR ANTOINE JP, 1981, ADV MATH, V41, P281
    BERKSON E, 1975, T AM MATH SOC, V116, P376
    BONGAR L, 1974, ERGEB MATH GRENZGEB, V78
    BRANGES LD, 1988, J FUNCT ANAL, V81, P219
    CHANG SS, 1997, INT J MATH MATH SCI, V20, P219
    CRANDALL MG, 1968, J FUNCT ANAL, V2, P147
    FAULKNER GD, 1977, ROCKY MOUNTAIN J MAT, V7, P789
    FLEMING RJ, 1976, T AM MATH SOC, V217, P87
    GILES JR, 1967, T AM MATH SOC, V129, P436
    GODEFROY G, 1991, J FUNCT ANAL, V98, P229
    HALMOS PR, 1967, HILBERT SPACE PROBLE
    HAYASHI N, 1993, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V20, P823
    HELFFER B, 1988, LECT NOTE MATH, V1336
    HERRERO DA, 1991, B LOND MATH SOC, V23, P513
    HERRERO DA, 1992, J OPERAT THEOR, V28, P93
    KUKSIN SB, 1996, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V178, P265
    LANGER H, 1984, LECT NOTES MATH, V948, P1
    LUMER G, 1961, PAC J MATH, V11, P679
    LUMER G, 1961, T AM MATH SOC, V100, P29
    LUMER G, 1962, B AM MATH SOC, V68, P28
    NATH B, 1971, MATH J OKAYANA U, V15, P1
    OLSEN PA, 1995, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V20, P2005
    OLUBUMMO A, 1965, J MATH MECH, V14, P929
    OSTENHOF MH, 1995, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V20, P1241
    PETHE PV, 1976, INDIAN J PURE APPL M, V7, P1024
    PETHE PV, 1977, INDIAN J PURE APPL M, V8, P898
    PHILLIPS RS, 1959, T AM MATH SOC, V90, P193
    PHILLIPS RS, 1966, J MATH MECH, V15, P235
    PUTTAMADAIAH C, 1986, INDIAN J PURE APPL M, V17, P919
    SANSUC JJ, 1996, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V125, P366
    SEN DK, 1982, MATH JAPN, V27, P151
    SIMON B, 1996, J FUNCT ANAL, V140, P541
    SOFFER A, 1992, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V98, P376
    STAMPEL JG, 1962, P AM MATH SOC, V13, P796
    STAMPEL JG, 1969, CAN J MATH, V21, P505
    TIAN LX, 1987, J JIANGSU U SCI TECH, V8, P103
    TIAN LX, 1988, J JIANGSU U SCI TECH, V9, P96
    TIAN LX, 1991, J JIANGSU U SCI TECH, V12, P121
    TIAN LX, 1995, ACTA MATH SCI, V15, P455
    TIAN LX, 1995, J JIANGSU U SCI TECH, V16, P82
    TIAN LX, 1996, APPL MATH MECH, V17, P155
    TIAN LX, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P1021
    TIAN LX, 1998, P AM MATH SOC, V126, P203
    TKACHENKO V, 1996, ANN MATH, V143, P181
    TORRANCE E, 1970, P AM MATH SOC, V76, P108
    UNNI KR, 1981, TSUKUBA J MATH, V5, P15
    WEI GQ, 1987, CHIN ANN MATH B, V88, P70
    YAN SZ, 1990, ADV SCI CHINA MATH, V3, P99
    YAN Y, 1993, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V20, P1417
    YANG L, 1994, AUDIT NEUROSCI, V1, P1
    YOSIDA K, 1965, FUNCTIONAL ANAL
 NR 51
 TC 1
 SN 0010-3616
 J9 COMMUN MATH PHYS
 JI Commun. Math. Phys.
 PD APR
 PY 1999
 VL 201
 IS 3
 BP 519
 EP 548
 PG 30
 SC Physics, Mathematical
 GA 190WC
 UT ISI:000079987400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, J
    Nho, YC
    Kwon, OH
    Hoffman, AS
 TI Grafting copolymerization of acrylamides onto preirradiated PP films
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE radiation grafting; acrylamide; polypropylene; blood-compatibility
 AB Acrylamide (AAm), N,N-Dimethylacrylamide (DMAAm) and
    N-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl) methacrylamide (DMAPMAAm) were grafted onto
    polypropylene (PP) films by preirradiation grafting respectively. The
    effect of irradiation dose, solvent systems and reaction time on the
    degree of grafting were determined. The grafted sample films were
    verified by Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy in the
    attenuated total reflectance mode (ATR) and the determination of water
    contact angle. The blood compatibility of the grafted PP films were
    evaluated by the determination of platelet adsorption and thrombus. The
    blood compatibility of grafted PP films seems better than that of
    original PP films. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Korea Atom Energy Res Inst, Radiat Applicat Div, Taejon, South Korea.
    Univ Washington, Ctr Bioengn, Seattle, WA 98159 USA.
 RP Chen, J, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Jiading Campus,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR DUNKIRK SG, 1991, J BIOMATER APPL, V6, P131
    HOFFMAN AS, 1988, J APPL POLYM SCI APP, V42, P251
    IMAI Y, 1972, J BIOMED MATER RES, V6, P165
    ISHIGAKI I, 1982, J APPL POLYM SCI, V27, P1033
    JEONG BJ, 1996, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V178, P757
    MATSUDA T, 1990, T AM SOC ART INT ORG, V36, M161
    MERRIL EW, 1987, HYDROGELS MED PHARM, V3, P1
    NHO YC, 1993, POLYMER, V17, P433
    RATNER BD, 1996, HYDROGELS BIOMATERIA, P60
    SUN YH, 1986, J BIOACT COMPAT POL, V1, P316
 NR 10
 TC 8
 SN 0969-806X
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD JUN
 PY 1999
 VL 55
 IS 1
 BP 87
 EP 92
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA 187WX
 UT ISI:000079812200011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, ZM
 TI Sci-tech translation and its research in China
 SO META
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 CR FANG MZ, 1993, SELECTED READINGS TR
    JIANG CF, 1984, TAC NEWSLETT, V12
    JIN D, 1984, TRANSLATION
    LU SY, 1990, SHANGHAI J TRANSLATO, V4
    LUO XZ, 1984, SELECTED WRITINGS TR
    MACKAY R, 1978, ENGLISH SPECIFIC PUR
    NEWMARK P, 1988, TEXTBOOK TRANSLATION
    NIDA EA, 1989, FOREIGN LANGUAGES, V4
    ZHANG RS, 1994, FOREIGN LANGUAGES, V6
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0026-0452
 J9 META
 JI Meta
 PD MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 44
 IS 1
 BP 185
 EP 197
 PG 13
 SC Language & Linguistics Theory
 GA 190HU
 UT ISI:000079957700013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, DY
    Gu, Y
 TI Cole-Hopf quotient and exact solutions of the generalized
    Fitzhugh-Nagumo equations
 SO ACTA MATHEMATICA SCIENTIA
 DT Article
 DE Cole-Hopf quotient; reaction-diffusion equation; exact solution
 ID LINEAR DIFFUSION EQUATION; SYMMETRY REDUCTIONS
 AB Several classes of solution (wavefronts, coalescence of two wavefronts,
    solutions with Jacobi elliptic function) of the Fitzhugh-Nagumo
    equation and the generalized Fitzhugh-Nagumo equation are constructed
    by the Cole-Hopf quotient and the elementary transformations, Pome of
    which are new solutions. The close relation of the generalized
    Fitzhugh-Nagumo equation and Emden equation are also found.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ARRIGO DJ, 1994, IMA J APPL MATH, V52, P1
    BELLMAN R, 1953, STABILITY THEORY DIF
    CARIELLO F, 1989, PHYSICA D, V39, P77
    CHEN ZX, 1992, IMA J APPL MATH, V48, P107
    CONTE R, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V134, P100
    GU Y, 1993, ANAL SOLUTION REACTI
    KAWAHARA T, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V97, P311
    NUCCI MC, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V164, P49
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 0252-9602
 J9 ACTA MATH SCI
 JI Acta Math. Sci.
 PY 1999
 VL 19
 IS 1
 BP 7
 EP 14
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics
 GA 188NQ
 UT ISI:000079854700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mao, DK
 TI Entropy satisfaction of a conservative shock-tracking method
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE shocking tracking; conservation; entropy condition
 ID FINITE-DIFFERENCE METHODS; HIGH-RESOLUTION SCHEMES; APPROXIMATIONS;
    LAWS; DISCONTINUITIES
 AB In this paper we discuss the entropy satisfaction of the conservative
    shock-tracking technique developed in [D. K. Mao, J. Comput. Phys., 92
    (1991), pp. 422-455], [D. K. Mao, J. Comput. Phys., 103 (1992), pp.
    359-369], and [D. K. Mao, SIAM J. Numer. Anal., 32 (1995), pp.
    1677-1703] when it is applied to the Godunov scheme. We consider the
    scalar case in one-space dimension and assume that both the flux and
    entropy functions are strictly convex. We prove that, when the tracked
    shocks are strong enough in comparison with the variation of the
    numerical solution around them, the numerical solution satisfies the
    entropy condition in a certain sense. We also discuss the entropy
    situation when the convexity of the flux function is very weak and the
    tracked shock neighbors to strong simple waves.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Mao, DK, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 EM dkmao@guomai.sh.cn
 CR ATKINSON K, 1988, INTRO NUMERICAL ANAL
    CRANDALL MG, 1980, MATH COMPUT, V34, P1
    ENGQUIST B, 1981, MATH COMPUT, V36, P321
    HARTEN A, 1976, COMMUN PURE APPL MAT, V29, P297
    HARTEN A, 1983, J COMPUT PHYS, V49, P357
    KLINGENBERG C, 1994, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V20, P89
    KRUZKOV SN, 1970, MAT SBORNIK, V81, P228
    LEVEQUE RJ, 1990, NUMERICAL METHODS CO
    MAJDA A, 1979, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V32, P797
    MAO DK, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V92, P422
    MAO DK, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V103, P359
    MAO DK, 1995, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V32, P1677
    OSHER S, 1984, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V21, P955
    TADMOR E, 1984, MATH COMPUT, V43, P369
 NR 14
 TC 2
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PD MAR 5
 PY 1999
 VL 36
 IS 2
 BP 529
 EP 550
 PG 22
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 179UD
 UT ISI:000079347000012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, YZ
    Li, QS
    Zhu, YL
    Ma, XM
    Dong, YD
 TI Influence of milling conditions on the mechanical alloying of Fe-B
    powders
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 AB Amorphous and nanostructural Fe-B alloys made by mechanical alloying of
    elemental Fe and amorphous B powders have been studied using X-ray
    diffraction, differential scanning calorimetry and Mossbauer
    spectroscopy. It has been shown that the milling conditions have a
    strong effect on the alloying. The single phase amorphous alloy, which
    is limited at nominal composition of Fe60B40, has been produced only by
    milling in Ar atmosphere and in other composition range the mixture of
    nanostructure Fe-like phase and Fe2B compound with a little amorphous
    phase are obtained. While by milling in air atmosphere the introduction
    of oxygen in air may suppress the formation of amorphous phase, thus
    the compounds Fe2B may be synthesized with no trace of amorphous phase.
    The crystallization temperatures of amorphous phase in the resultant
    products are higher than those of a single amorphous alloy Fe60B40, and
    hardly independent of the milling conditions and the composition. In
    addition, it is revealed that detectable B content in the final
    products is lower than the nominal composition of all the initial
    samples, which indicates that some B atoms may be located in the
    disordered interfacial regions of the nanostructural alloyed mixtures.
 C1 Guangdong Univ Technol, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Guangzhou 510090, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, YZ, Guangdong Univ Technol, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Guangzhou
    510090, Peoples R China.
 CR BALOGH J, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P4997
    BLUM NA, 1982, J APPL PHYS, V53, P2074
    CALKA A, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P119
    CHIEN CL, 1979, PHYS REV B, V20, P283
    CHIEN CL, 1982, PHYS REV B, V25, P5790
    CLAVAGUERAMORA MT, 1990, COLL PHYS, V51, P49
    HOVING W, 1984, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V61, P421
    JING J, 1990, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V116, P247
    JING J, 1991, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V3, P7413
    NAKAJIMA T, 1986, J MATER SCI LETT, V5, P60
    OKUMURA H, 1992, J MATER SCI, V27, P153
    YANG YZ, 1995, CHIN J MAT RES, V9, P33
 NR 12
 TC 2
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 15
 IS 2
 BP 137
 EP 142
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 183KD
 UT ISI:000079552000007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Rui, HB
 TI On endomorphism algebras arising from Hecke algebras
 SO JOURNAL OF ALGEBRA
 DT Article
 ID REPRESENTATIONS
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Rui, HB, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ARIKI S, 1994, ADV MATH, V106, P216
    CLINE E, 1988, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V391, P85
    DIPPER R, 1986, P LOND MATH SOC, V52, P20
    DIPPER R, 1995, P LOND MATH SOC, V70, P505
    DIPPER R, 1998, MATH Z, V229, P385
    DIPPER R, 1998, P LOND MATH SOC 2, V77, P327
    DU J, IN PRESS J ALGEBRA
    DU J, IN PRESS T AM MATH S
    DU J, 1998, T AM MATH SOC, V350, P3207
    GRAHAM JJ, 1996, INVENT MATH, V123, P1
    KAZHDAN D, 1979, INVENT MATH, V53, P155
    MURPHY GE, 1995, J ALGEBRA, V173, P97
    PALLIKAROS C, 1994, J ALGEBRA, V169, P20
    RUI HB, 1997, J ALGEBRA, V195, P308
    SHI JY, 1996, J ALGEBRA, V179, P607
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8693
 J9 J ALGEBRA
 JI J. Algebra
 PD APR 1
 PY 1999
 VL 214
 IS 1
 BP 342
 EP 355
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics
 GA 183TE
 UT ISI:000079568900019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Variational iteration method - a kind of non-linear analytical
    technique: Some examples
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NON-LINEAR MECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE variational iteration method; duffing equation; non-linear equations
 AB In this paper, a new kind of analytical technique for a non-linear
    problem called the variational iteration method is described and used
    to give approximate solutions for some well-known non-linear problems.
    In this method, the problems are initially approximated with possible
    unknowns. Then a correction functional is constructed by a general
    Lagrange multiplier, which can be identified optimally via the
    variational theory. Being different from the other non-linear
    analytical methods, such as perturbation methods, this method does not
    depend on small parameters, such that it can find wide application in
    non-linear problems without linearization or small perturbations.
    Comparison with Adomian's decomposition method reveals that the
    approximate solutions obtained by the proposed method converge to its
    exact solution faster than those of Adomian's method. (C) 1999 Elsevier
    Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ADOMIAN G, 1988, J MATH ANAL APPL, V135, P501
    CHERRUAULT Y, 1989, KYBERNETES, V18, P31
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    HAGEDORN P, 1981, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    HE JH, 1988, INT C VIBR ENG 98 DA
    HE JH, 1997, COMM NONLINEAR SCI N, V2, P230
    HE JH, 1997, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V2, P235
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1998, MECH PRACTICE, V20, P30
    HE JH, 1998, MECH SCI TECHNOL, V17, P221
    INOKUTI M, 1978, VARIATIONAL METHOD M, P156
    MICKENS RE, 1981, INTRO NONLINEAR OSCI
    NAYFEH AH, 1985, PROBLEMS PERTURBATIO
 NR 13
 TC 50
 SN 0020-7462
 J9 INT J NON-LINEAR MECH
 JI Int. J. Non-Linear Mech.
 PD JUL
 PY 1999
 VL 34
 IS 4
 BP 699
 EP 708
 PG 10
 SC Mechanics
 GA 182CV
 UT ISI:000079481700010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tan, WH
    Fan, W
 TI Stability of multi-atom micromasers
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA-OVERSEAS EDITION
 DT Article
 ID PHOTON NOISE-REDUCTION; PUMPING STATISTICS; LASERS; MASERS; QUANTUM;
    MODEL
 AB In view of the one-atom micromasers output sensitive to the interaction
    parameters, we propose a new multi-atom micromasers defined by passing
    multi-atom each time through the cavity regularly. Through analysis and
    numerical simulation, great progress has been made in the improvement
    of stability of mean photon number and variance of micromasers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Tan, WH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BENKERT C, 1993, PHYS REV A, V47, P1564
    BERGOU J, 1989, OPT COMMUN, V72, P82
    DAVIDOVICH L, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P1630
    FILIPOWICZ P, 1986, J OPT SOC AM B, V3, P906
    FILIPOWICZ P, 1986, PHYS REV A, V34, P3077
    GOLUBEV YM, 1984, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V60, P234
    GUERRA ES, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P7785
    HAAKE F, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P7121
    KYUNGWON A, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P3375
    LIU RH, 1998, CHINESE SCI BULL, V43, P425
    REMPE G, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P1650
    REMPE G, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P2783
    TAN WH, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V190, P13
    TAN WH, 1995, OPT COMMUN, V115, P303
    YAMAMOTO Y, 1986, PHYS REV A, V34, P4025
    ZHU SY, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P499
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 1004-423X
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-OVERSEAS ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.-Overseas Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 1999
 VL 8
 IS 4
 BP 275
 EP 283
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 184CX
 UT ISI:000079592800005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li-Ping, H
    De-Kang, M
    Ben-Yu, G
 TI Prediction-correction Legendre spectral scheme for incompressible fluid
    flow
 SO ESAIM-MATHEMATICAL MODELLING AND NUMERICAL ANALYSIS-MODELISATION
    MATHEMATIQUE ET ANALYSE NUMERIQUE
 DT Article
 DE incompressible fluid flow in stream function form;
    prediction-correction Legendre spectral scheme with high accuracy;
    convergence and numerical experiments
 ID NAVIER-STOKES EQUATIONS; POLYNOMIALS
 AB The initial-boundary value problem of two-dimensional incompressible
    fluid flow in stream function form is considered. A
    prediction-correction Legendre spectral scheme is proposed, which is
    easy to be performed. The numerical solution possesses the accuracy of
    second-order in time and higher order in space. The numerical
    experiments show the high accuracy of this approach.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Math Appl, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li-Ping, H, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Math Appl, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ADAMS RA, 1975, SOBOLEV SPACE
    BERNSTEIN JM, 1992, RESPIRATION, V59, P3
    CANUTO C, 1982, MATH COMPUT, V38, P67
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CHORIN AJ, 1967, J COMPUT PHYS, V2, P12
    GIRAULT V, 1979, LECT NOTE MATH, V794
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, CBMS NSF REGINAL C S, V26
    GRESHO PM, 1987, INT J NUMER METH FL, V7, P1111
    GUO BY, 1988, FINITE DIFFERENCE ME
    GUO BY, 1997, J MATH ANAL APPL, V205, P1
    GUO BY, 1998, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V35, P146
    HI LP, 19963 RR SHANGH U DE
    KUO PY, 1977, SCI SINICA, V20, P287
    LIONS JL, 1968, PROBLEMES LIMITES HO, V1
    LIONS JL, 1969, QUELQUES METHODES RE
    LIONS JL, 1970, SIAM AMS P, V2, P11
    ODEN JT, 1974, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    ROACH PJ, 1976, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID
    SHEN J, 1992, ADV COMPUTER METHODS, V7, P658
    SHEN J, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P1489
    TEMAM R, 1977, NAVIERSTOKES EQUATIO
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0764-583X
 J9 RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUMER ANAL
 JI Rairo-Math. Model. Numer. Anal.-Model. Math. Anal. Numer.
 PD JAN-FEB
 PY 1999
 VL 33
 IS 1
 BP 113
 EP 120
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 179LZ
 UT ISI:000079330100007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
    Feng, SS
 TI Several aspects of the A-B scattering
 SO PHYSICA B
 DT Article
 DE A-B scattering; single-valuedness of incident wave function; divergence
    of total cross section
 ID AHARONOV-BOHM SCATTERING; WAVE
 AB After a brief review of previous works on the A-B scattering, the
    authors show that the multi-valued incident wave function used
    originally by Aharonov and Bohm is of no physical significance. The
    closed expression for the scattering amplitude that is continuous in
    the forward direction apart from a delta-function contribution is also
    calculated by the method of partial waves. In contrast with Aharonov
    and Bohm's result that no scattering occurs when alpha is an integer,
    the differential and total scattering cross sections do not vanish when
    a equals an odd number (where alpha = Phi/Phi(0) represents the
    magnetic Aux in the infinitely long thin solenoid, and Phi(0) = h/e).
    This coincides with the result by Sakoda and Omote [J. Math. Phys. 38
    (1997) 716]. It is shown that the divergence of the total cross section
    is due to the fact that the A-B solenoid exhibits a
    partial-wave-dependent effective scattering potential. (C) 1999
    Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, SS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 20 Chengzhong Rd, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AHARONOV Y, 1959, PHYS REV, V115, P485
    AHARONOV Y, 1984, PHYS REV D, V29, P2396
    ALVAREZ M, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P1128
    BOZ M, 1996, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V246, P347
    HAGEN CR, 1990, PHYS REV D, V41, P2015
    HENNEBERGER WC, 1980, PHYS REV A, V22, P1383
    HENNEBERGER WC, 1981, J MATH PHYS, V22, P116
    JACKIW R, 1990, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V201, P83
    LI CF, 1995, PHYSICA B, V212, P436
    LI CF, 1996, PHYSICA B, V226, P406
    RUIJSENAARS SNM, 1983, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V146, P1
    SAKODA S, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P716
    SAKURAI JJ, 1985, MODERN QUANTUM MECH, P424
    WEINBERG S, 1995, QUANTUM THEORY FIELD, P112
    YANG CN, 1983, P INT S FDN QUANT ME, P5
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0921-4526
 J9 PHYSICA B
 JI Physica B
 PD APR 1
 PY 1999
 VL 262
 IS 3-4
 BP 210
 EP 217
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 178DR
 UT ISI:000079251500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hou, JY
    Guo, BY
 TI Chebyshev pseudospectral-finite element method for the
    three-dimensional unsteady Navier-Stokes equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE three-dimensional Navier-Stokes equation; Chebyshev
    pseudospectral-finite element approximation
 ID VORTICITY EQUATIONS
 AB A mixed Chebyshev pseudospectral-finite element method is developed for
    solving the three-dimensional evolutionary Navier-Stokes equation. The
    generalized stability and the convergence of the scheme are proved
    strictly. The numerical results presented show the advantages of this
    mixed method. (C) 1999 Published by Elsevier Science Inc. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, BY, Shanghai Univ, President Off, Jiading Campus, Shanghai,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CANUTO C, 1984, NUMER MATH, V44, P201
    CANUTO C, 1984, SPECTRAL METHODS PAR, P55
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHOD FLUI
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    COURANT R, 1953, METHODS MATH PHYSICS, V1
    GIRAULT V, 1979, LECT NOTES MATH, V794
    GRESHO PM, 1987, INT J NUMER METH FL, V7, P1111
    GUO BY, IN PRESS ACTA MATH A
    GUO BY, 1987, SCI SINICA A, V30, P697
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERNCE METHODS PA
    GUO BY, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V84, P259
    GUO BY, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P113
    GUO BY, 1992, BMN M PHI, V32, P530
    GUO BY, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P207
    GUO BY, 1993, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V30, P1066
    GUO BY, 1995, RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUM, V29, P303
    GUO BY, 1996, NUMERICAL MATH, V5, P161
    GUO BY, 1996, RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUM, V30, P873
    GUO BY, 1997, JPN J APPL MATH, V14, P329
    MA HP, 1988, J COMPUT MATH, V6, P48
    MA HP, 1990, J HYDRODYNAMICS B, V3, P75
    MA HP, 1992, CHINESE ANN MATH B, V13, P350
    MOIN P, 1982, J FLUID MECH, V118, P341
    ODEN JT, 1974, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    RAVIART PA, 1979, COURS ECOLE ETE ANAL
    ROACH PJ, 1976, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID
    TEMANN R, 1977, NAVIER STOKES EQUATI
 NR 27
 TC 0
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD JUN 15
 PY 1999
 VL 101
 IS 2-3
 BP 209
 EP 244
 PG 36
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 179EP
 UT ISI:000079312900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Du, J
    Rui, HB
 TI Borel type subalgebras of the q-Schur(m) algebra
 SO JOURNAL OF ALGEBRA
 DT Article
 ID SCHUR ALGEBRA; WEYL MODULES; REPRESENTATIONS
 C1 Univ New S Wales, Sch Math, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Du, J, Univ New S Wales, Sch Math, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia.
 EM jied@maths.unsw.edu.au
    hbruik@online.sh.cn
 CR ARIKI S, 1994, ADV MATH, V106, P216
    CLINE E, 1988, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V391, P85
    CLINE E, 1990, J ALGEBRA, V131, P126
    CURTIS C, 1981, METHODS REPRESENTATI, V1
    DIPPER R, 1986, P LOND MATH SOC, V52, P20
    DIPPER R, 1991, T AM MATH SOC, V327, P251
    DIPPER R, 1998, MATH Z, V229, P385
    DIPPER R, 1998, P LOND MATH SOC 2, V77, P327
    DU J, IN PRESS T AM MATH S
    DU J, 1991, J LOND MATH SOC, V44, P420
    DU J, 1994, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V455, P141
    DU J, 1998, T AM MATH SOC, V350, P3207
    GRAHAM JJ, 1996, INVENT MATH, V123, P1
    GREEN JA, 1990, J ALGEBRA, V131, P265
    GREEN JA, 1993, J PURE APPL ALGEBRA, V88, P89
    PARSHALL B, 1991, MEM AM MATH SOC, V89
    RINGEL CM, 1991, MATH Z, V208, P209
    SANTANA AP, 1993, J ALGEBRA, V161, P480
    SCOTT L, 1995, MATH Z, V220, P421
 NR 19
 TC 1
 SN 0021-8693
 J9 J ALGEBRA
 JI J. Algebra
 PD MAR 15
 PY 1999
 VL 213
 IS 2
 BP 567
 EP 595
 PG 29
 SC Mathematics
 GA 176ZA
 UT ISI:000079181300009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, RH
    Tan, WH
 TI Resonance fluorescence spectrum by two-level system without the
    rotating wave approximation
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB In this paper the theory of resonance fluorescence spectrum by
    two-level system is presented without the assumption of rotating wave
    approximation. However, in this case, the application of quantum
    fluctuation-regression theorem to evaluate the resonance fluorescence
    spectrum tak-es a more complicated form. The prominent features of the
    spectrum calculated are the double splitting on the central and side
    bands and the emergence of harmonics in the asymmetric spectra.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, RH, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BOYD RW, 1992, NONLINEAR OPTICS, P224
    DOMHELM MA, 1996, AVIATION WEEK SPACE, V145, P22
    MOLLOW BR, 1969, PHYS REV, V188, P1969
    TAN WH, 1988, OPT COMMUN, V65, P61
 NR 4
 TC 4
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 1999
 VL 16
 IS 1
 BP 23
 EP 25
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 175YX
 UT ISI:000079124600009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, WY
    Tong, WQ
    Zhai, YA
    Cai, ZR
 TI Studies on stereoselective synthetic methods of
    2,3,4,5-tetrasubstituted-cis-2,3-dihydrofurans
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Article
 DE arsenic ylid; 2,3-dihydrofuran; stereoselective synthesis
 AB Three methods for the stereoselective synthesis of
    2-carbomethoxy-3-aryl-4-acethyl-5-methyl-cis-dihydrofurans (7a-7g) were
    studied. The Ist method is proceeded through the reaction of
    carbomethoxy methylene triphenylarsorane (5) with 3-substituted
    benzal-2, 4-pentadione (6) in benzene at room temperature for 4 h and
    high yield of the products 7a-7g can be obtained. The 2nd method is
    started from the reaction of carbomethoxy methyl triphenylarsonium
    bromide(4) with K2CO3 in dimethyl ethyleneglycol at room temperature,
    the Ylid 5 formed reacted with 6 in situ, excellent yield of 7 can be
    obtained and triphenylarsine recovered quantitatively. The 3rd method
    is a stepwise one pot reaction, triphenylarsine(2) and methyl
    bromoacetate(3) is refluxed in dimethyl ethyleneglycol for 2. 5 h,
    after cooling, potassium carbonate and 6 are added in and the reaction
    continued at room temperature for 2 d, the overall yield from starting
    material triphenylarsine is about 65%. Although the Ist method is a
    very simple process for preparing 2,3-dihydrofuran derivatives, its
    application is limited due to the unstability of Ylid 5 during its
    preparation and storage, so the last two methods seem preferable. The
    structures of the products 7a-7g were confirmed by means of IR, H-1
    NMR, MS and elementary analysis and their configurations were
    established through the coupling constants of the two protons on 2-C
    and 3-C atoms in the dihydrofuran ring. These reactions were all highly
    stereoselective and only one kind of stereoisomer with cis
    configuration was formed. It is noteworthy that these reactions no
    similar normal Wittig reaction products were detected.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, WY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR DING YY, 1996, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V12, P354
    DULERE JP, 1994, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P303
    HUANG YZ, 1978, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V36, P215
    PALLAUD R, 1963, CHIM IND, V89, P283
    SUGIMURA H, 1994, J ORG CHEM, V59, P7653
 NR 5
 TC 4
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD JAN
 PY 1999
 VL 20
 IS 1
 BP 64
 EP 67
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 174PQ
 UT ISI:000079043900016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, J
    Zhou, L
    Li, T
 TI Effects of surface-applied ceria on the stability of thermally growing
    chromia scale of FeCr alloys and 310 steel
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID OXIDATION
 AB The influence of surface-applied ceria on the oxidation behavior of
    FeCr alloys and 310 stainless steel at 1000 degrees C and 1100 degrees
    C has been studied. The surface-applied ceria were beneficial in
    reducing the growth rate of chromia scale, and were particularly
    effective in inhibiting the accelerated breakaway oxidation of Fe20Cr
    alloy in wet oxygen and spalling and cracking of the scale under cyclic
    oxidation. The beneficial effects of the ceria have been attributed to
    the improvement in the stability of the thermally growing chromia
    scale. (C) 1998 Kluwer Academic Publishers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    State Key Lab Corros & Protect, Shenyang 110015, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, J, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR HOU PY, 1987, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V134, P1836
    HUSSEY RJ, 1989, MAT SCI ENG A-STRU 1, V120, P147
    JING H, IN PRESS CHIN J CORR
    LANG E, 1989, ROLE REACTIVE ELEMEN
    LI M, 1991, ACTA U BEIJING SCI T, V13, P619
    NICHOLLS JR, 1989, ROLE ACTIVE ELEMENTS, P195
    SHEN J, 1997, OXID MET, V48, P355
    SHEN JN, 1992, CORROS SCI PROT TECH, V4, P289
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD DEC 15
 PY 1998
 VL 33
 IS 24
 BP 5815
 EP 5819
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 170YG
 UT ISI:000078834300012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, XH
    Shi, ZW
 TI A divided region variational principle of A,rho Omega method for 3-D
    eddy current problems
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE 3-D eddy current field; divided region variational principle;
    A,phi-Omega method; interface continuity conditions
 AB In this paper, a divided region variational principle to solve 3-D eddy
    current problems was given. It adopts the magnetic vector potential A
    and the electric scalar potential phi in the eddy current regions and
    the source regions, and the magnetic scalar potential Omega in the
    non-conducting regions (air gap). Using variation of the functional,
    all governing equations in various regions, the natural boundary
    conditions and the interface continuity conditions which satisfy
    electromagnetic continuity are obtained.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, XH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BROWN ML, 1982, IEE P A, V129, P46
    CHARI MVK, 1982, IEEE T MAG, V18, P435
    CHEN WH, 1984, J I HA ER BIN ELECTR, V7, P1
    CHIEN WZ, 1985, GEN VARIATIONAL PRIN
    EMSON CRI, 1983, IEEE T MAGN, V19, P2450
    SHI ZW, 1998, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V19, P1017
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 12
 BP 1135
 EP 1140
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 173MB
 UT ISI:000078983400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ju, XC
    Ma, ZT
 TI Study on the photochemical properties of benzoyl derivatives
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, the photochemical properties of benzoyl derivatives,
    e.g. KIP-100F and ESACURE TZT were studied using the N121 UV Curing
    Tester. It was shown that their photochemical reactivity is higher; the
    photoactivation of triethanol amine(TEA) upon ESACURE TZT is greater,
    upon KIP-100F is unexpected; the sensitization of fluorescein upon
    KIP-100F is larger than upon ESACURE TZT/TEA systems; the synergistic
    action of them is very effective; (C) 1999 Elsevier Science Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Beijing Univ, Dept Tech Phys, Beijing 100871, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ju, XC, Beijing Univ, Dept Tech Phys, Beijing 100871, Peoples R China.
 CR LAWSON K, 1997, 9M C P NOV 4 7, P7
    XUECHENG J, 1995, PAINT COATINGS IND, V2, P36
 NR 2
 TC 0
 SN 0969-806X
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 54
 IS 3
 BP 241
 EP 243
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA 170GC
 UT ISI:000078797100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YX
    Wan, XJ
    Xu, WX
 TI Surface reactions of Co3Ti alloys with water vapor
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Iron & Steel Res Inst, Shanghai 200940, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YX, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN YX, UNPUB SCRIPTA MAT
    CHEN YX, 1997, ACTA METALL SINICA E, V10, P363
    CHENG XY, 1997, J IRON STEEL RES S, V9, P270
    CHIA WJ, 1995, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V13, P1687
    KIMURA A, 1994, MATER T JIM, V35, P879
    LEE KH, 1996, SCRIPTA MATER, V35, P1153
    LIU Y, 1989, J MATER SCI, V24, P4458
    WAN XJ, 1995, ACTA METALL SINICA, V8, P299
    ZHU JH, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V32, P1399
 NR 9
 TC 2
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD OCT 1
 PY 1998
 VL 17
 IS 19
 BP 1627
 EP 1629
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 170ZQ
 UT ISI:000078837700008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, XT
    Li, B
    Yu, R
    Liu, XH
    Lu, HX
    Tang, DY
    Yu, BK
 TI Protective films of diamond for high T-c superconducting detectors
 SO INFRARED PHYSICS & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID LASER
 AB Deposition of diamond like carbon (DLC) films on YBCO superconducting
    detectors is reported. The method is to make a DLC film by C+
    implantation and XeCl excimer laser irradiation. The implantation
    energy is 20-35 keV and C+ implantation dosages D = 1 x 10(14)-5 x
    10(18) ions/cm(2). The parameters of XeCl excimer laser ablation are:
    wavelength 308 nm; energy density, 20-50 mJ/cm(2); and width of pulse,
    45 ns. The superconductivity of C+-implanted YBCO is also investigated,
    while the damage behavior of C+ implantation and the mechanism of
    coating DLC are analyzed. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, Natl Lab Infrared Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, XT, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, Natl Lab Infrared
    Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
 CR BRASUNAS JC, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V64, P777
    CHEN CF, 1994, P 1 WORLD S CHIN SCI, P53
    FABAO W, 1994, CHINESE J LOW TEMPER, V16, P185
    NARAYAN J, 1991, SCIENCE, V252, P416
    SINGH RK, 1989, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V3, P217
    ZAIFU W, 1994, ACTA OPTICAL SINICA, V14, P355
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 1350-4495
 J9 INFRARED PHYS TECHNOL
 JI Infrared Phys. Technol.
 PD APR
 PY 1999
 VL 40
 IS 2
 BP 87
 EP 91
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Applied; Instruments & Instrumentation; Optics
 GA 170FK
 UT ISI:000078795500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, Q
    Zhang, LS
 TI Global minimization of constrained problems with discontinuous penalty
    functions
 SO COMPUTERS & MATHEMATICS WITH APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE integral global minimization; robust sets and functions; discontinuous
    penalty functions
 ID OPTIMIZATION
 AB With the integral approach to global optimization, a class of
    discontinuous penalty functions is proposed to solve constrained
    minimization problems. Optimality conditions of a penalized
    minimization problem are generalized to a discontinuous case; necessary
    and sufficient conditions for an exact penalty function are examined; a
    nonsequential algorithm is proposed. Numerical examples are given to
    illustrate the effectiveness of the algorithm. (C) 1999 Elsevier
    Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Brock Univ, Dept Math, St Catharines, ON L2S 3A1, Canada.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, Q, Brock Univ, Dept Math, St Catharines, ON L2S 3A1, Canada.
 CR BERTSEKAS DP, 1975, MATH PROG, V9, P87
    CHEW SH, 1988, LECT NOTES EC MATH S, V298
    CONN AR, 1973, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V10, P760
    COURANT R, 1962, CALCULUS VARIATIONS
    DICKMAN BH, 1989, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V60, P149
    DIPILLO G, 1988, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V57, P399
    DIPILLO G, 1989, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V27, P1333
    EVANS JP, 1973, MATH PROGRAM, V4, P72
    FIACCO AV, 1968, NONLINEAR PROGRAMMIN
    FLETCHER R, 1973, MATH PROGRAM, V5, P129
    HAN SP, 1979, MATH PROGRAM, V17, P140
    HIMMELBLAU DM, 1972, APPL NONLINEAR PROGR
    LAWLER EL, 1966, OPER RES, V14, P1098
    LEE LF, 1977, 77DET163
    PIETRYKOWSKI T, 1969, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V6, P294
    ZANGWILL WI, 1967, MANAGE SCI, V13, P344
    ZHENG Q, 1980, COMPUTATIONAL MATH, V3, P146
    ZHENG Q, 1981, NUMERICAL COMPUTATIO, V2, P257
    ZHENG Q, 1985, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V1, P118
    ZHENG Q, 1985, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V1, P66
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P205
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P317
 NR 22
 TC 1
 SN 0898-1221
 J9 COMPUT MATH APPL
 JI Comput. Math. Appl.
 PD FEB-MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 37
 IS 4-5
 BP 41
 EP 58
 PG 18
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 170FA
 UT ISI:000078794600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pan, XC
    Zheng, QA
 TI Global optimum shape design
 SO COMPUTERS & MATHEMATICS WITH APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE mathematical programming; random number generation; testing; choice of
    initial values
 ID ROBUST MAPPINGS
 AB An optimum shape design problem can be formulated as a minimization
    problem of a functional subject to certain constraints. Usually, it is
    nonlinear and nonconvex. Conventional optimization techniques are
    gradient-based, they highly depend on the initial design, and are
    difficult to be applied to find a global solution. Integral global
    optimization algorithm is proposed to solve optimum shape design
    problems. Three design examples are given to illustrate the
    effectiveness of the algorithm. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 China Text Univ, Shanghai 200051, Peoples R China.
    Brock Univ, Dept Math, St Catharines, ON L2S 3A1, Canada.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Pan, XC, China Text Univ, Shanghai 200051, Peoples R China.
 CR BREBBIA CA, 1980, BOUNDARY ELEMENT TEC
    CHEN D, 1989, COMPUTATIONAL STRUCT, V6, P67
    CHEW SH, 1988, LECT NOTES EC MATH S, V298
    DIPILLO G, 1989, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V27, P1333
    FIACCO AV, 1968, NONLINEAR PROGRAMMIN
    FLUGGE W, 1952, 2612 NASA TN
    SHI SZ, 1994, J MATH ANAL APPL, V183, P706
    SHI SZ, 1995, T AM MATH SOC, V347, P4943
    YING K, 1987, ENG MECH, V2, P125
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P205
    ZHENG Q, 1990, ACTA MATH APPLICATAE, V6, P317
    ZHENG Q, 1992, RECENT ADV GLOBAL OP, P298
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0898-1221
 J9 COMPUT MATH APPL
 JI Comput. Math. Appl.
 PD FEB-MAR
 PY 1999
 VL 37
 IS 4-5
 BP 151
 EP 162
 PG 12
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 170FA
 UT ISI:000078794600014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pan, QY
    Xu, JQ
    Liu, HM
    An, CX
    Jia, N
 TI Preparation, microstructure and gas sensing properties of nanosized
    SnO2 materials made by microemulsions
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE tin oxides; microemulsion; nanosized materials; gas; sensor; surfactant
 AB The application of microemulsion made of anion surfactants in preparing
    SnO2 naosized materials was studied, and the influence of different
    anion surfactants and assistant surfactants on the mean grain size of
    nanosized SnO2 was also researched by XRD and TEM. It can be known from
    the experimental results, monodispersed SnO2 nanosized materials with
    the mean grain size of about 6nm and average partical size smaller than
    20nm can be obtained from the microemulsion composed of AES or K-12
    anion surfactant and butanol assistant surfactant and it has high
    sensitivity without catalysts and additives.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Chem Engn, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
 RP Pan, QY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR BUTTA N, 1992, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V6, P253
    NITTA M, 1979, IEEE T ELECTRON DEV, V26, P219
    TAMAKI J, 1992, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V9, P197
    XU C, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V3, P147
 NR 4
 TC 6
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD FEB
 PY 1999
 VL 14
 IS 1
 BP 83
 EP 89
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 167PG
 UT ISI:000078642000014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KD
    Jiang, GC
    Huang, SP
    You, JL
 TI A study on the bonding structure of CaO-SiO2 slag by means of molecular
    dynamics simulation
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES E-TECHNOLOGICAL SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE CaO-SiO2 slag; molecular dynamics simulation; vibrational density of
    states
 ID SILICA; GLASS
 AB The investigation results of the bonding structure of CaO-SiO2 slag by
    means of molecular dynamics simulation are presented. The
    characteristics of partial radial distribution function g(ij)(r) are in
    goad agreement with the measurement of X-ray diffraction, and the
    variation of Q(n) with different SiO4 tetrahedra following the change
    of X-CaO is consistent with the results of Raman spectroscopy. The
    partial vibrational density of states Gamma(Si)(omega) shows that two
    bands appear in the range of 636-737 cm(-1) and 800-1 200 cm(-1)
    respectively which are also consistent with Raman spectroscopy.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, KD, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABRAMO MC, 1992, J CHEM PHYS, V96, P9083
    ALLEN MP, 1987, COMPUTER SIMULATION
    CHIPMAN J, 1961, PHYSICAL CHEM PROCES
    DELLAVALLE RG, 1994, CHEM PHYS, V179, P411
    IGUCHI Y, 1981, CAN METALL Q, V20, P51
    KIEFFER J, 1989, J CHEM PHYS, V90, P4982
    MATSUMIYA T, 1992, 4 INT C MOLT SLAGS F, P115
    OKAZAKI S, 1993, J CHEM PHYS, V98, P607
    WASEDA Y, 1989, MAT SCI EARTHS INTER, CH1
    WOODCOCK LV, 1976, J CHEM PHYS, V65, P1565
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1006-9321
 J9 SCI CHINA SER E
 JI Sci. China Ser. E-Technol. Sci.
 PD FEB
 PY 1999
 VL 42
 IS 1
 BP 77
 EP 82
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 165LY
 UT ISI:000078523700010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Niu, M
    Su, Y
    Yan, JK
    Fu, CP
    Xu, DM
 TI An improved open-ended waveguide measurement technique on parameters
    epsilon(r) and mu(r) of high-loss materials
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON INSTRUMENTATION AND MEASUREMENT
 DT Article
 DE electromagnetic parameters; high-loss material; open-ended waveguide;
    simultaneous measurement
 AB An improved technique of using rectangular waveguide aperture for
    simultaneous measurement of the electromagnetic parameters epsilon(r),
    mu(r) of materials is developed in this paper, Both multilayer and
    single-layer medium sheet samples can be tested, Samples are sandwiched
    between a flange of an open-ended waveguide and a shorting plate, The
    parameters are obtain by using an optimization technique by fitting the
    theoretical values of the reflection coefficients Gamma(epsilon(r),
    mu(r)) to the measured values with epsilon(r), mu(r) as the argument.
    The related details, such as test theories, waveguide design, sample
    preparation, and error analysis are also discussed in this paper. The
    experimental results are validated by the measurements performed using
    the reflection-transmission method using an automatic network analyzer
    and the published data from manufactures. By virtue of its open-ended
    waveguide configuration, this technique is well suited for sheet or
    coating materials, and it might be applied for industrial
    on-the-worksite testing or biomedical analysis.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Niu, M, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR 1975, IEE C PUB
    ARJALINGAM, 1990, IEEE T MICROWAVE THE, V38
    BAKHTIARI S, 1994, IEEE T MICROWAVE THE, V24
    CULLEN AL, 1971, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V325, P493
    DEMING X, 1987, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V35, P1424
    GARDIOL FE, 1985, ADV ELECTRON EL PHYS, V63, P139
    HAKKI BW, 1960, IRE T MICROWAVE THEO, V8, P402
    KHAN SA, 1992, P INT C MICR COMM NA, P702
    LI CL, 1995, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V44, P19
    MISRA D, 1990, IEEE T MICROWAVE THE, V38
    STUCHLY MA, 1980, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V29, P176
    TANABE E, 1976, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V25, P222
    WEI YZ, 1991, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V39, P526
    WEIR WB, 1974, P IEEE, V62
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0018-9456
 J9 IEEE TRANS INSTRUM MEAS
 JI IEEE Trans. Instrum. Meas.
 PD APR
 PY 1998
 VL 47
 IS 2
 BP 476
 EP 481
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 166CC
 UT ISI:000078557800023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Generalized variational principles for 1-D unsteady viscous flow
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 ID FLUID
 AB In order to solve the I-D unsteady viscous now via the finite element
    method, it is necessary to establish a generalized variational
    principle. In the present paper, based on the semi-inverse method
    proposed by He, two families of variational principles are established
    for I-D unsteady compressible, homentropic, viscous now in a flexible
    tube of varying cross-sectional area.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR HE JH, 1996, J SHANGHAI U, V2, P129
    HE JH, 1996, J SHANGHAI U, V2, P584
    HE JH, 1997, GEN VARIATIONAL PRIN, V1, P117
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V3, P299
    HE JH, 1998, ACTA AERODYNAMIC SIN, V16, P352
    HE JH, 1998, APPL MATH MODEL, V22, P395
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P101
    LIU GL, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P1
    OLSON LG, 1997, J FLUID STRUCT, V11, P207
    SHAPIRO AH, 1953, DYNAMICS THERMODYNAM, V2, CH23
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1998
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 253
 EP 258
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 162YR
 UT ISI:000078375500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, JH
 TI Numerical simulation of the form of the free trailing vortex sheet in
    3-D compressible rotor flow
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 DE 3-D flow in turbine; trailing vortex sheet; FEM; nonlinear programming
 AB This article is based on a unified variable-domain variational theory
    and uses the finite element method to solve the unknown boundary
    problem of the free trailing vortex sheet which is the natural boundary
    condition result in the variational theory. A new nonlinear programming
    method is adopted to study the form of the free trailing vortex sheet
    and this article proves the method is feasible by numerical simulation
    of an example.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CRANK J, 1984, FREE MOVING BOUNDARY
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    HIMMELBLAU DM, 1972, APPL NONLINEAR PROGR
    LIU GL, 1980, SCI SINICA, V23, P1339
    RAO SS, 1984, OPTIMIZATION THEORY
    SIEVERDING CH, 1984, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V2, P437
    YAN S, 1987, 1 INT C IND APPL MAT
    YAN S, 1991, P INT GAS TURB C YOK, V2, P35
    ZIENKLEWICZ OC, 1977, FEM
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 1998
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 271
 EP 274
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 162YR
 UT ISI:000078375500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YL
    Ding, WY
 TI A simple approach to highly stereoselective synthesis of
    beta,gamma-trans-gamma-butyrolactones
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Article
 DE arsenic ylide; stereoselective synthesis; gamma-butyrolactone
 AB A simple approach to highly stereoselective synthesis Of
    trans-beta-methoxycarbonyl-gamma-aryl-gamma-butyrolactones (5a-5c) is
    reported. Methoxycarbonylmethyltriphenylarsonium bromide (1) in
    dimethyl ethylene glycol was reacted with
    2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxa-5-p-methoxybenzal-4, 6-dione(2a) in the presence
    of K2CO3 and trace of water at room temperature, to give
    trans-beta-methoxycarbonyl-gamma-p-methoxyphenyl- gamma-butyrolactone
    (5a) with 64 % yield, whereas 1,2-cis cyclopropane derivatives(3b and
    3c) were isolated when started from 2b or 2c, under same conditions.
    The gamma-butyrolactones 5b or 5c were obtained with 62% and 57% yields
    when compounds 3b or 3c was further heated in acetone-water. The
    structures of 5a-5c were established on the basis of IR, H-1 and C-13
    NMR, MS and elemental analyses, and their configurations were assigned
    via 2D proton NOESY spectrum of compound 5c.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR DING WY, 1996, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V12, P50
 NR 1
 TC 9
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD OCT
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 10
 BP 1614
 EP 1616
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 160YT
 UT ISI:000078261500021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, LM
    Shi, DH
 TI An (s,S) model for inventory with exponential lifetimes and renewal
    demands
 SO NAVAL RESEARCH LOGISTICS
 DT Article
 AB Inventory control of products with finite lifetimes is important in
    many modem business organizations. It has been an important and
    difficult research subject. Here, we study the (s, S) continuous review
    model for items with an exponential random lifetime and a general
    renewal demand process through a Markov process. We derive a
    fundamental rate conservation theorem and show that all the other
    system performance measures can be obtained easily through the expected
    reorder cycle length. This leads to a simple expression for the total
    expected long run cost rate function in terms of the expected reorder
    cycle length. Subsequently, we derive formulas for computing the
    expected cycle lengths for the general renewal demand as well as for a
    large class of demands characterized by the phase type interdemand time
    distribution. We show analytically when the cost as a function of the
    reorder level is monotone, concave, or convex. We also show
    analytically that, depending on the behavior of the expected reorder
    cycle, the cost as a function of the order-up level is either monotone
    increasing or unimodal. These analytical properties enable us to
    understand the problem and make the subsequent numerical optimization
    much easier. Numerical studies confirm and illustrate some of the
    analytical properties. The results also demonstrate the impact of
    various parameters on the optimal policy and the cost. (C) 1999 John
    Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Ind Engn & Engn Management, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, LM, Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Ind Engn & Engn Management,
    Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR BARLOW RE, 1975, STAT THEORY RELIABIL
    BUZACOTT JA, 1993, STOCHASTIC MODELS MA
    FRIES B, 1975, OPER RES, V23, P46
    GHARE PM, 1963, J IND ENG, V14, P238
    GOLDBERG H, 1981, EXTENDING LIMITS REL
    KALPAKAM S, 1988, STATISTICS, V19, P389
    KALPAKAM S, 1994, OPER RES LETT, V16, P115
    KASPI H, 1984, ADV APPL PROBAB, V16, P402
    LIU L, 1995, IN PRESS EUR J OPERA
    LIU L, 1995, IN PRESS OPERATIONS
    LIU LM, 1990, OPER RES LETT, V9, P161
    MOORTHY KA, 1992, INT J INF MANAGE SCI, V3, P29
    NAHMIAS S, 1975, OPER RES, V23, P735
    NAHMIAS S, 1982, OPERATIONS RES SOC A, V30, P680
    NANDAKUMAR P, 1993, MANAGE SCI, V39, P1490
    NEUTS MF, 1981, MATRIX GEOMETRIC SOL
    PIERSKALLA WP, 1972, MANAGE SCI, V18, P603
    RAAFAT F, 1991, J OPER RES SOC, V42, P27
    ROSS SM, 1983, STOCHASTIC PROCESSES
    WEISS HJ, 1980, OPER RES, V28, P365
 NR 20
 TC 4
 SN 0894-069X
 J9 NAV RES LOG
 JI Nav. Res. Logist.
 PD FEB
 PY 1999
 VL 46
 IS 1
 BP 39
 EP 56
 PG 18
 SC Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 158VX
 UT ISI:000078139100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gabriel, B
    Jiang, FR
 TI Application of the modified method of multiple scales to the bending
    problems for circular thin plate at very large deflection and the
    asymptotics of solutions (I)
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE circular plate; large deflection; boundary layer effect; asymptotics;
    modified method of multiple scales
 AB In this paper, the,modified method of multiple scales is applied to
    study the bending problems for circular thin plate with large
    deflection under the hinged and simply supported edge conditio,ls. The
    series solutions are constructed, the boundary layer effects are
    analysed and their asymptotics are proved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Gabriel, B, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHIEN WZ, 1947, CHINESE J PHYS, V7, P102
    CHIEN WZ, 1948, NATIONAL TSING HUA U, V5, P71
    CHIEN WZ, 1954, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V10, P209
    CHUEN YC, 1980, NONLINEAR ANAL PLATE
    QIAO ZC, 1993, APPL MATH MECH, V14, P953
    VOLMIL AC, 1956, FLEXIBLE THIN PLATE
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 10
 BP 937
 EP 950
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 158UP
 UT ISI:000078135800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, M
 TI Variational principles in hydrodynamics of a non-Newtonian fluid
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE non-Newtonian fluid; variational principle; Lagrangian multiplier
 AB In this paper, the principle of maximum power losses for the
    incompressible viscous fluid proposed by professor Chien Weizang in
    reference [1] is further extended to the hydrodynamic problem of the
    non-Newtonian fluid with constitutive law expressed as epsilon(y) =
    partial derivative tau/partial derivative sigma'(y). The constraint
    conditions of variation are eliminated by the method of identified
    Lagrangian multiplier and a generalized variational principle is
    established.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, M, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHIEN WZ, 1984, APPL MATH MECH, V5, P1281
    GROCHET MJ, 1984, NUMERICAL SIMULATION
    GUDERLY KG, 1972, SIAN J APPL MATH, V23, P259
    HAFEZ M, 1983, AIAA J, V21, P3
    LIN CC, 1945, J MATH PHYS, V27, P105
    MANWELL AR, 1980, WAVE MOTION, V2, P83
    SHEN M, 1995, APPL MATH MECH, V16, P369
    SKOBELKIN VI, 1957, SOV PHYS JETP, V4, P68
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 10
 BP 963
 EP 969
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 158UP
 UT ISI:000078135800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, SJ
    Niu, MD
    Xu, DM
 TI A frequency-varying method for simultaneous measurement of complex
    permittivity and permeability with an open-ended coaxial probe
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON MICROWAVE THEORY AND TECHNIQUES
 DT Article
 DE frequency-varying method; open-ended coaxial probe; permeability;
    permittivity
 ID DIELECTRIC-PROPERTIES; MICROWAVE-FREQUENCIES; BIOLOGICAL SUBSTANCES;
    LINE SENSOR; CALIBRATION; REFLECTION
 AB To measure the complex permittivity and permeability of materials
    simultaneously with an open-ended coaxial probe, one needs at least two
    independent reflections. Based on the fact that frequency is an
    independent variable for the probe's reflection coefficient, a new
    concept, namely the frequency-varying method (FVM), which achieves the
    independent reflections via changing frequency, has been proposed.
    Since the electromagnetic (EM) properties of materials themselves are
    functions of frequency, the FVM introduces interpolation techniques
    into the process of extracting EM parameters from multiple reflection
    coefficients. The successful experimental results on radar-absorbing
    coatings show the feasibility and good prospects of the FVM for
    characterizing EM properties of materials ill situ, Compared with the
    thickness-varying method (TVM), which makes two measurements with two
    samples of different thicknesses, the FVM needs only one
    frequency-swept reflection measurement, thus simplifying and speeding
    up the measurement process, and improving accuracy and repeatability.
    Furthermore, the FVM has the ready capability to be extended to
    multiple-parameter measurements, and we may also find potential
    applications in other fields.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, SJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN GW, 1994, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V42, P966
    DELANGHE P, 1994, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V43, P810
    GRANT JP, 1989, J PHYS E SCI INSTRUM, V22, P757
    JARVIS JB, 1994, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V43, P711
    JENKINS S, 1992, IEE PROC-H, V139, P179
    KRASZEWSKI A, 1983, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V32, P385
    LI CL, 1995, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V44, P19
    MISRA D, 1990, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V38, P8
    MOSIG JR, 1981, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V30, P46
    NIU MD, 1997, IEEE IMTC P, P482
    NYSHADHAM A, 1992, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V40, P305
    STUCHLY MA, 1980, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V29, P176
    XU DM, 1987, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V35, P1424
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0018-9480
 J9 IEEE TRANS MICROWAVE THEORY
 JI IEEE Trans. Microw. Theory Tech.
 PD DEC
 PY 1998
 VL 46
 IS 12
 PN Part 1
 BP 2145
 EP 2147
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 158CP
 UT ISI:000078098700023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, ZW
    Zhao, XH
 TI A,phi-Omega method for 3-D eddy current analysis
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE 3-D eddy current field; A, phi-Omega method; interface continuous
    conditions
 AB After the field equations and the continuous conditions between the
    interfaces for 3-D eddy current problems under various gauges were
    discussed, it was pointed out in this paper that using the magnetic
    vector potential A, the electric scalar potential phi and Coulomb gauge
    del . A = 0 in eddy current regions and using the magnetic scalar
    potential Omega in the non-conducting regions are more suitable. All
    field equations, the boundary conditions, the interface continuity
    conditions and the corresponding variational principle of this method
    are also given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, ZW, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR 1987, P C COMP EL FIELDS G
    1988, IEEE T MAG, V24, P13
    BROWN ML, 1982, PIEE, V129, P46
    CHARI MVK, 1982, IEEE T MAG, V18, P435
    EMSON CRI, 1983, IEEE T MAGN, V19, P2450
    EMSON RI, 1988, IEEE T MAG, V24, P86
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 11
 BP 1017
 EP 1023
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 157NN
 UT ISI:000078068700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, JH
    Chen, YS
    Liu, ZR
 TI The influence of the different distributed phase-randomized on the
    experimental data obtained in dynamic analysis
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE experimental data; surrogate data; critical value; phase-randomized;
    random timeseries; chaotic timeseries
 ID CORRELATION DIMENSION; NOISE; CHAOS
 AB In this paper the influence of the differently distributed
    phase-randomized to the data obtained in dynamic analysis for critical
    value is studied. The calculation results validate that the sufficient
    phase-randomized of the different distributed random numbers are less
    influential on the critical value. This offers the theoretical
    foundation of the feasibility and practicality of the phase-randomized
    method.
 C1 Southeast Univ, Inst Syst Engn, Nanjing 210096, Peoples R China.
    Tianjin Univ, Dept Mech, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, JH, Southeast Univ, Inst Syst Engn, Nanjing 210096, Peoples R China.
 CR ABARBANEL HDI, 1991, INT J MOD PHYS B, V5, P1347
    CABRERA JL, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V197, P19
    CASDAGLI M, 1992, J ROY STAT SOC B MET, V54, P303
    GRASSBERGER P, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V128, P369
    KENNEL MB, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P3111
    KOSTELICH EJ, 1992, PHYSICA D, V58, P138
    MA JH, 1998, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V19, P513
    PRICHARD D, 1993, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V20, P2817
    PRICHARD D, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V191, P245
    PRICHARD D, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V191, P230
    RAPP PE, 1993, PHYS REV E, V47, P2289
    RAPP PE, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V192, P27
    ROMBOUTS SAR, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V202, P352
    SCHIFF SJ, 1992, PHYS REV LETT A, P378
    TAKALO J, 1993, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V20, P1527
    THEILER J, 1986, PHYS REV A, V34, P2427
    THEILER J, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V155, P480
 NR 17
 TC 3
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 11
 BP 1033
 EP 1042
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 157NN
 UT ISI:000078068700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, DC
    Tian, LX
    Liu, ZR
 TI Wavelet basis analysis in perturbed periodic KdV equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE wavelet basis; approximate inertial manifold; perturbed periodic KdV
    equation
 AB In the paper by using the spline wavelet basis to construct the
    approximate inertial manifold, we study the longtime behavior of
    perturbed perodic KdV equation.
 C1 Jiangus Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math & Phys, Zhenjiang 212013, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, DC, Jiangus Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math & Phys, Zhenjiang 212013,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHUI CK, 1992, INTRO WAVELET
    DEBUSSCHE A, 1992, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V100, P173
    ERCOLANI NM, 1993, J NONLINEAR SCI, V3, P477
    GOUBET O, 1992, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V9, P1455
    SUN SM, 1994, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V23, P545
    TEMAN R, 1988, APPL MATH SOC, V68
    TIAN LX, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P1021
    TIAN LX, 1997, WAVELET GALERKIN MET
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 11
 BP 1053
 EP 1058
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 157NN
 UT ISI:000078068700005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yong, Z
 TI Numerical study of a nonlinear integrodifferential equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE integrodifferential equation; spectral method; solitary waves
 AB In this paper, by using the pseudo-spectral method of Fornberg and
    Whitham, a nonlinear intergrodifferential equations
    A(t) + 6AA(x) + 1/2\In epsilon\ integral (+infinity)(-infinity) A(x',
    t(.))/{(x' - x)(2) + epsilon(2)}(-1/2) dx' = 0
    is investigated numerically. It is found that for small epsilon, the
    result is close to that of the KdV equation, whereas the effects of
    larger epsilon and the initial condition are significant.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yong, Z, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR FORNBERG B, 1978, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V289, P373
    GRIMSHAW R, 1994, CAN APPL MATH Q, V2, P189
    LEIBOVICH S, 1970, J FLUID MECH, V42, P803
    ZABUSKY NJ, 1965, PHYS REV LETT, V15, P240
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 11
 BP 1059
 EP 1063
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 157NN
 UT ISI:000078068700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, BS
 TI A comment on the proof of Fermat's last theorem
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE factorization; cofactor; relative prime; Fermat's last theorem
 AB In this paper, some comments on the proof of Fermat's last theorem are
    proposed. The main result is that the proof proposed by Wong Chiahe is
    only part of proof for Fermat's last theorem. That is to say, the proof
    is not all-full proof to Fermat's last theorem.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, BS, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN SS, 1996, MATH DEV, V25, P1
    HUA LG, 1959, NUMBER THEORY INTRO, P14
    WONG CH, 1996, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V17, P1031
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 11
 BP 1115
 EP 1118
 PG 4
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 157NN
 UT ISI:000078068700012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, GQ
    Hui, PM
    Wang, BH
    Dai, SQ
 TI Two-dimensional cellular automaton traffic model with randomly
    switching traffic lights
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE cellular automata; traffic model; traffic light; phase transition
 ID JAMMING TRANSITION; FLOW PROBLEMS
 AB Cellular automation traffic models can include various factors in
    traffic systems and the corresponding computational simulations are
    rather simple and effective. The Biham-Middleton-Levine model (BML
    model) facilitates the simulation of two-dimensional traffic flow
    problems via the cellular automaton models. In this paper, the BML
    model is improved by removing its limitation of synchronized change of
    traffic lights. In the new model, the traffic light at each crossing
    could arbitrarily change its starting time and tempo of variation, and
    hence the model could more realistically describe the influence of
    traffic lights on the performance of traffic systems. Some new effects
    appearing in the new model are also elucidated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Syst Sci & Syst Engn, S&T, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Modern Phys, Hefei 230026, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Shatin, NT, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, GQ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Syst Sci & Syst Engn, S&T, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BENJAMIN SC, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P3119
    BIHAM O, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P6124
    CHUNG KH, 1995, PHYS REV E, V51, P772
    CUESTA JA, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, R4175
    GU GQ, 1995, PHYSICA A, V217, P339
    GU GQ, 1995, SYST ENG THEOR METH, V14, P12
    NAGATANI T, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P3290
    NAGATANI T, 1994, J PHYS SOC JPN, V63, P1228
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 9
 BP 807
 EP 813
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 157AK
 UT ISI:000078036400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qin, KR
    Jiang, WY
    Li, XX
    Liu, ZR
 TI On analysis of the steady flow in an irrectangular parallel-plate flow
    chamber
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE irrectangular parallel-plate flow chamber; shear stress; steady flow;
    cell's mechanical behaviors
 AB The parallel-plate flow chamber (PPFC), of which the height is far
    smaller than its own length and width, is one of the main apparatus for
    the in vitro study of the mechanical behaviors of cultured cells at the
    bottom of PPFC undergoing shear stress. The PPFC of which the upper and
    lower plates are rectangular is usually used by research workers, and
    the flow field in this kind of PPFC (except for the regions near the
    entrance and exit) is uniform([1]), so only the effect the shear stress
    with one value has on cultured cells can be observed during each
    experiment. A kind of PPFC of which the upper and lower plates are not
    rectangular is proposed in this paper. The distributions of the
    velocities inside and the shear stresses at the bottom of the chamber
    are given by analyzing the flow field of the steady flow in the PPFC.
    The results show that the mechanical behaviors of cultured cells
    undergoing the shear stresses with various values may be simultaneously
    observed by the use of this kind of irrectangular PPFC. The theoretical
    and experimental results obtained by Ultrasonic Doppler Technique show
    good agreement.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Biomech Lab, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Qin, KR, Fudan Univ, Biomech Lab, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR DAVIS RT, 1983, COMPUTATIONAL METHOD
    FRANGOS JA, 1988, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V32, P1053
    HAMMER DA, 1995, P 4 CHIN JAP SING C, P425
    JIANG WY, 1996, J APPL BIOMECH, V11, P97
    YUNG YC, 1993, BIOMECHANICS KINETIC
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 9
 BP 851
 EP 859
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 157AK
 UT ISI:000078036400006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Nafziger, JAR
    Wei, L
 TI China's sports law
 SO AMERICAN JOURNAL OF COMPARATIVE LAW
 DT Article
 C1 Willamette Univ, Coll Law, Salem, OR 97301 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Nafziger, JAR, Willamette Univ, Coll Law, Salem, OR 97301 USA.
 CR 1986, BEIJING REV     0203, P32
    1994, ASIA WK         1207, P38
    1994, CHRIST SCI MONI 0301, P20
    1994, MAINICHI DAILY  1205, P1
    1994, SPURT Z SPORT RECHT, V1, P6
    1994, SPURT Z SPORT RECHT, V1, P73
    1994, XINHUA NEWS AGE 1205
    1994, XINHUA NEWS AGE 1229
    1995, BUS WK          0619, P140
    1995, NY TIMES        0728, B8
    1995, PEOPLES DAILY   0427, P1
    1995, PEOPLES DAILY   1222, P10
    1995, PEOPLES DAILY   1227, P5
    1995, PEOPLES DAILY   1227, P6
    1995, PEOPLES DAILY   1229, P10
    1995, SHANGHAI STAR   0901, P1
    1995, UPI             0301
    1995, ZHONGHUA RENMIN GONG
    1996, JAPAN EC NEWSWI 0805
    1996, LA TIMES        0212, S1
    1997, PEOPLES DAILY   0905, P10
    1997, PEOPLES DAILY   1025, P1
    1998, PEOPLES DAILY   0115, P2
    1998, XINHUA NEWS AGE 0406
    *LAW RUL SECT LAW, 1995, YU TIYUF YOUG JIG ZH, P4
    BADDELEY, 1997, REV JURIDIQUE EC SPO, P5
    BO T, 1993, BEIJING REV     0906, P31
    BROWNELL S, 1995, TRAINING BODY CHINA, P39
    BUCHBERGER M, 1997, THESIS RUHR U BOCHUM
    CHEN XT, 1998, WASH POST       0801, A17
    DEMERODE A, 1994, JAPANESE EC NEW 1214
    EVANS R, 1993, DENG XIAOPING MAKING, P204
    FACHET, 1994, WASH POST       1201, B2
    FUMAGALLI, 1995, RIV DIRITTO SPORTIVO, V47, P715
    FUNG YL, 1948, SHORT HIST CHINESE P
    GABRIEL, 1988, NY TIMS         0424, P30
    GABRIEL, 1988, NY TIMS         0424, P33
    GOODBODY, 1995, TIMES LONDON    0302
    HE ZL, 1995, NEW STRAITS TIM 0107, P48
    HERSH, 1996, CHICAGO TRIB    0104, P1
    HESS B, 1996, ZZPINT, V1, P371
    HLADCZUK J, 1991, SPORTS LAW LEGISLATI, P115
    HOBERMAN JM, 1984, SPORTS POLITICAL IDE, P219
    HUGHES NC, 1998, FOREIGN AFF      JUL, P67
    HUGHES NC, 1998, FOREIGN AFF      JUL, P68
    JACQ P, 1993, P 1 INT C SPORTS LAW, P403
    JIANG RP, 1994, TIYU FAXUE, P33
    KRISTOF ND, 1994, CHINA WAKES, P440
    KRISTOF, 1993, INT HERALD TRIB 0729, P17
    LAM, 1994, CHINESE BUS REV  NOV, P41
    LI P, 1998, PEOPLES DAILY   0321, P1
    LI ZH, 1997, PEOPLES DAILY   1128
    LIN, 1993, FREE CHINA J    0302, P4
    LINDORFF D, 1995, BUS WK          0619, P140
    LOU LW, 1993, BEIJING REV     1228, P36
    MASTROCOLA, 1995, BC 3 WORLD LJ, V15, P141
    MONTVILLE, 1994, SPORTS ILLUS    0919, P40
    MUFSON S, 1994, WASH POST       1206, B2
    NAFZIGER JAR, 1988, INT SPORTS LAW, P58
    NAFZIGER JAR, 1992, AM J INT LAW, V86, P489
    NAFZIGER, 1992, AM J INT L, V86, P496
    NAFZIGER, 1996, INT COMP LQ, V45, P130
    NAFZIGER, 1996, INT COMP LQ, V45, P143
    NAN L, 1988, AM J SOCIOL, V93, P793
    NAN L, 1988, AM J SOCIOL, V93, P805
    PESCANTE, 1997, INT ATHLETIC FDN SUP, P127
    QUN W, 1996, PEOPLES DAILY   0105, P10
    RIDING, 1993, NY TIMES        0920, B9
    RIORDAN J, 1991, SPORTS POLITICS COMM, P5
    TYLER, 1993, NY TIMES        0919, A4
    WANG JP, 1995, PEOPLES DAILY   0927, P5
    WANG SW, 1995, ZHONGHUA RENMIN GONG, P18
    WHITTEN, 1994, SWIMMING WORLD J JAN, P34
    WILCOX RC, 1994, SPORT GLOBAL VILLAGE, P407
    WILL MR, 1988, AUF WEGE EINEM EUROP
    YU XG, PEOPLES DAILY   0905, P10
    ZOU SC, 1993, BEIJING REV     0920, P22
    ZOU SC, 1995, BEIJING REV     0715, P8
 NR 78
 TC 0
 SN 0002-919X
 J9 AMER J COMP LAW
 JI Am. J. Comp. Law
 PD SUM
 PY 1998
 VL 46
 IS 3
 BP 453
 EP 483
 PG 31
 SC Law
 GA 156UB
 UT ISI:000078019500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, DC
    Wu, GX
 TI Numerical simulation of a solitary wave interaction with submerged
    multi-bodies
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE multi-bodies; solitary wave; viscous flows; VOF method
 AB The problems of a solitary wave passing over rectangular cylinders have
    been analysed. The numerical simulation is based on the full nonlinear
    two-dimensional Navier-Stokes equations which are solved by the finite
    difference method. The free surface is dealt with by the Volume of
    Fluid method (VOF). Results for a solitary wave passing over a single
    cylinder are compared with the experimental data of Seabra-Santos,
    Penouard and Temperville([2]) and better agreement is obtained than
    those obtained from the long wave equation based on the potential flow
    theory. Results are also given for two cylinders with different gaps.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ London Univ Coll, Dept Mech Engn, London WC1E 7JE, England.
 RP Wan, DC, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR COOKER MJ, 1990, J FLUID MECH, V215, P1
    DJORDJEVIC VD, 1978, J PHYS OCEANOGR, V8, P1016
    HIRT CW, 1981, J COMPUT PHYS, V39, P201
    MADSEN OS, 1969, J FLUID MECH, V39, P781
    NICHOLS BD, 1980, LA8355 LOS AL SCI LA
    OHYAMA T, 1992, J CIVIL ENG SOC JAPA, P31
    SEABRASANTOS FJ, 1987, J FLUID MECH, V176, P117
    WAN DC, 1997, J HYDRODYNAMICS B, V9, P88
    WAN DC, 1998, J HYDRODYNAMICS A, V13, P95
    WANG YX, 1993, COMMUNICATION CHINES, V3, P553
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7718
 J9 ACTA MECH SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 1998
 VL 14
 IS 4
 BP 297
 EP 305
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 156BQ
 UT ISI:000077981900002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Approximate analytical solution for seepage flow with fractional
    derivatives in porous media
 SO COMPUTER METHODS IN APPLIED MECHANICS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, a new and more exact model for seepage Row in porous
    media with fractional derivatives has been proposed, which has modified
    the well-known Darcy law and overcome the continuity assumption of
    seepage flow. A new kind of analytical method of nonlinear problem
    called the variational iteration method is described and used to give
    approximate solutions of the problem. The results show that the
    proposed iteration method, requiring no linearization or small
    perturbation, is very effective and convenient. (C) 1998 Elsevier
    Science S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ADOMIAN G, 1988, J MATH ANAL APPL, V135, P510
    CAMPOS LMB, 1990, INT J MATH MATH SCI, V13, P481
    DELBOSCO D, 1996, J MATH ANAL APPL, V204, P609
    DUARTE RT, 1983, P 7 EUR C EARTH ENG
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    HE JH, 1997, COMM NONLINEAR SCI N, V2, P230
    HE JH, 1997, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V2, P235
    HE JH, 1998, MECH PRACTICE, V20, P30
    HE JH, 1998, MECH SCI TECHNOL, V17, P221
    HUANG AX, 1996, 3 INT S AER INT FLOW, P417
    INOKUTI M, 1978, VARIATIONAL METHOD M, P156
 NR 11
 TC 20
 SN 0045-7825
 J9 COMPUT METHOD APPL MECH ENG
 JI Comput. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng.
 PD DEC 1
 PY 1998
 VL 167
 IS 1-2
 BP 57
 EP 68
 PG 12
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering,
    Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 154KP
 UT ISI:000077888300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Approximate solution of nonlinear differential equations with
    convolution product nonlinearities
 SO COMPUTER METHODS IN APPLIED MECHANICS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, a new iteration method is proposed to solve nonlinear
    problems. Special attention is paid to nonlinear differential equations
    with convolution product nonlinearities, The results reveal the
    approximations obtained by the proposed method are uniformly valid for
    both small and large parameters in nonlinear problems. Furthermore, the
    first order of approximations are more accurate than perturbation
    solutions at high order of approximation. (C) 1998 Elsevier Science
    S.A. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ADOMIAN G, 1986, J MATH ANAL APPL, V114, P171
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    HE JH, IN PRESS J SHANGHAI
    HE JH, 1997, COMM NONLINEAR SCI N, V2, P230
    HE JH, 1998, MECH PRACTICE, V20, P30
    INOKUTI M, 1978, VARIATIONAL METHOD M, P156
 NR 6
 TC 20
 SN 0045-7825
 J9 COMPUT METHOD APPL MECH ENG
 JI Comput. Meth. Appl. Mech. Eng.
 PD DEC 1
 PY 1998
 VL 167
 IS 1-2
 BP 69
 EP 73
 PG 5
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering,
    Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 154KP
 UT ISI:000077888300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, C
    Zhao, XH
    Ma, XG
    Huang, WH
 TI Dynamic stress concentrations in Ambartsumian's plate with a cutout
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Ambartsumian's plate; cutout; dynamic stress concentration;
    perturbation method
 AB Based on the motion equations of flexural wave in Ambartsumian' s
    plates including the effects of transverse shear deformations, by using
    perturbation method of small parameter, the scattering of flexural
    waves and dynamic stress concentrations in the plate with a cutout have
    been studied. The asypmtotic solution of the dynamic stress problem is
    obtained Numerical results for the dynamic stress concentration factor
    in Ambartsumian' s plates with a circular cutout are graphically
    presented and discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Harbin Inst Technol, Harbin 150001, Peoples R China.
 CR AMBARTSUMIAN SA, 1970, THEORY ANISOTROPIC P
    HU HC, 1981, VARIATIONAL PRINCIPL
    KLYUKIN II, 1964, SOV PHYS ACOUST, V10, P49
    LEKHNITSKII SG, 1963, THEORY ANISOTROPIC P
    MA XR, 1997, ACTA MECH SINICA, V29, P269
    MUSKHELISHVILI NI, 1958, BASIC PROBLEMS MATH
    PANC V, 1975, THEORIES ELASTIC PLA
    PAO YH, 1962, J APPL MECH, V29, P299
    PAO YH, 1983, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V50, P1152
    PAO YH, 1993, DIFFRACTION ELASTIC
    QIAN EC, 1981, THEORY SINGULAR PERT
    SAVIN GN, 1958, STRESS CONCENTRATION
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 1998
 VL 11
 IS 4
 BP 341
 EP 350
 PG 10
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA 152ZG
 UT ISI:000077807700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, SC
    Zhong, SS
 TI Analysis and design of dual-polarized microstrip antenna array
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF RF AND MICROWAVE COMPUTER-AIDED ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE microstrip antenna; array; dual polarization; isolation
 ID MOBILE SATELLITE-COMMUNICATIONS
 AB A new dual-polarized microstrip antenna array is presented. Diagonal
    feeding of the square patch with two ports is proposed to obtain dual
    linear polarization. A novel coplanar feedline network is also
    presented for the dual-polarized array. For engineering purposes, a
    CAD-oriented method of analysis is developed. The measured results
    demonstrate high isolation between the two input ports. The array has
    simple structure and is easy to further combine to form larger coplanar
    arrays. (C) 1999 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, SC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BRACHAT P, 1995, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V43, P738
    CRYAN MJ, 1996, ELECTRON LETT, V32, P286
    DUTOLT LJ, 1987, IEEE AP S INT S LOS, P810
    GUPTA KC, 1981, COMPUTER AIDED DESIG, CH11
    GUPTA KC, 1987, IEEE AP S INT S, P786
    GUPTA KC, 1988, MICROSTRIP ANTENNA D, CH3
    HALL PS, 1988, IEE P H, V135, P180
    JAMES JR, 1981, MICROSTRIP ANTENNA T, P166
    JAMES JR, 1989, HDB MICROSTRIP ANTEN, CH3
    LO YT, 1988, ANTENNA HDB THEORY A, CH10
    MURAKAMI Y, 1996, IEE P-MICROW ANTEN P, V143, P119
    NAKANO M, 1992, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V40, P1269
 NR 12
 TC 9
 SN 1096-4290
 J9 INT J RF MICROW COMPUT-AID EN
 JI Int. J. RF Microw. Comput-Aid. Eng.
 PD JAN
 PY 1999
 VL 9
 IS 1
 BP 42
 EP 48
 PG 7
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering,
    Electrical & Electronic
 GA 150NB
 UT ISI:000077670100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, X
    He, FB
 TI Three dimensional elasticity solution for vibration problem of thick
    plate
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE thick plate; free vibration; forced vibration
 AB In this paper, based upon the basic equations of three dimensional
    theory of elastodynamics, the governing differential equations of thick
    plate have been formulated The dynamic response of stress and
    displacement of thick plate subjected to the transversed forced are
    obtained. It is shown that the vibrational characters of thick plate
    consist of three modes: thickness shear mode, symmetric mode and
    anti-symmetric mode. The characteristic equations;of simply supported
    thick plate are derived and rile comparison of the free vibration
    frequencies based on the classic. theory, middle thickness plate theory
    and three dimensional elasticity theory are given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, X, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BARNETT S, 1979, MATRIX METHODS ENG S
    CAO GX, 1983, VIBRATION THIN ELAST
    CAO ZY, 1983, THEORY THICK PLATE D
    CHIEN WZ, 1994, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V15, P1
    MINDLIN RD, 1951, J APPLIED MECHANICS, V18, P31
    WANG FY, 1985, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V6, P429
    ZE DS, 1994, J TONGJI U, V22, P274
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUL
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 7
 BP 615
 EP 624
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 149EC
 UT ISI:000077591300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZX
    Fan, XL
    Zhu, ZY
 TI Inertial manifolds for nonautonomous infinite dimensional dynamical
    systems
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE nonautonomous equations; the spectral gap condition; inertial manifold
 AB In this paper, the long time behavior of nonautonomous infinite
    dimensional dynamical systems is discussed Under the spectral gap
    condition, It is proved that there exist inertial manifolds for a class
    of nonautonomous evolution equations.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Dept Math, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZX, Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR BERNAL AR, 1990, APPL ANAL, V37, P95
    CHEPYZHOV VV, 1994, J MATH PURE APPL, V73, P297
    DAFERMOS CM, 1974, MATH SYST THEORY, V8, P142
    DEBUSSCHE A, 1994, J MATH PURE APPL, V73, P489
    GILL TL, 1992, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V23, P1204
    HALE J, 1988, MATH SURVEYS MONOGRA, V25
    HARAUX A, 1988, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V13, P1383
    SELL GR, 1967, T AM MATH SOC, V127, P241
    SMILEY MW, 1993, APPL ANAL, V50, P217
    SMILEY MW, 1995, J DYNAMICS DIFFERENT, V7, P237
    TEMAM R, 1988, INFINITE DIMENSIONAL
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUL
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 7
 BP 695
 EP 704
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 149EC
 UT ISI:000077591300011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, ZM
    Liu, YL
 TI On the mechanism of turbulent coherent structure (III) - A statistical
    and dynamical model of coherent structure and its heat transfer
    mechanism
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE coherent structure; statistical and dynamical model; heat transfer
 AB Following Tsai & Ma([1]) and Tsai & Liu([2]), a statistical and
    dynamical near-wall turbulent coherent structural model with separate
    consideration of two different portions: locally generated and
    upstream-transported large eddies has been established. With this
    model, heat transfer in a fully developed open channel in the absence
    of pressure gradient is numerically simulated. Database of fluctuations
    of velocity and temperature has also been set. Numerical analysis shows
    the existence of high-low temperature streak caused by near-wall
    coherent structure and its swing in the lateral direction. Numerical
    results are in accordance with the computations and experimental
    results of other researchers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BELL DM, 1993, NEAR WALL TURBULENT, P327
    BRADSHAW P, 1967, J FLUID MECH, V30, P241
    KASAGI N, 1990, NEAR WALL TURBULENCE, P596
    LIU YL, 1996, APPL MATH MECH, V17, P197
    LOU JS, 1993, APPL MATH MECH, V14, P993
    MA Z, 1996, THESIS TIANJIN U
    ROBINSON SK, 1991, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V23, P601
    TSAI ST, 1987, APPL MATH MECH, V8, P901
    TSAI ST, 1993, THEORY TURBULENCE
    TSAI ST, 1995, APPL MATH MECH, V16, P319
    XIONG ZM, 1994, THESIS TIANJIN U
    ZHOU H, 1994, SCI CHINA SER A, V24, P941
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD AUG
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 8
 BP 705
 EP 711
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 149ED
 UT ISI:000077591400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, LJ
    Pan, LZ
    He, FB
 TI Study on the generalized Prandtl-Reuss constitutive equation and the
    corotational rates of stress tensor
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE finite elastic-plastic deformations; generalized Prandtl-Reuss
    constitutive equations; the corotational rates of stress tensor; simple
    shear stress oscillation
 ID PLASTICITY
 AB In this paper, the generalized Prandtl-Reuss (P-R) constitutive
    equations of elastic-plastic material in the presence of finite
    deformations through a new approach are studied. It analyzes the
    generalized P-R equation based on the material corotational rate and
    clarifies the puzzling problem of the simple shear stress oscillation
    mentioned in some literature. The paper proposes a modified relative
    rotational rate with which to constitute the objective rates of stress
    in the generalized P-R equation and concludes that the decomposition of
    total deformation rate into elastic and plastic parts is not necessary
    in developing the generalized P-R equations. Finally, the stresses of
    simple shear deformation are worked out.
 C1 Ningbo Univ, Mat Sci & Mech Res Ctr, Ningbo 315211, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, LJ, Ningbo Univ, Mat Sci & Mech Res Ctr, Ningbo 315211, Peoples R
    China.
 CR DAFALIAS YF, 1983, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V50, P561
    DIENES JK, 1979, ACTA MECH, V32, P217
    DIENES JK, 1986, ACTA MECH, V65, P1
    HUTCHINSON JW, 1973, NUMERICAL SOLUTION N, P17
    LEE EH, 1969, J APPLIED MECHANICS, V36, P1
    LEE EH, 1983, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V50, P554
    METZGER DR, 1987, INT J PLASTICITY, V4, P341
    NAGETAAL JC, 1982, P WORKSH PLAST MET F, P65
    NAGHDI PM, 1990, Z ANGEW MATH PHYS, V41, P315
    SOWERBY R, 1984, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V20, P1037
    TRUESDELL C, 1966, ELEMENTS CONTINUUM M, P39
    TVERGAARD V, 1978, INT J MECH SCI, V20, P651
    VOYIADJIS GZ, 1992, INT J PLASTICITY, V8, P271
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD AUG
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 8
 BP 735
 EP 743
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 149ED
 UT ISI:000077591400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZX
    Fan, XL
    Zhu, ZY
 TI Convergent families of approximate inertial manifolds for nonautonomous
    evolution equations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE nonautonomous equation; approximate inertial manifold; spectral gap
    condition
 AB In this paper, the long time behavior of nonautonomous infinite
    dimensional dynamical systems is studied. A family of convergent
    approximate inertial manifolds for a class of evolution equations has
    been constructed when the spectral gap condition is satisfied.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Dept Math, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZX, Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR BERNAL AR, 1990, APPL ANAL, V37, P95
    CHEPYZHOV VV, 1994, J MATH PURE APPL, V73, P297
    DAFERMOS CM, 1974, MATH SYST THEORY, V8, P142
    DEBUSSCHE A, 1994, J MATH PURE APPL, V73, P489
    GILL TL, 1992, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V23, P1204
    HALE J, 1988, MATH SURVEYS MONOGRA, V25
    HARAUX A, 1988, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V13, P1383
    SELL GR, 1967, T AM MATH SOC, V127, P241
    SMILEY MW, 1993, APPL ANAL, V50, P217
    SMILEY MW, 1995, J DYNAMICS DIFFERENT, V7, P237
    TEMAM R, 1988, INFINITE DIMENSIONAL
    WANG ZX, 1998, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V19, P695
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD AUG
 PY 1998
 VL 19
 IS 8
 BP 765
 EP 775
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 149ED
 UT ISI:000077591400008
 ER
 
 EF
 FN ISI Export Format
 VR 1.0
 PT J
 AU Qiao, H
    Kang, LY
    Cardei, M
    Du, DZ
 TI Paired-domination of trees
 SO JOURNAL OF GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 AB Let G 5 (V, E) be a graph without isolated vertices. A set S subset of
    or equal to V is a paired-dominating set if it dominates V and the
    subgraph induced by S, [S], contains a perfect matching. The
    paired-domination number gamma(p)(G) is defined to be the minimum
    cardinality of a paired-dominating set S in G. In this paper, we
    present a linear-time algorithm computing the paired-domination number
    for trees and characterize trees with equal domination and
    paired-domination numbers.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Minnesota, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Minneapolis, MN 55455 USA.
 RP Qiao, H, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Hong
    Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR COCKAYNE EJ, 2000, J GRAPH THEOR, V34, P277
    HATTINGH JH, 2000, J GRAPH THEOR, V34, P142
    HAYNES TW, 1998, DOMINATION GRAPHS AD
    HAYNES TW, 1998, FUNDAMENTALS DOMINAT
    HAYNES TW, 1998, NETWORKS, V32, P199
    MYNHARDT CM, 1999, J GRAPH THEOR, V31, P163
 NR 6
 TC 4
 SN 0925-5001
 J9 J GLOBAL OPTIM
 JI J. Glob. Optim.
 PD JAN
 PY 2003
 VL 25
 IS 1
 BP 43
 EP 54
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 620YE
 UT ISI:000179561100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZC
    Guo, JK
 TI Evaluation of thermodynamic properties from alloy phase diagram with
    miscibility gap using non-random two-liquid equation
 SO CALPHAD-COMPUTER COUPLING OF PHASE DIAGRAMS AND THERMOCHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 AB The non-random two-liquid equation has been applied to evaluate the
    thermodynamic properties of the liquid solution at elevated
    temperatures in a binary alloy system with a liquid phase miscibility
    gap. Only upon making use of the phase equilibrium data at the critical
    and monotectic points of the miscibility gap from a T-X phase diagram
    and thermochemical data, the parameters needed for the evaluation,
    i.e., (g(12) - g(22)), (g(21) - g(11)) and a of the non-random
    two-liquid solution approach, can be determined. The evaluation of
    thermodynamic properties was carried out numerically for three binary
    alloy systems, i.e., Al-Pb, Zn-Pb and Ga-Hg systems. The application of
    the non-random two-liquid equation to these three binary alloy systems
    shows that the evaluated results are close to the available
    experimental measurements. (C) 2002 Published by Elsevier Science Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ZC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples
    R China.
 CR CHOU KC, 1989, CALPHAD, V13, P301
    DARKEN LS, 1953, PHYSICAL CHEM METALS
    GANNEESCARD M, 1979, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V31, P323
    GUMINSKI C, 1993, J PHASE EQUILIB, V14, P719
    HULTGREN R, 1973, SELECTED VALUES THER
    LIANG YJ, 1993, HDB THERMODYNAMIC DA
    PRIGOGINE I, 1957, MOL THEORY SOLUTIONS
    RENON H, 1968, AICHE J, V14, P135
    WAGNER C, 1962, THERMODYNAMICS ALLOY
    ZHANG ZC, 1998, CALPHAD, V22, P313
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0364-5916
 J9 CALPHAD-COMPUT COUP PHASE DIA
 JI Calphad-Comput. Coupling Ph. Diagrams Thermochem.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 26
 IS 3
 BP 327
 EP 340
 PG 14
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Thermodynamics
 GA 620PF
 UT ISI:000179541200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU You, B
    Wang, XD
    Ji, WS
    Yang, WR
    Li, Y
 TI Resonant frequency and quality factors of a silver-coated dual-mode
    dielectric resonator
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE dual-mode dielectric resonator; FDTD method; resonant frequency; Q
    factor; high permittivity dielectric ceramics
 ID FILTERS
 AB In this paper, resonant frequency and quality factors of a
    square-corner-cut dielectric resonator are obtained by using the
    finite-difference time-domain (FDTD) method, and the resonant
    frequencies of some modes in the resonator are analyzed. Some useful
    results are obtained. (C) 2002 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shc Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Microelect Res & Dev Ctr, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP You, B, Shanghai Univ, Shc Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR LIANG XP, 1992, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V40, P2294
    NAVARRO A, 1991, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V39, P2159
    SANO K, 2000, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V48, P2491
    WANG C, 1995, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V43, P1524
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD DEC 20
 PY 2002
 VL 35
 IS 6
 BP 475
 EP 477
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 618GE
 UT ISI:000179409700016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, DJ
 TI Conservation laws of the two-dimensional Toda lattice hierarchy
 SO JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN
 DT Article
 DE conservation law; two-dimensional Toda lattice hierarchy; generalized
    Riccati equation
 ID KP HIERARCHY; EQUATIONS; QUANTITIES; SYMMETRIES; REDUCTIONS
 AB A novel method of constructing the conservation laws of (1 +
    2)-dimensional differential-difference systems is proposed. By
    introducing the generalized Riccati equation related to the
    pseudo-difference operator, we obtain the infinitely many conserved
    densities and the associated fluxes of the two-dimensional Toda lattice
    hierarchy. Moreover, this method presents more forms of the
    conservation laws than the previous approach.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, DJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1976, J MATH PHYS, V17, P1011
    CHENG Y, 1992, J MATH PHYS, V33, P3774
    KAJIWARA K, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V146, P115
    KAJIWARA K, 1991, J MATH PHYS, V32, P506
    KONNO K, 1974, PROG THEO PHYS, V52, P886
    KONOPELCHENKO B, 1992, J MATH PHYS, V33, P3676
    MATSUKIDAIRA J, 1990, J MATH PHYS, V31, P1426
    MATSUNO Y, 1990, J PHYS SOC JPN, V59, P3093
    OHTA Y, 1988, PROG THEOR PHYS SUPP, V94, P210
    SATO M, 1981, RIMS KOKYUROKU, V439, P30
    SATO M, 1983, NONLINEAR PARTIAL DI, P259
    SIDORENKO J, 1993, J MATH PHYS, V34, P1429
    TSUCHIDA T, 1998, J MATH PHYS, V39, P4785
    TSUCHIDA T, 1998, J PHYS SOC JPN, V67, P1175
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V32, P2239
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    WADATI M, 1976, PROG THEOR PHYS SUPP, V59, P36
    WADATI M, 1977, PROG THEOR PHYS, V57, P808
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1972, SOV PHYS JETP, V34, P62
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P573
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0031-9015
 J9 J PHYS SOC JPN
 JI J. Phys. Soc. Jpn.
 PD NOV
 PY 2002
 VL 71
 IS 11
 BP 2583
 EP 2586
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 618JB
 UT ISI:000179414000001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, DJ
 TI The N-soliton solutions for the modified KdV equation with
    self-consistent sources
 SO JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN
 DT Article
 DE modified KdV equation with self consistent sources; Hirota's method;
    Wronskian technique; uniformity
 ID NONLINEAR INTEGRABLE SYSTEMS; VRIES EQUATION; HIERARCHY; KORTEWEG;
    SCATTERING
 AB The N-soliton solutions for the modified KdV equation with
    self-consistent sources are obtained through Hirota's method and
    Wronskian technique respectively. Some novel determinantal identities
    are presented to treat the nonlinear term in the time evolution and
    finish the Wronskian verifications. The uniformity of these two kinds
    of N-soliton solutions is proved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, DJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITON INVERSE SCAT
    CHEN DY, 2001, 3 C SOL INT SYST CHI
    CLAUDE C, 1991, J MATH PHYS, V32, P3321
    DOKTOROV EV, 1983, OPT ACTA, V30, P223
    DOKTOROV EV, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V207, P153
    FREEMAN NC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P1
    HIROTA R, LECT NOTES MATH, V515
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    KAUP DJ, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V59, P2063
    LEON J, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P1385
    LIN RL, 2001, PHYSICA A, V291, P287
    MELNIKOV VK, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V133, P493
    MELNIKOV VK, 1989, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V120, P451
    MELNIKOV VK, 1989, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V126, P201
    MELNIKOV VK, 1990, J MATH PHYS, V31, P1106
    MELNIKOV VK, 1992, INVERSE PROBL, V8, P133
    NAKAZAWA M, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P2625
    NIMMO JJC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P4
    NIMMO JJC, 1984, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V17, P1415
    SATSUMA J, 1979, J PHYS SOC JPN, V46, P359
    SHCHESNOVICH VS, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V213, P23
    URASBOEV GU, 2001, THEOR MATH PHYS+, V129, P1341
    VLASOV RA, 1991, DOKL AKAD NAUK BSSR, V26, P17
    ZENG YB, 1996, ACTA MATH SINICA, V12, P217
    ZENG YB, 1998, PHYSICA A, V259, P278
    ZENG YB, 1999, PHYSICA A, V262, P405
    ZENG YB, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P5453
    ZENG YB, 2001, J MATH PHYS, V42, P2113
 NR 28
 TC 7
 SN 0031-9015
 J9 J PHYS SOC JPN
 JI J. Phys. Soc. Jpn.
 PD NOV
 PY 2002
 VL 71
 IS 11
 BP 2649
 EP 2656
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 618JB
 UT ISI:000179414000018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, ZJ
    Xia, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Zhang, WL
    Ma, ZG
    Zhang, ML
 TI Effective stress reduction in diamond films on alumina by carbon ion
    implantation
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID DEPOSITION
 AB We show the effective stress reduction in diamond films by implanting
    carbon ions into alumina substrates prior to the diamond deposition.
    Residual stresses in the films are evaluated by Raman spectroscopy and
    a more reliable method for stress determination is presented for the
    quantitative measurement of stress evolution. It is found that
    compressive stresses in the diamond films can be partly offset by the
    compressive stresses in the alumina substrates, which are caused by the
    ion pre-implantation. At the same time, the difference between the
    offset by the pre-stressed substrates and the total stress reduction
    indicates that some other mechanisms are also active.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, ZJ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR AGER JW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P2601
    FAN QH, 1999, J MATER SCI, V34, P1353
    FAN WD, 1995, SURF COAT TECH, V72, P78
    LIU JF, 2001, SEMICOND SCI TECH, V16, P273
    VONKAENEL Y, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V81, P1726
    XIA Y, 1996, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V13, P459
 NR 6
 TC 2
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD NOV
 PY 2002
 VL 19
 IS 11
 BP 1663
 EP 1665
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 618TK
 UT ISI:000179433200028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xue, Y
 TI Analysis of the stability and density waves for traffic flow
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE car-following model; traffic flow; density wave; relative velocity
 ID CONGESTION; SOLITON; STATES
 AB In this paper, the optimal velocity model of traffic is extended to
    take into account the relative velocity. The stability and density
    waves for traffic flow are investigated analytically with the
    perturbation method. The stability criterion is derived by the linear
    stability analysis. It is shown that the triangular shock wave, soliton
    wave and kink wave appear respectively in our model for density waves
    in the three regions: stable, metastable and unstable regions. These
    correspond to the solutions of the Burgers equation, Korteweg-de Vries
    equation and modified Korteweg-de Vries equation. The analytical
    results are confirmed to be in good agreement with those of numerical
    simulation. All the results indicate that the interaction of a car with
    relative velocity can affect the stability of the traffic flow and
    raise critical density.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Guangxi Univ, Dept Phys, Nanning 530003, Peoples R China.
 RP Xue, Y, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BANDO M, 1995, PHYS REV E, V51, P1035
    BARLOVIC R, 1998, EUR PHYS J B, V5, P793
    CHOWDHURY D, 2000, PHYS REP, V329, P199
    KERNER BS, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P2335
    KOMATSU TS, 1995, PHYS REV E B, V52, P5574
    KURTZ DA, 1993, PHYS REV E, V52, P218
    MURAMATSU M, 1999, PHYS REV E, V60, P180
    NAGATANI T, 1999, PHYS REV E A, V60, P6395
    TREIBER M, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V62, P1805
    XUE Y, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P492
    XUE Y, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P230
 NR 11
 TC 3
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD NOV
 PY 2002
 VL 11
 IS 11
 BP 1128
 EP 1134
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 618KT
 UT ISI:000179417800007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, LH
    Dong, C
    Zhang, JC
    Chen, H
    Chen, L
 TI A simple volumetric method for oxygen content determination in high-T-c
    doped YBCO compositions
 SO PHYSICA C-SUPERCONDUCTIVITY AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE high-T-c superconductors; oxygen content determination
 ID IODOMETRIC TITRATION; SUPERCONDUCTOR; NONSTOICHIOMETRY; FE
 AB We have developed a simple volumetric method for oxygen content
    determination in high-T-c materials. Application of this method in Fe
    and Co doped YBa2Cu3Oy systems is presented in this paper. This method
    shows several advantages. First, the apparatus is simple and
    inexpensive, so it can be widely used. Second, the operational
    procedure is simple and time saving. Moreover, the oxygen contents
    determined using this method are quite accurate. According to the error
    analysis, we found that the experimental accuracy can be improved
    further by reducing the original gas volume in the apparatus and
    increasing the sample mass. Besides the high-T-c copper oxides, this
    method can also be used to determine the oxygen content of other
    materials such as the colossal magnetoresistance materials. (C) 2002
    Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Natl Lab Superconduct, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Univ Houston, Dept Chem, Houston, TX 77204 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, LH, Chinese Acad Sci, Natl Lab Superconduct, POB 603, Beijing
    100080, Peoples R China.
 CR BARBOUR JC, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P7005
    CHEN WM, 1996, PHYSICA C, V270, P349
    CHEN WM, 1997, PHYSICA C, V276, P132
    CONDER K, 1989, MATER RES BULL, V24, P581
    DONG C, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P838
    FUEKI K, 1990, PHYSICA C, V166, P261
    HARRIS DC, 1987, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V69, P182
    HUONG PV, 1990, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V5, P255
    JAMES AM, 1992, MACMILLANS CHEM PHYS, P108
    KARPPINEN M, 1993, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V104, P276
    KISHIO K, 1987, JPN J APPL PHYS, V26, P1228
    MIN JR, 1995, PHYSICA C, V249, P196
    NAZZAL AI, 1988, PHYSICA C, V153, P1367
    OBARA H, 1988, JPN J APPL PHYS, V27, L603
    TARASCON JM, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P7458
 NR 15
 TC 2
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD DEC 1
 PY 2002
 VL 383
 IS 1-2
 BP 17
 EP 22
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 617HF
 UT ISI:000179355700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, ZP
    Cao, SX
    Cao, GX
    Zhang, JC
 TI Dependence of positron lifetime parameters on the preparation
    techniques and structural defects for YBCO cuprates
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE yttrium barium copper oxide (YBa2CU3O7-delta); orthorhombic
 ID OXYGEN-DEFICIENT YBA2CU3O7-DELTA; ELECTRON-STRUCTURE; ANNIHILATION
 AB Based on possible existence of technique effect and scattered
    distribution in positron results, a special investigation was made for
    YBa2Cu3O7 (- delta) systems in this paper. The dependence of
    preparation techniques and the structural characteristics on the
    sintering temperature and time are also given by positron lifetime, XRD
    and SEM experiments. The results show that the positron lifetime
    parameters and the microstructure show a significant dependence on
    sintering temperature and time. It is proved that, in the range of
    920-950 degreesC/12-72 h, the positron results have good stability and
    reliability in the sintering times and temperature. The distribution
    characteristic of defect was evaluated and bad a good stability in the
    preparation technique. The present studies provide an important
    experimental evidence for the study of Y-123 systems by positron
    experiment. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Phys, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, ZP, Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Phys, Zhengzhou 450002,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BERGERSEN B, 1969, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V7, P1203
    BRANDT W, 1967, POSITRON ANNIHILATIO
    BRANDT W, 1971, PHYS LETT          A, V35, P109
    DU YK, 1994, J LOW TEMP PHYS, V16, P7
    HAUTOJARI P, 1979, POSITRON SOLIDS
    JEAN YC, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P3994
    JEAN YC, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P1069
    JINCANG Z, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
    KWOK WK, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P106
    LU X, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P7989
    RAO CNR, 1987, ACCOUNTS CHEM RES, V20, P228
    SALAMA K, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V54, P2352
    VONSTETTEN EC, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P2198
    ZHANG JC, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V201, P70
    ZHANG JC, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V263, P452
 NR 15
 TC 2
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD DEC
 PY 2002
 VL 57
 IS 2
 BP 374
 EP 379
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 616YY
 UT ISI:000179332500019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, H
    Kamiya, N
 TI A general algorithm for the numerical evaluation of nearly singular
    boundary integrals of various orders for two- and three-dimensional
    elasticity
 SO COMPUTATIONAL MECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE boundary element method; nearly singular integrals; elasticity;
    distance transformation; numerical integration
 ID PRINCIPAL VALUE INTEGRALS; ELEMENT METHOD; HYPERSINGULAR INTEGRALS;
    EQUATIONS; TRANSFORMATIONS; REGULARIZATION; FORMULATION
 AB A general algorithm of the distance transformation type is presented in
    this paper for the accurate numerical evaluation of nearly singular
    boundary integrals encountered in elasticity, which, next to the
    singular ones, has long been an issue of major concern in computational
    mechanics with boundary element methods. The distance transformation is
    realized by making use of the distance functions, defined in the local
    intrinsic coordinate systems, which plays the role of damping-out the
    near singularity of integrands resulting from the very small distance
    between the source and the integration points. By taking advantage of
    the divergence-free property of the integrals with the nearly
    hypersingular kernels in the 3D case, a technique of geometric
    conversion over the auxiliary cone surfaces of the boundary element is
    designed, which is suitable also for the numerical evaluation of the
    hypersingular boundary integrals. The effects of the distance
    transformations are studied and compared numerically for different
    orders in the 2D case and in the different local systems in the 3D case
    using quadratic boundary elements. It is shown that the proposed
    algorithm works very well, by using standard Gaussian quadrature
    formulae, for both the 2D and 3D elastic problems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Nagoya Univ, Sch Informat & Sci, Nagoya, Aichi 4648601, Japan.
 RP Ma, H, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept
    Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ALIABADI MH, 1985, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V21, P2221
    ALIABADI MH, 2000, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V48, P995
    BREBBIA CA, 1984, BOUNDARY ELEMENT TEC
    CERROLAZA M, 1989, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V28, P987
    CRISTESCU M, 1978, RECENT ADV BOUNDARY, P375
    CRUSE TA, 1993, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V36, P237
    DIRGANTARA T, 2000, INT J FRACTURE, V105, P27
    DOBLARE M, 1997, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V40, P3325
    GRANADOS JJ, 2001, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V25, P165
    GUIGGIANI M, 1987, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V24, P1711
    GUIGGIANI M, 1990, ASME, V57, P906
    GUIGGIANI M, 1992, ASME, V59, P604
    JOHNSTON PR, 1999, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V45, P1333
    KRISHNASAMY G, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P404
    KRISHNASAMY G, 1994, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V37, P107
    LIU YJ, 1998, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V41, P541
    LIU YJ, 1999, COMPUT MECH, V24, P286
    LIU YJ, 2000, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V24, P789
    MA H, 1998, JSCE J APPL MECH, V1, P355
    MA H, 1999, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V23, P281
    MA H, 2001, ENG ANAL BOUNDARY EL, V25, P843
    MARTIN PA, 1996, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V39, P687
    MUKHERJEE S, 1982, BOUNDARY ELEMENT MET
    MUKHERJEE S, 2000, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V24, P767
    SLADEK V, 1993, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V36, P1609
    TANAKA M, 1991, BOUNDARY ELEMENT MET
    TELLES JCF, 1987, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V24, P959
    ZHANG D, 1999, COMPUT MECH, V23, P389
 NR 28
 TC 5
 SN 0178-7675
 J9 COMPUTATION MECH
 JI Comput. Mech.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 29
 IS 4-5
 BP 277
 EP 288
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 616YA
 UT ISI:000179330100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wen, TQ
    Gu, P
    Minning, TA
    Wu, Q
    Liu, M
    Chen, FX
    Liu, H
    Huangi, HH
 TI Microarray analysis of neural stem cell differentiation in the striatum
    of the fetal rat
 SO CELLULAR AND MOLECULAR NEUROBIOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE microarray; neural stem cells; differentiation; striatum; rats
 ID CENTRAL-NERVOUS-SYSTEM; PROGENITOR CELLS; RECEPTOR; MATURATION;
    ACTIVATION; FOREBRAIN; PROMOTES; NEURONS; LINE
 AB 1. Gene expression profiles in neural stem cell differentiation in
    vitro were determined by cDNA microarray analysis.
    2. Total RNA was extracted and reverse transcripted into cDNA from
    differentiated and undifferentiated neural stem cells. The P-33 labeled
    cDNA was hybridized with a cDNA microarray consisting of 14,000 human
    genes.
    3. The results showed that a total of 1406 genes were differentially
    expressed, of which 148 genes exhibited more than twofold differences.
    Some genes were obviously activated while others were strongly
    repressed. These changes in gene expression suggest that
    differentiation is regulated by different genes at different
    expressional levels. By biological classification, the differentially
    expressed genes were divided into four functional categories: molecular
    function, biological process, cellular component, and new functional
    genes or ESTs.
    4. These findings will be a valuable contribution for gene expression
    profiling and elucidation of neural stem cell differentiation
    mechanisms.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Lab Neural Mol Biol, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Georgia, Dept Cellular Biol, Athens, GA 30602 USA.
 RP Wen, TQ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Lab Neural Mol Biol, 99 Shangda
    Rd, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AMOUREUX MC, 2000, J NEUROSCI, V20, P3631
    ARONOW BJ, 2001, PHYSIOL GENOMICS, V6, P105
    BENRAISS A, 2001, J NEUROSCI, V21, P6718
    BONNI A, 1997, SCIENCE, V278, P477
    DIETZ AB, 2000, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V275, P731
    EISEN MB, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P14863
    ELBITAR F, 2001, CELL TISSUE RES, V304, P361
    FERNANDEZLLEBREZ P, 2001, CELL TISSUE RES, V305, P115
    FRANCESCANGELI E, 1997, NEUROCHEM RES, V10, P1299
    GADIENT RA, 1998, BRAIN RES, V798, P140
    GAGE FH, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P1433
    GESCHWIND DH, 2001, NEURON, V29, P325
    HUGHES SM, 1988, NATURE, V335, P70
    KAPLANSKI C, 2000, CANCER RES, V60, P580
    KELLY DL, 2000, MOL REPROD DEV, V56, P113
    KOBLAR SA, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P3178
    LIU SY, 2000, J 3 MIL MED U, V22, P26
    MARMUR R, 1998, J NEUROSCI, V18, P9800
    MU XQ, 2001, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V29, P4983
    PINCUS DW, 1998, ANN NEUROL, V43, P576
    SALLY T, 2001, NATURE, V414, P112
    SATOH M, 2000, NEUROSCI LETT, V284, P143
    SHIMAZAKI T, 2001, J NEUROSCI, V21, P7642
    STIER H, 1998, DIFFERENTIATION, V64, P55
    SUELVES M, 2002, BLOOD, V99, P2835
    TAYLOR MV, 2002, CURR BIOL, V12, R224
    TROPEPE V, 1999, DEV BIOL, V208, P166
    TSOUKATOS DC, 2001, BIOCHEM J 2, V357, P457
    VANDERKOOY D, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P1439
 NR 29
 TC 5
 SN 0272-4340
 J9 CELL MOL NEUROBIOL
 JI Cell. Mol. Neurobiol.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 22
 IS 4
 BP 407
 EP 416
 PG 10
 SC Cell Biology; Neurosciences
 GA 614GF
 UT ISI:000179179400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, ZM
 TI Application of FTIR micro-spectroscopy in the tribology
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE FTIR micro-spectroscopy; tribology; hydroxyl vegetable oil fatty acid;
    polyester; characteristic absorption peak
 AB The wave number of characteristic absorption peak v(C-O-C)(as) of the
    polyester formed on the frictional process were determined by Fourier
    Transform Infrared (FTIR) Micro-spectroscopy, and the wave number
    displacement of characteristic absorption peak v(C-O-C)(as) was
    analyzed based on the conversion mass of polyester formed. The internal
    relations between anti-wear order rule of hydroxyl fatty acids and
    vibration absorption peak v(C-O-C)(as) of polyester formed by hydroxyl
    fatty acids was deduced according to these results, and the anti-wear
    order of hydroxyl fatty acids was reasonably explained, that is 13,
    14-di-hydroxydooosanoic acid > 13 (14)-monohydroxydooosanoic acid = 9,
    10-dihydroxyoctadecanoic acid > 9,10, 12-trihydroxyoctadecanoic acid >
    9(10)-monohydroxyoctadecanoic acid. A net polyester film is formed by
    13, 14-dihydroxydocosanoic acid and a linear polyester film is formed
    by 9, (10)-monohydroxyoctadecanoic acid and
    13(14)-monohydroxydooosanoic acid.
 C1 Tsing Hua Univ, State Key Lab Tribol, Dept Precis Instruments & Mechanol, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Hu, ZM, Tsing Hua Univ, State Key Lab Tribol, Dept Precis Instruments &
    Mechanol, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
 CR HU ZM, 1993, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V14, P364
    HU ZM, 1995, LUBRICATION SCI, V7, P285
    HU ZM, 2000, LUBRICATING OIL, V15, P38
    HU ZM, 2001, LUBRICATION ENG PERI, V4, P36
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 22
 IS 5
 BP 761
 EP 763
 PG 3
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 612WX
 UT ISI:000179099400017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU You, JL
    Jiang, GC
    Wen, Q
    Xu, KD
 TI Raman spectroscopic study of silicon-oxygen tetrahedrons microstructure
    in x CaSiO3 center dot LiBO2 solid solutions
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE silicates; LiBO2; Raman spectroscopy
 ID SPECTRA
 AB Raman spectra of xCaSiO(3) . LiBO2 (by weight ratio, x = 0, 0.25, 0.33,
    0.50)crystals were measured. The microstructure of different
    silicon-oxygen tetrahedrons and their abundant variations with silica
    contents were studied. It shows that all the silicon-oxygen
    tetrahedrons are isolated by Si-O-b-B bondings. or free SiO44- No
    evidence suggests that there exist considerable Si-O-b-Si bondings. The
    abundance of Q(2), Q(4) species increases with the increasing silica
    content, there exists barely Q(3) species even at high silica content.
    And the sum of integrated Raman peaks for all Q(i) species are linearly
    correlated with silica concentration in crystal, which offers the
    possibility to analysis silica in minerals, slags, glasses and soil
    samples directly.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP You, JL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BOCK R, 1979, HDB DECOMPOSITION ME
    MCMILLAN P, 1984, AM MINERAL, V69, P622
    RULMONT A, 1989, SPECTROCHIM ACTA A, V45, P603
    WEN Q, 2000, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V20, P694
    YOU JL, 1998, J CHINESE RARE EARTH, V16, P505
    YOU JL, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P991
    YOU JL, 2001, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V282, P125
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 22
 IS 5
 BP 787
 EP 789
 PG 3
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 612WX
 UT ISI:000179099400024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, SG
    Li, L
    Vleugels, J
    Wang, PL
    Van der Biest, O
 TI Thermodynamic prediction of the nonstoichiometric phase Zr1-zCezO2-x in
    the ZrO2-CeO1.5-CeO2 system
 SO JOURNAL OF THE EUROPEAN CERAMIC SOCIETY
 DT Article
 DE CeO2; ZrO2; defects; mechanical properties; phase equilibria; sintering
 ID ZRO2-CEO2 SYSTEM; DIAGRAM; TRANSFORMATION; OPTIMIZATION; TEMPERATURE
 AB A thermodynamic estimation of the ZrO2-CeO2 and ZrO2-CeO1.5 systems, as
    well as the cubic phase in the CeO1.5-CeO2 system has been developed
    and the complex relation between the nonstoichiometry, y, in CezO2-y
    and the oxygen partial pressure at different temperatures is evaluated.
    The behavior of the nonstoichiometry phase Zr1-zCezO2-x is described
    based on the thermodynamic estimation in the ZrO2-CeO2, CeO1.5-CeO2 and
    ZrO2-CeO1.5 systems. Additionally, the interdependence among
    miscellaneous factors, which can be used to describe the change in
    oxidation states of cerium such as the oxygen partial pressure, the
    CeO1.5 fraction in CeO1.5-CeO2 in the quasi-ternary system, the
    nonstoichiometry y and the difference between the activity of CeO2 and
    CeO1.5 are predicted. The calculated results are found to be very
    useful to explain the influence of pressureless sintering at different
    O-2 partial pressures on the mechanical properties of CeO2-stabilised
    ZrO2 ceramics (C) 2002 Published by Elsevier Science Ltd.
 C1 Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Met & Mat Engn, B-3001 Heverlee, Belgium.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Van der Biest, O, Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Met & Mat Engn, B-3001
    Heverlee, Belgium.
 CR ANSTIS GR, 1981, J AM CERAM SOC, V64, P533
    CAMPSERVEUX J, 1978, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V23, P73
    DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P1569
    DU Y, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V31, P327
    DURAN P, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P5001
    HANNINK RHJ, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P461
    HEUSSNER KH, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P1044
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P35
    LEONOV AI, 1996, IZV AKAD NAUK SSSR I, V2, P1047
    LI L, 1996, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V12, P159
    LI L, 2001, J EUR CERAM SOC, V21, P2903
    LI L, 2001, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V17, P529
    LIDE DR, 1998, HDB CHEM PHYSICS
    LINDEMER TB, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P867
    LONGO V, 1973, J AM CERAM SOC DISCU, V56, P600
    LUKAS HL, 1977, CALPHAD, V1, P225
    MUGGIANU YM, 1975, J CHIMIE PHYSIQUE, V72, P83
    PANKRATZ LB, 1982, US DEPT INTERIOR BUR, V672
    RICKEN M, 1986, SOLID STATE IONICS, V18, P725
    ROEBBEN G, 1997, REV SCI INSTRUM, V68, P4511
    ROUANET MA, 1968, COMP REND HEBD SEA C, V267, P1581
    TANI E, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P506
    TULLER HL, 1979, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V126, P209
    YASHIMA M, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P1869
    YOSHIMURA M, 1972, B TOKYO I TECHNOL, V108, P25
 NR 25
 TC 2
 SN 0955-2219
 J9 J EUR CERAM SOC
 JI J. European Ceram. Soc.
 PD JAN
 PY 2003
 VL 23
 IS 1
 BP 99
 EP 106
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 613GV
 UT ISI:000179125300013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, JS
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Bifurcation of cavitation solutions for incompressible transversely
    isotropic hyper-elastic materials
 SO JOURNAL OF ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE bifurcation; comparison of energy; incompressible hyper-elastic
    material; jumping and concentration of stress; transversely isotropic
    cylinder
 ID VOID NUCLEATION; HYPERELASTIC MATERIALS; GROWTH; INHOMOGENEITY;
    EXAMPLE; SPHERES
 AB In this paper, the bifurcation problem of void formation and growth in
    a solid circular cylinder, composed of an incompressible, transversely
    isotropic hyper-elastic material, under a uniform radial tensile
    boundary dead load and an axial stretch is examined. At first, the
    deformation of the cylinder, containing an undetermined parameter-the
    void radius, is given by using the condition of incompressibility of
    the material. Then the exact analytic formulas to determine the
    critical load and the bifurcation values for the parameter are obtained
    by solving the differential equation for the deformation function.
    Thus, an analytic solution for bifurcation problems in incompressible
    anisotropic hyper-elastic materials is obtained. The solution depends
    on the degree of anisotropy of the material. It shows that the
    bifurcation may occur locally to the right or to the left, depending on
    the degree of anisotropy, and the condition for the bifurcation to the
    right or to the left is discussed. The stress distributions subsequent
    to the cavitation are given and the jumping and concentration of
    stresses are discussed. The stability of solutions is discussed through
    comparison of the associated potential energies. The bifurcation to the
    left is a 'snap cavitation'. The growth of a pre-existing void in the
    cylinder is also observed. The results for a similar problem in three
    dimensions were obtained by Polignone and Horgan.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ANTMAN SS, 1987, J ELASTICITY, V18, P131
    BALL JM, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V306, P557
    CHOUWANG MSO, 1989, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V25, P1239
    GENT AN, 1958, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V249, P195
    HAO TH, 1990, INT J FRACTURE, V43, R51
    HORGAN CO, 1986, J ELASTICITY, V16, P189
    HORGAN CO, 1989, J APPL MECH, V56, P302
    HORGAN CO, 1989, J ELASTICITY, V21, P61
    HORGAN CO, 1992, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V29, P279
    HORGAN CO, 1995, APPL MECH REV, V48, P471
    MEYNARD F, 1992, Q APPL MATH, V50, P210
    OGDEN RW, 1972, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V326, P565
    PODIOGUIDUGLI P, 1986, J ELASTICITY, V16, P75
    POLIGNONE DA, 1993, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V30, P3381
    POLIGNONE DA, 1993, J ELASTICITY, V33, P27
    SHANG XC, 1996, ACTA MECH SINICA, V28, P751
    SHANG XC, 2001, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P1101
    SIVALOGANANTHAN J, 1991, Q APPL MATH, V49, P521
    SIVALOGANATHAN J, 1986, ARCH RATIONAL MECH A, V96, P96
    STUART CA, 1985, ANN I H POINCARE-AN, V2, P33
    YEOH OH, 1997, RUBBER CHEM TECHNOL, V70, P175
 NR 21
 TC 9
 SN 0022-0833
 J9 J ENG MATH
 JI J. Eng. Math.
 PD NOV
 PY 2002
 VL 44
 IS 3
 BP 245
 EP 257
 PG 13
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 611BK
 UT ISI:000178996400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, WH
    Wu, HQ
    Lei, YQ
    Wang, QD
 TI Reaction kinetics of amorphous Mg50Ni50 hydride electrode
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Article
 DE amorphous materials; hydride electrode; Mg-based alloy; electrochemical
    impedance spectroscopy
 ID ALLOYED MG-NI; ELECTROCHEMICAL IMPEDANCE; AC-IMPEDANCE; BEHAVIOR
 AB Mg-based alloy is a promising hydride electrode material. In this
    study, the kinetics of the electrode reaction of an amorphous Mg50Ni50
    hydride electrode is studied by using electrochemical impedance
    spectroscopy (EIS) technique. An equivalent circuit for the hydride
    electrode reaction is proposed. Results show that the reaction rate of
    the hydride electrode is determined by a charge-transfer reaction at
    the alloy surface, which is represented by the EIS responses in the
    medium frequency region. The serious corrosion of the active material
    on the alloy surface is the main reason for the high charge-transfer
    resistance of the electrode reaction. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, WH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHEN J, 1998, AL 20 P
    CHENG SA, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V293, P814
    KOHNO T, 1998, INT S MET HYDR SYST
    KURIYAMA N, 1993, J ALLOY COMPD, V192, P161
    KURIYAMA N, 1993, J ALLOY COMPD, V202, P183
    LEI YQ, 1994, Z PHYS CHEM, V183, P379
    LIU WH, 1996, J POWER SOURCES, V58, P243
    LIU WH, 1997, J ALLOY COMPD, V252, P234
    VALOEN LO, 1997, J ALLOY COMPD, V253, P656
    WAN X, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V293, P788
    WANG CS, 1998, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V145, P1801
    ZHANG WL, 1995, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V142, P2935
 NR 12
 TC 3
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD NOV 18
 PY 2002
 VL 346
 IS 1-2
 BP 244
 EP 249
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 614DF
 UT ISI:000179172500042
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, ZJ
    Cao, WG
    Tong, WQ
 TI The Knoevenagel condensation reaction of aromatic aldehydes with
    malononitrile by grinding in the absence of solvents and catalysts
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID SOLID-STATE; MICROWAVE IRRADIATION; ACID
 AB An improved Knoevenagel condensation reaction of aldehydes and
    malononitrile can be achieved by grinding at room temperature in the
    absence of solvents and catalysts. This process is simple, efficient,
    economical, and environmentally benign. Compared to reactions carried
    out by microwave irradiation, this procedure is completely free from
    organic solvents during both the reaction and separation of the product.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Organomet Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABDALLAHELAYOUB.S, 1994, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P258
    CABELLO JA, 1984, J ORG CHEM, V49, P5195
    CORSON BB, 1928, J AM CHEM SOC 3, V50, P2825
    HAGIWARA H, 1996, MOL CRYST LIQ CRYST, V279, P291
    IM J, 1997, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V38, P451
    JONES G, 1967, ORG REACTIONS, V15, P204
    KIM SY, 1997, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V27, P533
    KNOEVENAGEL E, 1894, CHEM BER, V27, P2345
    KWON PS, 1997, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V27, P4091
    LEHNERT W, 1974, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P667
    LI JP, 2001, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V31, P781
    PRAJAPATI D, 1992, CHEM LETT        OCT, P1945
    PRAJAPATI D, 1993, J CHEM SOC P1, P739
    RAO PS, 1991, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V32, P5821
    SCHIEMENZ GP, 1962, CHEM BER, V95, P485
    SCHMEYERS T, 1998, J CHEM SOC P2, P989
    STURZ HG, 1949, J AM CHEM SOC, V71, P2949
    TANAKA K, 2000, CHEM REV, V100, P1025
    TANAKA M, 1998, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1965
    TODA F, 1989, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V28, P320
    TODA F, 1989, CHEM EXP, V4, P507
    TODA F, 1989, J ORG CHEM, V54, P3007
    TODA F, 1990, J CHEM SOC P1, P3207
    TODA F, 1998, J CHEM SOC PERK 1107, P3521
    TROST BM, 1991, COMPREHENSIVE ORGANI, V2, P341
    VILLEMIN D, 1990, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V20, P3207
    VILLEMIN D, 1996, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V37, P1113
    XIAO JP, 2001, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V31, P661
 NR 28
 TC 16
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2002
 VL 32
 IS 22
 BP 3475
 EP 3479
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 610VA
 UT ISI:000178981000014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, XP
    Wang, SZ
 TI Watermarking scheme capable of resisting attacks based on availability
    of inserter
 SO SIGNAL PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE digital watermarking; attack; inserter
 AB Attacks based on the presence of watermark inserter are easy to perform
    since they make use of similarity between an original watermark and
    additionally added ones by using the same inserter and key. In this
    paper, a novel watermarking scheme capable of resisting inserter
    attacks is proposed. Watermark signals corresponding to the same key
    are mutually independent if they are randomly selected using the
    described technique. Thus the inserter attack is invalidated.
    Performance of the proposed method is studied, and simulation
    experiments presented.
    (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, XP, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR COX IJ, 1998, IEEE J SEL AREA COMM, V16, P587
    HARTUNG F, 1999, P IEEE, V87, P1079
    KALKER T, 1998, P IEEE INT C IM PROC, V1, P425
    PETITCOLAS FAP, 1999, P IEEE MULT SYST 99, V1, P574
    PETITCOLAS FAP, 1999, P IEEE, V87, P1062
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 0165-1684
 J9 SIGNAL PROCESS
 JI Signal Process.
 PD NOV
 PY 2002
 VL 82
 IS 11
 BP 1801
 EP 1804
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 605ZV
 UT ISI:000178707700020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, Q
    Liu, WQ
    Zhou, BX
 TI Effect of the deformation and heat treatment on the decomposition of
    beta Zr in Zr-Sn-Nb alloys
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE zirconium alloy; secondary phase; heat treatment; microstructure
 AB The influence of the deformation and heat treatment on the
    decomposition of beta-Zr in Zr-Sn-Nb alloys has been studied by means
    of transmission electron microscopy (TEM). After fast cooling by
    heating the specimens at 750degreesC - 0.5 h, some lumps of beta-Zr are
    formed on grain boundaries and bar - like particles of beta-Zr are
    formed within grains. After faster cooling by heating the specimens at
    1000degreesC - 0.5 h, a sandwich structure between thin layer G-Zr and
    lathy grains of alpha-Zr is formed. By aging the specimens at
    560degreesC, the decomposition of beta-Zr existing on the grain
    boundaries occurs to form particlelike beta-Nb (100 nm - 200 nm) This
    does not occur for bar - like beta-Zr existing within the grains.
    Deformation can make the beta-Zr more unstable and promotes the
    nucleation of fine particles of beta-Nb (10 nm - 60 nm). The bar-like
    particles of beta-Zr, which did not decompose only by aging at
    560degreesC, can be decomposed by a deformation - plus - aging heat
    treatment. In order to obtain a uniform dispersion and finer second
    phase particles of beta-Nb in zirconium alloys containing niobium, the
    material should not be heated over 610degreesC to avoid reforming lumps
    of beta-Zr on grain boundaries during subsequent processing.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, Q, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR DAVID R, 1986, BINARY ALLOY PHASE D, P1711
    FOSTER JP, 1990, J NUCL MATER, V173, P146
    LIU WQ, 2001, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V30, P81
    ROGERS BA, 1955, J MET, V7, P1034
 NR 4
 TC 2
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 31
 IS 5
 BP 389
 EP 392
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 611ZZ
 UT ISI:000179049700018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lei, JX
    Kang, YL
    Qu, FQ
 TI Prediction and determination of both friction coefficient and forming
    force on sheet metal deep-drawing
 SO JOURNAL OF UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY BEIJING
 DT Article
 DE deep-drawing; friction coefficient; forming force; prediction and
    determination
 ID FRACTURE LIMIT; WRINKLE LIMIT
 AB On the basis of the criterion of no-wrinkle, the principle and method
    of prediction and determination of both friction coefficient and
    forming force on sheet metal deep-drawing are put forward, and proved
    it's expedience and practicability. They are suitable for assessment of
    lubricant properties. Friction coefficient and forming force are a
    function of material parameter, design parameter and process parameter,
    especially relative prevent wrinkle blank-holder force. Product of both
    friction coefficient and prevent wrinkle blankholder force is only
    function of process parameter eta after determining material parameter
    and design parameter.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Yantai Univ, Yantai 263005, Peoples R China.
 RP Lei, JX, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR KANG YL, 1999, QUALITY CONTROL FORM
    LEI JX, 1998, J UNIV SCI TECHNOL B, V5, P237
    LEI JX, 1999, CHINESE J MECH ENG, V12, P288
    LEI JX, 1999, J IRON STEEL RES, V11, P194
    LEI JX, 1999, J PLASTICITY ENG, V6, P638
    LEI JX, 1999, J UNIV SCI TECHNOL B, V6, P201
    RU Z, 1992, PLASTICITY WORKING T
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1005-8850
 J9 J UNIV SCI TECHNOL BEIJING
 JI J. Univ. Sci. Technol. Beijing
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 9
 IS 5
 BP 360
 EP 362
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering; Mining & Mineral Processing
 GA 611KA
 UT ISI:000179015000010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, SQ
    Xu, GQ
    Li, ZB
 TI General explicit solutions of a classical Boussinesq system
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE explicit solution; soliton; nonlinear equation
 ID NONLINEAR-WAVE EQUATIONS; JACOBI ELLIPTIC FUNCTION; EXPANSION METHOD
 AB Seeking a travelling wave solution of the classical Boussinesq system
    and making an ansatz for the solution, we obtain a nonlinear system of
    algebraic equations. We solve the system using an effective algorithm
    and then two general explicit solutions are obtained which are of
    physical interest.
 C1 E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Informat Engn & Adm, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, SQ, E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples
    R China.
 CR BAI CL, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P1091
    FAN EG, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P353
    FAN EG, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1409
    FENG X, 2000, INT J THEOR PHYS, V39, P207
    LI YS, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V275, P60
    LI ZB, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2062
    LIU SK, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2068
    LIU SK, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V289, P69
    LOU SY, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN S, V8, P280
    MALFLIET W, 1992, AM J PHYS, V60, P650
    WANG ML, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V213, P279
    WU TY, 1996, MATH SOLVING PROBLEM, P233
    XU GQ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P946
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P425
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P533
    ZHANG YF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P319
    ZHOU ZJ, 2002, UNPUB J MATH PHYS
 NR 17
 TC 6
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 11
 IS 10
 BP 993
 EP 995
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 609RU
 UT ISI:000178919000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, WW
    Sang, WB
    Min, JH
    Yu, F
    Zhang, B
    Wang, KS
 TI Cd1-xZnxTe crystal growth controlled by Cd/Zn partial pressures
 SO SEMICONDUCTOR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID CD-TE; SYSTEM
 AB We have estimated the partial pressures, P-Cd and P-Zn over Cd1-xZnxTe
    (CZT) and Cd1-xZnx melts based on known thermodynamic data. The partial
    pressures, P-Cd and P-Zn over the Cd0.81Zn0.19 alloy melt at a
    temperature of about 1003 degreesC could be in equilibrium with those
    over the Cd0.9Zn0.1Te melt at a melting temperature of 1120 degreesC.
    In this work, we have carried out Cd0.9Zn0.1Te crystal growth from the
    melt under controlled constituent partial pressures, provided by the
    Cd0.81Zn0.19 alloy instead of only the Cd source. The best result for
    the resistivity, which has reached up to about 10(10) Omega cm, has
    been obtained under the equilibrium partial pressures estimated by
    thermodynamic relationships. The axial variation in Zn concentration,
    which has been obviously improved due to Zn being replenished from the
    reservoir during the whole growth procedure, is within about 4%. The
    etch pit densities were, on average, about 2 x 10(5) and 4 x 10(4)
    cm(-2) at the middle of the bulk. Infrared transmissivity in the range
    of 2-42 mum is larger than 60%. In addition, we also discuss the
    relationship between the resistivities and conducting types of the
    crystal and the different controlled pressures.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, WW, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Jiading Campus,20 Chengzhong
    Rd, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BREBRICK RF, 1995, METALL MATER TRANS A, V26, P2597
    BUTLER JF, 1992, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V39, P605
    EISEN Y, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V184, P1310
    GLASS HL, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V184, P1035
    HULTGREN R, 1963, SELECTED VALUES THER, P637
    JORDAN AS, 1970, MET T, V1, P239
    NIEMELA A, 1994, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V41, P1054
    PETERS K, 1990, CRYST RES TECHNOL, V25, P1107
    TANAKA A, 1989, J CRYST GROWTH, V94, P166
    TUNG T, 1982, J VAC SCI TECHNOL, V21, P117
    VYDYANATH HR, 1993, J ELECTRON MATER, V22, P1067
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0268-1242
 J9 SEMICOND SCI TECHNOL
 JI Semicond. Sci. Technol.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 17
 IS 10
 BP L55
 EP L58
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 609AJ
 UT ISI:000178880200001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, YW
    Zhang, GX
 TI A new integrated design method based on fuzzy matter-element
    optimization
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE multi-objective optimization; fuzzy matter-element; genetic algorithms;
    scheme design
 ID GENETIC ALGORITHMS
 AB This paper puts forward a new integrated design method based on fuzzy
    matter-element optimization. On the based of analyzing the model of
    multi-objective fuzzy matter-element (R) over tilde, the paper defines
    the matter-element weighting and changes solving a multi-objective
    fuzzy optimization into solving a dependent function K(x) of the
    single-objective optimization according to the optimization criterion.
    The paper particularly describes the realization approach of the GA
    process of multi-objective fuzzy matter-element optimization: encode,
    produce initial population, confirm fitness function, select operator,
    etc. In the process, the adaptive macro genetic algorithms (AMGA) are
    applied to enhance the evolution speed. The paper improves the two
    genetic operators: cross-over and mutation operator. The modified
    adaptive macro genetic algorithms (MAMGA) are put forward
    simultaneously, and adopted to solve the optimization problem.
    Three optimization methods, namely the fuzzy matter-element
    optimization method, the linearity weighted method and the fuzzy
    optimization method, are compared using tables and figures, showing
    that not only is MAMMA a little better than AMGA, but also it reaches
    the extent to which the effective iteration generation is 62.2% of
    simple genetic algorithms (SGA). By the calculation of an optimum
    example, the improved genetics method of reported in the paper is much
    better than the methods in the references of the paper. (C) 2002
    Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ Technol, Coll Mech Engn, Hangzhou 310014, Zhejiang, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Mech & Elect Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, YW, Zhejiang Univ Technol, Coll Mech Engn, Hangzhou 310014,
    Zhejiang, Peoples R China.
 CR BING Z, 1997, FUZZY MATTER ELEMENT
    GAO Y, 2000, P 3 WORLD C INT CONT, P646
    HUANG YP, 2000, FUZZY SET SYST, V113, P367
    SRINIVAS M, 1994, IEEE T SYST MAN CYB, V24, P656
    WEN C, 1999, CHINESE SCI BULL, V44, P673
    WU QH, 1998, INT J ELEC POWER, V20, P563
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0924-0136
 J9 J MATER PROCESS TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Process. Technol.
 PD OCT 11
 PY 2002
 VL 129
 IS 1-3
 BP 612
 EP 618
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Industrial; Engineering, Manufacturing; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary
 GA 607MJ
 UT ISI:000178795100128
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Y
    Chau, KT
    Gan, JY
    Chan, CC
    Jiang, JZ
 TI Design and analysis of a new multiphase polygonal-winding
    permanent-magnet brushless DC machine
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON MAGNETICS
 DT Article
 DE brushless dc machine; permanent-magnet machine; time-stepping
    finite-element method
 ID INSET
 AB In this paper, a new multiphase polygonal-winding permanent-magnet
    brushless dc (PMBDC) machine is proposed and analyzed. The originality
    of the proposed machine lies on the multiphase polygonal-winding stator
    and the surface-inset permanent-magnet rotor. Because of its unique
    structure and operating principle, a circuit-field-torque coupled time
    stepping finite-element method is also employed for analysis. The
    designed machine prototyped and the analysis. The designed machine is
    prototyped and the analysis is verufied by experimentation.
 C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect & Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, Y, Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect & Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHAN CC, 1996, IEEE T IND ELECTRON, V43, P331
    GAN JY, 2000, IEEE T MAGN 2, V36, P3810
    XU LY, 1995, IEEE T IND APPL, V31, P373
    ZHU ZQ, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P98
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0018-9464
 J9 IEEE TRANS MAGN
 JI IEEE Trans. Magn.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 38
 IS 5
 PN Part 1
 BP 3258
 EP 3260
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied
 GA 608VE
 UT ISI:000178867200444
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, DY
    Xin, HW
    Zhang, DJ
 TI Lie algebraic structures of some (1+2)-dimensional Lax integrable
    systems
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID KADOMTSEV-PETVIASHVILI EQUATION; NONLINEAR EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS;
    BI-HAMILTONIAN STRUCTURES; RECURSION OPERATORS; SYMMETRIES;
    HIERARCHIES; MULTIDIMENSIONS
 AB The paper proposes an approach to constructing the symmetries and their
    algebraic structures for isospectral and nonisospectral evolution
    equations of (1 + 2)-dimensional systems associated with the linear
    problem of Sato theory. To do that, we introduce the implicit
    representations of the isospectral flows {K-m} and nonisospectral flows
    {sigma(n)} in the high dimensional cases. Three examples, the
    Kodomstev-Petviashvili system, BKP system and new CKP system, are
    considered to demonstrate our method. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, DY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CAUDREY PJ, 1990, SOLITON THEORY SURVE, P55
    CHEN DY, 1990, ACTA MATH APPL SIN, V13, P324
    CHEN DY, 1991, CHIN ANN MATH A, V12, P33
    CHEN DY, 1996, J MATH PHYS, V37, P5524
    CHEN HH, 1982, PHYS LETT A, V91, P381
    CHEN HH, 1983, PHYSICA D, V9, P439
    CHEN HH, 1987, PHYSICA D, V26, P171
    CHENG Y, 1988, J PHYS A, V21, L443
    CHENG Y, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V127, P205
    CHENG Y, 1989, PHYSICA D, V34, P277
    CHENG Y, 1990, NONLINEAR PHYSICS, P12
    CHENG Y, 1990, PHYS D, V46, P286
    CHENG Y, 1991, J MATH PHYS, V32, P157
    FOKAS AS, 1981, PHYS LETT A, V86, P341
    FOKAS AS, 1988, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V116, P449
    FUCHSSTEINER B, 1983, PROG THEOR PHYS, V70, P1508
    KONOPELCHENKO BG, 1984, PHYS LETT A, V102, P15
    LI YS, 1986, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V19, P3713
    MA WX, 1992, J MATH PHYS, V33, P2464
    OEVEL W, 1982, PHYS LETT A, V88, P323
    SANTINI PM, 1988, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V115, P375
 NR 21
 TC 4
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD FEB
 PY 2003
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 761
 EP 770
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 609FT
 UT ISI:000178893500018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Song, FQ
    Liu, CQ
 TI The transient elliptic flow of power-law fluid in fractal porous media
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE fractal media; vertically fractured well; transient flow; power-law
    fluid
 AB The steady oil production and pressure distribution formulae of
    vertically fractured well for power-law non-Newtonian fluid were
    derived on the basis of the elliptic flow model in fractal reservoirs.
    The corresponding transient flow in fractal reservoirs was studied by
    numerical differentiation method: the influence of fractal index to
    transient pressure of vertically fractured well was analyzed. Finally
    the approximate analytical solution of transient flow was given by
    average mass conservation law. The study shows that using elliptic flow
    method to analyze the flow of vertically fractured well is a simple
    method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Inst Porous Flow & Fluid Mech, Langfang 065007, Hebei, Peoples R China.
 RP Song, FQ, Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR LIU CQ, 1989, WELL TESTING PRODUCT, V10, P22
    LIU CQ, 1996, 10 S HYDR CHIN, P439
    LIU J, 1996, BIOMED ENVIRON SCI, V9, P12
    SONG FQ, 2000, WELL TESTING PRODUCT, V21, P1
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 8
 BP 875
 EP 880
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 608JB
 UT ISI:000178841700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, JS
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Cavitated bifurcation for incompressible hyperelastic material
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE incompressible hyperelastic material; void nucleation and growth;
    catastrophe and concentration of stress
 ID NONLINEARLY ELASTIC-MATERIALS; VOID NUCLEATION; GROWTH
 AB The spherical cavitated bifurcation for a hyperelastic solid sphere
    made of the incompressible Valanis-Landel material under boundary
    dead-loading is examined. The analytic solution for the bifurcation
    problem is obtained. The catastrophe and concentration of stresses are
    discussed. The stability of solutions is discussed through the energy
    comparison. And the growth of a pre-existing micro-void is also
    observed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, JS, Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR BALL JM, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V306, P557
    CHOUWANG MSO, 1989, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V25, P1239
    HORGAN CO, 1986, J ELASTICITY, V16, P189
    HORGAN CO, 1989, J ELASTICITY, V21, P61
    HORGAN CO, 1992, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V29, P279
    HORGAN CO, 1995, APPL MECH REV, V48, P471
    SHANG XC, 1996, ACTA MECH SINICA, V28, P751
    SIVALOGANATHAN J, 1986, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V96, P97
    VALANIS KC, 1967, J APPL PHYS, V38, P2997
 NR 9
 TC 11
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 8
 BP 881
 EP 888
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 608JB
 UT ISI:000178841700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, WP
    Huang, Q
 TI General solution of the overall bending of flexible circular ring
    shells with moderately slender ratio and applications to the bellows
    (I) - Governing equation and general solution
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE theory of flexible shell; circular ring shell; bellows; lateral bending
    load; moderately slender ratio; general solution
 AB The overall bending of circular ring shells subjected to bending
    moments and lateral forces is discussed. The derivation of the
    equations was based upon the theory of flexible shells generalized by
    E. L. Axelrad and the assumption of the moderately slender ratio less
    than 1/3 (i.e., ratio between curvature radius of the meridian and
    distance from the meridional curvature center to the axis of
    revolution). The present general solution is an analytical one
    convergent in the whole domain of the shell and with the necessary
    integral constants for the boundary value problems. It can be used to
    calculate the stresses and displacements of the related bellows. The
    whole work is arranged into four parts: (I) Governing equation and
    general solution; (II) Calculation for Omega-shaped bellows; (III)
    Calculation for C-shaped bellows; (IV) Calculation for U-shaped
    bellows. This paper is the first part.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, WP, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AXELRAD EL, 1976, FLEXIBLE SHELLS
    AXELRAD EL, 1987, THEORY FLEXIBLE SHEL
    CHEN SL, 1987, PROGR APPL MECH, P181
    CHIEN WZ, 1979, J LANZHOU U SPECIAL, P1
    CHIEN WZ, 1979, J TSINGHUA U, V19, P27
    CHIEN WZ, 1979, J TSINGHUA U, V19, P84
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V1, P305
    CHIEN WZ, 1981, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V2, P103
    ZHU WP, 1998, THIN WALL STRUCT, P477
    ZHU WP, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P952
    ZHU WP, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P371
    ZHU WP, 2000, CHINESE Q MECH, V21, P311
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 8
 BP 889
 EP 897
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 608JB
 UT ISI:000178841700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, WP
    Huang, Q
 TI General solution of the overall bending of flexible circular ring
    shells with moderately slender ratio and applications to the bellows
    (II) - Calculation for Omega-shaped bellows
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE theory of flexible shell; circular ring shell; Omega-shaped bellows;
    general solution
 AB (II) is one of the applications of (I), in which the angular stiffness,
    the lateral stiffness and the corresponding stress distributions of
    Omega-shaped bellows were calculated, and the present results were
    compared with those of the other theories and experiments. It is shown
    that the non-homogeneous solution of ( I) can solve the pure bending
    problem of the bellows by itself, and be more effective than by the
    theory of slender ring shells; but if a lateral slide of the bellows
    support exists the non-homogeneous solution will no longer entirely
    satisfy the boundary conditions of the problem, in this case the
    homogeneous solution of ( I) should be included, that is to say, the
    full solution of can meet all the requirements.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, WP, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR *EJMA INC, 1998, STAND EXP JOINT MAN
    CHIEN WZ, 1979, COLLECTED WORKS APPL, P110
    CHIEN WZ, 1979, J TSINGHUA U, V19, P27
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V1, P305
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, J INSTRUMENTS METERS, V1, P89
    DAHL NC, 1953, J APPL MECH, V20, P497
    ZHU WP, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P952
    ZHU WP, 1999, J SHANGHAI U, V3, P121
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 8
 BP 898
 EP 905
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 608JB
 UT ISI:000178841700005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Homotopy perturbation method: a new nonlinear analytical technique
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE perturbation methods; homotopy; duffing equation; nonlinearity
 ID APPROXIMATE SOLUTION
 AB In this paper, a new perturbation method is proposed. In contrast to
    the traditional perturbation methods, this technique does not require a
    small parameter in an equation. In this method, according to the
    homotopy technique, a homotopy with an imbedding parameter p is an
    element of [0, 1] is constructed, and the imbedding parameter is
    considered as a "small parameter", so the method is called the homotopy
    perturbation method, which can take the full advantages of the
    traditional perturbation methods and homotopy techniques. To illustrate
    its effectiveness and its convenience, a Duffing equation with high
    order of nonlinearity is used; the result reveals that its first order
    of approximation obtained by the proposed method is valid uniformly
    even for very large parameter, and is more accurate than the
    perturbation solutions. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Inc. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HE JH, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V167, P57
    HE JH, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V167, P69
    HE JH, 1999, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V178, P257
    HE JH, 1999, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V34, P699
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P37
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P51
    LIAO SJ, 1995, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V30, P371
    LIAO SJ, 1997, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V20, P91
    LIU GL, 1997, C 7 MOD MATH MECH SH
    NAYFEH AF, 1985, PROBLEMS PERTURBATIO
 NR 10
 TC 16
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD FEB 15
 PY 2002
 VL 135
 IS 1
 BP 73
 EP 79
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 609DQ
 UT ISI:000178888700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A new iteration method for solving algebraic equations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE nonlinearity; iteration method
 ID PERTURBATION TECHNIQUE
 AB In this paper, a nonlinear algebraic equation f (x) = 0, by applying
    Taylor's theorem, is converted into a coupled iteration system
    L(x(n+1)) + g(x(n)) = 0 and g(x(n)) = f (x(n)) - L(x(n)), where L(x) =
    Ax(2) + Bx + C.
    The formula is of high convergence. Some examples are given. (C) 2002
    Elsevier Science Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, POB 189,149
    Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HE JH, 1998, COMMUN NONLINEAR SCI, V3
    HE JH, 1999, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V178, P257
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P37
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P239
    PETKOVIC L, 1997, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V30, P669
 NR 5
 TC 3
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD FEB 15
 PY 2002
 VL 135
 IS 1
 BP 81
 EP 84
 PG 4
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 609DQ
 UT ISI:000178888700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SP
    Qu, H
    Liao, HY
 TI Pairing symmetry and vortex lattice of high temperature superconductors
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE hight T-c; superconduciivity; vortex structure; Ginzburg-Landau theory
 ID S-WAVE; THERMAL-CONDUCTIVITY; II SUPERCONDUCTORS; MODEL;
    YBA2CU3O7-DELTA; BI2SR2CACU2O8; STATE; ORDER; PB
 AB We studied pairing symmetry of YBa2Cu3O7-delta high-temperature.
    superconductor using a generic Ginzburg-Landau model. The phase
    transition between the mixed s-d(x2-y2) state and d(x2-y2) wave was
    shown. The vortex lattice of a YBa2Cu3O7 superconductor is oblique at
    the temperature well below the transition temperature T-c, where the
    mixed s-d(x2-y2) state is expected to have the lowest energy. Whereas,
    very close to T-c, the d(x2-y2) wave is slightly lower in energy, and a
    triangular vortex lattice recovers. The coexistence and the coupling
    between the s-and d-waves would account for the unusual behaviours such
    as the upward curvature of the upper critical field curve H-c2 (T).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRIKOSOV AA, 1957, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V32, P1442
    ABRIKOSOV AA, 1957, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V5, P1174
    ANDERSON PW, 1987, SCIENCE, V235, P1196
    AUBIN H, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P624
    CHAKRAVARTY S, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P337
    DORIA MM, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P9573
    DU Q, 1993, SIAM J APPL MATH, V53, P689
    GORKOV LP, 1960, SOV PHYS JETP, V9, P1364
    HEEB R, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P9385
    JOYNT R, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P4271
    KEIMER B, 1994, J APPL PHYS 2, V76, P6778
    KLEINER R, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P2161
    KOUZNETSOV KA, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P3050
    KRISHANA K, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P83
    LAUGHLIN RB, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P5188
    LEE PA, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P2891
    LI QP, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P437
    LIECHTENSTEIN AI, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P2303
    MILLIS AJ, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P15408
    MONTHOUX P, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P4261
    MONTHOUX P, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P1874
    REN Y, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P3680
    RUGGIERO S, 1982, PHYS REV B, V26, P4897
    SOININEN PI, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P13883
    TINKHAM M, 1964, GROUP THEORY QUANTUM
    TSUEI CC, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P593
    VOLOVIK GE, 1993, JETP LETT, V58, P469
    WELP U, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P1908
    WOLLMAN DA, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2134
    ZHANG FC, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P3759
    ZHANG SC, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P1089
    ZHOU SP, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P342
    ZHOU SP, 2000, PHYSICA C, V339, P258
    ZHOU SP, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P541
 NR 34
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 51
 IS 10
 BP 2355
 EP 2361
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 609JF
 UT ISI:000178899300036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Zhang, JF
 TI General solution and fractal localized structures for the
    (2+1)-dimensional generalized Ablowitz-Kaup-Newell-Segur system
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID NONLINEAR SCHRODINGER-EQUATION; COHERENT STRUCTURES; SIMILARITY
    REDUCTIONS; BOUSSINESQ EQUATION; EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; DROMION;
    SOLITONS; INTEGRABILITY; SCATTERING; PLASMA
 AB Using the standard truncated Painleve expansions, we derive a quite
    general solution of the (2+1)-dimensional generalized
    Ablowitz-Kaup-Newell-Segur system. Except for the usual localized
    solutions, such as dromions, lumps, ring soliton solutions, etc, some
    special localized excitations with fractal behaviour, i.e. the fractal
    dromion and fractal lump excitations, are obtained by some types of
    lower-dimensional fractal patterns.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ, Dept Phys, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1973, PHYS REV LETT, V30, P1262
    BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P116
    BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P432
    BOITI M, 1995, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V5, P2377
    CLARKSON PA, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P2201
    DAVEY A, 1974, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V338, P17
    FOKAS AS, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P1329
    FOKAS AS, 1994, INVERSE PROBL L, V19, P10
    GAO YT, 1997, COMPUT MATH APPL, V33, P115
    GEDALIN M, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P448
    HEREMAN W, 1991, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V65, P143
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    KADOMTSEV BB, 1970, SOV PHYS DOKL, V15, P539
    KISELEV OM, 2000, J NONLINEAR MATH PHY, V7, P411
    KIVSHAR YS, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P765
    KONOPELCHENKO B, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V158, P391
    KONOPELCHENKO BG, 1993, J MATH PHYS, V34, P214
    LI YS, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P7487
    LOU SY, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V151, P133
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P5989
    LOU SY, 1997, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P28
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LOU SY, 2001, EUR PHYS J B, V22, P473
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    LOU SY, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P769
    LOUTSENKO I, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P3011
    NISHINARI K, 1993, J PHYS SOC JPN, V62, P2021
    NOVIKOV SP, 1986, PHYSICA D, V18, P267
    OIKAWA M, 1989, J PHYS SOC JPN, V58, P4416
    RADHA R, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4746
    RADHA R, 1997, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P17
    RUAN HY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P3123
    RUAN HY, 2000, PHYS REV E B, V62, P5738
    TAJIRI M, 1997, PHYS REV E B, V55, P3351
    TANG XY, 2002, IN PRESS J PHYS A, V35
    TIAN B, 1995, MOD PHYS LETT A, V10, P2937
    WEISS J, 1983, J MATH PHYS, V24, P522
    YOSHIDA N, 1998, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V31, P3325
    ZHANG JF, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P705
    ZHANG JF, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V37
 NR 40
 TC 58
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 19
 IS 10
 BP 1399
 EP 1402
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 606VR
 UT ISI:000178755700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ni, FS
    Gu, GQ
    Chen, KM
 TI Low-frequency dielectric dispersion of highly concentrated spherical
    particles in an electrolyte solution
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID ELECTROCHEMICAL DOUBLE-LAYER; APPROXIMATION; CONDUCTIVITY; ENHANCEMENT;
    SUSPENSION
 AB We deal with the problem of calculating the effective dielectric
    dispersion and electrical conductivity of colloidal dispersions. A
    comparison of the theoretical calculation of first principles with the
    experimental data of Schwan shows that our technique proposed here is
    no longer restricted to dilute solutions and is very effective for
    studying the dielectric properties of colloids with highly concentrated
    charged spherical particles in an electrolyte solution.
 C1 Hohai Univ, Coll Mech & Elect Engn, Nanjing 210024, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Coll Informat Technol, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Ni, FS, Hohai Univ, Coll Mech & Elect Engn, Nanjing 210024, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CARRIQUE F, 1993, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V156, P117
    CHEW WC, 1982, J CHEM PHYS, V77, P4683
    CHEW WC, 1984, J CHEM PHYS, V80, P4541
    DUNSTAN DE, 1992, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V152, P308
    FIXMAN M, 1980, J CHEM PHYS, V72, P5177
    GU GQ, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V70, P4476
    GU GQ, 1993, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V26, P1371
    KAN R, 1987, J CHEM PHYS, V86, P5748
    LARSON RE, 1989, PHYS FLUIDS A-FLUID, V1, P38
    NI FS, 1995, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V12, P438
    OBRIEN RW, 1981, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V81, P234
    OKONSKI CT, 1960, J PHYS CHEM-US, V64, P605
    PETSEV DN, 1992, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V149, P329
    SCHURR JM, 1964, J PHYS CHEM-US, V68, P2407
    SCHWAN HP, 1962, J PHYS CHEM-US, V66, P2626
    SCHWARZ G, 1962, J PHYS CHEM-US, V66, P2636
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 19
 IS 10
 BP 1550
 EP 1552
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 606VR
 UT ISI:000178755700046
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, ZJ
    Chen, YP
    Pan, JM
    Tang, J
 TI The determination of lead in industrial samples by spectrophotometry
    with
    2-(2-sulfophenylazo)-7-(2,6dibromo-4-methyphenylazo)-1,8-dihydroxynaphth
    alene-3,6-disulfonic acid
 SO ANALYTICAL LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE spectrophotometry; determination of lead; industrial samples;
    2-(2-Sulfophenylazo)-7-(2,6-dibromo-4-methyphenylazo)-1,8-dihydroxynapht
    halene-3,6-disulfonic acid
 ID SOIL
 AB An excellent method for spectrophotometric determination of trace lead
    in industrial samples has been developed. The method is based on the
    reaction of lead(II) with new reagent
    2-(2-sulfophenylazo)-7-(2,6-dibromo-4-methyphenylazo)-1,8-dihydroxynapht
    halene-3,6-disulfonic acid(SDBM). Under optimal conditions, SDBM reacts
    with lead(II) to give a 1: 2 blue complex in a phosphoric acid media,
    which has an maximum peak at 630 nm; 0-20 mug of lead(II) obeyed Beer's
    law in 25 mL solution. The color reaction is instantaneous and the
    absorbance stable for 24 h; its the apparent molar absorption
    coefficient, Sandell's sensitivity, the limit of detection and the
    limit of quantification were found to be 1.07 x 10(5) L mol(-1)cm(-1),
    1.94ng cm(-2), 3.12 ng mL(-1) and 10.0 ng mL(-1) respectively. Effect
    of foreign ions have been examined in detail. The experiment indicated
    that most of metal ions studied can be tolerated in considerable
    amounts, especially transition metal ions such as Ag(I), Fe(III),
    Co(II), Ni(II), Cu(II), Zn(II), Al(III), Cr(III) and Hg(II). Therefore,
    the proposed method is simple, high sensitive and selective, it has
    been applied to determine trace lead in real samples with satisfactory
    results.
 C1 So Yangtze Univ, Coll Chem & Mat Engn, Wuxi 214036, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, ZJ, So Yangtze Univ, Coll Chem & Mat Engn, Wuxi 214036, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AHMED MJ, 2001, TALANTA, V55, P43
    BALE MN, 1995, TALANTA, V42, P1291
    HONGO T, 1988, FRESEN Z ANAL CHEM, V331, P647
    KISCH PP, 1984, ZH ANAL KHIM, V39, P1052
    KISCH PP, 1984, ZH ANAL KHIM, V39, P820
    LONG GL, 1980, ANAL CHEM, V52, P2242
    LONG GL, 1983, ANAL CHEM, V55, P712
    MEDINILLA J, 1986, TALANTA, V33, P329
    PAN J, 1981, CHROMOGENIC REAGENTS, P283
    PAN JM, 1996, METALLURGICAL ANAL, V16, P1
    RALKAIAH GV, 1985, INDIAN J TECHNOL, V23, P157
    RAMESH M, 2000, INDIAN J CHEM A, V39, P1337
    THAKUR M, 1999, ANALYST, V124, P1331
    TRINDER N, 1966, ANALYST, V91, P587
    XIAO M, 1988, LIHUA JIANYAN HUAXUE, V24, P130
    ZHAO SL, 1996, ENV SCI, V17, P59
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 0003-2719
 J9 ANAL LETT
 JI Anal. Lett.
 PY 2002
 VL 35
 IS 13
 BP 2157
 EP 2171
 PG 15
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA 607FA
 UT ISI:000178780000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, JS
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Cavitated bifurcation for composed compressible hyper-elastic materials
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE composed compressible hyper-elastic material; void bifurcation;
    catastrophe and concentration of stress; energy comparion
 ID VOID NUCLEATION
 AB The cavitated bifurcation problem in a solid sphere composed of two
    compressible hyper-elastic materials is examined. The bifurcation
    solution for the composed sphere under a uniform radial tensile
    boundary dead-load is obtained. The bifurcation curves and the stress
    contributions subsequent to the cavitation are given. The right and
    left bifurcation as well as the catastrophe and concentration of
    stresses are analyzed. The stability of solutions is discussed through
    an energy comparison.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, JS, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HORGAN CO, 1989, J ELASTICITY, V21, P61
    HORGAN CO, 1992, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V29, P279
    HORGAN CO, 1995, APPL MECH REV, V48, P471
    SHANG XC, 1996, ACTA MECH SINICA, V28, P751
    SHANG XC, 2001, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P1101
 NR 5
 TC 7
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 15
 IS 3
 BP 208
 EP 213
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA 606XE
 UT ISI:000178759800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mo, YW
    Okawa, Y
    Nakai, T
    Tajima, M
    Natukawa, K
 TI Preparation of SnO2 films with high sensitivity and selectivity to
    C2H5OH by oxygen radical assisted electron beam evaporation for
    micro-machined gas sensors
 SO THIN SOLID FILMS
 DT Article
 DE tin oxide; evaporation; sensors; electrical properties and measurements
 AB The oxygen radical assisted electron beam (EB) evaporation was employed
    to prepare SnO2 films with high sensitivity and selectivity to C2H5OH
    for micro-machined gas sensors. The films deposited by this technique
    allow a low-temperature and fast annealing process, and therefore has
    high compatibility to the standard integrated circuit process. The
    maximum sensitivity is higher than 160, more than 20 times larger than
    that of films prepared by the conventional EB evaporation, and
    comparable to that of radio frequency reactive sputtered films.
    Furthermore, the temperature of maximum sensitivity has also decreased
    approximately 100 degreesC compared to a conventional EB evaporated
    SnO2 film. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Technol Res Inst Osaka Prefecture, Izumi, Osaka 5941157, Japan.
    Hochiki Co Ltd, Machida, Tokyo 1948577, Japan.
    Kubota Co Ltd, Amagasaki, Hyogo 6618567, Japan.
 RP Mo, YW, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CAVICCHI RE, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P812
    GAEDNER JW, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V4, P109
    GUIDI V, 1998, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V49, P88
    HEILAND G, 1982, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V2, P343
    LYLE RP, 1997, MICROSTRUCT MICROFAB, V3, P188
    PERSAUD K, 1982, NATURE, V299, P352
    ROSSI C, 1997, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V63, P183
    SHURMER HV, 1990, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V1, P256
    ZARCOMB S, 1984, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V6, P225
 NR 9
 TC 5
 SN 0040-6090
 J9 THIN SOLID FILMS
 JI Thin Solid Films
 PD SEP 2
 PY 2002
 VL 416
 IS 1-2
 BP 248
 EP 253
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Condensed Matter
 GA 603VY
 UT ISI:000178582700037
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, ZJ
    Ding, WY
    Cao, WG
    Wang, SH
    Huang, ZJ
 TI Stereoselective synthesis of
    cis-1-carbomethoxy-2-aryl-3,3-dicyanocyclopropanes
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID DERIVATIVES
 AB The route of preparing of
    1-carbomethoxy-2-aryl-3,3-dicyanocyclopropanes through the reaction of
    arylidenemalononitrile with methoxycarbonylmethyltriphenylarsonium
    bromide in the presence of K2CO3 under mild conditions with high yield
    and stereo selectivity is described.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Organomet Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ATTAHPOKN SK, 1984, CAN J CHEM, V62, P1217
    CHEN YL, 1998, CHEM J CHINESE U, V19, P1614
    DING WY, 1996, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V12, P50
    DING WY, 1999, CHEM J CHINESE U, V20, P64
    DING YY, 1996, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V12, P354
    FREY HM, 1966, ADV PHYS ORG CHEM, V4, P147
    GRIECO PA, 1972, TETRAHEDRON LETT, P3781
    JINHWA L, 1995, J AM CHEM SOC, V117, P9919
    MURPHY WS, 1983, J CHEM SOC P1, P817
    TRISTM BM, 1967, J AM CHEM SOC, V89, P138
    VINOD KS, 1997, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P137
    WILLIAM B, 2000, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V41, P1491
    WONG HNC, 1989, CHEM REV, V89, P165
    YAMAMOTE Y, 1975, CHEM COMMUN, P668
    ZWANENBURG B, 1997, HOUBENWEYL METHODS A, V17
 NR 15
 TC 5
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2002
 VL 32
 IS 20
 BP 3143
 EP 3148
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 602UB
 UT ISI:000178521900010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Miao, LY
    Wu, JL
 TI Edge-coloring critical graphs with high degree
 SO DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE edge coloring; edge chromatic number; critical graph
 AB It is proved here that any edge-coloring critical graph of order n and
    maximum degree Delta greater than or equal to 8 has the size at least
    3(n + Delta - 8). It generalizes a result of Hugh Hind and Yue Zhao.
    (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanxi Univ, Sch Sci, Shandong 271018, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Jinan 250031, Peoples R China.
 RP Miao, LY, Shanxi Univ, Sch Sci, Shandong 271018, Peoples R China.
 CR FIORINI S, 1977, RES NOTES MATHS, V16
    HIND H, 1998, DISCRETE MATH, V190, P107
    MELNIKOV LS, 1970, MATH NOTES, V7, P405
    VIZING VG, 1968, RUSS MATH SURV, V23, P125
    YAN ZD, 2000, GRAPH COMBINATOR, V16, P245
    YAP HP, 1981, DISCRETE MATH, V37, P289
    YAP HP, 1986, SOME TOPICS GRAPH TH
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0012-365X
 J9 DISCRETE MATH
 JI Discret. Math.
 PD NOV 6
 PY 2002
 VL 257
 IS 1
 BP 169
 EP 172
 PG 4
 SC Mathematics
 GA 605KV
 UT ISI:000178677800013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
 TI An open plus nonlinear closed loop control of chaotic oscillators
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE chaos control; entrainment basin; oscillator
 ID MULTIPLE-ATTRACTOR SYSTEMS; COMPLEX DYNAMIC-SYSTEMS; MIGRATION
    CONTROLS; ADAPTIVE-CONTROL; OPCL CONTROL; ENTRAINMENT
 AB An open plus nonlinear closed loop control law is presented for chaotic
    oscillations described by a set of non-autonomous second-order ordinary
    differential equations. It is proven that the basins of entrainment are
    global when the right-hand sides of the equations are given by
    arbitrary polynomial functions. The forced Duffing oscillator and the
    forced van der Pol oscillator are treated as numerical examples to
    demonstrate the applications of the method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN G, 1998, CHAOS ORDER, P2
    CHEN LQ, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V245, P87
    CHEN LQ, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V262, P350
    CHEN LQ, 1999, CHIN J COMP MATH, V16, P127
    CHEN LQ, 1999, J APPL SCI, V17, P443
    CHEN LQ, 1999, NONLINEAR DYNAM, V20, P309
    CHENG LQ, 1997, J SHANGHAI JIAOTONG, V31, P32
    GUAN XP, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2108
    HUBLER A, 1989, NATURWISSENSCHAFTEN, V76, P67
    JACKSON EA, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V151, P478
    JACKSON EA, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P4839
    JACKSON EA, 1991, PHYSICA D, V50, P341
    JACKSON EA, 1995, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V5, P1255
    JACKSON EA, 1995, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V5, P1767
    JACKSON EA, 1995, PHYSICA D, V85, P1
    JACKSON EA, 1997, CHAOS, V7, P550
    LI GH, 2000, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V49, P2133
    LI LX, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P708
    LI Z, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P847
    LU JH, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P12
    LUO XS, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P402
    OGATA K, 1998, MODERN CONTROL ENG, P739
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    PARLITZ U, 1987, PHYS REV A, V36, P1428
    REN HP, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P982
    TANG GN, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P30
    WANG GY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2307
    WANG J, 2000, INT J CON, V72, P911
    WANG ZY, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P206
    YAN SL, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P428
 NR 30
 TC 4
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 11
 IS 9
 BP 900
 EP 904
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 602DR
 UT ISI:000178490900009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HL
 TI Hyperfine structure of singly ionized lanthanum and praseodymium
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE hyperfine structure; fast-ion-beam laser spectroscopy; magnetic dipole
    and electric quadruple coupling constants
 ID FINE
 AB Hyperfine structure spectra of singly ionized lanthanum and
    praseodymium have been measured by collinear fast-ion-beam laser
    spectroscopy. All the spectral lines were resolved and the magnetic
    dipole and electric quadruple coupling constants of the metastable
    levels and excited levels were determined. Our results are in agreement
    with the published data within the experimental uncertainty. For
    praseodymium ions, the accuracy of the magnetic dipole coupling
    constants are improved by one order of magnitude compared with other
    published data, and the electric quadruple coupling constants are
    reported for the first time.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDRA HJ, 1975, P 4 INT C AT PHYS AT, V4, P365
    ANDRA HJ, 1979, PROGR ATOMIC SPECT B, P6
    BELLAHMANSOUR N, 1989, PHYS REV A, V39, P5762
    BENGTSON A, 1980, PHYS LETT A, V76, P45
    DUFAY M, 1977, P 3 INT C JACKS LAK, P231
    GINIBRE A, 1989, PHYS SCR, V39, P694
    HOHLE C, 1982, Z PHYS A, V304, P279
    HOLT RA, 1977, PHYS REV A, V15, P2293
    JOHANSSON S, 1996, ASTROPHYS J 1, V462, P943
    KUWAMOTO T, 1996, J PHYS SOC JPN, V65, P3180
    MA HL, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P512
    MEIER T, 1977, OPT COMMUN, V20, P397
    WING WH, 1976, PHYS REV LETT, V36, P1488
 NR 13
 TC 2
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 11
 IS 9
 BP 905
 EP 909
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 602DR
 UT ISI:000178490900010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, SG
    Li, L
    Biest, OVD
    Vleugels, J
    Wang, PL
 TI Study of thermodynamic properties of nonstoichiometric phase <
    Zr1-zCezO2-x > with compound energy model
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE zirconia; ceria; nonstoichiometry; thermodynamic
 ID ZRO2-CEO2 SYSTEM; DIAGRAM; TRANSFORMATION
 AB Using compound energy model (CEM), the thermodynamic properties of
    <CeO2-y> and <Zr1-zCezO2-x> were evaluated. The evaluation was based on
    the optimization of ZrO2-CeO2 and ZrO2-CeO1.5 systems, as well as the
    miscibility gap in CeO1.5-CeO2 system. Except the cubic fluorite
    structure phase assessed with compound energy model, all the other
    solution phases were assessed with subsitutional solution model. The
    model parameters were evaluated through fitting the selected
    experimental data by means of thermodynamic optimization. A set of
    parameters with thermodynamics self-consistency was obtained and
    satisfactorily described the complex relation between y in <CeO2-y> and
    the partial pressure of oxygen at different temperatures, also the
    interdependence among miscellaneous factors such as temperature, oxygen
    partial pressure, the reduction amount of CeO2 as well as the
    nonstoichiometry in cubic phase <Zr1-zCezO2-x>. The calculated results
    seem to be reasonable when put into the explanation of pressureless
    sintering of CeO2-stabilized ZrO2 powder compacts at a controlled
    oxygen partial pressure.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept MTM, B-3001 Heverlee, Belgium.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, L, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BARRY TI, 1992, J PHASE EQUILIB, V13, P459
    CAMPSERVEUX J, 1978, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V23, P73
    DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P1569
    DU Y, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V31, P327
    DURAN P, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P5001
    GRUNDY AN, 2001, J PHASE EQUILIB, V22, P105
    HANNINK RHJ, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P461
    HEUSSNER KH, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P1044
    HILLERT M, 2001, J ALLOY COMPD, V320, P161
    HUANG WM, 1995, METALL MATER TRANS A, V26, P2293
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P35
    LEONOV AI, 1966, IAN SSSR NEORG MATER, V2, P1047
    LIN LI, 1996, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V12, P159
    LIN LI, 2001, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V17, P529
    LINDEMER TB, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P867
    LONGO V, 1973, J AM CERAM SOC DISCU, V56, P600
    PANKRATZ LB, 1982, BUREAU MINES B, V672
    SUNDMAN B, 1991, J PHASE EQUILIB, V12, P127
    TANI E, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P506
    YASHIMA M, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P1869
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 18
 IS 5
 BP 422
 EP 426
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 601JZ
 UT ISI:000178443700013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, GR
    Yang, L
 TI Chaotifying a continuous-time system near a stable limit cycle
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID CONTROLLING CHAOS; FEEDBACK
 AB This paper studies the chaotification problem of driving a
    continuous-time system chaotic near its stable limit cycle. The
    controller is designed to ensure the controlled orbit be bounded and,
    meanwhile, have positive Lyapunov exponents. A numerical example is
    given to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed chaotification
    algorithm. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Suzhou Univ, Dept Math, Suzhou 215006, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, GR, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Tat Chee Ave, Kowloon,
    Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN G, 1998, CHAOS ORDER METHODOL
    CHEN G, 1999, CONTROLLING CHAOS BI
    CHEN GR, 1996, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V6, P1341
    CHEN GR, 1998, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V8, P1585
    FRADKOV AL, 1999, INTRO CONTROL OSCILL
    JUDD K, 1997, CONTROL CHAOS MATH M
    KAPITANIAK T, 1998, CHAOS ENGINEERS THEO
    LAKSHMANAN M, 1996, CHAOS NONLINEAR OSCI
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    SCHIFF SJ, 1994, NATURE, V370, P615
    TRIANDAF I, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V62, P3529
    VANECEK A, 1996, CONTROL SYSTEMS LINE
    WANG XF, 2000, CHAOS, V10, P771
    WANG XF, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P549
    YANG L, 2002, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P1121
    YANG WM, 1995, PHYS REV E, V51, P102
 NR 16
 TC 8
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD JAN
 PY 2003
 VL 15
 IS 2
 BP 245
 EP 253
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 601WX
 UT ISI:000178472700005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mo, YW
    Tanaka, T
    Arita, S
    Tsuchitani, A
    Inoue, K
    Yamashita, K
    Suzuki, Y
 TI Integrated analog beam former based on bucket brigade device for
    micromachined ultrasonic sensor array
 SO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS A-PHYSICAL
 DT Article
 DE ultrasonic sensors; phased array; microelectromechanical devices;
    system analysis and design
 AB Micromachined ultrasonic sensors are promising in the applications
    including medical imaging, non-destructive evaluation (NDE), ranging,
    and object detections. Bucket brigade device (BBD) was used as the
    analog beam former for piezoelectric micromachined ultrasonic sensor
    phased array. The works on the optimization of BBD, including
    improvement of the transfer efficiency and dynamic range, and
    simplification of system design were discussed in details. The
    parasitic insensitive approach was proposed to optimize the properties
    of BBD delay line, and measured results indicated that this approach
    achieved larger charge transfer efficiency, larger dynamic range, and
    higher frequency than the conventional BBD. Furthermore, the BBD
    distributed delay-sum architecture was proposed to reduce chip area,
    simplify system design, and achieve monolithic integration. The
    measured results indicated that BBD distributed delay-sum architecture
    showed the beam forming property that is consistent to the theoretical
    calculation very well. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Technol Res Inst Osaka Prefecture, Izumi, Osaka 5941157, Japan.
    Osaka Ind Promot Org, Izumi, Osaka 5941157, Japan.
    Osaka Univ, Toyonaka, Osaka 5608531, Japan.
 RP Mo, YW, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR INOUE K, 1995, P 8 INT C SOL STAT S
    KUTTRUFF H, 1991, ULTRASONICS FUNDAMEN
    MACOVSKI A, 1975, 3918024, US
    MASLAK SH, 1979, 4140022, US
    MELEN R, 1977, CHAGE COUPLED DEVICE
    ODONNEL MO, 1990, P 1990 IEEE ULTR S, P1499
    PELLAM JR, 1946, J CHEM PHYS, V14, P608
    VONRAMM OT, 1983, IEEE T BIO-MED ENG, V30, P438
    YAMASHITA K, 2002, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V97, P302
 NR 9
 TC 2
 SN 0924-4247
 J9 SENSOR ACTUATOR A-PHYS
 JI Sens. Actuator A-Phys.
 PD SEP 30
 PY 2002
 VL 101
 IS 1-2
 BP 203
 EP 211
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 599QC
 UT ISI:000178345800028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, L
    Liu, ZR
    Zheng, Y
 TI "Middle" periodic orbit and its application to chaos control
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 DE chaos; chaos control; symbolic dynamics
 ID SYSTEMS; HYPERCHAOS; TARGETS
 AB In this paper, a new method, by which any point in a chaotic attractor
    can be guided to any target periodic orbit, is proposed. The "middle"
    periodic orbit is used to lead an initial point in a chaotic attractor
    to a neighborhood of the target orbit, and then controlling chaos can
    be achieved by the improved OGY method. The time needed in the method
    using "middle" periodic orbit is less than that of the OGY method, and
    is inversely proportional to the square of the topological entropy of
    the given map. An example is used to illustrate the results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Suzhou Univ, Dept Math, Suzhou 215006, Peoples R China.
    Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Jiangsu 225002, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, L, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR AUERBACH D, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P3479
    CHEN GR, 1996, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V6, P1341
    CHEN GR, 1998, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V8, P1585
    DITTO WL, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P3211
    LIU ZR, 1999, ACTA MECH SINICA, V15, P366
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    SHINBROT T, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P3215
    SHINBROT T, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V169, P349
    SHINBROT T, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P4165
    SINGER J, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P1123
    XIE H, 1996, GRAMMATICAL COMPLEXI
    XIE HM, 1995, COMPLEX SYST, V9, P73
    YANG L, 1998, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V19, P1
    YANG L, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P67
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 8
 BP 1869
 EP 1876
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 599XX
 UT ISI:000178361400013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, WX
    Tu, JP
    Ma, XC
    Xu, ZD
    Chen, WL
    Wang, JG
    Cheng, DH
    Xia, JB
    Gan, HY
    Jin, YX
    Tenne, R
    Rosenstveig, R
 TI Preparation and tribological properties of Ni-P electroless composite
    coating containing inorganic fullerene-like WS2 nanomaterials
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE inorganic fullerene-like (IF); nanomaterials; composite coating;
    tribological properties
 ID TUNGSTEN DISULFIDE; NANOPARTICLES; MECHANISM; FRICTION; WEAR
 AB Ni-P composite coating containing inorganic fullerene-like WS2 nanosize
    particles was prepared by electroless codeposition. Its tribological
    performances were evaluated by a ring-on-block wear tester. It was
    found that the Ni-P-(IF-WS2) composite coating exhibited both higher
    wear resistance and lower friction coefficient than Ni-P, Ni-P-(layer
    2H-WS2) and Ni-P-graphite electroless coating. The favorable effects of
    inorganic fullerene-like nanomaterials on the tribological properties
    of the composite coating were discussed.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ Technol, Coll Mech & Electr Engn, Hangzhou 310032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Environ & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200027, Peoples R China.
    Weizmann Inst Sci, Dept Mat & Interfaces, IL-76100 Rehovot, Israel.
 RP Chen, WX, Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
 CR CHHOWALLA M, 2000, NATURE, V407, P164
    FELDMAN Y, 1996, J AM CHEM SOC, V118, P5362
    FELDMAN Y, 2000, SOLID STATE SCI, V2, P663
    MARGULIS L, 1993, NATURE, V365, P113
    RAPOPORT L, 1997, NATURE, V387, P791
    RAPOPORT L, 1999, WEAR, V225, P975
    RAPOPORT L, 2001, ADV ENG MATER, V3, P71
    RAPOPORT L, 2001, NANO LETTERS, V1, P137
    RAPOPORT L, 2001, WEAR, V249, P150
    TENNE R, 1992, NATURE, V360, P444
    ZAK A, 2000, J AM CHEM SOC, V122, P11108
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 60
 IS 9
 BP 1722
 EP 1726
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 598TK
 UT ISI:000178292400033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, LH
    Dong, C
    Zhang, JC
    Li, JQ
 TI The microstructure study of Co-doped YBCO system
 SO PHYSICA C-SUPERCONDUCTIVITY AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE Co; Fe-doped YBCO; superconductor; structure phase transition; twin;
    tweed; oxygen content
 ID HIGH-TC SUPERCONDUCTORS; POSITRON-ANNIHILATION; YBA2CU3O7-DELTA;
    PARAMETERS; DENSITY; NI; FE
 AB A series of YBa2CU3-xCoxOx (x = 0-0.50) samples have been studied by
    means of SEM, TEM, XRD and positron annihilation technology. Oxygen
    contents of the samples have been measured using a new volumetric
    method The microstructure evolution of the Co-doped YBCO is very
    similar to that in the Fe-doped YBCO. YBa2Cu3-xCoxOx undergoes a
    structure phase transition from orthorhombic to tetragonal between x =
    0.12 and 0.15. Twin structure predominates when x is low (x < 0.05).
    With the increasing of x, tweed structure appears and its proportion
    increases till it becomes dominant. When x > 0 12, the tweed structure
    disappears completely. The grain boundary density increases with x and
    shows a sudden drop when x > 0.12. Similarly, the positron short
    lifetime component tau(1) shows a sudden drop between x = 0.12 and 0.15
    Therefore, positron can be used as a sensitive probe for the O-T phase
    transition in this system. A possible model is proposed to describe the
    relationship between positron short lifetime component tau(1), and the
    concentrations of oxygen vacancy and twin (tweed) boundary. The
    experimental results can be satisfactorily explained by this model. (C)
    2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Natl Lab Superconduct, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Henan Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Xinxiang 453002, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, LH, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Natl Lab Superconduct, POB 603,
    Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 CR BALOGH AG, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P2883
    BERGERSEN B, 1969, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V7, P1208
    BRANDT W, 1967, POSITRON ANNIHILATIO, P155
    CHAKRABORTY B, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P215
    CONNORS DC, 1969, PHYS LETT A, V30, P24
    DONG C, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P838
    GASUMYANTS VE, 1992, SFKHT, V5, P674
    HAUTOJARVI P, 1983, POSITRONS SOLID, P255
    HIROI Z, 1988, JPN J APPL PHYS, V27, L580
    JEAN YC, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1593
    NAROZHNYI VN, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P5856
    RENEVIER H, 1994, PHYSICA C, V220, P143
    RISTO Z, 1991, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V52, P1577
    SEEGER A, 1973, J PHYS F MET PHYS, V3, P248
    SMEDSKJAER LC, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P2330
    SYDOW JP, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P3512
    TARASCON JM, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P7458
    USMAR SG, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P5126
    VONSTETTEN EC, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P2198
    WESTERHOLT K, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P11680
    XU YW, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P6667
    ZHANG J, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V236, P452
    ZHANG JC, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P16830
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD SEP 1
 PY 2002
 VL 377
 IS 3
 BP 348
 EP 356
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 596NV
 UT ISI:000178171700021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Darrouzet, V
    Hilton, M
    Pinder, D
    Wang, JL
    Guerin, J
    Bebear, JP
 TI Prognostic value of the blink reflex in acoustic neuroma surgery
 SO OTOLARYNGOLOGY-HEAD AND NECK SURGERY
 DT Article
 ID NERVE; TUMORS
 AB OBJECTIVE: The study goal was to demonstrate that blink reflex analysis
    can predict postoperative facial nerve outcome in cerebellopontine
    angle tumor surgery.
    STUDY DESIGN, SETTING, AND PATIENTS: In an open and prospective study
    conducted at a single tertiary care center over 3 years, 91 subjects
    with a vestibular schwannoma filling the internal auditory meatus were
    enrolled and operated on via a translabyrinthine approach. The
    difference in latency of the early response (DeltaR1) of the blink
    reflex between the pathologic side and the healthy side was calculated
    in every patient during a complete electrophysiologic examination of
    the facial nerve performed on the day before surgery.
    MAIN OUTCOME MEASURES. DeltaR1 was compared with the other preoperative
    data (tumor volume, facial function), with the perioperative
    observations (difficulties with the dissection of the facial nerve),
    and especially with the postoperative status after I year. The
    statistical, study was conducted using polynomial, regression.
    RESULTS: Patients with a negative or zero DeltaR1 have normal facial
    function at I year. For those with a positive DeltaR1 the outcome is
    not favorable unless the tumor is small. For patients presenting with
    an immediate complete facial paralysis, the value of DeltaR1 is also
    indicative of facial function outcome.
    CONCLUSION. Statistical analysis shows that the blink reflex, through
    DeltaR1, has an excellent prognostic value in anticipating the
    difficulties with facial nerve dissection and postoperative facial
    function after 1 year.
 C1 Univ Hosp, Dept Skull Base Surg, Bordeaux, France.
    Univ Bristol, Southmead Hosp, Dept Otolaryngol, Bristol, Avon, England.
    Univ Bristol, St Michaels Hosp, Dept Otolaryngol, Bristol, Avon, England.
    Shanghai Univ, Rui Jin Hosp, Dept Otolaryngol, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Darrouzet, V, Hop Pellegrin, Serv ORL, Pl Amelie Raba Leon, F-33076
    Bordeaux, France.
 CR BEBEAR J, 1990, LONG TERM RESULTS IN, P497
    BENDER LF, 1969, ARCHIVES PHYSICAL ME, V50, P27
    DAVERAT F, 1989, VALEUR PRONOSTIQUE E
    GIL R, 1980, ACTA NEUROL BELG, V80, P201
    HOUSE JW, 1985, OTOLARYNG HEAD NECK, V93, P146
    JESEL M, 1978, REV ELECTROENCEPHALO, V8, P302
    KARTUSH JM, 1987, OTOLARYNG HEAD NECK, V97, P257
    KIMURA J, 1983, ELECTRODIAGNOSIS DIS
    LYON LW, 1972, ARCH OTOLARYNGOL, V95, P100
    NAGAHIRO S, 1983, NO TO SHINKEI, V35, P1117
    NORMAND MM, 1994, MUSCLE NERVE, V17, P1401
    NURLU G, 1994, NEUROSURG REV, V17, P253
    PAVESI G, 1992, ELECTROMYOGR CLIN NE, V32, P119
    PORTMANN M, 1982, PRECIS OTORHINOLARYN, P139
    PORTMANN M, 1988, REV LARYNGOL OTOL RH, V109, P437
    ROSLER KM, 1994, MUSCLE NERVE, V17, P183
    STERKERS J, 1991, CHIRURGIE NEURINOME, P45
    STERKERS JM, 1986, ANN OTOLARYNGOL CHIR, V103, P487
 NR 18
 TC 2
 SN 0194-5998
 J9 OTOLARYNGOL HEAD NECK SURG
 JI Otolaryngol. Head Neck Surg.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 127
 IS 3
 BP 153
 EP 157
 PG 5
 SC Otorhinolaryngology; Surgery
 GA 596MQ
 UT ISI:000178169000004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Zhang, NH
    Zu, JW
 TI Bifurcation and chaos of an axially moving viscoelastic string
 SO MECHANICS RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID NONLINEAR VIBRATION; DYNAMICAL BEHAVIOR; STABILITY ANALYSIS; BELTS
 AB In this paper, bifurcation and chaos of an axially moving viscoelastic
    string are investigated. The 1-term and the 2-term Galerkin truncations
    are respectively employed to simplify the partial-differential equation
    that governs the transverse motions of the string into a set of
    ordinary differential equations. The bifurcation diagrams are presented
    in the case that the transport speed, the amplitude of the periodic
    perturbation, or the dynamic viscosity is respectively varied while
    other parameters are fixed. The dynamical behaviors are numerically
    identified based on the Poincare maps. Numerical simulations indicate
    that periodic, quasi-periodic and chaotic motions occur in the
    transverse vibrations of the axially moving viscoelastic string. (C)
    2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Toronto, Dept Mech & Ind Engn, Toronto, ON M5S 3G8, Canada.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRATE S, 1992, MECH MACH THEORY, V27, P645
    CHEN LQ, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P995
    CHEN LQ, 2000, MECH RES COMMUN, V27, P413
    CHEN LQ, 2001, ADV MECH, V31, P535
    FUNG RF, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V201, P153
    HUANG JS, 1995, INT J MECH SCI, V37, P145
    LUO ACJ, 1995, J HYDRODYNAMICS B, V7, P92
    LUO ACJ, 1999, J SOUND VIB, V227, P523
    MAHALINGAM S, 1957, BRIT J APPL PHYS, V8, P145
    MOCHENSTURM EM, 1996, J VIB ACOUST, V116, P346
    MOTE CD, 1972, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V4, P2
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1994, J SOUND VIB, V169, P179
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V203, P815
    RAVINDRA B, 1998, ARCH APPL MECH, V68, P195
    TAGATA G, 1995, J SOUND VIB, V185, P51
    THOMPSON JMT, 1994, PHYS REV E, V49, P1019
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P396
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P403
 NR 19
 TC 9
 SN 0093-6413
 J9 MECH RES COMMUN
 JI Mech. Res. Commun.
 PD APR-JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 29
 IS 2-3
 BP 81
 EP 90
 PG 10
 SC Mechanics
 GA 595VN
 UT ISI:000178129400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, DJ
    Chen, DY
 TI Hamiltonian structure of discrete soliton systems
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS A-MATHEMATICAL AND GENERAL
 DT Article
 ID DIFFERENTIAL-DIFFERENCE EQUATIONS; INTEGRABLE SYSTEMS;
    EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; HEREDITARY SYMMETRIES; ALGEBRAIC STRUCTURE; TRACE
    IDENTITY; AKNS SYSTEM
 AB We describe an approach for investigating the Hamiltonian structures of
    the lattice isospectral evolution equations associated with a general
    discrete spectral problem. By using the so-called implicit
    representations of the isospectral flows, we demonstrate the existence
    of the recursion operator L, which is a strong and hereditary symmetry
    of the flows. It is then proven that every equation in the isospectral
    hierarchy possesses the Hamiltonian structure if L has a skew-symmetric
    factorization and the first equation (u(1) = K-(0)) in the hierarchy
    satisfies some simple condition. We obtain related properties, such as
    the implectic-symplectic factorization of L, the Liouville complete
    integrability and the multi-Hamiltonian structures of the isospectral
    hierarchy. Four examples are given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, DJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1975, J MATH PHYS, V16, P598
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1976, J MATH PHYS, V17, P1011
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1976, STUD APPL MATH, V55, P213
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1977, STUD APPL MATH, V57, P1
    BLASZAK M, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4661
    CHEN DG, 1991, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V24, P377
    CHEN DY, 1996, J MATH PHYS, V37, P5524
    FAN E, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P513
    FOKAS AS, 1982, J MATH PHYS, V23, P1066
    FOKAS AS, 1987, STUD APPL MATH, V77, P253
    FUCHSSTEINER B, 1979, NONLINEAR ANAL, V3, P849
    FUCHSSTEINER B, 1981, PHYSICA D, V4, P47
    LI YS, 1986, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V19, P3713
    LI YS, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P721
    MA WX, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P2707
    MA WX, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P2400
    MAGRI F, 1978, J MATH PHYS, V19, P1156
    TODA M, 1989, THEORY NONLINEAR LAT
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    TU GZ, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P3903
    WADATI M, 1976, PROG THEOR PHYS SUPP, V59, P36
    WU YT, 1996, J MATH PHYS, V37, P2338
    YAN Z, 2001, J MATH PHYS, V42, P330
 NR 23
 TC 15
 SN 0305-4470
 J9 J PHYS-A-MATH GEN
 JI J. Phys. A-Math. Gen.
 PD AUG 23
 PY 2002
 VL 35
 IS 33
 BP 7225
 EP 7241
 PG 17
 SC Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 594LP
 UT ISI:000178051900017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Shi, ZJ
    Fan, C
    Ding, WY
 TI Convenient synthesis of methyl
    4-carboethoxy-3-perfluoroalkyl-5-methoxyhexa-2,4-dienoates
 SO JOURNAL OF FLUORINE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE hexadienoates; fluorinated ylides; methyl 3-perfluoroalkyl-2-propiolates
 ID ELEMENTO-ORGANIC COMPOUNDS; STEREOSELECTIVE SYNTHESIS; 6TH GROUPS;
    ARSORANE; 5TH
 AB In the presence of K2CO3, reaction of ethyl 3-methoxy-4-(triphenyl
    phosphoranylidene)but-2-enoate (2), which was derived from the bromide
    1, with methyl 3-perfluoroalkyl-2-propiolates (3) in CH2Cl2 at room
    temperature, gave methyl
    4-carboethoxy-3-perfluoroalkyl-5-methoxy-6-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)h
    exa-2,4-dienoate (4) as major products in excellent yields. Methyl
    4-carboethoxy-3-perfluoroalkyl-5-methoxyhexa-2,4-dienoates (5) were
    obtained in high yield by hydrolysis of (4) in hot aqueous methanol in
    a sealed tube. The structure identities of compounds 4 and 5 were
    confirmed by IR, MS,H-1, (CNMR)-C-13, 2D C-H COSY and microanalyses.
    Reaction mechanisms are proposed to account for the formation of
    products 4 and 5. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, 99 Shang Da Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BANKS RE, 1994, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    DING WY, 1986, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V44, P62
    DING WY, 1987, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V45, P47
    DING WY, 1991, J CHEM SOC PERK  JUN, P1369
    DING WY, 1992, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V8, P224
    FILLER R, 1993, ORGANOFLUORINE COMPO, P386
    HUANG YZ, 1979, HUA XUE XUE BAO, V31, P47
    KOCHHAR KS, 1984, J ORG CHEM, V49, P3222
    LIEBMAN JF, 1988, FLUORINE CONTAINING
    SMISSMAN EE, 1964, J ORG CHEM, V29, P3161
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0022-1139
 J9 J FLUORINE CHEM
 JI J. Fluor. Chem.
 PD AUG 28
 PY 2002
 VL 116
 IS 2
 BP 117
 EP 120
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Chemistry, Organic
 GA 594RH
 UT ISI:000178064200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, YA
    Nian, YB
    Liu, ZR
 TI Impulsive control for the stabilization of discrete chaotic system
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID VARIABLES; SUPPRESSION
 AB We first give the theoretical result of the stabilization of general
    discrete chaotic systems by using impulsive control. As an example and
    an application of the theoretical result, we derive some sufficient
    conditions for the stabilization of the double rotor map via impulsive
    control. The computer simulation result is given to demonstrate the
    method.
 C1 Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225006, Peoples R China.
    Jiangsu Univ, Sch Elect & Infromat Engn, Jiangsu 212013, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, YA, Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225006, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN YX, 1995, CHINESE SCI BULL, V40, P1748
    FRODKOV A, 1996, IEEE T CAS I, V43, P907
    GREBOGI C, 1987, PHYSICA D, V25, P347
    GUTIERREZ JM, 1996, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V6, P1351
    MATIAS MA, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P1455
    MATIAS MA, 1996, PHYS REV E, V54, P198
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    ROMEIRAS FJ, 1992, PHYSICA D, V58, P165
    TAO Y, 1997, PHYS LETT A, V232, P356
    TIAN YC, 1998, PHYSICA D, V117, P1
    WU SG, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P341
    XIE WX, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V275, P67
    XU HB, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V64
    YANG T, 1997, PHYSICA D, V110, P18
    ZASLAVSKY GM, 1978, PHYS LETT A, V69, P145
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 19
 IS 9
 BP 1251
 EP 1253
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 595CD
 UT ISI:000178088500010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YR
    Liu, ZR
 TI Some dynamical behavior of discrete Nagumo equation
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID COUPLED MAP LATTICE; BREATHERS; ANTIINTEGRABILITY; OSCILLATORS;
    EXISTENCE; NETWORKS; CHAOS
 AB The spatiotemporal dynamics can be effectively studied by continuation
    from an anti-integrable limit. By using the anti-integrability method
    we consider the dynamical behavior of discrete Nagumo equation, prove
    the existence of breather and discuss the spatial disorder of the
    stationary solutions in the system. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225002, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YR, Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225002, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1974, STUD APPL MATH, V53, P249
    AUBRY S, 1990, PHYSICA D, V43, P199
    AUBRY S, 1995, PHYSICA D, V86, P284
    AUBRY S, 1997, PHYSICA D, V103, P201
    CHOW SN, 1995, SIAM J APPL MATH, V55, P1764
    CROSS MC, 1993, REV MOD PHYS, V65, P3
    DEIMLING K, 1985, NONLINEAR FUNCTIONAL
    GINZBURG SL, 1999, PHYSICA D, V132, P87
    KANEKO K, 1993, PHYSICA D, V68, P299
    KANEKO K, 1993, THEORY APPL COUPLED
    KEENER JP, 1987, SIAM J APPL MATH, V47, P556
    MACKAY RS, 1994, NONLINEARITY, V7, P1623
    MARIN JL, 1996, NONLINEARITY, V9, P1501
    SEPULCHRE JA, 1997, NONLINEARITY, V10, P679
    SEPULCHRE JA, 1998, PHYSICA D, V113, P342
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD DEC
 PY 2002
 VL 14
 IS 9
 BP 1457
 EP 1464
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 595WA
 UT ISI:000178130500014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, ZP
    Zhang, JC
    Cao, GX
    Cao, SX
 TI Effect of the lanthanide contraction on the superconduction and local
    electronic structure of RBa2Cu3O7-delta systemes
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE ionic radius of rare earth; high-T-c superconductivity; positron
    annihilation; local electronic structure
 ID EARTH IONIC RADIUS; POSITRON LIFETIME; DEFECTS
 AB A series of RBa2 Cu-3 O-7.8 (R = Tm, Dy, Gd, Eu, Nd and Y) samples were
    prepared by the standard solid-state-reaction method. The effect of the
    ionic radius of rare earth on the local electronic structure, crystal
    structures and superconductivity have been studied by means of positron
    annihilation technique(PAT) and x-ray diffraction ( XRD) The results
    show that the positron lifetime parameters tau(1) and tau(2) increase
    with the increase of the ionic radius of rare earth. But the local
    electronic density based on the positron lifetime parameters appears to
    decrease with the increase of the ionic radius of rare earth. It is
    concluded that the local electronic density and crystal structures are
    factors affecting the superconductivity.
 C1 Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Appl Math & Phys, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, ZP, Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Appl Math & Phys, Zhengzhou
    450002, Peoples R China.
 CR BRANDT W, 1967, POSITRON ANNIHALATIO
    BRANDT W, 1974, APPL PHYS, V5, P1
    BUCHNER B, 1990, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V73, P357
    CHEN ZP, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P550
    GOU ZH, 1995, CHINESE J LOW TEMP P, V17, P48
    LAVROV AN, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P5636
    LI LJ, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P844
    LIU LH, 2001, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V50, P768
    LU X, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P7989
    NAROZHNYI VN, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P5856
    POLITY A, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P10025
    THOMAS J, 1988, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V65, P981
    UDAYAN D, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P14519
    WANG JC, 2000, CHINESE PHYS, V9, P216
    XIONG H, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1783
    ZHANG JC, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V201, P70
    ZHANG JC, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V263, P452
    ZHANG LW, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1906
 NR 18
 TC 4
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 51
 IS 9
 BP 2150
 EP 2154
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 595LL
 UT ISI:000178110800044
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pike, R
    Jiang, SH
 TI Ultrahigh-resolution optical imaging of colloidal particles
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 ID SCANNING MICROSCOPY; SUPERRESOLVING MASKS
 AB We continue the theme exploited very effectively by Professor Pusey
    over the years of using laser light to measure the size of colloidal
    particles. A description of a new measurement technique using a
    confocal scanning laser microscope (CSLM) is given in which the
    Rayleigh resolution limit of a numerical aperture 1.3 oil-immersion
    objective is effectively doubled. The method exploits the 'natural'
    bandwidth of an imaging system with a very low number of 'degrees of
    freedom' (generalized Shannon number) which is realized in the CSLM by
    using the high-aperture objective lens both to illuminate the particles
    and to collect the scattered light from them. The available extra
    resolution is not visible in the conventional recorded image of the
    instrument and the full double-bandwidth 'information' content in the
    image plane is extracted in our method by using a specially calculated
    optical mask as an instantaneous analogue computer. We have modified a
    commercial Bio-Rad 600 confocal microscope to work in this way and
    present here the first measurements obtained with it. We compare images
    of 100 nm diameter standard PVC fluorescent calibration spheres with
    the new and the older modalities. The results confirm the expected
    increase in optical resolution.
 C1 Univ London Kings Coll, Dept Phys, London WC2R 2LS, England.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Fine Mech Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Pike, R, Univ London Kings Coll, Dept Phys, Strand, London WC2R 2LS,
    England.
 CR AKDUMAN I, 1998, J OPT SOC AM A, V15, P2275
    BERTERO M, 1992, INVERSE PROBL, V8, P1
    BERTERO M, 1993, HANDB STAT, V10, P1
    BRAND U, 2000, THESIS KINGS COLL LO
    CREFFIELD CE, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P517
    DEVILLIERS GD, 1999, INVERSE PROBL, V15, P615
    DEVILLIERS GD, 2001, INVERSE PROBL, V17, P1163
    GROCHMALICKI J, 1993, J OPT SOC AM A, V10, P1074
    IGNATOWSKY VS, 1921, T OPT I PETROGRAD, V1, P1
    WILSON T, 1984, THEORY PRACTICE SCAN
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD AUG 26
 PY 2002
 VL 14
 IS 33
 BP 7749
 EP 7756
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 594PW
 UT ISI:000178060400015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
 TI A stable discretization on attractors of the damped and driven
    periodically sine-Gordon equation
 SO DYNAMIC SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, the rationality of numerical schemes for continuous
    systems is studied from viewpoint of dynamics by investigating the
    damped and driven periodically sine-Gordon equation. The existence and
    convergence of attractors under its spectral discretization are showed,
    and such results throw light on the modal truncation of the sine-Gordon
    equation which was used in the previous literature.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BIRNIR B, 1994, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V162, P539
    BISHOP AR, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V144, P117
    BROOMHEAD DS, 1992, DYNAMICS NUMERICS DY
    CALINI A, 1996, PHYSICA D, V89, P227
    CHEPYZHOV VV, 1994, J MATH PURE APPL, V73, P291
    DETTORI L, 1995, SPECTRAL APPROXIMATI
    GHIDAGLIA JM, 1987, J MATH PURE APPL, V66, P273
    GILL TL, 1992, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V23, P1204
    GRAUER R, 1992, PHYSICA D, V56, P165
    HALE JK, 1988, MATH COMPUT, V50, P89
    HALE JK, 1994, CONT MATH, V172, P1
    HARAUX A, 1988, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V13, P1383
    RAUGEL G, 1990, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V310, P85
    STUART AM, 1996, DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS NU
    TEMAM R, 1988, INFINITE DIMENSIONAL
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 1056-2176
 J9 DYN SYST APPL
 JI Dyn. Syst. Appl.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 11
 IS 1
 BP 127
 EP 141
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 592GK
 UT ISI:000177928400011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, YP
    Su, QD
    Wu, QS
 TI Ant Colony Algorithm in Chemistry and its application in first
    derivative fluorescent spectra analyzing
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Article
 DE Ant Colony Algorithm; derivative fluorescent spectra; phenylalanine;
    tyrosine; tryptophan
 AB A new method of chemometrics - Ant Colony Algorithm in Chemistry has
    been developed. In this paper, the evaluation, function, the parameter
    choice and the basic principle have been discussed. The proposed method
    has been applied to the analysis for first-derivative fluorescent mixed
    spectra of tryptophan, tyrosine and phenylalanine, and the relative
    errors are within +/-5%. The new method, has obvious superiority on the
    sides of the convergence speed and,calculation precision as compared
    with Partial Last Squares(PLS) and Genetic Algorithms(GA).
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Chem, Hefei 230026, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, YP, Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Chem, Hefei 230026, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BONABEAU E, 2000, NATURE, V406, P39
    COLORNI A, 1991, P 1 EUR C ART LIF, P134
    DING YP, 2001, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V21, P212
    DING YP, 2002, CHEMISTRY, V65, P257
    GAMBARDELLA LM, 1999, NEW IDEAS OPTIMIZATI, P63
    HEUSSE M, 1998, ADV COMPLEX SYST, V1, P237
    KRIEGER MJB, 2000, NATURE, V406, P992
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 9
 BP 1695
 EP 1697
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 594NL
 UT ISI:000178056800016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lei, ZS
    Ren, ZM
    Zhang, BW
    Deng, K
 TI Model experiment of meniscus temperature fluctuation during continuous
    casting mold oscillation
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE continuous casting; meniscus; temperature fluctuation; mold oscillation
 ID STEEL SLABS
 AB The temperature at the meniscus during continuous casting was measured
    under mold oscillation by model experiments. It is found that the
    temperature of meniscus varied periodically along with mold
    oscillation. According to the experiments, the temperature fluctuation
    of meniscus decreases with increasing the mold oscillation frequency,
    decreasing the mold oscillation amplitude, cooling density, and contact
    pressure between mold and solidification shell. It is considered that
    the temperature fluctuation of meniscus is a key factor for the surface
    defect formation of continuous casting billets. Based on the
    phenomenon, the mechanisms of improving surface quality of continuous
    casting billets including high frequency and low amplitude mold
    oscillation, soft-contact mold electromagnetic continuous casting, hot
    top mold and so on were analyzed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lei, ZS, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ASAI S, 1989, TETSU TO HAGANE, V75, P32
    CAI KK, 1990, CONTINUOUS CASTING S, P284
    CHENG CG, 2000, STEELMAKING, V16, P55
    DENG K, 1999, ACTA METALL SIN, V35, P1112
    LI XK, 1992, IRON STEEL, V27, P20
    REN ZM, 1999, ACTA METALL SIN, V35, P851
    REN ZM, 2001, ISIJ INT, V41, P981
    SAUCEDO IG, 1987, 1987 STEELM C P CHIC, P449
    SAUCEDO IG, 1991, 1991 STEELM C P WASH, P79
    SUZUKI M, 1991, ISIJ INT, V31, P254
    SZEKERES ES, 1996, IRON STEEL ENG, V6, P29
    TAKEUCHI E, 1984, METALL TRANS B, V15, P493
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 38
 IS 8
 BP 877
 EP 880
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 593DY
 UT ISI:000177977000019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mo, YW
    Okawa, YZ
    Inoue, KJ
    Natukawa, K
 TI Low-voltage and low-power optimization of micro-heater and its on-chip
    drive circuitry for gas sensor array
 SO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS A-PHYSICAL
 DT Article
 DE arrays; sensors; microelectromechanical devices; low-voltage and
    low-power; CMOS
 AB Low-voltage and low-power design is the key issue for the portable
    electronics applications and has become the major concern for the
    system design. Integrated gas sensor array allows the monolithic
    realization of multi-species gas sensing systems. This paper reports
    the developments of Si-based micro-machined micro-heater array with
    extremely low-power consumption, low-voltage operation, and CMOS
    compatibility, and low-voltage and low-power CMOS drive circuitry for
    the micro-heaters that can provide large drive current and voltage
    swing, and heater temperature is continuously adjustable in the full
    temperature range. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Technol Res Inst Osaka Prefecture, Izumi Shi, Osaka 5941157, Japan.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Mo, YW, Technol Res Inst Osaka Prefecture, 2-7-1 Ayumi No, Izumi Shi,
    Osaka 5941157, Japan.
 CR CAVICCHI RE, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P812
    CAVICCHI RE, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V24, P478
    CHUNG W, 1998, T IEE JPN E, V118, P147
    FUNG SKH, 1996, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V54, P482
    GAEDNER JW, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V4, P109
    GUIDI V, 1998, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V49, P88
    LYLE RP, 1997, MICROSTRUCT MICROFAB, V3, P188
    NATALE CD, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V24, P808
    PERSAUD K, 1982, NATURE, V299, P352
    ROSSI C, 1997, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V63, P183
    SHENG LY, 1998, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V49, P81
    SHURMER HV, 1990, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V1, P256
    SUEHLE JS, 1993, IEEE ELECTR DEVICE L, V14, P118
    ZARCOMB S, 1984, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V6, P225
 NR 14
 TC 7
 SN 0924-4247
 J9 SENSOR ACTUATOR A-PHYS
 JI Sens. Actuator A-Phys.
 PD AUG 15
 PY 2002
 VL 100
 IS 1
 BP 94
 EP 101
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 590GH
 UT ISI:000177809900013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, JM
 TI Identification of 2-acetylpyridine in Xiangjing-8618 rice and in
    Yahonkaoluo leaves
 SO FOOD CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE 2-acetylpyridine; scented rice; spice; aroma
 ID 2-ACETYL-1-PYRROLINE; ODORANTS
 AB 2-Acetylpyridine was established, for the first time, as the
    characteristic aroma compound of two plants, Yahonkaoluo leaves (a
    spice, Acanthaceae strobilanthus sp.), wild in Mengla county of Yunnan
    province of China and Xiangjing-8618 rice (a scented rice, Oryza sativa
    L.), cultivated in the south of Jiangsu province of China, by means of
    ethylene glycol pre-extraction, porapak Q trapping, GC-MS
    identification, sniffing technique after capillary column and
    verification by authentic compound. Ethylene glycol, as a
    pre-extracting solvent, efficently extracted a micro-basic fraction
    containing the "scented rice"-like aroma compound in Yahonkaoluo
    leaves. (C) 2002 Published by Elsevier Science Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Dept Food Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, JM, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Dept Food Sci & Engn, 99 Shangda
    Rd, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BUTLER LD, 1976, J CHROMATOGR SCI, V14, P117
    BUTTERY RG, 1982, CHEM IND-LONDON, P958
    BUTTERY RG, 1983, CHEM IND-LONDON, P478
    CERNY C, 1992, Z LEBENSM UNTERS FOR, V194, P322
    GU J, 1996, J CHINESE CEREALS OI, V11, P34
    GU J, 1999, J SHANGHAI U NATURAL, V5, P154
    GUIOCHON G, 1964, ANAL CHEM, V36, P661
    HOFMANN T, 1995, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V43, P2195
    HOFMANN T, 1998, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V46, P2721
    JOHNSON BR, 1971, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V19, P1020
    JUNK GA, 1974, J CHROMATOGR, V99, P745
    KLINGSBERG E, 1960, CHEM HETEROCYCLIC CO
    KOVATS E, 1958, HELV CHIM ACTA, V41, P1915
    SAKODYNSKII K, 1974, CHROMATOGRAPHIA, V7, P339
    YAJIMA I, 1979, AGR BIOL CHEM TOKYO, V43, P2425
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0308-8146
 J9 FOOD CHEM
 JI Food Chem.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 78
 IS 2
 BP 163
 EP 166
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Applied; Food Science & Technology; Nutrition & Dietetics
 GA 590EC
 UT ISI:000177804500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, ZM
    Kettle, RJ
    Li, LY
    Schafer, BW
 TI Buckling behavior of cold-formed zed-purlins partially restrained by
    steel sheeting
 SO THIN-WALLED STRUCTURES
 DT Article
 DE cold-formed; purlin; steel; thin-walled; restrained; sheeting;
    buckling; instability
 ID GENERALIZED BEAM THEORY
 AB This paper presents a study on the buckling behaviour of
    purlin-sheeting systems under wind uplift loading. The restraint
    provided by the sheeting to the purlin is modeled by using two springs
    representing the translational and rotational restraints. The analysis
    is performed using finite strip methods in which the pre-buckling
    stress is calculated based on the same model used for the buckling
    analysis rather than taken as the 'pure bending' stress. The results
    obtained from this study show that, for both local and distortional
    buckling, the restraints have significant influence on the critical
    loads through their influence on the pre-buckling stress rather than
    directly on the buckling modes. While for lateral-torsional buckling,
    the influence of the restraints on the critical loads is mainly due to
    their influence on the buckling modes rather than the pre-buckling
    stress. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Aston Univ, Sch Engn & Appl Sci, Birmingham B4 7ET, W Midlands, England.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Johns Hopkins Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Baltimore, MD 21218 USA.
 RP Li, LY, Aston Univ, Sch Engn & Appl Sci, Birmingham B4 7ET, W Midlands,
    England.
 CR CHEUNG YK, 1976, FINITE STRIP METHOD
    DAVIES JM, 1994, J CONSTR STEEL RES, V31, P187
    DAVIES JM, 1994, J CONSTR STEEL RES, V31, P221
    DAVIES JM, 2000, J CONSTR STEEL RES, V55, P267
    GOTLURU BP, 2000, THIN WALL STRUCT, V37, P127
    HANCOCK G, 1997, STEEL CONSTRUCTION, V15, P2
    HANCOCK GJ, 1994, DESIGN COLD FORMED S
    LEACH P, 1993, STRUCTURAL ENG, V71, P250
    MOORE DB, 1988, LOAD TESTS FULL SCAL
    RHODES J, 1993, 089 SCI
    SCHAFER BW, 1997, THESIS CORNELL U ITH
    SCHAFER BW, 2001, ELASTIC BUCKLING ANA
    TOMA T, 1994, J CONSTR STEEL RES, V31, P149
    TRAHAIR NS, 1993, FLEXURAL TORSIONAL B
    WALKER AC, 1975, DESIGN ANAL COLD FOR
    YE ZM, IN PRESS COMPUTERS S
 NR 16
 TC 4
 SN 0263-8231
 J9 THIN WALL STRUCT
 JI Thin-Walled Struct.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 40
 IS 10
 BP 853
 EP 864
 PG 12
 SC Engineering, Civil
 GA 588QV
 UT ISI:000177712900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chu, BL
    Liu, XR
    Wang, XJ
    Zhang, JH
    Jiang, XY
 TI Luminescence properties of Pr3+ and energy transfer characteristics of
    Pr3+-> Gd3+ in CaSiO3
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE Pr3+; Gd3+; CaSiO3; luminescence spectrum; concentration quenching;
    energy transfer
 ID PR-3+
 AB The excitation spectrum and the emission spectrum of Pr3+ in CaSiO3
    under the room temperature were studied. The emission spectrum was
    constituted of three emission bands, corresponding to the emissions of
    the lowest 4f5d states to the H-3(4), H-3(6), (1)G(4) of the 4f(2)
    states. The emission of the P-3(0) and D-1(2) were not observed.,The
    concentration quenching of Pr3+ was due to the radiative and
    nonradiative energy transfer. There was energy transfer from Pr3+ to
    Gd3+ with the transfer rate of 10% of the Pr3+ emission rate.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Opt Fine Mech & Phys, Lab Excited State Proc, Changchun 130021, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Malerial Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chu, BL, Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Opt Fine Mech & Phys, Lab
    Excited State Proc, Changchun 130021, Peoples R China.
 CR BLASSE G, 1989, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V50, P583
    CARNALL WT, 1971, J CHEM PHYS, V54, P1476
    DEVRIES AJ, 1986, MATER RES BULL, V21, P683
    LIU XR, 1989, CHINESE J LUMINESCEN, V10, P177
    LIU XR, 1989, CHINESE J LUMINESCEN, V10, P6
    VANDERVOORT D, 1991, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V52, P1149
    VANEIJK CWE, 1996, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2706, P158
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 22
 IS 4
 BP 542
 EP 544
 PG 3
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 590EE
 UT ISI:000177804700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Voron'ko, YK
    Sobol', AA
    Ushakov, SN
    Jiang, GC
    You, JL
 TI Phase transformations and melt structure of calcium metasilicate
 SO INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 AB The beta --> alpha phase transition, melting, crystallization, and
    vitrification of calcium metasilicate were studied by high-temperature
    Raman scattering spectroscopy. The results demonstrate that, in the
    course of melting, the [Si3O9] metasilicate rings, which form the
    structural basis of the a phase, transform mainly into [SiO3](infinity)
    anions. The structural similarity or dissimilarity of the CaO . SiO2
    melt to crystalline phases is shown to have a crucial effect on its
    crystallization/vitrification behavior.
 C1 Russian Acad Sci, Inst Gen Phys, Res Ctr Laser Mat & Technol, Moscow 119991, Russia.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Voron'ko, YK, Russian Acad Sci, Inst Gen Phys, Res Ctr Laser Mat &
    Technol, Ul Vavilova 38, Moscow 119991, Russia.
 CR IGUCHI Y, 1981, CAN METALL Q, V20, P51
    LAZAREV AN, 1975, KOLEBATELNYE SPEKTRY, P296
    MYSEN BO, 1980, AM MINERAL, V65, P690
    SWAMY V, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2237
    TOROPOV NA, 1969, DIAGRAMMY SOSTOYANIY, P38
    VANWAZER JR, 1962, PHOSPHORUS ITS COMPO
    VORONKO YK, 1988, ROST KRIST, V16, P178
    VORONKO YK, 1992, IZV AKAD NAUK NEORG, V28, P576
    WEN SL, 1981, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P662
    YANAMAKA T, 1981, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR B, V37, P1010
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0020-1685
 J9 INORG MATER-ENGL TR
 JI Inorg. Mater.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 38
 IS 8
 BP 825
 EP 830
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 591DQ
 UT ISI:000177864800010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, QS
    Zheng, NW
    Ding, YP
    Li, YD
 TI Micelle-template inducing synthesis of winding ZnS nanowires
 SO INORGANIC CHEMISTRY COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE zinc sulfide; nanowires; template synthesis; reverse micelle
 ID BUILDING-BLOCKS; BACO3 NANOWIRES; MICROEMULSIONS; CDS
 AB Semiconductor single-crystal ZnS nanowires with diameters 40-80 nm and
    lengths up to tens of micron, which can bend and wind, have been
    synthesis by the reaction of Zn2+ with S2- in reverse micelle for the
    inducing template. The formation mechanism of ZnS nanowires has been
    studied. The results indicated that the formation of ZnS nanowires
    probably was via the process of the directional aggregation and
    orientated growth of the ZnS nanoparticles. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Chem, Hefei 230026, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 CR CHAE WS, 2001, CHEM PHYS LETT, V341, P279
    CUI Y, 2001, SCIENCE, V291, P851
    CUI Y, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P1289
    DUAN XF, 2000, ADV MATER, V12, P298
    GE SH, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V90, P509
    HUANG MH, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P1897
    HUANG Y, 2001, SCIENCE, V294, P1313
    JIANG X, CHEM MAT, V13, P1213
    LI Y, 1999, MOL CRYST LIQ CRYS A, V337, P193
    LI YD, 2001, J AM CHEM SOC, V123, P9904
    QI LM, 1997, J PHYS CHEM B, V101, P3460
    WALSH D, 1994, SCIENCE, V264, P1576
    WU QS, 2000, CHEM J CHINESE U, V21, P1471
    WU QS, 2000, J MEMBRANE SCI, V172, P199
    WU QS, 2001, CHEM J CHINESE U, V22, P898
    WU YY, 2001, ADV MATER, V13, P1487
    ZHENG NW, 2000, CHEM LETT       0605, P638
 NR 17
 TC 37
 SN 1387-7003
 J9 INORG CHEM COMMUN
 JI Inorg. Chem. Commun.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 5
 IS 9
 BP 671
 EP 673
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear
 GA 591CZ
 UT ISI:000177863300011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xue, Y
    Dong, LY
    Yuan, YW
    Dai, SQ
 TI The effect of the relative velocity on traffic flow
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE optimal velocity model; relative velocity; jamming transition; traffic
    flow
 ID SOLITON; CONGESTION; JAMS
 AB The optimal velocity model of traffic is extended to take the relative
    velocity into account, The traffic behavior is investigated numerically
    and analytically with this model. It is shown that the car interaction
    with the relative velocity can effect the stability of the traffic flow
    and raise critical density. The jamming transition between the freely
    moving and jamming phases is investigated with the linear stability
    analysis and nonlinear perturbation methods. The traffic jam is
    described by the kink solution of the modified Korteweg-de Vries
    equation, The theoretical result is in good agreement with the
    simulation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Guangxi Univ, Dept Phys, Nanning 530003, Peoples R China.
 RP Xue, Y, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BANDO M, 1995, PHYS REV E, V51, P1035
    CHOWDHURY D, 2000, PHYS REP, V329, P199
    GAZIS DC, 1961, OPER RES, V9, P545
    KERNER BS, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P2335
    KOMATSU TS, 1995, PHYS REV E B, V52, P5574
    KURTZE DA, 1995, PHYS REV E A, V52, P218
    MURAMATSU M, 1999, PHYS REV E, V60, P180
    TREIBER M, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V62, P1805
 NR 8
 TC 3
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD AUG 15
 PY 2002
 VL 38
 IS 2
 BP 230
 EP 234
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 590RN
 UT ISI:000177836000023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, YG
    Liu, ZR
    Huang, DB
 TI Discrete soliton-like for KdV prototypes
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID NETWORKS; BREATHERS; EXISTENCE
 AB In this paper we consider space and time discretization of KdV
    equation, that is, KdV prototypes by using finite difference
    discretization. The existence of discrete soliton-likes for the KdV
    prototypes is proved by anti-integrable limit method [S. Aubry, G.
    Abramovici, Physica D (1990) 199]. Some of their properties are
    discussed. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225002, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, YG, Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225002, Peoples R China.
 CR AUBRY S, 1990, PHYSICA D, V43, P199
    AUBRY S, 1997, PHYSICA D, V103, P201
    BAESENS C, 1997, NONLINEARITY, V10, P931
    MACKAY RS, 1994, NONLINEARITY, V7, P1623
    MACKAY RS, 1995, PHYSICA D, V82, P243
    STERLING D, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V241, P46
    ZEIDLER E, 1986, NONLINEAR FUNCTIONAL
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 14
 IS 7
 BP 989
 EP 994
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 589QW
 UT ISI:000177772700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, Y
    Wang, G
    Liu, H
    Zhao, H
    Zhang, J
    Sun, C
    Wu, M
 TI Treatment of H-acid wastewater by photo-Fenton reagent combined with a
    biotreatment process: A study on optimum conditions of pretreatment by
    a photo-Fenton process
 SO BULLETIN OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION AND TOXICOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID DEGRADATION
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Dalian Inst Chem Phys, Dalian 116023, Peoples R China.
    Tsing Hua Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200073, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiao, Y, Chinese Acad Sci, Dalian Inst Chem Phys, Dalian 116023,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BOX GE, 1978, STAT EXPT INTRO DESI
    CHEN RZ, 1997, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V31, P2399
    LI J, 1987, DESIGN PROCESS EXPT
    LIPCZYNSKAKOCHA.E, 1991, CHEMOSPHERE, V22, P529
    OLIVEROS E, 1997, CHEM ENG PROCESS, V36, P397
    PIGNATELLO JJ, 1992, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V26, P944
    PIGNATELLO JJ, 1995, WATER RES, V29, P1837
    WEI FX, 1989, MONITOR ANAL PROCESS
    ZHU WP, 1996, ENV SCI, V4, P7
 NR 9
 TC 2
 SN 0007-4861
 J9 BULL ENVIRON CONTAM TOXICOL
 JI Bull. Environ. Contam. Toxicol.
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 69
 IS 3
 BP 430
 EP 435
 PG 6
 SC Environmental Sciences; Toxicology
 GA 588LC
 UT ISI:000177702100019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Generalized variational principles for thermopiezoelectricity
 SO ARCHIVE OF APPLIED MECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE piezoelectricity; elasticity; variational technique; semi-inverse
    method; FEM
 ID UNKNOWN SHAPE; FLOW; TURBOMACHINERY; AERODYNAMICS
 AB Based on the semi-inverse method of establishing variational principles
    proposed in [10], a family of variational principles (non Gurtin-type
    and not involving convolutions) for thermopiezoelectricity is deduced
    directly from the field equations and boundary/initial conditions.
    Present theory provides a more complete theoretical basis for the
    finite element applications and other direct variational methods such
    as Ritz's, Trefftz's and Kantorovitch's methods.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ASHIDA F, 1998, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V65, P367
    CHANDRASEKHARAI.DS, 1988, ACTA MECH, V71, P39
    CHEN TY, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V454, P873
    FARES ME, 1999, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V34, P685
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1998, APPL MATH MODEL, V22, P395
    HE JH, 1998, COMMUN NONLINEAR SCI, V3, P215
    HE JH, 1999, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V71, P154
    HE JH, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P545
    HE JH, 1999, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V16, P19
    HE JH, 1999, SHANGHAI LIGONG DAXU, V21, P356
    HE JH, 2000, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V72, P18
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P133
    LIU GL, 1988, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID, P473
    MAUGIN GA, 1984, MECH BEHAV ELECTROMA
    MAUGIN GA, 1988, CONTINUUM MECH ELECT
    SANTILLI RM, 1978, FDN THEORETICAL MECH, V1
    WASHIZU K, 1982, VARATIONAL METHODS E
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0939-1533
 J9 ARCH APPL MECH
 JI Arch. Appl. Mech.
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 72
 IS 4-5
 BP 248
 EP 256
 PG 9
 SC Mechanics
 GA 589AC
 UT ISI:000177734400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, TQ
    Gu, P
    Che, FX
 TI Discovery of two novel functional genes from differentiation of neural
    stem cells in the striatum of the fetal rat
 SO NEUROSCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE neural stem cells; striatum; differentiation; differential expression;
    differential display polymerase chain reaction; expressed sequence tag
 ID CENTRAL-NERVOUS-SYSTEM; MATURATION; FOREBRAIN; RECEPTOR; NEURONS
 AB Neural stem cells (NSC) are capable of differentiating into neurons and
    glia. However, the molecular mechanisms regulating NSC differentiation
    are not well understood. We have used the differential display
    polymerase chain reaction to analyze the differentially expressed genes
    of NSC from Sprague-Dawley rat striatum. Twelve differentially
    expressed sequence tags (ESTs) have been discovered and two of them,
    SHD10 and SHD11, were confirmed to be positive by reverse Northern blot
    techniques. Sequencing analyses showed that SHD10 shared a 94%
    (547/581) homology with mouse EST B1687817, but its biological function
    has not been reported. SHD11 shared a 91% (512/562) homology with mouse
    EST BG172336. It encodes an open reading frame containing 117 amino
    acids. Analysis of protein sequence indicated that it has a 98%
    homology with dendritic cell factor (gi18203393). Our research
    primarily discovered that these two genes are associated with
    differentiation of NSC. How they function in the process of
    differentiation needs further study. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ireland
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Lab Neural Mol Biol, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wan, TQ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Lab Neural Mol Biol, 99 Shangda
    Rd, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BAIN G, 2000, GENOMICS, V1, P127
    BENRAISS A, 2001, J NEUROSCI, V21, P6718
    BONNI A, 1997, SCIENCE, V278, P477
    DELCERRO M, 2000, INVEST OPHTH VIS SCI, V41, P3142
    DIETZ AB, 2000, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V275, P731
    GADIENT RA, 1998, BRAIN RES, V798, P140
    GESCHWIND DH, 2001, NEURON, V29, P325
    HUGHES SM, 1988, NATURE, V335, P70
    KOBLAR SA, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P3178
    LIU SY, 2000, J 3 MIL MED U, V22, P26
    MARMUR R, 1998, J NEUROSCI, V18, P9800
    MENG JH, 2000, J 4 MIL MED U, V21, P1026
    PINCUS DW, 1998, ANN NEUROL, V43, P576
    SATOH M, 2000, NEUROSCI LETT, V284, P143
    SEILER MJ, 1998, INVEST OPHTH VIS SCI, V39, P2121
    SHIMAZAKI T, 2001, J NEUROSCI, V21, P7642
    TEMPLE S, 2001, NATURE, V414, P112
    TROPEPE V, 1999, DEV BIOL, V208, P166
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0304-3940
 J9 NEUROSCI LETT
 JI Neurosci. Lett.
 PD AUG 23
 PY 2002
 VL 329
 IS 1
 BP 101
 EP 105
 PG 5
 SC Neurosciences
 GA 586ZT
 UT ISI:000177616600025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SP
 TI Oblique vortex lattice implies unconventional pairing symmetry in high
    temperature superconductors
 SO JOURNAL OF SUPERCONDUCTIVITY
 DT Article
 DE pairing symmetries; Ginzburg-Landau model; vortex lattice
 ID TIME-REVERSAL SYMMETRY; GINZBURG-LANDAU THEORY; D-WAVE SUPERCONDUCTORS;
    THERMAL-CONDUCTIVITY; II SUPERCONDUCTORS; YBA2CU3O7; VORTICES; STATE;
    MODEL; BI2SR2CACU2O8
 AB The symmetry of order parameters of YBa2Cu3O7-delta high temperature
    superconductor was studied with the Ginzburg-Landau theory. The vortex
    lattice of a YBa2Cu3O7 superconductor is oblique at a temperature well
    below the transition temperature T-c, where the mixed s-d(x2-y2) state
    is expected to have the lowest energy, whereas very close to T-c, the
    d(x2-y2)-wave is slightly lower in energy, and a triangular vortex
    lattice recovers. The coexistence and the coupling between the s- and
    d-waves would account for the unusual behaviors such as the upward
    curvature of the upper critical field curve H-C2(T).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRIKOSOV AA, 1957, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V32, P1442
    ABRIKOSOV AA, 1957, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V5, P1174
    ANDERSON PW, 1987, SCIENCE, V235, P1196
    AUBIN H, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P624
    BERLINSKY AJ, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P2200
    CHAKRAVARTY S, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P337
    DORIA MM, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P9573
    DU Q, 1993, SIAM J APPL MATH, V53, P689
    HEEB R, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P9385
    JOYNT R, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P4271
    KEIMER B, 1994, J APPL PHYS 2, V76, P6778
    KIRTLEY JR, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1336
    KLEINER R, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P2161
    KOUZNETSOV KA, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P3050
    KRISHANA K, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P83
    LAUGHLIN RB, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P5188
    LEE PA, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P2891
    LEI B, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P8687
    LI OP, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P437
    LIECHTENSTEIN AI, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P2303
    LYONS KB, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P2949
    MILLIS AJ, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P15408
    MONTHOUX P, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P4261
    MONTHOUX P, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P1874
    PALSTRA TTM, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P1662
    REN Y, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P3680
    RUGGIERO S, 1982, PHYS REV B, V26, P4897
    SOININEN PI, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P13883
    SPIELMAN S, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P123
    TINKHAM M, 1964, GROUP THEORY QUANTUM
    TSUEI CC, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P1084
    TSUEI CC, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P593
    VARMA CM, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, R3804
    VOLOVIK GE, 1993, JETP LETT, V58, P469
    WEBER HJ, 1990, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V76, P511
    WELP U, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P1908
    WOLLMAN DA, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2134
    ZHANG FC, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P3759
    ZHANG SC, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P1089
    ZHOU SP, 2000, PHYSICA C, V339, P258
    ZHOU SP, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P541
 NR 41
 TC 0
 SN 0896-1107
 J9 J SUPERCOND
 JI J. Supercond.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 307
 EP 313
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 588AL
 UT ISI:000177677200012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tian, ZX
    Tang, LM
    Liu, ZX
 TI Element functions of discrete operator difference method
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE discrete operator difference method; element function; reproduce exactly
 AB The discrete scheme called discrete operator difference for
    differential equations was given. Several difference elements for plate
    bending problems and plane problems were given. By investigating these
    elements, the ability of the discrete forms expressing to the element
    functions was talked about. In discrete operator difference method, the
    displacements of the elements can be reproduced exactly in the discrete
    forms whether the displacements are conforming or not. According to
    this point, discrete operator difference method is a method with good
    performance.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Ctr CIMS & Robot, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Dalian Univ Technol, Dept Engn Mech, Dalian 116024, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Engn Mech, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Tian, ZX, Shanghai Univ, Ctr CIMS & Robot, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHEN ZY, 1993, NUMERICAL MATH J CHI, V15, P182
    LI RH, 1994, GEN DIFFERENCE METHO
    TANG LM, 1973, J DALIAN U TECHNOLOG, V13, P27
    TANG LM, 1973, J DALIAN U TECHNOLOG, V13, P7
    TANG LM, 2001, J DALIAN U TECHNOLOG, V41, P1
    TIAN ZX, 2000, CHINESE J COMPUTATIO, V17, P163
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 6
 BP 619
 EP 626
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 586FT
 UT ISI:000177574500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A note on delta-perturbation expansion method
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE perturbation method; artificial parameter; nonlinear equation; homotropy
 ID STRONGLY NONLINEAR OSCILLATIONS; LINDSTEDT-POINCARE METHODS
 AB The Delta-perturbation expansion method, a kind of new perturbation
    technique depending upon an artificial parameter Delta was studied. The
    study reveals that the method exits some advantages, but also exits
    some limitations. To overcome the limitations, the so-called linearized
    perturbation method proposed by HE Ji-huan can be powerfully applied.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, LNM, Inst Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, LNM, Inst Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ACTON JR, 1985, SOLVING EQUATIONS PH
    ANDRIANOV I, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P327
    AWREJCEWICZ J, 1998, ASYMPTOTIC APPROACHE
    BENDER CM, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1447
    HE JH, 1999, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V178, P257
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P37
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P51
    HE JH, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V229, P1257
    HE JH, 2001, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V2, P257
    HE JH, 2001, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V2, P317
    HE JH, 2001, J VIB CONTROL, V7, P631
    HE JH, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V37, P309
    HE JH, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V37, P315
 NR 13
 TC 3
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 6
 BP 634
 EP 638
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 586FT
 UT ISI:000177574500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, DY
    Zhang, DJ
    Deng, SF
 TI Remarks on some solutions of soliton equations
 SO JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN
 DT Article
 DE soliton equation; solutions; Hirota method
 ID DE VRIES EQUATION
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, DY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN DY, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P658
    CHEN DY, 2002, PREPRINT
    DENG SF, 2001, J PHYS SOC JPN, V70, P3174
    DENG SF, 2002, PREPRINT
    KONNO K, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P2071
    KOVALYOV M, 1996, APPL MATH LETT, V9, P89
    OLEMEDILLA E, 1987, PHYSICA D, V25, P330
    TAKAHASHI M, 1989, J PHYS SOC JPN, V58, P3505
    TSURU H, 1984, J PHYS SOC JPN, V53, P2908
    WADATI M, 1982, J PHYS SOC JPN, V51, P2029
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, PREPRINT
 NR 11
 TC 6
 SN 0031-9015
 J9 J PHYS SOC JPN
 JI J. Phys. Soc. Jpn.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 71
 IS 8
 BP 2072
 EP 2073
 PG 2
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 584NN
 UT ISI:000177473900046
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZM
    Xia, YB
    Yang, Y
    Fang, ZJ
    Wang, LJ
    Ju, JH
    Fan, YM
    Zhang, WL
 TI Lower gas pressure enhanced diamond nucleation on alumina by microwave
    plasma chemical vapor deposition
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE diamond film; MPCVD; alumina substrates; gas pressure; nucleation
 ID FILMS
 AB Under lower gas pressure, the high-density nucleation of diamond films
    on alumina was successfully achieved by microwave plasma-enhanced
    chemical vapor deposition (MPCVD). It was found that the nucleation
    density increased with the decreases of gas pressure. Based on these
    results, a kinetic model for diamond nucleation in MPCVD system was
    proposed. The critical gas pressure corresponding to the highest
    nucleation density was also discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BACHMANN PK, 1988, DIAMOND DIAMOND LIKE, P99
    IIJIMA S, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V57, P2646
    JIANG X, 2000, DIAM RELAT MATER, V9, P1640
    MO Y, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V191, P459
    WANG JJ, 1996, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V13, P473
    YUGO S, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P1036
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 17
 IS 4
 BP 765
 EP 770
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 581TR
 UT ISI:000177309800020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, H
    Ni, JS
    Zhu, MY
    Zhou, BX
    Dong, YD
    Xiao, XS
 TI Crystallization behavior of melt-spun NdFeB permanent magnets
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE nanocomposite magnet; crystallization behavior; activation energy
 ID ND2FE14B/FE3B MAGNET; FIELD TREATMENT
 AB The crystallization behavior of melt-spun Nd8.5Fe78Co5Cu1Nb1B6.5
    ribbons was investigated using dynamic differential scanning
    calorimetry (DSC) and X-ray diffractometry (XRD). It was found that the
    as-spun ribbons crystallize in two steps: at first the Nd3Fe62B14 +
    alpha-Fe phases are formed and subsequently Nd3Fe62B14 transformed to
    Nd2Fe14B and a-Fe upon heating above 680 US. The effective activation
    energy of two crystallization peaks are 332.0 kJ/mol and 470.5 kJ/mol,
    respectively. As the wheel speed increases, the magnetic properties of
    the magnet change obviously. When the wheel speed is 18 m/s, the best
    magnetic properties of the magnet was obtained after the sample was
    annealed at 690 degreesC for 8 min: B-x = 0.74T, H-i(c) = 421.7 kA/m,
    (BH)(max) = 64.5 kJ/m(3).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHANG WC, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P2147
    COEHOORN R, 1988, J PHYS-PARIS, V49, P669
    COEHOORN R, 1989, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V80, P101
    GAO YH, 1998, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V186, P97
    SCHREFL T, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P6100
    SKOMSKI R, 1993, IEEE T MAGN, V29, P2860
    YANG CJ, 1996, IEEE T MAGN 2, V32, P4428
    YANG CJ, 1997, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V166, P243
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 4
 BP 720
 EP 722
 PG 3
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 581WL
 UT ISI:000177317200034
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ni, JS
    Xu, H
    Zhu, MY
    Li, Q
    Zhou, BX
    Dong, YD
 TI Nanocrystalline Nd2Fe14B/alpha-Fe permanent magnet
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE Nd-Fe-B; permanent magnet; nanocrystalline; grain size
 ID NANOCOMPOSITE
 AB N8.5Fe75Co5Cu1Zr3Nb1B6.5 bonded magnet was prepared by melt-spinning
    (v(s) = 18 m/s) and subsequent heat treatment (670 degreesC, 4 min).
    Excellent magnetic properties of the bonded magnet were achieved: B-r =
    0.68T, H-i(c) = 620.3 kA/m, (BH)(max) = 74 kJ/m(3). The addition of Cu
    and Zr elements shows to be advantageous in improving an intrinsic
    coercivity and squareness of hysteresis loop, as well as energy
    product. It has a remarkable remanence enhancement and the isctropic
    saturation remanence ratio M-r/M-s is 0.83.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHANG WC, 1996, IEEE T MAGN 2, V32, P4425
    COEHOORN R, 1989, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V80, P101
    ECKART F, 1991, IEEE T MAGN, V27, P3588
    JURCZYK M, 1998, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V185, P66
    PANAGIOTOPOULOS I, 1996, J APPL PHYS 2A, V79, P4827
    XU H, 2001, NEW MAT SCI ENG 2000, P319
    YONEYAMA T, 1990, IEEE T MAGN, V26, P1963
    ZHANG MG, 1999, ACTA METALL SIN, V35, P777
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 4
 BP 723
 EP 725
 PG 3
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 581WL
 UT ISI:000177317200035
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, XY
    Wan, XJ
 TI Effect of atomic ordering on environmental embrittlement of (Co,
    Fe)(3)V alloy in gaseous hydrogen
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE (Co,Fe)(3)V alloy; atomic ordering; environmental embrittlement;
    hydrogen gas
 ID (CO,FE)(3)V
 AB The diffusible hydrogen contents in precharged (Co, Fe)(3)V alloy were
    measured. It is found that atomic ordering can not promote hydrogen
    penetration in the (Co, Fe)(3)V alloy. The ultimate tensile strength
    (UTS) and ductilities in various condition were also investigated. The
    results show that the UTS and elongation of disordered alloy are higher
    than that of ordered one with fixed diffusible hydrogen content and
    (Co, Fe)(3)V alloy with ordered structure is highly susceptible to the
    embrittlement in hydrogen gas. The factor which may affect the
    susceptibility to the embrittlement of (Co, Fe)(3)V alloy in hydrogen
    gas is mainly due to that the atomic ordering may accelerate the
    kinetics of the catalytic reaction for the dissociation of molecular
    hydrogen into atomic hydrogen. However, it can not be roled out that
    atomic ordering intensifies planar slip and restricts cross-slip at the
    grain boundaries and enhances the susceptibility of the alloy to
    hydrogen embrittlement.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Res, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CAMUS GM, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P1497
    CHENG XY, 2001, SCRIPTA MATER, V44, P325
    CHENG XY, 2002, SCRIPTA MATER, V46, P465
    DUS R, 1967, ACTA METALL, V15, P1611
    GRIFFITHS M, 1957, CONTACT CATALYSIS
    HAMMER B, 1995, SURF SCI, V343, P211
    KURUVILLA AK, 1982, 3RD P INT C HYDR MET, V2, P629
    LIU CT, 1989, SCRIPTA METALL, V23, P875
    MAIER HJ, 1987, ACTA METALL, V35, P875
    NISHIMURA C, 1996, SCRIPTA MATER, V35, P1441
    NORBERG RE, 1952, PHYS REV, V86, P745
    SHUTT RC, 1985, WELD J, V64, P19
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    TAKASUGI T, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P3032
    TAKASUGI T, 1992, J MATER RES, V7, P2739
    TAKASUGI T, 1994, INTERMETALLICS, V2, P2225
    ULMER DG, 1991, ACTA METALL MATER, V39, P1237
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 4
 BP 785
 EP 791
 PG 7
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 581WL
 UT ISI:000177317200046
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, SG
    Li, L
    Biest, OVD
    Vleugels, J
    Wang, PL
 TI Thermodynamic assessment of the ZrO2-CeO2 and ZrO2-CeO1.5 binary system
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE ZrO2-CeO1.5; thermodynamic; phase diagram
 ID PHASE-DIAGRAM; TRANSFORMATION; OPTIMIZATION
 AB An optimal set of thermodynamic parameters of the ZrO2-CeO1.5 system
    has been obtained using phase diagram data by modern CALPHAD
    (CALculation of PHAse Diagrams) technique. The liquid and other solid
    solution phases were regarded as substitutional solution. The ordered
    Zr2Ce2O7 phase was treated as a stoichiometric compound. The ZrO2-CeO2
    system has been re-optimized with new reference state. A comparison
    between the ZrO2-CeO2 system and ZrO2-CeO1.5 system has been made
    through calculation. With the calculation, the experimental information
    is well reproduced and a good agreement is obtained.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Mat & Met, B-3001 Heverlee, Belgium.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, L, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P1569
    DU Y, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V31, P327
    DURAN P, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P5001
    HANNINK RHJ, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P461
    HEUSSNER KH, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P1044
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P35
    LEONOV AI, 1966, IAN SSSR NEORG MATER, V2, P1047
    LI L, IN PRESS J EUROPEAN
    LI L, 1996, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V12, P159
    LI L, 2001, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V17, P529
    LINDEMER TB, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P867
    LONGO V, 1973, J AM CERAM SOC DISCU, V56, P600
    LUKAS HL, 1977, CALPHAD, V1, P225
    PANKRATZ LB, 1982, BUREAU MINES B, V672
    ROUANET MA, 1968, COMP REND HEBD SEA C, V267, P1581
    TANI E, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P506
    YASHIMA M, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P1869
    YOSHIMURA M, 1972, B TOKYO I TECHNOL, V108, P25
 NR 18
 TC 1
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 18
 IS 4
 BP 325
 EP 327
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 582LD
 UT ISI:000177351700011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sheng, WC
 TI Two-dimensional Riemann problem for scalar conservation laws
 SO JOURNAL OF DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
 DT Article
 AB Using the generalized characteristic analysis method, we study the
    two-dimensional Riemann problem for scalar conservation laws, which is
    nonconvex along the y direction, and interactions of its elementary
    waves, give the classification of initial discontinuities and construct
    all Riemann solutions, which Riemann data are two or three pieces of
    constants. All kinds of Guckenheimer structure appear in the solutions
    and the necessary and sufficient condition of appearance of it is
    given. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science (USA).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Sheng, WC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHANG T, 1989, PITMAN MONOGRA SURVE, V41
    CHEN GQ, 1996, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V127, P124
    CONWAY E, 1966, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V19, P95
    GUCKENHEIMER J, 1975, ARCH RATIONAL MECH A, V59, P281
    HSIAO L, 1986, STRUCTURE SOLUTION 2
    KRUZKOV SN, 1970, MATH USSR SB, V10, P271
    LI J, 1999, PITMAN MONOGR SURVEY, V98
    LINDQUIST WB, 1986, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V17, P1178
    WAGNER D, 1983, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V38, P534
    ZHANG P, 1999, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V152, P409
    ZHANG T, 1989, T AM MATH SOC, V312, P589
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0022-0396
 J9 J DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
 JI J. Differ. Equ.
 PD JUL 20
 PY 2002
 VL 183
 IS 1
 BP 239
 EP 261
 PG 23
 SC Mathematics
 GA 582HH
 UT ISI:000177344100010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, Y
    Xia, ZQ
    Zhang, LW
 TI Kernelled quasidifferential for a quasidifferentiable function in
    two-dimensional space
 SO JOURNAL OF CONVEX ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE quasidifferential calculus; kernelled quasidifferential; minimal
    quasidifferential; nonsmooth analysis
 AB For a quasidifferentiable function f defined on R-2, it is proved, in
    the sense of Demyanov and Rubinov, that the following assertion
    [GRAPHICS]
    in this paper, where D f (x) denotes the set of all quasidifferentials
    of fat x. It is shown that this way can be viewed as an approach to
    determining or choosing a representative of the equivalent class of
    quasidifferentials of fat x, in the two-dimensional case.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Management, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Dalian Univ Technol, Dept Appl Math, Dalian 116024, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, Y, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Management, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CRZYBOWSKI J, 1994, ARCH MATH, V63, P173
    DEMYANOV VF, 1995, CONSTRUCTURE NONSMOO
    DENG MR, 1991, CHINESE J OPERATIONS, V10, P65
    GAO Y, 1988, J MATH RES EXPOSITIO, V8, P152
    PALLASCHKE D, 1991, B POLISH ACAD SCI MA, V39, P1
    PALLASCHKE D, 1993, Z OPER RES, V37, P129
    PALLASCHKE D, 1994, MATH PROGRAM, V66, P161
    SCHOLTES S, 1992, MATHEMATIKA, V39, P267
    XIA ZQ, 1987, WP8789 IIASA
    XIA ZQ, 1993, DEMONSTRATIO MATH, V26, P159
    XIA ZQ, 1993, PUMA, V4, P211
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0944-6532
 J9 J CONVEX ANAL
 JI J. Convex Anal.
 PY 2001
 VL 8
 IS 2
 BP 401
 EP 408
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics
 GA 582HX
 UT ISI:000177345700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, LW
    Xia, ZQ
    Gao, Y
    Wang, MZ
 TI Star-kernels and star-differentials in quasidifferential analysis
 SO JOURNAL OF CONVEX ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE quasidifferentiable function; directional derivative;
    quasidifferential; kernelled quasidifferential; star-kernel;
    star-differential; star-shaped set
 AB This paper is devoted to the study of quasidifferential structure.
    Three concepts, kernelled quasidifferential, star-kernel and
    star-differential, are proposed. Kernelled quasidifferential is used to
    describe a special class of quasidifferentiable functions, which covers
    convex and concave functions. A sufficiency theorem and a sufficiency
    and necessity theorem for a quasi-kernel being a kernelled
    quasidifferential are proven. The notion of star-kernel is employed if
    the quasi-kernel is not a kernelled quasidifferential. The existence
    theorem for a star-kernel of a quasidifferentiable function is
    established, which shows that the star-kernel is a pair of star-shaped
    sets and the sub-/super-derivative is expressed by the gauge of a
    star-shaped set. The notion of star-differential is used to describe
    the differential of the class of directionally differentiable functions
    which contains the class of quasidifferentiable functions. A
    star-differential is also a pair of star-shaped sets and its
    operational properties are favourable. A representative of the
    star-differential can be easily obtained by decomposing the directional
    derivative into the difference of its positive and negative part.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Computat Math & Sci Engn Comp, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Dalian Univ Technol, Dept Appl Math, CORA, Dalian 116024, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Management, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, LW, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Computat Math & Sci Engn Comp, POB
    2719, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 CR CRZYBOWSKI J, 1994, ARCH MATH, V63, P173
    DEMYANOV VF, 1980, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR, V250, P21
    DEMYANOV VF, 1986, QUASIDIFFERENTIAL CA
    DEMYANOV VF, 1995, CONSTRUCTIVE NONSMOO, V7
    DENG MY, 1991, CHINESE J OPERATIONS, V1, P65
    GAO Y, 1988, J MATH RES EXPOSITIO, V8, P152
    GAO Y, 1997, KERNELLED QUASIDIFFE
    GAO Y, 1998, SOOCHOW J MATH, V24, P211
    PALLASCHKE D, 1991, B POLISH ACAD SCI MA, V39, P1
    PALLASCHKE D, 1993, Z OPER RES, V37, P129
    PALLASCHKE D, 1994, MATH PROGRAM, V66, P161
    PALLASCHKE D, 1996, J CONVEX ANAL, V3, P83
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 1970, CONVEX ANAL
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 1988, T AM MATH SOC, V307, P75
    RUBINOV AM, 1986, MATH PROGRAM STUD, V29, P176
    SCHOLTES S, 1992, MATHEMATIKA, V39, P267
    XIA ZQ, 1987, WP8766 IIASA
 NR 17
 TC 2
 SN 0944-6532
 J9 J CONVEX ANAL
 JI J. Convex Anal.
 PY 2002
 VL 9
 IS 1
 BP 139
 EP 158
 PG 20
 SC Mathematics
 GA 583NH
 UT ISI:000177413600007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, GR
    Yang, L
    Liu, ZR
 TI Anticontrol of chaos for continuous-time systems
 SO IEICE TRANSACTIONS ON FUNDAMENTALS OF ELECTRONICS COMMUNICATIONS AND
    COMPUTER SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE anticontrol; chaos; impulsive control
 ID FEEDBACK
 AB This paper studies the anticontrol problem of making a continuous-time
    system chaotic by using impulsive control. The controller is designed
    to ensure the controlled orbit be bounded and, meanwhile, the
    controlled system have positive Lyapunov exponents, which are achieved
    near a stable limit cycle of the system, One illustrative example is
    given.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Suzhou Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Suzhou, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, GR, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN G, 1998, CHAOS ORDER METHODOL
    CHEN G, 1999, CONTROLLING CHAOS BI
    CHEN GR, 1998, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V8, P1585
    PARKER TS, 1989, PRACTICAL NUMERICAL
    WANG XF, 2000, CHAOS, V10, P771
    WANG XF, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P549
    YANG L, 2002, IN PRESS INT J BIFUR, V12
 NR 7
 TC 3
 SN 0916-8508
 J9 IEICE TRANS FUND ELEC COM COM
 JI IEICE Trans. Fundam. Electron. Commun. Comput. Sci.
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL E85A
 IS 6
 BP 1333
 EP 1335
 PG 3
 SC Computer Science, Hardware & Architecture; Computer Science,
    Information Systems; Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 581YJ
 UT ISI:000177322400020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, TS
    Yi, YH
    Zhang, ZG
    Zhang, ZQ
    Hua, N
 TI A new 10-hydroxyl anthrone glycoside from Cassia siamea Lam.
 SO CHINESE CHEMICAL LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE Cassia siamea; anthrone;
    1,8,10-trihydroxyl-1-O-beta-D-glucopyranosyl-3-methyl-10-C (S) -beta-D;
    glucopyranosyl-anthrone-9 1
 ID PRODUCTS
 AB A new 10-hydroxyl anthrone glycoside, 1, 8, 10 -
    trihydroxyl-1-O-beta-D-glucopyranosyl-3-i-nethyl- 10- C (S) - beta - D-
    glucopyranosyl-anthrone-9 1 was isolated from the stein of Cassia
    siamea Lam. The structure was elucidated by spectral evidences,
    especially by 2 D techniques.
 C1 Pharm Dept 88th Hosp PLA, Shandong 271000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Mil Med 2, Sch Pharm, Ctr Marine Drug Res, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, TS, Pharm Dept 88th Hosp PLA, Shandong 271000, Peoples R China.
 CR ERMIAS D, 1996, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V42, P1683
    LU TS, 2001, CHINESE CHEM LETT, V12, P703
    MANITTO P, 1993, J CHEM SOC P1, P1577
    MANITTO P, 1995, J NAT PRODUCTS, V58, P419
    RAUWALD HW, 1992, PLANTA MED, V58, P259
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1001-8417
 J9 CHIN CHEM LETT
 JI Chin. Chem. Lett.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 13
 IS 8
 BP 731
 EP 733
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 583CE
 UT ISI:000177387300011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pu, DG
    Tian, WW
 TI A class of DFP algorithms with revised search direction
 SO NUMERICAL FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS AND OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE DFP algorithm; line search; convergence; convergence rate
 ID QUASI-NEWTON METHODS; UNCONSTRAINED OPTIMIZATION; BROYDEN FAMILY; BFGS;
    CONVERGENCE
 AB in this paper, we discuss the convergence of the DFP algorithm with
    revised search direction. We prove that the algorithm is globally
    convergent for continuously differentiable functions and the rate of
    convergence of the algorithm is one-step superlinear and n-step
    second-order for uniformly convex objective functions.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 CR ALBAALI M, 1993, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V77, P127
    ARMAND P, 2000, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V11, P199
    BROYDEN CG, 1965, MATH COMPUT, V19, P577
    BYRD RH, 1987, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V24, P1171
    DAVIDON WC, 1959, VARIABLE METRIC ALGO
    DAVIDON WC, 1975, MATH PROGRAM, V9, P1
    DENNIS JE, 1977, SIAM REV, V19, P46
    DIXON LCW, 1972, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V10, P34
    FLETCHER R, 1963, COMPUT J, V6, P163
    FLETCHER R, 1987, UNCONSTRAINED OPTIMI
    HU YF, 1994, J OPTIM THEORY APPL, V83, P421
    LALEE M, 1993, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V3, P637
    MIFFLIN RB, 1994, MATH PROGRAM, V65, P247
    OREN SS, 1972, THESIS STANFORD U
    OREN SS, 1974, J OPT THEORY APPL, V37, P137
    POWELL MJD, 1971, J I MATHS APPLICS, V7, P21
    POWELL MJD, 1976, NONLINEAR PROGRAMMIN, V6
    POWELL MJD, 1983, MATH PROGRAMMING STA
    POWELL MJD, 1984, LECT NOTES MATH, V1066, P122
    POWELL MJD, 1986, MATH PROGRAM, V34, P34
    POWELL MJD, 1987, MATH PROGRAM, V38, P29
    PU D, 1990, J ACTA MATH APPL SIN, V13, P118
    PU D, 1990, J ANN OPERATIONS RES, V24, P175
    PU D, 1992, ASIA PACIFIC J OPERA, V9, P207
    PU D, 1994, J COMPUTATIONAL MATH, V8, P366
    PU D, 1995, J CHINESE U, V10, P313
    PU D, 2000, J ACTA MATH APPLICAT, V16, P313
    PU D, 2002, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V112, P187
    PU DG, 1997, ASIA PAC J OPER RES, V14, P93
    QI HD, 2000, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V11, P113
    SIEGEL D, 1993, MATH PROGRAM, V60, P167
    SIEGEL D, 1994, MATH PROGRAM, V66, P45
    SPEDICATO E, 1976, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V20, P315
    SPEDICATO E, 1978, MATH PROG, V15, P123
    WOLFE P, 1971, SIAM REV, V13, P185
    ZHANG Y, 1988, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V8, P487
    ZOUTENDIJK G, 1970, INTEGER NONLINEAR PR, P37
 NR 37
 TC 0
 SN 0163-0563
 J9 NUMER FUNC ANAL OPTIMIZ
 JI Numer. Funct. Anal. Optim.
 PD MAY-JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 3-4
 BP 383
 EP 400
 PG 18
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 580PT
 UT ISI:000177243500010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, YJ
    Xu, XG
    Liu, YX
    Xiao, LM
    Geng, GL
 TI Structural change due to martensite aging of CuZnAlMnNi shape memory
    alloy
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING A-STRUCTURAL MATERIALS PROPERTIES
    MICROSTRUCTURE AND PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE martensite aging; CuZnAlMnNi shape memory alloy; alpha-phase;
    transmission electron microscopy
 ID 18R MARTENSITE; AL; TRANSFORMATION; STABILIZATION
 AB The microstructures of a CuZnAlMnNi shape memory alloy after one year
    aging in martensite phase were investigated by transmission electron
    microscopy. It was found that the substructure of stacking faults in
    the original martensite plates becomes indistinct, and the amount
    decreases. However, the equilibrium face centered cubic (fcc)
    alpha-phase can be observed forming at martensite plate boundaries or
    inside the plates. The structural variation during aging is responsible
    for the degradation of shape memory property and transformation
    temperatures when Cu-based SMA actuators are in use. (C) 2002 Elsevier
    Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mech, Shandong 250031, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ, Inst Mat Sci & Engn, Shandong 250061, Peoples R China.
 RP Bai, YJ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mech, Shandong 250031,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABUARAB A, 1988, ACTA METALL, V36, P2627
    ANDRADE M, 1984, ACTA METALL, V32, P1809
    BAI YJ, 2000, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V284, P25
    GOTTHARDT R, 1982, J PHYS S12, V43, P667
    KENNON NF, 1982, METALL T A, V13, P551
    LOVEY FC, 1984, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V86, P553
    SAULE F, 1995, ACTA METALL MATER, V43, P2373
    VANHUMBEECK J, 1984, SCRIPTA METALL, V18, P893
    WEI ZG, 1997, METALL MATER TRANS A, V28, P955
    WU MH, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P1821
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0921-5093
 J9 MATER SCI ENG A-STRUCT MATER
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process.
 PD SEP 1
 PY 2002
 VL 334
 IS 1-2
 BP 49
 EP 52
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 580LL
 UT ISI:000177236000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, BC
    Wang, WH
    Xia, L
    Zhang, Z
    Zhao, DQ
    Pan, MX
 TI Glass transition and thermal stability of hard magnetic bulk NdAlFeCo
    metallic glass
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING A-STRUCTURAL MATERIALS PROPERTIES
    MICROSTRUCTURE AND PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE metallic glasses; phase transformations; hard magnetic; glass transition
 ID DIFFERENTIAL SCANNING CALORIMETRY; FE-AL ALLOYS; SUPERCOOLED LIQUID;
    AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; CASTING METHOD; ND; PHASES
 AB Glass transition and thermal stability of bulk Nd60Al10Fe20Co10
    metallic glass were investigated by means of dynamic mechanical thermal
    analysis (DMTA), differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), X-ray
    diffraction (XRD) and scanning electronic microscopy (SEM). The glass
    transition temperature, not revealed by DSC, is alternatively
    determined by DMTA via storage modulus E' and loss modulus E"
    measurement to be 498 K at a heating rate of 0.167 K s (-1). The
    calculated reduced glass transition temperature (T-g/T-m) is 0.63. The
    large value of T-g/T-m of this alloy is consistent with its good
    glass-forming ability. The crystallization process of the metallic
    glass is concluded as follows: amorphous --> amorphous + metastable
    FeNdAl phase --> amorphous + primary delta-FeNdAl phase --> primary
    delta-phase + eutectic delta-phase + Nd3Al + Nd3Co. The appearance of
    hard magnetism in this alloy is ascribed to the presence of amorphous
    phase with highly relaxed structure. The hard magnetism disappeared
    after the eutectic crystallization of the amorphous phase. (C) 2002
    Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, Natl Micrograv Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Ctr Condensed Matter Phys, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, BC, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, Natl Micrograv Lab, Beijing
    100080, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON PM, 1980, MATER SCI ENG, V43, P267
    CHEN HS, 1985, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V72, P287
    DING J, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P1763
    FAN GJ, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P2984
    GRIEB B, 1990, IEEE T MAGN, V26, P1367
    INOUE A, 1990, MATER T JIM, V31, P425
    INOUE A, 1992, MATER T JIM, V33, P937
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P636
    INOUE A, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P58
    INOUE A, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS A, V29, P1779
    INOUE A, 2000, ACTA MATER, V48, P279
    JOHNSON WL, 1996, MATER SCI FORUM, V225, P35
    LI Y, 1998, PHIL MAG LETT, V78, P213
    NAGAYAMA K, 1990, J PHYS SOC JPN, V59, P2483
    NIEH TG, 1999, SCRIPTA MATER, V40, P1021
    ORTEGAHERTOGS RJ, 2001, SCRIPTA MATER, V44, P1333
    PEKER A, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2342
    PIERRE V, 1994, HDB TERNARY ALLOY PH, P3525
    RAMBOUSKY R, 1995, MATER SCI FORUM, V179, P761
    STADELMAIER HH, 1991, MATER LETT, V10, P303
    WANG WH, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P1053
    WANG XZ, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V290, P209
    WEI BC, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V89, P3529
 NR 23
 TC 3
 SN 0921-5093
 J9 MATER SCI ENG A-STRUCT MATER
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process.
 PD SEP 1
 PY 2002
 VL 334
 IS 1-2
 BP 307
 EP 311
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 580LL
 UT ISI:000177236000044
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, XH
    Zhu, JM
    Zhou, SH
    Li, Q
    Liu, ZG
    Ming, NB
    Meng, ZY
    Chan, HLW
    Choy, CL
 TI Actuators, piezoelectric ceramics and functionally gradient materials
 SO FERROELECTRICS
 DT Article
 DE actuators; piezoelectric ceramics; functional gradient materials
 ID FILMS
 AB Piezoelectric ceramic actuators and materials play a key role in the
    development of advanced precision engineering. The breakthroughs in
    this field are closely related to the development of various types of
    piezoelectric ceramic actuators and related materials. The likelihood
    that the range of applications and demand for actuators will grow
    quickly has stimulated intensive researches on piezoelectric ceramics.
    Functionally gradient materials (FGMs) are new classes of composites
    characterized by compositional and/or microstructural gradation over
    macroscopic/microscopic distances. This constitutional gradation can be
    tailored to meet specific needs while providing the best utilization of
    composite components. Furthermore, FGMs technology is also a novel
    interfacial technology to solve the problems associated with the sharp
    interface between two dissimilar materials. In recent years significant
    advances in the development of FGMs have been achieved. In this paper,
    we first briefly review the recent progress of ceramic actuators and
    developments of piezoelectric materials, and then focus on summarizing
    typical applications of functional gradients in piezoelectric and
    ferroelectric materials.
 C1 Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Appl Phys, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Mat Res Ctr, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, XH, Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct,
    Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
 CR BANDYOPADHYAY A, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P1366
    DOGAN A, 1994, FERROELECTRICS, V156, P1
    FERNANDEZ JF, 1996, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V51, P183
    HAERTLING GH, 1994, AM CERAM SOC BULL, V73, P93
    KITAMURA T, 1981, JPN J APPL PHYS, V20, P97
    MOHAMMED MS, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P3322
    SCHUBRING NW, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P1778
    SUGAWARA Y, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P996
    WEI ZG, 1998, J MATER SCI, V33, P3763
    WU CCM, 1996, J AM CERAM SOC, V79, P809
    ZHU XH, 1995, J MATER SCI LETT, V14, P516
    ZHU XH, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V48, P169
    ZHU XH, 2001, 13 INT S INT FERR MA
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0015-0193
 J9 FERROELECTRICS
 JI Ferroelectrics
 PY 2001
 VL 263
 IS 1-4
 BP 1367
 EP 1376
 PG 10
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 580BZ
 UT ISI:000177215600011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, ZJ
    Cao, WG
    Tong, WQ
    Jing, XP
 TI Knoevenagel condensation of aldehydes with cyclic active methylene
    compounds in water
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 AB A new route of Knoevenagel condensation of aromatic aldehydes with
    Meldrum's acid, barbituric acid and dimedone in the presence of
    cetyltrimethyl ammonium bromide at room temperature in water is
    described.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CONRAD M, 1900, BER DTSCH CHEM GES, V33, P1339
    LI CJ, 1993, CHEM REV, V93, P2023
    NAGARAJAN K, 1992, INDIAN J CHEM B, V31, P73
    SCHUSTER P, 1964, MH CHEM, V95, P53
    SHI DQ, 2000, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V30, P713
    TROST RM, 1991, COMPREHENSIVE ORGANI, V2, P369
    VVEDENSKII VM, 1969, CHEM HETEROCYCL CMPD, V5, P827
    VVEDENSKII VM, 1969, KHIM GETEROTSIKL, P1092
    WANG SH, 2001, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V31, P29
 NR 9
 TC 7
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2002
 VL 32
 IS 13
 BP 1947
 EP 1952
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 579TZ
 UT ISI:000177195100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YL
    Ding, WY
    Cao, WG
    Lu, C
 TI Stereoselective synthesis of
    trans-beta-methoxycarbonyl-gamma-aryl-gamma-butyrolactones
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE arsenic ylide; stepwise synthesis; one-pot synthesis;
    gamma-butyrolactone; stereoselective synthesis
 AB Stereoselective synthesis of
    trans-beta-methoxycarbonyl-gamma-aryl-gamma-butyrolactones (5) by the
    reaction of methoxycarbonylmethyl triphenyl arsonium bromide (1) and
    2,2-dimethyl-5-substituted-benzal-1,3-dioxa-4,6-dioxa-4,6-dione (2) is
    carried out in the presence of potassium carbonate and trace water in
    dimethoxyethane. 1,2-Cis-cyclopropane 3 is formed as an intermediate.
    The stability of compound 3 in water is related to the property of the
    aryl substituent. With strong electron-donating groups [2a-c,
    Ar=4-CH3O-C6H4; 3,4-OCH2O-C6H3 or 4-(CH3)(2)N-C6H4] at room temperature
    3 is formed in situ and transformed to gamma-butyrolactones 5a-c
    immediately, whereas when the aryl substituent is H or a weak
    electron-donating or electron-withdrawing group (2d-g, Ar=4-CH3-C6H4;
    C6H5; 4-Cl-C6H4 or 4-NO2-C6H4), 3 is stable to water at room
    temperature. On further heating in acetone, 3 is transformed to
    gamma-butyrolactones 5d-g (stepwise synthesis). One-pot synthesis of
    5d-g from the reaction of 1 with 2d-g is also studied.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Organomet Chem Lab, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BARTOLO G, 1997, J CHEM SOC P1, V2, P147
    CHEM YL, 1998, J CHIN U, V19, P1614
    DING WY, 1996, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V12, P50
    UENISHI J, 1997, HETEROCYCLES, V44, P277
 NR 4
 TC 3
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2002
 VL 32
 IS 13
 BP 1953
 EP 1960
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 579TZ
 UT ISI:000177195100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SF
 TI Attractors for lattice systems corresponding to evolution equations
 SO NONLINEARITY
 DT Article
 ID REACTION-DIFFUSION SYSTEMS; DYNAMICAL-SYSTEMS; UNBOUNDED-DOMAINS;
    GLOBAL ATTRACTOR; WAVE-EQUATIONS; SPATIAL CHAOS; PROPAGATION;
    EXISTENCE; FAILURE
 AB We consider the existence of the global attractor and its
    finite-dimensional approximation for the lattice dynamical systems
    corresponding to the wave equations and reaction diffusion equations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BELL J, 1984, Q APPL MATH, V42, P1
    BELLERI V, 2001, DISCRET CONTIN DYN S, V7, P719
    CAHN JW, 1960, ACTA METALL, V8, P554
    CHATE H, 1997, PHYSICA D, V103, P1
    CHOW SN, 1995, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V42, P746
    CHOW SN, 1998, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V149, P248
    CHUA LO, 1993, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V40, P147
    ERNEUX T, 1993, PHYSICA D, V67, P237
    FABINY L, 1993, PHYS REV A B, V47, P4287
    FEIREISL E, 1996, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V129, P239
    FEIREISL E, 1997, J DYNAM DIFFERENTIAL, V9, P133
    FIRTH WJ, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P329
    HALE JK, 1988, ASYMPTOTIC BEHAV DIS
    HILLERT M, 1961, ACTA METALL, V9, P525
    JIANG MH, 1999, J STAT PHYS, V95, P791
    KAPRAL R, 1991, J MATH CHEM, V6, P113
    KARACHALIOS NI, 1999, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V157, P183
    KEENER JP, 1987, SIAM J APPL MATH, V47, P556
    KEENER JP, 1991, J THEOR BIOL, V148, P49
    LAPLANTE JP, 1992, J PHYS CHEM-US, V96, P4931
    MERINO S, 1996, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V132, P87
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    PEREZMUNUZURI A, 1993, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V40, P872
    SHEN WX, 1996, SIAM J APPL MATH, V56, P1379
    TEMAM R, 1997, APPL MATH SCI, V68
    VONNEUMANN J, 1951, CEREBRAL MECH BEHAV, P9
    WANG BX, 1999, PHYSICA D, V128, P41
    WEINBERGER HE, 1988, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V19, P1057
    WINALOW RL, 1993, PHYSICA D, V64, P281
    YU J, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V240, P60
 NR 30
 TC 2
 SN 0951-7715
 J9 NONLINEARITY
 JI Nonlinearity
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 1079
 EP 1095
 PG 17
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 578NE
 UT ISI:000177123700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, ZJ
    Xia, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Wang, ZM
    Zhang, WL
    Fan, YM
 TI Effect of carbon ion pre-implantation on the stress level of diamond
    films formed on alumina substrates
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS D-APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID DEPOSITION; NUCLEATION
 AB The compressive stress in diamond films formed by hot filament chemical
    vapour deposition is reduced by implantation of carbon ions into
    alumina substrates before the deposition of diamond films. It is found
    that the stress in the diamond films decreases linearly with the
    increment of the C+ implantation dose. The reason for the decrease in
    the compressive stress is explained in terms of the offset by the
    residual compressive stress in the alumina substrates, which is caused
    by the ion pre-implantation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR *INT CTR DIFFR DAT, 1988, 10174 JCPDS INT CTR
    AGER JW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P2601
    FAN QH, 1999, J MATER SCI, V34, P1353
    FAN WD, 1995, SURF COAT TECH, V72, P78
    ITO T, 1994, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V33, P5681
    MO Y, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V191, P459
    RALLS KM, 1982, INTRO MAT SCI ENG
 NR 7
 TC 5
 SN 0022-3727
 J9 J PHYS-D-APPL PHYS
 JI J. Phys. D-Appl. Phys.
 PD JUL 7
 PY 2002
 VL 35
 IS 13
 BP L57
 EP L60
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 577WL
 UT ISI:000177085500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZG
    Chen, GR
 TI On the relationship between parametric variation and state feedback in
    chaos control
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 DE chaos control; feedback control; parametric variation
 AB In this Letter, we study the popular parametric variation chaos control
    and state-feedback methodologies in chaos control, and point out for
    the first time that they are actually equivalent in the sense that
    there exist diffeomorphisms that can convert one to the other for most
    smooth chaotic systems. Detailed conversions are worked out for typical
    discrete chaotic maps (logistic, Henon) and continuous flows (Rosller,
    Lorenz) for illustration. This unifies the two seemingly different
    approaches from the physics and the engineering communities on chaos
    control. This new perspective reveals some new potential applications
    such as chaos synchronization and normal form analysis from a unified
    mathematical point of view.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, ZG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN G, 1998, CHAOS ORDER METHODOL
    CHEN GR, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P511
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    PEITGEN HO, 1992, CHAOS FRACTALS NEW F
    WIGGINS S, 1990, INTRO APPL NONLINEAR
 NR 5
 TC 3
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 6
 BP 1411
 EP 1415
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 579KB
 UT ISI:000177176200013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, WM
    Li, CE
    Guo, CJ
    Yan, HX
    He, LX
 TI Study of phase conversion in PMN-PT ceramics near the morphotropic
    phase boundary
 SO FERROELECTRICS
 DT Article
 DE phase composition; compressive stress; phase conversion
 ID TITANATE
 AB Phase compositions, grain sizes and domain widths of 0.65PMN-0.35PT
    ceramics sintered at various conditions have been investigated. It has
    been shown that a phase conversion from rhombohedral to tetragonal took
    place when the sintering temperatures were increased. This result is
    considered to be attributed to the increase of compressive stress in
    the grain, which makes the phase transition from tetragonal to
    rhombohedral difficult to occur, due to an expansion of cell volume. As
    a result, more tetragonal phases were left unchanged.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, WM, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ARIGUR P, 1975, J PHYS D, V8, P1856
    ARLT G, 1985, J APPL PHYS, V58, P1619
    CHOI SW, 1989, MATER LETT, V8, P253
    FERNANDEZ JF, 1998, J EUR CERAM SOC, V18, P1695
    FORSBERGH PW, 1954, PHYS REV, V93, P686
    HIREMATH BV, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P790
    KELLY J, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P957
    SWARTZ SL, 1982, MATER RES BULL, V17, P1245
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0015-0193
 J9 FERROELECTRICS
 JI Ferroelectrics
 PY 2001
 VL 251
 IS 1-4
 BP 45
 EP 52
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 580BC
 UT ISI:000177213400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, YP
    Wu, JS
    Meng, ZY
 TI Study on the characterization and formation mechanism of microdomains
    in Ba0.7Sr0.3TiO3 thin films by Hrem
 SO FERROELECTRICS
 DT Article
 DE microdomain structure; ferroelectricity; Ba0.7Sr0.3TiO3 thin films
 ID BARIUM-TITANATE; PHASE; FERROELECTRICITY; MICROSTRUCTURE; CAPACITORS
 AB Microdomain clusters in scope of about 60 nm were observed in
    Ba0.7Sr0.3TiO3 thin films by transmission electron microscopy (TEM).
    Combined with investigated results by high-resolution electron
    microscopy (HREM) and selected area electron diffraction (SAED)
    techniques, a reasonable spatial configuration of the microdomains is
    proposed, where twin-related microdomain with thickness of several unit
    cells are prevailing. The larger c/a value deduced from the doublet
    splitting of diffraction spot in SHED pattern confirms that the
    microdomains are under highly compressing. This locally compressive
    condition is pointed out to be responsible for the formation of small
    microdomain uncommitted by critical size and the ferroelectricity of
    the thin films.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Elect Mat Lab, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, YP, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Elect Mat Lab,
    Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 CR ARIT G, 1980, J APPL PHYS, V51, P4956
    BAUMERT BA, 1998, J MATER RES, V13, P197
    BURNS G, 1986, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V58, P567
    BURNS G, 1990, FERROELECTRICS, V104, P25
    DING YP, 1998, P 1 CHIN INT C HIGH, P489
    DING YP, 2000, J MATER SCI LETT, V19, P163
    FREY MH, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2753
    GUST MC, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2828
    ISUPOV VA, 1990, IZV AN SSSR FIZ+, V54, P1131
    MARUYAMA T, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V73, P3524
    QU BD, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P1394
    SCOTT JF, 1998, FERROELECTRICS REV, V1, P1
    TSAI F, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P1906
    TYBELL T, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P856
    WASER R, 1998, J KOREAN PHYS SO S 4, V32, S1340
    YIN ZW, 1988, FERROELECTRICS, V87, P85
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0015-0193
 J9 FERROELECTRICS
 JI Ferroelectrics
 PY 2001
 VL 252
 IS 1-4
 BP 453
 EP 460
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 580BD
 UT ISI:000177213500028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hou, WD
    Mo, YL
 TI Increasing image resolution in electrical impedance tomography
 SO ELECTRONICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB An effective approach to increase the image resolution in static
    electrical impedance tomography is proposed, in which the image with
    local high resolution is reconstructed by fine meshing only the
    impedance abnormal element in the finite element model based on a
    genetic algorithm. Experimental results from a laboratory phantom are
    presented.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Hou, WD, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HOU WD, 2000, J SHANGHAI U, V6, P343
    ISAACSON D, 2001, P 11 INT C EL BIOIMP, P387
    METHERALL P, 1998, THESIS U SHEFFIELD U
    OLMI R, 2000, IEEE T EVOLUT COMPUT, V4, P83
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0013-5194
 J9 ELECTRON LETT
 JI Electron. Lett.
 PD JUL 4
 PY 2002
 VL 38
 IS 14
 BP 701
 EP 702
 PG 2
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 578CZ
 UT ISI:000177101000019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chien, WZ
 TI Second order approximation solution of nonlinear large deflection
    problems of Yongjiang Railway Bridge in Ningbo
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE large deflection; elastic modulus; cantilever beam
 AB The solution and computational aspects on nonlinear deflection of
    Yongjiang Railway Bridge in Ningbo were investigated. An approximate
    iteration algorithm on nonlinear governing equation was presented, and
    the obtained results show that, if altitude difference and span of the
    riverbanks are taken as 5 meters and 100 meters, respectively, the
    maximum gradient in the middle of the bridge exceeds 5%, much larger
    than maximum allowance gradient in railway design code. Therefore, a
    new solution scheme for decreasing gradient of the bridge is put
    forward, that is, the altitude difference between two riverbanks can be
    decreased to about 1/10 of the initial magnitude by building roadbeds
    with 0.5% gradient and 1 kilometer length at two riverbanks. As a
    direct result, the deflection gradient of the railway bridge is much
    reduced and the value is between 0.5% similar to 0.6%.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chien, WZ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 NR 0
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 5
 BP 493
 EP 506
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 577RJ
 UT ISI:000177075200001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JF
    Liu, YL
 TI Localized coherent structures of the (2+1)-dimensional higher order
    Broer-Kaup equations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE higher order Broer-Kaup equation; (2+1)-dimension; coherent structure;
    homogeneous balance method
 ID DROMION-LIKE STRUCTURES; KDV-TYPE EQUATION; WAVE-EQUATIONS;
    TRANSFORMATION; SOLITONS
 AB By using the extended homogeneous balance method, the localized
    coherent structures are studied. A nonlinear transformation was first
    established, and then the linearization form was obtained based on the
    extended homogeneous balance method for the higher order (2 +
    1)-dimensional Broer-Kaup equations. Starting from this linearization
    form equation, a variable separation solution with the entrance of some
    arbitrary functions and some arbitrary parameters was constructed. The
    quite rich localized coherent structures were revealed. This method,
    which can be generalized to other (2 + I) -dimensional nonlinear
    evolution equation, is simple and powerful.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JF, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P432
    FANG EG, 1997, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V46, P1254
    FOKAS AS, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V145, P237
    HIETARINTA J, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V149, P113
    LOU SY, 1995, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V28, P7227
    LOU SY, 1996, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V26, P487
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P5989
    LOU SY, 1998, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V29, P145
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    RADHA R, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4746
    RADHA R, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V197, P7
    RADHA R, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P292
    RADHA R, 1997, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V30, P3229
    RADHA R, 1999, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V10, P1821
    RUAN HY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P3123
    RUAN HY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P586
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    ZHANG JF, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1416
    ZHANG JF, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V8, P326
    ZHANG JF, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P659
    ZHANG JF, 2000, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V33, P577
    ZHANG JF, 2001, COMMUNICATION NONLIN, V6, P50
 NR 23
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 5
 BP 549
 EP 556
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 577RJ
 UT ISI:000177075200006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tian, LX
    Xu, G
    Liu, ZR
 TI The concave or convex peaked and smooth soliton solutions of
    Camassa-Holm equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE soliton; peakson; integrable system; traveling wave solution
 ID SHALLOW-WATER EQUATION
 AB The traveling wave soliton solutions and pair soliton solution to a
    class of new completely integrable, shallow water equation,
    Camassa-Holm equation are studied. The concept of concave or convex
    peaked soliton and smooth soliton were introduced. And the research
    shows that the traveling wave solution of that equation possesses
    concave and convex peaked soliton and smooth soliton solutions with the
    peakson. Simultaneously by applying Backlund transformation the new
    pair soliton solutions to this class of equation are given.
 C1 Jiangsu Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Zhenjiang 212013, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200018, Peoples R China.
 RP Tian, LX, Jiangsu Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Zhenjiang 212013,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ALBER MS, 1994, LETT MATH PHYS, V32, P137
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    CLARKSON PA, 1997, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V25, P195
    CONSTANTIN A, 1998, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V51, P475
    CONSTANTIN A, 2000, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V53, P603
    FISHER M, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V259, P371
    TIAN LX, 1998, P AM MATH SOC, V126, P201
    TIAN LX, 1999, COMM MATH PHY, V201, P509
    TIAN LX, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P5773
    XIN ZP, 2000, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V53, P1411
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 5
 BP 557
 EP 567
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 577RJ
 UT ISI:000177075200007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cai, YC
 TI Chen's theorem with small primes
 SO ACTA MATHEMATICA SINICA-ENGLISH SERIES
 DT Article
 DE Chen's theorem; sieve; mean value theorem
 AB Let N be a sufficiently large even integer. In this paper it is proved
    that the equation
    N = p + P-2, p less than or equal to N-0.95,
    is solvable, where p denotes a prime and P-2 denotes an almost prime
    with at most two prime factors.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Cai, YC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN JR, 1966, KEXUE TONGBAO, V17, P385
    CHEN JR, 1973, SCI SINICA, V16, P157
    CHEN JR, 1978, SCI SINICA, V21, P421
    CHEN JR, 1978, SCI SINICA, V21, P477
    HALBERSTAM H, 1975, ASTERISQUE, V24, P281
    IWANIEC H, 1981, RECENT PROGR ANAL NU, V2, P203
    LU MG, IN PRESS CHENS THEOR
    PAN CD, 1992, GOLDBACH CONJECTURE, P175
    WU J, 1993, Q J MATH, V44, P109
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1439-8516
 J9 ACTA MATH SIN-ENGLISH SERIES
 JI Acta. Math. Sin.-English Ser.
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 18
 IS 3
 BP 597
 EP 604
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 579MC
 UT ISI:000177180900018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, ZB
    Jiao, YH
    Xia , SB
    Huang, WH
    Zhang, ZM
 TI An efficient calculation method of nonlinear fluid film forces in
    journal bearing
 SO TRIBOLOGY TRANSACTIONS
 DT Article
 DE journal bearing; database; rotor
 ID ROTOR; STABILITY
 AB An efficient method of fluid film force database is proposed for a
    single pad of the journal bearing. By some manipulations on Reynolds
    equation, a speed parameter varying within (-1, +1) is introduced to
    reflect the relative weights of the bearing journal's rotation and
    squeezing effects. Given the bearing aspect ratio and pad angle, the
    fluid film force database can be easily established. For a multi-pad
    journal bearing, an algorithm is needed to sum the separate fluid
    forces generated in every pad. An elliptic beating supporting a rigid
    rotor is employed to examine the effectiveness of the suggested method.
    The results based on the numerical solution of Reynolds equation is
    taken as a yardstick for comparison. It is shown that the database
    method provides a way to obtain the bearing fluid forces quickly
    without losing accuracy.
 C1 Harbin Inst Technol, Dept Engn Mech, Harbin 150001, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, ZB, Harbin Inst Technol, Dept Engn Mech, Harbin 150001, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CAPONE G, 1990, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V112, P643
    CASTELLI V, 1967, J LUBR TECH, V89, P211
    DEEPAK JC, 1998, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V120, P605
    EHRICH FF, 1991, J VIB ACOUST, V113, P50
    KIRK RG, 1976, ASME, V98, P47
    LUND JW, 1978, TOPICS FLUID FILM BE, P1
    LUND JW, 1987, ASME, V109, P38
    PINKUS O, 1961, THEORY HYDRODYNAMIC, P1
    QIU ZL, 1996, TRIBOL T, V39, P469
    REZVANI MA, 1993, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V115, P544
    SUNDARARAJAN P, 1998, J SOUND VIB, V214, P695
    TIEU AK, 1995, TRIBOL T, V38, P627
    ZHAO JY, 1994, J VIB ACOUST, V116, P357
 NR 13
 TC 2
 SN 1040-2004
 J9 TRIBOL TRANS
 JI Tribol. Trans.
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 45
 IS 3
 BP 324
 EP 329
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 575JE
 UT ISI:000176942500007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, YM
    Chen, H
 TI Spin-dependent transmission through a mesoscopic ring with a quantum
    gate
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE spin-dependent transmission; mesoscopic ring; quantum gate
 ID AHARONOV-BOHM OSCILLATIONS; WAVE-GUIDE THEORY; DOT; PHASE
 AB We investigate the spin-dependent transmission through an Aharonov-Bohm
    ring with a quantum gate that is tuned by an uniform external magnetic
    field. The formula of spin-dependent transmission coefficient at zero
    temperature is obtained as a function of the flux, the magnetic field
    and Fermi energy in term of quantum waveguide theory. We found that for
    some special Fermi energies, spin-state electrons are driven into a
    perfect transmissive state or reflective state, which is not affected
    by the flux, when Zeeman energy of electron moving in the stub
    coincides with a level of the isolated stub. As Zeeman energy crosses
    the level of the stub, Aharonov-Bohm oscillations of spin-state
    conductance have no abrupt change of phase by pi and are in phase. The
    effect of the magnetic field on transmission behavior of spin-state
    electrons are examined. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, YM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BRUDER C, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P114
    CHEN H, 1998, INT J MOD PHYS B, V12, P1729
    DEO PS, 1996, MOD PHYS LETT B, V10, P787
    HACKENBROICH G, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P110
    RYU CM, 1996, MOD PHYS LETT B, V10, P401
    SCHUSTER R, 1997, NATURE, V385, P417
    SHI YM, 1999, J SHANGHAI UNIV, V3, P339
    SHI YM, 1999, PHYS RVE B, V60, P1949
    TANIGUCHI T, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P13841
    WU J, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1952
    WU J, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V262, P245
    XIA JB, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P3593
    YACOBY A, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P4047
    YACOBY A, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P9583
    YEYATI L, 1995, PHYS REV B, V52
    YI YS, 1999, PHYS REV B, V55, P10637
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD JUL 8
 PY 2002
 VL 299
 IS 4
 BP 401
 EP 406
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 576WR
 UT ISI:000177030600014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, ZT
    Liang, PH
    Zhang, WQ
 TI Measurement of glass surface layers and their influence on thin-film
    optical properties
 SO OPTICAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE glass surface layer; optical parameter; p-polarized light reflectance;
    cleaning treatment
 ID ELLIPSOMETRY
 AB A new and simple method is proposed to analyze the profiles of glass
    surface layers based on their reflectance for p-polarized light. By
    measuring the angle spectrum gamma(theta(i)) (gamma equivalent to
    I-a/I-b), where I-a and I-b are the intensities of reflection from the
    front and the back surface of the glass, and fitting the results with
    theoretical relations, the refractive index n(s) and extinction
    coefficient k(s) of plane glass surfaces can easily be obtained.
    Experimentally, glass samples subjected to different cleaning
    treatments have been analyzed. The results show that n(s) and k(s) of
    the glass surface increase exponentially with the depth into the
    surface layers, and an etched glass sample has a smaller extinction
    coefficient on its surface. This is confirmed by
    atomic-force-microscope observation and by laser-damage testing. In
    addition, the influence of the glass surface layers on the properties
    of films coated on one side or both sides of the glass substrate is
    analyzed. Dip-coated polymethyltriethoxysilane. (PMTES) films and
    spin-coated PMMA films have been measured. It is found that the optical
    parameters of PMTES films and azo-doped PMMA films are in agreement
    with the experimental results only if the glass surface layers are
    considered. (C) 2002 Society of Photo-Optical Instrumentation Engineers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, ZT, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Sci, POB 249,516 Jun
    Gong Rd, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR AFANASEVA AG, 1990, OPT SPECTROSC, V69, P679
    ALVAREZHERRERO A, 2001, APPL OPTICS, V40, P527
    BORN M, 1964, PRINCIPLES OPTICS
    COUILLARD JG, 1997, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V222, P429
    GUENTHER KH, 1981, THIN SOLID FILMS, V77, P239
    JELLISON GE, 1991, APPL OPTICS, V30, P4310
    LIU XL, 1997, APPL OPTICS, V36, P3788
    PENZKOFER A, 1998, OPT COMMUN, V158, P221
    RADLEIN E, 1997, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V222, P69
    ROCHE P, 1996, APPL OPTICS, V35, P5059
    SCHICHT H, 1997, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V218, P210
    YOKOTA H, 1969, SURF SCI, V16, P265
    ZHANG ZM, 1999, APPL OPTICS, V38, P205
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0091-3286
 J9 OPT ENG
 JI Opt. Eng.
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 41
 IS 7
 BP 1738
 EP 1746
 PG 9
 SC Optics
 GA 576TR
 UT ISI:000177021900040
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Smoothed particle technique for treatment shocks in transonic
    aerodynamics
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 DE meshfree particle method; SPH technique; transonic flow
 ID MESHLESS
 AB The smoothed particle computing technique has features which make the
    technique highly attractive for simulating aerodynamics involving
    unknown discontinuities (such as shock and free trailing vortex
    sheets). However, full exploitation of the method's potential has been
    hampered by the inherent deficiency on the boundaries and the unknown
    discontinuities. To remedy the shortcoming, this paper proposes some
    heuristic approaches to capturing automatically the unknown
    discontinuities. To impose the boundary conditions, a variational-like
    approach is suggested so that boundary conditions can be satisfied
    optimally.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BELYTSCHKO T, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P3
    CHEN JK, 1999, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V46, P231
    CORDES LW, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P75
    HE JH, 1999, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V16, P19
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P139
    LIU WK, 1996, ARCH COMPUTATIONAL M, V3, P3
    LUCKY LB, 1977, ASTRON J, V82, P1013
    ONATE E, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P315
    RANDLES PW, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P375
    WAGNER GJ, IN PRESS INT J NUMER
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 2001
 VL 18
 IS 4
 BP 243
 EP 249
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 576LC
 UT ISI:000177005400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A variational principle for magnetohydrodynamics with high Hartmann
    number flow
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ENGINEERING SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE MHD; variational principle; semi-inverse method; Lagrange multiplier
 ID SEMI-INVERSE METHOD; AERODYNAMICS; ELASTICITY
 AB By the semi-inverse method proposed by He, a variational principle is
    established for three-dimensional MHD equations with high Hartmann
    number. In order to incorporate the no-slip condition and far distance
    boundary condition as natural boundary conditions, a special technique
    is proposed in this paper. Lagrange crisis are also illustrated. (C)
    2002 Published by Elsevier Science Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Donghua Univ, Coll Basic Sci, Dept Math, Shanghai 200051, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, POB 189,149
    Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BARRETT KE, 2001, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P1577
    CHANG ID, 1963, ZAMP, V14, P134
    CHIEN WZ, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P137
    FELIPPA CA, 1989, COMMUN APPL NUMER M, V5, P79
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P117
    HE JH, 1997, SHANGHAI J MECH, V18, P305
    HE JH, 1999, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V16, P19
    HE JH, 1999, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V21, P127
    HE JH, 1999, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V21, P29
    HE JH, 2000, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V72, P18
    HE JH, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P797
    HE JH, 2000, ASME, V67, P326
    HE JH, 2000, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P323
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P139
    HE JH, 2001, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V2, P161
    HUNT JCR, 1967, J FLUID MECH, V28, P241
    LIU GL, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P25
    NOOR AK, 1984, UNIFICATION FINITE E, P275
 NR 19
 TC 3
 SN 0020-7225
 J9 INT J ENG SCI
 JI Int. J. Eng. Sci.
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 40
 IS 12
 BP 1403
 EP 1410
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary
 GA 575RD
 UT ISI:000176960900008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JF
 TI Backlund transformation and variable separation solutions for the
    generalized Nozhnik-Novikov-Veselov equation
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE extended homogeneous balance method; (2+1) dimensions; GNNV equation;
    localized coherent structures
 ID COHERENT STRUCTURES; KDV EQUATION
 AB Using the extended homogeneous balance method, the Backlund
    transformation for a (2+1)-dimensional integrable model, the
    generalized Nizhnik-Novikov-Veselov (GNNV) equation, is first obtained.
    Also, making use of the Backlund transformation, the GNNV equation is
    changed into three equations: linear, bilinear and trilinear form
    equations. Starting from these three equations, a rather general
    variable separation solution of the model is constructed. The abundant
    localized coherent structures of the model can be induced by the
    entrance of two variable-separated arbitrary functions.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JF, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BOITI M, 1986, INVERSE PROBL, V2, P271
    CAO CW, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V33, P528
    CHEN LL, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P2149
    CHENG Y, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V157, P22
    FAN EG, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P353
    HU XB, 1991, J PHYS A, V24, P1331
    HU XB, 1991, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V24, P1979
    KONOPELCHENKO BG, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V175, P17
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A, V29, P420
    LOU SY, 1997, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V46, P561
    LOU SY, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P6491
    LOU SY, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P781
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    NIZHNIK LP, 1980, SOV PHYS DOKL, V25, P706
    NOVIKOV SP, 1986, PHYSICA D, V18, P267
    OHTA Y, 1992, J PHYS SOC JPN, V61, P3928
    RADHA R, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4746
    RUAN HY, 1999, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V5, P241
    RUAN HY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P586
    TAGAMI Y, 1989, PHYS LETT A, V141, P116
    WANG MI, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P279
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    ZHANG JF, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1416
    ZHANG JF, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P659
 NR 25
 TC 28
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 11
 IS 7
 BP 651
 EP 655
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 576GM
 UT ISI:000176995100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, G
    Zhang, M
    Li, H
    Chance, B
    Glickson, JD
 TI Synthesis and biological evaluation of near infrared fluorescence
    probes (NIRFS) for tumors overexpressing LDL receptors
 SO ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY
 DT Meeting Abstract
 C1 Univ Penn, Dept Radiol, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Univ Penn, Dept Biochem & Biophys, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0065-7727
 J9 ABSTR PAP AMER CHEM SOC
 JI Abstr. Pap. Am. Chem. Soc.
 PD APR 7
 PY 2002
 VL 223
 PN Part 2
 BP B135
 EP B135
 PG 1
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 564CE
 UT ISI:000176296800735
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, TY
    Wang, SJ
    Zheng, LP
 TI Comparative study on CO2 sources in soil developed on carbonate rock
    and non-carbonate rock in Central Guizhou
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES D-EARTH SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE carbonate rock; non-carbonate rock; soil CO2; sources
 ID STABLE ISOTOPIC COMPOSITION; DIOXIDE; AREAS; CHINA
 AB In this paper, by using concentration and carbon stable isotope the CO2
    sources of soil profiles developed on limestone, dolostone and
    claystone basements in Central Guizhou, China are comparatively
    studied. The results show that CO2 concentration of soil profiles
    developed on different basements is different, having the following
    sequence: limestone>dolostone>claystone. Below the soil depth of 20 cm
    from the surface the delta(13)C value of CO2 in soil profile developed
    on limestone ranges from -12.811parts per thousand - -13.492parts per
    thousand(PDB), that in soil profile developed on dolostone varys from
    -13.212parts per thousand - -14.271parts per thousand(PDB) and that in
    soil profile developed on claystone is about -20.234parts per thousand
    - -21.485parts per thousand(PDB). Taking the carbon isotope of soil
    organic matter and carbonate rock as two isotopic endmembers, the
    proportion of soil CO2 generated by dissolution of carbonate rock is
    calculated, about 21%-25% for soil profile developed on limestone
    basement, 19%-21% for soil profile developed on dolostone basement.
    There is almost no influx of CO2 generated by the dissolution of
    carbonate rock in soil profile developed on claystone basement.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Geochem, State Key Lab Environm Geochem, Guiyang 550002, Peoples R China.
    Grad Sch Chinese Acad Sci, Beijing 100039, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, SJ, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Geochem, State Key Lab Environm
    Geochem, Guiyang 550002, Peoples R China.
 CR BUYANOVSKY GA, 1983, SOIL SCI SOC AM J, V47, P1139
    CERLING TE, 1984, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V71, P229
    CHIODINI G, 1998, APPL GEOCHEM, V13, P543
    CRAIG H, 1953, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V3, P53
    DAVIDSON GR, 1995, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V59, P2485
    HE SH, 1997, CARSOLOGICA SINICA, V16, P319
    HOEFS J, 1997, STABLE ISOTOPE GEOCH, P153
    HSIEH JCC, 1999, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V63, P767
    JAMES WR, 1995, GLOBAL BIOGEOCHEMICA, V9, P23
    JUAN CC, 1998, CHEM GEOL, V149, P251
    LIU ZH, 1998, HYDROGEOLOGY ENG GEO, V4, P42
    LIU ZH, 2000, SCI CHINA SER D, V43, P569
    MARRISON GM, 1991, CHEM GEOL, V86, P97
    PAN GX, 1999, CARSOLOGICA SINICA, V18, P287
    PARKER LW, 1983, SOIL BIOL BIOCHEM, V15, P303
    PIAO HC, 2000, BIOL FERT SOILS, V31, P422
    SOLOMON DK, 1987, WATER RESOUR RES, V23, P2257
    SONG WZ, 1996, ENV SCI, V17, P85
    TANG C, 1999, CARSOLOGICA SINICA, V18, P213
    WALTER CO, 1997, GLOBAL BIOGEOCHEMICA, V11, P163
    WANG Y, 1994, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V58, P393
    WENG JT, 1995, ADV EARTH SCI, V10, P154
    WITKAMP M, 1969, ECOLOGY, V50, P922
    YUAN DX, 1993, QUATERNARY SCI, V1, P1
    ZHENG LP, 1999, CHINESE SCI B S2, V44, P93
    ZHENG LP, 1999, SCI CHINA SER D, V42, P588
 NR 26
 TC 1
 SN 1006-9313
 J9 SCI CHINA SER D
 JI Sci. China Ser. D-Earth Sci.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 45
 IS 8
 BP 673
 EP 679
 PG 7
 SC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary
 GA 573VD
 UT ISI:000176851600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
 TI Comment on "Photonic tunneling time in frustrated total internal
    reflection"
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW A
 DT Editorial Material
 ID NEGATIVE PHASE TIME; ANALOGY; DELAY
 AB This is a comment on Stahlhofen's paper [Phys. Rev. A 62, 012112
    (2000)]. It is shown by stationary-phase theory that the Goos-Hanchen
    shift in frustrated total internal reflection (FTIR) is not independent
    of the group delay (or phase time in the literature). The group delay
    involves the contribution of Goos-Hanchen shift and is always larger
    than zero in FTIR. It is also shown that the group delay in the
    two-dimensional (2D) optical FTIR can be written in the same form as
    that of the group delay in the 1D quantum tunneling in the sense that
    the group delay is the derivative of the total phase shift with respect
    to the angular frequency.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BUTTIKER M, 1983, PHYS REV B, V27, P6178
    LI CF, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V275, P287
    MARTIN T, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P2611
    STAHLHOFEN AA, 2000, PHYS REV A, V62
    STEINBERG AM, 1994, PHYS REV A, V49, P3283
    VETTER RM, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V63
    WANG LJ, 2000, NATURE, V406, P277
 NR 7
 TC 4
 SN 1050-2947
 J9 PHYS REV A
 JI Phys. Rev. A
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 65
 IS 6
 AR 066101
 DI ARTN 066101
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Optics
 GA 572FT
 UT ISI:000176763600135
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, T
    Li, L
    Wang, PL
    Van Der Biest, O
    Vlengels, J
 TI Progress on calculation of phase diagram of ZrO2-containing oxides
    systems
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE phase diagram; calculation of phase diagram; zirconia
 ID REGULAR SOLUTION MODEL; COMPOUND-ENERGY MODEL; THERMODYNAMIC
    PROPERTIES; OPTIMIZATION
 AB Zirconia is a kind of important ceramics materials. Because of its
    superior mechanical and electrical properties, zirconia, has been
    widely applied as both structural ceramics and functional ceramics.
    Based on a brief introduction on the progress and principle of
    calculation of phase diagram, the corresponding work on
    zirconia-containing systems in recent years was reviewed, and the
    results in some important systems were also summarized in detail. It
    was expected that the information of zirconia-containing phase diagrams
    based on the CALPHAD method would significantly promote the
    compositional design of zirconia ceramics.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Met & Mat Engn, B-3001 Louvain, Belgium.
 RP Xu, T, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High
    Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSSON JO, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P437
    BLANDER M, 1987, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V51, P85
    BONNIER E, 1960, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V250, P527
    CHOU KC, 1987, CALPHAD, V11, P293
    COLINET C, 1967, D E S U GRENOBLE FRA
    DEGTYAREV SA, 1988, CALPHAD, V12, P73
    DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P1569
    DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P2107
    HILLERT M, 1969, PHASE TRANSFORMATION, CH5
    HILLERT M, 1970, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V24, P3618
    HILLERT M, 1980, CALPHAD, V4, P1
    HILLERT M, 1985, METALL TRANS A, V16, P261
    HILLERT M, 1988, Z METALLKD, V79, P81
    HILLERT M, 1998, J PHASE EQUILIB, V19, P206
    KAUFMAN L, 1970, COMPUTER CALCULATION
    KOHLER F, 1960, MONATSH CHEM, V91, P738
    KUBASCHEWSKI O, 1965, J I MET, V93, P329
    LI L, 1996, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V12, P159
    LI L, 2001, J EUR CERAM SOC, V21, P2903
    MEIJERING JL, 1950, PHILIPS RES REP, V5, P333
    MUGGIANU YM, 1975, J CHIMIE PHYSIQUE, V72, P83
    ONDIK HM, 1998, PHASE DIAGRAMS ZIRCO
    PELTON AD, 1986, METALL TRANS B, V17, P805
    PELTON AD, 1988, CALPHAD, V12, P97
    SUNDMAN B, 1981, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V42, P297
    TOOP GW, 1965, T METALL SOC AIME, V233, P850
    VANLAAR JJ, 1908, Z PHYS CHEM-STOCH VE, V63, P216
    VANLAAR JJ, 1908, Z PHYS CHEM-STOCH VE, V64, P257
    YOKOKAWA H, 1993, SCI TECHNOLOGY ZIRCO, V5, P59
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 17
 IS 3
 BP 399
 EP 406
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 574BN
 UT ISI:000176868700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, XY
    Shen, XJ
 TI Mechanical model of laterally driven polysilicon microresonant
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 DE MEMS; mechanical model; laterally driven micro-resonator; flexural
    suspension
 AB Surface-polysilicon fabricated comb-drive resonators suspended by
    springs are modeled in this paper. Based on the understanding of
    symmetry of the microstructures but applied load are not same, the
    lateral vibration of the micro-resonators which suspended by four
    straight-leg or crab-leg flexure are investigated. It is found that the
    simple mechanical models of them are both superfluous systems with
    three or five unknown variables. The calculating way of the stress,
    lateral displacement, spring coefficient and resonant frequency is
    deducted. Compared with the model of steady system, which published
    before, the result shows the essential aspect of this problem and
    explains why straight-leg flexures are more commonly used in practice.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, XY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron Engn & Automat, POB 224,149
    Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR DANEMAN MJ, 1996, J MICROELECTROMECH S, V5, P159
    DEB N, 1999, P SOC PHOTO-OPT  1&2, V3680, P58
    FEDDER GK, 1995, P 1 INT C SIM DES MI, P175
    FEDDER GK, 1997, P TRANSD 97, P1109
    HIRANO T, 1992, J MICROELECTROMECH S, V1, P52
    PISANO AP, 1989, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V20, P83
    PISANO AP, 1990, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V21, P1060
    TANG WC, 1989, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V20, P25
    TANG WC, 1990, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V21, P328
    TANG WC, 1992, J MICROELECTROMECHAN, V1, P170
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2002
 VL 3
 IS 3-4
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 639
 EP 642
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 574RR
 UT ISI:000176903800108
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, ZY
    Wang, LH
    Yao, DY
 TI Study on the modeling of timed-token protocol
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICAL MODELLING
 DT Article
 DE timed-token protocol (TTP); time-limited service; mathematical modeling
 AB The study on the modeling of timed-token protocol (TTP) in metropolitan
    area network is presented in this paper. The classification of queueing
    models of TTP is given, and the mathematical analysis as well as
    numerical emulation for one of the queueing models i.e. L/G/1
    [Intermittent, Station priority, TTP, Time-limited service] are
    presented. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Ocean Univ Qingdao, Dept Comp Sci & Technol, Qingdao 266071, Peoples R China.
    Yunnan Univ, Informat Engn Coll, Yunnan 650000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Comp, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, ZY, Ocean Univ Qingdao, Dept Comp Sci & Technol, Qingdao 266071,
    Peoples R China.
 CR JAIN R, 1990, P ACM SIGCOMM S COMM, P264
    LU ZY, 1994, J ELECT, V16, P148
    PANG JWM, 1989, IEEE T COMMUN, V37, P694
    RUBIN I, 1992, P IEEE GLOBECOM, P1630
    RUBIN I, 1997, COMPUT NETWORKS ISDN, V29, P249
    WANG L, 1999, QINGD HONG KONG INT
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0307-904X
 J9 APPL MATH MODEL
 JI Appl. Math. Model.
 PD AUG
 PY 2002
 VL 26
 IS 8
 BP 797
 EP 805
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics; Operations Research & Management
    Science
 GA 574MU
 UT ISI:000176894800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, GQ
    Li, ZB
 TI Extended mixing exponential method and its applications
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE solitary wave; mixing exponential method; regular long wave equation
 ID SOLITARY WAVE SOLUTIONS; EXPLICIT EXACT-SOLUTIONS; TANH-FUNCTION
    METHOD; NONLINEAR EVOLUTION; EQUATIONS
 AB Mixing exponential method proposed by Hereman for finding the solitary
    wave solutions to a nonlinear evolution equation is developed and
    perfected. Correspondingly, an extended mixing exponential method is
    obtained by expressing the solutions as an infinite series of the real
    or complex exponential solutions of the underlying linear equations.
    The effectiveness of the extended approach is demonstrated by
    application to the well-known regular long wave equation with physical
    interest. Not only are steady solitary wave solutions recovered, but
    also the diverging and the periodic solutions are obtained.
 C1 E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Informat Engn & Adm, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, GQ, E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R
    China.
 CR FAN EG, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P353
    FAN EG, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P212
    HEREMAN W, 1986, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V19, P607
    HEREMAN W, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P4805
    LI ZB, 1997, ACTA MATH SINICA, V17, P81
    LI ZB, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2062
    PANIGRAHY E, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V261, P284
    PARKES EJ, 1996, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V98, P288
    XIA TC, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P694
    XU GQ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P946
    YAN ZY, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1962
    ZHANG GX, 2000, SCI CHINA SER A, V30, P1103
    ZHENG Y, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P389
 NR 13
 TC 12
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 51
 IS 7
 BP 1424
 EP 1427
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 573VF
 UT ISI:000176851800004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, Z
    Wang, Q
    Zhou, JM
    Li, CF
    Shi, JL
 TI Nonlinear characteristics of magnetic surface waves with microwave
    excitation
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE antiferromagnet; ferromagnet; nonlinear surface waves
 ID IRON-GARNET FILMS; ENVELOPE SOLITONS; FERROMAGNETIC-FILMS; SPATIAL
    SOLITONS; TM WAVES; ANTIFERROMAGNETS; PROPAGATION; INTERFACE
 AB Properties of transverse-electric surface waves on a plane interface
    between a linear ferromagnet and a nonlinear antiferromagnet are
    investigated. The dispersion relation and the field distribution are
    obtained. The property investigation of the surface waves in this
    waveguide shows that there exist passbands and stopbands, which can be
    controlled by varying the power in the nonlinear gyromagnetic
    waveguide. The results provide ideas to develop devices capable of
    working in microwave frequency range.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, Z, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ALMEIDA NS, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P2015
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, OPT COMMUN, V74, P347
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P717
    BOARDMAN AD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P13602
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P1
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P14
    BOARDMAN AD, 1995, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V145, P357
    BOYLE JW, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P12173
    CHEN M, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P12773
    CHEN ZG, 1996, OPT LETT, V21, P716
    KALINIKOS BA, 1991, J APPL PHYS 2B, V69, P5712
    NEWELL AC, 1991, NONLINEAR OPTICS, P120
    TSANKOV MA, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P4274
    VARATHARAJAH P, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P1767
    VUKOVICH S, 1991, SOV PHYS JETP, V71, P964
    WANG Q, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P5831
    WANG Q, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V36, P22
    WANG Q, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P382
    WANG Q, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P349
    WANG YF, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P6233
    WU Z, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1178
 NR 21
 TC 2
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 51
 IS 7
 BP 1612
 EP 1620
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 573VF
 UT ISI:000176851800037
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, L
    Liu, ZR
    Chen, GR
 TI Chaotifying a continuous-time system via impulsive input
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 DE chaos; chaotification; impulsive control; Poincare map
 ID CHAOS
 AB This paper studies the chaotification problem of driving a
    continuous-time system to a chaotic state by using an impulsive control
    input. The controller is designed to ensure the controlled orbit be
    bounded and, meanwhile, have positive Lyapunov exponents. This is
    proved to be not only possible but also implementable near a stable
    limit cycle of the given system. Two numerical examples are given to
    illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed chaotification method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Suzhou Univ, Dept Math, Suzhou 215006, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, L, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN G, 1998, CHAOS ORDER METHODOL
    CHEN G, 1999, CONTROLLING CHAOS BI
    CHEN G, 2002, IN PRESS IEICE T FUN
    CHEN GR, 1996, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V6, P1341
    CHEN GR, 1998, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V8, P1585
    FRADKOV AL, 1999, INTRO CONTROL OSCILL
    JUDD K, 1997, CONTORL CHAOS MATH M
    KAPITANIAK T, 1998, CHAOS ENG THEORY APP
    LAKSHMANAN M, 1996, CHAOS NONLINEAR OSCI
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    PARKER TS, 1989, PRACTICAL NUMERICAL
    VANECEK A, 1996, CONTROL SYSTEMS LINE
    WANG XF, 2000, CHAOS, V10, P771
    WANG XF, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P549
 NR 14
 TC 9
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 5
 BP 1121
 EP 1128
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 571JD
 UT ISI:000176713500017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tang, JG
    Ma, HP
 TI Single and multi-interval Legendre tau-methods in time for parabolic
    equations
 SO ADVANCES IN COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE interval decomposition; parabolic equation; spectral method in time;
    optimal error estimate
 ID SPECTRAL-GALERKIN METHOD; HYPERBOLIC-EQUATIONS; ELEMENT METHODS; DIRECT
    SOLVERS; 2ND-ORDER; POLYNOMIALS
 AB In this paper, we take the parabolic equation with periodic boundary
    conditions as a model to present a spectral method with the Fourier
    approximation in spatial and single/multi-interval Legendre
    Petrov-Galerkin method in time. For the single interval spectral method
    in time, we obtain the optimal error estimate in L-2 -norm. For the
    multi-interval spectral method in time, the L-2-optimal error estimate
    is valid in spatial. Numerical results show the efficiency of the
    methods.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Lingling Coll, Dept Math, Yongzhou Hunan, Peoples R China.
 CR BABUSKA I, 1989, NUMER METH PART D E, V5, P363
    BARYOSEPH P, 1995, J COMPUT PHYS, V119, P62
    BARYOSEPH PZ, 2000, APPL NUMER MATH, V33, P435
    BERNARDI C, 1997, HDBK NUM AN 2, V5, P209
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    COUTSIAS EA, 1996, P 3 INT C SPECTR HIG, P21
    GERVASIO P, 1998, NUMER METH PART D E, V14, P115
    GLENN I, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V102, P88
    GUO BY, 1998, SPECTRAL METHODS THE
    LI J, 2000, NUMER METH PART D E, V16, P513
    LUO Y, 1994, J SCI COMPUT, V9, P123
    LUO Y, 1997, J SCI COMPUT, V12, P31
    LUO Y, 1997, J SCI COMPUT, V12, P465
    MA HP, 2000, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V38, P1425
    SHEN J, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P1489
    SHEN J, 1995, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V16, P74
    TALEZER H, 1986, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V23, P11
    TALEZER H, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P1
    WU SC, 1996, APPL MATH MECH, V17, P357
    WU SC, 1997, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V13, P314
    ZHANG FY, 1998, J COMPUT MATH, V16, P107
    ZRAHIA U, 1994, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V116, P135
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 1019-7168
 J9 ADV COMPUT MATH
 JI Adv. Comput. Math.
 PD NOV
 PY 2002
 VL 17
 IS 4
 BP 349
 EP 367
 PG 19
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 572ZG
 UT ISI:000176804400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bian, LJ
    Qian, XF
    Yin, J
    Lu, QH
    Liu, L
    Zhu, ZK
 TI Preparation and properties of rare earth oxide/polyimide hybrids
 SO POLYMER TESTING
 DT Article
 DE hybrid; polyimide; rare earth
 ID POLYIMIDE; NANOCLUSTERS; COMPOSITES; FILMS
 AB A series of Eu2O3/polyimide hybrids has been successfully prepared via
    a solution process. X-ray diffraction and atomic force microscopy were
    used to characterize the hybrids. Mechanical tests showed that
    introduction of the rare earth can obviously increase the tensile
    strength of the polymer. Thermal analysis indicated that the addition
    of rare earth can increase the glass transition temperature and thermal
    stability of polyimide. The introduction of rare earth also increased
    the dimensional stability and refractive index. (C) 2002 Elsevier
    Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Technol, Shanghai 200240, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, ZK, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Technol, Shanghai
    200240, Peoples R China.
 CR AGAG T, 2001, POLYMER, V42, P3399
    BERGMEISTER JJ, 1992, CHEM MATER, V2, P679
    EZZELL SA, 1984, MACROMOLECULES, V17, P1627
    KIOUL A, 1994, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V175, P169
    LAN T, 1994, CHEM MATER, V6, P573
    NANDI M, 1991, CHEM MATER, V3, P201
    PORTA GM, 1989, CHEM MATER, V1, P69
    SOUTHWARD RE, 1996, J ADV MATER, V27, P2
    THOMPSON DS, 1994, POLYM MAT SCI ENG, V71, P725
    TROGER L, 1997, J PHYS CHEM B, V101, P1279
    ZHU ZK, 2000, ADV MATER, V12, P1055
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0142-9418
 J9 POLYM TEST
 JI Polym. Test
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 21
 IS 7
 BP 841
 EP 845
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Characterization & Testing; Polymer Science
 GA 567VA
 UT ISI:000176505100016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ju, JH
    Xia, YB
    Sang, WB
    Wang, LJ
    Wu, WH
    Tang, DY
 TI Interface analysis of DLC film deposited on Hg1-xCdxTe
 SO JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE diamond like carbon; film; infrared; interfaces
 AB A dense and homogeneous nanograins diamond-like carbon (DLC) film was
    deposited on the well-polished HgCdTe wafer by radio frequency plasma
    chemical vapor deposition at room temperature. The interface of
    DLC/HgCdTe was studied by AES and compared with that of ZnS/HgCdTe,
    which was prepared by ion sputtering( IS). The result shows that both
    DLC film and ZnS film can suppress the dissociation of the weak bonding
    HgTe, and prevent Hg escaping from MCT surface to some extent. However,
    both Zn and S in ZnS layer tend to diffuse inward MCT, while diffusion
    of C from DLC layer into MCT is rather slight. In particular, IR
    transmission of MCT deposited with DLC is remarkable raised comparing
    to the naked surface and higher than that of MCT deposited with ZnS.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Natl Lab Infrared Phys, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Ju, JH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ANGUS JC, 1988, SCIENCE, V241, P913
    HARRIS DC, 1995, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2552, P325
    HOLLAND L, 1979, THIN SOLID FILMS, V58, P107
    HOWLAND R, 1996, PRACTICAL GUIDE SCAN
    JU JH, 1992, ACTA ENERGIAE SOLARI, V13, P276
    JUNG JW, 1996, THIN SOLID FILMS, V290, P18
    MCKINLEY JM, 1995, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2554, P213
    NEMIROVSKY Y, 1990, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V8, P1185
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 1001-9014
 J9 J INFRARED MILIM WAVES
 JI J. Infrared Millim. Waves
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 21
 IS 3
 BP 238
 EP 240
 PG 3
 SC Optics
 GA 570WM
 UT ISI:000176682400018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, XY
    Zhang, ZL
    Zhang, BX
    Zhu, WQ
    Xu, SH
 TI Stable and current independent white-emitting organic diode
 SO SYNTHETIC METALS
 DT Article
 DE white OLED; current independence; stability
 ID ELECTROLUMINESCENT DEVICES; LAYERS
 AB White organic light emitting diodes (OLEDs) with new blue material and
    two kinds of structures have been constructed: one with blue and red
    emission in a same layer, the other with blue and red emission in
    separated layers. The configurations of the devices are
    ITO/CuPc/NTPB/JBEM(P):DCJT/Alq/MgAg (Device1) and
    ITO/CuPc/NPB/JBEM(P)/Alq:DCJT/Alq/MgAg (Device2). Here, copper
    phthalocyanine (CuPc) is the buffer layer;
    N,N'-bis(l-naphthyl)-N'-diphenyl-1.1'-biphenyl-4-4'-diamine (NPB) is
    the hole transporting layer (HTL); 9,10-bis(3'5'-diaryl)phenyl
    anthracene doped with perylene (JBEM(P)) is a new blue emitting
    material; tris(8-quinolinolato)aluminum complex (Alq) is the electron
    transporting layer (ETL), and DCJT is a red dye. A stable and current
    independent white OLED has been obtained in the device with blue and
    red emission in the same layer. It shows a maximum luminance of 14 850
    cd/m(2), an efficiency of 2.88 Lm/W, Commission Internationale de
    l'Eclairage (CIE) co-ordinates x = 0.32, y = 0.38 from 4 to 200
    mA/cm(2), and the half lifetime 2860 h at the starting luminance of 100
    cd/m(2). It is proved that the device with blue and red in the same
    layer has better characteristics than the device with blue and red in
    separated layers in luminance, efficiency and stability. (C) 2002
    Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, XY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHEN CH, 1997, MACROMOL S, V125, P1
    DESHPANDE RS, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P888
    FORREST SR, 1997, SYNTHETIC MET, V91, P9
    GRANSTROM M, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P147
    JIANG XY, 2000, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V33, P473
    JORDAN RH, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P1192
    KIDO J, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V64, P815
    LIU SY, 2000, THIN SOLID FILMS, V363, P294
    SHI JM, 1999, 5972247, US
    STRUKELJ M, 1996, J AM CHEM SOC, V118, P1213
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    TOKITO S, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P1985
 NR 12
 TC 10
 SN 0379-6779
 J9 SYNTHET METAL
 JI Synth. Met.
 PD JUN 17
 PY 2002
 VL 129
 IS 1
 BP 9
 EP 13
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter;
    Polymer Science
 GA 567DK
 UT ISI:000176470000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, GH
    Zhang, H
    Duan, YS
 TI Topological aspects of liquid crystals
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE topological current; wrapping number; disclination point; bifurcation
 ID CONDENSED MATTER PHYSICS; SPACE-TIME DEFECTS; BIFURCATION-THEORY; EARLY
    UNIVERSE; QUANTIZATION; MEDIA; ORIGIN
 AB Using phi-mapping method and topological current theory, the properties
    and behaviors of disclination points in three-dimensional liquid
    crystals are studied. By introducing the strength density and the
    topological current of many disclination points, the total disclination
    strength is topologically quantized by the Hopf indices and Brouwer
    degrees at the singularities of the general director field when the
    Jacobian determinant of the general director field does not vanish.
    When the Jacobian determinant vanishes, the origin, annihilation, and
    bifurcation of disclination points are detailed in the neighborhoods of
    the limit point and bifurcation point, respectively. The branch
    solutions at the limit point and the different directions of all branch
    curves at the first- and second-order degenerated points are
    calculated. It is pointed out that a disclination point with a higher
    strength is unstable and will evolve to the lower strength state
    through the bifurcation process. An original disclination point can
    split into at most four disclination points at one time.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Inst Theoret Phys, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON PW, 1984, BASIC NOTIONS CONDEN
    BLAHA S, 1976, PHYS REV LETT, V36, P874
    BRAY AJ, 1994, ADV PHYS, V43, P375
    DEGENNES PG, 1970, LECT NOTES
    DEGENNES PG, 1974, PHYSICS LIQUID CRYST
    DUAN YS, 1997, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V29, P715
    DUAN YS, 1997, HELV PHYS ACTA, V70, P565
    DUAN YS, 1998, NUCL PHYS B, V514, P705
    FINKELSTEIN D, 1966, J MATH PHYS, V7, P1218
    FRIEDEL J, 1964, DISLOCATIONS
    HOLZ A, 1992, PHYSICA A, V182, P240
    JIANG Y, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P2616
    KLEMAN M, 1972, LIQUID CRYSTALLINE S
    KLEMAN M, 1973, PHILOS MAG, V27, P1057
    KLEMAN M, 1977, J PHYSIQUE LETT, V38, L195
    KLEMAN M, 1983, POINTS LINES WALLS L
    KURIK MV, 1988, SOV PHYS USP, V31, P196
    KURIK MV, 1988, USP FIZ NAUK, V154, P381
    LUBENSKY TC, 1997, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V102, P187
    MERMIN ND, 1979, REV MOD PHYS, V51, P591
    NABARRO FRN, 1967, THEORY CRYSTAL DISLO
    ROGULA D, 1976, TRENDS APPL PURE MAT
    SHANKAR R, 1977, J PHYSIQUE, V38, P1405
    TOULOUSE G, 1976, J PHYSIQUE LETT, V37, P149
    TREBIN HR, 1982, ADV PHYS, V31, P195
    VOLOVIK GE, 1976, SOV PHYS JETP, V48, P561
    VOLOVIK GE, 1977, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V45, P1186
    VOLOVIK GE, 1977, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V46, P401
    YANG GH, 1998, INT J THEOR PHYS, V37, P2371
    YANG GH, 1998, MOD PHYS LETT A, V13, P2123
    YANG GH, 1999, INT J ENG SCI, V37, P1037
 NR 31
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 41
 IS 6
 BP 991
 EP 1005
 PG 15
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 566FN
 UT ISI:000176416400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
 TI Failure of the Ott-Grebogi-York-type controllers for nonhyperbolic chaos
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB It is considered that nonhyperbolicity affects the achievement of
    Ott-Grebogi-York-type (OGY-type) controllers. The result shows that,
    without a priori analytical knowledge of the dynamics, it is impossible
    to estimate the local dynamics from an experimental time series due to
    the singularity of the corresponding least-squares problem which
    results from the nonhyperbolicity in the system. Thus, it is necessary
    to destroy chaos before obtaining the formation for attempting control
    by experimental time series. The result explains a physical
    experimental result in the failure of chaos control in a parametrically
    excited pendulum model.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200136, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200136, Peoples R China.
 CR ECKMANN JP, 1985, REV MOD PHYS, V57, P617
    KOSTELICH EJ, 1992, PHYSICA D, V58, P138
    LATHROP DP, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P4028
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    OTT E, 1993, CHAOS DYNAMICAL SYST
    STEWART GW, 1973, INTRO MATRIX COMPUTA
    VANDEWATER W, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V62, P6398
    XU HB, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P878
    YANG L, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P67
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 19
 IS 6
 BP 762
 EP 764
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 566UV
 UT ISI:000176447400006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, ZJ
    Xia, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Wang, ZM
 TI A new quantitative determination of stress by Raman spectroscopy in
    diamond grown on alumina
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 AB Raman spectroscopy is used to study the residual stress in
    polycrystalline diamond grown on alumina by chemical vapour deposition.
    A new method for stress determination is first presented and used for
    the measurement of the stress evolution across the film thickness. The
    compressive stress in the very thin film is in good agreement with the
    thermal mismatch between diamond and alumina, and the stress declines
    with increasing film thickness due to the stress relief during grain
    growth. Within thickness up to about 20 mum, the stress values given by
    the singlet and doublet Raman modes correspond satisfactorily and the
    common assumption of biaxial stress in the plane of the film is
    confirmed. With further increasing film thickness, the quantitative
    measurement method seems to be inappropriate because of the more
    complicated stress state.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AGER JW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P2601
    AGER JW, 1995, MATER RES SOC SYMP P, V383, P143
    CHAUDHARI P, 1972, J VAC SCI TECHNOL, V9, P520
    FIELD JE, 1979, PROPERTIES NATURAL S
    GRIMSDITCH MH, 1978, PHYS REV B, V18, P901
    MO Y, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V191, P459
    VONKAENEL Y, 1994, DIAM RELAT MATER, V3, P757
 NR 7
 TC 4
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD JUN 3
 PY 2002
 VL 14
 IS 21
 BP 5271
 EP 5276
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 565ZP
 UT ISI:000176400700004
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Bian, JJ
    Zhong, YG
    Wang, H
 TI Low-temperature-fireable microwave dielectric ceramic
    (Pb0.45Ca0.55)[(Fe1/2Nb1/2)(0.9)Sn-0.1]O-3 with addition of CuO-V2O6-LiF
 SO HIGH-PERFORMANCE CERAMICS 2001, PROCEEDINGS
 SE KEY ENGINEERING MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE low-temperature-firing; microwave dielectrics; dielectric properties
 AB The sintering behavior, microstructure as well as the microwave
    dielectric properties of
    (Pb0.45Ca0.55)[(Fe1/2Nb1/2)(0.9)Sn-0.1]O-3(PCFNS) ceramics with the
    addition Of CuO-V2O5-LiF(VCL) were investigated. The experimental
    results showed that the PCFNS ceramics could be sintered at rather low
    temperature (950-1000degreesC) when more than 0.1wt% CuO-V2O5-LiF is
    added. Excellent microwave dielectric properties were obtained: Q(.)f =
    4000 GHz, epsilon(r) = 85.4,tau(f) = 5 ppm/degreesC, as 0.2wt%
    CuO-V2O5-LiF sintering aid was added. The variations of sinterability
    and the microwave properties were also discussed based on the
    characterization of microstructures.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Bian, JJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BIAN JJ, IN PRESS J MAT SCI M
    BIAN JJ, 2001, J MATER SCI LETT, V20, P1767
    HUANG CL, 2000, MATER LETT, V43, P32
    ISHZAKI T, 1994, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V42, P2017
    KAGATA H, 1994, NATL TECHNICAL REPOR, V40, P17
    KIM HT, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P3476
    KUCHEIKO S, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2937
    ONODA M, 1982, JPN J APPL PHYS, V21, P3731
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1013-9826
 J9 KEY ENG MAT
 PY 2002
 VL 224-2
 BP 13
 EP 16
 PG 4
 GA BU56L
 UT ISI:000176367400004
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Chen, HY
    Guo, XB
    Meng, ZY
 TI Aging behavior and mechanism of PMMN-PZT quaternary piezoelectric
    ceramics
 SO HIGH-PERFORMANCE CERAMICS 2001, PROCEEDINGS
 SE KEY ENGINEERING MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE aging; PMMN-PZT; quaternary piezoelectric ceramics
 ID NIOBATE-LEAD TITANATE; RELAXOR FERROELECTRICS
 AB Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O-3-Pb(Mn1/3Nb2/3)O-3-PbZrO3-PbTiO3 (PMMN-PZT) quaternary
    piezoelectric ceramics in the vicinity of morphotropic phase boundary
    (MPB) were fabricated and the piezoelectric properties were
    characterized. Aging characteristics of the quaternary systems was
    investigated. It was observed that as the Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O-3 (PMN)
    content increases, the aging rate decrease. For a certain composition,
    the aging rate increases with increasing temperature. It was shown that
    the aging observed in these compositions related with logarithmic aging
    time is out of line, instead, a stretched exponential time law. The
    compositions of rhombohedral phase exhibit a much weaker aging than
    that of tetragonal phase. Experimental results also reveal that the
    aging rate can be suppressed via post-sintering annealing in oxygen. It
    is concluded that the aging mechanism of PMMN-PZT systems is mainly
    related to the lattice defects.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Composite Mat, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN HY, IN PRESS MAT CHEM PH
    COHEN A, 1970, J AM CERAM SOC, V53, P396
    CROSS LE, 1987, FERROELECTRICS, V76, P241
    IKEGAMI S, 1967, J PHYS SOC JPN, V22, P725
    KO JS, 1992, P 8 IEEE S APPL FERR, P395
    KUDO T, 1970, J AM CERAM SOC, V53, P326
    NOMURA T, 1995, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V34, P5389
    PAN W, 1989, J MATER SCI LETT, V5, P647
    SCHULZE WA, 1975, FERROELECTRICS, V9, P203
    SCHULZE WA, 1988, FERROELECTRICS, V87, P361
    SHROUT TR, 1989, FERROELECTRICS, V93, P361
    WARREN WL, 1996, J AM CERAM SOC, V79, P536
    ZHANG QM, 1996, J APPL PHYS, V79, P3181
    ZHANG QM, 1997, J MATER RES, V12, P1777
    ZHOU LQ, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P413
    ZHU XH, 1996, J MATER SCI, V31, P2175
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1013-9826
 J9 KEY ENG MAT
 PY 2002
 VL 224-2
 BP 89
 EP 93
 PG 5
 GA BU56L
 UT ISI:000176367400022
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Guo, XB
    Chen, HY
    Meng, ZY
 TI Electro-mechanical properties and their temperature dependence for
    PMS-PZ-PT doped with Sr2+
 SO HIGH-PERFORMANCE CERAMICS 2001, PROCEEDINGS
 SE KEY ENGINEERING MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE PMS-PZ-PT; piezoelectric; temperature dependence; Sr2+ doping
 ID PIEZOELECTRIC PROPERTIES; RESONANT-FREQUENCY; TI)O-3 CERAMICS;
    STABILITY; VICINITY
 AB The dielectric and piezoelectric properties of
    Pb1-xSr,(Mn1/3Sb2/3)(0.05)Zr0.48Ti0.47O3 + 0.2 wt% CeO2 (PMS-PZ-PT)
    were investigated as a function of Sr2+ substituting rate. The
    temperature dependence of Electro-mcchanical properties was also
    discussed. The lattice parameters determined by XRD patterns indicated
    that, with the increasing of Sr2+ substituting rate, the unit cell
    shrinked and become more isotropic. A set of optimized piezoelectric
    properties, which are better than those of other reports were obtained
    in the composition doped with 2mol% Sr2+. The temperature dependence of
    resonant frequency was also improved by 2mol% Sr2+. The temperature
    coefficient Deltaf/(DeltaT.f(25degreesC)) is 6.62 x 10(-5)/degreesC at
    the temperature range of -50-100degreesC. At the temperature range in
    which USM was operated practically (20degreesC-80degreesC), K-31 have
    high temperature stability (DeltaK(31)/DeltaT=0.014%/degreesC) while Qm
    obtained comparatively high value. With increasing of temperature, S11E
    decreased at first and then followed by a increasing at higher
    temperature region while d(31) increased monotonously.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ALBERTA EF, 2000, FERROELECTRICS, V242, P13
    CHEON CI, 1997, J MATER SCI LETT, V16, P2043
    CHEON CI, 1999, J MATER SCI-MATER EL, V10, P81
    GAO YK, 2001, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V40, P687
    GUO XB, 2002, J CHINESE CERAM SOC, V30, P125
    KAMIYA T, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V32, P4223
    KONDO M, 1999, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V38, P5539
    LEE DL, 1998 IEEE INT C COND, P381
    NADOLIISKY MM, 1992, FERROELECTRICS, V129, P141
    WANG D, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P5342
    YONEDA A, 1990, NIPPON SERAM KYO GAK, V98, P890
    YOON SJ, 1998, J AM CERAM SOC, V81, P2473
    ZHANG QM, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V75, P454
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1013-9826
 J9 KEY ENG MAT
 PY 2002
 VL 224-2
 BP 105
 EP 109
 PG 5
 GA BU56L
 UT ISI:000176367400025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dong, LY
    Xue, Y
    Dai, SQ
 TI One-dimensional cellular automaton model of traffic flow based on
    car-following idea
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE cellular automaton (CA); traffic model; metastability; hysteresis
    phenomenon; car-following model
 AB An improved one-dimensional CA ( Cellular Automaton) traffic model was
    proposed to describe the highway traffic under the periodic boundary
    conditions. This model was based on the idea of the car-following
    model, which claims that the motion of a vehicle at one time step
    depends on both its headway and the synchronous motion of the front
    vehicle, thus including indirectly the influence of its sub-neighboring
    vehicle. It? addition, the so-called safety distance was introduced to
    consider the deceleration behavior of vehicles and the stochastic
    factor was taken into account by introducing the deceleration
    probability. Meanwhile, the conditional deceleration in the model gives
    a better description of the phenomena observed on highways. It is found
    that there exists the metastability and hysteresis effect of traffic
    flow in the neighborhood of critical density under different initial
    conditions. Since this model gives a reasonable depiction of the motion
    of a single vehicle, it is easy to be extended to the case of traffic
    flow tinder the control of traffic lights in cities.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Dong, LY, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHOWDHURY D, 2000, PHYS REP, V329, P199
    FUKUI M, 1996, J PHYS SOC JPN, V65, P1868
    HELBING D, 1999, PHYS REV E A, V59, R2505
    HU YT, 1999, NEW APPROACH CELLULA
    KRAUSS S, 1997, PHYS REV E A, V55, P5597
    LUBECK S, 1998, PHYS REV E, V57, P1171
    NAGEL K, 1992, J PHYS I, V2, P2221
    NAGEL K, 1995, PHYS REV E A, V51, P2909
    WANG L, 2000, STUDY SELF ORG CRITI
    XUE Y, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P445
 NR 10
 TC 4
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 4
 BP 363
 EP 370
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 565WL
 UT ISI:000176392400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, MH
    Chen, J
    Qian, Q
    Bao, BR
 TI Thermo-responsive interpenetrating polymer networks composed of
    AAc/AAm/NMA by radiation grafting
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID GELS; COLLAPSE
 AB Interpenetrating polymer network (IPN) hydrogels were prepared by
    grafting of acrylamide (AAm), N-methylol acrylamide (NMA) and acrylic
    acid (AAc) onto preirradiated polypropylene (PP) membrane. To obtain
    PP-g-AAc/AAm/NMA IPN hydrogels, at first, AAc were grafted onto
    preirradiated PP and then AAm were grafted onto the PP-g-AAc membranes.
    Finally NMA were grafted onto PP-g-AAc/AAm membranes. In the different
    stages of grafting under different reaction conditions, trapped
    radicals in the membrane samples were probed by electron spin resonance
    (ESR). The temperature response behaviors of the IPN hydrogels were
    studied. Reversible behavior and controlled release of drug tests made
    reflecting the switching to "on" state at higher temperatures and to
    "off" state at lower temperatures were achieved. By increasing the
    grafted content of NMA, higher transition temperature of the hydrogel
    could be attained.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, MH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BRANNONPEPPAS L, 1989, J CONTROL RELEASE, V8, P267
    CHEN J, 2000, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V59, P313
    FENGLIAN B, 1986, MACROMOLECULES, V19, P2248
    HOFFMAN AS, 1991, MRS BULL, V16, P42
    ILAVSKY M, 1981, POLYMER, V22, P1678
    ILAVSKY M, 1982, POLYM B, V7, P107
    KATANO H, 1991, J POLYM, V23, P1179
    MASAHIRO I, 1986, MACROMOLECULES, V19, P2476
    TANAKA T, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V45, P1636
    TANAKA T, 1982, SCIENCE, V218, P467
    WU MH, 2000, J RADIOANAL NUCL CH, V246, P457
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 252
 IS 3
 BP 531
 EP 535
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 562DX
 UT ISI:000176183100014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, DJ
    Chen, DY
 TI The conservation laws of some discrete soliton systems
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID EQUATIONS; HIERARCHY
 AB A systematic approach to constructing an infinite number of
    conservation laws for discrete soliton systems is proposed, and three
    examples are given. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, DJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1975, J MATH PHYS, V16, P598
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1976, J MATH PHYS, V17, P1011
    BLASZAK M, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4661
    HIROTA R, 1973, J PHYS SOC JPN, V35, P289
    INOUE R, 1997, J PHYS SOC JPN, V66, P1291
    KAJIWARA K, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V146, P115
    KONNO K, 1974, PROG THEO PHYS, V52, P886
    KONOPELCHENKO B, 1992, J MATH PHYS, V33, P3676
    MA WX, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P2400
    MIURA RM, 1968, J MATH PHYS, V9, P1204
    TODA M, 1989, THEORY NONLINEAR LAT
    TSUCHIDA T, 1998, J MATH PHYS, V39, P4785
    TSUCHIDA T, 1998, J PHYS SOC JPN, V67, P1175
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V32, P2239
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    WADATI M, 1976, PROG THEOR PHYS SUPP, V59, P36
    WADATI M, 1977, PROG THEOR PHYS, V57, P808
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1972, SOV PHYS JETP, V34, P62
 NR 18
 TC 9
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 14
 IS 4
 BP 573
 EP 579
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 562MH
 UT ISI:000176200700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sonis, M
    Zhou, SF
 TI Stability and transverse manifolds of periodic points for coupled maps
 SO PHYSICA D-NONLINEAR PHENOMENA
 DT Article
 DE coupled maps; domain of stability; periodic points; transverse manifold
 ID CHAOTIC ELEMENTS; LOGISTIC MAPS; SYNCHRONIZATION; BIFURCATION;
    DYNAMICS; NETWORK
 AB We consider the domains of stability of periodic points for linear-,
    internal- and external-coupled maps. We obtain the approximation
    expressions of the transverse manifolds at periodic points, which show
    that the transverse manifolds of periodic points are asymptotically
    elliptic paraboloids. We point out that the action of maps on the
    transverse manifold has the "symmetry" only in two-coupled maps. We
    study in detail the hereditary properties of domains of stability of
    period-doublmg points for the internal-coupling of an arbitrary
    one-dimensional map with the help of its quadratic approximation and
    show that these domains follow the universal rules similar to the
    Feigenbaum universality rules for one-dimensional maps. (C) 2002
    Elsevier Science B.V All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Bar Ilan Univ, Dept Geog, IL-52900 Ramat Gan, Israel.
 RP Zhou, SF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR DENDRINOS DS, 1990, APPL MATH SCI, V86
    FEIGENBAUM MJ, 1978, J STAT PHYS, V19, P25
    KANEKO K, 1990, PHYSICA D, V41, P137
    KAPITANIAK T, 1999, PHYSICA D, V126, P18
    KENDALL BE, 1998, THEOR POPUL BIOL, V54, P11
    MAISTRENKO Y, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P179
    MAISTRENKO YL, 1998, PHYS REV E A, V57, P2713
    MAISTRENKO YL, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1638
    MAISTRENKO YL, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V262, P355
    MAISTRENKO YL, 1999, PHYS REV E, V60, P2817
    SHIBATA T, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P4116
    SHIBATA T, 1998, PHYSICA D, V124, P177
    SONIS M, 1987, MATH MODELLING, V9, P539
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0167-2789
 J9 PHYSICA D
 JI Physica D
 PD MAY 1
 PY 2002
 VL 165
 IS 1-2
 BP 12
 EP 25
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 560QZ
 UT ISI:000176093900002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, GH
    Zhang, H
    Duan, YS
 TI Topological aspect and bifurcation of disclination lines in
    two-dimensional liquid crystals
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE topological current; winding number; director field; disclination line
 ID SPACE-TIME DEFECTS; EARLY UNIVERSE; ORDERED MEDIA; QUANTIZATION; ORIGIN
 AB Using phi-mapping method and topological current theory, the
    topological structure and bifurcation of disclination lines in
    two-dimensional liquid crystals are studied. By introducing the
    strength density and the topological current of many disclination
    lines, the total disclination strength is topologically quantized by
    the Hopf indices and Brouwer degrees at the singularities of the
    director field when the Jacobian determinant of director field does not
    vanish. When the Jacobian determinant vanishes, the origin,
    annihilation and bifurcation processes of disclination lines are
    studied in the neighborhoods of the limit points and bifurcation
    points, respectively. The branch solutions at the limit point and the
    different directions of all branch curves at the bifurcation point are
    calculated with the conservation law of the topological quantum
    numbers. It is pointed out that a disclination line with a higher
    strength is unstable and it will evolve to the lower strength state
    through the bifurcation process.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Inst Theoret Phys, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON PW, 1984, BASIC NOTIONS CONDEN
    BLAHA S, 1976, PHYS REV LETT, V36, P874
    BRAY AJ, 1994, ADV PHYS, V43, P375
    DEGENNES PG, 1974, PHYSICS LIQUID CRYST
    DUAN YS, 1997, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V29, P715
    DUAN YS, 1997, HELV PHYS ACTA, V70, P565
    DUAN YS, 1998, NUCL PHYS B, V514, P705
    FINKELSTEIN D, 1966, J MATH PHYS, V7, P1218
    FRIEDEL J, 1964, DISLOCATIONS
    HOLZ A, 1992, PHYSICA A, V182, P240
    KLEMAN M, 1977, J PHYSIQUE LETT, V38, L195
    KLEMAN M, 1983, POINTS LINES WALLS L
    KURIK MV, 1988, SOV PHYS USP, V31, P196
    KURIK MV, 1988, USP FIZ NAUK, V154, P381
    LI S, HEPTH0001007
    LUBENSKY TC, 1997, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V102, P187
    MERMIN ND, 1979, REV MOD PHYS, V51, P591
    NABARRO FRN, 1967, THEORY CRYSTAL DISLO
    ROGULA D, 1976, TRENDS APPL PURE MAT
    SHANKAR R, 1977, J PHYSIQUE, V38, P1405
    TOULOUSE G, 1976, J PHYS LETT-PARIS, V37, L149
    VOLOVIK GE, 1976, JETP LETT, V24, P561
    VOLOVIK GE, 1977, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V45, P1186
    VOLOVIK GE, 1977, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V46, P401
    YANG GH, 1998, INT J THEOR PHYS, V37, P2371
    YANG GH, 1998, MOD PHYS LETT A, V13, P2123
    YANG GH, 1999, INT J ENG SCI, V37, P1037
 NR 27
 TC 2
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAY 15
 PY 2002
 VL 37
 IS 5
 BP 513
 EP 518
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 558RF
 UT ISI:000175979800001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, GP
    Zhang, JF
 TI Note on solving solitary wave solution by the hyperbolic function method
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE hyperbolic function method; solitary wave solution; nonlinear wave
    equation
 ID EXPANSION METHOD; SHALLOW-WATER; LONG WAVES; EQUATIONS; QUADRATURE;
    REDUCTION
 AB We give a note on solving the solitary wave solution of the nonlinear
    wave equation using the hyperbolic function method. It can be seen that
    the hyperbolic function method is a simple and effective method in
    studying the solitary wave solution of the nonlinear evolution equation.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Coll Educ Sci & Technol, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, GP, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Coll Educ Sci & Technol, Jinhua 321004,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJP, 1991, SOLITON NONLINEAR EV, P200
    FAN EG, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P353
    FAN EG, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P212
    FANG EG, 2000, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V49, P1409
    GU CH, 1990, SOLITON THEORY ITS A, P160
    HIROTA R, 1973, J MATH PHYS, V14, P810
    KUDRYASHOV NA, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V147, P287
    LIU SK, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2068
    LOU SY, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1937
    LU KP, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2074
    MIURA MR, 1978, BACKUND TRANSFORMATI, P185
    OTWINOWSKI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V128, P483
    SHANG YD, 1998, J NINGXIA U, V19, P110
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    YAN CT, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V224, P77
    YAN ZY, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1962
    YANG L, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V278, P267
    ZHANG GX, 2000, CHIN SCI A, V30, P1103
    ZHANG JF, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1416
    ZHANG JF, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1648
 NR 20
 TC 19
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 51
 IS 6
 BP 1159
 EP 1162
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 559XE
 UT ISI:000176050800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, GH
    Shan, S
    Jiang, L
    Xu, XS
 TI A new rank-size distribution of Zipf's Law and its applications
 SO SCIENTOMETRICS
 DT Article
 AB Developing the probability function to describe rank-size Zipfian
    phenomena, i.e., a form like P(R = r)similar toc/r(a) (alpha>0) with a
    rank type random variable R, has been an important problem in
    scientometrics and informetrics. In this article a new rank-size
    distribution of Zipf's law is presented and applied to an actual
    distribution of scientific productivities in Chinese universities.
 C1 China Natl Inst Educ Res, Beijing 100088, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Management & Informat Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, GH, China Natl Inst Educ Res, Beijing 100088, Peoples R China.
 CR AUERBACH F, 1913, PETERMANS MITTEILUNG, V59, P74
    AYRES LP, 1915, MEASURING SCALE ABIL
    CONDON EU, 1928, SCIENCE, V67, P300
    GLANZEL W, 1984, Z WAHRSCHEINLICHKEIT, V66, P173
    HILL BM, 1974, J AM STAT ASSOC, V69, P1017
    KRETSCHMER H, 2000, RES EVLAUATION ITS I, P95
    LOTKA AJ, 1925, ELEMENTS MATH BIOL
    MANDELBROT B, 1953, COMMUN THEORY, P486
    ROUSSEAU R, 2000, RES EVALUATION ITS I, P458
    ZIPF GK, 1935, PSYCHOBIOLOGY LANGUA
    ZIPF GK, 1949, HUMAN BEHAV PRINCIPL
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0138-9130
 J9 SCIENTOMETRICS
 JI Scientometrics
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 54
 IS 1
 BP 119
 EP 130
 PG 12
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Information Science &
    Library Science
 GA 557HJ
 UT ISI:000175902800008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, AM
    Liu, YF
    Chen, L
    Hua, JD
 TI Synthesis and property of nanosized palladium catalysts protected by
    chitosan/silica
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED POLYMER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE catalysts; palladium; chitosan; silica; nanotechnology
 AB A chitosan (CTN)/silica-supported nanosized palladium catalyst was
    obtained from a silica-supported chitosan palladium complex through a
    complex transition method. An adsorption model was employed to simplify
    the structure of the di-supporter. It was indicated that when the
    polymer coil adsorbed on the silica surface with even a monolayer the
    catalytic activity would reach an optimum value, and different
    situations of the, nanosized palladium particles would cause a
    different catalysis. The molar ratio of the chitosan structure unit to
    the palladium would affect the metal's size, which therefore influenced
    its catalytic activity. The experimental results corresponded with the
    inferences. (C) 2002 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. J Appl Polym Sci 85:
    989-994,2002.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR FELDHEIM DL, 1995, J ELECT CHEM SOC, V142, P32
    HIDEFANI NL, 1999, J MOL SCI, V15, P3
    HIRAI H, 1998, REACT FUNCT POLYM, V37, P121
    RYLANDER PN, 1967, CATALYTIC HYDROGENAT
    SANG LY, 1918, POLYM B, V3, P11
 NR 5
 TC 6
 SN 0021-8995
 J9 J APPL POLYM SCI
 JI J. Appl. Polym. Sci.
 PD AUG 1
 PY 2002
 VL 85
 IS 5
 BP 989
 EP 994
 PG 6
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 558TQ
 UT ISI:000175983000010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, HQ
    Shen, LM
    Yang, GH
    Lai, YY
    Cheng, KS
 TI Quantum cosmology in CGBD theory
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE quantum cosmology; Brans-Dicke gravity
 ID COMPLEX SCALAR FIELD; GRAVITATIONAL-WAVES; EINSTEIN FRAME; UNIVERSE;
    GRAVITY
 AB We apply the theory developed in quantum cosmology to a model of
    charged generalized Brans-Dicke gravity. This is a quantum model of
    gravitation interacting with a charged Brans-Dicke type scalar field
    which is considered in the Pauli frame. The Wheeler-DeWitt equation
    describing the evolution of the quantum Universe is solved in the
    semiclassical approximation by applying the WKB approximation. The wave
    function of the Universe is also obtained by applying both the
    Vilenkin-like and the Hartle-Hawking-like boundary conditions. We then
    make predictions from the wave functions and infer that the Vilenkin's
    boundary condition is more reasonable in the Brans-Dicke gravity models
    leading a large vacuum energy density at the beginning of the inflation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, HQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BRACCO C, 1998, GRGC9811090
    CHO YM, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P3133
    FARAONI V, 1996, ASTROPHYS LETT COMM, V35, P305
    FARAONI V, 1998, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V332, P1154
    FARAONI V, 1998, GRGC9811047
    FARAONI V, 1999, INT J THEOR PHYS, V38, P217
    HARTLE JB, 1983, PHYS REV D, V28, P2960
    HARTLE JB, 1991, QUANTUM COSMOLOGY BA
    KAMENSHCHIK AY, 1995, PHYS LETT B, V357, P36
    KHALATNIKOV IM, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V169, P308
    KHALATNIKOV IM, 1993, PHYS LETT B, V302, P176
    KOLB EW, 1990, EARLY UNIVERSE
    LU HQ, 1999, INT J MOD PHYS D, V8, P625
    LUCA A, 1994, PHYSICAL REV D, V49, P1881
    MAGNANO G, 1994, PHYS REV D, V50, P5039
    VILENKIN A, 1984, PHYS REV D, V30, P509
    VILENKIN A, 1988, PHYS REV D, V37, P888
    VILENKIN A, 1989, PHYS REV D, V39, P1116
    VILENKIN A, 1998, GRQC9804051
    WALD RM, 1984, GEN RELATIVITY
 NR 20
 TC 1
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 41
 IS 5
 BP 939
 EP 951
 PG 13
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 558CK
 UT ISI:000175947500011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, GH
 TI Topology in entropy of Schwarzschild black hole
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE entropy; Euler characteristic; killing vector field
 ID EXTREME
 AB In the light of phi-mapping method and the relationship between the
    entropy and the Euler characteristic, the inner topological structure
    of the entropy of Schwarzschild black hole is studied. By introducing
    an entropy density, it is shown that the entropy of Schwarzschild black
    hole is determined by the singularities of the timelike Killing vector
    field of spacetime and these singularities carry the topological
    numbers, Hopf indices and Brouwer degrees, naturally. Taking account of
    the statistical meaning of entropy in physics, the entropy of
    Schwarzschild black hole is merely the sum of the Hopf indices, which
    will give the increasing law of entropy of black holes.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHERN SS, 1944, ANN MATH, V45, P747
    CHERN SS, 1945, ANN MATH, V46, P674
    CHERN SS, 1959, LECT NOTES U CHICAGO
    DUAN YS, 1993, J MATH PHYS, V34, P1149
    DUAN YS, 1998, NUCL PHYS B, V514, P705
    GELFAND IM, 1958, GEN FUNCTION
    GIBBONS GW, 1995, PHYS REV D, V51, P2839
    HAWKING SW, 1995, PHYS REV D, V51, P4302
    LIBERATI S, 1997, PHYS REV D, V56, P6458
    TEITELBOIM C, 1995, PHYS REV D, V51, P4315
    WANG B, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V432, P69
    WANG B, 1998, PHYS REV D, V57, P5284
    YANG GH, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P631
    ZASLAVSKII OB, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P2211
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 41
 IS 5
 BP 953
 EP 959
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 558CK
 UT ISI:000175947500012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, WJ
    Chen, LQ
 TI A numerical algorithm for non-linear parametric vibration analysis of a
    viscoelastic moving belt
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 DE axially moving belt; transverse parametric vibration; viscoelastic;
    implicit Runge-Kutta method; finite difference
 ID NONLINEAR VIBRATION; PART I
 AB A numerical algorithm for nonlinear partial differential equations is
    proposed to analyze the parametric vibrations of viscoelastic moving
    belts. The method of finite difference is employed to discrete spatial
    variables. The partial differential equation is transformed into a
    large system of differential-algebraic equations. Based oil the special
    structures in the mathematical model of a viscoelastic belt, the
    algorithm is easy to carry out, and it can be efficiently applied to
    solve the parametric vibration problems of belts with various kinds of
    nonlinear stress-strain relations. As two applications of the
    algorithm, the dynamical response of viscoelastic belts, whose
    materials are respectively defined by the standard model or the
    Maxwell-Kelvin model, are calculated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, WJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRATE S, 1992, MECH MACH THEORY, V27, P645
    BRENAN KE, 1996, NUMERICAL SOLUTION I
    CHEN LQ, 2001, ADV MECH, V31, P535
    CHRISTENSEN RM, 1982, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    FUNG RF, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V201, P153
    MOON J, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V200, P419
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1994, J SOUND VIB, V169, P179
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V203, P815
    PALINGREN H, 1986, V BELT HDB
    WICKERT JA, 1993, J SOUND VIB, V160, P455
    ZHANG L, 1998, J SOUND VIB, V216, P75
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P396
 NR 12
 TC 4
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2002
 VL 3
 IS 2
 BP 139
 EP 144
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 557TT
 UT ISI:000175924800007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, T
    Sheng, WC
 TI The general multi-dimensional Riemann problem for hyperbolic systems
    with real constant coefficients
 SO DISCRETE AND CONTINUOUS DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 DE general multi-dimensional Riemann problem; hyperbolic system; constant
    coefficients; explicit solution
 AB In this paper, we give the explicit solution to the general
    multi-dimensional Riemann problem for the canonical form of 2 x 2
    hyperbolic systems with real constant coefficients.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, T, Fudan Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR GILQUIN H, 1996, RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUM, V30, P527
    LAX PD, 1982, B AM MATH SOC, V6, P213
    OSHIME Y, 1991, J MATH KYOTO U, V31, P937
    OSHIME Y, 1991, J MATH KYOTO U, V31, P983
    STRONG G, 1967, J MATH KYOTO U, V6, P397
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 1078-0947
 J9 DISCRETE CONTIN DYN SYST
 JI Discret. Contin. Dyn. Syst.
 PD JUL
 PY 2002
 VL 8
 IS 3
 BP 737
 EP 744
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 557GB
 UT ISI:000175899500013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, N
 TI Investigation of the stability of inviscid compressible swirling flows
 SO AEROSPACE SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE flow stability; swirling flow; vortex
 AB The stability of an inviscid compressible swirling flow between two
    concentric cylinders is analytically investigated. Two stability
    criteria are derived for compressible swirling flows under narrow gap
    approximation by an analytic method analogous to Ludwieg's method.
    Finally, the effect of compressibility is discussed. (C) 2002 Editions
    scientifiques et medicales Elsevier SAS. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, N, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR GANS RF, 1975, J FLUID MECH, V68, P403
    HOWARD LN, 1962, J FLUID MECH, V14, P463
    HOWARD LN, 1973, STUD APPL MATH, V52, P39
    LALAS DP, 1975, J FLUID MECH, V69, P65
    LEIBOVICH S, 1983, J FLUID MECH, V126, P335
    LUDWEIG H, 1964, Z FLUGWISS, V12, P304
    LUDWIEG H, 1960, Z FLUGWISS, V8, P135
    LUDWIEG H, 1961, Z FLUGWISS WELTRAUM, V9, P350
    RAYLEIGH JWS, 1916, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V93, P148
    WARREN FW, 1975, J FLUID MECH, V68, P413
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1270-9638
 J9 AEROSP SCI TECHNOL
 JI Aerosp. Sci. Technol.
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 6
 IS 2
 BP 99
 EP 103
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 558CC
 UT ISI:000175946600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Leng, GS
    Zhou, GB
 TI Inverse forms of Hadamard inequality
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON MATRIX ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE parallelotope; inverse forms; canonical volume; inequality
 ID MATRICES
 AB In this paper we establish the inverse inequalities of the Hadamard
    inequality and the Szasz inequality. To prove these results, we give
    two sharpenings of the Hadamard inequality and the Szasz inequality.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Appl Math, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Leng, GS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BECKENBACH EF, 1961, INEQUALITIES
    BOOTHBY WM, 1975, INTRO DIFFERENTIABLE
    DIXON JD, 1983, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V20, P812
    DIXON JD, 1984, CANAD MATH B, V27, P260
    ENGLE GM, 1976, LINEAR MULTILINEAR A, V4, P155
    HORN R, 1985, MATRIX ANAL
    JOHNSON CR, 1974, J RES NBS, V78, P167
    JOHNSON CR, 1985, LINEAR MULTILINEAR A, V18, P23
    JOHNSON CR, 1987, CBMS REG C SER MATH, V68
    REZNIKOV AG, 1991, LECT NOTES MATH, V1469, P90
    REZNIKOV AG, 1995, OPER THEORY ADV APPL, V77, P239
    SHIUE JS, 1976, SOOCHOW J MATH NATUR, V2, P57
    VELJAN D, 1995, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V219, P79
    WOLKOWICZ H, 1980, LINEAR ALGEBRA ITS A, V29, P471
    ZHANG XD, 1993, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V14, P705
    ZHANG XD, 1997, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V20, P269
 NR 16
 TC 2
 SN 0895-4798
 J9 SIAM J MATRIX ANAL APPLICAT
 JI SIAM J. Matrix Anal. Appl.
 PD MAY 10
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 4
 BP 990
 EP 997
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 555UE
 UT ISI:000175811000006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, XY
    Wan, XJ
 TI The effect of ordering on the environmental embrittlement of Ni4Mo alloy
 SO SCRIPTA MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 DE scanning electron microscopy; intermetallics; hydrogen embrittlement;
    order-disorder phenomena
 ID HYDROGEN EMBRITTLEMENT; (CO,FE)(3)V; NI3FE
 AB Hydrogen embrittlement of Ni4Mo alloy in different degree of ordered
    conditions was investigated. The results show that the atomic ordering
    does not influence the moisture-induced or dynamic hydrogen
    charging-induced environmental embrittlement, but has a considerable
    effect on the gaseous hydrogen-induced environmental embrittlement. (C)
    2002 Acta Materialia Inc. Published by Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Mat Res Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, XY, Shanghai Univ, Mat Res Inst, Box 269,149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BROOKS CR, 1984, INT MET REV, V29, P210
    CAMUS GM, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P1497
    CHENG XY, 2001, SCRIPTA MATER, V44, P325
    KURUVILLA AK, 1982, 3RD P INT C HYDR MET, V2, P629
    LIU CT, 1989, SCRIPTA METALL, V23, P875
    LIU CT, 1991, 6 INT S INT COMP STR, P703
    NISHIMURA C, 1996, SCRIPTA MATER, V35, P1441
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    TAKASUGI T, 1992, J MATER RES, V7, P2739
    TAKASUGI T, 1994, INTERMETALLICS, V2, P225
    TAWANCY HM, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V32, P1525
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    WRIGHT JL, 1998, SCRIPTA MATER, V38, P253
 NR 13
 TC 3
 SN 1359-6462
 J9 SCRIPTA MATER
 JI Scr. Mater.
 PD MAR 25
 PY 2002
 VL 46
 IS 6
 BP 465
 EP 470
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 555XL
 UT ISI:000175818500011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, GY
    Mo, YL
    Song, YL
    Wang, YX
    Li, CF
    Song, LC
 TI Nonlinear refractive properties of organometallic fullerene-C-60
    derivatives
 SO OPTICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE excited-state nonlinearity; nonlinear refraction; fullerene
    derivatives; Z-scan
 ID REVERSE SATURABLE ABSORPTION; Z-SCAN; C-60
 AB We have studied the nonlinear refractive properties of the
    organometalic fullerene-C-60 derivatives fac- and mer- [bis
    (1,2-diphenylphosphino) ethane] (tricarbonyl)(eta(2)-fullerene-C-60)
    chromium and molybdenum using the Z-scan method. These compounds change
    from being self-defocusing to self-focusing as the input light
    intensity increases. The experimental results have been interpreted
    using rate-equation theory. Critical conditions for the occurrence of
    this kind of transition have been elucidated for the steady-state
    situation. (C) 2002 Published by Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Harbin Inst Technol, Dept Phys, Harbin 150001, Peoples R China.
    Nankai Univ, Dept Chem, Tianjin 300071, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, GY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BENTIVEGNA F, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P1721
    FANG GY, 2000, OPT COMMUN, V183, P523
    HERMANN JA, 1998, OPT COMMUN, V154, P225
    JOSHI MP, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P1763
    KOST A, 1993, OPT LETT, V18, P334
    LI C, 1995, PHYS REV A, V51, P1569
    LI CF, 1994, J OPT SOC AM B, V11, P1356
    MENGHETTI M, 1997, SYNTHETIC MET, V86, P2353
    SHEIKBAHAE M, 1990, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V26, P760
    SONG LC, 1998, POLYHEDRON, V17, P469
    SONG YL, 1999, APPL PHYS LATT, V74, P334
    TUTT L, 1992, NATURE, V356, P255
    TUTT LW, 1993, PROG QUANT ELECTRON, V17, P299
 NR 13
 TC 10
 SN 0030-4018
 J9 OPT COMMUN
 JI Opt. Commun.
 PD MAY 1
 PY 2002
 VL 205
 IS 4-6
 BP 337
 EP 341
 PG 5
 SC Optics
 GA 554KL
 UT ISI:000175734500015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, CQ
    Zhang, BX
    Liang, Z
    Xie, PH
    Wang, XS
    Zhang, BW
    Cao, Y
    Jiang, XY
    Zhang, ZL
 TI A novel n-type red luminescent material for organic light-emitting
    diodes
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID ELECTROLUMINESCENT DEVICES; EUROPIUM COMPLEX; EFFICIENT; HOLE;
    EMISSION; POLYMERS; INJECTION; DOPANTS; BRIGHT; SERIES
 AB A novel red luminescent material
    N,N-bis{4-[2-(4-dicyanomethylene-6-methyl-4H-pyran-2-yl)ethylene]phenyl}
    aniline (BDCM) with two (4-dicyanomethylene)-4H-pyran electron-acceptor
    moieties and a triphenylamine electron-donor moiety for application in
    organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs) was synthesized. The resultant
    compound has a sterically well-hindered structure and a high
    fluorescence yield. The photoluminescence (PL) of this compound in
    solution and solid film and the electroluminescence (EL) have been
    studied. Based on its intense sterically hindered structure, the pure
    BDCM film prepared shows a bright red PL emission. The three-layered EL
    device with the structure ITO/CuPc/DPPhP/BDCM/Mg:Ag has a turn-on
    voltage of less than 4 V, which suggests that BDCM has an excellent
    electron injection property. A bright luminance of 582 cd m(-2) is
    obtained for the device at 19 V.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Tech Inst Phys & Chem, Beijing 100101, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, BW, Chinese Acad Sci, Tech Inst Phys & Chem, Beijing 100101,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BALDO MA, 1998, NATURE, V395, P151
    BELLMANN E, 1999, CHEM MATER, V11, P399
    BULOVIC V, 1998, CHEM PHYS LETT, V287, P455
    CAMPAIGNE E, 1963, ORG SYNTH, V4, P331
    CHEN CH, 1997, MACROMOL S, V125, P1
    CHEN CH, 1997, MACROMOL S, V125, P49
    CHEN CH, 2000, THIN SOLID FILMS, V363, P327
    CUI YT, 1999, MACROMOLECULES, V32, P3824
    GREENHAM NC, 1993, NATURE, V365, P628
    GU G, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P305
    HAMMOND PR, 1979, OPT COMMUN, V29, P331
    KIDO J, 1990, CHEM LETT, P657
    KIDO J, 1991, CHEM LETT, P1267
    KIDO J, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P2124
    KWONG RC, 1999, CHEM MATER, V11, P3709
    LI XC, 1999, CHEM MATER, V11, P1568
    LOUIE J, 1997, J AM CHEM SOC, V119, P1169
    LU JP, 1999, CHEM MATER, V11, P2501
    MA CQ, IN PRESS ACTA CHIM S
    RIVETT DE, 1979, AUST J CHEM, V32, P1601
    ROSENSTEIN RD, 1985, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C, V41, P967
    SANO T, 1995, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V34, P3124
    SCHWEIKART KH, 2001, EUR J ORG CHEM   JAN, P293
    SHEN ZL, 1997, SCIENCE, V276, P2009
    TANG CW, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V65, P3610
    TAO XT, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P279
    TSUTSUI T, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P1868
    VANSLYKE SA, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P2160
    WOOD LL, 1958, J AM CHEM SOC, V80, P144
    WU F, 2000, THIN SOLID FILMS, V363, P214
    WU QG, 2001, CHEM MATER, V13, P71
    YANG Y, 1996, J APPL PHYS, V79, P934
    ZHANG XH, 2001, CHEM MATER, V13, P1565
    ZHANG XJ, 1998, MATER RES SOC SYMP P, V488, P539
    ZHANG XJ, 1999, MACROMOLECULES, V32, P7422
 NR 35
 TC 13
 SN 0959-9428
 J9 J MATER CHEM
 JI J. Mater. Chem.
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 6
 BP 1671
 EP 1675
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 555AB
 UT ISI:000175768600010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JJ
    Wang, DR
 TI A numerical embedding method for solving the nonlinear complementarity
    problem(I) - Theory
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE B-differentiable equations; nnlinear complementarity problem; nmerical
    embedding method
 ID NEWTON METHOD; NONSMOOTH EQUATIONS; CONVERGENCE; ALGORITHMS
 AB In this paper, we extend the numerical embedding method for solving the
    smooth equations to the nonlinear complementarity problem. By using the
    nonsmooth theory, we prove the existence and the continuation of the
    following path for the corresponding homotopy equations. Therefore the
    basic theory of the numerical embedding method for solving the
    nonlinear complementarity problem is established. In part II of this
    paper, we will further study the implementation of the method and give
    some numerical examples.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR HARKER PT, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V48, P161
    HARKER PT, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V48, P339
    IP CM, 1992, MATH PROGRAM, V56, P71
    KOJIMA M, 1989, MATH PROGRAM, V43, P107
    MANGASARIAN OL, 1976, SIAM J APPL MATH, V31, P89
    ORTEGA JM, 1970, ITERATIVE SOLUTION N
    PANG JS, 1993, MATH PROGRAM, V60, P295
    PANG JS, 1993, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V3, P443
    QI L, 1993, MATH PROGRAM, V58, P353
    QI LQ, 1993, MATH OPER RES, V18, P227
    RALPH D, 1994, MATH OPER RES, V19, P352
    ROBINSON SM, 1987, MATH PROGRAM STUD, V30, P45
    ROBINSON SM, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V48, P221
    SHAPIRO A, 1990, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V66, P477
    SUBRAMANIAN PK, 1985, 2845 U WISC MATH RES
    WATSON LT, 1979, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V17, P36
    XIAO BC, 1994, MATH PROGRAM, V65, P151
    ZHANG H, 2000, EUR HEART J, V21, P225
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 20
 IS 3
 BP 257
 EP 266
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 555PM
 UT ISI:000175802500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Luo, X
    Li, ML
    Roetzel, W
 TI A general solution for one-dimensional multistream heat exchangers and
    their networks
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER
 DT Article
 DE heat exchangers; heat recovery; optimization
 ID OPTIMIZATION
 AB A mathematical model for predicting the steady-state thermal
    performance of one-dimensional (cocurrent and countercurrent)
    multistream beat exchangers and their networks is developed and is
    solved analytically for constant physical properties of streams. By
    introducing three matching matrices. the general Solution can be
    applied to various types of one-dimensional multistream heat exchangers
    such as shell-and-tube heat exchangers. plate heat exchangers and
    plate-fin heat exchangers as well as their networks. The general
    solution is applied to the calculation and design of multistream heat
    exchangers. Examples are given to illustrate the procedures in detail.
    Based on this solution the superstructure model is developed for
    synthesis of heat exchanger networks, (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Univ Fed Armed Forces Hamburg, Inst Thermodynam, D-22039 Hamburg, Germany.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Thermal Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Roetzel, W, Univ Fed Armed Forces Hamburg, Inst Thermodynam, D-22039
    Hamburg, Germany.
 CR BRIONES V, 1999, CHEM ENG SCI, V54, P519
    CHEN BD, 1998, ENERGY ENV
    HASELER LE, 1983, HEAT EXCHANGERS THEO, P495
    KAO S, 1961, 61WA255 ASME
    LI K, 1992, P INT POW ENG C MAY, P221
    LUO X, IN PRESS INT J HEAT
    MALINOWSKI L, 1983, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V26, P316
    ROETZEL W, 2001, P 13 SCH SEM YOUNG S, V2, P401
    SETTARI A, 1972, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V15, P555
    TAYLOR MA, 1987, PLATE FIN HEAT EXCHA
    WANG I, 1999, PROGR ENG HEAT TRANS, P597
    WOLF J, 1964, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V7, P901
    YEE TF, 1990, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V14, P1151
    ZALESKI T, 1973, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V16, P1527
    ZALESKI T, 1974, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V17, P1116
    ZALESKI T, 1984, CHEM ENG SCI, V39, P1251
 NR 16
 TC 6
 SN 0017-9310
 J9 INT J HEAT MASS TRANSFER
 JI Int. J. Heat Mass Transf.
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 45
 IS 13
 BP 2695
 EP 2705
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics; Thermodynamics
 GA 556JA
 UT ISI:000175844600008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, GD
 TI A seed method for solving nonsymmetric linear systems with multiple
    right-hand sides
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF COMPUTER MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE augmented GMRES method; block method; seed method; linear systems;
    multiple right-hand sides
 ID CONJUGATE-GRADIENT ALGORITHM; GMRES METHOD; BLOCK GMRES
 AB We present a seed method for solving large nonsymmetric linear systems
    with multiple right-hand sides. The method uses a single augmented
    Krylov subspace corresponding to a seed system as a generator of
    approximations to the nonseed systems. The residual evaluate of the
    method is shown, and a new strategy to form a seed system which could
    supply information shareable among the right-hand sides is given.
    Numerical experiments indicate that our seed selection strategy is more
    efficient than two existing strategies and our method has significant
    time saving compared with the block GMRES method and the GMRES method
    with a projection process.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, GD, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHAN TF, 1997, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V18, P1698
    CHAPMAN A, 1997, NUMER LINEAR ALGEBR, V4, P43
    FREUND RW, 1997, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V254, P119
    GU GD, IN PRESS APPL MATH C
    GU GD, 1997, MATH NUMERICA SINICA, V19, P374
    GU GD, 1999, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V299, P1
    MORGAN RB, 1991, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V154, P289
    MORGAN RB, 1995, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V16, P1154
    NIKISHIN AA, 1995, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V16, P1135
    OLEARY DP, 1980, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V29, P293
    OLEARY DP, 1994, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V212, P153
    SAAD Y, 1987, MATH COMPUT, V48, P651
    SAAD Y, 1996, ITERATIVE METHODS SP
    SAAD Y, 1997, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V18, P435
    SIMONCINI V, 1995, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V16, P917
    SIMONCINI V, 1996, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V66, P457
    SIMONCINI V, 1996, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V247, P97
    SMITH CF, 1987, THESIS U ILLINOIS UR
    SMITH CF, 1989, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V37, P1490
 NR 19
 TC 1
 SN 0020-7160
 J9 INT J COMPUT MATH
 JI Int. J. Comput. Math.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 79
 IS 3
 BP 307
 EP 326
 PG 20
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 555XN
 UT ISI:000175818700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, YG
    Liu, ZR
    Zhou, J
 TI A new synchronization principle and application to Chua's circuits
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 DE synchronization; Liapunov stability; Lipschitz condition
 ID CHAOTIC SYSTEMS; FUNDAMENTALS
 AB In the paper we propose a new synchronization principle. To guarantee
    synchronization between coupled chaotic oscillators, proper coupling
    constants are selected by the Liapunov stability theory and Hurwitz
    Theorem. As an example and application, we prove the conjecture [Wu &
    Chua, 1994] that synchronization between two chaotic Chua's circuits
    can be achieved by using the second state as feedback variable for
    sufficiently large coupling constant.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225006, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, YG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHUA LO, 1993, J CIRCUIT SYST COMP, V3, P93
    CHUA LO, 1996, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V6, P189
    KOLUMBAN G, 1997, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V44, P927
    OGORZALEK MJ, 1993, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V40, P693
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    PECORA LM, 1997, CHAOS, V7, P520
    RAO RM, 1980, ORDINARY DIFFERENTIA
    WANG XF, 1999, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V6, P1169
    WU CW, 1994, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V4, P979
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 4
 BP 815
 EP 818
 PG 4
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 554XC
 UT ISI:000175761600007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Wang, LY
    Song, LP
    Zhang, QY
 TI Chemistry and applications of phosphonium and arsonium ylides(XXIX) -
    Studies on the hydrolysis of arsonium ylides containing perfluoroalkyl
    group and synthesis of 2-pyranone derivatives
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Article
 DE arsonium ylide; hydrolysis; 2-pyranone derivatives
 ID CONVENIENT
 AB In the presence of K2CO3, reaction of (2-naphthoyl)methyl arsonium
    bromide (1) with methyl 2-perfluoroalkynoates(2) in methylene chloride
    at room temperature afforded the adduct - methyl
    4-(2-naphthoyl)-2-triphenylarsoranylidene-3-perfluoroalkyl-3-butenoates(
    3) as major product and
    4-(2-naphthoyl)-4-triphenylarsoranylidene-3-perfluoroalkyl-2-butenoates
    (4) as minor product in high yield. Hydrolysis of compound 3 in V
    (CH3OH):V(H2O) = 9:1 methanolic solution at 80 degreesC in a sealed
    tube, 4-perfluoroalkyl-6-(2-naphthyl)-2-pyranones(5) was obtained in an
    excellent yield. The catalytic hydrolysis of compound 3 with silica gel
    and the mechanisms for the formation of the products will also be
    discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Lab Organmet Chem, Shanghai Organ Chem Inst, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR *GIB FDN, 1972, CARB FLOUR COMP CHEM
    BANKS RE, 1982, PREPARATION PRINCIPL
    CAO WG, 1998, J FLUORINE CHEM, V91, P99
    CAO WG, 1999, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V57, P1270
    CAO WG, 1999, J FLUORINE CHEM, V95, P135
    CAO WG, 2001, J FLUORINE CHEM, V109, P201
    DING WY, 1986, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V44, P255
    HUANG YZ, 1979, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V37, P47
    STOLL A, 1933, HELV CHIM ACTA, V16, P703
    TAO WT, 1983, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V3, P129
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 5
 BP 839
 EP 842
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 556CD
 UT ISI:000175831000022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Linearization and correction method for nonlinear problems
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE nonlinearity; asymptotic solution; perturbation technique
 ID LINDSTEDT-POINCARE METHODS; PERTURBATION TECHNIQUE; EXPANSION
 AB A new perturbation-like technique called linearization and correction
    method is proposed. Contrary to the traditional perturbation
    techniques, the present theory does not assume that the solution is
    expressed in the form of a power series of small parameter. To obtain
    an asymptotic solution of nonlinear system, the technique first
    searched for a solution for the linearized system, then a correction
    was added to the linearized solution. So the obtained results are
    uniformly valid for both weakly and strongly nonlinear equations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR HAGEDORN P, 1981, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    HE JH, 1999, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V4, P81
    HE JH, 1999, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V178, P257
    HE JH, 1999, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V34, P699
    HE JH, 1999, MECCANICA, V34, P287
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P37
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P51
    HE JH, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V229, P1257
    HE JH, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V37, P309
    HE JH, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V37, P315
    LIU GL, 1997, C 7 MOD MATH MECH SH, P47
    MICKENS RE, 1981, INTRO NONLINEAR OSCI
    NAYFEH AH, 1981, INTRO PERTURBATION T
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 3
 BP 241
 EP 248
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 556FJ
 UT ISI:000175838500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU We, JH
    Yu, NW
 TI Mathematical modelling of decarburisation and degassing during vacuum
    circulation refining process of molten steel: mathematical model of the
    process
 SO STEEL RESEARCH
 DT Article
 ID ULTRA-LOW-CARBON; RH DEGASSER; DECARBURIZATION RATE; REDUCED PRESSURE;
    KINETIC-MODEL
 AB Based on the mass and momentum balances in the system, a new
    mathematical model for decarburisation and degassing in the vacuum
    circulation refining process of molten steel has been proposed and
    developed. The refining roles of the three reaction sites, i.e. the
    up-snorkel zone, the droplet group and steel bath in the vacuum vessel,
    have been considered in the model. It was assumed that the mass
    transfer of reactive components in the molten steel is the rate control
    step of the refining reactions. And the friction losses and drags of
    flows in the snorkels and vacuum vessel were all counted. For the
    refining process of molten steel in a 90 t multifunction RH degasser,
    the parameters of the model have been discussed and more reasonably
    determined.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP We, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR BAKAKIN AV, 1981, IZV VUZ FERROUS META, P33
    CHEN JX, 1984, HDB COMMON USING DAT, P654
    DEO B, 1996, STEEL RES, V67, P7
    ELLIOTT JF, 1963, THERMOCHEMISTRY STEE, V2
    FILLIO GAV, 2001, 84 STEELM C P ISS US, P661
    FUJII T, 1970, TETSU TO HAGANE, V56, P1165
    GEIGER GH, 1973, TRANSPORT PHENOMENA
    HUGHMARK GA, 1967, IND ENG CHEM PROC DD, V6, P218
    HUIN D, 2001, 84 STEELM C P ISS US, P601
    INOUE A, 1970, T JAPN SOC MECH ENG, V36, P1366
    INOUE S, 1992, ISIJ INT, V32, P120
    KANG SC, 1999, IRON STEEL S, V34, P352
    KATO Y, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P1088
    KATO Y, 1993, TETSU TO HAGANE, V79, P1248
    KATO Y, 1995, KAWASAKI STEEL TECHN, P25
    KIRIHARA T, 1994, TETSU TO HAGANE, V80, P705
    KISHIMOTO Y, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P391
    KLEIMT B, 1993, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V20, P390
    KLEIMT B, 2000, SCAND J METALL, V29, P194
    KORIA SC, 1984, METALL T B, V15, P109
    KUWABARA T, 1988, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V28, P305
    OETERS F, 1994, METALLURGY STEELMAKI
    OU T, 1999, ACTA METALL SIN, V35, P735
    QU Y, 1994, FUNDAMENTALS STEELMA, P178
    TAKAHASHI M, 1995, ISIJ INT, V35, P1452
    TURKDOGAN ET, 1980, PHYSICAL CHEM HIGH T
    WATANABE H, 1968, TETSU TO HAGANE, V54, P1327
    WEI JH, 2000, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V27, P129
    WEI JH, 2000, MAT PROCESSING COMPU, P147
    YAMAGUCHI K, 1992, ISIJ INT, V32, P126
    YANO M, 1994, STEEL PROC, V77, P117
    YAO YB, 1985, HDB PHYSICAL CHEM, P407
    YOSHIMURA K, 1982, P 7 INT C VAC MET TO, P1404
    YU N, 1998, J NE U NATURAL SCI, V19, P118
    YU N, 2000, THESIS SHANGHAI
    ZHANG L, 1997, IRON STEEL S, V32, P633
    ZHANG L, 2001, 84 STEELM C P, P275
    ZHU MY, 2001, ACTA METALL SIN, V37, P91
 NR 38
 TC 0
 SN 0177-4832
 J9 STEEL RES
 JI Steel Res.
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 73
 IS 4
 BP 135
 EP 142
 PG 8
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 551YE
 UT ISI:000175590900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Yu, NW
 TI Mathematical modelling of decarburisation and degassing during vacuum
    circulation refining process of molten steel: application of the model
    and results
 SO STEEL RESEARCH
 DT Article
 ID RH
 AB The mathematical model for decarburisation and degassing in the vacuum
    circulation refining process of molten steel, proposed and presented
    earlier, has been applied to the refining process of molten steel in a
    multifunction RH degasser of 90 t capacity. The decarburisation and
    degassing processes in the degasser under the RH and RH-KTB operating
    conditions have been modelled and analysed using this model. It was
    demonstrated that for the RH and RH-KTB refining processes, the results
    predicted by the model are in good agreement with some plant data. The
    mean contributions of the three refining sites in six circulation
    cycles to decarburisation are 10.5 - 11.6, 37.4 - 38.0 and 50.5 - 52.1
    % of the overall amount of decarburisation, respectively. The KTB
    operation can markedly accelerate the decarburisation of molten steel.
    Using the top blowing oxygen of 6 min with the flow rate of (600 -
    1000) m(3)(STP)/h, the initial carbon mass content of the liquid steel
    for the RH refining process may be increased to (550 - 700) . 10(-4)
    from 400 . 10(-4) %. And the treatment time needed for reducing the
    carbon mass content in the steel to a level of : 20 - 10-4 % may be
    shortened over 3 - 4 min. The effectiveness of decarburisation and
    degassing cannot be obviously improved by increasing the lifting argon
    blow rate to 900 from 600 I(STP)/min under the operating modes examined
    in the present work.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR AZUMA K, 1990, CAMP ISIJ, V3, P168
    INOUE S, 1990, CAMP ISIJ, V3, P164
    KUWABARA T, 1988, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V28, P305
    LIU J, 1999, IRON STEEL S10, V34, P527
    OU T, 1996, IRON STEEL, V31, P17
    TAKAHASHI M, 1995, ISIJ INT, V35, P1452
    WATANABE H, 1968, TETSU TO HAGANE, V54, P1327
    WEI JH, 2002, STEEL RES, V73, P135
    YANO M, 1994, STEEL PROC, V77, P117
    YU N, 1998, J NE U NATURAL SCI, V19, P118
    YU N, 2000, THESIS SHANGHAI
 NR 11
 TC 4
 SN 0177-4832
 J9 STEEL RES
 JI Steel Res.
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 73
 IS 4
 BP 143
 EP 148
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 551YE
 UT ISI:000175590900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JC
    Cao, GX
    Chen, ZP
    Li, XG
    Cao, SX
 TI Hole carrier localization and Pr substitution in YBCO systems by
    positron experiment
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE ternary; Y; rare earth barium high-T-c superconductors
 ID LIFETIME SPECTROSCOPY; NEUTRON-DIFFRACTION; MOMENTUM DENSITY;
    HIGH-TEMPERATURE; SINGLE-CRYSTALS; FERMI-SURFACE; ANNIHILATION;
    SUPERCONDUCTIVITY; Y1-XPRXBA2CU3O7-DELTA; DEFECTS
 AB Pr-substituted YBCO system has been studied by positron lifetime
    experiment in the range from 0.0 to 1.0. The present results show that
    the value of short lifetime tau(1) in PrBa2Cu3O7-delta is nearly the
    same as in the isostructural YBa2Cu3O7-delta and the defect-related
    positron lifetime component tau(2) decreases as a function of
    Pr-substitution x. The increase of local electron density n(e),
    reflects the electronic intense localization. These experimental
    results are interpreted in terms of the localization of hole carriers
    in the Cu-O chains on Pr substitution due to disorder in the Ba and Pr
    planes by the partly occupation of Ba2+ ion site with Pr3+ ion. These
    will destroy the intrinsic conductivity of the Cu-O chains and so
    impresses the superconductivity above x=0.6 Pr-substitution
    concentration. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Hennan Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Xinxiang 453002, Peoples R China.
    Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Math & Phys, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABDELRAZEK MM, 1999, INT J MOD PHYS B, V13, P3615
    BLACKSTEAD HA, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V109
    BLACKSTEAD HA, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P11830
    BOOTHROYD AT, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P130
    CAO G, 1993, PHYSICA B, V186, P1004
    CHAKRABORTY B, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P215
    CHEN CK, 1993, PHYSICA C, V214, P231
    FINCHER CR, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P2902
    FINK J, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P4823
    HAUTOJARVI P, 1977, PHILOS MAG, V35, P973
    HOFFMANN L, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P4047
    JEAN YC, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P3994
    JEAN YC, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1593
    JUNG K, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P5534
    KEBEDE A, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P4453
    LEVIN GA, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P841
    LIECHTENSTEIN AI, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P1000
    LING CC, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P8016
    MAHONY J, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P9637
    MASSIDDA S, 1990, PHYSICA C, V169, P137
    NAGEL C, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P9212
    NEUMEIER JJ, 1990, PHYSICA C, V166, P191
    OKAI B, 1988, JPN J APPL PHYS, V27, P41
    PANKALUOTO R, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P6408
    POLITY A, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P10363
    POLITY A, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P10025
    REMPEL AA, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P5945
    ROMANENKO AI, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V223, P132
    SANYAL D, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P15226
    SHUKLA A, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P6028
    SHUKLA A, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P12127
    SODERHOLM L, 1987, NATURE, V328, P604
    SOMOZA A, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P14454
    USAGAWA T, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P1772
    VONSTETTEN EC, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P2198
    WURSCHUM R, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P12021
    ZHANG JC, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V201, P70
    ZOU ZG, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1074
 NR 38
 TC 0
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 54
 IS 4
 BP 273
 EP 278
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 553XP
 UT ISI:000175702600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, GH
    Zhang, H
    Duan, YS
 TI Topological quantization of disclination points in three-dimensional
    liquid crystals
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE topological current; wrapping number; director field; disclination point
 ID SPACE-TIME DEFECTS; BIFURCATION-THEORY; EARLY UNIVERSE; ORIGIN; MEDIA
 AB Using the phi-mapping method and topological current theory, we study
    the inner structure of disclination points in three-dimensional liquid
    crystals. By introducing the strength density and the topological
    current of many disclination points, it is pointed out that the
    disclination points are determined by the singularities of the general
    director field and they are topologically quantized by the Hopf indices
    and Brouwer degrees.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Inst Theoret Phys, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON PW, 1984, BASIC NOTIONS CONDEN
    BLAHA S, 1976, PHYS REV LETT, V36, P874
    BRAY AJ, 1994, ADV PHYS, V43, P375
    DEGENNES PG, 1970, LECT NOTES
    DEGENNES PG, 1974, PHYSICS LIQUID CRYST
    DUAN YS, 1997, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V29, P715
    DUAN YS, 1997, HELV PHYS ACTA, V70, P565
    DUAN YS, 1998, NUCL PHYS B, V514, P705
    FINKELSTEIN D, 1966, J MATH PHYS, V7, P1218
    FRIEDEL J, 1964, DISLOCATIONS
    HOLZ A, 1992, PHYSICA A, V182, P240
    KLEMAN M, 1972, LIQUID CRYSTALLINE S
    KLEMAN M, 1973, PHILOS MAG, V27, P1057
    KLEMAN M, 1977, J PHYSIQUE LETT, V38, L195
    KLEMAN M, 1983, LIQUID CRYSTALS MAGN
    KURIK MV, 1988, SOV PHYS USP, V31, P196
    KURIK MV, 1988, USP FIZ NAUK, V154, P381
    LUBENSKY TC, 1997, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V102, P187
    MERMIN ND, 1979, REV MOD PHYS, V51, P591
    NABARRO FRN, 1967, THEORY CRYSTAL DISLO
    ROGULA D, 1976, TRENDS APPL PURE MAT
    SHANKAR R, 1977, J PHYSIQUE, V38, P1405
    TOULOUSE G, 1976, J PHYSIQUE LETT, V37, P149
    VOLOVIK GE, 1976, JETP LETT, V48, P561
    VOLOVIK GE, 1977, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V45, P1186
    VOLOVIK GE, 1977, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V46, P401
    YANG GH, 1998, INT J THEOR PHYS, V37, P2371
    YANG GH, 1998, MOD PHYS LETT A, V13, P2123
    YANG GH, 1999, INT J ENG SCI, V37, P1037
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 11
 IS 5
 BP 415
 EP 418
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 552TD
 UT ISI:000175635400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, G
    Li, H
    Zhang, M
    Lund-Katz, S
    Chance, B
    Glickson, JD
 TI Low-density lipoprotein reconstituted by pyropheophorbide cholesteryl
    oleate as target-specific photosensitizer
 SO BIOCONJUGATE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID PHOTODYNAMIC THERAPY; CULTURED-CELLS; IN-VIVO; DELIVERY; DERIVATIVES;
    COMPLEXES; DRUGS
 AB To target tumors overexpressing low-density lipoprotein receptors
    (LDLr), a pyropheophorbide cholesterol oleate conjugate was synthesized
    and successfully reconstituted into the low-density lipoprotein (LDL)
    lipid core. Laser scanning confocal microscopy studies demonstrated
    that this photosensitizer-reconstituted LDL can be internalized via
    LDLr by human hepatoblastoma G(2) (HepG(2)) tumor cells.
 C1 Univ Penn, Sch Med, Dept Radiol, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
    Univ Penn, Sch Med, Dept Biochem & Biophys, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Childrens Hosp Philadelphia, Dept Pediat GI Nutr, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
 RP Zheng, G, Univ Penn, Sch Med, Dept Radiol, Chem Bldg,Box 66,231 S 34th
    St, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
 CR ALLISON BA, 1991, PHOTOCHEM PHOTOBIOL, V54, P709
    BROWN MS, 1980, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V348, P48
    CANDIDE C, 1986, FEBS LETT, V207, P133
    CRAIG IF, 1981, J LIPID RES, V22, P687
    DESMIDT PC, 1993, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V32, P2916
    DOUGHERTY TJ, 1998, J NATL CANCER I, V90, P889
    FIRESTONE RA, 1994, BIOCONJUGATE CHEM, V5, P105
    HENDERSON BW, 1997, CANCER RES, V57, P4000
    KRIEGER M, 1979, J BIOL CHEM, V254, P3845
    LOWRY OH, 1951, J BIOL CHEM, V193, P265
    LUNDBERG B, 1987, CANCER RES, V47, P4105
    MOAN J, 1990, J PHOTOCH PHOTOBIO B, V6, P343
    MOSLEY ST, 1981, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V78, P5717
    PANDEY RK, 1996, PHOTOCHEM PHOTOBIOL, V64, P194
    PANDEY RK, 2000, PORPHYRIN HDB, V6, P157
    REDDI E, 1997, J PHOTOCH PHOTOBIO B, V37, P189
    SHAW JM, 1987, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V507, P252
    STERNBERG ED, 1998, TETRAHEDRON, V54, P4151
    VERSLUIS AJ, 1996, BRIT J CANCER, V74, P525
 NR 19
 TC 10
 SN 1043-1802
 J9 BIOCONJUGATE CHEMISTRY
 JI Bioconjugate Chem.
 PD MAY-JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 13
 IS 3
 BP 392
 EP 396
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary; Chemistry, Organic; Biochemical Research
    Methods; Biochemistry & Molecular Biology
 GA 553PN
 UT ISI:000175684800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A variational model for a symmetric transonic aerofoil
 SO AIRCRAFT ENGINEERING AND AEROSPACE TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE flow; finite element method
 ID UNKNOWN SHAPE; TURBOMACHINERY; AERODYNAMICS; FLOW
 AB By the semi-inverse method proposed by He, a variational principle is
    established for steady flow over a thin, symmetric, non-lifting
    aerofoil. The nonlinear, small-disturbance, velocity-potential equation
    is obtained by minimizing the obtained functional, and all boundary
    conditions are converted into natural boundary conditions, resulting in
    much convenience when incorporating the finite element method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1999, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V71, P154
    HE JH, 1999, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V16, P19
    HE JH, 2000, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V72, P18
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P139
    LIU GL, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P25
    MARSH JE, 1980, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V16, P137
 NR 7
 TC 2
 SN 0002-2667
 J9 AIRCRAFT ENG AEROSP TECHNOL
 JI Aircr. Eng. Aerosp. Technol.
 PY 2002
 VL 74
 IS 1
 BP 9
 EP 11
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 554DC
 UT ISI:000175717600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, CQ
    Zhang, LQ
    Li, XH
    Wang, XS
    Zhang, BW
    Cao, Y
    Wang, DM
    Jiang, XY
    Zhang, ZL
    Zhang, DQ
    Qui, Y
 TI The luminescent properties of 5-substituted 2-pyrazoline and
    application in electroluminescent device
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE pyrazoline; electroluminescence; thermal stability; hole transport
    material; blue electroluminescent material
 AB A series of 5-substituted 2-pyrazoline derivatives were synthesized and
    their physical properties were measured. The results indicate that the
    introduction of bulky groups into the pyrazoline ring increases the
    glass transition temperature (T-g) of the compounds and changes the
    luminescent mechanism of the compounds. Differential scanning
    calorimetry ( DSC) shows that the new pyrazoline derivative,
    1,3-diphenyl-5-(9-phenanthrenyl)-2-pyrazoline (TAP7) has high T-g of 96
    degreesC. The electroluminescent properties of this compound were
    measured. It is demonstrated that TAP7 is a good hole transport
    material and blue electroluminescent material with high thermal
    stability.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Tech Inst Phys & Chem, Beijing 100101, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Tsing Hua Univ, Dept Chem, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, CQ, Chinese Acad Sci, Tech Inst Phys & Chem, Beijing 100101,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BILOT L, 1962, Z NATURFORSCH      A, V17, P621
    BLAIR JT, 1994, J PHOTOCH PHOTOBIO A, V77, P133
    CHEN CH, 1997, MACROMOL S, V125, P1
    DEAN JA, 1999, LANGES HDB CHEM
    DONNALD ER, 1979, AUST J CHEM, V32, P1601
    GAO XC, 1999, J MATER CHEM, V9, P1077
    MORLEY JO, 1989, J MOL ELECTRON, V5, P117
    NAITO K, 1993, J PHYS CHEM-US, V97, P6240
    SAHYUN MRV, 1991, P SPIE INT SOC OPT E, V1436, P125
    SANO T, 1995, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V34, P3124
    WANG Y, 1999, PHOTOGRAPHIC SCI PHO, V1, P73
    WU F, 2000, CHEM J CHINESE U, V10, P1581
    WU F, 2000, THIN SOLID FILMS, V363, P214
    YAN ZL, 1993, J LUMIN, V54, P303
    YAN ZL, 1994, THESIS CAS BEIJING
    ZHANG LQ, 1999, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V10, P911
 NR 16
 TC 7
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 60
 IS 5
 BP 847
 EP 853
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 554BD
 UT ISI:000175712200016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, Q
    Wang, NC
    Shi, BC
    Zheng, CG
 TI Extendible look-up table of twiddle factors and radix-8 based fast
    Fourier transform
 SO SIGNAL PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE fast Fourier transform; twiddle factors; bit-reversed order
 ID ALGORITHM
 AB An extendible look-up table of the twiddle factors for implementation
    of fast Fourier transform (FFT) is introduced in this paper. In fact,
    this twiddle factors table is independent of the length of sequence, It
    need not be recomputed for shorter sequences. And for longer sequences,
    the table can be extended easily. A radix-8 based FFT algorithm for
    2(m)-FFT with this table is presented. Experimental comparisons between
    our algorithm and FFTW software package have be done. And the results
    indicate that our FFT scheme is effective. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, Q, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ALMEIDA LB, 1994, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V42, P3084
    CHAN SC, 1992, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V40, P2029
    COOLEY JW, 1965, MATH COMPUT, V19, P297
    DUHAMEL P, 1984, ELECTRON LETT, V20, P14
    DUHAMEL P, 1990, SIGNAL PROCESS, V19, P259
    GRIGORYAN AM, 2000, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V48, P172
    MA YT, 1999, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V47, P907
    RIUS JM, 1995, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V43, P991
    SILVIA M, 1999, MOD PHYS C, V10, P781
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0165-1684
 J9 SIGNAL PROCESS
 JI Signal Process.
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 82
 IS 4
 BP 643
 EP 648
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 551NC
 UT ISI:000175566900008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, GQ
    Li, ZB
 TI Solitary wave solutions of a nonlinear evolution equation using mixed
    exponential method
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear differential equations; mixed exponential method; solitary
    wave
 ID EXPLICIT EXACT-SOLUTIONS
 AB Mixed exponential method proposed by Hereman for finding solitary wave
    solutions of a nonlinear evolution equation is presented. The method is
    developed and perfected according to the theory of mathematical
    mechanization, and with this method many solitary wave solutions not
    only of a nonlinear evolution equation(s) but also a multi-dimention
    equation can be obtained.
 C1 E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Informat Engn & Adm, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, GQ, E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R
    China.
 CR FAN EG, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P353
    FAN EG, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V245, P389
    FAN EG, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P212
    HEREMAN W, 1986, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V19, P607
    HEREMAN W, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P4805
    HIROTA R, 1981, PHYS LETT A, V85, P407
    LI ZB, 1997, ACTA MATH SINICA, V17, P81
    LI ZB, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2062
    WANG ML, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V216, P67
    YAN ZY, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1962
    ZHANG GX, 2000, CHIN SCI A, V30, P1103
 NR 11
 TC 17
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 51
 IS 5
 BP 946
 EP 950
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 550PR
 UT ISI:000175511900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, ZY
    Ji, PY
 TI Effects of background plasma density on multi-photon ionization
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE MPI; plasma
 ID MULTIPHOTON IONIZATION; FIELD
 AB Multi-photon ionization (MPI) in plasma which is examined in terms of
    optical metric and the quantum Volkov state in curved space-time is
    derived. The cross section of MPI is derived by virtur of the corrected
    Volkov state within the framework of quantum electrodynamics formal
    scattering theory. It shows that the plasma medium acts as a
    "suppression" on MPI.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR GUO DS, 1988, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V21, P4577
    GUO DS, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P4997
    JI PY, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P314
    KELDYSH LV, 1965, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V20, P1307
    LAI GJ, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P2399
    LEONHARDT U, 1999, PHYS REV A, V60, P4301
    REISS HR, 1980, PHYS REV A, V22, P1786
    ZHU ST, 1993, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V42, P1438
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 51
 IS 5
 BP 1022
 EP 1025
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 550PR
 UT ISI:000175511900017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Peng, LM
    Mao, XM
    Xu, KD
    Ding, WJ
 TI In-situ composite Cu-Cr contact cables with high strength and high
    conductivity
 SO RARE METALS
 DT Article
 DE contact cable; in-situ composite; directional solidification continuous
    casting process; Cu-Cr alloy
 AB In order to develop a new type of contact cable with high strength and
    high electrical conductivity, Cu-Cr alloy series were selected as
    materials and Cu-Cr alloy castings were produced by means of
    directional solidification continuous casting (DSCC) process. The
    results show that the fibrillar strengthening phase, beta-Cr, orderly
    arranges among the copper matrix phase along the wire direction; and a
    microstructure of in-situ composite forms, which retains the basic
    property of good conductivity of the copper matrix and meanwhile
    obtains the strengthening effect of beta-Cr phase. The production
    technology as well as the mechanical property, electrical property, and
    synthetic property of the in-situ composite contact cables was
    discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Natl Engn Ctr Light Alloy Netshaping, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Peng, LM, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Natl Engn Ctr Light Alloy
    Netshaping, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 CR CEN X, 1986, WIRE CABLE, V28, P50
    KURZ W, 1989, DIRECTIONALLY SOLIDI, P101
    LIU LN, 1997, WIRE CABLE, V39, P2
    PENG LM, 2000, INTERACTIONS CONTROL, P28
    WEN HQ, 1998, RARE METALS, V17, P23
    WEN HQ, 1998, STUDY FORMING MECH P, P35
    ZHAO ZD, 1993, HDB CU ITS ALLOYS MA, P3
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 1001-0521
 J9 RARE METALS
 JI Rare Metals
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 21
 IS 1
 BP 62
 EP 66
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 548AZ
 UT ISI:000175366900011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KD
 TI The 20th century - Ferrometallurgy advanced from skill towards
    engineering science
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE ferrometallurgy; advancednent of technology; engineering science
 ID DIOXINS; SYSTEM
 AB In the past century, a considerable development of ferrometallurgy,
    including its principle and technology, had been achieved. It was
    mainly attributed to the advancement of related theories and the
    application of modern industrial technologies, equipments, materials,
    analytical techniques and computer/information technology in the
    manufacture of steel. Today, the processes of extracting, smelting,
    forming and rolling of steel can be completely controlled in accordance
    with the requirement of man. Within the prospect in the 21st century
    ferrometallurgy will become mature engineering science.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, KD, Chinese Acad Engn, Postbox 3847, Beijing 100038, Peoples R
    China.
 CR 1965, CHIPM C C
    1981, CHINESE IRONMAKING 3
    *NAT SCI FUND SOC, 1997, MET MIN SCI, P30
    *SUZHOU IR STEEL G, INT REP INV SULF DIS
    AKIYAMA T, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P1136
    AKIYAMA T, 1998, ISIJ INT, V38, P93
    ANELLI E, 1992, ISIJ INT, V32, P440
    ARGYROPOULOS SA, 1990, ISIJ INT, V30, P83
    ASANUMA M, 2000, ISIJ INT, V40, P240
    BAO ZH, 1986, STEEL ROLLING, P1
    BIRAT JP, 1999, IRON STEEL S, V34, P416
    BRIMACOMBE J, 1986, STEELM C P ISS WASH, P409
    BRIMACOME JK, 1976, CANADIAN METALL Q, P38
    CHEN JX, 1990, HDB CONTINUOUS CASTI, P4
    CHEN YS, 2001, MICROALLOYING TECHNO, V1, P20
    DEARDO GA, 1982, THERMOMECHANICAL PRO
    DIPPENAAR RJ, 1985, ELECT FURNACE P, P43
    DONALDSON JW, 1966, COMPUTER SIMULATION, P780
    DRUCKENTHANER H, 2000, REV METALL-PARIS, V97, P481
    EKETORP S, 1982, RIST REICHARDT DIAGR
    FLEMINGS MC, 1981, SOLIDIFICATION PROCE
    FU GR, 1994, IRON STEEL, V29, P26
    GAN Y, 2001, MATH PHYSICAL MODELI
    GRATACOS P, 1991, P 5 INT ROLL C UK LO, P252
    GRAY JM, 2000, P CHIN BRAZ AC C
    GUBKIN SE, 1960, PLASTIC DEFORMATION
    GUO J, 1995, IRON STEEL, V30, P24
    HAN ZC, 2001, ELECTROMAGNETIC META
    HARUO K, 1991, J JAPAN SOC TECHNOLO, V32, P441
    HORBACH U, 1998, MPT INT, P74
    HOU ST, 1995, IRON STEEL, V30, P16
    JIANG GC, 1996, CLEAN STEEL SECONDAR
    JIANG GL, 1982, IRON STEEL, V4, P13
    KASAI E, 2001, ISIJ INT, V41, P86
    KASAI E, 2001, ISIJ INT, V41, P93
    LAASRAOUI A, 1991, ISIJ INT, V31, P95
    LAIT JE, 1974, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V2, P90
    LALLY B, 1990, METALL TRANS B, V21, P761
    LAROUCHE Y, 1998, LIGHT MET, P1059
    LIANG H, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS B, V29, P1345
    LIU GX, 1979, PRINCIPLES METALLOGR
    LIU MJ, 1995, STEELM C P, V78, P359
    LIU XH, 1994, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    MACHIDA S, 1998, CAMP ISIJ, V11, P162
    MARUKAWA K, 1989, P 6 GUANX SHANGH EC
    MASAMI K, 1990, R D KOBE STEEL ENG R, V40, P23
    MATSUDA K, 1990, IRON STEEL I JAPAN, V5, P1
    MCPHERSON NA, 1980, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V7, P75
    MILZER M, 1999, IRON STEEL, V34, P658
    MIZIKAR EA, 1967, T METALLURGICAL SOCI, V239, P1747
    OHNO, 1982, T METAL SOLIDIFICATI
    PAWELSKI, 1980, P INT STEEL ROLL C J, P27
    PU HQ, 1999, IRON STEEL, V34, P5
    QIN MS, 1987, IRON STEEL, V22, P1
    QU Y, 1980, PRINCIPLE STEELMAKIN, P1
    RAND R, 1999, STAHL EISEN, V6, P13
    RAUDENSKY M, 1995, STEELM C P, V78, P391
    REN ZM, 1999, ACTA METALL SIN, V35, P851
    REN ZM, 1999, NATL NATURE SCI FDN
    ROBERTS W, 1985, STRENGTH METALS ALLO, V3, P1859
    ROWE GW, 1977, PRINCIPLE IND METALW
    RUDDLE RW, 1957, SOLIDIFICATION SAND
    RUSSWURM D, 1995, MCROALLOYING 95, P377
    SAMARASEKERA V, 1982, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V8, P1
    SARAFF L, 1972, IRONMAK STEELMAK, P49
    SCHENCK H, 1945, PHYSICAL CHEM STEELM
    SHI ZB, NONBLAST FURNACE IRO
    SZEKERES ES, 1996, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V79, P29
    TAMURA I, 1988, THERMOMECHANICAL PRO
    TOSHIO S, 1989, HITACHI HYORON, V71, P103
    WANG GD, 2000, ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGE
    WANG YM, 1995, CONTROLLED ROLLING C
    WEI SK, 1980, THERMODYNAMICS METAL
    WEN DW, 1999, IRON STEEL, V34, P223
    WHITTINGTON KR, 1998, LIGHT MET, P1147
    WIKLUND, 1991, P 5 INT ROLL C UK LO, P512
    WOLF MM, 1992, STEELM C P ISS, V75, P83
    WOLF MM, 1995, P TECH C P NASHV ISI, P99
    WOLF MM, 1996, IRON STEELMAKER, V23, P47
    XU GJ, 2000, ACTA METALL SIN, V13, P1093
    XU JL, 1996, P 4 E CHIN IR C
    XU KD, 1985, REFINING STAINLESS S
    XU KD, 1998, ACTA METALLURGIC SIN, V34, P467
    XU KD, 1999, 125 XIANGSH SCI C P, V125, P31
    YE ZP, 1959, DISCUSS BASIC PROBLE
    YI SH, 1990, 6 INT IR STEEL C JAP, P379
    YONG QL, 1989, MICROALLOYED STEEL P
    YU RY, 1989, GENERALITY METALLURG
    YUE E, 1990, MATH MODELING HOT RO
    ZHANG SR, 1999, IRON STEEL, V34, P43
    ZHANG YQ, 2000, IRON STEEL, V35, P43
    ZHONG YB, 1999, ACTA METALLURGIC SIN, V35, P503
    ZHOU JQ, 1985, P 4 THERM EN THERM T, P10
 NR 93
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD NOV
 PY 2001
 VL 30
 SU Suppl. S
 BP 9
 EP 20
 PG 12
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 548KU
 UT ISI:000175387800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, QR
    Yang, JR
    Huang, GS
    Chen, XQ
    Xia, YB
    He, L
 TI Ag doping of p-type HgCdTe grown by LPE
 SO JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE HgCdTe; doping; Hall tests; SIMS; electrical properties
 ID ELECTRICAL-PROPERTIES; CDXHG1-XTE; IMPURITIES; (HG,CD)TE; ELEMENTS; CDTE
 AB SIMS (secondary ion mass spectrum) and variable temperature Hail
    measurement were employed to study the doping of Ag and the electrical
    properties of Ag-doped HgCdTe films grown by LPE. The results show that
    the Ag-doping in HgCdTe by soaking HgCdTe in AgNO3 solution is
    effective and the dopant concentration is equal to the Hg vacancy
    concentration of undoped HgCdTe film. After Ag doping, the acceptor
    energy of p-type HgCdTe has an obvious decrease. It was also found that
    the electrical properties of Ag-doped HgCdTe films can keep stable at
    room temperature.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, Natl Lab Infrared Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Res Ctr Adv Mat & Devices, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
 RP Yu, QR, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEUNG DT, 1985, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V3, P128
    DESTEFANIS GL, 1988, J CRYST GROWTH, V86, P700
    EDWALL DD, 1992, J VAC SCI TECHNOL B, V10, P1423
    KENWORTHY I, 1990, SEMICOND SCI TECH, V5, P854
    LYUBOMIRSKY I, 1996, J CRYST GROWTH, V159, P1148
    SCHAAKE HF, 1985, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V3, P143
    SCOTT W, 1976, J APPL PHYS, V47, P1408
    SHIN SH, 1980, J APPL PHYS, V51, P3772
    TANAKA N, 1998, J ELECTRON MATER, V27, P579
    TREGILGAS J, 1985, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V3, P156
    VYDYANATH HR, 1987, J ELECTRON MATER, V16, P13
    WILSON RG, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V63, P5121
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 1001-9014
 J9 J INFRARED MILIM WAVES
 JI J. Infrared Millim. Waves
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 91
 EP 94
 PG 4
 SC Optics
 GA 547PY
 UT ISI:000175342000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, X
    Yan, X
    Li, Y
 TI 5.8ghz biphase modulator/mixer designed by uniplanar technology
 SO JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE MMIC; uniplanar technology; CPW; biphase modulator/mixer
 AB By considering the high flexibility of uniplanar technology to design
    complex multifunction subsystems, a design procedure based on a
    subsystem repartitioned into elementary blocks and very simple
    electrical modeling was proposed and applied to a uniplanar
    biphase(0degrees or 180degrees)modulator/mixer, which was intended to
    be used as a building block in microwave uncontact impact card of
    Intelligent Transportation System(ITS) at 5.8GHz. Theoretical
    electromagnetic field calculation methods were combined with
    conventional transmission-line and computer-aided design calculations
    to analyze and design the critical parts of the subsystems. The
    subsystem designed in this paper has the advantages of small size,
    compact structure, high performance and low cost.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, X, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR COHN SB, 1969, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V17, P1091
    COHN SB, 1969, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V17, P768
    DIB N, 1991, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V139, P873
    GORUR A, 1996, INT J MICROWAVE MILL, P6297
    GRAMMER W, 1993, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V41, P1653
    HETTAK K, 1994, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V43, P915
    HETTAK K, 1996, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V47, P1831
    HILBERG W, 1969, IEEE T           MTT, V17, P259
    HIROTA T, 1987, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V35, P576
    HOUDART M, 1976, P 7 EUR MICR C, P49
    KATEHI LPB, 1992, P IEEE, V80, P1771
    OGAWA H, 1987, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V35, P1363
    PUCEL RA, 1985, MONOLITHIC MICROWAVE, P553
    TAMAS V, 1995, MICROWAVE J, P80
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1001-9014
 J9 J INFRARED MILIM WAVES
 JI J. Infrared Millim. Waves
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 137
 EP 141
 PG 5
 SC Optics
 GA 547PY
 UT ISI:000175342000013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HL
    Lu, FQ
 TI Measurement of hyperfine structure coupling constants in the 570.38 nm
    line of Nd-143,145(+)
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE hyperfine structure; fast-ion-beam laser spectroscopy
 AB Hyperfine structure in atomic ions is caused by the electromagnetic
    interaction between the nucleus and orbital electrons. Information on
    the nuclear structure and also on the electronic properties of ions can
    be obtained through studying the hyperfine structure. Hyperfine
    structure spectrum in the 570.38 nm line of (143), (145) Nd+ was
    measured by using collinear fast-ion-beam laser spectroscopy. All the
    spectral lines were resolved and the magnetic dipole and electric
    quadrupole coupling constants of the corresponding metastable levels
    and excited levels were determined.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Modern Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BROSTROM L, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P109
    CHENG KT, 1985, PHYS REV A, V31, P2775
    CHILDS WJ, 1984, J OPT SOC AM B, V1, P22
    GINIBRE A, 1981, PHYS SCR, V23, P260
    GINIBRE A, 1989, PHYS SCR, V39, P694
    JOHANSSON S, 1996, ASTROPHYS J 1, V462, P943
    LI MS, 2000, PHYS SCRIPTA, V61, P449
    MA HL, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P178
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 22
 IS 2
 BP 183
 EP 185
 PG 3
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 546RF
 UT ISI:000175286800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ho, SL
    Fei, MR
    Fu, WN
    Wong, HC
    Lo, EWC
 TI Integrated RBF network based estimation strategy of the output
    characteristics of brushless DC motors
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON MAGNETICS
 DT Article
 DE ANN; brushless dc motor; finite element; non-linear; radial basis
    function
 AB The circuit-field coupled model is very accurate but it is
    computationally inefficient in studying the output performance of
    brushless de motors. In order to resolve the problem, an estimation
    strategy based on an integrated radial basis function (RBF) network is
    proposed in this paper. The strategy introduces new conceptions of the
    network group that are being realized by three steps, namely: 1) an
    adaptive RBF network is proposed for modeling the center network; 2)
    the RBF network group is then used to build the base networks; and 3)
    an integrated RBF network based on the base network group is used
    subsequently to predict the nontrained output characteristics of the
    brushless dc motor.
 C1 Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Automat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Ind Ctr, Kowloon, Peoples R China.
 RP Ho, SL, Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR FEI M, 1999, P IEEE AIM       SEP
    FEI M, 1999, P IEEE PEDS      JUL, P1108
    HENDERSHOT JR, 1994, DESIGN BRUSHLESS PER
    HO SL, 1997, IEEE T MAGN, V33, P2265
    HO SL, 2000, P 9 BIENN IEEE C EL
    LI HL, 2000, P 9 BIENN IEEE C EL
    SALON SJ, 1995, FINITE ELEMENT ANAL
    VAS P, 1996, WORKSH AC MOT DRIV T, P55
    VAS P, 1998, SENSORLESS VECTOR DI
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0018-9464
 J9 IEEE TRANS MAGN
 JI IEEE Trans. Magn.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 38
 IS 2
 PN Part 1
 BP 1033
 EP 1036
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied
 GA 543DV
 UT ISI:000175086800180
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Y
    Chau, KT
    Chan, CC
    Jiang, JZ
 TI Transient analysis of a new outer-rotor permanent-magnet brushless DC
    drive using circuit-field-torque coupled time-stepping finite-element
    method
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON MAGNETICS
 DT Article
 DE brushless dc machines; permanent magnet machines; time-stepping
    finite-element method
 ID ELECTRIC VEHICLES; MOTOR-DRIVES
 AB In this paper, a new outer-rotor permanent magnet (PM) brushless de
    drive is designed and analyzed. To enable this drive applicable to
    electric vehicles, its transient performances at both normal and
    flux-weakening operations are particularly focused. The distinct
    feature in design is due to the new motor configuration including the
    outer-rotor topology, the multipole magnetic circuit and the full
    slot-pitch coil span arrangement. The distinct feature in analysis is
    due to the development of the circuit-field-torque coupled
    time-stepping finite-element method. The proposed PM brushless dc drive
    is prototyped. The analysis results are verified by experimental
    measurement.
 C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect & Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, Y, Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect & Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHAN CC, 1995, IEEE T POWER ELECTR, V10, P539
    CHAN CC, 1996, IEEE T IND ELECTRON, V43, P331
    CHAN CC, 1997, IEEE T IND ELECTRON, V44, P3
    GAN JY, 2000, IEEE T MAGN 1, V36, P3353
    PARK SC, 1999, IEEE T MAGN 1, V35, P1302
 NR 5
 TC 3
 SN 0018-9464
 J9 IEEE TRANS MAGN
 JI IEEE Trans. Magn.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 38
 IS 2
 PN Part 1
 BP 1297
 EP 1300
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied
 GA 543DV
 UT ISI:000175086800246
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qiao, XY
    Xiao, XS
    Wang, XH
    Yang, H
    Qiu, ZB
    An, LJ
    Wang, WK
    Mo, ZS
 TI External field induced crystallization of poly(3-dodecylthiophene)
 SO EUROPEAN POLYMER JOURNAL
 DT Article
 DE external field; induced crystallization; poly(3-dodecylthiophene)
 ID POLY(3-ALKYLTHIOPHENES)
 AB In order to investigate the effect of external field on the
    crystallization behavior of poly(3-dodecylthiopliene) (P3DDT), the
    samples were recrystallized with different electrostatic field
    intensity, different pressure and different solidification direction in
    temperature gradient field. Measurements of differential scanning
    calorimetry and X-ray diffraction were operated to characterize these
    samples for analysis. The results suggest that after recrystallization,
    whether the external field is added or not, a more compact packing of
    molecular chains in P3DDT could be obtained without the change of the
    crystal structure model. Moreover, the addition of electrostatic field
    has greater effects on the crystallization of rigid main chains than on
    that of flexible side chains, Merely great pressure field can effect
    the rearrangements of molecular chains greatly. As for the temperature
    gradient field induced crystallization, different oriented
    solidification direction will lead to different effects on the compact
    degree and perfect degree of molecular chains packing, (C) 2002
    Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, State Key Lab Polymer Phys & Chem, Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Mat Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Mo, ZS, Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, State Key Lab
    Polymer Phys & Chem, Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN SA, 1992, MACROMOLECULES, V25, P6081
    ELSENBAUMER DLE, 1986, SYNTHETIC MET, V15, P16
    HO KS, 1993, SYNTHETIC MET, V55, P384
    HSU WP, 1993, MACROMOLECULES, V26, P1318
    IWASAKI K, 1994, SYNTHETIC MET, V63, P101
    MARDALEN J, 1991, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V77, P337
    PROSA TJ, 1992, MACROMOLECULES, V25, P4364
    QIAO XY, 1999, CHINESE CHEM LETT, V10, P419
    QIAO XY, 2000, CHINESE CHEM LETT, V11, P361
    QIAO XY, 2000, SYNTHETIC MET, V113, P1
    QIAO XY, 2001, SYNTHETIC MET, V118, P89
    SUGIMOTO R, 1986, CHEM EXPRESS, V1, P635
    TAMAO K, 1982, TETRAHEDRON, V38, P3347
    TASHIRO K, 1991, J POLYM SCI POL PHYS, V29, P1223
    WINOKUR MJ, 1989, SYNTHETIC MET, V28, P419
    YOSHINO K, 1987, POLYM COMMUN, V28, P30
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 0014-3057
 J9 EUR POLYM J
 JI Eur. Polym. J.
 PD JUN
 PY 2002
 VL 38
 IS 6
 BP 1183
 EP 1190
 PG 8
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 546PP
 UT ISI:000175282800017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cai, YH
 TI A remark on Chen's theorem
 SO ACTA ARITHMETICA
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Cai, YH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN JR, 1973, SCI SINICA, V16, P157
    CHEN JR, 1973, SCI SINICA, V21, P477
    CHEN JR, 1978, SCI SINICA, V21, P421
    FOUVRY E, 1986, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V370, P101
    FOUVRY E, 1989, DUKE MATH J, V58, P731
    HALBERSTAM H, 1974, SIEVE METHODS
    HALBERSTAM H, 1975, ASTERISQUE, V24, P281
    HARDY GH, 1923, ACTA MATH-DJURSHOLM, V44, P1
    IWANIEC H, 1980, ACTA ARITH, V37, P307
    LIU HQ, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V33, P281
    PAN CD, 1992, GOLDBACH CONJECTURE
    WU J, 1990, ACTA ARITH, V55, P365
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0065-1036
 J9 ACTA ARITHMET
 JI Acta Arith.
 PY 2002
 VL 102
 IS 4
 BP 339
 EP 352
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics
 GA 546YK
 UT ISI:000175304400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, SL
 TI Impact chaos control and stress release - A key for development of
    ultra fine vibration milling
 SO PROGRESS IN NATURAL SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE vibration mills; ultra fine milling; impact chaos control; stress
    release
 AB Through our previous experimental and analytical studies, it has been
    discovered that the key for the development of vibration milling is the
    impact chaos control and stress release. The necessities for the chaos
    control and stress release are: (i) to strictly eliminate the
    sub-harmonics; (ii) to control the super-harmonics to a lower level and
    (iii) to load the system compressively with relatively higher period,
    in order that the vibration energy can be absorbed by the particles
    effectively and sufficiently, A new vibration model for ultra fine
    milling is proposed, which has wide applications in preparing ultra
    fine particles.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, SL, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Power Engn, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 CR GOCK E, 1998, AUFBEREITUNGSTECHNIK, V39, P103
    HOEFFL K, 1985, VEB DEUTSCHER VERLAG
    JENG JJ, 1992, AUFBERCITUNGSTECHNIK, V33, P361
    KANTZ H, 1997, NONLINEAR TIME SERIE
    KIESSLING M, 1989, FREIBERGER FORSCH A, V798, P62
    KURRER KE, 1988, FREIBERGER FORSCH A, V778, P76
    LOEWE J, 1995, AUFBEREITUNGSTECHNIK, V36, P277
    LONG YJ, 1998, MODERN ENG DYNAMICS
    ROSE HE, 1961, VIBRATION MILL VIBRA
    RUMPF H, 1973, AUFBEREIT TECH, V14, P59
    WANG SL, 1987, MINING MACHINERY, V14, P24
    WANG SL, 1996, P CHIN JAP S PART TS, P336
    WANG SL, 1997, CHINESE J MECH ENG, V33, P19
    WANG SL, 1997, P MTM BEIJ CHIN MACH, P1144
    WANG SL, 1998, J OCEAN U QINGDAO, V28, P457
    WANG SL, 1999, IMPACT DYNAMICS VIBR, P465
    WANG ZQ, 1995, PLASTIC MICRO MECH
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 1002-0071
 J9 PROG NAT SCI
 JI Prog. Nat. Sci.
 PD MAY
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 5
 BP 336
 EP 341
 PG 6
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 545GX
 UT ISI:000175209800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shang, XC
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Cavitation in Hookean elastic membranes
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE cavitation; bifurcation; boundary layer; elastic membrane; exact
    solution
 ID BIFURCATION; GROWTH
 AB An exact solution to cavitation is found in tension of a class of
    Cauchy elastic membranes. The constitutive relationship of materials is
    based on Hookean elastic law and finite logarithmic strain measure. A
    variable transformation is used in solving the two-point boundary-value
    problem of nonlinear ordinary differential equation. A simple formula
    to calculate the critical stretch for cavitation is derived. As the
    numerical results, the bifurcation curves describing void nucleation
    and suddenly rapidly growth of the cavity are obtained. The boundary
    layers of displacements and stresses near the cavity wall are observed.
    The catastrophic transition from homogeneous to cavitated deformation
    and the jumping of stress distribution are discussed. The result of the
    energy comparison shows the cavitated deformation has lower energy than
    the homogeneous one, thus the state of cavitated deformation is
    relatively stable. All investigations illustrate that cavitation
    reflects a local behavior of materials.
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Dept Math & Mech, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Shang, XC, Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Dept Math & Mech, Beijing
    100083, Peoples R China.
 CR ASHBY MF, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P1857
    BALL JM, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V306, P557
    BIWA S, 1995, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V30, P899
    DURBAN D, 1988, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V24, P675
    ERTAN N, 1988, ASCE J ENG MECHANICS, V114, P1231
    GENT AN, 1958, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V249, P195
    HAUGHTON DM, 1990, INT J ENG SCI, V28, P163
    HORGAN CO, 1986, J ELASTICITY, V16, P189
    HORGAN CO, 1992, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V29, P279
    HORGAN CO, 1995, APPL MECH REV, V48, P471
    JIN M, 1999, APPL MECH MATH, V20, P867
    SHANG XC, 1996, ACTA MECH SINICA, V28, P755
    SHANG XC, 2001, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P1101
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 15
 IS 1
 BP 89
 EP 94
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA 544KK
 UT ISI:000175156600012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, WX
    Cheng, DH
    Liu, SL
    Guo, HT
 TI Electrocatalytic activity and electrochemical hydrogen storage of Ni-La
    alloy prepared by electrodeposition from aqueous electrolyte
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE Ni-La alloy; electrodeposition; hydrogen evolution reaction; hydrogen
    storage
 ID WATER ELECTROLYSIS; EVOLUTION REACTION; PERFORMANCES; BATTERIES
 AB Ni-La alloy coating was prepared by electrodeposition. The effect of
    cathodic current density on the La content of the alloy coatings was
    discussed. It is found that the content of La in the alloy increases
    with increasing the cathodic current density. The microstructures and
    codeposition mechanism of Ni-La alloy coatings were investigated by
    means of X-ray diffraction (XRD) and cyclic voltammetry (CV). The
    results demonstrate that the Ni-La alloy is FCC and code-posited by the
    induced mechanism. The hydrogen evolution reaction (HER) on the
    electrodeposited Ni-La alloy electrodes in alkaline solution was
    evaluated by Tafel polarization curves. It is found that La-Ni alloy
    coating exhibites much higher exchange current density for HER than
    pure Ni electrode, and that the exchange current density increases with
    increasing the La content of alloys. The good electrocatalytic activity
    for HER of this Ni-La ahoy is attributed to the synergism of the
    electronic structure of La and Ni. The electrodeposited La-Ni alloys
    have a certain electrochemical hydrogen storage capacity of 34 similar
    to 143 mAh/g, which increases with increasing the La content of alloys.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200027, Peoples R China.
    Tianjin Univ, Dept Appl Chem, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
 CR ANANI A, 1994, J POWER SOURCES, V47, P261
    BOCUTTI R, 2000, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V25, P1051
    CHEN WX, 1998, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V8, P250
    CHEN WX, 1999, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V9, P487
    EZAKI H, 1993, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V38, P557
    FURUKAWA N, 1994, J POWER SOURCES, V51, P45
    GUO ZC, 2000, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V10, P50
    HAUNG QAH, 2000, MAT PROTECTION, V33, P51
    HU WK, 2000, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V25, P111
    JAKSIC JM, 2000, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V45, P4151
    JAKSIC MM, 2000, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V45, P4085
    JOVIC VD, 1988, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V18, P511
    MACHIDA K, 1984, B CHEM SOC JPN, V57, P2809
    MACHIDA K, 1984, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V29, P807
    METIKOSHUKOVIC M, 2000, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V45, P4159
    TAMURA H, 1983, J LESS-COMMON MET, V89, P567
    TANAKA M, 1993, DENKI KAGAKU, V61, P790
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 2
 BP 269
 EP 272
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 542BF
 UT ISI:000175023100019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, XG
    Ding, WZ
    Li, FS
    Li, LF
    Zhou, GZ
 TI Electrochemistry of oxygen ion transport in slag
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE metal-slag reaction; oxygen ion; electrochemical model
 ID FE-C DROPLETS; DECARBURIZATION REACTION; CONDUCTIVITY; REDUCTION; OXIDE
 AB A systematic experiment relating to the electrochemistry of oxygen ion
    transport in slag has been studied in lab. An equivalent circuit has
    been used to describe ion transfer between metal and slag in this paper
    and a kinetic model with electrochemical characteristic representing
    oxygen ion immigration has been worked out. The different experimental
    phenomena ran be explained generally by this model. It can be seen that
    the theoretical results are in good agreement with experiments. The
    comparison of experimental data with model calculation proved that the
    electrochemical model is right.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, State Enhance Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Lab Solid Electrolytes & Met Testing Tech, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
 CR GARE T, 1981, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V8, P169
    GOTO KS, 1977, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V17, P212
    HASHAM Z, 1995, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V142, P469
    LU XG, 1998, J UNIV SCI TECHNOL B, V5, P20
    LU XG, 1999, ENG CHEM METALLURGY, V20, P402
    LU XG, 1999, J IRON STEEL RES, V11, P5
    LU XG, 1999, J UNIV SCI TECHNOL B, V6, P27
    LU XG, 2000, J IRON STEEL RES INT, V7, P9
    LU XG, 2001, ACTA METALL SIN, V37, P184
    MURTHY GGK, 1993, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V20, P179
    MURTHY GGK, 1993, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V20, P191
    SASABE M, 1974, METALLURG T, V5, P2225
    SPEELMAN JL, 1989, METALL T B, V20, P31
    WOOLLEY DE, 1999, METALL MATER TRANS B, V30, P877
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 2
 BP 326
 EP 329
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 542BF
 UT ISI:000175023100034
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, HY
    Gu, SW
    Shi, YM
 TI Polar surface-optical phonon modes in a quantum box
 SO MODERN PHYSICS LETTERS B
 DT Article
 ID DOUBLE HETEROSTRUCTURES; INTERFACE PHONONS; ENERGY; SUPERLATTICES;
    CONFINEMENT; CRYSTALS; WIRE
 AB The polar surface-optical (SO) phonon modes and their dispersion
    relations in a quantum box axe derived within the dielectric continuum
    approximation. Then, having quantized the vibrational eigenmodes, we
    give the electron-SO phonon interaction Hamiltonian in a quantum box.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Appl Phys, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, HY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR DEGANI MH, 1988, SURF SCI, V196, P459
    FUCHS R, 1965, PHYS REV           A, V140, P2076
    GU SW, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P7977
    HUANG K, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P2183
    KITTEL C, 1986, INTRO SOLID STATE PH
    KLEIN MC, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P11123
    KNOPP PA, 1996, SURF SCI, V361, P318
    LAMBIN P, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P6416
    LASSNIG R, 1984, PHYS REV B, V30, P7132
    LI WS, 1997, PHYSICA B, V229, P375
    LICARI JJ, 1977, PHYS REV B, V15, P2254
    MORI N, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P6175
    SHI JM, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P5692
    SOOD AK, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V54, P2115
    STROSCIO MA, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P1488
    TSUCHIYA M, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P466
    ZHOU F, 1988, J LUMIN, V40, P739
    ZHU KD, 1992, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V4, P1291
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9849
 J9 MOD PHYS LETT B
 JI Mod. Phys. Lett. B
 PD JAN 30
 PY 2002
 VL 16
 IS 1-2
 BP 1
 EP 9
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 542LN
 UT ISI:000175045500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, WB
    Peng, DW
    Ding, YP
    Meng, ZY
 TI Dielectric tunable properties of (Ba1-xSrx)TiO3 thin films on LaAlO3
    substrate
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE IN SEMICONDUCTOR PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE BST; sol-gel; thin film; coplanar capacitor; tunability
 ID MICROSTRUCTURE
 AB (Ba1-xSrx)TiO3 (1-x = 0.8, 0.7, 0.6 and 0.5) thin films were prepared
    on (0 0 1) LaAlO3 substrates by sol-gel method. The films were found to
    be crystallized in preferential (0 0 1) orientation after
    post-deposition annealing at 750degreesC for 1.5 h and 1100degreesC for
    2 h in air, respectively. We investigated the dependence of tunability
    and dissipation factor on annealing temperature and different Ba/Sr
    ratios. It was found that the tunability increased dramatically and
    dissipation factor decreased obviously with increasing annealing
    temperature, and Ba0.6Sr0.4TiO3 thin films annealed at 1100degreesC for
    2 h have a tunability of 46.9% at 80 kV/cm bias filed and a dissipation
    factor of 0.008 at 1 MHz. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ALSHAREEF HN, 1997, J ELECTROCERAM, V1, P145
    BABBITT R, 1995, INTEGR FERROELECTR, V8, P65
    DEFLAVIIS F, 1997, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V45, P963
    DING Y, 2000, J MATER SCI LETT, V119, P163
    DING YP, 2000, MATER RES BULL, V35, P1187
    DING YP, 2000, THIN SOLID FILMS, V375, P196
    KAWAW H, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P10
    KOTECKI DE, 1997, INTEGR FERROELECTR, V16, P2
    STREIFFER SK, 1996, MATER RES SOC SYMP P, V415, P219
    SWARTZ SL, 1992, CONDENSED MATTER NEW, V1, P4
    TAHAN DM, 1996, J AM CERAM SOC, V79, P1593
    UHLMANN DR, 1991, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V1194, P131
    VENDIK OG, 1993, FERROELECTRICS, V144, P3
    YI G, 1993, AM CERM SOC B, V70, P1173
 NR 14
 TC 3
 SN 1369-8001
 J9 MATER SCI SEMICOND PROCESS
 JI Mater. Sci. Semicond. Process
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 4
 IS 6
 BP 673
 EP 678
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 542WA
 UT ISI:000175066200041
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, HY
    Guo, XB
    Meng, ZY
 TI Processing and properties of PMMN-PZT quaternary piezoelectric ceramics
    for ultrasonic motors
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE PMMN-PZT quaternary system; piezoelectric ceramics; mechanical quality
    factor; ultrasonic motors
 ID VIBRATION LEVEL; SYSTEM
 AB Piezoelectric Pb(Mg(1/)3Nb(1/3))O-3-Pb(Mn1/3Nb2/3)O-3-PbZrO3-PbTiO3
    (PMMN-PZT) quaternary ceramics with various contents of
    Pb(Mn1/3Nb2/3)O-3 from 4 to 8 mol% were prepared. The conventional
    single-stage and columbite two-stage methods were compared. Columbites
    MgNb2O6 and MnNb2O6, and the phase structure of PMMN-PZT were examined
    using X-ray diffraction (XRD). The surface morphology was examined by
    SEM. Study on the effect of Pb(Mn1/3Nb2/3)O-3 additives on dielectric
    and piezoelectric properties indicated that the PMMN-PZT quaternary
    system exhibited a high mechanical quality factor and well-situated
    piezoelectric properties. The optimized results, of d(33) (307 pC/N),
    K-p (0.55) and Q(m) (2379) were obtained at 6 mol% Pb(Mn1/3Nb2/3)O-3.
    (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Composite Mat, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Composite Mat, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHAE HI, 1994, P 4 INT C PROP APPL, P17
    GUO XB, 2001, AM CER SOC 103 ANN M
    ISE O, 1999, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V38, P5531
    KIM JS, 1999, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V38, P1433
    LEE DJ, 1998, P IEEE INT C COND BR, P381
    OUCHI H, 1968, J AM CERAM SOC, V51, P169
    SWARTZ SL, 1983, MAT RES B, V7, P1245
    TAKAHASHI S, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P2429
    TASHIRO S, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V36, P3004
    UEHA S, 1993, ULTRASONIC MOTORS
    WU L, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P4439
    ZHU XH, 1996, J MATER SCI, V31, P2171
 NR 12
 TC 7
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD APR 28
 PY 2002
 VL 75
 IS 1-3
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 202
 EP 206
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 539XK
 UT ISI:000174897700042
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, YP
    Wu, JS
    Meng, ZY
    Chan, HL
    Choy, ZL
 TI Oxygen pressure dependence of structural and tunable properties of
    PLD-deposited Ba0.5Sr0.5TiO3 thin film on LaAlO3-substrate
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE LaAlO3 substrates; pulse laser deposition; dielectric tunability
 ID MICROWAVE PROPERTIES
 AB Ba0.5Sr0.5TiO3 thin films were deposited onto (100)-LaAlO3 substrates
    under various oxygen pressures from 50 to 300 mTorr by pulse laser
    deposition (PLD). X-ray diffraction investigations indicated that all
    the films were (001)-epitaxially grown on the substrates; however the
    epitaxy quality and lattice parameters of the films were changed
    greatly by the different oxygen pressures (Po-2) during deposition.
    Lower Po-2 under 150 mTorr made weak epitaxy of films and less
    tetragonal distortion (c/a) of the unit cell. With increasing Po-2, the
    films became highly epitaxial and also the c/a ratio increased to 1.002
    at Po-2 = 300 mTorr. It was noted that the volume of unit cell was very
    critical to the epitaxy with LaAlO3 substrates, which acted on the
    distortion of the unit cells by lattice mismatch force in succession.
    At frequency of 100 MHz, the film deposited at Po-2 = 200 mTorr,
    characterized by high single-epitaxy and mild cell distortion, had a
    large dielectric tunability of 42% (at similar to80 kV cm(-1) bias) and
    small dielectric loss (tg delta) of 0.008 (at 0 kV cm(-1) bias) and
    therefor the largest figure of merit (K, tunability/tg delta) of 5250
    among all. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Elect Mat Lab, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect & Informat Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Polytechn Univ, Dept Appl Phys, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, YP, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Elect Mat Lab,
    Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 CR CARLSON CM, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P1920
    CHANG WT, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P1033
    CHEN CL, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P412
    GEVORGIAN SS, 1994, ELECTRON LETT, V30, P1236
    KIM WJ, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P1185
    PARK BH, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V77, P2587
    SCHMIZU T, 1997, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V102, P523
    VANKEULS FW, 1999, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V20, P53
    VENDIK OG, 1999, J SUPERCOND, V12, P325
 NR 9
 TC 6
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD APR 28
 PY 2002
 VL 75
 IS 1-3
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 220
 EP 224
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 539XK
 UT ISI:000174897700046
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Song, YL
    Zhang, C
    Chen, GP
    Fang, GY
    Wang, YX
    Xin, XQ
 TI Pulse-width-dependent self-focusing-defocusing transformation of the
    compound [Et4N](2)[MoS4Cu4(SCN)(4)(2-pic)(4)]
 SO JOURNAL OF OPTICS A-PURE AND APPLIED OPTICS
 DT Article
 DE self-defocusing; self-focusing; excited state refraction
 ID NONLINEAR-OPTICAL PROPERTIES; SOLID-STATE SYNTHESIS; CRYSTAL-STRUCTURE;
    ABSORPTIVE PROPERTIES; LIMITING PROPERTIES; REFRACTION
 AB The pulse-width-dependent self-focusing-defocusing transformation of
    the planar heterothiometallic cluster compound
    [Et4N](2)[MoS4Cu4(SCN)(4)(2-pic)(4)] in DMF solution is observed at a
    wavelength of 532 nm. We also investigate the nonlinear refraction and
    absorption behaviours of the cluster compound based on excited state
    theory. For picosecond pulses the compound possesses a self-focusing
    property, which is attributed to population transitions between singlet
    excited states, while for nanosecond pulses it exhibits a
    self-defocusing property, which is attributed to the population
    relaxing to triplet states. In addition, we found that the singlet
    excited state absorption is stronger than triplet excited state
    absorption.
 C1 Harbin Inst Technol, Dept Phys, Harbin 150001, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Dept Chem, State Key Lab Coordinat Chem, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Song, YL, Harbin Inst Technol, Dept Phys, Harbin 150001, Peoples R
    China.
 CR FANG G, 2000, OPT COMMUN, V181, P523
    GE P, 1997, J PHYS CHEM B, V101, P27
    HOGGARD PE, 1996, CHEM MATER, V8, P2218
    HOU HW, 1994, J CHEM SOC DA, P3211
    HOU HW, 1995, CHEM MATER, V7, P472
    HOU HW, 1996, J CHEM SOC FARADAY T, V92, P2343
    HOU HW, 1999, CHEM COMMUN     0407, P647
    JI W, 1995, J PHYS CHEM-US, V99, P17297
    LOW MKM, 1998, CHEM COMMUN     0221, P505
    SAKANE G, 1995, INORG CHEM, V34, P4785
    SHEIKBAHAE M, 1990, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V26, P760
    SHEIKBAHAE M, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P96
    SHI S, 1994, J PHYS CHEM-US, V98, P3570
    SHI S, 1995, CHEM MATER, V7, P1519
    SHI S, 1995, J PHYS CHEM-US, V99, P4050
    SHI S, 1995, J PHYS CHEM-US, V99, P894
    SHI S, 1995, MATER CHEM PHYS, V39, P298
    SONG YL, 1999, OPT COMMUN, V168, P131
    SONG YL, 2000, OPT COMMUN, V186, P105
    SONG YL, 2001, OPT COMMUN, V192, P273
    WEI TH, 2000, CHEM PHYS LETT, V318, P53
    YARIV A, 1991, OPTICAL ELECT, P48
    ZHANG C, 2000, J CHEM SOC DALTON, P1317
    ZHANG J, 2000, J UNIV SCI TECHNOL B, V7, P10
    ZHANG QF, 1999, CHEM LETT        JUL, P619
    ZHENG HG, 1997, J CHEM SOC DALT 0707, P2357
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 1464-4258
 J9 J OPT A-PURE APPL OPT
 JI J. Opt. A-Pure Appl. Opt.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 4
 IS 2
 BP 199
 EP 201
 PG 3
 SC Optics
 GA 540BL
 UT ISI:000174908300014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, H
    Kamiya, N
 TI Distance transformation for the numerical evaluation of near singular
    boundary integrals with various kernels in boundary element method
 SO ENGINEERING ANALYSIS WITH BOUNDARY ELEMENTS
 DT Article
 DE BEM; near singular boundary integral; integral kernel; order of near
    singularity; numerical solution; boundary layer effect
 ID PRINCIPAL VALUE INTEGRALS; ELASTICITY; EQUATIONS; FORMULATION
 AB The accurate numerical solution of near singular boundary integrals was
    an issue of major concern in most of the boundary element analysis next
    to the singular boundary integrals. The problem was solved in this
    paper by a kind of non-linear transformation, namely, the distance
    transformation for the accurate 'valuation of near singular boundary
    integrals with various kernels for both the two- and three- dimensional
    problems incorporated with the distance functions defined in the local
    intrinsic coordinate systems. It is considered that two effects play
    the role in the transformation. They are the damping out of the near
    singularity and the rational redistribution of integration points. The
    actual numerical computation can be performed by standard Gaussian
    quadrature formulae and can be easily included in the existing computer
    code, along with its insensitivity to the kind of the boundary
    elements. Numerical results of potential problem were presented,
    showing the effectiveness and the generality of the algorithm, which
    makes it possible, for the first time, to observe the behaviors of
    various boundary integral values with numerical means, when the source
    point is moving across the boundary with fine steps. (C) 2002 Elsevier
    Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Nagoya Univ, Sch Informat & Sci, Nagoya, Aichi 4648601, Japan.
 RP Ma, H, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept
    Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ALIABADI MH, 1985, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V21, P2221
    ALIABADI MH, 2000, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V48, P995
    BREBBIA CA, 1984, BOUNDARY ELEMENT TEC
    CERROLAZA M, 1989, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V28, P987
    CHEN HB, 2001, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V25, P851
    CRISTESCU M, 1978, RECENT ADV BOUNDARY, P375
    CRUSE TA, 1993, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V36, P237
    DIRGANTARA T, 2000, INT J FRACTURE, V105, P27
    DOBLARE M, 1997, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V40, P3325
    GRANADOS JJ, 2001, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V25, P165
    GUIGGIANI M, 1987, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V24, P1711
    GUIGGIANI M, 1990, ASME, V57, P906
    GUIGGIANI M, 1992, ASME, V59, P604
    JOHNSTON PR, 1999, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V45, P1333
    KRISHNASAMY G, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P404
    KRISHNASAMY G, 1994, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V37, P107
    LIU YJ, 1998, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V41, P541
    LIU YJ, 1999, COMPUT MECH, V24, P286
    LIU YJ, 2000, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V24, P789
    MA H, 1999, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V23, P281
    MA H, 2001, ENG ANAL BOUNDARY EL, V25, P843
    MUKHERJEE S, 1982, BOUNDARY ELEMENT MET
    MUKHERJEE S, 2000, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V37, P7633
    SLADEK V, 1993, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V36, P1609
    TANAKA M, 1991, BOUNDARY ELEMENT MET
    TELLES JCF, 1987, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V24, P959
    ZHANG D, 1999, COMPUT MECH, V23, P389
    ZHANG GH, 1990, P 3 JAP CHIN S BOUND, P73
 NR 28
 TC 4
 SN 0955-7997
 J9 ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM
 JI Eng. Anal. Bound. Elem.
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 26
 IS 4
 BP 329
 EP 339
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 542JT
 UT ISI:000175040300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Kang, LY
    Dang, CY
    Cai, MC
    Shan, EF
 TI Upper bounds for the k-subdomination number of graphs
 SO DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE graph; tree; open and closed neighborhoods; k-subdomination number
 ID MAJORITY
 AB For a positive integer k, a k-subdominating function of G = (V, E) is a
    Function f : V --> (-1,1) such that the sum of the function values,
    taken over closed neighborhoods of vertices, is at least one for at
    least k vertices of G. The sum of the function values taken over all
    vertices is called the aggregate of f and the minimum aggregate among
    all k-subdominating functions of G is the k-subdomination number
    gamma(ks)(G). In this paper, we solve a conjecture proposed in (Ars.
    Combin 43 (1996) 235), which determines a sharp upper bound on
    gamma(ks)(G) for trees if k > \V\/2 and give an upper bound on
    gamma(ks) for connected graphs. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Acad Sinica, Inst Syst Sci, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    City Univ, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Cai, MC, Acad Sinica, Inst Syst Sci, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 CR BROERE I, 1995, DISCRETE MATH, V138, P125
    COCKAYNE EJ, 1996, ARS COMBINATORIA, V43, P235
    DUNBAR JE, 1995, GRAPH THEORY COMBINA, V1, P311
    HENNING MA, 1998, J GRAPH THEOR, V28, P49
 NR 4
 TC 2
 SN 0012-365X
 J9 DISCRETE MATH
 JI Discret. Math.
 PD MAR 28
 PY 2002
 VL 247
 IS 1-3
 BP 229
 EP 234
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics
 GA 540CT
 UT ISI:000174911400018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GH
    Zhou, SP
    Xu, DM
 TI Dynamical behaviour and its control in periodically driven semiconductor
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE bifurcation; chaos; negative differential conductivity
 ID CURRENT-DENSITY FILAMENTS; CHAOTIC MOTIONS; FREQUENCY; DEVICE; GAAS
 AB A model for n-GaAs based on nonlinear carrier transport theory has been
    proposed. Complex bifurcations are studied as the excited field varies.
    Numerical simulation shows that the system exhibits periodicity,
    quasi-periodicity, and chaos, depending on the frequency and amplitude
    of the externally applied field, as expected. We also compute the
    quantities characterizing chaotic behaviours. An occasional pulse
    driving technique to control chaotic attactor to the desired periodic
    trajectory is illustrated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AOKI K, 1982, J PHYS SOC JPN, V51, P2373
    AOKI K, 1986, PHYS SCRI, V14, P76
    AOKI K, 1989, APPL PHYS A, V48, P111
    AOKI K, 1989, APPL PHYS A-SOLID, V48, P161
    KNAP W, 1988, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V31, P813
    LI GH, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P2123
    NIEDERNOSTHEIDE FJ, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P14012
    NIEDERNOSTHEIDE FJ, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P7663
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 51
 IS 4
 BP 736
 EP 741
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 540WA
 UT ISI:000174952500007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Nho, YC
    Kwon, OH
    Jie, C
 TI Introduction of phosphoric acid group to polypropylene film by
    radiation grafting and its blood compatibility
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE radiation grafting; grafting; phosphoric acid; blood compatibility
 ID HEPARIN-IMMOBILIZED POLYURETHANES; POLYETHYLENE FILM; POLYMERIZATION;
    METHACRYLATE; PLASMA
 AB 2,3-epoxvpropyl methacrylate (EPMA) was grafted to polypropylene (PP)
    film by using a radiation grafting technique. The phosphoric acid group
    was introduced to the EPMA-grafted PP films with different grafting
    yields. The blood compatibility of the phosphoric acid group-introduced
    PP films was evaluated by the determination of platelet adsorption and
    thrombus formation. The EPMA grafting extent was found to be dependent
    on the absorbed dose, reaction time and temperature. The grafting and
    phosphonation reactions were confirmed by Fourier transform infrared
    spectroscopy in the attenuated total reflectance mode and electron
    spectroscopy for chemical analysis. The amount of thrombus and adherent
    platelet on modified PP film was evaluated by an in vitro method and
    scanning electron microscope, respectively. The phosphoric acid
    group-introduced PP film was found to have good blood compatibility,
    which increased with the content of the introduced phosphoric acid
    group. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Korea Atom Energy Res Inst, Radioisotope Radiat Applicat Team, Taejon 305600, South Korea.
    Hanyang Univ, Coll Engn, Dept Ind Chem, Seoul 133791, South Korea.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem Engn & Technol, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Nho, YC, Korea Atom Energy Res Inst, Radioisotope Radiat Applicat Team,
    POB 105, Taejon 305600, South Korea.
 CR BERGSTROM K, 1994, J BIOMAT SCI-POLYM E, V6, P123
    BRINKMAN E, 1990, BIOMATERIALS, V11, P200
    CHOWDHURY P, 1998, J APPL POLYM SCI, V70, P523
    HAN DK, 1989, J BIOMED MATER RES-A, V23, P211
    IMAI Y, 1972, J BIOMED MATER RES, V6, P165
    KANG IK, 1996, BIOMATERIALS, V17, P841
    KWON OH, 1999, J APPL POLYM SCI, V71, P631
    LEE YM, 1995, POLYMER, V36, P81
    NHO YC, 1992, J KOREAN IND ENG CHE, V3, P491
    NHO YC, 1992, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V30, P1219
    NHO YC, 1997, J APPL POLYM SCI, V63, P1101
    NHO YC, 1997, MACROMOL SCI PURE AP, V34, P831
    OKANO T, 1993, J BIOMED MATER RES, V27, P1519
    VULIC I, 1993, J MATER SCI-MATER M, V4, P448
    YUI N, 1988, BIOMATERIALS, V9, P225
 NR 15
 TC 3
 SN 0969-806X
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 64
 IS 1
 BP 67
 EP 75
 PG 9
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA 539UE
 UT ISI:000174889000011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, CQ
    Wang, CK
 TI Allelopathic effect of Acorns tatarinowii upon algae
 SO JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES-CHINA
 DT Article
 DE Acorns tatarinowii; allelopathy; algae; wetlands
 ID SOIL
 AB Besides competing with algae for light and mineral nutrients (i.e. N,
    P, etc.), the root system of Acorns tatarinowii excretes some chemical
    substances, which injure and eliminate alga cells, to inhibit the
    growth of the algae. When the algae cells were treated in " A.
    tatarinowii water", some of the chlorophyll a were destroyed and the
    photosynthetic rate of algae decreased markedly and the ability of alga
    cells to deoxidize triphenyltetrazolium chloride (TTC) reduced greatly.
    Then alga cells turned from bright red to bluish green under
    fluorescence microscope. These showed that the allelopathic effects of
    A. tatarinowii on algae were obvious and planting A. tatarireowii can
    control some green algae. The experiment on the extractions of the
    secretions of the root system showed that the inhibitory effect had a
    concentration effect. If the concentration of the root secretion was
    below 30 mul/disc, the inhibitory rate was negative; if it was over 45
    mul/disc, the inhibitory rate was positive. This proved that the
    influence of the root secretion on the same acceptor was a kind of
    concentration effect. When the concentration of the root secretion was
    low, it promoted the growth of algae; when the concentration reached a
    definite threshold value, it restrained the growth of algae. In present
    case, the threshold value was between 30 mul/disc and 45 mul/disc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Geog, Changchun 130021, Peoples R China.
 RP He, CQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR *AM PUBL HLTH ASS, 1985, ASS PHYT CHLOR NORM, P901
    BLUM U, 1988, SOIL BIOL BIOCHEM, V20, P793
    DALTON BR, 1983, J CHEM ECOL, V9, P1185
    GRIME JP, 1976, J ECOL, V64, P975
    HE CQ, 1999, CHINESE J ECOLOGY, V18
    INDERJIT DKM, 1995, BOT REV, V61, P32
    REDDY KR, 1983, ECON BOT, V37, P237
    RICE EL, 1984, ALLELOPATHY, P382
    ROBINSON RK, 1972, J ECOL, V60, P219
    STEPONKUS PL, 1967, PLANT PHYSIOL, V42, P1423
    SUN WH, 1989, ENV SCI J, V9, P188
    SUN WH, 1991, PLANT PHYSL COMMUNIC, V27, P433
    SUN WH, 1992, PLANT PHYSL COMMUNIC, V28, P81
    WYNNE B, 1987, STRUCTURE REPROD, P572
    YE JX, 1987, PLANT ECOLOGY GEOBOT, V11, P203
    YE JX, 1993, AWAKE 21 CENTURY EAR, P243
    YE JX, 1996, PLANT MAGAZINE, V30, P10
    ZHANG BC, 1981, ECOLOGY J, V1, P227
 NR 18
 TC 1
 SN 1001-0742
 J9 J ENVIRON SCI-CHINA
 JI J. Environ. Sci.
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 13
 IS 4
 BP 481
 EP 484
 PG 4
 SC Environmental Sciences
 GA 537VP
 UT ISI:000174780600018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, BG
    Hua, TC
    Zhang, HD
    Wang, YF
    Wang, GX
 TI Cryopreservation and xenotransplantation studies of microencapsulated
    rat pancreatic islets
 SO CRYOLETTERS
 DT Article
 DE cryopreservation; microencapsulation; rat pancreatic islet;
    xenotransplantation
 AB Islets of Langerhans were isolated from the Sprague Dawley rat pancreas
    digested by injected collagenase, and purified by Ficoll density
    gradient centrifugation, In order to make smaller and more uniform
    micro encapsulated islets, we designed a special high-voltage
    electrostatic microcapsule generator. The effects of operational
    parameters of the generator on the size and the uniformity of
    microcapsules were analyzed, such as the voltage, the plunger speed of
    suspension delivery to the needle tip, the distance between needle tip
    and solution surface. The optimal parameter combinations for making
    microcapsules area 5kV of voltage, 50mm/h of the plunger speed, and
    20mm distance. The high-voltage electric system can produce uniform
    microcapsules with diameters ranging from 0.3similar to0.5mm, which are
    smaller and more uniform than those produced by air-jet system. A
    comparison of the cryopreservation effects between microencapsulated
    islets and unencapsulated islets showed that the microcapsules can
    protect the fragile islets from freezing damage, and increase the
    retrieval rate from 68.5% to 92.6%. Xenotransplantation of the
    cryopreserved rat islets resulted in the normalization of the metabolic
    blood glucose of the diabetic mice for 90 days, whereas the
    unencapsulated islets were easily fragmented and lost during the
    freezing process. They only reversed hyperglycemia for less than 3-5
    days.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryobiol Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai First Peoples Hosp, Res Lab Diabetes, Shanghai 200080, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, BG, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryobiol Engn, 516 Jun Gong
    Rd, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR BARTH HG, 1984, MODERN METHODS PARTI
    CHEN RT, 1988, CRYOBIOLOGY, V25, P548
    CHICHEPORTICHE D, 1988, DIABETOLOGIA, V31, P54
    HU YF, 1990, CHIN J ORGAN TRANSPL, V11, P50
    JEAN PH, 1993, TRANSPLANTATION, V55, P350
    JUTTE PM, 1987, CRYOBIOLOGY, V24, P290
    LI BG, 2000, J SHANGHAI U SCI TEC, V22, P1
    LIM F, 1980, SCIENCE, V210, P908
    SOONSHIONG P, 1994, LANCET, V343, P950
    SUTTON R, 1986, TRANSPLANTATION, V42, P689
    ZHANG HD, 1991, CHIN J ORGAN TRANSPL, V12, P72
    ZHOU DB, 1997, TRANSPLANTATION, V64, P1112
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0143-2044
 J9 CRYOLETTERS
 JI CryoLetters
 PD JAN-FEB
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 1
 BP 47
 EP 54
 PG 8
 SC Biology; Physiology
 GA 538CQ
 UT ISI:000174796800007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sang, WB
    Qian, YB
    Min, JH
    Li, DM
    Wang, LL
    Shi, WM
    Liu, YF
 TI Microstructural and optical properties of ZnS : Cu nanocrystals
    prepared by an ion complex transformation method
 SO SOLID STATE COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE Cu-doped ZnS; nanostructure; luminescence; nanofabrication
 ID PHOTOPHYSICAL PROPERTIES; CHITOSAN FILM; CLUSTERS; ELECTRON; CDS
 AB The typical morphologies of Cu-doped ZnS nanocrystals in a polyvinyl
    alcohol (PVA) film by an ion complex transformation method observed by
    transmission electron microscope show that the particles were rather
    evenly distributed throughout the PVA film, and the dimension was
    estimated to be about 5.7 nm in diameter. The crystallites of the ZnS
    have a finite bulk-like cubic structure identified by using the ED
    patterns of the sample. The Cu-doped ZnS UV absorption spectra are
    essentially similar to that of the undoped, but the luminescence
    properties are quite different from that of the undoped. The green
    emission band peaked at about 480 nm. is characteristic of copper doped
    ZnS nanocrystals, which could be attributed to a transition from the
    conduction band of ZnS to the 't(2)' level of Cu in ZnS band gap. The
    blue emission band peaked at about 430 nm is characteristic of the
    undoped quantum particles of ZnS for the same size and it might be
    caused by the presence of self-activated centers, like zinc vacancies.
    (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Sang, WB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Jiading, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BHARGAVA RN, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P416
    BRUS LE, 1984, J CHEM PHYS, V80, P4403
    COLVIN VL, 1994, NATURE, V370, P354
    EMPEDOCLES SA, 1997, SCIENCE, V278, P2114
    HUANG JM, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P2335
    KHOSRAVI AA, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P2702
    PEKA P, 1994, PHYSICA B, V193, P57
    SANG WB, 1996, ADV MATER OPT ELECTR, V6, P197
    SANG WB, 1996, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V8, L499
    SHIONOYA S, 1966, LUMINESCENCE INORGAN, P229
    SOOKLAL K, 1996, J PHYS CHEM-US, V100, P4551
    WANG MW, 2000, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V115, P493
    WANG Y, 1991, J PHYS CHEM-US, V95, P525
    XU SJ, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V73, P473
    YANG P, 2001, CHEM PHYS LETT, V336, P76
 NR 15
 TC 9
 SN 0038-1098
 J9 SOLID STATE COMMUN
 JI Solid State Commun.
 PY 2002
 VL 121
 IS 9-10
 BP 475
 EP 478
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 537HQ
 UT ISI:000174753200005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JF
 TI Exotic localized coherent structures of the (2+1)-dimensional
    dispersive long-wave equation
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE extended homogeneous balance method; coherent soliton structures;
    dispersive long-wave equation; the (2+1)-dimensions
 ID NONLINEAR SCHRODINGER-EQUATION; 2 SPACE DIMENSIONS; NOVIKOV-VESELOV
    EQUATION; DROMION-LIKE STRUCTURES; KDV-TYPE EQUATION; SOLITONS; PLASMA
 AB This article is concerned with the extended homogeneous balance method
    for studying the abundant localized solution structures in the
    (2+1)-dimensional dispersive long-wave equations U-ty + eta(xx) +
    (u(2))(xy)/2 = 0, eta(t) + (ueta + u + u(xy))x = 0. Starting from the
    homogeneous balance method, we find that the richness of the localized
    coherent structures of the model is caused by the entrance of two
    variable-separated arbitrary functions. For some special selections of
    the arbitrary functions, it is shown that the localized structures of
    the model may be dromions, lumps, breathers, instantons and ring
    solitons.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JF, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BOITI M, 1986, INVERSE PROBL, V2, P271
    BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P432
    DAS GC, 1997, PHYS PLASMAS, V4, P2095
    FOKAS AS, 1990, PHYSICA D, V44, P99
    GEDALIN M, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P448
    HAUS HA, 1996, REV MOD PHYS, V68, P423
    HIETARINTA J, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V145, P237
    HU XB, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4589
    LOU S, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V176, P96
    LOU SY, 1994, J PHYS A, V27, P3225
    LOU SY, 1995, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V28, P7227
    LOU SY, 1995, MATH METHOD APPL SCI, V18, P789
    LOU SY, 1996, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V26, P487
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P5989
    LOU SY, 2000, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V33, P7
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    LOUSTENKO I, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P3011
    PAQUIN G, 1990, PHYSICA D, V46, P122
    RADHA R, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4746
    RADHA R, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V197, P7
    RADHA R, 1997, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P17
    RADHA R, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P292
    RADHA R, 1997, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V30, P3229
    RADHA R, 1999, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V10, P1821
    RUAN HY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P3123
    RUAN HY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P586
    TAJIRI M, 1997, PHYS REV E B, V55, P3351
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    ZHANG JF, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P659
    ZHANG JF, 1999, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V33, P577
 NR 31
 TC 18
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2002
 VL 37
 IS 3
 BP 277
 EP 282
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 535XM
 UT ISI:000174671700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, XY
    Wan, XJ
    Wu, QY
    Sun, XK
 TI Diffusion of hydrogen along the grain boundaries in Ni3Al alloys
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MATERIALS & PRODUCT TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE hydrogen diffusivity; N1(3)A1 alloys; ultrahigh vacuum gaseous;
    permeation technique
 ID ENVIRONMENTAL EMBRITTLEMENT; NICKEL; TRANSPORT
 AB The diffusivity of hydrogen in two Nl(3)Al alloys has been measured in
    the temperature range 100degreesC to 420degreesC using an ultrahigh
    vacuum gaseous permeation technique. The diffusivity data fall into two
    segments, in which the hydrogen diffusivity adheres to the Arrhenius
    form, respectively. It is suggested that hydrogen transportation takes
    place along the grain boundaries at lower temperature and in the
    lattice at higher temperature. The intergranular fracture of L1(2)-type
    intermetallics induced by hydrogen at relatively low temperature
    results from hydrogen transportation along the grain boundaries, not in
    the lattice.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Res, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Met Res, State Key Lab RSA, Shenyang 110015, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG XY, 1998, SCRIPTA MATER, V38, P959
    FUKUSHIMA H, 1984, ACTA METALL, V32, P851
    GEORGE EP, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V30, P37
    HARRIS TM, 1991, METALL TRANS A, V22, P351
    HUANG JH, 1996, DIFFUSION METALS ALL
    KIRMURA A, 1988, ACTA METALL, V36, P757
    LADNA B, 1987, ACTA METALL, V35, P1775
    PALUMBO G, 1991, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V25, P679
    TAKAGI C, 1993, DNA LINK, V3, P3
    TSURU T, 1982, SCRIPTA METALL, V16, P575
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    XU J, 1993, ACTA METALL MATER, V41, P1455
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0268-1900
 J9 INT J MATER PROD TECHNOL
 JI Int. J. Mater. Prod. Technol.
 PY 2001
 SU Suppl. 2
 BP 841
 EP 846
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 534UG
 UT ISI:000174604900067
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, BF
    Liu, J
 TI Detail feature recognition and decomposition in solid model
 SO COMPUTER-AIDED DESIGN
 DT Article
 DE detail removal; detail feature decomposition; feature
    recognition/feature suppression; analysis automation; CAE
 ID ELEMENT
 AB A methodology for abstracting features from a 3D solid model based on a
    new detail-level metric method is proposed. Filleting the whole
    boundary of an object with constant fillet radius has the effect of
    low-pass filtering. Taking advantage of the effect, detail-level of
    boundary entities can be rated. This paper investigates an approach to
    fillet polyhedral model and then develops a simple way to detect
    detailed boundary elements. Taking detailed entities as the indicators,
    detail features are recognized and extracted. In the detailed entities
    detection and decomposition cycle of the corresponding detail features,
    detail features are decomposed from the model one by one in terms of
    their locality. Detail feature decomposition directly results in
    geometric simplification of a 3D object. The method proposed in this
    paper can be applied in efficient modeling for CAE from CAD models. (C)
    2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mech Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, BF, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mech Engn, 18 Postal Box,149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ARBSHAHI S, 1992, FINITE ELEMENT ANAL, V9, P271
    ARMSTRONG CG, 1994, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V26, P573
    CAGAN J, 1987, ENG COMPUT, V2, P199
    CHUANG SH, 1990, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V22, P377
    DONG J, 1997, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V29, P263
    DONG J, 1997, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V29, P427
    GAYANKAR P, 1990, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V22, P442
    GREGORY BL, 1987, ENG COMPUT, V2, P65
    INOUE K, 1999, 8 INT MESH ROUNDT SA, P281
    JOSHI S, 1988, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V20, P58
    KIM YS, 1992, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V24, P461
    KYPRIANOU L, 1980, THESIS U CAMBRIDGE
    LEE YG, 1997, ADV ENG SOFTW, V28, P593
    LEE YG, 1998, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V30, P677
    LO KH, 1988, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V20, P27
    MAYER EA, 1996, CURR OPIN GASTROEN, V12, P3
    MOHSEN R, 1998, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V28, P905
    SHEFFER A, 1997, TRENS UNSTRUCTURED, V220, P57
    VANDENBRANDE JH, 1993, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V15, P1269
 NR 19
 TC 4
 SN 0010-4485
 J9 COMPUT AID DES
 JI Comput.-Aided Des.
 PD APR 15
 PY 2002
 VL 34
 IS 5
 BP 405
 EP 414
 PG 10
 SC Computer Science, Software Engineering
 GA 533NV
 UT ISI:000174537400006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, ZY
    Li, GG
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Quasi-static and dynamical analysis for viscoelastic Timoshenko beam
    with fractional derivative constitutive relation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE viscoelastic Timoshenko beam; fractional derivative constitutive
    relation; weakly singular Volterra integro-differential equation;
    dynamical response
 ID BEHAVIOR
 AB The equations of motion governing the quasi-static and dynamical
    behavior of a viscoelastic Timoshenko beam are derived. The
    viscoelastic material is assumed to obey a three-dimensional fractional
    derivative constitutive relation. ne quasi-static behavior of the
    viscoelastic Timoshenko beam under step loading is analyzed and the
    analytical solution is obtained. The influence of material parameters
    on the deflection is investigated. The dynamical response of the
    viscoelastic Timoshenko beam subjected to a periodic excitation is
    studied by means of mode shape functions. And the effect of both
    transverse shear and rotational inertia on the vibration of the beam is
    discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Supercomp Ctr, Shanghai 201203, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AKOZ Y, 1999, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V44, P1909
    ARGYRIS J, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P151
    BAGLEY RL, 1986, J RHEOL, V30, P133
    CHEN LQ, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P995
    GEMANT A, 1938, PHILOS MAG, V25, P92
    KOELLER RC, 1984, J APPL MECH, V51, P294
    LIU YZ, 1998, MECH VIBRATIONS
    LUO ZD, 1994, MECH ANISITROPIC MAT
    ROSSIKHIN YA, 1997, APPL MECH REV, V50, P15
    SAMKO SG, 1993, FRACTIONAL INTEGRALS
    SPINELLI RA, 1966, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V3, P636
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 12
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 534QJ
 UT ISI:000174597500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yin, RH
    Fang, ZH
    Zhang, L
    Xu, HB
 TI Effect of Cl- on the transition current density of Zn during the
    electrodeposition Zn-Co, Zn-Fe alloys
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Zn-Co; Zn-Fe alloys; transition current density; anomalous co-deposition
 AB For co-deposition of Zn-Co or Zn-Fe alloys in chloride baths it was
    found that the transition current density of Zn varied with the
    deposition process from normal co-deposition to anomalous
    co-deposition. The value of the transition current density increases
    with the increasing of Cl- concentration. However, when Cl-
    concentration exceeds 4 mol(.)dm(-3), the co-deposition process becomes
    normal type and the transition current density of Zn disappears. It can
    he attributed to the existence of Cl-, which decreases the evolution
    overpotential of Co and Fe metal, especially for Fe metal.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yin, RH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ATSUYOSHI S, 1980, J IRON STEEL I JPN, V66, P771
    FUKUSHIMA H, 1983, T JPN I MET, V24, P125
    LI HW, 1998, PLAT PROT, V101, P16
    MITSUHIRO Y, 1990, J SURF FINISH SOC JP, V41, P312
    TU ZM, 1994, PLAT SURF FINISH, V16, P3
    YIN RH, 2001, ELECTROCHEMISTRY, V7, P85
    YOJI I, 1978, ELECTROCHEM JPN, V46, P202
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 60
 IS 3
 BP 404
 EP 407
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 533UW
 UT ISI:000174549600005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, WH
    Chen, Q
    Liu, YL
 TI Relationship between H+-ATPase activity and fluidity of tonoplast in
    barley roots under NaCl stress
 SO ACTA BOTANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE salt stress; H+-ATPase; membrane fluidity; fatty acid composition;
    barley
 ID SALT STRESS; LIPID-COMPOSITION; TOLERANCE; VESICLES; ACID; ARABIDOPSIS;
    TRANSPORT
 AB H+-ATPase activity of tonoplast in roots of Hordeum vulgare L. cv.
    "Tanyin 2" (salt-tolerant cultivar) increased when the roots were
    exposed to 50 - 200 mmol/L NaCl for 2 d, and decreased when NaCl
    concentration was increased to 600 mmol/L. In "Kepin 7" (salt-sensitive
    cultivar), tonoplast H+-ATPase activity in roots also increased at
    lower levels of NaCl (50 - 100 mmol/L), but decreased at higher levels
    of NaCl (200 - 600 mmol/L). Tonoplast fluidity in roots of "Tanyin 2"
    decreased at 50 - 200 mmol/L NaCl, and increased significantly at 600
    mmol/L NaCl. Under salt stress, the change of tonoplast fluidity was
    identical with that of the ratio of unsaturated fatty acids to
    saturated fatty acids in tonoplast lipid of barley roots. It is
    proposed that the increase of tonoplast fluidity due to increased
    degree of unsaturation of fatty acids is one of the reasons leading to
    the decrease of H+-ATPase activity under higher level of NaCl stress.
 C1 Nanjing Agr Univ, Coll Agr, Nanjing 210095, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, WH, Nanjing Agr Univ, Coll Agr, Nanjing 210095, Peoples R China.
 CR APSE MP, 1999, SCIENCE, V285, P1256
    BALLESTEROS E, 1996, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V97, P259
    BARKLA BJ, 1996, ANNU REV PLANT PHYS, V47, P159
    BRADFORD MM, 1976, ANAL BIOCHEM, V72, P248
    BROWN DJ, 1989, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V90, P956
    DIAO FQ, 1997, ACTA PHYTOPHYSIOL SI, V23, P105
    DIETZ KJ, 1996, BBA-BIOMEMBRANES, V1281, P134
    GONG HM, 1999, ACTA BOT SIN, V41, P414
    HUANG YG, 1996, MEMBRANE LIPID PROTE, P1
    LIU YL, 1998, PLANT PHYSL MOL BIOL, P752
    LU ZX, 1993, ACTA PHYTOPHYSIOL SI, V19, P325
    MANSOUR MMF, 1994, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V92, P473
    NARASIMHAN ML, 1991, PLANT PHYSIOL, V97, P562
    NIU X, 1995, PLANT PHYSIOL, V109, P715
    OHNISHI T, 1975, ANAL BIOCHEM, V69, P261
    REIDIBOYMTALLEUX L, 1999, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V105, P513
    SHI HZ, 2000, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V97, P6896
    SU WA, 1983, CHINESE SCI BULL, V28, P373
    WU JL, 1998, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V102, P307
    YANG FY, 1983, CHINESE SCI BULL, V28, P370
    ZHANG WH, 1993, ACTA BOT SIN, V35, P435
    ZHANG WH, 1998, J PLANT NUTR, V21, P447
 NR 22
 TC 2
 SN 0577-7496
 J9 ACTA BOT SIN
 JI Acta Bot. Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 44
 IS 3
 BP 292
 EP 296
 PG 5
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Plant Sciences
 GA 534YM
 UT ISI:000174617400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, DY
 TI k-constraint for the modified Kadomtsev-Petviashvili system
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB By imposing constraint (L-k)(-)=qpartial derivative(-1)rpartial
    derivative on the pseudo-differential operator L-k, the k constrained
    modified Kadomtsev-Petviashvili (KP) hierarchy and their corresponding
    Lax pair are obtained from the linear problem and its adjoint of the
    modified KP system. Especially, the modified KdV system, the GNS system
    with derivative coupling, the Burgers system, and a new 3x3 integrable
    system are presented as examples. (C) 2002 American Institute of
    Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, DY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN HH, 1979, PHYS SCR, V20, P490
    CHENG Y, 1992, J MATH PHYS, V33, P3774
    CHENG Y, 1992, J PHYS A, V25, P419
    DATE E, 1983, NONLINEAR INTEGRABLE, P39
    DICKEY LA, 1991, ADV SERIES MATH PHYS, V12
    KAUP DJ, 1978, J MATH PHYS, V19, P798
    KONOPELCHENKO BG, 1984, PHYS LETT A, V102, P15
    KONOPELCHENKO BG, 1992, NONLINEAR EVOLUTION, P87
    OHTA Y, 1988, PROG THEOR PHYS SUPP, V94, P210
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0022-2488
 J9 J MATH PHYS-NY
 JI J. Math. Phys.
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 43
 IS 4
 BP 1956
 EP 1965
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Mathematical
 GA 532KQ
 UT ISI:000174474300013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SF
 TI Attractors for second order lattice dynamical systems
 SO JOURNAL OF DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
 DT Article
 ID WAVE-EQUATIONS; GLOBAL ATTRACTOR
 AB We consider the existence and the approximation of the global attractor
    for second order damped lattice dynamical systems. (C) 2002 Elsevier
    Science (USA).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AFRAIMOVICH VS, 1997, PHYSICA D, V103, P442
    BATES PW, 1999, ATTRACTORS LATTICE D
    FEIREISL E, 1995, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V116, P431
    FEIREISL E, 1997, J DYNAM DIFFERENTIAL, V9, P133
    GHIDAGLIA JM, 1987, J MATH PURE APPL, V66, P273
    HALE JK, 1988, ASYMPTOTIC BEHAV DIS
    KARACHALIOS NI, 1999, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V157, P183
    TEMAM R, 1988, APPL MATH SCI, V68
    ZHOU SF, 1999, P AM MATH SOC, V127, P3623
 NR 9
 TC 8
 SN 0022-0396
 J9 J DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
 JI J. Differ. Equ.
 PD MAR 1
 PY 2002
 VL 179
 IS 2
 BP 605
 EP 624
 PG 20
 SC Mathematics
 GA 530GR
 UT ISI:000174350400008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, WB
    Ma, HP
    Tang, T
 TI On mixed error estimates for elliptic obstacle problems
 SO ADVANCES IN COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE finite element approximation; elliptic obstacle; sharp a posteriori
    error estimates
 ID EQUATIONS
 AB We establish in this paper sharp error estimates of residual type for
    finite element approximation to elliptic obstacle problems. The
    estimates are of mixed nature, which are neither of a pure a priori
    form nor of a pure a posteriori form but instead they are combined by
    an a priori part and an a posteriori part. The key ingredient in our
    derivation for the mixed error estimates is the use of a new
    interpolator which enables us to eliminate inactive data from the error
    estimators. One application of our mixed error estimates is to
    construct a posteriori error indicators reliable and efficient up to
    higher order terms, and these indicators are useful in mesh-refinements
    and adaptive grid generations. In particular, by approximating the a
    priori part with some a posteriori quantities we can successfully track
    the free boundary for elliptic obstacle problems.
 C1 Xiang Tan Univ, Dept Math, Hunan Prov, Peoples R China.
    Univ Kent, CBS, Canterbury CT2 7NF, Kent, England.
    Univ Kent, Inst Math & Stat, Canterbury CT2 7NF, Kent, England.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Baptist Univ, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR AINSWORTH M, 1993, NUMER MATH, V65, P23
    AINSWORTH M, 1997, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V142, P1
    BARANGER J, 1991, RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUM, V25, P31
    BREZIS H, 1972, J MATH PURE APPL, V51, P1
    CHEN ZM, 2000, NUMER MATH, V84, P527
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    DURAN R, 1991, NUMER MATH, V59, P107
    DUVAUT G, 1973, INEQUALITIES MECH PH
    ELLIOTT CM, 1982, RES NOTES MATH, V59
    FRENCH DA, UNPUB POINTWISE POST
    FRIEDMAN A, 1982, VARIATIONAL PRINCIPL
    GLOWINSKI R, 1972, NUMERICAL ANAL VARIA
    KINDERLEHRER D, 1980, INTRO VARIATIONAL IN
    KORNHUBER R, 1996, COMPUT MATH APPL, V31, P49
    KUFNER A, 1977, FUNCTION SPACES
    LI R, 2001, J COMPUT PHYS, V170, P562
    LI R, 2001, UNPUB MOVING MESH ME
    LIU WB, 2000, J SCI COMPUT, V35, P361
    VERFURTH R, 1989, NUMER MATH, V55, P309
    VERFURTH R, 1994, MATH COMPUT, V62, P445
    ZIENKIEWICZ OC, 1987, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V24, P337
 NR 21
 TC 2
 SN 1019-7168
 J9 ADV COMPUT MATH
 JI Adv. Comput. Math.
 PY 2001
 VL 15
 IS 1-4
 BP 261
 EP 283
 PG 23
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 531AJ
 UT ISI:000174392100011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xue, Y
    Dong, LY
    Yuan, YW
    Dai, SQ
 TI Numerical simulation on traffic flow with the consideration of relative
    velocity
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE traffic flow; optimal velocity model; jamming phase; relative velocity
 ID AUTOMATON MODEL; CONGESTION; SOLITON
 AB The optimal velocity model of traffic is extended by taking into
    account the relative velocity. We derive the stability condition and
    stimulate the evolution of traffic flow with a small perturbation. We
    have found that the relative velocity can stabilize traffic flow and
    decrease the number of jamming phases.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Guangxi Univ, Dept Phys, Nanning 530004, Peoples R China.
 RP Xue, Y, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BANDO M, 1995, PHYS REV E, V51, P1035
    BIHAM O, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P6124
    CHANDLER RE, 1958, OPER RES, V6, P165
    CHOWDHURY D, 2000, PHYS REP, V329, P199
    HELBING D, 2001, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V35, P183
    KOMATSU TS, 1995, PHYS REV E B, V52, P5574
    LU XY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1255
    MURAMATSU M, 1999, PHYS REV E, V60, P180
    NAGEL K, 1992, J PHYS I, V2, P2221
    NEWELL GF, 1961, OPER RES, V9, P209
    PIPES LA, 1953, J APPL PHYS, V24, P274
    TREIBER M, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V62, P1805
    WANG BH, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1926
    XUE Y, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P445
 NR 14
 TC 6
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 51
 IS 3
 BP 492
 EP 496
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 531DD
 UT ISI:000174400000007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YY
    Wang, Q
    Shi, JL
    Wei, Q
 TI Characteristics of self-trapping of partially coherent beam
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE spatial soliton; partially coherent beam; coherence radius
 ID NONLINEAR MEDIA; SOLITONS; LIGHT
 AB Using the mutually coherent function, we study the self-trapping of
    circlar partially coherent beam. The initial condition of the beam and
    the nonlinearity of the media decide the propagation properties of the
    beam. The spatial variation period of the beam is obtained. And we find
    that the transverse coherence property of the partially coherent beam
    evolves periodically with the distance. Our analysis can also be
    etended to the elliptical partially coherent beam.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHRISTODOULIDES DN, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P646
    CHRISTODOULIDES DN, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P2310
    KROLIKOWSKI W, 2000, PHYS REV E, V61, P3122
    LIU J, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1509
    LIU SM, 1992, PHOTOREFRACTIVE NONL
    LU KQ, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P2070
    MANDEL L, 1995, OPTICAL COHERENCE QU, CH4
    MITCHELL M, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P490
    MITCHELL M, 1997, NATURE, V387, P880
    PERINA J, 1986, COHERENCE LIGHT, CH2
    SNYDER AW, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1422
 NR 11
 TC 3
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 51
 IS 3
 BP 559
 EP 564
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 531DD
 UT ISI:000174400000020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, YG
    Liu, ZR
    Liu, YR
 TI Travelling wave solutions for sine-Gordon prototypes
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 ID NETWORKS; BREATHERS; EXISTENCE; MAP
 AB By using finite difference discretization for the sine-Gordon equation,
    we obtain the sine-Gordon prototypes. For these prototypes, the
    existence of discrete periodic travelling wave solutions and discrete
    solitons are proved by the anti-integrable limit method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225006, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, YG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABEL M, 1998, PHYSICA D, V119, P22
    AUBRY S, 1990, PHYSICA D, V43, P199
    AUBRY S, 1997, PHYSICA D, V103, P201
    BAESENS C, 1997, NONLINEARITY, V10, P931
    CROSS MC, 1993, REV MOD PHYS, V65, P851
    MACKAY RS, 1994, NONLINEARITY, V7, P1623
    MACKAY RS, 1995, PHYSICA D, V82, P243
    ZEIDLER E, 1986, NONLINEAR FUNCTIONAL
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2001
 VL 2
 IS 1
 BP 73
 EP 77
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 529EP
 UT ISI:000174287300006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A remark on Lagrange multiplier method (I)
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 DE Lagrange multiplier; paradox; semi-inverse method
 AB In this paper, the author point out that the identification of Lagrange
    multipliers might lead to Lagrange crisis ( some a constraint can be
    eliminated by the method). They must be treated as independent
    variables throughout the calculation. If the identified multipliers are
    submitted to the Lagrangian, the removed constraints might have to be
    further applied, otherwise wrong results might be obtained.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P117
    HE JH, 2000, ASME, V67, P326
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P133
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P139
    HE JH, 2001, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P323
    LAGRANGE JL, 1788, MECANIQUE ANAL
 NR 7
 TC 3
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2001
 VL 2
 IS 2
 BP 161
 EP 164
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 529ET
 UT ISI:000174287600009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qin, ZQ
 TI Applied mathematics and mechanics in China
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, the well-known journal APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS
    in China is introduced, the authorship of the journal is systematically
    studied. The statistic data shows that 30% old authorship keep the
    mainstream of the journal, while 70% new authorship reveals the bloom
    of development of the field of applied mathematics and mechanics in
    China.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Qin, ZQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR 1996, APPL MATH MECH
    CHIEN WZ, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P143
    HE JH, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P797
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2001
 VL 2
 IS 2
 BP 169
 EP 171
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 529ET
 UT ISI:000174287600012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Bookkeeping parameter in perturbation methods
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 DE perturbation method; nonlinear equation; Thomas-Fermi equation
 ID NONLINEAR PROBLEMS
 AB In case of no possible small parameter in an equation, we can expand
    the solution in a series of an artificial parameter(Nayfeh 1981). The
    artificial parameter is a bookkeeping or crutching device and set equal
    to unity after the "perturbation solution" is obtained, In order to
    avoid the secular terms arising in straightforward expansion, the
    coefficients in the equation are also expanded into series of the
    artificial parameter. Some examples are given hereby, and the results
    show that the obtained approximate solutions are uniformly valid on the
    whole solution domain.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ANDRIANOV I, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P327
    BENDER CM, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1447
    HAGEDORN P, 1981, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    HE JH, IN PRESS INT J NONLI
    HE JH, 1999, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V4, P81
    HE JH, 1999, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V34, P699
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P37
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P51
    HE JH, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V229, P1257
    LAURENZI BJ, 1990, J MATH PHYS, V30, P2535
    LIU GL, 1997, NAT C 7 MOD MATH MEC, P47
    NAYFEH AH, 1985, INTRO PERTURBATION
 NR 12
 TC 9
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2001
 VL 2
 IS 3
 BP 257
 EP 264
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 529EV
 UT ISI:000174287800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, JB
    Wang, LB
    Lu, ZM
 TI A new model for turbulent energy dissipation
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 DE Turbulent Energy dissipation; Direct Interaction Approximation
 ID SHEAR FLOWS; DIFFUSION
 AB It is very difficult to model the turbulent energy dissipation epsilon.
    The known models in open literature are unsatisfactory and need to be
    farther improved. In this paper, using the
    Single-Green-Function-Two-ScaleDirect-Interaction approximation, we
    obtain a new model, whose coefficients are close to those of
    Yoshizawa's and those of the standard k-epsilon model. We also find
    that the coefficient for the destruction term is an independent number,
    which agrees with Rubinstein's result, The present paper provides a
    sound theoretical basis for modeling the turbulent energy dissipation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, JB, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HAMBA F, 1997, PHYS FLUIDS, V9, P79
    KRAICHNAN R, 1961, HSN3 NEW YORK U I MA, P435
    RUBINSTEIN R, 1996, PHYS FLUIDS, V8, P3172
    SHIMOMURA Y, 1998, PHYS FLUIDS, V10, P2636
    YOSHIZAWA A, 1984, J PHYS SOC JPN, V53, P1264
    YOSHIZAWA A, 1984, PHYS FLUIDS, V27, P1337
    YOSHIZAWA A, 1988, J FLUID MECH, V195, P541
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2001
 VL 2
 IS 3
 BP 277
 EP 282
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 529EV
 UT ISI:000174287800005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, LJ
    Liang, RJ
    Zhang, NH
 TI An aero-viscoelastic model for nonlinear cylindrical shells in
    supersonic flow
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Editorial Material
 DE structural function; viscoelasticity; cylindrical shell; supersonic flow
 AB Based on the Karman-Donnell's hypotheses of thin shells and the
    Boltzmann superposition principles in viscoelasticity, an
    aero-viscoelastic model for nonlinear cylindrical shells in supersonic
    flow is set up by means of Laplace transform and the so-called
    structural function. The aerodynamic load is obtained from the
    quasi-steady first-order piston theory.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Minist Educ, Key Lab Solid Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Gansu Univ Technol, Dept Basic Sci, Lanzhou 730050, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, NH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Minist Educ, Key Lab Solid Mech,
    Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR KHOLODAV DB, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P153
    MEI C, 1999, APPL MECH REV, V52, P321
 NR 2
 TC 2
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2001
 VL 2
 IS 3
 BP 303
 EP 304
 PG 2
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 529EV
 UT ISI:000174287800010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Variational theory for linear magneto-electro-elasticity
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 DE piezoelectricity; magneto-electro-elastic medium; smart (or
    intelligent) material; variational theory; semi-inverse method;
    trial-functional
 ID SEMI-INVERSE METHOD; MIXED-FLOW TURBOMACHINERY; COMPRESSIBLE S2-FLOW;
    FLUID-MECHANICS; HYBRID PROBLEMS; UNKNOWN SHAPE; PRINCIPLES;
    AERODYNAMICS; VARIABLES; EMPHASIS
 AB To describe the physical behavior of a magneto-electro-elastic medium,
    the fundamental equations, including equilibrium equations,
    strain-displacement relations, and constitutive relations, and all
    boundary conditions are expressed as stationary condition (Euler
    equations and natural conditions) of a generalized variational
    principle, which is obtained by the semi-inverse method proposed by He.
    The principle is deduced from an energy-like trial functional with a
    certain unknown function, which can be identified step by step. A
    family of various variational principles for the discussed problem is
    also obtained for differential applications. Present theory provides a
    quite straightforward tool to the search for various variational
    principles for physical problems. This paper aims at providing a more
    complete theoretical basis for the finite element applications,
    meshfree particle methods, and other direct variational methods such as
    Ritz's, Trefftz's and Kantorovitch's methods.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ALTAY GA, 1996, INT J ENG SCI, V34, P769
    BERLINCOURT DA, 1964, PHYS ACOUST        A, V1, P169
    CHANDRASEKHARAI.DS, 1988, ACTA MECH, V71, P39
    CHIEN WZ, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P137
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P17
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P117
    HE JH, 1997, SHANGHAI J MECH, V18, P305
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P101
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P95
    HE JH, 1999, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V71, P154
    HE JH, 1999, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V16, P19
    HE JH, 1999, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V21, P127
    HE JH, 1999, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V21, P29
    HE JH, 1999, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V21, P356
    HE JH, 2000, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V72, P18
    HE JH, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P797
    HE JH, 2000, ASME, V67, P326
    HE JH, 2000, FACTA U SERIES MECH, V12, P1253
    HE JH, 2000, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P323
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P133
    HE JH, 2000, MECH RES COMMUN, V27, P445
    HE JH, 2001, ACTA MECH, V149, P247
    HE JH, 2001, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V22, P989
    HE JH, 2001, ASME J APPL MECH, V68, P666
    HE JH, 2001, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V2, P161
    LIU GL, 1990, 1 INT S EXP COMP AER, P128
    LIU GL, 1990, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V11, P136
    LIU GL, 1995, 6 AS C FLUID MECH MA, P745
    LIU GL, 2000, ACTA MECH, V140, P73
    LIU GL, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P25
    MAUGIN GA, 1984, MECH BEHAV ELECTROMA
    MAUGIN GA, 1991, CONTINUUM MECH ELECT
    PAN E, 2001, ASME, V68, P608
    SANTILLI RM, 1978, FDN THEORETICAL MECH, V1
    ZHOU SA, 1986, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V22, P1411
 NR 36
 TC 28
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2001
 VL 2
 IS 4
 BP 309
 EP 316
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 529EX
 UT ISI:000174288000001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Modified Lindsted-Poincare methods for some strongly nonlinear
    oscillations Part III: Double series expansion
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 DE perturbation method; nonlinear equation; Duffing equation;
    Lindstedt-Poincare method
 AB In this paper, we propose a new perturbation technique for strongly
    nonlinear oscillations with two parameters, which need not to be small
    in the present study. In this new method, the solution is expanded into
    double series of the two parameters. In order to avoid the secular
    terms, a constant in the equation is also expressed in a double series
    expansion. The present technique can be widely applied to nonlinear
    systems with multitude nonlinear terms. The preliminary study shows
    that the obtained approximate solutions are uniformly valid on the
    whole solution domain, and they are suitable not only for weakly
    nonlinear systems, but also for strongly nonlinear systems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AZIZ A, 1984, PERTURBATION METHODS
    HAGEDORN P, 1981, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    HE JH, 1998, U SHANGHAI SCI TECHN, V20, P325
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P51
    HE JH, 2001, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V37, P309
    HE JH, 2001, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V37, P315
    HE JH, 2001, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V2, P203
    HE JH, 2001, J VIB CONTROL, V7, P631
    NAYFEH AH, 1985, INTRO PERTURBATION T
 NR 9
 TC 25
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2001
 VL 2
 IS 4
 BP 317
 EP 320
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 529EX
 UT ISI:000174288000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, JQ
    Riebel, U
 TI Extinction by a large spherical particle located in a narrow Gaussian
    beam
 SO PARTICLE & PARTICLE SYSTEMS CHARACTERIZATION
 DT Article
 ID FORWARDSCATTERING CORRECTIONS; AEROSOL MEDIA; SUSPENSIONS;
    TRANSMISSION; FLUCTUATIONS; SCATTERING; DILUTE
 AB In most extinction measurements, the laser beam is expanded and the
    particles are small enough so that the incident beam can be considered
    as a plane wave. With regard to particle size analysis by optical
    extinction counters or transmission fluctuation spectrometry, however,
    we are interested in the opposite situation, i.e. particle diameters
    which are larger than the beam diameter. This paper presents
    experimental results on the extinction by an absorbent or transparent
    spherical particle passing through a Gaussian beam.
    The experiments show that the extinction is sensitive to the particle
    location, especially when the particle is very near to the beam waist
    and the ratio of the beam to the particle diameter is close to or less
    than 1.
 C1 Brandenburg Tech Univ Cottbus, Lehrstuhl Mech Verfahrenstech, D-03013 Cottbus, Germany.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, JQ, Brandenburg Tech Univ Cottbus, Lehrstuhl Mech Verfahrenstech,
    D-03013 Cottbus, Germany.
 CR BREITENSTEIN M, 1999, PART PART SYST CHAR, V16, P249
    BREITENSTEIN M, 2000, THESIS COTTBUS
    DEEPAK A, 1978, APPL OPTICS, V17, P2900
    DEEPAK A, 1978, APPL OPTICS, V17, P3169
    DOPHEIDE D, 1990, 5 INT S APPL LAS TEC, P1
    GOUESBET G, 1988, J OPT SOC AM A, V5, P1427
    GREGORY J, 1985, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V105, P357
    HODGES JT, 1995, APPL OPTICS, V34, P2120
    KRAUTER U, 1995, THESIS KARLRUHE
    RIEBEL U, 1991, PART PART SYST CHAR, V8, P95
    RIEBEL U, 1993, PART PART SYST CHAR, V10, P201
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0934-0866
 J9 PART PART SYST CHARACT
 JI Part. Part. Syst. Charact.
 PD FEB
 PY 2002
 VL 18
 IS 5-6
 BP 254
 EP 261
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Chemical; Materials Science, Characterization & Testing
 GA 526PR
 UT ISI:000174139300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, CQ
    Zhu, GQ
 TI Bivariate Lagrange-type vector valued rational interpolants
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE bivariate vector value; rational interpolation; determinantal formula
 AB An axiomatic definition to bivariate vector valued rational
    interpolation on distinct plane interpolation points is at first
    presented in this paper. A two-variable vector valued rational
    interpolation formula is explicitly constructed in the following form:
    the determinantal formulas for denominator scalar polynomials and for
    numerator vector polynomials, which possess Lagrange-type basic
    function expressions. A practical criterion of existence and uniqueness
    for interpolation is obtained. In contrast to the underlying method,
    the method of bivariate Thiele-type vector valued rational
    interpolation is reviewed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Hefei Polytech Univ, Dept Math, Hefei 230009, Peoples R China.
 CR BREZINSKI C, 1974, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V8, P77
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1983, NUMER MATH, V42, P331
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1986, CONSTR APPROX, V2, P263
    GU CQ, 1997, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V8, P71
    GU CQ, 1997, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V84, P137
    GU CQ, 1997, MATH NUMER SINICA, V19, P19
    MCCLEOD JB, 1971, COMPUTING, V7, P17
    SIEMASZKO W, 1983, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V9, P137
    WYNN P, 1963, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V12, P273
    ZHU GQ, 1990, MATH NUM SIN, V12, P293
    ZHU GQ, 1993, CHINESE J NUMER MATH, V15, P1
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 207
 EP 216
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 527QN
 UT ISI:000174198000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YF
    Chen, L
    Su, B
    Huang, AM
    Hua, JD
    Sang, WB
    Min, JH
    Meng, ZY
 TI Synthesis and characterization of CdS nanocrystals embedded on solid
    electrolyte films
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED POLYMER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE polyethylene oxide; nanocomposites; metal-polymer complexes; conducting
    polymers
 ID CLUSTERS
 AB In this article nano-sized CdS crystal embedded in a PEO matrix was
    successfully prepared by a complex transformation method that is
    universal for preparing nanosized compounds containing transition
    metals. The size of embedded CdS particles was in the nanoscale from 2
    to 10 nm determined by X-ray diffusion. The nanosized CdS displayed the
    expected blue shift of the onset absorbance in the UV spectrum. The
    amount of blue shift depends upon the dipping time of the PEO-cadmium
    complex film in a sodium sulfide solution as well as its concentration.
    The most effective means for adjusting the size of CdS nanocrystals is
    to change the ratio of the oxygen along with the PEO chain to the
    cadmium ion in the complex film. The alkali salt in the film would
    contribute to the conductivity of the composite film. (C) 2002 Wiley
    Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR DEAN JA, 1973, LANGES HDB CHEM
    HUANG JM, 1996, POLYM BULL, V36, P337
    LI H, 1994, PRACTICAL ANAL XRAY
    LIU Y, 1998, POLYM B, P11
    LIU YF, 1997, CHIN L LUMIN, V18, P248
    MIN J, 2001, 2 NAT S PHYS OPT EL
    NAKUTA N, 1985, J PHYS CHEM-US, V89, P48
    PENG X, 1999, CHIN J RARE METALS, V23, P321
    SANG W, 1990, ADV MATER OPT ELECTR, V6, P197
    SANG WB, 1996, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V8, L499
    WANG Y, 1990, J CHEM PHYS, V92, P6927
    WOGGON U, 1997, OPTICAL PROPERTIES S
    YANG Y, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P377
 NR 13
 TC 5
 SN 0021-8995
 J9 J APPL POLYM SCI
 JI J. Appl. Polym. Sci.
 PD MAY 9
 PY 2002
 VL 84
 IS 6
 BP 1263
 EP 1268
 PG 6
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 526ZX
 UT ISI:000174160500018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, HP
    Mo, YL
 TI Method of wavelet threshold denoising based on Bayesian estimation
 SO JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE wavelet transform; Donoho wavelet threshold; Wiener filtering; Bayesian
    estimation
 ID CROSS-VALIDATION; SHRINKAGE
 AB A new image denoising method of wavelet shrinkage threshold based on
    Bayesian estimation was proposed. The coefficients of wavelet transform
    of image were estimated by minimizing Bayes risk in the proposed
    method. The estimation is not only related to the orientation and the
    level of the subband, but also to the wavelet coefficients. The
    experimental results show that the denoising effect of the proposed
    method is better than that of other methods based on wavelet shrinkage.
    Although the denoising effect of this method is worse than one of
    Wiener filters at low peak-signal-noise ratio, it is better than Wiener
    filters at high peak-signal-noise ratio.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Hu, HP, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABRAMOVICH F, 1998, J ROY STAT SOC B 4, V60, P725
    CHANG SG, 2000, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V9, P1532
    DONOHO DL, 1994, BIOMETRIKA, V81, P425
    DONOHO DL, 1995, J AM STAT ASSOC, V90, P1200
    NASON GP, 1996, J ROY STAT SOC B MET, V58, P463
    OGDEN RT, 1994, THESIS TEXAS A M U
    VIDAKOVIC B, 1998, J AM STAT ASSOC, V93, P173
    WEYRICH N, 1998, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V7, P82
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1001-9014
 J9 J INFRARED MILIM WAVES
 JI J. Infrared Millim. Waves
 PD FEB
 PY 2002
 VL 21
 IS 1
 BP 74
 EP 76
 PG 3
 SC Optics
 GA 526AG
 UT ISI:000174105800018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Wang, M
    Yu, NW
 TI Mass transfer characteristics between molten steel and particles in
    RH-PTB refining
 SO IRONMAKING & STEELMAKING
 DT Article
 AB The mass transfer characteristics between powder particles and liquid
    steel in RH-PTB (powder top blowing) refining have been investigated on
    a 5 scale water model of a 90 t RH degasser. Sodium chloride powder of
    analytical purity has been used as the flux for blowing, and the mass
    transfer coefficient of solute (NaCl) in the liquid has been determined
    under the conditions of the RH-PTB process. The influence of the main
    technological and structural parameters on the mass transfer rate has
    been examined. The results have shown that, under the conditions of the
    present work, the mass transfer coefficient in the liquid increases
    with increasing lifting gas flowrate, with increasing inner diameter of
    the upsnorkel, with increasing circulation rate of the liquid, and with
    increasing particle size of powdered flux. On the other hand, mass
    transfer in the liquid decreases with an increase in the inner diameter
    of the downsnorkel. Its value is in the range (1.36-7.30) x 10(-4) m
    s(-1). The following dimensionless relationships, correspondingly, have
    been obtained for the mass transfer coefficient in the range:
    Sh = 2 + 0.073Re(s)(0.777) Sc-1/3
    Sh = 2 + 0.073(epsilon(1s)D(p)(4)/v(t)(3))(0.259) Sc-1/3
    When the mass transfer is treated as that between rigid bubbles and
    molten steel, it may be characterised by
    Sh = 2 + 0.026((ResSc0.339)-Sc-0.48(g(1/3)d(p)/D-p(2/3))(0.072)](1.455).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Baoshan Steel Grp Corp, Shanghai 201900, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ASAI S, 1983, P INT INJ MET SCANIN
    BENNETT CO, 1974, MOMENTRUM HEAT MASS, P788
    DAVIES JY, 1972, TURBULENCE PHENOMENA, P148
    EBIHARA A, 1992, CAMP ISIJ, V5, P1237
    ENDOH K, 1989, SADA TETSU TOGISATA, P20
    ENDOH K, 1990, NIPP STEEL TECH REP, P45
    GEIGER GH, 1973, TRANSPORT PHENOMENA, P115
    HALL RJ, 1990, ISS STEELM C P, P69
    HATAKEYAMA T, 1989, IRON STEELMAKER, V15, P23
    HUGHMARK GA, 1967, IND ENG CHEM PROC DD, V6, P218
    KAORU S, 1988, T ISIJ, V28, P297
    LAMPPLE CE, 1950, CHEM ENG HDB, P1018
    MAYA K, 1992, CAMP ISIJ, V5, P276
    MYRAYAMA N, 1990, P 6 INT IR STEEL C N, V3, P151
    OKADA Y, 1992, CAMP ISIJ, V5, P1238
    OKADA Y, 1994, TETSU TO HAGANE, V80, T9
    OKANO H, 1997, ISS STEELM C P
    SANO Y, 1974, J CHEM ENG JAPAN, V7, P255
    SZEKELY J, 1979, FLUID FLOW PHENOMENA, P261
    UEHARAL H, 1992, CAMP ISIJ, V5, P1240
    WANG Z, 1979, CHEM ENG DICT, P612
    WEAST RC, 1979, HDB CHEM PHYSICS, F58
    YAO Y, HDB PHYSICAL CHEM, P407
    YU N, 1998, J NE U NATURAL SCI, V19, P118
    ZHANG Z, 1988, FUNDAMENTALS POWDER, P52
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 0301-9233
 J9 IRONMAKING STEELMAKING
 JI Ironmak. Steelmak.
 PY 2001
 VL 28
 IS 6
 BP 455
 EP 464
 PG 10
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 526BW
 UT ISI:000174109400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, DZ
    Kang, Q
    Zhang, XL
    Li, WP
    Liu, ZC
 TI An electrode-separated piezoelectric sensor as a surface monitoring
    technique for anionic surfactant adsorption on quartz surface
 SO MIKROCHIMICA ACTA
 DT Article
 DE surfactant; adsorption; quartz; piezoelectric; surfactant
 ID SELF-ASSEMBLED MONOLAYERS; CRYSTAL MICROBALANCE; NEUTRON REFLECTIVITY;
    NONIONIC SURFACTANTS; BEHAVIOR; SILICON; INTERFACE; LAYER; GOLD
 AB In the configuration of an electrode-separated piezoelectric sensor
    (ESPS), the quartz crystal surface is in a direct contact with the
    liquid phase. With the pre-adsorption of Ca2+ as the ionic bridge,
    anionic surfactant can adsorb on the negatively charged quartz surface
    (pH > 2.0). The adsorption process of sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate
    (SDBS) was monitored in real time with the ESPS method. It was shown
    that the adsorption of SDBS on quartz surface by Ca2+ inducement was
    reversible with respective to the dilution of solution phase. The
    adsorption behavior can be analyzed using Langmuir model. The
    adsorption and desorption rate constants were estimated to be k(a)=
    (108.4 +/- 6.4) mol(-1)Ls(-1) and k(d) = (2.57 +/- 0.32) x 10(-3)
    s(-1), respectively. The observed adsorption densities in the ESPS
    method were significantly greater than the true ones. The influence on
    surface roughness of the quartz disc on adsorption densities should be
    corrected by adding a calibration coefficient in the Sauerbrey
    equation. The saturation adsorption density is 0.223 mug/cm(2) for SDBS
    on quartz surface. Double layer occurs for the adsorption of SDBS on
    quartz surface.
 C1 Shandong Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Engn, Jinan 250100, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Chem Engn, Jinan 250031, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, DZ, Shandong Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Engn, Jinan 250100, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BALLANTINE DS, 1997, ACOUSTIC WAVE SENSOR
    BUTTRY DA, 1992, CHEM REV, V92, P1355
    CARUSO F, 1995, LANGMUIR, V11, P1546
    CHERNYSHOVA IV, 2000, LANGMUIR, V16, P8071
    DOBIAS B, 1993, COAGULATION FLOCCULA
    FRAGNETO G, 1996, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V178, P531
    FRAGNETO G, 1996, LANGMUIR, V12, P477
    FUERSTENAU DW, 1956, J PHYS CHEM-US, V60, P981
    HARWIGSSON I, 1996, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V183, P380
    KRAUSE C, 1996, LANGMUIR, V12, P6059
    MANNE S, 1994, LANGMUIR, V10, P4409
    MEADER AL, 1953, J COLL SCI, V8, P170
    NAGASHIMA K, 1999, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V214, P8
    NOMURA T, 1991, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V243, P273
    OKAHATA Y, 1991, ANAL CHEM, V63, P203
    PENFOLD J, 2000, LANGMUIR, V16, P8879
    SAUERBREY G, 1959, Z PHYS, V155, P206
    SHARMA R, 1995, SURFACTANT ADSORPTIO
    SHEN DZ, 1997, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V428, P105
    SHEN DZ, 1998, FRESEN J ANAL CHEM, V361, P424
    SHEN DZ, 1998, MICROCHEM J, V60, P1
    SHEN DZ, 1998, MIKROCHIM ACTA, V128, P229
    TAHANI A, 1999, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V216, P242
    THIBAUT A, 2000, LANGMUIR, V16, P9192
    TIBERG F, 1994, LANGMUIR, V10, P2294
    YAO SZ, 1997, PIEZOELECTRIC CHEM B
    YEZEK L, 2000, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V225, P227
 NR 27
 TC 2
 SN 0026-3672
 J9 MIKROCHIM ACTA
 JI Mikrochim. Acta
 PY 2002
 VL 138
 IS 1-2
 BP 89
 EP 93
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA 523CR
 UT ISI:000173934700015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, DY
    Zhang, DJ
    Deng, SF
 TI The novel multi-soliton solutions of the MKdV-Sine Gordon equations
 SO JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN
 DT Article
 DE MKdV-Sine Gordon equation; Hirota method; novel multi-soliton solution
 ID COLLISIONS
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, DY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN DY, 2000, NOVEL MULTISOLITON S
    CHEN DY, 2001, SOLITON SOLUTIONS WR
    GU CH, 1986, LETT MATH PHYS, V11, P31
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 1972, J PHYS SOC JPN, V33, P1459
    HIROTA R, 1973, J MATH PHYS, V14, P805
    KONNO K, 1974, J PHYS SOC JPN, V37, P171
 NR 7
 TC 17
 SN 0031-9015
 J9 J PHYS SOC JPN
 JI J. Phys. Soc. Jpn.
 PD FEB
 PY 2002
 VL 71
 IS 2
 BP 658
 EP 659
 PG 2
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 523ZF
 UT ISI:000173986900052
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bian, JJ
    Wang, XW
    Zhong, YG
    Wang, H
 TI Preparation and microwave dielectric properties of
    (Pb0.45Ca0.55)(Fe1/2Nb1/2)O-3 ceramics by citrate-gel processing route
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE-MATERIALS IN ELECTRONICS
 DT Article
 AB A synthetic procedure has been developed for the
    (Pb0.45Ca0.55)(Fe1/2Nb1/2)O-3 (PCFN) system in terms of liquid-mixed
    citrate precursor. The stability of the citrate gels against phase
    separation is investigated as a function of the pH value and the
    citrate/metal ratio in the initial solution. The elaboration process is
    described in detail. A single-phase PCFN powder with a particle size of
    30-50 nm can be synthesized at the low temperature of 850 degreesC
    using the citrate-gel processing route, which is 200 degreesC lower
    than that for the conventional process. Sintering properties and
    microwave dielectric properties of specimens derived from the
    citrate-gel process were also studied in this paper. A dense compound
    with a bulk density up to 6.20 g cm(-3) could be obtained when the
    specimens are sintered at 1000 degreesC/4 h. The dense single-phase
    PCFN ceramics were found to have microwave dielectric properties of
    epsilon(gamma) = 86.2, Q . f = 3450 GHz and tau(f) = 4 ppm
    C-degrees(-1). (C) 2002 Kluwer Academic Publishers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Bian, JJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, 20 ChenZhong Rd, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR HUANG CL, 2000, MATER LETT, V43, P32
    ISHZAKI T, 1994, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V42, P2017
    KAGATA H, 1994, NATL TECHNICAL REPOR, V40, P17
    KAKIHANA M, 1996, J SOL-GEL SCI TECHN, V6, P7
    KAREN P, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P547
    KATO J, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V31, P3144
    KIM HT, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P3476
    NAKANO M, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V32, P4314
    ONODA M, 1982, JPN J APPL PHYS, V21
    ZHOU BQ, 1980, CHEM REAGENTS, P123
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0957-4522
 J9 J MATER SCI-MATER ELECTRON
 JI J. Mater. Sci.-Mater. Electron.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 13
 IS 3
 BP 125
 EP 129
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 524GG
 UT ISI:000174004400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
    Ceh, GR
 TI Bifurcation from an equilibrium of the steady state
    Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equation in two spatial dimensions
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 ID NON-LINEAR ANALYSIS; HYDRODYNAMIC INSTABILITY; LAMINAR FLAMES;
    PROPAGATION
 AB The paper deals with the steady state bifurcations of the
    Kuramoto-Sivashinsky (K-S) equation in two spatial dimensions with zero
    mean and periodic boundary value conditions. Applying the perturbation
    method, asymptotic expressions of the steady state solution branches
    that have bifurcated from the equilibrium are obtained. Furthermore,
    stability of the bifurcated solution branches is discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AMDJADI F, 1997, J COMPUT PHYS, V131, P181
    BENNEY DJ, 1966, J MATH PHYS, V45, P150
    CHOW SN, 1982, METHODS BIFURCATION
    FOIAS C, 1988, J DIFF EQS, V73, P93
    GOLUBITSKY M, 1985, SINGULARITIES GROUPS, V1
    GOLUBITSKY M, 1988, SINGULARITIES GROUPS, V2
    KURAMOTO Y, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V54, P687
    KURAMOTO Y, 1976, PROG THEOR PHYS, V55, P356
    KURAMOTO Y, 1978, PROG THEOR PHYS    S, V64, P346
    LI CP, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P95
    LI CP, 1998, APPL MATH JCU B, V13, P263
    LI CP, 2001, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V11, P2493
    MICHELSON DM, 1977, ACTA ASTRONAUT, V4, P1207
    NICOLAENKO B, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P155
    ROST M, 1995, PHYSICA D, V88, P1
    SIVASHINSKY GI, 1977, ACTA ASTRONAUT, V4, P1177
    SIVASHINSKY GI, 1980, SIAM J APPL MATH, V39, P67
    TEMAM R, 1988, INFINITE DIMENSIONAL
    YANG ZH, 2000, IN PRESS J COMPUT AP
 NR 19
 TC 2
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD JAN
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 1
 BP 103
 EP 114
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 522NR
 UT ISI:000173903900006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, X
    Cao, ZY
 TI Linear and nonlinear aerodynamic theory of interaction between flexible
    long structure and wind
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear aerodynamic forces; coupled interaction; flutter derivatives
 ID BRIDGES; FLOW
 AB In light of the characteristics of the interactions between flexible
    structure and wind in three directions, and based on the rational
    mechanical section-model of structure, a new aerodynamic force model is
    accepted, i.e, the coefficients of three component forces are the
    functions of the instantaneous attack angle and rotational speed C-t =
    C-t (beta(t), 0). (i = D, L, M). So, a new method to formulate the
    linear and nonlinear aerodynamic items of wind and structure
    interacting has been put forward in accordance with "strip theory" and
    modified "quasi-static theory", and then the linear and nonlinear
    coupled theory of super-slender structure for civil engineering
    analyzing are converged in one model, For the linear aerodynamic-force
    parts, the semi-analytical expressions of the items so-called "flutter
    derivatives" corresponding to the one in the classic equations have
    been given here, and so have the nonlinear parts. The study of the
    stability of nonlinear aerodynamic-coupled torsional vibration of the
    old Tacoma bridge shows that the form and results of the nonlinear
    control equation in rotational direction are in agreement with that of
    V. F. Bohm's.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Dept Engn Mech & Tech, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, X, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BOHM VF, 1967, STAHLBAU, V7, P207
    BORRI C, 1995, 9 INT C WIND ENG NEW, P839
    BRITO JLV, 1995, J WIND ENG IND AEROD, V57, P81
    DAVENPORT AG, 1962, P I CIVIL ENG, V23, P389
    DIANA G, 1995, 9 INT C WIND ENG NEW, P938
    FALCO M, 1992, J WIND ENG IND AEROD, V41, P1321
    LIN YK, 1979, J ENG MECH DIV ASCE, V105, P921
    LIN YK, 1980, J STRUCTURAL MECHANI, V8, P1
    NOVAK M, 1968, BLWT368 U W ONT
    PARKINSON GV, 1961, J APPL MECH, V83, P250
    PICCARDO G, 1993, J WIND ENG IND AEROD, V48, P241
    SARKAR PP, 1994, J ENG MECH-ASCE, V120, P1718
    SCANLAN RH, 1971, J ENGINEERING MECHAN, V97, P1717
    SCANLAN RH, 1978, J SOUND VIB, V60, P187
    SCANLAN RH, 1978, J SOUND VIB, V60, P201
    SCANLAN RH, 1987, J ENG MECH-ASCE, V113, P555
    SCANLAN RH, 1997, J WIND ENG IND AEROD, V69, P829
    SOLARI G, 1994, GUST EXCITED VIBRATI
    STEINMANN DG, 1954, ACIER STEEL STAHL, V19, P495
    STROMMEN E, 1995, J WIND ENG IND AEROD, V56, P267
    XU X, 1998, P 3 INT C NONL MECH, P396
    XU X, 1999, J NONLINEAR DYNAMICS, V6, P228
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 12
 BP 1446
 EP 1457
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 523WW
 UT ISI:000173981400012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, W
    Wu, Y
    Shen, J
 TI Corrosion resistance of 316L stainless steel cladded on plain carbon
    steel by powder metallurgy
 SO POWDER METALLURGY
 DT Article
 ID MICROSTRUCTURE
 AB A sandwich Structure with 316L stainless steel cladding on plain carbon
    steel was prepared by means of powder metallurgy processing. The
    corrosion performances of the cladding samples were studied by long
    term immersion tests and potentiodynamic anodic polarisation tests in
    sulphuric acid and ferric chloride solutions. The 316L surface layer,
    greater than or equal to 1.0 mm deep produced by PM cladding improves
    corrosion resistance in H2SO4 and FeCl3 solutions, although it is
    slightly lower than that of PM 316L bulk material. The PM 316L cladding
    surface layers have a similar anodic polarisation behaviour to the PM
    316L bulk material in H2SO4 and FeCl3 solutions, but the anodic current
    density of the PM bulk sample is much smaller than that of the cladding
    samples.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, W, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR DEDAMBORENA J, 1989, SURFACE ENG, V5, P235
    LABARBERA A, 1991, SURF COAT TECH, V46, P317
    LUMSDEN JB, 1982, CORROSION METALS PRO, P130
    MATHIESEN T, 1994, P INT POWD MET C EXH, V3, P2089
    MCCAFFERTY E, 1986, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V133, P1090
    OTERO E, 1995, MATER CHARACT, V35, P145
    PARVATHAVARTHINI N, 1992, MATER SCI TECH SER, V8, P1070
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0032-5899
 J9 POWDER MET
 JI Powder Metall.
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 IS 4
 BP 309
 EP 312
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 520JV
 UT ISI:000173779500024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Zhu, DP
 TI Mathematical Modeling of the argon-oxygen decarburization refining
    process of stainless steel: Part I. Mathematical model of the process
 SO METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS TRANSACTIONS B-PROCESS METALLURGY AND
    MATERIALS PROCESSING SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB Some available mathematical models for the argon-oxygen decarburization
    (AOD) stainless steel-making process have been reviewed. The actual
    situations of the AOD process, including the competitive oxidation of
    the elements dissolved in the molten steel and the changes in the bath
    composition, as well as the nonisothermal nature of the process, have
    been analyzed. A new mathematical model for the AOD refining process of
    stainless steel has been proposed and developed. The model is based on
    the assumption that the blown oxygen oxidizes C, Cr, Si, and Mn in the
    steel and Fe as a matrix, but the FeO formed is also an oxidant of C,
    Cr, Si, and Mn in the steel. All the possible oxidation-reduction
    reactions take place simultaneously and reach a combined equilibrium in
    competition at the liquid/bubble interfaces. It is also assumed that at
    high carbon levels, the oxidation rates of elements are primarily
    related to the supplied oxygen rate, and at low carbon levels, the rate
    of decarburization is mainly determined by the mass transfer of carbon
    from the molten steel bulk to the reaction interfaces. It is further
    assumed that the nonreacting oxygen blown into the bath does not
    accumulate in the liquid steel and will escape from the bath into the
    exhaust gas. The model performs the rate calculations of the refining
    process and the mass and heat balances of the system. Also, the effects
    of the operating factors, including adding the slag materials, crop
    ends, and scrap, and alloy agents; the nonisothermal conditions; the
    changes in the amounts of metal and slag during the refining; and other
    factors have all been taken into account.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Wensi Software Ltd Co, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ASAI S, 1974, METALL T, V5, P651
    BAIRD MHI, 1962, CHEM ENG SCI, V17, P87
    BURTSEV VT, 1974, DEOXIDATION POWER CA, P3
    CHEN JX, 1984, HDB COMMON USING DAT, P383
    CHEN JX, 1984, HDB COMMON USING DAT, CH1
    CHIPMAN J, 1964, BASIC OPEN HEARTH ST, P531
    DAVIES RM, 1950, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V200, P375
    DIAZ MC, 1997, ISIJ INT, V37, P1
    FINE HA, 1979, HDB MAT ENERGY BALAN, P106
    FRUEHAN RJ, 1976, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V3, P153
    GORGES H, 1978, P 3 INT IR STEEL C C, P161
    GORNERUP M, 1999, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V26, P58
    LANKFORD WT, 1985, MAKING SHAPING TREAT, P368
    LEWIS DA, 1998, P ANN CONV 1998 AISE
    MITCHELL A, 1982, I SM, P37
    OHNO T, TETSU TO HAGANE, V63, P2094
    RAY WH, 1971, PROCESS OPTIMIZATION, P310
    REICHEL J, 1995, IRON STEELMAKER, P41
    ROY TD, 1978, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V5, P198
    ROY TD, 1978, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V5, P207
    SIGWORTH GK, 1974, MET SCI, V8, P298
    SZEKELY J, 1974, METALL T, V5, P1573
    TOHGE T, 1984, P 4 PROC TECHN C IR, P129
    TURKDOGAN ET, 1980, PHYSICAL CHEM HIGH T, P14
    TURKDOGAN ET, 1980, PHYSICAL CHEM HIGH T, P359
    TURKDOGAN ET, 1980, PHYSICAL CHEM HIGH T, P5
    TURKDOGAN ET, 1983, PHYSICOCHEMICAL PROP, P422
    WEH CH, 1982, P 3 PROC TECHN C MAR, V3, P232
    WEI JH, 1986, CHIN J MET SCI TECHN, V2, P11
    WEI JH, 1987, ACTA METALL SIN, V23, B126
    WEI JH, 1989, CHIN J MET SCI TECHN, V5, P235
    WEI JH, 1999, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V26, P363
 NR 32
 TC 2
 SN 1073-5615
 J9 METALL MATER TRANS B
 JI Metall. Mater. Trans. B-Proc. Metall. Mater. Proc. Sci.
 PD FEB
 PY 2002
 VL 33
 IS 1
 BP 111
 EP 119
 PG 9
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 520HW
 UT ISI:000173776500011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Zhu, DP
 TI Mathematical Modeling of the argon-oxygen decarburization refining
    process of stainless steel: Part II. Application of the model to
    industrial practice
 SO METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS TRANSACTIONS B-PROCESS METALLURGY AND
    MATERIALS PROCESSING SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB The mathematical model proposed and presented in Part I of the present
    work has been used to deal with and analyze the austenitic stainless
    steel making (including ultralow-carbon steel) and has been tested on
    data of 32 heats obtained in producing 18Cr9Ni-grade steel in an 18-t
    argon-oxygen decarburization (AOD) vessel. The results indicated that
    the carbon concentrations and bath temperatures at the endpoints of
    blowing periods, calculated by the model, are in excellent agreement
    with the determined data, and the Cr content after the
    predeoxidization, obtained from the model predictions, also agrees very
    well with the observed value. The Gibbs free energies of the oxidation
    reactions of elements can be used to characterize fully the competitive
    oxidation among the elements during the refining process and to
    determine reasonably the corresponding distribution ratios of oxygen.
    The critical carbon concentration of decarburization (after which the
    decarburization changes to become controlled by the mass transfer of
    carbon in molten steel) for the AOD refining process of austenitic
    stainless steel in an 18-t AOD vessel is in the range of 0.25 to 0.40
    mass pet. The model can provide some very useful information and a
    reliable basis for optimization of the technology of the AOD refining
    process of stainless steel and control of the process in real time and
    online.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Wensi Software Ltd Co, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BREUER G, 1968, ARCH EISENHUTTENWES, V39, P553
    GORGES H, 1978, P 3 INT IR STEEL C C, P161
    KOCH K, 1976, ARCH EISENHUTTENWES, V47, P583
    NOMURA H, 1973, T ISIJ, V13, P325
    OETERS F, 1994, METALLURGH STEELMAKI, CH8
    REICHEL J, 1995, IRON STEELMAKER, P41
    WEI JH, 1999, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V26, P363
    WEI JH, 2002, METALL MATER TRANS B, V33, P111
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 1073-5615
 J9 METALL MATER TRANS B
 JI Metall. Mater. Trans. B-Proc. Metall. Mater. Proc. Sci.
 PD FEB
 PY 2002
 VL 33
 IS 1
 BP 121
 EP 127
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 520HW
 UT ISI:000173776500012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU You, JL
    Jiang, GC
    Hou, HY
    Wu, YQ
    Chen, H
    Xu, KD
 TI Temperature-dependent Raman spectra and microstructure of barium
    metaborate crystals and its melts
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID BETA-BAB2O4; GENERATION; BORATE
 AB We have measured the Raman spectra of beta- and alpha-barium metaborate
    in crystal and liquid states from room temperature to 1873 K, with a
    semiconductor laser as the laser source, coupled with a time-resolved
    detection system to eliminate the dense thermal emission background
    when temperature was considerably high. Temperature-dependent Raman
    spectra can clearly indicate that the phase transformation from beta-
    to alpha-barium metaborate has been completed during 1273 - 1300 K.
    Variations of different kinds of microstructure units with temperature
    are identified and discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP You, JL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN C, 1984, 13 IQEC
    CHEN C, 1984, SCI SIN B, V7, P598
    CHEN C, 1985, SCI SIN B, V28, P235
    EDELSTEIN DC, 1988, APPL PHYS LETT, V52, P2211
    EIMERL D, 1987, J APPL PHYS, V62, P1968
    HUANG ZQ, 1981, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V30, P559
    HUBNER KH, 1969, JB NEUES MONATSH, P335
    HUDSON B, 1986, SPECTROSCOPY, V1, P22
    IMAI S, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V54, P1206
    JIANG GC, 2000, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V20, P206
    KAMITSOS EI, 1989, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V30, P19
    KATO K, 1986, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V22, P1013
    LIEBERTZ J, 1983, Z KRISTALLOGR, V165, P91
    MIGHELL AD, 1966, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR, V20, P819
    RULMONT A, 1989, SPECTROCHIM ACTA A, V45, P603
    TANG DY, 2000, CHIN J STRUCT CHEM, V19, P112
    VORONKO YK, 1988, ROST KRIST, V16, P178
    VORONKO YK, 1992, NEORGANICHESKIE MAT, V28, P1699
    VORONKO YK, 1993, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V54, P1579
    WANG YF, 1998, J TIANJIN NORMAL U, V18, P12
    WEN Q, 2000, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V20, P694
    YOU JL, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P991
    YOU JL, 2001, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V282, P125
 NR 23
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD FEB
 PY 2002
 VL 19
 IS 2
 BP 205
 EP 207
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 521HK
 UT ISI:000173834400020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JC
    Liu, LH
    Dong, C
    Li, JQ
    Chen, H
    Li, XG
    Cheng, GS
 TI Positron study of microstructure and phase transition in the Fe-doped
    YBa2Cu3-xFexOy system
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW B
 DT Article
 ID ANNIHILATION; SUPERCONDUCTIVITY; YBA2(CU1-XFEX)3O7-Y; YBA2CU3O7-DELTA;
    DENSITY; NI
 AB A series of YBa2Cu3-xFexOy (x = 0-0.50) samples has been studied by
    means of positron annihilation technology, scan electron microscope and
    x-ray diffraction. The oxygen contents of the samples have been
    measured using a volumetric method. The positron short-lifetime
    component tau(1) decreases abruptly between x = 0.12 and 0.15 where the
    compound undergoes an O-T phase transition and the tweed microstructure
    disappears. We proposed a simple model to describe the dependency of
    tau(1) on oxygen vacancy and twin (and tweed) boundary densities. The
    experimental results can be satisfactorily explained using this model.
    The positron lifetime tau(1) depends not only on the oxygen vacancy
    density, but also on the twin and tweed densities. Therefore, the
    positron can be used as a sensitive probe for the O-T phase transition
    in this system. In addition, analysis of the experimental results also
    gives certain indication for Fe clustering when x greater than or equal
    to 0.20.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Natl Lab Superconduct, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Henan Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Xinxiang 453002, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BALOGH AG, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P2883
    BRANDT W, 1967, POSITRON ANNIHILATIO, P155
    CHAKRABORTY B, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P215
    DONG C, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P838
    GASUMYANTS VE, 1992, SFKHT, V5, P674
    HAUTOJARVI P, 1983, POSITRONS SOLID, P255
    HIROI Z, 1988, JPN J APPL PHYS, V27, L580
    ISHIBASHI S, 1990, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V2, P3691
    ISLAM MS, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P9492
    JEAN YC, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1593
    KATSUYAMA S, 1989, PHYSICA C, V165, P405
    NAROZHNYI VN, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P5856
    PUSKA MJ, 1994, REV MOD PHYS, V66, P841
    RISTO Z, 1991, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V52, P1577
    SEEGER A, 1973, J PHYS F MET PHYS, V3, P248
    SMEDSKJAER LC, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P2330
    SYDOW JP, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P3512
    TARASCON JM, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P7458
    VONSTETTEN EC, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P2198
    WESTERHOLT K, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P11680
    XU YW, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P6667
    ZHANG H, 1990, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V121, K207
    ZHANG J, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V236, P452
    ZHANG JC, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P16830
 NR 24
 TC 10
 SN 1098-0121
 J9 PHYS REV B
 JI Phys. Rev. B
 PD FEB 1
 PY 2002
 VL 65
 IS 5
 AR 054513
 DI ARTN 054513
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 518BQ
 UT ISI:000173647000086
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, SS
    Lin, GW
    Zhang, JL
    Zhou, ZQ
 TI The maximum solid solubility of the transition metals in palladium
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF HYDROGEN ENERGY
 DT Article
 DE palladium alloys; solid solubility; electronegativity difference;
    atomic size parameters; covalent electron
 AB The maximum solid solubility limit (C-max) of transition metals
    dissolved in palladium can be described as an equation in
    semi-empirical theories with parameters such as electronegativity
    difference, atomic diameter and covalent electrons. It has been found
    that the electronegativity difference and the covalent electron number
    mainly affected the C-max of transition metals in palladium. The atomic
    size parameter had the smallest effect on the C-max. (C) 2002
    International Association for Hydrogen Energy. Published by Elsevier
    Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Hydrogen Storage Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, ZQ, Shanghai Univ, Inst Hydrogen Storage Mat, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BENNETT LH, 1980, THEORY ALLOY PHASE F, P1
    BENNETT LH, 1980, THEORY ALLOY PHASE F, P390
    DARKEN LS, 1953, PHYSICAL CHEM METALS, P74
    MASSALSKI TB, 1986, BINARY ALLOY PHASE D
    MIEDEMA AR, 1980, THEORY ALLOY PHASE F, P344
    XIAO JM, 1985, ENERGETICS ALLOYS, P296
    ZHOU ZQ, 1997, P 97 MAT S CHIN SPON, P37
 NR 7
 TC 4
 SN 0360-3199
 J9 INT J HYDROGEN ENERG
 JI Int. J. Hydrog. Energy
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 27
 IS 3
 BP 329
 EP 332
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Energy & Fuels; Environmental
    Sciences
 GA 518PA
 UT ISI:000173676000007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, D
    Sun, XL
    Biswal, MP
    Gao, F
 TI Convexification, concavification and monotonization in global
    optimization
 SO ANNALS OF OPERATIONS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE global optimization; monotonic function; convexification;
    concavification; monotonization; concave minimization; DC programming
 ID NONCONVEX OPTIMIZATION; NONINFERIOR FRONTIER
 AB We show in this paper that via certain convexification, concavification
    and monotonization schemes a nonconvex optimization problem over a
    simplex can be always converted into an equivalent better-structured
    nonconvex optimization problem, e.g., a concave optimization problem or
    a D.C. programming problem, thus facilitating the search of a global
    optimum by using the existing methods in concave minimization and D.C.
    programming. We first prove that a monotone optimization problem (with
    a monotone objective function and monotone constraints) can be
    transformed into a concave minimization problem over a convex set or a
    D.C. programming problem via pth. power transformation. We then prove
    that a class of nonconvex minimization problems can be always reduced
    to a monotone optimization problem, thus a concave minimization problem
    or a D.C. programming problem.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Indian Inst Technol, Dept Math, Kharagpur 721302, W Bengal, India.
 RP Li, D, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management,
    Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR BARHEN J, 1997, SCIENCE, V276, P1094
    CVIJOVIC D, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P664
    GE R, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V46, P191
    HOFFMAN KL, 1981, MATH PROGRAM, V20, P22
    HORST R, 1984, EUR J OPER RES, V15, P382
    HORST R, 1993, GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
    HORST R, 1996, INTRO GLOBAL OPTIMIZ
    KAN AHG, 1989, HDB OPERATIONS RES M, V1, P631
    LI D, 1995, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V85, P309
    LI D, 1996, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V88, P177
    LI D, 1998, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V99, P183
    LI D, 2000, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V104, P109
    PARDALOS PM, 1987, CONSTRAINED GLOBAL O
    RAO SS, 1996, ENG OPTIMIZATION THE
    RUBIN GM, 1999, MOL BIOL CELL, V10, P1
    TUY H, 1994, HDB GLOBAL OPTIMIZAT, P149
    TZAFESTAS SG, 1980, INT J SYST SCI, V11, P455
    XU ZK, 1997, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V94, P739
 NR 18
 TC 5
 SN 0254-5330
 J9 ANN OPER RES
 JI Ann. Oper. Res.
 PY 2001
 VL 105
 BP 213
 EP 226
 PG 14
 SC Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 518UH
 UT ISI:000173685900012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, H
    Ren, ZM
    Deng, K
    Xu, KD
 TI Effects of a static magnetic field on solidification structure of MnBi
    phase in semi-solidified Bi-Mn alloy
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE magnetic field; Bi-Mn alloy; MnBi; semi-solidification; alignment;
    magnetic property
 AB Influences of a static magnetic field (0-1.0 T) on the solidification
    structure and magnetic property of the semi-solidified Bi-3%Mn and
    Bi-6%Mn alloys have been investigated. In the present of the magnetic
    field, the alloys were maintained at semi-solid state for a certain
    time and then solidified. It was shown that alignment and preferential
    growth of MnBi crystals along the applied field occurred. The alignment
    degree of MnBi was increased with the increase of the applied field,
    and the mean length of elongated MnBi crystals was increased with the
    increase of the applied field and the prolongation of solidification
    time. Moreover, the remained magnetic flux intensity along the aligned
    direction of Bi-Mn alloys in the case with a magnetic field was found
    to be strongly anisotropic and nearly double of that without magnetic
    field. A model was proposed to explain the alignment and preferential
    growth of ferromagnetic MnBi crystals in a magnetic field in terms of
    the magnetic anisotropism and the interaction between the crystals.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR DECARLO JL, 1984, METALL TRANS A, V15, P2155
    FENG D, 1998, PHYSICS METAL, V4, P460
    GUO X, 1991, J APPL PHYS 2B, V69, P6067
    KATSUKI A, 1996, CHEM LETT, P607
    MIKELSON AE, 1981, J CRYST GROWTH, V52, P524
    MOFFATT WG, 1984, HDB BINARY PHASE DIA
    MORIKAWA H, 1998, MATER T JIM, V39, P814
    RANGO PD, 1991, NATURE, V349, P770
    SAVITSKY EM, 1981, J CRYST GROWTH, V52, P519
    SHETTY MN, 1987, J MATER SCI, V22, P1908
    WAN DF, 1987, PHYSICS MAGNETISM, P8
    WANG H, 2000, CHIN SCI ABSTR, V6, P240
    WANG H, 2001, MATER SCI ENG, V19, P119
    WANG H, 2001, MATER SCI ENG, V19, P136
    YASUDA H, 2000, 3 INT S EL PROC MAT, P647
 NR 15
 TC 13
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD JAN 18
 PY 2002
 VL 38
 IS 1
 BP 41
 EP 46
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 519TZ
 UT ISI:000173742700009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, CG
    Bai, YJ
 TI Investigation on the surface coating of grinding balls
 SO RARE METALS
 DT Article
 DE coating; ball grinding; plastic deformation
 AB The surface coating of grinding balls was investigated experimentally.
    The results show that a coating may form on the surface of grinding
    balls when Cr or Al powders are subjected to ball grinding. The plastic
    deformation of the ball surface plays an important role during the
    coating formation, and the strong binding force between the powders and
    the balls is a necessary pre-condition. The thickness of coating
    increases with the plasticity of the powders and the balls. Annealing
    the balls with coating will result in an obvious diffusion of the
    elements in the bonding zone of interface.
 C1 Shandong Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Jinan 250061, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mech, Jinan 250031, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, CG, Shandong Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Jinan 250061, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BENJAMIN JS, 1977, MET T A, V8, P1301
    GREGORY JK, 1985, METALL TRANS A, V16, P777
    HASHIMOTO H, 1994, MATER T JIM, V35, P40
    HUANG JY, 1994, J MATER SCI LETT, V13, P1201
    KOBAYASHI K, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P134
    QI BS, 1999, ACTA METALL SIN, V12, P607
    SUNDARESAN R, 1987, J MET, V39, P22
    WHITTENBERGER DL, 1981, METALL T A, V12, P845
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1001-0521
 J9 RARE METALS
 JI Rare Metals
 PY 2001
 VL 20
 IS 4
 BP 259
 EP 264
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 516XM
 UT ISI:000173582100012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, G
    Gan, F
    Wang, J
    Yang, L
    Wang, G
    Xu, Z
 TI Spectroscopic investigations of a novel push-pull azo compound embedded
    in rigid polymer
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF SOLIDS
 DT Article
 DE organic compounds; thin films; optical properties
 ID REFRACTIVE-INDEX CHANGE; DOPED LIQUID-CRYSTALS; 2ND-HARMONIC
    GENERATION; FILMS; DYE; PHOTOISOMERIZATION; POLARIZATION
 AB A new heterocyclic push-pull azo compound-in-poly(methymethacrylate)
    (PMMA) film has been made by means of the spin-coating method. The
    spectroscopic properties of the films have been investigated with the
    steady-state absorption spectra, and steady-state fluorescence and
    femtosecond time-resolved fluorescence spectra in the first time, which
    is an important characteristic for the application of the film. The
    excited singlet (S-1) state lifetimes for trans and cis isomers of the
    film at room temperature have been measured. The excited triplet (T-1)
    state lifetime of cis isomer of the film has been obtained. The
    electronic structure of the film has been explained. The results show
    that the aggregate state of the azo molecules greatly influences its
    absorption spectra. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, High Intens Light Opt Lab, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, G, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AOKI H, 1996, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V35, P168
    BACH H, 1996, J PHYS CHEM-US, V100, P4135
    BING X, 1996, ACTA OPT SINICA, V16, P1023
    CHEN AG, 1992, OPT LETT, V17, P441
    COUTURE JJA, 1991, APPL OPTICS, V30, P2858
    EGAMI C, 1997, APPL PHYS B-LASERS O, V64, P471
    FULONG T, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P5884
    GUANGBIN W, 1998, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3562, P51
    HEQING Y, 1990, NORMAL U, V2, P45
    IKEDA T, 1993, NATURE, V361, P428
    JIANG SD, 1994, OPT COMMUN, V106, P173
    KIPPELEN B, 1994, OPT LETT, V19, P68
    LEE GJ, 1995, APPL OPTICS, V34, P138
    LEE M, 1986, J CHEM PHYS, V85, P4341
    LEGGE CH, 1992, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V25, P492
    MALKIN S, 1962, J PHYS CHEM-US, V66, P2482
    MEERHOLZ K, 1994, NATURE, V371, P497
    MOHAJERANI E, 1992, OPT COMMUN, V92, P403
    MORTAZAVI MA, 1989, J OPT SOC AM B, V6, P733
    PHAM VP, 1995, APPL PHYS A-MATER, V60, P239
    SEKKAT Z, 1992, J APPL PHYS, V71, P1543
    SHI YQ, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P1131
    TOMOV IV, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V70, P36
    TOMOV IV, 1991, J OPT SOC AM B, V8, P1477
    WEISS V, 1993, OPT LETT, V18, P1089
    ZHIZHAN X, 1997, SCI CHINA SER A, V27, P460
 NR 26
 TC 2
 SN 0022-3697
 J9 J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS
 JI J. Phys. Chem. Solids
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 63
 IS 3
 BP 501
 EP 506
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 516DA
 UT ISI:000173535500019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YZ
    Yuan, YC
    Chan, ZH
 TI On the combustion mechanism and development of the distillers'
    grain-fired boiler
 SO APPLIED THERMAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE the distillers' grain-fired boiler; combustion mechanism; wastes
 AB The utilization of wastes for energy purposes can solve the problems of
    energy shortage and environmental protection simultaneously. On the
    basis of the studies on the combustion mechanism of the distillers'
    grains, a kind of the distillers' grain-fired boiler is designed and
    its design features are described in this paper. The operation of this
    boiler shows that its performance has achieved the desired results of
    energy-saving, environmental protection and comprehensive utilization
    of ash. Besides, the distillers' grain-fired boiler is also suitable
    for other biomass fuels. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YZ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BHATTACHARYA SC, 1987, ENERGY RES, V11, P429
    CHENG GY, 1998, J COMBUSTION SCI TEC, V4, P193
    LI P, 2000, IND BOILERS, V1, P31
    LIU H, 1995, ENERGY SAVING TECHNO, V3, P10
    LIU YQ, 1999, IND BOILERS, P2
    ZHAI XM, 2000, IND BOILERS, V2, P9
    ZHANG JJ, 1999, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V15, P15
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1359-4311
 J9 APPL THERM ENG
 JI Appl. Therm. Eng.
 PD FEB
 PY 2002
 VL 22
 IS 3
 BP 349
 EP 353
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Energy & Fuels; Mechanics; Thermodynamics
 GA 517XP
 UT ISI:000173636000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
 TI Chaos in perturbed planar non-Hamiltonian integrable systems with
    slowly-varying angle parameters
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Melnikov method; perturbed integrable system; transversely homoclinic;
    chaos
 AB The Melnikov method was extended to perturbed planar non-Hamiltonian
    integrable systems with slowly-varying angle parameters. Based on the
    analysis of the geometric structure of unperturbed systems, the
    condition of transversely homoclinic intersection was established. The
    generalized Melnikov function of the perturbed system was presented by
    applying the theorem on the differentiability of ordinary differential
    equation solutions with respect to parameters. Chaos may occur in the
    system if the generalized Melnikov function has simple zeros.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN LQ, 1991, NATURE J, V14, P619
    CHEN LQ, 1996, J SHANGHAI JIAOTONG, V30, P28
    HALE J, 1980, ORDINARY DIFFERENTIA
    HOLMES PJ, 1980, SIAM J APPL MATH, V38, P65
    HOLMES PJ, 1980, SIAM J APPL MATH, V40, P167
    JIANG JF, 1987, MATH APPL SINICA, V10, P504
    LIU ZR, 1987, MODERN MATH MECH, P269
    WIGGINS S, 1988, GLOBAL BIFURCATIONS
    WIGGINS S, 1994, NORMALLY HYPERBOLIC
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 11
 BP 1301
 EP 1305
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 516EB
 UT ISI:000173538000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    He, SN
    Ma, HP
 TI Chebyshev spectral-finite element method for two-dimensional unsteady
    Navier-Stokes equation
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE Navier-Stokes equation; Chebyshev spectral-finite element method
 AB A mixed Chebyshev spectral-finite element method is proposed for
    solving two-dimensional unsteady Navier-Stokes equation. The
    generalized stability and convergence axe proved. The numerical results
    show the advantages of this method.
 C1 Shanghai Normal Univ, Sch Math Sci, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Aircraft Coll China, Dept Foundamentary Sci, Tianjin 300300, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CANUTO C, 1984, NUMER MATH, V44, P201
    CANUTO C, 1984, SPECTRAL METHODS PAR, P55
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHOD FLUI
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    GUO BY, 1988, DIFFERENCE METHODS P
    GUO BY, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V84, P259
    GUO BY, 1993, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V30, P1066
    GUO BY, 1995, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P1169
    GUO BY, 1996, APPL MATH JCU B, V11, P377
    GUO BY, 1998, SPECTRAL METHODS THE
    LIONS JL, 1968, PROBLEMES LIMITES NO, V1
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD JAN
 PY 2002
 VL 20
 IS 1
 BP 65
 EP 78
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 515EZ
 UT ISI:000173483600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, H
    Shao, J
 TI Molecular dynamics simulation of fast Li+ conduction in fluoroborate
    glasses
 SO ACTA PHYSICO-CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE molecular dynamics simulation; fluoroborate glass; fast ion conductor;
    conductivity; non-crystal material
 AB The conductivities in Fluoroborate glasses were calculated by molecular
    dynamics simulation method at near and higher than glass transition
    temperatures. There are seven simulated systems which coverd almost all
    glass formation area in Li2O-LiF-B2O3 system. The limited
    conductivities and their change with temperature, activition energy of
    MD simulation are well in agreement with experimental data.
    Some early researches showed that in fast conducting solid electrolytes
    one of their typical characteristics is that only one kind of carrier
    ion migrates. It was shown that in our simulation the contribution to
    electrical conductivity from F ion must be taken into account. Using
    activation energy data, the relative conductivites among those
    simulated systems and experimental systems can be explained perfectly.
 C1 Changshu Coll, Dept Chem, Changshu 215500, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, H, Changshu Coll, Dept Chem, Changshu 215500, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDO H, 1994, ACCOUNTS CHEM RES, V27, P265
    ANGELL CA, 1989, REV SOLID STATE SCI, V3, P465
    ANGELL CA, 1994, NUOVO CIMENTO D, V16, P993
    BUSING WR, 1972, J CHEM PHYS, V57, P3008
    MARCH NH, 1985, AMORPHOUS SOLID LIQU
    SHAO J, 1990, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V39, P245
    SHAO J, 1993, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V29, B11
    SMEDLEY SI, 1987, MAT RES B, V15, P421
    VIDEA M, 1999, J PHYS CHEM B, V103, P4185
    WOODCOCK LV, 1976, J CHEM PHYS, V65, P1565
    XU H, 1999, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V35, P1065
    XU H, 2000, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V16, P512
 NR 12
 TC 3
 SN 1000-6818
 J9 ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Phys.-Chim. Sin.
 PD JAN
 PY 2002
 VL 18
 IS 1
 BP 10
 EP 13
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical
 GA 513FU
 UT ISI:000173367900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, WZ
    Qiu, XJ
    Zhu, ZY
    He, ZJ
 TI Gluonic contributions in a four-fermion interaction model
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW C
 DT Article
 ID JONA-LASINIO MODEL; ADDITIONAL 4-FERMION INTERACTION; CHIRAL-SYMMETRY
    BREAKING; GAUGED NJL MODEL; QUARK CONDENSATE; THERMODYNAMICS; SYSTEM
 AB The gap equation for the fermion in nuclear medium is obtained in a
    two-flavor gauged Nambu-Jona-Lasino (NJL) model using the
    Schwinger-Dyson (SD) equations. The gap equation is solved with a
    quenched truncation. Compared to the four-fermion interaction, the
    one-gluon-exchange interaction accounts for considerable contributions
    (about 15-50%) to dynamically generated fermion mass. With
    incorporation of gluonic contributions into a scheme where there is
    only four-fermion interaction, the four-fermion coupling constant is
    made density dependent. Impacts of the density-dependent four-fermion
    (DDFF) coupling constants on quantities,, such as the fermion mass and
    the chiral order parameter as well as masses of mesons (sigma, pi), are
    estimated, The DDFF coupling constants lead to less density dependence
    of hadron masses and the larger critical density of chiral symmetry
    restoration than those from the pure four-fermion interaction, The
    calculated quantities are somehow dependent on the confinement scale
    Lambda(QCD). However, the range of Lambda(QCD) in the present
    parametrization can be determined by the saturation property of the
    gluonic contribution in the medium and it turns out quite small.
 C1 Natl Lab Heavy Ion Accelerator, Ctr Theoret Nucl Phys, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, WZ, Natl Lab Heavy Ion Accelerator, Ctr Theoret Nucl Phys,
    Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 CR ALKOFER R, 1996, PHYS REP, V265, P139
    APPELQUIST T, 1988, P 12 J HOPK WORKSH C
    BARDEEN WA, 1989, NUCL PHYS B, V323, P493
    BARDEEN WA, 1990, PHYS REV D, V41, P1647
    BERNARD V, 1987, PHYS REV D, V36, P818
    BERNARD V, 1988, NUCL PHYS A, V489, P647
    BIJNENS J, 1991, PHYS LETT B, V273, P483
    BIJNENS J, 1996, PHYS REP, V265, P369
    CHRISTOV CV, 1990, NUCL PHYS A, V510, P689
    CUGNON J, 1996, NUCL PHYS A, V598, P515
    ELIZALDE E, 1994, PHYS REV D, V49, P5551
    GEYER B, 1996, PHYS REV D, V53, P7321
    HARADA M, 1994, PROG THEOR PHYS, V92, P1161
    HATSUDA T, 1994, PHYS REP, V247, P221
    HENLEY EM, 1990, NUCL PHYS A, V513, P667
    HIGASHIJIMA K, 1984, PHYS REV D, V29, P1228
    HINCHLIFFE I, 1996, PHYS REV D, V54, P77
    KING SF, 1990, PHYS LETT B, V241, P249
    KONDO K, 1989, PHYS REV D, V39, P2430
    KONDO K, 1993, MOD PHYS LETT A, V8, P2859
    KONDO KI, 1991, MOD PHYS LETT A, V6, P3385
    LEUNG CN, 1986, NUCL PHYS B, V273, P649
    LI GQ, 1994, PHYS LETT B, V338, P118
    MARCIANO WJ, 1984, PHYS REV D, V29, P580
    MIRANSKY VA, 1989, MOD PHYS LETT A, V4, P129
    MIRANSKY VA, 1989, MOD PHYS LETT A, V4, P1409
    MIRANSKY VA, 1989, PHYS LETT B, V221, P177
    NAMBU Y, 1961, PHYS REV, V122, P345
    REINDERS LJ, 1985, PHYS REP, V127, P1
    ZHUANG P, 1994, NUCL PHYS A, V576, P525
 NR 30
 TC 0
 SN 0556-2813
 J9 PHYS REV C
 JI Phys. Rev. C
 PD JAN
 PY 2002
 VL 65
 IS 1
 AR 015210
 DI ARTN 015210
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Nuclear
 GA 512EK
 UT ISI:000173308000052
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ling, LW
    Wu, WB
    Jiang, DL
    Tan, SH
    Huang, ZR
 TI Dispersion and rheology of SiC whisker in mullite slurry
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE mullite; SiC whisker; dispersant; sedimentational volumn
 ID MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES; COMPOSITES
 AB The character of dispersion of SiC whiskers in mullite slurry was
    studied. The relationship between pH value or/and dispersant and
    dispersion of SiC whisker was discussed via the sedimentation
    experiment and rheology test. The results show that the rheological
    properties of the mullite slurry are affected by the addition of the
    whisker. Well dispersed slurry can be obtained with pH value and
    dispersant content as 11wt% and 5wt%, respectively. The dispersion
    techniques in the study can improve the character of dispersion of SiC
    whisker in mullite slurry, increasing the structure uniformity of the
    slurry.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Ling, LW, Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ARMOR JN, 1988, J AM CERAM SOC, V71, P938
    BECHER PF, 1988, J AM CERAM SOC, V71, P148
    HIRATA Y, 1990, J CERAM SOC JPN, V98, P951
    HIRATA Y, 1990, J MATER RES, V5, P640
    HIRATA Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P2438
    HOMENY J, 1987, AM CERAM SOC BULL, V66, P333
    LIO S, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P1880
    RUH R, 1988, J AM CERAM SOC, V71, P503
    SAMANTA SC, 1985, CERAM ENG SCI P, V6, P663
    USHIFUSA N, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P2443
    WEI GC, 1987, AM CERAM SOC B, V66, P3339
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD NOV
 PY 2001
 VL 16
 IS 6
 BP 1084
 EP 1088
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 512HY
 UT ISI:000173320000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pu, DG
    Tian, WW
 TI Globally convergent inexact generalized Newton's methods for nonsmooth
    equations
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE nonsmooth equations; inexact generalized Newton's method; global
    convergence; superlinear convergence rate
 AB In this paper, motivated by the Martinez and Qi methods (J. Comput.
    Appl. Math. 60 (1995) 127), we propose one type of globally convergent
    inexact generalized Newton's methods to solve nonsmooth equations in
    which the functions are nondifferentiable, but arc Lipschitz
    continuous. The methods make the norm of the functions decreasing.
    These methods are implementable and globally convergent. We also prove
    that the algorithms have superlinear convergence rates under some mild
    conditions. (C) 2002 Published by Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Math, Tongji, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Pu, DG, Tongji Univ, Dept Math, Tongji, Peoples R China.
 CR CLARKE FH, 1990, OPTIMIZATION NONSMOO
    DEMBO RS, 1982, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V19, P400
    DEMBO RS, 1983, MATH PROGRAM, V26, P190
    EISENSTAT SC, 1994, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V4, P393
    FISCHER A, 1992, OPTIMIZATION, V24, P269
    GOWDA MS, 1998, ALGORIC THEOREMS NON
    GOWDA MS, 1998, CHARACTERIZATIONS P
    MARTINEZ JM, 1995, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V60, P127
    PANG JS, 1995, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V85, P633
    PU DG, 1998, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V93, P107
    QI L, 1993, MATH PROGRAM, V58, P353
    QI L, 1996, 965 AMR U NEW S WAL
    QI LQ, 1993, MATH OPER RES, V18, P227
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0377-0427
 J9 J COMPUT APPL MATH
 JI J. Comput. Appl. Math.
 PD JAN 1
 PY 2002
 VL 138
 IS 1
 BP 37
 EP 49
 PG 13
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 511EV
 UT ISI:000173252400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, Q
    Wang, Q
    Shi, JL
    Chen, YY
 TI Nonlinear interaction between solitons and radiation
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE dressing method; soliton-like wave; soliton; radiation
 ID FIBERS
 AB In this paper, the explicit formula of Jost function pairs in the case
    of pure radiation is derived by using the dressing method and, the
    analysis of the interaction between solitons and radiation is made. It
    is found that in the course of transmission, the optical pulse, whose
    amplitude decays according to the law of the negative square root of
    power index along the propagating direction, ultimately evolves into
    the form of soliton-like wave in the absence of radiation. It is
    revealed that the factor gamma plays an important role in the spectrum
    properties for the output of the optical pulse. The dynamical behaviour
    of the evolution of soliton-like waves during the interaction of
    solitons and radiation is also analyzed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, Q, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ALONSO LM, 1985, PHYS REV D, V32, P1459
    GORDON JP, 1983, OPT LETT, V8, P596
    KUZNETSOV EA, 1995, PHYSICA D, V87, P201
    MANAKOV SV, 1973, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V65, P1392
    MOLLENAUER LF, 1985, OPT LETT, V10, P229
    MOLLENAUER LF, 1993, ELECTRON LETT, V29, P910
    SATSUMA J, 1974, PROGR THEOR PHYS   S, V55, P284
    SEGUR H, 1976, J MATH PHYS, V17, P714
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1971, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V61, P118
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1974, SOV PHYS JETP, V38, P693
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1978, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V74, P1953
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1980, THEORY SOLITONS
 NR 12
 TC 2
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JAN
 PY 2002
 VL 51
 IS 1
 BP 99
 EP 103
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 512CZ
 UT ISI:000173304700017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JC
    Chen, ZP
    Li, PL
    Cao, SX
 TI Positron annihilation in oxygen-deficient YBa2Cu3O7-delta cuprate at 77
    K and 300 K
 SO MODERN PHYSICS LETTERS B
 DT Article
 ID SUPERCONDUCTIVITY; TEMPERATURE; LIFETIME; ELECTRON; IMPURITIES;
    BEHAVIOR; VACANCY; DENSITY
 AB The YBa2Cu3O7-delta cuprate with oxygen-deficiency (delta = 0.06
    similar to 0.68) has been systematically studied by positron lifetime
    experiment at 77 K and 300 K. It is found that there exists an evident
    dependence of positron lifetime parameters on oxygen-deficiency 6 and
    an abrupt change near the orthorhombic-tetragonal phase transition. The
    local electron density n(e) and vacancy concentration C-v are evaluated
    as a function of oxygen deficiency delta. The effect of the mechanism
    of charge transfer on local electronic structure is given in detail.
    The results show the existence of a weak localization of electrons in
    the tetragonal phase. The positron annihilation mechanism and its
    relation to superconductivity are also discussed.
 C1 CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Phys, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, CCAST, World Lab, POB 8730, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 CR BANERJEE T, 2000, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V114, P655
    BARBIELLINI B, 1991, PHYS REV B, V43, P7810
    BERGERSEN B, 1969, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V7, P1203
    BHARATHI A, 1989, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V1, P1467
    BOBROFF J, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P4381
    BRANDT W, 1971, PHYS LETT          A, V35, P109
    CHAKRABORTY B, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P215
    DE UY, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P14519
    GINSBERG DM, 1990, PHYSICAL PROPERTIES, P314
    GUPTA RP, 1977, PHYS REV LETT, V39, P1212
    HAUTOJARRI P, 1979, POSITRON SOLIDS
    JEAN YC, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P1069
    JEAN YC, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1593
    JORGENSEN JD, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P5731
    JORGENSEN JD, 1991, PHYS TODAY, V44, P34
    KWOK WK, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P106
    TARASCON JM, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P7458
    VEHANEN A, 1982, PHYS REV B, V25, P762
    ZHANG J, 1994, MOD PHYS LETT B, V8, P1577
    ZHANG J, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V26, P452
    ZHANG JC, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P16830
    ZHANG QR, 1993, CHIN SCI A, V23, P409
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9849
 J9 MOD PHYS LETT B
 JI Mod. Phys. Lett. B
 PD NOV 10
 PY 2001
 VL 15
 IS 26
 BP 1181
 EP 1189
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 507ZK
 UT ISI:000173061400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, Y
 TI Newton methods for solving nonsmooth equations via a new subdifferential
 SO MATHEMATICAL METHODS OF OPERATIONS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE nonsmooth equations; nonsmooth optimization; Newton methods;
    inexact-Newton methods; semismoothness; composite functions
 AB A new subdifferential for a locally Lipschitzian function is proposed.
    Based on this subdifferential, Newton methods and inexact-Newton
    methods for solving the system of nonsmooth equations and for solving
    the system of equations of smooth compositions of nonsmooth functions,
    are developed. The Q-superlinear convergence of Newton methods and the
    Q-linear convergence of inexact-Newton methods are shown. The present
    Newton methods and inexact-Newton methods could be viewed as the
    extensions of previous ones with same convergent results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Management, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, Y, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Management, Jungong Rd,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN WJ, 1996, SCI CHINA SER A, V39, P528
    CHEN X, 1997, COMPUTING, V58, P281
    CLARKE FH, 1983, OPTIMIZATION NONSMOO
    DEMYANOV VF, 1996, QUASIDIFFERENTIABILI
    HIRIARTURRUTY JB, 1993, CONVEX ANAL MINIMIZA
    MENG F, 1998, J DALIAN U TECHNOLOG, V38, P621
    MIFFLIN R, 1977, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V15, P957
    ORTEGA JM, 1970, ITERATIVE SOLUTION N
    POTRA FA, 1998, NUMER MATH, V80, P305
    QI L, 1993, MATH PROGRAM, V58, P353
    QI LQ, 1993, MATH OPER RES, V18, P227
    SUN DF, 1997, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V7, P463
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 1432-2994
 J9 MATH METHODS OPER RES
 JI Math. Method Oper. Res.
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 54
 IS 2
 BP 239
 EP 257
 PG 19
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 510DV
 UT ISI:000173194200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, SB
    Zhu, YD
    Xing, H
    Zhou, BN
    Yu, ZX
 TI Corrosion resistance of the intermetallic compound, NiAl,in a molten
    carbonate fuel cell environment
 SO JOURNAL OF POWER SOURCES
 DT Article
 DE corrosion resistance; molten carbonate; intermetallic compound NiAl
 ID SURFACE CHARACTERIZATION METHODS; BIPOLAR PLATE MATERIALS; WET-SEAL
    AREA; BEHAVIOR; ALLOYS; NICKEL; OXIDATION; REDUCTION; CHROMIUM; IRON
 AB The corrosion resistance of intermetallic NiAl, superalloy GH217 and an
    18-8 stainless steel in molten carbonates at 923 K was determined by
    weight loss and electrochemical measurements. Morphology and structure
    of the corrosion products were characterized using a combination of
    electron probe and X-ray diffraction (XRD). The corrosion resistance of
    NiAl is the best among the materials investigated. NiAl produces more
    protective corrosion products and forms more complete oxide films on
    the surface than GH217 or 18-8 stainless steel. (C) 2002 Elsevier
    Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Univ New Brunswick, Dept Chem Engn, Fredericton, NB E3B 5A3, Canada.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, SB, Univ New Brunswick, Dept Chem Engn, Fredericton, NB E3B 5A3,
    Canada.
 CR APPLEBY AJ, 1989, FUEL CELL HDB
    BIEDENKOPF P, 1998, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V44, P683
    BRUMM MW, 1992, CORROS SCI, V33, P1677
    BRUMM MW, 1994, CORROS SCI, V36, P37
    DONADO RA, 1984, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V131, P2535
    FUJIMOTO N, 1998, J POWER SOURCES, V71, P231
    HSU HS, 1986, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V133, P2077
    HWANG ER, 1998, J POWER SOURCES, V76, P48
    INGRAM MD, 1965, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V10, P783
    JANZ GJ, 1964, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V9, P1269
    KAWABATA Y, 2000, J POWER SOURCES, V86, P324
    NISHINA T, 1990, P ELECTROCHEM SOC, V90, P438
    NISHINA T, 1992, P INT FUEL CELL C NE, P189
    RYBICKI GC, 1989, OXID MET, V32, P431
    SAUTHOFF G, 1990, Z METALLKD, V81, P855
    SHORES PA, P 3 S MOLT CARB FUEL, P214
    TOMCZYK P, 1993, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V353, P177
    UCHIDA I, 1986, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V206, P229
    VOSEN JPT, P 3 INT S CELL TECHN, P278
    VOSSEN JPT, 1994, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V141, P3040
    VOSSEN JPT, 1996, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V143, P58
    VOSSEN JPT, 1996, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V143, P66
    XIE G, 1990, J POWER SOURCES, V32, P135
    XING H, 2000, J SHANGHAI U, V6, P199
    YUH CY, 1987, CORROSION, V87, P176
    YUH CY, 1988, AICHE J, V34, P1949
    ZHU BH, 1999, CORROS SCI, V41, P1497
    ZHU BH, 1999, CORROS SCI, V41, P1515
 NR 28
 TC 3
 SN 0378-7753
 J9 J POWER SOURCES
 JI J. Power Sources
 PD JAN 1
 PY 2002
 VL 103
 IS 2
 BP 230
 EP 236
 PG 7
 SC Electrochemistry; Energy & Fuels
 GA 509TX
 UT ISI:000173166700008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, ZN
    Feng, ZZ
 TI Counterexamples against some families of chromatically unique graphs
 SO DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE graphs; chromatically unique graphs; chromatic polynomials
 AB In this note, we show that there are some counterexamples against two
    families of chromatically unique graphs H-5(j,k, l) and H-6(p, q) given
    by Koh and Teo ([1],[2]). (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Appl Math, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, ZN, Shanghai Univ, Dept Appl Math, 80 Shanxi Beilu, Shanghai
    200041, Peoples R China.
 CR KOH KM, 1990, GRAPH COMBINATOR, V6, P259
    KOH KM, 1994, DISCRETE MATH, V127, P243
    ZU LN, 1997, DISCRETE MATH, V172, P193
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0012-365X
 J9 DISCRETE MATH
 JI Discret. Math.
 PD JAN 28
 PY 2002
 VL 243
 IS 1-3
 BP 257
 EP 258
 PG 2
 SC Mathematics
 GA 507ZL
 UT ISI:000173061500023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, JTK
    Gu, GQ
    Yu, KW
 TI Nonlinear ER effects in an ac applied field
 SO COMPUTER PHYSICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE electrorheology; dipole approximation; nonlinear polarization;
    multipolar polarizability; multiple images method
 ID INTERPARTICLE FORCE; HYPERSPHERICAL INCLUSIONS; ELECTRORHEOLOGICAL
    FLUIDS; DIELECTRIC FUNCTION; COMPOSITES; O(C(2))
 AB The electric field used in most electrorheological (FR) experiments is
    usually quite high, and nonlinear ER effects have been theoretically
    predicted and experimentally measured recently.
    A direct method of measuring the nonlinear ER effects is to examine the
    frequency dependence of the same effects. For a sinusoidal applied
    field, we calculate the ac response which generally includes higher
    harmonics.
    In is work, we develop a multiple image formula, and calculate the
    total dipole moments of a pair of dielectric spheres, mbedded in a
    nonlinear host. The higher harmonics due to the nonlinearity are
    calculated systematically. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Sha Tin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Comp Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wan, JTK, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Sha Tin, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHOY TC, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V454, P1973
    CHOY TC, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V454, P1993
    FELICI N, 1994, ELECTRORHEOLOGICAL F, P139
    GAO L, 2000, PHYS REV E B, V61, P6011
    GU GQ, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P4502
    GU GQ, 2000, PHYSICA B, V279, P62
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1998, MRS BULL, V23, P30
    LEVY O, 1995, PHYS REV E, V52, P3184
    POLADIAN L, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P2092
    WAN JTK, 2000, INT J MOD PHYS B, V14, P603
    WAN JTK, 2000, PHYS REV E B, V62, P6846
    WAN JTK, 2000, PHYSICA B, V279, P75
    WAN JTK, 2001, PHYS REV E 1, V63
    WAN JTK, 2001, TECHN P 2001 INT C C, P165
    WAN WMV, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P3946
    YU KW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P14150
    YU KW, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V210, P115
    YU KW, 2000, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V129, P177
    YU KW, 2000, PHYSICA B, V279, P78
 NR 19
 TC 1
 SN 0010-4655
 J9 COMPUT PHYS COMMUN
 JI Comput. Phys. Commun.
 PD DEC 15
 PY 2001
 VL 142
 IS 1-3
 BP 457
 EP 463
 PG 7
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 508QD
 UT ISI:000173099200089
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Y
    Zhang, C
    Song, Y
    Yang, K
    Fang, G
    Xin, X
 TI Nonlinear refraction and absorption in heterothiometallic planar
    clusters
 SO APPLIED PHYSICS B-LASERS AND OPTICS
 DT Article
 ID OPTICAL LIMITING PROPERTIES; CRYSTAL-STRUCTURE
 AB The nonlinear absorption and refraction of the clusters
    [MoS4Cu4Br2(py)(6)] and [Et4N](2)[MoS4Cu4(SCN)(4) (2-pic)(4)] have been
    investigated using the z-scan technique with a ns laser at 532 nm
    wavelength. They have the same planar 'open' structures and the same
    skeleton metal atoms; the only difference is that the former has
    halogen ligands while the latter possesses pseudo-halogen groups - SCN
    - as ligands. Alteration of nonlinear refractive index and enhancement
    of nonlinear absorption were found in these two clusters. A steady
    state model of excited state nonlinear refraction was proposed to
    explain this phenomenon.
 C1 Harbin Inst Technol, Dept Phys, Harbin 150001, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Dept Chem, State Key Lab Coordinat Chem, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, Y, Harbin Inst Technol, Dept Phys, Harbin 150001, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN ZR, 1995, J PHYS CHEM-US, V99, P8717
    FANG G, 2000, OPT COMMUN, V181, P523
    FANG GY, 2000, OPT COMMUN, V181, P97
    GE P, 1997, J PHYS CHEM B, V101, P27
    HEFLIN JR, 1996, OPT SOC A, V9, P179
    HOGGARD PE, 1996, CHEM MATER, V8, P2218
    HOU HW, 1996, J CHEM SOC FARADAY T, V92, P2343
    JI W, 1995, J PHYS CHEM-US, V99, P17297
    LI CF, 1994, J OPT SOC AM B, V11, P1356
    SALANE G, 1995, INORG CHEM, V34, P4785
    SHEIKBAHAE M, 1990, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V26, P760
    SHEIKBAHAE M, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P96
    SHI S, 1994, J AM CHEM SOC, V116, P3615
    SHI S, 1995, CHEM MATER, V7, P1519
    SONG YL, 1999, OPT COMMUN, V168, P131
    SONG YL, 2000, OPT COMMUN, V186, P105
    TUTT L, 1992, NATURE, V356, P255
    ZHANG C, 2001, CHEM COMMUN, V182, P843
    ZHENG HG, 1997, J CHEM SOC DALT 0707, P2357
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0946-2171
 J9 APPL PHYS B-LASERS OPT
 JI Appl. Phys. B-Lasers Opt.
 PD JAN
 PY 2002
 VL 74
 IS 1
 BP 43
 EP 46
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied; Optics
 GA 509WC
 UT ISI:000173171900007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, JL
    Li, L
    Yu, SJ
    Song, Y
    Wen, XL
 TI Assessing changes in the mechanical condition of rock masses using
    P-wave computerized tomography
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ROCK MECHANICS AND MINING SCIENCES
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Res Inst Special Min, Shandong 271019, Peoples R China.
    China Univ Min & Technol, Coll Earth Sci, Xuzhou 221008, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, JL, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Res Inst Special Min, Shandong
    271019, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG JL, 1999, J CHINA COAL SOC, V24, P576
    CHENG JL, 2000, ROCKS TEST DETECTION, P91
    GUO WJ, 1998, RECENT STUDY PROGRES, P46
    NOLET G, 1990, SEISMIC TOMOGRAPHY, P69
    WANG YS, 1992, CALCULATION GEOPHYS, V15, P32
    YANG WC, 1993, APPL SEISMIC TOMOGRA, P5
    YANG WC, 1997, THEORY METHODS GEOPH, P134
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 1365-1609
 J9 INT J ROCK MECH MINING SCI
 JI Int. J. Rock Mech. Min. Sci.
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 38
 IS 7
 BP 1065
 EP 1070
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Geological; Mining & Mineral Processing
 GA 506PZ
 UT ISI:000172982100012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, EX
 TI An extension of the roots separation theorem
 SO ANNALS OF OPERATIONS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE eigenvalue problem; symmetric tridiagonal matrix; interlace theorem;
    divide-and-conquer method
 ID TRIDIAGONAL EIGENPROBLEM; DIVIDE
 AB Let T-n be an n x n unreduced symmetric tridiagonal matrix with
    eigenvalues lambda (1)<<lambda>(2)<... <lambda (n) and W-k, is an (n-1)
    x (n-1) submatrix by deleting the kth row and the kth column from T-n,
    k = 1, 2,..., n. Let mu (1)less than or equal to mu (2)less than or
    equal to...less than or equal to mu (n-1) be the eigenvalues of W-k. It
    is proved that if W-k has no multiple eigenvalue, then
    lambda (1)<<mu>(1)<<lambda>(2)<<mu>(2)<...<lambda
    (n-1)<<mu>(n-1)<<lambda>(n):
    otherwise if mu (i) = mu (i+1) is a multiple eigenvalue of W-k, then
    the above relationship still holds except that the inequality
    mu (i)<<lambda>(i+1)<<mu>(i+1)
    is replaced by mu (1)=lambda (i+1)=mu (i+1).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, EX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR CUPPEN JJM, 1981, NUMER MATH, V36, P177
    DEMMEL JW, 1997, APPL NUMERICAL LINEA
    GLADWELL GML, 1986, INVERSE PROBLEMS VIB
    GU M, 1995, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V16, P172
    HILL RO, 1992, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V13, P239
    JIANG EX, 1984, SYMMETRIC MATRIX COM
    PAIGE CC, 1971, THESIS U LONDON
    RALSTON A, 1968, MATH METHODS DIAGONA
    SORENSEN DC, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P1752
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0254-5330
 J9 ANN OPER RES
 JI Ann. Oper. Res.
 PY 2001
 VL 103
 BP 315
 EP 327
 PG 13
 SC Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 507TN
 UT ISI:000173045500019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, XY
    Zhang, ZL
    Zheng, XY
    Wu, YZ
    Xu, SH
 TI A blue organic emitting diode from anthracene derivative
 SO THIN SOLID FILMS
 DT Article
 DE blue organic emitting diode; anthracene derivative; stability;
    distyrylarylene
 ID ELECTROLUMINESCENT DEVICE; LAYER; DOPANT
 AB A blue, organic, light-emitting diode (OLED) has been made from a new
    blue emitting material. The structure of the blue device is indium tin
    oxide (ITO)/CuPc/NPB/JBEM:perylene/Alq/MgAg. Here copper phthalocyanine
    (CuPc) is used as a buffer layer,
    N,N'-bis-(1-naphthyl)-N,N'-diphenyl-1,1'-biphenyl-4,4'-diamine (NPB) as
    the hole transporting layer, 9,10-bis(3'5'-diaryl)phenyl anthracene
    (JBEM) as the blue emitting host, perylene as the blue dopant,
    Tris(8-guinolinolato) aluminium complex (Alq) as the electron
    transporting material, and M-Ag alloy as the cathode. The blue device
    has a maximum luminance of 7526 cd/m(2), and the luminance at a
    cut-rent density of 20 mA/cm(2) is 408 cd/m(2). It has a maximum
    efficiency of 1.45 lm/W., Commission Internationale de l'Eclairage
    (CIE) co-ordinates x = 0.14, y = 0.21, and a half-life of 1035 h at
    initial luminance of 100 cd/m(2). It shows a better stability than the
    blue device from distyrylarylene derivatives as the blue emitting host,
    and also perylene as the dopant with the same structure. (C) 2001
    Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, XY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BURROWS PE, 1997, IEEE T ELECTRON DEV, V44, P1188
    BURROWS PE, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P2493
    CHEN CH, 1998, COORDIN CHEM REV, V171, P161
    CHOONG VE, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P172
    ERA M, 1991, CHEM PHYS LETT, V178, P488
    GAO ZQ, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P865
    HAMADA Y, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V31, P1812
    HAMADA Y, 1997, IEEE T ELECTRON DEV, V44, P1208
    HAMADA Y, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P1682
    HOSOKAWA C, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P3853
    JIANG XZ, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P1813
    KIDO J, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P1332
    MI BX, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P4055
    SAKAKIBARA Y, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P2587
    SHEN ZL, 1997, SCIENCE, V276, P2009
    SHI JM, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P1665
    SHI JM, 1999, 5972247, US
    STRUKELJ M, 1996, J AM CHEM SOC, V118, P1213
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    TAO XT, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P1655
    YOSHIDA M, 1996, JPN J APPL PHYS 2, V35, L397
    YU WL, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P3270
 NR 22
 TC 8
 SN 0040-6090
 J9 THIN SOLID FILMS
 JI Thin Solid Films
 PD DEC 17
 PY 2001
 VL 401
 IS 1-2
 BP 251
 EP 254
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Condensed Matter
 GA 505EW
 UT ISI:000172900200036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    Ma, HP
    Tadmor, E
 TI Spectral vanishing viscosity method for nonlinear conservation laws
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE spectral method; vanishing viscosity; conservation law
 ID APPROXIMATIONS; CONVERGENCE; EDGES
 AB We propose a new spectral viscosity (SV) scheme for the accurate
    solution of nonlinear conservation laws. It is proved that the SV
    solution converges to the unique entropy solution under appropriate
    reasonable conditions. The proposed SV scheme is implemented directly
    on high modes of the computed solution. This should be compared with
    the original nonperiodic SV scheme introduced by Maday, Ould Kaber, and
    Tadmor in [SIAM J. Numer. Anal., 30 (1993), 321-342], where SV is
    activated on the derivative of the SV solution. The new proposed SV
    method could be viewed as a correction of the former, and it offers an
    improvement which is confirmed by our numerical experiments. A
    postprocessing method is implemented to greatly enhance the accuracy of
    the computed SV solution. The numerical results show the efficiency of
    the new method.
 C1 Shanghai Normal Univ, Sch Math Sci, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Calif Los Angeles, Dept Math, Los Angeles, CA 90095 USA.
 RP Guo, BY, Shanghai Normal Univ, Sch Math Sci, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ABARBANEL S, 1986, NUMERICAL METHODS FL, V2, P129
    ANDREASSEN O, 1994, J COMPUT PHYS, V110, P257
    BERNARDI C, 1992, APPROXIMATIONS SPECT
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHOD FLUI
    CHEN GQ, 1990, MSRI0052791
    CHEN GQ, 1993, MATH COMPUT, V61, P629
    GELB A, 1999, APPL COMPUT HARMON A, V7, P101
    GELB A, 2000, APPL NUMER MATH, V33, P3
    GELB A, 2000, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V38, P1389
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, NUMERICAL ANAL SPECT
    GOTTLIEB D, 1985, PROGR SCI COMPUTING, V6, P357
    GOTTLIEB D, 1987, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V24, P241
    GOTTLIEB D, 1992, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V43, P81
    GOTTLIEB D, 1997, SIAM REV, V39, P644
    GUO BY, 1998, SPECTRAL METHODS THE
    JOSEPH KT, 1999, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V147, P47
    KABER SMO, 1996, J COMPUT PHYS, V128, P165
    KARAMANOS GS, 2000, J COMPUT PHYS, V163, P22
    LAX PD, 1972, CBMS NSF REGIONAL C, V11
    LIE I, 1996, P 3 INT C SPECTR HIG, P121
    MA HP, 1998, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V35, P869
    MA HP, 1998, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V35, P893
    MADAY Y, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P854
    MADAY Y, 1993, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V30, P321
    MAJDA A, 1978, MATH COMPUT, V30, P1041
    SCHOCHET S, 1990, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V27, P1142
    SHU CW, 1995, J SCI COMPUT, V10, P357
    SMOLLER J, 1983, SHOCK WAVES REACTION
    TADMOR E, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P30
    TADMOR E, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P197
    TADMOR E, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P891
    TADMOR E, 1993, MATH COMPUT, V60, P245
    TADMOR E, 1993, NUMERICAL METHODS FL, V4, P69
    TARTAR L, 1979, RES NOTES MATH, V39, P136
 NR 34
 TC 5
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PD DEC 4
 PY 2001
 VL 39
 IS 4
 BP 1254
 EP 1268
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 505RB
 UT ISI:000172928400008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HP
    Sun, WW
 TI Optimal error estimates of the Legendre-Petrov-Galerkin method for the
    Korteweg-de Vries equation
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE Legendre-Petrov-Galerkin; pseudospectral; Korteweg-de Vries equation
 ID PSEUDOSPECTRAL METHOD; DEVRIES EQUATION; DIRECT SOLVERS; POLYNOMIALS;
    STABILITY; 3RD-ORDER; 2ND-ORDER
 AB In this paper, the Legendre-Petrov-Galerkin method for the Korteweg de
    Vries equation with nonperiodic boundary conditions is analyzed. The
    nonlinear term is computed with the Legendre spectral method and some
    pseudospectral methods, respectively. Optimal error estimates in
    L-2-norm are obtained for both semidiscrete and fully discrete schemes.
    The method is also applicable to some (2m + 1)th-order differential
    equations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Ctr Math Sci, Half Year Programme Numer Anal, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABE K, 1980, J COMPUT PHYS, V34, P202
    BERNARDI C, 1992, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V43, P53
    BERNARDI C, 1997, HDBK NUM AN 2, V5, P209
    BRESSAN N, 1990, COMPUT METHODS APPL, V80, P443
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CAREY GF, 1991, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V93, P1
    CHAN TF, 1985, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V22, P441
    COUTSIAS EA, 1996, P 3 INT C SPECTR HIG, P21
    DJIDJELI K, 1995, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V58, P307
    FORNBERG B, 1978, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V289, P373
    FORNBERG B, 1999, J COMPUT PHYS, V155, P456
    HUANG WZ, 1992, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V29, P1626
    KUO PY, 1985, ACTA MATH SINICA, V28, P1
    LEVY D, 1998, SIAM REV, V40, P40
    LI J, 2000, NUMER METH PART D E, V16, P513
    MA HP, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V65, P120
    MA HP, 2000, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V38, P1425
    MA HP, 2001, ADV SCI COMPUTING, P116
    MADAY Y, 1988, RAIRO MODEL MATH ANA, V22, P499
    MERRYFIELD WJ, 1993, J COMPUT PHYS, V105, P182
    PAVONI D, 1988, CALCOLO, V25, P311
    SHEN J, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P1489
    SHEN J, 1995, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V16, P74
    SZEGO G, 1975, ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIA
 NR 24
 TC 4
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PD DEC 4
 PY 2001
 VL 39
 IS 4
 BP 1380
 EP 1394
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 505RB
 UT ISI:000172928400014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, XC
    Bao, BR
    Cao, WG
    Sun, GX
    Li, Z
 TI Extraction of uranium(VI) with N,N '-dilauroylpiperazine in carbon
    tetrachloride
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 AB A novel extractant, N,N'-dilauroylpiperazine (DLPEZ), was synthesized
    for the first time. The extraction of uranium(VI) with the novel
    extractant in carbon tetrachloride from aqueous nitric acid media has
    been studied. The dependence of extraction distribution ratio on the
    concentration of aqueous nitric acid, extractant salting-out agent and
    temperature was investigated and the enthalpy of the extraction was
    determined.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Jinan Univ, Dept Chem, Jinan 250022, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, XC, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, POB 800-204,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CARBORNNEL MC, 1988, SOLV EXTR ION EXCH, V5, P151
    MUSIKAS C, 1987, SOLVENT EXTR ION EXC, V5, P151
    NAKAMURA T, 1995, SOLVENT EXTR ION EXC, V13, P253
    SHEN CH, 1993, J NUCL RADIOCHEM, V15, P243
    SIDDALL TH, 1963, J INORG NUCL CHEM, V25, P883
    SUN GX, 1998, THESIS CHINESE ACAD, P16
    WANG YS, 1997, THESIS CHINESE ACAD, P43
    WANG YS, 1997, THESIS CHINESE ACAD, P71
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 250
 IS 3
 BP 559
 EP 561
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 504DV
 UT ISI:000172842800024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, XC
    Bao, BR
    Zhou, F
    Cao, WG
    Li, YL
 TI Thermodynamics of the extraction of U(VI) by N,N'-didecanoylpiperazine
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 AB A novel extractant, N, N'-didecanoylpiperazine (DDPEZ), was synthesized
    for the first time. The extraction of U(VI) by DDPEZ from aqueous
    nitric acid media in carbon tetrachloride has been studied. The
    dependence of extraction distribution ratio on concentration of aqueous
    nitric acid. extractant salting-out agent and temperature was
    investigated and the enthalpy of the extraction was calculated.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Comm Communist Party China, Jinan 250001, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, XC, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, POB 800-204,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHARBORNNEL MC, 1988, SOLVENT EXTR ION EXC, V5, P151
    CURTIS NF, 1965, INORG CHEM, V4, P804
    MUSIKAS C, 1987, SOLVENT EXTR ION EXC, V5, P151
    NAKAMURA T, 1995, SOLVENT EXTR ION EXC, V13, P253
    SHEN CH, 1993, J NUCL RADIOCHEM, V15, P243
    SIDDALL TH, 1963, J INORG NUCL CHEM, V25, P883
    WANG YS, 1997, THESIS CHINESE ACAD, P43
    WANG YS, 1997, THESIS CHINESE ACAD, P71
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 250
 IS 3
 BP 573
 EP 575
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 504DV
 UT ISI:000172842800029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiang, Q
    Bao, BR
    Li, Z
    Han, JT
    Shao, H
 TI The extraction of U(VI) with N-octanoyl-2-methylpiperidine in toluene
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 AB A new extractant. N-octanoyl-2-methylpiperidine (OMPPD) has been
    synthesized. The extraction of U(VI) with N-octanoyl-2-methylpiperidine
    (OMPPD) in nitric acid has been studied. The dependence of the
    partition reaction of U(VT) on the concentrations of nitric acid,
    extractant. salting-out agent LiNO3, and temperature has been studied.
    In the light of the results, the extraction mechanism is discussed. The
    synergistic extracted complexes may be presented as
    UO2(NO3)(2)(OMPPD)(2). The related thermodynamic functions were
    calculated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiang, Q, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR DONG LY, 1982, ANAL CHEM URANIUM, P158
    HAN JT, 1998, NUCL SCI TECHNOL, V10, P54
    HAN JT, 1999, J RADIOANAL NUCL CH, V241, P679
    SHAO H, 2000, J RADIOANAL NUCL CHE, V243, P831
    SIDDALL TH, 1960, J PHYS CHEM-US, V64, P1863
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 250
 IS 3
 BP 577
 EP 579
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 504DV
 UT ISI:000172842800030
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    Shen, J
    Wang, ZQ
 TI Chebyshev rational spectral and pseudospectral methods on a
    semi-infinite interval
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL FOR NUMERICAL METHODS IN ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE Chebyshev rational polynomials; rational approximation; spectral
    method; pseudospectral method; semi-infinite interval
 ID DIFFERENTIAL-EQUATIONS; GALERKIN METHOD; APPROXIMATIONS
 AB A weighted orthogonal system on the half-line based on the Chebyshev
    rational functions is introduced. Basic results on Chebyshev rational
    approximations of several orthogonal projections and interpolations are
    established. To illustrate the potential of the Chebyshev rational
    spectral method, a model problem is considered both theoretically and
    numerically: error estimates for the Chebyshev rational spectral and
    pseudospectral methods are established; preliminary numerical results
    agree well with the theoretical estimates and demonstrate the
    effectiveness of this approach. Copyright (C) 2001 John Wiley & Sons,
    Ltd.
 C1 Penn State Univ, Dept Math, University Pk, PA 16802 USA.
    Shanghai Normal Univ, Sch Math Sci, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, J, Penn State Univ, Dept Math, University Pk, PA 16802 USA.
 CR ADAMS RA, 1975, SOBLOV SPACES
    BERNARDI C, 1997, HDB NUMERICAL ANAL 2, V5
    BOYD JP, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V69, P112
    BOYD JP, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V70, P63
    BURNETT DS, 1994, J ACOUST SOC AM, V96, P2798
    CANUTO C, 1987, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CHRISTOV CI, 1982, SIAM J APPL MATH, V42, P1337
    DEMKOWICZ L, 1998, NUMER MATH, V79, P11
    FUNARO D, 1990, APPL NUMER MATH, V6, P447
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, NUMERICAL ANAL SPECT
    GUO BY, 1998, J MATH ANAL APPL, V226, P180
    GUO BY, 2000, J MATH ANAL APPL, V243, P373
    GUO BY, 2000, J SCI COMPUT, V15, P117
    GUO BY, 2000, NUMER MATH, V86, P635
    KARNIADAKIS GE, 1999, SPECTRAL HP ELEMENT
    LEIS R, 1996, INITIAL BOUNDARY VAL
    MADAY Y, 1985, RECH AEROSPATIALE, V6, P13
    MADAY Y, 1989, STATE ART SURVEYS CO, P71
    SHEN J, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P1489
    SHEN J, 1996, HOUSTON J MATH, P233
 NR 20
 TC 8
 SN 0029-5981
 J9 INT J NUMER METHOD ENG
 JI Int. J. Numer. Methods Eng.
 PD JAN 10
 PY 2002
 VL 53
 IS 1
 BP 65
 EP 84
 PG 20
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 504KV
 UT ISI:000172856600005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shang, HJ
    Lu, YC
    Xu, XM
    Chen, Q
 TI The 'hybrid' technique for risk analysis of some diseases
 SO CHINESE ANNALS OF MATHEMATICS SERIES B
 DT Article
 DE illness fuzzy set; statistics; fuzzy comprehensive evaluation;
    information distribution; optimization
 AB Based on the data obtained from a survey recently made in Shanghai,
    this paper presents the hybrid technique for risk analysis and
    evaluation of some diseases.
    After determination of main risk factors of these diseases by analysis
    of variance, the authors introduce a new concept 'Illness Fuzzy Set'
    and use fuzzy comprehensive evaluation to evaluate the risk of
    suffering from a disease for residents. Optimal technique is used to
    determine the weights w(i) in fuzzy comprehensive evaluation, and a new
    method 'Improved Information Distribution' is also introduced for the
    treatment of small sample problem.
    It is shown that the results obtained by using the hybrid technique are
    better than by using single fuzzy technique or single statistical
    method.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN JJG, 1997, FUZZY SET SYST, V88, P1
    CUMMINS JD, 1997, N AM ACTUARIAL J, V1, P21
    HUANG CF, 1995, TECHNOLOGY FUZZY INF
    ZHANG SW, 1991, FUZZY MATH ITS APPL
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0252-9599
 J9 CHIN ANN MATH SER B
 JI Chin. Ann. Math. Ser. B
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 4
 BP 475
 EP 484
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics
 GA 505AF
 UT ISI:000172888000005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, LY
    Li, CZ
    Chen, AP
    Zhu, YH
    Fang, DY
 TI Morphological structure of nanometer TiO2-Al2O3 composite powders
    synthesized in high temperature gas phase reactor
 SO CHEMICAL ENGINEERING JOURNAL
 DT Article
 DE composite powder; nanometer powder; gas phase reaction
 ID ALUMINUM TITANATE FORMATION; SOLID-STATE REACTION; TIO2 POWDERS;
    RESEARCH NEEDS; PARTICLES; AL2O3
 AB In this research, nanometer TiO2-Al2O3 Composite powders were
    synthesized by the gas-phase oxidation of TiCl4 and AlCl3 in a high
    temperature tubular aerosol flow reactor. The measurement of EDS, XPS,
    XRD and TEM were used to characterize the chemical composition, crystal
    structure, and size of the particles. The crystal structure of titania
    and alumina in composite particles was affected by the AlO3 and TiCl4
    feed ratio. Aluminum titanate was formed when residence time was 1.73
    s, reaction temperature was 1400 degreesC, and AlCl3 and TiCl4 feed
    ratio was 2.80. The effect of processing parameters on the particle
    size and distribution of composite particles was studied. As the
    preheating temperature of oxygen increased, average particle size of
    the composite particles became smaller and size distribution more
    uniform. Enhancement of flow rate of cooling gas injected into reactor
    tail was benefit controlling the particle size. The composite particle
    size increased, respectively, with increasing reaction temperature and
    residence time. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, LY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AKHTAR MK, 1994, J MATER RES, V9, P1241
    BOWEN HK, 1980, MATER SCI ENG, V44, P1
    FEGLEY B, 1984, J AM CERAM SOC, V67, C113
    FREUDENBERG B, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P33
    FREUDENBERG B, 1988, J AM CERAM SOC, V71, P22
    HUNG CH, 1992, J MATER RES, V7, P1870
    JANG HD, 1995, AEROSOL SCI TECH, V23, P553
    KRUIS FE, 1998, J AEROSOL SCI, V29, P511
    KUSTERS KA, 1995, POWDER TECHNOL, V82, P79
    LANGE FF, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P3
    LI CZ, 1997, THIN SOLID FILMS, V310, P238
    LIU SH, 1988, XRAY PHOTOELECTRON S, V305, P313
    OKUMURA H, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, C22
    PRATSINIS SE, 1996, POWDER TECHNOL, V88, P267
    SHI LY, 1998, MAT REV, V12, P23
    SHI LY, 1999, J ECUST, V25, P151
    SHI LY, 1999, J INORG MATER, V14, P717
    STAMATAKIS P, 1991, AEROSOL SCI TECH, V14, P316
    SUYAMA Y, 1985, J AM CERAM SOC, V68, C154
    THOMAS HAJ, 1989, BRIT CERAM TRANS J, V88, P144
    THOMAS HAJ, 1989, BRIT CERAM TRANS J, V88, P184
    VEMURY S, 1995, J AM CERAM SOC, V78, P2984
    WOJGNIER T, 1988, J NONCRYSTALLINE SOL, V100, P325
    YANG GX, 1996, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V7, P675
    YU JG, 1991, CHEM B, V10, P25
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 1385-8947
 J9 CHEM ENG J
 JI Chem. Eng. J.
 PD DEC 15
 PY 2001
 VL 84
 IS 3
 BP 405
 EP 411
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Chemical
 GA 505LW
 UT ISI:000172915100024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, Q
    Zhou, BX
 TI A study of microstructure of alloy 690
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE alloy 690; heat treatment; microstructure; carbide
 AB The microstructures of alloy 690 after solid solution treatment
    followed by aging treatments at different temperatures (600-800
    degreesC) for various times (0.5-200 h) have been investigated by means
    of transmission electron microscopy (TEM). The results are as follows:
    the carbides precipitated on the grain boundaries have been identified
    as M23C6; the carbides nucleate preferentially at the positions where
    grain boundary dislocations tangled and easily precipitate in high
    angle grain boundaries nearly parallel to the (100) plane of grain on
    one side. The carbides always exhibit a cube-on-cube orientation
    relationship with matrix of one side, and don't precipitate on twinning
    plane but easily precipitate on the non-coherent boundaries of twin end
    where carbides grow fast along < 110 > direction and appear as
    needlelike. By controlling the growth of carbides and the content of
    chromium in depleted zone by special heat treatments, the corrosion
    resistance of alloy 690 can be optimized.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, Q, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ANGELIU TM, 1990, METALL TRANS A, V21, P2097
    DIETZ W, 1994, MAT SCI TECHNOLOGY B, V10, P101
    KAI JJ, 1989, METALL TRANS A, V20, P2057
    QIU SY, 1995, NUCL POWER ENG, V16, P340
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD JAN 18
 PY 2001
 VL 37
 IS 1
 BP 8
 EP 12
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 502WQ
 UT ISI:000172766100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, XG
    Ding, WZ
    Li, FS
    Li, LF
    Zhou, GZ
 TI Study of electronic conductivity of molten slags with Wagner
    polarization technique
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Wagner polarization technique; smelt slag; electronic conductivity
 AB Wagner polarization technique has been used to measure the electronic
    conductivity of CaO-SiO2-Al2O3-FeOx slag system in this paper. The
    experimental results show that electronic conductivities of the slags
    consist of free electron conductivity and electron hole conductivity.
    The two conductivities are related to the content of Fe3+ and Fe2+
    respectively. As experimental temperature increased, the free electron
    conductivity decreases, and the electron hole conductivity increases
    while Fe3+ changes to Fe2+. It is found that there is always a maximum
    electronic conductivity value at some ratio of Fe3+ content to the
    total iron content for different slag systems at a special temperature.
    Under the present experimental condition, the electronic conductivity
    is in the range of 10(-4)-10(-2) S(.)cm(-1).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Lab Solid Electrolytes & Met Testing Tech, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, XG, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR DANCY EA, 1966, T TMS AIME, V236, P1642
    DICKSON WR, 1962, T METALL SOC AIME, V224, P505
    DUKELOW DA, 1960, T AIME, V218, P1386
    ENGELL HJ, 1968, BER BUNSEN PHYS CHEM, V72, P5
    FONTANA A, 1984, ELECT CONDUCTIVITY F, P59
    HAARBERG GM, 1993, METALL TRANS B, V24, P729
    INOUYE H, 1953, T FARADAY SOC, V49, P796
    KATO M, 1969, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V9, P39
    KRISHAMUETHY GG, 1993, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V20, P191
    KROGER FA, 1974, CHEM IMPERFECT CRYST, V3, P149
    LU XG, 1999, J UNIV SCI TECHNOL B, V6, P27
    PAL U, 1985, METALL TRANS B, V16, P77
    PASTUKHOV EA, 1966, ELEKTROCHEM, V2, P209
    SIMNAD MT, 1953, J CHEM PHYS, V21, P933
    SIMNAD MT, 1954, T AIME, V200, P1386
    SPEELMAN JL, 1989, METALL T B, V20, P31
    WAGNER C, 1957, P INT COMM ELECTROCH, V7, P361
 NR 17
 TC 2
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD FEB 18
 PY 2001
 VL 37
 IS 2
 BP 184
 EP 188
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 502WT
 UT ISI:000172766300015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KD
    Jiang, GC
    Hong, X
    Zheng, SB
    Xu, JL
 TI Discussion on new process making clean-steel from scrap
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE steel making process; clean steel; scrap
 AB The enrichment of harmful impurities during the recycle of scrap limits
    the effective use of scrap source in clean steel production. Attempts
    so far to separate residual elements one by one from steel bath seems
    expensive, low efficient and difficult for industrial application. This
    paper put forward consequently the "slagging-reduction process", in
    which melting FeO will be obtained with oxidizing method as pure raw
    material for following hydrogen-based reduction procedure. This will be
    a way to use low-class mixed scrap in production of special steel,
    whose total content of residual elements is strictly restrained.
    Moreover, the enrichment and concentration of impurities like Cu can
    make their extraction and recycle easier and cheaper.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, KD, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR FEINMAN J, 1999, IRON STEEL ENG, V76, P75
    HONG X, 1992, SIMULATION OPTIMIERU, P168
    SUGIURA S, 1988, T ISIJ, V28, P325
    WEI SK, 1980, THERMODYNAMICS METAL, P56
    XU KD, 2000, CHIN ENG SCI, V2, P1
    ZHANG HJ, 1996, DISCUSS REFORM EAF S, P212
    ZHAO BJ, 1994, COLLECTED WORKS INFL, P1
    ZHAO BJ, 1994, COLLECTED WORKS INFL, P7
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD APR 18
 PY 2001
 VL 37
 IS 4
 BP 395
 EP 399
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 502WW
 UT ISI:000172766600013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, PX
    James, B
    Liu, MH
    Lee, S
    Chen, YH
 TI A pinhole transmission grating spectrograph used in the
    characterization of the spatial distribution plasma x-ray spectrum
 SO PLASMA SOURCES SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID FOCUS
 AB A pinhole transmission grating spectrograph has been used for measuring
    the soft x-ray spectrum front a laser-irradiated solid target plasma
    and gas-filled plasma focus. This spectrograph can be used together
    with a soft x-ray streak camera or a soft x-ray CCD detector for
    time-resolved studies. The spectrograph has provided a spatially
    resolved spectrum with a wavelength range of 0.3-50 nm. It is a cheap,
    compact and easily adjusted and has been used for both laser-produced
    plasma and plasma focus. Preliminary experimental results have been
    obtained for the plasma x-ray spectrum and the spatial structure both
    from the laser-produced plasma and the plasma focus.
 C1 Univ Sydney, Sch Phys, Sydney, NSW 2006, Australia.
    Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Sci, Singapore 259756, Singapore.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Dynam, Shanghai 200345, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, PX, Univ Sydney, Sch Phys, Sydney, NSW 2006, Australia.
 CR BRUNER ME, 1988, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V982, P299
    BRYUNETKIN BA, 1992, LASER PART BEAMS, V10, P849
    BURKHALTER PG, 1992, REV SCI INSTRUM, V63, P5053
    FEDER R, 1984, J MICROSCOPY, V135, P347
    FENG X, 1992, P 10 VUV INT C PAR 9
    FENG X, 1994, J LASER B, V3, P414
    FENG XP, 1989, J FIZ MALAYSIA, V10, P49
    GUENTHER R, 1990, MODERN OPTICS, P87
    HIRANO K, 1994, J PHYS SOC JPN, V63, P3657
    KATO Y, 1986, APPL PHYS LETT, V48, P686
    KATO Y, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V31, P3695
    LEE S, 1983, AUST J PHYS, V36, P891
    LEE S, 1996, RES REPORT NIE SSC P
    LEE S, 1997, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3183, P112
    MICHELIS CD, 1981, NUCL FUSION, V21, P677
    MOO SP, 1991, IEEE T PLASMA SCI, V19, P515
    MOO SP, 1993, J RADIOL PROTECT, V13, P207
    PEALMAN JS, 1981, J VAC SCI TECHNOL, V19, P1190
    PORTER JL, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P796
    ROTHWEILER D, 1993, I PHYS C SER, V130, P47
    SCHNOPPER HW, 1977, APPL OPTICS, V16, P1088
    TAKAHAMA Y, 1994, REV SCI INSTRUM, V65, P2505
    WANG XF, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P2015
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0963-0252
 J9 PLASMA SOURCES SCI TECHNOL
 JI Plasma Sources Sci. Technol.
 PD NOV
 PY 2001
 VL 10
 IS 4
 BP 589
 EP 594
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas
 GA 503BM
 UT ISI:000172777300007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SF
 TI Attractors for second-order lattice dynamical systems with damping
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB We consider the existence and the approximation of the global attractor
    for second-order damped lattice dynamical systems. (C) 2002 American
    Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHATE H, 1997, PHYSICA D, V103, P1
    CHOW SN, 1998, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V149, P248
    GHIDAGLIA JM, 1991, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V22, P861
    HALE JK, 1988, ASYMPTOTIC BEHAV DIS
    JIANG MH, 1999, J STAT PHYS, V95, P791
    SHEN WX, 1996, SIAM J APPL MATH, V56, P1379
    TEMAM R, 1988, APPL MATH SCI, V68
    WANG Z, 1997, MATH APPL, V10, P97
    YU J, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V240, P60
    ZHOU SF, 1999, J MATH ANAL APPL, V233, P102
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2488
 J9 J MATH PHYS-NY
 JI J. Math. Phys.
 PD JAN
 PY 2002
 VL 43
 IS 1
 BP 452
 EP 465
 PG 14
 SC Physics, Mathematical
 GA 503GF
 UT ISI:000172790200028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, JTK
    Yu, KW
    Gu, GQ
 TI Relaxation of surface charge on rotating dielectric spheres:
    Implications on dynamic electrorheological effects
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 ID SUSPENSIONS; SIMULATION; SHEAR; FLUIDS; FIELD
 AB We have examined the effect of an oscillatory rotation of a polarized
    dielectric particle, The rotational motion leads to a redistribution of
    the polarization charge on the surface of the particle. We show that
    the time-averaged steady-state dipole moment is along the field
    direction, but its magnitude is reduced by a factor that depends on the
    angular velocity of rotation. As a result, the rotational motion of the
    particle reduces the electrorheological effect. We further assume that
    the relaxation of the polarized charge is arised from a finite
    conductivity of the particle or host medium. We calculate the
    relaxation time based on the Maxwell-Wagner theory, suitably
    generalized to include the rotational motion. Analytic expressions for
    the reduction factor and the relaxation time are given and their
    dependence on the angular velocity of rotation will be discussed.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Comp Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wan, JTK, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples
    R China.
 CR HALSEY TC, 1990, J STAT PHYS, V61, P1257
    HALSEY TC, 1992, SCIENCE, V258, P761
    JONES TK, 2000, PHYS REV E, V62, P6846
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1989, J CHEM PHYS, V91, P7888
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1990, LANGMUIR, V6, P15
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1991, J CHEM PHYS, V94, P6160
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1998, MRS BULL, V23, P30
    LADD AJC, 1988, J CHEM PHYS, V88, P5051
    LOBRY L, 1999, J ELECTROSTAT, V47, P61
    MAZUR P, 1974, PHYSICA, V76, P235
    PHULE PP, 1998, MRS BULL, V23, P19
    RUSSEL WB, 1989, COLLOIDAL DISPERSION
    TAO R, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P398
    WANG ZW, 1996, INT J MOD PHYS B, V10, P1153
    WANG ZW, 1997, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V30, P1265
 NR 15
 TC 4
 SN 1063-651X
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 6406
 IS 6
 PN Part 1
 AR 061501
 DI ARTN 061501
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 502CN
 UT ISI:000172726300027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, NH
    Cheng, CJ
 TI A time domain method for quasi-static analysis of viscoelastic thin
    plates
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE viscoelastic thin plate; von Karman's hypothesis; Galerkin method;
    quasistatic response; direct method; integro-differential equation
 AB Based on the Boltzmann's superposition principles of linear
    viscoelastic materials and the von Karman's hypotheses of thin plates
    with large deflections, a mathematical model for quasi-static problems
    of viscoelastic thin plates was given. By the Galerkin method in
    spatial domain, the original integro-partial-differential system could
    be transformed into an integral system. The latter further was reduced
    to a differential system by using the new method for temporal domain
    presented in this paper. Numerical results show that compared with the
    ordinary finite difference method, the new method in this paper is
    simpler to operate and has some advantages, such as, no storage and
    quicker computational speed etc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, NH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG CJ, 1998, ACTA MECH SINICA, V30, P690
    CHENG CJ, 1998, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V35, P4491
    JANOVSKY V, 1995, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V63, P91
    SHENG YP, 1994, ADV MECH, V24, P265
    YANG TQ, 1993, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    ZHANG NH, 1998, COMPUT METHODS APPL, V165, P3074
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 10
 BP 1109
 EP 1117
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 500YV
 UT ISI:000172657000001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fu, JL
    Chen, LQ
    Luo, SK
    Chen, XW
    Wang, XM
 TI Study on dynamics of relativistic Birkhoff systems
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE relativity; Birkhoff system; noether symmetry; Lie symmetry; algebraic
    structure; Poisson integral
 ID CONSERVED QUANTITIES; ROTATIONAL SYSTEMS; LIE SYMMETRIES
 AB The Birkhoffian, the Birkhoff's functions, the Pfaff action, the
    Pfaff-Birkhoff principle and the Birkhoff equations of relativistic
    Birkhoff systems are given. The Birkhoff representation of relativistic
    dynamical systems is studied. Then the theory of Noether symmetries and
    Lie symmetries of the relativistic Birkhoff systems is obtained by the
    invariance of relativistic Pfaff action and relativistic Birkhoff
    equations under infinitesimal transformations. Finally the algebraic
    structure and Poisson integrals for the relativistic Birkhoff systems
    are studied.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shangqiu Teachers Coll, Inst Math Mech & Math Phys, Shangqiu 476000, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, JL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ARNOLD VI, 1978, MATH METOD CLASSICAL
    BIRKHOFF GD, 1927, AMS COLL PUBLICATION
    FANG JH, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1028
    FU JL, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P1266
    FU JL, 1999, JIANGXI SCI, V17, P137
    FU JL, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1023
    FU JL, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P549
    FU JL, 2000, J SHANGQIU TEACHERS, V16, P10
    FU JL, 2000, J YUNNAN U, V22, P194
    FU JL, 2000, JIANGXI SCI, V18, P68
    GUO ZH, 1987, MODERN MATH MECH
    LI JB, 1994, THEORY GEN HAMILTON
    LUO SK, 1987, TEACHING MAT COMMUNI, P31
    LUO SK, 1988, J XINJIAN U, V5, P50
    LUO SK, 1990, P ICDVC, P645
    LUO SK, 1991, SHANGHAI J MECH, V12, P67
    LUO SK, 1992, ACTA MATH SCI, V12, P27
    LUO SK, 1992, COLL PHYS, V11, P14
    LUO SK, 1996, APPL MATH MECH, V17, P683
    LUO SK, 1996, J BEIJING I TECHNOL, V16, P154
    LUO SK, 1998, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V19, P45
    LUO SK, 2001, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V50, P384
    LUO SK, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P271
    MEI FX, 1985, FDN MECH NONHOLONOMI
    MEI FX, 1992, DYNAMICS BIRKHOFF SY, P33
    MEI FX, 1993, CHINESE SCI BULL, V38, P311
    MEI FX, 1993, SCI CHINA SER A, V23, P709
    MEI FX, 1994, CHAPLYGIN NONHOLONOM, P60
    MEI FX, 1995, CHINESE SCI BULL, V40, P1947
    MEI FX, 1996, DYNAMICS BIRKHOFF SY
    MEI FX, 1996, MECH PRACT, V18, P1
    MEI FX, 1999, APPL LIE GROUP ALGEB, P39
    SANTILLI RM, 1983, FDN THEORETICAL MECH, V2
    SANTILLI RM, 1987, FDN THEORETICAL MECH, V1
    SHI RC, 1994, MECH RES COMMUN, V21, P269
    XU ZD, 1994, 30 YEARS NONHOLONOMI, P169
    YONG ZS, 1995, ADV QUANTUM MECH, P34
    ZHANG YL, 1999, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V20, P356
 NR 38
 TC 14
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 12
 BP 2289
 EP 2295
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 501HL
 UT ISI:000172679200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, YQ
    Hou, HY
    Chen, H
    You, JL
    Jiang, GC
 TI Coordination and bond properties of Al and Si ions in system of
    Al2O3-SiO2 melts
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE Al2O3-SiO2 melts; coordination and bond properties; molecular dynamics
    simulation
 ID CALCIUM ALUMINOSILICATE GLASSES; NUCLEAR MAGNETIC-RESONANCE;
    MOLECULAR-DYNAMICS; COMPUTER-SIMULATION; SIO2-AL2O3 GLASSES; SI-29;
    SPECTROSCOPY; LIQUIDS; AL-27; NMR
 AB The coordination and bond properties of aluminium and silicon ions were
    discussed by means of molecular dynamics simulation. By combining KA
    and MATSUMIYA potentials, the results of simulations agree better with
    the experiments. Trend of coordination and bond properties changing
    along with the increasing content Al2O3 from 0 to 100 % (mole fraction)
    was obtained. Average bond lengths of Si-O in these simulations are
    within the range of 1.60 similar to1.63 Angstrom and become smaller
    from 1.63 Angstrom in sample 0 to 1.60 Angstrom in sample 9 along with
    increasing content of Al2O3. Average bond lengths of Al-O are within
    the range from 1.77 Angstrom in sample 1 to 1.86 Angstrom in sample 10.
    By analyzing the relation of CN(T) and CNSi(T) with Si/(Si+Al), it is
    found that Al mainly locates on the tetrahedral sites which neighbor
    the Si tetrahedra but avoid the Al tetrahedra while alumina content is
    low. Whereas when Si/ (Si+Al)<0.5, Al-octahedral units appeared and
    became predominant gradually. Meanwhile, Al avoidance principle can
    only be maintained at low alumina content. With increasing alumina,
    this principle would be broken gradually.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AKSAY IA, 1979, J AM CERAM SOC, V62, P332
    ATHANASOPOULOS DC, 1992, SURF SCI, V273, P129
    DANIEL I, 1995, PHYS CHEM MINER, V22, P74
    ENGELHARDT G, 1985, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V26, P157
    HANADA T, 1982, COMMU AM CERAM SOC, V6, C84
    HATALOVA B, 1992, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V146, P218
    HIMMEL B, 1991, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V136, P27
    HUFF NT, 1999, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V253, P133
    KIEFFER J, 1989, J CHEM PHYS, V90, P4982
    LOEWENSTEIN W, 1954, AM MINERAL, V39, P92
    MATSUMIYA T, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P210
    MCMILLAN P, 1982, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V46, P2021
    MERZBACHER CI, 1990, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V124, P194
    MIURA Y, 2000, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V41, P24
    MORIKAWA H, 1982, J AM CERAM SOC, V65, P78
    MYSEN BO, 1990, AM MINERAL, V75, P120
    NOFZ M, 1989, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V30, P46
    NOFZ M, 1990, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V31, P57
    OESTRIKE R, 1987, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V51, P2199
    POE BT, 1992, CHEM GEOL, V96, P333
    SCAMEHORN CA, 1991, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V55, P721
    STEIN DJ, 1995, AM MINERAL, V80, P417
 NR 22
 TC 6
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 11
 IS 6
 BP 965
 EP 971
 PG 7
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 499CW
 UT ISI:000172554300037
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Van Der Biest, O
    Wang, PL
    Vleugels, J
    Chen, WW
    Huang, SG
 TI Estimation of the phase diagram for the ZrO2-Y2O3-CeO2 system
 SO JOURNAL OF THE EUROPEAN CERAMIC SOCIETY
 DT Article
 DE CeO2; phase equilibria; thermodynamic calculation; Y2O3; ZrO2
 ID ZRO2-CEO2 SYSTEM; ZIRCONIA; EQUILIBRIA; OPTIMIZATION
 AB Comprehensive descriptions of the thermodynamic properties and
    experimental information in three oxide Systems ZrO2-Y2O3, ZrO2-CeO2
    and Y2O3-CeO2 are given and thermodynamic models for the calculation of
    these systems are discussed. The phase diagrams of the quasi-ternary
    ZrO2-Y2O3-CeO2 system in the zirconia-rich corner are estimated at
    different temperatures with a substitutional model and Muggianu's
    extrapolation. The equilibrium phase diagram calculation is extended to
    low temperatures, as well as the Gibbs free energy of the tetragonal,
    monoclinic and cubic phases of zirconia doped with yttria and ceria.
    (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Met & Mat, B-3001 Louvain, Belgium.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Van Der Biest, O, Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Met & Mat, B-3001
    Louvain, Belgium.
 CR DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P1569
    DU Y, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V31, P327
    DURAN P, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P5001
    DUWEZ P, 1950, J AM CERAM SOC, V33, P274
    DUWEZ P, 1951, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V98, P356
    ESQUIVIAS L, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V239, P71
    GUILLERMET AF, 1981, METALL T B, V12, P745
    HANNINK RHJ, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P461
    HILLERT M, 1975, METALL T B, V6, P37
    HUANG SG, 2000, J SHANGHAI U, V6, P189
    JANG BH, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P1284
    JORDAN AS, 1979, CALCULATION PHASE DI
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P35
    KONDOH J, 1998, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V145, P1550
    LELAIT L, 1991, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V25, P1815
    LI L, UNPUB CALPHAD
    LI L, 1996, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V12, P159
    LI L, 1997, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V38, P323
    LI L, 1999, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V15, P439
    LI L, 1999, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V40, P126
    LONGO V, 1973, J AM CERAM SOC DISCU, V56, P600
    LONGO V, 1981, J MATER SCI, V16, P839
    LONGO V, 1984, CERAMICA, V37, P18
    LUKAS HL, 1977, CALPHAD, V1, P225
    NOGUCHI T, 1970, B CHEM SOC JPN, V43, P2614
    ONDIK HM, 1998, PHASE DIAGRAMS ZIRCO, P114
    PASCUAL C, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P23
    PICONI C, 1999, BIOMATERIALS, V20, P1
    RAMESH PD, 1996, J MATER SYNTH PROC, V4, P163
    RAY SP, 1977, MATER RES B, V12, P549
    ROUANET A, 1971, REV INT HAUTES TEMP, V8, P161
    ROUANET MA, 1968, COMP REND HEBD SEA C, V267, P1581
    RUH R, 1984, J AM CERAM SOC, V67, P190
    SRIVASTAVA KK, 1974, BRIT CERAM TRANS J, V73, P85
    STUBICAN VS, 1978, J AM CERAM SOC, V61, P17
    TANI E, 1982, YOGVO KYOKAI SHI, V90, P195
    TANI E, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P506
    YASHIMA M, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P1869
    YU ZY, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P1281
 NR 39
 TC 8
 SN 0955-2219
 J9 J EUR CERAM SOC
 JI J. European Ceram. Soc.
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 21
 IS 16
 BP 2903
 EP 2910
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 499XD
 UT ISI:000172595200014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fan, YM
    Ju, JH
    Zhang, WL
    Xia, YB
    Wang, ZM
    Fang, ZJ
    Wang, LJ
 TI A new passivation method for porous silicon
 SO SOLID STATE COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE porous silicon; passivation; diamond-like film
 AB In this paper, we show the enhancement and stabilization of the
    luminescence when depositing diamond-like carbon (DLC) thin films on
    top of porous silicon (PS) layers. DLC thin films reduce the influence
    of different ambients to PS, which can cause the desorption of hydrogen
    molecules from the Si-H-x bonds leaving dangling bonds which operate as
    non-radiative recombination traps. So DLC thin films can lead to a more
    stable luminescence from PS layers. At the same time, hydrogenated
    carbon nitride films can further enhance the photoluminescence
    efficiency of PS because more dangling bonds are passivated by
    nitridation. (C) 2001 Published by Elsevier Science Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Fan, YM, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR GLASS JA, 1995, SURF SCI, V338, P125
    GRERREROLEMUS R, 1999, SOLID STATE ELECT, V43, P1165
    HERINO R, 1993, J LUMIN, V57, P111
    SHIH S, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V61, P943
    TISCHLER MA, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V60, P639
    XIONG ZH, 2001, THIN SOLID FILMS, V388, P271
 NR 6
 TC 7
 SN 0038-1098
 J9 SOLID STATE COMMUN
 JI Solid State Commun.
 PY 2001
 VL 120
 IS 11
 BP 435
 EP 437
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 497DL
 UT ISI:000172437400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, MY
    Wang, X
    Yu, DY
 TI Reliable recognition of ultrasonic echo-signal under high-noise
    background using digital signal processing
 SO PROGRESS IN NATURAL SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE digital signal processing; recognition; ultrasound
 AB In practice. it is very important to recognize the ultrasonic
    echo-signal under high-noise background. In this paper, the Fourier
    spectrum and composition of ultrasonic ranging signals under high-noise
    background have been analyzed firstly, then the recognition of
    ultrasonic echo-signal has been realized using three methods: frequency
    filter, auto-correlation and the effective combination of the former
    two methods. The mathematical models are established and the results
    are given both theoretically and experimentally.
 C1 Tianjin Univ, Coll Precis Instrument & Optoelect Engn, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
    CME, State Key Lab Optoelect Informat Sci & Technol, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Informat & Elect Engn Sch, Jinan 250031, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, MY, Tianjin Univ, Coll Precis Instrument & Optoelect Engn, Tianjin
    300072, Peoples R China.
 CR *MATH WORKS INC, 1995, STUD ED MATLAB
    OPPENHEIM AV, 1975, DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCE
    SOPHOCLES J, 1996, INTRO SIGNAL PROCESS
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0071
 J9 PROG NAT SCI
 JI Prog. Nat. Sci.
 PD MAY
 PY 2001
 VL 11
 SU Suppl. S
 BP S102
 EP S105
 PG 4
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 496WM
 UT ISI:000172420100024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Modified Lindstedt-Poincare methods for some strongly non-linear
    oscillations Part I: expansion of a constant
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NON-LINEAR MECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE perturbation method; non-linear equations; duffing equation;
    Lindstedt-Poincare method
 ID PERTURBATION TECHNIQUE
 AB In this paper, a modified Lindstedt-Poincare method is proposed. In
    this technique. a constant. rather than the non-linear frequency, is
    expanded in powers of the expanding parameter to avoid the occurrence
    of secular terms in the perturbation series solution. Some examples are
    given here to illustrate its effectiveness and convenience. The results
    show that the obtained approximate solutions are uniformly valid on the
    whole solution domain, and they are suitable not only for weakly
    non-linear systems, but also for strongly non-linear systems. (C) 2001
    Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ACTON JR, 1985, SOLVING EQUATIONS PH
    CHEUNG YK, 1991, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V26, P367
    DAI SQ, 1990, SCI CHIN SER A, V2, P153
    HAGEDORN P, 1981, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    HE JH, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V167, P57
    HE JH, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V167, P69
    HE JH, 1999, COMMUN NONL SCI NUM, V4, P78
    HE JH, 1999, COMMUN NONLINEAR SCI, V4, P103
    HE JH, 1999, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V4, P81
    HE JH, 1999, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V178, P257
    HE JH, 1999, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V34, P699
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P37
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P51
    HE JH, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V229, P1257
    MICKENS RE, 1981, INTRO NONLINEAR OSCI
    NAYFEH AH, 1979, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    NAYFEH AH, 1985, PROBLEMS PERTURBATIO
 NR 17
 TC 25
 SN 0020-7462
 J9 INT J NON-LINEAR MECH
 JI Int. J. Non-Linear Mech.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 37
 IS 2
 BP 309
 EP 314
 PG 6
 SC Mechanics
 GA 497WA
 UT ISI:000172477400012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Modified Lindstedt-Poincare methods for some strongly non-linear
    oscillations Part II: a new transformation
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NON-LINEAR MECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE perturbation method; non-linear equation; Duffing equation; van der Pol
    equation; Lindstedt-Poincare method
 AB In this paper, a modified Lindstedt-Poincare method is proposed. In
    this technique, we introduce a new transformation of the independent
    variable. This transformation will also allow us to avoid the
    occurrence of secular terms in the perturbation series solution, Some
    examples are given here to illustrate its effectiveness and
    convenience. The results show that the obtained approximate solutions
    are uniformly valid on the whole solution domain, and they are suitable
    not only for weakly non-linear systems. but also for strongly
    non-linear systems. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSEN CM, 1982, SIAM J APPL MATH, V42, P678
    DAI SQ, 1990, ACTA MECH SINICA, V6, P111
    DAI SQ, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V33, P153
    DAI SQ, 1991, APPL MATH MECH, V12, P255
    HAGEDORN P, 1981, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P51
    HE JH, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V37, P309
    NAYFEH AH, 1979, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
 NR 8
 TC 25
 SN 0020-7462
 J9 INT J NON-LINEAR MECH
 JI Int. J. Non-Linear Mech.
 PD MAR
 PY 2002
 VL 37
 IS 2
 BP 315
 EP 320
 PG 6
 SC Mechanics
 GA 497WA
 UT ISI:000172477400013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, Q
    Cao, WG
    Gao, JS
 TI Recent advances in the syntheses and applications of thiolester
    derivatives
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE thiolester; synthesis; application
 ID PALLADIUM-CATALYZED THIOCARBONYLATION; CARBON-MONOXIDE;
    ALPHA,BETA-UNSATURATED THIOESTERS; REGIOSELECTIVE THIOCARBONYLATION;
    TRIFLUOROMETHYLATED ACIDS; CONVENIENT SYNTHESIS; CONJUGATE ADDITIONS;
    TELLUROL ESTERS; THIOLS; ALCOHOLS
 AB Recent advances in the syntheses and applications of thiolester are
    reviewed in this paper. 65 References are cited here.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ye, Q, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ADAM W, 1992, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V33, P469
    ADAMCZYK M, 1996, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V37, P4305
    ANBAZHAGAN M, 1997, J CHEM SOC PERK 0607, P1623
    ANBAZHAGAN M, 1998, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V39, P3609
    AYERS JT, 1999, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V29, P351
    BARRETT AGM, 1995, J CHEM SOC PERK 0421, P1009
    BATEY RA, 1999, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V40, P2669
    BILLARD T, 1999, J ORG CHEM, V64, P3813
    BILLARD T, 2000, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V41, P3069
    BRAGA AL, 1998, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V39, P3395
    BYEON CH, 2000, SYNLETT          JAN, P119
    CHATTERJEE P, 1994, J CHEM SOC P1, P2403
    CLIVE DLJ, 1999, CHEM COMMUN, P2251
    CRUDDEN CM, 1995, J ORG CHEM, V60, P5579
    DANHEISER RL, 1996, ORG SYNTH, V73, P61
    DIETER RK, 1997, J ORG CHEM, V62, P3798
    FUKUYAMA T, 1990, J AM CHEM SOC, V112, P7050
    GAO JS, 1999, J SHANGHAI U NATURL, V5, P491
    GONG P, 1998, CHIN J MED CHEM, V8, P139
    HAMILTON GS, 1999, 5990131, US
    HAN YL, 1999, J ORG CHEM, V64, P1972
    HARRIS WT, 1998, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V28, P1117
    INOUE T, 1994, J ORG CHEM, V59, P5824
    JACKSON RFW, 1993, CHEM COMMUN, V11, P889
    JACKSON RFW, 1994, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V35, P7433
    JOUIN P, 1988, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V29, P2661
    KHAN JA, 1999, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V47, P3269
    KHUMTAVEEPORN K, 1994, J ORG CHEM, V59, P1414
    KISHIMOTO N, 1999, J ORG CHEM, V64, P5988
    KOBAYASHI K, 1995, ANAL SCI, V11, P1029
    KOBAYASHI S, 1994, J AM CHEM SOC, V116, P9805
    KOBAYASHI S, 1996, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V37, P2809
    KOBAYASHI S, 1996, TETRAHEDRON, V52, P7277
    KOPPENHOEFER B, 1997, SYNTHESIS-STUTTG MAY, P515
    KUNIYASU H, 1993, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V34, P2491
    LIU HJ, 1992, CANJ CHEM, V70, P128
    MANABE K, 1999, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V40, P3773
    MATSUNAGA PT, 1994, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V33, P1748
    MUKAIYAMA T, 1990, CHEM LETT, P1019
    MUKAIYAMA T, 1999, CHEM LETT        NOV, P1157
    NAKATANI S, 1993, TETRAHEDRON, V49, P2011
    PAK TH, 1993, J ORG CHEM, V58, P2313
    PESTI JA, 1999, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V29, P3811
    PONDE DE, 1998, J ORG CHEM, V63, P1058
    RAHIM A, 1999, SYNLETT, V7, P1029
    RAHIM MA, 1998, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V39, P2153
    ROBERTO D, 1989, J AM CHEM SOC, V111, P7539
    RULEV AY, 1999, J CHEM SOC PERK 0607, P1567
    SABITHA G, 1999, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V29, P2311
    SILVEIRA CC, 1999, ORGANOMETALLICS, V18, P5183
    SKARIA S, 2000, POLYMER, V41, P2737
    STAVROPOULOS P, 1990, J AM CHEM SOC, V112, P5385
    SUCHETA K, 1994, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V35, P4415
    TOKUYAMA H, 1998, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V39, P3189
    VLATTAS I, 1997, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V38, P7321
    VOSS J, 1991, COMPREHENSIVE ORGANI, V6, P435
    WANG ZM, 1992, CURRENT STRUCTURED D, P1936
    WEBER N, 1999, J AM OIL CHEM SOC, V76, P1297
    XIAO WJ, 1997, J ORG CHEM, V62, P3422
    XIAO WJ, 1998, J ORG CHEM, V63, P2609
    XIAO WJ, 1998, J ORG CHEM, V63, P7939
    XIAO WJ, 1999, J ORG CHEM, V64, P2080
    YOSHIMATSU M, 1995, J ORG CHEM, V60, P4798
    ZHENG TC, 1999, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V40, P603
 NR 64
 TC 1
 SN 0253-2786
 J9 CHINESE J ORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Org. Chem.
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 21
 IS 10
 BP 697
 EP 707
 PG 11
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 497UQ
 UT ISI:000172474200001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, Y
    Zhang, JC
    Gu, F
    Chen, JM
    Huang, HH
 TI Photoconductivity study of doping in C-60-toluene derivative
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE C-60; C-60-toluene derivative; fluorescence; photoconductivity; doping
 ID C-60; PHTHALOCYANINE
 AB The influence of the dopant iodine (I-2) on fluorescence spectra,
    UV-VIS spectra and photoconductivity of the C-60-toluene derivative is
    studied. The results show that the photoconductivity of the derivative
    doped with I-2 has increased by one order of magnitude. The
    fluorescence and UV-VIS analyses indicate that a charge-transfer
    complex (CTC) Of C-60-toluene and I-2 may be formed. (C) 2001 Published
    by Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, Y, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ALLEMAND PM, 1991, SCIENCE, V253, P301
    CHANGCHUN W, 1994, CHEM J CHINESE U, V15, P1559
    CHEN HZ, 1993, J PHOTOCH PHOTOBIO A, V70, P179
    CHEN Y, 1996, J POLYM SCI POL PHYS, V34, P631
    DAYIN L, 1993, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P603
    KROTO HW, 1985, NATURE, V318, P162
    SHEN Y, 1999, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V57, P1034
    SMILOWITZ L, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P13853
    TANG BZ, 1998, MACROMOLECULES, V31, P103
    WANG Y, 1992, NATURE, V356, P585
    WANG Y, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P3844
    XU ZD, 1995, J MATER SCI LETT, V14, P1030
    YONEHARA H, 1996, THIN SOLID FILMS, V278, P108
    YOSHINO K, 1993, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V85, P85
 NR 14
 TC 2
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD DEC 1
 PY 2001
 VL 72
 IS 3
 BP 405
 EP 407
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 494YF
 UT ISI:000172312900017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, YH
    Hu, A
    Ouyang, SX
    Oh, JJ
 TI The effect of calcination on the microwave dielectric properties of
    Ba(Mg1/3Ta2/3)O-3
 SO JOURNAL OF THE EUROPEAN CERAMIC SOCIETY
 DT Article
 DE dielectric properties; calcination; microwave processing
 ID CERAMICS
 AB In this study, the role of calcination, its effect upon microstructural
    development and the correlation with dielectric losses at microwave
    frequencies were investigated. Ceramics with the composition
    Ba(Mg1.3Ta2/3)O-3 (BMT) were prepared by a conventional mixed-oxide
    route using controlled calcination. Commercial processing often uses
    sintering and calcination conditions to modify the dielectric
    properties of ceramics. However, the mechanism by which the calcination
    conditions influence the dielectric losses is not clear. The BMT
    powders were calcinated at 1000-1300 degreesC for 4-10 h in air or
    flowing oxygen. Resonator samples were then sintered at 1600-1650
    degreesC for 3 It. Scanning electron microscopy and X-ray diffraction
    were used to examine the phase composition and the microstructure of
    the sintered bodies. The microwave dielectric properties were measured
    at 10 GHz. We found a significant influence of the calcination
    conditions on the quality factor (Qf) -value. The influences of the
    phase composition on dielectric losses appear to dominate those of the
    microstructure. A significant effect was also found for specimens
    calcinated in different atmospheres. By controlling the calcination and
    sintering a pure BMT ceramic with a dielectric constant of 24.5, a Qf
    -value of 120,000 GHz and an r tau (f) of 6 ppm/degreesC was obtained.
    (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Bldg Mat Acad, Beijing, Peoples R China.
    Korea Inst Sci & Technol, Seoul 130650, South Korea.
 RP Fang, YH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, 20 Chengzhong Rd, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN XM, 1994, J MATER SCI-MATER EL, V5, P244
    DAVIES PK, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P1727
    FREER R, 1993, SILICATES IND, V9, P191
    HU A, UNPUB FORMATION BAMG
    KAWASHIMA S, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P421
    KINGERY WD, 1976, INTRO CERAMICS, P448
    MATSUMOTO K, 1986, P 6 IEEE INT S APPL, P118
    NOMURA S, 1982, JPN J APPL PHYS, V21, P624
    SUGIYAMA M, 1990, CERAM T, V15, P153
    TSUYOSHI KK, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, C82
    WAKINO K, 1990, BRIT CERAM TRANS J, V89, P39
    YOUN HJ, 1996, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V35, P3947
 NR 12
 TC 9
 SN 0955-2219
 J9 J EUR CERAM SOC
 JI J. European Ceram. Soc.
 PY 2001
 VL 21
 IS 15
 BP 2745
 EP 2750
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 494ZU
 UT ISI:000172316400030
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, NH
    Bao, BR
    Yoshii, F
    Makuuchi, K
 TI Irradiation of crosslinked, poly(vinyl alcohol) blended hydrogel for
    wound dressing
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID GELS
 AB In order to obtain a more ideal hydrogel wound dressing, crosslinked
    hydrogel films blended with polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), polyvinyl
    pyrrolidone, kappa-carrageenan (KC), and powder silk were prepared by
    electron beam, and their physiochemical properties were investigated as
    a combination of function factors. The experimental results showed that
    the gel fraction of the hydrogel films depended mainly on irradiation
    dose and the monomer concentration of the polymers, the properties of
    hydrogel could be greatly extended or improved by blending
    homopolymers. The rate of gel formation of the hydro.-el was raised,
    and the water evaporation from hydrogel could be retarded after mixing
    with KC, while the tensile strength of hydrogel films were obviously
    increased after mixing with silk. Toxicity and healing effect of
    PVA/PVP/KC/silk blended hydrogel films as wound dressings were
    evaluated. The irradiated blended hydrogel showed satisfactory
    properties for wound dressing, the hydrogel did not induce any acute
    general toxic effects, and it is effective for fast healing of wound.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Japan Atom Energy Res Inst, Takasaki Radiat Chem Res Estab, Takasaki, Gumma, Japan.
 RP Wu, NH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR DAVIES JWL, 1983, BURNS, V10, P94
    GULDALIAN J, 1973, J TRAUMA, V13, P32
    HYON SH, 1989, KOBUNSHI RONBUNSHU, V46, P673
    KABRA BG, 1992, POLYMER, V33, P990
    MORRIS ER, 1980, J MOL BIOL, V138, P149
    NISHITANI K, 1983, PLANT CELL PHYSL, V24, P345
    PEPPAS NA, 1992, J CONTROL RELEASE, V18, P95
    QUEEN D, 1986, BURNS, V12, P161
    ROSIAK JM, 1991, ACS SYM SER, V475, P271
    WATASE M, 1983, POLYM COMMUN, V24, P52
    WU MH, 1996, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V48, P525
    WU MH, 2000, NUCL SCI TECHN, V11, P72
    YOSHII F, 1995, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V46, P169
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD NOV
 PY 2001
 VL 250
 IS 2
 BP 391
 EP 395
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 494FJ
 UT ISI:000172270800030
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, F
    Wang, Z
    Xu, SY
    Sun, DW
 TI Cryostability of frozen concentrated orange juices produced by
    enzymatic process
 SO JOURNAL OF FOOD ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE browning; concentrated orange juice; cryostability; glass transition
    temperature; storage; turbidity; viscosity
 ID GLASS-TRANSITION; STABILITY; WATER
 AB The cryostability of frozen concentrated orange juices (FCOJ) produced
    by an enzymatic process (enzymatic juice) and a squeezing process
    (squeezed juice) was investigated. The results showed that after
    thawing the enzymatic juice was superior in colour stability and cloud
    stability to the squeezed juice. The influence of glass transition
    temperature and viscosity of juices on the cryostability was examined
    and the data showed that some physico-chemical changes/reactions in
    juices during storage were controlled by diffusion. The composition of
    carbohydrates in juices was determined by high performance liquid
    chromatography (HPLC). Results obtained showed that the dominant
    solutes (low molecular weight compounds) of FCOJ governed the glass
    transition temperature of juices while the smaller fractions (high
    molecular weight carbohydrates) of the total solids of FCOJ had
    significant effects on the viscosity of FCOJ. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Natl Univ Ireland Univ Coll Dublin, Dept Agr & Food Engn, FRCFT, Dublin 2, Ireland.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Food Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Wuxi Univ Light Ind, Sch Food Sci & Engn, Wuxi 214036, Jiangsu, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, DW, Natl Univ Ireland Univ Coll Dublin, Dept Agr & Food Engn,
    FRCFT, Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2, Ireland.
 CR BOUTRON P, 1993, CRYOBIOLOGY, V30, P86
    CAMERON RG, 1997, J FOOD SCI, V62, P242
    DELCASTILLO MD, 1998, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V46, P277
    DUBOIS M, 1956, ANAL CHEM, V28, P3
    DUXBURY DD, 1993, FOOD PROCESSING  MAY, P65
    FAIGH JG, 1995, FOOD TECHNOLOGY, P79
    FENNEMA OR, 1996, FOOD CHEM
    GOFF HD, 1993, J DAIRY SCI, V76, P1268
    HANDWERK RL, 1988, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V36, P231
    LEA AGH, 1991, ACS S SERIES
    LEVINE H, 1990, THERMAL ANAL FOODS
    MATTHEW RF, 1994, FROZEN CONCENTRATED
    MEYDAV S, 1977, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V25, P602
    MOURI T, 1981, 4299849, US
    NAIM M, 1997, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V45, P1861
    ROOS YH, 1994, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V42, P893
    SLADE L, 1991, CRIT REV FOOD SCI, V30, P115
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 0260-8774
 J9 J FOOD ENG
 JI J. Food Eng.
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 4
 BP 217
 EP 222
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Chemical; Food Science & Technology
 GA 494ZQ
 UT ISI:000172316100004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A universal variational formulation for two dimensional fluid mechanics
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE fluid mechanics; variational theory
 ID SEMI-INVERSE METHOD; UNKNOWN SHAPE; FLOW; TURBOMACHINERY; PRINCIPLES
 AB A universal variational formulation for two dimensional fluid mechanics
    is obtained. which is subject to the so-called parameter-constrained
    equations (the relationship between parameters in two governing
    equations). By eliminating the constraints the generalized variational
    principle (GVPs) can be readily derived from the formulation The
    formulation can be applied to any conditions in case the governing
    equations can be converted into conservative forms. Some illustrative
    examples are given to testify the effectiveness and simplicity of the
    method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BRETHERTON FP, 1970, J FLUID MECH       1, V44, P19
    CHIEN WZ, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P143
    CHIEN WZ, 1984, APPL MATH MECH, V5, P1281
    CHIEN WZ, 1985, GEN VARIATIONAL PRIN
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, MODERN MECH ADV SCI, P603
    HE JH, 1997, SHANGHAI J MECH, V18, P305
    HE JH, 1997, TESIS SHANGHAI U SHA
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P95
    HE JH, 1999, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V71, P154
    HE JH, 1999, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V21, P127
    HE JH, 1999, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V21, P29
    HE JH, 1999, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V21, P356
    HE JH, 2000, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V72, P18
    HE JH, 2000, ASME, V67, P326
    HE JH, 2000, GEN VARIATIONAL PRIN
    HE JH, 2000, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P323
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P133
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P139
    HERIVEL JW, 1955, P CAMBRIDGE PHIL SOC, V51, P344
    LIN CC, 1963, P INT SCH PHYS COURS, P93
    LIU GL, 1981, P 2 AS C FLUID MECH, P698
    LIU GL, 1989, SHANGHAI J MECH, V10, P73
    LIU GL, 1990, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V11, P136
    SALMON R, 1988, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V20, P225
 NR 25
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 9
 BP 989
 EP 996
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 495AB
 UT ISI:000172317100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, CQ
    Li, CJ
 TI Computation formulas of generalized inverse Pade approximants using for
    solution of integral equations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Pade approximant; determinantal formula; existence; integral equation
 AB For the generalized inverse function-valued Pade approximants, its
    intact computation formulas are given. The explicit determinantal
    formulas for the denominator scalar polynomials and the numerator
    function-valued polynomials are first established. A useful existence
    condition is given by means of determinant form.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200331, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, CQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BAKER GA, 1978, NUMERICAL TREATMENT
    CHISHOLM JSR, 1963, J MATH PHYS, V4, P1506
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1986, CONSTR APPROX, V2, P263
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1990, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V32, P117
    GU CQ, 1997, NUMER SINICA, V19, P19
    GU CQ, 1999, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V295, P7
    SLOAN I, 1976, MATH COMPUT, V30, P758
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 9
 BP 1057
 EP 1063
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 495AB
 UT ISI:000172317100009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZY
    Liao, HY
    Zhou, SP
 TI Studies of the dc biased Josephson junction coupled to a resonant tank
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Josephson junction; chaos; attractor; basin of attraction; Poincare
    map; Lyapunov exponents
 ID CONTROLLING CHAOS
 AB We have investigated the dynamics of a Josphson junction circuit, which
    consists of a dc biased Josephson junction coupled to a resonant tank.
    Numerical simulations indicate that period-3 and chaotic states coexist
    when this system is driven by a proper external dc current. The
    detailed structures of the attractors and the basins of attraction are
    given to specify the features of these states. This provides one with
    valuable information to avoid chaos in Josephson junction devices.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRAHAM E, 1999, IEEE T APPL SUPERC 3, V9, P4166
    ATKIN IL, 1997, IEEE T APPL SUPERC 3, V7, P2894
    BENJACOB E, 1981, APPL PHYS LETT, V38, P822
    HUBERMAN BA, 1980, APPL PHYS LETT, V37, P750
    JENSEN HD, 1990, PHYSICA B, V165, P1661
    KAUTZ RL, 1981, J APPL PHYS, V52, P6241
    MACDONALD AH, 1983, PHYS REV B, V27, P201
    NERENBERG MAH, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P8333
    PEDERSEN NF, 1988, STIMULATED EFFECTS J, P227
    YANG TH, 1999, PHYS REV E A, V59, P5393
 NR 10
 TC 4
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 10
 BP 1996
 EP 2000
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 493ZA
 UT ISI:000172252300030
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhuang, YL
    Yuan, YG
    Zhang, RL
 TI The progress of photoisomerizable intellectual biological switches
 SO PROGRESS IN CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE photoisomerization; biological switches; biosensors
 ID BACTERIORHODOPSIN PHOTOSYNTHESIS; ALPHA-CHYMOTRYPSIN; PROTEIN
    CATALYSIS; GLUCOSE-OXIDASE; ENZYME-ACTIVITY; ION-TRANSPORT; LIGHT;
    PHOTOREGULATION; MECHANISM; IMMOBILIZATION
 AB The novel concept of the biological intellectual switch is introduced.
    The mechanism and characteristics on the photoisomerization of
    biological switch materials are described. The progress and the
    development in this field are discussed, such as the applications of
    reversibly photoisomerized biomaterials in optical memory,
    electrochemical control, biosensors,etc. The future prospect for the
    intellectual biological switches is presented.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhuang, YL, Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR 1998, SAVING TECHNOLOGY DI, P3
    ADAMS SR, 1989, J AM CHEM SOC, V111, P7957
    AIZAWA M, 1977, ARCH BIOCHEM BIOPHYS, V182, P305
    AMIT B, 1974, J ORG CHEM, V39, P192
    BERTELSON RC, 1971, PHOTOCHROMISM, P45
    BINKLEY RW, 1984, SYNTHETIC ORGANIC PH, P375
    BIRGE RR, 1990, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V1016, P293
    BOUASLAURENT H, 1992, APPL PHOTOCHROMIC PO, V56, P1
    CIARDELLI F, 1984, BIOPOLYMERS, V23, P1423
    DIMITRI AP, 1989, SCIENCE, V245, P843
    ELLISDAVIES GCR, 1988, J ORG CHEM, V53, P1966
    ELSAYED MA, 1997, PURE APPL CHEM, V69, P749
    ELSTOV AV, 1990, ORGANIC PHOTOCHROMIS
    FEHER G, 1989, NATURE, V339, P111
    FENG G, 1998, SCIENCE, V887, P279
    GIGORIEFF N, 1996, J MOL BIOL, V259, P393
    GILAT SL, 1993, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1439
    GILAT SL, 1995, CHEM-EUR J, V1, P275
    GOVINDJEE R, 1990, BIOPHYS J, V58, P597
    GURNEY AM, 1987, PHYSIOL REV, V67, P583
    HASEBE Y, 1988, J PHYS ORG CHEM, V1, P309
    HAUPTS U, 1997, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V36, P2
    HEINZ D, 1990, PHOTOCHROMISM MOL SY
    HIDEKI K, 1998, J PHYS CHEM-US, V102, P7899
    HOUBEN JL, 1983, INT J BIOL MACROMOL, V5, P94
    HUCK NPM, 1995, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1095
    KAPLAN JH, 1980, NATURE, V288, P587
    KAWAI SH, 1995, CHEM-EUR J, V1, P285
    KIMURA Y, 1997, NATURE, V389, P206
    KYOICHI S, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P2894
    LANYI JK, 1993, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V241, P1183
    LANYI JK, 1997, J BIOL CHEM, V272, P31209
    LESTER HA, 1982, ANNU REV BIOPHYS BIO, V11, P151
    LEUCKE H, 1998, SCIENCE, V280, P1934
    LING LJ, 1989, ACTA BIOPHYS SINCA, V5, P293
    LIONDAGAN M, 1995, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V34, P1604
    LIU ZF, 1990, NATURE, V347, P658
    MALCOLM RB, 1990, BIOPOLYMERS, V9, P1121
    MATHIES RA, 1991, ANNU REV BIOPHYS BIO, V20, P491
    MCAVDLE CB, 1992, APPL PHOTOCHROMIC PO, P1
    MONTI S, 1977, J AM CHEM SOC, V99, P3808
    NARGEOT J, 1983, P NATL ACAD SCI-BIOL, V80, P2395
    NERBONNE JM, 1984, NATURE, V310, P74
    NORBERT H, 1990, BIOPHYSICAL SOC, V58, P83
    OTTOLENGHI M, 1967, J CHEM PHYS, V46, P4613
    PEBAYPEYROULA E, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P1676
    PIERONI O, 1980, J AM CHEM SOC, V102, P5913
    PIERONI O, 1992, J PHOTOCH PHOTOBIO B, V12, P125
    PILLAI VNR, 1990, SYNTHESIS, V1
    PORTER NA, 1990, PHOTOCHEM PHOTOBIOL, V51, P37
    RENTZEPIS PM, 1968, CHEM PHYS LETT, V2, P117
    ROHR M, 1992, J PHYS CHEM-US, V96, P6055
    ROTHSCHILD KJ, 1992, J BIOENERG BIOMEMBR, V24, P147
    SALTIEL J, 1992, APPL PHOTOCHROMIC PO, V64, P1
    SONG L, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P891
    SONG L, 1996, J PHYS CHEM-US, V100, P10479
    SPUDICH JL, 1996, CURR OPIN CELL BIOL, V8, P452
    STRYER L, 1986, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V9, P87
    STRYER L, 1988, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, P1028
    STRYER L, 1988, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, P25
    TOMLINSON WJ, 1984, APPL OPTICS, V23, P3990
    TURNER AD, 1988, J AM CHEM SOC, V110, P244
    VEDA T, 1994, J CHEM SOC, V225, P334
    WALKER JW, 1987, NATURE, V327, P249
    WESTMARK PR, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P3416
    WHITTALL J, 1992, APPL PHOTOCHROMIC PO, V46, P1
    WILLNER I, 1991, J AM CHEM SOC, V113, P3321
    WILLNER I, 1991, J AM CHEM SOC, V113, P4013
    WILLNER I, 1993, BIOORGANIC PHOTOCHEM
    WILLNER I, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P8690
    WILLNER I, 1993, REACT POLYM, V21, P177
    WILLNER I, 1996, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V35, P367
    WILLNER I, 1996, J AM CHEM SOC, V118, P5310
    WILLNER I, 1998, J PHYS ORG CHEM, V11, P546
 NR 74
 TC 0
 SN 1005-281X
 J9 PROG CHEM
 JI Prog. Chem.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 13
 IS 4
 BP 276
 EP 282
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 492DD
 UT ISI:000172152400006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, HQ
    Shen, LM
    Sun, NJ
    Ji, GF
 TI Bianchi type-I, -VII0 and -V cosmological models of Weyssenhoff fluid
    with magnetic moment
 SO NUOVO CIMENTO DELLA SOCIETA ITALIANA DI FISICA B-GENERAL PHYSICS
    RELATIVITY ASTRONOMY AND MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS AND METHODS
 DT Article
 ID EARLY UNIVERSE; INFLATION; SPIN; FIELD
 AB We derive the system of field equations for a Weyssenhof fluid
    including magnetic interaction among the spinning particles prevailing
    in spatially homogeneous, but. anisotropic cosmological models of
    Bianchi types I, VII0 and V based on the Einstein-Cartan theory. We
    have analyzed the field equations in three different equations of
    states specified by p = 1/3 rho, p = rho and p = 0. We have obtained.
    singular and non-singular solutions for Bianchi modes of types I and
    VII0 under the state p = rho but have found that. the non-singular
    solutions are unphysical. During the radiation epoch (p = 1/3 rho) and
    the matter epoch (p = 0), the analytical solutions found are
    non-singular for all the stated three Bianchi models; provided that the
    combined energy arising from matter spin and magnetic interaction among
    particles overcomes the anisotropy energy in the Universe. We have
    deduced that the minimum particle numbers for the radiation and matter
    epochs are, respectively, 10(88) and 10(108), leading to the conclusion
    that we must. consider the existence of neutrinos and other creation of
    particles and anti-particles under torsion and strong gravitational
    field in the early Universe.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, HQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 CR BARROW JD, 1977, MON NOT R ASTRON SOC, V178, P625
    CARTON E, 1985, MANIFOLD AFFINE CONN
    DAVIDSON S, 1996, PHYS LETT B, V380, P253
    DEMIANSKI M, 1987, PHYS REV D, V35, P1181
    DERITIS SP, 1986, P 7 IT C GEN REL GRA
    DESABBATA V, 1980, LETT NUOVO CIMENTO, V27, P133
    DESABBATA V, 1990, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V105, P603
    DESABBATA V, 1994, SPIN TORSION GRAVITA
    HEHL FW, 1976, REV MOD PHYS, V48, P393
    ISHAM CJ, 1971, PHYS REV           D, V3, P867
    ISHAM CJ, 1973, NATURE-PHYS SCI, V244, P82
    KERIMOV BK, 1992, PHYS LETT B, V274, P477
    KOPCZYNSKI W, 1973, PHYS LETT A, V43, P63
    LU HQ, 1995, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V12, P2755
    MARTINEZGONZALE.E, 1986, PHYS LETT B, V167, P37
    OBUKHOV YN, 1987, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V4, P1633
    RAYCHAUDHURI AK, 1975, PHYS REV D, V12, P952
    RYAN MP, 1975, HOMOGENEOUS RELATIVI
    SOFFEL M, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V70, P167
    TSOUBELIS D, 1979, PHYS REV D, V20, P3004
    TSOUBELIS D, 1981, PHYS REV D, V23, P823
    TURNER MS, 1988, PHYS REV D, V37, P2743
    ZELDOVICH YB, 1970, JETP LETT, V12, P307
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0369-3554
 J9 NUOVO CIMENTO B-GEN PHYS R
 JI Nouvo Cimento Soc. Ital. Fis. B-Gen. Phys. Relativ. Astron. Math. Phys.
    Methods
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 116
 IS 7
 BP 829
 EP 844
 PG 16
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 491ZX
 UT ISI:000172141800007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZL
    Jiang, XY
    Zhu, WQ
    Zhang, BX
    Xu, SH
 TI A white organic light emitting diode with improved stability
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS D-APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID ELECTROLUMINESCENT DEVICES; LAYERS
 AB A white organic light emitting diode (OLED) has been constructed by
    employing a new blue material and a red dye directly doped in the blue
    emitting layer. For comparison, another white cell with a blocking
    layer has also been made. The configurations of the devices are
    ITO/CuPc/NPB/JBEM(P):DCJT/Alq/MgAg (device 1) and
    ITO/CuPc/NPB/TPBi:DCJT/Alq/MgAg (device 2) where copper phthalocyanine
    (CuPc) is the buffer layer,
    N,N'-bis-(1-naphthyl)-N,N'-diphenyl-1,1'biphenyl-4-4'-diamine (NPB) is
    the hole transporting layer, 9, 10-bis(3'5'-diaryl)phenyl anthracene
    doped with perylene (JBEM(P)) is the new blue emitting material,
    N,arylbenzimidazoles (TPBi) is the hole blocking layer,
    tris(8-quinolinolato)aluminium complex (Alq) is the electron
    transporting layer, and DCJT is a red dye. A stable and current
    independent white OLED has been obtained in device 1, which has a
    maximum luminance of 14 850 cd m(-2), an efficiency of 2.88 Lm W-1,
    Commission Internationale de l'Eclairage coordinates of x = 0.32, y =
    0.38 between 4-200 mA cm(-2), and a half lifetime of 2860 h at the
    starting luminance of 100 cd m(-2). Device 1 has a stability more than
    50 times better than that of device 2.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ZL, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ADACHI C, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P2679
    CHEN CH, 1997, MACROMOL S, V125, P1
    DESHPANDE RS, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P888
    FORREST SR, 1997, SYNTHETIC MET, V91, P9
    GAO ZQ, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P865
    GRANSTROM M, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P147
    HAMADAY Y, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS, V32, L917
    JIANG XY, 2000, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V33, P473
    JORDAN RH, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P1192
    KIDO J, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V64, P815
    LIU SY, 2000, THIN SOLID FILMS, V363, P294
    SHI JM, 1999, 5972247, US
    STRUKELJ M, 1996, J AM CHEM SOC, V118, P1213
    TOKITO S, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P1985
 NR 14
 TC 9
 SN 0022-3727
 J9 J PHYS-D-APPL PHYS
 JI J. Phys. D-Appl. Phys.
 PD OCT 21
 PY 2001
 VL 34
 IS 20
 BP 3083
 EP 3087
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 493DU
 UT ISI:000172207400014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, JX
    Li, Y
 TI Analysis of millimeter wave power density received by cell monolayers
    inside culture dishes
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE millimeter wave; power density; culture dish; cell monolayer; FDTD
    method
 AB One sort of experiment concerning biological effects of millimeter
    waves (MMWs) at the cellular level is performed using a culture dish
    containing a cell monolayer with MMW irradiated from the underneath.
    For culture dishes with diameters much larger than the wavelength.
    analysis is carried out with respect to the relationship between the
    portion of the incident MMW power density (PD) received by the cell
    monolayer and influencing factors such as the culture dish bottom
    thickness. MMW wavelength. and the electromagnetic properties of the
    dish and culture solution. Another analysis is conducted by the FDTD
    method to reveal the effect of culture dish configuration on MMW PD
    received by the cell monolayer in a typical culture dish with a
    diameter not much longer than the wavelength. With the illustrated
    results. the conclusion is reached that rigorous analysis. precise
    measurement and accurate calculation of MMW PD should accompany such
    experiments. and large-diameter culture dishes are more preferred in
    experiments to small-caliber dishes.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, JX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ANDREI G, 1998, BIOELECTROMAGNETICS, V19, P393
    CHEN HY, 1994, IEEE T MICROW THEO 1, V42, P2249
    DAVID K, 1983, FIELD WAVE ELECTROMA
    MUR G, 1981, IEEE T ELECTROMAGN C, V23, P377
 NR 4
 TC 3
 SN 0195-9271
 J9 INT J INFRAR MILLIM WAVE
 JI Int. J. Infrared Millimeter Waves
 PD NOV
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 11
 BP 1577
 EP 1586
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied; Optics
 GA 492RP
 UT ISI:000172181600003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Iso, M
    Chen, BX
    Eguchi, M
    Kudo, T
    Shrestha, S
 TI Production of biodiesel fuel from triglycerides and alcohol using
    immobilized lipase
 SO JOURNAL OF MOLECULAR CATALYSIS B-ENZYMATIC
 DT Article
 DE enzyme biocatalysis; lipase; transesterification; Immobilized enzyme;
    biodiesel fuel
 ID SUNFLOWER OIL
 AB Transesterification reaction was performed using triglycerides and
    short-chain alcohol by immobilized lipase in non-aqueous conditions.
    The long-chain fatty acid ester, which is the product of this reaction,
    can be used as a diesel fuel that does not produce sulfur oxide and
    minimize the soot particulate. Immobilized Pseudomonas fluorescens
    lipase showed the highest activity in this reaction. Immobilization of
    lipase was carried out using porous kaolinite particle as a carrier.
    When methanol and ethanol were used as alcohol, organic solvent like
    1,4-dioxane was required. The reaction could be performed in absence of
    solvent when 1-propanol and 1-butanol were used as short-chain alcohol.
    The activity of immobilized lipase was highly increased in comparison
    with free lipase because its activity sites became more effective.
    Immobilized enzyme could be repeatedly used without troublesome method
    of separation and the decrease in its activity was not largely
    observed. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Tokyo Univ Agr & Technol, Dept Chem Engn, Tokyo 1848588, Japan.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Electron Informat Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Iso, M, Tokyo Univ Agr & Technol, Dept Chem Engn, 2-24-16 Nakamachi,
    Tokyo 1848588, Japan.
 CR LINKO YY, 1994, J AM OIL CHEM SOC, V71, P1411
    LINKO YY, 1998, J BIOTECHNOL, V66, P41
    MITTELBACH M, 1990, J AM OIL CHEM SOC, V67, P168
    NELSON LA, 1996, J AM OIL CHEM SOC, V73, P1191
    OHIRA H, 1998, P 31 C SOC CHEM ENG, P217
    SELMI B, 1998, J AM OIL CHEM SOC, V75, P691
    SHIMADA Y, 1999, J AM OIL CHEM SOC, V76, P789
    TANAKA K, 1997, P 62 C SOC CHEM ENG, P82
    WATANABE Y, 2000, J AM OIL CHEM SOC, V77, P355
 NR 9
 TC 23
 SN 1381-1177
 J9 J MOL CATAL B-ENZYM
 JI J. Mol. Catal. B-Enzym.
 PD NOV 20
 PY 2001
 VL 16
 IS 1
 BP 53
 EP 58
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Biochemistry & Molecular Biology
 GA 489XQ
 UT ISI:000172018400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, LH
    Ma, XM
    Zhao, L
 TI Study on phase transformation of Fe-Ni powders during mechanical
    alloying
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID X-RAY-DIFFRACTION; MARTENSITIC-TRANSFORMATION; MAGNETIC-PROPERTIES;
    PARTICLES; ENERGY
 AB Fe-Ni ultra-fine particles were prepared by mechanical alloying and
    phase transformation during mechanical alloying was studied. Results
    show that phase transformation tendency is different during mechanical
    alloying of Fe-Ni powders with different nickel content. For Fe-30Ni
    powder, martensite is the only product obtained with the increase of
    milling time, while for Fe-35Ni powder, a part of martensite has been
    transformed into austenite when milling time is prolonged to above 40
    h. It indicates that the nickel content plays an important role in the
    phase transformation tendency during mechanical alloying of Fe-Ni
    powders. (C) 2001 Kluwer Academic Publishers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, LH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ASAKA K, 1999, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V275, P262
    BALDOKHIN YV, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V203, P313
    CHEN Y, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V226, P38
    DONG XL, 1999, J MATER RES, V14, P398
    FECHT HJ, 1994, SCI TECHNOLOGY NANOS, P125
    JARTYCH E, 2000, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V208, P221
    JIANG HG, 1999, J MATER RES, V14, P549
    KAJIWARA S, 1991, PHILOS MAG A, V63, P625
    KUHRT C, 1993, J APPL PHYS 2B, V73, P6588
    KUSUNOKI M, 1996, ULTRAFINE PARTICLES, P98
    LI XG, 1997, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V170, P339
    PEKALA M, 1999, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V11, P789
    RAWERS J, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V32, P1319
    RAWERS JC, 1996, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V220, P162
    TADAKI T, 1996, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V217, P235
    ZHOU YH, 1990, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V124, P241
    ZHOU YH, 1991, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V133, P775
 NR 17
 TC 4
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 36
 IS 23
 BP 5571
 EP 5574
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 489VD
 UT ISI:000172012400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
    Chen, GR
 TI Bifurcation analysis of the Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equation in one
    spatial dimension
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 AB In this Letter, we study the bifurcation of the Kuramoto-Sivashinsky
    (K-S) equation in one-spatial dimension with three kinds of boundary
    value conditions. Using the Liapunov-Schmidt reduction technique, the
    original equation is first reduced to one or two bifurcation equations,
    so that bifurcation analysis of the original equation can be
    transformed to that of the reduced-order systems, and can therefore be
    carried out in detail.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHOW SN, 1982, METHODS BIFURCATION
    FOIAS C, 1988, J DIFF EQS, V73, P93
    GOLUBITSKY M, 1985, SINGULARITIES GROUPS, V1
    KUKAVICA I, 1992, J MATH ANAL APPL, V166, P601
    KURAMOTO Y, 1978, PROG THEOR PHYS    S, V64, P346
    LI CP, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P265
    LI CP, 2000, MATH APPL, V13, P46
    LI CP, 2001, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V11, P1295
    LI CP, 2001, MATH APPL, V14, P22
    NICOLAENKO B, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P155
    SIVASHINSKY GI, 1977, ACTA ASTRONAUT, V4, P1177
    SIVASHINSKY GI, 1980, SIAM J APPL MATH, V39, P67
    TEMAM R, 1988, INFINITE DIMENSIONAL
    YANG ZH, 2000, IN PRESS J COMPUT AP
 NR 14
 TC 3
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 11
 IS 9
 BP 2493
 EP 2499
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 489MV
 UT ISI:000171996000012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XC
    Qiu, XJ
    Zheng, LP
 TI Influence of relative phase on the enhanced ionization behaviour of
    linear multiatomic molecular ions in two-color laser fields
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE two-color laser fields; relative phase; enhanced ionization
 ID INTENSE; H-2+; DISSOCIATION; H-2(+)
 AB The enhanced ionization(EI) behaviour of linear multiatomic molecular
    ions is studied in two-color(fundamental radiation: 780 nm, the second
    harmonic-390 nm) laser fields by the numerical solution of the
    time-dependent Schrodinger equation with the symmetrical splitting of
    the short-time exponential propagator. The influence of the relative
    phase between the two-color laser fields on the ionization probability
    is given. The numerical results demonstrate that the influence of the
    relative phase on the ionization probability is the strongest in the
    range of the inter-nuclear distance where the EI occurs. The influence
    can be explained in terms of the field-induced over-the-barrier
    ionization model.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BANDRACK AD, 1994, MOL LASER FIELDS, P156
    FEIT MD, 1982, J COMPUT PHYS, V47, P412
    GIBSON GN, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P2022
    GIUSTISUZOR A, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P515
    HEATHER RW, 1991, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V63, P446
    HEATHER RW, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P7560
    HU SX, 1998, SCI CHINA SER A, V41, P198
    JAVANAINEN J, 1988, PHYS REV A, V38, P3430
    LEI AL, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P264
    SEIDEMAN T, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P2819
    ZUO T, 1995, PHYS REV A, V52, R2511
    ZUO T, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P3254
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 11
 BP 2155
 EP 2158
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 489QZ
 UT ISI:000172004100022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bian, JJ
    Zhong, YG
    Wang, H
 TI Effect of PMW addition on the microwave dielectric properties of PCFNS
    dielectric ceramic
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Bian, JJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, 20 ChenZhong Rd, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR HUANG CL, 2000, MATER LETT, V43, P32
    ISHZAKI T, 1994, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V42, P2017
    KAGATA H, 1994, NATL TECHNICAL REPOR, V40, P17
    KIM HT, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P3476
    KUCHEIKO S, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2937
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PY 2001
 VL 20
 IS 19
 BP 1767
 EP 1768
 PG 2
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 488GD
 UT ISI:000171927100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hassan, AKA
    Xu, DM
    Niu, MD
    Zhang, YJ
 TI An improved technique for measuring electromagnetic properties of
    curved surfaces coating materials with open-ended coaxial line probe
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ELECTRONICS
 DT Article
 DE coating materials testing; open-ended coaxial probe; complex
    permittivity and permeability; finite-difference time-domain (FDTD)
 AB An improved open-ended coaxial probe technique for measuring
    electromagnetic properties of coating materials with curved surfaces
    (both convex and concave) is studied. FDTD modeling indicates that the
    reflection coefficient of the loaded probe is more sensitive to concave
    surface samples than to those with convex surface. In order to satisfy
    concave surface materials testing, we proposed a technique to improve
    the measurement accuracy by modifying the standard coaxial probe. A
    ring patch is added at the end of extended inner conductor throughout
    the air gap between the probe and the material under test. The
    performance of the proposed technique is examined. The derived epsilon*
    and mu* of several microwave absorbing materials coated on prototype
    boxes by using the new probe are relatively in agreement with the
    published data.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Hassan, AKA, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ATHEY TW, 1982, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V30, P82
    BAKERJARVIS J, 1994, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V43, P711
    BRINGHURST S, 1997, IEEE T MICROW THEO 1, V45, P2073
    LAUGHE PD, 1993, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V42, P879
    LI CL, 1995, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V44, P19
    MUR G, 1981, IEEE T ELECTROMAGN C, V23, P377
    NIU M, 1999, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V47, P476
    TOFLOVE A, 1980, IEEE T ELECTROMAGNET, V22, P191
    WANG S, 1998, KIEEE T MICROWAVE TH, V45, P2145
    XU DM, 1987, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V35, P1424
    YEE KS, 1966, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V14, P302
    ZHANG Z, 1995, J MICROWAVES CHINA, V11, P171
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1022-4653
 J9 CHINESE J ELECTRON
 JI Chin. J. Electron.
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 10
 IS 4
 BP 539
 EP 543
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 487WR
 UT ISI:000171902500027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Leng, GS
    Zhang, LS
 TI Extreme properties of quermassintegrals of convex bodies
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS PHYSICS ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE convex body; quermassintegral; mixed volume
 ID DUAL MIXED VOLUMES; BUSEMANN-PETTY PROBLEM; INTERSECTION BODIES;
    INEQUALITY
 AB In this paper, we establish two theorems for the quermassintegrals of
    convex bodies, which are the generalizations of the well-known
    Aleksandrov's projection theorem and Loomis-Whitney's inequality,
    respectively. Applying these two theorems, we obtain a number of
    inequalities for the volumes of projections of convex bodies. Besides,
    we introduce the concept of the perturbation element of a convex body,
    and prove an extreme property of it.
 C1 Hunan Normal Univ, Dept Math, Changsha 410006, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Leng, GS, Hunan Normal Univ, Dept Math, Changsha 410006, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BALL K, 1991, J LOND MATH SOC, V44, P351
    BALL K, 1991, T AM MATH SOC, V327, P891
    BOURGAIN J, 1988, LECT NOTES MATH, V1317, P250
    BRASCAMP HJ, 1976, ADV MATH, V20, P151
    BURAGO YD, 1988, GEOMETRIC INEQUALITI
    CHAKERIAN GD, 1997, T AM MATH SOC, V349, P1811
    GARDNER RJ, 1994, ANN MATH, V140, P435
    GARDNER RJ, 1994, T AM MATH SOC, V342, P435
    GOODEY P, 1997, B LOND MATH SOC 1, V29, P82
    GRINBERG EL, 1991, MATH ANN, V291, P75
    KAWASHIMA T, 1991, GEOM DEDICATA, V38, P73
    LEICHTWEISS K, 1980, KONVEXE MENGEN
    LUTWAK E, 1985, T AM MATH SOC, V287, P92
    LUTWAK E, 1988, ADV MATH, V71, P232
    LUTWAK E, 1990, P LOND MATH SOC, V60, P365
    PETTY CM, 1967, P COLL CONV COP 1965, P234
    REN DL, 1988, INTRO INTEGRAL GEOME
    SCHNEIDER R, 1967, MATH Z, V101, P71
    SCHNEIDER R, 1983, ZONOIDS RELATED TOPI, P296
    SCHNEIDER R, 1993, CONVEX BODIES BRUNNM
    SCHNEIDER R, 1998, DETERMINATION CONVEX, V33, P155
    THOMPSON AC, 1996, MINKOWSKI GEOMETRY
    YANG L, 1986, ACTA MATH SINICA, V6, P802
    ZHANG GY, 1994, T AM MATH SOC, V345, P777
    ZHANG GY, 1999, T AM MATH SOC, V351, P985
    ZHENG JZ, 1981, ACTA MATH SINICA, V4, P481
 NR 26
 TC 2
 SN 1006-9283
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math. Phys. Astron.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 IS 7
 BP 837
 EP 845
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 487CR
 UT ISI:000171856500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tao, DH
    Zhang, JH
 TI Several difficult problems in lubrication
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS PHYSICS ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE lubrication; ZDTP; chlorowax; green compressor oil; lubrication of
    cystoscope and catheter
 AB Whether in industry or in our human life, we will encounter many
    lubrication problems. A good lubricant not only should have good
    performance, but also should meet the needs of the specific conditions.
    Here we give some examples about the difficult problems in lubrication
    and their solutions. These examples are: (i) hydrolysis and emulsion of
    ZDTP; (ii) corrosion of chlorowax; (iii) coexistence of green
    compressor oil and cryogen (R-134A); (iv) lubrication of cystoscope and
    catheter. On the same time, some achievements in lubrication field
    provided by Lubrication Chemistry Laboratory of Shanghai University
    will be introduced in this paper.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Lubricat Chem Lab, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Tao, DH, Shanghai Univ, Lubricat Chem Lab, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR 871010011, CN
    SAKURAI T, 1979, ADDITIVE PETROLEUM P
    TAO D, 1996, LUBRI SCI, V8, P397
    TAO DH, 1994, LUBR ENG, V50, P385
    TAO DH, 2000, CHIN SCI ABSTR, V6, P106
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1006-9283
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math. Phys. Astron.
 PD AUG
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 SU Suppl. S
 BP 46
 EP 48
 PG 3
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 485ZH
 UT ISI:000171793000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, XY
    Shen, XJ
    Lu, JT
 TI Tribological problems of surface IC processed MEMS
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS PHYSICS ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE MEMS; surface micromachining; tribology; silicon
 ID FRICTION; DEVICES
 AB Successful microactuators of simple mechanics on silicon chip are a
    prerequisite for monolithic microrobotic systems. Recent development in
    microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) has led to the success in
    building new types of microactuators. Based on the design of
    microgrippers and linear microvibromotor, which were fabricated using
    surface micromachining, the analysis of contact pairs and opposite
    movement forming of moving elements is given in this paper. The source
    and mechanism of tribology of MEMS are discussed. Associated with the
    developing history of macro-machine, several research methods and
    possible existing problems about the tribology of surface IC processed
    MEMS are pointed out.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, XY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHO YH, 1994, J MICROELECTROMECH S, V3, P81
    DANEMAN MJ, 1996, J MICROELECTROMECH S, V5, P159
    HOWE RT, 1988, J VAC SCI TECHNOL B, V6, P1809
    KIANG MH, 1998, J MICROELECTROMECH S, V7, P27
    LIM MG, 1990, P IEEE MICR EL MECH, P82
    LU JT, 1997, 4 FRENCH SIN WORKSH, P109
    MILLER SL, 1997, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3224, P24
    SENFT DC, 1997, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3224, P31
    TANG WC, 1997, P 34 DES AUT C AN CA, P670
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1006-9283
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math. Phys. Astron.
 PD AUG
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 SU Suppl. S
 BP 443
 EP 448
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 485ZH
 UT ISI:000171793000071
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Deng, SF
    Chen, DY
 TI The novel multisoliton solutions of KP equations
 SO JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN
 DT Article
 DE KP equation; Hirota method; novel-multisoliton solution
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Deng, SF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITONS INVERSE SCA
    CHEN DY, 2000, NOVEL MULTISOLITON S
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 1980, TOP CURR PHYS, V17, P157
    SATSUMA J, 1976, J PHYS SOC JPN, V40, P286
 NR 5
 TC 12
 SN 0031-9015
 J9 J PHYS SOC JPN
 JI J. Phys. Soc. Jpn.
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 70
 IS 10
 BP 3174
 EP 3175
 PG 2
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 484RZ
 UT ISI:000171704500064
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Song, LP
    Zhu, SZ
 TI Regioselective synthesis of fluorinated pyrazole derivatives from
    trifluoromethyl-1,3-diketone
 SO JOURNAL OF FLUORINE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE trifluoromethyl-1,3-diketone; per(poly)fluorophenylhydrazine;
    regioselective; fluorinated pyrazole derivatives
 AB 1,1,1-Trifluoropentane-2,4-dione (1a) and
    1-(thien-2-yl)-4,4,4-trifluorobutane-1,3-dione (1b) reacted readily
    with per(poly)fluorophenylhydrazines ArfNHNH2 (Ar-f: C6F5, HC6F4,
    CIC6F4) to give N-per(poly)fluorophenyl-5-methyl(or
    thien-2-yl)-3-trifluoromethylpyrazoles 3 and 3-methyl (or
    thien-2-yl)-5-hydroxy-5-trifluoromethyl-4,5-dihydropyrazoles 4,
    respectively. Treatment of 4 with P2O5 yielded the dehydrated product
    N-per(poly)fluorophenyl-3-methyl(or
    thien-2-yl)-5-trifluoromethyl-pyrazole in good yield. (C) 2001 Elsevier
    Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Lab Organofluorine Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, SZ, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Lab Organofluorine
    Chem, 354 Fenglin Lu Rd, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 CR BANK RE, 1994, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    HUDLICKY M, 1992, CHEM ORGANIC FLUORIN
    LEE LF, 1990, J HETEROCYCLIC CHEM, V27, P243
    LOUPY A, 1995, J FLUORINE CHEM, V75, P215
    REID JC, 1950, J AM CHEM SOC, V72, P2948
    SINGH SP, 1997, J FLUORINE CHEM, V83, P73
    SINGH SP, 1999, J FLUORINE CHEM, V94, P199
    SONG LP, 2001, J FLUORINE CHEM, V107, P107
    WELCH JT, 1987, TETRAHEDRON, V43, P3123
    YAMAGUCHI Y, 1998, J HETEROCYCLIC CHEM, V35, P805
 NR 10
 TC 12
 SN 0022-1139
 J9 J FLUORINE CHEM
 JI J. Fluor. Chem.
 PD OCT 28
 PY 2001
 VL 111
 IS 2
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 201
 EP 205
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Chemistry, Organic
 GA 485NF
 UT ISI:000171759900014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mo, YW
    Okawa, Y
    Tajima, M
    Nakai, T
    Yoshiike, N
    Natukawa, K
 TI Micro-machined gas sensor array based on metal film micro-heater
 SO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS B-CHEMICAL
 DT Article
 DE gas detectors; sensors; arrays; micro-electromechanical devices
 AB An integrated gas sensor array is promising to overcome the poor
    selectivity and drift encountered by individual gas sensor.
    Micromachined gas sensor array was fabricated using the post-process
    micro-machining technology of silicon integrated circuit (IC). The size
    of a 2 x 4 array is 2 mm x 4 mm, and the active area of each cell is 50
    [im x 50 tm. The electric properties, thermal characteristics. and the
    response to standard gases of the sensor array were investigated. The
    micro-heater can be driven to 400 degreesC with about 9 mW applied
    power, and thermal response time constant of a micro-heater is about 10
    ms. The techniques of oxygen radical assisted EB evaporation was
    utilized to prepare SnO2. sensitive films that show high sensitivity
    and good selectivity to C2H5OH. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Technol Res Inst Osaka Prefecture, Izumi, Osaka 5941157, Japan.
    Kubota Co Ltd, Amagasaki, Hyogo 6618567, Japan.
    Hochiki Co Ltd, Machida, Tokyo 1948577, Japan.
    Matsushita Elect Ind Co Ltd, Moriguchi, Osaka 5700005, Japan.
 RP Mo, YW, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CAVICCHI RE, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P812
    CAVICCHI RE, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V24, P478
    CHUNG W, 1998, T IEE JPN E, V118, P147
    GAEDNER JW, 1991, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V4, P109
    GUIDI V, 1998, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V49, P88
    LYLE RP, 1997, MICROSTRUCT MICROFAB, V3, P188
    PERSAUD K, 1982, NATURE, V299, P352
    ROSSI C, 1997, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V63, P183
    SHENG LY, 1998, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V49, P81
    SHURMER HV, 1990, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V1, P256
    SUEHLE JS, 1993, IEEE ELECTR DEVICE L, V14, P118
    ZARCOMB S, 1984, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V6, P225
 NR 12
 TC 9
 SN 0925-4005
 J9 SENSOR ACTUATOR B-CHEM
 JI Sens. Actuator B-Chem.
 PD OCT 15
 PY 2001
 VL 79
 IS 2-3
 BP 175
 EP 181
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Electrochemistry; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 484FM
 UT ISI:000171679600014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, D
    Sun, XL
 TI Convexification and existence of a saddle point in a pth-power
    reformulation for nonconvex constrained optimization
 SO NONLINEAR ANALYSIS-THEORY METHODS & APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE nonconvex constrained optimization; Lagrangian duality; saddle point;
    p-th power reformulation
 AB It is well-known that saddle point criteria is a sufficient optimality
    condition for constrained optimization problems. Convexity is a basic
    requirement for the development of duality theory and saddle point
    optimality. In this paper we show that, under some mild conditions, the
    local convexity of Lagrangian function and hence the existence of a
    local saddle point pair can be ensured in an equivalent p-th power
    reformulation for a general class of nonconvex constrained optimization
    problems. We further investigate the conditions under which a global
    saddle point pair can be guaranteed to exist. These results expand
    considerably the class of optimization problems where a saddle point
    pair exists, thus enlarging the family of nonconvex problems to which
    the dual-search methods can be applied.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, D, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management,
    Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR BERTSEKAS DP, 1982, CONSTRAINED OPTIMIZA
    KARLIN S, 1959, MATH METHODS THEORY, V1
    LI D, 1995, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V85, P309
    LI D, 2000, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V104, P109
    LUENBERGER DG, 1984, LINEAR NONLINEAR PRO
    MINOUX M, 1986, MATH PROGRAMMING THE
    NGUYEN VH, 1979, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V27, P495
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 1970, CONVEX ANAL
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 1971, P C PROBAB, P73
    TSENG P, 1993, MATH PROGRAM, V60, P1
    XU ZK, 1997, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V94, P739
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0362-546X
 J9 NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR METH APP
 JI Nonlinear Anal.-Theory Methods Appl.
 PD AUG
 PY 2001
 VL 47
 IS 8
 PN Part 8 Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 5611
 EP 5622
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 482UN
 UT ISI:000171595800050
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZH
    Peng, GD
    Ankiewicz, A
    Chu, PL
 TI A new recursion method for fiber grating analysis
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE gratings; optical fibers; optical-fiber devices; coupled-mode theory
 ID WAVE-GUIDE GRATINGS; PERIODIC STRUCTURES
 AB A new recursion method for the analysis of fiber gratings has been
    derived. Bragg-matched and detuned uniform gratings and nonuniform
    gratings have been analyzed by using this method. The results have been
    compared with that by using the coupled-mode theory g the coupled and
    other methods. (C) 2001 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ New S Wales, Opt Commun Grp, Sch Elect Engn, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia.
    Australian Natl Univ, Res Sch Phys Sci & Engn, Ctr Opt Sci, Canberra, ACT 0200, Australia.
 RP Wang, ZH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ERDOGAN T, 1997, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V15, P1277
    HILL KO, 1997, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V15, P1263
    KOGELNIK H, 1976, BELL SYST TECH J, V55, P109
    WANG X, 1993, OPT LETT, V18, P805
    WELLERBROPHY LA, 1985, J OPT SOC AM A, V2, P863
    WINICK KA, 1992, APPL OPTICS, V31, P757
    YAMADA M, 1987, APPL OPTICS, V26, P3474
    YARIV A, 1977, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V13, P233
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD NOV 20
 PY 2001
 VL 31
 IS 4
 BP 308
 EP 313
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 483YF
 UT ISI:000171662900020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, Z
    Bao, BR
    Wu, MH
 TI The influence of diluent on the extraction behavior of uranium with
    N-octanoylpyrrolidine
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 AB Extraction of uranium(VT) from nitric acid solutions with
    N-octanoylpyrrolidine (OPOD) in a series of diluents has been studied.
    The dependence of the extraction distribution ratios on the
    concentrations of aqueous nitric acid, extractant, salting-out agent
    and the temperature was investigated. The experimental results showed
    that the extracting capacity of OPOD in different diluents increases in
    the order: chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane,
    n-dodecane, n-octane, cyclohexane, toluene and benzene. This can not be
    explained only on the theory of polarity of the diluents. The
    interaction between extractant and the extracted complex and diluent is
    discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, Z, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR HAN JT, 1999, THESIS SHANGHAI I NU
    HENGLI M, 1964, NUCL SCI TECHN, V6, P728
    KOMASAWA I, 1984, J CHEM ENG JPN, V17, P410
    LI Z, 2000, NUCL SCI TECHN, V4, P205
    LU JF, 1993, SEPARATION CHEM, P47
    MUSIKAS C, 1988, SEPAR SCI TECHNOL, V23, P1211
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 250
 IS 1
 BP 195
 EP 197
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 482LC
 UT ISI:000171576800031
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gerhard, M
    Buelau, S
    Oleastro, M
    Karttunen, R
    Boren, T
    Olfat, F
    Zheng, Q
    Prinz, C
 TI Correlation of the Helicobacter pylori virulence and adherence factors
    vacA, cagA and babA with ulcer disease in four different European
    countries
 SO GUT
 DT Meeting Abstract
 C1 Tech Univ Munich, Dept Med 2, D-8000 Munich, Germany.
    Inst Nacl Saude Dr Ricado Jorge, Lisbon, Portugal.
    Dept Oral Biol, Umea, Sweden.
    Swedish Inst Infect Dis Control, Stockholm, Sweden.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0017-5749
 J9 GUT
 JI Gut
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 49
 SU Suppl. 2
 BP A15
 EP A15
 PG 1
 SC Gastroenterology & Hepatology
 GA 476NB
 UT ISI:000171232500053
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YL
    Ding, WY
    Cao, WG
    Lu, C
 TI Study on the reaction of electron-deficient cyclopropane derivatives
    with amines
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE gamma-butyrolactam; inner ammonium salt; high stereoselective synthesis
 ID EFFICIENT SYNTHESIS; OXIDATION
 AB Reaction of electron deficient cyclopropane derivatives
    cis-1-methoxycarbonyl-2-aryl-6, 6-dimethyl-5, 7-dioxa-spiro-[
    2,5]-4,8-octadiones (1a-d) (X = CH3, H, Cl, NO2) with anilines (2a-e)
    (Y = p-CH3, H, p-Br, p-NO2, o-CH3) at room temperature gives
    N-aryl-trans, trans-alpha -carboxyl-beta -methoxycarbonyl-gamma
    -aryl-gamma -butyrolactams (3a-p) in high yields with high
    stereoselectivity. For example, la (X = CH3) reacts with ammonia 4 or
    benzyl amine 5 at room temperature to give inner ammonium salt 6 or 7
    in the yield of 83% or 97% respectively. The reaction mechanisms for
    formation of the products are proposed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Organomet Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YL, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BARRY BS, 1999, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V40, P3339
    DEXTER CS, 1999, J ORG CHEM, V64, P7579
    DING WY, 1996, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V12, P50
    JOLLY RS, 1988, J AM CHEM SOC, V110, P7536
    MADER M, 1988, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V29, P3049
    MARFAT A, 1987, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V28, P4027
    MORI M, 1978, J ORG CHEM, V43, P1684
    MORIARTY RM, 1988, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V29, P6913
    PADWA A, 1983, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V24, P4303
    WANG ZM, 1993, CURRENT STRUCTURED D, P890
 NR 10
 TC 2
 SN 1001-604X
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Chem.
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 19
 IS 9
 BP 901
 EP 906
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 480RJ
 UT ISI:000171475700016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, YB
    Chu, JH
    Yu, TY
    Yu, BK
    Pan, SK
 TI Growth and characterisation of ferroelectric potassium lithium niobate
    crystals
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID SINGLE-CRYSTALS
 AB Potassium lithium niobate crystals have been grown by the resistance
    heating Czochralski technique. The optical transmission spectrum of the
    crystal has been determined. The results showed that the spectrum
    properties of potassium lithium niobate crystals grown from a melt with
    a higher Li2O content are better than that of crystals grown from the
    melt with a lower Li2O content. The crystals grown by this method have
    good quality and second harmonic generation properties. Frequency
    doubling results of a quasi cw-Ti: sapphire laser using crystal samples
    showed that potassium lithium niobate can be used to double the
    frequency of near infrared quasi cw-lasers in the 890-960 nm wavelength
    range.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, Natl Lab Infrared Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Precis Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wan, YB, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, Natl Lab Infrared
    Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG WD, 1996, CHEM PHYS LETT, V261, P66
    CLARK R, 1973, J PHYSIQUE, V22, P143
    REID JJE, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P19
    SONG YT, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V194, P379
    VANUITERT LG, 1967, APPL PHYS LETT, V11, P161
    WAN YB, 1998, J SYNTH CRYST, V27, P36
    WAN YB, 1999, CHIN J LASER, V26, P837
    XIA HR, 1997, CRYST RES TECHNOL, V32, P311
    XIA HR, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P14892
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0267-0836
 J9 MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 17
 IS 9
 BP 1166
 EP 1168
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 478GM
 UT ISI:000171337400023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Huang, SG
    Xu, LP
    Van Der Biest, O
    Vleugels, J
 TI Prediction of the isothermal sections in the ZrO2-YO1.5-CeO2 system
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID PHASE-DIAGRAM; ZRO2-CEO2 SYSTEM; ZIRCONIA; EQUILIBRIA; ZRO2-Y2O3
 AB The experimental work on the ZrO2-YO1.5-CeO2 system, its limiting
    quasi-binaries and previous thermodynamic assessments are reviewed and
    evaluated. Isothermal sections of ZrO2-YO1.5-CeO2 system in the
    temperature region between 1450 and 1800 C are estimated according to
    the substitutional model using the Bonnier equation. The CSS + YSS
    two-phase region of the calculated isothermal section at 1700 degreesC
    was found to be in good agreement with the experimentally obtained
    ternary diagram of Longo and Podda. The phase composition in the
    ZrO2-rich corner however disagreed significantly.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Mat & Met, B-3001 Heverlee, Belgium.
 RP Li, L, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHEVALIER J, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P2150
    DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P1569
    DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P2107
    DUH JG, 1992, J MATER SCI, V27, P6197
    DURAN P, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P5001
    ESQUIVIAS L, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V239, P71
    GUILLERMET AF, 1981, METALL T B, V12, P747
    HAO YU, 1999, THESIS CENTRAL S U T
    HILLERT M, 1975, METALL T B, V6, P37
    HINATSU Y, 1986, MATER RES BULL, V21, P1343
    HUANG SG, 2000, J SHANGHAI U, V6, P189
    JANG BH, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P1284
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P35
    KHAN N, 1989, BR CERAM P, V42, P133
    KONDOH J, 1998, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V145, P1550
    LELAIT L, 1991, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V25, P1815
    LI L, IN PRESS CALPHAD
    LI L, 1996, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V12, P59
    LI L, 1997, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V38, P323
    LI L, 1999, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V15, P439
    LI L, 1999, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V40, P126
    LONGO V, 1973, J AM CERAM SOC DISCU, V56, P600
    LONGO V, 1981, J MATER SCI, V16, P839
    LONGO V, 1984, CERAMICA, V37, P18
    LUKAS HL, 1977, CALPHAD, V1, P225
    NAKAMURA K, 1975, YOGYO-KYOKAI-SHI, V83, P570
    NEGAS T, 1976, 12 RAR EARTH RES C V, P32
    NOGUCHI T, 1970, B CHEM SOC JPN, V43, P2614
    ONDIK HM, 1998, PHASE DIAGRAMS ZIRCO, P100
    ONDIK HM, 1998, PHASE DIAGRAMS ZIRCO, P114
    ONDIK HM, 1998, PHASE DIAGRAMS ZIRCO, P123
    PICONI C, 1999, BIOMATERIALS, V20, P1
    RAMESH PD, 1996, J MATER SYNTH PROC, V4, P163
    ROUANET MA, 1968, COMP REND HEBD SEA C, V267, P1581
    SATO T, 1986, INT J HIGH TECH CERA, V2, P167
    SRIVASTAVA KK, 1974, BRIT CERAM TRANS J, V73, P85
    STUBICAN VS, 1978, J AM CERAM SOC, V61, P17
    STUBICAN VS, 1988, ADV CERAM, V24, P71
    TANI E, 1982, YOGVO KYOKAI SHI, V90, P195
    TANI E, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P506
    XU ZY, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P1281
    YASHIMA M, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P1869
 NR 42
 TC 3
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 17
 IS 5
 BP 529
 EP 534
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 478AR
 UT ISI:000171321200010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YL
    Ding, WY
    Cao, WG
    Lu, C
 TI The stereoselective synthesis of
    N-aryl-trans,trans-alpha-carboxyl-beta-methoxycarbonyl-gamma-aryl-gamma-
    butyrolactams
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE gamma-butyrolactam; high stereoselective synthesis
 ID EFFICIENT SYNTHESIS; OXIDATION
 AB Cis-1-methoxycarbonyl-2-aryl-6,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxa-
    spiro[2,5]-4,8-octadiones (1) in dimethyl ethylene glycol at room
    temperature react with anilines (2) to give N-aryl-trans, trans-alpha
    -carboxyl-beta -methoxycarbonyl-gamma -aryl-gamma -butyrolactams (3) in
    good to excellent yields and high stereoselectivity.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR DING WY, 1996, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V12, P50
    JOLLY RS, 1988, J AM CHEM SOC, V110, P7536
    MADER M, 1988, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V29, P3049
    MARFAT A, 1987, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V28, P4027
    MORIARTY RM, 1988, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V29, P6913
    WANG ZM, 1993, CURRENT STRUCTURED D
 NR 6
 TC 2
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2001
 VL 31
 IS 20
 BP 3107
 EP 3112
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 476TU
 UT ISI:000171245500008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, H
    Ding, PX
    Lu, XH
 TI Nonlinear unified equations for water waves propagating over uneven
    bottoms in the nearshore region
 SO PROGRESS IN NATURAL SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE unified equations; Hamiltonian variational principle for water waves;
    extended mild-slope equation; higher order Boussinesq-type equations
 ID EVOLUTION; MODEL
 AB Considering the continuous characteristics for water waves propagating
    over complex topography in the nearshore region, the unified nonlinear
    equations, based on the hypothesis for a typical uneven bottom, are
    presented by employing the Hamiltonian variational principle for water
    waves. It is verified that the equations include the following special
    cases: the extension of Airy's nonlinear shallow-water equations, the
    generalized mild-slope equation, the dispersion relation for the
    second-order Stokes waves and the higher order Boussinesq-type
    equations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, State Key Lab Estuarine & Coastal Res, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Div Grad Studies, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, H, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BERKHOFF JCW, 1972, P 13 INT C COAST ENG, P471
    DEMIRBILEK Z, 1999, DEV OFFSHORE ENG, P1
    DINGMANS MW, 1997, WATER WAVE PROPAGATI, P263
    HUANG H, 2000, PROGR NATURAL SCI, V10, P24
    KARAMBAS TV, 1999, J COASTAL RES, V15, P128
    KIRBY JT, 1986, J FLUID MECH, V162, P171
    LIU PLF, 1989, WAVE MOTION, V11, P41
    LIU PLF, 1995, ADV COAST OCEAN ENG, V1, P125
    MADSEN PA, 1998, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V356, P1
    RADDER AC, 1985, WAVE MOTION, V7, P473
    WITTING JM, 1984, J COMPUT PHYS, V56, P203
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0071
 J9 PROG NAT SCI
 JI Prog. Nat. Sci.
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 11
 IS 10
 BP 746
 EP 753
 PG 8
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 475ZT
 UT ISI:000171200500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ji, PY
 TI Photon acceleration based on plasma
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 ID LASER WAKEFIELD ACCELERATION; IONIZATION FRONTS; PULSES; OPTICS; WAVES
 AB A formalism is presented to examine the interaction of laser field with
    plasma wave in which the interaction is described as some geometric
    metric (optical metric) and then a laser beam is treated as a packet of
    photons moving along null geodesics with respect to that metric. Photon
    motion equations are derived and solved analytically in both the
    one-dimensional and the three-dimensional cases. The expressions for
    the frequency shifts of laser pulses are presented and it is found that
    the frequency shifting results from the plasma density gradient.
    Three-dimensional solution shows that a laser beam diffraction occurs
    in the presence of a radial variation of the plasma density. It is
    argued that the focusing mechanism originated from the plasma wave can
    curb laser diffracting, so that photons can be trapped in the plasma
    wave and accelerated continuously.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ji, PY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AMIRANOFF F, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P995
    BINGHAM R, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P247
    DIAS JM, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P4773
    DIAS JM, 1998, PHYS REV ST ACCEL BE, V103, P1301
    ESAREY E, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P3526
    ESAREY E, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P3908
    ESAREY E, 1996, IEEE T PLASMA SCI, V24, P252
    GORDON W, 1923, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V72, P421
    GUO H, 1995, J OPT SOC AM A, V12, P600
    LEONHARDT U, 1999, PHYS REV A, V60, P4301
    MENDONCA JT, 1994, PHYS REV E, V49, P3520
    MISNER CW, 1973, GRAVITATION, P582
    MODENA A, 1995, NATURE, V377, P606
    SCHROEDER CB, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P1177
    SHEN WD, 1998, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V7, P1
    SILVA LOE, 1996, IEEE T PLASMA SCI, V24, P316
    SILVA LOE, 1998, PHYS REV E B, V57, P3423
    SPRANGLE P, 1988, APPL PHYS LETT, V53, P2146
    TAJIMA T, 1979, PHYS REV LETT, V43, P267
    WEINBERG S, 1972, GRAVITATION COSMOLOG
    WILKS SC, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P2600
    ZHU S, 1997, ACTA OPT SINICA, V17, P1677
    ZHU ST, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P169
    ZHU ST, 1997, SCI CHINA SER A, V40, P755
 NR 24
 TC 3
 SN 1063-651X
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 6403
 IS 3
 PN Part 2
 AR 036501
 DI ARTN 036501
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 474ZD
 UT ISI:000171136400081
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, XL
    McKinnon, KIM
    Li, D
 TI A convexification method for a class of global optimization problems
    with applications to reliability optimization
 SO JOURNAL OF GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE global optimization; monotone optimization; convexification method;
    concave minimization; reliability optimization
 ID NONCONVEX OPTIMIZATION; ALGORITHM; MINIMIZATION
 AB A convexification method is proposed for solving a class of global
    optimization problems with certain monotone properties. It is shown
    that this class of problems can be transformed into equivalent concave
    minimization problems using the proposed convexification schemes. An
    outer approximation method can then be used to find the global solution
    of the transformed problem. Applications to mixed-integer nonlinear
    programming problems arising in reliability optimization of complex
    systems are discussed and satisfactory numerical results are presented.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Univ Edinburgh, Dept Math & Stat, Edinburgh EH9 3JZ, Midlothian, Scotland.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, D, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management,
    Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR BARHEN J, 1997, SCIENCE, V276, P1094
    BENSON HP, 1996, NAV RES LOG, V43, P765
    CVIJOVIC D, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P664
    GE R, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V46, P191
    HOFFMAN KL, 1981, MATH PROGRAM, V20, P22
    HORST R, 1990, NAV RES LOG, V37, P433
    HORST R, 1993, GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
    KAN AHGR, 1987, MATH PROGRAM, V39, P27
    KAN AHGR, 1987, MATH PROGRAM, V39, P57
    LEVY AV, 1985, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V6, P15
    LI D, 1995, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V85, P309
    LI D, 1996, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V88, P177
    LI D, 2000, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V104, P109
    LI D, 2001, IN PRESS ANN OPERATI
    MISRA KB, 1991, IEEE T RELIAB, V40, P81
    PARDALOS PM, 1987, CONSTRAINED GLOBAL O
    TILLMAN FA, 1980, OPTIMIZATION SYSTEM
    TZAFESTAS SG, 1980, INT J SYST SCI, V11, P455
 NR 18
 TC 11
 SN 0925-5001
 J9 J GLOBAL OPTIM
 JI J. Glob. Optim.
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 185
 EP 199
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 477PM
 UT ISI:000171293500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, H
    Kamiya, N
 TI A general algorithm for accurate computation of field variables and its
    derivatives near the boundary in BEM
 SO ENGINEERING ANALYSIS WITH BOUNDARY ELEMENTS
 DT Article
 DE BEM; boundary layer effect; singularity; modified Gauss-Tschebyscheff
    quadrature; field variable; numerical computation
 AB A general algorithm was proposed in the paper for the accurate
    computation of the field variables and its derivatives at domain points
    near the boundary in attempt to solve the so-called boundary layer
    effect in the boundary element method. The algorithm is based on the
    parameter, including modified Gauss-Tschebyscheff quadrature formula
    with the aid of the approximate distance function introduced, where the
    parameter is defined as the ratio of the minimum distance of the domain
    point to the boundary and the length of the boundary element. The
    algorithm is not only numerically stable because the singular part of
    the integrand serves as the weight function in the modified
    Gauss-Tschebyscheff quadrature formula but also independent of the kind
    of boundary elements. The method can be extended to the
    three-dimensional case with little modifications.
    Numerical examples of the potential problem and the elastic problem of
    plane strain were given by using the cubic and the quadratic boundary
    elements, respectively, showing the feasibility and the effectiveness
    of the proposed algorithm. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Sch Sci, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Nagoya Univ, Sch Informat & Sci, Nagoya, Aichi 4648601, Japan.
 RP Ma, H, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Sch Sci, Dept
    Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ALIABADI MH, 1985, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V21, P2221
    BREBBIA CA, 1984, BOUNDARY ELEMENT TEC
    CRISTESCU M, 1978, RECENT ADV BOUNDARY, P375
    CRUSE TA, 1993, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V36, P237
    GUIGGIANI M, 1990, J APPL MECH, V57, P906
    MA H, 1999, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V23, P281
    PARTRIDGE PW, 1992, DUAL RECIPROCITY BOU
    TANAKA M, 1991, BOUNDARY ELEMENT MET
    WANG D, 1992, J MECH STRENGTH, V14, P23
    ZHANG GH, 1990, P 3 JAP CHIN S BOUND, P73
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0955-7997
 J9 ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM
 JI Eng. Anal. Bound. Elem.
 PD DEC
 PY 2001
 VL 25
 IS 10
 BP 833
 EP 841
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 476ZW
 UT ISI:000171259500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, WG
    Chang, QS
    Jiang, BG
 TI Explicit exact solitary-wave solutions for compound KdV-type and
    compound KdV-Burgers-type equations with nonlinear terms of any order
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, we consider compound KdV-type and KdV-Burgers-type
    equations with nonlinear terms of any order. The explicit exact
    solitary-wave solutions for the equations are obtained by means of
    proper transformation, which degrades the order of nonlinear terms, and
    an undetermined coefficient method. A solitary-wave solution with
    negative velocity for the generalized KdV-Burgers equation u(t) +
    u(p)u(x) - alphau(xx) + u(xxx) = 0 is found. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Appl Math, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Changsha Railway Univ, Dept Math & Mech, Changsha 410075, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, WG, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Sci, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 CR BONA JL, 1985, P ROY SOC EDINB A, V101, P207
    COFFEY MW, 1990, SIAM J APPL MATH, V50, P1580
    DEY B, 1986, J PHYS A, V19, L9
    PEGO RL, 1992, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V340, P47
    PEGO RL, 1993, PHYSICA D, V67, P45
    WADATI M, 1975, J PHYS SOC JPN, V38, P673
    WANG ML, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V213, P279
    ZHANG WG, 1996, ACTA MATH SCI, V16, P241
 NR 8
 TC 25
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD FEB
 PY 2002
 VL 13
 IS 2
 BP 311
 EP 319
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 477HA
 UT ISI:000171276600013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, H
    Ding, PX
    Lu, XH
 TI Extended mild-slope equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE mild-slope equation; slowly varying three-dimensional currents; rapidly
    varying topography; Hamiltonian formalism for surface waves
 ID VARYING TOPOGRAPHY; WAVES
 AB The Hamiltonian formalism for surface waves and the mild-slope
    approximation were empolyed in handling the case of slowly varying
    three-dimensional currents and an uneven bottom, thus leading to an
    extended mild-slope equation. The bottom topography consists of two
    components: the slowly varying component whose horizontal length scale
    is longer than the surface wave length, and the fast varying component
    with the amplitude being smaller than that of the surface wave. ne
    frequency of the fast varying depth component is, however, comparable
    to that of the surface waves. The extended mild-slope equation is more
    widely applicable and contains as special cases famous mild-slope
    equations below: the classical mild-slope equation of Berkhoff, Kirby's
    mild-slope equation with current, and Dingemans's mild-slope equation
    for rippled bed. The extended shallow water equations for ambient
    currents and rapidly varying topography are also obtained.
 C1 E China Normal Univ, State Key Lab Estuarine & Coastal Res, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, H, E China Normal Univ, State Key Lab Estuarine & Coastal Res,
    Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 CR BERKHOFF JCW, 1972, 13TH P INT C COAST E, P471
    BROER LJF, 1974, APPL SCI RES, V30, P430
    CHAMBERLAIN PG, 1995, J FLUID MECH, V291, P393
    CHANDRASEKERA CN, 1997, J WATERW PORT C-ASCE, V123, P280
    DINGEMANS MW, 1997, WATER WAVE PROPAGATI
    KIRBY JT, 1984, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V89, P745
    KIRBY JT, 1986, J FLUID MECH, V162, P171
    KIRBY JT, 1997, GRAVITY WAVES WATER, P55
    LEE CH, 1998, COAST ENG, V34, P243
    LIU PLF, 1990, SEA OCEAN ENG SCI, V9, P27
    MILES JW, 1977, J FLUID MECH, V83, P153
    THOMAS GP, 1997, GRAVITY WAVES WATER, P255
    YOON SB, 1989, J FLUID MECH, V205, P397
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1968, J APPL MECH TECH PHY, V2, P190
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 6
 BP 724
 EP 729
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 476CF
 UT ISI:000171208100014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, H
    Zhou, XR
 TI On the resonant generation of weakly nonlinear Stokes waves in regions
    with fast varying topography and free surface current
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear resonance; weakly nonlinear Stokes waves; a free surface
    current; rippled beds; dynamical system
 AB The effect of nonlinearity on the free surface wave resonated by an
    incident flow over rippled beds, which consist of fast varying
    topography superimposed on an otherwise slowly varying mean depth, is
    studied using a WKBJ-type perturbation approach. Synchronous,
    superharmonic and in particular subharmonic resonance were selectively
    excited over the fast varying topography with corresponding
    wavelengths. For a steady current the dynamical system is autonomous
    and the possible nonlinear steady states and their stability were
    investigated. When the current has a small oscillatory component the
    dynamical system becomes non-autonomous, chaos is now possible.
 C1 Tianjin Univ, Sch Civil Engn, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, H, Tianjin Univ, Sch Civil Engn, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
 CR BEGI S, 1994, COAST ENG, V23, P1
    DAVIES AG, 1984, J FLUID MECH, V144, P419
    GUCKENHEIMER J, 1983, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    HEATHERSHAW AD, 1982, NATURE, V296, P343
    KENNEDY JF, 1963, J FLUID MECH, V16, P521
    NACIRI M, 1992, J FLUID MECH, V235, P415
    SAMMARCO P, 1994, J FLUID MECH, V279, P377
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 6
 BP 730
 EP 740
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 476CF
 UT ISI:000171208100015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GH
    Zhou, SP
    Xu, DM
 TI Research on dynamics in modulation-doped GaAs/AlxGa1-xAs
    heterostructures
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE chaos; heterostructure; negative differential conductivity
 ID CURRENT-DENSITY FILAMENTS; SEMICONDUCTOR-DEVICE; DOMAIN FORMATION;
    CHAOTIC MOTIONS; OSCILLATOR
 AB We discuss the dynamics of the forced modulation-doped AlxGa1-xAs
    heterostructure device governed by the coupled differential equations,
    which is operative in the state far from thermodynamic equilibrium.
    Biased with an appropriate do field, the system exhibits two states:
    spontaneous current oscillation and fixed points. Under an ac driving
    force imposed on a do bias, the dynamical system shows the expected
    characteristics of frequency locking, quasiperiodicity, and chaos,
    which are sensitive to the amplitude and frequency, of the external
    applied microwave field. In particular, the basins of attraction of
    both an ordinary attractor and a chaotic attractor are presented. (C)
    2001 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AOKI K, 1982, J PHYS SOC JPN, V51, P2373
    AOKI K, 1989, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V32, P1149
    DOTTING R, 1992, CHAOTIC DYNAMICS THE
    DOTTLING R, 1994, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V37, P685
    LURYI S, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P2351
    NIEDERNOSTHEIDE FJ, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P14012
    NIEDERNOSTHEIDE FJ, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P7663
    SCHOLL E, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P1277
    ZHANG YH, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P1116
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD OCT 20
 PY 2001
 VL 31
 IS 2
 BP 93
 EP 95
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 473HK
 UT ISI:000171034600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, ZM
    Dong, HF
    Deng, K
    Jiang, GC
 TI Influence of high frequency electromagnetic field on the initial
    solidification during electromagnetic continuous casting
 SO ISIJ INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE electromagnetic force; continuous casting; alternative electromagnetic
    field; initial solidification; electromagnetic continuous casting; heat
    transfer; numerical simulation
 AB The initial solidification during electromagnetic continuous casting of
    metal has been investigated experimentally and numerically. The
    temperature profile in the metal was measured and the starting point of
    the initial solidification was detected. It was found that the magnetic
    field influenced the temperature profile greatly, and lowered the
    starting position of the initial solidification profoundly. Further,
    the induction heat in the metal was calculated according to the
    measured magnetic flux in the mold. The heat induced in the wall was
    converted from the temperature detected in the mold wall. In order to
    understand the influence of the magnetic field on the behavior of the
    interfacial heat exchange between the metal and the mold wall, a
    special experiment was carried out to measure the heat exchange
    coefficient on the interface.
    Based on above measurement, a numerical model was built to describe the
    heat transfer and solidification of the metal. The influence of the
    magnetic field on the solidification was figured out. The role of the
    three main effects of the magnetic field, that is, inducing heat in the
    metal, inducing heat in the mold wall, and decreasing-the heat transfer
    rate on the interface between the metal and mold wall, was analyzed. It
    was shown that, the induced heat in the mold wall and the effect of
    decreasing the heat transfer on the interface between the mold and the
    metal may played a more important role in influencing the
    solidification.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR MORISHITA M, 1992, MAGNETOHYDRODYNAMICS, P267
    NAKATA M, 1992, PROCESS METALLURGY, P203
    SIMPSON PG, 1960, INDUCTION HEATING OI, P11
    TANAKA T, 1994, P INT S EL PROC MAT, P248
    TINGJU L, 1996, TETSU TO HAGANE, V82, P197
    TOH T, 1994, P INT S EL PROC MAT, P254
    VIVES C, 1989, METALL TRANS B, V20, P623
 NR 7
 TC 5
 SN 0915-1559
 J9 ISIJ INT
 JI ISIJ Int.
 PY 2001
 VL 41
 IS 9
 BP 981
 EP 985
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 473ZY
 UT ISI:000171080900006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Liu, ZR
 TI Control of a hyperchaotic discrete system
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE controlling chaos; hyperchaotic map; Liapunov direct method;
    stabilization; tracking
 AB The Control of a hyperchaotic discrete system is investigated, A
    time-varying feedback control law is established on the base of local
    linearization. The Liapunov direct method is applied to estimate the
    neighborhood in which the control law can be effectively used.
    Numerical examples are presented to demonstrate the applications of the
    control law to solve the problem of stabilizing unstable periodic
    orbits and the problem of tracking an arbitrarily given periodic orbit.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN LQ, 1998, J SHANGHAI JIAOTONG, V32, P108
    HU HY, 1996, ADV MECH, V26, P453
    JACKSON EA, 1991, PHYSICA D, V50, P341
    LIU ZR, 1996, STRANGE ATTRACTORS 2
    LIU ZR, 1999, ACTA MECH SINICA, V15, P366
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    YANG L, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P67
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 7
 BP 741
 EP 746
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 475BC
 UT ISI:000171140900001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiong, Y
    Shi, DH
 TI Affine transformation in random iterated function systems
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE fractal; random iterated function system; affine transformation
 AB Random iterated function systems (IFSs) is discussed, which is one of
    the methods for fractal drawing. A certain figure can be reconstructed
    by a random IFS. One approach is presented to determine a new random
    IFS, that the figure reconstructed by the new random IFS is the image
    of the origin figure reconstructed by old IFS under a given affine
    transformation. Two particular examples are used to show this approach.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiong, Y, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BARNSLEY MF, 1988, FRACTALS EVERYWHERE
    LASOTA A, 1994, CHAOS FRACTALS NOISE
    LIN YP, 1999, DYN CONTIN DISCRET I, V5, P53
    SU BQ, 1990, COURSE APPL GEOMETRY
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 7
 BP 820
 EP 826
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 475BC
 UT ISI:000171140900011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, XS
    Dong, YD
    Qiao, XY
    Mo, ZS
    Wang, XH
    Wang, Q
    Xu, H
 TI Studies on the morphology transition of micro-crystal growth in polymer
    films in high vacuum and strong electrostatic field
 SO ACTA POLYMERICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE electrostatic field; polymer film micro-crystals; morphology
 AB The morphology of films of isotactic polypropylene poly
    (3-dodecylthiophene) and iPP/P3DDT blend formed in electrostatic fields
    has been investigated by using scanning electron microscope. The
    experiment results show that the micro-crystal morphology of polymer
    films was strongly dependent on electrostatic fields. It was found that
    the effect of the electrostatic field led to the formation of dendrite
    crystals aligned in the field direction, and some branches of P3DDT
    ruptured. However, the micro-crystals in these films grew into
    spherulites without electrostatic field,and have no crystal orientation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, Polymer Phys Lab, Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiao, XS, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR SERPICO JM, 1991, MACROMOLECULES, V24, P6879
    VENUGOPAL G, 1990, POLYM PREPR, V31, P377
    XIAO XS, 2000, CHINESE J SCI INSTRU, V21, P75
 NR 3
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3304
 J9 ACTA POLYM SIN
 JI Acta Polym. Sin.
 PD APR
 PY 2001
 IS 2
 BP 261
 EP 264
 PG 4
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 473LA
 UT ISI:000171044400028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, D
    Sun, XL
 TI Existence of a saddle point in nonconvex constrained optimization
 SO JOURNAL OF GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE nonconvex constrained optimization; saddle point; dual method; p-th
    power formulation; global solution
 AB The existence of a saddle point in nonconvex constrained optimization
    problems is considered in this paper. We show that, under some mild
    conditions, the existence of a saddle point can be ensured in an
    equivalent p-th power formulation for a general class of nonconvex
    constrained optimization problems. This result expands considerably the
    class of optimization problems where a saddle point exists and thus
    enlarges the family of nonconvex problems that can be solved by
    dual-search methods.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, D, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management,
    Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR KARLIN S, 1959, MATH METHODS THEORY, V1
    LI D, 1995, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V85, P309
    LI D, 1997, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V30, P4339
    LUENBERGER DG, 1984, LINEAR NONLINEAR PRO
    MINOUX M, 1986, MATH PROGRAMMING THE
    XU ZK, 1997, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V94, P739
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0925-5001
 J9 J GLOBAL OPTIM
 JI J. Glob. Optim.
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 21
 IS 1
 BP 39
 EP 50
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 471YJ
 UT ISI:000170956000004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, GH
    Feng, SX
    Ni, GJ
    Duan, YS
 TI Relations of two transversal submanifolds and global manifold
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS A
 DT Article
 ID GAUGE FIELD-THEORY; TOPOLOGICAL QUANTIZATION; DISCLINATION CONTINUUM;
    LINEAR DEFECTS; BIFURCATION; DISLOCATION; STRINGS; BRANES; ORIGIN
 AB In Riemann geometry, the relations of two transversal submanifolds and
    global manifold are discussed without any concrete models. By replacing
    the normal vector of a submanifold with the tangent vector of another
    submanifold, the metric tensors, Christoffel symbols and curvature
    tensors of the three manifolds are connected at the intersection points
    of the two submanifolds. When the inner product of the two tangent
    vectors of submanifolds vanishes, some corollaries of these relations
    give the most important second fundamental form and Gauss-Codazzi
    equation in the conventional submanifold theory. As a special case, the
    global manifold which is Euclidean is considered. It is pointed out
    that, in order to obtain the nonzero energy-momentum tensor of matter
    field in a submanifold, there must be the contributions of the above
    inner product and the other submanifold. Generally speaking, a
    submanifold is closely related to the matter fields of the other
    submanifold and the two submanifolds affect each other through the
    above inner product.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Inst Theoret Phys, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHU CS, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V428, P59
    DUAN YS, HEPTH9809011
    DUAN YS, HEPTH9810111
    DUAN YS, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P781
    DUAN YS, 1998, IN PRESS COMMUN THEO
    DUAN YS, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P157
    DUAN YS, 1999, INT J THEOR PHYS, V38, P563
    EISENHART L, 1964, RIEMANNIAN GEOMETRY
    ERLICH J, 1998, PHYS REV D, V58
    FERRARA S, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V431, P42
    HAWKING SW, 1998, PHYS REV D, V58
    HYUN SJ, 1998, PHYS REV D, V57, P4856
    KISHIMOTO I, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V432, P305
    YANG GH, 1998, INT J MOD PHYS B, V12, P2599
    YANG GH, 1998, INT J THEOR PHYS, V37, P2371
    YANG GH, 1998, MOD PHYS LETT A, V13, P2123
    YANG GH, 1998, MOD PHYS LETT A, V13, P745
    YANG GH, 1999, INT J ENG SCI, V37, P1037
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0217-751X
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS A
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. A
 PD AUG 20
 PY 2001
 VL 16
 IS 21
 BP 3535
 EP 3551
 PG 17
 SC Physics, Nuclear; Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA 472UZ
 UT ISI:000171004500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, MY
    Zhu, J
    Wan, XJ
 TI The effect of B addition on charge distribution in Co3Ti
 SO INTERMETALLICS
 DT Article
 DE intermetallics; miscellaneous; brittleness and ductility; bonding;
    crystallography; electron microscopy; transmission
 ID BEAM ELECTRON-DIFFRACTION; ENVIRONMENTAL EMBRITTLEMENT; DENSITY
    DISTRIBUTION; BORON; NI3AL; DUCTILITY; HYDROGEN; PATTERNS
 AB In this paper. the chemistries at grain boundaries in Co3Ti
    intermetallics with and without boron doping were examined. The charge
    density distributions of the two kinds of alloys were obtained by their
    experimentally determined structure factors. The differences between
    them were analyzed and compared with the effect of boron on charge
    density distribution in Ni3Al. It is found that B has quite different
    effects on the charge distribution, and segregation behavior as well as
    mechanical properties in Co3Ti and Ni3Al. It is concluded that boron
    has no effect on suppressing the environmental embrittlement in Co3Ti
    because of the weakened Co-B-Co bonding. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Tsing Hua Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Electron Microscopy Lab, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
    Cent Iron & Steel Res Inst, Beijing 100081, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, J, Tsing Hua Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Electron Microscopy Lab,
    Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
 CR AOKI K, 1979, J JPN I MET, V43, P1190
    BAKER I, 1988, PHILOS MAG B, V57, P379
    CHENG XY, 1997, SCRIPTA MATER, V37, P1065
    GEORGE EP, 1989, SCRIPTA METALL, V23, P979
    GEORGE EP, 1995, MATER RES SOC S P, V364, P1131
    HOLMESTAD R, 1995, PHILOS MAG A, V72, P579
    HOLMESTAD R, 1998, PHILOS MAG A, V77, P1231
    LIU CT, 1985, ACTA METALL, V33, P213
    LIU Y, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P507
    LU G, 1996, ACTA MATER, V44, P4019
    MIAO Y, 1995, J MATER RES, V10, P1913
    SAUNDERS M, 1995, ULTRAMICROSCOPY, V60, P311
    SHINOHARA T, 1996, J MATER RES, V8, P1285
    SIELOFF DD, 1989, P MAT RES SOC S PITT, P155
    SUZUKI T, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P1
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    TAKASUGI T, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P507
    TAKASUGI T, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P4226
    TAKASUGI T, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V29, P1587
    TAUB AI, 1989, METALL TRANS A, V20, P2025
    VAINSHTEIN BK, 1990, SOVREMENNAYA KRISTAL, V2
    WU MY, 1999, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR A, V56, P189
    WU MY, 2000, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR 4, V33, P1119
    ZHU J, 1997, ACTA MATER, V45, P1989
    ZUO JM, 1991, ULTRAMICROSCOPY, V35, P185
 NR 25
 TC 1
 SN 0966-9795
 J9 INTERMETALLICS
 JI Intermetallics
 PD AUG
 PY 2001
 VL 9
 IS 8
 BP 705
 EP 709
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 472VV
 UT ISI:000171006400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, XL
    Li, D
 TI On the relationship between the integer and continuous solutions of
    convex programs
 SO OPERATIONS RESEARCH LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear integer program; convex program; quadratic program; proximity
    analysis
 ID OPTIMIZATION; BRANCH
 AB A bound is obtained in this note for the distance between the integer
    and real solutions to convex quadratic programs. This bound is a
    function of the condition number of the Hessian matrix. We further
    extend this proximity result to convex programs and mixed-integer
    convex programs. We also show that this bound is achievable in certain
    situations and the distance between the integer and continuous
    minimizers may tend to infinity. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, D, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management,
    Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR BALDICK R, 1995, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V226, P389
    BLAIR CE, 1979, DISCRETE MATH, V25, P7
    COOK W, 1986, MATH PROGRAM, V34, P251
    GRANOT F, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V47, P259
    GUPTA OK, 1985, MANAGE SCI, V31, P1533
    HOCHBAUM DS, 1990, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V37, P843
    KORNER F, 1983, COMPUTING, V30, P253
    SCHRIJVER A, 1986, THEORY LINEAR INTEGE
    THOAI NV, 1998, COMPUT OPTIM APPL, V10, P149
    WERMAN M, 1991, MATH PROGRAM, V51, P133
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0167-6377
 J9 OPER RES LETT
 JI Oper. Res. Lett.
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 29
 IS 2
 BP 87
 EP 92
 PG 6
 SC Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 470DG
 UT ISI:000170854700005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, Y
 TI Calculating an element of B-differential for a vector-valued maximum
    function
 SO NUMERICAL FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS AND OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE nonsmooth equations; nonsmooth optimization; B-differential; Clarke
    generalized Jacobian; maximum function
 ID NONSMOOTH EQUATIONS
 AB In this paper, we propose a method of calculating an element of
    B-differential, also an element of Clarke generalized Jacobian, for a
    vector-valued maximum function. This calculation is required in many
    existing numerical methods for the solution of nonsmooth equations and
    for the nonsmooth optimization. The generalization of our method to a
    vector-valued smooth composition of maximum functions is also
    discussed. Particularly, we propose a method of obtaining the set of
    B-differential for a vector-valued maximum of affine functions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Management, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
 CR CHANEY RW, 1990, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V15, P649
    CHEN WJ, 1996, SCI CHINA SER A, V39, P528
    CHEN X, 1997, COMPUTING, V58, P281
    CLARKE FH, 1983, OPTIMIZATION NONSMOO
    DEMYANOV VF, 1996, QUASIDIFFERENTIABILI
    GAO Y, 1994, ARCH CONTROL SCI, V3, P181
    HIRIARTURRUTY JB, 1993, CONVEX ANAL MINIMIZA
    LEMARECHAL C, 1994, ALGORITHMS CONTINUOU, P357
    MAKELA MM, 1992, NONSMOOTH OPTIMIZATI
    PANG JS, 1996, MATH OPER RES, V21, P401
    QI L, 1993, MATH PROGRAM, V58, P353
    QI LQ, 1993, MATH OPER RES, V18, P227
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0163-0563
 J9 NUMER FUNC ANAL OPTIMIZ
 JI Numer. Funct. Anal. Optim.
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 5-6
 BP 561
 EP 575
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 470RV
 UT ISI:000170885700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, XJ
    Wang, QP
    Lu, LJ
    Pan, HB
    Xu, FQ
    Xu, PS
 TI Optimization of a variable-angle spherical grating monochromator
 SO NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTS & METHODS IN PHYSICS RESEARCH SECTION
    A-ACCELERATORS SPECTROMETERS DETECTORS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
 DT Article
 DE beamline design; grating monochromator; VUV; soft X-ray
 ID SYNCHROTRON-RADIATION
 AB A beamline covering photon energy of 10-300eV is now under construction
    in National Synchrotron Radiation Laboratory. The monochromator,
    optimized for maximum flux and medium resolution, has two working
    modes. One is to vary the grating including angle during wavelength
    scanning by rotating a plane mirror in the monochromator. At this case,
    the entrance and exit slit are both fixed during the wavelength
    scanning. The other is to translate exit slit while the grating
    including angle is fixed. The monochromator is provided for
    angle-resolved spectroscopic and angle-integrated spectroscopic
    experiments with medium resolving power (E/DeltaE > 1 0 0 0). (C) 2001
    Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol China, Natl Synchrotron Radiat Lab, Hefei 230029, Anhui, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Precis Machinery, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yu, XJ, Univ Sci & Technol China, Natl Synchrotron Radiat Lab, Hefei
    230029, Anhui, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN CT, 1987, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V256, P595
    LU LJ, 1996, APPL OPTICS, V35, P3627
    MELPIGNANO P, 1995, REV SCI INSTRUM 2, V66, P2125
    PADMORE HA, 1989, REV SCI INSTRUM 2A, V60, P1608
    PEATMAN WB, 1995, REV SCI INSTRUM, V66, P2801
    PIMPALE AV, 1991, APPL OPTICS, V30, P1591
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0168-9002
 J9 NUCL INSTRUM METH PHYS RES A
 JI Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res. Sect. A-Accel. Spectrom. Dect. Assoc.
    Equip.
 PD JUL 21
 PY 2001
 VL 467
 PN Part 1
 BP 597
 EP 600
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Particles & Fields; Instruments & Instrumentation; Nuclear
    Science & Technology; Spectroscopy
 GA 470YR
 UT ISI:000170900500143
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, MH
    Chen, J
    Bao, B
 TI The effect of monomer molecular weight of acrylate on radiation
    grafting of polyethylene
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID SURFACES
 AB A series of condensed ethylene glycol acrylate monomers with different
    molecular weight was grafted to polyethylene films by means of
    preirradiation. The effect of the molecular weight of monomer and
    co-solvent system on the grafting reaction and the properties of the
    grafted sample were studied. The experimental results showed that the
    initial rate of grafting reaction decreased and the molar degrees of
    grafting linearly decreased with the increment of molecular weight of
    the monomer. The grafting degree was increased with the swelling degree
    of the grafted film. The biocompatibility and blood compatibility of
    the grafted PE films were evaluated by the determination of
    hydrophilicity and anti-thrombus.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, MH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ANDRADE JD, 1987, T AM SOC ART INT ORG, V33, P75
    DUNKIRK SG, 1991, J BIOMATER APPL, V6, P131
    HADDADIASL V, 1995, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V45, P191
    HAYASHI K, 1983, SEITAI ZEIRYO, V1, P59
    HOFFMAN AS, 1982, ADV CHEM SER, V199, P3
    HOFFMAN AS, 1988, J APPL POLYM SCI APP, V42, P251
    IMAI Y, 1972, J BIOMED MATER RES, V6, P165
    JEONG BJ, 1996, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V178, P757
    KRONICK PL, 1983, SYNTHETIC BIOMEDICAL, P132
    RATNER BD, 1981, BIOCOMPATIBILITY CLI, P145
    WU MH, 1996, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V48, P525
    YEH YS, 1988, J BIOMED MATER RES, V22, P795
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 249
 IS 3
 BP 639
 EP 642
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 469WY
 UT ISI:000170840100021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, YP
    Wu, JS
    Meng, ZY
 TI Abnormalities in the ferroelectric behavior of Ba0.7Sr0.3TiO3 thin
    films caused by fluctuations in Ba/Sr ratios in micro-regions
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, YP, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 CR DING YP, 2000, J MATER SCI LETT, V19, P163
    DING YP, 2000, MAT RES B, V35
    KNANSS LA, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P25
    ONEILL D, 1998, J MATER SCI-MATER EL, V9, P199
    QU BD, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P1394
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PY 2001
 VL 20
 IS 16
 BP 1469
 EP 1471
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 469KZ
 UT ISI:000170815000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, WM
    Li, CE
    Guo, CJ
    Yan, LH
 TI Influence of phase composition on the piezoelectric properties of
    PMN-PT ceramic
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE chemical composition; phase composition; MPB; piezoelectric properties
 ID LEAD MAGNESIUM NIOBATE; BOUNDARY; TITANATE; SYSTEM
 AB The influence of chemical and phase composition on the piezoelectric
    properties of PMN-PT ceramics with chemical compositions near the
    morphotropic phase boundary(MPB) sintered at different temperatures was
    investigated. It showed that a phase conversion from rhombohedral to
    tetragonal phase took place when the sintering temperature of PMN-PT
    ceramic with a definite chemical composition increased. Meanwhile, the
    piezoelectric properties of PMN-PT ceramics were significantly enhanced
    when the amount of rhombohedral phase approached to that of tetragonal
    phase in ceramics. At the same time, it was discovered that the
    chemical composition corresponding to optimal piezoelectric properties
    varied with the change of sintering temperature. Based on above
    results, the authors found that the piezoelectric properties of PMN-PT
    near the MPB are not only related to the chemical composition but also
    significantly impacted by the phase composition in ceramics. With the
    change of sintering temperature, the MPB of PMN-PT ceramic system
    shifts slightly.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, WM, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ARIGUR P, 1975, J PHYS D, V8, P1856
    BAREWALD HG, 1957, PHYS REV, V105, P480
    CAO WW, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V31, P1399
    CARL K, 1971, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V8, P87
    CHOI SW, 1989, FERROELECTRICS, V100, P29
    FANG F, 1997, J CHINESE CERAMIC SO, V25, P688
    GUPTA SM, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P407
    HILTON AD, 1989, FERROELECTRICS, V93, P379
    HO JC, 1993, J MATER SCI, V28, P4497
    ISUPOV VA, 1968, TELA FIS TVERD, V10, P1244
    ISUPOV VA, 1983, FERROELECTRICS, V46, P217
    JAFFE B, 1971, PIEZOELECTRIC CERAMI
    KELLY J, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P957
    KIM N, 1989, FERROELECTRICS, V93, P341
    PARK SE, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P1840
    SWARTZ SL, 1982, MATER RES BULL, V17, P1245
    XIA F, 1998, J CHINESE CERAMIC SO, V26, P114
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 16
 IS 4
 BP 641
 EP 648
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 469NZ
 UT ISI:000170822900011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, XS
    Qiao, XY
    Mo, ZS
    Dong, YD
    Wang, Q
    Wang, XH
    Xu, H
 TI The effect of electrostatic field on the micro-crystal morphology of
    polymer films
 SO EUROPEAN POLYMER JOURNAL
 DT Article
 DE electrostatic field; isotactic polypropylene; poly(3-dodecylthiophene);
    crystallite size; morphology
 AB The micro-crystal morphology of the films of isotactic polypropylene
    (iPP), poly(3-dodecylthiophene) (P3DDT) and iPP/P3DDT blend grown in
    different electrostatic environments has been investigated by using
    scanning electron microscope. The experimental results show that the
    micro-crystal morphology of polymer films was strongly dependent on
    electrostatic field. It was found that the micro-crystal morphology of
    the films of iPP, P3DDT and iPP/P3DDT blend grown in the electrostatic
    field was in the form of dendrite crystals, in which main stems were
    aligned in the field direction, and some branches of P3DDT were
    ruptured. However, the micro-crystals of the films of iPP, P3DDT and
    iPP/P3DDT blend have no crystal orientation in the absence of
    electrostatic field. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, State Key Lab Polymer Phys & Chem, Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Mo, ZS, Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, State Key Lab
    Polymer Phys & Chem, Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
 CR BRISKMAN V, AIAA960257
    FURUKAWA T, 1989, PHASE TRANSIT, V18, P143
    JACBS EW, 1984, APPL PHYS LETT, V44, P44
    KAWAI H, 1969, JPN J APPL PHYS, V8, P975
    SERPICO JM, 1991, MACROMOLECULES, V24, P6879
    VENUGOPAL G, 1990, POLYM PREPR, V31, P377
    XIAO X, 1999, J SHANGHAI U, V5, P66
    XIAO X, 2000, CHINESE J SCI INSTRU, V21, P23
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0014-3057
 J9 EUR POLYM J
 JI Eur. Polym. J.
 PD NOV
 PY 2001
 VL 37
 IS 11
 BP 2339
 EP 2343
 PG 5
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 470QQ
 UT ISI:000170883000023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sheng, YJ
    Ru, HY
    Min, ZK
 TI R(C-6, K-5)=21 and R(C-7, K-5)=25
 SO EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF COMBINATORICS
 DT Article
 ID NUMBERS; GRAPHS
 AB The Ramsey number R(C-n, K-m) is the smallest integer p such that any
    graph G on p vertices either contains a cycle C-n with length n or
    contains an independent set with order m. In this paper we prove that
    R(C-n, K-5) = 4(n - 1) + 1 (n = 6, 7). (C) 2001 Academic Press.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Sheng, YJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BOLLOBAS B, IN PRESS CONJECTURE
    CHVATAL V, 1972, PAC J MATH, V41, P335
    CLANCY M, 1977, J GRAPH THEOR, V1, P89
    FAUDREE RJ, 1974, DISCRETE MATH, V8, P313
    HENDRY GRT, 1989, J GRAPH THEOR, V13, P245
    JAYAWARDENE CJ, SOEM RAMSEY NUMBERS
    RADZISZOWSKI SP, 2000, ELECT J COMB, V1, P1
    ROSTA V, 1973, J COMB THEORY B, V15, P94
    SCHELP RH, 1978, LECT NOTES MATH, V642, P500
    YANG WY, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P205
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0195-6698
 J9 EUR J COMBINATORIC
 JI Eur. J. Comb.
 PD MAY
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 4
 BP 561
 EP 567
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics
 GA 470GA
 UT ISI:000170861200014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, GH
 TI Topological structure of entropy of (3+1)-dimensional spherically
    symmetric black holes
 SO MODERN PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 ID EXTREME STATE; AREA
 AB Using the relationship between the entropy arid the Euler
    characteristic, an entropy density is introduced to describe the inner
    topological structure of the entropy of (3 + 1)-dimensional spherically
    symmetric black holes. It is pointed out that the density of entropy is
    determined by the singularities of the timelike Killing vector field of
    spacetime, and these singularities carry the topological numbers, Hopf
    indices and Brouwer degrees, naturally, which are topological
    invariants. Taking account of the physical meaning in statistics, the
    entropy of black holes is given by the Hopf indices merely, which will
    lead to the increasing principle of entropy of black holes.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BARDEEN JM, 1973, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V31, P161
    BEKENSTEIN JD, 1973, PHYS REV D, V7, P2333
    CHERN SS, 1944, ANN MATH, V45, P747
    CHERN SS, 1945, ANN MATH, V46, P674
    CHERN SS, 1959, LECT NOTES
    CHRISTODOULOU D, 1971, PHYS REV D, V4, P3552
    DUAN YS, 1993, J MATH PHYS, V34, P1149
    DUAN YS, 1997, HELV PHYS ACTA, V70, P565
    DUAN YS, 1998, NUCL PHYS B, V514, P705
    GELFAND IM, 1958, GEN FUNCTION
    GHOSH A, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P1858
    GIBBONS GW, 1977, PHYS REV D, V15, P2752
    GIBBONS GW, 1995, PHYS REV D, V51, P2839
    HAWKING SW, 1975, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V43, P199
    HAWKING SW, 1995, PHYS REV D, V51, P4302
    HAWKING SW, 1996, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V13, P1487
    LIBERATI S, 1997, PHYS REV D, V56, P6458
    MALDACENA JM, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P428
    ZASLAVSKII OB, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P2211
    ZASLAVSKII OB, 1997, PHYS REV D, V56, P2188
 NR 20
 TC 1
 SN 0217-7323
 J9 MOD PHYS LETT A
 JI Mod. Phys. Lett. A
 PD JUL 20
 PY 2001
 VL 16
 IS 22
 BP 1457
 EP 1464
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Nuclear; Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA 467MR
 UT ISI:000170708800007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZQ
    Mo, YL
 TI Coding of image objects based on wavelet transform using lifting scheme
 SO JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE MPEG-4; transform coding of arbitrarily shaped image objects; wavelet
    transforms using lifting scheme
 ID SHAPE-ADAPTIVE DCT; VIDEO
 AB Wavelet lifting scheme was applied to the transform coding of
    arbitrarily shaped image objects. There are two approaches: one needs
    the extrapolation of the image object and the other is a shape-adopted
    algorithm by modifying the lifting scheme. The experiment result shows
    that the image compression performance of the two approaches is better
    than Katata's approach which uses the classical wavelet transform.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ZQ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR DAUBECHIES I, 1998, J FOURIER ANAL APPL, V4, P247
    KATATA H, 1997, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V7, P234
    KAUFF P, 1997, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V7, P181
    KAUFF P, 1998, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V8, P237
    LEE SH, 1999, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V9, P44
    LEWIS AS, 1992, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V1, P244
    SIKORA T, 1995, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V5, P59
    SIKORA T, 1997, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V7, P19
    SWELDENS W, 1994, LIFTING SCHEME CUSTO, P1
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1001-9014
 J9 J INFRARED MILIM WAVES
 JI J. Infrared Millim. Waves
 PD AUG
 PY 2001
 VL 20
 IS 4
 BP 296
 EP 300
 PG 5
 SC Optics
 GA 467GL
 UT ISI:000170694000014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZC
    Huang, BB
    Yu, YQ
    Cui, DL
 TI Electrical properties and Raman spectra of undoped and Al-doped ZnO
    thin films by metalorganic vapor phase epitaxy
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING B-SOLID STATE MATERIALS FOR ADVANCED
    TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE ZnO; resistivity; carrier concentration; hall mobility; Raman spectra
 ID DEPOSITION; GROWTH
 AB Undoped and Al-doped ZnO thin films have been deposited on Si
    substrates using metalorganic vapor phase epitaxy at atmospheric
    pressure. The as-deposited ZnO films showed good crystalline character
    and exhibited (002) orientation with the c axis perpendicular to the
    substrate surface. The carrier concentration of ZnO films was found to
    be dependent upon the doping of Al, and varied in the range from 10(19)
    to 10(20) cm(-3). The resistivity of ZnO films was in the order of
    magnitude of 10(-3) Omega cm. The Hall mobility decreased with the
    doping of Al and was in the range 5-53 cm(2) (V(.)s)(-1). Raman spectra
    indicated the observed A(1)(LO) and E-2(high) bands shifted towards the
    low-frequency side. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Chinese Acad Sci, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ, Inst Crystal Mat, Jinan 250100, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ZC, Shanghai Univ, Chinese Acad Sci, Dept Elect Informat Mat,
    865 Changning Rd, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BAGNALL DM, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P2230
    DAMEN TC, 1966, PHYS REV, V142, P570
    MINEGISHI K, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS 2, V36, L1453
    SOULETIE P, 1988, J CRYST GROWTH, V86, P248
    TONG YZ, 1996, J INFARED MILLIM WAV, V15, P6
    WRIGHT PJ, 1984, J CRYST GROWTH, V66, P26
 NR 6
 TC 12
 SN 0921-5107
 J9 MATER SCI ENG B-SOLID STATE M
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. B-Solid State Mater. Adv. Technol.
 PD SEP 25
 PY 2001
 VL 86
 IS 2
 BP 109
 EP 112
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 465HR
 UT ISI:000170584000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZC
    Huang, BB
    Cui, DL
 TI Growth of AlxGa1-xP on GaAs substrate by metalorganic vapor phase
    epitaxy
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING B-SOLID STATE MATERIALS FOR ADVANCED
    TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE AlGaP; metalorganic vapor phase epitaxy; back-scattering spectrometry;
    Raman spectroscopy
 ID MOLECULAR-BEAM EPITAXY; RAMAN-SCATTERING; GAP; PRESSURE; INP
 AB The crystalline perfection of the AlxGa1-xP film grown on GaAs
    substrate by atmospheric pressure metalorganic vapor phase epitaxy has
    been studied using double-crystal X-ray diffraction and back-scattering
    spectrometry, and the behavior for the optical phonons of the AlxGa1-xP
    epilayer investigated by the Raman scattering technique. In addition,
    the reflection spectra in the visible-light spectra region from
    multilayer structures constructed by AlxGa1-xP/GaP pairs have been
    measured. The measurement of the full-width at half-maximum of the
    X-ray diffraction peak of the AlxGa1-xP epilayer showed that the
    crystalline perfection of the AlxGa1-xP film was improved by growing a
    GaP buffer layer and using a misoriented GaAs substrate. Corresponding
    to the temperature range 750-820 degreesC, the higher crystalline
    perfection was obtained at the lower growth temperature. The value of
    the minimum yield of back-scattering spectrometry of Al0.24Ga0.76P/GaAs
    (3.4 x 10(-2)) revealed that the epilayer was not perfect and contained
    both elastic strain and misfit dislocations. A two-mode Raman
    characteristic of Al0.21Ga0.79P/GaAs was clearly seen with two LO
    modes, AIP-like LO and GaP-like LO located at 460 and 392 cm(-1),
    respectively. For the (Al0.2Ga0.79P)10/(GaP)(10) structure, a
    reflectivity above 60% was realized. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ, Inst Crystal Mat, Jinan 250100, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ZC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR *I SEM CHIN AC SCI, 1984, TEST AN SEM, P135
    ADOMI K, 1992, J CRYST GROWTH, V124, P570
    BAILLARGEON JN, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V56, P2201
    BHAT R, 1992, J CRYST GROWTH, V124, P311
    CHU WK, 1978, BACKSCATTERING SPECT, P233
    ESTRERA JP, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V61, P1927
    FRANK FC, 1949, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V198, P216
    ILLEGEMS M, 1970, PHYS REV B, V1, P1576
    LAO PD, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V65, P1676
    LIU J, 1992, J CRYST GROWTH, V124, P415
    LUCOVSKY G, 1975, PHYS REV B, V12, P4135
    LUCOVSKY G, 1976, PHYS REV B, V14, P2503
    MENG G, 1984, CHEM VAPOR EPITAXY N, P147
    MOWBRAY DJ, 1987, SEMICOND SCI TECH, V2, P822
    VANDEVEN J, 1986, J CRYST GROWTH, V76, P352
    WAKAHARA A, 1992, J CRYST GROWTH, V124, P118
    WEINSTEIN BA, 1975, PHYS REV           B, V12, P1172
    ZHANG ZC, 2000, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V77, P24
 NR 18
 TC 1
 SN 0921-5107
 J9 MATER SCI ENG B-SOLID STATE M
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. B-Solid State Mater. Adv. Technol.
 PD SEP 25
 PY 2001
 VL 86
 IS 2
 BP 147
 EP 151
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 465HR
 UT ISI:000170584000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, CJ
    Fan, XJ
 TI Nonlinear mathematical theory of perforated viscoelastic thin plates
    with its applications
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SOLIDS AND STRUCTURES
 DT Article
 DE perforated viscoelastic plate; nonlinear mathematical model; nonlinear
    stability; Lyapunov exponent spectrum; chaos; periodic motion; limit
    cycle; effect of parameter
 ID ANNULAR PLATES; SHEARING; STATES
 AB In this paper, the nonlinear mathematical theory of perforated
    viscoelastic thin plates, by the Karman's hypotheses of plates with
    large deflection and the Boltzmann's constitutive law of linear
    viscoelastic materials, is established. One could see that the
    governing equations, boundary conditions and constraining conditions
    generally are of nonlinear integro-differential operator types and that
    they further generalize the mathematical theory for perforated elastic
    thin plates and could be also reduced to the existing mathematical
    theory of viscoelastic thin plates without holes. As an application,
    the nonlinear dynamical stability of a viscoelastic annular plate is
    analyzed and the effect of parameters on the stability is considered by
    using Galerkin averaging method and numerical methods in nonlinear
    dynamics. Some helpful conclusions are obtained. Specially, a new
    method calculating the Lyapunov exponent spectrum of dynamical systems
    excited periodically is suggested. By using this method, the
    computation time can be greatly reduced. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Xian Jiaotong Univ, Sch Civil Engn & Mech, Xian 710049, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CEDERBAUM G, 1991, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V28, P317
    CEDERBAUM G, 1994, INT J MECH SCI, V36, P149
    CHENG CJ, 1986, SCI SINICA SER A, V29, P956
    CHENG CJ, 1989, J ENG MATH, V23, P29
    CHENG CJ, 1991, BUCKLING BUFOCATION
    CHENG CJ, 1991, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V92, P157
    CHENG CJ, 1991, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V92, P173
    CHENG CJ, 1996, APPL MATH MECH, V17, P109
    CHENG CJ, 1998, ACTA MECH SINICA, V30, P690
    CHENG CJ, 1998, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V35, P4491
    CHRISTENSEN RM, 1982, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    DROZDOV AD, 1994, STABILITY VISCOELAST
    PARKER TS, 1989, PRACTICAL NUMERICAL
    TOUATI D, 1995, ACTA MECH, V113, P215
    ZHANG NH, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V165, P307
    ZHU ZY, 1986, ACTA MECH SINICA, V2, P278
 NR 16
 TC 2
 SN 0020-7683
 J9 INT J SOLIDS STRUCT
 JI Int. J. Solids Struct.
 PD SEP
 PY 2001
 VL 38
 IS 36-37
 BP 6627
 EP 6641
 PG 15
 SC Mechanics
 GA 464GK
 UT ISI:000170524700013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Comments and author's reply on "Derivation and transformation of
    variational principles with emphasis on inverse and hybrid problems in
    fluid mechanics: a systematic approach"
 SO ACTA MECHANICA
 DT Letter
 ID FLOW
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 2000, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V72, P18
    LIU GL, 1999, ACTA MECH SINICA, V31, P165
    LIU GL, 1999, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V16, P141
    LIU GL, 2000, ACTA MECH, V140, P73
 NR 5
 TC 3
 SN 0001-5970
 J9 ACTA MECH
 JI Acta Mech.
 PY 2001
 VL 149
 IS 1-4
 BP 247
 EP 249
 PG 3
 SC Mechanics
 GA 465UE
 UT ISI:000170607700018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
 TI Comments and author's reply on "Derivation and transformation of
    variational principles with emphasis on inverse and hybrid problems in
    fluid mechanics: a systematic approach" - Reply
 SO ACTA MECHANICA
 DT Letter
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, GL, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mech, 149 Yan Chang Rd, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI, P312
    HE JH, COMMENTS LIUS SYSTEM
    LIU GL, 1990, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V11, P136
    LIU GL, 2000, ACTA MECH, V140, P73
    ZIENKIEWICZ OC, 1989, FINITE ELEMENT METHO, V1, P248
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0001-5970
 J9 ACTA MECH
 JI Acta Mech.
 PY 2001
 VL 149
 IS 1-4
 BP 249
 EP 250
 PG 2
 SC Mechanics
 GA 465UE
 UT ISI:000170607700019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, XJ
    Chen, YX
    Cheng, XY
 TI Environmental embrittlement of intermetallics
 SO PROGRESS IN NATURAL SCIENCE
 DT Review
 DE intermetallics; environmental embrittlement; alloying element; hydrogen
    diffusivity; surface reaction
 ID ROOM-TEMPERATURE; CO3TI ALLOYS; POLYCRYSTALLINE NI3AL;
    MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES; WATER-VAPOR; BORON; FRACTURE
 AB The effect of alloying elements on the environmental embrittlement of
    L1(2) type intermetallics is summarized. The results show that the
    ductilizing effect of boron doping in Ni3Al is mainly to suppress the
    moisture-induced environmental embrittlement. The mechanism of this
    suppression effect is proved to lie in the fact that it severely
    reduces the hydrogen diffusivity along the grain boundaries. However,
    the boron doping in Co3Ti alloys does not have the same effect of
    suppressing the environmental embrittlement. The different behavior of
    boron doping in Ni3Al and Co3Ti may be attributed to its different
    segregation behavior on the grain boundaries. Boron in Co3Ti does not
    segregate on the grain boundaries and cannot effectively reduce the
    hydrogen diffusivity along the grain boundaries. The moisture-induced
    environmental embrittlement of Co3Ti alloy can be completely suppressed
    by the addition of Fe. As proved by Auger, this suppression effect is
    due to its obvious reduction of the surface kinetic reaction with water
    vapor.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wan, XJ, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN YX, 1998, J MATER SCI LETT, V17, P1627
    CHEN YX, 2000, INTERMETALLICS, V8, P585
    CHENG XY, 1997, SCRIPTA MATER, V37, P1065
    CHENG XY, 1998, SCRIPTA MATER, V38, P959
    GEORGE EP, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P365
    GEORGE EP, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V30, P37
    GEORGE EP, 1995, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V192, P277
    KIMURA A, 1994, MATER T JIM, V35, P879
    LIU CT, 1985, ACTA METALL, V33, P213
    LIU CT, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P25
    LIU Y, 1989, J MATER SCI, V24, P4458
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    TAKASUGI T, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P4239
    TAKASUGI T, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V29, P1587
    WAN X, 1994, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V10, P39
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P479
    WAN XJ, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V31, P677
    WAN XJ, 1995, ACTA METALL SINICA, V8, P299
    WAN XJ, 1998, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V34, P141
    WAN XJ, 1999, ACTA METALLURGICA S, V35, P44
    WU MY, 1999, 5 IUMRS INT C ADV MA, V64, P187
    ZHU JH, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V29, P429
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0071
 J9 PROG NAT SCI
 JI Prog. Nat. Sci.
 PD AUG
 PY 2001
 VL 11
 IS 8
 BP 561
 EP 568
 PG 8
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 462TN
 UT ISI:000170436000001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yin, LW
    Li, MS
    Hao, ZY
    Zhang, JF
 TI Inclusions related to catalyst and medium for transmitting pressure in
    diamond single crystals grown at high temperature and high pressure
    from the Fe-C system
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS D-APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID NITROGEN
 AB Inclusion entrapment in a crystal is one of the most important
    characteristics for the crystal growth technique from solution. Diamond
    single crystals grown from the Fe-C system at high temperature-high
    pressure usually contain inclusions related to the molten catalyst and
    the medium (pyrophyllite) for transmitting pressure. During the growth
    of the diamond, the inclusions are trapped by the growth front or are
    formed through reaction between the contaminants trapped in the
    diamond. In the present article, the inclusions related to the catalyst
    and pyrophyllite were systemically examined by transmission electron
    microscopy. The chemical composition and crystal structure of the
    inclusions were, for the first time, determined by selected area
    electron diffraction pattern combined with energy dispersive x-ray
    spectrometry. It was shown that the inclusions are mainly composed of
    orthorhombic Fe3C, orthorhombic FeSi2, hexagonal SiO2 and face-centred
    cubic SiC.
 C1 Shandong Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Jinan 250061, Peoples R China.
    Jilin Univ, Natl Key Lab Superhard Mat, Changchun 130012, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Occupat Coll, Jinan 271021, Peoples R China.
 RP Yin, LW, Shandong Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, 73 Jing Shi Rd, Jinan
    250061, Peoples R China.
 CR ANTHONY TR, 1999, DIAM RELAT MATER, V8, P78
    BUNDY FP, 1955, NATURE, V176, P51
    DAVIS G, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P157
    GOSS J, 1995, MATER SCI FORUM, V196, P67
    HAO ZY, 1994, J CRYST GROWTH, V135, P370
    HUGGINS CM, 1961, NATURE, V120, P829
    KIFLAWI I, 1997, DIAM RELAT MATER, V6, P1643
    MAINWOOD A, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P7934
    MICHAU D, 1999, DIAM RELAT MATER, V140, P441
    NAZARE MH, 1995, MATER SCI FORUM, V196, P73
    NEWTON ME, 1991, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V3, P3591
    SHIMOMURA S, 1997, DIAM RELAT MATER, V6, P1680
    SINGH BP, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P1487
    ZHANG SD, 1986, J CRYST GROWTH, V79, P542
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0022-3727
 J9 J PHYS-D-APPL PHYS
 JI J. Phys. D-Appl. Phys.
 PD JUN 21
 PY 2001
 VL 34
 IS 12
 BP L57
 EP L60
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 462MR
 UT ISI:000170424300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XG
    Ding, WZ
    Tang, K
    Jiang, GC
    Xu, KD
 TI Experimental thermodynamic research on equilibrium between silicon
    alloy and SiO2-CaO-Al2O3 melt
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE silicon; oxidation refining; thermodynamic equilibrium
 AB The equilibria of Al and Ca between silicon alloy and the SO2-Al2O3-CaO
    ternary slags were investigated using graphite crucible at 1550
    degreesC. With increasing Al2O3 and CaO content in the slags, the Al
    and Ca content increase respectively. The variation of the impurities
    are also affected by the silica content in slag which provides the
    oxidant during the oxidation refining process. The distributions of the
    impurities Al and Ca in silicon were given in terms of isoconcentration
    curves for Al and Ca in the ternary slags of SiO2-Al2O3-CaO. The
    present experimental work provided available data to analyze the action
    of Al and Ca during oxidation refining process for silicon alloy.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHU TL, 1983, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V30, P455
    HOLTA H, 1995, INFACON 7 TRONDH NOR, P463
    HUNT LP, 1976, 12 IEEE PHOT SPEC C, P125
    HUNT LP, 1976, SOL ENERGY, P200
    JUNEJA JM, 1986, HYDROMETALLURGY, V16, P69
    KAY DAR, 1960, T FARADAY SOC, V56, P1372
    MARGARIA T, 1996, SILICON REFINING EXP, P21
    OHTA H, 1996, METALL MATER TRANS B, V27, P943
    OTTEM L, 1993, STF34F93112 SINTEF
    REIN RH, 1965, T METALL SOC AIME, V233, P415
    SCHEI A, 1998, PRODUCTION HIGH SILI, P13
    SCHEI A, 1998, PRODUCTION HIGH SILI, P265
    VOOS W, 1961, 2972521, US
    WEISS T, 1994, METALL MATER TRANS B, V25, P497
    WU XX, 1999, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V9, P627
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD AUG
 PY 2001
 VL 11
 IS 4
 BP 535
 EP 539
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 461PX
 UT ISI:000170373600016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
    Wang, Q
 TI Duration of tunneling photons in a frustrated-total-internal-reflection
    structure
 SO JOURNAL OF THE OPTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA B-OPTICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID SUPERLUMINAL GROUP VELOCITIES; DELAY TIMES; QUANTUM; TRAVERSAL;
    MECHANICS; MEDIA
 AB A new definition for tunneling time of photons in a
    frustrated-total-internal-reflection structure is introduced under the
    assumption that the tunneling speed of photons is the energy-transfer
    speed of light in the tunneling region. This definition eliminates the
    problem of superluminality, and the suggested tunneling speed defines
    an orbit equation that gives a lateral shift of tunneling photons. (C)
    2001 Optical Society of America.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 Shangda Rd,Baoshan, Shanghai
    200436, Peoples R China.
 CR 1994, PHYS REV A, V49, P3283
    BALCOU P, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P851
    BOHM D, 1951, QUANTUM THEORY, P240
    BOHM D, 1952, PHYS REV, V85, P166
    BOHM D, 1987, PHYS REP, V144, P321
    BUTTIKER M, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P1739
    CARNIGLIA CK, 1971, J OPT SOC AM, V61, P1035
    CARNIGLIA CK, 1971, J OPT SOC AM, V61, P1423
    CHIAO RY, 1997, PROG OPTICS, V37, P345
    CONDON EU, 1931, REV MOD PHYS, V3, P43
    DEUTCH JM, 1993, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V228, P184
    DIENER G, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V223, P327
    DIENER G, 1997, PHYS LETT A, V235, P118
    HARTMAN TE, 1962, J APPL PHYS, V33, P3427
    HASS K, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V185, P9
    HAUGE EH, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P917
    JAPHA Y, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P586
    LEAVENS CR, 1998, PHYS REV A, V58, P840
    LEE B, 1997, J OPT SOC AM B, V14, P777
    MACCOLL LA, 1932, PHYS REV, V40, P621
    MCKINNON WR, 1995, PHYS REV A, V51, P2748
    NIMTZ G, 1997, PROG QUANT ELECTRON, V21, P81
    SMITH FT, 1960, PHYS REV, V118, P349
    STEINBERG AM, 1994, PHYS REV A, V49, P3283
 NR 24
 TC 2
 SN 0740-3224
 J9 J OPT SOC AM B-OPT PHYSICS
 JI J. Opt. Soc. Am. B-Opt. Phys.
 PD AUG
 PY 2001
 VL 18
 IS 8
 BP 1174
 EP 1179
 PG 6
 SC Optics
 GA 459YZ
 UT ISI:000170280200018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Luo, X
    Roetzel, W
 TI The single-blow transient testing technique for plate-fin heat
    exchangers
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER
 DT Article
 DE heat exchangers; measurement techniques; transient
 ID NUMERICAL INVERSION; LAPLACE TRANSFORMS; TEMPERATURE
 AB A new model of the single-blow problem is proposed, considering the
    lateral heat conduction resistance along the fins. the axial heat
    conduction along the separating plates and the axial thermal dispersion
    in the fluid. For plate-fin heat exchangers made up of stainless steel,
    the effect of the lateral heat conduction resistance along the fins can
    usually not be neglected. This effect is taken into account by solving
    the temperature dynamics in the fluid, separating plates and fins
    simultaneously. The axial dispersion model is used to take flow
    maldistribution in plate-fin heat exchangers into account. The effect
    of the axial heat conduction in separating plates is also considered.
    The governing equation system is solved by means of Laplace transform
    and numerical inverse transform algorithms. The investigation confirms:
    for plate-fin heat exchangers of aluminium the effect of the lateral
    heat conduction resistance of fins can usually be neglected because of
    their high fin efficiency. However, the assumption of uniform porous
    medium is not valid if the plate-fin heat exchangers are made up of
    stainless steel. In such a case the heat conduction resistance of fins
    has significant influence on the outlet fluid temperature variation.
    (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Univ Fed Armed Forces, Inst Thermodynam, D-22039 Hamburg, Germany.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Thermal Engn & Air Conditioning, Shanghai 2000093, Peoples R China.
 RP Luo, X, Univ Fed Armed Forces, Inst Thermodynam, D-22039 Hamburg,
    Germany.
 CR 1979, HDB MATH, P537
    ANZELIUS A, 1926, Z ANGEW MATH MECH, V6, P291
    CAI ZH, 1984, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V27, P971
    CRESWICK FA, 1957, IND MATH, V8, P61
    CRUMP KS, 1976, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V23, P89
    DANCKWERTS PV, 1953, CHEM ENG SCI, V2, P1
    FURNAS CC, 1932, US BUREAU MINES B, V361
    HAUSEN H, 1929, Z ANGEW MATH MECH, V9, P173
    HEGGS PJ, 1988, EXP THERM FLUID SCI, V1, P243
    HOWARD CP, 1964, 64GTP11 ASME
    ICHIKAWA S, 1972, KYOTO U MEMORIES 1, V34, P53
    JACQUOT RG, 1983, IEEE CIRCUITS SYSTEM, V5, P4
    KAYS WM, 1984, COMPACT HEAT EXCHANG
    LIANG CY, 1975, J HEAT TRANSFER, V97, P16
    LUO X, 1987, HEAT TRANSFER SCI TE, P218
    LUO X, 1990, J SHANGHAI I MECH EN, V12, P40
    LUO X, 1998, FORTSCHRITT BERICHTE, V19
    LUO X, 1999, SCI COMPUTING CHEM E, V2, P167
    LUO X, 2000, HEAT TRANSFER SCI TE, P691
    LUO X, 2000, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V44, P121
    MULLISEN RS, 1986, J HEAT TRANS-T ASME, V108, P370
    NUSSELT W, 1927, Z VER DTSCH ING 1, V71, P85
    ROETZEL W, 1994, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V37, P325
    ROETZEL W, 1996, NEW DEV HEAT EXCHANG, P547
    ROETZEL W, 1998, REV GEN THERM, V37, P277
    ROETZEL W, 1999, DYNAMIC BEHAV HEAT E
    ROETZEL W, 2000, P 3 EUR THERM SCI C, P1149
    SCHUMANN TEW, 1929, J FRANKL INST, V208, P405
    STEHFEST H, 1970, COMMUN ACM, V13, P47
    ZHANG H, 1999, PROGR ENG HEAT TRANS, P607
    ZHOU CW, 1988, P NAT C HEAT MASS TR
    ZHOU K, 1998, P INT C HEAT EXCH SU, P645
 NR 32
 TC 3
 SN 0017-9310
 J9 INT J HEAT MASS TRANSFER
 JI Int. J. Heat Mass Transf.
 PD OCT
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 IS 19
 BP 3745
 EP 3753
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics; Thermodynamics
 GA 460AG
 UT ISI:000170283200006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, GH
 TI Inner structure of entropy of Reissner-Nordstrom black holes
 SO GENERAL RELATIVITY AND GRAVITATION
 DT Article
 DE Black holes; entropy
 ID SPACE-TIME DEFECTS; BONNET-CHERN DENSITY; GAUGE FIELD-THEORY;
    DISCLINATION CONTINUUM; TOPOLOGICAL-STRUCTURE; EARLY UNIVERSE; EXTREME
    STATE; BIFURCATION; ORIGIN; QUANTIZATION
 AB Using the relationship between the entropy and the Euler
    characteristic, and the usual decomposition of spin connection, an
    entropy density is introduced to describe the inner structure of the
    entropy of RN black holes. It is pointed out that the entropy of RN
    black holes is determined by the singularities of the timelike Killing
    vector field of RN spacetime, and that these singularities carry the
    topological numbers, Hopf indices and Brouwer degrees, naturally, which
    are topological invariants. Taking account of the physical meaning of
    entropy in statistics, the entropy and its density of RN black holes
    are modified and they are given by the Hopf indices merely.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BARDEEN JM, 1973, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V31, P161
    BEKENSTEIN JD, 1973, PHYS REV D, V7, P2333
    CHERN SS, 1944, ANN MATH, V45, P747
    CHERN SS, 1945, ANN MATH, V46, P674
    CHERN SS, 1959, LECT NOTES
    CHRISTODOULOU D, 1971, PHYS REV D, V4, P3552
    DUAN YS, 1993, J MATH PHYS, V34, P1149
    DUAN YS, 1995, HELV PHYS ACTA, V68, P513
    DUAN YS, 1997, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V29, P715
    DUAN YS, 1997, HELV PHYS ACTA, V70, P565
    GELFAND IM, 1958, GEN FUNCTION
    GHOSH A, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P1858
    GIBBONS GW, 1977, PHYS REV D, V15, P2752
    GIBBONS GW, 1995, PHYS REV D, V51, P2839
    HAWKING SW, 1975, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V43, P199
    HAWKING SW, 1995, PHYS REV D, V51, P4302
    HAWKING SW, 1996, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V13, P1487
    LIBERATI S, 1997, PHYS REV D, V56, P6458
    MALDACENA JM, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P428
    TEITELBOIM C, 1995, PHYS REV D, V51, P4315
    WANG B, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V432, P69
    WANG B, 1998, PHYS REV D, V57, P5284
    YANG GH, 1998, INT J MOD PHYS B, V12, P2599
    YANG GH, 1998, INT J THEOR PHYS, V37, P2371
    YANG GH, 1998, INT J THEOR PHYS, V37, P2953
    YANG GH, 1998, MOD PHYS LETT A, V13, P2123
    YANG GH, 1998, MOD PHYS LETT A, V13, P745
    YANG GH, 1999, INT J ENG SCI, V37, P1037
    ZASLAVSKII OB, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P2211
    ZASLAVSKII OB, 1997, PHYS REV D, V56, P2188
 NR 30
 TC 2
 SN 0001-7701
 J9 GEN RELATIV GRAVIT
 JI Gen. Relativ. Gravit.
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 33
 IS 6
 BP 1027
 EP 1040
 PG 14
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 461UX
 UT ISI:000170382800005
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Wang, XP
    Chen, XJ
    Zhu, LJ
    Wang, W
 TI Machine tool spindles and active magnetic bearings
 SO ADVANCES IN ABRASIVE PROCESSES
 SE KEY ENGINEERING MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE AMB; machine tool spindle; industrial application
 AB Active magnetic bearing (AMB) is a suspension component that makes use
    of magnetic force to support the body (such as the rotor) without
    contact and it has many advantages such as high stability and no wear.
    There are many successful applications on machine tools around the
    world instead of the ball bearings or oil film bearings. The excellence
    of the AMB shows it is ones of the best units of suspension for the
    rotating shaft in the future. Here, the technique and some
    characteristics of the bearings applied in machine tool spindle are
    introduced briefly. The research and the application actuality of AMB
    in China are stated. Some experiment results of the AMB achieved by the
    Research Institute of Bearings (RIB), Shanghai University are
    presented. Maybe this would push the technique to be widely accepted.
    by industry in China.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Res Inst Bearings, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Engn Sci, Coll Elect & Elect Eng, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XP, Shanghai Univ, Res Inst Bearings, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BRUNET M, 1994, P 4 INT S MAGN BEAR, P519
    HARADA S, 1992, P 3 INT S MAGN BEAR, P421
    LIU YS, 2000, CHINESE J MECH ENG, V36, P5
    MEKHICHE M, 2000, P 7 INT S MAGN BEAR, P123
    SIEGWART R, 1990, P 2 INT S MAGN BEAR, P197
    WANG XP, 1994, THESIS XIAN JIAOTONG
    WANG XP, 2000, P 7 INT S MAGN BEAR, P39
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1013-9826
 J9 KEY ENG MAT
 PY 2001
 VL 202-2
 BP 465
 EP 468
 PG 4
 GA BS53W
 UT ISI:000170264200091
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GH
    Zhou, SP
    Xu, DM
 TI Research on the dynamical behaviors of GaAs/AlGaAs heterostructures
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE negative differential conductivity; heterostructure; bifurcation; chaos
 ID CURRENT-DENSITY FILAMENTS; DRIVEN GUNN-DIODES; SEMICONDUCTOR-DEVICE;
    QUASI-PERIODICITY; CHAOTIC MOTIONS; MODE-LOCKING; OSCILLATOR
 AB We develop the physical model based on the real space charge transfer
    mechanism and derive the dynamic equations of GaAs/AlGaAs
    heterostructures. Complex bifurcations are studied in detail for the
    forced and unforced cases. It is shown that both periodic attractors
    and fixed points attractors can coexist under a right de bias. The
    hysteresis phenomena are also investigated in theory. For the forced
    GaAs/AlGaAs, numerical simulation shows that the occurance of
    frequency-locking, quasiperiodicity, and chaos depends on the frequency
    and amplitude of the externally applied microwave field, as expected.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GH, Shanghai Univ, Coll Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AOKI K, 1982, J PHYS SOC JPN, V51, P2373
    AOKI K, 1989, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V32, P1149
    GLAZIER JA, 1988, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V35, P790
    HEINZ G, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P12603
    HELD GA, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V56, P1183
    JIANG ZF, 1991, APPL PHYS A-SOLID, V52, P10
    LU YL, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1394
    MOSEKILDE E, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P2298
    MOSEKILDE E, 1993, PHYSICA D, V66, P143
    NIEDERNOSTHEIDE FJ, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P14012
    NIEDERNOSTHEIDE FJ, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P7663
    SCHOLL E, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P1277
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD AUG
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 8
 BP 1567
 EP 1573
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 460XD
 UT ISI:000170333200031
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sheng, PX
 TI Chaotic phenomena of superconductivity
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE superconductors; G-L equations; infinite-dimensional dynamic system;
    chaotic phenomena
 ID GINZBURG-LANDAU EQUATIONS
 AB One-dimensional steady state and evolutionary Ginzburg-Landau equations
    for superconductivity is disussed. Instability of constant steady state
    solutions and the existence of limit sets of infinite-dimensional
    dynamic system are proved. Using the author's definition of chaos for
    finite-and infinite-dimensional dynamic systems, we conclude that
    superconductors governed by GL equations possess chaotic phenomena.
    Therefore strange phenomena may occur in conducting. The theoretical
    results indicate that it is advisable to improve the design of
    experiments or try to find new structures of superconductors in future
    research to suppress the chaotic behavior.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Nat Sci, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Sheng, PX, Shanghai Univ, Coll Nat Sci, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AFTALION A, 1999, PHYSICA D, V132, P214
    AFTALION A, 2000, SIAM J APPL MATH, V60, P1157
    GINZBURG VL, 1950, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V20, P1064
    GUO BL, 1995, NONLINEAR EVOLUTIONA
    HASTINGS SP, 1999, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V30, P1
    LIU YP, 2000, PHYSICS, V29, P444
    SHA CW, 2000, COMMUN HIGH TECHNOLO, V10, P91
    SHENG PX, 1994, COMMUN APPL COMPUT M, V8, P34
    SHENG PX, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P91
    SHENG PX, 1997, P MOD MATH MECH, V7, P408
    SHENG PX, 2000, J SHANGQIU TEACHERS, V16, P96
    SHENG PX, 2000, P MOD MATH MECH, V8, P115
    WEN HM, 2000, COMMUN HIGH TECHNOLO, V10, P105
    YU WH, 2000, ANN MATH, V21, P1
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD AUG
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 8
 BP 1596
 EP 1599
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 460XD
 UT ISI:000170333200036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, WQ
    Zhou, BX
    Li, Q
 TI Corrosion resistance of Zr-1Nb alloy in lithium hydroxide aqueous
    solution
 SO RARE METALS
 DT Article
 DE Zr-1Nb alloys; beta-niobium; corrosion resistance
 ID OXIDATION; ZR; NB
 AB The corrosion resistance of Zr-1Nb alloy was compared with that of
    Zr-Sn-Nb-Fe and Zr-4 alloys, and the effect of hydrochemistry on the
    corrosion resistance of Zr-1Nb alloy was discussed. Experimental
    results show that niobium oxide is partly soluble in LiOH aqueous
    solution. Therefore, when Zr-1Nb alloy is corroded in LiOH aqueous
    solution, a soluble niobate produced by the reaction between the
    corrosion products of beta -Nb particles and LiOH results in the
    formation of pores in the zirconium oxide films and causes the
    degradation of the corrosion resistance of Zr-1Nb alloy tested in LiOH
    aqueous solution.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Mat Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, WQ, Shanghai Univ, Mat Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ANADA H, 1996, ASTM STP, V1295, P35
    COMSTOCK RJ, 1996, ASTM STP, V1295, P710
    COX B, 1996, ASTM STP, V1295, P114
    LIN YP, 2000, J NUCL MATER, V277, P11
    LUO Y, 1998, INORGANIC CHEM SERIE, V8, P354
    NIKULINA AV, 1996, ASTM STP, V1295, P785
    PECHEUR D, 2000, J NUCL MATER, V278, P195
    PERKINS RA, 1991, ASTM STP, V1132, P595
    RAMASUBRAMANIAN N, 1994, AM SOC TEST MATER, V1245, P378
    SHEBALDOV PV, 2000, AM SOC TEST MATER, V1354, P545
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1001-0521
 J9 RARE METALS
 JI Rare Metals
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 78
 EP 80
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 458MJ
 UT ISI:000170197900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, QY
    Wu, GM
    Zhou, B
    Shen, J
    Wang, J
    Wu, ZG
    Ji, XH
 TI Electrochromic properties of sol-gel deposited V2O5 and TiO2-V2O5
    binary thin films
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID VANADIUM-OXIDE
 AB Transparent mixed phase (1 - x)V2O5 -xTiO(2) (x=0,0.1,0.2,0.3,0.4) thin
    films were prepared on indium tin oxide (ITO) coated glass via sol-gel
    process. The films were characterized by cyclic voltammetry, optical
    spectroscopy, scanning electron microscopy, IR and X-ray
    diffractometer. Electrochemical lithium insertion/extraction showed
    that the porous structure of sol-gel (1 - x)V2O5-xTiO(2) thin films
    exhibited good recharge ability of Li+/e(-) insertion/extraction
    process. For a 220 nm thick (1 - x)V2O5-xTiO(2) film with 90% V2O5, the
    capacity of charge exchange reached 9 mC/cm(2). In both Li+
    intercalated and free states, the films were highly transparent to
    visible light. Such films have potential applications in counter
    electrodes for electrochromic smart windows and other electrochemical
    devices.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, QY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHAIN EE, 1987, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V5, P1836
    COGAN SF, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V66, P1333
    GOLDNER RB, 1988, SOLID STATE IONICS, V28, P1715
    JULIEN C, 1999, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V65, P170
    KOBAYASHI S, 1987, JPN J APPL PHYS, V26, L1274
    OREL ZC, 1999, SOLID STATE IONICS, V116, P105
    OZER N, 1999, THIN SOLID FILMS, V338, P201
    RAUH RD, 1988, SOLID STATE IONICS, V28, P1707
    SHIMIZU Y, 1990, JPN J APPL PHYS, V29, L1708
    SURCA A, 1999, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V146, P232
    SZORENYI T, 1980, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V35, P1245
    WRUCK D, 1989, THIN SOLID FILMS, V182, P79
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 17
 IS 4
 BP 417
 EP 420
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 458JJ
 UT ISI:000170191000006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XG
    Ding, WZ
    Jiang, GC
    Xu, KD
 TI Experimental research on oxidation refining of ferrosilicon
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE FeSi75; oxidation refining; thermodynamics; equilibrium
 AB The equilibrium between ferrosilicon and SiO2-Al2O3-CaO ternary slag
    have been experimentally investigated using graphite crucible at 1 550
    degreesC. The Al and Ca contents in ferrosilicon were given in terms of
    isoconcentration curves in equilibrium with the ternary slag of
    SiO2-Al2O3-CaO. The present experimental work provides available data
    to analyze the behavior of Al and Ca during oxidation refining process
    for silicon alloy.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XG, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR DING W, 1996, FERROALLOYS, P1
    HOLTA H, 1995, INFACON, V7, P164
    KAY DAR, 1960, T FARADAY SOC, V56, P1372
    OHTA H, 1996, METALL MATER TRANS B, V27, P943
    REIN RH, 1965, T METALL SOC AIME, V233, P415
    ROINE A, 1992, HSC CHEM
    SCHEI A, 1998, PRODUCTION HIGH SILI
    TUSET J, 1985, PRINCIPLES SILICON R
    ZHOU JH, 1991, PRODUCTION TECHNOLOG
 NR 9
 TC 3
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD MAY
 PY 2001
 VL 8
 IS 1
 BP 6
 EP 10
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 459PK
 UT ISI:000170259700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Hamilton principle and generalized variational principles of linear
    thermopiezoelectricity
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED MECHANICS-TRANSACTIONS OF THE ASME
 DT Article
 AB Via the semi-inverse method. a family of various variational principles
    is established for thermopiezoelectricity, including a Hamilton
    principle and a minimum complementary energy principle.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHANDRASEKHARAI.DS, 1988, ACTA MECH, V71, P39
    HE JH, 1999, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V21, P356
    HE JH, 2000, ASME, V67, P326
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P133
    LIU GL, 1999, ACTA MECH SINICA, V31, P165
 NR 5
 TC 14
 SN 0021-8936
 J9 J APPL MECH
 JI J. Appl. Mech.-Trans. ASME
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 68
 IS 4
 BP 666
 EP 667
 PG 2
 SC Mechanics
 GA 459NV
 UT ISI:000170257900022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZH
    Wang, L
    Pan, LZ
 TI Stability of beams on bi-moduli elastic foundation
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED MECHANICS-TRANSACTIONS OF THE ASME
 DT Article
 AB This paper adopts the newly structured delta function and displacement
    function. Using two adjacent transition points as two interval
    terminals while beams buckle makes the interval [x(i-1),x(i)].
    According to the Winkler's beam buckling theory on elastic foundation,
    we present the energy solutions of beams and then the exact solutions
    of buckling load of simple supported beams on bi-moduli elastic
    foundation.
 C1 Shandong Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Jinan 250061, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200000, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, ZH, Shandong Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Jinan 250061, Peoples R China.
 CR ADIN MA, 1985, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V49, P319
    SELVADURAI APS, 1979, ELASTIC ANAL SOIL FD
    TSAI N, 1967, J ENG MECH DIV P ASC, V93, P1
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8936
 J9 J APPL MECH
 JI J. Appl. Mech.-Trans. ASME
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 68
 IS 4
 BP 668
 EP 670
 PG 3
 SC Mechanics
 GA 459NV
 UT ISI:000170257900023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, S
    Ren, Z
    Cao, W
    Tong, W
 TI The Knoevenagel condensation of aromatic aldehydes with malononitrile
    or ethyl cyanoacetate in the presence of CTMAB in water
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID DIELS-ALDER REACTIONS; CHEMISTRY
 AB A new route of Knoevenagel condensation of aldehydes with malononitrile
    or ethyl cyanoacetate in the presence of CTMAB in water is described.
    CTMAB is the most effective catalyst to increase yield among CTMAB,
    BTEAC and TBAI.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, Z, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDRE L, 1992, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V33, P8071
    BRANDES E, 1989, J ORG CHEM, V54, P515
    BRESLOW R, 1983, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V24, P1901
    CABELLO JA, 1984, J ORG CHEM, V49, P5195
    CORSON BB, 1928, J AM CHEM SOC 3, V50, P2825
    DAI GY, 1995, YING YONG HUA XUE, V12, P103
    GRIECO PA, 1983, J ORG CHEM, V48, P3137
    GRIECO PA, 1989, J ORG CHEM, V54, P5849
    HEINOSUKE Y, 1966, B CHEM SOC JPN, V39, P1754
    HIDEKI Y, 1999, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V40, P519
    KEI M, 1999, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V40, P3773
    LI CJ, 1993, CHEM REV, V93, P2023
    QI Z, 1991, YING YONG HUA XUE, V8, P17
    RIDEOUT DC, 1980, J AM CHEM SOC, V102, P7816
    STURZ HG, 1949, J AM CHEM SOC, V71, P2949
    TROST BM, 1991, COMPREHENSIVE ORGANI, V2, P341
 NR 16
 TC 13
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2001
 VL 31
 IS 5
 BP 673
 EP 677
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 455TY
 UT ISI:000170044900006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ni, GJ
    Yang, GH
    Fu, RT
    Wang, HB
 TI Running coupling constants of fermions with masses in quantum
    electrodynamics and quantum chromodynamics
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS A
 DT Article
 ID DIFFERENTIAL RENORMALIZATION; FIELD-THEORIES; GAUGE-THEORY;
    HIGGS-BOSON; REGULARIZATION; BOUNDS
 AB Based on a simple but effective regularization-renormalisation method
    (RRM), the running coupling constants (RCC) of fermions with masses in
    quantum electrodynamics (QED) and quantum chromodynamics (QCD) are
    calculated by renormalization group equation (RGE). Starting at Q = 0
    (Q being the momentum transfer), the RCC in QED increases with the
    increase of Q whereas the RCCs for different flavors of quarks with
    masses in QCD are different and they increase with the decrease of Q to
    reach a maximum at low Q for each flavor of quark and then decreases to
    zero at Q --> O. Thus a constraint on the mass of light quarks, the
    hadronization energy scale of quark-antiquark pairs are derived.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Michigan, Randall Lab, Ann Arbor, MI 48109 USA.
 RP Ni, GJ, Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR AITCHISON I, 1982, GAUGE THEORIES PARTI, P284
    BJORKEN JD, 1964, RELATIVISTIC QUANTUM
    BURKHARDT H, 1995, PHYS LETT B, V356, P398
    COLLINS J, 1984, RENORMALIZATION
    DUNNE G, 1992, PHYS LETT B, V293, P367
    DUTCH M, 1991, PHYS LETT B, V258, P457
    DVOEGLAZOV V, 1999, PHOTO OLD PROBLEMS L, P248
    EPSTEIN H, 1973, ANN I H POINCARE-AN, V19, P211
    FENG SS, 1999, INT J MOD PHYS A, V14, P4259
    FIELD RD, 1989, APPL PERTURBATIVE QC
    FREEDMAN DZ, 1992, NUCL PHYS B, V371, P353
    GAO DN, 1997, PHYS REV D, V56, P4115
    GIRONE M, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P3061
    GLIMM J, 1985, COLLECTED PAPERS, V2
    GROOM DE, 1996, PHYS REV D, V54, P37
    GROOM DE, 1996, PHYS REV D, V54, P44
    GROOM DE, 1996, PHYS REV D, V54, P547
    GROOM DE, 2000, EUR PHYS J C, V15, P40
    GROOM DE, 2000, EUR PHYS J C, V15, P49
    GROOM DE, 2000, EUR PHYS J C, V15, P672
    GROSS DJ, 1974, PHYS REV D, V10, P3235
    HAAGENSEN PE, 1992, PHYS LETT B, V283, P293
    ITZYKSON C, 1980, QUANTUM FIELD THEORY
    LEE TD, 1981, PARTICLE PHYSICS INT
    LOU SY, 1989, PHYS REV D, V40, P3040
    NI GJ, HEPTH9708155
    NI GJ, 1988, PHYS LETT B, V200, P161
    NI GJ, 1998, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V7, P401
    NI GJ, 1998, FRONTIERS QUANTUM FI, P169
    NI GJ, 1998, J FUDAN U NATURAL SC, V37, P304
    NI GJ, 1998, PHYSICS PARITY SYMME, P436
    NI GJ, 1998, SEICNE, V50, P36
    NI GJ, 2000, ADV QUANTUM MECH, V24, P400
    PESKIN ME, 1995, INTRO QUANTUM FIELD
    RAMOND P, 1981, FIELD THEORY MODERN
    SAKURAI JJ, 1967, ADV QUANTUM MECH
    SCHARF G, 1989, FINITE ELECTRODYNAMI
    SCHMELLING M, HEPEX9701002
    SMIRNOV VA, 1994, NUCL PHYS B, V427, P325
    WEINBERG S, 1955, QUANTUM THEORY FIELD, V1
    WEINBERG S, 1955, QUANTUM THEORY FIELD, V2
    YANG JF, 1994, THESIS FUDAN U
    YANG JF, 1995, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V4, P88
    YANG JF, 1997, HEPTH9708104
 NR 44
 TC 0
 SN 0217-751X
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS A
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. A
 PD JUN 30
 PY 2001
 VL 16
 IS 16
 BP 2873
 EP 2894
 PG 22
 SC Physics, Nuclear; Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA 455YL
 UT ISI:000170055300007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HL
    Li, MS
    Yang, FJ
 TI Changes of the nuclear charge distribution of Nd from optical isotope
    shifts
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID HYPERFINE-STRUCTURE MEASUREMENTS; RADII; SPECTROSCOPY
 AB The isotope shifts and hyperfine structures of seven optical
    transitions for all seven stable isotopes of Nd II were measured by
    using collinear fast-ion-beam laser spectroscopy. The nuclear parameter
    lambda was obtained from the measured optical isotope shifts for all
    seven stable isotopes with improved accuracy. The lambda values were
    analysed by using the Fermi distribution for the nuclear charge
    density. The values of delta <r(2)>, delta <r(4)> and delta <r(6)> were
    determined.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Inst Appl Phys & Computat Math, Beijing 100088, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Modern Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AHMAD SA, 1988, NUCL PHYS A, V483, P244
    AUFMUTH P, 1987, ATOM DATA NUCL DATA, V37, P455
    AUFMUTH P, 1992, Z PHYS D ATOM MOL CL, V23, P19
    BLUNDELL SA, 1985, Z PHYS A ATOMS NUCL, V321, P31
    CHEN MH, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V68, P2934
    GERSTENKON S, 1978, ATLAS SPECTRA ABSORP
    HELIG K, 1974, ATOM DATA NUCL DATA, V14, P613
    KING WH, 1984, ISOTOPE SHIFTS ATOMI, CH6
    KOPFERMANN H, 1958, NUCL MOMENTS PURE AP
    LEE PL, 1973, PHYS REV C, V8, P819
    LI MS, 2000, PHYS SCRIPTA, V61, P449
    MA HL, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P178
    RAMAN S, 1987, ATOM DATA NUCL DATA, V36, P1
    SELTZER EC, 1969, PHYS REV, V188, P1916
 NR 14
 TC 2
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 18
 IS 7
 BP 903
 EP 905
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 455YW
 UT ISI:000170056200019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, EB
    Gu, GQ
 TI An effective medium approximation of nonlinear composites with
    spherical particle
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID EFFECTIVE CONDUCTIVITY; FIELD
 AB We have proposed a nonlinear effective medium approximation (EMA)
    method to estimate the bulk effective conductivities of weakly
    nonlinear composite media, which obey a current-field relation of the
    form J = sigmaE + x \E\(2) E. As an example in three dimensions, we
    apply the EMA method to deal with a spherical inclusion in a host and
    derive the approximate analytic formulae of nonlinear effective
    response, which are suitable for the larger volume fraction of
    spherical inclusion. From our results, we can exactly obtain the
    generalized Landau formulae in the dilute limit.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, EB, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BLUMENFELD R, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P7378
    BRUGGEMAN DAG, 1935, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V24, P636
    DANIEL J, 1998, MAT RES SOC B    AUG, P30
    GARNETT JCM, 1906, PHILOS T R SOC LOND, V205, P237
    GU GQ, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P4502
    GU GQ, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P1737
    GU GQ, 2000, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V22, P95
    LEE HC, 1995, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V7, P8785
    STROUD D, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P8719
    YU KW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P1782
    YU KW, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V210, P115
    ZENG XC, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P10970
    ZENG XC, 1989, PHYSICA A, V157, P192
 NR 13
 TC 3
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 18
 IS 7
 BP 960
 EP 962
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 455YW
 UT ISI:000170056200039
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU You, JL
    Jiang, GC
    Yang, SH
    Ma, JC
    Xu, KD
 TI Temperature dependence of the Raman spectra and phase transition of
    zirconia
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB A newly constructed high-temperature Raman spectrometer was used to
    study the temperature-dependence Raman spectra (up to 2023 K) and
    transformation of zirconia crystal. High-temperature Raman scattering
    is a useful tool in characterizing the different structures of zirconia
    and offers the possibility of identifying the phase transformation. It
    shows that monoclinic zirconia transforms to tetragonal phase at about
    1440 K during the process of increasing temperature, but shows a lower
    transformation temperature from tetragonal to monoclinic phase at about
    1323 K while the temperature decreases.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP You, JL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CLARKE DR, 1982, J AM CERAM SOC, V65, P284
    GARVIE RC, 1988, PHYSICA B, V150, P203
    GU JQ, 1995, SPECTROSCOPY SPECTRA, V15, P45
    ISHIGAME M, 1977, J AM CERAM SOC, V60, P367
    KOUROUKLIS GA, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P520
    KULCINSKI GL, 1968, J AM CERAM SOC, V51, P582
    MYSEN BO, 1982, AM MINERAL, V67, P686
    PERRY CH, 1985, J AM CERAM SOC, V68, P184
    TEUFER G, 1962, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR, V15, P1187
    YASHIMA M, 1997, APPL SPECTROSC, V51, P1224
    YOU JL, 1998, J CHINESE RARE EARTH, V16, P505
    YOU JL, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P408
 NR 12
 TC 7
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 18
 IS 7
 BP 991
 EP 993
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 455YW
 UT ISI:000170056200049
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Wang, LY
    Song, LP
    Zhang, QY
 TI Convenient synthesis of 4-perfluoroalkyl-6-(2-naphthyl)-2-pyranones
 SO JOURNAL OF FLUORINE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE phosphoranes; fluorinated ylides;
    4-perfluoroalkyl-6-(2-naphthoyl)-6-pyranones
 ID METHYL
 AB In the presence of K2CO3, reaction of
    (2-naphthoyl)methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (1) with methyl
    2-perfluoroalkynoates (2) in CH2Cl2 at room temperature gave methyl
    4-(2-
    naphthoyl)-2-triphenylphosphoranylidene-3-perfluoroalkyl-3-butenoates
    (3) as major products and methyl
    4-(2-naphthoyl)-4-triphenylphosphoranylidene-3-perfluoroalkyl-2-butenoat
    es r4) as minor products in excellent yields.
    4-Perfluoroalkyl-6-(2-naphthyl)-2-pyranones (5) were obtained in high
    yield by hydrolysis of the methylene phosphoranes (3) in hot aqueous
    methanol in a sealed tube. The structures of compounds 3, 4, and 5 were
    confirmed by IR, MS, H-1, F-19 and C-13 NMR, and microanalyses.
    Reaction mechanisms are proposed to account for the formation of
    products 3, 4, and 5. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, 99 Shang Da Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BANKS RE, 1979, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    CAO WG, 1998, J FLUORINE CHEM, V91, P99
    CAO WG, 1999, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V57, P1270
    CAO WG, 1999, J FLUORINE CHEM, V95, P135
    DING WY, 1986, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V44, P255
    HUANG YZ, 1979, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V37, P47
    MANN J, 1987, CHEM SOC REV, V16, P381
    TAO WT, 1983, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V3, P129
    WELCH JT, 1987, TETRAHEDRON, V43, P3123
 NR 9
 TC 2
 SN 0022-1139
 J9 J FLUORINE CHEM
 JI J. Fluor. Chem.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 109
 IS 2
 BP 201
 EP 204
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Chemistry, Organic
 GA 454CD
 UT ISI:000169954100015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Xiang, SH
    Fan, YY
    Yu, NW
    Ma, JC
    Yang, SL
 TI Basic equations and calculation procedure for analysis of gas flow
    properties in tuyere under the influence of heat source
 SO STEEL RESEARCH
 DT Article
 ID DESIGN; LANCES
 AB Based on fundamentals of the dynamics and thermodynamics of
    compressible fluid flow as well as heat transfer, the basic equations
    and formulae for characterizing and calculating the gas flow properties
    in tubular and annular type tuyeres (constant cross-sectional area
    lances) under the influence of a heat source are derived. The
    calculation procedures of the properties at different discharge states
    through a tuyere are given. For the case of an annular-tube type tuyere
    used for an AOD (argon-oxygen decarburization) vessel of 18 t capacity,
    the distributions of the inner wall temperatures of the tuyere and the
    gas stagnation temperatures along its length have been more reasonably
    determined. The friction coefficients of its main tuyere and subtuyere
    to the gas flows during injection refining have been fixed by
    comparison of the pressure-flowrate (P-Q) experimentally measured in
    relationship to the results of trial calculations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR BENNETT O, 1974, MOMENTUM HEAT MASS T
    BIRD RB, 1960, TRANSPORT PHENOMENA
    CARLSSON G, 1986, SCAND J METALL, V15, P298
    DEISSLER RG, 1950, 2138 NACA
    FARMER D, 1989, STEELM C P ISS US, V72, P487
    GEIGER GH, 1973, TRANSPORT PHENOMENA
    HODGE AL, 1977, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V4, P81
    ISHIDA J, 1978, P 3 INT IR STEEL C C, P150
    KAYE J, 1951, GEN DISC HEAT TRANSM
    KORIA SC, 1989, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V16, P21
    KORIA SC, 1989, ISIJ INT, V29, P650
    LEACH JCC, 1978, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V5, P107
    MOODY LF, 1944, T AM SOC MECH ENG, V66, P671
    SHAPIRO AH, 1953, DYNAMICS THERMODYNAM, V1, P219
    SHAPIRO AH, 1953, DYNAMICS THERMODYNAM, V2, P1131
    SHARMA SK, 1986, STEELM C P ISS US, V69, P653
    YUN L, 1990, P 4 NAT S STEELM CS, P83
 NR 17
 TC 4
 SN 0177-4832
 J9 STEEL RES
 JI Steel Res.
 PD MAY-JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 72
 IS 5-6
 BP 161
 EP 167
 PG 7
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 450VV
 UT ISI:000169766300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Xiang, SH
    Fan, YY
    Yu, NW
    Ma, JC
    Yang, SL
 TI Calculation results and analysis of gas flow properties in tuyere under
    the influence of heat source
 SO STEEL RESEARCH
 DT Article
 AB The flow properties of the gases in an annular-tube type tuyere used
    for an 18 t AOD vessel were analyzed using the equations and
    calculation formulas presented in Part I of this work. The influence of
    the heating and friction effects, the gas supply pressure, and the gas
    type and composition, on the properties were examined. The results
    showed that the properties in a tuyere are significantly changed due to
    the presence of a heat source. This has a similar effectiveness as
    increasing the friction action and obviously reduces the gas flowrate
    at the tuyere outlet. When designing a tuyere used in a practical
    process of metallurgy and calculating the flow properties of gas in the
    tuyere, the heating effect from the high temperature melt and
    refractory lining should be taken into account. The gas supply pressure
    has a decisive effect on the properties. The type and composition of
    the blowing gas will also influence the properties. For a given tuyere
    and blowing system, appropriate blowing pressures for different gases,
    particularly for subtuyere gases, should be used according to the
    technological requirements of the different refining periods.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR WEI JH, 1999, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V26, P363
    WEI JH, 2000, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V27, P294
    WEI JH, 2001, STEEL RES, V72, P161
 NR 3
 TC 3
 SN 0177-4832
 J9 STEEL RES
 JI Steel Res.
 PD MAY-JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 72
 IS 5-6
 BP 168
 EP 172
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 450VV
 UT ISI:000169766300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, XL
    You, JL
    Wang, Y
    Cheng, ZX
    Yu, BK
    Zhang, SJ
    Sun, DL
    Jiang, GC
 TI Microprobe of structure of crystal/liquid interface boundary layers
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES E-TECHNOLOGICAL SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE boundary layer; molecular structure; microprobe; KDP; DKDP
 ID AQUEOUS-SOLUTIONS; GROWTH
 AB The molecular structures and its evolutive regularities within the
    boundary layers in the crystal growth of KDP and DKDP have been studied
    in real time by using holography and Raman microprobe. The experiments
    show that the molecular structure of mother solution within the
    boundary layers is distinctly different from that of the solutions
    alone. In this paper, the effects of cations within the boundary layers
    on the structure of solution are considered. Within the characteristic
    boundary layers, the effects of cations cause the changes in O-P-O bond
    angle, electronic density redistribution of the phosphate groups, and
    significant changes in the bond intensity, thus leading to the breaking
    of partial hydrogen bonds of the phosphate associations, the
    readjustment of geometry of anionic phosphate groups and desolvation,
    and the forming of the smectic ordering structure of the
    anions-cations. Finally, the crystallization unit of anion-cation
    should be formed at the proximate interface.
 C1 Shandong Univ, State Key Lab Crystal Mat, Jinan 250100, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yu, XL, Shandong Univ, State Key Lab Crystal Mat, Jinan 250100, Peoples
    R China.
 CR ADAMS WA, 1979, J CHEM PHYS, V70, P2074
    CERRETA MK, 1987, J CRYST GROWTH, V84, P577
    CHAPMAN AC, 1964, SPECTROCHIM ACTA, V20, P937
    CHAPMAN AC, 1965, SPECTROCHIM ACTA, V21, P633
    CHERNOV AA, 1993, PROG CRYST GROWTH CH, V26, P121
    DEVRIES SA, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P2229
    LIEBMANN P, 1982, J AM CHEM SOC, V104, P691
    PRESTON CM, 1979, J PHYS CHEM-US, V83, P814
    YU XL, 1990, J CRYST GROWTH, V106, P690
    YU XL, 1994, CRYST RES TECHNOL, V29, P229
    YU XL, 2000, 98110030, ZL
 NR 11
 TC 4
 SN 1006-9321
 J9 SCI CHINA SER E
 JI Sci. China Ser. E-Technol. Sci.
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 IS 3
 BP 265
 EP 273
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 450RJ
 UT ISI:000169756600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
    Chen, GR
 TI Bifurcations of one-dimensional reaction-diffusion equations
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 AB Bifurcations of a class of one-dimensional reaction-diffusion equations
    of the form u " + muu - u(k) = 0, where mu is a parameter, 2 less than
    or equal to k is an element of Z(+), with boundary value condition u(0)
    = u(pi) = 0, are investigated. Using the singularity theory based on
    the Liapunov-Schmidt reduction, some characterization results are
    obtained.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Houston, Dept Elect & Comp Engn, Houston, TX 77204 USA.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BEBERNES J, 1989, MATH PROBLEMS COMBUS
    CHOW SN, 1982, METHODS BIFURCATION
    FIFE PC, 1979, LECT NOTES BIOMATHEM, V28
    GOLUBITSKY M, 1985, SINGULARITIES GROUPS, V1
    IPSEN M, 1997, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V7, P1539
    LI CP, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P265
    ZHABOTINSKY AM, 1991, CHAOS, V1, P379
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD MAY
 PY 2001
 VL 11
 IS 5
 BP 1295
 EP 1306
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 452HY
 UT ISI:000169853300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, SJ
    Xu, CX
    Tang, XD
    Wang, WZ
    Du, DL
 TI Apoptosis and hormonal milieu in ductal system of normal prostate and
    benign prostatic hyperplasia
 SO ASIAN JOURNAL OF ANDROLOGY
 DT Article
 DE prostate; ductal system; hormonal milieu; androgen; estrogen; apoptosis
 ID CELL-DEATH; ANDROGEN; EPITHELIUM; ESTROGEN; STROMA
 AB Aim: To study the apoptotic rate (AR) and the androgen and estrogen
    milieu in the proximal and distal ductal systems of prostate, in order
    to help exploring the effects of these factors on prostatic growth and
    the pathogenesis of benign prostatic hypertrophy (BPH). Methods: The
    proximal and distal ends of the ductal system were incised from 20
    normal prostate as well as the hypertrophic prostate tissue from 20
    patients with BPH. The AR was determined by the DNA end-labeling method
    and dihydrotestosterone (DHT) and estrodiol (E-2), by radioimmunoassay.
    Results: There was no significant difference in DHT and E-2 density
    between the proximal and distal ends of the ductal systems in normal
    prostate. E-2 appeared to be higher in BPH than in normal prostatic
    tissues, but the difference was statistically insignificant. In normal
    prostatic tissue, the AR was significantly higher in the distal than in
    the proximal ends of the ductal system (P < 0.05), while the AR of the
    proximal ends was significantly higher (P < 0.01) than that in the BPH
    tissue. No significant correlation was noted between the DHT and E-2
    density and the AR both in the normal prostate and BPH tissues.
    Conclusion: The paper is the first time describing a difference in AR
    in different regions of the ductal system of normal prostate, while the
    hormonal milieu is similar, indicating a functional inhomogeneity of
    these regions. A low AR in the proximal duct, where BPH originates, and
    an even lower AR in the BPH tissue, sug gesting the participation of
    apoptosis in the BPH pathogenesis.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Peoples Hosp 1, Dept Urol, Shanghai 200080, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Provincial Hosp, Dept Urol, Jinan 250021, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Provincial Hosp, Dept Pathol, Jinan 250021, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, SJ, Shanghai Univ, Peoples Hosp 1, Dept Urol, 85 Wu Jin Rd,
    Shanghai 200080, Peoples R China.
 CR COLLINS AT, 1994, J ENDOCRINOL, V143, P269
    FARNSWORTH WE, 1996, PROSTATE, V28, P17
    GAVRIELI Y, 1992, J CELL BIOL, V119, P493
    ISAACS JT, 1984, PROSTATE, V5, P545
    ISAACS JT, 1994, SEMIN CANCER BIOL, V5, P391
    JUNIEWICZ PE, 1994, J UROLOGY, V152, P996
    KRIEG M, 1983, J STEROID BIOCHEM, V19, P155
    KRIEG M, 1993, J CLIN ENDOCR METAB, V77, P375
    KYPRIANOU N, 1996, HUM PATHOL, V27, P668
    LEE C, 1981, J ANDROL, V2, P293
    LEE C, 1990, BIOL REPROD, V43, P1079
    LEE C, 1997, PROSTATE, V31, P131
    MCNEAL JE, 1975, DHEW PUBLICATION, P1
    MCNEAL JE, 1988, AM J SURG PATHOL, V12, P619
    MCNEIL JE, 1983, MONOGR UROL, V4, P3
 NR 15
 TC 3
 SN 1008-682X
 J9 ASIAN J ANDROL
 JI Asian J. Androl.
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 3
 IS 2
 BP 131
 EP 134
 PG 4
 SC Andrology; Respiratory System; Urology & Nephrology
 GA 451KK
 UT ISI:000169801100009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dai, SQ
 TI Poincare-Lighthill-Kuo method and symbolic computation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE PLK method; perturbation methods; symbolic computation; intermediate
    expression swell; semi-inverse algorithm
 AB This paper elucidates the effectiveness of combining the
    Poincare-Lighthill-Kuo method (PLK method, for short) and symbolic
    computation. Firstly, the idea and history of the PLK method are
    briefly introduced. Then, the difficulty of intermediate expression
    swell, often encountered in symbolic computation, is outlined. For
    overcoming the difficulty, a semi-inverse algorithm was proposed by the
    author, with which the lengthy ports of intermediate expressions are
    first frozen in the form of symbols till the Fnal stage of seeking
    perturbation solutions. Tn discuss the applications of the above
    algorithm, the related work of the author and his research group on
    nonlinear oscillations and waves is concisely reviewed. The
    computer-extended perturbation solution of the Duffing equation shows
    that the asymptotic solution obtained with the PLK method possesses the
    convergence radius of 1 and thus the range of validity of the solution
    is considerably enlarged. The studies on internal solitary waves in
    stratified fluid and on the head-on collision between two solitary
    waves in a hyperelastic rod indicate that by means of the presented
    methods, very complicated manipulation, unconceivable in hand
    calculation, can be conducted and thus result in higher-order evolution
    equations and asymptotic solutions. The examples illustrate that the
    algorithm helps to realize the symbolic computation on
    micro-commputers. Finally, it is concluded that,vith the aid of
    symbolic computation, the vitality of the PLK method is greatly.
    Strengthened and at least for the solutions to conservative systems of
    oscillations and waves, it is a powerful tool.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Dai, SQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BELTZER AIB, 1990, APPL MECH REV, V403, P119
    CALMET J, 1988, COMPUTER ALGEBRA SYM
    CHENG YL, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P130
    CHENG YL, 1998, P 3 INT C HYDR
    CHENG YL, 1998, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    DAI HH, 2000, WAVE MOTION, V32, P93
    DAI SQ, 1981, SINGULAR PETURBATION, P33
    DAI SQ, 1982, ADV MECH, V12, P2
    DAI SQ, 1982, APPL MATH MECHANICS, V3, P777
    DAI SQ, 1983, ACTA MECH SINICA, V15, P623
    DAI SQ, 1984, APPL MATH MECH, V5, P1469
    DAI SQ, 1984, SIENTIA SINICA, V27, P507
    DAI SQ, 1987, KEXUE TONGBAO, V32, P589
    DAI SQ, 1990, ACTA MECH SINICA, V6, P111
    DAI SQ, 1991, APPL MATH MECH, V12, P255
    DAI SQ, 1991, SCI SINICA A, V34, P843
    DAI SQ, 1992, J HYDRODYN A, V7, P1
    DAI SQ, 1992, NONLINEAR PROBLEMS E
    DAI SQ, 1995, J NATURE, V17, P177
    DAI SQ, 1995, MODERN MATH MECH
    DAI SQ, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P113
    HECK A, 1993, INTRO MAPLE
    KUO YH, 1953, J MATH PHYS, V32, P83
    KUO YH, 1956, J AERONAUT SCI, V23, P125
    LIGHTHILL MJ, 1949, PHIL MAG           7, V40, P1179
    LIU YL, 1987, APPL MATH MECH, V8, P497
    POINCARE H, 1967, TTF450 NASA
    RAND HR, 1987, ARMBRUSTER D PERTURB
    TANG L, 1993, APPL MATH MECH, P400
    TIAN M, 1995, MODERN MATH MECH
    TSIEN HS, 1956, ADV APPL MECH, V4, P281
    WANG MQ, 1994, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V15, P384
    WANG MQ, 1995, APPL MATH MECH, V16, P429
    ZANG HM, 1993, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V14, P189
    ZANG HM, 1993, THESIS SHANGHAI U TE
    ZANG HM, 1994, P 1 INT C HYDR BEIJ
    ZHANG SG, 1986, J COMM APPL MATH COM, V1, P61
    ZHANG SG, 1986, J SHANGHAI U TECHNOL, V7, P375
    ZHU Y, 1989, APPL MATH MECH, V10, P213
    ZHU Y, 1991, ACTA MECH SINICA, V7, P300
    ZHU Y, 1992, APPL MATH MECH, V13, P407
 NR 41
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 3
 BP 261
 EP 269
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 450BW
 UT ISI:000169722500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, FR
 TI On the asymptotic solutions of boundary value problems for a class of
    systems of nonlinear differential equations (I)
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE system of nonlinear differential equations; boundary value problems;
    asymptotic solution
 AB A new method is applied to study the asymptotic behavior of solutions
    of boundary value problems for a class of systems of nonlinear
    differential equations
    u" = nu, epsilon nu" + f(x, u, u')nu' - g(x, u, u') nu = 0 (0 < epsilon
    much less than 1).
    The asymptotic expansions of solutions are constructed, the remainders
    are estimated. The former works are improved and generalized.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, FR, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR DORR FW, 1970, J MATH ANAL APPL, V29, P273
    DORR FW, 1973, SIAM REV, V15, P43
    HARRIS WA, 1991, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V92, P125
    HOWES FA, 1989, NONLINEAR ANAL, V13, P1013
    JIANG FR, 1981, APPL MATH MECH, V2, P505
    JIANG FR, 1987, SCI SINICA, V30, P588
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 3
 BP 282
 EP 293
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 450BW
 UT ISI:000169722500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GG
    Zhu, ZY
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Dynamical stability of viscoelastic column with fractional derivative
    constitutive relation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE viscoelastic column; fractional derivative constitutive relation;
    averaging method; weakly singular Volterra integro-differential
    equation; dynamical stability
 ID CALCULUS
 AB The dynamic stability of simple supported viscoelastic column,
    subjected to a periodic axial force, is investigated. The viscoelastic
    material was assumed to obey the fractional derivative constitutive
    relation. The governing equation of motion was derived as a weakly
    singular Volterra integro-partial-differential equation, and it was
    simplified into weakly singular Volterra integro-ordinary-differential
    equation by the Galerkin method. In terms of the averaging method, the
    dynamical stability was analyzed. A new numerical method is proposed to
    avoid storing all history data. Numerical examples are presented and
    the numerical results agree with the analytical ones.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GG, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BAGLEY RL, 1983, AIAA J, V21, P741
    BAGLEY RL, 1983, J RHEOL, V27, P201
    CEDERBAUM G, 1992, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V59, P16
    CHENG CJ, 1998, ACTA MECH SINICA, V30, P690
    DROZDOV AD, 1997, ACTA MECH, V124, P155
    ENELUND M, 1999, INT J SOLID STRUT, V36, P1417
    HUANG WH, 1997, ADV MECH, V27, P5
    LIU YZ, 1998, MECH VIBRATIONS
    ROSSIKHIN YA, 1997, APPL MECH REV, V50, P15
    SAMKO SG, 1993, FRACTIONAL INTEGRALS
 NR 10
 TC 4
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 3
 BP 294
 EP 303
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 450BW
 UT ISI:000169722500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, JB
    Lu, ZM
    Liu, XM
    Liu, YL
 TI Models for the counter-gradient-transport phenomena
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE turbulence; counter-gradient-transport; TSDIA
 ID TURBULENT SHEAR FLOWS; PASSIVE SCALARS; DIFFUSION
 AB The counter gradient transport phenomena on momentum, energy and
    passive scalar in turbulent flows were studied by use of the single
    response friction for TSDIA. As a result, models that can describe
    qualitatively the phenomena are obtained. Then the results are
    simplified by use of the internal range theory, and the results for
    lower degrees agree with results of predecessor. Finally the counter
    gradient-transport phenomena in channel flow and circular wake flow are
    analyzed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, JB, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ESKINAZEI S, 1988, PHYS FLUIDS, V12, P1988
    HAMBA F, 1987, J PHYS SOC JPN, V56, P79
    HANJALIC K, 1972, J FLUID MECH, V51, P301
    KRAICHNAN RH, 1959, J FLUID MECH, V5, P497
    LESLIE DC, 1972, DEV THEORY TURBULENC
    SHIMOMURA Y, 1998, PHYS FLUIDS, V10, P2636
    SREENIVASAN KR, 1982, TURBULENT SHEAR FLOW, V3, P96
    VEERAVALLI S, 1990, J FLUID MECH, V216, P35
    YOSHIZAWA A, 1984, PHYS FLUIDS, V27, P1337
    YOSHIZAWA A, 1988, J FLUID MECH, V195, P541
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 3
 BP 312
 EP 319
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 450BW
 UT ISI:000169722500006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, FR
    Jin, QN
 TI Asymptotic solutions of boundary value problems for third-order
    ordinary differential equations with turning points
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE boundary value problems; ordinary differential equations; turning
    points; asymptotic solutions
 ID PROBLEMS EXHIBITING RESONANCE
 AB Boundary value problem; for third-order ordinary differential equations
    with turning points are studied as follows :
    epsilon gamma ' " + f(x ; epsilon) gamma " + g(x ; epsilon) gamma '
    +h(x ; epsilon) gamma = 0 (- a < x < b, 0 epsilon 1),
    where f(x ; 0) has several multiple zero points in ( - n, b). the
    necessary conditions for exhibiting resonance is given, and the
    uniformly valid asymptotic solutions and the estimations of remainder
    terms are obtained.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Dept Math, Nanjing 210000, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, FR, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ACKERBERG RC, 1970, STUD APPL MATH, V49, P277
    JIANG FR, 1989, APPL MATH MECH, V10, P289
    JIANG FR, 1994, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID, V2, P471
    MATKOWSKY BJ, 1975, SIAM REV, V17, P82
    NAGUMO M, 1937, P PHYS-MATH SOC JPN, V19, P861
    ZHAO WL, 1984, J JILIN U, P10
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 4
 BP 394
 EP 403
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 450WP
 UT ISI:000169768100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, EB
    Tian, JW
    Gu, GQ
 TI A new inverse method and application to ocean data
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES D-EARTH SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE reconstructed phase space; conditional probability density;
    normalization
 ID STRANGE ATTRACTORS; VECTOR-FIELDS; TIME-SERIES; RECONSTRUCTION; SYSTEMS
 AB A new method is proposed to inverse normalization data of hidden
    variables in a dynamical system by embedding a time series in
    multidimensional spaces and applying a normalization analysis to the
    conditional probability density of points in the reconstructed phase
    spaces, The method is robust in the application to Lorenz system and
    4-dimensional Rossler system by testing quantitatively and
    qualitatively the correlation coefficient between inverse data and
    original data in time domain and in frequency domain, respectively. By
    applying the method to analyzing the South China Sea data, the
    normalization data of wind speed is extracted from the sea surface
    temperature time series.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Ocean Univ Qingdao, Phys Oceanog Lab, Qingdao 266003, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, GQ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BREEDEN JL, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P5817
    ECKMANN JP, 1985, REV MOD PHYS, V57, P617
    FRASER AM, 1986, PHYS REV A, V33, P1134
    GOUESBET G, 1991, PHYS REV A, V43, P5321
    GOUESBET G, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P6264
    GOUESBET G, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P1784
    GRASSBERGER P, 1983, PHYSICA D, V9, P189
    GRASSBERGER P, 1984, PHYSICA D, V13, P34
    JUDD K, 1998, PHYSICA D, V120, P273
    MANUCA R, 1996, PHYSICA D, V93, P78
    ORTEGA GJ, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V209, P351
    PACKARD NH, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V45, P712
    ROSSLER OE, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V71, P155
    SCELLER LL, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V211, P211
    TAKENS F, 1981, LECT NOTES MATH, V898, P366
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 1006-9313
 J9 SCI CHINA SER D
 JI Sci. China Ser. D-Earth Sci.
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 IS 6
 BP 490
 EP 497
 PG 8
 SC Geosciences, Multidisciplinary
 GA 448FZ
 UT ISI:000169617400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cul, JH
    Zhong, SS
    Yu, C
 TI Accurate modeling of shorted microstrip patch antennas using the
    locally conformal FDTD method
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE microstrip antennas; conformal FDTD method; shorted microstrip patch
    antennas
 ID DIFFERENCE TIME-DOMAIN
 AB An accurate analysis of shorted microstrip patch antennas is presented
    based on the use of the locally conformal finite-difference time-domain
    (CFDTD) method. This approach enables the positions and dimensions of
    the probe and the shorting pin to be chosen independently. The
    calculated result is compared with the measured result, and good
    agreement is observed. (C) 2001 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cul, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR DEY S, 1998, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V17, P349
    WATERHOUSE R, 1995, ELECTRON LETT, V31, P604
    WATERHOUSE RB, 1997, IEEE AP S INT S, P1852
    WATERHOUSE RB, 1998, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V46, P1629
    YEE KS, 1966, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V14, P302
    YEE KS, 1992, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V40, P1068
    YEE KS, 1994, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V42, P1450
    YEE KS, 1997, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V45, P354
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD AUG 5
 PY 2001
 VL 30
 IS 3
 BP 216
 EP 218
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 448LB
 UT ISI:000169627400022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Iteration perturbation method for strongly nonlinear oscillations
 SO JOURNAL OF VIBRATION AND CONTROL
 DT Article
 DE perturbation method; nonlinear oscillation; iteration method
 ID PARAMETERS
 AB In this paper, the author proposes a new perturbation technique
    coupling with iteration method, yielding a powerful mathematical tool
    for an analytical solution of nonlinear equations. The obtained results
    are valid not only for weakly nonlinear problems but also for strongly
    nonlinear ones. Furthermore, the approximate solutions are valid for
    the whole solution domain, and even the first-step iteration leads to
    high accuracy. Some examples are given to illustrate its effectiveness.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ACTON JR, 1985, SOLVING EQUATIONS PH
    ANDRIANOV I, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P327
    HE JH, 1999, COMMUN NONL SCI NUM, V4, P109
    HE JH, 1999, COMMUN NONL SCI NUM, V4, P78
    HE JH, 1999, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V4, P81
    HE JH, 1999, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V178, P257
    HE JH, 1999, MECCANICA, V34, P287
    HE JH, 1999, MECH PRACTICE, V21, P17
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P37
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P51
    HE JH, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V229, P1257
    HE JH, 2000, MECCANICA, V35, P299
    HOWARTH L, 1938, PROC R SOC LON SER-A, V164, P547
    LIAO SJ, 1995, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V30, P371
    LIAO SJ, 1999, J FLUID MECH, V385, P101
    NAYFEH AH, 1981, INTRO PERTURBATION T
    NAYFEH AH, 1985, PROBLEMS PERTURBATIO
 NR 17
 TC 8
 SN 1077-5463
 J9 J VIB CONTROL
 JI J. Vib. Control
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 7
 IS 5
 BP 631
 EP 642
 PG 12
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Acoustics; Mechanics
 GA 447NP
 UT ISI:000169579600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HL
    Yang, FJ
 TI Measurement of hyperfine coupling constants of the excited states
    4f(7)(S-8(7/2)0)6p(3/2)(7/2,3/2) in Eu-151,153(+)
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE fast-ion-beam laser spectroscopy; hyperfine structure; magnetic dipole
    and electronic quadrupole coupling constants
 ID BEAM LASER SPECTROSCOPY; FINE
 AB Hyperfine structure spectra of singly ionized europium have been
    measured by collinear fast-ion-beam laser spectroscopy. All the
    spectral lines were resolved and the magnetic dipole and electric
    quadrupole coupling constants of the metastable and excited levels were
    determined.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Modern Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDRA HJ, 1975, ATOMIC PHYSICS, V4, P365
    ANDRA HJ, 1979, PROGR ATOMIC SPECT B
    BELLAHMANSOUR N, 1989, PHYS REV A, V39, P5762
    BENGTSON A, 1980, PHYS LETT A, V76, P45
    GINIBRE A, 1989, PHYS SCR, V39, P694
    HOHLE C, 1982, Z PHYS A, V304, P279
    IIMURA H, 1994, PHYS REV C, V50, P661
    KUWAMOTO T, 1996, J PHYS SOC JPN, V65, P3180
    MA HL, 1999, J PHYS B-AT MOL OPT, V32, P1345
    SEN A, 1986, PHYS REV A, V36, P233
 NR 10
 TC 2
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 10
 IS 6
 BP 512
 EP 515
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 449RR
 UT ISI:000169701400010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SP
 TI Ginzburg-Landau theory and vortex lattice of high-temperature
    superconductors
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE Ginzburg-Landau theory; vortex lattice; high-temperature superconductor
 ID II SUPERCONDUCTORS; PAIRING SYMMETRY; YBA2CU3O7-DELTA; STATE; MODEL; PB
 AB The thermodynamics of the vortex lattice of high-temperature
    superconductors has been studied by solving the generalised
    Ginzburg-Landau equations derived microscopically. Our numerical
    simulation indicates that the structure of the vortex lattice is
    oblique at the temperature far away from the transition temperature T-C
    where the mixed s-d(x2-y2) state is expected to have the lowest energy.
    Whereas, very close to T-c, the d(x2-y2) wave is slightly lower
    energetically, and a triangular vortex lattice recovers. The
    coexistence and the coupling between the s and d waves would account
    for the unusual dynamic behaviours such as the upward curvature of the
    upper critical field curve H-C2(T), as observed in de magnetization
    measurements on single-crystal YBa2Cu3O7 samples.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRIKOSOV AA, 1957, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V32, P1442
    ABRIKOSOV AA, 1957, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V5, P1174
    ANDERSON PW, 1987, SCIENCE, V235, P1196
    CHAKRAVARTY S, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P337
    DORIA MM, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P9573
    DU Q, 1993, SIAM J APPL MATH, V53, P689
    GORKOV LP, 1960, SOV PHYS JETP, V9, P1364
    GUO BY, 1988, NUMER METH PART D E, P43
    JOYNT R, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P4271
    KEIMER B, 1994, J APPL PHYS 2, V76, P6778
    KLEINER R, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P2161
    KOUZNETSOV KA, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P3050
    LEE PA, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P2891
    LIECHTENSTEIN AI, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P2303
    MILLIS AJ, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P15408
    MONTHOUX P, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P4261
    PALSTRA TTM, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P1662
    REN Y, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P3680
    RUGGIERO S, 1982, PHYS REV B, V26, P4897
    SOININEN PI, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P13883
    TINKHAM M, 1964, GROUP THEORY QUANTUM
    TSUEI CC, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P593
    VOLOVIK GE, 1993, JETP LETT, V58, P469
    WELP U, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P1908
    WOLLMAN DA, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2134
    ZHANG FC, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P3759
    ZHANG SC, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P1089
    ZHOU SP, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P342
 NR 28
 TC 13
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 10
 IS 6
 BP 541
 EP 549
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 449RR
 UT ISI:000169701400015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, XY
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Reconstruction of relaxation modulus for viscoelastic medium with
    complete data
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE viscoelastic medium; reconstruction of the relaxation modulus;
    scattering and propagation operators; wave impedance mismatch; volterra
    integral equation
 ID INVERSE SCATTERING
 AB The inverse scattering problem for viscoelastic medium with wave
    impedance mismatch at the rear boundary is studied in this paper. The
    propagation operators of the viscoelastic medium are defined first and
    the integro-differential equations of these operators are derived via
    the invariant imbedding technique. For the inverse scattering problem,
    a new inversion procedure to reconstruct the relaxation modulus of the
    viscoelastic medium is developed, which utilizes a complete set of
    data, namely the one-side reflection data for one round trip through
    the viscoelastic slab. These data are complete in the sense that they
    can be extended to arbitrary time t in the inversion procedure. This
    inverse method is implemented numerically on several problems at the
    end of the paper. The more general case of a medium consisting of a
    stack of homogeneous viscoelastic medium layers is also considered. (C)
    2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 SOA, Inst Oceanog 1, Key Lab Marine Sci & Numer Modeling, Qingdao 266061, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, XY, SOA, Inst Oceanog 1, Key Lab Marine Sci & Numer Modeling,
    Qingdao 266061, Peoples R China.
 CR AMMICHT E, 1987, J ACOUST SOC AM, V81, P827
    BEEZLEY RS, 1985, J MATH PHYS, V26, P317
    BUI DD, 1995, INVERSE PROBL, V11, P835
    CHRISTENSON RM, 1982, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    CORONES JP, 1988, INVERSE PROBL, V4, P643
    KARLSSON A, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P691
    KRESS R, 1989, LINEAR INTEGRAL EQUA
    REDHEFFER R, 1962, J MATH PHYS, V41, P1
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0377-0427
 J9 J COMPUT APPL MATH
 JI J. Comput. Appl. Math.
 PD JUN 1
 PY 2001
 VL 131
 IS 1-2
 BP 445
 EP 456
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 444QK
 UT ISI:000169410900025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, GH
    Liu, L
    Xiu, XL
    Jian, HM
    Wang, LZ
    Sun, BZ
    Tong, BS
 TI Productivity and carcass characteristics of pure and crossbred Chinese
    Yellow Cattle
 SO MEAT SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE productivity; carcass characteristics; Chinese Yellow Cattle; meat
    performance
 AB The carcass characteristics of 334 Chinese Yellow Cattle, and their
    Simmental and Limousin crosses, were investigated in abattoirs in Hebei
    and Sandong provinces of China. The overall slaughter age was 4.8
    +/-2.2 years at a mean liveweight of 527.28 +/- 77.0 kg. Mean ages and
    liveweights for Yellow Cattle and its crosses were, respectively, 5.29
    +/-2.03 and 2.85 +/-1.71 years and 519.43 +/- 78.7 and 563.13 +/- 56.8
    kg. Carcass weights varied considerably and, consequently, so did
    subcutaneous fat depths and dressing percentages. Overall, mean carcass
    weights, subcutaneous fat depths and, dressing percentages and
    eyemuscle areas were 283.9 +/- 64.1 kg, 14.0 +/-8.0 mm, 54.0 +/-4.0%,
    and 62.7 +/- 13.3 cm(2), respectively; Compared with pure Yellow
    Cattle, the crosses were slaughtered at younger age, and had larger
    live and carcass weights, higher dressing percentages, less
    subcutaneous fat depth and bigger eyemuscle areas. It is concluded that
    crossbreeding can significantly improve Yellow Cattle' meat
    productivity, however feeding systems need to be improved and an
    appropriate grading system developed to improve beef production and
    quality in China. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Nanjing Agr Univ, Coll Food Sci & Technol, Meat Res Lab, Nanjing 210095, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Agr, Dept Food Engn, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
    Beijing Acad Agr Sci, Inst Anim Husb, Beijing, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, GH, Nanjing Agr Univ, Coll Food Sci & Technol, Meat Res Lab,
    Nanjing 210095, Peoples R China.
 CR LIU L, 1998, J YELLOW CATTLE, V24, P32
    MAY SG, 1992, J ANIM SCI, V70, P2431
    TATUM D, 1997, BEEF FACTS
    ZHANG CG, 1999, CATTLE BEEF IND CHIN, P1
    ZHOU GH, 1998, ANN RECIPROCAL MEAT, V51, P92
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 0309-1740
 J9 MEAT SCI
 JI Meat Sci.
 PD AUG
 PY 2001
 VL 58
 IS 4
 BP 359
 EP 362
 PG 4
 SC Food Science & Technology
 GA 443VZ
 UT ISI:000169364000004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cong, YH
    Zhu, ZY
 TI A homotopy method of switching solution branches at the pitchfork
    bifurcation point
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE homotopy method; switching solution branches; pitchfork point
 AB By introducing proper parameters in the original nonlinear system, a
    continuation method for switching solution branches at a pitchfork
    point is proposed and their theories have been established in this
    paper. It is sufficient to implement this method that a standard
    continuation procedure is only used. Some numerical examples are given
    to illustrate the effectiveness of this method.
 C1 Shandong Teachers Univ, Coll Math Sci, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ALLGOWER EL, 1981, LECT NOTES MATH, V878
    CHOW SN, 1982, METHOD BIFURCATION T
    GOLUBITSKY M, 1984, SINGULARITIES GROUP, V1
    KELLER HB, 1977, P APPL BIFURCATION T, P359
    RHEINBOLDT WC, 1978, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V15, P321
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD MAY
 PY 2001
 VL 19
 IS 3
 BP 299
 EP 308
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 443YR
 UT ISI:000169371600008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, YM
    Xing, SM
    Zhai, QJ
 TI Numerical simulation of semisolid continuous casting process
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE semisolid continuous casting; numerical simulation; mathematical model
 ID RHEOLOGICAL BEHAVIOR
 AB A general mathematical model and boundary condition applicable to
    momentum and heat transfer in the semisolid continuous casting(SCC)
    process was established. Using the model, the numerical simulation of
    the momentum and heat transfer of molten metal was carried out in the
    SCC system. The obtained results fit well with the measured ones.
    Moreover, using the numerical simulating software, the effect of
    various factors on breakout and breakage was explored. The obtained
    results show that heat flow density of copper mold and the withdrawal
    beginning time are two major influencing factors. The larger the heat
    flow density of copper mold, or the shorter the withdrawal beginning
    time, the more stable the semisolid continuous casting process.
 C1 Hebei Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shijiazhuang 050054, Peoples R China.
    Tsing Hua Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200027, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN HQ, 1990, NUMERICAL SIMULATION
    CHEN SS, 1978, SEMISOLID CASTING
    MATSUMIYA T, 1981, METALL T B, V12, P17
    PATANKAR SV, 1982, NUMERICAL METHOD HEA
    SPENCER DB, 1972, METALL T, V3, P1925
    TAHA MA, 1988, J MATER SCI, V23, P1385
    TAHA MA, 1998, MAT SCI, V23, P1379
    WEI PY, 1996, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V4, P98
    XING SM, 1996, STUDY SEMISOLID CONT, P51
    XING SM, 2000, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V10, P800
    XING SM, 2000, SPECIAL CASTING NONF, P16
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 11
 IS 3
 BP 378
 EP 381
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 440RK
 UT ISI:000169187900015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, GH
    Jiang, Y
    Duan, YS
 TI Topological quantization of k-dimensional topological defects and
    motion equations
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID SPACE-TIME DEFECTS; GAUGE FIELD-THEORY; DISCLINATION CONTINUUM;
    COORDINATE CONDITION; LINEAR DEFECTS; TENSOR CURRENT; P-BRANES;
    BIFURCATION; STRINGS; DISLOCATION
 AB Using the phi -mapping method and kth-order topological tenser current
    theory, we present a unified theory of describing k-dimensional
    topological defects and obtain their topological quantization and
    motion equations. It is shown that the inner structure of the
    topological tenser current is just the dynamic form of the topological
    defects, which are generated from the zeros of the m-component order
    parameter vector held. In this dynamic form, the topological defects
    are topologically quantized naturally and the topological quantum
    numbers are determined by the Hopf indices and the Brouwer degrees. As
    the generalization of Nielsen's Lagrangian and Nambu's action for
    strings, the action and the motion equations of the topological defects
    are also derived.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Theoret Phys, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Inst Theoret Phys, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CARROLL SM, 1998, PHYS REV D, V57, P5189
    CHEN G, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P82
    DAI J, 1989, MOD PHYS LETT A, V4, P2073
    DIAMANTINI MC, 1996, PHYS LETT B, V388, P273
    DUAN YS, 1992, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V24, P1033
    DUAN YS, 1997, HELV PHYS ACTA, V70, P565
    DUAN YS, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P781
    DUAN YS, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P157
    DUAN YS, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P4379
    DUFF MJ, 1991, PHYS LETT B, V273, P409
    DUFFY LC, 1991, EPIDEMIOLOGY, V2, P141
    HOROWITZ GT, 1991, NUCL PHYS B, V360, P197
    JIANG Y, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P2616
    LALAK Z, HEPPH9702405
    LI S, HEPTH0001007
    NAMBU Y, 1970, UNPUB LECT COPENHAGE
    NIELSEN HB, 1973, NUCL PHYS B, V57, P367
    POLYAKOV A, 1986, NUCL PHYS B, V268, P406
    SCHOUTEN JA, 1965, TENSOR ANAL PHYSICIT, P415
    TAO BX, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P701
    TOWNSEND PK, 1988, PHYS LETT B, V202, P53
    TOWNSEND PK, 1995, PHYS LETT B, V350, P184
    TUROK N, ASTROPH9612242
    VILENKIN A, 1994, COSMIC STRINGS OTHER
    YANG GH, 1998, INT J MOD PHYS B, V12, P2599
    YANG GH, 1998, INT J THEOR PHYS, V37, P2371
    YANG GH, 1998, INT J THEOR PHYS, V37, P2953
    YANG GH, 1998, MOD PHYS LETT A, V13, P745
    YANG GH, 1999, INT J ENG SCI, V37, P1037
 NR 29
 TC 6
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD MAY
 PY 2001
 VL 18
 IS 5
 BP 631
 EP 633
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 440GX
 UT ISI:000169168500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, GD
 TI Some conditions for existence and stability of relaxed incomplete LU
    factorizations
 SO APPLIED NUMERICAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE linear systems; preconditioners; incomplete factorizations; relaxation
    parameter
 ID LINEAR-SYSTEMS; MATRICES
 AB We present a condition for the existence of the relaxed incomplete LU
    factorization (RILU) (Axelsson and Lindskog, 1986), and based on the
    analytical results of Elman (1986, 1989), we show the conditions for
    the stability of the computations involving the triangular factors in
    the RILU preconditioning operation during the preconditioned iterative
    process, These conditions are related to the relaxation parameter omega
    and the focus is mainly on RILU(L,w). Our analysis consists of an
    analytical and numerical study of a class of pentadiagonal matrices.
    The numerical experiments show that these conditions play an important
    role in obtaining an efficient RILU preconditioner, and show that the
    relaxation parameter w could also play an important role in obtaining
    an efficient RILU preconditioner. (C) 2001 IMACS. Published by Elsevier
    Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, GD, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AXELSSON O, 1984, FINITE ELEMENT SOLUT
    AXELSSON O, 1986, NUMER MATH, V48, P479
    AXELSSON O, 1994, NUMER LINEAR ALGEBR, V1, P155
    BRUASET AM, 1990, MATH COMPUT, V54, P701
    CHOW E, 1997, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V86, P387
    ELMAN HC, 1986, MATH COMPUT, V47, P191
    ELMAN HC, 1989, BIT, V29, P890
    GU GD, 1987, SOLUTION NONSYMMETRI
    GU GD, 1999, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V299, P1
    GUSTAFSSON I, 1978, BIT, V18, P142
    GUSTAFSSON I, 1983, PRECONDITIONING METH, P265
    GUSTAFSSON I, 1996, BIT, V36, P86
    MANTEUFFEL TA, 1980, MATH COMPUT, V34, P473
    MEIJERINK JA, 1977, MATH COMPUT, V31, P148
    MEIJERINK JA, 1981, J COMPUT PHYS, V44, P134
    SAAD Y, 1996, ITERATIVE METHODS SP
    VANDERVORST HA, 1981, J COMPUT PHYS, V44, P1
    WITTUM G, 1989, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V10, P699
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0168-9274
 J9 APPL NUMER MATH
 JI Appl. Numer. Math.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 38
 IS 1-2
 BP 105
 EP 121
 PG 17
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 442FB
 UT ISI:000169273600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, NN
 TI A theoretical and experimental study to measure the concentration and
    particle size distribution in two-phase flows
 SO PARTICLE & PARTICLE SYSTEMS CHARACTERIZATION
 DT Article
 AB Based on light scattering theory, an optical method is presented for
    measuring the concentration and particle size distribution of the
    dispersed phase in two-phase flows. A prototype was also constructed.
    Comprehensive computer simulation and numerical calculations were
    carried out to calibrate the correctness of this method. An
    experimental study was also performed in gas-solid and gas-liquid
    two-phase flows. The results of the measurements are given and
    discussed in detail.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, NN, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, 516 Jun Gong Rd, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 CR BARTH HG, 1984, MODERN METHODS PARTI
    BAYVEL LP, 1981, ELECTROMAGNETIC SCAT
    KERKER M, 1969, SCATTERING LIGHT OTH
    MILLER BV, 1988, CRC CRIT R ANAL CHEM, V20, P75
    VANDEHULST HC, 1957, LIGHT SCATTERING SMA
    WANG NN, 1995, P 1 INT S 2 PHAS FLO, P695
    WANG NN, 1995, P INT S MEAS TECHN M, P127
    WANG NN, 2000, OPTICAL PARTICLE SIZ
    YU SM, 1999, THESIS U SHANGHAI SC
 NR 9
 TC 3
 SN 0934-0866
 J9 PART PART SYST CHARACT
 JI Part. Part. Syst. Charact.
 PD MAY
 PY 2001
 VL 18
 IS 1
 BP 26
 EP 32
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Chemical; Materials Science, Characterization & Testing
 GA 439EZ
 UT ISI:000169099000004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XZ
    Lu, HB
    Wang, XF
    Yu, DY
    Qian, F
    Fang, ZJ
 TI Effect of wavelength-modulating parameters on intensity fluctuations of
    the light source in a photothermal-modulating laser-diode interferometer
 SO JOURNAL OF OPTICS A-PURE AND APPLIED OPTICS
 DT Article
 DE interferometer; photothermal effect; laser diode; optical testing
 AB In the laser diode interferometer with a photothermal wavelength
    modulation which is used for optical fine measurement, intensity
    fluctuations of the light source cause measurement errors though the
    fluctuations decrease greatly as compared with the injection current
    modulation of wavelength. In this paper, we investigated the effect of
    photothermal-modulation parameters of wavelength on the intensity
    fluctuations of the light source. Choosing appropriate
    photothermal-modulation parameters, we measured microdisplacements of
    objects with a high measurement accuracy.
 C1 Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XZ, Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, POB 800-211,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CASEY HC, 1978, HETEROSTRUCTURE LA A
    KAKUMA S, 1994, OPT ENG, V33, P2992
    KLIMCAK CM, 1988, J OPT SOC AM B, V5, P211
    SASAKI O, 1990, OPT ENG, V29, P1511
    WANG XF, 1999, OPT LASER TECHNOL, V31, P559
 NR 5
 TC 2
 SN 1464-4258
 J9 J OPT A-PURE APPL OPT
 JI J. Opt. A-Pure Appl. Opt.
 PD MAY
 PY 2001
 VL 3
 IS 3
 BP 222
 EP 224
 PG 3
 SC Optics
 GA 438UU
 UT ISI:000169073300016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shang, XC
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Exact solution for cavitated bifurcation for compressible hyperelastic
    materials
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ENGINEERING SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE cavitation; hyperelastic materials; bifurcation; exact solution
 ID NONLINEARLY ELASTIC SPHERES; SOLIDS; GROWTH; ELASTODYNAMICS;
    ELASTOSTATICS; EQUILIBRIA; EXAMPLE; FINITE
 AB In this paper, a new exact analytic solution for spherical cavitated
    bifurcation is presented for a class of compressible hyperelastic
    materials. The strain energy density of the materials is assumed to be
    a linear function of three strain invariants, which may be regarded as
    a first-order approximation to the general strain energy density near
    the reference configuration, and also may satisfy certain constitutive
    inequalities of hyperelastic materials. An explicit formula for the
    critical stretch for the cavity nucleation and a simple bifurcation
    solution for the deformed cavity radius which describes the cavity
    growth are obtained. The potential energy associated with the cavitated
    deformation is examined. It is always lower than that associated with
    the homogeneous deformation, thus the state of cavitated deformation is
    relatively stable. On the basis of the presented analytic solutions for
    the stretches and stresses, the catastrophic transition of deformation
    and the jumping of stresses for the cavitation are discussed in detail.
    The boundary layers of the displacements, the strain energy
    distribution and stresses near the formed cavity wall are observed.
    These investigations illustrate that cavitation reflects a local
    behaviour of materials. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Dept Math & Mech, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ABEYARATNE R, 1991, Q J MECH APPL MATH, V44, P429
    ANTMAN SS, 1983, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V83, P1
    ANTMAN SS, 1987, J ELASTICITY, V18, P131
    BADEA L, 1996, MECH RES COMMUN, V23, P461
    BALL JM, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V306, P557
    BIWA S, 1994, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V61, P395
    BIWA S, 1995, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V30, P899
    CHOUWANG MS, 1989, INT J ENG SCI, V27, P967
    CIARLET PG, 1988, MATH ELASTICITY, V1
    ERINGEN AC, 1962, NONLINEAR THEORY CON
    ERTAN N, 1988, ASCE J ENG MECHANICS, V114, P1231
    GENT AN, 1958, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V249, P195
    HAUGHON DM, 1990, INT J ENG SCI, V28, P162
    HORGAN CO, 1986, J ELASTICITY, V16, P189
    HORGAN CO, 1989, P ROY IRISH ACAD A, V89, P185
    HORGAN CO, 1992, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V29, P279
    HORGAN CO, 1995, APPL MECH REV, V48, P471
    HORGAN CO, 1995, J APPL MATH PHYS, V46, S107
    HOU HS, 1992, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V40, P571
    HOU HS, 1993, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V60, P1
    LEI HC, 1996, J ENG MATH, V30, P693
    MERNARD F, 1992, Q APPL MATH, V50, P201
    MURPHY JG, 1997, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V34, P3859
    PERICAKSPECTOR KA, 1988, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V101, P293
    PODIOGUIDUGLI P, 1986, J ELASTICITY, V16, P75
    POLIGNONE DA, 1993, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V30, P3381
    POLIGNONE DA, 1993, J ELASTICITY, V33, P27
    SHANG XC, 1996, ACTA MECH SINICA, V28, P751
    SIVALOGANATHAN J, 1986, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V96, P97
    SIVALOGANATHAN J, 1986, MATH PROC CAMBRIDGE, V99, P589
    STUART CA, 1985, ANN I H POINCARE-AN, V2, P33
    TIANHU H, 1990, INT J FRACTURE, V43, R51
    TIMOSHENKO S, 1956, THEORY ELASTICITY
    TRUESDELL C, 1965, ENCY PHYSICS, V3
 NR 34
 TC 15
 SN 0020-7225
 J9 INT J ENG SCI
 JI Int. J. Eng. Sci.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 39
 IS 10
 BP 1101
 EP 1117
 PG 17
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary
 GA 438NR
 UT ISI:000169060400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dong, CH
 TI Higher-order fluctuations and their squeezing of angular momentum in
    atomic coherent states
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE atomic coherent state; Bloch state; SU(2)squeezing
 ID QUANTUM-OPTICS
 AB The second-,fourth-and sixth-order fluctuations have been discussed by
    making use of SU(2)Lie algebra. On the basis of higher-order
    uncertainty relation,the definition of higher-order squeezing for the
    fluctuations of angular momentum has been put forward. In
    particular,the second-,fourth-and sixth-order squeezing in atomic
    coherent states are investigated. These methods and definition can be
    used for studying much higher-order squeezing. The higher-order
    squeezing can be generalized to the fluctuations of atomic variances
    thereby.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Dong, CH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ARECCHI FT, 1972, PHYS REV           A, V6, P2211
    DONG CH, 1996, ACTA OPT SINICA, V16, P1543
    DONG CH, 1996, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V46, P946
    HILLERY M, 1987, PHYS REV A, V36, P3796
    HONG CK, 1985, PHYS REV A, V32, P974
    NASREEN T, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P4161
    TU HT, 1993, J MOD OPTIC, V40, P57
    WILSONGORDON AD, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P7647
    WODKIEWICZ K, 1985, J OPT SOC AM B, V2, P458
 NR 9
 TC 2
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 6
 BP 1058
 EP 1063
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 438CT
 UT ISI:000169036700012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, Z
    Wang, Q
 TI Propagation properties of magnetic surface waves on the interface
    between two nonlinear antiferromagnets
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE antiferromagnetic crystals; nonlinear surface waves
 ID MICROWAVE-ENVELOPE SOLITONS; IRON-GARNET FILMS; SPATIAL SOLITONS;
    FERROMAGNETIC-FILMS; COLLISION; BEAMS
 AB The nonlinear behavior of surface waves on the interface between two
    uni-axis antiferromagnets is studied. The theoretical analysis and the
    numerical simulation show that there exist two thresholds: frequency
    threshold and power threshold. All the incident waves satisfying the
    two thresholds can steadily propagate in this new guiding structure. It
    is indicated that the peak field will jump from one antiferromagnet
    into another when the power increases. It;is also revealed that the
    magnetic field amplitude on the interface is not power-dependent but
    frequency-dependent.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, Z, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AITCHISON JS, 1991, J OPT SOC AM B, V8, P1290
    ALMEIDA NS, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P2015
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P717
    BOARDMAN AD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P13602
    BORDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P14
    BOYLE JW, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P12173
    CHEN M, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P12773
    CHIAO RY, 1964, PHYS REV LETT, V13, P479
    DEGASPERIS P, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V63, P4136
    HAUS HA, 1996, REV MOD PHYS, V68, P423
    JUN S, 1997, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V167, P223
    KELLEY PL, 1965, PHYS REV LETT, V15, P1005
    LEDERER F, 1983, APPL PHYS B-PHOTO, V31, P69
    MA JG, 1995, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V43, P790
    MANEUF S, 1988, OPT COMMUN, V65, P193
    MOLLENAUER LF, 1998, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V34, P2089
    NEWELL AC, 1991, NONLINEAR OPTICS, P129
    REYNAUD F, 1992, NONLINEAR GUIDED WAV
    SEGEV M, 1998, PHYS TODAY 1, V51, P42
    SHI TT, 1990, OPT LETT, V15, P1123
    SNYDER AW, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P1012
    TSANKOV MA, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P4274
    WANG Q, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P382
    WANG Q, 1999, SCI CHINA SER A, V42, P310
    WANG Q, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V87, P1998
    WANG YF, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P6233
    ZHANG HY, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P3776
 NR 27
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 6
 BP 1178
 EP 1184
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 438CT
 UT ISI:000169036700033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Peng, YZ
    Fan, TY
    Jiang, FR
    Zhang, WG
    Sun, YF
 TI Perturbative method for solving elastic problems of one-dimensional
    hexagonal quasicrystals
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 ID ICOSAHEDRAL QUASI-CRYSTALS; STRAIGHT DISLOCATIONS; SYMMETRY;
    EXPRESSIONS; ALLOYS; ORDER; POINT; CRACK
 AB A new perturbation technique for solving elastic three-dimensional
    problems of quasicrystals is supplied. The key idea of this technique
    is to simplify the equations by introducing a parameter which does not
    exist in the original equations, and then look for the perturbation
    solution for the problems of interest. To illustrate the utility of our
    method and for comparison, we consider the crack problem for
    one-dimensional hexagonal quasicrystals with point groups 6mm,
    62(h)2(h), 6(m)2(h) and 6/m(h)mm, whose exact solution has been
    obtained by the first two authors of this paper. Only up to the order
    zero approximation, we get the exact expression for the stress
    intensity factor, which is the most important physical quantity in
    fracture theory. Moreover, the same procedure can be used to deal with
    the elastic problems for two- and three-dimensional quasicrystals. A
    simple review of the method is finally given.
 C1 Beijing Inst Technol, Res Ctr Mat Sci, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Tsing Hua Univ, Dept Automat, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
 RP Peng, YZ, Beijing Inst Technol, Res Ctr Mat Sci, POB 327, Beijing
    100080, Peoples R China.
 CR BAK P, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V54, P1517
    BENDER CM, 1978, ADV MATH METHODS SCI, CH8
    BUSBRIDGE IW, 1938, P LOND MATH SOC, V44, P114
    DAI MX, 1993, PHIL MAG LETT, V67, P67
    DE P, 1987, PHYS REV B, V35, P8609
    DE P, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P9304
    DING DH, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P7003
    DING DH, 1995, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V7, P5423
    DING DH, 1995, PHIL MAG LETT, V72, P353
    EBERT P, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P3827
    FAN TY, 1999, MATH THEORY ELASTICI
    FENG YC, 1989, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V1, P3695
    HE LX, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P1116
    ISHIMASA T, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V55, P511
    LEVINE D, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V54, P1520
    LI XF, 1999, PHILOS MAG A, V79, P1943
    MERLIN R, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V55, P1768
    PENG YZ, 2000, CHINESE PHYS, V9, P764
    PENG YZ, 2000, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V12, P9381
    QIN YL, 1997, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V9, P859
    SHECHTMAN D, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V53, P1951
    SOCOLAR JES, 1986, PHYS REV B, V34, P3345
    TITCHMARSH EC, 1937, INTRO THEORY FOURIER, P337
    WANG N, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V59, P1010
    WANG R, 1994, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR A, V50, P366
    WANG RH, 1997, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V9, P2411
    YANG WG, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V200, P177
    YANG WG, 1998, PHILOS MAG A, V77, P1481
 NR 28
 TC 0
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD MAY 7
 PY 2001
 VL 13
 IS 18
 BP 4123
 EP 4128
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 435YY
 UT ISI:000168910800022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, EB
    Gu, GQ
 TI The effective AC response of nonlinear composites
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear composite; effective nonlinear susceptibility
 ID EFFECTIVE CONDUCTIVITIES; DIELECTRIC-CONSTANT; MEDIA; ABSORPTION;
    GENERATION; SPHERES
 AB A perturbative approach is used to study the AC response of nonlinear
    composite media, which obey a current-field relation of the form J =
    sigmaE + chi \E \ E-2 with components having nonlinear response at
    finite frequencies. For a sinusoidal applied field, we extend the local
    potential in terms of sinusoidal components at fundamental frequency
    and high-order harmonic frequencies to treat the nonlinear composites.
    For nonlinear composite media with a low concentrations of spherical
    inclusions, we give the formulae of the nonlinear effective AC
    susceptibility chi (*)(3 omega) at the third harmonic frequency.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, EB, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BERGMAN DJ, 1979, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V12, P4947
    BLUMENFELD R, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P1987
    CHEN G, 1994, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V22, P265
    GERARDY JM, 1980, PHYS REV B, V22, P4950
    GU GQ, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P8612
    GU GQ, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P4502
    GU GQ, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P1737
    GU GQ, 2000, PHYSICA B, V279, P62
    HUI PM, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P3451
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1998, MRS BULL, V23, P30
    LEVY O, 1995, PHYS REV E, V52, P3184
    LU SY, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P2641
    MCPHYEDRAN RC, 1987, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V395, P45
    POLADIAN L, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P2092
    SUEN WM, 1979, J PHYS D, V12, P1325
    YU KW, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V168, P313
    YU KW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P14150
    ZENG XC, 1989, PHYSICA A, V157, P192
 NR 18
 TC 6
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD APR 15
 PY 2001
 VL 35
 IS 4
 BP 501
 EP 504
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 436MM
 UT ISI:000168939700024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, ZM
    Liu, YL
    Jiang, JB
 TI Experimental study on turbulent features in the negative transport
    region of asymmetric plane channel flow
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE negative transport; asymmetric channel flow turbulent characteristics
 AB Turbulent features of streamwise and vertical components of velocity in
    the negative transport region of asymmetric plane channel flow have
    been studied experimentally in details. Experiments show that turbulent
    fluctuations in negative transport region are suppressed, and their
    probability distributions are far from Gaussian. Besides, the skewness
    factors attain their negative maxima at the position of the maximum
    mean velocity, whereas the flatness factors attain their positive
    maxima at the same position.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CIOFALO M, 1992, INT J NUMER METH FL, V15, P453
    ESKINAZI S, 1956, J AERONAUT SCI, V23, P23
    ESKINAZI S, 1969, PHYS FLUIDS, V12, P1988
    HANJALIC K, 1972, J FLUID MECH, V51, P301
    JIANG JB, 2000, ADV MECH, V30, P425
    LAUNDER BE, 1975, J FLUID MECHANICS 3, V68, P537
 NR 6
 TC 2
 SN 0567-7718
 J9 ACTA MECH SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Sin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2001
 VL 17
 IS 2
 BP 125
 EP 132
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 437HR
 UT ISI:000168986700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, Y
    Ji, YF
    Zhao, DQ
    Zhuang, YX
    Wang, RJ
    Pan, MX
    Dong, YD
    Wang, WH
 TI Glass forming ability and properties of Zr/Nb-based bulk metallic
    glasses
 SO SCRIPTA MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 DE metallic glasses; casting; acoustic measurements
 ID MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES; ALLOYS; CRYSTALLIZATION
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Ctr Condensed Matter Phys, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Natl Micrograv Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, Y, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Ctr Condensed Matter Phys, POB
    603, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 CR CONNER RD, 1998, ACTA MATER, V46, P6089
    ECKERT J, 1999, MATER SCI FORUM, V312, P3
    FAN C, 1999, MATER T JIM, V40, P42
    GREER AL, 1993, NATURE, V366, P303
    INOUE A, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P866
    LI Y, 1997, SCRIPTA MATER, V36, P783
    LIU W, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P11755
    LU ZP, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V270, P103
    PEKER A, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2341
    TURNBULL D, 1969, CONTEMP PHYS, V10, P473
    WANG WH, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P8211
    WANG WH, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P1803
    WANG WH, 2000, ACTA METALL SINICA, V36, P329
    ZHANG Y, 1999, ACTA PHOTONICA SINIC, V28, P35
 NR 14
 TC 4
 SN 1359-6462
 J9 SCRIPTA MATER
 JI Scr. Mater.
 PD APR 17
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 IS 7
 BP 1107
 EP 1112
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 433DE
 UT ISI:000168739400017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, HQ
    Harko, T
    Mak, MK
 TI Cosmic no-hair conjecture in Einstein-Cartan theory
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS D
 DT Article
 ID HOMOGENEOUS COSMOLOGICAL MODELS; POWER-LAW INFLATION; R2 COSMOLOGY;
    SPACETIME; SPIN
 AB We prove the cosmic no-hair conjecture in the Einstein-Cartan theory by
    taking into account the effects due to the spin of matter. If the
    ordinary matter forming the cosmological fluid satisfies the dominant
    and strong energy conditions and the anisotropy energy sigma (2) is
    larger than the spin energy S-2 (i.e. sigma (2) - S-2 greater than or
    equal to 0), then all initially expanding Bianchi cosmologies-except
    type IX- evolve toward the de Sitter spacetime on a Hubble expansion
    time root3/Lambda. The behavior of the Bianchi type IX Universe is
    similar, provided that the cosmological constant is larger than the
    half of the largest scalar spatial curvature R-(3)(max).
 C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, HQ, Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Pokfulam, Hong Kong, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABBOTT LF, 1984, NUCL PHYS B, V244, P541
    AMSTERDAMSKI P, 1985, PHYS REV D, V31, P3037
    BARROW JD, 1977, MON NOT R ASTRON SOC, V178, P625
    BICAK J, 1992, ABSTR C GEN REL CORD, V13, P12
    CHAMBERS CM, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P617
    COTSAKIS S, 1993, PHYS LETT B, V319, P69
    COTSAKIS S, 1998, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V15, P2795
    DEMIANSKI M, 1987, PHYS REV D, V35, P1181
    FUTAMASE T, 1984, PHYS REV D, V29, P2783
    GIBBONS GW, 1977, PHYS REV D, V15, P2738
    GUTH AH, 1981, PHYS REV D, V23, P347
    HEHL FW, 1976, REV MOD PHYS, V48, P393
    JENSEN LG, 1986, PHYS REV D, V34, P831
    KASPER U, GRQC9410030
    KITADA Y, 1992, PHYS REV D, V45, P1416
    KLUSKE S, GRQC9503021
    KONG KH, 1998, ASTROPHYS SPACE SCI, V260, P521
    LINDE AD, 1982, PHYS LETT B, V108, P389
    LINDE AD, 1983, PHYS LETT B, V129, P177
    LINDE AD, 1984, REP PROG PHYS, V47, P925
    LU HQ, 1995, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V12, P2755
    LU HQ, 1996, 21 CENT CHIN ASTR C, P473
    LUCCHIN F, 1985, PHYS REV D, V32, P1316
    MAEDA K, 1988, PHYS REV D, V37, P858
    MAEDA K, 1992, ABSTR C GEN REL CORD, V13, P296
    MARTINEZGONZALE.E, 1986, PHYS LETT B, V167, P37
    MIJIC MB, 1986, PHYS REV D, V34, P2934
    MONDAINI R, 1993, INT J MOD PHYS D, V2, P47
    MOSS IG, 1986, PHYS LETT B, V178, P15
    OBUKHOV YN, 1987, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V4, P1633
    ROTHMAN T, 1985, PHYS LETT B, V159, P256
    ROTHMAN T, 1986, PHYS LETT B, V180, P19
    STAROBINSKY AA, 1980, PHYS LETT B, V91, P99
    STEIGMAN G, 1983, PHYS LETT B, V128, P129
    TORII T, 1999, PHYS REV D, V59
    TURNER MS, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P2237
    WALD RM, 1983, PHYS REV D, V28, P2118
    YOKOYAMA J, 1990, PHYS REV D, V41, P1047
    ZARDECKI A, 1985, PHYS REV D, V31, P718
 NR 39
 TC 3
 SN 0218-2718
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS D
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. D
 PD JUN
 PY 2001
 VL 10
 IS 3
 BP 315
 EP 324
 PG 10
 SC Astronomy & Astrophysics
 GA 433XQ
 UT ISI:000168786300006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, GQ
    Hui, PM
 TI Interaction between particles and particle chains in electrorheological
    fluids
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS B
 DT Article
 ID SUSPENSIONS; CONDUCTIVITY; SIMULATION; SPHERES
 AB The electric potential in a granular system consisting of spherical
    inclusions in the presence of an external applied electric field is
    studied in detail within the framework of the Rayleigh identity. The
    effects of induced charges on the inclusions are taken into account
    explicitly. The method, in principle, includes the effects of all
    multipoles. The method is applied to study the interaction between two
    inclusions. The standard form of interaction between inclusions widely
    used in studying ER fluids is recovered as an approximation of our
    general approach. We then apply the method to a chain of inclusions.
    Analytic expressions for the electrostatic energy per inclusion and the
    electric field are obtained for the case in which the chain is parallel
    to the applied field. Our result reduces to the form used in the
    literature when appropriate approximation is taken. The method is
    further extended to study the interaction between chains of inclusions.
    An approximate expression is obtained for the force between two chains
    of inclusions. Our approach provides a rigorous framework for
    determining the interaction between inclusions and chains of inclusions
    to arbitrary accuracy.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Comp Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, GQ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Comp Engn, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR GERARDY JM, 1982, PHYS REV B, V25, P4204
    GU GQ, UNPUB
    GU GQ, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P3057
    HALSEY TC, 1990, J STAT PHYS, V61, P1257
    JACKSON JD, 1975, CLASSICL ELECTRODYNA
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1989, J CHEM PHYS, V91, P7888
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1991, J CHEM PHYS, V94, P6160
    KLINGENBERG DJ, 1998, MRS BULL, V23, P30
    MCPHEDRAN RC, 1978, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V359, P45
    PHULE PP, 1998, MRS BULL, V23, P19
    RAYLEIGH, 1892, PHILOS MAG, V34, P481
    TAO R, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P398
 NR 12
 TC 2
 SN 0217-9792
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS B
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. B
 PD MAR 20
 PY 2001
 VL 15
 IS 6-7
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 1033
 EP 1041
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 434TQ
 UT ISI:000168832300058
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiang, ZH
    Jiang, L
    Kang, ZM
 TI Transient expression of somatostatin mRNA in developing ganglion cell
    layers of rat retina
 SO DEVELOPMENTAL BRAIN RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE somatostatin; ganglion cell; retina; development; in situ
    hybridization; immunocytochemistry
 ID INSITU HYBRIDIZATION; CAT RETINA; IMMUNOREACTIVE CELLS; VISUAL-SYSTEM;
    MESSENGER-RNA; RABBIT RETINA; NEURONS; DEATH; DIFFERENTIATION; PEPTIDE
 AB Somatostatin (SOM) mRNA in developing ganglion cell layer (GCL)
    detected by in situ hybridization histochemistry anti SOM peptide in
    developing optic chiasma and optic tract detected by
    immunocytochemistry were monitored to explore whether ganglion cells
    expressing SOM project to the visual center. Most of these cells in the
    developing GCL expressed SOM transiently from embryonic day 13 (E13) to
    E21. The cells expressing SOM mRNA initially followed a
    central-to-peripheral pattern of development. The cells expressing SOM
    mRNA in the retinas of fetuses became detectable at E13. From E14 to
    E17 the number of cells expressing SOM mRNA increased rapidly. At E17
    most of the cells in the developing GCL expressed SOM mRNA. From E18 to
    postnatal days the positive cells became sparse except at the postnatal
    day 0 (PND0) the positive cells decreased dramatically in comparison
    with that at the E21. At PND15, the positive cells only can be found in
    the inner neuroblastic layer and in the ganglion cell layer. At PND20
    the distribution pattern and the number of the positive cells were
    essentially the same as that in adult rat. SOM immunoreactivity was
    detectable at E16 in the developing optic chiasma and optic tract; the
    majority of the fibers in these area were SOM positive. From E16 to E18
    the density of the immunostaining increased rapidly, whereas from E19
    to E21 the density decreased. At PND0 no positive fibers were seen. The
    transient presence of SOM in most of the ganglion cells in the
    developing ganglion cell layer has prompted us to study the rc,le of
    SOM in generation and differentiation of the retinal ganglion cells,
    and formation of the retina-visual center projections. (C) 2001
    Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Second Military Med Univ, Dept Histol & Embryol, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Elect Engn Coll, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiang, ZH, Second Military Med Univ, Dept Histol & Embryol, Shanghai
    200433, Peoples R China.
 CR BODENANT C, 1991, NEUROSCIENCE, V41, P595
    ELLIS JP, 1983, P SOC EXP BIOL MED, V172, P463
    ENGELMANN R, 1996, EUR J NEUROSCI, V8, P220
    FAWCETT JW, 1984, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V81, P5589
    FERRIERO DM, 1987, BRAIN RES, V431, P207
    FERRIERO DM, 1990, DEV BRAIN RES, V57, P15
    FINLEY JCW, 1978, AM J ANAT, V153, P483
    FONTANESI G, 1997, DEV BRAIN RES, V103, P119
    GOODMAN RH, 1982, J BIOL CHEM, V257, P1156
    HOEFLER H, 1986, HISTOCHEM J, V18, P597
    HOFLER H, 1987, ACTA HISTOCHEM S, V34, P101
    HUTSLER JJ, 1995, J COMP NEUROL, V361, P152
    INAGAKI S, 1989, MOL BRAIN RES, V6, P289
    ISHIMOTO I, 1982, J HIRN FORSCHUNG, V23, P127
    JU G, 1987, CELL TISSUE RES, V247, P417
    KATZ DM, 1992, J NEUROBIOL, V23, P855
    KIRSCH B, 1979, CELL TISSUE RES, V204, P127
    KIYAMA H, 1990, NEUROSCIENCE, V38, P223
    KUNGEL M, 1997, DEV BRAIN RES, V101, P107
    LARSEN JNB, 1990, VISUAL NEUROSCI, V5, P441
    LUGO N, 1997, CELL BIOL INT, V21, P447
    MCCABE KL, 1999, DEVELOPMENT, V126, P5713
    MITROFANIS J, 1989, NEUROSCI LETT, V104, P209
    REESE BE, 1992, NEUROSCIENCE, V46, P419
    RICKMAN DW, 1996, J COMP NEUROL, V365, P491
    SAGAR SM, 1987, J COMP NEUROL, V266, P291
    SCHWARTZ JP, 1998, PERSPECT DEV NEUROBI, V5, P427
    SENGELAUB DR, 1982, J COMP NEUROL, V204, P311
    TRAINA G, 1994, VISUAL NEUROSCI, V11, P165
    WHITE CA, 1991, J COMP NEUROL, V304, P1
    WHITE CA, 1992, J COMP NEUROL, V317, P129
    XIANG Z, 1997, CHIN J ANAT, V20, P21
    XIANG ZH, 1998, BRAIN RES, V813, P390
    YOUNG RW, 1984, J COMP NEUROL, V229, P362
 NR 34
 TC 8
 SN 0165-3806
 J9 DEVELOP BRAIN RES
 JI Dev. Brain Res.
 PD MAY 31
 PY 2001
 VL 128
 IS 1
 BP 25
 EP 33
 PG 9
 SC Developmental Biology; Neurosciences
 GA 434ET
 UT ISI:000168802700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YR
    Liu, ZR
    Zheng, YA
 TI Attractors of nonautonomous Schrodinger equations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE nonautonomous Schrodinger equations; uniform attractor; Hausdorff
    dimension
 AB The long-time behaviour of a two-dimensional nonautonomous nonlinear
    Schrodinger equation is considered. The existence! of uniform attractor
    is proved and the upper bound of the uniform attractor's Housdorff
    dimension is given.
 C1 Suzhou Univ, Dept Math, Suzhou 215006, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225002, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YR, Suzhou Univ, Dept Math, Suzhou 215006, Peoples R China.
 CR BABIN AV, 1992, ATTRACTORS EVOLUTION
    CHEPYZHOV VV, 1994, J MATH PURE APPL, V73, P279
    GUO BL, 1995, NONLINEAR EVOLUTION
    HALE JK, 1987, MATH SURVEYS MONOGRA, V25
    MIRANVILLE A, 1997, NONLINEARITY, V10, P1047
    PAZY A, 1983, APPL MATH SCI, V40
    TEMAM R, 1988, APPL MATH SCI, V68
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 2
 BP 180
 EP 189
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 435GF
 UT ISI:000168868500007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, J
    Pun, EYB
    Chung, PS
    Zhang, XH
 TI Z-scan measurement of a novel amorphous molecular material
 SO OPTICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE polymer; Z-scan; nonlinear optics; saturation absorption
 ID OPTICAL NONLINEARITIES; WAVE-GUIDE
 AB The nonlinear optical refractive and absorption of the novel amorphous
    molecular material. 5.5 ' -bis(dimesitylboryl)-2,2 ' -bithiophene have
    been investigated by using the Z-scan technique with a
    nanosecond-pulsed Nd:YAG laser at its second harmonic (532 nm)
    radiation. The nonlinear transmission characteristics exhibit saturable
    absorption at 532 nm and are explained by using the three-level
    saturable model. The saturation intensity, the real and imaginary parts
    of the nonlinear refraction index along with their sign were
    determined. These results indicate that BMB-2T is promising material
    for photonic applications. (C) 2001 Published by Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Engn Phys, Shandong 271019, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Photography Chem, Beijing 100101, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, J, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Engn Phys, Shandong 271019,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BRANGER C, 1996, J MATER CHEM, V6, P555
    BREDAS JL, 1994, CHEM REV, V94, P243
    DEMENICIS L, 1997, J OPT SOC AM B, V14, P609
    GANG Y, 1998, ADV MATER, V11, P1431
    GUBLER U, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V73, P2396
    KAJZAR F, 1987, NONLINEAR OPTICAL PR, V2, P51
    KUZYK M, 1996, ORGANIC THIN FILMS W, P759
    MA H, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P1581
    MA SJ, 1998, OPT COMMUN, V149, P8
    MOHAN RK, 1997, OPT COMMUN, V144, P322
    NODA T, 1999, ADV MATER, V11, P283
    NORMAN P, 1999, J CHEM PHYS, V111, P7758
    OLIVEIRA LC, 1996, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V35, P2649
    PETROV DV, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P1067
    PRASAD PN, 1991, INTRO NONLINEAR OPTI
    SAMOC M, 1998, J OPT SOC AM B, V15, P817
    SHEIKBAHAE M, 1990, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V26, P760
    WANG J, 1994, J OPT SOC AM B, V11, P1009
    WANG WS, 1999, IEEE PHOTONIC TECH L, V11, P51
    XIA T, 1994, OPT LETT, V19, P317
    YANG L, 1992, OPT LETT, V17, P323
    ZHOU J, 1997, OPT LETT, V22, P1482
 NR 22
 TC 5
 SN 0030-4018
 J9 OPT COMMUN
 JI Opt. Commun.
 PD MAY 8
 PY 2001
 VL 191
 IS 3-6
 BP 427
 EP 433
 PG 7
 SC Optics
 GA 431FV
 UT ISI:000168621900034
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, LM
    Wang, Q
 TI Analysis of the existence of magnetostatic solitons in ferromagnetic
    films under the influence of carriers
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE magnetostatic solitons; carriers; ferromagnetic film; magnetostatic
    surface wave
 ID MICROWAVE-ENVELOPE SOLITONS; IRON-GARNET FILMS
 AB Under the influence of semiconductor carriers, within certain
    frequencies, along the direction of propagation perpendicular to the
    external magnetic field, magnetostatic surface wave can develop into
    magnetostatic solitons, with the group velocity and phase velocity
    being opposite to each other, and the magnitude of the velocity changes
    with the carriers density.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Pure Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yu, LM, Shanghai Univ, Coll Pure Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AWAI I, 1976, JPN J APPL PHYS, V15, P1297
    BOARDMAN AD, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P13602
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P14
    CHEN M, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P12773
    LIGHTHILL MJ, 1965, J I MATH APPL, V1, P269
    TSANKOV MA, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P4274
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 5
 BP 958
 EP 963
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 430VF
 UT ISI:000168595600031
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hua, ZZ
    Xu, HY
    Zhou, GY
    Liu, JF
    Huang, HM
    Ding, WX
 TI Analyses of thermal stress and fracture during cryopreservation of
    blood vessel
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES E-TECHNOLOGICAL SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE blood vessel; thermal stress; fracture; cryopreservation
 ID ARTERIES
 AB The occurrence of fractures in the vessel wall has been a major problem
    for human blood vessel cryopreservation. The large volumetric expansion
    of water during crystallization produces great inner stresses. To solve
    these complicated heat transfer and thermal stress problems, a model
    and an analytic method are presented in this paper, with which
    transient temperature field, the transient stress field inside the
    blood vessels during freezing can be calculated and analyzed, and the
    probable cracks or fractures can be predicted. The analytic results of
    sheep thoracic artery are consistent with the experimental observations
    of fractures.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryobiol & Food Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Second Med Univ, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 RP Hua, ZZ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryobiol & Food Sci,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR BATESON EAJ, 1994, CRYOLETT, V15, P15
    CALDWELL J, 1998, NUMER HEAT TR B-FUND, V33, P99
    HU HY, 2000, J CRYOGENICS, P22
    HUA TC, 1994, CRYOBIOMEDICAL TECHN, P20
    PEGG DE, 1997, CRYOBIOLOGY, V34, P183
    RABIN Y, 1996, CRYOBIOLOGY, V33, P276
    SHI X, 1998, T ASAE, V41, P1407
    SHI X, 1999, T ASME, V120, P720
    TIMOSHENKO S, 1970, THEORY ELASTICITY, P443
    ZHANG J, 2000, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V21, P350
    ZHAO MJ, 1995, THESIS SHANGHAI 2 ME
 NR 11
 TC 4
 SN 1006-9321
 J9 SCI CHINA SER E
 JI Sci. China Ser. E-Technol. Sci.
 PD APR
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 IS 2
 BP 158
 EP 163
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 429HF
 UT ISI:000168509900006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, WQ
    Li, Q
    Zhou, BX
 TI Discussion on corrosion transition mechanism of zircaloy
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Review
 DE zircaloy; corrosion; transition; phase transformation
 ID RESISTANCE
 AB Several hypotheses on the corrosion transition phenomenon of zircaloy
    are presented. Among those, the phase transformation mechanism suggests
    that the oxide growth rate of zircaloy is mainly controlled by the
    transformation from t-ZrO2 to m-ZrO2 near the oxide/metal interface,
    and the t-m transfomation is enhanced due to stress relaxation in 400
    degreesC, 10.3 MPa superheated steam or triggered by the interaction of
    OH- with oxygen vacanices in 300 degreesC aqueous lithium hydroxide
    solution. More attention is paid to this hypothesis and the mechanism
    is discussed in this papier. Lastly, authors' view is put forwards: the
    break of the barrier leger of oxide-film, which may be caused by the
    compressive stress reaching a definite value or the degradation of its
    mechanical properties because of the lithium coming into the oxide
    film, will bring about the corrosion acceleration and transition
    phenomenon.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, WQ, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ANADA H, 1996, ZIRCONIUM NUCL IND, P35
    BEIE HJ, 1994, ZIRCONIUM NUCL IND, P615
    GARZAROLLI F, 1991, ZIRC NUCL IND 9 INT, P395
    GODLESWSKI J, 1991, ZIRC NUCL IND 9 INT, P416
    GODLEWSKI J, 1994, ZIRCONIUM NUCL IND, P663
    KIDO T, 2000, ZIRCONIUM NUCL IND, P773
    KIM YS, 1999, J NUCL MATER, V270, P165
    LI ZK, 1999, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V28, P101
    LI ZK, 1999, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V28, P380
    PECHEUR D, 1996, ZIRCONIUM NUCL IND, P94
    PECHEUR D, 2000, ZIRCONIUM NUCL IND, P793
    SAARIO T, 1993, REZ, P4
    ZHOU BX, 1991, HIGH TEMP CORR PROT, P121
    ZHOU BX, 2000, NUCL POWER ENG, V21, P439
 NR 14
 TC 5
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD APR
 PY 2001
 VL 30
 IS 2
 BP 81
 EP 84
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 430DC
 UT ISI:000168557400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, TY
    Zhang, QR
    Mi, XW
    Feng, XQ
 TI A new absorption band and the decomposition of the 350 nm absorption
    band of PbWO4
 SO PHYSICA STATUS SOLIDI A-APPLIED RESEARCH
 DT Article
 ID SINGLE-CRYSTALS
 AB Single crystal PbWO4 has been grown by the improved Bridgman method.
    The absorption spectra in polarized light of the sample with the
    crystal c-axis parallel to its surface have been measured. The
    absorption spectra of the as-grown crystal show a 350 nm weak band with
    dichroism in polarized light. Subtracting the polarized light
    absorption spectrum with the electric vector E parallel to the c-axis
    by that one with E perpendicular to the c-axis, the polarized light
    difference spectrum is obtained. The polarized light difference
    spectrum indicates that the 350 nm band has two peaks and can be
    decomposed into two bands peaking at 330 and 360 nm, respectively. In
    order to determine the detailed structure of the 350 nm band, annealing
    experiments in air condition of the as grown crystal at different
    temperatures were performed. Difference spectra of the annealed crystal
    have been obtained by subtracting the absorption spectra of the crystal
    annealed at different annealing temperatures by that one of the
    as-grown crystal. The absorption spectra features also indicate that
    the 350 nm absorption band is composed of two bands peaking at 330 and
    360 nm, respectively. The annealing properties of the 330 nm and the
    350 nm band are obviously different. We come to the conclusion that the
    350 nm band is a composed band and can be decomposed into two bands
    peaking at 360 and 330 nm, respectively. The two bands are suggested to
    belong to different color centers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Lab Funct Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, TY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Sci, 516 Jun Gong Rd,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR AAMIO PA, 1993, NUCL INCTRUM METHO A, V336, P98
    ANNENKOV AN, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V156, P493
    KOBAYASHI M, 1993, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V333, P429
    KORZHIK MV, 1996, P INT C IN SCINT THE, P241
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V195, P311
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V196, K7
    NIKL M, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P5758
    NIKL M, 1997, MATER SCI FORUM, V239, P271
    VANLOO W, 1975, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V28, P227
    XIQI F, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P449
 NR 10
 TC 10
 SN 0031-8965
 J9 PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A-APPL RES
 JI Phys. Status Solidi A-Appl. Res.
 PD APR 16
 PY 2001
 VL 184
 IS 2
 BP 341
 EP 348
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 430DW
 UT ISI:000168559200011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, LW
    Weng, XC
 TI Antioxidant activity and components of Salvia plebeia R.Br. - a Chinese
    herb
 SO FOOD CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE Salvia plebeia R.Br.; herb; antioxidants; royleanonic acid; hispidulin;
    eupatorin
 AB The antioxidant properties of the extracts from Salvia plebeia R.Br.
    which was screened out of over 700 species of Chinese herbs, were
    tested in lard at 110 degreesC using the Oxidative Stability
    Instrument. The ethyl acetate extract of the herb was re-extracted by
    solvents (with increasing polarity) into petroleum ether-, diethyl
    ether-, acetone-and-ethanol-soluble fractions. The fractions obtained
    were then separated according to their acidic properties. From the most
    active sub-fractions, namely the acidic sub-fraction of the petroleum
    ether-soluble fraction and the weakly acidic sub-fraction of the
    diethyl ether-soluble fraction, three antioxidant components were
    isolated and identified as royleanonic acid, hispidulin and eupatorin.
    The royleanonic acid was a novel compound and eupatorin was isolated
    for the first time from the herb. Though royleanonic acid and
    hispidulin prolonged the induction period significantly, their
    antioxidant activities were much weaker than the crude extracts,
    implying that synergistic effects might be responsible for the high
    activity of the crude extracts. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Weng, XC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shangda Rd 99, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 CR *AOCS, 1994, 12B92 AOCS CD
    *JIANGS NEW MED CO, 1993, DICT CHIN TRAD
    ADAMS JH, 1976, PLANTA MED, V31, P86
    ANGELO AJ, 1996, CRIT REV FOOD SCI NU, V36, P175
    CHONG PZ, 1987, APPL MASS SPECTRUM N
    DAS NP, 1990, J AM OIL CHEM SOC, V67, P253
    DZIEDZIC SZ, 1983, FOOD CHEM, V11, P161
    GORDON MH, 1995, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V43, P1784
    GU LW, 1997, CHINA OILS FATS, V22, P37
    GU LW, 2000, THESIS WUXI U LIGHT
    HERNANDEZ M, 1988, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V27, P3297
    HOPIA AI, 1996, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V44, P2030
    HUANG L, 1988, UV SPECTRUM ORGANIC
    KARTNIG T, 1977, PLANTA MED, V32, P347
    KIM SY, 1994, J AM OIL CHEM SOC, V71, P633
    MARKHAM KR, 1982, TECHNIQUE FLAVONOID
    MICHAVILA A, 1988, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V25, P268
    SAUCIER CT, 1999, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V47, P4491
    SU JD, 1986, AGR BIOL CHEM TOKYO, V50, P199
    SU JD, 1987, AGR BIOL CHEM TOKYO, V51, P2801
    SUKH D, 1986, CRC HDB TERPENOIDS D
    WENG XC, 1998, J CHINESE CEREAL OIL, V13, P46
    WENKERT E, 1965, J ORG CHEM, V30, P2931
    ZHANG HY, 1998, J AM OIL CHEM SOC, V75, P1705
    ZHANG KQ, 1990, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V38, P1194
 NR 25
 TC 13
 SN 0308-8146
 J9 FOOD CHEM
 JI Food Chem.
 PD MAY
 PY 2001
 VL 73
 IS 3
 BP 299
 EP 305
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Applied; Food Science & Technology; Nutrition & Dietetics
 GA 428TA
 UT ISI:000168475700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, CJ
    Zhang, NH
 TI Dynamical behavior of viscoelastic cylindrical shells under axial
    pressures
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Karman-Donnell theory; viscoelastic cylindrical shell; chaos;
    hyperchaos; strange attractor; limit cycle
 ID THIN PLATES
 AB The hypotheses of the Karman-Donnell theory of thin shells with large
    deflections and the Boltzmann laws for isotropic linear, viscoelastic
    materials, the constitutive equations of shallow shells are first
    derived. Then the governing equations for the deflection and stress
    function are formulated by using the procedure similar to establishing
    the Karman equations of elastic thin plates. Introducing proper
    assumptions, an approximate theory for viscoelastic cylindrical shells
    under axial pressures can be obtained. Finally, the dynamical behavior
    is studied in detail by using several numerical methods. Dynamical
    properties, such ns, hyperchaos, chaos, strange attractor, limit cycle
    etc., are discovered.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BROTSKAYA VY, 1995, MECH SOLIDS, V30, P139
    CHENG CJ, 1991, BUCKLING BIFURCATION
    CHENG CJ, 1998, ACTA MECH SINICA, V30, P690
    CHENG CJ, 1998, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V35, P4491
    DING R, 1997, THESIS LANZHOU U LAN
    DROZDOV A, 1993, MECH RES COMMUN, V20, P481
    KUBICEK M, 1983, COMPUTATIONAL METHOD
    MINAKOVA NI, 1978, MECH SOLIDS, V13, P134
    POTAPOV VD, 1978, J APPL MECH TECH PHY, V18, P586
    SHIMADA I, 1979, PROG THEOR PHYS, V61, P1605
    XU ZL, 1988, THEORY ELASTICITY
    ZHANG NH, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V165, P307
 NR 12
 TC 12
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 9
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 428VQ
 UT ISI:000168482700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, LP
    Wang, SJ
    Liao, YS
    Feng, ZJ
 TI CO2 gas pools in Jiyang sag, China
 SO APPLIED GEOCHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID MID-ATLANTIC RIDGE; NATURAL GASES; ISOTOPIC COMPOSITION; VOLATILE
    FLUXES; SUBDUCTION-ZONE; CARBON ISOTOPES; HELIUM; MANTLE; SYSTEMATICS;
    VOLCANO
 AB The CO2 gas pools of Jiyang sag are located along the Gaoqing-Pingnan
    fault within a region of alkaline basalts. The concentration of CO2 in
    the gas pools is in the range of 68.85-96.99%. All of the geochemical
    tracers for the CO2 gas pools support the suggestion that CO2 was
    mainly derived from mantle degassing. The delta C-13 values of CO2 in
    the gas pools are in the range of -5.67-3.41%, which are higher than
    those of organogenic CO2, and near to those of abiogenic CO2. Their
    He-3/He-4 ratios are 2.80-4.47x10(6), i.e. the R/Ra ratios are
    2.00-3.19, showing that the Jiyang sag had undergone strong mantle
    degassing. CO2/He-3 ratios are 0.59-0.89x10(9), which are identical to
    those for N-MORB, indicating that CO2 in these CO2 gas pools was mainly
    derived from the mantle. Accompanying the intrusion of mantle-derived
    magma, the mantle-derived CO2 migrated upwards along deep faults and
    was trapped in advantageous structures forming gas pools. (C) 2001
    Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Geochem, State Key Lab Environm Geochem, Guiyang 550002, Peoples R China.
    Shengli Oil Co, Res Inst Geol Sci, Dongying, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Dept Earth Sci, Nanjing 210008, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, LP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR *IGSSB, 1987, TANCH LUJ FAULTS
    CHU X, 1995, CHINESE SCI BULL, P62
    DAI J, 1995, INORGANIC GASES FORM
    DAI JX, 1993, THESIS CHICAGO
    EXLEY RA, 1986, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V78, P189
    FROST DJ, 1997, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V61, P1565
    GERLACH TM, 1990, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V54, P2051
    HENNECKE EW, 1975, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V27, P346
    HOEFS J, 1979, STABLE ISOTOPE GEOCH
    HUNT JM, 1979, PETROLEUM GEOCHEMIST, P162
    JAMBON A, 1987, CHEM GEOL, V62, P177
    JAVOY M, 1986, CHEM GEOL, V57, P41
    JAVOY M, 1991, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V107, P598
    JINXING D, 1998, MINERAL MAG A, V62, P716
    LI D, 1982, PETROLEUM EXPLORATIO, V2, P1
    LUPTON JE, 1983, ANNU REV EARTH PL SC, V11, P371
    MA X, 1987, LITHOSPHERIC DYNAMIC
    MAMYRIN BA, 1984, HELIUM ISOTOPES NATU
    MARTY B, 1987, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V83, P16
    MARTY B, 1989, CHEM GEOL, V76, P25
    MARTY B, 1998, CHEM GEOL, V145, P233
    MATTEY DP, 1990, CONTRIB MINERAL PETR, V104, P492
    NAGAO K, 1981, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V53, P175
    NISHIO Y, 1998, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V154, P127
    ONIONS RK, 1988, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V90, P331
    PANKINA RG, 1978, INT GEOL REV, V21, P535
    PINEAU F, 1976, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V29, P413
    PINEAU F, 1983, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V62, P239
    PINEAU F, 1990, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V54, P217
    POREDA RJ, 1988, CHEM GEOL, V71, P199
    SANO Y, 1994, APPL GEOCHEM, V9, P371
    SHEN W, 1998, J NANJING U NATURAL, V34, P308
    SHENG X, 1995, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V59, P4675
    SHERWOODLOLLAR B, 1994, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V58, P5279
    TAYLOR BE, 1986, REV MINERAL, V16, P185
    TRULL T, 1993, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V118, P43
    WAKITA H, 1983, NATURE, V305, P792
    XIANBIN W, 1998, MINERAL MAG A, V62, P1665
    XU Y, 1990, EXPT PETROLEUM GEOLO, V12, P316
    ZHANG YX, 1993, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V117, P331
    ZHENG L, 1996, CHINESE SCI BULL, V41, P624
    ZHOU XH, 1986, TERRA COGNITA, V6, P244
 NR 42
 TC 2
 SN 0883-2927
 J9 APPL GEOCHEM
 JI Appl. Geochem.
 PD JUL
 PY 2001
 VL 16
 IS 9-10
 BP 1033
 EP 1039
 PG 7
 SC Geochemistry & Geophysics
 GA 429AA
 UT ISI:000168492800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, YD
 TI Theorems about the existence of solutions to problems with nonlocal
    initial value
 SO ACTA MATHEMATICA SINICA-ENGLISH SERIES
 DT Article
 DE nonlocal problem; nonlinear boundary condition; parabolic equation;
    solution; existence; generalized Poincare e operator
 ID PARABOLIC EQUATIONS; BOUNDARY-CONDITIONS; CAUCHY-PROBLEM
 AB Recently much work has been devoted to nonlocal problems. However, very
    little has been accomplished in the literature For nonlocal initial
    problems with nonlinear boundary conditions. It is the purpose of this
    paper to prove the existence results for solutions to a semilinear
    parabolic PDE with linear homogeneous boundary conditions. and to
    of-her ones with nonlinear boundary conditions, provided the ordered
    upper and lower solutions are given. Semigroup, fractional order
    function spaces and generalized Poincare operators play an important
    role in proving the existence of solutions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, YD, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AMANN H, 1978, NONLINEAR ANAL COLLE, P1
    AMANN H, 1988, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V72, P201
    BYSZEWSKI L, 1991, J MATH ANAL APPL, V162, P494
    CHABROWSKI J, 1984, NAGOYA MATH J, V93, P109
    DENG K, 1993, J MATH ANAL APPL, V179, P630
    GRISVARD P, 1969, ANN SCI ECOLE NORM S, V2, P311
    KEREFOV AA, 1979, DIFF URAVN, V15, P74
    LIN YP, 1996, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V26, P1023
    PAO CV, 1995, J MATH ANAL APPL, V195, P702
    PAZY A, 1983, SEMIGROUPS LINEAR OP
    SEELEY R, 1972, STUD MATH, V44, P47
    VABISHCHEVICH PN, 1981, DIFF URAVN, V17, P1193
    XIANG X, 1995, ACTA MATH SIN, V11, P439
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1000-9574
 J9 ACTA MATH SIN-ENGLISH SERIES
 JI Acta. Math. Sin.-English Ser.
 PD APR
 PY 2001
 VL 17
 IS 2
 BP 197
 EP 206
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 428QR
 UT ISI:000168472800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jin, H
    McLean, D
 TI Design of a state feedback controller to achieve minimum eigenvalue
    differential sensitivity
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF THE INSTITUTE OF MEASUREMENT AND CONTROL
 DT Article
 DE eigenstructure assignment; eigenvalues; robustness; sensitivity
 ID EIGENSTRUCTURE ASSIGNMENT
 AB This paper introduces a new design method using eigenstructure
    assignment. The differential sensitivity of the eigenvalues of the
    system is minimized. The method involves minimizing the least-squared
    error between the achievable and the desired eigenspace to achieve mode
    decoupling. A global measure of eigenvalue sensitivity for all desired
    eigenvalues that make the closed-loop system insensitive to
    perturbations or parameter Variations is included in the method. The
    technique requires the use of a gradient-based algorithm. The method is
    illustrated by an example, which is intended to show a more flexible
    approach to eigenstructure assignment.
 C1 Univ Southampton, Dept Aeronaut & Astronaut, Sch Engn Sci, Southampton SO17 1BJ, Hants, England.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP McLean, D, Univ Southampton, Dept Aeronaut & Astronaut, Sch Engn Sci,
    Southampton SO17 1BJ, Hants, England.
 CR ANDRY AN, 1983, IEEE T AERO ELEC SYS, V19, P711
    APKARIAN PR, 1989, J GUID CONTROL DYNAM, V12, P162
    BRYSON A, 1975, APPL OPTIMAL CONTROL
    BURROWS SP, 1992, J GUID CONTROL DYNAM, V15, P779
    CUNNINGHAM TB, 1980, P IEEE C DEC CONTR A
    DAVIDSON JB, 1994, 109130 NASA
    LAM J, 1997, P I MECH ENG 1, V211, P631
    MIYAZAWA Y, 1992, J GUID CONTROL DYNAM, V15, P785
    PATEL Y, 1993, J GUID CONTROL DYNAM, V16, P118
    PATTON RJ, 1993, P AIAA GUID NAV CONT, P924
    SMITH PR, 1990, AIAA GUID NAV CONTR
    WHITE BA, 1997, P I MECH ENG I-J SYS, V211, P35
    YU WL, 1991, J GUID CONTROL DYNAM, V14, P621
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0142-3312
 J9 TRANS INST MEASURE CONTROL
 JI Trans. Inst. Meas. Control
 PY 2001
 VL 23
 IS 2
 BP 127
 EP 138
 PG 12
 SC Automation & Control Systems; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 426EA
 UT ISI:000168335800004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lin, QS
    Feng, XQ
    Man, ZY
    Zhang, YX
    Yin, ZW
    Zhang, QR
 TI Origin of the radiation-induced 420 nm color center absorption band in
    PbWO4 crystals
 SO SOLID STATE COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE color center; optical properties; light absorption
 ID LEAD TUNGSTATE CRYSTALS; SINGLE-CRYSTALS; DAMAGE
 AB Polarized absorption spectra experiments were carried out to
    investigate the structural symmetries of color centers of PbWO4
    crystals. It was found that the intensity of the electrical vector E
    perpendicular to c of the radiation-induced 320 nm absorption band
    equals that of the E parallel to c, indicating the non-dichroic
    character of the band. Based on the analysis of the energy band
    structure and the crystal structure of PbWO4, the origin of the
    radiation-induced 320 nm absorption band was ascribed to the V-F(0)
    di-hole center. (C) 2001 Published by Elsevier Science Ltd.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Lab Funct Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, XQ, Chinese Acad Sci, Lab Funct Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 200050,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ANNENKOV A, 1998, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V170, P47
    AUFFRAY E, 1996, SCINT 95, P282
    BACCARO S, 1999, IEEE T NUCL SCI 1, V46, P292
    BARISHEVSKI VG, 1992, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V322, P231
    BIEDERBICK R, 1975, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V69, P55
    HAN BG, 1999, J APPL PHYS, V86, P3571
    LAGUTA VV, 1998, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V10, P7293
    LAGUTA VV, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P10109
    LECOQ P, 1995, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V365, P291
    LIN QS, 2000, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V181, R1
    NESSITEDALDI F, 1998, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V408, P266
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V196, K7
    NIKL M, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P5758
    NIKL M, 1997, MATER SCI FORUM, V239, P271
    WILLIAMS RT, 2000, SCINT 99, P118
    ZHANG Y, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P12738
 NR 16
 TC 19
 SN 0038-1098
 J9 SOLID STATE COMMUN
 JI Solid State Commun.
 PY 2001
 VL 118
 IS 5
 BP 221
 EP 223
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 425XV
 UT ISI:000168317700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, YB
    Li, J
    Chu, JH
    Bo, LX
    Yu, TY
    Yu, BK
 TI The study of frequency-doubling properties of ferroelectric potassium
    lithium niobate
 SO JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE potassium lithium niobate; frequency-doubling; phase-matching
 ID K3LI2-XNB5+XO15+2X
 AB The frequency-doubling properties of potassium lithium niobate crystals
    grown from melts with different content of Li2O were studied by using
    quasi cw-Ti:sapphire laser. The results showed that potassium lithium
    niobate crystal does not have nonlinear optical performance unless the
    Li content in the crystal reached a certain amount. The higher the
    content of Li in the crystal the better the frequency-doubling
    performance. The results of frequency-doubling experiment of the
    potassium:lithium niobate crystal grown from the melt with Li2O 26mol%
    showed that the crystal can double the cw-Ti:sapphire laser with the
    wavelength of 820 similar to 960nm so as to obtain the output of
    blue-green beam. The crystal showed good second harmonic generation
    properties.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech, Natl Lab Infrared Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wan, YB, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech, Natl Lab Infrared Phys,
    Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG WD, 1996, CHEM PHYS LETT, V261, P66
    IMAI K, 1997, J CRYST GROWTH, V177, P79
    OWERKERK M, 1991, 409339, EP
    REID JJE, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P19
    SONG YT, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V194, P379
    WAN YB, 1998, J SYNTH CRYST, V27, P34
    WAN YB, 1999, ACTA OPT SINICA, V19, P863
    WAN YB, 1999, CHIN J LASER, V26, P837
    WAN YB, 1999, J SYNTH CRYST, V28, P149
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1001-9014
 J9 J INFRARED MILIM WAVES
 JI J. Infrared Millim. Waves
 PD APR
 PY 2001
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 147
 EP 150
 PG 4
 SC Optics
 GA 425DB
 UT ISI:000168272100016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HP
    Guo, BY
 TI Composite Legendre-Laguerre pseudospectral approximation in unbounded
    domains
 SO IMA JOURNAL OF NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE composite Legendre-Laguerre; pseudospectral method; half-line
 ID PARTIAL-DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS; NONLINEAR CONSERVATION-LAWS; HERMITE
    SPECTRAL METHOD; GALERKIN METHOD; POLYNOMIALS; INTERVAL
 AB A composite Legendre-Laguerre pseudospectral approximation in unbounded
    domains is developed. Some approximation results are obtained. As an
    application, a composite pseudospectral scheme is proposed for the
    Burgers equation on the half-line. The stability and convergence of the
    scheme are proved. By choosing appropriate base functions, the
    resulting system of this method has a sparse structure and can be
    solved in parallel. Numerical results are given to show the efficiency
    of this new method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ADAMS RA, 1975, SOBOLEV SPACES
    BERNARDI C, 1992, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V43, P53
    BERNARDI C, 1997, HDBK NUM AN 2, V5, P209
    BOYD JP, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V69, P112
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    DAVIS PJ, 1984, METHODS NUMERICAL IN
    FUNARO D, 1990, MATH COMPUT, V57, P597
    FUNARO D, 1991, ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIA, P263
    GELB A, 2000, APPL NUMER MATH, V33, P3
    GUO BY, 1999, MATH COMPUT, V68, P1067
    GUO BY, 2000, NUMER MATH, V86, P635
    GUO BY, 2001, IN PRESS J COMPUT MA
    MADAY Y, 1985, RECH AEROSPATIALE, P353
    MADAY Y, 1993, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V30, P321
    MASTROIANNI G, 1997, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V17, P621
    SHEN J, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P1489
    SZEGO G, 1975, ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIA
    TADMOR E, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P30
    TANG T, 1993, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V14, P594
    XU CL, 2001, IN PRESS J COMPUT MA
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0272-4979
 J9 IMA J NUMER ANAL
 JI IMA J. Numer. Anal.
 PD APR
 PY 2001
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 587
 EP 602
 PG 16
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 424ZK
 UT ISI:000168263700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU You, JL
    Jiang, GC
    Xu, KD
 TI High temperature Raman spectra of sodium disilicate crystal, glass and
    its liquid
 SO JOURNAL OF NON-CRYSTALLINE SOLIDS
 DT Article
 ID ALKALI-SILICATE-GLASSES; SPECTROSCOPY; MELTS; PRESSURE; NMR
 AB Raman spectra of Na2Si2O5 in solid and liquid states from room
    temperature to 1773 K were measured to observe phase transition and
    analyze the temperature-dependent variations of the structure units,
    five kinds of SiO4 tetrahedrons, which are defined as Q(4), Q(3), Q(2),
    Q(1) and Q(0) species corresponding to the number of bridging oxygen
    binding to each Si. A pulsed copper vapor laser was used as laser
    source coupled with time resolved detection system to eliminate the
    dense thermal emission background while temperature was >1273 K.
    Temperature-dependent Raman spectra can clearly indicate melting point
    of a crystal around 1143 K. Gaussian deconvolutions of complex
    stretching vibrational bands of crystal and amorphous states (glass and
    liquid) were described. Raman sensitivity factors were introduced to
    calculate the mole fractions of the different SiO4 tetrahedrons. There
    is a decrease of Q(3) species and an increase of Q(4) and Q(2) species
    with increasing temperature. And after melting, the ratio of the
    components remain unchanged. Q(3) species decomposes again after about
    1573 K. More Q(n) species would form with increasing temperature.
    Although the Q(n) distribution of the glass is similar to that of the
    liquid of melting temperature, T-m similar to 1143 K, the liquid
    structure has a greater disorder than that of the glass. (C) 2001
    Published by Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP You, JL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR DOMINE F, 1983, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V55, P125
    DORFELD WG, 1988, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V29, P179
    DOWEIDAR H, 1996, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V194, P155
    FURUKAWA T, 1981, J CHEM PHYS, V75, P3226
    GASKELL PH, 1967, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V8, P69
    GILLET P, 1996, PHYS CHEM MINER, V23, P263
    GUOCHANG J, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P20
    GURMAN SJ, 1990, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V125, P151
    HANDKE M, 1993, VIB SPECTROSC, V5, P75
    HASS M, 1970, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V31, P415
    JINGLIN Y, IN PRESS
    JINGLIN Y, 1998, J CHIN RARE EARTH SC, V16, P505
    JINGLIN Y, 1999, CHIN J LIGHT SCATTER, V11, P378
    JINGLIN Y, 1999, OPT INSTR, V21, P21
    KASHIO S, 1980, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V20, P251
    KUANGDI X, 1999, SCI CHINA SER E, V22, P77
    LIEBAU F, 1985, STRUCTURAL CHEM SILI
    LONG DA, 1977, RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY, CH4
    MAEKAWA H, 1991, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V127, P53
    MAEKAWA H, 1992, P 4 INT C MOLT SLAGS, P35
    MARKIN EP, 1960, OPT SPECTROSC, V9, P309
    MATSON DW, 1983, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V58, P323
    MCMILLAN P, 1984, AM MINERAL, V69, P622
    MYSEN BO, 1982, AM MINERAL, V67, P686
    MYSEN BO, 1990, J GEOPHYS RES-SOLID, V95, P15733
    MYSEN BO, 1992, CHEM GEOL, V96, P321
    PEICANG X, 1996, RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY G, CH7
    SEIFERT FA, 1981, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V45, P1879
    SHARMA SK, 1978, CARNEGIE I WASHINGTO, V77, P649
    SHIPING H, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P279
    SMITH W, 1995, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V192, P267
    STEBBINS JF, 1988, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V106, P359
    STEBBINS JF, 1995, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V192, P298
    SWAMY V, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2237
    URNES S, 1967, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V8, P125
    VORONKO YK, 1991, GROWTH CRYSTALS, V16, P199
    ZHANG P, 1996, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V204, P294
 NR 37
 TC 15
 SN 0022-3093
 J9 J NON-CRYST SOLIDS
 JI J. Non-Cryst. Solids
 PD APR
 PY 2001
 VL 282
 IS 1
 BP 125
 EP 131
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 423XE
 UT ISI:000168202400015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jin, Z
 TI Boundedness and convergence of solutions of a second-order nonlinear
    differential system
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID RETARDED LIENARD EQUATION; X+F(1)(X)X+F(2)(X)X(2)+G(X)=0; BEHAVIOR
 AB Consider the second-order nonlinear differential system
    (x) over dot = 1/a(x)[h(y) - F(x)],
    (y) over dot = -a(x)[g(x) - e(t)],
    where a is a positive and continuous function on R - (-infinity,
    +infinity); II, F, and g are continuous functions on R; and e(t) is a
    continuous function on I = [0, +infinity) We obtain sufficient and
    necessary conditions for ail solutions to be bounded and to converge to
    zero. Our results can be applied to the well-known equation
    (x) double over dot + f(1)(x)(x) over dot + f(2)(x)(x) over dot(2) +
    g(x) - e(t),
    which substantially extends and improves important results in the
    literature. (C) 2001 Academic Press.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Hebei Univ Technol, Dept Math Appl, Tianjin 300130, Peoples R China.
 RP Jin, Z, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ANTOSIEWICZ HA, 1955, J LOND MATH SOC, V30, P64
    BURTON TA, 1970, ANN MAT PUR APPL, V85, P277
    BUSHAW DW, 1958, DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIO
    FREEDMAN HI, 1990, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V15, P333
    GRAEF JR, 1972, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V12, P34
    GUIDORIZZI HL, 1993, J MATH ANAL APPL, V176, P11
    HUANG LH, 1995, MATH JPN, V2, P283
    JIAN JF, 1997, NONLINEAR ANAL, V5, P855
    JIANG JF, 1995, J MATH ANAL APPL, V194, P597
    LASALLE JP, 1961, STABILITY LIAPUNOVS
    LASALLE JP, 1976, NONLINEAR ANAL, V1, P83
    LI HQ, 1988, ACTA MATH SINICA, V31, P209
    PAN ZG, 1992, J SYS SCI MATH SCI, V12, P376
    QIAN CX, 1992, B LOND MATH SOC, V24, P281
    QIAN CX, 1994, NONLINEAR ANAL, V7, P823
    SUGIE J, 1987, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V11, P1391
    VILLARI G, 1987, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V67, P267
    YOSHIZAWA T, 1963, CONTRIB DIFFERENTIAL, V1, P371
    ZHANG B, 1992, P AM MATH SOC, V115, P779
    ZHANG B, 1993, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V20, P303
    ZHANG B, 1996, J MATH ANAL APPL, V200, P453
    ZHOU J, 1996, NONLINEAR ANAL, V12, P1463
 NR 22
 TC 1
 SN 0022-247X
 J9 J MATH ANAL APPL
 JI J. Math. Anal. Appl.
 PD APR 15
 PY 2001
 VL 256
 IS 2
 BP 360
 EP 374
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 422ET
 UT ISI:000168106100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ji, PY
    Bao, JS
 TI Photon acceleration driven by an intense laser pulse
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE photon acceleration; frequency upshifting; plasma wave; optical metric
 ID WAKEFIELD ACCELERATION; PLASMA
 AB Interaction of a laser field with a plasma wave is studied by metric
    optics. Analysis shows that the frequency upshifting of the laser pulse
    results from the plasma density gradient. A laser beam can be thought
    of as a packet of photons moving in a plasma and thus the laser
    frequency upshifting is equivalent to photon acceleration. Examination
    of the three-dimensional motion equations shows that a laser beam
    diffraction occurs in the presence of a radial variation of the plasma
    density. It is argued that the focusing mechanism originating from the
    plasma wave can curb laser diffraction so that photons may be trapped
    in the plasma wave and accelerated continuously.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ji, PY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AMIRANOFF F, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P995
    BINGHAM R, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P247
    GORDON W, 1923, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V72, P421
    GUO H, 1995, J OPT SOC AM A, V12, P600
    MENDONCA JT, 1994, PHYS REV E, V49, P3520
    MISNER CW, GRAVITATION, P582
    SCHROEDER CB, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P1177
    SHEN WD, 1998, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V7, P1
    SPRANGLE P, 1988, APPL PHYS LETT, V53, P2146
    TAJIMA T, 1979, PHYS REV LETT, V43, P267
    WILKS SC, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P2600
    ZHU S, 1997, ACTA OPT SINICA, V17, P1677
    ZHU ST, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P169
    ZHU ST, 1997, SCI CHINA SER A, V40, P755
 NR 14
 TC 5
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD APR
 PY 2001
 VL 10
 IS 4
 BP 314
 EP 319
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 423KP
 UT ISI:000168175700010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
 TI An open-plus-closed-loop control for discrete chaos and hyperchaos
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 ID MULTIPLE-ATTRACTOR SYSTEMS; COMPLEX DYNAMIC-SYSTEMS; MIGRATION
    CONTROLS; OPCL CONTROL; ENTRAINMENT
 AB An open-plus-closed-loop control law is presented for chaotic maps.
    Some entrainment capabilities for the logistic map, the Henon map and a
    hyperchaotic map are respectively analyzed. Numerical examples of
    controlling chaos are given to demonstrate the application of the
    method. The robustness to the model error is proved. (C) 2001 Elsevier
    Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200030, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN G, 1997, CHAOS ORDER
    CHEN LQ, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V245, P87
    HUBLER A, 1989, NATURWISSENSCHAFTEN, V76, P67
    JACKSON EA, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V151, P478
    JACKSON EA, 1990, PHYSICA D, V44, P407
    JACKSON EA, 1991, PHYSICA D, V50, P341
    JACKSON EA, 1992, PHYSICA D, V54, P253
    JACKSON EA, 1995, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V5, P1255
    JACKSON EA, 1995, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V5, P1767
    JACKSON EA, 1995, PHYSICA D, V85, P1
    JACKSON EA, 1997, CHAOS, V7, P550
    KAPITANIAK T, 1996, CONTROLLING CHAOS TH
    LASALLE JP, 1976, STABILITY DYNAMICAL
    LIU ZR, 1999, ACTA MECH SINICA, V15, P366
    OTT E, 1994, COPING CHAOS
    WEIGEL R, 1998, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V8, P173
 NR 16
 TC 7
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD APR 2
 PY 2001
 VL 281
 IS 5-6
 BP 327
 EP 333
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 420YK
 UT ISI:000168032700009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
    Wang, Q
 TI A traversal time for tunneling particles through a potential barrier
 SO PHYSICA B
 DT Article
 DE traversal time; superluminality; tunneling; energy speed
 ID QUANTUM-THEORY; LARMOR CLOCK; TRANSMISSION; DISTRIBUTIONS;
    PROBABILITIES; SCATTERING; MECHANISM; DELAY
 AB A new kind of traversal time for tunneling particles through a
    potential barrier that has no problem of superluminality is introduced.
    Its physical significance is investigated. Several limits are
    considered, which are physically meaningful. Comparisons with dwell
    time and phase time are also made. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CF, CCAST, World Lab, POB 8730, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 CR BOHM D, 1951, QUANTUM THEORY, P240
    BOHM D, 1952, PHYS REV, V85, P166
    BOHM D, 1987, PHYS REP, V144, P321
    BRILLOUIN L, 1960, WAVE PROPAGATION GRO
    BROUARD S, 1994, PHYS REV A, V49, P4312
    BUTTIKER M, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P1739
    BUTTIKER M, 1983, PHYS REV B, V27, P6178
    CHIAO RY, 1997, PROG OPTICS, V37, P345
    CONDON EU, 1931, REV MOD PHYS, V3, P43
    DEUTCH JM, 1993, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V228, P184
    DIENER G, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V223, P327
    HARTMAN TE, 1962, J APPL PHYS, V33, P3427
    HASS K, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V185, P9
    HAUGE EH, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P917
    JAPHA Y, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P586
    JAUCH JM, 1967, HELV PHYS A, V40, P217
    KRENZLIN HM, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P3749
    LEAVENS CR, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V178, P27
    LEAVENS CR, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V197, P88
    LI CF, 1996, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V252, P329
    LI CF, 1997, PHYSICA B, V240, P98
    MACCOLL LA, 1932, PHYS REV, V40, P621
    MCKINNON WR, 1995, PHYS REV A, V51, P2748
    MUGA JG, 1992, J PHYS CONDENS MATT, V4, L579
    MUGA JG, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V167, P24
    SMITH FT, 1960, PHYS REV, V118, P349
    SOKOLOVSKI D, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P6512
    STEINBERG AM, 1995, PHYS REV A, V52, P32
    STEINBERG AM, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P2405
 NR 29
 TC 1
 SN 0921-4526
 J9 PHYSICA B
 JI Physica B
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 296
 IS 4
 BP 356
 EP 360
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 420MC
 UT ISI:000168007900010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KX
 TI Decoupling of vortex-antivortex pairs: a possible explanation for
    nonequilibrium microwave response of YBa2Cu3O7-delta granular films
 SO PHYSICA C
 DT Article
 DE granular films; vortex excitation; nonbolometric photoresponse
 ID KOSTERLITZ-THOULESS TRANSITION; JOSEPHSON-JUNCTION ARRAYS; O
    THIN-FILMS; RADIATION
 AB A two-dimensional Josephson-junction array has been employed as a model
    system for YBa2Cu3O7-delta (YBCO) granular films. Based on this model,
    the dissociation process of the vortex-antivortex pairs is discussed in
    terms of applied current activation, and the unbinding vortices
    distribution n(T, I) is calculated as a function of temperature and
    applied current. When I/I-c << 1 is satisfied, the value of the n(T, I)
    could only be observed within the temperature region of (2/3)T-KT < T <
    T-KT, this behavior is analogous to that of photoresponse dissipation
    measured from the granular YBCO films. This similitude implies that the
    unbinding process of the vortex pairs might be responsible for the
    nonequilibrium photoresponse dissipation in granular superconducting
    films. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, KX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BEASLEY MR, 1979, PHYS REV LETT, V42, P1165
    BOONE BG, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P2676
    CHANG K, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P7316
    CULBERTSON JC, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P9609
    DAVIS LC, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P99
    ENOMOTO Y, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V59, P3807
    FIORY AT, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P1419
    HERTER ST, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P1154
    LOBB CJ, 1983, PHYS REV B, V27, P150
    MARTIN S, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P677
    PHILLIPS JR, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P5219
    PHONG LN, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V74, P7414
    RZCHOWSKI MS, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P2041
    STROM U, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P4059
    TINKHAM M, 1995, INTRO SUPERCONDUCTIV
    XU KX, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1152
    XU KX, 1999, PHYSICA C, V321, P258
    YING QY, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P2242
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD APR 1
 PY 2001
 VL 351
 IS 3
 BP 274
 EP 280
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 418NA
 UT ISI:000167897200008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A modified perturbation technique depending upon an artificial parameter
 SO MECCANICA
 DT Article
 DE perturbation method; nonlinear equation; Duffing equation; van der Pol
    equation; artificial parameter
 AB In this paper, a modified perturbation method is proposed to search for
    analytical solutions of nonlinear oscillators without possible small
    parameters. An artificial perturbation equation is carefully
    constructed by embedding an artificial parameter, which is used as
    expanding parameter. It reveals that various traditional perturbation
    techniques can be powerfully applied in this theory. Some examples,
    such as the Duffing equation and the van der Pol equation, are given
    here to illustrate its effectiveness and convenience. The results show
    that the obtained approximate solutions are uniformly valid on the
    whole solution domain, and they are suitable not only for weak
    nonlinear systems, but also for strongly nonlinear systems. In applying
    the new method, some special techniques have been emphasized for
    different problems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang
    Rd,POB 189, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEUNG YK, 1991, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V26, P367
    HE JH, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V167, P57
    HE JH, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V167, P69
    HE JH, 1999, COMMUN NONL SCI NUM, V4, P109
    HE JH, 1999, COMMUN NONL SCI NUM, V4, P78
    HE JH, 1999, COMMUNICATIONS NONLI, V4, P81
    HE JH, 1999, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V178, P257
    HE JH, 1999, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V34, P699
    HE JH, 1999, MECCANICA, V34, P287
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P37
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P51
    LIU GL, 1997, NAT C 7 MOD MATH MEC, P47
    NAYFEH AH, 1979, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    NAYFEH AH, 1985, PROBLEMS PERTURBATIO
 NR 14
 TC 5
 SN 0025-6455
 J9 MECCANICA
 JI Meccanica
 PY 2000
 VL 35
 IS 4
 BP 299
 EP 311
 PG 13
 SC Mechanics
 GA 419FL
 UT ISI:000167938600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bian, JJ
    Zhu, XW
    Jiang, WZ
    Sun, ZH
    Wang, H
 TI Microwave characteristics of (Pb,Ca) (Fe,Nb,Zr)O-3 dielectric ceramics
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Bian, JJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, 20 ChengZhong Rd, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR KATO J, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V31, P3144
    KUCHEIKO S, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2937
    NAKANO M, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V32, P4314
    TAKAHASHI H, 1996, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V35, P5069
    WAKINO K, 1989, FERROELECTRICS, V91, P68
    WERSING W, 1991, ELECT CERAMICS
    YOON KH, 1996, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V35, P5145
 NR 7
 TC 3
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD FEB
 PY 2001
 VL 20
 IS 4
 BP 353
 EP 354
 PG 2
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 417WZ
 UT ISI:000167859600018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chu, QL
    Song, LP
    Jin, GF
    Zhu, SZ
 TI Study of the reactions of fluorinated alpha,beta-unsaturated carbonyl
    compounds with nitrogen and sulfur dinucleophiles
 SO JOURNAL OF FLUORINE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE fluorinated alpha,beta-unsaturated carbonyl compounds; fluorinated
    heterocycles; dinucleophiles; nucleophilic reactions; thiazine
 ID KETONES
 AB The fluorinated alpha,beta -unsaturated ketone
    1,1,1-trifluoro-4-ethoxy-3-butene-2-one reacted with dinucleophiles
    such as 2-aminothiophenol and 2-amino-ethanethiol to give
    trifluoroacetyl substituted 4H-1,4-benzothiazine, or 4H-1,4-thiazine,
    while the reaction of 5-trifluoroacetyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran or
    4-trifluoroacetyl-2,3-dihydro-furan with 2-amino-phenthiol gave
    3-(2,2,3-2H-benzothiazolyl)-2-(trifluoromethyl)-tetrahydrofuran-2-ol or
    3-(2-2,3-2H-benzothiazolyl)-2-(trifluoromethyl)-
    tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-ol, respectively. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, SZ, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, 345 Fenglin Rd,
    Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 CR BUDESINSKY BW, 1971, J INORG NUCL CHEM, V33, P3795
    CHU QL, 2000, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V30, P677
    FILLER R, 1979, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    FILLER R, 1982, BIOMEDICINAL ASPECTS
    FILLER R, 1993, ORGANOFLUORINE COMPO
    GERUS II, 1994, J FLUORINE CHEM, V69, P195
    GORBUNOVA MG, 1993, J FLUORINE CHEM, V65, P25
    LISO G, 1981, J HETEROCYCLIC CHEM, V18, P279
    MARTINS MAP, 1999, J HETEROCYCLIC CHEM, V36, P837
    MIYANO S, 1975, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P760
    WELCH JT, 1987, TETRAHEDRON, V43, P3123
    YOSHIOKA H, 1984, J SYN ORG CHEM JPN, V42, P809
    ZHU SZ, 1999, MONATSH CHEM, V130, P671
 NR 13
 TC 7
 SN 0022-1139
 J9 J FLUORINE CHEM
 JI J. Fluor. Chem.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 108
 IS 1
 BP 51
 EP 56
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Chemistry, Organic
 GA 416UB
 UT ISI:000167797600007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU You, JL
    Jiang, GC
    Xu, KD
 TI Temperature dependence of the Raman spectra of Na2Si2O5
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID SPECTROSCOPY; MELT
 AB The microstructures of Na2Si2O5 from room temperature up to 1773 K are
    studied by high-temperature Raman spectroscopy. Deconvolutions of
    complex Raman spectra of crystal and amorphous states (glass and melt)
    are described. The results show that the temperature-dependent Raman
    spectra clearly indicate phase transition. The relative abundance of
    various kinds of SiO4 tetrahedrons (each Si binding to different
    numbers of bridging oxygens) can be qualitatively and quantitatively
    resolved as to be varied obviously with different temperatures. This
    shows that high-temperature Raman spectroscopy provides a useful tool
    for microstructure research under high temperature and helps to explain
    the properties of silicate glasses and melts.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP You, JL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR DOMINE F, 1983, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V55, P125
    HANDKE M, 1993, VIB SPECTROSC, V5, P75
    HUANG SP, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P279
    JIANG GC, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P20
    LONG DA, 1977, RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY, CH4
    MYSEN BO, 1990, J GEOPHYS RES-SOLID, V95, P15733
    SMITH W, 1995, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V192, P267
    XU KD, 1999, SCI CHINA, V22, P77
    XU PC, 1996, RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY G, CH7
    YOU JL, 1998, J CHINESE RARE EARTH, V16, P505
    YOU JL, 1999, OPTICAL INSTRUMENT, V21, P21
    YOU JL, 2000, IN PRESS J SHANGHAI
 NR 12
 TC 2
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 18
 IS 3
 BP 408
 EP 410
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 417RM
 UT ISI:000167848000033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, JR
    Meng, ZY
 TI Thickness-dependent microstructures and electrical properties of PZT
    films derived from sol-gel process
 SO THIN SOLID FILMS
 DT Article
 DE PZT films; sol-gel; thickness-dependent properties
 ID THIN-FILMS; ORIENTATION
 AB Crack free Pb(ZrxTi1-x)O-3 (x = 0.45) films with various thicknesses
    were prepared by a sol-gel multiple coating process on Pt-coated
    Si(100) substrates. Rapid thermal annealing (RTA) methods were used to
    crystallize the amorphous PZT films. Field emission scanning electron
    microscopy (FESEM) and X-ray diffraction (XRD) techniques were utilized
    to study the thickness dependent morphology and phase content. The
    relationship between the thickness and electrical properties of PZT
    films was investigated. The dielectric constants of PZT films increased
    with increasing film thickness. It was observed that the PZT films
    revealed spontaneous piezoelectric responses without poling process,
    which decreased with increasing film thickness. By poling the film with
    26 V/mum, the piezoelectric responses of the thin PZT films was not
    obviously improved. However, the piezoelectric constant of thick PZT
    films increased obviously after poling. The phenomenon of
    thickness-dependent spontaneous polarization of PZT films was utilized
    to interpret the thickness dependent piezoelectric properties. The I-V
    characteristics and the dielectric breakdown strength of PZT films have
    also been examined and discussed. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, JR, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AMANUMA K, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V32, P4150
    BUDD KD, 1985, BR CERAM P, V36, P107
    CHENG JR, 1999, ADV SCI TECH, V25, P61
    KHOLKIN AL, 1998, INTEGR FERROELECTR, V22, P525
    KIM CJ, 1998, THIN SOLID FILMS, V312, P130
    LEFKI K, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P1764
    LIU DDH, 1997, INTEGR FERROELECTR, V18, P263
    MIYAZAWA K, 1998, J AM CERAM SOC, V81, P2333
    PHILLIPS NJ, 1991, J MATER CHEM, V1, P893
    QU X, 1986, THIN FILM PHYSICS CH, P124
    SCOTT JF, 1989, SCIENCE, V246, P1400
    SWARTZ SL, 1992, MATER RES SOC S P, V243, P533
    TANI T, 1993, MATER RES SOC S P, V310, P296
    WILLEMS GJ, 1997, INTEGR FERROELECTR, V15, P19
    YAMASHITA K, 1980, JPN J APPL PHYS, V19, P867
    YI G, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P2713
 NR 16
 TC 16
 SN 0040-6090
 J9 THIN SOLID FILMS
 JI Thin Solid Films
 PD APR 2
 PY 2001
 VL 385
 IS 1-2
 BP 5
 EP 10
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Condensed Matter
 GA 414KW
 UT ISI:000167666600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, XY
    Wan, XJ
    Wu, QY
    Sun, XK
 TI Diffusion of hydrogen along the grain boundaries in Ni3Al alloys
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID ENVIRONMENTAL EMBRITTLEMENT; NICKEL; TRANSPORT; SEGREGATION
 AB The diffusivity of hydrogen in two Ni3Al alloys (No.1 and No.2) has
    been measured in the temperature range of 100 degreesC to 420 degreesC
    using an ultrahigh vacuum gaseous permeation technique. The diffusivity
    data fall into two segments, in which the hydrogen diffusivity adheres
    to the Arrhenius form, respectively. From the hydrogen diffusivity, it
    is conjectured that the hydrogen diffusivity reflects the hydrogen
    transportation along the grain boundaries at lower temperature and the
    hydrogen transportation in the lattice at higher temperature. The
    intergranular fracture of Lit-type intermetallics induced by hydrogen
    at relative low temperature results from hydrogen transportation along
    the grain boundaries and not in the lattice.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Mat Res Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Met Res Inst, State Key Lab RSA, Shenyang 110015, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, XY, Shanghai Univ, Mat Res Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHENG XY, UNPUB
    CHENG XY, 1998, SCRIPTA MATER, V38, P959
    FUKUSHIMA H, 1984, ACTA METALL, V32, P851
    GEORGE EP, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V30, P37
    HARRIS TM, 1991, METALL TRANS A, V22, P351
    HUANG JH, 1996, DIFFUSION METALS ALL
    KIRMURA A, 1988, ACTA METALL, V36, P757
    LADNA B, 1987, ACTA METALL, V35, P1775
    PALUMBO G, 1991, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V25, P679
    TAKASUGI T, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V29, P1587
    TSURU T, 1982, SCRIPTA METALL, V16, P575
    WAN X, 1994, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V10, P39
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    XU J, 1993, ACTA METALL MATER, V41, P1455
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 17
 IS 2
 BP 207
 EP 210
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 415KL
 UT ISI:000167720500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, GY
    Chen, YL
 TI High-quality zirconia powder resulting from the attempted separation of
    acetic acid from acrylic acid with zirconium oxychloride
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID TEMPERATURE; PRECURSOR; ALKOXIDE
 AB Both acetic and acrylic acids are low molecular weight carboxylic acids
    with very similar physical and chemical properties. As a result it is
    difficult to separate these two acids by the now commercially
    significant separation techniques such as distillation, solvent
    extraction, adsorption, ion exchange, calcium salt precipitation, and
    membrane processes. We propose a metal-organic precipitation process
    using zirconium oxychloride to separate acetic acid from acrylic acid
    in the effluent of an acrylic acid plant. The process developed is
    based on the selective precipitation of acrylic acid, at suitable pH
    values, by the addition of zirconium oxychloride to the effluent. The
    resulting precipitate is a precursor that can yield a pure, ultrafine,
    and partially-stabilized zirconia powder which has been characterised
    using thermal analysis, infrared spectroscopy, and X-ray diffraction.
    Environmental, technological and cost advantages will make the present
    process feasible for the manufacture of advanced zirconia-based
    ceramics.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, GY, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ALCOCK NW, 1976, J CHEM SOC DA, P2243
    CHEN YL, 1997, CERAM INT, V23, P267
    DJURADO E, 1998, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V141, P191
    GU GY, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P1294
    GUO GY, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P3511
    GUO GY, 2000, GREEN CHEM, V2, G42
    HAYASHI H, 1998, J SOL-GEL SCI TECHN, V12, P87
    HU MZC, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P2313
    JANA S, 1997, J SOL-GEL SCI TECHN, V9, P227
    KOMISSAROVA LN, 1966, RUSS J INORG CHEMN, V11, P2035
    MCDEVITT NT, 1964, SPECTROCHIM ACTA, V20, P799
    MEHROTRA RC, 1983, METAL CARBOXYLATES, P238
    MICHELI AL, 1989, CERAM INT, V15, P131
    PAUL RC, 1976, AUST J CHEM, V29, P1605
    PROZOROVSKAYA ZN, 1968, RUSS J INORG CHEM, V13, P965
    SOREK Y, 1997, CHEM MATER, V9, P670
    TOSAN JL, 1994, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V168, P23
    TSUKADA T, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P1169
    UCHIKOSHI T, 1998, J MATER RES, V13, P840
    VEYTIZOU C, 2000, J MATER CHEM, V10, P365
    YOKOTA O, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P1333
 NR 21
 TC 1
 SN 0959-9428
 J9 J MATER CHEM
 JI J. Mater. Chem.
 PY 2001
 VL 11
 IS 4
 BP 1283
 EP 1287
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 415NR
 UT ISI:000167728100050
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, YB
    Chu, JH
    Guo, SL
    Bo, LX
    Yu, TY
    Yu, BK
 TI A ferroelectric frequency-doubling material-potassium lithium niobate
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE crystal growth; ferroelectrics; optical transmission spectrum; domain
    structure; Second Harmonic Generation
 ID SINGLE-CRYSTALS; GROWTH
 AB The potassium lithium niobate crystals have been grown up. The shapes
    of solid-melt interfaces which maintaining the steady growth of the
    potassium lithium niobate crystals have been described. The optical
    transmission spectrum of the crystal has been surveyed. The perfected
    crystals showed good Second Harmonic Generation properties.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, Natl Lab Infrared Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wan, YB, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, Natl Lab Infrared
    Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
 CR CLARK R, 1973, J PHYSIQUE, V22, P143
    REID JJE, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P19
    SONG YT, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V194, P379
    VANUITERT LG, 1967, APPL PHYS LETT, V11, P161
    WAN YB, 1998, J SYNTH CRYST, V27, P36
    WAN YB, 1999, CHIN J LASER, V26, P837
    XIA HR, 1997, CRYST RES TECHNOL, V32, P311
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0195-9271
 J9 INT J INFRAR MILLIM WAVE
 JI Int. J. Infrared Millimeter Waves
 PD JAN
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 1
 BP 197
 EP 205
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied; Optics
 GA 414FL
 UT ISI:000167655300017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pan, SK
    Yuan, QX
    Xu, J
    Yu, TY
    Yu, BK
    Wan, YB
 TI Crack-free K3Li2-xNb5+2xO15+2x crystals grown by the resistance-heated
    Czochralski technique
 SO JOURNAL OF CRYSTAL GROWTH
 DT Article
 DE Czochralski method; growth from melt; single crystal growth; lithium
    compound; niobate; potassium compounds; ferroelectric materials;
    nonlinear optic materials; harmonic generators; nonlinear optical
 ID POTASSIUM
 AB We report that crack-free K3Li2-chiNb5+2 chiO15+2 chi crystals (KLN)
    have been grown by the resistance-heated Czochralski technique. The
    influence of melt composition and growth parameters on crystal growth
    and crystal cracks are described. Blue light (445-476nm) has been
    obtained by frequency doubling of the light wave (890-952nm) generated
    from a Ti:sapphire laser. (C) 2001 Published by Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
 RP Pan, SK, Acad Sinica, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, POB 800211,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR FERRIOL M, 1997, J CRYST GROWTH, V173, P226
    OUWERKER M, 1991, ADV MATER, V3, P339
    SCOTT BA, 1970, MATER RES B, V5, P47
    VANUITERT LG, 1967, APPL PHYS LETT, V11, P161
    WAN YB, 1997, J SYNTH CRYST, V2, P36
    WAN YB, 1999, J CHIN LASERS, V8, P15
    YOON DH, 1994, J CRYST GROWTH, V144, P207
 NR 7
 TC 2
 SN 0022-0248
 J9 J CRYST GROWTH
 JI J. Cryst. Growth
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 223
 IS 3
 BP 389
 EP 393
 PG 5
 SC Crystallography
 GA 411FL
 UT ISI:000167487400011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, JY
    Qiu, XJ
 TI Interaction between an electronic system and multiphotons in a strong
    laser field
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE strong laser field; multiphoton; nonlinear optics
 ID PARTIALLY STRIPPED PLASMAS; COHERENT CONTROL; PULSES; PROPAGATION;
    PHOTODISSOCIATION; STABILITY; DYNAMICS
 AB Under the framework of nonlinear quantum field theory,we show the total
    Hamiltonian operator H-tot for the interaction between an electron
    field and a photon field,and study the contribution of the nonlinear
    term A(2) in the strong laser field. In this paper,we describe
    electrons with the Schrodinger quantum wave field of Fermi-Dirac
    statistics. By applying "self-consistent mean field","effective mass"
    approximation and the displaced harmonic oscillator coherent theory,we
    derive the Lee-Low-Pines expression f(b(+)) of electron wave-photon
    field operator function. Then using the differential formula of partial
    derivativef(b+)/partial derivativeb+ we derive some relevant
    calculating formulas, including detailed expressions of electron energy
    El and abt wave field parameter beta (w). Furthermore,we also derive
    self-energy E-k=0 and renormalized mass m** of electrons according to
    these expressions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, JY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BARTY CPJ, 1996, LASER FOCUS WORLD, V32, P93
    BORGHESI M, 1998, PHYS REV E, V57, P4899
    CHARRON E, 1995, J CHEM PHYS, V103, P7359
    CHARRON E, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P2815
    CLARK TR, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P2773
    GIUSTISUZOR A, 1995, J PHYS B-AT MOL OPT, V28, P309
    GUO DS, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P6622
    HAKEN H, 1976, QUANTUM FIELD THEORY
    KRUSHELNICK K, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P4047
    LANGE HR, 1998, OPT LETT, V23, P120
    MENG SX, 1999, PROGR PHYSICS, V19, P236
    MILCHBERG HM, 1996, PHYS PLASMAS 2, V3, P2149
    MOUROU GA, 1998, PHYS TODAY, V51, P22
    SPRANGLE P, 1997, PHYS REV E B, V56, P5894
    SPRANGLE P, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P1046
    SPRANGLE P, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P1173
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 3
 BP 416
 EP 421
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 412UJ
 UT ISI:000167572500010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xue, Y
    Dong, LY
    Dai, SQ
 TI An improved one-dimensional cellular automaton model of traffic flow
    and the effect of deceleration probability
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE traffic flow; cellular automaton; probability of deceleration; jam phase
 AB Based upon the single-lane traffic cellular automaton (CA) model
    introduced by Negel and Schreckenberg, an improved single-lane traffic
    CA model has been proposed by the consideration of the relative motion
    of vehicles and the relation of deceleration probability with the
    density. Numerical simulations have been carried out. The results show
    the complicated evolution process of traffic flow. The flow of vehicles
    can be controlled by the definition of the relation between
    deceleration probability and the exponet v of density P-noise similar
    to rho (v) Different values of v have different effect on the critical
    point from free phase to jam phase. The simulation agrees with the
    measurement as v is about 0.75. With the increase of vehicles and the
    evolution process of traffic flow,the free and jam phases will become
    unsteady and appear alternatively, similiar to the propagation of wave.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Guangxi Univ, Dept Phys, Nanning 530003, Peoples R China.
 RP Xue, Y, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BIHAM O, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P6124
    ISHIBASHI Y, 1994, J PHYS SOC JPN, V63, P2882
    NAGEL K, 1992, J PHYS I, V2, P2221
    NAGEL K, 1997, TRANSIMS TRAFFIC FLO
    SCHREKENBERG M, 1995, PHYS REV E A, V51, P2939
    TOROK J, 1996, PHYSICA A, V231, P515
    WAGNER P, 1996, TRAFFIC GRANULAR FLO, P193
    WANG BH, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, L31
    WANG BH, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P906
    WOLFRAM S, 1986, THEORY APPL CELLULAR
 NR 10
 TC 21
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 3
 BP 445
 EP 449
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 412UJ
 UT ISI:000167572500015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HL
    Tang, JY
 TI Measurement of isotope shifts among Nd-142-146,148,150(+) by using
    collinear fast-ion-beam laser spectroscopy
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE isotope shifts; fast-ion-beam laser spectroscopy
 ID ND-II
 AB In atomic spectroscopy, the subject of isotope shifts is one of the few
    problems that links atomic and nuclear physics. The isotope shifts
    among all the seven stable isotopes in Nd II were measured by means of
    collinear fast-ion-beam laser spectroscopy. Compared with the data that
    have been published,our experimental accuracy is improved by one order
    of magnitude and some of the results are obtained for the first time,
    as far as we know.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Modern Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AHMAD SA, 1983, SPECTROCHIM ACTA B, V36, P943
    BLAISE J, 1984, PHYS SCR, V29, P119
    GERSTENKON S, 1978, ATLAS SPECTRA ABSORP
    KING WK, 1984, ISOTOPE SHIFTS ATOMI, CH6
    MA HL, 1997, J PHYS B-AT MOL OPT, V30, P3355
    MA HL, 1998, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V7, P572
    MA HL, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V6, P411
    WAKASUGI M, 1990, J PHYS SOC JPN, V59, P2700
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 3
 BP 453
 EP 456
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 412UJ
 UT ISI:000167572500017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, SM
    Wang, Q
    Wu, Z
    Wei, Q
 TI Slow Bragg solitons in a periodic structure with Kerr nonlinearity
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE solitary wave; slow Bragg solitons; gap solitons; coupled-mode theory
 ID GAP SOLITONS; OPTICAL-RESPONSE; BISTABILITY; SUPERLATTICES
 AB On the basis of coupled-mode theory we find a class of solitary
    solutions for the electromagnetic wave propagating in an infinite
    one-dimensional periodic structure with an intensity-dependent
    refractive index. We show that the amplitude of the solitary wave is
    dependent of the incident frequency and the pulse width. In the Bragg
    resonance limit, the solitary wave can he Simplified to a soliton-like
    solution which was named as "gap soliton" or "slow Bragg soliton".
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, SM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN W, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P6269
    CHEN W, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P160
    CHRISTODOULIDES DN, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P1746
    DESTERKE CM, 1989, J OPT SOC AM B, V6, P1722
    DRAGOMAN M, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P110
    FENG J, 1993, OPT LETT, V18, P1302
    FENG JH, 1993, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V29, P590
    HERBERT CJ, 1993, OPT LETT, V18, P1783
    KUO CP, 1988, OPT LETT, V13, P1032
    MILLS DL, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P947
    WINFUL HG, 1979, APPL PHYS LETT, V35, P379
    WINFUL HG, 1985, APPL PHYS LETT, V46, P527
 NR 12
 TC 4
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 3
 BP 489
 EP 495
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 412UJ
 UT ISI:000167572500024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gan, JY
    Chau, KT
    Wang, Y
    Chan, CC
    Jiang, JZ
 TI Design and analysis of a new permanent magnet brushless DC machine
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON MAGNETICS
 DT Article
 DE flux regulation; permanent magnet brushless dc machine; square wave;
    time-stepping finite element method
 AB A new permanent magnet (PM) brushless de machine with a unique feature
    of flux regulation is proposed in this paper. The originality is that
    the air-gap flux of the machine is generated by both the PM excitation
    and the specially controlled stator current under the same PM pole, The
    machine possesses advantageous characteristics of both the PM brushless
    de machine and the de series machine, The rotor configuration and
    principle of operation are so novel that the magnetic field
    distribution and performances of the machine are analyzed by use of a
    time-stepping finite element method. The theoretical calculation is
    also verified by experimental measurement.
 C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn & Elect, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Gan, JY, Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn & Elect, Hong Kong, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHAN CC, 1996, IEEE T IND ELECTRON, V43, P331
    CHAN CC, 1998, IEEE T, V4, P16
    CHAN CC, 1999, P INT EL VEH S, P1
    LAW JD, 1994, IEEE T IND APPL, V30, P1185
    MAYER R, 1986, P INT C EL MACH, P1138
 NR 5
 TC 2
 SN 0018-9464
 J9 IEEE TRANS MAGN
 JI IEEE Trans. Magn.
 PD SEP
 PY 2000
 VL 36
 IS 5
 PN Part 1
 BP 3353
 EP 3356
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied
 GA 409EN
 UT ISI:000167371700380
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gan, JY
    Chau, KT
    Chan, CC
    Jiang, JZ
 TI A new surface-inset, permanent-magnet, brushless DC motor drive for
    electric vehicles
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON MAGNETICS
 DT Article
 DE brushless dc motors; electric vehicles; motor drives; permanent magnet
    motors
 ID OPERATING LIMITS; DESIGN; PERFORMANCE; MACHINES
 AB A new five-phase, surface-inset, permanent-magnet (PM), brushless de
    motor drive is proposed in this paper The motor drive has advantages of
    both the PM brushless de motor drive and the de series motor drive, The
    originlity is that the air-gap flux of the motor is generated by both
    the PM excitation and the specially controlled stator currents (two
    particular phases) under the same PM pole. The motor configuration and
    principle of operation are so unusual that the magnetic field
    distribution and steady-state performance are analyzed by the
    finite-element method (FEM), Experimental results for a prototype
    verify that the proposed motor drive is promising for modern electric
    vehicle applications.
 C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect & Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Gan, JY, Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect & Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHAN CC, 1993, P IEEE, V81, P1202
    CHAN CC, 1994, IEEE T IND APPL, V30, P1258
    CHAN CC, 1995, IEEE T POWER ELECTR, V10, P539
    JAHNS TM, 1987, IEEE T IND APPL, V23, P681
    LAW JD, 1994, IEEE T IND APPL, V30, P1185
    MAYER R, 1988, P INT C EL MACH, P1138
    MORIMOTO S, 1990, IEEE T IND APPL, V26, P866
    SCHIFERL RF, 1990, IEEE T IND APPL, V26, P115
    SEBASTIAN T, 1987, IEEE T IND APPL, V23, P327
    SEBSTIAN T, 1986, IEEE T MAGN, V22, P1069
    SOONG WL, 1994, IEE P-ELECT POW APPL, V141, P331
    WEH H, 1984, IEEE T MAGN, V20, P1756
    WEH H, 1985, P EUR POW EL C EPE B, P1147
    XU LY, 1995, IEEE T IND APPL, V31, P373
    ZHU ZQ, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P98
 NR 15
 TC 6
 SN 0018-9464
 J9 IEEE TRANS MAGN
 JI IEEE Trans. Magn.
 PD SEP
 PY 2000
 VL 36
 IS 5
 PN Part 2
 BP 3810
 EP 3818
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied
 GA 409EQ
 UT ISI:000167371900009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, ZJ
    Cao, WG
    Tong, WQ
    Xi, JJ
 TI Novel synthesis of unsymmetrical azines from semicarbazones and
    aldehydes
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 AB A new synthesis of unsymmetrical azines utilizing semicarbazones and
    aldehyde is described.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BARLUENGA J, 1982, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P966
    GEORGIA MA, 1987, ORGANOMETALLICS, V6, P421
    KOZIARA A, 1986, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P298
    TENNANT G, 1979, COMPREHENSIVE ORGANI, V2, P455
    UGRIUMOV PG, 1959, ZH OBSHCH KHIM, V29, P4091
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2001
 VL 31
 IS 1
 BP 125
 EP 129
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 409LC
 UT ISI:000167384300017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jin, H
    Wang, Q
    Li, ZY
 TI Biocatalytic resolution of para-nitrostyrene oxide by resting cells of
    different Aspergillus niger strains
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE epoxide hydrolase; kinetic resolution; chiral epoxide; chiral vicinal
    diol
 ID MICROBIOLOGICAL TRANSFORMATIONS; EPOXIDE HYDROLASES
 AB Biocatalytic resolution of racemic para-nitrostyrene oxide was
    accomplished by employing the epoxide hydrolases from the whole cells
    of several Aspergillus niger (A. niger) strains. In the eases
    investigated, excellent selectivity was achieved with such strains as
    A. niger 5450, A. niger 5320.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Bioorgan & Nat Prod Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Biotechnol, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, ZY, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab
    Bioorgan & Nat Prod Chem, 345 Lingling Lu, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ARAND M, 1994, FEBS LETT, V338, P251
    ARAND M, 1996, J BIOL CHEM, V271, P4223
    ARCHELAS A, 1997, ANNU REV MICROBIOL, V51, P491
    CHEN XJ, 1993, J ORG CHEM, V58, P5528
    FABER K, 1996, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V50, P249
    JACOBSEN EN, 1997, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V38, P773
    JOHNSON RA, 1993, CATALYTIC ASYMMETRIC, P103
    KATSUKI T, 1995, J SYN ORG CHEM JPN, V53, P940
    KOLB HC, 1994, CHEM REV, V94, P2483
    LARROW JF, 1996, J AM CHEM SOC, V50, P249
    MOREAU P, 1997, TETRAHEDRON, V53, P9707
    MORISSEAU C, 1997, ENZYME MICROB TECH, V20, P446
    MORISSEAU C, 1998, BIOTECHNOL TECH, V12, P805
    MOUSSOU P, 1996, J ORG CHEM, V61, P7402
    PEDRAGOSAMOREAU S, 1997, TETRAHEDRON, V53, P9707
    WEIJERS CAGM, 1997, TETRAHEDRON-ASYMMETR, V8, P639
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1001-604X
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Chem.
 PD MAR
 PY 2001
 VL 19
 IS 3
 BP 272
 EP 275
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 408AP
 UT ISI:000167304600011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, K
    Zhou, S
    Bao, JS
 TI Nonequilibrium photoresponse of YBa2Cu3O7-x granular films to 8 mm
    microwave radiation
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID KOSTERLITZ-THOULESS TRANSITION; O THIN-FILMS; ANTIVORTEX PAIR
    DISSOCIATION; SUPERCONDUCTING WEAK LINKS; JOSEPHSON-JUNCTION ARRAYS;
    OPTICAL-RESPONSE; RESISTIVE TRANSITION; TEMPORAL RELAXATION;
    FLUCTUATIONS; CRYSTALS
 AB Nonequilibrium photoresponse behavior has been investigated for
    YBa2Cu3O7-x (YBCO) granular films to 8 mm microwave radiation under
    various bias currents and magnetic fields. The measurements reveal that
    the nonequilibrium photoresponse mode occurs only in the tail region of
    the resistance transition curve R(T) from the normal to the
    superconducting state, where transportation behavior of the granular
    superconducting film is found to be characterized by the
    Kosterlitz-Thouless (KT) phase transition model. Based on the KT model,
    the photoresponse mechanism has been interpreted in terms of the
    depinning process of the unbinding vortices, which are generated from
    the decoupling process of the vortex-antivortex pairs by current, and
    are held at the intrinsic pinning sites of the granular high-T-c
    superconducting films at low temperature. Under the co-action of the
    bias current and the incident microwave photons, these unbinding
    vortices will be driven out of the pinning center, creating viscous
    motion in the Josephson junction array system. An analytical result of
    the unbinding vortices density n(T,I) induced by applied current has
    been worked out based on the model of two-dimensional Josephson
    junction arrays that is employed as a model system for the YBCO
    granular films. The distribution of the n(T,I) is found to be analogous
    to that of the photoresponse measured in the temperature region of
    2/3T(KT)<T <T-KT. Additionally, the measurements reveal that the
    magnitude of the photoresponse is linearly increased with an increase
    of the incident microwave power. These results imply that the
    nonequilibrium photoresponse induced by microwave irradiation may be
    intrinsically related to the decoupling process of the
    vortex-antivortex pairs, as well as to the depinning dynamics of the
    unbinding vortices in the granular high-T-c superconducting films. (C)
    2001 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, K, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRAHAM DW, 1982, PHYS REV B, V26, P5268
    AMBEGAOKAR V, 1963, PHYS REV LETT, V10, P486
    BEASLEY MR, 1979, PHYS REV LETT, V42, P1165
    BHATTACHARYA S, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P5829
    BLUZER N, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P10222
    BLUZER N, 1992, J APPL PHYS, V71, P1336
    BLUZER N, 1993, IEEE T APPL SUPERCON, V3, P2869
    BOONE BG, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P2676
    CHANG K, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P7316
    CHEN CD, 1994, PHYSICA B 1, V194, P989
    CHERN JD, 1993, IEEE T APPL SUPERCON, V3, P2128
    CHO S, 1999, J APPL PHYS, V84, P5657
    CULBERTSON JC, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P9609
    DAVIS LC, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P99
    DEMSAR J, 1997, J SUPERCOND, V10, P455
    EPSTEIN K, 1981, PHYS REV LETT, V47, P534
    FARDMANESH M, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P4568
    FENKEL A, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P9717
    FIORY AT, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P1419
    FRENKEL A, 1990, J APPL PHYS, V67, P3054
    GOLTSMAN GN, 1994, J SUPERCOND, V7, P751
    HARRIS DC, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P3606
    HEBARD AF, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V44, P291
    HEGMANN FA, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P16023
    HEGMANN FA, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P285
    HERTER ST, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P1154
    HU Q, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V55, P2444
    HUBER WM, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P3338
    KADOWAKI K, 1994, SUPERCOND SCI TECH, V7, P519
    KAILA MM, 1998, J SUPERCOND, V11, P463
    LOBB CJ, 1983, PHYS REV B, V27, P150
    MARTIN S, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P677
    PHONG LN, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V74, P7414
    RESNICK DJ, 1981, PHYS REV LETT, V47, P1542
    RZCHOWSKI MS, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P2041
    STROM U, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P4059
    TINKHAM M, 1995, INTRO SUPERCONDUCTIV, CH6
    WU PH, 1987, JPN J APPL PHYS, V26, L1579
    XU KX, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1152
    YEH NC, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P9708
    YESHURUN Y, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P2202
    YING QY, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P2242
    YUZHELEVSKI Y, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P9726
    ZELDOV E, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P9712
 NR 44
 TC 2
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2001
 VL 89
 IS 6
 BP 3352
 EP 3361
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 406ZZ
 UT ISI:000167248100043
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Generalized Hellinger-Reissner principle
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED MECHANICS-TRANSACTIONS OF THE ASME
 DT Article
 ID PARAMETRIZED VARIATIONAL-PRINCIPLES; MECHANICS
 AB By the semi-inverse method of establishing variational principles, the
    Hellinger-Reissner principle can be obtained straightforwardly from
    energy trial-functionals without using Lagrange multipliers, and a
    family of generalized Hellinger-Reissner principles with an arbitrary
    constant are also obtained, some of which are unknown to us at the
    present time. The present theory provides a straightforward tool to
    search for various variational principles directly from governing
    equations and boundary conditions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHIEN WZ, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P137
    CHIEN WZ, 1984, ADV APPL MECH, V24, P93
    FELIPPA CA, 1989, COMMUN APPL NUMER M, V5, P79
    FELIPPA CA, 1994, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V113, P109
    FELIPPA CA, 1996, COMPUT MECH, V18, P159
    GOLDSTEIN H, 1981, CLASSICAL MECH
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J ENG THERMOPHYSICS, V18, P440
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P36
    HE JH, 1997, MODERN MECH ADV SCI, P1417
    HE JH, 1997, MODERN MECH ADV SCI, P603
    LIU GL, 1990, P 1 INT S AER INT FL, P128
    WASHIZU K, 1982, VARIATIONAL METHODS
 NR 14
 TC 3
 SN 0021-8936
 J9 J APPL MECH
 JI J. Appl. Mech.-Trans. ASME
 PD JUN
 PY 2000
 VL 67
 IS 2
 BP 326
 EP 331
 PG 6
 SC Mechanics
 GA 404PK
 UT ISI:000167109400013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, DD
    Shi, WH
 TI On the formal solution of initial value problem of Navier-Stokes
    equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Navier-Stokes equation; formal solution; stratification; equation
    secondaire
 AB A necessary and sufficient conditions of the existence of formal
    solution to the initial value problem of Navier-Stokes equation an R-3
    x R are presented. A computation case is also given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, DD, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 CR LANDAU J, 1971, MECHANIQUE FLUIDES
    SHI WH, 1994, APPL MATH MECH, V15, P1125
    SHIH WH, 1992, SOLUTIONS ANAL QUELQ
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 12
 BP 1432
 EP 1439
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 406LG
 UT ISI:000167217200011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, YH
    Shi, WH
 TI The C-k instability of Navier-Stokes equation appending polynomials of
    unknown functions
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Navier-Stokes equation; unstable equation; strate transversale
 AB Applying the theory of stratification, the solution space structure
    about a class of deformed Navier-Stokes equation is determined. It is
    proved that such kind of equation has no C-k( k greater than or equal
    to2) stable solution by the fact that the strate transversale is a null
    set.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 210800, Peoples R China.
 RP He, YH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 210800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN DD, 1996, APPL MATH MECH, V17, P541
    LANDAU L, 1971, MECHANIQUE FLUIDES
    RIDE H, 1971, MATH GEOPHYSICAL SCI
    SHIH W, 1987, CR ACAD SCI I-MATH, V304, P103
    SHIH WH, 1995, SOLUTIONS ANAL QUELQ
    SHIH WH, 1998, ICNM 3 INT C NONL ME, P848
    SHIH WS, 1986, DIAGRAMMES, P1
    TANG YM, 1997, MODERN MATH MECH MMM, P445
    TROTMANN D, 1997, SINGULARITIES MAPS A
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 12
 BP 1440
 EP 1449
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 406LG
 UT ISI:000167217200012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, XY
    Wan, XJ
 TI The influence of atomic ordering on the hydrogen embrittlement of
    (Co,Fe)(3)V polycrystal
 SO SCRIPTA MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 DE scanning electron microscopy (SEM); intermetallics; hydrogen
    embrittlement; order-disorder phenomena
 ID ENVIRONMENTAL EMBRITTLEMENT; MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES; DUCTILITY;
    FRACTURE; ALLOYS; NI3FE; NI3AL
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Mat Res Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, XY, Shanghai Univ, Mat Res Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CAMUS GM, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P1497
    COHRON JW, 1996, INTERMETALLICS, V4, P497
    GEORGE EP, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V28, P857
    KURUVILLA AK, 1982, 3RD P INT C HYDR MET, V2, P629
    KURUVILLA AK, 1985, MATER RES SOC S P, V39, P229
    LIU CT, 1979, METALL T A, V10, P1515
    LIU CT, 1989, SCRIPTA METALL, V23, P875
    LIU CT, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P385
    MARCUS P, 1985, HYDROGEN DEGRADATION, P36
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    TAKASUGI T, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P1173
    TAKASUGI T, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P3032
    TAKASUGI T, 1992, J MATER RES, V7, P2739
    TAKASUGI T, 1994, INTERMETALLICS, V2, P225
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    WANG S, 1999, ACTA METALL SINICA, V35, P1262
    XIAOJING W, 1994, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V10, P39
 NR 17
 TC 5
 SN 1359-6462
 J9 SCRIPTA MATER
 JI Scr. Mater.
 PD FEB 2
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 IS 2
 BP 325
 EP 329
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 403JF
 UT ISI:000167038200022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, GC
    Guo, SQ
    Zhang, XB
    Zhuang, YQ
    Xu, KD
 TI Investigation on dephosphorization of stainless steel
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 AB The principle of the dephosphorization for stainless steels differs
    from that of other low alloy steels, which should not only decrease
    phosphorous content efficiently but also keep the concentration of Cr
    almost lossless. In these cases, two techniques can be selected. The
    strategy for oxidational dephosphorization is illustrated in terms of
    "the selective oxidation among elements [Cr], EP] and [C]. So there are
    two critical W-[C] values. If the real W-[C] locates between these two
    critical values, the dephosphorization process will be optimized. The
    optimized region deduced theoretically coincides with the reported
    range very well. The experiment of reductional dephosphorization was
    carried out in a sealed reactor. The dephosphorization degree reached
    55.4%-78.0% when the original phosphorous content was 0.04%-0.05%. The
    processing parameters and the way to avoid pollution were suggested. So
    this process seems to be possibly adopted in industrial scale.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, GC, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR KITAMURA K, 1984, T ISIJ, V24, P631
    KOROS PJ, 1986, IRON STEEL MAKER, V13, P21
    ZHANG X, 1997, CALPHAD, V21, P301
    ZHANG XB, 1997, CALPHAD, V21, P311
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 7
 IS 2
 BP 50
 EP 54
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 403DY
 UT ISI:000167028400010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tao, H
    Ma, HW
 TI Experimental research of the synthesizing of 13X molecular sieves from
    potash feldspar ores
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE potash feldspar; 13X molecular sieves; synthesis
 AB 13X molecular sieve was synthesized from potash feldspar ores by baking
    and hydrothermal synthesizing procedures. The optimal technological
    parameters were determined by means of quadrature experiment. The
    properties of the synthesis powder such as XRD, crystal constants, SEM,
    DTA, chemical composition, SiO2/Al2O3 are similar to those of the ideal
    13X moleclar sieve. And its absorbability comes up to the state
    standards of chemical industry of China.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    China Univ Geosci, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
 RP Tao, H, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 NR 0
 TC 1
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD JAN
 PY 2001
 VL 16
 IS 1
 BP 63
 EP 68
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 401UV
 UT ISI:000166947400010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, Z
    Zhou, Z
 TI The bending of composite shallow revolutional shells
 SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE INSTITUTION OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS PART G-JOURNAL
    OF AEROSPACE ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE composite revolutional shell; composite spherical shell; non-orthogonal
    series method (NOSM)
 ID LAMINATED CYLINDRICAL PLATES
 AB This paper deals with the bending problem of composite revolutional
    shells under the action of distributed loading using a new approach,
    the non-orthogonal series method, i.e. NOSM. The formulation is based
    on the thin shell theory of small strains. The basic equations are
    developed and can be expressed in matrix form for composite
    revolutional shells. In general, because of the anisotropic
    characteristics, there will be a coupling effect in the boundary
    conditions, even including the axisymmetrical bending case. The
    non-orthogonal function series adopted showed very significant coupling
    effects in such anisotropic and orthotropic revolutional shells.
    Finally, a composite shallow spherical shell was investigated and the
    results show that the coupling effect at the boundary conditions makes
    the maximum displacement smaller than in the case of no coupling.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ye, Z, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yan Chang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN LW, 1987, COMPOS STRUCT, V8, P189
    LOU KA, 1991, J COMPOS MATER, V25, P162
    REKTORYS K, 1975, VARIATIONAL METHODS
    SOLDATOS KP, 1984, INT J ENG SCI, V21, P217
    TIMOSHENKO S, 1959, THEORY PLATES SHELLS
    VOLMIR AC, 1963, FLEXIBLE PLATES SHEL
    WHITNEY JM, 1984, AIAA J, V22, P1641
    YE ZM, 1995, COMPUT STRUCT, V55, P325
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0954-4100
 J9 PROC INST MECH ENG PT G-J A E
 JI Proc. Inst. Mech. Eng. Part G-J. Aerosp. Eng.
 PY 2000
 VL 214
 IS G6
 BP 369
 EP 376
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Aerospace; Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 400QP
 UT ISI:000166883300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, YZ
    Zhu, YL
    Li, QS
    Ma, XM
    Dong, YD
    Wang, GM
    Wei, SQ
 TI Mechanical alloying, fine structure and thermal decomposition of
    nanocrystalline FCC-Fe60Cu40
 SO PHYSICA B
 DT Article
 DE mechanical alloying; nanocrystalline solid solution; Mossbauer effect;
    thermal decomposition; EXAFS
 ID FEXCU100-X SOLID-SOLUTIONS; FE-CU ALLOYS; MAGNETIC-PROPERTIES;
    STABILITY; BEHAVIOR; POWDERS; SYSTEM
 AB The solid dissolution of Fe atoms into Cu matrix induced by mechanical
    alloying and subsequent thermal decomposition of Fe atoms from the
    solid solution in composition of Fe60Cu40 have been studied by X-ray
    diffraction (XRD), Mossbauer spectroscopy and the extended X-ray
    absorption fine structure (EXAFS) technique. The disappearance of
    elemental Fe and Cu XRD peaks and the presence of FCC structural XRD
    peaks illustrate the formation of FCC-Fe60Cu40 solid solution.
    Meanwhile, the new sextet spectrum with a broadening hyperfine magnetic
    field distribution also demonstrates that the alloying is on an atomic
    level and there exist complex coordination environments in the solid
    solution. EXAFS results Further prove the reality of atomic alloying
    from the clear observation of Fe atoms taking on FCC coordination in
    the solid solution. Additionally, a large reduction in the first shell
    coordination number for a center iron atom but not for a center Cu atom
    indicates the composition non-uniformity, which suggests that Fe atoms
    enrich the surface while Cu atoms enrich the core of a FCC nanocrystal.
    The variation of Mossbauer spectra against the annealing temperatures
    during thermal decomposition indicates that the Fe atoms at the surface
    readily nucleate and cluster into alpha -Fe at a temperature slightly
    below 250 degreesC, whereas the Fe atoms in the core of nano-sized
    crystals first cluster into gamma -Fe cohering to the FCC matrix at a
    temperature about 350 degreesC and then transform to alpha -Fe for
    further annealing at a higher temperature or for a longer time. (C)
    2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Guangdong Univ Technol, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Guangzhou 510090, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol China, Ctr Struct Anal, Anhua 230026, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, YZ, Guangdong Univ Technol, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Guangzhou
    510090, Peoples R China.
 CR CHIEN CL, 1986, PHYS REV B, V33, P3247
    CRESPO P, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P7134
    CRESPO P, 1994, J APPL PHYS 2, V76, P6322
    CRESPO P, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P13227
    DICICCO A, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P12386
    DRBOHLAV O, 1995, ACTA METALL MATER, V43, P1799
    ECKERT J, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P131
    ECKERT J, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P2794
    FECHT HJ, 1990, METALL TRANS A, V21, P2333
    HARRIS VG, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P6929
    HUANG JY, 1997, ACTA MATER, V45, P113
    JIANG JZ, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P1056
    JIANG JZ, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2768
    MA E, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V74, P955
    MACRI PP, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P4061
    MASSALSKI TB, 1986, BINARY PHASE DIAGRAM, P916
    NIESSEN AK, 1983, CALPHAD, V7, P51
    SCHILLING PJ, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P767
    SUMIYAMA K, 1985, ACTA METALL MATER, V33, P1785
    UENISHI K, 1992, Z METALLKD, V83, P132
    YANG YZ, 1992, ACTA METALL SINICA, V28, P399
    YANG YZ, 1994, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V10, P135
    YAVARI AR, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P2235
 NR 23
 TC 4
 SN 0921-4526
 J9 PHYSICA B
 JI Physica B
 PD JAN
 PY 2001
 VL 293
 IS 3-4
 BP 249
 EP 259
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 401LV
 UT ISI:000166929800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tan, WH
 TI Damped Jaynes-Cummings model including spontaneous emission
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID COLLAPSE; REVIVAL; STATES; CAVITY; FIELD
 AB As a continuation of the previous paper 'Collapse and revival in the
    damped Jaynes-Cummings model' [Chin. Phys. Lett. 16 (1999) 895], at
    present the problem is solved under the condition that the atomic
    spontaneous emission is included. In the case of no damping, c = 0,
    gamma (1) not equal 0, gamma (2) not equal 0, the half atomic inversion
    operator (sigma (z)) possesses an analytic solution, whereas in the
    general case c not equal 0, the problem is reduced to the numerical
    evaluation of first-order nonlinear differential equations. The final
    results show that with the increase of gamma (1) and gamma (2), the
    kinetic quantities converge rapidly to stationary solutions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Tan, WH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BARNETT SM, 1986, PHYS REV A, V33, P2444
    BUCK B, 1981, PHYS LETT, V81, A132
    EBERLY JH, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V44, P1323
    GERRY CC, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P2857
    HAKEN H, 1970, ENCYCL PHYS, V25, P41
    JAYNES ET, 1963, P IEEE, V51, P89
    KUKLINSKI JR, 1988, PHYS REV A, V37, P3175
    RAIMOND JM, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P117
    SHAO B, 1997, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V14, P905
    ZHENG SB, 1997, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V14, P273
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD FEB
 PY 2001
 VL 18
 IS 2
 BP 220
 EP 222
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 402FX
 UT ISI:000166976300022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, HC
    Wang, XG
 TI Multiple hypotheses testing method for distributed multisensor systems
 SO JOURNAL OF INTELLIGENT & ROBOTIC SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 DE hypothesis testing; decision making; uncertainty; multisensor fusion
 ID FUSION STRATEGIES; TARGET DETECTION; DECISION FUSION; ARCHITECTURES;
    ENVIRONMENTS
 AB In this paper, we propose a two-layer sensor fusion scheme for multiple
    hypotheses multisensor systems. To reflect reality in decision making,
    uncertain decision regions are introduced in the hypotheses testing
    process. The entire decision space is partitioned into distinct regions
    of "correct", "uncertain" and "incorrect" regions. The first layer of
    decision is made by each sensor indepedently based on a set of optimal
    decision rules. The fusion process is performed by treating the fusion
    center as an additional "virtual" sensor to the system. This "virtual"
    sensor makes decision based on the decisions reached by the set of
    sensors in the system. The optimal decision rules are derived by
    minimizing the Bayes risk function. As a consequence, the performance
    of the system as well as individual sensors can be quantified by the
    probabilities of correct, incorrect and uncertain decisions. Numerical
    examples of three hypotheses, two and four sensor systems are presented
    to illustrate the proposed scheme.
 C1 Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Comp Sci, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Mech Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, HC, Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Comp Sci, Clear Water Bay,
    Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR DASARATHY BV, 1994, DECISION FUSION
    DASARATHY BV, 1997, OPT ENG, V36, P632
    DASARATHY BV, 1997, P IEEE, V85, P24
    DASARATHY BV, 1997, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3067, P14
    DASARATHY BV, 1997, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3067, P26
    HALL D, 1997, P IEEE, V85, P1
    HALL DL, 1992, MATH TECHNIQUES MULT
    HOBALLAH IY, 1989, IEEE T INFORM THEORY, V35, P995
    LEE CC, 1989, IEEE T AERO ELEC SYS, V25, P536
    LUO RC, 1995, MULTISENSOR INTEGRAT
    SADJADI FA, 1986, IEEE T AERO ELEC SYS, V22, P134
    SAMARASOORIYA VNS, 1997, P IEEE, V85, P54
    TENNEY RR, 1981, IEEE T AERO ELEC SYS, V17, P501
    THOMOPOLOUS SCA, 1990, INT J ROBOTICS, V17, P337
    THOMOPOULOS SCA, 1987, IEEE T AERO ELEC SYS, V23, P644
    THOMOPOULOS SCA, 1990, SPIE, V1383, P623
    THOMOPOULOS SCA, 1996, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2905, P127
    TSITSIKLIS JN, 1985, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V30, P440
    VARSHNEY PK, 1996, DISTRIBUTED DETECTIO
    WANG XG, 1996, P IEEE SICE RSJ INT, P166
    WANG XG, 1998, P IEEE INT C ROB AUT, P3407
    WANG XG, 1999, P IEEE INT C INT ROB, P1008
    WANG XG, 1999, P IEEE INT C ROB AUT, P2090
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0921-0296
 J9 J INTELL ROBOT SYST
 JI J. Intell. Robot. Syst.
 PD FEB
 PY 2001
 VL 30
 IS 2
 BP 119
 EP 141
 PG 23
 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Robotics
 GA 398TY
 UT ISI:000166773600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
    Wang, Q
 TI Tunneling time of particles through a potential barrier
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID TRAVERSAL TIME; DISTRIBUTIONS
 AB A new tunneling time is proposed by introducing the transfer speed of
    energy carried by tunneling particles. This speed is similar to the
    energy transfer speed in electromagnetism, and with the tunneling time,
    the well-known superluminality may be avoided. The low energy limit,
    the critical limit, and the opaque limit are considered, which are
    physically meaningful. Comparisons with dwell time and Buttiker and
    landauer's semiclassical time are also made.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BAZ AI, 1967, SOV J NUCL PHYS, V5, P161
    BOHM D, 1952, PHYS REV, V85, P166
    BOLUN D, 1951, QUANTUM THEORY, P240
    BOLUN D, 1987, PHYS REP, V144, P321
    BRILLOUIN L, 1960, WAVE PROPAGATION GRO, P98
    BUTTIKER M, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P1739
    BUTTIKER M, 1983, PHYS REV B, V27, P6178
    CARNIGLIA CK, 1971, J OPT SOC AM, V61, P1035
    CHIAO RY, 1997, PROG OPTICS, V37, P345
    CONDON EU, 1931, REV MOD PHYS, V3, P43
    DEUTCH JM, 1993, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V228, P184
    DIENER G, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V223, P327
    HARTMAN TE, 1962, J APPL PHYS, V33, P3427
    HASS K, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V185, P9
    HAUGE EH, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P917
    JAPHA Y, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P586
    JAUCH JM, 1967, HELV PHYS A, V40, P217
    KRENZLIN HM, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P3749
    LEAVENS CR, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V178, P27
    MACCOLL LA, 1932, PHYS REV, V40, P621
    MCKINNON WR, 1995, PHYS REV A, V51, P2748
    RYBACHENKO VF, 1967, SOV J NUCL PHYS, V5, P635
    SMITH FT, 1960, PHYS REV, V118, P349
    WIGNER EP, 1955, PHYS REV, V98, P145
    ZHU S, 1986, AM J PHYS, V54, P601
 NR 25
 TC 2
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PY 2000
 VL 17
 IS 12
 BP 902
 EP 904
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 400QB
 UT ISI:000166882100016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jinhua, W
    Yoshii, F
    Makuuchi, K
 TI Radiation vulcanization of ethylene-propylene rubber with
    polyfunctional monomers
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE ethylene-propylene rubber; polyfunctional monomer; radiation
    vulcanization
 AB This paper reports on the sensitizing efficiency of several
    polyfunctional monomers to radiation vulcanization of
    ethylene-propylene rubber. And the results show that triethyleneglycol
    dimethacrylate (TEGDMA) gave the best results. TEGDMA not only lowers
    the vulcanization dose (D-v), but also increases the tensile strength
    greatly. The content of TEGDMA does not affect the D-v of TEGDMA-EPM,
    but affects the tensile strength at the D-v. At best content (0.04
    mol/100 g EPM), the tensile strength is increased from 6.0 to 12 MPa,
    and the elongation is 790% at the D-v. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Japan Atom Energy Res Inst, Takasaki Radiat Chem Res Estab, Takasaki, Gumma 37012, Japan.
 RP Jinhua, W, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AOSHIMA M, 1991, CELL POLYM, V10, P359
    ODIAN G, 1964, J POLYM SCI A, V2, P2835
    ODIAN G, 1968, J POLYM SCI C, V16, P3619
    SPENADEL L, 1979, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V14, P683
    XIE SZ, 1989, HDB RUBBER IND, V1, P254
    XU Y, 1994, J RAD RES RAD P, V12, P155
    XU Y, 1995, J MACROMOL SCI PURE, V32, P1801
    YOSHII F, 1993, J RAD STERILIZATION, V1, P171
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0969-806X
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD JAN
 PY 2001
 VL 60
 IS 1-2
 BP 139
 EP 142
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA 396ZP
 UT ISI:000166668500022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Song, LP
    Chu, QL
    Zhu, SZ
 TI Synthesis of fluorinated pyrazole derivatives from beta-alkoxyvinyl
    trifluoroketones
 SO JOURNAL OF FLUORINE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE beta-alkoxyvinyl trifluoromethylketone pentafluorophenylhydrazine
    per(poly)fluoroacectyl-hydrazine; fluorinated pyrazole; derivatives
 AB 1.1.1-Trifluoro-4-ethoxy-3-butane-2-one, 3-trifluoroacetyl-3,
    4-dihydro-2H-pyran or furan reacted readily with
    pentafluorophenylhydrazine or per(poly)fluoroacectylhydrazine
    RtCO-NHNH2 (R-1: BrCF2, C3F7) to give
    N-substituted-5-hydroxy-5-trifluoromrthyl I heterocycles
    Y-N-N=CH-CH(R)C(OH)CF3 (Y: H, Ar-f - or RtCO), which were dehydrated by
    treatment with P2O5 or SOCl2 to form N-substituted 5-trifluoromethyl
    pyrazoles Y-N-N=CH-C(R)=C CF3 (Y: H, Ar-f - or RtCO) in good yields.
    [GRAPHICS]
    (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, SZ, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, 354 Fenglin Rd,
    Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 CR ATHERTON JH, 1968, J CHEM SOC C, P1507
    BANK RE, 1994, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    BRAIBANTE MEF, 1993, J HETEROCYCLIC CHEM, V30, P1159
    GERUS II, 1991, KHIM GETEROTSIKL+, P502
    GERUS II, 1994, J FLUORINE CHEM, V69, P195
    HOJO M, 1976, CHEM LETT, P499
    HUDLICKY M, 1992, CHEM ORGANIC FLUORIN
    SINGH SP, 1999, J FLUORINE CHEM, V94, P199
    SOUFYANE M, 1993, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V34, P7737
    WELCH JT, 1987, TETRAHEDRON, V43, P3123
    YOSHIOKA H, 1984, J SYN ORG CHEM JPN, V42, P809
    ZHU SZ, 1999, MONATSH CHEM, V130, P671
 NR 12
 TC 18
 SN 0022-1139
 J9 J FLUORINE CHEM
 JI J. Fluor. Chem.
 PD JAN
 PY 2001
 VL 107
 IS 1
 BP 107
 EP 112
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Chemistry, Organic
 GA 397CR
 UT ISI:000166676200017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yong, KL
    Lu, JG
 TI Common and diverse characteristics of three-dimensional fluorescence
    spectra of crude oils
 SO SPECTROSCOPY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE three-dimensional fluorescence spectra; crude oil; fingerprint
 ID SYNCHRONOUS EXCITATION
 AB According to the contour maps of the three-dimensional fluorescence
    spectra of non-quenching crude oil samples, we have found the common
    and diverse fluorescence characteristics of various crude oils. The
    common fluorescence characteristic is that the main peaks of various
    crude oils are located in around the position of excitation/emission
    wavelength pair 228nm/340nm. The diversity of fluorescence
    characteristics can be represented with several indexes alpha, K, F and
    R, and these indexes provide measurable parameters for division of
    fluorescence fingerprints of crude oils. The fluorescence fingerprints
    of crude oils can be divided into three models named O, B and Q that
    are corresponding to condensate oil, light oil, and heavy oil
    respectively.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yong, KL, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BENTZ AP, 1976, ANAL CHEM, V48, A455
    DESIDERI PG, 1986, J CHROMATOGR, V235, P165
    JOHN P, 1976, ANAL CHEM, V48, P520
    KARYAKIN AV, 1995, J ANAL CHEM+, V50, P1078
    KENNICUTT MC, 1983, MAR POLL B, V14, P342
    LU JC, 1998, FENXI SHIYANSHI, V17, P28
    MASON RP, 1988, OIL CHEM POLL, V4, P57
    RALSTON CY, 1996, APPL SPECTROSC, V50, P1563
    VONDERDICK H, 1986, ORG GEOCHEM, V10, P633
    XIAO X, 1991, PROG NAT SCI, V1, P240
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0038-7010
 J9 SPECTROSC LETT
 JI Spectr. Lett.
 PY 2000
 VL 33
 IS 6
 BP 963
 EP 970
 PG 8
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 394CQ
 UT ISI:000166506800015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    Ma, HP
 TI Composite Legendre-Laguerre approximation in unbounded domains
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE composite spectral approximation; unbounded domains; exterior problems
 ID EQUATIONS
 AB Composite Legendre-Laguerre approximation in unbounded domains is
    developed. Some approximation results are obtained. As an example, a
    composite spectral scheme is provided for the Burgers equation on the
    half line. The stability and convergence of proposed scheme are proved
    strictly. Two-dimensional exterior problems are discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Normal Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ADAMS RA, 1975, SOBOLEV SPACES
    BERNARDI C, 1992, APPROXIMATIONS SPECT
    BOYD JP, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V69, P112
    COULAUD O, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P451
    FUNARO D, 1990, MATH COMPUT, V57, P597
    FUNARO D, 1991, ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIA, P263
    GUO BY, IN PRESS NUMER MATH
    GUO BY, 1999, MATH COMPUT, V68, P1067
    MADAY Y, 1985, RECH AEROSPATIALE, P353
    MASTROIANNI G, 1997, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V17, P621
    QUARTERONI A, 1990, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V11, P1029
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD JAN
 PY 2001
 VL 19
 IS 1
 BP 101
 EP 112
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 393TQ
 UT ISI:000166486100011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Deng, BQ
    Wu, WQ
    Xi, ST
 TI A near-wall two-equation heat transfer model for wall turbulent flows
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER
 DT Article
 DE two-equation model; turbulent flow; heat transfer
 ID PREDICTING FLUID-FLOW; FIELD CALCULATIONS; REATTACHING FLOWS;
    2-EQUATION MODEL
 AB A proposed near-wall (t(2)) over bar-epsilon (t) two-equation model for
    turbulent heat transport reproduces the correct near-wall behavior of
    temperature under various wall thermal boundary conditions. In this
    model, a mixing timescale is introduced to model the production term of
    epsilon (t) equation, and a more convenient boundary condition for
    epsilon (t) under the uniform wall heat flux is suggested. The present
    model is tasted through application to turbulent heat transfer for
    channel flow. Predicted results are compared with direct numerical
    simulation (DNS) data. The near-wall (t(2)) over bar-epsilon (t)
    two-equation model predicts reasonably well the distributions of the
    time-mean temperature. normal turbulent heat flux, temperature
    variance, dissipation rate and their near-wall budgets. (C) 2001
    Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Power & Energy Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Deng, BQ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Power Engn, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 CR ABE K, 1994, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V37, P139
    ABE K, 1995, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V38, P1467
    ELGOBASHI SE, 1983, PHYS FLUIDS, V26, P2415
    JONES WP, 1973, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V16, P1119
    JONES WP, 1988, PHYS FLUIDS, V31, P3589
    KASAGI N, 1992, J HEAT TRANS-T ASME, V114, P598
    KIM J, 1989, TURBULENT SHEAR FLOW, V6, P85
    LAM CKG, 1981, J FLUIDS ENG, V103, P456
    LAUNDER BE, 1976, TURBULENCE, P232
    LAUNDER BE, 1988, J HEAT TRANS-T ASME, V110, P1112
    NAGANO Y, 1988, J HEAT TRANSFER, V110, P583
    NEWMAN GR, 1981, J FLUID MECH, V111, P217
    PARK TS, 1996, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V39, P3465
    PATANKAR SV, 1980, NUMERICAL HEAT TRANS
    SHIKAZONO N, 1993, P 9 S TURB SHEAR FLO
    SOMMER TP, 1992, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V35, P3375
    TORRI S, 1996, NUMER HEAT TRANSFER, V29, P417
    YOUSSEF MS, 1992, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V35, P3095
 NR 18
 TC 2
 SN 0017-9310
 J9 INT J HEAT MASS TRANSFER
 JI Int. J. Heat Mass Transf.
 PD FEB
 PY 2001
 VL 44
 IS 4
 BP 691
 EP 698
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics; Thermodynamics
 GA 394NL
 UT ISI:000166530100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ying, TL
    Gao, MJ
    Zhang, XL
 TI Highly selective technique-molecular imprinting
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE molecular imprinting; molecular imprinted polymer; review
 ID AMINO-ACID DERIVATIVES; ANALOG-BUILT POLYMERS; MACROPOROUS POLYMERS;
    RACEMIC-RESOLUTION; RECOGNITION SITES; FREE SUGARS; SENSOR; MIMICS;
    DEPENDENCE; MEMBRANES
 AB Some aspects of molecular imprinting including models of self-assemble
    and preorganized approach. The selection of the imprint molecules,
    functional monomer, the condition of polymerization are summarized. The
    application, character and prospect of molecular imprinting are also
    discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ying, TL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSSON LI, 1988, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V29, P5437
    ANDERSSON LI, 1990, J CHROMATOGR, V513, P167
    ANDERSSON LI, 1990, J CHROMATOGR, V516, P313
    CRAM DJ, 1988, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V27, P1009
    DABULIS K, 1992, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V39, P176
    DICKERT FL, 1999, TRAC-TREND ANAL CHEM, V18, P192
    DUNKIN IR, 1993, POLYMER, V34, P77
    EKBERG B, 1989, TRENDS BIOTECHNOL, V7, P92
    FISCHER L, 1991, J AM CHEM SOC, V113, P9358
    HAUPT K, 1998, ANAL CHEM, V70, P628
    KENNETH JS, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P3368
    KRIZ D, 1995, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V300, P71
    KRIZ D, 1997, ANAL CHEM, V69, P345
    LELE BS, 1999, REACT FUNCT POLYM, V39, P37
    LINDSEY JS, 1991, NEW J CHEM, V15, P153
    LIU Q, 1999, CHINESE J ANAL CHEM, V27, P1341
    MATSUI J, 1998, ANAL COMMUN, V35, P225
    MENG ZH, 1997, CHINESE J ANAL CHEM, V25, P349
    MENG ZH, 1998, CHINESE J ANAL CHEM, V26, P1251
    MOSBACH K, 1996, BIO-TECHNOL, V14, P163
    NICHOLLS IA, 1995, J CHROMATOGR A, V691, P349
    NILSSON K, 1994, J CHROMATOGR A, V680, P57
    OSHANNESSY DJ, 1989, ANAL BIOCHEM, V177, P144
    PAULING L, 1940, J AM CHEM SOC, V62, P2443
    PAULING L, 1942, J EXP MED, V76, P211
    RAMSTROM O, 1993, J ORG CHEM, V58, P7562
    RAMSTROM O, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P2636
    RAMSTROM O, 1998, ANAL COMMUN, V35, P9
    RICHARD JA, 1998, ANALYST, V123, P1611
    SELLERGREN B, 1985, J CHROMATOGR, V347, P1
    SELLERGREN B, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P1578
    SERGEYEVA TA, 1999, ANALYST, V124, P331
    SREENIVASAN K, 1997, TALANTA, V44, P1137
    TURKEWITSCH P, 1998, ANAL CHEM, V70, P2025
    VLATAKIS G, 1993, NATURE, V361, P645
    WANG JF, 1999, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V57, P1147
    WANG WQ, 1999, J CLIMATE 2, V12, P1423
    WU M, 1997, CHEM SENSORS, V17, P292
    WULFF G, 1991, J ORG CHEM, V56, P395
    WULFF G, 1991, MAKROMOL CHEM, V192, P1329
    WULFF G, 1995, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V34, P1812
    WULLF G, 1990, J LIQ CHROMATOGR, V13, P2987
    YOSHIKAWA M, 1996, CHEM LETT, P611
 NR 43
 TC 0
 SN 0253-3820
 J9 CHINESE J ANAL CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Anal. Chem.
 PD JAN 20
 PY 2001
 VL 29
 IS 1
 BP 99
 EP 102
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA 395MK
 UT ISI:000166584000026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cui, JH
    Zhong, SS
    Yu, C
 TI FDTD analysis of a compact microstrip antenna with a C-shaped slot
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE microstrip antennas; FDTD; small antennas
 AB A novel small microstrip patch antenna with a C-shaped slot is
    presented in this paper: The size of the antenna is only 33% of a
    conventional microstrip patch antenna, and is much easier for
    fabrication than shorted patch antennas. The antenna is theoretically
    investigated using the finite-difference time-domain (FDTD) method and
    its return loss and radiation properties are presented. For purposes of
    comparison, method-of-moment (MoM) results are also presented, and good
    agreement is achieved. Such an antenna may be useful for applications
    where reduced antenna size and simplicity are major concerns. (C) 2001
    John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cui, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BERENGER JP, 1996, J COMPUT PHYS, V127, P363
    BERENGER JP, 1997, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V45, P466
    LO TK, 1997, ELECTRON LETT, V33, P9
    WATERHOUSE R, 1995, ELECTRON LETT, V31, P604
    WATERHOUSE RB, 1997, IEEE AP S INT S, P1852
    WATERHOUSE RB, 1998, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V46, P1629
    WONG KL, 1997, ELECTRON LETT, V33, P433
    YEE KS, 1966, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V14, P302
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD FEB 5
 PY 2001
 VL 28
 IS 3
 BP 170
 EP 172
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 391KC
 UT ISI:000166354300006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xing, SM
    Zhai, QJ
    Hu, HQ
 TI Effect of process factors on microstructure of semisolid continuous
    casting billets
 SO JOURNAL OF UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY BEIJING
 DT Article
 DE semisolid metal; continuous casting; process factors; microstructure
 AB Semisolid continuous casting (SSCC) is a new technology to produce
    billets for semisolid metal forming (SSMF). The effect of process
    factors, such as pouring temperature, stirring rate, preheating
    temperature and thermal conductivity of stirring chamber, on the
    microstructure of SSCC billets was studied by means of the factorial
    experimental method. The results show that the microstructure of SSCC
    billets can be controlled by the above-mentioned four process factors.
    In order to obtain fine and rounded granular grains in an SSCC billet,
    the pouring temperature, preheating temperature and stirring rate
    should be kept in a moderate range, and the thermal conductivity of
    stirring chamber should be high. The regression equations with the
    process factors connecting the microstructure was also set up based on
    experimental data.
 C1 Tsing Hua Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
 RP Xing, SM, Tsing Hua Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Beijing 100084, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BLAZEK K, 1995, 5379828, US
    FLEMINGS MC, 1975, 3902544, US
    HIRT G, 1994, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V45, P359
    JABRANE S, 1992, P C PROC SEM ALL COM, P223
    WAGNER RS, 1996, T METALL SOC AIME, V236, P554
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1005-8850
 J9 J UNIV SCI TECHNOL BEIJING
 JI J. Univ. Sci. Technol. Beijing
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 7
 IS 4
 BP 242
 EP 245
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering; Mining & Mineral Processing
 GA 390YA
 UT ISI:000166326300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Xiang, SH
    Fan, YY
    Yu, NW
    Ma, JC
    Yang, SL
 TI Design and calculation of gas property parameters for constant area
    lance under conditions of friction flow with heating
 SO IRONMAKING & STEELMAKING
 DT Article
 AB Formulae for calculating the outlet property parameters of gas heating
    and friction streams in tubular and annular type lances with constant
    area (tuyeres) are given, and have been applied to the case of an
    annular type used for an AOD (argon-oxygen decarburisation) vessel of
    18 t capacity. The distributions of both the inner wall temperatures of
    the tuyere and the gas stagnation temperatures along its length have
    been more reasonably fixed. The friction factors for the gas flows
    through the main and subtuyeres during blowing refining have been
    determined by comparison of the practically measured P-Q relationships
    with the results from trial calculations. The outlet parameters of the
    gas streams for the central tube (main tuyere) and annular slit pipe
    (subtuyere) of the tuyere have been calculated. The influences of the
    gas supply pressure, the length and diameter of the tuyere, and the
    type and composition of the gases, as well as the heating effect, on
    the gas outlet parameters have been considered. The results obtained
    may be expected to offer useful information and a reliable basis for
    tuyere design and determination, control, and optimisation of the gas
    blowing parameters and technology, as well as for the investigation of
    hydraulic modelling of the blowing processes. I&S/1440.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CARLSSON G, 1986, SCAND J METALL, V15, P298
    DEISSLER RG, 1950, 2138 NACA
    FARMER L, 1989, ISS STEELMAKING C P, V72, P487
    ISHIDA J, 1978, P 3 INT IR STEEL C C, P150
    KAYE J, 1951, GEN DISC HEAT TRANSM
    KEENAN JH, 1946, J APPL MECH, V13, A91
    KORIA SC, 1989, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V16, P21
    KORIA SC, 1989, ISIJ INT, V29, P650
    LEACH JCC, 1978, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V5, P107
    MOODY LF, 1944, T AM SOC MECH ENG, V66, P671
    SHAPIRO AH, 1953, DYNAMICS THERMODYNAM, V1, P219
    SHAPIRO AH, 1953, DYNAMICS THERMODYNAM, V2, P1131
    SHARMA SK, 1986, I SS STEELMAKING C P, V69, P653
    WEI JH, IN PRESS METALL MAT
 NR 14
 TC 4
 SN 0301-9233
 J9 IRONMAKING STEELMAKING
 JI Ironmak. Steelmak.
 PY 2000
 VL 27
 IS 4
 BP 294
 EP 301
 PG 8
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 392RA
 UT ISI:000166424400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Coupled variational principles of piezoelectricity
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ENGINEERING SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE piezoelectricity; elasticity; variational theory; the semi-inverse
    method; trial-functional
 ID SEMI-INVERSE METHOD; FLOW
 AB A family of generalized variational principles of piezoelectricity carl
    be obtained straightforwardly from the field equations and boundary
    conditions via the semi-inverse method of establishing variational
    principles proposed by He without using Lagrange multipliers. The
    present theory provides a quite straightforward tool to search for
    various variational principles for physical problems. This paper aims
    at providing a more complete theoretical basis for the finite element
    applications and other direct variational methods such as Ritz's,
    Trefftz's and Kantorovitch's methods. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHIEN WZ, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P137
    FELIPPA CA, 1989, COMMUN APPL NUMER M, V5, P79
    HE JH, IN PRESS ASME J APPL
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P17
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1997, J SHANGHAI U, V1, P117
    HE JH, 1997, SHANGHAI J MECH, V18, P305
    HE JH, 1998, APPL MATH MODEL, V22, P395
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P101
    HE JH, 1998, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V15, P95
    LIU GL, 1990, 1 INT S EXP COMP AER, P128
    LIU GL, 1998, J SHANGHAI U, V4, P591
    MAUGIN GA, 1984, MECH BEHAV ELECTROMA
    MAUGIN GA, 1991, CONTINUUM MECH ELECT
    SANTILLI RM, 1978, FDN THEORETICAL MECH, V1
    SANTILLI RM, 1983, FDN THEORETICAL MECH, V2
    TONTI E, 1968, VARIATIONAL PRINCIPL
    WASHIZU K, 1982, VARIATIONAL METHODS
    ZHOU SA, 1986, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V22, P1411
 NR 19
 TC 8
 SN 0020-7225
 J9 INT J ENG SCI
 JI Int. J. Eng. Sci.
 PD FEB
 PY 2001
 VL 39
 IS 3
 BP 323
 EP 341
 PG 19
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary
 GA 391MU
 UT ISI:000166360400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ru, HY
    Sheng, YJ
 TI New upper and lower bounds for Ramsey numbers
 SO EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF COMBINATORICS
 DT Article
 AB The Ramsey number R(G(1), G(2)) is the smallest integer p such that for
    any graph G on p vertices either G contains G(1) or (G) over bar
    contains G(2), where (G) over bar denotes the complement of G. Let R(m,
    a) = R(K-m, K-n). Some new upper and lower bound formulas are obtained
    for R(G(1), G(2)) and R(m, n). (C) 2001 Academic Press.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ru, HY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BONDY JA, 1976, GRAPH THEORY APPL
    RU HY, 1998, EUR J COMBIN, V19, P391
    RU HY, 1998, JCMCC, V28, P347
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0195-6698
 J9 EUR J COMBINATORIC
 JI Eur. J. Comb.
 PD JAN
 PY 2001
 VL 22
 IS 1
 BP 101
 EP 105
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics
 GA 392NF
 UT ISI:000166417000012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, H
    Zhou, XR
    Ding, PX
 TI A note on the third-order evolution equation of Liu and Dingemans -
    Discussion
 SO WAVE MOTION
 DT Editorial Material
 AB Three kinds of errors involving the expressions of concepts, the
    algebraic operations, and the typographical in the derivation of the
    third-order evolution equation of Liu and Dingmans are pointed out to
    make the detailed corrected equations available. (C) 2001 Elsevier
    Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Tianjin Univ, Dept Hydraul Engn, Sch Construct Engn, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, State Key Lab Estuarine & Coastal Res, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, H, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang
    Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR LIU PLF, 1989, WAVE MOTION, V11, P41
 NR 1
 TC 1
 SN 0165-2125
 J9 WAVE MOTION
 JI Wave Motion
 PD FEB
 PY 2001
 VL 33
 IS 2
 BP 209
 EP 210
 PG 2
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary; Acoustics; Mechanics
 GA 391BP
 UT ISI:000166334500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HP
    Sun, WW
 TI A Legendre-Petrov-Galerkin and Chebyshev collocation method for
    third-order differential equations
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE third-order differential equation; Korteweg-de Vries equation;
    Legendre-Petrov-Galerkin and Chebyshev collocation
 ID KORTEWEG-DEVRIES EQUATION; PSEUDOSPECTRAL METHOD; WAVE EQUATIONS;
    DIRECT SOLVERS; POLYNOMIALS; ALGORITHM; 3RD-ORDER; OPERATORS; 2ND-ORDER
 AB A Legendre Petrov Galerkin ( LPG) method for the third-order
    differential equation is developed. By choosing appropriate base
    functions, the method can be implemented efficiently. Also, this new
    approach enables us to derive an optimal rate of convergence in
    L-2-norm. The method is applied to some nonlinear problems such as the
    Korteweg de Vries ( KdV) equation with the Chebyshev collocation
    treatment for the nonlinear term. It is a Legendre Petrov Galerkin and
    Chebyshev collocation ( LPG-CC) method. Numerical experiments are given
    to con rm the theoretical result.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ALPERT BK, 1991, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V12, P158
    ASCHER UM, 1995, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V32, P797
    BERNARDI C, 1997, HDBK NUM AN 2, V5, P209
    BRESSAN N, 1990, COMPUT METHODS APPL, V80, P443
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CAREY GF, 1991, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V93, P1
    CHAN TF, 1985, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V22, P441
    COUTSIAS EA, 1996, P 3 INT C SPECTR HIG, P21
    DJIDJELI K, 1995, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V58, P307
    DJIDJELI K, 1998, COMMUN NUMER METH EN, V14, P977
    DON WS, 1994, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V31, P1519
    FORNBERG B, 1978, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V289, P373
    FORNBERG B, 1999, J COMPUT PHYS, V155, P456
    GUO BY, 1998, SPECTRAL METHODS THE
    HESTHAVEN JS, 1998, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V35, P1571
    HUANG WZ, 1992, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V29, P1626
    KREISS H, 1978, LECT NOTES U MONTREA
    LI J, IN PRESS NUMER METHO
    MA HP, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V65, P120
    MADAY Y, 1988, RAIRO MODEL MATH ANA, V22, P499
    MERRYFIELD WJ, 1993, J COMPUT PHYS, V105, P182
    PAVONI D, 1988, CALCOLO, V25, P311
    SHEN J, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P1489
    SHEN J, 1995, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V16, P74
 NR 24
 TC 6
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PD DEC 14
 PY 2000
 VL 38
 IS 5
 BP 1425
 EP 1438
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 389AG
 UT ISI:000166214900002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, XL
    Li, D
 TI Asymptotic strong duality for bounded integer programming: A
    logarithmic-exponential dual formulation
 SO MATHEMATICS OF OPERATIONS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE integer programming; nonlinear integer programming; duality theory;
    logarithmic-exponential dual formulation; strong duality; primal
    feasibility
 ID NONCONVEX OPTIMIZATION PROBLEMS; GAP
 AB A logarithmic-exponential dual formulation is proposed in this paper
    for bounded integer programming problems. This new dual formulation
    possesses an asymptotic strong duality property and guarantees the
    identification of an optimal solution of the primal problem. These
    prominent features are achieved by exploring a novel nonlinear
    Lagrangian function, deriving an asymptotic zero duality gap,
    investigating the unimodality of the associated dual function and
    ensuring the primal feasibility of optimal solutions in the dual
    formulation. One other feature of the logarithmic-exponential dual
    formulation is that no actual dual search is needed when parameters are
    set above certain threshold-values.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Sha Tin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, XL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BERTSEKAS DP, 1982, CONSTRAINED OPTIMIZA
    BLAIR CE, 1982, MATH PROGRAM, V23, P237
    CHAVATAL V, 1973, DISCRETE MATH J, V4, P305
    FISHER ML, 1981, MANAGE SCI, V27, P1
    FLOUDAS CA, 1996, STATE ART GLOBAL OPT
    GEOFFRION AM, 1974, MATHEMATICAL PROGRAM, V2, P82
    GILL PE, 1981, PRACTICAL OPTIMIZATI
    GOH CJ, 1997, APPL MATH LETT, V10, P9
    GOH CJ, 2000, IN PRESS THEORY APPL
    GONDRAN M, 1970, RIRO, V5, P108
    GUIGNARD M, 1993, MATH PROGRAM, V33, P262
    GUPTA OK, 1985, MANAGE SCI, V31, P1533
    HESTENES MR, 1969, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V4, P303
    KAN AHG, 1989, HDB OPERATIONS RES M, V1
    LI D, 1995, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V85, P309
    LI D, 1999, OPER RES LETT, V25, P89
    LI D, 2000, IN PRESS ANN OPER RE
    LI D, 2000, IN PRESS J GLOBAL OP
    LI XS, 1991, COMPUTATIONAL STRUCT, V8, P85
    LI XS, 1991, SCI CHINA SER A, V34, P1283
    LLEWELLYN DC, 1993, DISCRETE APPL MATH, V45, P262
    MICHELON P, 1991, MATH PROGRAM, V52, P303
    MICHELON P, 1993, DISCRETE APPL MATH, V42, P257
    MISRA KB, 1991, IEEE T RELIAB, V40, P81
    POWELL MJD, 1969, OPTIMIZATION, P283
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 1973, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V12, P555
    SUN XL, 1999, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V102, P385
    TANG HW, 1994, CHINESE SCI BULL, V39, P682
    TZAFESTAS SG, 1980, INT J SYST SCI, V11, P455
    WILLIAMS HP, 1996, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V90, P257
    WOLSEY LA, 1981, MATH PROGRAM, V20, P173
    XU ZK, 1997, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V94, P739
    YANG XQ, 2000, IN PRESS LOCAL GLOBA
 NR 33
 TC 5
 SN 0364-765X
 J9 MATH OPER RES
 JI Math. Oper. Res.
 PD NOV
 PY 2000
 VL 25
 IS 4
 BP 625
 EP 644
 PG 20
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 388YN
 UT ISI:000166210800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, CQ
 TI Generalized inverse matrix Pade approximation on the basis of scalar
    products
 SO LINEAR ALGEBRA AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE scalar product of matrices; generalized inverse; matrix Pade
    approximation; algebraic properties; determinantal formula; Thiele-type
    continued fraction; epsilon-algorithm
 ID RATIONAL INTERPOLANTS; ALGORITHM
 AB A new type of generalized matrix inverse is used to define the
    generalized inverse matrix Pade approximants (GMPA), GMPA is introduced
    on the basis of scalar product of matrices, with the form of matrix
    numerator and scalar denominator. It is different from the existing
    matrix Pade approximants in that it does not need multiplication of
    matrices in the construction process. Some algebraic properties are
    discussed. The representations of GMPA are provided with the following
    three forms: (i) the explicit determinantal formulas for the
    denominator scalar polynomials and the numerator matrix polynomials;
    (ii) E-algorithm expression; (iii) Thiele-type continued fraction
    expression. The equivalence relations above three representations are
    proposed. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, CQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, 99 Qi Xiang Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ANTOULAS AC, 1986, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V31, P1121
    ANTOULAS AC, 1988, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V108, P157
    BAKER GA, 1981, PADE APPROXIMANTS 1
    BAKER GA, 1981, PADE APPROXIMANTS 2
    BECKERMANN B, 1994, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V15, P804
    BOSE NK, 1980, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V27, P322
    BULTHEEL A, 1980, MATH COMPUT, V35, P875
    BULTHEEL A, 1986, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V14, P401
    BULTHEEL A, 1990, CONTINUED FRACTIONS, P11
    CABAY S, 1993, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V14, P735
    CHUANQING G, 1995, MATH NUMER SINICA, V17, P73
    CHUANQING G, 1996, J MATH RES EXPOSITIO, V16, P301
    CHUANQING G, 1997, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V80, P71
    CHUANQING G, 1997, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V84, P137
    CHUANQING G, 1997, NUMER SINICA, V19, P19
    CHUANQING G, 1998, J NUMER METH COMPUT, V19, P283
    CHUANQING G, 1999, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V295, P7
    DRAUX A, 1984, AN9145 U SCI TECHN L
    GRAGG WB, 1972, SIAM REV, V14, P1
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1983, NUMER MATH, V42, P331
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1984, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V4, P209
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1986, CONSTR APPROX, V2, P263
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1994, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V51, P205
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1996, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V66, P255
    GUOLIANG X, 1990, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V107, P67
    KLABAHN G, 1989, SIAM J CIMPUT, V4, P639
    PESTANOGABINO C, 1998, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V94, P23
    STARKAND Y, 1979, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V5, P63
 NR 28
 TC 4
 SN 0024-3795
 J9 LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL
 JI Linear Alg. Appl.
 PD JAN 1
 PY 2001
 VL 322
 IS 1-3
 BP 141
 EP 167
 PG 27
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 387QX
 UT ISI:000166134200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ju, JH
    Xia, YB
    Zhang, WL
    Wang, LJ
    Tang, DY
 TI Infrared optical properties of amorphous hydrogenated carbon nitride
    film
 SO JOURNAL OF NON-CRYSTALLINE SOLIDS
 DT Letter
 ID THIN-FILMS
 AB The microstructure and optical properties of nitrogen-doped
    hydrogenated carbon DLC:N films deposited by the rf plasma-enhanced
    chemical vapor deposition (PECVD) method were studied by atomic force
    microscopy (AFM), Raman, Fourier-transform infrared (FTIR) and infrared
    ellipsometric (IRE) spectrometry. The absorption intensities of the
    peaks CNH (1600 cm(-1)), CN (2200 cm(-1)) and NH (3250 cm(-1)) in the
    IR spectra increase with the N-2/CH4 flux ratio. Raman spectra show
    that the shape of the D and G bands of DLC:N film varies slightly with
    the increase of N content, which means that the main structures of
    N-doped films are still diamond-like carbon (DLC). However, four
    Gaussian decomposition results show that the peak of the G band widens
    and shifts to the low wavenumber with increased nitrogen content in
    Raman spectra due to amorphous C3N4 structure being formed in the
    nitrogen-doped DLC film. AFM topographies and lateral force microscopy
    (LFM?) images of DLC,N film confirm that the amorphous C3N4 exists as
    particles several tens of nanometers in size in the film. IRE spectral
    analysis results show that the refractive index of the film in the
    infrared region (2-14 mum) decreases slightly from 1.8 to 1.6 with
    increased nitrogen content. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Tech Phys, Natl Lab Infrared Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
 RP Ju, JH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat & Engn, 20 Changzhong Rd, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR FRANCESCHINI DF, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V60, P3229
    JIANG X, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V66, P4729
    JU JH, IN PRESS
    KAUFMAN JH, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P13053
    SCHWAN J, 1996, J APPL PHYS, V80, P440
    SCHWAN J, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P2071
    SILVA SRP, 1994, THIN SOLID FILMS, V253, P146
    SILVA SRP, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V81, P2626
    WANG EG, 1997, PROG MATER SCI, V41, P241
 NR 9
 TC 7
 SN 0022-3093
 J9 J NON-CRYST SOLIDS
 JI J. Non-Cryst. Solids
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 278
 IS 1-3
 BP 213
 EP 217
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 388JR
 UT ISI:000166177800023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, DY
    Chen, XL
    Cao, JY
    Li, Z
    Xue, HW
    Luo, LJ
    Xu, B
 TI Effects of cancer chemotherapy on the blood fibrinogen concentrations
    of cancer patients
 SO JOURNAL OF INTERNATIONAL MEDICAL RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE fibrinogen; blood fibrinogen concentration; cancer chemotherapy; tumour
    pathogenesis
 ID TUMOR; COAGULATION; PROTECTION; CARCINOMA; PROSTATE; CELLS; LUNG
 AB Blood fibrinogen concentrations and glutamic-pyruvic transaminase
    activities of 66 adult cancer inpatients (aged 22 - 70 years) were
    determined both before and after one or two chemotherapy regimens. The
    percentage of hepatoma patients with abnormal blood fibrinogen levels
    (< 1.5 or > 6.0 g/l) was higher (64.3% of 14 patients) than that in
    other cancer categories (19.2% of 52 patients). The mean blood
    fibrinogen concentrations of male (3.5 g/l) and female (4.5 g/l) cancer
    patients were higher than those previously reported for healthy humans
    (2.8 and 2.9 g/l, respectively). After chemotherapy, blood fibrinogen
    concentrations decreased in patients whose primary tumours were
    surgically removed (from 4.8 to 3.2 g/l) but increased (from 3.0 to 4.8
    gn) in those who did not undergo surgery. Glutamic-pyruvic transaminase
    activities did not appear to be related to blood fibrinogen levels. We
    conclude that the increase in mean blood fibrinogen levels of cancer
    patients is probably related to tumour growth. Different mechanisms may
    operate in patients with hepatoma.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Cent Hosp Jing An Dist, Shanghai 200040, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Mat Med, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, DY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CARDINALI M, 1990, CANCER RES, V50, P8010
    COSTANTINI V, 1992, CANCER METAST REV, V11, P283
    DVORAK HF, 1983, CANCER METAST REV, V2, P41
    FRIED K, 1980, CLIN GENET, V17, P223
    GUNJI Y, 1988, CANCER RES, V48, P5216
    LOWRY OH, 1951, J BIOL CHEM, V193, P265
    LU DY, 1995, ACTA PHARMACOL SINIC, V16, P187
    LU DY, 1999, CHINESE MED J-PEKING, V112, P1052
    POGGI A, 1977, CANCER RES, V37, P272
    SOUTHAN C, 1988, FIBRINOGEN FIBRIN ST, P65
    WOJTUKIEWICZ MZ, 1991, CANCER, V67, P1377
    YUE XF, 1982, ACTA PHARMACOL SINIC, V3, P124
    ZACHARSKI LR, 1981, MALIGNANCY HEMOSTATI, P113
    ZACHARSKI LR, 1984, CANCER, V53, P2046
 NR 14
 TC 3
 SN 0300-0605
 J9 J INT MED RES
 JI J. Int. Med. Res.
 PD NOV-DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 28
 IS 6
 BP 313
 EP 317
 PG 5
 SC Medicine, Research & Experimental; Pharmacology & Pharmacy
 GA 386XC
 UT ISI:000166089300008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, DC
    Wei, GW
 TI The study of quasi wavelets based numerical method applied to Burgers'
    equations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE quasi-wavelets; Runge-Kutta method; Burgers' equations
 ID PARTIAL-DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
 AB A quasi-wavelet based numerical method was introduced for solving the
    evolution of the solutions of nonlinear partial differential Burgers'
    equations. The quasi wavelet based numerical method tvas used to
    discrete the spatial deriatives, while the fourth-order Runge-Kutta
    method was adopted to deal with the temporal discretization. The
    calculations were conducted at a variety of Reynolds numbers ranging
    from 10 to unlimited large. The comparisons of present results with
    analytical solutions show that the quasi,wavelet based numerical method
    has distinctive local property, and is efficient and robust for
    numerically solving Burgers' equations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Natl Univ Singapore, Dept Computat Sci, Singapore 119260, Singapore.
 RP Wan, DC, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BASDEVANT C, 1986, COMPUT FLUIDS, V14, P23
    CHUI CK, 1992, INTRO WAVELETS M
    COHEN A, 1995, WAVELETS MULTISCAL M
    COLE JD, 1951, Q APPL MATH, V9, P225
    HAAR A, 1910, MATH ANN, V69, P331
    MALLAT S, 1989, T AM MATH SOC, V315, P68
    MORLET J, 1982, GEOPHYSICS, V47, P222
    PROSSER R, 1998, J COMPUT PHYS, V147, P337
    QIAN S, 1993, J COMPUT PHYS, V106, P155
    VASILYEV OV, 1996, J COMPUT PHYS, V125, P498
    WANG C, 1997, THESIS SHANGHAI JIAT
    WEI GW, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P775
    WEI GW, 1998, CHEM PHYS LETT, V296, P215
    WEI GW, 1999, J CHEM PHYS, V110, P8930
    WICKERHAUSER MV, 1994, ADAPTED WAVELET AN M
 NR 15
 TC 3
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 10
 BP 1099
 EP 1110
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 390FH
 UT ISI:000166284700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tian, LX
    Liu, YR
    Liu, ZR
 TI The research of blow-up in 2D weakly damped forced KdV equation on thin
    domain
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE weakly damped forced; nonlinear solitary equation; thin domains;
    higher-dimensional dynamical system
 ID BEHAVIOR
 AB The time estimate of the blow up of the weakly damped forced KdV
    equation in thin 2 D domains is given.
 C1 Jiangsu Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math & Phys, Zhenjiang 212013, Peoples R China.
    Suzhou Univ, Dept Math, Suzhou 215006, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Tian, LX, Jiangsu Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math & Phys, Zhenjiang
    212013, Peoples R China.
 CR BALMFORTH NJ, 1997, SIAM J APPL MATH, V57, P205
    GHIDAGLIA JM, 1988, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V74, P369
    GHIDAGLIA JM, 1994, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V110, P356
    GU CH, 1990, SOLITON THEORY ITS M
    GUO BL, 1995, NONLINEAR EVOLUTIO M
    LIU SK, 1996, NONLINEAR ATMOSPHE M
    LIU ZG, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V204, P343
    LU DC, 1998, APPL AMTH MECH, V19, P975
    TEMAM R, 1993, J FUNCT ANAL, V117, P215
    TIAN LX, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P1021
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 10
 BP 1111
 EP 1118
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 390FH
 UT ISI:000166284700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tian, LX
    Chu, ZJ
    Liu, ZR
    Jiang, Y
 TI Numerical analysis of longtime dynamic behavior in weakly damped forced
    KdV equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE periodic boundary conditions; partial differential equation; dynamical
    systems; soliton/approximate inertial manifold
 AB The numerical analysis of the approximate inertial manifold in,weakly
    damped forced KdV equation is given. The results of numerical analysis
    under five models is the same as that of nonlinear spectral analysis.
 C1 Jiangsu Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math & Phys, Zhenjiang 212013, Peoples R China.
    Wuxi Univ Light & Ind, Dept Math, Wuxi 214036, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Nanjing 210000, Peoples R China.
 RP Tian, LX, Jiangsu Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math & Phys, Zhenjiang
    212013, Peoples R China.
 CR CONSTANTIN P, 1988, INTEGRAL MANIFOLDS I
    CROSS MC, 1993, REV MOD PHYS, V65, P851
    ERCOLANI NM, 1993, J NONLINEAR SCI, V3, P477
    TEMAM R, 1988, INFINITE DIMENSIONAL
    TIAN LX, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P1021
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 10
 BP 1123
 EP 1130
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 390FH
 UT ISI:000166284700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tian, LX
    Liu, YR
    Liu, ZR
 TI Local attractors for weakly damped forced KdV equation in thin 2D
    domains
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE attractor; weakly damped forced; nonlinear solitary wave equation; thin
    domains; non-adjoint operator
 ID EXPONENTIAL ATTRACTORS; DYNAMICS; BEHAVIOR
 AB The existence of local attractors in thin 2D domains far the weakly
    damped forced KdV equation, whose principal operator is a non-self
    adjoint and non-sectorial one is given.
 C1 Jiangsu Univ Sch & Technol, Dept Math & Phys, Zhenjiang 212013, Peoples R China.
    Suzhou Univ, Dept Math, Suzhou 215006, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Tian, LX, Jiangsu Univ Sch & Technol, Dept Math & Phys, Zhenjiang
    212013, Peoples R China.
 CR BABIN AV, 1995, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V48, P167
    BALMFORTH NJ, 1997, SIAM J APPL MATH, V57, P205
    DEBUSSCHE A, 1994, PHYSICA D, V72, P372
    EDEN A, 1993, NONLINEARITY, V6, P93
    EDEN A, 1993, PHYSICA D, V63, P350
    GHIDAGLIA JM, 1988, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V74, P369
    GHIDAGLIA JM, 1994, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V110, P356
    GU CH, 1990, SOLITON THEORY ITS M
    GUO BL, 1995, NONLINEAR EVOLUTIO M
    HALE JK, 1988, AMS MATH SURV MONOGR
    LIU ZG, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V204, P343
    ROBINSON JC, 1997, J DYN DIFF EQ, V9, P373
    SELL GR, 1992, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V18, P671
    SELL GR, 1996, J DYNAMICS DIFFERENT, V8, P1
    TEMAM R, 1993, J FUNCT ANAL, V117, P215
    TIAN LX, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P1021
    TIAN LX, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P1111
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 2000
 VL 21
 IS 10
 BP 1131
 EP 1138
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 390FH
 UT ISI:000166284700005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lai, JW
    Zhou, SP
    Li, GH
    Xu, DM
 TI Synchronization of chaotics systems using occasional driving
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE synchronization; occasional drive; asymptotically stability; condition
    lyapunov exponents
 AB In this paper, we study the synchronization of chaotic systems using
    occasional driving technique-a modified Pecora-Carroll method. Unlike
    Pecora-Carroll method, to synchronize the chaotic driving and response
    systems, the driving signal only occasionally imposes to the response
    system, and we update the response variables with a time-interval of
    the imposing action period. Numerical analysis indicates that the
    occasional driving method is applicable to various dynamical systems
    and adds the degrees of freedom in selecting the driving variables.
    Furthermore, the method possesses robustness while it works.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Lai, JW, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ALEXANDER, 1997, IEEE T CAS, V44, P913
    CARROLL TL, 1991, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V38, P453
    CARROLL TL, 1991, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V38, P453
    GUEMEZ J, 1995, PHYS REV E A, V52, R2145
    HE R, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P7387
    JOHN JK, 1994, PHYS REV E A, V49, P4843
    NEWELL TC, 1994, PHYS REV E, V49, P313
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P812
    WOLF A, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P285
 NR 9
 TC 11
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JAN
 PY 2001
 VL 50
 IS 1
 BP 21
 EP 25
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 389ZQ
 UT ISI:000166268900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Deng, BQ
    Wu, WQ
 TI An anisotropic two-equation heat transfer model for turbulent heat
    transport under arbitrary wall thermal conditions
 SO NUMERICAL HEAT TRANSFER PART B-FUNDAMENTALS
 DT Article
 ID PREDICTING FLUID-FLOW; REATTACHING FLOWS; FIELD CALCULATIONS;
    2-EQUATION MODEL; FLUXES
 AB An anisotropic near-wad (t(2)) over bar - epsilon (t) two-equation heat
    transfer model is presented The turbulent heat flux is expressed in the
    form of anisotropic eddy diffusivity representation, in which the
    temperature variance (t(2)) over bar and its dissipation rare epsilon
    (t), together with k and epsilon, were used to model the isotropic and
    anisotropic eddy diffusivity for Beat. The method to determine the
    mixing time scale characterizing turbulent heat transport in the
    anisotropic turbulent heat flux representation mid the requirement that
    it should meet nr e presented. The proposed model reproduces the
    correct wall-limiting Behavior of temperature under arbitrary wall
    thermal conditions and is applied to turbulent channel flow and heat
    transfer. Calculated results a, e compared with the direct numerical
    simulation (DNS) data. It is shown the present model works much better.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Power & Energy Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Deng, BQ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Power Engn, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 CR ABE K, 1994, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V37, P139
    ABE K, 1995, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V38, P1467
    DENG B, IN PRESS INT J HEAT
    KASAGI N, 1992, J HEAT TRANS-T ASME, V114, P598
    KIM J, 1989, TURBULENT SHEAR FLOW, V6, P85
    LAI YG, 1990, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V33, P1429
    NAGANO Y, 1988, J HEAT TRANSFER, V110, P583
    NAGARAJAN R, 1991, PARTICLES SURFACES, V3, P3
    PATANKAR SV, 1980, NUMERICAL HEAT TRANS
    RAHMAN MM, 1996, NUMER HEAT TR B-FUND, V30, P291
    RHEE GH, 1997, INT J HEAT FLUID FL, V18, P38
    SO RMC, 1994, J HEAT TRANS-T ASME, V116, P844
    SO RMC, 1996, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V39, P455
    SOMMER TP, 1992, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V35, P3375
    TORII S, 1996, NUMER HEAT TR A-APPL, V29, P417
    VANDOORMAAL JP, 1984, NUMER HEAT TRANSFER, V7, P147
    YOSHIZAWA A, 1988, J FLUID MECH, V195, P541
    YOUSSEF MS, 1992, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V35, P3095
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 1040-7790
 J9 NUMER HEAT TRANSFER PT B-FUND
 JI Numer Heat Tranf. B-Fundam.
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 38
 IS 4
 BP 389
 EP 404
 PG 16
 SC Mechanics; Thermodynamics
 GA 386YD
 UT ISI:000166092500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, S
    Jiang, G
    You, J
    Yoshida, E
    Xu, K
 TI The ionic properties of CaSiO3 melt
 SO METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS TRANSACTIONS B-PROCESS METALLURGY AND
    MATERIALS PROCESSING SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID MOLECULAR-DYNAMICS; SILICATE MELTS; GLASS
 AB Molecular dynamics simulation of CaSiO3 melt was carried out using the
    effective pair potential model, with reasonable values of the
    interaction parameter. The result of the partial radial distribution
    function, the self-diffusion coefficient, and the electrical
    conductivity reasonably agrees with experiments. The density of states
    is calculated to compare with Raman spectra. Our results showing a
    strong vibration band in the range of 800 to 1000 cm(-1) are consistent
    with experiments.
 C1 Shiga Univ Med Sci, Dept Phys, Shiga 52021, Japan.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhance Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, S, Shiga Univ Med Sci, Dept Phys, Shiga 52021, Japan.
 CR ABRAMO MC, 1992, J CHEM PHYS, V96, P9083
    ALLEN MP, 1987, COMPUTER SIMULATION, P182
    DELLAVALLE RG, 1994, CHEM PHYS, V179, P411
    HANSEN JP, 1986, THEORY SIMPLE LIQUID, CH4
    HUANG SP, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P279
    IGUCHI Y, 1981, CAN METALL Q, V20, P51
    KATO T, 1990, J CHEM PHYS, V92, P5506
    KELLER H, 1979, METALL T B, V10, P67
    KELLER H, 1982, METALL T B, V13, P237
    KIEFFER J, 1989, J CHEM PHYS, V90, P4982
    MATSUI M, 1988, PHYS CHEM MINER, V16, P234
    MYSEN B, 1995, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V59, P455
    MYSEN BO, 1992, CHEM GEOL, V96, P321
    PING HS, 1997, J PHYS SOC JPN, V66, P1356
    PING HS, 1997, J PHYS SOC JPN, V66, P392
    PRICE DL, 1987, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V92, P153
    VORONKO KY, 1991, GROWTH CRYST, V16
    WASEDA Y, 1989, MAT SCI EARTH INTERI, CH1
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 1073-5615
 J9 METALL MATER TRANS B
 JI Metall. Mater. Trans. B-Proc. Metall. Mater. Proc. Sci.
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 31
 IS 6
 BP 1241
 EP 1245
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 386FR
 UT ISI:000166050600011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XJ
    Zhang, ZM
    Sun, ML
 TI A comparison of flow fields predicted by various turbulent lubrication
    models with existing measurements
 SO JOURNAL OF TRIBOLOGY-TRANSACTIONS OF THE ASME
 DT Article
 AB Flow field predictions of various turbulent lubrication models are
    compared with the existing experimental data of turbulent Couette flow
    and shear-induced counter-current flow. [S0742-4787(00)00502-6].
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Engn Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Engn Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AYDIN EM, 1991, EXP FLUIDS, V11, P302
    CONSTANTINESCU VN, 1962, ASME, V84, P139
    HIRS GG, 1973, ASME, V95, P137
    JONES WP, 1973, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V16, P1119
    KANEKO S, 1984, C27884 I MECH E, P205
    LEE DW, 1990, JSME INT J II-FLUID, V33, P200
    LJUBOJA M, 1980, ASME, V102, P350
    NG CW, 1965, ASME, V87, P675
    TSANIS IK, 1988, J FLUID MECH, V189, P531
    ZHANG YQ, 1995, TRIBOLOGY, V15, P271
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0742-4787
 J9 J TRIBOL-TRANS ASME
 JI J. Tribol.-Trans. ASME
 PD APR
 PY 2000
 VL 122
 IS 2
 BP 475
 EP 477
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 387KL
 UT ISI:000166121700014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, C
    Yi, ZX
    Zhang, ZM
 TI THD analysis of high speed heavily loaded journal bearings including
    thermal deformation, mass conserving cavitation, and turbulent effects
 SO JOURNAL OF TRIBOLOGY-TRANSACTIONS OF THE ASME
 DT Article
 ID THERMOHYDRODYNAMIC ANALYSIS
 AB Theoretical and experimental THD analyses of high speed heavily loaded
    journal bearings are presented. Numerical solutions include thermal
    deformation, mass conserving cavitation and turbulent effects. The
    pressure and temperature distributions, the eccentricity ratio, and the
    flow rate are measured. Agreement between theoretical results and
    experimental data is satisfactory. [S0742-4787(00)00803-1].
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Res Inst Bearings, Shanghai 20072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, C, Northwestern Univ, Ctr Surface Engn & Tribol, Evanston, IL
    60201 USA.
 CR BONCOMPAIN R, 1986, ASME, V108, P219
    BOOSER ER, 1988, ASLE T, V31, P405
    BOUARD L, 1996, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V118, P225
    BOUCHOULE C, 1996, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V118, P532
    ELROD HG, 1981, J LUBR TECHNOL, V103, P350
    EZZAT HA, 1973, ASME, V95, P298
    FERRON J, 1983, ASME, V105, P422
    FILLON M, 1996, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V118, P169
    FITZGERALD MK, 1992, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V114, P122
    FLACK RD, 1993, TRIBOL T, V36, P497
    KHONSARI MM, 1987, ASLE TRANS, V30, P26
    KHONSARI MM, 1991, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V113, P398
    KHONSARI MM, 1992, TRIBOL T, V35, P177
    MA MT, 1996, TRIBOL INT, V29, P19
    MITTWOLLEN N, 1990, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V112, P330
    PARANJPE RS, 1996, TRIBOL T, V39, P636
    PINKUS O, 1990, THERMAL ASPECT FLUID
    RICHTMYER RD, 1957, DIFFERENCE METHODS I, P101
    TAYLOR CM, 1973, 73LUBS10 ASME
    TUCKER PG, 1996, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V118, P356
    ZHANG C, 1997, P 2 INT C HYDR BEAR, P18
 NR 21
 TC 3
 SN 0742-4787
 J9 J TRIBOL-TRANS ASME
 JI J. Tribol.-Trans. ASME
 PD JUL
 PY 2000
 VL 122
 IS 3
 BP 597
 EP 602
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 387KM
 UT ISI:000166121800017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, T
    Li, Y
 TI 2-D wavelet analysis of 3-D planar radiating structures in stratified
    media
 SO JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE multiresolution analysis; scaling function and wavelet; MPIE
 ID PATCH ANTENNA; MICROSTRIP
 AB The wavelet expansion method was used to analyze three-dimension (3-D)
    planar problem. The structure is a combination of planar sheets of
    current oriented along normal and transverse directions in a stratified
    medium. The surface integral equation was solved through a Galerkm's
    method with unknown current expanded in terms of two-dimension
    orthogonal wavelets. The different resolution levels of wavelet were
    chosen in accordance with the different lengths of the conducting
    plates. Finally, a comparison was presented between the wavelet
    expansion method and conventional method of moments to judge their
    efficiency.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, T, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHUI CK, 1991, INTRO WAVELET, P116
    DELAVEAUD C, 1994, ELECTRON LETT, V30, P1
    DIMASSA G, 1995, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V8, P222
    FANG DG, 1988, IEE P H, V135, P297
    HYEONGDONG K, 1993, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V41, P200
    JOHN A, 1994, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V7, P389
    MOSIG JR, 1982, ADV ELECTRON EL PHYS, V59, P139
    STEINBERG BZ, 1993, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V41, P610
    STEINBERG BZ, 1994, IEEE ANT PROP SOC S, P20
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1001-9014
 J9 J INFRARED MILIM WAVES
 JI J. Infrared Millim. Waves
 PD DEC
 PY 2000
 VL 19
 IS 6
 BP 435
 EP 439
 PG 5
 SC Optics
 GA 387ZF
 UT ISI:000166152400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, Z
    Wang, Q
    Li, CF
    Shi, JL
 TI Microwaves in gyromagnetic waveguides
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID MAGNETOSTATIC SURFACE-WAVES; IRON-GARNET FILMS; ENVELOPE SOLITONS;
    FERROMAGNETIC-FILMS; ANTIFERROMAGNET
 AB Properties of transverse electric waves in the microwave frequency
    range on a plane interface between a nonlinear antiferromagnet and a
    linear ferromagnet are investigated. It is revealed that there are two
    different field distributions and powers. An exact analytical
    dispersion relation is obtained. On the basis of the dispersion
    relation, we have investigated the properties of surface waves in this
    waveguide and, theoretically, found that there exist passbands and stop
    bands, which can be controlled by varying the power in the nonlinear
    gyromagnetic waveguides. (C) 2001 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, Z, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ALMEIDA NS, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P2015
    BOARDMAN AD, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P717
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P1
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P14
    BOARDMAN AD, 1995, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V145, P357
    BOYLE JW, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P12173
    CHEN M, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P12773
    KALINIKOS BA, 1991, J APPL PHYS 2B, V69, P5712
    MIHALACHE D, 1987, OPT LETT, V12, P187
    NEWELL AC, 1991, NONLINEAR OPTICS, P120
    TSANKOV MA, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P4274
    VUKOVICH S, 1991, SOV PHYS JETP, V71, P964
    WANG Q, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P5831
    WANG Q, 1997, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V45, P142
    WANG Q, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V36, P7064
    WANG Q, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P382
    WANG Q, 1999, SCI CHINA SER A, V42, P310
    WANG YF, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P6233
 NR 18
 TC 1
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD JAN 1
 PY 2001
 VL 89
 IS 1
 BP 535
 EP 541
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 387JF
 UT ISI:000166118900083
 ER
 
 EF
 FN ISI Export Format
 VR 1.0
 PT J
 AU Wang, B
 TI Metaphorical terms for translation
 SO PERSPECTIVES-STUDIES IN TRANSLATOLOGY
 DT Article
 AB Translation has been traditionally treated as a metaphor in so far as
    it has often been taken for granted that 1. the 'meaning' of a word is
    objective and truth-conditional, and that 2, a 'text' is considered as
    a 'container' with 'objective meaning'. Such metaphorization of
    translation finds its most obvious form int he concept of 'equivalence'
    and its various derivations, which have roots deep in the philosophy of
    objective meaning and metaphorical thinking. The article argues that
    cognitive linguistics can offer an alternative to this idea of
    objective meaning and thus the idea of translation as
    text-meaning-transfer. This can help bring Translation Studies out of
    the metaphorical trap of the concept of equivalence.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, B, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRAMS MH, 1953, MIRROR LAMP ROMANTIC
    BURNER JS, 1962, STUDY THINKING
    FAUCONNIER G, 2002, WAY WE THINK
    FISH S, 1980, IS THERE TEXT THIS C
    GUTT EA, 1992, TRANSLATION RELEVANC
    POPPER K, 1970, CRITICISM GROWTH KNO
    SPAIR E, 1958, CULTURE LANGUAGE PER
    STEINER G, 1975, BABEL ASPECTS LANGAU
    STONE PWK, 1967, ART POETRY 1750-1820
    TURNER M, 1994, NATURE ONTOGENESIS M
    WHORF BL, 1940, TECHNOL REV, V42, P229
    WHORF BL, 1956, LANGUAGE THOUGHT REA
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0907-676X
 J9 PERSPECT STUD TRANSLATOL
 JI Perspect.-Stud. Transl.
 PY 2003
 VL 11
 IS 3
 BP 189
 EP 195
 PG 7
 SC Language & Linguistics Theory
 GA 751PL
 UT ISI:000187076100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, JK
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
 TI Synthesis and properties of ZnS quasi-nanorods by celloidin membrane
    template
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE celloidin; template; zinc sulfide; quasi-nanorods
 ID NANOPARTICLES; NANOWIRES; ROUTE
 AB ZnS Quasi-nanorods were successfully synthesized with artificial active
    membrane of celloidin as template by the cooperating effect of
    artificial active membrane and ethylenediamine. The results indicated
    that ZnS quasi-nanorods, which had a hexangular wurtzite structure,
    could be formed at room temperature with 0.1 mol L-1 ZnSO4 which added
    suitable template reagent ethylenediamine and 0.1 mol . L-1 Na2S as
    reactants. The particles' diameter was from 200 nm to 500 nm, and the
    average length was about 12 mum. The photics property study showed that
    the product reserved the properties of IR permeation and fluorescent
    luminescence in bulk materials, and the UV-Vis spectrum showed that the
    furthest absorption peak was at 308 nm having 42 nm' s blue-shift
    comparing to ZnS bulk material, which indicated that the particles had
    obvious quantum size effect.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 CR BANIN U, 1999, NATURE, V400, P542
    DENG ZX, 2002, INORG CHEM, V41, P869
    DUAN XF, 2000, ADV MATER, V12, P298
    KUANG HM, 2002, CHIN J INORG CHEM, V18, P133
    LAN C, 2003, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V125, P455
    LI Y, 1999, MOL CRYST LIQ CRYS A, V337, P193
    LI Y, 2002, CHIN J INORG CHEM, V18, P79
    QIAO ZP, 2002, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V166, P49
    SANCHEZLOPEZ JC, 1999, LANGMUIR, V15, P7822
    SHIHAI K, 2003, NAT MATER, V2, P155
    SHU L, 1999, CHIN J INORG CHEM, V15, P1
    WANG H, 2002, J CRYST GROWTH, V246, P161
    WANG YW, 2002, CHEM PHYS LETT, V357, P314
    WU QS, 2000, J MEMBRANE SCI, V172, P199
    WU QS, 2002, INORG CHEM COMMUN, V5, P671
    XU J, 2003, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V259, P275
    YANG P, 2001, APPL PHYS A-MATER, V73, P455
    ZHANG DB, 2002, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V246, P413
    ZHANG LD, 2002, NANOMATERIAL NANOSTR, P305
    ZHONG WZ, 1999, CRYSTAL GROWTH MORPH, P14
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1001-4861
 J9 CHIN J INORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Inorg. Chem.
 PD DEC
 PY 2003
 VL 19
 IS 12
 BP 1322
 EP 1326
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear
 GA 750YN
 UT ISI:000187026200010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, YZ
    Zheng, XY
    Zhu, WQ
    Sun, RG
    Jiang, XY
    Zhang, ZL
    Xu, SH
 TI Highly efficient pure blue electroluminescence from
    1,4-bis[2-(3-N-ethylcarbazoryl)vinyl]benzene
 SO APPLIED PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICES; ELECTROPHOSPHORESCENT DEVICES; DISTYRYLARYLENE;
    STABILITY; DIODES; DOPANT; LAYER
 AB An efficient blue organic light-emitting diode with
    1,4-bis[2-(3-N-ethylcarbazoryl)vinyl]benzene doped into
    4,4(')-N,N-'-dicarbazole-biphyenyl is reported. Maximum luminance and
    external quantum efficiency are 8500 cd/m(2) and 2.6%. CIE-1931
    coordinates are x=0.15, y=0.16. The device performance was further
    improved by introducing bis(2-methyl-8quinolinato)4-phenylphenolate
    aluminum to assist electron injection. The maximum luminance and
    quantum efficiency reached 11000 cd/m(2) and 3.3%, respectively. Foster
    energy transfer and especially a carrier trapping mechanism are
    considered to dominate in the process of electroluminescence. (C) 2003
    American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, YZ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Jiading Campus, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BALDO MA, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P4
    BULOVIC V, 1998, CHEM PHYS LETT, V287, P455
    BURROWS PE, 1997, IEEE T ELECTRON DEV, V44, P1188
    BURROWS PE, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P2493
    ENDO J, 1999, P INT C ADV TECHN PO, P124
    HOSOKAWA C, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P3853
    HOSOKAWA C, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P5831
    HOSOKAWA C, 1997, SYNTHETIC MET, V91, P3
    HOSOKAWA C, 2001, SID 2001 DIGEST, P522
    KO CW, 2002, CHEM MATER, V14, P357
    KWONG RC, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V81, P162
    LITTMAN J, 1992, J APPL PHYS, V72, P1957
    OBRIEN DF, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P442
    POPE M, 1982, ELECT PROCESSES ORGA
    SHEN ZL, 1997, SCIENCE, V276, P2009
    SHI JM, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P1665
    SZE SM, 1981, PHYSICS SEMICONDUCTO, P697
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    TANG CW, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V65, P3610
    YOSHIDA M, 1996, JPN J APPL PHYS 2, V35, L397
 NR 20
 TC 6
 SN 0003-6951
 J9 APPL PHYS LETT
 JI Appl. Phys. Lett.
 PD DEC 15
 PY 2003
 VL 83
 IS 24
 BP 5077
 EP 5079
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 752RR
 UT ISI:000187181400061
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, JR
    Jia, XS
    Zhai, HB
 TI A new mild regioselective bromination of arylamines
 SO TETRAHEDRON LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE arylamines; boron amide; regioselective bromination
 ID AROMATIC-AMINES; TETRABUTYLAMMONIUM TRIBROMIDE; MONOBROMINATION;
    ANILINES; BROMIDE
 AB A new efficient regioselective boron-assisted mono bromination
    methodology for arylamines is described. Our one-pot, three-stage
    approach (lithiation, boron amide formation and bromination) proved to
    be highly useful in mildly brominating a variety of arylamines in up to
    94% yields. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Lab Modern Synthet Organ Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Bioorgan & Nat Prod Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhai, HB, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Lab Modern
    Synthet Organ Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM zhaih@mail.sioc.ac.cn
 CR ANDO W, 1982, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P263
    BERTHELOT J, 1986, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V16, P1641
    BERTHELOT J, 1989, CAN J CHEM, V67, P2061
    BOUGEOIS JL, 1981, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V22, P61
    BUCKLES RE, 1951, J AM CHEM SOC, V73, P4525
    CERICHELLI G, 1989, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V30, P6209
    FLETCHER RJ, 1995, J CHEM SOC P1, V6, P623
    FUSCO R, 1975, J ORG CHEM, V40, P1906
    MAJETICH G, 1997, J ORG CHEM, V62, P4321
    MUATHEN HA, 1992, J ORG CHEM, V57, P2740
    ONAKA M, 1984, CHEM LETT, P2007
    REEVES WP, 1993, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V23, P855
    ROY SC, 2001, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V42, P6941
    SMITH MB, 2002, ORG LETT, V4, P2321
    SRIVASTAVA SK, 1996, CHEM COMMUN, V23, P2679
    STELLA L, 2001, RADICALS ORGANIC SYN, V2, P407
    VYAS PV, 2003, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V44, P4085
 NR 17
 TC 5
 SN 0040-4039
 J9 TETRAHEDRON LETT
 JI Tetrahedron Lett.
 PD DEC 22
 PY 2003
 VL 44
 IS 52
 BP 9371
 EP 9373
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 749GB
 UT ISI:000186910100031
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SF
 TI Kernel sections for damped non-autonomous wave equations with linear
    memory and critical exponent
 SO QUARTERLY OF APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 ID ASYMPTOTIC STABILITY; GLOBAL ATTRACTOR; DIMENSION
 AB We prove the existence of kernel sections for the process generated by
    a non-autonomous wave equation with linear memory when there is
    nonlinear damping and the nonlinearity has a critically growing
    exponent; we also obtain a more precise estimate of upper bound of the
    Hausdorff dimension of the kernel sections. And we point out that in
    the case of autonomous systems with linear damping, the obtained upper
    bound of the Hausdorff dimension decreases as the damping grows for
    suitable large damping.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ARRIETA J, 1992, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V17, P841
    CHEPYZHOV V, 1993, INDIANA U MATH J, V42, P1057
    DAFERMOS CM, 1970, ARCH RATIONAL MECH A, V37, P297
    FABRIZIO M, 1991, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V116, P139
    FEIREISL E, 1993, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V18, P1539
    GRASSELLI M, UNIFORM ATTRACTORS N
    HUANG Y, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P4957
    LIU ZY, 1996, Q APPL MATH, V54, P21
    PATA V, 2001, ADV MATH SCI APPL, V11, P505
    PAZY A, 1983, APPL MATH SCI, V44
    TEMAM R, 1988, APPL MATH SCI, V68
    ZHOU SF, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P4444
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0033-569X
 J9 QUART APPL MATH
 JI Q. Appl. Math.
 PD DEC
 PY 2003
 VL 61
 IS 4
 BP 731
 EP 757
 PG 27
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 750EF
 UT ISI:000186977800008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, NN
 TI A white light-based light-scattering technique for particle sizing
 SO POWDER TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE particle sizing; light scattering; particle diameter; optical sizing
 AB A novel light-scattering technique is presented in this paper. Unlike
    the traditional methods, white light is used as the light source, and
    the light-scattering signals are collected within only one solid angle,
    from which the particle size and its distribution can be obtained by an
    inversion calculation. The basic principle is discussed. Results of the
    computer simulation and experimental studies made with monodisperse
    polystyrene latex spheres and polydisperse industrial samples are
    given. (C) 2003 Published by Elsevier B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, NN, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, 516 Jun Gong Rd, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 CR ALLEN T, 1996, PARTICLE SIZE MEASUR
    VANDEHULST HC, 1957, LIGHT SCATTERING SMA
 NR 2
 TC 0
 SN 0032-5910
 J9 POWDER TECHNOL
 JI Powder Technol.
 PD OCT 20
 PY 2003
 VL 137
 IS 1-2
 BP 49
 EP 53
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Chemical
 GA 750FR
 UT ISI:000186981100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, X
    Li, CF
 TI Negative group delay for Dirac particles traveling through a potential
    well
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW A
 DT Article
 ID EVANESCENT ELECTROMAGNETIC-WAVES; TUNNELING TIMES; PULSE-PROPAGATION;
    TRAVERSAL TIME; PHASE-SHIFT; BARRIER
 AB The properties of group delay for Dirac particles traveling through a
    potential well are investigated. A necessary condition is put forward
    for the group delay to be negative. It is shown that this negative
    group delay is closely related to its anomalous dependence on the width
    of the potential well. In order to demonstrate the validity of
    stationary-phase approach, numerical simulations are made for a
    Gaussian-shaped temporal wave packet. A restriction to the
    potential-well's width is obtained that is necessary for the wave
    packet to remain distortionless in the traveling. Numerical comparison
    shows that the relativistic group delay is larger than its
    corresponding nonrelativistic one.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Xian Inst Opt & Precis Mech, State Key Lab Transient Opt Technol, Xian 710068, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, X, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BALCOU P, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P851
    BUTTIKER M, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P1739
    CARNIGLIA CK, 1971, J OPT SOC AM, V61, P1035
    CARNIGLIA CK, 1971, J OPT SOC AM, V61, P1423
    CHIAO RY, 1997, PROG OPTICS, V37, P345
    CHU S, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V48, P738
    ENDERS A, 1992, J PHYS I, V2, P1693
    ENDERS A, 1993, J PHYS I, V3, P1089
    GARRETT CGB, 1970, PHYS REV A-GEN PHYS, V1, P305
    HARTMAN TE, 1962, J APPL PHYS, V33, P3427
    HAUGE EH, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P917
    HUANG XH, 2003, EUROPHYS LETT, V63, P28
    JAPHA Y, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P586
    KREKORA P, 2001, PHYS REV A, V63
    LEAVENS CR, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P5387
    LI CF, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V275, P287
    LI CF, 2002, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V11, P916
    MACCOLL LA, 1932, PHYS REV, V40, P621
    MARTIN T, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P2611
    NIMTZ G, 1997, PROG QUANT ELECTRON, V21, P81
    PETRILLO V, 2003, PHYS REV A, V67
    SEGARD B, 1985, PHYS LETT A, V109, P213
    SOLLI D, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66
    SPIELMANN C, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P2308
    STEINBERG AM, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P708
    STEINBERG AM, 1994, PHYS REV A, V49, P3283
    VETTER RM, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V63
    WANG LJ, 2000, NATURE, V406, P277
    WIGNER EP, 1955, PHYS REV, V98, P145
 NR 29
 TC 4
 SN 1050-2947
 J9 PHYS REV A
 JI Phys. Rev. A
 PD NOV
 PY 2003
 VL 68
 IS 5
 AR 052105
 DI ARTN 052105
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Optics
 GA 750BF
 UT ISI:000186970900017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, QY
    Yue, WI
 TI Analysis for some properties of discrete time Markov decision processes
 SO OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE discrete time; Markov decision processes; optimality equation; optimal
    policies; expected discounted total rewards
 AB This paper investigates properties of the optimality equation and
    optimal policies in discrete time Markov decision processes with
    expected discounted total rewards under weak conditions that the model
    is well defined and the optimality equation is true. The optimal value
    function is characterized as a solution of the optimality equation and
    the structure of optimal policies is also given.
 C1 Konan Univ, Dept Informat Sci & Syst Engn, Kobe, Hyogo 6588501, Japan.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Int Business & Management, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yue, WI, Konan Univ, Dept Informat Sci & Syst Engn, Kobe, Hyogo
    6588501, Japan.
 CR BLACKWELL D, 1965, ANN MATH STAT, V36, P226
    BLACKWELL DE, 1967, ADV ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V5, P1
    DAWEN RV, 1986, MATH OPER RES, V11, P521
    DONG Z, 1987, SCI SINICA, V11, P975
    FEINBERG EA, 2000, HDB MURKOV DECISION, CH6
    HU QY, 1992, J MATH ANAL APPL, V171, P111
    HU QY, 1999, MATH METHOD OPER RES, V49, P255
    QUELLE G, 1976, J MATH ANAL APPL, V55, P239
    ROSS S, 1983, INTRO STOCHASTIC DYN
    STRAUCH RE, 1966, ANN MATH STAT, V37, P871
    WAL J, 1984, MATH OPE RES, V9, P290
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0233-1934
 J9 OPTIMIZATION
 JI Optimization
 PD AUG-OCT
 PY 2003
 VL 52
 IS 4-5
 BP 495
 EP 505
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 749AZ
 UT ISI:000186897600008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pan, XY
    Ma, XM
 TI Study on the milling-induced transformation in TiO2 powder with
    different grain sizes
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE TiO2; ball milling; phase transformation; grain size
 ID ANATASE TIO2; PRESSURE
 AB Mechanical alloying can trigger the transformations from anatase to
    srilankite and rutile phases in TiO2. The grain size of the powder has
    a significant effect on the kinetics of the milling-induced phase
    transformations. In the TiO2 powder with smaller gain size, the rate of
    the phase transformations is faster and that of the gain refinement is
    slower. (C) 2003 Published by Elsevier B.V.
 C1 E China Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, XM, E China Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BEGINCOLIN S, 2000, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V149, P41
    HOFMANN M, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V348, P278
    LIN IJ, 1998, J THERM ANAL, V52, P451
    MAMMONE JF, 1981, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V42, P379
    MAURICE DR, 1990, METALL TRANS A, V21, P289
    OHSAKA T, 1979, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V30, P345
    PALUMBO G, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P1347
    PAN XY, 2003, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V13, P271
    PARKER JC, 1990, J MATER RES, V5, P1246
    SHANNON RD, 1964, AM MINERAL, V49, P1707
    SURYANARAYANA C, 2001, PROG MATER SCI, V46, P1
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 58
 IS 3-4
 BP 513
 EP 515
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 750AZ
 UT ISI:000186970300055
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, LS
    Ng, CK
    Li, DA
    Tian, WW
 TI A new filled function method for global optimization
 SO JOURNAL OF GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE mathematical programming; global optimization; nonconvex optimization;
    filled function method
 ID TUNNELING ALGORITHM; MINIMIZATION; VARIABLES; MINIMA; SEARCH; TRUST
 AB A novel filled function is suggested in this paper for identifying a
    global minimum point for a general class of nonlinear programming
    problems with a closed bounded domain. Theoretical and numerical
    properties of the proposed filled function are investigated and a
    solution algorithm is proposed. The implementation of the algorithm on
    several test problems is reported with satisfactory numerical results.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, DA, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management,
    Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR BARHEN J, 1997, SCIENCE, V276, P1094
    CETIN BC, 1993, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V77, P97
    CVIJOVIC D, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P664
    DIXON LCW, 1976, OPTIMIZATION ACTION, P398
    GE R, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V46, P191
    GE RP, 1987, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V54, P241
    HORST R, 1993, GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
    HORST R, 1995, INTRO GLOBAL OPTIMIZ
    KAN AHG, 1989, HDB OPERATIONS RES M, V1, P631
    LEVY AV, 1985, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V6, P15
    LI D, 2001, IN PRESS ANN OPERATI, V105
    LITINETSKI VV, 1998, ENG OPTIMIZ, V30, P125
    LIU X, 2001, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V19, P151
    PARDALOS PM, 1987, CONSTRAINED GLOBAL O
    PARDALOS PM, 2000, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V124, P209
    SUN XL, 2001, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V21, P185
    XU Z, 2001, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V20, P49
    YAO Y, 1989, IEEE T SYST MAN CYB, V19, P1222
    ZHENG Q, 1995, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V7, P421
 NR 19
 TC 4
 SN 0925-5001
 J9 J GLOBAL OPTIM
 JI J. Glob. Optim.
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 28
 IS 1
 BP 17
 EP 43
 PG 27
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 750HA
 UT ISI:000186984200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, XY
    Shum, KP
 TI p-nilpotence of finite groups and minimal subgroups
 SO JOURNAL OF ALGEBRA
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, it is proved that a finite group G is p-nilpotent if
    every minimal subgroup of P boolean AND O-p(G) is permutable in P and
    N-G(P) is p-nilpotent, and when p = 2 either [Omega(2) (P boolean AND
    O-p(G)), P] less than or equal to Omega(1)(P boolean AND O-p(G)) or P
    is quaternion-free, where p is a prime dividing the order of G and P is
    a Sylow p-subgroup of G. By using this result, we may get a series of
    corollaries for p-nilpotence, which contain some known results. Some
    other applications of this result are also given. (C) 2003 Elsevier
    Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Fac Sci, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, XY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BALLESTERBOLINCHES A, 2000, J ALGEBRA, V228, P491
    BROWN K, 1971, ARCH MATH BASEL, V22, P146
    BUCKLEY J, 1970, MATH Z, V116, P15
    DORNHOFF L, 1967, MATH Z, V100, P226
    FEIT W, 1963, PAC J MATH, V13, P775
    GORENSTEIN D, 1968, FINITE GROUPS
    GUO XY, 2002, J PURE APPL ALGEBRA, V169, P43
    HUPPERT B, 1967, ENDLICHE GRUPPEN, V1
    KURZWEIL H, 1977, ENDLICHE GRUPPEN
    ROBINSON DJS, 1993, COURSE THEORY GROUPS
    WIELANDT H, 1954, MATH Z, V60, P407
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8693
 J9 J ALGEBRA
 JI J. Algebra
 PD DEC 15
 PY 2003
 VL 270
 IS 2
 BP 459
 EP 470
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics
 GA 749WE
 UT ISI:000186951900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, BX
    Xu, DJ
 TI Ris(2,2 '-diamino-4,4 '-bi-1,3-thiazole-kappa N-2,N ')(phthalato-kappa
    O-2,O ')nickel(II) 3.5-hydrate
 SO ACTA CRYSTALLOGRAPHICA SECTION E-STRUCTURE REPORTS ONLINE
 DT Article
 AB The crystal stucture of the title compound,
    [Ni(C8H4O4)(C6H6N4S2)(2)].3.5H(2)O, consists of a nickel(II) complex
    and water of crystallization. The complex assumes an octahedral
    geometry formed by one phthalate dianion and two diaminobithiazole
    molecules.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, DJ, Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
 CR *RIG CORP, 1998, PROCESS AUTO
    *RIG MSC, 2002, CRYSTALSTRUCTURE VER
    ALTOMARE A, 1993, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V26, P343
    ERLENMEYER H, 1948, HELV CHIM ACTA, V31, P206
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1997, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V30, P565
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P837
    FISHER LM, 1985, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V24, P3199
    HIGASHI T, 1995, ABSCOR
    LIU JG, 2003, J COORD CHEM, V56, P71
    SHELDRICK GM, 1997, SHELXL97
    WARING MJ, 1981, ANNU REV BIOCHEM, V50, P159
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 1600-5368
 J9 ACTA CRYSTALLOGR E-STRUCT REP
 JI Acta Crystallogr. Sect. E.-Struct Rep. Online
 PD DEC
 PY 2003
 VL 59
 PN Part 12
 BP M1096
 EP M1098
 PG 3
 SC Crystallography
 GA 748XL
 UT ISI:000186886200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, LG
    Jiang, LB
    Zhou, ZA
    Fan, JH
    Zhang, QQ
    Zhu, HH
    Han, Q
    Xu, ZK
 TI Expression of foot-and-mouth disease virus epitopes in tobacco by a
    tobacco mosaic virus-based vector
 SO VACCINE
 DT Article
 DE recombinant TMV; FMDV epitopes; tobacco
 ID PROTECTIVE IMMUNITY; NUCLEOTIDE-SEQUENCE; SYSTEMIC PRODUCTION;
    TRANSGENIC PLANTS; SYNTHETIC PEPTIDE; FOREIGN PEPTIDES; PROTEIN;
    VACCINE; SURFACE; FMDV
 AB We expressed two immunogenic dominant epitopes of foot-and-mouth
    disease virus (FMDV) serotype O in tobacco plant using a vector based
    on a recombinant tobacco mosaic virus (TMV). The recombinant viruses
    TMVF11 and TMVF14 contained peptides of 11 and 14 amino acid residues,
    respectively, from FMDV VP 1 fused to the open reading frame of TMV
    coat protein (CP) gene between amino acid residues 154 and 155. TMVF11
    and TMVF14 systemically infected tobacco plant and produced large
    quantities of stable progeny viral particles assembled with the
    modified CP subunits. Guinea pigs, mice and swine were used to test the
    protective effects of the recombinant viruses against FMDV infection.
    Most guinea pigs were protected against FMDV challenge after parenteral
    injection with TMVF11, TMVF14, or the mixture TMVF11/TMVF14, but not
    wtTMV. The TMVF11/TMVF14 mixture protected all animals when challenged
    with 150 guinea pig 50% infection dosage (GPID(50)) FMDV. Oral
    administration of the TMVF11/TMVF14 mixture (3 mg total) protected 3/8
    guinea pigs against the same FMDV challenge. Most of the suckling mice
    parenterally injected with antiserum from guinea pigs immunized with
    the TMVF11/TMVF14 mixture, but not with wtTMV, were also protected
    against FMDV challenge with 10 suckling mouse 50% lethal dosage
    (SMLD50), indicating that antibodies produced in guinea pigs immunized
    with the TMVF11/TMVF14 mixture specifically neutralized FMDV. Western
    blot analysis indicated that antiserum from those guinea pigs reacted
    with the FMDV VP1 protein. The protective effect of TMVF11 was also
    demonstrated in swine, where preliminary tests showed that nine pigs
    immunized with TMVF11 in three experiments were protected against FMDV
    challenge with 20 minimal infecting dose (MID). (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Plant Physiol & Genet, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Acad Agr Sci, Inst Vet Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    China Anim Husb Co, Res Ctr, Beijing, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, ZK, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Plant Physiol &
    Genet, 300 Fenglin Rd, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 CR BENDAHMANE M, 1999, J MOL BIOL, V290, P9
    BERINSTEIN A, 1991, VACCINE, V9, P883
    BERINSTEIN A, 2000, VACCINE, V18, P2231
    BROEKHUIJSEN MP, 1986, GENE, V49, P189
    BROWN F, 1992, VACCINE, V10, P1022
    CARRILLO C, 1998, J VIROL, V72, P1688
    CASPER SJ, 1996, GENE, V173, P69
    CHEN J, 1996, ARCH VIROL, V141, P885
    CLARKE BE, 1987, NATURE, V330, P381
    DALSGAARD K, 1997, NAT BIOTECHNOL, V15, P248
    DIMARCHI R, 1986, SCIENCE, V232, P639
    FITCHEN J, 1995, VACCINE, V13, P1051
    GEYSEN HM, 1984, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V81, P3998
    GIERER A, 1956, NATURE, V177, P702
    GOELET P, 1982, P NATL ACAD SCI-BIOL, V79, P5818
    HAMAMOTO H, 1993, BIO-TECHNOL, V11, P930
    KLEID DG, 1981, SCIENCE, V214, P1125
    KOO M, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P7774
    MAYR GA, 2001, VACCINE, V19, P2152
    MORGAN DO, 1989, AM J VET RES, V15, P473
    NOORDAM D, 1973, IDENTIFICATION PLANT, P60
    PARRY N, 1985, VACCINES, V85, P211
    PORTA C, 1994, VIROLOGY, V202, P949
    SANTOS MJD, 2002, VACCINE, V20, P1141
    STROHMAIER K, 1982, J GEN VIROL, V59, P295
    SUGIYAMA Y, 1995, FEBS LETT, V359, P247
    TAM JP, 1988, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V85, P5409
    TURPEN TH, 1995, BIO-TECHNOL, V13, P53
    USHA R, 1993, VIROLOGY, V197, P366
    WIGDOROVITZ A, 1999, VIROLOGY, V264, P85
    WONG HT, 2000, VIROLOGY, V278, P27
    XU ZK, 1989, VIROLOGY, V170, P511
    ZAMORANO P, 1995, VIROLOGY, V212, P614
    ZHANG Q, 2002, ACTA VIROL, V46, P1
 NR 34
 TC 5
 SN 0264-410X
 J9 VACCINE
 JI Vaccine
 PD OCT 1
 PY 2003
 VL 21
 IS 27-30
 BP 4390
 EP 4398
 PG 9
 SC Medicine, Research & Experimental; Immunology; Veterinary Sciences
 GA 747XF
 UT ISI:000186830800038
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Zhang, JF
    Chen, LQ
 TI Folded localized excitations in a generalized (2+l)-dimensional
    perturbed nonlinear Schrodinger system
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE perturbed nonlinear Schrodinger equation; variable separation approach;
    foldon
 ID COHERENT SOLITON-STRUCTURES; BI-HAMILTONIAN STRUCTURES; QUARK-LOOP
    SOLITON; PAINLEVE INTEGRABILITY; MULTISCALE REDUCTION; RECURSION
    OPERATORS; VAKHNENKO EQUATION; AKNS SYSTEM; MULTIDIMENSIONS; FIBERS
 AB Starting from a special Backlund transform and a variable separation
    approach, a quite general variable separation solution of the
    generalized (2 + 1)-dimensional perturbed nonlinear Schrodinger system
    is obtained. In addition to the single-valued localized coherent
    soliton excitations like dromions, breathers, instantons, peakons, and
    previously revealed chaotic localized solution, a new type of
    multi-valued (folded) localized excitation is derived by introducing
    some appropriate lower-dimensional multiple valued functions.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BOITI M, 1993, INVERSE PROBL, V9, P1
    CALOGERO F, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P6399
    CALOGERO F, 2001, J MATH PHYS, V42, P2635
    FOKAS AS, 1988, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V116, P449
    FOKAS AS, 1994, INVERSE PROBL L, V19, P10
    HASEGAWA A, 1973, APPL PHYS LETT, V23, P142
    HASEGAWA A, 1989, OPTICAL SOLITION FIB
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HUANG GX, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V64
    KAKUHATA H, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V68, P757
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4209
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2001, EUR PHYS J B, V22, P473
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    LOU SY, 2001, PHYS SCR, V64, P7
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    MACCARI A, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P3971
    MACCARI A, 2001, J MATH PHYS, V42, P2689
    MATSUTANI S, 1995, MOD PHYS LETT A, V10, P717
    MATSUTANI S, 2000, J GEOM PHYS, V43, P146
    MOLLENAUER LF, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V45, P1095
    MORRISON AJ, 1999, NONLINEARITY, V12, P1427
    RADHA R, 1997, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P17
    SANTINI PM, 1988, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V115, P375
    SCHLEIF M, 1998, EUR PHYS J A, V1, P171
    SCHLEIF M, 1998, INT J MOD PHYS E, V7, P121
    SCHULMAN EI, 1984, THEOR MATH PHYS, V56, P720
    SREELATHA KS, 1998, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V9, P1865
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    TANG XY, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P62
    VAKHNENKO VA, 1992, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V25, P4181
    VAKHNENKO VO, 1998, NONLINEARITY, V11, P1457
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1972, SOV PHYS JETP, V34, P62
    ZHANG JF, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2676
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P653
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P9
 NR 38
 TC 7
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD OCT 15
 PY 2003
 VL 40
 IS 4
 BP 385
 EP 389
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 746MF
 UT ISI:000186749600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, GH
    Liu, LY
    Jia, HZ
    Yu, JM
    Xu, L
    Wang, WC
 TI Simultaneous pressure and temperature measurement using Hi-Bi fiber
    Bragg gratings
 SO OPTICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE Hi-Bi fiber; fiber Bragg grating; Bragg wavelength; sensors; pressure
    measurement; temperature measurement
 ID SENSORS; DISCRIMINATION; BIREFRINGENCE; STRAIN; LASERS
 AB The fiber Bragg grating has been written in a novel high birefringence
    (Hi-Bi) fiber by phase-mask method. The temperature and gas pressure
    characteristics of the fiber Bragg grating were analyzed and
    demonstrated quantitatively. Two Bragg wavelengths corresponding to the
    fast-axis mode and slow-axis mode shift linearly with temperature
    change and gas pressure change. Experimental results showed that this
    Hi-Bi fiber Bragg grating could be used to measure temperature and gas
    pressure simultaneously with a deviation of less than I degreesC and
    0.5 MPa from the set values respectively. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Opt Sci & Engn, State Key Lab Adv Photon Mat & Devices, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Elect Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    China Elect Technol Grp Corp, Res Inst 23, Shanghai 200437, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, WC, Fudan Univ, Dept Opt Sci & Engn, State Key Lab Adv Photon Mat
    & Devices, 220 Handan Rd, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR BOCK WJ, 1998, APPL OPTICS, V37, P3897
    CHIANG KS, 1990, ELECTRON LETT, V26, P1952
    CHIANG KS, 1997, OPT ENG, V36, P999
    DEPARIS O, 2001, IEEE PHOTONIC TECH L, V13, P284
    FERREIRA LA, 2000, OPT ENG, V39, P2226
    KEGER S, 2002, OFS 2002
    KERSEY AD, 1997, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V15, P1442
    LEE S, 1999, IEEE PHOTONIC TECH L, V11, P1277
    LIU YQ, 2000, ELECTRON LETT, V36, P564
    NIAY P, 1995, IEEE PHOTONIC TECH L, V7, P391
    NODA J, 1986, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V4, P1071
    PATRICK HJ, 1996, IEEE PHOTONIC TECH L, V8, P1223
    PUREUR D, 1995, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V13, P350
    SUDO M, 1997, P 12 INT C OPT FIB S, P170
    XU MG, 1993, ELECTRON LETT, V29, P398
    XU MG, 1994, ELECTRON LETT, V30, P1085
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 0030-4018
 J9 OPT COMMUN
 JI Opt. Commun.
 PD DEC 1
 PY 2003
 VL 228
 IS 1-3
 BP 99
 EP 105
 PG 7
 SC Optics
 GA 743RA
 UT ISI:000186586300013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GH
 TI Chaos and synchronization of Colpitts oscillators
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE Colpitts oscillator; chaos; synchronization; state observer
 AB In this work we numerically investigate the nonlinear dynamics of the
    Colpitts oscillator. Bifurcation diagrams of consecutive plots of the
    values of electrical current minima are presented, according to the
    circuit parameters. By following observer-based synchronization, two
    identical Colpitts oscillators with scalar transmitted signals are
    developed. Computer simulation results are given. (C) 2003 Wiley
    Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR HAYES S, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P3031
    KENNEDY MP, 1994, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V41, P771
    KENNEDY MP, 1995, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V42, P376
    LIU JC, 1999, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V22, P323
    MAGGIO GM, 1999, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V46, P1118
    MORGUL O, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P77
    NEWCOMB RW, 1983, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V30, P54
    PANAS A, 2000, P NOLTA 2000 DRESD G, P445
    PARLITZ U, 1996, PHYS REV E A, V53, P4351
    PECORA LM, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P2374
    WEGENER C, 1995, P NDES 95, P255
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD DEC 20
 PY 2003
 VL 39
 IS 6
 BP 446
 EP 449
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 743RW
 UT ISI:000186588200005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Niu, JW
    Zhong, SS
 TI Cylindrical conformal bow-tie microstrip antennas with small curvature
    radius
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE conformal antenna; bow-tie inicrostrip antenna; radiation pattern;
    return loss
 ID ARRAYS
 AB In this paper, bow-tie microstrip antennas (BMAs) conformal to
    cylinders with small radii are studied. One-element BMA and two-element
    BMA arrays, conformal to cylinders with small radii and finite length,
    are simulated and measured. Theoretical results are compared with
    experimental ones, showing good agreement. It is observed that not only
    radiation patterns are changed, but also the resonant frequency is
    lowered and the impedance bandwidth is reduced significantly when the
    cylinder's radius is decreased. (C) 2003 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Niu, JW, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ASHKENAZY J, 1988, IEE P H, V135, P132
    BURUM N, 2002, IEEE APS INT S, P96
    LEE CS, 2003, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V36, P386
    LOI KW, 1998, IEE P-MICROW ANTEN P, V145, P137
    UYSAL S, 1999, IEEE T MICROW THEO 1, V47, P738
    WONG KL, 1999, DESIGN NONPLANAR MIC
    ZHANG XP, 2001, CHINESE J RADIO SCI, V16, P419
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD DEC 20
 PY 2003
 VL 39
 IS 6
 BP 511
 EP 514
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 743RW
 UT ISI:000186588200025
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Jia, L
    Yao, J
    Pei, RQ
 TI Using loose and tight bounds to mine frequent itemsets
 SO KNOWLEDGE-BASED INTELLIGENT INFORMATION AND ENGINEERING SYSTEMS, PT 1,
    PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
 DT Article
 AB Mining frequent itemsets forms a core operation in many data mining
    problems. The operation, however, is data intensive and produces a
    large output. Furthermore, we also have to scan the database many
    times. In this paper, we propose to use loose and tight bounds to mine
    frequent itemsets. We use loose bounds to remove the candidate itemsets
    whose support cannot satisfy the preset threshold. Then, we find
    whether we can determine the frequency of the remainder candidate
    itemsets with the tight bounds. According to the itemsets that cannot
    be treated, we scan the database for them. Using this new method, we
    can decrease not only the candidate frequent itemsets have to be
    tested, but also the database scan times.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron & Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Jia, L, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron & Automat, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AGRAWAL R, 1993, SIGMOD 93, P207
    AGRAWAL R, 1994, VLDB, P487
    BOULICAUT JF, P 4 PAC AS C KNOWL D, P62
    CALDER T, 2002, P 6 EUR C PRINC DAT
    CALDERS T, 2002, EDBT WORKSH DTDM DAT
    HAN J, SIGMOD 00, P1
    HAN J, 1995, VLDB, P420
    PASQUIER N, 1999, INFORM SYST, V24, P25
    PEI J, ICDE 01, P323
    SRIKANT R, 1997, P 3 INT C KNOWL DISC, P67
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE ARTIF INTELL
 PY 2003
 VL 2773
 BP 462
 EP 468
 PG 7
 GA BX81T
 UT ISI:000186518000064
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Jia, L
    Yao, J
    Pei, RQ
 TI Mining association rules with frequent closed itemsets lattice
 SO KNOWLEDGE-BASED INTELLIGENT INFORMATION AND ENGINEERING SYSTEMS, PT 1,
    PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
 DT Article
 AB One of the most important tasks in the field of data mining is the
    problem of finding association rules. In the past few years, frequent
    closed itemsets mining has been introduced. It is a condensed
    representation of the data and generates a small set of rules without
    information loss. In this paper, based on the theory of Galois
    Connection, we introduce a new framework called frequent closed
    itemsets lattice. Compared with the traditional itemsets lattice, it is
    simple and only contains the itemsets that can be used to generate
    association rules. Using this framework, we get the support of frequent
    itemsets and mine association rules directly. We also extend it to
    fuzzy frequent closed itemsets lattice, which is more efficient at the
    expense of precision.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron & Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Jia, L, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron & Automat, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AGRAWAL R, SIGMOD 93, P207
    AGRAWAL R, VLDB 94, P207
    CRISTOFOR D, 2000, J UNIVERS COMPUT SCI, P60
    DAVEY BA, 1994, INTRO LATTICES ORDER
    PASQUIER N, 1999, 7 INT C DAT THEOR
    PASQUIER N, 1999, INFORM SYST, V24, P25
    PEI J, 2000, SIGMOD INT WORKSH DA
    ZAKI MJ, 2000, P 6 ACM SIGKDD INT C, P34
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE ARTIF INTELL
 PY 2003
 VL 2773
 BP 469
 EP 475
 PG 7
 GA BX81T
 UT ISI:000186518000065
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, XY
    Li, PY
    Qian, SQ
 TI Evaluation of fracture toughness of Al-Cu-Fe-B quasicrystal
 SO JOURNAL OF WUHAN UNIVERSITY OF TECHNOLOGY-MATERIALS SCIENCE EDITION
 DT Article
 DE polycrystalline quasicrystal; fracture toughness; cracks
 ID INDENTATION
 AB Vickers indentation test, a simple method for the toughness
    determination, is used to test the fracture toughness of
    Al59Cu25.5Fe12.5B3 polycrystalline quasicrystal. According to the
    profiles of the indentation, the radial crack size and related
    equation, the microhardness Hv, Young's modulus E, cracking threshold,
    and future toughness have been evaluated. The results show that the
    Young's modulus of Al-Cu-Fe-B polycrystalline quasicrystal is evaluated
    as 134 GPa, and the fracture toughness is about 1.36 MPa . m - 1/2. For
    the Vickers indenter, the cracking threshold is in the range of 250 MN
    - 500 MN. Moreover, the surface morphology of the indentations and the
    cracks are observed by means of Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM) and
    Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM). The relationship between the
    microstructure of quasicrystal and crack initiation and propagation is
    discussed in detail.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200336, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, XY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200336, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHIANG SS, 1982, J APPL PHYS, V53, P298
    JANOT C, 1998, QUASICRISTAUX MATIER
    KANG SS, 1992, PHILOS MAG A, V66, P151
    PONTON CB, 1989, MATER SCI TECH SER, V5, P865
    SORDELET DJ, 1998, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V255, P154
    STEBUT JV, 1996, NEW HORIZONS QUASIER
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 1000-2413
 J9 J WUHAN UNIV TECHNOL-MAT SCI
 JI J. Wuhan Univ. Technol.-Mat. Sci. Edit.
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 VL 18
 IS 3
 BP 46
 EP 49
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 745MP
 UT ISI:000186692700013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, LJ
    Xia, YB
    Shen, HJ
    Zhang, ML
    Yang, Y
    Wang, L
 TI Infrared optical properties of diamond films and electrical properties
    of CVD diamond detectors
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS D-APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID SPECTROSCOPIC ELLIPSOMETRY; THIN-FILMS
 AB In this paper, the infrared optical properties of diamond films grown
    on silicon substrates by means of the microwave plasma chemical vapour
    deposition (MPCVD) method were first studied by infrared spectroscopic
    ellipsometry in the photo energy range of 0.1-0.4 eV. Using the effects
    of annealing treatment on the extinction coefficient k and refractive
    index n of diamond films, the infrared optical quality of the diamond
    film can be significantly improved by thermal annealing treatment in
    N-2 atmosphere. After annealing the value of k was about
    10(-12)-10(-15). However, for the non-annealed diamond film, the value
    of k varied in a large range, about 10(-3)-10(-14). After annealing the
    refractive index n of the diamond film,7, increased and was close to
    that of a single crystal, Type IIa natural diamond. The graphite on the
    diamond surface can be removed to some extent after surface oxidizing
    treatment of the diamond film in a solution of H2O2 and H2SO4, which
    causes the obvious decrease of the leakage current of the CVD diamond
    detector. Based on these diamond films, diamond x-ray detectors with a
    response time of about 3 ns were fabricated. From the temperature
    behaviour and the time response of the CVD diamond detector to x-ray
    irradiation, we find that the various defects or impurities that exist
    in the film may be responsible for the long fall time.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, LJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BRUGGEMAN DAG, 1935, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V24, P636
    DREVILLON B, 1998, THIN SOLID FILMS, V313, P625
    EDGAR JH, 1992, J MATER RES, V7, P235
    HUANG ZM, 2002, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V35, P246
    JIANG X, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P3438
    MCMARR PJ, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V59, P694
    PALIK E, 1991, HDB OPTICAL CONSTANT, P171
    STONER BR, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V60, P698
 NR 8
 TC 7
 SN 0022-3727
 J9 J PHYS-D-APPL PHYS
 JI J. Phys. D-Appl. Phys.
 PD OCT 21
 PY 2003
 VL 36
 IS 20
 BP 2548
 EP 2552
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 744CX
 UT ISI:000186611300021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, XS
    Fang, SS
    Xia, L
    Li, WH
    Hua, Q
    Dong, Y
 TI Effect of strain rates on the fracture morphologies of Zr-based bulk
    metallic glasses
 SO JOURNAL OF NON-CRYSTALLINE SOLIDS
 DT Letter
 ID MOLD CASTING METHOD; AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; TI
 AB The effect of strain rates from 1 x 10(-4) s(-1) to 2x 10(3) s(-1) on
    tensile fracture morphologies of Zr52.5Al10Ni10Cu15Be12.5,
    Zr65Al10Ni10Cu15, and Zr52.5Al10Ni14.6Cu17.9Ti5 bulk amorphous alloys
    was investigated by scanning electron microscopy. The results show that
    the tensile fracture morphologies of three compositions of bulk
    amorphous alloys are dependent on strain rate. At low strain rates, the
    tensile fracture surface morphology of Zr-based bulk metallic glasses
    presents cleavage veins. However, the morphology will become
    microvoid-coalescence dimples when the strain rate is high enough. (C)
    2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiao, XS, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Yanchang Rd 149, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BRUCK HA, 1996, J MATER RES, V11, P503
    FAN C, 1999, MATER T JIM, V40, P1376
    HE G, 2001, J MATER SCI LETT, V20, P633
    HE G, 2001, MATER T JIM, V42, P356
    INOUE A, 1990, MATER T JIM, V31, P425
    INOUE A, 1991, MATER T JIM, V32, P609
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P99
    INOUE A, 2001, ACTA MATER, V49, P2645
    INOUE A, 2001, MATER TRANS, V42, P1800
    PEKER A, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2342
 NR 10
 TC 5
 SN 0022-3093
 J9 J NON-CRYST SOLIDS
 JI J. Non-Cryst. Solids
 PD NOV 15
 PY 2003
 VL 330
 IS 1-3
 BP 242
 EP 247
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 743LE
 UT ISI:000186572600026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jia, QL
    Zhou, SF
    Yin, FQ
 TI Kolmogorov entropy of global attractor for dissipative lattice
    dynamical systems
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB We consider Kolmogorov's epsilon-entropy of the global attractor for
    first and second order dissipative lattice dynamical systems. By using
    the element decomposition and the covering property of a polyhedron by
    balls of radii epsilon in the finite dimensional space, we obtain an
    estimate of the upper bound for Kolmogorov's epsilon-entropy of the
    global attractor. (C) 2003 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BABIN AV, 1992, STUD MATH APPL, V25
    BATES PW, 2001, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V11, P143
    BELL J, 1984, Q APPL MATH, V42, P1
    CAHN JW, 1960, ACTA METALL, V8, P554
    CHATE H, 1997, PHYSICA D, V103, P1
    CHEPYZHOV VV, 1998, MAT SBORNIK, V189, P81
    CHUA LO, 1993, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V40, P147
    ERNEUX T, 1993, PHYSICA D, V67, P237
    FABINY L, 1993, PHYS REV A B, V47, P4287
    KOLMOGOROV AN, 1993, SELECTED WORKS AN KO, V3
    LORENTZ G, 1996, GRUNDLEHRENDER MATH, V304
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    ZHOU SF, 2002, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V179, P605
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0022-2488
 J9 J MATH PHYS-NY
 JI J. Math. Phys.
 PD DEC
 PY 2003
 VL 44
 IS 12
 BP 5804
 EP 5810
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Mathematical
 GA 744ZG
 UT ISI:000186662300019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JF
    Zheng, CL
 TI New multi-soliton solutions of the (2+1)-dimensional breaking soliton
    equations
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS B
 DT Article
 ID NONLINEAR EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; COHERENT STRUCTURES; SYSTEM
 AB A simple and direct method is used to solve the (2+1)-dimensional
    breaking soliton equations: q(t) = iq(xy) - 2iq integral (qr)(y) dx,
    r(t) = -ir(xy) + 2ir integral (qr)(y)dx. This technique yields a
    simplified form of the (2+1)-dimensional breaking soliton equations by
    use of a special Backlund transformation and a variable separation
    solution of this model is derived. Some special types of multi-soliton
    structure are constructed by selecting the arbitrary functions and
    arbitrary constants appropriately.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JF, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BOGOYAVLENSKII OI, 1989, IZV AKAD NAUK SSSR M, V53, P243
    BOGOYAVLENSKII OI, 1990, USP MAT NAUK, V45, P17
    BOTIT M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P116
    BOTIT M, 1995, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V5, P2377
    CALOGERO F, 1976, NUOVO CIMENTO      B, V32, P201
    FOKAS AS, 1990, PHYSICA D, V44, P99
    HIETARINTA J, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V145, P237
    LOU SY, 1996, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V26, P487
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    RADHA R, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4746
    RUAN HY, 2000, PHYS REV E B, V62, P5738
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P11
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P9
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9792
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS B
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. B
 PD SEP 30
 PY 2003
 VL 17
 IS 22-24
 PN Part 2
 BP 4376
 EP 4381
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 743DM
 UT ISI:000186557200037
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fan, S
    Yan, F
    Zhang, HZ
    Zhao, ZX
 TI A new semiempirical expression of excitation function for (n, p)
    reaction
 SO HIGH ENERGY PHYSICS AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS-CHINESE EDITION
 DT Article
 DE evaporation model; exciton model; excitation function for (n,p) reaction
 ID REACTION CROSS-SECTIONS; NEUTRON-INDUCED REACTIONS; STATISTICAL-MODEL;
    N,P; NUCLEI; ISOTOPES; N,ALPHA; TRENDS; SYSTEMATICS; DEUTERIUM
 AB A semiempirical expression for the excitation function for (n, p)
    reaction were obtained on the basis of evaporation and exciton models
    with the energies range up to 20 MeV. Within the nuclide of 12less than
    or equal toAless than or equal to209, the adjusted parameter of the
    semiempirical expression was investigated, the parameter is dependent
    on the atomic number, mass number of the target nuclide, and the energy
    of the incident neutron. The predictions of the excitation function for
    (n,p) reaction are good agreement with the experimental data.
 C1 Inst Atom Energy, Beijing 102413, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Nanhua Univ, Nucl Technol Lab, Hengyang 421000, Peoples R China.
    NW Univ Xian, Dept Phys, Xian 710006, Peoples R China.
 RP Fan, S, Inst Atom Energy, Beijing 102413, Peoples R China.
 CR *NUCL DAT CTR 2 ME, 1980, THEOR ITS APPL NUCL, V329
    BADANSKY D, 1962, ANN REV NUCL SCI, V12, P79
    BELGAID M, 1998, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V142, P463
    CABRAL S, 1990, NUCL SCI ENG, V106, P308
    CHATTERJEE A, 1963, NUCL PHYS, V47, P511
    CHATTERJEE A, 1964, NUCL PHYS, V60, P373
    DOCZI R, 1998, NUCL SCI ENG, V129, P164
    DOSTROVSKY I, 1959, PHYS REV, V116, P683
    FAN S, 1996, NUCL SCI ENG, V124, P349
    FAN S, 2002, ICRP058L INDC, V27, P19
    FU CY, 1980, ORLNTM7402
    FUGA D, 1991, NUCL INT METH A, V309, P500
    GADIOLI E, 1976, PHYS REV C, V14, P573
    GARDNER DG, 1961, NUCL PHYS, V24, P274
    GARDNER DG, 1962, NUCL PHYS, V29, P373
    GARDNER DG, 1964, NUCL PHYS, V60, P49
    GARDNER DG, 1967, NUCL PHYS A, V96, P121
    GRIFFIN JJ, 1966, PHYS REV LETT, V17, P478
    HAUSER W, 1976, PHYS REV C, V14, P573
    HAVLIK E, 1971, ACTA PHYS AUSTRIACA, V34, P209
    KASUGAI Y, 1992, JAERIM93046, P277
    KHUUKHENKHUU G, 2002, J NUCL SCI TECH S, V2, P782
    KONG XZ, 1992, J CHINESE NUCL PHYS, V14, P239
    LEVKOSKII VN, 1957, SOV PHYS JETP, V4, P291
    LU HL, 1989, INDCCRP16
    LU HL, 1994, J CHINESE NUCL PHYS, V16, P263
    LU WD, 1971, PHYS REV C, V4, P1173
    LU XT, 1940, NUCL PHYS BEIJING, P46
    MOLLA NI, 1977, NUCL PHYS A, V283, P269
    MOLLA NI, 1977, NUCL PHYS A, V283, P269
    PAULSEN A, 1967, Z PHYS, V205, P226
    PEARLSTEIN S, 1973, J NUCL ENERGY, V27, P81
    PECK R, 1957, PHYS REP, V106, P965
    QAIM SM, 1984, NUCL SCI ENG, V88, P143
    SARDF SK, 1991, NUCL SCI ENG, V107, P365
    SIGG RA, 1976, NUCL SCI ENG, V60, P235
    STROHAL P, 1962, NUCL PHYS, V30, P49
    STRUWE W, 1974, NUCL PHYS A, V222, P605
    TEWES HA, 1960, UCRL6028
    VIENNOT M, 1991, NUCL SCI ENG, V108, P289
    YOUNG PG, 1977, LA6947
    ZHANG J, 1980, J NUCL SCI ENG, V114, P55
    ZHAO Z, 1988, NUCL SCI ENG, V99, P367
    ZONGYU B, 1994, J CHINESE NUCL PHYS, V15, P341
 NR 44
 TC 0
 SN 0254-3052
 J9 HIGH ENERGY PHYS NUCL PHYS-CH
 JI High Energy Phys. Nucl. Phys.-Chin. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 2003
 VL 27
 IS 11
 BP 1009
 EP 1014
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Nuclear; Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA 744MC
 UT ISI:000186635400014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, CX
    Wu, H
    Weng, XC
 TI Two novel synthetic antioxidants for deep frying oils
 SO FOOD CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE antioxidant activity; tert-butylated hydroquinone; lauryl
    tent-butylated hydroquinone; lauryl tert-butylated quinone; deep frying
 ID PRODUCTS
 AB Lauryl tent-butylated hydroquinone (LTBHQ) and its oxidized compound,
    lauryl tert-butylated quinone (LTBQ) were synthesized from
    tert-butylated hydroquinone (TBHQ) and lauryl alcohol. Their
    antioxidant activities were investigated. At temperatures higher than
    140degreesC, the antioxidant activity of LTBHQ and LTBQ was higher than
    TBHQ. In emulsions, these two compounds had stronger antioxidant
    activity than TBHQ, butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) and butylated
    hydroxyanisole (BHA). (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Weng, XC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 CR FRANKEL EN, 1994, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V42, P1054
    KIM CM, 1990, J FOOD SCI, V55, P847
    LEE HS, 1979, HANGUK SIKPUM KWAHAK, V11, P86
    PAQUOT C, 1979, STANDARD METHODS ANA, P52
    WARNER CR, 1986, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V34, P1
    WENG XC, 1993, J ZHENGZHOU GRAIN CO, V3, P20
    YAGI K, 1988, LIPID PEROXIDATION B, P93
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0308-8146
 J9 FOOD CHEM
 JI Food Chem.
 PY 2004
 VL 84
 IS 2
 BP 219
 EP 222
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Applied; Food Science & Technology; Nutrition & Dietetics
 GA 743RK
 UT ISI:000186587200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, JS
    Cheng, CJ
    Zhu, ZY
 TI Cavity formation at the center of a sphere composed of two compressible
    hyper-elastic materials
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE compressible hyper-elastic material; cavitated bifurcation; catastrophe
    and concentration of stress; energy comparison
 ID VOID NUCLEATION; BIFURCATION; GROWTH
 AB The cavitated bifurcation problem in a solid sphere composed of two
    compressible hyper-elastic materials under a uniform boundary radial
    stretch was examined. The solutions, including the trivial solution and
    the cavitated solutions, were obtained. The bifurcation curves and the
    stress contributions subsequent to cavitation were discussed. The
    phenomena of the right and the left bifurcations as well as the
    catastrophe and concentration of stresses are observed. The stability
    of solutions is discussed through the energy comparison.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, JS, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HORGAN CO, 1986, J ELASTICITY, V16, P189
    HORGAN CO, 1989, J APPL MECH, V56, P302
    HORGAN CO, 1989, J ELASTICITY, V21, P61
    HORGAN CO, 1992, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V29, P279
    HORGAN CO, 1995, APPL MECH REV, V48, P471
    REN JS, 2002, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V23, P881
    REN JS, 2002, J ENG MATH, V44, P245
    SHANG XC, 1996, ACTA MECH SINICA, V28, P751
    SHANG XC, 2001, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P1101
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 9
 BP 1009
 EP 1016
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 745KV
 UT ISI:000186688600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gang, W
    Le, JC
    Dai, SQ
 TI Surface effects of internal wave generated by a moving source in a
    two-layer fluid of finite depth
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE internal wave; surface wave; stratified fluid; divergence field;
    wave-wave interaction; ship wave
 ID SYNTHETIC APERTURE RADAR; SHIP WAVES; STRATIFIED OCEAN; REAL
 AB Based on the potential flow theory of water waves, the interaction
    mechanism between the free-surface and internal waves generated by a
    moving point source in the lower layer of a two-layer fluid was
    studied. By virtue of the method of Green's function, the properties of
    the divergence field at the free surface were obtained, which plays an
    important role in the SAR ( Synthetic Aperture Radar) image. It is
    shown that the coupling interaction between the surface-wave mode and
    internal-wave mode must be. taken into account for the cases of large
    density difference between two layers, the source approaching to the
    pynocline and the total Froude number Fr close to the critical number
    Fr-2. The theoretical analysis is qualitatively consistent with the
    experimental results presented by Ma Hui-yang.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol, PLA, Inst Sci, Nanjing 211101, Peoples R China.
 RP Gang, W, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ALPERS W, 1984, J GEOPHYS RES, V89, P10529
    ALPERS WR, 1981, J GEOPHYS RES, V86, P6481
    CHOMAZ JM, 1993, J FLUID MECH, V254, P1
    CRAPPER GD, 1967, J FLUID MECH, V29, P667
    DAI SQ, 1983, SCI CHINA SER A, P1007
    GUO HD, 2001, THEORY APPL RADAR OB
    HUDIMAC AA, 1961, J FLUID MECH, V11, P229
    KALLEN E, 1986, J FLUID MECH, V182, P111
    KELLER JB, 1970, PHYS FLUIDS, V13, P1452
    LAMB H, 1932, HYDRODYNAMICS
    LIGHTHILL J, 1978, WAVES FLUID
    LIN JT, 1979, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V11, P317
    MA HY, 2000, EXPT MEASUREMENT FLU, V14
    MENG JM, 2001, J HYDRODYNAMICS B, V3, P88
    MILES JW, 1970, PHYS FLUID DYNAMICS, V2, P63
    PHILLIPS OM, 1977, DYNAMATICS DYNAMICS
    SHARMAN RD, 1983, J ATMOS SCI, V40, P396
    STEFANICK T, 1988, SCI AM, V258, P41
    STEWART RH, 1985, METHODS SATELLITE OC
    WEHAUSEN JV, 1960, HDB PHYS, V9
    YEUNG RW, 1999, J ENG MATH, V35, P85
    YIH CS, 1989, Q APPL MATH, V47, P17
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 9
 BP 1025
 EP 1040
 PG 16
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 745KV
 UT ISI:000186688600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, GP
    Zhang, JF
 TI Jacobi elliptic function expansion method applied to long-short wave
    interaction equations
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Jacobi elliptic function method; long-short wave interaction equation;
    solitary wave solution
 ID KDV-BURGERS EQUATION; MULTISOLITON SOLUTIONS; NONLINEAR EQUATIONS;
    PERIODIC-SOLUTIONS
 AB In this paper, the Jacobi elliptic function method is generalized to
    study nonlinear evolution system. The envelope periodic solutions of
    long-short wave interaction equation are obtained. The solitary wave
    solutions for this model are also given under some conditions.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Coll Educ Sci & Technol, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, GP, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Coll Educ Sci & Technol, Jinhua 321004,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOITONS NONLINEAR EV
    FAN EG, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P353
    FAN EG, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P212
    GUO BL, 1987, SOLITON
    GUO GP, 2002, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V51, P1163
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    LAMB GL, 1980, ELEMENTS SOLITON THE
    LIU SD, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P718
    LIU SK, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P10
    LIU SK, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P1923
    LIU SK, 2002, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V20, P2068
    LOU SY, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1937
    LU KP, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2074
    PARKES EJ, 1997, PHYS LETT A, V229, P217
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    YAN C, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V224, P377
    YANG L, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V278, P267
    YOSHINAGA T, 1991, PHYS FLUIDS A-FLUID, V3, P83
    ZHANG JF, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1416
    ZHANG JF, 2000, CHINESE PHYS, V9, P1
    ZHANG JF, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1648
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P533
    ZHANG JF, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P2359
 NR 23
 TC 3
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 2003
 VL 52
 IS 11
 BP 2660
 EP 2663
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 742LY
 UT ISI:000186520100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fu, JL
    Chen, LQ
    Xie, FP
 TI Perturbation to the symmetries of relativistic Birkhoffian systems and
    the inverse problems
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Lie symmetry; perturbation; adiabatic invariants; relativity
 ID ADIABATIC INVARIANT; DYNAMICAL-SYSTEMS
 AB In this paper, we have studied the positive problems of perturbation to
    the symmetries for relativistic Birkhoffian systems under the action of
    a small force of the disturbance. The fundamental theory, equations of
    motion and equation of small disturbance of relativistic Birkhoffian
    systems were established. Lie symmetries and conserved quantity of this
    systems were given. Perturbation to the symmetries of the systems under
    infinitesimal transformations, S-order adiabatic invariants, existence
    conditions and the form of adiabatic invariants were studied. We have
    also studied the inverse problems of perturbation to the symmetries for
    relativistic Birkhoffian systems. We obtain the perturbation to the
    symmetries of the systems under infinitesimal transformations, when the
    systems possess s-order adiabatic invariants. The relationship between
    relativistic Birkhoffian systems and classical Birkhoffian systems were
    studied. Finally an example was presented to illustrate the result.
 C1 Shangqiu Teachers Coll, Inst Math Mech & Math Phys, Shanqiu 476000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, JL, Shangqiu Teachers Coll, Inst Math Mech & Math Phys, Shanqiu
    476000, Peoples R China.
 CR BIRKHOFF GD, 1927, DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS
    BULANOV SV, 1992, NUCL FUSION, V32, P1531
    BURGERS JM, 1917, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V52, P195
    CHEN XW, 2000, ACTA MECH SINICA, V16, P282
    CHEN XW, 2000, CHINESE PHYS, V9, P721
    CHEN XW, 2001, CHIN Q MECH, V22, P204
    DJUKIC DS, 1975, ACTA MECH, V23, P13
    DJUKIC DS, 1981, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V16, P489
    FU JL, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1023
    FU JL, 2001, ACTA MATH PHYS SCI, V21, P70
    FU JL, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2289
    FU JL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2683
    FU JL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P695
    KRUSKAL M, 1962, J MATH PHYS, V3, P806
    LI ZP, 1981, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V30, P1599
    LI ZP, 1981, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V30, P1699
    LI ZP, 1985, ACTA MATH SCI, V5, P379
    LI ZP, 1990, INT J THEOR PHYS, V29, P765
    LUO SK, 1991, SHANGHAI J MECH, V12, P61
    LUO SK, 1996, APPL MATH MECH, V17, P645
    MEI FX, 1991, ADV ANAL MECH, P728
    MEI FX, 1993, SCI CHINA SER A, V23, P709
    MEI FX, 1996, DYNAMICAL BIRKHOFFIA
    MEI FX, 1999, APPL LIE GROUPS LIE
    MEI FX, 2000, ASME, V53, P283
    MEI FX, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P229
    MEI FX, 2001, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V36, P817
    MULLER J, 1995, J CHEM PHYS, V103, P4985
    NEMOV VV, 1999, PHYS PLASMAS, V6, P122
    NOTTE J, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P3900
    SANTILLI RM, 1983, FDN THEORETICAL MECH
    VUJANOVIC B, 1978, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V13, P185
    VUJANOVIC B, 1986, ACTA MECH, V65, P63
    ZHANG Y, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P1666
    ZHANG Y, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2417
    ZHAO YY, 1996, ACTA MECH SINICA, V28, P207
    ZHAO YY, 1999, SYMMETRIES INVARIANT, P164
 NR 37
 TC 3
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 2003
 VL 52
 IS 11
 BP 2664
 EP 2670
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 742LY
 UT ISI:000186520100004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, CY
    Tan, WH
    Guo, QZ
 TI The solution of the Fokker-Planck equation of non-degenerate parametric
    amplification system for generation of squeezed light
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE non-degenerate optical parametric amplification; Fokker-Planck
    equation; maximum intra-cavity compression
 ID PODOLSKY-ROSEN PARADOX; STATES; OSCILLATOR; CAVITY
 AB In this paper, we present the analytical solution of the Fokker-Planck
    equation of non-degenerate optical parametric amplification(NOPA)for
    generation of squeezed light. The maximum intra-cavity compression of
    squeezed light derived from the analytic cal solution is 1/16(vacuum
    fluctuations 1/4). To compare it with that of the previous result 1/8
    of degenerate optical parametric amplification( DOPA), it seems that
    the squeezing for NOPA is superior to the squeezing for DOPA.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, CY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BONDURANT RS, 1984, PHYS REV A, V30, P343
    DRUMMOND PD, 1990, PHYS REV A, V41, P3930
    GARDINER CW, 1983, HDB STOCHASTIC METHO, P75
    GARNAL M, 1999, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V8, P754
    KUMAR P, 1984, PHYS REV A, V30, P1568
    LI XY, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P966
    LI YM, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P849
    MILBURN G, 1981, OPT COMMUN, V39, P401
    OU ZY, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P3663
    REID MD, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P913
    SLUSHER RE, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V55, P2409
    TAN WH, 1987, OPT COMMUN, V64, P195
    TAN WH, 1988, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V37, P396
    TAN WH, 2000, NONLINEAR QUANTUM OP, P374
    WANG DL, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1484
    WOLINSKY M, 1985, OPT COMMUN, V55, P138
    WU LA, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P2520
    ZHANG Y, 2000, PHYS REV A, V62
    ZHENG SB, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P51
 NR 19
 TC 5
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 2003
 VL 52
 IS 11
 BP 2694
 EP 2699
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 742LY
 UT ISI:000186520100009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xue, Y
 TI A car-following model with stochastically considering the relative
    velocity in a traffic flow
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE traffic flow; car-following model; stable criteria; relative velocity
 ID NUMERICAL-SIMULATION; DYNAMICS; CONGESTION; SOLITON
 AB In this paper, the car-following model with stochastically considering
    the relative velocity in a traffic flow is presented through
    investigating the vehicle acceleration process with uncertainty. The
    stability criterion superior to the Bando's model is derived by the
    linear stability analysis. The density wave is investigated
    analytically with the perturbation method. The results show that the
    occurrence of traffic jamming transitions can be described by the kink
    solution of the modified Korteweg-de Vries equation. The effects of
    stochastic relative velocity on the traffic flow are simulated and
    analyzed. It is shown that the change rate of velocity in the new model
    is smaller than that of the Bando's model under the same condition and
    depends on the probability p. As the probability p increases, a small
    initial disturbance does not magnify and influence on the traffic flow,
    but fades away for a long time. The stable region in the new model is
    larger than in the Bando's model in the phase diagram. The existent
    initial hysteresis in the new model will approach to a small region
    with the increase of time in the headway-velocity plot, which is
    exactly different from that in the Bando's model. In contrast, the
    hysteresis region in Bando's model Will be continuously extended to
    cause traffic flow instability.
 C1 Guangxi Univ, Dept Phys, Nanning 530004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xue, Y, Guangxi Univ, Dept Phys, Nanning 530004, Peoples R China.
 CR BANDO M, 1995, PHYS REV E, V51, P1035
    CHANDLER RE, 1958, OPER RES, V6, P165
    CHOWDHURY D, 2000, PHYS REP, V329, P199
    GAZIS DC, 1961, OPER RES, V9, P545
    HELBING D, 1998, PHYS REV E, V58, P133
    HELBING D, 2001, REV MOD PHYS, V73, P1076
    HERMAN R, 1959, OPER RES, V7, P86
    KINZER JP, 1933, P 1 TRAFF ENG, V5, P118
    KINZER JP, 1933, THESIS POLYTECHNIC I
    KOMATSU TS, 1995, PHYS REV E B, V52, P5574
    LIGHTHILL MJ, 1955, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V229, P281
    MURAMATSU M, 1999, PHYS REV E, V60, P180
    NEWELL GF, 1961, OPER RES, V9, P209
    PAYNE HJ, 1971, MATH MODELS PUBLIC S, V1, P51
    PAYNE HJ, 1979, FREFLO MACROSCOPIC S, V772, P68
    PIPES LA, 1953, J APPL PHYS, V24, P274
    SAWADA S, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P11253
    TREIBER M, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V62, P1805
    XUE Y, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P492
    XUE Y, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P1129
    XUE Y, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P230
 NR 21
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 2003
 VL 52
 IS 11
 BP 2750
 EP 2756
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 742LY
 UT ISI:000186520100018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, JR
    Yang, XX
    Jia, XS
    Luo, SJ
    Zhai, HB
 TI Novel total syntheses of (+/-)-oxerine by intramolecular Heck reaction
 SO TETRAHEDRON
 DT Article
 DE intramolecular Heck reaction; monoterpene; oxerine pyridine; alkaloid;
    syntheses
 ID PYRIDINE MONOTERPENE ALKALOIDS; HUMAN INTESTINAL BACTERIA;
    HARPAGOPHYTUM-PROCUMBENS; PALLADIUM; CYCLIZATIONS; IRIDOIDS; RHODIUM;
    ANALOGS; ARYL
 AB Both a three-step and a five-step syntheses of monoterpene alkaloid
    (+/-)-oxerine from alcohol 6 have been accomplished. In the second
    approach, the synthetic efficiency was enhanced by implementing a
    one-pot protocol (deprotonation/silylation/alkylation/desilylation).
    The construction of the cyclopenta[c]pyridine framework was realized by
    an intramolecular Heck reaction, which should be adaptable for the
    synthesis of other related monoterpene pyridine alkaloids. (C) 2003
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Lab Modern Synth Organ Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhai, HB, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Lab Modern Synth
    Organ Chem, 345 Lingling Lu, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM zhaih@mail.sioc.ac.cn
 CR ADINOLFI M, 2002, TETRAHEDRON, V58, P6697
    AOYAGI Y, 1994, TETRAHEDRON, V50, P13575
    BAGHDIKIAN B, 1999, J NAT PROD, V62, P211
    BAGHDIKIAN B, 1999, PLANTA MED, V65, P164
    BENKRIEF R, 1991, PLANTA MED, V57, P79
    COREY EJ, 1983, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V24, P3291
    GRIGG R, 1984, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1073
    GRIGG R, 1988, TETRAHEDRON, V44, P2033
    HATTORI M, 1990, PHYTOTHER RES, V4, P66
    HECK RF, 1972, J ORG CHEM, V37, P2320
    JONES K, 1996, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V37, P8049
    JONES K, 2000, TETRAHEDRON, V56, P397
    MADDRELL SJ, 1996, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V37, P6001
    MIZOROKI T, 1971, B SOC CHIM JAPAN, V44, P581
    NICOLAOU KC, 2000, CHEM-EUR J, V6, P2783
    OHBA M, 2000, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V41, P10251
    RADL S, 2002, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V43, P2087
    SAKAN T, 1959, B CHEM SOC JPN, V32, P315
    TURNER SC, 2000, J ORG CHEM, V65, P861
    ZHAI HB, 2002, ORG LETT, V4, P4385
 NR 20
 TC 6
 SN 0040-4020
 J9 TETRAHEDRON
 JI Tetrahedron
 PD NOV 17
 PY 2003
 VL 59
 IS 47
 BP 9379
 EP 9382
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 741KL
 UT ISI:000186457200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU An, BL
    Gong, ML
    Ye, JQ
    Dong, JP
    Li, MX
    Yang, YS
 TI Synthesis and fluorescence of novel conjugated europium complex
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE inorganic chemistry; europium complex; luminescence; lifetime;
    absorption spectra; rare earths
 ID ELECTROLUMINESCENCE; LUMINESCENCE; DEVICES
 AB A novel organic ligand, 6-(ortho-methyl-anilino carbonyl) 2-pyridine
    carboxylic acid (H-o-MAP), and the corresponding europium complex, tris
    ( 6-(ortho-methyl-anilino carbonyl) 2-pyridine carboxylato) europium
    Eu-o-MAP) were designed and synthesized. The results show that solid
    Eu-o-MAP is a conjugated complex, emitting strong red fluorescence
    dominantly due to a ligand-sensitizd luminescence mechanism. The
    lifetimes of D-5(0) of Eu3+, in the complex were examined using
    time-resolved spectroscopic analysis, and the lifetime values were
    (1.50 +/- 0.01) ms for solid Eu(o-MAP)(3) and (1.10 +/- 0.01) ms for
    1.0 x 10(-5) mol(.)L(-1) Eu(o-MAP)(3) ethanol solution, respectively.
    Themogravimetric analysis shows that the europium complex has good
    thermal stability.
 C1 Sun Yat Sen Univ, State Key Lab Optoelect Mat & Technol, Guangzhou 510275, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Gong, ML, Sun Yat Sen Univ, State Key Lab Optoelect Mat & Technol,
    Guangzhou 510275, Peoples R China.
 EM cesgml@zsu.edu.cn
 CR AMANDA LJ, 1996, ANAL CHEM, V68, P2974
    AN BL, 2001, J CHIN RARE EARTH SO, V19, P268
    AN BL, 2002, J LUMIN, V99, P155
    AN BL, 2003, J MATER SCI-MATER EL, V14, P125
    CHEN GZ, 1990, FLOURESCENCE ANAL ME, P15
    FRIEND RH, 1999, NATURE, V397, P121
    GAO XC, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P2217
    HO PKH, 1999, SCIENCE, V285, P233
    HU WP, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V77, P4271
    KEMPER C, 2001, ELECTROPHORESIS, V22, P881
    LIANG CJ, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P67
    LOBNIK A, 2001, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V74, P200
    MATTHEWS LR, 1993, CHEM MATER, V5, P1697
    MELBY LR, 1964, J AM CHEM SOC, V86, P5117
    SANO T, 2000, J MATER CHEM, V10, P157
    THOMAS J, 1998, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V37, P3084
    YANG YS, 1994, J ALLOY COMPD, V207, P112
    ZHANG XM, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P2596
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD OCT
 PY 2003
 VL 21
 IS 5
 BP 514
 EP 518
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA 741ZB
 UT ISI:000186489300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, H
    Tan, XH
    Dong, YD
 TI Crystalline behavior and magnetic properties of Nd60Fe30xAl10Cox (x=0,
    5, 10) bulk amorphous alloys
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE materials science; bulk amorphous alloy; crystalline behavior; hard
    magnetic property; rare earths
 ID METALLIC-GLASS; DIAMETER; MM
 AB Crystalline behavior and magnetic properties of Nd60Fe30-xAl10Cox (x =
    0, 5, 10) bulk amorphous alloys were investigated by differential
    scanning calorimeter (DSC), X-ray diffraction (XRD) and the vibrating
    sample magnetometer (VSM). Neither glass transition nor supercooled
    liquid region before crystallization was observed for the as-cast
    Nd60Fe30-x,Al10Cox (x = 0, 5, 10) bulk amorphous alloys. The glass
    forming ability can be improved significantly by the addition of Co.
    The as-east Nd60Fe30-xAl10Cox (x = 0, 5, 10) alloys show hard magnetic
    behavior. With the addition of Co content, intrinsic coereivity
    (H-i(e)) increases while the saturation magnetization (sigma(s)) and
    remanence (a,) decrease. The Curie temperature for the as-cast
    Nd60Fe30-x,Al10Cox, alloys increases from 451 K for x = 0 to 468 K for
    x = 10. Some precipitation of crystalline phases does not affect the
    hard magnetic properties of Nd60Fe30-xAl10Cox,(x = 0, 5, 10) alloys,
    while the hard magnetic behavior disappears quickly after the alloys
    being completely crystallized.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, H, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR INOUE A, 1993, MATER T JIM, V34, P1234
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P636
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P99
    KISSINGER HE, 1956, J RES NAT BUR STAND, V57, P217
    PEKER A, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2342
    SAHA DK, 1997, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V8, P1139
    SIRATORI K, 1990, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V83, P341
    WEI BC, 2002, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V334, P307
    ZHANG T, 1991, MATER T JIM, V32, P1005
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD OCT
 PY 2003
 VL 21
 IS 5
 BP 552
 EP 554
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA 741ZB
 UT ISI:000186489300013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Abdullah, MNA
    Hossain, S
    Sarker, MSI
    Das, SK
    Tariq, ASB
    Uddin, MA
    Basak, AK
    Ali, S
    Sen Gupta, HM
    Malik, FB
 TI Cluster structure of O-16
 SO EUROPEAN PHYSICAL JOURNAL A
 DT Article
 ID FOLDING-MODEL ANALYSIS; ELASTIC-SCATTERING; NUCLEAR REACTIONS;
    ALPHA-PARTICLES; UNIFIED THEORY; LIGHT-NUCLEI; POTENTIALS; MATTER; RANGE
 AB A folding potential describing the a-scattering on O-16 over a broad
    energy range 25.8-146.0 MeV is constructed on the basis of alpha-like
    cluster and unclustered-nucleon configurations of O-16. The resulting
    potential does not need any renormalization to fit the angular
    distribution of elastic cross-sections. The effects of the repulsive
    part of alpha-alpha and or-alpha-nucleon interactions are investigated.
    The analysis suggests that both the alpha-alpha repulsive potential and
    the unclustered nucleonic configuration in the target are important to
    describe the scattering data over a broad range of incident energies.
    The root-mean-square radius for the O-16 nucleus is deduced.
 C1 Rajshahi Univ, Dept Phys, Rajshahi, Bangladesh.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Sylhet, Bangladesh.
    Univ Dhaka, Dept Phys, Dhaka, Bangladesh.
    So Illinois Univ, Dept Phys, Carbondale, IL 62901 USA.
 RP Abdullah, MNA, Rajshahi Univ, Dept Phys, Rajshahi, Bangladesh.
 CR ABELE H, 1987, Z PHYS A ATOMS NUCL, V326, P373
    ABELE H, 1993, PHYS REV C, V47, P742
    ALI S, 1966, NUCL PHYS, V80, P99
    ALI S, 1985, REV MOD PHYS, V57, P923
    ATZROTT U, 1996, PHYS REV C, V53, P1336
    AUSTERN N, 1967, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V45, P113
    BERSILLON O, 1988, SCAT2 CODE NEA 0289
    BERTSCH G, 1977, NUCL PHYS A, V284, P399
    BLOCK B, 1971, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V62, P464
    BRINK DM, 1973, NUCL PHYS          A, V216, P109
    BUCK B, 1975, PHYS REV C, V11, P1803
    BUCK B, 1977, NUCL PHYS A, V275, P246
    COWLEY AA, 1970, NUCL PHYS A, V146, P465
    DAO T, 2001, PHYS REV C, V63
    DEVRIES H, 1987, ATOM DATA NUCL DATA, V36, P495
    FARID ME, 1990, J PHYS G, V16, P461
    FARID ME, 2001, PHYS REV C, V64
    FESHBACH H, 1958, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V5, P357
    FESHBACH H, 1962, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V19, P287
    HAUSER G, 1969, NUCL PHYS          A, V128, P81
    HODGSON PE, 1990, CONTEMP PHYS, V31, P99
    JAMES F, 1975, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V10, P343
    KHALLAF SAE, 1997, PHYS REV C, V56, P2093
    KHOA DT, 1997, PHYS REV C, V56, P954
    KNOPFLE KT, 1975, PHYS REV LETT, V35, P779
    KOBOS AM, 1984, NUCL PHYS A, V425, P205
    LI QR, 1993, NUCL PHYS A, V561, P181
    MICHEL F, 1983, PHYS REV C, V28, P1904
    MUELLER GP, 1970, NUCL PHYS A, V155, P561
    NEU R, 1989, J PHYS SOC JPN S, V58, P574
    ROEPKE G, 2001, COND MATTER THEORIES, V16, P468
    SACK S, 1954, PHYS REV, V93, P321
    SINGH PP, 1975, PHYS LETT B, V59, P113
    WHEELER JA, 1937, PHYS REV, V52, P1083
    YANG YX, 1993, EUROPHYS LETT, V21, P657
 NR 35
 TC 2
 SN 1434-6001
 J9 EUR PHYS J A
 JI Eur. Phys. J. A
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 VL 18
 IS 1
 BP 65
 EP 73
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Nuclear; Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA 741MK
 UT ISI:000186461700009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SF
 TI Attractors for strongly damped wave equations with critical exponent
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE wave equation; global attractor; equivalent norm
 ID BEHAVIOR
 AB We prove the existence of the global attractor for the semigroup
    generated by strongly damped wave equations when the nonlinearity has a
    critical growth exponent. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ARIETTA JM, 2000, T AM MATH SOC, V352, P285
    ARRIETA J, 1993, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V42, P1057
    CARVALHO AN, 2002, B AUST MATH SOC, V66, P443
    CHEN F, 1998, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V147, P339
    FEIREISL E, 1993, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V18, P1539
    GHIDAGLIA JM, 1991, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V22, P861
    HALE JK, 1988, ASYMPTOTIC BEHAV DIS
    LANDAHL PS, 1982, PHYS REV B, V25, P5337
    MASSATT P, 1983, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V48, P334
    PAZY A, 1983, APPL MATH SCI, V44
    WANG Z, 1997, MATH APPL, V10, P97
    WEBB GF, 1980, CAN J MATH, V32, P631
    ZHOU S, 1999, FUNCTIONAL DIFFERENT, V6, P451
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0893-9659
 J9 APPL MATH LETT
 JI Appl. Math. Lett.
 PD NOV
 PY 2003
 VL 16
 IS 8
 BP 1307
 EP 1314
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 742CJ
 UT ISI:000186497600023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, ZQ
    Fang, SS
    Feng, F
 TI Comparison between methods for predicting maximum solid solubility of
    transition metals in solvent metal
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE maximum solid solubility; function Z(f); prediction method;
    electronegativity difference; atomic size factor; electron concentration
 AB It is important to know the maximum solid solubility(C-max) of various
    transition metals in a metal when one designs multi-component alloys.
    There have been several semi-empirical approaches to qualitatively
    predict the C-max, such as Darken-Gurry(D-G) theorem,
    Miedema-Chelikowsky(M-C) theorem, electron concentration rule and the
    bond-parameter rule. However, they are not particularly valid for the
    prediction of C-max. It was developed on the basis of energetics of
    alloys as a new method to predict C-max of different transition metals
    in metal Ti, which can be described as a semi-empirical equation using
    the atomic parameters, ie, electronegativity difference, atomic
    diameter and electron concentration. It shows that the present method
    can be used to explain and deduce D-G theorem, M-C theorem and electron
    concentration rule.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Hydrogen Storage Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Windsor, Dept Mech Automat & Mat Engn, Windsor, ON N9B 3P4, Canada.
 RP Zhou, ZQ, Shanghai Univ, Inst Hydrogen Storage Mat, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR DARKEN LS, 1953, PHYSICAL CHEM METALS, P74
    FANG SS, 2002, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V27, P329
    FENG D, 1987, METAL PHYSICS, P155
    GSCHNEIDNER KA, 1980, THEORY ALLOY PHASE F, P1
    LI D, 1984, ACTA METALL SIN, V20, P375
    LI D, 1985, CHINESE J METAL SCI, V1, P33
    LIAO SZ, 1994, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V23, P19
    MASSALSKI TB, 1996, BINARY ALLOY PHASE D
    PHILLIPS JC, 1980, THEOYR ALLOY PHASE F, P332
    XIAO JM, 1985, SHANGHAI SHANGHAI SC, P256
    ZHOU ZQ, 1998, ADV ENERGY SOURCES M, P37
    ZHOU ZQ, 2003, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V13, P864
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD OCT
 PY 2003
 VL 13
 IS 5
 BP 1185
 EP 1189
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 739YN
 UT ISI:000186374500033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, YF
    You, JL
    Jiang, GC
    Chen, H
    Hou, HY
 TI High temperature Raman spectral study of sodium phosphate structure
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE Raman spectra; high temperature; sodium phosphate; differential
    scanning calorimeter(DSC)
 ID GLASSES; LITHIUM
 AB The high temperature Raman spectra of Na-3 PO4 crystal and its liquid
    were measured. The structure of Na3PO4 crystal and its change with
    temperature were analyzed. From the resolution of the room and high
    temperature spectra, the temperature dependent Raman shifts and FWHH
    were observed. It was suggested that there were two phase transitions
    that occurred around 600 and 1773 K respectively. The high temperature
    DSC results also indicated the two phase transitions. It is consistent
    with the results of the Raman spectra analysis. Gaussian 98W program
    was also applied to calculating the Raman frequencies of vibrational
    modes and the average P-O bond length. And the calculation results were
    evaluated. When the bond length increased, the corresponding Raman
    shift decreased. This paper also generally concluded the assignment of
    the different peaks in the Raman spectra. Raman shift at 938 cm(-1)
    wavenumber was assigned to the symmetry stretch mode of the P-O bond in
    the (PO4)(3-) tetrahedra. It was the dominant peak in the Raman
    spectrum of the Na3PO4 crystal.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, YF, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BROW RK, 1990, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V116, P39
    BROW RK, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V263, P1
    HAYAKAWA S, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V263, P409
    HUDGENS JJ, 1998, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V223, P21
    JAY J, 2000, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V263, P416
    JAY J, 2000, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V264, P416
    JIANG GC, 2000, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V20, P206
    MOREY GW, 1944, AM J SCI, V4, P242
    NELSON C, 1985, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V26, P119
    TATSUMISAGO M, 1988, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V29, P63
    TURKDOGAN ET, 1952, J IRON STEEL I, V6, P172
    YOU JL, 2001, CHINESE J LIGHT SCAT, V4, P240
    YOU JL, 2001, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V282, P125
    ZHENG DM, 1998, CHEM ENG, V64, P34
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD OCT
 PY 2003
 VL 23
 IS 5
 BP 855
 EP 858
 PG 4
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 739ZJ
 UT ISI:000186376200008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, JR
    Jia, XS
    Zhai, HB
 TI Application of SmI2 in organic synthesis
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Review
 DE samarium diiodide; organic synthesis; application
 ID REDUCTIVE COUPLING REACTIONS; NUCLEOPHILIC ACYL SUBSTITUTION;
    SEQUENTIAL SMI2-PROMOTED REDUCTION; ALPHA-AMINOALKYL RADICALS; SAMARIUM
    DIIODIDE; ASYMMETRIC-SYNTHESIS; SEQUENCED REACTIONS; FACILE SYNTHESIS;
    REGIOSELECTIVE CLEAVAGE; 9-MEMBERED CARBOCYCLES
 AB A review of the synthetic transformations promoted by SmI2 in the last
    five years is presented, mainly focusing on special reactions of
    carbonyl compounds, unsaturated hydrocarbons, halohydrocarbons,
    nitriles and oxychalcogenides.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Lab Modern Synthet Organ Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, JR, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AURRECOECHEA JM, 1999, TETRAHEDRON, V55, P7345
    AURRECOECHEA JM, 2001, J ORG CHEM, V66, P564
    AURRECOECHEA JM, 2001, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V42, P3839
    BAZIN HG, 1999, J ORG CHEM, V64, P7254
    BOFFEY RJ, 2001, J CHEM SOC PERK T 1, P487
    CABRERA A, 1998, J CHEM SOC PERK 1107, P3609
    CARACOTI A, 2000, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V41, P3039
    CARROLL GL, 2000, ORG LETT, V2, P2873
    CHRISTENSEN TB, 1999, CHEM COMMUN, P2051
    CHUNG SH, 2001, SYNLETT          AUG, P1266
    CONCELLON JM, 2001, CHEM-EUR J, V7, P3062
    CONCELLON JM, 2002, ORG LETT, V4, P189
    CURRAN DP, 1992, J AM CHEM SOC, V114, P6050
    DINESH CU, 1999, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V38, P789
    FANG JM, 2000, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V41, P4633
    FARCAS S, 2000, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V41, P7299
    FARCAS S, 2001, TETRAHEDRON, V57, P4881
    FORSTER M, 2000, MACROMOL RAPID COMM, V21, P810
    FUCHIBE K, 2000, ORG LETT, V2, P3297
    FUKUZAWA S, 2000, J ORG CHEM, V65, P1702
    FUKUZAWA S, 2001, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V42, P4167
    GRACIA ISD, 1999, ORG LETT, V1, P1705
    GUO HY, 1999, J CHEM RES SYNOP, V5, P342
    GUO HY, 2000, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V30, P1879
    HAN MC, 1996, J ORG CHEM, V61, P7614
    HASEGAWA E, 2000, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V41, P6447
    HONDA T, 1999, J ORG CHEM, V64, P5542
    HORI N, 2002, TETRAHEDRON, V58, P1853
    HOSOI S, 2000, J CHEM SOC P1, P1505
    HUANG X, 1998, SYNLETT          NOV, P1191
    HUANG ZZ, 1999, J CHEM RES-S     SEP, P564
    JACOBSEN MF, 2002, J ORG CHEM, V67, P2411
    JIANG HJ, 1999, CHINESE CHEM LETT, V10, P7
    JIANG X, 2000, J ORG CHEM, V65, P3555
    JOHNSTON D, 2000, J CHEM SOC PERK T 1, P681
    JONG SJ, 2001, J ORG CHEM, V66, P3533
    KAGAN H, 1999, TOPICS ORGANOMETALLI, V2, P156
    KAKIUCHI K, 2001, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V42, P7595
    KAMAL A, 2000, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V41, P8631
    KAMOCHI Y, 2000, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V41, P341
    KATRITZKY AR, 1999, J ORG CHEM, V64, P3335
    KECK GE, 1999, J ORG CHEM, V64, P2172
    KECK GE, 2000, ORG LETT, V2, P2307
    KHAN FA, 1997, SYNLETT          AUG, P995
    KIKUKAWA T, 1999, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V40, P7497
    KIM YH, 1998, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V28, P4517
    KIM YH, 2001, PURE APPL CHEM, V73, P283
    KRIEF A, 1999, CHEM REV, V99, P745
    KRINTEL SL, 1999, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V40, P7565
    KUNISHIMA M, 1999, CHEM PHARM BULL, V47, P1196
    KUNISHIMA M, 2000, TETRAHEDRON, V56, P9927
    KUO CW, 2001, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V31, P877
    LI ZF, 2000, CHINESE CHEM LETT, V11, P495
    LIU YK, 2001, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V31, P47
    LU GL, 1999, CHINESE CHEM LETT, V10, P723
    LU L, 1999, J ORG CHEM, V64, P843
    LUCAS MA, 2000, TETRAHEDRON, V56, P3995
    MA YM, 2000, J CHEM RES-S     MAY, P250
    MACHROUHI F, 1999, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V40, P1315
    MAKINO K, 2002, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V43, P4695
    MARINO JP, 2002, J AM CHEM SOC, V124, P1664
    MATSUBARA S, 1995, CHEM LETT, P259
    MATSUDA F, 1999, J CHEM SOC PERK T 1, P2371
    MATSUDA F, 1999, TETRAHEDRON, V55, P14369
    MIKKELSEN LM, 2000, CHEM COMMUN, V23, P2319
    MIQUEL N, 2000, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V39, P4111
    MOLANDER GA, 1993, J ORG CHEM, V58, P7216
    MOLANDER GA, 1998, J ORG CHEM, V63, P4366
    MOLANDER GA, 1998, J ORG CHEM, V63, P9031
    MOLANDER GA, 1998, TETRAHEDRON, V54, P9289
    MOLANDER GA, 1999, J ORG CHEM, V64, P4119
    MOLANDER GA, 2001, J ORG CHEM, V66, P4511
    MONOVICH LG, 2000, J AM CHEM SOC, V122, P52
    MUKAIYAMA T, 2000, CHEM LETT       0505, P580
    NANDANAN E, 2000, TETRAHEDRON, V56, P4267
    OHMORI K, 1999, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V38, P1226
    ONEILL DJ, 1999, ORG LETT, V1, P1659
    PARK HS, 1998, CHEM COMMUN, V24, P2745
    PARK HS, 1998, SYNLETT          OCT, P1073
    REUTRAKUL V, 1999, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V40, P1019
    RIBER D, 2000, J ORG CHEM, V65, P5382
    RICCI M, 2000, J AM CHEM SOC, V122, P12413
    RUSSO T, 1999, ORGANOMETALLICS, V18, P5344
    SONO M, 2000, J ORG CHEM, V65, P3099
    SU WK, 2001, CHINESE J CHEM, V19, P1157
    TANAKA M, 2000, CHEM COMMUN, P2503
    TANAKA Y, 2002, ORG LETT, V4, P835
    TANIGUCHI N, 1998, TETRAHEDRON, V54, P12775
    TANIGUCHI N, 2000, J AM CHEM SOC, V122, P8301
    WANG W, 2000, ORG LETT, V2, P3773
    WEI HX, 1999, CHEM PHARM BULL, V47, P909
    WILLIAMS DBG, 2000, J ORG CHEM, V65, P2834
    WILLIAMS DBG, 2001, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V31, P203
    XIA WJ, 2002, CHINESE CHEM LETT, V13, P101
    XU F, 2002, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V43, P1867
    XU MH, 2000, ORG LETT, V2, P2229
    XU XL, 2001, J CHEM SOC P1, V21, P2836
    XU XL, 2001, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V31, P323
    YANG SM, 1999, J ORG CHEM, V64, P394
    YEH MCP, 1998, ORGANOMETALLICS, V17, P5656
    YODA H, 2000, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V41, P1775
    YODA H, 2001, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V42, P2509
    YODA H, 2001, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V42, P9225
    YOSHIDA A, 2001, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V42, P3603
    YOUN SW, 2000, CHEM COMMUN, P2005
    ZHANG S, 2000, CHINESE CHEM LETT, V11, P289
    ZHONG WH, 2000, J CHEM RES-S     JUN, P292
    ZHOU LH, 2000, SYNTHESIS-STUTTG JAN, P91
    ZHU JL, 1999, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V40, P7055
 NR 109
 TC 0
 SN 0253-2786
 J9 CHINESE J ORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Org. Chem.
 PD JUN
 PY 2003
 VL 23
 IS 6
 BP 499
 EP 512
 PG 14
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 740CD
 UT ISI:000186382500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, H
    Lu, GZ
    Guo, YL
    Guo, Y
    Wang, JS
 TI Effect of pretreatment on properties of TS-1/diatomite catalyst
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE TS-1/diatomite; pretreatment; phenol; hydroxylation; fixed bed reactor
 ID CRYSTALLINE TITANIUM SILICALITES; HYDROGEN-PEROXIDE; HYDROXYLATION;
    CYCLOHEXANONE; AMMOXIMATION; EPOXIDATION; ZEOLITES; PHENOL; TS-1
 AB The TS-1/diatomite catalyst was prepared for the hydroxylation of
    phenol with H2O2 in a fixed-bed reactor and the effect of pretreatment
    on the properties of TS-1/diatomite were studied with FT-IR, XRD,
    UV-Vis, ICP-AES and NH3-TPD techniques. It was shown that the framework
    structure of TS-1 pretreated with aqueous solutions of KAc, NaAc,
    NH4Ac, NH4Cl and HNO3 was not destroyed and titanium in the framework
    was not removed, but some extra-framework TiO2 could be removed partly,
    and the acid concentration on the surface of the TS-1/diatomite
    catalyst decreased slightly, which improves the activity, selectivity
    and utilization of H2O2 for hydroxylation of phenol. When the
    TS-1/diatomite catalyst was pretreated by bases solutions of NH3 (.)
    H2O, Na2CO3 and Na3PO4, the framework silicon was dissolved partly and
    the framework structure of TS-1 was destroyed, which leads to the
    slight increase of strength and concentration of acid sites on the
    surface of catalyst, and the decrease or loss of the framework
    titanium, and so that the catalytic activity of the TS-1/diatomite
    catalyst for hydroxylation of phenol descended or deactivated
    completely.
 C1 E China Univ Sci & Technol, Res Inst Ind Catalysis, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, GZ, E China Univ Sci & Technol, Res Inst Ind Catalysis, Shanghai
    200237, Peoples R China.
 CR ALLIAN M, 1995, STUD SURF SCI CATAL, V92, P239
    CLERICI MG, 1993, J CATAL, V140, P71
    HUYBRECHTS DRC, 1992, J MOL CATAL, V71, P129
    LI G, 2001, CHINESE J CATAL+, V22, P465
    LI P, 2000, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V58, P204
    NEMETH LT, 1994, 5354875, US
    PETRINI G, 1991, STUD SURF SCI CATAL, V68, P761
    SPINACE EV, 1995, J CATAL, V157, P631
    TARAMASSO M, 1983, 4410501, US
    TATSUMI T, 1990, CHEM COMMUN, P476
    THANGARAJ A, 1990, APPL CATAL, V57, L1
    THANGARAJ A, 1991, J CATAL, V131, P294
    THANGARAJ A, 1991, J CATAL, V131, P394
    THIELE GF, 1997, J MOL CATAL A-CHEM, V117, P351
    YASUYUKI H, 2001, CATAL TODAY, V71, P177
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 1001-4861
 J9 CHIN J INORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Inorg. Chem.
 PD NOV
 PY 2003
 VL 19
 IS 11
 BP 1202
 EP 1206
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear
 GA 740DQ
 UT ISI:000186386900010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, LY
    Tu, JP
    Chen, WX
    Wang, YC
    Liu, XK
    Olk, C
    Cheng, DH
    Zhang, XB
 TI Friction and wear behavior of electroless Ni-based CNT composite
    coatings
 SO WEAR
 DT Article
 DE carbon nanotubes (CNTs); electroless plating; composite coating
 ID CARBON NANOTUBES; MATRIX; DEPOSITION
 AB Ni-based carbon nanotube (CNT) composite coatings with different volume
    fraction (from 5 to 12 vol.%) of CNTs were deposited on medium carbon
    steel substrates by electroless plating. The friction and wear behavior
    of the composite coatings were investigated using a pin-on-disk wear
    tester under unlubricated condition. Friction and wear tests were
    conducted at a sliding speed of 0.0623 m s(-1) and at an applied load
    of 20 N. The experimental results indicated that the friction
    coefficient of the composite coatings decreased with increasing the
    volume fraction of CNTs due to self-lubrication and unique topological
    structure of CNTs. Within the range of volume fraction of CNTs from 0
    to 11.2%, the wear rate of the composite coatings showed a steadily
    decreasing trend with increasing volume fraction of CNTs. Because of
    the conglomeration of CNTs in the matrix, however, the wear rate of the
    composite coatings increased with further increasing the volume
    fraction of CNTs. (C) 2003 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
    Gen Motors Corp, Surface Engn & Tribol Ctr, Washington, DC USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Chem & Engn, Shanghai 200027, Peoples R China.
 RP Tu, JP, Zhejiang Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BENEA L, 2002, WEAR, V249, P995
    DONG SR, 2001, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V313, P83
    FALVO MR, 1997, NATURE, V389, P582
    IIJIMA S, 1991, NATURE, V354, P56
    JIN L, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V73, P1197
    KEDWARD EC, 1974, TRIBOL INT, V7, P221
    KO PL, 2002, WEAR, V252, P880
    LEVIN BF, 2000, WEAR, V238, P160
    SCHADLER LS, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V73, P3842
    SHARMA AK, 2001, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V79, P123
    SIKDER AK, 1999, SURF COAT TECH, V114, P230
    TREACY MMJ, 1996, NATURE, V381, P678
    TU JP, 2001, TRIBOL LETT, V10, P225
    WONG EW, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P1971
 NR 14
 TC 5
 SN 0043-1648
 J9 WEAR
 JI Wear
 PD NOV
 PY 2003
 VL 254
 IS 12
 BP 1289
 EP 1293
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 737TH
 UT ISI:000186247500008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, W
    Dong, H
    Bell, T
 TI Wear performance of ion implanted ultra high molecular weight
    polyethylene
 SO SURFACE ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 ID POLYMERS
 AB Surface modification of ultra high molecular weight polyeththylene
    (UHMWPE) was explored using ion implantation with diffferent dosages (1
    X 10(15)-1 X 10(17) ions cm(-2)) of nitrogen. The modified surfaces
    it.-ere characterised by SEM, nanoindentation and tribological tests.
    The experimental results showed that ion implantation can significantly
    increase the surface hardness of UHMWPE. However, the improvement in
    it-ear resistance of the modified UHMWPE is highly dose dependent.
    Compared with the untreated material, the low dose implanted UHMWPE
    exhibited a three fold improvement in wear resistance, while the high
    close ion implanted material showed hardly any improvement although it
    possessed the highest hardness. (C) 2003 IoM Communications Ltd.
    Publishcd by Maney for the Institute of Materials, Minerals and Mining.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Birmingham, Sch Engn, Dept Met & Mat, Birmingham, W Midlands, England.
 RP Shi, W, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHARNLEY J, 1972, J BONE JOINT SURG BR, V54, P61
    DONG H, 1999, SURF COAT TECH, V111, P29
    HARRIS WH, 1995, CLIN ORTHOP RELAT R, P46
    PIVIN JC, 1994, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V84, P484
    RAO GR, 1993, WEAR, V162, P739
    RAO GR, 1995, J MATER RES, V10, P190
    RUTHERFORD KL, 1996, SURF COAT TECH, V79, P231
    SHI W, 2000, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V291, P27
    SHI W, 2001, THESIS U BIRMINGHAM
    SHI W, 2001, WEAR 1, V250, P544
    SWAIN MV, 1997, J MATER RES, V12, P1917
    TOTH A, 2000, SURF INTERFACE ANAL, V30, P434
 NR 12
 TC 2
 SN 0267-0844
 J9 SURF ENG
 JI Surf. Eng.
 PD AUG
 PY 2003
 VL 19
 IS 4
 BP 279
 EP 283
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Coatings & Films
 GA 736XA
 UT ISI:000186197400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, WG
    Chang, QS
    Fan, EG
 TI Methods of judging shape of solitary wave and solution formulae for
    some evolution equations with nonlinear terms of high order
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE solitary wave; exact solution; generalized modified Boussinesq
    equation; generalized nonlinear wave equation; generalized Fisher
    equation; generalized Klein-Gordon equation; generalized Zakharov
    equation
 ID KDV
 AB In this paper, we present several methods of judging shape of the
    solitary wave and solution formulae for some nonlinear evolution
    equations by means of Lienard equations. Then, using the judgement
    methods and solution formulae, we obtain solutions of the solitary wave
    for some of important nonlinear evolution equations, which include
    generalized modified Boussinesq, generalized nonlinear wave,
    generalized Fisher, generalized Klein-Gordon and generalized Zakharov
    equations. Some new solitary-wave solutions are found for the
    equations. (C) 2003 Published by Elsevier Inc.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Acad Math & Syst Sci, Inst Appl Math, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Chang, QS, Chinese Acad Sci, Acad Math & Syst Sci, Inst Appl Math,
    Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 CR KAWAHARA T, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V97, P311
    KONG DX, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V196, P301
    KORSUNSKY S, 1997, NONLINEAR WAVE DISPE
    KORTEWEG DJ, 1895, PHILOS MAG, V39, P422
    MOHAMAD MNB, 1992, MATH METHOD APPL SCI, V15, P73
    WADATI M, 1975, J PHYS SOC JPN, V38, P673
    WANG ML, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V213, P279
    WANG MX, 1994, J MATH ANAL APPL, V182, P705
    WANG X, 1989, CHINESE SCI BULL, V34, P106
    WHITHAM GB, 1974, LINEAR NONLINEAR WAV
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1972, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V35, P908
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1976, SOV PHYS JETP, V41, P465
    ZHANG WG, 1994, COMM APPL MATH COMPU, V8, P45
    ZHANG WG, 1996, ACTA MATH SCI, V16, P241
    ZHANG WG, 1998, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V21, P249
    ZHANG WG, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P666
 NR 16
 TC 4
 SN 0022-247X
 J9 J MATH ANAL APPL
 JI J. Math. Anal. Appl.
 PD NOV 1
 PY 2003
 VL 287
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 18
 PG 18
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 737BL
 UT ISI:000186208400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lin, BL
    Shi, ZR
 TI Noncreasy and uniformly noncreasy Orlicz function spaces
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE noncreasy; uniformly noncreasy; Orlicz function spaces
 AB We show that in Orlicz function spaces with Orlicz/Luxemburg norm the
    criteria for being non-creasy and uniformly noncreasy are interesting
    combinations of conditions. (C) 2003 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Univ Iowa, Dept Math, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Lin, BL, Univ Iowa, Dept Math, Iowa City, IA 52242 USA.
 CR CHEN ST, 1996, THESIS WARSZAWA, P356
    KRASNOSELSKII MA, 1961, CONVEX FUNCTIONS ORL
    PRUS S, 1997, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V30, P2317
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0022-247X
 J9 J MATH ANAL APPL
 JI J. Math. Anal. Appl.
 PD NOV 1
 PY 2003
 VL 287
 IS 1
 BP 253
 EP 264
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 737BL
 UT ISI:000186208400016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, LH
    Huang, QW
    Zhao, HF
 TI Preparation of nanocrystalline WC-10Co-0.8VC by spark plasma sintering
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID POWDERS; CONSOLIDATION; PAS; WC
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, LH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Engn, Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ELESKANDARANY MS, 2000, J ALLOY COMPD, V296, P175
    ELESKANDARANY MS, 2000, J ALLOY COMPD, V305, P225
    ELESKANDARANY MS, 2001, METALL MATER TRANS A, V32, P157
    JONES G, 1994, MATER MANUF PROCESS, V9, P1105
    OMORI M, 1999, MATER SCI FORUM, V308, P53
    SHEN Z, 2001, KEY ENG MATER, V206, P2155
    SHETTY DK, 1985, J MATER SCI, V20, P1873
    VENKATASWAMY MA, 1996, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V207, P153
    WANG SW, 1999, J MATER SCI LETT, V18, P1119
    YAMAZAKI K, 1996, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V56, P955
    YAO Z, 1998, MPR, V53, P26
 NR 11
 TC 3
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD NOV 15
 PY 2003
 VL 22
 IS 22
 BP 1631
 EP 1633
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 738CW
 UT ISI:000186270000021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, JD
    Chen, WC
 TI Global asymptotic stability of a periodic ecological model
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE Lotka-Volterra system; periodic solution; global asymptotic stability
 ID LOTKA-VOLTERRA SYSTEM
 AB The periodic Lotka-Volterra model with m-predators and n-preys is
    considered in this paper. Under the suppose that the intrinsic growth
    rate of the prey species may be negative while the total intrinsic
    growth rate in a period are positive, sufficient conditions are
    obtained for existence and global asymptotic stability of the periodic
    solution of this model. (C) 2002 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Math, Hefei 230026, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Appl Math, Shandong 271019, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, JD, Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Math, Hefei 230026, Peoples R
    China.
 CR GOPALSAMY K, 1982, J AUSTRAL MATH SOC B, V24, P160
    GOPALSAMY K, 1985, J AUST MATH SOC B, V27, P66
    TINEO A, 1991, J MATH ANAL APPL, V159, P44
    YANG PH, 1999, J MATH ANAL APPL, V233, P221
    ZHAO XQ, 1991, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V15, P3
 NR 5
 TC 5
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD JAN 16
 PY 2004
 VL 147
 IS 3
 BP 881
 EP 892
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 737BY
 UT ISI:000186209500021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ni, QL
    Zhang, JC
    Liu, JM
    Shen, Y
 TI Fe/SAB-3 composite mesoporous materials and magnetic properties
 SO ACTA PHYSICO-CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE composite mesoporous material; assemble; specific saturation
    magnetization
 AB A new series of mesoporous silica materials containing nanodispersed
    alpha-Fe2O3 were synthesized by different methods. X-ray diffraction
    patterns indicated that alpha-Fe2O3/SAB-3 had a hexagonal array pore
    structure. The N-2 adsorption and desorption showed that the materials
    had very high specific surface area. Fe3+ entered into pore wall, which
    was confirmed by Fourier-transform infrared spectroscopy. The results
    of magnetic measurements showed that the coercive force (H-c) of
    alpha-Fe2O3 decreased from 1765 Os to 87 Os, specific saturation
    magnetization (M-s) increased by 75.4% as compared with the
    conventional nano alpha-Fe2O3 particles.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Jiading Campus, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BECK JS, 1992, J AM CHEM SOC, V114, P10834
    HUO QS, 1994, NATURE, V368, P317
    KOWALAK S, 2001, MICROPOR MESOPOR MAT, P283
    KRESGE CT, 1992, NATURE, V359, P710
    LEE CJ, 2002, J MATER SCI, V37, P2237
    MARIA DA, 1996, J PHYS CHEM-US, V100, P2178
    WANG LZ, 1999, CHINESE J CERAM SOC, V27, P89
    WANG LZ, 2002, J MATER SCI, V37, P801
    YUAN ZY, 1995, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P973
    ZHAO D, 1995, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P875
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1000-6818
 J9 ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Phys.-Chim. Sin.
 PD OCT
 PY 2003
 VL 19
 IS 10
 BP 944
 EP 947
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical
 GA 737NH
 UT ISI:000186238300011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, GB
    Zhang, ZY
 TI Video object segmentation for head-shoulder sequences in the cellular
    neural networks architecture
 SO REAL-TIME IMAGING
 DT Article
 ID MOVING-OBJECTS
 AB MPEG-4 introduces the concept of video object to support content-based
    functionalities. Video object segmentation is a key step in defining
    the contents of any video sequences. Head-shoulder sequence (HSS) is
    typical in video conferencing and surveillance systems, in which
    real-time performance is required. Since background information can be
    obtained in advance and pre-stored, video segmentation for HSS can use
    background information a priori. To avoid the critical selection of
    threshold for gradient-based method, and to overcome the insufficiency
    of monochrome intensity-based change detection, an efficient color
    edge-based change detection scheme (CECD) is utilized in this paper. In
    order to meet the real-time performance for HSS, it is implemented in
    the cellular neural networks (CNN) architecture. The algorithm is
    mainly based on 3 by 3, linear templates. Because of CNN's high
    parallelism and computational abilities, real-time performance is
    achieved. Experimental results on several test sequences show the
    robustness of this approach. It can achieve better spatial accuracy and
    temporal coherency than COST211 AM. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Dept Elect & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, GB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Dept Elect &
    Informat Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR COST211 CALL AM COMP
    CAVALLARO A, 2001, P IEEE INT S CIRCUIT, P141
    CHUA LO, 1988, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V35, P1257
    CHUA LO, 1989, M89130 UCBERL
    CHUA LO, 1991, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V38, P1332
    CHUA LO, 1993, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V40, P147
    CZUNI L, 2001, REAL-TIME IMAGING, V7, P77
    MARTIN H, 2000, CELLULAR NEURAL NETW
    PAN J, 2002, P IEEE INT S CIRC SY, P803
    REKECZKY C, VISMOUSE CNN VISUAL
    ROSKA T, 1999, CNN SOFTWARE LIB VER
    SIKORA T, 1997, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V7, P19
    TSAIG Y, 2002, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V12, P597
    VAITHIANATHAN K, 2000, IM VID COMM PROC C S, V3974, P191
    WOLLBORN M, 1998, REFINED PROCEDURE OB
    YIN CL, 1999, J FRANKLIN I, V336, P903
    ZARANDY A, 1998, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V45, P163
    ZHANG DS, 2001, CIRC SYST SIGNAL PR, V20, P143
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 1077-2014
 J9 REAL-TIME IMAGING
 JI Real-Time Imaging
 PD JUN
 PY 2003
 VL 9
 IS 3
 BP 171
 EP 178
 PG 8
 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Computer Science, Software
    Engineering; Computer Science, Theory & Methods
 GA 733VJ
 UT ISI:000186021100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, JQ
    Riebel, U
 TI Particle size analysis by transmission fluctuation spectrometry:
    Experimental results obtained with a Gaussian beam and analog signal
    processing
 SO PARTICLE & PARTICLE SYSTEMS CHARACTERIZATION
 DT Article
 DE expectancy of the transmission square; particle size analysis;
    transmission fluctuation spectrometry
 ID STERICALLY INTERACTING SYSTEMS; MONODISPERSE SPHERES; FUNDAMENTALS;
    EXTINCTION
 AB Transmission fluctuation spectrometry (TFS) is a method for the
    analysis of particle size distributions based on the statistical
    fluctuations of a transmission signal. Complete information on the PSD
    and particle concentration can be retrieved by a special transformation
    of the transmission signal, whereby the expectancy of the transmission
    square (ETS) is determined after the signal has been subjected to a
    procedure of spatial and temporal averaging. By varying the averaging
    parameters over a wide range, a spectrum of ETSs is obtained and
    introduced into a linear equation system, which yields the PSD. In the
    experimental realization presented here, variable temporal averaging is
    realized in the frequency domain with a series of low pass filters at
    different cutoff frequencies while spatial averaging inevitably occurs
    as the particles pass through a focused Gaussian beam of finite cross
    section. Experimental results on spherical particles (glass beads) and
    non-spherical particles (SiC) are presented. The PSDs are resolved in
    30 intervals within a particle size range from 1-1000 mum, employing a
    modified Chahine inversion algorithm. So far, the measurements are
    limited to moderate particle concentrations. Some influences affecting
    the measurements, especially for higher particle concentrations, are
    discussed in detail.
 C1 Univ Cottbus, Lehrstuhl Mech Verfahrensttech, D-03013 Cottbus, Germany.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, JQ, Univ Cottbus, Lehrstuhl Mech Verfahrensttech, D-03013
    Cottbus, Germany.
 CR ALLEN T, 1990, PARTICLE SIZE MEASUR
    BREITENSTEIN M, 1999, PART PART SYST CHAR, V16, P249
    BREITENSTEIN M, 2000, THESIS COTTBUS
    BREITENSTEIN M, 2001, PART PART SYST CHAR, V18, P134
    FELLER U, 1998, P 7 EUR S PART CHAR, P367
    FERRI F, 1995, APPL OPTICS, V34, P5829
    GASKILL JD, 1978, LINEAR SYSTEMS FOURE
    GREGORY J, 1986, J COLLOID INTERFACE, V105
    KRAUTER U, 1995, PART PART SYST CHAR, V12, P132
    KRAUTER U, 1995, THESIS U KARLSRUHE
    LLOYD JJ, 1997, J AEROSOL SCI, V28, P821
    RIEBEL U, 1994, PART PART SYST CHAR, V11, P212
    SHEN J, 2001, PART PART SYST CHAR, V18, P254
    SHEN JQ, 2003, PART PART SYST CHAR, V20, P94
 NR 14
 TC 6
 SN 0934-0866
 J9 PART PART SYST CHARACT
 JI Part. Part. Syst. Charact.
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 VL 20
 IS 4
 BP 250
 EP 258
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Chemical; Materials Science, Characterization & Testing
 GA 733XL
 UT ISI:000186025900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XD
    You, B
    Ji, WS
    Li, Y
 TI Configuration of a stepped impedance bandpass filter
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE stripline filters; bandpass filters; stepped-impedance resonators
 AB This paper describes the design of a compact stripline ceramic filter,
    using short-circuit stepped-impedance resonators (SIRs) to enhance the
    harmonic stop-band response. Moreover, this filter has a very small
    size of 3.6 mm x 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm and a low insertion loss of 0. 6 dB in
    the passband. The filter's response, with a design center frequency of
    2390 MHz and 3-dB bandwidth at 250 MHz (10.4%), shows an increase in
    the first harmonic frequency to 9004 MHz. At three times the
    fundamental passband frequency (7160 MHz), stop-band attenuation is
    better than -40 dB. The results demonstrate the usefulness of SIRs for
    improving the stopband performance of bandpass filters. (C) 2003 Wiley
    Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XD, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai, Peoples
    R China.
 CR CRUTE JR, 2002, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V34, P336
    MATTAEI GL, 1964, MICROWAVE FILTERS IM
    MATTHAEI GL, 1962, IRE T MICROWAVE THEO, V10, P479
    SAGAWA M, 1985, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V33, P152
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD DEC 5
 PY 2003
 VL 39
 IS 5
 BP 380
 EP 383
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 734WR
 UT ISI:000186081400011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JQ
    Zhang, BN
    Fan, JH
 TI A coupled electromechanical analysis of a piezoelectric layer bonded to
    an elastic substrate: Part I, development of governing equations
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SOLIDS AND STRUCTURES
 DT Article
 ID CERAMIC MULTILAYER ACTUATORS; FRACTURE-MECHANICS; INTERFACE CRACK;
    STRAIN-TRANSFER; SYSTEMS; DESIGN; PLATE
 AB This two-part contribution presents a novel and efficient method to
    analyze the two-dimensional (2-D) electromechanical fields of a
    piezoelectric layer bonded to an elastic substrate, which takes into
    account the fully coupled electromechanical behavior. In Part I,
    Hellinger-Reissner variational principle for elasticity is extended to
    electromechanical problems of the bimaterial, and is utilized to obtain
    the governing equations for the problems concerned. The 2-D
    electromechanical field quantities in the piezoelectric layer are
    expanded in the thickness-coordinate with seven one-dimensional (1-D)
    unknown functions. Such an expansion satisfies exactly the mechanical
    equilibrium equations, Gauss law, the constitutive equations, two of
    the three displacement-strain relations as well as one of the two
    electric field-electric potential relations. For the substrate the
    fundamental solutions of a half-plane subjected to a vertical or
    horizontal concentrated force on the surface are used. Two differential
    equations and two singular integro-differential equations of four
    unknown functions, the axial force, N, the moment, M, the average and
    the first moment of electric displacement, D-0 and D-1, as well as the
    associated boundary conditions have been derived rigorously from the
    stationary conditions of Hellinger-Reissner variational functional. In
    contrast to the thin film/substrate theory that ignores the interfacial
    normal stress the present one can predict both the interfacial shear
    and normal stresses, the latter one is believed to control the
    delamination initiation. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chongqing Univ, Res Ctr Mat Mech, Chongqing 400044, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON EH, 1994, J SOUND VIB, V174, P617
    CHANDRASEKARAN S, 2000, J INTEL MAT SYST STR, V11, P887
    CHATTOPADHYAY A, 1999, AIAA J, V37, P248
    CHUE CH, 2002, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V39, P3131
    CRAWLEY EF, 1987, AIAA J, V25, P1373
    CRAWLEY EF, 1990, J INTELL MATER SYST, V1, P4
    GONG X, 1996, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V44, P751
    HAO TH, 1996, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V44, P23
    HERRMANN KP, 2001, INT J FRACTURE, V111, P203
    KIM SJ, 1996, J INTEL MAT SYST STR, V7, P668
    LIU M, 2003, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V51, P921
    MITCHELL JA, 1995, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V32, P2345
    MOLYET KE, 1999, SMART MATER STRUCT, V8, P672
    PAL PF, 2000, J INTEL MAT SYST STR, V11, P642
    PARK C, 1993, SMART MATER STRUCT, V5, P327
    PEELAMEDU SM, 1999, SMART MATER STRUCT, V8, P654
    ROBBINS DH, 1991, COMPUT STRUCT, V41, P265
    SHEN SP, 1999, EUR J MECH A-SOLID, V18, P219
    SOSA H, 1992, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V29, P2613
    SOSA HA, 1990, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V26, P1
    SOSA HA, 1992, MECH RES COMMUN, V19, P541
    SUO Z, 1992, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V40, P739
    TIERSTEN HF, 1969, LINEAR PIEZOELECTRIC
    WANG BT, 2000, J INTEL MAT SYST STR, V11, P713
    WANG XD, 2000, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V37, P3231
    WASHIZU K, 1982, VARIATIONAL METHODS
    XU XL, 2000, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V37, P3253
    YANG W, 1994, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V42, P649
    ZHANG BN, 2000, J CHONGQING U, V23, P38
    ZHANG BN, 2001, ACTA MECH SOL SIN, V22, P37
    ZHANG TY, 1996, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V33, P343
    ZHANG TY, 1998, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V35, P2121
    ZHANG TY, 2001, ADV APPL MECH, V38, P147
    ZHOU X, 2000, J INTEL MAT SYST STR, V11, P169
 NR 34
 TC 3
 SN 0020-7683
 J9 INT J SOLIDS STRUCT
 JI Int. J. Solids Struct.
 PD DEC
 PY 2003
 VL 40
 IS 24
 BP 6781
 EP 6797
 PG 17
 SC Mechanics
 GA 734ZH
 UT ISI:000186087500012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, BN
    Zhang, JQ
    Fan, JH
 TI A coupled electromechanical analysis of a piezoelectric layer bonded to
    an elastic substrate: Part II, numerical solution and applications
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SOLIDS AND STRUCTURES
 DT Article
 ID INTEGRAL-EQUATIONS; AIRFOIL
 AB This two-part contribution presents a novel and efficient method to
    analyze the two-dimensional (2-D) electromechanical fields of a
    piezoelectric layer bonded to an elastic substrate, which takes into
    account the fully coupled electric and mechanical behaviors. In Part I,
    we have obtained a system of governing integro-differential equations
    for the structure via a variational principle. This part presents a
    numerical solution algorithm of the integro-differential equations and
    the numerical results of some applications. A numerical algorithm for
    solving the system of four integro-differential equations with strongly
    singular kernels is developed. The convergence of the numerical
    algorithm is discussed. The numerical results suggest that the fully
    coupled electromechanical analysis is helpful for a better
    understanding of the performance of the piezoelectric sensor and
    actuator. The interfacial normal stress is much higher than the
    interfacial shear stress, suggesting that the interfacial normal stress
    causes a delamination initiation. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Chongqing Univ, Res Ctr Mat Mech, Chongqing 400044, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JQ, Chongqing Univ, Res Ctr Mat Mech, Chongqing 400044, Peoples
    R China.
 CR BENES E, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V48, P1
    BLAND SR, 1970, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V18, P830
    CESS RD, 1969, APPL SCI RES, V20, P25
    DELVES LM, 1974, NUMERICAL SOLUTION I
    DRAGOS L, 1990, AIAA J, V28, P2132
    ERDOGAN F, 1972, Q APPL MATH, V29, P525
    FRANKEL JI, 1995, Q APPL MATH, V53, P245
    KAYA AC, 1987, Q APPL MATH, V45, P105
    LAPIDUS L, 1982, NUMERICAL SOLUTIONS
    LI LK, 1999, NUMERICAL SOLUTION D
    LOAKIMIDIS NI, 1983, MATH COMPUT, V41, P79
    MUSKHELISHVILI NI, 1953, SINGULAR INTEGRAL EQ
    PAL PF, 2000, J INTEL MAT SYST STR, V11, P642
    PLOTKIN A, 1988, AIAA J, V26, P493
    QI H, 2001, ACTA MECH SINICA, V17, P59
    SANKAR TS, 1982, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V18, P503
    SOSA H, 1991, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V28, P491
    STYS K, 2000, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V126, P33
    WANG BT, 2000, J INTEL MAT SYST STR, V11, P713
    WANG XD, 2000, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V37, P3231
 NR 20
 TC 2
 SN 0020-7683
 J9 INT J SOLIDS STRUCT
 JI Int. J. Solids Struct.
 PD DEC
 PY 2003
 VL 40
 IS 24
 BP 6799
 EP 6812
 PG 14
 SC Mechanics
 GA 734ZH
 UT ISI:000186087500013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
 TI Controlling Hopf bifurcation of nonlinear dynamical systems
 SO DYNAMICS OF CONTINUOUS DISCRETE AND IMPULSIVE SYSTEMS-SERIES
    B-APPLICATIONS & ALGORITHMS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear dynamical system; Hopf bifurcation; bifurcation control;
    equilibrium; the first Lyapunov coefficient
 ID LOCAL FEEDBACK STABILIZATION
 AB Hopf bifurcation has been a classical subject for study, yet the
    investigation of its control is relatively new. This paper discuss a
    general methodology of controlling Hopf bifurcation emerged in
    nonlinear dynamical systems. For notational simplicity, this topic is
    addressed under the three-dimensional setting, but all analysis and
    results can be theoretically extended to n-dimensional systems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABED EH, 1986, SYST CONTROL LETT, V7, P11
    ABED EH, 1987, SYST CONTROL LETT, V8, P467
    CHEN G, 1998, CHAOS ORDER METHODOL
    CHEN G, 2003, IN PRESS INT J BIFUR, V13
    CHEN GR, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P511
    HASSARD B, 1980, THEORY APPL HOPF BIF
    KUZNETSOV YA, 1998, ELEMENTS APPL BIFURC
    LI CP, 2002, IN PRESS CONT TH APP
    LI CP, 2003, IN PRESS INT J BIFUR, V13
    MOIOLA JL, 1996, HOPF BIFURCATION ANA
    SYDEL R, 1988, EQUILIBRIUM CHAOS PR
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1492-8760
 J9 DYN CONT DISCR IMP SYST SER B
 PD DEC
 PY 2003
 VL 10
 IS 6
 BP 891
 EP 898
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 735TU
 UT ISI:000186131300010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, DJ
    Li, XZ
 TI Tachyon vortex
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID GLOBAL MONOPOLE; ROLLING TACHYON; STRINGS
 AB The properties and gravitational fields of global strings of tachyon
    matter are investigated in four-dimensional approximately cylindrically
    symmetric spacetime with a deficit angle. In particular, we give an
    exact solution of the tachyon field in the flat spacetime background
    and we also find the solution of the metric in the linearized
    approximation of gravity.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai United Ctr Astrophys, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, XZ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai United Ctr Astrophys, Shanghai 200234,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN CM, 1996, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V13, P701
    CHO I, 1999, PHYS REV D, V59
    CHO IY, 1999, PHYS REV D, V59
    GIBBONS G, 2001, NUCL PHYS B, V596, P136
    GIBBONS GW, 2002, PHYS LETT B, V537, P1
    HAO JG, 2002, PHYS REV D, V66
    HAO JG, 2003, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V20, P1703
    HAO JG, 2003, IN PRESS PHYS REV D, V68
    HAO JG, 2003, PHYS REV D, V67
    KIBBLE TWB, 1976, J PHYS A, V9, P1387
    LI XZ, 1997, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V28, P101
    LI XZ, 2000, PHYS REV D, V62
    LI XZ, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1584
    LI XZ, 2002, HEPTH0207146
    LI XZ, 2002, PHYS REV D, V66
    LI XZ, 2003, PHYS REV D, V67
    LIU DJ, 2003, IN PRESS PHYS REV D, V68
    SEN A, 1998, J HIGH ENERGY PHYS
    SEN A, 1998, J HIGH ENERGY PHYS
    SEN A, 1998, J HIGH ENERGY PHYS, P7
    SEN A, 2001, J MATH PHYS, V42, P2844
    SEN A, 2001, PASCOS P, P113
    SEN A, 2002, J HIGH ENERGY PHYS
    SEN A, 2002, J HIGH ENERGY PHYS
    SEN A, 2003, HEPTH030357
    SHI X, 1991, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V8, P761
    STROMINGER A, 2002, HEPTH0202210
    VILENKIN A, 1985, PHYS REP, V121, P263
 NR 28
 TC 3
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD OCT
 PY 2003
 VL 20
 IS 10
 BP 1678
 EP 1680
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 734DC
 UT ISI:000186039100007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XP
    Wang, LJ
    Zhang, QR
    Yao, N
    Zhang, BL
 TI Electroluminescence spectrum shift with switching behaviour of diamond
    thin films
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID BORON
 AB We report a special phenomenon on switching behaviour and the
    electroluminescence (EL) spectrum shift of doped diamond thin films.
    Nitrogen and cerium doped diamond thin films were deposited on a
    silicon substrate by microwave plasma-assisted chemical vapour
    deposition system and other special techniques. An EL device with a
    three-layer structure of nitrogen doped diamond/cerium doped
    diamond/SiO2 thin films was made. The EL device was driven by a
    direct-current power supply. Its EL character has been investigated,
    and a switching behaviour was observed. The EL light emission colour of
    diamond films changes from yellow (590 nm) to blue (454 nm) while the
    switching behaviour appears.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Zhengzhou Inst Aeronaut Ind & Management, Zhengzhou 450005, Peoples R China.
    Zhengzhou Univ, Dept Phys, Zhengzhou 450052, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XP, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 CR FRETAS JA, 1990, J MATER RES, V5, P2502
    HAFIZ MM, 1982, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V71, P259
    KADANO M, 1990, MATER RES SOC S P, V162, P359
    MANIFACIER JC, 1976, J PHYS E SCI INSTRUM, V9, P1002
    MNFREDOTTI C, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P3376
    SHEN SP, 1993, CHINESE SCI BULL, V38, P382
    TANAKA D, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS, V36, P351
    TANAKA K, 1995, JPN J APPL PHYS 2, V34, L1651
    TANIGUCHI Y, 1989, JPN J APPL PHYS, V28, L1848
    VERCAEMST R, 1995, J LUMIN, V63, P19
    WANG XP, 1997, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V14, P772
    WANG XP, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P717
    WANG XP, 2003, SEMICOND SCI TECH, V18, P144
    WEI YG, 2001, CHIN J LUMIN, V22, P243
    ZHANG BL, 1994, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V11, P235
    ZHANG BL, 1996, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V13, P455
    ZHANG BL, 1996, CHINESE SCI BULL, V41, P1075
    ZHANG HD, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1695
    ZHANG YF, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P286
 NR 19
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD OCT
 PY 2003
 VL 20
 IS 10
 BP 1868
 EP 1870
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 734DC
 UT ISI:000186039100061
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yao, Z
    Liu, GL
 TI Aerodynamic design method of cascade profiles based on load and blade
    thickness distribution
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE cascade design; hybrid problem; variational principle; finite element
    method
 ID VARIATIONAL-PRINCIPLES
 AB A cascade profile design method was proposed using the aerodynamic load
    and blade thickness distribution as the design constraints, which were
    correspondent to the demands from the aerodynamic characteristics and
    the blade strength. These constraints, together with all the other
    boundary conditions, were involved in the stationary conditions of a
    variational principle, in which the angle-function was employed as the
    unknown function. The angle-function (i.e., the circumferential angular
    coordinate) was defined in the image plane composed of the stream
    function coordinate ( circumferential direction) and streamline
    coordinate. The solution domain, i.e., the blade-to-blade passage, was
    transformed into a square in the image plane, while the blade contour
    was projected to a straight line; thus, the difficulty of the unknown
    blade geometry was avoided. The finite element method was employed to
    establish the calculation code. Applications show that this method can
    satisfy the design requests on the blade profile from both aerodynamic
    and strength respects. In addition, quite different from the most
    inverse-problem approaches that often encounter difficulties in the
    convergence of iteration, the present method shows a stable and fast
    convergence tendency. This will be significant for engineering
    applications.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Power Engn Sch, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yao, Z, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Power Engn Sch, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 CR HORLOCK JK, 1958, AXIAL FLOW COMPRESSO
    LIU F, 2002, J GENE MED, V4, P342
    LIU GI, 1986, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V108, P254
    LIU GL, 1980, SCI SINICA, V23, P1339
    LIU GL, 1982, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V3, P138
    LIU GL, 1986, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V7, P329
    YAO Z, 1989, J ACTA AERODYNAMICS, V7, P313
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD AUG
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 8
 BP 886
 EP 892
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 734FU
 UT ISI:000186045000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fu, JL
    Chen, LQ
 TI Non-Noether symmetries and conserved quantities of nonconservative
    dynamical systems
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE conservation law; symmetry; nonconservative system; infinitesimal
    transformation
 AB This Letter focuses on studying non-Noether symmetries and conserved
    quantities of the nonconservative dynamical system. Based on the
    relationships among motion, nonconservative forces and Lagrangian, we
    present conservation laws on non-Noether symmetries for nonconservative
    dynamical systems. A criterion is obtained on which non-Noether
    symmetry leads to Noether symmetry in nonconservative systems. The
    Letter, also gives connection between the non-Noether symmetries and
    Lie point symmetries, and further obtains Lie invariants which form a
    complete set of invariants. Finally, an example is discussed to
    illustrate these results. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shangqiu Teachers Coll, Dept Phys, Shangqiu 476000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, JL, Shangqiu Teachers Coll, Dept Phys, Shangqiu 476000, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CICOGNA G, 1992, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V107, P1085
    HOJMAN SA, 1992, J PHYS A, V25, L291
    LUTZKY M, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V72, P86
    LUTZKY M, 1995, J PHYS A, V28, P637
    LUTZKY M, 1998, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V33, P393
    MEI FX, 1999, APPL LIE GROUPS LIE, P151
    NOETHER AE, 1918, NACHR AKAD WISS GO 2, P235
 NR 7
 TC 25
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD OCT 20
 PY 2003
 VL 317
 IS 3-4
 BP 255
 EP 259
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 733XB
 UT ISI:000186025000012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, J
    Oswald, TM
    Lineaweaver, WC
    Chen, Z
    Zhang, G
    Chen, Z
    Zhang, F
 TI Enhancement of rat sciatic nerve regeneration by fibronectin and
    laminin through a silicone chamber
 SO JOURNAL OF RECONSTRUCTIVE MICROSURGERY
 DT Article
 DE fibronectin; laminin; sciatic nerve regeneration; rat model
 ID CONTAINING GEL; REPAIR; COLLAGEN; GRAFT; TUBES; SURGERY; GUIDES; GAP
 AB In this study, the authors examined the effects of fibronectin and
    laminin on sciatic nerve regeneration in rats. Sixty-eight
    Sprague-Dawley rats underwent bilateral sciatic nerve transections and
    silicone tubulizations, with a 10-mm gap between the proximal and
    distal nerve stumps. Thirty rats (n=30) received 10 mug of fibronectin
    injection into the right sciatic nerve chamber, while saline was
    injected into the left nerve chamber, serving as the control. Another
    30 rats (n=30) were given 6 mug of laminin injection into the right
    nerve chambers and saline into the left chambers. At 1, 3, and 4 months
    postoperatively, electrophysiologic and histologic examinations,
    including nerve morphometry, were performed. Eight additional rats,
    receiving fibronectin (n=4) and laminin (n=4) injections, were used for
    horseradish peroxidase (HRP) tracing at 3 months postoperatively.
    Results from the study showed that fibronectin- and laminin-treated
    groups had significantly higher motor nerve conduction velocity and
    evoked muscle action potential amplitude of the anterior tibial muscle
    than the control group (p<0.01). Nerve diameter and the number of
    myelinated axons from the groups receiving fibronectin and laminin
    applications were greater than the controls (p<0.01). Also, a greater
    number of HRP-labeled motor neurons were found in the ventral horns and
    dorsal root ganglia of the fibronectin- and laminin-treatment groups
    compared to the controls. The authors conclude that local applications
    of fibronectin and laminin into the nerve chambers can significantly
    improve axonal regeneration and maturation of injured rat sciatic
    nerves.
 C1 Univ Mississippi, Med Ctr, Div Plast Surg, Jackson, MS 39216 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Zhongshan Hosp, Dept Orthoped Surg, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
    Univ Mississippi, Med Ctr, Div Plast Surg, Jackson, MS 39216 USA.
 RP Zhang, F, Univ Mississippi, Med Ctr, Div Plast Surg, 2500 N State St,
    Jackson, MS 39216 USA.
 CR BORA FW, 1987, J HAND SURG A, V12, P685
    CHEN Z, 1982, MICROSURGERY
    COLIN W, 1984, J DENT RES, V63, P987
    COOPER AR, 1981, EUR J BIOCHEM, V119, P189
    COTRAN RS, 1999, PATHOLOGIC BASIS DIS
    DELLON AL, 1988, PLAST RECONSTR SURG, V82, P849
    HOBSON MI, 1997, BRIT J PLAST SURG, V50, P125
    KAUPPILA T, 1993, EXP NEUROL, V123, P181
    LEBEAU JM, 1988, J NEUROCYTOL, V17, P161
    LUNDBORG G, 1994, J HAND SURG B, V19, P273
    MADISON R, 1985, EXP NEUROL, V88, P767
    MADISON RD, 1987, EXP NEUROL, V95, P378
    MANTHORPE M, 1983, J CELL BIOL, V97, P1882
    MATSUMOTO K, 2000, BRAIN RES, V868, P315
    MULLER H, 1987, BRAIN RES, V413, P320
    OLIVER N, 1992, J INVEST DERMATOL, V99, P579
    PUSSELL BA, 1985, J CLIN INVEST, V76, P143
    ROSEN JM, 1990, ANN PLAS SURG, V25, P375
    SCHWARZBAUER JE, 1991, CURR OPIN CELL BIOL, V3, P786
    TANG JB, 1993, J HAND SURG B, V18, P449
    TOBA T, 2000, J BIOMED MATER RES, V58, P622
    TONG XJ, 1994, BRAIN RES, V663, P155
    TRIGG DJ, 1998, AM J OTOLARYNG, V19, P29
    WEBER RA, 2000, PLAST RECONSTR SURG, V106, P1036
    WHITWORTH IH, 1995, J HAND SURG B, V20, P429
    WILLIAMS LR, 1983, J COMP NEUROL, V218, P460
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 0743-684X
 J9 J RECONSTR MICROSURG
 JI J. Reconstr. Microsurg.
 PD OCT
 PY 2003
 VL 19
 IS 7
 BP 467
 EP 472
 PG 6
 SC Surgery
 GA 731UQ
 UT ISI:000185905200005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, QY
    Wu, SL
    Chen, JH
    Liu, F
    Chen, HL
 TI Expressions of Lewis antigens in human non-small cell pulmonary cancer
    and primary liver cancer with different pathological conditions
 SO JOURNAL OF EXPERIMENTAL & CLINICAL CANCER RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE non-small cell pulmonary cancer; primary liver cancer; Lewis antigens;
    alpha 1,3Fucosyltransferase; metastasis
 ID HUMAN ALPHA(1,3)FUCOSYLTRANSFERASE GENE; FUCOSYL-TRANSFERASE; SIALYL
    LEWIS(X); HEPATOCARCINOMA CELLS; DETERMINES EXPRESSION;
    MOLECULAR-CLONING; LUNG-CANCER; X ANTIGEN;
    ALPHA-1,3-FUCOSYL-TRANSFERASE; CARCINOMA
 AB The expressions of three X series Lewis antigens, including Lewis X
    (Lex), sialyl Lewis X (SLe(x)) and sialyl dimeric Lewis X (SDLe(x))
    were studied with immuno-histochemical methods in human non-small cell
    pulmonary cancer (NSCPC) and primary liver cancer (PLC) with different
    pathological conditions. The Lewis antigens are mainly expressed on the
    cell surfaces, medially or slightly in,the cytoplasm, but not in the
    cell nuclei of the cancer tissues. The regions adjacent to the cancer
    tissues do not express any Lewis antigens. The positive rates of these
    antigens in NSCPC were within the range of 75%similar to86%. There was
    no apparent difference in positive rates between the cases with
    different differentiation and the presence or absence of metastasis in
    peripheral lymph nodes, nor among the three antigens, except that the
    positive rate of SDLex was lower (about 56%) in the cases with
    well/medium differentiation and without metastasis. However, the
    expression-intensities (SI indexes) of all three antigens were
    significantly higher in the samples of poor differentiation and with
    metastasis as compared to those with well/medium differentiation and
    without metastasis. The two sialyl Lewis antigens increased more
    significantly than non-sialylated Lex. The expressions of these
    antigens were also observed in the peripheral lymph nodes with
    metastasis, but not in those without metastasis. The positive rates of
    Lex, SLex and SDLex in human primary liver cancer were 83.3%, 88.9% and
    77.8%, respectively. In the cases with cancer cell thrombosis (CCT) in
    portal vein (an index of metastasis), the expressions of all these
    three antigens were stronger than those in the cases without CCT. SLex
    was the most abundant and most highly increased Lewis antigen on the
    surface of NSCPC and PLC, especially in the cases with poor
    differentiation and metastasis. In the study of the enzymatic basis of
    the increased Lewis antigens in PLC by using Northern blot, it was,
    found that the level of (alpha1,3 FucT-III NI mRNA in PLC tissues was
    much higher than that in the adjacent regions, and more significantly
    higher in the cancer tissues from patients with CCT in portal vein. In
    contrast, the expression of (alpha1,3 FucT-VII was rather low in cancer
    tissues and not different from the adjacent regions in spite of the
    presence or absence of CCT. These results reveal that the SLex in PLC
    is mainly synthesized by (alpha1,3 FucT-Ill NI (especially VI) and is
    the most important Lewis antigen involved in the metastasis of PLC.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Med, Dept Biochem, Minist Hlth,Key Lab Glycoconjugate Res, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Guangxi Univ Tradit Chinese Med, Affiliated Hosp 1, Nanning, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, HL, Shanghai Univ, Sch Med, Dept Biochem, Minist Hlth,Key Lab
    Glycoconjugate Res, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 CR BRINKMANVANDERLINDEN ECM, 1996, J BIOL CHEM, V271, P14492
    GUO P, 2003, J EXP CLIN CANC RES, V22, P135
    HAKOMORI S, 1996, CANCER RES, V56, P5309
    KUDO T, 1998, J BIOL CHEM, V273, P26729
    KUKOWSKALATALLO JF, 1990, GENE DEV, V4, P1288
    LIU F, 2001, BRIT J CANCER, V84, P1556
    LIU F, 2002, J CANCER RES CLIN, V128, P189
    LOWE JB, 1991, J BIOL CHEM, V266, P17467
    MATSUSAKO T, 1991, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V181, P1218
    MATSUSHITA Y, 1990, LAB INVEST, V63, P780
    NAKAMORI S, 1993, CANCER RES, V53, P3632
    NARIMATSU H, 1998, PROTEIN NUCL ACID EN, V48, P2394
    OGAWA J, 1994, CANCER, V73, P1177
    OGAWA J, 1997, CANCER, V79, P1678
    SAGERSTROM CG, 1996, LAB GUIDE RNA ISOLAT, P83
    SASAKI K, 1994, J BIOL CHEM, V269, P14730
    TAKADA A, 1993, CANCER RES, V53, P354
    TOGAYACHI A, 1999, INT J CANCER, V83, P70
    VARKI A, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P7390
    WESTON BW, 1992, J BIOL CHEM, V267, P24575
    WESTON BW, 1992, J BIOL CHEM, V267, P4152
 NR 21
 TC 1
 SN 0392-9078
 J9 J EXP CLIN CANCER RES
 JI J. Exp. Clin. Cancer Res.
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 VL 22
 IS 3
 BP 431
 EP 440
 PG 10
 SC Oncology
 GA 731KC
 UT ISI:000185882000013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZL
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
 TI Inducing synthesis of US nanotubes by PTFE template
 SO INORGANIC CHEMISTRY COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE CdS; nanotubes; membrane; inducing synthesis
 ID VANADIUM-OXIDE; DISULFIDE; ARRAY
 AB Using PTFE membrane as structure-directing template, the CdS nanotubes
    with the internal diameter of 100-130 nm, the wall thickness of 15-18
    nm, and the length of about 1.4 mum were inductively synthesized. (C)
    2003 Published by Elsevier B.V.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, 1239 Siping Rd, Shanghai 200092,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN X, 2002, INORG CHEM, V41, P4524
    CHOPRA NG, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P966
    HOYER P, 1996, LANGMUIR, V12, P1411
    KASUGA T, 1999, ADV MATER, V11, P1307
    LI YDD, 2002, J AM CHEM SOC, V124, P1411
    LIJIMA S, 1991, NATURE, V354, P56
    LU QY, 2002, NANOTECHNOLOGY, V13, P741
    NATH M, 2001, J AM CHEM SOC, V123, P4841
    SPAHR ME, 1998, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V37, P1263
    TENNE R, 1992, NATURE, V360, P444
    WANG C, 2003, J MATER SCI LETT, V22, P413
    XU DP, 2002, CHIN J INORG CHEM, V18, P871
    ZHANG Y, 2000, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V16, P431
    ZHOU SM, 2003, EUR J INORG CHEM, V9, P1794
 NR 14
 TC 12
 SN 1387-7003
 J9 INORG CHEM COMMUN
 JI Inorg. Chem. Commun.
 PD NOV
 PY 2003
 VL 6
 IS 11
 BP 1393
 EP 1394
 PG 2
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear
 GA 732QR
 UT ISI:000185957500012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chung, TS
    Zhang, SH
    Yu, CW
    Wong, KP
 TI Electricity market risk management using forward contracts with
    bilateral options
 SO IEE PROCEEDINGS-GENERATION TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION
 DT Article
 ID POWER MARKETS
 AB Extreme short-term price volatility in competitive electricity markets
    creates the need for risk management arrangements. A new electricity
    forward contract with bilateral financial options is introduced, which
    allows both seller and buyer to take advantage of flexibility in
    generation and consumption to obtain monetary benefits while
    simultaneously removing the risk of market price fluctuations. The
    option theory is incorporated to formulate the contract price. The
    strike prices of options are derived from solving an equilibrium model
    in which both the buyer and the seller aim to maximise their own
    profit. Theoretical analysis shows that the proposed optional forward
    contract presents a more equitable and reasonable payoff structure that
    allows the buyer and seller to earn a larger overall expected benefit,
    and the contractual arrangement supports efficiency in economic
    dispatch of electricity production and consumption. The insights
    obtained from these results will be helpful to participants' in the
    contractual decision-making process.
 C1 Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chung, TS, Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong
    Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR BJORGAN R, 1999, IEEE T POWER SYST, V14, P1285
    BJORGAN R, 2000, IEEE T POWER SYST, V15, P477
    COLLINS RA, 2002, IEEE T POWER SYST, V17, P100
    DAHLGREN RW, 2001, IEE P-GENER TRANSM D, V148, P189
    DAVID AK, 1994, IEE P-GENER TRANSM D, V141, P75
    DAVID AK, 2001, IEEE T ENERGY CONVER, V16, P352
    DENG SJ, 1999, THESIS U CALIFORNIA
    GEDRA TW, 1993, IEEE T POWER SYST, V8, P122
    GEDRA TW, 1994, IEEE T POWER SYST, V9, P1766
    GHOSH K, 1997, INT J ELEC POWER, V19, P75
    HERGUERA I, 2001, UTILITIES POLICY, V9, P73
    HULL JC, 1996, OPTIONS FUTURES OTHE
    KAYE RJ, 1990, IEEE T POWER SYST, V5, P46
    MANNILA T, 2000, P INT C EL UT DER RE, P587
    MIELCZARSKI W, 1999, IEEE POWER ENG REV, V19, P49
    OREN SS, 2001, DECIS SUPPORT SYST, V30, P279
    WOO CK, 2001, ENERG ECON, V23, P1
 NR 17
 TC 3
 SN 1350-2360
 J9 IEE PROC-GENER TRANSM DISTRIB
 JI IEE Proc.-Gener. Transm. Distrib.
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 VL 150
 IS 5
 BP 588
 EP 594
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 731NG
 UT ISI:000185891600012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hua, ZZ
    Li, BG
    Liu, ZJ
    Sun, DW
 TI Freeze-drying of liposomes with cryoprotectants and its effect on
    retention rate of encapsulated ftorafur and vitamin A
 SO DRYING TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE cryoprotectant; DSC; freeze-drying; ftorafur; glass transition
    temperature; HPLC; liposome; vitamin
 ID TRANSPORT-PROPERTIES; MOVING INTERFACE; FOOD MATERIALS; STABILIZATION;
    DEHYDRATION; TEMPERATURE; SHRINKAGE; TREHALOSE; VESICLES; BILAYER
 AB In this article, the glass transition temperature (T-g) of liposomal
    suspensions, in which glucose, sucrose, mannitol, and trehalose are
    used as cryoprotectants, are measured by differential scanning
    calorimetry (DSC). The protective effect of the cryoprotectants added
    for liposomes during freeze-drying is investigated. Results show that
    the T-g of liposomal suspension with trehalose is the highest, while
    that with glucose is the lowest. Depending on the concentration. the
    vesicle size of liposomes with trehalose as cryoprotectant varies less,
    while the vesicle size of liposomes, with glucose as cryoprotectant
    varies over a wider range during the process of freeze-drying.
    Water-soluble ftorafur and lipid-soluble vitamin A encapsulated in
    liposomes were freeze-dried. The retention rates of the encapsulated
    pharmaceuticals inside the liposomes are measured with high performance
    liquid chromatography. The results indicate that the retention rate for
    liposomes with trehalose is the highest, and the leakage of the
    pharmaceutical material is less than that with glucose used as a
    cryoprotectant. Through a series of experimental studies, trehalose is
    identified as a better cryoprotectant. An optimized freeze-drying
    procedure for liposomes is presented.
 C1 Natl Univ Ireland Univ Coll Dublin, Dept Agr & Food Engn, Dublin 2, Ireland.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryobiol Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, DW, Natl Univ Ireland Univ Coll Dublin, Dept Agr & Food Engn,
    Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2, Ireland.
 CR ABDELREHIM ZS, 1998, DRY TECHNOL, V16, P799
    ARAKI T, 2001, DRY TECHNOL, V19, P297
    BRUTTINI R, 2001, DRY TECHNOL, V19, P2303
    CARPENTER JF, 1991, DEV BIOL STAND, V74, P225
    CHANDRASEKHAR I, 1988, J BIOMOL STRUCT DYN, V5, P1163
    CHENG J, 2002, DRY TECHNOL, V20, P553
    CROWE JH, 1989, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V979, P7
    CROWE LM, 1986, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V861, P131
    CROWE LM, 1991, DEV BIOL STAND, V74, P285
    KENICHI I, 1993, PHARMACEUT RES, V10, P1232
    LIAN Y, 1998, J PHARM SCI, V87, P774
    LIAPIS AI, 1995, DRY TECHNOL, V13, P43
    LIU ZJ, 2001, THESIS U SHANGHAI SC
    LOMBRANA JI, 2001, DRY TECHNOL, V19, P1613
    MADDEN TD, 1985, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V817, P67
    MARTINEZ SG, 2001, DRYING TECHNOLOGY, V19, P661
    MOREIRA R, 2000, DRY TECHNOL, V18, P279
    RAKOTOZAFY H, 2000, DRY TECHNOL, V18, P2253
    SABLANI SS, 2002, DRY TECHNOL, V20, P1379
    SADIKOGLU H, 1998, DRY TECHNOL, V16, P399
    SADIKOGLU H, 1999, DRY TECHNOL, V17, P2013
    SAGARA Y, 2001, DRY TECHNOL, V19, P281
    SHISHEHGARHA F, 2002, DRY TECHNOL, V20, P131
    STRAUSS G, 1986, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V858, P169
    SUZUKI T, 1999, DRY TECHNOL, V17, P1429
    TAMBUNAN AH, 2001, DRY TECHNOL, V19, P325
    TAMON H, 1999, DRY TECHNOL, V17, P1653
    TAMON H, 2001, DRY TECHNOL, V19, P313
 NR 28
 TC 0
 SN 0737-3937
 J9 DRY TECHNOL
 JI Dry. Technol.
 PY 2003
 VL 21
 IS 8
 BP 1491
 EP 1505
 PG 15
 SC Engineering, Chemical; Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 732XM
 UT ISI:000185970900007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ping, H
    Zhang, JF
    Meng, JP
 TI Interaction between compacton and anticompacton, peakon and antipeakon
    in (2+1)-dimensional spaces
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE homogeneous balance method; compacton; peakon; (2+1)-dimensional
    dispersive long wave equation
 ID LONG-WAVE EQUATIONS; LOCALIZED COHERENT STRUCTURES; CAMASSA-HOLM
    EQUATION; SOLITON-STRUCTURES; KDV EQUATION; DIMENSIONS; KAUP
 AB Starting from the variable separation solution obtained by using the
    extended homogenous balance method, a class of novel localized coherent
    structures such as the multi-peakon-antipeakons solution and the
    multi-compacton-anticompactons solution of the (2 + 1)-dimensional
    dispersive long wave equation are found by selecting appropriate
    functions. These new structures exhibit some novel interaction features
    that are different from one of the known results. Their interaction
    behaviour is very similar to the completely elastic collisions between
    two classical particles.
 C1 Zhejiang Ocean Univ, Dept Phys, Zhoushan 316004, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nucl Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Loughborough Univ Technol, Dept Math Sci, Loughborough LE11 3TU, Leics, England.
 RP Ping, H, Zhejiang Ocean Univ, Dept Phys, Zhoushan 316004, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BENNEY DJ, 1964, J MATH PHYS, V43, P309
    BOITI M, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P371
    BROER LJF, 1975, APPL SCI RES, V31, P377
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    CHERTOCK A, 2001, J COMPUT PHYS, V171, P708
    COOPER F, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V64
    FAN EG, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V7, P649
    HUANG WH, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P1101
    KAUP DJ, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V54, P396
    KRAENKEL RA, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V273, P183
    LI ZB, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P402
    LOU S, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V176, P96
    LOU SY, 1994, J PHYS A, V27, P3225
    LOU SY, 1995, MATH METHOD APPL SCI, V18, P789
    LOU SY, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10619
    MATVEEV VB, 1979, ANN I H POINCARE, V31, P25
    PAQUIN G, 1990, PHYSICA D, V46, P122
    QIAN TF, 2001, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V12, P1347
    ROSENAU P, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P564
    SHI YR, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P267
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    TIAN B, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P2895
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    ZHANG JF, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1416
    ZHANG JF, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P659
    ZHANG JF, 2000, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V33, P577
    ZHANG JF, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10
    ZHANG JF, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2676
    ZHANG JF, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P705
    ZHANG JF, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V37, P277
 NR 30
 TC 0
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD OCT
 PY 2003
 VL 12
 IS 10
 BP 1166
 EP 1171
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 731UJ
 UT ISI:000185904600020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
 TI Coherent soliton structures with chaotic and fractal behaviors in a
    generalized (2+1)-dimensional Korteweg de-Vries system
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID VARIABLE SEPARATION APPROACH; NOVIKOV-VESELOV EQUATION; NONLINEAR
    SCHRODINGER-EQUATION; DAVEY-STEWARTSON EQUATION; DISPERSIVE WAVE
    SYSTEM; NEWELL-SEGUR SYSTEM; KDV EQUATION; AKNS SYSTEM; EXCITATIONS;
    TRANSFORM
 AB In higher dimensions there are abundant coherent soliton excitations.
    In this work, we reveal a novel phenomenon whereby the localized
    excitations show chaotic and fractal behaviors in some (2 +
    1)-dimensional physical models. To clarify this interesting phenomenon,
    we take the generalized (2 + 1)-dimensional Korteweg de-Vries systems:
    v(t) + av(xxx) + bv(yyy) + cv(x) + dv(y) = 3a(uv)(x) + 3b(vw)(y), v(x)
    = u(y), u(y) = w(x) as a concrete example. By means of a new variable
    separation approach, a quite general variable separation solution of
    this system is derived. Along with the usual localized coherent soliton
    excitations such as dromions, lumps, rings, peakons, and oscillating
    soliton excitations, some new excitations like chaos and fractals are
    derived by introducing some types of lower dimensional chaotic and
    fractal patterns.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ, Dept Phys, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1973, PHYS REV LETT, V30, P1262
    BOITI M, 1986, INVERSE PROBL, V2, P271
    CAO CW, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V33, P528
    CHEN HS, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P85
    CHEN LL, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P2149
    CLERC M, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P3820
    GEDALIN M, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P448
    HU XB, 1991, J PHYS A, V24, P1331
    HU XB, 1991, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V24, P1979
    KONOPELCHENKO BG, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V175, P17
    LORENZ EN, 1963, J ATMOS SCI, V20, P130
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4209
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LOU SY, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P6491
    LOU SY, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P781
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    LOU SY, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P769
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    LOU SY, 2002, PHYS SCRIPTA, V65, P7
    LOUTSENKO I, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P3011
    NIZHNIK LP, 1980, SOV PHYS DOKL, V25, P706
    NOVIKOV SP, 1986, PHYSICA D, V18, P267
    OHTA Y, 1992, J PHYS SOC JPN, V61, P3928
    RADHA R, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4746
    STEGEMAN GI, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P1518
    TAGAMI Y, 1989, PHYS LETT A, V141, P116
    TAJIRI M, 1997, PHYS REV E B, V55, P3351
    TANG XY, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P1451
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    VESELOV AP, 1984, SOV MATH DOKL, V30, P88
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P651
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P448
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P653
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P11
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P472
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P261
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P9
 NR 39
 TC 6
 SN 0577-9073
 J9 CHIN J PHYS
 JI Chin. J. Phys.
 PD OCT
 PY 2003
 VL 41
 IS 5
 BP 442
 EP 455
 PG 14
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 733UL
 UT ISI:000186019000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
 TI A general formalism for synchronization in finite dimensional dynamical
    systems
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID CHAOTIC SYSTEMS; FEEDBACK
 AB In this paper, an attempt is made to propose a general definition of
    synchronization for finite dimensional dynamical systems. The
    synchronization is defined here for two coupled dynamical systems with
    control inputs. Output functions of such systems are introduced to
    describe the systems' properties on which the synchronization problem
    focus. Exact synchronization, asymptotic synchronization, and
    approximate synchronization are, respectively, defined by comparing the
    output functions in the corresponding ways. The definition here can
    also include chaos control and anti-control. The definition here covers
    various synchronization investigated in the references. (C) 2003
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200070, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ASISCHENKO VS, 1998, PHYS REV E, V57, P316
    BLEKHMAN I, 1995, APPL MECH REV, V48, P733
    BLEKHMAN, 1988, SYNCHRONIZATION SCI
    BROWN R, 2000, CHAOS, V10, P344
    CHEN G, 1998, CHAOS ORDER METHODOL
    HAYES S, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P3014
    JOHN JK, 1994, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V4, P1687
    MAINIERI R, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P3042
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    PECORA LM, 1997, CHAOS, V7, P520
    ROSENBLUM MG, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1804
    RULKOV NF, 1995, PHYS REV E, V51, P980
    WANG XF, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P549
    YANG XS, 2000, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V11, P1365
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 IS 5
 BP 1239
 EP 1242
 PG 4
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 732LU
 UT ISI:000185948200026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shan, EF
    Sohn, MY
    Kang, LY
 TI Upper bounds on signed 2-independence number of graphs
 SO ARS COMBINATORIA
 DT Article
 DE signed 2-independence function; signed domination; r-partite graph
 ID REGULAR GRAPHS; DOMINATION
 AB A function f: V --> {-1, 1} defined on the vertices of a graph G = (V,
    E) is a signed 2-independence function if the sum of its function
    values over any closed neighbourhood is at most one. That is, for every
    v is an element of V, f (N[v]) less than or equal to 1, where N[v]
    consists of v and every vertex adjacent to v. The weight of a signed
    2-independence function is f(V) = Sigmaf(v), over all vertices v is an
    element of V. The signed 2-independence number of a graph G, denoted
    alpha(s)(2)(G), is the maximum weight of a signed 2-independence
    function of G. In this article, we give some new upper bounds on
    alpha(s)(2)(G) of G, and establish a sharp upper bound on
    alpha(s)(2)(G) for an r-partite graph.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Changwon Natl Univ, Dept Math Appl, Changwon 641773, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Shan, EF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR DUNBAR JE, 1995, GRAPH THEORY COMBINA, V1, P311
    FAVARON O, 1996, DISCRETE MATH, V158, P287
    FUREDI Z, 1999, J COMB THEORY B, V76, P223
    HAYNES TW, 1998, FUNDAMENTALS DOMINAT
    HENNING MA, 1998, DOMINATION GRAPHS, V2, P31
    HENNING MA, 2002, DISCRETE MATH, V250, P93
    KANG L, IN PRESS DISCRETE MA
    KANG LY, 2000, ARS COMBINATORIA, V56, P121
    KANG LY, 2002, DISCRETE MATH, V247, P229
    ZELINKA B, UNPUB SIGNED 2 INDEP
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0381-7032
 J9 ARS COMB
 JI ARS Comb.
 PD OCT
 PY 2003
 VL 69
 BP 229
 EP 239
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics
 GA 733NP
 UT ISI:000186007800021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, ZY
    He, GP
    Wu, F
 TI Sequential systems of linear equations algorithm for nonlinear
    optimization problems - general constrained problems
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE constrained optimization; algorithm; sequential systems of linear
    equations; coefficient matrices; auxiliary problem
 ID CONVERGENCE
 AB In Ref. [J. Comput. Math. 20 (3) (2002) 301], a new superlinearly
    convergent algorithm of sequential systems of linear equations for
    nonlinear optimization problems with inequality constraints was
    proposed. Since the new algorithm only needs to solve four systems of
    linear equations having a same coefficient matrix per iteration, the
    computation amount of the algorithm is much less than that of the
    existing sequential quadratic programming algorithms per iteration.
    Under some mild assumptions, the new algorithm is globally convergent
    and its rate of convergence is one-step superlinearly. In this paper,
    it is shown that the new algorithm also can be used to deal with
    nonlinear optimization problems having nonlinearly equality and
    inequality constraints, by solving an auxiliary problem. Some numerical
    results are reported. (C) 2002 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 No Jiaotong Univ, Transportat Sch, Beijing 100044, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Informat, Tai An 271019, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Inst Appl Math, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, ZY, No Jiaotong Univ, Transportat Sch, Beijing 100044, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHAMBERLAIN RM, 1982, MATH PROGRAMMING STU, V16, P1
    GAO ZY, 1993, THESIS I APPL MATH B
    GAO ZY, 2002, J COMPUT MATH, V20, P301
    HERSKOVITS J, 1986, MATH PROGRAM, V36, P19
    HOCK W, 1981, LECT NOTES EC MATH S, V187
    MAYNE DQ, 1976, MATH PROGRAM, V11, P67
    PANIER ER, 1988, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V26, P788
    POWELL MJD, 1982, LECTURE NOTES CONTRO, V38, P529
    SCHITTKOWSKI K, 1981, NUMER MATH, V38, P83
    SCHITTKOWSKI K, 1987, LECT NOTES EC MATH S, V282
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD JAN 5
 PY 2004
 VL 147
 IS 1
 BP 211
 EP 226
 PG 16
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 732NR
 UT ISI:000185952900017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, EB
    Yang, ZD
    Song, JB
 TI Effective dielectric response of graded spherical composites
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE effective dielectric response; graded material; hypergeometric function
 ID GRADIENT MATERIAL; FABRICATION
 AB The effective dielectric response of composites containing graded
    material is investigated when an external uniform electric field E-0 is
    applied to it. For a spherical particle with gradient dielectric
    constant, epsilon(i) (r) = b + cr, randomly embedded in a host with
    dielectric constant epsilon(m), we have obtained the exact solution of
    local electric potential in the composite media regions, which obey a
    linear constitutive relation D = epsilonE, using hypergeometric
    function. In dilute limit, the effective dielectric response of the
    linear graded composite media is derived. Furthermore, for larger
    volume fraction, we have given an effective medium approximation to
    estimate the effective dielectric response of the graded composite
    media. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Oceanol, Qingdao 266071, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, EB, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Oceanol, Qingdao 266071, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AMADA S, 1995, MRS BULL, V20, P35
    BAILEY WN, 1935, GEN HYPERGEOMETRICS
    BISHOP A, 1993, J MATER SCI LETT, V12, P1516
    CHEN YF, 1996, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V44, P771
    DONG L, 2003, PHYS REV B, V67
    GU GQ, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P4502
    GU GQ, 2003, IN PRESS J APPL PHYS, V93
    LANDAU LD, 1960, ELECTRODYNAMICS CONT
    MANHART PK, 1997, OPT ENG, V36, P1607
    MAXWELL JC, 1873, ELECT MAGNETISM
    PARK CW, 2000, IND ENG CHEM RES, V39, P79
    VASILEVSKIY MI, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P5844
    WATANABE R, 1995, MRS BULL, V20, P32
    ZHU JC, 1996, J MATER SCI, V31, P5829
 NR 14
 TC 3
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD OCT 6
 PY 2003
 VL 316
 IS 6
 BP 419
 EP 423
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 729ZE
 UT ISI:000185804100011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, T
    Hu, HY
 TI Nonlinear dynamics of a planetary gear system with multiple clearances
 SO MECHANISM AND MACHINE THEORY
 DT Article
 DE planetary gear transmission; nonlinear vibration; Fourier transform;
    harmonic balance method; dynamic
 ID LOAD; PAIR
 AB Presented in this paper is on the nonlinear dynamics of a planetary
    gear system with multiple clearances taken into account. A
    lateral-torsional coupled model is established with multiple
    backlashes, time-varying mesh stiffness, error excitation and sun-gear
    shaft compliance considered. The solutions are determined by using
    harmonic balance method from the equations in matrix form. The
    theoretical results from HBM are verified by using the numerical
    integration. Finally, effects of parameters are discussed. (C) 2003
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Precis Mech Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ Aeronaut & Astronaut, Inst Vibrat Engn, Nanjing 210016, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, T, Shanghai Univ, Dept Precis Mech Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR *MICR INC, 1994, IMSL LIB REF
    COMPARIN RJ, 1989, J SOUND VIB, V134, P259
    HIDAKA T, 1980, B JSME, V23, P315
    KAHRAMAN A, 1990, J SOUND VIB, V142, P49
    KAHRAMAN A, 1991, J SOUND VIB, V144, P469
    KAHRAMAN A, 1994, MECH MACH THEORY, V29, P1151
    KUBO A, 1972, T JAPAN SOC MECHANIC, V38, P2692
    MUNRO RG, 1962, THESIS CAMBRIDGE U
    OZGUVEN HN, 1988, J SOUND VIBRATION, V125, P71
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0094-114X
 J9 MECH MACH THEOR
 JI Mech. Mach. Theory
 PD DEC
 PY 2003
 VL 38
 IS 12
 BP 1371
 EP 1390
 PG 20
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 729UM
 UT ISI:000185793200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, XS
    Li, WH
    Xia, L
    Fang, SS
    Hua, Q
    Dong, YD
 TI Quasistatic and dynamic tensile behavior of Zr52.5Al10Ni10Cu15Be12.5
    bulk metallic glass
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE mechanical properties; bulk metallic glass; fracture
 ID ALLOYS
 AB Quasistatic and dynamic tensile behavior of Zr52.5Al10Ni10Cu15Be12.5
    bulk amorphous alloy was investigated at the strain rates of
    10(-4)similar to10(3) s(-1) by using a Shimadzu AG-100KNA autograph and
    a pneumatic tensile impact tester. It was shown that the tensile
    fracture strength and the fracture morphology were sensitive to the
    strain rate. With the increase of the strain rate, the tensile fracture
    strength decreased and the fracture morphology changed from cleavage
    into quasi-cleavage, and then into a mixture of microvoid-coalescence
    dimples and quasi-cleavage veins.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiao, XS, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BRUCK HA, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V30, P429
    BRUCK HA, 1996, J MATER RES, V11, P503
    INOUE A, 2001, ACTA MATER, V49, P2645
    KAWAMURA Y, 1997, SCRIPTA MATER, V37, P431
    KAWAMURA Y, 1999, MATER T JIM, V40, P749
    ZHOU Y, 2000, J MATER SCI, V34, P925
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 VL 19
 IS 5
 BP 410
 EP 412
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 730FN
 UT ISI:000185818700009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chau, KT
    Jiang, JZ
    Wang, Y
 TI A novel stator doubly fed doubly salient permanent magnet brushless
    machine
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON MAGNETICS
 DT Article
 DE brushless machine; electric vehicles; finite-element analysis;
    permanent magnet
 AB A novel stator doubly fed doubly salient permanent magnet (PM)
    brushless machine is proposed. The novelty of this machine is to
    purposely add an extra flux path in shunt with each PM pole, hence
    amplifying the effect of flux weakening for constant power operation.
    Magnetic circuit analysis is adopted to illustrate the novelty. Machine
    flux paths and performance curves determined by a finite-element
    analysis are presented for various excitations. The corresponding
    results show that the proposed machine is promising for application to
    electric vehicles.
 C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect & Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Automat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Chau, KT, Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect & Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHAN CC, 2001, MODERN ELECT VEHICLE, P67
    CHAU KT, 2002, IEEE T MAGN 1, V38, P2382
    CHENG M, 2001, IEEE T MAGN 2, V37, P3012
    LIAO Y, 1995, IEEE T IND APPL, V31, P1059
 NR 4
 TC 2
 SN 0018-9464
 J9 IEEE TRANS MAGN
 JI IEEE Trans. Magn.
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 VL 39
 IS 5
 PN Part 2
 BP 3001
 EP 3003
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied
 GA 728MZ
 UT ISI:000185722100256
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xue, GT
    Shi, H
    You, JY
    Yao, WS
 TI Distributed stable-group differentiated admission control algorithm in
    mobile peer-to-peer media streaming system
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ELECTRONICS
 DT Article
 DE stable-group; differentiated admission control algorithm; peer-to-peer;
    mobility; media streaming; ad hoc networks
 AB Mobile peer-to-peer media streaming systems are expected to become as
    popular as the peer-to-peer file sharing systems. In this paper, we
    study two key problems arising from mobile peer-to-peer media
    streaming: the stability of interconnection between supplying peers and
    requesting peers in mobile peer-to-peer streaming system; and fast
    capacity amplification of the entire mobile peer-to-peer streaming
    system. We use the Stable group algorithm to characterize user mobility
    in mobile ad hoc networks. Based on the stable group, we then propose a
    distributed Stable-group differentiated admission control algorithm
    (SGDAC(p2p)), which leads to fast amplifying the system's total
    streaming capacity using its self-growing. At last, the extensive
    simulation results are presented to compare between the SGDAC(p2p) and
    traditional methods to prove the superiority of the algorithm.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xue, GT, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Shanghai
    200030, Peoples R China.
 CR CHARAS P, 2002, P 1 INT C PEER TO PE, P55
    DESHPANDE H, 2001, STREAMING LIVE MEDIA, P30
    HONG X, 1999, P ACM IEEE MSWIM 99
    LI BC, 2001, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V2092, P251
    MAO SW, 2001, VEH TECHN C IEEE VTS, V2, P615
    SANCHEZ M, 1998, MOBILITY MODELS
    TSCHUDIN C, 2000, IEEE COMMUNICATIONS, P122
    WANG KH, 2002, 21 ANN JOINT C IEEE, V2, P1089
    XU DY, 2002, P 22 INT C DISTR COM, P329
    ZONOOZI MM, 1997, IEEE J SEL AREA COMM, V15, P1239
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1022-4653
 J9 CHINESE J ELECTRON
 JI Chin. J. Electron.
 PD OCT
 PY 2003
 VL 12
 IS 4
 BP 517
 EP 521
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 730EZ
 UT ISI:000185817400006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, Y
    Lin, GF
    Hu, RY
    Chen, YG
    Ding, XY
 TI Activin/Nodal signals mediate the ventral expression of myf-5 in
    Xenopus gastrula embryos
 SO BIOCHEMICAL AND BIOPHYSICAL RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE Activin/Nodal signals; Smad binding element; Xenopus myf-5; myogenesis
 ID NODAL-RELATED SIGNALS; VERTEBRATE EMBRYOS; MESODERM INDUCTION; SPEMANNS
    ORGANIZER; SPECIFICATION; ESTABLISHMENT; BINDING; LAEVIS
 AB Expression of myf-5, a key component of myogenic regulatory genes,
    expands into the ventral marginal zone during Xenopus gastrulation
    after the dorsal activation takes place. Little is known about how this
    dynamic expression pattern occurs. Here, we provide evidences to
    suggest that Activin/Nodal signals participate in the regulation of
    ventral expression of Xmyf-5 in gastrula embryos. Two Smad binding
    elements (SBEs) within the Xenopus myf-5 promoter can specifically
    interact with Smad4 protein. Furthermore, we demonstrate that the two
    SBEs are both indispensable for conferring responsiveness to
    Activin/Nodal signals and to ventral expression of myf-5 in Xenopus
    gastrula embryos. (C) 2003 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Biochem & Cell Biol, Lab Mol & Cell Biol,Lab Stem Cell Biol, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Dept Bioengn, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, XY, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Biochem & Cell
    Biol, Lab Mol & Cell Biol,Lab Stem Cell Biol, 320 Yue Yang Rd, Shanghai
    200031, Peoples R China.
 CR AGIUS E, 2000, DEVELOPMENT, V127, P1173
    ARNOLD HH, 2000, CURR TOP DEV BIOL, V48, P129
    CONLON FL, 1994, DEVELOPMENT, V120, P1919
    COSSU G, 1996, TRENDS GENET, V12, P218
    DEROBERTIS EM, 2000, NAT REV GENET, V1, P171
    DING XY, 1998, MECH DEVELOP, V70, P15
    FAURE S, 2000, DEVELOPMENT, V127, P2917
    FELDMAN B, 1998, NATURE, V395, P181
    HARLAND R, 1997, ANNU REV CELL DEV BI, V13, P611
    HILL CS, 2001, CURR OPIN GENET DEV, V11, P533
    HOOPWOOD ND, 1991, DEVELOPMENT, V111, P551
    JONES CM, 1998, DEV BIOL, V194, P12
    KROLL KL, 1999, EARLY DEV XENOPUS LA
    KUMANO G, 2002, DEV DYNAM, V225, P409
    LANE MC, 1999, DEVELOPMENT, V126, P423
    LANE MC, 2000, DEV BIOL, V225, P37
    LANE MC, 2002, DEV DYNAM, V225, P434
    LEE MA, 2001, DEVELOPMENT, V128, P2939
    LIN GF, 2003, DEV DYNAM, V226, P51
    MASSAGUE J, 2000, GENE DEV, V14, P627
    NIEUWKOOP PD, 1967, NORMAL TABLES XENOPU
    ORFORD R, 1999, METH MOL B, V127, P175
    PICCOLO S, 1999, NATURE, V397, P707
    POWNALL ME, 2002, ANNU REV CELL DEV BI, V18, P747
    SCHIER AF, 2000, NATURE, V403, P385
    SCHOHL A, 2002, DEVELOPMENT, V129, P37
    SHI YG, 1998, CELL, V94, P585
    SILVER J, 1995, PCR STRATEGIES, P179
    STEINBACH OC, 1998, DEV BIOL, V202, P280
    SUN BI, 1999, DEVELOPMENT, V126, P1467
    TAKAHASHI S, 1998, ZOOL SCI, V15, P231
    WHITMAN M, 2001, DEV CELL, V1, P605
    WRANA JL, 2000, CELL, V100, P189
    YANG J, 2002, MECH DEVELOP, V91, P131
 NR 34
 TC 0
 SN 0006-291X
 J9 BIOCHEM BIOPHYS RES COMMUN
 JI Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun.
 PD OCT 10
 PY 2003
 VL 310
 IS 1
 BP 121
 EP 127
 PG 7
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Biophysics
 GA 730MX
 UT ISI:000185835500020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
 TI Negative lateral shift of a light beam transmitted through a dielectric
    slab and interaction of boundary effects
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID TOTAL INTERNAL-REFLECTION; GOOS-HANCHEN SHIFT; ABSORBING MEDIA;
    GAUSSIAN-BEAM; DISPLACEMENT; TIMES
 AB It is found that when a light beam travels through a slab of optically
    denser dielectric medium in air, the lateral shift of the transmitted
    beam can be negative. This is a novel phenomenon that is reversed in
    comparison with the geometrical optic prediction according to Snell's
    law of refraction. A Gaussian-shaped beam is analyzed in the paraxial
    approximation, and a comparison with numerical simulations is made.
    Finally, an explanation for the negativity of the lateral shift is
    suggested, in terms of the interaction of boundary effects of the
    slab's two interfaces with air.
 C1 Acad Sinica, Xian Inst Opt & Precis Mech, State Key Lab Transient Opt Technol, Xian 710068, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CF, Acad Sinica, Xian Inst Opt & Precis Mech, State Key Lab
    Transient Opt Technol, 322 W Youyi Rd, Xian 710068, Peoples R China.
 CR BALCOU P, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P851
    BERMAN PR, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    BIRMAN JL, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V50, P1664
    CHAN CC, 1985, OPT LETT, V10, P378
    COWAN JJ, 1977, J OPT SOC AM, V67, P1307
    GOOS F, 1947, ANN PHYSIK, V1, P333
    HAIBEL A, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V63
    HARRICK NJ, 1960, PHYS REV LETT, V4, P224
    HSUE CW, 1985, J OPT SOC AM A, V2, P978
    LAI HM, 2000, PHYS REV E B, V62, P7330
    LAI HM, 2002, OPT LETT, V27, P680
    LI CF, 2002, PHYS REV A, V65
    LOTSCH HKV, 1970, OPTIK, V32, P116
    LOTSCH HKV, 1970, OPTIK, V32, P189
    LOTSCH HKV, 1971, OPTIK STUTTG, V32, P299
    LOTSCH HKV, 1971, OPTIK, V32, P553
    PFLEGHAAR E, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P2281
    PORRAS MA, 1997, OPT COMMUN, V135, P369
    RIESZ RP, 1985, J OPT SOC AM A, V2, P1809
    SCHIFF LI, 1968, QUANTUM MECH, P27
    STEINBERG AM, 1994, PHYS REV A, V49, P3283
    TAMIR T, 1971, J OPT SOC AM, V61, P1397
    TAMIR T, 1986, J OPT SOC AM A, V3, P558
    WHITE IA, 1977, J OPT SOC AM, V67, P703
    WILD WJ, 1982, PHYS REV A, V25, P2099
 NR 25
 TC 12
 SN 0031-9007
 J9 PHYS REV LETT
 JI Phys. Rev. Lett.
 PD SEP 26
 PY 2003
 VL 91
 IS 13
 AR 133903
 DI ARTN 133903
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 725ZX
 UT ISI:000185573700018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SF
 TI Kernel sections for viscoelasticity and thermoviscoelasticity
 SO NONLINEAR ANALYSIS-THEORY METHODS & APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE kernel section; process; Hausdorff dimension; viscoelasticity;
    thermoviscoelasticity
 ID ASYMPTOTIC STABILITY; CRITICAL EXPONENT
 AB We prove the existence of compact kernel sections for the process
    associated with viscoelastic and thermoviscoelastic equations, and
    obtain a more precise upper bound of the Hausdorff dimension of the
    kernel sections. According to our result, in the autonomous case with
    linear damping, the upper bound of the Hausdorff dimension decreases as
    the damping grows into a suitable large damping. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ARRIETA J, 1993, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V42, P1057
    CHEPYZHOV V, 1993, INDIANA U MATH J, V140, P193
    DAFERMOS CM, 1970, ARCH RATIONAL MECH A, V37, P297
    FEIREISL E, 1993, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V18, P1539
    HUANG Y, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P4957
    LIU ZY, 1996, Q APPL MATH, V54, P21
    NAVARRO CB, 1978, J MATH ANAL APPL, V65, P399
    PATA V, 2001, ADV MATH SCI APPL, V11, P505
    PAZY A, 1983, APPL MATH SCI, V44
    TERMAM R, 1988, APPL MATH SCI, V68
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0362-546X
 J9 NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR METH APP
 JI Nonlinear Anal.-Theory Methods Appl.
 PD NOV
 PY 2003
 VL 55
 IS 4
 BP 351
 EP 380
 PG 30
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 726YY
 UT ISI:000185630200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XD
    You, B
    Ji, WS
    Li, Y
 TI A laminated ceramic bandpass filter realized using coupled
    stepped-impedance resonators
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE ceramic filter; laminated filter; combline filter; tapped line; SIR
 ID COMB-LINE FILTER
 AB A tapped bandpass filter composed of two coupled stepped-impedance
    resonators (SIRs) is proposed. The two resonators are arranged in
    different plane. The volume of proposed filter is about 60% of that of
    conventional filter. We investigate the filtering characteristics using
    both network analysis and experimentation. It is shown that this filter
    has a very sharp response below its passband. (C) 2003 Wiley
    Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XD, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHANG HC, 1996, IEEE MTT-S, P619
    HUANG CL, 2000, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V24, P258
    ISHIZAKI T, 1991, IEICE T E, V74, P1556
    ISHIZAKI T, 1994, IEEE MTT S, P617
    ISHIZAKI T, 1994, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V42, P2017
    ISHIZAKI T, 1996, IEICE T ELECTRON EC, V79, P671
    KITAMURA T, 1998, IEICE T ELECTRON EC, V81, P1793
    MATTHAEI GL, 1963, MICROWAVE J, V6, P82
    SAGAWA M, 1985, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V33, P152
    TSAI JT, 2000, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V27, P105
    VINCZE AD, 1974, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V22, P1171
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD NOV 5
 PY 2003
 VL 39
 IS 3
 BP 214
 EP 216
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 725QF
 UT ISI:000185553300015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, QH
    Kim, ES
    Xu, J
 TI Effect of A-site substitution by Nd3+ on the microwave dielectric
    properties of (Pb0.5Ca0.5)(Fe0.5Nb0.5)O-3 ceramics
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE (Pb,Ca,Nd)(Fe,Nb)O-3; microwave dielectric ceramics; perovskite;
    pyrochlore; charge unbalance substitution
 ID FREQUENCIES; IONS
 AB Microwave dielectric properties of A-site substitution by Nd3+ in
    (Pb0.5Ca0.5)(Fe-0.5 Nb-0.5)O-3 system were investigated. Microwave
    dielectric properties of [(Pb0.5Ca0.5)(1-x)Nd-x](Fe-0.5 Nb-0.5)O-3
    (PCNFN) were improved because the solid solution of small amount of
    surplus Nd3+ with (Pb,Ca)(2+) could eliminate oxygen vacancies. A
    single perovskite phase was formed when x = 0.02. Surplus Nd3+ resulted
    in the formation of secondary phase (pyrochlore), which can deteriorate
    to the microwave dielectric properties of PCNFN ceramics. The
    decreasing of dielectric properties with x content was mainly caused by
    the formation of pyrochlore. Dielectric constant was above 100 and
    quality factor Qf values were 5385similar to5797GHz as x = 0.02similar
    to0.05. Temperature coefficient of resonant frequency (TCF) was changed
    from positive to negative with the increase of x content.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Kyonggi Univ, Dept Mat Engn, Suwon 442760, South Korea.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, QH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR KAGATA H, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V32, P4332
    KATO J, 1991, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V30, P2343
    KATO J, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V31, P3144
    KIM IS, 1995, MATER RES BULL, V30, P307
    KIM WS, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P2111
    KUCHEIKO S, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2937
    MICHIURA N, 1995, J AM CERAM SOC, V78, P793
    SHANNON RD, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P348
    YANG QH, 2002, J CHINESE CERAMIC SO, V30, P554
    YOSHIDA M, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS, V36, P6816
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 VL 18
 IS 5
 BP 1051
 EP 1056
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 728QM
 UT ISI:000185727900014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, TL
    Yuan, LL
    Li, SFY
 TI Modified field amplification sample injection for micellar
    electrokinetic chromatography of neutral compounds with
    amino-substituted cyclodextrin as carrier and 1-adamantanecarboxylate
    as displacer
 SO JOURNAL OF CHROMATOGRAPHY A
 DT Article
 DE injection methods; field-enhanced sample stacking; cyclodextrin;
    adamantanecarboxylic acid
 ID PERFORMANCE CAPILLARY-ELECTROPHORESIS; ONLINE CONCENTRATION; CHIRAL
    SEPARATIONS; BETA-CYCLODEXTRIN; STACKING MODE; ANALYTES; ACIDS
 AB A modified field amplification sample injection method was proposed and
    evaluated by using positively mono charged cyclodextrin (CD) as carrier
    and 1-adamantanecarboxylate as displacer for on-capillary
    preconcentration of neutral compounds and improvement of the
    concentration limit of detection in micellar electrokinetic
    chromatography. In modified sample injection mode a displacer plug was
    introduced before sample injection to reduce the length of the
    concentrated sample zone and increase the peak height by slowing down
    the forward movement of the neutral sample associated with beta-CD-NH2
    and the backward movement of the neutral sample partitioned in the
    micelles of sodium doclecyl sulfate. Stability of the inclusion
    complexes formed between the carrier and the solute was found to be an
    important factor affecting stacking efficiency in both the conventional
    field amplification sample injection mode and the modified one.
    However, further enhancement of the stacking efficiency in the modified
    mode rested on the relative stability of the displacer-carrier complex
    to that of the solute-carrier complex. Practical limits to the stacking
    efficiencies in both modes were discussed as well. (C) 2003 Elsevier
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Natl Univ Singapore, Dept Chem, Singapore 119260, Singapore.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, SFY, Natl Univ Singapore, Dept Chem, 10 Kent Ridge Crescent,
    Singapore 119260, Singapore.
 CR BURGI DS, 1991, ANAL CHEM, V63, P2042
    CHIEN RL, 1991, J CHROMATOGR, V559, P141
    CHIEN RL, 1992, ANAL CHEM, V64, P489
    IVANYI R, 2001, CHROMATOGRAPHIA, V53, P166
    KIM JB, 2001, J CHROMATOGR A, V916, P123
    KWAK ES, 1996, CHROMATOGRAPHIA, V43, P659
    LELIEVRE F, 1996, J CHROMATOGR A, V735, P311
    LELIEVRE F, 1997, ANAL CHEM, V69, P385
    LIU ZY, 1994, J CHROMATOGR A, V673, P125
    MUNRO NJ, 1999, J CHROMATOGR B, V731, P369
    NIELSEN KR, 1994, J CHROMATOGR A, V686, P283
    PALMER J, 1999, ANAL CHEM, V71, P1679
    QUIRINO JP, 1997, J CHROMATOGR A, V781, P119
    QUIRINO JP, 1997, J CHROMATOGR A, V791, P255
    QUIRINO JP, 1998, ANAL CHEM, V70, P149
    QUIRINO JP, 1999, J CHROMATOGR A, V838, P3
    TERABE S, 1984, ANAL CHEM, V56, P111
    WANG T, 1995, P HIT SUMM SEM 95 EN, P26
 NR 18
 TC 1
 SN 0021-9673
 J9 J CHROMATOGR A
 JI J. Chromatogr. A
 PD SEP 26
 PY 2003
 VL 1013
 IS 1-2
 BP 19
 EP 27
 PG 9
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Biochemical Research Methods
 GA 727KJ
 UT ISI:000185656900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, JR
    Li, N
    Cross, LE
 TI Structural and dielectric properties of Ga-modified BiFeO3-PbTiO3
    crystalline solutions
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID SOLID-SOLUTIONS; BIFEO3
 AB The dielectric and structural properties of Bi(GaxFe1-x)O-3-PbTiO3
    (BGF-PT) crystalline solutions have been investigated. Studies have
    focused on phase-pure perovskite materials. With increasing Ga content,
    we have found: (i) a coexistence of tetragonal and rhombohedral
    ferroelectric phases; (ii) a multicell perovskite structure for
    BGF-0.3PT; and (iii) a maximum tetragonal c/a ratio for the composition
    BGF-0.6PT with x=0.25. Also, Ga modification increases the electrical
    resistivity to greater than or equal to10(12) Omega cm, reduces the
    dielectric loss or tan delta over a wide temperature range, and
    increases the dielectric constant K. We have developed BGF-PT materials
    with values of K>400 and of tan delta<0.03. (C) 2003 American Institute
    of Physics.
 C1 Penn State Univ, Inst Mat Res, University Pk, PA 16802 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, JR, Penn State Univ, Inst Mat Res, University Pk, PA 16802 USA.
 CR EITEL RE, 2001, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V40, P5999
    FISCHER P, 1980, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V13, P1931
    IVANOVA TL, 2002, FERROELECTRICS, V265, P241
    KANAI T, 2001, ADV MATER, V7, P487
    KUMAR MM, 1998, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V165, P317
    KUMAR MM, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P2764
    KUMAR MM, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V87, P855
    POPOV YF, 2001, LOW TEMP PHYS+, V27, P478
    SMOLENSKY GA, 1961, FIZ TVERD TELA, V2, P2651
    SUNDER VVSSS, 1995, J MATER RES, V10, P1301
 NR 10
 TC 8
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD OCT 15
 PY 2003
 VL 94
 IS 8
 BP 5153
 EP 5157
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 727NE
 UT ISI:000185664300065
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, JR
    Cross, LE
 TI Effects of La substituent on ferroelectric rhombohedral/tetragonal
    morphotropic phase boundary in (1-x)(Bi,La)(Ga0.05Fe0.95)O-3-xPbTiO(3)
    piezoelectric ceramics
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID HIGH-TEMPERATURE; SOLID-SOLUTIONS; BIFEO3
 AB Crystalline solutions of (1-x)(Bi,La)(Fe0.95Ga0.05)O-3-xPbTiO(3)
    (BLGF-PT) have been fabricated with La concentrations of 0, 10, and 20
    at. %. The BLGF-PT system has been found to have excellent insulation
    resistivity less than or equal to10(13) Omega cm. In addition, La
    substituent was found to decrease the coercive field, resulting in much
    improved dielectric and piezoelectric properties. A shift in the
    morphotropic phase boundary of BLGF-PT with increasing La content was
    identified for x=0.3, 0.4, and 0.43. We have achieved optimized
    dielectric constant, loss factor, Curie temperature, remnant
    polarization, and piezoelectric d(33) properties of 881, 0.037, 386
    degreesC, 30 muC/cm(2) and 163 pC/N, respectively, for 0.6BLGF-0.4PT
    with 10 at. % La. These results clearly demonstrate that BLGF-PT is a
    competitive alternative piezoelectric material to Pb(Zr,Ti)O-3 with
    reduced lead content. (C) 2003 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Penn State Univ, Inst Mat Res, University Pk, PA 16802 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, JR, Penn State Univ, Inst Mat Res, University Pk, PA 16802 USA.
 CR BUHRER CF, 1962, J CHEM PHYS, V36, P798
    CHENG J, 2003, J APPL PHYS, V94, P605
    CHENG JR, 2003, J APPL PHYS, V94, P5153
    EITEL RE, 2001, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V40, P5999
    FISCHER P, 1980, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V13, P1931
    GERSON R, 1967, J APPL PHYS, V38, P55
    HERABUT A, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2954
    JAFFE B, 1971, PIEZOELECTRIC CERAMI
    KUMAR MM, 1998, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V165, P317
    KUMAR MM, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P2764
    MANAI T, 2001, ADV MAT WEINHEIM, V7, P487
    PARK SE, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P1804
    SMITH RT, 1968, J APPL PHYS, V39, P70
    SMOLENSKY GA, 1961, FIZ TVERD TELA, V2, P2651
    SUNDER VVSSS, 1995, J MATER RES, V10, P1301
    VIEHLAND D, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V88, P6696
 NR 16
 TC 9
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD OCT 15
 PY 2003
 VL 94
 IS 8
 BP 5188
 EP 5192
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 727NE
 UT ISI:000185664300071
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SP
    Du, HC
    Liao, HY
 TI Vortex lattice structure of high temperature superconductors
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS B
 DT Article
 DE Ginzburg-Landau model; vortex lattice; high temperature
    superconductivity
 ID GINZBURG-LANDAU THEORY; D-WAVE SUPERCONDUCTORS; PAIRING SYMMETRY;
    S-WAVE; VORTICES
 AB We study vortex lattice structure of high temperature superconductors
    by using the Ginzburg-Landau model. The structure of the vortex lattice
    is oblique at the temperatures well below the transition temperature
    T-c, where the mixed s-d state is expected to have the lowest energy.
    Whereas, very close to T-c, the d(x2-y2) wave is slightly lower in
    energy, and a triangular vortex lattice recovers. The coexistence and
    the coupling between the s- and d-waves account for the upward
    curvature of the upper critical field curve H-C2(T).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 ShangDa Rd, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABRIKOSOV AA, 1957, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V32, P1442
    BERLINSKY AJ, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P2200
    CHAKRAVARTY S, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P337
    DORIA MM, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P9573
    GORKOV LP, 1960, SOV PHYS JETP, V9, P1364
    HEEB R, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P9385
    JOYNT R, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P4271
    KEIMER B, 1994, J APPL PHYS 2, V76, P6778
    LEE PA, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P2891
    LI QP, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P437
    LIECHTENSTEIN AI, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P2303
    PALSTRA TTM, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P1662
    REN Y, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P3680
    RUGGIERO S, 1982, PHYS REV B, V26, P4897
    SOININEN PI, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P13883
    TINKHAM M, 1964, GROUP THEORY QUANTUM
    VOLOVIK GE, 1993, JETP LETT, V58, P469
    WELP U, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P1908
    ZHANG SC, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P1089
    ZHOU SP, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P342
    ZHOU SP, 2000, PHYSICA C, V339, P258
    ZHOU SP, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P541
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9792
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS B
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. B
 PD AUG 10
 PY 2003
 VL 17
 IS 18-20
 PN Part 1
 BP 3415
 EP 3422
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 727AV
 UT ISI:000185634600038
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, J
    Liu, ZR
 TI A method of controlling synchronization in different systems
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID MASTER-SLAVE SYNCHRONIZATION; CHAOS; NEURONS
 AB A new control method to synchronize between two different systems is
    proposed and the mathematical proof of this method is provided.
    Moreover, numerical simulation validates the efficiency of the proposed
    method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Ctr Nonlinear Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, ZR, Shanghai Univ, Ctr Nonlinear Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zrongliu@aonline.sh.cn
 CR BAO SW, 2001, NATURE, V412, P79
    CHEN G, 1998, CHOAS ORDER
    CHEN J, 2003, UNPUB APPL MATH MECH
    FANG JQ, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P1554
    FANG JS, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P1438
    KAPITANIAK T, 1994, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V4, P483
    LIU ZG, 1997, PHYS REV E A, V55, P199
    MAINEN ZF, 1995, SCIENCE, V268, P1503
    MING CH, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V301, P424
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    SUYKENS JAK, 1997, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V7, P671
    SUYKENS JAK, 1999, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V46, P841
    WU CW, 1994, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V4, P979
    YU YG, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P295
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 VL 20
 IS 9
 BP 1441
 EP 1443
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 726UC
 UT ISI:000185617700009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qin, L
    Zhang, G
    Hung, WY
    Au, SK
    Lu, HB
    Shi, YY
    Leung, KS
 TI Comparison of PQCT and DXA analysis for establishment of osteoporotic
    model in proximal femur of mature ovariectomized rats
 SO BONE
 DT Meeting Abstract
 C1 CHUK, Dept Orthopaed & Traumatol, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shuguang Hosp, Dept Orthopaed & Traumatol, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 8756-3282
 J9 BONE
 JI Bone
 PD MAY
 PY 2003
 VL 32
 IS 5
 SU Suppl. S
 BP S168
 EP S168
 PG 1
 SC Endocrinology & Metabolism
 GA 683AB
 UT ISI:000183123300419
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, HY
    Liu, ZQ
    Ma, XS
 TI The influence of interface layer characteristics on Lamb waves in
    layered anisotropic media
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE anistropic interface; spring model; global matrix; Lamb wave dispersion
 ID BOUNDARY-CONDITIONS; 2 SOLIDS; WEAK
 AB In this paper, the spring model for the anisotropic interface layer is
    built and introduced to the global matrix technique that is popularly
    used for analyzing layered composites. In introducing the spring
    interface condition, the philosophy adopted is to incorporate it with a
    minimum disruption to the program structure, particularly the assembly
    of the global matrix. The spring interface has therefore been
    introduced as a "material layer". This layer has material constants
    which govern the stiffness across it and has zero thickness. The layer
    can be built into the appropriate location in the global matrix without
    making any changes in the other layers of the system. Numerical
    computations for the Lamb wave dispersion curves in two-layered
    anisotropic composite media with different interface conditions
    including rigid connection, slip connection, and complete disbond are
    made, and plots of the through-thickness particle displacement
    distributions of Lamb modes for the rigid bond interface and slip bond
    interface are compared.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Inst Acoust, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, HY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AULD BA, 1973, ACOUSTIC FIELDS WAVE, CH7
    DU GS, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P27
    KARPUR P, 1995, MATER EVAL, V53, P1348
    LU P, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P697
    NING W, 1995, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V4, P428
    PAVLAKOVIC B, 2001, DISPERSE USERS MANUA, V154
    ROKHLIN SI, 1991, J ACOUST SOC AM, V89, P503
    ROKHLIN SI, 1992, J ACOUST SOC AM, V91, P1875
    ROKHLIN SI, 1992, J ACOUST SOC AM, V92, P1729
    ROKHLIN SI, 1993, J ACOUST SOC AM, V94, P3405
    WANG YJ, 1994, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V3, P561
    WANG YJ, 1996, PROGR PHYSICS, V16, P363
    WANG YS, 2000, ADV MECH, V30, P378
    ZHANG HY, 2002, THESIS TONGJI U
    ZHANG R, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1297
    ZHANG R, 2000, CHIN J SCI INS, V21, P485
    ZHANG R, 2001, CHIN J APPL MECH, V18, P75
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD OCT
 PY 2003
 VL 52
 IS 10
 BP 2492
 EP 2499
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 727WD
 UT ISI:000185683100026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiao, Z
    Wu, MH
    Gu, JZ
    Sun, XL
 TI The gas sensing characteristics of ITO thin film prepared by sol-gel
    method
 SO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS B-CHEMICAL
 DT Article
 DE thin film; sol-gel; gas sensor; ITO
 ID TIN OXIDE-FILMS; SENSORS
 AB In this paper, indium tin oxide (ITO) thin films were prepared by
    sol-gel method. The gas sensing properties of ITO thin films were
    investigated. The ITO thin films have better sensitivity to ethanol and
    nitrogen dioxide, but have little response to H-2, gasoline, liquid
    petrol gas (LPG), CH4 and CO, Pd, Pt, CaO, Th2O3 and rare earth
    elements were added to improve gas sensing characteristics. It was
    found that the influences of the additives on gas sensing
    characteristics were slight. The stability of ITO thin films is good.
    (C) 2003 Published by Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiao, Z, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst,
    Chengzhong Rd 20, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BRUNDLE CR, 1976, J VAC SCI TECHNOL, V13, P301
    CHOPRA KL, 1983, THIN FILM DEVICE APP
    KARIM AA, 1989, THIN SOLID FILMS, V172, P11
    KIM H, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P3444
    KOROBOV V, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P2290
    KWOK HS, 1998, THIN SOLID FILMS, V335, P299
    MA J, 1997, THIN SOLID FILMS, V307, P200
    PATEL NG, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V23, P49
    RAY S, 1983, J APPL PHYS, V54, P3497
    RYKARA LA, 1982, THIN SOLID FILMS, V92, P327
    SAKO T, 2001, SURF COAT TECH, V142, P781
    SBERVEGLIERI G, 1990, THIN SOLID FILMS, V186, P349
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    YUMOTO H, 1999, THIN SOLID FILMS, V345, P38
    ZHENG JP, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P1
 NR 15
 TC 7
 SN 0925-4005
 J9 SENSOR ACTUATOR B-CHEM
 JI Sens. Actuator B-Chem.
 PD SEP 1
 PY 2003
 VL 94
 IS 2
 BP 216
 EP 221
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Electrochemistry; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 724TT
 UT ISI:000185503300015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, Y
    Zhang, JC
    Gu, F
    Xia, YB
 TI The influence of the C-60-toluene derivative as a hole-transporting
    layer on the copper phthalocyanine multilayer films
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE C-60; C-60-toluene derivative; CuPc; photoconductivity
 ID PHOTOCONDUCTIVITY; C-60
 AB The influence of the C-60-toluene derivative on photoconductivity of
    the copper phthalocyanine (CuPc)-C-60 films is studied. The result show
    that the photoconductivity of the films added with C-60-toluene
    derivative layer has increased by one order of magnitude in several
    seconds. The derivative be used serves as a hole-transporting layer
    according to the data of UV-Vis analyses, fluorescence spectra and
    cyclic voltammograms. (C) 2003 Published by Elsevier B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, Y, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ALLEMAND PM, 1991, SCIENCE, V253, P301
    DAYIN L, 1993, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, V603
    HEAYEON L, 1996, J APPL PHYS, V80, P3601
    HISATOMO Y, 1996, THIN SOLID FILMS, V278, P108
    KROTO HW, 1985, NATURE, V318, P162
    SMILOWITZ L, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P13853
    XU ZD, 1995, J MATER SCI LETT, V14, P1030
    YI W, 1999, PHOTOGRAPH SCI PHOTO, V17, P73
    YOSHINO K, 1993, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V85, P85
    YU C, 1996, J POLYLM SCI B, V34, P631
    YUE S, 1999, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V57, P1034
 NR 11
 TC 3
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD NOV 15
 PY 2003
 VL 82
 IS 2
 BP 401
 EP 404
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 723QX
 UT ISI:000185444000024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Deng, SF
    Chen, DY
    Zhang, DJ
 TI The multisoliton solutions of the KP equation with self-consistent
    sources
 SO JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN
 DT Article
 DE KP equation with self-consistent sources; Hirota's method; Wronskian
    technique; coincidence
 ID KADOMTSEV-PETVIASHVILI EQUATION; SOLITON-SOLUTIONS; VRIES EQUATION;
    INTEGRATION; HIERARCHY; KORTEWEG; SYSTEM
 AB The KP equation with self-consistent sources is derived through the
    linear problem of the KP system. The multisoliton solutions for the KP
    equation with self-consistent sources are obtained by using Hirota
    method and Wronskian technique. The coincidence of these solutions is
    shown by direct computation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Deng, SF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG Y, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V157, P22
    DOKTOROV EV, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V207, P153
    FREEMAN NC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P1
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 1991, J PHYS SOC JPN, V60, P798
    KUNDU A, 1995, J MATH PHYS, V36, P2972
    LIN RL, 2001, PHYSICA A, V291, P287
    MELNIKOV VK, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V133, P493
    MELNIKOV VK, 1989, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V126, P201
    MELNIKOV VK, 1992, INVERSE PROBL, V8, P133
    SHCHESNOVICH VS, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V213, P23
    URASBOEV GU, 2001, THEOR MATH PHYS+, V129, P1341
    YE S, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, L283
    ZENG YB, 1994, PHYSICA D, V73, P171
    ZENG YB, 1996, ACTA MATH SINICA, V12, P217
    ZENG YB, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P5453
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P2649
 NR 17
 TC 6
 SN 0031-9015
 J9 J PHYS SOC JPN
 JI J. Phys. Soc. Jpn.
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 VL 72
 IS 9
 BP 2184
 EP 2192
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 725JP
 UT ISI:000185540600014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Si, PC
    Bian, XF
    Zhang, JY
    Li, H
    Sun, MH
    Zhao, Y
 TI The fragility of Al-Ni-based glass-forming melts
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 ID ALLOYS; LIQUIDS; RELAXATIONS; TRANSITION
 AB In the original description of fragility, Angell (1988 J Phys. Chem.
    Solids 49 863) determined the degree of fragility from the curvature on
    an Arrhenius plot. This paper discusses a new measurement of the
    fragility value. The fragility of Al-Ni-based glass-forming melts,
    which is seldom reported in this field, can be analysed by using data
    from their viscosity and thermal properties. The fragility is observed
    to be very high, which is in very good agreement with the low
    glass-forming ability of Al-Ni-based alloys.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Educ Minist China, Key Lab Liquid Struct & Hered Mat, Jinan 250061, Peoples R China.
 RP Si, PC, Shanghai Univ, Educ Minist China, Key Lab Liquid Struct & Hered
    Mat, Jingshi Rd 73, Jinan 250061, Peoples R China.
 CR ANGELL CA, 1985, RELAXATION COMPLEX S, P3
    ANGELL CA, 1988, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V49, P863
    ANGELL CA, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P1924
    BIAN XF, 2003, MATER LETT, V57, P2460
    BOHMER R, 1993, J CHEM PHYS, V99, P4201
    BRUNING R, 1996, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V205, P480
    BUSCH R, 1997, MAT RES S C, V455, P369
    BUSCH R, 1998, ACTA MATER, V46, P4725
    CHEN HS, 1978, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V27, P257
    EMADI D, 1993, METALL TRANS B, V24, P1055
    HODGE IM, 1996, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V202, P164
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P1731
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P636
    INOUE A, 1998, PROG MATER SCI, V43, P365
    LAUGHIN WT, 1972, J PHYS CHEM-US, V76, P2371
    PERERA DN, 1999, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V11, P3807
    WILDE G, 2002, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V312, P537
 NR 17
 TC 4
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD AUG 20
 PY 2003
 VL 15
 IS 32
 BP 5409
 EP 5415
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 723EX
 UT ISI:000185420400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, LJ
    Xia, YB
    Fang, ZJ
    Zhang, WL
    Zhang, WG
    Shi, WM
 TI Influence of deposition conditions on the growth of diamond films on
    patterned silicon
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID CHEMICAL-VAPOR-DEPOSITION; BIAS-ENHANCED NUCLEATION; SELECTIVE
    DEPOSITION; AREA DEPOSITION
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, LJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR DAVIDSON JL, 1989, J ELECTRON MATER, V18, P711
    FOX NA, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V87, P8187
    HIRABAYASHI K, 1988, APPL PHYS LETT, V53, P1815
    HUANG JT, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V64, P73
    INOUE T, 1990, J APPL PHYS, V67, P7329
    IRWIN MD, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P716
    JIANG X, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P3438
    JOFFREAU PO, 1988, J REF HARD METALS, V7, P186
    MIZAKUCHUKI S, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P3557
    RANKIN J, 1994, J MATER RES, V9, P2164
    ROBERTS PG, 1996, J MATER RES, V11, P3128
    STONER BR, 1993, J MATER RES, V8, P1334
    SUN Z, 1996, THIN SOLID FILMS, V289, P1
    WANG LJ, 2000, DIAM RELAT MATER, V9, P1617
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD OCT 15
 PY 2003
 VL 22
 IS 20
 BP 1447
 EP 1450
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 722QJ
 UT ISI:000185387300018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, QR
    Liu, TY
    Chen, J
    Feng, XQ
 TI Light-induced coloration and transformation process in PWO4 crystals
    and the effects of the defect pair V-Pb-V-O
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW B
 DT Article
 ID PBWO4 SINGLE-CRYSTALS; LEAD TUNGSTATE CRYSTALS; NM ABSORPTION-BAND;
    ORIGIN; IRRADIATION
 AB The optical absorption spectrum of the as-grown PWO4 crystal mainly
    exhibits a weak band peaking at 350 nm, overlapping with the absorption
    edge of the crystal. The ultraviolet-irradiated crystal emits a strong
    band peaking at 420 nm and a broad band in the range of 500-700 nm
    almost in pairs along with a decreasing of the 350-nm band. It is found
    that the 420- and 500-700-nm bands can be reduced, with a reirradiation
    of the 411-nm monochromatic light, while the 350-nm band is
    strengthened simultaneously. In this paper the mechanism is studied. It
    is demonstrated that the increasing and/or decreasing of both the
    420-nm band and the 500-700-nm band are caused by the creation and/or
    the annihilation of V-Pb(2-) and V-O(2+), respectively. The creation
    and annihilation of V-Pb(2-) and V-O(2+) are found to be related to the
    separation and recombination of the vacancy pair V-Pb(2-)-V-O(2+),
    which plays an important role in the formation and transformation
    process of light induced color centers in the PWO crystal.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Lab Funct Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, QR, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, 516 Jungong Rd,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRAHAM YB, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    ANNENKOV A, 1998, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V170, P47
    ANNENKOV AN, 1998, 41 CMS
    ANNENKOV AN, 1998, RADIAT MEAS, V29, P27
    BACCARO S, 1998, NUCL PHYS B, V61, P66
    EPELBAUM BM, 1997, J CRYST GROWTH, V178, P426
    FANG SG, 1989, PHYSICS COLOR CTR CR
    FENG XQ, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P449
    HAN BG, 1999, J APPL PHYS, V86, P3497
    KORZHIK MV, 1996, P INT C IN SCINT THE, P241
    LAGUTA VV, 1998, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V10, P7293
    LAGUTA VV, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    LECOQ P, 1995, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V365, P291
    LI WS, 2000, PROG CRYST GROWTH CH, V40, P177
    LIAO JY, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P286
    LIN QS, 2001, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V118, P221
    LIU TY, 2001, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V184, P341
    LUTY F, 1968, PHYSICS COLOR CTR
    MOREAU JM, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V238, P46
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V195, P311
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V196, K7
    NIKL M, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P1
    NIKL M, 1997, MATER SCI FORUM, V239, P271
    QI JL, 2000, NUCL TECHNOL, V23, P433
    SHI CS, 2000, CHEM PHYS LETT, V328, P1
    YIN ZW, 1997, P INT C IN SCINT THE, P191
    ZHANG Y, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P12738
 NR 27
 TC 13
 SN 1098-0121
 J9 PHYS REV B
 JI Phys. Rev. B
 PD AUG 1
 PY 2003
 VL 68
 IS 6
 AR 064101
 DI ARTN 064101
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 720BH
 UT ISI:000185240600017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GG
    Zhu, ZY
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Application of Galerkin method to dynamical behavior of viscoelastic
    timoshenko beam with finite deformation
 SO MECHANICS OF TIME-DEPENDENT MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE bifurcation; chaos; finite deformation; fractional derivative
    constitutive relation; Galerkin method; nonlinear dynamical system;
    viscoelastic Timoshenko beam
 AB The motion equations governing the dynamical behavior of a viscoelastic
    Timoshenko beam with finite deformation are derived and simplified by
    Galerkin method. The viscoelastic material is assumed to obey the
    three-dimensional fractional derivative constitutive relation. The
    dynamical behaviors of the simplified systems with order 1 and order 2
    are numerically computed and compared by using the computational method
    presented by the authors. The dynamical behaviors of the systems are
    uniform qualitatively, but there is a little deviation quantitatively.
    And the truncated system with order 1 is safer than the one of order 2.
    It is also shown that the lower order system is reasonable. The
    influences of the load parameter and the fractional derivative
    parameter (material parameter) on the deflection of the beam are
    considered respectively. The numerical methods in nonlinear dynamics,
    such as phase diagram, and Poincare section, are applied to reveal
    dynamical behaviors of the nonlinear viscoelastic Timoshenko beam.
    There are plenty of dynamical behaviors, such as periodicity,
    bifurcation, quasi-periodicity and chaos in the dynamical system.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Supercomp Ctr, Shanghai 201203, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BAGLEY RL, 1986, J RHEOL, V30, P133
    CHENG CJ, 1996, ELASTICITY
    ENELUND M, 1999, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V36, P939
    GEMANT A, 1938, PHILOS MAG, V25, P92
    MAKRIS N, 1997, J RHEOL, V41, P1007
    NAYFEH AH, 1979, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    QIN TH, 1993, CHINESE ANN MATH B, V14, P335
    ROSS B, 1975, LECT NOTES MATH, V457
    SAMKO SG, 1993, FRACTIONAL INTEGRALS
    TIMOSHENKO S, 1972, MECH MAT
    WELCH SWJ, 1999, MECH TIME-DEPEND MAT, V3, P279
    ZHU ZY, 2003, APPL MATH MECH, V24, P331
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1385-2000
 J9 MECH TIME-DEPEND MATER
 JI Mech. Time-Depend. Mater.
 PY 2003
 VL 7
 IS 2
 BP 175
 EP 188
 PG 14
 SC Materials Science, Characterization & Testing; Mechanics
 GA 719XB
 UT ISI:000185229400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ni, JS
    Xu, H
    Zhu, MY
    Li, Q
    Zhou, BX
    Dong, YD
 TI A study of two-phase nanocrystalline Nd8.5Fe75Co5Cu1Zr3Nb1B6.5
    permanent magnet
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE metal materials; exchange-coupled; two-phase nanocrystalline; bonded
    permanent magnet; rare earths
 ID GRAIN-SIZE; DEPENDENCE; COMPOSITE; REMANENCE
 AB Nanocrystalline Nd8.5Fe75Co5Cu1Zr3Nb1B6.5 ribbons were prepared by
    melt-spun (18 m (.) s(-1)) and subsequent heat treatment (670
    degreesC/4 min). Excellent magnetic properties of the bonded magnet
    were achieved as follows: B-r = 0.68 T (6.8 kGs), H-J(c) = 620.3 kA (.)
    m(-1) (7.8 kOe), (BH)(max) = 74 kJ (.) m(-3) (9.3 MGOe). The results of
    TEM photomicrographs confirm that the appearance of alpha-Fe phase is
    earlier than that of Nd2Fe14B phase during crystallization process. The
    addition of Cu and Zr elements shows to be advantageous to the
    improvement of an intrinsic coercivity and squareness of hysteresis
    loop, as well as energy product.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ni, JS, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BILLONI OV, 1998, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V187, P371
    COEHOORN R, 1989, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V80, P101
    FISCHER R, 1996, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V153, P35
    HUI X, 2001, NEW PROGR MAT SCI EN
    JURCZYK M, 1998, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V185, P66
    KNELLER EF, 1991, IEEE T MAGN, V27, P3588
    LIU XB, 1997, J CHINESE RARE EARTH, V15, P212
    PANAGIOTOPOULOS I, 1996, J APPL PHYS 2A, V79, P4827
    SCHRAEDER T, 1994, PIMA MAG, V76, P10
    YONEYAMA T, 1990, IEEE T MAGN, V26, P1963
 NR 10
 TC 2
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD AUG
 PY 2003
 VL 21
 IS 4
 BP 401
 EP 403
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA 722HG
 UT ISI:000185368900001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liao, HY
    Zhou, SP
    Du, HC
 TI Vortex pinning by point defect in superconductors
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS D-APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID HIGH-TEMPERATURE SUPERCONDUCTORS; BOSON LOCALIZATION; II
    SUPERCONDUCTORS; COLUMNAR DEFECTS; REGULAR ARRAY; LATTICE; FILMS;
    MAGNETIZATION; TRANSITION; SIMULATION
 AB We apply the periodic time-dependent Ginzburg-Landau model to study
    vortex distribution in type-II superconductors with a point-like defect
    and square pinning array. A defect site will pin vortices, and a
    periodic pinning array with right geometric parameters, which can be
    any form designed in advance, shapes the vortex pattern as external
    magnetic field varies. The maximum length over which an attractive
    interaction between a pinning centre and a vortex extends is estimated
    to be about 6.0xi. We also derive spatial distribution expressions for
    the order parameter, vector potential, magnetic field and supercurrent
    induced by a point defect. Theoretical results and numerical
    simulations are compared with each other and they are consistent.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Liao, HY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BAERT M, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P3269
    BLATTER G, 1994, REV MOD PHYS, V66, P1327
    CASTELLANOS A, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P962
    DORIA MM, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P13164
    DORIA MM, 2002, PHYS REV B, V66
    DU Q, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P16194
    DU Q, 1998, MATH COMPUT, V67, P965
    ENOMOTO Y, 1997, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V9, P10203
    FRIESEN M, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P509
    KONCZYKOWSKI M, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P7167
    LATYSHEV YI, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P932
    LI QQ, 2001, PHYSICA C, V364, P495
    LYKOV AN, 1993, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V86, P531
    MKRTCHYAN GS, 1972, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V34, P195
    MOSHCHALKOV VV, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P7385
    NELSON DR, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P2398
    NELSON DR, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P13060
    REED DS, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P16448
    REICHHARDT C, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P16108
    REICHHARDT C, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P7937
    REICHHARDT C, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    SHEN JH, 1998, ELEMENTARY NUMERICAL
    TAKEZAWA N, 1997, PHYSICA C, V290, P31
    THUNEBERG EV, 1984, J LOW TEMP PHYS, V57, P415
    THUNEBERG EV, 1989, CRYOGENICS, V29, P236
    XU CF, 1990, NUMERICAL SOLUTION P
    ZHOU SP, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P541
 NR 27
 TC 0
 SN 0022-3727
 J9 J PHYS-D-APPL PHYS
 JI J. Phys. D-Appl. Phys.
 PD JUL 7
 PY 2003
 VL 36
 IS 13
 BP 1439
 EP 1445
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 722DV
 UT ISI:000185360900007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, EX
 TI An inverse eigenvalue problem for Jacobi matrices
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE symmetric tridiagonal matrix; Jacobi matrix; eigenvalue problem;
    inverse eigenvalue problem
 AB Let T-1,T-n be an n x n unreduced symmetric tridiagonal matrix with
    eigenvalues
    lambda(1) < lambda(2) < ... < lambda(n).
    and
    W-k = ((T1,k-1)(0) T-k+1,T-n (0))
    is an (n - 1) x (n - 1) submatrix by deleting the k(th) row and k(th)
    column, k = 1, 2, ..., n from T-n.
    Let
    mu(1) less than or equal to mu(2) less than or equal to ... less than
    or equal to mu(k-1)
    be the eigenvalues of T-1,T-k-1 and
    mu(k) less than or equal to mu(k+1) less than or equal to ... less than
    or equal to mu(n-1)
    be the eigenvalues of T-k+1,T-n.
    A new inverse eigenvalues problem has put forward as follows: How do we
    construct an unreduced symmetric tridiagonal matrix T-1,T-n, if we only
    know the spectral data: the eigenvalues of T-1,T-n, the eigenvalues of
    T-1,T-k-1 and the eigenvalues of T-k+1,T-n ? Namely if we only know the
    data: lambda(1),lambda(2), ... ,lambda(n), mu(1), mu(2), ..., mu(k-1)
    and mu(k), mu(k+1), ..., mu(n-1) how do we find the matrix T-1,T-n? A
    necessary and sufficient condition and an algorithm of solving such
    problem, are given in this paper.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, EX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BOLEY D, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P595
    DEBOOR C, 1978, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V21, P245
    GRAGG WB, 1984, NUMER MATH, V44, P317
    HALD OH, 1976, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V14, P63
    HOCHSTADT H, 1967, ARCH MATH, V18, P201
    JIANG EX, 1984, SYMMETRIC MATRIX COM
    JIANG EX, 1999, NUMERICAL MATH J CHI, V21, P305
    JIANG EX, 2001, ANN OPER RES, V103, P315
    PAIGE CC, 1971, THESIS U LONDON
    PARLETT BN, 1980, SYMMETRIC EIGENVALUE
    RALSTON A, 1968, MATH METHODS DIGITAL, V2
    WILKINSON JH, 1965, ALGEBRAIC EIGENVALUE
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 VL 21
 IS 5
 BP 569
 EP 584
 PG 16
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 722GK
 UT ISI:000185366900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XD
    Ji, WS
    Li, Y
 TI Microstrip bandpass filter using one single patch resonator with two
    transmission zeros
 SO ELECTRONICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID SIZE
 AB A novel compact and simple microstrip patch bandpass filter structure
    using only one resonator is presented. This filter has two transmission
    zeros on both sides of the passband. Without coupling gaps, the new
    filter can reduce uncertainty in fabrication. Simulated results agree
    well with measured results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XD, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun & Informat Engn, POB 151,149
    Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HELSZAIN J, 1978, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, P95
    HONG JS, 2000, IEEE MTT-S, P331
    IWASAKI H, 1996, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V44, P1399
    MANSOUR RR, 1996, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V44, P322
    STRASSNER B, 2002, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V50, P1431
    ZHU L, 1999, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V47, P650
 NR 6
 TC 4
 SN 0013-5194
 J9 ELECTRON LETT
 JI Electron. Lett.
 PD AUG 21
 PY 2003
 VL 39
 IS 17
 BP 1255
 EP 1256
 PG 2
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 719MD
 UT ISI:000185206100019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ML
    Xia, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Zhang, WL
 TI The electrical properties of diamond-like carbon film/D263 glass
    composite for the substrate of micro-strip gas chamber
 SO DIAMOND AND RELATED MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE micro-strip gas chamber; diamond-like carbon film; electrical property;
    electronically conducting material
 ID CONDUCTIVITY
 AB Micro-Strip Gas Chamber (MSGC) used as a position sensitive gas
    detector has perfect performances in the detection of X-ray, alpha
    particles, beta particles, gamma-ray and other nuclear irradiations.
    However, it encounters a severe problem, that is, positive charge
    accumulation which can be avoided by reducing the surface resistivity
    of insulating substrate. So, diamond-like carbon (DLC) film is
    deposited on D263 glass to modify its electrical properties as
    substrate for MSGC. DLC film has optical smoothness and strong adhesive
    force on D263 glass, which helps fabricate microelectrodes on it. Raman
    spectroscopy demonstrates that DLC film is of sp(3) and sp(2) bonds
    corresponding to the occupied bonding (sigma) states and the empty
    antibonding (sigma*) states, and therefore it is a type of
    electronically conducting material. I-V plots indicate that three
    samples enjoy very steady resistivities between 10(9) Ohm cm and 10(12)
    Ohm cm, especially the DLC film under high electrical field over 10(4)
    V cm(-1), which meet the optimum requirements of MSGC. DLC film/D263
    glass composite substrate is essential for MSGC to avoid charge-up. (C)
    2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ML, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples
    R China.
 CR BOUCLIER R, 1993, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V332, P100
    BOUHALI O, 1996, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V378, P432
    CHARPAK G, 1968, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V62, P235
    MACK V, 1995, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V367, P173
    MEENAKSHI V, 1996, MATER SCI FORUM, V223, P307
    NEMANICH RJ, 1977, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V23, P117
    OED A, 1988, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V263, P351
    SCHMIDT S, 1994, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V344, P558
    TEO KBK, 2002, DIAM RELAT MATER, V11, P1086
 NR 9
 TC 4
 SN 0925-9635
 J9 DIAM RELAT MATER
 JI Diam. Relat. Mat.
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 VL 12
 IS 9
 BP 1544
 EP 1547
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 721GP
 UT ISI:000185308900017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZL
    Zhou, ZW
 TI Effect of heat exchange on the interfacial instability of gas-liquid jet
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE heat exchange; jet; interfacial instability; spray forming
 ID ATOMIZATION
 AB The classical linear instability theory was applied to the planar
    stratified two-layers flow with high speed compressible gas layer
    impacting on incompressible viscous liquid layer. The walls were kept
    at different temperatures, resulting in heat transfer across the
    layers. The thermal conductivity and the density of the gas were
    alerted when the temperature changes. After some treatment, a
    dour-order stiff ordinary differential equation was derived, and
    numerical integration and multi-shooting method were used to solve this
    equation for its spatial mode calculation. The numerical results of
    characteristic parameters show good coincidence with other models. At
    the same time, when the wall temperature ratio decreases, as well as
    the Reynolds number and the gas thermal conductivity change increases,
    the atomization would be more efficient and producing finer droplets.
    And the results show good fit with the experimental datum of HJE. Co.
    Inc (Glens Falls, NY, USA).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BERGER SA, 1988, SIAM J APPL MATH, V48, P973
    BRADLEY D, 1973, J PHYS D, V6, P1724
    JOSEPH, 1999, METAL POWDER REP NOV, P24
    LEIB SJ, 1986, J FLUID MECH, V168, P479
    LIN SP, 1987, PHYS FLUIDS, V30, P2000
    LIN SP, 1990, AIAA J, V28, P120
    TAYLOR GI, 1965, SCI PAPERS GI TAYLOR, V3, P952
    WANG SC, 2000, METALLURGY CHINA, V10, P25
    ZHEN MA, 1998, APPL MATH MECH, V20, P1061
    ZHOU ZW, 1999, 4 INT C SPRAY FORM U, P35
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUL
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 7
 BP 747
 EP 755
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 722CA
 UT ISI:000185356700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, XM
    Zhou, SX
 TI Optimal control of parabolic variational inequalities with state
    constraint
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE state constraint; variational inequality; discontinuous and nonmonotone
    nonlinear multivalued mapping; optimal control
 ID EXISTENCE
 AB The optimal control problem of parabolic variational inequalities with
    the state constraint and nonlinear,, discontinuous nonmonotone
    multivalued mapping term and its approximating problem are studied,
    which generalizes some obtained results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, XM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BARBU V, 1983, OPTIMAL CONTROL VARI
    BARBU V, 1993, ANAL CONTROL NONLINE
    CLARKE FH, 1983, OPTIMIZATION NONSMOO
    GUO XM, 2000, J MATH ANAL APPL, V241, P198
    HASLINGER J, 1995, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V24, P105
    MIGNOT F, 1984, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V22, P466
    TIBA D, 1985, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V23, P85
    WANG GS, 2000, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V42, P789
    ZEIDLER E, 1990, NONLINEAR FUNCTION A, V2
    ZEIDLER E, 1990, NONLINEAR FUNCTION B, V2
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUL
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 7
 BP 756
 EP 762
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 722CA
 UT ISI:000185356700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, CJ
    Ren, JS
 TI Transversely isotropic hyper-elastic material rectangular plate with
    voids under a uniaxial extension
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE transversely isotropic; hyper-elastic material; rectangular plate with
    voids; finite deformation; potential energy principle; growth of voids
 ID GROWTH; BIFURCATION; CAVITATION; NUCLEATION
 AB The finite deformation and stress analyses for a transversely isotropic
    rectangular plate with voids and made of hyper-elastic material with
    the generalized neo-Hookean strain energy function under a uniaxial
    extension are studied. The deformation functions of plates with voids
    that are symmetrically distributed in a certain manner are given and
    the functions are expressed by two parameters by solving the
    differential equations. The solution may be approximately obtained from
    the minimum potential energy principle. Thus, the analytic solutions of
    the deformation and stress of the plate are obtained. The growth of the
    voids and the distribution of stresses along the voids are analyzed and
    the influences of the degree of anisotropy, the size of the voids and
    the distance between the voids are discussed. The characteristics of
    the growth of the voids and the distribution of stresses of the plates
    with one void, three or five voids are obtained and compared.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG CJ, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P615
    CHOUWANG MSO, 1989, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V25, P1239
    HORGAN CO, 1986, J ELASTICITY, V16, P189
    HORGAN CO, 1992, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V29, P279
    HORGAN CO, 1995, APPL MECH REV, V48, P471
    POLIGNONE DA, 1993, J ELASTICITY, V33, P27
    REN JS, 2001, J SHANGHAI U, V5, P177
    REN JS, 2002, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V23, P881
    REN JS, 2002, CHINESE Q MECH, V23, P347
    REN JS, 2002, J ENG MATH, V44, P245
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUL
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 7
 BP 763
 EP 773
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 722CA
 UT ISI:000185356700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, FY
    Chen, FJ
 TI Model shift and strange attractor on Mobius strip
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE model shift mapping; Mobius strip; chaos; strange attractor
 AB A new model shift mapping was given in bilateral symbol space. It is
    topologically conjugate with the traditional shift mapping. Similar to
    Smale Horseshoe, a model was constructed correspondent to the model
    shift mapping, i. e., a class of mapping on Mobius strip was given. its
    attractors' structure and dynamical behaviour were described.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Dept Math, Jinhua 321004, Zhejiang, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, FY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR DEVANY R, 1989, CHAOTIC DYNAMICAL SY
    EDGER GA, 1990, MEASURE TOPOLOGY FRA
    LI MJ, 1999, APPL MATH JCU, V14, P125
    LIU ZG, 1993, SCI CHINA SER A, V23, P702
    LIU ZR, 1992, CHINESE SCI BULL, V37, P1269
    LIU ZR, 1996, STRANGE ATTRACTORS 2, P1
    MAI JH, 1993, CHINESE SCI BULL, V38, P1932
    SMALE S, 1967, B AM MATH SOC, V73, P747
    WANG SH, 1999, DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIO
    ZHENG WM, 1994, APPL SYMBOLIC DYNAMI
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUL
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 7
 BP 845
 EP 852
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 722CA
 UT ISI:000185356700012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, XY
    Shum, KP
 TI On p-nilpotency of finite groups with some, subgroups c-supplemented
 SO ALGEBRA COLLOQUIUM
 DT Article
 DE p-nilpotent groups; c-supplemented subgroups; maximal subgroups
 AB A subgroup H of a group G is said to be c-supplemented in G if there
    exists a subgroup K of G such that G = H K and H boolean AND K is
    contained in core(G) (H) In this paper we prove that a group G is
    p-nilpotent if every maximal subgroup of P is c-supplemented in G and
    (\G\, p - 1) = 1, where p is a prime factor of the order of G and P is
    a Sylow p-subgroup of G. We also give a condition for a group to be
    p-nilpotent by using the 2-maximal subgroups of the Sylow p-subgroups.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, XY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BALLESTERBOLINCHES A, 2000, GLASGOW MATH J 3, V42, P383
    BALLESTERBOLINCHES A, 2000, J ALGEBRA, V228, P491
    LI DY, 2000, J PURE APPL ALGEBRA, V150, P53
    ROBINSON DJS, 1993, COURSE THEORY GROUPS
    SRINIVASAN S, 1980, ISRAEL J MATH, V35, P210
    WALL G, 1982, ISRAEL J MATH, V43, P166
    WANG Y, 2000, J ALGEBRA, V224, P464
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1005-3867
 J9 ALGEBR COLLOQ
 JI Algebr. Colloq.
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 VL 10
 IS 3
 BP 259
 EP 266
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 722AG
 UT ISI:000185350200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Yu, X
    Dai, SQ
 TI One-dimensional sensitive driving cellular automaton model for traffic
    flow
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE traffic flow; cellular automaton model; metastable state; phase
    separation; traffic phase transition
 ID SYSTEMS
 AB Based on the NaSch cellular automaton traffic model, a new
    one-dimensional cellular automaton model (called SDNaSch model, for
    short) is proposed through preferentially considering the sensitive
    behaviour of drivers, in which the randomization brake is arranged
    before the deterministic deceleration. According to the new update
    rules of the evolution of vehicles, numerical simulation is conducted
    and leads to some new results. The fundamental diagram obtained by the
    simulation shows that the traffic capacity of a road is enhanced and
    closer to the observed data compared with that of the NaSch model. It
    is found from the fundamental diagram that there exist two branches in
    some density regions, which illustrates the existence of the metastable
    state near the critical point and the phase separation. According to
    the evolution pattern of the vehicle speed in space and time, the wide
    moving jams is reproduced with the phase transitions between free flow
    and wide moving jams. With the consideration of the actual traffic
    situation, i.e., some drivers being sensitive and following the new
    rules, while others being not and following the original NaSch rules,
    the corresponding simulation verifies the remarkable effect of the
    sensitive driving factor on the characteristics of traffic flows. The
    traffic capacity rises along with the increase in the fraction of
    sensitive drivers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ, Sch Energy & Power Engn, Jinan 250061, Peoples R China.
    Guangxi Univ, Dept Phys, Nanning 530004, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, L, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR *OLSIM, PHYS TRANSP TRAFF
    BARLOVIC R, 1998, EUR PHYS J B, V5, P793
    BENJAMIN SC, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P3119
    CHOWDHURY D, 2000, PHYS REP, V329, P199
    DAI SQ, 1997, ZIRAN ZAZHI, V19, P196
    DONG LY, 2002, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V23, P363
    HELBING D, 2001, REV MOD PHYS, V73, P1067
    HELBING D, 2001, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V35, P183
    ISHIBASHI Y, 1994, J PHYS SOC JPN, V63, P2882
    KERNER BS, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P2335
    KERNER BS, 1997, PHY REV LETT, V87, P91
    KERNER BS, 2001, NETW SPAT ECON, V1, P35
    LI XB, 2001, PHYS REV E, V64
    LIGHTHILL MH, 1955, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V22, P317
    NAGEL K, 1992, J PHYS I, V2, P2221
    NEWELL GF, 1959, OPER RES, V7, P589
    SCHADSCHNEIDER A, 2001, TRAFFIC FLOW STAT PH
    TAKAYASU M, 1993, FRACTALS, V1, P860
    TAN HL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2713
    TREITERER J, 1965, APPX 9 FINAL REPORT, P202
    WAGNER P, 1996, TRAFFIC GRANULAR FLO, P193
    WANG BH, 1998, 20 IUPAP INT C STAT, V2
    WANG BH, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P906
    WANG L, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P808
    XUE Y, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P445
    XUE Y, 2002, THESIS
 NR 26
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 VL 52
 IS 9
 BP 2121
 EP 2126
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 720AE
 UT ISI:000185237300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, PC
    Li, RB
    Sun, JH
    You, JL
 TI High temperature Raman spectroscopic study of molecular net-work
    fractional dimension value in the silicate melts
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE silicate melts; molecular network; fractional dimension; high
    temperature Raman spectrum
 AB In this paper, the fractional dimension values of molecular network
    structure in the CaO-Al2O3-SiO2 silicate melts (being abbreviated CAS)
    from 25 degreesC (the quenching glass phases) up to 1 700 degreesC (the
    high temperature melts) have been investigated by using high
    temperature Raman spectroscopy. The quantitative measurement method of
    network fractional dimension value has been established using Raman
    spectrum, and the changing rules of fractional dimension values of the
    silicate melts during increasing temperature and quenching have been
    obtained. So the conformational wriggling characteristic of molecular
    network structure has been described for nanometer size. This has
    important significance for the research on the viscosity, density and
    surface tension of the melts, and provides important new information
    and theory for deliberating natural magmatic crystallization and
    evolution, and enhancing performance of low dimensional materials and
    organic materials.
 C1 Jiangsu Teachers Coll Technol, Appl Mat Inst, Changzhou 213001, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, PC, Jiangsu Teachers Coll Technol, Appl Mat Inst, Changzhou 213001,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CLARK SP, 1966, HDB PHYSICAL CONSTAN, P301
    MYSEN BO, 1980, AM MINERAL, V65, P690
    MYSEN BO, 1992, CHEM GEOL, V96, P321
    YOU JL, 1998, J CHINESE RARE EARTH, V16, P505
    YOU JL, 1999, OPTICAL INSTRUMENT, V21, P21
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD AUG
 PY 2003
 VL 23
 IS 4
 BP 721
 EP 725
 PG 5
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 717KK
 UT ISI:000185087500026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lin, HX
    Yang, MF
    Huang, PG
    Cao, WG
 TI A facile procedure for the generation of dichlorocarbene from the
    reaction of carbon tetrachloride and magnesium using ultrasonic
    irradiation
 SO MOLECULES
 DT Article
 DE dichlorocarbene; gem-dichlorocyclopropanes; ultrasonic irradiation;
    olefin addition; magnesium
 ID DIHALOCARBENES; DERIVATIVES
 AB An improved method for the generation of dichlorocarbene was developed
    that utilizes ultrasound in the reaction of carbon tetrachloride with
    magnesium. High yields of gem-dichlorocyclopropane derivatives can be
    obtained in the presence of olefins by this method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Lin, HX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR DIDRIKSEN T, 1999, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V29, P1087
    FEDORYNSKI M, 1999, TETRAHEDRON, V55, P6329
    JAYACHANDRAN JP, 2001, APPL CATAL A-GEN, V206, P19
    KIRMSE W, 1971, CARBENE CHEM
    LIN HX, 1995, CHEM J CHINESE U, V16, P1572
    MAGARIAN RA, 1995, 5397802, US
    MAKOSZA M, 1969, TETRAHEDRON LETT, P4659
    MASON TJ, 1997, CHEM SOC REV, V26, P443
    NOMURA E, 1994, B CHEM SOC JPN, V67, P792
    REGEN SL, 1982, J ORG CHEM, V47, P1587
    XU L, 1988, ACTA CHIM SINICA CHI, V46, P340
    XU LX, 1986, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V44, P1134
    XU LX, 1992, J AM CHEM SOC, V114, P783
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1420-3049
 J9 MOLECULES
 JI Molecules
 PD AUG
 PY 2003
 VL 8
 IS 8
 BP 608
 EP 613
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 718ZK
 UT ISI:000185176800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, YH
    Hu, A
    Gu, Y
    Oh, YJ
 TI Synthesis of Ba(Mg1/3Ta2/3)O-3 microwave dielectrics by solid state
    processing
 SO JOURNAL OF THE EUROPEAN CERAMIC SOCIETY
 DT Article
 DE synthesis; kinetics; microwave ceramics; tantalate; perovskite
 ID CERAMICS
 AB Synthesis and formation of Ba(Mg1/3Ta2/3)O-3 (BMT) from BaCO3, MgO and
    Ta2O5 was examined by thermal and X-ray diffraction analyses using
    quenching technique. Several reactions take place during heating
    process. BaCO3 can react with Ta2O5 to form BaTa2O6 (BT2) and B4T2. BT2
    as an intermediate product was found at the first stage of the
    reaction, and then BaTa2O6 or B4T2 react with MgO to form BMT. The
    reaction of BMT formation was not complete until it was sintered at
    1350 degreesC for 60 min. An intermediate reproduce cycle keeps company
    with the BMT formation in calcinations and sintering processing. The
    kinetics of solid-state reaction between powdered reactants for the
    reaction of BaTa2O6 formation was diffusion mechanism controlled, which
    can be described by Jander's model for three-dimensional diffusion. The
    activation energy was determined to be 235.6 kJ/mol. The BMT powders
    were sintered to similar to96% of relative density after 3 h at 1650
    degreesC. The final sintered ceramics exhibited a dielectric constant
    of 24.5, a Q.f of 120,000 GHz, and a temperature coefficient of
    resonant frequency of 6 ppm/degreesC. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Korea Inst Sci & Technol, Seoul 130650, South Korea.
 RP Fang, YH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AVRAMI M, 1941, J CHEM PHYS, V9, P177
    BAMFOND HC, 1980, REACTIONS SOLID STAT, V22
    BERETKA J, 1984, J AM CERAM SOC, V67
    CARTER RE, 1961, J CHEM PHYS, V34, P2010
    CHEN XM, 1994, J MATER SCI-MATER EL, V5, P244
    FANG YH, 2001, J EUR CERAM SOC, V21, P2745
    GINSTLING AM, 1950, J APPL CHEM-USSR, V23, P1327
    GINSTLING AM, 1950, ZH PRIKL KHIM, V23, P1249
    HANCOCK JD, 1972, J AM CERAM SOC, V55, P74
    HUBERT SF, 1967, BR CERAM SOC J, V6, P11
    JANDER W, 1927, Z ANORG ALLG CHEM, V163, P1
    KAKEGAWA K, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, C82
    KAWASHIMA S, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P421
    KINGERY WD, 1976, INTRO CERAMICS
    LEE YC, 2001, J EUROPEAN CERAMIC S, V21, P2745
    NOMURA S, 1982, JPN J APPL PHYS, V21, L624
    OLOVIER R, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V7, P3337
    SHARP JH, 1966, J AM CERAM SOC, V49, P379
    TAMURA H, 1984, J AM CERAM SOC, V67, P59
    YOUN HJ, 1996, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V35, P3947
 NR 20
 TC 1
 SN 0955-2219
 J9 J EUR CERAM SOC
 JI J. European Ceram. Soc.
 PY 2003
 VL 23
 IS 14
 BP 2497
 EP 2502
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 718NG
 UT ISI:000185152600024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, JS
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Dynamical formation of cavity in transversely isotropic hyper-elastic
    spheres
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE transversely isotropic hyper-elastic material; finite deformation
    dynamics; cavity formation; nonlinear periodic oscillation
 ID BIFURCATION; CAVITATION
 AB The cavity formation in a radial transversely isotropic hyper-elastic
    sphere of an incompressible Ogden material, subjected to a suddenly
    applied uniform radial tensile boundary dead-load, is studied following
    the theory of finite deformation dynamics. A cavity forms at the center
    of the sphere when the tensile load is greater than its critical value.
    It is proved that the evolution of the cavity radius with time follows
    that of nonlinear periodic oscillations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, JS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BALL JM, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V306, P557
    CALDERER C, 1983, J ELASTICITY, V13, P17
    CHOUWANG MS, 1989, INT J ENG SCI, V27, P967
    GUO ZH, 1963, ARCH MECH STOSOW, V15, P427
    HORGAN CO, 1995, APPL MECH REV, V48, P471
    KNOWLES JK, 1960, Q APPL MATH, V18, P71
    KNOWLES JK, 1962, J APPL MECH, V29, P283
    REN JS, 2002, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V15, P208
    REN JS, 2002, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V23, P881
    REN JS, 2002, J ENG MATH, V44, P245
    YEOH OH, 1997, RUBBER CHEM TECHNOL, V70, P175
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0567-7718
 J9 ACTA MECH SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Sin.
 PD AUG
 PY 2003
 VL 19
 IS 4
 BP 320
 EP 323
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 719RY
 UT ISI:000185219400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhong, YB
    Ren, ZM
    Sun, QX
    Jiang, ZW
    Deng, K
    Xu, KD
 TI Behavior of particles in front of metallic solid/liquid interface in
    electromagnetic field
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE solidification; particle; electromagnetic field; pushing/engulfment;
    distribution of particles
 ID SOLID-LIQUID INTERFACE; INSOLUBLE PARTICLES; SOLIDIFICATION; REJECTION
 AB The first part deals with the behavior of particles theoretically, and
    the critical electromagnetic force needed to alter the behavior of
    particles was deduced under different conditions. It was proposed that
    applying electromagnetic force would change the distribution
    coefficient of the particles. By using the data from literatures, the
    migrating rate of SiC particle by electromagnetic force was calculated,
    which is far more than the critical rate of solidifying interface which
    will result in the engulfment of the SiC particle in the Al-SiC matrix
    metal. Therefore the possibility of controlling the behavior of the
    particles in front of the solidifying interface by electromagnetic
    field was confirmed. In the second part, by using simulative
    experiments, the man-made alternation of the behavior of the particles
    in front of the solidifying interface under electromagnetic field was
    observed, and the idea of changing the distribution of the particles in
    solidified metal by electromagnetic force was verified experimentally.
    It is shown that, the particle, which would be engulfed by the
    solidifying interface, would escape from the interface under
    electromagnetic buoyant force (EMBF), and the particles adherent to the
    interface would migrate toward it and be engulfed finally under EMBF.
    Further more, the particles being pushed by the interface would stay at
    the interface, the repulsive force exerted on the particles would be
    counteracted by EMBF, and then the particle would turn to be engulfed.
    Adjusting the direction and magnitude of EMBF could alter the
    distribution of the particles in the solidifying metal.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferrous Met, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BOLLING GF, 1971, J CRYST GROWTH, V10, P56
    CISSE J, 1971, J CRYST GROWTH, V10, P67
    CISSE J, 1971, J CRYST GROWTH, V11, P25
    HAN Q, 1995, ISIJ INT, V35, P693
    HAN QY, 1996, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V32, P365
    HAN QY, 1996, J MAT S, P101
    KOLIN A, 1953, SCIENCE, V117, P134
    KORBER C, 1985, J CRYST GROWTH, V72, P649
    SASSA K, 1992, CAMP ISIJ, V5, P990
    SHANGGUAN D, 1992, METALL TRANS A, V23, P669
    STEFANESCU DM, 1990, METALL TRANS A, V21, P231
    TANIGUCHI S, 1994, TETSU TO HAGANE, V80, P24
    UHLMANN DR, 1964, J APPL PHYS, V35, P2986
    WANG ZD, 1994, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V30, B39
    WU SS, 1997, FOUNDRY ENG, P3
    WU SS, 1998, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V34, P34
    XIE GH, 1995, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V31, B275
    YASUDA H, 1996, ISIJ INT, V36, S167
    ZHONG YB, 1999, ACTA METALLURGIC SIN, V35, P503
    ZHONG YB, 2000, METALLOID PARTICLES
 NR 20
 TC 1
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD AUG
 PY 2003
 VL 13
 IS 4
 BP 755
 EP 763
 PG 9
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 715TE
 UT ISI:000184987700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, ZQ
    Fang, SS
    Feng, F
 TI Rules for maximum solid solubility of transition metals in Ti, Zr and
    Hf solvents
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE maximum solid solubility; prediction method; transition metals;
    electronegativity difference; atomic size factor; electron concentration
 AB Based on the principle of energy change of alloy formation, the rules
    for the maximum solid solubility (C-max) of various transition:metals
    in the Metals Ti, Zr and Hf were studied. It is deduced that the C-max
    of transition metal's in the metals Ti, Zr and Hf can be described as a
    semi-empirical equation using three atomic parameters, i.e.,
    electronegativity difference, atomic diameter and electron
    concentration. From the equation analysis by using experimental data,
    it shows that atomic size para. meter and electronegativity difference
    are the main factors that affect the C-max of the transition metals in
    the metals Ti, Zr and Hf while electron concentration parameter has the
    smallest effect on,C-max.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Hydrogen Storage Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Windsor, Dept Mech Automot & Mat Engn, Windsor, ON N9B 3P4, Canada.
 CR DARKEN LS, 1953, PHYSICAL CHEM METALS, P74
    FANG SS, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V293, P10
    FANG SS, 2002, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V27, P329
    FENG D, 1987, METAL PHYSICS, P155
    FENG F, 1995, FUNCTONAL MAT, P476
    GSCHNEIDNER KA, 1980, THEORY ALLOY PHASE F, P1
    LI D, 1984, ACTA METALL SIN, V20, P375
    LI D, 1985, METAL SCI TECH, V1, P33
    LIAO SZ, 1994, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V23, P19
    MASSALSKI TB, 1996, BINARY ALLOY PHASE D
    PHILLIPS JC, 1980, THEOYR ALLOY PHASE F, P332
    XIAO J, 1985, ENERGY ALLOYS, P256
    ZHOU Z, 1991, MAT SCI PROGR, V5, P117
    ZHOU ZQ, 1993, EFFECT 3D TRANSITION, P79
    ZHOU ZQ, 1998, ADV ENERGY SOURCES M, P37
 NR 15
 TC 2
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD AUG
 PY 2003
 VL 13
 IS 4
 BP 864
 EP 868
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 715TE
 UT ISI:000184987700024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, DJ
    Chen, DY
 TI Some general formulas in the Sato theory (vol 72, pg 448, 2003)
 SO JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN
 DT Correction
 DE Sato theory; pseudo-differential operator; general formulas; the
    two-dimensional Toda lattice hierarchy
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, DJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BLASZAK M, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4661
    KAJIWARA K, 1991, J MATH PHYS, V32, P506
    ZHANG DJ, 2003, J PHYS SOC JPN, V72, P448
    ZHANG DJ, 2003, J PHYS SOC JPN, V72, P448
    ZHANG DJ, 2003, SOME GEN RESULTS BLA
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0031-9015
 J9 J PHYS SOC JPN
 JI J. Phys. Soc. Jpn.
 PD AUG
 PY 2003
 VL 72
 IS 8
 BP 2130
 EP 2131
 PG 2
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 715WM
 UT ISI:000184996000058
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, CL
    Tang, ZK
    Ge, WK
    Wang, JN
    Zhang, ZL
    Jian, XY
 TI Exciton diffusion in light-emitting organic thin films studied by
    photocurrent spectra
 SO APPLIED PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID SANDWICH CELLS; CHLOROPHYLL-A; ALUMINUM
 AB Photocurrent spectroscopy is employed to obtain the exciton diffusion
    coefficient and diffusion length in two typical light-emitting organic
    thin films, the hole transport material
    [N,N-'-diphenyl-N,N-'-bis(3-methyl-phenyl)-1,1'biphenyl-4,4'diamine]
    (TPD) and the electron transport material tris(8-hydroxyquinolinolato)
    aluminum III (Alq(3)). The photocurrent spectra of both films at higher
    biases exhibit either symbatic or antibatic responses. However,
    complicated responses are observed for smaller biases. At certain small
    biases, the direction of the photocurrent even alters with the energy
    of illuminating photons. A model based on exciton diffusion and
    dissociation at film/electrode interfaces is used to explain these
    experimental results. Good agreement is achieved between experiments
    and theory by taking into account both symbatic and antibatic
    responses, especially at zero or small biases. The diffusion
    coefficient and the diffusion length of excitons derived are
    1.53x10(-3) cm(2) s(-1) and 17 nm for TPD and 4x10(-5) cm(2) s(-1) and
    8 nm for Alq(3), respectively. (C) 2003 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Luminescence & Optoelect Res Ctr, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, JN, Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Clear Water Bay,
    Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR DESORMEAUX A, 1993, J PHYS CHEM-US, V97, P6670
    DEVORE HB, 1956, PHYS REV, V102, P86
    GHOSH AK, 1974, J APPL PHYS, V45, P230
    GHOSH AK, 1978, J APPL PHYS, V49, P5982
    HARRISON MG, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P7831
    MARKS RN, 1994, J PHYS CONDENS MATT, V6, P1374
    MORI T, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V36, P7239
    SCHREIBER A, 1998, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3471, P224
    SOKOLIK I, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P4168
    TANG CW, 1975, J CHEM PHYS, V62, P2139
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    TANG CW, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V65, P3610
 NR 12
 TC 6
 SN 0003-6951
 J9 APPL PHYS LETT
 JI Appl. Phys. Lett.
 PD SEP 1
 PY 2003
 VL 83
 IS 9
 BP 1737
 EP 1739
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 715VB
 UT ISI:000184992000017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiao, Z
    Wu, MH
    Qin, Z
    Lu, MH
    Gu, JZ
 TI The NO2 sensing ITO thin films prepared by ultrasonic spray pyrolysis
 SO SENSORS
 DT Article
 DE thin film; spray pyrolysis; gas sensor; ITO
 ID TIN OXIDE-FILMS; GAS SENSORS
 AB In this paper ITO thin films were deposited on alumina substrates by
    ultrasonic spray pyrolysis. The NO2 sensing properties of ITO thin
    films were investigated. The results show ITO thin films have good
    sensitivity to nitrogen dioxide.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiao, Z, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHOPRA KL, 1983, THIN FILM DEVICE APP
    KARIM AA, 1989, THIN SOLID FILMS, V172, P11
    KIM H, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P3444
    KOROBOV V, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P2290
    KWOK HS, 1998, THIN SOLID FILMS, V335, P299
    MA J, 1997, THIN SOLID FILMS, V307, P200
    PATEL NG, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V23, P49
    RAY S, 1983, J APPL PHYS, V54, P3497
    RYKARA LA, 1982, THIN SOLID FILMS, V92, P327
    SAKO T, 2001, SURF COAT TECH, V142, P781
    SBERVEGLIERI G, 1990, THIN SOLID FILMS, V186, P349
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    YUMOTO H, 1999, THIN SOLID FILMS, V345, P38
    ZHENG JP, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P1
 NR 14
 TC 2
 SN 1424-8220
 J9 SENSORS
 JI Sensors
 PD AUG
 PY 2003
 VL 3
 IS 8
 BP 285
 EP 289
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Electrochemistry; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 714ZV
 UT ISI:000184946500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liao, HY
    Zhou, SP
    Shi, XY
    Zhu, BH
 TI Vortex dynamics in superconductors with periodic pinning arrays
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE periodic time-dependent Ginzburg-Landau model; square or triangular
    periodic pinning arrays; vortex lattice; magnetic field
 ID HIGH-TEMPERATURE SUPERCONDUCTORS; BOSON LOCALIZATION; REGULAR ARRAYS;
    FILMS; DEFECTS; LATTICE; MAGNETIZATION; SIMULATION; CRYSTALS; FLUX
 AB In this Letter, we apply the periodic time-dependent Ginzburg-Landau
    (TDGL) model to simulate vortex dynamics in a type-II superconductor
    with square or triangular pinning arrays. A pinning array, which has
    been designed to be periodic in advance, can pin vortices regularly and
    periodically, and shapes various vortex lattices depending on the
    applied magnetic fields. At the matching fields, vortex lattices are
    commensurate with defect lattices, and the pinning effects are
    enhanced. The results are consistent with those obtained by considering
    large-scale simulated annealing as well as flux-gradient-driven
    molecular dynamics. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Liao, HY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BAERT M, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P3269
    BLATTER G, 1994, REV MOD PHYS, V66, P1327
    CASTELLANOS A, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P962
    DU Q, 1992, SIAM REV, V34, P54
    DU Q, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P16194
    DU Q, 1998, MATH COMPUT, V67, P965
    ENOMOTO Y, 1997, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V9, P10203
    GORKOV LP, 1968, SOV PHYS JETP, V27, P328
    GORKOV LP, 1974, SOV PHYS JETP, V38, P195
    HARADA K, 1996, SCIENCE, V274, P1167
    KONCZYKOWSKI M, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P7167
    LATYSHEV YI, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P932
    LYKOV AN, 1993, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V86, P531
    MOSHCHALKOV VV, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P7385
    NELSON DR, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P2398
    NELSON DR, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P13060
    REED DS, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P16448
    REICHHARDT C, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P16108
    REICHHARDT C, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P7937
    REICHHARDT C, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    SHEN JH, 1998, ELEMENTARY NUMERICAL
    TAKEZAWA N, 1997, PHYSICA C, V290, P31
    WINIECKI T, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
    XU CF, 1990, NUMERICAL SOLUTION P
    ZHOU SP, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P541
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD AUG 18
 PY 2003
 VL 315
 IS 1-2
 BP 162
 EP 167
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 713WE
 UT ISI:000184880300021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li-Hui, Z
    Qing-Wei, H
 TI Study on martensitic transformation of mechanically alloyed
    nanocrystalline Fe-Ni
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE mechanical alloying; phase transformation; nanocrystalline material;
    martensitic transformation
 ID X-RAY-DIFFRACTION; PHASE-TRANSFORMATION; MAGNETIC-PROPERTIES;
    PARTICLES; POWDERS; ENERGY
 AB Phase transformation of Fe-Ni powders with different nickel content
    during mechanical alloying was studied, as well as reverse
    transformation of mechanically alloyed nanocrystalline Fe-Ni upon
    heating. Results show that nickel content plays an important role in
    the phase transformation tendency during mechanical alloying. When
    heated at 300 degreesC, neither gain size nor phase changes in Fe-30
    wt.% Ni milled for 80 h, indicating the nanometer-sized martensite is
    very stable below 300 degreesC. When the temperature increases to 350
    degreesC, concurrently with gain growth reverse transformation takes
    place. The reverse transformation temperature of mechanically alloyed
    nanocrystalline Fe-Ni is higher than that of bulk alloys. (C) 2003
    Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Li-Hui, Z, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, POB 15,Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ASAKA K, 1999, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V273, P262
    BALDOKHIN YV, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V203, P313
    CHEN Y, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V226, P38
    DONG XL, 1999, J MATER RES, V14, P398
    JARTYCH E, 2000, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V208, P221
    JIANG HG, 1999, J MATER RES, V14, P549
    KAJIWARA S, 1991, PHILOS MAG A, V63, P625
    KAUFMAN L, 1956, T AIME, V206, P1393
    KUHRT C, 1993, J APPL PHYS 2B, V73, P6588
    KUSUNOKI M, 1996, ULTRAFINE PARTICLES, P98
    LI XG, 1997, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V170, P339
    PEKALA M, 1999, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V11, P789
    RAWERS J, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V32, P1319
    RAWERS JC, 1996, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V220, P162
    TADAKI T, 1996, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V217, P235
    ZHOU YH, 1990, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V124, P241
    ZHOU YH, 1991, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V133, P775
    ZHU LH, 2001, J MATER SCI, V36, P5571
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD AUG
 PY 2003
 VL 57
 IS 24-25
 BP 4070
 EP 4073
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 713FR
 UT ISI:000184846900065
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Lu, GB
    Hu, QY
 TI Market-based interest rates: Deterministic volatility case
 SO COMPUTATIONAL SCIENCE - ICCS 2003, PT II, PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB Central banks issue often many kinds of bonds to guide their benchmark
    interest rates. Their market data are thought of to reflect current
    state of the countries financial system. Then at least how much data is
    needed? Based on the framework of HJM model, We prove that the amount
    of the data needed is related to the form of the volatility function of
    forward rates, and then the initial forward rate curve is not essential.
 C1 Xidian Univ, Sch Econ & Management, Xian 710071, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Int Business & Management, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, GB, Xidian Univ, Sch Econ & Management, Xian 710071, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BJORK T, 1999, MATH FINANC, V9, P323
    BJORK T, 2001, MATH FINANC, V11, P205
    BJORK T, 2002, FINITE MARKOVIAN REA
    BJORK T, 2003, IN PRESS FINA STOCH
    FILIPOVIC D, 2003, IN PRESS J FUNC ANAL
    HEATH D, 1992, ECONOMETRICA, V60, P77
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2003
 VL 2658
 BP 28
 EP 33
 PG 6
 GA BX28K
 UT ISI:000184831800004
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Hu, QY
    Liu, JY
    Yue, WY
 TI Continuous time Markov decision processes with expected discounted
    total rewards
 SO COMPUTATIONAL SCIENCE - ICCS 2003, PT II, PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID TRANSITION; CRITERION; RATES
 AB This paper discusses continuous time Markov decision processes with
    criterion of expected discounted total rewards, where the state space
    is countable, the reward rate function is extended real-valued and the
    discount rate is a real number. Under necessary conditions that the
    model is well defined, the state space is partitioned into three
    subsets, on which the optimal value function is positive infinity,
    negative infinity, or finite, respectively. Correspondingly, the model
    is reduced into three submodels, by generalizing policies and
    eliminating some worst actions. Then for the submodel with finite
    optimal value, the validity of the optimality equation is shown and
    some its properties are obtained.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Int Business & Management, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Inst Appl Math, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Konan Univ, Dept Informat Sci & Syst Engn, Kobe, Hyogo 6588501, Japan.
 RP Hu, QY, Shanghai Univ, Coll Int Business & Management, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CASSANDRAS CG, 2001, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V46, P398
    CHUNG KL, 1960, MARKOV CHAINS STATIO
    GUO XP, 2002, ANZIAM J 4, V43, P541
    GUO XP, 2002, J APPL PROBAB, V39, P233
    HOU B, 1986, THESIS I APPL MATH B
    HU Q, 1990, CHINESE SCI BULL, V35, P710
    HU QY, 1999, MATH METHOD OPER RES, V49, P255
    KAKUMANU PV, 1969, 63 CORN U DEP OP RES
    KUCZURA A, 1973, SIAM J APPL MATH, V24, P169
    LEWIS ME, 2001, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V46, P96
    LIPPMAN SA, 1975, MANAGE SCI, V21, P1225
    SERFOZO RF, 1979, J OPER RES, V27, P60
    SONG J, 1988, SCI SINICA SERIAS A, V11, P1281
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2003
 VL 2658
 BP 64
 EP 73
 PG 10
 GA BX28K
 UT ISI:000184831800008
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Ding, JB
    Tong, WQ
 TI An agent model for managing distributed software resources in grid
    environment
 SO COMPUTATIONAL SCIENCE - ICCS 2003, PT II, PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB Grid technologies enable large-scale sharing of many types of
    resources, among which software resources are a vital part. Abundant
    software resources exist in geographically distributed hosts in grid
    environment. The characteristic "distributed" makes the discovery,
    characterization, and monitoring of them challenging due to the
    considerable diversity, large numbers, dynamic behavior, and
    geographical distribution of the software entities. Thus, we put
    forward here an agent model, which is built on grid technologies, to
    manage the software resources in grid environment. The agent can store,
    retrieve and manage the information of software resources through a
    resource directory. Our model also provides a visualizing uniform
    interface by which user can easily find software resources in grid and
    utilize them. To sum up, this agent is a middleware between end user
    and software resources.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, JB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR MDS 2 2 CREATING HIE
    MDS 2 2 USERS GUIDE
    2002, OPENLDAP 2 1 ADM GUI
    *GLOB, MET INFR TOOLK
    CZAJKOWSKI K, 2001, P 10 IEEE INT S HIGH
    FITZGERALD S, P 6 IEEE S HIGH PERF
    FOSTER I, COMPUTATIONAL GRIDS
    FOSTER I, 1999, GRID BLUEPRINT FUTUR
    FOSTER I, 2001, INT J SUPERCOMPUTER
    GULLAPALLI S, GWDGIS019 GRIF FOR
    HOWES TA, 1995, SCALABLE DEPLOYABLE
    LASZEWSKI GV, 2002, USAGE LDAP GLOBUS
    LIVNY M, 1998, P 7 IEEE S HIGH PERF
    RIBLER RL, 1998, P 7 IEEE S HIGH PERF
    ROSENBERG J, 1997, WIDE AREA NETWORK SE
    TUECKE S, 2002, GRID SERVICE SPECIFI
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2003
 VL 2658
 BP 971
 EP 980
 PG 10
 GA BX28K
 UT ISI:000184831800105
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Tong, WQ
    Ding, JB
    Cai, LZ
 TI A parallel programming environment on Grid
 SO COMPUTATIONAL SCIENCE - ICCS 2003, PT I, PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB Computational grids are environment that provides the ability to
    exploit diverse, geographically distributed resources. Bulk Synchronous
    Parallel (BSP) model is a widely used parallel programming model. With
    rapid development of grid technologies, users need a new environment
    that can run parallel programs on computational grids. We present here
    a new implementation of BSP, which is called BSP-G. It constructs a
    parallel programming environment on computational grids. In our BSP-G
    environment, users can develop parallel programs with using BSP model
    and run them on grid. Our BSP-G library uses services provided by the
    Globus Toolkit for authentication, authorization, resource allocation,
    executable staging, and I/O, as well as for process creation,
    monitoring, and control.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Tong, WQ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR *MESS PASS INT FOR, 1995, MPI MESS PASS INT ST
    BESTER J, GASS DATA MOVEMENT A
    BONORDEN O, 1999, P 13 INT PAR PROC S
    CZAJKOWSKI K, 1998, P IPPS SPDP 98 WORKS, P62
    CZAJKOWSKI K, 1999, P 8 IEEE S HIGH PERF
    CZAJKOWSKI K, 2001, P 10 IEEE INT S HIGH
    DONALDSON SR, 2000, PARALLEL COMPUT, V26, P199
    DUNNING D, 1998, IEEE MICRO, V18, P66
    FITZGERALD S, P 6 IEEE S HIGH PERF
    FOSTER DK, P WORKSH IO PAR DIST
    FOSTER I, 1997, INT J SUPERCOMPUTER
    FOSTER I, 1998, GRID BLUEPRINT NEW C
    FOSTER I, 1998, P 5 ACM C COMP COMM, P83
    FOSTER I, 1999, GRID BLUE BLUEPRINT
    FOSTER I, 2001, INT J HIGH PERFORM C, V15, P200
    FOSTER I, 2002, PHYSL GRID OPEN GRID
    HILL JMD, 1997, PRGTR3397 OXF U COMP
    HILL JMD, 1998, PARALLEL COMPUT, V24, P1947
    KEE Y, 2002, PARALLEL PROCESSING, V12, P65
    MILLER R, 1993, P BCS PAR PROC SPEC, P100
    SKILLICORN D, 1997, SCI PROG, V6, P249
    SUNDERAM VS, 1990, CONCURRENCY-PRACT EX, V2, P315
    TONG WQ, 2000, J SHANGHAI U S, V4
    VALIANT LG, 1990, COMMUN ACM, V33, P103
    WILLIAMS TL, 2000, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V1800, P102
 NR 25
 TC 1
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2003
 VL 2657
 BP 225
 EP 234
 PG 10
 GA BX28J
 UT ISI:000184831700023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU An, BL
    Gong, ML
    Zhang, JM
    Zheng, SL
 TI Synthesis, bright luminescence and crystal structure of a novel neutral
    europium complex
 SO POLYHEDRON
 DT Article
 DE crystal structures; europium organic complexes; luminescence; lifetime;
    synthesis
 ID LANTHANIDE COMPLEXES; ELECTROLUMINESCENCE; DEVICES
 AB A novel organic ligand, 6-diphenylamine carbonyl 2-pyridine carboxylic
    acid, and the corresponding europium complex, tris(6-diphenylamine
    carbonyl 2-pyridine carboxylato) europium(III) (Eu-DPAP) have been
    designed and synthesized. The crystal structure and photoluminescence
    of Eu-DPAP complex have been studied. The results showed that Eu-DPAP
    is an electroneutral complex that emits very strong red fluorescence.
    The lifetime of D-5(0) of Eu3+ in the complex solid was examined using
    time-resolved spectroscopy, and the value for crystalline
    Eu(DPAP)3.12H(2)O is 0.69+/-0.01 ms. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Sun Yat Sen Univ, State Key Lab Optoelect Mat & Technol, Guangzhou 510275, Peoples R China.
 RP An, BL, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM anbaolii@263.sina.com
    cesgml@zsu.edu.cn
 CR AN BL, 2003, J MATER SCI-MATER EL, V14, P125
    CHEN GZ, 1990, FLUORESCENCE ANAL ME
    CROMER DT, 1992, INT TABLE XRAY CRYST, C
    DENHOVEN GNW, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P3065
    DONEGA CD, 1996, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V57, P1727
    FRAY ST, 1994, INORG CHEM, V33, P3229
    FRIEND RH, 1999, NATURE, V397, P121
    GAO XC, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P2217
    HARROWFIELD JM, 1995, AUST J CHEM, V48, P807
    HO PKH, 1999, SCIENCE, V285, P233
    JENKINS AL, 1996, ANAL CHEM, V68, P2974
    JUSTEL T, 1998, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V37, P3084
    KAWAMURA Y, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P3245
    KIDO J, 2002, CHEM REV, V102, P2357
    LIANG CJ, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P67
    MATTHEWS LR, 1993, CHEM MATER, V5, P1697
    MELBY LR, 1964, J AM CHEM SOC, V86, P5117
    NORTH ACT, 1968, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR A, V24, P351
    PIGUET C, 1999, CHEM SOC REV, V28, P347
    RYU CK, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P2496
    SANO T, 2000, J MATER CHEM, V10, P157
    SHELDRICK GM, 1995, SHELXTL VERSION 5
    SHELDRICK GM, 1997, SHELXS 97 PROGRAM CR
    YANG YS, 1994, J ALLOY COMPD, V207, P112
 NR 24
 TC 5
 SN 0277-5387
 J9 POLYHEDRON
 JI Polyhedron
 PD AUG 15
 PY 2003
 VL 22
 IS 19
 BP 2719
 EP 2724
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Crystallography
 GA 709ZD
 UT ISI:000184655700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JH
    Chan, YC
    Alam, MO
    Fu, S
 TI Contact resistance and adhesion performance of ACF interconnections to
    aluminum metallization
 SO MICROELECTRONICS RELIABILITY
 DT Article
 ID ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVES; RELIABILITY; MECHANISMS; NITRIDE
 AB Flip chip joining technology using anisotropically conductive films
    (ACFs) has become an attractive technique for electronic packaging.
    However, several factors have hindered the wide spread use of this
    technology. Along with the reliability issue, these factors also
    include the low availability and high cost of the bumped wafers. This
    paper introduces the feasibilities of using unbumped die with respect
    to ACF joints for flip-chip-on-flex (FCOF) assemblies. The unbumped
    dies contain only bare aluminum pads. Untill now the performance of ACF
    to Al metallization is a controversial issue from the published
    reports. In this study, two different test vehicles were used to study
    contact resistance and adhesion performance. Reliability of contact
    resistance for ACF joints with the unbumped dies was investigated in
    terms of varying the thickness of the Al pads. Adhesion performance of
    ACF to the Al metallization was compared with the adhesion performance
    of ACF to a glass substrate using the same ACF and the same bonding
    parameters.
    FCOF assemblies containing dies with thinner aluminum pads showed lower
    initial contact resistance and a lower rate of increment during
    accelerated aging tests. Three factors were considered as the potential
    causes for the above results: (1) lower concentration of aluminum oxide
    on the thin Al pad, (2) larger contact area per deformed particle with
    Au/Ni/Cu electrode for the interconnection of thin Al pad and (3) lower
    concentration of the defects in the thin Al pad. Contact resistance was
    found to increase during accelerated testing because of aluminum oxide
    formation on top of the pads.
    Contrary to the usual expectation, adhesion strength of ACF with the Al
    metallization was increased during 60 degreesC/95% RH testing. After
    500 h of such moisture-soak testing, the adhesion strength becomes 3
    times the initial value. The change in chemical state on the aluminum
    surface is considered to be responsible for higher adhesion strength.
    It is proposed that oxidation of Al surface due to diffused moisture
    and the new chemical bond formation at the adhesives/aluminum interface
    are the key reasons for good adhesion reliability. (C) 2003 Elsevier
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chan, YC, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, 83 Tat Chee Ave,
    Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR ASAI H, 2001, IEEE TRANS ADV PACK, V24, P104
    BARTHESLABROUSSE MG, 1996, J ADHESION, V57, P65
    CONNELL G, 1997, P ELECTR C, P274
    GAYNES MA, 1995, IEEE T COMPON PACK B, V18, P299
    HOTZA D, 1995, J MATER SCI, V30, P127
    JAGT JC, 1995, IEEE T COMPON PACK B, V18, P292
    LIU J, 1999, CONDUCTIVE ADV ELECT, P234
    LU D, 1999, IEEE T ELECTRON PACK, V22, P228
    LUO S, 2001, P 51 EL COMP TECHN C
    LYONS AM, 1996, IEEE T COMPON PACK A, V19, P5
    NANCHEVA N, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V33, P575
    TAN CW, 2003, MICROELECTRON RELIAB, V43, P279
    UDDIN MA, IN PRESS J ELECT MAT
    WEIDLER JD, 2000, P 50 EL COMP TECHN C
    YIM MJ, 1999, IEEE TRANS ADV PACK, V22, P166
    ZHANG JH, 2003, J ELECTRON MATER, V32, P228
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 0026-2714
 J9 MICROELECTRON REL
 JI Microelectron. Reliab.
 PD AUG
 PY 2003
 VL 43
 IS 8
 BP 1303
 EP 1310
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 710HJ
 UT ISI:000184674500020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, LG
    Fan, JH
    Jiang, LB
    Wang, H
    Song, RT
    Zhang, QQ
    Zhu, HH
    Li, N
    Liu, ZX
    Xu, ZK
 TI A specific cis-hairpin ribozyme facilitates infection of a TMV-based
    DNA vector in tobacco protoplasts
 SO JOURNAL OF VIROLOGICAL METHODS
 DT Article
 DE TMV; cis-hairpin ribozyme; GFP; tobacco protoplast; infection
 ID MOSAIC-VIRUS; RINGSPOT VIRUS; SATELLITE RNA; SYSTEMIC PRODUCTION; COAT
    PROTEIN; VIRAL-RNA; CLEAVAGE; SEQUENCES; GENOMES; COMPLEMENTARY
 AB The effect of a specific cis-hairpin ribozyme on TMV-based vectors in
    the infection of tobacco protoplasts was studied. Vectors contained
    full-length TMV genome cDNA linked to a T7 promoter or a CaMV 35S
    promoter at the 5-end and an NOS gene polyadenylation signal at the
    3'-end. The coat protein (CP) gene was replaced with the green
    fluorescent protein (GFPuv) gene allowing quantification of protoplast
    infection. In plasmids pTMVGFPRIB (T7-driven) and pSTMVGFPRIB (CaMV
    35S-driven), the cDNA fragment of the cis-hairpin ribozyme (designed to
    specifically cleave the transcripts immediately downstream of the
    3'-terminus of TMV RNA) was inserted between the 3'-terminus of TMV
    genome and NOS sequence. The in vitro transcript TMVGFPRIB was three-
    to fivefold more infectious than the control TMVGFPNOS. Northern blot
    analysis indicated that the 3'-terminal non-viral sequence had been
    cleaved from the in vitro transcripts by the cis-hairpin ribozyme soon
    after in vitro transcription. pSTMVGFPRIB and pSTMVGFPNOS plasmid DNAs
    were, as expected, less infectious than their in vitro transcript
    counterparts. However, pSTMVGFPRIB was somewhat more infectious than
    pSTMVGFPNOS. Northern blot analysis indicated that pSTMVGFPRIB
    synthesized more genomic and sub-genomic RNAs in the protoplasts. The
    significant increase in infectivity and viral RNA synthesis is due to
    the specific activity of the cis-hairpin ribozyme in vivo. Therefore,
    the cis-hairpin ribozyme described here may improve TNIV-based vectors
    in the expression of foreign protein in plants. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Plant Physiol & Ecol, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Biol, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, ZK, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Plant Physiol &
    Ecol, 300 Fenglin Rd, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 CR BUZAYAN JM, 1986, NATURE, V323, P349
    BUZAYAN JM, 1986, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V14, P9729
    BUZAYAN JM, 1988, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V156, P340
    CASPER SJ, 1996, GENE, V173, P69
    DAGLESS EM, 1997, ARCH VIROL, V142, P183
    DAWSON WO, 1986, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V83, P307
    DREHER TW, 1999, ANNU REV PHYTOPATHOL, V37, P151
    DUGGAL R, 1994, ANNU REV PHYTOPATHOL, V32, P287
    DZIANOTT AM, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P4823
    FELDSTEIN PA, 1989, GENE, V82, P53
    FITCHEN J, 1995, VACCINE, V13, P1051
    FORSTER AC, 1987, CELL, V49, P211
    HAMAMOTO H, 1993, BIO-TECHNOL, V11, P930
    HAMPEL A, 1989, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V28, P4929
    HAMPEL A, 1997, CHEM BIOL, V4, P513
    HASELOFF J, 1988, NATURE, V334, P585
    HASELOFF J, 1989, GENE, V82, P43
    LAI MMC, 1998, VIROLOGY, V244, P1
    LAMB JW, 1990, J GEN VIROL, V71, P2257
    MURASHIGE T, 1962, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V15, P473
    NESBITT S, 1997, CHEM BIOL, V4, P619
    ODELL JT, 1985, NATURE, V313, P810
    POGUE GP, 2002, ANNU REV PHYTOPATHOL, V40, P45
    RANJITHKUMAR CT, 2002, J VIROL, V76, P12526
    SUGIYAMA Y, 1995, FEBS LETT, V359, P247
    TURPEN TH, 1993, J VIROL METHODS, V42, P227
    TURPEN TH, 1995, BIO-TECHNOL, V13, P53
    VANTOL H, 1990, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V18, P1971
    WIGDOROVITZ A, 1999, VIROLOGY, V264, P85
    XU Z, 1992, SCI CHINA SER B, V35, P1434
    XU ZK, 1989, VIROLOGY, V170, P511
    YOUNG KJ, 1997, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V25, P3760
    ZAUG AJ, 1986, NATURE, V324, P429
 NR 33
 TC 1
 SN 0166-0934
 J9 J VIROL METH
 JI J. Virol. Methods
 PD AUG
 PY 2003
 VL 111
 IS 2
 BP 101
 EP 109
 PG 9
 SC Biochemical Research Methods; Biotechnology & Applied Microbiology;
    Virology
 GA 710ED
 UT ISI:000184667100004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, JY
    Qiu, XJ
    Zhu, ZY
 TI Collective oscillation of relativistic electrons in hot plasma
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID PULSES
 AB The interactions between relativistic electrons in a hot plasma are
    analysed theoretically. By splitting the electron density fluctuations
    into the individual part and the collective part, we are concerned with
    the collective oscillation of the relativistic electrons resulting from
    the Coulomb interactions. Consequently, we derive the frequency of the
    hot plasma and the "Debye length" with relativistic modification.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, JY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ANATOLY S, 2000, AIP C P, V569, P183
    BAROV N, 2002, PHYSICS0205007
    BLANCHOT N, 1995, OPT LETT, V20, P395
    MACCHI A, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V87
    MALKA G, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P75
    PINES D, 1952, PHYS REV, V85, P338
    ROUYER C, 1996, J OPT SOC AM B, V13, P55
    UMSTADTER D, 2001, PHYS PLASMAS 2, V8, P1774
 NR 8
 TC 3
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD AUG
 PY 2003
 VL 20
 IS 8
 BP 1306
 EP 1308
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 710LA
 UT ISI:000184680600036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, J
    Hu, GH
    Sun, DJ
    Yin, XY
 TI Instability of liquid film flowing down a linearly heated plate
 SO PROGRESS IN NATURAL SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE falling film; Marangoni instability; surface wave instability
 ID INCLINED PLANE; STABILITY; WAVES; SURFACE
 AB The full-scale linear stability equations for a liquid film flowing
    down a linearly heated inclined plate are derived from the N-S
    equations, and the stability characters of both temporal and spatial
    modes are computed by using Chebyshev spectral collocation method. The
    effects of Weber numbers and Marangoni numbers on growth rate, marginal
    curve, critical Reynolds number, etc. are investigated. An explicit
    dispersion relation under long-wave approximation, which is in exact
    agreement with Miladinova's one, is obtained and the limits of
    long-wave approximation are discussed.
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Modern Mech, Hefei 230027, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Hu, J, Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Modern Mech, Hefei 230027,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BENJAMIN TB, 1957, J FLUID MECH, V2, P554
    BENNEY DJ, 1966, J MATH PHYS, V45, P150
    BREVDO L, 1999, J FLUID MECH, V396, P554
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    GASTER M, 1962, J FLUID MECH, V14, P222
    GJEVIK B, 1970, PHYS FLUIDS, V13, P1918
    KALITZOVAKURTEV.P, 2000, J THEOR APPL MECH, V30, P12
    KLIAKHANDLER IL, 2002, J FLUID MECH, V423, P205
    LIN SP, 1969, J FLUID MECH, V36, P113
    MILADINOVA S, 2002, J FLUID MECH, V453, P153
    MOLER CB, 1973, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V10, P241
    PUMIR A, 1983, J FLUID MECH, V135, P27
    YIH CS, 1963, PHYS FLUIDS, V6, P321
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0071
 J9 PROG NAT SCI
 JI Prog. Nat. Sci.
 PD AUG
 PY 2003
 VL 13
 IS 8
 BP 568
 EP 572
 PG 5
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 708GJ
 UT ISI:000184558600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, YD
    Hong, ZJ
    Zhou, XW
 TI Utopian preference mapping and the utopian preference method for group
    multiobjective optimization
 SO PROGRESS IN NATURAL SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE group decision making; multiobjective optimization; utopian point;
    utopian preference
 AB The individual utopian preference and the group utopian preference on a
    set of alternatives, and the concept of the utopian preference mapping
    from the individual utopian preferences to the group utopian
    preferences, based on the utopian points of the corresponding
    multiobjective optimization models proposed by decision makers are
    introduced. Through studying the various fundamental properties of the
    utopian preference mapping, a method for solving group multiobjective
    optimization problems with multiple multiobjective optimization models
    is constructed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Wenzhou Univ, Sch Math & Informat Sci, Wenzhou 325027, Peoples R China.
    Wenzhou Normal Coll, Dept Math, Wenzhou 325027, Peoples R China.
 RP Hong, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ARROW KJ, 1963, SOCIAL CHOICE INDIVI
    HU YD, 1993, CHINESE J OPERATIONS, V12, P44
    HU YD, 1994, EFFICIENCY THEORY MU
    HU YD, 1996, SYSTEMS ENG THEORY P, V16, P52
    LEWIS HS, 1993, DECISION SCI, V24, P1
    LIN CY, 1995, J NANCHANG U, V19, P43
    WANG HM, 1996, FIBER INTEGRATED OPT, V15, P37
    WENDELL RE, 1980, OPER RES, V28, P1100
    YU YD, 1995, J SHANGHAI JIAOTONG, V29, P118
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 1002-0071
 J9 PROG NAT SCI
 JI Prog. Nat. Sci.
 PD AUG
 PY 2003
 VL 13
 IS 8
 BP 573
 EP 577
 PG 5
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 708GJ
 UT ISI:000184558600003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, GB
    Zhang, ZY
 TI Modified intelligent scissors and video decomposing for video object
    segmentation
 SO ELECTRONICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB A semiautomatic video object segmentation is proposed. The initial
    object contour is obtained by modified intelligent scissors. Video
    decomposing is performed to avoid errors accumulating during object
    tracking. Snake-based bidirectional tracking is utilised to interpolate
    the VOP's of successive frames. Experimental results show the
    effectiveness of the method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, GB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Engn, POB 159,149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR LU Z, 2000, P IEEE INT C MULT EX, P645
    LUO HT, 1999, P IEEE INT C IM PROC, P944
    LUO HT, 2002, P IEEE INT C IM PROC, P101
    MORTENSEN EN, 1998, GRAPH MODEL IM PROC, V60, P349
    SIKORA T, 1997, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V7, P19
    WOLLBORN M, 1998, MPEG983448 ISOIEC JT
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0013-5194
 J9 ELECTRON LETT
 JI Electron. Lett.
 PD JUL 24
 PY 2003
 VL 39
 IS 15
 BP 1113
 EP 1114
 PG 2
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 709UN
 UT ISI:000184642900013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, GQ
    Li, ZB
 TI Bidirectional solitary wave solutions and soliton solutions for two
    nonlinear evolution equations
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE homogeneous balance method; soliton solution; solitary wave solution;
    the generalized Boussinesq equation; the bidirectional Kaup-Kupershmidt
    equation
 ID KAUP-KUPERSHMIDT EQUATION; TRANSFORMATION; SYSTEM
 AB The homogeneous balance method for constructing solitary wave solutions
    and soliton solutions is further developed on obtaining quasi-solution
    by using step-by-step principle. The main advantage of the extended
    approach is to avoid the problem of "intermediate expression swell".
    The effectiveness of the method is demonstrated by application to the
    generalized Boussinesq equation and the bidirectional Kaup-Kupershmidt
    equation. The one-soliton, two-soliton and three-soliton solutions with
    multipe collisions are derived for these two equations with the
    assistance of Maple.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Informat Adm, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, GQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Informat Adm, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1999, SOLITON NONLINEAR EV
    DYE JM, 2001, J MATH PHYS, V42, P2567
    DYE JM, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4921
    FAN EG, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P212
    HEREMAN W, 1986, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V19, P607
    HIROTA R, 1980, TOPICS MODERN PHYSIC
    HU XB, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V262, P409
    LI ZB, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P402
    LU J, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P1428
    NA R, 2002, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V51, P1671
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    XU GQ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P1424
    ZHANG JF, 2000, APPL MATH MECH, V21, P171
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P425
    ZHANG SQ, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P993
    ZHOU YB, 1996, J LANZHOU U, V32, P24
    ZHOU ZJ, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P262
 NR 17
 TC 8
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD AUG
 PY 2003
 VL 52
 IS 8
 BP 1848
 EP 1857
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 708GU
 UT ISI:000184559500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YX
    Wan, XJ
    Xu, WX
 TI Surface reaction of TiAl with water vapor and oxygen
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE surface reaction; XPS; TiAl alloy
 ID ROOM-TEMPERATURE DUCTILITY; ENVIRONMENTAL EMBRITTLEMENT; BORON; FE3AL;
    NI3AL
 AB The interaction of water vapor and oxygen with TiAl-based alloy has
    been studied with Auger electron spectroscopy and X-ray photoelectron
    spectroscopy. The results indicate that both surface reactions initiate
    at a very short exposure (about 6 x 10(-7) Pa(.)s) and the oxides Al2O3
    and TiO2 form in the surface reactions. In the oxidizing reaction, the
    water vapor reacts firstly with Al, and then reacts with Ti after
    certain exposure. The surface reaction of Al with water vapor may be
    responsible for the environmental embrittlement at room temperature in
    TiAl-based alloy.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Iron & Steel Res Inst, Shanghai 200940, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YX, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN SY, 1996, ANAL SCI, V12, P1
    CHEN YX, 1997, ACTA METALL SINICA E, V10, P363
    CHIA WJ, 1995, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V13, P1687
    GAO SJ, 1984, MATER SCI ENG, V62, P65
    GEORGE EP, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V28, P857
    GEORGE EP, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V30, P37
    LIU CT, 1989, SCRIPTA METALL, V23, P875
    LIU CT, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P385
    SHEA M, 1992, MAT RES SOC P, V213, P609
    TAKASUGI T, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P4239
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    ZHU JH, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V29, P429
    ZHU JH, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V32, P1399
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD JUL
 PY 2003
 VL 19
 IS 4
 BP 334
 EP 336
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 707NF
 UT ISI:000184516200013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YF
    Huang, AM
    Chen, J
    Chen, L
    Hua, JD
 TI Hydrogenation catalysis of nanosized palladium supported by
    polymer/silica disupporter. II. Effects of the characteristics of the
    catalyst on hydrogenation
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED POLYMER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE palladium; catalysts; complex transformation; hydrogenation; catalysis
 AB A series of nanosized palladium catalysts supported by silica and
    polymers, prepared by the complex transformation method, were used for
    catalytic hydrogenation of nitrobenzene. It was found that both the
    thickness of the polymer layer and the size of the palladium particles
    would affect the catalysis. The results indicated that the reaction
    rate would be optimal when a polymer supporter formed a single layer on
    the silica surface. The catalytic activity of the catalyst would not
    simply increase with the decrease of the size of palladium particles.
    The effects of other conditions on the catalytic properties, such as
    the order during preparation of the catalyst, solvent, and the pH
    values, were also discussed. (C) 2003 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BAETZOLD RC, 1981, INORG CHEM, V20, P118
    BEKTUROV EA, 1986, MAKROMOL CHEM-RAPID, V7, P187
    HE M, 1990, POLYM PHYSICS, P29
    HUA J, 1993, J MACROMOL SCI PHY B, V32, P183
    HUANG AM, 2002, J APPL POLYM SCI, V85, P989
    HUANG K, 1980, FUNDAMENTALS CATALYS
    LI YL, 1981, J CATAL, V2, P42
    LIU Y, 1995, J MACROMOL SCI PHY B, V34, P311
    LIU Y, 1998, J POLYM B, V3, P11
    LIU Y, 2001, SPECIALITY POLYM, P9
    LIU Y, 2003, J SHANGHAI U, V9, P189
    PINNC F, 1983, ENZO S J CATAL, V82, P160
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8995
 J9 J APPL POLYM SCI
 JI J. Appl. Polym. Sci.
 PD SEP 23
 PY 2003
 VL 89
 IS 13
 BP 3661
 EP 3665
 PG 5
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 705TM
 UT ISI:000184411200033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
 TI Localized coherent structures with chaotic and fractal behaviors in a
    (2+1)-dimensional modified dispersive water-wave system
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE variable separation approach; dispersive water-wave system; fractal;
    chaos
 ID NOVIKOV-VESELOV EQUATION; KADOMTSEV-PETVIASHVILI EQUATION; NONLINEAR
    SCHRODINGER-EQUATION; VARIABLE SEPARATION APPROACH; SINE-GORDON
    EQUATION; SOLITON-STRUCTURES; PAINLEVE INTEGRABILITY; SYMMETRY
    CONSTRAINTS; GENERAL-SOLUTION; AKNS SYSTEM
 AB In this work, we reveal a novel phenomenon that the localized coherent
    structures of some (2+1)-dimensional physical models possess chaotic
    and fractal behaviors. To clarify these interesting phenomena, we take
    the (2+1)dimensional modified dispersive water-wave system as a
    concrete example. Starting from a variable separation approach, a
    general variable separation solution of this system is derived. Besides
    the stable localized coherent soliton excitations like dromions,
    lumps,. rings, peakons, and oscillating soliton excitations, some new
    excitations with chaotic and fractal behaviors are derived by
    introducing some types of lower dimensional chaotic and fractal
    patterns.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ, Dept Phys, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1973, PHYS REV LETT, V30, P1262
    BOITI M, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P37
    CAO CW, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V33, P528
    CHEN CL, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P36605
    CHEN HS, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P85
    CHENG Y, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V157, P22
    CLERC M, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P3820
    DUROVSKY VG, 1994, J PHYS A, V27, P4619
    GEDALIN M, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P448
    GOLLUB JP, 2000, NATURE, V404, P710
    JALABERT RA, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P2490
    KIVSHAR YS, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P765
    KONOPELCHENKO BG, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V175, P17
    LORENZ EN, 1963, J ATMOS SCI, V20, P130
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4209
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LOU SY, 1998, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V29, P145
    LOU SY, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P6491
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS SCR, V65, P7
    LOU SY, 2001, EUR PHYS J B, V22, P473
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    LOU SY, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P769
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    LOUTSENKO I, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P3011
    ROSSLER OE, 1976, PHYS LETT A, V57, P398
    STEGEMAN GI, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P1518
    TAJIRI M, 1997, PHYS REV E B, V55, P3351
    TANG XY, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P1451
    TANG XY, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P129
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    XIE YJ, 2001, MATH APPROACH NONLIN, P131
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P651
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P653
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P11
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P216
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P9
 NR 38
 TC 26
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD JUL 15
 PY 2003
 VL 40
 IS 1
 BP 25
 EP 32
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 706WZ
 UT ISI:000184479200005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, DY
    Zhang, DJ
 TI Comment on "a hierarchy of integrable nonlinear lattice equations and
    new integrable symplectic map"
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Editorial Material
 DE Ablowitz-Ladik spectral problem; evolution equations
 ID DIFFERENTIAL-DIFFERENCE EQUATIONS; DISCRETE SOLITON SYSTEMS;
    HAMILTONIAN-STRUCTURE; RESTRICTED FLOWS
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, DY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1975, J MATH PHYS, V16, P598
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1976, J MATH PHYS, V17, P1011
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1976, STUD APPL MATH, V55, P213
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1977, STUD APPL MATH, V57, P1
    ANTONOWICZ M, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V147, P455
    ANTONOWICZ M, 1991, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V24, P5043
    CAO C, 1991, ACTA MATH SINICA, V7, P216
    CAO CW, 1990, NONLINEAR PHYSICS RE, P68
    CAO CW, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V33, P528
    MA WX, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P2400
    TU GZ, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P3903
    XU XX, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P523
    ZENG YB, 1995, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V28, P113
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P573
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P7225
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD JUL 15
 PY 2003
 VL 40
 IS 1
 BP 127
 EP 128
 PG 2
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 706WZ
 UT ISI:000184479200026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JF
    Lu, ZM
    Liu, YL
 TI Folded solitary waves and foldons in the (2+1)-dimensional long
    dispersive wave equation
 SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR NATURFORSCHUNG SECTION A-A JOURNAL OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE variable separation solution; the (2+1)-dimensional long dispersive
    wave system; folded solitary wave; foldon
 ID QUARK-LOOP SOLITON; COHERENT STRUCTURES; VAKHNENKO EQUATION; SYSTEM;
    INTEGRABILITY; REDUCTIONS
 AB By means of the Backlund transformation, a quite general variable
    separation solution of the (2+1)-dimensional long dispersive wave
    equation: lambdaq(t) + q(xx) - 2q integral (qr)(x)dy = 0, lambdar(t) -
    r(xx) + 2r integral (qr)(x)dy = 0, is derived. In addition to some
    types of the usual localized structures such as dromion, lumps, ring
    soliton and oscillated dromion, breathers soliton, fractal-dromion,
    peakon, compacton, fractal and chaotic soliton structures can be
    constructed by selecting the arbitrary single valued functions
    appropriately, a new class of localized coherent structures, that is
    the folded solitary waves and foldons, in this system are found by
    selecting appropriate multi-valuded functions. These structures exhibit
    interesting novel features not found in one-dimensions. - PACS:
    03.40.Kf., 02.30.Jr, 03.65.Ge.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Loughborough, Dept Math Sci, Loughborough LE11 3TU, Leics, England.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BOITI M, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P371
    CHAKRAVARTY S, 1995, J MATH PHYS, V36, P763
    FOKAS AS, 1994, INVERSE PROBL L, V10, P19
    GOODMAN MB, 2002, NATURE, V415, P1039
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    KAKUHATA H, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V68, P757
    LINDGARD PA, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P779
    LOCKLESS SW, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P295
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    MACLNNIS BL, 2002, SCIENCE, V295, P1536
    MATSUTANI S, 2002, J GEOM PHYS, V43, P146
    MORRISON AJ, 1999, NONLINEARITY, V12, P1427
    NOVIKOV S, 1984, THEORY SOLITONS INVE
    RADHA R, 1997, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P17
    RADHA R, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P292
    SCHLEIF M, 1998, EUR PHYS J A, V1, P171
    SCHLEIF M, 1998, INT J MOD PHYS E, V7, P121
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    TANG YP, 2002, J ASIAN NAT PROD RES, V4, P1
    TREWICK SC, 2002, NATURE, V419, P174
    VAKHNENKO VA, 1992, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V25, P4181
    VAKHNENKO VO, 1998, NONLINEARITY, V11, P1457
    VELAN MS, 1997, NONLINEAR MATH PHYS, V4, P251
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P261
 NR 25
 TC 2
 SN 0932-0784
 J9 Z NATURFORSCH SECT A
 JI Z. Naturfors. Sect. A-J. Phys. Sci.
 PD MAY-JUN
 PY 2003
 VL 58
 IS 5-6
 BP 280
 EP 284
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 703HU
 UT ISI:000184274600003
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Liu, ZT
    Li, LS
    Zhang, Q
 TI Research on a union algorithm of multiple concept lattices
 SO ROUGH SETS, FUZZY SETS, DATA MINING, AND GRANULAR COMPUTING
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
 DT Article
 DE formal concept analysis; multiple concept lattices; union operation of
    concept lattices; union algorithm of concept lattices
 AB Concept lattice has played an important role in data mining and data
    processing. The paper gives definitions of same-field contexts,
    consistent contexts, same-field concept lattices, and consistent
    concept lattices, provides definitions of the addition operation of two
    same-field and consistent contexts as well as the union operation of
    two same-field and consistent concept lattices, and proves that the two
    operations above are isomorphic and satisfy other interesting
    mathematical properties, such as commutative and associative laws as
    well as having left and right identity elements. According to the
    definitions and properties of the union operation, a union algorithm of
    multiple concept lattices is deduced, in which some heuristic knowledge
    from order relation of the concepts is used, so the time efficiency of
    the algorithm can be improved. Experiments show that using the
    algorithm to merge two concept lattices distributed on different sites
    into one is evidently superior to the method of using Gordin's
    algorithm to insert the objects of the formal context corresponding to
    second concept lattice one by one into the first lattice. Evidently,
    the algorithm provided in the paper is an effective parallel algorithm
    to construct concept lattice.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Armored Force Engn Inst, Automat Command Staff, Beijing, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Comp & Informat Technol, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, ZT, Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BILOHLAVEK R, 2000, J LOGIC COMUPUTAION, V10, P823
    BURUSCO A, 1994, MATHWARE SOFT COMPUT, V1, P209
    GANTER B, 1999, FORMAL CONCEPT ANAL
    GODIN R, 1995, COMPUT INTELL, V11, P246
    LIU Z, 2000, CHINESE J COMPUTER, V23, P66
    NJIWOUA P, 1997, P 4 GRON INT INF TEC, P103
    WANG Z, 1998, THESIS HEFEI U TECHN
    WILLIAMS DF, 1982, BIOCOMPATIBILITY ORT, V1, P1
    XIE Z, 2001, THESIS HEFEI U TECHN
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE ARTIF INTELL
 PY 2003
 VL 2639
 BP 533
 EP 540
 PG 8
 GA BX12N
 UT ISI:000184350600088
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
 TI A novel singular pattern in the sine-Gordon equation
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 ID BACKLUND TRANSFORMATION
 AB By the scatter problem and the Backlund transformation of the
    sine-Gordon equation, we find a novel solution with the singularity of
    jumping phenomenon, which displays pattern structure similar
    respectively to soliton, kink, anti-kink and double pole solution with
    the different choice of the purely imaginary spectrum of the
    sine-Gordon equation. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1973, PHYS REV LETT, V31, P125
    BISHOP AR, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V144, P17
    BISHOP AR, 1990, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V21, P1511
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    CHEN DY, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P658
    HUANG DB, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P1
    MATVEEV VB, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V166, P205
    MATVEEV VB, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V166, P209
    NAKKEERAN K, 2002, NONLINEARITY, V15, P1747
    ROSENAU P, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P1737
    TAKAHASHI H, 1989, J PHYS SOC JPN, V58, P3085
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD JUL 21
 PY 2003
 VL 314
 IS 1-2
 BP 51
 EP 58
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 703RJ
 UT ISI:000184294500009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
    Chen, GR
 TI A note on Hopf bifurcation in Chen's system
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 DE Chen's system; Hopf bifurcation; the first Lyapunov coefficient
 ID CHAOTIC ATTRACTOR; SYNCHRONIZATION
 AB In this technical note, the Hopf bifurcation in Chen's system is
    studied. Some corresponding dynamics are also discussed briefly.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AGIZA HN, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V278, P191
    CELIKOVSKY S, 2002, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P1789
    CHEN GR, 1999, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V9, P1465
    KUZNETSOV YA, 1998, ELEMENTS APPL BIFURC
    LU JH, 2002, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P2257
    SPARROW C, 1982, LORENZ EQUATIONS BIF
    UETA T, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P1917
    WANG XF, 1999, CONTR TH APPL, V16, P779
    YU XH, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P1987
    ZHONG GQ, 2002, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P1423
 NR 10
 TC 8
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD JUN
 PY 2003
 VL 13
 IS 6
 BP 1609
 EP 1615
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 705DP
 UT ISI:000184380700017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JC
    Li, PL
    Deng, DM
    Liu, LH
    Cao, SX
 TI Magnetic ion Fe and Ni doping in the Cu-O chain and the CuO2 plane in
    YBa2Cu3O7-delta: A positron study
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON APPLIED SUPERCONDUCTIVITY
 DT Article
 DE high-T-c superconductor; magnetic ion substitution in Cu site; positron
    annihilation experiment
 ID TEMPERATURE-DEPENDENCE; SUPERCONDUCTORS; ANNIHILATION; SUBSTITUTION;
    PEROVSKITES; LIFETIME; ELECTRON; PHONON; FILMS
 AB Fe and Ni substitutions in the Cu-O chain and the CuO2 plane ate
    studied by positron lifetime experiment. Change of lifetime parameters
    is given and local electron density is evaluated as a function of
    substitution content. The results show fantastic and opposite behaviors
    for A and Ni substitutions. A strengthen effect of the localized
    carriers in the CuO2 planes for Ni substitution and electronic weak
    localization in the Cu-O chains for Fe substitution are found in
    YBa2Cu3O7-delta superconducting systems. The positron distribution and
    the annihilation mechanism are also discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Natl Lab Superconduct, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BALOGH AG, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P2883
    BERNHARD C, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P2304
    BOBROFF J, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P2117
    BRANDT W, 1967, POSITRON ANNIHILATIO, CH3
    CLAYHOLD J, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P7324
    GINSBERG DM, 1990, PHYSICAL PROPERTIES, V2, CH8
    GUPTA RP, 1977, PHYS REV LETT, V39, P1212
    HAM KM, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P11439
    HARSHMAN DR, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P848
    HAUTOJARVI P, 1979, POSITRONS SOLID, CH4
    ISLAM MS, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P9492
    JEAN YC, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1593
    JINCANG Z, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V263, P452
    JINCANG Z, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
    LANZARA A, 2001, NATURE, V412, P510
    SMEDSKJAER LC, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P2330
    SUMNER MJ, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P12248
    TARASCON JM, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P8393
    TARASCON JM, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P7458
    TSUEI CC, 2000, REV MOD PHYS, V72, P969
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1051-8223
 J9 IEEE TRANS APPL SUPERCONDUCT
 JI IEEE Trans. Appl. Supercond.
 PD JUN
 PY 2003
 VL 13
 IS 2
 PN Part 3
 BP 3140
 EP 3143
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied
 GA 702UH
 UT ISI:000184242400179
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, XX
    Zhao, JR
    Jia, XS
    Yang, LW
    Zhai, HB
 TI A concise synthesis of monoterpene pyridine alkaloid aucubinine B
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE aucubinine B; monoterpene alkaloid; intramolecular Heck reaction
 ID HUMAN INTESTINAL BACTERIA; HARPAGOPHYTUM-PROCUMBENS; (+/-)-OXERINE;
    CYCLIZATIONS; RADICALS; IRIDOIDS; RHODIUM
 AB Aucubinine B (4), a monoterpene alkaloid obtained from the metabolites
    of aucubin in the presence of human intestinal bacteria, has been
    synthesized from 3-bromo-4-pyridinecarboxaldehyde (5) in four steps
    with 39% overall yield. The construction of the cyclopenta [c] pyridine
    intermediate (7) was realized by an intramolecular Heck reaction.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Lab Modern Synthet Organ Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Life Sci, Shanghai 100436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, XX, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Lab Modern
    Synthet Organ Chem, 345 Lingling Lu, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM zhaih@mail.sioc.ac.cn
 CR ANTHORY JM, 1979, J ORG CHEM, V44, P4148
    AOYAGI Y, 1994, TETRAHEDRON, V50, P13575
    BAGHDIKIAN B, 1999, J NAT PROD, V62, P211
    BAGHDIKIAN B, 1999, PLANTA MED, V65, P164
    BENKRIEF R, 1991, PLANTA MED, V57, P79
    BLASER A, 1999, HELV CHIM ACTA, V82, P760
    COREY EJ, 1983, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V24, P3291
    GRIGG R, 1984, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1073
    GRIGG R, 1988, TETRAHEDRON, V44, P2033
    HATTORI M, 1990, PHYTOTHER RES, V4, P66
    JONES K, 1996, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V37, P8049
    JONES K, 2000, TETRAHEDRON, V56, P397
    OHBA M, 2000, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V41, P10251
    SAKAN T, 1959, B CHEM SOC JPN, V32, P315
 NR 14
 TC 3
 SN 1001-604X
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Chem.
 PD JUL
 PY 2003
 VL 21
 IS 7
 BP 970
 EP 971
 PG 2
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 703QH
 UT ISI:000184292100049
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qian, GR
    Sun, DDL
    Tay, JH
 TI Immobilization of mercury and zinc in an alkali-activated slag matrix
 SO JOURNAL OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE immobilization; alkali-activated slag; mercury; zinc; hydration product
 ID CALCIUM SILICATE; PORTLAND-CEMENT; SOLIDIFICATION; SPECTROSCOPY;
    STABILIZATION; HYDRATION; METALS; WASTE
 AB The behavior of heavy metals mercury and zinc immobilized in an
    alkali-activated slag (AAS) matrix has been evaluated using physical
    property tests, pore structure analysis and XRD, TG-DTG, FTIR and TCLP
    analysis. Low concentrations (0.5%) of mercury and zinc ions had only a
    slight affect on compressive strength, pore structure and hydration of
    AAS matrixes. The addition of 2% Hg ions to the AAS matrix resulted in
    a reduction in early compressive strength but no negative effects were
    noticed after 28 days of hydration. Meanwhile, 2% Hg ions can be
    effectively immobilized in the AAS matrix with the leachate meeting the
    USEPA TCLP mercury limit. For a 2% Zn-doped AAS matrix, the hydration
    of the AAS paste was greatly retarded and the zinc concentration in the
    leachate from this matrix was higher than 5 mg/l even at 28 days. Based
    on these results, we conclude that the physical encapsulation and
    chemical fixation mechanisms were likely to be responsible for the
    immobilization of Hg ions in the AAS matrix while only chemical
    fixation mechanisms were responsible for the immobilization of Zn ions
    in the AAS matrix. (C) 2003 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Civil & Environm Engn, Environm & Engn Res Ctr, Singapore 2263, Singapore.
 RP Qian, GR, Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR *IUPAC, 1978, J PURE APPL CHEM, V31, P578
    COCKE DL, 1993, CHEM MICROSTRUCTURE, P187
    CONNER JR, 1990, CHEM FIXATION SOLIDI
    DIAMOND S, 1966, AM MINERAL, V51, P388
    GLASSER FP, 1993, CHEM MICROSTRUCTURE, P1
    GLASSER FP, 2001, ADV ENV MAT, V2, P281
    GOTO S, 1981, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V11, P75
    ILER RK, 1979, CHEM SILICA
    KOMARNENI S, 1978, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V8, P204
    MALIAVSKI NI, 2001, CERAM-SILIKATY, V45, P48
    MCWHINNEY HG, 1990, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V20, P79
    METHA PK, 1986, CONCRETE ITS STRUCTU
    MOLLAH MYA, 1992, J ENV SCI HLTH A, V27, P1503
    MOULIN I, 1999, LANGMUIR, V15, P2829
    ORTEGO JD, 1989, J ENVIRON SCI HEAL A, V24, P589
    POON CS, 1986, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V16, P161
    POON CS, 1987, P MAT RES SOC S MAT, P67
    POURBAIX M, 1974, ATLAS ELECTROCHEMICA
    QIAN GG, 2001, J NUCL MATER, V299, P199
    ROSE J, 2001, LANGMUIR, V17, P3658
    ROY D, 1999, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V29, P249
    UBBRIACO P, 2001, J THERM ANAL CALORIM, V66, P293
    VANJAARSVELD JGS, 1999, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V29, P1189
    WANG SD, 2000, ADV CEM RES, V12, P163
    YOUSUF M, 1995, WASTE MANAGE, V15, P137
 NR 25
 TC 1
 SN 0304-3894
 J9 J HAZARD MATER
 JI J. Hazard. Mater.
 PD JUL 4
 PY 2003
 VL 101
 IS 1
 BP 65
 EP 77
 PG 13
 SC Engineering, Civil; Engineering, Environmental; Environmental Sciences
 GA 702QQ
 UT ISI:000184234900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, KS
    Gelgele, HL
    Wang, Y
    Yuan, QF
    Fang, ML
 TI A hybrid intelligent method for modelling the EDM process
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MACHINE TOOLS & MANUFACTURE
 DT Article
 DE computational intelligence; artificial neural networks; genetic
    algorithms; electro-discharge machining; hybrid systems; modelling;
    optimisation
 ID OPTIMIZATION
 AB This paper discusses the development and application of a hybrid
    artificial neural network and genetic algorism methodology to modelling
    and optimisation of electro-discharge machining. The hybridisation
    approach is aimed not only at exploiting the strong capabilities of the
    two tools, but also at solving manufacturing problems that are not
    amenable for modelling using traditional methods. Based on an
    experimental data, the model was tested with satisfactory results. The
    developed methodology with the model is highly beneficial to
    manufacturing industries, such as aerospace, automobile and tool making
    industries. (C) 2003 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Norwegian Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Prod & Qual Engn, N-7491 Trondheim, Norway.
    Stavanger Univ Coll, Dept Mech Engn & Mat Technol, Stavanger, Norway.
    Shanghai Univ, CIMS, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Robot Ctr, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, KS, Norwegian Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Prod & Qual Engn, N-7491
    Trondheim, Norway.
 CR *POC GRAPH INC, 1994, EDM TECHN MAN
    DIBITONTO DD, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V66, P4095
    KOZAK J, 2001, ISEM, V13, P405
    KUNIEDA M, 1991, ANN CIRP, V40, P215
    LEE HT, 2000, MATER MANUF PROCESS, V15, P781
    LIN CL, 2002, INT J ADV MANUF TECH, V19, P271
    LIN YC, 2001, INT J ADV MANUF TECH, V18, P673
    MOHRI N, 1997, ANN CIRP, V40, P207
    PURI AB, 2003, INT J MACH TOOL MANU, V43, P151
    VANDIJCK FS, 1974, J PHYS D, V7, P899
    WANG K, 2001, APPL COMPUTATIONAL I
    YAN MT, 2002, J CHINESE SOC MECH C, V23, P355
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0890-6955
 J9 INT J MACH TOOL MANUF
 JI Int. J. Mach. Tools Manuf.
 PD AUG
 PY 2003
 VL 43
 IS 10
 BP 995
 EP 999
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Manufacturing; Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 703DN
 UT ISI:000184264900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, XF
    Cheng, TF
    Wu, HX
 TI Do multiple cycles of aeolian deposit-pedogenesis exist in the
    reticulate red clay sections in southern China?
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE reticulate red clay; Xianyyang reticulate red clay section; (Xiangyang
    section); chi; weathering degree
 ID LOESS; SEDIMENTS; ORIGIN
 AB The Xiangyang reticulate red clay section was newly sampled in
    high-resolution. The viewpoints different from the previous
    studies([1-7]) are put forward after studying Munsell color values,
    weathering degrees, magnetic parameters and stable carbon isotopic
    compositions of the section. They are as follows: (1) The curves of
    hue, DCB extracted iron (Fed), DCB extracted iron/total iron ratio
    (Fe-d/Fe-t), weathering index (BA) of the section show that the redness
    is not significantly correlated with the weathering degree of the
    layers though the uppermost yellow-brown-colored layer is relatively
    weakly weathered. The variation in hues of the section is possibly
    attributed to the change of hematite and goethite contents. It is
    insufficient to determine the existence of the multiple
    deposit-pedogenesis cycles in the section, like the loess-paleosol
    sequence in Chinese Loess Plateau, only by the color variation. (2)
    Magnetic susceptibility (chi) values in the non-reticulate and weakly
    reticulate layers are high; but are quite low in the reticulate red
    clay layer. The former are more than ten times higher than the latter
    because of the leaching and collapse of superparamagnetic (SP) and
    stable single domain (SSD) magnetic particles during the plinthitic
    processes. Hence, chi values in the section are not controlled by
    weathering and pedogenic processes, and no longer have clear
    paleoclimatic implication. It is not correct to prove the existence of
    the multiple deposit-pedogenesis cycles in the section using chi
    curves. (3) The organic delta(13)C curve of the section illustrates the
    reduction of forests and increasing of C-4 plants in the study area
    since the late stage of the Quaternary period. It could not prove the
    existence of the multiple deposit-pedogenesis cycles in the section
    either. (4) As a matter of fact, it is difficult to prove the existence
    of the multiple deposit-pedogenesis cycles in the Xiangyang section
    like the loess-paleosol sequence in Chinese Loess Plateau using the
    evidence available currently.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Hu, XF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR *NANJ I SOIL SCI C, 1989, NEW STAND SOIL COL C
    *USDA, 1996, SOIL SURV LAB METH M
    AN ZH, 1991, QUATERNARY RES, V36, P29
    CAO JX, 1997, J LANZHOU U, V33, P124
    CHU SM, 1948, J CHINESE SOIL SCI S, V1, P51
    DEINES P, 1980, HDB ENV ISOTOPE GEOC, V1, P329
    FANG HQ, 1961, ACTA GEOL SINICA, V41, P354
    FINE P, 1992, SOIL SCI SOC AM J, V56, P1195
    FINE P, 1993, SOIL SCI SOC AM J, V57, P1537
    GONG ZT, 1985, CHINESE RED SOILS, P24
    HU XF, 1999, ACTA PEDOLOGICA SINI, V36, P301
    HU XF, 1999, SOILS, V13, P39
    HU XF, 2001, ACTA PEDOLOGICA SINI, V38, P1
    LI JJ, 1983, SCI CHINA SER B, V13, P734
    LI XS, 1998, J ANHUI NORMAL U, V21, P64
    LI XS, 1999, MARINE GEOLOGY QUATE, V19, P75
    LI YY, 1965, GEOLOGICAL REV, V23, P144
    LIN BH, 1996, QUATERNARY GEOLOGY G, P82
    LIN WL, 2000, J CEREBR BLOOD F MET, V20, P37
    LIU Q, 2000, NUTR RES, V20, P5
    LIU TS, 1985, LOESS ENV
    LU JG, 1997, PEDOGEOLOGY, P97
    LU SG, 2000, ACTA PEDOLOGICA SINI, V37, P183
    OLDFIELD F, 1994, SEDIMENTOLOGY, V41, P1093
    SAGE RF, 1999, PLANT BIOLOGY, P311
    SUN JM, 2000, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V180, P287
    SUN XJ, 1995, CHINESE SCI BULL, V40, P1222
    TORRENT J, 1983, SOIL SCI, V136, P354
    XI CF, 1965, CHINESE QUATERNARY S, V4, P42
    XIONG Y, 1983, SOIL COLLOID, P132
    XU BH, 1986, SELECTIVE DISCUSSION, P54
    YANG D, 1991, MARINE GEOLOGY QUATE, V11, P97
    YANG DY, 1991, QUATERNARY SCI, V11, P345
    YANG H, 1992, ACTA PEDOLOGICA SI S, V32, P195
    YANG H, 1995, ACTA PEDOLOGICA SI S, V32, P177
    YANG H, 1996, ACTA PEDOLOGICA SINI, V33, P293
    YU TR, 1990, CHEM PROCESSES PEODO, P432
    ZHANG WG, 2000, OCEANOLOGIA LIMNOLOG, V31, P616
    ZHOU LP, 1990, NATURE, V346, P737
    ZHU XM, 1993, QUATERNARY SCI, P75
    ZHU ZY, 1991, QUATERNARY SCI, V11, P18
    ZHU ZY, 1995, Q SCI, P267
 NR 42
 TC 2
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD JUN
 PY 2003
 VL 48
 IS 12
 BP 1251
 EP 1258
 PG 8
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 702XD
 UT ISI:000184249300020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, M
    Zhang, ZH
    Blessington, D
    Li, H
    Busch, TM
    Madrak, V
    Miles, J
    Chance, B
    Glickson, JD
    Zheng, G
 TI Pyropheophorbide 2-deoxyglucosamide: A new photosensitizer targeting
    glucose transporters
 SO BIOCONJUGATE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID ESCHERICHIA-COLI-CELLS; PHOTODYNAMIC THERAPY; FLUORESCENCE; SINGLE;
    2-NBDG; TUMOR; ANALOG; OXYGEN; TISSUE; RATIO
 AB To prepare near-infrared fluorescence imaging and photodynamic therapy
    agents targeted at glucose transporters, pyropheophorbide
    2-deoxyglucosamide (Pyro-2DG) was synthesized and evaluated in a 9L
    glioma rat model. Fluorescence imaging studies demonstrate that
    Pyro-2DG is selectively accumulated in the tumor. Upon its
    photoactivation, we demonstrate that this agent efficiently causes
    selective mitochondrial damage to the region of a tumor that was
    photoirradiated after administration of this agent, but does not affect
    tissues photoirradiated in the absence of the agent or tissues treated
    with the agent that are not photoirradiated. Preliminary confocal
    microscopy studies suggest that Pyro-2DG is delivered and trapped in
    tumor cells via the GLUT/hexokinase pathway and therefore is useful
    both as a tumor-targeted NIR fluorescence imaging probe and as a PDT
    agent for the destruction of cancer.
 C1 Univ Penn, Dept Radiol, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
    Univ Penn, Dept Biochem & Biophys, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
    Univ Penn, Dept Radiat Oncol, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
    Univ Penn, Dept Phys, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Huazhong Univ Sci & Technol, Key Lab Biomed Photon, Minister Educ, Wuhan 430074, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, G, Univ Penn, Dept Radiol, Chem Bldg R310,Box 66,231 S 34th St,
    Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
 CR BAIDOO KE, 2000, 8 INT C PEAC MIND BR
    CHANCE B, 1979, J BIOL CHEM, V254, P4764
    CZERNIN J, 2002, ANNU REV MED, V53, P89
    DOUGHERTY TJ, 1998, J NATL CANCER I, V90, P889
    GU YQ, 2002, REV SCI INSTRUM, V73, P172
    GURFINKEL M, 2000, PHOTOCHEM PHOTOBIOL, V72, P94
    HENDERSON BW, 1997, CANCER RES, V57, P4000
    LIN Y, 2002, J MED CHEM, V45, P2003
    LLOYD PG, 1999, PHYSIOL RES, V48, P401
    MEDINA RA, 2002, BIOL RES, V35, P9
    MUJUMDAR SR, 1996, BIOCONJUGATE CHEM, V7, P356
    NATARAJAN A, 2000, J MICROBIOL METH, V42, P87
    OH KB, 2002, INT J FOOD MICROBIOL, V76, P47
    PAUWELS EKJ, 1998, NUCL MED BIOL, V25, P317
    QUISTORFF B, 1985, ANAL BIOCHEM, V148, P389
    RAMANUJAM N, 2001, OPT EXPRESS, V8, P335
    ROMAN Y, 2001, PFLUG ARCH EUR J PHY, V443, P234
    SPEIZER L, 1985, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V815, P75
    STERNBERG ED, 1998, TETRAHEDRON, V54, P4151
    VAUPEL P, 1989, CANCER RES, V49, P6449
    WEINHOUSE S, 1976, Z KREBSFORSCH, V87, P115
    WEISHAUPT KR, 1976, CANCER RES, V36, P2326
    YAMADA K, 2000, J BIOL CHEM, V275, P22278
    YOSHIOKA K, 1996, BBA-GEN SUBJECTS, V1289, P5
    YOSHIOKA K, 1996, BIOSCI BIOTECH BIOCH, V60, P1899
    ZHENG G, 2002, BIOCONJUGATE CHEM, V13, P392
 NR 26
 TC 19
 SN 1043-1802
 J9 BIOCONJUGATE CHEMISTRY
 JI Bioconjugate Chem.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 2003
 VL 14
 IS 4
 BP 709
 EP 714
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary; Chemistry, Organic; Biochemical Research
    Methods; Biochemistry & Molecular Biology
 GA 703LK
 UT ISI:000184280700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, SR
    Cheng, CJ
    Zhou, YH
 TI Thermal post-buckling of an elastic beams subjected to a transversely
    non-uniform temperature rising
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE elastic beam; transverse temperature change; thermal post-buckling;
    shooting method; numerical solution
 ID RODS
 AB Based on the nonlinear geometric theory of axially extensible beams and
    by using the shooting method, the thermal post-buckling responses of an
    elastic beams, with immovably simply supported ends and subjected to a
    transversely non-uniformly distributed temperature rising, were
    investigated. Especially, the influences of the transverse temperature
    change on the thermal post-buckling deformations were examined and the
    corresponding characteristic curves were plotted. The numerical results
    show that the equilibrium path,; of the beam are similar to what of an
    initially deformed beam because of the thermal bending moment produced
    in the beam by the transverse temperature change.
 C1 Gansu Univ Technol, Dept Basic Sci, Lanzhou 730050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Dept Mech, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, SR, Gansu Univ Technol, Dept Basic Sci, Lanzhou 730050, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ANTMAN SS, 1995, NONLINEAR PROBLEMS E
    CHENG CJ, 1991, BUCKLING BIFURCATION
    COFFIN DW, 1999, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V34, P935
    FILIPICH CP, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P997
    LI SR, 1997, J LANZHOU U, V33, P43
    LI SR, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P133
    LI SR, 2000, ENG MACHANICS, V17, P115
    LI SR, 2000, J GANSU U TECHNOLOGY, V4, P106
    STEMPLE T, 1990, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V25, P615
    WILLIAM HP, 1986, NUMERICAL RECIPES AR
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 5
 BP 514
 EP 520
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 703JE
 UT ISI:000184275600003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, YA
    Liu, ZR
 TI Periodic solutions in one-dimensional coupled map lattices
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE coupled map lattice; nonlinear periodic solution; anti-integrable
    limit; logistic map
 ID EXISTENCE; BREATHERS; STABILITY; DYNAMICS; NETWORKS
 AB It is proven that the existence of nonlinear solutions with time period
    in one-dimensional coupled map lattice with nearest neighbor coupling.
    This is a class of systems whose behavior can be regarded as infinite
    array of coupled oscillators. A method for estimating the critical
    coupling strength below which these solutions with time period persist
    is given. For some particular nonlinear solutions with time period,
    exponential decay in space is proved.
 C1 Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225006, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, YA, Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225006, Peoples R China.
 CR ABEL M, 1998, PHYSICA D, V119, P22
    AUBRY S, 1990, PHYSICA D, V43, P199
    AUBRY S, 1997, PHYSICA D, V103, P201
    BAESENS C, 1997, NONLINEARITY, V10, P931
    COUTINHO R, 1997, PHYSICA D, V108, P60
    CRUTCHFIELD JP, 1987, DIRECTIONS CHAOS, V1, P272
    KANEKO K, 1989, PHYSICA D, V34, P1
    MACKAY RS, 1994, NONLINEARITY, V7, P1623
    ZEIDLER E, 1986, NONLINEAR FUNCTIONAL
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 5
 BP 521
 EP 526
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 703JE
 UT ISI:000184275600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, Z
 TI On the well posedness of initial value problem for Euler equations of
    incompressible inviscid fluid (I)
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Euler equation; ill posed problem; formal solution; equation secondaire
 AB The ill posed initial value problem of the Euler equations and the
    formal solvability of ill posed problem based on stratification theory
    are discussed. For some ill posed initial value problems, the existence
    conditions of formal solutions and the methods of how to construct a
    formal solution are given. Finally, an example is given to discuss the
    ill posedness of the initial value problem on hyper plane { t = 0 } in
    R-4, and explain that the problem has more than one solution.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 2000436, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, Z, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 2000436, Peoples R China.
 CR BAOUENDI S, 1997, SEMINAIRE SCHWARZ, P97
    EHRESMANN C, 1953, GEOMETRIE DIFFERENTI, P97
    JIU QS, 1995, SHANTOU U T, V10, P28
    JIU QS, 1999, ADV MATH, V28, P55
    LANDAU J, 1971, MECANIQUE FLUIDES
    SHIH WH, 1992, SOLOUTIONS ANAL QUEL
    SHIH WH, 2001, EQUATION SECONDAIRE
    YIN HC, 1996, MATH ANN A, P495
 NR 8
 TC 3
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 5
 BP 545
 EP 554
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 703JE
 UT ISI:000184275600007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, Z
 TI On the well posedness of initial value problem for Euler equations of
    incompressible inviscid fluid (II)
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Euler equation; ill-posed problem; formal solution; equation secondaire
 AB The solvability of the Euler equations about incompressible inviscid
    fluid based on the stratification theory is discussed. And the
    conditions for the existence of formal solutions and the methods are
    presented for calculating all kinds of ill-paved initial value
    problems. Two examples are given as the evidences that the initial
    problems at the hyper surface does not exist any unique solution.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, Z, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BAOUENDI S, 1997, SEMINAIRE SCHWARZ, P97
    EHRESMANN C, 1953, GEOMETRIE DIFFERENTI, P97
    JIU QS, 1995, SHANTOU U T, V10, P28
    JIU QS, 1999, ADV MATH, V28, P55
    LANDAU J, 1971, MECANIQUE FLUIDES
    SHEN Z, 2003, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V24, P545
    SHIH WH, 1992, SOLUTIONS ANAL QUELQ
    SHIH WH, 2001, EQUATION SECONDAIRE
    YIUN HC, 1996, MATH ANN A, P495
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 5
 BP 555
 EP 567
 PG 13
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 703JE
 UT ISI:000184275600008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, BX
    Li, Q
    Yao, MY
    Liu, WQ
 TI The grains morphology of oxide films for zircaloy-4
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE zircaloy-4; oxide film; microstructure; scanning probe microscopy
 AB The microstructure and morphology of oxide film for Zircaloy-4 alloy in
    autoclave at 360degreesC and 18.6MPa have been investigated by means of
    scanning probe microscopy (SPM). The diameter of grains observed on the
    surface of oxide films is 100mn similar to 400nm, which is larger than
    that observed on the section of oxide films. This means that the grain
    still grow during the process of corrosion testing. Some column grain
    with large angle grain boundaries can; be observed on the section
    surface etched by ion-bombardment, and some small equal-axis grains
    with small angle grain boundaries exist in the column grains. Some
    depressed areas in the size of nanometer to decadal nanometer can be
    found at the junctures of three or more grains, which should be the
    pores caused by the diffusion and condensation of vacancies. Besides,
    some flaky zirconium hydrides and amorphous ZrO2 without grain
    boundaries can be occasionally observed at the metal/oxide interface.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Chinese Acad Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, BX, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Chinese Acad Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ANADA H, 1996, ASTM STP, V1295, P35
    ZHOU BX, 1989, ASTM STP, V1023, P360
    ZHOU BX, 2000, NUCL POWER ENG, V21, P439
 NR 3
 TC 1
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD JUN
 PY 2003
 VL 32
 IS 6
 BP 417
 EP 419
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 700JM
 UT ISI:000184108900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JF
 TI Homogeneous balance method and chaotic and fractal solutions for the
    Nizhnik-Novikov-Veselov equation
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 ID SOLITON-LIKE SOLUTIONS; LONG-WAVE EQUATIONS; VARIABLE SEPARATION
    APPROACH; KDV EQUATION; COHERENT STRUCTURES; BACKLUND TRANSFORMATION;
    MULTISOLITON SOLUTIONS; NONLINEAR EQUATIONS; SYSTEMS
 AB The Backlund transformation (BT) for the Nizhnik-Novikov-Veselov (NNV)
    equation is derived by using the extended homogeneous balance method.
    By means of the BT, a rather general variable separation solution of
    the model is obtained. The chaotic and fractal solution structures of
    the model are constructed by the entrance of two variable-separated
    arbitrary functions. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Univ Loughborough, Dept Math Sci, Loughborough LE11 3TU, Leics, England.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JF, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABDELHAMID B, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V263, P338
    BOITI M, 1986, INVERSE PROBL, V2, P271
    CHEN HS, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P85
    CLERC M, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P3820
    FAN EG, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V245, P389
    FAN EG, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V246, P403
    FAN EG, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V265, P1409
    GEDALIN M, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P448
    GOLLUB JP, 2000, NATURE, V404, P710
    HU XB, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4589
    JALABERT RA, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P2490
    KIVSHAR YS, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P765
    LORENZ EN, 1963, J ATMOS SCI, V20, P130
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4209
    LOU SY, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P6491
    LOU SY, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P781
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    LOUTSENKO I, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P3011
    NIZHNIK LP, 1980, SOV PHYS DOKL, V25, P706
    OHTA Y, 1992, J PHYS SOC JPN, V61, P3928
    RADHA R, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4746
    ROSSLER OE, 1976, PHYS LETT A, V57, P398
    RUAN HY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P586
    STEGEMAN GI, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P1518
    TAGAMI Y, 1989, PHYS LETT A, V141, P116
    TAJIRI M, 1997, PHYS REV E B, V55, P3351
    TANG XY, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P1451
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    VESELOV AP, 1984, SOV MATH DOKL, V30, P588
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    WANG ML, 1996, ADV MATH, V28, P279
    WANG ML, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V213, P279
    WANG ML, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V216, P67
    WANG ML, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V287, P211
    XIE YJ, 2001, MATH APPROACH NONLIN, P131
    YANG L, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V260, P55
    YANG L, 2001, PHYS REV E, V63, P6301
    ZHANG JF, 1998, INT J THEOR PHYS, V37, P2449
    ZHANG JF, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P4
    ZHANG JF, 1999, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V32, P315
    ZHANG JF, 2000, CHINESE PHYS, V9, P1
    ZHANG JF, 2000, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V33, P577
    ZHANG LY, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P846
    ZHAO XQ, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V297, P59
 NR 45
 TC 9
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD JUL 14
 PY 2003
 VL 313
 IS 5-6
 BP 401
 EP 407
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 698RW
 UT ISI:000184013400013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, QY
    Yue, WY
 TI Optimal replacement of a system according to a semi-Markov decision
    process in a semi-Markov environment
 SO OPTIMIZATION METHODS & SOFTWARE
 DT Article
 DE optimal replacement; semi-Markov process; Markov environment; Markov
    decision process
 ID DETERIORATING SYSTEMS; MAINTENANCE POLICY; INSPECTION; SUBJECT; SHOCKS;
    MODEL
 AB This paper investigates an optimal replacement problem of a system in a
    semi-Markov environment. The system itself deteriorates according to a
    semi-Markov process, and is further influenced by its environment,
    which changes according to a semi-Markov process. Each change of the
    environment's state will change the parameters modelling the system and
    also cause damage on the system. For minimizing the discounted total
    costs with finite and infinite horizons, we show the existence of
    optimal control limit policies. A special case of Markov environment is
    discussed, and the state space can be simplified equivalently to be
    finite, so the real computation of the problem is feasible. Finally, a
    numerical example is given to prove the correctness and validity of the
    analysis.
 C1 Konan Univ, Dept Informat Sci & Syst Engn, Kobe, Hyogo 6588501, Japan.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Int Business & Management, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yue, WY, Konan Univ, Dept Informat Sci & Syst Engn, Kobe, Hyogo
    6588501, Japan.
 CR CAO J, 1989, MICROELECTRON RELIAB, V28, P889
    CHIANG JH, 2001, RELIAB ENG SYST SAFE, V71, P165
    CHO DI, 1991, EUR J OPER RES, V51, P1
    HINDERER K, 1970, LECT NOTES OPERATION, V33
    HU Q, 1997, OPTIMIZATION, V39, P367
    MULLER A, 2002, COMPARISON METHODS S
    SATOW T, 2000, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V31, P313
    SCHAL M, 1975, Z WAHRSCHEINLICHKEIT, V32, P179
    SHEU SH, 1998, EUR J OPER RES, V108, P345
    SHEU SH, 2002, INT J SYST SCI, V33, P267
    WANG HZ, 2002, EUR J OPER RES, V139, P469
    YEH RH, 1997, EUR J OPER RES, V96, P248
    ZHANG ZG, 2000, COMPUT OPER RES, V27, P321
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1055-6788
 J9 OPTIM METHOD SOFTW
 JI Optim. Method Softw.
 PD APR
 PY 2003
 VL 18
 IS 2
 BP 181
 EP 196
 PG 16
 SC Computer Science, Software Engineering; Mathematics, Applied;
    Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 698NT
 UT ISI:000184006200005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jin, DR
    Meng, ZY
    Zhou, F
 TI Mechanism of resistivity gradient in monolithic PZT ceramics
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING B-SOLID STATE MATERIALS FOR ADVANCED
    TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE FGM; PZT ceramics; resistivity gradient and piezoelectric actuator
 AB The interdiffusion of Fe3+ and La3+ doping ions in the PZT perovskites
    was examined. The distribution of doping ions, crystal structures and
    microstructures was characterized by using Electron Probe Microbeam
    Analysis (EPMA), X-ray diffractormeter (XRD) and Optical Microscope
    (OM), respectively. The diffusion behavior of doping ions was
    quantitatively investigated by using Fick' second law and qualitatively
    examined from the viewpoint of ion transfer. The forming mechanism of
    the resistivity and piezoelectric property gradients was investigated.
    It was verified that the interdiffusion of La3+ and Fe3+ ions occurs
    via vacancy mechanism on the A-site and B-site in the PZT perovskite
    structure, respectively. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ADIKARY SU, 2000, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V16, P1
    HEARTLING GH, 1994, AM CERAM SOC B, V73, P93
    HOLMAN RL, 1973, J APPL PHYS, V44
    JIN D, P IUMRS ICAM 99 BEIJ
    NINO M, 1990, ISIJ INT, V30, P699
    WU CCM, 1996, J AM CERAM SOC, V79, P809
    ZHU XH, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V48, P169
    ZHU XH, 1998, J MATER SCI, V33, P1023
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0921-5107
 J9 MATER SCI ENG B-SOLID STATE M
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. B-Solid State Mater. Adv. Technol.
 PD MAY 25
 PY 2003
 VL 99
 IS 1-3
 BP 83
 EP 87
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 700PL
 UT ISI:000184120300019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, QH
    Kim, ES
    Xu, J
    Meng, ZY
 TI Effect of La3+ and Nd3+ on the microwave dielectric properties of
    (Pb0.5Ca0.5)(Fe0.5Nb0.5)O-3 ceramics
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING B-SOLID STATE MATERIALS FOR ADVANCED
    TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE [(Pb0.5Ca0.5)(La0.5Nd0.5)](Fe0.5Nb0.5)O3+delta; microwave dielectric
    ceramics; A-site substitution
 ID FREQUENCIES
 AB Microwave dielectric properties of A-site substitution by both La3+ and
    Nd3+ in (Pb0.5Ca0.5)(Fe0.5Nb0.5)O-3 system were investigated. Microwave
    dielectric properties of A-site charge unbalance substitution of
    [(Pb0.5Ca0.5)(1 -) (x) (La0.5Nd0.5)(x)](Fe0.5Nb0.5)O3 + delta (PCLNFN)
    were improved because the solid solution of small amount of surplus
    (La, Nd)(3+) with (Pb, Ca)(2+) could eliminate oxygen vacancies; the
    formation of secondary phase (pyrochlore phase) was also caused by
    surplus (La, Nd)(3+). The decreasing of dielectric constant with the
    increase of (La, Nd)(3+) content was due to the formation of pyrochlore
    phase. Qf values were almost unchanged at x = 0.02-0.08, but the
    temperature coefficient of resonant frequency (TCF) was decreased.
    Typically, at x = 0.06, the excellent microwave dielectric properties
    of Qf = 5822 GHz, epsilon(r) = 99.9 with TCF = 0 ppm/degreesC were
    obtained. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Kyonggi Univ, Dept Mat Engn, Suwon 442760, South Korea.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, QH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR KAGATA H, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V32, P4332
    KATO J, 1991, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V30, P2343
    KATO J, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V31, P3144
    MICHIURA N, 1995, J AM CERAM SOC, V78, P793
 NR 4
 TC 1
 SN 0921-5107
 J9 MATER SCI ENG B-SOLID STATE M
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. B-Solid State Mater. Adv. Technol.
 PD MAY 25
 PY 2003
 VL 99
 IS 1-3
 BP 259
 EP 261
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 700PL
 UT ISI:000184120300060
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, QH
    Kim, ES
    Xu, J
    Meng, ZY
 TI Microwave dielectric properties of (Pb,Ca,La)(Fe,Nb)O3+delta ceramics
    substituted by Ti for B-site
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING B-SOLID STATE MATERIALS FOR ADVANCED
    TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE (Pb,Ca,La)(Fe,Nb,Ti)O3+delta; microwave dielectric ceramics; B-site
    substitution
 ID FREQUENCIES
 AB Microwave dielectric properties of B-site substitution by Ti4+ in
    [(Pb0.5Ca0.5)(0.95)La-0.05][(Fe0.5Nb0.5)(1 - y) Ti-y]O-3 + delta
    (PCLFNT) system were investigated. Qf values and grain sizes of PCLFNT
    specimens decreased with the increase of Ti4+ content. Dielectric
    constant epsilon(r) increased with the increase of Ti4+ content even
    though the ionic polarizability of Te4+ ion (alpha(Ti) = 2.93 Angstrom)
    was lower than that of (Fe,Nb)(4+) ions (alpha(B-site) = 3.13
    Angstrom). This is due to the increase of rattling of B-site ions by
    the smaller Ti4+, substitution. Especially, the microwave dielectric
    properties of PCLFNT specimens with epsilon(r) = 116.6, Qf = 4950 GHz
    and TCF = + 17.4 ppm/degreesC were obtained at y = 0.10. (C) 2002
    Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Kyonggi Univ, Dept Mat Engn, Suwon 442760, South Korea.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, QH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR 2002, CHINESE J CERAM SOC, V30, P554
    KAGATA H, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V32, P4332
    KATO J, 1991, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V30, P2343
    KATO J, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V31, P3144
    MICHIURA N, 1995, J AM CERAM SOC, V78, P793
    SHANNON RD, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V33, P5463
 NR 6
 TC 1
 SN 0921-5107
 J9 MATER SCI ENG B-SOLID STATE M
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. B-Solid State Mater. Adv. Technol.
 PD MAY 25
 PY 2003
 VL 99
 IS 1-3
 BP 332
 EP 335
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 700PL
 UT ISI:000184120300079
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liang, XF
    Wu, WB
    Meng, ZY
 TI Dielectric and tunable characteristics of barium strontium titanate
    modified with Al2O3 addition
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING B-SOLID STATE MATERIALS FOR ADVANCED
    TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE BST; dielectric properties; tunablity; Al2O3 doping
 ID FIELD-DEPENDENCE; FILMS
 AB The effect of doping Al2O3 on the Ba0.6Sr0.4TiO3 ceramics was
    investigated. A strong correlation was observed between the average
    grain size and Al2O3 content. The results indicate that Al3+ behaves as
    a grain-growth helper below a certain doping level and at the same time
    lowers the dielectric constant. Both the dielectric loss and tunable
    properties were modified by the addition of Al2O3. The minimum of the
    dissipation factor was achieved at Al2O3 doping level up to 0.8 wt.%.
    The maximum tunability is 30.1% at the doping level of 0.4 wt.% Al2O3,
    It was explained by a phenomenological equation that was based on
    Devonshire's theory by the least square method fitting. (C) 2002
    Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BATLLO F, 1990, FERROELECTRICS, V109, P113
    COLE MW, 2000, THIN SOLID FILMS, V374, P34
    DEVONSHIRE AF, 1949, PHILOS MAG, V40, P1040
    DING YP, 2002, MATER CHEM PHYS, V75, P220
    HERNER SB, 1993, MATER LETT, V15, P317
    JONHSON K, 1961, J APPL PHYS, V33, P2826
    LIOU JW, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P3093
    LIOU JW, 2000, J MATER SCI-MATER EL, V11, P645
    OUTZOURHIT A, 1995, MAT RES, V10
    WU L, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P1713
    ZIMMERMANN F, 2001, J EUR CERAM SOC, V21, P2019
 NR 11
 TC 7
 SN 0921-5107
 J9 MATER SCI ENG B-SOLID STATE M
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. B-Solid State Mater. Adv. Technol.
 PD MAY 25
 PY 2003
 VL 99
 IS 1-3
 BP 366
 EP 369
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 700PL
 UT ISI:000184120300088
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, HY
    Long, JW
    Meng, ZY
 TI Effect of Zr/Ti ratio on the properties of PMMN-PZT ceramics near the
    morphotropic phase boundary
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING B-SOLID STATE MATERIALS FOR ADVANCED
    TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE PMMN-PZT; morphotropic phase boundary; piezoelectric properties;
    dielectric properties; temperature stability
 ID LEAD-ZIRCONATE-TITANATE; X-RAY-DIFFRACTION; SOLID-SOLUTIONS
 AB Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O-3 -Pb(Mn1/3Nb2/3)O-3-Pb(ZrxTi1-x)O-3 quaternary
    piezoelectric ceramics with varying Zr/Ti ratio, which locate in the
    vicinity of the morphotropic phase boundary (MPB), were prepared. The
    phase structure, the piezoelectric and dielectric properties of the
    system were investigated. X-ray diffraction patterns indicate that the
    MPB of the tetragonal and rhombohedral phase lies in the range 0.49 < x
    < 0.52. Both the piezoelectric coefficient (d(33))/electromechanical
    coupling factor (K-p) and the dielectric constant (epsilon(r)) reach
    the maximum values at x = 0.50. The changes of resonant frequency with
    increasing Zr/Ti ratio are from a positive to a negative value and
    obtained a minimum value at x = 0.50, which reflects the transition
    from tetragonal phase to rhombohedral phase. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, State Key Lab Met Matrix, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ARIGUR P, 1974, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V15, P1077
    BOUTARFAIA A, 2000, CERAM INT, V26, P583
    CAO WW, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V31, P1399
    CHEN HY, 2002, MATER CHEM PHYS, V75, P136
    HAMMER M, 1998, J ELECTROCERAM, V2, P75
    KAKEGAWA K, 1977, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V24, P679
    MISHRA SK, 1997, PHILOS MAG B, V76, P213
    SWARTZ SL, 1983, MAT RES B, V7, P1245
    YONEDA A, 1990, NIPPON SERAM KYO GAK, V98, P890
 NR 9
 TC 5
 SN 0921-5107
 J9 MATER SCI ENG B-SOLID STATE M
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. B-Solid State Mater. Adv. Technol.
 PD MAY 25
 PY 2003
 VL 99
 IS 1-3
 BP 433
 EP 436
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 700PL
 UT ISI:000184120300104
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Long, JW
    Chen, HY
    Meng, ZY
 TI Effects of compositions and Nb-doping on microstructure and
    piezoelectric properties of PMS-PZ-PT system
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING B-SOLID STATE MATERIALS FOR ADVANCED
    TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE PMS-PZ-PT; MPB; Nb-doping; piezoelectric properties; USM
 ID ELECTRICAL-PROPERTIES; CERAMICS; LA
 AB Sr-substituted (2 mol%) xPMS-(1-x)(PZ-PT) compositions were
    investigated systematically as a function of PMS concentrations as well
    as Niobium (Nb) contents. X-ray diffraction (XRD) patterns show that
    phases shift from tetragonal phase to rhombohedral phase with the
    increase of PMS concentrations and with the increase of Nb-doping
    contents in PMS2. The compositions with x = 0.05 (PMS2) was found to
    have superior piezoelectric properties. The properties of the PMS2
    compositions were optimized by the Nb-doping contents of 0.1 mol%
    (d(33) = 450 pC N-1, K-p = 0.65, Q(m) = 1210). The compositions of PMS2
    and 0.1 mol% Nb-doped compositions of PMS2 are practically suitable for
    ultrasonic motor (USM) applications. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BARRANCO AP, 2001, J EUR CERAM SOC, V21, P523
    GAO YK, 2001, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V40, P687
    GUO X, 2002, KEY ENG MATER, V224, P112
    LEBRUN L, 2001, J EUR CERAM SOC, V21, P1357
    LEE DL, 1998, IEEE INT C COND BREA, P381
    NADOLIISKY MM, 1992, FERROELECTRICS, V129, P141
    PEREIRA M, 2001, J EUR CERAM SOC, V21, P1353
    PFERNER RA, 1999, MATER CHEM PHYS, V61, P24
    RUKMINI HR, 1998, MATER CHEM PHYS, V55, P108
    TAKAHASHI S, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P2429
    YOON SJ, 1998, J AM CERAM SOC, V81, P2473
    ZHENG H, 2001, J EUR CERAM SOC, V21, P1371
 NR 12
 TC 4
 SN 0921-5107
 J9 MATER SCI ENG B-SOLID STATE M
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. B-Solid State Mater. Adv. Technol.
 PD MAY 25
 PY 2003
 VL 99
 IS 1-3
 BP 445
 EP 448
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 700PL
 UT ISI:000184120300107
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, F
    Shen, Y
    Liang, XF
 TI Preparation and characteristics of Ba(Mg1/3Ta2/3)O-3 from
    nanostructured powder
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING B-SOLID STATE MATERIALS FOR ADVANCED
    TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE Ba(Mg1/3Ta2/3)O-3; nanostructured powder; microwave dielectric
    characteristics
 ID CERAMICS
 AB Nanostructured MgTa2O6 (BMT) powder was synthesized by co-precipitate
    wet chemical routes. The average particle size of the precipitate was
    similar to50 nm. The crystallization temperature of BMT nanostructured
    powder was similar to200 degreesC, lower than that of the ordinary
    mixed-oxide moth. Ceramics of BMT so produced showed fine grains of
    about 0.5-1.5 mum and high densities. Increased unloaded Q from 6000 to
    8000 at 9.8 GHz and unchanged dielectric constant (about 23-25) were
    observed when the samples were annealed in Ar, the possible mechanism
    of enhanced characteristics is discussed. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, F, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ABOTHU IR, 1999, J ELECTROCERAM, V3, P165
    EURUIA M, 1982, JPN J APPL PHYS, V21, P624
    FURUYA M, 1994, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V33, P5482
    KEGAWA KK, 1986, J CERAM SOC, V69, P82
    KIM YK, 2000, J MATER SCI, V35, P4885
    ONADA M, 1982, JPN J APPL PHYS, V21, P170
    RAO TS, 1990, FERROELECTRICS, V102, P155
    RENOULT O, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P3337
 NR 8
 TC 4
 SN 0921-5107
 J9 MATER SCI ENG B-SOLID STATE M
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. B-Solid State Mater. Adv. Technol.
 PD MAY 25
 PY 2003
 VL 99
 IS 1-3
 BP 453
 EP 456
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 700PL
 UT ISI:000184120300109
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, C
    Janssen, R
    Claussen, N
 TI Pressureless sintering of beta-sialon with improved green strength by
    using metallic Al powder
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE pressureless sintering; sialon ceramics; green bodies
 ID CERAMICS; PHASE; RBAO
 AB The "reaction bonding of aluminum oxide" (RBAO) technology is a novel
    process that has been well developed for manufacturing low-cost alumina
    or ZTA components. The principle of this technology is using metallic
    At as one of the starting components so that the green strength of such
    Al/ceramic compact is much higher than that of conventional ceramic
    green bodies. This allows easy machining on green bodies to give a
    desired shape and dimension instead of the hard work on fired product.
    In the present study, this technology was used to prepare beta-sialon
    (beta') from starting powders Of Si3N4, AlN and Al. Precursor powder
    mixture after attrition milling possessed a much higher green strength
    than that without Al additive. Al in the mixture was converted to Al2O3
    via an oxidation firing at 900 degreesC for 1 h in air. Dense beta' can
    be achieved by pressureless sintering (PLS) in 0.1 MPa nitrogen at 1700
    degreesC for 2 h. Even lower temperature sintering at 1650 degreesC
    yielded the product with same density but a small amount of O-sialon
    (O') phase remained in the composition. Results from this research show
    a great potential of fabrication low-cost sialon ceramics through
    reaction-sintering process. (C) 2003 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Tech Univ Hamburg, Adv Ceram Grp, D-21071 Hamburg, Germany.
 RP Zhang, C, Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect & Informat Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CLAUSSEN N, 1990, CERAM ENG SCI P, V11, P806
    CLAUSSEN N, 1995, J CERAM SOC JPN, V103, P749
    HAMPSHIRE S, 1994, MAT SCI TECHNOLOGY C, V11, P119
    HOLZ D, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P2509
    HOLZ D, 1994, THESIS VDI VERLAG
    IZHEVSKIY VA, 2000, J EUR CERAM SOC, V20, P2275
    JACK KH, 1976, J MATER SCI, V11, P1135
    SCHEPPOKAT S, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P319
    WU SX, 1993, J AM CERAM SOC, V76, P970
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD JUL
 PY 2003
 VL 57
 IS 22-23
 BP 3352
 EP 3356
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 699HJ
 UT ISI:000184050700008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, QW
    Zhu, LH
    Wang, PL
    Cheng, YB
 TI Formation behaviors of Sr0.4Ba0.6Nb2O6 powders synthesized from the
    molten salt of KCl
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID STRONTIUM BARIUM NIOBATE; FABRICATION; CERAMICS
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Monash Univ, Sch Phys & Mat Engn, Clayton, Vic 3800, Australia.
 RP Huang, QW, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High
    Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 CR DURAN C, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P2203
    FANG TT, 1994, J MATER SCI LETT, V13, P1746
    HUANG QW, 2002, MATER LETT, V56, P915
    JAMIESON PB, 1968, J CHEM PHYS, V48, P5048
    JOHANSSON KE, 1980, J PHYS E, V13, P1289
    LEE WJ, 1998, J AM CERAM SOC, V81, P1019
    NEURGAONKAR RR, 1993, FERROELECTRICS, V142, P167
    VANDAMME NS, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P1785
    WERNER PE, 1969, ARK KEMI, V31, P513
    YOON KH, 1998, J MATER SCI, V33, P2922
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD JUL 1
 PY 2003
 VL 22
 IS 13
 BP 949
 EP 951
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 698JA
 UT ISI:000183994200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jin, DR
    Meng, ZY
 TI Functionally graded PZT/ZnO piezoelectric composites
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID ACTUATOR
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Composite Mat, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ADIKARY SU, 2000, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V16, P383
    HAN JP, 2001, J MATER RES, V16, P459
    JIN DR, 2002, IN PRESS P INT JOINT
    KAWAI T, 1990, NIPPON SERAM KYO GAK, V98, P900
    LI XP, 2001, J AM CERAM SOC, V84, P996
    NINO M, 1990, ISIJ INT, V30, P699
    TAKAGI K, 2002, SCI TECHNOLOGY ADV M, V3, P217
    WU CCM, 1996, J AM CERAM SOC, V79, P809
    ZHU XH, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V48, P169
 NR 9
 TC 3
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD JUL 1
 PY 2003
 VL 22
 IS 13
 BP 971
 EP 974
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 698JA
 UT ISI:000183994200015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, H
    Kamiya, N
 TI Nearly singular approximations of CPV integrals with end- and
    corner-singularities for the numerical solution of hypersingular
    boundary integral equations
 SO ENGINEERING ANALYSIS WITH BOUNDARY ELEMENTS
 DT Article
 DE boundary element method; hypersingular boundary integral equation;
    end-singularity; corner-singularity; nearly singular approximation;
    distance transformation; numerical evaluation
 ID PRINCIPAL VALUE INTEGRALS; ELEMENT METHOD; ELASTICITY; TRANSFORMATION;
    KERNELS; IDENTITIES; BEM
 AB A local numerical approach to cope with the singular and hypersingular
    boundary integral equations (BIEs) in non-regularized forms is
    presented in the paper for 2D elastostatics. The approach is based on
    the fact that the singular boundary integrals can be represented
    approximately by the mean values of two nearly singular boundary
    integrals and on the techniques of distance transformations developed
    primarily in previous work of the authors. The nearly singular
    approximations in the present work, including the normal and the
    tangential distance transformations, are designed for the numerical
    evaluation of boundary integrals with end-singularities at junctures
    between two elements, especially at corner points where sufficient
    continuity requirements are met. The approach is very general, which
    makes it possible to solve the hypersingular BIE numerically in a
    non-regularized form by using conforming C-0 quadratic boundary
    elements and standard Gaussian quadratures without paying special
    attention to the corner treatment.
    With the proposed approach, an infinite tension plate with an
    elliptical hole and a pressurized thick cylinder were analyzed by using
    both the formulations of conventional displacement and traction
    boundary element methods, showing encouragingly the efficiency and the
    reliability of the proposed approach. The behaviors of boundary
    integrals with end- and corner-singular kernels were observed and
    compared by the additional numerical tests. It is considered that the
    weakly singularities remain but should have been cancelled with each
    other if used in pairs by the corresponding terms in the neighboring
    elements, where the corner information is included naturally in the
    approximations. (C) 2003 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Nagoya Univ, Sch Informat & Sci, Nagoya, Aichi 4648601, Japan.
 RP Ma, H, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept
    Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ALIABADI MH, 1985, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V21, P2221
    ALIABADI MH, 2000, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V48, P995
    BREBBIA CA, 1984, BOUNDARY ELEMENT TEC
    CERROLAZA M, 1989, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V28, P987
    CHEN HB, 2001, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V25, P851
    CRUSE TA, 1993, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V36, P237
    CRUSE TA, 1996, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V39, P3273
    DOBLARE M, 1997, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V40, P3325
    GRANADOS JJ, 2001, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V25, P165
    GUIGGIANI M, 1987, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V24, P1711
    GUIGGIANI M, 1990, ASME, V57, P906
    GUIGGIANI M, 1992, ASME, V59, P604
    HUANG Q, 1994, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V37, P2041
    HUI CY, 1999, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V44, P205
    JOHNSTON PR, 1997, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V40, P2087
    JOHNSTON PR, 1999, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V45, P1333
    KARAMI G, 1999, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V23, P317
    KRISHNASAMY G, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P404
    LEAN MH, 1985, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V21, P211
    LIU YJ, 1999, COMPUT MECH, V24, P286
    LIU YJ, 2000, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V24, P789
    MA H, 1999, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V23, P281
    MA H, 2001, ENG ANAL BOUNDARY EL, V25, P843
    MA H, 2002, COMPUT MECH, V29, P277
    MA H, 2002, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V26, P329
    MARTIN PA, 1996, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V39, P687
    MATSUMOTO T, 1993, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V36, P783
    MUKHERJEE S, 2000, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V24, P767
    MUKHERJEE S, 2000, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V37, P6623
    MUKHERJEE S, 2000, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V37, P7633
    RICHARDSON JD, 1999, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V45, P13
    TELLES JCF, 1987, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V24, P959
 NR 32
 TC 2
 SN 0955-7997
 J9 ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM
 JI Eng. Anal. Bound. Elem.
 PD JUN
 PY 2003
 VL 27
 IS 6
 BP 625
 EP 637
 PG 13
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 699JH
 UT ISI:000184052900008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, GQ
    Li, ZB
 TI A maple package for the Painleve test of nonlinear partial differential
    equations
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; INTEGRABLE MODEL; REDUCTIONS; SYMMETRIES; SYSTEMS
 AB A Maple package, named PLtest, is presented to study whether or not
    nonlinear partial differential equations (PDEs) pass the Painleve test.
    This package is based on the so-called WTC-Kruskal algorithm, which
    combines the standard WTC algorithm and the Kruskal simplification
    algorithm. Therefore, we not only study whether the given PDEs pass the
    test or not, but also obtain its truncated expansion form related to
    some integrability properties. Several well-known nonlinear models with
    physical interests illustrate the effectiveness of this package.
 C1 E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Informat Adm, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, GQ, E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1978, LETT NUOVO CIMENTO, V23, P333
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    ALAGESAN T, 1986, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P893
    CONTE R, 1989, PHYS LETT A, V140, P383
    DORIZZI B, 1986, J MATH PHYS, V27, P2848
    FAN EG, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V292, P335
    FLASCHKA H, 1991, INTEGRABILITY WHAT I, P73
    HEREMAN W, 1989, MACSYMA NEWSLETTER, V6, P11
    HEREMAN W, 1998, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V115, P428
    HLAVATY L, 1986, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V42, P427
    HU XB, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V262, P409
    JIMBO M, 1982, PHYS LETT A, V92, P59
    LI HM, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P745
    LOU SY, 1997, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V28, P129
    LOU SY, 1998, Z NATURFORSCH A, V53, P251
    LOU SY, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V262, P344
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    PARKES EJ, 1996, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V98, P288
    SENATORSKI A, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P2855
    TAM HT, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V68, P369
    TANG XY, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1225
    WEISS J, 1983, J MATH PHYS, V24, P522
    ZHANG SL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1741
    ZHANG SL, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V300, P40
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHU SM, 1997, MODERN MATH MECH, V2, P482
 NR 26
 TC 3
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD JUL
 PY 2003
 VL 20
 IS 7
 BP 975
 EP 978
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 699ZM
 UT ISI:000184088000001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JF
    Meng, JP
 TI New coherent structures in the generalized (2+1)-imensional
    Nizhnik-Novikov-Veselov system
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID CAMASSA-HOLM EQUATION; TRANSFORM; SOLITONS; WAVES
 AB In high dimensions there are abundant coherent soliton excitations.
    From the known variable separation solutions for the generalized
    (2+1)-dimensional Nizhnik-Novikov-Veselov system, two kinds of new
    coherent structures in this system are obtained. Some interesting novel
    features of these structures are revealed.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Loughborough Univ Technol, Dept Math Sci, Loughborough LE11 3TU, Leics, England.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JF, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BOITI M, 1986, INVERSE PROBL, V2, P271
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    CHERTOCK A, 2001, J COMPUT PHYS, V171, P708
    COOPER F, 2001, PHYS RE E, V64
    HU XB, 1991, J PHYS A, V24, P1331
    HU XB, 1991, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V24, P1979
    KRAENKEL RA, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V273, P183
    LOU SY, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P781
    LOU SY, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10619
    NIZHNIK LP, 1980, SOV PHYS DOKL, V25, P706
    NOVIKOV SP, 1986, PHYSICA D, V18, P267
    OHTA Y, 1992, J PHYS SOC JPN, V61, P3928
    QIAN TF, 2001, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V12, P1347
    RADHA R, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4746
    ROSENAU P, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P564
    TAGAMI Y, 1989, PHYS LETT A, V141, P116
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P651
    ZHANG JF, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P395
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
 NR 20
 TC 11
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD JUL
 PY 2003
 VL 20
 IS 7
 BP 1006
 EP 1008
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 699ZM
 UT ISI:000184088000010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fu, JL
    Chen, LQ
    Bai, JH
    Yang, XD
 TI Lie symmetries and conserved quantities of controllable nonholonomic
    dynamical systems
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE control; nonholonomic dynamical systems; Lie symmetry; conserved law
 AB This paper concentrates on studying the Lie symmetries and conserved
    quantities of controllable nonholonomic dynamical systems. Based on the
    infinitesimal transformation, we establish the Lie symmetric
    determining equations and restrictive equations and give three
    definitions of Lie symmetries before the structure equations and
    conserved quantities of the Lie symmetries are obtained. Then we make a
    study of the inverse problems. Finally, an example is presented for
    illustrating the results.
 C1 Shangqiu Teachers Coll, Inst Math Mech & Math Phys, Shangqiu 476000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Kaifeng Univ, Dept Math, Kaifeng 475000, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, JL, Shangqiu Teachers Coll, Inst Math Mech & Math Phys, Shangqiu
    476000, Peoples R China.
 CR FU JL, 2000, ACTA MATH PHYS SIN, V20, P63
    FU JL, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1023
    FU JL, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P549
    FU JL, 2001, ACTA MECH SOL SIN, V22, P263
    GE WK, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P939
    LI YC, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P376
    LI ZP, 1981, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V30, P1659
    LI ZP, 1993, CLASSICAL QUANTUM CO
    LIU D, 1989, ACTA MECH SINICA, V21, P75
    LIU D, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V20, P1189
    LUTZKY M, 1979, J PHYS A, V12, P973
    MEI FX, 1985, MECH FDN NONHOLONOMI
    MEI FX, 1991, ADV ANAL MECH
    MEI FX, 1993, SCI CHINA SER A, V23, P709
    MEI FX, 1998, ACTA MECH SINICA, V30, P468
    MEI FX, 1999, APPL LIE GROUPS LIE
    MEI FX, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1207
    MEI FX, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1901
    NOETHER E, 1918, NACHR GES WISS GOTT, V2, P235
    OGATE K, 1998, MODERN CONTROL ENG
    QIAO YF, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P811
    YOU CD, 1996, MODERN CONTROL THEOR
    ZHANG JF, 1991, CHIN SIN B, V33, P1756
    ZHANG RC, 2000, CHINESE PHYS, V9, P801
    ZHANG Y, 2000, CHINESE PHYS, V9, P401
    ZHAO YY, 1993, ADV MECH, V23, P360
    ZHAO YY, 1994, ACTA MECH SINICA, V26, P380
 NR 27
 TC 18
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD JUL
 PY 2003
 VL 12
 IS 7
 BP 695
 EP 699
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 699HE
 UT ISI:000184050300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, YF
    Jiang, GC
    You, JL
    Hou, HY
    Chen, H
    Wu, YQ
 TI Raman spectroscopic study and ab initio calculation of the
    micro-structure of several Na2O-P2O5 binary crystals
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE Raman spectra; sodium phosphate; ab initio calculation
 ID MOLECULAR-ORBITAL CALCULATIONS; PHOSPHATE-GLASSES;
    ELECTRONIC-STRUCTURE; LITHIUM
 AB Raman spectra of several (1 - x) Na2O . xP(2)O(5) (x = 0.25, 0.33,
    0.50, 1.0) crystals were determined. Raman vibrational modes were
    assigned and also calculated by ab initio calculation method with
    Gaussian 98W software. Results show that calculation results agree well
    with those of experiment and phosphor-us-oxygen tetrahedrons are the
    micro-structure units of those crystals along with different number of
    bridging oxygen connected to each centre phosphor-us atom. The number
    of bridging oxygen are 0, 1, 2 and 3 for Na3PO4, Na4P2O7, NaPO3 and
    P2O5 crystals, respectively. The frequencies of stretching vibrational
    modes dependent on the number of bridging oxygen and increase with the
    P2O5 content in crystal. Difference between the computational and
    experimental spectra is also discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, GC, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN NY, 1987, COMPUTATIONAL CHEM A
    FRISCH MJ, 1998, GAUSSIAN 98W
    GLEENER FL, 1979, SOLIDS STATE COMMUNI, V30, P505
    HEERMANN DW, 1986, COMPUTER SIMULATION
    HUDGENS JJ, 1998, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V223, P21
    JAY JL, 2000, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, P263
    JIANG GC, 2000, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V20, P206
    LEACH AR, 1996, MOL MODELING PRINCIP
    RICHARD KB, 2000, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V263, P1
    SATOSHI H, 2000, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, P263
    TATSUMISAGO M, 1988, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V29, P63
    UCHINO T, 1995, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V181, P175
    UCHINO T, 1995, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V191, P56
    UCHINO T, 2000, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V263, P18
    YOU JL, 1999, GUANGXUE YIQI, V21, P21
    YOU JL, 2001, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V282, P125
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1001-4861
 J9 CHIN J INORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Inorg. Chem.
 PD JUL
 PY 2003
 VL 19
 IS 7
 BP 717
 EP 721
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear
 GA 698JT
 UT ISI:000183996100008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, BX
    Lu, HL
    Zhao, DX
    Yuan, YF
    Iso, M
 TI Optimized design of polarization-independent and
    temperature-insensitive broadband optical waveguide coupler by use of
    fluorinated polyimide
 SO APPLIED OPTICS
 DT Article
 ID MU-M; WAVELENGTH
 AB A statistically optimized design method suitable for a
    polarization-independent and temperature-insensitive broadband
    waveguide coupler is proposed. By use of this method, a fluorinated
    polyimide waveguide 3-dB waveguide coupler for 1490 similar to 1610 run
    application is designed by optimizing polarization and temperature
    fluctuation. The validity of the design is verified through simulation
    based on the three-dimensional beam propagation method (3D-BPM), which
    revealed a coupling ratio of 50 +/- 0.8% in a 120-nm bandwidth in the
    temperature range -10 to 40 degreesC for both orthogonal polarizations.
    (C) 2003 Optical Society of America.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Elect Informat Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Tokyo Univ Agr & Technol, Dept Chem Engn, Tokyo 1848588, Japan.
    Nitta Shanghai Co, Shanghai 200233, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, BX, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Elect Informat Engn,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR BOOTH BL, 1989, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V7, P1445
    CHEN BX, 2001, ACTA OPT SINICA, V21, P996
    HARTMAN DH, 1989, APPL OPTICS, V28, P40
    HO KC, 2002, IEEE J LIGHTWAVE TEC, V20, P1018
    IMAMURA S, 1991, ELECTRON LETT, V27, P1342
    KAINO T, 1981, APPL OPTICS, V20, P2886
    KANG JW, 2001, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V19, P872
    KEIL N, 1989, ELECTRON LETT, V30, P1445
    KOBAYASHI J, 1998, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V16, P1024
    KOKUBUN Y, 1996, ELECTRON LETT, V32, P1998
    KUROKAWA T, 1980, APPL OPTICS, V19, P3124
    MATSUURA T, 1999, APPL OPTICS, V38, P966
    NISHIHARA H, 1993, OPTICAL INTEGRATED C
    NOSE T, 1997, DAIGAKUIN KOUBUNSHIK
    REUTER R, 1988, APPL OPTICS, V27, P4565
    TAKAGI A, 1992, IEEE J LIGHTWAVE TEC, V10, P1815
    TAKAGI A, 1992, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V28, P848
    TAKAHASHI H, 1995, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V13, P447
    TAKATO N, 1994, NTT R D, V43, P1281
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0003-6935
 J9 APPL OPT
 JI Appl. Optics
 PD JUL 10
 PY 2003
 VL 42
 IS 20
 BP 4196
 EP 4201
 PG 6
 SC Optics
 GA 698YW
 UT ISI:000184029000007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, BX
    Jia, HB
    Zhou, JZ
    Zhao, DX
    Lu, HL
    Yuan, YF
    Iso, M
 TI Optimized design of fluorinated polyimide based interleaver
 SO APPLIED OPTICS
 DT Article
 ID OPTICAL WAVE-GUIDES; FILTER; MULTIPLEXER
 AB Statistical optimization method for the design of a fluorinated
    polyimide wavelength division element for optical communications is
    proposed. The optimized device is an interleaver element suitable for
    dividing over 40 wavelengths in the 1550 run band. Optimization
    considers the inherent polarization dependence of fluorinated polyimide
    based on measurements of the dispersion characteristics and
    birefringence of fluorinated polyimide film. A 40-wavelength device is
    designed by use of the proposed technique for a working wavelength of
    1550 nm and a wavelength interval of 0.8 nm. The device exhibited a
    1-dB passband of 0.5 nm and a 3-dB passband of 0.8 nm, and output
    wavelength fluctuation due to polarization effects of less than 0.08
    rim. (C) 2003 Optical Society of America.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Elect Informat Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Nitta Shanghai Co Ltd, Shanghai 200233, Peoples R China.
    Tokyo Univ Agr & Technol, Dept Chem Engn, Tokyo 1848588, Japan.
 RP Chen, BX, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Elect Informat Engn,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR BOOTH BL, 1989, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V7, P1445
    CHEN BX, 2003, APPL OPTICS, V42, P271
    CHIBA T, 2001, OFC 2001 AN CAL
    CHON J, 2001, TECHN P NAT FIB OPT, P1410
    HARTMAN DH, 1989, APPL OPTICS, V28, P40
    JINGUJI K, 2000, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V18, P252
    KANG JW, 2001, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V19, P872
    KEIL N, 1989, ELECTRON LETT, V30, P1445
    KOBAYASHI J, 1998, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V16, P1024
    KUROKAWA T, 1980, APPL OPTICS, V19, P3124
    MATSUURA T, 1999, APPL OPTICS, V38, P966
    MIZUNO T, 2002, ELECTRON LETT, V38, P1121
    NISHIHARA H, 1993, OPTICAL INTEGRATED C
    OGUMA M, 2000, ELECTRON LETT, V36, P1299
    OGUMA M, 2001, OFC 2001 AN CAL
    REUTER R, 1988, APPL OPTICS, V27, P4565
    TAKADA K, 2001, IEEE PHOTONIC TECH L, V13, P577
    TAKAHASHI H, 1995, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V13, P447
    TAKAHASHI H, 1998, NTT REVIEW, V10, P30
    WATANABE T, 1997, ELECTRON LETT, V33, P1547
 NR 20
 TC 2
 SN 0003-6935
 J9 APPL OPT
 JI Appl. Optics
 PD JUL 10
 PY 2003
 VL 42
 IS 20
 BP 4202
 EP 4207
 PG 6
 SC Optics
 GA 698YW
 UT ISI:000184029000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A variational approach to the Burridge-Knopoff equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE Burridge-Knopoff model; earthquake; variational principle
 ID MODEL
 AB A variational principle is obtained for the Burridge-Knopoff model for
    earthquake faults, and this paper considers an analytic approach that
    does not require linearization or perturbation. (C) 2002 Elsevier
    Science Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Donghua Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200051, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ADOMIAN G, 1996, APPL MATH COMPUT, V77, P131
    AKISHIN PG, 2000, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V11, P207
    HAHNER P, 1998, PHYSICA A, V260, P391
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 2001, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V2, P309
    LIU GL, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P25
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD NOV 20
 PY 2003
 VL 144
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 2
 PG 2
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 700GV
 UT ISI:000184105000001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, XJ
    Qiu, HL
    Wang, AH
    Yin, ST
    You, JL
    Jiang, GC
 TI Raman spectra study of tellurium dioxide (TeO2) crystal
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE laser micro-Raman spectrum; real time meassurement; solid/melt growth
    boundary layers; tellurium dioxide (TeO2)
 ID PARATELLURITE TEO2
 AB The room temperature and high temperature Raman spectra of solid/melt
    growth boundary layers of TeO2 grown from melt were measured by
    high-temperature laser-micro-Raman spectrum. By analyzing, vibrational
    modes of the room temperature Raman spectra peaks of TeO2 crystal from
    band 200-800 cm(-1) were confimed, the expansion and frequency shift of
    each peak of the high temperature Raman spectra were interpreted and
    the possible structure group of the melt was proposed. So, certain
    foundation for studying the growth theory of functional crystal
    materials was provided.
 C1 Acad Sinica, Anhui Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Hefei 230031, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai City Key Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, XJ, Acad Sinica, Anhui Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Hefei 230031, Peoples
    R China.
 CR AYRAULT B, 1972, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V11, P639
    MIYAZAWA S, 1970, JPN J APPL PHYS, V9, P441
    PINE AS, 1972, PHYS REV B, V5, P4087
    RALGH WG, 1961, CRYST STRUCT, V1, P255
    UCHIDE N, 1970, PHYSICAL REV B, V4, P3738
    YOU JL, 1998, J CHINESE RARE EARTH, V16, P505
    YU XL, 2001, SCI CHINA SER E, V44, P265
    ZENG Z, 1981, KUEI SUAN YEN HSUEH, V9, P228
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD JUN
 PY 2003
 VL 23
 IS 3
 BP 484
 EP 486
 PG 3
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 696ZD
 UT ISI:000183917000018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, JK
    Liu, CY
 TI Several reasons for atomic spectral line broadening
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE spectroscopy; natural broadening; Doppler broadening; collision
    broadening
 AB Several reasons for atomic spectral line broadening in terms of theory
    are given, that's: natural broadening; Doppler broadening; collision
    broadening, respectively. Some estimated data based on these reasons
    are provided, which may be of significance for atomic spectral
    measurements, and the data are in agreement with experiments.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Fac Sci, Xianyang 712081, Peoples R China.
    Xian Tech Inst Garden, Xian 710061, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, JK, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Fac Sci, Xianyang 712081, Peoples
    R China.
 CR BUDDE W, 1983, OPTICAL RAD MEASUREM, V4
    WICHMANN EH, 1971, BERKELEY PHYSICS COU, V4
 NR 2
 TC 0
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD JUN
 PY 2003
 VL 23
 IS 3
 BP 605
 EP 606
 PG 2
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 696ZD
 UT ISI:000183917000053
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Leng, GS
 TI The minimum number of acute dihedral angles of a simplex
 SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN MATHEMATICAL SOCIETY
 DT Article
 DE simplex; dihedral angle; dual basis
 AB For any n-dimensional simplex Omega subset of R-n, we confirm a
    conjecture of Klamkin and Pook (1988) that there are always at least n
    acute dihedral angles in Omega.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Leng, GS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR KLAMKIN MS, 1988, MATH MAG, V61, P320
    SCHNEIDER R, 1993, CONVEX BODIES BRUNNM
    YANG L, 1983, ACTA MATH SINICA, V26, P250
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0002-9939
 J9 PROC AMER MATH SOC
 JI Proc. Amer. Math. Soc.
 PY 2003
 VL 131
 IS 10
 BP 3039
 EP 3042
 PG 4
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 695BJ
 UT ISI:000183811000010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hong, L
    Shi, LY
    Tang, XZ
 TI Conductivities and spectroscopic studies of polymer electrolytes based
    on linear polyurethane and hybrid and copolymer of linear and
    hyperbranched polyurethanes
 SO MACROMOLECULES
 DT Article
 ID ION SOLVENT INTERACTIONS; NMR; LICLO4; ACETONE; GLYCOL); RAMAN
 AB Three polyurethane electrolytes, linear polyurethane (LPU),hybrid of
    linear and hyper-branched polyurethane (MHPU), and low cross-linked
    copolymer of linear and hyperbranched polyurethane (CHPU) complex with
    LiClO4, were studied using conductivity, FTIR, Raman, and C-13, H-1,
    and Li-7 solid-state NMR measurements. The best conductivity value
    measured at 25 degreesC was 2.7 x 10(-7) s cm(-1) at about a EO/Li
    ratio of 8 for the LPU electrolytes. At a higher salt concentration
    (EO/Li = 4), the MHPU and CHPU electrolytes reached its maximum
    conductivity, 1.35 x 10(-6) and 1.51 x 10(-5) s cm-1, respectively.
    FTIR, Raman, and C-13 NMR analysis showed that hyperbranched polymer
    could function as a "solvent" for the lithium salt. Correlation times
    and the activation energies for the polymer segmental and the lithium
    hopping motions were determined from the temperature dependence of the
    spin-lattice relaxation of the polymer (H-1) and lithium (Li-7). The
    correlation time and activation energy for the lithium hopping motions
    in the CHPU electrolytes had a relatively low value. This indicated
    that lithium ion transport was easier in such a system.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Technol, Shanghai 200240, Peoples R China.
 RP Hong, L, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ASANO A, 1999, POLYM J, V31, P602
    ASHOOTOSH V, 2001, J POLYM SCI A, V39, P1295
    BLOEMBERGEN N, 1948, PHYS REV, V73, P679
    CAZZANELLI E, 1996, SOLID STATE IONICS 1, V86, P379
    DESAI A, 2000, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V38, P1033
    FERY A, 1996, POLYMER, V37, P737
    FORSYTH M, 1994, J POLYM SCI POL PHYS, V32, P2077
    HAWKER CJ, 1996, MACROMOLECULES, V29, P3831
    HONG L, 2002, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V40, P344
    JAHANSSON A, 1996, POLYMER, V8, P1387
    JAMES DW, 1982, AUST J CHEM, V35, P1775
    JAMES DW, 1982, AUST J CHEM, V35, P1785
    PEERLINGS HWI, 2001, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V39, P3112
    ROUX C, 1998, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V43, P1575
    SILVA RA, 2001, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V46, P1687
    STEVENS JR, 1991, CAN J CHEM, V69, P1980
    TAMBELLI CE, 2001, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V46, P1665
    VETTER S, 2001, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V39, P1940
    VINCENT CA, 1995, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V40, P2035
    VOIT B, 2000, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V38, P2505
    WEN TC, 2000, POLYMER, V41, P6755
    ZHU WH, 2001, J POLYM SCI POL PHYS, V39, P1246
 NR 22
 TC 3
 SN 0024-9297
 J9 MACROMOLECULES
 JI Macromolecules
 PD JUL 1
 PY 2003
 VL 36
 IS 13
 BP 4989
 EP 4994
 PG 6
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 696HK
 UT ISI:000183881400046
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, HQ
    Shen, LM
    Ji, P
    Ji, GF
    Sun, NJ
 TI Classical Euclidean wormhole solution and wave function for a nonlinear
    scalar field
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE Euclidean wormhole; Born-Infeld field; wormhole wave function;
    Wheeler-Dewitt equation
 AB In this paper we consider the classical Euclidean wormhole solution of
    the Born - Infeld scalar field. The corresponding classical Euclidean
    wormhole solution can be obtained analytically for both very small and
    large (phi) over dot.. At the extreme limit of small (phi) over dot.
    the wormhole solution has the same format as one obtained by Giddings
    and Strominger ( Nuclear Physics B 306, 890, 1988). At the extreme
    limit of large (phi) over dot. the wormhole solution is a new one. The
    wormhole wave functions can also be obtained for both very small and
    large (phi) over dot.. These wormhole wave functions are regarded as
    solutions of quantum-mechanical Wheeler - Dewitt equation with certain
    boundary conditions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, HQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BOILLAT G, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P1
    BORN M, 1934, PROC R SOC LON SER-A, V144, P425
    COLEMAN S, 1988, NUCL PHYS B, V310, P643
    COULE DH, 1992, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V9, P2353
    COULE DH, 1997, PHYS REV D, V55, P6606
    DEOLIVEIRA HP, 1995, J MATH PHYS, V36, P2988
    DESER S, 1998, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V15, L35
    FEIGENBAUM JA, 1998, PHYS REV D, V58
    GIDDINGS SB, 1988, NUCL PHYS B, V306, P890
    GONZALEZDIAZ PF, 1990, MOD PHYS LETT A, V5, P1307
    HAWKING SW, 1990, PHYS REV D, V42, P2655
    HEISENBERG W, 1936, Z PHYS, V98, P714
    LU HQ, 1999, INT J MOD PHYS D, V8, P625
    MIGNEMI S, 1993, PHYS REV D, V48, P3725
    PALATNIK D, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V432, P287
    PALATNIK D, 2001, QUANTPH9608014
    TSEYTLIN AA, 1986, NUCL PHYS B, V276, P391
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 0020-7748
 J9 INT J THEOR PHYS
 JI Int. J. Theor. Phys.
 PD APR
 PY 2003
 VL 42
 IS 4
 BP 837
 EP 844
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 695MH
 UT ISI:000183834300018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, XH
    Li, CF
 TI Novel light beam propagation through optical "potential well"
 SO EUROPHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID TOTAL INTERNAL-REFLECTION; DIELECTRIC INTERFACE; LATERAL DISPLACEMENT;
    TUNNELING TIMES; ABSORBING MEDIA; GAUSSIAN-BEAM; TRANSMISSION;
    REFRACTION; PULSES; SHIFT
 AB The propagation of a Gaussian-shaped beam through a slab of optically
    denser dielectric medium in the air, a two-dimensional optical
    counterpart of the quantum potential well, is investigated in order to
    elucidate the negative lateral shifts of transmitted and reflected
    beams. It is shown that the locus of the peak of the beam inside the
    slab consists of two parts. One propagates backwards and seems to be
    the geometric reflection of the other that propagates forwards. But
    they are not continuous with the loci of the peaks of the incident and
    reflected beams. A restriction to the thickness of the slab is obtained
    that is necessary for the shape of the beam to remain unchanged in the
    travelling.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Xian Inst Opt & Precis Mech, State Key Lab Transient Opt Technol, Xian 710068, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, XH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ANTAR YM, 1974, CAN J PHYS, V52, P962
    BALCOU P, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P851
    BERMAN PR, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    CHIAO RY, 1991, PHYSICA B, V175, P257
    CHIAO RY, 1997, PROG OPTICS, V37, P345
    ENDERS A, 1992, J PHYS I, V2, P1693
    ENDERS A, 1993, J PHYS I, V3, P1089
    GHATAK AK, 1986, OPT COMMUN, V56, P313
    GOOS F, 1947, ANN PHYSIK, V1, P333
    HAIBEL A, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V63
    HOROWITZ BR, 1971, J OPT SOC AM, V61, P586
    HSUE CW, 1985, J OPT SOC AM A, V2, P978
    LAI HM, 2000, PHYS REV E B, V62, P7330
    LAI HM, 2002, OPT LETT, V27, P680
    LI CF, UNPUB PHYS REV LETT
    LI CF, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V275, P287
    LOTSCH HKV, 1971, OPTIK, V32, P553
    MOJAHEDI M, 2000, PHYS REV E B, V62, P5758
    MUGNAI D, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V247, P281
    PENDRY JB, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P3966
    PORRAS MA, 1997, OPT COMMUN, V135, P369
    PURI A, 1986, J OPT SOC AM A, V3, P543
    RA JW, 1973, SIAM J APPL MATH, V24, P396
    RANFAGNI A, 1991, PHYSICA B, V175, P283
    RIESZ RP, 1985, J OPT SOC AM A, V2, P1809
    SHELBY RA, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P489
    SHELBY RA, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P77
    SMITH DR, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P4184
    SPIELMANN C, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P2308
    STEINBERG AM, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P708
    STEINBERG AM, 1995, PHYS REV A, V51, P3525
    TAMIR T, 1971, J OPT SOC AM, V61, P1397
    TAMIR T, 1986, J OPT SOC AM A, V3, P558
    VESELAGO VG, 1968, SOV PHYS USP, V10, P509
    VETTER RM, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V63
    WILD WJ, 1982, PHYS REV A, V25, P2099
 NR 36
 TC 5
 SN 0295-5075
 J9 EUROPHYS LETT
 JI Europhys. Lett.
 PD JUL
 PY 2003
 VL 63
 IS 1
 BP 28
 EP 34
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 696HC
 UT ISI:000183880700005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZR
    Chen, GR
 TI On a possible mechanism of the brain for responding to dynamical
    features extracted from input signals
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID SYNCHRONIZATION; OSCILLATORS; PHYSIOLOGY; NETWORKS
 AB Based on the general theory of nonlinear dynamical systems, a possible
    mechanism for responding to some dynamical features extracted from
    input, signals in brain activities is described and discussed. This
    mechanism is first converted to a nonlinear dynamical configuration-a
    generalized synchronization of complex dynamical systems. Then, some
    general conditions for achieving such synchronizations are derived. It
    is-shown that dynamical systems have potentials of. producing different
    responses for different features extracted from various input signals,
    which may be used to describe brain activities. For illustration, some
    numerical examples are given with simulation figures. (C) 2003 Elsevier
    Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, GR, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BARABASI A, 2002, LINKED NEW SCI NETWO
    BRUSSLER SL, 1991, NATURE, V366, P153
    BURKITT GR, 2000, CLIN NEUROPHYSIOL, V111, P246
    CASTELOBRANCO M, 2000, NATURE, V405, P685
    FIRE P, 2001, SCIENCE, V291, P1560
    FREEMAN WJ, 1991, SCI AM, V264, P78
    GLASS L, 2001, NATURE, V410, P277
    HOPPENSTEADT FC, 1998, BIOSYSTEMS, V48, P85
    IZHIKEVICH EM, 1999, SIAM J APPL MATH, V59, P2193
    NUNEZ PL, 1995, NEOCORTICAL DYNAMICS
    PATEL AD, 2000, NATURE, V404, P80
    SCHACK B, 2002, INT J PSYCHOPHYSIOL, V44, P143
    SRINIVASAN R, 1999, J NEUROSCI, V19, P5425
    STEINMETZ PN, 2000, NATURE, V404, P187
    UHL C, 1999, ANAL NEUROPHYSIOLOGI
    WANG XF, 2002, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P885
    WATTS DJ, 1998, NATURE, V393, P440
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD NOV
 PY 2003
 VL 18
 IS 4
 BP 785
 EP 794
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 695BA
 UT ISI:000183810200015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
    Chen, GR
 TI On the Marotto-Li-Chen theorem and its application to chaotification of
    multi-dimensional discrete dynamical systems
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID FEEDBACK ANTICONTROL; CHAOS; REPELLERS
 AB This paper further discusses the modified Marotto Theorem developed
    recently by Li and Chen (called "Marotto-Li-Chen Theorem" here for
    distinction). A simple yet rigorous chaotification (i.e., "anticontrol
    of chaos") schemes is proposed for multi-dimensional dynamical systems
    based on the Marotto-Li-Chen Theorem. An illustrative example is
    included to show that the constructed chaotification algorithm is
    effective. (C) 2003 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, GR, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN G, IEEE CIRCUITS SY MAR, P1
    CHEN G, 1997, P IEEE C DEC CONTR S, P367
    CHEN G, 1998, CHAOS ORDER METHODOL
    CHEN G, 1998, J MATH PHYS, V39, P6459
    CHEN GR, 1996, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V6, P1341
    CHEN GR, 1998, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V8, P1585
    DITTO WL, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P593
    GLENDINNING P, 1994, STABILITY INSTABILIT
    JAKIMOSKI G, 2001, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V48, P163
    KOCAREV L, 2001, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V48, P1385
    LI CP, IN PRESS CHAOS SOLIT
    LI CP, IN PRESS J SYS SCI C
    LI TY, 1975, AM MATH MONTHLY, V82, P985
    LIN W, 2002, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P1129
    MAROTTO FR, 1978, J MATH ANAL APPL, V63, P199
    SCHNIFF SJ, 1994, NATURE, V370, P615
    WANG XF, 1999, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V9, P1435
    WANG XF, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P549
 NR 18
 TC 7
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD NOV
 PY 2003
 VL 18
 IS 4
 BP 807
 EP 817
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 695BA
 UT ISI:000183810200018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, Q
    Wang, Q
    Shi, JL
 TI Analysis of the existence of one-dimensional dark and gray spatial
    solitons in logarithmically nonlinear media
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE dark spatial solitons; gray spatial solitons; logarithmical nonlinear
    media
 ID PHOTOVOLTAIC-PHOTOREFRACTIVE CRYSTALS; BRIGHT; PAIRS
 AB The existence of dark and gray spatial solitons in logarithmically
    nonlinear media is investigated. It is shown that both dark and gray
    solitons are possible in corresponding nonlinear media. The spatial
    width for dark solitons is analyzed. It is revealed as follows: the
    beam width decreases dramatically with increasing power when the peak
    power is much lower, exhibiting the good nonlinear effects in such
    cases. The variation of beam width is slow at first and then becomes
    constant when the peak power continuously increases.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, Q, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHRISTODOULIDES DN, 1995, J OPT SOC AM B, V12, P1628
    CHRISTODOULIDES DN, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P1763
    CHRISTODOULIDES DN, 1997, OPT LETT, V22, P1080
    COSKUN TH, 1998, OPT LETT, V23, P418
    DUREE GC, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P533
    GRANDPIERRE AG, 2001, J OPT SOC AM B, V18, P55
    HOU CF, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1969
    HOU CF, 2000, CHIN J LASER B, V9, P551
    HOU CF, 2000, OPT COMMUN, V181, P141
    HOU CF, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1709
    HOU CF, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P310
    KROLIKOWSKI W, 2000, PHYS REV E, V61, P3122
    LIU JS, 1999, J OPT SOC AM B, V16, P550
    LU KQ, 2000, PHYS REV A, V61
    SEGEV M, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P923
    SHE WL, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P3182
    SNYDER AW, 1997, OPT LETT, V22, P16
    TAYA M, 1995, PHYS REV A, V52, P3095
    YURI SK, 1998, PHYS REP, V298, P81
 NR 19
 TC 2
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUL
 PY 2003
 VL 52
 IS 7
 BP 1645
 EP 1649
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 698GQ
 UT ISI:000183990700017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, H
 TI A generalized wave action conservative equation for the dissipative
    dynamical system in the nearshore region
 SO PROGRESS IN NATURAL SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE dissipative dynamical system; wave action conservation; the averaged
    flow equations; the Navier-Stokes equations
 ID WATER-WAVES; WAVETRAINS
 AB To describe the various complex mechanisms of the dissipative dynamical
    system between waves, currents, and bottoms in the nearshore region
    that induce typically the wave motion on large-scale variation of
    ambient currents, a generalized wave action equation for the
    dissipative dynamical system in the nearshore region is developed by
    using the mean-flow equations based on the Navier-Stokes equations of
    viscous fluid, thus raising two new concepts: the vertical velocity
    wave action and the dissipative wave action, extending the classical
    concept, wave action, from the ideal averaged flow conservative system
    into the real averaged flow dissipative system (that is, the
    generalized conservative system). It will have more applications.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, H, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BAL G, 2002, WAVE MOTION, V35, P107
    BENJAMIN TB, 1982, J FLUID MECH, V125, P137
    BRETHERTHON FP, 1968, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V302, P529
    CHRISTOFFERSEN JB, 1980, APPL OCEAN RES, V2, P179
    DINGEMANS MW, 1997, WATER WAVE PROPERGAT
    HARA T, 2002, J FLUID MECH, V470, P223
    JIMENEZ J, 1976, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V349, P277
    MEI CC, 1989, APPL DYNAMICS OCEAN
    PEREGRINE DH, 1976, ADV APPL MECH, V16, P9
    PHILLIPS OM, 1977, DYNAMICS UPPER OCEAN
    PRIGOGINE I, 1996, END CERTAINTY TIME C
    RIEWE F, 1996, PHYS REV E, V53, P1890
    THOMAS GP, 1997, SERIES ADV FLUID MEC, P254
    WANG T, 1996, ACTA MECH SINICA, V28, P282
    WHITHAM GB, 1999, LINEAR NONLINEAR WAV
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0071
 J9 PROG NAT SCI
 JI Prog. Nat. Sci.
 PD JUL
 PY 2003
 VL 13
 IS 7
 BP 550
 EP 552
 PG 3
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 695UM
 UT ISI:000183848800013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ji, WS
    You, B
    Wang, XD
    Li, Y
 TI Relationship between the propagation characteristics of via and
    microstrip connecting angle
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE via; propagation characteristics; microstrip connecting angle;
    multilaver circuit
 ID HOLE
 AB The microstrip-via-microstrip is a popular interconnect structure in
    multilayer circuits at microwave frequency. The microstrip connecting
    angle is an arbitrary angle due to layout and technical error. The
    relationship between the propagation characteristics of via and the
    microstrip connecting angle was analyzed by using the Ansoft simulator.
    The obtained results have important application value for the design of
    a similar multilayer circuit. (C) 2003 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Radio Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ji, WS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Radio Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 CR HSU SG, 1994, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V42, P1540
    LAM CW, 1993, IEEE T COMPON HYBR, V16, P699
    MAEDA S, 1991, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V39, P2154
    WANG TY, 1988, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V36, P1000
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD AUG 5
 PY 2003
 VL 38
 IS 3
 BP 225
 EP 228
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 695PR
 UT ISI:000183839900018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, HY
    Ma, HP
 TI Shifted Chebyshev collocation domain truncation for solving problems on
    an infinite interval
 SO JOURNAL OF SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING
 DT Article
 DE shifted Chebyshev collocation; domain truncation
 ID KORTEWEG-DEVRIES EQUATION; PSEUDOSPECTRAL METHOD; SPECTRAL METHODS;
    MULTIPLE LAYERS; APPROXIMATION; MAPPINGS
 AB A shifted Chebyshev collocation method is proposed for solving problems
    on an infinite interval with domain truncation strategy.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Software, RDCPS, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, HY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BAYLISS A, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V71, P147
    BAYLISS A, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V81, P421
    BAYLISS A, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V101, P349
    BAYLISS A, 1995, J COMPUT PHYS, V116, P160
    BAYLISS A, 1995, J COMPUT PHYS, V119, P132
    BOYD JP, 1982, J COMPUT PHYS, V45, P43
    BOYD JP, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V69, P112
    BOYD JP, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V70, P63
    BOYD JP, 1988, J SCI COMPUT, V3, P109
    BOYD JP, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V98, P181
    BOYD JP, 1999, CHEBYSHEV FOURIER SP
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    CHAN TF, 1985, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V22, P441
    DJIDJELI K, 1998, COMMUN NUMER METH EN, V14, P977
    FORNBERG B, 1978, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V289, P373
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, NUMERICAL ANAL SPECT
    GOTTLIEB D, 1984, SPECTRAL METHODS PAR, P1
    MA HP, 1986, J COMPUT PHYS, V65, P120
    MA HP, 1988, CHINESE J NUMER MATH, V10, P11
    MA HP, 1997, MODERN MATH MECH M M, P103
    MA HP, 2001, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V38, P1425
    MADAY Y, 1988, RAIRO MODEL MATH ANA, V22, P499
    OLIVEIRA F, 1973, GEN TRIGONOMETRIC AP
    PASCIAK J, 1982, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V19, P142
    PAVONI D, 1988, CALCOLO, V25, P311
    SHEN J, 1996, HOUSTON J MATH, P233
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 0885-7474
 J9 J SCI COMPUT
 JI J. Sci. Comput.
 PD APR
 PY 2003
 VL 18
 IS 2
 BP 191
 EP 213
 PG 23
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 694KP
 UT ISI:000183774000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, L
    Wei, BC
    Pan, MX
    Zha, DQ
    Wang, WH
    Dong, YD
 TI Phase evolution and its effect on magnetic properties of
    Nd60Al10Fe20Co10 bulk metallic glass
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 ID AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; FORMING ALLOY; RELAXATION; MICROSTRUCTURE;
    TRANSITION; VISCOSITY; SOLIDS
 AB The thermal stability of nanocrystalline clusters, the phase evolution,
    and their effects on magnetic properties were studied for as-cast
    Nd60Al10Fe20Co10 alloy using differential scanning calorimetry curves,
    x-ray diffraction patterns, scanning electron microscopy, and
    high-resolution transition electron microscopy. Thermomagnetic curves
    and hysteresis loops of the bulk metallic glass were measured during
    the annealing process. The high thermostability of the hard magnetic
    properties of the samples observed is attributed to the stability of
    the nanocrystalline clusters upon annealing, While the slight
    enhancement in the magnetization is due to the precipitation of some
    Nd-rich metastable phases. The mechanism of thermostability of the
    nanocrystalline clusters and the formation of the metastable phases are
    discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Natl Microgravity Lab, Inst Mech, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, L, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR DELAMARE J, 1994, J ALLOY COMPD, V216, P273
    DING J, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P1763
    FAN GJ, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P2984
    FAN GJ, 2000, J MATER RES, V15, P1556
    FECHT HJ, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P777
    GREER AL, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P1947
    HAYS CC, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P2901
    INOUE A, 2000, ACTA MATER, V48, P279
    JOHNSON WL, 1999, MRS BULL, V24, P42
    MENUSHENKOV VP, 1998, P 10 INT S MAGN AN C, P97
    PAN MX, 2002, INTERMETALLICS, V10, P1215
    SCHNEIDER S, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P1749
    VANDENBEUKEL A, 1994, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V179, P86
    VOLKERT CA, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P1355
    WANG WH, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P58
    WANG XZ, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V290, P209
    WEI BC, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V36, P775
    XING LQ, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V88, P3565
    ZHU J, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P1709
    ZHUANG YX, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V87, P8209
 NR 21
 TC 10
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD JUN 4
 PY 2003
 VL 15
 IS 21
 BP 3531
 EP 3537
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 694QQ
 UT ISI:000183785800008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, Y
    Kim, YB
    Song, MS
    Yoon, TS
    Kim, CO
 TI The temperature dependence of the anisotropic Nd-Fe-B fabricated by
    single-stage hot deformation
 SO JOURNAL OF MAGNETISM AND MAGNETIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE anisotropy; Nd-Fe-B; single-stage hot deformation; temperature
    coefficient
 ID PERMANENT-MAGNETS; NDFEB MAGNETS
 AB Anisotropic Nd-Fe-B magnets were fabricated by a single-stage hot
    deformation process. In this study, the temperature characteristics of
    the single-stage hot deformed Nd-Fe-B magnets were investigated. The
    temperature coefficient of B-r is -0.12%/degreesC, similar to those of
    isotropic MQPA powder, die-upset and sintered Nd-Fe-B magnets. The
    temperature coefficient of H-ic is -0.72%/degreesC, which is about
    twice as high as isotropic MQPA (-0.38%/degreesC), and slightly higher
    than those of die-upset and sintered Nd-Fe-B magnets. (C) 2002 Elsevier
    Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Chungnam Natl Univ, Res Ctr Adv Magnet Mat, Yousung Gu, Taejon, South Korea.
 RP Li, Y, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR AHARONI A, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P3432
    LI Y, 2000, IEEE T MAGN 1, V36, P3309
    LI Y, 2000, J MAGN, V3, P106
    LI Y, 2000, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V16, P129
    LI Y, 2001, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V223, P279
    LI Y, 2002, J MAGN MAGN MATER 2, V242, P1369
    LIU S, 1999, IEEE T MAGN 2, V35, P3271
    PANCHANATHAN V, 1990, J MATER ENG, V12, P29
    SONG MS, 2000, IEEE T MAGN 1, V36, P3637
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0304-8853
 J9 J MAGN MAGN MATER
 JI J. Magn. Magn. Mater.
 PD JUL
 PY 2003
 VL 263
 IS 1-2
 BP 11
 EP 14
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 693WR
 UT ISI:000183741800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, JQ
    Riebel, U
 TI The fundamentals of particle size analysis by transmission fluctuation
    spectrometry. Part 3: A theory on transmission fluctuations in a
    gaussian beam and with signal filtering
 SO PARTICLE & PARTICLE SYSTEMS CHARACTERIZATION
 DT Article
 DE expectancy of the transmission square; particle size analysis;
    transmission fluctuation spectrometry
 ID SPHERES
 AB A transmission signal measured on a flowing suspension of particles
    with a high spatial and temporal resolution shows significant
    fluctuations, which contain the complete information on particle size
    distribution and particle concentration. In Parts 1 and 2, the basic
    properties of signal fluctuations were studied for temporal averaging
    by a gliding time window and for spatial averaging by a circular beam
    of uniform intensity. However, the experimental implementation of such
    conditions is difficult. Now, the theory is extended for Gaussian beams
    of variable diameter and averaging by signal filtering in the frequency
    domain. provides the basis for an experimental implementation by
    transmission of a laser beam and analog signal processing by an array
    of low pass filters.
 C1 Brandenburg Tech Univ Cottbus, Lehrstuhl Mech Verfahrenstech, D-03013 Cottbus, Germany.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, JQ, Brandenburg Tech Univ Cottbus, Lehrstuhl Mech Verfahrenstech,
    D-03013 Cottbus, Germany.
 CR BREITENSTEIN M, 1999, PART PART SYST CHAR, V16, P249
    BREITENSTEIN M, 2000, THESIS COTTBUS
    BREITENSTEIN M, 2001, PART PART SYST CHAR, V18, P134
    CHEN W, 1995, CIRCUITS FILTERS HDB
    KAUTER U, 1995, PART PART SYST CHAR, V12, P132
    RIEBEL U, 1993, PART PART SYST CHAR, V10, P201
    RIEBEL U, 1994, PART PART SYST CHAR, V11, P212
 NR 7
 TC 8
 SN 0934-0866
 J9 PART PART SYST CHARACT
 JI Part. Part. Syst. Charact.
 PD APR
 PY 2003
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 94
 EP 103
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Chemical; Materials Science, Characterization & Testing
 GA 689KV
 UT ISI:000183492600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Henderson, JM
    Lu, Y
    Wang, S
    Cartwright, H
    Halliday, GM
 TI Olfactory deficits and sleep disturbances in Parkinson's disease: a
    case-control survey
 SO JOURNAL OF NEUROLOGY NEUROSURGERY AND PSYCHIATRY
 DT Article
 ID EXCESSIVE DAYTIME SLEEPINESS; BEHAVIOR DISORDER; SYMPTOMS; DYSFUNCTION;
    DIAGNOSIS; DURATION; CRITERIA; STAGE
 AB Background: Olfactory and sleep disturbances are common in Parkinson's
    disease, and may be early disease indicators.
    Objective: To obtain information about olfactory and sleep deficits
    preceding the onset of motor symptoms in Parkinson's disease.
    Subjects: 38 community dwelling patients with Parkinson's disease (73%
    response rate) and 32 age matched controls (60% response rate).
    Methods: Using a questionnaire survey, the frequencies, timing, and
    relations between olfactory and sleep disturbances, drug treatment,
    mood, and motor deficits in Parkinson's disease were compared with
    those in age matched controls. Reliability of information was validated
    by informant interview in 9% of the sample. Interdependency of factors
    was assessed using Fisher's fourfold table test, and differences
    between populations were analysed using chi(2) and unpaired t tests.
    Results: Microsmia was reported by 26 patients (68%) (and only one
    control), on average within a year of the diagnosis of Parkinson's
    disease. More patients than controls had excessive daytime somnolence
    (45% v 6%), restless legs (50% v 19%), and abnormal movements during
    sleep (34% v 0%), which generally occurred three to five years after
    diagnosis and were independent of mood disorders and drug treatment.
    Conclusions: Many patients with Parkinson's disease have microsmia at
    the onset of motor deficits, but some sleep disorders are a subsequent
    occurrence.
 C1 Prince Wales Med Res Inst, Sydney, NSW, Australia.
    Univ New S Wales, Sydney, NSW, Australia.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Neurol, Peoples Hosp 1, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Henderson, JM, Univ Sydney, Dept Pharmacol, Bosch Bldg, Sydney, NSW
    2006, Australia.
 CR COMELLA CL, 1998, NEUROLOGY, V51, P526
    DOTY RL, 1988, NEUROLOGY, V38, P1237
    DOTY RL, 1992, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V55, P138
    DOTY RL, 1995, NEURODEGENERATION, V4, P93
    EISENSEHR I, 2001, J NEUROL SCI, V186, P7
    FOLSTEIN MF, 1975, J PSYCHIAT RES, V12, P189
    GELB DJ, 1999, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V56, P33
    GONERA EG, 1997, MOVEMENT DISORD, V12, P871
    GUILLEMINAULT C, 2001, BRAIN 8, V124, P1482
    HARDING AJ, 2002, BRAIN 11, V125, P2431
    KRAUTH J, 1990, DISTRIBUTION FREE ST
    MONTGOMERY EB, 1999, NEUROLOGY, V52, P757
    MORRIS JC, 1993, NEUROLOGY, V43, P2412
    NUGENT AM, 2001, J SLEEP RES, V10, P69
    OLSON EJ, 2000, BRAIN 2, V123, P331
    PAPPERT EJ, 1999, MOVEMENT DISORD, V14, P117
    PEARCE RKB, 1995, MOVEMENT DISORD, V10, P283
    RYE DB, 2000, J SLEEP RES, V9, P63
    SHULMAN LM, 2001, MOVEMENT DISORD, V16, P507
    SNIDER SR, 1976, NEUROLOGY, V26, P423
    TANDBERG E, 1998, MOVEMENT DISORD, V13, P895
    TISSINGH G, 2001, MOVEMENT DISORD, V16, P41
    WALTERS SJ, 2001, AGE AGEING, V30, P337
    WOLTERS EC, 2000, J NEUROL S2, V247, P103
 NR 24
 TC 7
 SN 0022-3050
 J9 J NEUROL NEUROSURG PSYCHIAT
 JI J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiatry
 PD JUL
 PY 2003
 VL 74
 IS 7
 BP 956
 EP 958
 PG 3
 SC Clinical Neurology; Psychiatry; Psychiatry; Surgery
 GA 690JB
 UT ISI:000183543800031
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, J
    He, Y
    Danninger, H
 TI Influence of porosity on the sliding wear behavior of sintered
    Fe-1.5Mo-0.7C steels
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS ENGINEERING AND PERFORMANCE
 DT Article
 DE porosity; sintered steels; wear behavior
 ID IRON
 AB Fe-1.5Mo-0.7C steels with different porosity can successfully be
    prepared by using traditional compacting, vacuum sintering, and in part
    Hot Isostatically Pressing (HIPing). Their dry sliding wear behavior in
    both as-sintered and heat treated states were investigated. When
    porosity is lower than 6.2%, further decreases of porosity have less
    influence on the wear coefficient of both as-sintered and heat treated
    steels. Pores in the sintered steels collect the debris during the
    rubbing process, and therefore the disadvantage in wear process due to
    the poor hardness and mechanical strength caused by high porosity is
    partly compensated for. During dry sliding the as-sintered steels have
    three types of wear mechanisms (i.e., oxidational wear, abrasive wear,
    and delamination wear), while oxidational wear and delamination wear
    are the main regimes in heat treated steels. Oxidation leads to the
    wear of sintered steels and in the meantime the oxides attached to the
    rubbing surface further lower intense wear of the rubbing system.
    Abrasive wear and delamination wear, which result in flake debris, are
    responsible for high wear coefficients.
 C1 Chongqing Univ, State Key Lab Mech Transmiss, Chongqing, Peoples R China.
    Tech Univ Vienna, Inst Chem Technol & Analyt, Vienna, Austria.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, J, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR 1997, FRICTION WEAR TESTIN, P124
    AMSALLEM C, 1973, WEAR, V23, P97
    ASTASHKEVICH BM, 1996, METALLOVEDENIE TERMI, V7, P20
    DANNINGER H, 1994, PRACT METALLOGR, V31, P56
    DANNINGER H, 1996, ADV POWDER METALL, V13, P177
    DANNINGER H, 1998, Z METALLKD, V89, P135
    LIM SC, 1986, WEAR, V113, P371
    LIM SC, 1987, ACTA METALL, V35, P1
    UETZ H, 1977, WEAR, V43, P375
    VARDAVOULIAS M, 1993, WEAR, V165, P141
    WANG J, 1999, THESIS VIENNA U TECH
    WANG JA, 1998, WEAR, V222, P49
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 1059-9495
 J9 J MATER ENG PERFORM
 JI J. Mater. Eng. Perform.
 PD JUN
 PY 2003
 VL 12
 IS 3
 BP 339
 EP 344
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 691EJ
 UT ISI:000183591600015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ge, XS
    Liu, YZ
    Chen, LQ
 TI Dynamical modeling of free multibody systems in fully Cartesian
    coordinates
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 DE dynamics; free multibody system; fully Cartesian coordinate; spacecraft
    attitude motion
 AB Multibody dynamics described by fully Cartesian coordinates is treated
    in this paper. The explicit expressions of linear and angular momentum
    of rigid body and multibody systems are deduced using fully Cartesian
    coordinates. First order differential equations of free multibody
    systems in term of fully Cartesian coordinates are established. The
    equations are applied to analyze attitude motion of multibody
    spacecraft without torque.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Beijing Inst Machinery, Beijing 100085, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ge, XS, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BAYO E, 1991, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V92, P377
    BRENAM KE, 1996, NUMERICAL SOLUTION I
    DEJALON JG, 1986, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V56, P309
    DEJALON JG, 1993, KINEMATICS DYNAMIC S
    HAUG EJ, 1989, COMPUTER AIDED KINEM
    LIU YZ, 1995, SPACECRAFT ATTITUDE
    LIU YZ, 1997, ACTA MECH, V29, P303
    SCHIEHLEN W, 1990, MULTIBODY SYSTEM HDB
    WITTENBURG J, 1977, DYNAMICS SYSTEM RIGI
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2003
 VL 4
 IS 3
 BP 279
 EP 287
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 690FG
 UT ISI:000183536300009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, BL
    Wan, ZS
 TI New techniques in designing finite-difference domain decomposition
    algorithm for the heat equation
 SO COMPUTERS & MATHEMATICS WITH APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE finite-difference scheme; domain decomposition; Saul'yev schemes; heat
    equation; parallel computation
 AB This paper presents some new techniques in designing finite-difference
    domain decomposition algorithm for the heat equation. The basic
    procedure is to define the finite-difference schemes at the interface
    grid points with smaller time step Delta(t) over bar = Deltat/m (m is a
    positive integer) by Saul'yev asymmetric schemes. The algorithm can
    increase the stability bounds of the classical explicit method by 2m
    times, and the prior error estimates for the numerical solutions are
    obtained for some algorithms when m = 2 or m = 3. Numerical experiments
    on stability and accuracy are also presented. (C) 2003 Elsevier Science
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Inst Appl Phys & Computat Math, Lab Computat Phys, Beijing 100088, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Comp Informat Network Ctr, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, BL, Inst Appl Phys & Computat Math, Lab Computat Phys, POB 8009,
    Beijing 100088, Peoples R China.
 CR DAWSON CN, 1991, MATH COMPUT, V57, P63
    EVANS DJ, 1985, APPL MATH MODEL, V19, P201
    SAULYEV VK, 1964, INTEGRATION EQUATION
    ZHANG BL, 1992, CHINESE J NUM MATH A, V14, P27
    ZHANG BL, 2002, J NUMER METH COMPUT, V23, P81
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0898-1221
 J9 COMPUT MATH APPL
 JI Comput. Math. Appl.
 PD MAY-JUN
 PY 2003
 VL 45
 IS 10-11
 BP 1695
 EP 1705
 PG 11
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 691JD
 UT ISI:000183601900019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Zhang, JF
    Huang, WH
    Chen, LQ
 TI Peakon and foldon excitations in a (2+1)-dimensional breaking soliton
    system
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID LOOP SOLITON; PAINLEVE INTEGRABILITY; SIMILARITY REDUCTIONS; VAKHNENKO
    EQUATION; GENERAL-SOLUTION; AKNS SYSTEM; FIELDS
 AB Starting from the standard truncated Painleve expansion and a variable
    separation approach, a general variable separation solution of the
    breaking soliton system is derived. In addition to the usual localized
    coherent soliton excitations like dromions, lumps, rings, breathers,
    instantons, oscillating soliton excitations, and previously revealed
    chaotic and fractal localized solutions, some new types of excitations,
    peakons and foldons, are obtained by introducing appropriate
    lower-dimensional piecewise smooth functions and multiple valued
    functions.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Jiangxi Yichu Univ, Dept Phys, Yichu 336000, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    CHEN CL, 2002, PHYS REV E 2B, V66
    HOLM DD, 1998, ADV MATH, V137, P1
    KAKUHATA H, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V68, P757
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4209
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS SCR, V65, P7
    LOU SY, 2001, EUR PHYS J B, V22, P473
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    MATSUTANI S, 1995, MOD PHYS LETT A, V10, P717
    MORRISON AJ, 1999, NONLINEARITY, V12, P1427
    RADHA R, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P7
    SCHLEIF M, 1998, INT J MOD PHYS E, V7, P121
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    TANG YP, 2002, J ASIAN NAT PROD RES, V4, P1
    VAKHNENKO VA, 1992, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V25, P4181
    VAKHNENKO VO, 1998, NONLINEARITY, V11, P1457
    ZHENG CL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2426
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P653
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P11
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P9
    ZHENG CL, 2003, IN PRESS CHIN PHYS, V12
 NR 25
 TC 27
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD JUN
 PY 2003
 VL 20
 IS 6
 BP 783
 EP 786
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 692QM
 UT ISI:000183671800001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qian, G
    Sun, DD
    Tay, JH
 TI Characterization of mercury- and zinc-doped alkali-activated slag
    matrix - Part I. Mercury
 SO CEMENT AND CONCRETE RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE mercury; immobilization; alkali-activated slag matrix; hydration
    products and physical properties
 ID PORTLAND-CEMENT; SOLIDIFICATION; STABILIZATION; WASTES; FTIR
 AB The physical properties, pore structure, hydration process and
    hydration products of mercury-doped (Hg-doped) alkali-activated slag
    (AAS) matrixes have been evaluated by examination of physical
    properties, pore structure analysis and XRD, TG-DTG, FTIR and TCLP
    methods. Low concentrations of Hg2+ ions had little effect on the
    compressive strength, pore structure and degree of hydration of AAS
    matrixes. The addition of 2% Hg2+ ions into the AAS matrix brought out
    an evident retardation on early hydration and reduction of early
    compressive strength, but no negative effects were noticed after
    hydration for 28 days. The results also show that up to 2% of Hg2+ ions
    can be effectively immobilized in the AAS matrix, with the leaching
    meeting the TCLP mercury limit. Two mechanisms, physical encapsulation
    and chemical fixation, are assumed to be responsible for the
    immobilization of mercury in the AAS matrix. (C) 2003 Elsevier Science
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Civil & Environm Engn, Environm & Engn Res Ctr, Singapore 2263, Singapore.
 RP Qian, G, Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR *IUPAC, 1978, J PURE APPL CHEM, V31, P578
    COCKE DL, 1993, CHEM MICROSTRUCTURE, P187
    CONNER JR, 1990, CHEM FIXATION SOLIDI
    GLASSER FP, 1993, CHEM MICROSTRUCTURE, P1
    GLASSER FP, 2001, ENV PERFERRED MAT AD, V2, P281
    GLUKHOVSKY VD, 1959, SOIL SILICATES
    GOTO S, 1981, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V11, P75
    ILER RK, 1979, CHEM SILICA
    KOMARNENI S, 1978, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V8, P204
    MALIAVSKI NI, 2001, CERAM-SILIKATY, V45, P48
    MCWHINNEY HG, 1990, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V20, P79
    METHA PK, 1986, CONCRETE ITS STRUCTU
    ORTEGO JD, 1989, J ENVIRON SCI HEAL A, V24, P589
    ORTEGO JD, 1991, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V25, P1171
    POON CS, 1986, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V16, P161
    POON CS, 1987, MAT RES SOC S P 5, V86, P67
    ROY D, 1999, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V29, P249
    TITTLEBAUM ME, 1985, CRC CRIT R ENVIRON, V15, P179
    VAIL JG, 1952, SOLUBLE SILICATES
    VANJAARSVELD JGS, 1999, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V29, P1189
    WANG SD, 1995, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V25, P561
 NR 21
 TC 2
 SN 0008-8846
 J9 CEM CONCR RES
 JI Cem. Concr. Res.
 PD AUG
 PY 2003
 VL 33
 IS 8
 BP 1251
 EP 1256
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Construction & Building Technology
 GA 692RG
 UT ISI:000183673600017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qian, GR
    Sun, DD
    Tay, JH
 TI Characterization of mercury- and zinc-doped alkali-activated slag
    matrix - Part II. Zinc
 SO CEMENT AND CONCRETE RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE zinc; immobilization; alkali-activated slag matrix; hydration products
    and physical properties
 ID CALCIUM SILICATE; PORTLAND-CEMENT; LEAD; SPECTROSCOPY; METALS
 AB The compressive strength, setting time, pore structure and hydration
    product of Zn-doped, alkali-activated slag (AAS) matrix have been
    investigated by examination of physical properties, micropore analysis,
    thermal analysis, FTIR, SEM and TCLP methods. The results show that the
    effects of Zn2+ on the AAS matrix depend on Zn2+ ion concentrations. At
    low Zn2+ ion concentrations, little negative influences on the
    compressive strength, setting time and distribution of pore structure
    were observed. Moreover, low concentrations of Zn2+ ion could be
    effectively immobilized in the AAS matrix. For 2% Zn-doped AAS matrix,
    the hydration of AAS paste was greatly retarded and leaching from this
    matrix was higher than TCLP zinc limit even at 28 days. Based on the
    analyses of hydration products, the chemical fixation mechanisms are
    considered responsible for the immobilization of Zn2+ ions in the AAS
    matrix. (C) 2003 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Civil & Environm Engn, Environm & Engn Res Ctr, Singapore 2263, Singapore.
 RP Qian, GR, Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR COCKE DL, 1992, J HAZARD MATER, V30, P83
    COCKE DL, 1993, CHEM MICROSTRUCTURE
    KOMARNENI S, 1988, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V18, P204
    MALIAVSKI NI, 2001, CERAM-SILIKATY, V45, P48
    MOLLAH MYA, 1992, J ENV SCI HLTH A, V27, P1503
    MOULIN I, 1999, LANGMUIR, V15, P2829
    OLMO IF, 2001, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V31, P1213
    ORTEGO JD, 1991, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V25, P1171
    POON CS, 1987, FLY ASH COAL CONVERS, V86, P67
    POURBAIX M, 1974, ATLAS ELECTROCHEMICA
    QIAN G, 2003, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V33, P1251
    ROSE J, 2001, LANGMUIR, V17, P3658
    STEPHAN D, 1999, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V29, P545
    YOUSUF M, 1995, WASTE MANAGE, V15, P137
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0008-8846
 J9 CEM CONCR RES
 JI Cem. Concr. Res.
 PD AUG
 PY 2003
 VL 33
 IS 8
 BP 1257
 EP 1262
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Construction & Building Technology
 GA 692RG
 UT ISI:000183673600018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, ZY
    Li, GG
    Cheng, CJ
 TI A numerical method for fractional integral with applications
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE fractional calculus; numerical method; fractional derivative
    constitutive relation; weakly singular Volterra integro-differential
    equation
 ID BEHAVIOR; BEAMS; LAWS
 AB A new numerical method for the fractional integral that only stores
    part history data is presented, and its discretization error is
    estimated. The method can be used to solve the integro-differential
    equation including fractional integral or fractional derivative in a
    long history. The difficulty of storing all history data is overcome
    and the error can he controlled. As application, motion equations
    governing the dynamical behavior of a viscoelastic Timoshenko beam with
    fractional derivative constitutive relation are given. The dynamical
    response of the beam subjected to a periodic excitation is studied by
    using the separation variables method. Then the new numerical method is
    used to solve a class of weakly singular Volterra integro-differential
    equations which are applied to describe the dynamical behavior of
    viscoelastic beams with fractional derivative constitutive relations.
    The analytical and unmerical results are compared. It is found that
    they are very close.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Supercomp Ctr, Shanghai 201203, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AKOZ Y, 1999, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V44, P1909
    ARGYRIS J, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P151
    ATKINSON KE, 1978, INTRO NUMERICAL ANAL, P120
    BAGLEY RL, 1986, J RHEOL, V30, P133
    CHEN LQ, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P995
    CHENG CJ, 1998, ACTA MECH SINICA, V30, P690
    DELBOSCO D, 1996, J MATH ANAL APPL, V204, P609
    ENELUND M, 1999, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V36, P2417
    ENELUND M, 1999, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V36, P939
    GEMANT A, 1938, PHILOS MAG, V25, P92
    KOELLER RC, 1984, J APPL MECH, V51, P294
    LIU YZ, 1998, MECH VIBRATIONS, P143
    MAKRIS N, 1997, J RHEOL, V41, P1007
    ROSS B, 1975, LECT NOTES MATH, V457, P40
    ROSSIKHIN YA, 1997, APPL MECH REV, V50, P15
    SAKO SG, 1993, FRACTIONAL INTEGRALS, P24
    SUIRE G, 1995, INT J MECH SCI, V37, P753
    TIMOSHENKO S, 1972, MECH MAT
    YANG TQ, 1990, VISCOELASTIC MECH, P55
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 4
 BP 373
 EP 384
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 691RF
 UT ISI:000183618700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, L
    Liu, ZR
    Mao, JM
 TI Controlling hyperchaos in planar systems by adjusting parameters
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE control of chaos; hyperchaotic orbits; parameter adjustment
 ID CONTROLLING CHAOS; TARGETS; ORBITS; MAP
 AB For the two-parameter family of planar mapping, a method to stabilize
    an unstable fixed point without stable manifold embedding in hyperchaos
    is introduced. It works by adjusting the two parameters in each
    iteration of the map. The explicit expressions for the parameter
    adjustments are derived, and strict proof of convergence for method is
    given.
 C1 Suzhou Univ, Dept Math, Suzhou 215006, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, L, Suzhou Univ, Dept Math, Suzhou 215006, Peoples R China.
 CR AUERBACH D, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P3479
    DITTO WL, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P3211
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    PASKOTA M, 1995, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V5, P573
    PETROV V, 1992, J CHEM PHYS, V96, P7506
    PYRAGAS K, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V170, P421
    ROMEIRAS FJ, 1992, PHYSICA D, V58, P165
    SHINBROT T, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P3215
    SHINBROT T, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V169, P349
    SHINBROT T, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P4165
    SINGER J, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P1123
    YANG L, 1998, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V19, P1
    YANG L, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P67
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 4
 BP 396
 EP 401
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 691RF
 UT ISI:000183618700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Liu, YZ
 TI Chaotic attitude motion of a magnetic rigid spacecraft
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE spacecraft attitude dynamics; chaos; Melnikov's method; numerical
    simulation
 AB Chaotic attitude motion of a magnetic rigid spacecraft in a circular
    orbit of the earth is,treated. The dynamical model of the problem was
    derived from the law of moment of momentum. The Melnikov analysis-was
    carried out to prove the existence of a complicated nonwandering Cantor
    set. The dynamical behaviors were numerically investigated by means of
    time history, Poincare map power spectrum and Liapunov exponents.
    Numerical simulations indicate that the onset of chaos is characterized
    by break of torus as the increase of the torque of the, magnetic forces.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Engn Mech, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BELETSKII VV, 1996, CHAOS, V6, P155
    BELETSKY VV, 1995, REGULAR CHAOTISCH BE, P31
    CHEN LQ, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V37, P493
    CHEN LQ, 2002, J FRANKLIN I, V339, P121
    LIU YZ, 1995, SPACECRAFT ATTITUDE, P1
    LIU YZ, 1998, P 3 INT C NONL MECH, P80
    LIU YZ, 2000, ADV MECH, V30, P351
    LIU YZ, 2002, NONLINEAR DYNAM, P217
    RIMROTT FJP, 1989, INTRO ATTITUDE DYNAM, P1
    WOLF A, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P285
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 4
 BP 434
 EP 440
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 691RF
 UT ISI:000183618700008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Variational approach to the sixth-order boundary value problems
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE boundary value problem; variational principle; Ritz method
 AB Recently, Wazwaz [Appl. Math. Comput. 118 (2001) 311-325] applied the
    Adomian's decomposition method to solve analytically the solution of
    sixth-order boundary value problems. The same problem is discussed via
    the variational principle, which reveals to be much more simpler and
    much more efficient. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai DOnghua Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200051, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R
    China.
 CR HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    WAZWAZ AM, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P17
    WAZWAZ AM, 2001, APPL MATH COMPUT, V118, P311
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD NOV 10
 PY 2003
 VL 143
 IS 2-3
 BP 537
 EP 538
 PG 2
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 691QD
 UT ISI:000183616200027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Variational approach to the Lane-Emden equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE variational principle; Ritz method; Lane-Emden equation
 AB By the semi-inverse method, a variational principle is obtained for the
    Lane-Emden equation, which gives much numerical convenience when
    applying finite element methods or Ritz method. (C) 2002 Elsevier
    Science Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai DOnghua Univ, Coll Sci, POB 471,1882 Yanan Xilu Rd,
    Shanghai 200051, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDRIANOV I, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P327
    BENDER CM, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1447
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    WAZWAZ AM, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P17
    WAZWAZ AM, 2001, APPL MATH COMPUT, V118, P287
 NR 5
 TC 2
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD NOV 10
 PY 2003
 VL 143
 IS 2-3
 BP 539
 EP 541
 PG 3
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 691QD
 UT ISI:000183616200028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A Lagrangian for von Karman equations of large deflection problem of
    thin circular plate
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE von Karman equations; plate; variational principle; semi-inverse
    method; Ritz method
 ID GENERALIZED VARIATIONAL-PRINCIPLES; SEMI-INVERSE METHOD; PERTURBATION
    TECHNIQUE; FLUID-MECHANICS; EMPHASIS
 AB By the semi-inverse method proposed by He, a Lagrangian is established
    for the large deflection problem of thin circular plate. Ritz method is
    used to obtain an approximate analytical solution of the problem. First
    order approximate solution is obtained, which is similar to those in
    open literature. By Mathematica a more accurate solution can be
    deduced. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Donghua Univ, Coll Sci, POB 471,1882 Yanan Xilu Rd,
    Shanghai 200051, Peoples R China.
 CR CHIEN WZ, 1947, CHINESE J PHYS, V7, P102
    CHIEN WZ, 1948, NATIONAL TSING HUA U, V5, P71
    CHIEN WZ, 1985, APPL MATH MECH, V6, P25
    HE JH, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P23
    HE JH, 1999, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V178, P257
    HE JH, 1999, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V34, P699
    HE JH, 2000, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V72, P18
    HE JH, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P797
    HE JH, 2000, ASME, V67, P326
    HE JH, 2000, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P323
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P133
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P51
    HE JH, 2000, MECCANICA, V35, P299
    HE JH, 2001, ACTA MECH, V149, P247
    HE JH, 2001, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V68, P666
    HE JH, 2001, J VIB CONTROL, V7, P631
    LEVY S, 1942, 737 NACA
    MCPHERSON A, 1942, 744 NACA
    NOOR AK, 1984, UNIFICATION FINITE E, P275
    TIMOSHENKO S, 1940, THEORY PLATES SHELLS, P333
    WAY S, 1934, T ASME, V56, P627
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD NOV 10
 PY 2003
 VL 143
 IS 2-3
 BP 543
 EP 549
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 691QD
 UT ISI:000183616200029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, Y
    Qiu, XJ
 TI Collective radiation of water in cytoskeletal microtubule
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE microtubule; water; electric dipole; electriomagnetic radiation;
    collective radiation; heatbath
 AB microtubules are the important components and function units in
    cytoskeletal, and filled with water inside it. In this paper, by using
    the quantum field theory, we study the interactions between the
    electric dipole field of water molecules confined within the hollow
    core of microtubules and the quantized electromagnetic radiation field,
    and the characteristic of collective electromagnetic radiation raised
    from water's electric dipoles. In addition, the coupling between the
    water molecule system confined within microtubules and the surrounding
    heatbath is discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, Y, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AMOS LA, 1974, J CELL SCI, V14, P523
    CRICK F, 1990, SEMINARS NEUROSCIENC, V2, P263
    DELGIUDICE E, 1984, NUCL PHYS, P375
    DELGIUDICE E, 1986, BIOL MATTER, P185
    DELGIUDICE E, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P1085
    ECCLES JC, 1986, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V227, P411
    GRAY CM, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P1698
    HAMEROFF SR, 1982, J THEOR BIOL, V98, P549
    JIBU M, 1994, BIOSYSTEMS, V32, P195
    LURIE D, 1968, PARTICLES FIELDS, P124
    MARSHALL IN, 1989, NEW IDEAS PSYCHOL, V7, P73
    RIEHLE A, 1997, SCIENCE, V278, P1500
    SINGER W, 1993, ANNU REV PHYSIOL, V55, P349
    XU KZ, 2000, ADV ATOM MOL PHYSICS, P209
 NR 14
 TC 3
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 2003
 VL 52
 IS 6
 BP 1554
 EP 1560
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 689BV
 UT ISI:000183472500047
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Zu, JW
    Wu, J
 TI Steady-state response of the parametrically excited axially moving
    string constituted by the Boltzmann superposition principle
 SO ACTA MECHANICA
 DT Article
 ID NONLINEAR VIBRATION; STABILITY ANALYSIS; BELTS; DISCRETIZATION
 AB The steady-state transverse vibration of a parametrically excited
    axially moving string with geometric nonlinearity is investigated in
    this paper. The Boltzmann superposition principle is employed to
    characterize the material property of the string. The method of
    multiple scales is applied directly to the governing equation, which is
    a nonlinear partial-differential-integral equation. The solvability
    condition of eliminating the secular terms is established. Closed form
    solutions for the amplitude and the existence conditions of nontrivial
    steady-state response of the summation resonance are obtained. Some
    numerical examples showing effects of the viscoelastic parameter, the
    amplitude of excitation, the frequency of excitation, and the transport
    speed are presented.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Toronto, Dept Mech & Ind Engn, Toronto, ON M5S 3G8, Canada.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRATE S, 1992, MECH MACH THEORY, V27, P645
    CHEN LQ, IN PRESS J SOUND VIB
    CHEN LQ, 2001, ADV MECH, V31, P535
    CHEN LQ, 2002, MECH RES COMMUN, V29, P81
    CHRISTENSEN RM, 1982, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    FUNG RF, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V201, P153
    HOU Z, 2001, ASME 18 BIANN C MECH
    HUANG JS, 1995, INT J MECH SCI, V37, P145
    MAHALINGAM S, 1957, BRIT J APPL PHYS, V8, P145
    MOCKENSTURM EM, 1996, J VIB ACOUST, V118, P346
    MOTE CD, 1972, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V4, P2
    NAYFEH AH, 1979, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    NAYFEH AH, 1992, NONLINEAR DYNAM, V3, P145
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1994, J SOUND VIB, V169, P179
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1995, J SOUND VIB, V186, P837
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1995, NONLINEAR DYNAM, V8, P65
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V203, P815
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
    WICKERT JA, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P738
    WU J, IN PRESS APPL MATH M
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P396
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P403
    ZHANG L, 2002, INT J STRUCTURAL STA, V2, P265
    ZHAO WJ, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V3, P129
    ZHAO WJ, 2002, P 4 INT C NONL MECH, P1114
 NR 25
 TC 6
 SN 0001-5970
 J9 ACTA MECH
 JI Acta Mech.
 PY 2003
 VL 162
 IS 1-4
 BP 143
 EP 155
 PG 13
 SC Mechanics
 GA 691HR
 UT ISI:000183600600010
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Zhang, Y
    Fan, JY
    Wang, DZ
 TI Experimental investigations of the impacts of sidecast dredging process
    on water environment
 SO PROGRESS IN EXPERIMENTAL AND COMPUTATIONAL MECHANICS IN ENGINEERING
 SE KEY ENGINEERING MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE sidecast dredging; pollutant diffusion; water environment
 AB The impacts of sidecast dredging process on water environment in
    waterway dredging engineering were experimentally investigated in a
    water channel. The flow and diffusion patterns of high concentration
    pollutant in shallow crossflow were obtained by means of flow
    visualization and quantitative measurement. Experimental results
    indicate that the high concentration pollutant will spread downstream
    in the manner of stratified flow. The impacts of the pollutant on water
    environment are remarkable within the scope of 300D downstream and 100D
    transversely from the released point in the near field while the high
    concentration pollutant converges mainly near the bottom layer of the
    ambient currents. In addition, the longitudinal accumulative
    sedimentation rates of the dredged slurry are gained and can provide
    important referenced efficiency for the sidecast dredging process.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, Y, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR RODI W, 1982, TURBULENT BUOYANT JE
    YU CZ, 1993, TURBULENT JETS
    ZHANG Y, 2001, J HYDRODYNAMICS B, V13, P117
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 1013-9826
 J9 KEY ENG MAT
 PY 2003
 VL 243-2
 BP 249
 EP 254
 PG 6
 GA BW88H
 UT ISI:000183458800042
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mori, K
    Nishimura, K
    Cao, SX
 TI Magnetic and superconducting properties of R1-xNdxNi2B2C (R = Y and Er)
    systems
 SO PHYSICA C-SUPERCONDUCTIVITY AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE magnetism and superconductivity; borocarbide
 ID BORIDE
 AB We investigated Nd concentration dependence of the superconducting
    transition temperature, T-C, and magnetic transition temperature, T-N,
    for the R1-xNdxNi2B2C (R = Y and Er) systems. T-C and T-N curves
    against x for the R = Er system cross over at the substitution
    concentration x similar to 0.165, for which T-N = 5 K, but T-C could
    not be observed. In the meanwhile, T-C and T-N curves for the R = Y
    system did not cross over. The phase diagram, (T-C, T-N) against Nd
    concentration x, for the R1-xNdxNi2B2C systems are given and discussed.
    (C) 2003 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Toyama Univ, Fac Engn, Toyama 9308555, Japan.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Mori, K, Toyama Univ, Fac Engn, 3190 Gofuku, Toyama 9308555, Japan.
 CR CAO SX, 1999, PHYSICA C, V316, P273
    CAVA RJ, 1994, NATURE, V367, P146
    EISAKI H, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P647
    LYNN JW, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P6584
    MORI K, 2002, ADV CRYOGEN ENG, V48, P1074
    SCHMIDT H, 1996, CZECH J PHYS S2, V46, P827
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD MAY
 PY 2003
 VL 388
 BP 187
 EP 188
 PG 2
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 686UX
 UT ISI:000183340300087
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, SX
    Zhang, JC
    Qin, XL
    Nishimura, K
    Mori, K
 TI Thermal conductivity study on the borocarbide superconductor LuNi2B2C
    under applied magnetic fields
 SO PHYSICA C-SUPERCONDUCTIVITY AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE superconductivity; thermal conductivity; upper critical field; LuNi2B2C
 ID YNI2B2C
 AB Applied magnetic field dependence of thermal conductivity (TC) and the
    temperature dependences of resistivity and magnetization on the nickel
    borocarbide superconducting compound LuNi2B2C have been measured in the
    temperature range from 4.2 to 30 K, under the applied magnetic field
    range of 0-8 T. The magnetic field dependence of the TC showed
    characteristic behavior at the lower and the upper critical fields at
    temperatures below T,. We present the first temperature dependence
    curve of upper critical field derived from the results of TC
    measurement of LuNi2B2C. (C) 2003 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Toyama Univ, Fac Engn, Toyama 9308555, Japan.
 RP Cao, SX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shangda Rd 99, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CAVA RJ, 1994, NATURE, V367, P146
    MAMIYA T, 1966, J PHYS SOC JPN, V21, P1032
    NAGARAJAN R, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P274
    NAROZHNYI VN, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P14762
    SERA M, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P3062
    SHULGA SV, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1730
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD MAY
 PY 2003
 VL 388
 BP 195
 EP 196
 PG 2
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 686UX
 UT ISI:000183340300091
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, SX
    Li, PL
    Cao, GX
    Zhang, JC
 TI Effect of magnetic ion Ni doping for Cu in the CuO2 plane on electronic
    structure and superconductivity on Y123 cuprate
 SO PHYSICA C-SUPERCONDUCTIVITY AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE high-T-c superconductor; electron structure; positron annihilation; Ni
    substitution
 ID POSITRON; FILMS
 AB The YBa2Cu3-xNixO7-delta with x = 0-0.4 have been studied using
    positron annihilation technique. The changes of positron annihilation
    parameters with the Ni substitution concentration x are given. From the
    change of electronic density n(e) and T-c, it would prove that the
    localized carriers (electron and hole) in Cu-O chain and CuO2 planes
    have enormous influence on superconductivity by affecting charge
    transfer between the reservoir layer and CuO2 planes. (C) 2003 Elsevier
    Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, SX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shangda Rd 99, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CLAYHOLD J, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P7324
    HAM KM, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P11439
    JEAN YC, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1593
    JENSEN KO, 1989, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V1, P3727
    SUMNER MJ, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P12248
    ZHANG J, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V26, P452
    ZHANG J, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65, P54513
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD MAY
 PY 2003
 VL 388
 BP 383
 EP 384
 PG 2
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 686UX
 UT ISI:000183340300185
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, Y
    Chow, TWS
 TI 2-d analysis for iterative learning controller for discrete-time
    systems with variable initial conditions
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON CIRCUITS AND SYSTEMS I-FUNDAMENTAL THEORY AND
    APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE discrete-time systems; iterative learning control (ILC);
    two-dimensional (2-D) system theory; variable initial conditions
 ID NONLINEAR-SYSTEMS; MANIPULATORS; STABILITY; MODEL
 AB In this brief an iterative learning controller applying to linear
    discrete-time multivariable systems with variable initial conditions is
    investigated based on two-dimensional (2-D) system theory. The brief
    first introduces a 2-D tracking error system and shows the effect of
    tracking errors against variable initial conditions. The sufficient
    conditions for the convergence of the learning control rules are
    derived and discussed. Based on the proposed iterative learning control
    (ILC) rule, we have shown that the convergence of the learning rule is
    guaranteed with less restriction. An improved ILC rule is proposed. As
    a result, the convergence is robust with respect to small perturbations
    of the system parameters. Two numerical simulation examples are used to
    validate the effectiveness of the proposed methodologies.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, Y, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 20072, Peoples R China.
 CR AMANN N, 1996, P IEE CONTR THEOR AP, V143
    ARIMOTO S, 1984, J ROBOTIC SYST, V1, P123
    BONDI P, 1988, IEEE J ROBITICS AUTO, V4, P14
    BOSE T, 1992, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V40, P2589
    CHOW TWS, 1998, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V45, P683
    CHOW TWS, 1998, IEEE T IND ELECTRON, V45, P151
    CRAIG JJ, 1984, P AM CONTR C SAN DIE, P1566
    FANG Y, 1998, AUTOMATICA, V34, P1458
    GENG Z, 1990, INT J CONTROL, V52, P833
    HEINZINGER G, 1992, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V37, P110
    HINAMOTO T, 1993, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V40, P102
    HINAMOTO T, 1997, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V44, P254
    HWANG DH, 1991, IEE PROC-D, V138, P139
    KACZOREK T, 1985, 2 DIMENSIONAL LINEAR
    KUREK JE, 1993, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V38, P121
    LEE K, 1996, ARCH PSYCHOL, V64, P3
    LEE KH, 1991, IEE PROC-D, V138, P525
    MOORE KL, 1993, ITERATIVE LEARNING C
    ROESSER RP, 1975, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V20, P1
    SUN MX, 2000, P AMER CONTR CONF, P277
    WANG DW, 1995, AUTOMATICA, V31, P257
 NR 21
 TC 5
 SN 1057-7122
 J9 IEEE TRANS CIRCUIT SYST-I
 JI IEEE Trans. Circuits Syst. I-Fundam. Theor. Appl.
 PD MAY
 PY 2003
 VL 50
 IS 5
 BP 722
 EP 727
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 688CA
 UT ISI:000183413700018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, GQ
    Li, ZB
    Liu, YP
 TI Exact solutions to a large class of nonlinear evolution equations
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID SOLITARY WAVE SOLUTIONS
 AB A unified approach is presented for finding the travelling wave
    solutions to a large class of nonlinear evolution equations defined by
    the concept of "rank". The key idea of this method is to make use of
    the arbitrariness of the Painleve analysis manifold. We selected a new
    expansion variable, thus obtaining a rich variety of exact travelling
    wave solutions to a nonlinear evolution equation, including solitary
    wave solutions, triangular periodic solutions and Jacobi periodic wave
    solutions, as well as rational solutions and so on. This method is
    completely algorithmic, hence the Maple implementation is also used.
    Several examples illustrate the capabilities of the package; new
    solutions and more general types of solutions are obtained for some
    nonlinear evolution equations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Informat Adm, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, GQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Informat Adm, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1999, SOLITON NONLINEAR EV
    FAN EG, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P212
    FAN EG, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V300, P243
    FENG X, 2000, INT J THEOR PHYS, V39, P207
    HEREMAN W, 1986, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V19, P607
    HIROTA R, 1980, TOPICS MODERN PHYSIC
    LAN H, 1990, J PHYS A, V23, P4097
    LI ZB, 1997, ACTA MATH SINICA, V17, P81
    LI ZB, 2002, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V148, P256
    LIU SK, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V289, P69
    MALFLIET W, 1992, AM J PHYS, V60, P650
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    WEISS J, 1983, J MATH PHYS, V24, P522
    WU WT, 1984, ALGORITHMS COMPUTATI, V834, P1
    WU YT, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V255, P259
 NR 15
 TC 2
 SN 0577-9073
 J9 CHIN J PHYS
 JI Chin. J. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 2003
 VL 41
 IS 3
 BP 232
 EP 241
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 688TY
 UT ISI:000183453500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JF
    Zheng, CL
 TI Abundant localized coherent structures of the (2+1)-dimensional
    generalized Nozhnik-Novikov-Veselov system
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID PARTIAL-DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS; DIMENSIONAL INTEGRABLE MODELS;
    KADOMTSEV-PETVIASHVILI EQUATION; NONLINEAR-EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS;
    SIMILARITY REDUCTIONS; BOUSSINESQ EQUATION; KDV EQUATION; PAINLEVE
    ANALYSIS; POTENTIAL SYMMETRIES; SINGULARITY ANALYSIS
 AB In a previous paper (Chin. Phys. 11, 651, (2002)), a rather general
    variable separation solution of the generalized
    Nizhnik-Novikov-Veselov(GNNV) system was obtained by using a special
    Backlund transformation, which can be derived from the extended
    homogenous balance method. However we did not discuss the related
    localized coherent structures of the model. In this article, the
    abundance of the localized coherent structures of the system,
    particularly some localized excitations with fractal behaviours, i.e.
    the fractal dromion and fractal lump excitations, were induced by the
    appropriate selection of the separated variables arbitrary functions.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JF, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1973, PHYS REV LETT, V30, P1262
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1973, PHYS REV LETT, V31, P125
    BLUMAN GW, 1969, J MATH MECH, V18, P1025
    BLUMAN GW, 1989, APPL MATH SCI, V81
    BOGOYAVLENSKII O, 1989, IZV AKAD NAUK SSSR M, V53, P907
    BOGOYAVLENSKII OI, 1990, USP MAT NAUK, V45, P17
    BOGOYOVLENSKII OI, 1989, IZV AKAD NAUK SSSR M, V53, P234
    BOGOYOVLENSKII OI, 1989, IZV AKAD NAUK SSSR M, V54, P1123
    BOITI M, 1986, INVERSE PROBL, V2, P271
    BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P432
    CALOGERO F, 1976, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V31, P201
    CALOGERO F, 1977, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V39, P54
    CAO CW, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V33, P528
    CHENG Y, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V157, P22
    CLARKSON PA, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P2201
    CLARKSON PA, 1989, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V22, P2355
    CLARKSON PA, 1989, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V22, P3821
    CLARKSON PA, 1990, PHYS LETT, V151, P133
    CLARKSON PA, 1995, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V5, P2261
    CONTE R, 1989, PHYS LETT A, V140, P383
    DAVEY A, 1974, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V338, P101
    FORDY A, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V160, P347
    HU XB, 1991, J PHYS A, V24, P1331
    HU XB, 1991, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V24, P1979
    JIMBO M, 1982, PHYS LETT A, V92, P59
    KONOPELCHENKO BG, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V175, P17
    LAI DWC, 2001, J PHYS SOC JPN, V70, P666
    LI YS, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P7487
    LIN J, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V287, P257
    LOU S, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P6509
    LOU S, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P8286
    LOU SY, 1990, J PHYS A, V23, L649
    LOU SY, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V151, P133
    LOU SY, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P4387
    LOU SY, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P4099
    LOU SY, 1994, J PHYS A, V27, P207
    LOU SY, 1995, J PHYS A, V28, L191
    LOU SY, 1995, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V28, P7227
    LOU SY, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V201, P47
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A, V29, P4029
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P5989
    LOU SY, 1997, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V28, P41
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LOU SY, 1997, SCI CHINA SER A, V34, P1317
    LOU SY, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P5027
    LOU SY, 1998, Z NATURFORSCH A, V53, P251
    LOU SY, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P6491
    LOU SY, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P781
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS SCR, V65, P7
    LOU SY, 2000, Z NATURFORSCH A, V55, P867
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    MACCARI A, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P4151
    OHTA Y, 1992, J PHYS SOC JPN, V61, P3928
    OLVER PJ, 1993, GRADUATE TEXTS MATH, V107
    PUCCI E, 1992, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V25, P2631
    PUCCI E, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P681
    RADHA R, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4746
    RADHA R, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4746
    RAMANI A, 1989, PHYS REP, V180, P159
    SACCOMANDI G, 1997, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V30, P2211
    TAGAMI Y, 1989, PHYS LETT A, V141, P116
    TANG XY, 2002, IN PRESS CHAOS SOLIT
    TANG XY, 2002, IN PRESS COMMUN THEO
    UTHAYAKUMAR A, 1999, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V10, P1513
    WEISS J, 1983, J MATH PHYS, V24, P522
    ZHANG JF, 2001, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V35, P267
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P651
 NR 68
 TC 0
 SN 0577-9073
 J9 CHIN J PHYS
 JI Chin. J. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 2003
 VL 41
 IS 3
 BP 242
 EP 256
 PG 15
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 688TY
 UT ISI:000183453500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, ZJ
    Nie, LQ
    Cao, WG
 TI Reaction of 1,5-diazabicyclo[4,3,0] non-5-ene and perfluoroalkynoates
    and study on the nuclear magnetic resonance spectra of the products
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE nuclear magnetic resonance; 1,5-diazabicyclo[4,3,0]non-5-ene;
    perfluoroalkynoates
 AB The tricyclic derivative was formed by the reaction of
    1,5-diazabicyclo[4,3,0] non -5-ene (DBN) and perfluoro-2-alkynoates.
    The products were analyzed in detail by H-1 nuclear magnetic resonance
    (NMR), C-13 NMR and 2D NMR. Their chemical shifts and J-coupling
    constants were discussed. The reaction paths and mechanism were also
    proposed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR HUDLICKY M, 1965, CHEM ORGANIC FLUOROC, P179
    NI ZG, 1991, CHINESE J PHARM, V22, P180
    PERBOST M, 1993, J HETEROCYCLIC CHEM, V30, P637
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0253-3820
 J9 CHINESE J ANAL CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Anal. Chem.
 PD MAY
 PY 2003
 VL 31
 IS 5
 BP 573
 EP 576
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA 687UD
 UT ISI:000183394600015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ge, HH
    Zhou, DD
    Wu, WQ
 TI Passivation model of 316 stainless steel in simulated cooling water and
    the effect of sulfide on the passive film
 SO APPLIED SURFACE SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE Mott-Schottky plot; electrochemical impedance spectroscopy; stainless
    steel; passive film; sulfide
 ID ELECTROCHEMICAL IMPEDANCE SPECTROSCOPY; IRON-CHROMIUM ALLOYS;
    CORROSION; POTENTIALS; STATE; ELECTRODES; STABILITY; METALS; BORATE;
    LAYERS
 AB Through the measurement and analysis of electrochemical impedance
    spectroscopy (EIS) data from the 316 stainless steel/simulated cooling
    water system, among the four selected passivation models, the
    equivalent circuit of Model D is most consistent with the conditions of
    this system. In this model, the charge-transfer resistance R-1 is
    relatively small at the beginning of the immersion. When the immersion
    time increases, the values of R-1 and Y-01 stabilize. Over the time
    period of the immersion, the film resistance R-2 increases while the
    value of Y-02 decreases continuously, indicating that the passive film
    is getting thicker and more compact. With the addition of sulfide, R-2
    decreases rapidly. The polarization curve shows that the passivity
    current of the stainless steel increases with addition of the sulfide.
    The Mott-Schottky plots indicate that as the sulfide concentration
    increases, the slope of the straight segment which reflects the
    properties of p-type semiconductor (chromium oxide) decreases or even
    almost disappears. The slope of the straight segment which reflects the
    properties of n-type semiconductor (iron oxide) also decreases, and the
    acceptor density N-A and the donor density N-D increase to a certain
    extent. This shows that the sulfide changes the composition and
    structure of the passive film of the stainless steel and thereby
    decreases the corrosion resistance of the film. (C) 2003 Elsevier
    Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Elect Power, Electrochem Res Grp, Shanghai 200090, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Ge, HH, Shanghai Univ Elect Power, Electrochem Res Grp, Shanghai
    200090, Peoples R China.
 CR ARMSTRONG RD, 1973, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V18, P937
    AZUMI K, 1986, T JPN I MET, V27, P382
    BLENGINO JM, 1995, CORROS SCI, V37, P621
    BOJINOV M, 1999, CORROS SCI, V41, P1557
    CASTRO EB, 1993, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V38, P1567
    CHAO CY, 1982, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V129, P1874
    CHLER SM, 1991, CORROS SCI, V32, P925
    DEAN MH, 1987, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V228, P135
    GABERSCEK M, 1996, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V41, P1137
    GONZALEZ JEG, 1998, CORROS SCI, V40, P2141
    HAKIKI NE, 1998, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V145, P3821
    HONG T, 1996, CORROS SCI, V38, P1525
    HORVATRADOSEVIC V, 1994, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V39, P119
    ITAGAKI M, 1999, CORROSION ENG, V48, P905
    JAMNIK J, 1999, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V44, P4139
    KENNEDY JH, 1978, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V125, P723
    LOVRECEK B, 1972, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V17, P1151
    MACDONALD DD, 1990, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V35, P1509
    MACDONALD DD, 1992, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V139, P3434
    MARCUS P, 1998, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V43, P109
    MARTINI EMA, 2000, CORROS SCI, V42, P443
    MONTEMOR MF, 2000, CORROS SCI, V42, P1635
    MORRISON SR, 1980, ELECTROCHEMISTRY SEM
    SCHULTZE JW, 2000, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V45, P2499
    SYRETT BC, 1979, CORROSION, V35, P409
    YIN Q, 2001, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V148, A200
    ZHU YB, 2000, CHINA WATER WASTE WA, V16, P45
 NR 27
 TC 5
 SN 0169-4332
 J9 APPL SURF SCI
 JI Appl. Surf. Sci.
 PD APR 30
 PY 2003
 VL 211
 IS 1-4
 BP 321
 EP 334
 PG 14
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Coatings & Films; Physics,
    Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 683UZ
 UT ISI:000183170000039
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, CJ
    Debnath, L
    Wang, K
 TI Positive periodic solutions of a delayed model in population
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE coincidence degree; positive periodic solution; Fredholm operator
 AB Using the theory of coincidence degree, the existence of positive
    periodic solutions for a delayed model in population is proved. A new
    result is obtained. Some related results are improved. (C) 2003
    Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Binzhou Teachers Coll, Shandong 256604, Peoples R China.
    Univ Texas Pan Amer, Dept Math, Edinburg, TX 78539 USA.
    NE Normal Univ, Dept Math, Changchun 130024, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN BS, 1999, MATH APPL, V12, P42
    GAINES RE, 1977, COINCIDENCE DEGREE N
    GYORI I, 1991, OSCILLATION THEORY D
    KUANG Y, 1993, DELAY DIFFERENTIAL E
    LENHART SM, 1986, P AM MATH SOC, V96, P75
    SEIFERT G, 1987, NONLIENAR ANAL TMA, V9, P1051
    YU JS, 1996, SCI CHINA SER A, V26, P23
    ZHANG BG, 1990, J MATH ANAL APPL, V150, P274
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0893-9659
 J9 APPL MATH LETT
 JI Appl. Math. Lett.
 PD MAY
 PY 2003
 VL 16
 IS 4
 BP 561
 EP 565
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 687LP
 UT ISI:000183378400020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, H
    Ma, HP
    Li, HY
 TI Optimal error estimates of the Chebyshev-Legendre spectral method for
    solving the generalized burgers equation
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE optimal error estimate; Chebyshev-Legendre method; generalized Burgers
    equation
 ID NONLINEAR CONSERVATION-LAWS; VISCOSITY METHOD; GALERKIN METHOD; DIRECT
    SOLVERS; APPROXIMATIONS; COLLOCATION; POLYNOMIALS; OPERATORS; 2ND-ORDER
 AB In this paper the Chebyshev-Legendre collocation method is applied to
    the generalized Burgers equation. Optimal error estimate of the method
    is proved for the problem with the Dirichlet boundary conditions. Also,
    a Legendre - Galerkin - Chebyshev collocation method is given for the
    generalized Burgers equation. The scheme is basically formulated in the
    Legendre spectral form but with the nonlinear term being treated by the
    Chebyshev collocation method so that the scheme can be implemented at
    Chebyshev - Gauss - Lobatto points efficiently. Optimal order
    convergence is also obtained through coupling estimates in the L-2-norm
    and the H-1-norm.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Software, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, H, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ALPERT BK, 1991, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V12, P158
    BERNARDI C, 1997, HDBK NUM AN 2, V5, P209
    BRESSAN N, 1986, CALCOLO, V23, P265
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    COUTSIAS EA, 1996, P 3 INT C SPECTR HIG, P21
    DON WS, 1994, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V31, P1519
    E W, 1992, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V29, P1520
    FUNARO D, 1988, NUMER MATH, V52, P329
    GUO BY, 1998, SPECTRAL METHODS THE
    HESTHAVEN JS, 1998, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V35, P1571
    KIM SD, 1996, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P2375
    KIM SD, 1997, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V34, P939
    LI HY, 2003, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V23, P109
    MA HP, 1988, CHINESE J NUMER MATH, V10, P11
    MA HP, 1988, J COMPUT MATH, V6, P48
    MA HP, 1998, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V35, P869
    MA HP, 1998, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V35, P893
    MADAY Y, 1981, NUMER MATH, V37, P321
    MADAY Y, 1982, RAIRO ANAL NUMER, V16, P375
    QUARTERONI A, 1992, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V29, P917
    REYNA LG, 1988, J SCI COMPUT, V3, P1
    SHEN J, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P1489
    SHEN J, 1995, P INT C SPECTR HIGH, P233
    SHEN J, 1995, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V16, P74
    SHEN J, 1997, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V18, P1583
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PY 2003
 VL 41
 IS 2
 BP 659
 EP 672
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 684YF
 UT ISI:000183233500012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Wollants, P
    Xu, ZY
    De Cooman, BC
    Zhu, XD
 TI Effects of alloying elements on the concentration profile of
    equilibrium phases in transformation induced plasticity steel
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE composition; interaction; transformation induced plasticity steel
 ID REGULAR SOLUTION MODEL; RETAINED AUSTENITE; MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES;
    CARBON; SHEET; SI
 AB With the two sublattices model, equilibrium compositions of ferrite
    (alpha) and austenite (gamma) phases, as well as the volume percent of
    austenite (gamma) in different TRIP steels are calculated.
    Concentration profiles of carbon, manganese, aluminum and silicon in
    these steels are also estimated under the lattice fixed frame of
    reference so as to identify if the equilibrium state is obtained.
    Through the comparison between the profiles after different time
    diffusion, the distribution of elements in phases is exhibited and the
    complex effect due to the mutual interaction of the elements on
    diffusion is discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Katholieke Univ Leuven, Detp MTM, B-3001 Louvain, Belgium.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    State Univ Ghent, Lab Iron & Steelmaking, B-9052 Zwijnaarde, Belgium.
    Shanghai Baosteel Res Inst, Shanghai 201900, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, L, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AGREN J, 1992, ISIJ INT, V32, P291
    BALK SC, 2001, ISIJ INT, V41, P290
    CHEN HC, 1989, METALL TRANS A, V20, P437
    FRIDBERG J, 1969, JERNKONTORETS ANN, V153, P263
    HANZAKI AZ, 1993, 34 MWSP C P, V15, P507
    HILLERT M, 1970, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V24, P3618
    HILLERT M, 1993, ACTA METALL MATER, V41, P1951
    JONSSON B, 1992, TRITAMAC0478
    LIU SK, 1990, METALL TRANS A, V21, P1517
    MEYER MD, 1999, ISIJ INT, V39, P813
    SAKUMA Y, 1991, ISIJ INT, V31, P1348
    SPEICH GR, 1981, METALL T A, V12, P1419
    SUGIMOTO K, 1992, ISIJ INT, V32, P1311
    SUGIMOTO K, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P775
    SUNDMAN B, 1981, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V42, P297
    SUNDMAN B, 1985, CALPHAD, V9, P153
    ZACKAY VF, 1967, T AM SOC MET, V60, P252
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAY
 PY 2003
 VL 19
 IS 3
 BP 273
 EP 277
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 685UQ
 UT ISI:000183282000023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guy, GD
    Zhang, JJ
    Li, ZW
 TI Restarted GMRES augmented with eigenvectors for shifted linear systems
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF COMPUTER MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE shifted systems; augmented GMRES method; restarting
 ID KRYLOV SUBSPACE METHODS; NONSYMMETRIC SYSTEMS; ARNOLDI METHODS;
    EQUATIONS
 AB Shifted matrices, which differ by a multiple of the identity only,
    generate the same Krylov subspaces with respect to any fixed vector.
    Frommer and Glassner [5] develop a variant of the restarted GMRES
    method for such shifted systems at the expense of only one
    matrix-vector multiplication per iteration. However, restarting slows
    down the convergence, even stagnation. We present a variant of the
    restarted GMRES augmented with some eigenvectors for the shifted
    systems. The convergence can be much faster at little extra expense.
    Numerical experiments show its efficiency.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Guy, GD, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHAPIN R, 2001, GERONTOLOGIST, V41, P43
    DATTA BN, 1991, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V154, P225
    ERHEL J, 1996, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V69, P303
    FREUND RW, 1993, NUMERICAL LINEAR ALG, P101
    FROMMER A, 1995, INT J MOD PHYS C, V6, P627
    FROMMER A, 1998, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V19, P15
    GUIDING G, 1999, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V299, P1
    GUIDING G, 2002, INT J COMPUT MATH, V79, P307
    GUIDING GU, 2001, APPL MATH COMPUT, V121, P271
    LECALVEZ C, 1999, NUMER ALGORITHMS, V21, P261
    MORGAN RB, 1995, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V16, P1154
    MORGAN RB, 2000, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V21, P1112
    SAAD Y, 1996, ITERATIVE METHODS SP
    SAAD Y, 1997, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V18, P435
    SIMONCINI V, 1996, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V66, P457
    SIMONCINI V, 2000, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V22, P430
    SWEET R, 1988, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V9, P89
    YOUNG DM, 1992, APPL NUMER MATH, V10, P261
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7160
 J9 INT J COMPUT MATH
 JI Int. J. Comput. Math.
 PD AUG
 PY 2003
 VL 80
 IS 8
 BP 1037
 EP 1047
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 685NM
 UT ISI:000183270200011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, H
    Zhang, DJ
 TI Mixed rational-soliton solutions of two differential-difference
    equations in Casorati determinant form
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS A-MATHEMATICAL AND GENERAL
 DT Article
 ID KORTEWEG-DEVRIES EQUATION; LINEAR EVOLUTION EQUATIONS; TODA LATTICE;
    WRONSKIAN FORM; VOLTERRA; TRANSFORMATIONS; COLLISIONS
 AB By reconsidering soliton solutions of the Toda lattice and
    differential-difference KdV equation in the Casorati determinant form
    with new entries, we obtain rational and mixed rational-soliton
    solutions in the Casorati determinant form. All these solutions are
    verified by direct substitutions into bilinear equations. The method
    used is general and can apply to other discrete systems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, H, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1978, J MATH PHYS, V19, P2180
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V72, P277
    ADLER M, 1978, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V61, P1
    AIRAULT H, 1977, COMMUN PURE APPL MAT, V30, P25
    CARSTEA AS, 1996, PROG THEOR PHYS, V96, P29
    CARSTEA AS, 1997, PHYS LETT A, V233, P378
    CRUMM M, 1955, QUART J MATH OXFORD, V6, P121
    FREEMAN NC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P1
    GARDNER CS, 1967, PHYS REV LETT, V19, P1095
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 1973, J PHYS SOC JPN, V35, P286
    HIROTA R, 1974, PROG THEOR PHYS, V52, P1498
    HIROTA R, 1976, PROGR THEOR PHYS SUP, V59, P64
    HIROTA R, 1977, J PHYS SOC JPN, V43, P1424
    HU XB, 1995, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V28, P5009
    MATVEEV VB, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V166, P205
    MATVEEV VB, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V166, P209
    NARITA K, 1997, J PHYS SOC JPN, V66, P4047
    NARITA K, 1998, PROG THEOR PHYS, V99, P337
    NARITA K, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V13, P1121
    NIMMO JJC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P4
    NIMMO JJC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V96, P443
    NIMMO JJC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V99, P281
    NIMMO JJC, 1984, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V17, P1415
    SATSUMA J, 1979, J PHYS SOC JPN, V46, P359
    STAHLHOFEN AA, 1995, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V28, P1957
    TODA M, 1975, PHYS REP, V8, P1
 NR 27
 TC 4
 SN 0305-4470
 J9 J PHYS-A-MATH GEN
 JI J. Phys. A-Math. Gen.
 PD MAY 2
 PY 2003
 VL 36
 IS 17
 BP 4867
 EP 4873
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 684AP
 UT ISI:000183183500015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, SS
    Xiao, X
    Lei, X
    Li, WH
    Dong, YD
 TI Relationship between the widths of supercooled liquid regions and bond
    parameters of Mg-based bulk metallic glasses
 SO JOURNAL OF NON-CRYSTALLINE SOLIDS
 DT Article
 ID Y AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; FORMING ABILITY; MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES;
    THERMAL-STABILITY; NI; CRYSTALLIZATION; AG
 AB The relationship between the widths of supercooled liquid regions
    (DeltaT(x)) of Mg-based bulk metallic glasses (BMG) and bond parameters
    (i.e., electronegativity difference and atomic size parameters) was
    investigated. From the available experimental data in the literatures,
    it seems that for Mg-based BMG DeltaT(x) has a close correlation to
    bond parameters. It increases with the atomic size parameter (delta)
    and electronegativity difference (Deltax) of Mg-based alloys, which are
    defined by atomic radius and electronegativity. An equation was deduced
    for the first time by a linear regression analysis program in order to
    judge whether Mg-based multicomponent alloys can form metallic glasses.
    (C) 2003 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, SS, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Box 269,Yanchang Rd 149, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ALLRED AL, 1961, J INORG NUCL CHEM, V17, P215
    AMIYA K, 2000, MATER T JIM, V41, P1460
    FANG SS, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V293, P10
    GOTTSCHALL RJ, 2001, MATER TRANS, V42, P548
    INOUE A, 1989, MATER T JIM, V30, P378
    INOUE A, 1993, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V156, P473
    INOUE A, 1999, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V250, P552
    JOHNSON WL, 1999, MRS BULL, V24, P42
    KANG HG, 2000, MATER T JIM, V41, P846
    KIM SG, 1990, MATER T JIM, V31, P929
    LAIO L, 2000, CRYATALLINE CHEM CRY, P177
    LI Y, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P1371
    LI Y, 2001, MATER TRANS, V42, P556
    LINDEROTH S, 2001, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V304, P656
    LIU WS, 1996, J MATER RES, V11, P2388
    MURTY BS, 2000, MATER T JIM, V41, P1538
    PAN ZL, 1984, CRYSTALLOGRAPHY MINE, P133
    PAULING L, 1960, NATURE CHEM BOND
    SENKOV ON, 2001, MATER RES BULL, V36, P2183
    SHEK CH, 2000, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V291, P78
    SHIBATA T, 1993, J MATER SCI, V28, P379
    WANG WH, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P8211
    XIAO J, 1985, ALLOY ENERGETICS, P294
    ZHANG BW, 1981, ACTA METALL SIN, V17, P285
 NR 24
 TC 7
 SN 0022-3093
 J9 J NON-CRYST SOLIDS
 JI J. Non-Cryst. Solids
 PD JUN 15
 PY 2003
 VL 321
 IS 1-2
 BP 120
 EP 125
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 684CE
 UT ISI:000183187200015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, YQ
    You, JL
    Jiang, GC
 TI Molecular dynamics study of the structure of calcium aluminate melts
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE CaO center dot Al2O3 melt; microstructure; molecular dynamics
 ID GLASSES; LIQUID
 AB The microstructure of high- temperature xCaO-(1 - x)Al2O3 melts was
    studied by the molecular dynamics simulation. By comparing the
    positions of first peaks of partial radial distribution functions
    between Al and O, Ca and O, O and O, and the coordination numbers of Al
    and Ca with the corresponding experimental data of X-ray diffraction
    and neutron scattering, which agree very well with each other, the
    simulation is proved very successful. Based on the verification, it was
    found that Al playes the roll of network former in the calcium
    aluminate melt. That's to say, the average coordination number of Al is
    4 and tetrahedron is the main structural unit in calcium aluminate just
    as the action of Si in silicate melts. In the meantime, the
    distribution of 5 kinds of tetrahedrons Q(i) was counted and then the
    regulation of the changing microstructure of calcium aluminate melt
    following with the composition was analyzed. With the analysis of the
    number of next nearest neighbor around the centering atom Al and the
    examination of the snapshot, 3-coordinated oxygen and charge-balanced
    bridging oxygen were found to be the explanations of the phenomena of
    redundant charge and location of the cation Ca2+.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, YQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CORMIER L, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V274, P110
    HANNON AC, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V274, P102
    HOOVER WG, 1985, PHYS REV A, V31, P1695
    KIEFFER J, 1989, J CHEM PHYS, V90, P4982
    MATSUMIYA T, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P210
    MCMILLAN P, 1983, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V55, P221
    WU YQ, 2001, P 6 INT S MOLT SALT, P359
    WU YQ, 2001, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V11, P965
    WU YQ, 2002, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V12, P1218
    YOU JL, 2001, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V282, P125
 NR 10
 TC 2
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD MAY
 PY 2003
 VL 18
 IS 3
 BP 619
 EP 626
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 684PR
 UT ISI:000183216200018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ge, HH
    Zhou, GD
    Wu, WQ
 TI The spontaneous passivation of stainless steel in simulated cooling
    water and the influence of sulfide
 SO ACTA PHYSICO-CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Mott-Schottky plot; electrochemical impedance spectroscopy; passive
    film; stainless steel; sulfide
 ID ELECTROCHEMICAL IMPEDANCE SPECTROSCOPY; POTENTIALS; CORROSION; ALLOYS;
    MODEL; ELECTRODES; STATE; IRON
 AB The spontaneous passivation of 316 stainless steel in simulated cooling
    water is studied by electrochemical impedance spectroscopy, and a
    suitable model is chosen through fitting. It is shown that the film
    resistance R-2 increases while the value of Y-02 which reflects the
    film capacitance decreases continuously in the course of immersion of
    the,electrode, but R-2 decreases sharply with addition of sulfide. The
    Mott-Schottky plots show that the donor and accepter densities of the
    passive films on stainless steel immersed in simulated cooling water
    for 65, days have the values of 1.47 X 10(20) cm(-3) and 2. 20 X 10(20)
    cm(-3), respectively, but the values increase to 4.52 x 10(20) cm(-3)
    and 7.02 X 10(20) cm(-3) after the addition of 9 mg . L-1 sulfide for 1
    h. The polarization curves indicate that the passive current rises in
    the presence of sulfide.
 C1 Shanghai Coll Elect Power, Electrochem Res Grp, Shanghai 200090, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Ge, HH, Shanghai Coll Elect Power, Electrochem Res Grp, Shanghai
    200090, Peoples R China.
 CR CAO CN, 1989, J CHIN SOC CORROS PR, V9, P261
    CASTRO EB, 1993, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V38, P1567
    CHAO CY, 1982, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V129, P1874
    DEAN MH, 1987, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V228, P135
    GABERSCEK M, 1996, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V41, P1137
    GONZALEZ JEG, 1998, CORROS SCI, V40, P2141
    GRYSE RD, 1975, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V122, P711
    HAKIKI NE, 1998, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V145, P3821
    HONG T, 1996, CORROS SCI, V38, P1525
    HORVATRADOSEVIC V, 1994, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V39, P119
    ISMAIL KM, 1999, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V44, P4685
    ITAGAKI M, 1999, CORROSION ENG, V48, P905
    JAMNIK J, 1999, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V44, P4139
    KENNEDY JH, 1978, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V125, P723
    LOVRECEK B, 1972, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V17, P1151
    MACDONALD DD, 1990, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V35, P1509
    MACDONALD DD, 1992, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V139, P3434
    MARCUS P, 1998, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V43, P109
    MARTINI EMA, 2000, CORROS SCI, V42, P443
    MONTEMOR MF, 2000, CORROS SCI, V42, P1635
    SYRETT BC, 1979, CORROSION, V35, P409
    YIN Q, 2001, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V148, A200
    ZHU YB, 2000, CHINA WATER WASTE WA, V16, P45
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 1000-6818
 J9 ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Phys.-Chim. Sin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2003
 VL 19
 IS 5
 BP 403
 EP 407
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical
 GA 683LD
 UT ISI:000183149100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, X
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Gurtin variational principle and finite element simulation for
    dynamical problems of fluid-saturated porous media
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE saturated porous media; Curtin variational principle; finite element
    method; longitudinal wave
 ID BEHAVIOR; MIXTURES; MODELS; FLOW
 AB Based on the theory of porous media, a general Gurtin variational
    principle for the initial boundary value problem of dynamical response
    of fluid-saturated elastic porous media is developed by assuming
    infinitesimal deformation and incompressible constituents of the solid
    and fluid phase. The finite element formulation based on this
    variational principle is also derived. As the functional of the
    variational principle is a spatial integral of the convolution
    formulation, the general finite element discretization in space results
    in symmetrical differential-integral equations in the time domain. In
    some situations, the differential-integral equations can be reduced to
    symmetrical differential equations and, as a numerical example, it is
    employed to analyze the reflection of one-dimensional longitudinal wave
    in a fluid-saturated porous solid. The numerical results can provide
    further understanding of the wave propagation in porous media.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, X, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABOUSTIT BL, 1985, INT J NUMER ANAL MET, V9, P49
    BIOT MA, 1941, J APPL PHYS, V12, P155
    BIOT MA, 1956, J ACOUST SOC AM, V28, P168
    BOWEN RM, 1980, INT J ENG SCI, V18, P1129
    BOWEN RM, 1982, INT J ENG SCI, V20, P697
    BREUER S, 1996, P SOIL MEC 96 C MIER, P27
    BREUER S, 1999, TRANSPORT POROUS MED, V34, P285
    DEBOER R, 1993, ARCH APPL MECH-ING, V63, P59
    DEBOER R, 1996, APPL MECH REV, V49, P201
    DEBOER R, 2000, APPL MECH REV, V53, P323
    DIEBELS S, 1996, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V39, P81
    EHLERS W, 1998, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V35, P4597
    EHLERS W, 1999, TRANSPORT POROUS MED, V34, P159
    EHLERS W, 2000, GRANUL MATTER, V2, P153
    GURTIN ME, 1966, Q J APPL MATH, V12, P252
    LEWIS RW, 1998, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    LI XK, 1990, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V30, P1195
    LIU ZF, 1997, TRANSPORT POROUS MED, V29, P207
    SCHREFLER BA, 1993, WATER RESOUR RES, V29, P155
    ZIENKIEWICZ OC, 1990, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V429, P311
 NR 20
 TC 1
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2003
 VL 16
 IS 1
 BP 24
 EP 32
 PG 9
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA 683KX
 UT ISI:000183148300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiao, Z
    Wu, MG
    Qin, Z
    Xu, H
 TI The electrochromic characteristics of sol-gel-prepared NiO thin film
 SO NANOTECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID STRUCTURAL-PROPERTIES; NICKEL-OXIDE; WO3
 AB In this work, NiO thin film was prepared by the sol-gel technique and
    analysed by thermogravimetry, x-ray diffractometry and x-ray
    photoelectron spectroscopy. The electrochromic characteristics were
    studied by ultraviolet spectroscopy. NiO thin film shows electrochromic
    characteristics. Its colour changes from transparent to brown when a
    voltage is applied. The transmittance of the film can shift from 90 to
    40%. Deterioration of the film caused by colouring and discolouring was
    not observed for up to 100 cycles.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiao, Z, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AGARWAL V, 1996, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V143, P3239
    BELL JM, 2001, SOL ENERG MAT SOL C, V68, P239
    BENI S, 1980, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V70, P383
    BRUKE LD, 1980, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V111, P383
    CHEMSEDDINE A, 1983, SOLID STATE IONICS, V9, P357
    DEB SK, 1973, PHILOS MAG, V27, P203
    ESTRADA W, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V3678, P64
    FANTINI MCA, 1996, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V1536, P81
    FERREIRA FF, 1996, SOLID STATE IONICS 2, V86, P971
    JUDEINSTEIN P, 1990, SPIE SOL GEL OPTICS, V1328, P344
    KRINGS LHM, 1998, SOL ENERG MAT SOL C, V54, P27
    NISHIO K, 2001, SOL ENERG MAT SOL C, V68, P279
    OZER N, 1996, P 5 WORLD C CHEM ENG, P933
    PASSERINI S, 1990, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V137, P3297
    PYPER O, 1998, MATER RES BULL, V33, P1095
    SCARMINIO J, 1992, J MATER SCI LETT, V562, P11
    SURCA A, 1996, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V408, P83
    SURCA A, 1997, J SOL-GEL SCI TECHN, V8, P743
    WRUCK DA, 1991, J VAC SCI TECHNOL, V19, P2170
 NR 19
 TC 5
 SN 0957-4484
 J9 NANOTECHNOL
 JI Nanotechnology
 PD APR
 PY 2003
 VL 14
 IS 4
 BP 458
 EP 461
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary;
    Physics, Applied
 GA 681TG
 UT ISI:000183051000010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZH
    Zhang, H
    Meunier, JP
 TI Improved Ritz-Galerkin method for field distribution of graded-index
    optical fibers
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE optical fibers; modal fields; Laguerre-Gauss expansion; coupling
    coefficient
 ID GAUSSIAN APPROXIMATION; WAVE-PROPAGATION; MODE
 AB Having obtained the eigenvalue and the modal field by using the
    Ritz-Galerkin method, we quit the cladding-field expression in the form
    of a Laguerre-Gaussian function and reconstruct it with a modified
    Bessel function. The accuracy of the cladding field is thus improved We
    also show its application to the calculation of the coupling
    coefficient. (C) 2003 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ St Etienne, Lab TSI, CNRS, UMR 5516, F-42023 St Etienne 2, France.
 RP Wang, ZH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABRAMOWITZ M, 1965, HDB MATH FUNCTIONS
    ADAMS MJ, 1978, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V10, P17
    ADAMS MJ, 1981, INTRO OPTICAL WAVEGU, P100
    ANGELIS GD, 1999, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V17, P2665
    ANKIEWICZ A, 1992, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V10, P22
    CLARRICOATS PJB, 1970, ELECTRON LETT, V6, P694
    GAMBLING WA, 1978, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V10, P301
    GHETAK AK, 1980, PROGR OPTICS, V18, P1
    HARTOG AH, 1977, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V9, P223
    MARCUSE D, 1978, J OPT SOC AM, V68, P103
    MEUNIER JP, 1980, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V12, P41
    MEUNIER JP, 1981, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V13, P71
    OKAMOTO K, 1978, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V26, P109
    OKOSHI T, 1974, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V22, P938
    OLSHANSKY R, 1976, APPL OPTICS, V15, P483
    PENG GD, 1991, IEE PROC-J, V138, P33
    SHARMA A, 1981, OPT COMMUN, V36, P22
    SHARMA A, 1982, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V14, P7
    SNYDER AW, 1972, J OPT SOC AM, V62, P1267
    SNYDER AW, 1979, J OPT SOC AM, V69, P1663
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD JUN 20
 PY 2003
 VL 37
 IS 6
 BP 433
 EP 436
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 680VD
 UT ISI:000182998900013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Du, H
    Liao, H
    Zhou, S
 TI Static magnetic flux dynamics in one-dimensional (1D) Josephson lattices
 SO JOURNAL OF SUPERCONDUCTIVITY
 DT Article
 DE Josephson junction; chaos; bifurcation
 ID BOUND-STATES; VORTEX DYNAMICS; JUNCTIONS; SOLITONS; ARRAYS
 AB We investigated static magnetic flux dynamical properties of
    one-dimensional lattices of Josephson junctions. The discretized wave
    equations of the Josephson junction lattice were solved using a
    generalized relaxation iteration algorithm. Numerical simulations
    indicated that transitions between periodic state and chaotic state
    will occur as the physical parameters and geometric parameters such as
    external current y(n), magnetic field h(0), h, and the length of
    Josephson junction mu(n) and d(n), varied. A shot length of the
    Josephson junction favors stable periodic states.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Du, H, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ATKIN IL, 1997, IEEE T APPL SUPERC 3, V7, P2894
    BOYADJIEV TL, 1988, 1188409 JINR
    BOYADJIEV TL, 1989, E1789106 JINR
    BOYADJIEV TL, 2002, SUPERCOND SCI TECH, V15, P1
    CHRISTIANSEN PL, 1989, SINGULAR BEHAV NONLI
    CIRIA JC, 1998, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V10, P1453
    CIRILLO M, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V183, P383
    FILIPPOV AT, 1983, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V48, P665
    FILIPPOV AT, 1987, PHYS LETT A, V120, P47
    FULTON TA, 1973, P IEEE, V61, P28
    GALPERN YS, 1982, JETP LETT, V35, P580
    GALPERN YS, 1984, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V86, P1527
    LARSEN BH, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V193, P359
    MACHIDA M, 2000, PHYSICA C 2, V341, P1385
    MALOMED BA, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P13204
    MCLAUGHLIN DW, 1978, PHYS REV A, V18, P1652
    SMITH GD, 1978, NUMERICAL SOLUTION P
    USTINOV AV, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P3081
    VYSTAVKIN AN, 1988, FIZ NIZK TEMP, V14, P646
    VYSTAVKIN AN, 1989, P INT SUP EL C ISEC
    ZHANG L, 1995, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V7, P353
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0896-1107
 J9 J SUPERCOND
 JI J. Supercond.
 PD JUN
 PY 2003
 VL 16
 IS 3
 BP 537
 EP 542
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 681NG
 UT ISI:000183041800014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, LH
    Ma, XM
 TI Microstructural evolution of 2.25Cr-1.6W-V-Nb heat resistant steel
    during creep
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE heat resistant steel; creep; microstructural evolution
 AB 2.25Cr-1.6W-V-Nb developed in Japan, is a low alloy heat resistant
    steel with good comprehensive properties. Influence of long term creep
    at elevated temperature on the structure of 2.25Cr-1.6W-V-Nb steel was
    studied in this paper, and the micromechanism of creep strength
    degradation was elucidated, too. Both TEM observation and thermodynamic
    calculation reveal that during creep the transformation occurs from
    M7C3 and M23C6, to M6C, which can be cavity nucleation sites. Besides,
    creep at 600degreesC also leads to the decrease of dislocation density,
    the coarsening and coalescence of M23C6, the nucleation of cavities and
    development of cracks. The strength decrease of 2.25Cr-1.6W-V-Nb steel
    after long term creep is related to the decrease of dislocation
    hardening, precipitation,hardening, solution hardening, the nucleation
    of cavities and development of cracks.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Res Ctr Nanosci & Nanotechnol, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, LH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR FUJITA T, 2000, ADV MATER PROCESS, V157, P55
    KENSUKE Y, 2000, CAMP ISIJ, V13, P261
    MASUYAMA F, 1996, THERMAL NUCL POWER, V47, P66
    MASUYAMA F, 2000, CAMP ISIJ, V13, P566
    SAWARAGI Y, 1997, SUMITOMO SEARCH, V59, P113
    VISWANATHAN R, 1998, ADV HEAT RESISTANT S, P12
    VISWANATHAN R, 1998, ADV HEAT RESISTANT S, P144
    YOKOYAMA T, 1994, THERMAL NUCL POWER, V45, P43
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAR
 PY 2003
 VL 19
 IS 2
 BP 126
 EP 128
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 681RB
 UT ISI:000183048200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, G
    Zhang, M
    Li, H
    Blessington, D
    Busch, T
    Chance, B
    Glickson, J
 TI Molecular beacon based photosensitizers for imaging guided cancer
    therapy
 SO EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF CANCER
 DT Meeting Abstract
 C1 Univ Penn, Dept Radiol, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
    Univ Penn, Dept Biochem Biophys, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
    Univ Penn, Sch Med, Dept Radiat Oncol, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0959-8049
 J9 EUR J CANCER
 JI Eur. J. Cancer
 PD NOV
 PY 2002
 VL 38
 SU Suppl. 7
 BP S119
 EP S119
 PG 1
 SC Oncology
 GA 626VZ
 UT ISI:000179895700398
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, MC
    Zeng, CL
    Luo, SZ
    Shen, JN
    Lin, HC
    Cao, CN
 TI Electrochemical corrosion characteristics of type 316 stainless steel
    in simulated anode environment for PEMFC
 SO ELECTROCHIMICA ACTA
 DT Article
 DE stainless steel; corrosion; PEMFC; electrochemical impedance
    spectroscopy; bipolar plate
 ID POLYMER FUEL-CELLS; IMPEDANCE SPECTROSCOPY; PASSIVATING FILMS; BIPOLAR
    PLATES; CARBON-STEEL; HYDROGEN; IRON; BEHAVIOR; LAYER; RESISTANCE
 AB The corrosion behavior of type 316 stainless steel in simulated anode
    environment for proton exchange membrane fuel cell (PEMFC), i.e.,
    dilute hydrochloric acid solutions bubbled with pure* hydrogen gas at
    80 degreesC, was investigated by using electrochemical measurement
    techniques. The main purpose is to offer some fundamental information
    for the use of stainless steels as bipolar plate 'material for PEMFC.
    Both polarization curve and electrochemical impedance spectroscopy
    (EIS) measurements illustrate that 316 stainless steel cannot passivate
    spontaneously in the simulated environments. The absorbed (and/or
    adsorbed) hydrogen atoms from cathodic corrosion reactions on the steel
    surface may deteriorate the passivity and corrosion resistance. The
    oxidation of these hydrogen atoms gives rise to a second current peak
    in the anodic polarization curve, and the current increases with
    immersion time. EIS spectra also reveal that a porous corrosion product
    layer formed on the steel surface during the active dissolution in the
    test solutions. 316 stainless steel exhibits the similar corrosion
    behavior in sulfate ions containing dilute hydrochloric acid solution.
    (C) 2003 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Inst Met Sci & Technol, State Key Lab Corros & Protect, Shenyang 110016, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, MC, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ARMACANQUI ME, 1988, CORROSION, V44, P696
    BOUKAMP BA, 1989, P 9 EUR CORR C UTR N
    BOUSSELMI L, 1997, CORROS SCI, V39, P1711
    BOZEC NL, 2001, CORROS SCI, V43, P765
    COVINO BS, 1986, CORROS SCI, V26, P95
    DAVIES DP, 2000, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V30, P101
    DAVIES DP, 2000, J POWER SOURCES, V86, P237
    FRATEUR I, 1999, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V44, P4345
    GARTLEDGE GH, 1957, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V104, P420
    HENTALL PL, 1999, J POWER SOURCES, V80, P235
    HERMAS AA, 1995, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V40, P837
    HERMAS AA, 1999, CORROS SCI, V41, P2251
    HODGSON DR, 2001, J POWER SOURCES, V96, P233
    HORNUNG R, 1998, J POWER SOURCES, V72, P20
    HSU CH, 2001, CORROSION, V57, P747
    JUTTNER K, 1988, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V135, P332
    KIM CD, 1970, CORROS SCI, V10, P735
    KIM JS, 2002, CORROS SCI, V44, P635
    KONIG U, 1988, WERKST KORROS, V39, P595
    KOROVIN YM, 1966, CORRISON, V22, P16
    LEVIE R, 1963, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V8, P751
    LI MC, 2001, BRIT CORROS J, V36, P179
    MA L, 2000, J NEW MAT ELECT SYST, V3, P221
    MACDONALD DD, 1973, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V120, P317
    MAKKUS RC, 2000, J POWER SOURCES, V86, P274
    MANSFELD F, 1995, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V25, P187
    MURPHY OJ, 1998, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V43, P3829
    PARK JR, 1983, CORROS SCI, V23, P295
    PYUN SI, 1989, CORROS SCI, V29, P485
    PYUN SI, 1992, CORROS SCI, V33, P437
    RAMMELT U, 1987, CORROS SCI, V27, P373
    SONG RH, 1990, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V137, P1703
    UHLIG HH, 1954, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V101, P215
    WAIDHAS M, 2000, MATER RES SOC SYMP P, V575, P229
    WILSON MS, P 2000 DOE HYDR PROG
    WU XJ, 1999, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V146, P1847
    YANG MZ, 1999, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V146, P2107
 NR 37
 TC 5
 SN 0013-4686
 J9 ELECTROCHIM ACTA
 JI Electrochim. Acta
 PD MAY 30
 PY 2003
 VL 48
 IS 12
 BP 1735
 EP 1741
 PG 7
 SC Electrochemistry
 GA 681FJ
 UT ISI:000183026000011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Zhang, JF
    Wu, FM
    Sheng, ZM
    Chen, LQ
 TI Solitons in a generalized (2+1)-dimensional Ablowitz-Kaup-Newell-Segur
    system
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE GAKNS system; variable separation approach; soliton
 ID VARIABLE SEPARATION APPROACH; NONLINEAR SCHRODINGER-EQUATION; PAINLEVE
    INTEGRABILITY; SIMILARITY REDUCTIONS; COHERENT STRUCTURES; AKNS SYSTEM
 AB In the previous Letter (Zheng C L and Zhang J F 2002 Chin. Phys. Lett.
    19 1399), a localized excitation of the generalized
    Ablowitz-Kaup-Newell-Segur (GAKNS) system was obtained via the standard
    Painleve truncated expansion and a special variable separation
    approach. In this work, starting from a new variable separation
    approach, a more general variable separation excitation of this system
    is derived. The abundance of the localized coherent soliton excitations
    like dromions, lumps, rings, peakons and oscillating soliton
    excitations can be constructed by introducing appropriate
    lower-dimensional soliton patterns. Meanwhile we discuss two kinds of
    interactions of solitons. One is the interaction between the travelling
    peakon type soliton excitations, which is not completely elastic. The
    other is the interaction between the travelling ring type soliton
    excitations, which is completely elastic.
 C1 Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ, Dept Phys, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1973, PHYS REV LETT, V30, P1262
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    CAO CW, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V33, P528
    CHEN LL, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P2149
    CHENG Y, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V157, P22
    GEDALIN M, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P448
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HOLM DD, 1998, ADV MATH, V137, P1
    HUANG WH, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P1101
    KONOPELCHENKO BG, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V175, P17
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4209
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LOU SY, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P6491
    LOU SY, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P781
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS SCR, V65, P7
    LOU SY, 2001, EUR PHYS J B, V22, P473
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    LOUTSENKO I, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P3011
    RADHA R, 1997, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P17
    TAJIRI M, 1997, PHYS REV E B, V55, P3351
    ZHENG CL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2426
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P653
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P11
 NR 26
 TC 21
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD MAY
 PY 2003
 VL 12
 IS 5
 BP 472
 EP 478
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 682HR
 UT ISI:000183086100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Du, HC
    Liao, HY
    Zhou, SP
 TI Bifurcation, chaotic phenomena and control of chaos in a
    one-dimensional discrete Josephson lattice
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE Josephson junction; chaos; bifurcation; controlling chaos
 ID SELF-CONTROLLING FEEDBACK; VORTEX DYNAMICS; JUNCTIONS; SYSTEM; ARRAYS
 AB We have investigated the fluxon dynamical behaviour in a
    one-dimensional parallel array of small Josephson junctions in the
    presence of an externally applied magnetic field. In the case of high
    damping, the system is in stable states. On the contrary, in the case
    of low damping, bifurcation and chaotic phenomena have been observed.
    Control of chaos is achieved by a delayed feedback mechanism, which
    drives the chaotic system into a selected unstable periodic orbit
    embedded within the associated strange attractor. It is attractive to
    control chaos to a periodic state, rather than operating always outside
    the device parameter space where chaos dominates.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Du, HC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN YY, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P1489
    CIRIA JC, 1998, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V10, P1453
    CIRILLO M, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V183, P383
    DITTO WL, 1995, PHYSICA D, V86, P198
    GREBOGI C, 1997, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V44, P971
    HAI WH, 2000, CHINESE PHYS, V9, P175
    KITTEL A, 1994, PHYS REV E, V50, P262
    LI L, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P796
    LIKHAREV KK, 1991, IEEE T APPL SUPERCON, V1, P3
    LU JH, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P12
    LUO XS, 2000, CHINESE PHYS, V9, P333
    MACHIDA M, 2000, PHYSICA C 2, V341, P1385
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    PEDERSEN NF, 1995, SUPERCOND SCI TECH, V8, P389
    PLATOV KY, 2001, PHYSICA C, V350, P302
    PYRAGAS K, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V170, P421
    PYRAGAS K, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V180, P99
    TARUTANI Y, 2001, PHYSICA C 2, V357, P1548
    TIAN YP, 1999, INT J CONTROL, V72, P258
    WANG ZY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1996
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD MAY
 PY 2003
 VL 12
 IS 5
 BP 557
 EP 561
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 682HR
 UT ISI:000183086100018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, DJ
 TI The N-soliton solutions of some soliton equations with self-consistent
    sources
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID NONLINEAR INTEGRABLE SYSTEMS; LINEAR EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS;
    KORTEWEG-DEVRIES EQUATION; RATIONAL SOLUTIONS; VRIES EQUATION; KDV
    HIERARCHY; TRANSFORMATIONS; WAVES; FORM; LAWS
 AB The hierarchy of the mKdV-sine-Gordon equation with self-consistent
    sources is derived. The N-soliton solutions of the mKdV-sine-Gordon
    equation with N self-consistent sources are obtained through Hirota
    method and Wronskian technique, respectively, from which we also reduce
    solutions for some soliton equations with self-consistent sources, such
    as one-dimensional atomic grid equation with self-consistent sources,
    the sine-Gordon equation with self-consistent sources. the mKdV
    equation with self-consistent sources and the KdV equation with
    self-consistent Sources (KdVESCS). Finally. the mixed rational-soliton
    Solutions in Wronskian form for the KdVESCS are discussed. (C) 2003
    Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, DJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1973, PHYS REV LETT, V30, P1262
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1978, J MATH PHYS, V19, P2180
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITON INVERSE SCAT
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    CARSTEA AS, 1996, PROG THEOR PHYS, V96, P29
    CHEN DY, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P2072
    CHEN DY, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P658
    FREEMAN NC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P1
    FREEMAN NC, 1984, IMA J APPL MATH, V32, P125
    GU CH, 1986, LETT MATH PHYS, V11, P31
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 1974, PROG THEOR PHYS, V52, P1498
    KONNO K, 1974, J PHYS SOC JPN, V37, P171
    KONNO K, 1974, J PHYS SOC JPN, V37, P2071
    LEON J, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P1385
    LEON J, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V144, P444
    LIN RL, 2001, PHYSICA A, V291, P287
    MELNIKOV VK, 1986, PHYS LETT A, V118, P22
    MELNIKOV VK, 1987, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V112, P639
    MELNIKOV VK, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V133, P493
    MELNIKOV VK, 1989, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V120, P451
    MELNIKOV VK, 1989, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V126, P201
    MELNIKOV VK, 1990, J MATH PHYS, V31, P1106
    MELNIKOV VK, 1992, INVERSE PROBL, V8, P133
    NIMMO JJC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V96, P443
    NIMMO JJC, 1984, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V17, P1415
    URASBOEV GU, 2001, THEOR MATH PHYS+, V129, P1341
    WADATI M, 1973, J PHYS SOC JPN, V34, P1289
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    YE S, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, L283
    ZENG YB, 1996, ACTA MATH SINICA, V12, P217
    ZENG YB, 1998, PHYSICA A, V259, P278
    ZENG YB, 1999, PHYSICA A, V262, P405
    ZENG YB, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P5453
    ZENG YB, 2001, J MATH PHYS, V42, P2113
    ZHANG D, 2001, MULTISOLITON SOLUTIO
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P2649
 NR 37
 TC 3
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 VL 18
 IS 1
 BP 31
 EP 43
 PG 13
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 681DP
 UT ISI:000183021900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
    Chen, GR
 TI An improved version of the Marotto theorem
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID CHAOS; REPELLERS
 AB In 1975, Li and Yorke introduced the first precise definition of
    discrete chaos and established a very simple criterion for chaos in
    one-dimensional difference equations, "period three implies chaos" for
    brevity. After three years. Marotto generalized this result to
    n-dimensional difference equations, showing that the existence of a
    snap-back repeller implies chaos in the sense of Li-Yorke. This theorem
    is up to now the best one in predicting and analyzing discrete chaos in
    multidimensional difference equations. Yet, it is well known that there
    exists an error in the condition of the original Marotto Theorem, and
    several authors had tried to correct it in different ways. In this
    paper, we further clarify the issue, with an improved version of the
    Marotto Theorem derived. (C) 2003 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AMBROSETTI A, 1993, PRIME NONLINEAR ANAL
    CHEN G, 1998, J MATH PHYS, V39, P6459
    LI TY, 1975, AM MATH MONTHLY, V82, P985
    LIN W, 2002, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P1129
    LIN W, 2002, THESIS FUDAN U CHINA
    MAROTTO FR, 1978, J MATH ANAL APPL, V63, P199
    NOBLE B, 1977, APPL LINEAR ALGEBRA
 NR 7
 TC 14
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 VL 18
 IS 1
 BP 69
 EP 77
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 681DP
 UT ISI:000183021900007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, NH
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Two-mode Galerikin approach in dynamic stability analysis of
    viscoelastic plates
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE viscoelastic plate; dynamic stability; von Karman's hypothesis;
    Galerkin method; chaos; Hopf bifurcation
 AB The dynamic stability of viscoelastic thin plates with large
    deflections was investigated by using the largest Liapunov exponent
    analysis and other numerical and analytical dynamic methods. The
    material behavior was described in terms of the Boltzmann superposition
    principle. The Galerkin method was used to simplify the original
    integro-partial-differential model into a two-mode approximate integral
    model, which further reduced to an ordinary differential model by
    introducing new variables. The dynamic properties of one-mode and
    two-mode truncated systems were numerically compared. The influence of
    viscoelastic properties of the material, the loading amplitude and the
    initial values on the dynamic behavior of the plate under in-plane
    periodic excitations was discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, NH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ABOUDI J, 1990, J SOUND VIB, V139, P459
    BOLOTIN VV, 1964, DYNAMIC STABILITY EL
    CHEN LQ, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P1324
    CHEN LQ, 2000, MECH RES COMMUN, V27, P413
    CHENG CJ, 1998, ACTA MECH SINICA, V30, P690
    TOUATI D, 1994, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V31, P2367
    WOJCIECH S, 1990, ACTA MECH, V85, P43
    ZHANG NH, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V165, P307
    ZHANG NH, 1998, P 3 INT C NONL MECH, P432
    ZHANG NH, 2000, ACTA MECH SINCA SOLI, V21, P160
    ZHU YY, 1998, P 3 INT C NONL MECH, P445
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 3
 BP 247
 EP 255
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 680LE
 UT ISI:000182979000001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, DF
    Wang, HX
    TAng, MN
 TI Poisson limit theorem for countable Markov chains in Markovian
    environments
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Poisson distributions; Markov chains; random environments
 AB A countable Markov chain in a Markovian environment is considered. A
    Poisson limit theorem for the chain recurring to small cylindrical sets
    is mainly achieved. In order to prove this theorem, the entropy
    function h is introduced and the Shannon-McMillan-Breiman theorem for
    the Markov chain in a Markovian environment is shown. It's well-known
    that a Markov process in a Markovian environment is generally not a
    standard Markov chain, so an example of Poisson approximation for a
    process which is not a Markov process is given. On the other hand, when
    the environmental process degenerates to a constant sequence, a Poisson
    limit theorem for countable Markov chains, which is the generalization
    of Pitskel's result for finite Markov chains is obtained.
 C1 Yueyang Normal Univ, Dept Math, Yueyang 414000, Hunan, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, DF, Yueyang Normal Univ, Dept Math, Yueyang 414000, Hunan,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BLUM JR, 1963, Z WAHRSCHEINLICHKEIT, V2, P1
    COGBURN R, 1980, ANN PROBAB, V8, P908
    CORNFELD IP, 1982, ERGODIC THEORY
    NAWROTZKI K, 1981, J INFORM PROCESS CYB, V17, P569
    NAWROTZKI K, 1982, J INFORM PROCESS CYB, V18, P83
    PITSKEL B, 1991, ERGOD THEOR DYN SYST, V11, P501
    SEYASTYANOV BA, 1972, THEORY PROBABILITY I, V17, P695
    WANG YH, 1991, ANN PROBAB, V19, P452
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 3
 BP 298
 EP 306
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 680LE
 UT ISI:000182979000006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pu, DG
    Tian, WW
 TI The revised DFP algorithm without exact line search
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE DFP algorithm; line search; convergence; convergence rate
 ID QUASI-NEWTON METHODS; UNCONSTRAINED OPTIMIZATION; BROYDEN FAMILY; BFGS;
    CONVERGENCE; DIRECTIONS
 AB In this paper, we discuss the convergence of the DFP algorithm with
    revised search direction. Under some inexact line searches, we prove
    that the algorithm is globally convergent for continuously
    differentiable functions and the rate of convergence of the algorithm
    is one-step superlinear and n-step second order for uniformly convex
    objective functions.
    From the proof of this paper, we obtain the superlinear and n-step
    second-order convergence of the DFP algorithm for uniformly convex
    objective functions. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Appl Math, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Pu, DG, Tongji Univ, Dept Appl Math, 1239 Siping Rd, Shanghai 200092,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ALBAALI M, 1993, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V77, P127
    ARMAND P, 2000, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V11, P199
    BROYDEN CG, 1965, MATH COMPUT, V19, P577
    BYRD RH, 1987, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V24, P1171
    DAVIDON WC, 1959, VARIABLE METRIC ALGO
    DAVIDON WC, 1975, MATH PROGRAM, V9, P1
    DENNIS JE, 1977, SIAM REV, V19, P46
    DIXON LCW, 1972, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V10, P34
    FLETCHER R, 1963, COMPUT J, V6, P163
    FLETCHER R, 1987, PRACTICAL METHODS OP, V1
    HU YF, 1994, J OPTIM THEORY APPL, V83, P421
    LALEE M, 1993, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V3, P637
    MIFFLIN RB, 1994, MATH PROGRAM, V65, P247
    OREN SS, 1972, THESIS STANFORD U
    OREN SS, 1974, J OPT THEORY APPL, V37, P137
    POWELL MJD, 1971, J I MATHS APPLICS, V7, P21
    POWELL MJD, 1976, SIAM AMS P NONLINEAR, V6
    POWELL MJD, 1983, MATH PROGRAMMING STA, P288
    POWELL MJD, 1984, LECT NOTES MATH, V1066, P122
    POWELL MJD, 1986, MATH PROGRAM, V34, P34
    POWELL MJD, 1987, MATH PROGRAM, V38, P29
    PU D, 1990, J ACTA MATH APPL SIN, V13, P118
    PU D, 1990, J ANN OPERATIONS RES, V24, P175
    PU D, 1992, ASIA PACIFIC J OPERA, V9, P207
    PU D, 1994, J COMPUTATIONAL MATH, V8, P366
    PU D, 2000, J ACTA MATH APPLICAT, V16, P313
    PU D, 2002, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V112, P187
    PU DG, 1997, ASIA PAC J OPER RES, V14, P93
    QI HD, 2000, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V11, P113
    SIEGEL D, 1993, MATH PROGRAM, V60, P167
    SIEGEL D, 1994, MATH PROGRAM, V66, P45
    SPEDICATO E, 1976, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V20, P315
    SPEDICATO E, 1978, MATH PROG, V15, P123
    SPEDICATO E, 1982, MATH OPER STAT SER O, V14, P61
    WOLFE P, 1969, SIAM REV, V11, P226
    WOLFE P, 1971, SIAM REV, V13, P185
    ZHANG Y, 1988, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V8, P487
    ZOUTENDIJK G, 1970, INTEGER NONLINEAR PR, P37
 NR 38
 TC 0
 SN 0377-0427
 J9 J COMPUT APPL MATH
 JI J. Comput. Appl. Math.
 PD MAY 15
 PY 2003
 VL 154
 IS 2
 BP 319
 EP 339
 PG 21
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 678YX
 UT ISI:000182895200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pan, XY
    Chen, Y
    Ma, XM
    Zhu, LH
 TI Phase transformation of nanocrystalline anatase powders during high
    energy planetary ball milling
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE nanocrystalline anatase; transformation; ball milling
 ID RAMAN-SPECTRUM; TIO2; PRESSURE
 AB The microstructure evolution of nanocrystalline anatase during high
    energy planetary milling was studied by X-ray diffraction and
    transmission electron microscopy. The results show that mechanical
    activation induces the transformations from anatase to srilankite and
    rutile at room temperature and under ambient pressure, which should
    primarily be attributed to the rise of local temperature and pressure
    at the collision sites of the powders and the balls. In addition, the
    additional energy caused by defects, lattice distortion and the
    refinement of the crystallite is responsible for the transformations.
    As milling time increases, anatase phase content reduces and the
    amounts of both srilankite and rutile phase increase. And the
    transformation from srilankite to rutile phase takes place by further
    milling. In anatase phase, the crystallite size decreases and lattice
    strain rises with milling time. There is no indication of the formation
    of amorphous phase during milling.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 CR DACHILLE F, 1962, AM CERAM SOC B, V41, P225
    FAN X, 1989, XRAY DIFFRACTION MET
    LI FS, 2000, ULTRAFINE POWDER TEC
    LIAO SC, 1999, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V11, P553
    LIN LJ, 1998, J THERM ANAL, V52, P451
    MAMMONE JF, 1981, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V42, P379
    MAURICE DR, 1990, METALL TRANS A, V21, P289
    NICOL M, 1971, J CHEM PHYS, V54, P3167
    OHSAKA T, 1979, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V30, P345
    REN RM, 2000, J MATER SCI, V35, P6015
    RICARDO BS, 1986, APPL PHYS LETT, V49, P146
    SHANNON RD, 1964, AM MINERAL, V49, P1707
    YANG JY, 1997, ACTA METALLURGICAL S, V33, P381
 NR 13
 TC 3
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD APR
 PY 2003
 VL 13
 IS 2
 BP 271
 EP 275
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 675YW
 UT ISI:000182726000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Peng, ZF
    Chen, Y
 TI Preparation of BaTiO3 nanoparticles in aqueous solutions
 SO MICROELECTRONIC ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE barium titanate; nanoparticles; preparation
 ID BARIUM-TITANATE; ELECTRICAL-PROPERTIES; THIN-FILMS; CERAMICS; LA
 AB A novel approach to prepare nanopowders of barium titanate by a
    solution reaction was established. A solution including titanate group
    was formed using metatitanate, hydrogen peroxide, and ammonia as the
    reactants. By controlling the reaction conditions, dispersed and
    uniform nanopowders of barium titanate were obtained from the solution,
    whose average size is 15 nm. A series of titanates nanopowders such as
    nickel titanate, calcium titanate, and lead titanate can be prepared
    using this approach. (C) 2003 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Nagoya Univ, Grad Sch Engn, Dept Appl Chem, Nagoya, Aichi 4648603, Japan.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Peng, ZF, Nagoya Univ, Grad Sch Engn, Dept Appl Chem, Nagoya, Aichi
    4648603, Japan.
 CR AIZENBERG J, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P2997
    DIALLO PT, 2001, J ALLOY COMPD, V323, P218
    DORFMAN S, 2001, PHYSICA B, V304, P339
    FOR GR, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P3643
    GARG A, 2001, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V86, P134
    KHAN MN, 2001, MATER LETT, V47, P95
    KUMAR MS, 2002, MATER LETT, V52, P80
    LANGHAMMER HT, 2002, SOLID STATE SCI, V4, P197
    MORRISON FD, 2001, INT J INORG MATER, V3, P1205
    NUNES MSJ, 2001, MATER LETT, V49, P365
    PENG Z, 1996, CHIN J FUNC MAT, V27, P429
    RAJENDRAN V, 2001, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V296, P39
    RAPOPORT L, 1997, NATURE, V387, P791
    SCHLOM DG, 2001, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V87, P282
    YAO K, 2002, THIN SOLID FILMS, V408, P11
    YASUDA N, 2001, J CRYST GROWTH, V229, P299
    ZHONG Z, 1989, COLLOID SCI
    ZUO RZ, 2001, MATER CHEM PHYS, V70, P326
 NR 18
 TC 2
 SN 0167-9317
 J9 MICROELECTRON ENG
 JI Microelectron. Eng.
 PD APR
 PY 2003
 VL 66
 IS 1-4
 BP 102
 EP 106
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied; Optics
 GA 675YQ
 UT ISI:000182725500017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Peng, DW
    Meng, ZY
 TI Influence of buffer layer on dielectric properties of (Ba1-xSrx)TiO3
    thin films
 SO MICROELECTRONIC ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE BST; buffer layer; sol-gel; dielectric tunability
 AB Ba0.6Sr0.4TiO3 thin films without and with homo- and hetero-buffer
    layer were deposited on (001) MgO substrates by modified sol-gel
    techniques, respectively. Ba0.8Sr0.2TiO3 and Ba0.6Sr0.4TiO3 were chosen
    as the materials of the buffer layer. The buffer layer was obtained
    from a highly dilute solution by sol-gel methods. The thin films were
    characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD), field emission scanning
    electron microscope (FE-SEM), and electrical measurements. It is found
    that after using buffer layer, the lattice parameters of the films are
    smaller and closer to the bulk, and that the larger grains and columnar
    structure were observed. In addition, the influences of the buffer
    layer on the dielectric properties of BST thin films are discussed. (C)
    2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AYGUAVIVES AT, 2001, IEEE MTTS, V1, P1453
    BANIECKI JD, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P498
    CHANG WT, 1999, INTEGR FERROELECTR, V24, P257
    CHEN YC, 2001, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V29, P359
    CHIEN AT, 1999, J MATER RES, V14, P3330
    DEFLAVIIS F, 1997, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V45, P963
    DING W, 2000, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V4086, P675
    DING Y, 2002, THESIS SHANGHAI JIAO
    DING YP, 2000, THIN SOLID FILMS, V375, P196
    JIANG H, 1999, MATER RES SOC SYMP P, V574, P311
    TERAUCHI H, 1992, J PHYS SOC JPN, V61, P2194
    TSU R, 1995, MATER RES SOC S P, V361, P275
    VENDIK OG, 1993, TERMARIROSYAN FERRO, V144, P3
    WU WB, 2001, MAT SCI SEMICON PROC, V4, P673
    ZHOU C, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P3081
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 0167-9317
 J9 MICROELECTRON ENG
 JI Microelectron. Eng.
 PD APR
 PY 2003
 VL 66
 IS 1-4
 BP 631
 EP 636
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied; Optics
 GA 675YQ
 UT ISI:000182725500092
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
 TI Parametrical resonance of the excited axially moving string with an
    integral constitutive law
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear vibration; two-to-one resonance; method of multiple scales;
    axially moving viscoelastic string; integral constitutive law
 ID NONLINEAR VIBRATION; STABILITY ANALYSIS; DISCRETIZATION; BELTS
 AB The two-to-one resonance in a parametrically excited axially moving
    viscoelastic string is investigated. The material of the viscoelastic
    string obeys an integral constitutive law. The method of multiple
    scales is applied directly the nonlinear partial-differential-integral
    equation that governs the transverse vibration of the string.
    Solvability conditions, which lead to the differential equations
    satisfied by the amplitude and the phase angle of the nontrivial
    response, are derived. Closed form solutions for the amplitude and the
    existence conditions of nontrivial steady-state response of the
    two-to-one resonance are presented. The effects of the viscoelastic
    parameter, the amplitude of excitation, the frequency of excitation,
    and the transport speed on the nontrivial solutions are demonstrated in
    several numerical examples.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Toronto, Dept Mech & Ind Engn, Toronto, ON M5S 3G8, Canada.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN LQ, IN PRESS J SOUND VIB
    CHEN LQ, 2001, ADV MECH, V31, P535
    CHEN LQ, 2002, MECH RES COMMUN, V29, P81
    CHRISTENSEN RM, 1982, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    FUNG RF, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V201, P153
    HUANG JS, 1995, INT J MECH SCI, V37, P145
    MAHALINGAM S, 1957, BRIT J APPL PHYS, V8, P145
    MOCKENSTURM EM, 1996, J VIB ACOUST, V118, P346
    NAYFEH AH, 1979, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    NAYFEH AH, 1992, NONLINEAR DYNAM, V3, P145
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1994, J SOUND VIB, V169, P179
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1995, J SOUND VIB, V186, P837
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1995, NONLINEAR DYNAM, V8, P65
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V203, P815
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
    WICKERT JA, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P738
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P396
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P403
    ZHAO WJ, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V3, P129
 NR 19
 TC 7
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2003
 VL 4
 IS 2
 BP 169
 EP 177
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 676NU
 UT ISI:000182759200007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, GR
    Li, CP
 TI A note on bifurcation control
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 DE bifurcation control; Banach space; nonlinear operator
 AB In the Letter, we propose a simple, yet general and mathematically
    rigorous bifurcation control method for bifurcation suppression in an
    abstract system setting that covers both continuous and discrete cases
    defined by nonlinear operators in Banach spaces.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, GR, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AMBROSETTI A, 1993, PRIMER NONLINEAR ANA
    CHEN DS, 2001, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V48, P661
    CHEN G, 1998, CHAOS ORDER METHODOL
    CHEN GR, 1996, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V6, P1341
    CHEN GR, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P511
    CHOW SN, 1982, METHODS BIFURCATION
    DEFIGUEIREDO RJP, 1993, NONLINEAR FEEDBACK C
    GUCKENHEIMER J, 1999, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    IOOSS G, 1992, TOPICS BIFURCATION T
    KZUNETSOV YA, 1998, ELEMENTS APPL BIFURC
    YOSIDA K, 1999, FUNCTIONAL ANAL
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD MAR
 PY 2003
 VL 13
 IS 3
 BP 667
 EP 669
 PG 3
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 675JG
 UT ISI:000182690300010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fu, JL
    Chen, LQ
    Luo, Y
    Luo, SK
 TI Stability for the equilibrium state manifold of relativistic
    Birkhoffian systems
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE relativity; Birkhoffian systems; stability; equilibrium state; manifold
 AB In this paper, the stability of equilibrium state manifold for
    relativistic Birkhoffian systems is studied. The equilibrium state
    equations, the disturbance equations and their first approximation are
    presented. The criteria of stability for the equilibrium state manifold
    are obtained. The relationship between the stability of the
    equilibrium-state manifold of relativistic Birkhoffian systems and that
    of classical Birkhoffian systems is discussed. An example is given to
    illustrate the results.
 C1 Shangqiu Teachers Coll, Inst Math Mech & Math Phys, Shangqiu 476000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Kunming Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Engn Mech, Sch Civil & Architectural Engn, Kunming 650024, Peoples R China.
    Changsha Univ, Inst Math Mech & Math Phys, Changsha 410003, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, JL, Shangqiu Teachers Coll, Inst Math Mech & Math Phys, Shangqiu
    476000, Peoples R China.
 CR AISERMAN MA, 1957, Z ANGEW MATH MECH, V37, P74
    BOTTEMA O, 1949, P K NED AKAD WETENSC, V52, P848
    FU JL, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1023
    FU JL, 2000, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V52, P256
    FU JL, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2289
    FU JL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2683
    LUO SK, 2001, MECH RES COMMUN, V28, P463
    MEI FX, 1992, CHINESE SCI BULL, V37, P82
    MEI FX, 1993, CHINESE SCI BULL, V38, P311
    MEI FX, 1996, DYNAMICS BIRKHOFFIAN
    MEI FX, 1996, J BEIJING I TECHNOLO, V16, P245
    MEI FX, 1997, STABILITY MOTION CON
    MIKHAILOV GK, 1990, APPL MECH SOV REV, V61
    RUMYANTSEV VV, 1967, APPL MATH MECH, V31, P260
    RUMYANTSEV VV, 1971, APPL MATH MECH, V35, P138
    SHI RC, 1994, MECH RES COMMUN, V21, P269
    WHITTAKER ET, 1904, ENG CAMBRIDGE, P221
    ZHU HP, 1994, CHINESE SCI BULL, V39, P129
    ZHU HP, 1994, THESIS BEIJING I TEC
 NR 19
 TC 1
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD APR
 PY 2003
 VL 12
 IS 4
 BP 351
 EP 356
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 675HT
 UT ISI:000182688600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dong, CH
 TI Non-conservation of energy arising from atomic dipole interactions and
    its effects on light field and coupled atoms
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE Jaynes-Cummings model; squeezing; collapse and revival
 ID JAYNES-CUMMINGS MODEL; ROTATING-WAVE APPROXIMATION; MICROMASER; SYSTEM
 AB The interactions between coupled atoms and a single mode of a quantized
    electromagnetic field, which involve the terms originating from the
    dipole interactions, are discussed. In the usual Jaynes-Cummings model
    for coupled atoms, the terms of non-conservation of energy originating
    from dipole interactions are neglected, however, we take them into
    consideration in this paper. The effects of these terms on the
    evolutions of quantum statistic properties and squeezing of the field,
    the squeezing of atomic dipole moments and atomic population inversion
    are investigated. It has been shown that the coupling between atoms
    modulates these evolutions of fields and atoms. The terms of
    non-conservation of energy affect these evolutions of fields and atoms
    slightly. They also have effects on the squeezing of the field, the
    squeezing of atomic dipole and atomic population inversions. The
    initial states of atoms also affect these properties.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Dong, CH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BENSON O, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P3506
    BRUNE M, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1800
    CRISP MD, 1991, PHYS REV A, V43, P2430
    HASSAN SS, 1993, J MOD OPTIC, V40, P1351
    HUANG CJ, 2000, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V49, P2160
    HUANG CJ, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P473
    HUANG CJ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P805
    HUNG CJ, 2001, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V50, P1920
    JOSHI A, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P2135
    KNIGHT PL, 1990, PHYS REV A, V41, P6255
    LIU TK, 2000, ACTA OPT SINICA, V20, P1449
    LIU TK, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P708
    PENG JS, 1993, PHYS REV A B, V47, P4212
    RAITHEL G, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P3446
    SEKE J, 1991, QUANTUM OPT, V3, P127
    SHORE BW, 1993, J MOD OPTIC, V40, P1195
    SKORNIA C, 2001, PHYS REV A, V64
    TIAN YH, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V8, P252
    VARADA GV, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P6721
    WAN L, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P84
    ZHOU L, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P413
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD APR
 PY 2003
 VL 12
 IS 4
 BP 408
 EP 414
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 675HT
 UT ISI:000182688600012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZL
    Jiang, XY
    Zhu, WQ
    Zheng, XY
    Wu, YZ
    Xu, SH
 TI Blue and white emitting organic diodes based on anthracene derivative
 SO SYNTHETIC METALS
 DT Article
 DE anthracene derivative; blue OLED; white OLED
 ID ELECTROLUMINESCENT DEVICES; LAYER
 AB Organic light emitting diodes (OLED) with blue or white emission have
    been made from a new blue emitting material 9,10-bis(3'5'-diaryl)phenyl
    anthracene (JBEM). The two devices have the same structure except for a
    red dye doped in JBEM layer of the white device. The white device shows
    higher quantum efficiency and more than twice stability than that of
    the blue device. Mmaximum luminance of 14850cd/m(2), quantum efficiency
    of 1.75% and a half lifetime of 2860h at initial luminance of
    100cd/m(2) were achieved. This indicates that the doping is very
    important for improving the EL properties, particularly the stability.
    With comparison of a blue device from distyrylarylene derivatives, the
    blue device using JBEM shows 5 times better stability, indicating JBEM
    is a promising blue emitter.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ZL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR DESHPANDE RS, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P888
    GAO ZQ, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P865
    HOSOKAWA C, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P3853
    JIANG XY, 2000, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V33, P473
    JIANG XZ, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P1813
    KIDO J, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V64, P815
    LIU SY, 2000, THIN SOLID FILMS, V363, P294
    SHI JM, 1999, 5972247, US
    TAO XT, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P1655
 NR 9
 TC 6
 SN 0379-6779
 J9 SYNTHET METAL
 JI Synth. Met.
 PD APR 4
 PY 2003
 VL 137
 IS 1-3
 PN Part 2 Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 1141
 EP 1142
 PG 2
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter;
    Polymer Science
 GA 672QY
 UT ISI:000182533900132
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, L
    Wei, BC
    Zhang, Z
    Pan, MX
    Wang, WH
    Dong, YD
 TI Microstructure and magnetic properties of Nd60Al10Fe20Co10
    glass-forming alloy
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS D-APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID BULK METALLIC-GLASS; AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; SUPERCOOLED LIQUID;
    THERMAL-STABILITY; CRYSTALLIZATION; NI; TRANSITION; ABILITY; SOLIDS
 AB The microstructural variations of the Nd60Al10Fe20CO10 melt-spun
    ribbons and the as-cast rod were studied by high resolution
    transmission electron microscopy (HRTEM), x-ray diffraction (XRD) and
    differential scanning calorimetry. Nano-clusters in glassy matrix in
    both melt-spun ribbon and the as-cast rod samples were observed by
    HRTEM, though no obvious crystalline reflections were displayed in
    either the XRD or selected area electron diffraction patterns. The
    magnetic properties of the rod sample were compared to that of the
    ribbons. It was found that the coercivity of the alloy increases with
    the size of the nano-scaled clusters, while the cluster size increases
    with the reduction of cooling rate at which the sample were prepared.
    The relationship between the microstructure and magnetic and thermal
    properties of the Nd based alloy were discussed by random anisotropy
    model.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, Natl Micrograv Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, WH, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 CR ALBEN R, 1978, J APPL PHYS, V49, P1653
    DING J, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P1763
    FAN GJ, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P2984
    FAN GJ, 2000, J MATER RES, V15, P1556
    FECHT HJ, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P777
    GREER AL, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P1947
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P99
    INOUE A, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V226, P393
    INOUE A, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS A, V29, P1779
    INOUE A, 2000, ACTA MATER, V48, P279
    JIANG JZ, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P1112
    JOHNSON WL, 1999, MRS BULL, V24, P42
    LI Y, 1998, PHIL MAG LETT, V78, P213
    LUBORSKY FE, 1979, IEEE T MAGN, V15, P1146
    NAGENDRA N, 2000, ACTA MATER, V48, P2603
    SCHNEIDER S, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P1749
    SCHROERS J, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P2343
    SHEN TD, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P49
    WANG WH, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P58
    WANG WH, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P8211
    WEI BC, UNPUB
    WEI BC, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V89, P3529
    WEI BC, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    XIA L, UNPUB
    XING LQ, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V88, P3565
 NR 25
 TC 11
 SN 0022-3727
 J9 J PHYS-D-APPL PHYS
 JI J. Phys. D-Appl. Phys.
 PD APR 7
 PY 2003
 VL 36
 IS 7
 BP 775
 EP 778
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 673NE
 UT ISI:000182586400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JF
    Zheng, CL
    Meng, JP
    Fang, JP
 TI Chaotic dynamical behaviour in soliton solutions for a new
    (2+1)-dimensional long dispersive wave system
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID NOVIKOV-VESELOV EQUATION; COHERENT STRUCTURES; REDUCTIONS
 AB With the help of variable separation approach, a quite general
    excitation of a new (2+1)-dimensional long dispersive wave system is
    derived. The chaotic behaviour, such as chaotic line soliton patterns,
    chaotic dromion patterns, chaotic-period patterns, and chaotic-chaotic
    patterns, in some new localized excitations are found by selecting
    appropriate functions.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JF, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BENNEY DJ, 1964, J MATH PHYS, V43, P309
    CHAKRAVARTY S, 1995, J MATH PHYS, V36, P763
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HUANG WH, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P1101
    KAUP DJ, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V31, P377
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    LOU SY, 2001, PHYS SCR, V64, P7
    LOU SY, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P769
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    MACCARI A, 1996, J MATH PHYS, V37, P6207
    PORSEZIAN K, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P4675
    RADHA R, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P292
    ROSSLER OE, 1976, PHYS LETT A, V57, P397
    TANG XY, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P1415
    TANG XY, 2002, J PHYS A, V35, P4078
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    ZHANG JF, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P517
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P653
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P11
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P9
 NR 22
 TC 27
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD APR
 PY 2003
 VL 20
 IS 4
 BP 448
 EP 451
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 672UZ
 UT ISI:000182542500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bao, XH
    Lu, WC
    Liu, L
    Chen, NY
 TI Hyper-polyhedron model applied to molecular screening of guanidines as
    Na/H exchange inhibitors
 SO ACTA PHARMACOLOGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE guanidines; structure-activity relationship; sodium-hydrogen
    antiporter; pattern recognition; hyper-polyhedron models
 ID DESIGN; PREDICTION
 AB Aim: To investigate structure-activity relationships of
    N-(3-Oxo-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine-6-carbonyl) guanidines in
    Na/H exchange inhibitory activities and probe into a new method of the
    computer-aided molecular screening. Methods: The hyper-polyhedron model
    (HPM) was proposed in our lab. Results: The samples with probably
    higher activities could be determined in such a way that their
    representing points should be in the hyper-polyhedron region where all
    known samples with high activities were distributed. And the predictive
    ability of different methods available was tested by the
    cross-validation experiment. Conclusion: The accurate rate of molecular
    screening of N-(3-Oxo-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[1,4]oxazine-6-carbonyl)
    guanidines by HPM was much higher than that obtained by PCA (principal
    component analysis) and Fisher methods for the data set available here.
    Therefore, HPM could be used as a powerful tool for screening new
    compounds with probably higher activities.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Bao, XH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHEN NY, 1999, CHEMOMETR INTELL LAB, V45, P329
    DOMINE D, 1993, J CHEMOMETR, V7, P227
    HUANG XQ, 2000, ACTA PHARMACOL SIN, V21, P46
    LIU HL, 1994, ANAL LETT, V27, P2195
    LU WC, 1993, CHINESE SCI BULL, V38, P1534
    LU WC, 1993, J MOL SCI, V9, P123
    LU WC, 1996, J SHANGHAI U, V2, P301
    LUO XM, 2001, ACTA PHARMACOL SINIC, V22, P50
    RUKUNAGA K, 1972, INTRO STAT PATTERN R
    SONG HF, 2000, ACTA PHARMACOL SIN, V21, P80
    YAMAMOTO T, 1998, CHEM PHARM BULL, V46, P1716
    YU HX, 2001, ACTA PHARMACOL SIN, V22, P45
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 1671-4083
 J9 ACTA PHARMACOL SIN
 JI Acta Pharmacol. Sin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 5
 BP 472
 EP 476
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary; Pharmacology & Pharmacy
 GA 672ZG
 UT ISI:000182553500016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, WG
    Zhou, BX
 TI The local internal stress in ferromagnetic alloys: SB theory and the
    local internal stress source
 SO MATERIALS & DESIGN
 DT Article
 DE SB theory; damping capacity; internal friction; local internal stress
 ID DAMPING CAPACITY
 AB The local internal stress theory concerning the damping mechanisms of
    ferromagnetic alloys is thoroughly analyzed and the local internal
    stress is characterized by the amplitude, discontinuity and
    distribution. The influences of various crystal defects on the
    irreversible movements of magnetic domain walls are summarized and the
    solute atom model for local internal stress source is proposed. With
    this new model, by the experimental results of which the damping
    capacity (internal friction) of ferromagnetic alloys increasing with
    rising annealing temperature can be explained quite well. (C) 2003
    Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shandong Univ Technol, Fac Mech Engn, Zibo 255012, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ASTIE B, 1981, J PHYS, V42, C5
    COCHARDT AW, 1953, T ASME, V75, P196
    DEGAUGE J, 1993, MATER SCI FORUM, V119, P839
    DEGAUQUE J, 1979, J APPL PHYS, V50, P2140
    HA KF, 1983, MICROSTRUCTURAL THEO
    HINAI M, 1991, T JIM, V32, P1082
    HINAI M, 1992, T JIM, V33, P856
    HINAI M, 1993, MATER T JIM, V34, P359
    KRONMULLER H, 1972, INT J NONDESTRUCTIVE, V3, P315
    LU J, 1993, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V9, P365
    MASUMOTO H, 1986, T JIM, V27, P401
    SMITH GW, 1968, J APPL PHYS, V39, P2311
    SMITH GW, 1969, J APPL PHYS, V40, P5174
    TAO ZG, 1983, INSTRU MAT, V14, P73
    WANG WG, 1998, ACTA METALL SIN, V34, P1039
    WANG WG, 1998, THESIS NUCL POWER I
    YU R, 1978, CHINESE SCI BULL, V23, P217
    YU RH, 1981, CHINESE SCI BULL, V26, P206
 NR 18
 TC 2
 SN 0261-3069
 J9 MATER DESIGN
 JI Mater. Des.
 PD MAY
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 3
 BP 163
 EP 167
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 670BQ
 UT ISI:000182387700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, XC
    Li, L
    Fu, RY
    Shi, W
 TI Effect of microstructure in TRIP steel on its tensile behavior at high
    strain
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE high strain rate; TRIP steel; microstructure; morphology; retained
    austenite
 ID RETAINED AUSTENITE; MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES; PHASE STEELS; SHEET STEELS;
    TRANSFORMATION; ENHANCEMENT; DEFORMATION; TEMPERATURE; STABILITY;
    DUCTILITY
 AB The relationships between microstructure of 0.195C-1.6Si-1.58Mn TRIP
    steel and its dynamic mechanical properties at high strain rate were
    investigated. The effect of microstructures on dynamic proper ties was
    discussed and the comparison with its static mechanical properties was
    also presented. The specimens of TRIP steel via three heat treatment
    techniques exhibit different morphological structures, responsible for
    their dynamic mechanical performances. The dynamic tensile testing was
    performed on self-made pneumatic tensile impact tester. The results
    showed that the size, volume fraction, morphology and distribution of
    retained austenite all affect the final mechanical properties at high
    strain rate. Among them, the second phase (retained austenite +
    bainite) with net structure severely decreases the elongation of TRIP
    steel in spite of the fact that it enhances strength because it
    restrains ferrite deformation. In order to obtain the excellent
    combination of strength and elongation, rational matching of
    morphology, size and volume fraction of several phases in TRIP steel
    can be obtained via proper heat treatment techniques.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, XC, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BLECK W, 1999, STEEL RES, V70, P472
    BRANDT ML, 1993, IRON STEELMAKER, V20, P55
    FURUKAWA T, 1979, STRUCTURE PROPERTIES
    FURUYA H, 2000, TETSU TO HAGANE, V86, P409
    GIRAULT E, 1998, MATER CHARACT, V40, A111
    HAIDEMENOPOULOS GN, 1996, STEEL RES, V67, P513
    HAIDEMENOPOULOS GN, 1996, STEEL RES, V67, P93
    HANZAKI AZ, 1992, 3 MWSP C P ISS AIM, V29, P459
    HARRY CR, 1979, ANN REV MAT SCI C, V9, P283
    JACQUES P, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS A, V29, P2383
    JEONG WC, 1993, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V165, P1
    KOJIMA N, 1996, SUMITOMO METAL, V50, P31
    KOT RA, 1977, FORMABLE HSLA DUAL P
    MALVERN LE, 1984, MECHANICAL PROPERTIE, P1
    MATSUMURA O, 1987, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V27, P570
    MATSUMURA O, 1992, ISIJ INT, V32, P1110
    QIU H, 1999, ISIJ INT, V39, P955
    SAKUMA Y, 1991, ISIJ INT, V31, P1348
    SAKUMA Y, 1992, METALL TRANS A, V23, P1233
    SUGIMOTO K, 1992, ISIJ INT, V32, P1311
    SUGIMOTO K, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P775
    SUGIMOTO K, 1999, ISIJ INT, V39, P56
    TAKAGI S, 1996, CAMP ISIJ, V9, P1108
    THOMAS G, 1979, STRUCTURE PROPERTIES, P183
    WANG SH, 1996, SOLID STATE NUCL MAG, V8, P1
    ZHOU YX, 2000, J MATER SCI, V35, P925
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD FEB
 PY 2003
 VL 10
 IS 1
 BP 49
 EP 54
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 669AF
 UT ISI:000182329200011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, MZ
    Xu, DH
 TI A class of nonlinear boundary value problems for the second-order E-2
    class elliptic systems in general form
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE elliptic systems; boundary value problems; singular integral equations;
    singular integral operators; existence
 AB A class of nonlinear boundary value problems (BVP) for the second-order
    E-2 class elliptic systems in general form is discussed. By introducing
    a kind of transformation, this kind of BVP is reduced to a class of
    generalized nonlinear Riemann-Hilbert BVP. And then some singular
    integral operators are introduced to establish the equivalent nonlinear
    singular integral equations. The solvability is proved under some
    suitable hypotheses by means of the properties of singular integral
    operators and the function theoretic methods.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    E China Inst Technol, Dept Computat Sci, Fuzhou 344000, Jiangxi, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, MZ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BEGEHR H, 1981, LECT NOTES MATH, V846, P55
    GILBERT RP, 1997, COMPLEX VARIABLES, V32, P105
    KENCHT S, 1986, COMPLEX VARIABLES, V6, P240
    LI MZ, 1990, THEORY BOUNDARY VALU, P18
    LI MZ, 1998, P 3 INT C NONL MECH, P809
    WOLFERSDORF LV, 1984, MATH NACHR, V116, P89
    WOLFERSDORF LV, 1987, MATH NACHR, V130, P111
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 2
 BP 163
 EP 181
 PG 19
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 670AX
 UT ISI:000182385700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, FC
 TI Asymptotic dynamic solution to the mode I propagating crack-tip field
    in elastic-viscoplastic material
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE crack-tip field; dynamic propagating; viscoplastic
 AB A new elastic-viscoplastic mode was proposed to analyze the stress and
    strain fields surrounding the lip of a propagating mode I cracks. A
    proper displacement pattern was suggested and asymptotic equations were
    derived, and numerical solutions were illustrated. The analysis and
    calculation show that the crack-tip field is of logarithmic singularity
    for smaller viscosity, however no solution exists for large viscosity.
    By a careful analysis and comparison, it is found that the present
    results retain all merits of those given by Gao Yu-chen, while removing
    existing problems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Harbin Engn Univ, Sch Civil Engn, Harbin 150001, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, FC, Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR CHITALEY AD, 1971, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V19, P163
    GAO YC, 1980, ACTA MECH SINICA, V12, P48
    GAO YC, 1983, MECH MATER, V2, P47
    GAO YC, 1984, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V32, P1
    GAO YC, 1985, INT J FRACTURE, V29, P171
    GAO YC, 1988, MECH RES COMMUN, V15, P307
    GAO YC, 1990, THEORETICAL APPL FRA, V14, P233
    LI FC, 1992, ACTA MECH SOLIDS, V5, P184
    LI FC, 1993, ACTA MECH SINICA, V25, P732
    LI FC, 1997, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V18, P173
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 2
 BP 208
 EP 215
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 670AX
 UT ISI:000182385700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CJ
    Gu, CQ
 TI Epsilon-algorithm and eta-algorithm of generalized inverse
    function-valued Pade approximants using for solution of integral
    equations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE generalized inverse; function-valued Pade approximant;
    epsilon-algorithm; eta-algorithm; integral equations
 AB Two efficient recursive algorithms epsilon-algorithm and eta-algorithm
    are introduced to compute the generalized inverse function-valued Pade
    approximants. The approximants were used to accelerate the convergence
    of the power series with function-valued coefficients and to estimate
    characteristic value of the integral equations. Famous Wynn identities
    of the Pade approximants is also established by means of the connection
    of two algorithms.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200331, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BAKER GA, 1978, NUMERICAL TREATMENT
    BAKER GA, 1981, PADE APPROXIMANTS 1
    CHISHOLM JSR, 1963, J MATH PHYS, V4, P1506
    COOPE ID, 1993, NUMER ALGORITHMS, V5, P275
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1986, CONSTR APPROX, V2, P263
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1990, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V32, P117
    GU CQ, 2001, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V22, P1057
    GU CQ, 2001, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V322, P141
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 2
 BP 221
 EP 229
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 670AX
 UT ISI:000182385700009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiao, Z
    Chen, F
    Su, R
    Huang, XJ
    Liu, W
    Liu, JH
 TI Study on the characteristics of Ag doped CuO-BaTiO3CO2 sensors
 SO SENSORS
 DT Article
 DE gas sensor; CO2 sensor; solid ion electrolyte; sensitivity; doping
 ID CARBON-DIOXIDE SENSOR; CO2 GAS SENSOR; CONDUCTING SOLID ELECTROLYTE;
    MIXED-OXIDE CAPACITOR; SENSING CHARACTERISTICS; ELECTROMOTIVE-FORCE;
    PARTIAL PRESSURES; POROUS CERAMICS; PROBE
 AB In this paper the characteristics of a CuO-BaTiO3 based CO2 gas sensor
    was investigated. The sensitivity of the CuO-BaTiO3 based CO2 sensor
    was influenced by doping various metal elements such as Au, Ag, Pt, Pd,
    Ce, Mg, Sr, La, Zn, Fe and Bi, which were added as a pure metal or in
    the form of metal oxides. It was found that Ag is the most suitable
    additive among all substances tested. The Ag-doped CO2 gas sensor has
    better sensitivity and lower operating temperature, with a detection
    concentration range of from 100 ppm to 10%. The sensor also shows good
    stability.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Automat, Hefei 230026, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Hefei Inst Intelligent Machines, Hefei 230031, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiao, Z, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR COTE R, 1984, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V131, P63
    IMANAKA N, 1990, CHEM LETT, P497
    IMANAKA N, 1991, CHEM LETT        OCT, P1743
    IMANAKA N, 1991, CHEM LETT, P13
    IMANAKA N, 1992, CHEM LETT, P103
    ISHIHARA T, 1990, CHEM LETT, P1163
    ISHIHARA T, 1991, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V138, P173
    MARUYAMA T, 1987, SOLID STATE IONICS, V23, P107
    MARUYAMA T, 1987, SOLID STATE IONICS, V23, P113
    MARUYAMA T, 1987, SOLID STATE IONICS, V24, P281
    OGATA T, 1986, J MATER SCI LETT, V5, P285
    SAITO Y, 1988, SOLID STATE IONICS, V28, P1644
    SHIMIZU Y, 1989, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V136, P2256
    WU XQ, 1989, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V136, P2892
    YAO S, 1990, CHEM LETT, P2033
    YAO S, 1991, CHEM LETT        NOV, P2069
 NR 16
 TC 2
 SN 1424-8220
 J9 SENSORS
 JI Sensors
 PD SEP
 PY 2002
 VL 2
 IS 9
 BP 366
 EP 373
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Electrochemistry; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 667EK
 UT ISI:000182218000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, YF
 TI Two types of new Lie algebras and corresponding hierarchies of
    evolution equations
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE lie algebra; loop algebra; integrable system
 ID INTEGRABLE SYSTEMS; HAMILTONIAN-STRUCTURE
 AB An extension of Lie algebra A(n-1) is proposed. As special cases, two
    new loop algebras are constructed, respectively. It follows that two
    types of new integrable Hamiltonian hierarchies are engendered. As
    their reduction cases, generalized nonlinear Schrodinger equations,
    coupled Fisher equations, the standard heat-conduction equation are
    obtained, respectively. This method proposed in this Letter can be used
    generally. (C) 2003 Published by Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Informat, Math Inst, Tai An 271019, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Computat Math, Acad Math & Syst Sci, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, YF, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Informat, Math Inst, Tai An
    271019, Peoples R China.
 CR FAN EG, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P7769
    GU C, 1990, SOLITON THEORY ITS A
    HU XB, 1997, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V30, P619
    MA W, 1990, THESIS ACADEMIA SINI
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
 NR 5
 TC 3
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD APR 7
 PY 2003
 VL 310
 IS 1
 BP 19
 EP 24
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 664WX
 UT ISI:000182088400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, DJ
    Chen, DY
 TI The N-soliton solutions of the sine-Gordon equation with
    self-consistent sources
 SO PHYSICA A-STATISTICAL MECHANICS AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE sine-Gordon equation with self-consistent sources; Hirota method;
    Wronskian technique
 ID NONLINEAR INTEGRABLE SYSTEMS; VRIES EQUATION; KDV HIERARCHY; KORTEWEG;
    TRANSFORMATIONS
 AB The hierarchy of the sine-Gordon equation with self-consistent sources
    is derived by using the eigenfunctions of recursion operator. The
    bilinear form of the sine-Gordon equation with self-consistent sources
    is given and the N-soliton solutions are obtained through Hirota method
    and Wronskian technique, respectively. Some novel determinantal
    identities are presented to treat the nonlinear term in the time
    evolution and finish the Wronskian verifications. (C) 2002 Elsevier
    Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, DJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITON INVERSE SCAT
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    FREEMAN NC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P1
    FREEMAN NC, 1984, IMA J APPL MATH, V32, P125
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 1974, PROG THEOR PHYS, V52, P1498
    LEON J, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P1385
    LEON J, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V144, P444
    LIN RL, 2001, PHYSICA A, V291, P287
    MELNIKOV VK, 1986, PHYS LETT A, V118, P22
    MELNIKOV VK, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V133, P493
    MELNIKOV VK, 1989, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V120, P451
    MELNIKOV VK, 1990, J MATH PHYS, V31, P1106
    MELNIKOV VK, 1992, INVERSE PROBL, V8, P133
    NIMMO JJC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P4
    NIMMO JJC, 1984, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V17, P1415
    URASBOEV GU, 2001, THEOR MATH PHYS+, V129, P1341
    YE S, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, L283
    ZENG YB, 1996, ACTA MATH SINICA, V12, P217
    ZENG YB, 1998, PHYSICA A, V259, P278
    ZENG YB, 1999, PHYSICA A, V262, P405
    ZENG YB, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P5453
    ZENG YB, 2001, J MATH PHYS, V42, P2113
 NR 23
 TC 4
 SN 0378-4371
 J9 PHYSICA A
 JI Physica A
 PD APR 15
 PY 2003
 VL 321
 IS 3-4
 BP 467
 EP 481
 PG 15
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 667UG
 UT ISI:000182251400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, HW
    Chen, MY
 TI Multiview connection technique for 360-deg three-dimensional measurement
 SO OPTICAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE three-dimensional measurement; 360-deg profilometry; shape measurement;
    multiview connection; coordinate transformation
 ID 3-D DIFFUSE OBJECTS; SHAPE MEASUREMENT; FRINGE PROJECTION;
    PROFILOMETRY; SURFACE; INTERFEROMETRY; REGISTRATION
 AB A new multiview connection technique for 360-deg three-dimensional
    (3-D) measurement is presented. The 3-D shape of a 360-deg object is
    usually obtained by two steps, first measuring the object from
    different views and afterward connecting all the views together. We
    determine the relationship between two adjacent views from their over:
    lapping areas by a least-squares algorithm. To promote computability,
    the coordinate transform formula is expanded into a Taylor series, and
    a linear equation system is deduced, from which the relationship
    parameters between two adjacent views can be easily calculated.
    According to the resulting parameters, the connection of different
    views is performed by coordinate transformation in 3-D space. The two
    steps, parameter calculation and coordinate transformation, are
    iterated until the algorithm converges or the remaining error decreases
    below a given threshold. The 360-deg 3-D shape of a plaster statue is
    measured and reconstructed, thus experimentally demonstrating the
    validity of suggested method. (C) 2003 Society of Photo-Optical
    Instrumentation Engineers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Lab Appl Opt & Metrol, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, HW, Shanghai Univ, Lab Appl Opt & Metrol, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR ASUNDI A, 1999, OPT ENG, V38, P339
    ASUNDI AK, 1994, OPT ENG, V33, P2760
    BESL PJ, 1992, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V14, P239
    BRAY M, 1999, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3739, P259
    BRUNING JH, 1974, APPL OPTICS, V13, P2693
    CHANG M, 1995, OPT ENG, V34, P3572
    CHEN F, 2000, OPT ENG, V39, P10
    CHEN MY, 1996, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2861, P107
    CHEN MY, 2000, P SOC PHOTO-OPT  A&B, V4101, P193
    CHEN Y, 1992, IMAGE VISION COMPUT, V10, P145
    CHENG XX, 1991, APPL OPTICS, V30, P1274
    COGGRAVE CR, 1999, OPT ENG, V38, P1573
    HALIOUA M, 1985, APPL OPTICS, V24, P2193
    HEARN D, 1997, COMPUTER GRAPHICS
    MINGYI C, 1991, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V1553, P626
    OHARA H, 1996, APPL OPTICS, V35, P4476
    OTSUBO M, 1994, OPT ENG, V33, P608
    REICH C, 2000, OPT ENG, V39, P224
    SITNIK R, 2002, OPT ENG, V41, P443
    SRINIVASAN V, 1984, APPL OPTICS, V23, P3105
    STETSON KA, 1985, APPL OPTICS, V24, P3631
    TANG SH, 1998, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3479, P43
    TURK G, 1994, P SIGGRAPH 94, P311
    WEIMING C, 1993, OPT ENG, V32, P1947
    WEIMING C, 1996, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2860, P321
    ZHANG YL, 1996, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2899, P162
 NR 26
 TC 1
 SN 0091-3286
 J9 OPT ENG
 JI Opt. Eng.
 PD APR
 PY 2003
 VL 42
 IS 4
 BP 900
 EP 905
 PG 6
 SC Optics
 GA 666UE
 UT ISI:000182194200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, ZJ
    Xia, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Zhang, WL
    Ma, ZG
    Zhang, ML
 TI Study of the stress observed in diamond films on carbon-implanted
    alumina surfaces
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE diamond films; stress; ion implantation; alumina ceramic
 AB The compressive stress in the diamond films formed on alumina ceramics
    can be reduced by implantation of carbon ions into alumina substrates
    before the deposition of diamond films. After carbon ion implantation,
    there is no new phase identified as interlayer by comparing the x-ray
    diffraction (XRD) patterns of the un-implanted and implanted
    substrates. In addition, the stress in the diamond films decreases
    linearly with the increase of the C+ implantation dose. This is because
    the implanted ions settle in the interstitial position and induce the
    residual compressive stress in the alumina lattice. This compressive
    stress, when the diamond films deposited and cooled down to room
    temperature, will be released and partly offset the compressive stress
    in the diamond films.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AGER JW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P2601
    FAN WD, 1995, SURF COAT TECH, V72, P78
    FIELD JE, 1979, PROPERTIES NATURAL S, P520
    GRIMSDITCH MH, 1978, PHYS REV B, V18, P901
    ITO T, 1994, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V33, P5681
    VONKAENEL Y, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V81, P1726
    XIA Y, 1996, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V13, P459
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD APR
 PY 2003
 VL 52
 IS 4
 BP 1028
 EP 1033
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 665AP
 UT ISI:000182097700047
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, FS
    Lu, XG
    Jin, CJ
    Zhou, GZ
    Zhu, LX
    Hu, XJ
    Li, Z
    Wang, F
    Shen, Q
 TI Unpolluted deoxidation in steel melts with solid electrolyte
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE steel melt; solid electrolyte; deoxidization; unpolluted
 ID MOLTEN METALS; CELL
 AB Solid electrolyte, electronic conduction materials and deoxidizer are
    integrated to make into a deoxidization unit which is used in
    examination of the unpolluted deoxidization without inclusion for steel
    melts. Experimental results show that deoxidization process using the
    deoxidization units in steel melts is fast and effective, and steel
    melts will not be polluted by deoxidization production and deoxidizer.
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Dept Inorgan & Nonmet Mat, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, State Enhance Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Baoshan Iron & Steel Co Ltd, Ctr Res & Dev, Shanghai 201900, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Dept Chem Phys, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, FS, Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Dept Inorgan & Nonmet Mat, Beijing
    100083, Peoples R China.
 CR ELLIOTT JF, 1963, THERMOCHEM STEEL MAK, V2, P618
    FISCHER WA, 1972, SCRIPTA METALL, V6, P923
    HASHAM Z, 1995, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V142, P469
    HU XJ, 1999, ACTA METALL SIN, V35, P316
    IWASE M, 1981, METALL T B, V12, P517
    KOROUSIC B, 1968, HELV CHIM ACTA, V51, P907
    OBERG KE, 1973, METALL T B, V4, P75
    PAL UB, 1994, 5312525, US
    PAL UB, 1995, 5443699, US
    PAL UB, 1996, 5567286, US
    WANG LM, 1998, J CHIN RARE EARTH SO, V16, P441
    WEI SK, 1980, THERMODYNAMIC METALL, P17
    YUAN S, 1994, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V141, P467
    YUAN S, 1996, J AM CERAM SOC, V79, P641
 NR 14
 TC 2
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD MAR 11
 PY 2003
 VL 39
 IS 3
 BP 287
 EP 292
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 667DR
 UT ISI:000182216200013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Zhang, NH
    Zu, JW
 TI The regular and chaotic vibrations of an axially moving viscoelastic
    string based on fourth order Galerkin truncaton
 SO JOURNAL OF SOUND AND VIBRATION
 DT Letter
 ID NONLINEAR VIBRATION; DYNAMICAL BEHAVIOR; STABILITY ANALYSIS; BELTS;
    BEAMS
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Toronto, Dept Mech & Ind Engn, Toronto, ON M5S 3G8, Canada.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Hu Tai Rd 555,Room 1101,Bldg 2,
    Shanghai 200070, Peoples R China.
 CR ABHYANKAR NS, 1993, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V60, P167
    ABRATE S, 1992, MECH MACH THEORY, V27, P645
    CHEN LQ, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P995
    CHEN LQ, 2000, MECH RES COMMUN, V27, P413
    CHEN LQ, 2001, ADV MECH, V31, P535
    FUNG RF, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V201, P153
    HUANG JS, 1995, INT J MECH SCI, V37, P145
    MAHALINGAM S, 1957, BRIT J APPL PHYS, V8, P145
    MOCHENSTURM EM, 1996, J VIB ACOUST, V116, P346
    MOON FC, 1979, J SOUND VIB, V65, P285
    MOTE CD, 1972, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V4, P2
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1993, J SOUND VIB, V168, P371
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1994, J SOUND VIB, V169, P179
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V203, P815
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P396
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P403
    ZHAO WJ, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V3, P129
 NR 18
 TC 9
 SN 0022-460X
 J9 J SOUND VIB
 JI J. Sound Vibr.
 PD APR 3
 PY 2003
 VL 261
 IS 4
 BP 764
 EP 773
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Acoustics; Mechanics
 GA 664HG
 UT ISI:000182055200012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JH
    Chan, YC
 TI Research on the contact resistance, reliability, and degradation
    mechanisms of anisotropically conductive film interconnection for
    flip-chip-on-flex applications
 SO JOURNAL OF ELECTRONIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE anisotropically conductive adhesive or film; contact resistance;
    reliability; degradation mechanism; oxide formation; coefficient of
    thermal expansion; flip chip
 ID ADHESIVES; ACF
 AB Although there have been many years of development, the degradation of
    the electrical performance of anisotropically conductive adhesive or
    film (ACA or ACF) interconnection for flip-chip assembly is still a
    critical drawback despite wide application. In-depth study about the
    reliability and degradation mechanism of ACF interconnection is
    necessary. In this paper, the initial contact resistance, electrical
    performance after reliability tests, and degradation mechanisms of ACF
    interconnection for flip-chip-on-flex (FCOF) assembly were studied
    using very-low-height Ni and Au-coated Ni-bumped chips. The combination
    of ACF and very-low-height bumped chips was considered because it has
    potential for very low cost and ultrafine pitch interconnection.
    Contact resistance changes were monitored during reliability tests,
    such as high humidity and temperature and thermal cycling. The high,
    initial contact resistance resulted from a thin oxide layer on the
    surface of the bumps. The reliability results showed that the
    degradation of electrical performance was mainly related to the oxide
    formation on the surface of deformed particles with non-noble metal
    coating, the severe metal oxidation on the conductive surface of bumps,
    and coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE) mismatch between the ACF
    adhesive and the contact conductive-surface metallization. Some methods
    for reducing initial contact resistance and improving ACF
    interconnection reliability were suggested. The suggestions include the
    removal of the oxide layer and an increase of the Au-coating film to
    improve conductive-surface quality, appropriate choice of conductive
    particle, and further development of better polymeric adhesives with
    low CTE and high electrical performance.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron Engn & Automat, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ASCHENBRENNER R, 1997, IEEE T COMPON PACK C, V20, P95
    BOTTER H, 1996, P 2 INT C ADH JOIN C, P333
    EVANS UR, 1960, CORROSION OXIDATION
    FAN SH, 2002, MICROELECTRON RELIAB, V42, P1081
    GAYNES MA, 1995, IEEE T COMPON PACK B, V18, P299
    JAGT JC, 1995, IEEE T COMPON PACK B, V18, P292
    LEE CH, 1995, FLIPCHIP TECHNOLOGY, P317
    LIU J, 1996, CIRCUIT WORLD, V22, P19
    LIU J, 1999, IEEE T COMPON PACK T, V22, P186
    LU D, 1999, IEEE T ELECTRON PACK, V22, P228
    MILAZZO G, 1963, ELECTROCHEMISTRY THE, P157
    TORRI M, 1996, P 9 INT MICR C, P324
    WATANABE I, 1995, FLIP CHIP TECHNOLOGI, P301
    WILLIAMS DJ, 1993, SOLDERING SURFACE MO, V14, P4
    YIM MJ, 1999, IEEE TRANS ADV PACK, V22, P166
    YIM MJ, 2001, IEEE T COMPON PACK T, V24, P24
 NR 16
 TC 3
 SN 0361-5235
 J9 J ELECTRON MATER
 JI J. Electron. Mater.
 PD APR
 PY 2003
 VL 32
 IS 4
 BP 228
 EP 234
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 664LV
 UT ISI:000182063300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, ZJ
    Xia, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Zhang, WL
    Ma, ZG
    Zhang, ML
 TI An ellipsometric analysis of CVD-diamond films at infrared wavelengths
 SO CARBON
 DT Article
 DE diamond; chemical vapor deposition; ellipsometry; optical properties
 AB The ellipsometric measurements of diamond films, which were deposited
    onto polished [100]-oriented silicon and rough alumina ceramic
    substrates by hot filament chemical vapor deposition (HFCVD) technique,
    have been performed over the spectral range from 3 to 12 mum. The
    parameters of the films, namely, film thickness and volume fraction for
    each constituent have been calculated from the ellipsometric data by
    the best fitting procedure using the optimized model. A two-layer stack
    with about 870-nm thick surface rough layer on top of diamond basis can
    be perfectly used to simulate the films on silicon substrates. However,
    the films on alumina substrates cannot be well described by the
    two-layer model. For the sake of good fit, a three-component interface
    layer, which consists of 64.13+/-4% alumina, 23.34+/-3% diamond and
    12.53+/-1% void, must be appended to the model by Bruggeman effective
    medium approximation. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR COMFORT JC, 1987, ANN SIM S NEW YORK, P185
    FANG ZJ, 2002, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V14, P5271
    FERRIEU F, 1988, THIN SOLID FILMS, V164, P43
    JELLISON GE, 1996, THIN SOLID FILMS, V290, P40
    LEE J, 1998, THIN SOLID FILMS, V313, P506
    MCMARR PJ, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V59, P694
    PALIK E, 1991, HDB OPTICAL CONSTANT, P171
    SUSSMAN RS, 1969, IND DIAMOND REV
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 0008-6223
 J9 CARBON
 JI Carbon
 PY 2003
 VL 41
 IS 5
 BP 967
 EP 972
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 663VV
 UT ISI:000182027800011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhai, HB
    Chen, QS
    Zhao, JR
    Luo, SJ
    Jia, XS
 TI A new synthesis of tanikolide
 SO TETRAHEDRON LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE tanikolide; synthesis; marine natural products
 ID ANTIFUNGAL LACTONE; LYNGBYA-MAJUSCULA; (-)-MALYNGOLIDE; DERIVATIVES
 AB We report a concise synthesis of tanikolide 1, which was obtained from
    ethyl 2-oxocyclopentanecarboxylate in four steps: alkylation,
    Baeyer-Villiger reaction, saponification, and reduction/lactonization.
    in 70% overall yield. Our strategy should be suitable for the
    preparation of 1 in multigram or larger quantities. The net result of
    the last two steps (i.e. saponification and reduction/lactonization) is
    an efficient reduction of the ethoxycarbonyl of 3 while keeping the
    lactone carbonyl intact. (C) 2003 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Lab Modern Synthet Organ Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Bioorgan & Nat Prod Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhai, HB, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Lab Modern
    Synthet Organ Chem, 345 Lingling Lu, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM zhaih@pub.sioc.ac.cn
 CR ALEXANDRE FR, 2000, TETRAHEDRON, V56, P3921
    CHANG MY, 2001, J CHIN CHEM SOC-TAIP, V48, P787
    KANADA RM, 2000, SYNLETT          JUL, P1019
    KRAUS GA, 1980, J ORG CHEM, V45, P4262
    KRAUSS J, 2001, NAT PROD LETT, V15, P393
    MAILLARD A, 1955, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V240, P317
    MATSUO K, 1981, CHEM PHARM BULL, V29, P3047
    NISHIMURA Y, 1998, EUR J ORG CHEM, V2, P233
    SINGH IP, 1999, J NAT PROD, V62, P1333
    SUEMUNE H, 1988, CHEM PHARM BULL, V36, P4337
    TEIXEIRA LHP, 1997, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V27, P3241
    VENTON DL, 1979, J MED CHEM, V22, P824
    WAN ZH, 2000, J AM CHEM SOC, V122, P10470
    WHITE JD, 1992, J ORG CHEM, V57, P2270
    WILLIAMS TR, 1980, J ORG CHEM, V45, P5082
 NR 15
 TC 3
 SN 0040-4039
 J9 TETRAHEDRON LETT
 JI Tetrahedron Lett.
 PD MAR 31
 PY 2003
 VL 44
 IS 14
 BP 2893
 EP 2894
 PG 2
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 661MF
 UT ISI:000181893800029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, WL
    Xia, YB
    Ju, JH
    Wang, LJ
    Fang, ZJ
    Zhang, ML
 TI Electrical conductivity of nitride carbon films with different nitrogen
    content
 SO SOLID STATE COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE nitride carbon film; electrical conductivity; annealing effect
 ID THIN-FILMS; DEPOSITION
 AB The electrical conductivity of nitride carbon (DLC: N) films has been
    studied. It is found that the electrical conductivity of the deposited
    films increases slowly with increasing nitrogen content, however, it
    decreases after the nitrogen content in the film reaches a certain
    value of 12.8 at%. Thermal treatment results show that the electrical
    conductivity of the lowly nitrogen doped DLC film increases rapidly,
    while that of the heavily doped film decreases after annealing at 300 T
    for 30 min. Raman and XPS spectra results show that when the nitrogen
    content in the films reaches a certain value, there appears
    nonconductive phases. Therefore the electrical conductivity of the
    heavily doped films decreases. FTIR spectra analysis results show that
    the nitrogen atom as an impurity center undergoes an 'activation'
    process during the thermal treatment, which leads to the increase of
    the electrical conductivity. Therefore, the nitrogen in these two kinds
    of films has different effects on the electrical conductivity. (C) 2003
    Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, WL, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples
    R China.
 CR ANGUS JC, 1988, J VAC SCI TECHNOL  2, V6, P1778
    CHEN MY, 1993, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V11, P521
    HAMMER P, 1998, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V16, P2941
    JU JH, 2000, CHIN PHYS SOC, V49, P2310
    LIU AY, 1989, SCIENCE, V245, P841
    NIU CM, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P334
    SILVA SRP, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V81, P2626
    WANG EG, 1997, PROG MATER SCI, V41, P241
    WU DW, 1997, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V46, P530
    WU XC, 1999, 5 IUMRS INT C ADV MA, P254
    WU ZC, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P1291
    XU QA, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1292
    ZHANG YF, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P1
    ZHANG YP, 2000, NAT C MAT SCI BEIJ, P511
 NR 14
 TC 2
 SN 0038-1098
 J9 SOLID STATE COMMUN
 JI Solid State Commun.
 PD APR
 PY 2003
 VL 126
 IS 3
 BP 163
 EP 166
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 661YZ
 UT ISI:000181919100012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
 TI Periodic orbits and homoclinic orbits of the diffusionless Lorenz
    equations
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 ID SLOWLY VARYING OSCILLATORS
 AB In this Letter, the diffusionless Lorenz equations, which physically
    correspond to diffusionless convection, are studied qualitatively.
    Under the strong forcing, the model is reduced to a special case of
    slowly varying oscillators. Then the existence of three periodic orbits
    and two homoclinic orbits is proved rigorously by the Melnikov method.
    It is also shown that one of these periodic orbits is stable, and the
    other two fully unstable. (C) 2003 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR KOLAR M, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P626
    MAAS LRM, 1994, TELLUS A, V46, P671
    SPARROW C, 1982, LORENZ EQUATIONS BIF
    VANDERSCHRIER G, 2000, PHYSICA D, V141, P19
    WIGGINS S, 1987, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V18, P592
    WIGGINS S, 1987, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V18, P612
    WIGGINS S, 1988, GLOBAL BIFURCATION C
    WIGGINS S, 1988, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V19, P1254
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD MAR 24
 PY 2003
 VL 309
 IS 3-4
 BP 248
 EP 253
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 661QW
 UT ISI:000181902100013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZH
    Zhang, H
 TI Calculation of the absorption efficiency of double-clad fiber by using
    the modal analysis method
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE absorption; double-clad fiber laser; modal analysis; multimode fiber
 AB In this Paper, it e present a nett method, based on the theory of mode
    analysis, to calculate the absorption efficiency of symmetric or offset
    double-clad optical fibers. Both symmetric and offset conditions have
    been analyzed. In principle, our results tire consistent with, but more
    accurate than, those of previous ray-optics methods. (C) 2003 Wiley
    Periodicals.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BEDO S, 1993, OPT COMMUN, V99, P331
    CHERNIKOV SV, 1997, OPT LETT, V22, P298
    DOYA V, 2001, OPT LETT, V26, P872
    LIU AP, 1996, OPT COMMUN, V132, P511
    MARCUSE D, 1974, THEORY DIELECTRIC OP
    MUENDEL MH, 1996, CLEO 96, P209
    SNITZER E, 1988, DOUBLE CLAD OFFSET C
    UNGER HG, 1977, PLANAR OPTICAL WAVEG
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD APR 20
 PY 2003
 VL 37
 IS 2
 BP 111
 EP 113
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 661WF
 UT ISI:000181912300010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Luo, Y
    Zhang, ZY
    An, P
 TI Stereo video coding based on frame estimation and interpolation
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON BROADCASTING
 DT Article
 DE Bayesian rule; frame estimation and interpolation; stereo
    communication; stereo vision
 ID COMPRESSION; COMPENSATION
 AB This paper proposes a stereo video coding system. To ensure
    compatibility with monoscopic transmission, one of the view sequences
    is coded and transmitted conforming to the MPEG standard, referred to
    as the reference stream, and the other view stream is referred to as
    target stream. Only a few frames of the latter are coded and
    transmitted, while the rest are skipped and reconstructed at the
    decoder using a novel stereoscopic frame compensation and interpolation
    technique, termed SFEI_BLCF. In disparity estimation, smooth and
    accurate disparity fields are obtained by using hierarchical Markov
    random field (MRF) and Gibbs random field (GRF) models. A fast search
    method is used to improve the precision and computation speed. Coding
    and decoding results show that, with only 8-30% additional
    bandwidth,over a single view bit stream, one can transmit, store, and
    reconstruct stereoscopic video sequences with reasonably good
    performance.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Luo, Y, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR *DISTIMA, 1994, DISTIMA STER TES OCT
    *ISO IEC 13818 2 A, ISOIECJTC1SC29WG11
    GRAMMALIDIS N, 1995, SIGNAL PROCESS-IMAGE, V7, P129
    GUNATILAKE PD, 1993, INT WORKSH HDTV 93 O
    IZQUIERDO ME, 1998, SIGNAL PROCESS-IMAGE, V11, P231
    JIANG Q, SPIE, V3309
    LIU J, 1993, SIGNAL PROCESS-IMAGE, V5, P305
    OHM JR, ECMAST 1998, P26
    PING A, 2001, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V4553, P262
    PURI A, 1995, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2501, P745
    SETHURAMAN S, 1996, THESIS CARNEGIC MELL
    SIEGEL M, 1997, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3012, P227
    TZOVARAS D, 1998, SIGNAL PROCESS-IMAGE, V11, P205
    WALKER D, 1984, P IEEE T COMM, V32
    WOO WT, 1996, P SOC PHOTO-OPT  1-3, V2727, P28
    YANG CH, 9705 INRS TEL
 NR 16
 TC 2
 SN 0018-9316
 J9 IEEE TRANS BROADCASTING
 JI IEEE Trans. Broadcast.
 PD MAR
 PY 2003
 VL 49
 IS 1
 BP 14
 EP 21
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Telecommunications
 GA 660UM
 UT ISI:000181852200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Zhu, JM
    Zhang, JF
    Chen, LQ
 TI Fractal dromion, fractal lump, and multiple peakon excitations in a new
    (2+1)-dimensional long dispersive wave system
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE variable separation approach; new (2+1)-dimensional long dispersive
    wave system; fractal localized structure; peakon excitation
 ID SIMILARITY REDUCTIONS; COHERENT STRUCTURES; BOUSSINESQ EQUATION;
    SOLITONS
 AB By means of variable separation approach, quite a general excitation of
    the new (2 + 1)-dimensional long dispersive wave system: lambda(qt) +
    q(xx) - 2q integral (qr)(x) dy = 0, lambdar(t) - r(xx)+ 2r integral
    (qr)(x) dy = 0, is derived. Some types of the usual localized
    excitations such as dromions, lumps, rings, and oscillating soliton
    excitations can be easily constructed by selecting the arbitrary
    functions appropriately. Besides these usual localized structures, some
    new localized excitations like fractal-dromion, fractal-lump, and
    multi-peakon excitations of this new system are found by selecting
    appropriate functions.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ, Dept Phys, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P116
    BOITI M, 1995, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V5, P2377
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    CHAKRAVARTY S, 1995, J MATH PHYS, V36, P763
    CHEN HS, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P85
    CLARKSON PA, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P2201
    DAVEY A, 1974, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V338, P17
    FOKAS AS, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P1329
    FOKAS AS, 1990, PHYSICA D, V44, P99
    GARDNER CS, 1967, PHYS REV LETT, V19, P1095
    GEDALIN M, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P448
    GOLLUB JP, 2000, NATURE, V404, P710
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HOLM DD, 1998, ADV MATH, V137, P1
    KADOMTSEV BB, 1970, SOV PHYS DOKL, V15, P539
    KIVSHAR YS, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P765
    KONOPELCHENKO B, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V158, P391
    KONOPELCHENKO BG, 1993, J MATH PHYS, V34, P214
    LOU SY, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V151, P133
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4209
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P5989
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2001, EUR PHYS J B, V22, P473
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    LOUTSENKO I, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P3011
    MATVEEV VB, 1991, DARBOUX TRANSFORMATI
    NIZHNIK LP, 1980, SOV PHYS DOKL, V25, P706
    NOVIKOV SP, 1986, PHYSICA D, V18, P267
    OLVER PJ, 1986, APPL LIE GROUP DIFFE
    RADHA R, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4746
    RADHA R, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V197, P7
    RADHA R, 1997, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V30, P3229
    RUAN HY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P3123
    RUAN HY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P586
    STEGEMAN GI, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P1518
    TAJIRI M, 1997, PHYS REV E B, V55, P3351
    VESLOV AP, 1984, SOV MATH DOKL, V30, P588
    ZHENG CL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2426
 NR 38
 TC 23
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2003
 VL 39
 IS 3
 BP 261
 EP 266
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 661LZ
 UT ISI:000181893200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SF
 TI Attractors for first order dissipative lattice dynamical systems
 SO PHYSICA D-NONLINEAR PHENOMENA
 DT Article
 DE global attractor; lattice system; approximation
 ID REACTION-DIFFUSION SYSTEMS; UNBOUNDED-DOMAINS; SPATIAL CHAOS;
    PROPAGATION; EQUATIONS; WAVES
 AB We prove the existence of a global attractor for first order
    dissipative lattice dynamical systems (1-order DLDSs) arising in. many
    applications and we consider the finite-dimensional approximations of
    attractors for the lattice systems which can be regarded as spatial
    discretization of reaction-diffusion equations in R-k. (C) 2003
    Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM zhoushengfan@sohu.com
 CR BATES PW, 2001, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V11, P143
    BELL J, 1984, Q APPL MATH, V42, P1
    CAHN JW, 1960, ACTA METALL, V8, P554
    CHATE H, 1997, PHYSICA D, V103, P1
    CHOW SN, 1995, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V42, P746
    CHOW SN, 1998, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V149, P248
    ERNEUX T, 1993, PHYSICA D, V67, P237
    FABINY L, 1993, PHYS REV A, V47
    FEIREISL E, 1996, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V129, P239
    FIRTH WJ, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P329
    HALE JK, 1988, ASYMPTOTIC BEHAV DIS
    KAPRAL R, 1991, J MATH CHEM, V6, P113
    KEENER JP, 1987, SIAM J APPL MATH, V47, P556
    KEENER JP, 1991, J THEOR BIOL, V148, P49
    MERINO S, 1996, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V132, P87
    SHEN WX, 1996, SIAM J APPL MATH, V56, P1379
    TEMAM R, 1997, APPL MATH SCI, V68
    WANG BX, 1999, PHYSICA D, V128, P41
    WINALOW RL, 1993, PHYSICA D, V64, P281
 NR 19
 TC 7
 SN 0167-2789
 J9 PHYSICA D
 JI Physica D
 PD APR 1
 PY 2003
 VL 178
 IS 1-2
 BP 51
 EP 61
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 659BG
 UT ISI:000181756300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, Y
    Deng, SF
    Chen, DY
 TI The novel multi-soliton solutions of equation for shallow water waves
 SO JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN
 DT Article
 DE shallow water wave equation; Hirota method; soliton; solutions
 ID MULTISOLITON SOLUTIONS
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Dept Math, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, Y, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITON INVERSE SCAT
    CHEN DY, 2000, PREPRINT
    CHEN DY, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P658
    CLARKSON PA, 1994, NONLINEARITY, V7, P975
    DENG SF, 2001, J PHYS SOC JPN, V70, P3174
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 1976, J PHYS SOC JPN, V40, P611
    HIROTA R, 1980, TOP CURR PHYS, V17, P157
 NR 8
 TC 5
 SN 0031-9015
 J9 J PHYS SOC JPN
 JI J. Phys. Soc. Jpn.
 PD MAR
 PY 2003
 VL 72
 IS 3
 BP 763
 EP 764
 PG 2
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 657QN
 UT ISI:000181678000049
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, ZY
    Wu, ZL
    Li, J
 TI New methods in immobilization: Biocapsulation by epoxy-amine resins and
    silicone elastomers
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE epoxy-amine resin; silicon elastomer; bioencapsulation; biocomposite;
    non-sol-gel polymer
 ID POLYMER BIOCOMPOSITES; BIOSENSOR; BIOENCAPSULATION; EFFICIENT; SYSTEMS
 AB In the investigation of bioencapsulation technique, it was found that
    biological function can be incorporated into, and preserved within
    polymer matrices. After the introduction of sol-gel bioencapsulation a
    number of non-sol-gel polymers have been used to immobilize proteins.
    Various enzymes were trapped in such diverse polymers as epoxy-amine
    resins, polyvinyl plasticsm, polyurethane foams and silicon elastomers.
    Together with sol-gel encapsulates, these biocomposites represent a
    powerful approach for immobilizing biological materials for
    applications as biosensors and biocatalysts, and hold promise as
    bioactive, fouling-resistant polymers for enviromental, food and
    medical uses. Utilization of non-sel-gel polymer for bioencapsulation
    will be a strong alternative to the traditional entrapment methods of
    enzymes and proteins. In this paper the most interesting non-sol-gel
    polymers, epoxy-amine resins and silicon elastomers are introduced in
    detail.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Bioengn, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, ZY, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, 345 Lingling Lu,
    Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM lizy@pub.sioc.ac.cn
 CR ALEGRET S, 1996, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V11, P35
    BICKERSTAFF GF, 1997, IMMOBILIZATION ENZYM
    CEPEDES F, 1994, ELECTROANAL, V6, P759
    CEPEDES F, 2000, TRENDS ANAL CHEM, V19, P276
    DUTRA RF, 2000, BIOTECHNOL LETT, V22, P579
    GALANVIDAL CA, 1997, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V45, P55
    GALANVIDAL CA, 1999, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V52, P247
    GILL I, 1999, J AM CHEM SOC, V121, P9487
    GILL I, 2000, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V70, P400
    GILL I, 2000, TRENDS BIOTECHNOL, V18, P282
    GILL I, 2000, TRENDS BIOTECHNOL, V18, P469
    GUM WF, 1992, REACTION POLYM POLYU
    KRICHELDORF HR, 1994, HDB POLYM SYNTHESIS
    LALONDE J, 1997, CHEMTECH, V27, P28
    LUTZ ESM, 1996, ELECTROANAL, V8, P117
    MARGOLIN AL, 1996, TRENDS BIOTECHNOL, V14, P223
    MARTORELL D, 1994, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V290, P343
    MARTORELL D, 1997, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V337, P305
    MORALES A, 1996, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V332, P131
    MORALES A, 1998, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V43, P3575
    OENNERFJORD P, 1995, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V10, P607
    SANDLER SR, 1998, SOURCEBOOK ADV POLYM
    SANTANDREU M, 1998, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V13, P7
    SHTILMAN MI, 1993, IMMOBILIZATION POLYM
    TESS ME, 1999, J PHARMACEUT BIOMED, V19, P55
 NR 25
 TC 1
 SN 0253-2786
 J9 CHINESE J ORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Org. Chem.
 PD FEB
 PY 2003
 VL 23
 IS 2
 BP 150
 EP 154
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 657QX
 UT ISI:000181678800005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, YQ
    Roos, C
    El Ghami, M
 TI A primal-dual interior-point method for linear optimization based on a
    new proximity function
 SO OPTIMIZATION METHODS & SOFTWARE
 DT Article
 DE kernel function; proximity function; primal-dual interior-point
    algorithm; large-update method; complexity
 ID SEMIDEFINITE OPTIMIZATION; ALGORITHMS
 AB In this article we present a generic primal-dual interior-point
    algorithm for linear optimization in which the search direction depends
    on a univariate kernel function which is also used as proximity measure
    in the analysis of the algorithm. We present some powerful tools for
    the analysis of the algorithm under the assumption that the kernel
    function satisfies three easy to check and mild conditions (i.e.,
    exponential convexity, superconvexity and monotonicity of the second
    derivative). The approach is demonstrated by introducing a new kernel
    function and showing that the corresponding large-update algorithm
    improves the iteration complexity with a factor n(1/4) when compared
    with the classical method, which is based on the use of the logarithmic
    barrier function.
 C1 Delft Univ Technol, Fac Informat Technol & Syst, NL-2600 GA Delft, Netherlands.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Roos, C, Delft Univ Technol, Fac Informat Technol & Syst, POB 5031,
    NL-2600 GA Delft, Netherlands.
 CR ANDERSEN ED, 1996, INTERIOR POINT METHO, P189
    BAI YQ, 2002, IN PRESS SIAM J OPTI
    DANTZIG GB, 1963, LINEAR PROGRAMMING E
    DANTZIG GB, 1991, HIST MATH PROGRAMMIN
    DENHERTOG D, 1994, MATH ITS APPL, V277
    GONZAGA CC, 1992, SIAM REV, V34, P167
    JANSEN B, 1994, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V83, P1
    KARMARKAR N, 1984, P 16 ANN ACM S THEOR, P302
    KHACHIYAN LG, 1979, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR, V244, P1093
    KOJIMA M, 1989, PROGR MATH PROGRAMMI, P29
    MEGIDDO N, 1986, P 6 MATH PROGR S JAP, P1
    MEGIDDO N, 1989, PROGR MATH PROGRAMMI, P131
    MONTEIRO RDC, 1989, MATH PROGRAM, V44, P27
    PENG J, IN PRESS SIAM J OPTI
    PENG J, 2001, J COMPUT TECH, V6, P61
    PENG J, 2002, SELF EGULARITY NEW P
    PENG JM, 2002, EUR J OPER RES, V143, P234
    PENG JM, 2002, MATH PROGRAM, V93, P129
    ROOS C, 1997, THEORY ALGORITHMS LI
    SONNEVEND G, 1986, LECT NOTES CONTR INF, V84, P866
    TODD MJ, 1989, MATH PROGRAMMING REC, P109
 NR 21
 TC 1
 SN 1055-6788
 J9 OPTIM METHOD SOFTW
 JI Optim. Method Softw.
 PD DEC
 PY 2002
 VL 17
 IS 6
 BP 985
 EP 1008
 PG 24
 SC Computer Science, Software Engineering; Mathematics, Applied;
    Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 657LM
 UT ISI:000181668700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, HX
    Tang, MN
    Fang, HC
    Wang, RM
 TI A Poisson limit theorem for a strongly ergodic non-homogeneous Markov
    chain
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE Markov chains; strongly ergodic; Poisson distributions
 AB A strongly ergodic non-homogeneous Markov chain is considered in the
    paper. As an analog of the Poisson limit theorem for a homogeneous
    Markov chain recurring to small cylindrical sets, a Poisson limit
    theorem is given for the non-homogeneous Markov chain. Meanwhile, some
    interesting results about approximation independence and probabilities
    of small cylindrical sets are given. (C) 2003 Elsevier Science (USA).
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Changsha Univ, Dept Math & Informat Sci, Changsha 410001, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Dept Stat, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, HX, Changsha Univ, Dept Math & Informat Sci, Changsha 410001,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CORNFELD IP, 1982, ERGODIC THEORY
    ISAACSON D, 1978, J APPL PROBAB, V15, P87
    PITSKEL B, 1991, ERGOD THEOR DYN SYST, V11, P501
    WANG YH, 1975, ANN PROBAB, V3, P534
    WANG YH, 1991, ANN PROBAB, V19, P452
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0022-247X
 J9 J MATH ANAL APPL
 JI J. Math. Anal. Appl.
 PD JAN 15
 PY 2003
 VL 277
 IS 2
 BP 722
 EP 730
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 656YR
 UT ISI:000181639100026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Kwon, OH
    Nho, YC
    Chen, J
 TI Surface modification of polypropylene film by Radiation-induced
    grafting and its blood compatibility
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED POLYMER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE surfaces; modification; functionalization of polymers; poly(propylene)
    (PP)
 ID NYLON HEMODIALYSIS MEMBRANES; POLYETHER-SEGMENTED NYLON;
    HEPARIN-IMMOBILIZED POLYURETHANES; CONTAINING BLOCK-COPOLYMERS;
    PERMEABILITY CHARACTERISTICS; ACRYLIC-ACID; GLOW-DISCHARGE; METALLIC
    SALT; PEO; ADSORPTION
 AB To endow blood-compatible properties onto polypropylene (PP) film, we
    grafted 2,3-epoxypropyl methacrylate (EPMA) to PP film with a
    preirradiation grafting technique and then introduced various
    functional groups onto the grafted PP film. The EPMA grafting extent
    was dependent on the absorbed dose, reaction time, and temperature. The
    reactions of hydroxylation, iminodiacetation, sulfonation,
    phosphonation, and amination were performed under various conditions to
    introduce functional groups into the epoxy group of EPMA-grafted PP
    films, respectively. We also immobilized heparin on aminated PP film to
    compare blood compatibility with various functionalized samples. The
    grafting, functionalization, and heparinization reaction were confirmed
    by Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy in the attenuated total
    reflectance mode and electron spectroscopy for chemical analysis. The
    blood compatibility of various functional groups and heparin-introduced
    samples as well as control samples was examined by the determination of
    platelet adsorption and thrombus formation. For the examination of the
    blood compatibility of functionalized PP samples, acid citrate dextrose
    human whole blood and platelet-rich plasma were used. The amount of the
    formed thrombus and the adherent platelets on functionalized PP sample
    surfaces were evaluated by an in vitro method following Imai and Nose's
    technique and by scanning electron microscopy, respectively. The blood
    compatibility of various functional-group-introduced PP films after
    grafting was better than that of the PP control. Phosphoric-acid-group-
    and heparin-introduced PP films had especially good blood
    compatibility. (C) 2003 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Hanyang Univ, Dept Ind Chem, Coll Engn, Seoul 133791, South Korea.
    Korea Atom Energy Res Inst, Radiat Applicat Div, Yusong 305600, Daejon, South Korea.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem Engn & Technol, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Nho, YC, Hanyang Univ, Dept Ind Chem, Coll Engn, Seoul 133791, South
    Korea.
 CR ANDERHEIDEN D, 1992, J MATER SCI-MATER M, V3, P1
    ANDRADE JD, 1985, SURFACE INTERFACIAL, V1, P105
    BARBOUR PSM, 1997, J MATER SCI-MATER M, V8, P603
    BENDERSKII LL, 1978, PLAST MASSY, V6, P73
    CHAPIRO A, 1962, RAD CHEM POLYM SYSTE, P596
    CHOI SH, 1999, J APPL POLYM SCI, V71, P999
    CHOI SH, 1999, KOREAN J CHEM ENG, V16, P241
    CHOWDHURY P, 1998, J APPL POLYM SCI, V70, P523
    GORMAN SP, 1997, J MATER SCI-MATER M, V8, P631
    HAN DK, 1989, J BIOMED MATER RES-A, V23, P211
    HRUDKOVA H, 1977, BR POLYM J, V9, P238
    IMAI Y, 1972, J BIOMED MATER RES, V6, P165
    IRELAND H, 1989, HEPARIN CHEM BIOL PR, P549
    KANG IK, 1996, BIOMATERIALS, V17, P841
    KRISHNAN VK, 1991, J MATER SCI-MATER M, V2, P56
    KWON OH, 1999, J APPL POLYM SCI, V71, P631
    LEE JH, 1993, J BIOMAT SCI-POLYM E, V4, P467
    LEE JH, 1998, J BIOMED MATER RES, V40, P314
    LEE YM, 1995, POLYMER, V36, P81
    MIYAMA H, 1991, HIGH PERFORMANCE BIO, P271
    MOCHIZUKI A, 1997, J APPL POLYM SCI, V65, P1713
    MOCHIZUKI A, 1997, J APPL POLYM SCI, V65, P1723
    MOCHIZUKI A, 1997, J APPL POLYM SCI, V65, P1731
    NHO YC, 1992, POLYMER, V16, P115
    NHO YC, 1993, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V31, P1621
    NHO YC, 1995, J KOREA IND ENG CHEM, V6, P77
    NHO YC, 1995, POLYM-KOREA, V19, P659
    NHO YC, 1996, J KOREA IND ENG CHEM, V7, P75
    NHO YC, 1996, J KOREAN IND ENG CHE, V7, P946
    NHO YC, 1997, J APPL POLYM SCI, V63, P1101
    NHO YC, 1997, J MACROMOL SCI PUR A, V34, P831
    NHO YC, 1998, J APPL POLYM SCI, V70, P2323
    NOJIRI C, 1990, J BIOMED MATER RES, V24, P1151
    PARIENTE JL, 1998, J BIOMED MATER RES, V40, P31
    PARK JS, 1998, J APPL POLYM SCI, V69, P2213
    PARK KD, 1991, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V29, P1725
    PARZER S, 1993, J MATER SCI-MATER M, V4, P12
    PLESSIER C, 1998, J APPL POLYM SCI, V69, P1343
    RATNR BD, 1987, J BIOMED MATER RES-A, V21, P59
    SEITA Y, 1997, J APPL POLYM SCI, V65, P1703
    SINGH RP, 1992, PROG POLYM SCI, V17, P251
    SMITH PK, 1980, ANAL BIOCHEM, V109, P466
    SOFIA SJ, 1998, J BIOMED MATER RES, V40, P153
    SUZUKI M, 1986, MACROMOLECULES, V19, P1804
    TSUNEDA S, 1994, BIOTECHNOL PROGR, V10, P76
    VADURARAYANAN PV, 1983, B MATER SCI, V5, P97
    VIDEM V, 1991, J THORAC CARDIOV SUR, V101, P654
    VULIC I, 1993, J MATER SCI-MATER M, V4, P353
    VULIC I, 1993, J MATER SCI-MATER M, V4, P448
    WILSON JE, 1981, POLYM-PLAST TECHNOL, V16, P119
    YAND JM, 1997, J BIOMED MATER RES, V35, P175
 NR 51
 TC 5
 SN 0021-8995
 J9 J APPL POLYM SCI
 JI J. Appl. Polym. Sci.
 PD MAY 16
 PY 2003
 VL 88
 IS 7
 BP 1726
 EP 1736
 PG 11
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 654WU
 UT ISI:000181520600017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HL
    Lu, J
    Wang, CT
 TI Measurement of hyperfine structure spectrum in 569.08 nm line of
    Pr-141(+)
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE hyperfine structure; fast-ion-beam laser spectroscopy; magnetic dipole
    and electric quadruple coupling constants
 ID BEAM-LASER SPECTROSCOPY; ISOTOPE SHIFTS; STATES
 AB Hyperfine structure spectrum in 569.08nm line of Pr-141(+) was measured
    by the collinear fast-ion-beam laser spectroscopy. All the spectral
    lines were resolved. The magnetic dipole and electric quadruple
    coupling constants, and hyperfine splitting of the metastable levels
    and excited levels were determined. Our results were in agreement with
    the published data within experiment uncertainty. The accuracy of the
    magnetic dipole coupling constants was improved by one order of
    magnitude compared with the published data.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG KT, 1985, PHYS REV A, V31, P2775
    CHILDS WJ, 1984, J OPT SOC AM B, V1, P22
    CHILDS WJ, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P760
    GEORGE S, 1985, J OPT SOC AM B, V2, P1258
    GINIBRE A, 1981, PHYS SCR, V23, P260
    HOHLE C, 1982, Z PHYS A, V304, P279
    IIMURA H, 1990, J PHYS SOC JPN, V59, P4208
    JOHANSSON S, 1996, ASTROPHYS J 1, V462, P943
    KUWAMOTO T, 1996, J PHYS SOC JPN, V65, P3180
    LECKRONE DS, 1991, ASTROPHYS, V377, L377
    LECKRONE DS, 1993, PHYSICA SCRIPTA T, V47, P149
    LIMUZA H, 1994, PHYS REV C, V50, P661
    MA HL, 1997, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V6, P677
    MA HL, 1999, J PHYS B-AT MOL OPT, V32, P1345
    MA HL, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P512
    SILVERANS RE, 1986, PHYS REV A, V33, P2117
    VILLEMOES P, 1995, PHYS REV A, V51, P2838
    YONG L, 1987, PHYS REV A, V36, P2148
 NR 18
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2003
 VL 52
 IS 3
 BP 566
 EP 569
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 657AA
 UT ISI:000181642200010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, YQ
    El Ghami, M
    Roos, C
 TI A new efficient large-update primal-dual interior-point method based on
    a finite barrier
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE linear optimization; interior-point method; primal-dual method;
    large-update method; polynomial complexity
 ID SEMIDEFINITE OPTIMIZATION; ALGORITHMS
 AB We introduce a new barrier-type function which is not a barrier
    function in the usual sense: it has finite value at the boundary of the
    feasible region. Despite this, the iteration bound of a large-update
    interior-point method based on this function is shown to be O(rootn
    (log n/epsilon) log n), which is as good as the currently best known
    bound for large-update methods. The recently introduced property of
    exponential convexity for the kernel function underlying the barrier
    function, as well as the strong convexity of the kernel function, are
    crucial in the analysis.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Delft Univ Technol, Fac Informat Technol & Syst, NL-2600 GA Delft, Netherlands.
 RP El Ghami, M, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSEN ED, 1996, INTERIOR POINT METHO, P189
    BAI YQ, IN PRESS OPTIM METHO
    FRISCH R, 1955, LOGARITHMIC POTENTIA
    HIRIARTURRITY JP, 1996, CONVEX ANAL MINIMIZA, V1
    KARMARKAR N, 1984, COMBINATORICA, V4, P373
    MEGIDDO N, 1989, PROGR MATH PROGRAMMI, P131
    MEHROTRA S, 1993, MATH PROGRAM, V62, P497
    PENG J, UNPUB MATH OPER RES
    PENG J, 2000, ANN OPER RES, V99, P23
    PENG J, 2001, J COMPUT TECH, V6, P61
    PENG J, 2002, SELF REGULARITY NEW
    PENG JM, 2002, EUR J OPER RES, V143, P234
    PENG JM, 2002, MATH PROGRAM, V93, P129
    PENG JM, 2002, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V13, P179
    RENEGAR J, 2001, MPS SIAM SER OPTIM
    ROOS C, 1997, THEORY ALGORITHMS LI
    ROOS C, 2001, UNPUB COMP STUDY BAR
    SONNEVEND G, 1986, LECT NOTES CONTR INF, V84, P866
    WRIGHT SJ, 1997, PRIMAL DUAL INTERIOR
    YE Y, 1997, INTERIOR POINT ALGOR
    YE YY, 1992, MATH PROGRAM, V57, P325
 NR 21
 TC 2
 SN 1052-6234
 J9 SIAM J OPTIMIZATION
 JI SIAM J. Optim.
 PY 2003
 VL 13
 IS 3
 BP 766
 EP 782
 PG 17
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 654CJ
 UT ISI:000181475800008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, XS
    Li, WH
    Xia, L
    Hua, Q
    Fang, SS
    Dong, Y
 TI Dynamic tensile response of Zr41.2Ti13.8Cu12.5Ni10Be22.5 bulk metallic
    glass
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID BEHAVIOR; ALLOYS; PHASE
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiao, XS, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BRUCK HA, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V30, P429
    BRUCK HA, 1996, J MATER RES, V11, P503
    HAYS CC, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P2901
    INOUE A, 1994, MATER T JIM, V35, P85
    INOUE A, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P689
    KAWAMURA Y, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P1208
    KAWAMURA Y, 1998, ACTA METALL MATER, V46, P253
    PEKER A, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2342
    WANG JG, 2000, J MATER RES, V15, P913
    ZHOU Y, 2000, J MATER SCI, V34, P925
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0261-8028
 J9 J MATER SCI LETT
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Lett.
 PD MAR 1
 PY 2003
 VL 22
 IS 5
 BP 407
 EP 411
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 652RZ
 UT ISI:000181394200022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, XJ
    Jing, YH
    Liu, J
 TI The rheological behavior for thixocasting of semi-solid aluminum alloy
    (A356)
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE shear rate; apparent viscosity; viscosity model; thixocasting
 AB Under the condition of die-casting and reheating temperature of 570-580
    degreesC, the theological behavior for thixocasting of semi-solid
    aluminum alloy (A356) is pseudoplastic at the shear rate of 2 x 10(3)
    to 104 s(-1), and is dilatancy at the rate over 10(6) s(-1). It is
    given a new model of metal mush during thixocasting. (C) 2002 Elsevier
    Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Nanchang Univ, Coll Mech & Elect Engn, Nanchang 330029, Jiangxi, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Mech & Elect Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, XJ, Nanchang Univ, Coll Mech & Elect Engn, 339 Beijing Dong Rd,
    Nanchang 330029, Jiangxi, Peoples R China.
 CR FLEMINGS MC, 1991, METALL TRANS B, V22, P269
    HIRAI M, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P405
    JOLY PA, 1976, J MATER SCI, V11, P1393
    KATTAMIS TZ, 1991, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V131, P265
    KUMER P, 1993, METALL T A, V24, P1107
    NAN W, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P2185
    PING Y, 1997, SPECIAL CASTING NONF, V4, P1
    SU HQ, 1998, SPECIAL CASTING NONF, V5, P1
    TURNG LS, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P2173
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0924-0136
 J9 J MATER PROCESS TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Process. Technol.
 PD DEC 20
 PY 2002
 VL 130
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 569
 EP 573
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Industrial; Engineering, Manufacturing; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary
 GA 628FC
 UT ISI:000179981100093
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sang, WB
    Qian, YB
    Li, DM
    Min, JH
    Wang, WL
    Shi, WM
    Liu, YF
 TI Synthesis and optical properties of CdS nanocrystals in
    polyacrylonitrile film
 SO JOURNAL OF MACROMOLECULAR SCIENCE-PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE CdS nanocrystals; TEM; luminescence; polyacrylonitrile
 ID SEMICONDUCTOR CLUSTERS; QUANTUM DOTS; POLYMER; ELECTROLUMINESCENCE;
    ELECTRON; SIZE
 AB A novel process using polyacrylonitrile (PAN) containing
    well-distributed ligands as a medium for forming CdS nanocrystals by an
    ion coordination method is presented in this paper. PAN consists of a
    large number of repeat units, and each unit has a ligand or group like
    CN and CO. A metal ion with a strong capability of complexing, such as
    Cd, Zn, Mn, etc., can complex with the group in PAN, and the complexed
    metal ion will react with negative ionlike S2- to be transformed into
    semiconductor nanocrystals. This growth mechanism has been identified
    by the results of Infrared Spectroscopic Analysis. The typical
    morphologies observed by TEM show that the CdS nanocrystals are rather
    evenly distributed throughout the PAN film and the size is estimated to
    be about 1-10 nm in diameter, depending on the growth parameters. The
    results of x-ray diffraction show that the crystallites of CdS
    nanocrystals in PAN film might be a mixture of crystals including both
    alpha-hexagonal CdS and beta-cubic CdS. Quantum-size effects at room
    temperature have been demonstrated using ultraviolet-visible absorption
    spectra, excitation, and emission spectra, respectively. A rather sharp
    and strong emission band peaked at about 610 nm was observed and its
    mechanism is also briefly discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Sang, WB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ALIVISATOS AP, 1996, SCIENCE, V271, P933
    ARTEMYEV MV, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V81, P6975
    BRUS LE, 1984, J CHEM PHYS, V80, P4403
    CALVERT P, 1996, NATURE, V383, P300
    COLVIN VL, 1994, NATURE, V370, P354
    DABBOUSI BO, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P1316
    EMPEDOCLES SA, 1997, SCIENCE, V278, P2114
    HASSELBARTH A, 1993, CHEM PHYS LETT, V203, P271
    HENGLEIN A, 1989, CHEM REV, V89, P1861
    JAIN RK, 1983, J OPT SOC AM, V73, P647
    NARAYAN KS, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P871
    OZIN GA, 1992, ADV MATER, V4, P612
    PILENI MP, 1992, CHEM MATER, V4, P338
    POOL R, 1990, SCIENCE, V248, P1186
    SANG WB, 1996, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V8, L499
    WANG Y, 1989, J OPT SOC AM B, V6, P808
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2348
 J9 J MACROMOL SCI-PHYS
 JI J. Macromol. Sci.-Phys.
 PY 2003
 VL B42
 IS 1
 BP 75
 EP 84
 PG 10
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 653TX
 UT ISI:000181454100003
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Liu, J
    Miao, HK
    Gao, XL
 TI A specification-based software construction framework for reuse
 SO FORMAL METHODS AND SOFTWARE ENGINEERING, PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB Software reuse includes low-level components reuse, high-level
    components reuse and system architecture reuse. High-level components
    reuse and software architecture reuse are still limited to some domain
    specific models, while low-level components reuse is constrained by
    machine's retrieve ability. This paper proposes a mechanism that builds
    software in three levels, namely software system, high-level components
    and low-level components. Each level has a unique structure and
    organization manner. The focus of the paper is on the construction of
    high-level components and their matching and composition approaches.
    Design pattern is proposed for building generic high-level components
    with large number of alternatives. Once a pattern model of high-level
    component is constructed, it can be directly used or generalized.
    Design space incorporated with formal specification technology is
    introduced to not only precisely describe the relationship between
    high-level components but also easily analyze components matching and
    composing. The method is illustrated with a debugger example.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp Engn & Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, J, Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp Engn & Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR JACKY J, 1997, WAY Z PRACTICAL PROG
    MATTHEWS C, 2000, FUZZY CONCEPT FORMAL
    MATTHEWS C, 2000, FUZZY CONCEPT FORMAL, P491
    MIAO H, 1999, SOFTWARE ENG LANGUAG
    MIAO H, 2000, 36 INT C TECHN OBJ O
    MILI H, 1995, IEEE T SOFTWARE ENG, V21, P528
    PENIX J, 1997, P 9 INT C SOFTW ENG, P535
    PENIX J, 1999, AUTOMATED SOFTWARE E, V6, P139
    RAKOTONIRIANY A, 2000, SCAF SIMPLE COMPONEN
    ROLLINS EJ, 1991, P 8 INT C LOG PROGR
    SHAW M, 1996, SOFTWARE ARCHITECTUR
    ZAREMSKI AM, 1993, P ACM SIGSOFT S FDN
    ZAREMSKI AM, 1995, 3 ACM SIGSOFT S FDN
    ZAREMSKI AM, 1995, ACM T SOFTWARE ENG M
    ZAREMSKI AM, 1995, SIGSOFT 95 P 3 ACM S
    ZAREMSKI AM, 1997, ACM T SOFTW ENG METH, V6, P333
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2002
 VL 2495
 BP 69
 EP 79
 PG 11
 GA BW29N
 UT ISI:000181471000009
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Miao, HK
    Liu, L
    Li, L
 TI Formalizing UML models with object-Z
 SO FORMAL METHODS AND SOFTWARE ENGINEERING, PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB The Unified Modeling Language (UML) has been developed as a standard
    language for object-oriented designs. Through its graphical and
    intuitive diagrams, software analysis and design process become easy.
    However, this graphical notation lacks precisely defined semantics. It
    is difficult to determine whether the design is consistent, unambiguous
    and complete. This paper provides a method of formalizing UML models.
    It gives the transforming rules from UML models to Object-Z constructs.
    With this method, the semantics of UML models are directly expressed in
    formal language Object-Z. The UML class, sequence and statechart
    diagrams are formalized using this method. A tool OZRose is developed
    to automate the transforming process.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Miao, HK, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR *OBJ MAN GROUP, 1999, OMG UN MOD LANG SPEC
    BICKFORD M, 1998, 10 OD RES ASS
    DUKE R, 1994, 9445
    EVANS A, 1997, P 2 BCS FACS NO FORM
    EVANS A, 1998, P WORKSH IND STRENGT
    FRANCE R, 1998, COMP STAND INTER, V19, P325
    GOGOLLA M, 1998, LNCS, V1618, P87
    HAMIE A, 1998, P AS PAC C SOFTW ENG
    HAMIE A, 1998, P OOPSLA 98 WORKSH F
    KIM SK, 1999, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V1723, P83
    KIM SK, 2000, 7 AS PAC SOFTW ENG C, P240
    MANN S, 1998, P 2 WORKSH RIG OBJ O
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2002
 VL 2495
 BP 523
 EP 534
 PG 12
 GA BW29N
 UT ISI:000181471000053
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ming, DM
    Wen, T
    Dai, JX
    Evenson, WE
    Dai, XX
 TI A unified solution of the specific-heat-phonon spectrum inversion
    problem
 SO EUROPHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID ART. NO. 045601; MOBIUS; FORMULA; PHYSICS
 AB In the specific-heat-phonon spectrum inversion problem (SPI), Chen's
    solution with modifed Mobius inversion formula (N. X. Chen, Phys. Rev.
    Lett., 64 ( 1990) 1193) was novel and of great interest. Meanwhile,
    Dai's exact solution formula with a parameter s for canceling the
    divergence has succeeded in obtaining a series of exact solutions and
    was employed to obtain a phonon spectrum from real specific data of
    YBCO. In this paper we will show that, by using an integral
    representation of inverse Laplace transformations and some properties
    of the Riemann zeta-function, Chen s solution can be derived from Dai's
    formula, without necessarily using the Mobius inversion formula.
    Furthermore, the unique existence theorem and convergence of the series
    of Chen's solution were also obtained. It is also shown that Dai's
    parameter s and the asymptotic behavior control condition are of
    crucial importance in the derivation.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Grp Quantum Stat, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Methods Theoret Phys Surface Phys Lab, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Brigham Young Univ, Dept Phys, Provo, UT 84602 USA.
    NYU, Dept Chem, New York, NY 10003 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ming, DM, Fudan Univ, Grp Quantum Stat, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BOJARSKI NN, 1982, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V30, P778
    BOJARSKI NN, 1984, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V32, P415
    CHAMBERS RG, 1961, P PHYS SOC LOND, V78, P941
    CHEN NX, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1193
    CHEN NX, 1998, PHYS REV E B, V57, P6216
    CHEN NX, 1998, PHYS REV E, V57, P1320
    DAI XX, 1989, P BEIJ INT C HIGH TC, P521
    DAI XX, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V147, P445
    DAI XX, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V161, P45
    DAI XX, 1992, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V40, P257
    DAI XX, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V264, P68
    DENG W, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V168, P378
    HADAMARD J, 1896, B SOC MATH FRANCE, V24, P199
    HARDY GH, 1981, INTRO THEORY NUMBERS
    HUGHES BD, 1990, PHYS REV A, V42, P3643
    KIM Y, 1985, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V33, P797
    LIFSHITZ IM, 1954, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V26, P551
    MADDOX J, 1990, NATURE, V344, P377
    MING D, 2000, PHYS REV E, V62, P3019
    MING DM, 2002, PHYS REV E 2A, V65
    MONTROLL EW, 1942, J CHEM PHYS, V10, P218
    SHANG YR, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V154, P215
    WEN T, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V63
 NR 23
 TC 1
 SN 0295-5075
 J9 EUROPHYS LETT
 JI Europhys. Lett.
 PD MAR
 PY 2003
 VL 61
 IS 6
 BP 723
 EP 728
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 653VB
 UT ISI:000181456800001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZR
    Chen, GR
 TI On area-preserving non-hyperbolic chaotic maps: A case study
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 AB This paper provides a case study of a two-dimensional area-preserving
    non-hyperbolic chaotic map, revealing to some new phenomena that have
    not been well discussed in the literature to date. (C) 2002 Elsevier
    Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Ctr Chaos Control & Synchronizat, Dept Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, GR, City Univ Hong Kong, Ctr Chaos Control & Synchronizat, Dept
    Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR BOLLT EM, 1999, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V9, P2081
    BUESCU J, 1997, EXOTIC ATTRACTORS LY
    LORENZ EN, 1963, J ATMOS SCI, V20, P130
    MILNOR J, 1985, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V99, P177
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD JUN
 PY 2003
 VL 16
 IS 5
 BP 811
 EP 818
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 653NP
 UT ISI:000181442800018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YZ
    Chen, LQ
 TI Chaotic attitude motion of a magnetic rigid spacecraft in an elliptic
    orbit and its control
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE magnetic spacecraft; attitude motion; chaos; Melnikov method; control
 ID CIRCUMFERENTIAL NUTATIONAL DAMPER; ASYMMETRIC GYROSTAT; SPINNING
    SPACECRAFT; SATELLITE; FIELD; LINEARIZATION; DYNAMICS
 AB This paper deals with the chaotic attitude motion of a magnetic rigid
    spacecraft with internal damping in an elliptic orbit. The dynamical
    model of the spacecraft is established. The Melnikov analysis is
    carried out to prove the existence of a complicated nonwandering Cantor
    set. The dynamical behaviors are numerically investigated by means of
    time history, Poincare map, Lyapunov exponents and power spectrum.
    Numerical simulations demonstrate the chaotic motion of the system. The
    input-output feedback linearization method and its modified version are
    applied, respectively, to control the chaotic attitude motions to the
    given fixed point or periodic motion.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YZ, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BELETSKII VV, 1996, CHAOS, V6, P155
    BELETSKY VV, 1995, REGULAR CHAOTISCH BE
    BELETSKY VV, 1999, CHAOS, V9, P493
    CHEN LQ, 1998, ACTA MECH SINICA, V30, P363
    CHEN LQ, 1998, TECH MECH, V18, P41
    CHEN LQ, 1999, NONLINEAR DYNAM, V20, P309
    CHEN LQ, 2000, Z ANGEW MATH MECH, V80, P701
    CHEN LQ, 2002, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V23, P177
    CHEN LQ, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V37, P493
    CHEN LQ, 2002, J FRANKLIN I, V339, P121
    CHENG G, 2000, ACTA MECH SINICA, V32, P379
    CHENG G, 2000, ACTA MECH, V141, P125
    CHENG LRL, 1999, TOP LANG DISORD, V19, P1
    FUJII HA, 2000, J GUID CONTROL DYNAM, V23, P145
    GE ZM, 1998, J SOUND VIB, V217, P807
    GUCKENHEIMER J, 1997, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    GURAN A, 1991, MECH RES COMMUN, V18, P287
    LIU YZ, 1995, SPACECRAFT ATTITUDE
    LIU YZ, 2000, ADV MECH, V30, P351
    MEEHAN PA, 1997, NONLINEAR DYNAM, V12, P69
    MEEHAN PA, 1998, NONLINEAR DYNAM, V17, P269
    PENG JH, 1996, TECH METH, V16, P327
    PENG JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P431
    SEISL M, 1989, Z ANGEW MATH MECH, V69, P352
    TONG X, 1991, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V1, P179
    TONG X, 1995, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V30, P191
    TSUI APM, 2000, PHYSICA D, V135, P41
    WOLF A, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P285
 NR 28
 TC 2
 SN 0567-7718
 J9 ACTA MECH SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 2003
 VL 19
 IS 1
 BP 71
 EP 78
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 653MF
 UT ISI:000181439700008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, YH
    Ge, XR
 TI Model and numerical analysis of 3D corrosion layer of reinforced
    concrete structure
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES E-TECHNOLOGICAL SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE corrosion at the end; 3D corrosion layer; patch element model;
    fictitious corrosion layer; 3D finite element method
 AB Under the assumption that the corrosion at the end of steel bolt or
    steel bar is shaped like the contour line of ellipsoid, a mathematic
    model and formulas of calculating the thickness of corrosion layer at
    arbitrary point are presented in this paper. Then regarding the
    arbitrary points of 3D corrosion layer as patch element model of
    fictitious displacement discontinuity, we propose the basic solution of
    3D problem of the patch element acting on discontinuous displacement.
    With three basic assumptions of the corrosion layer, we set up the 3D
    numerical discreted model, and derive the stress boundary equation for
    fictitious corrosion layer of 3D numerical analysis. We also make the
    numerical stimulating calculation of the shotcrete structure at some
    lane using 3D finite element method. The results show that this method
    is effective and reasonable.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Wuhan Inst Rock & Soil Mech, Beijing 100864, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, YH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CROUCH SL, 1983, BOUNDARY ELEMENT MET, P85
    HUI YL, 1997, IND BUILDING, V27, P19
    LI YH, 1997, J XIAN HIGHWAY U, P25
    LI YH, 1997, P 7 INT C EPMESC GUA, P835
    LI YH, 1997, P 9 INT C COMP METH, P621
    LI YH, 1998, J CHINESE COAL SOC, V23, P48
    LI YH, 1999, THESIS CHINESE ACAD, P30
    LIU X, 1990, J CHINA CIVIL ENG SO, V23, P69
    QIU WJ, 1996, DEFINITION REINFORCE, P1
    WANG Q, 1996, CHINESE J CATAL+, V17, P3
 NR 10
 TC 4
 SN 1006-9321
 J9 SCI CHINA SER E
 JI Sci. China Ser. E-Technol. Sci.
 PD FEB
 PY 2003
 VL 46
 IS 1
 BP 82
 EP 92
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 649ZV
 UT ISI:000181238600008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XF
    Wang, XZ
    Liu, YM
    Zhang, CN
    Yu, DY
 TI A sinusoidal phase-modulating fiber-optic interferometer insensitive to
    the intensity change of the light source
 SO OPTICS AND LASER TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE displacement measurement; interferometer; laser diode
 ID LASER-DIODE INTERFEROMETER; SURFACE
 AB In a conventional laser-diode sinusoidal phase-modulating (LD-SPM)
    interferometer, the wavelength of the LD is modulated by varying its
    injection current. The intensity modulation concurrent with the
    wavelength modulation leads to measurement errors. A
    photothermal-modulation method has been proposed to decrease the
    intensity change of the LD; however, this method cannot be used to
    measure vibration with a high frequency, and the beam diameter is too
    large to be used to measure minute objects. In this paper, we propose
    LD-SPM fiber-optic interferometer, in which the effect of the intensity
    change of the light source on measurement is eliminated. The diameter
    of the light beam is less than 0.5 mm. Using this interferometer, we
    measured displacements of a mirror driven by a piezoelectric
    transducer. The measurement repeatability is less than 1 nm. (C) 2003
    Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Informat Opt Lab, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XZ, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Informat Opt
    Lab, POB 800-211, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CHIEN C, 1998, APPL OPTICS, V37, P4137
    DALHOFF E, 1998, J MOD OPTIC, V45, P765
    KAKUMA S, 1994, OPT ENG, V33, P2992
    MEHDI VI, 1993, OPT ENG, V32, P1879
    RUAN F, 2000, OPT COMMUN, V176, P105
    SASAKI O, 1986, APPL OPTICS, V25, P3137
    SASAKI O, 1988, APPL OPTICS, V27, P4139
    SASAKI O, 1990, OPT ENG, V29, P1511
    SUZUKI T, 1999, APPL OPTICS, V38, P7069
    WANG XZ, 2000, APPL OPTICS, V33, P2670
    WANG XZ, 2000, APPL OPTICS, V39, P4593
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0030-3992
 J9 OPT LASER TECHNOL
 JI Opt. Laser Technol.
 PD APR
 PY 2003
 VL 35
 IS 3
 BP 219
 EP 222
 PG 4
 SC Optics
 GA 650FU
 UT ISI:000181253000011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, XX
    Zhong, SS
    Zhao, GQ
 TI Analysis of the dual-polarised patch antenna and two-element array by
    FDTD
 SO IEE PROCEEDINGS-MICROWAVES ANTENNAS AND PROPAGATION
 DT Article
 ID MICROSTRIP ANTENNAS; POLARIZATION
 AB The effects of a dual-polarised patch antenna's structure parameters,
    such as the width of the feedline, the relative dielectric constant and
    the depth of the substrate, on the antenna resonant frequency,
    reflection coefficient and isolation are analysed by means of the FDTD
    method. The different effects of the structure parameters on the
    two-element array are compared with that of individual elements. The
    changes in the array's coupling with the antenna parameters are also
    studied by means of the FDTD method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Technol, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, XX, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR GAO SC, MICROW OPT TECH 1020, P214
    HUANG J, 1991, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V4, P99
    LIAO ZY, 1984, SCI SIN A, V21, P1063
    LINDMARK B, 1998, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V46, P758
    MALKOMES M, 1982, ELECTRON LETT, V18, P520
    MUNSON RE, 1974, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V22, P74
    RICHARDS WF, 1981, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V29, P38
    SHAFAI LL, 2000, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V48, P58
    TURKMANI AMD, 1995, IEEE T VEH TECHNOL, V44, P318
    YANG XX, 2000, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V26, P153
    YEE KS, 1966, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V14, P302
    ZHAO AP, 1996, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V44, P1535
    ZIVANOVIC SS, 1991, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V39, P471
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1350-2417
 J9 IEE PROC-MICROWAVE
 JI IEE Proc.-Microw. Antennas Propag.
 PD OCT-DEC
 PY 2002
 VL 149
 IS 5-6
 BP 275
 EP 279
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Telecommunications
 GA 650WC
 UT ISI:000181285500009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiang, L
    Zhou, J
    Liu, ZR
    Sun, S
 TI On the asymptotic behavior of Hopfield neural network with periodic
    inputs
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Hopfield neural network; periodic solution; global exponential
    stability; coincidence degree; Liapunov's function
 ID STABILITY
 AB Without assuming the boundedness and differentiability of the nonlinear
    activation functions, the new sufficient conditions of the existence
    and the global exponential stability of periodic solutions for Hopfield
    neural network with periodic inputs are given by using Mawhin's
    coincidence degree theory and Liapunov's function method.
 C1 Hebei Univ Technol, Dept Phys, Tianjin 300130, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    USN, Submarine Acad, Qingdao 266071, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiang, L, Hebei Univ Technol, Dept Phys, Tianjin 300130, Peoples R
    China.
 CR GAINEY LF, 1977, MAR BIOL, V40, P41
    GAO J, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V270, P157
    GUAN ZH, 2000, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V11, P534
    HOPFIELD JJ, 1982, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V79, P2554
    HOPFIELD JJ, 1984, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V81, P3088
    HUANG XK, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P1116
    LI TC, 1997, JCU APPL MATH A, V12, P25
    LIANG XB, 1995, SCI CHINA SER A, V25, P523
    LIAO X, 1993, SCI CHINA SER A, V23, P1025
    YOSHIZAWA T, 1996, STABILITY THEORY LIA, P165
 NR 10
 TC 5
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 12
 BP 1367
 EP 1373
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 650HF
 UT ISI:000181257000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, WP
    Huang, Q
 TI Finite element displacement perturbation method for geometric nonlinear
    behaviors of shells of revolution overall bending in a meridional plane
    and application to bellows (I)
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE shell of revolution; bellows; deflection by lateral force; geometrical
    nonlinearity; perturbation technique; finite element method
 ID GENERAL-SOLUTION
 AB In order to analyze bellows effectively and practically, the
    finite-element-displacement-perturbation method (FEDPM) is proposed for
    the geometric nonlinear behaviors of shells of revolution subjected to
    pure bending moments or lateral forces in one of their meridional
    planes. The formulations are mainly based upon the idea of perturbation
    that the nodal displacement vector and the nodal force vector of each
    finite element are expanded by taking root-mean-square value of
    circumferential strains of the shells as a perturbation parameter. The
    load steps and the iteration times are not as arbitrary and
    unpredictable as in usual nonlinear analysis. Instead, there are
    certain relations between the load steps and the displacement
    increments, and no need of iteration for each load step. Besides, in
    the formulations, the shell is idealized into a series of conical
    frusta for the convenience of practice, Sander's nonlinear geometric
    equations of moderate small rotation are used, and the shell made of
    more than one material ply is also considered.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, WP, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR *EXP JOINT MAN ASS, 1998, STAND EXP JOINT MAN
    CHIEN WZ, 1947, CHINESE J PHYS, V7, P102
    CHIEN WZ, 1948, NATIONAL TSING HUA U, V5, P71
    CHIEN WZ, 1979, J TSINGHUA U, V19, P27
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V1, P305
    CHIEN WZ, 1981, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V2, P103
    COOK RD, 1981, CONCEPTS APPL FINITE
    HUANG Q, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P791
    HUANG Q, 1986, APPL MATH MECH, V7, P573
    OUYANG C, 1983, ELASTICITY PLASTICIT, P377
    SANDERS JL, 1963, QUARTERLY APPLIED MA, V21, P21
    SKOCZEN B, 1999, J PRESS VESS-T ASME, V121, P127
    ZHU WP, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P952
    ZHU WP, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P371
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 12
 BP 1374
 EP 1389
 PG 16
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 650HF
 UT ISI:000181257000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, WP
    Huang, Q
 TI Finite element displacement perturbation method for geometric nonlinear
    behaviors of shells of revolution overall beding in a meridional plane
    and application to bellow (II)
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE shell of revolution; bellows; deflection by lateral force; geometrical
    nonlinearity; perturbation technique; finite element method
 ID GENERAL-SOLUTION
 AB The finite-element-displacement-perturbation method (FEDPM) for the
    geometric nonlinear behaviors of shells of revolution subjected to pure
    bending moments or lateral forces in one of their meridional planes ( I
    ) was employed to calculate the stress distributions and the stiffness
    of the bellows. Firstly, by applying the first-order perturbation
    solution (the linear solution) of the FEDPM to the bellows, the
    obtained results were compared with those of the general solution and
    the initial parameter integration solution proposed by the present
    authors earlier, as well as of the experiments and the FEA by others.
    It is shown that the FEDPM is with good precision and reliability, and
    as it was pointed out in ( I ) the abrupt changes of the meridian
    curvature of bellows would not affect the use of the usual straight
    element. Then the nonlinear behaviors of the bellows were discussed. As
    expected, the nonlinear effects mainly come from the bellows ring
    plate, and the wider the ring plate is, the stronger the nonlinear
    effects are. Contrarily, the vanishing of the ring plate, like the
    C-shaped bellows, the nonlinear effects almost vanish. In addition,
    when the pure bending moments act on the bellows, each convolution has
    the same stress distributions calculated by the linear solution and
    other linear theories, but by the present nonlinear solution they vary
    with respect to the convolutions of the bellows. Yet for most bellows,
    the linear solutions are valid in practice.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, WP, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR *EXP JOINT MAN ASS, 1998, STAND EXP JOINT MAN
    CHIEN WZ, 1979, J TSINGHUA U, V19, P27
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V1, P305
    CHIEN WZ, 1981, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V2, P103
    LI TX, 1994, J S CHINA U TECH, V22, P94
    SKOCZEN B, 1999, J PRESS VESS-T ASME, V121, P127
    ZHU WP, 1998, THIN WALL STRUCT, P477
    ZHU WP, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P952
    ZHU WP, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P371
    ZHU WP, 2000, CHINESE Q MECH, V21, P311
    ZHU WP, 2002, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V23, P1153
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 12
 BP 1390
 EP 1406
 PG 17
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 650HF
 UT ISI:000181257000004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI Ancient Chinese algorithm: The Ying Buzu Shu (method of surplus and
    deficiency) vs Newton iteration method
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE ancient chinese mathematics; Jiuzhang Suanshu (nine chapters); Newton
    iteration method; Duffing equation
 AB Air exploratory discussion of an ancient Chinese algorithm, the Ying
    Buzu Shu, in about 2nd century BC, known as the rule of double false
    position in the West is given. In addition to pointing out that the
    rule of double false position is actually a translation version of the
    ancient Chinese algorithm, a comparison with well-known Newton
    iteration method is also made. If derivative is introduced, the ancient
    Chinese algorithm reduces to the Newton method. A modification of the
    ancient Chinese algorithm is also proposed, and some of applications to
    nonlinear oscillators are illustrated.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Donghua Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200051, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BAI SS, 1983, ANNOTATED EDITION JI
    DAUBEN JW, 1998, INT J ENG SCI, V36, P1339
    EVES H, 1983, GREAT MOMENTS MATH
    EVES H, 1983, INTRO HIST MATH
    HE JH, 1998, COMMUN NONLINEAR SCI, V3, P106
    HE JH, 1999, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V178, P257
    HE JH, 1999, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V34, P699
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P239
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P51
    KLINE M, 1972, MATH THOUGHT ANCIENT
    LI WL, 1998, MOMENTS MATH
    QIAN BC, 1992, HIST CHINESE MATH
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 12
 BP 1407
 EP 1412
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 650HF
 UT ISI:000181257000005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, HL
 TI Dynamic analysis of a spatial coupled Timoshenko rotating shaft with
    large displacements
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Timoshenko rating shaft; dynamic response; nonlinear model; coupled
    vibration
 AB The dynamic simulation is presented for an axial moving flexible
    rotating shafts, which have large rigid motions and small elastic
    deformation. The effects of the axial inertia, shear deformation,
    rotating inertia, gyroscopic moment, and dynamic unbalance are
    considered based on the Timoshenko rotating shaft theory. The equations
    of motion and boundary conditions are derived by Hamilton principle,
    and the solution is obtained by using the perturbation approach and
    assuming mode method. This study confirms that the influence of the
    axial rigid motion, shear deformation, slenderness ratio and rotating
    speed on the dynamic behavior of Timoshenko rotating shaft is evident,
    especially to a high-angular velocity rotor.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, HL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BERNASCONI O, 1987, J APPL MECH, V54, P893
    CASCH R, 1979, J SOUND VIBRATION, V63, P393
    CHOI SH, 1992, J VIB ACOUST, V114, P249
    MELANSON J, 1998, J VIB ACOUST, V120, P776
    NATARAJ C, 1993, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V60, P239
    WANG Y, 1997, J VIB ACOUST, V119, P346
    WONG E, 1999, J VIB ACOUST, V121, P110
    ZU JW, 1992, ASME, V59, P197
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 12
 BP 1413
 EP 1420
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 650HF
 UT ISI:000181257000006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, Y
    Wang, DZ
    Fan, JY
 TI Experimental investigations on diffusion characteristics of high
    concentration jets in environmental currents
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE high concentration jet; density current; diffusion
 AB By means of flow visualization and quantitative measurement, the
    diffusion pattern and concentration distribution characteristics of
    high concentration jets vertically discharged into shallow moving
    waterbody were experimentally investigated in water channel. The
    interactions between the high concentration jets and environmental flow
    conditions were analysed, and the formulae of impinging point
    coordinate and transverse spread angle are gained from data analysis.
    Experimental results indicate that the jets show complicated flow
    patterns and diffusion characteristics in near region, which are
    different from common submerged jets, and spread downstream in the
    manner of density currents.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, Y, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR QIAN N, 1991, SAND MOVEMENT MECH
    RODI W, 1982, TURBULENT BUOYANT JE
    YANG YD, 1999, PORT WATERWAY ENG, P75
    YU CZ, 1993, TURBULENT JETS
 NR 4
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 12
 BP 1429
 EP 1436
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 650HF
 UT ISI:000181257000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, YQ
    Feng, W
 TI Object-oriented finite element analysis and programming in VC++
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE object-oriented programming; finite element method; program; design;
    VC+ +
 AB The design of finite element analysis program using object-oriented
    programming (OOP) techniques is presented. The objects, classes and the
    subclasses used in the programming are explained. The system of classes
    library of finite element analysis program and Windows-type Graphical
    User Interfaces by VC + + and its MFC are developed. The reliability,
    reusability and extensibility of program are enhanced. It is a
    reference to develop the large-scale, versatile and powerful systems of
    object-oriented finite element software.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, YQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ARCHER GC, 1999, COMPUT STRUCT, V70, P63
    FENVES GL, 1990, ENG COMPUT, V6, P1
    FORDE BWR, 1990, COMPUT STRUCT, V34, P355
    GREGORY K, 1998, SPECIAL EDITION USIN, P5
    KONG XA, 1995, CPLUSPLUS LANGUAGE O
    MA YQ, 2000, J BEIJING U CHEM TEC, V27, P51
    MACKIE RI, 2000, COMPUT STRUCT, V77, P461
    WAN YK, 1998, CPLUSPLUS LANGUAGE O, P3
    YU LC, 2001, COMPUT STRUCT, V79, P919
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 12
 BP 1437
 EP 1443
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 650HF
 UT ISI:000181257000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fu, JL
    Chen, LQ
    Xue, Y
 TI Stability for the equilibrium state of rotational relativistic
    Birkhoffian systems
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE relativity; rotational Birkhoffian systems; stability; equilibrium
    state; the first approximate; directive method
 ID UNILATERAL CONSTRAINTS; RXS3 TOPOLOGY; FIELD-THEORY; EQUATIONS;
    SYMMETRIES; DYNAMICS; MOTION
 AB The stability for equilibrium state of rotational relativistic
    Birkhofflan systems is studied. The equilibrium state equations, the
    disturbance equation and the first approximation equation are given.
    The stability criteria for equilibrium state, and the stability
    criteria of the direct method for the rotational relativistic
    Birkhoffian autonomous systems are obtained. The relationship of the
    stability of equilibrium state between rotational relativistic
    Birkhoffian systems and rotational classical Birkhoffian systems are
    discussed. Two examples are presented to illustrate the results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shangqiu Teachers Coll, Inst Math Mech & Math Phys, Shanghai 476000, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, JL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BIRKHOFF GD, 1927, DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS
    CARMELI M, 1985, FDN PHYSICS, V15, P889
    CARMELI M, 1985, FOUND PHYS, V15, P1019
    CARMELI M, 1985, FOUND PHYS, V15, P175
    CARMELI M, 1986, INT J THEOR PHYS, V25, P89
    FANG JH, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1028
    FU JL, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P1266
    FU JL, 1999, J SHANGQIU TEACHERS, V15, P10
    FU JL, 1999, J SHANGQIU TEACHERS, V15, P15
    FU JL, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1023
    FU JL, 2000, APPL MATH MECH, V21, P5496
    FU JL, 2000, J YUNNAN U, V23, P194
    FU JL, 2001, ACTA MATH PHYS SCI, V21, P701
    FU JL, 2001, ACTA MECH SOL SIN, V22, P263
    FU JL, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2289
    FU JL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2683
    LUO SK, 1987, TEACH MAT COMMUN, V5, P31
    LUO SK, 1991, SHANGHAI J MECH, V12, P67
    LUO SK, 1996, APPL MATH MECH, V17, P683
    LUO SK, 1998, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V19, P45
    LUO SK, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2049
    LUO SK, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P383
    LUO SK, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P271
    MEI FX, 1993, J BEIJING I TECHNOLO, V13, P266
    MEI FX, 1993, SCI B, V38, P31
    MEI FX, 1993, SCI CHINA SER A, V23, P709
    MEI FX, 1996, DYNAMICS BIRKHOFFIAN
    MEI FX, 1997, STABILITY MOTION CON
    SANTILLI RM, 1983, FDN THEORETICAL MECH, V2
    SHI RC, 1994, MECH RES COMMUN, V21, P269
    ZHANG HB, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1837
    ZHANG Y, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P1666
    ZHANG Y, 2002, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V51, P939
 NR 33
 TC 5
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 2003
 VL 52
 IS 2
 BP 256
 EP 261
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 651NB
 UT ISI:000181325100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dong, CH
 TI The squeezing of angular momentum and its evolutions in atomic
    Schrodinger cat states
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE atomic coherent states; Schrodinger cat states; angular momentum
    squeezing; Bloch state
 ID QUANTUM-SUPERPOSITION STATES; COHERENT STATES; KERR MEDIUM; GENERATION;
    PROBABILITY
 AB The atomic coherent states will evolve to the atomic Schrodinger cat
    states at some special times in a low-Q acvity. The fluctuations and
    higher-order fluctuations of angular momentum in these atomic
    Schrodinger cat states are discussed. According to the uncertainty
    principle, the squeezing and higher-order squeezing for atomic angular
    momentum are investigated. It shows that the atomic Schrodinger cat
    states can be squeezed to second-and sixth-order, but cannot be
    squeezed to fourth-order. The properties of squeezing of atomic
    Schrodinger cat states formed by superposing infinite terms of atomic
    coherent states are identical with those of atomic coherent states.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Dong, CH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AGARWAL GS, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V217, P215
    AGARWAL GS, 1997, PHYS REV A, V56, P2249
    ARECCHI FT, 1972, PHYS REV           A, V6, P2211
    BOLLINGER JJ, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P4649
    CHUMAKOV SM, 1999, PHYS REV A, V60, P1817
    CIRAC JI, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P4091
    DENG CH, 2001, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V50, P1058
    DONG CH, 1996, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V45, P946
    GERRY CC, 1997, PHYS REV A, V56, P2390
    GERRY CC, 1998, PHYS REV A, V57, P2247
    MEEKHOF DM, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1796
    RECAMIER J, 2000, PHYS REV A, V61
    REID MD, 1993, PHYS REV A, V47, P552
    TANAS R, 1991, J OPT SOC AM B, V8, P1576
    TAO XY, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1471
    TARA K, 1993, PHYS REV A, V47, P5024
    WU SD, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1925
    YURKE B, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P13
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 2003
 VL 52
 IS 2
 BP 337
 EP 344
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 651NB
 UT ISI:000181325100018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Kang, LY
    Qiao, H
    Shan, EF
    Du, DZ
 TI Lower bounds on the minus domination and k-subdomination numbers
 SO THEORETICAL COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE domination number; minus domination; k-subdomination
 ID GRAPHS
 AB A three-valued function f defined on the vertex set of a graph G = (V,
    E), f : V --> {-1, 0,1} is a minus dominating function if the sum of
    its function values over any closed neighborhood is at least one. That
    is, for every nu is an element of V, f(N[nu]) greater than or equal to
    1, where N[nu] consists of nu and all vertices adjacent to nu. The
    weight of a minus function is f(V) = Sigma(nuis an element ofV) f(nu).
    The minus domination number of a graph G, denoted by gamma(-)(G),
    equals the minimum weight of a minus dominating function of G. In this
    paper, sharp lower bounds on minus domination of a bipartite graph are
    given. Thus, we prove a conjecture proposed by Dunbar et al. (Discrete
    Math.. 199 (1999) 35), and we give a lower bound on gamma(ks)(G) of a
    graph G. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Univ Minnesota, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Minneapolis, MN 55455 USA.
 RP Kang, LY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR COCKAYNE EJ, 1996, ARS COMBINATORIA, V43, P235
    DUNBAR J, 1995, GRAPH THEORY COMBINA, P311
    DUNBAR J, 1996, DISCRETE APPL MATH, V68, P73
    DUNBAR J, 1999, DISCRETE MATH, V199, P35
    HAYNES TW, 1998, DOMINATION GRAPHS AD
    HEDETNIEMI ST, 1998, FUNDAMENTERS DOMINAT
    HENNING MA, 1996, ARS COMBINATORIA, V43, P263
    HENNING MA, 1996, DISCRETE MATH, V158, P87
    HENNING MA, 1998, J GRAPH THEOR, V28, P49
    KANG LY, 2000, ARS COMBINATORIA, V56, P121
    KANG LY, 2002, DISCRETE MATH, V247, P229
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0304-3975
 J9 THEOR COMPUT SCI
 JI Theor. Comput. Sci.
 PD MAR 4
 PY 2003
 VL 296
 IS 1
 BP 89
 EP 98
 PG 10
 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods
 GA 648AC
 UT ISI:000181125400008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, XS
    Fang, SS
    Xia, L
    Li, WH
    Hua, Q
    Dong, YD
 TI Thermal and mechanical properties of Zr52.5Al10Ni10Cu15Be12.5 bulk
    metallic glass
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Article
 DE amorphous materials; transition metal alloys; mechanical properties;
    thermal analysis
 ID SUPERCOOLED LIQUID REGION; AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; DEFORMATION; BEHAVIOR
 AB The formation, thermal stability and mechanical properties of
    Zr52.5Al10Ni10Cu15Be12.5 bulk amorphous alloy were investigated by
    means of X-ray diffraction, differential scanning calorimetry,
    differential thermal analysis and tensile strength measurements.
    Compared with the Zr65Al10Ni10Cu15 amorphous alloy, the substitution of
    12.5 at.% Be for part of the Zr results from an off-eutectic alloy
    composition into a eutectic one, and enhances the reduced glass
    transition temperature T-rg (T-g/T-m) increase from 0.58 to 0.68,
    DeltaT(x) from 105 to 142 K, and causes a change in fracture strength
    from 1.33 to 1.75 GPa. These results can be explained on the basis of
    then-nodynarnics and topological packing changes by the addition of
    beryllium. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiao, XS, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BAKKER H, 1998, ENTHALPIES ALLOYS MI, V1, P1
    BRUCK HA, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V30, P429
    INOUE A, 1990, MATER T JIM, V31, P425
    INOUE A, 1991, MATER T JIM, V32, P609
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P99
    KAWAMURA Y, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P1208
    KAWAMURA Y, 1997, SCRIPTA MATER, V37, P431
    PEKER A, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2342
    ZHANG T, 1991, MATER T JIM, V32, P1005
 NR 9
 TC 4
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD MAR 10
 PY 2003
 VL 351
 IS 1-2
 BP 324
 EP 328
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 648JQ
 UT ISI:000181148200060
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, YA
    Nian, YB
    Liu, ZR
 TI Impulsive synchronization of discrete chaotic systems
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID SECURE COMMUNICATION; STABILIZATION; OSCILLATORS
 AB Impulsive synchronization of two chaotic maps is reformulated as
    impulsive control of the synchronization error system. We then present
    a theorem on the asymptotic synchronization of two chaotic maps by
    using synchronization impulses with varying impulsive intervals. As an
    example and application of the theorem, we derives some sufficient
    conditions for the synchronization of two chaotic Lozi maps via
    impulsive control. The effectiveness of this approach has been
    demonstrated with chaotic Lozi map.
 C1 Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225006, Peoples R China.
    Jiangsu Univ, Sch Elect & Informat Engn, Zhenjiang 212013, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, YA, Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225006, Peoples R China.
 CR CARROLL TL, 1991, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V38, P453
    FANG JS, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P1438
    GUAN XP, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1031
    ITOH M, 2001, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V11, P551
    MISIWREWICZ M, 1980, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V375, P348
    MORGUL O, 1997, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V7, P1307
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    PECORA LM, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P2374
    TEL T, 1983, J STAT PHYS, V33, P195
    TEL T, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V94, P334
    XIE WX, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V275, P67
    YANG T, 1997, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V44, P976
    YANG T, 1997, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V7, P645
    ZHENG ZG, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P874
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD FEB
 PY 2003
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 199
 EP 201
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 649EE
 UT ISI:000181193300008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZR
    Mao, JM
 TI Control of unstable flows
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID CHAOS; STABILIZATION; SYSTEMS; ORBITS
 AB Without introducing a discrete model, unstable continuous flows in a
    neighbourhood of an unstable stationary. point can be stabilized. The
    linear part of the vector field of disturbing the flow can be managed
    to become the state variable multiplied by a negative constant. The
    nonlinear part of the vector field keeps to be unchanged, therefore
    flows far away from the stationary point are almost unaffected by the
    disturbance. The control method is easy to be used, even for practical
    problems for which a priori analytical knowledge of system dynamics is
    unavailable.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Photonify Technol Inc, Fremont, CA 94538 USA.
 RP Liu, ZR, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR GARFINKEL A, 1992, SCIENCE, V257, P1230
    HUNT ER, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P1953
    MAO JM, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P1746
    MAO JM, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V62, P4846
    MYNENI K, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P2175
    OSIPOV G, 1998, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V9, P307
    OSIPOV GV, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V247, P119
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    PETTOV V, 1993, NATURE, V361, P240
    ROMEIRAS FJ, 1992, PHYSICA D, V58, P165
    ROXIN EO, 1997, CONTROL THEORY ITS A
    ROY R, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P1259
    SONTAG ED, 1998, MATH CONTROL THEORY
    XU HB, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P878
    YANG L, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P67
    ZHU SQ, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P727
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD FEB
 PY 2003
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 206
 EP 208
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 649EE
 UT ISI:000181193300010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, R
    Liu, WB
    Ma, HP
    Tang, T
 TI Adaptive finite element approximation for distributed elliptic optimal
    control problems
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON CONTROL AND OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE mesh adaptivity; optimal control; a posteriori error estimate; finite
    element method
 ID BOUNDARY CONTROL-PROBLEMS; PARTIAL-DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS; POSTERIORI
    ERROR ESTIMATORS; RITZ-GALERKIN APPROXIMATION; SHAPE OPTIMIZATION;
    CONVERGENCE
 AB In this paper, sharp a posteriori error estimators are derived for a
    class of distributed elliptic optimal control problems. These error
    estimators are shown to be useful in adaptive finite element
    approximation for the optimal control problems and are implemented in
    the adaptive approach. Our numerical results indicate that the sharp
    error estimators work satisfactorily in guiding the mesh adjustments
    and can save substantial computational work.
 C1 Peking Univ, Sch Math Sci, Beijing 100871, Peoples R China.
    Univ Kent, CBS, Canterbury CT2 7NF, Kent, England.
    Univ Kent, Inst Math & Stat, Canterbury CT2 7NF, Kent, England.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Baptist Univ, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, R, Peking Univ, Sch Math Sci, Beijing 100871, Peoples R China.
 CR AINSWORTH M, 1997, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V142, P1
    ALOTTO P, 1996, IEEE T MAGN, V32, P1
    ALT W, 1989, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V27, P718
    BANICHUK NV, 1995, STRUCT OPTIMIZATION, V9, P46
    BANK RE, 1985, MATH COMPUT, V44, P283
    BARANGER J, 1991, RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUM, V25, P31
    BARRETT JW, 1994, PITMAN RES, V303, P1
    BECKER R, 1998, P ENUMATH 97 WORLD S, P147
    BECKER R, 2000, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V39, P113
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    DECKELNICK K, 2001, IN PRESS P CONTR EST
    FALK RS, 1973, J MATH ANAL APPL, V44, P28
    FRENCH DA, 1991, NUMER FUNC ANAL OPT, V12, P299
    GEVECI T, 1979, RAIRO ANAL NUMER, V13, P313
    GIRAULT V, 1986, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    GUNZBURGER MD, 1996, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V34, P1001
    HASLINGER J, 1989, FINITE ELEMENT APPRO
    HE BS, 1994, NUMER MATH, V68, P71
    HINZE M, 2000, THESIS TU BERLIN BER
    KNOWLES G, 1982, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V20, P414
    KUFNER A, 1977, FUNCTION SPACES
    KUNISCH K, 2001, UNPUB P EUR C NUM MA
    LASIECKA I, 1984, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V22, P477
    LI R, UNPUB MOVING MESH ME
    LI R, 2001, J COMPUT PHYS, V170, P562
    LI R, 2002, J COMPUT PHYS, V177, P365
    LIONS JL, 1971, OPTIMAL CONTROL SYST
    LIU WB, IN PRESS NUMER MATH
    LIU WB, 1994, RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUM, V28, P725
    LIU WB, 2000, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V120, P159
    LIU WB, 2000, J SCI COMPUT, V35, P361
    LIU WB, 2000, P EUNMATH99 SING, P146
    LIU WB, 2001, ADV COMPUT MATH, V15, P285
    LIU WB, 2001, NUMER FUNC ANAL OPT, V22, P953
    LIU WB, 2001, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V39, P100
    LIU WB, 2001, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V39, P73
    MALANOWSKI K, 1982, APPL MATH OPT, V8, P69
    MAUTE K, 1998, STRUCT OPTIMIZATION, V15, P81
    NEITTAANMAKI P, 1994, OPTIMAL CONTROL NONL
    PIRONNEAU O, 1984, OPTIMAL SHAPE DESIGN
    SCHLEUPEN A, 2000, STRUCT MULTIDISCIP O, V19, P282
    SCOTT LR, 1990, MATH COMPUT, V54, P483
    TIBA D, 1996, NUMER FUNC ANAL OPT, V17, P1005
    TROLTZSCH F, 1994, APPL MATH OPT, V29, P309
    VERFURTH R, 1989, NUMER MATH, V55, P309
    VERFURTH R, 1994, FAST SOLVERS FLOW PR, P273
    VERFURTH R, 1996, REV POSTERIORI ERROR
 NR 47
 TC 0
 SN 0363-0129
 J9 SIAM J CONTR OPTIMIZAT
 JI SIAM J. Control Optim.
 PD JAN 15
 PY 2003
 VL 41
 IS 5
 BP 1321
 EP 1349
 PG 29
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Automation & Control Systems
 GA 643WC
 UT ISI:000180883600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, DJ
    Chen, DY
 TI Some general formulas in the Sato theory
 SO JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN
 DT Article
 DE Sato theory; pseudo-differential operator; general formulas
 ID CONSERVED QUANTITIES; KADOMTSEV-PETVIASHVILI; KP HIERARCHY; SYMMETRIES;
    REDUCTIONS
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, DJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN DY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P1956
    CHENG Y, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V157, P22
    CHENG Y, 1992, J MATH PHYS, V33, P3774
    CHENG Y, 1992, J PHYS A, V25, P419
    KAJIWARA K, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V146, P115
    KAJIWARA K, 1991, J MATH PHYS, V32, P506
    KONOPELCHENKO B, 1992, J MATH PHYS, V33, P3676
    MATSUKIDAIRA J, 1990, J MATH PHYS, V31, P1426
    OHTA Y, 1988, PROG THEOR PHYS SUPP, V94, P210
    SATO M, 1981, RIMS KOKYUROKU, V439, P30
    SATO M, 1983, NONLINEAR PARTIAL DI, P259
    SIDORENKO J, 1993, J MATH PHYS, V34, P1429
    STRAMPP W, 1990, LETT MATH PHYS, V20, P195
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0031-9015
 J9 J PHYS SOC JPN
 JI J. Phys. Soc. Jpn.
 PD FEB
 PY 2003
 VL 72
 IS 2
 BP 448
 EP 449
 PG 2
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 647AC
 UT ISI:000181068200044
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhong, XM
    Liu, YH
    Chou, KC
    Lu, XG
    Zivkovic, D
    Zivkovic, Z
 TI Estimating ternary viscosity using the thermodynamic geometric model
 SO JOURNAL OF PHASE EQUILIBRIA
 DT Article
 ID BINARY; MELTS
 AB In this paper, a new method for estimating ternary viscosity in terms
    of an extension of Chou's thermodynamic geometric model([1,2]) has been
    developed. This new method has been employed to evaluate the viscosity
    of the Au-Ag-Cu ternary system. Good agreement between the calculated
    and experimental data in the ternary system indicates that this
    approach can be successfully used to predict viscosity of ternary and
    multicomponent systems. Currently, this method requires less
    information than any other for the calculation of viscosity for a
    multicomponent system.
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Univ Belgrade, Bor, Yugoslavia.
 RP Zhong, XM, Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
 CR ANSARA I, 1979, INT METAL REV, V1, P20
    CHEN SG, 1989, CALPHAD, V13, P79
    CHEN SL, 1989, CALPHAD, V13, P225
    CHEN SL, 1989, RARE METALS, V18, P22
    CHOU KC, 1987, CALPHAD, V11, P293
    CHOU KC, 1989, BER BUNSEN PHYS CHEM, V93, P569
    CHOU KC, 1989, BER BUNSEN PHYS CHEM, V93, P735
    CHOU KC, 1989, RARE METALS, V18, P12
    CHOU KC, 1995, CALPHAD, V19, P315
    CHOU KC, 1997, METALL MATER TRANS B, V28, P439
    DU SC, 1994, METALL MATER TRANS B, V25, P519
    GEBHARDT E, 1951, Z METALLKD, V42, P106
    GEBHARDT E, 1951, Z METALLKD, V42, P111
    GEBHARDT E, 1951, Z METALLKD, V42, P358
    HILLERT M, 1980, CALPHAD, V4, P1
    HIRAI M, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P251
    HU JH, 1990, J UNIV SCI TECHNOL B, V12, P558
    KOHLER F, 1960, MONATSH CHEM, V91, P738
    LI RQ, 1988, THESIS U SCI TECHNOL
    LIU YH, 1998, P 27 CALPH M CALPH 2
    MOELWYNHUGHES EA, 1961, PHYSICAL CHEM
    MUGGIANU YM, 1975, J CHIMIE PHYSIQUE, V72, P83
    SEETHARAMAN S, 1994, METALL MATER TRANS B, V25, P589
    TOOP GW, 1965, T METALL SOC AIME, V233, P850
    ZHONG XM, 2001, CALPHAD, V25, P455
 NR 25
 TC 4
 SN 1054-9714
 J9 J PHASE EQUILIB
 JI J. Phase Equilib.
 PD FEB
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 1
 BP 7
 EP 11
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 647HQ
 UT ISI:000181087700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU An, BL
    Liu, PY
    Shi, JX
    Gong, ML
    Yang, YS
    Xu, NS
 TI Preparation, photoluminescence and thermal stability of sodium
    tris(pyridine dicarboxylato) europate(III) complex incorporated into
    silica matrix
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE-MATERIALS IN ELECTRONICS
 DT Article
 ID SOL-GEL METHOD; LUMINESCENCE CHARACTERISTICS; TERBIUM COMPLEXES;
    EUROPIUM
 AB Silica-based composite materials incorporated with sodium tris(pyridine
    dicarboxylato) europate(III), SiO2 : Na3Eu(DPA)(3), where H(2)DPA is
    2,6-pyridine dicarboxylic acid, were prepared by a sol-gel method.
    Photoluminescent properties of SiO2 : Na3Eu(DPA)(3) composite were
    studied after heat treatment between room temperature and 600degreesC.
    The strong red emission of SiO2 : Na3Eu(DPA)(3) was intensified by
    heat-treatment under appropriate conditions. The thermal stability of
    Na3Eu(DPA)(3) . 9H(2)O and its silica-based composite was examined. The
    results demonstrate that SiO2 : Na3Eu(DPA)(3) composite material
    possesses very good thermal stability with intense visible
    fluorescence, and may be applied as a potential luminescent material.
    (C) 2003 Kluwer Academic Publishers.
 C1 Sun Yat Sen Univ, State Key Lab Elect Mat & Technol, Guangzhou 510275, Peoples R China.
    Sun Yat Sen Univ, Sch Chem & Chem Engn, Guangzhou 510275, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Gong, ML, Sun Yat Sen Univ, State Key Lab Elect Mat & Technol,
    Guangzhou 510275, Peoples R China.
 EM cesgml@zsu.edu.cn
 CR ADACHI T, 1988, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V99, P118
    CHEN GZ, 1990, FLUORESCENCE ANAL ME
    DENHOVEN GNW, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P3065
    HART FA, 1965, J INORG NUCL CHEM, V27, P1825
    JIN T, 1995, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V142, L195
    JIN T, 1996, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V143, P3333
    JIN T, 1997, J ALLOY COMPD, V252, P59
    JIN T, 1998, J ALLOY COMPD, V265, P234
    LIN J, 1995, J MATER CHEM, V5, P1603
    MATTHEWS LR, 1993, CHEM MATER, V5, P1697
    RYU CK, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P2496
    SAKKA S, 1980, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V42, P403
    XU W, 1996, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V194, P235
    YAN B, 1997, MATER CHEM PHYS, V51, P92
    YAN B, 1998, MATER RES BULL, V33, P1517
    ZHANG HJ, 1999, MATER LETT, V38, P260
 NR 16
 TC 5
 SN 0957-4522
 J9 J MATER SCI-MATER ELECTRON
 JI J. Mater. Sci.-Mater. Electron.
 PD MAR
 PY 2003
 VL 14
 IS 3
 BP 125
 EP 128
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 645ZY
 UT ISI:000181011400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Zhang, JF
    Sheng, ZM
    Huang, WH
 TI Exact solution and exotic coherent soliton structures of the
    (2+1)-dimensional generalized nonlinear Schrodinger equation
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE variable separation approach; generalized nonlinear Schrodinger
    equation; coherent structure
 ID NOVIKOV-VESELOV EQUATION; SIMILARITY REDUCTIONS; BOUSSINESQ EQUATION;
    SYSTEM; INTEGRABILITY
 AB In this paper, a variable separation approach is used to obtain
    localized coherent structures of the (2 + 1)dimensional generalized
    nonlinear Schrodinger equation: iphi(t)-(alpha-beta)phi(xx) + (alpha +
    beta)phi(yy) - 2lambdaphi[(alpha +
    beta)(integral(-infinity)(x)\phi\(2)(y)dx + u(1)(y, t)) - (alpha -
    beta)(integral(-infinity)(y)\phi\(2)(x)dy + u(2)(x,t))] = 0. By
    applying a special Backlund transformation and introducing arbitrary
    functions of the seed solutions, the abundance of the localized
    structures of this model are derived. By selecting the arbitrary
    functions appropriately, some special types of localized excitations
    such as dromions, dromion lattice, breathers and instantons are
    constructed.
 C1 Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ, Dept Phys, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BOTIT M, 1986, INVERSE PROBL, V2, P271
    BOTIT M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P116
    BOTIT M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P432
    BOTIT M, 1995, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V5, P2377
    CLARKSON PA, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P2201
    DAVEY A, 1974, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V338, P17
    FOKAS AS, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P1329
    FOKAS AS, 1994, INVERSE PROBL, V10, L19
    GARDNER CS, 1967, PHYS REV LETT, V19, P1095
    GEDALIN M, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P448
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HUANG WH, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P1101
    KADOMTSEV BB, 1970, SOV PHYS DOKL, V15, P539
    KIVSHAR YS, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P765
    KONOPELCHENKO B, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V158, P391
    LIU DB, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P683
    LOU SY, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V151, P133
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4209
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P5989
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2001, EUR PHYS J B, V22, P473
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    LOU SY, 2001, PHYSICA SCRIPTA, V64, P1
    LOUTSENKO I, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P3011
    MATVEEV VB, 1991, DARBOUX TRANSFORMATI
    OLVER PJ, 1986, APPL LIE GROUP DIFFE
    RADHA R, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4746
    RADHA R, 1997, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P17
    RUAN HY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P3123
    RUAN HY, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V8, P241
    RUAN HY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P586
    TAJIRI M, 1997, PHYS REV E B, V55, P3351
    ZHANG JF, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10
    ZHANG JF, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P705
    ZHANG JF, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V37, P277
    ZHANG JF, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P517
    ZHENG CL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2426
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
 NR 38
 TC 25
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD JAN
 PY 2003
 VL 12
 IS 1
 BP 11
 EP 16
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 646FM
 UT ISI:000181024500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yan, QY
    Zhang, YF
    Wei, XP
 TI New periodic solutions to a generalized Hirota-Satsuma coupled KdV
    system
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE periodic solution; Hirota-Satsuma coupled KdV system; Jacobi elliptic
    function
 ID EQUATION
 AB Using expansions in terms of the Jacobi elliptic cosine function and
    third Jacobi elliptic function, some new periodic solutions to the
    generalized Hirota-Satsuma coupled KdV system are obtained with the
    help of the algorithm Mathematica. These periodic solutions are also
    reduced to the bell-shaped solitary wave solutions and kink-shape
    solitary solutions. As special cases, we obtain new periodic solution,
    bell-shaped and kink-shaped solitary solutions to the well-known
    Hirota-Satsuma equations.
 C1 Dalian Univ, Ctr Adv Design Technol, Dalian 116622, Peoples R China.
    Dalian Univ Technol, Sch Mech Engn, Dalian 116024, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Acad Math & Syst Sci, Inst Computat Math, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Informat Sci & Engn, Tai An 271019, Peoples R China.
 RP Yan, QY, Dalian Univ, Ctr Adv Design Technol, Dalian 116622, Peoples R
    China.
 CR FAN EG, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V246, P403
    FAN EG, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V292, P335
    GUO GP, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P1159
    LIU SD, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P718
    LIU SK, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P1923
    LIU SK, 2002, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V51, P14
    WANG ML, 1999, J LANZHOU U, V35, P8
    XIA TC, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P694
    XU GQ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P946
    ZHANG JD, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1057
    ZHANG JF, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1648
    ZHANG YF, 2001, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V36, P657
 NR 12
 TC 4
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD FEB
 PY 2003
 VL 12
 IS 2
 BP 131
 EP 135
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 646FN
 UT ISI:000181024600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, WG
 TI Explicit exact solitary wave solutions for generalized symmetric
    regularized long-wave equations with high-order nonlinear terms
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE symmetric regularized long-wave equation; undetermined assumption
    method; solitary wave solution
 ID LATTICE
 AB In this paper, we have obtained the bell-type and kink-type solitary
    wave solutions of the generalized symmetric regularized long-wave
    equations with high-order nonlinear terms by means of proper
    transformation and undetermined assumption method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, WG, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    BOGOLUBSKY IL, 1977, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V13, P149
    CHEN LL, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV E S, V8, S285
    FAN EG, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P353
    GUO BL, 1987, J COMPUT MATH, V5, P297
    GUO BL, 1992, ACTA MATH APPL SIN, V8, P59
    HIROTA R, 1981, PHYS LETT A, V85, P407
    LIU SK, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2068
    LOU SY, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1937
    LU KP, 2000, CHINESE PHYS, V9, P81
    SEYLER CE, 1984, PHYS FLUIDS, V27, P4
    WADATI M, 1975, J PHYS SOC JPN, V38, P673
    WANG ML, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V216, P67
    YAN ZY, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V8, P889
    ZHENG JD, 1989, APPL MATH MECH, V10, P801
 NR 15
 TC 9
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD FEB
 PY 2003
 VL 12
 IS 2
 BP 144
 EP 148
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 646FN
 UT ISI:000181024600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, F
    Sang, WB
    Pang, EW
    Liu, DH
    Teng, JY
 TI Stress analysis in silicon die under different types of mechanical
    loading by finite element method (FEM)
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON ADVANCED PACKAGING
 DT Article
 DE failure stress; finite element analysis (FEA); silicon die; vfBGA
 AB Stress analysis is of crucial importance in the design of components
    and systems in the electronic industry. In this paper, the authors
    present a new strength criterion combined with a finite element
    analysis (FEA) to predict the failure stress of silicon die. Several
    different models of pushers were designed to apply the load in the
    vfBGA reliability test until some units failed electrical test.
    Meanwhile, finite element analysis was performed in order to find the
    location of the highest stress and the expected modes of failure. In
    the simulation, parametric study of the effect of different types of
    applying pushers on internal stress of die is carried out and the
    failure stress of die can be determined eventually. Potential for chip
    damage under certain pusher during electrical test process has been
    assessed and the relationship between the maximum principal stress and
    the thickness of the silicon die is also explored.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Yu, F, Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Sch Mat Sci & Engn,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR ENGEL PA, 1988, FINIE ELEMENTS ANAL, V4, P9
    FRUTSCHY K, 1999, ADV ELECT PACKAG, V26, P247
    JAYATILAKA ADS, 1979, FRACTURE ENG BRITTLE, P47
    MOORE TD, 2001, IEEE TRANS ADV PACK, V24, P216
    PANG JHL, 1999, ADV ELECT PACKAG, V26, P803
    STEPIN P, 1963, STRENGTH MAT
    WILLEMS N, 1981, STRENGTH MAT, P310
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1521-3323
 J9 IEEE TRANS ADV PACKAG
 JI IEEE Trans. Adv. Packag.
 PD NOV
 PY 2002
 VL 25
 IS 4
 BP 522
 EP 527
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Engineering, Manufacturing;
    Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 643LP
 UT ISI:000180863000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Van Der Biest, O
    Wang, PL
 TI Application of substitutional model in oxide systems
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE oxide systems; Gibbs free energy; thermodynamics
 ID PHASE-DIAGRAMS; OPTIMIZATION
 AB The application of substitutional model in oxide systems, in comparison
    with that of sublattice model, is discussed. The results show that in
    the case of crystalline phases and liquid phases without molecular-like
    associates or the shortage of element in sublattice, these two models
    get consistent in the description of the formalism of Gibbs free
    energies of phases and obtain the same result of phase diagram
    calculation when the valence of the cations keep the same.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mater Sci & Eng, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept MTM, B-3001 Heverlee, Belgium.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, L, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mater Sci & Eng, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR DU Y, 1991, CALPHAD, V15, P59
    DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P1569
    FERNANDEZ A, 1981, METALL T B, V12, P747
    HILLERT M, 1970, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V24, P3618
    HILLERT M, 1975, METALL T B, V6, P37
    JORDAN AS, 1979, CALCULATION PHASE DI, P100
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P35
    LI L, 1996, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V12, P159
    LI L, 1997, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V38, P323
    LUKAS HL, 1977, CALPHAD, V1, P225
    SOMMER F, 1983, ALLOY PHASE DIAGRAMS, V19, P163
    SUNDMAN B, 1985, CALPHAD, V9, P153
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD JAN
 PY 2003
 VL 19
 IS 1
 BP 66
 EP 68
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 640LV
 UT ISI:000180691100020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, XG
    Li, FS
    Li, LF
    Zhou, GZ
 TI Electrochemical method to accelerate metal-slag reaction
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE metal-slag reaction; electrochemistry; electronic conduction
 AB The electrochemical nature of reaction between melt and slag in a
    closed system was worked out. Experimental results demonstrated that
    both the rate and reaction extent increase when the electronic
    conductor or voltage was applied between melt and slag. The bigger the
    contact area of the conductor with melts is, the faster the reaction
    rate is. With the increase of applied voltage which is beneficial for
    electron's migration between metal and slags, the rate and extent of
    reaction increase.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, XG, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR FRUEHAN RJ, 1990, NEW SMELTING REDUCTI, P39
    LU XG, 1997, S MET PHYS CHEM C, P218
    LU XG, 1997, STUDY ELECTROCHEMICA
    LU XG, 1998, J UNIV SCI TECHNOL B, V5, P20
    MURTHY GGK, 1993, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V20, P191
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD NOV
 PY 2002
 VL 9
 IS 2
 BP 7
 EP 9
 PG 3
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 639KA
 UT ISI:000180626400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tian, ZF
    Ge, YB
 TI A fourth-order compact finite difference scheme for the steady stream
    function-vorticity formulation of the Navier-Stokes/Boussinesq equations
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL FOR NUMERICAL METHODS IN FLUIDS
 DT Article
 DE Navier-Stokes/Boussinesq equations; stream-function-vorticity
    formulation; compact scheme; natural convection; heated cavity problem
 ID LAMINAR NATURAL-CONVECTION; SQUARE CAVITY; DIFFUSION EQUATION; STOKES
    EQUATIONS; ACCURACY
 AB A fourth-order compact finite difference scheme on the nine-point 2D
    stencil is formulated for solving the steady-state
    Navier-Stokes/Boussinesq equations for two-dimensional, incompressible
    fluid flow and heat transfer using the stream function-vorticity
    formulation. The main feature of the new fourth-order compact scheme is
    that it allows point-successive overrelaxation (SOR) or
    point-successive under-relaxation iteration for all Rayleigh numbers Ra
    of physical interest and all Prandtl numbers Pr attempted. Numerical
    solutions are obtained for the model problem of natural convection in a
    square cavity with benchmark solutions and compared with some of the
    accurate results available in the literature. Copyright (C) 2003 John
    Wiley Sons, Ltd.
 C1 Ningxia Univ, Inst Appl Math & Engn Mech, Ningxia 750021, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Tian, ZF, Ningxia Univ, Inst Appl Math & Engn Mech, Ningxia 750021,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BRANDT A, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V93, P128
    CHEN GQ, 1993, J COMPUT PHYS, V104, P129
    CHOO JY, 1992, INT J NUMER METH FL, V15, P1313
    DAVIS GD, 1983, INT J NUMER METH FL, V3, P227
    DAVIS GD, 1983, INT J NUMER METH FL, V3, P249
    DENNIS SCR, 1989, J COMPUT PHYS, V85, P390
    GUPTA MM, 1979, J COMPUT PHYS, V31, P265
    GUPTA MM, 1984, INT J NUMER METH FL, V4, P641
    GUPTA MM, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V93, P343
    HIRSH RS, 1975, J COMPUT PHYS, V19, P90
    HORTMANN M, 1990, INT J NUMER METH FL, V11, P189
    LEQUERE P, 1991, COMPUT FLUIDS, V20, P29
    LI M, 1995, INT J NUMER METH FL, V20, P1137
    MORTON KW, 1996, NUMERICAL SOLUTION C
    SPOTZ WF, 1995, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V38, P3497
    SPOTZ WF, 1998, INT J NUMER METH FL, V28, P737
    SYRJALA S, 1996, NUMER HEAT TR A-APPL, V29, P197
    TIAN ZF, 1997, P 6 EPMESC C GUANGZH, P286
    TIAN ZF, 1997, P 7 INT S COMP FLUID, P116
    ZHANG J, 1997, NUMER METH PART D E, V13, P77
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0271-2091
 J9 INT J NUMER METHOD FLUID
 JI Int. J. Numer. Methods Fluids
 PD FEB 20
 PY 2003
 VL 41
 IS 5
 BP 495
 EP 518
 PG 24
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied;
    Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Mechanics
 GA 640QK
 UT ISI:000180699300003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SF
    Wang, LS
 TI Kernel sections for damped non-autonomous wave equations with critical
    exponent
 SO DISCRETE AND CONTINUOUS DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 DE wave equation; process; kernel section; Hausdorff dimension
 ID GLOBAL ATTRACTOR; DIMENSION
 AB We prove the existence of kernel sections for the process generated by
    a damped non-autonomous wave equation when there is nonlinear damping
    and the nonlinearity has a critically growing exponent. We show uniform
    boundedness of the Hausdorff dimension of the kernel sections. Finally,
    we point out that in the case of autonomous systems with linear
    damping, the obtained upper bound of the Hausdorff dimension decreases
    as the damping grows for suitable large damping.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Ocean Univ Qingdao, Dept Math, Qingdao 266000, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ALLEGRETTO W, 2002, DISCRETE CONT DYN S, V8, P757
    ARRIETA J, 1993, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V42, P1057
    BELLERI V, 2001, DISCRET CONTIN DYN S, V7, P719
    CHEPYZHOV V, 1991, INDIANA U MATH J, V140, P193
    CHEPYZHOV VV, 1994, J MATH PURE APPL, V73, P279
    CHOI QH, 2000, DISCRET CONTIN DYN S, V6, P797
    FABRIE P, 2000, DISCRETE CONT DYN S, V6, P793
    FEIREISL E, 1993, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V18, P1539
    HUANG Y, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P4957
    KARACHALIOS NI, 2002, DISCRETE CONT DYN S, V8, P939
    PAZY A, 1983, APPL MATH SCI, V44
    TEMAM R, 1988, APPL MATH SCI, V68
    YANG T, 2001, DISCRET CONTIN DYN S, V7, P763
    ZELIK SV, 2001, DISCRET CONTIN DYN S, V7, P593
    ZHANG LH, 2002, DISCRETE CONT DYN S, V8, P1025
    ZHOU SF, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P4444
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1078-0947
 J9 DISCRETE CONTIN DYN SYST
 JI Discret. Contin. Dyn. Syst.
 PD MAR
 PY 2003
 VL 9
 IS 2
 BP 399
 EP 412
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 640BF
 UT ISI:000180665700011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Zhang, JF
 TI Exact excitation and abundant localized coherent soliton structures of
    (2+1)-dimensional perturbed AKNS system
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE variable separation approach; perturbed AKNS system; exact solution;
    coherent structure
 ID NONLINEAR SCHRODINGER-EQUATION; DROMION SOLUTIONS; SIMILARITY
    REDUCTIONS; BOUSSINESQ EQUATION; KDV EQUATION; KP EQUATION; WAVES;
    SCATTERING; BREATHERS; PACKETS
 AB A simple and direct method is applied to solving the (2+1)-dimensional
    perturbed Ablowitz-Kaup-Newell-Segur system (PAKNS). Starting from a
    special Bicklund transformation and the variable separation approach,
    we convert the PAKNS system into the simple forms, which are four
    variable separation equations, then obtains a quite general solution.
    Some special localized coherent structures like fractal dromions and
    fractal lumps of this, model are constructed by selecting some types of
    lower-dimensional fractal patterns.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ, Dept Phys, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P432
    CLARKSON PA, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P2201
    DAS GC, 1997, PHYS PLASMAS, V4, P2095
    DAVEY A, 1974, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V338, P101
    DJORDJEVIC VD, 1977, J FLUID MECH, V79, P703
    FOKAS AS, 1990, PHYSICA D, V44, P99
    GARDNER CS, 1967, PHYS REV LETT, V19, P1095
    GEDALIN M, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P448
    HIETARINTA J, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V149, P113
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    KADOMTSEV BB, 1970, SOV PHYS DOKL, V15, P539
    KISELEV OM, 2000, J NONLINEAR MATH PHY, V7, P411
    KIVSHAR YS, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P765
    LAI DWC, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V65, P1847
    LAI DWC, 2001, J PHYS SOC JPN, V70, P666
    LOU SY, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V151, P133
    LOU SY, 1995, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V28, P7227
    LOU SY, 1995, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V28, P7227
    LOU SY, 1995, MOD PHYS LETT B, V9, P1231
    LOU SY, 1996, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V26, P487
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4209
    LOU SY, 1997, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V27, P249
    LOU SY, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P659
    LOU SY, 1999, MOD PHYS LETT B, V16, P11
    LOU SY, 2000, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V33, P7
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2001, EUR PHYS J B, V22, P473
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    LOU SY, 2001, PHYSICA SCRIPTA, V64, P1
    LOU SY, 2002, PHYS SCRIPTA, V65, P7
    LOUTSENKO I, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P3011
    NIZHNIK LP, 1980, SOV PHYS DOKL, V25, P706
    NOVIKOV SP, 1986, PHYSICA D, V18, P267
    OLVER PJ, 1986, APPL LIE GROUP DIFFE
    RADHA R, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V197, P7
    RADHA R, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P292
    RUAN HY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P3132
    RUAN HY, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1781
    RUAN HY, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V8, P241
    RUAN HY, 2000, PHYS REV E B, V62, P5738
    RUAN HY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P586
    TAJIRI M, 1997, PHYS REV E B, V55, P3351
    TANG XY, 2002, J PHYS A, V43, P4078
    VESLOV AP, 1984, SOV MATH DOKL, V30, P588
    ZHANG JF, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P705
    ZHANG JF, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V37, P277
    ZHANG JF, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P715
    ZHENG CL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2426
 NR 49
 TC 20
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD JAN 15
 PY 2003
 VL 39
 IS 1
 BP 9
 EP 14
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 641RC
 UT ISI:000180758800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, GQ
    Li, ZB
 TI Travelling wave solutions to a special type of nonlinear evolution
    equation
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE Painleve analysis; rank; travelling wave solution; nonlinear evolution
    equation
 ID PARTIAL-DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS; PAINLEVE ANALYSIS; MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS
 AB A unified approach is presented for finding the travelling wave
    solutions to one kind of nonlinear evolution equation by introducing-a
    concept of "rank". The key idea of this method is to make use of the
    arbitrariness of the manifold in Painleve analysis. We selected a new
    expansion variable and thus obtained a rich variety of travelling wave
    solutions to nonlinear evolution equation, which covered solitary wave
    solutions, periodic wave solutions, Weierstrass elliptic function
    solutions, and rational solutions. Three illustrative equations are
    investigated by this means, and abundant travelling wave solutions are
    obtained in a systematic way. In addition, some new solutions are
    firstly reported here.
 C1 E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Informat Adm, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, GQ, E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1999, SOLITON NONLINEAR EV
    CLARKSON PA, 1989, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V22, P3821
    CONTE R, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V134, P100
    FAN EG, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P212
    FENG X, 2000, INT J THEOR PHYS, V39, P207
    GAO YT, 2001, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V133, P158
    GU CH, 1990, SOLITON THEORY ITS A
    KAUP DJ, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V54, P396
    LIU SK, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V289, P69
    LOU SY, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1614
    MALFLIET W, 1992, AM J PHYS, V60, P650
    NEWELL AC, 1987, PHYSICA D, V29, P1
    PICKERING A, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P4395
    WANG ML, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V216, P67
    WEISS J, 1983, J MATH PHYS, V24, P522
    YAO RX, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V297, P196
 NR 16
 TC 3
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD JAN 15
 PY 2003
 VL 39
 IS 1
 BP 39
 EP 43
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 641RC
 UT ISI:000180758800008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tian, LX
    Xu, BQ
    Liu, ZR
 TI Wavelet approximate inertial manifold and numerical solution of
    Burgers' equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE wavelet; wavelet approximate inertial manifold (WAIM); wavelet Galerkin
    solution; infinite dimensional dynamic system
 AB The existence of approximate inertial manifold Using wavelet to
    Burgers' equation, and numerical solution under multiresolution
    analysis with the low modes were studied. It is shown that the Burgers'
    equation has a good localization property of the numerical solution
    distinguishably.
 C1 Jiangsu Univ Sci & Technol, Fac Sci, Zhengzhou 212013, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200018, Peoples R China.
 RP Tian, LX, Jiangsu Univ Sci & Technol, Fac Sci, Zhengzhou 212013,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BACRY E, 1992, RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUM, V26, P793
    PERRIER V, 1989, RECH AEROSPATIALE, V3, P54
    SOINA MG, 1996, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P149
    TEMAM R, 1988, INFINITE DIMENSIONAL
    TIAN LX, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P1123
    TIAN LX, 2000, J MATH PHY, V41, P5771
    XU BQ, 2001, J JIANGSU U SCI TECH, V22, P1
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 10
 BP 1140
 EP 1152
 PG 13
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 641AL
 UT ISI:000180721500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, WP
    Huang, Q
 TI General solution of the overall bending of flexible circular ring
    shells with moderately slender ratio and applications to the bellows
    (III) - Calculation for C-shaped bellows
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE theory of flexible shell; circular ring shell; C-shaped bellows;
    over-all bending; general solution
 AB This is one of the applications of Part (I), in which the angular
    stiffness, the lateral stiffness and the corresponding stress
    distributions of C-shaped bellows were calculated. The bellows was
    divided into protruding sections and concave sections for the use of
    the general solution (I), but the continuity of the stress resultants
    and the deformations at each joint of the sections were entirely
    satisfied. The present results were compared with those of the other
    theories and experiments, and are also tested by the numerically
    integral method. It is shown that the governing equation and the
    general solution (I) are very effective.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, WP, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN SL, 1987, PROGR APPL MECH, P181
    CHIEN WZ, 1979, J TSINGHUA U, V19, P27
    CHIEN WZ, 1979, J TSINGHUA U, V19, P84
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V1, P305
    CHIEN WZ, 1981, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V2, P103
    HUANG CC, 1982, CARCINOGENESIS, V3, P1
    HUANG Q, 1986, APPL MATH MECH, V7, P125
    HUANG Q, 1986, APPL MATH MECH, V7, P573
    ZHU WP, 1998, THIN WALL STRUCT, P477
    ZHU WP, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P952
    ZHU WP, 2000, CHINESE Q MECH, V21, P311
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 10
 BP 1153
 EP 1163
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 641AL
 UT ISI:000180721500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, WP
    Huang, Q
 TI General solution of the overall bending of flexible circular ring
    shells with moderately slender ratio and applications to the bellows
    (IV) - Calculation for C-shaped bellows
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE theory of flexible shell; circular ring shell; U-shaped bellows; pure
    bending; general solution
 AB This is one of the applications of Part (I), in which the angular
    stiffness, and the corresponding stress distributions of U-shaped
    bellows were discussed. The bellows was divided into protruding
    sections, concave sections and ring plates for the calculation that the
    general solution (I) with its reduced form to ring plates were used
    respectively, but the continuity of the surface stresses and the
    meridian rotations at each joint of the sections were entirely
    satisfied. The present results were compared with those of the slender
    ring shell solution proposed earlier by the authors, the standards of
    the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association (EJMA), the experiment
    and the finite element method. It is shown that the governing equation
    and the general solution (I) are very effective.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, WP, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR *EJMA INC, 1993, STAND EXP JOINT MAN
    *EJMA INC, 1998, STAND EXP JOINT MAN
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, APPL MATH MECH ENGLI, V1, P305
    CHIEN WZ, 1983, APPL MATH MECH, V4, P649
    HAMADA M, 1971, B JSME, V14, P401
    HUANG Q, 1986, APPL MATH MECH, V7, P125
    HUANG Q, 1986, APPL MATH MECH, V7, P573
    LI TX, 1994, J S CHINA U TECH, V22, P94
    ZHU WP, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P371
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 10
 BP 1164
 EP 1169
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 641AL
 UT ISI:000180721500006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, CH
    Feng, W
    Huang, Q
 TI The stress subspace of hybrid stress element and the diagonalization
    method for flexibility matrix H
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE hybrid stress finite element; Hilbert stress subspace; diagonalization
    method for flexibility matrix
 AB The following is proved: 1) The linear independence of assumed stress
    modes is the necessary and sufficient condition for the nonsingular
    flexibility matrix; 2) The equivalent assumed stress modes lead to the
    identical hybrid element. The Hilbert stress subspace of the assumed
    stress modes is established. So, it is easy to derive the equivalent
    orthogonal normal stress modes by Schmidt's method. Because of the
    resulting diagonal flexibility matrix, the identical hybrid element is
    free from the complex matrix inversion so that the hybrid efficiency,
    is improved greatly. The numerical examples show that the method is
    effective.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, CH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR FENG W, 1997, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V40, P4313
    HAN JH, 1993, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V36, P3903
    HOA SV, 1998, HYBRID FINITE ELEMEN
    HUANG Q, 1991, LAP, V3, P283
    JIAO ZP, 1991, COMPUT STRUCT MECH A, V8, P214
    KARDESTUNCER H, 1995, FINITE ELEMENT HDB
    MACNEAL RH, 1985, FINITE ELEM ANAL DES, V1, P3
    MACNEAL RH, 1987, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V24, P1793
    PIAN THH, 1964, AIAA J, V2, P576
    SAETHER E, 1995, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V38, P2547
    WU CC, 1997, INCOMPATIBLE NUMERIC
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 11
 BP 1263
 EP 1273
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 639YM
 UT ISI:000180657900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, YA
    Liu, ZH
 TI Motion of level sets by a generalized mean curvature
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE level set; mean curvature; signed distance function; principal curvature
 AB Short time existence and uniqueness for the classical motion are
    studied by the function of the principal curvatures of a smooth surface
    and the Evans and Spruck's results are generalized.
 C1 Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225006, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, YA, Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225006, Peoples R China.
 CR BRAKKE K, 1978, MOTION SURFACE ITS C
    EVANS LC, 1992, T AM MATH SOC, V330, P321
    LADYZHENSKAJA OA, 1968, LINEAR QUASILINEAR E
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 11
 BP 1310
 EP 1318
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 639YM
 UT ISI:000180657900007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, TZ
    Wang, GB
 TI Convergence theorems for the AOR method
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE convergence; AOR method; iteration; H-matrices
 ID OVER-RELAXATION METHOD
 AB Practical sufficient conditions for the convergence of the AOR method
    and a practical sufficient condition for H-matrices are studied. The
    obtained convergence conditions suited to matrices, which need not to
    be diagonally dominant.
 C1 Univ Elect Sci & Technol China, Sch Appl Math, Chengdu 610054, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, TZ, Univ Elect Sci & Technol China, Sch Appl Math, Chengdu
    610054, Peoples R China.
 CR CAO ZH, 1995, NUMERICAL MATH SINIC, V17, P98
    CVETKOVIC LJ, 1984, NUMERICAL METHODS AP, P143
    HADJIDIMOS A, 1978, MATH COMPUT, V32, P149
    HADJIDIMOS A, 1980, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V30, P115
    HUANG TZ, 1998, J APPL SCI, V16, P269
    LI ZL, 1996, MATRIX THEORY ITS AP
    YOU ZY, 1983, NONSINGULAR M MATRIC
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 2002
 VL 23
 IS 11
 BP 1326
 EP 1330
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 639YM
 UT ISI:000180657900009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Luo, J
    Zhai, QJ
    Zhao, P
 TI Microstructures of liquid pure iron and Fe-C alloy near the melting
    point
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE pure iron; Fe-C alloy; liquid structure; X-ray diffraction;
    medium-range order
 AB Liquid structure of pure iron and Fe-C, alloy was studied with
    theta-theta type liquid metal Xray diffractometer. Based on this study,
    the microstructures of the metals were given. The experimental results
    show that near the melting point there are a lot of atom clusters in
    pure iron and Fe-C alloy melts. The atom cluster of pure iron has the
    body-centered cubic units as the same as its the solid state, and the
    body-centered cubic units connect into network by occupying the same
    edge. In liquid Fe-C alloy there are not only Fe-C atom clusters but
    also Fe-Fe atom clusters. In both of the. liquid metals, the atom
    cluster size, the average coordination number, the average nearest
    distance of atoms, and the atom number in the clusters all decrease
    with increasing temperature.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Cent Iron & Steel Res Inst, Beijing 100081, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhai, QJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BIAN XF, 1999, HEREDITY CASTING MET, P1
    CERVINKA L, 1998, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V232, P1
    ELLIOTT SR, 1991, NATURE, V354, P445
    HUANG ST, 1987, STRUCTURE STRUCTURE, P10
    MARET M, 1989, J PHYS-PARIS, V50, P295
    QIN JY, 1998, CHINESE SCI BULL, V43, P1445
    QIN JY, 1998, J SCI CHIN E, V28, P97
    QIN JY, 1998, SCI CHINA SER E, V41, P182
    WANG HR, 2000, CHINESE SCI BULL, V45, P1501
    WASEDA Y, 1980, STRUCTURE NONCRYSTAL, P27
    WASEDA Y, 1995, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V34, P4124
    XU SS, 1986, DEV XRAY DIFFRACTION, P103
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD JAN
 PY 2003
 VL 39
 IS 1
 BP 5
 EP 9
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 640QH
 UT ISI:000180699100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, WX
    Tu, JP
    Xu, ZD
    Chen, WL
    Zhang, XB
    Cheng, DH
 TI Tribological properties of Ni-P-multi-walled carbon nanotubes
    electroless composite coating
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE carbon nanotubes; Ni-P-CNTs composite coatings; tribological properties
 ID TUBULES
 AB Carbon nanotubes (CNTs) have super-strong mechanical characteristics
    and unique hollow nanotube structure and are believed as very ideal
    materials for fabricating the excellent composites. In this paper,
    tribological properties of Ni-P-CNTs composite coating prepared by
    electroless technique were investigated using a ring-on-block test rig.
    The results indicated that addition of CNTs would result in an increase
    in hardness of the composite coating. Due to reinforcement and reduced
    friction, the tribological properties of Ni-P-CNTs composite coating
    were greatly improved. The Ni-P-CNTs composite coating exhibited not
    only higher wear resistance but also lower friction coefficient than
    the Ni-P-SiC and Ni-P-graphite coatings. After treatment at 400
    degreesC for 2 h, the wear resistance of the Ni-P-CNTs electroless
    composite coating improved because of the Ni3P precipitation in
    Ni-matrix. (C) 2002 Published by Elsevier Science B.V.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200027, Peoples R China.
 RP Tu, JP, Zhejiang Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CALVERT P, 1999, NATURE, V399, P210
    CHEN XH, 2000, COMPOS SCI TECHNOL, V60, P301
    FILES BS, 1999, ADV MATER PROCESS, V156, P47
    HE JL, 1992, SURF COAT TECH, V53, P87
    IIJIMA S, 1996, J CHEM PHYS, V104, P2089
    KUZUMAKI T, 1998, J MATER RES, V13, P2445
    LOURIE O, 1999, COMPOS SCI TECHNOL, V59, P975
    OVERNEY G, 1993, Z PHYS D ATOM MOL CL, V27, P93
    SAITO R, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V60, P2204
    SOLVETAT JP, 1999, APPL PHYS A, V69, P255
    TU JP, 2001, TRIBOL LETT, V10, P225
    WANG LY, 2001, CHIN J NONFERROUS ME, V11, P367
 NR 12
 TC 5
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD JAN
 PY 2003
 VL 57
 IS 7
 BP 1256
 EP 1260
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 637WL
 UT ISI:000180536700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, JH
 TI A simple perturbation approach to Blasius equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE Blasius equation; perturbation method; homotopy technique
 AB In this paper, we couple the iteration method with the perturbation
    method to solve the well-known Blasius equation. The obtained
    approximate analytic solutions are valid for the whole solution domain.
    Comparison with Howarth's numerical solution reveals that the proposed
    method is of high accuracy, the first iteration step leads to 6.8%
    accuracy, and the second iteration step yields the 0.73% accuracy of
    initial slop. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, JH, Shanghai Donghua Univ, Coll Sci, 1882 Yanan Xilu Rd, Shanghai
    200051, Peoples R China.
 CR HE JH, IN PRESS J VIB CONTR
    HE JH, 1998, COMMUN NONLINEAR SCI, V3, P206
    HE JH, 1999, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V178, P257
    HE JH, 1999, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V34, P699
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P37
    HE JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V1, P51
    HOWARTH L, 1938, PROC R SOC LON SER-A, V164, P547
    LIAO SJ, 1995, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V30, P371
    LIAO SJ, 1999, J FLUID MECH, V385, P101
    NAYFEH AH, 1981, INTRO PERTURBATION T
 NR 10
 TC 2
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD AUG 10
 PY 2003
 VL 140
 IS 2-3
 BP 217
 EP 222
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 639AZ
 UT ISI:000180606600003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, YJ
    Liu, YX
    Geng, GL
    Yin, LW
    Wang, SR
 TI Microstructural changes of a CuZnAlMnNi shape memory alloy due to
    cooling in liquid nitrogen
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING A-STRUCTURAL MATERIALS PROPERTIES
    MICROSTRUCTURE AND PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE CuZnAlMnNi shape memory alloy; liquid nitrogen; scanning electron
    microscopy; transmission electron microscopy
 ID CU-ZN-AL; MARTENSITIC-TRANSFORMATION; STRUCTURAL DEFECTS;
    THERMOELASTICITY
 AB The microstructures of a CuZnAlMnNi alloy immediately after quenching,
    as well as further cooling in liquid nitrogen, were investigated by
    scanning electron microscopy and transmission electron microscopy. It
    was found that when the as-quenched alloy was subjected to cooling in
    liquid nitrogen, the spear-like martensite changed into the granular
    microstructures, resulting in the destruction of the continuity of the
    martensite plates and the increment of the boundary area.
    Simultaneously, the stacking faults in the original martensite plates
    became confused and the degree of ordering decreased from 0.0929 to
    0.0417 Angstrom. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mech, Shandong 250031, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shandong 250061, Peoples R China.
    Jinan Univ, Inst Engn Mech, Shandong 250022, Peoples R China.
 RP Bai, YJ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mech, 17 Shenglizhuang Rd,
    Shandong 250031, Peoples R China.
 CR ARAB AA, 1988, ACTA METALL, V36, P2627
    BAI YJ, 2001, MATER RES BULL, V36, P2415
    DELAEY L, 1974, J MATER SCI, V9, P1521
    DELAEY L, 1978, INCRA RES REPORT
    GUILEMANY JM, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V32, P2029
    KAINUMA R, 1996, METALL MATER TRANS A, V27, P2187
    LOVEY FC, 1984, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V86, P553
    LOVEY FC, 1990, PHILOS MAG A, V61, P159
    LOVEY FC, 1995, J PHYS IV, V5, P235
    LOVEY FC, 1999, PROG MATER SCI, V44, P189
    MINGPU W, 1986, P ITN S SHAP MEM ALL, P255
    MORRIS MA, 1992, ACTA METALL MATER, V40, P1573
    NAKATA Y, 1993, MATER T JIM, V34, P429
    STALMANS R, 1992, ACTA METALL MATER, V40, P501
    SUGIMOTO K, 1982, J PHYS-PARIS, V43, P761
    WAYMAN CM, 1990, ENG ASPECTS SHAPE ME, P3
    WU MH, 1990, MATER SCI FORUM, V56, P553
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 0921-5093
 J9 MATER SCI ENG A-STRUCT MATER
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2003
 VL 344
 IS 1-2
 BP 31
 EP 34
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 635FX
 UT ISI:000180389300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Luo, X
    Guan, X
    Li, ML
    Roetzel, W
 TI Dynamic behaviour of one-dimensional flow multistream heat exchangers
    and their networks
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER
 DT Article
 DE heat exchangers; systems; transient
 ID PERFORMANCE PREDICTION; NUMERICAL INVERSION; LAPLACE TRANSFORMS; FIN
    EFFICIENCY; MECHANISMS
 AB The dynamic behaviour of one-dimensional flow (cocurrent and
    countercurrent) multistream heat exchangers and their networks is
    modelled and simulated. The problems can be classified into two types:
    (1) dynamic responses to arbitrary temperature transients and to sudden
    flow rate transients from a uniform temperature initial condition or a
    steady-state condition, which yield a linear mathematical model; (2)
    dynamic responses to disturbances in thermal flow rates, heat transfer
    coefficients or flow distributions, which are non-linear problems and
    should be solved numerically. A linearized model is developed to solve
    the non-linear problems with small disturbances. The linear model and
    the linearized model for small disturbances are solved by means of
    Laplace transform and numerical inverse algorithm. Introducing four
    matching matrices, the general solution can be applied to various types
    of one-dimensional flow multistream heat exchangers such as
    shell-and-tube heat exchangers and plate heat exchangers as well as
    their networks. The time delays in connecting and bypass pipes are
    included in the models. The software TAIHE (transient analysis in heat
    exchangers) is further developed to include the present general
    solution and is applied to the simulation of fluid temperature
    responses of multistream heat exchangers. Examples are given to
    illustrate the procedures in detail. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Univ Fed Armed Forces Hamburg, Inst Thermodynam, D-22039 Hamburg, Germany.
    Tongji Univ, Dept Thermal Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Thermal Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Roetzel, W, Univ Fed Armed Forces Hamburg, Inst Thermodynam, D-22039
    Hamburg, Germany.
 CR ANZELIUS A, 1926, Z ANGEW MATH MECH, V6, P291
    CHATO JC, 1971, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V14, P1691
    CHEN BD, 1998, ENERGY ENV, P313
    CRUMP KS, 1976, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V23, P89
    DENG B, 2001, COMPACT HEAT EXCHANG, P179
    DU P, 1996, ENERGY ENV, P442
    DU P, 1996, J E CHINA U TECHNOLO, V18, P27
    DU P, 1996, THESIS U SHANGHAI SC
    GRIGULL U, 1990, WARMELEITUNG
    HASELER LE, 1983, HEAT EXCHANGERS THEO, P495
    ICHIKAWA S, 1972, KYOTO U MEMORIES 1, V34, P53
    JACQUOT RG, 1983, IEEE CIRCUITS SYSTEM, V5, P4
    KANOH H, 1982, DISTRIBUTED PARAMETE, P417
    KAO S, 1961, 61WA255 ASME
    KAYS WM, 1984, COMPACT HEAT EXCHANG
    LI A, 1995, THESIS U SHANGHAI SC
    LUO X, 1990, ADV ENERG CONVERS, P470
    LUO X, 1998, FORTSCHRITT BERIC 19, V109
    LUO X, 2000, HEAT TRANSFER SCI TE, P691
    LUO X, 2000, INT J HEAT EXCHANGER, V1, P151
    LUO X, 2001, INT J HEAT EXCHANGER, V2, P47
    LUO X, 2001, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V44, P3745
    LUO X, 2002, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V45, P2695
    MALINOWSKI L, 1983, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V26, P316
    NARANONG C, IN PRESS INT J THERM
    NARANONG C, 2001, THESIS U BUNDESWEHR
    PAFFENBARGER J, 1990, COMPACT HEAT EXCHANG, P727
    PAFFENBERGER J, 1988, ASME, V101, P129
    PINGAUD H, 1989, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V13, P577
    PRASAD BSV, 1991, HEAT TRANSFER ENG, V12, P58
    PRASAD BSV, 1992, J HEAT TRANS-T ASME, V114, P41
    PRASAD BSV, 1996, HEAT TRANSFER ENG, V17, P35
    PRASAD BSV, 1996, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V39, P419
    PRASAD BSV, 1997, COMPACT HEAT EXCHANG, P79
    PRASAD BSV, 1997, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V40, P4279
    ROETZEL W, 1992, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V35, P703
    ROETZEL W, 1996, NEW DEV HEAT EXCHANG, P547
    ROETZEL W, 1999, DYNAMIC BEHAV HEAT E
    ROETZEL W, 2001, P 13 SCH SEM YOUNG S, V2, P401
    ROETZEL W, 2002, 7 INT C ADV COMP MET
    SETTARI A, 1972, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V15, P555
    SETTARI A, 1972, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V15, P819
    SHAH RK, 1981, HEAT EXCHANGERS THER, P915
    STEHFEST H, 1970, COMMUN ACM, V13, P47
    WANG L, 1998, PROGR ENG HEAT TRANS, P597
    WOLF J, 1964, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V7, P901
    XU YF, 1998, J CHEM IND ENG, V49, P721
    YE DH, 1998, THESIS U SHANGHAI SC
    YEE TF, 1990, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V14, P1151
    ZALESKI T, 1973, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V16, P1527
    ZALESKI T, 1974, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V17, P1116
    ZALESKI T, 1984, CHEM ENG SCI, V39, P1251
 NR 52
 TC 10
 SN 0017-9310
 J9 INT J HEAT MASS TRANSFER
 JI Int. J. Heat Mass Transf.
 PD FEB
 PY 2003
 VL 46
 IS 4
 BP 705
 EP 715
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics; Thermodynamics
 GA 635WM
 UT ISI:000180423000011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, HY
    Wu, H
    Ma, HP
 TI The Legendre Galerkin-Chebyshev collocation method for Burgers-like
    equations
 SO IMA JOURNAL OF NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE error estimates; Legendre Galerkin; Chebyshev collocation; Burgers-like
    equations
 ID SINGULAR DIFFERENTIAL-EQUATIONS; NONLINEAR CONSERVATION-LAWS; SPECTRAL
    VISCOSITY METHOD; APPROXIMATIONS; SPACES
 AB A Legendre Galerkin-Chebyshev collocation method for Burgers-like
    equations is developed. This method is based on the Legendre-Galerkin
    variational form, but the nonlinear term and the right-hand term are
    treated by Chebyshev-Gauss interpolation. Error estimates of the
    semi-discrete scheme and the fully discrete scheme are given in the
    L-2-norm. Numerical results indicate that our method is as stable and
    accurate as the standard Legendre collocation method, and as efficient
    and easy to implement as the standard Chebyshev collocation method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, HY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ALPERT BK, 1991, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V12, P158
    BENNETT C, 1988, INTERPOLATION OPERAT
    BERNARDI C, 1992, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V43, P53
    BERNARDI C, 1997, HDBK NUM AN 2, V5, P209
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    DON WS, 1994, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V31, P1519
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, NUMERICAL ANAL SPECT
    GUO BY, 1998, SPECTRAL METHODS THE
    GUO BY, 2000, J MATH ANAL APPL, V243, P373
    GUO BY, 2001, ADV COMPUT MATH, V14, P227
    LI J, 2000, NUMER METH PART D E, V16, P513
    MA HP, 1988, CHINESE J NUMER MATH, V10, P11
    MA HP, 1998, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V35, P869
    MA HP, 1998, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V35, P893
    MERRYFIELD WJ, 1993, J COMPUT PHYS, V105, P182
    REYNA LG, 1988, J SCI COMPUT, V3, P1
    SHEN J, 1994, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V15, P1489
    SHEN J, 1996, HOUSTON J MATH, P233
    SZEGO G, 1975, ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIA
 NR 19
 TC 1
 SN 0272-4979
 J9 IMA J NUMER ANAL
 JI IMA J. Numer. Anal.
 PD JAN
 PY 2003
 VL 23
 IS 1
 BP 109
 EP 124
 PG 16
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 634BQ
 UT ISI:000180320500006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, ZY
    Cao, HZ
    Hu, J
    Shan, RL
    Yu, B
 TI 1 -> 2 Migration and concurrent glycosidation of phenyl
    1-thio-alpha-mannopyranosides via 2,3-O-cyclic dioxonium intermediates
 SO TETRAHEDRON
 DT Article
 DE glycosidation; phenyl 1-thio-alpha-mannopyranoside; 2,3-O-cyclic
    dioxonium
 ID CYCLIC KETENE ACETALS; STEREOSELECTIVE SYNTHESIS; READY PRECURSORS;
    1,2-MIGRATION
 AB Treatment of phenyl 2,3-O-cyclic ketene acetal- and
    2,3-O-thionocarbonyl-1-thio-mannopyranosides with TMSOTf and MeOTf,
    respectively, gave the corresponding 2,3-O-cyclic dioxonium
    intermediates, which proceeded via 1-->2 migration and concurrent
    glycosidation in the presence of alcohols to provide the corresponding
    2-S-phenyl glycosides stereoselectively. While the former donors were
    too labile, the latter donors have proved superior for the present
    purpose. The X-ray crystallographic structures of phenyl
    4-O-methyl-2,3-O-thiocarbonyl-1-thio-alpha-L-rhamnopyranoside (1), a
    typical donor for the present reaction, and its anomeric azide analogue
    (6), which could not undergo the present reaction under similar
    conditions, are provided. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Bioorgan & Nat Prod Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Goodway Chem Joint Res Ctr, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yu, B, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab
    Bioorgan & Nat Prod Chem, 345 Lingling Lu, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R
    China.
 EM byu@mail.sioc.ac.cn
 CR AUZANNEAU FI, 1991, CARBOHYD RES, V212, P13
    BAILEY WJ, 1991, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V32, P1539
    DIAZORTIZ A, 1993, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V23, P1935
    GYORGYDEAK Z, 1985, LIEBIGS ANN CHEM, P103
    NICOLAOU KC, 1986, J AM CHEM SOC, V108, P2466
    NICOLAOU KC, 2001, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V40, P3849
    POZSGAY V, 1992, CARBOHYD RES, V235, P295
    SZNAIDMAN ML, 1995, J ORG CHEM, V60, P3942
    YANG ZY, 2000, CARBOHYD RES, V329, P879
    YANG ZY, 2001, CARBOHYD RES, V333, P105
    YU B, 2000, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V41, P2961
    YU B, 2001, ORG LETT, V3, P377
    YU B, 2001, TETRAHEDRON, V57, P9403
    YU B, 2002, ORG LETT, V4, P1919
    ZHU PC, 1995, J ORG CHEM, V60, P5729
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0040-4020
 J9 TETRAHEDRON
 JI Tetrahedron
 PD JAN 6
 PY 2003
 VL 59
 IS 2
 BP 249
 EP 254
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 633BM
 UT ISI:000180259400013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lin, GF
    Geng, X
    Chen, Y
    Qu, B
    Wang, FB
    Hu, RY
    Ding, XY
 TI T-box binding site mediates the dorsal activation of myf-5 in Xenopus
    gastrula embryos
 SO DEVELOPMENTAL DYNAMICS
 DT Article
 DE Xenopus; myogenesis; myf-5; T-box binding site; restriction enzyme
    mediated integration transgenesis
 ID MESODERM INDUCTION; MUSCLE DETERMINATION; MATERNAL VEGT; EXPRESSION;
    GENE; MYOGENESIS; CELLS; DIFFERENTIATION; BRACHYURY; MORPHOGEN
 AB Myf-5, a member of the muscle regulatory factor family of transcription
    factors, plays an important role in the determination, development, and
    differentiation of the skeletal muscle. Factors that regulate the
    expression of myf-5 itself are not well understood. We show here that a
    T-box binding site in the Xenopus myf-5 promoter mediated the
    activation of myf-5 expression through specific interaction with
    nuclear proteins of gastrula embryos. The T-box binding site could be
    bound by and respond to T-box proteins. T-box genes could induce
    Xmyf-5. The results suggest that T-box proteins are involved in the
    specification of myogenic mesoderm and muscle development.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Biochem & Cell Biol, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Dept Bioengn, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, XY, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Biochem & Cell
    Biol, 320 Yue Yang Rd, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
 CR ARNOLD HH, 1998, CURR OPIN GENET DEV, V8, P539
    ARNOLD HH, 2000, CURR TOP DEV BIOL, V48, P129
    BARTH JL, 1998, EXP CELL RES, V238, P430
    BORYCKI AG, 1999, DEVELOPMENT, V126, P4053
    CARVAJAL JJ, 2001, DEVELOPMENT, V128, P1875
    CASEY ES, 1998, DEVELOPMENT, V125, P3887
    CASEY ES, 1999, DEVELOPMENT, V126, P4193
    CHAPMAN DL, 1998, NATURE, V391, P695
    CONLON FL, 2001, DEVELOPMENT, V128, P3479
    COSSU G, 1996, TRENDS GENET, V12, P218
    COSSU G, 1999, EMBO J, V18, P6867
    COUTELLE O, 2001, DEV BIOL, V236, P136
    CROCE J, 2001, MECH DEVELOP, V107, P159
    DING XY, 1998, MECH DEVELOP, V70, P15
    DOSCH R, 1997, DEVELOPMENT, V124, P2325
    FRIDAY BB, 2001, J CELL SCI, V114, P303
    GRASS S, 1996, DEVELOPMENT, V122, P141
    GUSTAFSSON MK, 2002, GENE DEV, V16, P114
    HERRMANN BG, 1990, NATURE, V343, P617
    HOPWOOD ND, 1991, DEVELOPMENT, V111, P551
    JONES CM, 1998, DEV BIOL, V194, P12
    KOFRON M, 1999, DEVELOPMENT, V126, P5759
    KROLL KL, 1999, EARLY DEV XENOPUS LA
    KUSCH T, 2002, GENE DEV, V16, P518
    MARCELLE C, 1997, DEVELOPMENT, V124, P3955
    MEI WY, 2001, FEBS LETT, V505, P47
    MITANI Y, 2001, DEVELOPMENT, V128, P3717
    NIEUWKOOP PD, 1967, NORMAL TABLES XENOPU
    PAPAIOANNOU VE, 2001, INT REV CYTOL, V207, P1
    POLLI M, 2002, DEVELOPMENT, V129, P2917
    SAKA Y, 2000, MECH DEVELOP, V93, P27
    SHI DL, 2002, DEV BIOL, V245, P124
    SMITH JC, 2001, INT J DEV BIOL, V45, P219
    STEINBACH OC, 1998, DEV BIOL, V202, P280
    STENNARD F, 1997, CURR OPIN GENET DEV, V7, P620
    TADA M, 1998, DEVELOPMENT, V125, P3997
    TADA M, 2000, DEVELOPMENT, V127, P2227
    TAKAHASHI S, 1998, ZOOL SCI, V15, P231
    UCHIYAMA H, 2001, DEV GROWTH DIFFER, V43, P657
    YANG J, 2002, MECH DEVELOP, V115, P79
    ZERNICKAGOETZ M, 1996, DEVELOPMENT, V122, P3719
    ZHANG J, 1998, CELL, V94, P515
 NR 42
 TC 7
 SN 1058-8388
 J9 DEVELOP DYNAM
 JI Dev. Dyn.
 PD JAN
 PY 2003
 VL 226
 IS 1
 BP 51
 EP 58
 PG 8
 SC Anatomy & Morphology; Developmental Biology
 GA 632WD
 UT ISI:000180245900007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, YF
    Yan, QY
 TI Integrable couplings of the hierarchies of evolution equations
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 AB An efficient, straightforward method for obtaining integrable couplings
    of a hierarchy of evolution equations is proposed in this paper. First
    a transformation of a kind of Lax pairs is presented, a new loop
    algebra is constructed, which can be used to obtain the integrable
    couplings of the Levi hierarchy. Using this method can also obtain the
    integrable couplings of the well-known generalized AKNS hierarchy. As
    special cases, the integrable couplings of KdV equation and mKdV
    equation are obtained, respectively. This method can be used generally.
    (C) 2002 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Acad Math & Syst Sci, Inst Computat Math, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Informat Sch, Inst Math, Tainan 271019, Peoples R China.
    Dalian Univ Technol, Mech Engn Coll, Dalian 116024, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, YF, Chinese Acad Sci, Acad Math & Syst Sci, Inst Computat Math,
    Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 CR MA WX, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P1227
    MA WX, 2000, METH APPL ANAL, V7, P21
    PICKERING A, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P4395
    TU GZ, 1989, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V5, P89
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    WANG ML, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V216, P67
    ZHANG Y, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P1
 NR 7
 TC 13
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD MAR
 PY 2003
 VL 16
 IS 2
 BP 263
 EP 269
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 634PP
 UT ISI:000180349800009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, BX
    Lu, HL
    Zhao, DX
    Yuan, YF
    Iso, M
 TI Optimized design of temperature-insensitive optical waveguide coupler
    with 120-nm bandwidth using fluorinated polyimide
 SO APPLIED OPTICS
 DT Article
 ID CHANNEL WAVE-GUIDES
 AB Method for designing optimized temperature-insensitive optical
    waveguide couplers by use of fluorinated polyimide is presented. Based
    on measured temperature and dispersion characteristics of fluorinated
    polyimide, a 3-dB waveguide coupler with a 120-nm bandwidth with
    minimal temperature variance is designed and verified through
    simulation based on three-dimensional beam propagation. The coupling
    ratio of the theoretical device is 50 +/- 0.7% in the waveband 1490
    similar to 1610 mn and the temperature range -10similar to40degreesC.
    (C) 2003 Optical Society of America.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Elect Informat Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Nitta Shanghai Co Ltd, Shanghai 200233, Peoples R China.
    Tokyo Univ Agr & Technol, Dept Chem Engn, Tokyo 1848588, Japan.
 RP Chen, BX, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Elect Informat Engn,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR BOOTH BL, 1989, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V7, P1445
    CHEN BX, 2001, ACTA OPT SINICA, V21, P996
    IMAMURA S, 1991, ELECTRON LETT, V27, P1342
    KAINO T, 1981, APPL OPTICS, V20, P2886
    KITAZAWA M, 1995, HITATI HYORONN, V77, P15
    KOBAYASHI J, 1998, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V16, P1024
    NISHIHARA H, 1993, OPTICAL INTEGRATED C
    REUTER R, 1988, APPL OPTICS, V27, P4565
    TAKATO N, 1994, NTT R D, V43, P1281
 NR 9
 TC 2
 SN 0003-6935
 J9 APPL OPT
 JI Appl. Optics
 PD JAN 10
 PY 2003
 VL 42
 IS 2
 BP 271
 EP 274
 PG 4
 SC Optics
 GA 632PN
 UT ISI:000180232000012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, CA
    Zhang, WK
    Chen, DH
    Zhou, BX
 TI Preparation and electrocatalytic properties of tungsten carbide
    electrocatalysts
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE tungsten carbide; electrocatalyst; electrochemical performance
 ID CATALYTIC PROPERTIES
 AB The tungsten carbide(WC) electrocatalysts with definite phase
    components and high specific surface area were prepared by gas-solid
    reduction method. The crystal structure, phase components and
    electrochemical properties of the as-prepared materials were
    characterized by XRD, BET(Brunauer Emmett and Teller Procedure) and
    electrochemical test techniques. If is shown that the tungsten carbide
    catalysts with definite phase components can be obtained by controlling
    the carburizing conditions including temperature, gas flowing rate and
    duration time. The electrocatalysts with the major phase of W2C show
    higher electrocatalytic activity for the hydrogen evolution reaction.
    The electrocatalysts with the major phase of WC are suitable to be used
    as the anodic electrocatalyst for hydrogen anodic oxidation, which
    exhibit higher hydrogen anodic oxidation electrocatalytic properties in
    HCI solutions.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ Technol, Dept Appl Chem, Hangzhou 310014, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BARNETT CJ, 1997, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V42, P2381
    BODOARDO S, 1997, ELECTROCHIMICA CATA, V17, P2603
    BOHM H, 1970, NATURE, V227, P484
    BOHM H, 1976, J POWER SOURCES, V1, P177
    BURSTEIN GT, 1996, J ELECTROCHEMISTRY S, V143, P189
    COSTA P, 2001, CATAL TODAY, V65, P195
    FLEISCHMANN R, 1977, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V22, P1123
    GAO L, 1995, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V5, P555
    IGLESIA E, 1992, CATAL TODAY, V15, P307
    LEE JS, 1990, J MOL CATAL, V62, P45
    LEVY RB, 1973, SCIENCE, V181, P547
    MAAS KP, 1978, P 28 POW SOURC S EL, P35
    NEYLON MK, 1999, APPL CATAL A-GEN, V183, P253
    NIKOLOV I, 1980, J POWER SOURCES, V5, P197
    NIKOLOV I, 1981, J POWER SOURCES, V7, P83
    ROSS PN, 1977, J CATAL, V48, P42
    VIDICK B, 1986, J CATAL, V99, P428
 NR 17
 TC 2
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD DEC
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 6
 BP 1015
 EP 1019
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 631NJ
 UT ISI:000180173600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, YQ
    Huang, SP
    You, JL
    Jiang, GC
 TI Molecular dynamics of structural properties of molten CaO-SiO2 with
    varying composition
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE MD simulation; structural properties; CaO-SiO2 melts
 ID SILICATE-GLASSES; RAMAN-SPECTROSCOPY; MELTS; SPECTRA; NMR
 AB Molecular dynamics simulations of the xCaO-(1-x) SiO2 melts (x varying
    with the composition of melt) were performed to achieve some structural
    information. It is found that the first peak positions of Si-Si, Si-O
    and 0-0 partial radial distribution functions RDFs(3.165 Angstrom,
    1.612 Angstrom and 2.6 Angstrom) agree very well with those of x-ray
    diffraction experiments. The discovered relation of coordinate number
    NSi-Si (r(0)) with the molar ratio of CaO is linear and the slope is
    -0.05617. The average bond lengths Of Si-O-b and Si-O-nb are 1.6275
    similar to 1.630 Angstrom and 1.595 similar to 1.60 Angstrom,
    respectively. Both distribution curves of the angles O-Si-O and Si-O-Si
    show one peak. For the distribution of angle O-Si-O the positions of
    the peaks are just a little less than the typical tetrahedral angle
    109.5degrees. And for angle Si-O-Si the positions of peaks fluctuate in
    the range from 148degrees to 151degrees. At last, the distribution of
    five Si-O tetrahedra was obtained and discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BELASHCHENKO DK, 1992, ISIJ INT, V32, P990
    HUFF NT, 1999, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V253, P133
    HWA LG, 1998, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V238, P193
    JEN JS, 1989, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V38, P21
    LIEBAU F, 1989, STRUCTURAL CHEM SILI
    MAEKAWA H, 1991, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V127, P53
    MCMILLAN P, 1984, AM MINERAL, V69, P622
    MCMILLAN PF, 1992, CHEM GEOL, V96, P351
    MYSEN BO, 1982, REV GEOPHYS SPACE PH, V20, P353
    SPRENGER D, 1993, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V159, P187
    TSUNAWAKI Y, 1981, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V44, P369
    WASEDA Y, 1977, T ISIJ, V17, P601
    WU YQ, 2001, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V11, P965
    XU PC, 1996, RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY G, P46
    YOU JL, 2001, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V282, P125
 NR 15
 TC 2
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD DEC
 PY 2002
 VL 12
 IS 6
 BP 1218
 EP 1223
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 631NJ
 UT ISI:000180173600047
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, EB
    Song, JB
    Gu, GQ
 TI Effective response of a non-linear composite in external AC electric
    field
 SO PHYSICA B-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear composites; effective medium approximation; effective response
 ID NONLINEAR COMPOSITES; EFFECTIVE CONDUCTIVITY; PERTURBATION APPROACH;
    APPROXIMATION; GENERATION; MEDIA
 AB A general effective response is proposed for nonlinear composite media,
    which obey a current field relation of the form J = sigmaE + chi\E\(2)
    E when an external alternating current (AC) electrical field is
    applied. For a sinusoidal applied field with finite frequency omega,
    the effective constitutive relation between the current density and
    electric field can be defined as, <J(x, omega, t)> = sigma(e) <E(x,
    omega, t)> + chi(e) <\E(x, omega, t)\(2) E(x, omega, t)> + (. . .),
    where sigma(e) and chi(e) are the general effective linear and
    nonlinear conductive responses, respectively. The angled brackets <(. .
    .)> denotes the ensemble average. As two examples, we have investigated
    the cylindrical and spherical inclusions embedded in a host and also
    derived the formulae of the general effective linear and nonlinear
    conductive responses in dilute limit. For higher volume fraction of
    inclusions, we have proposed a nonlinear effective medium approximation
    (EMA) method to estimate the general effective response of nonlinear
    composites in external AC field. Furthermore, the effective nonlinear
    responses at harmonics are predicted by using the general effective
    response. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Oceanol, Qingdao 266071, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Comp Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, EB, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Oceanol, Qingdao 266071, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BERGMAN DJ, 1992, SOLID STATE PHYS, V46, P147
    GU GQ, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P4502
    GU GQ, 2000, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V22, P95
    GU GQ, 2000, PHYSICA B, V279, P62
    HUI PM, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P4740
    LANDAU LD, 1960, ELECTRODYNAMICS CONT, V8
    LEVY O, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P7189
    LEVY O, 1995, PHYS REV E, V52, P3184
    STROUD D, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P8719
    WEI EB, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P960
    WEI EB, 2001, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V35, P501
    YU KW, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V168, P313
    YU KW, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P1782
 NR 13
 TC 6
 SN 0921-4526
 J9 PHYSICA B
 JI Physica B
 PD NOV-DEC
 PY 2002
 VL 324
 IS 1-4
 BP 322
 EP 328
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 630JQ
 UT ISI:000180104100041
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yoon, TS
    Li, Y
    Koo, ES
    Kim, CO
 TI Soft magnetic properties of as-deposited Fe-Si-O thin films
 SO JOURNAL OF MAGNETISM AND MAGNETIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE soft magnetic properties; thin film; nanocrystalline
 AB The properties of the nanocrystalline as-deposited Fe-Si-O thin films
    fabricated by RF agnetron reactive sputtering method have been studied.
    The best magnetic softness obtained from as-deposited Fe79.8Si17.3O2.9
    thin films is the saturation flux density of 17.2kG, coercivity of 3.1
    Oe and effective permeability of about 1000 at 100 MHz. The electrical
    resistivity of Fe79.8Si17.3O2.9 thin film is 35 muOmega cm (C) 2002
    Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chungnam Natl Univ, Res Ctr Adv Magnet Mat, Yousung Gu, Taejon 305764, South Korea.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, Y, Chungnam Natl Univ, Res Ctr Adv Magnet Mat, Yousung Gu, Gung
    Dong 220, Taejon 305764, South Korea.
 CR BLOEMEN PJH, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P6778
    CULLITY BD, 1978, ELEMENTS XRAY DIFFRA, CH3
    FUJIMORI H, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V33, P1625
    HAYAKAWA Y, 1995, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V6, P989
    KOBAYASHI N, 1996, J MAGN SOC JAPAN, V20, P469
    MAKINO A, 1994, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V181, P1020
    YOON TS, 2001, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V226, P1530
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0304-8853
 J9 J MAGN MAGN MATER
 JI J. Magn. Magn. Mater.
 PD JAN
 PY 2003
 VL 254
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 416
 EP 418
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 629WR
 UT ISI:000180075600127
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhong, SS
    Yang, XX
    Gao, SC
    Cui, JH
 TI Corner-fed microstrip antenna element and arrays for dual-polarization
    operation
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON ANTENNAS AND PROPAGATION
 DT Article
 DE antenna array; impedance; isolation; microstrip antenna; patterns;
    polarization
 ID PATCH ANTENNAS
 AB A systematical study on the dual-polarized corner-fed microstrip
    antenna element and arrays with thin single-layer structure is
    presented. The impedance matrices and S-parameters of the element and
    arrays are investigated by the proposed extended multiport network
    method (EMNM). The co- and cross-polarization patterns are also
    analyzed. It is shown that this kind of antenna element has the
    isolation about 10 dB higher than that of a conventional edge-fed
    square patch. A series of new dual-polarized arrays of corner-fed
    patches have been designed and analyzed based on the EMNM. The
    experimental results of five arrays indicate that these arrays achieve
    the isolation of 27similar to38 dB with maximum of higher than
    28similar to58 dB and the cross-polarization level of lower than
    -23similar to -30 at boresight, which are substantially better than
    those of similar dual-polarized arrays of edge-fed patches. All
    theoretical results are in good agreement with experimental ones.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhong, SS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CRUZ EM, 1991, ELECTRON LETT, V27, P1410
    CRUZ EM, 1993, ELECTRON LETT, V29, P88
    CRYAN MJ, 1996, ELECTRON LETT, V32, P286
    DANIEL JP, 1985, P ISAP 85, P121
    DANIEL JP, 1989, HDB MICROSTRIP ANT 2, P579
    DERNERYD AG, 1976, P 6 EUR MICR C, P339
    DUTOIT LJ, 1987, P IEEE ANT PROP INT, P810
    GAO SC, 1998, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V19, P214
    GAO SC, 1999, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    GUPTA KC, 1981, COMPUTER AIDED DESIG
    GUPTA KC, 1987, P IEEE ANT PROP SOC, V2, P786
    HALL PS, 1997, ADV MICROSTRIP PRINT, P163
    HUANG J, 1991, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V4, P99
    LIM BW, 1995, ELECTRON LETT, V31, P691
    LINDMARK B, 1998, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V46, P758
    PORTER BG, 1999, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V47, P1836
    RICHARDS WF, 1981, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V29, P38
    ZHONG SS, 1991, MICROSTRIP ANTENNA T
    ZHONG SS, 1995, J SHANGHAI U NATURAL, V1, P680
    ZHONG SS, 1998, P J INA 98 NIC FRANC, P738
    ZHONG SS, 1999, P AS PAC MICR C SING, P928
    ZHONG SS, 2000, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V24, P176
 NR 22
 TC 4
 SN 0018-926X
 J9 IEEE TRANS ANTENNAS PROPAGAT
 JI IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag.
 PD OCT
 PY 2002
 VL 50
 IS 10
 BP 1473
 EP 1480
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Telecommunications
 GA 628XD
 UT ISI:000180021100017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, YQ
    Jiang, GC
    You, JL
    Hou, HY
    Chen, H
 TI A new method for the Raman spectra calculation of vitreous or molten
    silicate
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID BOND POLARIZABILITY MODEL; VIBRATIONAL-SPECTRA; GLASSES; SODIUM;
    INTENSITIES; SIMULATION; SYSTEM; MELTS
 AB A new method is deduced to calculate the Raman spectra of vitreous or
    molten silicate. This method includes five steps: (i) molecular
    dynamics simulation to generate thousands of vitreous or molten
    configurations in equilibrium; (ii) decomposing the configurations into
    five kinds of defined tetrahedral units; (iii) normal vibrational
    analysis with Wilson's GF matrix method for the eigenfrequencies and
    eigenvectors of each tetrahedral unit; (iv) Raman intensity
    calculations for each vibrational mode by utilizing the electro-optical
    parameter method and bond polarizability model; (v) accumulating the
    data of frequencies and corresponding intensities to form the partial
    Raman spectral line of each defined tetrahedral unit and finally the
    envelope.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, YQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ABBATE S, 1977, J CHEM PHYS, V67, P1519
    ABBATE S, 1977, J MOL SPECTROSC, V66, P1
    BARRON LD, 1982, J RAMAN SPECTROSC, V13, P155
    BARRON LD, 1986, MOL PHYS, V57, P653
    BELL RJ, 1970, DISCUSS FARADAY SOC, V50, P55
    BOUGEARD D, 2000, J PHYS CHEM B, V104, P9210
    BRAWER S, 1975, PHYS REV B, V11, P3173
    DIMITROV V, 1999, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V249, P160
    DOWTY E, 1987, PHYS CHEM MINER, V14, P542
    DOWTY E, 1987, PHYS CHEM MINER, V14, P67
    FURUKAWA T, 1981, J CHEM PHYS, V75, P3226
    GASKELL PH, 1967, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V8, P69
    GO S, 1975, PHYS REV LETT, V34, P580
    GUHA S, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P13106
    GUSSONI M, 1976, J CHEM PHYS, V65, P343
    HUANG SP, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P279
    MARINOV M, 1994, J PHYS CONDENS MATT, V6, P381
    MEGAHED AA, 1999, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V40, P130
    MIHAILOVA B, 1994, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V168, P265
    MURRAY RA, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P1320
    SCAMEHORN CA, 1991, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V55, P721
    UMARI P, 2001, PHYS REV B, V63
    WILSON EB, 1955, MOL VIBRATIONS
    WU YQ, 2001, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V11, P965
    WU YQ, 2002, IN PRESS T NONFERROU
    YOU JL, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P3408
    YOU JL, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P991
    ZOTOV N, 1996, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V197, P179
    ZOTOV N, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P6383
 NR 29
 TC 2
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD DEC
 PY 2002
 VL 19
 IS 12
 BP 1880
 EP 1883
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 628VB
 UT ISI:000180016300042
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
    Chen, X
 TI Traversal time for Dirac particles through a potential barrier
 SO ANNALEN DER PHYSIK
 DT Article
 DE traversal time; quantum tunnelling; relativistic theory
 ID FRONT PROPAGATION; EVANESCENT MEDIA; TUNNELING TIMES; KLEIN PARADOX
 AB A traversal time that has no problem of supertuminality was advanced
    for particles to runnel through potential barriers in the
    non-relativistic quantum theory in a previous paper by C.-F. Li and Q.
    Wang, Physica B 296 (2001) 356. This time is generalized in this paper
    to Dirac's relativistic quantum theory. Both evanescent and propagating
    cases are considered. It is shown that the traversal time in the
    evanescent case has much the same properties as in the,
    non-relativistic quantum theory and thus has no problem of
    superluminality. It also gets rid of the problem of superluminality in
    the propagating case. Comparisons with the dwell time, the group delay,
    and the velocity of monochromatic front are also made.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Xian Inst Opt & Precis Mech, State Key Lab Transient Opt Technol, Xian 710068, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BRILLOUIN L, 1960, WAVE PROPAGATION GRO
    BUTTIKER M, 1983, PHYS REV B, V27, P6178
    BUTTIKER M, 1998, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V7, P602
    BUTTIKER M, 1998, SUPERLATTICE MICROST, V23, P781
    CALOGERACOS A, 1999, CONTEMP PHYS, V40, P313
    CALOGERACOS A, 1999, INT J MOD PHYS A, V14, P631
    CHIAO RY, 1997, PROG OPTICS, V37, P345
    HAUGE EH, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P917
    LEAVENS CR, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P5387
    LI CF, 2001, J OPT SOC AM B, V18, P1174
    LI CF, 2001, PHYSICA B, V296, P356
    TODOROV NS, 2000, ANN FDN L BROGLIE, V25, P209
    WIGNER EP, 1955, PHYS REV, V98, P145
 NR 13
 TC 2
 SN 0003-3804
 J9 ANN PHYS-BERLIN
 JI Ann. Phys.-Berlin
 PD DEC
 PY 2002
 VL 11
 IS 12
 BP 916
 EP 925
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 629VX
 UT ISI:000180073400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SF
    Fan, XM
 TI Kernel sections for non-autonomous strongly damped wave equations
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE wave equation; Kernel section; Hausdorff dimension; equivalent norm
 ID DIMENSION; BEHAVIOR
 AB We prove the existence of compact kernel sections for the process
    generated by a non-autonomous strongly damped wave equation with
    homogeneous Dirichlet boundary condition. We show that the upper bound
    of the Hausdorff dimension of sections decreases as the damping grows
    for large strong damping. (C) 2002 Elsevier Science (USA). All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Elect Sci & Technol China, Dept Appl Math, Chengdu 610054, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN F, 1998, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V147, P339
    CHEPYZHOV V, 1991, INDIANA U MATH J, V140, P193
    CHEPYZHOV VV, 1994, J MATH PURE APPL, V73, P279
    GHIDAGLIA JM, 1991, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V22, P861
    HALE JK, 1988, ASYMPTOTIC BEHAV DIS
    LANDAHL PS, 1982, PHYS REV B, V25, P5337
    LI J, 1991, CHAOS MELNIKOV METHO
    MASSATT P, 1983, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V48, P334
    PAZY A, 1983, APPL MATH SCI, V44
    TEMAM R, 1988, APPL MATH SCI, V68
    WANG Z, 1997, MATH APPL, V10, P97
    WEBB GF, 1980, CAN J MATH, V32, P631
    ZHOU SF, 1999, J MATH ANAL APPL, V233, P102
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0022-247X
 J9 J MATH ANAL APPL
 JI J. Math. Anal. Appl.
 PD NOV 15
 PY 2002
 VL 275
 IS 2
 BP 850
 EP 869
 PG 20
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 627VE
 UT ISI:000179956200026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, TS
    Sheng, WC
 TI The general Riemann problem for the linearized system of
    two-dimensional isentropic flow in gas dynamics
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE general Riemann problem; linearized system; two-dimensional isentropic
    flow; explicit solution
 AB In this paper, we give the explicit solution to the general Riemann
    problem for the linearized system of two-dimensional isentropic flow in
    gas dynamics. (C) 2002 Published by Elsevier Science (USA).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Sheng, WC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR LI T, 2002, DISCRETE CONT DYN S, V8, P737
 NR 1
 TC 0
 SN 0022-247X
 J9 J MATH ANAL APPL
 JI J. Math. Anal. Appl.
 PD DEC 15
 PY 2002
 VL 276
 IS 2
 BP 598
 EP 610
 PG 13
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 628BV
 UT ISI:000179972800008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Q
    Zhou, JM
    Wu, Z
    Li, CF
 TI Infrared frequency characteristic of antiferromagnetic crystal
 SO JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE antiferromagnetic crystal; S-polarized surface wave; frequency region;
    infrared band
 ID SURFACE-WAVES; INTERFACE
 AB Frequency proper-ties of infrared nonlinear s-polarized surface waves,
    which transmit through the interface between a dielectric and a
    nonlinear antiferromagnet were studied. The nonlinear dispersion
    equation was derived. It is found that there is a critical frequency in
    the nonlinear s-polarized surface waves. Below this frequency, the
    nonlinear s-polarized waves on the interface are backward surface
    waves. Using the dispersion equation and boundary conditions, the
    frequency region of nonlinear s-polarized waves was discussed in
    detail. The results show that not only the power but also the ratio of
    dielectric constants of two materials can influence the frequency
    region significantly.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, Q, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ALMEIDA NS, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P2015
    BOARDMAN AD, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P14
    EMTAGE PR, 1984, PHYS REV B, V29, P212
    PATTON CE, 1984, PHYS REP, V103, P252
    WANG Q, 1993, ACTA PHYSIC SINICA, V42, P2005
    WANG Q, 1997, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V46, P145
    WANG Q, 1998, SCI CHINA SER A, V28, P1135
    WANG Q, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P349
    WANG Q, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V87, P1908
    ZHOU JM, 2000, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V39, P6223
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1001-9014
 J9 J INFRARED MILIM WAVES
 JI J. Infrared Millim. Waves
 PD DEC
 PY 2002
 VL 21
 IS 6
 BP 423
 EP 428
 PG 6
 SC Optics
 GA 627DU
 UT ISI:000179918100005
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Kang, LY
    Qiao, H
    Shan, EF
    Du, DZ
 TI Lower bounds on the minus domination and k-subdomination numbers
 SO COMPUTING AND COMBINATORICS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID REGULAR GRAPHS
 AB A three-valued function f defined on the vertex set of a graph G = (V,
    E), f : V --> {1, 0, 1} is a minus dominating function if the sum of
    its function values over any closed neighborhood is at least one. That
    is, for every upsilon is an element of V, f (N[upsilon]) greater than
    or equal to 1, where N[upsilon] consists of upsilon and all vertices
    adjacent to upsilon. The weight of a minus function is f(V) =
    Sigma(upsilonis an element ofV) f(upsilon). The minus domination number
    of a graph G, denoted by gamma(-) (G), equals the minimum weight of a
    minus dominating function of G. In this paper, sharp lower bounds on
    minus domination of a bipartite graph are given. Thus, we prove a
    conjecture proposed by J. Dunbar etc.(Discrete Math. 199(1999) 35-47),
    and we give a lower bound on gamma(ks) (G) of a graph G.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shijiazhuang Normal Coll, Dept Math, Shijiazhuang 050041, Peoples R China.
    Univ Minnesota, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Minneapolis, MN 55455 USA.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Acad Math & Syst Sci, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Kang, LY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BROERE I, 1995, DISCRETE MATH, V138, P125
    COCKAYNE EJ, 1996, ARS COMBINATORIA, V43, P235
    DUNBAR J, 1996, DISCRETE APPL MATH, V68, P73
    DUNBAR J, 1999, DISCRETE MATH, V199, P35
    DUNBAR JE, 1995, GRAPH THEORY COMBINA, V1, P311
    FAVARON O, 1996, DISCRETE MATH, V158, P287
    HAYNES TW, 1998, DOMINATION GRAPHS AD
    HEDETNIEMI ST, 1998, FUNDAMENTERS DOMINAT
    HENNING MA, 1996, ARS COMBINATORIA, V43, P263
    HENNING MA, 1996, DISCRETE MATH, V158, P87
    HENNING MA, 1998, J GRAPH THEOR, V28, P49
    KANG LY, IN PRESS DISCRETE MA
    KANG LY, 2000, ARS COMBINATORIA, V56, P121
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2001
 VL 2108
 BP 375
 EP 383
 PG 9
 GA BV76F
 UT ISI:000179960000041
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fu, JL
    Chen, LQ
    Xue, Y
    Luo, SK
 TI Stability of the equilibrium state in relativistic Birkhoff systems
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE relativity; Birkhoff systems; stability of the equilibrium state; the
    first approximate
 ID CONSERVED QUANTITIES; ROTATIONAL SYSTEMS; LIE SYMMETRIES; RXS3
    TOPOLOGY; FIELD-THEORY; EQUATIONS; DYNAMICS; MOTION
 AB The stabilities of the equilibrium state in relativistic Birkhoff
    autonomous systems, relativistic Birkhoff semi-autonomous systems and
    relativistic Birkhoff non-autonomous systems are studied. The
    equilibrium state equations are given. The disturbance equation and the
    first approximate equation are established. The stability criteria for
    the equilibrium state are obtained. The relationship between the
    stabilities of the equilibrium state in relativistic Birkhoff systems
    and classical Birkhoff systems is discussed. Several examples are
    presented to illustrate the results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shangqiu Teachers Coll, Inst Math Mech & Math Phys, Shangqiu 476000, Peoples R China.
    Changsha Univ, Inst Math Mech & Math Phys, Changsha 410003, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, JL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BIRKHOFF GD, 1927, DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS
    CARMELI M, 1985, FDN PHYSICS, V15, P889
    CARMELI M, 1985, FOUND PHYS, V15, P1019
    CARMELI M, 1985, FOUND PHYS, V15, P175
    CARMELI M, 1986, INT J THEOR PHYS, V25, P89
    FANG JH, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1028
    FU JL, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P1266
    FU JL, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1023
    FU JL, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P549
    FU JL, 2000, J YUNNAN U, V23, P194
    FU JL, 2001, ACTA MATH PHYS SCI, V21, P70
    FU JL, 2001, ACTA MECH SOL SIN, V22, P263
    FU JL, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2289
    LOU SK, 1991, SHANGHAI J MECH, V12, P67
    LUO SK, 1987, TEACHING MAT COMMUNI, P31
    LUO SK, 1996, APPL MATH MECH, V17, P683
    LUO SK, 1998, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V19, P45
    LUO SK, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2049
    LUO SK, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P383
    LUO SK, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P271
    LUO SK, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P1913
    MEI FX, 1993, J BEIJING I TECHNOLO, V13, P266
    MEI FX, 1993, SCI CHINA SER A, V23, P709
    MEI FX, 1996, DYNAMICAL BIRKHOFFIA
    MEI FX, 1997, STABILITY MOTION CON
    MEI FX, 1998, SCI B, V38, P31
    SANTILLI RM, 1983, FDN THEORETICS MECH, V2
    SHI RC, 1994, MECH RES COMMUN, V21, P269
    ZHANG HB, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1837
 NR 29
 TC 7
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 2002
 VL 51
 IS 12
 BP 2683
 EP 2689
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 626JM
 UT ISI:000179868100004
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Tao, LR
    Hua, TC
 TI Microscopic study of crystal growth in cryopreservation agent solutions
    and water
 SO VISUALIZATION AND IMAGING IN TRANSPORT PHENOMENA
 SE ANNALS OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE cryopreservation; crystal growth; electric field; microscopy
 ID CELLS
 AB Ice formation inside or outside cells during cryopreservation is
    evidently the main factor of cryoinjury to cells. In the study
    described here a high voltage DC electric field and a cryomicroscopic
    stage were used to test DMSO and NaCl solutions under electric field
    strengths ranging from 83 kV/m to 320 kV/m. Dendritic ice crystals
    became asymmetric when the electric field was activated. This change in
    the ice crystal shape was more pronounced in the ionic NaCl solution.
    In addition, ice growth of distilled water without an electric field
    was tested under different cooling rates.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Refrigerat & Cryogen, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Tao, LR, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Refrigerat & Cryogen, 516
    Jungong Rd, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR BARI SA, 1974, J GLACIOL, V13, P489
    CARTE AE, 1961, P PHYS SOC LOND, V77, P757
    HANYU Y, 1992, J MICROSC, V165, P225
    ISHIGURO H, 1994, CRYOBIOLOGY, V31, P483
    JACKSON TH, 1997, CRYOBIOLOGY, V34, P363
    KORBER C, 1985, J MICROSC, V141, P263
    MAZUR P, 1977, CRYOBIOLOGY, V14, P251
    SVISHCHEV IM, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P975
    SVISHCHEV IM, 1996, J AM CHEM SOC, V118, P649
    WANG DR, 1988, CRYOBIOLOGY, V25, P510
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0077-8923
 J9 ANN N Y ACAD SCI
 JI Ann.NY Acad.Sci.
 PY 2002
 VL 972
 BP 151
 EP 157
 PG 7
 GA BV68H
 UT ISI:000179766500021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xie, ZP
    Hsu, W
    Liu, ZT
    Lee, ML
 TI Concept lattice based composite classifiers for high predictability
 SO JOURNAL OF EXPERIMENTAL & THEORETICAL ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
 DT Article
 DE concept lattice; Naive Bayes; nearest neighbour algorithm;
    classification
 ID RULES
 AB Concept lattice model, the core structure in formal concept analysis,
    has been successfully applied in software engineering and knowledge
    discovery. This paper integrates the simple base classifier (Naive
    Bayes or Nearest Neighbour) into each node of the concept lattice to
    form a new composite classifier. Two new classification systems are
    developed, CLNB and CLNN, which employ efficient constraints to search
    for interesting patterns and voting strategy to classify a new object.
    CLNB integrates the Naive Bayes base classifier into concept nodes
    while CLNN incorporates the Nearest Neighbour base classifier into
    concept nodes. Experimental results indicate that these two composite
    classifiers greatly improve the accuracy of their corresponding base
    classifier. In addition, CLNB even outperforms three other
    state-of-the-art classification methods, NBTree, CBA and C4.5 Rules.
 C1 Natl Univ Singapore, Sch Comp, Singapore 117543, Singapore.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AHA DW, 1997, LAZY LEARNING
    BLANZIERI E, 1999, P 16 INT C MACH LEAR, P22
    BREIMAN L, 1996, MACH LEARN, V24, P123
    DASARATHY B, 1991, NEAREST NEIGHBOR NN
    DOMINGOS P, 1997, MACH LEARN, V29, P103
    DUDA R, 1973, PATTERN CLASSIFICATI
    FAYYAD UM, 1993, P 13 INT JOINT C ART, P1022
    FREUND Y, 1995, INFORM COMPUT, V121, P256
    FRIEDMAN N, 1997, MACH LEARN, V29, P131
    GANTER B, 1999, P 2 INT C KNOWL DISC
    GODIN R, 1994, THEOR COMPUT SCI, V133, P387
    LIU B, 1998, P 4 INT C KNOWL DISC, P80
    MEPHUNGUIFO E, 1994, P 6 INT C TOOLS ART, P461
    MERZ CJ, 1996, UCI REPOSITORY MACHI
    MYLES JP, 1990, PATTERN RECOGN, V23, P1291
    NJIWOUA P, 1996, P BENELEARN 96 U LIM, P57
    PASQUIER N, 1999, INFORMATION SYSTEMS, V19, P33
    QUINLAN JR, 1993, C4 5 PROGRAMS MACHIN
    SAHAMI M, 1995, P 8 EUR C MACH LEARN, P343
    SHORT R, 1981, IEEE T INFORMATION T, V27, P622
    WILLE R, 1982, ORDERED SETS, P445
    ZHENG ZJ, 2000, MACH LEARN, V41, P53
 NR 22
 TC 2
 SN 0952-813X
 J9 J EXP THEOR ARTIF INTELL
 JI J. Exp. Theor. Artif. Intell.
 PD APR
 PY 2002
 VL 14
 IS 2
 BP 143
 EP 156
 PG 14
 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence
 GA 622VC
 UT ISI:000179666900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, Z
    Sheng, JW
    Ying, L
 TI An accurate and fast simulated model of CPW discontinuities
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE CPW discontinuities; SDIE; dyadic Green's function
 ID COPLANAR WAVE-GUIDE
 AB A space-domain integral equation(SDIE) which is solved using the method
    of moments is used to study the CPW discontinuities. And this paper
    attempts for the first time to use a fast, efficient computational
    method and leads to reasonable computation times. Good agreement has
    been found. The driving closed-form expressions and available models
    are useful in the design of coplanar circuits such as filters.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, Z, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ACHIM H, 1991, IEEE T MTT, V39, P83
    DIB NI, 1992, INT J MICROWAVE MILL, V2, P331
    HETTAK K, 1999, IEEE T MTT, V47, P635
    ITOH T, 1989, NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES
    JACKSON RW, 1986, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V34, P1450
    JACKSON RW, 1986, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V34, P1450
    SIMONS RN, 1988, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V36, P1796
    WOLFGANG H, 1998, IEEE T MTT, V46, P2264
 NR 8
 TC 4
 SN 0195-9271
 J9 INT J INFRAR MILLIM WAVE
 JI Int. J. Infrared Millimeter Waves
 PD JAN
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 1
 BP 55
 EP 60
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied; Optics
 GA 625GV
 UT ISI:000179809500006
 ER
 
 EF
 FN ISI Export Format
 VR 1.0
 PT S
 AU Tang, J
    Tong, WQ
    Zhi, XL
    Yin, ZJ
 TI Economic heuristic guided price-regulating mechanism in SHGRB
 SO GRID AND COOPERATIVE COMPUTING GCC 2004 WORKSHOPS, PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB The accelerated development in Grid Computing has positioned as
    promising next generation computing platforms for solving large-scale
    resource intensive problems. However, the management of resources and
    scheduling computations in a Grid environment remain complex and
    immature. The computing economy is argued for the necessity to create a
    real world scalable Grid because it provides a fair basis in
    successfully regulating decentralization and heterogeneity presented in
    Grid environment. Although efforts have, been made on the economic
    mechanisms in Grid, the fixed cost model of resources pricing in
    current super-scheduler or meta-scheduler and the weakness of load
    balance in resource scheduling should be improved by any means.
    Therefore, this paper proposes an economic heuristic guided
    price-regulating mechanism in the Shanghai Grid Resource Broker (SHGRB)
    to 1) better adapt to the dynamic changes of grid environment; 2)
    regulate resource prices for stronger load balance; 3) provide higher
    quality services for users.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Tang, J, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM tangfly_jj@163.com
    wqtong@mail.shu.edu.cn
    xlzhi@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BUYYA R, ARCHITECTURE MODELS
    BUYYA R, 2000, 4 INT C HIGH PERF CO
    BUYYA R, 2000, INT C PAR DISTR PROC
    CASSANOV H, 1997, INT J SUPERCOMPUTING, V11
    FOSTER, 1999, GRID BLUEPRINT FUTUR
    SHUANG L, 1996, ACCOUNTING ENGLISH C
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2004
 VL 3252
 BP 617
 EP 624
 PG 8
 GA BBD88
 UT ISI:000225062800076
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, YR
    Herrera, PL
    Guo, YB
    Sun, D
    Tang, ZY
    LeRoith, D
    Liu, JL
 TI Pancreatic-specific inactivation of IGF-I gene causes enlarged
    pancreatic islets and significant resistance to diabetes
 SO DIABETES
 DT Article
 ID GROWTH-FACTOR-I; BETA-CELL GROWTH; INSULIN-RESISTANCE; TRANSGENIC MICE;
    SIGNAL-TRANSDUCTION; ENDOCRINE PANCREAS; C57BL/6J MICE; RAT ISLETS; NOD
    MICE; RECEPTOR
 AB The dogma that IGF-I stimulates pancreatic islet growth has been
    challenged by combinational targeting of IGF or IGF-IR (IGF receptor)
    genes as well as beta-cell-specific IGF-IR gene deficiency, which
    caused no defect in islet cell growth. To assess the physiological role
    of locally produced IGF-I, we have developed pancreatic-specific IGF-I
    gene deficiency (PID) by crossing Pdx1-Cre and IGF-I/loxP mice. PID
    mice are normal except for decreased blood glucose level and a 2.3-fold
    enlarged islet cell mass. When challenged with low doses of
    streptozotocin, control mice developed hyperglycemia after 6 days that
    was maintained at high levels for at least 2 months. In contrast, PID
    mice only exhibited marginal hyperglycemia after 12 days, maintained
    throughout the experiment. Fifteen days after streptozotocin, PID mice
    demonstrated significantly higher levels of insulin production.
    Furthermore, streptozotocin-induced P-cell apoptosis
    (transferase-mediated dUTP nick-end labeling [TUNEL] assay) was
    significantly prevented in PID mice. Finally, PID mice exhibited a
    delayed onset of type 2 diabetes induced by a high-fat diet,
    accompanied by super enlarged pancreatic islets, increased insulin mRNA
    levels, and preserved sensitivity to insulin. Our results suggest that
    locally produced IGF-I within the pancreas inhibits islet cell growth;
    its deficiency provides a protective environment to the beta-cells and
    potential in combating diabetes.
 C1 McGill Univ, Ctr Hlth, Dept Med, Montreal, PQ H3A 2T5, Canada.
    Univ Geneva, Sch Med, Dept Genet Med & Dev, CH-1211 Geneva 4, Switzerland.
    NIDDK, Diabet Branch, NIH, Bethesda, MD USA.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Shanghai Clin Ctr Endocrine & Metab Dis, Div Endocrine & Metab, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, JL, Royal Victoria Hosp, Fraser Labs, Room M3-15,687 Pine Ave W,
    Montreal, PQ H3A 1A1, Canada.
 EM jun-li.liu@mcgill.ca
 CR BELL GI, 2001, NATURE, V414, P788
    BERGEROT I, 1995, CLIN EXP IMMUNOL, V102, P335
    BERNARDKARGAR C, 2001, DIABETES S1, V50, S30
    BONNERWEIR S, 2001, DIABETES S1, V50, S20
    CHOMCZYNSKI P, 1987, ANAL BIOCHEM, V162, P156
    DEVEDJIAN JC, 2000, J CLIN INVEST, V105, P731
    EGAN JM, 2003, DIABETES-METAB RES, V19, P115
    FEHMANN HC, 1996, METABOLISM, V45, P759
    GARCIAOCANA A, 2001, J CLIN ENDOCR METAB, V86, P984
    GEORGE M, 2002, J CLIN INVEST, V109, P1153
    HALUZIK M, 2003, DIABETES, V52, P2483
    HARRRISON M, 1998, FEBS LETT, V435, P207
    HERRERA PL, 2000, DEVELOPMENT, V127, P2317
    HERRERA PL, 2002, ENDOCRINE, V19, P267
    HERRERA PL, 2002, INT J DEV BIOL, V46, P97
    HILL DJ, 1997, J ENDOCRINOL, V153, P15
    HILL DJ, 1999, J ENDOCRINOL, V160, P305
    HILL DJ, 1999, J ENDOCRINOL, V161, P153
    HILL DJ, 2000, ENDOCRINOLOGY, V141, P1151
    HUGL SR, 1998, J BIOL CHEM, V273, P17771
    KAHN SE, 2003, DIABETOLOGIA, V46, P3
    KAINO Y, 1996, DIABETES RES CLIN PR, V34, P7
    KIDO Y, 2002, J BIOL CHEM, V277, P36740
    KIM JK, 2000, J CLIN INVEST, V105, P1791
    KULKARNI RN, 2002, NAT GENET, V31, P111
    LEAHY JL, 1990, ENDOCRINOLOGY, V126, P1593
    LEROITH D, 1997, NEW ENGL J MED, V336, P633
    LEROUX L, 2001, DIABETES S1, V50, S150
    LINGOHR MK, 2002, DIABETES, V51, P966
    LIU JL, 1998, MOL ENDOCRINOL, V12, P1452
    LIU JL, 2004, AM J PHYSIOL-ENDOC M, V287, E405
    LIU WL, 2002, ENDOCRINOLOGY, V143, P3802
    MAAKE C, 1993, CELL TISSUE RES, V273, P249
    OBERGWELSH C, 1996, PANCREAS, V12, P334
    OBRIEN BA, 1996, J PATHOL, V178, P176
    ORCI L, 1990, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V87, P9953
    PORTELAGOMES GM, 2000, J ENDOCRINOL, V165, P245
    REIMER MK, 2002, DIABETES S1, V51, S138
    ROBITAILLE R, 2003, ENDOCRINOLOGY, V144, P3037
    ROSENAU C, 2002, BIOTECHNIQUES, V33, P1354
    SURWIT RS, 1988, DIABETES, V37, P1163
    TOMITA T, 1999, ENDOCR PATHOL, V10, P213
    VASAVADA RC, 1996, J BIOL CHEM, V271, P1200
    WEIR GC, 2001, DIABETES S1, V50, S154
    WITHERS DJ, 1999, NAT GENET, V23, P32
    XUAN SH, 2002, J CLIN INVEST, V110, P1011
    YAKAR S, 2001, DIABETES, V50, P1110
    YAKAR S, 2004, J CLIN INVEST, V113, P96
    YU R, 2003, MOL CELL ENDOCRINOL, V204, P31
    ZHAO AZ, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P3223
 NR 50
 TC 6
 SN 0012-1797
 J9 DIABETES
 JI Diabetes
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 12
 BP 3131
 EP 3141
 PG 11
 SC Endocrinology & Metabolism
 GA 874CI
 UT ISI:000225328100013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Zhao, WJ
 TI A numerical method for simulating transverse vibrations of an axially
    moving string
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 AB A modified finite difference method is presented to simulate transverse
    vibrations of an axially moving string. By discretizing the governing
    equation and the stress-strain relation at different frictional knots,
    two linear sparse finite difference equations are obtained, which can
    be computed alternatively. The numerical method makes the nonlinear
    model easier to deal with and of small truncation errors. It also shows
    stable for small initial values, so it can be used in analyzing the
    non-linear vibration of viscoelastic moving string efficiently. A
    practical way of testing the precise of the numerical results is given
    by using a conservative quantity. Numerical examples are presented and
    dynamical analysis is given by using the numerical results. (C) 2003
    Published by Elsevier Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Qingdao, Dept Math, Qingdao 266071, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM lqchen@mie.utoronto.ca
 CR CHEN LQ, IN PRESS ASME APPL M
    CHEN LQ, IN PRESS ASME J VIB
    CHEN LQ, IN PRESS J ENG MATH
    CHEN LQ, 2003, ACTA MECH, V162, P143
    CHEN LQ, 2003, J SOUND VIB, V261, P764
    FUNG RF, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V201, P153
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P396
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD JAN 14
 PY 2005
 VL 160
 IS 2
 BP 411
 EP 422
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 874JC
 UT ISI:000225345700011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, J
    Lie, LR
    Zhou, Y
 TI Optimum design of a novel electro-optically tunable birefringent
    interleaver filter
 SO JOURNAL OF OPTICS A-PURE AND APPLIED OPTICS
 DT Article
 DE interleaver filter; electro-optic effect; tunability; analogue
    birefingent structure; dense wavelength-division multiplexing (DWDM)
 ID WAVELENGTH FILTER; PASSBAND
 AB An electro-optically tunable interleaver filter based on an analogue
    birefringent structure is optimally designed. It is feasible to achieve
    small channel spacing (less than or equal to50 GHz), a wide pass-band
    and stop-band (> 1/5 period), high isolation (-30 dB) and
    electro-optical tunability simultaneously without using large
    birefringent crystals. A simple experiment verifies the feasibility of
    achieving electro-optic tunability in principle. A highly efficient
    electro-optic configuration, which needs the lowest operating voltage
    and shows no walk-off effect when an extraordinary ray propagates
    through the electro-optic crystal plates in the analogue birefringent
    structures, is proposed and analysed.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, J, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, POB 800-211,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM juanzhang_zj@hotmail.com
 CR BHANDARE S, 2003, THESIS U PADERBORN G, P25
    BOLODEAU F, 1995, IEEE PHOTONIC TECH L, V7, P388
    COJOCARU E, 1997, APPL OPTICS, V36, P302
    DRAGONE C, 1998, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V16, P1895
    KALYMNIOS D, 1970, ELECTRON LETT, V6, P804
    KALYMNIOS D, 1972, THESIS CITY U LONDON, P101
    LIBRECHT FM, 1971, IEEE J QUANTUM E JUL, P374
    OGUMA M, 2000, ELECTRON LETT, V36, P1299
    SHINE B, 2000, LIGHTWAVE, V8, P140
    SPENCER EG, 1967, P IEEE, V55, P2074
    STONE J, 1991, ELECTRON LETT, V27, P2239
    TIAN F, 1994, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V12, P1192
    WARZANSKYJ W, 1988, APPL PHYS LETT, V53, P13
    YANG M, 1999, APPL OPTICS, V38, P1692
    ZHANG J, 2003, J MOD OPTIC, V50, P2031
    ZHANG J, 2003, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V5174, P147
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1464-4258
 J9 J OPT A-PURE APPL OPT
 JI J. Opt. A-Pure Appl. Opt.
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 6
 IS 11
 BP 1052
 EP 1057
 PG 6
 SC Optics
 GA 871ZR
 UT ISI:000225175800009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, JR
    Meng, ZY
    Cross, LE
 TI Piezoelectric performances of lead-reduced
    (1-x)(Bi0.9La0.1)(Ga0.05Fe0.95)O-3-x(Pb0.9Ba0.1)TiO3 crystalline
    solutions in the morphotropic phase boundary
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID ELECTROMECHANICAL PROPERTIES; DIELECTRIC-PROPERTIES; CERAMICS; SYSTEM;
    BIFEO3
 AB In this investigation,
    (1-x)(Bi0.9La0.1)(Ga0.05Fe0.95)O-3-x(Pb0.9Ba0.1)TiO3(BLGF-PBT)
    crystalline solutions have been fabricated by using the solid-state
    reaction method. A ferroelectric rhombohedral/tetragonal morphotropic
    phase boundary (MPB) of (1-x)BLGF-xPBT was observed for x=0.4. In the
    vicinity of MPB, 0.6BLGF-0.4PBT revealed the maximum dielectric
    constant K and piezoelectric d(33) constant of 1168 and 186 pC/N,
    respectively. The substitution of 10 at. % Ba for Pb dramatically
    increased K and d(33) of (1-x)BLGF-xPBT relative to (1-x)BLGF-xPT at
    the same x content. The Curie temperature T-c of (1-x)BLGF-xPBT was
    determined to be above 386 degreesC through the compositions
    investigated. The phase diagram of (1-x)BLGF-xPBT revealed a V-shaped
    relationship between T-c and x content. The planar coupling coefficient
    K-p was measured to be 0.37 for 0.6BLGF-0.4PBT, which was stable with
    increasing the measurement temperature until 170 degreesC. It is
    demonstrated that BLGF-PBT is a competitive alternative piezoelectric
    material, with the superior piezoelectricity and lead-reduced
    composition. (C) 2004 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Penn State Univ, Inst Mat Res, University Pk, PA 16802 USA.
 RP Cheng, JR, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM jrcheng@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BUHRER CF, 1962, J CHEM PHYS, V36, P798
    CHENG JR, 2003, J APPL PHYS, V94, P5153
    CHENG JR, 2003, J APPL PHYS, V94, P5188
    EITEL RE, 2001, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V40, P5999
    HERABUT A, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2954
    HONG SH, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P113
    INAGUMA Y, 2004, J APPL PHYS, V95, P231
    JAFFE B, 1971, PIEZOELECTRIC CERAMI
    KANAI T, 2001, ADV MATER, V7, P487
    KUMAR MM, 1998, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V165, P317
    LEE JK, 2002, J APPL PHYS, V91, P4538
    PARK SE, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P1804
    POPOV YF, 2001, LOW TEMP PHYS+, V27, P478
    RANDALL CA, 2004, J APPL PHYS, V95, P3633
    SMOLENSKY GA, 1961, FIZ TVERD TELA, V2, P2651
    SUNDER VVSSS, 1995, J MATER RES, V10, P1301
    TAKENAKA T, 1990, FERROELECTRICS, V106, P375
    YILMAZ H, 2003, US NAV WORKSH AC TRA
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD DEC 1
 PY 2004
 VL 96
 IS 11
 BP 6611
 EP 6615
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 873SI
 UT ISI:000225300800103
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lei, ZS
    Ren, ZM
    Deng, K
    Li, WX
    Wang, HM
 TI Experimental study on mould oscillation-less continuous casting process
    under high frequency amplitude-modulated magnetic field
 SO ISIJ INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE continuous casting; electromagnetic continuous casting; high frequency
    amplitude-modulated magnetic field; intermittent contacting distance;
    withdrawing resistance; surface quality
 ID INITIAL SOLIDIFICATION; ELECTROMAGNETIC-FIELD; CONTINUOUS CASTER;
    IMPOSITION; BEHAVIOR; METAL
 AB In order to investigate the influence of high frequency magnetic fields
    on surface quality of billets in the soft-contacted electromagnetic
    continuous casting, several kinds of high frequency Amplitude-Modulated
    Magnetic Field (AMMF), that is, rectangle, triangle and sine wave AMMF
    were adopted in this experimental research. The magnetic field flux in
    the mould and the intermittent contacting distance were measured. The
    experiments of Mould Oscillation-Less Electromagnetic Continuous
    Casting (MOLECC) of tin under the three wave kinds of AMMF were carried
    out. It is shown that: (1) During the MOLECC process under the
    rectangle, triangle and sine wave AMMF when the modulated wave
    frequency is a little lower than the intrinsic frequency of the
    experimental system the intermittent contacting distance is the
    greatest, the mould flux lubrication is the best, the continuous
    casting withdrawing resistance is the least and the surface quality of
    billets is the best. (2) among the three kinds of AMMF, sine wave is
    the best in deducing the withdrawing resistance and improving the
    billets surface quality.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lei, ZS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM zmrenb@online.sh.cn
 CR ASAI S, 1989, TETSU TO HAGANE, V75, P32
    CHEN F, 1999, EXPT MAT MECH, P133
    DONG HF, 1998, J IRON STEEL, V10, P5
    FUJISAKI K, 2003, IEEE T IND APPL, V39, P1442
    LI TJ, 1996, ISIJ INT, V36, P410
    LI TJ, 1997, ACTA METALL SIN, V33, P971
    PARK JP, 2003, ISIJ INT, V43, P813
    REN ZM, 2001, ISIJ INT, V41, P981
    SASSA K, 1993, TETSU TO HAGANE, V79, P1075
    SU Z, 1998, CAMP ISIJ, V11, P132
    SU ZJ, 1999, ISIJ INT, V39, P1224
    SUMI I, 2003, ISIJ INT, V43, P807
    YE JT, 1989, HYDRODYNAMICS, P345
    ZHOU YM, 1999, TETSU TO HAGANE, V85, P460
    ZHOU YM, 2000, TETSU TO HAGANE, V86, P446
    ZHOU YM, 2000, TETSU TO HAGANE, V86, P514
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0915-1559
 J9 ISIJ INT
 JI ISIJ Int.
 PY 2004
 VL 44
 IS 11
 BP 1842
 EP 1846
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 872SB
 UT ISI:000225227600009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, TC
    Yu, FJ
    Chen, DY
 TI Multi-component C-KdV hierarchy of soliton equations and its
    multi-component integrable coupling system
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE C-KdV hierarchy; integrable coupling; loop algebra
 ID HAMILTONIAN-STRUCTURE; LIOUVILLE; GENERATE
 AB A new simple loop algebra (G) over tilde(M) is constructed, which is
    devoted to establishing an isospectral problem. By making use of Tu
    scheme, the multi-component C-KdV hierarchy is obtained. Further, an
    expanding loop algebra (F) over tilde(M) of the loop algebra (G) over
    tilde(M) is presented. Based on (F) over tilde(M), the multi-component
    integrable coupling system of the multi-component C-KdV hierarchy is
    worked out. The method can be used to other nonlinear evolution
    equations hierarchy.
 C1 Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, TC, Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
 EM xiatc@yahoo.com.cn
 CR FAN E, 2001, PHYSICA A, V301, P105
    FAN EG, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P7769
    GU ZQ, 1990, J MATH PHYS, V31, P1374
    GUO FK, 2000, ACTA MATH APPL SIN, V23, P181
    GUO FK, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P5793
    GUO FK, 2003, J SYST SCI MATH SCI, V22, P36
    HU XB, 1994, J PHYS A, V27, P2497
    HU XB, 1997, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V30, P619
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V257, P53
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, PHYS SOC JPN, V69, P2241
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
 NR 11
 TC 9
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD OCT 15
 PY 2004
 VL 42
 IS 4
 BP 494
 EP 496
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 863XN
 UT ISI:000224596900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, ZY
    Zhu, JM
    Zheng, CL
 TI New fractal localized structures in Boiti-Leon-Pempinelli system
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE extended homogeneous balance approach; Boiti-Leon-Pernpinelli system;
    fractal
 ID DISPERSIVE WAVE SYSTEM; COHERENT STRUCTURES; EQUATION; SOLITONS; CHAOS
 AB A novel phenomenon that the localized coherent structures of a
    (2+1)-dimensinal physical model possess fractal behaviors is revealed.
    To clarify the interesting phenomenon, we take the (2+1)-dimensional
    Boiti-Leon-Pempinelli system as a concrete example. Starting from an
    extended homogeneous balance approach, a general solution of the system
    is derived. From which some special localized excitations with fractal
    behaviors are obtained by introducing some types of lower-dimensional
    fractal patterns.
 C1 Lishui Univ, Dept Math & Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, ZY, Lishui Univ, Dept Math & Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
 EM ma-zhengyi@163.com
 CR BOITI M, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P37
    CHEN HS, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P85
    GARAGASH TI, 1994, THEOR MATH PHYS, V100, P1075
    GEDALIN M, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P448
    GOLLUB JP, 2000, NATURE, V404, P710
    KIVSHAR YS, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P765
    LOU SY, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P769
    LOUTSENKO I, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P3011
    LU ZS, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V307, P269
    LU ZS, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V19, P527
    STEGEMAN GI, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P1518
    TAJIRI M, 1997, PHYS REV E B, V55, P3351
    TANG XY, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P1415
    TANG XY, 2002, J PHYS A, V35, P4078
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P448
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P261
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P25
    ZHENG CL, 2004, J PHYS SOC JPN, V73, P293
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD OCT 15
 PY 2004
 VL 42
 IS 4
 BP 521
 EP 523
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 863XN
 UT ISI:000224596900012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lei, ZS
    Ren, ZM
    Yai, YG
    Deng, K
 TI Experimental study on mold oscillation-less continuous casting process
    under high frequency amplitude-modulated magnetic field
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE electromagnetic continuous casting; high frequency amplitude-modulated
    magnetic field; intermittent contacting distance; withdraw resistance;
    surface quality
 ID CONTINUOUS CASTER; IMPOSITION
 AB A high frequency amplitude-modulated magnetic field (AMMF) generator
    that can produce rectangle, triangle and sine waves has been invented,
    and the magnetic field inducted in the mold by the generator was
    measured. The amplitude-modulated magnetic field has been applied in
    mold oscillation-less electromagnetic continuous casting (MOLECC)
    process, the experiment results show that under rectangle, triangle and
    sine wave AMMF, when the modulated wave frequency is a little less then
    the intrinsic frequency of the experimental system the intermittent
    contacting distance is the greatest, the mold flux lubricating is the
    best, the continuous casting withdraw resistance is the least and the
    surface quality of billets is better relatively. Among the three wave
    types, the sine wave is better than the rectangle and triangle waves
    for deducing the withdraw resistance and improving the billets surface
    quality.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM lei_zsh@263.net
 CR ASAI S, 1989, TETSU TO HAGANE, V75, P32
    CHEN F, 1999, EXPT MAT MECH, P133
    DONG HF, 1998, J IRON STEEL, V10, P5
    LEI ZS, 2002, CHIN J NONFERROUS S1, V12, P30
    LI TJ, 1996, ISIJ INT, V36, P410
    LI TJ, 1997, ACTA METALL SIN, V33, P971
    REN ZM, 2001, ISIJ INT, V41, P981
    SASSA K, 1993, TETSU TO HAGANE, V79, P1075
    SU Z, 1998, CAMP ISIJ, V11, P132
    SU ZJ, 1999, ISIJ INT, V39, P1224
    YE JT, 1989, HYDRODYNAMICS, P345
    ZHANG XY, 1986, APPL CHEM HDB, P322
    ZHOU YM, 1999, TETSU TO HAGANE, V85, P460
    ZHOU YM, 2001, ACTA METALL SIN, V37, P772
    ZHOU YM, 2001, ACTA METALL SIN, V37, P777
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD SEP 11
 PY 2004
 VL 40
 IS 9
 BP 995
 EP 999
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 864GV
 UT ISI:000224622900018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiong, G
    Li, DY
 TI Reconstructing triangles inscribed in convex bodies from X-ray functions
 SO ACTA MATHEMATICA SCIENTIA
 DT Article
 DE convex body; X-ray; reconstruction
 AB This paper provides a method using fixed-point theory for the
    reconstruction of the triangle inscribed in convex bodies from X-ray
    functions in three arbitrary mutual directions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Wuhan Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Wuhan 430081, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiong, G, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR DELIN R, 1994, TOPICS INTERGRAL GEO
    GARDNER RJ, 1995, GEOMETRIC TOMOGRAPHY
    MICHELACCI G, 1989, CALCOLO, V26, P107
    MICHELACCI G, 1997, GEOMETRIAE DEDICATA, V66, P357
    VOLCIC A, 1987, RICERCHE MAT S, V36, P185
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0252-9602
 J9 ACTA MATH SCI
 JI Acta Math. Sci.
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 24
 IS 4
 BP 608
 EP 612
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics
 GA 871EC
 UT ISI:000225111100013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GZ
    Yang, J
    Zhang, LM
    Lu, WC
    Chen, NY
 TI Relationships between Pitzer's ion interaction coefficients and ionic
    parameters of electrolyte solutions
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE concentrated electrolyte solutions; Pitzer's coefficients; ionic
    parameters; corresponding state theory
 ID OSMOTIC COEFFICIENTS; CORRESPONDING STATES; THERMODYNAMICS
 AB Pattern recognition methods were used to treat the experimentally
    measured data of Pitzer's coefficients of 107 electrolytes, to find the
    relationships between the ionic structural parameters of these
    electrolytes and Pitzer's coefficients. It is found that these
    relationships can be approximately expressed as linear equations of
    four dimensionless numbers, (R+/R-), (R+ +R_)/Z(+) Z_, (Z(+) /Z_) and
    (R-t/R-I), where R+ and R_ are the cationic and anionic radii
    respectively; Z(+) and Z_ are the cationic and anionic charge numbers
    respectively, and (Rt/RI) denotes the nonsphericity of some
    non-spherical ions. Besides, it is found that the difference of the
    nuclear magnetic resonance measured rotational relaxation time of water
    molecules around cations and anions, |Deltatau|, has good correlation
    with Pitzer's coefficients. The relationships can be interpreted by the
    theory of corresponding states of ionic solutions. Based on the
    relationships, an example of application to some hydrometallurgical
    process was discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Image Proc & Pattern Recognit, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Lab Chem Data Mining, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GZ, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Image Proc & Pattern Recognit,
    Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 EM lIgz@sjtu.edu.cn
 CR CHEN NY, 1999, CHEMOMETR INTELL LAB, V45, P329
    CHEN NY, 2000, APPL PATTERN RECOGNI
    FANG Z, 2001, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V11, P425
    FRIEDMAN HL, 1979, J CHEM PHYS, V70, P92
    GURNEY RW, 1953, IONIC PROCESSES SOLU
    OHTAKI H, 1993, CHEM REV, V93, P1157
    PITZER KS, 1973, J PHYS CHEM-US, V77, P2300
    PITZER KS, 1974, J AM CHEM SOC, V96, P5701
    PITZER KS, 1991, ACTIVITY COEFFICIENT
    REISS H, 1961, J CHEM PHYS, V35, P820
    ROSIPAL R, 2001, J MACH LEARN RES, P97
    SUN WA, 1992, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V2, P37
    WOLD S, 1984, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V5, P735
    YASHIMIRSKII KB, 1951, THERMOCHEMISTRY COMP
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 14
 IS 5
 BP 1029
 EP 1032
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 870QG
 UT ISI:000225072300037
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, ZJ
    Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Wang, Y
    Wang, LL
 TI Stereoselective synthesis of
    cis-1-aryl-2-benzoyl-3,3-dicyanocyclopropanes in the presence of KF
    center dot 2H(2)O
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE arsonium ylide; cis-cyclopropane; cyclopropanation; potassium fluoride
    dihydrate; stereoselective synthesis
 ID CATALYZED CYCLOPROPANATION; ORGANIC-SYNTHESIS; DERIVATIVES
 AB KF (.) 2H(2)O was found to be a highly efficient base for synthesis of
    cis-1,2-cyclopropanes with arsonium salt and olefins. The advantages of
    the process are mild reaction condition, easy workup, excellent yields,
    and high stereoselectivity.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Organomet Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM renrui198229@hotmail.com
 CR BRUNEL JM, 1999, J AM CHEM SOC, V121, P5807
    CAO WG, 2000, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V30, P4523
    CHE CM, 2001, J AM CHEM SOC, V123, P4119
    CHEN YL, 1998, CHEM J CHINESE U, V19, P1614
    CLARK JH, 1980, CHEM REV, V80, P429
    DING WY, 1965, B NAT SCI U CHEM CE, P540
    DING WY, 1996, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V12, P50
    DOYLE MP, 1998, TETRAHEDRON, V54, P7919
    GUNTHER H, 1980, NMR SPECTROSCOPY, P384
    LAUTENS M, 1992, J ORG CHEM, V57, P798
    LEBEL H, 2003, CHEM REV, V103, P977
    NISHINO F, 2003, ORG LETT, V5, P2615
    REN ZJ, 2002, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V32, P3143
    REN ZJ, 2002, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V32, P3475
    TABER DF, 1991, COMPREHENSIVE ORGANI, V3, P1045
    WONG HNC, 1989, CHEM REV, V89, P165
    ZIMMERMAN HE, 1985, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V26, P5859
 NR 17
 TC 4
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2004
 VL 34
 IS 20
 BP 3785
 EP 3792
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 869IQ
 UT ISI:000224977000017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, GD
    Cao, WG
    Chen, J
    Chen, RQ
 TI High stereoselective synthesis of trans-2,3-dihydrofuran derivatives
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE arsonium ylide; dihydrofurans derivatives; stereoselective synthesis
 AB In the presence of K2CO3, acetylmethyltriphenylarsonium bromide 1
    reacted with 3-arylidene-2,4-pentadione 2 in benzene at 50 C for 48 h
    to give
    2-(Z-4-oxo-2-penten-2-yl)-3-substitutedphenyl-4-acetyl-5-methyltrarrs-2,
    3-dihydrofurans 3 in good yield with high stereoselectivity.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Organomet Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM wgcao@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR CAO WG, 2004, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V34, P1599
    CHEN BY, 1998, BIOPROCESS ENG, V19, P7
    DULERE JP, 1994, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P303
    EISTERT B, 1961, CHEM BER, V94, P929
    HUDLICKY T, 1990, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V20, P1721
    PALLAUD R, 1963, CHIM IND, V89, P283
    SUGIMURA H, 1994, J ORG CHEM, V59, P653
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2004
 VL 34
 IS 20
 BP 3793
 EP 3799
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 869IQ
 UT ISI:000224977000018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ML
    Gu, BB
    Wang, LJ
    Xia, YB
 TI X-ray detectors based on (100)-textured CVD diamond films
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE CVD diamond film; X-ray detector; photocurrent; charge collection
    efficiency
 AB The inherent properties of diamond make it an ideal material for
    radiation detectors. In this Letter, two (100)-textured CVD diamond
    films with different quality were obtained by using a hot filament
    chemical vapor deposition (HFCVD) technique to fabricate as X-ray
    detectors. 5.9 keV X-rays were used to investigate the photocurrent and
    charge collection efficiency of the detectors. For the CVD diamond
    detector based on the film with larger grain size, the electrical
    contact is a fine ohmic for bias voltage up to 100 V, and the
    darkcurrent of similar to 16.3 nA and the photocurrent of similar to
    16.8 nA are obtained at an electrical field of 50 kV cm(-1). The
    average charge collection efficiency of similar to 45.1% corresponding
    to the charge collection distance (CCD) value of 9.0 mum is achieved.
    (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ML, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM zhamilong@hotmail.com
 CR BAUER C, 1996, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V383, P64
    BERGONZO P, 2001, DIAM RELAT MATER, V10, P631
    FRANKLIN M, 1992, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V315, P39
    HECHT K, 1932, Z PHYS, V77, P235
    KOSLOV SF, 1975, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V22, P160
    MANFREDOTTI C, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V154, P327
    SALVATORI S, 1997, DIAM RELAT MATER, V6, P361
    SPEAR KE, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P171
    VATNITSKY S, 1993, PHYS MED BIOL, V38, P173
    ZHANG ML, 2004, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V130, P551
 NR 10
 TC 4
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD NOV 15
 PY 2004
 VL 332
 IS 3-4
 BP 320
 EP 325
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 870GB
 UT ISI:000225044500022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
 TI Stabilizing near-nonhyperbolic chaotic systems with applications
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID MODEL; SYNCHRONIZATION; FAILURE
 AB Based on the invariance principle of differential equations a simple,
    systematic, and rigorous feedback scheme with the variable feedback
    strength is proposed to stabilize nonlinearly finite-dimensional
    chaotic systems without any prior analytical knowledge of the systems.
    Especially the method may be used to control near-nonhyperbolic chaotic
    systems, which, although arising naturally from models in astrophysics
    to those for neurobiology, all Ott-Grebogi-York type methods will fail
    to stabilize. The technique is successfully used for the famous
    Hindmarsh-Rose neuron model, the FitzHugh-Rinzel neuron model, and the
    Rossler hyperchaos system, respectively.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM dbhuang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ACHESON DJ, 1993, NATURE, V366, P215
    CHAY TR, 1985, BIOPHYS J, V47, P357
    FAN YS, 1995, PHYS REV E, V51, P1012
    HINDMARSH JL, 1984, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V221, P87
    HUANG DB, IN PRESS SIMPLE ADAP
    HUANG DB, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P762
    HUANG DB, 2004, CHAOS, V14, P152
    HUANG DB, 2004, PHYS REV E 2, V69
    HUERTA R, 1997, PHYS REV E A, V55, R2108
    IZHIKEVICH EM, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P1171
    IZHIKEVICH EM, 2001, SIAM REV, V43, P315
    LASALLE J, 1960, IRE T CIRCUIT THEORY, V7, P520
    LASALLE JP, 1960, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V46, P363
    OLIVEIRA VA, 2003, PHYS REV E 2, V68
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    RABINOVICH MI, 1998, NEUROSCIENCE, V87, P5
    RINZEL J, 1987, LECT NOTES BIOMATHEM, V71
    ROSENBLUM MG, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V92
    RULKOV NF, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P183
    SCHIFF SJ, 1994, NATURE, V370, P615
    SHINBROT T, 1993, NATURE, V363, P411
    SPIEGEL EA, 1985, CHAOS ASTROPHYSICS, P91
    STEWART GW, 1973, INTRO MATRIX COMPUTA
    VANDEWATER W, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V62, P6398
    WANG XJ, 1993, PHYSICA D, V62, P263
    YANG L, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P67
 NR 26
 TC 4
 SN 0031-9007
 J9 PHYS REV LETT
 JI Phys. Rev. Lett.
 PD NOV 19
 PY 2004
 VL 93
 IS 21
 AR 214101
 DI ARTN 214101
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 872PU
 UT ISI:000225220500031
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, QH
    Kim, ES
    Xu, J
 TI Effect of Nd3+ on the microwave dielectric properties of
    (Pb0.5Ca0.5)(Fe0.5Nb0.5)O-3 ceramics
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING B-SOLID STATE MATERIALS FOR ADVANCED
    TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE (Pb,Ca,Nd)(Fe,Nb)O-3; microwave dielectric ceramics; perovskite;
    pyrochlore
 ID FREQUENCIES; PEROVSKITE; SITE
 AB Microwave dielectric properties of A-site substitution by Nd3+ in
    (Pb0.5Ca0.5)(Fe0.5Nb0.5)O-3 system were investigated. Microwave
    dielectric properties of [(Pb0.5Ca0.5)(1-x)Nd-x] (Fe0.5Nb0.5)O-3
    (PCNFN) system with x = 0.02-0.05 were improved because the solid
    solution of small amount of excessive Nd3+ with (Pb,Ca)(2+) could
    eliminate oxygen vacancies. Surplus Nd3+ resulted in the formation of
    secondary phase (pyrochlore), which deteriorated the microwave
    dielectric properties of PCNFN ceramics. Dielectric constant was above
    100 and quality factor Qf values were 5385-5797 GHz as x = 0.02-0.05.
    Temperature coefficient of resonant frequency (TCF) was changed from
    positive to negative with x content. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Kyonggi Univ, Dept Mat Engn, Suwon 442760, South Korea.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Beijing 100864, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, QH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 EM yangqiuhong@hotmail.com
 CR KAGATA H, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V32, P4332
    KATO J, 1991, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V30, P2343
    KATO J, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V31, P3144
    KIM IS, 1995, MATER RES BULL, V30, P307
    KIM WS, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P2111
    KUCHEIKO S, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2937
    MICHIURA N, 1995, J AM CERAM SOC, V78, P793
    PARK HS, 2001, J AM CERAM SOC, V84, P99
    YANG QH, 2002, J CHINESE CERAMIC SO, V30, P554
    YOSHIDA M, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS, V36, P6816
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0921-5107
 J9 MATER SCI ENG B-SOLID STATE M
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. B-Solid State Mater. Adv. Technol.
 PD NOV 15
 PY 2004
 VL 113
 IS 3
 BP 224
 EP 227
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 868XI
 UT ISI:000224946000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Zhao, WJ
    Zu, JW
 TI Transient responses of an axially accelerating viscoelastic string
    constituted by a fractional differentiation law
 SO JOURNAL OF SOUND AND VIBRATION
 DT Article
 ID NONLINEAR VIBRATION; MOVING BELTS
 AB This paper deals with the transverse vibration of an initially stressed
    moving viscoelastic string obeying a fractional differentiation
    constitutive law. The governing equation is derived from Newtonian
    second law of motion, and reduced to a set of non-linear
    differential-integral equations based on Galerkin's truncation. A
    numerical approach is proposed to solve numerically the
    differential-integral equation through developing an approximate
    expression of the fractional derivatives involved. Some numerical
    examples are presented to highlight the effects of viscoelastic
    parameters and frequencies of parametric excitations on the transient
    responses of the axially moving string. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Toronto, Dept Mech & Ind Engn, Toronto, ON M5S 3G8, Canada.
    Ocean Univ Qingdao, Dept Math, Qingdao 266071, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM lqchen@online.sh.cn
 CR CHEN LQ, 2001, ADV MECH, V31, P535
    CHEN LQ, 2002, MECH RES COMMUN, V29, P81
    CHEN LQ, 2003, ACTA MECH, V162, P143
    CHEN LQ, 2003, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V4, P169
    CHEN LQ, 2003, J SOUND VIB, V261, P764
    DROZDOV AD, 1996, POLYM ENG SCI, V36, P1907
    FUNG RF, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V201, P153
    FUNG RF, 1998, COMPUT STRUCT, V66, P777
    ROSSIKHIN YA, 1997, APPL MECH REV, V50, P15
    SAMKO SG, 1993, FRACTIONAL INTEGRALS
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P396
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P403
    ZHANG L, 2002, INT J STRUCTURAL STA, V2, P265
    ZHAO WJ, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V3, P139
 NR 15
 TC 2
 SN 0022-460X
 J9 J SOUND VIB
 JI J. Sound Vibr.
 PD DEC 22
 PY 2004
 VL 278
 IS 4-5
 BP 861
 EP 871
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Acoustics; Mechanics
 GA 870HQ
 UT ISI:000225048600009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, Z
    Wu, MH
    Jiao, Z
    Bao, BR
    Lu, SL
 TI Extraction of phenol from wastewater by N-octanoylpyrrolidine
 SO JOURNAL OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE wastewater treatment; N-octanoylpyrrolidine (OPOD); solvent extraction;
    phenol
 ID SUPERCRITICAL WATER; AQUEOUS-SOLUTION; ADSORPTION; BENTONITE;
    OXIDATION; REMOVAL; RESIN
 AB In this paper a new type of phenol extractant, N-octanoylpyrrolidine
    (OPOD), was synthesized. The behavior of phenol of wastewater
    extraction by N-octanoylpyrrolidine (OPOD) in kerosene was studied and
    the dependence of the extraction distribution ratios on the
    concentrations of extractant, phenol, acidity and temperature was
    investigated. The experimental results proved that OPOD could extract
    phenol effectively. The mechanism of the extraction of phenol by OPOD
    was studied in detail. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, Z, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zli@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BANAT FA, 2000, ENVIRON POLLUT, V107, P391
    BROHOLM MM, 2000, J CONTAM HYDROL, V44, P239
    GONZALEZMUNOZ MJ, 2003, J MEMBRANE SCI, V213, P181
    HEBATPURIA VM, 1999, J HAZARD MATER, V70, P117
    JIANG H, 2003, J HAZARD MATER, V101, P179
    KU Y, 2000, J HAZARD MATER, V80, P59
    LI S, 1981, PRACTICAL HDB ORGANI, P345
    PORTELA JR, 2001, CHEM ENG J, V81, P287
    RENGARAJ S, 2002, J HAZARD MATER, V89, P185
    VIRARAGHAVAN T, 1998, J HAZARD MATER, V57, P59
    YU JL, 2000, APPL CATAL B-ENVIRON, V28, P275
 NR 11
 TC 3
 SN 0304-3894
 J9 J HAZARD MATER
 JI J. Hazard. Mater.
 PD OCT 18
 PY 2004
 VL 114
 IS 1-3
 BP 111
 EP 114
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Civil; Engineering, Environmental; Environmental Sciences
 GA 871QL
 UT ISI:000225148200012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, Y
    Qiu, XJ
    Li, RX
 TI Pseudo-spin model for the cytoskeletal microtubule surface
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID MECHANISM
 AB Due to the inherent symmetry structures and the electric Properties in
    the microtubule (MT), we treat the MT as a one-dimensional
    ferroelectric system and describe the nonlinear dynamics of dimer
    electric dipoles in one protofilament of the MT by virtue of the
    double-well potential. Consequently, the physical problem has been
    mapped onto the pseudo-spin system, and the mean-field approximation
    has been taken to obtain some physical results, including the
    expression for the phase transition temperature T-c and the estimated
    value of T-c (approximate to 312 K).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, Y, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM chenying@mail.sic.ac.cn
 CR ATHENSTAEDT H, 1974, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V238, P68
    BLINC R, 1974, SOFT MODES FERROELEC
    COLLINS MA, 1979, PHYS REV B, V19, P3630
    ENGLEBORGHS Y, 1992, NANOBIOLOGY, V1, P97
    HAKEN H, 1976, QUANTUM FIELD THEORY
    HAMEROFF SR, 1982, J THEOR BIOL, V98, P549
    JIANG XF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P560
    MARGULIS L, 1978, SCIENCE, V200, P1118
    NOGALES E, 1998, NATURE, V391, P199
    SATARIC M, 1990, J MOL ELECTRON, V6, P63
    SATARIC MV, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P589
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 11
 BP 2313
 EP 2315
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 870KP
 UT ISI:000225056300067
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiao, Z
    Wu, MH
    Shi, LY
    Li, Z
    Wang, YL
 TI Preparation of TiO2 nanowire by atomic force microscopy electrochemical
    anode oxidation
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE nanowire; anode oxidation; atomic force microscopy; TiO2
 ID DEVICES
 AB TiO2 nanowires on Ti/SiO2/Si were prepared by Atomic Force
    Microscopy(AFM) anode oxidation. The effects of applied bias and
    duration on the formation TiO2 nanowires were discussed. The results
    show that the thickness of titanium oxide is inversely proportional to
    the square root of applied bias and duration.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, Z, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 EM analysislab@263.net
 CR DAGATA JA, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V56, P2001
    MATSUMOTO K, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P34
    MOON WC, 2001, J SURF SCI SOC JPN, V22, P805
    MOON WC, 2002, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V41, P4754
    NEMUTUDI R, 2002, J VAC SCI TECHNOL B, V20, P2810
    PINER RD, 1999, SCIENCE, V283, P661
    SASA S, 2002, PHYSICA B, V314, P95
    SNOW ES, 1995, SCIENCE, V270, P1639
    SUGIMURA H, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS, V32, P553
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1001-4861
 J9 CHIN J INORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Inorg. Chem.
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 11
 BP 1325
 EP 1328
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear
 GA 868RE
 UT ISI:000224929900014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, J
    Li, DM
    Sang, WB
    Fan, ZY
    Wang, H
 TI Preparation of core-shell structure CdS/ZnS nanoparticles and their
    optical properties
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE CdS; ZnS; core-shell structure; nanoparticles; luminous efficiency
 ID NANOCRYSTALS; ELECTRON; CDSE
 AB CdS and CdS/ZnS core-shell structure nanoparticles were synthesized in
    microemulsion, and characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD),
    transmission electron microscopy (TEM), UV absorption spectra and PL.
    The average diameter of CdS was about 3.3 nm, and CdS/ZnS core-shell
    structure was confirmed by XRD and UV. Considering the optical
    properties of CdS/ZnS core-shell structure nanoparticles which have
    different ZnS shell thickness, the UV absorption edge of CdS/ZnS
    becomes a slight red-shift with the thickness of ZnS layer increasing,
    and the absorption of shortwave band is strongly enhanced at the same
    time. The PL spectra indicate that ZnS shell layer can greatly
    eliminate surface defects of CdS nanoparticles and make its band-edge
    directed recombination increased, and the luminous efficiency of CdS is
    improved greatly when it has appropriate shell thickness.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, DM, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 EM dmli@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BRUS LE, 1984, J CHEM PHYS, V80, P4403
    FU XC, 1990, PHYS CHEM, P108
    HASSELBARTH A, 1993, CHEM PHYS LETT, V203, P271
    HEINE JR, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V195, P564
    LIU SM, 2000, PHYSICA E, V8, P174
    SASHCHIUK A, 2002, J CRYST GROWTH, V240, P431
    SONG K, 2001, CURRENT APPL PHYS, V1, P169
    SUN LD, 2001, CHEM J CHINESE U, V22, P879
    WU QS, 2000, J MEMBRANE SCI, V172, P199
    XU L, 2000, PHYSICA E, V8, P129
    ZHANG LD, 2001, NAMI CAILIAO HE NAMI, P140
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1003-7713
 J9 CHIN J CHEM PHYS
 JI Chin. J. Chem. Phys.
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 17
 IS 5
 BP 637
 EP 640
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical
 GA 870SH
 UT ISI:000225077700024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, TC
    Yu, FJ
    Chen, DY
 TI The multi-component classical-Boussinesq hierarchy of soliton equations
    and its multi-component integrable coupling system
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID HAMILTONIAN-STRUCTURE; TRANSFORMATION; GENERATE
 AB A new simple loop algebra G(M) is constructed, which is devoted to
    establishing an isospectral problem. By making use of Tu scheme, the
    multi-component classical-Boussinesq hierarchy is obtained.
    Furthermore, an expanding loop algebra F-M of the loop algebra G(M) is
    presented. Based on F-M, the multi-component integrable coupling system
    of the multi-component classical-Boussinesq hierarchy is worked out.
    The method can be applied to other nonlinear evolution equations
    hierarchy. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, TC, Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
 EM xiatc@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    FAN E, 2001, PHYSICA A, V301, P105
    FAN EG, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P7769
    GUO F, 2002, J SYS SCI MATH SCI, V22, P36
    GUO FK, 2000, ACTA MATH APPL SIN, V23, P181
    GUO FK, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P5793
    HU XB, 1994, J PHYS A, V27, P2497
    HU XB, 1997, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V30, P619
    NEWELL AC, 1985, SOLITON MATH PHYS
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V68, P2241
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V257, P53
    TU GZ, 1989, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V5, P89
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    WADATI M, 1972, J PHYS SOC JPN, V32, P1681
    WADATI M, 1973, J PHYS SOC JPN, V34, P1289
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    ZENG YB, 1992, CHINESE SCI BULL, V37, P769
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V44, P305
 NR 18
 TC 6
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 IS 4
 BP 1163
 EP 1167
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 869WA
 UT ISI:000225014000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, MN
    Deng, SF
    Chen, DY
 TI The Backlund transformation and novel solutions for the Toda lattice
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID EXPONENTIAL LATTICE; INVERSE METHOD; FORM
 AB The bilinear Backlund transformation for the Toda lattice is derived
    from the Darboux transformation and some novel solutions to the Toda
    lattice are obtained through a modified bilinear Backlund
    transformation. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, MN, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM smnwhy0350@163.com
 CR FLASCHKA H, 1974, PROG THEOR PHYS, V51, P703
    HIROTA R, 1976, PROGR THEOR PHYS SUP, V59, P64
    KONNO K, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P1652
    NIMMO JJC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V99, P281
    SATSUMA K, 1978, J PHYS SOC JPN, V43, P692
    SUN MN, 2004, SHANGHAI U PREPRINT
    TODA M, 1970, PROGR THEOR PHYS SUP, V45, P174
    TODA M, 1975, J PHYS SOC JPN, V39, P1204
    WADATI M, 1975, J PHYS SOC JPN, V39, P1196
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 IS 4
 BP 1169
 EP 1175
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 869WA
 UT ISI:000225014000010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, DJ
 TI Singular solutions in Casoratian form for two differential-difference
    equations
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID N-SOLITON SOLUTIONS; SELF-CONSISTENT SOURCES; DE-VRIES EQUATION; LINEAR
    EVOLUTION EQUATIONS; MULTIPLE-POLE SOLUTIONS; SINE-GORDON EQUATION;
    WRONSKIAN FORM; RATIONAL SOLUTIONS; CONSERVATION-LAWS; KORTEWEG-DEVRIES
 AB Negatons, positons, rational solutions and mixed solutions in
    Casoratian form for the Toda lattice and the differential-difference
    KdV equation are obtained. Some characteristics of the obtained
    singular solutions are investigated through density graphics. (C) 2004
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, DJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM djzhang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1978, J MATH PHYS, V19, P2180
    DENG SF, 2003, J PHYS SOC JPN, V72, P2184
    FREEMAN NC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P1
    HIROTA R, 1976, PROGR THEOR PHYS SUP, V59, P64
    HIROTA R, 1977, J PHYS SOC JPN, V43, P1429
    MA WX, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V19, P163
    MATVEEV VB, 1991, DARBOUX TRANSFORMATI
    MATVEEV VB, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V166, P205
    MATVEEV VB, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V166, P209
    NIMMO JJC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P4
    NIMMO JJC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V96, P443
    NIMMO JJC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V99, P281
    NIMMO JJC, 1984, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V17, P1415
    RASINARIU C, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P1803
    SATSUMA J, 1979, J PHYS SOC JPN, V46, P359
    SIRIANUNPIBOON S, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V134, P31
    STAHLHOFEN AA, 1995, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V28, P1957
    TODA M, 1975, PHYSICS REPORTS    C, V18, P1
    TSURU H, 1984, J PHYS SOC JPN, V53, P2908
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    WADATI M, 1976, PROG THEOR PHYS SUPP, V59, P36
    WADATI M, 1982, J PHYS SOC JPN, V51, P2029
    WU H, 2003, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V36, P4867
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P2649
    ZHANG DJ, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V18, P31
    ZHANG DJ, 2003, PHYSICA A, V321, P467
    ZHANG DJ, 2004, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V37, P851
 NR 27
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 IS 4
 BP 1333
 EP 1350
 PG 18
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 869WA
 UT ISI:000225014000028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lai, XJ
    Zhang, JF
 TI On shifted periodic solutions of two nonlinear equations
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID SOLITARY WAVE SOLUTIONS; EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS
 AB Using the linear superposition approach, we find periodic solutions
    with shifted periods and velocities of the (2 + 1)-dimensional modified
    Zakharov-Kuznetsov equation and the (3 + 1)-dimensional
    Kadomtsev-Petviashvili equation by making appropriate linear
    superpositions of known periodic solutions. This unusual procedure of
    generating solutions of nonlinear evolution equations is successful as
    a consequence of some cyclic identities satisfied by the Jacobi
    elliptic functions which reduce by 2 (or a larger even number) the
    degree of cyclic homogeneous polynomials in Jacobi elliptic functions.
    (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Theoret Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Loughborough, Dept Math Sci, Loughborough LE11 3TU, Leics, England.
 RP Lai, XJ, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Theoret Phys, Jinhua 321004,
    Peoples R China.
 EM laixianjing@163.com
 CR CHEN Y, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V307, P107
    COOPER F, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10085
    FAN EG, UNIFORMLY CONSTRUCTI
    HEREMAN W, 1991, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V65, P143
    JAWORSKI M, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V90
    KHARE A, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P3798
    KHARE A, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V88
    LI B, 2003, COMPUT MATH APPL, V146, P653
    LIU SK, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V289, P69
    LIU SK, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P10
    MALFLIET W, 1992, AM J PHYS, V60, P650
    PARKES EJ, 1996, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V98, P288
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 IS 4
 BP 1399
 EP 1404
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 869WA
 UT ISI:000225014000034
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, TC
    Chen, DY
 TI New families of exact soliton-like solutions and dromion solutions to
    the (2+1)-dimensional higher-order Broer-Kaup equations
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID KADOMTSEV-PETVIASHVILI EQUATION; MULTISOLITON SOLUTIONS
 AB Using homogeneous balance method we obtain Backlund transformation (BT)
    and a linear partial differential equation of higher-order Broer-Kaup
    equations. As a result, new soliton-like solutions and new dromion
    solution and other exact solutions of (2 + 1)-dimensional higher-order
    Broer-Kaup equations are given. By analyzing a soliton-like solution,
    we get some dromions solutions. This method, which can be generalized
    to some (2 + 1)-dimensional nonlinear evolution equations, is simple
    and powerful. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, TC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM xiatc@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P432
    CLARKSON PA, 1993, PHYSICA D, V70, P250
    GAO Y, 1997, COMMUN MATH APPL, V30, P115
    GAO YT, 1995, COMPUT MATH APPL, V30, P97
    GARDNER CS, 1967, PHYS REV LETT, V19, P1905
    KARGAYAN NA, 1996, J PHYS A, V29, P8067
    LIN J, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P1173
    LOU SY, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P4387
    LOU SY, 1994, J PHYS A, V27, P207
    LOU SY, 1995, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V28, P7227
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4209
    LOU SY, 1998, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V29, P145
    LOU SY, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P781
    RADHA R, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4746
    RUSSELL SJ, 1838, 7 M BRIT ASS ADV SCI, P417
    SMYTH NF, 1992, J AUST MATH SOC B, V33, P403
    TIAN B, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P2895
    ZHANG JF, 2002, APPL MATH MECH, V23, P489
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 IS 4
 BP 1405
 EP 1411
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 869WA
 UT ISI:000225014000035
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZH
    Li, H
    Liu, Q
    Zhou, LL
    Zhang, M
    Luo, QM
    Glickson, J
    Chance, B
    Zheng, G
 TI Metabolic imaging of tumors using intrinsic and extrinsic fluorescent
    markers
 SO BIOSENSORS & BIOELECTRONICS
 DT Article
 DE Pyro-2DG; redox ratio; metabolic index; glucose utilization;
    fluorescent imaging
 ID RATIO
 AB One of the biochemical "hallmarks" of malignancy is enhanced tumor
    glycolysis, which is primary due to the overexpression of glucose
    transporters (GLUTs) and the increased activity of mitochondria-bound
    hexokinase in tumors. Easy methods for assessing glucose utilization in
    vitro and in vivo should find widespread application in biological and
    biomedical studies, as illustrated by the adoption of FDG PET imaging
    in medicine. We have recently synthesized a new NIR fluorescent
    pyropheophorbide conjugate of 2-deoxyglucose (2DG), Pyro-2DG, as a
    GLUT-targeted photosensitizer. In this study, we have evaluated the in
    vivo uptake of Pyro-2DG and found that Pyro-2DG selectively accumulated
    in two tumor models, 9L glioma in the rat and c-MYC-induced mammary
    tumor in the mouse, compared to surrounding normal muscle tissues at a
    ratio of about 10:1. By simultaneously performing redox ratio and
    fluorescence imaging, a high degree of correlation between the
    PN/(Fp+PN) redox ratio, where PN denotes reduced pyridine nucleotides
    (NADH) and Fp denotes oxidized flavoproteins, and the Pyro-2DG uptake
    was found in both murine tumor models, indicating that Pyro-2DG Could
    serve as an extrinsic NIR fluorescent metabolic index for the tumors.
    The fact that only a low level of correlation was observed between the
    redox ratio and the uptake of Pyro-acid (the free fluorophore without
    the 2-deoxyglucose moiety) supports the hypothesis that Pyro-2DG is an
    index of the mitochondrial status (extent of PN reduction) of a tumor.
    (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Univ Penn, Sch Med, Dept Radiol, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
    Univ Penn, Sch Med, Dept Biochem & Biophys, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
    Huazhong Univ Sci & Technol, Minist Educ, Key Lab Biomed Photon, Wuhan 430074, Hubei, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, G, Univ Penn, Sch Med, Dept Radiol, Chem 1958 Wing R284,Box
    66,250 S 33rd St, Philadelphia, PA 19104 USA.
 EM zheng@rad.upenn.edu
 CR CHANCE B, 1979, J BIOL CHEM, V254, P4764
    CZERNIN J, 2002, ANNU REV MED, V53, P89
    DCRUZ CM, 2001, NAT MED, V7, P235
    GU YQ, 2002, REV SCI INSTRUM, V73, P172
    MAYEVSKY A, 1983, BRAIN RES, V276, P95
    PAUWELS EKJ, 1998, NUCL MED BIOL, V25, P317
    QUISTORFF B, 1985, ANAL BIOCHEM, V148, P389
    RAMANUJAM N, 2001, OPT EXPRESS, V8, P335
    SEMENZA GL, 2001, NOVART FDN SYMP, V240, P251
    SEMENZA GLA, 2001, NOVART FDN SYMP, V240, P260
    SHIINO A, 1998, METHOD ENZYMOL, V352, P475
    VAUPEL P, 1989, CANCER RES, V49, P6449
    ZHANG M, 2003, BIOCONJUGATE CHEM, V14, P709
    ZHANG ZH, 2004, IN PRESS J BIOMED OP
 NR 14
 TC 3
 SN 0956-5663
 J9 BIOSENS BIOELECTRON
 JI Biosens. Bioelectron.
 PD OCT 15
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 3
 BP 643
 EP 650
 PG 8
 SC Biophysics; Biotechnology & Applied Microbiology
 GA 869UE
 UT ISI:000225009000033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, JN
    Song, JJ
    Ma, HB
    Wu, PF
    Xiao, MQ
    Yao, SD
 TI Characteristics of photo-catalytic nano crystalline TiO2 film prepared
    by electrochemical oxidation on titanium
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE nano titanium dioxide film; photocatalysis; electrochemical oxidation
    of titanium
 AB Photo-catalytic nano titanium dioxide film has been prepared by
    electrochemical oxidation process. The microstructure and grain
    morphology in the film are characterized by TEM and XRD. The photo
    absorption character of the film is measured using spectrometer. It
    shows that porous amorphous titanium dioxide films are formed by the
    electrochemical oxidation process in the dielectric solution at an
    applied voltage and temperature. The amorphous film transforms into
    nano crystallized titanium dioxide film with anatase structure by means
    of heat treatment. The oxidation current density decrease with time
    increase at the voltage of 0similar to80 V in logarithm law. The grain
    size in the film is about 20 nmsimilar to40 nm. The film has high photo
    catalytic activity as demonstrated by the degradation test of acid red
    B in dye solution.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, JN, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR DUTTA PK, 1999, J PHYS CHEM B, V103, P4412
    FUJISHIMA A, 2000, J PHOTOCH PHOTOBIO C, P1
    HAUFFE K, 1965, OXID MET, P87
    HUANG RC, 1999, PROCESS BIOCHEM, V35, P1
    SEBASTIAN VR, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P3408
    SHANNON RD, 1965, J AM CERAM SOC, V48, P391
    SONG JJ, 2002, J CHINESE SOC CORROS, V22, P99
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 33
 IS 10
 BP 1076
 EP 1079
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 868VY
 UT ISI:000224942400017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, WQ
    Li, Q
    Zhou, BX
    Yao, MY
 TI The effect of water chemistry on compressive stress at interface of
    oxide/matrix of zircaloy-4
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE water chemistry; zircaloy-4; compressive stress
 ID ZIRCONIUM ALLOYS; MECHANISM; OXIDATION
 AB The compressive stress at interface of oxide/matrix of Zr-4 alloy
    specimens exposed in 400degreesC, 10.3 MPa superheated steam, 0.01
    mol/L and 0.04 mol/L LiOH aqueous solution individually were measured
    and compared. It was found that the compressive stress of specimen
    exposed in 0.04 mol/L LiOH aqueous solution was always lower than that
    of specimens exposed in 0.01 mol/L LiOH aqueous solution and
    400degreesC superheated steam; the compressive stress of specimen
    exposed in 0.01 mol/L LiOH aqueous solution was lower than that of
    specimens exposed in 400degreesC superheated steam when the thickness
    of oxide reached to a range. The results indicated that high
    concentration LiOH aqueous solution would play down the compressive
    stress in the oxide and the higher the concentration, the more obvious
    the effect.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, WQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM wqliu@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BEIE HJ, 1994, AM SOC TEST MATER, V1245, P615
    GARZAROLLI F, 1991, ZIRC NUCL IND 9 INT, P395
    GODLEWSKI J, 1994, AM SOC TEST MATER, V1245, P663
    GODLEWSKI J, 2000, AM SOC TEST MATER, V1354, P877
    LI ZK, 1999, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V28, P101
    LIU JZ, 1996, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V25, P1
    LIU WQ, 2001, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V30, P81
    LIU WQ, 2002, EFFECT ALLOY ELEMENT
    PECHEUR D, 2000, AM SOC TEST MATER, V1354, P793
    ZHOU BX, 1989, ASTM STP, V1023, P360
    ZHOU BX, 1991, P INT S SHEN LIAON S, P121
    ZHOU BX, 2000, NUCL POWER ENG, V21, P439
    ZHU MS, 1996, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V25, P34
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 33
 IS 10
 BP 1112
 EP 1115
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 868VY
 UT ISI:000224942400026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, ZX
    Cui, RQ
    Meng, FY
    Zhao, BC
    Yu, HC
    Zhou, ZB
 TI Nanocrystalline silicon thin films prepared by RF sputtering at low
    temperature and heterojunction solar cell
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE nanometer silicon; low temperature growth; heterojunction solar cell
 ID CHEMICAL-VAPOR-DEPOSITION; MICROCRYSTALLINE SILICON
 AB This paper reports some results about intrinsic nanocrystalline silicon
    thin films deposited by radio frequency (RF) sputtering on p-type c-Si
    substrates at low temperature (fixed at 95 degreesC). Samples were
    examined by atomic force microscopy (AFM), X-ray diffraction (XRD) and
    laser Raman spectrometer allowing the determination of the grain size
    and the crystalline volume fraction X-c. XRD measurements showed that
    this film has a new microstructure, which is different from the films
    deposited by using other methods. The Raman shift of the film is also
    shown in the paper. In addition, the n-type nc-Si:H/p-type c-Si
    heterojunction solar cell, which has open circuit voltage (V-oc) of 370
    mV and short circuit current intensity (J(sc)) of 6.5 mA/cm(2), was
    obtained based on the nanocrystalline silicon thin film. (C) 2004
    Published by Elsevier B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200240, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, ZX, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200240, Peoples
    R China.
 EM zhaoxia0809@sina.com
 CR ACHIQ A, 1999, THIN SOLID FILMS, V348, P74
    ALI AM, 2001, MAT SCI ENG C-BIO S, V15, P125
    CABARROCAS PRI, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS A, V266, P31
    CHEN Y, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P1125
    CHENG IC, 2003, THIN SOLID FILMS, V427, P56
    CICALA G, 1999, THIN SOLID FILMS, V337, P59
    GONCALVES C, 2002, THIN SOLID FILMS, V403, P91
    HAN W, 1996, CHINESE J SEMICONDUC, V17, P406
    HE YL, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V70, P798
    KLUNG HP, 1974, XRAY DIFFRACTION PRO
    MEIER J, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P860
    MULLER J, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P11666
    OSSADNIK C, 1999, THIN SOLID FILMS, V337, P148
    SAHA SC, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P5713
    SCHROPP REI, 1988, AMORPHOUS MICROCRYST
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 58
 IS 30
 BP 3963
 EP 3966
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 868YA
 UT ISI:000224947900027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Yang, XD
 TI Steady-state response of axially moving viscoelastic beams with
    pulsating speed: comparison of two nonlinear models
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SOLIDS AND STRUCTURES
 DT Article
 DE axially accelerating beam; principal parametric resonance;
    nonlinearity; viscoelascity
 ID INTEGRAL CONSTITUTIVE LAW; TIME-DEPENDENT VELOCITY; TRANSVERSE
    VIBRATION; STABILITY ANALYSIS; CHAOTIC RESPONSE; TRAVELING BEAM; BELTS;
    DYNAMICS; TENSION; WEB
 AB Principal parametric resonance in transverse vibration is investigated
    for viscoelastic beams moving with axial pulsating speed. A nonlinear
    partial-differential equation governing the transverse vibration is
    derived from the dynamical, constitutive. and geometrical relations.
    Under certain assumption, the partial-differential reduces to an
    integro-partial-differential equation for transverse vibration of
    axially accelerating viscoelastic nonlinear beams. The method of
    multiple scales is applied to two equations to calculate the
    steady-state response. Closed form solutions for the amplitude of the
    vibration are derived from the solvability condition of eliminating
    secular terms. The stability of straight equilibrium and nontrivial
    steady-state response are analyzed by use of the Lyapunov linearized
    stability theory. Numerical examples are presented to highlight the
    effects of speed pulsation, viscoelascity, and nonlinearity and to
    compare results obtained from two equations. (C) 2004 Published by
    Elsevier Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Engn Mech, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Engn Mech, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 EM lqchen@online.sh.cn
 CR ABRATE S, 1992, MECH MACH THEORY, V27, P645
    CHAKRABORTY G, 1998, NONLINEAR DYNAM, V17, P301
    CHAKRABORTY G, 1999, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V34, P655
    CHEN LQ, IN PRESS APPL MATH C
    CHEN LQ, IN PRESS ASME
    CHEN LQ, IN PRESS J SOUND VIB
    CHEN LQ, 2003, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V4, P169
    CHEN LQ, 2003, J SOUND VIB, V261, P764
    CHEN LQ, 2004, 21 INT C THEOR APPL
    CHEN LQ, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P349
    CHEN LQ, 2004, EUR J MECH A-SOLID, V23, P659
    CHEN LQ, 2004, J ENG MATH, V48, P171
    CHEN LQ, 2004, NONLINEAR DYNAM, V35, P347
    FUNG RF, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V201, P153
    FUNG RF, 1998, COMPUT STRUCT, V66, P777
    MARYNOWSKI K, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V37, P1147
    MARYNOWSKI K, 2002, J THEORET APPL MECH, V40, P465
    MARYNOWSKI K, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P481
    OZ HR, 1998, J SOUND VIB, V215, P571
    OZ HR, 1999, J SOUND VIB, V227, P239
    OZ HR, 2001, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V36, P107
    OZ HR, 2001, J SOUND VIB, V239, P556
    OZKAYA E, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V234, P521
    OZKAYA E, 2002, J SOUND VIB, V254, P782
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1994, J SOUND VIB, V169, P179
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V203, P815
    PARK SW, 2001, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V38, P8065
    PARKER RG, 2001, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V68, P49
    PASIN F, 1972, ING ARCH, V41, P387
    PELLICANO F, 1998, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V33, P691
    PELLICANO F, 2000, J VIB ACOUST, V122, P21
    PELLICANO F, 2001, J SOUND VIB, V244, P669
    PELLICANO F, 2002, J SOUND VIB, V258, P31
    RAVINDRA B, 1998, ARCH APPL MECH, V68, P195
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
    WICKERT JA, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P738
    WICKERT JA, 1992, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V27, P503
    YANG XD, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P249
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P396
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P403
    ZHAO WJ, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V3, P139
 NR 41
 TC 1
 SN 0020-7683
 J9 INT J SOLIDS STRUCT
 JI Int. J. Solids Struct.
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 42
 IS 1
 BP 37
 EP 50
 PG 14
 SC Mechanics
 GA 868AY
 UT ISI:000224885500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, SF
    Hu, JH
    Yan, YC
    Chen, YG
    Koide, SS
    Li, YP
 TI Identification and characterization of a novel splice variant of beta 3
    subunit of GABA(A) receptor in rat testis and spermatozoa
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIOCHEMISTRY & CELL BIOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE GABA(A) receptor; beta 3 subunit; splice variant; rat testis and
    spermatozoa
 ID MESSENGER-RNA; EXPRESSION; SYSTEM; SPERM
 AB gamma-Aminobutyric acid type A (GABA(A)) receptors are the major sites
    of inhibitory action of fast synaptic neurotransmission in the brain.
    Their receptors are also widely distributed in peripheral and endocrine
    tissues. A full-length cDNA encoding a novel splice variant of beta3
    subunit of GABA(A) receptor, designated as beta3t, was identified in
    rat testis. This isoform contains a segment, having identical amino
    acid sequence as the beta3 subunit of neuronal GABA(A) receptors except
    for a section composed of 25 different amino acid sequence in the
    N-terminus. Northern blot shows that this isoform is found in rat
    testis. The beta3t isoform mRNA was detected in germ cells in the late
    step of spermatogenesis by in situ hybridization assay. Results of
    immunohistochemical and immunocytochemical assays indicate that the
    beta3t isoform is expressed in rat testis and spermatozoa. To determine
    a possible function of the N-terminal 25 amino acid segment, a
    recombinant plasmid of beta3t-EGFPC was constructed by fusing green
    fluorescent protein to the C-terminus of the beta3t isoform. The
    chimera product failed to be translocated unto the cell surface when
    expressed in HEK 293 cells; whereas, the beta3 subunit of rat brain is
    incorporated into the plasma membrane. In conclusion, the present
    results show that one variant of beta3 subunit of GABA(A) receptor,
    designated as beta3t, is found in germ cells of rat testis and sperm.
    The inability of the beta3t variant to target into the plasma membrane
    maybe a consequence of the unique 25 amino acid segment in the
    N-terminus. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Biochem & Cell Biol, Mol Cell Biol Lab, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Model Organism Div, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Life Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Populat Council, Ctr Biomed Res, New York, NY 10021 USA.
 RP Yan, YC, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Biochem & Cell
    Biol, Mol Cell Biol Lab, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
 EM ycyan@sunm.shcnc.ac.cn
 CR AKINCI MK, 1999, NEUROSCI RES, V35, P145
    BLANKENSTEIN MA, 1995, J STEROID BIOCHEM, V53, P361
    BUENO OF, 1998, MOL BRAIN RES, V59, P165
    BURT DR, 1991, FASEB J, V5, P2916
    CONNOR JX, 1998, J BIOL CHEM, V273, P28906
    DAVIES PA, 1997, BRIT J PHARMACOL, V120, P899
    GEIGERSEDER C, 2003, NEUROENDOCRINOLOGY, V77, P314
    GOODWIN LO, 2000, MOL HUM REPROD, V6, P484
    GUASCH RM, 1993, EXP CELL RES, V207, P136
    HE XB, 2001, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V283, P243
    HERMAN JP, 1993, CELL MOL NEUROBIOL, V13, P349
    HU JH, 2000, CELL RES, V10, P51
    HU JH, 2002, CELL RES, V12, P33
    HU JH, 2002, NEUROCHEM RES, V27, P195
    ISOMOTO S, 1998, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V253, P10
    KITTLER JT, 2000, MOL CELL NEUROSCI, V16, P440
    KOMMINOTH P, 1992, DIAGN MOL PATHOL, V1, P142
    KOPF GS, 1991, MAMMALIAN SPERM ACRO
    LEROITH D, 1993, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V692, P1
    LONG AA, 1992, DIAGN MOL PATHOL, V1, P45
    MA YH, 2000, CELL RES, V10, P59
    MEIZEL S, 1990, INITIATION HUMAN SPE
    MEIZEL S, 1997, BIOL REPROD, V56, P569
    NAYEEM N, 1994, J NEUROCHEM, V62, P815
    PARADISI R, 2001, INT J ANDROL, V24, P8
    SHI QX, 1995, BIOL REPROD, V52, P373
    SHNYDER SD, 2002, J HISTOCHEM CYTOCHEM, V50, P557
    SONNENBERG A, 1993, CURR TOP MICROBIOL I, V184, P7
    STEPHENSON FA, 1995, BIOCHEM J, V310, P1
    YANAGIMACHI R, 1994, MAMMALIAN FERTILIZAT
    YMER S, 1989, EMBO J, V8, P1665
    ZHANG L, 1996, RNA, V2, P682
 NR 32
 TC 2
 SN 1357-2725
 J9 INT J BIOCHEM CELL BIOL
 JI Int. J. Biochem. Cell Biol.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 37
 IS 2
 BP 350
 EP 360
 PG 11
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Cell Biology
 GA 868JH
 UT ISI:000224909400013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fu, JL
    Chen, LQ
    Liu, RW
 TI Non-Noether symmetries and conserved quantities of the Lagrange
    mechano-electrical systems
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE mechano-electrical system; non-Noether symmetry; non-Noether conserved
    quantity; infinitesimal transformation
 ID LIE SYMMETRIES; MECHANICAL SYSTEMS; DYNAMICAL-SYSTEMS; INVARIANCE;
    INVERSE; THEOREM
 AB This paper focuses on studying non-Noether symmetries and conserved
    quantities of Lagrange mechano-electrical dynamical systems. Based on
    the relationships between the motion and Lagrangian, we present
    conservation laws on non-Noether symmetries for Lagrange
    mechano-electrical dynamical systems. A criterion is obtained on which
    non-Noether symmetry leads to Noether symmetry of the systems. The work
    also gives connections between the non-Noether symmetries and Lie point
    symmetries, and further obtains Lie invariants to form a complete set
    of non-Noether conserved quantity. Finally, an example is discussed to
    illustrate these results.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ Sci, Dept Appl Phys, Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, JL, Zhejiang Univ Sci, Dept Appl Phys, Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R
    China.
 EM sqfujingli@163.com
    lqchen@online.sh.cn
 CR CICOGNA G, 1992, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V107, P1085
    CRASMAREANU M, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P947
    DJUKIC DS, 1975, ACTA MECH, V23, P17
    FU JL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P695
    FU JL, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V317, P255
    FU JL, 2004, MECH RES COMMUN, V31, P9
    HOJMAN SA, 1992, J PHYS A, V25, L291
    LI ZP, 1981, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V30, P1659
    LIU D, 1991, SCI CHINA SER A, V34, P419
    LIU YZ, 2001, ADV DYNAMICS
    LUO SK, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P1271
    LUTZKY M, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V72, P86
    LUTZKY M, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V75, P8
    LUTZKY M, 1995, J PHYS A, V28, P637
    LUTZKY M, 1998, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V33, P393
    MEI FX, 1993, SCI CHINA SER A, V36, P1456
    MEI FX, 1999, APPL LIE GROUPS LIE, P151
    MEI FX, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1207
    MEI FX, 2002, CHINESE SCI BULL, V47, P1544
    MEI FX, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1048
    NOETHER E, 1918, NACHR GES WISS GOTT, V2, P235
    QIAO YF, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1
    QIU JJ, 1992, ANAL DYNAMICS MECHAN
    ZHANG Y, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P2419
 NR 24
 TC 1
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 13
 IS 11
 BP 1784
 EP 1789
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 868OX
 UT ISI:000224924000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZL
    Zhou, ZW
 TI An improved level-set re-initialization solver
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE level set method; volume conservation; level set re-initialization
 ID FLOWS
 AB Re- initialization procedure in level-set interface capturing method
    were investigated. The algorithm accomplishes the re- initialization
    step through locking the interface positions. Better accuracy was
    obtained both on the interface positions and the total fluid volume
    keeping. Though one more step of the interpolations is added in the
    procedure, there is no significant increase in total machine time spent.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, ZW, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM wangzl_one@sina.com
    zhwzhou@yc.shu.edu.cn
 CR CHANG YC, 1996, J COMPUT PHYS, V124, P449
    CHEN S, 1997, J COMPUT PHYS, V135, P8
    FATEMI E, 1995, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V158, P36
    FEDKIW RP, 1999, J COMPUT PHYS, V152, P457
    JIANG GS, 1996, J COMPUT PHYS, V126, P202
    LIU RX, 2001, NUMERICAL SIMULATION
    MULDER W, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V100, P209
    OSHER S, 1988, J COMPUT PHYS, V79, P12
    SUSSMAN M, 1997, J FLUID MECH, V341, P269
    SUSSMAN M, 1999, J COMPUT PHYS, V148, P81
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 10
 BP 1083
 EP 1088
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 868SP
 UT ISI:000224933600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yao, WJ
    Ye, ZM
 TI Analytical solution for bending beam subject to lateral force with
    different modulus
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE different tension-compression modulus; neutral axis; beam subjected to
    lateral force; analytical solution
 ID COMPOSITES; ELEMENTS; PLATES
 AB A bending beam, subjected to state of plane stress, was chosen to
    investigate. The determination of the neutral surface of the structure
    was made, and the calculating formulas of neutral axis, normal stress,
    shear stress and displacement were derived. It is concluded that, for
    the elastic bending beam with different tension-compression modulus in
    the condition of complex stress, the position of the neutral axis is
    not related with the shear stress, and the analytical solution can be
    derived by normal stress used as a criterion, improving the multiple
    cyclic method which determines the position of neutral point by the
    principal stress. Meanwhile, a comparison is made between the results
    of the analytical solution and those calculated from the classic
    mechanics theory, assuming the tension modulus is equal to the
    compression modulus, and those from the finite element method (FEM)
    numerical solution. The comparison shows that the analytical solution
    considers well the effects caused by the condition of different tension
    and compression modulus. Finally, a calculation correction of the
    structure with different modulus is proposed to optimize the structure.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yao, WJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Civil
    Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM wjyao@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR AMBARTSUMYAN SA, 1986, ELASTICITY THEORY DI
    GAO XL, 2003, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V40, P981
    MEDRI G, 1982, T ASME, V26, P26
    PAPAZOGLOU JL, 1991, COMPOS STRUCT, V17, P1
    SRINIVASAN RS, 1989, COMPUT STRUCT, V31, P681
    SRINIVASAN RS, 1989, ENG STRUCT, V11, P195
    TSENG YP, 1995, COMPOS STRUCT, V30, P341
    TSENG YP, 1998, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V35, P2025
    YANG HT, 1992, J DALIAN U TECHNOLOG, V32, P35
    YAO WJ, 2004, APPL MATH MECH, V25, P983
    YE ZM, 1997, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V40, P2579
    YE ZM, 2001, COM2M C COMP MATH C, P2
    ZHANG YZ, 1989, J COMPUTED STRUCT, V6, P236
    ZINNO R, 2001, COMPOS STRUCT, V53, P381
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 10
 BP 1107
 EP 1117
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 868SP
 UT ISI:000224933600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Al-Saif, ASJ
    Zhu, ZY
 TI Upwind local differential quadrature method for solving coupled viscous
    flow and heat transfer equations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE upwind locall DQM; Navier-Stokes equation; heat equation
 ID NATURAL-CONVECTION; ENCLOSURE; VIBRATION; ANNULUS; PLATES
 AB The differential quadrature method ( DQM) has been applied successfully
    to solve numerically many problems in the fluid mechanics. But it is
    only limited to the flow problems in regular regions. At the same time,
    here is no upwind mechanism to deal with the convective property of the
    fluid flow in traditional DQ method. A local differential quadrature
    method owning upwind mechanism ( ULDQM) was given to solve the coupled
    problem of incompressible viscous flow and heat transfer in an
    irregular region. For the problem of flow past a contraction channel
    whose boundary does not parallel to coordinate direction, the
    satisfactory numerical solutions were obtained by using ULDQM with a
    few grid points. The numerical results show that the ULDQM possesses
    advantages including well convergence, less computational workload and
    storage as compared with the low- order finite difference method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Basrah, Dept Math, Basrah, Iraq.
 RP Zhu, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM ajsaif9@hotmail.com
    chjcheng@yc.shu.edu.cn
 CR BELLMAN R, 1971, J MATH ANAL APPL, V34, P235
    BELLMAN R, 1972, J COMPUT PHYS, V10, P40
    BERT CW, 1996, INT J MECH SCI, V38, P589
    CHEN WL, 1997, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V40, P1941
    HAN JB, 1997, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V141, P265
    LAM SSE, 1993, COMPUT STRUCT, V47, P459
    LIAQAT A, 2001, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V44, P3273
    LIN WX, 2001, INT J HEAT FLUID FL, V22, P72
    PAPANICOLAOU E, 2002, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V45, P1425
    SHU C, 1998, INT J HEAT FLUID FL, V19, P59
    SHU C, 1999, INT J NUMER METH FL, V30, P977
    SHU C, 2000, J COMPUT PHYS, V163, P452
    SHU C, 2001, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V44, P3321
    WANG XW, 1997, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V40, P759
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 10
 BP 1130
 EP 1138
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 868SP
 UT ISI:000224933600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, CJ
    Ren, JS
 TI Cavitation bifurcation for compressible anisotropic hyperelastic
    materials
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE compressible hyperelastic material; anisotropy; cavitation bifurcation;
    energy comparison
 ID HYPER-ELASTIC MATERIALS; GROWTH
 AB The effect of material anisotropy on the bifurcation for void formation
    in anisotropic compressible hyperelastic materials is examined.
    Numerical solutions are obtained in an anisotropic sphere, whose
    material is transversely isotropic in the radial direction. It is shown
    that the bifurcation may occur either to the right or to the left,
    depending on the degree of material anisotropy. The deformation and
    stress contribution in the sphere before cavitation are different from
    those after cavitation. The stability of solutions is discussed through
    a comparison of energy.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BALL JM, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V306, P557
    GENT AN, 1958, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V249, P195
    HAO TH, 1990, INT J FRACTURE, V43, R51
    HORGAN CO, 1986, J ELASTICITY, V16, P189
    HORGAN CO, 1995, APPL MECH REV, V48, P471
    POLIGNONE DA, 1993, J ELASTICITY, V33, P27
    REN JS, 2002, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V15, P208
    REN JS, 2002, J ENG MATH, V44, P245
    REN JS, 2002, J SHANGHAI U, V6, P185
    SHANG XC, 2001, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P1101
    SHANG XC, 2002, ACTA MECH SOLIDS SIN, V15, P1
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD SEP
 PY 2004
 VL 17
 IS 3
 BP 218
 EP 222
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA 868SH
 UT ISI:000224932800005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, HB
    Wu, XC
    Xu, LY
 TI Thermal stability of nanocrystalline layer prepared by surface
    mechanical attrition in 0Cr18Ni9Ti stainless steel
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE grain growth; phase transformation; surface mechanical attrition;
    surface nanocrystalline layer
 ID IRON
 AB By means of surface mechanical attrition (SMA), a nanostructured
    surface layer was formed on a 0Cr18Ni9Ti austenite stainless steel
    plate. A strain-induced martensite transformation was observed during
    SMA treatment, and a single magnetic martensite phase layer with
    thickness of about 30 mum was gotten. The grain growth and phase
    transformations in the nanocrystalline layer are investigated during
    heating. The grain growth exponent for nanocrystalline polycrystalline
    steel is estimated. The kinetics mechanism governing the grain growth
    in the nanocrystalline layer is discussed. The martensite in the
    surface layer is quite stable and the temperature at which the reverse
    transformation of martensite to austenite starts during heating is
    about 500 degreesC.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, HB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM hbwang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR DIVINSKI SV, 2002, Z METALLKD, V93, P256
    GLEITER H, 1989, PROG MATER SCI, V33, P223
    LIU G, 2000, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V286, P91
    MALOW TR, 1997, ACTA MATER, V45, P2177
    NAGAHORA J, 1999, MATER SCI FORUM, V304, P825
    RONG YH, 2001, P 4 PAC RIM C ADV MA, P147
    TAO NR, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P4603
    TONG WP, 2003, SCIENCE, V299, P686
    WANG HB, 2003, NANOTECHNOLOGY, V14, P696
    WANG XY, 2003, WEAR 2, V255, P836
    WANG ZB, 2001, ACTA METALL SIN, V37, P1251
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 14
 SI Sp. Iss. 2
 BP 210
 EP 214
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 867DG
 UT ISI:000224821800046
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Min, YA
    Xu, X
    Wu, XC
    Li, L
    Xu, LP
 TI Influence of plasma peening on oxidation of H13 hot work steel in water
    vapor
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE oxidation; hot work tool steel; plasma nitriding; surface treatment
 ID SAMPLES
 AB The surface oxidation films on H13 steel samples, obtained by different
    oxidation processes were observed by optical microscope. It is shown
    that the oxidation speed of H13 steel is increased remarkably due to
    the surface modification of plasma peening. Further researches were
    made by XRD, SEM and EDS. The activation of H13 surface caused by
    plasma peening and the subsequent higher oxygen diffusion rate into the
    steel seem to be the main reasons of higher oxidation speed. The
    nitride layer, generally formed on the steel surface under plasma
    nitriding process, can be substituted by oxide in subsequent oxidation
    process, which can reduce the risk of heat cracking in some hot work
    applications. Therefore, the plasma nitriding plus oxidation process is
    a proper choice for some hot work dies which demands high hardness to
    avoid indentation as well as high toughness to avoid cracks.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Min, YA, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM yamin@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ALSARAN A, 2003, SURFACE COATINGS TEC, V176, P344
    ASTEMAN H, 2002, CORROS SCI, V44, P2635
    ATKINSON A, 1985, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V46, P469
    EBERSBACH U, 1995, MATER SCI FORUM, V185, P713
    FRASER DT, 2001, MAT AUSTR, V33, P13
    HAASE B, 2000, HTM, V55, P294
    KLARENFJORD B, 1998, P INT C TOOL STEEL D, P3
    SONG SH, 2003, J MATER SCI, V38, P499
    TOMLINSON L, 1989, CORROS SCI, V29, P939
    ZLATANOVIC M, 2003, SURF COAT TECH, V174, P1220
    ZLATANOVIC M, 2004, SURF COAT TECH, V177, P277
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 14
 SI Sp. Iss. 2
 BP 305
 EP 309
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 867DG
 UT ISI:000224821800067
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, F
    Chen, F
    Tang, GC
 TI Convex quadratic programming relaxations for parallel machine
    scheduling with controllable processing times subject to release times
 SO PROGRESS IN NATURAL SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE scheduling with controllable processing time; release time; quadratic
    programming; approximation algorithm
 ID SINGLE-MACHINE; FLOW COST
 AB Scheduling unrelated parallel machines with controllable processing
    times subject to release times is investigated. Based on the convex
    quadratic programming relaxation and the randomized rounding strategy,
    a 2-approximation algorithm is obtained for a special case with the
    all-or-none property and then a 3-approximation algorithm is presented
    for general problem.
 C1 Shanghai Second Polytech Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201209, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, F, Shanghai Second Polytech Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201209,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zhangfeng@sf.sspu.cn
 CR CHEN ZL, 1997, OPER RES LETT, V21, P69
    CHENG TCE, 1996, IIE TRANS, V28, P177
    HUANG W, 1999, IMA J MATH APPL BUSI, V10, P15
    MOTWANI R, 1995, RANDOMIZED ALGORITHM
    NOWICKI E, 1990, DISCRETE APPL MATH, V26, P271
    SKUTELLA M, 2001, J ACM, V48, P206
    TANG G, 2003, THEORY MODERN SCHEDU
    VICKSON RG, 1980, OPS RES, V28, P1155
    WAN GH, 2001, INFORM PROCESS LETT, V79, P273
    ZHANG F, 2001, OPER RES LETT, V11, P41
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0071
 J9 PROG NAT SCI
 JI Prog. Nat. Sci.
 PD SEP
 PY 2004
 VL 14
 IS 9
 BP 758
 EP 764
 PG 7
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 865FP
 UT ISI:000224688200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, XF
    Lu, HY
    Xu, Q
    Dong, LJ
    Hu, X
 TI Red ratings for loess-paleosol sequences on China's loess plateau and
    their paleo-climatic implications
 SO PEDOSPHERE
 DT Article
 DE hematite; loess-paleosol sequences; Loess Plateau; magnetic
    susceptibility; red ratings
 ID MAGNETIC-SUSCEPTIBILITY RECORD; SOIL COLOR; DEPOSITS; PALEOCLIMATE;
    PEDOGENESIS; LUOCHUAN; PEDOSTRATIGRAPHY; MINERALOGY; EVOLUTION; SECTION
 AB Comparisons of red ratings (RR) with Fe-d, Fe-d/Fe-t, clay content, and
    magnetic susceptibility (chi) of two loess-paleosol sequences at
    Luochuan and Lingtai on China's Loess Plateau were conducted to study
    the possible relationship between RR and pedogenic degrees of the two
    loess-palecsol sequences, and to discuss whether the RR could become
    new paleo-climatic indicators. Results showed that the RR of the two
    loess-paleosol sequences had positive, highly significant (P < 0.01)
    correlations with: 1) citrate-bicarbonate-dithionite (CBD) extracted
    iron (Fed), 2) ratios of CBD extracted iron to total iron (Fed/Fet), 3)
    clay (< 2 mum), and 4) magnetic susceptibility (chi). This suggested
    that the RR of these loess-paleosol sequences could indicate degrees of
    loess weathering and pedogenesis and were potential paleo-climatic
    proxies. The strong correlations of RR to Fe-d and chi also implied
    that during pedogenic processes, pedogenic hematite in loess and
    paleosols were closely related to the amount of total secondary iron
    oxides and pedogenic ferrimagnetic minerals (predominantly maghemite).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Earth Environm, State Key Lab Loess & Quaternary Geol, Xian 710075, Peoples R China.
 RP Hu, XF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xfhu@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR *I SOIL SCI CAS XI, 1989, NEW STAND SOIL COL C
    *USDA NRCS NSSC, 1996, SOIL SURV LAB METH M, P588
    AN ZS, 1991, CATENA, V18, P125
    BANERJEE SK, 1993, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V20, P843
    BRONGER A, 1989, GEODERMA, V45, P123
    CHEN JF, 1983, SOIL COLLOID 1 MAT B, P132
    DENG CL, 2000, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V27, P3715
    DING ZL, 1993, CATENA, V20, P73
    DING ZL, 1999, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V152, P49
    DING ZL, 2001, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V185, P99
    EVANS ME, 1994, GEOPHYS J INT, V117, P257
    GUO ZT, 1996, SCI CHINA SER D, V39, P392
    HU XF, 1999, ACTA PEDOLOGICA SINI, V36, P301
    HU XF, 2000, SCI GEOGRAPHICA SINI, V20, P39
    HU XF, 2003, CHINESE SCI BULL, V48, P1251
    HUANG MH, 2000, INT J INFORM MANAGE, V20, P337
    JI JF, 2001, QUATERNARY RES, V56, P23
    KETTERINGS QM, 2000, SOIL SCI SOC AM J, V64, P1826
    LIU TS, 1985, LOESS ENV, P44
    LIU XM, 1992, GEOPHYS J INT, V108, P301
    LIU XM, 1999, PHYS EARTH PLANET IN, V112, P191
    LU H, 1998, SCI CHINA, V28, P278
    LU HU, 1999, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V154, P237
    MAHER BA, 1991, GEOLOGY, V19, P3
    MAHER BA, 1994, GEOLOGY, V22, P857
    MEHRA OP, 1960, CLAYS CLAY MINERALS, V7, P317
    ROBERTSON AR, 1977, COLOR RES APPL, V2, P7
    SCHWERTMANN U, 1982, GEODERMA, V27, P209
    SUN DH, 1998, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V25, P85
    SUN JZ, 1991, QUATERNARY LOESS PLA, P113
    TORII M, 2001, GEOPHYS J INT, V146, P416
    TORRENT J, 1980, GEODERMA, V23, P191
    TORRENT J, 1983, SOIL SCI, V136, P354
    VEROSUB KL, 1993, GEOLOGY, V21, P1011
    XIA YF, 2000, ACTA PEDOLOGICA SINI, V37, P443
    XIONG Y, 1987, SOILS CHINA, P495
    YANG SL, 2001, SCI CHINA SER D S, V44, P218
    ZHOU LP, 1990, NATURE, V346, P737
    ZHU XM, 1958, CHINESE QUATERNARY S, V1, P74
 NR 39
 TC 1
 SN 1002-0160
 J9 PEDOSPHERE
 JI Pedosphere
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 14
 IS 4
 BP 433
 EP 440
 PG 8
 SC Agriculture, Soil Science
 GA 866LC
 UT ISI:000224774000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, J
    Liu, PT
    Li, Y
 TI TM010 dielectric loaded cavity resonator for microwave filter
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE dielectric resonator filter; cavity resonator; wireless communications
    filter
 AB This paper describes a type of rectangular dielectric-loaded cavity
    resonator based on TM010 mode. The resonator has an unloaded quality
    factor (Q) of about 10, 000 and good spurious-firee performance and is
    suitable for the design of multiple cavity microwave filters. We
    present two sample filters using this kind of resonator. (C) 2004 Wiley
    Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, J, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR KOBAYASHI Y, 1978, IEEE I MICR S MIT S, P233
    WANG C, 1998, IEEE T MICROW THEO 2, V46, P2501
    WEXLER A, 1967, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V15, P508
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD DEC 5
 PY 2004
 VL 43
 IS 5
 BP 373
 EP 376
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 865YV
 UT ISI:000224741000004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, WH
    Wei, BC
    Sun, YF
    Xia, L
    Wang, YR
    Dong, YD
 TI Effect of Fe content on the thermal stability and dynamic mechanical
    behavior of NdAlNiCu bulk metallic glasses
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING A-STRUCTURAL MATERIALS PROPERTIES
    MICROSTRUCTURE AND PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE bulk metallic glass; glass transition; crystallization; dynamic
    mechanical thermal analysis
 ID MAGNETIC-PROPERTIES; INTERNAL-FRICTION; AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS;
    CRYSTALLIZATION; EVOLUTION; VISCOSITY; LIQUID; PHASE; RANGE; FLOW
 AB The dependence of microstructure and thermal stability on Fe content of
    bulk Nd60Al10Ni10Cu20-xFex (0 less than or equal to x less than or
    equal to 20) metallic glasses is investigated by means of differential
    scanning calorimetry (DSC), X-ray diffraction (XRD) and high-resolution
    transmission electron micrograph (HRTEM). All samples exhibit typical
    amorphous feature under the detect limit of XRD, however, HRTEM results
    show that the microstructure of Nd60Al10Ni10Cu20-xFex alloys changes
    from a homogeneous amorphous phase to a composite structure consisting
    of clusters dispersed in amorphous matrix by increasing Fe content.
    Dynamic mechanical properties of these alloys with controllable
    microstructure are studied, expressed via storage modulus, the loss
    modulus and the mechanical damping. The results reveal that the storage
    modulus of the alloy without Fe added shows a distinct decrease due to
    the main a relaxation. This decrease weakens and begins at a higher
    temperature with increasing Fe content. The mechanism of the effect of
    Fe addition on the microstructure and thermal stability in this system
    is discussed in terms of thermodynamics viewpoints. (C) 2004 Elsevier
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, Natl Micrograv Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, BC, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, Natl Micrograv Lab, Beijing
    100080, Peoples R China.
 EM weibc@imech.ac.cn
 CR BOBROV OP, 2003, SCRIPTA MATER, V49, P255
    CHEN HS, 1983, AMORPHOUS METALLIC A, P169
    CORSARO RD, 1976, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V17, P128
    DEBAST J, 1963, PHYSICS CHEM GLASS, V4, P117
    FLORES KM, 2001, ACTA MATER, V49, P2527
    HE Y, 1994, PHIL MAG LETT, V70, P213
    HIKI Y, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V355, P42
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P636
    INOUE A, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V226, P357
    INOUE A, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS A, V29, P1779
    JOHNSON WL, 1999, MRS BULL, V24, P42
    KONG HZ, 2002, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V35, P423
    LEE ML, 2003, PHYS REV B, V67
    MASSALSKI TB, 1992, BINRY ALLOY PHASE DI
    MIEDEMA AR, 1975, J LESS-COMMON MET, V41, P283
    MILLS JJ, 1974, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V14, P255
    NOWICK AS, 1972, ANELASTIC RELAXATION
    ORTEGAHERTOGS RJ, 2001, SCRIPTA MATER, V44, P1333
    PELLETIER JM, 2002, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V336, P190
    PEREZ J, 1988, POLYMER, V29, P483
    SCHROTER K, 1998, EUR PHYS J B, V5, P1
    TURNBULL D, 1969, CONTEMP PHYS, V10, P473
    WANIUK TA, 1998, ACTA MATER, V46, P5229
    WEI BC, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V89, P3529
    WEI BC, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    ZHANG Z, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V81, P4371
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 0921-5093
 J9 MATER SCI ENG A-STRUCT MATER
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process.
 PD NOV 15
 PY 2004
 VL 385
 IS 1-2
 BP 397
 EP 401
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 867DI
 UT ISI:000224822000050
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, CY
    Tan, WH
    Guo, QZ
 TI Generalized optical ABCD theorem and its application to the diffraction
    integral calculation
 SO JOURNAL OF THE OPTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA A-OPTICS IMAGE SCIENCE AND
    VISION
 DT Article
 ID MATRIX
 AB We generalize the transfer matrix ABCD theorem for paraxial rays of the
    optical system to skew rays propagated off axis, whether or not the
    system possesses rotational symmetry. Furthermore, we apply the
    generalized ABCD theorem to evaluate the diffraction integral matrix
    elements A-D expressed in terms of the angle eikonal T, with the
    primary aberrations included. Finally, analysis and numerical
    calculation are given for propagation of a light beam through the
    optical system in the case in which spherical aberration and coma are
    present. (C) 2004 Optical Society of America.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, CY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM zchy49@sohu.com
 CR BORN M, 1999, PRINCIPLES OPTICS, P143
    BROUWER W, 1963, APPL OPTICS, V2, P1239
    BROUWER W, 1964, MATRIX METHODS OPTIC
    COLLINS SA, 1970, J OPT SOC AM, V60, P1168
    KOGELNIK H, 1966, P IEEE, V54, P1312
    MAITLAND A, 1969, LASER PHYS, P161
    PIQUERO G, 1997, OPTIK, V105, P20
    SHAOMIN W, 1988, PROGR OPTICS, V25, P281
    YURA HT, 1987, J OPT SOC AM A, V4, P1931
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1084-7529
 J9 J OPT SOC AM A-OPT IMAGE SCI
 JI J. Opt. Soc. Am. A-Opt. Image Sci. Vis.
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 11
 BP 2154
 EP 2163
 PG 10
 SC Optics
 GA 865RX
 UT ISI:000224721500013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, JH
    Bao, BR
    Wu, MH
    Sun, XL
    Zhang, XY
    Hu, JX
    Ye, GA
 TI Qualitative and quantitative analysis of the light hydrocarbons
    produced by radiation degradation of N,N-diethylhydroxylamine
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 AB This paper reports on the qualitative and quantitative analyses of
    light hydrocarbons produced by radiation degradation of
    N,N-diethylhydroxylamine. The results show that when the absorbed doses
    are between 10 and 1000 kGy, the main light hydrocarbons are methane,
    ethane, ethene, propane and n-butane. Their volume fractions are
    increased with the increase of the dose. The volume fraction of ethene
    is also increased at low doses with the increase of the dose, but it is
    decreased with the increase of dose at high doses.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Inst Atom Energy, Beijing 102413, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 EM jinhuawang@online.sh.cn
 CR HENRICH LH, 1988, J CHROMATOGR SCI, V26, P198
    KOLTUNOV VS, 1993, RADIOKHIMIYA, V35, P79
    SZE YK, 1983, NUCL TECHNOL, V63, P431
    ZHANG AY, 1999, AT ENERGY SCI TECHNO, V33, P97
    ZHANG AY, 2001, AT ENERGY SCI TECHNO, V35, P83
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PY 2004
 VL 262
 IS 2
 BP 451
 EP 453
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 867QR
 UT ISI:000224857800020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZL
    Yaegashi, O
    Sakaue, H
    Takahagi, T
    Shingubara, S
 TI Effect of additives on hole filling characteristics of electroless
    copper plating
 SO JAPANESE JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS PART 1-REGULAR PAPERS SHORT NOTES &
    REVIEW PAPERS
 DT Article
 DE electroless Cu plating; bottom-up filling; additives; damascene process
 ID ELECTRODEPOSITION
 AB The effects of additives, such as Cl-, thiourea, benzotriazole,
    bis(3-sulfopropyl)-disulfide (SPS), and mercaptonicotinic acid, upon
    the hole filling characteristic of electroless Cu plating were
    investigated. With the addition of thiourea, the Cu deposition rate was
    suppressed and the hole filling characteristic became anti-bottom-up
    filling with the presence of voids. With the addition of SPS, bottom-up
    Cu filling was achieved and the bottom-up tendency increased with an
    increase in SPS concentration. The mechanism of anti-bottom-up filling
    and bottom-up filling with the addition of thiourea or SPS is
    attributed to the diffusion flux of thiourea being higher than that of
    Cu2+-EDTA complex, and the diffusion flux of SPS being lower than that
    of Cu2+-EDTA complex.
 C1 Hiroshima Univ, Grad Sch Adv Sci Matter, Higashihiroshima 7398530, Japan.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZL, Hiroshima Univ, Grad Sch Adv Sci Matter, 1-3-1 Kagamiyama,
    Higashihiroshima 7398530, Japan.
 EM wangzl@hiroshima-u.ac.jp
 CR CHIU SY, 2000, J VAC SCI TECHNOL B, V18, P2835
    DOW WP, 2003, ELECTROCHEM SOLID ST, V6, C134
    KANG M, 2003, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V150, C426
    MOFFAT TP, 2003, ELECTROCHEM SOLID ST, V6, C59
    PYM SG, 2003, J APPL PHYS, V93, P1257
    SHINGUBARA S, 2002, IEEE INT INT C 2002, P176
    SHINGUBARA S, 2003, P IEDM 2003
    SHINGUBARA S, 2004, ELECTROCHEM SOLID ST, V7, C78
    WANG Z, IN PRESS J ELECTROCH
    WANG Z, 2003, ELECTROCHEM SOLID ST, V6, C38
    WANG ZL, 2003, J APPL PHYS, V94, P4697
    WANG ZL, 2003, JPN J APPL PHYS 2, V42, L1223
 NR 12
 TC 2
 SN 0021-4922
 J9 JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1
 JI Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. Part 1 - Regul. Pap. Short Notes Rev. Pap.
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 43
 IS 10
 BP 7000
 EP 7001
 PG 2
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 866NN
 UT ISI:000224780300035
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YM
    Chen, YB
 TI Research & reform on real-time operating system applied to robot
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ELECTRONICS
 DT Article
 DE real-time characteristic; preemption model; real-time characteristic
    reform; interrupt service
 AB The paper describes some current popular real-time operation systems
    such as QNX, VxWorks, and analyses Linux present status and weak points
    for real-time supporting characteristics and related main trend
    technology of real-time support based on Linux kernel, and compares
    comprehensively strong and weak points among different kinds of
    solutions. By drawing out a typical realtime application model and
    combining some present research results and thoughts, this paper puts
    forward reform scheme of real-time operation system which is realized
    in Linux operation system, and some good results are given at last.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp Engn & Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YM, Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp Engn & Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM ymchen@yc.shu.edu.cn
 CR CHENG PK, 2001, J INTELLIGENT ROBOTI, V30, P377
    CHOI SH, 2000, INT J TIM CRIT COMP, V19, P25
    DANKWARDT K, FUNDAMENTALS K COMPU
    DANKWARDT K, FUNDAMENTALS REAL TI
    ELHAJJ I, 2000, P 2000 IEEE INT C RO, P388
    KRISHNA CM, 2001, REAL-TIME SYST, P40
    TERRASA A, 2002, REAL-TIME SYST, V22, P151
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1022-4653
 J9 CHINESE J ELECTRON
 JI Chin. J. Electron.
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 13
 IS 4
 BP 564
 EP 568
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 866QE
 UT ISI:000224787200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, ZM
    Chen, C
    Liu, GL
 TI Multipoint inverse shape design of airfoils based on variable-domain
    variational principle
 SO AIRCRAFT ENGINEERING AND AEROSPACE TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE aerodynamics; finite element analysis; numerical analysis
 AB As a kind of free (unknown) boundary problems, inverse shape design of
    airfoils attracts extensive attention in recent years. By
    variable-domain variational theory; free boundary condition can be
    coupled with the governing equations for flow field, which makes it
    possible to calculate the flow field with the free boundary
    simultaneously. In this paper, the variational principle (VP) of 2D
    airfoil shape design problem is obtained from the basic dimensionless
    velocity potential equations for 2D compressible flow by using
    systematic approach and variable-domain variational formula. The
    cleformable finite element method based on the VP is used to
    segmentally design airfoil at two design points (angles of attack) and
    four design points, respectively. The results show that the present
    method is highly effective and accurate to solve multipoint inverse
    problem of airfoils.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai,
    Peoples R China.
 CR EPPLER R, 1979, J SHIP RES, V23, P209
    HAWTHORNE WR, 1984, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V106, P346
    HENNE PA, 1980, 800330 AIAA
    LIGHTHILL MJ, 1945, 2112 ARC RD
    LIU GL, 1993, INT J TURBO JET ENGI, V10, P273
    LIU GL, 1998, INVERSE PROBL ENG, P391
    LIU GL, 2000, ACTA MECH, V140, P73
    SCHMIDT E, 1989, AGARDCP463
    SELIG MS, 1992, AIAA J, V30, P1162
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0002-2667
 J9 AIRCRAFT ENG AEROSP TECHNOL
 JI Aircr. Eng. Aerosp. Technol.
 PY 2004
 VL 76
 IS 5
 BP 516
 EP 522
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 864TR
 UT ISI:000224656300008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, XM
    Sun, Y
    Chen, AQ
    Zheng, L
 TI Triple-gluon scatterings and early thermalization
 SO NUCLEAR PHYSICS A
 DT Article
 DE triple-gluon scatterings; transport equation; thermalization
 ID HEAVY-ION COLLISIONS; ULTRARELATIVISTIC NUCLEAR COLLISIONS; PLUS AU
    COLLISIONS; DUAL PARTON MODEL; ELLIPTIC FLOW; PARTICLE-PRODUCTION;
    ENTROPY PRODUCTION; ROOT-S(NN)=130 GEV; TRANSPORT-THEORY; CASCADE MODELS
 AB Triple-gluon scattering processes in gluon matter initially created in
    Au-Au collisions at RHIC energies become important. The three-gluon
    scatterings are calculated in perturbative QCD and give rise to a new
    term in a transport equation for gluon distribution. A numerical
    solution of the transport equation demonstrates gluon momentum isotropy
    achieved at a time of the order of 0.65 fm/c and can thus be fitted to
    a thermal distribution with fugacity of 0.065 and temperature of 0.75
    GeV. Triple-gluon scatterings lead to a short thermalization time of
    gluon matter. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Oak Ridge Natl Lab, Div Phys, Oak Ridge, TN 37831 USA.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Div Nucl Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, XM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM xmxucao@sh.cnuninet.net
 CR ACKERMANN KH, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P402
    ADLER C, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V87
    ADLER C, 2002, PHYS REV C, V66
    ADLER C, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V90
    ADLER SS, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    ALAM JE, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P1895
    AURENCHE P, 1992, PHYS REV D, V45, P92
    AURENCHE P, 1994, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V83, P107
    BASS SA, 2003, PHYS LETT B, V551, P277
    BEARDEN IG, 2003, NUCL PHYS A, V715, C171
    BERENDS FA, 1981, PHYS LETT B, V103, P124
    BERENDS FA, 1987, NUCL PHYS B, V294, P700
    BERENDS FA, 1988, NUCL PHYS B, V306, P759
    BHALERAO RS, 2000, PHYS REV C, V61
    BIRO TS, 1992, PHYS LETT B, V283, P171
    BIRO TS, 1993, PHYS REV C, V48, P1275
    BJORKEN JD, 1964, RELATIVISTIC QUANTUM
    BLAIZOT JP, 1987, NUCL PHYS B, V289, P847
    BLAIZOT JP, 1993, NUCL PHYS B, V390, P589
    BLAIZOT JP, 1994, NUCL PHYS B, V417, P608
    CAPELLA A, 1994, PHYS REP, V236, P225
    CARAVAGLIOS F, 1999, NUCL PHYS B, V539, P215
    CASSING W, 1999, PHYS REP, V308, P65
    CERCIGNANI C, 1975, THEORY APPL BOLTZMAN
    CHAPMAN S, 1973, MATH THEORY NONUNIFO
    COMBRIDGE BL, 1977, PHYS LETT B, V70, P234
    COOPER F, 2003, PHYS LETT B, V555, P181
    CORLESS RM, 1995, ESSENTIAL MAPLE
    CUTLER R, 1978, PHYS REV D, V17, P196
    DRAGGIOTIS P, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V439, P157
    ELZE HT, 1989, PHYS REP, V183, P81
    ESKOLA KJ, 1989, NUCL PHYS B, V323, P37
    ESKOLA KJ, 1996, PHYS LETT B, V374, P20
    ESKOLA KJ, 2000, NUCL PHYS B, V570, P379
    ESKOLA KJ, 2001, PHYS LETT B, V497, P39
    ESKOLA KJ, 2003, NUCL PHYS A, V715, C561
    ESKOLA KJ, 2003, PHYS LETT B, V566, P187
    GEIGER K, 1992, NUCL PHYS B, V369, P600
    GEIGER K, 1992, PHYS REV D, V46, P4965
    GEIGER K, 1992, PHYS REV D, V46, P4986
    GEIGER K, 1993, PHYS REV D, V47, P133
    GEIGER K, 1993, PHYS REV D, V47, P4905
    GOTTSCHALK T, 1980, PHYS REV D, V21, P102
    GUNION JF, 1986, PHYS REV D, V34, P2119
    GYULASSY M, 1994, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V83, P307
    GYULASSY M, 1997, NUCL PHYS A, V626, P999
    GYULASSY M, 2001, NUCL PHYS B, V594, P371
    GYULASSY M, 2002, PHYS LETT B, V526, P301
    HEINZ U, 2002, P 18 WINT WORKSH NUC
    HEISELBERG H, 1996, PHYS REV C, V53, P1892
    HIRANO T, 2002, PHYS REV C, V65
    HUOVINEN P, 2003, NUCL PHYS A, V715, C299
    HWA RC, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V56, P696
    KRASNITZ A, 1999, NUCL PHYS B, V557, P237
    KRASNITZ A, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P4309
    KRASNITZ A, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P1717
    KUNSZT Z, 1986, NUCL PHYS B, V271, P333
    LACEY RA, 2002, NUCL PHYS A, V698, P559
    LEE JH, 2003, 7 INT C STRANG QUARK
    LEPAGE GP, 1978, J COMPUT PHYS, V27, P192
    LEVAI P, 1995, PHYS REV C, V51, P3326
    MANGANO M, 1988, NUCL PHYS B, V298, P653
    MOEHRING HJ, 1991, Z PHYS C, V52, P643
    MOLNAR D, 2000, PHYS REV C, V62
    MOLNAR D, 2002, NUCL PHYS A, V697, P495
    MOLNAR D, 2002, NUCL PHYS A, V698, C379
    MORITA K, 2002, PHYS REV C, V66
    MROWCZYNSKI S, 1994, ANN PHYS-NEW YORK, V229, P1
    OEURDANE D, 2003, NUCL PHYS A, V715, C478
    PANG Y, CUTP815
    PARKE SJ, 1986, NUCL PHYS B, V269, P410
    PARKE SJ, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V56, P2459
    POSCHL W, 2000, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V125, P282
    PRESS WH, 1982, NUMERICAL RECIPES
    REDFERN D, 1993, MAPLE HDB
    SATZ H, 2000, PHYS LETT B, V475, P225
    SHURYAK E, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P3270
    SHURYAK EV, 2003, NUCL PHYS A, V715, C289
    SNELLINGS RJM, 2002, NUCL PHYS A, V698, C193
    TEANEY D, NUCLTH0110037
    WANG XN, 1991, PHYS REV D, V44, P3501
    WANG XN, 1997, PHYS REP, V280, P287
    WERNER K, 1993, PHYS REP, V232, P87
    XIONG L, 1995, NUCL PHYS A, V590, C589
    XU XM, 1996, PHYS REV C, V53, P3051
    XU XM, 2002, NUCL PHYS A, V697, P825
    ZHANG B, 1998, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V109, P193
    ZHANG B, 1998, PHYS REV C, V58, P1175
    ZHANG B, 2000, PHYS REV C, V61
 NR 89
 TC 4
 SN 0375-9474
 J9 NUCL PHYS A
 JI Nucl. Phys. A
 PD NOV 15
 PY 2004
 VL 744
 BP 347
 EP 377
 PG 31
 SC Physics, Nuclear
 GA 864LD
 UT ISI:000224634100016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, YW
    Ding, WZ
    Lu, XG
    Xu, KD
 TI Reduction mechanism of chromite ore in blast furnace
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE smelting reduction; chromite ore; mechanism; blast furnace
 AB The structural changes and reduction degree of chromite ore in blast
    furnace were studied by optical micrograph analysis, scanning electron
    microscope (SEM) and energy dispersive X-ray analysis (EDXA). The
    smelting reduction mechanism of chromite in blast furnace was primarily
    discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, YW, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR *VON HANS MAR, 1945, STAHL EISEN, V65, P57
    DUKASHCHENKO MK, 1944, STAL, P4
    GATSEUKOV GV, 1945, STAL, P3
    LANGENBERG FC, 1967, MANUFACTURE STAINLES, P695
    LI YW, 2002, SPECIAL STEEL, V23, P23
    LI YW, 2004, IRON STEEL, V39, P17
    SOYKAN O, 1991, METALL TRANS B, V22, P53
    WEBER P, 1993, METALL TRANS B, V24, P987
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 11
 IS 4
 BP 19
 EP 23
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 863DU
 UT ISI:000224541700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Leung, AYT
    Liu, ZR
 TI Some new methods to suppress chaos for a kind of nonlinear oscillator
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear oscillator; suppressing chaos; Melnikov method
 ID WEAK PERIODIC PERTURBATIONS; BISTABLE CHAOS; EQUATION
 AB This article extends the range of applications of a previous paper
    [Leung & Liu, 2003]. Some new methods to suppress chaos are proposed so
    that the Melnikov function is modified only slightly for the easy
    elimination of simple zeros. The reasonability of the methods is
    analyzed by the previously established criteria. Some examples are also
    given.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Bldg Construct, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Leung, AYT, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Bldg Construct, Hong Kong, Hong
    Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR BENJACOB E, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P1599
    BRAIMAN Y, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P2545
    FANG J, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V146, P35
    GOMES MGM, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P3100
    KAPITANIAK J, 1991, CHAOTIC OSCILLATIONS
    KING GP, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P3092
    LEUNG AYT, 2004, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V14, P1455
    LIMA R, 1990, PHYS REV A, V41, P726
    LIU Z, 1993, SCI CHINA SER A, V36, P976
    OSIPOV G, 1998, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V9, P307
    QU ZL, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P1736
    RAJASEKAR S, 1992, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V2, P271
    RAJASEKAR S, 1993, PRAMANA-J PHYS, V41, P295
    SATO S, 1983, PHYS REV A, V28, P1654
    UEDA Y, 1979, J STAT PHYS, V20, P181
    UEDA Y, 1980, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V357, P422
    YANG J, 1996, PHYS REV E, V56, P4402
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 14
 IS 8
 BP 2955
 EP 2961
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 863ZW
 UT ISI:000224603300026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, SS
    Xiao, XS
    Xia, L
    Wang, Q
    Li, WH
    Dong, YD
 TI Effects of bond parameters on the widths of supercooled liquid regions
    of ferrous BMGs
 SO INTERMETALLICS
 DT Article
 DE alloy design; glasses, metallic; thermal stability
 ID SOFT-MAGNETIC PROPERTIES; BULK METALLIC GLASSES; C-B ALLOYS; HIGH
    SATURATION MAGNETIZATION; AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; THERMAL-STABILITY; FORMING
    ABILITY; BEHAVIOR
 AB Correlation is investigated between supercooled liquid regions (SLRs)
    DeltaT(x) (= T-x - T-g, where T-x is the onset crystallization
    temperature and T-g the glass transition temperature) of ferrous bulk
    metallic glasses (BMGs) and three bond parameters, i.e.
    electronegativity, atomic size and valent electron. From the available
    experimental data in literatures, DeltaT(x) has strong correlation with
    the bond parameters. A semi-empirical equation is established to
    elucidate the correlation between DeltaT(x) and the three bond
    parameters. In detail, DeltaT(x) increases obviously with the increase
    of the atomic size parameter (delta), and electronegativity difference
    (Deltax) and the electron concentration. An ellipse arc with thickness
    derived from the equation is drawn to determine the range of BMG with
    large SLR. (C) 2004 Published by Elsevier Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, SS, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM ssfang@eastday.com
 CR ALLRED AL, 1961, J INORG NUCL CHEM, V17, P215
    BUSCHOW KHJ, 1980, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V35, P233
    DAVIES HA, 1976, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V17, P159
    EGAMI T, 2003, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V317, P30
    FANG S, 2000, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V25, P143
    FANG SS, 1995, J ALLOY COMPD, V293, P10
    FANG SS, 2003, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V321, P120
    FANG SS, 2004, IN PRESS RARE MET MA
    GOTTSCHALL RJ, 2001, MATER TRANS, V42, P548
    IMAFUKU M, 2000, MATER T JIM, V41, P1526
    INOUE A, 1998, MATER SCI FORUM 2, V269, P855
    INOUE A, 2000, ACTA MATER, V48, P279
    INOUE A, 2000, ACTA MATER, V48, P279
    INOUE A, 2000, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V215, P246
    INOUE A, 2000, MATER SCI FORUM 1&2, V343, P81
    INOUE A, 2002, MATER TRANS, V43, P2350
    ITOI T, 1999, MATER T JIM, V40, P643
    LIA LB, 2000, CRYSTALLINE CHEM CRY, P177
    LU ZP, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P3501
    MIEDEMA AR, 1975, J LESS-COMMON MET, V41, P283
    MIZUSHIMA T, 1997, IEEE T MAGN 2, V33, P3784
    MIZUSHIMA T, 1999, MATER T JIM, V40, P1019
    PAN ZL, 1984, CRYSTALLOGRAPHY MINE, P133
    PANG S, 2002, MATER TRANS, V43, P2137
    PANG SJ, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P489
    PAULING L, 1960, NATURE CHEM BOND
    SHEN BL, 2000, MATER T JIM, V41, P1478
    SHEN BL, 2000, MATER T JIM, V41, P1675
    SHEN TD, 2001, ACTA MATER, V49, P837
    XU M, 2001, ACTA METALL SIN, V37, P637
    ZHANG BW, 1981, ACTA METALL SIN, V17, P285
    ZHANG W, 2001, MAT T JIM, V42, P660
 NR 32
 TC 0
 SN 0966-9795
 J9 INTERMETALLICS
 JI Intermetallics
 PD OCT-NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 12
 IS 10-11
 BP 1069
 EP 1072
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 863MT
 UT ISI:000224566700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, BC
    Zhang, TH
    Li, WH
    Sun, YF
    Yu, Y
    Wang, YR
 TI Serrated plastic flow during nanoindentation in Nd-based bulk metallic
    glasses
 SO INTERMETALLICS
 DT Article
 DE composites; glasses, metallic; mechanical properties at ambient
    temperature
 ID AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; CRYSTALLIZATION; INDENTATION; DEFORMATION;
    MICROSCOPY; MECHANISMS; BEHAVIOR
 AB The microstructure of Nd60Al10Ni10Cu20-xFex (x = 0, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20)
    alloys can change from homogeneous phase to a composite structure
    consisting of amorphous phase plus clusters or nanocrystals by
    adjusting the Fe content. The effect of microstructure on the plastic
    deformation behavior in this alloy system is studied by using
    nanoindentation. The alloys with homogeneous amorphous structure
    exhibit pronounced flow serrations during the loading process of
    nanoindentation. The addition of Fe changes the plastic deformation
    behavior remarkablely. No flow serration is observed in the alloys with
    high Fe content for the indentation depth of 500 nm. The mechanism for
    the change of plastic serrated flow behavior is discussed. (C) 2004
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, Natl Micrograv Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, State Key Lab Nonlinear Mech, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, BC, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, Natl Micrograv Lab, Beijing
    100080, Peoples R China.
 EM weibc@imech.ac.cn
 CR BENAMEUR T, 2002, MATER TRANS, V43, P2617
    FLORES KM, 2001, ACTA MATER, V49, P2527
    GREER AL, 2002, MATER SCI FORUM, V386, P77
    HUFNAGEL TC, 2002, INTERMETALLICS, V10, P1163
    INOUE A, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS A, V29, P1779
    INOUE A, 2000, ACTA MATER, V48, P279
    LI Y, 1998, PHIL MAG LETT, V78, P213
    NIEH TG, 2002, INTERMETALLICS, V10, P1177
    OLIVER WC, 1992, J MATER RES, V7, P1564
    PEKARSKAYA E, 2001, J MATER RES, V16, P2513
    SCHUH CA, 2003, ACTA MATER, V51, P87
    WANG JG, 2000, J MATER RES, V15, P798
    WEI BC, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P4357
    WRIGHT WJ, 2001, MATER TRANS, V42, P642
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS D, V36, P1
    ZHANG Z, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V81, P4371
    ZHANG ZF, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
 NR 17
 TC 6
 SN 0966-9795
 J9 INTERMETALLICS
 JI Intermetallics
 PD OCT-NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 12
 IS 10-11
 BP 1239
 EP 1243
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 863MT
 UT ISI:000224566700033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, TC
    Chen, XH
    Chen, DY
 TI Two types of new Lie algebras and corresponding hierarchies of evolution
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID BI-HAMILTONIAN STRUCTURE; LAX INTEGRABLE HIERARCHY; NEWELL SPECTRAL
    PROBLEM; INVOLUTIVE SYSTEMS; CONSTRAINED FLOWS; EQUATIONS;
    NONLINEARIZATION; TRANSFORMATION; PERTURBATION; COUPLINGS
 AB An extension of Lie algebra A(n-1) was proposed [Phys. Lett. A 310
    (2003) 19, J. Math. Phys. 26 (1985) 1189]. Based on that extension, we
    presented two new Lie algebras. Meanwhile we obtained the corresponding
    hierarchies of evolution equations and it was shown that the
    corresponding hierarchies of evolution equations were integrable in
    Liouville sense. Finally we found integrable couplings of the second
    equations hierarchy based on a new loop algebra G which was different
    from A(2) in Refs. [Chaos, Solitons & Fractals 7 (1996) 1227, Phys.
    Lett. A 310 (2003) 19]. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, TC, Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
 EM xiatc@yahoo.com.cn
 CR 2002, CHAOS SOLITONS FRACT, V14, P1445
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    CAO CW, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V33, P528
    FAN E, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P513
    FAN E, 2001, PHYSICA A, V301, P105
    FAN EG, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P7769
    FUCHSSTEINER B, 1993, APPL ANAL GEOMETRIC, P125
    GENG XG, 1993, J MATH PHYS, V34, P805
    LAKSHMANAN M, 1985, J MATH PHYS, V26, P1189
    MA WX, 1992, J MATH ANN, V13, P115
    MA WX, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P1227
    MA WX, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P4419
    NEWELL AC, 1985, SOLITON MATH PHYS
    QIAO ZJ, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P4407
    TSUCHIDA T, 1998, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V9, P869
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    WADATI M, 1972, J PHYS SOC JPN, V32, P1681
    WADATI M, 1973, J PHYS SOC JPN, V34, P1289
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    XIA TC, IN PRESS CHAOS SOLIT
    XIA TC, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P939
    XU XX, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P475
    YAN ZY, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V13, P1439
    YAN ZY, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P441
    YAN ZY, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P639
    ZENG YB, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V160, P541
    ZENG YB, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P5241
    ZHANG YF, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P466
    ZHANG YF, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V299, P543
    ZHANG YF, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V18, P855
    ZHANG YF, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V310, P19
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P305
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P413
 NR 33
 TC 4
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 IS 3
 BP 1033
 EP 1041
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 863YT
 UT ISI:000224600200034
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, Y
    Chen, DY
 TI A new representation of N-soliton solution and limiting solutions for
    the fifth order KdV equation
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID DE-VRIES EQUATION; KORTEWEG-DEVRIES EQUATION; POSITON-LIKE SOLUTIONS;
    SINE-GORDON EQUATIONS; SHALLOW-WATER WAVES; BACKLUND TRANSFORMATION;
    MULTISOLITON SOLUTIONS; EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; RATIONAL SOLUTIONS; FORM
 AB A new representation of N-soliton solution of the fifth order KdV
    equation is obtained by using Backlund transformation method. It is
    shown that the new representation of N-soliton solution is in agreement
    with Hirota's expression. Some novel soliton solutions are derived by
    performing an appropriate limiting procedure on the known soliton
    solutions. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Dept Math, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, Y, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Dept Math, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zy2836@163.com
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1978, J MATH PHYS, V19, P2180
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITON INVERSE SCAT
    CHEN DY, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P658
    CHOW KW, 1998, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V9, P1901
    FREEMAN NC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P1
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 1974, PROG THEOR PHYS, V52, P1498
    HIROTA R, 1976, PROGR THEOR PHYS SUP, V59, P64
    HIROTA R, 1978, J PHYS SOC JPN, V45, P1741
    HIROTA R, 1980, TOP CURR PHYS, V17, P157
    HU XB, 1988, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V4, P46
    HU XB, 2003, J PHYS A, V36, P4867
    JAWORSKI M, 1995, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V5, P2229
    LAX PD, 1968, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V21, P467
    MA WX, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V19, P163
    MATEEV VB, 1992, PHYSL LETT A, V166, P205
    MATSUNO Y, 1984, TRANSFORMATION METHO
    NIMMO JJC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V96, P443
    SATSUMA J, 1977, J PHYS SOC JPN, V43, P692
    SATSUMA J, 1979, J MATH PHYS, V20, P1496
    TAKAHASHI M, 1989, J PHYS SOC JPN, V58, P3505
    WU H, 1997, J PHYS A, V30, P8225
    ZHANG Y, 2003, J PHYS SOC JPN, V72, P763
    ZHANG Y, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V20, P343
    ZHANG Y, 2004, IN PRESS CHAOS SOLIT, P20
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 IS 3
 BP 1055
 EP 1061
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 863YT
 UT ISI:000224600200037
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fu, JL
    Chen, LQ
 TI On Noether symmetries and form invariance of mechanico-electrical
    systems
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE mechanico-electrical system; form invariance; noether symmetry;
    infinitesimal transformation
 ID THEOREM
 AB This Letter focuses on form invariance and Noether symmetries of
    mechanico-electrical systems. Based on the invariance of Hamiltonian
    actions for mechanico-electrical systems under the infinitesimal
    transformation of the coordinates, the electric quantities and the
    time, the authors present the Noether symmetry transformation, the
    Noether quasi-symmetry transformation, the generalized Noether
    quasi-symmetry transformation and the general Killing equations of
    Lagrange mechanico-electrical systems and Lagrange-Maxwell
    mechanico-electrical systems. Using the invariance of the differential
    equations, satisfied by physical quantities, such as Lagrangian,
    non-potential general forces, under the infinitesimal transformation,
    the authors propose the definition and criterions of the form
    invariance for mechanico-electrical systems. The Letter also
    demonstrates connection between the Noether symmetries and the form
    invariance of mechanico-electrical systems. An example is designed to
    illustrate these results. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ Sci, Dept Appl Phys, Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM sqfujingli@163.com
    lqchen@online.sh.cn
 CR BATLLE C, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1345
    BESSELHAGEN E, 1921, MATH ANN, V84, P258
    CARINENA JF, 1989, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V22, P4777
    CRASMAREANU M, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P947
    DJUKIC DS, 1975, ACTA MECH, V23, P17
    FAY S, 2001, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V18, P4863
    FU JL, 2004, MECH RES COMMUN, V31, P9
    LI ZP, 1993, CLASSICS QUANTUM CON
    MARSDEN JE, 1994, INTRO MECH SYMMETRY
    MEI FX, 1993, SCI CHINA SER A, V36, P1456
    MEI FX, 1999, APPL LIE GROUP LIE A
    MEI FX, 2000, BEIJING I TECHNOL, V9, P120
    MEI FX, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P177
    NOETHER E, 1918, NACHR GES WISS GOTT, V2, P235
    OLVER PJ, 1999, APPL LIE GROUPS DIFF
 NR 15
 TC 2
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD OCT 18
 PY 2004
 VL 331
 IS 3-4
 BP 138
 EP 152
 PG 15
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 862GI
 UT ISI:000224478200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bian, JJ
    Bo, GH
    Wang, XW
 TI Microwave dielectric properties of (Pb1-3x/2Lax)(Mg1/2W1/2)O-3
 SO MATERIALS RESEARCH BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE ceramics; X-ray diffraction; dielectric properties
 ID PB2MGWO6
 AB La modified Pb(Mg1/2W1/2)O-3 were prepared by solid-state reaction
    process, and the sintering behavior, microstructure and microwave
    dielectric properties were investigated by X-ray powder diffraction
    (XRD), Raman scattering and HP network analyzer in this paper. A series
    of single phase perovskite type solid solutions with A-site vacancies
    (Pb1-3x/2Lax(Mg1/2W1/2)O-3 (0 less than or equal to x less than or
    equal to (2/3))) were formed. The solid solution took cubic perovskite
    type structure (Fm3m) with random distribution of A-site vacancies when
    0 less than or equal to x less than or equal to 0.5, and tetragonal or
    orthorhombic structure with the ordering of A-site vacancies when 0.5
    less than or equal to x less than or equal to 2/3. The dielectric
    constant and temperature coefficient of resonant frequency decrease
    with increasing La content. Relatively good combination microwave
    dielectric properties were obtained for x = 0.56: epsilon(r) = 28.7; Q
    x f = 18098; and tau(f) = -5.8 ppm/degreesC. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Bian, JJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, 149 Yangchan Rd,Zhabei Dist,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM jjbian1@sohu.com
 CR BABAKISHI KZ, 1992, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V25, P477
    BALDINOZZI G, 1993, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V86, P541
    BALDINOZZI G, 1995, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V7, P8109
    BIAN JJ, 2003, J EUR CERAM SOC, V23, P2589
    BROWN ID, 1992, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR B, V48, P553
    CHO SY, 1999, J MATER RES, V14, P114
    KANIA A, 1996, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V8, P4441
    KATO J, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V31, P3144
    PENN SJ, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P1885
    RII Y, 1981, MAT RES B, V16, P1153
    SHANNON RD, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P348
    YANG JH, 1994, FERROELECTRICS, V152, P243
    YASUDA N, 1986, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V19, P1055
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0025-5408
 J9 MATER RES BULL
 JI Mater. Res. Bull.
 PD NOV 2
 PY 2004
 VL 39
 IS 13
 BP 2127
 EP 2135
 PG 9
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 863BK
 UT ISI:000224535000017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, ZM
    Li, X
    Wang, H
    Deng, K
    Zhuang, YQ
 TI The segregated structure of MnBi in Bi-Mn alloy solidified under a high
    magnetic field
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE solidification; high magnetic field; Bi-Mn alloy; magnetic force;
    crystallization; phase separation
 ID PHASE
 AB Influence of high magnetic field on segregation of BiMn grains during
    solidification of Bi-Mn alloy has been investigated. Experiment of
    melting and solidifying of the alloy in a 10 T magnetic field generated
    by superconductor magnet was conducted. An interesting phenomenon was
    found that the BiMn gains accumulated on the periphery of the specimen,
    forming a ring-like MnBi phase-rich layer where MnBi phase aligned
    along the magnetic direction. This pheromone was analyzed and
    discussed. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zmrenb@online.sh.en
 CR KATSUKI A, 1996, CHEM LETT, P607
    MOFFATT WG, 1984, HDB BINARY PHASE DIA
    RANGO PD, 1991, NATURE, V349, P770
    REN ZM, 1990, ACTA METALL SIN, V26, B374
    REN ZM, 1992, J MATER SCI, V27, P4663
    SASSA K, 1997, J JPN I MET, V61, P1283
    SASSA K, 1997, P INT S EL P MAT CTR, P157
    SASSA K, 1998, CAMP ISIJ, V11, P888
    SASSA K, 2000, P 2 C PROC MAT PROP, P565
    SAVITSKY EM, 1981, J CRYST GROWTH, V52, P519
    WAN DF, 1987, PHYS MAGNETISM ELECT, P22
    WANG H, 2002, ACTA METALL SIN, V38, P41
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 58
 IS 27-28
 BP 3405
 EP 3409
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 861WO
 UT ISI:000224449500007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, Y
    Zhang, JC
    Gu, F
    Huang, PP
    Xia, YB
 TI Intermolecular and intramolecular charge transfer in
    polymethylphenylsilane/C-60 films
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS D-APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID C-60; PHOTOCONDUCTIVITY
 AB The influence of C-60 on fluorescence spectra, UV-visible spectra and
    photoconductivity of polymethylphenylsilane (PMPS) has been studied.
    The results show that the photoconductivity of PMPS doped with C-60
    increases by one order of magnitude. The fluorescence and UV-visible
    analyses indicate that an intermolecular charge-transfer complex of
    PMPS and C-60 may be formed. Compared with C-60-doped PMPS, the
    C-60-linked PMPS displays higher photoconductivity than expected, which
    may come from the intramolecular charge-transfer process.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, Y, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 EM yuesen@china.com
 CR ALLEMAND PM, 1991, SCIENCE, V253, P301
    BENFIELD RE, 1996, POLYMER, V37, P5761
    DAYIN L, 1993, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, V7, P603
    KEPLER RG, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P1552
    KROTO HW, 1985, NATURE, V318, P162
    NESPUREK S, 2000, SYNTHETIC MET, V109, P309
    NESPUREK S, 2002, J LUMIN, V99, P131
    OLAH GA, 1991, J AM CHEM SOC, V113, P9387
    SHEN Y, 2001, MATER CHEM PHYS, V72, P405
    SHEN Y, 2003, MATER CHEM PHYS, V82, P401
    WANG Y, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P3844
    WATANABE A, 1994, J PHYS CHEM-US, V98, P7736
    YUE S, 1999, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V57, P1034
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0022-3727
 J9 J PHYS-D-APPL PHYS
 JI J. Phys. D-Appl. Phys.
 PD SEP 21
 PY 2004
 VL 37
 IS 18
 BP 2579
 EP 2582
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 861LM
 UT ISI:000224418000014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sheng, DF
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Dynamical behaviors of nonlinear viscoelastic thick plates with damage
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SOLIDS AND STRUCTURES
 DT Article
 DE viscoelastic solid with damage; thick plate; geometrical non-linearity;
    stability; chaos; bifurcation; parameter study
 ID STABILITY; SHELLS
 AB Based on the deformation hypothesis of Timoshenko's plates and the
    Boltzmann's superposition principles for linear viscoelastic materials,
    the nonlinear equations governing the dynamical behavior of
    Timoshenko's viscoelastic thick plates with damage are presented. The
    Galerkin method is applied to simplify the set of equations. The
    numerical methods in nonlinear dynamics are used to solve the
    simplified systems. It could be seen that there are plenty of dynamical
    properties for dynamical systems formed by this kind of viscoelastic
    thick plate with damage under a transverse harmonic load. The
    influences of load, geometry and material parameters on the dynamical
    behavior of the nonlinear system are investigated in detail. At the
    same time, the effect of damage on the dynamical behavior of plate is
    also discussed. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Nanchang Univ Technol, Acad Engn Mech, Inst Civil Engn, Nanchang 330029, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM shengdf@eyou.com
    chjcheng@yc.shu.edu.cn
 CR ARGYRIS J, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P151
    CEDERBAUM G, 1991, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V28, P317
    CEDERBAUM G, 1992, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V59, P16
    CEDERBAUM G, 1994, INT J MECH SCI, V36, P149
    CHEN CJ, 1991, BUCKLING BIFURCATION
    CHENG CJ, 1998, ACTA MECH SINICA, V30, P690
    COWIN SC, 1983, J ELASTICITY, V13, P125
    DING R, 1998, P 3 INT C NONL MECH, P185
    DROZDOV A, 1993, MECH RES COMMUN, V20, P481
    LI JJ, 2002, J SHANGHAI U, V6, P115
    PARKER TS, 1989, PRACTICAL NUMERICAL
    SUIRE G, 1995, INT J MECH SCI, V37, P753
    TOUATI D, 1995, ACTA MECH, V113, P215
    TYLIKOWSKI A, 1989, INT J MED SCI, V31, P591
    ZHU YY, 1998, P 3 INT C NONL MECH, P445
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7683
 J9 INT J SOLIDS STRUCT
 JI Int. J. Solids Struct.
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 41
 IS 26
 BP 7287
 EP 7308
 PG 22
 SC Mechanics
 GA 862KN
 UT ISI:000224489600003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, X
 TI Eshelby's problem of an inclusion of arbitrary shape in a decagonal
    quasicrystalline plane or half-plane
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ENGINEERING SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE decagonal quasicrystal; Eshelby inclusion; complex variable method
 ID ELASTIC FIELD; ELLIPSOIDAL INCLUSION; SYMMETRY; CRACK
 AB In this paper, a simple method based on analytical continuation and
    conformal mapping is presented to obtain an analytic solution for
    Eshelby's problem of a two-dimensional inclusion of arbitrary shape in
    a decagonal quasicrystalline plane or half-plane. The inclusion in this
    study refers to a subdomain which tends to undergo uniform stress-free
    phonon and phason eigenstrains without the constraint of the
    surrounding matrix. Furthermore, the inclusion penetrates through the
    solid along the period direction. The present method leads to
    elementary expressions for the internal phonon and phason fields within
    the inclusion in an entire decagonal quasicrystalline plane. Several
    examples are discussed to illustrate the method. (C) 2004 Published by
    Elsevier Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, X, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM wjq_wang@sina.com
 CR BACHTELER J, 1998, EUR PHYS J B, V4, P299
    DE P, 1987, PHYS REV B, V35, P8609
    DING DH, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P7003
    ESHELBY JD, 1957, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V241, P376
    ESHELBY JD, 1959, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V252, P561
    HASEGAVA H, 2003, ASME, V70, P825
    HU CZ, 2000, REP PROG PHYS, V63, P1
    LI XF, 1999, PHILOS MAG A, V79, P1943
    MARKENSCOFF X, 1998, J ELASTICITY, V49, P163
    MURA T, 1987, MICROMECHANICS DEFEC
    NOZAKI H, 2001, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V68, P441
    RICKER M, 1998, EUR PHYS J B, V23, P351
    RU CQ, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P315
    SHECHTMAN D, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V53, P1951
    TING TCT, 2000, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V37, P401
    WANG X, 2004, INT J ENG SCI, V42, P521
    WU LZ, 1995, ASME J APPL MECH, V62, P579
    WU LZ, 1995, ASME J APPL MECH, V62, P585
    WU LZ, 1996, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V63, P925
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7225
 J9 INT J ENG SCI
 JI Int. J. Eng. Sci.
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 42
 IS 17-18
 BP 1911
 EP 1930
 PG 20
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary
 GA 862MG
 UT ISI:000224494400011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, BB
    Wang, LJ
    Zhang, ML
    Xia, YB
 TI Investigation of chemical-vapour-deposition diamond alpha-particle
    detectors
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID CVD DIAMOND; RADIATION; SENSORS; FILMS
 AB Diamond films with [100] texture were prepared by a hot-filament
    chemical vapour deposition technique to fabricate particle detectors.
    The response of detectors to 5.5 MeV Am-241 particles is studied. The
    photocurrent increases linearly and then levels off with voltage, and 7
    nA is obtained at bias voltage of 100 V. The time-dependent
    photocurrent initially increases rapidly and then tends to reach
    saturation. Furthermore, a little increase of the dark-current after
    irradiation can be accounted for by the release of the charges captured
    by the trapping centres at low energy levels during irradiation. An
    obvious peak of the pulse height distribution can be observed,
    associated with the energy of 5.5 MeV.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, BB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM emma_guzhang@hotmail.com
 CR ADAM W, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V434, P131
    ADAM W, 2000, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V453, P141
    BERGONZO P, 2002, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V476, P694
    BUTTAR CM, 2000, DIAM RELAT MATER, V9, P965
    DERRY TE, 1992, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V11, P249
    HAN SK, 2000, DIAM RELAT MATER, V9, P1008
    PRINS JF, 1992, MATER SCI REP, V7, P271
    SALVATORI S, 1997, DIAM RELAT MATER, V6, P361
    SOUW EK, 1997, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V400, P69
    WANG LJ, 2000, DIAM RELAT MATER, V9, P1617
    ZHANG ML, 2004, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V130, P551
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 10
 BP 2051
 EP 2053
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 861XY
 UT ISI:000224453100052
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, ZQ
    Zhang, Q
 TI Surface partition of ion energy during the growth of TiNx thin films
 SO SOLID STATE COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE titanium nitride; thin films; epitaxy; energy partition
 ID TITANIUM NITRIDE; ELECTRICAL-PROPERTIES; CONTACTS; SILICON; DEVICES; GAN
 AB A simple evaluation of ion-deposited energy during surface displacement
    of adatoms has been presented for physical vapor deposition technology
    using an appropriate interaction model. The rf reactive magnetron
    sputtering deposition of titanium nitride (TiNx) thin films was taken
    as evidence supporting the theoretical calculation. The evolution of
    crystallite morphology dependent on bias (or input power) illustrates
    that surface and subsurface microstructure of growing films can be
    optimized by increasing the mobility of adatoms through ion-assistance.
    (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Microelect Grp, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Analyt Lab, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, ZQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Microelect Grp, Shang Da Rd 99,
    Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM zqma@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR CHEN GS, 2002, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V20, P479
    DIMITRIADIS CA, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P502
    DIMITRIADIS CA, 1999, J APPL PHYS 1, V85, P4238
    DOOLITTLE LR, 1986, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V15, P227
    EVANGELOU EK, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V88, P7192
    GAUTIER S, 2003, SEMICOND SCI TECH, V18, P594
    KARR BW, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P16317
    KOMNINOU P, 2000, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V12, P10295
    KONOFAOS N, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P1682
    KROGER R, 2002, J APPL PHYS, V91, P5149
    LI TQ, 2002, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V20, P583
    MA ZQ, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P668
    MA ZQ, 1999, APPL SURF SCI, V137, P184
    MA ZQ, 2000, THIN SOLID FILMS, V359, P288
    MARLO M, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P2899
    PATSALAS P, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V90, P4725
    SCHWARZ K, 1987, CRC CRIT R SOLID ST, V13, P211
    SMITH LL, 1999, J MATER RES, V14, P1032
    SUNDGREN JE, 1985, THIN SOLID FILMS, V128, P21
    ZIEGLER JF, 1985, STOPPING RANGE IONS
 NR 20
 TC 1
 SN 0038-1098
 J9 SOLID STATE COMMUN
 JI Solid State Commun.
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 132
 IS 5
 BP 347
 EP 350
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 860HZ
 UT ISI:000224334400013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, XY
    Sun, ML
    Wang, W
    Sun, DC
    Zhang, ZM
    Wang, XJ
 TI Experimental investigation of time-dependent cavitation in an
    oscillatory squeeze film
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES G-PHYSICS MECHANICS & ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE dynamically loaded journal bearing; squeeze film effect; time-dependent
    cavitation
 ID BEARING
 AB The occurrence of time-dependent cavitation and tensile stress in an
    oscillatory oil squeeze film were investigated experimentally. The test
    apparatus was a simple thrust bearing consisting of two parallel
    circular plates separated by a thin viscous oil film. During the test,
    one plate was at rest while the other (transparent) oscillated in a
    direction normal to its surface. This test configuration was chosen to
    avoid the rotational motion and complicated geometry of a squeeze film
    journal bearing. The frequency of oscillation was in the range of 5 to
    50 Hz and was controlled by an electro-magnetic exciter. The process of
    cavity formation and its subsequent development was recorded by a
    high-speed video camera. Concomitant pressure in the oil film was
    measured both within and without the cavitation region. It was found
    that both tensile stress and cavities existed in a squeeze film under
    certain working conditions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Res Inst Bearings, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    SUNY Binghamton, Dept Engn Mech, Binghamton, NY 13902 USA.
 RP Chen, XY, Shanghai Univ, Res Inst Bearings, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM xychen@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR HAYES DF, 1964, CAVITIES MOVING PARA, P122
    KU CP, 1990, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V112, P725
    MEGED Y, 1995, WEAR, V186, P444
    OPTASANU V, 2000, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V122, P162
    PARKINS DW, 1984, T ASME, V106, P360
    SUN DC, 1991, T ASME, V113, P287
    SUN DC, 1993, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V115, P88
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1672-1799
 J9 SCI CHINA SER G
 JI Sci. China Ser. G-Phys. Mech. Astron.
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 47
 SU Suppl. S
 BP 107
 EP 112
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 860YQ
 UT ISI:000224381000016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, TC
    Yu, FJ
    Zhang, Y
 TI The multi-component coupled Burgers hierarchy of soliton equations and
    its multi-component integrable couplings system with two arbitrary
    functions
 SO PHYSICA A-STATISTICAL MECHANICS AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE coupled Burgers hierarchy; multi-component coupled Burgers hierarchy;
    loop algebra; multicomponent integrable couplings system
 ID BI-HAMILTONIAN STRUCTURE; INVOLUTIVE SYSTEMS; CONSTRAINED FLOWS; LOOP
    ALGEBRA; NONLINEARIZATION; TRANSFORMATION; WELL
 AB A new loop algebra (G) over tilde (M) is constructed, which is devoted
    to establishing an isospectral problem. By making use of Tu scheme, the
    multi-component coupled Burgers hierarchy is obtained. Furthermore, an
    expanding loop algebra (F) over tilde (M) of the loop algebra (G) over
    tilde (M) is presented. It follows that the multi-component integrable
    coupling system of the multi-component coupled Burgers hierarchy is
    worked out. In general, the method can be applied to other evolution
    equations hierarchies. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, TC, Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
 EM xiatc@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    CAO CW, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V33, P528
    FAN E, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P513
    FAN E, 2001, PHYSICA A, V301, P105
    FAN EG, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P7769
    GENG XG, 1993, J MATH PHYS, V34, P805
    GUO F, 1999, ACTA MATH PHYS SINIC, V19, P507
    GUO FK, 2000, ACTA MATH APPL SIN, V23, P181
    GUO FK, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P5793
    GUO FK, 2003, J SYST SCI MATH SCI, V22, P36
    MA WX, 1992, J MATH ANN, V13, P115
    MA WX, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P1227
    MA WX, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P4419
    NEWELL AC, 1985, SOLITON MATH PHYS
    QIAO ZJ, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P4407
    TSUCHIDA T, 1998, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V9, P869
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V69, P2241
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V257, P53
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    WADATI M, 1972, J PHYS SOC JPN, V32, P1681
    WADATI M, 1973, J PHYS SOC JPN, V34, P1289
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    XIA TC, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P939
    XIA TC, 2004, IN PRESS COMMUN THEO
    XU XX, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P475
    YAN ZY, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V13, P1439
    YAN ZY, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P1445
    YAN ZY, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P441
    ZENG YB, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V160, P541
    ZENG YB, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P5241
    ZHANG B, 1993, J NE MATH, V9, P338
    ZHANG YF, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V18, P855
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P305
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P413
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V44, P305
 NR 35
 TC 9
 SN 0378-4371
 J9 PHYSICA A
 JI Physica A
 PD NOV 15
 PY 2004
 VL 343
 BP 238
 EP 246
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 862MV
 UT ISI:000224495900015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, YQ
    Jiang, GC
    You, JL
    Hou, HY
    Chen, H
    Xu, KD
 TI Theoretical study of the local structure and Raman spectra of CaO-SiO2
    binary melts
 SO JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID SODIUM-SILICATE GLASSES; BOND POLARIZABILITY MODEL; SI-29 MAS-NMR;
    MOLECULAR-DYNAMICS; COMPUTER-SIMULATION; VIBRATIONAL-SPECTRA; VITREOUS
    SILICA; ELECTROOPTICAL PARAMETERS; ALUMINOSILICATE GLASSES; ABSORPTION
    INTENSITIES
 AB A procedure for the Raman spectra calculation of vitreous and molten
    silicates was presented in this paper. It includes molecular dynamics
    MD simulation for the generation of equilibrium configurations,
    Wilson's GF matrix method for the calculations of eigenfrequencies and
    corresponding vectors, electro-optical parameters method (EOPM) for the
    Raman intensity calculations, and the bond polarizability model (BPM)
    for the determination of polarizability and polarizability derivative.
    One of the most important characteristics of this procedure is the
    achievement of the partial Raman spectra of five tetrahedral units, as
    well as the total spectral envelope. In this paper, the calculation was
    carried out for the vitreous and molten calcium silicates with
    different compositions and at various temperatures. It is worthwhile to
    note that the calculation is based on statistical configurations
    distribution in the space and so it is not needed to artificially
    adjust the full width at half maximum (FWHM) of spectra. It was also
    tested through the good agreement of the calculated spectra with the
    experimental, including some regularity of spectral properties.
    According to the calculation, the symmetrical stretching of whole
    tetrahedral units, to which the stretching of Si-O-nb bond gives the
    main contribution to intensity, is proven to be the dominance in the
    high-frequency range (800-1200 cm(-1)) and the symmetrical bending of
    Si-O-b-Si, to which the stretching of Si-O-b bond exhibits the main
    contribution, is the dominance in the medium-frequency range (400-700
    cm-1). As the first theoretical results, the Raman scattering
    coefficient of each Q(i) was found little change along with the
    variation of composition and temperature. (C) 2004 American Institute
    of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, YQ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM yqwu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ABBATE S, 1977, J CHEM PHYS, V67, P1519
    ABBATE S, 1977, J MOL SPECTROSC, V66, P1
    ALAVI A, 1992, PHILOS MAG B, V65, P489
    BARRON LD, 1982, J RAMAN SPECTROSC, V13, P155
    BARRON LD, 1986, MOL PHYS, V57, P653
    BELASHCHENKO DK, 1992, ISIJ INT, V32, P990
    BELL RJ, 1970, DISCUSS FARADAY SOC, V50, P55
    BELL RJ, 1976, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V9, P2955
    BRAWER S, 1975, PHYS REV B, V11, P3173
    BRAWER SA, 1975, J CHEM PHYS, V63, P2421
    BRAWER SA, 1977, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V23, P261
    COONEY TF, 1990, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V122, P10
    DOWTY E, 1987, PHYS CHEM MINER, V14, P542
    DOWTY E, 1987, PHYS CHEM MINER, V14, P67
    FARNAN I, 1990, J AM CHEM SOC, V112, P32
    FINCHAM D, 1994, MOL SIMULAT, V13, P1
    FRANTZ JD, 1995, CHEM GEOL, V121, P155
    FUKUMI K, 1990, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V119, P297
    FURUKAWA T, 1981, J CHEM PHYS, V75, P3226
    GAROFALINI SH, 1990, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V120, P1
    GASKELL PH, 1967, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V8, P69
    GILLET P, 1990, J GEOPHYS RES-SOLID, V95, P21635
    GO S, 1975, PHYS REV LETT, V34, P580
    GUHA S, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P13106
    GUSSONI M, 1976, J CHEM PHYS, V65, P3439
    GUTTMAN L, 1985, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V75, P419
    HAYAKAWA S, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V272, P103
    HIMMEL B, 1991, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V136, P27
    HOOVER WG, 1985, PHYS REV A, V31, P1695
    HUFF NT, 1999, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V253, P133
    JIANG GC, 2000, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V20, P206
    JOHNSON JA, 1999, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V246, P104
    KASHIO S, 1980, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V20, P251
    KEEN DA, 1999, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V11, P9263
    KIEFFER J, 1989, J CHEM PHYS, V90, P4982
    LIANG YQ, 1990, MOL VIBRATION VIBRAT
    MAEKAWA H, 1991, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V127, P53
    MARINOV M, 1994, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V6, P3813
    MCMILLAN P, 1984, AM MINERAL, V69, P622
    MCMILLAN PF, 1994, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V58, P3653
    MICHAILOVA B, 1994, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V168, P265
    MURRAY RA, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P1320
    MYSEN BO, 1982, AM MINERAL, V67, P686
    MYSEN BO, 1982, REV GEOPHYS SPACE PH, V20, P353
    MYSEN BO, 1990, AM MINERAL, V75, P120
    MYSEN BO, 1992, CHEM GEOL, V96, P321
    MYSEN BO, 1994, CONTRIB MINERAL PETR, V117, P1
    NOFZ M, 1989, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V30, P46
    OKADA I, 1982, J CHEM SOC JPN, P910
    PARRINELLO M, 1981, J APPL PHYS, V52, P7182
    POE BT, 1992, CHEM GEOL, V96, P333
    PRESS WH, 1992, NUMERICAL RECIPES C
    REDFERN SAT, 1999, PHASE TRANSIT B, V69, P17
    RICHET P, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V74, P5451
    SASAKI S, 1980, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR A, V36, P904
    SCHNEIDER J, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V273, P8
    SEN PN, 1977, PHYS REV B, V15, P4030
    SHARMA SK, 1981, NATURE, V292, P140
    STEBBINS JF, 1988, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V106, P359
    STEBBINS JF, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V275, P1
    STEBBINS JF, 2001, CHEM GEOL, V174, P63
    STEIN DJ, 1995, AM MINERAL, V80, P417
    SWAINSON IP, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P193
    TURRELL G, 1996, RAMAN MICROSCOPY DEV
    VOLLMAYR K, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P15808
    WASEDA Y, 1989, MAT SCI EARTHS INTER, P37
    WILSON EB, 1955, MOL VIBRATIONS
    WU YQ, 2001, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V11, P965
    WU YQ, 2002, CHIN J ATOM MOL PHYS, V19, P433
    YOU JL, 2000, CHINESE J LIGHT SCAT, V11, P378
    YOU JL, 2000, P 17 INT C RAM SPECT
    YOU JL, 2000, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V20, P797
    YOU JL, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P408
    YOU JL, 2001, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V282, P125
    ZHANG P, 1997, J PHYS CHEM B, V101, P4004
    ZOTOV N, 1996, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V197, P179
    ZOTOV N, 1996, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V202, P153
    ZOTOV N, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P6383
    ZOTOV N, 2001, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V287, P231
 NR 79
 TC 4
 SN 0021-9606
 J9 J CHEM PHYS
 JI J. Chem. Phys.
 PD OCT 22
 PY 2004
 VL 121
 IS 16
 BP 7883
 EP 7895
 PG 13
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical
 GA 861ZF
 UT ISI:000224456500040
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, ZY
    Wang, ZH
 TI Broad stopband characteristic of dielectric chiral photonic crystals
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE chiral; photonic crystal; photonic band gap; reflection coefficient
 ID BAND-GAP STRUCTURE; MICROCAVITIES
 AB In this paper, a novel chiral photonic crystal structure is presented.
    The formula of reflection coefficient of multi-layer chiral media is
    applied to dielectric-chiral photonic crystal structure, which is
    composed of thin chiral layers sandwiched by conventional media. To
    compare with previous literature, we consider the dielectric structure
    with alternate glass and GaAs layers. The power reflectance as a
    function of wavelength for this photonic crystal structure has been
    calculated. The results are in good agreement with that of Reference.
    However, our method is simpler. From these graphs, it is found that
    100% reflectance is only in finite wavelength ranges, and reflection
    bandwidth is also small for conventional photonic crystal structure.
    For chiral photonic crystal, the results show that the chiral photonic
    band gap (PBG) structure gives nearly 100% reflections in the
    near-infrared region in addition to some parts of the visible region of
    the wavelengths. Therefore, it can be used as a broadband reflector and
    filter.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiao, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BIRKS TA, 1997, OPT LETT, V22, P961
    FORESI JS, 1997, NATURE, V390, P143
    LIU SH, 1999, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V23, P357
    SRIVASTAVA SK, 2003, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V38, P293
    VILLENEUVE P, 1998, OPT LETT, V21, P2017
    VILLENEUVE PR, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P167
    XIAO ZY, 2004, OPT COMMUN, V237, P229
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0195-9271
 J9 INT J INFRAR MILLIM WAVE
 JI Int. J. Infrared Millimeter Waves
 PD SEP
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 9
 BP 1309
 EP 1314
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied; Optics
 GA 862HH
 UT ISI:000224481100004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, ZY
    Wang, ZH
 TI Super narrow bandpass filter using fractal cantor structures
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE narrow passband filter; fractal Cantor structure; transmission matrix;
    transmittance and reflectance
 ID GAP STRUCTURES
 AB In this paper, we present a new photonic crystal structure, which is
    composed of fractal Cantor multilayer with a defect embedded in its
    middle. Optical transmission matrix method is used to calculating the
    transmittance and reflectance. Compared with general Cantor multilayer,
    we find the new structure has wider stopband and shows a super narrow
    band in the middle of wider stopband. It can be served as a super
    narrow bandpass filter. The pass band obtained can be less than 0.6nm
    near the infrared 1530 nm. The optical transmission in the center
    wavelength is higher than 99 %. This means a very low insert loss. It
    is more superior to other kind narrow band filters. This kind of
    photonic crystal super narrow band optical filter may find applications
    in super dense wavelength division multiplexing for optical
    communications and precise optical measurement.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiao, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BLOEMER MJ, 1998, J APP PHYS, V83, P1676
    BORN M, 1999, PRINCIPLES OPTICS
    FEDER J, 1988, FRACTALS
    FINK Y, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, P1679
    FORESI JS, 1997, NATURE, V390, P143
    LAVRINENKO AV, 2002, PHYS REV E 2B, V65
    SCALORA M, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P2377
    SIBILIA C, 1999, J OPT A-PURE APPL OP, V1, P490
    VILLENEUVE P, 1998, OPT LETT, V21, P2017
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0195-9271
 J9 INT J INFRAR MILLIM WAVE
 JI Int. J. Infrared Millimeter Waves
 PD SEP
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 9
 BP 1315
 EP 1323
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied; Optics
 GA 862HH
 UT ISI:000224481100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, Y
    Chen, DY
 TI The novel multi-solitary wave solution to the fifth-order KdV equation
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE solitary wave; bilinear method; Backlund transformation; fifth-order
    KdV equation
 ID KORTEWEG-DEVRIES EQUATION; MULTISOLITON SOLUTIONS; BACKLUND
    TRANSFORMATION; EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS
 AB By using Hirota's method, the novel multi-solitary wave solutions to
    the fifth-order KdV equation are obtained. Furthermore, various new
    solitary wave solutions are also derived by a reconstructed bilinear
    Backlund transformation.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Dept Math, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, Y, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Dept Math, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zy2836@163.com
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITON INVERSE SCAT
    CAUDREY PJ, 1976, PROC ROY SOC LONDON, V351, P407
    CHEN DY, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P2072
    CHEN DY, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P658
    DENG SF, 2001, J PHYS SOC JPN, V70, P3174
    FORDY AP, 1981, J MATH PHYS, V22, P1170
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 1974, PROG THEOR PHYS, V52, P1498
    HIROTA R, 1980, TOP CURR PHYS, V17, P157
    HU XB, 1988, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V4, P46
    ITO M, 1980, J PHYS SOC JPN, V49, P771
    KOVALYOV M, 1996, APPL MATH LETT, V9, P89
    LAX PD, 1968, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V21, P467
    LI Y, 1989, J TONGJI U, V17, P377
    LOU SY, 1997, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V6, P561
    RUAN HY, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1781
    SATSUMA J, 1977, J PHYS SOC JPN, V43, P692
    SAWADA K, 1974, PROG THEOR PHYS, V51, P1355
    XU GQ, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1848
    ZHANG JF, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P425
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P533
    ZHANG Y, 2003, J PHYS SOC JPN, V72, P763
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 13
 IS 10
 BP 1606
 EP 1610
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 860HH
 UT ISI:000224332600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fu, JL
    Chen, LQ
    Xie, FP
 TI Lie symmetries and non-Noether conserved quantities for Hamiltonian
    canonical equations
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE Hamiltonian system; Lie symmetry; non-Noether conserved quantity; Lie
    groups
 ID DYNAMICAL-SYSTEMS; FORM INVARIANCE; INTEGRATION; THEOREM; HOJMAN
 AB This paper focuses on studying Lie symmetries and non-Noether conserved
    quantities of Hamiltonian dynamical systems in phase space. Based on
    the infinitesimal transformations with respect to the generalized
    coordinates and generalized momenta, we obtain the determining
    equations and structure equation of the Lie symmetry for Hamiltonian
    dynamical systems. This work extends the research of non-Noether
    conserved quantity for Hamilton canonical equations, and leads directly
    to a new type of non-Noether conserved quantities of the systems.
    Finally, an example is given to illustrate these results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ, Dept Appl Phys, Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, JL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM sqfujingli@163.com
 CR ABRAHAMSHRAUNER B, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V203, P169
    DJUKIC DS, 1975, ACTA MECH, V23, P17
    FAY S, 2001, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V18, P4863
    FU JL, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V317, P255
    FU JL, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P287
    FU JL, 2004, MECH RES COMMUN, V31, P9
    GONZALEZGASCON F, 1994, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V27, L59
    HOJMAN SA, 1992, J PHYS A, V25, L291
    LAKSHMANAN M, 1992, J MATH PHYS, V33, P4068
    LI ZP, 1981, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V30, P1659
    LI ZP, 1993, CLASSICAL QUANTUM DY
    LI ZP, 1999, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V32, P6391
    LUO SK, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P841
    LUO SK, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P1271
    LUO SK, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P5
    LUTZKY M, 1979, J PHYS A, V12, P973
    LUTZKY M, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V72, P86
    LUTZKY M, 1995, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V28, L637
    MASQUE JM, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P2013
    ME FX, 1999, APPL GROUPS ALGEBRAS
    MEI FX, 1993, SCI CHINA SER A, V36, P1456
    MEI FX, 2002, CHINESE SCI BULL, V47, P1544
    MEI FX, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1048
    NOETHER E, 1918, NACHR GES WISS GOTT, V2, P235
    QIAO YF, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1051
    SARLET W, 1987, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V20, P1365
    SOH CW, 1999, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V16, P3553
    VUJANOVIC B, 1978, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V13, P185
    ZHANG Y, 2002, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V51, P2423
    ZHANG Y, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1326
    ZHAO YY, 1993, ADV MECH, V23, P360
 NR 31
 TC 1
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 13
 IS 10
 BP 1611
 EP 1614
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 860HH
 UT ISI:000224332600005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, RW
    Chen, LQ
 TI Lie symmetries and invariants of constrained Hamiltonian systems
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE analytical mechanics; constrained Hamilton system; Lie symmetry;
    invariant
 ID CONSERVED QUANTITIES; CANONICAL FORMALISM; DYNAMICAL-SYSTEMS
 AB According to the theory of the invariance of ordinary differential
    equations under the infinitesimal transformations of group, the
    relations between Lie symmetries and invariants of the mechanical
    system with a singular Lagrangian are investigated in phase space. New
    dynamical equations of the system are given in canonical form and the
    determining equations of Lie symmetry transformations are derived. The
    proposition about the Lie symmetries and invariants are presented. An
    example is given to illustrate the application of the result in this
    paper.
 C1 Shaoguan Univ, Dept Phys, Shaoguan 512005, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, RW, Shaoguan Univ, Dept Phys, Shaoguan 512005, Peoples R China.
 EM lrw@sgu.edu.cn
 CR BERGMANN PG, 1955, PHYS REV, V98, P531
    CHEN XW, 2000, CHINESE PHYS, V9, P721
    DIRAC PAM, 1950, CAN J MATH, V2, P129
    DIRAC PAM, 1964, LECT QUANTUM MECH
    FU JL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P695
    FU JL, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P287
    KAMIMURA K, 1982, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V68, P33
    LAO SK, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P841
    LI AM, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P467
    LI ZP, 2002, SYMMETRIES CONSTRAIN
    MEI FX, 1999, APPL GROUPS ALGEBRAS
    MEI FX, 1999, MECH RES COMMUN, V26, P7
    SHANMUGADHASAN S, 1973, J MATH PHYS, V14, P677
    WU HB, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P589
    ZHANG HB, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P765
    ZHANG RC, 2000, CHINESE PHYS, V9, P561
    ZHANG Y, 2000, CHINESE PHYS, V9, P401
 NR 17
 TC 5
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 13
 IS 10
 BP 1615
 EP 1619
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 860HH
 UT ISI:000224332600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Shi, ZJ
    Fan, C
    Sun, RS
 TI A facile synthesis of ethyl 2,4-dimethoxy-6-perfluoroalkyl-benzoates
    via acyclic precursors
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE acyclic precursor; intramolecular Wittig reaction; fluorinated
    polysubstituted arene; ethyl 2,4-dimethoxy-6-perfluoroalkylbenzoate
 AB The acyclic precursors, methyl
    3-perfluoroalkyl-4-carbethoxy-5-methoxy-6-(triphenylphosphoranylidene)he
    xa-2,4-dienoates (4) were obtained via the addition reaction of ethyl
    3-methoxy-4-(triphenylphosphoranyhdene)but-2-enoate (2) with equally
    molar methyl 2-perfluoroalkynoates (3). Ethyl
    2,4-dimethoxy-6-perfluoroalkylbenzoates (5) were synthesized in high
    yield via an intramolecular elimination of Ph3PO of 4 by heating in
    anhydrous benzene in a sealed tube. The structure of these compounds
    was confirmed by IR, H-1, C-13, 2D C-H cosy NMR and mass spectra and
    elemental analyses. The possible reaction mechanisms were also proposed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Key Lab Organofluorine Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM wgcao@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BANKS RE, 1979, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    DING WY, 1987, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V28, P81
    DING WY, 1992, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P635
    DING WY, 1993, CHINESE J CHEM, V11, P81
    DING WY, 1993, J CHEM SOC P1, P855
    HUANG YZ, 1979, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V37, P47
    KOCHHAR KS, 1984, J ORG CHEM, V49, P3222
    SMISSMAN EE, 1964, J ORG CHEM, V29, P3161
    WELCH JT, 1987, TETRAHEDRON, V43, P3123
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1001-604X
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Chem.
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 22
 IS 10
 BP 1174
 EP 1176
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 861FI
 UT ISI:000224401100022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fan, XM
    Zhou, SF
 TI Kernel sections for non-autonomous strongly damped wave equations of
    non-degenerate Kirchhoff-type
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE wave equation; Kirchhoff-type; kernel section; Hausdorff dimension;
    equivalent norm; non-degenerate; global attractor
 ID EXISTENCE; BEHAVIOR; STRINGS
 AB We prove the existence of compact kernel sections for the process
    generated by strongly damped wave equations of non-degenerate
    Kirchhoff-type modelling the non-linear vibrations of an elastic
    string. And we obtain a precise estimate of upper bound of Hausdorff
    dimension of kernel sections, which decreases as the strong damping
    grows for large strong damping under some conditions, particularly in
    the autonomous case. (C) 2003 Published by Elsevier Inc.
 C1 Sichuan Univ, Dept Math, Chengdu 610064, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Fan, XM, Sichuan Univ, Dept Math, Chengdu 610064, Peoples R China.
 EM fanxm@uestc.edu.cn
 CR CARRIER GF, 1949, Q APPL MATH, V7, P97
    CHEPYZHOV V, 1991, INDIANA U MATH J, V140, P193
    GHIDAGLIA JM, 1991, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V22, P861
    MASSATT P, 1983, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V48, P334
    NARASIMHA R, 1968, J SOUND VIB, V8, P134
    NISHIHARA K, FUNKCIAL EKVAC, V33
    ONO K, 1995, ADV MATH SCI APPL, V5, P457
    ONO K, 1997, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V137, P273
    ONO K, 1997, J MATH ANAL APPL, V216, P321
    PARK JY, 2000, INT J MATH MATH SCI, V23, P369
    PAZY A, 1983, SEMIGROUPS LINEAR OP
    TEMAM R, 1988, APPL MATH SCI, V68
    WEBB GF, 1980, CAN J MATH, V32, P631
    ZHOU S, 1999, FUNCTIONAL DIFFERENT, V6, P451
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD OCT 25
 PY 2004
 VL 158
 IS 1
 BP 253
 EP 266
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 860NT
 UT ISI:000224351000021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, JM
    Ma, ZY
    Zheng, CL
 TI Localized fractal structure of the (2+1)-dimensional Broer-Kaup
    equations
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE homogeneous balance method; (2+1)-dimensional Broer-Kaup equations;
    fractal structure
 ID VARIANT BOUSSINESQ EQUATIONS; NOVIKOV-VESELOV EQUATION; BACKLUND
    TRANSFORMATION; COHERENT STRUCTURES; WAVE SOLUTIONS; SYSTEM; SERIES;
    CHAOS
 AB The linearized form of (2 + 1)-dimensional Broer-Kaup equations is
    established by using the improved homogeneous balance method. Starting
    from the Backlund transformation, a variable-separation solution with
    the entrance of some arbitrary function is obtained. By using Jacobian
    elliptic functions, new fractal structures are obtained.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, JM, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zjm64@163.com
 CR CHEN HS, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P85
    FAN EG, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V246, P403
    FAN EG, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P559
    FAN EG, 2003, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V36, P7009
    GEDALIN M, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P448
    GOLLUB JP, 2000, NATURE, V404, P710
    HAN P, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P1166
    JALABERT RA, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P2490
    KIVSHAR YS, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P765
    LOU SY, 1998, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V29, P145
    LOU SY, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P769
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    LOUTSENKO I, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P3011
    RUAN HY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P586
    TANG XY, 2002, J PHYS A, V43, P4078
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    WANG ML, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V213, P279
    WANG WH, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P1101
    ZHANG JF, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1416
    ZHANG JF, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2676
    ZHANG JF, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P705
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P425
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P651
    ZHANG JF, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P2359
    ZHANG JL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P245
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P261
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P25
 NR 29
 TC 2
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 10
 BP 3248
 EP 3251
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 861MR
 UT ISI:000224421300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, WQ
    Zhou, BX
    Li, Q
    Yao, MY
 TI Degradation of corrosion resistance of Zircaloy-4 in LiOH aqueous
    solution
 SO RARE METALS
 DT Article
 DE Zircaloy-4; corrosion resistance; SIMS; LiOH aqueous solution
 ID ZIRCONIUM-OXIDE
 AB To investigate the degradation of corrosion resistance of Zircaloy-4 in
    LiOH aqueous solution, SIMS (secondary ion mass spectrometry) analysis
    was performed to examine the profiles of Li+, K+, and OH- in oxide
    layers formed in the same concentration (0.1 mol/L) LiOH and KOH
    solutions. Even though the oxide layers have an equal thickness, the
    penetration depth of K+ is shallower than that of Li+, and the
    penetration depth of OH- corroded in KOH solution is also shallower
    than that corroded in LiOH solution. It shows that the diffusion of OH-
    into oxide layer is accompanied by the corresponding cation. The
    difference of degradation effect of LiOH and KOH solutions on the
    corrosion resistance of Zircaloy-4 was discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, WQ, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM lwq88@163.com
 CR HILLNER E, 1962, WAPRTM307 BETT AT PO
    JEONG YH, 1999, J NUCL MATER, V270, P322
    JEONG YH, 1999, J NUCL MATER, V275, P221
    KIM YS, 1999, J NUCL MATER, V270, P165
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 1001-0521
 J9 RARE METALS
 JI Rare Metals
 PD SEP
 PY 2004
 VL 23
 IS 3
 BP 286
 EP 288
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 858MH
 UT ISI:000224195400019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, JK
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
    Wang, SY
 TI Biomimetic synthesis of BaSO4 nanotubes using eggshell membrane as
    template
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 ID BORON-NITRIDE NANOTUBES; MATRIX; LOCALIZATION; TEMPERATURE; NANOWIRES;
    TUBULES; CARBON
 AB BaSO4 nanotubes were biomimetically synthesized by the combined
    assembly of eggshell membrane and C12H25SH. The products were tubular
    structure with the external diameter of 90-140 nm and the length of
    1.5-2.5 mum. The formation mechanism was also investigated. It provided
    a novel method for the fabrication of inorganic oxysalt nanotubes.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR *NBS, 1972, NBS MON, V23, P10
    AJIKUMAR PK, 2003, BIOMACROMOLECULES, V4, P1321
    BERNADETTE A, 2002, CHEM MATER, V14, P480
    BRORSON M, 2002, J AM CHEM SOC, V124, P11582
    CHEN J, 2003, CHEM MATER, V15, P1012
    CHOPRA NG, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P966
    ERIK PAM, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P3440
    FAN R, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P5254
    FERNANDEZ MS, 2001, MATRIX BIOL, V19, P793
    HAN WQ, 1999, CHEM MATER, V11, P3620
    HINCKE MT, 2000, MATRIX BIOL, V19, P443
    HSU WK, 2000, CHEM MATER, V12, P3541
    IIJIMA S, 1991, NATURE, V354, P56
    JUNGHWAN D, 2001, INORG CHEM, V40, P2468
    KASUGA T, 1998, LANGMUIR, V14, P3160
    LI YD, 2001, J AM CHEM SOC, V123, P9904
    LIU SM, 2002, CHEM MATER, V14, P1391
    LU QY, 2002, NANO LETTERS, V2, P725
    MA RZ, 2002, J AM CHEM SOC, V124, P7672
    MILLET P, 1999, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V147, P676
    NATH M, 2001, J AM CHEM SOC, V123, P4841
    SATISHKUMAR BC, 1997, J MATER RES, V12, P604
    SELINGER JV, 2001, J PHYS CHEM B, V105, P7157
    SPECTOR MS, 1998, LANGMUIR, V14, P3493
    WANG X, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P1442
    WANG XB, 2002, J PHYS CHEM B, V106, P2186
    WU TM, 1994, MATRIX BIOL, V14, P507
    XU AW, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P1494
    ZHANG ZL, 2003, INORG CHEM COMMUN, V6, P1393
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 0884-2914
 J9 J MATER RES
 JI J. Mater. Res.
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 IS 10
 BP 2803
 EP 2806
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 858TE
 UT ISI:000224213900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, GR
    Zhou, J
    Liu, ZR
 TI Global synchronization of coupled delayed neural networks and
    applications to chaotic CNN models
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 DE chaos; synchronization; delayed neural networks; chaotic cellular
    neural networks
 ID DYNAMICAL NETWORKS; SYSTEMS; STABILITY; BEHAVIOR; WORLD
 AB This paper formulates the model and then studies its dynamics of a
    system of linearly and diffusively coupled identical delayed neural
    networks (DNNs), which is generalization of delayed Hopfied neural
    networks (DHNNs) and delayed cellular neural networks (DCNNs). In
    particularly, a simple yet generic sufficient condition for global
    synchronization of such coupled DNNs is derived based on the Lyapunov
    functional methods and Hermitian matrix theory. It is shown that global
    synchronization of coupled DNNs is ensured by a suitable design of the
    coupling matrix and the inner linking matrix. Furthermore, the result
    is applied to some typical chaotic neural networks. Finally, numerical
    simulations are presented to demonstrate the effectiveness of the
    approach.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Hebei Univ Technol, Dept Appl Math, Tianjin 300130, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, GR, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CAO JD, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V270, P157
    CHEN G, 1998, CHAOS ORDER METHODOL
    CHEN Y, 2000, MATRIX ANAL
    FIRE P, 2001, SCIENCE, V291, P1560
    HALE JK, 1977, INTRO FUNCTIONAL DIF
    HJELMFELT A, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P63
    JIANG GP, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P925
    LU H, 2001, PHYS REV E, V64, P1
    LU HT, 1996, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V43, P700
    LU HT, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V298, P109
    PECORA LM, 1997, CHAOS, V7, P520
    PECORA LM, 1998, PHYS REV E, V58, P347
    PECORA LM, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P2109
    POGROMSKY A, 2001, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V48, P152
    RANGARAJAN G, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V296, P312
    RUAN J, 2002, NEURAL DYNAMICAL MOD
    SKARDA CA, 1987, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V10, P161
    STEINMETZ PN, 2000, NATURE, V404, P187
    WANG XF, 2002, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V49, P54
    WANG XF, 2002, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P187
    WU CW, 1995, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V42, P430
    ZHANG Y, 2002, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V49, P256
    ZHOU TS, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V301, P231
    ZOU F, 1993, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V40, P166
 NR 24
 TC 10
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 14
 IS 7
 BP 2229
 EP 2240
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 858GD
 UT ISI:000224179400006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
 TI Breather competition and pulse orbits in the damped driven Sine-Gordon
    equation
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 DE GAIM; Sine-Gordon equation; PDE; ODE
 ID ATTRACTORS; BEHAVIOR
 AB The generalized asymptotic inertial manifold (GAIM) of the damped
    driven Sine-Gordon equation is put forward to govern the long-term
    behavior of the full partial differential equation (PDE). We then study
    qualitatively the ordinary differential equation (ODE) by the singular
    perturbation-theory, which results from restricting the damped driven
    Sine-Gordon equation to its GAIM. Firstly an analytical criterion for
    the existence of the homoclinic orbit resulting in chaos is given.
    Further, the existence of the pulse orbits is showed under the same
    parametric values as those used in the previous numerical experiments.
    In our viewpoint these results reflect just the breather competition
    behavior observed numerically in the Sine-Gordon equation. By comparing
    with the earlier results obtained in the two-mode Fourier truncation
    system of the damped driven Sine-Gordon equation, we think that a
    reasonable discretization reduction from PDE to ODE is very important
    in the study of dynamics in the infinite dimensional dynamical systems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM dbhuang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BISHOP AR, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V144, P17
    BISHOP AR, 1990, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V21, P1511
    CONSTANTIN P, 1989, INTEGRAL MANIFOLDS I
    DAWSON SP, 1997, PHYSICA D, V100, P231
    HALLER G, 1999, CHAOS NEAR RESONANCE
    HUANG DB, 2002, DYN SYST APPL, V11, P127
    KOVACIC G, 1992, PHYSICA D, V57, P187
    KOVACIC G, 1995, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V26, P1611
    LIU ZG, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V204, P343
    LIU ZR, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V258, P249
    MCLAUGHLIN DW, 1995, SURV APPL MATH, V1, P83
    MORA X, 1986, EXISTENCE NONEXISTEN
    QIAN M, 2000, J NONLINEAR SCI, V10, P417
    TAN Y, 1998, PHYS REV E, V57, P381
    TEMAM R, 1988, INFINITE DIMENSIONAL
    WIGGINS S, 1988, GLOBAL BIFURCATION C
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 14
 IS 7
 BP 2363
 EP 2373
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 858GD
 UT ISI:000224179400014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, Y
    Chen, DY
 TI A modified Backlund transformation and multi-soliton solution for the
    Boussinesq equation
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID SHALLOW-WATER WAVES; SOLITON
 AB It is shown that a modified Backlund transformation is presented by the
    dependent variable transformation. Starting from it, a new
    representation of N-soliton solution and a class of novel multi-soliton
    solution of the Boussinesq equation have been derived. We also find the
    novel soliton solution may be deduced by limiting. (C) 2004 Elsevier
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Dept Math, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, Y, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Dept Math, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zy2836@163.com
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITON INVERSE SCAT
    BOUSSINESQ J, 1872, J MATH PURE APPL, V17, P55
    CHEN DY, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P658
    DENG SF, 2001, J PHYS SOC JPN, V70, P3174
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 1974, PROG THEOR PHYS, V52, P1498
    HIROTA R, 1976, PROGR THEOR PHYS SUP, V59, P64
    HIROTA R, 1977, PROG THEOR PHYS, V57, P797
    HIROTA R, 1978, J PHYS SOC JPN, V45, P1741
    HIROTA R, 1980, TOP CURR PHYS, V17, P157
    NIMMO JJC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P4
    SATSUMA J, 1977, J PHYS SOC JPN, V43, P692
    TODA M, 1973, J PHYS SOC JPN, V34, P18
    WADATI M, 1976, PROG THEOR PHYS SUPP, V59, P36
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1974, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V38, P108
    ZHANG Y, 2003, J PHYS SOC JPN, V72, P763
    ZHANG Y, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V20, P343
 NR 17
 TC 2
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 IS 1
 BP 175
 EP 181
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 858JO
 UT ISI:000224188300020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, XD
    Chen, LQ
 TI Bifurcation and chaos of an axially accelerating viscoelastic beam
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID NONLINEAR VIBRATIONS; MOVING BEAM; TRAVELING BEAM; DYNAMICS; VELOCITY;
    BELT; WEB
 AB This paper investigates bifurcation and chaos of an axially
    accelerating viscoelastic beam. The Kelvin-Voigt model is adopted to
    constitute the material of the beam. Lagrangian strain is used to
    account for the beam's geometric non-linearity. The nonlinear
    partial-differential equation governing transverse motion of the beam
    is derived from the Newton second law. The Galerkin method is applied
    to truncate the governing equation into a set of ordinary differential
    equations. By use of the Poincare map, the dynamical behavior is
    identified based on the numerical solutions of the ordinary
    differential equations. The bifurcation diagrams are presented in the
    case that the mean axial speed, the amplitude of speed fluctuation and
    the dynamic viscoelasticity is respectively varied while other
    parameters are fixed. The Lyapunov exponent is calculated to identify
    chaos. From numerical simulations, it is indicated that the periodic,
    quasi-periodic and chaotic motions occur in the transverse vibrations
    of the axially accelerating viscoelastic beam. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM lqchen@online.sh.cn
 CR ABRATE S, 1992, MECH MACH THEORY, V27, P645
    ARGYRIS J, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P151
    CHAKRABORTY G, 1999, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V34, P655
    CHEN LQ, IN PRESS EUR J MEC A
    CHEN LQ, 2002, MECH RES COMMUN, V29, P81
    CHEN LQ, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P349
    CHEN LQ, 2004, NONLINEAR DYNAM, V35, P347
    CHEN QL, 2003, J SOUND VIBR, V261, P764
    MARYNOWSKI K, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V37, P1147
    MARYNOWSKI K, 2002, J THEORET APPL MECH, V40, P465
    MARYNOWSKI K, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P481
    OZ HR, 1998, J SOUND VIB, V215, P571
    OZ HR, 2001, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V36, P107
    OZ HR, 2001, J SOUND VIB, V239, P556
    OZKAYA E, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V234, P521
    OZKAYA E, 2002, J SOUND VIB, V254, P782
    PELLICANO F, 1998, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V33, P691
    PELLICANO F, 2000, J VIB ACOUST, V122, P21
    PELLICANO F, 2001, J SOUND VIB, V244, P669
    PELLICANO F, 2002, J SOUND VIB, V258, P31
    RAVINDRA B, 1998, ARCH APPL MECH, V68, P195
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
    YANG XD, IN PRESS APPL MATH M
 NR 23
 TC 6
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 IS 1
 BP 249
 EP 258
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 858JO
 UT ISI:000224188300027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sion, EM
    Cheng, FH
    Gansicke, BT
    Szkody, P
 TI A Hubble Space Telescope STIS observation of VW Hydri at the exact
    far-ultraviolet onset of an outburst
 SO ASTROPHYSICAL JOURNAL
 DT Article
 DE accretion, accretion disks; stars : dwarf novae; stars : individual (VW
    Hydri); white dwarfs
 ID WHITE-DWARF; CATACLYSMIC VARIABLES; SUPEROUTBURST; SPECTROSCOPY;
    QUIESCENCE; NOVA; ATMOSPHERES
 AB We present an analysis of Hubble Space Telescope (HST) Space Telescope
    Imaging Spectrograph data of VW Hyi that we acquired 14 days after a
    superoutburst. At the time of our observation, the system appears to be
    going into outburst with the longest wavelengths increasing in flux by
    a factor of 5 while the shortest wavelengths increase by only a factor
    of 2. Using the distance of 65 pc, a system inclination angle of
    60degrees, and a white dwarf mass of 0.86 M-circle dot, we carried out
    model fits involving a white dwarf by itself; an optically thick
    accretion disk by itself; a composite model using an optically thick
    accretion disk and a white dwarf; a two-temperature white dwarf model
    with a cooler, more slowly rotating photosphere and a hotter, rapidly
    rotating accretion belt; and a composite model involving a white dwarf
    and a rapidly rotating cooler disk ring heated up to a "low"
    temperature of 13-14,000 K. This component of temperature stays fairly
    constant throughout the HST observations, while the area of the disk
    ring increases by a factor of 12. We see evidence of a delay in the UV
    emission consistent with the outburst beginning outside of a disk
    truncation radius.
 C1 Villanova Univ, Dept Astron & Astrophys, Villanova, PA 19085 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Warwick, Dept Phys, Coventry CV4 7AL, W Midlands, England.
    Univ Washington, Dept Astron, Seattle, WA 98195 USA.
 RP Sion, EM, Villanova Univ, Dept Astron & Astrophys, 800 Lancaster Ave,
    Villanova, PA 19085 USA.
 EM edward.sion@villanova.edu
    cheng3@prodigy.net
    boris.gaensicke@warwick.ac.uk
    szkody@alicar.astro.washington.edu
 CR GANSICKE BT, 1996, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V309, L47
    GANSICKE BT, 1999, ASTR SOC P, V169, P315
    HUANG M, 1996, ASTROPHYS J 1, V458, P355
    HUBENY I, 1988, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V52, P103
    HUBENY I, 1994, NEWSLETTER ANAL ASTR, V20, P30
    HUBENY I, 1995, ASTROPHYS J 1, V439, P875
    LIVIO M, 1992, MNRAS, V259, P23
    SION EM, 1995, APJ, V444, L97
    SION EM, 1995, APJ, V445, L31
    SION EM, 1996, ASTROPHYS J 2, V471, L41
    SION EM, 1997, ASTROPHYS J 2, V480, L17
    SION EM, 1999, PUBL ASTRON SOC PAC, V111, P532
    SION EM, 2001, ASTROPHYS J 2, V561, L127
    WADE RA, 1998, ASTROPHYS J 1, V509, P350
    WARNER B, 1995, CATACLYSMIC VARIABLE
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 0004-637X
 J9 ASTROPHYS J
 JI Astrophys. J.
 PD OCT 10
 PY 2004
 VL 614
 IS 1
 PN Part 2
 BP L61
 EP L64
 PG 4
 SC Astronomy & Astrophysics
 GA 860TV
 UT ISI:000224367100016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yuan, XG
    Zhu, ZY
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Qualitative analysis of spherical cavity nucleation and growth for
    incompressible generalized Valanis-Landel hyperelastic materials
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE incompressible generalized Valanis-Landel material; cavitated
    bifurcation; critical dead-load; normal form; stability and catastrophe
 ID HYPER-ELASTIC MATERIALS; VOID NUCLEATION; BIFURCATION; CAVITATION
 AB A cavitated bifurcation problem is examined for a sphere composed of a
    class of generalized Valanis-Landel materials subjected to a uniform
    radial tensile dead-load. A cavitated bifurcation equation is obtained.
    An explicit formula for the critical value associated with the
    variation of the imperfection parameters is presented. The
    distinguishing between the left-bifurcation and right-bifurcation of
    the nontrivial solution of the cavitated bifurcation equation at the
    critical point is made. It is proved that there exists a secondary
    turning bifurcation point on the nontrivial solution branch, which
    bifurcates locally to the left. It is shown that the dimensionless
    cavitated bifurcation equation is equivalent to normal forms with
    single-sided constraint conditions at the critical point by using the
    singularity theory. The stability and catastrophe of the solutions of
    the cavitated bifurcation equation are discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Yantai Univ, Dept Math & Informat Sci, Yantai 264005, Peoples R China.
 RP Yuan, XG, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BALL JM, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V306, P557
    CHOUWANG MSO, 1989, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V25, P1239
    CHUNG DT, 1987, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V23, P983
    GENT AN, 1958, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V249, P195
    GOLUBITSKY M, 1985, SINGULARITIES GROUPS, V1
    HOU HS, 1993, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V60, P1
    POLIGNONE DA, 1993, J ELASTICITY, V33, P27
    REN JS, 2002, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V15, P208
    REN JS, 2002, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V23, P881
    REN JS, 2002, J ENG MATH, V44, P245
    REN JS, 2002, J SHANGHAI U, V6, P185
    SHANG XC, 2001, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P1101
    VALANIS KC, 1967, J APPL PHYS, V38, P2997
 NR 13
 TC 4
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 17
 IS 2
 BP 158
 EP 165
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA 859PB
 UT ISI:000224279300008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ke, XX
    Gong, ZB
    Fu, JL
 TI Lie symmetries and conserved quantity of a biped robot
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE biped robot; Lie symmetry; conserved quantity
 AB For a better understanding of the dynamic principles governing biped
    locomotion, the Lie symmetries and conservation laws of a biped robot
    are studied. In Lie theory, Lie symmetries and conservation laws can be
    derived from the form invariance of differential equations undergoing
    infinitesimal transformation. By introducing infinitesimal
    transformations including time and spatial coordinates, the determining
    equations of a biped robot are established. Then the necessary and
    sufficient conditions for a biped robot to have conserved quantities
    are obtained. For the lateral-plane dynamical model of a biped robot, a
    Lie conserved quantity is found.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Precis Mech Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ke, XX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Precis Mech Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR FU JL, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1023
    GONG ZB, 1995, ROBOTIC MECH DESIGN
    HIRAI K, 1998, IEEE INT CONF ROBOT, P1321
    HUANG QI, 1999, IEEE INT C ROB AUT, P65
    KAJITA S, 1991, IEEE INT C ROB AUT S, P1405
    KE XX, 2002, J APPL SCI, V21, P241
    LUTZKY M, 1979, J PHYS A, V12, P973
    MEI FX, 1993, SCI CHINA SER A, V23, P709
    MEI FX, 1999, APPL LIE GROUPS LIE
    MEI FX, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P229
    MIRON R, 1995, INT J THEOR PHYS, V34, P1123
    NOETHER AE, 1918, NACHR AKED WISS G MP, V26, P235
    SANO A, 1989, IEEE INT C ROB AUT C, P1476
    YAMAGUCHI J, 1993, IEEE INT C ROB AUT Y, P561
    ZHAO XF, 1992, ROBOTIC DYNAMICS
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 17
 IS 2
 BP 183
 EP 188
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA 859PB
 UT ISI:000224279300011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, W
    Wong, PL
    Guo, F
 TI Application of partial elastohydrodynamic lubrication analysis in
    dynamic wear study for running-in
 SO WEAR
 DT Article
 DE dynamic wear; running-in; PEHL
 ID PEHL CONTACTS
 AB Lubrication and wear are usually studied as separate issues. However,
    the effects of lubrication and wear can be interrelated in highly
    stressed contacts that are running under partial (or micro)
    elastohydrodynamic lubrication, especially during the running-in stage
    of operations. The incorporation of lubrication numerical analysis into
    the dynamic wear study of running-in contacts under partial
    elastohydrodynamic lubrication (PEHL) is presented. Results from PEHL
    numerical analyses, based on surface data that was obtained at various
    intervals during a running-in experiment, clearly indicate the change
    in the severity of contact surface wear. A simple system for dynamic
    wear prediction in run-in contacts under PEHL conditions, that includes
    consideration of lubrication effects, is proposed. The approach
    demonstrates the incorporation of PEHL analyses into the calculation of
    wear, and also shows the interrelation of surface roughness,
    lubrication condition and wear rate for running-in PEHL contacts. (C)
    2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech Automat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Qindao Inst Architecture & Engn, Dept Mech Engn, Qingdao, Peoples R China.
 RP Wong, PL, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management,
    Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 EM meplwong@cityu.edu.hk
 CR CHENG HS, 1986, P WORKSH US SURF DEF
    GREENWOOD JA, 1970, P I MECH ENG, V185, P625
    HORNG JH, 2002, WEAR, V253, P899
    HU YZ, 1991, T ASME, V113, P499
    HU YZ, 2000, T ASME, V122, P1
    PATIR N, 1978, T ASME, V100, P12
    SASTRY VRK, 1990, WEAR, V138, P259
    STOLARSKI TA, 1979, TRIBOL INT, V12, P169
    STOLARSKI TA, 1996, LUBRICATION SCI, V8, P315
    TAYLOR CM, 1998, P 16 INT TRIB C TRIB
    WANG W, 1906, TRIBOL INT, V29, P313
    WANG W, 2000, TRIBOL INT, V33, P501
    WANG W, 2000, WEAR, V244, P140
    WU SF, 1991, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V113, P134
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0043-1648
 J9 WEAR
 JI Wear
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 257
 IS 7-8
 BP 823
 EP 832
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 856RK
 UT ISI:000224062200018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liao, HY
    Zhou, SP
    Shi, XY
    Zhu, BH
 TI Vortex dynamics in superconductors with periodic pinning arrays
 SO PHYSICA C-SUPERCONDUCTIVITY AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE periodic TDGL model; periodic pinning arrays; vortex lattice; magnetic
    field
 ID MAGNETIZATION; LATTICES; FILMS
 AB We apply the periodic time-dependent Ginzburg-Landau (TDGL) model to
    type-II superconductors with periodic pinning arrays. A pinning array
    can pin vortices regularly and periodically, and shapes various vortex
    lattices depending on the applied magnetic fields. At the matching
    fields, vortex lattices are commensurate with defect lattices, and the
    pinning effects are enhanced. The results are consistent with those
    obtained by considering large-scale simulated annealing as well as
    flux-gradient-driven molecular dynamics. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 ShangDa Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM shipingzhou@online.sh.cn
 CR BAERT M, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P3269
    CASTELLANOS A, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P962
    DU Q, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P16194
    KONCZYKOWSKI M, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P7167
    LATYSHEV YI, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P932
    MOSHCHALKOV VV, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P7385
    REICHHARDT C, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P16108
    REICHHARDT C, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    WINIECKI T, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
    XU CF, 1990, NUMERICAL SOLUTION P
    ZHOU SP, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P541
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 408-10
 BP 603
 EP 605
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 856NK
 UT ISI:000224051700257
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, ZH
    Jiang, DY
    Liu, JM
    Ji, YM
    Shi, WM
    Zhang, C
 TI Preparation and property characteristics of non-agglomerated HfO2 nano
    powders by wet chemical method
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE chemical precipitant method; non-agglomerate; HfO2 nano powder; sinter
 ID PARTICLE-SIZE; ZIRCONIA
 AB HfO2 nano powders were prepared by the chemical precipitant method. The
    influence of different preparation parameters on the agglomeration was
    investigated by X-ray diffraction analysis (XRD), scanning electron
    microscopy (SEM), transmission electron microscopy (TEM), BET surface
    area techniques and laser particle analyzer. Non-agglomerated
    orthorhombic, HfO2 powders with a size of about 25nm can be obtained by
    controlling starting concentration and pH values of solution, adding
    surfactants, washing gels with alcohol and calcining at 700degreesC.
    Orthorhombic HfO2 ceramics of 96% theoretical density can be prepared
    by sintering at 1800degreesC for 2h in hydrogen. The results show that
    there are both o-HfO2 and m-HfO2 in the sample, mainly o-HfO2.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, ZH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 EM dyjiang@mail.sic.ac.cn
 CR ALEXANDER GB, 1961, 298628, US
    BLANC P, 1997, J EUR CERAM SOC, V17, P397
    BLEIER A, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P3100
    CHIN TH, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS, V31, P2501
    CHOI KJ, 2002, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V149, F18
    CLEARFIELD A, 1990, J MATER RES, V5, P161
    DACIS RF, 1978, PROCESSING CRYSTALLI, P171
    LAKHLIFI A, 1996, CERAM INT, V23, P349
    RHODES WH, 1981, J AM CERAM SOC, V64, P19
    TORAYA H, 1982, J AM CERAM SOC, V65, C72
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD SEP
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 IS 5
 BP 970
 EP 976
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 857UN
 UT ISI:000224144100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, Y
    Pan, QY
    Zhang, JP
    Cheng, ZX
    Chen, HH
 TI Preparation process of nanosized organic/inorganic thin films by
    sol-gel spin-coating method
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE nano-NiO; thin film; sol-gel spin-coating method; rheology
 AB PEG6000/nano-Ni(OH)(2) sol was prepared by a modified sol-gel method
    with Ni(AC)(2). The stable region of the sol was definited by measuring
    the viscosity of the sol. Furthermore the flow patterns of the stable
    sol were studied and the results show that the stable sol has two flow
    patterns: Newtonian and pseudoplastic fluid. With the Newtonian fluid
    of the stable sol, the nano-NiO thin films were produced by the
    spin-coating method. The-research results indicate that the thickness
    of the film: (d) is largely determined by the factors including angular
    velocity (omega), the apparent viscosity of the sol (eta) and the
    content of Ni(OH)(2)(M) to the equation: d = K
    eta(0.74)M(2.1)/omega(0.54). The quality of the films is influenced by
    the flow patterns and the content of PEG of the stable sol. The
    surfaces of the thin films with Newtonian sol are smooth while those
    with pseudoplastic sol are rough and wavy. The surfaces of nano-NiO
    films with high content of Ni(OH)(2) and low content of PEG6000 are
    compact and dense while those with low content of Ni(OH)(2) and high
    content of PEG6000 are loose.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Pan, QY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM qypan@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR AZENS A, 1998, SOLID STATE IONICS, V113, P449
    BORNSIDE DE, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V66, P5185
    DIRKSEN JA, 2001, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V80, P106
    HOTOVY I, 2002, THIN SOLID FILMS, V418, P9
    JIMENEZGONZALEZ AE, 2000, SURFACE ENG, V16, P73
    MEYERHOFER D, 1978, J APPL PHYS, V49, P3993
    NAM KW, 2002, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V149, A346
    PETHRICK RA, 1999, J MATER SCI-MATER EL, V10, P141
    PORQUERAS I, 2001, THIN SOLID FILMS, V398, P41
    SCHUBERT DW, 1997, POLYM BULL, V38, P177
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD SEP
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 IS 5
 BP 1065
 EP 1072
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 857UN
 UT ISI:000224144100016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, PC
    Sun, SW
    Pan, XM
    Zhu, LH
    Li, DL
    Wen, BS
    Huang, QW
    Yin, ZW
 TI High performance grain-oriented 0.7Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O-3-0.3PbTiO(3)
    piezoelectric ceramics
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE grain-oriented ceramics; Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O-3-PbTiO3; dielectric;
    piezoelectric
 ID SINGLE-CRYSTALS
 AB High performance grain-oriented 0.7Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O-3-0.3PbTiO(3)
    ceramics were prepared by the directional solidification method, of
    which the preferential orientation is [112], and the orientation degree
    is about 35%, the quasistatic d(33) is about 1500similar to1600pC/N,
    coupling factors k(t) is 0.51 and k(33) is 0.82, and the strain is
    0.23% under 22kV/cm electric field.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, PC, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High
    Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 EM pcwang@sic.ac.cn
 CR FU HX, 2000, NATURE, V403, P281
    GUO R, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P5423
    KUWATA J, 1982, JPN J APPL PHYS, V21, P1298
    LIDONGLIN, 2001, 4 PAC RIM INT C ADV, P1735
    LOTGERING FK, 1959, J INORG NUCL CHEM, V9, P113
    OKLEY CG, 2000, 2000 IEEE ULTR S P I, P1157
    PARK SE, 1997, MATER RES INNOV, V1, P20
    SABOLSKY EM, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P2551
    SERVICE RF, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P1878
    SUN SW, 2004, J INORG MATER, V19, P541
    WANG PC, 2000, P 2000 12 IEEE INT S, V2, P537
    YU L, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P3109
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD SEP
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 IS 5
 BP 1195
 EP 1198
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 857UN
 UT ISI:000224144100038
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, LJ
    Xia, YB
    Shen, HJ
    Zhang, ML
    Su, QF
    Lou, YY
    Gu, BB
 TI Fitting models of IRSE data for diamond films on silicon grown by MPCVD
    method
 SO JOURNAL OF CRYSTAL GROWTH
 DT Article
 DE infrared spectroscopic ellipsometry; optical properties; MPCVD; diamond
    films
 AB The infrared optical properties of diamond films on silicon substrates,
    grown by means of microwave plasma CVD method, are studied by infrared
    spectroscopic ellipsometry in the spectral range of 2.5-12.5 mum. It
    has been found that the establishment of appropriate models has the
    strongest influence on the fit of ellipsometric spectra. The best fit
    is achieved for a diamond film with a 77.5 nm middle layer of SiO2
    included by Bruggeman EMA. Finally, the refractive index (n) and the
    extinctive coefficient (k) are calculated for the diamond films. (C)
    2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, LJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, 20 Chengzhong Rd, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 EM ljwang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BRUGGEMAN DAG, 1935, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V24, P636
    COMFORT JC, 1987, ANN SIM S NEW YORK, P185
    MCMARR PJ, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V59, P694
    MCNAMARA KM, 1994, THIN SOLID FILMS, V253, P157
    SILVA F, 1996, DIAM RELAT MATER, V5, P338
    YIN Z, 1997, DIAM RELAT MATER, V6, P153
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0022-0248
 J9 J CRYST GROWTH
 JI J. Cryst. Growth
 PD SEP 15
 PY 2004
 VL 270
 IS 1-2
 BP 228
 EP 231
 PG 4
 SC Crystallography
 GA 857RB
 UT ISI:000224134900037
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, HB
    Chen, LQ
    Gu, SL
 TI Lie symmetries and non-noether conserved quantities of nonholonomic
    systems
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE nonholonomic system; Lie symmetry; non-Noether conserved quantity
 ID THEOREM; SET; LAW
 AB A new conservation theorem of the nonholonomic systems is studied. The
    conserved quantity is only constructed in terms of a general Lie group
    of transformation vector of the dynamical equations. Firstly, we
    establish the dynamical equations of the nonholonomic systems and the
    determining equations of Lie symmetry. Next, the theorem of non-Noether
    conserved quantity is deduced. Finally, we give an example to
    illustrate the application of the result.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chaohu Teachers Coll, Dept Phys, Chaohu 238000, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, HB, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR APPELL P, 1889, AVEX DEUX NOTES M HA
    FANG JH, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P269
    GONALEZGASCON F, 1994, J PHYS A, V27, L59
    HAMEL G, 1949, THEORETISCHE MECH
    HOJMAN SA, 1992, J PHYS A, V25, L291
    LI ZP, 1999, CLASSICAL QUANTUAL D
    LUO SK, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P265
    LURE AI, 1961, ANAL MECH
    LUTZKY M, 1979, J PHYS A, V12, P973
    LUTZKY M, 1995, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V28, L637
    MEI FX, 1985, FDN MECH NONHOLONOMI
    MEI FX, 1999, APPL LIE GROUPS LIE
    MEI FX, 2002, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V52, P1048
    MEI FX, 2002, CHINESE SCI BULL, V47, P1544
    NEIMARK JI, 1967, DYNAMICS NONHOLONOMI
    NOETHER E, 1918, NACHR GES WISS GOTT, V2, P235
    OSTROVSKAYA S, 1998, APPL MECH REV, V51, P415
    PILLAY T, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P6999
    WITTENBURG J, 1977, DYNAMICS SYSTEMS RIG
    ZHANG Y, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P461
    ZHAO YY, 1999, SYMMETRIES INVARIANT
 NR 21
 TC 1
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD SEP 15
 PY 2004
 VL 42
 IS 3
 BP 321
 EP 324
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 856MG
 UT ISI:000224048700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, TC
    Chen, XH
    Chen, DY
 TI A new Lax integrable hierarchy, N Hamiltonian structure and its
    integrable couplings system
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID NEWELL SPECTRAL PROBLEM; CONSTRAINED FLOWS; NONLINEARIZATION;
    EQUATIONS; TRANSFORMATION; REPRESENTATION; DEDUCTION
 AB In this Letter, a new isospectral problem is established by choosing
    subalgebra of loop algebra (A) over tilde (2) as its basis. By making
    use of Tu's scheme, the N Hamiltonian structure is established and it
    is shown that the new hierarchy is integrable in Liouville sense. As
    two reductions, the two generalized nonlinear Schrodinger equations are
    obtained, respectively. Integrable couplings of the new hierarchy are
    obtained by taking a proper algebraic transformation to turn the loop
    algebra (A) over tilde (2) into its equivalent loop algebra like the
    form of (A) over tilde (1). Finally, the Hamiltonian form of a binary
    symmetric constrained flows of the system is given. (C) 2004 Elsevier
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, TC, Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
 EM xiatc@yahoo.com.cn
    chen-xiao-hong-1@163.com
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    CAO CW, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V33, P528
    FAN E, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P513
    FAN E, 2001, PHYSICA A, V301, P105
    FAN EG, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P7769
    FUCHSSTEINER B, 1993, APPL ANAL GEOMETRIC, P125
    GENG XG, 1993, J MATH PHYS, V34, P805
    KUNDU A, 1987, PHYSICA D, V25, P339
    LI YS, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V272, P245
    MA W, 1992, CHINESE ANN MATH A, V13, P115
    MA WX, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P1227
    MA WX, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P4419
    NEWELL AC, 1985, SOLITON MATH PHYS
    QIAO ZJ, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P4407
    TSUCHIDA T, 1998, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V9, P869
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    WADATI M, 1972, J PHYS SOC JPN, V32, P1681
    WADATI M, 1973, J PHYS SOC JPN, V34, P1289
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    XU XX, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P475
    YAN ZY, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V13, P1439
    YAN ZY, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P1445
    YAN ZY, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P441
    YAN ZY, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P639
    ZENG YB, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V160, P541
    ZENG YB, 1993, J PHYS A, V26, L273
    ZENG YB, 1994, PHYSICA D, V73, P171
    ZENG YB, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P5241
    ZHANG YF, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P466
    ZHANG YF, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V18, P855
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P305
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P413
 NR 32
 TC 4
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 IS 2
 BP 451
 EP 458
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 857WA
 UT ISI:000224148700013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, J
    Zhang, HY
    Gu, J
    Lin, S
    Li, JH
    Lu, W
    Wang, YF
    Zhu, JD
 TI Methylation profiles of thirty four promoter-CpG islands and concordant
    methylation behaviours of sixteen genes that may contribute to
    carcinogenesis of astrocytoma
 SO BMC CANCER
 DT Article
 ID HUMAN-BRAIN-TUMORS; HEPATOCELLULAR-CARCINOMA CELLS; EGF RECEPTOR GENE;
    DNA METHYLATION; MULTIPLE GENES; COLORECTAL-CANCER; PROSTATE-CANCER;
    E-CADHERIN; P14(ARF)/MDM2/P53 PATHWAY; ABERRANT METHYLATION
 AB Background: Astrocytoma is a common aggressive intracranial tumor and
    presents a formidable challenge in clinic. Association of the altered
    DNA methylation pattern of the promoter CpG islands with the expression
    profile of the cancer related genes has been found in many human
    tumors. Therefore, DNA methylation status as such may serve as the
    epigenetic biomarker for both diagnosis and prognosis of human tumors
    including astrocytoma.
    Methods: We used the methylation specific PCR in conjunction with
    sequencing verification to establish the methylation profile of the
    promoter CpG island of thirty four genes in astrocytoma tissues from
    fifty three patients ( The WHO grading:. I: 14, II: 15, III: 12 and IV:
    12 cases, respectively). In addition, the compatible tissues ( normal
    tissues distant from lesion) from three non-astrocytoma patients were
    also included as the control.
    Results: Seventeen genes (ABL, APC, APAF1, BRCA1, CSPG2, DAPK1, hMLH1,
    LKB1, PTEN, p14(ARF), p15(INK4b), p27(KIP1), p57(KIP2), RASSF1C, RB1,
    SURVIVIN, and VHL) displayed a uniformly unmethylated pattern in all
    the astrocytoma and non-astrocytoma tissues examined. However, the
    MAGEA1 gene that was inactivated and hypermethylated in non-astrocytoma
    tissues, was partially demethylated in 24.5% of the astrocytoma tissues
    (co-existence of the hypermethylated and demethylated alleles). Of the
    astrocytoma associated hypermethylated genes, the methylation pattern
    of the CDH13, cyclin a1, DBCCR1, EPO, MYOD1, and p16(INK4a) genes
    changed in no more than 5.66% (3/53) of astrocytoma tissues compared to
    non-astrocytoma controls, while the RASSF1A, p73, AR, MGMT, CDH1,
    OCT6,, MT1A, WT1, and IRF7 genes were more frequently hypermethylated
    in 69.8%, 47.2%, 41.5%, 35.8%, 32%, 30.2%, 30.2%, 30.2% and 26.4% of
    astrocytoma tissues, respectively. Demethylation mediated inducible
    expression of the CDH13, MAGEA1, MGMT, p73 and RASSF1A genes was
    established in an astrocytoma cell line (U251), demonstrating that
    expression of these genes is likely regulated by DNA methylation. The
    AR hypermethylation was found exclusively in female patients ( 22/27,
    81%, 0/26, 0%, P < 0.001), while the IRF7 hypermethylation
    preferentially occurred in the male counterparts (11/26, 42.3% to 3/27,
    11%, P < 0.05). Applying the mathematic method "the Discovery of
    Association Rules", we have identified the groups consisting of up to
    three genes that more likely display the altered methylation patterns
    in concert in astrocytoma.
    Conclusions: Of the thirty four genes examined, sixteen genes exhibited
    astrocytoma associated changes in the methylation profile. In addition
    to the possible pathological significance, the established concordant
    methylation profiles of the subsets consisting of two to three target
    genes may provide useful clues to the development of the useful
    prognostic as well as diagnostic assays for astrocytoma.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Shanghai Canc Inst, State Key Lab Oncogenes & Related Genes, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Capital Univ Med Sci, Beijing Neurosurg Inst, Tiantan Hosp, Dept Neurosurg, Beijing 100050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, JD, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Shanghai Canc Inst, State Key Lab
    Oncogenes & Related Genes, LN 2200-25,Xie Tu Rd, Shanghai 200032,
    Peoples R China.
 EM gyujian@hotmail.com
    posset@sina.com.cn
    GuJune@yahoo.com
    linsong@public.fhnet.cn.net
    linsong@public.fhnet.cn.net
    luwei_thomas@163.com
    yfwang@mail.shu.edu.cn
    zhujingde@yahoo.com
 CR 1998, CANC INCIDENCE MORTA
    AGATHANGGELOU A, 2001, ONCOGENE, V20, P1509
    AGRAWAL R, 1993, ACM SIGMOD INT C MAN, P207
    ALONSO ME, 2003, CANCER GENET CYTOGEN, V144, P134
    AZARSCHAB P, 2003, ONCOL REP, V10, P501
    CHEN B, 1998, AM J PATHOL, V152, P1071
    CHEN RZ, 1998, NATURE, V395, P89
    CHO BS, 2003, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V307, P52
    CLARK SJ, 1994, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V22, P2990
    CUI HM, 2002, CANCER RES, V62, P6442
    CUI J, 2001, PROSTATE, V46, P249
    DESMET C, 1996, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V93, P7149
    DETJEN KM, 2003, EXP CELL RES, V282, P78
    DONG SM, 2002, INT J CANCER, V98, P370
    EDEN A, 2003, SCIENCE, V300, P455
    ESTELLER M, 2000, NEW ENGL J MED, V343, P1350
    ESTELLER M, 2001, CANCER RES, V61, P4689
    ESTELLER M, 2001, HUM MOL GENET, V10, P3001
    FAN X, 2002, INT J ONCOL, V21, P667
    FEARON ER, 2000, J NATL CANCER I, V92, P515
    FENINBERG A, 1908, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P392
    FOSTER SA, 1998, MOL CELL BIOL, V18, P1793
    GAUDET F, 2003, SCIENCE, V300, P489
    GHIMENTI C, 2003, J NEURO-ONCOL, V61, P95
    GHOSHAL K, 2000, J BIOL CHEM, V275, P539
    GONZALEZGOMEZ P, 2003, BRIT J CANCER, V88, P109
    GONZALEZGOMEZ P, 2003, INT J ONCOL, V22, P601
    GRADY WM, 2000, NAT GENET, V26, P16
    HABUCHI T, 1998, GENOMICS, V48, P277
    HATTORI M, 2001, CANCER LETT, V169, P155
    HEGI ME, 1997, INT J CANCER, V73, P57
    ICHIMURA K, 1996, ONCOGENE, V13, P1065
    ICHIMURA K, 2000, CANCER RES, V60, P417
    JONES PA, 2003, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V983, P213
    KIBEL AS, 2001, PROSTATE, V48, P248
    KLEIHUES P, 2000, PATHOLOGY GENETICS T, P9
    LAUX DE, 1999, BREAST CANCER RES TR, V56, P35
    LI J, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P1943
    LI YH, 2002, BLOOD, V100, P2572
    LIBERMANN TA, 1985, NATURE, V313, P144
    LINEHAN WM, 1995, JAMA-J AM MED ASSOC, V273, P564
    LOISEAU H, 1999, NEUROSCI LETT, V263, P173
    LU RQ, 2000, J BIOL CHEM, V275, P31805
    MASHIYAMA S, 1991, ONCOGENE, V6, P1313
    MOU DC, 2002, BRIT J CANCER, V86, P110
    MULLER C, 2000, MOL CELL BIOL, V20, P3316
    NEIBERGS HL, 2002, J SURG ONCOL, V80, P204
    PFEIFER GP, 2002, BIOL CHEM, V383, P907
    RACHMILEWITZ EA, 2000, PRZEGL LEK S1, V57, P25
    ROSAS SLB, 2001, CANCER RES, V61, P939
    SASAKI M, 2002, J NATL CANCER I, V94, P384
    SATOH Y, 2003, J BIOCHEM, V133, P303
    SAUTER P, 1998, MOL CELL BIOL, V18, P7397
    SHERR CJ, 2002, CANCER CELL, V2, P103
    SOENGAS MS, 2001, NATURE, V409, P207
    SUYAMA T, 2002, LEUKEMIA RES, V26, P1113
    TOMITA Y, 2003, INT J CANCER, V104, P400
    TOYOOKA KO, 2001, CANCER RES, V61, P4556
    TOYOOKA S, 2002, CANCER RES, V62, P3382
    TOYOTA M, 1999, CANCER RES, V59, P2307
    TOYOTA M, 2000, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V97, P710
    VISWANATHAN M, 2003, INT J CANCER, V105, P41
    WATANABE T, 2002, ACTA NEUROPATHOL, V104, P357
    WHITEHALL VLJ, 2001, CANCER RES, V61, P827
    YAMANAKA M, 2003, INT J CANCER, V106, P382
    YIN H, 2000, BLOOD, V95, P111
    YU J, 2002, BMC CANCER, V2
    YU J, 2003, CELL RES, V13, P319
    ZOCHBAUERMULLER S, 2001, CANCER RES, V61, P249
 NR 69
 TC 4
 SN 1471-2407
 J9 BMC CANCER
 JI BMC Cancer
 PD SEP 14
 PY 2004
 VL 4
 AR 65
 DI ARTN 65
 PG 15
 SC Oncology
 GA 859NZ
 UT ISI:000224276500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, W
    Zheng, P
    Du, WJ
    Meng, ZY
 TI Effect of heat-treatment on LaNiO3 film electrode of PZT thin films
    derived by a sol-gel method
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE-MATERIALS IN ELECTRONICS
 DT Article
 ID FERROELECTRIC MEMORIES
 AB Lanthanum nickel oxide (LaNiO3 or LNO) conducting thin films that could
    be used as electrodes for improving fatigue and aging properties of
    ferroelectric thin films were investigated. In this paper, LNO films
    were directly spin-coated onto SiO2/Si(l 0 0) substrates followed by
    thermal treatment in air and in oxygen. It was found that crack-free
    dense and uniform films with good crystallinity and medium grains were
    obtained, preferentially (10 0)oriented LNO thin films could be formed
    at a lower annealing temperature of 550degreesC and that with the
    increase in thermal annealing temperature the LNO thin film possessed
    better electrical properties especially at 750degreesC. However, the
    LNO film displayed a structure transformation above 850degreesC. A
    phenomenon was found that the first heat-treatment temperature and time
    played a key role to determine the crystallite size of LNO films. A
    subsequent deposition of a sol-gel derived Pb(Zr0.53Ti0.47)O-3
    (PZT53/47) thin film on the LNO-coated SiO2/Si(1 0 0) substrates was
    also found to have a (10 0)-oriented texture. Moreover, the Au/PZT/LNO
    capacitor was found to significantly improve the fatigue and the
    effects of the LNO electrodes to the fatigue were discussed. (C) 2004
    Kluwer Academic Publishers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zymeng@guomai.sh.cn
 CR CHAE BG, 1996, INTEGR FERROELECTR, V13, P87
    CHEN SY, 1998, J AM CERAM SOC, V81, P97
    DUIKER HM, 1990, J APPL PHYS, V68, P5783
    KIM SS, 2002, THIN SOLID FILMS, V405, P117
    LEE SJ, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P299
    LIU Y, 2000, J MATER SCI, V35, P937
    MIYAKE S, 2001, KEY ENG MATER, V216, P93
    MOULSEN J, 1990, ELECTROCERAMICS, P276
    PALKAR VR, 1999, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V32, R1
    PARK CH, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P13961
    SCOTT JF, 1989, SCIENCE, V246, P1400
    WAKIYA N, 2002, THIN SOLID FILMS, V410, P114
    WARREN WL, 1996, MRS BULL, V21, P40
    YANG YS, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P5005
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0957-4522
 J9 J MATER SCI-MATER ELECTRON
 JI J. Mater. Sci.-Mater. Electron.
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 15
 IS 11
 BP 739
 EP 742
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 857ZD
 UT ISI:000224158700008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, HQ
    Wang, SZ
 TI Cyber warfare: Steganography vs. steganalysis
 SO COMMUNICATIONS OF THE ACM
 DT Article
 ID INFOSEC PROFESSIONALS; TERRORISTS; TACTICS
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Informat Syst, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, HQ, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Informat Syst, Hong Kong, Hong
    Kong, Peoples R China.
 EM iswang@is.cityu.edu.hk
    shuowang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BERGHEL H, 1996, IEEE COMPUT, V29, P101
    CHEN B, 2001, IEEE T INFORM THEORY, V47, P1423
    FRIDRICH J, 2002, P SPIE SEC WAT MULT, V4, P1
    JOHNSON NF, 1998, COMPUTER, V31, P26
    KATZENBEISSER S, 2002, P SPIE SEC WAT MULT, V4, P50
    KOVACICH GL, 2002, COMPUT SECUR, V21, P113
    KOVACICH GL, 2002, COMPUT SECUR, V21, P35
    MARVEL LM, 1999, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V8, P1075
    MEMON N, 1998, COMMUN ACM, V41, P34
    MOSKOWITZ I, 2000, P 2000 WORKSH NEW SE, P41
    PROVOS N, 2002, P NETW DISTR SYST SE
    WESTFELD A, 2001, LNCS, V2137, P289
    WESTFELD A, 2003, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V2137, P324
 NR 13
 TC 5
 SN 0001-0782
 J9 COMMUN ACM
 JI Commun. ACM
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 47
 IS 10
 BP 76
 EP 82
 PG 7
 SC Computer Science, Hardware & Architecture; Computer Science, Software
    Engineering; Computer Science, Theory & Methods
 GA 856RU
 UT ISI:000224063300026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yao, K
    Imai, Y
    Shi, LY
    Abe, E
    Adachi, Y
    Nishikubo, K
    Tateyama, H
 TI Ion-exchangeable layered aminophenylsilica prepared with anionic
    surfactant templates
 SO CHEMISTRY LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID MESOPOROUS SILICA
 AB The synthesis of a novel anion-exchangeable nanostructured aminophenyl
    silica with a well-ordered layer geometry was demonstrated by utilizing
    the sol-gel reaction of rho-aminophenyltrimethoxysilane in the presence
    of an anionic surfactant micelle under acidic conditions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    AIST, Saga 8410052, Japan.
 RP Yao, K, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BURKETT SL, 1997, CHEM MATER, V9, P1071
    DAFONSECA MG, 1999, J CHEM SOC DA, V21, P3687
    DEJUAN F, 2000, ADV MATER, V12, P430
    INAGAKI S, 2002, NATURE, V416, P304
    KANEKO Y, 2003, J MATER CHEM, V13, P2058
    LU YF, 2000, J AM CHEM SOC, V122, P5258
    OGAWA M, 1995, CHEM REV, V95, P399
    STEIN A, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P763
    TRIANTAFILLIDIS CS, 1997, CHEM MATER, V14, P4088
    YAO K, 2003, ANGEW CHEM, V42, P4057
    ZHANG QM, 2004, J AM CHEM SOC, V126, P988
 NR 11
 TC 4
 SN 0366-7022
 J9 CHEM LETT
 JI Chem. Lett.
 PD SEP 5
 PY 2004
 VL 33
 IS 9
 BP 1112
 EP 1113
 PG 2
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 855CZ
 UT ISI:000223951900019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, H
    Lu, GZ
    Guo, YL
    Guo, Y
    Wang, JS
 TI Effect of pretreatment on properties of TS-1/diatomite catalyst for
    hydroxylation of phenol by H2O2 in fixed-bed reactor
 SO CATALYSIS TODAY
 DT Article
 DE TS-1/diatomite; pretreatment; phenol; hydroxylation; fixed-bed reactor
 ID HYDROGEN-PEROXIDE; TITANIUM SILICALITE; EPOXIDATION; OXIDATION; ALKANES
 AB The TS-1/diatomite catalyst was prepared for the hydroxylation of
    phenol with H2O2 in the fixed-bed reactor and the effects of
    pretreatment on the properties of TS-1/diatomite were studied by FT-IR,
    XRD, UV-vis, ICP-AES, BET surface area and NH3-TPD techniques. It is
    shown when the catalyst is pretreated by the KAc, NaAc, NH4Ac, NH4Cl or
    HNO3 aqueous solution, the framework structure of TS- I is not
    destroyed and titanium in the framework is not removed. The surface
    area of catalyst has no obvious change compared with that of the
    untreated catalyst. But the extra-framework TiO2 can be removed partly,
    which leads to the slight increase of the crystallinity of catalyst and
    the decrease of acid concentration on the surface of the TS-1/diatomite
    catalyst. As a result, the activity, selectivity and utilization of
    H2O2 for hydroxylation of phenol are improved. After the TS-1/diatomite
    catalyst is pretreated by the (NH3H2O)-H-., Na2CO3 or Na3PO4 solution,
    its framework silicon is dissolved partly in the base solution and the
    framework structure of TS-1 is destroyed. While the crystallinity and
    surface area of catalyst decrease and the concentration of acid sites
    on the surface of catalyst increased slightly. As a result, the
    catalytic activity of the TS-1/diatomite catalyst for hydroxylation of
    phenol descended or deactivated completely. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 E China Univ Sci & Technol, Adv Mat Lab, Res Inst Ind Catalysis, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, GZ, E China Univ Sci & Technol, Adv Mat Lab, Res Inst Ind
    Catalysis, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
 EM gzhlu@ecust.edu.cn
 CR ALLIAN M, 1995, STUD SURF SCI CATAL, V92, P239
    CLERICI MG, 1993, J CATAL, V140, P71
    HUYBRECHTS DRC, 1990, NATURE, V345, P240
    HUYBRECHTS DRC, 1992, J MOL CATAL, V71, P129
    LI P, 2000, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V58, P204
    LIU H, 2004, CHINESE J CATAL+, V25, P49
    REDDY JS, 1992, J MOL CATAL, V71, P373
    ROFFIA P, 1990, STUD SURF SCI CATAL, V55, P43
    TARAMASSO M, 1983, 4410501, US
    TATSUMI T, 1990, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P476
    THANGARAJ A, 1990, APPL CATAL, V57, L1
    THIELE GF, 1997, J MOL CATAL A-CHEM, V117, P351
    VANDERPOL AJHP, 1992, APPL CATAL A-GEN, V92, P113
    YASUYUKI H, 2001, CATAL TODAY, V71, P177
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0920-5861
 J9 CATAL TODAY
 JI Catal. Today
 PD SEP 1
 PY 2004
 VL 93-95
 BP 353
 EP 357
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Applied; Chemistry, Physical; Engineering, Chemical
 GA 855KX
 UT ISI:000223973200049
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, W
    Chen, SB
    Zhong, SS
 TI A broadband slope-strip-fed microstrip patch antenna
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE microstrip antenna; antenna feed; broadband antenna
 AB A novel slope-strip feeding technique for a microstrip antenna is
    presented in order to achieve a broad bandwidth. The experimental
    results show that the optimal bandwidth attained is 53.4% for less than
    -10-dB return loss. (C) 2004 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Xidian Univ, Inst Antennas & EM Scattering, Xian 710071, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, W, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR HALL PS, 1987, ELECTRON LETT, V23, P606
    HUYANH T, 1995, ELECTRON LETT, V31, P1310
    LEE KF, 1997, P I ELECTR ENG, V144, P354
    MAK CL, 1999, IEEE APS INT S USNC, P1216
    POZAR DM, 1985, ELECTRON LETT, V21, P49
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD OCT 20
 PY 2004
 VL 43
 IS 2
 BP 121
 EP 123
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 853GM
 UT ISI:000223815300011
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Ran, X
    Qi, FH
 TI Segmental active contour model integrating region information for
    medical image segmentation
 SO MEDICAL IMAGING AND AUGMENTED REALITY, PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID SNAKES
 AB A segmental active contour model integrating region information is
    proposed. Different deformation schemes are used at two stages for
    segmenting the object correctly in image plain. At the first stage the
    contour of the model is divided into several segments hierarchically
    that deform respectively using affine transformation. After the contour
    is deformed to the approximate boundary of object, a fine match
    mechanism using statistical information of local region is adopted to
    make the contour fit the object's boundary exactly. The experimental
    results indicate that the proposed model is robust to local minima and
    able to search for concave objects.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Ran, X, Shanghai Univ, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 EM simonran@sjtu.edu.cn
 CR BRIGGER P, 2000, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V9, P1484
    HORACE HS, 1998, IMAGE VISION COMPUT, V16, P135
    KASS M, 1987, INT J COMPUT VISION, V1, P321
    PERRIN D, 2001, P IEEE INT C COMP VI
    RONFARD R, 1994, INT J COMPUT VISION, V13, P229
    SHEN DG, 2000, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V22, P906
    XU CY, 1998, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V7, P359
    XUE Z, 2002, IMAGE VISION COMPUT, V20, P77
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2004
 VL 3150
 BP 129
 EP 136
 PG 8
 GA BAU21
 UT ISI:000223567700016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cui, YJ
    Jia, GQ
    Han, YB
    Wang, XY
    Ge, HL
    Zhang, JC
 TI Structure and transport properties of La0.67Ca0.33Mn1-xAlxO3
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE metal materials; structure and transport properties; Al3+ substitution;
    La0.67Ca0.33MnO3; rare earths
 ID CA-MN-O; COLOSSAL MAGNETORESISTANCE; FILMS; RESISTIVITY; TRANSITION;
    LA2/3CA1/3MNO3; TEMPERATURE; THERMOPOWER
 AB The effects of Al ion doping on the Mn site were studied for the
    colossal magnetoresistance material La0.67Ca0.33 MnO3. It is found that
    the volume of the crystal cell decreases monotonically when the
    population of Al3+ increases across the entire doping range. As the
    Al3+ population increases, the resistance of the material rises
    rapidly, while the insulator-metal transition temperature T-IM
    decreases linearly. At small Al3+ dosage, a thermal activation model
    properly describes the transport properties at T > T-IM, while a
    metallic model is more suitable at T < T-IM. The variation of transport
    properties with the change of Al dosage may be attributed to lattice
    distortion caused by the destruction of Mn3+-O2--Mn4+ double exchange
    channel as a result of Al3+-doping. The doped Al3+ ions may modify the
    local field for electrons so to affect the transport properties.
 C1 China Inst Metrol, Dept Appl Phys, Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Cui, YJ, China Inst Metrol, Dept Appl Phys, Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R
    China.
 EM yjcui@cjlu.edu.cn
 CR AHN KH, 1996, PHYSICAL REV B, V54, P299
    BLASCO J, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P8905
    CAI JW, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P1727
    CHAHARA K, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P1990
    FENG JW, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P1592
    GARATHRI N, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, P1345
    GHOSH K, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P533
    HWANG HY, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P914
    JAIME M, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P11914
    JIN S, 1994, SCIENCE, V264, P413
    JU HL, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P2108
    LANZARA A, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P878
    LEE HJ, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P5251
    LI BH, 2003, J RARE EARTH, V21, P94
    LIU YH, 2003, J RARE EARTH, V21, P112
    MILLIS AJ, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P5144
    OGALE SB, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P7841
    RAVEAU B, 1998, J ALLOY COMPD, V275, P461
    RUBINSTEIN M, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, P5412
    SUN Y, 2001, PHYS REV B, V63
    TRIKI M, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V361, P54
    VANITHA PV, 2003, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V174, P74
    VONHELMOLT R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2331
    WANG ZH, 1999, J APPL PHYS 2B, V85, P5399
    ZENER C, 1951, PHYS REV, V82, P403
 NR 25
 TC 2
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 22
 IS 4
 BP 492
 EP 496
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA 854CJ
 UT ISI:000223877600012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, W
    Ni, JS
    Xu, H
    Zhou, BX
    Li, Q
    Wang, ZY
 TI Preparation and magnetic properties of melt-spinning Nd2Fe14B alpha-Fe
    nanocomposite magnets
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE nanocomposite magnets; melt spinning; exchange coupling; rare earths
 ID PERMANENT-MAGNETS
 AB Nd11Fe71Co8V1.5Cr1B7.5 magnet was prepared by melt-spinning and
    subsequently annealed. The effects of the wheel speed on the magnetic
    properties and microstructure were studied. The results reveal that
    fine nanocomposite microstructure consisting of Nd2Fe14B and alpha-Fe
    phases can be developed at an optimum wheel speed of about 21
    m(.)s(-1). After optimal annealing (640 degreesC x 4 min), magnetic
    properties of B-r=0.64 T, H-j(c) = 903.5 kA(.)m(-1) and (BH)(max) = 71
    kJ(.)m(-3) were obtained for the bonded magnets. The addition of Cr
    element significantly reduces grain size, increasing the intrinsic
    coercivity and maximum magnetic energy product.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Res Ctr Nanosci & Nanotechnol, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ni, JS, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Res Ctr Nanosci & Nanotechnol,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM nijiansen@163.com
 CR CHOONG JY, 1999, IEEE T MAGN, V35, P3328
    HIROSAWA S, 1996, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V217, P367
    KNELLER EF, 1991, IEEE T MAGN, V27, P3588
    LEWIS LH, 1998, J ALLOY COMPD, V270, P265
    NI JS, 2002, J CHINESE RARE EARTH, V20, P215
    NI JS, 2002, METALLIC FUNCTIONAL, V9, P8
    PING DH, 2002, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V239, P437
    SCHRAEDER T, 1994, PIMA MAG, V76, P10
    WANG ZC, 2000, J ALLOY COMPD, V299, P258
    YAO JM, 1994, J APPL PHYS 2, V76, P7071
    ZHANG ZD, 2000, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V33, R217
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 22
 IS 4
 BP 505
 EP 508
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA 854CJ
 UT ISI:000223877600015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, WW
    Sang, WB
    Min, JH
    Yu, F
    Zhang, B
    Wang, KS
    Cao, ZC
 TI Optimization of crucible descending rate during the crystal growth of
    CdZnTe by a vertical bridgman method
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE CdZnTe; vertical bridgman method; finite element method; experimental
    study
 ID CADMIUM ZINC TELLURIDE; HEAT-TRANSFER; CDTE; TEMPERATURE; CONVECTION
 AB During the crystal growth by VBM, the relationships between crucible
    descending rate and crystal growth rate greatly influence the crystal
    quality. In this paper, finite element method (FEM) was used to
    simulate the growth process of CdZnTe crystal and the effects of
    different crucible descending rates on crystal growth rate and
    solid-liquid interface configuration were studied as well. Simulations
    show that when crucible descends at the rate of about 1mm/h, which
    nearly equals to crystal growth rate, nearly flat solid/liquid
    interface and little variation of axial temperature gradient near it
    can be attained, which are well consistent with the results of
    experiments. Therefore, CdZnTe crystal with low dislocation density can
    be obtained by employing and adjusting appropriate crucible moving rate
    during the crystal growth.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, WW, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Elect Informat Mat,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM fangwanli@sohu.com
 CR ALEXIADES V, 1993, MATH MODELING MELTIN
    ASAHI T, 1996, J CRYST GROWTH, V161, P20
    BRANDON S, 1992, J CRYST GROWTH, V121, P473
    BUTLER JF, 1992, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V39, P605
    CERNY R, 1993, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V218, P17
    CERNY R, 2000, COMP MATER SCI, V17, P34
    CHANG CE, 1974, J CRYST GROWTH, V21, P135
    ELMOKRI A, 1994, J CRYST GROWTH, V138, P168
    KIM DH, 1991, J CRYST GROWTH, V114, P411
    KUPPURAO S, 1995, J CRYST GROWTH, V155, P103
    KUPPURAO S, 1995, J CRYST GROWTH, V155, P93
    KUPPURAO S, 1997, J CRYST GROWTH, V172, P350
    MARTINEZTOMAS C, 2001, J CRYST GROWTH, V222, P435
    MUHLBERG M, 1990, J CRYST GROWTH, V101, P275
    NIEMELA A, 1996, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V377, P484
    PARFENIUK C, 1992, J CRYST GROWTH, V119, P261
    REQUET JP, 1976, CRYST GROWTH, V33, P303
    SCHIEBER M, 1996, J CRYST GROWTH, V237, P2082
    SEN S, 1988, J CRYST GROWTH, V86, P111
    YU TC, 1992, J PHASE EQUILI, V13, P476
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 IS 4
 BP 723
 EP 732
 PG 10
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 852SB
 UT ISI:000223775600003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, LJ
    Fang, ZJ
    Zhang, ML
    Shen, HJ
    Xia, YB
 TI Dielectric and thermal properties of diamond film/alumina composite
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE diamond films; alumina; integrated circuits; packaging substrates
 ID FILMS
 AB The feasibility of diamond film coated alumina ceramics used as the
    packaging substrate of integrated circuits with ultra high speed and
    high power was studied. The measurement results of dielectric
    properties of the diamond film/alumina composites show that CVD diamond
    films can effectively reduce the dielectric constant of the composite.
    Carbon ions implantated into alumina substrates prior to the diamond
    deposition can reduce the dielectric loss of the composite from
    5x10(-3) to 2x10(-3), and make the composite have better frequency
    stability. The thermal conductivity of the composite can obviously
    increase by CVD diamond film. With increasing the thickness of diamond
    film, the thermal conductivity of the composite will monotonously
    increase. The composite has a dielectric coefficient of 6.5 and a
    thermal conductivity of 3.98W/cm(.)K when the thickness of diamond film
    is up to 100mum.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, LJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 EM ljwang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR FANG ZJ, 2002, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V35, L57
    JOHNSON WB, 1993, J MATER RES, V8, P1169
    MO YW, 1997, THIN SOLID FILMS, V305, P266
    NAZERI A, 1993, AM CERAM SOC B, V75, P59
    POPOVICI G, 1994, J MATER RES, V9, P2839
    SPEAR KE, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P171
    WERNER M, 1998, REP PROG PHYS, V61, P1665
    XIAO YB, 1996, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V7, P557
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 IS 4
 BP 902
 EP 906
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 852SB
 UT ISI:000223775600032
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, H
    Nho, YC
    Hoffman, AS
 TI Grafting copolymerization of 2-methacryloyloxyethyl phosphorylcholine
    (MPC) onto pre-irradiated cellulose films
 SO JOURNAL OF BIOMATERIALS SCIENCE-POLYMER EDITION
 DT Article
 DE radiation grafting; cellulose film; blood compatibility; MPC; PEGMA
 ID PHOSPHOLIPID POLAR GROUP; ADSORPTION-RESISTANCE PROPERTIES; BLOOD
    COMPATIBILITY; DIALYSIS MEMBRANE; POLYMER; IMPROVEMENT; SURFACE;
    HEMOCOMPATIBILITY; POLYURETHANES; PURIFICATION
 AB Grafting of 2-methacryloyloxyethyl phosphorylcholine (MPC) and
    poly(ethylene glycol mathacrylate) (PEGMA) onto cellulose films was
    performed using the pre-irradiation grafting method. The effects of
    monomer concentration, solvent system and co-solvent composition, and
    reaction time on the degree of grafting were determined. The grafted
    samples were confirmed by FT-IR-ATR spectra. The blood compatibilities
    of the grafted cellulose were evaluated by platelet-rich plasma contact
    studies and viewed by scanning electron microscopy; non-grafted
    cellulose film sample was used as references. As a result, MPC and
    MPC/PEGMA were grafted on the surface of cellulose films. It was found
    that fewer platelets adhered to the MPC-grafted surfaces and that they
    showed less shape variation than the ungrafted references.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem Engn & Technol, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Korea Atom Energy Res Inst, Radiat Applicat Div, Taejon, South Korea.
    Univ Washington, Dept Bioengn, Seattle, WA 98159 USA.
 RP Chen, H, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem Engn & Technol, Jiadiang Campus,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM chenjjd@online.sh.cn
 CR CHEN J, 1999, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V55, P87
    FUKOMOTO K, 1992, BIOMATERIALS, V13, P235
    IKADA Y, 1981, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V18, P1270
    ISHIHARA K, 1992, BIOMATERIALS, V13, P145
    ISHIHARA K, 1994, ARTIF ORGANS, V18, P559
    ISHIHARA K, 1994, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V32, P859
    ISHIHARA K, 1996, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V34, P199
    ISHIHARA K, 1999, BIOMATERIALS, V20, P1545
    KOREMATSU A, 2002, BIOMATERIALS, V23, P263
    LEE MK, 1995, J KOR SOC DYERS FINI, V7, P63
    LEWIS AL, 2001, BIOMATERIALS, V22, P99
    LI YJ, 1997, J BIOMATER APPL, V12, P167
    SAITO K, 1999, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V54, P517
    XU JM, 2003, COLLOID SURFACE B, V30, P215
    YAMASAKI A, 2003, COLLOID SURFACE B, V28, P53
    YE SH, 2002, J MEMBRANE SCI, V210, P411
    YE SH, 2003, BIOMATERIALS, V24, P4143
    YONEYAMA T, 2002, BIOMATERIALS, V23, P1455
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0920-5063
 J9 J BIOMATER SCI-POLYM ED
 JI J. Biomater. Sci.-Polym. Ed.
 PY 2004
 VL 15
 IS 7
 BP 841
 EP 849
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Biomedical; Materials Science, Biomaterials; Polymer
    Science
 GA 854CQ
 UT ISI:000223878300003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YS
    Zhang, JC
    Yu, LM
    Jia, GQ
    Chao, J
    Cao, SX
 TI Magnetic properties of nanocrystalline Fe-Co alloys by high-energy
    milling
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Article
 DE Fe-Co alloy; Co-doping; frequency property; ball milling; strain
 ID POWDERS; MOSSBAUER; FE/CO; CU
 AB The Fe-Co alloys were fabricated by high-energy milling. The X-ray
    diffraction (XRD) results exhibit that a nanocrystalline Fe-Co alloy
    was obtained and the evaluated grain sizes were about 7-12 nm. The
    dc-magnetization properties and initial permeability were
    systematically studied. The results show that Co-doping increases the
    cut-off frequencies of the samples and makes the initial permeability
    keep a constant value in a wider frequency range. The corresponding
    peak value of the initial permeability as function of Co-doping
    concentration turns to the region of low Co concentration. Moreover,
    the experimental magnetic moments of the alloys studied are smaller
    than ones displayed in the Slater-Pauling plot. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys & Nanosci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Technol Res Ctr, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys & Nanosci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples
    R China.
 EM jczhang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR CALKA A, 2002, NATURE, V419, P147
    CHEN CW, 1961, J APPL PHYS, V32, P348
    COEY JMD, 2001, J ALLOY COMPD, V326, P2
    DING J, 2002, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V247, P249
    ESCORIAL AG, 1991, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V134, P1394
    FADEEVA VI, 1996, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V206, P90
    FADEEVA VI, 2001, INORG MATER, V37, P190
    GOODENOUGH JB, 2002, IEEE T MAGN 2, V38, P3398
    HERZER G, 1990, IEEE T MAGN, V26, P1937
    JARTYCH E, 1993, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V5, P927
    KIM YD, 2000, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V291, P17
    KITTEL C, 1986, INTRO SOLID STATE PH, P594
    LEE BH, 2003, MATER LETT, V57, P1103
    LI GD, 1999, CONT MAGNETISM, P187
    LI T, 1997, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V9, P1381
    LINDEROTH S, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V75, P5869
    MILHAM CD, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V75, P5659
    MURAYAMA M, 2002, SCIENCE, V295, P2433
    NASCIMENTO VP, 2001, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V13, P665
    PASSAMANI EC, 2002, J MATER SCI, V37, P819
    REN L, 2001, J MATER SCI, V36, P1451
    ROCHMAN NT, 1999, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V89, P367
    SHABANOVA IN, 2000, J STRUCT CHEM+, V41, P954
    WAN DF, 1994, MAGNETIC PHYS, P370
    XU SY, 1998, J SHANGHAI U, V2, P301
    XU SY, 2001, J SHANGHAI U, V5, P147
    YU RH, 2000, IEEE T MAGN 1, V36, P3388
    ZHU GH, 2000, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V16, P543
    ZHU M, 1998, J MATER SCI LETT, V17, P445
 NR 29
 TC 2
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD SEP 8
 PY 2004
 VL 377
 IS 1-2
 BP 202
 EP 206
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 853BK
 UT ISI:000223801000038
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JM
    Yang, W
    He, P
    Zhu, SZ
 TI Efficient and convenient preparation of water-soluble fullerenol
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE fullerene; water-soluble fullerenol; polyethylene glycol; sodium
    hydroxide
 ID CHEMISTRY; FULLEROLS
 AB An efficient and convenient preparation of fullerenols was described.
    With polyethylene glycol (PEG) 400 as catalyst, fullerenols were
    conveniently synthesized via the direct reaction of fullerene with
    aqueous NaOH. By control of reaction conditions, either water-soluble
    C-60 fullerenol or water-insoluble C60 fullerenol could be obtained
    selectively.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Key Lab Organofluorine Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, SZ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zhusz@mail.sioc.ac.cn
 CR CHIANG LY, 1992, J AM CHEM SOC, V114, P10154
    CHIANG LY, 1992, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1791
    CHIANG LY, 1992, MATER RES SOC S P, V247, P285
    CHIANG LY, 1993, 5177248, US
    CHIANG LY, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P5453
    CHIANG LY, 1994, J ORG CHEM, V59, P3960
    LI J, 1993, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1784
    NAIM A, 1992, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V33, P7097
    ROY S, 1994, J CHEM SOC CHEM 0207, P275
    SCHNEIDER NS, 1994, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P463
    SUN DY, 1996, CHEM J CHINESE U, V17, P19
    WEBER WP, 1977, PHASE TRANSFER CATAL
    YU BC, 1997, SCI B, V5, P25
 NR 13
 TC 3
 SN 1001-604X
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Chem.
 PD SEP
 PY 2004
 VL 22
 IS 9
 BP 1008
 EP 1011
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 853QJ
 UT ISI:000223842000026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
    Xia, XH
 TI On the bound of the Lyapunov exponents for continuous systems
 SO CHAOS
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, both upper bounds and lower bounds for all the Lyapunov
    exponents of continuous differential systems are determined. Several
    examples are given to show the application of the estimates derived
    here. (C) 2004 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Pretoria, Dept Elect Elect & Comp Engn, ZA-0002 Pretoria, South Africa.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM changpin.li@up.ac.za
    xxia@postino.up.ac.za
 CR CHEN G, 1998, CHAOS ORDER METHODOL
    CHENG YP, 2001, MATRIX THEORY
    HIRSCH MW, 1974, DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIO
    HOLZFUSS J, 1991, LECT NOTES MATH, V1486, P263
    LEONOV GA, 1997, LYAPUNOV EXPONENTS P
    LI CP, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V18, P807
    LI CP, 2004, CHAOS, V14, P343
    LINZ SJ, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V259, P240
    OSELEDEC VI, 1968, T MOSCOW MATH SOC, V19, P197
    PARKER TS, 1989, PRACTICAL NUMERICAL
    ROSENSTEIN MT, 1993, PHYSICA D, V65, P117
    ROSENSTEIN MT, 1994, PHYSICA D, V73, P82
    ROSSLER OE, 1976, PHYS LETT A, V57, P397
    SATO S, 1987, PROG THEOR PHYS, V77, P1
    SEYDEL R, 1994, PRACTICAL BIFURCATIO
    VERHULST F, 1990, NONLINEAR DIFFERENTI
    VIDYASAGAR M, 1978, NONLINEAR SYSTEMS AN
    WOLF A, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P285
    XUE YS, 1999, QUANTITATIVE STUDY G
 NR 19
 TC 3
 SN 1054-1500
 J9 CHAOS
 JI Chaos
 PD SEP
 PY 2004
 VL 14
 IS 3
 BP 557
 EP 561
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 854LL
 UT ISI:000223904400005
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Fan, J
    Wu, GF
    Ma, F
    Liu, J
 TI Reinforcement learning and ART2 neural network based collision
    avoidance system of mobile robot
 SO ADVANCES IN NEURAL NETWORKS - ISNN 2004, PT 2
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB In view of the collision avoidance problem of multi-moving-obstacles in
    path planning of mobile robot, we present a solution based on
    reinforcement learning and ART2 (Adaptive Resonance Theory 2) neural
    network as well as the method of rule-based collision avoidance. The
    simulation experiment shows that the solution is of good flexibility
    and can solve the problem on random moving obstacles.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Fan, J, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 EM jfan@mail.shu.edu.cn
    gfwu@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ARAI Y, 1999, ROBOT AUTON SYST, V29, P21
    CHEN CT, 1997, P IEEE INT C ROB AUT, P2007
    FUJIMORI A, 2002, IEEE ICIT 02 BANGK T, P1
    SMART WD, 2002, P IEEE INT C ROB AUT, P3404
    SUWIMONTEERABUT.D, 2002, P IEEE RSJ INT C INT, P921
    TANG P, 2001, IEEE INT FUZZ SYST C, P1062
    XU H, 2002, P IEEE INT C ROB AUT, P3087
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2004
 VL 3174
 BP 35
 EP 41
 PG 7
 GA BAT68
 UT ISI:000223502900006
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Liu, Y
    Wang, Y
    Li, Y
    Zhang, BF
    Wu, GF
 TI Earthquake prediction by RBF neural network ensemble
 SO ADVANCES IN NEURAL NETWORKS - ISNN 2004, PT 2
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID CLASSIFICATION
 AB Earthquake Prediction is one of the most difficult subjects in the
    world. It is difficult to simulate the non-linear relationship between
    the magnitude of earthquake and many complicated attributes arising the
    earthquake. In this paper, RBF neural network ensemble was employed to
    predict the magnitude of earthquake. Firstly, the earthquake examples
    were divided to several training sets based on Bagging algorithm. Then
    a component RBF neural network, which was optimized by Adaptive Genetic
    Algorithm, was trained from each of those training sets. The result was
    obtained by majority voting method, which combined the predictions of
    component neural networks. Experiments demonstrated that the prediction
    accuracy was increased through using RBF neural network ensemble.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, Y, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Yanchang Rd 149, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM yliu@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BAUER E, 1999, MACH LEARN, V36, P105
    BREIMAN L, 1996, MACH LEARN, V24, P123
    CHEN Q, 2002, CHINA EARTHQUAKE EXA
    CUNNINGHAM P, 2000, ARTIF INTELL MED, V20, P217
    DRUCKER H, 1993, ADV NEURAL INFORMATI, V5, P42
    EFRON B, 1993, INTRO BOOTSTRAP
    FREUND Y, 1995, INFORM COMPUT, V121, P256
    FREUND Y, 1995, P 2 EUR C COMP LEARN, P23
    GUTTA S, 1996, P IEEE INT C NEUR NE, P1017
    HAN J, 2000, DATA MINING CONCEPTS
    HANSEN LK, 1990, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V12, P993
    HANSEN LK, 1992, P IEEE WORKSH NEUR N, P333
    HUANG FJ, 2000, P 4 IEEE INT C AUT F, P245
    MAO J, 1998, P IEEE INT JOINT C N, V3, P1828
    MOODY J, 1989, P 1988 CONN MOD SUMM
    PERRONE MP, 1993, ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NE, P126
    ROBERT J, 2001, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V12
    SCHAPIRE RE, 1990, MACH LEARN, V5, P197
    SCHAPIRE RE, 2000, MACH LEARN, V39, P135
    SHIMSHONI Y, 1998, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V46, P1194
    WANG XP, 2002, GENETIC ALGORITHM TH, P79
    WOLPERT DH, 1999, MACH LEARN, V35, P41
    ZHANG Z, 1990, CHINA EARTHQUAKE EXA
    ZHANG Z, 2000, CHINA EARTHQUAKE EXA
    ZHOU ZH, 2001, P IJCAI 01 SEATTL WA, V2, P797
    ZHOU ZH, 2002, ARTIF INTELL MED, V24, P25
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2004
 VL 3174
 BP 962
 EP 969
 PG 8
 GA BAT68
 UT ISI:000223502900153
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Jiang, M
    Meng, ZQ
    Hu, QY
 TI A neural network model on solving multiobjective conditional
    value-at-risk
 SO ADVANCES IN NEURAL NETWORKS - ISNN 2004, PT 2
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE credit risk; loss functions; oe-CVaR; Pareto efficient solutions
 ID OPTIMIZATION
 AB Conditional Value-at-Risk (CVaR) is a new approach for credit risk
    optimization in the field of finance engineering. This paper introduces
    the concept of alpha-CVaR for the case of multiple losses under the
    confidence level vector alpha. The problem of solving the minimal
    alpha-CVaR results in a multiobjective problem (MCVaR). In order to get
    Pareto efficient solutions of the (MCVaR), we introduce a single
    objective problem (SCVaR) and show that the optimal solutions of the
    (SCVaR) are Pareto efficient solutions of (MCVaR). We construct a
    nonlinear neural networks model with an approximate problem (SCVaR)' of
    (SCVaR). We may get an approximate solution (SCVaR) by solving this
    nonlinear neural networks model.
 C1 Xidian Univ, Sch Econ & Management, Xian 710071, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ Technol, Coll Business & Adm, Hangzhou 310032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Int Business & Management, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, M, Xidian Univ, Sch Econ & Management, Xian 710071, Peoples R
    China.
 EM j_yx@263.net
    mengzhiqing@zjut.edu.cn
    huqiying@sina.com
 CR ANDERSSON F, 2001, MATH PROGRAM, V89, P273
    CHERNOZHUKOV V, 2001, EMPIRICAL EC, V26, P271
    HOPFIELD JJ, 1985, BIOL CYBERN, V58, P67
    JOYA G, 2002, NEUROCOMPUTING, V43, P219
    KROKHMAL P, 2002, J RISK, V2, P124
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 2000, J RISK, V2, P21
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 2002, J BANK FINANC, V26, P1443
    SAWRAGI Y, 1985, THEORY MULTIOBJECTIV
    XIA YS, 1998, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V9, P1331
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2004
 VL 3174
 BP 1000
 EP 1006
 PG 7
 GA BAT68
 UT ISI:000223502900159
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Lin, YP
    Liu, ZR
 TI Local stability and bifurcation in a model of delayed neural network
 SO ADVANCES IN NEURAL NETWORKS - ISNN 2004, PT 1
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB A system of n-units neural network with coupled cells is investigated,
    the local stability of null solution is considered, and the parameter
    values of the periodic solution bifurcation are given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Kunming Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math Appl, Kunming 650093, Peoples R China.
 RP Lin, YP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM lin_yiping@hotmail.com
 CR BELAIR J, 1993, J DYNAM DIFF EQNS, V5, P607
    BURTON TA, 1993, NEURAL NETWORKS, V6, P677
    GOPALSAMY K, 1994, PHYSICA D, V76, P344
    HALE JK, 1993, APPL MATH SCI, V99
    HOPFIELD JJ, 1984, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V81, P3088
    MARCUS CM, 1989, PHYS REV A, V39, P347
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2004
 VL 3173
 BP 67
 EP 71
 PG 5
 GA BAT64
 UT ISI:000223492600012
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Li, GZ
    Yang, J
    Lu, J
    Lu, WC
    Chen, NY
 TI On multivariate calibration problems
 SO ADVANCES IN NEURAL NETWORKS - ISNN 2004, PT 1
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID SELECTION
 AB Multivariate calibration is a classic problem in the analytical
    chemistry field and frequently solved by partial least squares method
    in the previous work. Unfortunately there are so many redundant
    features in the problem, that feature selection are often performed
    before modeling by partial least squares method and the features not
    selected are usually discarded. In this paper, the redundant
    information is, however, reused in the learning of partial least
    squares method within the frame of multitask learning. Results on three
    multivariate calibration data sets show that multitask learning can
    greatly improve the accuracy of partial least squares method.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Image Proc & Pattern Recognit, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GZ, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Image Proc & Pattern Recognit,
    Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 CR CAPITANVALLVEY LF, 2000, TALANTA, V52, P1069
    CARUANA R, 2003, J MACHINE LEARNING R, V3, P1245
    DING YP, 2002, COMPUTERS APPL CHEM, V19, P752
    FORESEE FD, 1997, P 1997 INT JOINT C N, P1930
    GUYON I, 2003, J MACHINE LEARNING R, V3, P1157
    HOPKE PK, 2003, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V500, P365
    KOHAVI R, 1997, ARTIF INTELL, V97, P273
    MARTENS H, 1989, MULTIVARIATE CALIBRA
    ROSIPAL R, 2001, J MACHINE LEARNING R, V2, P97
    SHAWETAYLOR J, 2004, KERNEL METHODS PATTE
    WOLD H, 1966, MULTIVARIATE ANAL, P391
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2004
 VL 3173
 BP 389
 EP 394
 PG 6
 GA BAT64
 UT ISI:000223492600065
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YY
    Wang, Q
    Shi, JL
 TI Incoherently coupled screening soliton pairs composed of spatially
    incoherent multimode beams
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE spatially incoherent multimode beams; coupled solitons; coherent
    density; coherent components
 ID PHOTOREFRACTIVE CRYSTALS; BRIGHT; DARK; MEDIA
 AB Incoherently coupled screening soliton pairs composed of spatially
    incoherent multimode beams can be established in biased photorefractive
    media under steady-state conditions, every soliton constituent of which
    is not only spatially incoherent with respect to each other, but also
    to itself. We study that the property of these incoherently coupled
    soliton pairs in bright-bright, dark-dark configurations by the
    coherent density approach and get the intensity expression of these
    soliton pairs. The propagation characteristics of coherent components
    that compose each soliton constituent of the coupled soliton pairs are
    discussed in detail.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM chenyuanyuan_shu@sohu.com
 CR CHEN YY, 2003, ACTA PHOT SIN, V32, P693
    CHEN ZG, 1996, OPT LETT, V21, P1436
    CHEN ZG, 1996, OPT LETT, V21, P1821
    CHEN ZG, 1997, J OPT SOC AM B, V14, P3066
    CHRISTODOULIDES DN, 1995, J OPT SOC AM B, V12, P1628
    CHRISTODOULIDES DN, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P1763
    CHRISTODOULIDES DN, 1997, OPT LETT, V22, P1080
    CHRISTODOULIDES DN, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P646
    COSKUN TH, 1998, OPT LETT, V23, P418
    HOU CF, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1969
    HOU CF, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1709
    HOU CF, 2002, OPT MATER, V19, P377
    LU Y, 2003, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V52, P3074
    MANDEL L, 1995, OPTICAL COHERENCE QU
    MITCHELL M, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P490
    SEGEV M, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P3211
    SEGEV M, 1996, J OPT SOC AM B, V13, P706
    TRILLO S, 1995, SPATIAL SOLITONS, P96
    WANG XS, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P496
    WANG XS, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P573
 NR 20
 TC 2
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD SEP
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 9
 BP 2980
 EP 2985
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 852YT
 UT ISI:000223793500032
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jin, S
    Hou, JM
    Xie, BH
    Tian, LJ
    Ge, ML
 TI Superfluid-Mott-insulator transition of spin-2 cold bosons in an
    optical lattice in a magnetic field
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW A
 DT Article
 ID BOSE-EINSTEIN CONDENSATE; ATOMS; ARRAYS; FILMS
 AB The superfluid-Mott-insulator transition of spin-2 boson atoms with
    repulsive interaction in an optical lattice in a magnetic field is
    presented. By using the mean-field theory, the Mott ground states and
    phase diagrams of the superfluid-Mott-insulator transition at zero
    temperature are revealed. An applied magnetic field leads to splitting
    of some phase boundaries. For all the initial Mott ground states
    containing multiple spin components, different spin components take on
    different phase boundaries. It is found that in this system phase
    boundaries with different magnetization can be moved in different ways
    by changing only the intensity of the applied magnetic field.
 C1 Nankai Univ, Nankai Inst Math, Div Theoret Phys, Tianjin 300071, Peoples R China.
    Liuhui Ctr Appl Math, Tianjin 300071, Peoples R China.
    Inst Appl Phys & Computat Math, Lab Computat Phys, Beijing 100088, Peoples R China.
    Beihang Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Beijing Informat Technol Inst, Beijing 100101, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Jin, S, Nankai Univ, Nankai Inst Math, Div Theoret Phys, Tianjin
    300071, Peoples R China.
 EM jinshuo@eyou.com
    jmhou@eyou.com
 CR ANDERSON BP, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, P1686
    BARRETT MD, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V87
    BULGAKOV EN, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V90
    CHEN GH, 2003, PHYS REV A, V67
    CIOBANU CV, 2000, PHYS REV A, V61
    DEMLER E, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V88
    DUINE RA, 2002, PHYS REV A, V65
    DUINE RA, 2003, PHYS REV A, V68
    FISHER MPA, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P546
    GENKIN GM, 2001, PHYS REV A, V63
    GREINER M, 2002, NATURE, V415, P39
    GREINER M, 2002, NATURE, V419, P51
    GRYNBERG G, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P2249
    HEBARD AF, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P927
    HO TL, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P742
    HOU JM, 2003, PHYS REV A, V67
    JAKSCH D, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P3108
    JESSEN PS, 1996, ADV ATOM MOL OPT PHY, V37, P95
    KOASHI M, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P1066
    OHMI T, 1998, J PHYS SOC JPN, V67, P1822
    ORZEL C, 2001, SCIENCE, V291, P2386
    PANNETIER B, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V53, P1845
    STAMPERKURN DM, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P2027
    STENGER J, 1998, NATURE, V396, P345
    SVICAINSKY AA, 2003, PHYS REV A, V68
    TSUCHIYA S, CONDMAT0209676
    UEDA M, 2002, PHYS REV A, V65
    VANDERZANT HSJ, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P2971
    VANOOSTEN D, 2001, PHYS REV A, V63
    WU Y, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P4534
    WU Y, 2000, PHYS REV A, V62
    YAZDANI A, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P3037
    YU ZX, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V320, P318
    ZHANG P, 2002, PHYS REV A, V66
 NR 34
 TC 1
 SN 1050-2947
 J9 PHYS REV A
 JI Phys. Rev. A
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 70
 IS 2
 AR 023605
 DI ARTN 023605
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Optics
 GA 851WO
 UT ISI:000223717400105
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, D
    Chi, J
    Lin, LP
    Huang, M
    Xu, B
    Ding, J
 TI Effect of anti-cancer drugs on the binding of I-125-fibrinogen to two
    leukaemia cell lines in vitro
 SO JOURNAL OF INTERNATIONAL MEDICAL RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE fibrinogen; metastasis; anti-neoplastic agents; anti-coagulant;
    probimane
 ID FIBRIN; ANGIOGENESIS; METASTASIS; CANCER
 AB Anti-cancer drugs may be able to inhibit tumour growth and metastasis
    by blocking fibrinogen- and/or fibrin-related pathways. To test this
    hypothesis, the effect of various anti-neoplastic drugs on the binding
    of I-125-Fibrinogen to two leukaemia cell lines, HL60 and P388, was
    investigated. All the drugs tested inhibited the binding of fibrinogen
    to leukaemia cells. This effect was particularly marked for drugs that
    act as inhibitors of protein synthesis. Since these anti-neoplastic
    drugs do not have anti-coagulant actions, these results provide
    evidence for the potential of targeting tumour fibrinogen as a new form
    of cancer chemotherapy.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Mat Med, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, D, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 EM ludayong@sh163.net
 CR BLANN AD, 2003, BRIT MED J, V326, P153
    COLLEN A, 2000, CANCER RES, V60, P6196
    COSTANTINI V, 1992, CANCER METAST REV, V11, P283
    DVORAK HF, 1983, CANCER METAST REV, V2, P41
    EIKELBOOM JW, 2000, NEW ENGL J MED, V343, P1337
    LU DY, 1996, CHIN J PHARM, V27, P255
    LU DY, 2000, J INT MED RES, V28, P313
    PALUMBO JS, 2002, CANCER RES, V62, P6966
    RYBARCZYK BJ, 2000, CANCER RES, V60, P2033
    ZACHARSKI LR, 1981, MALIGNANCY HEMOSTATI, P113
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0300-0605
 J9 J INT MED RES
 JI J. Int. Med. Res.
 PD SEP-OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 32
 IS 5
 BP 488
 EP 491
 PG 4
 SC Medicine, Research & Experimental; Pharmacology & Pharmacy
 GA 853FR
 UT ISI:000223813000005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, Y
    Xia, YB
    Chen, JW
    Gu, F
    Jiao, FH
    Zhang, JC
 TI Up-conversion luminescence of a high soluble zinc phthalocyanine-epoxy
    derivative
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID PHOTODYNAMIC THERAPY; DYE; ABSORPTION
 AB Synthesis and photoelectric properties of a high soluble zinc
    phthalocyanine-epoxy derivative are investigated. The derivative can be
    solubilized in convenient solvents, such as CH3OH, CH3 CH2 OH and H2O.
    The fluorescence and UV-visible analyses indicate that the ZnPc-epoxy
    derivative still maintains the plane structure which comes from
    Zn(4,4',4",4"'-ta)Pc and the derivative has obvious up-conversion
    luminescence in room temperature. The up-conversion luminescence can be
    explained by the selection rule depending on the two-photon absorption.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, Y, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 EM yuesen@china.com
 CR DIMITRI AP, 1989, SCIENCE, V245, P843
    DING XM, 1997, PHOTOGRAPHIC SCI PHO, V15, P241
    FILIPPIS MPD, 2000, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V41, P9143
    GRIFFITHS J, 1997, DYES PIGMENTS, V33, P65
    HUANG JL, 2000, SCI CHINA SER B, V30, P481
    LIU CJ, 1998, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V52, P264
    SAKAMOTO K, 1998, DYES PIGMENTS, V37, P291
    VANFAASSEN E, 2003, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V88, P329
    VISONA A, 2000, J PHOTOCH PHOTOBIO B, V57, P94
    WANG D, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P208
    WANG D, 2002, OPT LASER TECHNOL, V34, P55
    YOSHINO K, 2000, OPT COMMUN, V181, P161
    ZHANG XF, 1994, CHEM J CHINESE U, V15, P917
    ZHOU GY, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P739
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD SEP
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 9
 BP 1717
 EP 1719
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 851VY
 UT ISI:000223715500011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, ZY
    Zhu, JM
    Zheng, CL
 TI Fractal localized structures related to Jacobian elliptic functions in
    the higher-order Broer-Kaup system
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE higher-order Broer-Kaup system; Backlund transformation; variable
    separation approach; Jacobian elliptic function; fractal
 ID NONLINEAR SCHRODINGER-EQUATION; COHERENT SOLITON-STRUCTURES;
    COEFFICIENT KDV EQUATION; DISPERSIVE WAVE SYSTEM; NEWELL-SEGUR SYSTEM;
    TRANSFORMATION; DROMION; CHAOS
 AB This work reveals a novel phenomenon-that the localized coherent
    structures of a (2+1)-dimensional physical model possesses fractal
    behaviours. To clarify the interesting phenomenon, we take the (2+1)
    -dimensional higher-order Broer-Kaup system as a concrete example.
    Starting from a Backlund transformation, we obtain a linear equation,
    and then a general solution of the system is derived. From this some
    special localized excitations with fractal behaviours are obtained by
    introducing some types of lower-dimensional fractal patterns that
    related to Jacobian elliptic functions.
 C1 Lishui Univ, Dept Phys & Math, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, ZY, Lishui Univ, Dept Phys & Math, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
 EM ma-zhengyi@163.com
 CR CHEN HS, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P85
    CHEN LL, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P2149
    FAN EG, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P353
    FAN EG, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1409
    GEDALIN M, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P448
    GOLLUB JP, 2000, NATURE, V404, P710
    KIVSHAR YS, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P765
    LI DS, 2004, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V53, P1634
    LI DS, 2004, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V53, P1641
    LIN J, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P13
    LIN J, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V313, P93
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LOU SY, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1937
    LOU SY, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P769
    LOUTSENKO I, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P3011
    NARANMANDULA B, 2003, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V52, P1565
    STEGEMAN GI, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P1518
    TANG XY, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P1415
    TANG XY, 2002, J PHYS A, V35, P4078
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    YAN ZY, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V8, P889
    ZHANG JF, 2000, CHINESE PHYS, V9, P1
    ZHANG JF, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1648
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P448
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P11
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P472
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P261
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P25
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
    ZHENG CL, 2004, J PHYS SOC JPN, V73, P293
    ZHOU ZJ, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P262
 NR 33
 TC 2
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD SEP
 PY 2004
 VL 13
 IS 9
 BP 1382
 EP 1385
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 850YM
 UT ISI:000223650300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, JJ
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Differential quadrature method for bending of orthotropic plates with
    finite deformation and transverse shear effects
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE higher-order transverse shear deformation; finite deformation;
    differential quadrature method; DQWB approach; convergence and
    comparison study of solution
 ID ELASTIC FOUNDATIONS; RECTANGULAR-PLATES; LAMINATED PLATES;
    FREE-VIBRATION; BEAMS
 AB Based on the Reddy's theory of plates with the effect of higher-order
    shear deformations, the governing equations for bending of orthotropic
    plates with finite deformations were established. The differential
    quadrature (DQ) method of nonlinear analysis to the problem was
    presented. New DQ approach, presented by Wang and Bert (DQWB), is
    extended to handle the multiple boundary conditions of plates. The
    techniques were also further extended to simplify nonlinear
    computations. The numerical convergence and comparison of solutions
    were studied. The results show that the DQ method presented is very
    reliable and valid. Moreover, the influences of geometric and material
    parameters as well as the transverse shear deformations on nonlinear
    bending were investigated. Numerical results show the influence of the
    shear deformation on the static bending of orthotropic moderately thick
    plate is significant.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM chjcheng@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BELLMAN R, 1971, J MATH ANAL APPL, V34, P235
    BERT CW, 1989, COMPUT MECH, V5, P217
    BERT CW, 1993, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V30, P1737
    BERT CW, 1996, APPL MECH REV, V49, P1
    CHEN W, 2000, COMPUT STRUCT, V74, P65
    CHIA CY, 1988, APPL MECH REV, V41, P439
    LANCASTER P, 1985, THEORY MATRICES APPL
    LI JJ, 2003, J SHANGHAI U, V7, P228
    REDDY JN, 1984, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V20, P881
    REDDY JN, 1997, MECH LAMINATED COMPO
    SHEN HS, 2000, COMPOS STRUCT, V50, P131
    SHEN HS, 2000, INT J MECH SCI, V42, P1171
    WANG X, 1993, COMPUT STRUCT, V48, P473
    WANG X, 1993, J SOUND VIB, V162, P566
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 8
 BP 878
 EP 886
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 851MY
 UT ISI:000223690400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, W
    Zhong, SS
    Chen, SB
 TI A novel wideband coplanar-fed monopole antenna
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE monopole antenna; coplanar waveguide; bandwidth
 ID FED MICROSTRIP ANTENNAS; SLOT
 AB A new T-shaped monopole antenna with a CPW feed line is presented. The
    theoretical analysis is based on the finite-difference time-domain
    (FDTD) method. The novel antenna is designed, fabricated, and then
    measured. The measured results, which agree with the numerical
    calculations very well, are given. The measured bandwidth of the
    antenna is approximately 116% for VSWR less than or equal to 2.0. (C)
    2004 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Xidian Univ, Inst Antennas & EM Scattering, Xian 710071, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, W, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AKSUN MI, 1991, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V4, P292
    CUI JH, 2001, ACTA ELECT SINICA, V29, P785
    DENG SM, 1995, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V43, P734
    MENZEL W, 1991, IEEE MICROW GUIDED W, V1, P340
    NESIC A, 1982, ELECTRON LETT, V18, P275
    NIU JW, 2003, MICR MILL WAV S CHIN, P740
    SIERRAGARCIA S, 1999, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V47, P58
    TSAI HS, 1996, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V44, P217
 NR 8
 TC 4
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD OCT 5
 PY 2004
 VL 43
 IS 1
 BP 50
 EP 52
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 849MO
 UT ISI:000223543000017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Niu, YP
    Gong, SQ
 TI Manipulation of population transfer to atomic superposition states: An
    extension of stimulated Raman adiabatic passage to a four-level ladder
    system
 SO JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN
 DT Article
 DE coherent population transfer; adiabatic passage; superposition state
 ID DELAYED LASER-PULSES; COHERENT MANIPULATION; MULTILEVEL SYSTEMS;
    3-LEVEL; LIGHT; EXCITATION; MOLECULES; CREATION; PHASE; FIELD
 AB We extend the existing theory of stimulated Raman adiabatic passage to
    a four-level ladder system for realizing superposition of two
    high-lying Rydberg states by applying a control field to couple them.
    We find, due to the effect of the control field, that population is
    completely transferred from the initial level to a superposition of the
    two high-lying states. Suitable manipulation of the control field and
    detunings makes it possible to create any coherent superposition states
    we desired.
 C1 Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Key Lab High Intensity Opt, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Niu, YP, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Key Lab High Intensity Opt,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR AHN J, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P463
    BARENCO A, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P4083
    BERGMANN K, 1998, REV MOD PHYS, V70, P1003
    BROERS B, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P2062
    COULSTON GW, 1992, J CHEM PHYS, V96, P3467
    DITTMANN P, 1992, J CHEM PHYS, V97, P9472
    FLEISCHHAUER M, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V88
    GAUBATZ U, 1988, CHEM PHYS LETT, V149, P463
    GOLDNER LS, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P997
    GONG SQ, 2002, EUR PHYS J D, V19, P257
    JIN SQ, 2004, PHYS REV A, V69
    KOBRAK MN, 1998, J CHEM PHYS, V109, P1
    KOBRAK MN, 1998, PHYS REV A, V57, P2885
    KUKLINSKI JR, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P6741
    KULIN S, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P4185
    MALINOVSKY VS, 1997, PHYS REV A, V56, P4929
    MARTE P, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P4118
    OREG J, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P4888
    SHOE BW, 1990, THEORY COHERENT ATOM
    SMITH AV, 1992, J OPT SOC AM B, V9, P1543
    STEANE A, 1998, REP PROG PHYS, V61, P117
    SUPTITZ W, 1997, J OPT SOC AM B, V14, P1001
    UNANYAN R, 1998, OPT COMMUN, V155, P144
    VITANOV NV, 1998, EUR PHYS J D, V4, P15
    VITANOV NV, 1999, J PHYS B-AT MOL OPT, V32, P4535
    VITANOV NV, 2001, ADV ATOM MOL OPT PHY, V46, P55
    WEITZ M, 1994, PHYS REV A, V50, P2438
 NR 27
 TC 1
 SN 0031-9015
 J9 J PHYS SOC JPN
 JI J. Phys. Soc. Jpn.
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 73
 IS 8
 BP 2131
 EP 2134
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 850RU
 UT ISI:000223630900020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, Z
    Wang, Z
 TI Compact bandpass filter realised using coupled linear tapered line
    resonators
 SO ELECTRONICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB A new compact bandpass filter composed of two coupled linear tapered
    line resonators is proposed. The two resonators are arranged in
    different planes. The filter is very small and has a very sharp
    response below its passband. It is also shown that this filter has a
    low insertion loss of 0.6 dB in the centre frequency and 10.5% 3 dB
    bandwidth.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiao, Z, Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp & Informat Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM zhongyinxiao@163.com
 CR CHANG HC, 1996, IEEE MTT-S, P619
    ISHIZAKI T, 1991, IEICE T E, V74, P1556
    ISHIZAKI T, 1994, IEEE MTT S, P617
    ISHIZAKI T, 1996, IEICE T ELECTRON EC, V79, P671
    MATTHAEI GL, 1963, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, P82
    SAGAWA M, 1985, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V33, P152
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0013-5194
 J9 ELECTRON LETT
 JI Electron. Lett.
 PD AUG 19
 PY 2004
 VL 40
 IS 17
 BP 1066
 EP 1067
 PG 2
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 850PC
 UT ISI:000223623900024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JF
    Meng, JP
    Huang, WH
 TI A new class of (2+1)-dimensional localized coherent structures with
    completely elastic and non-elastic interactive properties
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE (2+1)-dimensional localized coherent structures; soliton; variable
    separation method
 ID NOVIKOV-VESELOV EQUATION; VARIABLE SEPARATION SOLUTIONS; DISPERSIVE
    WAVE SYSTEM; KDV-TYPE EQUATION; DROMION SOLUTIONS; FRACTAL SOLUTIONS;
    SOLITON SYSTEM; LONG; EXCITATIONS; INSTANTONS
 AB From the variable separation solution and by selecting appropriate
    functions, a new class of localized coherent structures consisting of
    solitons in various types are found in the (2+1)-dimensional
    long-wave-short-wave resonance interaction equation. The completely
    elastic and non-elastic interactive behavior between the dromion and
    compacton, dromion and peakon, as well as between peakon and compacton
    are investigated. The novel features exhibited by these new structures
    are revealed for the first time.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Loughborough Univ Technol, Dept Math Sci, Loughborough LE11 3TU, Leics, England.
 RP Zhang, JF, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABONOV AG, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P1319
    BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P432
    DAS GC, 1997, PLASMAS, V42, P2095
    DOLAN L, 1997, NUCL PHYS B, V489, P245
    FOKAS AS, 1990, PHYSICA D, V44, P99
    GEDALIN M, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P448
    HE H, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P4311
    HIETARINTA J, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V149, P133
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HONG KZ, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P393
    HU XB, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V276, P30
    HUANG GX, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P9194
    HUANG WH, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P1101
    KIVSHAR YS, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P765
    LAI DWC, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V68, P1847
    LIU QP, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V239, P159
    LOU SY, 1995, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V28, P7227
    LOU SY, 1996, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V26, P487
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A, V29, P4029
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P5989
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P769
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    LOU SY, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10619
    LOU SY, 2002, PHYS SCR, V665, P7
    LOU SY, 2002, PHYS SCRIPTA, V65, P7
    LOU SY, 2003, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V36, P3877
    LOUTSENKO I, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P3011
    OIKAWA M, 1989, J PHYS SOC JPN, V58, P4416
    RADAHA R, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4746
    RUAN HY, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P248
    RUAN HY, 2000, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V52, P1313
    RUAN HY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P586
    RUAN HY, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1313
    RUAN HY, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V17, P929
    TANG XY, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P1
    TANG XY, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, L293
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    TANG XY, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P335
    ZHANG JF, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P89
    ZHANG JF, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P705
    ZHANG JF, 2002, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V51, P2627
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P651
    ZHANG JF, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V37, P277
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P1006
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P448
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P653
    ZHANG JF, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P533
    ZHANG JF, 2003, IN PRESS PHYS LETT A
    ZHANG JF, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V313, P401
    ZHANG SL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P401
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P783
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P261
 NR 55
 TC 2
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD AUG 15
 PY 2004
 VL 42
 IS 2
 BP 161
 EP 170
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 849YC
 UT ISI:000223576600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, JP
    Zheng, CL
    Chen, LQ
 TI Sernifolded localized structures in three-dimensional soliton systems
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE Broer-Kaup-Kupershmidt system with variable coefficients; multi-linear
    variable separation approach; localized excitation
 ID (2+1)-DIMENSIONAL INTEGRABLE SYSTEMS; KAUP-KUPERSHMIDT EQUATION;
    DISPERSIVE WAVE SYSTEM; NEWELL-SEGUR SYSTEM; COHERENT STRUCTURES;
    GENERAL-SOLUTION; EXCITATIONS; DIMENSIONS
 AB By means of a Painleve-Bicklund transformation and a multi-linear
    variable separation approach, abundant localized coherent excitations
    of the three-dimensional Broer-Kaup-Kupershmidt system with variable
    coefficients are derived. There are possible phase shifts for the
    interactions of the three-dimensional novel localized structures
    discussed in this paper.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zjclzheng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BOITI M, 1986, INVERSE PROBL, V2, P271
    CHEN CL, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P129
    CHEN CL, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66
    LI HM, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P513
    LIN J, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V313, P93
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4209
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LOU SY, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P5027
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS SCR, V65, P7
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    LOU SY, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10619
    LOU SY, 2002, MOD PHYS LETT B, V16, P1075
    LOU SY, 2003, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V36, P3877
    MOITA M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V102, P432
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    TANG XY, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V30, P335
    TANG XY, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P62
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4040
    YING JP, 2001, Z NATURFORSCH A, V56, P619
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1998, APPL MECH TECH PHYS, V9, P190
    ZHANG JF, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P705
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P448
    ZHANG JL, 2003, J ATOM MOL PHYS, V20, P92
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P653
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P11
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P472
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P261
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P25
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P385
 NR 33
 TC 2
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD AUG 15
 PY 2004
 VL 42
 IS 2
 BP 175
 EP 179
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 849YC
 UT ISI:000223576600003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, TC
    Chen, XH
    Chen, DY
    Zhang, YF
 TI Integrable couplings of the coupled Burgers hierarchy
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE coupled Burgers hierarchy; integrable couplings; loop algebra
 ID PERTURBATION; EQUATIONS
 AB In this letter, a new loop algebra (G) over tilde is constructed, from
    which a new isospectral problem is established. It follows that
    integrable couplings of the well-known coupled Burgers hierarchy are
    obtained.
 C1 Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Math, Inst Computat Math, Acad Math & Syst Sci, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, TC, Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
 EM xiatc@yahoo.com.cn
 CR FUCHSSTEINER B, 1993, APPL ANAL GEOMETRIC, P125
    LAKSHMANAN M, 1985, J MATH PHYS, V26, P1189
    MA WX, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P1227
    SIRENDAOERJI, 1997, MATH APPL, V26, P80
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    ZHANG Y, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P1
    ZHANG YF, 2002, J MATH RES EXPO, V22, P289
    ZHANG YF, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V299, P543
    ZHANG YF, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V26, P263
 NR 9
 TC 10
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD AUG 15
 PY 2004
 VL 42
 IS 2
 BP 180
 EP 182
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 849YC
 UT ISI:000223576600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, GH
    Wang, YS
    Duan, YS
 TI Contribution of disclination lines to free energy of liquid crystals in
    single-elastic constant approximation
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE director field; disclination line; free energy; Lagrangian multiplier
 ID DEFECTS
 AB In the light of phi-mapping method and topological current theory, the
    contribution of disclination lines to free energy density of liquid
    crystals is studied in the single-elastic constant approximation. It is
    pointed out that the total free energy density can be divided into two
    parts. One is the usual distorted energy density of director field
    around the disclination lines. The other is the free energy density of
    disclination lines themselves, which is shown to be centralized at the
    disclination lines and to be topologically quantized in the unit of
    kpi/2. The topological quantum numbers are determined by the Hopf
    indices and Brouwer degrees of the director held at the disclination
    lines, i.e. the disclination strengths. From the Lagrange's method of
    multipliers, the equilibrium equation and the molecular field of liquid
    crystals are also obtained. The physical meaning of the Lagrangian
    multiplier is just the distorted energy density.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Inst Theoret Phys, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM ghyang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR DEGENNES PG, 1974, PHYS LIQUID CRYSTALS
    DUAN YS, 1997, HELV PHYS ACTA, V70, P565
    FRIEDEL J, 1964, DISLOCATIONS
    HOLZ A, 1992, PHYSICA A, V182, P240
    KLEMAN M, 1983, POINTS LINES WALLS L
    LUBENSKY TC, 1997, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V102, P187
    MERMIN ND, 1979, REV MOD PHYS, V51, P591
    NABARRO FRN, 1967, THEORY CRYSTAL DISLO
    YANG GH, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V37, P513
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD AUG 15
 PY 2004
 VL 42
 IS 2
 BP 185
 EP 188
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 849YC
 UT ISI:000223576600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
 TI Energy-like conserved quantity of a nonlinear nonconsevative continuous
    system
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE conserved quantity; energy; nonconservative system; nonlinearity;
    axially moving beam; bending vibration
 AB A system whose energy is not conserved is called nonconservative. To
    investigate if there exists a conserved quantity that has the same
    dimension as energy and is positively definite, the author analyzed the
    bending vibration of an axially moving beam with geometric
    nonlinearity. Based on the governing equation, the energy was proven to
    be not conserved in the case where the beam has two simply supported or
    fixed ends. A definitely positive quantity with the energy dimension
    was defined. The quantity was verified to remain a constant during the
    motion. The investigation indicates that an energy-like conserved
    quantity may exist in a nonlinear nonconservative continuous system.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM lqchen@online.sh.cn
 CR BLUMAN GW, 1989, SYMMETRIES DIFFERENT, P215
    FU JL, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V317, P255
    MEI FX, 1999, CONSTRAINED MECH SYS, P237
    MEI FX, 2000, APPL MECH REV, V53, P284
    RENSHAW AA, 1998, J VIB ACOUST, V120, P634
    VUJANOVIC B, 1986, ACTA MECH, V65, P63
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 49
 IS 12
 BP 1224
 EP 1226
 PG 3
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 850BR
 UT ISI:000223586500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Godon, P
    Sion, EM
    Cheng, FH
    Szkody, P
    Long, KS
    Froning, CS
 TI Far-ultraviolet observations of the dwarf nova VW Hydri in quiescence
 SO ASTROPHYSICAL JOURNAL
 DT Article
 DE accretion, accretion disks; novae, cataclysmic variables; stars :
    individual (VW Hydri); white dwarfs
 ID TELESCOPE FOS SPECTROSCOPY; WHITE-DWARF; CATACLYSMIC VARIABLES;
    ACCRETION DISK; BOUNDARY-LAYER; MODEL; SUPEROUTBURST; ATMOSPHERES;
    EMISSION; OUTBURST
 AB We present a 904-1183 Angstrom spectrum of the dwarf nova VW Hyi taken
    with the Far Ultraviolet Spectroscopic Explorer during quiescence, 11
    days after a normal outburst, when the underlying white dwarf accreter
    is clearly exposed in the far-ultraviolet. However, model fitting shows
    that a uniform-temperature white dwarf does not reproduce the overall
    spectrum, especially at the shortest wavelengths. A better
    approximation to the spectrum is obtained with a model consisting of a
    white dwarf and a rapidly rotating "accretion belt.'' The white dwarf
    component accounts for 83% of the total flux, has a temperature of
    23,000 K, a v sin i=400 km s(-1), and a low carbon abundance. The
    best-fit accretion belt component accounts for 17% of the total flux,
    with a temperature of about 48,000-50,000 K and a rotation rate V-rot
    sin i around 3000-4000 km s(-1). The requirement of two components in
    the modeling of the spectrum of VW Hyi in quiescence helps to resolve
    some of the differences in interpretation of ultraviolet spectra of VW
    Hyi in quiescence. However, the physical existence of a second
    component (and its exact nature) in VW Hyi itself is still relatively
    uncertain, given the lack of better models for spectra of the inner
    disk in a quiescent dwarf nova.
 C1 Villanova Univ, Dept Astron & Astrophys, Villanova, PA 19085 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Washington, Dept Astron, Seattle, WA 98195 USA.
    Univ Colorado, Ctr Astrophys & Space Astron, Boulder, CO 80309 USA.
    Space Telescope Sci Inst, Baltimore, MD 21218 USA.
 RP Godon, P, Space Telescope Sci Inst, 3700 San Martin Dr, Baltimore, MD
    21218 USA.
 EM patrick.godon@villanova.edu
    edward.sion@villanova.edu
    cheng3@prodigy.net
    szkody@alicar.astro.washington.edu
    long@stsci.edu
    cfroning@casa.colorado.edu
 CR BELLONI T, 1991, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V246, L44
    CANNIZZO JK, 1993, ASTROPHYS J, V419, P318
    GANSICKE BT, 1996, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V309, L47
    GANSICKE BT, 1999, ASTR SOC P, V169, P315
    HACK M, 1993, NASA
    HUANG M, 1996, ASTRON J, V111, P2386
    HUANG M, 1996, ASTROPHYS J 1, V458, P355
    HUBENY I, 1988, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V52, P103
    HUBENY I, 1994, NEWSLETTER ANAL ASTR, V20, P30
    HUBENY I, 1995, ASTROPHYS J 1, V439, P875
    KIPPENHAHN R, 1978, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V63, P265
    KO YK, 1989, BAAS, V21, P1208
    KO YK, 1992, BAAS, V24, P1258
    KO YK, 1996, ASTROPHYS J 1, V457, P363
    KUTTER GS, 1987, ASTROPHYS J, V321, P386
    KUTTER GS, 1989, ASTROPHYS J, V340, P985
    LADOUS C, 1997, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V321, L213
    LIU BF, 1997, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V328, P247
    LONG KS, 1993, ASTROPHYS J, V405, P327
    LONG KS, 1996, ASTROPHYS J 1, V466, P964
    MATEO M, 1984, ASTRON J, V89, P863
    MAUCHE CW, 1991, ASTROPHYS J, V372, P659
    MAUCHE CW, 1996, IAU C, V158, P243
    MEYER F, 1989, ASTRON GESELLSCHAFT, V3, P64
    MOOS HW, 2000, ASTROPHYS J 2, V538, L1
    POLIDAN RS, 1990, ASTROPHYS J 1, V356, P211
    SAHNOW DJ, 2000, ASTROPHYS J 2, V538, L7
    SCHOEMBS R, 1981, ASTRON ASTROPHYS, V97, P185
    SION EM, 1995, ASTROPHYS J 1, V439, P957
    SION EM, 1996, ASTROPHYS J 2, V471, L41
    SION EM, 1997, ASTROPHYS J 2, V480, L17
    SION EM, 1999, PUBL ASTRON SOC PAC, V111, P532
    SION EM, 2001, ASTROPHYS J 2, V561, L127
    WADE RA, 1994, ASTR SOC P, V56, P319
    WADE RA, 1998, ASTROPHYS J 1, V509, P350
    WARNER B, 1987, MON NOT R ASTRON SOC, V227, P23
 NR 36
 TC 3
 SN 0004-637X
 J9 ASTROPHYS J
 JI Astrophys. J.
 PD SEP 1
 PY 2004
 VL 612
 IS 1
 PN Part 1
 BP 429
 EP 436
 PG 8
 SC Astronomy & Astrophysics
 GA 850TC
 UT ISI:000223634400035
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YZ
    Yu, HJ
    Chen, LQ
 TI Chaotic attitude motion and its control of spacecraft in elliptic orbit
    and geomagnetic field
 SO ACTA ASTRONAUTICA
 DT Article
 ID MAGNETIC RIGID SPACECRAFT; ASYMMETRIC GYROSTAT
 AB The chaotic attitude motion and its control of a magnetic spacecraft
    with internal damping in an elliptic orbit and geomagnetic field is
    discussed. Based on the dynamical equations, the Melnikov method is
    used to predict the existence of chaos in the sense of Smale horseshoe.
    The chaotic behavior is numerically identified by means of Poincare map
    and Lyapunov exponents. The chaotic attitude motion of spacecraft can
    be controlled by a method based on the stability criterion of linear
    system. The method can stabilize the chaos onto any desired periodic
    orbit by a small time-continuous perturbation feedback. The
    linearization of the system around the stabilized orbit is not
    required. The desired periodic solution can be automatically detected
    in the control process. The numerical simulation demonstrates the
    stabilization of chaotic attitude motion to period-1 or period-2 motion
    and shows the effectiveness and flexibility of the proposed control
    method. (C) 2003 International Astronautical Federation. Published by
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YZ, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 EM liuyzhc@online.sh.cn
    yuhongjie@sjtu.edu.cn
    lqchen@online.sh.cn
 CR BELETSKII VV, 1996, CHAOS, V6, P155
    BELETSKY VV, 1995, REGULAR CHAOTISCH BE
    BELETSKY VV, 1999, CHAOS, V9, P493
    BISHOP SR, 1996, PHYS REV E A, V54, P3204
    CHEN LQ, 1998, TECH MECH, V18, P41
    CHEN LQ, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V37, P493
    CHEN LQ, 2002, J FRANKLIN I, V339, P121
    CHENG G, 2000, ACTA MECH, V141, P125
    HUBINGER B, 1993, Z PHYS B CON MAT, V90, P103
    MATIAS MA, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P1455
    MEEHAN PA, 1997, NONLINEAR DYNAM, V12, P69
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    PENG JH, 1996, TECH METH, V16, P327
    PENG JH, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P431
    PYRAGAS K, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V170, P421
    SEISL M, 1989, Z ANGEW MATH MECH, V69, P352
    SHINBROT T, 1993, NATURE, V363, P411
    TONG X, 1991, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V1, P179
    TONG X, 1995, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V30, P191
    XU D, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V210, P273
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0094-5765
 J9 ACTA ASTRONAUT
 JI Acta Astronaut.
 PD AUG-NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 55
 IS 3-9
 BP 487
 EP 494
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 849XG
 UT ISI:000223574300032
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Zu, JW
 TI Energetics and conserved functional of axially moving materials
    undergoing transverse nonlinear vibration
 SO JOURNAL OF VIBRATION AND ACOUSTICS-TRANSACTIONS OF THE ASME
 DT Article
 ID GENERALIZED TREATMENT; TRANSLATING CONTINUA; OSCILLATION; STRINGS; PIPES
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Toronto, Dept Mech & Ind Engn, Toronto, ON M5S 3G8, Canada.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BARAKAT R, 1968, J ACOUST SOC AM, V43, P533
    CHEN LQ, IN PRESS APPL MECH R
    CHEN LQ, 2001, ADV MECH, V31, P535
    CHUBACHI T, 1958, B JAPAN SOC MECH ENG, V1, P24
    LEE SY, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V204, P717
    LEE SY, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V204, P735
    LUO AH, 1999, STABILITY STABILIZAT
    MIRANKER WL, 1960, IBM J RES DEV, V4, P36
    MOTE CD, 1966, J APPL MECH, V33, P463
    QUEIROZ MA, 2000, LYAPUNOV BASED CONTR
    RENSHAW AA, 1997, J VIB ACOUST, V119, P643
    RENSHAW AA, 1998, J VIB ACOUST, V120, P634
    TABARROK B, 1974, J FRANKLIN I, V297, P201
    THURMAN AL, 1969, J APPLIED MECHANICS, V36, P83
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
    WICKERT JA, 1989, J ACOUST SOC AM, V85, P1365
    ZHU WD, 2000, J VIB ACOUST, V122, P295
 NR 17
 TC 3
 SN 1048-9002
 J9 J VIB ACOUST
 JI J. Vib. Acoust.-Trans. ASME
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 126
 IS 3
 BP 452
 EP 455
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Acoustics; Mechanics
 GA 848IR
 UT ISI:000223461400019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, ZP
    Liu, CT
    Dong, YD
 TI Effects of atomic bonding nature and size mismatch on thermal stability
    and glass-forming ability of bulk metallic glasses
 SO JOURNAL OF NON-CRYSTALLINE SOLIDS
 DT Article
 ID SUPERCOOLED LIQUID REGION; CU-NI ALLOYS; AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; TRANSITION
    TEMPERATURE; B-ADDITION; P ALLOYS; PARAMETERS; EXTENSION; TM
 AB Two mathematical models used for quantitatively measuring the effects
    of atomic bonding nature and atomic size ratios among constituent
    elements on thermal stability of Mg-based bulk metallic glasses (BMGs)
    have been proposed recently. In this paper, these models are extended
    to other BMG systems, and the reliability and feasibility of these
    models for assessing glass-forming ability (GFA) and the thermal
    stability of BMGs are carefully examined. It was found that these
    models are not suitable for evaluating the thermal stability of BMGs in
    other alloy systems. Instead, a weak correlation between the parameters
    calculated based on these models (i.e., the electronegativity
    difference Deltax and the atomic size difference 5) and the GFA of BMGs
    is observed. Our analyses indicate that these two models only partially
    reflect the effects of the atomic bonding nature and the atomic size
    ratios on the GFA and need to be further refined. (C) 2004 Elsevier
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Oak Ridge Natl Lab, Div Met & Ceram, Oak Ridge, TN 37831 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, ZP, Oak Ridge Natl Lab, Div Met & Ceram, 1 Bethel Valley Rd, Oak
    Ridge, TN 37831 USA.
 EM luzp@ornl.gov
 CR CHEN W, 2003, ACTA MATER, V51, P1899
    DAVIES HA, 1978, RAPIDLY QUENCHED MET, V1, P1
    FANG SS, 2003, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V321, P120
    HNG HH, 1996, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V208, P127
    HU X, 2003, ACTA MATER, V51, P561
    INOUE A, 1993, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V156, P473
    INOUE A, 1994, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V178, P255
    INOUE A, 1994, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V179, P210
    INOUE A, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P1420
    INOUE A, 1997, MATER T JIM, V38, P175
    INOUE A, 1997, MATER T JIM, V38, P179
    INOUE A, 1997, MATER T JIM, V38, P185
    INOUE A, 1998, MATER SCI FORUM 2, V269, P855
    KIM YJ, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P2136
    KUNDIG AA, 2002, MATER TRANS, V43, P3206
    LIU CT, 2002, INTERMETALLICS, V10, P1105
    LU ZP, IN PRESS INTERMETALL
    LU ZP, IN PRESS J MAT SCI
    LU ZP, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V270, P103
    LU ZP, 2000, SCRIPTA MATER, V42, P667
    LU ZP, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P3501
    LU ZP, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V83, P2581
    LU ZP, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    MA CL, 2002, MATER TRANS, V43, P1737
    NISHIYAMA N, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P1531
    NISHIYAMA N, 2002, MATER TRANS, V43, P1913
    RICHMAN MH, 1967, INTRO PHYS METALLURG, P215
    WANG YM, 2003, SCRIPTA MATER, V48, P1525
    ZHANG T, 1991, MATER T JIM, V32, P1005
    ZHANG T, 1993, J MATER SCI LETT, V12, P700
    ZHANG T, 1998, MATER T JIM, V39, P857
 NR 31
 TC 3
 SN 0022-3093
 J9 J NON-CRYST SOLIDS
 JI J. Non-Cryst. Solids
 PD AUG 1
 PY 2004
 VL 341
 IS 1-3
 BP 93
 EP 100
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 849FQ
 UT ISI:000223524500014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, HY
    Zhou, SF
    Yin, FQ
 TI Global periodic attractor for strongly damped wave equations with
    time-periodic driving force
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID BEHAVIOR
 AB In this paper, we consider the existence of a global periodic attractor
    for a strongly damped nonlinear wave equation with time-periodic
    driving force under homogeneous Dirichlet boundary condition. It is
    proved that in certain parameter region, for arbitrary time-periodic
    driving force, the system has a unique periodic solution attracting any
    bounded set exponentially. This implies that the system behaves exactly
    as a one-dimensional system. We mention, in particular, that the
    obtained result can be used to prove the existence of global periodic
    attractor of the usual damped and driven wave equations. (C) 2004
    American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM sfzhou@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR CHEN FX, 1998, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V147, P231
    GHIDAGLIA JM, 1991, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V22, P879
    LOMDAHL PS, 1982, PHYS REV B, V25, P5737
    MASSATT P, 1983, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V48, P334
    PAZY A, 1983, APPL MATH SCI, V44
    TEMAM R, 1988, APPL MATH SCI, V68
    WEBB GF, 1980, CAN J MATH, V32, P631
    ZHAO Y, 1999, J SYST SCI MATH SCI, V19, P205
    ZHOU SF, 2002, J MATH ANAL APPL, V275, P850
    ZHU S, 1999, ACTA MATH APPL SIN, V42, P809
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2488
 J9 J MATH PHYS-NY
 JI J. Math. Phys.
 PD SEP
 PY 2004
 VL 45
 IS 9
 BP 3462
 EP 3467
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Mathematical
 GA 849QP
 UT ISI:000223555200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhai, QJ
    Luo, J
    Zhao, P
 TI Effect of thermal cycle on liquid structure of pure iron at just above
    its melting point
 SO ISIJ INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE liquid structure; pure iron; X-ray diffraction
 ID X-RAY-DIFFRACTION; MEDIUM-RANGE ORDER; GLASSES; ALLOYS
 AB The effect of thermal cycle on liquid structure of pure iron was
    investigated by means of theta-theta type liquid metal X-ray
    diffractometer. The increase of thermal cycle times results in the
    reduction of the atomic cluster size and its atomic numbers, the
    expansion of the disorder areas, and the increase of the disorder
    degree of the liquid pure iron. The first sharp diffraction peak (FSDP)
    or pre-peak is found in the structure factor curve of liquid pure iron,
    which means there is medium-range order (MRO) in this melt. The FSDP or
    pre-peak directly relates to the correlation of Fe-Fe atoms on the MRO
    scale. It is concluded that the body-centered cubic (BCC) crystal
    structure of the previous delta-Fe is partly kept in the liquid pure
    iron, and the liquid pure iron is a mixture of atomic clusters and
    disorder areas.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Cent Iron & Steel Res Inst, Beijing 100081, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhai, QJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM qjzhai@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ABDEL A, 1981, ARCH EISENHUTTENWES, V51, P317
    ADACHI A, 1971, P INT C SCI TECHN IR, P395
    BERGMAN C, 1999, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS 1, V250, P253
    BIAN XF, 1999, HEREDITY CASTING MET, P1
    BORJESSON L, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P3404
    CERVINKA L, 1998, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V232, P1
    ELLIOTT SR, 1990, PHYSICS AMORPHOUS MA, P1
    ELLIOTT SR, 1991, NATURE, V354, P445
    HAJDU F, 1980, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V60, P365
    HINES AL, 1996, METALL MATER TRANS B, V27, P29
    IIDA T, 1993, PROPERTIES LIQUID ME, P142
    KRISHNAN S, 1999, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS 1, V250, P286
    MARET M, 1989, J PHYS-PARIS, V50, P295
    MATUBARA E, 1988, J MATER SCI, V23, P753
    MORITA Z, 1970, J JPN I MET, V34, P248
    SHIRAKAWA Y, 1991, J PHYS SOC JPN, V60, P2678
    SOKOLOV AP, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P1540
    WANG L, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V301, P477
    WASEDA Y, 1980, STRUCTURE NONCRYSTAL, P280
    WASEDA Y, 1995, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V34, P4124
    WIJS GA, 1995, J CHEM PHYS, V103, P5031
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0915-1559
 J9 ISIJ INT
 JI ISIJ Int.
 PY 2004
 VL 44
 IS 8
 BP 1279
 EP 1282
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 848GD
 UT ISI:000223454700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lei, H
    Luo, JB
 TI CMP of hard disk substrate using a colloidal SiO2 slurry: preliminary
    experimental investigation
 SO WEAR
 DT Article
 DE chemical-mechanical polishing (CMP); hard disk substrate; colloidal
    SiO2 slurry; planarization
 ID PARTICLE-SIZE; ULTRA-THIN; CONTACT; REMOVAL; WEAR; MODEL;
    PLANARIZATION; PRESSURE; COATINGS; FRICTION
 AB With magnetic heads operating closer to hard disks, the hard disks are
    forced to be ultra-smooth. At present, chemical-mechanical polishing
    (CMP) has become a widely accepted global planarization technology. In
    this paper, the effects Of SiO2 particle size, and the contents Of SiO2
    particle, oxidizer and lubricant additive in the prepared slurry, as
    well as pH value of the slurry, on the polishing performances in the
    CMP of hard disk substrates with nickel-phosphorous plated were
    investigated. Results indicated that the average roughness (R-a) and
    the average waviness (W-a) of the polished surfaces as well as material
    removal amount were much dependent on all of the factors above. For
    comparison, CMP of hard disk substrates with a kind of commercial SiO2
    slurry was conducted under the same polishing conditions. Based on
    Auger electron spectrogram (AES) examinations of the chemical changes
    in the polished surfaces with the prepared slurry, the CMP mechanism
    was deduced preliminarily. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Res Ctr Nanosci & Nanotechnol, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Tsing Hua Univ, State Key Lab Tribol, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
 RP Lei, H, Shanghai Univ, Res Ctr Nanosci & Nanotechnol, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM hong_lei2000@sohu.com
 CR *IDEMA, 2000, INT DISK DRIV EQ MAT, P7
    ALI I, 1994, SOLID STATE TECHNOL, V34, P63
    BASIM GB, 2000, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V147, P3523
    BHUSHAN B, 1995, WEAR, V181, P743
    BHUSHAN B, 1996, TRIBOLOGY MECH MAGNE
    BHUSHAN B, 1999, DIAM RELAT MATER, V8, P1985
    BIELMANN M, 1999, ELECTROCHEM SOLID ST, V2, P401
    CHO CH, 2001, THIN SOLID FILMS, V389, P254
    COB CORP, 2000, 6015506, US
    COB MICR CORP AUR IL, 2002, 6468137, US
    COB MICR CORP AUT, 2002, 6461227, US
    FARID M, 1995, THIN SOLID FILMS, V270, P612
    GROVER GS, 1998, WEAR, V214, P10
    HAN H, 1999, SURF COAT TECH, V121, P579
    HORN M, 1991, SOLID STATE TECHNOL, V31, P57
    HSU J, 2002, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V149, P204
    KAO CORP, 1999, 5868604, US
    LARSENBASSE J, 1999, WEAR, V233, P647
    LEI H, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V3, P455
    LI YL, 1996, WEAR, V202, P60
    LIANG H, 1997, WEAR, V211, P271
    LIANG H, 2002, SCRIPTA MATER, V46, P343
    LIU Y, 2003, MICROELECTRONIC ENG, V66, P438
    LUO JF, 2001, IEEE T SEMICONDUCT M, V14, P112
    MENON AK, 1999, ASME P S INT TECHN 1, P1
    MICHAEL CP, 1996, J ELECT MAT, V25, P1612
    NANZ G, 1995, IEEE T SEMICONDUCT M, V8, P382
    PARK SS, 2000, TRIBOL INT, V33, P723
    POON CY, 1995, WEAR, V190, P89
    RAHUL J, 1994, SOLID STATE TECHNOL, V34, P71
    SAXENA AN, 1986, SOLID STATE TECHNOL, V29, P95
    SEOK J, 2003, WEAR, V254, P307
    STEIGERWARD JM, 1997, CHEM MECH PLANARIZAT
    STEIN DJ, 1999, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V146, P376
    WARNOCK J, 1991, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V138, P2398
    XIE YS, 1996, WEAR, V200, P281
    XU J, 2003, TRIBOL INT, V36, P459
    ZHANG B, 2003, TRIBOL INT, V36, P291
    ZHAO YW, 2002, WEAR, V252, P220
    ZHAO YW, 2003, WEAR, V254, P332
    ZHAO Z, 2001, P I MECH ENG J-J ENG, V215, P63
    ZHOU CH, 2002, LUBR ENG, V58, P35
    ZHOU CH, 2002, TRIBOL T, V45, P230
    ZHOU CH, 2002, WEAR, V253, P430
 NR 44
 TC 1
 SN 0043-1648
 J9 WEAR
 JI Wear
 PD SEP
 PY 2004
 VL 257
 IS 5-6
 BP 461
 EP 470
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 847BA
 UT ISI:000223362500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, WQ
    Li, Q
    Zhou, BX
    Yao, MY
 TI Corrosion of zircaloy-4 in aqueous solutions of LiOH and KOH
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE Zircaloy-4; SIMS; corrosion resistance; water chemistry
 ID ZIRCONIUM-OXIDE
 AB The specimens of Zircaloy-4 are tested in autoclaves filled with 0.1
    mol/L LiOH and KOH, respectively, aqueous solutions at 350degreesC.
    When their oxide layers have an equal thickness, the intensity
    distribution of Li+, K+ and OH- over the cross section of the oxide
    layers is determined by SIMS analysis. The results show that the
    penetration depth of K+ is shallower than that of Li+, and the
    penetration depth of OH- corroded in KOH solution is also shallower
    than that corroded in LiOH solution. It is shown that the diffusion of
    OH- into the oxide layer is accompanied by the corresponding cation.
    Based on above the results, the difference between the degradation
    effects of LiOH and KOH solutions on the corrosion resistance of
    Zircaloy-4 is discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, WQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM lwq88@163.com
 CR HILLNER E, 1962, WAPDTM307 WEST EL CO, P19
    JEONG YH, 1999, J NUCL MATER, V270, P322
    JEONG YH, 1999, J NUCL MATER, V275, P221
    KIM YS, 1999, J NUCL MATER, V270, P165
    LIU WQ, 2001, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V30, P81
    RAMASUBRAMANIAN N, 1989, ZIRCONIUM NUCL IND, P187
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 33
 IS 7
 BP 728
 EP 730
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 847PZ
 UT ISI:000223408700013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gang, S
    Ma, XM
    Shi, WZ
 TI Structural properties of Cr-Fe-Mn alloys prepared by mechanical alloying
 SO PHYSICA B-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 DE mechanical alloying; Mossbauer spectroscopy; Cr-Fe-Mn alloys
 ID MOSSBAUER; POWDERS
 AB Structural properties of Cr72Fe18Mn10 alloys prepared by mechanical
    alloying were studied by scanning electron microscopy (SEM), X-ray
    diffraction (XRD), and Fe-57 Mossbauer spectroscopy. Lamellar structure
    with some small particles embedded in them was observed during the
    first stage of mechanical alloying. XRD results show that the alpha-Mn
    phase disappears with the milling time increasing up to 5 h. The
    as-milled samples maintain the BCC structure throughout the course of
    milling. For 30 h the paramagnetic Cr-Fe-Mn ternary alloys are
    obtained, the average crystalline size is about 42 nm considering the
    internal strains. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 E China Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, XM, E China Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R
    China.
 EM xmma@phy.ecnu.edu.cn
 CR BURKE SK, 1983, J PHYS F MET PHYS, V13, P451
    COTES SM, 2002, PHYSICA B, V320, P274
    CZUBAYKO U, 2002, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V327, P54
    DAS A, 1999, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V11, P5209
    DELCROIX P, 2001, MATER SCI FORUM, V360, P329
    DUBIEL SM, 1981, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V23, P214
    FAWCETT E, 1994, REV MOD PHYS, V66, P25
    FRIEDEL J, 1964, DISLOCATIONS
    KLUG HP, 1974, XRAY DIFFRACTION PRO
    LECAER G, 2000, HYPERFINE INTERACT, V130, P45
    LEMOINE C, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V203, P184
    MAURICE D, 1995, METALL MATER TRANS A, V26, P2437
    MIEDEMA AR, 1980, PHYSICA B, V100, P1
    SOMSEN C, 2000, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V208, P191
    SZYMANSKI K, 2001, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V236, P56
    TOOP W, 1965, T METALL SOC, V237, P738
    TSUCHIYA Y, 1997, PHYSICA B, V237, P446
    WILLIAMSON GK, 1953, ACTA METALL, V1, P22
    WU WM, 1997, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V172, P183
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0921-4526
 J9 PHYSICA B
 JI Physica B
 PD AUG 15
 PY 2004
 VL 351
 IS 1-2
 BP 96
 EP 101
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 848AJ
 UT ISI:000223439000015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Q
    Pelletier, JM
    Da Dong, Y
    Ji, YF
    Xiu, H
 TI Correlation between microstructure and internal friction in a
    Zr-41.2-Ti-13.8-Cu-12.5-Ni-8-Be-22.5-Fe-2 bulk metallic glass
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING A-STRUCTURAL MATERIALS PROPERTIES
    MICROSTRUCTURE AND PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE bulk metallic glass; internal friction; microstructure
 ID LA55AL25NI20 AMORPHOUS ALLOY; ANGLE NEUTRON-SCATTERING; SUPERCOOLED
    LIQUID; STRUCTURAL RELAXATION; MECHANICAL RELAXATION; PHASE-SEPARATION;
    VISCOUS-FLOW; CRYSTALLIZATION; DECOMPOSITION; ZR41TI14CU12.5NI10BE22.5
 AB The microstructural evolution in a Zr-Ti-Cu-Ni-Be-Fe bulk metallic
    glass (BMG) has been investigated by measurements of dynamical shear
    modulus and internal friction combined with other analytical methods
    such as differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), X-ray diffraction
    (XRD) and high resolution transmission electron microscopy (TEM). When
    heated from room temperature up to 873 K, the as-received BMG exhibits
    an exponential increase in internal friction accompanying the strong
    decrease of storage modulus and the presence of the first loss modulus
    peak during the dynamic glass transition, which can be well described
    using quasi-point defect model. The correlative changes of the
    mechanical response at higher temperature are associated with the
    crystallisation process of the supercooled liquid phase, which occurs
    in four different stages. It is shown that the main crystallisation
    process is completed in the first two stages. With further increasing
    temperature, the remaining amorphous phases crystallise and/or the
    metastable crystalline phases are transformed into the stable ones.
    Isothermal annealing were also performed at temperatures in the
    supercooled liquid region far below the onset temperature of the
    crystallisation process (T-x). Their influence on microstucture and
    internal friction behaviour of the BMG is also presented in this paper.
    The most striking result is that the internal friction is very
    sensitive to the local atomic short range ordering induced by the
    preheating treatment. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    INSA, GEMPPM, F-69621 Villeurbanne, France.
 RP Pelletier, JM, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM jean-marc.pelletier@insa-lyon.fr
 CR BINCZYCKA H, 2003, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V15, P945
    BONETTI E, 1987, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V67, P93
    BUSCH R, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P1544
    DENG D, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P2011
    ETIENNE S, 1982, REV SCI INSTRUM, V53, P1261
    GAUTHIER C, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V274, P181
    HAYS CC, 2000, MATER SCI FORUM 1&2, V343, P103
    HERMANN H, 1998, PHYSICA B, V241, P352
    INOUE A, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P866
    JI YF, 2000, CHINESE SCI BULL, V45, P23
    JOHNSON WL, 1996, MATER SCI FORUM, V225, P35
    LIU JM, 1997, MATER SCI FORU 1 & 2, V235, P523
    LIU JM, 1997, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V199, P379
    LOFFLER JF, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P3394
    MACHT MP, 1996, MATER SCI FORUM, V225, P65
    MASUHR A, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P2290
    MILLER MK, 1998, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V250, P133
    MYUNG WN, 1992, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V150, P406
    MYUNG WN, 1995, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V192, P401
    OKUMURA H, 1992, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V150, P401
    OKUMURA H, 1992, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V142, P165
    PEKER A, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2342
    PELLETIER JM, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V274, P301
    PEREZ J, 1998, POLYM SCI SER B, V40, P17
    PEREZ J, 1999, J MOL STRUCT, V479, P183
    RAMBOUSKY R, 1996, Z PHYS B CON MAT, V99, P387
    SCHNEIDER S, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P493
    SCHNEIDER S, 1997, MATER SCI FORU 1 & 2, V235, P337
    SHUI JP, 1986, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V3, P69
    SHUI JP, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V196, P309
    SINNING HR, 1989, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V110, P195
    TANG XP, 2003, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V317, P118
    WANDERKA N, 1998, MATER SCI FORUM 2, V269, P773
    WANDERKA N, 1999, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V270, P44
    WANG WH, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P8211
    WANG WH, 2002, J MATER RES, V17, P1385
    WIEDENMANN A, 1996, MATER SCI FORUM, V225, P71
    WIEDENMANN A, 1996, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V100, P331
    ZHANG B, 2002, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V14, P7461
    ZHANG JX, 1989, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V1, P9717
    ZHANG T, 1991, MATER T JIM, V32, P1005
    ZHUANG YX, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V87, P8209
 NR 42
 TC 1
 SN 0921-5093
 J9 MATER SCI ENG A-STRUCT MATER
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process.
 PD AUG 15
 PY 2004
 VL 379
 IS 1-2
 BP 197
 EP 203
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 846QG
 UT ISI:000223330100023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhai, QI
    Liu, GJ
    Zhai, HY
    Li, ZQ
 TI Nucleation of bainite in bainite ductile cast iron
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE bainite; ductile cast iron; nucleation; thermodynamics
 AB The bainite ductile cast iron with given composition was quenched to
    get bainite structure. The nucleating position of bainite and the
    distribution of alloying elements in the matrix were measured. The
    results show that the bainite nucleates at the interface between
    graphite and austenite during quenching. Based on the experimental
    results and thermodynamics. the nucleating mechanism of bainite in
    ductile iron was analyzed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhai, QI, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR *AM SOC MET, 1988, MET HDB, V15
    AHMADABADI MN, 1999, WEAR, V231, P293
    LAI HY, 1984, DIFFUSION THERMODYNA
    RACE J, 1991, HEAT TREAT MET, V18, P105
    ZHAI QJ, 1995, PHYS METALLURGY ITS
    ZHAI QJ, 1999, J UNIV SCI TECHNOL B, V6, P250
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 11
 IS 3
 BP 41
 EP 43
 PG 3
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 847IR
 UT ISI:000223386400009
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Jiang, M
    Hu, QY
    Meng, ZQ
 TI A method on solving multiobjective conditional value-at-risk
 SO COMPUTATIONAL SCIENCE - ICCS 2004, PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE credit risk; loss functions; alpha-CVaR; Pareto efficient solutions
 AB This paper studies Conditional Value-at-Risk (CVaR) with multiple
    losses. We introduce the concept of alpha-CVaR for the case of multiple
    losses under the confidence level vector alpha. The alpha-CVaR
    indicates the conditional expected losses corresponding to the
    alpha-VaR. The problem of solving the minimal alpha-CVaR results in a
    multiobjective problem (MCVaR). In order to get Pareto efficient
    solutions of the (MCVaR), we introduce a single objective problem
    (SCVaR) and show that the optimal solutions of the (SCVaR) are the
    Pareto efficient solutions of (MCVaR).
 C1 Xidian Univ, Sch Econ & Management, Xian 710071, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Int Business & Management, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ Technol, Coll Business & Adm, Hangzhou 310032, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, M, Xidian Univ, Sch Econ & Management, Xian 710071, Peoples R
    China.
 EM j_yx@263.net
    huqiying@sina.com
    mengzhiqing@xtu.edu.cn
 CR ANDERSSON F, 2001, MATH PROGRAM, V89, P273
    CHEN JL, 2002, CVAR UNIFYING MODEL, V1, P68
    CHERNOZHUKOV V, 2001, EMPIRICAL EC, V26, P271
    KROKHMAL P, 2002, J RISK, V2, P124
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 2000, J RISK, V2, P21
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 2002, J BANK FINANC, V26, P1443
    SAWRAGI Y, 1985, THEORY MULTIOBJECTIV
    WANG JH, 2002, NEW METHOD MEASUREME, V24, P60
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2004
 VL 3039
 PN Part 4
 BP 923
 EP 930
 PG 8
 GA BAO62
 UT ISI:000223079700119
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, B
    Bapat, RB
 TI Generalized inverse AT, S-(2) and a rank equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE rank equation; characterization; generalized inverse; matrix
    decomposition
 ID DRAZIN INVERSE; REPRESENTATION; A(T,S)((2)); MATRIX
 AB In this paper the rank equation
    rank (A B) = rank (A) (C X)
    is considered in the sense that B and C are characterized when
    A(T,S)((2)) is solution to this equation. As the special cases, similar
    results for A(dagger), A(MN)(dagger), A(d) and A(g) are also derived.
    This contributes to certain recent results in the literature, including
    that obtained by Grobeta [Linear Algebra Appl. 289 (1999) 127] and
    Thome and Wei [Appl. Math. Comput. 141 (2003) 471]. (C) 2003 Elsevier
    Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 730000, Peoples R China.
    Indian Stat Inst, New Delhi 110016, India.
 RP Zheng, B, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 730000, Peoples R China.
 EM dzhengbing@eastday.com
 CR BENISRAEL A, 2003, GEN INVERSES THEORY
    FIEDLER M, 1993, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V179, P129
    GROSS J, 1999, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V289, P127
    LI X, 2002, INT J MATH MATH SCI, V31, P497
    RAO CR, 1972, SANKHYA A, V34, P5
    THOME N, 2003, APPL MATH COMPUT, V141, P471
    VANLOAN CF, 1976, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V13, P76
    WEI YM, 1996, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V17, P744
    WEI YM, 1997, P M MATR AN APPL SPA, P421
    WEI YM, 1998, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V280, P87
    WEI YM, 2001, INT J COMPUT MATH, V77, P401
    WEI YM, 2001, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V137, P317
    WEI YM, 2002, APPL MATH COMPUT, V125, P303
    WEI YM, 2003, APPL MATH COMPUT, V135, P263
    WEI YM, 2003, APPL MATH COMPUT, V142, P189
    ZHANG N, 2000, APPL MATH COMPUT, V142, P63
    ZHENG B, IN PRESS APPL MATH C
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD AUG 6
 PY 2004
 VL 155
 IS 2
 BP 407
 EP 415
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 845WV
 UT ISI:000223276900008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, BN
    Zhang, JQ
 TI A sub-layer model for a thick piezoelectric patch bonded on elastic
    substrate
 SO ACTA MECHANICA
 DT Article
 ID COUPLED ELECTROMECHANICAL ANALYSIS; STRAIN-TRANSFER; LAYER; CRACK;
    DISPLACEMENT; COMPOSITES; FRACTURE
 AB In this paper, the two-dimensional electromechanical coupling problems
    that a piezoelectric patch of finite size bonded to an elastic
    substrate are considered. A subdivision model that the single physical
    piezoelectric layer is mathematically divided into a number of thinner
    layers is proposed to analyze the electromechanical responses of the
    structures. Within each virtual sub-layer of the piezoelectric patch
    the electric displacement and normal stress in the axial direction are
    assumed to be linear functions of the thickness coordinate.
    Hellinger-Reissner variational principle for elasticity is extended to
    the systems of piezoelectric multi-materials. The governing equations
    that comprise one-dimensional differential equations and
    integro-differential equations are rigorously derived from the
    stationary conditions of the variational functional along with
    substitution of the assumed electromechanical fields. The subdivision
    model satisfies all mechanical and electric continuity conditions
    across the virtual interfaces and the physical interface of
    piezoelectrics/substrate. The numerical solutions of the governing
    equations are conducted, and the convergence of the subdivision model
    is demonstrated.
 C1 Chongqing Jiaotong Univ, Coll Comp & Informat, Chongqing 400074, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, BN, Chongqing Jiaotong Univ, Coll Comp & Informat, Chongqing
    400074, Peoples R China.
 EM jqzhang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR CRAWLEY EF, 1987, AIAA J, V25, P1373
    CRAWLEY EF, 1990, J INTELL MATER SYST, V1, P4
    KEKANA M, 2003, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V40, P715
    KWON JH, 2000, EUR J MECH A-SOLID, V19, P979
    LIU M, 2003, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V51, P921
    MOLYET KE, 1999, SMART MATER STRUCT, V8, P672
    PARK C, 1993, SMART MATER STRUCT, V5, P327
    PEELAMEDU SM, 1999, SMART MATER STRUCT, V8, P654
    QI H, 2001, ACTA MECH SINICA, V17, P59
    REDDY J, 1991, FINITE ELEMENT ANAL, P59
    ROBBINS DH, 1991, COMPUT STRUCT, V41, P265
    SOSA H, 1992, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V29, P2613
    TIAN WY, 2000, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V37, P7743
    WANG BL, 2001, ENG FRACT MECH, V68, P1003
    WANG BL, 2002, INT J ENG SCI, V40, P1697
    WANG XD, 2000, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V37, P3231
    WASHIZU K, 1982, VARIATIONAL METHODS
    YU N, 1999, COMPOS PART B-ENG, V30, P709
    ZHANG BN, 2003, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V40, P6799
    ZHANG JQ, 2003, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V40, P6781
    ZHOU X, 2000, J INTEL MAT SYST STR, V11, P169
 NR 21
 TC 1
 SN 0001-5970
 J9 ACTA MECH
 JI Acta Mech.
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 170
 IS 3-4
 BP 163
 EP 186
 PG 24
 SC Mechanics
 GA 847KF
 UT ISI:000223390400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fan, Y
    Ge, Y
    Zhu, H
    Wang, Y
    Yang, B
    Zhuang, Y
    Ma, H
    Zhang, X
 TI Characterization and application of two novel monoclonal antibodies
    against CD40L: epitope and functional studies on cell membrane CD40L
    and studies on the origin of soluble serum CD40L
 SO TISSUE ANTIGENS
 DT Article
 DE CD40 ligand; ELISA; monoclonal antibody; soluble CD40 ligand
 ID CD40-CD40 LIGAND INTERACTION; HYPER-IGM SYNDROME; T-CELLS;
    ALLOGRAFT-REJECTION; ACTIVATION; RECEPTOR; ACCEPTANCE; LYMPHOCYTE;
    PLATELETS; RESPONSES
 AB CD40 ligand, a 33-kDa cell membrane molecule, a member of the tumor
    necrosis factor superfamily, is an important costimulatory molecule
    during immune response. Here, we report on two functional mouse
    anti-human CD40L monoclonal antibodies 1B1 and 4F1 characterized by
    flow cytometry, Western blotting, and competition assay. The antibodies
    bound to distinct CD40L epitopes and therefore resulted in different
    bioactivity. Both antibodies could induce CD4(+) T-cell alloantigenic
    hyporesponsiveness ex vivo. The antibodies were matched to develop a
    two-site enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) for soluble CD40L
    (sCD40L). Using this ELISA assay, we found major differences between
    plasma and serum sCD40L levels. Because the count of platelet sharply
    decreased in aplastic anemia (AA) and idiopathic thrombocytopenic
    purpura (ITP), we further analyzed the sCD40L concentration in the
    plasma of AA and ITP patients. The results showed that the sCD40L in
    serum was much lower than that of healthy subjects. These data
    demonstrate that platelets seem to be a major contributor to sCD40L,
    though not the only source of sCD40L in serum.
 C1 Suzhou Univ, Inst Biotechnol, Suzhou 215006, Peoples R China.
    Suzhou Univ, Affiliated Hosp 1, Suzhou 215006, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Div Immunol, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, X, Suzhou Univ, Inst Biotechnol, Suzhou 215006, Peoples R China.
 EM smbxuegz@publicl.sz.js.cn
 CR ARMITAGE RJ, 1992, NATURE, V357, P80
    AUKRUST P, 1999, CIRCULATION, V100, P614
    CASAMAYORPALLEJA M, 1995, J EXP MED, V181, P1293
    CLARK EA, 1990, TISSUE ANTIGENS, V36, P33
    DATTA SK, 1997, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V40, P1735
    ELWOOD ET, 1998, TRANSPLANTATION, V65, P1422
    GREWAL IS, 1996, IMMUNOL TODAY, V17, P410
    GROTH SFD, 1980, J IMMUNOL METHODS, V35, P1
    HENN V, 1998, NATURE, V391, P591
    HENN V, 2001, BLOOD, V98, P1047
    KARPUSAS M, 1995, STRUCTURE, V3, P1031
    KAWABE T, 1994, IMMUNITY, V1, P167
    KIRK AD, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P8789
    KIRK AD, 1999, NAT MED, V5, P5686
    LARSEN CP, 1996, NATURE, V381, P434
    LARSEN CP, 1997, CURR OPIN IMMUNOL, V9, P641
    MACKEY MF, 1998, J LEUKOCYTE BIOL, V63, P418
    NOTARANGELO LD, 1996, IMMUNOL TODAY, V17, P511
    SCHOENBERGER SP, 1998, NATURE, V393, P480
    SHU U, 1995, EUR J IMMUNOL, V25, P1125
    SMITH CA, 1994, CELL, V76, P959
    STAMENKOVIC I, 1989, EMBO J, V8, P1403
    STOUT RD, 1996, J IMMUNOL, V156, P8
    VAKKALANKA RK, 1999, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V42, P871
    VILLA A, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P2110
    ZHOU ZH, 1999, HYBRIDOMA, V18, P471
 NR 26
 TC 3
 SN 0001-2815
 J9 TISSUE ANTIGEN
 JI Tissue Antigens
 PD SEP
 PY 2004
 VL 64
 IS 3
 BP 257
 EP 263
 PG 7
 SC Cell Biology; Immunology; Pathology
 GA 845EG
 UT ISI:000223218300006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liang, XL
    Zhong, SS
    Wang, W
 TI Cross-polarization suppression of dual-polarization linear microstrip
    antenna arrays
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE microstrip antenna array; polarization; isolation
 ID BAND
 AB The cross-polarization suppression of dual-polarization linear
    microstrip antenna arrays is investigated theoretically and
    experimentally. Four designs of 4-element linear microstrip antenna
    arrays for suppressing cross-polarization are presented by using the
    pair-wise anti-phase feeding technique and different combinations. The
    simulated results are in good agreement with the experimental ones. The
    experimental results show that one design (design D) has much lower
    cross-polarization level (about 6-10 dB) and higher isolation (about
    2-4 dB) than the other three designs. The cross-polarization level of
    this array is less than -27 dB and the isolation between two
    polarization ports is better than 34 dB in the entire frequency range
    of 8.74-9.5 GHz. (C) 2004 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liang, XL, Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHAKRABARTY SB, 2002, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V33, P52
    CHIOU TW, 2002, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V50, P399
    DU X, 2002, MODERN RADAR, P67
    GAO SC, 1998, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V19, P214
    GAO SC, 2003, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V51, P441
    LUDWIG AC, 1973, IEEE T AP, V21, P116
    POZAR DM, 1985, ELECTRON LETT, V21, P49
    WOELDERS K, 1997, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V45, P1727
    WONG KL, 2002, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V50, P346
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD SEP 20
 PY 2004
 VL 42
 IS 6
 BP 448
 EP 451
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 846JX
 UT ISI:000223312900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, TC
    Chen, XH
    Chen, DY
 TI A Lax integrable hierarchy, bi-Hamiltonian structure and
    finite-dimensional Liouville integrable involutive systems
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID NEWELL SPECTRAL PROBLEM; CONSTRAINED FLOWS; NONLINEARIZATION;
    EQUATIONS; TRANSFORMATION
 AB An eigenvalue problem and the associated new Lax integrable hierarchy
    of nonlinear evolution equations are presented in this paper. As two
    reductions, the generalized nonlinear Schrodinger equations and the
    generalized mKdV equations are obtained. Zero curvature representation
    and bi-Hamiltonian structure are established for the whole hierarchy
    based on a pair of Hamiltonian operators (Lenard's operators), and it
    is shown that the hierarchy of nonlinear evolution equations is
    integrable in Lionville's sense. Thus the hierarchy of nonlinear
    evolution equations has infinitely many commuting symmetries and
    conservation laws. Moreover the eigenvalue problem is nonlinearized as
    a finite-dimensional completely integrable system under the Bargmann
    constraint between the potentials and the eigenvalue functions. Finally
    finite-dimensional Liouville integrable system are found, and the
    involutive solutions of the hierarchy of equations are given. In
    particular, the involutive solutions are developed for the system of
    generalized nonlinear Schrodinger equations. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, TC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM xiatc@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    CAO CW, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V33, P528
    FAN E, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P513
    FAN E, 2001, PHYSICA A, V301, P105
    FAN EG, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P7769
    GENG XG, 1993, J MATH PHYS, V34, P805
    MA WX, 1992, J MATH ANN, V13, P115
    MA WX, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P1227
    MA WX, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P4419
    NEWELL AC, 1985, SOLITON MATH PHYS
    QIAO ZJ, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P4407
    TSUCHIDA T, 1998, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V9, P869
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    WADATI M, 1972, J PHYS SOC JPN, V32, P1681
    WADATI M, 1973, J PHYS SOC JPN, V34, P1289
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    XU XX, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P475
    YAN ZY, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P441
    YAN ZY, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P639
    ZENG YB, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V160, P541
    ZENG YB, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P5241
    ZHANG YF, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V18, P855
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P305
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P413
 NR 24
 TC 13
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 22
 IS 4
 BP 939
 EP 945
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 845LH
 UT ISI:000223243700019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, J
    Zhou, ZW
 TI Chebyshev approximation of the second kind of modified Bessel function
    of order zero
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE second kind of modified Bessel function of order zero; exponential
    transformation; rational Chebyshev basis
 ID COMPLEX ARGUMENT; REAL ORDER; COMPUTATION; RATIOS
 AB The second kind of modified Bessel function of order zero is the
    solutions of many problems in engineering. Modified Bessel equation is
    transformed by exponential transformation and expanded by J. P. Boyd's
    rational Chebyshev basis.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, J, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM jerryzh@cableplus.com.cn
 CR AMOS DE, 1974, MATH COMPUT, V28, P239
    BOYD JP, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V70, P63
    CAMPBELL JB, 1981, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V24, P97
    GAUTSCHI W, 1978, MATH COMPUT, V32, P865
    KERIMOV MK, 1984, USSR COMP MATH MATH, V24, P15
    LUKE YL, 1969, SPECIAL FUNCTIONS TH
    SEGURA J, 1997, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V105, P263
    THOMPSON IJ, 1987, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V47, P245
    YOSHIDA T, 1974, J INFORM PROCESS, V14, P32
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 5
 BP 483
 EP 487
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 845WR
 UT ISI:000223276500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YZ
    Yun, X
    Li-Qun, C
 TI Dynamical stability of equilibrium of a thin elastic rod
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE dynamic equations of elastic rod; Kirchhoff theory; Lyapunov stability
 ID DNA
 AB The problem on stability of equilibrium of a thin elastic rod in view
    of dynamics is discussed in this paper. The dynamical equations of the
    rod is established, and the definitions of Lyapunov stability for a
    discrete dynamical system with are-coordinate s and time t as double
    arguments are proposed. As an example, the stability of straight
    equilibrium of a rod with noncircular cross-section and intrinsic
    twisting is analyzed by use of the first approximation method. It was
    proved that the straight equilibrium of the rod is stable dynamically
    when the conditions of stability are satisfied within the scope of
    statics.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Engn Mech, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YZ, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Engn Mech, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BENHAM CJ, 1979, BIOPOLYMERS, V18, P609
    GORIELY A, 2000, PHYS REV E B, V61, P4508
    KIRCHHOFF GR, 1859, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V56, P285
    LIU YZ, 2002, J SHANGHAI JIAOTONG, V36, P1587
    LIU YZ, 2002, MECH ENG, V24, P56
    LOVE AEH, 1944, TREATISE MATH THEORY, P381
    NIZZETE M, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P2830
    SHI YM, 1994, J CHEM PHYS, V101, P5186
    TABOR M, 1996, MATH APPROACHES BIOM, P139
    TOBIAS I, 2000, PHYS REV E, V61, P747
 NR 10
 TC 3
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 8
 BP 2424
 EP 2428
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 844SE
 UT ISI:000223179200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, L
    Dong, YD
 TI Glass forming ability and kinetic characters of paramagnetic
    Nd60Co40-(x)A1(x) (x = 5, 10, 15) bulk metallic glasses
 SO MODERN PHYSICS LETTERS B
 DT Article
 DE bulk metallic glass; glass forming ability; kinetics
 ID MAGNETIC-PROPERTIES; THERMAL-STABILITY; ALLOYS; MICROSTRUCTURE;
    ND60FE30AL10; PHASE; CO
 AB Paramagnetic Nd60Co40-xAlx (x = 5, 10, 15) bulk metallic glasses (BMGs)
    were prepared in the shape of rods 2 mm in diameter by suction casting.
    The ternary alloys have shown distinct glass transitions in
    Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) measurements and excellent
    glass-forming ability. The glass transition and crystallization
    behaviors as well as their kinetics have been studied. The reduced
    glass transition temperature and the supercooled liquid region of the
    alloys were found to increase with the increasing content of Al. The
    role of Al was discussed. The parameter gamma defined by Liu et al. was
    employed to discuss the glass-forming ability of the alloys and the
    critical cooling rates as well as the critical section thickness of the
    alloys were predicted accordingly.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, L, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, 14,Yan Chang Rd, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xialei@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR DING J, 1999, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V32, P713
    FAN GJ, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P2984
    FAN GJ, 2000, J MATER RES, V15, P1556
    HE Y, 1994, PHIL MAG LETT, V70, P371
    INOUE A, 1993, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V156, P473
    INOUE A, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V226, P393
    INOUE A, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS A, V29, P1779
    KISSINGER HE, 1956, J RES NAT BUR STAND, V57, P217
    LU ZP, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P3501
    LU ZP, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    MIEDEMA AR, 1975, J LESS-COMMON MET, V41, P283
    SCHNEIDER S, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P1749
    TAKEUCHI A, 2001, MATER TRANS, V42, P1435
    TURNBULL D, 1969, CONTEMP PHYS, V10, P473
    WANG XZ, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V290, P209
    WEI BC, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V89, P3529
    WEI BC, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    WEI BC, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P4357
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V36, P2954
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V36, P775
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V15, P3531
    XING LQ, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V88, P3565
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9849
 J9 MOD PHYS LETT B
 JI Mod. Phys. Lett. B
 PD JUN 10
 PY 2004
 VL 18
 IS 14
 BP 679
 EP 685
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 843VU
 UT ISI:000223115700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YS
    Zhang, JC
    Yu, LM
    Jia, GQ
    Zhang, YF
    Wang, XY
    Cao, SX
 TI Frequency and magnetic properties in the range of 10 kHz to 100 MHz for
    nanocrystal Fe-Co alloy
 SO CURRENT APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE Fe-based soft magnetic alloy; co-doping; frequency property; ball
    milling; strain
 ID POWDERS; MOSSBAUER; FE/CO; CU
 AB Fe-based soft magnetic alloy with Co-doping was fabricated by
    high-energy milling. The X-ray diffraction (XRD) results exhibit a
    single phased structure, which could be regarded as BCC-like Fe-Co
    solid solution, was formed. Moreover, it has also been demonstrated
    that a nanocrystalline Fe-Co alloy was obtained and the evaluated grain
    sizes were about 7-12 nm. The frequency dependence of the initial
    permeability and magnetic losses, as well as DC-magnetization
    measurements, was systematically studied then. The results show that
    the f(n) (f(n) is the frequency when the curve of the No. n sample has
    a minimum value) shifts to the higher frequency with the increasing Co
    content in the range of 10 kHz to 100 MHz, while the magnetic losses of
    the samples decrease with the increasing Co content at the high
    frequency (800 kHz to 20 MHz). The Co-doping increases the cut-off
    frequencies of the samples and makes the initial permeability to keep a
    constant value in a wider frequency range. The corresponding peak value
    of the initial permeability as function of Co-doping concentration
    turns to the region of low Co concentration. For the long milling time,
    the loss apparently decreases beyond 1 MHz. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Res Ctr Nano Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shangda Rd 99, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM lysly99313@sohu.com
    jczhang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR CALKA A, 2002, NATURE, V419, P147
    CHEN CW, 1961, J APPL PHYS, V32, P348
    COEY JMD, 2001, J ALLOY COMPD, V326, P2
    DING J, 2002, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V247, P249
    ESCORIAL AG, 1991, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V134, P1394
    FADEEVA VI, 1996, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V206, P90
    FADEEVA VI, 2001, INORG MATER, V37, P190
    GOODENOUGH JB, 2002, IEEE T MAGN 2, V38, P3398
    HERZER G, 1990, IEEE T MAGN, V26, P1937
    JARTYCH E, 1993, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V5, P927
    KIM YD, 2000, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V291, P17
    LEE BH, 2003, MATER LETT, V57, P1103
    LI GD, 1999, CONT MAGNETISM, P187
    LI T, 1997, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V9, P1381
    LINDEROTH S, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V75, P5869
    MILHAM CD, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V75, P5659
    MURAYAMA M, 2002, SCIENCE, V295, P2433
    NASCIMENTO VP, 2001, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V13, P665
    PASSAMANI EC, 2002, J MATER SCI, V37, P819
    REN L, 2001, J MATER SCI, V36, P1451
    ROCHMAN NT, 1999, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V89, P367
    SHABANOVA IN, 2000, J STRUCT CHEM+, V41, P954
    WAN DF, 1994, MAGNETIC PHYS, P370
    XU SY, 1998, J SHANGHAI U, V2, P301
    XU SY, 2001, J SHANGHAI U, V5, P147
    YU RH, 2000, IEEE T MAGN 1, V36, P3388
    ZHU GH, 2000, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V16, P543
    ZHU M, 1998, J MATER SCI LETT, V17, P445
 NR 28
 TC 0
 SN 1567-1739
 J9 CURR APPL PHYS
 JI Curr. Appl. Phys.
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 4
 IS 5
 BP 455
 EP 460
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 843KK
 UT ISI:000223077500007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yan, W
    Yu, XL
    Jing, S
    Cheng, XF
    Yin, ST
 TI Measurements of solution heat and fusion heat of lithium formate
    monohydrate (HCOOLi center dot H2O) crystals
 SO CRYSTAL RESEARCH AND TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE LFM; solubility; solution heat; DSC analysis; fusion heat
 ID DEHYDRATION; SURFACE
 AB The solubility curve of Lithium Formate Monohydrate (LFM) crystal was
    measured using laser schlieren technique in 300-320K. According to the
    effects of temperature to solubility, solution heat of LFM crystal was
    calculated. Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) analysis of LFM was
    performed in the temperature range of 300-500K. Endothermic peaks of
    the DSC curve of LFM crystal were assigned, and fusion heat and
    hydration activation energy of LFM were calculated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ, State Key Lab Crystal Mat, Jinan 250100, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Anhui Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Hefei 230031, Peoples R China.
 RP Yan, W, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM yanwang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BREDIKHIN VI, 2000, J CRYST GROWTH, V219, P83
    FLOR G, 1979, Z NATURFORSCH A, V34, P1113
    GAPONOV YA, 1988, J THERM ANAL, V33, P547
    GUARINI GGT, 1983, J CHEM SOC FARAD T 1, V79, P1599
    MANG CY, 2003, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V61, P359
    MASUDA Y, 1990, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V163, P271
    MOUAINE K, 1997, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V200, P273
    MOUAINE K, 1999, J THERM ANAL CALORIM, V55, P807
    SINGH S, 1970, APPL PHYS LETT, V17, P292
    XIE SW, 1995, OPT COMMUN, V118, P648
    YAN W, 2001, J SYNTHETIC CRYSTALS, V30, P149
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0232-1300
 J9 CRYST RES TECH
 JI Cryst. Res. Technol.
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 39
 IS 8
 BP 726
 EP 731
 PG 6
 SC Crystallography
 GA 844LD
 UT ISI:000223158800009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lai, XJ
    Zhang, JF
 TI A new class of periodic solutions to the (2+1)-dimensional breaking
    soliton equation
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID NONLINEAR-WAVE EQUATIONS; COHERENT STRUCTURES; KDV EQUATION
 AB We investigate a new class of periodic solutions to the (2+1)
    -dimensional breaking soliton equation, by both the linear
    superposition approach and the mapping deformation method. These new
    periodic solutions are suitable combinations of the known periodic
    solutions to the (2+1)-dimensional breaking soliton equation obtained
    by means of the Jacobian elliptic function method, but they possess
    different periods and velocities.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Theoret Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lai, XJ, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Theoret Phys, Jinhua 321004,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITON INVERSE SCAT
    ALBER MS, 2001, INVERSE PROBL, V17, P1017
    BELOKOLOS E, 1994, ALGEBRO GEMETRICAL A
    BOGOYAVLENSKII OI, 1990, IZV AKAD NAUK SSSR M, V54, P123
    BOGOYAVLENSKII OI, 1990, USP MAT NAUK, V45, P17
    CAO CW, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P621
    COOPER F, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10085
    ESTEVEZ PG, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P1406
    JAWORSKI M, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V90
    KHARE A, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P3798
    KHARE A, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V88
    KONOPELCHENKO G, 1993, SOLITONS MULTIDIMENS
    LIU SK, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V289, P69
    LOU SY, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1614
    LOU SY, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P6491
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    MALFLIET W, 1992, AM J PHYS, V60, P650
    MIURA MR, 1978, BACKLUND TRANSFORMAT
    NOVIKOV DP, 1999, SIBERIAN MATH J+, V40, P136
    RADHA R, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V197, P7
    TAM HW, 2000, J PHYS SOC JPN, V69, P45
    TANG XY, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P1451
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    ZHANG JF, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V37
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P653
 NR 27
 TC 1
 SN 0577-9073
 J9 CHIN J PHYS
 JI Chin. J. Phys.
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 42
 IS 4
 PN Part 1
 BP 361
 EP 370
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 843XI
 UT ISI:000223120000005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, GB
    Zhang, ZY
 TI An adaptive frame skipping and VOP interpolation algorithm for video
    object segmentation
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ELECTRONICS
 DT Article
 DE adaptive frame skipping; VOP (video object plane) interpolation; video
    object segmentation; MPEG-4
 ID MOVING-OBJECTS
 AB Video object segmentation is a key step for the successful use of
    MPEG-4. However, most of the current available segmentation algorithms
    are still far away from real-time performance. In order to improve the
    processing speed, an adaptive frame skipping and VOP interpolation
    algorithm is proposed in this paper. It adaptively determines the
    number of skipped frames based on the rigidity and motion complexity of
    video object. To interpolate the VOPs for skipped frames, a
    bi-directional projection scheme is adopted. Its principle is to
    perform a classification of those regions obtained by spatial
    segmentation for every frame in the sequence. It is valid for both
    rigid object and non-rigid object and can get good localization of
    object boundaries. Experimental results show that the proposed approach
    can improve the processing speed greatly while maintaining visually
    pleasant results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, GB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR EROL B, 2000, IEEE T MULTIMEDIA, V2, P129
    KIM DW, 1999, IEEE T CONSUMER ELEC, V45
    TSAIG Y, 2002, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V12, P597
    TUCNEL E, 2000, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V10
    WANG CK, 1996, P IEEE INT C AC SPEE, V4, P2327
    WOLLBORN M, 1998, ISOIECJTC1SC29WG11
    YANG G, 2003, IEE ELECT LETT, V39, P1113
    ZHANG DS, 2001, CIRC SYST SIGNAL PR, V20, P143
    ZHONG D, 1998, P IEEE INT C IM PROC, V2, P647
    ZHONG D, 1999, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V9, P1259
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1022-4653
 J9 CHINESE J ELECTRON
 JI Chin. J. Electron.
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 13
 IS 3
 BP 453
 EP 458
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 843DZ
 UT ISI:000223057400018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, JH
    Ding, WH
    Shen, X
    Shi, LY
    Chen, NY
 TI The phase diagram of the RbBr-NaBr system
 SO CALPHAD-COMPUTER COUPLING OF PHASE DIAGRAMS AND THERMOCHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE phase diagram; rubidium bromide; sodium bromide; atomic
    parameter-pattern recognition method; DTA
 AB In this paper, the data from 75 known phase diagrams of MX-M'X systems
    (X = F, Cl, Br, I; M and M' are monovalent metals) are processed by an
    atomic parameter-pattern recognition method (employing the Fisher
    method). It is pointed out that the solid solution formers and solid
    solution nonformers are distributed in different regions in a
    hyperspace spanned by Pauling's ionic radii and Batsanov's
    electronegativities of the constituent elements. On the basis of a
    criterion found in the paper, the formation of a solid solution of NaBr
    in RbBr in the RbBr-NaBr system is suggested. The phase diagram of the
    RbBr-NaBr system is determined by differential thermal analysis. It is
    suggested that there is a eutectic at 786 K and 55 mol%RbBr in the
    phase diagram of RbBr-NaBr, with a solubility of NaBr in RbBr of about
    8 mol% at the eutectic temperature, and negligible solid solubility on
    the NaBr side of the diagram. (C) 2004 Published by Elsevier Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, JH, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM fangjianhui66@163.com
 CR BARIN I, 1993, THERMOCHEMICAL DATA
    CHEN NY, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V289, P120
    PASIPAIKO FE, 1977, PHASE DIAGRAMS SALT
    SAMUSEVA RG, 1964, ZH NEORG KHIM, V9, P2436
    SANGSTER J, 1987, J PHYS CHEM REF DATA, V16, P509
    TOVMASYAN IK, 1970, ZH NEORG KHIM, V15, P2535
    VOSKRESINSKAYA NK, 1961, HDB FUSIBILITY ANHYD
    WOJAKOWSKA A, 2000, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V344, P55
    WOJAKOWSKA A, 2001, J THERM ANAL CALORIM, V65, P491
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0364-5916
 J9 CALPHAD-COMPUT COUP PHASE DIA
 JI Calphad-Comput. Coupling Ph. Diagrams Thermochem.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 28
 IS 1
 BP 9
 EP 14
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Thermodynamics
 GA 843PQ
 UT ISI:000223097000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ni, SY
    Wang, XR
    Wu, YZ
    Chen, HY
    Zhu, WQ
    Jiang, XY
    Zhang, ZL
    Sun, RG
 TI Decay mechanisms of a blue organic light emitting diode
 SO APPLIED PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID ELECTROLUMINESCENCE; DEVICES; ELECTRODES; LAYER
 AB A blue organic light-emitting diode employing perylene as light
    emitting dopant and 9,10-bis(3'5'-diaryl)phenyl anthracene (DPA) as
    host has been studied for its decay mechanisms. The device structure is
    ITO(indium tin oxide)/CuPc(copper
    phthalocyanine)/NPD(alpha-naphthylphenylbiphenyl
    diamine)/DPA:perylene/Alq(3) (8-hydroxy-quinoline aluminum)/MgAg. In
    this device, CuPc and NPD are used as hole injection and transporting
    layers, DPA as a blue host, perylene as a blue emitting dopant, Alq(3)
    as an electron transport layer, MgAg as cathode, respectively. A
    luminance of 4359 cd/m(2) at 15 V and a current efficiency of 3 cd/A at
    5 V have been achieved. The breakdown of the interfaces in the device
    is found to be one of the factors for the decay and the decomposition
    of the light emitter is not significantly studied by
    current-voltage-luminance, photoluminescence, and electroluminescence
    measurements. The lifetime is not intrinsic for this type of device.
    (C) 2004 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Key Lab Adv Displays & Syst Applicat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, RG, Shanghai Univ, Key Lab Adv Displays & Syst Applicat, Jiading
    Campus, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM rgsun@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR *NIKK BUS, 2003, FLAT PAN DISPL 2003
    AZIZ H, 1999, SCIENCE, V283, P1900
    CAO Y, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V88, P3618
    HOSOKAWA C, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P3853
    HOSOKAWA C, 1997, SYNTHETIC MET, V91, P3
    KITAMURA M, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V83, P3410
    KONDAKOV DY, 2003, J APPL PHYS, V93, P1108
    LEE ST, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P1404
    LIU Y, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P2300
    POPE M, 1982, ELECT PROCESSES ORGA
    POPOVIC ZD, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V89, P4673
    SHI JM, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P3201
    STEUBER F, 2000, ADV MATER, V12, P130
    ZHANG ZL, 2000, CHIN J LUMIN, V21, P369
    ZOU DC, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P2484
 NR 15
 TC 3
 SN 0003-6951
 J9 APPL PHYS LETT
 JI Appl. Phys. Lett.
 PD AUG 9
 PY 2004
 VL 85
 IS 6
 BP 878
 EP 880
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 843TM
 UT ISI:000223109500009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Hu, HT
 TI On metallurgical processes and non-equilibrium thermodynamics
 SO STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE metallurgical processes; non-linearity; non-equilibrium; metallurgical
    reaction engineering; non-equilibrium thermodynamics
 ID SUBMERGED POWDER INJECTION; KINETIC-MODEL; MOLTEN STEEL; LIQUID-IRON;
    DESULFURIZATION; DECARBURIZATION; FURNACE; LADLE
 AB Taking the vacuum circulation (RH) refining of clean steel (ultra-low
    carbon and ultra-low sulphur steel) as an example, the non-linear and
    non-equilibrium features of metallurgical processes have been
    illustrated. The similarities and differences between metallurgical
    reaction engineering and non-equilibrium thermodynamics have been
    analysed. A generalized theory of non-equilibrium thermodynamics is
    introduced and described. The necessity and feasibility investigating
    and dealing with practical metallurgical processes from the viewpoints,
    fundamentals and methods of non-equilibrium thermodynamics together
    with metallurgical reaction engineering have been discussed. It is
    pointed out that in order to really and quantitatively describe
    practical metallurgical processes, their features of non-linearity and
    non-equilibrium must fully be taken into account, and non-equilibrium
    thermodynamics would and can play its role in the metallurgical area.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, 149 Yan Chang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM jihew@hotmail.com
 CR ANDERSSON MAT, 2000, ISIJ INT, V40, P1080
    BAKAKIN AB, 1981, IZV VUZ FERROUS META, V9, P33
    BEJAN A, 1982, ENTROPY GENERATION H
    BEJAN A, 1996, ENTROPY GENERATION M
    BEKKER JG, 1999, ISIJ INT, V39, P23
    ECKART C, 1940, PHYS REV, V58, P267
    ECKART C, 1940, PHYS REV, V58, P269
    ECKART C, 1940, PHYS REV, V58, P919
    ENDOH K, 1989, SADA TETSU TOGISATA, V335, P20
    ENDOH K, 1990, NIPPON STEEL TECHNIC, V4, P45
    EU BC, 1992, KINETIC THEORY IRREV
    FORLAND KS, 1988, IRREVERSIBLE THERMOD
    FUJII T, 1970, TETSU TO HAGANE, V56, P1165
    HALE RJ, 1990, STEELM C P ISS AIME, V73, P69
    HARA Y, 1986, PRODUCTION ULTRALO 1
    HATAKEYAMA T, 1989, IRON STEELMAKER, V15, P23
    ITO K, 1975, TETSU TO HAGANE, V61, P312
    JONSSON L, 1997, STEELMAKING C P, V80, P69
    JONSSON L, 1998, ISIJ INT, V38, P260
    JOU D, 1996, EXTENDED IRREVERSIBL
    KORIA SC, 2000, SCAND J METALL, V29, P259
    KUWABARA T, 1988, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V28, P305
    MEIXNER J, 1959, HDB PHYS 2
    MORI K, 1971, TETSU TO HAGANE, V57, S55
    MYRAYAMA N, 1990, P 6 INT IR STEEL C N, V3, P151
    OHGUCHI S, 1984, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V11, P202
    OHGUCHI S, 1984, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V11, P262
    OHGUCHI S, 1984, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V11, P274
    OKADA Y, 1992, CAMP ISIJ, V5, P1238
    OKADA Y, 1994, TETSU TO HAGANE, V80, T9
    ONSAGER L, 1931, PHYS REV, V38, P2265
    PRIGOGINE I, 1961, INTRO THERMODYNAMICS
    ROBERTSON DGC, 1984, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V11, P41
    SAWADA I, 1986, 12 SCANNINJECT IV 1
    SLATTERY JC, 1990, INTERFACIAL TRANSPOR
    SOLHED H, 2000, SCAND J METALL, V29, P127
    STRATONOVICH RL, 1994, NONLINEAR NONEQUILIB, V1
    TAO XJ, 1998, ISIJ INT, V38, P1185
    TAO XJ, 1999, ISIJ INT, V39, P301
    TRAEBERT A, 1999, SCAND J METALL, V28, P285
    UEHARAL H, 1992, CAMP ISIJ, V5, P1240
    WATANABE H, 1968, TETSU TO HAGANE, V54, P1327
    WEI CHJ, 1982, P 3 PROC TECHN C US, P232
    WEI JH, 1986, CHIN J MET SCI TECHN, V2, P11
    WEI JH, 1986, CHINESE J MET SCI TE, V2, P24
    WEI JH, 1987, MASS TRANSFER MODEL, V23, B126
    WEI JH, 1989, CHIN J MET SCI TECHN, V5, P235
    WEI JH, 1997, 74 XIANGSH SCI FOR O
    WEI JH, 2000, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V27, P129
    WEI JH, 2002, STEEL RES, V73, P135
    WEI JH, 2002, STEEL RES, V73, P143
 NR 51
 TC 0
 SN 0177-4832
 J9 STEEL RES INT
 JI Steel Res. Int.
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 75
 IS 7
 BP 449
 EP 454
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 842HQ
 UT ISI:000222994700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chou, KC
    Zhong, XM
    Xu, KD
 TI Calculation of physicochemical properties in a ternary system with
    miscibility gap
 SO METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS TRANSACTIONS B-PROCESS METALLURGY AND
    MATERIALS PROCESSING SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID THERMODYNAMIC PROPERTIES; BINARY DATA; MODEL; ALLOYS
 AB For a ternary system with a complete miscible area, one may use
    geometrical models, such as the Kohler model, Muggianu-Jacob model,
    Toop model, Hillert model, Luck-Chou model, etc. to calculate
    thermodynamic properties. However, for the ternary system with a
    partial miscible area, if that area does not touch the binary edges in
    a ternary composition triangle, in principle, the geometric model
    cannot give an accurate estimation for thermodynamic properties due to
    the absence of accurate binary information at the given temperature. In
    this article, a special method has been proposed for calculating
    thermodynamic properties and other physicochemical properties for the
    partial miscible area in a ternary system if those properties along the
    miscible boundary are known. Two examples have shown that this method
    works very well.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Beijing 100864, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Dept Phys Chem, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chou, KC, Chinese Acad Sci, Beijing 100864, Peoples R China.
 EM kcc@public.bta.net.cn
 CR ANSARA I, 1979, INT METAL REV, V1, P20
    CAI WJ, 1987, ACTA METALL SIN, V23, P248
    CHEN SG, 1989, CALPHAD, V13, P79
    CHEN SL, 1989, CALPHAD, V13, P225
    CHEN SL, 1989, RARE METALS, V18, P22
    CHOU K, 1987, CALPHAD, V11, P287
    CHOU KC, 1978, SCI SINICA, V21, P601
    CHOU KC, 1981, CHEM METALLURGY TRIB, P195
    CHOU KC, 1981, P 1 INT C APPL MOD S, V4, P35
    CHOU KC, 1987, CALPHAD, V11, P123
    CHOU KC, 1988, METALL T A, V19, P373
    CHOU KC, 1989, BER BUNSEN PHYS CHEM, V93, P741
    CHOU KC, 1989, RARE METALS, V18, P12
    CHOU KC, 1990, PHYS CHEM ACTA, V6, P169
    CHOU KC, 1996, ACTA METALL SIN, V33, P126
    CHOU KC, 1997, METALL MATER TRANS B, V28, P439
    HARA S, 1988, T JPN I MET, V29, P977
    HILLERT M, 1980, CALPHAD, V14, P1
    HU JH, 1990, J UNIV SCI TECHNOL B, V12, P558
    JACOB KT, 1977, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V18, P197
    KOHLER F, 1960, MONATSH CHEM, V91, P738
    LI RQ, 1988, THESIS U SCI TECHNOL
    LUCK R, 1986, Z METALLKD, V77, P442
    MILLS KC, 1981, SLAG ATLAS, P65
    MUGGIANU YM, 1975, J CHIMIE PHYSIQUE, V72, P83
    TOOP GW, 1965, T METALL SOC AIME, V233, P850
    ZHONG XM, 2003, J PHASE EQUILIB, V24, P7
 NR 27
 TC 2
 SN 1073-5615
 J9 METALL MATER TRANS B
 JI Metall. Mater. Trans. B-Proc. Metall. Mater. Proc. Sci.
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 35
 IS 4
 BP 715
 EP 720
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 841OH
 UT ISI:000222939500011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Meng, YC
    Guo, QZ
    Tan, WH
    Huang, ZM
 TI Analytical solutions of coupled-mode equations for multiwaveguide
    systems, obtained by use of Chebyshev and generalized Chebyshev
    polynomials
 SO JOURNAL OF THE OPTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA A-OPTICS IMAGE SCIENCE AND
    VISION
 DT Article
 ID OPTICAL FIBER COUPLERS; WAVE-GUIDE; DESIGN; EXPANSION
 AB A novel approach is proposed for obtaining the analytical solutions of
    the coupled-mode equations (CMEs); the method is applicable for an
    arbitrary number of coupled waveguides. The mathematical aspects of the
    CMEs and their solution by use of Chebyshev polynomials are discussed.
    When mode coupling between only adjacent waveguides is considered
    (denoted weak coupling), the first and second kinds of the usual
    Chebyshev polynomials are appropriate for evaluating the CMEs for
    linearly distributed and circularly distributed multi-waveguide
    systems, respectively. However, when one is considering the coupling
    effects between nonadjacent waveguides also (denoted strong coupling),
    it is necessary to use redefined generalized Chebyshev polynomials to
    express general solutions in a form similar to those for the
    weak-coupling case. As concrete examples, analytical solutions for 2 x
    2, 3 x 3, and 4 x 4 linearly distributed directional couplers are
    obtained by the proposed approach, which treats the calculation as a
    nondegenerate eigenvalue problem. In addition, for the 3 x 3 circularly
    distributed directional coupler, which gives rise to a degenerate
    eigenvalue problem, an analytical solution is obtained in an improved
    way. Also, for comparison and without loss of generality, to clarify
    the difference between the two coupling cases, analytical solutions for
    a 5 x 5 circularly distributed directional coupler are obtained by use
    of the usual and the redefined generalized Chebyshev polynomials. (C)
    2004 Optical Society of America.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Fiber Opt, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, YC, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Fiber Opt, Jiading Campus,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM mengyichao@sh163.net
 CR ANKIEWICZ A, 1986, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V4, P1317
    ARKRIGHT JW, 1991, ELECTRON LETT, V27, P1767
    BISWAS A, 2003, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V35, P221
    BUAH PA, 1997, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V33, P874
    CHANG CS, 1994, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V12, P415
    CHEN Y, 1991, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V24, P539
    CHEW YH, 1993, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V11, P1998
    CHUANG SL, 1987, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V5, P174
    FALCIAL R, 1990, INT J OPTOELECTRON, V5, P41
    GRADSHEYN S, 1990, TABLE INTEGRALS, P30
    HARDY A, 1986, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V22, P528
    HARDY A, 1988, OPT LETT, V13, P161
    HAUS HA, 1983, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V19, P840
    HUANG WP, 1994, J OPT SOC AM A, V11, P963
    HUANG Y, 1995, ACTA OPT SINICA, V15, P248
    KISHI N, 1988, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V36, P1861
    KOWALSKI A, 1990, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V8, P164
    KUBO H, 1989, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V7, P1924
    MEHRANY K, 2003, J OPT SOC AM B, V20, P2434
    MORTIMORE DB, 1990, APPL OPTICS, V29, P371
    PENG GD, 1991, APPL OPTICS, V30, P2533
    SHE SX, 1988, OPT COMMUN, V87, P271
    SNYDER AW, 1972, J OPT SOC AM, V62, P1267
    SUN LP, 1989, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V2, P52
    VANCE RWC, 1994, IEE P-OPTOELECTRON, V141, P231
    WANG QJ, 2004, IEEE PHOTONIC TECH L, V16, P168
    WANG Z, 2000, INTRO SPECIAL FUNCTI, P168
    WRAGE M, 2002, OPT COMMUN, V205, P367
    YAO SQ, 2000, ACTA OPT SINICA, V20, P952
    YARIV A, 1973, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V9, P919
 NR 30
 TC 0
 SN 1084-7529
 J9 J OPT SOC AM A-OPT IMAGE SCI
 JI J. Opt. Soc. Am. A-Opt. Image Sci. Vis.
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 8
 BP 1518
 EP 1528
 PG 11
 SC Optics
 GA 841KI
 UT ISI:000222928300019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, LJ
    Xia, YB
    Zhang, ML
    Shen, HJ
    Su, QF
    Gu, BB
    Lou, YY
 TI Spectroscopic ellipsometric study of CVD diamond films: modelling and
    optical properties in the energy range of 0.1-0.4 eV
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS D-APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, the infrared optical properties of diamond films on
    silicon substrates grown by means of hot filament chemical vapour
    deposition (HFCVD) and microwave plasma chemical vapour deposition
    (MPCVD) method, are studied by infrared spectroscopic ellipsometry
    (IRSE) in the energy range of 0.1-0.4 eV. The establishment of
    appropriate models has the strongest influence on the fit of
    ellipsometric spectra. For diamond films grown by HFCVD method, the
    best fitting model is Si\diamond\(diamond + void)\ air with an 879 nm
    rough surface layer included by Bruggeman EMA, but for MPCVD film with
    a 77.5 nm middle layer of SiO2. The average refractive index n of the
    HFCVD film is about 2.19 and the extinction coefficients k are between
    1.0 and 10(-3). However, for the MPCVD film, the value of n is very
    close to that of natural diamond and the k values are about
    10(-12)-10(-15), which show that the film grown by MPCVD is transparent
    in infrared region, and is optically much better than the HFCVD film.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, LJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 EM ljwang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ANGUS JC, 1988, SCIENCE, V241, P913
    BRUGGEMAN DAG, 1935, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V24, P636
    COMFORT JC, 1987, ANN SIM S NEW YORK, P185
    FANG ZJ, 2002, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V14, P5271
    MCNAMARA KM, 1994, THIN SOLID FILMS, V253, P157
    WANG LJ, 2000, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V12, L257
    WANG LJ, 2003, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V36, P2548
    ZHU W, 1991, P IEEE, V79, P621
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0022-3727
 J9 J PHYS-D-APPL PHYS
 JI J. Phys. D-Appl. Phys.
 PD JUL 21
 PY 2004
 VL 37
 IS 14
 BP 1976
 EP 1979
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 842TC
 UT ISI:000223026100013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, XS
    Shoushi, F
    Wang, GM
    Qin, H
    Dong, Y
 TI Influence of beryllium on thermal stability and glass-forming ability
    of Zr-Al-Ni-Cu bulk amorphous alloys
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Article
 DE bulk metallic glass; glass forming ability; thermal stability; reduced
    supercooled liquid region
 ID SUPERCOOLED LIQUID REGION; MOLD CASTING METHOD; METALLIC GLASSES
 AB Thermal stability and glass-forming ability of Zr65-xAl10Ni10Cu15Bex (x
    = 0, 3, 6, 9, 12.5, 16) bulk metallic glasses were investigated by
    differential scanning calorimetry, differential thermal analysis, X-ray
    diffraction and high-resolution transmission electron microscopy
    (HRTEM). The results show that the substitution of beryllium for
    zirconium strongly affects the supercooled liquid region (DeltaT(x) =
    T-x - T-g(onset)), the reduced supercooled liquid region (DeltaT(rg) =
    (T-g(onset))/(T-i - T-g(onset))) and the reduced glass transition
    temperature (T-rg = T-g/T-i). With increasing of x values, the three
    parameters that were used to indicate the glass forming ability and
    thermal stability increase first and then decrease. It is in agreement
    with the result that these glasses gradually change from an
    off-eutectic composition into a eutectic one (x = 12.5) that favours
    higher glass-forming ability, and then there is again a departure from
    the eutectic composition. Consequently, a moderate Be content will
    favor to increase the glass forming ability and thermal stability in
    Zr65-xAl10Ni10Cu15Bex bulk amorphous alloys. The effect of Be was
    explained in terms of Miedema's theory, electronegativity difference
    and atomic size parameter of the amorphous alloys. (C) 2004 Elsevier
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiao, XS, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Yanchang Rd 149, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xsxiao@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BAKKER H, 1998, ALLOYS MIEDEMAS SEMI, V1, P1
    FANG SS, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V293, P10
    FANG SS, 2003, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V321, P120
    INOUE A, 1990, MATER T JIM, V31, P425
    INOUE A, 1991, MATER T JIM, V32, P609
    INOUE A, 1994, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V179, P210
    INOUE A, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V393, P226
    INOUE A, 1997, MATER T JIM, V38, P175
    INOUE A, 2000, ACTA MATER, V48, P279
    INOUE A, 2001, MATER TRANS, V42, P1800
    LU ZP, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P3501
    NISHIYAMA N, 1997, MATER T JIM, V38, P464
    PEKER A, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2342
    WANG WH, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P1
    XIAO XS, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V351, P324
    ZHANG T, 1991, MATER T JIM, V32, P1005
 NR 16
 TC 2
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD AUG 11
 PY 2004
 VL 376
 IS 1-2
 BP 145
 EP 148
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 842SV
 UT ISI:000223025400027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, X
    Li, YZ
    Zhang, SH
 TI Oligopolistic equilibrium analysis for electricity markets: A nonlinear
    complementarity approach
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON POWER SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 DE Karush-Kuhn-Tucker (KKT) conditions; Nash equilibrium; nonlinear
    complementarity method; supply function equilibrium
 ID SPOT MARKET; POWER-SYSTEMS; COMPETITION; ALGORITHM; MODELS
 AB Oligopolistic equilibrium models are widely used in electricity market
    analysis, among which the supply function equilibrium model has been
    chosen as the basis of many power market models. A nonlinear
    complementarity approach has been proposed in this paper to calculate
    the Nash supply function equilibrium for a bid-based-pool generation
    market with a de transmission model. A mixed nonlinear complementarity
    problem (NCP) is presented by combining the Karush-Kuhn-Tucker
    conditions of all strategic generating firms. Using a special nonlinear
    complementarity function, the mixed NCP is reformulated as a set of
    nonlinear algebraic equations and thus can be solved by an inexact
    Levenberg-Marquardt algorithm. Numerical examples are presented to
    verify the effectiveness of the proposed method. The results show that
    the generating firms could exercise their market power by
    over-production under congestion, or by capacity withholding in case of
    power shortage. The approach developed in this paper provides an
    efficient way to the solution of large-scale, complicated equilibrium
    models for electricity markets.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, X, Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 EM xianwang0427@sina.com
    yzli@mail.shu.edu.cn
    eeshzhan@sina.com
 CR BALDICK R, 2002, IEEE T POWER SYST, V17, P1170
    DAVID AK, 2001, IEEE T ENERGY CONVER, V16, P352
    DAY CJ, 2002, IEEE T POWER SYST, V17, P597
    DELUCA T, 2000, COMPUT OPTIM APPL, V16, P173
    FACCHINEI F, 1997, MATH PROGRAM, V76, P493
    GREEN R, 1996, J IND ECON, V44, P205
    GREEN RJ, 1992, J POLIT ECON, V100, P929
    HOBBS BF, 2000, IEEE T POWER SYST, V15, P638
    HOBBS BF, 2001, IEEE T POWER SYST, V16, P194
    LATORRE MD, 2003, IEEE T POWER SYST, V18, P611
    LUO ZQ, 1996, MATH PROGRAMS EQUILI
    MUNSON TS, 2001, INFORMS J COMPUT, V13, P294
    NEWBERY DM, 1998, RAND J ECON, V29, P726
    WEBER JD, 1999, IEEE POW ENG M EDM A
    YOUNES Z, 1999, DECIS SUPPORT SYST, V24, P207
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0885-8950
 J9 IEEE TRANS POWER SYST
 JI IEEE Trans. Power Syst.
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 IS 3
 BP 1348
 EP 1355
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 842AX
 UT ISI:000222975800013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Du, G
 TI Detection of sea-surface radar targets based on fractal model
 SO ELECTRONICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID FRACTIONAL BROWNIAN-MOTION
 AB A novel method for detecting radar targets based on fractal
    characteristics of sea-surface scattering is proposed, in which the
    fractional Brownian motion model is used. The experiments show that the
    method is reliable and can improve the accuracy of detection.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Du, G, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200041,
    Peoples R China.
 CR FRANCESCHETTI G, 1999, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V47, P1405
    LIU SC, 1997, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V6, P1176
    MANDELBROT BB, 1983, FRACTAL GEOMETRY NAT, P31
    POTAPOV AA, 2001, 4 INT KHARK S PHYS E, V1, P268
    TO L, 1993, IEE P F, V140, P243
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0013-5194
 J9 ELECTRON LETT
 JI Electron. Lett.
 PD JUL 8
 PY 2004
 VL 40
 IS 14
 BP 906
 EP 907
 PG 2
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 841IE
 UT ISI:000222922700043
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, GQ
    Li, ZB
 TI Symbolic computation of the Painleve test for nonlinear partial
    differential equations using Maple
 SO COMPUTER PHYSICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear partial differential equations; Painleve test; truncated
    expansion; symbolic computation
 ID LINEAR EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; SINGULARITY ANALYSIS; SOLITON-SOLUTIONS;
    BURGERS-EQUATION; WAVE SOLUTIONS; KDV EQUATION; INTEGRABILITY;
    PROPERTY; TRANSFORMATIONS; REDUCTIONS
 AB A software package wkptest written in Maple is presented, which can
    carry out the traditional Painleve test for polynomial partial
    differential equations automatically. Furthermore, some truncated
    expansions are also obtained whether an equation passes the test or
    not. The truncated expansions play an important role in studying the
    integrability, such as Lax pairs, bilinear forms, Darboux
    transformations and explicit solutions. The effectiveness of wkptest is
    illustrated by applying it to a variety of equations.
 C1 E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Int Business & Management, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, GQ, E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R
    China.
 EM xuguiqiong@yahoo.com
    lizb@cs.ecnu.edu.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1978, LETT NUOVO CIMENTO, V23, P333
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1999, NONLINEAR EVOLUTION
    ALAGESAN T, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P893
    CANOSA J, 1977, J COMPUT PHYS, V23, P393
    CHWDHURY AR, 2000, PAINLEVE ANAL ITS AP
    CONTE R, 1989, PHYS LETT A, V140, P383
    CONTE R, 1993, PHYSICA D, V69, P33
    CONTE R, 1999, PAINLEVE PROPERTY ON
    DORIZZI B, 1986, J MATH PHYS, V27, P2848
    ESTEVEZ PG, 1997, INVERSE PROBL, V13, P939
    ESTEVEZ PG, 2000, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V33, P2131
    FAN EG, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V282, P18
    GORIELY A, 1992, J MATH PHYS, V33, P2728
    HEREMAN W, 1989, MACSYMA NEWSLETTER, V6, P11
    HEREMAN W, 1998, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V115, P428
    HIROTA R, 1981, PHYS LETT A, V85, P407
    HLAVATY L, 1986, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V42, P427
    ITO M, 1980, J PHYS SOC JPN, V49, P771
    JIMBO M, 1982, PHYS LETT A, V92, P59
    KRUSKAL MD, 1992, STUD APPL MATH, V86, P87
    LI ZB, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P6027
    LI ZB, 2002, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V148, P256
    LOU SY, 1998, Z NATURFORSCH A, V53, P251
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    NEWELL AC, 1987, PHYSICA D, V29, P1
    RADHA R, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4746
    RAMANI A, 1989, PHYS REP, V180, P159
    SCHEEN C, 1997, THEOR COMPUT SCI, V187, P87
    SENATORSKI A, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P2855
    STEEB WH, 1988, NONLINEAR EVOLUTION
    WANG ML, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V303, P45
    WEISS J, 1983, J MATH PHYS, V24, P522
    YOSHIDA H, 1987, PHYS LETT A, V120, P388
    ZHANG SL, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V300, P40
 NR 34
 TC 9
 SN 0010-4655
 J9 COMPUT PHYS COMMUN
 JI Comput. Phys. Commun.
 PD AUG 1
 PY 2004
 VL 161
 IS 1-2
 BP 65
 EP 75
 PG 11
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 842ZN
 UT ISI:000223043300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, WG
    Guo, XM
    Zhou, SX
 TI Optimal control of hyperbolic H-hemivariational inequalities with state
    constraints
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE H-hemivariational inequality; optimal control; state constraint;
    nonnomotone multivalued mapping
 ID VARIATIONAL-INEQUALITIES; EXISTENCE
 AB The optimal control problems of hyperbolic H-hemivariational
    inequalities with the state constraints and nonnomotone multivalued
    mapping term are considered. The optimal solutions are obtained. In
    addition, their approximating problems are also studied.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, XM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM xmguo@yc.shu.edu.cn
 CR ARADA N, 2000, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V39, P1391
    BARBU V, 1983, OPTIMAL CONTROL VARI
    BARBU V, 1993, ANAL CONTROL NONLINE
    BONNANS F, 1995, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V33, P271
    CHANG KC, 1981, J MATH ANAL APPL, V80, P102
    FRIEDMAN A, 1986, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V24, P439
    GUO XM, 2000, J MATH ANAL APPL, V241, P198
    GUO XM, 2003, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V24, P756
    GUO ZW, 2001, DIAGN CYTOPATHOL, V25, P43
    HASLINGER J, 1995, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V24, P105
    HE ZX, 1987, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V25, P1119
    MIGNOT F, 1984, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V22, P466
    PANAGIOTOPOULOS PD, 1991, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V16, P209
    PANAGIOTOPOUS PD, 1993, HEMIVARIATIONAL INEQ
    TIBA D, 1985, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V23, P85
    WANG GS, 2000, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V42, P789
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 7
 BP 723
 EP 729
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 842IT
 UT ISI:000222998100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, ZM
    Chen, C
    Liu, GL
 TI Multipoint inverse shape design of airfoils based on variable-domain
    variational principle
 SO AIRCRAFT ENGINEERING AND AEROSPACE TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE aerodynamics; finite element analysis; numerical analysis; simulation
 AB As a kind of free (unknown) boundary problem, inverse shape design of
    airfoils has attracted extensive attention in recent years. By
    variable-domain variational theory free boundary condition can be
    coupled with the governing equations for flow field, which makes it
    possible to calculate the flow field with the free boundary
    simultaneously. In this paper, the variational principle (VP) of 2D
    airfoil shape design problem is obtained from the basic dimensionless
    velocity potential equations for 2D compressible flow by using a
    systematic approach and variable-domain variational formula. The
    deformable finite element method based on the VP is used to segmentally
    design airfoil at two design points (angles of attack) and four design
    points, respectively. The results show that the present method is
    highly effective and accurate for solving multipoint inverse problem of
    airfoils.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR EPPLER R, 1979, J SHIP RES, V23, P209
    HAWTHORNE WR, 1984, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V106, P346
    HENNE PA, 1980, 800330 AIAA
    LIGHTHILL MJ, 1945, 2112 ARC R D
    LIU GL, 1993, INT J TURBO JET ENGI, V10, P273
    LIU GL, 1998, INVERSE PROBL ENG, P391
    LIU GL, 2000, ACTA MECH, V140, P73
    SCHMIDT E, 1989, AGARDCP463
    SELIG MS, 1992, AIAA J, V30, P1162
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0002-2667
 J9 AIRCRAFT ENG AEROSP TECHNOL
 JI Aircr. Eng. Aerosp. Technol.
 PY 2004
 VL 76
 IS 4
 BP 376
 EP 383
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 841OA
 UT ISI:000222938700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, FS
    Jin, CJ
    Lu, XG
    Zhou, GZ
    Zhu, LX
    Hu, XJ
    Li, ZY
    Wang, F
    Shen, Q
 TI Oxygen rerising phenomenon during deoxidation with solid electrolyte
    deoxidation units in steel melts
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE steel melt; solid electrolyte; deoxidization; unpolluted
 AB Deoxidation experiments using improved deoxidation unit are carried out
    in 20 kg induction furnace. Experimental results prove that
    deoxidization process is fast and effective. But the oxygen in melt can
    not be decreased below 20x10(-6) because oxygen in melt is recovered by
    some experimental conditions such as existing oxidizing slag and
    refractory or closed experimental system was destroyed while measuring
    oxygen in melts and replacing deoxidation unit.
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Dept Inorgan & Non Metal Mat, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Baoshan Iron & Steel Co Ltd, Ctr Res & Dev, Shanghai 201900, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, State Enhance Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Dept Phys Chem, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, FS, Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Dept Inorgan & Non Metal Mat,
    Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
 EM lifsh@public.fhnet.cn.net
 CR HU XJ, 1999, ACTA METALL SIN, V35, P316
    LI FS, 2000, J CHIN RARE EARTH SO, V18, P258
    LI FS, 2003, ACTA METALL SIN, V39, P287
    LIANG YJ, 1993, THERMODYNAMICS DATA, P506
    QU Y, 1980, PRINCIPLES STEELMAKI, P250
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 40
 IS 7
 BP 673
 EP 676
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 841NT
 UT ISI:000222938000001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, K
    Qian, G
    Lu, WC
    Chen, NY
 TI Correlation between potential-time curves of constant-current anodic
    dissolution and corrosion resistance of tinplate
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE tinplate; corrosion resistance; constant-current coulometric method;
    potential-time curve
 AB The potential-time curve of anodic dissolution of tinplate by
    constant-current electrolysis in hydrochloric acid solution with
    relatively high current density has been used as a tool for the
    characterization of corrosion resistance of tinplate products. Three
    pattern recognition methods, including SVM (support vector machine),
    PCA (principal component analysis) and Fisher method have been used for
    modeling the relationship between E-t curve and ATC (alloy-tin couple)
    values describing the corrosion resistance of tinplate samples. The
    obvious correlation between E-t curves and ATC values implies that it
    may be possible to find a quick method useful for monitoring and
    optimal control of the quality of tinplate in industrial production.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Lab Chem Data Min, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Baoshan Iron & Steel Co Ltd, Tinplate Dept, Shanghai 200941, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, NY, Shanghai Univ, Lab Chem Data Min, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM chennianyi@Tsinghua.org.cn
 CR *TOYO STEEL PLAT C, 1977, THIN TINPL, P133
    BARD AJ, 2001, ELECTROCHEMICAL METH, P4
    CHEN NY, 2002, PATTERN RECOGN, P2
    CRISTININI N, 2000, INTRO SUPPORT VECTOR, P42
    LU WC, 2002, COMPUTERS APPL CHEM, V19, P696
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 40
 IS 7
 BP 759
 EP 762
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 841NT
 UT ISI:000222938000017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sang, WB
    Wei, J
    Qi, Z
    Li, WW
    Min, JH
    Teng, JY
    Qian, YB
 TI Primary study on the contact degradation mechanism of CdZnTe detectors
 SO NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTS & METHODS IN PHYSICS RESEARCH SECTION
    A-ACCELERATORS SPECTROMETERS DETECTORS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
 DT Article
 DE cadmium zinc telluride; electrical contacts; degradation; gamma-ray
    detectors
 ID NUCLEAR RADIATION DETECTORS
 AB The metal-CdZnTe (CZT) interface plays a vital role in determining the
    contact characteristics, which is often the dominant factor influencing
    detector performance. The effects of the degradation of the interfacial
    layer between the metal contact layer and CZT surface on the mechanical
    and electrical properties have been investigated in this paper. The
    interfacial thermal stresses were simulated using 3-D finite element
    method (FEM). The results indicate that the maximum thermal stress is
    concentrated on the midst of the electrode and the magnitude of the
    stress produced by the different electrode materials in order is Al >
    Au > Pt > In. The adhesion forces between the metal contact layer and
    CZT surface were measured by using a Dage PC2400 Micro tester with the
    shear-off-method. The inter-diffusion between the metal contact layer
    and CZT was identified using the Anger depth profiles. The experimental
    results indicate that the electroless Au electrode on p-type high
    resistivity CZT is of smaller interfacial adhesion strength, but of
    better ohmicity than the sputtered An. In addition, the aging effects
    on the contact characteristics of the detector were also examined. (C)
    2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Sang, WB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 EM wbsang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BURGER A, 1997, IEEE T NUCL SCI 1, V44, P934
    DARMADASA IM, 1998, PROG CRYST GROWTH CH, V36, P249
    EGARIEVWE SU, 1996, J XRAY SCI TECHNOL, V6, P309
    LI WW, 2002, SEMICOND SCI TECH, V17, L55
    MURRAY W, 1999, IEEE NUCL SCI S MED, V1, P643
    NIRAULA M, 2002, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V491, P168
    WANG LJ, 2000, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V448, P581
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0168-9002
 J9 NUCL INSTRUM METH PHYS RES A
 JI Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res. Sect. A-Accel. Spectrom. Dect. Assoc.
    Equip.
 PD JUL 21
 PY 2004
 VL 527
 IS 3
 BP 487
 EP 492
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Particles & Fields; Instruments & Instrumentation; Nuclear
    Science & Technology; Spectroscopy
 GA 839UF
 UT ISI:000222809700019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bu, TM
    Yu, SN
    Guan, HW
 TI Binary-coding-based ant colony optimization and its convergence
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE ant colony optimization; genetic algorithm; binary-coding; convergence;
    heuristic; function optimization
 ID ARGENTINE ANT
 AB Ant colony optimization (ACO for short) is a meta-heuristics for hard
    combinatorial optimization problems. It is a population-based approach
    that uses exploitation of positive feedback as well as greedy search.
    In this paper, genetic algorithm's (GA for short) ideas are introduced
    into ACO to present a new binary-coding based ant colony optimization.
    Compared with the typical ACO, the algorithm is intended to replace the
    problem's parameter-space with coding-space, which links ACO with GA so
    that the fruits of GA can be applied to ACO directly. Furthermore, it
    can not only solve general combinatorial optimization problems, but
    also other problems such as function optimization. Based on the
    algorithm, it is proved that if the pheromone remainder factor rho is
    under the condition of rho greater than or equal to 1, the algorithm
    can promise to converge at the optimal, whereas if 0 < rho < 1, it does
    not.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Bu, TM, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM tmbu@acm.shu.edu.cn
    yusn@mail.shu.edu.cn
    hguan@nscc.mass.edu
 CR BONABEAU E, 1999, SWARM INTELLIGENCE N
    BONABEAU E, 2000, NATURE, V406, P39
    BU TM, 4 SHANGH C COMB SHAN
    DEJONG KA, 1975, 769381 U MICHIGAN
    DENEUBOURG JL, 1990, J INSECT BEHAV, V3, P159
    DORIGO M, 1996, IEEE T SYST MAN CY B, V26, P29
    DORIGO M, 1997, IEEE T EVOLUTIONARY, V1, P53
    DORIGO M, 1999, ARTIF LIFE, V5, P137
    DORIGO M, 1999, NEW IDEAS OPTIMIZATI, P11
    GOSS S, 1989, NATURWISSENSCHAFTEN, V76, P579
    LI MQ, 2002, GENETIC ALGORITHMS F
    LIU Y, 1995, NONNUMERICAL PARLLEL
    STUTZLE T, 1999, METAHEURISTICS ADV T, P313
    WANG XP, 2002, GENETIC ALGORITHM TH
    WANG ZZ, 2000, EVOLUTIONARY COMPUTI
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 1000-9000
 J9 J COMPUT SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Comput. Sci. Technol.
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 IS 4
 BP 472
 EP 478
 PG 7
 SC Computer Science, Hardware & Architecture; Computer Science, Software
    Engineering
 GA 839MT
 UT ISI:000222789900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, DS
    Arola, DD
 TI Applications tissues of digital image correlation to biological
 SO JOURNAL OF BIOMEDICAL OPTICS
 DT Article
 DE digital image correlation; biological tissue; interferometry
 ID HOLOGRAPHIC-INTERFEROMETRY; ALUMINUM-ALLOY; POISSONS RATIO; AORTA
 AB Optical methods are becoming commonplace in investigations of the
    physical and mechanical behavior of biological tissues. Digital image
    correlation (DIC) is a versatile optical method that shows tremendous
    promise for applications involving biological tissues and biomaterials.
    We present the fundamentals of DIC with an emphasis on the application
    to biological materials. An approach for surface preparation is
    described that facilitates its application to hydrated substrates.
    Three examples are presented that highlight the use of DIC for
    biomedical research. The first example describes the use of DIC to
    study the mechanical behavior of arterial tissues up to 40% elongation.
    The second example describes an evaluation of the mechanical properties
    of bovine hoof horn in the dehydrated and fully hydrated states.
    Uniaxial tension experiments are performed to determine the elastic
    modulus (E) and Poisson's ratio (v) of both the arterial and dermal
    tissues. Spatial variations in the mechanical properties are evident
    from the full-field characterization of both tissues. Finally, an
    application of DIC to study the evolution of loosening in cemented
    total hip replacements is described. The noncontact analysis enables
    measurement of the relative displacement between the bone/bone cement
    and bone cement/prosthesis interfaces. Based on the elementary optical
    arrangement, the simple surface preparation, and the ability to acquire
    displacement/strain measurements over a large range of deformation, DIC
    should serve as a valuable tool for biomedical research. Further
    developments will enable the use of DIC for in vivo applications. (C)
    2004 Society of Photo-Optical Instrumentation Engineers.
 C1 Univ Maryland Baltimore Cty, Dept Mech Engn, Baltimore, MD 21250 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, DS, Univ Maryland Baltimore Cty, Dept Mech Engn, 1000 Hilltop
    Circle, Baltimore, MD 21250 USA.
 CR AROLA D, 2002, EXP MECH, V42, P380
    AROLA D, 2002, P 21 SO BIOM ENG C B, P147
    BASTAWROS AF, 2000, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V48, P301
    BRAUN S, 2000, AM J ORTHOD DENTOFAC, V118, P257
    BROUGHER JA, 2002, P SEM ANN C THEOR EX, P238
    BRUCK HA, 1989, EXP MECH, V29, P261
    CHU TC, 1985, EXP MECH, V25, P232
    FUNG YC, 1993, BIOMECHANICS MECH PR, P321
    HUMPHREY JD, 1987, J BIOMECH, V20, P59
    KISHEN A, 2001, J BIOMED MATER RES, V55, P121
    LU H, 1997, EXP MECH, V37, P433
    MCGOWAN DM, 2001, J AIRCRAFT, V38, P122
    NIU X, 2000, EXP TECHNIQUES, V24, P27
    OVRYN B, 1987, ANN BIOMED ENG, V15, P67
    OVRYN B, 1989, CRC CRIT R BIOMED EN, V16, P269
    PETERS WH, 1982, OPT ENG, V21, P427
    RAJKONDAWAR P, 2002, P SEM ANN C THEOR EX, P256
    SILVER FH, 1989, CRIT REV BIOMED ENG, V17, P323
    SMOLEK MK, 1994, J CATARACT REFR SURG, V20, P277
    SUTTON MA, 1993, ASME AMD, V176, P20317
    TONG W, 1997, EXP MECH, V37, P452
    WANG RZ, 1998, J BIOMECH, V31, P135
    WATTRISSE B, 2001, EXP MECH, V41, P29
    WOISETSCHLAGER J, 1994, APPL OPTICS, V33, P5011
    YANG DT, 2002, P ANN M SOC BIOM, P546
    YANG DT, 2002, P SEM ANN C THEOR EX, P75
    ZENTNER A, 1996, ANGLE ORTHOD, V66, P463
    ZHANG D, 1999, EXP MECH, V39, P62
    ZHANG D, 2002, EXP TECH, V25, P32
    ZHANG D, 2002, P ANN INT IEEE EMBS, P1276
    ZHANG D, 2002, P ANN M SOC BIOM TAM, P315
    ZHANG D, 2002, P SEM ANN C THEOR EX
    ZHANG DS, 2002, EXP MECH, V42, P409
    ZHAO WZ, 1996, J APPL POLYM SCI, V60, P1083
    ZHOU J, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P14255
 NR 35
 TC 0
 SN 1083-3668
 J9 J BIOMED OPT
 JI J. Biomed. Opt.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 9
 IS 4
 BP 691
 EP 699
 PG 9
 SC Radiology, Nuclear Medicine & Medical Imaging; Biochemical Research
    Methods; Optics
 GA 840NM
 UT ISI:000222865800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tian, HJ
 TI Numerical and analytic dissipativity of the theta-method for delay
    differential equations with a bounded variable lag
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 DE theta-method; dissipativity; delay differential equations; variable lag
 ID RUNGE-KUTTA METHODS; STABILITY ANALYSIS; DYNAMICAL-SYSTEMS;
    CONTRACTIVITY
 AB This paper focuses on the analytic and numerical dissipativity of
    theta-method for delay differential equations with a bounded variable
    lag. A generalized Halanay inequality is derived, and a sufficient
    condition is presented to ensure that delay differential equations with
    a bounded variable lag are dissipative. We then apply theta-method to
    such delay differential equations, and investigate the numerical
    dissipativity of the theta-method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Div Comp Sci, Dept Matemat,Shanghai Teachers Univ, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
 RP Tian, HJ, Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Div Comp Sci, Dept Matemat,Shanghai
    Teachers Univ, 100 Guilin Rd, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
 EM hongjiongtian@263.net
 CR BARWELL VK, 1975, BIT, V15, P130
    BELLEN A, 1992, APPL NUMER MATH, V9, P321
    BELLEN A, 1997, APPL NUMER MATH, V24, P219
    BELLEN A, 1997, BIT, V39, P1
    BELLMAN R, 1963, DIFFERENTIAL DIFFERE
    HALANAY A, 1966, DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIO
    HALE JK, 1993, INTRO FUNCTIONAL DIF
    HUANG CM, 2000, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V20, P153
    HUMPHRIES AR, 1994, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V31, P1452
    INTHOUT KJ, 1996, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P1125
    LIU JB, 1990, EARTHQUAKE ENG ENG V, V10, P1
    TIAN HJ, 1996, J COMPUT MATH, V14, P203
    TIAN HJ, 1996, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P883
    TORELLI L, 1989, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V25, P15
    TORELLI L, 1991, NUMER MATH, V59, P311
    ZENNARO M, 1993, APPL NUMER MATH, V10, P321
    ZENNARO M, 1997, NUMER MATH, V77, P549
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 14
 IS 5
 BP 1839
 EP 1845
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 839WI
 UT ISI:000222815200022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Das, DK
    Fujiwara, H
    Li, YA
    Min, YH
    Xu, SY
    Zorian, Y
 TI Design & test education in Asia
 SO IEEE DESIGN & TEST OF COMPUTERS
 DT Editorial Material
 C1 Virage Log, Fremont, CA 94538 USA.
    Jadavpur Univ, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Calcutta, India.
    Nara Inst Sci & Technol, Grad Sch Informat Sci, Dept Informat Proc, Nara, Japan.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Comp Technol, Beijing, Peoples R China.
    Beijing Huahong IC Design Co, Beijing, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Coll Sci & Technol, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Das, DK, Virage Log, Fremont, CA 94538 USA.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0740-7475
 J9 IEEE DES TEST COMPUT
 JI IEEE Des. Test Comput.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 4
 BP 331
 EP 338
 PG 8
 SC Computer Science, Hardware & Architecture
 GA 839DG
 UT ISI:000222762900009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, GC
    Wu, YQ
    You, JL
    Hou, HY
    Chen, H
 TI Discussion on the microstructure units of alumino-silicate melts
 SO ACTA PETROLOGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE alumino-silicates and aluminates; microstructure of melts; amphoteric
    compound
 ID CALCIUM ALUMINATE; SILICATE GLASSES; SPECTROSCOPY; SI-29; COORDINATION;
    TEMPERATURE
 AB This is a review concerning the discussion on amphoterie behavior of Al
    in molten alumino-silicates and aluminates, which is significant in
    both metallurgy and petrology. So far it does not acquire a reliable
    conclusion. According to the present authors every one 4-coordinated
    Al-a gains a coordination bond, such as Al-O(-Si)(-Ca)or Al-O--Al(-Ca).
    Meanwhile, the corresponding non-bridging oxygen O-nb does not
    disappear, it becomes a O3-. Whether the 6-coordinated Al-b can appear
    or not is determined by the acid-basicity equilibrium of the system.
    For the cluster model of silicates it was suggested by the present
    authors that 5 Si-O tetrahedra (Q(n)) should be used as the
    microstructural units. Namely, to describe the macro-properties (as
    component activity) based on the information of the molar fraction and
    micro chemical potential of these Q(n). In order to link the
    microstructure with the macro-properties of alumino-silicates 5 kinds
    of Q(n) still can be used. The influence of containing Al may be
    reflected by the associating change of the micro-chemical potential of
    these Q(n). For aluminates, it is suggested to use Al-n-O tetrahedral
    (T-n) as the microstructural units.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, GC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM gcjiang@online.sh.cn
 CR BALTA P, 1983, INTRO PHYS CHEM GLAS, P150
    BRUCKNER R, 1978, GLASTECH BER, V51, P1
    COONEY TF, 1990, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V122, P10
    DEJONG BHWS, 1983, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V47, P1223
    DUFFY JA, 1976, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V21, P373
    ENGELHARDT G, 1985, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V26, P157
    HUNOLD VK, 1980, GLASTECH BER, V53, P149
    IWAMOTO N, 1977, J JIM, V16, P771
    JIANG GC, 1990, ISIJ INT, P240
    JIANG GC, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P20
    LACY ED, 1963, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V4, P234
    MAEKAWA H, 1991, J PHYS CHEM-US, V95, P6822
    MAEKAWA T, 1985, J JPN I MET, V24, P186
    MAUSBACH K, 1994, BER BUNSEN PHYS CHEM, V98, P257
    MCMILLAN P, 1982, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V46, P2021
    MCMILLAN P, 1983, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V55, P221
    MERZBACHER CI, 1991, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V130, P18
    MIZOGUCHI K, 1984, T JIM, V48, P1179
    MURDOCH JB, 1985, AM MINERAL, V70, P332
    MYSEN B, 1995, EUR J MINERAL, V7, P745
    MYSEN BO, 1981, AM MINERAL, V66, P678
    MYSEN BO, 1990, J GEOPHYS RES-SOLID, V95, P15733
    SHELBY JE, 1978, J APPL PHYS, V49, P5885
    SMETS BMJ, 1981, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V22, P158
    WU YQ, 2003, J INORG MATER, V18, P619
    YAMANE M, 1982, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V52, P217
    YAMANE M, 1987, T JIM, V51, P1151
    YOLDAS BE, 1971, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V12, P28
 NR 28
 TC 0
 SN 1000-0569
 J9 ACTA PETR SIN
 JI Acta Petrol. Sin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 3
 BP 753
 EP 758
 PG 6
 SC Geology
 GA 840YT
 UT ISI:000222897200040
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, LH
    Huang, QW
    Zhao, HF
 TI Effect of nickel content and milling parameters on martensitic
    transformation of Fe-Ni during mechanical alloying
 SO SCRIPTA MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 DE mechanical alloying; phase transformations; martensitic transformation
 ID X-RAY-DIFFRACTION; PARTICLES; POWDERS; PHYSICS; METALS
 AB Effect of nickel content and mechanical alloying parameters on
    martensitic transformation during mechanical alloying of Fe-Ni was
    studied in this paper. Both nickel content and the whole transferred
    energy E-t are two important parameters governing phase transformation
    during mechanical alloying of Fe-Ni. They respectively decide whether
    and when the reverse transformation of martensite to austenite occurs.
    (C) 2004 Acta Materialia Inc. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, LH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM lhzhu8888@163.com
 CR ABDELLAOUI M, 1994, J ALLOY COMPD, V209, P351
    ABDELLAOUI M, 1995, ACTA METALL MATER, V43, P1087
    BALDOKHIN YV, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V203, P313
    CHEN Y, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P14
    CHEN Y, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V226, P38
    DONG XL, 1999, J MATER RES, V14, P398
    JARTYCH E, 2000, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V208, P221
    JIANG HG, 1999, J MATER RES, V14, P549
    KAJIWARA S, 1991, PHILOS MAG A, V63, P625
    KAUFMAN L, 1956, T AIME, V206, P1393
    KUHRT C, 1993, J APPL PHYS 2B, V73, P6588
    KUHRT C, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P1975
    MAGINI M, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P123
    MAURICE DR, 1990, METALL TRANS A, V21, P289
    PEKALA M, 1999, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V11, P789
    POCHET P, 1995, PHYS REV B, V52, P4006
    RAWERS J, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V32, P1319
    RAWERS JC, 1996, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V220, P162
    SCHWARZ RB, 1986, APPL PHYS LETT, V49, P146
    STRELETSKII AN, 2000, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V282, P213
    SURYANARAYANA C, 2001, PROG MATER SCI, V46, P1
    YANG JY, 1997, ACTA METALLURGICAL S, V33, P381
    ZHU LH, 2001, J MATER SCI, V36, P5571
 NR 23
 TC 2
 SN 1359-6462
 J9 SCRIPTA MATER
 JI Scr. Mater.
 PD SEP
 PY 2004
 VL 51
 IS 6
 BP 527
 EP 531
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 838HD
 UT ISI:000222703200011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    Wang, ZQ
 TI Legendre rational approximation on the whole line
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE Legendre rational approximation; spectral method on the whole line
 ID INTERVAL
 AB The Legendre rational approximation is investigated. Some approximation
    results are established, which form the mathematical foundation of a
    new spectral method on the whole line. A model problem is considered.
    Numerical results show the efficiency of this new approach.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Normal Univ, Div Sci Computat, E Inst,Dept Math, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, BY, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Normal Univ, Div Sci Computat, E
    Inst,Dept Math, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
 EM byguo@guomei.sh.cn
 CR BOYD JP, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V69, P112
    GUO BY, 1998, SPECTRAL METHODS THE
    GUO BY, 2000, J MATH ANAL APPL, V243, P373
    GUO BY, 2002, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V53, P65
    GUO BY, 2003, CONTEMP MATH, V329, P157
    SZEGO G, 1959, ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIA
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 1006-9283
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math.
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 47
 SU Suppl. S
 BP 155
 EP 164
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 837YZ
 UT ISI:000222678800015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, MY
    Yu, JP
    Xu, DM
 TI Measurement of complex permittivity of thin substrates using the Te-01n
    resonant cavity
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE thin substrate; dielectric; complex permittivity; measurement; TE01n
    resonant cavity
 ID DIELECTRIC-CONSTANT
 AB An improved TEOIn resonant-cavity method for measuring the complex
    permittivity of thin substrates is presented. The theory and the
    experimental results are described in this paper. (C) 2004 Wiley
    Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai Dielect Measurement Lab, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, MY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai Dielect
    Measurement Lab, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR 1990, ASSESSMENT PLASTIC P
    *INT EL COMM, 1977, INT EL COMM IEC STAN
    HIPPEL V, 1952, DIELECTRIC MAT APPL
    JAMES BJ, 1996, IEEE T ELECTROMAGN C, V38, P67
    JIANG Y, 2000, ACTA OPT SINICA, V20, P642
    KOBAYASHI Y, 1999, IEEE MTT-S, P1885
    KOBAYASHI Y, 1999, MWE 99 MICR WKSHP, P155
    LI M, 2001, IEEE J SEL TOP QUANT, V7, P624
    NI EH, 1999, TECHNIQUES PERMITTIV
    PHAM A, 1998, IEEE MTT S, P957
    SARABANDI K, 1988, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V37, P631
    SELTMANN EW, 1996, IEEE MTT-S, P1411
    SHIMIZU T, 2002, AS PAC MICR C, P1019
    WANG SJ, 1998, ACTA ELECT SINICA, V26, P30
    ZHANG G, 1997, AS PAC MICR C, P913
    ZHAO KY, 1995, J LANZHOU U NATURAL, V31, P122
    ZHOU QY, 1964, TECHNIQUE MEASURING
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD AUG 20
 PY 2004
 VL 42
 IS 4
 BP 274
 EP 277
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 836OK
 UT ISI:000222565100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XD
    Zou, J
    Li, Y
 TI New compact microstrip-patch bandpass filter with two transmission zeros
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE bandpass filter; patch resonator; transmission zero
 ID RESONATOR; SIZE
 AB This paper presents a new compact and simple microstrip-patch bandpass
    filter structure using only one resonator. This filter has two
    transmission zeros on the both sides of the pass-band. The volume of
    this filter is about 1/3 or 1/2 of a conventional filter. Because the
    new filter is without coupling gaps, uncertainty during fabrication can
    be reduced. The effects of varying the parameters of the structure have
    been studied. The simulated results agree well with the measured
    results. (C) 2004 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Cent Elect Shanghai Ltd, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XD, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai, Peoples
    R China.
 CR HELSZAJN J, 1978, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V26, P95
    HONG JS, 2000, IEEE MTT-S, P331
    HSIEH LH, 2000, ELECTRON LETT, V36, P2022
    IWASAKI H, 1996, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V44, P1399
    STRASSNER B, 2002, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V50, P1431
    ZHU L, 1999, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V47, P650
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD AUG 20
 PY 2004
 VL 42
 IS 4
 BP 315
 EP 317
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 836OK
 UT ISI:000222565100018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZC
    Zou, LJ
    Cui, DL
 TI ESR detection of Ga self-interstitial defects in GaP nano-solids
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING B-SOLID STATE MATERIALS FOR ADVANCED
    TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE nano-solid; GaP; self-interstitial; ESR
 ID ELECTRON-IRRADIATED GAP; GALLIUM-PHOSPHIDE; VACANCY
 AB The intrinsic point defects of GaP nano-solids have been investigated
    by means of electron spin resonance (ESR). An ESR spectrum attributed
    to the Ga self-interstitial in GaP nano-solids was observed with value
    g = 2.0028 or 2.0030. The collapse of hyperfine splitting and narrowing
    of peak-to-peak linewidth (DeltaH(pp)) of the ESR spectrum result from
    the possible rapid electron spin exchange effect. The concentration of
    dangling bonds for GaP nano-solids decreases when decreasing compaction
    pressure and with higher heat-treatment temperature. Both detection and
    control of the intrinsic point defects of nano-sized GaP materials are
    beneficial for further exploration of its fundamental properties and
    applications. (C) 2003 Published by Elsevier B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ, Inst Crystal Mat, Jinan 250100, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ZC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Technol, Chengzhong Rd 20,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM datafordollar@sina.com
 CR CUI DL, 2000, PROG CRYST GROWTH CH, V40, P145
    DELIANG C, 2001, J MINHUA SCI CHINA B, V44, P627
    KAUFMANN U, 1976, APPL PHYS LETT, V29, P312
    KENNEDY TA, 1978, PHYS REV LETT, V41, P977
    KENNEDY TA, 1981, PHYS REV B, V23, P6585
    KRAUSEREHBERG R, 1993, SEMICOND SCI TECH, V8, P290
    LEE KM, 1988, MATERIALS RES SOC S, V104, P449
    PALCZEWSKA M, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P3680
    POOLE CP, 1983, ELECT SPIN RESONANCE, P11
    ZHAOCHUN Z, IN PRESS REAR MET
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0921-5107
 J9 MATER SCI ENG B-SOLID STATE M
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. B-Solid State Mater. Adv. Technol.
 PD AUG 15
 PY 2004
 VL 111
 IS 1
 BP 5
 EP 8
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 838TD
 UT ISI:000222735200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, JN
    Cao, M
    Chan, AST
    Wu, GF
    Das, SK
 TI A framework for architecting and high-level programming support of
    CORBA applications
 SO JOURNAL OF PARALLEL AND DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING
 DT Article
 DE CORBA; middleware; distributed software; software architecture; dynamic
    reconfiguration; graph-oriented programming
 AB In this paper, we present a framework, called OrbGOP, to support the
    architecting and high-level programming of CORBA-based distributed
    applications. OrbGOP makes two contributions to the development of
    CORBA applications: (1) it provides higher-level abstractions for
    programming CORBA applications and frees the programmer from the
    underlying irrelevant details; (2) it facilitates the architecture
    description and dynamic reconfiguration of CORBA applications. OrbGOP
    is based on the graph-oriented programming (GOP) model, where the
    configuration of a distributed program is described as a logical graph
    separated from the programming of the constituent components of the
    program. Component interactions and dynamic reconfiguration are
    implemented by executing a set of operations that are defined over the
    graph. OrbGOP extends the application of GOP to the CORBA environment
    and provides more powerful support for distributed software
    architecture. Through a sample example, we show that OrbGOP provides a
    reflective, architectural approach to high-level programming support
    for the development of CORBA-based distributed applications. The system
    architecture, the design of runtime support and functional library
    support, as well as the preliminary evaluation of a working prototype
    of OrbGOP are also presented. (C) 2003 Elsevier Inc. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Comp, Software Management & Dev Lab, Internet & Mobile Comp Lab, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp Sci & Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Univ Texas, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Arlington, TX 76019 USA.
 RP Cao, JN, Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Comp, Software Management & Dev
    Lab, Internet & Mobile Comp Lab, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 EM csjcao@comp.polyu.edu.hk
 CR *CORBA, 2002, CORBA SUCC STOR
    *OBJ MAN GROUP, 2002, COMM OBJ REQ BROK AR
    ALLEN R, 1998, P 1998 C FUND APPR S
    BALTER R, 1998, IFIP INT C DISTR SYS
    BATISTA T, 2000, 5 INT S SOFTW ENG PA
    CAO J, IN PRESS SOFTWARE PR
    CAO J, 1996, INTENSIONAL PROGRAMM, P83
    CAO J, 2002, 2002 INT C PAR DISTR
    CHAN F, 2003, PARALLEL COMPUT, V29, P1589
    COULSON G, 2002, DISTRIB COMPUT, V15, P67
    KON F, 2000, IFIP INT C DISTR SYS
    KRAMER J, 1994, P 16 INT C SOFTW ENG
    KRAMER J, 1998, IEE PROC-SOFTW, V145, P146
    LEDOUX T, 1999, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V1616
    MAGEE J, 1989, IEEE T SOFTWARE ENG, V15, P663
    MAGEE J, 1994, DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS, V1, P304
    METAYER DL, 1998, IEEE T SOFTWARE ENG, V24, P521
    MORICONI M, 1995, IEEE T SOFTWARE ENG, V21, P356
    PAPADOPOULOS GA, 1998, SENR9834 CWI
    PAULO AJ, 2001, P 19 BRAZ S COMP NET
    PRASAD SK, 2003, P WORKSH MOB WIR NET
    PURTILO JM, 1994, ACM T PROGR LANG SYS, V16, P151
    RODRIGUEZ N, 1998, P 4 INT C CONF DISTR, P27
    RODRIGUEZ N, 1999, P SOFSEM 99 26 C CUR, P95
    ROMAN M, 2000, WORKSH REFL MIDDL IF
    STAFFORD JA, 2001, COMPONENT BASED SOFT
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 0743-7315
 J9 J PARALLEL DISTRIB COMPUT
 JI J. Parallel Distrib. Comput.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 64
 IS 6
 BP 725
 EP 739
 PG 15
 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods
 GA 838ED
 UT ISI:000222695400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Y
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
 TI Preparation of Group IIB selenide nanoparticles using soft-hard dual
    template method
 SO JOURNAL OF NANOPARTICLE RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE soft-hard dual template; celloidin membrane; nanoparticles; ZnSe; CdSe;
    HgSe
 ID OPTICAL-PROPERTIES; CDS; NANOSTRUCTURES; POLYMERIZATION; NANOCRYSTALS;
    FABRICATION; PARTICLES; TRANSPORT; MEMBRANES; ARRAYS
 AB Using a celloidin membrane as template, the uniform Group IIB selenide
    nanoparticles were inductively synthesized at room temperature and
    ambient pressure. The nanoparticles are cubic ZnSe quantum dots,
    hexagonal CdSe quantum dots and cubic HgSe nanoparticles with average
    diameters of 3.1, 2.0 and 44 nm, respectively. In the
    ultraviolet-visible spectra, their absorption peaks are at about 360,
    480 and 440 nm individually, and have large blue shifts due to quantum
    size effect. The corresponding photoluminescence peaks individually
    showed at 367, 438 and 440 nm. In addition, the preparation conditions
    and formation mechanism have been explored.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR BECK JS, 1992, J AM CHEM SOC, V114, P10834
    CEPAK VM, 1997, CHEM MATER, V9, P1065
    COLVIN VL, 1994, NATURE, V370, P354
    ESTROFF LA, 2001, CHEM MATER, V13, P3227
    HERRON N, 1993, SCIENCE, V259, P1426
    HOFFMAN AJ, 1992, J PHYS CHEM-US, V96, P5540
    HOFFMAN AJ, 1992, J PHYS CHEM-US, V96, P5546
    HORNYAK GL, 1997, J PHYS CHEM B, V101, P1548
    HOU ZZ, 2000, LANGMUIR, V16, P2401
    KLEIN JD, 1993, CHEM MATER, V5, P902
    LAKSHMI BB, 1997, CHEM MATER, V9, P857
    LI YD, 1999, INORG CHEM, V38, P1382
    MARTIN CR, 1994, SCIENCE, V266, P1961
    METCALF HC, 1982, MODERN CHEM, P54
    MIKULEC FV, 2000, J AM CHEM SOC, V122, P2532
    NISHIZAWA M, 1995, SCIENCE, V268, P700
    OZIN GA, 1992, ADV MATER, V4, P612
    PARTHASARATHY RV, 1994, NATURE, V369, P298
    PENG Q, 2003, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V42, P3027
    QUINLAN FT, 2000, LANGMUIR, V16, P4049
    TRINDADE T, 1997, CHEM MATER, V9, P523
    TRINDADE T, 2001, CHEM MATER, V13, P3843
    WELLER H, 1993, ADV MATER, V5, P88
    WU QS, 2000, J MEMBRANE SCI, V172, P199
    WU QS, 2002, INORG CHEM COMMUN, V5, P671
    ZHU JJ, 2000, J PHYS CHEM B, V104, P7344
 NR 26
 TC 3
 SN 1388-0764
 J9 J NANOPART RES
 JI J. Nanopart. Res.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 6
 IS 2-3
 BP 253
 EP 257
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 837EF
 UT ISI:000222610500012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chung, TS
    Li, YZ
    Wang, ZY
 TI Optimal generation expansion planning via improved genetic algorithm
    approach
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ELECTRICAL POWER & ENERGY SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 DE genetic algorithm; generation expansion; optimal mix problem
 ID OPTIMAL MIX ALGORITHMS
 AB This paper presents an improved genetic algorithm approach developed to
    solve the optimal generation expansion planning problem of an
    all-thermal power system. The problem is focused on the optimal mix of
    generation units in a given target year with the constrained
    consideration of certain thermal units committed during peaking
    periods. The problem formulation thus requires considering the
    technical limits of the thermal unit outputs due to the large
    difference between the daily peak-load and valley-load demands. In
    addition, the implementation issues of penalty coefficients, ranking,
    adaptive crossover and mutation probabilities are effectively
    considered in the algorithm. The test results on a 14-generator power
    system are presented. The results show that the methodology is
    effective in solving such mixed integer, constrained nonlinear
    generation expansion problem. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Chung, TS, Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Kowloon, Hong
    Kong, Peoples R China.
 EM eetschun@polyu.edu.hk
 CR BOONE G, 1993, ELECT POWER ENERGY S, V15
    FUKUYAMA Y, 1995, ELECTR ENG JPN, V115, P71
    GOLDBERG DE, 1989, GENETIC ALGORITHMS S
    KAZARLIS SA, 1996, IEEE T POWER SYSTEMS, V11
    LEVIN N, 1984, IEEE T POWER AP SYST, V103, P954
    LEVIN N, 1985, IEEE T PAS, V104, P1131
    STEINBERG MJ, 1943, EC LOADING POWER PLA
    WALTERS DC, 1993, IEEE T POWER SYST, V8, P1325
    WALTERS DC, 1995, IFAC INT S LARG SCAL
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0142-0615
 J9 INT J ELEC POWER ENERG SYST
 JI Int. J. Electr. Power Energy Syst.
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 26
 IS 8
 BP 655
 EP 659
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 837VY
 UT ISI:000222670500011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Yang, XD
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Dynamic stability of an axially accelerating viscoelastic beam
 SO EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF MECHANICS A-SOLIDS
 DT Article
 DE axially accelerating beam; viscoelasticity; method of averaging
 ID VIBRATIONS
 AB This work investigates dynamic stability in transverse parametric
    vibration of an axially accelerating viscoelastic tensioned beam. The
    material of the beam is described by the Kelvin model. The axial speed
    is characterized as a simple harmonic variation about the constant mean
    speed. The Galerkin method is applied to discretize the governing
    equation into a infinite set of ordinary-differential equations under
    the fixed-fixed boundary conditions. The method of averaging is employ
    to analyze the dynamic stability of the 2-term truncated system. The
    stability conditions are presented and confirmed by numerical
    simulations in the case of subharmonic and combination resonance.
    Numerical examples demonstrate the effects of the dynamic viscosity,
    the mean axial speed and the tension on the stability conditions. (C)
    2004 Elsevier SAS. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM lqchen@online.sh.cn
 CR ABRATE S, 1992, MECH MACH THEORY, V27, P645
    ARIARATNAM ST, 1986, J SOUND VIB, V107, P215
    ASOKANTHAN SF, 1994, J VIB ACOUST, V116, P275
    BISHOP RED, 1979, MECH VIBRATION
    BOGOLIUBOV N, 1961, ASYMPTOTIC METHODS T
    MARYNOWSKI K, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V37, P1147
    MARYNOWSKI K, 2002, J THEORET APPL MECH, V40, P465
    OZ HR, 1998, J SOUND VIB, V215, P571
    OZ HR, 2001, J SOUND VIB, V239, P556
    OZKAYA E, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V234, P521
    OZKAYA E, 2002, J SOUND VIB, V254, P782
    PARKER RG, 2001, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V68, P49
    PASIN F, 1972, ING ARCH, V41, P387
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
 NR 14
 TC 4
 SN 0997-7538
 J9 EUR J MECH A-SOLID
 JI Eur. J. Mech. A-Solids
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 23
 IS 4
 BP 659
 EP 666
 PG 8
 SC Mechanics
 GA 836YY
 UT ISI:000222593700008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, QS
    Sun, DM
    Liu, HJ
    Ding, YP
 TI Abnormal polymorph conversion of calcium carbonate and
    nano-self-assembly of vaterite by a supported liquid membrane system
 SO CRYSTAL GROWTH & DESIGN
 DT Article
 ID HYDROPHILIC BLOCK-COPOLYMERS; ARAGONITE; PRECIPITATION; CACO3;
    CRYSTALLIZATION; NUCLEATION; MINERALS; SURFACE
 AB This article describes a novel biomimetic strategy for the synthesis of
    CaCO3 crystals with different structures by a supported liquid membrane
    containing a mobile carrier, and first reports the abnormal structure
    conversion of CaCO3 from calcite to vaterite. Furthermore, we found
    that the sub-micron-sphere vaterite prepared by the supported liquid
    membrane was a nano-self-assembled system. This kind of vaterite has a
    bright future for various applications.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR BELCHER AM, 1996, NATURE, V381, P36
    CHEN BD, 1998, J AM CHEM SOC, V120, P1625
    COLFEN H, 1998, LANGMUIR, V14, P582
    COLFEN H, 2001, CHEM-EUR J, V7, P106
    COLFEN H, 2003, CURR OPIN COLLOID IN, V8, P23
    DALAS E, 1999, LANGMUIR, V15, P8322
    DELEEUW NH, 1998, J PHYS CHEM B, V102, P2914
    DSOUZA SM, 1999, NATURE, V398, P312
    FALINI G, 1996, SCIENCE, V271, P67
    FANG WM, 2001, CHIN J INORG CHEM, V17, P685
    LITVIN AL, 1997, ADV MATER, V9, P124
    LOPEZMACIPE A, 1996, J CRYST GROWTH, V166, P1015
    LOWENSTAM HA, 1981, SCIENCE, V211, P1126
    MANN S, 1988, NATURE, V332, P119
    NAKA K, 2002, LANGMUIR, V18, P3655
    RICHTER A, 1996, CHEM TECH-LEIPZIG, V48, P271
    SEDLAK M, 1998, MACROMOL CHEM PHYSIC, V199, P247
    SHUI M, 1999, CHIN J INORG CHEM, V15, P715
    SOUZA SMD, 1999, NATURE, V398, P312
    SPANOS N, 1998, J PHYS CHEM B, V102, P6679
    WHITE WB, 1974, INFRARED SPECTRA MIN, P227
    YU SH, 2003, J PHYS CHEM B, V107, P7396
 NR 22
 TC 2
 SN 1528-7483
 J9 CRYST GROWTH DES
 JI Cryst. Growth Des.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 4
 IS 4
 BP 717
 EP 720
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary;
    Crystallography
 GA 836KG
 UT ISI:000222553800013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, SL
    Zhang, HB
 TI Characteristic functional structure of infinitesimal symmetry
    transformations of Birkhoffian systems
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE analytical mechanics; Birkhoffian system; constant of motion;
    characteristic functional structure; infinitesimal symmetry
    transformation
 ID CLASSICAL DYNAMIC-SYSTEMS; CONSERVED QUANTITIES; LIE SYMMETRIES;
    UNILATERAL CONSTRAINTS; DIFFERENTIAL-EQUATIONS; MAPPINGS
 AB In this paper, it is shown that infinitesimal symmetry transformations
    of Birkhoffian systems have a characteristic functional structure,
    which is formulated by means of an auxiliary symmetry transformation
    function Z(mu) (t, a) (introduced by the relation xi(mu) (t, a) = Z(mu)
    (t, a) + a(mu)xi(0)(t, a)) and is manifestly dependent upon the
    constants of motion of the system. At the end of the paper, an example
    is given to illustrate the application of the results.
 C1 Chaohu Coll, Dept Phys, Chaohu 238000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, SL, Chaohu Coll, Dept Phys, Chaohu 238000, Peoples R China.
 EM gsl2142@sohu.com
 CR BIRKHOFF GD, 1927, DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS
    FU JL, 2000, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V49, P1203
    KATZIN GH, 1985, J MATH PHYS, V26, P3080
    KATZIN GH, 1985, J MATH PHYS, V26, P3100
    KATZIN GH, 1986, J MATH PHYS, V27, P1756
    MEI FX, 1993, SCI CHINA SER A, V23, P709
    MEI FX, 1996, DYNAMICS BIRKHOFF SY
    MEI FX, 1998, CHINESE SCI BULL, V43, P1937
    MEI FX, 1999, APPL LIE GROUPS LIE
    MEI FX, 1999, MECH RES COMMUN, V26, P7
    STANTILLI RM, 1983, FDN THEORETICAL MECH
    ZHANG HB, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1837
    ZHANG HB, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P765
    ZHANG Y, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P461
    ZHANG Y, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P437
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 13
 IS 7
 BP 979
 EP 983
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 837QW
 UT ISI:000222651500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, ZM
    Tian, EM
    Grimshaw, R
 TI Interaction of two lump solitons described by the
    Kadomtsev-Petviashvili I equation
 SO WAVE MOTION
 DT Article
 ID SCHRODINGER; EVOLUTION; BULLETS; WAVES
 AB The interaction of two lump solitons described by the
    Kadomtsev-Petviashvili I (KPI) equation is analysed using both exact
    and numerical methods. The numerical method is based on a third order
    Runge-Kutta method, and a Crank-Nicholson scheme. The main
    characteristic of a direct interaction when the two lumps are initially
    aligned along the x-axis is that they may separate in the y-direction,
    but then come back to the x-axis after collision; the dependence of the
    maximum separation in the y-direction on the relative velocity
    difference is described. Two lumps may also experience an abrupt phase
    change in the case of an oblique interaction. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Univ Loughborough, Dept Math Sci, Loughborough LE11 3TU, Leics, England.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Wright State Univ, Dept Math & Stat, Dayton, OH 45435 USA.
 RP Lu, ZM, Univ Loughborough, Dept Math Sci, Loughborough LE11 3TU, Leics,
    England.
 EM z.lu@lboro.ac.uk
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P570
    BERGER KM, 2000, SIAM J APPL MATH, V61, P731
    BRATSOS AG, 1998, INT J COMPUT MATH, V68, P175
    CAO Q, 1999, J ENG MATH, V35, P323
    FENG BF, 1998, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V90, P95
    FOKAS AS, 2001, PHYSICA D, V152, P189
    FORNBERG B, 1978, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V289, P373
    FRANTZESKAKIS DJ, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V248, P203
    GORSHKOV KA, 1993, SOV PHYS JETP, V77, P237
    INFELD E, 1995, PHYS REV E A, V51, P3183
    KADOMTSEV BB, 1970, SOV PHYS DOKL, V15, P539
    KATSIS C, 1987, J FLUID MECH, V177, P49
    MANAKOV SV, 1977, PHYS LETT A, V63, P205
    MINZONI AA, 1996, WAVE MOTION, V24, P291
    PELINOVSKII DE, 1993, JETP LETT, V57, P24
    POLYMILIS C, 2001, J OPT SOC AM B, V18, P75
    WAZWAZ AM, 2001, APPL MATH COMPUT, V123, P205
 NR 18
 TC 2
 SN 0165-2125
 J9 WAVE MOTION
 JI Wave Motion
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 40
 IS 2
 BP 123
 EP 135
 PG 13
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary; Acoustics; Mechanics
 GA 836OO
 UT ISI:000222565500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JM
    Yang, W
    Song, LP
    Cai, M
    Zhu, SZ
 TI Microwave promoted solvent-free one-pot three-component reaction to
    2-pentafluorophenylquinoline derivatives
 SO TETRAHEDRON LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE microwave; pentafluorobenzaldehyde; aniline; alkyne; quinoline
 ID QUINOLINES
 AB A novel and efficient one-pot multi-component reaction of
    pentafluorobenzaldehyde, alkynes and anilines for the synthesis of
    2-pentafluorophenyl substituted quinolines under microwave irradiation
    and a solvent-free condition is presented. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Lab Organofluorine Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, SZ, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Lab Organofluorine
    Chem, 345 Lingling Lu, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM zhusz@mail.sioc.ac.cn
 CR BILLAH M, 2002, BIOORG MED CHEM LETT, V12, P1617
    GERUS II, 1994, J FLUORINE CHEM, V69, P195
    HUMA HZS, 2002, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V43, P6485
    SHAO LX, 2003, ADV SYNTH CATAL, V345, P963
    VARMA RS, 1999, GREEN CHEM, V1, P43
    WANG QF, 2000, MONATSH CHEM, V131, P55
    WANG YL, 2002, SYNTHESIS-STUTTG SEP, P1813
    XU G, 2004, ORG LETT, V6, P985
    YADAV JS, 2002, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V43, P1905
    YADAV JS, 2003, SYNTHESIS-STUTTG JUL, P1610
 NR 10
 TC 2
 SN 0040-4039
 J9 TETRAHEDRON LETT
 JI Tetrahedron Lett.
 PD JUL 12
 PY 2004
 VL 45
 IS 29
 BP 5771
 EP 5773
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 836NH
 UT ISI:000222562100051
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shan, S
    Jiang, GH
    Jiang, L
 TI The multivariate Waring distribution and its application
 SO SCIENTOMETRICS
 DT Article
 AB The multivariate Waring distribution is developed and investigated. A
    special case, the bivariate Waring distribution, is considered. It is
    shown that the distributions have some nice properties as multivariate
    distribution. Some applications to the distribution of scientific
    productivity are discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Management & Informat Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    China Natl Inst Educ Res, Beijing, Peoples R China.
 RP Shan, S, Shanghai Univ, Dept Management & Informat Engn, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR BAI PC, 1996, SOME EMPIRICAL STUDI
    BORMHOLDT S, 2001, PHYS REV E, V65, P1
    EGGHE L, 1990, INTRO INFORMETRICS
    GLANZEL W, 1984, Z WAHRSCHEINLICHKEIT, V66, P173
    HUBERMAN BA, 1998, SCIENCE, V280, P95
    IRWIN JO, 1963, J ROYAL STATISTICA A, V126, P1
    JOHNSON NL, 1997, DISCRETE MULTIVARIAT
    KENDALL MG, 1961, J ROYAL STATISTICA A, V124, P1
    PRICE DJD, 1976, J AM SOC INFORM SCI, V27, P292
    SIMON HA, 1955, BIOMETRIKA, V42, P425
    TAKAHASI K, 1965, ANN I STAT MATH, V17, P257
    XEKALAKI E, 1981, STATISTICAL DISTRIBU, V4, P157
 NR 12
 TC 3
 SN 0138-9130
 J9 SCIENTOMETRICS
 JI Scientometrics
 PY 2004
 VL 60
 IS 3
 BP 523
 EP 535
 PG 13
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Information Science &
    Library Science
 GA 835QY
 UT ISI:000222501800021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hou, XL
    Shi, YJ
    Luo, JJ
    Li, ZF
    Zhang, HL
    Pang, W
 TI Effects of elements addition on properties sintered NdFeB permanent
    magnets
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE elements addition; sintered; NdFeB
 AB At present, research for sintered NdFeB permanent magnets has focused
    on increasing temperature performance and corrosion stability of
    magnets. Thereby, this material can be wide applied in precision
    instrument and permanent electromotor field. The addition of tra
    elements can increase magnetic properties, temperature stability and
    corrosion stability. The added elements are divided into substitute;
    elements(Tb Dy), transition elements (Co) and doping elements(Ga Al).It
    is proved that the suitable amounts of Tb and Dy is in range 0.5-1at%
    and 0.1-3at%, respectively. Co content is within 5-10at% for NdFeB
    magnets with high operating temperature. Ga and Al conter should be
    controlled within 0.2-1at% and 0.03-2at%, respectively, for excellent
    performance.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    NW Inst Nonferrous Met Res, Xian 710016, Peoples R China.
 RP Hou, XL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM houxueling@eyou.com
 CR BALE H, 1992, MAGNETISM MAGNETIC M, V23, P58
    HIYOSAWA S, 1989, IEEE T MAGN, V25, P3437
    HIYOSAWA S, 1991, J APPL PHYS, V69, P5844
    SHI QM, 1991, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V20, P1
    SHI YJ, 1999, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V28, P53
    SONG XP, 1992, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V21, P8
    YAMAMOTO H, 1987, IEEE T MAGN, V23, P2100
    ZHOU SZ, 1990, RARE EARTH PERMANENT, P106
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 33
 IS 6
 SU Suppl. 1
 BP 150
 EP 153
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 835PM
 UT ISI:000222496500035
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, H
    Tan, XH
    Dong, YD
 TI Crystalline behaviour and magnetic properties of Nd55Fe30Al10Dy5 bulk
    metallic glasses alloy
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE bulk metallic glasses alloy; hard magnetic properties; soft magnetic
    properties
 ID SUPERCOOLED LIQUID REGION; NI AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; FE-AL ALLOYS;
    TEMPERATURE; DIAMETER; CU; MM
 AB Crystalline behavior and magnetic properties of Nd55Fe30Al10Dy5 bulk
    metallic glasses alloy were investigated by differential scanning
    calorimeter (DSC), x-ray diffraction (XRD) and the vibrating sample
    magnetometer (VSM). Neither glass transition nor supercooled liquid
    region before crystallization was observed for the as-cast
    Nd55Fe30Al10Dy5 bulk metallic glasses alloy. The as-cast
    Nd55Fe30Al10Dy5 alloy shows the intrinsic coercivity with 452kA/m,
    which is higher than Nd60Fe30Al10 alloy. With increasing of annealed
    temperature, the intrinsic coercivity of the alloy decreases
    significantly, while the saturation magnetization and remanence
    decrease monotonously. The Nd55Fe30Al10Dy5 alloy shows soft magnetic
    behavior after annealing at 773K for 30 min.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, H, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM hxu@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR DING J, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P1763
    FAN GJ, 2000, ACTA MATER, V48, P3823
    HE Y, 1994, PHIL MAG LETT, V70, P371
    INOUE A, 1988, JPN J APPL PHYS 2, V27, L2248
    INOUE A, 1989, MATER T JIM, V30, P965
    INOUE A, 1990, MATER T JIM, V31, P177
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P181
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P636
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P99
    INOUE A, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V226, P357
    INOUE H, 1995, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V36, P1
    KISSINGER HE, 1956, J RES NAT BUR STAND, V57, P217
    KONG HZ, 2001, SCRIPTA MATER, V44, P829
    PEKER A, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2342
    SCHNEIDER S, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P1749
    SIRATORI K, 1990, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V83, P341
    WANG XZ, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V290, P209
    WEI BC, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    ZHANG T, 1999, MATER T JIM, V40, P301
    ZHANG YH, 1998, EUR PHYS J A, V1, P1
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 33
 IS 6
 SU Suppl. 1
 BP 183
 EP 186
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 835PM
 UT ISI:000222496500043
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, JA
    Zhou, BX
    Yao, MY
    Li, Q
    Chen, WJ
 TI Formation of sharp {100}(021) texture in silicon steel sheets
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE {100}< 021 > texture; silicon steel sheet; recrystallization
 ID SECONDARY RECRYSTALLIZATION
 AB The silicon steels containg a base composition of Fe-3.2%Si with
    certain amount of carbon and manganese were employed to obtain
    {100}<021> texture through one stage cold rolling and annealing. The
    results indicated that by careful controlling the amount of alloying
    elements and annealing temperature, the sharp {100}<021> texture in
    fairly thick commercial sheets can be obtained. A weak component of
    {100}<021> and strong component of {447}<11184> texture, which
    constitute a Sigma9 coincidence site lattice boundary with a common
    [011] axis for 39degrees difference, are present after primary
    recrystallization. This relationship facilitates the growth of
    {100}<021> grains in addition to the motivation of growth of (100)
    grains during secondary recrystallization.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, JA, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM jawang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ABE H, 1968, J JAPAN I METALS, V32, P927
    ASMUS F, 1957, METALLK, V48, P341
    BARRETT CS, 1966, PREFERRED ORIENTATIO
    DETERT K, 1959, ACTA METALL, V7, P589
    RANDLE V, 1996, ROLE COINCIDENCE SIT
    TAKASHIMA M, 2001, P 1 JOINT INT C COND, P1215
    TOMIDA T, 1995, ISIJ INT, V35, P548
    WALTER JL, 1959, ACTA METALL, V7, P424
    WIENER GW, 1964, J APPL PHYS, V35, P856
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 33
 IS 6
 SU Suppl. 1
 BP 187
 EP 190
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 835PM
 UT ISI:000222496500044
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU No, JS
    Xu, H
    Wang, W
    Zhou, BX
    Li, Y
    Yao, MY
 TI Effect of Cr on mean grain size and magnetic properties of two-phase
    nanocrystalline Nd-Fe-B permanent magnets
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE rare earths; two-phase nanocrystalline; bonded magnets; magnetic
    properties
 AB A crystallization peak occurs at 634 degreesC as determined by the DSC
    datum of the as-spun Nd8.5Fe74Co5Cu1Nb1Zr3Cr1B6.5 ribbons (nu(s) =
    18m/s) at heating rate of 20 degreesC/m. The crystallization
    temperature increases by 5 degreesC compared with that the as-spun
    Nd8.5Fe75Co5Cu1Nb1Zr3B6.5 ribbons. Apparently the addition of Cr
    element strengthens the thermal stability of the ribbons. The addition
    of element Cr shows significant advantage in reducting mean grain size
    and increasing the intrinsic coercivity from 50 nm and 620.3 kA/m to
    20nm and 716 kA/m respectively.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Res Ctr Nanosci & Nanotech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP No, JS, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM nijiansen@163.com
 CR CHANG C, 1996, FILM COMMENT, V32, P4
    COEHOORN R, 1989, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V80, P101
    HIROSAWA S, 2002, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V239, P424
    JURCZYK M, 1998, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V185, P66
    KNELLER EF, 1991, IEEE T MAGN, V27, P3588
    NI JS, 2003, J RARE EARTH, V21, P401
    SCHREFL T, 1994, J APPL PHYS 2, V76, P7053
    WANG W, 2003, J CHINESE RARE EARTH, V21, P530
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 33
 IS 6
 SU Suppl. 1
 BP 191
 EP 194
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 835PM
 UT ISI:000222496500045
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, X
    Li, CF
 TI Lateral shift of the transmitted light beam through a left-handed slab
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 ID NEGATIVE REFRACTIVE-INDEX; POTENTIAL WELL; PERMITTIVITY; PERMEABILITY;
    PROPAGATION; DISPLACEMENT
 AB It is reported that when a light beam travels through a slab of
    left-handed medium in the air, the lateral shift of the transmitted
    beam can be negative as well as positive. The necessary condition for
    the lateral shift to be positive is given. The validity of the
    stationary-phase approach is demonstrated by numerical simulations for
    a Gaussian-shaped beam. A restriction to the slab's thickness is
    provided that is necessary for the beam to retain its profile in the
    traveling. It is shown that the lateral shift of the reflected beam is
    equal to that of the transmitted beam in the symmetric configuration.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Xian Inst Opt & Precis Mech, State Key Lab Transient Opt Technol, Xian 710068, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, X, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xchen@mail.shu.edu.cn
    cfli@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ARTMANN K, 1948, ANN PHYS, V2, P87
    BERMAN PR, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    BORN M, 1980, PRINCIPLES OPTICS, P323
    FOTEINOPOULOU S, 2003, PHYS REV B, V67
    GARCIA N, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V88
    GOOS F, 1947, ANN PHYSIK, V1, P333
    HUANG XH, 2003, EUROPHYS LETT, V63, P28
    KONG JA, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P2084
    KONG JA, 2002, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V33, P136
    LAI HM, 2000, PHYS REV E B, V62, P7330
    LAKHTAKIA A, 2003, ELECTROMAGNETICS, V23, P71
    LI CF, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V275, P287
    LI CF, 2002, PHYS REV A, V65
    LI CF, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    LIU Z, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V308, P294
    NOTOMI M, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P10696
    PARAZZOLI CG, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V90
    PENDRY JB, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P3966
    SHADRIVOV IV, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V83, P2713
    SHELBY RA, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P77
    SMITH DR, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P4184
    SMITH DR, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P2933
    STEINBERG AM, 1994, PHYS REV A, V49, P3283
    THOOFT GW, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V87
    VALANJU PM, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V88
    VESELAGO VG, 1968, SOV PHYS USP, V10, P509
    WIGNER EP, 1955, PHYS REV, V98, P145
    WILLIAMS JM, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V87
    ZHANG ZM, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P1097
    ZIOLKOWSKI RW, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V64
 NR 30
 TC 6
 SN 1063-651X
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 69
 IS 6
 PN Part 2
 AR 066617
 DI ARTN 066617
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 835RI
 UT ISI:000222502800126
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
 TI Synchronization-based estimation of all parameters of chaotic systems
    from time series
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 ID CONDITIONAL LYAPUNOV EXPONENTS
 AB By a simple combination of adaptive scheme and linear feedback with the
    updated feedback strength, for a large class of chaotic systems it is
    proved rigorously by using the invariance principle of differential
    equations that all unknown model parameters can be estimated
    dynamically. This approach supplies a systematic and analytical
    procedure for estimating parameters from time series, and it is simple
    to implement in practice. In addition, this method is quite robust
    against the effect of noise and able to respond rapidly to changes in
    operating parameters of the experimental system. Lorenz and Rossler
    hyperchaos systems are used to illustrate the validity of this
    technique.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM dbhuang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BOCCALETTI S, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V63
    BOCCALETTI S, 2002, PHYS REP, V366, P1
    CUOMO KM, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P65
    DITTO WL, 1997, CHAOS, P13
    HUANG DB, 2004, CHAOS, V14, P152
    HUBERMAN BA, 1990, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V37, P547
    KOCAREV L, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P5028
    KONNUR R, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P2937
    KONNUR R, 2003, PHYS REV E 2, V67
    LASALLE J, 1960, IRE T CIRCUIT THEORY, V7, P520
    LASALLE JP, 1960, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V46, P363
    MAYBHATE A, 1999, PHYS REV E A, V59, P284
    PARLITZ U, 1996, PHYS REV E, V54, P6253
    PARLITZ U, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1232
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    SHUAI JW, 1997, PHYS REV E, V56, P2272
    ZHOU CS, 2000, PHYSICA D, V135, P1
 NR 17
 TC 9
 SN 1063-651X
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 69
 IS 6
 PN Part 2
 AR 067201
 DI ARTN 067201
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 835RI
 UT ISI:000222502800141
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, PL
    Zhang, JC
    Cao, GX
    Jing, C
    Cao, SX
 TI Suppression of superconductivity by the nonmagnetic ions Zn and Al for
    the YBa2Cu3O7-delta system: From dopant clusters to carrier localization
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW B
 DT Article
 ID POSITRON-ANNIHILATION; CUPRATE SUPERCONDUCTORS; COPPER OXIDES;
    SUBSTITUTION; LIFETIME; TEMPERATURE; OXYGEN; CU; RELAXATION; TRANSITION
 AB To clarify the suppressing mechanism of Zn and Al substitution on
    high-T-c superconductivity, positron annihilation experiment and
    simulated calculation are used to study systemically the
    YBa2Cu3-x(Zn,Al)(x)O7-delta (x=0.0-0.4) cuprates. The results show that
    Zn doping ions prefer to combine into the cluster of seven ions with a
    double square and Al doping ions prefer to form six-ion-cluster with a
    hexamer structure, respectively. These clusters, especially for Zn,
    would evidently influence the positron annihilation characteristics,
    which can be seen from the variation of n(e) with Zn content x in the
    clustering process. n(e) displays an abrupt change as the impurity
    phases appear in both Zn and Al doping systems. From the doping
    process, Zn ions occupy Cu(2) sites in the CuO2 planes and make the
    change of electron structure, resulting in the carrier localization. As
    a result, it interferes the pairing and transportation of
    superconducting carriers and then suppresses the superconductivity with
    the formation of Zn clusters. While Al ions enter Cu(1) sites in the
    Cu-O chains, they induce the localization of hole carriers and weaken
    the function of carrier reservoir by forming clusters. Therefore, the
    carriers cannot easily transfer to the CuO2 planes. Since Al doping
    does not affect the pairing and transportation directly, it suppresses
    the superconductivity weakly than Zn doping. The effect of pairing and
    transportation of carriers on charge transfer is also discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM jczhang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR AXNAS J, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, R3003
    BANERJEE T, 2000, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V114, P655
    BHARATHI A, 1989, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V1, P1467
    BRANDT W, 1967, POSITRON ANNIHILATIO, P155
    BRANDT W, 1971, PHYS LETT          A, V35, P109
    BRINGLEY JF, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P2432
    BULUT N, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P2192
    CAPONE M, 2002, SCIENCE, V296, P2364
    CHAKRABORTY B, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P215
    DE UY, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P14519
    GINSBERG DM, 1990, PHYS PROPERTIES HIGH, V2, P543
    GUO SQ, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P379
    GUO W, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P582
    GUPTA RP, 1998, PHYSICA C, V305, P179
    HAGHIGHI H, 1990, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V2, P1911
    HOFFMANN L, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P4047
    HORLAND RS, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P9017
    ISHIBASHI S, 1991, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V3, P9169
    ISLAM MS, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P9492
    JEAN YC, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P1069
    JEAN YC, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1593
    JENSEN KO, 1989, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V1, P3727
    JORGENSEN JD, 1991, PHYS TODAY, V44, P34
    KUO YK, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, P6201
    LI PC, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P282
    LORTZ R, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    MACDONALD AH, 2001, NATURE, V414, P409
    MORR DK, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V90
    NACHUMI B, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P5421
    NAGEL C, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P9212
    SAARINEN K, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P1883
    SOMOZA A, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P14454
    STAAB TEM, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P5519
    TAKAGI H, 2000, PHYSICA C 1, V341, P3
    TARASCON JM, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P8393
    TARASCON JM, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P7458
    VONSTETTEN EC, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P2198
    WEI ST, 1998, MATER LETT, V35, P27015
    XIAO G, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P240
    ZHANG HB, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P1697
    ZHANG J, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V26, P452
    ZHANG JC, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V201, P70
    ZHANG JC, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
 NR 43
 TC 4
 SN 1098-0121
 J9 PHYS REV B
 JI Phys. Rev. B
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 69
 IS 22
 AR 224517
 DI ARTN 224517
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 836BU
 UT ISI:000222530900079
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, XY
    Zhou, SP
    Zhu, BH
 TI Numerical simulations of the fluxon dynamics of a two-dimensional
    Josephson junction system
 SO JOURNAL OF SUPERCONDUCTIVITY
 DT Article
 DE perturbation; sine-Gordon equation; two-dimensional Josephson junction;
    Fiske steps
 ID SELF-CONTROLLING FEEDBACK; CONTROLLING CHAOS; MAGNETIC-FIELD;
    PHASE-LOCKING; LONG
 AB A direct perturbation method applied to a long Josephson junction
    molded by one-dimensional sine-Gordon equation is presented and the
    modulation of perturbations on fluxon velocity and stable state is
    studied. Simulations of a two-dimensional Josephson junction with dc
    bias current in an external magnetic field provide an I - V
    characteristic curve for the system and determine the various dynamic
    behaviors, including the periodic, quasiperiodic, and chaotic motions.
    Physical explanations for the behaviors are presented. The numerical
    results are in good agreement with the energetic analysis.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, XY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ALMAAS E, 2003, PHYS REV B, V67
    COSTABILE G, 1978, APPL PHYS LETT, V32, P587
    DELEO C, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V270, P195
    DITTO WL, 1995, PHYSICA D, V86, P198
    EILBECK JC, 1985, J APPL PHYS, V57, P861
    GREBOGI C, 1997, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V44, P971
    GRONBECHJENSEN N, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V154, P14
    HAI WH, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V265, P128
    KAUTZ RL, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P5811
    KEENER JP, 1977, PHYS REV A, V16, P777
    KITTEL A, 1994, PHYS REV E, V50, P262
    LACHENMANN SG, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P14541
    MCLAUGHLIN DW, 1978, PHYS REV A, V18, P1652
    OLSEN OH, 1981, J APPL PHYS, V52, P6247
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    PARMENTIER RD, 1978, SOLITONS ACTION, P173
    PYRAGAS K, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V170, P421
    PYRAGAS K, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V180, P99
    TIAN YP, 1999, INT J CONTROL, V72, P258
    YEH WJ, 1990, PHYS REV B A, V42, P4080
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0896-1107
 J9 J SUPERCOND
 JI J. Supercond.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 17
 IS 3
 BP 401
 EP 408
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 835RA
 UT ISI:000222502000014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, L
    Tang, MB
    Pan, MX
    Wang, WH
    Dong, YD
 TI Glass forming ability and magnetic properties of Nd48Al20Fe27Co5 bulk
    metallic glass with distinct glass transition
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS D-APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID AL AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; THERMAL-STABILITY; FE; MICROSTRUCTURE; CO;
    ND60FE30AL10
 AB Nd48Al20Fe27Co5 bulk metallic glass (BMG) was prepared in the shape of
    rods 3 mm in diameter by suction casting. In contrast to the previously
    reported hard magnetic Nd-Al-Fe-Co BMGs, the Nd48Al20Fe27Co5 as-cast
    rod exhibits a distinct glass transition, multi-step crystallizations
    in DSC traces and much lower coercivity. The glass forming ability as
    well as the kinetics of the glass transition and crystallizations of
    the Nd48Al20Fe27Co5 as-cast rod have been studied. The magnetic
    properties of the alloy were investigated in comparison with
    Nd60Al10Fe20Co10 glass forming alloys.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, L, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM xialei@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ARCAS J, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P5193
    CROAT JJ, 1982, J APPL PHYS, V53, P3161
    DING J, 1999, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V32, P713
    FAN GJ, 2000, J MATER RES, V15, P1556
    HE Y, 1994, PHIL MAG LETT, V70, P371
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P99
    INOUE A, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V226, P393
    INOUE A, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS A, V29, P1779
    KISSINGER HE, 1956, J RES NAT BUR STAND, V57, P217
    KUMAR G, 2003, ACTA MATER, V51, P229
    LOFFLER JF, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P1990
    LU ZP, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P3501
    LU ZP, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    RANDRIANANTOAND.N, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, P10979
    SCHNEIDER S, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P1749
    TURNBULL D, 1969, CONTEMP PHYS, V10, P473
    WANG L, 2000, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V12, P4253
    WANG XZ, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V290, P209
    WEI BC, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V89, P3529
    WEI BC, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    WEI BC, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P4357
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V36, P2954
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V36, P775
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V15, P3531
    XING LQ, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V88, P3565
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 0022-3727
 J9 J PHYS-D-APPL PHYS
 JI J. Phys. D-Appl. Phys.
 PD JUN 21
 PY 2004
 VL 37
 IS 12
 BP 1706
 EP 1709
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 835LX
 UT ISI:000222486000018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, D
    Arola, D
    Charalambides, PG
    Patterson, MCL
 TI On the mechanical behavior of carbon-carbon optic grids determined
    using a bi-axial optical extensometer
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB Ion engines accelerate electrically charged plasma through two optic
    grids and emit the ions as exhaust. The process facilitates propulsion
    without use of chemical propellants. Braided carbon fiber reinforced
    composite (C-(f)/C) optics are presently being considered for use as
    the accelerator and screen grids in ion propulsion engines. In this
    study the mechanical behavior of four candidate tow configurations
    proposed for the grids of NASA's Evolutionary Xenon Thruster (NEXT)
    were examined. A new bi-axial optical extensometer based on Digital
    Image Correlation (DIC) was developed and employed in determining the
    in-plane strain distribution resulting from uniaxial tension. The
    effective elastic modulus ranged from 4 GPa to 10 GPa at the onset of
    deformation. The stiffness either increased or decreased with further
    elongation as a result of bending of the axial tows and corresponding
    unit cell distortion. The transverse strain and Poisson's ratio of the
    panels were found to be a function of the tow dimensions and bonding
    between longitudinal and transverse tows. (C) 2004 Kluwer Academic
    Publishers.
 C1 Univ Maryland Baltimore Cty, Dept Mech Engn, Baltimore, MD 21250 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Adv Ceram Res Inc, Tucson, AZ 85706 USA.
 RP Arola, D, Univ Maryland Baltimore Cty, Dept Mech Engn, 1000 Hilltop
    Circle, Baltimore, MD 21250 USA.
 EM darola@engr.umbc.edu
 CR BRUCK HA, 1989, EXP MECH, V29, P261
    CARLSSON LA, 1987, EXPT CHARACTERIZATIO
    CHU TC, 1985, EXP MECH, V25, P232
    COIMBRA D, 2000, J MATER SCI, V35, P3341
    DAICOS S, 1995, EXP TECH, V2, P13
    HAAG TW, 2002, 200024335 AIAA
    KIRKPATRICK SJ, 2000, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3914, P630
    KUJAWINSKA M, 2000, P SOC PHOTO-OPT  A&B, V4101, P380
    LIU T, 1996, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2895, P279
    MUELLER J, 1996, 963204 AIAA
    PATTERSON MCL, 2002, P JANNAF PROP M ORL, P1
    PETERS WH, 1982, OPT ENG, V21, P427
    POLK JE, 1999, 992446 AIAA
    PYE CT, 1993, MATER WORLD, V10, P557
    PYE CT, 1993, SENSORS, V11, P10
    RAWLIN VK, 1999, 994612 AIAA
    SALBUT L, 2002, P SOC PHOTO-OPT  1&2, V4900, P1254
    SHARPE WN, 1968, EXP MECH, V8, P164
    SOULAS GC, 2000, IEEE AER C MARCH
    SOULAS GC, 2001, IEPC C OCT
    SOVEY JS, 1997, 972778 AIAA
    ZHANG D, 2001, P SEM ANN C THEOR EX
 NR 22
 TC 1
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD JUL 15
 PY 2004
 VL 39
 IS 14
 BP 4495
 EP 4505
 PG 11
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 835HM
 UT ISI:000222473300009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guan, WB
    Gao, YL
    Zhai, QJ
    Xu, KD
 TI Effect of droplet size on nucleation undercooling of molten metals
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Letter
 ID SOLIDIFICATION; ALUMINUM
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guan, WB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM qjzhai@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BARTH M, 1994, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V178, P305
    HU HQ, 2000, FUNDAMENTAL METAL SO
    KIM WT, 1991, METALL TRANS A, V22, P2487
    KUI HW, 1984, APPL PHYS LETT, V45, P615
    LEE ES, 1994, ACTA METALL MATER, V9, P3233
    LEE ES, 1994, ACTA METALL MATER, V9, P3236
    MUELLER BA, 1987, METALL TRANS A, V18, P1143
    PEREPEZKO JH, 1984, MATER SCI ENG, V65, P125
    TOSHIHIKO KK, 1995, METALL T A, V26, P2911
    TURNBULL D, 1950, J APPL PHYS, V21, P804
    YAO WJ, 2000, CHINESE SCI BULL, V47, P826
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD JUL 15
 PY 2004
 VL 39
 IS 14
 BP 4633
 EP 4635
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 835HM
 UT ISI:000222473300025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bian, JI
    Kim, DW
    Hong, KS
 TI Microwave dielectric properties of A(2)P(2)O(7) (A = Ca, Sr, Ba; Mg,
    Zn, Mn)
 SO JAPANESE JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS PART 1-REGULAR PAPERS SHORT NOTES &
    REVIEW PAPERS
 DT Article
 DE ceramic; dielectric properties
 ID CRYSTAL STRUCTURE; SOLIDS; OXIDES
 AB Microwave dielectric properties of A(2)P(2)O(7) (A = Ca, Sr, Ba, Mn,
    Mg, Ba) ceramic materials were investigated by a network analyzer at
    the frequency of 10GHz. It was found that A(2)P(2)O(7) ceramics could
    be sintered at relatively lower temperature below 1150degreesC,
    although the thortveitite type series, Mn2P2O7, alpha-Mg2P2O7 and
    alpha-Zn2P2O7 with smaller ionic radii of A cations were hard to sinter
    to full density. The dielectric constant of A(2)P(2)O(7) is lower than
    10. The Q x f value increased according to the sequence of
    delta-Ba2P2O7, alpha-Sr2P2O7 and beta-Ca2P2O7 in dichromatic type
    series, and the sequence of Mn2P2O7, alpha-Mg2P2O7 and alpha-Zn2P2O7 in
    thortveitite type series, respectively. The temperature coefficient of
    resonant frequency rf for all samples exhibits negative value. Larger
    tau(f) for alpha-Zn2P2O7, alpha-Mg2P2O7 and delta-Ba2P2O7 is mainly due
    to their reversible phase transformations. The microwave dielectric
    properties were discussed from the point view of bond valence.
 C1 Seoul Natl Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Seoul 151742, South Korea.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Bian, JI, Seoul Natl Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Seoul 151742, South
    Korea.
 CR BRESE NE, 1991, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR B, V47, P192
    BROWN ID, 1970, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V1, P173
    BROWN ID, 1973, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR A, V29, P266
    BROWN ID, 1992, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR B, V48, P553
    CALVO C, 1967, ACTA CRYST ALLOGR, V23, P289
    CHO SY, 1999, J MATER RES, V14, P114
    DUBE DC, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P1095
    ELLLBELGHITTI AA, 1995, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C, V51, P1478
    HAGMAN LO, 1968, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V22, P1419
    HAKKI BW, 1960, IRE T MICROWAVE THEO, V8, P402
    NAKAMOTO K, 1997, INFRARED RAMAN SPE A, P14
    PENN SJ, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P1885
    RANBY PW, 1855, BRIT J APPL PHYS S, V4, P18
    ROBERTSON BE, 1970, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V1, P120
    SHANNON RD, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P348
    STEFANIDIS T, 1984, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C, V40, P1995
    TEMPLETON A, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P95
    WEBB NC, 1966, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR, V21, P942
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0021-4922
 J9 JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1
 JI Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. Part 1 - Regul. Pap. Short Notes Rev. Pap.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 43
 IS 6A
 BP 3521
 EP 3525
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 835RO
 UT ISI:000222503400053
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, H
    Kamiya, N
 TI Approximate formulation of the hypersingular boundary integral equation
    in potential theory
 SO ENGINEERING ANALYSIS WITH BOUNDARY ELEMENTS
 DT Article
 DE BEM; hypersingular boundary integral equation; approximate formulation;
    continuity condition; distance transformation
 ID ELEMENT METHOD; DISPLACEMENT GRADIENTS; NUMERICAL EVALUATION;
    SINGULAR-INTEGRALS; LINEAR ELASTICITY; BEM; REGULARIZATION;
    COMPUTATION; IDENTITIES; CPV
 AB The basis of hypersingular boundary integral equation (HBIE)
    development is singular and hypersingular field solutions of kernel
    functions. Instead of taking traditional local or global regularization
    strategies, the current paper proposes an approximate formulation of
    the HBIE in potential theory, designed for numerical solution when
    collocating at irregular places such as corners and edges. This is
    because any CPV boundary integral can be approximated by the mean value
    of two corresponding nearly singular boundary integrals at boundary
    points where the continuity requirements are met. The nearly singular
    boundary integrals can be evaluated accurately with the previously
    developed distance transformation techniques. In consequence, both the
    analytical and numerical efforts can be reduced associated with the
    difficult problems of the singularity removal and especially the free
    term representation, thus the resulting algorithm can be greatly
    simplified. The 2D and the 3D examples are presented, showing that the
    algorithm works very well. With the algorithm, both the primary and
    secondary field variables can be computed accurately at the places near
    boundaries, on smooth boundaries or on irregular boundaries such as
    corners and edges. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Nagoya Univ, Sch Informat & Sci, Nagoya, Aichi 4648601, Japan.
 RP Ma, H, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Sch
    Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM hma@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR AIMI A, 1999, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V45, P1807
    ALIABADI MH, 2000, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V48, P995
    BREBBIA CA, 1984, BOUNDARY ELEMENT TEC
    CRUSE TA, 1993, COMPUTATIONAL MECHAN, V11, P1
    CRUSE TA, 1993, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V36, P237
    CRUSE TA, 1996, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V39, P3273
    DELACERDA LA, 2001, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V52, P1337
    DONG YF, 1998, ACTA MECH, V129, P187
    FIEDLER C, 1995, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V38, P3275
    GRACIANI E, 2000, COMPUT MECH, V25, P542
    GRANADOS JJ, 2001, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V25, P165
    GUIGGIANI M, 1990, ASME, V57, P906
    GUIGGIANI M, 1992, ASME, V59, P604
    GUIGGIANI M, 1994, ENG ANAL, V13, P169
    GUIGGIANI M, 1995, COMPUT MECH, V16, P245
    HUANG Q, 1993, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V36, P2643
    HUANG Q, 1994, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V37, P2041
    HUI CY, 1997, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V34, P203
    HUI CY, 1999, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V44, P205
    IOAKIMIDIS NI, 2000, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V47, P1865
    KRISHNASAMY G, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P404
    KRISHNASAMY G, 1992, COMPUT MECH, V9, P267
    LIU YJ, 1999, COMPUT MECH, V24, P286
    MA H, 1999, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V23, P281
    MA H, 2001, ENG ANAL BOUNDARY EL, V25, P843
    MA H, 2002, COMPUT MECH, V29, P277
    MA H, 2002, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V26, P329
    MA H, 2003, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V27, P625
    MARTIN PA, 1996, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V39, P687
    MATSUMOTO T, 1993, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V36, P783
    MUKHERJEE S, 2000, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V24, P767
    MUKHERJEE S, 2000, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V37, P6623
    MUKHERJEE S, 2000, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V37, P7633
    RICHARDSON JD, 1999, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V45, P13
    SCHULZ H, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V157, P225
    SLADEK V, 1993, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V36, P1609
 NR 36
 TC 0
 SN 0955-7997
 J9 ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM
 JI Eng. Anal. Bound. Elem.
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 28
 IS 8
 BP 945
 EP 953
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 836MX
 UT ISI:000222561000006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, L
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
    Liu, HJ
    Zhang, BQ
 TI Synthesis of HgSe quantum dots through templates controlling and
    gas-liquid transport with emulsion liquid membrane system
 SO COLLOIDS AND SURFACES A-PHYSICOCHEMICAL AND ENGINEERING ASPECTS
 DT Article
 DE HgSe; quantum dots; emulsion liquid membrane; template controlling;
    gas-liquid transport
 ID ROOM-TEMPERATURE; MERCURY CHALCOGENIDES; DEVICE APPLICATIONS; CDSE
    NANOCRYSTALS; CDE E; PARTICLES; CLUSTERS; ETHYLENEDIAMINE;
    SEMICONDUCTORS; LUMINESCENCE
 AB A new synthetic method of HgSe quantum dots has been investigated
    through template controlling with emulsion liquid membrane system. The
    membrane system consists of kerosene as solvent, span80 as surfactant,
    N7301 as carrier, and HgCl2 solution as internal-aqueous phase
    containing template of different concentrations, and uses gas-liquid
    transport on interface of external phase. Its optimum condition is as
    follows, kerosene: span80:N7301 = 74:6:20, Roi = 1:1. While using
    inorganic KI as the template and adjusting HgCl2 concentrations
    (keeping KI/HgCl2 = 10), transmission electron microscope shows that
    HgSe quantum dots of different sizes can be obtained respectively,
    X-ray diffraction (XRD) reveals that the products have a cubic
    structure. The research has shown that quantum confinement effect of
    these HgSe quantum dots (2-3 nm) have inverted band structure (HgSe
    bulk) increase their effective bandgap giving rise to infrared (IR)
    luminescence. Its forming process is also inferred. (C) 2004 Elsevier
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Tangshan Steel & Iron Co Ltd, Ctr Technol, Tangshan 063016, Hebei, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR ALIVISATOS AP, 1996, SCIENCE, V271, P933
    ARNIM H, 1989, CHEM REV, V89, P1861
    BALCERAK R, 1987, OPT ENG, V26, P191
    BATTAGLIA D, 2002, NANO LETT, V2, P1027
    BAWENDI MG, 1992, J CHEM PHYS, V96, P946
    CHEN Y, 2002, CHEM LETT       0605, P556
    CHEN YF, 2002, NANO LETT, V2, P1299
    DENG ZX, 2003, INORG CHEM, V42, P2331
    FIRTH AV, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P3120
    GAO XH, 2002, J BIOMED OPT, V7, P532
    GE XW, 2001, MATER RES BULL, V36, P1609
    GODOVSKY DY, 2000, ADV POLYM SCI, V153, P163
    HARRISON MT, 2000, ADV MATER, V12, P123
    HENSHAW G, 1997, J CHEM SOC DA, V2, P231
    HIRAI T, 2000, LANGMUIR, V16, P955
    KUNO M, 2003, J PHYS CHEM B, V107, P5758
    LANDOLTBORNSTEI., 1982, NUMERICAL DATA FUN B, V17
    LI YD, 1999, INORG CHEM, V38, P1382
    LI YD, 1999, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V60, P965
    LIAO XH, 2001, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V85, P85
    OHMIYA T, 1970, JPN J APPL PHYS, V9, P840
    PALCHIK O, 2001, J MATER CHEM, V11, P874
    QU LH, 2001, NANO LETTERS, V1, P333
    RAVINDRAN S, 2003, NANO LETT, V3, P447
    ROGACH A, 1999, ADV MATER, V11, P552
    ROGALSKI A, 1994, OPT ENG, V33, P1395
    SERVICE RF, 1996, SCIENCE, V271, P920
    SPANHEL L, 1987, J AM CHEM SOC, V109, P5649
    STEIGERWALD ML, 1987, J AM CHEM SOC, V109, P7200
    TAIMNI IK, 1955, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V12, P519
    WANG C, 1999, MATER CHEM PHYS, V60, P99
    YANG Q, 2002, J MATER RES, V17, P1147
    ZENG JH, 2001, MATER RES BULL, V36, P343
    ZHAO WB, 2000, J CRYST GROWTH, V252, P587
 NR 34
 TC 0
 SN 0927-7757
 J9 COLLOID SURFACE A
 JI Colloid Surf. A-Physicochem. Eng. Asp.
 PD JUN 15
 PY 2004
 VL 240
 IS 1-3
 BP 135
 EP 139
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical
 GA 835XP
 UT ISI:000222519100016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xue, Y
    Chen, LQ
    Liu, YZ
 TI Problems on equilibrium of a thin elastic rod constrained on a surface
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE thin elastic rod; DNA surpercoils; surface constraint; helical rod
 ID LIE SYMMETRIES; DNA; SYSTEMS; MECHANICS; MODEL
 AB Nonlinear mechanics of thin elastic rod, as a model of DNA, aroused
    extensive interest as a joint research subject of mechanics and
    molecular biology. The study of the equilibrium of a thin elastic rod
    constrained on a surface found an important application in industry,
    especially in molecular biology. In the present paper the constraint
    equations and constraint forces of the elastic rod are analyzed, and
    the differential/algebraic equations of equilibrium are established
    with the arc - coordinate of the central line as the independent
    variable. In a special case when the constraint surface is a cylinder
    the dimensionless differential equations contain only one physical
    parameter, the ratio of the bending and torsional stiffness of the
    cross section. A special solution of helical equilibrium can be derived
    and is corresponding to a regular precession of the Lagrange heavy
    rigid body about a fixed point. The numerical analysis shows that the
    geometrical form of the central line is dependent on the initial
    conditions of the rod more than its physical parameters.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Technol, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai 200233, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Engn Mech, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Xue, Y, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BENHAM CJ, 1979, BIOPOLYMERS, V18, P609
    GUO YX, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P1
    HUNT NG, 1991, J CHEM PHYS, V95, P9329
    LEBRET M, 1979, BIOPOLYMERS, V18, P1709
    LIU YZ, 2001, CIN Q MECH, V22, P147
    LIU YZ, 2002, J SHANGHAI JIAOTONG, V36, P1587
    LIU YZ, 2003, MECH PRACTICE, V25, P1
    LOVE AEH, 1927, TREATISE MATH THEORY
    LUO SK, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P1271
    MEI FX, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1207
    QIAO YF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P988
    SCHLICK T, 1995, CURR OPIN STRUC BIOL, V5, P245
    TANAKA F, 1985, J CHEM PHYS, V83, P6017
    VANDERHEIJDEN GHM, 2002, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V39, P1863
    VOLOGODSKII AV, 1979, NATURE, V280, P294
    ZHANG Y, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P816
 NR 16
 TC 2
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 7
 BP 2040
 EP 2045
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 835XS
 UT ISI:000222519400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU An, WK
    Qiu, XJ
    Zhu, ZY
 TI Theoretical study on the nuclear fusion mechanism of deuterium clusters
    aroused by Coulomb explosions with ferntosecond intense laser
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE femtosecond intense laser; deuterium cluster; Coulomb explosion;
    nuclear fusion
 ID RARE-GAS CLUSTERS; ATOMIC CLUSTERS; PULSES; DYNAMICS; FIELDS
 AB Considering the Coulomb explosion induced by the interaction of a
    deuterium cluster target with an ultra-intensie femtosecond laser, the,
    mechanism which generates energetic deuterium nuclei for the fusion has
    been analyzed. The formulas for expansions of deuterium ion clusters,
    which are driven by Coulomb explosion, are proposed; and hence the
    kinetic energies of deuterium nuclei and the expansion time of
    deuterium ion clusters have been estimated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Yueyang Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Yueyang 414000, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP An, WK, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM anweike@citiz.net
 CR CHANG TQ, 1991, INTERACTION LASER PH, P393
    DITMIRE T, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P3379
    DITMIRE T, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P2732
    DITMIRE T, 1999, NATURE, V398, P489
    KOLLER L, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P3783
    LAST I, 1997, J CHEM PHYS, V107, P6685
    LAST I, 2000, PHYS REV A, V62, P13201
    LAST I, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V87, P33401
    LEI AL, 2000, PHYSICS, V29, P300
    LEZIUS M, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P261
    LI SH, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P856
    LIN JQ, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P457
    LIU JS, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1121
    SCHLIPPER R, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1194
    SHAO YL, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P3343
    ZWEIBACK J, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P2634
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 7
 BP 2250
 EP 2253
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 835XS
 UT ISI:000222519400043
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, YF
    Zhang, JC
    Wang, XY
    Tubata, K
    Cao, GX
    Liu, YS
    Shu, Y
    Jing, C
    Nishimura, N
    Mori, K
    Cao, SX
 TI Studies on the structure and transport properties for Y-doped
    La2/3Ca1/3MnO3 perovsksite manganate
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE La2/3Ca1/3MnO3 perovsksite manganese; Y-doping; crystal structure;
    transport properties
 ID COLOSSAL MAGNETORESISTANCE; THIN-FILMS; MANGANITES; LAMNO3
 AB The structure and transport properties of perovskite
    (La1-xYx)(2/3)Ca-1/3 MnO3 (0 less than or equal to x less than or equal
    to 0.3) systems are systematically investigated. It is found that all
    the compounds show a single phase structure. With the increase of Y3+
    doping content the metal-insulator transition temperature T-MI(M-I)
    shifts to lower temperatures. While the relevant resistance peak rho(p)
    is sharply increased, for the sample of x = 0. 3, it has been enhanced
    by eight orders of magnitude larger than the non-doped sample( x =
    0.0). In these materials a large magnetoresistance effect has been
    observed under an external magnetic field. At the same time, it is also
    directly shown that the correlation between the transport properties
    and the variation of crystal structure from the experiment result.
    Based on the double-exchange model and the variable-range-hopping(VRH)
    theory, the mechanism of the influence of Y-doping for La in
    La2/3Ca1/3MnO3 systems is also discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Toyama Univ, Fac Engn, Toyama 9308555, Japan.
 RP Zhang, YF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BISWAS A, 1998, APPL PHYS A, V66, P1213
    CHAHARA K, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P1990
    CHEN X, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P751
    CHEN Y, 1998, CHIN J LOW TEMP PHYS, V20, P62
    COEY JMD, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P3910
    DAI DS, 1997, PROGR PHYSICS, V17, P201
    FONTCUBERTA J, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1122
    GOODENOUGH JB, 1970, LANDOLTBORNSTEIN T
    GORBENKO OY, 2000, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V114, P407
    HELMOLT RV, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2331
    HIROTA K, 1998, J MAGN MAGN MATER 2, V177, P864
    HWANG HY, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P914
    JAIME M, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P1028
    JIN S, 1994, J APPL PHYS 2, V76, P6929
    JIN S, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P3
    LIU N, 2001, CHIN J LOW TEMP PHYS, V23, P1
    MAHENDIRAN R, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P3348
    MILLIS AJ, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P5144
    PRADHAN AK, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P763
    RAVINDRANATH V, 2001, PHYS REV B, V63
    TERAI T, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P1028
    WU J, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P370
    XIAO CT, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1245
    XU MX, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1007
    YUAN SL, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V77, P4398
    ZENER C, 1951, PHYS REV, V82, P403
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 7
 BP 2299
 EP 2304
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 835XS
 UT ISI:000222519400052
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, WQ
    Wu, YZ
    Zheng, XY
    Jiang, XY
    Zhang, ZU
    Sun, RG
    Xu, SH
 TI Multicomponent excited-state emissions in a bilayer organic
    electroluminescent device
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE electroluminescence; excited state emission; exciplex; electroplex
 ID LIGHT-EMITTING-DIODES; EXCIPLEX EMISSION; POLYMERS; LAYER
 AB Multicomponent excited-state emissions from monomer, exciplex and
    electroplex were observed in a bilayer organic electroluminescent
    device with a structure of ITO/TPD (60nm)/PBD (60nm)/Al (where TPD and
    PBD stand for N,N'-diphenyl-N, N'-bis( 3-methylphenyl)-1,
    1'-biphenyl-4, 4'-diamine) and
    (2-(4'-biphenyl)-5-(4"-tert-butylphenyl)-1, 3, 4-oxadiazole,
    respectively). The difference between the photoluminescence of this
    device and the TPD : PBD equimolar evaporated films suggests that the
    exciplex takes place only at the interface of TPD/PBD. The Variation of
    electroluminescence spectra with bias indicates the different formation
    mechanisms and the different population of each excited state
    component, as well as the different dynamic recombination process of
    carriers in this device.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, WQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CAO H, 2000, APPL SURF SCI, V161, P443
    CHAO CI, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V73, P426
    COCCHI M, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P2401
    COWAN DO, 1976, ELEMENTS ORGANIC PHO
    GEBLER DD, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P1644
    GEBLER DD, 1998, J CHEM PHYS, V108, P7842
    ITANO K, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P636
    JENEKHE SA, 1994, SCIENCE, V265, P765
    KALINOWSKI J, 1996, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2780, P293
    KALINOWSKI J, 2000, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V33, P2379
    KHRAMTCHENKOV DV, 1996, J APPL PHYS, V79, P9283
    RUHSTALLER B, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V89, P4575
    THOMPSON J, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P560
    WANG JF, 1998, ADV MATER, V10, P230
    ZHU DB, 1999, ORGANIC SOLIDS
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 7
 BP 2325
 EP 2329
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 835XS
 UT ISI:000222519400057
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, J
    Yamamoto, M
 TI Determination of two convection coefficients from Dirichlet to Neumann
    map in the two-dimensional case
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE Dirichlet to Neumann map; convection coefficients; global uniqueness;
    inverse scattering method; first order elliptic system
 ID INVERSE SCATTERING TRANSFORM; STEWARTSON-II EQUATIONS; BOUNDARY-VALUE
    PROBLEM; GLOBAL UNIQUENESS; DETERMINING CONDUCTIVITY; DIMENSIONS
 AB In the two-dimensional case, we consider the problem of determining two
    convection coefficients from the Dirichlet to Neumann map. With the
    theory of generalized analytic functions which was developed by Bers
    and Vekua, we can formulate the problem as an inverse problem for a
    first order elliptic system. By using the inverse scattering method for
    the first order elliptic system, we prove that, in two dimensions, the
    Dirichlet to Neumann map uniquely determines two convection
    coefficients without any smallness assumption of unknown coefficients.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Div Computat Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Univ Tokyo, Dept Math Sci, Tokyo 153, Japan.
 RP Cheng, J, Fudan Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 EM jcheng@fudan.edu.cn
    myama@ms.u-tokyo.ac.jp
 CR ADAMS RA, 1975, SOBOLEV SPACES
    BARROSNETO J, 1973, INTRO THEORY DISTRIB
    BEALS R, 1985, P SYMP PURE MATH, V43, P45
    BERS L, 1953, THEORY PSEUDOANALYTI
    BROWN RM, 1997, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V22, P1009
    BUKHGEIM AL, 1993, J INVERSE ILL POSED, V1, P17
    CALDERON AP, 1980, SEM NUM AN ITS APPL, P65
    CHENEY M, 1990, P APPL MATH, V42, P37
    HORMANDER L, 1963, LINEAR PARTIAL DIFFE
    IKEHATA M, 1999, SUGAKU EXPOSITIONS, V12, P57
    ISAKOV V, 1995, T AM MATH SOC, V347, P3375
    ISAKOV V, 1998, INVERSE PROBLEMS PAR
    KOHN R, 1984, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V37, P289
    KOHN RV, 1985, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V38, P643
    NACHMAN AI, 1988, ANN MATH, V128, P531
    NACHMAN AI, 1996, ANN MATH, V143, P71
    NAKAMURA G, 1995, MATH ANN, V303, P377
    SUN ZQ, 1990, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V87, P227
    SUNG LY, 1994, J MATH ANAL APPL, V183, P121
    SUNG LY, 1994, J MATH ANAL APPL, V183, P289
    SUNG LY, 1994, J MATH ANAL APPL, V183, P477
    SYLVESTER J, 1987, ANN MATH, V125, P153
    SYLVESTER J, 1988, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V41, P197
    SYLVESTER J, 1990, P APPL MATH, V42, P101
    VEKUA IN, 1962, GEN ANAL FUNCTIONS
 NR 25
 TC 1
 SN 0036-1410
 J9 SIAM J MATH ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Math. Anal.
 PY 2004
 VL 35
 IS 6
 BP 1371
 EP 1393
 PG 23
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 835CI
 UT ISI:000222457100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yao, MY
    Zhou, BX
    Li, Q
    Liu, WQ
    Miao, Z
    Yu, YH
 TI The effect of alloying composition on hydrogen uptake of welding zones
    of zirconium alloys during corrosion tests
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE zirconium alloy; hydrogen uptake; corrosion resistance; electron beam
    welding
 ID MICROARC OXIDATION
 AB When the zirconium alloy plates with the same Fe content and different
    Cr content were used to make the butt joints with Zr-4 alloy plates,
    the hydrogen content in. welding samples is obviously different after
    corrosion and is not in proportion to the thickness of oxide films.
    This shows that alloying element Cr has a. significant effect on
    hydrogen uptake performance. The hydrogen content in welding samples,
    in which zirconium alloy plates being used to make the butt joints with
    Zr-4 plates don't contain Cr, decreases sharply after corrosion. The
    relationship between hydrogen content and the number and size of
    Zr(Fe,Cr)(2) second phase particles in Zr-4 with different heat-treated
    states indicates that the formation of Zr(Fe,Cr)2 second phase
    particles is the main reason that the amount of hydrogen uptake
    increases. Adding Nb alloying element in zirconium alloys without Cr,
    not only improves the corrosion resistance; but also make hydrogen
    uptake not to increase. The zirconium hydrides induced by tensile
    stress are easy to precipitate in the front of faulty fusion, and they
    are also easy to precipitate along the interface between molten zones
    and matrix. These will influence the dispersity of mechanical
    properties.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Nucl Power Inst China, Key Lab Nucl Fuel & Mat, Chengdu 610041, Peoples R China.
 RP Yao, MY, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HARTCORN LA, 1963, QUANTITATIVE METALLO, P63
    LI C, 2002, J NUCL MATER, V304, P134
    PAN SF, 1989, P S NUCL MAT IRR COR, P1
    PERRYMAN ECW, 1978, NUCL ENERGY, V17, P95
    SHALTIEL D, 1977, J LESS-COMMON MET, V53, P117
    SIMPSON CJ, 1974, J NUCL MATER, V52, P289
    XUE WB, 2001, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V30, P281
    YAO MY, 2004, NUCL POWER ENG, V25, P147
    ZHANG DL, 2003, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V32, P658
    ZHOU BX, 1989, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V25, A190
    ZHOU BX, 1996, CNIC01074
    ZHOU BX, 2003, NUCL POWER ENG, V24, P236
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 33
 IS 6
 BP 641
 EP 645
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 833XU
 UT ISI:000222375800020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, XF
    Shi, YM
    Song, XL
    Chen, H
 TI Andreev reflection resonant tunneling through a precessing spin
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE Andreev reflection; precessing spin; spin-orbit interaction
 ID MICROSCOPY; METAL
 AB We investigated Andreev reflection (AR) resonant tunneling through a
    precessing spin which is coupled to a normal metallic lead and a
    superconducting lead. The formula of the AR conductance at zero
    temperature is obtained as a function of chemical potential and
    azimuthal angle of the spin precessing by using the nonequilibrium
    Green function method. It is found that as the local spin precesses in
    a weak external magnetic field at Larmor frequency omega(l), the AR
    tunneling conductance exhibits an oscillation at the frequency
    2omega(l) alone. The amplitude of AR conductance oscillation enhances
    with spin-flip tunneling coupling increasing. The study also shows that
    spin-orbit interaction in tunneling barriers is crucial for the
    oscillations of AR conductance. The effect of local spin precessing and
    spin-flip tunneling coupling caused by spin-orbit interaction on the
    resonant behavior of the AR conductance is examined. (C) 2004 Elsevier
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, XF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM caoyanjie80@163.com
    ymshi@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BALATSKY AV, CONDMAT0112407
    DURKAN C, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P458
    FENG JF, 2003, PHYS REV B, V67
    MA J, CONDMAT0309520
    MANASSEN Y, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P16223
    SHACHAL D, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P4795
    SOULEN RJ, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, P85
    SUN QF, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P3831
    SUN QF, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V87
    ZHANG P, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V28
    ZHU JX, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V89
    ZHU Y, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD JUL 5
 PY 2004
 VL 327
 IS 4
 BP 337
 EP 343
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 834DT
 UT ISI:000222392500010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, Y
    Deng, SF
    Zhang, DJ
    Chen, DY
 TI The N-soliton solutions for the non-isospectral mKdV equation
 SO PHYSICA A-STATISTICAL MECHANICS AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE the non-isospectral mKdV equation; Hirota method; Wronskian technique
 ID LINEAR EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; SELF-CONSISTENT SOURCES; TERMS
 AB The bilinear form of the non-isospectral mKdV equation is given and the
    exact N-soliton solutions are obtained through Hirota method and
    Wronskian technique, respectively. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Dept Math, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, Y, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Dept Math, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zy2836@163.com
 CR FREEMAN NC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P1
    FREEMAN NC, 1984, IMA J APPL MATH, V32, P125
    FREEMAN NC, 1984, J PHYS A, V17, P1415
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 1976, J PHYS SOC JPN, V41, P2141
    HIROTA R, 1978, J PHYS SOC JPN, V45, P174
    LIN RL, 2001, PHYSICA A, V291, P287
    NIMMO JJC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P4
    ROGERS C, 1982, BACKLUND TRANSFORMAT
    SATSUMA J, 1979, J PHYS SOC JPN, V46, P359
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P2649
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0378-4371
 J9 PHYSICA A
 JI Physica A
 PD AUG 15
 PY 2004
 VL 339
 IS 3-4
 BP 228
 EP 236
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 833YV
 UT ISI:000222378500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ning, TK
    Chen, DY
    Zhang, DJ
 TI The exact solutions for the nonisospectral AKNS hierarchy through the
    inverse scattering transform
 SO PHYSICA A-STATISTICAL MECHANICS AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE exact solution; the nonisospectral AKNS hierarchy; the inverse
    scattering transform
 ID KORTEWEG-DEVRIES EQUATION; EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS
 AB Exact solutions for the nonisospectral AKNS hierarchy are obtained
    through the inverse scattering transform. Some explicit forms of these
    solutions are further given. Reductions are also considered. Exact
    solutions of some nonisospectral hierarchies, such as the
    nonisospectral mKdV hierarchy, the nonisospectral KdV hierarchy, the
    nonisospectral nonlinear Schrodinger hierarchy and the nonisospectral
    sine-Gordon hierarchy, are obtained. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, DJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM tkning@mail.shu.edu.cn
    dychen@mail.shu.edu.cn
    djzhang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1974, STUD APPL MATH, V53, P249
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITON INVERSE SCAT
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, NONLINEAR EVOLUTION
    CALOGERO F, 1978, LETT NUOVO CIMENTO, V22, P131
    CALOGERO F, 1982, SPECTRAL TRANSFORM S
    CHAN WL, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P2521
    CHEN DY, 1996, J MATH PHYS, V37, P5524
    GARDNER CS, 1967, PHYS REV LETT, V19, P1095
    GUPTA MR, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V72, P420
    HIROTA R, 1976, J PHYS SOC JPN, V41, P2141
    LI YS, 1982, SCI SINICA A, V25, P911
    MA WX, 1992, J MATH PHYS, V33, P2464
    MA WX, 1992, J PHYS A, V25, L719
    TIAN C, 1990, RES REPORTS PHYS, P35
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1972, SOV PHYS JETP, V34, P62
    ZENG YB, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P5453
 NR 16
 TC 3
 SN 0378-4371
 J9 PHYSICA A
 JI Physica A
 PD AUG 15
 PY 2004
 VL 339
 IS 3-4
 BP 248
 EP 266
 PG 19
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 833YV
 UT ISI:000222378500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, ZY
    Wang, ZH
 TI One-dimensional chiral photonic band gap structure analyzed by
    non-symmetric transmission-line method
 SO OPTICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE chiral; photonic crystal; photonic band gap; refractive; reflectance
 ID MICROCAVITIES; AIR
 AB In this paper, the formula of reflection coefficient of mufti-layer
    chiral media is derived by non-symmetric transmission-line method.
    Then, it is applied to one-dimensional (1-D) chiral photonic crystal
    structure, which is composed of thin chiral layers sandwiched by air.
    The results show that it is difficult to obtain photonic band gap for
    general dielectric when the contrast of two media refractive indices is
    not large, and the reflection coefficient is small. However, for chiral
    photonic crystal, although the refractive index of chiral layer is
    small, the wave spectrum contains forbidden zones and the reflection
    coefficient from such a structure is found to be almost equal to 1,
    i.e., the wave is almost totally reflected through adjusting chiral
    parameter. Therefore it is easier to obtain an ideal photonic band gap.
    (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiao, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, 149 Yangchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM xiaozhongyin@163.com
 CR CREGAN RF, 1999, SCIENCE, V285, P1537
    FLOOD KM, 1996, J OPT SOC AM A, V13, P1395
    FORESI JS, 1997, NATURE, V390, P143
    LAKHTAKIA A, 1993, ESSAYS FORMAL ASPECT
    LINDELL IV, 1994, ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE
    SANJEEV KS, 2003, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V38, P293
    SIHVOLA AH, 1991, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V4, P295
    VILLENEUVE P, 1998, OPT LETT, V21, P2017
    VILLENEUVE PR, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P167
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0030-4018
 J9 OPT COMMUN
 JI Opt. Commun.
 PD JUL 15
 PY 2004
 VL 237
 IS 4-6
 BP 229
 EP 233
 PG 5
 SC Optics
 GA 833YD
 UT ISI:000222376700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZY
    Zhang, GD
 TI Microstructure analysis of carbon-carbon preform
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 ID CHEMICAL-VAPOR INFILTRATION; METHANE PARTIAL-PRESSURE; FIBER FELT;
    PYROCARBON; COMPOSITES; DEPOSITION; CHEMISTRY; KINETICS
 AB The microstructure of three kinds of porous carbon-carbon preforms
    prepared for carbon-carbon/aluminum composites was identified by x-ray
    diffraction, Raman spectroscopy, and field emission scan electronic
    microscope. Although manufactured at same processing conditions,
    including the temperature, type of organic gas, and pressure of
    pyrolysis, the structure of the pyrolytic carbon (C-py) in three kinds
    of preforms is different. The morphology of the C-py is influence by
    the topology of the preforms greatly, and the crystal structure of the
    C-py is influenced by the crystal structure of the carbon fiber
    greatly, on which surface the C-py was deposited. The degree of
    graphitization of the C-py had been enhanced and the structure of the
    C-py changed to more anisotropic form when the preforms were annealed
    at 2773 K.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, State Key Lab Met Matrix Composites, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Composites Ctr, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, ZY, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, State Key Lab Met Matrix Composites,
    Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 EM zhenyi_liu@hotmail.com
 CR BENZINGER W, 1996, CARBON, V34, P1465
    BENZINGER W, 1998, CARBON, V36, P1033
    BENZINGER W, 1999, CARBON, V37, P1311
    BENZINGER W, 1999, CARBON, V37, P181
    BENZINGER W, 1999, CARBON, V37, P941
    BOKROS JC, 1968, CHEM PHYS CARBON, V5, P1
    DELHAES P, 2002, CARBON, V40, P641
    DONG GL, 2002, CARBON, V40, P2515
    EVANS AG, 1994, J MATER SCI, V29, P3857
    FERON O, 1999, CARBON, V37, P1343
    GU MY, 1996, ADV COMPOS MATER, V5, P119
    JEFFREY JW, 1971, METHODS XRAY CRYSTAL, P83
    KELLY BT, 1968, CHEM PHYS CARBON, V5, P119
    QULI FA, 1998, CARBON, V36, P1623
    ZHANG WG, 2002, CARBON, V40, P2529
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0884-2914
 J9 J MATER RES
 JI J. Mater. Res.
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 IS 7
 BP 2124
 EP 2130
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 834NQ
 UT ISI:000222418200026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bi, JB
    Chen, ZY
    Chen, DY
 TI Novel solutions to sine-Gordon equation from modified Backlund
    transformation
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE sine-Gordon equation; Backlund transformation; novel solutions
 AB Some novel solutions are constructed for the sine-Gordon equation from
    the modified bilinear derivative Backlund transformation. The approach
    used here is general and can be applied to other soliton equations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Bi, JB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITONS INVERSE SCA
    CHEN DY, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P658
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 1974, PROG THEOR PHYS, V52, P1498
    HIROTA R, 1980, DIRECT METHODS SOLIT, P157
    SATSUMA J, 1976, J PHYS SOC JPN, V40, P286
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD JUN 15
 PY 2004
 VL 41
 IS 6
 BP 805
 EP 806
 PG 2
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 834JZ
 UT ISI:000222408700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Fang, JP
    Chen, LQ
 TI Evolution property of multisoliton excitations for a higher-dimensional
    coupled burgers system
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE higher-dimensional coupled Burgers system; multisoliton excitation;
    dromion
 ID COHERENT SOLITON-STRUCTURES; DAVEY-STEWARTSON EQUATION; DISPERSIVE WAVE
    SYSTEM; GENERAL-SOLUTION; AKNS SYSTEM; DROMION; ABUNDANT; PEAKON
 AB By means of the standard truncated Painleve expansion and a special
    Backlund transformation, the higher-dimensional coupled Burgers system
    (HDCB) is reduced to a linear equation, and an exact multisoliton
    excitation is derived. The evolution properties of the multisoliton
    excitation are investigated and some novel features or interesting
    behaviors are revealed. The results show that after interactions for
    dromion-dromion, solitoff-solitoff, and solitoff-dromion, they are
    combined with some new types of localized structures, which are similar
    to classic particles with completely nonelastic behaviors.
 C1 Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zjclzheng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR CHEN CL, 2002, PHYS REV E 2B, V66
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4209
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    LOU SY, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10619
    LOU SY, 2002, PHYS SCRIPTA, V65, P7
    MA WX, 1993, J PHYS A, V26, P17
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    YAN ZY, 2002, CHINESE J PHYS, V40, P203
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P1006
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P448
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P653
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P783
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P11
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P261
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P9
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P25
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
 NR 21
 TC 1
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD JUN 15
 PY 2004
 VL 41
 IS 6
 BP 903
 EP 906
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 834JZ
 UT ISI:000222408700021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, DQ
 TI Interaction of viscous wakes with a free surface
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE free-surface wave; viscous wake; viscosity; submergence depth;
    Oseenlet; Lighthill's two-stage scheme; asymptotic solution
 ID SHIP-WAVE PATTERN; VISCOSITY; FLOW
 AB The interaction of laminar wakes with free-surface waves generated by a
    moving body beneath the surface of an incompressible, viscous fluid of
    infinite depth was investigated analytically. The analysis was based on
    the steady Oseen equations for disturbed flows. The kinematic and
    dynamic boundary conditions were linearized for the small-amplitude
    free-surface waves. The effect of the moving body was mathematically
    modeled as an Oseenlet. The disturbed flow was regarded as the sum of
    an unbounded singular Oseen flow which represents the effect of the
    viscous wake and a bounded regular Oseen flow which represents the
    influence of the free surface. The exact solution for the free-surface
    waves was obtained by the method of integral transforms. The asymptotic
    representation with additive corrections for the free-surface waves was
    derived by means of Lighthill's two-stage scheme. The symmetric
    solution obtained shows that the amplitudes of the free-surface waves
    are exponentially damped by the presences of viscosity and submergence
    depth.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mech Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, DQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM dqlu@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ALLEN RF, 1968, J FLUID MECH, V34, P417
    BRARD R, 1970, J SHIP RES, V14, P207
    CHAN AT, 1996, PHYS FLUIDS, V8, P421
    CHUNG YK, 1991, J SHIP RES, V35, P191
    CHWANG AT, 1975, J FLUID MECH, V67, P787
    CRAPPER GD, 1964, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V282, P547
    CUMBERBATCH E, 1965, J FLUID MECH, V23, P471
    DUFFY DG, 1994, TRANSFORM METHODS SO, P116
    HAPPEL J, 1973, LOW REYNOLDS NUMBER, P79
    LAGERSTROM PA, 1996, LAMINAR FLOW THEORY, P74
    LIGHTHILL MJ, 1960, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V252, P397
    LIU MJ, 2002, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V23, P1221
    LU DQ, 2003, J HYDRODYNAMICS B, V15, P10
    LUGT HJ, 1987, PHYS FLUIDS, V30, P3647
    LURYE JR, 1968, PHYS FLUIDS, V11, P261
    LURYE JR, 1973, PHYS FLUIDS, V16, P750
    LYDEN JD, 1988, J GEOPHYS RES, V93, P12293
    MILGRAM JH, 1988, J SHIP RES, V32, P54
    REED AM, 2002, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V34, P469
    URSELL F, 1960, J FLUID MECH, V8, P418
    WEN SL, 1969, INT J ENG SCI, V7, P53
 NR 21
 TC 2
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 6
 BP 647
 EP 655
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 834NA
 UT ISI:000222416600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, XY
    He, BW
    Leng, GS
 TI Mid-facets of a simplex
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE simplex; mid-facet; median line; Grassmann algebra; geometric inequality
 AB The mid-facet of a simplex in n-dimensional Euclidean space which was
    introduced quite recently is an important geometric element. An
    analytic expression for the mid-facet area of a simplex is firstly
    given. In order to obtain the expression, the exterior differential
    method was presented. Furthermore, the properties of the mid-facets of
    a simplex analogous to median lines of a triangle ( such as for all
    mid-facets of a simplex, there exists another simplex such that its
    edge-lengths equal to these mid-facets area respectively, and all of
    the mid-facets of a simplex have a common point) were proved. Finally,
    by applying the analytic expression, a number of inequalities which
    combine edge-lengths, circumradius, median line, bisection area and
    facet area with the mid-facet area for a simplex were established.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Hunan Normal Univ, Dept Math, Changsha 410081, Peoples R China.
    Hunan Univ Sci & technol, Dept Math, Yueyang 414000, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, XY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM lixy77@sohu.com
 CR BOOTHBY WM, 1975, INTRO DIFFERENTIABLE
    GUO SG, 1997, J MATH PRC, V17, P413
    LENG GS, 2000, J MATH ANAL APPL, V248, P429
    LENG GS, 2002, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V23, P990
    MITRINOVIC DS, 1989, RECENT ADV GEOMETRIC
    REZNIKOV AG, 1991, GEOMETRIC ASPECTS FU, V1469, P90
    SANYAL A, 1967, AM MATH MONTHLY, V74, P967
    SCHNEIDER R, 1993, COVEX BODIES BRUNN M
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 6
 BP 679
 EP 685
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 834NA
 UT ISI:000222416600010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Zu, JW
    Wu, J
 TI Principal resonance in transverse nonlinear parametric vibration of an
    axially accelerating viscoelastic string
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE principal parametric resonance; axially accelerating string;
    viscoelasticity; method of multiple scales; stability
 ID INTEGRAL CONSTITUTIVE LAW; STABILITY ANALYSIS; MOVING BELTS
 AB To investigate the principal resonance in transverse nonlinear
    parametric vibration of an axially accelerating viscoelastic string,
    the method of multiple scales is applied directly to the nonlinear
    partial differential equation that governs the transverse vibration of
    the string. To derive the governing equation, Newton's second law,
    Lagrangean strain, and Kelvin's model are respectively used to account
    the dynamical relation, geometric nonlinearity and the viscoelasticity
    of the string material. Based on the solvability condition of
    eliminating the secular terms, closed form solutions are obtained for
    the amplitude and the existence conditions of nontrivial steady-state
    response of the principal parametric resonance. The Lyapunov linearized
    stability theory is employed to analyze the stability of the trivial
    and nontrivial solutions in the principal parametric resonance. Some
    numerical examples are presented to show the effects of the mean
    transport speed, the amplitude and the frequency of speed variation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Toronto, Dept Mech & Ind Engn, Toronto, ON M5S 3G8, Canada.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM lqchen@online.sh.cn
 CR CHEN LQ, 2001, ADV MECH, V31, P535
    CHEN LQ, 2003, ACTA MECH, V162, P143
    CHEN LQ, 2003, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V4, P169
    CHEN LQ, 2003, J SOUND VIB, V261, P764
    CHEN LQ, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P349
    CHEN LQ, 2004, J ENG MATH, V47, P171
    CHEN LQ, 2004, NONLINEAR DYNAM, V35, P347
    FUNG RF, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V201, P153
    MIRANKER WL, 1960, IBM J RES DEV, V4, P36
    OZKAYA E, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V230, P729
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1993, J SOUND VIB, V168, P371
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1994, J SOUND VIB, V169, P179
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V203, P815
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
    WICKERT JA, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P738
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P396
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P403
    ZHAO WJ, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V3, P139
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7718
 J9 ACTA MECH SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 3
 BP 307
 EP 316
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 834QV
 UT ISI:000222426500013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, YY
    Ren, ZJ
    Cao, WG
    Tong, WQ
    Gao, MF
 TI Solvent-free synthesis of ethyl alpha-cyanocinnamate in the presence of
    CaO
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE knoevenagel condensation; alpha-cyanocinnamates; calcium oxide; ethyl
    cyanoacetate
 ID SOLID-STATE; KNOEVENAGEL CONDENSATION; ABSENCE; CATALYSTS
 AB Ethyl alpha-cyanocinnamate can be prepared by grinding in the presence
    of CaO at room temperature. This method is simple, efficient,
    economical, and environmentally benign.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Organomet Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM renruil98229@hotmail.com
 CR CABELLO JA, 1984, J ORG CHEM, V49, P5195
    HAGIWARA H, 1996, MOL CRYST LIQ CRYST, V279, P291
    IM J, 1997, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V38, P451
    LI JP, 2001, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V31, P781
    MOGILAIAH K, 2003, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V33, P2309
    REN ZJ, 2002, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V32, P3475
    SCHMEYERS T, 1998, J CHEM SOC P2, P989
    TANAKA K, 1991, J ORG CHEM, V56, P4333
    TANAKA K, 2000, CHEM REV, V100, P1025
    TANAKA M, 1998, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1965
    TODA F, 1989, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V28, P320
    TODA F, 1989, CHEM EXP, V4, P507
    TODA F, 1989, J ORG CHEM, V54, P3007
    TODA F, 1990, J CHEM SOC P1, P3207
    TODA F, 1998, J CHEM SOC PERK 1107, P3521
    TROST RM, 1991, COMPREHENSIVE ORGANI, V2, P369
    XIAO JP, 2001, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V31, P661
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 34
 IS 11
 BP 2047
 EP 2051
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 830YS
 UT ISI:000222160700015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Leng, GS
    Si, L
    Zhu, QS
 TI Mixed-mean inequalities for subsets
 SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN MATHEMATICAL SOCIETY
 DT Article
 DE mixed mean; power mean; Carlson inequality
 AB For A subset of X = {x(1),...,xn \ x(i) greater than or equal to 0, i =
    1, 2, ..., n}, let a(A) and g(A) denote the arithmetic mean and
    geometric mean of elements of A, respectively. It is proved that if k
    is an integer in ((n)(2), n], then
    [GRAPHICS]
    with equality if and only if x(1) = ... = x(n). Furthermore, as a
    generalization of this inequality, a mixed power-mean inequality for
    subsets is established.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Peking Univ, Sch Math Sci, Beijing 100871, Peoples R China.
 RP Leng, GS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM gleng@mail.shu.edu.cn
    silin_mail@sohu.com
 CR BECKENBACH EF, 1961, ERGEBNISSE MATH IHRE, V30
    CARLSON BC, 1971, SIAM REV, V13, P253
    CHUAN HZ, 1990, PAC J MATH, V143, P43
    HARDY GH, 1952, INEQUALITIES
    KOBER H, 1958, P AM MATH SOC, V9, P452
    MITRINOVIC DS, 1970, ANAL INEQUALITIES
    MITRINOVIC DS, 1993, CLASSICAL NEW INEQUA
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0002-9939
 J9 PROC AMER MATH SOC
 JI Proc. Amer. Math. Soc.
 PY 2004
 VL 132
 IS 9
 BP 2655
 EP 2660
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 830KZ
 UT ISI:000222122200020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, L
    Tang, MB
    Xu, H
    Pan, MX
    Zhao, DQ
    Wang, WH
 TI Kinetic nature of hard magnetic Nd50Al15Fe15Co20 bulk metallic glass
    with distinct glass transition
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 ID AL AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; CRYSTALLIZATION KINETICS; THERMAL-STABILITY;
    FORMING ABILITY; FE; MICROSTRUCTURE; CO; ND60FE30AL10; TEMPERATURE;
    SOLIDS
 AB A hard magnetic Nd50Al15Fe15Co20 bulk metallic glass (BMG) was prepared
    in the shape of a rod up to 3 mm in diameter by suction casting. The
    glass transition and crystallization behaviors as well as their kinetic
    nature have been studied. In contrast to the previously reported hard
    magnetic Nd-Al-Fe-Co BMGs, Nd50Al15Fe15Co20 as-cast rod exhibits a
    distinct glass transition and multistep crystallization behaviors in
    the differential scanning calorimetry traces and lower coercivity. The
    BMG provides an ideal model for the investigation of glass transition
    and crystallization of hard magnetic Nd-Al-Fe-Co glass-forming alloys.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, L, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM xialei@aphy.iphy.ac.cn
 CR BUSCH R, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P4093
    CROAT JJ, 1982, J APPL PHYS, V53, P3161
    DING J, 1999, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V32, P713
    FAN GJ, 2000, J MATER RES, V15, P1556
    FECHT HJ, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P777
    HE Y, 1994, PHIL MAG LETT, V70, P371
    HWANG CH, 1985, SCRIPTA METALL, V19, P1403
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P99
    INOUE A, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V226, P393
    INOUE A, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS A, V29, P1779
    KAUZMANN W, 1948, CHEM REV, V43, P219
    KISSINGER HE, 1956, J RES NAT BUR STAND, V57, P217
    KUMAR G, 2003, ACTA MATER, V51, P229
    LASOCKA M, 1976, MATER SCI ENG, V23, P173
    MITROVIC N, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P2145
    SCHNEIDER S, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P1749
    WANG L, 2000, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V12, P4253
    WANG XZ, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V290, P209
    WEI BC, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V89, P3529
    WEI BC, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    WEI BC, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P4357
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V36, P2954
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V36, P775
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V15, P3531
    XING LQ, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V88, P3565
    ZHAO ZF, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V82, P4701
    ZHUANG YX, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P2392
    ZHUANG YX, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V87, P8209
 NR 28
 TC 2
 SN 0884-2914
 J9 J MATER RES
 JI J. Mater. Res.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 IS 5
 BP 1307
 EP 1310
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 833DL
 UT ISI:000222316500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, LH
    Huang, QW
    Gu, H
 TI Preparation of acicular strontium barium potassium niobate seed crystals
 SO JOURNAL OF CRYSTAL GROWTH
 DT Article
 DE crystal morphology; molten salt synthesis; seed crystal; strontium
    barium potassium mobate
 ID TEXTURED SR0.53BA0.47NB2O6 CERAMICS; TEMPLATED GRAIN-GROWTH;
    PHOTOREFRACTIVE PROPERTIES; ELECTRICAL-PROPERTIES; FABRICATION; PHASE
 AB Acicular strontium barium potassium niobate seed crystals with
    approximate composition Sr0.36Ba0.51K0.31Nb2O6 can be synthesized from
    SrCO3, BaCO3 and Nb2O5 in molten salt. When KCl is used as molten salt,
    unfortunately, the synthesized seed crystals have asymmetric diameter
    and aspect ratio distribution due to the evaporation of KCl flux. While
    K2SO4 is used as molten salt, highly anisotropic Sr0.36Ba0.51K0.31Nb2O6
    particles and small equi-axed BaSO4 particles are developed, in which
    BaSO4 particles can be removed by conventional sedimentation treatment.
    The synthesized seed crystals have the mean diameter of 2.1 mum and the
    mean aspect ratio of 5.8, which are believed to be ideal templates for
    the preparation of textured niobate ceramics. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, QW, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High
    Performance Ceram & Superfine, 1295 Ding Xi Rd, Shanghai 200050,
    Peoples R China.
 EM huangqw@mail.sic.ac.cn
 CR ANTISIGIN VD, 1981, FERROELECTRICS, V38, P761
    DURAN C, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P2203
    DURAN C, 2002, J MATER RES, V17, P2399
    GLASS AM, 1969, J APPL PHYS, V40, P4699
    HUANG QW, 2002, MATER LETT, V56, P915
    JAMIESON PB, 1968, J CHEM PHYS, V48, P5048
    JOHANSSON KE, 1980, J PHYS E, V13, P1289
    LEE SI, 1988, FERROELECTRICS, V87, P209
    LENZO PV, 1967, APPL PHYS LETT, V11, P23
    MORENOGOBBI A, 2000, J ALLOY COMPD, V310, P29
    NEURGAONKAR RR, 1980, MATER RES BULL, V15, P1235
    NEURGAONKAR RR, 1986, J OPT SOC AM B, V3, P274
    NEURGAONKAR RR, 1987, OPT ENG, V26, P392
    PICARD G, 1991, MATER SCI FORUM, V73, P505
    VANDAMME NS, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P1785
    WERNER PE, 1969, ARK KEMI, V31, P513
    WOIKE T, 2001, APPL PHYS B-LASERS O, V72, P661
 NR 17
 TC 2
 SN 0022-0248
 J9 J CRYST GROWTH
 JI J. Cryst. Growth
 PD JUN 15
 PY 2004
 VL 267
 IS 1-2
 BP 199
 EP 203
 PG 5
 SC Crystallography
 GA 832SF
 UT ISI:000222286600031
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pei, Y
    Chen, J
    Yang, LM
    Shi, LL
    Tao, Q
    Hui, BJ
    Li, R
 TI The effect of pH on the LCST of poly(N-isopropylacrylamide) and
    poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylic acid)
 SO JOURNAL OF BIOMATERIALS SCIENCE-POLYMER EDITION
 DT Article
 DE temperature sensitivity; pH sensitivity; LCST; PNIPAAm; P(NIPAAm-co-AAc)
 ID TEMPERATURE-SENSITIVE HYDROGELS; SWELLING EQUILIBRIA;
    PHASE-TRANSITIONS; POLYMER; GELS; IRRADIATION; CONJUGATE; WATER
 AB Poly(N-isopropylacrylamide) (PNIPAAm) and
    poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylic acid) (P(NIPAAm-co-AAc))
    hydrogels are synthesized by irradiating the aqueous solutions of
    NIPAAm and NlPAAm/AAc with Co-60 gamma-ray. The effects of pH on the
    swelling ratio and on the lower critical solution temperature (LCST)
    are studied by determining the dependence of swelling ratio on
    temperature in different pH butter solutions. Differential scanning
    calorimetry (DSC) is applied in determination of the LCST of the
    hydrogels. Fourier transform infrared (FT-IR) spectrometry is used in
    the comparison of hydrogels swelled in various pH conditions. As a
    result, PNIPAAm was found to be a pH-sensitive hydrogel and the LCST of
    the PNIPAAm and P(NIPAAm-co-AAc) hydrogels are influenced by pH.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Dept Chem Engn & Technol, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, J, Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Dept Chem Engn &
    Technol, Jiading Campus, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM chenjjd@online.sh.cn
 CR ANASTASERAVION S, 2001, J CHROMATOGR B, V761, P247
    BELTRAN S, 1990, J CHEM PHYS, V92, P2061
    BELTRAN S, 1991, MACROMOLECULES, V24, P549
    BRAZEL CS, 1996, J CONTROL RELEASE, V39, P57
    CHEN GH, 1995, NATURE, V373, P49
    CHEN JP, 1990, BIOMATERIALS, V11, P625
    CHEN JP, 1990, BIOMATERIALS, V11, P631
    DING ZL, 1999, BIOCONJUGATE CHEM, V10, P395
    FUJISHIGE S, 1990, J CHEM PHYS, V94, P5154
    HIROKAWA Y, 1984, J CHEM PHYS, V81, P6379
    HIROTSU S, 1987, J CHEM PHYS, V87, P1392
    PANDA A, 2000, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V58, P101
    QU X, 2000, POLYMER, V41, P4589
    ROSIAK JM, 1999, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V55, P139
    SCHILD HG, 1990, J PHYS CHEM-US, V94, P4352
    STAYTON PS, 1995, NATURE, V378, P472
    TANAKA T, 1978, PHYS REV LETT, V40, P820
    WINNIK FM, 1990, MACROMOLECULES, V23, P233
    YOO MK, 2000, POLYMER, V41, P5713
    ZHANG XZ, 2000, CHEM J CHINESE U, V21, P1309
 NR 20
 TC 1
 SN 0920-5063
 J9 J BIOMATER SCI-POLYM ED
 JI J. Biomater. Sci.-Polym. Ed.
 PY 2004
 VL 15
 IS 5
 BP 585
 EP 594
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Biomedical; Materials Science, Biomaterials; Polymer
    Science
 GA 832QA
 UT ISI:000222280800003
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Zhi, XL
    Tong, WQ
 TI Toward a virtual grid service of high availability
 SO COMPUTATIONAL SCIENCE - ICCS 2004, PT 1, PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB A new regulation approach is proposed to obtain a virtual resource
    service of high availability and service capacity on the basis of
    resources of low availability and small capacity. Some regulation
    algorithms with distinct characteristics are introduced.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhi, XL, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM xlzhi@mail.shu.edu.cn
    wqtong@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR FOSTER I, 1999, GRID BLUEPRINT NEW C
    MANI A, 2002, UNDERSTANDING QUALIT
    MATEESCU G, 2003, INT J HIGH PERFORM C, V17, P209
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2004
 VL 3036
 BP 511
 EP 514
 PG 4
 GA BAG03
 UT ISI:000222043200078
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Meng, ZQ
    Hu, QY
    Dang, CY
    Yang, XQ
 TI An objective penalty function method for nonlinear programming
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear programming; exact penalty function; objective penalty
    function
 ID CONSTRAINED OPTIMIZATION; PENALIZATION
 AB In this paper, we propose a novel objective penalty function for
    inequality constrained optimization problems. The objective penalty
    function differs from any existing penalty function and also has two
    desired features: exactness and smoothness if the constraints and
    objective function are differentiable. All exact penalty result is
    proved for the objective penalty function. In addition to these
    results, based on the objective penalty function, we develop an
    algorithm for solving the original problem and show its convergence
    under some mild conditions. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ Technol, Coll Business & Adm, Hangzhou, Zhejiang 310032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Int Business & Management, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Appl Math, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZQ, Zhejiang Univ Technol, Coll Business & Adm, Hangzhou,
    Zhejiang 310032, Peoples R China.
 EM mengzhiqing@163.net
    mecdang@cityu.edu.hk
    mayangxq@polyu.edu.hk
 CR DIPPILLO G, 1986, MATH PROGRAM, V36, P1
    HAN SP, 1979, MATH PROGRAM, V17, P251
    HUANG XX, 2001, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V111, P615
    LASSERRE JB, 1981, EUROPEAN J OPERATION, V7, P389
    MONGEAU M, 1995, EUROPEAN J OPERATION, V83, P686
    PINAR MC, 1994, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V4, P486
    ROSENBERG E, 1981, MATH OPERATIONAL RES, V6, P437
    RUBINOV AM, 1999, OPTIMIZATION, V46, P327
    RUBINOV AM, 1999, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V10, P289
    YANG XQ, 2001, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V11, P1119
    ZANGWILL WI, 1967, MANAGE SCI, V13, P334
    ZENIOS SA, 1993, EUROPEAN J OPERATION, V64, P258
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0893-9659
 J9 APPL MATH LETT
 JI Appl. Math. Lett.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 17
 IS 6
 BP 683
 EP 689
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 831SE
 UT ISI:000222215600011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mang, BW
    Ren, ZM
    Wang, H
    Li, X
    Zhuang, YQ
 TI On dynamics of grain alignment during alloy solidification under
    applied magnetic field
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE alignment; texture; solidification; magnetic anisotropy; high magnetic
    field; dynamics
 ID MODEL; PHASE
 AB A model responsible for the magnetic-induced rotation of single
    anisotropic grain in free medium has been proposed firstly based on the
    classical dynamics of rigid body, in which the grain is treated as a
    prolate spheroid. A theoretical expression was derived for the
    alignment time of grain as a function of viscidity of liquid matrix,
    aspect ratio of grain, difference of anisotropic magnetic
    susceptibility of grain and applied magnetic intensity. It was applied
    to predict the alignment time of paramagnetic superconductor material
    Bi-2212 and ferromagnetic material Bi-3%Mn in melt processing. An
    experiment was conducted for the latter melted fully at 300degreesC
    then rapidly quenched under different applied magnetic field, and the
    MnBi texture is obtained. It is found that the alignment time is less
    than one second, in good agreement with the theoretical prediction.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Mang, BW, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM bangwen@263.net
 CR BARRETT SE, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P6283
    CLOOTS R, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P3386
    FARRELL DE, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P4025
    FERREIRA PJ, 1999, J MATER RES, V14, P2751
    MA YW, 1997, PHYSICA C 4, V282, P2619
    MOFFATT WG, 1984, HDB BINARY PHASE DIA
    MORIKAWA H, 1998, MATER T JIM, V39, P814
    OHANDLY RC, 2000, MODERN MAGNETIC MAT, P45
    PROBSTEIN RF, 1989, PHYSICOCHEM HYDRODYN, P85
    SHETTY MN, 1987, J MATER SCI, V22, P1908
    VAKNIN D, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P1926
    WAN DF, 1999, PHYS MAGNETISM, P436
    WANG H, 2002, ACTA METALL SIN, V38, P41
    WANG ZG, 2002, MECHATRONICS, V12, P3
    YASUDA H, 2000, 3 INT S EL PROC MAT, P647
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 40
 IS 6
 BP 604
 EP 608
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 833LJ
 UT ISI:000222338500009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, BW
    Deng, K
    Lei, ZS
    Ren, ZM
 TI A mathematical model on coalescence and removal of inclusion particles
    in continuous casting tundish
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE continuous casting; tundish; inclusion; removal
 ID SIMULATION; STEEL
 AB Combing Euler framework for flow fluid and Larangian framework for
    particle motion, a statistic model coupling the motion, coalescence and
    removal of inclusion in molten melts has been developed to interpret
    the basic behavior of inclusion in continuous casting tundish.
    Numerical calculation was conducted for 3D turbulent flow field using
    k-epsilon turbulence model, then the removal efficiencies and growth
    rate of inclusion were statistically computed based on the
    random-trajectory model. The results indicate that the total removal
    efficiencies of 10, 20 and 30mum inclusion are approximately 20%, 36%
    and 75% respectively, of which the attribution due to adhesion to the
    refractory of inclusion occupies 1/6-1/4. It is found that the growth
    of inclusion due to coalescence is not marked, restricted by the
    realistic condition in tundish.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, BW, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM bangwen@263.net
 CR CROWE C, 2000, MULTIPHASE FLOWS DRO, P37
    FANG DY, 1988, 2 PHASE FLOW, P34
    GAO WF, 1997, IRON STEEL S, V32, P740
    GOSMAN AD, 1983, J ENERGY, V7, P482
    HE YD, 1989, ACTA METALL SIN, V25, B272
    ILEGBUSI OJ, 1989, ISIJ INT, V29, P1031
    KALLIO GA, 1989, INT J MULTIPHAS FLOW, V15, P433
    LI BK, 1997, J RES IRON STEEL, V9, P1
    MAZUMDAR D, 1995, STEEL RES, V66, P14
    MIKI Y, 1999, METALL MATER TRANS B, V30, P639
    NAKAOKA T, 1997, CAMP ISIJ, V10, P760
    PATANKER SV, 1980, NUMERICAL HEAT TRANS
    SINHA AK, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P556
    SOO J, 1993, METALL T B, V24, P755
    TOZAWA H, 1999, ISIJ INT, V39, P426
    ZHANG BW, 2002, J RARE EARTH, V20, P398
    ZHANG BW, 2003, THESIS SHANGHAI U, P46
    ZHANG E, 1999, J INFRARED MILLIM W, V18, P125
    ZHANG L, 2002, METALL MATER TRANS B, V31, P253
 NR 19
 TC 1
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 40
 IS 6
 BP 623
 EP 628
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 833LJ
 UT ISI:000222338500013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, ZR
 TI Orlicz spaces that are uniformly rotund in the direction of weakly
    compact sets
 SO TAIWANESE JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE uniform rotundity in the direction of weakly compact sets; Orlicz
    space; Orlicz norm
 ID BANACH-SPACES
 AB Sufficient and necessary condition of Orlicz spaces equipped with
    Orlicz norm that are uniformly rotund in the direction of weakly
    compact sets using only conditions on generated function of the space
    are given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, ZR, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Box 028, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zshi@sh163.net
 CR ANDO T, 1962, CAN J MATH, V14, P170
    CHEN S, 1986, B POLISH ACAD SCI MA, V34, P585
    CHEN S, 1996, THESIS WARSZAWA
    HAO C, 1998, FUNCT APPROX COMMENT, V26, P127
    HUDZIK H, 1997, ARCH MATH, V68, P159
    KRASNOSELSKII MA, 1961, CONVEX FUNCTIONS ORL
    SMITH MA, 1977, CAN J MATH, V29, P963
    SMITH MA, 1978, MATH ANN, V233, P155
    WANG T, 1992, J HEILONGJIANG U, V9, P10
    WANG T, 1995, COMMENT MATH PRACE M, V35, P245
    WANG T, 1999, J HARBIN U SCI TECH, V3, P1
    WANG Z, 1992, ELECTROANAL, V4, P77
    WU C, 1978, J HARBIN I TECH, V2, P1
    YAO H, 2000, SE ASIAN B MATH, V24, P667
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1027-5487
 J9 TAIWAN J MATH
 JI Taiwan. J. Math.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 8
 IS 2
 BP 343
 EP 359
 PG 17
 SC Mathematics
 GA 831VZ
 UT ISI:000222225900014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, XS
    Fang, SS
    Wang, Q
    Wang, GM
    Hua, Q
    Dong, YD
 TI Effect of hot rolling on thermal stability and microstructure of
    Zr52.5Al10Ni10Cu15Be12.5 bulk metallic glass
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE thermal stability; bulk metallic glasses; hot rolling; supercooled
    liquid region
 AB The thermal stability and microstructure of hot rolled
    Zr52.5Al10Ni10Cu15Be12.5 bulk metallic glass have been investigated.
    The decrease of thermal stability is due to the change of
    microstructure when the rolled reduction ratio is over 50%. Some
    ordered clusters embedded in the glassy matrix were regarded as the
    heterogeneous nuclear sites in subsequent crystallization. (C) 2004
    Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiao, XS, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Yangchang Rd 19, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xsxiao@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BRUCK HA, 1996, J MATER RES, V11, P503
    EKELUND S, 1927, JERNKONT ANN, V2, P39
    JIN HJ, 2001, SCRIPTA MATER, V44, P1083
    KAWAMURA Y, 1998, ACTA METALL MATER, V46, P253
    NIEH TG, 2001, ACTA MATER, V49, P2887
    XIAO XS, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V351, P324
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 58
 IS 19
 BP 2357
 EP 2360
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 830ER
 UT ISI:000222105000006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, ZY
    Engblom, JJ
 TI Computational and experimental characterization of continuously fiber
    reinforced plastic extrusions: Part II - Long-term flexural loading
 SO JOURNAL OF REINFORCED PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES
 DT Article
 DE experimental characterization; finite element method; continuous fiber
    reinforced; plastic extrusion; long-term loading; creep; fiber
    micro-buckling
 ID CREEP; COMPOSITES
 AB Experimental characterization of time-dependent properties for
    rectangular hollow-cored, continuous fiber reinforced, commingled
    recycled plastic extruded forms under long-term (creep) flexural
    loading has been presented in this paper. Finite element based computer
    models have been developed to predict the effects of damage progression
    in such reinforced extruded plastic forms. In the long-term (creep)
    tests, reinforced and unreinforced extrusions with varying compositions
    were used as specimens. These extruded specimens were submerged in
    heated water and subjected to different loads. Experimental results
    indicate that fiber micro-buckling and fiber-matrix interface failure
    occur during the creep loading environment. The fiber micro-buckling
    occurs over time, compared with similar but dramatic damage that occurs
    in a short-period of time during short-term (static) loading, as
    discussed in Part I of this work. Experimental data also shows that
    these damage modes significantly reduce the long-term (life cycle)
    flexural properties, and the specimens with a coupling agent
    demonstrated much better performance. "Damage dependent" finite element
    models were developed using different material property types to
    represent the glass-fiber roving, fiber-matrix interface and plastic
    matrix respectively. Material nonlinearity of the plastic matrix has
    been incorporated along with stress-based failure criteria to account
    for fiber-matrix interfacial shear failure and local fiber
    micro-buckling. A user-defined material model has been incorporated
    into an industrial standard finite element software package to
    accommodate damage progression. The developed finite element based
    model(s) have correlated well with the long-term (creep) test results,
    and can provide a valuable tool in designing reinforced plastics for
    long-term loading conditions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Florida Inst Technol, Dept Mech & Aerosp Engn, Melbourne, FL 32901 USA.
 RP Engblom, JJ, Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM engblom@fit.edu
 CR GIBSON RF, 1990, J COMPOS MATER, V24, P441
    KELLY KW, 1993, P 38 SAMPE INT S AN
    LI J, 1994, COMPOS SCI TECHNOL, V52, P615
    LOCKERT CR, 1993, THESIS FLORIDA TECH
    READ BE, 1997, POLYM ENG SCI, V37, P1572
    ZHENG Z, 2002, THESIS FLORIDA I TEC
    ZHENG ZY, 2002, COMPOS STRUCT, V56, P157
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0731-6844
 J9 J REINF PLAST COMPOSITE
 JI J. Reinf. Plast. Compos.
 PY 2004
 VL 23
 IS 8
 BP 799
 EP 810
 PG 12
 SC Materials Science, Composites; Polymer Science
 GA 830DE
 UT ISI:000222101000001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
 TI A coupled aerothermoelastic theory of vibrating blade-fluid interaction
    in fully 3-D transonic rotor flow
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 DE coupled aerothermoelasticity; blade vibration; variational principles;
    gas turbine
 ID VARIATIONAL PRINCIPLE; FORMULATION; INVERSE; SYSTEM
 AB In the present paper a unified variational acrothermoelastic theory of
    fluid-blade vibrating system in fully 3-D transonic rotor flow is
    developed that takes fall account of the coupled fluid-solid-heat
    interaction. As a result, from every one of the variational principles
    (VP) presented herein one can obtain not only the basic equations of
    fluid dynamics, elastodynamics and heat transfer, but also the matching
    conditions at all unknown interfaces such as the fluid-blade interface,
    shock and free trailing vortex sheet. In addition, a new method that
    enables all initial-value conditions to be incorporated in, while all
    final-value conditions to be excluded fiom, the VP is also suggested.
    Thus, a new rigorous theoretical basis for the coupled
    aerothermoelastic analysis of blade vibration (especially flutter) in
    high temperature gas turbines via finite elements is founded.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mech, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, GL, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mech, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 CR CHIEN WZ, 1980, CALCULUS VARIATIONS
    COLLATZ L, 1966, NUMERICAL TREATMENT
    DOWELL FD, 1988, APPL MECH REV, V41, P299
    FINLAYSON BA, 1972, METHOD WEIGHTED RESI
    LIU GL, 1989, SCI CHINA SER A, V32, P707
    LIU GL, 1993, P 2 INT C FLUID MECH, P438
    LIU GL, 1995, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V12, P109
    LIU GL, 1996, INT C THEOR APPL MAC
    LIU GL, 1997, INT J TURBO JET ENG, V14, P71
    LIU GL, 1997, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V30, P5229
    LIU GL, 1999, ACTA MECH SINICA, V31, P165
    LIU GL, 2000, ACTA MECH, V140, P73
    LIU GL, 2000, AIRCR ENG AEROSP TEC, V72, P334
    LIU L, 1999, COMPUT SYST SCI ENG, V14, P99
    POLING DR, 1986, AIAA J, V24, P193
    WASHIZU K, 1975, VARIATIONAL METHODS
    XU JZ, 1980, CHINESE J MECH ENG, V16, P66
    YAMAMOTO Y, 1981, INT J ENG SCI, V19, P1757
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 1
 BP 29
 EP 37
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 831AP
 UT ISI:000222165600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, ZM
    Li, H
    Liu, GL
 TI A new characteristics-based finite difference method for hyperbolic
    partial differential equations
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 DE hyperbolic partial differential equation; finite difference method;
    characteristic line; unsteady flow; supersonic flow
 AB A new finite difference method is presented for solving hyperbolic
    partial differential equations, in which the differential equations are
    discretized by using directional derivatives and correspondingly
    differencing along the lines connecting the nodes that are close to
    characteristic lines, so that various interpolations can be entirely
    avoided. The method is numerically validated well by the classical
    problem of 1-D unsteady homoentropic flow, 2-D steady supersonic
    potential flow, etc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BENSON RS, 1982, THERMODYNAMICS GAS D, V1
    BORIS JP, 1973, J COMPUT PHYS, V11, P38
    GELINAS RJ, 1981, J COMPUT PHYS, V40, P202
    JINSHAN P, 1980, ELEMENTS GASDYNAMICS
    LIEPMANN HW, 1957, ELEMENTS GEODYNAMICS
    LIU GL, 1988, CHARACTERISTIC GUIDE
    ZAUDERER E, 1983, PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 1
 BP 39
 EP 46
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 831AP
 UT ISI:000222165600005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qi, CH
    Zheng, L
    Zhou, X
    Tao, Y
    Ge, Y
    Zhuang, YM
    Xu, Y
    Yu, GH
    Zhang, XG
 TI Cross-linking of CD40 using anti-CD40 antibody, 5C11, has different
    effects on XG2 multiple myeloma cells
 SO IMMUNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE multiple myeloma; CD40; IL-6
 ID NECROSIS-FACTOR TNF; MATRIX METALLOPROTEINASES; STEM-CELL; APOPTOSIS;
    ACTIVATION; RECEPTOR; GROWTH; LINES; SECRETION; PROLIFERATION
 AB A multiple myeloma (MM) cell line, XG2, has high-level expression of
    CD40, a tumor necrosis factor receptor (TNFR) family member. CD40 is
    present on the surfaces of a large variety of cells, including B cells,
    endothelial cells, dendritic cells and some carcinoma cells, and
    delivers signals regulating diverse cellular responses, such as
    proliferation, differentiation, growth suppression, cell death. In this
    research, we study the effects of cross-linking of CD40 on myeloma
    cells using different concentrations of anti-CD40 monoclonal antibody
    (mAb), 5C11. We found that low concentrations of 5C11 induced
    proliferation of XG2, while high concentrations of 5C11 resulted in
    homotypic aggregation of XG2, and strongly suppression of its
    proliferation and apoptosis after 24 h of treatment. These
    dose-dependent effects of 5C11 were verified by flow cytometry, Western
    blotting and immunoprecipitation. Autocrine or paracrine induction of
    IL-6, and up-regulation of membrane TNF and phosphorylation of TNFR1
    may partially explain the contradictory biological effects of CD40
    cross-linking on XG2 by anti-CD40 mAb. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Soochow Univ, Inst Biotechnol, Jiangsu Key lab Clin Immunol, Suzhou 215007, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Div Immunol, Inst E, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
    First Renmin Hosp, Mol Med Lab, Changzhou 213001, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, XG, Soochow Univ, Inst Biotechnol, Jiangsu Key lab Clin Immunol,
    48 Renmin Rd, Suzhou 215007, Peoples R China.
 EM smbxuegz@public1.sz.js.cn
 CR ALEXOPOULOU L, 1997, EUR J IMMUNOL, V27, P2588
    BERGAMO A, 1997, BRIT J HAEMATOL, V97, P652
    CHAN FKM, 2000, IMMUNITY, V13, P419
    DEKKERS PEP, 1999, BLOOD, V94, P2252
    DIEHL L, 2000, J MOL MED-JMM, V78, P363
    ELIOPOULOS AG, 2000, MOL CELL BIOL, V20, P5503
    GADO K, 2002, IMMUNOL LETT, V82, P191
    GARRONE P, 1995, J EXP MED, V182, P1265
    GEARING AJH, 1994, NATURE, V370, P555
    GRAVESTEIN LA, 1998, SEMIN IMMUNOL, V10, P423
    GRELL M, 1999, EMBO J, V18, P3034
    KLEIN B, 1989, BLOOD, V73, P517
    KOOTEN C, 2000, J LEUKOC BIO, V67, P2
    KOOTEN CV, 2000, FRONT BIOSCI, V5, P880
    KUSTERS S, 1997, EUR J IMMUNOL, V27, P2870
    LEVI E, 2001, BLOOD, V98, P1630
    LOS M, 1999, IMMUNITY, V10, P629
    MCCAWLEY LJ, 2000, MOL MED TODAY, V6, P149
    MIR SS, 2001, BLOOD, V98, P1631
    PELLATDECEUNYNCK C, 1996, CANCER RES, V56, P1909
    PHAM LV, 2002, IMMUNITY, V16, P37
    RUULS SR, 2001, IMMUNITY, V15, P533
    SCHONBECK U, 2001, CELL MOL LIFE SCI, V58, P4
    STEVENSON FK, 2000, IMMUNOL TODAY, V21, P170
    TAI YT, 2002, BLOOD, V99, P1419
    TEOH G, 2000, BLOOD, V95, P1039
    TOMECZKOWSKI J, 1995, BLOOD, V86, P1469
    TONG AW, 1994, BLOOD, V84, P3026
    TONG AW, 2000, LEUKEMIA LYMPHOMA, V36, P543
    URASHIMA M, 1995, BLOOD, V85, P1903
    WASSENAAR A, 1999, CLIN EXP IMMUNOL, V115, P161
    WESTENDORF JJ, 1994, J IMMUNOL, V152, P117
    YOUNG LS, 1998, IMMUNOL TODAY, V19, P502
    ZHANG XG, 1994, BLOOD, V83, P3654
    ZHANG XG, 1998, LEUKEMIA, V12, P610
    ZHOU ZH, 1999, HYBRIDOMA, V18, P471
 NR 36
 TC 1
 SN 0165-2478
 J9 IMMUNOL LETT
 JI Immunol. Lett.
 PD MAY 15
 PY 2004
 VL 93
 IS 2-3
 BP 151
 EP 158
 PG 8
 SC Immunology
 GA 828SP
 UT ISI:000221993600008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Peng, R
    Xu, XM
    Zhou, DC
 TI Baryonic effect on chi cJ suppression in Au plus Au collisions at RHIC
    energies
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID DISSOCIATION CROSS-SECTIONS; HEAVY-ION COLLISIONS; ROOT-S(NN)=130 GEV;
    DEPENDENCE; EQUILIBRATION; PRODUCTIONS
 AB We predict that chi(cJ) mesons at low transverse momentum in the
    central rapidity region are almost dissociated by nucleons and
    antinucleons in hadronic matter produced in central Au+Au collisions at
    relativistic high-ion collider (RHIC) energies roots(NN) = 130 and 200
    GeV. In the calculations the nucleon and antinucleon distributions in
    hadronic matter are results of evolution from their freeze-out
    distributions which well fit the experimental transverse momentum
    spectra of proton and antiproton.
 C1 Cent China Normal Univ, Inst Particle Phys, Wuhan 430079, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Peng, R, Cent China Normal Univ, Inst Particle Phys, Wuhan 430079,
    Peoples R China.
 EM pengru@iopp.ccnu.edu.cn
 CR ADCOX K, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V88
    ADCOX K, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V88
    ADCOX K, 2003, PHYS LETT B, V561, P82
    ADLER C, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V87
    ADLER SS, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    ADLER SS, 2004, PHYS REV C, V69
    BIRO TS, 1993, PHYS REV C, V48, P1275
    COOPER F, 1974, PHYS REV D, V10, P186
    DREES A, 2004, P QUARK MATT OAKL CA
    ESKOLA KJ, 2003, NUCL PHYS A, V715, C561
    ESKOLA KJ, 2003, PHYS LETT B, V566, P187
    FENG YC, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1602
    HEINZ U, 2002, P 18 WINT WORKSH NUC
    HIRANO T, 2002, PHYS REV C, V65
    HUOVINEN P, 2003, NUCL PHYS A, V715, C299
    KARSCH F, 2001, NUCL PHYS B, V605, P579
    LEVAI P, 1995, PHYS REV C, V51, P3326
    MORITA K, 2002, PHYS REV C, V66
    RAMELLO L, 1996, NUCL PHYS A, V610, P404
    SONDEREGGER P, 2004, P QUARK MATT OAKL CA
    SPENGLER J, 2004, P QUARK MATT OAKL CA
    SRIVASTAVA DK, 1997, PHYS REV C, V56, P1064
    TEANEY D, NUCLTH0110037
    VELKOVSKA J, 2002, NUCL PHYS A, V698, P507
    XU XM, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P483
    XU XM, 2002, NUCL PHYS A, V697, P825
    XU XM, 2003, NUCL PHYS A, V713, P470
    ZOCCOLI A, 2003, NUCL PHYS A, V715, C280
 NR 28
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 6
 BP 1031
 EP 1034
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 831NV
 UT ISI:000222202100014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, LJ
    Xia, YB
    Fang, ZJ
    Zhang, ML
    Shen, HJ
 TI Properties of diamond film/alumina composites for integrated circuits
    with ultra-high speed and high power
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID CHEMICAL-VAPOR-DEPOSITION; FILMS; ALUMINA
 AB We report the properties of the diamond film/alumina composites which
    were thought of as promising substrate materials for integrated
    circuits with ultra-high speed and high power. The measurement results
    of dielectric properties of diamond film/alumina composites show that
    the coating of CVD diamond films could effectively reduce the
    dielectric constant of the composite. Carbon ion implantation into
    alumina substrates prior to the diamond deposition can reduce the
    dielectric loss of the composite from 5 x 10(-3) to 2 x 10(-3), and can
    give the composite better frequency stability. The thermal conductivity
    of composites could be obviously increased by coating CVD diamond film.
    The composite has a dielectric constant of 6.5 and a thermal
    conductivity of 3.98 W/(cmK) when the thickness of diamond film is up
    to 100 mum.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, LJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 EM ljwang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR FANG ZJ, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1663
    FANG ZJ, 2002, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V35, L57
    JIN ZS, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1374
    MO Y, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V191, P459
    MO YW, 1997, THIN SOLID FILMS, V305, P266
    POPOVICI G, 1994, J MATER RES, V9, P2839
    WANG CS, 1993, CHIN J ELECTR COMPON, V12, P7
    WANG XP, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P1868
    WANG YY, 1993, BOOK INTEGRATED CIRC
    WERNER M, 1998, REP PROG PHYS, V61, P1665
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 6
 BP 1161
 EP 1163
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 831NV
 UT ISI:000222202100051
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xue, Y
    Liu, YZ
    Chen, LQ
 TI The Schrodinger equation for a Kirchhoff elastic rod with noncircular
    cross section
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE Kirchhoff elastic rod; Schrodinger equation; DNA model
 ID DNA
 AB The extended Schrodinger equation for the Kirchhoff elastic rod with
    noncircular cross section is derived using the concept of complex
    rigidity. As a mathematical model of supercoiled DNA, the Schrodinger
    equation for the rod with circular cross section is a special case of
    the equation derived in this paper. In the twistless case of the rod
    when the principal axes of the cross section are coincident with the
    Frenet coordinates of the centreline, the Schrodinger equation is
    transformed to the Duffing equation, The equilibrium and stability of
    the twistless rod are discussed, and a bifurcation phenomenon is
    presented.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Technol, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai 200233, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Xue, Y, Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR GREENHILL AG, 1883, P I MECH ENG
    KIRCHHOFF GR, 1859, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V56, P285
    LIU JB, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P820
    LOVE AEH, 1944, TREATISE MATH THEORY
    RUAN HY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P586
    SHI Y, 1998, J CHEM PHYS, V109, P2959
    SHI YM, 1994, J CHEM PHYS, V101, P5186
    SHI YM, 1995, J CHEM PHYS, V103, P3166
    TIAN Q, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P2125
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 13
 IS 6
 BP 794
 EP 797
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 830UZ
 UT ISI:000222150700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, HQ
    Ji, PY
    Pan, PP
 TI Euclidean non-vacuum wormholes in Brans-Dicke theory
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE Brans-Dicke theory; Jordan frame; Einstein frame
 ID GRAVITATIONAL-FIELD; COSMOLOGY
 AB The Brans-Dicke theory is investigated in which the Pauli metric is
    identified to be a physical spacetime metric. The solutions of a
    wormhole are obtained in Brans-Dicke theory with a relativistic
    radiation field for omega > -3/2. However, it is found that one cannot
    construct a. wormhole in the presence of a 3-form axion field.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, HQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM alberthq_lu@hotmail.com
 CR ACCETTA FC, 1991, NUCL PHYS B, V333, P221
    BREVIK I, 1999, 9902224 HEPTH
    CHO YM, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P3133
    FARAONI V, 1999, INT J THEOR PHYS, V38, P217
    GARAY LJ, 1993, NUCL PHYS B, V400, P416
    GONG Y, 1995, EUROPHYS LETT, V31, P7
    GONG YG, 1995, INT J MOD PHYS D, V4, P33
    GRADSHTEGN IS, 1994, TABLE INTEGRALS SERI
    HAWKING SW, 1990, PHYS REV D, V42, P2655
    ICHINOSE S, 1999, NUCL PHYS B, V539, P634
    LU HQ, 1996, ASTROPHYS SPACE SCI, V235, P207
    LU HQ, 1999, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V114, P127
    LU HQ, 2002, INT J THEOR PHYS, V41, P939
    MAGNANO G, 1994, PHYS REV D, V50, P5039
    NOJIRI S, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V426, P29
    NOJIRI S, 1998, PHYS REV D, V57, P2363
    VANNIEUWENHUIZE.P, 1999, 9901119 HEPTH
    WANG YJ, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P679
    WU YB, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P902
    YANG HH, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V212, P39
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 13
 IS 6
 BP 824
 EP 827
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 830UZ
 UT ISI:000222150700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bin, C
    Yu, BY
    Yan, XN
    Qiu, JR
    Jiang, XW
    Zhu, CS
 TI Study of the microstructural transformations of borate glass and barium
    metaborate crystals induced by femtosecond laser
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE femtosecond laser; borate glass; barium metaborate crystal; Raman
    spectra
 ID BETA-BAB2O4; TRANSITION
 AB This paper describes the microstructural transformations of borate
    glass and barium metaborate crystals induced by femtosecond laser. Such
    structural transformations were verified by Raman spectroscopy. The
    borate glass is transformed into low temperature (LT) phase of barium
    metaborate (BaB2O4) crystals after being irradiated for 10 min by a
    femtosecond laser. In addition, after 20 min of irradiation, high
    temperature (HT) phase of BaB2O4 crystals is also produced. Further
    studies demonstrate that LT phase BaB2O4 crystals are formed in the HT
    phase BaB2O4 crystals after femtosecond laser irradiation for 10 s.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Bin, C, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 EM chenbinfir@163.com
 CR CHEN C, 1985, SCI SIN B, V28, P235
    JIANG XW, 2001, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V50, P870
    KONIJNENDIJK WL, 1975, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V18, P307
    LAI XJ, 1987, SPECTROCHIM ACTA, V11, P1423
    LU J, 1988, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V49, P519
    MIURA K, 1998, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V141, P726
    QIU JR, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P3567
    QIU JR, 2003, CHIN J MAT RES, V17, P1
    ROUSSIGNE Y, 1992, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V82, P287
    TIAN BG, 1987, SPECTROCHIM ACTA A, V43, P65
    YU BK, 2000, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V4098, P210
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 13
 IS 6
 BP 968
 EP 973
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 830UZ
 UT ISI:000222150700031
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hong, ZJ
    Guo, P
 TI On the reliability of establishing mapping functions with standard
    atmospheric model
 SO CHINESE ASTRONOMY AND ASTROPHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE astrometry; Earth : atmospheric model
 ID ASTRONOMICAL REFRACTION; PROFILE
 AB With the ever increasing precision of space techniques, the study of
    the errors in atmospheric refractive delay has become one of the ways
    of improving the observational accuracy. In order to reduce the
    influence of selection of atmospheric profile on the mapping function
    of atmospheric refractive delay, the adopted atmospheric profile has
    gradually changed from the past standard atmospheric model to
    radiosonde atmospheric profiles. Using the data of two representative
    radiosonde stations, the mapping functions provided by standard
    atmospheric model is compared with the results of radiosonde
    observations. The reliability of the mapping function given by standard
    atmosphere is investigated, and the selection of geophysical parameters
    is briefly discussed.
 C1 Wenzhou Normal Coll, Dept Math, Wenzhou 325000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Astron Observ, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Natl Astron Observ, Beijing 100012, Peoples R China.
 RP Hong, ZJ, Wenzhou Normal Coll, Dept Math, Wenzhou 325000, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ASTRONOMICAL ALMANAC
    ALLEN CW, 1973, ASTROPHYSICAL QUANTI, V6, P114
    DAVIS JL, 1985, RADIO SCI, V20, P1593
    HOPFIELD HS, 1969, J GEOPHYS RES, V74, P4487
    MARINI JW, 1972, RADIO SCI, V7, P223
    MENDUS VB, 2002, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V29, P53
    NIELL AE, 1996, J GEOPHYS RES-SOL EA, V101, P3227
    PING JS, 1997, MON NOT R ASTRON SOC, V287, P812
    SAASTAMOINEN J, 1973, B GEOD, V105, P279
    SAASTRAMOINEN J, 1972, B GEOD, V105, P383
    SAASTRAMOINEN J, 1973, B GEOD, V105, P13
    YAN HJ, 1995, ASTRON J, V110, P934
    YAN HJ, 1996, ASTRON J, V112, P1312
    YAN HJ, 1998, CHINESE ASTRON ASTR, V22, P487
    YAN HJ, 1999, ANN SHANGHAI OBSERVA, V20, P71
    YAN HJ, 1999, MON NOT R ASTRON SOC, V307, P605
    YAN HJ, 2002, TERR ATMOS OCEAN SCI, V13, P563
    ZHANG FP, 2001, CHINESE SCI BULL, V46, P1756
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0275-1062
 J9 CHIN ASTRON ASTROPHYS-ENGL TR
 JI Chin. Astron. Astrophys.
 PD APR-JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 28
 IS 2
 BP 200
 EP 211
 PG 12
 SC Astronomy & Astrophysics
 GA 829EC
 UT ISI:000222026000010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, TC
    Chen, DY
 TI Dromion and other exact solutions of (2+1)-dimensional dispersive long
    water equations
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID N-SOLITON SOLUTION; MULTISOLITON SOLUTIONS
 AB Using homogenous balance method we obtain Backlund transformation (BT)
    and a linear partial differential equation of (2+1)-dimensional
    dispersive long water equations (DLWE). As a result, multisoliton and
    single soliton and other exact solutions of (2+1)-dimensional DLWE are
    obtained. By analyzing single soliton solution, we get some dromions
    solutions. This method, which can be generalized to some
    (2+1)-dimensional nonlinear evolution equations, is simple and
    powerful. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, TC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM xiatc@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P432
    GARDNER CS, 1967, PHYS REV LETT, V19, P1905
    GU CH, 1985, SOLITON THEORY ITS A
    HIETARINTA J, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V149, P117
    LIN J, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P1173
    LOU SY, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P4387
    LOU SY, 1994, J PHYS A, V27, P207
    LOU SY, 1995, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V28, P7227
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4209
    LOU SY, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P781
    NISHINARI K, 1995, PHYS REV E, V51, P4986
    RADHA R, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4746
    RADHA R, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V197, P7
    RUSSELL SJ, 1838, 7 M BRIT ASS ADV SCI, P417
    SATSUMA J, 1976, J PHYS SOC JPN, V40, P286
    WADATI M, 1972, J PHYS SOC JPN, V32, P1403
    WANG ML, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V216, P67
    XIA TC, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V16, P165
    YAJIMA T, 1998, J PHYS SOC JPN, V67, P1157
    YAN ZY, 2001, APPL MATH MECH, V8, P925
 NR 20
 TC 1
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 22
 IS 3
 BP 577
 EP 582
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 830BM
 UT ISI:000222096600009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Kang, L
    Sohn, MY
    Cheng, TCE
 TI Paired-domination in inflated graphs
 SO THEORETICAL COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE domination; inflated graphs; perfect matching
 ID IRREDUNDANCE
 AB The inflation G(I) of a graph G with n(G) vertices and m(G) edges is
    obtained from G by replacing every vertex of degree d of G by a clique
    K-d. A set S of vertices in a graph G is a paired dominating set of G
    if every vertex of G is adjacent to some vertex in S and if the
    subgraph induced by S contains a perfect matching. The paired
    domination number gamma(p)(G) is the minimum cardinality of a paired
    dominating set of G. In this paper, we show that if a graph G has a
    minimum degree delta(G) greater than or equal to 2, then n(G) less than
    or equal to gamma(p)(G(I)) less than or equal to 4m(G)/[delta(G) + 1],
    and the equality gamma(p)(G(I)) = n(G) holds if and only if G has a
    perfect matching. In addition, we present a linear time algorithm to
    compute a minimum paired-dominating set for an inflation tree. (C) 2004
    Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Changwon Natl Univ, Dept Appl Math, Changwon 641773, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Logist, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Kang, L, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM lykang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BONDY JA, 1976, GRAPH THEORY APPL
    DUNBAR JE, 1996, C NUMER, V118, P143
    FAVARON O, 1998, J GRAPH THEOR, V28, P97
    FAVARON O, 2001, DISCRETE MATH, V236, P81
    FITZPATRICK S, 1998, DISCUSS MATH GRAPH T, V18, P63
    HAYNES TW, 1995, C NUMER, V109, P65
    HAYNES TW, 1998, FUNDAMENTALS DOMINAT
    HAYNES TW, 1998, NETWORKS, V32, P199
    PUECH J, 2000, J COMBIN MATH COMBIN, V33, P117
    QIAO H, 2003, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V25, P43
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0304-3975
 J9 THEOR COMPUT SCI
 JI Theor. Comput. Sci.
 PD JUN 14
 PY 2004
 VL 320
 IS 2-3
 BP 485
 EP 494
 PG 10
 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods
 GA 827XC
 UT ISI:000221936000018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DG
    Li, XG
 TI Rotordynamic characteristics of a rotor with labyrinth gas seals. Part
    1: comparison with Childs' experiments
 SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE INSTITUTION OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS PART A-JOURNAL
    OF POWER AND ENERGY
 DT Article
 DE rotordynamic coefficients; labyrinth seals; three-dimensional unsteady
    computation
 ID COEFFICIENTS; FORCES
 AB A numerical method based on three-dimensional unsteady compressible
    Navier-Stokes equations with moving boundaries is employed to predict
    the fluid reaction forces and the rotordynamic coefficients of
    labyrinth gas seals. A large number of simulations under various
    conditions have been conducted. Comparison of the values from an
    experimental, two-control-volume model and current unsteady
    computational fluid dynamics (CFD) under different conditions shows
    that the computer code works well for most of the simulations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Southeast Univ, Natl Vibrat Engn Res Ctr Turbogenerators, Nanjing, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DG, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ALFORD JS, 1965, ASME, V87, P333
    CHILDS DW, 1986, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V108, P325
    CHILDS DW, 1986, T ASME, V108, P599
    CHILDS DW, 1988, T ASME, V110, P270
    CHILDS DW, 1988, T ASME, V110, P281
    DIETZEN FJ, 1987, J TRIBOL-T ASME, V109, P388
    HUANG D, 2004, J POWER ENERGY, V218, P179
    IWATSUBO T, 1980, P WORKSH ROT INST PR, P139
    IWATSUBO T, 1982, P WORKSH ROT INST PR, P205
    KOSTYUK AG, 1972, TEPLOENERGETIKA, V19, P39
    LI PW, 1993, INT J HEAT FLUID FL, V14, P246
    LI W, 2000, HYBRID FINITE ANAL D
    LI X, 2002, THESIS SE U PR CHINA
    LI X, 2003, CHIN J MECH ENG, V39, P136
    RHODE DL, 1986, T ASME, V108, P674
    RHODE DL, 1993, TRIBOL T, V36, P461
    VANCE JM, 1980, I MECH ENG, P369
    WILLIAMS M, 1997, AIAA J, V35, P1417
    WYSSMANN HR, 1984, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V106, P920
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0957-6509
 J9 PROC INST MECH ENG A-J POWER
 JI Proc. Inst. Mech. Eng. Part A-J. Power Energy
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 218
 IS A3
 BP 171
 EP 177
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 828QZ
 UT ISI:000221989100004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DG
    Li, XS
 TI Rotordynamic characteristics of a rotor with labyrinth gas seals. Part
    2: a non-linear model
 SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE INSTITUTION OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS PART A-JOURNAL
    OF POWER AND ENERGY
 DT Article
 DE labyrinth seals; three-dimensional flow; rotordynamic coefficients;
    non-linear aerodynamic force
 AB This paper focuses mainly on a model of the aerodynamic force of rotors
    subjected to an unsteady flowfield in labyrinth gas seals. An unsteady
    three-dimensional Navier-Stokes solver is used to simulate the
    flowfield in labyrinth gas seals. The basic time marching algorithm
    used to solve the fully three-dimensional unsteady governing equations
    is known as a hybrid finite analytic difference scheme. The k-epsilon
    model is chosen to model the turbulent components in the governing
    equations owing to its widely acknowledged reputation. The
    three-dimensional unsteady flowfield in labyrinth gas seals and the
    aerodynamic force acting on the rotor under various conditions are
    predicted, and then the rotordynamic coefficients of the rotor are
    estimated. It is shown that the relationship between the force excited
    by the flow and the displacement and velocity is not simply linear. A
    non-linear model of aerodynamic force for labyrinth seals is developed.
    The study shows that the direct stiffness increases rapidly with
    increase in the non-dimensionalized amplitude in the x direction, (A)
    over bar (x), the cross-coupled stiffness increases in a very moderate
    manner with increase in (A) over bar (x), the direct damping decreases
    dramatically with increase in the nondimensionalized maximum velocity
    in the x direction, (V) over bar (xmax), and the cross-coupled damping
    decreases at a small rate with increase in (V) over bar (xmax).
    Furthermore, the direct stiffness and damping coefficients are also
    functions of displacement and velocity.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Southeast Univ, Natl Vibrat Engn Res Ctr Turbogenerator, Nanjing, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DG, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHILDS DW, 1986, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V108, P325
    CHILDS DW, 1986, T ASME, V108, P599
    CHILDS DW, 1988, T ASME, V110, P270
    HUANG D, 2004, J POWER ENERGY, V218, P171
    LI X, 2003, CHIN J MECH ENG, V39, P136
    NELSON CC, 1985, T ASME, V107, P318
    WYSSMANN HR, 1984, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V106, P920
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0957-6509
 J9 PROC INST MECH ENG A-J POWER
 JI Proc. Inst. Mech. Eng. Part A-J. Power Energy
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 218
 IS A3
 BP 179
 EP 185
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 828QZ
 UT ISI:000221989100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DG
    Li, XS
 TI Rotordynamic characteristics of a rotor with labyrinth gas seals. Part
    3: coupled fluid-solid vibration
 SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE INSTITUTION OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS PART A-JOURNAL
    OF POWER AND ENERGY
 DT Article
 DE coupled fluid-solid vibration; labyrinth gas seals; unsteady flowfield
 ID FORCES
 AB This paper focuses on the fluid solid interaction between a vibrating
    rotor and the unsteady flowfield around it in labyrinth gas seals. The
    object under consideration is a zero damping Jeffcott rotor subjected
    to an unsteady fluid field in labyrinth gas seals. An unsteady
    time-accurate three-dimensional Navier-Stokes solver is used to
    simulate the flowfield in the labyrinth gas seals, and the unsteady
    aerodynamic force vector acting on the vibrating rotor is obtained. A
    fourth-order explicit Adams scheme is used to simulate the dynamic
    response of the rotor. The coupled fluid-solid vibration of the rotor
    is studied under various inlet tangential velocities. The research
    shows that the current method is more accurate in predicting the
    stability of such shafts than the conventional method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Southeast Univ, Natl Vibrat Engn Res Ctr Turbogenerator, Nanjing, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DG, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ALFORD JS, 1965, ASME, V87, P333
    CHILDS DW, 1986, T ASME, V108, P599
    CHILDS DW, 1988, T ASME, V110, P270
    CHILDS DW, 1988, T ASME, V110, P281
    HUANG D, 2004, J POWER ENERGY, V218, P171
    KOSTYUK AG, 1972, TEPLOENERGETIKA, V19, P39
    WILLIAMS M, 1997, AIAA J, V35, P1417
    WYSSMANN HR, 1984, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V106, P920
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0957-6509
 J9 PROC INST MECH ENG A-J POWER
 JI Proc. Inst. Mech. Eng. Part A-J. Power Energy
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 218
 IS A3
 BP 187
 EP 197
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 828QZ
 UT ISI:000221989100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, BC
    Yu, GS
    Li, WH
    Loser, W
    Roth, S
    Eckert, J
 TI Magnetic properties and magnetic domain structure of bulk glass forming
    Nd60Al10Fe20Co10 alloy
 SO PHYSICA STATUS SOLIDI A-APPLIED RESEARCH
 DT Article
 ID ND-FE ALLOYS; AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; FORCE MICROSCOPY; METALLIC GLASSES;
    PHASE; COERCIVITY; ND60FE30AL10; AL; TRANSITION; EVOLUTION
 AB The transition from hard to soft magnetic behaviour with increasing
    quenching rate is shown for Nd60WAl10Fe20Co10 melt-spun ribbons with
    different thickness. Microstructure and magnetic domain structure of
    ribbons were studied by magnetic force microscopy (MFM). Particle sizes
    < 5 nm decreasing gradually with increasing quenching rate were deduced
    from topographic images which differ from large-scale magnetic domains
    with a periodicity of about 350 nm in all ribbons irrespective the
    coercivity. This indicates that the magnetic properties of the alloy
    are governed by interaction of small magnetic particles. It is
    concluded that the presence of short-range-ordered structures with a
    local ordering similar to the Al metastable Nd-Fe binary phase is
    responsible for the hard magnetic properties in samples subjected to
    relatively low quenching rate. (C) 2004 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co.
    KGaA, Weinheim.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    IFW Dresden, Inst Met Werkstoffe, D-01171 Dresden, Germany.
 RP Wei, BC, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 EM weibc@imech.ac.cn
 CR ALKHAFAJI MA, 1998, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V182, P111
    CHANTRELL RW, 2001, PHYS REV B, V63
    CHEN LC, 1988, NATURE, V24, P336
    CHEN YJ, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P2472
    CHIRIAC H, 2001, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V287, P135
    CROAT JJ, 1981, J APPL PHYS, V52, P2509
    DELAMARE J, 1994, J ALLOY COMPD, V216, P273
    DING J, 1999, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V32, P713
    FAN GJ, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P2984
    FAN GJ, 2000, ACTA MATER, V48, P3823
    GIVORD D, 1991, J ALLOY COMPD, V176, L5
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P636
    INOUE A, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS A, V29, P1779
    KNOCH KG, 1990, IEEE T MAGN, V26, P1951
    KONG HZ, 2002, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V35, P423
    KUMAR G, 2001, MATER RES SOC S P, V644, L12
    KUMAR G, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V348, P309
    LI Y, 1998, PHIL MAG LETT, V78, P213
    LLAMAZARES JLS, 1990, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V84, P79
    MENUSHENKOV VP, 1998, P 10 INT S MAGN AN C, P97
    MENUSHENKOV VP, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V203, P149
    ORTEGAHERTOGS RJ, 2001, SCRIPTA MATER, V44, P1333
    STRZESZEWSKI J, 1990, J APPL PHYS, V67, P4966
    TAYLOR RC, 1978, J APPL PHYS, V49, P2885
    TURTELLI RS, 2002, PHYS REV B, V66
    WANG L, 2001, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V224, P143
    WEI BC, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V89, P3529
    WEI BC, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V15, P3531
    XING LQ, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V88, P3565
 NR 30
 TC 0
 SN 0031-8965
 J9 PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A-APPL RES
 JI Phys. Status Solidi A-Appl. Res.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 201
 IS 7
 BP 1563
 EP 1569
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 826NR
 UT ISI:000221836300030
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fan, S
    Luo, WY
    Yan, F
    Zhang, HZ
    Zhao, ZX
 TI MSDM calculations of primary isotopic yields from proton-induced
    reaction on Pb-208 at energy of 1 GeV
 SO NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTS & METHODS IN PHYSICS RESEARCH SECTION B-BEAM
    INTERACTIONS WITH MATERIALS AND ATOMS
 DT Article
 ID CASCADE-EXCITON MODEL; CROSS-SECTIONS; NUCLEI; LEAD
 AB The simple Fermi-gas level density is replaced by the Ignatyuk formula
    in the many stage dynamical model (MSDM). The MSDM code has been being
    used to study the isotopic cross sections from proton-induced
    spallation reaction on Pb-208 at the energy of 1 GeV for the elements
    from manganese to lead. The MSDM simulations of charge and mass
    distributions are compared with the experimental data measured by
    Titarenko at ITEP and Enqvist at GSI. Good agreements are shown between
    the MSDM calculations and experimental data. The deviations from data
    mainly show up between the results of the LAHET code, INCL4 + KHSv3p
    model and Silberberg's semi-empirical method YIELDX. (C) 2004 Elsevier
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Inst Atom Energy, China Nucl Data Ctr, Beijing 102413, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Hunan City Univ, Dept Phys, Yiyang 413000, Peoples R China.
    NW Univ Xian, Dept Phys, Xian 710006, Peoples R China.
 RP Fan, S, Inst Atom Energy, China Nucl Data Ctr, POB 275,41, Beijing
    102413, Peoples R China.
 EM sfan@iris.ciae.ac.cn
 CR AICHELIN J, 1988, PHYS REV C, V37, P2451
    BOTVINA AS, 1987, NUCL PHYS A, V475, P663
    BOUDARD A, 2002, PHYS REV C, V66
    BOWMAN CD, 1992, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V320, P336
    DEMENTYEV A, 1999, NUCL PHYS B-PROC SUP, V70, P486
    ENQVIST T, 2001, NUCL PHYS A, V686, P481
    FAN S, 1999, EUR PHYS J A, V4, P61
    FAN S, 2001, NUCL SCI ENG, V137, P89
    FERMI E, 1950, PROG THEOR PHYS, V5, P1570
    GLORIS M, 1996, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V113, P429
    GLORIS M, 2001, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V463, P593
    GUDIMA KK, 1983, NUCL PHYS A, V401, P329
    IGNATYUK AV, 1975, YAD FIZ, V21, P1185
    IWAQMOTO O, 2002, J NUCL SCI TECHNOL S, V2, P128
    MASHNIK SG, 2002, J NUCL SCI TECHN S, V2, P720
    MASHNIK SG, 2002, J NUCL SCI TECHNOL S, V2, P785
    MICHEL R, 1997, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V129, P153
    NIITA K, 1995, PHYS REV C, V52, P2620
    PETERSON RJ, 2001, EUR PHYS J A, V10, P69
    PRAEL RE, 1989, LAUR893014 LANL
    PROKOFIEV AV, 1999, NUCL SCI ENG, V131, P78
    RUBBIA C, 1995, CERNAT9545ET
    SIERK A, 1998, LAUR985998 LANL
    SILBERBERG R, 1990, PHYS REP, V191, P351
    SUEMMERER K, 1990, PHYS REV C, V42, P2546
    TITARENKO YE, 2002, INDCCCP434
    TONEEV D, 1990, YAD FIZ, V51, P1730
 NR 27
 TC 0
 SN 0168-583X
 J9 NUCL INSTRUM METH PHYS RES B
 JI Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res. Sect. B-Beam Interact. Mater. Atoms
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 222
 IS 1-2
 BP 44
 EP 52
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Physics, Nuclear; Instruments &
    Instrumentation; Nuclear Science & Technology
 GA 829PN
 UT ISI:000222062200005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pan, XY
    Chen, Y
    Ma, XM
    Zhu, LH
 TI Transformation of nanocrystalline anatase powders induced by mechanical
    activation
 SO JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CERAMIC SOCIETY
 DT Article
 ID RAMAN-SPECTRUM; TIO2; PRESSURE; METALS
 AB The microstructural evolution of nanocrystalline anatase TiO2 during
    high-energy planetary ball milling was studied. The results show that
    mechanical activation induces the transformations of nanocrystalline
    TiO2 from anatase to srilankite and rutile at room temperature and
    under ambient pressure. As the milling time increases, more anatase
    powder transforms to the srilankite and rutile phase, and the particle
    size of the powder decreases. There is no indication of the formation
    of amorphous phase during ball milling.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 RP Pan, XY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CULLITY BD, 1978, ELEMENTS XRAY DIFFRA, P94
    DACHILLE F, 1962, AM CERAM SOC B, V41, P225
    LIAO SC, 1999, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V11, P553
    MAMMONE JF, 1981, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V42, P379
    NICOL M, 1971, J CHEM PHYS, V54, P3167
    OCHRING M, 1991, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V134, P1330
    OHSAKA T, 1979, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V30, P345
    REN RM, 2000, J MATER SCI, V35, P6015
    SCHULTZ L, 1988, MATER SCI ENG, V97, P15
    SCHWARZ RB, 1986, APPL PHYS LETT, V49, P146
    SHANNON RD, 1964, AM MINERAL, V49, P1707
 NR 11
 TC 3
 SN 0002-7820
 J9 J AMER CERAM SOC
 JI J. Am. Ceram. Soc.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 87
 IS 6
 BP 1164
 EP 1166
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 829UN
 UT ISI:000222075800034
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, GY
    Chen, YL
 TI New zirconium hydroxide
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Letter
 ID AQUEOUS SALT-SOLUTIONS; LOW-TEMPERATURE T-ZRO2; HYDROUS-ZIRCONIA;
    PHASE-TRANSFORMATION; RAMAN-SPECTROSCOPY; MONOCLINIC PHASE; ZRO2;
    PARTICLES; SPECTRA; CRYSTALLIZATION
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, GY, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 EM guo_gongyi@hotmail.com
 CR ALI AAM, 1999, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V336, P17
    BLESA MA, 1985, J MATER SCI, V20, P4601
    BOLIS V, 2001, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V379, P147
    CLEARFIELD A, 1990, J MATER RES, V5, P161
    GARCIA ET, 2001, J MATER RES, V16, P2209
    GUO GY, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P3511
    GUO GY, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P1294
    HU MZC, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P2313
    JONES SL, 1988, J AM CERAM SOC, V71, P190
    KERAMIDAS VG, 1974, J AM CERAM SOC, V57, P22
    KIM BK, 1997, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V203, P557
    KIM DJ, 1993, J AM CERAM SOC, V76, P2106
    LEE K, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P338
    LIU DW, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P1413
    LIU FX, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P8847
    MAMOTT GT, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P4054
    MATSUI K, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P1949
    MATSUI K, 1998, J CERAM SOC JPN, V106, P1232
    MATTA J, 1999, PHYS CHEM CHEM PHYS, V1, P4975
    MOON YT, 1995, J AM CERAM SOC, V78, P2690
    PHILLIPPI CM, 1971, J AM CERAM SOC, V54, P254
    QUINTARD PE, 2002, J AM CERAM SOC, V85, P1745
    SATO T, 2002, J THERM ANAL CALORIM, V69, P255
    SERGENT N, 2000, CHEM MATER, V12, P3830
    SHI L, 1999, J MATER SCI, V34, P3367
    SRINIVASAN R, 1988, J MATER RES, V3, P787
    SRINIVASAN R, 1993, CHEM MATER, V5, P27
    STEFANIC G, 1998, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V59, P879
    STEFANIC G, 2000, MATER CHEM PHYS, V65, P197
    TANI E, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P11
    TORRESGARCIA E, 2001, J MATER RES, V16, P2209
    TOSAN JL, 1993, EUR J SOL STATE INOR, V30, P179
    WHITNEY ED, 1970, J AM CERAM SOC, V53, P697
    XIE SB, 2000, CHEM MATER, V12, P2442
    YAMAGUCHI T, 1994, CATAL TODAY, V20, P199
    ZAITSEV LM, 1966, ZH NEORG KHIM+, V11, P1684
 NR 36
 TC 2
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD JUN 15
 PY 2004
 VL 39
 IS 12
 BP 4039
 EP 4043
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 827YT
 UT ISI:000221940300027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dang, CY
    Kang, LY
 TI Batch-processing scheduling with setup times
 SO JOURNAL OF COMBINATORIAL OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE scheduling; batching; approximation algorithm
 ID TOTAL COMPLETION-TIME; MACHINE
 AB The problem is to minimize the total weighted completion time on a
    single batch-processing machine with setup times. The machine can
    process a batch of at most B jobs at one time, and the processing time
    of a batch is given by the longest processing time among the jobs in
    the batch. The setup time of a batch is given by the largest setup time
    among the jobs in the batch. This batch-processing problem reduces to
    the ordinary uni-processor scheduling problem when B = 1. In this paper
    we focus on the extreme case of B = +infinity, i.e. a batch can contain
    any number of jobs. We present in this paper a polynomial-time
    approximation algorithm for the problem with a performance guarantee of
    2. We further show that a special case of the problem can be solved in
    polynomial time.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Dang, CY, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management,
    Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 EM mecdang@cityu.edu.hk
 CR ALBERS S, 1993, DISCRETE APPL MATH, V47, P87
    BRUCKER P, 1998, J SCHEDULING, V1, P31
    CHANDRU V, 1993, OPER RES LETT, V13, P61
    DENG X, 1999, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V1627, P231
    FISCHETTI M, 1992, OPER RES, V40, P96
    GHOSH JB, 1994, OPER RES LETT, V16, P271
    GRAHAM RL, 1966, BELL SYST TECH J, V45, P1563
    HOCHBAUM DS, 1997, OPER RES, V45, P874
    PAPADIMITRIOU CH, 1982, COMBINATORIAL OPTIMI
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1382-6905
 J9 J COMB OPTIM
 JI J. Comb. Optim.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 8
 IS 2
 BP 137
 EP 146
 PG 10
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 827ZB
 UT ISI:000221941100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, YQ
    Jiang, GC
    You, JL
    Hou, HY
    Chen, H
 TI Coordination properties and structural units distribution of Q(T)(i) in
    calcium aluminosilicate melts from MD simulation
 SO JOURNAL OF CENTRAL SOUTH UNIVERSITY OF TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE molecular dynamics simulation; calcium aluminositicate melt;
    coordination number; structural unit of tetrahedra
 ID MOLECULAR-DYNAMICS; COMPUTER-SIMULATION; GLASSES; NMR; SI-29;
    ALUMINATE; SYSTEM; SILICA; AL-27; METASILICATE
 AB The distribution of Al(j) and the structural units distribution of Q(r)
    in calcium aluminosilicate melts were studied by means of molecular
    dynamics simulation. The results show that provided there exists
    lower-field strength cation relative to Al3+, such as alkaline and
    alkaline earth metals, At will be four-coordinated but not
    six-coordinated. Meanwhile, if there exist a large number of
    higher-field strength cations such as Si4+ and little lower-field
    strength cation, six-coordinated aluminum will be formed. The relation
    of structural units distribution of Q(T) with chemical composition
    shift was also extracted, showing that as Ca2+ exists, the
    distributions of Q(Si)(i), Q(Al)(i), or Q(T) have the similar changing
    trend with the variation of component. Because of high-temperature
    effect, the Al-tetrahedral units in melts are greatly active and
    unstable and there exist dynamic transforming equilibria of Al(3)
    reversible arrow Al(4) and Al(5) reversible arrow Al(4). The
    three-coordinated oxygen and charge-compensated bridging oxygen are
    proposed to explain phenomena of the negative charge redundancy of AlO4
    and location of network modifier with charge-compensated function in
    aluminosilicate melts.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, YQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM wu_yq1222@163.com
 CR *VER DTSCH EIS, 1981, SLAG ATL M
    AKSAY IA, 1979, J AM CERAM SOC, V62, P332
    CLARK TM, 2001, J PHYS CHEM B, V105, P12257
    CORMIER L, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V274, P110
    DANIEL I, 1995, PHYS CHEM MINER, V22, P74
    DOMINE F, 1986, AM MINERAL, V71, P38
    DOWEIDAR H, 1999, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V40, P85
    ENGELHARDT G, 1985, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V26, P157
    FARNAN I, 1990, J AM CHEM SOC, V112, P32
    HANADA T, 1982, COMMU AM CERAM SOC, V6, C84
    HANDKE M, 1997, MIKROCHIM ACTA, V14, P507
    HANNON AC, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V274, P102
    HIMMEL B, 1991, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V136, P27
    HOOVER WG, 1985, PHYS REV A, V31, P1695
    HUANG SP, 1999, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V11, P5429
    HWA LG, 1998, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V238, P193
    JEN JS, 1989, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V38, P21
    JIANG GC, 2003, GEOLOGY GEOCHEMISTRY, V31, P80
    KEEFER KD, 1978, AM MINERAL, V63, P1264
    KIEFFER J, 1989, J CHEM PHYS, V90, P4982
    MCMILLAN P, 1982, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V46, P2021
    MEGAHED AA, 1999, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V40, P130
    MIURA Y, 2000, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V41, P24
    MOZZI RL, 1969, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V2, P164
    MYSEN BO, 1990, AM MINERAL, V75, P120
    OESTRIKE R, 1987, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V51, P2199
    OKUNO M, 1982, MINERAL J JAPAN, V11, P180
    SCHNEIDER J, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V273, P8
    STEBBINS JF, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V275, P1
    STEIN DJ, 1995, AM MINERAL, V80, P417
    TAYLOR M, 1979, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V43, P61
    WU YQ, 2001, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V11, P965
    WU YQ, 2002, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V12, P1218
    WU YQ, 2003, J INORG MATER, V18, P619
 NR 34
 TC 0
 SN 1005-9784
 J9 J CENT SOUTH UNIV TECHNOL
 JI J. Cent. South Univ. Technol.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 11
 IS 1
 BP 6
 EP 14
 PG 9
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 827JX
 UT ISI:000221896800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Leung, AYT
    Liu, ZR
 TI Suppressing chaos for some nonlinear oscillators
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear oscillator; chaos; strange attractor; Melnikov method;
    controlling chaos; suppressing chaos
 ID WEAK PERIODIC PERTURBATIONS; STRANGE ATTRACTOR; DUFFING EQUATION;
    BISTABLE CHAOS; SYSTEMS
 AB In this paper, a criteria of suppressing chaos for a kind of nonlinear
    oscillators is established by the theory of the strange attractor. The
    oscillators considered include Duffing, van der Pol, Duffing-van der
    Pol and pendulum. According to this criteria, we analyze the phase
    effect using two methods, one by adding the second external force term
    and the other by adding parametric excitation, both of which may be
    used to suppress chaos in the systems. Some examples are used to
    illustrate the validity of the criteria and the importance of phase
    effect in suppressing chaos.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Building & Construct, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Leung, AYT, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Building & Construct, Hong Kong,
    Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR BENJACOB E, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P1599
    BRAIMAN Y, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P2545
    CHEN GR, 2000, DISCRETE DYN NAT SOC, V5, P29
    FANG J, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V146, P35
    GOMES MGM, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P3100
    GUCKENHEIMER J, 1983, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    KAPITANIAK J, 1991, CHAOTIC OSCILLATIONS
    KING GP, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P3092
    LIMA R, 1990, PHYS REV A, V41, P726
    LIU Z, 1991, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V8, P503
    LIU Z, 1993, SCI CHINA SER A, V36, P976
    QU ZL, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P1736
    RAJASEKAR S, 1992, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V2, P271
    RAJASEKAR S, 1993, PRAMANA-J PHYS, V41, P295
    SATO S, 1983, PHYS REV A, V28, P1654
    SMALE S, 1967, B AM MATH SOC, V73, P747
    UEDA Y, 1979, J STAT PHYS, V20, P181
    UEDA Y, 1980, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V357, P422
    YANG JZ, 1996, PHYS REV E A, V53, P4402
 NR 19
 TC 2
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 14
 IS 4
 BP 1455
 EP 1465
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 830EV
 UT ISI:000222105400023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZC
    Ge, YH
    Dai, YM
    Zhao, DY
 TI A Mathematica program for the two-step twelfth-order method with
    multi-derivative for the numerical solution of a one-dimensional
    Schrodinger equation
 SO COMPUTER PHYSICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE multi-derivative method; high-order linear two-step methods;
    Schrodinger equation; eigenvalue problems; high precision methods;
    Numerov's method
 ID INITIAL-VALUE-PROBLEMS; FITTING METHODS; INTEGRATION; OBRECHKOFF; ORDER
 AB In this paper, we present the detailed Mathematica symbolic derivation
    and the program which is used to integrate a one-dimensional
    Schrodinger equation by a new two-step numerical method. We add the
    fourth- and sixth-order derivatives to raise the precision of the
    traditional Numerov's method from fourth order to twelfth order, and to
    expand the interval of periodicity from (0, 6) to the one of (0,
    9.7954) and (9.94792, 55.6062). In the program we use an efficient
    algorithm to calculate the first-order derivative and avoid
    unnecessarily repeated calculation resulting from the
    multi-derivatives. We use the well-known Woods-Saxon's potential to
    test our method. The numerical test shows that the new method is not
    only superior to the previous lower order ones in accuracy, but also in
    the efficiency. This program is specially applied to the problem where
    a high accuracy or a larger step size is required. (C) 2004 Elsevier
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 ShangDa Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zc_wang89@hotmail.com
 CR ALLISON AC, 1970, J COMPUT PHYS, V6, P378
    ALLISON AC, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V97, P240
    ANANTHAKRISHNAI.U, 1987, MATH COMPUT, V49, P553
    AVDELAS G, 1996, COMPUT MATH APPL, V31, P85
    BLATT JM, 1967, J COMP PHYSIOL, V1, P382
    CASH JR, 1984, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V33, P299
    COOLEY JW, 1961, MATH COMPUT, V15, P363
    HERZBERG G, 1950, SPECTRA DIATOMIC MOL
    IXARU LG, 1980, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V19, P23
    LAMBERT JD, 1962, ZAMP, V13, P223
    LAMBERT JD, 1973, COMPUTATIONAL METHOD
    LAMBERT JD, 1976, J INST MATH APPL, V18, P189
    NETA B, 2003, COMPUT MATH APPL, V45, P383
    OBRECHKOFF N, 1942, SPISANIE BULGAR AKAD, V65, P191
    RAPTIS AD, 1978, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V14, P1
    RAPTIS AD, 1982, COMPUTING, V28, P373
    RAPTIS AD, 1985, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V36, P113
    RAPTIS AD, 1987, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V44, P95
    SIMOS TE, 1993, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V441, P283
    SIMOS TE, 1999, J COMPUT PHYS, V148, P305
    WANG Z, 2003, N MATH J CHIN U, V12, P146
    WANG Z, 2003, NUMER J MODERN PHYS, V14, P1087
    WILLIAMS PS, 2000, INT J MOD PHYS C, V11, P785
 NR 23
 TC 10
 SN 0010-4655
 J9 COMPUT PHYS COMMUN
 JI Comput. Phys. Commun.
 PD JUN 15
 PY 2004
 VL 160
 IS 1
 BP 23
 EP 45
 PG 23
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 828LH
 UT ISI:000221974300003
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Lu, CH
    An, P
    Zhang, ZY
 TI Intermediate view synthesis from stereoscopic videoconference images
 SO COMPUTATIONAL SCIENCE AND ITS APPLICATIONS - ICCSA 2004, PT 4
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB A procedure is described for stereoscopic videoconference system with
    viewpoint adaptation. The core to such a system is to synthesize the
    intermediate views from stereoscopic videoconference images with rather
    large baseline. The foreground object is first segmented by using
    intensity and disparity information. For this purpose, the region
    growing technique is used. The reliability of disparity estimation is
    then measured with a criterion based on uniqueness and smoothness
    constrains. In occluded areas and image points with unreliable
    disparity assignments, region-based interpolation strategy is applied
    to compensate the disparity values. Finally, an object-based
    interpolation algorithm is developed to synthesize arbitrary
    intermediate views. Experimental results with natural stereoscopic
    image pairs show that the proposed method can obtain the intermediate
    views with high quality.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, CH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM llvch@hotmail.com
    anping@mail.shu.edu.cn
    zhyzhang@yc.shu.edu.cn
 CR IZQUIERDO E, 1997, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V7, P629
    IZQUIERDO E, 1998, SIGNAL PROCESS-IMAGE, V1, P231
    JENSRAINER O, 1997, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V7, P801
    MANSOURI AR, 2000, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V9, P1
    MCVEIGH JS, 1996, SIGNAL PROCESS-IMAGE, V9, P21
    NIKOLAOS D, 2000, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V10, P501
    WANG D, 2000, OPT ENG, V39, P2876
    WERNER T, 1995, P IEEE INT C COMP VI, P957
    XIA LZ, 1999, DIGITAL IMAGE PROCES
    ZHANG L, 2002, P IEEE INT C IMAGE P, V3, P24
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2004
 VL 3046
 BP 243
 EP 250
 PG 8
 GA BAE52
 UT ISI:000221854800026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
    Peng, GJ
 TI Chaos in Chen's system with a fractional order
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID DIFFERENTIAL-EQUATIONS; LYAPUNOV EXPONENTS
 AB In this paper, by utilizing the fractional calculus techniques, we
    found that chaos does exist in Chen's system with a fractional order,
    and some phase diagrams are constructed. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CP, Univ Pretoria, Dept Elect Elect & Comp Engn, ZA-0002 Pretoria,
    South Africa.
 EM leecp@online.sh.cn
 CR BUTZER PL, 2000, APPL FRACTIONAL CALC, P1
    CAPUTO M, 1967, GEOPHYS J ROY ASTRON, V13, P529
    CHAREF A, 1992, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V37, P1465
    CHEN GR, 1999, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V9, P1465
    DIETHELM K, 1997, ELECTRON T NUMER ANA, V5, P1
    DIETHELM K, 1999, FORSCHUNG WISSENSCHA, P57
    DIETHELM K, 2002, J MATH ANAL APPL, V265, P229
    DIETHELM K, 2002, NONLINEAR DYNAM, V29, P3
    HARTLEY TT, 1995, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V42, P485
    PODLUBNY I, 1999, FRACTIONAL DIFFERENT
    ROSENSTEIN MT, 1993, PHYSICA D, V65, P117
    ROSENSTEIN MT, 1994, PHYSICA D, V73, P82
    SAMKO SG, 1993, FRACTIONAL INTEGRALS
    SATO S, 1987, PROG THEOR PHYS, V77, P1
    WOLF A, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P285
 NR 15
 TC 13
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 22
 IS 2
 BP 443
 EP 450
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 827SP
 UT ISI:000221921300020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
    Yang, ZH
 TI Symmetry-breaking bifurcation in O(2) x O(2)-symmetric nonlinear large
    problems and its application to the Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equation in
    two spatial dimensions
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID NON-LINEAR ANALYSIS; HYDRODYNAMIC INSTABILITY; LAMINAR FLAMES; WAVES;
    EQUILIBRIUM; PROPAGATION
 AB The paper deals with the detection and calculation of bifurcation from
    nontrivial static solutions to rotating wave solutions of the nonlinear
    evolution equation partial derivativeu/partial derivativet + g(u,
    alpha) = 0, where g is equivariant with respect to an action of the
    group O(2) x O(2), alpha is a bifurcation parameter. The method and
    technique derived here is applied to the nonlocal Kuramoto-Sivashinsky
    (K-S) equation in two spatial dimensions. The bifurcation point to
    rotating waves is numerically determined, where the rotating wave
    solution branch is bifurcated, and the original reflectional symmetry
    is broken. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Teachers Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CP, Univ Pretoria, Dept Elect Elect & Comp Engn, ZA-0002 Pretoria,
    South Africa.
 EM leecp@online.sh.cn
 CR ABDELGAWAD HI, 2001, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V12, P2039
    ASTON PJ, 1992, SIAM J APPL MATH, V52, P792
    BENNEY DJ, 1966, J MATH PHYS, V45, P150
    GOLUBITSKY M, 1988, SINGULARITIES GROUPS, V2
    KURAMOTO Y, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V54, P687
    KURAMOTO Y, 1976, PROG THEOR PHYS, V55, P356
    KURAMOTO Y, 1978, PROG THEOR PHYS    S, V64, P346
    LI CP, 2001, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V11, P2493
    LI CP, 2002, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P103
    MICHELSON DM, 1977, ACTA ASTRONAUT, V4, P1207
    SIVASHINSKY GI, 1977, ACTA ASTRONAUT, V4, P1177
    SIVASHINSKY GI, 1980, SIAM J APPL MATH, V39, P67
    TEMAN R, 1988, INFINITE DIMENSIONAL
    WERNER B, 1984, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V21, P388
    YANG ZH, 1996, APPL MATH MECH, V17, P633
    YE RS, 1995, APPL MATH JCU B, V10, P179
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 22
 IS 2
 BP 451
 EP 468
 PG 18
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 827SP
 UT ISI:000221921300021
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Gu, SS
    Yu, SN
 TI A chaotic neural network for the maximum clique problem
 SO ADVANCES IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
 DT Article
 DE maximum clique; Hopfield neural network; chaotic neural network;
    transiently chaotic neural network; chaos
 ID OPTIMIZATION; HOPFIELD; MODEL
 AB This paper applies a chaotic neural network (CNN) to solve the maximum
    clique problem (MCP), a classic NP-hard and computationally intractable
    graph optimization problem, which has many real-world applications.
    From analyzing the chaotic states of its neuron output and
    computational energy, we reach the conclusion that, unlike the
    conventional Hopfield neural networks (HNN) for the MCP such as
    steepest descent (SD) algorithm and continuous Hopfield dynamics (CHD)
    algorithm based on the discrete Hopfield neural network and the
    continuous Hopfield neural network respectively, CNN can avoid getting
    stuck in local minima and thus yields excellent solutions. Detailed
    analysis of the optimality, efficiency, robustness and scalability
    verifies that CNN provides a more effective and efficient approach than
    conventional Hopfield neural networks to solve the MCP.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, SS, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, 149 Yan Chang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM gushenshen@163.com
 CR ARORA S, 1992, P 33 IEEE S FDN COMP, P14
    ASAI H, 1995, P IEEE INT C NEUR NE, V4, P1584
    AVONDOBODENO G, 1962, EC APPL THEORY GRAPH
    BATTITI R, 1997, P WORKSH ALG ENG WAE, P74
    BUI TN, 1995, P 6 INT C GAS, P478
    CHEN LN, 1995, NEURAL NETWORKS, V8, P915
    DEO N, 1974, GRAPH THEORY APPL EN
    FUNABIKI N, 1992, J PARALLEL DISTR COM, V14, P340
    HOPFIELD JJ, 1985, BIOL CYBERN, V52, P141
    JAGOTA A, 1995, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V6, P724
    JOHNSON DS, 1974, J COMPUT SY, V9, P256
    KARP RM, 1972, COMPLEXITY COMPUTER, P85
    KWOK T, 2000, NEURAL NETWORKS, V13, P731
    WANG LP, 1998, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V9, P716
    WILSON GV, 1988, BIOL CYBERN, V58, P63
    WIMER S, 1987, IEEE T COMPUT AID D, V6, P795
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE ARTIF INTELL
 PY 2004
 VL 3060
 BP 391
 EP 405
 PG 15
 GA BAE41
 UT ISI:000221818900028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, CF
    Wang, XF
    Lu, B
 TI Nonlinear propagation and supercontinuum generation of a femtosecond
    pulse in photonic crystal fibers
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE photonic crystal fibers; soliton self-frequency shift; supercontinuum
 ID SELF-FREQUENCY SHIFT; MICROSTRUCTURE-FIBER; CONTINUUM GENERATION;
    DISPERSION
 AB A theoretical investigation with the method of split-step Fourier is
    presented on the nonlinear propagation and supercontinuum generation of
    a femtosecond laser pulse in a photonic crystal fiber. The impact of
    high-order dispersion and nonlinear effects on spectral shape and band
    width is simulated and analyzed. It is found that soliton
    self-frequency shift is generated in a photonic crystal fiber. It is
    also found that intrapulse stimulated Raman scattering and self-phase
    modulation result in the fine spectral substructure of the
    supercontinnum. The band width and smoothing of the supercontinuum are
    found to be related to the higher-order dispersion and the power of the
    initial laser pulse.
 C1 Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CF, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 EM cefu@mail.siom.ac.cn
 CR AGRAWL GP, 1989, NONLINEAR FIBER OPTI
    BIRKS TA, 1997, OPT LETT, V22, P961
    GU X, 2002, OPT LETT, V27, P1174
    HARTL I, 2001, OPT LETT, V26, P608
    HERRMANN J, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V88
    HOLZWARTH R, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P2264
    HUSAKOU AV, 2002, J OPT SOC AM B, V19, P2171
    JONES DJ, 2000, SCIENCE, V288, P635
    LIU X, 2001, OPT LETT, V26, P358
    MITSCHKE FM, 1986, OPT LETT, V11, P659
    RANKA JK, 2000, OPT LETT, V25, P25
    RAO M, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P502
    RUSSELL PS, 1992, PHYS WORLD, V5, P37
    STOLEN RH, 1989, J OPT SOC AM B, V6, P1159
    STOLEN RH, 1992, J OPT SOC AM B, V9, P565
    XU WC, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P352
 NR 16
 TC 7
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 6
 BP 1826
 EP 1830
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 828AZ
 UT ISI:000221946200040
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Luo, SY
    Shao, MZ
    Wei, LX
    Liu, ZR
 TI Dynamics of dislocation and global bifurcation for a system
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE dislocation; bifurcation; superlattice; nonlinearity
 AB An external periodic field has been introduced in the Seeger equation;
    a motion equation of a crystal dislocation has been induced to Duffing
    function with the hard-spring properties. A global bifurcation of the
    system and a probable way into the chaos have been discussed by using
    Melnikov methoud. It shows that the system enters into the critical
    state, then enters the chaos by the cascading bifurcation, if
    delta/alpha is defined and Omega is reduced continuously.
 C1 Dongguan Univ Technol, Dongguan 523106, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Luo, SY, Dongguan Univ Technol, Dongguan 523106, Peoples R China.
 CR GRADSHTEYN IS, 1980, TABLE INTEGRALS SERI, P948
    KOROL A, 1998, J PHYS G, V24, P145
    KOROL AV, 1999, INT J MOD PHYS E, V8, P49
    LUO SY, 1984, CHINESE PHYS, V4, P670
    LUO SY, 1988, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V37, P1278
    LUO SY, 1988, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V37, P1394
    LUO SY, 2002, NUCL PHYS REV, V19, P407
    LUO SY, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P1157
    LUO SZ, 2003, CHIN J SEMICONDUCTOR, V24, P485
    SEEGER A, 1956, PHILOS MAG, V1, P651
    SHAO MZ, 1990, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V39, P1189
    SHAO MZ, 1992, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V41, P1825
 NR 12
 TC 2
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 6
 BP 1940
 EP 1945
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 828AZ
 UT ISI:000221946200060
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, HJ
    Wang, LJ
    Fang, ZJ
    Zhang, ML
    Yang, Y
    Wang, L
    Xia, YB
 TI Study on optical properties of diamond films by means of infrared
    spectroscopic ellipsometry
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE diamond films; infrared spectroscopic ellipsometry; optical properties;
    effective medium approximation
 AB We have made spectroscopic ellipsometric measurement to characterize
    the structure of diamond films in infrared region (2.5-12.5 mum). These
    films are grown respectively by microwave plasma chemical vapor
    deposition (MPCVD) and hot filament chemical vapor deposition (HFCVD).
    It is found that the establishment of appropriate models has the
    strongest influence on the fit of ellipsometric spectra. The best fit
    is achieved for MPCVD film with a 77.5 nm middle layer of SiO2, and for
    HFCVD film with a 879 nm rough surface layer included by Bruggeman
    effective medium approximation. Finally, the refractive index (n) and
    the extinctive coefficient (k) are calculated for both films, which
    show that the film grown by MPCVD is optically better than by HFCVD
    apparently.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, HJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 EM sissyshj@sohu.com
 CR BRUGGEMAN DAG, 1935, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V24, P636
    COMFORT JC, 1987, ANN SIM S NEW YORK, P185
    FANG ZJ, 2002, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V14, P5271
    HUANG ZM, 1999, J INFRARED MILLIM W, V18, P23
    LORENTZ HA, 1916, THEORY ELECT, P132
    MCMARR PJ, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V59, P694
    MCNAMARA KM, 1994, THIN SOLID FILMS, V253, P157
    PALIK ED, 1985, HDB OPTICAL CONSTANT, P104
    SILVA F, 1996, DIAM RELAT MATER, V5, P338
    WANG LJ, 2000, J PHYS CONDENS MATT, V12, P257
    XIA YB, 1996, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V7, P557
    YIN Z, 1997, DIAM RELAT MATER, V6, P153
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 6
 BP 2009
 EP 2013
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 828AZ
 UT ISI:000221946200073
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
    Wang, Q
 TI Prediction of simultaneously large and opposite generalized
    Goos-Hanchen shifts for TE and TM light beams in an asymmetric
    double-prism configuration
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 ID TOTAL INTERNAL-REFLECTION; LATERAL DISPLACEMENT; DIELECTRIC INTERFACE;
    ABSORBING MEDIA; OPTICAL BEAMS; INCIDENT; TIMES; SLAB
 AB It is predicted that large and opposite generalized Goos-Hanchen (GGH)
    shifts may occur simultaneously for TE and TM light beams upon
    reflection from an asymmetric double-prism configuration when the angle
    of incidence is below but near the critical angle for total reflection,
    which may lead to interesting applications in optical devices and
    integrated optics. Numerical simulations show that the magnitude of the
    GGH shift can be of the order of beam's width.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Xian Inst Opt & Precis Mech, State Key Lab Transient Opt Technol, Xian 710068, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM cfli@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ARTMANN K, 1948, ANN PHYS, V2, P87
    BALCOU P, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P851
    BIRMAN JL, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V50, P1664
    BRETENAKER F, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P931
    BRIERS R, 2000, J ACOUST SOC AM, V108, P1622
    BROE J, 2002, J OPT SOC AM A, V19, P1212
    COWAN JJ, 1977, J OPT SOC AM, V67, P1307
    DEBEAUREGARD OC, 1977, PHYS REV D, V15, P3553
    DUTRIAUX L, 1996, EUROPHYS LETT, V33, P359
    EMILE O, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P1511
    GHATAK AK, 1986, OPT COMMUN, V56, P313
    GILLES H, 2002, OPT LETT, V27, P1421
    GOOS F, 1947, ANN PHYSIK, V1, P333
    GOOS F, 1949, ANN PHYS-LEIPZIG, V5, P251
    HAIBEL A, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V63
    HARRICK NJ, 1960, PHYS REV LETT, V4, P224
    HSUE CW, 1985, J OPT SOC AM A, V2, P978
    JOST BM, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P2233
    KAISER R, 1996, PURE APPL OPT, V5, P891
    LAI HM, 2002, OPT LETT, V27, P680
    LI CF, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    LOTSCH HKV, 1970, OPTIK, V32, P116
    LOTSCH HKV, 1970, OPTIK, V32, P189
    LOTSCH HKV, 1971, OPTIK STUTTG, V32, P299
    LOTSCH HKV, 1971, OPTIK, V32, P553
    MAZUR P, 1984, PHYS REV B, V30, P6759
    MIDWINTER JE, 1970, APPL PHYS LETT, V16, P198
    PFLEGHAAR E, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P2281
    PORRAS MA, 1997, OPT COMMUN, V135, P369
    READ LAA, 1978, J OPT SOC AM, V68, P319
    RIESZ RP, 1985, J OPT SOC AM A, V2, P1809
    SHAH V, 1983, J OPT SOC AM, V73, P37
    STEINBERG AM, 1994, PHYS REV A, V49, P3283
    TAMIR T, 1971, J OPT SOC AM, V61, P1397
    WILD WJ, 1982, PHYS REV A, V25, P2099
 NR 35
 TC 1
 SN 1063-651X
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 69
 IS 5
 PN Part 2
 AR 055601
 DI ARTN 055601
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 826EZ
 UT ISI:000221813400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, G
    Fang, SS
    Xiao, XS
    Hua, Q
    Gu, HZ
    Dong, YD
 TI Microstructure and properties of Zr65Al10Ni10CU15 amorphous plates
    rolled in the supercooled liquid region
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING A-STRUCTURAL MATERIALS PROPERTIES
    MICROSTRUCTURE AND PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE hot rolling; supercooled liquid region; bulk metallic glass
 ID BULK METALLIC-GLASS; DEFORMATION; PLASTICITY; DUCTILITY; ALLOY
 AB The effects of rolling at different rolled reduction ratios (0, 37.5,
    50 and 62.5%) in the supercooled liquid region on the microstructure,
    thermal stability, micro-hardness and electrical resistivity of
    Zr65Al10Ni10Cu15 bulk amorphous plates were investigated by means of
    X-ray diffraction (XRD), high-resolution transmission electron
    microscopy (HRTEM), differential scanning calorimetry (DSC),
    micro-hardness measurements and four probe method. With the increase of
    rolled reduction ratios, the nano-scale clusters and the local
    crystalline phases appeared in the amorphous matrix, which resulted in
    the decrease of the thermal stability and the increase of
    micro-hardness while the electrical resistivity first increased and
    then decreased. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiao, XS, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM xsxiao@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BAE DH, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P1749
    DENG YF, 2003, ADV ENG MATER, V5, P738
    EKELUND S, 1927, JERNKONT ANN, V2, P39
    INOUE A, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P866
    KAWAMURA Y, 1997, SCRIPTA MATER, V37, P431
    KAWAMURA Y, 1998, ACTA METALL MATER, V46, P253
    KAWAMURA Y, 1999, MATER T JIM, V40, P794
    NIEH TG, 2001, ACTA MATER, V49, P2887
    YANG TB, 1988, PLASTIC PROCESSING M, P47
    YOKOYAMA Y, 2001, MATER TRANS, V42, P623
    YOKOYAMA Y, 2003, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V316, P104
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0921-5093
 J9 MATER SCI ENG A-STRUCT MATER
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process.
 PD MAY 25
 PY 2004
 VL 373
 IS 1-2
 BP 217
 EP 220
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 825SS
 UT ISI:000221779200026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, SG
    Li, L
    Vleugels, J
    Biest, OVD
 TI Influence of phase constitution on mechanical performance of
    12Ce-3Y-ZrO2/2.5 wt pct Al2O3 composites
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE thermodynamics; mechanical properties; ZrO2-CeO2-Y2O3
 ID FRACTURE-TOUGHNESS; ZIRCONIA; SYSTEM; CERAMICS; DIAGRAM; CERIA; TZP;
    POLYCRYSTALS
 AB The phase constitution of a composite consisting of 1.2 at. pct CeO2-3
    at. Pct Y2O3-ZrO2/2.5 wt pct Al2O3 (3Y12Ce2.5Al) was determined by
    thermodynamic calculation. It is a combination of 36.9 at. pct cubic
    phase and 63.1 at. pct tetragonal phase at 1450 C. Green compacts were
    fabricated by cold isostatic pressing with powder synthesized by
    coating technique, and pressureless sintered at 1450 degreesC. The
    fracture toughness and Vickers hardness, evaluated by the
    micro-indentation method, are 2.02 MPa(.)m(1/2) and 11.395 GPa,
    respectively. The addition of 3 at. Pct Y2O3 to 12 at. pct CeO2-ZrO2
    ceramic leads to drastically decrease in toughness compared to
    composites without yttria stabilizer. No monoclinic phase is detected
    on the surface of all the ground samples. The high content of cubic
    phase and lack of phase transformation can be attributed to the low
    toughness based on the thermodynamic: prediction.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept MTM, B-3001 Heverlee, Belgium.
 RP Li, L, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM liling@public6.sta.net.cn
 CR *THERMOCALC SOFTW, THERMOCALC US GUID V
    ANSTIS GR, 1981, J AM CERAM SOC, V64, P533
    BOUTZ MMR, 1994, J EUR CERAM SOC, V13, P89
    GARVIE RC, 1982, J MATER SCI LETT, V1, P437
    HANNINK RHJ, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P461
    HIRANO M, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P5047
    LAWSON S, 1995, J EUR CERAM SOC, V15, P485
    LI L, 1996, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V12, P159
    LI L, 2001, J EUR CERAM SOC, V21, P2903
    LI L, 2003, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V19, P66
    LIN JD, 1998, J AM CERAM SOC, V81, P853
    PASCUAL C, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P23
    SCHMID HK, 1987, J AM CERAM SOC, V70, P367
    TANI E, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P506
    TORAYA H, 1984, COMMUN AM CERAM  JUN, P119
    TSUKUMA K, 1985, J MATER SCI, V20, P1178
    VLEUGELS J, 2002, J EUR CERAM SOC, V22, P873
    WANG J, 1992, J MATER SCI, V27, P5348
    YUAN ZX, 2000, MATER LETT, V46, P249
 NR 19
 TC 1
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 3
 BP 284
 EP 286
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 826KB
 UT ISI:000221826900011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhai, QJ
    Fu, L
    Zhai, HY
 TI Effect of Nb on structure and mechanical properties of chilled cast
    iron at room and elevated temperatures
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE Nb; chilled cast iron; structure; properties
 ID STATIC RECRYSTALLIZATION; MICROALLOYED STEELS; TI; MICROSTRUCTURE;
    PRECIPITATION
 AB Effect of Nb on microstructure and mechanical properties of chilled
    cast iron at room and elevated temperatures is studied in this
    research. The results demonstrate that the cast structure and
    mechanical properties of chilled cast iron at room and elevated
    temperatures are improved with the addition of trace amount of Nb.
    However, if Nb was added too much, the cast structure and mechanical
    properties of chilled cast iron would deteriorate. The suitable content
    of Nb in chilled cast iron is about 0.05% (mass fraction). Except the
    dissolution in the matrix of cast iron the excessive Nb will form
    Nb-rich phases in three morphologies. Those are lumpy NbC, complicated
    strip-like phase and compound with pearlite structure.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shenyang Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shenyang 110044, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhai, QJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM qjzhai@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ELWAZRI AM, 2000, CAN METALL QUART, V39, P55
    HUANG C, 2000, CAN METALL QUART, V39, P369
    KANG KB, 1997, SCRIPTA MATER, V36, P1303
    KATAOKA N, 1993, B JAPAN I METALS, V32, P223
    KUZUCU V, 1998, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V82, P165
    MEDINA SF, 2001, ISIJ INT, V41, P774
    PIEKARSKI B, 2002, METALURGIJA, V41, P77
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 3
 BP 301
 EP 303
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 826KB
 UT ISI:000221826900016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, ZM
    Wang, H
    Deng, K
    Xu, KD
 TI Aligned solidification structure of the MnBi phase in semisolidified
    Bi-Mn alloy with a static magnetic field
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE magnetic field; Bi-Mn alloy; MnBi; solidification
 ID CRYSTALLIZATION
 AB The solidification structure of Bi-3 wt pct Mn alloy grown up in the
    semisolid zone under the influence of a static magnetic field (up to
    1.0 T) and the relation of the magnetic property with the
    solidification structure have been investigated experimentally. It was
    shown that the primary phase MnBi crystals in the alloy aligned and
    oriented along the direction of the applied magnetic field. The
    orientating tendency and the average length of the elongated MnBi
    crystals increased with the increase of the applied field and the
    solidification time. Moreover, the remanence of the alloy along the
    aligned direction of the MnBi phase in the case of solidification with
    a magnetic field was apparently anisotropic and nearly double of that
    without the magnetic field. This indicated that the MnBi crystals
    oriented and aligned along their easy magnetization axis. A model was
    proposed to explain the alignment and orientation growth of the MnBi
    crystals in a magnetic field in terms of the magnetic anisotropy of the
    crystals and the magnetic interaction between them.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zmrenb@online.sh.cn
 CR GILLON P, 1995, JOM, V47, P34
    GUO X, 1991, J APPL PHYS 2B, V69, P6067
    KATSUKI A, 1996, CHEM LETT, P607
    MIKELSON AE, 1981, J CRYST GROWTH, V52, P524
    MOFFATT WG, 1984, HDB BINARY PHASE DIA
    MORIKAWA H, 1998, MATER T JIM, V39, P814
    RANGO PD, 1991, NATURE, V349, P770
    SHETTY MN, 1987, J MATER SCI, V22, P1908
    WAN DF, 1987, PHYSICS MAGNETISM, P8
    WANG H, 2000, CHIN SCI ABSTR, V6, P240
    WANG H, 2001, MATER SCI ENG, V19, P119
    YASUDA H, 2000, P 3 INT S EL PROC MA, P647
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 3
 BP 311
 EP 314
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 826KB
 UT ISI:000221826900019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Song, CB
    Han, BS
    Li, Y
 TI A study on alnico permanent magnet powders prepared by atomization
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE gas atomization; alnico magnetic powder
 AB Alnico powders were prepared by gas atomization process. Composition of
    the Alnico powders was Fe37.1 Al8.2 Ni17.6-Co26.6 Cu3.3 Ti7.2 (wt pct)
    which was the same as that of commercially available Alnico magnets.
    Average particle size of the powders was 119 mum. Effects of heat
    treatment in magnetic field on magnetic properties of the powders were
    investigated. The optimum process of heat treatment was found as
    follows, heated at 870 C for 1 min first, then cooled down to
    700degreesC at cooling rate 0.3degreesC/s in magnetic field, and
    finally aged isothermally for 4 h. Magnetic properties of the Alnico
    powders were measured and the results were that intrinsic coercivity
    H-i(c) was 1.0 kOe and remanence M-r was 36.5 emu/g.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Kongju Natl Univ, Div Mat Engn, Kong Ju 314701, South Korea.
    Hanbat Natl Univ, Div Mech Engn, Taejon, South Korea.
 RP Li, Y, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM liying62@yahoo.com
 CR CHAN JW, 1961, ACTA METALL, V9, P795
    CHOI SD, 1996, J KOREAN I MET MAT, V34, P158
    IWAMA Y, 1960, THESIS NAGOYA U JAPA
    KIM HT, 1988, THESIS CHUNGNAM NATL
    KIM YB, 1986, THESIS CHUNGNAM NATL
    MISHIMA T, 1932, OHM, V19, P353
    OLIVER DA, 1938, NATURE, V142, P209
    STONER EC, 1948, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V240, P599
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 3
 BP 347
 EP 349
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 826KB
 UT ISI:000221826900028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, LL
    Yang, LM
    Chen, J
    Pei, Y
    Chen, M
    Hui, BJ
    Li, J
 TI Preparation and characterization of pH-sensitive hydrogel of
    chitosan/poly(acrylic acid) co-polymer
 SO JOURNAL OF BIOMATERIALS SCIENCE-POLYMER EDITION
 DT Article
 DE chitosan; poly(acrylic acid); hydrogel; pH-sensitivity
 ID POLY(ACRYLIC ACID); TEMPLATE POLYMERIZATION; CHITOSAN MICROSPHERES;
    SWELLING BEHAVIOR; DRUG-DELIVERY; ACRYLIC-ACID; IN-VITRO; MEMBRANES;
    NETWORK; COMPLEXES
 AB A pH-sensitive co-polymer hydrogel of chitosan/poly(acrylic acid)
    (CS/PAAc) was prepared by irradiating the aqueous solution mixture of
    chitosan and acrylic acid with Co-60 gamma-ray irradiation. The effect
    of the composition of chitosan and AAc on the properties of the
    hydrogel, such as swelling ratio and pH-sensitivity, were determined.
    Fourier Transform Infrared (FT-IR) spectrometry was applied in the
    attenuated total reflectance (ATR) mode for analyzing the structure
    change of the hydrogels after the treatment in different pH buffer
    solutions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Dept Chem Engn & Technol, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, J, Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Dept Chem Engn &
    Technol, Jiading Campus, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM jchen@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR AHN JS, 2001, BIOMATERIALS, V22, P923
    AHN JS, 2002, BIOMATERIALS, V23, P1411
    CAO SG, 1998, POLYM BULL, V41, P553
    CHOI HK, 1999, J APPL POLYM SCI, V73, P2749
    DELATORRE PM, 2003, BIOMATERIALS, V24, P1499
    HARRIS D, 1992, J PHARM SCI, V81, P1
    HE P, 1998, INT J PHARM, V166, P75
    HU Y, 2002, BIOMATERIALS, V23, P3193
    JIN JJ, 1994, REACT POLYM, V23, P95
    KIM SJ, 2003, REACT FUNCT POLYM, V55, P53
    LORENZOLAMOSA ML, 1998, J CONTROL RELEASE, V52, P109
    MACLAUGHLIN FC, 1998, J CONTROL RELEASE, V56, P259
    NAM SY, 1997, J MEMBRANE SCI, V135, P161
    PENICHE C, 1999, BIOMATERIALS, V20, P1869
    QU X, 2000, POLYMER, V41, P4589
    SAITO H, 1997, MACROMOL RAPID COMM, V18, P547
    SHAHABEDDIN L, 1991, J MATER SCI-MATER M, V2, P222
    WANG HF, 1997, J APPL POLYM SCI, V65, P1445
    WILSON JE, 1974, RAD CHEM MONOMERS PO, P369
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0920-5063
 J9 J BIOMATER SCI-POLYM ED
 JI J. Biomater. Sci.-Polym. Ed.
 PY 2004
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 465
 EP 474
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Biomedical; Materials Science, Biomaterials; Polymer
    Science
 GA 826ID
 UT ISI:000221821900009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hao, TH
 TI Perturbation method of the piezoelectric fracture mechanics considering
    the permittivity of the medium in the crack gap
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF FRACTURE
 DT Article
 DE boundary condition; permittivity; perturbation; piezoelectric
 ID THERMOPIEZOELECTRIC PROPERTIES; DAMAGE ANALYSIS; ACTUATORS
 AB In this paper, the problem of the cracks with arbitrary forms in
    piezoelectric material is studied. The permittivity of the medium in
    the crack gap is considered. Except the collinear cracks, this boundary
    condition is too difficult to deal with; therefore, a perturbation
    method is recommended. By the way, the electric boundary conditions of
    electric fracture mechanics are discussed. For example, a small
    parameter solution of a crack is given and compared with the known
    'exact' (it will be discussed later) solution. This result shows that
    the impermeable or permeable conditions are only the boundary
    conditions for the first approximations of the perturbation solutions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200051, Peoples R China.
 RP Hao, TH, Shanghai Univ, POB 220,Dong Hua,China Text, Shanghai 200051,
    Peoples R China.
 EM hao@dhu.edu.cn
 CR BERLINCOURT DA, 1964, PHYS ACOUSTICS A, V1
    CHEREPANOV GP, 1977, MECH BRITTLE FRACTUR
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, LECT PERTURBATION ME
    ESHELBY JD, 1956, CONTINUM THEORY DATT, V3
    GAO CF, 1999, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V36, P2527
    GAO HJ, 1997, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V45, P491
    HAO TH, 1994, ENG FRACT MECH, V47, P793
    HAO TH, 1996, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V44, P23
    HAO TH, 2001, INT J FRACTURE, V112, P197
    HAO TH, 2001, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V38, P9201
    LEKHNITSKII SG, 1981, THEORY ELASTICITY AN
    MCMEEKING RM, 1989, Z ANGEW MATH PHYS, V40, P615
    MIKHAILOV GK, 1990, ELECTROMAGNETOELASTI
    MUSKHELISHVILLI NI, 1963, SOME BASIC PROBLEMS
    SAVIN GN, 1961, STRESS CONCENTRATION
    SUO Z, 1991, MECH CONCEPTS FAI AD, V24
    SUO Z, 1992, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V40, P739
    YANG W, 1994, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V42, P649
    YANG W, 2001, MECHATRONIC RELIABIL
    YU SW, 1996, THEOR APPL FRACT MEC, V25, P263
    YU SW, 1996, THEOR APPL FRACT MEC, V25, P279
    ZHANG TY, 2001, ADV APPL MECH, V38, P147
    ZHANG TY, 2002, PHILOS MAG A, V82, P2805
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0376-9429
 J9 INT J FRACTURE
 JI Int. J. Fract.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 126
 IS 1
 BP 57
 EP 69
 PG 13
 SC Mechanics
 GA 825OQ
 UT ISI:000221768200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YD
    Li, YH
 TI Mechanistic model and numerical analysis for corrosion damage of
    reinforced concrete structure
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF FRACTURE
 DT Article
 DE conditions of displacement; corrosion layer; fictitious boundary;
    model; numerical manifold method; track of crack propagation
 AB Through sampling, we have conducted systematically the analyses of
    changing characteristics of steel bar corrosion and crack width on
    reinforced concrete surfaces. Based on the analyses from the sampling,
    we have obtained the mathematical model for outer elliptical contour
    and the formulas to calculate thickness of corrosion layer at any
    associated point on steel bars. A stress model of discrete displacement
    on fictitious boundary for the corrosion layer and corresponding
    solutions for displacement and stress on the fictitious boundary have
    been advanced, which solve quantitatively the stress to the structure
    acted by corrosion layer. Finally, under the conditions of displacement
    on the fictitious boundary and by applying numerical manifold method,
    we had performed the simulation of track for crack propagation caused
    by corrosion and expansion of side steel bars as time elapses in
    existing reinforced concrete structures. The simulation results have
    conformed to those of the experiment.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YD, Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDRADE C, 1993, MATER STRUCT, V26, P162
    BEEBY AE, STRUCTURAL ENG A, V56, P3
    CROUCH SL, 1983, BOUNDARY ELEMENT MET, P85
    HUI Y, 1997, IND BUILING, V27, P5
    KIYOSHI O, 1998, ACI STRUCT J, V85, P2
    LI Y, 1997, J XIAN HIGHWAY U, V4
    LI Y, 1997, P 7 INT C EPMESC U T
    LI Y, 1997, P 9 INT C COMP METH
    LIU X, 1990, CHINESE J CIVIL ENG, V23, P4
    MOLINATERRIZA G, 2001, OPT LETT, V26, P163
    NIU D, 1997, ENG MECHANICS, V14, P2
    QIU WJ, 1996, DEFINITION REINFORCE, P1
    WANG Q, 1996, CHINESE J CATAL+, V17, P3
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0376-9429
 J9 INT J FRACTURE
 JI Int. J. Fract.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 126
 IS 1
 BP 71
 EP 78
 PG 8
 SC Mechanics
 GA 825OQ
 UT ISI:000221768200005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lei, ZS
    Ren, ZM
    Yan, YG
    Deng, K
 TI Mold flux channel dynamic pressure in electromagnetic continuous casting
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE electromagnetic continuous casting; mold flux channel; dynamic pressure
 ID ALTERNATING MAGNETIC-FIELD; INITIAL SOLIDIFICATION; SURFACE QUALITY;
    STEEL; OSCILLATION
 AB Molten metal meniscus profile and mold flux channel width are measured
    under high frequency magnetic field with different intensities by model
    experiments, then the dynamic pressure in mold flux channel is
    calculated during one mold oscillation period. It is found that the
    high frequency magnetic field can decrease the dynamic pressure
    greatly, which may be one possible mechanism of improving the billets
    surface quality by soft-contact mold electromagnetic continuous
    casting. According to the calculation, the mold flux channel dynamic
    pressure can not be decreased unlimitedly by increasing magnetic flux
    density, there must be a most appropriate magnetic flux density in
    order to get best billet surface quality.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lei, ZS, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM lei_zsh@263.net
 CR *ASM INT, 1990, MET HDB, V2, P1093
    ASAI S, 1989, TETSU TO HAGANE, V75, P32
    AYATA K, 2000, 3 INT S EL PROC MAT, P376
    BIKERMAN JJ, 1970, PHYSICAL SURFACES, P12
    LI TJ, 1996, ISIJ INT, V36, P410
    MIYOSHINO I, 1989, ISIJ INT, V29, P104
    NA XZ, 2002, ACTA METALL SIN, V38, P105
    NAKATA H, 1992, ISIJ INT, V32, P521
    REN ZM, 2001, ISIJ INT, V41, P981
    SUMI I, 1992, TETSU TO HAGANE, V78, P447
    TAKEUCHI E, 1984, METALL TRANS B, V15, P493
    TOH T, 1997, ISIJ INT, V37, P1112
    ZHANG XY, 1986, APPL CHEM HDB, P322
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD MAY 11
 PY 2004
 VL 40
 IS 5
 BP 546
 EP 550
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 826OR
 UT ISI:000221838900021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, XP
    Wang, SZ
 TI Invertibility attack against watermarking based on forged algorithm and
    a countermeasure
 SO PATTERN RECOGNITION LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE digital watermarking; protocol; invertibility attack
 AB It is shown in this paper that, even with a non-invertible watermarking
    algorithm or an asymmetric watermarking protocol, it is still possible
    to effect an invertibility attack, which relies on a forged
    watermarking algorithm, a counterfeit mark, and a fake key. Two
    examples are given to show the vulnerability of the unfortified
    non-invertible algorithm/ asymmetric protocol. As a solution, a secure
    watermarking protocol is proposed, which establishes correlation
    between the watermarking algorithm and the embedded mark. (C) 2004
    Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, XP, Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp & Informat Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM zhangxinpeng@263.net
    wang@yc.shu.edu.cn
 CR CHEN B, 1999, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3657, P342
    CRAVER S, 1997, P IEEE INT C IM PROC, V1, P540
    CRAVER S, 1998, IEEE J SEL AREA COMM, V16, P573
    HARTUNG F, 1999, P IEEE, V87, P1079
    HWANG MS, 1999, IEEE T CONSUM ELECTR, V45, P286
    KATZENBEISSER S, 2002, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V4675, P260
    KUTTER M, 2000, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3971, P371
    PETITCOLAS FAP, 1999, P IEEE, V87, P1062
    SWANSON MD, 1998, IEEE J SEL AREA COMM, V16, P540
    VOLOSHYNOVSKIY S, 2001, IEEE COMMUNICATI AUG, P118
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0167-8655
 J9 PATTERN RECOGNITION LETT
 JI Pattern Recognit. Lett.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 8
 BP 967
 EP 973
 PG 7
 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence
 GA 823YN
 UT ISI:000221650400014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tan, XH
    Xu, H
    Wang, Q
    Qi, NN
    Dong, YD
 TI Changes of structure and magnetic properties during crystallization in
    cast Nd60Fe20Al8Co10B2 alloy
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE materials science; microstructure; crystalline behavior;
    Nd60Fe20Al8Co10B2 alloy; rare earths
 ID AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS
 AB The Nd60Fe20Al8Co10B2 alloy was prepared by suction casting of the
    molten alloy into a copper mold under argon atmosphere. The
    micro-structural and magnetic property changes in the Nd60Fe20Al8Co10B2
    alloy during crystallization were investigated by X-ray diffraction
    (XRD), differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), scanning electron
    microscope (SEM) and the vibrating sample magnetometer (VSM). The
    precipitation and Nd-rich and Fe-rich phases have no significant effect
    on the intrinsic coercitity for Nd60Fe20Al8Co10B2 alloy annealed below
    723 K. However, the growth of Fe-rich phase decreases the saturate
    magnetization and remanence of the alloy. The hard magnetic behavior is
    disappeared when the alloy is fully crystallized.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Tan, XH, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM tanxiaohua123@163.com
 CR DING J, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P1763
    FAN GJ, 2000, J MATER RES, V15, P1556
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P636
    KONG HZ, 2000, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V217, P65
    KUMAR G, 2003, ACTA MATER, V51, P229
    LI Y, 1998, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V187, P273
    NGUYEN C, 2002, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V242, P1314
    SIRATORI K, 1990, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V83, P341
    XU H, 2003, J RARE EARTH, V21, P552
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 22
 IS 2
 BP 239
 EP 241
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA 825GO
 UT ISI:000221744300013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YF
    Sang, WB
    Meng, ZY
    Liu, XY
 TI Kinetics of the coordination transformation for preparation of
    nanosized ZnS in a PVA film
 SO JOURNAL OF MACROMOLECULAR SCIENCE-PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE nanoparticles; ZnS; diffusion; coordination transformation method
 ID POLYMER COMPOSITES; NANOCLUSTERS; SULFIDE
 AB This study was focused on the pervasion process of sulfion in a
    PVA-Zn2+ complex film. A diffusion equation for this process, based on
    the Fick first diffusion law, is suggested, which was in good agreement
    with the experimental results. The diffusion constant was 9.92 x 10(-6)
    cm(2)/sec, calculated by combining the model and the experimental
    results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Xuzhou Univ, Dept Math, Jiangsu, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, XY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 EM liuyf@sh163.net
 CR FOGG DE, 1997, MACROMOLECULES, V30, P8433
    HAGGATA SW, 1997, J MATER CHEM, V7, P1969
    HUANG D, 1987, ANAL CHEM, V15, P343
    KANE RS, 1999, CHEM MATER, V11, P90
    LIU Y, 1998, POLYM B, P11
    LIU Y, 2002, POLYM B, P18
    RAY RC, 1980, ANALYST, V105, P984
    SYTY A, 1979, ANAL CHEM, V51, P911
    WANG J, 1999, J APPL POLYM SCI, V72, P1851
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2348
 J9 J MACROMOL SCI-PHYS
 JI J. Macromol. Sci.-Phys.
 PY 2004
 VL B43
 IS 3
 BP 625
 EP 637
 PG 13
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 825MC
 UT ISI:000221761600007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chow, TWS
    Hai, S
 TI Induction machine fault diagnostic analysis with wavelet technique
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS
 DT Article
 DE fault diagnostic; induction machine; narrow filter banks; wavelet
    analysis
 ID NEURAL-NETWORKS; IDENTIFICATION
 AB A wavelets-transform-based method was developed for diagnosing machine
    faults operating at different rotating speeds. This paper shows that
    machine fault diagnosis can be effectively performed when an
    appropriate narrow-band filter is used to extract the required spectra
    components. A wavelets-transform-based technique is used to design
    specified narrow filter banks. This enables effective machine fault
    diagnostic analysis to be performed in the frequency domain.
    Gaussian-enveloped oscillation-type wavelet is employed. By matching
    the wavelet basis functions with the associated faulty signals, the
    required narrow filter banks are obtained. As a result, the detection
    and diagnosis of machine faults operating at different rotating speeds
    are made possible. The proposed technique was thoroughly tested at
    different rotating speeds.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Telecommun Engn, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
 RP Chow, TWS, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 EM eetchow@cityu.edu.hk
 CR ALGUINDIGUE IE, 1993, IEEE T IND ELECTRON, V40, P209
    ARTHUR N, 2000, IEEE T IND ELECTRON, V47, P1031
    BENBOUZID ME, 2000, IEEE T IND ELECTRON, V47, P984
    CHOW TWS, 1995, IEEE T ENERGY CONVER, V10, P688
    CHOW TWS, 2000, IEEE T IND ELECTRON, V47, P1051
    CHUI CK, 1992, INTRO WAVELETS
    FILIPPETTI F, 2000, IEEE T IND ELECTRON, V47, P994
    GOLDMAN PES, 1999, VIBRATION SPECTRUM A
    LI B, 2000, IEEE T IND ELECTRON, V47, P1060
    MALLAT GS, 1999, WAVELET TOUR SIGNAL
    NEWLANDS DE, 1996, INTRO RANDOM VIBRATI
    TAN HZ, 2000, IEEE T IND ELECTRON, V47, P687
    THOMSON WT, 2001, IEEE IND APPL MA JUL, P26
    WANG WJ, 1996, J SOUND VIB, V192, P927
    WOWK V, 1991, MACHINERY VIBRATION
    YE Z, 2001, P IEEE APEC 2001, V2, P1015
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 0278-0046
 J9 IEEE TRANS IND ELECTRON
 JI IEEE Trans. Ind. Electron.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 51
 IS 3
 BP 558
 EP 565
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Automation & Control Systems;
    Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 825RA
 UT ISI:000221774700005
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Liu, LL
    Yu, T
    Shi, ZB
    Fang, ML
 TI Resource management and scheduling in manufacturing Grid
 SO GRID AND COOPERATIVE COMPUTING, PT 2
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB In order to resolve resource management and scheduling problem in
    Manufacturing Grid (MG) - an application of Grid technology, we develop
    a resource management and scheduling system with the interaction of
    Manufacturing Grid Information Service (MGIS) and the Manufacturing
    Grid Resource Scheduler (MGRS). The former, MGIS, provides fundamental
    mechanisms for remote resource encapsulating, registration, and
    monitoring, and the latter, MGRS, performs scheduling roles as Global
    Process Planning (GPP) analyzing, resource discovery, resource
    selection, and resource mapping.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Robot Ctr, CIMS, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, LL, Shanghai Univ, Robot Ctr, CIMS, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM llliu@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR GT3 INDEX SERVICE US
    LILAN L, 2003, RES RAPID MANUFACTUR
    LILAN L, 2003, SELF ORG MANUFACTURI
    RANGANATHAN K, COMPUTATION DATA SCH
    SANDHOLM T, GRID SERVICE CONTAIN
    WU SH, 2002, CONCURRENT PROCESS P
    ZHANBEI S, 2003, SERVICE REGISTRY DIS
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2004
 VL 3033
 BP 137
 EP 140
 PG 4
 GA BAC97
 UT ISI:000221609100018
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Chen, JH
    Zhang, W
    Shao, WM
 TI Two extensions to NetSolve System
 SO GRID AND COOPERATIVE COMPUTING, PT 2
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB This paper deals with the NetSolve system based on the cluster-ZQ2000.
    The work mechanism of NetSolve is pointed out clearly. Server Proxy, a
    new component running on pre-server was used as a bridge between
    clients and servers. Moreover, a Zero-Changed scheme in source code is
    also presented.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, JH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM 1977cjh@sina.com
    wzhang@mai1.shu.edu.cn
 CR ARNOLD DC, 2000, EUROPAR 2000 PARALLE
    CASANOVA H, 1998, IEEE COMPUT SCI ENG, V5, P57
    CASANOVA H, 1999, IN PRESS INT J SUP A
    DORIAN C, NETSOLVE ENV PROGRES
    NEUMAN BC, 1994, IEEE COMMUN MAG, V32, P33
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2004
 VL 3033
 BP 430
 EP 433
 PG 4
 GA BAC97
 UT ISI:000221609100072
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Yan, H
    Yu, SN
 TI A multiple-neighborhoods-based simulated annealing algorithm for
    Timetable Problem
 SO GRID AND COOPERATIVE COMPUTING, PT 2
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID SEARCH
 AB This paper presents a simulated annealing algorithm that based on
    multiple search neighborhoods to solve a special kind of timetable
    problem. The new algorithm also can solve those problems that can be
    solved by local search algorithm. Various experimental results show
    that the new algorithm can actually give more satisfactory solutions
    than general simulated annealing algorithm can do.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yan, H, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM yanhe790926@sina.com
    yyww@sh163.net
 CR AARTS E, 1997, LOCAL SEARCH COMBINA
    ABRAMSON D, 1991, MANAGE SCI, V37, P98
    ABRAMSON DA, 1992, IJCAI WORKSH PAR PRO
    BURKE EK, 1999, IEEE T EVOLUT COMPUT, V3, P63
    BURKE EK, 2002, IN PRESS EUR J OPERA
    HERTZ A, 1991, EUR J OPER RES, V54, P39
    KANG LS, 1995, NONNUMERICAL PARALLE
    LING W, 2001, INTELLIGENT OPTIMIZA
    LU KC, 1996, INTRO ALGORITHM ALGO
    SCHAERF A, 1999, IEEE T SYST MAN CY A, V29, P368
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2004
 VL 3033
 BP 474
 EP 481
 PG 8
 GA BAC97
 UT ISI:000221609100081
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Shi, ZB
    Yu, T
    Liu, LL
 TI MG-QoS: QoS-based resource discovery in manufacturing Grid
 SO GRID AND COOPERATIVE COMPUTING, PT 2
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB The emerging of the Open Grid Service Architecture (OGSA) andGT3
    provides a solution to Network Manufacturing- Manufacturing Grid (MG).
    We apply GT3 to manufacturing by developing a MG Quality of Service
    (MG-QoS) management system. The main focus of this framework is to
    provide a means for the users to search for services based on QoS
    criteria in Manufacturing Grid, to provide QoS guarantees for service
    execution and to enforce these guarantees by establishing Service Level
    Agreements (SLAs). Hereby, we imagine a set-vice discovery mechanism
    based on QoS properties with regarding to SLAs between the user and the
    service providers, with the GPP analyzer to decompose the requested
    job, and the Reservation and Allocation Agent to reserve and allocate
    the service.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, CIMS, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Robot Ctr, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, ZB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM zbshi@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ALALI R, 2002, COMPUTING INFORMATIC
    FOSTER I, PHYSL GRID OPEN GRID
    FOSTER I, 1999, P INT WORKSH QOS
    LIU LL, 2003, SELF ORG MANUFACTURI
    OGUZ A, 1998, IEEE PERSONAL COMMUN, V5
    SHENKER S, 1997, 2212 RFC INT ENG TAS
    SHI ZB, 2003, SERVICE REGISTRY DIS
    SOHAIL S, 2002, 0206 UNSW CSE TR
    TEITELBAUM B, 1999, IEEE NETWORK, V13, P8
    TUECKE K, OPEN GRID SERVICES I
    WROCLAWSKI J, 1997, 2211 RFC IETF
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2004
 VL 3033
 BP 500
 EP 506
 PG 7
 GA BAC97
 UT ISI:000221609100084
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Gao, XL
    Miao, HK
    Liu, SY
    Liu, L
 TI The availability semantics of predicate data flow diagram
 SO GRID AND COOPERATIVE COMPUTING, PT 2
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB The core of the SOZL(structured methodology + object-oriented
    methodology + Z language) is Predicate Data Flow Diagram. In order to
    eliminate the ambiguity of predicate data flow diagrams and their
    associated textual specifications, a formalization of the syntax and
    semantics of predicate data flow diagrams are necessary. In this paper
    we use Z notation to define an abstract syntax and the related
    structural constraints for the predicate data flow diagram notation,
    and provide it with an axiomatic semantics based on the concept of data
    availability. Necessary proofs are given to establish important
    properties on the axiomatic semantics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Hosei Univ, Fac Comp & Informat Sci, Tokyo, Japan.
    Xu Zhu Normal Univ, Xuzhou 221116, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, XL, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM gaoxiaolei@163.net
    hkmiao@mail.shu.edu.cn
    liuling@mail.shu.edu.cn
    Sliu@k.hosei.ac.jp
 CR GAO X, 2000, 16 IFIP WORLD COMP C
    LIU SY, 1993, J SYST SOFTWARE, V21, P141
    LIU SY, 1998, INT J SOFTW ENG KNOW, V8, P253
    MIAO HK, 1999, COMPUTER ENG SCI, V21
    SPIVEY JM, 1988, CAMBRIDGE TRACTS THE
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2004
 VL 3033
 BP 970
 EP 977
 PG 8
 GA BAC97
 UT ISI:000221609100152
 ER
 
 PT B
 AU Lei, YM
    Xu, WM
    Wang, BQ
 TI The system for computing of molecule structure on the computational
    grid environment
 SO GRID AND COOPERATIVE COMPUTING, PT 1
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB The computing grid can offer users tremendous computer resources. In
    this paper, we proposed an application model for computing of molecule
    structure on the computational grid. According to the need of grid
    computing, a high-resolution system has been implemented; which
    includes middleware based OGSA, domain master-slave model, the
    explanation and calculation of complex molecule structure and 3D
    visualization in Shanghai University- East China University of Science
    and Technology grid environment.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
 RP Lei, YM, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM ymlei@mail.shu.edu.cn
    wangbingqiang@hotmail.com
 CR ALLEN G, 2001, P SC01 SC2001 DENV
    BAKER M, 2000, GRID SURVEY GLOBAL E
    FORSTER I, 1998, SUP 98
    PACHECO PS, 1997, PARALLEL PROGRAMMING
 NR 4
 TC 0
 PY 2004
 BP 225
 EP 228
 PG 4
 GA BAC96
 UT ISI:000221608900037
 ER
 
 PT B
 AU Cheng, HY
    Zhang, W
    Shen, YF
    Song, AP
 TI The development and application of numerical packages based on NetSolve
 SO GRID AND COOPERATIVE COMPUTING, PT 1
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB NetSolve is a kind of grid middleware used for high performance
    compute. In this article, the architecture and operational principle of
    NetSolve are first analyzed. This paper mainly discusses the
    implementation of the server with several numerical packages and
    numerical experiment is given. At last, we point out the limitations of
    the Netsolve.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, HY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM sunnychy@163.com
    wzhang@mail.shu.edu.cn
    yfshen@mail.shu.edu.cn
    apsong@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR CASANOVA H, 1996, CS96343 U TENN DEP C
    DONGARRA JJ, 1990, ACM T MATH SOFTWARE, V16, P1
    FOSTER I, 2001, GRID BLUEPRINT NEW C
    FREUND RW, 1991, NUMER MATH, V60, P315
 NR 4
 TC 0
 PY 2004
 BP 233
 EP 236
 PG 4
 GA BAC96
 UT ISI:000221608900039
 ER
 
 PT B
 AU Cao, M
    Cao, JN
    Wu, GF
    Wang, YY
 TI Architecting CORBA-based distributed applications
 SO GRID AND COOPERATIVE COMPUTING, PT 1
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, we present a novel graph-oriented approach for
    architecting and modeling CORBA-based distributed applications. It
    provides higher-level abstractions for the architecture description of
    CORBA-based distributed applications. In the proposed model, the
    configuration of a CORBA-based distributed application is described as
    a logical graph separated from the programming of the constituent
    components of the application. It also provides more powerful support
    for dynamic reconfiguration and simplification of component programming.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhongyuan Univ Technol, Sect Math, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Comp, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, M, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM mcao@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR CAO J, 2002, IN PRESS P 2002 INT
    COULSON G, 2002, DISTRIB COMPUT, V15, P67
    KRAMER J, 1998, IEEE P SOFTWARE, V145
    LEMETAYER D, 1998, IEEE T SOFTWARE ENG, V24, P521
    MEDVIDOVIC N, 2000, IEEE T SOFTWARE ENG, V26, P70
    RODRIGUEZ N, 1998, P 4 INT C CONF DISTR, P27
 NR 6
 TC 0
 PY 2004
 BP 266
 EP 268
 PG 3
 GA BAC96
 UT ISI:000221608900047
 ER
 
 PT B
 AU Tong, WQ
    Ding, JB
    Tang, JQ
    Wang, B
    Cai, LZ
 TI A service-based hierarchical architecture for parallel computing in
    grid environment
 SO GRID AND COOPERATIVE COMPUTING, PT 1
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB Grid computing technologies enable widespread sharing and coordinated
    us of networked. resources, including computing resources. Open Grid
    Service Architecture (OGSA) marries Web services to grid protocols,
    thereby making progress in defining interfaces for grid services. We
    put forward here a hierarchical architecture, which is based on grid
    service, for parallel computing in grid environment. Several grid
    services are proposed in this paper for building our architecture,
    including cooperation service, resource information service, computing
    service, communication service, and other atomic services such as MOM
    service. The technology of building high layer grid service is also
    introduced in this paper.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp Engn & Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Software Test Lab, Shanghai 200235, Peoples R China.
 RP Tong, WQ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp Engn & Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM wqtong@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR CAI LZ, 2003, P INT WORKSH GRID CO, P323
    COLEGOMOLSKI B, 1997, COMPUTERWORLD, V31
    FOSTER I, 2001, INT J SUPERCOMPUTER, V15
    TONG WQ, 2003, P INT C COMP SCI, P225
 NR 4
 TC 0
 PY 2004
 BP 641
 EP 644
 PG 4
 GA BAC96
 UT ISI:000221608900102
 ER
 
 PT B
 AU Tong, WQ
    Tang, JQ
    Jin, L
    Wang, B
    Zong, YW
 TI Towards a mobile service mechanism in a grid environment
 SO GRID AND COOPERATIVE COMPUTING, PT 1
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB With the rapid development of Internet, Grid becomes more and more
    popular. In this paper, mobile service is introduced to solve some key
    problems in Grid environment, such as load balance and fault tolerance
    etc. A mobile service is the combination of Grid service and mobile
    agent and has migration ability that can make it migrate between grids
    and ability to detect surroundings to decide when and where to migrate.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Software Test Lab, Shanghai 200235, Peoples R China.
 RP Tong, WQ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM wqtong@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BOUCHENAK S, 2001, 6 UNENIX C OBJ OR TE
    BUYYA R, 2000, 1 IEEE ACM INT WORKS
    FOSTER I, 2001, INT J HIGH PERFORM C, V15, P200
    LI CL, 2002, J COMPUTER STANDARD, V24, P321
 NR 4
 TC 0
 PY 2004
 BP 829
 EP 832
 PG 4
 GA BAC96
 UT ISI:000221608900132
 ER
 
 PT B
 AU Gao, XL
    Miao, HK
    Chen, YH
 TI Structured object-Z software specification language
 SO GRID AND COOPERATIVE COMPUTING, PT 1
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, we review and compare strengths and weakness of the
    structure methods, object-oriented methods and formal methods. In order
    to overcome the disadvantages of each kind of methods and combine the
    advantages of these three kinds of methods, we propose a new software
    development methodology named SOFM that attempts to integrate structure
    method, object-oriented method and formal method. SOZRSL(Structured
    Object-Z Software Specification Language) is a language to support
    SOFM. The core of this language is Predicate Data Flow Diagram. We
    combine PDFD with Object-Z notation to define SOZRSL syntax and the
    related structures.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Xuzhou Normal Univ, Xuzhou 221116, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, XL, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM gaoxiaolei@163.net
    hkmiao@mail.shu.edu.cn
    yhchen@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR *SWAP MITR, OBJ OR SPEC VDMPLUSP
    BOLOGNESI T, 1989, INTRO ISO SPECIFICAT, P23
    DAWES J, 1991, VDM SL REFERENCE GUI
    DILLER A, 1990, INTRO FORMAL METHODS
    GOGUEN JA, 1993, INTRO OBJ OCT
    GUTTAG JV, 1993, LARCH LANGUAGES TOOL
    HUAIKOU M, 1999, COMPUTER ENG SCI, V21
    LANO K, 1990, ZPLUSPLUS OBJECT Z
    LIU S, 1998, IEEE T SOFTWARE ENG, V24, P24
    LIU SY, 1998, INT J SOFTW ENG KNOW, V8, P253
    SMITH G, 2000, OBJECT Z
    XIAODONG Y, 1997, J SOFTWARE, V8
 NR 12
 TC 0
 PY 2004
 BP 956
 EP 963
 PG 8
 GA BAC96
 UT ISI:000221608900148
 ER
 
 PT B
 AU Zhi, XL
    Tong, WQ
 TI Design for reliable service aggregation in an architectural environment
 SO GRID AND COOPERATIVE COMPUTING, PT 1
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB How to construct a reliable service aggregation is an important issue
    in service oriented computing. The paper introduces a design
    environment to improve the consistence of a service aggregation by
    cost-effectively using the model checking technique in a software
    architecture framework.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhi, XL, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM xl@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ERDOGMUS H, 1996, P 1 WORKSH FORM METH, P39183
    GARLAN D, 1994, CMUCS94166
    GARLAN D, 1997, P CASCON 97 TOR ONT, P169
    NAKAJIMA S, 2001, LNCS, V2057, P163
    ZIRPINS C, 2003, 1 EUR WORKSH OBJ OR
 NR 5
 TC 0
 PY 2004
 BP 1059
 EP 1062
 PG 4
 GA BAC96
 UT ISI:000221608900170
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JF
    Meng, JP
 TI (2+1)-Dimensional combined structures of various solitons with
    completely nonelastic interaction properties
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE combined structure dromion; solitoff; compacton; peakon
 ID NOVIKOV-VESELOV EQUATION; LOCALIZED COHERENT STRUCTURES; VARIABLE
    SEPARATION SOLUTIONS; DISPERSIVE WAVE SYSTEM; FRACTAL SOLUTIONS; KDV
    EQUATION; EXCITATIONS; PEAKON; INSTANTONS; COMPACTON
 AB Starting from the variable separation solution obtained by using the
    extended homogenous balance method, a new class of combined structures,
    such as multi-peakon and multi-dromion solution, multi-compacton and
    multi-dromion solution, multi-peakon and multi-compacton solution, for
    the (2+1)-dimensional Nizhnik-Novikov-Veselov equation are found by
    selecting appropriate functions. These new structures exhibit novel
    interaction features. Their interaction behavior is very similar to the
    completely nonelastic collisions between two classical particles.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinan 321004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Loughborough, Dept Math Sci, Loughborough LE11 3TU, Leics, England.
 RP Zhang, JF, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinan 321004,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BOITI M, 1986, INVERSE PROBL, V2, P271
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    HONG KZ, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P393
    HU XB, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4589
    HUANG WH, 2000, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P299
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A, V29, P4029
    LOU SY, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P781
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P769
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    LOU SY, 2002, J PHYS A, V35, P305
    LOU SY, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10619
    LOU SY, 2002, PHYS SCRIPTA, V65, P7
    LOU SY, 2003, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V36, P3877
    NIZHNIK LP, 1980, SOV PHYS DOKL, V25, P706
    OHTA Y, 1992, J PHYS SOC JPN, V61, P3928
    RADHA R, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4746
    ROSENAU P, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P564
    RUAN HY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P586
    RUAN HY, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1313
    TAGAMI Y, 1989, PHYS LETT A, V141, P116
    TANG XY, 2000, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    TANG XY, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P1451
    TANG XY, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P1
    TANG XY, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, L293
    TANG XY, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P335
    VESELOV AP, 1984, SOV MATH DOKL, V30, P588
    ZHANG JF, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P89
    ZHANG JF, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P705
    ZHANG JF, 2002, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V51, P2627
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P651
    ZHANG JF, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V37, P277
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P1006
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P448
    ZHANG JF, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V313, P401
    ZHANG JF, 2003, Z NATURFORSCH A, V58, P280
    ZHANG JF, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P7
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P783
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P261
 NR 41
 TC 1
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAY 15
 PY 2004
 VL 41
 IS 5
 BP 655
 EP 664
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 825DR
 UT ISI:000221736700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Chen, LQ
 TI A general mapping approach and new Travelling wave solutions to
    (2+1)-dimensional Boussinesq equation
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE (2+1)-dimensional Boussinesq system; general mapping approach;
    travelling wave solution
 ID JACOBI ELLIPTIC FUNCTION; COHERENT SOLITON-STRUCTURES; KDV-BURGERS
    EQUATION; NEWELL-SEGUR SYSTEM; FUNCTION EXPANSION; WATER-WAVES;
    EXCITATIONS; EXPLICIT; DROMION; PEAKON
 AB A general mapping deformation method is presented and applied to a
    (2+1)-dimensional Boussinesq system. Many new types of explicit and
    exact travelling wave solutions, which contain solitary wave solutions,
    periodic wave solutions, Jacobian and Weierstrass doubly periodic wave
    solutions, and other exact excitations like polynomial solutions,
    exponential solutions, and rational solutions, etc., are obtained by a
    simple algebraic transformation relation between the (2+1)-dimensional
    Boussinesq equation and a generalized cubic nonlinear Klein-Gordon
    equation.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zjclzheng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    CARDNER CS, 1967, PHYS REV LETT, V19, P1095
    FAN EG, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1409
    FAN EG, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN A, V295, P280
    FAN EG, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN A, V305, P383
    FAN EG, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P559
    FAN EG, 2003, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V36, P7009
    FU ZT, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V290, P72
    GU CH, 1987, LETT MATH PHYS, V13, P179
    HIROTA R, 1981, PHYS LETT A, V85, P407
    HUANG WH, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12
    JOHNSON RS, 1996, J FLUID MECH, V323, P65
    LI HM, 2002, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V51, P467
    LI HM, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P745
    LI HM, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V37, P561
    LI HM, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P395
    LIU SK, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2068
    LIU SK, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V289, P69
    LOU SY, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1614
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2002, PHYS SCRIPTA, V65, P7
    LU J, 2002, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V51, P1448
    LU KP, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2074
    PNG YZ, 2003, CHINESE J PHYS, V41, P103
    SIRENDAOREJI, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V298, P133
    SIRENDAOREJI, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V309, P387
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    VAKHNENKO VA, 1992, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V25, P4181
    VAKHNENKO VO, 1998, NONLINEARITY, V11, P1457
    WAHLQUIST HD, 1971, PHYS LETT, V31, P1386
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    XIA TC, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P694
    XU GQ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P1424
    XU GQ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P946
    ZHANG JF, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1416
    ZHANG JF, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P425
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P533
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P1006
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P448
    ZHENG CL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2426
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P653
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P783
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P11
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P472
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P261
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P9
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P25
    ZHENG Y, 2000, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V49, P1
 NR 51
 TC 6
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAY 15
 PY 2004
 VL 41
 IS 5
 BP 671
 EP 674
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 825DR
 UT ISI:000221736700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
    Chen, GR
 TI Estimating the Lyapunov exponents of discrete systems
 SO CHAOS
 DT Article
 ID CELLULAR NEURAL NETWORKS; TOPOLOGICAL-ENTROPY; CHAOS; MACHINE; MAP
 AB In the present paper, our aim is to determine both upper and lower
    bounds for all the Lyapunov exponents of a given finite-dimensional
    discrete map. To show the efficiency of the proposed estimation method,
    two examples are given, including the well-known Henon map and a
    coupled map lattice. (C) 2004 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Pretoria, Dept Elect Elect & Comp Engn, ZA-0002 Pretoria, South Africa.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ADLER RL, 1965, T AM MATH SOC, V114, P309
    BANKS J, 1994, SIAM REV, V36, P265
    BHATIA R, 1997, MATRIX ANAL
    BLANCHARD F, 2002, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V547, P51
    BLOCK LS, 1992, DYNAMICS ONE DIMENSI
    CHEN G, 1998, CHAOS ORDER METHODOL
    CHUA LO, 1988, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V35, P1257
    CHUA LO, 1988, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V35, P1273
    DEVANEY RL, 1989, INTRO CHAOTIC DYNAMI
    DING MZ, 1997, PHYS REV E, V56, P4009
    ERNEUX T, 1993, PHYSICA D, V67, P237
    HOLZFUSS J, 1991, LECT NOTES MATH, V1486, P263
    HSU CH, 2002, AM MATH MON, V109, P840
    HUANG W, 2002, TOPOL APPL, V117, P259
    LI CP, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V18, P809
    LI CP, 2003, SOLITONS FRACTALS, V18, P69
    LI CP, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V20, P655
    LI CP, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P855
    LI TY, 1975, AM MATH MONTHLY, V82, P985
    MAROTTO FR, 1978, J MATH ANAL APPL, V63, P199
    MISIUREWICZ M, 1979, B ACAD POLON SC SMAP, V27, P167
    OSELEDEC VI, 1968, T MOSCOW MATH SOC, V19, P197
    PARKER TS, 1989, PRACTICAL NUMERICAL
    ROSKA T, 1993, IEEE T CIRCUITS-II, V40, P163
    SEYDEL R, 1988, EQUILIBRIUM CHAOS PR
    SHARKOVSKII AN, 1964, UKR MAT ZH, V16, P61
    SINGH S, 1997, FIXED POINT THEORY B
    SMITAL J, 1986, T AM MATH SOC, V297, P269
    VELLEKOOP M, 1994, AM MATH MON, V101, P353
    WINSLOW RL, 1993, PHYSICA D, V64, P281
    XUE YS, 1999, QUANTITATIVE STUDY G
 NR 31
 TC 2
 SN 1054-1500
 J9 CHAOS
 JI Chaos
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 14
 IS 2
 BP 343
 EP 346
 PG 4
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 824UJ
 UT ISI:000221712100014
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Li, SC
    Li, SC
    Chen, WH
    Zhu, WS
    Zhang, L
    Chau, KT
 TI Hydro-mechanical coupling analyses of cofferdam stability of Taian
    pumped storage power station
 SO ADVANCES IN FRACTURE AND FAILURE PREVENTION, PTS 1 AND 2
 SE KEY ENGINEERING MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE unsaturated flow; hydro-mechanical coupling; FLAC; cofferdam
 AB Three-dimensional hydro-mechanical coupling analyses have been
    conducted on the water-tight structure of the cofferdam for both intake
    and outlet of Taian pumped storage power station, located in Shandong
    Province of China. In addition, the effects of excavation on the
    cofferdam and foundation slopes were also studied by using the 3D FLAC.
    The calculation results show that the central core of high-pressure
    grouting has a prefect anti-seepage effect and therefore is able to
    strengthen the stability of the cofferdam and foundation slopes. The
    excavation process has only some local effects on the cofferdam and
    does not greatly affect the global stability of the cofferdam.
    Therefore, no failure takes place around slope toes. The results show
    that the width of platform left on the excavation side is reasonable.
 C1 Shandong Univ, Inst Rock & Soil Mech, Jinan 250061, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Rock & Soil Mech, Key Lab Rock & Soil Mech, Wuhan 430071, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Civil & Struct Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, SC, Shandong Univ, Inst Rock & Soil Mech, Jinan 250061, Peoples R
    China.
 CR *IT CONS GROUP INC, FLAC MAN
    *NAT SUP BUR TECHN, GB5028698 RRC NAT SU
    SU BY, 1999, CHI J ROCK MECH ENG, V18, P73
    YUAN BJC, 1999, INT J TECHNOL MANAGE, V18, P1
    ZHAO YS, 1992, J SCI CHINA E, V29
    ZHOU CB, 1994, J ROCK SOIL MECH, V15, P46
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 1013-9826
 J9 KEY ENG MAT
 PY 2004
 VL 261-263
 PN Part 1&2
 BP 1545
 EP 1550
 PG 6
 GA BAC70
 UT ISI:000221573900247
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Zhang, LW
    Li, SC
    Li, SC
 TI Displacement back analysis research on bolt-grouting supporting
    parameter of rock mass in jointed rock roadway
 SO ADVANCES IN FRACTURE AND FAILURE PREVENTION, PTS 1 AND 2
 SE KEY ENGINEERING MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE roadway in jointed rock; bolt-grouting supporting; parameter of rock
    mass; displacement back analysis algorithm; numerical method
 AB The method of bolt-grouting supporting, grouting into surrounding rock
    mass by bolts in jointed rock mass roadway, is obtained wide
    application. However, it is difficult to determine rock mass parameter
    of bolt-grouting supporting. This paper begins with the displacement,
    which is measured easily in practice. The method of back analysis is
    adopted to calculate the equivalent mechanics parameters of
    bolt-grouting rock mass. In process of back analysis three mechanics
    models is supposed which are homogeneous elastic model, inhomogeneous
    elastic model and elastic-plastic model and corresponding algorithm is
    established. What's more, this paper discusses the stability of inverse
    algorithm and copes the problem of back analysis parameter probably
    instable with QR decomposed algorithm and singular value decomposed
    algorithm, which will be a theoretical base to determine the mechanics
    parameter of bolt-grouting supporting rock mass and to estimate the
    surrounding rock stability. In a word, the method is established to
    estimate mechanics parameters of bolt-grouting jointed surrounding rock
    mass, and some significant results are obtained, which are of reference
    for actual project.
 C1 Shandong Univ, Geotech & Struct Engn Ctr, Jinan 250061, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, LW, Shandong Univ, Geotech & Struct Engn Ctr, Jinan 250061,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AIZHONG L, 1998, INVERSE QUESTION ROC, P39
    LEWEN Z, 1999, THESIS SHANDONG SCI, P26
 NR 2
 TC 0
 SN 1013-9826
 J9 KEY ENG MAT
 PY 2004
 VL 261-263
 PN Part 1&2
 BP 1563
 EP 1568
 PG 6
 GA BAC70
 UT ISI:000221573900250
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Chen, J
    Chen, YL
    Zang, Q
    Chen, GD
 TI A highly stereoselective synthesis of
    2,3,4,5-tetrasubstituted-trans-2,3-dihydrofurans
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE stereoselective synthesis; alpha,beta-unsaturated sulfones;
    dihydrofurans derivatives; arsonium bromide
 AB alpha,beta-Unsaturated sulfones derivatives 5 was prepared from sodium
    p-toluenesulfinate (1) and the products reacted with
    substituted-carbomethoxymethyltriphenylarsonium bromide 6 in the
    presence of potassium carbonate at room temperature to give
    cyclopropane derivatives
    2-substituted-3-substitutedphenyl-4-p-toluenesulfonyl-5-phenyltrans-2,3-
    dihydrofurans 7 and/or 8 with high stereoselectivity.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Organomet Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM wgcao@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR DULERE JP, 1994, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P303
    EISTERT B, 1961, CHEM BER, V94, P929
    SUGIMURA H, 1994, J ORG CHEM, V59, P653
    WILDEMAN J, 1979, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P733
 NR 4
 TC 3
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 34
 IS 9
 BP 1599
 EP 1608
 PG 10
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 823FZ
 UT ISI:000221596800007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, QW
 TI A system of matrix equations and a linear matrix equation over
    arbitrary regular rings with identity
 SO LINEAR ALGEBRA AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE regular ring; linear matrix equation; system of matrix equations; inner
    inverse of a matrix; reflexive inverse of a matrix
 ID GENERALIZED SYLVESTER EQUATIONS; PRINCIPAL IDEAL DOMAIN; ROTH THEOREMS;
    COMMON SOLUTION; EQUIVALENCE; PAIR; CONSISTENCY; MODULES
 AB In this paper we consider the classical system of matrix equations
    {A(1) x B-1 = C-1,
    A(2) x B-2 = C-2 over R, an arbitrary regular ring with identity.
    Necessary and sufficient conditions for the existence and the
    expression of the general solution to the system are derived. As an
    application, the linear matrix equation A X B + C Y D = E over R is
    considered. (C) 2004 Published by Elsevier Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, QW, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM wqw858@ustc.edu
 CR BAKSALARY JK, 1980, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V30, P141
    BEITIA MA, 1996, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V232, P155
    BROWN B, 1950, P AM MATH SOC, V1, P165
    GURALNICK R, 1981, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V39, P155
    GURALNICK RM, 1982, LINEAR ALGEBRA ITS A, V43, P125
    GURALNICK RM, 1985, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V71, P113
    GUSTAFSON W, 1979, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V27, P219
    GUSTAFSON WH, 1979, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V23, P245
    HARTWIG R, 1984, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V49, P91
    HARTWIG RE, 1976, P AM MATH SOC, V59, P39
    HUANG L, 1995, LINEAR MULTILINEAR A, V38, P225
    HUANG L, 1997, ADV MATH, V26, P269
    HUANG LP, 1997, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V259, P229
    HUYLEBROUCK D, 1996, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V246, P159
    MITRA SK, 1973, P CAMBRIDGE PHILOS S, V74, P213
    MITRA SK, 1990, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V131, P97
    NAVARRA A, 2001, COMPUT MATH APPL, V41, P929
    OZGULER AB, 1991, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V144, P85
    OZGULER AB, 1991, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V12, P581
    ROTH WE, 1952, P AM MATH SOC, V3, P392
    SHINOZAKI N, 1974, KEIO ENG REP, V27, P141
    VANDERWOUDE JW, 1987, SYST CONTROL LETT, V9, P7
    VANDERWOULDE J, 1987, THESIS TU EINDHOVEN
    WANG QW, IN PRESS SE ASIAN B, V27
    WANG QW, 1996, ACTA MATH SINICA, V39, P396
    WANG QW, 2001, J NAT SCI MATH, V41, P61
    WANG QW, 2001, MATH SCI RES HOT LIN, V5, P11
    WANG QW, 2002, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V353, P169
    WANG QW, 2004, ACTA MATH SINICA, V47, P27
    WIMMER HK, 1989, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V120, P149
    WIMMER HK, 1994, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V39, P1014
    WIMMER HK, 1994, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V199, P357
 NR 32
 TC 3
 SN 0024-3795
 J9 LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL
 JI Linear Alg. Appl.
 PD JUN 1
 PY 2004
 VL 384
 BP 43
 EP 54
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 823EI
 UT ISI:000221592100004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dai, HH
    Huang, DB
    Liu, ZR
 TI Singular dynamics with application to singular waves in physical
    problems
 SO JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN
 DT Article
 DE singular waves; singular dynamics; compactons
 ID SHOCK-WAVES; EQUATIONS; COMPACTONS; SOLITONS; MODEL; ROD
 AB Many physical problems are governed by certain systems of singular
    ordinary differential equations (ODEs). As a result, singular solutions
    can arise. In this paper, we provide some theoretical results to deal
    with these solutions. By applying straightforwardly the notion of weak
    solutions for partial differential equations (PDEs), a notion of weak
    solutions for this ODE type is proposed to include these singular
    solutions. As an application, we consider some traveling-wave solutions
    of a nonlinear dispersion equation arising in a physical problem. It is
    shown that compactons can arise in nonlinear elastic rods.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200439, Peoples R China.
 RP Dai, HH, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R
    China.
 EM mahhdai@cityu.edu.hk
 CR ABRAHAM A, 1983, MANIFOLDS TENSOR ANA
    BEARDMORE RE, 1998, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V8, P1399
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    CHUA LO, 1989, INT J CIRC THEOR APP, V17, P271
    CONSTANTIN A, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V270, P140
    DAI HH, 1998, ACTA MECH, V127, P193
    DAI HH, 2000, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V456, P331
    DAI HH, 2001, NONLINEAR ELASTICITY, P392
    FOKAS AS, 1995, PHYSICA D, V87, P145
    JOHNSON RS, 2002, J FLUID MECH, V455, P63
    KIVSHAR YS, 1994, NATO ADV SCI INST SE, V329, P255
    MARCHANT BP, 2000, SIAM J APPL MATH, V60, P463
    ROSENAU P, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P564
    SASTRY SS, 1981, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V28, P1109
    VENKATASUBRAMAN.V, 1994, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V41, P765
    WAZWAZ AM, 2003, APPL MATH COMPUT, V142, P495
    WIGGINS S, 1990, INTRO APPL NONLINEAR
    YAN ZY, 2002, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V149, P11
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0031-9015
 J9 J PHYS SOC JPN
 JI J. Phys. Soc. Jpn.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 73
 IS 5
 BP 1151
 EP 1155
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 822OS
 UT ISI:000221550100016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, DM
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
 TI Fabrication of Cu7S4 nano-crystals with supported liquid membrane
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE supported liquid membrane; nano-crystals; Cu7S4; mobile carrier
 ID SIZED SEMICONDUCTOR CLUSTERS; METAL; FILMS; PARTICLES; CUS
 AB A novel fabrication method of Cu7S4 nano-crystals by supported liquid
    membrane (SLM) system was investigated. SLM consists of CHCl3 as
    solvent, o-phenanthroline as a mobile carrier and polymer membrane as
    supported template. The results indicated that Cu7S4 which has
    hexagonal structure with cell constant of a=15.475Angstrom and
    C=13.356Angstrom can be prepared at room temperature with 0.2mol/L
    CuCl2 and 0.2mol/L Na2S as reactants. The average size of Cu7S4 is
    about 7nm. In addition, the forming mechanism and optical properties of
    Cu7S4 were discussed.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, DM, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR BRUS L, 1986, J PHYS CHEM-US, V90, P2555
    CHOPRA KL, 1983, THIN FILMS SOLAR CEL
    DANESI PR, 1984, SEPAR SCI TECHNOL, V19, P857
    GADAVE KM, 1993, THIN SOLID FILMS, V229, P1
    GEDDES N, 1982, J CHEM SOC, V104, P5828
    GEORGE J, 1983, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V48, P601
    GROZDANOV I, 1995, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V114, P469
    HENGLEIN A, 1989, CHEM REV, V89, P1861
    KHRAMOV MI, 1993, J PHOTOCH PHOTOBIO A, V71, P279
    LI YD, 1999, INORG CHEM, V38, P4737
    LI YS, 2003, NANO LETT ASAP ARTIC
    MO CM, 1995, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V5, P95
    WANG Y, 1991, ACCOUNTS CHEM RES, V24, P133
    WANG Y, 1991, RES CHEM INTERMEDIAT, V15, P17
    WU PW, 2002, J INORG MATER, V17, P792
    WU QS, 2000, CHEM J CHINESE U, V21, P1471
    WU QS, 2000, J MEMB SCI, V72, P199
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 IS 3
 BP 487
 EP 491
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 822GZ
 UT ISI:000221528400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, SW
    Pan, XM
    Li, DL
    Li, HJ
    Zhu, LH
    Huang, QW
    Wang, PC
 TI Structure and grain growth habit of directional solidification ceramics
    of (1-x)Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3 )O-3-xPbTiO(3) (x=0.30, 0.33, 0.38) relaxor
    ferroelectric solid solutions
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE PMN-PT; directional solidification ceramics; grain growth habit
 ID PIEZOELECTRIC PROPERTIES; SINGLE-CRYSTALS
 AB This work describes the grain growth habit of the
    (1-x)Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O-3-xPbTiO(3) (PMN-PT or PMNT) system ferroelectric
    solid solutions prepared by a directional solidification technique. The
    results show that the preferential direction of the grain growth
    depends not only on the composition of the melts, but also on the
    crucible pulling-down speed. For a fixed PMN/PT ratio, e.g. 62/38,
    higher speed of crucible pulling-down leads to a preferential grain
    growth orientation of [110], rather than the [111], which is usually
    reported in single crystal growth studies, whereas lower crucible
    pulling-down speed tends to produce [111] grain-orientation ceramics.
    When the crucible is pulled down at a certain rate, the preferential
    grain-growth orientation changes from [111] to [110] with reducing
    PbTiO3 molar contents.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, SW, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM pcwang@mail.sic.ac.cn
 CR CHEN XC, 2000, J INORG MATER, V15, P109
    IGARASHI H, 1978, AM CERAM SOC BULL, V57, P815
    KELLY J, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P957
    LI DL, 2001, 4 PAC RIM INT C ADV, P1735
    LOTGERING FK, 1959, J INORG NUCL CHEM, V9, P113
    OAKLEY CG, 2000, 2000 IEEE ULTR S, P1157
    PARK S, 1997, MATH SCI RES HOT LIN, V1, P1
    PARK SE, 1997, IEEE T ULTRASON FERR, V44, P1140
    PARK SE, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P1804
    SABOLSKY EM, 2000, P 2000 21 IEEE INT S, V1, P393
    SAITO S, 1994, J WILDERNESS MED, V5, P295
    SAITOH S, 1995, 5402791, US
    SERVICE RF, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P1878
    SUN DZ, 2000, J INORG MATER, V15, P939
    TAKENAKA T, 1980, JPN J APPL PHYS, V19, P31
    WANG PC, 2000, P 2000 12 IEEE INT S, V2, P537
    WANG PC, 2001, J INORG MATER, V16, P56
    YAMASHITA Y, 1995, 5209410, US
 NR 18
 TC 1
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 IS 3
 BP 541
 EP 545
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 822GZ
 UT ISI:000221528400016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, F
    Long, JW
    Meng, ZY
 TI Temperature stability of Nb-doped PMS-PZ-PT ceramics
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE PMS-PZ-PT; temperature stability; Nb-doping; high power
 ID PIEZOELECTRIC PROPERTIES; RESONANT-FREQUENCY; FATIGUE BEHAVIOR; TI)O-3
    CERAMICS; DEPENDENCE
 AB The influences of Nb-doping on the temperature stability of PMS-PZ-PT
    ternary system ceramics were investigated. The stable temperature
    dependence of resonance frequency, electromechanical coupling
    coefficient K-31 and piezoelectric constant d(31) were measured.
    Results show that the donor dopants can not only optimize piezoelectric
    properties of the system, but also improve the temperature stability.
    So the modified PMS-PZ-PT ceramics can achieve the requirements for
    high-power piezoelectric devices such as ultrasonic motors.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, F, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zhoufei4000@163.net
 CR CHEON CI, 1997, J MATER SCI LETT, V16, P2043
    CHEON CI, 1999, J MATER SCI-MATER EL, V10, P81
    GAO YK, 2001, JPN J APPL PHYS, V40, P387
    GUI XB, 2002, KEY ENG MATER, V224, P1112
    HAMMER M, 1998, J ELECTROCERAM, V2, P75
    JIANG QY, 1993, J MATER SCI, V28, P4536
    KAMIYA T, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V32, P4223
    KONDO M, 1999, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V38, P5539
    NADOLIISKY MM, 1992, FERROELECTRICS, V129, P141
    WANG D, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P5342
    WI SK, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V31, P2825
    YOON SJ, 1998, J AM CERAM SOC, V81, P2473
    ZHANG QM, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V75, P1
    ZHANG S, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V36, P2994
 NR 14
 TC 2
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 IS 3
 BP 586
 EP 592
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 822GZ
 UT ISI:000221528400023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, JY
    Jia, JW
    Yang, LT
    Wen, HB
    Zhang, CM
    Liu, WX
    Zhang, DB
 TI Validation of a rice specific gene, sucrose phosphate synthase, used as
    the endogenous reference gene for qualitative and real-time
    quantitative PCR detection of transgenes
 SO JOURNAL OF AGRICULTURAL AND FOOD CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE Oryza sativa; rice; sucrose phosphate synthase; qualitative PCR;
    quantitative PCR; endogenous reference gene; GMOs detection
 ID GENETICALLY-MODIFIED ORGANISMS; POLYMERASE-CHAIN-REACTION; FOOD
 AB With the development of transgenic crops, many countries have issued
    regulations to label the genetically modified organisms (GMOs) and
    their derived products. Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) methods are
    thought to be reliable and useful techniques for qualitative and
    quantitative detection of GMOs. These methods generally need to amplify
    the transgene and compare the amplified result with that of the
    corresponding reference gene to obtain reliable results. In this
    article, we reported the development of specific primers and probe for
    the rice (Oryza sativa) sucrose phosphate synthase (SPS) gene and PCR
    cycling conditions suitable for the use of this sequence as an
    endogenous reference gene in both qualitative and quantitative PCR
    assays. Both methods were assayed with 13 different rice varieties, and
    identical amplification products were obtained with all of them. No
    amplification products were observed when DNA samples from other
    species, such as wheat, maize, barley, tobacco, soybean, rapeseed,
    tomato, sunflower, carrot, pepper, eggplant, lupine, mung bean, plum,
    and Arabidopsis thaliana, were used as templates, which demonstrated
    that this system was specific for rice. In addition, the results of the
    Southern blot analysis confirmed that the SPS gene was a single copy in
    the tested rice varieties. In qualitative and quantitative PCR
    analyses, the detection sensitivities were 0.05 and 0.005 ng of rice
    genomic DNA, respectively. To test the practical use of this SPS gene
    as an endogenous reference gene, we have also quantified the
    beta-glucuronidase (GUS) gene in transgenic rice using this reference
    gene. These results indicated that the SPS gene was species specific,
    had one copy number, and had a low heterogeneity among the tested
    cultivars. Therefore, this gene could be used as an endogenous
    reference gene of rice and the optimized PCR systems could be used for
    practical qualitative and quantitative detection of transgenic rice.
 C1 Shanghai Acad Agr Sci, Agrobiotech Res Ctr, Key Lab Agr Genet & Breeding, Shanghai 201106, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Dept Biol Sci & Technol, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, DB, Shanghai Acad Agr Sci, Agrobiotech Res Ctr, Key Lab Agr
    Genet & Breeding, 2901 Beidi Rd, Shanghai 201106, Peoples R China.
 EM zdb3000@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ARUMUGANATHAN K, 1991, PLANT MOL BIOL REP, V9, P208
    BONFINI L, 2002, 20348 EUR EN
    CIRILLO C, 1999, PETRIA, V9, P344
    DELANO J, 2003, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V51, P5839
    EHLERS B, 1997, BUNDESGESUNDHBL, V4, P118
    FARID EA, 2002, TRENDS BIOTECHNOL, V20, P5
    HERNANDEZ M, 2001, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V49, P3622
    HOLSTJENSEN A, 2003, GMO DETECTION METHOD, P10
    HUANG J, 2002, SCIENCE, V295, P25
    JAMES C, 2003, ISAAA BRIEFS, V30
    LIVAK KJ, 2001, METHODS, V25, P402
    MEYER R, 1996, Z LEBENSM UNTERS FOR, V203, P339
    SAMBROOK J, 2001, MOL CLONING LAB MANU
    STUDER E, 1997, MITT GEBIETE LEBENSM, V88, P515
    VAITILINGOM M, 1999, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V47, P5261
    VALDEZALARCON JJ, 1996, GENE, V170, P217
    VOLLENHOFER S, 1999, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V47, P5038
    WURZ A, 1999, FOOD CONTROL, V10, P385
    ZHANG YL, 2003, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V31
    ZIMMERMANN A, 1998, FOOD SCI TECHNOL-LEB, V31, P664
 NR 20
 TC 13
 SN 0021-8561
 J9 J AGR FOOD CHEM
 JI J. Agric. Food Chem.
 PD JUN 2
 PY 2004
 VL 52
 IS 11
 BP 3372
 EP 3377
 PG 6
 SC Agriculture, Multidisciplinary; Chemistry, Applied; Food Science &
    Technology
 GA 823ZG
 UT ISI:000221652400027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, L
    Dong, YD
 TI Crystallization-melting behaviors and crystallization kinetics of
    Nd60Al10Fe20Co10 bulk metallic glass
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS B
 DT Article
 DE bulk metallic glass; crystallization kinetics
 ID MAGNETIC-PROPERTIES; AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; FORMING ALLOY; FE; TRANSITION;
    MICROSTRUCTURE; ND60FE30AL10
 AB Crystallization and melting behaviors of the Nd60Al10Fe20Co10 bulk
    metallic glass (BMG) have been studied by differential scanning
    calorimetry (DSC), scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and energy
    dispersive spectrometry (EDS). It is found that the BMG exhibits a
    melting process before the crystallization when the heating rate is
    larger than 20 K/min and the anomalous melting and crystallization
    behaviors are attributed to the partially melted phase due to primary
    crystallization. The kinetics of the main crystallization exclusive of
    the effect of melting process is studied by subtracting the heating
    behaviors from the DSC traces of the as-cast rod.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, L, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, 149 Yan Chang Rd, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xialei@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BUSCH R, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P4093
    CROAT JJ, 1982, J APPL PHYS, V53, P3161
    DING J, 1999, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V32, P713
    FAN GJ, 2000, J MATER RES, V15, P1556
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P99
    INOUE A, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS A, V29, P1779
    KISSINGER HE, 1956, J RES NAT BUR STAND, V57, P217
    MITROVIC N, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P2145
    PAN MX, 2002, INTERMETALLICS, V10, P1215
    SCHNEIDER S, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P1749
    WEI BC, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V89, P3529
    WEI BC, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    WEI BC, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P4357
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V36, P775
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V15, P3531
    XING LQ, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V88, P3565
    ZHUANG YX, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P2392
    ZHUANG YX, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V87, P8209
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9792
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS B
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. B
 PD MAR 10
 PY 2004
 VL 18
 IS 6
 BP 911
 EP 917
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 823OK
 UT ISI:000221622300008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, BW
    Li, XY
    Leng, GS
 TI An inequality for two simplices and two points
 SO INDIAN JOURNAL OF PURE & APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE simplices; volumes; mass-point systems; inequalities
 ID SIMPLEXES
 AB We establish an inequality involving two simplices and two points,
    which combines the distances between any point in n-dimensional
    Euclidean space E-n to the vertices of one simplex with the distances
    from an interior point of another simplex to its facets and prove some
    applications thereof.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP He, BW, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM hebinwu@163.com
 CR ALI MM, 1970, PAC J MATH, V33, P1
    BARTOS P, 1968, CAS PEST MAT, V93, P273
    CHEN J, 1992, B MATH FUJIAN, V5, P8
    FEJES L, 1964, TOTH REGULAR FIGURES
    GERBER L, 1975, PAC J MATH, V56, P97
    LENG GS, 1997, ACTA MATH SINICA, V40, P14
    LENG GS, 1997, GEOM DEDICATA, V68, P43
    LENG GS, 1997, GEOMETRIAE DEDICATA, V66, P89
    LENG GS, 1999, DISCRETE MATH, V202, P163
    LENG GS, 2000, J MATH ANAL APPL, V248, P429
    LI HQ, 1993, LINEAR ALGEBRA ITS A, V185, P273
    MITRINOVIC D, 1989, RECENT ADV GEOMETRIC
    YANG L, 1983, B AUST MATH SOC, V27, P203
    ZHANG JZ, 1981, J CHINA U SCI TECHNO, V11, P1
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0019-5588
 J9 INDIAN J PURE APPL MATH
 JI Indian J. Pure Appl. Math.
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 35
 IS 4
 BP 545
 EP 553
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics
 GA 823DO
 UT ISI:000221590100010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, BZ
    Wu, YZ
    Wang, MZ
    Wang, S
    Sheng, SH
    Zhu, WH
    Sun, RG
    Tian, H
 TI Novel fluorene-alt-thienylenevinylene-based copolymers: tuning
    luminescent wavelength via thiophene substitution position
 SO EUROPEAN POLYMER JOURNAL
 DT Article
 DE copolymers; synthesis; fluorene; polymer light-emitting diode
 ID LIGHT-EMITTING-DIODES; CONJUGATED POLYMERS; ELECTROCHEMICAL PROPERTIES;
    COLOR; HOLE; ELECTROLUMINESCENCE; CARBAZOLE
 AB The design, synthesis and characterization of three novel
    fluorene-alt-thienylenevinylene-based copolymers have been reported.
    All these polymers consist of similar repeating unit, while thiophene
    unit with different substitution position is incorporated to well tune
    the conjugation degree that realizes multi-color luminance. These
    polymers show emission maxima in the blue, orange and red region of the
    visible spectrum. Considering the compatibility of luminescent
    materials with similar structure units, our methodology provides a
    facile and effective way for designing multicolor luminescent polymeric
    blending to realize full color electroluminescent (EL) devices. All
    these polymers have been successfully tested in single-layer sandwiched
    EL devices. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 E China Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Fine Chem, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Tian, H, E China Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Fine Chem, Meilong Rd 130,
    Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
 EM tianhe@ecust.edu.cn
 CR BARROUGHES JH, 1990, NATURE, V347, P539
    BEAUPRE S, 2002, ADV FUNCT MATER, V12, P192
    BERNIUS MT, 2000, ADV MATER, V12, P1737
    CHARAS A, 2001, CHEM COMMUN, P1216
    CHO NS, 2002, MACROMOLECULES, V35, P1224
    EGO C, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P437
    GOWRI R, 1998, MACROMOLECULES, V31, P1819
    HAY M, 1995, J AM CHEM SOC, V117, P7112
    HOU Q, 2002, J MATER CHEM, V12, P2887
    HUANG J, 2002, MACROMOL RAPID COMM, V23, P709
    HWANG SW, 2002, MACROMOLECULES, V35, P5438
    JESTIN I, 1998, J AM CHEM SOC, V120, P8150
    JIANG XZ, 2002, ADV FUNCT MATER, V12, P745
    KIM JH, 2002, CHEM MATER, V14, P2270
    KIM JK, 1997, POLYM BULL, V38, P169
    KRAFT A, 1998, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V37, P402
    LI XC, 1999, CHEM MATER, V11, P1568
    LIU B, 2001, MACROMOLECULES, V34, P7932
    MA CQ, 2002, J MATER CHEM, V12, P1671
    MARTINEZ M, 1998, J POLYM SCI A, V26, P914
    MCMURRY JE, 1989, CHEM REV, V89, P1513
    MITSCHKE U, 2000, J MATER CHEM, V10, P1471
    MORIN JF, 2001, MACROMOLECULES, V34, P4680
    NEHER D, 2001, MACROMOL RAPID COMM, V22, P1365
    PAKBAZ K, 1994, SYNTHETIC MET, V64, P295
    PAKBAZ K, 1996, SYNTHETIC MET, V80, P119
    SCHERF U, 2002, ADV MATER, V14, P477
    WU TY, 2002, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V40, P3847
 NR 28
 TC 5
 SN 0014-3057
 J9 EUR POLYM J
 JI Eur. Polym. J.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 40
 IS 6
 BP 1183
 EP 1191
 PG 9
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 823CP
 UT ISI:000221587600019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, MC
    Luo, SZ
    Zeng, CL
    Shen, JN
    Lin, HC
    Cao, CN
 TI Corrosion behavior of TiN coated type 316 stainless steel in simulated
    PEMFC environments
 SO CORROSION SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE TiN coating; stainless steel; PEMFC; bipolar plate; EIS
 ID POLYMER FUEL-CELLS; IMPEDANCE SPECTROSCOPY EIS; BIPOLAR PLATE
    MATERIALS; OXIDE-FILMS; RESISTANCE; COATINGS; ELECTROLYTE; PASSIVATION;
    ALUMINUM; IRON
 AB The corrosion behavior of TiN coated type 316 stainless steel (SS) was
    investigated in simulated proton exchange membrane fuel cell
    environments, i.e. 0.01 M HCl + 0.01 M Na2SO4 solutions bubbled with
    pure oxygen and hydrogen gases, respectively, by using electrochemical
    measurement techniques. 316SS substrate can passivate spontaneously in
    simulated cathode environment, while it is in active state at the
    corrosion potential in simulated anode environment. TiN coatings have
    much better corrosion resistance and passivity under both simulated
    conditions. No significant degradation takes place in TiN coatings
    under the typical load conditions of fuel cell for 4 h. The loss of
    small part of coatings occurs during the immersion tests of TiN
    coatings in the oxygen environment for 1000 h and in the hydrogen
    environment for 240 h, respectively, but the exposed substrate areas
    are passivated in both environments. The results reveal that TiN
    coating can offer 316SS higher corrosion resistance and electric
    conductivity, and that further effort to improve the coating quality
    and to evaluate the long-term stability of 316SS/TiN coating systems
    under simulated conditions are deserved. in addition, the
    characteristics of corrosion process for TiN coatings on passivatable
    substrate were discussed in detail. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Met Res Inst, State Key Lab Corros & Protect, Shenyang 110016, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, MC, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, POB 269,149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM mouchengli@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BESMANN TM, 2000, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V147, P4083
    BOUKAMP BA, 1989, P 9 EUR CORR C UTR T, V1
    BURLEIGH TD, 1991, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V138, L34
    CAVIGLIASSO GE, 1998, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V28, P1213
    DAVIES DP, 2000, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V30, P101
    DAVIES DP, 2000, J POWER SOURCES, V86, P237
    HENTALL PL, 1999, J POWER SOURCES, V80, P235
    HERMAS AA, 1999, CORROS SCI, V41, P2251
    HODGSON DR, 2001, J POWER SOURCES, V96, P233
    HORNUNG R, 1998, J POWER SOURCES, V72, P20
    HSU CH, 2001, CORROSION, V57, P747
    JONES DA, 1984, CORROSION, V40, P181
    JUTTNER K, 1989, CORROS SCI, V29, P279
    KEIJZER M, 1999, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V146, P2508
    KIM JS, 2002, CORROS SCI, V44, P635
    LI MC, 2001, BRIT CORROS J, V36, P179
    LI MC, 2002, THESI I METAL RES SH
    LIU C, 1995, SURF COAT TECH, V76, P615
    LIU C, 2001, CORROS SCI, V43, P1953
    MA L, 2000, J NEW MAT ELECT SYST, V3, P221
    MAKKUS RC, 2000, J POWER SOURCES, V86, P274
    MANSFELD F, 1971, CORROSION, V27, P436
    MANSFELD F, 1990, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V35, P1533
    MASSIANI Y, 1990, THIN SOLID FILMS, V191, P305
    MASSIANI Y, 1991, SURF COAT TECH, V45, P115
    MILOSEV I, 1994, SURF COAT TECH, V63, P173
    MORITA R, 2001, SURF COAT TECH, V136, P207
    MURPHY OJ, 1998, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V43, P3829
    PARK JR, 1983, CORROS SCI, V23, P295
    RAMMELT U, 1987, CORROS SCI, V27, P373
    RUDENJA S, 1999, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V146, P4082
    RUDENJA S, 1999, SURF COAT TECH, V114, P129
    SCHOLTA J, 1999, J POWER SOURCES, V84, P231
    SHIEU FS, 1997, CORROS SCI, V39, P893
    SOUTO RM, 2000, CORROS SCI, V42, P2201
    VANLEAVEN L, 1992, SURF COAT TECH, V53, P25
    WU XJ, 1999, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V146, P1847
 NR 37
 TC 7
 SN 0010-938X
 J9 CORROS SCI
 JI Corrosion Sci.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 46
 IS 6
 BP 1369
 EP 1380
 PG 12
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 822VT
 UT ISI:000221569300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, DL
    Chee, CY
    Li, CP
 TI A necessary condition of projective synchronization in discrete-time
    systems of arbitrary dimensions
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID 3-DIMENSIONAL CHAOTIC SYSTEMS; PHASE SYNCHRONIZATION
 AB The necessary condition of projective synchronization in discrete-time
    systems of arbitrary dimensions is investigated. We found that the
    determinant of the multiplication of Jacobian matrices of the uncoupled
    sub-system tends to zero when projective synchronization happens. This
    finding also provides a theoretical explanation why the conditional
    Lyapunov exponent becomes null in projective synchronization, observed
    in the early studies. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Nanyang Technol Univ, Dept Engn Mech, Sch Mech Prod Engn, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, DL, Nanyang Technol Univ, Dept Engn Mech, Sch Mech Prod Engn, 50
    Nanyang Ave, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
 EM mdlxu@ntu.edu.sg
 CR BLASIUS B, 1999, NATURE, V399, P354
    CARROLL TL, 1996, PHYS REV E, V54, P4676
    CUOMO KM, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P65
    GONZALEZMIRANDA JM, 1996, PHYS REV E A, V53, R5
    HAYES S, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P3031
    HAYES S, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P1781
    KOCAREV L, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1816
    LI ZG, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V282, P175
    MAINIERI R, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P3042
    PARLITZ U, 1996, PHYS REV E, V54, P6253
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    ROSENBLUM MG, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1804
    SCHAFER C, 1998, NATURE, V392, P239
    XU D, 2001, PHYS REV E, V63
    XU DL, 2001, CHAOS, V11, P439
    XU DL, 2002, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P1395
    XU DL, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V305, P167
    XU DL, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
 NR 18
 TC 3
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 22
 IS 1
 BP 175
 EP 180
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 823AT
 UT ISI:000221582800018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
 TI Bi-Hamiltonian structure and homoclinic orbits of the Maxwell-Bloch
    equations with RWA
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID LOTKA-VOLTERRA EQUATIONS; SYSTEMS
 AB In this paper, a bi-Hamiltonian structure of the Maxwell-Bloch
    equations with the rotating wave approximation (RWA) is given
    explicitly. Then by the Casimir function theory, the existence of
    homoclinic orbits is proved rigorously, which is a sign causing chaotic
    behavior in the Maxwell-Bloch equations, and hence supports the
    previous numerical results. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM dbhuang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ALEKSEEV KN, 1987, SOV PHYS JETP, V65, P1115
    BELOBROV PI, 1979, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V49, P993
    BERMEJO B, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V287, P371
    BERMEJO BH, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V241, P148
    DONNAT P, 1996, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V136, P291
    GUO BY, 1996, J COMPUT PHYS, V129, P181
    HAAS F, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P173
    HOJMAN SA, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P667
    MILONNI PW, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V50, P966
    NEWELL AC, 1992, NONLINEAR OPTICS
    OLVER PJ, 1993, APPL LIE GROUPS DIFF
    PLANK M, 1996, NONLINEARITY, V9, P887
    PLANK M, 1999, SIAM J APPL MATH, V59, P1540
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 22
 IS 1
 BP 207
 EP 212
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 823AT
 UT ISI:000221582800022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, XH
    Tang, ZQ
    Cheng, ZN
 TI The density of states in liquid RbCl
 SO ACTA PHYSICO-CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE hessian matrix; eigenvalues of matrix; density of states
 ID NORMAL-MODE ANALYSIS; SIMULATION; DIFFUSION
 AB This paper presents the normal-mode analytical approach of Fumi-Tosi
    ionic liquid based on molecular dynamics simulation. We replace the
    Lennard-Jones potential with the Fumi-Tosi potential (including the
    long-range potential) and handle the long-range Coulomb interaction
    using the equivalent Coulomb potential. The computation methods of the
    elements of Hessian matrix and the eigenvalues of Hessian matrix are
    discussed. It is shown that the Hessian matrix and the density of
    states can be obtained reasonably using the equivalent Coulomb
    potential in the form of the complementary error function. The
    numerical results of the configuration-averaged densities of states in
    liquid RbCl show that they have similar characteristics to those in
    Lennard-Jones liquids.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Met, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Tang, ZQ, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM zqtang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ANASTASIOU N, 1982, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V25, P159
    CHENG ZN, 1995, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V11, P390
    DING H, 1995, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V44, P1081
    DIXON M, 1977, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V10, P3015
    MADAN B, 1990, J CHEM PHYS, V92, P7565
    SEELEY G, 1989, J CHEM PHYS, V91, P5581
    SEELEY G, 1991, J CHEM PHYS, V95, P3847
    SEELEY G, 1992, J CHEM PHYS, V96, P593
    SOULES TF, 1979, J CHEM PHYS, V71, P4570
    WILKINSON JH, 2001, ALGEBRAIC EIGENVALUE, P533
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1000-6818
 J9 ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Phys.-Chim. Sin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 5
 BP 494
 EP 497
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical
 GA 823PG
 UT ISI:000221624700010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, HJ
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
    Liu, L
 TI Biomimetic synthesis of metastable PbCrO4 nanoparticles by emulsion
    liquid membrane system with carrier and coupled treatment of Pb(II) and
    Cr(VI) wastewaters
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE PbCrO4; biomimetic synthesis; nanoparticle; emulsion liquid membrane;
    metastable phase; Pb(II) and Cr(VI) wastewater
 ID LEAD CHROMATE; OPTICAL-PROPERTIES; TEMPERATURE; PARTICLES
 AB PbCrO4 nanoparticles of metastable orthorhombic phase with the diameter
    of 5 similar to 15 nm were first synthesized through a new kind of
    biomimetic method. This kind of method was based on emulsion liquid
    membrane system to mimic the vesicle structure and ion-transport
    function. In this system, membrane phase consisted of kerosene, Span-80
    and N7301. Cr(VI) and MOO, which usually existed in plating and
    accumulator wastewaters, were used as external and internal phase
    respectively. XRD and TEM were taken to characterize the structure and
    morphology of, as-product. And the optic properties of as-prepared and
    bulk PbCrO4 materials were first compared with FT-IR and UV-vis
    results. The possible mechanism was proposed initially. This method is
    also promising in the treatment of various industrial wastewaters
    simultaneously.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, HJ, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR ANANDPRAKASH KP, 1998, DEFENCE SCI J, V48, P303
    BAEUERLEIN E, 2003, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V42, P614
    ERKENS LJH, 2001, SURF COAT INT PT B-C, V84, P169
    KASOWSKI RV, 1980, B AM PHYS SOC, V25, P420
    LI BY, 2001, J FUNCT MAT, V32, P647
    LI XL, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V81, P4832
    LIU SH, 2003, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V64, P455
    MANN S, 1995, J MATER CHEM, V5, P935
    PANDA AK, 2001, LANGMUIR, V17, P1811
    REDDY BJ, 1981, PHYS LETT A, V86, P386
    SUN JY, 2001, PREPARATIN APPL INOR, P456
    SVIRIDOV VV, 1996, COLLOID J+, V58, P372
    VANSANTEN RA, 1984, J PHYS CHEM-US, V88, P5768
    WANG LJ, 2002, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V60, P1144
    WU QS, 2000, J MEMBRANE SCI, V172, P199
    WU QS, 2002, INORG CHEM COMMUN, V5, P671
    XIE Y, 1996, SCIENCE, V272, P1926
    ZHANG LD, 2002, NANOMATERIALS NANOST, P79
    ZHANG RH, 1981, CHEMISTRY, V5, P295
    ZHENG Y, 2001, SCI CHINA SER E, V31, P204
    ZHUANG J, 2002, CHEM J CHINESE U, V23, P1223
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PD MAY 28
 PY 2004
 VL 62
 IS 10
 BP 946
 EP 950
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 822RK
 UT ISI:000221557400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, LH
    Ma, XM
    Lei, JX
    Zhao, HF
 TI Development in research on nano-cemented carbide
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Review
 DE nano-structured materials; cemented carbide; microwave sintering;
    plasma activated sintering
 ID NANOSTRUCTURED WC-CO; POWDER; ALLOY
 AB Much research worldwide is concentrated on nano-cemented carbide due to
    its excellent properties and promising market prospect. This paper
    reviewes some developments in nano-cemented carbide. New fast sintering
    techniques should be employed because the key to obtaining
    nano-cemented carbide is to control the WC grain growth during
    sintering.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, LH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR AGRAWAL D, 2000, POWDER METALL, V43, P15
    BROOKES KJA, 2000, METAL POWDER REPORT, V55, P10
    CONNER CL, 1997, METAL POWDER REPT, V52, P27
    DUNMEAD SD, 1992, 9310042, US
    FAN JL, 2001, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V30, P401
    FANG ZG, 1995, INT J REFRACT MET H, V13, P297
    GAO Y, 2000, CEMENTED CARBIDE, V17, P18
    GROZA JR, 1999, INT J POWDER METALL, V35, P58
    HE JH, 2001, J MATER RES, V16, P478
    HUANG ZG, 1998, RARE METAL CEMENTED, V135, P51
    JIA ZC, 2000, CEMENTED CARBIDE, V17, P58
    KEAR BH, 1993, J ADV MATER, V25, P11
    KEAR BH, 1993, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V3, P19
    LIU L, 1994, CHINESE SCI BULL, V39, P1166
    LUO XY, 2001, POWDER METALLURGY IN, V11, P7
    MA XM, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V245, L30
    MA XM, 1997, J MATER SCI LETT, V16, P968
    MA XM, 1998, RARE METALS, V17, P88
    MCCANDLISH LE, 1992, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V1, P119
    RODIGER K, 1998, INT J REFRACT MET H, V16, P409
    SADANGI RK, 1999, INT J POWDER METALL, V35, P27
    SEEGOPAUL P, 1997, INT J REFRACT MET H, V15, P133
    SUDARSHAN TS, 1998, METAL POWDER REPORT, V53, P26
    TAN GL, 1998, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V8, P214
    WEIXI, 1999, CHINESE J MECH ENG, V35, P57
    ZHANG L, 2000, CHINESE J RARE METAL, V24, P445
    ZHANG L, 2001, CEMENTED CARBIDE, V18, P65
    ZHONG HY, 2001, RARE METAL CEMENTED, V145, P44
    ZHOU J, 1999, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V9, P465
    ZHU YT, 1996, COMPOS PART B-ENG, V27, P407
    ZHU YTT, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P2777
 NR 31
 TC 2
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 33
 IS 4
 BP 349
 EP 353
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 820YU
 UT ISI:000221426900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XM
 TI China on the brink of a 'momentous era'
 SO POSITIONS-EAST ASIA CULTURES CRITIQUE
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 CR HE QL, 2000, SHUWU, V2, P1
    LI PL, 1995, ZONGGUO XINSHIQI JIE
    LI Q, 1999, ZHANLUE YU GUANLI, V3, P35
    LU X, 1958, ERYI JI
    LU X, 1958, NANQIANG BEIDIAOJI, P133
    LU ZL, 2000, TIANYA, V3, P31
    SUN LP, 1998, ZHANLUE YU GUANLI, V5, P1
    WANG H, 2000, 1989 SHEHUI YUNDONG
    YANG XY, 1980, LU XUN SELECTED WORK
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1067-9847
 J9 POSITIONS-EAST ASIA CULT CRIT
 JI Positions East Asia Cult. Crit.
 PD WIN
 PY 2003
 VL 11
 IS 3
 BP 585
 EP 611
 PG 27
 SC Asian Studies
 GA 755ZV
 UT ISI:000187442100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, SQ
    Huang, ZM
 TI Densely dispersion-managed fiber transmission system with both
    decreasing average dispersion and decreasing local dispersion
 SO OPTICAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE dense dispersion-managed soliton; ultra-short pulse propagation; Kerr
    effect; high-speed optical communication
 ID SOLITON TRANSMISSION
 AB A novel design of densely dispersion-managed optical fiber transmission
    systems with decreasing average dispersion and decreasing local
    dispersion (dual-decreasing DDM) is proposed. The system is
    characterized by gradually decreasing not only local dispersion in each
    fiber segment, but also average dispersion in every dispersion
    compensation cell. When an optical pulse propagates along an optical
    fiber link, transmission loss weakens the Kerr effect to break the
    balance between dispersion and nonlinearity. To deal with the problem,
    dispersion parameters in a densely dispersion-managed system are made
    to vary gradually to counterbalance the nonlinearity. This novel
    approach has a number of advantages over ordinary densely
    dispersion-managed (DDM) soliton transmission systems, including
    allowing higher pulse power and reduction of optical pulse broadening,
    hence there is less interaction between neighboring pulses. Simulation
    results indicate that the dual-decreasing DDM has better propagation
    performance in comparison with the ordinary DDM in a high-speed optical
    communication system. (C) 2004 Society of Photo-optical Instrumentation
    Engineers.
 C1 Shanxi Univ, Dept Phys, Shanxi, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, SQ, Shanxi Univ, Dept Phys, Shanxi, Peoples R China.
 EM sq.g@263.net
 CR AGRAWA GP, 1995, NONLINEAR FIBER OPTI
    CHI S, 1999, IEEE PHOTONIC TECH L, V11, P1605
    CONSTANTINO ME, 1999, J APPL PHYS, V86, P425
    EVANS AF, 1998, OPTICAL FIBER COMMUN, V2, P22
    HASEGAWA A, 1995, SOLITONS OPTICAL COM
    HIROOKA T, 2000, IEEE PHOTONIC TECH L, V12, P633
    KITYK IV, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P942
    KUTZ JN, 1998, IEEE PHOTONIC TECH L, V10, P702
    LIANG AH, 1999, OPT LETT, V24, P799
    NAKAZAWA Y, 1996, NTT REVIEW, V8, P8
    SMITH NJ, 1996, OPT LETT, V21, P1981
    TURITSYN SK, 1999, OPT LETT, V24, P869
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0091-3286
 J9 OPT ENG
 JI Opt. Eng.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 43
 IS 5
 BP 1227
 EP 1230
 PG 4
 SC Optics
 GA 821JS
 UT ISI:000221456900034
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Wu, J
    Zu, JW
 TI Asymptotic nonlinear behaviors in transverse vibration of an axially
    accelerating viscoelastic string
 SO NONLINEAR DYNAMICS
 DT Article
 DE axially accelerating string; bifurcation diagram; Galerkin method;
    Poincare map; viscoelasticity
 ID STABILITY
 AB This paper investigates longtime dynamical behaviors of an axially
    accelerating viscoelastic string with geometric nonlinearity.
    Application of Newton's second law leads to a nonlinear
    partial-differential equation governing transverse motion of the
    string. The Galerkin method is applied to truncate the
    partial-differential equation into a set of ordinary differential
    equations. By use of the Poincare maps, the dynamical behaviors are
    presented based on the numerical solutions of the ordinary differential
    equations. The bifurcation diagrams are presented for varying one of
    the following parameter: the mean transport speed, the amplitude and
    the frequency of transport speed fluctuation, the string stiffness or
    the string dynamic viscosity, while other parameters are fixed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Toronto, Dept Mech & Ind Engn, Toronto, ON M5S 3G8, Canada.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM lqchen@online.sh.cn
 CR CHEN LQ, IN PRESS APPL MECH R
    CHEN LQ, 2003, J SOUND VIB, V261, P764
    CHEN LQ, 2004, J ENG MATH, V48, P171
    FUNG RF, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V201, P153
    KOIVUROVA H, 1999, J SOUND VIB, V225, P845
    MIRANKER WL, 1960, IBM J RES DEV, V4, P36
    MOCHENSTURM EM, 1996, J VIB ACOUST, V116, P346
    MOTE CD, 1975, T AM SOC MECH ENG, V97, P96
    OZKAYA E, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V230, P729
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1993, J SOUND VIB, V168, P371
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1994, J SOUND VIB, V169, P179
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V203, P815
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
    WICKERT JA, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P738
    ZHANG L, 2002, INT J STRUCTURAL STA, V2, P265
 NR 15
 TC 5
 SN 0924-090X
 J9 NONLINEAR DYNAMICS
 JI Nonlinear Dyn.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 35
 IS 4
 BP 347
 EP 360
 PG 14
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 820LH
 UT ISI:000221389900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, R
    Liu, WB
    Ma, HP
 TI Moving mesh method with error-estimator-based monitor and its
    applications to static obstacle problem
 SO JOURNAL OF SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING
 DT Article
 DE finite element method; moving mesh method; a posteriori error
    estimator; obstacle problem
 ID ADAPTIVE-GRID GENERATION; SINGULAR PROBLEMS; HARMONIC MAPS; DIMENSIONS;
    EQUATIONS
 AB The main objective of this work is to demonstrate that sharp a
    posteriori error estimators can be employed as appropriate monitor
    functions for moving mesh methods. We illustrate the main ideas by
    considering elliptic obstacle problems. Some important issues such as
    how to derive the sharp estimators and how to smooth the monitor
    functions are addressed. The numerical schemes are applied to a number
    of test problems in two dimensions. It is shown that the moving mesh
    methods with the proposed monitor functions can effectively capture the
    free boundaries of the elliptic obstacle problems and reduce the
    numerical errors arising from the free boundaries.
 C1 Peking Univ, Sch Math Sci, Beijing 100871, Peoples R China.
    Xiangtan Univ, Inst Computat & Appl Math, Hunan, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, R, Peking Univ, Sch Math Sci, Beijing 100871, Peoples R China.
 EM rli@math.pku.edu.cn
    W.B.Liu@ukc.ac.uk
    hpma@guomai.sh.cn
 CR AINSWORTH M, 1993, NUMER MATH, V65, P23
    AINSWORTH M, 1993, NUMER METH PART D E, V9, P22
    AINSWORTH M, 1997, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V142, P1
    AZARENOK BN, 2002, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V40, P651
    BAINES MJ, 1994, MOVING FINITE ELEMEN
    BECKETT G, 2002, J COMPUT PHYS, V182, P478
    BRACKBILL JU, 1982, J COMP PHYSIOL, V46, P342
    CENICEROS HD, 2001, J COMPUT PHYS, V172, P609
    CHEN ZM, 2000, NUMER MATH, V84, P527
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    DAVIS SF, 1982, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V3, P6
    DVINSKY AS, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V95, P450
    ELLIOTT CM, 1982, RES NOTES MATH, V59
    FRENCH DA, 2001, COMPUT METHODS APPL, V1, P18
    FRIEDMAN A, 1982, VARIATIONAL PRINCIPL
    GLOWINSKI R, 1976, NUMERICAL ANAL VARIA
    HE BS, 1994, NUMER MATH, V68, P71
    KINDERLEHRER D, 1980, INTRO VARIATIONAL IN
    KORNHUBER R, 1996, COMPUT MATH APPL, V31, P49
    KUFNER A, 1977, FUNCTION SPACES
    LI R, 2001, J COMPUT PHYS, V170, P562
    LI R, 2002, J COMPUT PHYS, V177, P365
    LI R, 2002, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V41, P1321
    LI ST, 1997, J COMPUT PHYS, V131, P368
    LIU WB, 2000, J SCI COMPUT, V35, P361
    LIU WB, 2001, ADV COMPUT MATH, V15, P261
    MILLER K, 1981, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V18, P1019
    REN Y, 1992, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V13, P1265
    TANG HZ, 2003, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V41, P487
    VERFURTH R, 1989, NUMER MATH, V55, P309
    VERFURTH R, 1996, ERROR ESTIMATION ADA
    WINSLOW AM, 1967, J COMPUT PHYS, V1, P149
 NR 32
 TC 1
 SN 0885-7474
 J9 J SCI COMPUT
 JI J. Sci. Comput.
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 1
 BP 31
 EP 55
 PG 25
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 821KX
 UT ISI:000221460400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, ZY
    Engblom, JJ
 TI Computational and experimental characterization of continuously fiber
    reinforced plastic extrusions: Part I - Short-term flexural loading
 SO JOURNAL OF REINFORCED PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES
 DT Article
 DE experimental characterization; finite element method; continuously
    fiber reinforced; plastic extrusion; short-term loading; fiber
    micro-buckling
 AB Experimental characterization of time-independent properties for
    rectangular hollow-cored continuous fiber reinforced commingled
    recycled plastic extruded forms under short-term flexural loading has
    been presented in this paper. Finite element based computer models have
    been developed to predict the effects of damage progression in such
    reinforced extruded plastic forms. Experimental results demonstrate
    that fiber micro-buckling and fiber matrix interface failures occur
    during the static flexural loading environment. Experimental data also
    indicates that these damage modes significantly reduce the short-term
    flexural properties and should be avoided or minimized through
    optimizing the location of continuous reinforcement and using a
    coupling agent in enhancing interfacial bonding between reinforcement
    and matrix. "Damage dependent" finite element models were developed
    using different material property types to represent the glass-fiber
    roving, fiber-matrix interface and plastic matrix respectively.
    Material nonlinearity of the plastic matrix has been incorporated along
    with stress-based failure criteria to account for fiber matrix
    interfacial shear failure and local fiber micro-buckling. A
    user-defined subroutine, part of an industry standard finite element
    software package, has been modified to accommodate the damage
    progression. The developed finite element based model(s) have
    correlated well with the short-term test results, and can provide a
    "design tool" in predicting fiber micro-buckling and fiber-matrix
    interfacial shear failure associated with future to-be-studied
    composite extrusions/forms under short-term loading.
 C1 Florida Inst Technol, Dept Mech & Aerosp Engn, Melbourne, FL 32901 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Engblom, JJ, Florida Inst Technol, Dept Mech & Aerosp Engn, Melbourne,
    FL 32901 USA.
 EM engblom@fit.edu
 CR ENGBLOM JJ, 2000, J REINF PLAST COMP, V19, P1317
    LAMPO R, 1999, ASTM STANDARDIZATION, V7, P22
    MCLAREN MG, 1995, P STRUCT C 13 BOST M, P819
    REBEIZ KS, 1992, WASTE AGE, V2, P35
    SANADI AR, 1994, J REINF PLAST COMP, V13, P54
    SANADI AR, 1994, PLASTIC ENG, V4, P27
    SPICOLA FC, 1990, P 22 SAMPE S EXH AN
    ZHENG Z, 2000, THESIS FLORIDA I TEC
    ZHENG Z, 2001, J REINFORCED PLASTIC, V24, P517
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0731-6844
 J9 J REINF PLAST COMPOSITE
 JI J. Reinf. Plast. Compos.
 PY 2004
 VL 23
 IS 7
 BP 777
 EP 793
 PG 17
 SC Materials Science, Composites; Polymer Science
 GA 820PO
 UT ISI:000221402000007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hui, BJ
    Chen, J
    Yang, LM
    Li, J
    Pei, Y
    Shi, LL
 TI Preparation of pH- and thermo-sensitive hydrogel by two-step grafting
    of acrylamide and acrylic acid onto preirradiated polyethylene film
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID RELEASE
 AB Two-step grafting reaction of acrylamide (AAm) and acrylic acid (AAc)
    onto preirradiated polyethylene (PE) film were performed. The effects
    of irradiation dose, reaction temperature and reaction time on the
    grafting yield were studied. The effect of reaction time of the first
    step grafting on the yield of the second step grafting was also
    evaluated. The original and the irradiated PE films were tested by
    Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy in the attenuated total
    reflectance mode (ATR). The AAm and AAc grafted PE film appeared
    thermo- and pH-sensitive which are similar to the interpenetrating
    polymer network hydrogel.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Dept Chem Engn & Technol, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, J, Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Dept Chem Engn &
    Technol, Jiading Campus, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM Chenjd@online.sh.cn
 CR CHAPIRO A, 1962, RAD CHEM POLYM SYSTE, P385
    CHEN J, 1998, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V52, P201
    CHEN J, 2000, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V59, P313
    CHEN J, 2001, THESIS KINKI U
    HOFFMAN AS, 1986, J CONTROL RELEASE, V4, P213
    HOFFMANN MA, 2001, EUR PHYS J D, V16, P9
    KAETSU I, 1995, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V46, P247
    KAETSU I, 1999, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V55, P111
    KATANO H, 1991, POLYM J, V23, P1179
    KUDAIBERGENOV SE, 2000, POLYM ADVAN TECHNOL, V11, P15
    OKANO T, 1990, J CONTROL RELEASE, V11, P255
    PEPPAS NA, 1986, HYDROGELS MED PHARM, P1
    SEN M, 2000, INT J PHARM, V203, P149
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PY 2004
 VL 260
 IS 3
 BP 673
 EP 677
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 821RJ
 UT ISI:000221479900031
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Silber-Li, ZH
    Cui, HH
    Xu, Z
    Tan, YP
    Wang, LD
 TI Analyses of factors influencing liquid experiments in microtubes
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 DE microchannels; liquids; microfluidic; uncertainty
 ID FLOWS
 AB The experiments of microflow are very difficult to handle, owing to a
    few factors influencing the measurement accuracy. Based on our
    experiences, a detailed introduction about the experimental uncertainty
    and the relative factors is presented in this paper. From the analysis
    of the experimental uncertainty, the measurement of microtube diameters
    obviously dominates the experimental precision. Several factors, for
    example, the evaporation on gas/liquid interfaces, the deformation of
    microtube, the compressibility of liquid, the viscous heating and the
    wall slip are discussed. According to our present experimental results,
    the flow characteristics driven by the lower pressure in microtubes
    with the diameter larger than 20 mum agree well with the prediction
    from classical Hagen-Poiseuille (H-P) theory, while the viscosity vs.
    pressure relationship should be considered under a high pressures in
    the microtubes with 3-10 mu diameters, and the precision depiction of
    shape is taken into account in the cone-shape microneedle with the
    outlet diameter 1-15 mum.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, State Key Lab Nonlinear Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Dalian Univ Technol, MEMS Res Ctr, Dalian 116024, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Silber-Li, ZH, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, State Key Lab Nonlinear
    Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 CR BRIDGMAN PW, 1952, PHYS HIGH PRESSURE
    CHOI CH, 2003, PHYS FLUIDS, V15, P2897
    CUI HH, 2004, PHYS FLUIDS, V16
    GADELHAK M, 2001, HDB MEMS
    HO CM, 1998, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V30, P579
    JIANG XN, 1995, MICROFLUID FLOW MICR, P317
    LANDAU LD, 1986, THEORY ELASTICITY
    LANDAU LD, 1987, FLUID MECH, P530
    LI ZH, 2001, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V3, P577
    LI ZH, 2002, ACTA MECH SINICA, V3, P432
    MALA GM, 1999, INT J HEAT FLUID FL, V20, P142
    PFAHLER J, 1991, DSC ASME, V32, P49
    SHARP KV, 2001, HDB MEMS
    WANG LKT, 1999, J INSTRUMENTS, V20, P165
    XU Z, IN PRESS J APPL MECH
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2004
 VL 5
 IS 2
 BP 183
 EP 189
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 820KK
 UT ISI:000221387400009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, L
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
    Liu, HJ
    Zhang, BQ
 TI Biomimetic synthesis of CdSe quantum dots through emulsion liquid
    membrane system of gas-liquid transport
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE emulsion liquid membrane; CdSe; quantum dot; template-control;
    nanoparticle; biomimetic synthesis
 ID DEVICE APPLICATIONS; ROOM-TEMPERATURE; CDE E; NANOCRYSTALS;
    ETHYLENEDIAMINE; NANOPARTICLES; PARTICLES; SE
 AB The cadmium selenide quantum dots (QD) have been synthesized by
    template-control in an emulsion liquid membrane system. The system
    consisted of kerosene as solvent, L152 (dialkylene succinimide) as
    surfactant, N7301 (trialiphatic amine, R3N, R=C-8-C-10) as carrier, 0.1
    mol/L CdCl2 solution as internal-aqueous phase and H2Se gas as external
    phase. Additive organic template agent in internal-aqueous phase was
    necessary to form CdSe QD. The influence of the nature of template and
    its concentration on sizes of the formed CdSe QD has also been studied.
    Transmission electron microscopy showed that the sizes of the products
    could be controlled down to 3-4 run. X-ray diffraction analysis
    revealed that the crystals had cubic structure. The formation process
    and the optical properties of CdSe QD have also been presented.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Tangshan Steel & Iron Co Ltd, Ctr Technol, Tangshan 063016, Hebei, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, L, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR ALIVISATOS AP, 1996, SCIENCE, V271, P933
    CHEN Y, 2002, CHEM LETT       0605, P556
    CHEN YF, 2002, NANO LETT, V2, P1299
    DENG ZX, 2003, INORG CHEM, V42, P2331
    FIRTH AV, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P3120
    GAO XH, 2002, J BIOMED OPT, V7, P532
    GE XW, 2001, MATER RES BULL, V36, P1609
    GODOVSKY DY, 2000, ADV POLYM SCI, V153, P163
    LI YD, 1999, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V60, P965
    MANN S, 1995, J MATER CHEM, V5, P935
    MURRAY CB, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P8706
    PALCHIK O, 2001, J MATER CHEM, V11, P874
    RAVINDRAN S, 2003, NANO LETT, V3, P447
    STEIGERWALD ML, 1990, ACCOUNTS CHEM RES, V23, P183
    VOET D, 1995, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, P525
    WANG C, 1999, MATER CHEM PHYS, V60, P99
    WU QS, 2000, J MEMBRANE SCI, V172, P199
    WU QS, 2002, INORG CHEM COMMUN, V5, P671
    YANG Q, 2002, J MATER RES, V17, P1147
    ZHAO WB, 2003, J CRYST GROWTH, V252, P587
    ZHOU HC, 2003, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V61, P372
 NR 21
 TC 1
 SN 1001-604X
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Chem.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 22
 IS 5
 BP 441
 EP 444
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 821YG
 UT ISI:000221498700009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, HW
    He, HT
    Chen, M
 TI Gamma correction for digital fringe projection profilometry
 SO APPLIED OPTICS
 DT Article
 ID FOURIER-TRANSFORM PROFILOMETRY; PHASE-MEASURING PROFILOMETRY; 3-D
    OBJECT SHAPES; AUTOMATIC-MEASUREMENT; LIGHT PROJECTION; INTERFEROMETRY;
    DESIGN; VIDEO
 AB Digital fringe projection profilometry utilizes a digital video
    projector as a structured light source and thus gains great
    flexibility. However, the gamma nonlinearity of the video projector
    inevitably decreases the accuracy and resolution of the measurement. We
    propose a gamma-correction technique based on statistical analysis of
    the fringe images. The technique allows one to estimate the value of
    gamma from the normalized cumulative histogram of the fringe images. By
    iterating the two steps, gamma estimation and phase evaluation, the
    actual gamma value can be calculated. At the same time the phase
    distribution of the fringe pattern can be solved with higher accuracy.
    In so doing, neither photometric calibration nor knowledge of the
    device is required. Both computer simulation and experiment are carried
    out to demonstrate the validity of this technique. (C) 2004 Optical
    Society of America.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Lab Appl Opt & Metrol, Shanghai 20072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, HW, Shanghai Univ, Lab Appl Opt & Metrol, Shanghai 20072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM hw-guo@yeah.net
 CR COGGRAVE CR, 1999, OPT ENG, V38, P1573
    FARID H, 2001, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V10, P1428
    HUANG PS, 1999, OPT ENG, V38, P1065
    HUANG PS, 1999, OPT LASER ENG, V31, P371
    HUNG YY, 2000, OPT ENG, V39, P143
    KAKUNAI S, 1999, APPL OPTICS, V38, P2824
    LI WS, 2002, OPT ENG, V41, P1365
    LIN JF, 1995, OPT ENG, V34, P3297
    MERMELSTEIN MS, 2000, OPT ENG, V39, P106
    PIRGA M, 1994, MEASUREMENT, V13, P191
    POYNTON CA, 1993, SMPTE J, V102, P1099
    RIVERA M, 2000, APPL OPTICS, V39, P284
    SANSONI G, 1999, APPL OPTICS, V38, P6565
    SPAGNOLO GS, 2001, OPT ENG, V40, P44
    SRINIVASAN V, 1984, APPL OPTICS, V23, P3105
    SRINIVASAN V, 1985, APPL OPTICS, V24, P185
    STETSON KA, 1985, APPL OPTICS, V24, P3631
    SURREL Y, 1996, APPL OPTICS, V35, P51
    TAKEDA M, 1983, APPL OPTICS, V22, P3977
    TANG S, 1990, APPL OPTICS, V29, P3012
    WOMACK KH, 1984, OPT ENG, V23, P391
    WU F, 2001, OPT COMMUN, V187, P347
 NR 22
 TC 1
 SN 0003-6935
 J9 APPL OPT
 JI Appl. Optics
 PD MAY 10
 PY 2004
 VL 43
 IS 14
 BP 2906
 EP 2914
 PG 9
 SC Optics
 GA 819UB
 UT ISI:000221340200013
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Zhao, YW
    Wang, ZC
    Zhang, GX
 TI Conceptual design based on the divergent tree method for tool torage
 SO ADVANCES IN GRINDING AND ABRASIVE PROCESSES
 SE KEY ENGINEERING MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE divergent tree method; computer aided conceptual design (CACD); tool
    storage; excellent degree appraisal approach; extensics
 AB The divergent tree method is adopted in this paper, and an illustrative
    example of tool storage design in the machining center is given to
    describe the divergent thinking in the conceptual design process of
    mechanical products. Firstly, general divergent tree method is applied
    to get various schemes of storage, and then the primary schemes are
    achieved by using the measure of known characteristics. Finally, the
    excellent degree appraisal approach is applied to find out the optimum
    one. In addition, an intelligent computer aided conceptual design
    system of tool storage based on the divergent tree method and excellent
    degree appraisal approach is also demonstrated in this paper.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ Technol, Coll Mech & Elect Engn, Hangzhou 310014, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Mech & Elect Engn, Shanghai 210072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, YW, Zhejiang Univ Technol, Coll Mech & Elect Engn, Hangzhou
    310014, Peoples R China.
 CR CAI W, 1997, EXTENSION ENG METHOD
    CAI W, 1999, CHINESE SCI BULL, V44, P673
    HAGUE MJ, 1998, CONCURRENT ENG-RES A, V6, P111
    PAN YH, 1997, INTELLIGENT CAD METH
    RAN QW, 1994, ANAL HIERARCHY PROCE
    WYNNE H, 1998, COMPUT AIDED DESIGN, V30, P377
    YANG CY, 1992, SYSTEM ENG THEORY PR, V19, P120
    ZHAO YW, 2000, MECH ENG, V11, P684
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1013-9826
 J9 KEY ENG MAT
 PY 2004
 VL 259-2
 BP 772
 EP 777
 PG 6
 GA BY96C
 UT ISI:000189505200157
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Q
    Pelletier, JM
    Dong, YD
    Ji, YF
 TI Structural relaxation and crystallisation of bulk metallic glasses
    Zr41Ti14CU12.5Ni10-xBe22.5Fex (x=0 or 2) studied by mechanical
    spectroscopy
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING A-STRUCTURAL MATERIALS PROPERTIES
    MICROSTRUCTURE AND PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE bulk metallic glass; structural relaxation; crystallization; mechanical
    spectroscopy
 ID SUPERCOOLED LIQUID; AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; PARTICLES; BEHAVIOR
 AB The measurements of the internal friction and dynamic shear modulus as
    well as differential scanning calorimetry have been performed in order
    to investigate the structural relaxation and crystallization of
    Zr41Ti14Cu12.5Be22.5Fex (x = 0 or 2) bulk metallic glasses. It is found
    that the glass transition is retarded and the thermal stability of
    supercooled liquid is increased by the Fe addition. The experimental
    results are well analyzed using a physical model, which can
    characterize atomic mobility and mechanical response of disordered
    condensed materials. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Sci Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Inst Natl Sci Appl, GEMPPM Bat B Pascal, F-69621 Villeurbanne, France.
 RP Pelletier, JM, Shanghai Univ, Inst Sci Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM pelletier@insa-lyon.fr
 CR ECKERT J, 2000, MATER T JIM, V41, P1415
    ETIENNE S, 1982, REV SCI INSTRUM, V53, P1261
    GAUTHIER C, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V274, P181
    HAYS CC, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P1089
    INOUE A, 1999, J METASTABLE NANOCRY, V1, P1
    INOUE A, 1999, MATER T JIM, V40, P1382
    INOUE A, 2000, INTERMETALLICS, V8, P455
    MASUHR A, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P2290
    PELLETIER JM, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V274, P301
    PELLETIER JM, 2001, P 22 RIS INT S MAT S, P359
    PEREZ J, 1998, POLYM SCI SER B, V40, P17
    PEREZ J, 1999, J MOL STRUCT, V479, P183
    WANG WH, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P5961
    XING LQ, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V77, P1970
    XING LQ, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64, P1802
    YINGFEI J, 2000, CHINESE SCI BULL, V45, P23
 NR 16
 TC 2
 SN 0921-5093
 J9 MATER SCI ENG A-STRUCT MATER
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process.
 PD APR 15
 PY 2004
 VL 370
 IS 1-2
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 316
 EP 320
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 818IJ
 UT ISI:000221238500061
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, J
    Zhu, LH
    Huang, QW
    Gu, H
 TI Comparison of formation behavior of Ba2NaNb5O15 in air and molten NaCl
    salt
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID TUNGSTEN BRONZE STRUCTURE; BARIUM SODIUM NIOBATE; FERROELECTRIC
    PROPERTIES; SINGLE-CRYSTALS; PHASE
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, J, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM huangqw@mail.sic.ac.cn
 CR GEUSIC JE, 1967, APPL PHYS LETT, V11, P69
    GIESS EA, 1969, J AM CERAM SOC, V52, P276
    HUANG QW, 2002, MATER LETT, V56, P915
    JOHANSSON KE, 1980, J PHYS E, V13, P1289
    RAO KS, 2003, J MATER SCI, V38, P391
    RAVEZ J, 1977, MAT RES B, V12, P769
    SINGH S, 1970, PHYS REV           B, V2, P2709
    VANUITERT LG, 1968, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V4, P622
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD MAY 15
 PY 2004
 VL 39
 IS 10
 BP 3443
 EP 3445
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 818VU
 UT ISI:000221273400020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liao, LB
    Liu, WH
    Xiao, XM
 TI The influence of sodium diphenylamine sulfonate on the
    electrodeposition of Mg-Ni alloy and its electrochemical characteristics
 SO JOURNAL OF ELECTROANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE sodium diphenylamine sulfonate; levelling agent; phenothiazine
 ID HYDROGEN STORAGE PROPERTIES; HYDRIDING PROPERTIES; MG2NI-H SYSTEM;
    SUBSTITUTION; DEPOSITION; MAGNESIUM
 AB Voltammetric measurements showed that sodium diphenylamine sulfonate
    (SDS) could inhibit hydrogen evolution and form complexes with nickel
    and magnesium ions for Mg-Ni alloy electrodeposition. The
    characteristics of differential capacity curves from differential pulse
    anodic stripping voltammetry showed that SDS had an absorption effect
    on the cathode electrode. Steady state cathode polarization of Mg-Ni
    alloy measurements on rotating disk copper electrodes were performed,
    the relative results from the polarization curves indicated that SDS
    acted as a levelling agent. The phases and morphology of Mg-Ni alloy
    were examined by X-ray diffraction and scanning electron microscopy. A
    series of spectra showed that phenothiazine codeposited with Mg-Ni
    alloy. The value 0.9 of H/M (M = Mg-Ni alloy) was determined by
    pressure-composition isotherm measurements. The maximum discharge
    capacity of the alloy was 388 mAh/g; the decay of discharge capacity
    was studied by electrochemical impedance spectroscopy measurements. (C)
    2003 Published by Elsevier B.V.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Guangzhou Inst Geochem, State Key Lab Organ Geochem, Guangzhou 510640, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Liao, LB, Chinese Acad Sci, Guangzhou Inst Geochem, State Key Lab Organ
    Geochem, Guangzhou 510640, Peoples R China.
 EM lbliao@gig.ac.cn
 CR ALBALAT R, 1991, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V21, P109
    BAJAT JB, 2001, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V31, P355
    FRANKLIN TC, 1954, J PHYS CHEM-US, V58, P951
    FRANKLIN TC, 1960, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V107, P556
    FRANKLIN TC, 1982, SURF TECHNOL, V18, P63
    FRANKLIN TC, 1986, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V133, P893
    FRANKLIN TC, 1988, SURF COAT TECH, V34, P515
    FRANKLIN TC, 1994, PLAT SURF FINISH, V81, P48
    FRANKLIN TC, 1996, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V143, P97
    FUJII H, 1997, J ALLOY COMPD, V253, P80
    GOMEZ E, 2000, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V495, P19
    HARRIS TM, 1995, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V142, P1031
    HIRSCHER M, 1994, Z PHYS CHEM, V183, P51
    IWAKURA C, 1998, J ALLOY COMPD, V270, P142
    IWAKURA C, 2001, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V46, P2781
    KAKUTA H, 2000, MATER SCI FORUM, V350, P329
    KARDOS O, 1974, PLATING, V61, P129
    KARWAS C, 1998, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V135, B839
    KELLY JJ, 2000, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V147, P2975
    KOHNO T, 1996, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V143, L198
    KOHNO T, 1997, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V144, P2384
    KRUYLIKLY SS, 1967, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V12, P1263
    MONTASER A, 1976, ANAL CHEM, V48, P1490
    MUTSCHELE T, 1987, SCRIPTA METALL, V21, P1101
    ORIMO S, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V232, L16
    REEVES RM, 1974, MODERN ASPECTS ELECT
    REILLY JJ, 1968, INORG CHEM, V7, P2254
    ROYERS GT, 1965, MET FINISH, V43, P75
    SILLEN LG, 1964, STABILITY CONSTANTS
    SPASSOV T, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V287, P243
    SUN D, 2000, ACTA MATER, V48, P2363
    SUN L, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V293, P536
    TANAKA K, 2002, J ALLOY COMPD, V256, P330
    TRASATTI S, 1979, MOD ASPECT ELECTROC, V13, P81
    VILLARS P, 1991, PEARSONS HDB CRYSTAL
    WANG J, 1985, STRIPPING ANAL PRINC
    YANG F, 1989, XIAMEN U ACTA, V13, P220
 NR 37
 TC 1
 SN 0022-0728
 J9 J ELECTROANAL CHEM
 JI J. Electroanal. Chem.
 PD MAY 15
 PY 2004
 VL 566
 IS 2
 BP 341
 EP 350
 PG 10
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Electrochemistry
 GA 817XJ
 UT ISI:000221209900012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Chen, LQ
    Zhang, JF
 TI Multi-valued solitary waves in multidimensional soliton systems
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE multidimensional soliton system; multivalued solitary wave; foldon
 ID NONLINEAR SCHRODINGER-EQUATION; NEWELL-SEGUR SYSTEM; QUARK-LOOP
    SOLITON; COHERENT STRUCTURES; VAKHNENKO EQUATION; EXCITATIONS;
    INTEGRABILITY; PEAKON
 AB Considering that folded phenomena are rather universal in nature and
    some arbitrary functions can be included in the exact excitations of
    many (2+1)-dimensional soliton systems, we use adequate multivalued
    functions to construct folded solitary structures in multi-dimensions.
    Based on some interesting variable separation results in the
    literature, a common formula with arbitrary functions has been derived
    for suitable physical quantities of some significant (2+1)-dimensional
    soliton systems like the generalized Ablowitz-Kaup-Newell-Segur (GAKNS)
    model, the generalized Nizhnik-Novikov-Veselov (GNNV) system and the
    new (2+1)-dimensional long dispersive wave (NLDW) system. Then a new
    special type of two-dimensional solitary wave structure, i.e. the
    folded solitary wave and foldon, is obtained. The novel structure
    exhibits interesting features not found in the single valued solitary
    excitations.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zjclzheng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1973, PHYS REV LETT, V30, P1262
    BENNEY DJ, 1964, J MATH PHYS, V43, P309
    BOITI M, 1986, INVERSE PROBL, V2, P271
    FOKAS AS, 1994, INVERSE PROBL L, V19, P10
    GOODMAN MB, 2002, NATURE, V415, P1039
    KAKUHATA H, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V68, P757
    LINDGARD PA, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P779
    LOCKLESS SW, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P295
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A, V29, P4029
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    MACINNIS BL, 2002, SCIENCE, V295, P1536
    MATSUTANI S, 2002, J GEOM PHYS, V43, P146
    MORRISON AJ, 1999, NONLINEARITY, V12, P1427
    NIZHNIK LP, 1980, SOV PHYS DOKL, V25, P706
    RADHA R, 1997, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P17
    SCHLEIF M, 1998, EUR PHYS J A, V1, P171
    SCHLEIF M, 1998, INT J MOD PHYS E, V7, P121
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    TANG XY, 2002, SI0210009
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4000
    VAKHNENKO VA, 1992, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V25, P4181
    VAKHNENKO VO, 1998, NONLINEARITY, V11, P1457
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P448
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE J PHYS, V41, P442
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P783
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P11
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P472
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P261
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
 NR 33
 TC 6
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 13
 IS 5
 BP 592
 EP 597
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 818VC
 UT ISI:000221271600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liao, HY
    Zhou, SP
    Shi, XY
 TI Simulating the time-dependent Ginzburg-Landau equations for type-III
    superconductors by finite-difference method
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE periodic time-dependent; Ginzburg-Landau model; finite-difference
    approximation; vortex dynamics
 ID CONFIGURATIONS; FILMS; MODEL
 AB This article presents numerical solutions of the periodic
    time-dependent Ginzburg-Landau model for the type-II superconductors by
    a finite-difference approximation. Both the static and dynamical
    properties of a single vortex are studied as the external magnetic
    field varies. Vortex and anti-vortex can coexist and annihilate with
    time in the case of no external magnetic field, while the vortex will
    approach a steady state in the presence of magnetic field. We also
    study vortex dynamical behaviours while pinning centres exist in the
    sample and find that the pinning site, which has a significant
    potential to keep the vortex from moving, may trap the vortex.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Liao, HY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM hhyy_liao@163.com
 CR BAERT M, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P3269
    DORIA MM, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P6335
    DU Q, 1992, SIAM REV, V34, P54
    DU Q, 1994, APPL ANAL, V53, P1
    DU Q, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P16194
    DU Q, 1998, MATH COMPUT, V67, P965
    DU Q, 1999, SIAM J APPL MATH, V59, P1225
    FARAM H, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P3067
    FRIESEN M, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P509
    GORKOV LP, 1974, SOV PHYS JETP, V38, P195
    KAPER HG, 1995, J COMPUT PHYS, V119, P120
    KATO R, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P8016
    LIU F, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P3071
    NIU JH, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P985
    REICHHARDT C, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P7937
    SERFATY S, 1999, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V149, P329
    SHEN JH, 1998, ELEMENTARY NUMERICAL
    TANG Q, 1995, PHYSICA D, V88, P139
    TINKHAM M, 1975, INTRO SUPERCONDUCTIV
    WANG ZD, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P11918
    XU CF, 1990, NUMERICAL SOLUTION P
    ZHOU SP, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P541
 NR 22
 TC 1
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 13
 IS 5
 BP 737
 EP 745
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 818VC
 UT ISI:000221271600028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XY
    Cao, SX
    Zhang, YF
    Tubata, K
    Cui, YJ
    Liu, YS
    Cao, GX
    Nishimura, K
    Mori, K
    Chao, J
    Zhang, JC
 TI Study of the structural and transport properties for (La1-x
    Ce-x)(2/3)Ca1/3MnO3 system
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE perovsksite manganate; Ce doping; crystal structure; transport
    properties
 ID METAL-INSULATOR-TRANSITION; MAGNETORESISTANCE; LA1-XSRXMNO3;
    MANGANITES; CE; FILMS
 AB The structural and transport properties of the perovskite
    (La1-xCex)(2/3)Ca1/3MnO3 (0 < x < 1.0) system are systematically
    investigated. It is found that the compounds with smaller Ce content
    show orthorhombic crystal structure, while CeO2 impurity phase appears
    with increasing Ce content. The fluctuations of Ce3+ and Ce4+ and
    multiple states in Mn (Mn2+/Mn3+/Mn4+) site induce disorder in this
    system and drive the metal-insulator transition temperature T-IM and
    ferromagnetic-paramagnetic transition temperature T-e to lower
    temperatures. Interestingly, it is seen that in these Ce-doped
    compounds, T-IM is higher than T-c and the difference DeltaT( = T-IM -
    T-c) becomes remarkable with increasing Ce content and reaches 50 K for
    x = 0.5. All the samples show colossal magnetoresistance (CMR) effect
    around T-c and the maximum value increases with increasing Ce content;
    for the sample with x = 0.5, it has enhanced by six orders of magnitude
    larger than the undoped sample (x = 0), but it shows an abnormal
    decrease for the samples of x greater than or equal to 0.7. On the
    whole, it is shown that the correlation between the magnetism and the
    transport properties can be well explained based on the double-exchange
    model and the thermal activation theory. The influence of Ce
    substitution for La in La2/3Ca1/3MnO3 system is also discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Toyama Univ, Fac Engn, Toyama 9308555, Japan.
    China Inst Metrol, Dept Phys, Hangzhou 310034, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, SX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM sxcao@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ASAMITSU A, 1995, NATURE, V373, P407
    CHAHARA K, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P1990
    CHEN X, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P751
    DAI DS, 1997, PROGR PHYSICS, V17, P201
    DAS S, 1997, INDIAN J PHYS, V71, P231
    DAS S, 1997, Z PHYS B CON MAT, V104, P7
    DUAN P, 2003, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V52, P2065
    JONKER GH, 1950, PHYSICA, V16, P337
    JONKER GH, 1956, PHYSICA, V22, P707
    LIN WP, 2001, CHINESE J ASTRON AST, V1, P21
    LU Y, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P789
    MAIGNAN A, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P2758
    MANDAL P, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, P15073
    MARTIN C, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P6442
    MILLIS AJ, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P5144
    MILLIS AJ, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P175
    MITRA C, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V89, P524
    NEUMEIER JJ, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P14319
    OKUDA T, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P3203
    PHILIP, 1999, J PHYS COMDENS MATTE, V11, P85237
    SCHIFFER P, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P3336
    VONHELMOLT R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2331
    WU JA, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P792
    WU SY, 2002, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V14, P12585
    XI L, 2004, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V53, P260
    XIAO CT, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1245
    YANG HD, 2000, PHYSICA B 2, V284, P1684
    ZENER C, 1951, PHYS REV, V82, P403
 NR 28
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 5
 BP 1456
 EP 1462
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 818DP
 UT ISI:000221226100035
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ML
    Xia, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Shen, HJ
    Gu, BB
 TI Performance of CVD diamond alpha particle detectors
 SO SOLID STATE COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE CVD diamond; alpha particle detector; charge collection distance
 ID ELECTRICAL-PROPERTIES; RADIATION SENSORS; FILMS; EFFICIENCY
 AB The inherent properties of diamond can, in principle, make it an ideal
    material for radiation detectors with interesting capabilities. We have
    fabricated a particle detector using a free-standing CVD diamond film
    with a thickness of 300 mum and area of 2 cm x 2 cm and measured 5.5
    MeV alpha spectra from an Am-241 source. The I-V characteristics
    indicate that a fine Ohmic contact is formed between the CVD diamond
    and electrode. At the external electric field 10 kV/cm, the collection
    efficiency reaches an average value of 41%, corresponding to a charge
    collection distance (CCD) of about 259 mum and the energy resolution
    achieves 4.3%. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai Univ Jiading, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ML, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai Univ Jiading,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM zhamilong@hotmail.com
 CR BERQONZO P, 1998, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V45, P370
    FIELDS JC, 1979, PROPERTIES DIAMOND
    HECHT K, 1932, Z PHYS, V77, P235
    MANFREDOTTI C, 1994, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V93, P516
    MARINELLI M, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P3216
    MARINELLI M, 2001, DIAM RELAT MATER, V10, P1783
    PLANO MA, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V64, P193
    SCHNETZER S, 1999, IEEE T NUCL SCI 1, V46, P193
    VITTONE E, 2002, DIAM RELAT MATER, V11, P1472
    WANG LJ, 2003, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V36, P2548
    WEILHAMMER P, 1998, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V409, P264
    ZHANG ML, 2003, DIAM RELAT MATER, V12, P1544
    ZHAO S, 1993, MATER RES SOC S P, V302, P257
 NR 13
 TC 4
 SN 0038-1098
 J9 SOLID STATE COMMUN
 JI Solid State Commun.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 130
 IS 8
 BP 551
 EP 555
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 817WZ
 UT ISI:000221208900010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SF
 TI Attractors and approximations for lattice dynamical systems
 SO JOURNAL OF DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
 DT Article
 DE global attractor; lattice system; equivalent norm
 ID REACTION-DIFFUSION SYSTEMS; UNBOUNDED-DOMAINS; GLOBAL ATTRACTOR;
    WAVE-EQUATIONS; SPATIAL CHAOS; PROPAGATION; EXISTENCE; FAILURE; R(N)
 AB We present a sufficient condition for the existence of a global
    attractor for general lattice dynamical systems, then consider the
    existence of attractors and their approximation for second-order and
    first-order lattice systems which, in particular case, can be regarded
    as the spatial discretizations of corresponding wave equations and
    reaction-diffusion equations in R-k. (C) 2004 Elsevier Inc. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM sfzhou@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BATES PW, 2001, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V11, P143
    BELL J, 1984, Q APPL MATH, V42, P1
    BELLERI V, 2001, DISCRET CONTIN DYN S, V7, P719
    CAHN JW, 1960, ACTA METALL, V8, P554
    CHATE H, 1997, PHYSICA D, V103, P1
    CHOW SN, 1995, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V42, P746
    CHOW SN, 1998, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V149, P248
    CHUA LO, 1993, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V40, P147
    ERNEUX T, 1993, PHYSICA D, V67, P237
    FABINY L, 1993, PHYS REV A B, V47, P4287
    FEIREISL E, 1996, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V129, P239
    FEIREISL E, 1997, J DYNAM DIFFERENTIAL, V9, P133
    FIRTH WJ, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P329
    HALE JK, 1988, ASYMPTOTIC BEHAV DIS
    HILLERT M, 1961, ACTA METALL, V9, P525
    JIANG MH, 1999, J STAT PHYS, V95, P791
    KANEKO K, 1993, THEORY APPL COUPLED
    KAPRAL R, 1991, J MATH CHEM, V6, P113
    KARACHALIOS NI, 1999, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V157, P183
    KEENER JP, 1987, SIAM J APPL MATH, V47, P556
    KEENER JP, 1991, J THEOR BIOL, V148, P49
    LAPLANTE JP, 1992, J PHYS CHEM-US, V96, P4931
    MERINO S, 1996, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V132, P87
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    PEREZMUNUZURI A, 1993, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V40, P872
    SHEN WX, 1996, SIAM J APPL MATH, V56, P1379
    TEMAM R, 1997, APPL MATH SCI, V68
    VONNEUMANN J, 1951, CEREBRAL MECH BEHAV, P9
    WANG BX, 1999, PHYSICA D, V128, P41
    WEINBERGER HE, 1988, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V19, P1057
    WINALOW RL, 1993, PHYSICA D, V64, P281
    YU J, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V240, P60
    ZHOU SF, 2002, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V179, P605
 NR 33
 TC 3
 SN 0022-0396
 J9 J DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
 JI J. Differ. Equ.
 PD JUN 10
 PY 2004
 VL 200
 IS 2
 BP 342
 EP 368
 PG 27
 SC Mathematics
 GA 817KK
 UT ISI:000221176200007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yao, RX
    Xu, GQ
    Li, ZB
 TI Conservation laws and soliton solutions for generalized seventh order
    KdV equation
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE seventh order evolution equation; conservation law; soliton solution;
    symbolic computation
 ID NONLINEAR EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; WAVE SOLUTIONS
 AB With the assistance of the symbolic computation system Maple, rich
    higher order polynomial-type conservation laws and a sixth order
    t/x-dependent conservation law are constructed for a generalized
    seventh order nonlinear evolution equation by using a direct algebraic
    method. From the compatibility conditions that guaranteeing the
    existence of conserved densities, an integrable unnamed seventh order
    KdV-type equation is found. By introducing some nonlinear
    transformations, the one-, two-, and three-solition solutions as well
    as the solitary wave solutions are obtained.
 C1 E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
    Weinan Teachers Coll, Dept Comp Sci, Weinan 714000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Informat Adm, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yao, RX, E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R
    China.
 CR FAN EG, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P212
    FU ZT, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V290, P72
    GOKTAS U, 1998, PHYSICA D, V123, P425
    HICKERNELL FJ, 1983, STUD APPL MATH, V69, P23
    HOHLER EGB, 1996, INT J MOD PHYS A, V11, P1831
    ITO M, 1980, J PHYS SOC JPN, V49, P771
    LEVEQUE RJ, 1992, NUMERICAL METHODS CO
    LI ZB, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P6027
    LI ZB, 1997, ACTA MATH SINICA, V17, P81
    LI ZB, 2002, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V148, P256
    MALFLIET W, 1992, AM J PHYS, V60, P650
    OLVER PJ, 1986, APPL LIE GROUPS DIFF
    PARKES EJ, 1994, J PHYS A, V27, P497
    SANDERS JA, 1997, MATH COMPUT SIMULAT, V44, P471
    SANDERS JA, 2000, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V166, P132
    SANZSERNA JM, 1982, J COMPUT PHYS, V47, P199
    WANG ML, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V303, P45
    WOLF T, 2003, J APPL MATH, V13, P129
    YAO RX, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V297, P196
 NR 19
 TC 1
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD APR 15
 PY 2004
 VL 41
 IS 4
 BP 487
 EP 492
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 816ZI
 UT ISI:000221147400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
 TI Interactions among peakons, dromions, and compactons for a
    (2+1)-dimensional soliton system
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE interaction; peakon; dromion; compacton
 ID NONLINEAR SCHRODINGER-EQUATION; LOCALIZED COHERENT STRUCTURES;
    DAVEY-STEWARTSON EQUATION; NOVIKOV-VESELOV EQUATION; DISPERSIVE WAVE
    SYSTEM; NEWELL-SEGUR SYSTEM; PAINLEVE INTEGRABILITY; SIMILARITY
    REDUCTIONS; GENERAL-SOLUTION; AKNS SYSTEM
 AB Starting from the known variable separation excitations of a (2 +
    1)-dimensional generalized Ablowitz-Kaup-Newell-Segur system,
    rich-coherent structures can be derived. The interactions among
    different types of solitary waves like peakons, dromions, and
    compactons are investigated and some novel features or interesting
    behaviors are revealed. The results show that the interactions for
    peakon-dromion, compacton-dromion, and peakon-compacton may be
    completely nonelastic or completely elastic.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zjclzheng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1973, PHYS REV LETT, V30, P1262
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    CHEN CL, 2002, PHYS REV E 2B, V66
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4209
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LOU SY, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V262, P344
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    LOU SY, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10619
    LOU SY, 2002, PHYS SCRIPTA, V65, P7
    RADHA R, 1997, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P17
    ROSENAU P, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P564
    ROSENAU P, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P1737
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P1006
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P448
    ZHANG JF, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V313, P401
    ZHENG CL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2426
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P653
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P783
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P11
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P472
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P261
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P261
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P9
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P25
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P385
 NR 30
 TC 1
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD APR 15
 PY 2004
 VL 41
 IS 4
 BP 513
 EP 520
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 816ZI
 UT ISI:000221147400008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU An, WK
    Qiu, XJ
    Zhu, ZY
 TI Nuclear fusion induced by Coulomb-hydrodynamic explosion of deuterium
    clusters in intense laser pulses
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID ATOMIC CLUSTERS; IONIZATION; DYNAMICS; FIELDS
 AB Considering the Coulomb-hydrodynamic explosion induced by the
    interaction of a deuterium cluster target with an ultra-intensity
    femtosecond laser, we analyse the mechanism of generating energetic
    deuterium nuclei for the fusion. We propose formulae for expansions of
    deuterium ion cluster which are driven by Coulomb-hydrodynamic
    explosion. Hence the kinetic energies of deuterium nuclei, the
    expansion time and exploding efficiency of deuterium ion cluster have
    been estimated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Hunan Inst Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Yueyang 414000, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP An, WK, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM anweike12@163.com
 CR AN WK, 2004, IN PRESS ACTA PHYS S
    AUGST S, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P2212
    DITMIRE T, 1997, NATURE, V386, P54
    DITMIRE T, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P2732
    DITMIRE T, 1999, NATURE, V398, P489
    DOBOSZ S, 1997, PHYS REV A, V56, P2526
    KOLLER L, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P3783
    LAST I, 1997, J CHEM PHYS, V107, P6685
    LEZIUS M, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P261
    LIU JS, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P1492
    MORSE PM, 1968, THOERETICAL ACOUSTIC
    SCHLIPPER R, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1194
    SHAV YL, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P3343
    SPITZER L, 1967, PHYS FULLY IONIZED G
    SWRAND E, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P2296
    ZWEIBACK J, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P2634
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 5
 BP 895
 EP 897
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 817KB
 UT ISI:000221175300037
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ge, XS
    Chen, LQ
 TI Attitude control of a rigid spacecraft with two momentum wheel
    actuators using genetic algorithm
 SO ACTA ASTRONAUTICA
 DT Article
 ID STABILIZATION; DYNAMICS; TORQUES; BODIES
 AB The control problem of the spacecraft attitude using two momentum wheel
    actuators is investigated. It is well-known that attitude of a rigid
    spacecraft can be controlled by using three momentum wheels. If one of
    the momentum wheels is failure, the complete spacecraft equations are
    not controllable. When the total angular momentum of the system is
    zero, the control problem of the spacecraft attitude becomes a steering
    problem for a drift free control system. In this paper, based on the
    optimal control theory, a genetic algorithm for steering a rigid
    spacecraft with two momentum wheels is proposed. The genetic algorithm
    provide the results of a numerical simulation to prove its efficiency
    and stability. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Beijing Inst Machinery, Basic Sci Courses Dept, Beijing 100085, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM lqchen@online.sh.cn
 CR AEYELS D, 1985, SYSTEMS CONTROL LETT, V5, P59
    BLOCH AM, 1992, AUTOMATICA, V28, P745
    CHENG GL, 1996, GENETIC ALGORITHM IT
    CROUCH PE, 1984, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V29, P87
    FERNANDES C, 1991, P IEEE INT C ROB AUT, P680
    FERNANDES C, 1994, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V39, P450
    GE XS, 1999, TECHNISCHE MECH, V19, P233
    GOLDBERG DE, 1991, COMPLEX SYSTEMS, V5, P139
    KRISHNAN H, 1994, AUTOMATICA, V30, P1023
    KRISHNAN H, 1995, J GUID CONTROL DYNAM, V18, P256
    LIU YZ, 1995, SPACECRAFT ATTITUDE
    TSIOTRAS P, 1995, AUTOMATICA, V31, P1099
    WALSH GC, 1995, IEEE T ROBOTIC AUTOM, V11, P139
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0094-5765
 J9 ACTA ASTRONAUT
 JI Acta Astronaut.
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 55
 IS 1
 BP 3
 EP 8
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 817VG
 UT ISI:000221204400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, HB
    Zhai, QJ
    Qi, FP
    Gong, YY
 TI Effect of side transmission of power ultrasonic on structure of AZ81
    magnesium alloy
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE power ultrasonic; side transmission; AZ81 alloy; solidification
    structure
 ID CAVITATION MELT TREATMENT
 AB In order to promote the application of power ultrasonic in metallurgic
    industry, ultrasonic vibration is introduced from the side of AZ81
    ingot by adopting the automatic-attracting amplitude transformer horn
    which has independently been designed and produced, and the effect of
    the side transmission of ultrasonic on the solidification structure of
    metal is investigated. The results show that under this experimental
    condition, power ultrasonic can greatly improve the solidification
    structure of AZ81 magnesium alloy. Compared with the traditional
    modification methods in which inoculants are added into melt, power
    ultrasonic has a better performance. The present research gives us a
    new way for the application of ultrasonic refinement technique.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhai, QJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM qjzhai@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ABDELREHIM M, 1984, METAL, V38, P131
    ABDELREIHIM M, 1984, METALL, V38, P1156
    ABRAMOV OV, 1987, ULTRASONICS, V25, P73
    DAHLE AK, 2001, J LIGHT METALS, P63
    ESKIN GI, 1997, MATER SCI FORUM, V242, P65
    ESKIN GI, 2001, ULTRASON SONOCHEM, V8, P319
    LI YL, 1999, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V9, P719
    LIU Z, 2000, BASIC PRINCIPLES APP, P27
    LU WH, 1996, FOUNDRY ALLOYS MELTI, P381
    PUSKAR A, 1982, USE HIGH INTENSITY U, P56
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 14
 IS 2
 BP 302
 EP 305
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 816EQ
 UT ISI:000221093600019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Leng, GS
    Zhao, CJ
    He, BW
    Li, XY
 TI Inequalities for polars of mixed projection bodies
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE convex body; mixed volume; projection body mixed projection body; polar
    of mixed projection body; John basis
 ID MINIMAL VOLUME-PRODUCT; CONVEX-BODIES; WIDTH; ZONOIDS
 AB In 1993 Lutwak established some analogs of the Brunn-Minkowsi
    inequality and the Aleksandrov-Fenchel inequality for mixed projection
    bodies. In this paper, following Lutwak, we give their polars forms.
    Further, as applications of our methods, we give a generalization of
    Pythagorean inequality for mixed volumes.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Binzhou Teachers Coll, Dept Math, Binzhou 256604, Peoples R China.
 RP Leng, GS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM gleng@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ALEXANDER R, 1988, GEOM DEDICATA, V28, P199
    BALL K, 1991, T AM MATH SOC, V327, P891
    BARTHE F, 1998, MATH ANN, V310, P685
    BETKE U, 1983, J LOND MATH SOC, V27, P525
    BLASCHKE W, 1949, VORLESUNGEN INTEGRAL
    BOLKER ED, 1969, T AM MATH SOC, V145, P323
    BONNESEN T, 1934, THEORIE KONVEXEN KOR
    BOURGAIN J, 1988, LECT NOTES MATH, V1317, P250
    BRANNEN NS, 1996, MATHEMATIKA 2, V43, P255
    CHAKERIAN GD, 1967, T AM MATH SOC, V129, P26
    CHAKERIAN GD, 1997, T AM MATH SOC, V349, P1811
    FIREY WJ, 1960, MATH SCAND, V8, P168
    GOODEY PR, 1993, HDB CONVEX GEOMETRY, V326, P1297
    GORDON Y, 1988, P AM MATH SOC, V104, P273
    HARDY GH, 1934, INEQUALITIES
    KAWASHIMA, 1991, GEOM DEDICATA, V38, P73
    KUTWAK E, 1990, GEOM DEDICATA, V33, P51
    LENG GS, 2001, SCI CHINA SER A, V44, P837
    LUTWAK E, 1975, P AM MATH SOC, V53, P435
    LUTWAK E, 1985, T AM MATH SOC, V287, P91
    LUTWAK E, 1986, T AM MATH SOC, V294, P487
    LUTWAK E, 1988, ADV MATH, V71, P232
    LUTWAK E, 1990, P LOND MATH SOC, V60, P365
    LUTWAK E, 1993, T AM MATH SOC, V339, P901
    MARTINI H, 1984, BEITRAGE ALGEBRA GEO, V18, P75
    REISNER S, 1986, MATH Z, V192, P339
    REN DL, 1988, INTRO INTEGRAL GEOME
    RICHARD J, 1995, GEOMETRIC TOMOGRAPHY
    ROGERS CA, 1965, SETIONS PROJECTION C, V24, P99
    SCHNEIDER R, 1982, B LOND MATH SOC, V14, P549
    SCHNEIDER R, 1983, ZONOIDS RELATED TOPI, P296
    SCHNEIDER R, 1993, BRUNN MINKOWSKI THEO
    STANLEY RP, 1981, J COMB THEORY A, V31, P56
    VITALE RA, 1991, ANN APPL PROBAB, V1, P293
    WITSENHAUSEN HS, 1978, MATHEMATIKA, V25, P13
    YANG L, 1986, ACTA MATH SINICA, V6, P802
    ZHANG JZ, 1981, ACTA MATH SINICA, V24, P481
 NR 37
 TC 0
 SN 1006-9283
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math.
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 47
 IS 2
 BP 175
 EP 186
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 816NX
 UT ISI:000221117700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, W
    Li, XY
    Dong, H
 TI Preliminary investigation into the load bearing capacity of ion beam
    surface modified UHMWPE
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID MOLECULAR-WEIGHT POLYETHYLENE; IMPLANTATION
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Birmingham, Sch Engn, Dept Met & Mat, Birmingham B15 2TT, W Midlands, England.
 RP Shi, W, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERS A, 2000, HDB PLASMA IMMERSION
    DONG H, 1999, SURF COAT TECH, V111, P29
    HUTCHINGS R, 1991, P 7 INT C SURF WASH, P15
    SHI W, 2001, THESIS U BIRMINGHAM
    SHI W, 2001, WEAR 1, V250, P544
    TOTH A, 2000, SURF INTERFACE ANAL, V30, P434
    TUROS A, 2003, VACUUM, V70, P201
    WILLIAMS DB, 1996, TRANSMISSION ELECT M, P353
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD MAY 1
 PY 2004
 VL 39
 IS 9
 BP 3183
 EP 3186
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 816HC
 UT ISI:000221100000033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, XM
    Fan, X
    Tang, YF
    Chen, JH
    Lub, JC
 TI Liquid chromatography/quadrupole time-of-flight mass spectrometry for
    determination of saxitoxin and decarbamoylsaxitoxin in shellfish
 SO JOURNAL OF CHROMATOGRAPHY A
 DT Article
 DE shellfish poisoning; saxitoxin; decarbamoylsaxitoxin
 ID POISONING TOXINS; PRECHROMATOGRAPHIC OXIDATION; FLUORESCENCE DETECTION;
    HPLC; PSP
 AB Saxitoxin (STX) and decarbamoylsaxitoxin (dcSTX) were determined by
    liquid chromatography with quadrupole time-of-flight mass spectrometry
    (Q-TOF MS). A shellfish tissue was extracted with 0.1 mol/l HCl under
    ultrasonication, and cleanup of extract was accomplished by solid-phase
    extraction with a C 18 cartridge. Chromatographic separation was
    carried out on a C 18 column (150 mm x 2.1 mm, 3.5 mum) with gradient
    elution of MeOH-H2O (20:80) containing 0.05% heptafluorobutyric acid
    and MeOH-H2O (15:85) containing 0.05% acetic acid. The protonated
    molecule [M + H](+) ions at m/z 257 for dcSTX and 300 for STX were
    selected in precursor ion scanning for Q-TOF MS in the positive
    electrospray ionizaion mode. Average recoveries and relative standard
    deviations, by analyzing samples spiked at a level of 0.1, 0.8 or 1.6
    mug/g, were 84-92 and 8-14%, respectively. Identification of the
    presence of the toxins in shellfish tissues was based on the structural
    information offered by Q-TOF MS. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Exit Entry Inspect & Quarantine Bur, Ctr Anim Plant & Food Inspect & Quarantine, Shanghai 200135, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, XM, Shanghai Exit Entry Inspect & Quarantine Bur, Ctr Anim Plant
    & Food Inspect & Quarantine, 1208 Minsheng Rd, Shanghai 200135, Peoples
    R China.
 EM fangxm@shciq.gov.cn
 CR *AOAC, 1995, 95908 AOAC
    *CHIN IMP EXP COMM, 1995, SNT00011995 CHIN IMP
    BOYER GL, 1996, 5 CAN WORKSH HARM MA, P1
    DAHLMANN J, 2003, J CHROMATOGR A, V94, P45
    HASHIMOTO T, 2002, J FOOD HYG SOC JPN, V43, P144
    ITO K, 2003, TOXICON, V41, P291
    JAIME E, 2001, J CHROMATOGR A, V929, P43
    LAGOS N, 1999, TOXICON, V37, P1359
    LAWRENCE JF, 1991, J ASSOC OFF ANA CHEM, V74, P404
    LAWRENCE JF, 2001, J AOAC INT, V84, P1099
    LEHANE L, 2000, PARALYTIC SHELLFISH
    OIKAWA H, 2002, TOXICON, V40, P1593
    QUILLIAM MA, 1996, APPL LC MS ENV CHEM, P427
    VALE P, 2001, TOXICON, V39, P561
    YU RC, 1998, CHROMATOGRAPHIA, V48, P671
 NR 15
 TC 2
 SN 0021-9673
 J9 J CHROMATOGR A
 JI J. Chromatogr. A
 PD MAY 21
 PY 2004
 VL 1036
 IS 2
 BP 233
 EP 237
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Biochemical Research Methods
 GA 816II
 UT ISI:000221103200019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, ZJ
    Fan, C
    Cao, WG
    Tang, XH
 TI A convenient synthesis and structures analysis of multi substituted
    benzene by alkanes containing fluorine and other groups
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE multi substituted benzenes; structures analysis; nuclear magnetic
    resonance; infrared spectroscopy; mass spectroscopy
 ID ACYCLIC PRECURSORS; FACILE SYNTHESIS
 AB A group of multi substituted benzenes was prepared via intramolecular
    Wittig reaction of a kind of long chain phosphonic yelides. The
    products were analysis by H-1 nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), C-13
    NMR, infrared, mass spectrometry and element analysis. The reaction
    paths and mechanism were also discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CAO WG, 1997, J FLUORINE CHEM, V83, P21
    DING WY, 1987, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V28, P81
    DING WY, 1992, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P635
    DING WY, 1993, CHINESE J CHEM, V11, P81
    DING WY, 1993, J CHEM SOC P1, P855
    DING WY, 1995, CHINESE J CHEM, V13, P468
    FAN C, 2001, CHINESE J MAGNETIC R, V18, P383
    NING YC, 2000, STRUCTURE IDENTIFICA, P47
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0253-3820
 J9 CHINESE J ANAL CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Anal. Chem.
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 32
 IS 2
 BP 161
 EP 165
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA 815ER
 UT ISI:000221026100008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, GY
    Chen, YL
 TI Preparation and characterization of a novel zirconia precursor
 SO CERAMICS INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE precursor; spectroscopy; X-ray methods; thermal properties; zirconia
 ID ACETIC-ACID; STRETCHING FREQUENCIES; THERMAL-DECOMPOSITION; ACETATE
    GELS; COMPLEXES; CRYSTALLIZATION; BEHAVIOR; MONOMERS; DIMERS; WATER
 AB A novel zirconium oxy-hydroxy-acetate was synthesized from zirconium
    oxychloride and acetic acid solution by a simple metalorganic
    precipitation process. On the basis of differential thermal,
    thermogravimetric, and elemental analyses of the precipitation complex,
    it could be described as Zr4O3(OH)(7)(CH3COO)(3).5H(2)O, which was
    further confirmed by its infrared spectra and X-ray diffraction
    measurements. A tentative assignment was made for each band in the
    infrared spectrum of the zirconium-oxy-hydroxyacetate. and the
    assignments discordant with those in the literature proposed for some
    bands. The structure development in the precipitating complex and its
    pyrolysis products was investigated as a function of the heat
    processing temperatures, showing that the zirconium oxy-hydroxv-acetate
    could yield a zirconia comparable to that formed from zirconium acetate
    solution by the other processes in the literature. The present process
    offers distinct advantages in terms of time- and energy-saving and
    environmental friendliness. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd and Techna S.r.l. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, GY, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ALCOCK NW, 1976, J CHEM SOC DA, P2238
    BALMER ML, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P946
    BARRACLOUGH CG, 1959, J CHEM SOC, P3552
    BERRY FJ, 1999, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V145, P394
    BRUSAU EV, 1999, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V143, P174
    BURNEAU A, 2000, PHYS CHEM CHEM PHYS, V2, P5020
    COLTHUP NB, 1990, INTRO INFRARED RAMAN
    COTTON FA, 1972, ADV INORGANIC CHEM
    DEACON GB, 1980, COORDIN CHEM REV, V33, P227
    GEICULESCU AC, 1999, J SOL-GEL SCI TECHN, V16, P243
    GEICULESCU AC, 2000, J SOL-GEL SCI TECHN, V17, P25
    GENIN F, 2001, PHYS CHEM CHEM PHYS, V3, P932
    GUO GY, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P3511
    GUO GY, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P1294
    HOWARD WA, 1997, J ORGANOMET CHEM, V528, P95
    JANA S, 1997, J SOL-GEL SCI TECHN, V9, P227
    KAKLHANA M, 1983, J PHYS CHEM-US, V87, P2526
    KOMISSAROVA LN, 1966, RUSS J INORG CHEMN, V11, P2035
    KOMMISAROVA LN, 1963, RUSS J INORG CHEM, V8, P56
    LIU DW, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P1413
    NAKAMOTO K, 1997, INFRARED RAMAN SPECT
    PARKIN G, 1998, PROGR INORGANIC CHEM, P1
    PAUL RC, 1976, AUST J CHEM, V29, P1605
    POWERS DA, 1973, INORG CHEM, V12, P2721
    PROZOROVSKAYA L, 1967, RUSS J INORG CHEM, V12, P2553
    SAMDI A, 1993, J EUR CERAM SOC, V12, P353
    SILVERSTEIN RM, 1991, SPECTROMETRIC IDENTI
    SMITH BC, 1998, INFRARED SPECTRAL IN
    STRAUGHAN BP, 1986, SPECTROCHIM ACTA A, V42, P451
    TURI L, 1993, J PHYS CHEM-US, V97, P12197
 NR 30
 TC 0
 SN 0272-8842
 J9 CERAM INT
 JI Ceram. Int.
 PY 2004
 VL 30
 IS 3
 BP 469
 EP 475
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 815HQ
 UT ISI:000221033800020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sheng, DF
    Cheng, CJ
    Fu, MF
 TI Generalized variational principles of the viscoelastic body with voids
    and their applications
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE viscoelastic solid with void; variational integral method; generalized
    variational principle; generalized potential energy principle;
    Timoshenko beam
 AB From the Boltzmann's constitutive law of viscoelastic materials and the
    linear theory of elastic materials with voids, a constitutive model of
    generalized force fields for viscoelastic solids with voids was given.
    By using the variational integral method, the convolution-type
    functional was given and the corresponding generalized variational
    principles and potential energy principle of viscoelastic solids with
    voids were presented. It can be shown that the variational principles
    correspond to the differential equations and the initial and boundary
    conditions of viscoelastic body with voids. As an application, a
    generalized variational principle of viscoelastic Timoshenko beams with
    damage was obtained which corresponds to the differential equations of
    generalized motion and the initial and boundary conditions of beams.
    The variational principles provide a way for solving problems of
    viscoelastic solids with voids.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Nanchang Univ, Inst Civil Engn, Grad Sch Engn Mech, Nanchang 330029, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM shengdf@eyou.com
    chjcheng@yc.shu.edu.cn
 CR CHENG CJ, 1998, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V35, P4491
    CHENG CJ, 2002, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V23, P90
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, VARIATIONAL METHODS
    CHIEN WZ, 1985, GEN VARIATIONAL PRIN
    COWIN SC, 1983, J ELASTICITY, V13, P125
    GURTIN ME, 1964, ARCHS RATION MECH AN, V16, P34
    LIANG LF, 1985, J HARBIN SHIPBUILDIN, V6, P86
    LUO E, 1987, SCI CHINA SER A, V17, P936
    LUO E, 1990, ACTA MECH SINICA, V22, P484
    LUO E, 1999, SCI CHINA SER A, V29, P81
    UO ZD, 1994, THEORY MAT ANISOTROP
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 4
 BP 381
 EP 389
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 816UJ
 UT ISI:000221134500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dai, WW
    Jin, GQ
    Zhang, XL
    Zhao, WK
 TI Partial Abstracts of East China Symposium of Biochemistry & Molecular
    Biology - 2003 (Part II) - Abstracts
 SO ACTA BIOCHIMICA ET BIOPHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 C1 Inst Naut Med, Nantong Med Coll, Nantong 226001, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai TCM, Res Inst Gerontol, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Biochem, TCM, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
    Suzhou Univ, Dept Biochem & Mol, Suzhou 215007, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Biochem & Cell Biol, Key Lab Proteom, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
    Hiroshima Univ, Dept Mol Biochem, Hiroshima 7390024, Japan.
    Fujian Normal Univ, Coll Bioengn, Fuzhou 350007, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Agr Sci, Sericultural Res Inst, Minist Agr, Key Lab Silkworm Biotechnol, Zhenjiang 212018, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Biochem & Cell Biol, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Mol Biol & Cell Biol, Hefei 230027, Peoples R China.
 RP Dai, WW, Inst Naut Med, Nantong Med Coll, Nantong 226001, Peoples R
    China.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0582-9879
 J9 ACTA BIOCHIM BIOPHYS SINICA
 JI Acta Biochim. Biophys. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 36
 IS 2
 BP 163
 EP 167
 PG 5
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Biophysics
 GA 815WY
 UT ISI:000221073600012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ML
    Xia, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Shen, HJ
 TI Response of chemical vapor deposition diamond detectors to X-ray
 SO SOLID STATE COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE chemical vapor deposition diamond; X-ray; radiation detector
 ID PARTICLE DETECTOR; FILMS
 AB The outstanding properties of diamond, Such as radiation hardness. high
    carrier mobility, high hand gap and breakdown field, distinguish it as
    a good candidate for radiation detectors. The detector's performance is
    strongly limited by the concentration of defects (grain boundaries
    and/or impurities) in chemical vapor deposition (CVD) diamond. We
    report the response of freestanding CVD diamond with a thickness of 300
    mum and area of 2 x 2 cm(2) synthesized by a hot filament chemical
    vapor deposition (HFCVD) technique, to 5.9 keV X-ray radiation from a
    Fe-55 Source. The linear l-V characteristics indicate that CVD diamond
    has good ohmic contacts. This detector also shows good results Such as
    dark-current Of 10(-8) A, photocurrent of 10(-6) A. energy resolution
    <0.4%. and a high ratio of signal to noise. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ML, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples
    R China.
 EM zhamilong@hotmail.com
 CR ADAM W, 2003, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V514, P79
    BEETZ CP, 1991, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V38, P107
    BEHNKE T, 1998, DIAM RELAT MATER, V7, P1553
    FOULON F, 1994, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V41, P927
    KOSLOV SF, 1975, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V22, P160
    KOZLOV SF, 1975, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V22, P160
    KOZLOV SF, 1988, CARBON, V26, P345
    NAVA F, 1979, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V26, P308
    VATNITSKY S, 1993, PHYS MED BIOL, V38, P173
    VATNITSKY SM, 1993, RADIAT PROT DOSIM, V47, P515
    ZHANG ML, 2003, DIAM RELAT MATER, V12, P1544
 NR 11
 TC 5
 SN 0038-1098
 J9 SOLID STATE COMMUN
 JI Solid State Commun.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 130
 IS 6
 BP 425
 EP 428
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 814XF
 UT ISI:000221006700013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fu, JL
    Chen, LQ
 TI Perturbation of symmetries of rotational relativistic Birkhoffian
    systems and its inverse problem
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE Lie symmetry; perturbation of symmetry; adiabatic invariants;
    rotational relativistic Birkhoffian mechanics; inverse problem
 ID ADIABATIC INVARIANT; EQUILIBRIUM STATE; DYNAMICS; STABILITY
 AB This Letter investigates the perturbation of symmetries and adiabatic
    invariants for the rotational relativistic Birkhoffian systems. The
    Pfaff-Birkhoff principle, equation of motion and equation of small
    disturbance are established. Lie symmetries, laws of conservations,
    symmetrical perturbations and adiabatic invariants are presented, based
    on the invariance of differential equations under infinitesimal
    transformations. The inverse problems are also discussed for the
    perturbation of the symmetries of these systems. The connection is
    demonstrated between the symmetrical perturbations of rotational
    relativistic Birkhoffian systems and those of classical rotational
    Birkhoffian systems. Finally, an example is discussed to further
    illustrate the applications. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shangqiu Teachers Coll, Dept Phys, Shangqui 476000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, JL, Shangqiu Teachers Coll, Dept Phys, Shangqui 476000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM sqfujingli@163.com
    lqchen@online.sh.cn
 CR AGUIRRE M, 1988, J MATH PHYS, V29, P9
    BIRGERS JM, 1917, ANN PHYS, V52, P195
    BIRKHOFF GD, 1927, DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS
    BULANOV SV, 1992, NUCL FUSION, V32, P1531
    CARMELI M, 1985, FDN PHYS, V15, P173
    CARMELI M, 1985, FDN PHYSICS, V15, P889
    CARMELI M, 1985, FOUND PHYS, V15, P1019
    CARMELI M, 1985, INT THEOR PHYS, V25, P89
    CHEN XW, 2000, ACTA MECH SINICA, V16, P282
    CHEN XW, 2000, CHINESE PHYS, V9, P721
    CIZEWSKI JA, 1978, PHYS REV LETT, V40, P167
    DJUKIC DS, 1981, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V16, P489
    FU JL, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2289
    FU JL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V51, P2983
    FU JL, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P256
    FU JL, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P2664
    FU JL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P351
    FUCHS JC, 1991, J MATH PHYS, V32, P1703
    KRUSKAL M, 1962, J MATH PHYS, V3, P806
    LUO SK, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P383
    MEI FX, 1985, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V36, P817
    MULLER J, 1995, J CHEM PHYS, V103, P4985
    NEMOV VV, 1999, PHYS PLASMAS, V6, P122
    NOTTE J, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P3900
    SANTILLI RM, 1983, FDN THEORETICAL MECH, V2
    ZHAO YY, 1996, ACTA MECH SINICA, V28, P207
 NR 26
 TC 2
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD APR 12
 PY 2004
 VL 324
 IS 2-3
 BP 95
 EP 103
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 812KL
 UT ISI:000220838300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, YM
    Cao, XF
    Chen, H
 TI Spin-polarized transmission through a mesoscopic ring with a magnetic
    impurity
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE spin-polarized AB oscillations; mesoscopic ring; magnetic impurity
 ID AHARONOV-BOHM OSCILLATIONS; QUANTUM-DOT; PHASE; INTERFERENCE; DETECTOR
 AB Based on one-dimensional quantum waveguide theory we study the symmetry
    of the spin-polarized transmission through an Aharonov-Bohm ring with a
    magnetic impurity, in which the spin-exchange interaction between an
    incident electron and the magnetic impurity leads to spin-flip
    scattering. It shows that for some special Fermi energies, both spin-up
    and spin-down transmission coefficients are symmetric under the flux
    reversal in the spin-flip scattering process and the spin-polarized
    conductance also is symmetric. In above case, AB oscillations of
    spin-down transmission and reflection are perfectly identical. The
    effect of the exchange interaction strength and Fermi wave vector on
    transmission behavior of spin-state electrons is examined. (C) 2004
    Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, YM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM ymshi@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BRUDER C, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P114
    BUKS E, 1998, NATURE, V391, P871
    CHEN H, 1998, INT J MOD PHYS B, V12, P1792
    DEO PS, 1996, MOD PHYS LETT B, V10, P787
    HACKENBROICH G, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P110
    JOSHI SK, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    PRINZ G, 1995, PHYS TODAY, V28, P58
    PRINZ GA, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, P1660
    SCHUSTER R, 1997, NATURE, V385, P417
    SHI YM, 1999, J SHANGHAI UNIV, V3, P339
    SHI YM, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P10949
    SHI YM, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V299, P4101
    SPRINZAK D, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P5820
    WOLF SA, 2001, SCIENCE, V294, P1488
    WU J, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1952
    XIA JB, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P3593
    YACOBY A, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P4047
    YEYATI AL, 1995, PHYS REV B, V52, P14360
 NR 18
 TC 1
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD APR 19
 PY 2004
 VL 324
 IS 4
 BP 331
 EP 336
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 813AB
 UT ISI:000220878900012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, XF
    Wu, HX
    Hu, X
    Fang, SQ
    Wu, CJ
 TI Impact of urbanization on Shanghai's soil environmental quality
 SO PEDOSPHERE
 DT Article
 DE contamination; heavy metals; soil environmental quality; urbanization
 ID LAND-USE; URBAN; HEALTH
 AB Heavy metal contents in the soils in the Baoshan District of Shanghai
    were monitored to evaluate the risk of soil environmental quality
    degradation due to rapid urbanization and to reveal the ways of heavy
    metal accumulation in soil during rapid urban sprawl. It was found that
    the soils in this district were commonly contaminated by Pb, Zn and Cd.
    Evaluated with a geo-accumulation index (I-geo), the rate of Pb
    contamination in soils was 100% with 59% of these graded as
    moderate-severe or severe; Zn contamination reached 59% with 6% graded
    as moderate-severe or severe; and Cd contamination was over 50%, with
    one site graded as moderate-severe and another severe-extremely severe.
    Metal contamination of soils around the Shanghai metropolis was mainly
    attributed to traffic, industrial production, wastewater irrigation and
    improper disposal of solid wastes. Because of continuing urbanization,
    the cultivated land around the metropolis should be comprehensively
    planned and carefully managed. Also the soil environmental quality of
    vegetable production bases in this area should be monitored regularly,
    with vegetables to be grown selected according to the degrees and types
    of soil contamination.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Hu, XF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xfhu@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR *NSPRC, 1995, GB156181995 NSPRC
    *SEPB, 2002, SHANGH ENV B
    *UN, 1993, WORLD URB PROSP 1992
    *USDA NRCS NSSC, 1996, SOIL SURV LAB METH M, P217
    GURJAR BR, 1996, REGUL TOXICOL PHAR 1, V24, P141
    LIAO JF, 2001, ECOLOGIC SCI, V20, P91
    LU Y, 2002, ACTA SCI CIRCUMSTANT, V22, P156
    MCDADE TW, 2001, SOC SCI MED, V53, P55
    MULLER G, 1969, GEOJOURNAL, V2, P108
    NAKAMURA T, 2001, LANDSCAPE URBAN PLAN, V53, P1
    PANG JH, 1994, J PLANT RESOURCES EN, V8, P20
    PANG JH, 1995, TROPICAL SUBTROPICAL, V4, P47
    REN WW, 2003, ENVIRON INT, V29, P649
    SHEN H, 1990, ACT PEDOLOGICA SINIC, V27, P104
    TSO CP, 1996, ATMOS ENVIRON, V30, P507
    YOU YA, 1999, ELECT POWER ENV PROT, V15, P5
    ZHAN JQ, 1998, GUANGDONG TRACE ELEM, V5, P5
    ZHANG JE, 1997, SOILS, V4, P189
    ZHANG MK, 2003, PEDOSPHERE, V13, P173
    ZHOU GD, 1992, ACTA AGR SHANGHAI, V8, P87
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0160
 J9 PEDOSPHERE
 JI Pedosphere
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 14
 IS 2
 BP 151
 EP 158
 PG 8
 SC Agriculture, Soil Science
 GA 813LS
 UT ISI:000220909200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fan, S
    Shi, XC
    Yan, F
    Zhang, HZ
    Zhao, ZX
 TI A systematics to investigate the (n, alpha) cross section with energy
    below 20 MeV based on the evaporation and exciton models
 SO NUCLEAR SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 ID 14.5 MEV NEUTRONS; SEMIEMPIRICAL SYSTEMATICS; EXCITATION-FUNCTIONS;
    STATISTICAL-MODEL; N,ALPHA REACTIONS; N,P; ISOTOPES; NUCLEI; SPECTRA;
    TRENDS
 AB To simplify the calculation, some assumptions are considered in the
    current work. The preequilibrium emission in the first step in the
    equilibrium process, which is characterized by exciton n = 3 and "never
    come back, " is considered in the preequilibrium emission process; the
    alpha emission is only completed with the neutron and proton emission,
    and the second particle emission is neglected. Under those assumptions,
    a semiempirical systematics of the cross section for the (n, a)
    reaction is obtained on the basis of the evaporation and exciton models
    for the energies ranging up to 20 Me V Within the nuclide mass region
    of 23 less than or equal to A < 209, a strong dependence on (N - Z +
    1)/A and the incident neutron has been observed. The predictions of the
    semiempirical systematics with the global parameter of the excitation
    functions for the (n,alpha) reaction are in good agreement with the
    experimental data.
 C1 Inst Atom Energy, Beijing 102413, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Hunan City Univ, Dept Phys, Yiyang 413049, Peoples R China.
    N China Elect Power Univ, Beijing 102206, Peoples R China.
    NW Univ Xian, Dept Phys, Xian 710006, Peoples R China.
 RP Fan, S, Inst Atom Energy, Beijing 102413, Peoples R China.
 EM sfan@iris.ciae.ac.cn
 CR ALLAN DL, 1961, NUCL PHYS, V24, P274
    BAYHURST BP, 1961, J INORG NUCL CHEM, V23, P173
    BELGAID M, 1998, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V142, P463
    CAHTERJEE A, 1963, NUCL PHYS, V49, P686
    CHATTERJEE A, 1963, NUCL PHYS, V47, P511
    CHATTERJEE A, 1964, NUCL PHYS, V60, P273
    CHITTENDEN DM, 1961, PHYS REV, V122, P860
    COLEMAN RF, 1959, P PHYS SOC LOND, V73, P215
    DOCZI R, 1998, NUCL SCI ENG, V129, P164
    DOSTROVSKY I, 1959, PHYS REV, V116, P683
    EDER G, 1972, Z PHYS, V253, P335
    FAN S, 1996, NUCL SCI ENG, V124, P349
    FORREST RA, 1986, 12419 AERER HARW LAB
    FU CY, 1980, ORNLTM7402
    GADIOLI E, 1976, PHYS REV C, V14, P573
    GARDNER DG, 1962, NUCL PHYS, V29, P373
    GARDNER DG, 1964, NUCL PHYS, V60, P49
    GARDNER DG, 1967, NUCL PHYS A, V96, P121
    GRALLERT A, 1993, INDCNDS286131
    GRIFFIN JJ, 1966, PHYS REV LETT, V17, P478
    HAUSER W, 1952, PHYS REV, V87, P366
    HERMAN M, EMPIRE 2 MODULAR SYS
    HUSAIN L, 1970, PHYS REV           C, V1, P1233
    IKEDA Y, 1988, JAERI1312
    IWAMOTO A, 1982, PHYS REV C, V26, P1821
    KASUGAI Y, 1992, JAERIM93046277
    KHUUKHENKHUU G, 2002, J NUCL SCI TECH S, V2, P782
    KONOBEYEV AY, 1995, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V103, P15
    KONOBEYEV AY, 1996, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V108, P233
    LU D, 1970, PHYS REV C, V1, P358
    LU H, 1989, INDCCPR16
    LU WD, 1971, PHYS REV C, V4, P1173
    MANNAN A, 1988, PHYS REV C, V38, P630
    MOLLA NI, 1977, NUCL PHYS A, V283, P269
    PAULSEN A, 1979, NUCL SCI ENG, V72, P113
    QAIM SM, 1975, NUCL PHYS A, V242, P317
    QAIM SM, 1984, NUCL SCI ENG, V88, P143
    RUBBIA C, 1995, CERNAT9545ET
    SARAF SK, 1991, NUCL SCI ENG, V107, P365
    SIGG RA, 1976, NUCL SCI ENG, V60, P235
    STROHAL P, 1962, NUCL PHYS, V30, P49
    STRUWE W, 1974, NUCL PHYS A, V222, P605
    YOUNG PG, 1977, LA6947
    ZHANG J, 1980, NUCL SCI ENG, V114, P55
    ZHANG J, 1992, Z PHYS A, V344, P251
    ZHAO Z, 1988, NUCL SCI ENG, V99, P367
 NR 46
 TC 0
 SN 0029-5639
 J9 NUCL SCI ENG
 JI Nucl. Sci. Eng.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 147
 IS 1
 BP 63
 EP 72
 PG 10
 SC Nuclear Science & Technology
 GA 814ZB
 UT ISI:000221011500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Luo, J
    Zhai, QJ
    Zhao, P
    Qin, XB
 TI Liquid structure of pure iron by X-ray diffraction
 SO JOURNAL OF UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY BEIJING
 DT Article
 DE pure iron; liquid structure; X-ray diffraction
 ID ALLOYS
 AB The liquid structure of pure iron at 1540, 1560 and 1580degreesC was
    studied by X-ray diffraction. The results show that near the melting
    point there is a medium-range order structure that fades away with the
    increasing temperature. The average nearest distance of atoms is almost
    independent of the melts temperature, but the average coordination
    number, the atom cluster size and the atom number in an atom cluster
    all decrease with the increasing temperature of the melt. Near the
    melting point there are a lot of atom clusters in the pure iron melt.
    The atom cluster of pure iron has the body-centered cubic lattices,
    which are kept from the solid state. And the body-centered cubic
    lattices connect into network by occupying a same edge. The atoms in
    the surrounding of the atom clusters are arranged disorderly.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Cent Iron & Steel Res Inst, Beijing 100081, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ, Key Lab State Educ Minist Liquid Struct & Hered M, Jinan 250061, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhai, QJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM qjzhai@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BIAN XF, 1999, ACTA METALL SIN, V35, P19
    BIAN XF, 1999, HEREDITY CASTING MET, P1
    CERVINKA L, 1998, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V232, P1
    HUANG SS, 1987, SCI METEOROLOGICA SI, P1
    KLUG HP, 1986, XRAY DIFFRACTION PRO, P513
    LUX B, 1983, METALLURGY CAST IRON, P1
    MARET M, 1989, J PHYS-PARIS, V50, P295
    QIN JY, 1998, CHINESE SCI BULL, V43, P1445
    QIN JY, 1998, SCI CHINA SER E, V41, P182
    WANG HR, 2000, CHINESE SCI BULL, V45, P1501
    WASEDA Y, 1980, STRUCTURE NONCRYSTAL, P27
    WASEDA Y, 1995, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V34, P4124
    XU SS, 1986, DEV XRAY DIFFRACTION, P103
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1005-8850
 J9 J UNIV SCI TECHNOL BEIJING
 JI J. Univ. Sci. Technol. Beijing
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 11
 IS 2
 BP 161
 EP 164
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering; Mining & Mineral Processing
 GA 813NG
 UT ISI:000220913200015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ho, SL
    Fei, MR
    Cheng, KWE
    Wong, HC
 TI An auto-tuning algorithm for the IRBF network of brushless DC motor
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON MAGNETICS
 DT Article
 DE auto-tuning; brushless dc motor; finite element; integrated radial
    basis function (IRBF) neural network
 AB The integrated radial basis function (IRBF) network has been reported
    as an efficient algorithm to study the performance of brushless dc
    motors. However, such an algorithm cannot be implemented readily since
    it is difficult to auto-tune or even to find the undetermined
    coefficients in the integrated RBF network. In this paper, a novel
    auto-tuning algorithm that can effectively guarantee the automatic
    implementation of the integrated RBF network of a brushless dc motor is
    reported.
 C1 Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Ind Ctr, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Ho, SL, Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 EM eeslho@polyu.edu.hk
    mrfei888@x263.net
    eekwcheng@polyu.edu.hk
    ichewong@polyu.edu.hk
 CR FEI M, 1999, P IEEE PEDS      JUL, P1108
    HO SL, 1997, IEEE T MAGN, V33, P2265
    HO SL, 2002, IEEE T MAGN 1, V38, P1033
    VAS P, 1996, P IEEE IAS PELS WORK, P55
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0018-9464
 J9 IEEE TRANS MAGN
 JI IEEE Trans. Magn.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 40
 IS 2
 PN Part 2
 BP 1168
 EP 1171
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied
 GA 813CA
 UT ISI:000220884000160
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Silber-Li, ZH
    Tan, YP
    Weng, PF
 TI A microtube viscometer with a thermostat
 SO EXPERIMENTS IN FLUIDS
 DT Article
 AB The viscometer presented in this paper is suitable for measuring the
    viscosity of liquids in micro-litre quantities. It consists of a
    micro-flow experimental system with a thermostat. Using the
    measurements of the flow rates and pressure drops of a liquid passing
    through a microtube, the liquid's viscosity can be calculated from on
    Hagen-Poiseuille theory. After calibration, the viscometer was used to
    measure viscosities of deionized water and ethyl alcohol at
    temperatures ranging from 0 to 40 degreesC. For both test liquids, the
    relative deviation of the measured values from those quoted in the
    literature (obtained using other viscometers) was less than 2.6%. The
    relative uncertainty of the experimental system was reduced to +/-1.8%
    using the relative measuring method. Due to the micro-scale of the test
    section, only a micro-litre quantity of liquid is needed for a test;
    this is a potential advantage for measurement of bio-liquid viscosities.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Silber-Li, ZH, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, LNM, 15 Bei Si Huan Xi Lu,
    Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 EM lili@lnm.imech.ac.cn
 CR GADELHAK M, 1999, J FLUID ENG-T ASME, V121, P5
    HOLMAN JP, 1984, EXPT METHODS ENG, P549
    JIANG XN, 1995, TECH DIGEST TRANSDUC, V2, P317
    KREITH F, 2001, PRINCIPLES HEAT TRAN, P700
    LANDAU LD, 1998, FLUID MECH, P539
    LI ZH, 2002, ACTA MECH SINICA, V34, P432
    LI ZH, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V3, P577
    MALA GM, 1999, INT J HEAT FLUID FL, V20, P142
    PFAHLER J, 1990, J SENSORS ACTORS A, V21, P431
    QUINN TJ, 1983, TEMPERATURE
    SHARP KV, 2001, MEMS HDB, V6, P1
    VANWAZER JR, 1963, VISCOSITY FLOW MEASU, P406
    WEAST RC, 1983, CRC HDB CHEM PHYSICS, F38
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0723-4864
 J9 EXP FLUID
 JI Exp. Fluids
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 36
 IS 4
 BP 586
 EP 592
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 813WN
 UT ISI:000220937300007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, ZM
    Kettle, R
    Li, LY
 TI Analysis of cold-formed zed-purlins partially restrained by steel
    sheeting
 SO COMPUTERS & STRUCTURES
 DT Article
 DE cold-formed; purlin; steel; thin-walled; strength; restrained;
    sheeting; bending
 ID GENERALIZED BEAM THEORY
 AB This paper presents an analysis model for cold-formed purlin-sheeting
    systems subjected to wind uplift loading in which the restraint of the
    sheeting to the purlin is taken into account by using two springs
    representing the translational and rotational restraints provided by
    the sheeting. The model yields a set of three differential equations
    corresponding to one torsion and two bending equations. The set of
    equations is solved by means of trigonometric series. The influence of
    spring stiffness and fixing position of the purlin and sheeting on the
    stresses resulted in the cross-section of the purlin is discussed. The
    results obtained from this study not only highlight the influence of
    the sheeting restraints on the results of stresses but also can be used
    as an input to the finite strip code for carrying out the linear
    elastic buckling analysis of the sections. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Aston Univ, Sch Engn & Appl Sci, Birmingham B4 7ET, W Midlands, England.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, LY, Aston Univ, Sch Engn & Appl Sci, Aston Triangle, Birmingham B4
    7ET, W Midlands, England.
 EM l.y.li@aston.ac.uk
 CR *BRIT STAND I, 1987, BS5950 BRIT STANC I
    *BRIT STAND I, 1996, EUROCODE 3 DES STEEL
    BRADFORD MA, 2000, J CONSTR STEEL RES, V53, P183
    DAVIES JM, 1994, J CONSTR STEEL RES, V31, P187
    DAVIES JM, 1994, J CONSTR STEEL RES, V31, P221
    DAVIES JM, 2000, J CONSTR STEEL RES, V55, P267
    HANCOCK G, 1997, STEEL CONSTRUCTION, V15, P2
    KITIPORNCHAI S, 1980, J STRUCTURAL DIVISIO, V106, P941
    LEACH P, 1993, STRUCTURAL ENG, V71, P250
    MOORE DB, 1988, LOAD TESTS FULL SCAL
    RHODES J, 1993, SCI PUBLICATION, V89
    SCHAFER B, 2001, CUFSM VERSION 2
    TOMA T, 1994, J CONSTR STEEL RES, V31, P149
    TRAHAIR NS, 1993, FLEXURAL TORSIONAL B
    TRAHAIR NS, 1998, BEHAV DESIGN STEEL S
    WALKER AC, 1975, DESIGN ANAL COLD FOR
    WILLIAMS FW, 1987, J CONSTR STEEL RES, V7, P133
 NR 17
 TC 4
 SN 0045-7949
 J9 COMPUT STRUCT
 JI Comput. Struct.
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 82
 IS 9-10
 BP 731
 EP 739
 PG 9
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering, Civil
 GA 814WX
 UT ISI:000221005900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU You, JL
    Jiang, GC
    Hou, HY
    Chen, H
    Wu, YQ
    Xu, KD
 TI An ab-initio calculation of Raman spectra of binary sodium silicates
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID PHASE-TRANSITION; BULK COMPOSITION; TEMPERATURE; GLASSES; MELTS;
    SPECTROSCOPY; BEHAVIOR
 AB Raman spectra of binary sodium silicates are calculated by
    self-consistent field (SCF) molecular orbital ab initio calculation of
    the quantum chemical method with several poly silicon-oxygen
    tetrahedral model clusters when both the basis sets of 6-31 G and 6-31
    G(d) are applied. The symmetric stretching vibrational frequency of
    non-bridging oxygen in a high frequency range and its Raman optical
    activity and scattering cross section are deduced and analysed. The
    correlation between this vibrational Raman shift and its microscopic
    environment of the silicon-oxygen tetrahedron is found based on
    interior stress of configuration, which depends on the connecting
    topology of adjacent silicon-oxygen tetrahedra (SiOT). A newly
    established empirical stress index of tetrahedron is introduced to
    elucidate the above relationship.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP You, JL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM jlyou@163.com
 CR AMOS RD, 1986, CHEM PHYS LETT, V124, P376
    ANDREI ME, 1999, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V253, P95
    FLUKIGER P, 2000, MOLEKEL 4 0
    FRIEDRICH L, 1985, STRUCTURAL CHEM SILI
    FRISCH MJ, 1986, J CHEM PHYS, V84, P531
    FRUKAWA T, 1981, J CHEM PHYS, V75, P3226
    GILLET P, 1991, J GEOPHYS RES-SOLID, V96, P11805
    HARRIS RK, 1980, J CHEM SOC FARADAY T, P393
    IGUCHI Y, 1981, CAN METALL Q, V20, P51
    MAEKAWA H, 1991, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V127, P53
    MATSON DW, 1983, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V58, P323
    MCMILLAN P, 1984, AM MINERAL, V69, P622
    MYSEN BO, 1990, J GEOPHYS RES-SOLID, V95, P15733
    MYSEN BO, 1994, CONTRIB MINERAL PETR, V117, P1
    POLAVARAPU PL, 1990, J PHYS CHEM-US, V94, P8106
    RICHET P, 1996, PHYS CHEM MINER, V23, P157
    SALJE E, 1986, PHYS CHEM MINER, V13, P340
    SHARMA SK, 1978, CARNEGIE I WASHINGTO, V77, P649
    UMESAKI N, 1993, J MATER SCI, V28, P3473
    WANG Z, 1991, EOS T AM GEOPHYS RES, V92, P8116
    XU PC, 1996, RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY G, CH7
    XUEDONG G, 1998, J INORG CHEM, V14, P175
    YOU JL, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P991
    YOU JL, 2001, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V282, P125
    YOU JL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P205
 NR 25
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 4
 BP 640
 EP 643
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 811ZW
 UT ISI:000220810800014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZJ
    Pan, ZH
 TI Three-dimensional measurement with use of a single camera
 SO APPLIED OPTICS
 DT Article
 ID MACHINE VISION METROLOGY; CALIBRATION; PARAMETERS
 AB A new, to our knowledge, measurement technique that uses a single image
    of a handheld probe on known points, to measure geometric features of
    an object, is discussed in detail. A new method is also proposed to
    calculate three-dimensional coordinates of points on the object
    relative to a reference. Furthermore, the validity of the proposed
    measuring system is confirmed by experiments. (C) 2004 Optical Society
    of America.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM yuyj@sh163.net
 CR BIEN Z, 1991, ROBOTICA, V19, P265
    CHANG YL, 1993, PATTERN RECOGN, V26, P75
    CHEN NY, 1980, IEEE T AUTOM CONT AC, V25, P1207
    EIAN J, 2002, J NEUROSCI METH, V120, P65
    HARALICK RM, 1989, PATTERN RECOGN, V22, P225
    HORAUD R, 1989, COMPUT VISION GRAPH, V47, P33
    IONVENITTI P, 1996, OPT ENG, V35, P1496
    LENZ RK, 1988, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V10, P713
    LINNAINMAA S, 1988, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V10, P634
    RAY LP, 1996, P IEEE INT C ROB AUT, P408
    SAFAEERAD R, 1992, IEEE T ROBOTIC AUTOM, V8, P624
    SALVI J, 2002, PATTERN RECOGN, V35, P1617
    SHAH S, 1996, PATTERN RECOGN, V29, P1775
    SIDAHMED MA, 1980, IEEE T INSTRUM MEAS, V39, P79
    TSAI RY, 1987, IEEE J ROBOTIC AUTOM, V3, P323
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0003-6935
 J9 APPL OPT
 JI Appl. Optics
 PD APR 20
 PY 2004
 VL 43
 IS 12
 BP 2449
 EP 2455
 PG 7
 SC Optics
 GA 813BN
 UT ISI:000220882700010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, B
    Bapat, RB
 TI Characterization of generalized inverses by a rank equation
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE rank equation; outer inverse; core-nilpotent decomposition; singular
    value decomposition
 ID REPRESENTATION; MATRIX
 AB If A is a nonsingular matrix of order n and if B = C = I-n, then the
    inverse of A is the unique matrix X such that
    rank ((A)(C) (B)(X)) = rank(A).
    In this paper, we generalize this fact to any matrix A of dimension m x
    n over the complex field to obtain analogous results for outer inverses
    of A. The converse problem is also considered in the sense that B and C
    are characterized when A(d), A(k), A((1.2)), A((1.2.3)) and A((1.2.4))
    are solutions to this equation, respectively. This contributes to
    certain recent results in the literature, including that obtained by
    GroB [Linear Algebra Appl. 289 (1999) 127]. (C) 2003 Elsevier Inc. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Indian Stat Inst, New Delhi 110016, India.
 RP Zheng, B, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM dzhengbing@eastday.com
 CR BAPAT RB, 2000, LINEAR ALGEBRA LINEA
    BENISRAEL A, 1974, GENERALIZED INVERSES
    CHEN YL, 2000, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V308, P85
    FIEDLER M, 1993, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V179, P129
    GROSS J, 1999, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V289, P127
    RAO CR, 1972, SANKHYA A, V34, P5
    THOME N, 2003, APPL MATH COMPUT, V141, P471
    WEI Y, 1998, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V29, P87
    WEI YM, 1996, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V17, P744
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD MAR 30
 PY 2004
 VL 151
 IS 1
 BP 53
 EP 67
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 814TV
 UT ISI:000220997900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sheng, GF
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Generalized variational principles for viscoelastic thin and thick
    plates with damage
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE viscoelastic materials with damage; convolution-type functional;
    generalized variational principle; thin plate and thick plate;
    dynamical behavior
 AB From the constitutive model with generalized force fields for a
    viscoelastic body with damage, the differential equations of motion for
    thin and thick plates with damage are derived under arbitrary boundary
    conditions. The convolution-type functionals for the bending of
    viscoelastic thin and thick plates with damage are presented, and the
    corresponding generalized variational principles are given. From these
    generalized principles, all the basic equations of the displacement and
    damage variables and initial and boundary conditions can be deduced. As
    an example; we compare the difference between the dynamical properties
    of plates with and without damage and consider the effect of damage on
    the dynamical properties of plates.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Nanchang Univ, Inst Civil Engn, Inst Engn Mech, Nanchang 330029, Peoples R China.
 RP Sheng, GF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHENG CJ, 1998, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V35, P4491
    CHENG CJ, 2001, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V38, P6627
    CHENG CJ, 2002, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V23, P190
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, VARIATIONAL METHODS
    CHIEN WZ, 1985, GEN VARIATIONAL PRIN
    COWIN SC, 1983, J ELASTICITY, V13, P125
    GURTIN ME, 1964, ARCHS RATION MECH AN, V16, P34
    LUO E, 1987, SCI CHINA SER A, P936
    LUO E, 1990, ACTA MECH SINICA, V22, P484
    LUO E, 1999, SCI CHINA SER A, V29, P851
    MINDLIN RD, 1951, J APPLIED MECHANICS, V18, P31
    REISSNER E, 1945, J APPL MECH, V12, P69
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 17
 IS 1
 BP 65
 EP 73
 PG 9
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA 813OI
 UT ISI:000220916000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Niu, JW
    Zhong, SS
 TI A CPW-fed broadband slot antenna with linear taper
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE slot antenna; CPW; broadband; linear taper
 ID MICROSTRIP ANTENNA
 AB A new coplanar waveguide (CPW)-fed broadband printed slot antenna is
    presented. The impedance bandwidth is greatly increased by using a
    linear taper. The test antenna's impedance bandwidth of -10-dB return
    loss reaches 40% with low cross-polarization level. The impedance
    characteristics and radiation patterns of the slot antenna with
    different sizes of tapers art presented. The simulated results agree
    well with the measured ones. (C) 2004 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Niu, JW, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN JS, 2003, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V37, P243
    GARCIA SS, 1999, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V47, P58
    GIRARD T, 1998, ELECTRON LETT, V34, P226
    HUANG CY, 2000, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V48, P328
    HUANG TF, 1999, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V47, P1560
    LIN YD, 1997, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V45, P305
    MIAO M, 2000, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V25, P206
    SOLIMAN EA, 1999, ELECTRON LETT, V35, P514
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD MAY 5
 PY 2004
 VL 41
 IS 3
 BP 218
 EP 221
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 811KR
 UT ISI:000220771300020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ML
    Xia, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Zhang, WL
 TI A suitable material for the substrate of micro-strip gas chamber
 SO HIGH ENERGY PHYSICS AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS-CHINESE EDITION
 DT Article
 DE MSGC detector; DLC film; electronically conducting material; charge
    pile-up effect
 ID AMORPHOUS-CARBON; FILMS; ANODE; GLASS
 AB Micro-strip Gas Chamber (MSGC) used as a position sensitive detector
    has perfect performances in the detection of nuclear irradiations.
    However, it encounters a severe problem, that is, positive charge
    accumulation which can be avoided by reducing the surface resistivity
    of insulating substrate. So, diamond-like carbon (DLC) film is coated
    on D263 glass to modify its electrical properties as substrate for
    MSGC. Raman spectroscopy demonstrates that DLC film is of sp(3) (sigma
    bonding) and sp(2) bonding (pi bonding), and therefore it is a type of
    electronically conducting material. It also reveals that the film
    deposited on D263 glass possesses very large Of SP3 content and
    consequently is a high quality DLC film. I-V plots indicate that
    samples with DLC film enjoy very steady and suitable resistivities in
    the range of 10(9)-10(12) Omega.cm. C-F characteristics also show that
    samples coated by DLC film have low and stable capacitance with
    frequency. These excellent performances of the new material, DLC
    film/D263 glass, meet the optimum requirements of MSGC. DLC film/D263
    glass used as the substrate of MSGC should effectively avoid the charge
    pile-up effect and substrate instability and then improve its
    performances.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ML, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples
    R China.
 CR BISHAI MR, 1997, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V400, P233
    BOUHALI O, 1996, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V378, P423
    CHARPAK G, 1968, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V62, P235
    CICOGNANI G, 1998, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V416, P263
    MACK V, 1995, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V367, P173
    MEENAKSHI V, 1996, MATER SCI FORUM, V223, P307
    NEMANICH RJ, 1977, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V23, P117
    OED A, 1988, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V263, P351
    SCHMIDT S, 1994, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V344, P558
    SHIMAKAWA K, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P7578
    TEO KBK, 2002, DIAM RELAT MATER, V11, P1086
    YU ZQ, 1996, HEP NP, V20, P678
    ZHANG ML, 2003, NUCL ELECT DETEC TEC, V23, P113
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0254-3052
 J9 HIGH ENERGY PHYS NUCL PHYS-CH
 JI High Energy Phys. Nucl. Phys.-Chin. Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 28
 IS 4
 BP 408
 EP 411
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Nuclear; Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA 812JH
 UT ISI:000220835300016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tian, WW
    Wu, DH
    Zhang, LS
    Li, SL
 TI Modified integral-level set method for the constrained solving global
    optimization
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE constrained global optimization; integral-level set; convergence
 AB The constrained global optimization problem being considered, a
    modified integral-level set method was illustrated based on
    Chew-Zheng's paper on Integral Global Optimization and Wu's paper on
    Implementable Algorithm Convergence of Modified Integral-Level Set
    Method for Global Optimization Problem. It has two characters: 1) Each
    phase must construct a new function which has the same global optimal
    value as that of primitive objective function; 2) Comparing it with
    Zheng's method, solving level set procedure is avoided. An
    implementable algorithm also is given and it is proved that this
    algorithm is convergent.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Dept Math, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Sch Management, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Tian, WW, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM wwtian@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR CHEW SH, 1988, LECT NOTES EC MATH S, V298
    HUA LG, 1978, APPL NUMBER THEORY N
    WU DH, 1998, J SHANGHAI U NATURAL, V4, P482
    WU DH, 1999, OR T, V3, P82
    WU DH, 2000, OR T, V4, P33
    WU DH, 2001, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V24, P100
    ZHANG LS, 1988, J COMPUTATIONAL MATH, V6, P375
    ZHANG LS, 1996, CHINESE J OPERATIONS, V15, P60
    ZHENG Q, 1978, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V2, P164
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 2
 BP 202
 EP 209
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 812PN
 UT ISI:000220851500009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, H
    Lu, JH
    Liang, WQ
    Huang, YH
    Zhang, WJ
    Zhang, DB
 TI Purification of the recombinant hepatitis B virus core antigen (rHBcAg)
    produced in the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae and comparative
    observation of its particles by transmission electron microscopy (TEM)
    and atomic force microscopy (AFM)
 SO MICRON
 DT Review
 DE rHBcAg purification; Saccharomyces cerevisiae; rHBcAg (core) particles
    (capsids); transmission electron microscopy; atomic force microscopy;
    dimorphism
 ID ESCHERICHIA-COLI; EXPRESSION; CELLS
 AB Hepatitis B virus core antigen (HBcAg) gene (C gene) was expressed in
    Saccharomyces cerevisiae and the products (rHBcAg or core particles)
    were purified from a crude lysate of the yeast by three steps: Sephrose
    CL-4B chromatography, Sucrose step-gradient ultracentrifugation and
    CsCl-isopycnic ultracentrifugation. It has been observed that HBcAg was
    synthesized in yeast cells as a particle consisting of polypeptides
    with a molecular weight of 21.5 kDa (p21.5). Results of ELISA test and
    density analysis of CsCl-isopycnic ultracentrifugation indicated that
    the purified products (rHBcAg particles) with HBcAg antigenicity mainly
    located at the densities of 1.27 and 1.40 g ml(-1), respectively.
    Observation and analysis of the purified rHBcAg products by TEM
    indicated that rHBcAg peptides could mainly self-assemble into two size
    classes of core particles. The larger particles were similar to 30.1 nm
    and the smaller were similar to 21.5 nm in mean diameter. Further
    observation and analysis of the same rHBcAg (core) particles by AFM
    also indicated that rHBcAg (core) particles were similar to the native
    HBcAg (core) particles from infected human hepatocytes and mainly
    composed of two size classes of particles core. The larger particles
    were similar to 3 1.3 nm and the smaller were similar to 22.5 mn in
    mean diameter which was similar to the results obtained by TEM. All
    results from both TEM and AFM suggested that core particles (capsids)
    produced in S. cerevisiae possessed dimorphism. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Coll Life Sci & Biotechnol, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Appl Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Acad Agr Sci, Agro Biotech Res Ctr, Shanghai 201106, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Dept Biol Sci & Technol, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, H, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Coll Life Sci & Biotechnol, Shanghai
    200030, Peoples R China.
 EM dr.chenheng@163.com
    zdb30@hotmail.com
 CR BENEDIETE W, 2002, J VIROL METHOD, V102, P175
    COHEN BJ, 1982, NATURE, V296, P677
    CROWTHER RA, 1994, CELL, V77, P943
    EDMAN JC, 1981, NATURE, V291, P503
    FUJIYAMA A, 1983, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V11, P4601
    HILDITCH CM, 1990, J GEN VIROL, V71, P2755
    KENNEY JM, 1995, STRUCTURE, V3, P1009
    KUZNETSOV YG, 2001, J GEN VIROL 9, V82, P2025
    MILICH DR, 1997, J VIROL, V71, P2192
    MILICH DR, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P14648
    MIYANOHARA A, 1986, J VIROL, V59, P176
    NAITO M, 1997, RES VIROLOGY, V148, P299
    NASSAL M, 1993, TRENDS MICROBIOL, V1, P221
    ONODERA S, 1982, J MED VIROL, V10, P147
    PASEK M, 1979, NATURE, V282, P575
    SAMBROOK J, 1989, MOL CLONING LAB MANU
    SEIFER M, 1995, INTERVIROLOGY, V38, P47
    TAKAYUKI I, 1988, J BIOTECHNOL, V8, P149
    TOWBIN H, 1979, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V76, P4350
    WILKINSON KJ, 1999, COLLOID SURFACE A, V155, P287
    WINGFIELD PT, 1995, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V34, P4919
    WIZEMANN H, 1999, J VIROL METHODS, V77, P189
    WYNNE SA, 1999, MOL CELL, V3, P771
    YAMAGUCHI M, 1988, EUR J CELL BIOL, V47, P138
    YAMAGUCHI M, 1988, J ELECTRON MICROSC, V37, P337
    ZHOU SL, 1991, J VIROL, V65, P5457
    ZHOU SL, 1992, J VIROL, V66, P5393
    ZIEGLER U, 1998, FEBS LETT, V436, P179
 NR 28
 TC 1
 SN 0968-4328
 J9 MICRON
 JI Micron
 PY 2004
 VL 35
 IS 5
 BP 311
 EP 318
 PG 8
 SC Microscopy
 GA 810DC
 UT ISI:000220684000001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    De Cooman, BC
    Wollants, P
    He, YL
    Zhou, XD
 TI Effect of aluminum and silicon on transformation induced plasticity of
    the TRIP steel
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE equilibrium composition; concentration profile; thermodynamic; kinetic
 ID REGULAR SOLUTION MODEL; RETAINED AUSTENITE; MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES;
    PHASES; SI
 AB With the sublattice model, equilibrium compositions of ferrite (alpha)
    and austenite (gamma) phases, as well as the volume percent of
    austenite (gamma) at 780degreesC in different TRIP steels were
    calculated. Concentration profiles of carbon, Mn, Al and Si in the
    steels were also estimated under the lattice fixed frame of reference
    so as to understand the complex mechanical behavior of TRIP steels
    after different isothermal bainitic transformation treatments. The
    effect of Si and Mn on transformation induced plasticity (TRIP) was
    discussed according to thermodynamic and kinetic analyses. It is
    recognized that Al also induces phase transformation in the steels but
    its TRIP effect is not as strong as that of Si.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    State Univ Ghent, Lab Iron & Steelmaking, B-9052 Zwijnaarde, Belgium.
    Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept MTM, B-3001 Heverlee, Belgium.
    Shanghai Baosteel Res Inst, Shanghai 201900, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, L, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM liling@sh163.net
 CR 1978, HDB HEAT TREATMENT, V4, A85
    AGREN J, 1992, ISIJ INT, V32, P291
    BALK SC, 2001, ISIJ INT, V41, P290
    CHEN HC, 1989, METALL TRANS A, V20, P437
    HILLERT M, 1970, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V24, P3618
    LIU SK, 1990, METALL TRANS A, V21, P1517
    MEYER MD, 1999, ISIJ INT, V39, P813
    SAKUMA Y, 1991, ISIJ INT, V31, P1348
    SUGIMOTO K, 1992, ISIJ INT, V32, P1311
    SUNDMAN B, 1981, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V42, P297
    SUNDMAN B, 1985, CALPHAD, V9, P153
    ZACKAY VF, 1967, T AM SOC MET, V60, P252
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 135
 EP 138
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 810LH
 UT ISI:000220705300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ni, JS
    Xu, H
    Zhu, MY
    Li, Q
    Zhou, BX
    Dong, YD
 TI Study on two-phase nanocrystalline Nd8.5Fe74Co5Cu1Nb1Zr3Cr1B6.5
    permanent magnet
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE Nd-Fe-B; nanocrystalline; melt-spinning; magnetic properties
 ID MELT-SPUN RIBBONS; ENHANCEMENT; REMANENCE; COMPOSITE
 AB Nd8.5Fe74Co5Cu1Nb1Zr3Cr1B6.5 bonded magnets were prepared by melt-spun
    and subsequent heat treatment. Magnetic properties of B-r = 0.68 T,
    H-J(c) = 716 kA/m, (BH)(max) = 77 kJ/m(3) were achieved. The addition
    of Cr element shows to be significantly advantageous in reducing grain
    size and increasing the intrinsic coercivity.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ni, JS, Shanghai Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM nijiansen@163.com
 CR BILLONI OV, 1998, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V187, P371
    CHANG WC, 1996, IEEE T MAGN 2, V32, P4425
    CHANG WC, 1997, J APPL PHYS 2A, V81, P4453
    COEHOORN R, 1989, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V80, P101
    HIROSAWA S, 2002, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V239, P424
    JIANSEN NI, 2002, J CHINESE RARE EARTH, V20, P215
    JURCZYK M, 1998, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V185, P66
    KNELLER EF, 1991, IEEE T MAGN, V27, P3588
    PANAGIOTOPOULOS I, 1996, J APPL PHYS 2A, V79, P4827
    SCHREFL T, 1994, J APPL PHYS 2, V76, P7053
    XU H, 2001, NEW MAT SCI ENG 2000, P319
    YONEYAMA T, 1990, IEEE T MAGN, V26, P1963
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 142
 EP 144
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 810LH
 UT ISI:000220705300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, LJ
    Xia, YB
    Zhang, WL
    Mang, ML
    Shi, WM
 TI Luminescent properties of porous Si passivated by diamond film and DLC
    film
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE porous Si; passivation; diamond film; diamond-like carbon film
 ID SILICON; PHOTOLUMINESCENCE
 AB Surface passivation methods for porous Si (PS) surfaces, i.e.,
    depositing diamond film or diamond-like carbon (DLC) film on PS
    surfaces, were attempted. Two emission bands, weak blue band and strong
    red band existed in the PL spectrum of diamond film coated on PS, were
    discovered by the photoluminescence measurements. The luminescent
    mechanism and stability were discussed. The results indicated that
    diamond film may stabilize the PL wavelength and intensity of PS, and
    therefore could become a promising passivation film of porous Si. The
    PL properties of PS coated by DLC films, including hydrogenated diamond
    like carbon (DLC:H) film and nitrogen doped DLC film (DLC:N) were also
    studied in this paper. The DLC films may stabilize the PL of PS, but
    the photoluminescent intensity was obviously weaker than that of
    diamond film coated PS.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, LJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 EM ljwang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR CANHAM LT, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V57, P1046
    CHEN HJ, 1996, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V45, P297
    GARDELIS S, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P5327
    HADJZOUBIR N, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P82
    JU JH, 2001, CHINESE J FUNC MAT, V32, P473
    JU JH, 2001, THESIS SHANGHAI I TE
    KANCMITSU Y, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P14732
    LI GB, 1996, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V45, P1232
    LI SJ, 1999, PHYSICS, V28, P195
    LIN VSY, 1997, SCIENCE, V278, P840
    LIU XB, 1997, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V46, P2059
    MULLER C, 1993, SCI SOC, V57, P111
    PETROVAKOCH V, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V61, P943
    PROKES SM, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P2671
    TISCHLER MA, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V60, P639
    WANG LJ, 2000, DIAM RELAT MATER, V9, P1617
    WANG LJ, 2001, ACTA OPTICA SIN, V21, P753
    XIONG ZH, 2001, THIN SOLID FILMS, V388, P271
    ZHU DL, 2000, CHINESE J LOW TEMP P, V22, P241
 NR 19
 TC 1
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 145
 EP 148
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 810LH
 UT ISI:000220705300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, WJ
    Wu, YY
    Shen, JN
 TI Effect of copper and bronze addition on corrosion resistance of alloyed
    316L stainless steel cladded on plain carbon steel by powder metallurgy
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE surface cladding; powder metallurgy; corrosion resistance
 ID ELECTROCHEMICAL CHARACTERIZATION; BEHAVIOR
 AB A sandwich structure with cladding alloyed 316L stainless steel on
    plain carbon steel was prepared by means of powder metallurgy (PM)
    processing. Electrolytic Cu and prealloyed bronze (95Cu wt pct, 5Sn wt
    pct) were added in different contents up to 15% into the surface
    cladded 316L layers and the effect of alloying concentrations on the
    corrosion resistance of the 316L cladding layers was studied. The
    corrosion performances of the cladding samples were studied by
    immersion tests and potentio-dynamic anodic polarization tests in H2SO4
    and FeCl3 solutions. Both 316L and alloyed 316L surface layers with 1.0
    mm depth produced by PM cladding had an effect to improve corrosion
    resistance in H2SO4 and FeCl3 solutions. Small Cu and bronze addition
    (4%) had a positive effect in H2SO4 and FeCl3 solutions. 4% Cu alloyed
    316L surface layer produced by PM cladding showed similar anodic
    polarization behaviour to the 316L cladding layer in H2SO4 and FeCl3
    solutions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, WJ, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM cwjue1403@sohu.com
 CR CHEN W, 2001, POWDER METALL, V44, P309
    CHOE HC, 1999, SURF COAT TECH, V112, P299
    DATTA P, 2001, MATER CHEM PHYS, V67, P234
    DEFLORIAN F, 1992, WERKST KORROS, V43, P447
    FEDRIZZI L, 1990, P PM 90, V2, P319
    FEDRIZZI L, 1994, WERKST KORROS, V45, P264
    GOLD R, 1982, PRECIS MET       MAR, P31
    ITZHAK D, 1986, CORROS SCI, V26, P49
    JONES WE, 1981, POWDER METALL, V2, P101
    MCCAFFERTY E, 1986, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V133, P1090
    MOLINARI A, 1989, MODERN DEV POWDER ME, V21, P313
    OTERO E, 1995, MATER CHARACT, V35, P145
    REEN OW, 1977, PRECIS MET       JUL, P38
    REINSHAGEN JH, 1992, ADV POWDER METALLURG, V5, P385
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 217
 EP 220
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 810LH
 UT ISI:000220705300025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU An, BL
    Gong, ML
    Cheah, KW
    Wong, WK
    Zhang, JM
 TI Synthesis, structure and photoluminescence of novel lanthanide
    (Tb(III), Gd(III)) complexes with 6-diphenylamine carbonyl 2-pyridine
    carboxylate
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Article
 DE optical materials; chemical synthesis; crystal structure; luminescence;
    thermal analysis
 ID INTRAMOLECULAR ENERGY TRANSFER; EUROPIUM COMPLEX; ELECTROLUMINESCENCE;
    LUMINESCENCE; DEVICES
 AB A novel organic ligand, 6-diphenylamine carbonyl 2-pyridine carboxylic
    acid (HDPAP), and the corresponding lanthanide complexes,
    tris(6-diphenylamine carbonyl 2-pyridine carboxylato) terbium(111)
    (Tb-DPAP) and tris(6-diphenylamine carbonyl 2-pyridine carboxylato)
    gadolinium(111) (Gd-DPAP) have been designed and synthesized. The
    crystal structure and photoluminescence of Tb-DPAP and Gd-DPAP have
    been studied. The results showed that the lanthanide complexes have
    electroneutral structures, and the solid terbium complex emits
    characteristic green fluorescence of Tb(111) ions at room temperature
    while the gadolinium complex emits the DPAP ligand phosphorescence. The
    lowest triplet level of DPAP ligand was calculated from the
    phosphorescence spectrum of Gd-DPAP in N,N-dimethyl formamide (DMF)
    dilute solution determined at 77 K, and the energy transfer mechanisms
    in the lanthanide complexes were discussed. The lifetimes of the D-5(4)
    levels of Tb3+ ions in the terbium complex were examined using
    time-resolved spectroscopy, and the values are 0.0153 +/- 0.0001 ms for
    solid Tb(DPAP)(3)(.)11.5H(2)O and 0.074 +/- 0.007 ms for 2.5 x 10(-5)
    mol/l Tb-DPAP ethanol solution. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Sun Yat Sen Univ, State Key Lab Optoelect Mat & Technol, Guangzhou 510275, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Baptist Univ, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Baptist Univ, Dept Chem, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP An, BL, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM anbaolii@263.sina.com
    cesgml@zsu.edu.cn
 CR AN BL, 2002, J LUMIN, V99, P155
    CHEN GZ, 1990, FLUORESCENCE ANAL ME
    CROMER DT, 1992, INT TABLE XRAY CRYST, C
    DENHOVEN GNW, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P3065
    FILIPESCU N, 1964, J PHYS CHEM-US, V68, P3324
    FRIEND RH, 1999, NATURE, V397, P121
    GAO XC, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P2217
    HO PKH, 1999, SCIENCE, V285, P233
    KAWAMURA Y, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P3245
    LI Q, 1998, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V56, P52
    LIANG CJ, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P67
    NORTH ACT, 1968, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR A, V24, P351
    RYU CK, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P2496
    SANO T, 2000, J MATER CHEM, V10, P157
    SATO S, 1970, B CHEM SOC JPN, V43, P1955
    SHELDRICK GM, 1995, SHELXTL VERSION 5
    SHELDRICK GM, 1997, SHELXS 97 PROGORAM C
    YANG YS, 1994, J ALLOY COMPD, V207, P112
    ZHAO DX, 2000, THIN SOLID FILMS, V363, P208
 NR 19
 TC 4
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD APR 14
 PY 2004
 VL 368
 IS 1-2
 BP 326
 EP 332
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 809JO
 UT ISI:000220633200051
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, BX
    Su, JR
    Xu, DJ
 TI catena-Poly[[[aquabis(1H-benzimidazole-kappa
    N-3)cadmium(II)]-mu-phthalato-kappa O-3,O ': O ''] hemihydrate]
 SO ACTA CRYSTALLOGRAPHICA SECTION C-CRYSTAL STRUCTURE COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 AB The title compound is a polymeric complex bridged by a phthalate
    dianion, {[Cd(C8H4O4)(C7H6N2)(2)(H2O)] . 0.5H(2)O}(n). The asymmetric
    unit contains two Cd complex units, and both Cd-II atoms have the same
    distorted octahedral coordination geometry. Each phthalate dianion
    bridges two Cd atoms through the two terminal carboxy groups, one in a
    monodentate fashion and the other in a chelating mode, thus forming
    zigzag polymeric chains; pi-pi stacking occurs between neighboring
    chains. The bond angle involving the chelating carboxy group is large,
    but the corresponding bond distance is normal. This implies the
    existence of an electrostatic interaction between the Cd-II atoms and
    the carboxy groups.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, DJ, Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
 EM xudj@mail.hz.zj.cn
 CR *RIG CORP, 1998, PROCESS AUTO
    *RIG MSC, 2002, CRYSTALSTRUCTURE VER
    ALTOMARE A, 1993, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V26, P343
    DEISENHOFER J, 1989, EMBO J, V8, P2149
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1997, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V30, P565
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P837
    HIGASHI T, 1995, ABSCOR
    NIE JJ, 2001, J COORD CHEM, V53, P365
    SHELDRICK GM, 1997, SHELXL97
 NR 9
 TC 8
 SN 0108-2701
 J9 ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C-CRYST STR
 JI Acta Crystallogr. Sect. C-Cryst. Struct. Commun.
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 60
 PN Part 4
 BP M183
 EP M185
 PG 3
 SC Crystallography
 GA 810GT
 UT ISI:000220693500020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, H
    Lu, WC
    Song, HF
 TI Support vector regression applied to the prediction of maximum
    absorption wavelength of azo dyestuff
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE azo dyestuff; SVM; ZINDO/S; owf(p-p)
 ID ELECTRONIC-STRUCTURE; MACHINES
 AB Support vector regression was applied to represent the relationship
    between the owf(p-p) value and the structural parameters of azo
    dyestuff molecule, and owf(p-p) value was predicted by using leave-one
    method and the average absolute value of relative error was 4.8%. The
    default owf(p-p) value in Hyperchem was replaced with the predicted
    owf(p-p) value when the maximum absorption wavelength was calculated,
    thus the average absolute value of relative error was 3.8%. Therefore,
    the method can be used to predict the maximum absorption wavelength in
    the work of computer-aided molecular design of azo dyestuff.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Fine Chem, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, H, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM wclu@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR *HYP INC, 2002, REL 7 0 WIND MOL MOD
    BURBIDGE R, 2001, COMPUT CHEM, V26, P5
    CAO Y, 2002, DYESTUFF IND, V39, P16
    CAO Y, 2002, DYESTUFF IND, V39, P29
    CHEN NY, 2002, COMPUT APPL CHEM, V19, P673
    CORY MG, 1997, INT J QUANTUM CHEM, V63, P781
    HOU YF, 1994, DYESTUFF CHEM
    LIN T, 1998, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V14, P493
    LU WC, 2002, COMPUT APPL CHEM, V19, P697
    NELLO C, 2000, INTRO SUPPORT VECTOR
    THORSTEN J, 2001, THESIS U DORTMUND
    TROTTER MWB, 2001, MEAS CONTROL-UK, V34, P235
    VAN GT, 2001, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V12, P809
    VAPNIK NV, 1995, NATURE STAT LEARNING
    WAN V, 2000, NEURAL NETWORKS SIGN, V10, P775
    WANG SR, 1999, DYESTUFF IND, V34, P1
    WANG XJ, 2000, COMPUT APPL CHEM, V17, P324
    WANG XJ, 2002, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V22, P9
    ZHANG XY, 1999, CHEM J CHINESE U, V20, P268
 NR 19
 TC 1
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PD APR 14
 PY 2004
 VL 62
 IS 7
 BP 649
 EP 656
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 810CL
 UT ISI:000220682300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, HF
    Lei, JX
    Ma, XM
    Zhu, LH
    Lu, Y
    Xiang, J
    Weng, W
 TI Application of nanotechnology in a silver/graphite contact material and
    optimization of its physical and mechanical properties
 SO RARE METALS
 DT Article
 DE contact material; AgC-N (newly developed); nanotechnology; high-energy
    ball milling; reducer liquid spraying-coating method; optimization
 AB By applying nanotechnology, a new type of silver/graphite (AgC)
    electrical contact was fabricated and characterized. The AgC coating
    powders were obtained through high-energy ball milling and reducer
    liquid spraying-coating method. The as-prepared powders were examined
    by transmission electron microscope (TEM), scanning electron microscope
    (SEM), and X-ray diffraction (XRD). The results show that the thickness
    of graphite flakes milled for 10 h is about 50-60 nm and the AgC
    coating powders exhibit flocculent structure with quite fine and
    homogeneous internal micropores. XRD implies that the average
    crystalline size of silver in coating powders is about 50 nm. The
    mechanical and physical properties of this newly developed AgC contact
    made from the above-mentioned nanocrystalline powders by traditional
    powder metallurgy technique were measured. Compared with its
    counterparts made from other techniques, the properties of this new AgC
    contact have been optimized. High surface energy and high-energy
    interfaces of the nanocrystalline AgC coating powders provide powerful
    driving force for sintering densification. Moreover, the flocculent
    structure of the powders is also an important factor to acquire fine
    density ratio.
 C1 E China Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Elect Apparatus Res Inst, Shanghai 200063, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, XM, E China Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R
    China.
 EM xmma@phy.ecnu.edu.cn
 CR BEHRENS V, 1992, P 16 INT C EL CONT L, P185
    LAMBERT C, 1978, P 9 INT C EL CONT CH
    LEE GG, 1996, J JAP SOC POWD POWD, V43, P795
    LI XY, 1999, CHINESE J RARE METAL, V23, P362
    TOUSIMI K, 1999, MATER SCI FORUM, V307, P223
    VINARICKY E, 1998, P ANN HOLM C EL CONT
    WANG C, 2001, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V11, P741
    WINGERT P, 1992, IEEE T COMP HYBR MAN
    WINGERT P, 1996, P ANN HOLM C EL CONT
    YAN SQ, 1998, MATER SCI ENG, V16, P72
    ZHANG WS, 1995, ELECT ALLOY, V1, P1
    ZHENG FQ, 1998, PRECIOUS METALS, V19, P1
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 1001-0521
 J9 RARE METALS
 JI Rare Metals
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 23
 IS 1
 BP 79
 EP 83
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 808FD
 UT ISI:000220554100016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, HT
    Wu, XZ
    Liu, XH
    Pu, MH
    Zhou, L
    Mossang, E
    Sulpice, A
 TI Flux pinning mechanism in superconducting NbTi composites with Ti5Nb
    artificial pinning center
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE NbTi multifilamentary composite; artificial pinning center; normal
    metal pining mechanism; Delta kappa pinning mechanism
 ID CRITICAL-CURRENT-DENSITY; WIRES
 AB Flux pinning mechanism in superconducting NbTi composites with Ti5wt%Nb
    artificial pinning center is analyzed in detail. The results show that
    F-p(B) mainly depends on normal metal pinning mechanism and Deltakappa
    pinning mechanism. The results suggeste that both normal metal pinning
    mechanism and Deltakappa pinning mechanism are very important. The
    value of F-p(B) in lower magnetic field is mainly dominated by normal
    metal pinning mechanism and the value of F-p(B) in higher magnetic
    field is mainly dominated by Deltakappa pinning mechanism. The function
    value of Fp(B) dependant on normal metal pinning mechanism and
    Deltakappa pinning mechanism increase respectively with the decrease of
    the wire diameter.
 C1 NE Univ Technol, Shenyang 110004, Peoples R China.
    NW Inst Nonferrous Met Res, Xian, Peoples R China.
    CNRS, F-38042 Grenoble, France.
 RP Liu, HT, Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 EM Lhtm_l@sina.com.cn
 CR CHLATTER RS, 1974, J VAC SCI TECHNOL, V11, P1047
    COLLINGS EW, 1986, APPL SUPERCOND, V2, P112
    COOLEY LD, 1993, SCALING RULE FLUXION
    DEWHUGHES D, 1974, PHILOS MAG, V30, P293
    HEUSSNER RW, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P901
    LU JL, 1987, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V1, P28
    MEINGAST C, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V66, P5971
    MOTOWIDLO LR, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V61, P991
    PU MH, 2003, PHYSICA C, V386, P47
    WANG JQ, 1997, IEEE T APPL SUPERC 2, V7, P1130
    ZHOU GX, 1987, RARE METAL MAT ENG, P43
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 33
 IS 3
 BP 229
 EP 233
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 807UJ
 UT ISI:000220526100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fu, JL
    Chen, LQ
 TI Form invariance, Noether symmetry and Lie symmetry of Hamiltonian
    systems in phase space
 SO MECHANICS RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE form invariance; noether symmetry; Lie symmetry; Hamiltonian system;
    phase space
 ID CONSERVED QUANTITIES
 AB For the holonomic and non-holonomic Hamiltonian systems in phase space,
    the definitions and criterions of the form invariance of both Hamilton
    and generalized Hamilton canonical equations are given. The relations
    among the form invariance, Noether symmetry and Lie symmetry are
    studied. Two examples are given to illustrate these results. (C) 2003
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shangqui Teachers Coll, Dept Phys, Shangqiu 476000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, JL, Shangqui Teachers Coll, Dept Phys, Shangqiu 476000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM sqfujingli@163.com
    lqchen@online.sh.cn
 CR FU JL, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1023
    FU JL, 2001, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V21, P67
    LI ZP, 1993, CLASSICAL QUANTUM DY
    LIU D, 1991, SCI CHINA SER A, V34, P419
    LIU RW, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P635
    MEI FX, 1993, SCI CHINA SER A, V23, P709
    MEI FX, 1998, ACTA MECH SINICA, V30, P468
    MEI FX, 1999, APPL LIE GROUPS LIE
    MEI FX, 2000, J BEIJING I TECHNOL, V21, P535
    MEI FX, 2000, J BEIJING I TECHNOL, V9, P120
    MEI FX, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P177
    NOETHER E, 1918, NACHR GES WISS GOTT, V2, P235
    ZHAO YY, 1993, ADV MECH, V23, P360
    ZHAO YY, 1994, ACTA MECH SINICA, V26, P380
 NR 14
 TC 11
 SN 0093-6413
 J9 MECH RES COMMUN
 JI Mech. Res. Commun.
 PD JAN-FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 31
 IS 1
 BP 9
 EP 19
 PG 11
 SC Mechanics
 GA 808PU
 UT ISI:000220581800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, YL
    Li, L
    Wu, XC
    Wollants, P
 TI Computer aided composition design of prehardened-mould steel for plastic
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE prehardened-mould steel for plastic; precipitation; computer-aided
    composition design; Thermo-Calc software
 ID INCLUSIONS; PRECIPITATION
 AB The improvement of machining behavior of prehardened-mould steel for
    plastic is realized by using computer-aided composition design in this
    work. The results showed that the matrix composition of large sectional
    prehardened mould steel for plastic markedly influences the
    precipitation of non-metallic inclusion and the control of composition
    aided by Thermo-Calc software package minimizes the amount of
    detrimental oxide inclusion. In addition the modification of calcium is
    optimized in the light of composition design.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept MTM, B-3001 Heverlee, Belgium.
 RP He, YL, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM liling@public6.sta.net.cn
 CR GATELLIER G, 1993, MATER TECHNOL, V1, P87
    GAYE H, 1984, P 2 INT S MET SLAGS, P357
    GAYE H, 1988, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V15, P319
    GAYE H, 2001, STEEL RES, V72, P446
    JIANG GC, 1996, PURE STELL SECONDARY, P166
    KOBAYASHI S, 1999, ISIJ INT, V39, P664
    SUBRAMANIAN SV, 1998, CIM BULL, V91, P107
    SUNDMAN B, 1997, S100 ROY I TECHN, P1
    WINTZ M, 1995, ISIJ INT, V35, P715
    YAMASHITA T, 1999, J PHASE EQUILIB, V20, P231
    ZHANG X, 1999, WIRE J INT, V12, P102
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 1
 BP 71
 EP 74
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 808MR
 UT ISI:000220573700021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, SG
    Li, L
    Vleugels, J
    Biest, OVD
    Wang, PL
 TI Thermodynamic assessment and microstructure of the ZrO2-CeO2-Al2O3
    system
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE Ce-TZP; Al2O3; thermodynamics
 ID ZIRCONIA ALUMINA COMPOSITES; FRACTURE-TOUGHNESS; PHASE-DIAGRAM;
    AL2O3-ZRO2; HARDNESS; STRENGTH
 AB The ZrO2-CeO2-Al2O3 system has been assessed with the CALPHAD
    (Calculation of Phase Diagrams) technique using the PARROT procedure.
    The experimental information on the ZrO2-Al2O3, Al2O3-CeO2 systems as
    well as the isothermal sections of the ternary system at 1673 K and
    1873 K is well reproduced. According to the assessed isothermal section
    at 1723 K, no alumina dissolves into the tetragonal zirconia phase.
    Specimens with different alumina content are fabricated from commercial
    12 mol pct CeO2-stabilized ZrO2 powder (12Ce-ZrO2)The thermodynamic
    properties are consistent with the observed microstructure, which
    present a combination of tetragonal phase and alumina grains.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept MTM, B-3001 Heverlee, Belgium.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, L, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM liling@public6.sta.net.cn
 CR 1997, SGTE SUBSTANCE DATAB
    ALPER AM, 1964, AM CERAM SOC B, V43, P643
    BLEIER A, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P2619
    CEVALES G, 1968, BER DEUT KERAM GES, V45, P217
    CUTLER RA, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P179
    DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P1569
    DURAN P, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P5001
    FISCHER GR, 1981, J MATER SCI, V16, P3447
    HEUSSNER KH, 1989, J EUR CERAM SOC, V5, P193
    HIRANO M, 1991, BRIT CERAM TRANS J, V90, P48
    HIRANO M, 1992, J MATER SCI, V27, P3511
    JEREBTSOV DA, 2000, CERAM INT, V26, P821
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P35
    LIN L, 2003, J EUROPEAN CERAMIC S, V23, P99
    LIN L, 2003, MAT SCI TECHNOL, V19, P66
    LIN LI, 1996, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V12, P159
    LIN LI, 2001, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V17, P529
    LONGO V, 1971, CERAMURGIA, V1, P11
    LUKACS MD, 1993, P 3 EUR CERAMICS, P635
    MARSHALL DB, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P2979
    MIZUNO M, 1975, YOGYO-KYOKAI-SHI, V83, P90
    MUGGIANU YM, 1975, J CHIMIE PHYSIQUE, V72, P83
    YASHIMA M, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P1869
 NR 23
 TC 3
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 1
 BP 75
 EP 78
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 808MR
 UT ISI:000220573700022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tian, HJ
    Guo, Q
 TI Dynamics of linear multistep methods for delay differential equations
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 DE period-two solution; spurious solution; asymptotic behavior; stability
 ID SPURIOUS SOLUTIONS; NUMERICAL-METHODS; THETA-METHODS; STABILITY
 AB In this paper we study the relationship between the asymptotic behavior
    of a numerical simulation by linear multistep method and that of the
    true solution itself for fixed step sizes. The numerical method is
    viewed as a dynamical system in which the step size acts as a
    parameter. Numerical stability of linear multistep method for nonlinear
    delay differential equation is investigated and we prove that A-stable
    linear multistep methods are NP-stable. It is shown that a consistent
    zero-stable linear multistep method does not admit spurious fixed
    points. The existence of spurious period-two solutions in the time-step
    is also studied. Finally we give a simple example to illustrate
    instability of the spurious period-two solutions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Div Computat Sci, Shanghai Teachers Univ,Dept Math, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Donghua Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200051, Peoples R China.
 RP Tian, HJ, Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Div Computat Sci, Shanghai Teachers
    Univ,Dept Math, 100 Guilin Rd, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
 EM hongjiongtian@263.net
 CR BARCLAY GJ, 1999, 9 U DUND U STRATHCL
    BUTCHER JC, 1997, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V81, P181
    HALE JK, 1993, INTRO FUNCTIONAL DIF
    HUMPHRIES AR, 1993, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V13, P263
    ISERLES A, 1990, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V10, P1
    ISERLES A, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P1723
    KLOEDEN PE, 1986, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V23, P986
    STUART AM, 1991, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V12, P1351
    STUART AM, 1996, DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS NU
    TIAN HJ, 1995, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V58, P171
    TIAN HJ, 1996, J COMPUT MATH, V14, P203
    TIAN HJ, 1996, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V33, P883
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 14
 IS 1
 BP 329
 EP 336
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 808PK
 UT ISI:000220580800021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shan, EF
    Kang, LY
 TI A note on balance vertices in trees
 SO DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE minus domination; domination; k-partite graphs
 ID CENTERS; GRAPH
 AB The notion of balanced! bipartitions of the vertices in a tree T was
    introduced and studied by Reid (Networks 34 (1999) 264). Reid proved
    that the set of balance vertices of a tree T consists of a single
    vertex or two adjacent vertices. In this note, we give a simple proof
    of that result. (C)2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Shan, EF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM kangly@online.sh.cn
 CR HAKIMI SL, 1965, OPER RES, V13, P462
    HARARY F, 1971, DISCRETE MATH, V1, P7
    JORDAN C, 1918, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V70, P143
    MMCORRIS F, 1997, C NUMER, V124, P139
    REID KB, 1991, NETWORKS, V21, P11
    REID KB, 1997, APPL DISCR MATH, V80, P243
    REID KB, 1999, NETWORKS, V34, P264
    SLATER PJ, 1982, TRANSPORT SCI, V16, P1
    ZELINKA B, 1968, ARCHIVUM MATH BRNO, V4, P87
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0012-365X
 J9 DISCRETE MATH
 JI Discret. Math.
 PD APR 6
 PY 2004
 VL 280
 IS 1-3
 BP 265
 EP 269
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics
 GA 808NC
 UT ISI:000220574800021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
 TI Variable separation approach to solve (2+1)-dimensional generalized
    burgers system: Solitary wave and Jacobi periodic wave excitations
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE generalized Burgers system; variable separation approach; solitary
    wave; Jacobi periodic wave
 ID ELLIPTIC FUNCTION EXPANSION; DAVEY-STEWARTSON EQUATION; NEWELL-SEGUR
    SYSTEM; PAINLEVE INTEGRABILITY; SOLITONS
 AB By means of the standard truncated Painleve expansion and a variable
    separation approach, a general variable separation solution of the
    generalized Burgers system is derived. In addition to the usual
    localized coherent soliton excitations like dromions, lumps, rings,
    breathers, instantons, oscillating soliton excitations, peakons,
    foldons, and previously revealed chaotic and fractal localized
    solutions, some new types of excitations - compacton and Jacobi
    periodic wave solutions are obtained by introducing appropriate lower
    dimensional piecewise smooth functions and Jacobi elliptic functions.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zjclzheng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    CHEN CL, 2002, PHYS REV E 2B, V66
    FAN EG, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V295, P280
    FAN EG, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V305, P383
    FU ZT, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V290, P72
    HONG KZ, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P335
    HONG KZ, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P393
    LIU SK, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2068
    LIU SK, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V289, P69
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4209
    LOU SY, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V262, P344
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    LOU SY, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10619
    LOU SY, 2002, PHYS SCRIPTA, V65, P7
    PARKES EJ, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V280, P295
    ROSENAU P, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P564
    ROSENAU P, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P1737
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    TANG XY, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P129
    VAKHNENKO VA, 1992, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V25, P4181
    VAKHNENKO VO, 1998, NONLINEARITY, V11, P1457
    WEBB GM, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P5465
    YAN ZY, 2002, CHINESE J PHYS, V40, P203
    ZENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P261
    ZHANG JF, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2676
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P448
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P653
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P783
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P11
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P472
    ZHENG CL, 2003, PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, THEOR PHYS, V39, P9
 NR 35
 TC 5
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2004
 VL 41
 IS 3
 BP 391
 EP 396
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 807UQ
 UT ISI:000220526800015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, ZY
    Bi, JB
    Chen, DY
 TI Novel solutions of KdV equation
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE novel solutions; Hirota's method; Backlund transformation; KdV equation
 ID MULTISOLITON SOLUTIONS
 AB Some novel solutions of the KdV equation are obtained through the
    modified bilinear Backlund transformation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM yuyisheng184@sohu.com
 CR CHEN DY, 2000, NOVEL MULTISOLITON S
    CHEN DY, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P2071
    CHEN DY, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P658
    DENG SF, 2001, J PHYS SOC JPN, V70, P3174
    FREEMAN NC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P1
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 1974, PROG THEOR PHYS, V52, P1498
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2004
 VL 41
 IS 3
 BP 397
 EP 399
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 807UQ
 UT ISI:000220526800016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xue, Y
 TI One-dimensional traffic model to consider priority of the Stochastic
    deceleration
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE traffic flow; cellular automaton; fundamental diagram
 ID CELLULAR-AUTOMATON MODEL; FLOW MODEL
 AB A one-dimensional cellular automaton model of traffic flow is proposed
    to introduce the different delay probabilities in the steps of rules
    and the stochastic deceleration prior to the deterministic one when the
    anticipation velocity of vehicle is larger than the headway. The
    fundamental diagram shows the capacity of road more approaches to the
    observed data compared with that by the NaSch model. Moreover, the
    model is able to reproduce the complicated behavior of the real
    traffic, such as the metastability state, the separation of different
    phases and the effect of hysteresis. It is concluded that the order
    arrangement of the stochastic deceleration and deterministic
    acceleration has indeed remarkable effect on traffic flow and the
    modification presented in this paper is reasonable and realistic.
 C1 Guangxi Univ, Dept Phys, Nanning 530003, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Guangxi Univ, Key Lab Guangxi Numer Computat & Simulat, Guilin 541004, Peoples R China.
 RP Xue, Y, Guangxi Univ, Dept Phys, Nanning 530003, Peoples R China.
 CR BARLOVIC R, 1998, EUR PHYS J B, V5, P793
    BENJAMIN SC, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P3119
    DONG LY, 2002, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V23, P363
    HELBING D, 2001, REV MOD PHYS, V73, P1076
    KERNER BS, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P3797
    KERNER BS, 2001, NETW SPAT ECON, V1, P35
    LIGHTHILL MJ, 1955, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V229, P317
    LUBECK S, 1998, PHYS REV E, V57, P1171
    NAGEL K, 1992, J PHYS I, V2, P2221
    NAGEL K, 1995, THESIS U COLOGNE GER
    ROTERS L, 1999, PHYS REV E A, V59, P2672
    TAKAYASU M, 1993, FRACTALS, V1, P860
    TREITERER J, 1965, 2022 COL OH STAT U
    WAGNER P, 1996, TRAFFIC GRANULAR FLO, P139
    XUE Y, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P445
    YU X, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P230
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2004
 VL 41
 IS 3
 BP 477
 EP 480
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 807UQ
 UT ISI:000220526800029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Suo, YH
    Huang, H
 TI A general linear wave theory for water waves propagating over uneven
    porous bottoms
 SO CHINA OCEAN ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE porous medium bottoms; mild-slope equation; wave number variation;
    Greens second identity
 ID VARYING TOPOGRAPHY; BED
 AB Starting from the widespread phenomena of porous bottoms in the near
    shore region, considering fully the diversity of bottom topography and
    wave number variation, and including the effect of evanescent modes, a
    general linear wave theory for water waves propagating over uneven
    porous bottoms in the near shore region is established by use of
    Green's second identity. This theory can be reduced to a number of the
    most typical mild-slope equations currently in use and provide a
    reliable research basis for follow-up development of nonlinear water
    wave theory involving porous bottoms.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Suo, YH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BERKHOFF JCW, 1972, P 13 INT C COAST ENG, P471
    CHAMBERLAIN PG, 1995, J FLUID MECH, V291, P393
    CHWANG AT, 1998, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V30, P53
    DINGEMANS M, 1997, ADV SERIES OCEAN ENG, V13
    HSIAO SC, 2002, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V458, P1291
    HUANG H, 2001, ACTA MECH SINICA, V33, P11
    KIRBY J, 1998, CACR9807 U DEL
    KIRBY JT, 1984, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V89, P745
    KUZNETSOV N, 2002, LINEAR WATER WAVES M, P1
    OHARE TJ, 1993, APPL OCEAN RES, V15, P1
    SILVA R, 2002, COAST ENG, V44, P239
    SILVA R, 2003, OCEAN ENG, V30, P437
    ZHANG LB, 1996, P 25 INT C COAST ENG, P941
    ZHU ST, 2001, COAST ENG, V42, P87
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0890-5487
 J9 CHINA OCEAN ENG
 JI China Ocean Eng.
 PY 2004
 VL 18
 IS 1
 BP 163
 EP 171
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Civil; Engineering, Mechanical; Engineering, Ocean; Water
    Resources
 GA 807NK
 UT ISI:000220508000016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, DD
    He, YH
 TI On the well-posedness of the initial value problem of non-static
    rotating fluid
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE stratification; well-posedness; secondaire
 AB A systematic study was made on the topological nature of the system of
    non-static rotating fluid. Several initial ( boundary) value problems
    and their well-posedness were discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, DD, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM chlee@online.sh.cn
 CR CHEN DD, 1996, APPL MATH MECH, V17, P541
    GUO BL, 1996, CHINESE ANN MATH A, V17, P595
    HE YH, 2000, APPL MATH MECH, V21, P1432
    LANDAU L, 1971, MECANIQUE FLUIDES
    SHIH WH, 1992, SOLUTIONS ANAL QUELQ
    SHIH WH, 1997, APPL MATH MECH, V18, P259
    ZENG QC, 1979, MATH PHYS METHODS NU
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 3
 BP 288
 EP 296
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 809EB
 UT ISI:000220618900007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GH
 TI Analytical design of the observer-based chaotic generalized
    synchronization
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE chaos; generalized synchronization; state observer; Rossler system
 ID COMMUNICATION
 AB This paper develops a modified state observer for chaotic generalized
    synchronization. An analytic approach is proposed for constructing a
    response system to implement generalized chaos synchronization with
    drive system. From the state observer theory, some sufficient
    conditions of global asymptotic linear-generalized synchronization
    between the drive system and response system are obtained. Finally, a
    hyperchaotic Rossler system is given to illustrate the effectiveness of
    the proposed synchronization method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR DAI D, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1237
    KOCAREV L, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P5028
    LI JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P9
    RULKOV NF, 1995, PHYS REV E, V51, P980
    TAO CH, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P1497
    YANG T, 1996, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V6, P2653
    YANG T, 1999, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V9, P215
 NR 7
 TC 3
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 4
 BP 999
 EP 1002
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 807XL
 UT ISI:000220534100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YY
    Wang, Q
    Shi, JL
 TI Incoherent multimode spatially bistable soliton
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE incoherent multimode beam; spatially soliton; bistable state
 ID REFRACTION INDEX CHANGE; MEDIA; LIGHT; PROPAGATION; STATES; BRIGHT;
    BEAMS
 AB Incoherent multimode bistable soliton can exist in higher-order
    nonlinearity media. Using the coherent density method, we obtain the
    analytical expression of the incoherent multimode bistable soliton, and
    the higher-order nonlinearity controls the existence and the intensity
    peak of bistable solitons. We find the cut-off wavelength, the minimum
    width of the incoherent beam and the nonlinearity condition for the
    media, and then we study the propagation characteristics of coherent
    components that consist of incoherent multimode beams. According to the
    stability criterion, we demonstrate rigorously that the incoherent
    multimode bistable soliton can propagate stably against small
    perturbation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN YY, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P559
    CHEN YY, 2003, ACTA PHOT SIN, V32, P693
    CHRISTODOULIDES DN, 1997, OPT LETT, V22, P1080
    CHRISTODOULIDES DN, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P646
    COSKUN TH, 1998, OPT LETT, V23, P418
    DATTOLI G, 1989, OPT LETT, V14, P456
    ENNS RH, 1987, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V23, P1199
    ENNS RH, 1987, OPT LETT, V12, P108
    ENNS RH, 1987, PHYS REV A, V36, P1270
    ENNS RH, 1993, PHYS REV A B, V47, P4524
    GATZ S, 1991, J OPT SOC AM B, V8, P2296
    GATZ S, 1992, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V28, P1732
    GATZ S, 1997, J OPT SOC AM B, V14, P1795
    HERRMANN J, 1992, OPT COMMUN, V87, P161
    KAPLAN AE, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V55, P1291
    KUMAR A, 1999, OPT LETT, V24, P373
    KUMAR A, 2001, J OPT SOC AM B, V18, P897
    MITCHELL M, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P490
    MITCHELL M, 1997, NATURE, V387, P880
    TRILLO S, 1995, SPATIAL SOLITONS, P96
    WANG XS, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P496
    WANG XS, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P573
    WANG XS, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P595
 NR 23
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 4
 BP 1070
 EP 1075
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 807XL
 UT ISI:000220534100019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Min, F
    Qing, W
    Shi, JL
    Yun, X
 TI Modulation instability of non-paraxial beams for self-focusing Kerr
    media
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE non-paraxial beam; modulation instability; gain spectrum; Kerr media
 ID OPTICAL BEAMS; LASER-BEAMS; PROPAGATION; SOLITONS
 AB Propagation stability of non-paraxial beam in nonlinear Kerr media is
    investigated by using the linear stability method. Both theoretical
    analysis and numerical simulation show that the modulation instability
    gain spectrum has three different distribution features, which are
    determined by ap(0), where a and p(0) represent the non-paraxial
    parameter and the incident power, respectively. Furthermore, the
    corresponding criterion is given to distinguish the three different
    distributions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Min, F, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AGRAWAL GP, 2001, NONLINEAR FIBER OPTI, CH5
    AKHMEDIEV N, 1993, OPT LETT, V18, P411
    ANDERSON D, 1979, PHYS FLUIDS, V22, P105
    BLAIR S, 1998, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V30, P697
    CHAMORROPOSADA P, 1998, J MOD OPTIC, V45, P1111
    CHAMORROPOSADA P, 2000, J MOD OPTIC, V47, P1877
    CHAMORROPOSADA P, 2001, OPT COMMUN, V1, P192
    CHIAVARAS MM, 2001, NEUROIMAGE, V13, P479
    FEIT MD, 1988, J OPT SOC AM B, V5, P633
    FIBICH G, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P4356
    FIBICH G, 2003, PHYS REV E, V67, P36622
    WEN SC, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P460
    WEN SC, 2001, CHINESE J LASERS, V28, P1066
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 4
 BP 1088
 EP 1094
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 807XL
 UT ISI:000220534100022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, PL
    Zhang, JC
    Chao, GX
    Deng, DM
    Liu, LH
    Cheng, D
    Chao, J
    Cao, SX
 TI Characteristics of structure and carrier localization in YBCO systems
    doped with magnetic ions Fe and Ni
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE YBCO high-T-c superconductor; magnetic ion substitution; positron
    annihilation; simulated calculations
 ID POSITRON-ANNIHILATION; ELECTRONIC-STRUCTURE; VACANCY PROPERTIES; COPPER
    OXIDES; SUPERCONDUCTIVITY; YBA2CU3O7-DELTA; SUBSTITUTION; LIFETIME;
    DENSITY; OXYGEN
 AB To make clear the physical mechanism of substitution by the magnetic
    ions Fe and Ni in different sites in YBCO systems, the positron
    annihilation technology ( PAT) and simulated calculations are utilized
    to systemically investigate the compounds YBa2Cu3-x,
    (Fe,Ni)(x)O7-delta( x = 0.0-0.5). The results obtained show that the
    doping ions Fe and Ni form different kinds of ion clusters and enter
    the crystal lattice. When occupying Cu(2) sites in CuO2 planes, the
    ions gather into double square and/or other clusters, which results in
    a strong electronic localization and would directly affect the pairing
    and transportation of carriers' so the superconductivity is suppressed
    dramatically. While ions substitution for Cu(1) through gathering
    hexamer and/or other clusters, this induces the localization of holes
    and weakens the function of carrier reservoir; thus carriers cannot
    easily transfer to CuO2 planes. However, in this case, the pairing and
    transportation of carriers are not affected directly, thus the
    superconductivity will be suppressed weakly. On the other hand, the
    present results indicate the suppression of superconductivity has no
    direct correlation with the magnetism of Fe and Ni ions itself.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, PL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRIKOSOV A, 1961, SOV PHYS JETP, V12, P1234
    BANERJEE T, 2000, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V114, P655
    BHARATHI A, 1989, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V1, P1467
    BORDET P, 1988, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V66, P435
    BRANDT W, 1971, PHYS LETT          A, V35, P109
    BRIDGES F, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P2137
    BRINGLEY JF, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P2432
    CAPONE M, 2002, SCIENCE, V296, P2364
    CHAKRABORTY B, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P215
    CHEN ZP, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2150
    FRANCOIS M, 1987, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V63, P1149
    GINSBERG DM, 1990, PHYS PROPERTIES HIGH, V2, P538
    GUO SQ, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P379
    GUO W, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P582
    GUPTA RP, 1998, PHYSICA C, V305, P179
    HAGHIGHI H, 1990, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V2, P1911
    HAUTOJARVI P, 1983, POSITRONS SOLID, P255
    HORLAND RS, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P9017
    ISLAM MS, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P9492
    JEAN YC, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1593
    JENSEN KO, 1989, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V1, P3727
    JORGENSEN JD, 1991, PHYS TODAY, V44, P34
    KUO YK, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, P6201
    LI LJ, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P844
    LI PC, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P282
    LI PL, 2003, CHIN J LOW TEMP PHYS, V25, P81
    LIU LH, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P769
    MACDONALD AH, 2001, NATURE, V414, P409
    NAGEL C, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P9212
    SAITOVITCH B, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P7697
    SANTORO A, 1987, MATER RES BULL, V22, P1007
    SOMOZA A, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P14454
    TAKAGI H, 2000, PHYSICA C 1, V341, P3
    TAMAKI T, 1988, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V65, P43
    TARASCON JM, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P7458
    UDAYAN D, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P14519
    XIAO G, 1987, PHYS REV B, V35, P8782
    XIAO G, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P1446
    ZHANG J, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65, P54513
    ZHANG JC, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P16830
    ZHANG JC, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V201, P70
    ZHANG LW, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1906
 NR 42
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 4
 BP 1223
 EP 1231
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 807XL
 UT ISI:000220534100046
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, BX
    Xu, DJ
 TI Aqua(2,2 '-diamino-4,4 '-bi-1,3-thiazole-kappa N-2,N
    ')(iminodiacetato-kappa O-3,N,O ')chromium(III) chloride monohydrate
 SO ACTA CRYSTALLOGRAPHICA SECTION C-CRYSTAL STRUCTURE COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID CRYSTAL; TRIHYDRATE; ACID
 AB Crystals of the title compound, [Cr(C4H5NO4)(C6H6N4S2)-(H2O)]Cl.H2O,
    consist of Cr-III complex cations, Cl- counter-ions and lattice water
    molecules. The complex cation assumes an octahedral coordination
    geometry, formed by a tridentate iminodiacetate dianion (IDA), a
    diaminobithiazole (DABT) molecule and a water molecule. The planar DABT
    group chelates the Cr-III ion with normal Cr-N distances [2.0574 (17)
    and 2.0598 (17) Angstrom], but the DABT molecule is inclined to the
    coordination plane by a dihedral angle of 17.23 (7)degrees. In the
    monodentate carboxylate groups of the IDA ion, the coordinated C-O
    bonds [1.288 (3) and 1.284 (3) Angstrom] are much longer than the
    uncoordinated C-O bonds [1.222 (3) and 1.225 (3) Angstrom].
 C1 Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, DJ, Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
 EM xudj@mail.hz.zj.cn
 CR *RIG CORP, 1998, PROCESS AUTO
    *RIG CORP, 2002, CRYST STRUCT VERS 3
    ALTOMARE A, 1993, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V26, P343
    BERNSTEIN J, 1979, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR B, V35, P360
    BIANCHINI RJ, 1986, INORG CHEM, V25, P2129
    ERLENMEYER H, 1948, HELV CHIM ACTA, V31, P206
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1997, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V30, P565
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P837
    FISHER LM, 1985, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V24, P3199
    HIGASHI T, 1995, ABSCOR
    MOOTZ D, 1980, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR B, V36, P445
    OHBO H, 1983, B CHEM SOC JPN, V56, P1982
    SHELDRICK GM, 1997, SHELXL97
    SUBRAMANIAM V, 1994, INORG CHIM ACTA, V216, P155
    SWAMINATHAN K, 1988, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C, V44, P447
    WARING MJ, 1981, ANNU REV BIOCHEM, V50, P159
 NR 16
 TC 5
 SN 0108-2701
 J9 ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C-CRYST STR
 JI Acta Crystallogr. Sect. C-Cryst. Struct. Commun.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 60
 PN Part 3
 BP M137
 EP M139
 PG 3
 SC Crystallography
 GA 808IV
 UT ISI:000220563700017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, LJ
    Xia, YB
    Zhang, ML
    Fang, ZJ
    Shi, WM
 TI The influence of deposition conditions on the dielectric properties of
    diamond films
 SO SEMICONDUCTOR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID SPECTROSCOPIC ELLIPSOMETRY; CVD DIAMOND; ALUMINA; STRESS
 AB In this letter, with the aim of optimizing the growth conditions of
    diamond films on carbon ions implanted in alumina ceramic substrates by
    the hot filament chemical vapour deposition method using a gaseous
    mixture of alcohol and hydrogen, the dielectric constants of diamond
    films deposited under different conditions are determined by infrared
    spectroscopic ellipsometry in the spectral range of 2.5-12.5 mum.
    Results show that diamond films with low dielectric constant can be
    obtained under lower alcohol concentration and higher substrate
    temperature. Under an alcohol concentration of 0.8% and a substrate
    temperature of 850 C, the dielectric constant and the thermal
    conductivity of the diamond film/alumina composite, with a diamond film
    of 100 mum thickness, are 6.5 and 3.98 W cm(-1) K-1, respectively.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, LJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BRUGGEMAN DAG, 1935, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V24, P636
    DREVILLON B, 1998, THIN SOLID FILMS, V313, P625
    EBERT W, 1999, DIAM RELAT MATER, V8, P1875
    FANG ZJ, 2002, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V35, L57
    FANG ZJ, 2002, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V14, P5271
    IBARRA A, 1997, DIAM RELAT MATER, V6, P856
    JIANG X, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P3438
    MCMARR PJ, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V59, P694
    MO Y, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V191, P459
    MO YW, 1997, THIN SOLID FILMS, V305, P266
    NATH S, 1996, DIAM RELAT MATER, V5, P65
    PLESKOV YV, 1999, DIAM RELAT MATER, V8, P64
    STONER BR, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V60, P698
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0268-1242
 J9 SEMICOND SCI TECHNOL
 JI Semicond. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 IS 3
 BP L35
 EP L38
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 806FT
 UT ISI:000220420500008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, XY
    Lin, GW
    Li, HG
 TI The effect of atomic ordering on the hydrogen absorption and desorption
    of Ni4Mo alloy
 SO SCRIPTA MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 DE order-disorder phenomena; hydrogen embrittlement; hydrogen absorption;
    hydrogen desorption; gas chromatographic analysis
 ID ENVIRONMENTAL EMBRITTLEMENT; (CO,FE)(3)V; NI3FE
 AB Hydrogen absorption and desorption of disordered and ordered Ni4Mo
    alloys were investigated. The results show that the atomic ordering can
    promote gaseous hydrogen absorption at room temperature and therefore
    exacerbates the hydrogen gas-induced environmental embrittlement. (C)
    2004 Acta Materialia Inc. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat, Inst Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, XY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat, Inst Mat Sci, Box 269,149 Yanchang
    Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM hhtxy@online.sh.cn
 CR BROOKS CR, 1984, INT MET REV, V29, P210
    CAMUS GM, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P1497
    CHENG XY, 2001, SCRIPTA MATER, V44, P325
    CHENG XY, 2002, SCRIPTA MATER, V46, P465
    CHENG XY, 2002, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V12, P786
    COHRON JW, 1997, ACTA MATER, V45, P2801
    HAMMER B, 1995, SURF SCI, V343, P211
    KURUVILLA AK, 1982, 3RD P INT C HYDR MET, V2, P629
    NISHIMURA C, 1996, SCRIPTA MATER, V35, P1441
    NORSKOV JK, 1981, J VAC SCI TECHNOL, V18, P420
    PASCO RW, 1983, ACTA METALL, V31, P541
    TAKASUGI T, 1994, INTERMETALLICS, V2, P225
    WRIGHT JL, 1998, SCRIPTA MATER, V38, P253
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1359-6462
 J9 SCRIPTA MATER
 JI Scr. Mater.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 50
 IS 10
 BP 1293
 EP 1296
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 805WB
 UT ISI:000220395300006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, GY
    Chen, YL
    Ying, WJ
 TI Thermal, spectroscopic and X-ray diffractional analyses of zirconium
    hydroxides precipitated at low pH values
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE zirconium hydroxide; precipitation; DTA; TGA XRD; IR; Raman spectroscopy
 ID AQUEOUS SALT-SOLUTIONS; LOW-TEMPERATURE T-ZRO2; HYDROUS-ZIRCONIA;
    PHASE-TRANSFORMATION; RAMAN-SPECTROSCOPY; MONOCLINIC PHASE; ZRO2;
    PARTICLES; SPECTRA; CRYSTALLIZATION
 AB Differential thermal, thermogravimetric and elemental analyses in
    combination with infrared and Raman spectroscopies and X-ray
    diffraction (XRD) were used to follow the structural properties of
    zirconium hydroxides precipitated from zirconium oxychloride solution
    with aqueous ammonia at pH < 7. The results show that the zirconium
    hydroxides have the composition and structure significantly different
    from the three types of the existing zirconium hydroxides, which were
    formed under alkaline conditions, and hence can behave much differently
    from those previously known. The DTA and TGA curves demonstrates that
    there is an abrupt weight drop for the former and hardly any weight
    loss for the latter in the region of the exothermic peak. (C) 2003
    Published by Elsevier B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Anal Ctr, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, GY, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 EM gou_gongyi@hotmail.com
 CR ALI AAM, 1999, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V336, P17
    BLESA MA, 1985, J MATER SCI, V20, P4601
    BOLIS V, 2001, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V379, P147
    CLEARFIELD A, 1990, J MATER RES, V5, P161
    GARCIA ET, 2001, J MATER RES, V16, P2209
    GUO GY, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P3511
    GUO GY, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P1294
    HU MZC, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P2313
    JONES SL, 1988, J AM CERAM SOC, V71, C190
    KERAMIDAS VG, 1974, J AM CERAM SOC, V57, P22
    KIM BK, 1997, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V203, P557
    KIM DJ, 1993, J AM CERAM SOC, V76, P2106
    LEE K, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P338
    LIU DW, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P1413
    LIU FX, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P8847
    MAMOTT GT, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P4054
    MATSUI K, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P1949
    MATSUI K, 1998, J CERAM SOC JPN, V106, P1232
    MATTA J, 1999, PHYS CHEM CHEM PHYS, V1, P4975
    MOON YT, 1995, J AM CERAM SOC, V78, P2690
    PHILLIPPI CM, 1971, J AM CERAM SOC, V54, P254
    QUINTARD PE, 2002, J AM CERAM SOC, V85, P1745
    SATO T, 2002, J THERM ANAL CALORIM, V69, P255
    SERGENT N, 2000, CHEM MATER, V12, P3830
    SHI L, 1999, J MATER SCI, V34, P3367
    SRINIVASAN R, 1988, J MATER RES, V3, P787
    SRINIVASAN R, 1993, CHEM MATER, V5, P27
    STEFANIC G, 1998, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V59, P879
    STEFANIC G, 2000, MATER CHEM PHYS, V65, P197
    TANI E, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P11
    TORRESGARCIA E, 2001, J MATER RES, V16, P2209
    TOSAN JL, 1993, EUR J SOL STATE INOR, V30, P179
    WHITNEY ED, 1970, J AM CERAM SOC, V53, P697
    XIE SB, 2000, CHEM MATER, V12, P2442
    YAMAGUCHI T, 1994, CATAL TODAY, V20, P199
    ZAITSEV LM, 1966, ZH NEORG KHIM+, V11, P1684
 NR 36
 TC 2
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 84
 IS 2-3
 BP 308
 EP 314
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 805VC
 UT ISI:000220392800018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZY
 TI Controlling chaos in the RF-biased Josephson junction with thermal noise
 SO JOURNAL OF SUPERCONDUCTIVITY
 DT Article
 DE Josephson junction; control of chaos; delayed feedback control;
    unstable periodic orbits
 AB In this paper the control of chaos in the rf-biased Josephson junction
    circuit is studied. Numerical simulation indicates that the unstable
    periodic orbits (UPO) embedded in the chaotic attractor can be
    stabilized with the delayed feedback technique. Upon controlling,
    operation state of the chaotic Josephson junction circuit switches back
    to its conventional state. Namely, phase locking is reestablished and
    typical I-V curve recovers. Furthermore, we investigate the influence
    of thermal noise on the control and estimate the range of the
    environmental temperature for an effective control through numerical
    simulation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR GILLESPIE DT, 1993, AM J PHYS, V61, P1077
    HUBERMAN BA, 1980, APPL PHYS LETT, V37, P750
    INOUE M, 1982, PROG THEOR PHYS, V68, P2184
    KAUTZ RL, 1987, PHYS LETT A, V125, P315
    KAUTZ RL, 1996, REP PROG PHYS, V59, P935
    MACDONALD AH, 1983, PHYS REV B, V27, P201
    OCTAVIO M, 1984, PHYS REV B, V29, P1231
    PYRAGAS K, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V180, P99
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0896-1107
 J9 J SUPERCOND
 JI J. Supercond.
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 17
 IS 2
 BP 233
 EP 237
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 806CZ
 UT ISI:000220413300012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, L
    Lu, WC
    Chen, NY
 TI On the criteria of formation and lattice distortion of perovskite-type
    complex halides
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF SOLIDS
 DT Article
 DE inorganic compounds; crystal structure; phase transitions
 AB The famous Goldschmidt's tolerance factor t = (R-A + R-X)/root2-(R-B +
    R-X) gives us a necessary but not sufficient condition for the
    formation of perovskite-type compounds (ABX(3)). In this work,
    computerized data analysis has been used to find some complementary
    criteria for the formation and lattice distortion of perovskite-type
    complex halides. It has been found that the radius ratio (R-A/R-X) and
    (R-B/R-X), affecting the stability of BX6 octahedra and AX(12)
    cubo-octahedra (they are basic units of perovskite structure), are also
    dominating factors for the formation and lattice distortion of
    perovskite-type compounds. Besides, it has been found that the
    transition between the perovskite structure (with comer-sharing BX6
    octahedra) to BaNiO3 structure (with face-sharing BX6 octahedra) can be
    predicted by a criterion based on the relative magnitude of ionic radii
    and electronegativity. Based on multivariate data analysis, several
    complementary criteria for the formation and lattice distortion of
    perovskite-type complex halides have been obtained, and some empirical
    equations expressing the relationships between the ionic radii (R-A,
    R-B, R-X) and the lattice constants of perovskite-type complex halides
    have been found. The physical meaning of these empirical relationships
    has been discussed based on Pauling's rules of the crystal lattice
    stability of complex ionic compounds. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Lab Chem Data Min, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, WC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Lab Chem Data Min, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM wclu@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BEZNOSIKOV BV, 2001, PERSPECTIVE MAT, V3, P34
    GALASSO FS, 1990, PEROVSKITES HIGH TC
    MCMURDIE HF, 1969, J RES NATL BUREAU A, V37, P621
    MULLER O, 1974, MAJOR TERNARY STRUCT
    NAKAJIMA T, 2000, ADV INORGANIC FLUORI
    NIANYI C, 1997, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V58, P731
    NIANYI C, 1999, CHEMOMETRICS INTELLI, V45, P329
    NIANYI C, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V289, P20
    NIANYI C, 1999, P 2 INT C INT PROC M, V2, P1417
    PASIPAIKO VI, 1977, DIAGRAMS FUSIBILITY
    PAULING LS, 1960, NATURE CHEM BOND
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0022-3697
 J9 J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS
 JI J. Phys. Chem. Solids
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 65
 IS 5
 BP 855
 EP 860
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 806CN
 UT ISI:000220412100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qin, YM
    Rivera, JM
 TI Blow-up of solutions to the Cauchy problem in nonlinear one-dimensional
    thermoelasticity
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear thermoelasticity; blow-up; singularity; positive definite
    kernel
 ID PARABOLIC COUPLED SYSTEMS; GLOBAL-SOLUTIONS; ASYMPTOTIC STABILITY;
    LINEAR THERMOELASTICITY; EXPONENTIAL STABILITY; SMOOTH SOLUTIONS;
    ENERGY DECAY; EQUATIONS; NONEXISTENCE; EXISTENCE
 AB This paper is concerned with the blow-up phenomena of solutions to the
    Cauchy problem in non-autonomous nonlinear one-dimensional
    thermoelastic models obeying both Fourier's law of heat flux and the
    theory due to Gurtin and Pipkin. Moreover some previously related
    results have been extended. (C) 2003 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Henan Univ, Coll Math & Informat Sci, Dept Math, Inst Math, Kaifeng 475001, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    LNCC, Natl Lab Sci Computat, BR-25621070 Petropolis, RJ, Brazil.
 RP Qin, YM, Henan Univ, Coll Math & Informat Sci, Dept Math, Inst Math,
    Kaifeng 475001, Peoples R China.
 EM yuming_qin@hotmail.com
    rivera@lncc.br
 CR BURNS JA, 1993, J MATH ANAL APPL, V179, P574
    COLEMAN BD, 1965, ARCH RATIONAL MECH A, V19, P266
    COLEMAN BD, 1967, Z ANGEW MATH PHYS, V18, P199
    DAFERMOS CM, 1968, ARCH RATIONAL MECH A, V29, P241
    DAFERMOS CM, 1979, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V4, P219
    DAFERMOS CM, 1982, NONLINEAR ANAL, V6, P435
    FATORI LH, IN PRESS Q APPL MATH
    GIBSON JS, 1992, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V30, P1163
    GIORGI C, 1997, QUAD SEM MAT BRESCIA, V2
    GURTIN ME, 1968, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V31, P113
    HANSEN SW, 1992, J MATH ANAL APPL, V167, P429
    HRUSA WJ, 1990, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V111, P135
    JIANG S, 2000, MONOGR SURVEYS PURE, V112
    KALANTAROV V, 1978, J SOVIET MATH, V10, P53
    KIM JU, 1992, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V23, P889
    KIRANE M, 1995, MATH NACHR, V176, P139
    KIRANE M, 2001, J MATH ANAL APPL, V254, P71
    KNOPS RJ, 1974, ARCH RATIONAL MECH A, V55, P52
    LAGNESE JE, 1989, INT SERIES NUMERICAL, V91, P211
    LEBEAU G, 1999, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V148, P179
    LEVINE HA, 1974, T AM MATH SOC, V192, P1
    LEVINE HA, 1984, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V52, P135
    LIU Z, 1999, RES NOTES MATH, V398
    MESSAOUDI S, 1992, MAGHREB MATH REV, V1, P31
    RACKE R, 1990, MATH Z, V203, P649
    RACKE R, 1991, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V116, P1
    RACKE R, 1993, Q APPL MATH, V51, P751
    RIVERA JEM, UNPUB GLOBAL EXISTEN
    RIVERA JEM, 1992, FUNKCIAL EKVAC, V35, P19
    RIVERA JEM, 2002, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V51, P11
    SLEMROD M, 1981, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V76, P97
    STAFFANS OJ, 1980, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V11, P793
    ZHANG X, DECAY SOLUTIONS THER
    ZHENG SM, 1984, SCI SINICA SER A, V27, P1274
    ZHENG SM, 1987, SCI SINICA SER A, V30, P1133
 NR 35
 TC 0
 SN 0022-247X
 J9 J MATH ANAL APPL
 JI J. Math. Anal. Appl.
 PD APR 1
 PY 2004
 VL 292
 IS 1
 BP 160
 EP 193
 PG 34
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 806LM
 UT ISI:000220435400013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
 TI On super-chaotifying discrete dynamical systems
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID CHAOS
 AB This paper derives a super-chaotification (or hyper-chaotification)
    scheme by making all Lyapunov exponents of the controlled dynamical
    system Positive Via, the controller of some simple triangular function.
    (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM leecp@online.sh.cn
 CR BLANCHARD F, 2002, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V547, P51
    CHEN G, 1998, CHAOS ORDER METHODOL
    CHEN G, 2003, CHAOS CONTROL, V1
    CHEN GR, 1996, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V6, P1341
    CHENG YP, 2001, MATRIX THEORY
    DEVANEY RL, 1989, INTRO CHAOTIC DYNAMI
    FROYLAND J, 1992, INTRO CHAOS COHERENC
    GLENDINNING P, 1994, STABILITY INSTABILIT
    HOLZFUSS J, 1991, LYAPUNOV EXPONENTS, P263
    LI CP, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V18, P69
    LI CP, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V18, P809
    LI CP, 2003, J SYS SCI COMPLEX, V16, P159
    LI TY, 1975, AM MATH MONTHLY, V82, P985
    MAROTTO FR, 1978, J MATH ANAL APPL, V63, P199
    OTTINO JM, 1989, KINEMATICS MIXING ST
    OTTINO JM, 1992, SCIENCE, V257, P754
    PARKER TS, 1989, PRACTICAL NUMERICAL
    WIGGINS S, 1991, INTRO APPL NONLINEAR
 NR 18
 TC 3
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 4
 BP 855
 EP 861
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 806CW
 UT ISI:000220413000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
 TI A new method of determining chaos-parameter-region for the tent map
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID REPELLERS
 AB In this paper, we apply the modified Marotto Theorem developed by Li
    and Chen to determination of the chaos-parameter-region of the tent
    map, which provides a new approach to detection of the
    chaos-parameter-region for the nonlinear maps. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM leecp@online.sh.cn
 CR BILLINGS L, 2001, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V12, P365
    CHEN G, 1998, J MATH PHYS, V39, P6459
    GARDINI L, 1994, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V23, P1039
    GLENDINNING P, 1994, STABILITY INSTABILIT
    HABUTSU T, 1991, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V547, P127
    HALE JK, 1986, ANN MAT PUR APPL, V144, P229
    HUANG Y, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V19, P1105
    LI CP, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V18, P69
    LI CP, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V20, P655
    LI TY, 1975, AM MATH MONTHLY, V82, P985
    LIN W, 2002, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P1129
    MAROTTO FR, 1978, J MATH ANAL APPL, V63, P199
    YOSHIDA T, 1983, J STAT PHYS, V31, P279
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 4
 BP 863
 EP 867
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 806CW
 UT ISI:000220413000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Leng, GS
 TI The Brunn-Minkowski inequality for volume differences
 SO ADVANCES IN APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE compact domain; convex body; mixed volume; Brunn-Minkowski inequality;
    Minkowski inequality; isoperimetric inequality; volume difference;
    quermassintegral difference
 ID CAPACITY
 AB In this paper, we establish some theorems for the volume differences of
    compact domains, which are extensions of the Brunn-Minkowski
    inequality, Minkowski inequality, and isoperimetric inequality.
    Further, we give a generalizations of the matrix form of the
    Brunn-Minkowski inequality and prove the Brunn-Minkowski inequality for
    quermassintegral differences of convex bodies. (C) 2003 Elsevier Inc.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Leng, GS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM gleng@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BAKELMAN IJ, 1994, CONVEX ANAL NONLINER
    BECKENBACH EF, 1965, INEQUALITIES
    BORELL C, 1975, INVENT MATH, V30, P207
    BORELL C, 1983, MATH ANN, V263, P179
    BURAGO YD, 1988, GEOMETRIC INEQUALITY
    CAFFARELLI LA, 1996, ADV MATH, V117, P193
    COSTA MHM, 1984, IEEE T INFORM THEORY, V30, P837
    DEMBO A, 1991, IEEE T INFORM THEORY, V37, P1501
    EWALD G, 1996, COMBINATORIAL CONVEX
    GARDNER RJ, 1996, GEOMETRIC TOMOGRAPHY
    GARDNER RJ, 2001, T AM MATH SOC, V353, P3995
    GARDNER RJ, 2002, B AM MATH SOC, V39, P355
    JERISON D, 1996, ACTA MATH-DJURSHOLM, V176, P1
    OKOUNKOV A, 1996, INVENT MATH, V125, P405
    OSSERMAN R, 1978, B AM MATH SOC, V84, P1182
    SCHNEIDER R, 1993, CONVEX BODIES BRUNN
    ZHANG GY, 1999, J DIFFER GEOM, V53, P183
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 0196-8858
 J9 ADVAN APPL MATH
 JI Adv. Appl. Math.
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 32
 IS 3
 BP 615
 EP 624
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 806BK
 UT ISI:000220409200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XD
    Liu, PT
    Liu, XY
    Li, Y
 TI New compact configuration of a stepped-impedance ceramic bandpass filter
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE ceramic filter; laminated filter; planar filter; SIR
 AB A new compact configuration of a stepped-impedance comb-line filter is
    proposed. By reversing one of the two resonators, the size of the
    filter becomes much smaller than that of the former. The impedance
    ratio has a small effect on the filter's size. The filter is made of
    low-temperature co-fired ceramic (LTCC). The simulated frequency
    characteristics are compared with the measured data of the fabricated
    filter and good agreement is reported. (C) 2004 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XD, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai, Peoples
    R China.
 CR HUANG CL, 2000, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V24, P258
    ISHIZAKI T, 1994, IEEE MTT S, P617
    ISHIZAKI T, 1994, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V42, P2017
    JONES EMT, 1956, IRE T MICROWAVE THEO, V4, P75
    MAKIMOTO M, 1979, P IEEE, V67, P16
    MATTHAEI GL, 1964, MICROWAVE FILTERS IM
    VINCZE AD, 1974, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V22, P1171
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD APR 20
 PY 2004
 VL 41
 IS 2
 BP 146
 EP 149
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 804XY
 UT ISI:000220332600024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZC
    Dai, YM
 TI A twelfth-order four-step formula for the numerical integration of the
    one-dimensional Schrodinger equation
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS C
 DT Article
 DE multi-derivative; high-order linear four-step methods; Schrodinger
    equation; eigenvalue problems; high precision methods
 ID INITIAL-VALUE-PROBLEMS; FITTING METHODS
 AB A new twelfth-order four-step formula containing fourth derivatives for
    the numerical integration of the one-dimensional Schrodinger equation
    has been developed. It was found that by adding multi-derivative terms,
    the stability of a linear multi-step method can be improved and the
    interval of periodicity of this new method is larger than that of the
    Numerov's method. The numerical test shows that the new method is
    superior to the previous lower orders in both accuracy and efficiency
    and it is specially applied to the problem when an increasing accuracy
    is requested.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 ShangDa Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ALLISON AC, 1970, J COMPUT PHYS, V6, P378
    ALLISON AC, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V97, P240
    AVDELAS G, 1996, COMPUT MATH APPL, V31, P85
    BLATT JM, 1967, J COMP PHYSIOL, V1, P382
    CASH JR, 1984, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V33, P299
    COOLEY JW, 1961, MATH COMPUT, V15, P363
    HERZBERG G, 1950, SPECTRA DIATOMIC MOL
    IXARU LG, 1980, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V19, P23
    LAMBERT JD, 1976, J INST MATH APPL, V18, P189
    RAPTIS AD, 1978, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V14, P1
    RAPTIS AD, 1982, COMPUTING, V28, P373
    RAPTIS AD, 1985, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V36, P113
    RAPTIS AD, 1987, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V44, P95
    SIMOS TE, 1993, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V441, P283
    SIMOS TE, 1999, J COMPUT PHYS, V148, P305
    WANG Z, 2003, N MATH J CHIN U, V12, P146
    WILLIAMS PS, 2000, INT J MOD PHYS C, V11, P785
 NR 17
 TC 5
 SN 0129-1831
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS C
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. C
 PD OCT
 PY 2003
 VL 14
 IS 8
 BP 1087
 EP 1105
 PG 19
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 805DO
 UT ISI:000220347200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, YS
    Liu, GL
    Liu, YJ
 TI Quasi-variational principle for the vortexpotential function of
    rotational flow in three-dimension pipe
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE pseudo-potential function; vortex-potential function; curl;
    quasi-variational principle; boundary condition
 AB The variational analysis of the Pseudo-potential
    function-vortex-potential function model, a new mathematical model, was
    developed and by which the flow field with transonic speed and curl was
    decided, and different sorts of the variational principle for vortex
    potential function were established by transforming the original
    equation for vortex-function, the boundary conditions for
    vortex-potential function was raised.
 C1 Jinan Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Jinan 250022, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, YS, Jinan Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Jinan 250022, Peoples R China.
 EM shengysh@sina.com
 CR GIESE JH, 1951, J MATH PHYS, V30, P31
    LIU GL, 1980, IMPELLER MCH AERODYN
    LIU GL, 1983, J SHANGHAI MACHINERY, P15
    PAN WQ, 1983, FLUID MECH BASIS
    SHEN YS, 1997, 11 NAT C FLUID DYN 4, P29
    SHEN YS, 1999, PSEUDOPOTENTIAL MODE
    WU CH, 1952, T ASME
    WU WQ, 1979, J MECH ENG, V15, P86
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 1
 BP 10
 EP 15
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 805QL
 UT ISI:000220380700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shao, J
    Xu, H
    Lu, WC
    Chen, NY
 TI Transport property anomalies under high pressure in molten Na2O-SiO2
    binary system studied by molecular dynamics simulation
 SO ACTA PHYSICO-CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE molecular dynamics simulation; Na2O-SiO2 binary system; coordination
    number of silicon by oxygen; transport property anomaly; high pressure
    physics
 ID COMPUTER-SIMULATION; GLASS; WATER; SILICATES; VISCOSITY
 AB A series of ion dynamics simulations on Na2O-SiO2 binary system at 6000
    K ranging from 0 to 100 GPa pressure have been carried out. These
    systems include SiO2, Na2O . 10SiO(2), Na2O . 5SiO(2), Na2O . 2SiO(2),
    Na2O . SiO2, 2Na(2)O . SiO2. The simulated results show that there
    exists anomalous pressure dependence for oxygen component diffusion
    coefficient in SiO2, Na2O . 10SiO(2), Na2O . 5SiO(2), Na2O . 2SiO(2)
    systems. Besides SiO2 system, others have not been reported earlier. In
    Na2O . 10SiO(2), Na2O . 5SiO(2), Na2O. 2SiO(2) systems, the silicon
    component diffusion coefficient also shows anomalous pressure
    dependence, this result has not been reported earlier.
    In these systems at about 20 GPa the diffusion coefficient of oxygen
    component is larger than that at ambient pressure by more than an order
    of magnitude. That the pressure-induced peak position of oxygen
    diffusion coefficient is at about 20 GPa is different from the results
    reported earlier, which is at about 30 GPa.
    It is observed that the diffusivity maximum in SiO2 system corresponds
    approximately to a prevalence of five-coordination of silicon by
    oxygen, but the diffusivity maximum in Na2O . 10SiO(2) system
    corresponds approximately to a prevalence of six-coordination of
    silicon by oxygen. The latter has not been reported earlier.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Arizona State Univ, Dept Chem, Tempe, AZ 85027 USA.
    Changshu Inst Technol, Changshu 215500, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, H, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM xuhua@cslg.cn
 CR ABRAMO MC, 1992, J CHEM PHYS, V96, P9083
    ANGELL CA, 1982, LECT NOTE PHYS, P131
    ANGELL CA, 1982, SCIENCE, V218, P885
    ANGELL CA, 1994, NUOVO CIMENTO D, V16, P993
    BRAWER SA, 1981, J CHEM PHYS, V75, P3516
    HEMMATI M, 2001, J CHEM PHYS, V115, P6663
    KANNO H, 2001, J PHYS CHEM B, V105, P2019
    KESTIN J, 1977, J CHEM ENG DATA, V22, P207
    KIEFFER J, 1989, J CHEM PHYS, V90, P4982
    POOLE PH, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P2281
    SHAO J, 1993, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V29, B11
    SHAO J, 1993, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V10, P669
    XU H, 2002, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V18, P10
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1000-6818
 J9 ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Phys.-Chim. Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 3
 BP 237
 EP 239
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Physical
 GA 805JM
 UT ISI:000220362600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GH
    Xu, DM
    Zhou, SP
 TI A parameter-modulated method for chaotic digital communication based on
    state observers
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE state observer; chaos synchronization; parameter modulation
 ID SYNCHRONIZATION; SYSTEMS
 AB By designing an appropriate state observer, we have constructed two
    subsystems which alternately synchronize the chaotic drive system. When
    the parameter of the transmitter is modulated using the binary digital
    signal, the two systems can alternately be synchronized with the
    chaotic system. In the receiver, information is demodulated by
    analyzing synchronization error. An observer-based parameter modulation
    and demodulation Henon system was chosen to be a typical example.
    Numerical simulation is carried out to illustrate the effectiveness and
    efficiency of the proposed method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN SH, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P749
    KOCAREV L, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P5028
    KOLUMBAN G, 1997, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V44, P927
    KOLUMBAN G, 1998, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V45, P1129
    LAI JW, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P21
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    YANG XS, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1919
 NR 7
 TC 2
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 3
 BP 706
 EP 709
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 805LI
 UT ISI:000220367400011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, SS
    Zheng, ZG
    Weng, YQ
    Yu, YJ
    Zhang, DF
    Fan, WH
    Dai, RH
    Hu, ZB
 TI Angiogenesis and anti-angiogenesis activity of Chinese medicinal herbal
    extracts
 SO LIFE SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE angiogenesis; anti-angiogenesis; Chinese medicinal herbs
 ID EMBRYO CHORIOALLANTOIC MEMBRANE; CORONARY-ARTERY-DISEASE; IN-VITRO;
    TUMOR ANGIOGENESIS; ENDOTHELIAL-CELLS; GENE-THERAPY; SOLE THERAPY;
    GROWTH; MICE; METASTASIS
 AB The aqueous extracts of 24 herbs traditionally used as curing ischemic
    heart disease in clinic in China were screened for their in vitro
    angiogenic activity, another twenty-four traditionally used as
    anti-tumor or anti-inflammatory remedies in China were screened for
    their in vitro anti-angiogenic activity. The activity of angiogenesis
    was determined by quantitation of vessels on chick embryo
    chorioallantoic membrane (CAM) model and cell proliferation of cultured
    bovine aortic endothelial cells (BAECs). Among the herbal extracts
    examined, the aqueous extracts of Epimedium sagittatum, Trichosanthes
    kirilowii and Dalbergia odorifera showed the strong angiogenetic.
    activity both in CAM and BAECs models; and the aqueous extracts of
    Berberis paraspecta, Catharanthus roseus, Coptis chinensis, Taxus
    chinensis, Scutellaria baicalensis, Polygonum cuspidatum and
    Scrophularia ningpoensis elicited significant inhibition at a
    concentration of 1g dry herb /ml. (C) 2004 Elsevier Inc. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Tradit Chinese Med, Inst Chinese Mat Med, Shanghai 201203, Peoples R China.
    Huashan Hosp, Lab Cardiovasc Dis, Shanghai 200040, Peoples R China.
    Dongfang Hosp, Dept Cardiovasc Dis, Shanghai 200120, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, ZG, Shanghai Univ, Tradit Chinese Med, Inst Chinese Mat Med,
    Shanghai 201203, Peoples R China.
 EM zhengzhengui@163.com
 CR 1997, ANIMAL CELL CULTURE, P112
    *JIANGS NEW MED CO, 1986, DICT CHIN MED
    BAUMGARTNER I, 1998, CIRCULATION, V97, P1114
    BRAKENHIELM E, 2001, FASEB J, V15, P1798
    CHOI S, 2002, PLANTA MED, V68, P330
    DEPAULO SA, 2000, INT J MOL MED   0605, P667
    FOLKMAN J, 1987, SCIENCE, V235, P442
    FOTSIS T, 1993, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V90, P2690
    GLINKOWSKA G, 1997, ACTA POL PHARM, V54, P151
    GONZALEZ S, 2000, ANTICANCER RES, V20, P567
    HANAHAN D, 1996, CELL, V86, P353
    HISA T, 1998, ANTICANCER RES, V18, P783
    HORVATH KA, 1997, J THORAC CARDIOV SUR, V113, P645
    JUAREZ CP, 2000, EUR J OPHTHALMOL, V10, P51
    JUNG YD, 2001, INT J EXP PATHOL, V82, P309
    KIM MS, 2000, INT J CANCER, V87, P269
    KIM Y, 2002, PLANTA MED, V68, P271
    KIMURA Y, 2000, ANTICANCER RES, V50, P2899
    KIMURA Y, 2001, J NUTR, V131, P1844
    KOBAYASHI S, 1995, BIOL PHARM BULL, V18, P1382
    LANSINK M, 1998, BLOOD, V92, P927
    LOSORDO DW, 1998, CIRCULATION, V98, P2800
    MCELWAIN MC, 1995, MOL CELL DIFFER, V3, P31
    MOCHIZUKI M, 1995, BIOL PHARM BULL, V18, P1197
    MORISAKI N, 1995, BRIT J PHARMACOL, V115, P1188
    NGUYEN M, 1994, MICROVASC RES, V47, P31
    OHSUGI M, 1999, J ETHNOPHARMACOL, V67, P111
    RIBATTI D, 1995, DEV BIOL, V170, P39
    RIBATTI D, 2001, ANAT REC, V264, P317
    RISAU W, 1997, NATURE, V386, P671
    ROSENGART TK, 1999, CIRCULATION, V100, P468
    SHIBATA S, 2001, J KOREAN MED SCI S, S28
    SHUKLA A, 1999, J ETHNOPHARMACOL, V65, P1
    SILVESTRE JS, 2002, ARCH MAL COEUR VAISS, V95, P189
    TAKAKU T, 2001, J NUTR, V131, P1409
    VACCA A, 1999, BLOOD, V94, P4143
    YOON TJ, 1995, CANCER LETT, V97, P83
    ZHOU JR, 1999, J NUTR, V129, P1628
 NR 38
 TC 6
 SN 0024-3205
 J9 LIFE SCI
 JI Life Sci.
 PD APR 2
 PY 2004
 VL 74
 IS 20
 BP 2467
 EP 2478
 PG 12
 SC Medicine, Research & Experimental; Pharmacology & Pharmacy
 GA 802MG
 UT ISI:000220167000001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, YH
    Shi, DH
    Yong, XO
    Gao, J
    Luo, HZ
 TI A general probability formula of the number of location areas'
    boundaries crossed by a mobile between two successive call arrivals
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE mobile computing; location management; mobility management
 ID TRACKING
 AB Mobility management is a challenging topic in mobile computing
    environment. Studying the situation of mobiles crossing the boundaries
    of location areas is significant for evaluating the costs and
    performances of various location management strategies. Hitherto,
    several formulae were derived to describe the probability of the number
    of location areas' boundaries crossed by a mobile. Some of them were
    widely used in analyzing the costs and performances of mobility
    management strategies. Utilizing the density evolution method of vector
    Markov processes, we propose a general probability formula of the
    number of location areas' boundaries crossed by a mobile between two
    successive calls. Fortunately, several widely-used formulae are special
    cases of the proposed formula.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ Technol, Inst Informat Intelligence & Decis Optimisat, Hangzhou 310032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ, Inst Artificial Intelligence, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ Technol, Coll Sci, Hangzhou 310032, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, YH, Zhejiang Univ Technol, Inst Informat Intelligence & Decis
    Optimisat, Hangzhou 310032, Peoples R China.
 EM yhzhu@zjut.edu.cn
 CR JAIN R, 1995, IEEE INT C COMM ICC, P740
    LIN YB, 1997, IEEE ACM T NETWORK, V5, P25
    LIN YB, 1998, IEEE T VEH TECHNOL, V47, P58
    MA W, 2002, IEEE T MOBILE COMPUT, V1, P32
    PITOURA E, 2001, IEEE T KNOWL DATA EN, V13, P571
    ROSS SM, 1972, STOCHASTIC PROCESSES
    SATYANARAYANAN M, 2001, IEEE PERS COMMUN, V8, P10
    SHI DH, 1999, DENSITY EVOLUTION ME
    SUE KL, 1997, IEEE J SEL AREA COMM, V15, P1455
    TABBANE S, 1997, IEEE COMM MAGAZI AUG
    ZHU YH, 2002, ACTA ELECT SINICA, V30, P1145
    ZHU YH, 2002, J CHINA I COMMUNICAT, V23, P8
    ZHU YH, 2002, J COMPUTER RES DEV, V39, P557
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1000-9000
 J9 J COMPUT SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Comput. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 IS 2
 BP 177
 EP 182
 PG 6
 SC Computer Science, Hardware & Architecture; Computer Science, Software
    Engineering
 GA 803DV
 UT ISI:000220212700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shang, HJ
    Lu, YC
    Jin, P
    Zhang, L
 TI Unlimited information diffusion method and application in risk analysis
    in coronary heart disease
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF GENERAL SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 DE information diffusion; prevalence rate; optimization; coronary heart
    disease
 AB There is a need for methods that will extract accurate results from
    limited data in information processing. This paper probes into the
    mechanism of unlimited information diffusion, which is similar to those
    of molecular diffusion and heat conduction. Therefore the information
    diffusion function is deduced to be the solution of the Cauchy problem.
    Then we apply it to a practical project to study the relationship
    between the prevalence rates of coronary heart disease and the relevant
    risk factors. The results are satisfactory and reveal that the
    information diffusion technique is efficient in dealing with the small
    sample problem. Finally, in order to get rid of the randomicity of the
    parameter in the information diffusion function, two criteria are
    proposed for the establishment of an optimization model in the
    one-dimensional case.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Shang, HJ, Fudan Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 EM afac@fudan.edu.cn
    chuiwj@online.sh.cn
    xiaoxiao_jin@yahoo.com
    topkevin@etang.com
 CR HUANG CF, 1997, FUZZY SET SYST, V91, P69
    HUANG CF, 2000, SIGNAL PROCESS, V80, P1037
    HUANG CF, 2002, EFF FUZZ INF P US PR
    HUANG CF, 2002, J INFORMATION TECHNO, V1, P229
    SHANG HJ, 2000, P N AM FUZZ INF P SO, P168
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0308-1079
 J9 INT J GEN SYSTEM
 JI Int. J. Gen. Syst.
 PD APR-JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 33
 IS 2-3
 BP 233
 EP 242
 PG 10
 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods
 GA 802EP
 UT ISI:000220147100010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hong, J
    Zang, YCQ
    Li, SF
    Rivera, VM
    Zhang, JWZ
 TI Ex vivo detection of myelin basic protein-reactive T cells in multiple
    sclerosis and controls using specific TCR oligonucleotide probes
 SO EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF IMMUNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE myelin basic protein; multiple sclerosis; TCR
 ID INTERFERON-BETA; GENE REARRANGEMENTS; PROTEOLIPID PROTEIN;
    CEREBROSPINAL-FLUID; CLONAL EXPANSION; LYMPHOCYTES-T; PILOT TRIAL;
    PEPTIDE; FREQUENCY; MS
 AB T cell reactivity to candidate myelin autoantigens, such as myelin
    basic protein (MBP), may play an important role in the pathogenesis of
    multiple sclerosis (MS). Although MBP-reactive T cells have been found
    to undergo in vivo activation in patients with MS, their true precursor
    frequency in MS is unknown as current frequency analysis is commonly
    based on the T cell functional responses to MBR In this study, we
    developed a TCR sequence-based ex vivo detection system using colony
    hybridization with oligonucleotide probes specific for CDR3 of selected
    T cell clones for the analysis of true T cell precursor frequency in
    PBMC. The results revealed that the precursor frequency of five
    independent T cell clones recognizing the immunodominant MBP83-99
    region was found to be in the range of 1.6x10(-4) in total T cells in
    three HLA-DR2 patients with MS compared to that of 0.25x10(-4) in
    HLA-DR2 healthy individuals. The observed frequency of
    MBP83-99-reactive T cells in MS patients was considerably higher than
    those measured in parallel by cell culture-based analysis (2.3x10(-6))
    or by enzyme-linked immunospot assay (3.9x10(-5)) in the same
    peripheral blood mononuclear cell specimens. Furthermore, the study
    showed that MBP83-99-reactive T cells detected ex vivo belonged to
    CD45RA(+), CD25(+) and CD95(-) T cell subsets as evidenced by
    preferential expression of specific TCR transcripts in these cell
    fractions.
 C1 Baylor Coll Med, Dept Neurol, Coll Med, Houston, TX 77030 USA.
    Baylor Coll Med, Baylor Methodist Multiple Sclerosis Ctr, Coll Med, Houston, TX 77030 USA.
    Shanghai Med Univ 2, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Joint Immunol Lab, Hlth Sci Ctr, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Med Univ 2, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Shanghai Inst Immunol, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Div Immunol, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JWZ, Baylor Coll Med, Dept Neurol, Coll Med, 6501 Fannin
    St,NB302, Houston, TX 77030 USA.
 EM jzang@bcm.tmc.edu
 CR ALTMAN JD, 1996, SCIENCE, V274, P94
    BIEGANOWSKA KD, 1997, J EXP MED, V185, P1585
    CHOU YK, 1989, J NEUROSCI RES, V23, P207
    CHOU YK, 1992, J NEUROIMMUNOL, V38, P105
    DAY CL, 2003, J CLIN INVEST, V112, P831
    HELLINGS N, 2001, J NEUROSCI RES, V63, P290
    HONG J, 1999, J IMMUNOL, V163, P3530
    JINGWU Z, 1992, ANN NEUROL, V32, P330
    KOZOVSKA ME, 1999, NEUROLOGY, V53, P1692
    KROGSGAARD M, 2000, J EXP MED, V191, P1395
    MARTIN R, 1991, J EXP MED, V173, P19
    MARTIN R, 1992, ANNU REV IMMUNOL, V10, P153
    MCCUTCHEON M, 1997, J IMMUNOL METHODS, V210, P149
    MEDAER R, 1995, LANCET, V346, P807
    MURARO PA, 2000, J IMMUNOL, V164, P5474
    OKSENBERG JR, 1993, NATURE, V362, P68
    OLSSON T, 1990, J CLIN INVEST, V86, P981
    OTA K, 1990, NATURE, V346, P183
    PETTE M, 1990, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V87, P7968
    SANGER F, 1975, J MOL BIOL, V94, P441
    TEJADASIMON MV, 2000, INT IMMUNOL, V12, P1641
    VANDENBARK AA, 1996, NAT MED, V2, P1109
    VANDEVYVER C, 1995, EUR J IMMUNOL, V25, P958
    WUCHERPFENNIG KW, 1994, J IMMUNOL, V152, P5581
    XU XN, 2002, J IMMUNOL METHODS, V268, P21
    ZANG YCQ, 2000, NEUROLOGY, V55, P397
    ZHANG JW, 1990, CELL IMMUNOL, V129, P189
    ZHANG JW, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P1451
    ZHANG JW, 1994, J EXP MED, V179, P973
    ZHANG JW, 2002, CLIN THER, V24, P1998
 NR 30
 TC 2
 SN 0014-2980
 J9 EUR J IMMUNOL
 JI Eur. J. Immunol.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 34
 IS 3
 BP 870
 EP 881
 PG 12
 SC Immunology
 GA 802WH
 UT ISI:000220193100028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, ZQ
    Zhang, Q
 TI Microstructure controlling of Ti/N particles dissipated energy to
    superficial layer of titanium nitride film
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE TiNx thin film; average deposition energy; microstructure of thin film;
    energetic impact
 ID X-RAY-SCATTERING; PREFERRED ORIENTATION; THIN-FILMS; TIN FILMS;
    SUBSTRATE
 AB The titanium nitride (TiNx) thin film with a controllable surface
    structure was fabricated by the dc-reactive magnetron sputtering
    technique, and the variation of microstructure in the surface layer
    with the energy of condensed adatom was investigated through X-ray
    diffraction (XRD) pattern and transmission electron microscope (TEM).
    It was found that the lattice parameters and the full width at half
    maximum (fwhm) of XRD peak on the top layers in the preferred
    orientation of (111) and (002) were closely correlated to the impacting
    induced phase composition, compressive strain, crystallite size and the
    fault density of the thin films. In the theory, a new means was used to
    model the atomistic process of per condensed adatom. The average energy
    at least in the minimum energy state of the incorporate adatom on TiN
    surface layer was statistically formulized through a careful
    consideration of dynamical process, which properly interpreted the
    experimental observations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, ZQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM zqma@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ABIDI F, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P8580
    DIMITRIADIS CA, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P502
    DIMITRIADIS CA, 1999, J APPL PHYS 1, V85, P4238
    HULTMAN L, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P5395
    JE JH, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V81, P6126
    JE JH, 1997, J MATER RES, V12, P9
    LOGOTHETIDIS S, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P1043
    MA ZQ, 2000, THIN SOLID FILMS, V359, P288
    MARLO M, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P2899
    PATSALAS P, 2000, SURF COAT TECH, V125, P335
    PATSALAS P, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V90, P4725
    PETROV I, 1992, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V10, P265
    PETROV I, 1994, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V12, P2846
    SCHELL N, 2002, J APPL PHYS, V91, P2037
    ZIEGLER JF, 1985, STOPPING RANGE IONS
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 49
 IS 3
 BP 230
 EP 234
 PG 5
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 803OD
 UT ISI:000220239500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
    Yang, XY
 TI Thin-film enhanced Goos-Hunchen shift in total internal reflection
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID BEAM DISPLACEMENT; ABSORBING MEDIA; HANCHEN SHIFT; TIMES
 AB It is reported that the Goos-Hanchen (GH) shift of both TE and TM light
    beams totally reflected from a dielectric interface can be greatly
    enhanced by a dielectric thin film without changing the property of
    total internal reflection. Numerical simulations confirm the
    theoretical analysis and show that the enhanced GH shift can be as
    large as the width of the beam for beam's width up to 820 times of the
    wavelength. This may stimulate investigations in other areas of physics
    and may lead to interesting applications in optical devices. The
    enhancement of the GH shift is accompanied by the enhancement of the
    intensity of the decaying field in the optically thin medium and of the
    propagating field inside the film.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Xian Inst Opt & Precis Mech, State Key Lab Transient Opt Technol, Xian 710068, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CF, Chinese Acad Sci, Xian Inst Opt & Precis Mech, State Key Lab
    Transient Opt Technol, Xian 710068, Peoples R China.
 EM cfli@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ARTMANN K, 1948, ANN PHYS, V2, P87
    BALCOU P, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P851
    BIRMAN JL, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V50, P1664
    BRETENAKER F, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P931
    BRIERS R, 2000, J ACOUST SOC AM, V108, P1622
    EMILE O, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P1511
    GILLES H, 2002, OPT LETT, V27, P1421
    GOOS F, 1947, ANN PHYSIK, V1, P333
    GOOS F, 1949, ANN PHYS-LEIPZIG, V5, P251
    HARRICK NJ, 1960, PHYS REV LETT, V4, P224
    HUANG XH, 2003, EUROPHYS LETT, V63, P28
    JOST BM, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P2233
    LAI HM, 2002, OPT LETT, V27, P680
    LI CF, 2002, PHYS REV A, V65
    LOTSCH HKV, 1970, OPTIK, V32, P116
    LOTSCH HKV, 1970, OPTIK, V32, P189
    LOTSCH HKV, 1971, OPTIK STUTTG, V32, P299
    LOTSCH HKV, 1971, OPTIK, V32, P553
    PFLEGHAAR E, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P2281
    STEINBERG AM, 1994, PHYS REV A, V49, P3283
    WIGNER EP, 1955, PHYS REV, V98, P145
    WILD WJ, 1982, PHYS REV A, V25, P2099
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 3
 BP 485
 EP 488
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 802ZY
 UT ISI:000220202600019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cui, YJ
    Jia, GQ
    Han, YB
    Li, JB
    Wang, XY
    Ge, HL
    Cao, SX
    Zhang, JC
 TI Structural and transport properties for Al- and Fe-doping
    La0.67Ca0.33MnO3 perovskite manganese
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID COLOSSAL MAGNETORESISTANCE; DOUBLE EXCHANGE; RESISTIVITY; MANGANITES;
    FILMS
 AB The effects of Al and Fe ion doping in Mn sites was studied for the
    colossal La0.67Ca0.33MnO3 magnetoresistance material. It was found that
    when Fe-doping amount x increases, the crystal cell structure has no
    obvious change, but the crystal cell volume decrease monotonically for
    Al-doping. Both resistances increase rapidly and the insulator-metal
    transition temperature moves to lower temperature and decreases
    linearly with Al-doping. The area for Al-doping is broader than Fe. At
    small amount of AT-doping, the resistance satisfy metal transport
    property when T < T-IM. The characteristic of the transport behaviour
    for Al- and Fe-doping can be explained by terminating the double
    exchange channel of Mn3+-O2--Mn4+.
 C1 Chinese Inst Metrol, Dept Phys, Hangzhou 310028, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Henan Polytech Inst, Dept Phys, Nanyang 473009, Peoples R China.
 RP Cui, YJ, Chinese Inst Metrol, Dept Phys, Hangzhou 310028, Peoples R
    China.
 EM yjcui@cim.edu.cn
 CR AHN KH, 1997, J APPL PHYS 2B, V81, P5505
    BANKS E, 1970, J APPL PHYS, V41, P1186
    BLASCO J, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P8905
    CHAHARA K, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P1990
    FENG JW, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P1592
    GHOSH K, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P533
    HWANG HY, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P914
    JIN S, 1994, SCIENCE, V264, P413
    JONKER GH, 1954, PHYSICA, V20, P1118
    MILLIS AJ, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P5144
    RUBINSTEIN M, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, P5412
    SHU ZH, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1528
    VONHELMOLT R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2331
    WANG ZH, 1999, J APPL PHYS 2B, V85, P5399
    YUAN SL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1675
    ZENER C, 1951, PHYS REV, V82, P403
    ZHOU JS, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P2665
 NR 17
 TC 4
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 3
 BP 540
 EP 543
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 802ZY
 UT ISI:000220202600035
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fu, JL
    Chen, LQ
    Yang, XD
 TI Velocity-dependent symmetries and conserved quantities of the
    constrained dynamical systems
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE velocity-dependent symmetry; Lie group; determining equation;
    non-Noether type conserved quantity
 ID FORM INVARIANCE; LIE SYMMETRIES; BIRKHOFF SYSTEMS; EQUATIONS; THEOREM
 AB In this paper, we have extended the theorem of the velocity-dependent
    symmetries to nonholonomic dynamical systems. Based on the
    infinitesimal transformations with respect to the coordinates, we
    establish the determining equations and restrictive equation of the
    velocity-dependent system before the structure equation is obtained.
    The direct and the inverse issues of the velocity-dependent symmetries
    for the nonholonomic dynamical system is studied and the non-Noether
    type conserved quantity is found as the result. Finally, we give an
    example to illustrate the conclusion.
 C1 Shangqiu Teachers Coll, Inst Math Mech & Math Phys, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, JL, Shangqiu Teachers Coll, Inst Math Mech & Math Phys, Shanghai,
    Peoples R China.
 EM sqfujingli@163.com
 CR DJUKIC DS, 1975, ACTA MECH, V23, P17
    FANG JH, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P313
    FU JL, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1023
    FU JL, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V317, P255
    FU JL, 2004, MECH RES COMMUN, V31, P9
    GE WK, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P2105
    GONZALEZGASCON F, 1994, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V27, L59
    HOJAM S, 1992, J PHYS A, V25, L291
    LAKSHMANN M, 1991, J MATH PHYS, V32, P35
    LI ZP, 1981, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V30, P1599
    LI ZP, 1993, CLASSICAL QUANTUM DY
    LUO SK, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P449
    LUTZKY M, 1979, J PHYS A, V12, P973
    LUTZKY M, 1995, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V28, L637
    LUTZKY M, 1998, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V33, P393
    MEI FX, 1985, FDN MECH NONHOLONOMI
    MEI FX, 1993, SCI CHINA SER A, V23, P709
    MEI FX, 1999, APPL LIE GROUPS LIE
    MEI FX, 2000, ASME, V53, P283
    MEI FX, 2000, J BEIJING I TECHNOL, V9, P120
    MEI FX, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P177
    MEI FX, 2001, J BEIJING I TECHNOL, V10, P138
    MEI FX, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1048
    NOETHER AE, 1918, NACHR KGL GES WISS G, V2, P235
    NOVOSELOV VS, 1966, VARIATIONAL METHODS
    PAPASTAVRIDIS JG, 1998, APPL MECH REV, V51, P239
    QIAO YF, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1051
    SARLET W, 1987, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V20, P1365
    THOMPSON G, 1986, J PHYS A, V19, P105
    VUJANOVIC B, 1978, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V13, P185
    ZHANG HB, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P765
    ZHANG Y, 2000, CHINESE SCI BULL, V45, P135
    ZHAO YY, 1994, ACTA MECH SINICA, V26, P380
 NR 33
 TC 15
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 13
 IS 3
 BP 287
 EP 291
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 803OR
 UT ISI:000220240900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, JY
    Qiu, XJ
    Zhu, ZY
 TI Energy loss of a fast-electron beam due to the excitation of collective
    oscillation in hot plasma
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE fast-electron beam; excitation of collective oscillation; hot plasma
 ID LASERS; PHYSICS
 AB Energy loss due to a fast-electron beam interacting with the hot plasma
    at a high density is analysed theoretically. By splitting the particle
    density fluctuations into the individual part due to the random thermal
    motion of the individual electrons and the collective part due to
    plasma-wave excitation, we are concerned with the collective
    interaction of the relativistic plasma electrons resulting from the
    Coulomb interactions. Consequently, we derive the frequency of the hot
    plasma and the "Debye length" with the modification of the relativistic
    effect. And finally we calculate the energy loss of a fast-electron
    beam due to the excitation of collective oscillation in the hot plasma.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, JY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM xpfma@163.com
 CR *MKRE, 1987, 37 MKRE
    BAROV N, 2002, PHYSICS0205007
    DEUTSCH C, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P2483
    DU CG, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P86
    MACCHI A, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V87
    MALKA G, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P75
    MOUROU G, 1992, PHYS FLUIDS B-PLASMA, V4, P2315
    NAJMUDIN Z, 2003, PHYS PLASMAS, V10, P438
    PERRY MD, 1994, SCIENCE, V264, P917
    PINES D, 1952, PHYS REV, V85, P338
    SPITKOVSKY A, 2000, AIP C P, V569, P183
    STARDUBTSEV SV, 1962, PROKHOZHDENIYE ZARYA
    UMSTADTER D, 2001, PHYS PLASMAS 2, V8, P1774
    VALCHUK VV, 1995, PLASMA PHYS REP, V21, P159
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 13
 IS 3
 BP 373
 EP 378
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 803OR
 UT ISI:000220240900020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Wu, J
    Zu, JW
 TI The chaotic response of the viscoelastic traveling string: an integral
    constitutive law
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID NONLINEAR VIBRATION; MOVING BELTS
 AB This paper investigates chaotic behaviors of an axially traveling
    viscoelastic string with geometric nonlinearity. The stress and the
    strain of the viscoelastic string obey the Boltzmann superposition
    principle. The Galerkin method is applied to truncate a nonlinear
    partial-differential-integral equation governing transverse motion into
    a set of ordinary differential-integral equations. For the string
    modeled as a standard linear solid, new auxiliary variables are
    introduced to transform those equations into ordinary differential
    equations. By use of the Poincare maps, the chaotic behaviors are
    presented based on the numerical solutions of the ordinary differential
    equations. The bifurcation diagrams are presented for varying one of
    the following parameter: the axial traveling speed, the amplitude of
    tension fluctuation, the viscoelastic exponent and coefficient of the
    string, while other parameters are fixed. (C) 2003 Published by
    Elsevier Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Toronto, Dept Mech & Ind Engn, Toronto, ON M5S 3G8, Canada.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ARGYRIS J, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P151
    CHEN LQ, IN PRESS ASME
    CHEN LQ, 2002, MECH RES COMMUN, V29, P81
    CHEN LQ, 2003, ACTA MECH, V162, P143
    CHEN LQ, 2003, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V4, P169
    CHEN LQ, 2003, J SOUND VIB, V261, P764
    FUNG RF, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V201, P153
    FUNG RF, 1998, COMPUT STRUCT, V66, P777
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P396
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P403
    ZHANG L, 2002, INT J STRUCTURAL STA, V2, P265
    ZHAO WJ, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V3, P129
 NR 13
 TC 4
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 349
 EP 357
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 802FS
 UT ISI:000220150000011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ning, TK
    Chen, DY
    Zhang, DJ
 TI Soliton-like solutions for a nonisospectral KdV hierarchy
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID LINEAR EVOLUTION EQUATIONS; KORTEWEG-DEVRIES EQUATION; SPECTRAL
    TRANSFORM METHOD; EXTENSION
 AB Soliton-like solutions for a nonisospectral KdV hierarchy are obtained
    by using the inverse scattering transform. The interaction of two
    solitons is investigated. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ning, TK, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM tkning@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITONS INVERSE SCA
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    CALOGERO F, 1978, LETT NUOVO CIMENTO, V22, P131
    CALOGERO F, 1978, LETT NUOVO CIMENTO, V22, P263
    CALOGERO F, 1978, LETT NUOVO CIMENTO, V22, P420
    CALOGERO F, 1982, SPECTRAL TRANSFORM S
    CHAN WL, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P2521
    CHEN HH, 1976, PHYS REV LETT, V37, P693
    GARDNER CS, 1967, PHYS REV LETT, V19, P1095
    GUPTA MR, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V72, P420
    LI YS, 1982, SCI SINICA A, V25, P911
    MA WX, 1992, J PHYS A, V25, L719
    WADATI M, 1972, J PHYS SOC JPN, V32, P1403
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 395
 EP 401
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 802FS
 UT ISI:000220150000015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yin, RH
    Zhao, YP
    Dai, YC
    Zhang, XS
 TI Effect of sodium salicylate on electropolymerization of pyrrole on
    zincated steel
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE sodium salicylate; electropolymerization; cyclic voltammetry; pyrrole
 ID AQUEOUS-ELECTROLYTES; POLYPYRROLE; ELECTRODEPOSITION; ANIONS; MEDIA
 AB The role of sodium salicylate in electropolymerization of pyrrole on
    zincated steel was studied by cyclic voltammetry. The results show that
    as supporting electrolyte, the sodium salicylate inhibits the zinc
    dissolution and favours the electropolymerization of pyrrole by
    passivating the substrate. Consequently, an uniform and compact
    polypyrrole film may be formed on zincated steel.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Natl United Chem Engn Lab, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
 RP Yin, RH, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM rhyin@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR FERREIRA CA, 1996, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V41, P1801
    GARCIA B, 1998, SYNTHETIC MET, V98, P135
    GILANI TH, 1997, SYNTHETIC MET, V84, P845
    GU SY, 2000, MAT PROTECT, V33, P41
    HERMELIN E, 2001, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V31, P905
    HULSER P, 1990, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V20, P596
    LI CG, 1994, CHINESE J ANAL CHEM, V22, P922
    LIU YH, 1987, ELECTROCHEMICAL TECH, P136
    PETITJEAN J, 1999, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V478, P92
    SILVERSTEIN RM, 1998, SPECTROMETRIC IDENTI
    WARREN LF, 1987, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V134, P101
    WEI PH, 2002, J SHANDONG ED COLL, V17, P84
    XIAO S, 1998, J S CHINA U TECHNOL, V26, P95
    ZHENG YB, 1996, J FUNCT POLYM, V9, P613
    ZHOU M, 1999, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V44, P1733
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 40
 IS 2
 BP 168
 EP 172
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 803XV
 UT ISI:000220264700011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, CA
    Gan, YP
    Chu, YQ
    Huang, H
    Chen, DH
    Zhou, BX
 TI Electro-oxidation behavior of tungsten carbide electrode in different
    electrolytes
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE tungsten carbide; electrocatalyst; electrochemical behavior
 ID HYDROGEN
 AB The electrochemical activity and stability of tungsten carbide gas
    diffusion electrode in different electrolytes were determined by
    galvanostatic charge method. It is shown that WC exhibits good
    electrocatalytic activity and stability for hydrogen oxidation in
    acidic solutions when the electrode potential is below about 800 mV(vs
    DHE), WC is firstly oxidized to an unstable blue tungsten oxides at 800
    - 900 mV which are closed to a composite stoichiometry of W2O5 in H2SO4
    solution and W8O23 in HCl solution calculated by charge consumed.
    Furthermore, the generated intermediate tungsten oxides can be further
    oxidized into WO3 at higher potentials. While in alkali solution, WC
    can not be used as anodic catalyst for its poor stability and catalytic
    activity due to the fact that WC will be directly oxidized into WO3.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ Technol, Dept Appl Chem, Hangzhou 310014, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, CA, Zhejiang Univ Technol, Dept Appl Chem, Hangzhou 310014, Peoples
    R China.
 EM science@zjut.edu.cn
 CR BOHM H, 1970, NATURE, V227, P483
    BOHM H, 1976, J POWER SOURCES, V1, P177
    BURSTEIN GT, 1996, J ELECTROCHEMISTRY S, V143, P189
    CHA XX, 1987, INTRO ELECTRODE KINE, P326
    CHUNAN MA, 2002, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V12, P1015
    CHUNEN MA, 1990, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V6, P622
    FLEISCHMANN R, 1977, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V22, P1123
    HOUSTON JE, 1974, SCIENCE, V185, P258
    IGLESIA E, 1992, CATAL TODAY, V15, P307
    MCINTYRE DR, 2002, J POWER SOURCES, V107, P67
    NIKOLOV I, 1981, J POWER SOURCES, V7, P83
    NIKOLOV I, 1983, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V8, P437
    ROSS PN, 1977, J CATAL, V48, P42
    YANG ZW, 1988, 86106868, CN
    YANG ZW, 1988, RARE METALS, V12, P155
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 14
 IS 1
 BP 11
 EP 14
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 800NI
 UT ISI:000220034600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CR
    Hong, X
    Zheng, SB
    Jinang, GC
 TI Distribution behavior of Copper and Tin between FeO-rich slag and iron
    solution
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE residual elements; distribution ratio; iron solution; FeO-rich slag
 ID SCRAP; STEEL
 AB The distribution behavior of residual elements copper and tin between
    FeO-rich slag and iron solution was investigated under the condition of
    an induction furnace. The results indicate that a part of copper and
    tin is incidently oxidized when oxygen is blasted into bath to react
    with iron element. The distribution ratio of copper and tin between
    slag and metal is about 0.1. Phenomena of Cu and Sn elements
    segregation and accumulation in slag were observed by means of EPMA
    analysis. The distribution ratio of copper and tin between slag and
    metal may descend with increasing of CaO content in slag.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Guizhou Univ Technol, Dept Met, Guiyang 550003, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CR, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM er263@163.com
 CR IWASE M, 1995, DENKI SEIKO, V66, P20
    LIANG YJ, 1993, HDB THERMODYNAMIC DA, P8
    MARIQUE C, 1996, REV METALL CIT, P1377
    NORO K, 1997, ISIJ INT, V37, P198
    SANO N, 1998, SCAND J METALL, V27, P24
    SAVOV L, 1998, METALL, V56, P374
    SHIRO BY, 2001, IRONMAK STEELMAK, P248
    TOSHIHIKO E, 1996, P 79 STEELM C WAR IR, P551
    XIAN AP, 1999, IRON STEEL, V34, P64
    XU KD, 2001, ACTA METALL SIN, V37, P395
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 14
 IS 1
 BP 194
 EP 197
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 800NI
 UT ISI:000220034600039
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, ZY
    Bai, FS
    Yang, XQ
    Zhang, LS
 TI An exact lower order penalty function and its smoothing in nonlinear
    programming
 SO OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear programming; exact penalization; lower order penalty
    function; epsilon-smoothing; smooth exact penalty function
 ID CONSTRAINED OPTIMIZATION; PENALIZATION
 AB In this article, we consider a lower order penalty function and its
    epsilon-smoothing for an inequality constrained nonlinear programming
    problem. It is shown that any strict local minimum satisfying the
    second-order sufficiency condition for the original problem is a strict
    local minimum of the lower order penalty function with any positive
    penalty parameter. By using an epsilon-smoothing approximation to the
    lower order penalty function, we get a modified smooth global exact
    penalty function under mild assumptions.
 C1 Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Appl Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Chongqing Normal Univ, Dept Math & Comp Sci, Chongqing 400047, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, XQ, Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Appl Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zhiyouwu@263.net
    baifs@263.net
    mayangxq@polyu.edu.bk
 CR BAZARAA MS, 1982, MATH PROGRAMMING STU, V19, P1
    BERTSEKAS DP, 1975, MATH PROGRAMMING STU, V3, P1
    BZARAA MS, 1993, NONLINEAR PROGRAMMIN
    DIPILLO G, 1989, SIMA J CONTROL OPTIM, V27, P133
    DIPILLO G, 1994, EXACT PENALTY METHOD, P209
    HAN SP, 1979, MATH PROGRAM, V17, P140
    HUANG XX, 2003, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V116, P311
    LUO ZO, 1996, MATH PROGRAMS EQUILI
    MANGASARIAN OL, 1985, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V23, P30
    PINAR MC, 1994, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V4, P486
    ROSENBERG E, 1984, MATH PROGRAM, V30, P340
    RUBINOV AM, 1999, OPTIMIZATION, V46, P327
    RUBINOV AM, 1999, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V10, P289
    RUBINOV AM, 2002, OPTIM METHOD SOFTW, V17, P931
    RUBINOV AM, 2003, LAGRANGE TYPE FUNCTI
    RUBINOV AM, 2003, OPTIMIZATION, V52, P1
    WU ZY, 2002, UNPUB J COMPUTATIONA
    ZENIOS SA, 1995, EUR J OPER RES, V83, P220
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0233-1934
 J9 OPTIMIZATION
 JI Optimization
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 1
 BP 51
 EP 68
 PG 18
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 801QH
 UT ISI:000220109900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, WZ
    Zhu, ZY
    Shen, WQ
    Qiu, XJ
    Ren, ZZ
 TI Two-body correlation contributions in halo nuclei with a relativistic
    Hartree approach
 SO MODERN PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE two-body correlation; halo nucleus; relativistic Hartree approach
 ID FINITE NUCLEI; NEUTRON HALO; STATE PROPERTIES; CROSS-SECTIONS;
    LIGHT-NUCLEI; FIELD-THEORY; LI-11; C-19; DISTRIBUTIONS; MODEL
 AB The relativistic density-dependent Hartree framework, where the
    relativistic two-body correlations are properly incorporated, is
    developed to study the properties of halo nuclei. The halo
    nucleon-meson vertex is reconstructed considering the nuclear
    potentials can be built dominantly from the two-body interactions. The
    two-neutron halo nucleus Li-11, together with the one-neutron halo
    nucleus C-19, is investigated. Separation energies, root-mean-square
    (rms) radii, and halo tails of above halo nuclei are nicely reproduced.
    The correlation contribution which provides essential attractions for
    halo neutrons is important to guarantee the relation S-n > S-2n for
    Li-11.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Natl Lab Heavy Ion Accelerator, Ctr Theoret Nucl Phys, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, WZ, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 EM jiangwz02@hotmail.com
 CR AUDI G, 1993, NUCL PHYS A, V565, P1
    BAI XH, 1997, PHYS REV C, V56, P1410
    BANG JM, 1996, PHYS REP, V264, P27
    BAUMANN T, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V439, P256
    BAZIN D, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P3569
    BERTSCH GF, 1989, PHYS REV C, V39, P1154
    BOGNER SK, 2003, PHYS REP, V386, P1
    BROCKMANN R, 1990, PHYS REV C, V42, P1965
    BROCKMANN R, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P3408
    CHINN CR, 1995, PHYS REV C, V52, P669
    DESCOUVEMONT P, 2000, NUCL PHYS A, V675, P559
    FRITZ R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P46
    FUCHS C, 1995, PHYS REV C, V52, P3043
    HOSHINO T, 1990, NUCL PHYS A, V506, P271
    JONSON B, 1998, NUCL PHYS A, V631, C376
    LENSKE H, 1995, PHYS LETT B, V345, P355
    LENSKE H, 1998, J PHYS G NUCL PARTIC, V24, P1429
    LENSKE H, 2001, PROG PART NUCL PHYS, V46, P187
    MA ZY, 1994, PHYS REV C, V50, P3170
    MA ZY, 2002, PHYS REV C, V66
    MARQUES FM, 1996, PHYS LETT B, V381, P407
    MENG J, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P3963
    NAKAMURA T, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P1112
    REN ZZ, 1995, PHYS LETT B, V351, P11
    SAGAWA H, 1992, PHYS LETT B, V286, P7
    SEROT BD, 1986, ADV NUCL PHYS, V16
    TANIHATA I, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V55, P2676
    TANIHATA I, 1992, PHYS LETT B, V287, P307
    TANIHATA I, 1996, J PHYS G NUCL PARTIC, V22, P157
    UETA K, 1999, PHYS REV C, V59, P1806
    ZHU ZY, 1994, PHYS LETT B, V328, P1
    ZHUKOV MV, 1993, PHYS REP, V231, P151
    ZINSER M, 1997, NUCL PHYS A, V619, P151
 NR 33
 TC 0
 SN 0217-7323
 J9 MOD PHYS LETT A
 JI Mod. Phys. Lett. A
 PD MAR 7
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 IS 7
 BP 533
 EP 541
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Nuclear; Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA 801NI
 UT ISI:000220102200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, GC
    Lu, XG
    Lu, LM
    Chen, JX
    Ding, WZ
    Chou, KC
    Xu, KD
 TI Decarburization of Fe-C melt by pressured oxygen
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE Fe-C melt; decarburization; [C] - [O] reaction; temperature rising
 ID SILICA-ALUMINA SLAG; CARBON
 AB From thermodynamics and kinetics principles, the reason of accelerated
    decarburization and temperature rising of Fe-C melt in a reactor in
    which gas is pressured by oxygen was described.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, GC, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HIRATA T, 1992, ISIJ INT, V32, P182
    IBARAKI T, 1995, IRON STEEL SOC AIME, V22, P91
    KAJIOKA H, 1985, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V26, P194
    LI XG, 1998, J UNIV SCI TECHNOL B, V5, P20
    LI XG, 1998, STUDY ELECTROCHEMICA
    MURTHY GGK, 1993, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V20, P191
    SPEELMAN JL, 1989, METALL T B, V20, P31
    WOOLLEY DE, 1999, METALL MATER TRANS B, V30, P877
    ZHANG LY, 1999, STEEL RES, V70, P83
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 11
 IS 1
 BP 5
 EP 8
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 800TF
 UT ISI:000220049900002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, CQ
 TI Matrix Pade-type approximant and directional matrix Pade approximant in
    the inner product space
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE scalar product of matrices; MPTA; algebraic properties; orthogonal
    polynomial; determinant; directional matrix pade approximant;
    multivariable system reduction
 AB A new matrix Pade-type approximant (MPTA) is defined in the paper by
    introducing a generalized linear functional in the inner product space.
    The expressions of MPTA are provided with the generating function form
    and the determinant form. Moreover, a directional matrix Pade
    approximant is also established by giving a set of linearly independent
    matrices. In the end, it is shown that the method of MPTA can be
    applied to the reduction problems of the high degree multivariable
    linear system. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, CQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, 99 Qi Xiang Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM guchqing@guomai.sh.cn
 CR BAKER GA, 1995, PADE APPROXIMANTS
    BOSE NK, 1980, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V27, P322
    BREZINSKI C, 1980, PADE TYPE APPROXIMAT
    BREZINSKI C, 1991, NUMER ALGORITHMS, V1, P207
    DRAUX A, 1983, PUBLICATION U SCI TE
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1984, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V4, P209
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1994, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V51, P205
    GU CQ, 1997, MATH NUMER SINICA, V19, P19
    GU CQ, 2001, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V322, P141
    SALAM A, 1999, J APPROX THEORY, V97, P92
    SHAMASH Y, 1975, INT J CONTROL, V21, P257
    SHIEH LS, 1975, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V19, P429
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0377-0427
 J9 J COMPUT APPL MATH
 JI J. Comput. Appl. Math.
 PD MAR 1
 PY 2004
 VL 164-65
 BP 365
 EP 385
 PG 21
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 801ML
 UT ISI:000220099900026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, W
    Nie, H
    Li, N
    Zang, Y
    Zhang, D
    Feng, G
    Ni, L
    Xu, R
    Sercarz, E
    Zhang, JZ
 TI Skewed T-cell receptor BV14 and BV16 expression, and shared
    complementarity-determining region 3 sequence and common sequence
    motifs in synovial T cells of rheumatoid arthritis
 SO ARTHRITIS RESEARCH & THERAPY
 DT Meeting Abstract
 C1 Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Shanghai Inst Immunol, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Div Immunol, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
    Baylor Coll Med, Dept Immunol, Houston, TX 77030 USA.
    Shanghai Med Univ 2, Chinese Acad Sci, Hlth Sci Ctr, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Torrey Pines Inst Mol Studies, San Diego, CA USA.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Guanghua Rheumatol Hosp, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 1478-6362
 J9 ARTHRITIS RES THER
 JI Arthritis Res. Ther.
 PY 2003
 VL 5
 SU Suppl. 3
 BP S39
 EP S39
 PG 1
 SC Rheumatology
 GA 801SX
 UT ISI:000220116700125
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cai, YC
    Lu, MG
 TI On the upper bound for pi(2)(x)
 SO ACTA ARITHMETICA
 DT Article
 ID ARITHMETIC PROGRESSIONS; PRIMES; SUM
 C1 Tongji Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Cai, YC, Tongji Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM yccai@mail.shu.edu.cn
    lumg0202@online.sh.cn
 CR BOMBIERI E, 1966, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V239, P1
    BOMBIERI E, 1986, ACTA MATH-DJURSHOLM, V156, P203
    BRUN V, 1919, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V168, P544
    CHEN JR, 1973, SCI SINICA, V16, P157
    CHEN JR, 1978, SCI SINICA, V21, P701
    FOUVRY E, 1983, ACTA ARITH, V42, P197
    FOUVRY E, 1984, ACTA MATH-DJURSHOLM, V152, P219
    FOUVRY E, 1986, J REINE ANGEW MATH, V370, P101
    HALBERSTAM H, 1974, SIEVE METHODS
    HARDY GH, 1923, ACTA MATH-DJURSHOLM, V44, P1
    HUA LK, 1989, ACTA MATH SINICA, V5, P1
    IWANIEC H, 1980, ACTA ARITH, V37, P307
    PAN CD, 1964, CHINESE MATH ACTA, V5, P642
    PAN CD, 1982, CHINESE ANN MATH, V3, P555
    SELBERG A, 1949, 11 SKAND MATH TRONDH, P13
    WANG Y, 1962, SCI SINICA, V11, P1033
    WU J, 1990, ACTA ARITH, V55, P365
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 0065-1036
 J9 ACTA ARITHMET
 JI Acta Arith.
 PY 2003
 VL 110
 IS 3
 BP 275
 EP 298
 PG 24
 SC Mathematics
 GA 801BU
 UT ISI:000220072200006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhong, SS
    Yang, XX
    Gao, SC
 TI Polarization-agile microstrip antenna array using a single phase-shift
    circuit
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON ANTENNAS AND PROPAGATION
 DT Article
 DE active antenna; microstrip antenna array; phase shifter; polarization
 AB A novel polarization-agile microstrip antenna array is proposed, in
    which the polarization agility from linear to circular polarization for
    the Whole array is realized easily by controlling a single phase-shift
    circuit. Using the corner-fed square. patch element, a new 16 element
    dual-polarized array with high isolation and low cross-polarization is
    designed and analyzed by the extended multiport network method. A
    special FET phase shifter circuit is created, where 0degrees or
    90degrees phase shift between dual ports is electrically switched.
    Experimental results are presented to verify the theory, and measured
    circularly-polarized radiation patterns show a boresight axial ratio of
    0.5 dB. Another experiment that connects a low noise amplifier together
    with the phase-shift circuit is also introduced, realizing both
    polarization agility and power amplification with one active circuit.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhong, SS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM sszhongf@online.sh.cn
    shichang.gao@unn.ac.uk
 CR DAUGUET S, 1994, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V7, P36
    GAO SC, 1999, J ELECT, V21, P529
    GAO SC, 1999, THESIS SHANGHAI U CH
    GUPTA KC, 1981, COMPUTER AIDED DESIG
    GUPTA KC, 1987, P IEEE ANT PROP SOC, V2, P786
    HASKINS PM, 1994, ELECTRON LETT, V30, P98
    HASKINS PM, 1996, ELECTRON LETT, V32, P509
    HASKINS PM, 1997, P AS PAC MICR C SING, V33, P1189
    RICHARDS WF, 1981, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V29, P38
    YANG XX, 2001, THESIS SHANGHAI U CH
    ZHONG SS, 1991, MICROSTRIP ANTENNA T
    ZHONG SS, 1998, P J INA 98 NIC FRANC, P738
    ZHONG SS, 2000, P IEEE ANT PROP SOC, P1288
    ZHONG SS, 2002, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V50, P1473
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0018-926X
 J9 IEEE TRANS ANTENNAS PROPAGAT
 JI IEEE Trans. Antennas Propag.
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 52
 IS 1
 BP 84
 EP 87
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Telecommunications
 GA 778YQ
 UT ISI:000189269300011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, L
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
    Liu, HJ
    Qi, JY
    Liu, QA
 TI Biomimetic synthesis of Ag2CrO4 quasi-nanorods and nanowires by
    emulsion liquid membranes
 SO AUSTRALIAN JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID FINE PARTICLES; SEMICONDUCTOR NANOWIRES; CATALYTIC GROWTH; VAPOR
    TRANSPORT; SYSTEM; BIOMINERALIZATION; DISCHARGE; ROUTE; SIZE
 AB Semiconductor Ag2CrO4 quasi-nanorods and nanowires have been
    successfully prepared through novel emulsion liquid membrane
    technology. The membrane phase in this system consists of Span-80 as
    the surfactant, N7301 as the carrier (or free carrier), and kerosene as
    the solvent. The internal aqueous phase is 0.1 M AgNO3 and the external
    aqueous phase is 0.1 M K2Cr2O7. Under the conditions of Roi = 2.0, Rew
    = 0.5, [Span-80] = 6% (v/v), and room temperature, Ag2CrO4
    quasi-nanorods with diameters of 180-300 nm and lengths of up to 2300
    nm, or nanowires with diameters of 15-25 nm and lengths of up to 1000
    nm, were obtained in the presence or absence of 5% (v/v) N7301,
    respectively. X-Ray diffraction and transmission electron microscopy
    were used to characterize the structure and morphology of the Ag2CrO4
    quasi-nanorods and nanowires. In addition, the photoluminescence
    spectrum showed strong emissions.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Sch Ocean & Earth Sci, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR ABUZIED BM, 2000, APPL CATAL A-GEN, V198, P139
    BENFIELD JF, 2000, SCIENCE, V289, P751
    CARACCIOLO F, 1975, AICHE J, V21, P160
    CHEN CC, 1997, SCIENCE, V276, P398
    CHOI YC, 2000, ADV MATER, V12, P746
    CLARK RJH, 1982, INORG CHEM, V21, P3585
    DUAN XF, 2000, ADV MATER, V12, P298
    GADSBY DC, 1984, ANNU REV BIOPHYS BIO, V13, P73
    GREENFIELD EM, 1984, AM ZOOL, V24, P925
    HIRAI T, 1999, LANGMUIR, V15, P6291
    HIRAI T, 2000, J MATER CHEM, V10, P2306
    HIRAI T, 2002, CHEM MATER, V14, P3576
    HU JQ, 2001, INORG CHEM, V40, P3130
    HUANG MH, 2001, ADV MATER, V13, P113
    LIU YF, 2003, EUR J INORG CHEM FEB, P644
    MANN S, 1988, NATURE, V332, P119
    MANN S, 1995, J MATER CHEM, V5, P935
    MORALES AM, 1998, SCIENCE, V279, P208
    MOTTE L, 1997, J PHYS CHEM B, V101, P138
    NISHIHAMA S, 2002, J MATER CHEM, V12, P1053
    VISWANATHAN A, 1996, B ELECTROCHEM, V12, P702
    VOET D, 1995, BIOCHEMISTRY
    WANG X, 2002, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V24, P4790
    WEINER S, 1984, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V304, P425
    WU QS, 2000, J MEMBRANE SCI, V172, P199
    WU QS, 2001, CHEM J CHINESE U, V22, P898
    WU QS, 2002, INORG CHEM COMMUN, V5, P671
    WU YY, 2000, CHEM MATER, V12, P605
    YAZAWA M, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V61, P2051
    ZHENG NW, 2000, CHEM LETT       0605, P638
 NR 30
 TC 1
 SN 0004-9425
 J9 AUST J CHEM
 JI Aust. J. Chem.
 PY 2004
 VL 57
 IS 3
 BP 219
 EP 222
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 780BZ
 UT ISI:000189352500007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, X
    Ren, ZM
    Wang, H
    Li, WX
    Deng, K
    Zhuang, YQ
 TI Ring-like solidification structure of MnBi phase in Bi-Mn alloy under a
    high magnetic field
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE high magnetic field; solidification; Bi-Mn alloy; phase separation
 AB The influences of high intensity magnetic field on the solidification
    structure of Bi-Mn alloys in semi-solidified as well as melted state
    have been investigated experimentally. It is found that under the
    magnetic field of 10T, MnBi phase moves towards to and accumulates at
    the periphery of the specimen, forming a ring-like MnBi phase-rich
    layer where the rod-like MnBi phase aligned along the magnetic
    direction, and no primary MnBi in the center of the sample is found.
    Slow solidification above the Curie point makes the rod-like MnBi
    phases evolve into single crystal gradually. The above phenomena is
    analyzed and discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zmrenb@163.com
 CR FARRELL DE, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P4025
    FENG D, 1998, PHYSICS METAL, V4, P460
    GLEW JP, 1982, IEEE T MAG, V18, P1656
    KATSUKI A, 1996, CHEM LETT, P607
    MOFFATT WG, 1984, HDB BINARY PHASE DIA
    RANGO PD, 1991, NATURE, V349, P770
    REN ZM, 1990, ACTA METALL SIN, V26, B374
    SASSA K, 1997, J JPN I MET, V61, P1283
    SASSA K, 1998, CAMP ISIJ, V11, P88
    WAN DF, 1987, PHYSICS MAGNETISM, P8
    WANG H, 2002, ACTA METALL SIN, V38, P41
 NR 11
 TC 2
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 40
 IS 1
 BP 40
 EP 45
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 780KL
 UT ISI:000189379800008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cai, DM
    Lin, KH
    Song, MP
    You, TP
 TI Ring-expanded C-nucleoside analogues of tiazofurin
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE ring-expanded; tiazofurin; 2 ',3 '-dideoxynucleoside; C-nucleosides;
    synthesis; conformation
 ID IMMUNODEFICIENCY-VIRUS TYPE-1; 2'-DEOXY-3'-THIACYTIDINE BCH-189;
    ANTIVIRAL AGENT; ZIDOVUDINE AZT; INVITRO; HIV; INFECTIVITY;
    PYRIMIDINES; TOXICITY; POTENT
 AB Novel 1,3-dioxane C-nucleoside analogues of tiazofurin
    2-[2-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-dioxan-5-methyl-5-yl]
    1,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide,
    2-[2(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-dioxan-5-ethyl-5-yl] 1,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide
    and 2-[5-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-dioxan-5-methyl-2-yl] furan,
    2-[5-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-dioxan-5-methyl-2-yl] thiophen have been
    synthesized from DMPA and DMBA. Their conformational characteristics
    have been investigated.
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Chem, Anhua 230026, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Zhengzhou Univ, Dept Chem, Zhengzhou 450052, Peoples R China.
 RP You, TP, Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Chem, Anhua 230026, Peoples R
    China.
 EM ytp@ustc.edu.cn
 CR BEACH JW, 1992, J ORG CHEM, V57, P2217
    CADET G, 1998, J ORG CHEM, V63, P4574
    CHU CK, 1991, J ORG CHEM, V56, P6503
    COATES JAV, 1992, ANTIMICROB AGENTS CH, V36, P202
    DALUGE SM, 1997, ANTIMICROB AGENTS CH, V41, P1082
    DIENSTAG JL, 1995, NEW ENGL J MED, V333, P1657
    LARDER BA, 1989, SCIENCE, V243, P1731
    MAURINSH Y, 1997, J ORG CHEM, V62, P2861
    MITSUYA H, 1985, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V82, P7096
    MITSUYA H, 1986, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V83, P1911
    NORBECK DW, 1989, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V30, P6263
    PEDERSEN H, 1992, HETEROCYCLES, V34, P265
    PEREZPEREZ MJ, 1995, J ORG CHEM, V60, P1531
    RICHMAN DD, 1987, NEW ENGL J MED, V317, P192
    RIDDLER SA, 1995, ANTIVIR RES, V27, P189
    SCHINAZI RF, 1992, ANTIMICROB AGENTS CH, V36, P672
    SOUDEYNS H, 1991, ANTIMICROB AGENTS CH, V35, P1386
    STRIVASTAVA PC, 1977, J MED CHEM, V20, P256
    STRIVASTAVA PC, 1983, J MED CHEM, V26, P445
    YARCHOAN R, 1988, LANCET          0116, V1, P76
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2004
 VL 34
 IS 1
 BP 159
 EP 170
 PG 12
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 777RH
 UT ISI:000189191000019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, QH
    Shi, DH
 TI The modeling of scale-free networks
 SO PHYSICA A-STATISTICAL MECHANICS AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE scale-free networks; degree distribution; scaling exponent
 ID COMPLEX NETWORKS
 AB In order to explore further the mechanism responsible for scale-free
    networks, we introduce two extended models of the BA model. The model
    A, where the system incorporates the addition of new links between
    existing nodes, a new node with new links and the rewiring of some
    links at every time step, all sites are born with some initial
    attractiveness. We calculate analytically the degree distribution. The
    system self-organizes into a scale-free network, the scaling exponent
    gamma>2. The model B is a new model; we consider that some old links
    are deleted with the anti-preferential probability. The result
    indicates that the system evolves itself into a scale-free network, the
    scaling exponent gamma varies from 2 to 3. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fujian Normal Univ, Coll Math & Comp Sci, Fuzhou 350007, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, QH, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples
    R China.
 EM qhdchen@yahoo.com.cn
    shidh2001@263.net
 CR ALBERT R, 1999, NATURE, V401, P130
    ALBERT R, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P5234
    ALBERT R, 2002, REV MOD PHYS, V74, P47
    BARABASI AL, 1999, PHYSICA A, V272, P173
    BARABASI AL, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P509
    BOLLOBAS B, 1985, RANDOM GRAPHS
    ERDOS P, 1960, PUBL MATH I HUNG, V5, P17
    JEONG H, 2000, NATURE, V407, P651
    JEONG H, 2001, NATURE, V411, P41
    STROGATZ SH, 2001, NATURE, V410, P268
    WATTS DJ, 1998, NATURE, V393, P440
 NR 11
 TC 4
 SN 0378-4371
 J9 PHYSICA A
 JI Physica A
 PD APR 1
 PY 2004
 VL 335
 IS 1-2
 BP 240
 EP 248
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 777ZX
 UT ISI:000189215600017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhong, SS
    Cui, JH
    Xue, RF
    Niu, JW
 TI Compact circularly polarized microstrip antenna on organic magnetic
    substrate
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE microstrip antenna; magnetic material; miniature antenna; circular
    polarization; FDTD method
 AB A novel compact slotted microstrip antenna for circular polarization
    (CP), using a new type of organic magnetic substrate for the first
    time, is proposed in this paper. The proposed antenna is analyzed using
    the FDTD method and demonstrated by experiment. The measured results of
    proposed CP square and circular patches show that this new magnetic
    substrate design not only reduces the antenna's size, but also provides
    much wider impedance and CP bandwidth. (C) 2004 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhong, SS, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN HD, 2001, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V29, P52
    CHEN WS, 2001, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V49, P340
    CUI JH, 2000, J MICROWAVES, V16, P537
    CUI JH, 2002, THESIS SHANGHAI U SH
    LIN Z, 1999, J MICROWAVES, V15, P329
    LWASAKI H, 1996, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V44, P1399
    WONG KL, 1997, ELECTRON LETT, V33, P1833
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD MAR 20
 PY 2004
 VL 40
 IS 6
 BP 497
 EP 500
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 777DT
 UT ISI:000189160800015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Chen, LQ
 TI Semifolded localized coherent structures in general (2+1)-dimensional
    Korteweg de Vries system
 SO JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN
 DT Article
 DE general Korteweg de Vries system; multilinear variable separated
    approach; semifolded localized excitation
 ID VARIABLE SEPARATION APPROACH; NONLINEAR SCHRODINGER SYSTEM;
    SOLITON-STRUCTURES; FRACTAL BEHAVIORS; KDV EQUATION; AKNS SYSTEM; WAVE
    SYSTEM; EXCITATIONS; REDUCTIONS; SYMMETRIES
 AB Using the Painleve-Backlund transformation and a multilinear variable
    separation approach, an exact variable separation excitation of the
    generalthree-dimensional Korteweg de Vries system is derived first.
    Based on the derived excitation, a new type of solitary wave, i.e., a
    semifolded localized coherent structure, is constructed.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zjclzheng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P432
    CALOGERO F, 1975, LETT NUOVO CIMENTO, V14, P443
    CHEN CL, 2002, PHYS REV E 2B, V66
    CLARKSON PA, 1995, ACTA APPL MATH, V39, P245
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4209
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS SCR, V65, P7
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    LOU SY, 2003, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V36, P3877
    MANSFIELD EL, 1997, MATH COMPUT SIMULAT, V43, P39
    TANG XY, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P1
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    TANG XY, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P62
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4000
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P448
    ZHEBNG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P783
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P653
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE J PHYS, V41, P442
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P9
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P25
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P385
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
 NR 26
 TC 22
 SN 0031-9015
 J9 J PHYS SOC JPN
 JI J. Phys. Soc. Jpn.
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 73
 IS 2
 BP 293
 EP 295
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 778AD
 UT ISI:000189216200001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, H
    Lu, XC
    Tan, XH
    Dong, YD
 TI Structural and magnetic studies in Nd60Fe20Al10Co10 amorphous powder
    made by mechanical alloying
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Res, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, H, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Res, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM xuhui01@public6.sta.net.cn
 CR FAN GJ, 2000, MATER SCI FORUM 1&2, V343, P97
    HONG HZ, 2000, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V217, P65
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P63
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P99
    WEI BC, 2002, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V334, P307
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2004
 VL 39
 IS 6
 BP 2231
 EP 2232
 PG 2
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 778KD
 UT ISI:000189240000043
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, NH
 TI Dynamic behavior of nonlinear viscoelastic karman plates under a
    transverse harmonic load
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear viscoelastic plates; geometry nonlinearity; dynamic
    bifurcation; chaos and period
 ID LYAPUNOV EXPONENTS; STABILITY; STRAIN
 AB The dynamic behavior of a nonlinear viscoelastic Karman plate under a
    transverse harmonic load is investigated. A high order mathematical
    model is set up under the hypotheses of the Karman theory of thin
    plates. The material behavior is described by the Leaderman
    representation of nonlinear viscoelasticity. The influence of the
    loading amplitude and the material relaxation time on the dynamic
    behavior of the plate is discussed with the help of the largest
    Lyapunov exponent.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, NH, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Mech, 99 Shangha Rd, Shanghai
    200436, Peoples R China.
 EM nhzhang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BERNSTEIN B, 1963, T SOC RHEOL, V7, P391
    BOLOTIN VV, 1964, DYNAMIC STABILITY EL
    CEDERBAUM G, 1991, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V28, P317
    CHEN LQ, 2000, MECH RES COMMUN, V27, P413
    CHENG CJ, 1991, BUCKLING BIFURCATION
    CHENG CJ, 1998, ACTA MECH SINICA, V30, P690
    CHIA CY, 1980, NONLINEAR ANAL PLATE
    HUANG LJ, 2001, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V2, P303
    KUBICEK M, 1983, COMPUTATIONAL METHOD
    LEADERMAN H, 1962, T SOC RHEOL, V6, P361
    OTT E, 1993, CHAOS DYNAMICAL SYST
    POPELAR CF, 1990, POLYM ENG SCI, V30, P577
    SCHAPERY RA, 1969, POLYM ENG SCI, V9, P29
    SMART J, 1972, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V20, P313
    SUIRE G, 1995, INT J MECH SCI, V37, P753
    SUN YX, 2001, INT J MECH SCI, V43, P1195
    TOUATI D, 1994, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V31, P2367
    TOUATI D, 1995, ACTA MECH, V113, P215
    WOJCIECH S, 1990, ACTA MECH, V85, P43
    WOLF A, 1985, PHYSICA D, V16, P285
    ZAPAS LJ, 1965, J RES NBS A PHYS CH, V69, P541
    ZHANG NH, 1998, P 3 INT C NONL MECH, P432
    ZHANG NH, 2000, ACTA MECH SINCA SOLI, V21, P160
    ZHANG NH, 2003, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V24, P247
    ZHU YY, 1998, P 3 INT C NONL MECH, P445
 NR 25
 TC 1
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2004
 VL 5
 IS 1
 BP 45
 EP 59
 PG 15
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 778FJ
 UT ISI:000189228500007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, SJ
    Sang, WB
    Jin, W
    Li, WW
    Zhang, Q
    Min, JH
 TI Primary study of Monte Carlo simulation on CdZnTe nuclear detector
 SO HIGH ENERGY PHYSICS AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS-CHINESE EDITION
 DT Article
 DE semi-conductor nuclear detector; Monte Carlo simulation; CdZnTe
 ID CADMIUM ZINC TELLURIDE; PARTIAL PRESSURES; CRYSTAL-GROWTH; GAMMA-RAY
 AB The Monte Carlo simulation software is developed based on the operating
    principle of CdZnTe detector, the randomicity of gamma ray reaction in
    the detector and the statistic rule of the amount of electron-hole
    pairs produced. First, the reaction depth of photons is calculated
    based on the disintegration rule. Secondly, the reaction section of
    every reaction is estimated and the reaction probability of the three
    atoms in CZT and the probability of every reaction of every atom are
    calculated. Based on these probabilities, the category of atoms and the
    type of reactions of a photon reacting with the detector are
    determined, and the amount of electron-hole pairs produced by the
    photon is obtained. From the reaction depth and the amount of
    electron-hole pairs produced, the amount of charge collected can be
    calculated.
    The response energy spectra of gamma ray in the CdZnTe detector are
    simulated by using the Monte Carlo software developed. The simulation
    results are well comparable with the data of the real CdZnTe devices.
    In addition, the ideal thickness of the device, which is of maximum
    detecting efficiency, is also obtained based on the analysis over the
    relationship between the thickness and the efficiency, assuming the
    device to be under the radiation of (CO)-C-57 Source.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, SJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 EM shaojunren@vip.sina.com.cn
 CR AMMAN M, 1997, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3115, P205
    ARLT R, 1996, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V380, P455
    EISEN Y, 1996, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V380, P431
    EISEN Y, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V184, P1302
    EISEN Y, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V428, P1584
    HE Z, 1998, MAT RES SOC P, V487, P89
    JAMES E, 1998, UNIFORMITY DEFECTS C
    LEE EY, 1998, MATER RES SOC S P, V487, P537
    LEE EY, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V428, P66
    LI WW, 2002, SEMICOND SCI TECH, V17, L55
    LUKE PN, 1996, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V380, P232
    MANFREDOTTI C, 1993, MAT RES S P, V302, P183
    REDUS RH, 1998, MATER RES SOC S P, V487, P101
    ROSSI M, 1996, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V380, P419
    SANG WB, 2000, J CRYST GROWTH, V214, P30
    SCHLESINGER TE, 2001, MAT SCI ENG R, V32, P103
    VIZKELETHY G, 2000, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V4141, P178
    WANG LJ, 2000, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V448, P581
    WEN WX, 2002, HIGH ENERG PHYS NUC, V26, P1178
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0254-3052
 J9 HIGH ENERGY PHYS NUCL PHYS-CH
 JI High Energy Phys. Nucl. Phys.-Chin. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 28
 IS 2
 BP 191
 EP 195
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Nuclear; Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA 777EQ
 UT ISI:000189163200017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, W
    Zhang, JM
    Lou, H
    Wang, S
 TI Synthesis of C-60-tetrahydropyrrole ring derivatives under microwave
    irradiation
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE C-60 -tetrahydropyrrole ring derivative; microwave irradiation;
    synthesis
 ID C-60; ANTHRACENE
 AB A series of C-60-tetrahydropyrrole ring derivatives were synthesized
    via the reaction of amino acid, aldehyde with C-60 under microwave
    irradiation conditions without any solvent. The reactions were
    completed within 8 similar to 10 min in 50% similar to 74% yields.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, W, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM jnzhang@public6.sta.net.cn
 CR GEDYE R, 1986, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V27, P279
    KOMATSU K, 1993, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V34, P8473
    LI YL, 1997, CHINESE SCI BULL, V42, P704
    LI YX, 1996, NAT SCI ED, P107
    MAGGINI M, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P9798
    MAGGINI M, 1994, J CHEM SOC CHEM 0207, P305
    SU YZ, 2000, CHEM ONLINE, V13
    TSUDA M, 1993, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1296
    WANG J, 2002, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V22, P212
    WILSON S, 1996, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V17, P775
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0253-2786
 J9 CHINESE J ORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Org. Chem.
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 24
 IS 2
 BP 231
 EP 233
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 776MH
 UT ISI:000189119400018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
    Guo, RW
 TI Identifying parameter by identical synchronization between different
    systems
 SO CHAOS
 DT Article
 ID CONDITIONAL LYAPUNOV EXPONENTS; CHAOTIC SYSTEMS; TIME-SERIES;
    DYNAMICAL-SYSTEMS; COMMUNICATION
 AB In this paper, parameters of a given (chaotic) dynamical system are
    estimated from time series by using identical synchronization between
    two different systems. This technique is based on the invariance
    principle of differential equations, i.e., a dynamical Lyapunov
    function involving synchronization error and the estimation error of
    parameters. The control used in this synchronization consists of
    feedback and adaptive control loop associated with the update law of
    estimation parameters. Our estimation process indicates that one may
    identify dynamically all unknown parameters of a given (chaotic) system
    as long as time series of the system are available. Lorenz and Rossler
    systems are used to illustrate the validity of this technique. The
    corresponding numerical results and analysis on the effect of noise are
    also given. (C) 2004 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM dbhuang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR 1997, CHAOS, V7
    2003, CHAOS, V13
    BOCCALETTI S, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V63
    BOCCALETTI S, 2002, PHYS REP, V366, P1
    BROWN R, 1994, PHYS REV E A, V49, P3784
    BROWN R, 2000, CHAOS, V10, P344
    CHEN GR, 1999, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V9, P1465
    CUOMO KM, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P65
    FEMAT R, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V262, P50
    FUJISAKA H, 1983, PROG THEOR PHYS, V69, P32
    HAYES S, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P3031
    KOCAREV L, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P5028
    MARINO IP, 2003, CHAOS, V13, P286
    MAYBHATE A, 1999, PHYS REV E A, V59, P284
    MURALI K, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, R1624
    PARLITZ U, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V188, P146
    PARLITZ U, 1996, PHYS REV E A, V53, P4351
    PARLITZ U, 1996, PHYS REV E, V54, P6253
    PARLITZ U, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1232
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    PYRAGAS K, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V170, P421
    RODRIGUES HM, 2001, J DIFFER EQUATIONS 3, V169, P228
    SHUAI JW, 1997, PHYS REV E, V56, P2272
    WU CW, 1994, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V4, P979
    ZHOU CS, 2000, PHYSICA D, V135, P1
 NR 25
 TC 7
 SN 1054-1500
 J9 CHAOS
 JI Chaos
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 14
 IS 1
 BP 152
 EP 159
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 778WQ
 UT ISI:000189264700019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, CM
 TI Internal resonant interactions of three free surface-waves in a
    circular cylindrical basin
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE free surface-wave; internal resonant interaction; stationary solution
 ID GRAVITY-WAVES
 AB The basic equations of free capillary-gravity surface-waves in a
    circular cylindrical basin were derived from Luke's principle. Taking
    Galerkin's expansion of the velocity potential and the free surface
    elevation, the second-order perturbation equations were derived by use
    of expansion of multiple scale. The nonlinear interactions with the
    second order internal resonance of three free surface-waves were
    discussed based on the above. The results include: derivation of the
    couple equations of resonant interactions among three waves and the
    conservation laws; analysis of the positions of equilibrium points in
    phase plane; study of the resonant parameters and the non-resonant
    parameters respectively in all kinds of circumstances; derivation of
    the stationary solutions of the second-order interaction equations
    corresponding to different parameters and analysis of the stability
    property of the solutions; discussion of the effective solutions only
    in the limited time range. The analysis makes it clear that the energy
    transformation mode among three waves differs because of the different
    initial conditions under nontrivial circumstance. The energy may either
    exchange among three waves periodically or damp or increase in single
    waves.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, CM, Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 EM chenmingma@sina.com
 CR ANNENKOV SY, 1999, EUR J MECH B-FLUID, V18, P463
    BENIELLI D, 1998, J FLUID MECH, V374, P117
    HAMMACK JL, 1993, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V25, P55
    HASSELMANN K, 1962, J FLUID MECH, V12, P481
    MA CM, 2002, THESIS SHANGHAI U SH
    MCGOLDRICK LF, 1965, J FLUID MECH, V21, P305
    MILES JW, 1976, J FLUID MECH 3, V75, P419
    MILES JW, 1984, J FLUID MECH, V149, P1
    SHIVAMOGGI BK, 1994, J SOUND VIB, V176, P271
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 12
 BP 1411
 EP 1420
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 777ZM
 UT ISI:000189214400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, JK
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
 TI Controlled synthesis and photics properties of nanorods of PbCrO4 and
    BaCrO4 with artificial active membrane as template
 SO ACTA PHYSICO-CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE active membrane; template; lead chromate; barium chromate; nanorods
 ID NANOSTRUCTURES; NANOPARTICLES; NANOWIRES; CDS
 AB Nanorods of lead chromate and barium chromate were synthesized by using
    artificial active membrane of celloidin as template and the cooperating
    effect of artificial active membrane with ethylenediamine. The results
    indicated that the diameter of lead chromate nanorods is between 28
    similar to 55 nm and the largest ratio of length to diameter is 25, the
    nanorod exhibited a monoclinic single crystal structure. The diameter
    of barium chromate nanorods is between 24 similar to 38 nm and the
    largest ratio of length to diameter is 28. The rod had an orthorhombic
    single crystal structure. The products have optical properties which
    are different from those of bulk materials: the IR absorption peaks
    have slightly blue-shift, the fluorescent emission peaks have 9 nm and
    15 nm blue-shift respectively compared to those of the bulk materials,
    and the UV-Vis spectra showed that the obvious absorption peaks
    respectively blue-shifted 30 nm and 35 nm compared to bulk that of
    materials as a result of quantum size effect. The synthesis mechanism
    of the products was discussed primarily.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR CAO LY, 2002, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V18, P1062
    LI M, 1999, NATURE, V402, P393
    LI YD, 1999, INORG CHEM, V38, P1382
    PANDA AK, 2001, LANGMUIR, V17, P1811
    SHI HT, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P3450
    WU QS, 2000, CHEM J CHINESE U, V21, P1471
    WU QS, 2000, J MEMBRANE SCI, V172, P199
    WU QS, 2001, CHEM J CHINESE U, V22, P898
    WU QS, 2002, INORG CHEM COMMUN, V5, P671
    YANG PD, 2002, CHEMPHYSCHEM, V3, P503
    YAO SW, 2002, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V18, P930
    YU SH, 2003, NANO LETT, V3, P379
    ZHENG NW, 2000, CHEM LETT, V6, P636
 NR 13
 TC 2
 SN 1000-6818
 J9 ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Phys.-Chim. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 221
 EP 224
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical
 GA 777PH
 UT ISI:000189186400024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, HF
    Lei, JX
    Ma, XM
    Zhu, LH
    Lu, Y
    Xiang, J
 TI Properties and microstructure of a newly developed AgC electrical
    contact material
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE electrical contact material; silver-graphite (AgC); high-energy ball
    milling; chemical coating; reductant liquid spraying; powder
    metallurgy; microstructure; property
 AB A newly developed Ag5wt%C electrical contact material was fabricated
    using the technique of high-energy in conjunction with reductant liquid
    spraying chemical coating and powder metallurgy. Compared with its
    conventional counterparts made from traditional blending and extrusion,
    the new contact material has excellent physical and mechanical
    properties. Contact-erosion experiments were performed using an ASTM
    Contact Material Automatic Measuring Device. The experimental results
    indicated that the arc erosion resistance of the newly developed
    Ag5wt%C material was more than 40% higher than that of the
    conventionally blended counterpart. The microstructures of the AgC
    coating powder and the sintered-pressed sample were characterized by
    SEM and metallographic microscopy. The surface morphologies of the two
    types of Ag5wt%C contact after breaking arc melting were examined by
    SEM together with EDS. It was found that the melted Ag particles
    produced by arc thermal shock become spherical and adhered to the
    matrix, thereby decreasing the splattering loss of Ag. The wettability
    and interfacial strength between silver and graphite were much improved
    as a result of using the new technique. The newly developed AgC may
    substitute for those counterparts made from extrusion or blending as a
    new electrical contact material.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Elect Apparatus Res Inst, Shanghai 2000063, Peoples R China.
 RP Yu, HF, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM shyhf@163.com
 CR BEHRENS V, 1995, P ANN HOLM C EL CONT, P393
    DONG YD, 1993, MATER SCI ENG, V11, P30
    FAN JL, 2001, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V30, P208
    JOSHI PB, 1998, INT J POWDER METALL, V34, P63
    LI YT, 1995, CHINESE J MAT RES, V9, P399
    SUN CZ, 1992, POWDER METALLURGY TE, V10, P103
    WANG JQ, 2001, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V30, P205
    WINGERT P, 1992, P ANN HOLM C EL CONT, P38
    WINGERT PC, 1996, P 42 IEEE HOLM C EL, P60
    YAN SQ, 1998, MATER SCI ENG, V16, P72
    YUAN HM, 1992, RARE METAL MAT ENG J, V21, P3
    ZHANG WS, 1995, ELECT ALLOY, P1
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 33
 IS 1
 BP 96
 EP 100
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 773PM
 UT ISI:000188932200024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, HQ
    Shi, QP
    Shen, LM
    Cheung, PCH
 TI The solutions of wormhole in Brans-Dicke theory
 SO NUOVO CIMENTO DELLA SOCIETA ITALIANA DI FISICA B-GENERAL PHYSICS
    RELATIVITY ASTRONOMY AND MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS AND METHODS
 DT Article
 ID COSMOLOGY; GRAVITY
 AB We discuss wormhole solution in the Brans-Dicke theory with existence
    of relativistic radiation field. The solutions of wormhole are obtained
    in the Einstein frame. When the dilaton field sigma = const, the
    solution of wormhole should be reduced to the well-known Tolman
    wormhole. Euclidean wormhole solution also has been obtained in the
    Einstein frame when a sigma not equal const. For the comparison, we
    also derive the wormhole solution in the Jordan frame with existence of
    relativistic radiation field. However, the two frames, the Einstein
    frame and the Jordan frame, are not physically equivalent.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Univ Hong Kong, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, HQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR ACCETTA FS, 1990, NUCL PHYS B, V333, P221
    BERKIN AL, 1991, PHYS REV D, V44, P1691
    BERKIN AL, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P41
    CHO YM, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P3133
    CHO YM, 1997, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V14, P2963
    COULE DH, 1998, MOD PHYS LETT A, V13, P961
    GONG YG, 1995, INT J MOD PHYS D, V4, P333
    GRADSHTEYN IS, 1994, TABLE INTEGRALS SERI
    ICHINOSE S, 1999, NUCL PHYS B, V539, P634
    LA D, 1991, PHYS REV D, V44, P1680
    LU HQ, 1999, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V114, P127
    LU HQ, 2002, INT J THEOR PHYS, V41, P56
    MAGNANO G, 1994, PHYS REV D, V5, P5049
    YANG HH, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V212, P39
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0369-3554
 J9 NUOVO CIMENTO B-GEN PHYS R
 JI Nouvo Cimento Soc. Ital. Fis. B-Gen. Phys. Relativ. Astron. Math. Phys.
    Methods
 PD JUN
 PY 2003
 VL 118
 IS 6
 BP 547
 EP 557
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 773RD
 UT ISI:000188935800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Kang, LY
    Kim, HK
    Sohn, MY
 TI Minus domination number in k-partite graphs
 SO DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE domination; minus domination; k-partite graph
 ID LOWER BOUNDS
 AB A function f defined on the vertices of a graph G = (V,E),f : V -->
    {-1,0,1} is a minus dominating function if the sum of its values over
    any closed neighborhood is at least one. The weight of a minus
    dominating function is f (V) =Sigma(vepsilonV) f(v). The minus
    domination number of a graph G, denoted by gamma(-)(G), equals the
    minimum weight of a minus dominating function of G. In this paper, a
    sharp lower bound on gamma(-) of k-partite graphs is given. The special
    case k=2 implies that a conjecture proposed by Dunbar et al. (Discrete
    Math. 199(1999) 35) is true. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Changwon Natl Univ, Dept Appl Math, Chang Won, South Korea.
    Catholic Univ Deagu, Dept Math, Taegu, South Korea.
 RP Kang, LY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM kangly@online.sh.cn
 CR DUNBAR J, 1996, DISCRETE APPL MATH, V68, P73
    DUNBAR J, 1999, DISCRETE MATH, V199, P35
    HAYNES TW, 1998, FUNDAMENTALS DOMINAT
    HENNING MA, 1996, ARS COMBINATORIA, V43, P263
    HENNING MA, 1996, DISCRETE MATH, V158, P87
    HENNING MA, 1998, J GRAPH THEOR, V28, P49
    KANG LY, 2000, ARS COMBINATORIA, V56, P121
    KANG LY, 2003, THEOR COMPUT SCI, V296, P89
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0012-365X
 J9 DISCRETE MATH
 JI Discret. Math.
 PD FEB 28
 PY 2004
 VL 277
 IS 1-3
 BP 295
 EP 300
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics
 GA 774CQ
 UT ISI:000188962500018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, H
    Lu, GZ
    Guo, YL
    Guo, Y
    Wang, JS
 TI Catalytic performance of titanium silicalite-1 for hydroxylation of
    phenol in fixed-bed reactor
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CATALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE titanium silicalite-1; supported catalyst; phenol; hydrogen peroxide;
    hydroxylation; dihydroxybenzene; fixed-bed reactor
 ID HYDROGEN-PEROXIDE; EPOXIDATION; COMPLEX
 AB The TS-1 zeolite prepared by the hydrothermal method was supported on
    different supports, and their catalytic performance for the
    hydroxylation of phenol in a fixed-bed reactor system was studied. The
    effects of the support property, Ti content and pretreatment reagent on
    the performance of the supported TS-1 catalyst were investigated. The
    stronger acid sites on the support promoted the decomposition of H2O2
    and decreased the phenol conversion and utilization efficiency of H2O2.
    Among ZSM-5, TiO2, Al2O3, ZrO2, SiO2 and diatomite supports, diatomite
    was the best support of TS-1 for the hydroxylation of phenol. The
    catalytic performance of the TS-1/diatomite catalyst for the
    hydroxylation was related to the amount of Ti in the TS-1 lattice and
    was improved by pretreatment with HNO3, KAc, NaAc, NH4Ac and NH4Cl
    aqueous solutions. On the contrary, the activity of TS-1/diatomite was
    inhibited by pretreatment with base solutions such as NH3 (.) H2O,
    Na2CO3 and Na3PO4. The studies of reaction conditions in the fixed-bed
    reactor system showed that the operation parameters such as solvent,
    reaction temperature, WHSV and phenol/H2O2 ratio had obvious influences
    on the hydroxylation of phenol. When the reaction was carried out using
    acetone as the solvent with a phenol to H2O2 molar ratio of 3 at WHSV =
    8.46 h(-1) and 84 V, the phenol conversion, H2O2 conversion,
    selectivity for dihydroxybenzene and utilization efficiency of H2O2
    reached 27.7%, 94.8%, 97.7% and 75.1%, respectively.
 C1 E China Univ Sci & Technol, Res Inst Ind Catalysis, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, GZ, E China Univ Sci & Technol, Res Inst Ind Catalysis, Shanghai
    200237, Peoples R China.
 EM gzhlu@ecust.edu.cn
 CR DAI PSE, 1996, APPL CATAL A-GEN, V143, P101
    GAO HX, 2002, CHINESE J CATAL+, V23, P3
    HASEGAWA Y, 2001, CATAL TODAY, V71, P177
    HUYBRECHTS DRC, 1992, J MOL CATAL, V71, P129
    LIN S, 2000, J MOL CATAL A-CHEM, V156, P113
    LU GZ, 1997, J MOL CATAL, V11, P191
    NEMETH LT, 1994, 5354875, US
    RAO PRHP, 1993, APPL CATAL A-GEN, V93, P123
    THIELE G, 1998, 5756778, US
    THIELE GF, 1997, J MOL CATAL A-CHEM, V117, P351
    TUEL A, 1991, J MOL CATAL, V68, P45
    VANDERPOL AJHP, 1992, APPL CATAL A-GEN, V92, P113
    WANG HL, 1999, CHINESE J CATAL+, V20, P557
    XIONG CR, 2000, CATAL LETT, V69, P231
    YU RB, 1999, CATAL TODAY, V51, P39
    YU XD, 2002, PETROCHEM TECH, V31, P708
 NR 16
 TC 2
 SN 0253-9837
 J9 CHIN J CATAL
 JI Chin. J. Catal.
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 1
 BP 49
 EP 54
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Applied; Chemistry, Physical; Engineering, Chemical
 GA 774LG
 UT ISI:000188980500012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU An, BL
    Gong, ML
    Cheah, KW
    Zhang, JM
    Li, KF
 TI Synthesis and bright luminescence of lanthanide (Eu(III), Tb(III))
    complexes sensitized with a novel organic ligand
 SO CHEMICAL PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID CONJUGATED EUROPIUM COMPLEX; THERMAL-STABILITY; SILICA MATRIX;
    PHOTOLUMINESCENCE; CRYSTAL
 AB A novel organic ligand, 6-[(benzylamino) carbonyl]-2-pyridine
    carboxylic acid (HBAP), and the corresponding lanthanide complexes,
    tris(6-[(benzylamino) carbonyl]- 2-pyridine carboxylato)
    lanthanide(III) (Ln-BAP, Ln = Eu, Tb, Gd), have been designed and
    synthesized. The lanthanide (Eu(III), Tb(III)) complexes were
    efficiently sensitized by BAP ligand. The fluorescence quantum yields
    were investigated by comparison with a luminescence standard, and the
    yields were 15 +/- 3%, 34 +/- 3% for the solid europium. and terbium
    complexes respectively. The lowest triplet level of HBAP ligand was
    calculated from the phosphorescence spectrum of Gd-BAP complex, and the
    energy transfer mechanisms in the lanthanide complexes were discussed.
    (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Sun Yat Sen Univ, State Key Lab Optoelect Mat & Technol, Guangzhou 510275, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Baptist Coll, Dept Phys, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP An, BL, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM anbaolii@263.sina.com
    cesgml@zsu.edu.cn
 CR ALBERTSSON J, 1972, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V26, P1023
    AN BL, 2001, MATER RES BULL, V36, P1335
    AN BL, 2002, J LUMIN, V99, P155
    AN BL, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V352, P143
    AN BL, 2003, J MATER SCI-MATER EL, V14, P125
    AN BL, 2003, POLYHEDRON, V22, P2719
    CHEN GZ, 1990, FLUORESCENCE ANAL ME
    DEW W, 1979, J AM CHEM SOC, V101, P334
    DEXTER DL, 1953, J CHEM PHYS, V21, P836
    DONEGA CD, 1996, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V57, P1727
    FREY ST, 1995, INORG CHIM ACTA, V229, P383
    FRIEND RH, 1999, NATURE, V397, P121
    GRENTHE I, 1961, J AM CHEM SOC, V83, P360
    HEMMILA I, 1995, J ALLOY COMPD, V225, P480
    HO PKH, 1999, SCIENCE, V285, P233
    KIDO J, 2002, CHEM REV, V102, P2357
    LESSMANN JJ, 2000, INORG CHEM, V39, P3114
    MELBY LR, 1964, J AM CHEM SOC, V86, P5117
    MOYNAGH J, 1999, NATURE, V400, P105
    PARK W, 2000, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V78, P28
    RYAN JL, 1966, J PHYS CHEM-US, V70, P2845
    SANO T, 2000, J MATER CHEM, V10, P157
    SATO S, 1970, B CHEM SOC JPN, V43, P1955
    SLOOFF LH, 2000, OPT MATER, V14, P101
    WEISSMAN SI, 1942, J CHEM PHYS, V10, P214
    YANG YS, 1994, J ALLOY COMPD, V207, P112
    ZN D, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P2806
 NR 27
 TC 5
 SN 0009-2614
 J9 CHEM PHYS LETT
 JI Chem. Phys. Lett.
 PD FEB 16
 PY 2004
 VL 385
 IS 5-6
 BP 345
 EP 350
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical
 GA 775YG
 UT ISI:000189087800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
 TI The parametric open-plus-closed-loop control of chaotic maps and its
    robustness
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID MULTIPLE-ATTRACTOR SYSTEMS; MIGRATION CONTROLS; NONLINEAR OSCILLATIONS;
    OPCL CONTROL; SYNCHRONIZATION; ENTRAINMENT
 AB This paper proposes a parametric open-plus-closed-loop control approach
    to controlling chaos. The logistic map is treated as an example to
    demonstrate the application of the proposed approach. It is proved that
    the approach is robust to the model error. Its relations to the
    open-plus-closed-loop control and the parametric entrainment control
    are discussed. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Appl Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM lqchen@online.sh.cn
 CR BOCCALETTI S, 1997, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P1431
    CHEN G, 1998, CHAOS ORDER METHODOL
    CHEN LQ, 1997, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V10, P316
    CHEN LQ, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V245, P87
    CHEN LQ, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V262, P350
    CHEN LQ, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V281, P327
    CHEN LQ, 2002, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P1219
    FEKI M, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P883
    GROSU I, 1997, PHYS REV E B, V56, P3709
    IPLIKCI S, 2002, CHAOS, V12, P965
    JACKSON EA, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V151, P478
    JACKSON EA, 1995, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V5, P1255
    JACKSON EA, 1995, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V5, P1767
    JACKSON EA, 1995, PHYSICA D, V85, P1
    JACKSON EA, 1997, CHAOS, V7, P550
    KAPITANIAK T, 1996, CONTROLLING CHAOS TH
    METTIN R, 1995, PHYS REV E A, V51, P4065
    OTT E, 1994, COPING CHAOS
    TSAI HH, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P627
    WEIGEL R, 1998, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V8, P173
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 1
 BP 113
 EP 118
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 775XU
 UT ISI:000189086600014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GH
    Xu, DM
    Zhou, SP
 TI Chaos synchronization by using random parametric adaptive control method
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Henon map; chaos synchronization; random adaptive control
 AB Synchronization of two chaotic systems with different parameters using
    the random parametric adaptive control algorithm is proposed. Under the
    appropriate control law and feedback coefficient, the synchronization
    is achieved. To make this method realizable, Henon map is taken as a
    typical numerical example. The characteristic of random control period
    and flexible feedback coefficient shows its practicality.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CUOMO KM, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P65
    DAI D, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1237
    HE MF, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P830
    LI GH, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P2123
    LI JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P9
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    YANG T, 2001, INFORM CONTR, V30, P456
 NR 7
 TC 7
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 2
 BP 379
 EP 382
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 775NT
 UT ISI:000189048100010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, TCE
    Kang, L
    Ng, CT
 TI Due-date assignment and single machine scheduling with deteriorating
    jobs
 SO JOURNAL OF THE OPERATIONAL RESEARCH SOCIETY
 DT Article
 DE single machine scheduling; due-date; deteriorating jobs
 ID DEPENDENT PROCESSING TIMES; COMMON; MINIMIZE
 AB We study a scheduling problem with deteriorating jobs, that is, jobs
    whose processing times are an increasing function of their start times.
    We consider the case of a single machine and linear job-independent
    deterioration. The problem is to determine an optimal combination of
    the due-date and schedule so as to minimize the sum of due-date,
    earliness and tardiness penalties. We give an O(n log n) time algorithm
    to solve this problem.
 C1 Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Logist, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, TCE, Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Logist, Kowloon, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 EM lgtcheng@polyu.edu.hk
 CR ALIDAEE B, 1991, COMPUT OPER RES, V18, P317
    ALIDAEE B, 1999, J OPER RES SOC, V50, P711
    BAKER KR, 1990, OPER RES, V38, P22
    BROWNE S, 1990, OPER RES, V38, P495
    BRUCKER P, 1995, SCHEDULING ALGORITHM
    CHENG TCE, 1998, INFORM PROCESS LETT, V65, P75
    CHENG TCE, 2002, COMPUT OPER RES, V29, P1957
    CHENG TCE, 2004, EUR J OPER RES, V152, P1
    GORDON V, 2002, EUR J OPER RES, V139, P1
    GORDON VS, 2002, PROD PLAN CONTROL, V13, P117
    GRAHAM RL, 1979, ANN DISCRETE MATH, V5, P287
    MOSHEIOV G, 1991, OPER RES, V39, P979
    MOSHEIOV G, 1994, COMPUT OPER RES, V21, P653
    NG CT, 2002, INFORM PROCESS LETT, V81, P327
    PANWALKAR SS, 1982, OPER RES, V30, P391
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 0160-5682
 J9 J OPER RES SOC
 JI J. Oper. Res. Soc.
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 55
 IS 2
 BP 198
 EP 203
 PG 6
 SC Management; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 770QG
 UT ISI:000188741300012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, JB
    Gu, CQ
 TI Vector valued Thiele-Werner-type osculatory rational interpolants
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE vector valued; osculatory rational interpolation; Thiele-Werner
    continued fraction; characteristic properties
 AB A method of solving vector-valued osculatory rational interpolation
    problems is presented by using the Samelson inverse of vectors. The
    rational interpolants are constructed in the form of Thiele-Werner-type
    continued fraction expression. Its interpolation structures are
    analyzed and important characteristic properties are obtained. (C) 2003
    Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, JB, Chengdu Westone Informat Ind Inc, 810 Box, Chengdu 610041,
    Peoples R China.
 EM wjbzyx@sh163.net
 CR GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1983, NUMER MATH, V42, P331
    GU CQ, 1997, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V80, P71
    GU CQ, 1999, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V295, P7
    KAHNG SW, 1969, MATH COMPUT, V23, P621
    ROBERTS DE, 1985, P IMA SHRIV C OXF
    SALZER HE, 1962, MATH COMPUT, V16, P486
    WERNER H, 1979, PADE APPROXIMATION I, P257
    WUYTACK L, 1975, MATH COMPUT, V29, P837
    WYNN P, 1963, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V12, P273
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0377-0427
 J9 J COMPUT APPL MATH
 JI J. Comput. Appl. Math.
 PD FEB 1
 PY 2004
 VL 163
 IS 1
 BP 241
 EP 252
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 772HJ
 UT ISI:000188836300021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, J
    Yang, LM
    Chen, LQ
    Wu, MH
    Nho, YC
    Kaetsua, I
 TI An interesting grafting reactivity of EB preirradiated polypropylene
    film
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE radiation grafting; polypropylene; free radical; peroxide; acrylic
    acid; acrylamide
 AB An interesting grafting reactivity of electron beam preirradiated
    polypropylene (PP) film was found by grafting of acrylic acid (AAc) and
    acrylamide (AAm) repeatedly or intermittently. The preirradiated PP
    film could be grafted several times intermittently and the free
    radicals or peroxides on the samples could be determined after several
    times grafting reaction. The effects of storage time, reaction time and
    repeated reaction times on the degree of grafting were investigated.
    The trapped radicals, peroxy-radicals and peroxides on the
    preirradiated and reacted PP films were determined by using electron
    spin resonance (ESR) and 1,1-diphenyl-2-picryl hydrazyl (DPPH),
    respectively. An interpenetrating polymer networks (IPN) with both
    temperature and pH sensitive properties was obtained by two times
    grafting of AAm and AAc onto preirradiated PP film. (C) 2003 Elsevier
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem Engn & Technol, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Kinki Univ, Fac Sci & Technol, Higashiosaka, Osaka 5770818, Japan.
    Korea Atom Energy Res Inst, Radiat Applicat Div, Taejon, South Korea.
 RP Chen, J, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem Engn & Technol, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 EM chenjjd@online.sh.cn
 CR CHAPIRO A, 1962, RAD CHEM POLYM SYSTE
    CHEN J, 2000, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V59, P313
    CHEN YG, 1998, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V52, P1
    KATANO H, 1991, POLYM J, V23, P1179
    NHO YC, 1999, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V54, P317
    SUZUKI M, 1986, MACROMOLECULES, V19, P1804
    ZHAO XZ, 1986, POLYM COMMUN, V4, P270
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0969-806X
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 69
 IS 2
 BP 149
 EP 154
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA 770MC
 UT ISI:000188733700008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JF
    Meng, JP
 TI New localized coherent structures to the (2+1)-dimensional breaking
    soliton equation
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE breaking soliton equation; peakon; compacton
 ID NOVIKOV-VESELOV EQUATION; CAMASSA-HOLM EQUATION; SYMMETRY CONSTRAINTS;
    TRANSFORMATION; WAVES
 AB Starting from the standard truncated Painleve expansion, by making use
    of the variable separation procedure, a general variable separation
    solution of the (2 + 1)-dimensional breaking soliton system is derived.
    Two classes of novel localized coherent structures like both
    multi-peakon-antipeakon solution and multi-compacton-anticompacton
    solution are found by selecting appropriate functions. These new
    structures exhibit some novel interaction features which are different
    from one of the known results. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Univ Loughborough, Dept Math Sci, Loughborough LE11 3TU, Leics, England.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JF, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004,
    Peoples R China.
 EM jfzhang2002@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BOGOYAVLENSKII O, 1989, IZV AKAD NAUK SSSR M, V53, P907
    BOGOYAVLENSKII OI, 1989, IZV AKAD NAUK SSSR M, V53, P243
    BOGOYAVLENSKII OI, 1990, IZV AKAD NAUK SSSR M, V54, P123
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    CHERTOCK A, 2001, J COMPUT PHYS, V171, P708
    COOPER F, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V64
    KONOPELCHENKO BG, 1993, SOLITONS MULTIDIMENS
    KRAENKEL RA, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V273, P183
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LOU SY, 1998, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V29, P145
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2001, EUR PHYS J B, V22, P473
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    LOU SY, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10619
    MANNA MA, 2001, PHYSICA D, V149, P231
    QIAN TF, 2001, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V12, P1347
    RADHA R, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P7
    ROSENAU P, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P564
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P651
 NR 20
 TC 2
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD FEB 2
 PY 2004
 VL 321
 IS 3
 BP 173
 EP 178
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 767YV
 UT ISI:000188502200006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, DJ
    Chen, DY
 TI Negatons, positons, rational-like solutions and conservation laws of
    the Korteweg-de Vries equation with loss and non-uniformity terms
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS A-MATHEMATICAL AND GENERAL
 DT Article
 ID SELF-CONSISTENT SOURCES; N-SOLITON SOLUTIONS; SINE-GORDON EQUATION;
    DEVRIES EQUATION; EVOLUTION EQUATIONS; WRONSKIAN FORM; KDV EQUATION
 AB Solitons, negatons, positons, rational-like solutions and mixed
    solutions of a non-isospectral equation, the Korteweg-de Vries equation
    with loss and non-uniformity terms, are obtained through the Wronskian
    technique. The non-isospectral characteristics of the motion behaviours
    of some solutions are described with some figures made by using
    Mathematica. We also derive an infinite number of conservation laws of
    the equation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, DJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM djzhang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1978, J MATH PHYS, V19, P2180
    BEUTLER R, 1993, J MATH PHYS, V34, P3098
    BOGOYAVLENSKY OI, 1989, OPROKIDIWAYUSHIESYA
    CHAN WL, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P2521
    CHEN HH, 1976, PHYS REV LETT, V37, P693
    FREEMAN NC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P1
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 1976, J PHYS SOC JPN, V41, P2141
    MA WX, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V19, P163
    MATVEEV VB, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V166, P205
    MATVEEV VB, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P2955
    NEWELL AC, 1979, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V365, P283
    NIMMO JJC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V96, P443
    RASINARIU C, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P1803
    SIRIANUNPIBOON S, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V134, P31
    STAHLHOFEN AA, 1995, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V28, P1957
    WU H, 2003, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V36, P4867
    ZENG YB, 2003, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V36, P5035
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P2649
    ZHANG DJ, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V18, P31
    ZHANG DJ, 2003, PHYSICA A, V321, P467
 NR 21
 TC 2
 SN 0305-4470
 J9 J PHYS-A-MATH GEN
 JI J. Phys. A-Math. Gen.
 PD JAN 23
 PY 2004
 VL 37
 IS 3
 BP 851
 EP 865
 PG 15
 SC Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 770EQ
 UT ISI:000188710600024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Long, JW
    Chen, HY
    Meng, ZY
 TI Effects of doping on microstructure and piezoelectric properties of
    PMS-PZ-PT ceramics
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE doping; PMS-PZ-PT; piezoelectric properties; ultrasonic motors
 AB The microstructure and piezoelectric properties of Pb0.98Sr0.02(Mn-1/3
    Sb-2/3)(x)-(Zr0.5Ti0.5)(1-x)O-3 ceramics with different dopants of
    Nb2O5, NiO, Fe2O3 and doping amounts were Investigated. Results show
    that phases shift from tetragonal phase to rhombohedral phase with the
    increase of doping amounts. The solubility of B-site dopants in
    PMS-PZ-PT ceramics is very small. The compositions with small doping
    amount have optimized property values of d(33), K-p and Q(m). The Q(m)
    can be improved with small amount of acceptor dopants, but deceases all
    through with the increase of Nb-doping concentration. The modified
    compositions have superior piezoelectric properties, so they are
    practically suitable for the applications in ultrasonic motors.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Long, JW, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 EM ljw0408@sohu.com
 CR GAO YK, 2001, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V40, P687
    GUO X, 2002, KEY ENG MATER, V224, P112
    GUO XB, 2002, J CHINESE CERAM SOC, V30, P125
    LEE DJ, P 5 INT C PROP APPL, P875
    LEE DL, 1998, 1998 IEEE INT C COND, P381
    LI LT, 1980, FERROELECTRICS, V28, P403
    NADOLIISKY MM, 1992, FERROELECTRICS, V129, P141
    OCHI SY, 1998, 5759433, US
    PEREIRA M, 2001, J EUR CERAM SOC, V21, P1353
    YASUHIRO S, 1998, 5759433, US
    YOON SJ, 1998, J AM CERAM SOC, V81, P2473
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 IS 1
 BP 101
 EP 106
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 769UA
 UT ISI:000188667100017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jin, DR
    Meng, ZY
 TI Structural and electrical properties of PZT/ZnO piezoelectric ceramic
    composites with resistivity gradient
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE PZT/ZnO composite ceramics; functionally gradient materials (FGMs);
    resistivity gradient; monolithic piezoelectric actuators with
    functional gradients
 ID ACTUATOR
 AB La-PZT/Al-ZnO piezoelectric ceramics with gradients of resistivity and
    piezoelectric modulus were fabricated by using a powder metallurgical
    process. They are a kind of monolithic Piezoelectric Actuator with
    Functional Gradients (FGMPA), which can effectively reduce or smooth
    its interfacial stress concentration and requires much lower driving
    field than that of La-PZT/Fe-PZT FGMPA. The distributions of
    composition, phase-and microstructure were examined respectively by
    using electron probe microanalysis (EPMA), X-ray Diffraction (XRD) and
    scanning electron microscopy (SEM). Results show that the gradient
    distributions of structural and electrical properties are mainly caused
    by the diffusion and aggregation of Zn ions in the PZT layer. It is
    also the main cause of reducing the resistivity in partial gradient PZT
    region adjacent to ZnO layer. The existence of ZnO in the PZT region as
    a second phase was detected by XRD.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Composite Mat, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Jin, DR, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Composite Mat, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zymeng@guomai.sh.cn
 CR ADIKARY SU, 2000, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V16, P383
    CLARKE DR, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P485
    HAN JP, 2001, J MATER RES, V16, P459
    HEARTLING GH, 1994, AM CERAM SOC B, V73, P93
    JIN DR, 1999, RELATIONSHIP PROPERT, P273
    JIN DR, 2003, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V99, P83
    NINO M, 1987, J JPN SOC COMPOS MAT, V13, P257
    NINO M, 1990, ISIJ INT, V30, P699
    WU CCM, 1996, J AM CERAM SOC, V79, P809
    ZHU XH, 1995, J MATER SCI LETT, V14, P516
    ZHU XH, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V48, P169
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 IS 1
 BP 107
 EP 113
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 769UA
 UT ISI:000188667100018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GH
    Zhou, SP
    Xu, DM
 TI Chaos synchronization based on intermittent state observer
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE chaos synchronization; state observer; intermittent method
 ID SYSTEMS
 AB This paper describes the method of synchronizing slave to the master
    trajectory using an intermittent state observer by constructing a
    synchronizer which drives the response system globally tracing the
    driving system asymptotically. It has been shown from the theory of
    synchronization error-analysis that a satisfactory result of chaos
    synchronization is expected under an appropriate intermittent period
    and state observer. Compared with continuous control method, the
    proposed intermittent method can target the desired orbit more
    efficiently. The application of the method is demonstrated on the
    hyperchaotic Rossler systems. Numerical simulations show that the
    length of the synchronization interval tau(s) is of crucial importance
    for our scheme, and the method is robust with respect to parameter
    mismatch.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM ghlee@sh163.net
 CR CARROLL TL, 1991, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V38, P453
    CUOMO KM, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P65
    DAI D, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1237
    LAI JW, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P21
    LI Z, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P9
    MORGUL O, 1997, PHYS REV E A, V55, P5004
    MORGUL O, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P77
    MURALI K, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V272, P184
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
 NR 9
 TC 5
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 13
 IS 2
 BP 168
 EP 172
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 770UK
 UT ISI:000188749100008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lin, KH
    Song, MP
    Du, CX
    Zhang, QH
    Hao, XQ
    Wu, YJ
 TI Synthesis and structure characterization of
    [HgCl(eta(5)-C5H3C(CH3)=N-3C(5)H(4)N)Fe(eta(5)-C5H5)]center dot
    1/2CH(2)Cl(2)
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF STRUCTURAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE cyclomercurated ferrocenylimine; pyridyl compounds; crystal structure
 AB A new cyclomercurated ferrocenylketimine containing pyridyl ring
    ([HgCl(eta(5)-C5H3C(CH3)=N-3-C5H4N)Fe(eta(5)-C5H5)].(1)/2CH2Cl2, Mr =
    581.66) was synthesized and its molecular structure has been confirmed
    by IR, elemental analysis, H-1-NMR and X-ray crystal structure
    analysis. It is of monoclinic system, space group P2(1)/c with a =
    9.213(2), b = 17.479(4), c = 11.510(2) Angstrom, beta =
    100.32(3)degrees, V = 1823.7(6) Angstrom(3), Z = 4, C17.5H16Cl2FeHgN2,
    D-c = 2.119 g/cm(3), mu = 9.497 mm(-1), F(000) = 1100, R = 0.0436 and
    wR = 0.0987. The independent reflections are 3527, of which 3153 with I
    greater than or equal to 2sigma(I) were observed. The compound contains
    a five-membered metallocycle. The mercury atom is bonded with the
    2-position of substituted cyclopentadienyl ring (Cp), and coordinated
    weakly to the N atom of imino group. The pyridyl ring is almost
    perpendicular to the substituted Cp which is nearly coplanar with the
    metallocycle. The Hg(1)-C(1) and Hg(1)-Cl(1) bond lengths are 2.050(8)
    and 2.321(2) Angstrom, respectively.
 C1 Zhengzhou Univ, Dept Chem, Henan Key Lab Appl Chem, Zhengzhou 450052, Henan, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Song, MP, Zhengzhou Univ, Dept Chem, Henan Key Lab Appl Chem, Zhengzhou
    450052, Henan, Peoples R China.
 EM mpsong9350@zzu.edu.cn
 CR BERMEJO E, 1999, EUR J INORG CHEM, V6, P965
    HAUSER CR, 1957, J ORG CHEM, V22, P482
    MA HR, 1990, XIBEI DAXUE XUEBAO Z, V20, P45
    REN P, 2002, CHIN J STRUCT CHEM, V21, P38
    SHELDRICK GM, 1997, SHELX97 PROGRAM CRYS
    SHELDRICK GM, 1997, SHELXL97 PROGRAM CRY
    SHOU QH, 1994, TETRAHEDRON, V50, P10467
    TOGNI A, 1995, FERROCENES HOMOGENEO
    WU YJ, 2001, J ORGANOMET CHEM, V637, P27
    YANG JW, 1997, J ORGANOMET CHEM, V543, P63
 NR 10
 TC 2
 SN 0254-5861
 J9 CHIN J STRUCT CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Struct. Chem.
 PY 2004
 VL 23
 IS 1
 BP 15
 EP 18
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Crystallography
 GA 768NU
 UT ISI:000188549700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, BX
    Xu, DJ
 TI Poly[[bis(1H-benzimidazole-kappa
    N-3)cadmium(II)]-mu-aqua-mu-succinato-kappa O-2(1): O-4]
 SO ACTA CRYSTALLOGRAPHICA SECTION C-CRYSTAL STRUCTURE COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID BIS(TRIPHENYLTIN) SUCCINATE; CRYSTAL-STRUCTURES; COMPLEX; CADMIUM(II)
 AB The title compound, [Cd(C4H4O4)(C7H6N2)(2)(H2O)](n), is a
    three-dimensional polymeric complex. The Cd-II atom is located on an
    inversion centre and assumes an elongated octahedral coordination
    geometry, with a long Cd-O distance of 2.5381 (5) Angstrom to the
    coordinated bridging water molecule. The succinate dianion, located on
    another inversion centre, bridges adjacent Cd atoms to form
    succinate-bridged polymeric chains. The coordinated water molecule is
    located on a twofold axis and links adjacent succinate-bridged chains
    to form a water-bridged polymeric chain.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, DJ, Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
 EM xudj@mail.hz.zj.cn
 CR *RIG CORP, 1998, PROCESS AUTO VERS 1
    *RIG MSC, 2002, CRYST VERS 3 00
    ALTOMARE A, 1993, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V26, P343
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1997, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V30, P565
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P837
    GRIFFITH EAH, 1982, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR B, V38, P262
    HIGASHI T, 1995, ABSCOR
    LIU Y, 2003, J COORD CHEM, V56, P155
    NAKASUKA N, 1986, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C, V42, P1736
    NG SW, 1993, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C, V49, P754
    NG SW, 1998, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C 6, V54, P745
    NISHIKIORI SI, 1996, J COORD CHEM, V37, P23
    RASTSVETAEVA RK, 1996, Z KRISTALLOGR, V211, P808
    SHELDRICK GM, 1997, SHELXL97
    ZHANG CG, 1996, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C 3, V52, P591
 NR 15
 TC 2
 SN 0108-2701
 J9 ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C-CRYST STR
 JI Acta Crystallogr. Sect. C-Cryst. Struct. Commun.
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 60
 PN Part 2
 BP M39
 EP M41
 PG 3
 SC Crystallography
 GA 768VG
 UT ISI:000188555300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, GZ
    Xin, ZH
    Liang, YQ
    Zhang, Q
 TI Mean-field theory on mixed ferro-ferrimagnetic compounds with
    (A(a)B(b)C(c))(y)D
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE mixed ferro-ferrimagnet; Ising model; four sublattices; phase diagram;
    transition temperature; compensation temperature
 ID MAGNETIC-PROPERTIES; PRUSSIAN BLUE; ALLOY
 AB The magnetic properties of the mixed ferro-ferrimagnetic compounds with
    (A(a)B(b)C(c))(y)D, in which A, B, C and D are four different magnetic
    ions and form four different sublattices, are studied by using the
    Ising model. And the Ising model was dealt with standard mean-field
    approximation. The regions of concentration in which two compensation
    points or one compensation point exit are given in c-a, b-c and a-b
    planes. The phase diagrams of the transition temperature T-c and
    compensation temperature T-comp are obtained. The temperature
    dependences of the magnetization are also investigated. Some of the
    result can be used to explain the experimental work of the
    molecule-based ferro-ferrimagnet ((NiaMnbFecII)-Mn-II-Fe-II)(1.5)
    [Cr-III (CN)6] - zH(2)O. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Northeastern Univ, Coll Sci, Shenyang 110006, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Int Ctr Mat Phys, Shenyang 110015, Peoples R China.
 RP Xin, ZH, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM zihuaxin@yahoo.com
 CR ENTLEY WR, 1994, INORG CHEM, V33, P5165
    FERLAY S, 1995, NATURE, V378, P701
    JASCUR M, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P9232
    KANEYOSHI T, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P2545
    KANEYOSHI T, 1991, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V98, P201
    KANEYOSHI T, 1995, J MAGN MAGN MATER 1, V140, P261
    MALLAH T, 1993, SCIENCE, V262, P1554
    MILLER JS, 1995, CHEM ENG NEWS, V73, P30
    OHKOSHI S, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, P11642
    OHKOSHI S, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P1285
    SATO O, 1996, SCIENCE, V271, P49
    WILLIAM RE, 1995, SCIENCE, V268, P397
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD JAN 19
 PY 2004
 VL 321
 IS 1
 BP 56
 EP 61
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 765TW
 UT ISI:000188300600007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liao, HY
    Zhou, SP
    Zhang, YB
    Zhu, HM
    Zhu, BH
 TI Thermal vortex dynamics in s+id-wave superconductors
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE s plus id-wave TDGL model; pairing symmetry; temperature; thermal
    fluctuations; additive noise or multiplicative noise
 ID HIGH-TEMPERATURE SUPERCONDUCTORS; PAIRING STATE; MODEL; FIELD
 AB We study, using a finite-different method, singlevortex structure of a
    s + id-wave superconductor by solving a time-dependent Ginzburg-Landau
    (TDGL) model for high-T-C superconductors. We find that, below a phase
    transition temperature, the order parameters indicate twofold symmetry,
    whereas a fourfold symmetry appears beyond the temperature. We have
    also investigated the effects of thermal fluctuations on the pairing
    symmetry while existing an additive noise or a multiplicative noise in
    the TDGL models. The regular vortex pattern will be distorted and
    disordered steadily as the noise level increases. And, it becomes no
    longer recognizable as a sufficiently high magnitude of noise exists.
    (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Liao, HY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM hhyy_liao@163.com
 CR BRAWNER DA, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P6530
    DAHM T, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, P11419
    DEANG J, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    DU Q, 1999, SIAM J APPL MATH, V59, P1225
    FRANZ M, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P5795
    GORKOV LP, 1959, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V36, P1918
    LI QQ, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P613
    LI QQ, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P14577
    MOLER KA, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P2744
    PLAKIDA NM, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P11997
    SASIK R, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P1238
    SHEN JH, 1998, ELEMENTARY NUMERICAL
    SKOCPOL WJ, 1975, REP PROGR PHYS, V38, P1049
    VANHARLINGEN DJ, 1995, REV MOD PHYS, V67, P515
    WANG QH, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P15645
    WANG ZD, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P11756
    WELP U, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P1908
    WOLLMAN DA, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2134
    XU CF, 1990, NUMERICAL SOLUTION P
    XU JH, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, R2991
    ZHOU SP, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P541
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD JAN 26
 PY 2004
 VL 321
 IS 2
 BP 127
 EP 136
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 766XQ
 UT ISI:000188409400009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fan, S
    Yan, F
    Zhang, HZ
    Zhao, ZX
 TI A semiempirical approach to study the excitation functions for (n,p)
    reaction on the basis of evaporation and exciton models below 20 MeV
 SO NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTS & METHODS IN PHYSICS RESEARCH SECTION B-BEAM
    INTERACTIONS WITH MATERIALS AND ATOMS
 DT Article
 DE evaporation model; exciton model; excitation function for (n,p) reaction
 ID REACTION CROSS-SECTIONS; NEUTRON-INDUCED REACTIONS; STATISTICAL-MODEL;
    NUCLEI; ISOTOPES; N,ALPHA; TRENDS; SYSTEMATICS; DEUTERIUM; SPECTRA
 AB A semiempirical approach for the excitation functions of (n,p) reaction
    was obtained on the basis of evaporation and exciton models with the
    energies range up to 20 MeV. Within the nuclide mass region of 23 less
    than or equal to A less than or equal to 209, the adjusted parameter of
    the semiempirical method was investigated, it has a strong dependence
    on (N - Z + 1)/A and the incident neutron energy. The predictions of
    the excitation functions for (n,p) reaction for different nuclei are in
    good agreement with the experimental data. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Inst Atom Energy, Beijing 102413, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Nanhua Univ, Nuclear Technol Coll, Hengyang 421000, Peoples R China.
    NW Univ Xian, Dept Phys, Xian 710006, Peoples R China.
 RP Fan, S, Inst Atom Energy, Beijing 102413, Peoples R China.
 EM sfan@iris.ciae.ac.cn
 CR BADANSKY D, 1962, ANN REV NUCL SCI, V12, P79
    BAO Z, 1994, J CHIN NUCL PHYS, V15, P341
    BELGAID M, 1998, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V142, P463
    CABRAL S, 1990, NUCL SCI ENG, V106, P308
    CHATTERJEE A, 1963, NUCL PHYS, V47, P511
    CHATTERJEE A, 1963, NUCL PHYS, V49, P686
    CHATTERJEE A, 1964, NUCL PHYS, V60, P373
    DOCZI R, 1998, NUCL SCI ENG, V129, P164
    DOSTROVSKY I, 1959, PHYS REV, V116, P683
    EDER G, 1972, Z PHYS, V253, P335
    FAN S, 1996, NUCL SCI ENG, V124, P349
    FU CY, 1980, ORNLTM7402
    FUGA D, 1991, NUCL INT METH A, V309, P500
    GADIOLI E, 1976, PHYS REV C, V14, P573
    GARDNER DG, 1961, NUCL PHYS, V24, P274
    GARDNER DG, 1962, NUCL PHYS, V29, P373
    GARDNER DG, 1964, NUCL PHYS, V60, P49
    GARDNER DG, 1967, NUCL PHYS A, V96, P121
    GRIFFIN JJ, 1966, PHYS REV LETT, V17, P478
    HAUSER W, 1976, PHYS REV C, V14, P573
    HAVLIK E, 1971, ACTA PHYS AUSTRIACA, V34, P209
    KASUGAI Y, 1992, JAERIM93046, P277
    KHUUKHENKHUU G, 2002, J NUCL SCI TECH S, V2, P782
    KONG XZ, 1992, J CHINESE NUCL PHYS, V14, P239
    LEVKOSKII VN, 1957, SOV PHYS JETP, V4, P291
    LU H, 1989, INDCCRP16
    LU HL, 1994, J CHINESE NUCL PHYS, V16, P263
    LU WD, 1971, PHYS REV C, V4, P1173
    MOLLA NI, 1977, NUCL PHYS A, V283, P269
    MOLLA NI, 1977, NUCL PHYS A, V283, P269
    PAULSEN A, 1967, Z PHYS, V205, P226
    PEARLSTEIN S, 1973, J NUCL ENERGY, V27, P81
    PECK R, 1957, PHYS REP, V106, P965
    QAIM SM, 1984, NUCL SCI ENG, V88, P143
    SARDF SK, 1991, NUCL SCI ENG, V107, P365
    SIGG RA, 1976, NUCL SCI ENG, V60, P235
    STROHAL P, 1962, NUCL PHYS, V30, P49
    STRUWE W, 1974, NUCL PHYS A, V222, P605
    TEWES HA, 1960, UCRL6028
    VIENNOT M, 1991, NUCL SCI ENG, V108, P289
    YOUNG PG, 1977, LA6947
    ZHANG J, 1980, NUCL SCI ENG, V114, P55
    ZHAO Z, 1988, NUCL SCI ENG, V99, P367
 NR 43
 TC 0
 SN 0168-583X
 J9 NUCL INSTRUM METH PHYS RES B
 JI Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res. Sect. B-Beam Interact. Mater. Atoms
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 215
 IS 1-2
 BP 16
 EP 26
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Physics, Nuclear; Instruments &
    Instrumentation; Nuclear Science & Technology
 GA 766XJ
 UT ISI:000188400400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Q
    Blandin, JJ
    Suery, M
    Van de Moortele, B
    Pelletier, JM
 TI Homogeneous plastic flow of fully amorphous and partially crystallized
    Zr41.2Ti13.8Cu12.5Ni10Be22.5 bulk metallic glass
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE homogeneous plastic flow; Zr41.2Ti13.8Cu12.5Ni10Be22.5 amorphous alloy;
    partially crystallized amorphous alloy
 ID NANOSCALE COMPOUND PARTICLES; ANGLE NEUTRON-SCATTERING;
    MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES; PHASE-SEPARATION; ALLOYS; DECOMPOSITION;
    BEHAVIOR; LIQUID; TEMPERATURE; DEFORMATION
 AB The homogeneous plastic flow of fully amorphous and partially
    crystallized Zr41.2Ti13.9Cu12.5Ni10Be22.5 bulk metallic glass (Vit1)
    has been investigated by compression tests at high temperatures in
    supercooled liquid region. Experimental results show that at
    sufficiently low strain rates, the supercooled liquid of the fully
    amorphous alloy reveals Newtonian flow with a linear relationship
    between the flow stress and strain rate. As the strain rate is
    increased, a transition from linear Newtonian to nonlinear flow is
    detected, which can be explained by the transition state theory. Over
    the entire strain rate interval investigated, however, only nonlinear
    flow is present in the partially crystallized alloy, and the flow
    stress for each strain rate is much higher. It is found that the strain
    rate-stress relationship for the partially crystallized alloy at the
    given temperature of 646 K also obeys the sinh law derived from the
    transition state theory, similar to that of the initial homogeneous
    amorphous alloy. Thus, it is proposed that the flow behavior of the
    nanocrystalline/amorphous composite at 646 K is mainly controlled by
    the viscous flow of the remaining supercooled liquid.
 C1 ENSPG, GPM2, DU, F-38042 Grenoble, France.
    INSA, GEMPPM, F-69621 Villeurbanne, France.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, Q, ENSPG, GPM2, DU, BP 46, F-38042 Grenoble, France.
 EM qwangfr@yahoo.com
 CR BRUCK HA, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V30, P429
    CHEN HS, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P60
    DANIEL BSS, 2000, MRS S L SUP LIQ BULK
    FAN C, 1999, MATER T JIM, V40, P1376
    FAN C, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V77, P46
    GILLERT C, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P476
    HEILMAIER M, 2001, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V117, P374
    INOUE A, 1999, J METASTABLE NANOCRY, V1, P1
    INOUE A, 1999, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V250, P724
    INOUE A, 1999, MATER T JIM, V40, P1382
    INOUE A, 2000, INTERMETALLICS, V8, P455
    KAWAMURA Y, 1997, SCRIPTA MATER, V37, P431
    LIU JM, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V222, P182
    LIU JM, 1997, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V199, P379
    NIEH TG, 1999, SCRIPTA MATER, V40, P1021
    NIEH TG, 2001, ACTA MATER, V49, P2887
    OKUMURA H, 1991, MATER T JIM, V32, P593
    REGERLEONHARD A, 2000, SCRIPTA MATER, V43, P459
    SCHNEIDER S, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P49
    SCHNEIDER S, 1997, MATER SCI FORU 1 & 2, V235, P337
    SPAEPEN F, 1977, ACTA METALL, V25, P407
    TAUB AI, 1980, ACTA METALL, V28, P633
    WANIUK TA, 1998, ACTA MATER, V46, P5229
    WIEDENMANN A, 1996, MATER SCI FORUM, V225, P71
 NR 24
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD NOV
 PY 2003
 VL 19
 IS 6
 BP 557
 EP 560
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 766GE
 UT ISI:000188365400011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tian, WW
    Zhang, LS
 TI An algorithm for finding global minimum of nonlinear integer programming
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE local integer minimizer; global integer minimizer; filled function
 AB A filled function is proposed by R.Ge-[2] for finding a global
    minimizer of a function of several continuous variables. In [4], an
    approach for finding a global integer minimizer of nonlinear function
    using the above filled function is given. Meanwhile a major obstacle is
    met: if rho > 0 is small, and ||x(I)-x*(I)|| is large, where x(I)- an
    integer point, x*(I)- a current local integer minimizer, then the value
    of the filled function almost equals zero. Thus it is difficult to
    recognize the size of the value of the filled function and can not to
    find the global integer minimizer of nonlinear function. In this paper,
    two new filled functions are proposed for finding global integer
    minimizer of nonlinear function, the new filled function improves some
    properties of the filled function proposed by R. Ge [2].
    Some numerical results are given, which indicate the new filled
    function (4.1) to find global integer minimizer of nonlinear function
    is efficient.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Tian, WW, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR GE R, 1973, OPER RES, V21, P221
    GE R, 1989, APPL MATH COMPUT, V34, P191
    GE R, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V46, P191
    LITINETSKI VV, 1998, ENG OPTIMIZ, V30, P125
    NEMHANSER GL, 1988, INTEGER COMBINATORIA
    ZHANG LS, 1998, INT C OPT TECHN APPL, P446
    ZHENG Q, 1995, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V7, P421
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 22
 IS 1
 BP 69
 EP 78
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 765RX
 UT ISI:000188298200007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, YG
    Chen, GR
    Liu, ZR
 TI On chaotification of discrete systems
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 DE chaotification; chaos generation; bernoulli shift
 ID FEEDBACK ANTICONTROL; CHAOS; BREATHERS; EXISTENCE; NETWORKS; MAP
 AB In this paper, the problem of making a nonlinear system chaotic by
    using state-feedback control is studied. The feedback controller uses a
    simple sine function of the system state, but only one component in
    each dimension. It is proved, by using the anti-integrable limit
    method, that the designed control system generates chaos in the sense
    of Devaney. In fact, the controlled system so designed is a
    perturbation of the original system, which turns out to be a simple
    Bernoulli shift.
 C1 Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225006, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, YG, Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225006, Peoples R China.
 CR AUBRY S, 1990, PHYSICA D, V43, P199
    AUBRY S, 1997, PHYSICA D, V103, P201
    CHEN G, 1998, CHAOS ORDER METHODOL
    CHEN G, 2003, CHAOS CONTROL THEORY, P159
    CHEN GR, 1996, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V6, P1341
    CHEN GR, 1998, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V8, P1585
    CHEN XS, 1997, BIOMED ENVIRON SCI, V10, P367
    DEVANEY RL, 1987, INTRO CHAOTIC DYNAMI
    DITTO WL, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P593
    ELWIKIL AS, 2002, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V49, P527
    IN V, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P4420
    JAKIMOSKI G, 2001, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V48, P163
    KOCAREV L, 2001, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V48, P1385
    LI TY, 1975, AM MATH MONTHLY, V82, P481
    LI Z, 2002, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V49, P249
    MACKAY RS, 1994, NONLINEARITY, V7, P1623
    MACKAY RS, 1995, PHYSICA D, V82, P243
    SCHIFF SJ, 1994, NATURE, V370, P615
    SHCWARTZ IB, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66
    TRIANDAF I, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V62, P3529
    VANECEK A, 1996, CONTROL SYSTEMS LINE
    WANG XF, 1999, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V9, P1435
    WANG XF, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P549
    WANG XF, 2000, INT J CIRC THEOR APP, V28, P305
    YANG WM, 1995, PHYS REV E, V51, P102
    ZEIDLER E, 1986, NONLINEAR FUNCTIONAL, V1
    ZHANG H, 2003, IN PRESS INT J BIFUR
 NR 27
 TC 5
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD NOV
 PY 2003
 VL 13
 IS 11
 BP 3443
 EP 3447
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 766UL
 UT ISI:000188393900016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, FY
    Liu, ZR
 TI Chaotic stationary solutions of Cellular Neural Networks
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 DE Cellular Neural Networks; stationary solutions; conley-moser
    conditions; smale horseshoe
 ID PATTERN
 AB This study describes the chaotic stationary solutions of
    one-dimensional Cellular Neural Networks (CNN) without inputs with a
    specific term by applying the iteration map method. Under perfectly
    determined specific parameters, the map which corresponds to the
    stationary solution of CNN is two-dimensional and has a hyperbolic
    invariant Cantor set on which it is topologically conjugate to a
    two-sided shift of symbols space. The used main tool is the
    Conley-Moser conditions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Dept Math, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, FY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHUA LO, 1988, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V35, P1257
    CHUA LO, 1988, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V35, P1273
    CHUA LO, 1993, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V40, P147
    HSU CH, 1999, SPATIAL DISORDER CEL
    HSU CH, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P2119
    JUANG J, 2000, SIAM J APPL MATH, V60, P891
    THIRAN P, 1995, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V42, P757
    WIGGINS S, 1990, INTRO APPL NONLINEAR
 NR 8
 TC 1
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD NOV
 PY 2003
 VL 13
 IS 11
 BP 3499
 EP 3504
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 766UL
 UT ISI:000188393900022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, XH
    Zhang, W
 TI A Parallel Two-Level Hybrid method for tridiagonal systems and its
    application to fast Poisson solvers
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON PARALLEL AND DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 DE Parallel processing; scalable computing; tridiagonal systems; Poisson
    solver
 ID EQUATIONS; ALGORITHM
 AB A new method, namely, the Parallel Two-Level Hybrid (PTH) method, is
    developed to solve tridiagonal systems on parallel computers. PTH has
    two levels of parallelism. The first level is based on algorithms
    developed from the Sherman-Morrison modification formula, and the
    second level can choose different parallel tridiagonal solvers for
    different applications. By choosing different outer and inner Solvers
    and by controlling its two-level partition, PTH can deliver better
    performance for different applications on different machine,ensembles
    and problem sizes. In an extreme case, the two levels of parallelism
    can be merged into one, and PTH can be the best algorithm otherwise
    available. Theoretical analyses and numerical experiments indicate that
    PTH is significantly better than existing methods or massively parallel
    computers. For instance, using PTH in a fast Poisson solver results in
    a 2-folds speedup compared to a conventional parallel Poisson solver on
    a 512 nodes IBM machine. When only the tridiagonal solver is
    considered, PTH is over 10 times faster than the currently used
    implementation.
 C1 IIT, Dept Comp Sci, Chicago, IL 60616 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Comp Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, XH, IIT, Dept Comp Sci, Chicago, IL 60616 USA.
 EM sun@cs.iit.edu
    wzhang@mail.shu.edit.cn
 CR *IBM, 1999, PAR ENG SCI SUBR LIB
    ARBENZ P, 1999, PARALLEL DISTRIBUTED, V2, P385
    DUFF I, 1986, DIRECT METHODS SPARS
    EDISON TM, 1995, CONCURRENCY PRACTICS
    EGECIOGLU O, 1989, J COMPUTATIONAL APPL, V27
    HO CT, 1990, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V11, P563
    HOCKNEY RW, 1965, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V12, P95
    HOCKNEY RW, 1988, PARALLEL COMPUTERS, V2
    LAWRIE D, 1984, ACM T MATH SOFTW JUN, V10, P155
    ORTEGA J, 1985, SIAM REV, P149
    SHERMAN J, 1949, ANN MATH STAT, V20, P618
    STONE HS, 1973, J ASSOC COMPUT MACH, V20, P27
    SUN XH, 1992, IEEE T COMPUT, V41, P286
    SUN XH, 1994, IEEE T PARALL DISTR, V5, P599
    SUN XH, 1995, IEEE T PARALL DISTR, V6, P1185
    SUN XH, 1995, PARALLEL COMPUT, V18, P1241
    SUN XH, 1997, CONCURRENCY-PRACT EX, V9, P781
    WALLCRAFT AJ, 1997, PARALLEL COMPUT, V23, P2227
    WANG HH, 1981, ACM T MATH SOFTWARE, V7, P170
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 1045-9219
 J9 IEEE TRANS PARALL DISTRIB SYS
 JI IEEE Trans. Parallel Distrib. Syst.
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 15
 IS 2
 BP 97
 EP 106
 PG 10
 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods; Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 766GZ
 UT ISI:000188369400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JF
    Meng, JP
    Wu, FM
    Si, JQ
 TI Compacton, peakon, and foldon structures in the (2+1)-dimensional
    Nizhnik-Novikov-Veselov equation
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE compacton; peakon; foldon; Nizhnik-Novikov-Veselov equation
 ID HOMOGENEOUS BALANCE METHOD; SOLITON-LIKE SOLUTIONS; LONG-WAVE
    EQUATIONS; CAMASSA-HOLM EQUATION; QUARK-LOOP SOLITON; KDV EQUATION;
    BACKLUND TRANSFORMATION; NONLINEAR EQUATIONS; VAKHNENKO EQUATION;
    DIMENSIONS
 AB By the use of the extended homogenous balance,method, the Backlund
    transformation for a (2+1)-dimensional integrable model,
    the(2+1)-dimensional Nizhnik-Novikov-Veselov (NNV) equation, is
    obtained, and then the NNV equation is transformed into three equations
    of linear, bilinear, and tri-linear forms, respectively. From the above
    three equations, a rather general variable separation solution of the
    model is obtained. Three novel class localized structures of the model
    are founded by the entrance of two variable-separated arbitrary
    functions.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Univ Loughborough, Dept Math Sci, Loughborough LE11 3TU, Leics, England.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ Technol, Dept Phys, Hangzhou 310014, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JF, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004,
    Peoples R China.
 EM jfzhang2002@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ABDELHAMID B, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V263, P338
    BOITI M, 1986, INVERSE PROBL, V2, P271
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    CHERTOCK A, 2001, J COMPUT PHYS, V171, P708
    COOPER F, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V64
    FAN EG, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V245, P389
    FAN EG, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V246, P403
    FAN EG, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V265, P140
    GOODMAN MB, 2002, NATURE, V415, P1039
    HU XB, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4589
    KAKUHATA H, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V68, P757
    KRAENKEL RA, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V273, P183
    LINDGARD PA, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P779
    LOCKLESS SW, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P295
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10619
    MACLNNIS BL, 2002, SCIENCE, V295, P1536
    MANNA MA, 2001, PHYSICA D, V149, P231
    MATSUTANI S, 2002, J GEOM PHYS, V43, P146
    MORRISON AJ, 1999, NONLINEARITY, V12, P1427
    NIZHNIK LP, 1980, SOV PHYS DOKL, V25, P706
    OHTA Y, 1992, J PHYS SOC JPN, V61, P3928
    QIAN TF, 2001, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V12, P1347
    RADHA R, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P746
    ROSENAU P, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P564
    SCHLEIF M, 1998, EUR PHYS J A, V1, P171
    SCHLEIF M, 1998, INT J MOD PHYS E, V7, P121
    TAGAMI Y, 1989, PHYS LETT A, V141, P116
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    TANG XY, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P62
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4000
    TREWICK SC, 2002, NATURE, V419, P174
    VAKHNENKO VA, 1992, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V25, P4181
    VAKHNENKO VO, 1998, NONLINEARITY, V11, P1457
    VESELOV AP, 1984, SOV MATH DOKL, V30, P588
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    WANG ML, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V213, P279
    WANG ML, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V216, P67
    WANG ML, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V287, P211
    YANG L, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V260, P55
    YANG L, 2001, PHYS REV E, V63, P6301
    ZHANG JF, 1998, INT J THEOR PHYS, V37, P2449
    ZHANG JF, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P4
    ZHANG JF, 1999, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V32, P315
    ZHANG JF, 2000, CHINESE PHYS, V9, P1
    ZHANG JF, 2000, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V33, P577
    ZHAO XQ, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V297, P59
 NR 47
 TC 3
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD JAN 15
 PY 2004
 VL 41
 IS 1
 BP 7
 EP 14
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 767KX
 UT ISI:000188439700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yuan, MF
    Chen, YL
    Ding, WY
    Cao, WG
 TI Chemistry of electron-dericient cyclopropane derivatives
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE electron-deficient cyclopropane; nucleophile reagent; stereoselective
    synthesis
 ID HIGHLY STEREOSELECTIVE-SYNTHESIS; EFFICIENT; METHANOL
 AB The reaction of electron-deficient cyclopropane derivatives, cis-1,
    2-disubstituented-6, 6-dialkyl-5, 7dioxa-spiro-[2,5]-4,8-octadiones,
    with nucleophiles containing oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur was summarized
    in this paper.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Organomet Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YL, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM chenyali3@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BLANCHARD EP, 1964, J AM CHEM SOC, V86, P1337
    BROWN HC, 1969, J AM CHEM SOC, V91, P2149
    BUUMGARDENER CL, 1961, J AM CHEM SOC, V83, P4420
    CAO WG, UNPUB SYNTH COMMUN
    CAO WG, 2000, CHEM J CHINESE U, V21, P740
    CAO WG, 2000, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V30, P3793
    CAO WG, 2000, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V30, P4523
    CAO WG, 2000, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V30, P4531
    CHALLAND BD, 1969, J ORG CHEM, V34, P794
    CHEN YL, 1998, CHEM J CHINESE U, V19, P1614
    CHEN YL, 2001, CHINESE J CHEM, V19, P901
    CHEN YL, 2001, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V31, P3107
    CHEN YL, 2002, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V32, P1953
    DEWAR MJS, 1984, J AM CHEM SOC, V106, P669
    DING WY, 1996, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V12, P50
    FREY HM, 1966, ADV PHYS ORG CHEM, V4, P147
    GAO JS, 1999, J SHANGHAI U NATURL, V5, P491
    GAO WG, UNPUB SYNTH COMMUN
    GLOSS GL, 1964, J AM CHEM SOC, V86, P4042
    HOEG DF, 1965, J AM CHEM SOC, V87, P4147
    JACQUES S, 1989, CHEM REV, V89, P1247
    LU C, 2000, J SHANGHAI U NAT SCI, V6, P60
    MONTI SA, 1974, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V36, P3239
    PU JQ, 2000, CHIN J SYNTH CHEM, V8, P356
    SAUCERCS RR, 1964, TETRAHEDRON, V20, P1029
    SUN XH, 2002, CHIN J SNTH CHEM, V10, P216
    YU JZ, 1994, MODERN ORGANIC ANAL, P441
 NR 27
 TC 0
 SN 0253-2786
 J9 CHINESE J ORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Org. Chem.
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 VL 23
 IS 9
 BP 901
 EP 905
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 766WT
 UT ISI:000188398900001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, YP
    Wu, QS
    Su, QD
 TI Ant colony algorithm and optimization of test conditions in analytical
    chemistry
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE Ant Colony Algorithm; optimization; fitting; CASAI; photometry
 AB The research for the new algorithm is in the forward position and an
    issue of general interest in chemometrics all along. A novel
    chemometrics method, Chemical Ant Colony Algorithm, has first been
    developed. In this paper, the basic principle, the evaluation function,
    and the parameter choice were discussed. This method has been
    successfully applied to the fitting of nonlinear multivariate function
    and the optimization of test conditions in chrome-azure-S-Al
    spctrophotometric system. The sum of residual square of the results is
    0.0009, which has reached a good convergence result.
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Chem, Hefei 230026, Anhui, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, YP, Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Chem, Hefei 230026, Anhui,
    Peoples R China.
 EM wdingyp@sina.com
    qdsu@ustc.edu.cn
 CR BONABEAU E, 2000, NATURE, V406, P39
    COLORNI A, 1991, P 1 EUR C ART LIF, P134
    COSTA D, 1997, J OPER RES SOC, V48, P295
    DORIGO M, 1997, BIOSYSTEMS, V43, P73
    FANG KT, 1982, CHIN J APPL MATH, V3, P363
    GAMBARDELLA LM, 1999, J OPER RES SOC, V50, P167
    GAMBARDELLA LM, 1999, NEW IDEAS OPTIMIZATI, P63
    HEUSSE M, 1998, ADV COMPLEX SYST, V1, P237
    KRIEGER MJB, 2000, NATURE, V406, P992
    YU ZG, 1988, CHIN J COMPUT APPL C, V5, P143
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1001-604X
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Chem.
 PD JUN
 PY 2003
 VL 21
 IS 6
 BP 607
 EP 609
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 765PD
 UT ISI:000188291800005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
 TI A coordinate-free reduction for flows on the volume manifold
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE flows; volume preserving; reduction
 ID SYMMETRY
 AB In this paper, instead of previous methods such as the Lie group method
    dependent of coordinate transformation, a coordinate-free and pure
    geometric reduction procedure for flows preserving volume form on any
    n-dimensional volume manifold is given by the general differential form
    theory. That is, a volume form-preserving flow with a r-parameter
    Abelian volume-preserving symmetry group on any n-dimensional volume
    manifold can be reduced into a volume-preserving flow on the
    corresponding (n - r)-dimensional manifold by the differential
    geometric method. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM dbhuang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR GASCON FG, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V225, P559
    GASCON FG, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P589
    HALLER G, 1998, NONLINEARITY, V11, P319
    HUANG DB, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V244, P377
    MARSDEN JE, 1999, INTRO MECH SYMMETRY
    MEZIC I, 1994, J NONLINEAR SCI, V4, P157
    OLVER PJ, 1993, APPL LIE GROUP DIFFE
    QUISPEL GRW, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V242, P25
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 0893-9659
 J9 APPL MATH LETT
 JI Appl. Math. Lett.
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 17
 IS 1
 BP 17
 EP 22
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 766WM
 UT ISI:000188398400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, DH
    Tian, WW
 TI Inequalities for medians of two simplices
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE simplices; medians; volumes; inequalities
 ID NEUBERG-PEDOE
 AB We establish in this paper some inequalities for medians and volumes of
    two simplices whose form is analogous to the Neuberg-Pedoe inequality.
    (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, DH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR GREGORAC RJ, 1996, J GEOM, V56, P45
    LENG GS, 1997, ACTA MATH SINICA, V40, P14
    LENG GS, 1997, GEOM DEDICATA, V68, P43
    LENG GS, 1997, GEOMETRIAE DEDICATA, V66, P89
    LENG GS, 1999, DISCRETE MATH, V202, P163
    LENG GS, 2000, J MATH ANAL APPL, V248, P429
    MITRINOVIC D, 1989, RECENT ADV GEOMETRIC
    MITRINOVIC DS, 1988, J MATH ANAL APPL, V129, P196
    PEDOE D, 1942, MATH P CAMBRIDGE PHI, V38, P397
    PEDOE D, 1970, AM MATH MONTHLY, V77, P711
    PEDOE D, 1976, U BEOGRAD PUBL EL MF, V544, P95
    SANYAL A, 1967, AM MATH MONTHLY, V74, P697
    VELJAN D, 1995, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V219, P79
    YANG L, 1983, B AUST MATH SOC, V27, P203
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0893-9659
 J9 APPL MATH LETT
 JI Appl. Math. Lett.
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 17
 IS 1
 BP 107
 EP 110
 PG 4
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 766WM
 UT ISI:000188398400020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JF
    Liu, YL
 TI New truncated expansion method and soliton-like solution of variable
    coefficient KdV-MKdV equation with three arbitrary functions
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE variable coefficient; nonlinear evolution equation; soliton-like
    solution; truncated expansion method
 AB The truncated expansion method for finding explicit and exact
    soliton-like solution of variable coefficient nonlinear evolution
    equation was described. The crucial idea of the method was first the
    assumption that coefficients of the truncated expansion formal solution
    are functions of time satisfying a set of algebraic equations, and then
    a set of ordinary different equations of undetermined functions that
    can be easily integrated were obtained. The simplicity and
    effectiveness of the method by application to a general variable
    coefficient KdV-MKdV equation with three arbitrary functions of time is
    illustrated.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Zhejiang, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JF, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004,
    Zhejiang, Peoples R China.
 EM jfzhang2002@yahoo.com.cn
 CR CHEN ZX, 1990, J MATH PHYS, V31, P2851
    GAZEAU JP, 1992, J MATH PHYS, V33, P4087
    LI YS, 1986, CHINESE SCI BULL, V31, P1449
    LIU XQ, 1998, APPL MATH J CHINESE, V13, P25
    LOU SY, 1991, SCI CHINESE A, V21, P622
    LOU SY, 1992, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V41, P182
    RUAN HY, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P177
    WEN SC, SCI CHINA A, V27, P949
    XU B, 1994, APPL MATH J CHINES B, V9, P331
    YAN ZY, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1957
    ZHANG JF, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1648
    ZHEN YK, 1989, J PHYSICS A, V22, P441
    ZHU ZN, 1992, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V41, P1561
    ZHU ZN, 1995, J PHYSICS A, V28, P5673
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 11
 BP 1259
 EP 1263
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 766RZ
 UT ISI:000188390500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xie, LB
    Jiang, FR
 TI Computer computation of the method of multiple scales - Dirichlet
    problem for a class of system of nonlinear differential equations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE system of nonlinear differential equation; boundary value problem;
    method of boundary layer with multiple scale; computer algebra;
    asymptotic solution
 ID BOUNDARY-VALUE-PROBLEMS
 AB The method of boundary layer with multiple scales and computer algebra
    were applied to study the asymptotic behavior of solution of boundary
    value problems for a class of system of nonlinear differential
    equations. The asymptotic expansions of solution were constructed. The
    remainders were estimated. And an example was analysed. It provides a
    new foreground for the application of the method of boundary layer with
    multiple scales.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xie, LB, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR DORR FW, 1970, J MATH ANAL APPL, V29, P273
    HOWES FA, 1989, NONLINEAR ANAL, V13, P1013
    JIANG FR, COMPUTATIONAL FLUID, V2, P471
    JIANG FR, 1981, APPL MATH MECH, V2, P505
    JIANG FR, 1987, SCI SINICA A, V30, P558
    JIANG FR, 2001, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V22, P282
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 11
 BP 1264
 EP 1272
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 766RZ
 UT ISI:000188390500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, WH
    Shen, Z
 TI Formal solutions of partial differential equations and the projective
    limit
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE formal solution; Ehresmann chain; projective limit
 AB Based on stratification theory, the existence theorems of formal
    solutions of partial differential equation (PDE) are given. And the
    relationship between formal solutions and projective limit of Ehresmann
    chain is presented.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, WH, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM shiweihui@eastday.com
 CR CHEN DD, 1996, APPL MATH MECH, V17, P541
    LANDAU L, 1971, MECANINQUE FLUIDES
    SHEN Z, 2003, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V24, P545
    SHI WH, 1998, P 3 INT C NONL MECH
    SHI WH, 2001, FDN STRATIFICATION T
    SHIH WH, 1992, SOLUTIONS ANAL QUELQ
    SHIH WS, 1986, METHODE ELEMENTAIRE, P16
    TROTMANN D, 1997, SINGULARITIES MAPS A
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 11
 BP 1281
 EP 1289
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 766RZ
 UT ISI:000188390500006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, X
 TI Lattice models of the optimal traffic current
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE traffic flow; phase transition in traffic; stability criterion;
    modified KdV equation
 ID JAMMING TRANSITION; NUMERICAL-SIMULATION; FLOW; EQUATION
 AB Based on the lattice model of traffic flow, the lattice models which
    consider the next-nearest-neighbour flow on traffic and pay attention
    to the following vehicle as well as the preceding vehicle are
    presented, respectively. The stability criterion is derived by the
    linear stability analysis. The evolution of density wave has been
    investigated analytically with the perturbation method. The results
    show that the occurrence of traffic jamming transitions is described by
    the kink solution of the modified KdV equation. The theoretical results
    are in good agreement with the simulation. Moreover, the simulation
    indicates that the lattice models considering the
    next-nearest-neighbour interaction can stabilize the. traffic flow, but
    the other model is just in opposition to the former model.
 C1 Guangxi Univ, Dept Phys, Nanning 530004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yu, X, Guangxi Univ, Dept Phys, Nanning 530004, Peoples R China.
 CR BANDO M, 1995, PHYS REV E, V51, P1035
    BIHAM O, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P6124
    CHOWDHURY D, 2000, PHYS REP, V329, P199
    HAYAKAWA H, 1998, PHYS REV E, V57, P3839
    HELBING D, 2001, REV MOD PHYS, V73, P1076
    HERMAN R, 1959, OPER RES, V7, P86
    JOST D, 2002, THESIS ETH ZURICH
    KERNER BS, 1996, PHYS REV E, V53, P1297
    KRAUSS S, 1998, THESIS DLR FORSCHUNS
    LANDAU LD, 1999, STAT PHYS 1
    LIGHTHILL MJ, 1955, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V229, P281
    NAGATANI T, 1998, PHYS REV E, V58, P4271
    NAGATANI T, 1999, PHYS REV E A, V59, P4857
    NAGATANI T, 1999, PHYSICA A, V264, P581
    NAGATANI T, 1999, PHYSICA A, V265, P297
    NAKAYAMA A, 2001, PHYS REV E, V65
    PAYNE HJ, 1971, MATH MODELS PUBLIC S, V1, P51
    SAWADA S, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P11253
    WHITAM G, 1974, LINEAR NONLINEAR WAV, P65
    XUE Y, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P492
 NR 20
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 1
 BP 25
 EP 30
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 765LR
 UT ISI:000188285500006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Song, LP
    Guo, QZ
    Tan, WH
 TI The quasi invariant V" analysis for the chaotic behavior of Lorenz map
    in the nearest neighborhood of the second threshold of laser
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE the second threshold of laser; Lorenz map; quasi invariant V
 ID INSTABILITIES; MODEL; FLOW
 AB In order to study the laser oscillation instability, in this paper we
    present the "quasi invariant V" method for analysis of the chaotic
    behavior of Lorenz map in the nearest neighborhood of the second
    threshold of laser, and demonstrate the relation between initial value
    V-0 and the time t(c) for the occurrence of chaos, i.e. V(0)t(c) equals
    a constant C-0 depending on the parameter sigma, b, r of the system.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Song, LP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR HAKEN H, 1975, PHYS LETT          A, V53, P77
    KAPLAN JL, 1979, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V67, P93
    LORENZ EN, 1963, J ATMOS SCI, V20, P130
    MANNEVILLE P, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V75, P1
    MANNEVILLE P, 1980, PHYSICA            D, V1, P219
    MILONNI PW, 1987, CHAOS LASER MATTER I, P124
    SPARROV C, 1982, LORENZ EQUATIONS BIF
    TAN WH, 2000, NONLINEAR QUANTUM OP, P399
    WEISS CO, 1984, OPT COMMUN, V51, P47
    WEISS CO, 1985, OPT COMMUN, V52, P405
    YU JZ, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P397
    ZHANG XH, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P2186
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 1
 BP 119
 EP 124
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 765LR
 UT ISI:000188285500023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, WZ
    Ma, HP
    Sun, WW
 TI Convergence analysis of spectral collocation methods for a singular
    differential equation
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE coordinate singularity; convergence; spectral collocation method
 ID INCOMPRESSIBLE FLUID-FLOW; LEGENDRE-PETROV-GALERKIN; COORDINATE
    SINGULARITIES; SPHERICAL GEOMETRIES; TURBULENT FLOWS; SOBOLEV SPACES;
    CIRCULAR BASIN; POLAR; MODEL
 AB Solutions of partial differential equations with coordinate
    singularities often have special behavior near the singularities, which
    forces them to be smooth. Special treatment for these coordinate
    singularities is necessary in spectral approximations in order to avoid
    degradation of accuracy and efficiency. It has been observed
    numerically in the past that, for a scheme to attain high accuracy, it
    is unnecessary to impose all the pole conditions, the constraints
    representing the special solution behavior near singularities. In this
    paper we provide a theoretical justification for this observation.
    Specifically, we consider an existing approach, which uses a pole
    condition as the boundary condition at a singularity and solves the
    reformulated boundary value problem with a commonly used Gauss-Lobatto
    collocation scheme. Spectral convergence of the Legendre and Chebyshev
    collocation methods is obtained for a singular differential equation
    arising from polar and cylindrical geometries.
 C1 Univ Kansas, Dept Math, Lawrence, KS 66045 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, WZ, Univ Kansas, Dept Math, Lawrence, KS 66045 USA.
 EM huang@math.ukans.edu
    hpma@mail.shu.edu.cn
    maweiw@math.cityu.edu.hk
 CR BABUSKA I, 1994, SIAM REV, V36, P578
    BERNARDI C, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P769
    BERNARDI C, 1992, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V43, P53
    BERNARDI C, 1997, HDBK NUM AN 2, V5, P209
    BERNARDI C, 1999, SPECTRAL METHODS AXI
    BOYD JP, 1989, CHEBYSHEV FOURIER SP
    CANUTO C, 1984, SPECTRAL METHODS PAR, P55
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    EISEN H, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V96, P241
    FORNBERG B, 1995, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V16, P1071
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, CBMS NSF REGIONAL C, V26
    HUANG WZ, 1993, J COMPUT PHYS, V107, P254
    HUANG WZ, 2000, APPL NUMER MATH, V33, P167
    KARAGEORGHIS A, 1996, COMPUT FLUIDS, V25, P541
    KIM SD, 1997, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V34, P939
    LI J, 2000, NUMER METH PART D E, V16, P513
    MA HP, 1988, J COMPUT MATH, V6, P48
    MA HP, 2000, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V38, P1425
    MA HP, 2001, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V39, P1380
    MATSUSHIMA T, 1995, J COMPUT PHYS, V120, P365
    ORSZAG SA, 1974, M WEATH REV, V102, P56
    PRIYMAK VG, 1995, J COMPUT PHYS, V118, P366
    PRIYMAK VG, 1998, J COMPUT PHYS, V142, P370
    SHEN J, 1997, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V18, P1583
    SHEN J, 1999, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V20, P1438
    TORRES DJ, 1999, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V21, P378
    VERKLEY WTM, 1997, J COMPUT PHYS, V136, P100
    VERKLEY WTM, 1997, J COMPUT PHYS, V136, P115
 NR 28
 TC 0
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PY 2003
 VL 41
 IS 6
 BP 2333
 EP 2349
 PG 17
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 765BP
 UT ISI:000188247500017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xue, Y
    Dai, SQ
 TI Continuum traffic model with the consideration of two delay time scales
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 ID STATISTICAL PHYSICS; FLOW; DYNAMICS; SYSTEMS; WAVES
 AB This paper presents a continuum traffic model. The derivation of this
    model is based upon the assumption that the stream velocity u reaches
    the equilibrium velocity u(e) within the relaxation time T, while the
    equilibrium velocity u(e) is adjusted to be attained through the
    driver's reaction time t(r). It is also assumed that the former delay
    time scale is greater than the latter. A motion equation with
    nonconstant propagation velocity of a disturbance in traffic flow is
    derived that can reflect the anisotropy of disturbance propagation in
    real traffic, unlike some other higher-order continuum models. It
    indicates that in our model the undesirable "wrong-way travel"
    phenomenon and gaslike behavior have been eliminated. The formation and
    diffusion of traffic shock can be better simulated.
 C1 Guangxi Univ, Dept Phys, Nanning 530004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xue, Y, Guangxi Univ, Dept Phys, Nanning 530004, Peoples R China.
 EM yuxuegxu@gxu.edu.cn
 CR AW A, 2000, SIAM J APPL MATH, V60, P916
    CHANDLER RE, 1958, OPER RES, V6, P165
    CHOWDHURY D, 2000, PHYS REP, V329, P199
    CREMER M, 1985, UCBITSRR857
    DAGANZO CF, 1995, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V29, P277
    DELCASTILLO JM, 1993, TRANSPORTATION TRAFF, P387
    DELCASTILLO JM, 1995, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V29, P373
    EDIE LC, 1967, VEHICULAR TRAFFIC SC, P26
    FENG SW, 1998, THESIS SHANGHAI U, P80
    GAZIS DC, 1961, OPER RES, V9, P545
    GREENSHIELD BD, 1935, HIGHWAY RES BOARD P, V14, P448
    HELBING D, 2001, REV MOD PHYS, V73, P1067
    JIANG R, 2002, TRANSP RES B, V37, P85
    JIANG R, 2002, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V36, P405
    KINZER JP, 1933, THESIS POLYTECHNIC I
    KLAR A, 1996, SURVEYS MATH IND, V6, P215
    KUHNE RD, 1991, P 1991 WINT SIM C
    KUHNE RD, 1993, TRANSPORTATION TRAFF, P367
    LEO CJ, 1992, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V26, P207
    LIGHTHILL MJ, 1955, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V229, P281
    LIU GQ, 1996, APPL MATH MODEL, V20, P459
    NAGATANI T, 2002, REP PROG PHYS, V65, P1331
    NEWELL GF, 1961, OPER RES, V9, P209
    PAPAGEORGIOU M, 1983, APPL AUTOMATIC CONTR, P4
    PAYNE HJ, 1971, MATH MODELS PUBLIC S, V1, P51
    PAYNE HJ, 1979, TRANSPORT RES REC, V722, P68
    PIPES LA, 1953, J APPL PHYS, V24, P274
    RICHARDS PI, 1956, OPER RES, V4, P42
    SCHADSCHNEIDER A, 2002, PHYSICA A, V313, P153
    TREIBER M, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V62, P1805
    TREITERER J, 1974, P 6 INT S TRANSP TRA
    WHITHAM GB, 1979, LECT WAVE PROPAGATIO
    ZHANG HM, 2001, NETW SPAT ECON, V1, P9
    ZHANG HM, 2002, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V36, P275
    ZHANG HM, 2003, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V37, P101
 NR 35
 TC 3
 SN 1063-651X
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD DEC
 PY 2003
 VL 68
 IS 6
 PN Part 2
 AR 066123
 DI ARTN 066123
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 765XQ
 UT ISI:000188316700038
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jing, C
    Cao, SX
    Zhang, JC
 TI Lattice constant dependence of magnetic properties in bcc and fcc
    FexMn1-x alloys
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW B
 DT Article
 ID ELECTRONIC-STRUCTURE; EPITAXIAL-GROWTH; FERROMAGNETISM; IRON;
    ANTIFERROMAGNETISM; STABILIZATION; GAAS(001); SURFACE
 AB The dependence of magnetic properties on lattice constants in both
    body-centered-cubic (bcc) and face-centered-cubic (fcc) FexMn1-x
    (x=0,0.25,0.5,0.75,1) has been studied systematically using
    first-principles linearized augmented plane-wave (LAPW) calculations.
    The results indicate that the magnetic properties of bcc FexMn1-x
    alloys are ferromagnetism within a fairly large range of lattice
    constants, and the atomic moment increases with an increase of the
    lattice constants. However, for fcc FexMn1-x alloys, the magnetic
    properties change from paramagnetism to antiferromagnetism (or
    ferrimagnetism) and finally to ferromagnetism with an increase of the
    lattice constants. The calculated magnetic moment is consistent with
    previous experiments for bcc FexMn1-x alloys at the normal lattice
    constants, while for fcc FexMn1-x alloys on the whole the magnetic
    properties are also in agreement with the experimental results. The
    present results may facilitate a better understanding of the
    correlation between the structures and the corresponding magnetic
    properties.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Jing, C, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai Rd 99, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM caojing@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BAGAYOKO D, 1983, PHYS REV B, V28, P5419
    DOSTERNAK M, 1980, PHYS REV B, V21, P5601
    ENDOH Y, 1971, J PHYS SOC JPN, V30, P1614
    FUSTER G, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P423
    GENG WT, 1999, CHIN J COMP PHYS, V16, P372
    GILLIES MF, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P5554
    HASHIMOTO T, 1967, J PHYS SOC JPN, V23, P213
    HEDIN L, 1971, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V4, P2064
    HEINRICH B, 1986, J VAC SCI TECHNOL  2, V4, P1376
    JIN X, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P3078
    JIN XF, 1998, SURF REV LETT, V5, P273
    JING C, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P289
    JING C, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V198, P270
    JING C, 2000, NATURAL SCI ADV, V10, P21
    MARCUS PM, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P6949
    PRINZ GA, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V54, P1051
    PRINZ GA, 1994, MAGNETIC METAL FILMS, V1, P1
    SERENA PA, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P944
    SINGH DJ, 1993, PLANEWAVES PSEUDOPOT, P35
    TEBBLE RS, 1969, MAGNETIC MATERIALS, P61
    WANG DS, 1981, PHYS REV B, V23, P1685
    ZHOU YM, 1997, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V167, P136
 NR 22
 TC 2
 SN 1098-0121
 J9 PHYS REV B
 JI Phys. Rev. B
 PD DEC
 PY 2003
 VL 68
 IS 22
 AR 224407
 DI ARTN 224407
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 763JN
 UT ISI:000188081900052
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, XP
    Wang, SZ
 TI Vulnerability of pixel-value differencing steganography to histogram
    analysis and modification for enhanced security
 SO PATTERN RECOGNITION LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE steganography; steganalysis; pixel-value differencing; histogram
    analysis
 ID IMAGES
 AB The pixel-value differencing (PVD) steganography can embed a large
    amount of secret bits into a still image with high imperceptibility as
    it makes use of the characteristics of human vision sensitivity.
    However, a loophole exists in the PVD method. Unusual steps in the
    histogram of pixel differences reveal the presence of a secret message.
    An analyst can even estimate the length of hidden bits from the
    histogram. To enhance security, a modified scheme is proposed which
    avoids occurrence of the above-mentioned steps in the pixel difference
    histogram while preserving the advantage of low visual distortion of
    the PVD. The histogram-based steganalysis is therefore defeated. (C)
    2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Inforamt Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, XP, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Inforamt Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM zhangxinpeng@263.net
 CR BENDER W, 1996, IBM SYST J, V35, P313
    FRIDRICH J, 2001, MAG IEEE MULTIMEDIA, V1, P22
    FRIDRICH J, 2002, 5 INF HID WORK NOORD, P310
    FRIDRICH J, 2002, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V4675, P1
    HARMSEN JJ, 2003, SPIE ELECT IMAGING
    PETITCOLAS FAP, 1999, P IEEE, V87, P1062
    WANG H, IN PRESS COMM ACM
    WESTFELD A, 1999, LNCS, V1768, P61
    WU DC, 2003, PATTERN RECOGN LETT, V24, P1613
    ZHANG XP, 2003, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V2776, P395
 NR 10
 TC 3
 SN 0167-8655
 J9 PATTERN RECOGNITION LETT
 JI Pattern Recognit. Lett.
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 3
 BP 331
 EP 339
 PG 9
 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence
 GA 764TM
 UT ISI:000188222200006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, WG
    Zhou, BX
 TI The correlation of damping capacity with grain-boundary precipitates in
    Fe-Cr-basecl clamping alloys annealed at high temperature
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING A-STRUCTURAL MATERIALS PROPERTIES
    MICROSTRUCTURE AND PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE Fe-Cr-based damping alloy; damping capacity; grain-boundary precipitates
 ID INTERNAL STRESS DISTRIBUTION; FERROMAGNETIC-ALLOYS; DEPENDENCE
 AB We report the damping capacity measurements and grain-boundary (GB)
    precipitates observations on a set of four Fe-Cr-based ferromagnetic
    damping alloys annealed at 1473 K. The alloys were prepared by vacuum
    induction melt furnace of which each cast ingot weighed 15 kg. The
    technique of inverted torsion pendulum was employed to measure the
    damping capacity, and a field emission scanning electron microscope
    (FESEM) with a X-ray energy dispersive spectrometer (EDS) attachment
    was used to observe the grain-boundary precipitates. The results
    indicate the damping capacity of the alloys is definitely correlated
    with the amount of the grain-boundary precipitates as well as with the
    chromium concentration in the precipitates. Among the alloys
    investigated, Fe-Cr-2Al-Si exhibits the highest damping capacity but
    the least amount of grain-boundary precipitates with the lowest
    chromium concentration, and vice versa to that Fe-Cr-Al-Si(L) does.
    Though chromium concentration in the grain-boundary precipitates are
    very close, the amount of grain-boundary precipitates in Fe-Cr-Al is
    obviously less than that in Fe-Cr-Si, and the damping capacity of the
    former is apparently higher than that of the latter. Further discussion
    pointed out such correlation stems from the effects of alloying on the
    diffusion behavior of solute atoms as well as on the chemical potential
    of Cr in the matrix, with which correlates the magnetic properties
    especially the energy density of domain walls (DWs) which has a
    significant impact on the damping capacity of Fe-Cr-based damping
    alloys annealed at high temperature. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shandong Univ Technol, Fac Mech Engn, Shandong 255012, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, WG, Shandong Univ Technol, Fac Mech Engn, Shandong 255012,
    Peoples R China.
 EM wangwgnpic@hotmail.com
 CR BESHERS DN, 1993, MATER SCI FORUM, V119, P17
    FENG D, 1964, METAL PHYSICS, P17
    FENG DA, 1995, DICT SOLID STATE PHY, P812
    GOLOVIN IS, 1994, J ALLOY COMPD, V211, P147
    GOLOVIN IS, 1994, METALL MATER TRANS A, V25, P111
    KARIMI A, 1995, MATER SCI FORUM, V179, P679
    KARIMI A, 2000, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V215, P601
    MASUMOTO H, 1984, T JPN I MET, V25, P891
    PULINOSAGRADI D, 1998, SCRIPTA MATER, V39, P131
    RITCHIE IG, 1991, METALL TRANS A, V22, P607
    SHUBAT GJ, 1973, METALS HDB, P291
    SMITH GW, 1968, J APPL PHYS, V39, P2311
    SMITH GW, 1969, J APPL PHYS, V40, P5174
    WANG WG, IN PRESS MAT DESIGN
    WANG WG, 1998, ACTA METALL SIN, V34, P1039
    WANG WG, 2000, MATER DESIGN, V21, P541
    WANG WG, 2003, MATER DESIGN, V24, P163
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0921-5093
 J9 MATER SCI ENG A-STRUCT MATER
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process.
 PD FEB 5
 PY 2004
 VL 366
 IS 1
 BP 45
 EP 49
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 764PV
 UT ISI:000188216000007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shao, K
    Liu, ZT
 TI Modeling the imprecise relationship of goals for agent-oriented
    requirements engineering
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ELECTRONICS
 DT Article
 DE agent-oriented requirement engineering; (AORE); fuzzy set; fuzzy Z;
    knowledge acquisition in automated specification (KAOS) method; goal;
    uncertainty
 AB Agent concepts have been used in a number of recent approaches of
    requirement engineering (RE), such as KAOS (Knowledge acquisition in
    automated specification), i* and GBRAM (Goal-based requirements
    analysis method). And the modeling languages used in those approaches
    only permit precise and unambiguous modeling of system properties and
    behavior. However, some system problems, particularly those drawn from
    the agent-oriented problem domain, may be difficult to model in crisp
    or precise terms. There are several reasons for this. On one hand, the
    lack of information may produce the uncertainty of the class to which
    an object belongs. If we have enough information or if we are
    considering sufficient attributes, we should be able to make a precise
    categorization. On the other hand, uncertainty may also arise from some
    natural imprecision in requirement describing itself, such as soft goal
    describing and uncertain concepts describing. In the second case, the
    classification into precise classes may be impossible, not because we
    do not have enough information, but because the classes themselves are
    not naturally discrete. In this paper, we start with a discussion of
    the uncertainty in agent-oriented requirement engineering. Then we
    propose to handle the uncertainty using fuzzy sets. Finally we refine
    this proposal to integrate a fuzzy version of Z with the KAOS method.
    This integration is illustrated on the example of the mine pump. In the
    conclusion part, we compare the advantages of our approach with those
    of the classical KAOS approach.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Hefei Univ Technol, Comp Applicat Inst, Hefei 230031, Peoples R China.
 RP Shao, K, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR DARDENNE A, 1993, SCI COMPUT PROGRAM, V20, P3
    KUN S, 2003, COMP SCI TECHN 2003
    LETIER E, 2001, THESIS
    LETIER E, 2002, P ICSE 02 24 INT C S, P83
    LUCK M, 1995, P 1 INT C MULT SYST, P254
    MATTHEWS C, 1997, 2 AUSTR WORKSH REQ E, P99
    MATTHEWS C, 2000, P ZB2000 YORK US 29
    VANLAMSWEERDE A, 2000, 22 INT C SOFTW ENG, P5
    VANLAMSWEERDE A, 2001, P 5 IEEE INT S REQ E, P249
    YU E, 2001, LNCS, V2222, P206
    ZHANG Q, 1998, J PRAGMATICS, V29, P13
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1022-4653
 J9 CHINESE J ELECTRON
 JI Chin. J. Electron.
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 13
 IS 1
 BP 127
 EP 132
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 765DF
 UT ISI:000188251300028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, SW
    Pan, XM
    Wang, PC
    Zhu, LH
    Huang, QW
    Li, DL
    Yin, ZW
 TI Fabrication and electrical properties of grain-oriented
    0.7Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O-3-0.3PbTiO(3) ceramics
 SO APPLIED PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID FERROELECTRIC SINGLE-CRYSTALS; PIEZOELECTRIC PROPERTIES; MONOCLINIC
    PHASE; POLARIZATION; BEHAVIOR; PMNT
 AB <112> grain-oriented 0.7Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O-3-0.3PbTiO(3) (PMN-0.3PT)
    piezoelectric ceramics with a degree of orientation of 0.35 have been
    produced from melt by a directional solidification method. The
    dielectric, ferroelectric, and piezoelectric properties were
    investigated, e.g., epsilon(rt)similar to4800, tan delta<0.6%,
    d(33)similar to1500-1600 pC/N, k(t)similar to51%, and k(33)similar
    to82%, some of these values are comparable to those of PMN-PT single
    crystals. The strain-electric-field curve with a maximum strain of
    0.23% at a field of 22 kV/cm and well-saturated hysteresis loops with a
    P(r)similar to35 muC/cm(2) were recorded. The results demonstrate that
    the directional solidification method is a promising technique to
    fabricate high performance grain-oriented PMN-PT ceramics. (C) 2004
    American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, SW, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High
    Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 EM pcwang@mail.sic.ac.cn
 CR GUO YP, 2002, J APPL PHYS, V92, P6134
    JAFFE H, 1965, P IEEE, V53, P1372
    KELLY J, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P957
    LOTGERING FK, 1959, J INORG NUCL CHEM, V9, P113
    LU Y, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P3109
    LUO HS, 1999, FERROELECTRICS, V231, P685
    NOHEDA B, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P3891
    OAKLEY C, 2000, P IEEE ULTRASON S, V2, P1157
    PARK SE, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P1804
    SABOLSKY EM, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P2551
    SAITOH S, 1999, IEEE T ULTRASON FERR, V46, P414
    SWARTZ SL, 1982, MATER RES BULL, V17, P1245
    VIEHLAND D, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V88, P4794
    VIEHLAND D, 2002, J APPL PHYS, V92, P3985
    XU GS, 2000, CHINESE SCI BULL, V45, P491
    XU GS, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    YE ZG, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 0003-6951
 J9 APPL PHYS LETT
 JI Appl. Phys. Lett.
 PD JAN 26
 PY 2004
 VL 84
 IS 4
 BP 574
 EP 576
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 765XN
 UT ISI:000188316500040
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, QS
    Liu, JK
    Ding, YP
    Liu, Q
 TI Controlled synthesis and properties of CdS quasi-nanospheres with
    artificial active membrane as template
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE cadmium sulfide; quasi-nanosphere; active collodion membrane;
    controlled synthesis
 ID NANOPARTICLES
 AB Quasi-nanospheres of US were successfully synthesized with artificial
    active membrane of collodion as template. The results indicated that
    regular US quasi-nanospheres, which had a cubic zinc-blende structure
    with a cell constant a = 0.5818 nm, could be formed with 0.1 mol/L
    CdCl2 and 0.1 mol/L Na2S as reactants at room temperature. The sphere
    diameter range was from 80 to 280 nm, and the average diameter was
    about 170 nm. When the exciting wavelength was 390 nm, two emission
    peaks at 480 nm with blue light and at 535 nm with green light
    appeared. The UV-vis spectrum showed a wider absorption peak at 475 nm,
    and had 40 nm blue-shift compared with bulky materials, indicating that
    the particles had obvious quantum size effect. In addition, the
    reaction mechanism has primarily been explored.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, State Key Lab Performance Ceram & Superfine Micro, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR DOLLEFELD H, 2002, J CHEM PHYS, V117, P8953
    GAO F, 2002, CHEM PHYS LETT, V360, P585
    LI YD, 1999, INORG CHEM, V38, P4737
    LI Z, 2003, MATER LETT, V57, P2480
    LIU JK, 2003, CHEM J CHIN U, V24
    PARDOYISSAR V, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P622
    SANG WB, 2003, J MACROMOL SCI PHYS, P75
    WANG L, 2002, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V468, P35
    WU QS, 2000, CHEM J CHINESE U, V21, P1471
    WU QS, 2000, J MEMBRANE SCI, V172, P199
    ZHANG LD, 2002, NANOMATERIAL NANOSTR, P305
    ZHONG WZ, 1999, CRYSTAL GROWTH MORPH, P51
 NR 12
 TC 5
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 2003
 VL 61
 IS 11
 BP 1824
 EP 1827
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 765AY
 UT ISI:000188245800024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, H
    Lu, WC
    Shao, J
    Chen, NY
 TI Molecular dynamics simulation of CaSiO3 perovskite on decompression and
    re-compression
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE molecular dynamics simulation; CaSiO3 perovskite; non-crystallization
    on decompression; infrared spectrum; spinodal value; metastable state
 ID PHASE-TRANSITIONS; HIGH-PRESSURE; MGSIO3; GLASSES; STABILITY; EQUATION;
    LIQUIDS; STATE
 AB The decompression process of CaSiO3 perovskite was studied with
    molecular dynamics (MD) simulation from high pressure to negative
    pressure. The computed equation of state for CaSiO3 is in good
    agreement with the experimental data and the results of the MD
    simulation reported. The computed bulk modulus is within the range of
    the experimental data. The results of our MD simulation on
    decompression and recompression are similar to the experimental
    results. There are two stages in the collapse of CaSiO3 perovskite
    under decompression: the breakage of SiO6 octahedron and the breakage
    of CaO12 icosahedron. If the Ca-O icosahedron has not been destroyed,
    the collapsed CaSiO3 perovskite on decompression can be recovered on
    recompression. If the Ca-O icosahedron has been destroyed, it is not
    recoverable on recompression. This is a new result in our MD
    simulation. The infrared spectrum of CaSiO3 perovskite has been
    calculated with MD data. It is shown that the non-crystallization of
    CaSiO3 perovskite on decompression is a second transition of softening
    mode and kinetically controlled metastable process. It is well obeyed
    that there is an isochoris metastable limit in CaSiO3 perovskite and
    the quadratic law (P - P-s) similar to (V - Vs)(2).
 C1 Changshu Coll Sci & Technol, Dept Chem, Changshu 215500, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, H, Changshu Coll Sci & Technol, Dept Chem, Changshu 215500, Peoples
    R China.
 EM wclu@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ANGELL CA, 1988, PHYS CHEM MINER, V15, P221
    ANGELL CA, 1994, NUOVO CIMENTO D, V16, P993
    BELONOSHKO AB, 2001, AM MINERAL, V86, P193
    BOULARD B, 1992, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V140, P350
    CHAPLOT SL, 2000, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V116, P599
    CHAPLOT SL, 2001, AM MINERAL, V86, P195
    HEMMATI M, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P14841
    LIU LG, 1975, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V28, P209
    MAO HK, 1977, CARNEGIE I WASHINGTO, V76, P502
    MAO HK, 1989, J GEOPHYS RES-SOLID, V94, P17889
    POOLE PH, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P322
    SCIORTINO F, 1995, PHYS REV E B, V52, P6484
    SHAO J, 1993, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V29, B11
    SHAO J, 1993, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V10, P669
    SHIM SH, 2000, PHYS EARTH PLANET IN, V120, P327
    WANG Z, 2000, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V61, P1815
    XU H, 1999, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V35, P1065
    XU H, 2000, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V16, P512
    XU H, 2002, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V18, P10
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 VL 61
 IS 9
 BP 1416
 EP 1419
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 765AX
 UT ISI:000188245700014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, HH
    Xu, LP
    Shao, GJ
    Yu, ZT
 TI Strengthening technology and mechanism for semi-solid die casting of
    aluminum alloy
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE aluminum alloy; semi-solid die casting; strengthening of heat
    treatment; microstructure
 AB Combined with theoretical evaluation, an optimized strengthening
    process for the semi-solid die castings of A356 aluminum alloy was
    obtained by studying the mechanical properties of castings solution
    treated and aged under different conditions in detail, then, the
    semi-solid die castings and liquid die castings were heat treated with
    the optimized process. The results show that the mechanical properties
    of semi-solid die castings of aluminum alloy are superior to those of
    the liquid die castings, especially the strengthening degree of heat
    treated semi-solid die castings is much greater than that of liquid die
    castings with the tensile strength more than 330 MPa and the elongation
    more than 10 %, and this is mainly contributed to the non-dendritic and
    more compact microstructure of semi-solid die castings. The
    strengthening mechanism of heat treatment for the semi-solid die
    castings of A356 aluminum alloy is due to the dispersive precipitation
    of the second phase(Mg-2 Si) and formation of GP Zone.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, HH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM hhzhang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BRANDES EA, 1983, SMITHELLS METALS REF
    CABIBBO M, 2002, MATER CHARACT, V49, P193
    CERRI E, 2000, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V284, P254
    FINK R, 1998, 5 INT C SEM PROC ALL, P557
    GARAT M, 1998, 5 INT C SEM SOL PROC, P199
    HIRATA K, 1997, JPN I LIGHT MET, V47, P672
    KANG CG, 2001, METALL MATER TRANS B, V32, P363
    KIRKWOOD DH, 1998, 5 INT C SEM PROC ALL
    NAGY E, 1998, LIGHT MET, P1097
    SPENCER DB, 1972, METALL T, V3, P1925
    STEPHEN PM, 1997, MODERN CASTIN, P41
    YOUNGKP, 2000, P 6 INT C SEM SOL PR, P97
    YU YB, 1999, SCRIPTA MATER, V41, P767
    ZHANG HH, 2001, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V11, P221
    ZHANG HH, 2003, STUDY TECHNIQUE SIMU
    ZHANG K, 2000, CHINESE J NONFERR S1, V10, P135
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD DEC
 PY 2003
 VL 13
 IS 6
 BP 1280
 EP 1284
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 760PT
 UT ISI:000187843400006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, H
    Ren, ZM
    Li, X
    Li, WX
    Deng, K
    Xu, KD
 TI Alignment behavior of MnBi phase in Bi-Mn alloy solidified in static
    magnetic field
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE magnetic field; Bi-Mn alloy; MnBi; alignment; congregation
 ID GROWTH
 AB During the solidification of Bi-Mn alloys from the mushy zone between
    262 degreesC and 355 degreesC in a static magnetic field up to 1.0 T,
    the alignment behavior of the MnBi primary phase in the alloys was
    studied experimentally. The ferromagnetic MnBi crystals are magnetized
    and rotate their c-axes parallel to the field. Then, the oriented
    crystals congregate and grow up under the influence of magnetic
    interactions so that the alignment structure of the rodlike MnBi phase
    is produced. It is found that the orientation of MnBi crystals occurs
    immediately when the heating temperature or magnetic intensity reaches
    a critical value and beyond the value the orientation factor P of the
    MnBi phase is increased with increasing the heating temperature and the
    magnetic intensity. The critical temperature for Bi-6% Mn alloy is 275
    degreesC in a 1.0 T magnetic field and increases to 290 degreesC when
    the magnetic field intensity decreases to 0.1 T. When the alloys are
    hold at 275 degreesC, the critical magnetic intensity for Bi-6% Mn
    alloy is 0.4T and 0.05 T for Bi-3%Mn alloy. The orientation and
    congregation of the MnBi crystals were analyzed in terms of the
    magnetic anisotropy of the crystals and their magnetic interactions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zmrenb@163.com
 CR DI GQ, 1992, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V104, P1023
    FARRELL DE, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P4025
    GUO X, 1991, J APPL PHYS 2B, V69, P6067
    KATSUKI A, 1996, CHEM LETT, P607
    LEES MR, 1992, PHYSICA C, V191, P414
    MOFFATT WG, 1984, HDB BINARY PHASE DIA, V11, P83
    MORIKAWA H, 1998, MATER T JIM, V39, P814
    PIRICH RG, 1980, IEEE T MAGN, V16, P1065
    PIRICH RG, 1984, METALL TRANS A, V15, P2139
    SHETTY MN, 1987, J MATER SCI, V22, P1908
    WAN DF, 1987, PHYS MAGNETISM
    YASUDA H, 2000, 3 INT S EL PROC MAT, P647
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD DEC
 PY 2003
 VL 13
 IS 6
 BP 1405
 EP 1409
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 760PT
 UT ISI:000187843400030
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, J
    Liu, ZR
    Chen, GR
 TI Dynamics of periodic delayed neural networks
 SO NEURAL NETWORKS
 DT Article
 DE periodic delayed neural networks; dynamic attractor; periodic
    solutions; stability; global dynamics
 ID EXPONENTIAL STABILITY; PATTERN-FORMATION; GLOBAL STABILITY; SYSTEMS;
    CNNS; ENVIRONMENTS; INSTABILITY; EQUILIBRIA; NEURONS; MODELS
 AB This paper formulates and studies a model of periodic delayed neural
    networks. This model can well describe many practical architectures of
    delayed neural networks, which is generalization of some additive
    delayed neural networks such as delayed Hopfied neural networks and
    delayed cellular neural networks, under a time-varying environment,
    particularly when the network parameters and input stimuli are varied
    periodically with time. Without assuming the smoothness, monotonicity
    and boundedness of the activation functions, the two functional issues
    on neuronal dynamics of this periodic networks, i.e. the existence and
    global exponential stability of its periodic solutions, are
    investigated. Some explicit and conclusive results are established,
    which are natural extension and generalization of the corresponding
    results existing in the literature. Furthermore, some examples and
    simulations are presented to illustrate the practical nature of the new
    results. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Hebei Univ Technol, Dept Math Appl, Tianjin 300130, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, J, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ARIK S, 1998, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V45, P168
    CAO J, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V267, P312
    CAO J, 2001, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V48, P494
    CAO JD, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V270, P157
    CAO JD, 2001, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V48, P1330
    CHEN TP, 2001, NEURAL NETWORKS, V14, P251
    CHEN TP, 2001, NEURAL NETWORKS, V14, P977
    CHEN Y, 2000, MATRIX ANAL
    CHUA LO, 1988, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V35, P1257
    CHUA LO, 1988, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V35, P1273
    COHEN MA, 1983, IEEE T SYST MAN CYB, V13, P815
    FORTI M, 1995, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V42, P354
    FREEMAN WJ, 1988, NEURAL NETWORKS, V1, P277
    GAIN RE, 1977, LECT NOTES MATH, P567
    GOPALSAMY K, 1994, PHYSICA D, V76, P344
    GOPALSAMY K, 2002, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V13, P551
    GROSSBERG S, 1967, P NATIONAL ACADEMY S, V58, P1329
    GROSSBERG S, 1969, B AM MATH SOC, V75, P1238
    GROSSBERG S, 1972, DELAY FUNCTIONAL DIF, P121
    GUAN ZH, 2000, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V11, P534
    HALE JK, 1977, INTRO FUNCTIONAL DIF
    HJELMFELT A, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P63
    HOPFIELD JJ, 1982, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V79, P2554
    HOPFIELD JJ, 1984, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V81, P3088
    HSU CH, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P2119
    LIANG XB, 2000, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V11, P1506
    LU H, 2001, PHYS REV E, V64, P1
    MARCUS CM, 1989, PHYS REV A, V39, P347
    MOHAMAD S, 2000, DISCRET CONTIN DYN S, V6, P841
    ROSKA T, 1992, INT J CIRC THEOR APP, V20, P469
    SKARDA CA, 1987, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V10, P161
    VANDENDRIESSCHE P, 1998, SIAM J APPL MATH, V58, P1878
    XU DY, 2001, COMPUT MATH APPL, V42, P39
    XU DY, 2001, INT J SYST SCI, V32, P863
    YAU Y, 1991, NEURAL NETWORKS, V4, P103
    ZHANG Y, 1996, INT J SYST SCI, V27, P227
    ZHANG Y, 1996, INT J SYST SCI, V27, P895
    ZHANG Y, 2002, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V49, P256
 NR 38
 TC 21
 SN 0893-6080
 J9 NEURAL NETWORKS
 JI Neural Netw.
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 17
 IS 1
 BP 87
 EP 101
 PG 15
 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence
 GA 762ZD
 UT ISI:000188041400008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, WG
    Zhou, BX
 TI The local internal stress in ferromagnetic alloys. Dislocation-solute
    interaction model for local internal stress source
 SO MATERIALS & DESIGN
 DT Article
 DE damping capacity; internal friction; local internal stress;
    dislocation-solute interaction
 ID DAMPING CAPACITY; CR ALLOYS; FE
 AB In order to elucidate the Raleigh and Left Shift phenomena encountered
    in the investigations into damping capacity (internal friction) of
    ferromagnetic alloys (Acta Metall Sin 34 (1998) 1039; Trans Jpn Inst
    Met 25 (1984) 891; Trans Jpn Inst Met 20 (1979) 409; Mater Sci Forum
    119-121 (1993) 415; Metall Mater Trans A 25 (1994) 111), the solute
    atom model (Mater Design (in press)) for the local internal stress
    source is modified and replaced by the dislocation-solute interaction
    model proposed by the authors. The coercive force as well as crystal
    lattice parameter of Fe-Cr-Al and Fe-Cr-Al-Si alloys was measured and
    the local internal stress of these alloys was discussed. It is pointed
    out that only when the alloy is fully re-crystallized, the potential of
    damping capacity could be fully developed, and at the pre-requisite of
    which do not lower the energy density of domain walls (Mater Design 21
    (2000) 541), to choose those alloying element that distort crystal
    lattice slightly is benefit to improve the damping capacity of
    ferromagnetic alloys. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shandong Univ Technol, Fac Mech Engn, Zibo 255012, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, WG, Shandong Univ Technol, Fac Mech Engn, Zibo 255012, Peoples R
    China.
 EM wangwgnpic@hotmail.com
 CR BESHERS DN, 1993, MATER SCI FORUM, V191, P17
    FENG D, 1964, METAL PHYS, P258
    GOLOVIN IS, 1993, MATER SCI FORUM, V119, P415
    GOLOVIN IS, 1994, METALL MATER TRANS A, V25, P111
    LI S, 1990, FUNDAMENTALS XRAY DI, P187
    MASUMOTO H, 1979, T JIM, V20, P409
    MASUMOTO H, 1984, T JPN I MET, V25, P891
    SMITH GW, 1968, J APPL PHYS, V39, P23
    SMITH GW, 1969, J APPL PHYS, V40, P517
    WAN D, 1995, PHYS MAGNETISM, P345
    WANG W, 1998, THESIS NUCL POW I CH, P94
    WANG WG, 1998, ACTA METALL SIN, V34, P1039
    WANG WG, 2000, MATER DESIGN, V21, P541
    WANG WG, 2003, MATER DESIGN, V24, P163
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0261-3069
 J9 MATER DESIGN
 JI Mater. Des.
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 1
 BP 25
 EP 29
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 761PD
 UT ISI:000187916400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, L
    Tang, MB
    Pan, MX
    Zhao, DQ
    Wang, WH
    Dong, YD
 TI Primary crystallization and hard magnetic properties of
    Nd60Al10Fe20Co10 metallic glasses
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS D-APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; FORMING ALLOY; FE; MICROSTRUCTURE; ND60FE30AL10;
    TRANSITION; SOFT
 AB The primary crystallization in Nd60Al10Fe20Co10 ribbons and its effect
    on magnetic properties are investigated by means of DSC, x-ray
    diffraction, vibrating sample magnetometer and high-resolution electron
    microscope (HREM). The kinetic primary crystallization is found in the
    DSC traces of Nd60Al10Fe20Co10 ribbons and is invisible in annealed
    ribbons and as-cast rods. The amorphous feature of the as-spun ribbons
    is determined by HREM and is in accordance with the reduced glass
    transition temperature (about 0.52) of the alloy. Ribbons annealed at
    473 K contain the same nano-scaled particles as those in as-cast rods
    and exhibit a coercivity higher than as-spun ribbons but much lower
    than as-cast rod. The enhanced coercivity of the ribbons depends
    strongly upon the primary crystallization, and the difference in
    coercivity between as-cast rods and annealed ribbons is attributed to
    the different volume fraction of the nano-scaled particles in the
    samples.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, L, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM xialei@aphy.iphy.ac.cn
 CR ARCAS J, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P5193
    CROAT JJ, 1982, J APPL PHYS, V53, P3161
    DING J, 1999, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V32, P713
    FAN GJ, 2000, J MATER RES, V15, P1556
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P99
    INOUE A, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS A, V29, P1779
    KISSINGER HE, 1956, J RES NAT BUR STAND, V57, P217
    LOFFLER JF, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P1990
    RANDRIANANTOAND.N, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, P10979
    SCHNEIDER S, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P493
    SCHNEIDER S, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P1749
    TURNBULL D, 1969, CONTEMP PHYS, V10, P473
    WANG L, 2000, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V12, P4253
    WANG XZ, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V290, P209
    WEI BC, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V89, P3529
    WEI BC, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V36, P775
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V15, P3531
    XING LQ, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V88, P3565
    YOSHIZAWA Y, 1990, MATER T JIM, V31, P307
    ZHUANG YX, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P2392
    ZHUANG YX, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V87, P8209
 NR 22
 TC 7
 SN 0022-3727
 J9 J PHYS-D-APPL PHYS
 JI J. Phys. D-Appl. Phys.
 PD DEC 7
 PY 2003
 VL 36
 IS 23
 BP 2954
 EP 2957
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 760PK
 UT ISI:000187842600014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liang, XF
    Wu, WB
    Meng, ZY
 TI Microstructure and dielectric tunable properties of Al2O3-doped barium
    strontium titanate in the paraelectric state
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE BST; Al2O3-doping; microstructure; dielectric tunablity
 ID DEPENDENCE; CERAMICS; FILMS
 AB Al2O3-doped Ba0.6Sr0.4TiO3(BST) ceramics were prepared by using
    conventional ceramic technology. The samples were analysed by SEM and
    XRD. The results indicate that Al3+ behaves as a grain-growth helper
    below a certain doping level and also the dopants have entered the
    unit-cell maintaining the perovskite structure of the solid solution.
    The dielectric constant and dissipation factor decrease and the
    tunability increases by, addition of Al2O3. The specimen at doping
    level of 0.8wt% has the optimal overall dielectric properties.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Liang, XF, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples
    R China.
 EM lxf5433@sohu.com
 CR BATLLO F, 1990, FERROELECTRICS, V109, P113
    COLE MW, 2000, THIN SOLID FILMS, V374, P34
    DEVONSHIRE AF, 1949, PHILOS MAG, V40, P1040
    DING YP, 2002, MATER CHEM PHYS, V75, P220
    GEYER RG, 1996, ISAF 96 P 10 IEEE IN, V2, P851
    HERNER SB, 1993, MATER LETT, V15, P317
    LIANG XF, 2003, J MAT SCI ENG B, V99, P366
    LIOU JW, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P3093
    LIOU JW, 1998, PHYS CONDENS MATTER, V10, P2772
    MARTIRENA HT, 1974, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V7, P3182
    OUTZOURHIT A, 1995, J MATER RES, V10, P1411
    WU L, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P1713
    ZIMMERMANN F, 2001, J EUR CERAM SOC, V21, P2019
 NR 13
 TC 2
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD NOV
 PY 2003
 VL 18
 IS 6
 BP 1240
 EP 1244
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 761MG
 UT ISI:000187912100016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Zu, JW
    Wu, J
    Yang, XD
 TI Transverse vibrations of an axially accelerating viscoelastic string
    with geometric nonlinearity
 SO JOURNAL OF ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE axially accelerating string; geometric nonlinearity; method of multiple
    scales; stability; viscoelasticity
 ID MOVING BELTS; STABILITY ANALYSIS; DYNAMIC STABILITY; PART II
 AB Two-to-one parametric resonance in transverse vibration of an axially
    accelerating viscoelastic string with geometric nonlinearity is
    investigated. The transport speed is assumed to be a constant mean
    speed with small harmonic variations. The nonlinear partial
    differential equation that governs transverse vibration of the string
    is derived from Newton's second law. The method of multiple scales is
    applied directly to the equation, and the solvability condition of
    eliminating secular terms is established. Closed-form solutions for the
    amplitude of the vibration and the existence conditions of nontrivial
    steady-state response in two-to-one parametric resonance are obtained.
    Some numerical examples showing effects of the mean transport speed,
    the amplitude and the frequency of speed variation are presented.
    Lyapunov's linearized stability theory is employed to analyze the
    stability of the trivial and nontrivial solutions for two-to-one
    parametric resonance. Some numerical examples highlighting the effects
    of the related parameters on the stability conditions are presented.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Toronto, Dept Mech & Ind Engn, Toronto, ON M5S 3G8, Canada.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM lgchen@online.sh.cn
 CR ABRATE S, 1992, MECH MACH THEORY, V27, P645
    CHEN LQ, 2001, ADV MECH, V31, P535
    CHEN LQ, 2003, ACTA MECH, V162, P143
    FUNG RF, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V201, P153
    HUANG JS, 1995, INT J MECH SCI, V37, P145
    MIRANKER WL, 1960, IBM J RES DEV, V4, P36
    MOCHENSTURM EM, 1996, J VIB ACOUST, V116, P346
    MOTE CD, 1972, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V4, P2
    OZKAYA E, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V230, P729
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1993, J SOUND VIB, V168, P371
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1994, J SOUND VIB, V169, P179
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V203, P815
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
    WICKERT JA, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P738
    WU J, IN PRESS APPL MATH M
    ZHANG L, 1998, J SOUND VIB, V216, P75
    ZHANG L, 1998, J SOUND VIB, V216, P93
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P396
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P403
    ZHAO WJ, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V3, P129
 NR 20
 TC 5
 SN 0022-0833
 J9 J ENG MATH
 JI J. Eng. Math.
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 48
 IS 2
 BP 171
 EP 182
 PG 12
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 762YN
 UT ISI:000188035300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jia, XS
    Zhang, YM
 TI Reductive cleavage of the sulfur-sulfur bond by the samarium/Cp2TiCl2
    used for the synthesis of S-phenyl thiolesters
 SO JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL RESEARCH-S
 DT Article
 DE sulfur-sulfur bond; samarium/Cp2TiCl2; S-phenyl thiolesters
 ID ARYL THIOESTERS
 AB A mild method is reported for the reductive cleavage of the
    sulfur-sulfur bond by the samarium/ Cp2TiCl2 system to give a
    phenylthiolate anion species which reacts with acyl chlorides to give
    the corresponding S-phenyl thiolesters in good yields.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Hangzhou Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou 310028, Peoples R China.
 RP Jia, XS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM xsjia@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ALVAREZIBARRA C, 1989, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P560
    BERENGUER R, 1989, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P305
    BRUNNER H, 1990, 4946492, US
    CARDELLICCHIO C, 1985, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V26, P3595
    CHUNG A, 1988, 4745124, US
    ELZOHRY MF, 1991, PHOSPHORUS SULFUR, V61, P373
    GIOVANNI P, 1989, TETRAHEDRON, V45, P7411
    MIYAKI K, 1956, J PHARM SOC JPN, V76, P1196
    PRANGOVA L, 1985, J CHEM RES SYNOP, V4, P118
    SAEED A, 1986, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V27, P3791
    SASSIN G, 1956, J ORG CHEM, V21, P852
    SHIMIZU T, 2002, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V6, P1039
    SHLOMO A, 1986, ORGANOMETALLICS, V5, P596
    TURPIN JA, 1999, J MED CHEM, V42, P67
    WALDEMAR A, 1992, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V33, P469
    ZHANG YM, 1995, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V25, P1825
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 0308-2342
 J9 J CHEM RES-S
 JI J. Chem. Res.-S
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 IS 9
 BP 540
 EP 541
 PG 2
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 760DY
 UT ISI:000187797400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, XY
    Zhu, WQ
    Wu, YZ
    Jiang, XY
    Sun, RG
    Zhang, ZL
    Xu, SH
 TI A white OLED based on DPVBi blue light emitting host and DCJTB red
    dopant
 SO DISPLAYS
 DT Article
 DE white organic light emitting diode; doping; 4,4
    '-bis(2,2-diphenylvinyl)-1,1 '-biphenyl;
    4-(dicyanomethylene)-2-t-butyl-6(1,1,7,7-tetramethyljulolidyl-9-enyl)-4H
    -pyran
 ID ORGANIC ELECTROLUMINESCENCE DEVICES; EMISSION; DIODE; LAYERS
 AB A white organic light emitting diode (OLED) was fabricated in which a
    blue light emitting host DPVBi was doped with a red dye DCJTB. The
    device structure was ITO/CuPc/NPB/DPVBi:DCJTB/Alq/LiF/Al, where CuPc is
    copper phthalocyanine, NPB is
    NM-bis-(1-naphthyl)N,M-diphenyl-1,1'-biphenyl-4,4'-diamine, DPVBi is
    4,4!-bis(2,2-diphenylvinyl)-1,1'-biphenyl, DCJTB is
    4-(dicyanomethylene)-2-t-butyl-6(1,1,7,7-tetramethyljulolidyl-9-enyl)-4H
    -pyran, and Alq is tris(8-quinolinolato) aluminium. White light
    emission was realized in an OLED with 0.08% DCJTB doping concentration
    by weight. The fabricated white OLED showed a little shift from blue to
    red with the increase of injection current, e.g. the CIE coordinates
    from (0.26, 0.32) at 4 mA/cm 2 current density to (0.24, 0.30) at 400
    mA/cm(2) current density. The maximum luminance reaches 7822 cd/m(2),
    and the maximum luminous efficiency is 1.75 lm/W (2.45 cd/A) at 20
    mA/cm(2). (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Sci Res Management Div, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, XY, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Sci Res
    Management Div, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM xyzheng@mail.siom.ac.cn
 CR CHEN ZJ, 2002, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V35, P742
    FORREST SR, 1997, SYNTHETIC MET, V91, P9
    GRANSTROM M, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P147
    HAMADAY Y, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS, V32, L917
    HUANG YS, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P2782
    JIANG XY, 2000, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V33, P473
    JORDAN RH, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P1192
    KIDO J, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P1332
    KIDO J, 1996, JPN J APPL PHYS, V35, P394
    KIM CH, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P2201
    KO CW, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P4234
    SAKAKIBARA Y, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P2587
    STRUKELJ M, 1996, J AM CHEM SOC, V118, P1213
    TOKITO S, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P1985
    XIE ZY, 2000, SYNTHETIC MET, V108, P81
    YANG Y, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V81, P3294
    ZHANG YJ, 2001, BIOTECHNOL APPL BI 1, V34, P1
 NR 17
 TC 10
 SN 0141-9382
 J9 DISPLAYS
 JI Displays
 PD OCT
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 3
 BP 121
 EP 124
 PG 4
 SC Computer Science, Hardware & Architecture; Engineering, Electrical &
    Electronic; Instruments & Instrumentation; Optics
 GA 763AE
 UT ISI:000188045000004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, YQ
    You, JL
    Jiang, GC
    Chen, H
 TI Theoretical study of structural and Raman spectral properties of CaSiO3
    quenched from melt to glass
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE CaSiO3 melt and glass; micro-structure; Raman spectra; computer
    simulation
 ID SODIUM DISILICATE CRYSTAL; BOND POLARIZABILITY; SILICATE-GLASSES;
    TEMPERATURE; CAO-SIO2; LIQUID
 AB With the molecular dynamics simulation and a newly method for the Raman
    spectra calculation, we studied the changes of micro-structural and
    Raman spectral properties of CaSiO3 under the quenching process from
    high-temperature melt down to the room-temperature glass. In the
    structural properties, the Si-O bond is shortened following with the
    decrease of temperature, and the shortening degree of Si-Ob bond is
    obviously greater than that of Si-O-nb bond. Meanwhile, the variation
    of molar fractions of Si-O-b and Si-O-nb bonds indicated that the
    decrease of temperature reduced the disorder degree of the system. With
    the decrease of temperature, the characteristic bands of five kinds of
    tetrahedral units in the partial Raman spectra shifted to the high
    frequency direct, and a linear relation was found between the frequency
    and temperature. The calculated results also gave the strong conclusion
    that the temperature has no effect on the Raman scattering
    coefficients. Finally, two ratios of Raman scattering coefficients were
    obtained as follow: S-3/S-2=0.3987 and S-2/S-1=0.48011 which agreed
    very well with the corresponding experimental values.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, YQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferro Met, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM wu_yq1222@163.com
 CR ABBATE S, 1977, J CHEM PHYS, V67, P1519
    BARRON LD, 1986, MOL PHYS, V57, P653
    CORMIER L, 1996, CHEM GEOL, V128, P77
    FRANTZ JD, 1995, CHEM GEOL, V121, P155
    GO S, 1975, PHYS REV LETT, V34, P580
    KIEFFER J, 1989, J CHEM PHYS, V90, P4982
    MYSEN BO, 1994, CONTRIB MINERAL PETR, V117, P1
    TANIGUCHI T, 1997, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V211, P56
    WASEDA Y, 1977, MET T              B, V8, P563
    WILSON EB, 1955, MOL VIBRATIONS
    WOLF GH, 1990, J CHEM PHYS, V93, P2280
    WU YQ, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1880
    WU YQ, 2002, NONFERROUS MET SOC C, V12, P1218
    YOU JL, 2000, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V20, P797
    YOU JL, 2001, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V282, P125
    ZHANG P, 1996, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V204, P294
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 1001-4861
 J9 CHIN J INORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Inorg. Chem.
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 133
 EP 138
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear
 GA 763AD
 UT ISI:000188044800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HL
    Yang, FJ
 TI Measurement of hyperfine coupling constants of singly ionized rare
    earth ions
 SO ATOMIC DATA AND NUCLEAR DATA TABLES
 DT Article
 ID BEAM LASER SPECTROSCOPY; LINES; FINE; NM
 AB Hyperfine structure spectra of singly ionized rare earth ions were
    measured by collinear fast-ion-beam laser spectroscopy. Hypertine
    structures in the range of 560-620 nm were well resolved. The magnetic
    dipole coupling constants and electric quadrupole coupling constants of
    the excited levels and metastable levels in La-139(+), Pr-141(+),
    Nd-143,145(+), Eu-151,153(+), and Tb-159(+) were determined. (C) 2003
    Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Modern Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM hl-ma@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ANDRA HJ, 1975, ATOMIC PHYSICS, V4, P365
    ANDRA HJ, 1979, PROGR ATOMIC SPECT B
    ARMSTRONG L, 1971, THEORY HYPERFINE STR
    BENGTSON A, 1980, PHYS LETT A, V76, P45
    BERRAHMANSOUR N, 1989, PHYS REV A, V39, P5762
    BROSTROM L, 1994, PHYS REV A, V49, P3333
    DORSCHEL K, 1984, Z PHYS A ATOMS NUCL, V317, P233
    GINIBRE A, 1989, PHYS SCR, V39, P694
    HOHLE C, 1982, Z PHYS A, V304, P279
    IIMURA H, 1994, PHYS REV C, V50, P661
    KUWAMOTO T, 1996, J PHYS SOC JPN, V65, P3180
    LI MS, 2000, HYPERFINE INTERACT, V128, P417
    MA HL, 1999, J PHYS B-AT MOL OPT, V32, P1345
    SEN A, 1987, PHYS REV A, V36, P1983
 NR 14
 TC 3
 SN 0092-640X
 J9 AT DATA NUCL DATA TABLES
 JI Atom. Data Nucl. Data Tables
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 86
 IS 1
 BP 3
 EP 18
 PG 16
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Physics, Nuclear
 GA 763BE
 UT ISI:000188048800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
    Chen, GR
    Zhao, SC
 TI Exact travelling wave solutions to the generalized Kuramoto-Sivashinsky
    equation
 SO LATIN AMERICAN APPLIED RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE travelling wave solutions; solitary wave solutions;
    Kuramoto-Sivashinsky equation
 ID BIFURCATION
 AB By using a special transformation, the new exact travelling wave
    solutions to the generalized Kuramoto- Sivashinsky equation are
    obtained.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABDELGAWAD HI, 2001, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V12, P2039
    KURAMOTO Y, 1978, PROG THEOR PHYS    S, V64, P346
    LI CP, 2001, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V11, P2493
    LI CP, 2002, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P103
    LU BQ, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V175, P113
    SIVASHINSKY GI, 1977, ACTA ASTRONAUT, V4, P1177
    SIVASHINSKY GI, 1980, SIAM J APPL MATH, V39, P67
    TEMAM R, 1988, INFINITE DIMENSIONAL
    YANG ZJ, 1994, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V27, P2837
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0327-0793
 J9 LATIN AM APPL RES
 JI Latin Am. Appl. Res.
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 34
 IS 1
 BP 65
 EP 68
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Chemical
 GA 758HY
 UT ISI:000187629400011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, Y
    Wang, Q
    Shi, J
    Zhou, J
 TI Propagation characteristics of anisotropic incoherent dipolar beams
 SO LASER PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID BESSEL-GAUSS BEAMS; ELECTROMAGNETIC BEAMS; DIFFRACTION
 AB The propagation characteristics of anisotropic incoherent
    electromagnetic vector beams in free space are investigated by using
    the Poynting vector method. The energy distribution in the beam cross
    section is analyzed. Also, the influence of incoherence on dipolar
    beams is studied. There are two side lobes beside the energy peak of
    beams whose location changes during the propagation. The movements of
    the side lobes are different for different incoherence. Finally, we
    find that there are three different types of evolution of the beam
    profile during the propagation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, Y, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR BAGINI V, 1996, J MOD OPTIC, V43, P1155
    BOUCHAL Z, 1995, J MOD OPTIC, V42, P1555
    DURNIN J, 1987, J OPT SOC AM A, V4, P651
    DURNIN J, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P1499
    GORRI F, 1987, OPT COMMUN, V64, P491
    GREENE PL, 1998, J OPT SOC AM A, V15, P3020
    JORDAN RH, 1997, J OPT SOC AM B, V14, P449
    MANDEL L, 1995, OPTICAL COHERENCE QU
    SESHADRI SR, 1999, J OPT SOC AM A, V16, P1373
    SESHADRI SR, 2000, J OPT SOC AM A, V17, P780
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1054-660X
 J9 LASER PHYS
 JI Laser Phys.
 PD DEC
 PY 2003
 VL 13
 IS 12
 BP 1513
 EP 1518
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Applied; Optics
 GA 758CP
 UT ISI:000187615200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, B
    Chen, B
    Yang, XY
    Qiu, JR
    Jiang, XW
    Zhu, CS
    Hirao, K
 TI Study of crystal formation in borate, niobate, and titanate glasses
    irradiated by femtosecond laser pulses
 SO JOURNAL OF THE OPTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA B-OPTICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID RAMAN-SCATTERING; OPTICAL FIBER
 AB The generation of nonlinear optical functional crystals in borate,
    niobate, and titanate glasses that have been irradiated by 800-nm
    femtosecond laser pulses was investigated by Raman spectroscopy. The
    effects of the length of irradiation time on the generation of crystals
    were measured. We show that the structure of the glass network was
    destroyed during irradiation by the femtosecond laser. (B3O6)(3-),
    (NbO6)(7-), and (TiO4)(4-) anion units as well as beta-BaB2O4, LiNbO3,
    and Ba2TiO4 crystals were formed in the focal area of the irradiation.
    We suggest that femtosecond laser irradiation can be a useful approach
    to the fabrication of integrated optical devices. (C) 2004 Optical
    Society of America.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Photon Craft Project, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Japan Sci & Technol Corp, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yu, B, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Photon Craft
    Project, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR FUKUMI K, 1989, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V110, P61
    GAO HX, 1989, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V112, P332
    HILL KO, 1978, APPL PHYS LETT, V32, P647
    KAMITSOS EI, 1989, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V111, P252
    KAMIYA K, 1982, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V52, P357
    KONIJNENDIJK WL, 1975, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V18, P307
    MIURA K, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P3329
    OSTERBERG U, 1986, OPT LETT, V11, P516
    ROUSSIGNE Y, 1992, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V82, P287
    SCHAUFFLE RF, 1966, PHYS REV, V152, P705
    SONG XL, 1998, CHIN J LIGHT SCATT, V10, P30
    STRICKLER JH, 1991, OPT LETT, V16, P1780
    WANG J, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1103
    WILL M, 2000, OSA TRENDS OPTICS PH, V73, P127
    YU BK, 2000, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V4098, P210
 NR 15
 TC 4
 SN 0740-3224
 J9 J OPT SOC AM B-OPT PHYSICS
 JI J. Opt. Soc. Am. B-Opt. Phys.
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 1
 BP 83
 EP 87
 PG 5
 SC Optics
 GA 759EH
 UT ISI:000187725000013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU An, BL
    Gong, ML
    Li, MX
    Zhang, JM
 TI Synthesis, structure and luminescence properties of samarium (III) and
    dysprosium (III) complexes with a new tridentate organic ligand
 SO JOURNAL OF MOLECULAR STRUCTURE
 DT Article
 DE X-ray crystallography; samarium complex; dysprosium complex;
    luminescence property; synthesis
 ID INTRAMOLECULAR ENERGY TRANSFER; EUROPIUM COMPLEX; ELECTROLUMINESCENCE;
    FLUORESCENCE; DEVICES
 AB A novel organic ligand, 6-diphenylamine carbonyl 2-pyridine carboxylic
    acid (HDPAP), and the corresponding lanthanide complexes,
    tris(6-diphenylamine carbonyl 2-pyridine carboxylato) samarium (III)
    (Sm-DPAP) and tris(6-diphenylamine carbonyl 2-pyridine carboxylato)
    dysprosium (III) (Dy-DPAP) have been designed and synthesized. The
    crystal structures and photoluminescence of Sm-DPAP and Dy-DPAP have
    been studied. The results showed that the lanthanide complexes have
    electroneutral structures, and the solid samarium complex emits
    characteristic red fluorescence of Sm (III) ions at room temperature
    while the dysprosium complex emits the DPAP ligand phosphorescence. The
    lowest triplet level of DPAP ligand was calculated from the
    phosphorescence spectrum of Gd-DPAP in N,N-dimethyl formamide dilute
    solution determined at 77 K, and the energy transfer mechanisms in the
    lanthanide complexes were discussed. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Sun Yat Sen Univ, State Key Lab Optoelect Mat & Technol, Guangzhou 510275, Peoples R China.
 RP An, BL, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM anbaolii@263.sina.com
    cesgml@zsu.edu.cn
 CR AN BL, 2002, J LUMIN, V99, P155
    AN DC, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P2806
    BRITO HF, 2002, J ALLOY COMPD, V344, P293
    CROMER DT, 1992, INT TABLE XRAY CRYST, C
    FILIPESCU N, 1964, J PHYS CHEM-US, V68, P3324
    FRIEND RH, 1999, NATURE, V397, P121
    GAO XC, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P2217
    HEMMILA I, 1995, J ALLOY COMPD, V225, P480
    HO PKH, 1999, SCIENCE, V285, P233
    KAWAMURA Y, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P3245
    LIANG CJ, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P67
    MELBY LR, 1964, J AM CHEM SOC, V86, P5117
    MOYNAGH J, 1999, NATURE, V400, P105
    NORTH ACT, 1968, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR A, V24, P351
    SANO T, 2000, J MATER CHEM, V10, P157
    SATO S, 1970, B CHEM SOC JPN, V43, P1955
    SHELDRICK GM, 1995, SHELXTL VERSION 5
    SHELDRICK GM, 1997, SHELXL 97 PROGRAM CR
    SHELDRICK GM, 1997, SHELXS 97 PROGRAM CR
    SLOOFF LH, 2000, OPT MATER, V14, P101
    WEISSMAN SI, 1942, J CHEM PHYS, V10, P214
    YANG YS, 1994, J ALLOY COMPD, V207, P112
    ZHAO DX, 2000, THIN SOLID FILMS, V363, P208
 NR 23
 TC 7
 SN 0022-2860
 J9 J MOL STRUCT
 JI J. Mol. Struct.
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 687
 IS 1-3
 BP 1
 EP 6
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical
 GA 758BG
 UT ISI:000187612200001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shan, EF
    Dang, CY
    Kang, LY
 TI A note on Nordhaus-Gaddum inequalities for domination
 SO DISCRETE APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE domination; total domination; double domination
 ID GRAPHS
 AB For a graph G of order n, let gamma(G), gamma(2)(G) and gamma(t)(G) be
    the domination, double domination and total domination numbers of G,
    respectively. The minimum degree of the vertices of G is denoted by
    delta(G) and the maximum degree by Delta(G). In this note we prove a
    conjecture due to Harary and Haynes saying that if a graph G has
    gamma(G), gamma((G) over bar) greater than or equal to 4, then
    gamma(2)(G) + gamma(2)((G) over bar) less than or equal to n - Delta(G)
    + delta(G) - 1 less than or equal to n - I
    and
    gamma(t)(G) + gamma(t)((G) over bar) less than or equal to n - Delta(G)
    + delta(G) - I less than or equal to n - 1,
    where (G) over bar is the complement of G. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Shan, EF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR FINK JF, 1985, GRAPH THEORY APPL AL, P283
    FINK JF, 1985, GRAPH THEORY APPL AL, P301
    HARARY F, 1996, DISCRETE MATH, V155, P99
    HARARY F, 2000, ARS COMBINATORIA, V55, P201
    NORDHAUS EA, 1956, AM MATH MONTHLY, V63, P175
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0166-218X
 J9 DISCRETE APPL MATH
 JI Discret Appl. Math.
 PD JAN 30
 PY 2004
 VL 136
 IS 1
 BP 83
 EP 85
 PG 3
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 759UV
 UT ISI:000187756000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, JK
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
    Wang, B
 TI Controlled synthesis of HgS nanocrystals with artificial active
    membrane as template
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Article
 DE mercury sulfide; nanocrystals; artificial active membrane; template
    synthesis
 ID FORMATION MECHANISM; ZNS NANOWIRES; FABRICATION
 AB Polynanocrystals of HgS were synthesized with artificial active
    membrane of collodion as the template. The results indicated that
    approximately spherical HgS particles about 33 nm, which has a cubic
    zinc-blende structure with a cell parameter a=0.585 16 nm, could be
    formed at room temperature with 0.1 mol/L HgS and 0.1 mol/L Na2S as the
    reactants. In addition, the tentative research for the reaction
    mechanism has been carried out.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 CR FAN R, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P5254
    GAO F, 2001, NANO LETTERS, V1, P743
    HUANG LM, 2000, J AM CHEM SOC, V122, P3530
    JIANG X, 2001, CHEM MATER, V13, P1213
    LI YD, 1999, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V60, P965
    WEI ZX, 2002, LANGMUIR, V18, P917
    WU QS, 2000, CHEM J CHINESS U, V21, P1417
    WU QS, 2000, J MEMBRANE SCI, V172, P199
    WU QS, 2001, CHEM J CHINESE U, V22, P898
    WU QS, 2002, INORG CHEM COMMUN, V5, P671
    ZENG JH, 2001, MATER RES BULL, V36, P343
    ZHANG DB, 2001, CHEM MATER, V13, P2753
    ZHU JJ, 2000, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V153, P342
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD DEC
 PY 2003
 VL 24
 IS 12
 BP 2147
 EP 2150
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 758PZ
 UT ISI:000187660500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, Y
    Chen, DY
 TI Backlund transformation and soliton solutions for the shallow water
    waves equation
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID MULTISOLITON SOLUTIONS; INVERSE METHOD; FORM
 AB A new bilinear Backlund transformation is presented for the shallow
    water waves equation. Starting from the new Backlund transformation, a
    wide variety of novel soliton solutions of the shallow water waves
    equation are generated. Moreover, the relationship between these
    solutions has been discussed. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Dept Math, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, Y, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITON INVERSE SCAT
    CHEN DY, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P2072
    CHEN DY, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P658
    DENG SF, 2001, J PHYS SOC JPN, V70, P3174
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 1974, PROG THEOR PHYS, V52, P1498
    HIROTA R, 1976, J PHYS SOC JPN, V40, P611
    HIROTA R, 1980, TOP CURR PHYS, V17, P157
    HU XB, 1991, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V24, P1979
    KONNO K, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P1652
    MIURA RM, 1976, BACKLUND TRANSFORMAT
    SATSUMA J, 1977, J PHYS SOC JPN, V43, P692
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    ZHANG Y, 2003, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P763
 NR 14
 TC 3
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 343
 EP 351
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 759PB
 UT ISI:000187745100019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JF
    Meng, JP
    Zheng, CL
    Huang, WH
 TI Folded solitary waves and foldons in the (2+1)-dimensional breaking
    soliton equation
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID QUARK-LOOP SOLITON; VAKHNENKO EQUATION
 AB Starting from the standard truncated Painleve expansion, a Backlund
    transformation for the (2 + I)-dimensional breaking soliton equation is
    derived. Making use of the variable separation approach, a variable
    separation solution of this model is obtained. By selecting appropriate
    multi-valued functions, a new class of localized coherent structures
    for the model are found. These structures exhibit interesting novel
    features not found in one-dimensions. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Zhejiang 321004, Peoples R China.
    Loughborough Univ Technol, Dept Math Sci, Loughborough LE11 3TU, Leics, England.
    Zhejiang Lishui Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Huzhou Teachers Coll, Dept Phys, Huzhou, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JF, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BOGOYAVLENSKII O, 1989, IZV AKAD NAUK SSSR M, V53, P907
    BOGOYAVLENSKY OI, 1998, IZV AKAD NAUK SSSR M, V53, P243
    BOGOYAVLENSKY OI, 1999, IZV AKAD NAUK SSSR M, V54, P123
    GOODMAN MB, 2002, NATURE, V415, P1039
    KAKUHATA H, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V68, P757
    LINDGARD PA, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P779
    LOCKLESS SW, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P295
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    MATSUTANI S, 1985, MOD PHYS LETT A, V10, P717
    MATSUTANI S, 2002, J GEOM PHYS, V43, P146
    MORRISON AJ, 1999, NONLINEARITY, V12, P1427
    RADHA R, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P7
    SCHLEIF M, 1998, EUR PHYS J A, V1, P171
    SCHLEIF M, 1998, INT J MOD PHYS E, V7, P121
    TANG XY, IN PRESS J MATH HYS
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    TANG XY, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P62
    TREWICK SC, 2002, NATURE, V419, P174
    VAKHNENKO VA, 1992, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V25, P4181
    VAKHNENKO VO, 1998, NONLINEARITY, V11, P1457
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 3
 BP 523
 EP 527
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 759PC
 UT ISI:000187745200012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
    Chen, GR
 TI An improved version of the Marotto theorem (vol 18, pg 69, 2003)
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Correction
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR LI CP, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V18, P69
 NR 1
 TC 4
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 3
 BP 655
 EP 655
 PG 1
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 759PC
 UT ISI:000187745200025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhong, YB
    Ren, ZM
    Sun, QX
    Jiang, ZW
    Deng, K
    Xu, KD
 TI Pushing/engulfment behavior of the particles in front of metallic
    solid/liquid interface in electromagnetic field
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE solidifying interface; particle; pushing/engulfment; electromagnetic
    field; distribution of particles
 ID SOLID-LIQUID INTERFACE; INSOLUBLE PARTICLES; SOLIDIFICATION; REJECTION
 AB Behavior of the particles in front of metallic solidifying interface
    under electromagnetic force was discussed. The critical electromagnetic
    force needed to alter the behavior of the particles was deduced by
    considering the force balance. By using simulative experiments, three
    representative processes of alternating the behavior of the particles
    in front of solidifying interface under electromagnetic force were
    observed, and it was verified in ground experiment that the
    distribution of the particles in solidified metal could be controlled
    with applying electromagnetic force.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferrous Met, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhong, YB, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferrous Met, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BOLLING GF, 1971, J CRYST GROWTH, V10, P56
    CISSE J, 1971, J CRYST GROWTH, V10, P67
    CISSE J, 1971, J CRYST GROWTH, V11, P25
    HAN Q, 1995, ISIJ INT, V35, P693
    HAN QY, 1996, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V32, P365
    HAN QY, 1996, B MAT S, P101
    KOLIN A, 1953, SCIENCE, V117, P134
    KORBER C, 1985, J CRYST GROWTH, V72, P649
    SASSA K, 1992, CAMP ISIJ, P990
    SHANGGUAN D, 1992, METALL TRANS A, V23, P669
    SHOJI T, 1994, IRON STEEL, V80, P24
    STEFANESCU DM, 1990, METALL TRANS A, V21, P231
    UHLMANN DR, 1964, J APPL PHYS, V35, P2986
    WANG ZD, 1994, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V30, B39
    WU SS, 1997, FOUNDRY ENG, P3
    WU SS, 1998, ACTA METALL SIN, V3, P34
    XIE GH, 1995, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V31, B275
    YASUDA H, 1996, ISIJ INT, V36, S167
    ZHONG YB, 1999, ACTA METALLURGIC SIN, V35, P503
    ZHONG YB, 2000, METALLOID PARTICLES
 NR 20
 TC 1
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 2003
 VL 39
 IS 12
 BP 1269
 EP 1275
 PG 7
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 760EC
 UT ISI:000187797800009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, JR
    Eitel, R
    Cross, LE
 TI Lanthanum-modified (1-x)(Bi0.8La0.2)(Ga0.05Fe0.9.)O-3 center dot
    xPbTiO(3) crystalline solutions: Novel morphotropic phase-boundary
    lead-reduced piezoelectrics
 SO JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CERAMIC SOCIETY
 DT Article
 ID HIGH-TEMPERATURE; SOLID-SOLUTIONS; BIFEO3
 AB (1 - x)(Bi0.8La0.2)(Ga0.05Fe0.95)O-3.xPbTiO(3) (BLGF-PT) crystalline
    solutions have been fabricated by solid-state reactions. BLGF-PT has
    single perovskite phase structure with a rhombohedral-tetragonal
    (FEGamma-FEt) morphotropic phase boundary (MPB) at a PT content of x =
    0.43. Lanthanum substitution has been found to increase the insulation
    resistance and decrease the coercive field down to 20 kV/cm, which
    results in significant improvements in dielectric and piezoelectric
    properties of BLGF-PT. The dielectric constant, loss tangent, Curie
    temperature, remnant polarization, piezoelectric d(33) constant, and
    planar coupling factor of 1760, 0.05, 264degreesC, 33 muC/cm(2) 295
    pC/N, and 0.36, respectively, have been achieved for BLFG-PT in the
    vicinity of the MPB. Compared with conventional Pb(Zr,Ti)O-3 (PZT)
    piezoelectric ceramics, the BLGFPT is a competitive alternative
    piezoelectric material with decreased lead content.
 C1 Penn State Univ, Inst Mat Res, University Pk, PA 16802 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, JR, Penn State Univ, Inst Mat Res, University Pk, PA 16802 USA.
 CR *IEEE, 1761987 IEEE
    CHENG J, 2002, J APPL PHYS, V94, P5153
    CHENG JR, 2003, MATER LETT, V57, P2090
    EITEL RE, 2001, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V40, P5999
    EITEL RE, 2002, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V41, P2099
    GERSON R, 1967, J APPL PHYS, V38, P55
    KANAI T, 2001, ADV MATER, V7, P487
    KUMAR MM, 1998, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V165, P317
    MULLER O, 1974, CRYSTAL CHEM NONMETA
    PALKAR VR, 2002, PRAMANA-J PHYS, V58, P1003
    POPOV YF, 2001, LOW TEMP PHYS+, V27, P478
    SMITH RT, 1968, J APPL PHYS, V39, P70
    SUNDER VVSSS, 1995, J MATER RES, V10, P1301
 NR 13
 TC 5
 SN 0002-7820
 J9 J AMER CERAM SOC
 JI J. Am. Ceram. Soc.
 PD DEC
 PY 2003
 VL 86
 IS 12
 BP 2111
 EP 2115
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 756EA
 UT ISI:000187451800018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, XC
    Bao, BR
    Sun, GX
    Cao, WG
 TI N,N'-dioctanoylpiperazine as a novel extractant for U(VI)
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID HNO3
 AB N,N'-Dioctanoylpiperazine (DOPEZ), a novel extractant for U(VI) in
    carbon tetrachloride has been studied. The principal factors affecting
    the U(VI) distribution ratio, i.e., the concentration of aqueous nitric
    acid, extractant, salting-out agent and temperature, were investigated.
 C1 Adm Comm, Jinan High Tech Dev Zone, Shandong 250101, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Jinan Univ, Dept Chem, Jinan 250022, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, XC, Adm Comm, Jinan High Tech Dev Zone, Shandong 250101, Peoples
    R China.
 CR CHARBORNNEL MC, 1988, SOLVENT EXTR ION EXC, V5, P151
    DONG LY, 1982, ANAL CHEM URANIUM, P58
    MUSIKAS C, 1987, SOLVENT EXTR ION EXC, V5, P151
    NIGOND L, 1994, SOLVENT EXTR ION EXC, V12, P261
    SIDDALL TH, 1960, J PHYS CHEM-US, V64, P1683
    SUN GX, 1998, THESIS CHINESE ACAD, P16
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD DEC
 PY 2003
 VL 258
 IS 3
 BP 677
 EP 679
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 757YD
 UT ISI:000187603200035
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, XC
    Bao, BR
    Cao, WG
 TI Effect of diluents in U(VI) extraction with N,N'-dihexanoylpiperazine
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 AB A systematic investigation has been carried out on the extractive
    behavior of N,N'-dihexanoylpiperazine (DHPEZ) with respect to U(VI) in
    five diluents, from aqueous nitric acid media. The variation of U(VI)
    distribution ratio with the concentrations of aqueous nitric acid,
    extractant, salting-out agent and with temperature has been
    investigated and discussed. The increasing order of extractive ability
    of DHPEZ towards U(VF) is: chloroform, carbon tetrachloride,
    1,4-dimethyl-benzene, toluene, benzene. The composition of the
    extracted species and extraction constants as well as the enthalpy
    changes are given.
 C1 Adm Comm, Jinan High Tech Dev Zone, Shandong 250101, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, XC, Adm Comm, Jinan High Tech Dev Zone, Shandong 250101, Peoples
    R China.
 CR DONG LY, 1982, ANAL CHEM URANIUM, P58
    HAN JT, 2000, THESIS CHINESE ACAD, P67
    KOMASAWA I, 1984, J CHEM ENG JPN, V17, P410
    SEKINE T, 1977, SOLVENT EXTRACTION C
    SHEN CH, 1993, J NUCL RADIOCHEM, V15, P243
    SIDDALL TH, 1963, J INORG NUCL CHEM, V25, P883
    SUN GX, 1998, THESIS CHINESE ACAD, P16
    SUN SX, 1992, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V50, P877
    SUN SX, 1996, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V54, P1101
    THIOLLET G, 1989, SOLVENT EXTR ION EXC, V7, P813
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD DEC
 PY 2003
 VL 258
 IS 3
 BP 681
 EP 684
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 757YD
 UT ISI:000187603200036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, CQ
 TI A practical two-dimensional Thiele-type matrix Pade approximation
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON AUTOMATIC CONTROL
 DT Article
 DE matrix power series; Pade approximation; state-space realization;
    Thiele-type continued fraction; two-dimension
 ID STATE-SPACE REALIZATION; RECURSIVE COMPUTATION
 AB In view of several potential applications in multivariable
    two-dimensional (2-D) systems theory, a practical 2-D matrix Pade
    approximation is introduced by using a generalized inverse of the
    matrices. The approximants are expressed in the form of the 2-D
    Thiele-type continued fractions and are computed by an efficient
    recursive algorithm. As it's an application, the state-space
    realization problem of the 2-D filters is discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, CQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ANTONIOU GE, 1988, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V35, P1055
    BAKER GA, 1975, ESSENTIALS PADE APPR
    BOSE NK, 1980, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V25, P509
    BOSE NK, 1980, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V27, P323
    CHUANQING G, 1995, EXPANSION BIVARIATE, V1, P355
    CHUANQING G, 1997, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V80, P71
    CHUANQING G, 1999, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V295, P7
    CHUANQING G, 2001, LINEAR ALQ APPLICAT, V322, P141
    CUYT A, 1988, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V21, P145
    DICKINSON BW, 1974, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V19, P31
    FORNASINI E, 1976, IEEE TRANS AUTOMAT C, V21, P484
    GRAVESMORRIS PR, 1973, PADE APPROXIMANTS
    KALMAN RE, 1971, ASPECTS NETWORK SYST, P385
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0018-9286
 J9 IEEE TRANS AUTOMAT CONTR
 JI IEEE Trans. Autom. Control
 PD DEC
 PY 2003
 VL 48
 IS 12
 BP 2259
 EP 2263
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Automation & Control Systems
 GA 757TJ
 UT ISI:000187577300024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, JA
    Wu, MH
    Gu, JZ
    Qin, Z
 TI Preparation and gas-sensing characteristics of nanocrystalline spinel
    zinc ferrite thin films
 SO IEEE SENSORS JOURNAL
 DT Article
 DE gas sensing; nanomaterial; spray pyrolysis; thin film; zinc ferrite
 ID SOL-GEL PROCESS; TIN OXIDE; SENSITIVITY; ALPHA-FE2O3; SENSORS
 AB Zinc ferrite is a promising sensor material. In this paper, thin films
    of nanocrystalline zinc ferrite were deposited on alumina substrates by
    nebulization of a 0.01-M solution of a mixture of ZnCL2 and FeCl3 in
    ethanol (Zn:Fe=1:2) followed by pyrolysis and annealing in flowing air.
    The resulting films were characterized by X-ray diffraction and
    scanning electron microscopy, and the gas-sensing properties of
    as-deposited films were also investigated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, JA, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai, Peoples
    R China.
 CR CHAI CC, 1996, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V34, P412
    CHU XF, 1999, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V55, P19
    DAVIS SR, 1997, J PHYS CHEM B, V101, P9901
    DAVIS SR, 1998, J MATER CHEM, V8, P2065
    DELA M, 1997, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V45, P49
    FOURNIER J, 1988, MAT RES B, V23, P3331
    GALDIKAS A, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V26, P29
    GOPEL W, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V26, P1
    HOTOVY I, 1998, VACUUM, V50, P41
    JIAO Z, 2002, SENSORS, V2, P71
    KOHL D, 1989, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V18, P71
    KORDAS G, 1990, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V121, P436
    LANTTO V, 1988, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V14, P149
    LANTTO V, 1992, GAS SENSORS, P117
    LIU XQ, 1997, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V40, P161
    PARK SS, 1993, MATER LETT, V17, P346
    SCHIESSL W, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P9143
    STAMBOLOVA I, 1997, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V128, P305
    WILLIAMS DE, 1987, SOLID STATE GAS SENS, P71
    WILSON A, 1994, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V18, P506
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1530-437X
 J9 IEEE SENS J
 JI IEEE Sens. J.
 PD AUG
 PY 2003
 VL 3
 IS 4
 BP 435
 EP 438
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied; Instruments &
    Instrumentation
 GA 755WZ
 UT ISI:000187435600012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, J
    Zhang, HY
    Ma, ZZ
    Lu, W
    Wang, YF
    Zhu, JD
 TI Methylation profiling of twenty four genes and the concordant
    methylation behaviours of nineteen genes that may contribute to
    hepatocellular carcinogenesis
 SO CELL RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE promoter CpG island; methylation specific PCR; concordant behaviors of
    methylation.
 ID DNA METHYLATION; CPG ISLAND; COLORECTAL-CANCER; CARCINOMA-CELLS;
    HEPATIC PRENEOPLASIA; PROMOTER METHYLATION; ALTERED METHYLATION;
    PROSTATE-CANCER; MULTIPLE GENES; WILMS-TUMOR
 AB To determine the possible role of the epigenetic mechanisms in
    carcinogenesis of the hepatocellular carcinoma, we methylation-profiled
    the promoter CpG islands of twenty four genes both in HCC tumors and
    the neighboring non-cancerous tissues of twenty eight patients using
    the methylation-specific PCR (MSP) method in conjunction with the DNA
    sequencing. In comparison with the normal liver tissues from the
    healthy donors, it was found that while remained unmethylated the ABL,
    CAV, EPO, GATA3, LKB1, NEP, NFL, NIS and p27(KIP1) genes, varying
    extents of the HCC specific hypermethylation were found associated with
    the ABO, AR, CSPG2, cyclin a1, DBCCR1, GALR2, IRF7, MGMT, MT1A, MYOD1,
    OCT6, p57(KIP2), p73, WT1 genes, and demethylation with the MAGEA1
    gene, respectively. Judged by whether the hypermethylated occurred in
    HCC more frequently than in their neighboring normal tissues, the
    hypermethylation status of the AR, DBCCR1, IRF7, OCT6, and p73 genes
    was considered as the event specific to the late stage, while that the
    rest that lacked such a distinguished contrast, as the event specific
    to the early stage of HCC carcinogenesis. Among all the clinical
    pathological parameters tested for the association with, the
    hypermethylation of the cyclin a1 gene was more prevalent in the
    non-cirrhosis group (P=0. 021) while the hypermethylated p16(INK4a)
    gene was more common in the cirrhosis group (P=0.017). The concordant
    methylation behaviors of nineteen genes, including the four previously
    studied and their association with cirrhosis has been evaluated by the
    best subgroup selection method. The data presented in this report would
    enable us to shape our understanding of the mechanisms for the HCC
    specific loss of the epigenetic stability of the genome, as well as the
    strategy of developing the novel robust methylation based diagnostic
    and prognostic tools.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Shanghai Canc Inst, State Key Lab Oncogenes & Related Genes, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, JD, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Shanghai Canc Inst, State Key Lab
    Oncogenes & Related Genes, Ln 220-25,Xietu Rd, Shanghai 200032, Peoples
    R China.
 CR 1998, CANC INCIDENCE MORTA
    *LIV CANC STUD GRO, 1989, WORLD J SURG, V13, P213
    BAYLIN S, 2002, CANCER CELL, V1, P299
    BAYLIN SB, 2000, TRENDS GENET, V16, P168
    BESTOR TH, 2003, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V983, P22
    CHEN B, 1998, AM J PATHOL, V152, P1071
    CHEN RZ, 1998, NATURE, V395, P89
    CHO BS, 2003, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V307, P52
    CUI HM, 2002, CANCER RES, V62, P6442
    CUI J, 2001, PROSTATE, V46, P249
    DETJEN KM, 2003, EXP CELL RES, V282, P78
    DONG SM, 2002, INT J CANCER, V98, P370
    EDEN A, 2003, SCIENCE, V300, P455
    EHRLICH M, 2002, ONCOGENE, V21, P5400
    ESTELLER M, 2001, HUM MOL GENET, V10, P3001
    ESTELLER M, 2002, J PATHOL, V196, P1
    ESTELLER M, 2003, LANCET ONCOL, V4, P351
    FEITELSON MA, 2002, ONCOGENE, V21, P2593
    FENINBERG A, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P392
    FERLAY J, 2001, GOBOCAB 2000 CANC IN
    FOSTER SA, 1998, MOL CELL BIOL, V18, P1793
    GAUDET F, 2003, SCIENCE, V300, P489
    GEIMAN TM, 2002, J CELL BIOCHEM, V87, P117
    GHOSHAL K, 2000, J BIOL CHEM, V275, P539
    HABUCHI T, 1998, GENOMICS, V48, P277
    HATTORI M, 2001, CANCER LETT, V169, P155
    HOARE SF, 2001, CANCER RES, V61, P27
    HUTCHINS AS, 2002, MOL CELL, V10, P81
    IWAMOTO S, 1999, GLYCOCONJUGATE J, V16, P659
    JAENISCH R, 2003, NAT GENET S, V33, P245
    JONES PA, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P1068
    JONES PA, 2003, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V983, P213
    KIBEL AS, 2001, PROSTATE, V48, P248
    KIM JW, 2003, CARCINOGENESIS, V24, P363
    KOPPSCHNEIDER A, 2003, TOXICOL PATHOL, V31, P121
    LAUX DE, 1999, BREAST CANCER RES TR, V56, P35
    LI YH, 2002, BLOOD, V100, P2572
    LIU Q, 2000, LIVER CANC
    LOISEAU H, 1999, NEUROSCI LETT, V263, P173
    LU RQ, 2000, J BIOL CHEM, V275, P31805
    MILLER AJ, 1990, SUBSET SELECTION REG
    MOU DC, 2002, BRIT J CANCER, V86, P110
    MULLER C, 2000, MOL CELL BIOL, V20, P3316
    PARKIN DM, 1999, CA-CANCER J CLIN, V49, P33
    RACHMILEWITZ EA, 2000, PRZEGL LEK S1, V57, P25
    REEBEN M, 1995, GENE, V157, P325
    RICHARDSON B, 2003, AGEING RES REV, V2, P245
    ROSAS SLB, 2001, CANCER RES, V61, P939
    SASAKI M, 2002, J NATL CANCER I, V94, P384
    SATOH Y, 2003, J BIOCHEM, V133, P303
    SAUTER P, 1998, MOL CELL BIOL, V18, P7397
    SU Q, 2003, TOXICOL PATHOL, V31, P126
    TAVIAN D, 2002, HISTOL HISTOPATHOL, V17, P1113
    TOMITA Y, 2003, INT J CANCER, V104, P400
    TOYOTA M, 1999, CANCER RES, V59, P2307
    TOYOTA M, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P8681
    USMANI BA, 2000, CLIN CANCER RES, V6, P1664
    VENKATARAMAN GM, 1999, J CLIN ENDOCR METAB, V84, P2449
    WANG S, 1998, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V37, P6711
    WANG XW, 2002, TOXICOLOGY, V181, P43
    WATANABE T, 2002, ACTA NEUROPATHOL, V104, P357
    YAMANAKA M, 2003, INT J CANCER, V106, P382
    YIN H, 2000, BLOOD, V95, P111
    YU J, 2002, BMC CANCER, V2
    YUASA Y, 2002, MECH AGEING DEV, V123, P1649
    ZOCHBAUERMULLER S, 2001, CANCER RES, V61, P249
 NR 66
 TC 8
 SN 1001-0602
 J9 CELL RES
 JI Cell Res.
 PD OCT
 PY 2003
 VL 13
 IS 5
 BP 319
 EP 333
 PG 15
 SC Cell Biology
 GA 756XD
 UT ISI:000187509700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, QZ
    Tan, WH
    Meng, YC
 TI Generalized Tschebyshev polynomial and its application in solving the
    strong coupling waveguide equations
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE generalized Tschebyshev polynomial; waveguide couplers with strong
    coupling
 ID MODE THEORY; SYSTEMS
 AB In this paper, by means of generalized Tschebyshev polynomial, the
    analytical solution is derived for ( N + 1) x ( N + 1) waveguide
    couplers arranged in a ring with strong coupling. As a concrete
    example, the solution of 5 x 5 waveguide couplers is calculated, and
    the relationship between strong and weak couplings is analyzed., The
    property of generalized Tschebyshev polynomial is discussed in detail.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Fiber Opt, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, QZ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR CHUANG SL, 1987, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V5, P174
    HAUS HA, 1983, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V19, P840
    KUBO H, 1989, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V7, P1924
    LI ZB, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2062
    MENG YC, 2003, ACTA OPT SINICA, V23, P964
    MORTIMORE DB, 1990, APPL OPTICS, V29, P371
    SHE SX, 1988, OPT COMMUN, V87, P271
    SNYDER AW, 1972, J OPT SOC AM, V62, P1267
    YU CY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V50, P904
    ZHANG RF, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P390
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 2003
 VL 52
 IS 12
 BP 3092
 EP 3097
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 757HD
 UT ISI:000187556200027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, LP
    Dai, WL
    Cao, Y
    Li, HX
    Zhang, WH
    Fan, KN
 TI Highly active Ag-SiO2-Al2O3 catalyst used for the dehydrogenation of
    methanol to anhydrous formaldehyde
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE direct dehydrogenation; anhydrous formaldehyde; Ag-SiO2-Al2O3 catalyst
 ID OXIDATIVE DEHYDROGENATION
 AB The sol-gel method was applied to prepare a novel Ag-SiO2-Al2O3
    catalyst which showed high activity in the reaction of direct
    dehydrogenation of methanol to formaldehyde. The influence of silver
    loading, calcination temperature and reaction temperature on the
    catalytic activity was investigated, respectively. XRD patterns show
    that there are no sharp diffraction peaks before reaction, but after
    reaction, a set of sharp peaks corresponding to Ag(111), Ag(200),
    Ag(220), Ag(311) and Ag(222) are observed. SEM results accord well with
    those from XRD. The special structure of the novel Ag-SiO2-Al2O3
    catalyst may lead to its excellent catalytic performance (95.0% of
    conversion of methanol and 81.2% of HCHO yield), which is the best of
    all the previous results.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai Key Lab Mol Catalysis & Innovat Mat, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, LP, Fudan Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai Key Lab Mol Catalysis &
    Innovat Mat, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR CALKINS WH, 1984, CATAL REV, V26, P347
    CAO Y, 1997, APPL CATAL A-GEN, V158, L27
    CAO Y, 2001, MATER LETT, V50, P12
    CUI DL, 1994, CHEM J CHINESE U, V10, P1421
    DAI WL, 1997, CHEM LETT, P197
    DONG Y, 2001, CHEM LETT       0605, P534
    LEFFERTS L, 1988, J CHEM SOC FARADAY T, V84, P491
    LIU Q, 1998, CATAL LETT, V55, P87
    LIU QS, 2001, CHEM J CHINESE U, V122, P2091
    MA J, 1991, J NAT GAS CHEM, V6, P34
    RUF S, 2001, APPL CATAL A-GEN, V213, P203
    SATO R, 1972, 7219252 JP
    SAUER J, 1995, CHEM ENG TECHNOL, V18, P284
    SCATTERFIELD NS, 1980, HETEROGENEOUS CATALY, P366
    SU SJ, 1994, CHEM ENG TECHNOL, V17, P34
    TAKAGI K, 1985, CHEM LETT, P527
    WENDER I, 1996, FUEL PROCESS TECHNOL, V48, P189
    WIESGICKL G, 1990, APPL CATAL, V59, L1
    YAMAMOTO T, 1988, CHEM LETT, P273
 NR 19
 TC 3
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 2003
 VL 61
 IS 6
 BP 937
 EP 940
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 757DP
 UT ISI:000187533800023
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Zhang, KW
    Wang, SZ
    Zhang, XP
 TI Detection and removal of hidden data in images embedded with
    quantization index modulation
 SO COMPUTER NETWORK SECURITY
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID DIGITAL WATERMARKING; DCT COEFFICIENTS
 AB Methods of attack on watermarks embedded with quantization index
    modulation and block DCT are introduced in this paper. The proposed
    method can detect the presence of hidden data by analyzing the
    histogram or spectrum of the transform coefficients, and prevent their
    extraction without further degrading the image. It is shown that, in
    some cases, the embedding-induced distortion can even be reduced in
    terms of peak-signal-to-noise ratio. Experimental results are given to
    show the effectiveness of the method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, KW, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN B, 1999, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3657, P342
    CHEN B, 2001, IEEE T INFORM THEORY, V47, P1423
    EGGERS JJ, 2001, SIGNAL PROCESS, V81, P239
    FISK G, 2002, 5 INT WORKSH INF HID
    MULLER F, 1993, ELECTRON LETT, V29, P1935
    PETITCOLAS FAP, 1999, P IEEE MULT SYST 99, V1, P574
    PRATT WK, 1978, DIGITAL IMAGE PROCES
    REININGER RC, 1983, IEEE T COMMUN, V31, P835
    WANG H, IN PRESS COMMUNICATI
    WANG S, 2002, J IMAGING SOC JAPAN, V41, P398
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2003
 VL 2776
 BP 360
 EP 370
 PG 11
 GA BY02M
 UT ISI:000187294700031
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Wang, SZ
    Zhang, XP
    Zhang, KW
 TI Data hiding in digital audio by frequency domain dithering
 SO COMPUTER NETWORK SECURITY
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID WATERMARKING; MULTIMEDIA
 AB A technique that inserts data densely into short frames in a digital
    audio signal by frequency domain dithering is described. With the
    proposed method, large embedding capacity can be realized, and the
    presence of the hidden data is imperceptible. Synchronization in
    detection is achieved by using a two-step search process that
    accurately locates a PN sequence-based pilot signal attached to the
    data during embedding. Except for a few system parameters, no
    information about the host signal or the embedded data is needed at the
    receiver. Experimental results show that the method is robust against
    attacks including AWGN interference and MP3 coding.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, SZ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BASSIA P, 2001, IEEE T MULTIMEDIA, V3, P232
    BENDER W, 1996, IBM SYST J, V35, P313
    CHEN B, 2001, IEEE T INFORM THEORY, V47, P1423
    COX IJ, 1997, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V6, P1673
    COX RV, 1998, P IEEE, V86, P755
    JOHNSON NF, 2000, INFORMATION HIDING S
    JOHNSTON JD, 1988, IEEE J SEL AREA COMM, V6, P314
    MEYER EB, 1990, ABX TESTS TESTING PR, V19
    SWANSON MD, 1998, P IEEE, V86, P1064
    SWANSON MD, 1998, SIGNAL PROCESS, V66, P337
    TILKI JF, 1998, ENCODING HIDDEN DIGI
    TSOUKALAS DE, 1997, IEEE T SPEECH AUDI P, V5, P497
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2003
 VL 2776
 BP 383
 EP 394
 PG 12
 GA BY02M
 UT ISI:000187294700033
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Zhang, XP
    Wang, SZ
    Zhang, KW
 TI Steganography with least histogram abnormality
 SO COMPUTER NETWORK SECURITY
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID STEGANALYSIS
 AB A novel steganographic scheme is proposed which avoids asymmetry
    inherent in conventional LSB embedding techniques so that abnormality
    in the image histogram is kept minimum. The proposed technique is
    capable of resisting the chi(2) test and RS analysis, as well as a new
    steganalytic method named GPC analysis as introduced in this paper. In
    the described steganographic technique, a pair of mutually
    complementary mappings, F-1 and F-1 is used, leading to a balanced
    behavior of several statistical parameters explored by several
    steganalytic schemes, thus improved security. Experimental results are
    presented to demonstrate the effectiveness of the method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, XP, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ETTINGER JM, 1998, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V1525, P319
    FRIDRICH J, 2000, 2000 IEEE INT C MULT, V3, P1279
    FRIDRICH J, 2001, MAGAZINE IEEE MU OCT, P22
    FRIDRICH J, 2001, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V4518, P275
    FRIDRICH J, 2002, 5 INT WORKSH INF HID
    FRIDRICH J, 2002, P ACM WORKSH MULT SE
    FRIDRICH J, 2002, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V4675, P1
    LYU S, 2002, 5 INT WORKSH INF HID
    PETITCOLAS FAP, 1999, P IEEE, V87, P1062
    PROVOS N, 2001, 0111 CITI
    PROVOS N, 2001, 10 US SEC S WASH DC
    WANG H, IN PRESS COMMUNICATI
    WANG S, 2002, J SHANGHAI U, V6, P273
    WESTFELD A, 1999, LNCS, V1768, P61
    WESTFELD A, 2001, LNCS, V2137, P289
 NR 15
 TC 5
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2003
 VL 2776
 BP 395
 EP 406
 PG 12
 GA BY02M
 UT ISI:000187294700034
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Zhang, XP
    Wang, SZ
    Zhang, KW
 TI Multi-bit watermarking scheme based on addition of orthogonal sequences
 SO COMPUTER NETWORK SECURITY
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID ROBUST AUDIO WATERMARKING; DOMAIN; MODULATION; MASKING; IMAGES; VIDEO
 AB In this paper, a scheme of watermark embedding based on a set of
    orthogonal binary sequences is introduced. The described technique is
    intended to be incorporated into various public watermarking frameworks
    developed for different digital media including images and audio
    signals. Unlike some previous methods using PN sequences in which each
    sequence carries only one bit of the watermark data, the proposed
    approach maps a number of bits to a single sequence from an orthogonal
    set. Both analytical and experimental studies show that, owing to the
    full exploitation of information carrying capability of each binary
    sequence, the performance is significantly improved compared with
    previous methods based on a one-bit-per-sequence technique.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, XP, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BARNI M, 2001, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V10, P755
    BARNI M, 2001, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V10, P783
    BASSIA P, 2001, IEEE T MULTIMEDIA, V3, P232
    CHEN B, 2001, IEEE T INFORM THEORY, V47, P1423
    CHENG Q, 2001, IEEE T MULTIMEDIA, V3, P273
    EGGERS JJ, 2000, P SPIE, V3971
    HARTUNG F, 1999, P IEEE, V87, P1079
    HERNANDEZ JR, 1998, IEEE J SEL AREA COMM, V16, P510
    INOUE H, 1999, P IEEE INT C IM PROC, V1, P296
    KIM JR, 1999, P IEEE INT C IM PROC, V2, P226
    LANGELAAR GC, 2001, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V10, P148
    LIANG TS, 2000, P IEEE INT C ACOUSTI, P1951
    PETITCOLAS FAP, 1999, P IEEE, V87, P1062
    PIVA A, 1997, P IEEE INT C IM PROC, V1, P520
    PIVA A, 1999, P ICIP99 IEEE INT C, V1, P306
    PODILCHUK CI, 1998, IEEE J SEL AREA COMM, V16, P529
    SOLACHIDIS V, 2000, P IEEE INT C AC SPEE, P1955
    STANKOVIC S, 2001, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V10, P650
    SWANSON MD, 1998, IEEE J SEL AREA COMM, V16, P540
    SWANSON MD, 1998, SIGNAL PROCESS, V66, P337
    ZHANG XP, 2001, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V4551, P107
    ZHANG XP, 2002, SIGNAL PROCESS, V82, P1801
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2003
 VL 2776
 BP 407
 EP 418
 PG 12
 GA BY02M
 UT ISI:000187294700035
 ER
 
 EF
 FN ISI Export Format
 VR 1.0
 PT J
 AU Wu, JL
    Hu, DQ
 TI Total coloring of series-parallel graphs
 SO ARS COMBINATORIA
 DT Article
 AB It is proved that the total chromatic number of any series-parallel
    graph of degree at least 3 is Delta(G) + 1.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Jinan 250031, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, JL, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Jinan 250031, Peoples R China.
 EM jlwu@ustsd.edu.cn
 CR DUFFIN RJ, 1965, J MATH ANAL APPL, V10, P303
    YAP HP, 1996, LECT NOTES MATH, V1623
    ZHANG ZF, 1988, SCI SINICA A, P1434
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0381-7032
 J9 ARS COMB
 JI ARS Comb.
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 73
 BP 215
 EP 217
 PG 3
 SC Mathematics
 GA 873HB
 UT ISI:000225269400023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, Y
 TI Representation of the Clarke generalized Jacobian via the
    quasidifferential
 SO JOURNAL OF OPTIMIZATION THEORY AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE nonsmooth analysis; quasidifferential calculus; Clarke generalized
    Jacobian; difference of sets
 AB Two differences of convex compact sets in R-mxn are proposed. In the
    light of these differences, representations of the Clarke generalized
    Jacobian and the B-differential via the quasidifferential are developed
    for a certain class of functions. These representations can be used to
    calculate the Clarke generalized Jacobian and the B-differential via
    the quasidifferential.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Management, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, Y, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Management, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BARTELS SG, 1995, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V24, P385
    CHANEY RW, 1990, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V15, P649
    CLARKE FH, 1983, OPTIMIZATION NONSMOO
    DEMYANOV VF, 1981, VESTNIK LENINGRAD U, V13, P183
    DEMYANOV VF, 1995, CONSTRUCTIVE NONSMOO
    DEMYANOV VF, 1995, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V87, P553
    DEMYANOV VF, 1996, QUASIDIFFERENTIABILI
    GAO Y, 2000, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V104, P377
    HIRIARTURRUTY JB, 1993, CONVEX ANAL MINIMIZA
    PALLASCHKE D, 1986, OPTIMIZATION, V17, P287
    PANG JS, 1996, MATH OPER RES, V21, P401
    QI L, 1991, MATH PROGRAM, V49, P263
    QI LQ, 1993, MATH OPER RES, V18, P227
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 1972, CONVEX ANAL
    RUBINOV AM, 1992, NONSMOOTH OPTIMIZATI, P366
    RUBINOV AM, 1992, OPTIMIZATION, V23, P179
    RUBINOV AM, 2000, QUASIDIFFERENTIABILI, P263
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0022-3239
 J9 J OPTIMIZ THEOR APPL
 JI J. Optim. Theory Appl.
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 123
 IS 3
 BP 519
 EP 532
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 868KP
 UT ISI:000224912800004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tam, HW
    Zhang, YF
 TI A general method for generating multicomponent integrable hierarchies
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID HAMILTONIAN-STRUCTURE; SYSTEMS; EQUATIONS
 AB A Lie algebra, whose bases are the forms of M x 3 matrices, is defined.
    Subsequently two types of loop algebras are constructed, whose
    commutative operations are equivalent to known ones proposed before. By
    using the Tu scheme, the mulicomponent KN hierarchy and its integrable
    coupling system, as well as a generalized multicomponent AKNS
    integrable hierarchy with five potential functions are obtained. The
    procedure presented in this paper is simple and straightforward and can
    be used generally (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Hong Kong Baptist Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Informat Sch, Inst Math, Shanghai 271019, Peoples R China.
 RP Tam, HW, Hong Kong Baptist Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Kowloon, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 EM tam@comp.hkbu.edu.hk
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITONS INVERSE SCA
    FAN EG, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P7769
    GIO FK, IN PRESS J MATH PHYS
    GU CH, 1990, SOLITON THEORY ITS A
    GUO FK, 1997, ACTA MATH SINICA, V40, P801
    HU XB, 1994, J PHYS A, V27, P2497
    HU XB, 1997, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V30, P619
    LI YS, 1999, SOLITON INTEGRABLE S
    MA W, 1992, CHIN ANN MATH A, V12, P115
    MA WX, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P1227
    MAGRI F, 1978, J MATH PHYS, V19, P1156
    TSUCHIDA T, 1996, J PHYS SOC JPN, V65, P3153
    TSUCHIDA T, 1998, J PHYS SOC JPN, V67, P1175
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V68, P2241
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V257, P53
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 IS 3
 BP 963
 EP 971
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 863YT
 UT ISI:000224600200027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, JS
    Yang, JK
    Bao, Y
    Sun, JQ
 TI Preparation of crystalline manganese oxides hollow spheres
 SO POWDER TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE hollow spheres; NaCl and NP9; heating time; heating temperature; XRD
 ID NANOWIRES; REDUCTION
 AB Manganese oxides hollow spheres were synthesized by heating manganese
    carbonate precursors prepared by a one-step, solid-state method.
    Addition of sodium chloride (NaCl) and surfactant nonylphenyl ether
    (NP9), heating time and heating temperature played important roles in
    the synthesis process. The crystals were characterized by X-ray powder
    diffraction (XRD) and transmission electronic microscopy (TEM). It was
    shown that the product was pure and crystallized very well. (C) 2004
    Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Power & Control Engn, Jinan 250031, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, JS, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Power & Control Engn, Jinan
    250031, Peoples R China.
 EM wjsbl@sdu.edu.cn
 CR LIU JW, 2002, CARBON, V411, P1645
    MAESTRE JB, 2001, INT J INORG MATER, V3, P889
    MOORE GJ, 2001, J POWER SOURCES, V97, P393
    NEVES MC, 2001, MATER RES BULL, V36, P1099
    SHEN GZ, 2003, CHEM PHYS LETT, V375, P177
    SUN XD, 2002, MATER RES BULL, V37, P331
    TSANG C, 1998, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V137, P28
    WANG JS, 2003, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V19, P489
    WANG WZ, 2002, ADV MATER, V14, P837
    YUAN ZY, 2003, CHEM PHYS LETT, V378, P349
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0032-5910
 J9 POWDER TECHNOL
 JI Powder Technol.
 PD AUG 9
 PY 2004
 VL 145
 IS 3
 BP 172
 EP 175
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Chemical
 GA 862MK
 UT ISI:000224494800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, BX
    Zhou, JZ
    Zhao, DX
    Jia, HB
    Yuan, YF
    Iso, M
 TI Polarization-independent, thickness-insensitive, and
    refractive-index-difference-independent broad-band fluorinated
    polyrimide waveguide coupler
 SO JOURNAL OF LIGHTWAVE TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE fluorinated polyimide; optical device; optical waveguides; polarization
    independent; polymer materials; refractive index difference
    independent; thickness insensitive
 ID POLYIMIDES
 AB A statistically optimized design method is proposed for the
    construction of polarization-independent, thickness-insensitive, and
    refractive-index-difference-independent broad-band waveguide couplers.
    Using this method, a fluorinated polyimide waveguide 3-dB coupler for a
    1490-1610-nm operation is designed through optimization of the
    polarization, variation in thickness of the waveguide core, and
    variation in refractive-index difference of the waveguide core and
    cladding. The performance of the design is verified through simulation
    based on the three-dimensional beam-propagation method (3-D-BPM). The
    two orthogonal polarizations of the final design have a coupling ratio
    of (50 +/- 2.0) % for a bandwidth of 120 run, a thickness fluctuation
    of 7-8 mum, and a refractive-index-difference fluctuation of 0.24-0.30%.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Electron Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Nitta Shanghai Co, Shanghai 200233, Peoples R China.
    Tokyo Univ Agr & Technol, Dept Chem Engn, Tokyo 1848588, Japan.
 RP Chen, BX, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Electron Engn,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR BOOTH BL, 1989, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V7, P1445
    CHEN BX, 2001, ACTA OPT SINICA, V21, P996
    CHEN BX, 2003, APPL OPTICS, V42, P271
    HARTMAN DH, 1989, APPL OPTICS, V28, P40
    KANG JW, 2001, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V19, P872
    KEIL N, 1989, ELECTRON LETT, V30, P1445
    KOBAYASHI J, 1998, APPL OPTICS, V47, P943
    KUROKAWA T, 1980, APPL OPTICS, V19, P3124
    MATSUURA T, 1999, APPL OPTICS, V38, P966
    NISHIHARA H, 1995, OPTICAL INTEGRATED C, P45
    REUTER R, 1988, APPL OPTICS, V27, P4565
    TAKAGI A, 1992, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V10, P1815
    TAKAHASHI H, 1995, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V13, P447
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0733-8724
 J9 J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL
 JI J. Lightwave Technol.
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 22
 IS 10
 BP 2341
 EP 2347
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 862LQ
 UT ISI:000224492700015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, TY
    Zhang, QR
    Zhuang, SL
 TI The hole trappers related to lead vacancy in PbWO4 crystal
 SO SOLID STATE COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE lead vacancy V-Pb(2-); PbWO4; geometry optimization; electronic
    structure; color centre
 ID SINGLE-CRYSTALS; TUNGSTATE CRYSTALS; CENTERS; ORIGIN
 AB Several lattice structures around a lead vacancy V-Pb(2-) in PbWO4
    (PWO) are optimized using a plane-wave pseudo-potential formulation
    within the framework of density function theory, with generalized
    gradient correction in the form of Perdew- Wang-91. The electronic
    structures around V-Pb(2-) in the PWO crystal are studied using the
    molecular-cluster model within the framework of the fully relativistic
    self-consistent Dirac-Slater theory by using a numerically discrete
    variational (DV-Xalpha) method. By analyzing the lattice relaxation and
    electronic structures around Pb we can reasonably believe that once
    V-Pb(2-) O2- formed in PWO crystal, turns to be prior to trap holes to
    compensate the electrical negativity V-Pb(2-) Pb2+ may never be the
    hole-trap compensating V-Pb(2-) and V-Pb(2-) and V-Pb(2-) in PWO
    crystal may not actually exist. The possible defect micro-model by
    V-Pb(2-) in the as-grown PWO crystal is that each V-Pb(2-) creates a
    V-K(+) - V-F(-) aggregate color center. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, TY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, 516 Jun Gong Rd,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM liutyyxj@163.com
 CR ANNENKOV A, 1998, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V170, P47
    ANNENKOV AN, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V156, P493
    EPELBAUM BM, 1997, J CRYST GROWTH, V178, P426
    FANG SG, 1989, PHYS COLOUR CTR CRYS
    FENG XQ, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P449
    KORZHIK MV, 1996, SCINT 96, P241
    LAGUTA VV, 1998, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V10, P7293
    LIAO JY, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P286
    LIN QS, 2000, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, P181
    LIN QS, 2001, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V118, P221
    MOREAU JM, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V238, P46
    MOREAU JM, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V284, P104
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V195, P311
    NIKL M, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P5758
    WEI K, 1996, J ELECTRON SPECTROSC, V79, P83
    ZHANG QR, 2003, PHYS REV B, V6806, P4101
 NR 16
 TC 5
 SN 0038-1098
 J9 SOLID STATE COMMUN
 JI Solid State Commun.
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 132
 IS 3-4
 BP 169
 EP 173
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 858JG
 UT ISI:000224187500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, JS
    Bian, XF
    Sun, JQ
 TI Transformation mechanism among various nano-morphologies
 SO JOURNAL OF ADVANCED MATERIALS
 DT Article
 ID NANOPARTICLES; MICROEMULSION
 AB Transformation phenomenon was initially found among elongated
    nanoparticles, oriented nanowhiskers, line-like nanobelts and nanotubes
    with certain wrapped angle of manganese oxide prepared via a
    microemulsion technique and heat treatment. The oriented growth model
    has been built up and discussed to explain the transformation mechanism
    from nanoparticles to nanowhiskers, nanobelts and nanotubes step by
    step. The size scale of the original nanoparticle takes an important
    role in the growth process and that of 50nm is critical point to
    nanowhiskers growth in our experiment. The images of the transformation
    stage were recorded by TEM in succession.
 C1 Shandong Univ, Jinan 250100, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Jinan, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, JS, Shandong Univ, Jinan 250100, Peoples R China.
 EM wjsbl@ustsd.edu.cn
 CR CHARLIER JC, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P647
    DEBUIGNE F, 2001, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V243, P90
    FU X, 2001, COLLOID SURFACE A, V179, P65
    GAUTAM G, 2002, CHEM PHYS LETT, V351, P189
    LI JY, 2001, OBSERVATIONS MORPHOL
    PAN ZW, 2001, SCIENCE, V291, P1947
    QI LM, 2001, THESIS BEIJING U, P406
    ROTHSCHILD A, 1999, MATER RES INNOV, V3, P145
    TANG ZY, 2002, SCIENCE, V297, P237
    WANG CC, 2001, COLLOID SURFACE A, V189, P145
    XIANG J, 2001, SYNTHESIS BETA GA2 O
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1070-9789
 J9 J ADV MATER
 JI J. Adv. Mater.
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 36
 IS 4
 BP 39
 EP 42
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 856YU
 UT ISI:000224082800008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, YH
    Zhang, CQ
    Ma, XL
    Zhang, GY
    Hou, Q
    Wang, HC
    Sun, YS
 TI Molecular dynamics simulations of the variation of structure and energy
    in the solidification of liquid Cu
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE Cu; liquid metal; molecular dynamics simulation; FS potential; pair
    correlation function
 AB During the hot-dip process of Cu on the surface of the steel, it
    involves the solidification from liquid to coating. The cooling rate
    has great influence on the microstructure and the performance. By means
    of constant-temperature, constant-pressure molecular dynamics
    simulation technique, the solidification process of the liquid model
    system made of 500 Cu particles has been studied with the period
    boundary condition. With the pairs analysis technology and the bond
    orientational order method, the difference of the structure and energy
    of the liquid Cu model system between different cooling velocities has
    been compared. The significant information of microcosmic structural
    transformation in the solidification process of liquid Cu system has
    been obtained. The calculation results show that the Finnis-Sinclair
    (FS) potential works very well in the solidification process of Cu.
    Cooling slowly the crystal copper layer can be obtained. Cooling
    quickly the amorphous copper layer can be obtained.
 C1 Shandong Univ Sci & Tech, Sch Chem & Chem Engn, Jinan 250061, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Chem Engn, Qingdao 266510, Peoples R China.
    Jinan Railway Substn, Jinan 250001, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, CQ, Shandong Univ Sci & Tech, Sch Chem & Chem Engn, Jinan
    250061, Peoples R China.
 EM zhangchqiao@sdu.edu.cn
 CR ACLAND GJ, 1990, PHYS REV, V41, P10324
    ALIEN MP, 1987, COMPUTER SIMULATION
    BRANDT EH, 1989, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V1, P9985
    DAW MS, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V50, P1285
    DENG D, 1989, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V329, P549
    FINCHAM D, 1985, ADV CHEM PHYS, V63, P493
    JOHNSON RA, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P3927
    LI XP, 1995, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V8, A356
    WANG L, 2000, CHIN J CHEM PHYS, V13, P544
    ZHANG CQ, 1997, CHIN J SCI B, V42, P782
    ZHANG CQ, 1997, J MAT ENG, V11, P23
    ZHANG CQ, 2001, CHIN J CHEM PHYS, V14, P669
    ZHANG CQ, 2002, CHIN J CHEM PHYS, V15, P447
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1003-7713
 J9 CHIN J CHEM PHYS
 JI Chin. J. Chem. Phys.
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 17
 IS 4
 BP 443
 EP 448
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical
 GA 853QL
 UT ISI:000223842300015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dai, HH
    Liu, ZG
 TI Nonlinear traveling waves in a compressible Mooney-Rivlin rod - I. Long
    finite-amplitude waves
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE hyperelastic rod; nonlinear traveling waves; solitary waves; periodic
    waves
 ID ELASTIC RODS; MODEL-EQUATIONS; SOLITARY WAVES
 AB In literature, nonlinear traveling waves in elastic circular rods have
    only been studied based on single partial differential equation (pde)
    models, and here we consider such a problem by using a more accurate
    coupled-pde model. We derive the Hamiltonian from the model equations
    for the long finite-amplitude wave approximation, analyze how the
    number of singular points of the system changes with the parameters,
    and study the features of these singular points qualitatively. Various
    physically acceptable nonlinear traveling waves are also discussed, and
    corresponding examples are given. In particular; we find that certain
    waves, which cannot be counted by the single-equation model, can arise.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Dai, HH, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples
    R China.
 EM mahhdai@cityu.edu.hk
 CR ACHENBACH JD, 1973, WAVE PROPAGATION ELA
    BENJAMIN TB, 1972, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V272, P47
    CLARKSON PA, 1986, STUD APPL MATH, V75, P95
    COHEN H, 1993, ACTA MECH, V100, P223
    COLEMAN BD, 1990, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V109, P39
    DAI HH, 1998, ACTA MECH, V127, P193
    DAI HH, 1999, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V455, P3845
    DAI HH, 2000, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V456, P331
    DAI HH, 2001, NONLINEAR ELASTICITY, P392
    GREEN WA, 1960, PROGR SOLID MECH, V1, P128
    NARIBOLI GA, 1970, J MATH PHYS SCI, V4, P64
    SAMSONOV AM, 1994, NONLINEAR WAVES SOLI
    SOERENSEN MP, 1984, J ACOUST SOC AM, V76, P871
    SOERENSEN MP, 1987, J ACOUST SOC AM, V81, P1718
    WRIGHT T, 1982, P IUTAM S FIN EL, P423
    WRIGHT TW, 1985, STUD APPL MATH, V72, P149
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7718
 J9 ACTA MECH SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Sin.
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 4
 BP 435
 EP 446
 PG 12
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 851MA
 UT ISI:000223688000014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, TH
    Han, MA
    Zang, H
    Meng, XZ
 TI Bifurcations of limit cycles for a cubic Hamiltonian system under
    quartic perturbations
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID HOMOCLINIC LOOPS; CYCLICITY; SET
 AB This paper is concerned with the number of limit cycles of a cubic
    system with quartic perturbations. Fifteen limit cycles are found and
    their distributions are studied by using the methods of bifurcation
    theory and qualitative analysis. It gives rise to the conclusion: H(4)
    greater than or equal to 15, where H(n) is the Hilbert number for the
    second part of Hilbert's 16th problem. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200240, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Courses, Shandong 271019, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, TH, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200240, Peoples
    R China.
 EM zhangtongh@sjtu.edu.cn
 CR BAUTIN NN, 1952, MAT SBORNIK, V30, P181
    CAO HJ, 2000, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V11, P2293
    HAN M, 2000, SCI CHINA SER A, V43, P914
    HAN M, 2003, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V53, P701
    HAN M, 2004, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V14, P41
    HAN MA, 1997, SCI CHINA SER A, V40, P1247
    HAN MA, 1999, SCI CHINA SER A, V42, P605
    LI JB, 1987, CHIN ANN MATH B, V8, P391
    LI JB, 1991, PUBLICATIONS MATH, V35, P487
    LI JB, 2002, SCI CHINA SER A, V45, P817
    LI JB, 2003, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V13, P47
    LIU ZR, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V13, P295
    LIU ZR, 2003, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V13, P243
    ROUSSARIE R, 1986, BOL SOC BRAS MAT, V17, P67
    WANG RQ, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V13, P61
    YE Y, 1986, T MATH MONOGRAPHS, V66
    ZANG H, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P61
    ZHANG TH, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V20, P629
 NR 18
 TC 5
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 22
 IS 5
 BP 1127
 EP 1138
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 849FP
 UT ISI:000223524400015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, ZJ
    Li, Q
 TI Study of J/psi suppression in Pb-Pb collisions at 158GeV/c
 SO HIGH ENERGY PHYSICS AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS-CHINESE EDITION
 DT Article
 DE J/psi anomalous suppression; transverse energy fluctuation; the number
    fluctuation of participants; the number fluctuation of NN collisions
 ID NUCLEUS-NUCLEUS COLLISIONS; J-PSI-SUPPRESSION; TRANSVERSE ENERGY;
    CHARMONIUM SUPPRESSION; MODEL; GEV/C; DISTRIBUTIONS; PATTERN
 AB On the basis of model proposed by Blaizot et al., we take into account
    the effects on J/psi suppression in AA collisions of the number
    fluctuations of participants and NN collisions, and analyze the data of
    the NA50 Collaboration in Pb-Pb collisions at 158GeV/c. The theoretical
    results fit the data well.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, ZJ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABREU MC, 1997, PHYS LETT B, V410, P337
    ABREU MC, 1999, PHYS LETT B, V450, P2456
    ABREU MC, 2000, PHYS LETT B, V477, P28
    ALDE DM, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P133
    ANTINORI F, 2000, EUR PHYS J C, V18, P57
    ARMESTO N, 1999, PHYS REV C, V59, P395
    BAGLIN C, 1991, PHYS LETT B, V255, P459
    BLAIZOT JP, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P1703
    BLAIZOT JP, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P4012
    BORDALO P, 2002, NUCL PHYS A, V698, C127
    CAPELLA A, 1988, PHYS LETT B, V206, P354
    CAPELLA A, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P2080
    CERSCHEL C, 1992, Z PHYS C, V56, P171
    CHAUDHURI AK, 1990, NUCL PHYS A, V515, P736
    CHAUDHURI AK, 2001, PHYS REV C, V64
    GEISS J, 1999, PHYS LETT B, V447, P31
    JIANG ZJ, 1989, NUOVO CIMENTIO A, V102, P771
    LIU LS, 1988, PHYS REV D, V38, P3405
    MATSUI T, 1986, PHYS LETT B, V178, P416
    NARDI M, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V442, P14
    QIU JW, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V88
    SPIELES C, 1999, PHYS REV C, V60
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0254-3052
 J9 HIGH ENERGY PHYS NUCL PHYS-CH
 JI High Energy Phys. Nucl. Phys.-Chin. Ed.
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 28
 IS 8
 BP 846
 EP 849
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Nuclear; Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA 846HG
 UT ISI:000223305900011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, TY
    Zhang, QR
    Zhuang, SL
 TI Local lattice distortion around V-Pb(2-) in PbWO4 and the origin of the
    420 nm luminescence band
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID LEAD TUNGSTATE CRYSTALS; ELECTRONIC-STRUCTURE
 AB The lattice structures around one lead vacancy V-Pb(2-) in PbWO4 are
    studied within the framework of the full-relativistic density
    functional theory. Using the conjugate gradient method, we optimize the
    geometry of the ions around V-Pb(2-) by moving the ions within the
    sub-cell until specified tolerance is satisfied. We obtain the
    geometric positions of ions around V-Pb(2-) after optimization. The
    calculated results indicate that there would be local lattice
    distortion caused by the existence of V-Pb(2-). The electronic
    structures of both the optimized and pre-optimized PWO containing have
    been calculated. The density of states of the distorted PWO indicates
    that the energy gap between the 2p state of O2- and the 5d state of W6+
    is 3.90eV, which shows that the distorted W-O tetrahedron may be the
    420nm luminescence centre.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, TY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 EM liutyyxj@163.com
 CR ANNENKOV A, 1998, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V170, P47
    EPELBAUM BM, 1997, J CRYST GROWTH, V178, P426
    FENG XQ, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P449
    GUO J, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P3204
    HIZHNYI YA, 2003, J LUMIN, V102, P688
    KORZHIK MV, 1996, P INT C IN SCINT THE, P241
    LIAO JY, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P286
    LIN QS, 2000, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, P181
    LIN QS, 2001, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V118, P221
    MOREAU JM, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V238, P46
    MOREAU JM, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V284, P104
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V195, P311
    YAO MZ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN, V51
    ZHANG QR, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
    ZHANG QR, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P6
 NR 15
 TC 6
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 8
 BP 1596
 EP 1599
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 844MN
 UT ISI:000223162500052
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Meng, YC
    Guo, QZ
    Tan, WH
    Huang, ZM
 TI Analytical solutions of coupled-mode equations for multiwaveguide
    systems, obtained by use of Chebyshev and generalized Chebyshev
    polynomials
 SO JOURNAL OF THE OPTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA A-OPTICS IMAGE SCIENCE AND
    VISION
 DT Article
 ID OPTICAL FIBER COUPLERS; WAVE-GUIDE; DESIGN; EXPANSION
 AB A novel approach is proposed for obtaining the analytical solutions of
    the coupled-mode equations (CMEs); the method is applicable for an
    arbitrary number of coupled waveguides. The mathematical aspects of the
    CMEs and their solution by use of Chebyshev polynomials are discussed.
    When mode coupling between only adjacent waveguides is considered
    (denoted weak coupling), the first and second kinds of the usual
    Chebyshev polynomials are appropriate for evaluating the CMEs for
    linearly distributed and circularly distributed multi-waveguide
    systems, respectively. However, when one is considering the coupling
    effects between nonadjacent waveguides also (denoted strong coupling),
    it is necessary to use redefined generalized Chebyshev polynomials to
    express general solutions in a form similar to those for the
    weak-coupling case. As concrete examples, analytical solutions for 2 x
    2, 3 x 3, and 4 x 4 linearly distributed directional couplers are
    obtained by the proposed approach, which treats the calculation as a
    nondegenerate eigenvalue problem. In addition, for the 3 x 3 circularly
    distributed directional coupler, which gives rise to a degenerate
    eigenvalue problem, an analytical solution is obtained in an improved
    way. Also, for comparison and without loss of generality, to clarify
    the difference between the two coupling cases, analytical solutions for
    a 5 x 5 circularly distributed directional coupler are obtained by use
    of the usual and the redefined generalized Chebyshev polynomials. (C)
    2004 Optical Society of America.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Fiber Opt, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, YC, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Fiber Opt, Jiading Campus,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM mengyichao@sh163.net
 CR ANKIEWICZ A, 1986, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V4, P1317
    ARKRIGHT JW, 1991, ELECTRON LETT, V27, P1767
    BISWAS A, 2003, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V35, P221
    BUAH PA, 1997, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V33, P874
    CHANG CS, 1994, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V12, P415
    CHEN Y, 1991, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V24, P539
    CHEW YH, 1993, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V11, P1998
    CHUANG SL, 1987, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V5, P174
    FALCIAL R, 1990, INT J OPTOELECTRON, V5, P41
    GRADSHEYN S, 1990, TABLE INTEGRALS, P30
    HARDY A, 1986, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V22, P528
    HARDY A, 1988, OPT LETT, V13, P161
    HAUS HA, 1983, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V19, P840
    HUANG WP, 1994, J OPT SOC AM A, V11, P963
    HUANG Y, 1995, ACTA OPT SINICA, V15, P248
    KISHI N, 1988, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V36, P1861
    KOWALSKI A, 1990, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V8, P164
    KUBO H, 1989, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V7, P1924
    MEHRANY K, 2003, J OPT SOC AM B, V20, P2434
    MORTIMORE DB, 1990, APPL OPTICS, V29, P371
    PENG GD, 1991, APPL OPTICS, V30, P2533
    SHE SX, 1988, OPT COMMUN, V87, P271
    SNYDER AW, 1972, J OPT SOC AM, V62, P1267
    SUN LP, 1989, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V2, P52
    VANCE RWC, 1994, IEE P-OPTOELECTRON, V141, P231
    WANG QJ, 2004, IEEE PHOTONIC TECH L, V16, P168
    WANG Z, 2000, INTRO SPECIAL FUNCTI, P168
    WRAGE M, 2002, OPT COMMUN, V205, P367
    YAO SQ, 2000, ACTA OPT SINICA, V20, P952
    YARIV A, 1973, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V9, P919
 NR 30
 TC 0
 SN 1084-7529
 J9 J OPT SOC AM A-OPT IMAGE SCI
 JI J. Opt. Soc. Am. A-Opt. Image Sci. Vis.
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 8
 BP 1518
 EP 1528
 PG 11
 SC Optics
 GA 841KI
 UT ISI:000222928300019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, GF
    Yao, PJ
    Luo, X
    Roetzel, W
 TI A parallel genetic algorithm/simulated annealing algorithm for
    synthesizing multistream heat exchanger networks
 SO JOURNAL OF THE CHINESE INSTITUTE OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERS
 DT Article
 DE multistream; heat exchanger network; non-isothermal mixing; genetic
    algorithm; simulated annealing algorithm; global optimization
 ID SIMULTANEOUS-OPTIMIZATION MODELS; INTEGRATION
 AB A mathematical model for synthesizing multistream heat exchanger
    networks is presented which eliminates the unreasonable assumption on
    isothermal mixing of stream branches, hence the model is more rigorous
    and practical. The model becomes more complex due to its large scale
    dimensions, nonlinear constraints and nonconvexity of objective
    function. Multiple local optima might also exist. It is difficult to
    use traditional algorithms to find the global optimization solution of
    this mathematical model. A Parallel Genetic Algorithm/Simulated
    Annealing Algorithm (PGA/SA) with the strategy of inter-subpopulation
    crossover and migration, generation of initial feasible population and
    infeasible individual repair approach is proposed to obtain the global
    optimization solution with larger probability. Some computational
    examples from literatures and an industrial project show that the
    proposed mathematical model and algorithm are feasible and effective.
 C1 Dalian Univ Technol, Inst Proc Syst Engn, Dalian 116012, Peoples R China.
    Univ Fed Armed Forces Hamburg, Inst Thermodynam, D-22039 Hamburg, Germany.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Thermal Engn, Shandong 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, GF, Dalian Univ Technol, Inst Proc Syst Engn, Dalian 116012,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ALEKSANDER S, 2002, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V26, P599
    ATHIER G, 1997, AICHE J, V43, P3007
    CIRIC AR, 1991, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V15, P385
    DANIEL RL, 1998, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V22, P1503
    DOLAN WB, 1990, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V14, P1039
    GOLDBERG D, 1989, GENETIC ALGORITHMS S
    KAJMIKAEL B, 2002, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V26, P1581
    LUO X, 2002, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V45, P2695
    LUO X, 2003, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V46, P705
    MUHLENBEIN H, 1991, PARALLEL COMPUT, V17, P619
    PAVIS L, 1991, HDB GENETIC ALGORITH
    WANG KF, 1998, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V23, P125
    YEE TF, 1990, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V14, P1151
    YEE TF, 1990, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V14, P1165
    YIN HC, 1995, J DALIAN U TECHNOLOG, V35, P640
    YU HM, 2000, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V24, P2023
    ZHANG HP, 2000, J BEIJING U CHEM TEC, V27, P22
    ZHOU M, 1999, GENETIC ALGORITHMS T
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0368-1653
 J9 J CHINESE INST CHEM ENGINEERS
 JI J. Chin. Inst. Chem. Eng.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 35
 IS 3
 BP 285
 EP 297
 PG 13
 SC Engineering, Chemical
 GA 842LD
 UT ISI:000223004700004
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Peng, DL
    Yuan, Y
    Yue, K
    Wang, XL
    Zhou, A
 TI Capacity planning for composite web services using queueing
    network-based models
 SO ADVANCES IN WEB-AGE INFORMATION MANAGEMENT: PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB In this paper, queueing network-based models are proposed to predict
    the performance of composite Web services and make them run in an
    optimal way with limited resources. The models are necessary
    constituents of reliable Web service composition. They are flexible
    enough to evaluate the performance indices of the composite Web
    services simply by solving some equations rather than doing a lot of
    exhausting experiments. Research shows that our models provide an
    effective way for both running the services optimally with certain
    resources and estimating the growth needs accurately.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Comp Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Peng, DL, Fudan Univ, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R
    China.
 EM dlpeng@fudan.edu.cn
    yyuan@fudan.edu.cn
    kuny@fudan.edu.cn
    wxling@fudan.edu.cn
    ayzhou@fudan.edu.cn
 CR BALSAMO S, 2000, PERFORM EVALUATION, P377
    BANATALLAH B, 2001, UNSECSETR01111
    BANATALLAH B, 2001, UNSWCSE0108
    BHATTI N, 1999, IEEE NETWORK, V13, P64
    BUZEN JP, 1971, THESIS HARVARD U CAM
    BUZEN JP, 1973, COMMUN ACM, V16, P527
    CHAKRABORTY D, 2002, 7 PERS WIR COMM C SI
    CHEN X, 2001, P 10 WWW C HONG KONG
    HAMADI R, 2003, P 14 AUSTR DAT C ADC
    HOSCHEK W, 2002, P 2002 ACM IEEE C SU
    KANT K, 1999, IEEE T KNOWLEDGE DAT, V11
    LAM S, 1987, COMPUTER CAPACITY PL
    LAZOWSKA E, 1984, QUANTITATIVE SYSTEM
    LIMTHANMAPHON B, 2003, P 14 AUSTR DAT C ADC
    WODTKE D, 1997, P 6 DISTR INT C DAT
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2004
 VL 3129
 BP 439
 EP 448
 PG 10
 GA BAK53
 UT ISI:000222635400044
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, C
    Wang, WH
    Hu, TJ
    Xu, Y
    Zhou, GY
    Hua, ZZ
 TI Glass transition and enthalpy relaxation behavior of ethylene glycol
    and its aqueous solution with different crystallinity
 SO ACTA PHYSICO-CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE glass transition; enthalpy relaxation; ethylene glycol; differential
    scanning calorimetry; cryomicroscopy
 ID DIELECTRIC-RELAXATION; DIMETHYL-SULFOXIDE; DECAY FUNCTION; ICE
    CRYSTALS; GLYCEROL; VITRIFICATION; POLYALCOHOLS; DSC
 AB In order to investigate the effects of the crystals on glass transition
    and enthalpy relaxation behaviors, differential scanning calorimetry
    (DSC) and cryomicroscopy technique were used to study ethylene glycol
    (EG) and its aqueous solution (50% EG, mass fraction) with different
    crystallinity. Isothermal crystallization method was used in
    devitrification region to get different crystal fractions after samples
    quenched below the glass transition temperature (T-g). The DSC
    thermograms upon heating showed that EG had a single glass transition
    while 50% EG had two (amorphous phase I and the warmer one, phase II)
    with different crystal fractions. T-g of phase I was equal to while
    phase II was 6 degreesC higher than T-g of 50% EG in purely amorphous
    phase. It is believed that the lower transition represents the glass
    transition of bulk amorphous phase of EG aqueous solution glass state,
    while the second one is related to inclusions, whose mobility is
    restricted by ice crystals. Cryomicroscopy experiments indicated that
    EG crystal had regular shape while ice crystal in 50% EG aqueous
    solution glass matrix had no clear surface. It can be concluded that
    contact area between crystal and amorphous phase in EG is larger than
    that in 50% EG, which is helpful to explain double glass-like
    transitions. Isothermal annealing experiments at temperatures lower
    than T-g were also conducted on these amorphous samples in DSC, and
    KWW(Kohlrausch-Williams-Watts) decay function was used to analyze DSC
    enthalpy relaxation data. The results showed that both the two
    amorphous phases presented in 50% EG experience enthalpy relaxation,
    and the relaxation process of phase I is faster than that of phase II
    at the same value of (T-g - T-a).
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryomed & Food Refrigerat, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Hua, ZZ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryomed & Food Refrigerat,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM tchua@sh163.net
 CR ALVES NM, 2002, POLYMER, V43, P4111
    ANGELL CA, 1982, J PHYS CHEM-US, V86, P3845
    BRONSHTEYN VL, 1995, CRYOBIOLOGY, V32, P1
    CLAUDY P, 1997, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V293, P1
    FAHY GM, 1987, CRYOBIOLOGY, V24, P196
    GAO C, 2004, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V20, P123
    GOFF HD, 2003, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V399, P43
    HODGE IM, 1994, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V169, P211
    HUA ZZ, 1994, CRYOBIOLOGY CRYOMEDI
    MACFARLANE DR, 1990, CRYOBIOLOGY, V27, P345
    MEHL PM, 1996, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V272, P201
    MURTHY SSN, 1997, J PHYS CHEM B, V101, P6043
    MURTHY SSN, 1998, CRYOBIOLOGY, V36, P84
    PIKAL MJ, 1999, FREEZE DRYING LYOPHI, P161
    SCHICNER B, 1995, J NONCRYSTA SOL, V172, P180
    TAKEDA K, 1998, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V231, P273
    VANDENMOOTER G, 1999, EUR J PHARM BIOPHARM, V48, P43
    WILLIAMS G, 1970, T FARADAY SOC, V66, P80
 NR 18
 TC 5
 SN 1000-6818
 J9 ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Phys.-Chim. Sin.
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 7
 BP 701
 EP 706
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical
 GA 839OM
 UT ISI:000222794400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Deng, BQ
    Kim, CN
 TI Physical-based double-exponential model for VOCs emission from carpet
 SO ATMOSPHERIC ENVIRONMENT
 DT Article
 DE VOCs emission; double-exponential mode; gas-phase mass transfer
    coefficient
 ID VOLATILE ORGANIC-COMPOUNDS
 AB VOCs emission from carpet can be described by the mass transfer between
    the air adjacent to the material, and the room air. And the
    concentration in the air adjacent to the material is assumed to always
    keep equilibrium with the concentration in the material. Thus, a
    double-exponential model for VOCs emission is developed, which contains
    fast and slow decay terms. The present model is validated through the
    experiment in a small environmental chamber. The results from the
    present model accord well with the experimental data. Compared with
    empirical models, the present model has a clear physical meaning, is
    easy to scale up. It has only two parameters to determine from the
    emission test. The experimental results can be processed conveniently
    by linear fitting technique. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Kyung Hee Univ, Coll Mech & Ind Syst Engn, Yongin 449701, Kyunggi, South Korea.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Civil & Environm Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Kyung Hee Univ, Ind Liaison Res Inst, Yongin 449701, Kyunggi, South Korea.
 RP Kim, CN, Kyung Hee Univ, Coll Mech & Ind Syst Engn, 1
    Sechon,Kilhung,Yongin, Yongin 449701, Kyunggi, South Korea.
 EM cnkim@khu.ac.kr
 CR CLAUSEN PA, 1993, INDOOR AIR, V3, P269
    DENG BQ, 2003, KOREAN J CHEM ENG, V20, P685
    DUNN JE, 1987, ATMOS ENVIRON, V21, P425
    HODGSON AT, 1993, J AIR WASTE MANAGE, V43, P316
    HUANG H, 2002, BUILD ENVIRON, V37, P1349
    LITTLE JC, 1994, ATMOS ENVIRON, V28, P227
    LOW JM, 1998, TO98232 ASHRAE, V23, P1281
    SHIN DM, 2003, J SAREK, V15, P40
    TICHENOR BA, 1993, INDOOR AIR, V3, P263
    WHITE FM, 1988, HEAT MASS TRANSFER
    YANG X, 2001, BUILD ENVIRON, V36, P1099
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1352-2310
 J9 ATMOS ENVIRON
 JI Atmos. Environ.
 PD AUG
 PY 2004
 VL 38
 IS 24
 BP 4085
 EP 4089
 PG 5
 SC Environmental Sciences; Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences
 GA 836QE
 UT ISI:000222569800016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fu, YL
    Wu, YC
    Yuan, YF
    Chen, BX
 TI Raman spectra of proton-exchanged LiNbO3 optical waveguides
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID WAVEGUIDES
 AB Based on the Raman spectrum measurement, we investigate the mechanism
    of proton exchange, by which the optical waveguides are formed in the
    LiNbO3 crystal which are proton doped. The proton source is formed by a
    mixture of benzoic and adipic acids. The experimental results show that
    there is a Raman formant peak of optical waveguide at 650 cm(-1), and
    the higher the relative percentage of the mol ratio of adipic acid
    dilution, the higher the intensity of the Raman formant peak.
 C1 Hainan Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Haikou 571158, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Electron Informat Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, YL, Hainan Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Haikou 571158, Peoples R China.
 EM fuyunliang@163.com
 CR CAO X, 2000, ACTA OPT SINICA, V20, P1549
    CHENG GX, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P861
    CLARK DF, 1983, J APPL PHYS, V54, P6218
    JACKEL JL, 1982, APPL PHYS LETT, V41, P607
    LI SL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P1994
    PUN EYB, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P3114
    SAVOVA I, 2001, OPT MATER, V16, P353
    WHITE JM, 1976, APPL OPTICS, V15, P151
    ZILING C, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P3125
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 7
 BP 1292
 EP 1293
 PG 2
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 836FW
 UT ISI:000222542100030
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, XF
    Xiao, JR
    Jian, XZ
    Wang, JB
    Gao, JD
 TI a-C : F : H films prepared by PECVD
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE a-C : F : H thin films; PECVD; dielectric constant; optical band gap
 ID LOW DIELECTRIC-CONSTANT; CARBON THIN-FILMS; CHEMICAL-VAPOR-DEPOSITION;
    INTERLAYER DIELECTRICS; HYDROGEN DILUTION; PLASMA
 AB Fluorinated amorphous hydrogenated a-C : F : H carbon thin films were
    deposited using radio frequency plasma enhanced chemical vapor
    deposition (RF-PECVD) reactor with CF4 and CH4 as source gases and were
    annealed in a N-2 atmosphere. The properties of these films were
    evaluated by FTJR spectrometry, UV-VIS spectrophotometry and
    single-wavelength spectroscopic ellipsometry. A correspondence
    relativity connection between the deposition rate and technology was
    found. The chemical bonding structures and the content of CHx and CFx
    in the films are transformed and the optical band gap decreases
    monotonically with increasing temperature after annealing. The
    dielectric constant is increased with decreasing content of F in the
    films and the optical band gap is decreased with decreasing the content
    of H in the film.
 C1 Cent S Univ Technol, Sch Phys Sci & Technol, Changsha 410083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Elect Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Technol Phys, Shanghai 200083, Peoples R China.
 RP Jian, XZ, Cent S Univ Technol, Sch Phys Sci & Technol, Changsha 410083,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xiaojianrong248@163.com
 CR ENDO K, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P1370
    ENDO K, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P2864
    FREIRE FL, 2001, DIAM RELAT MATER, V10, P125
    JEONG W, 2003, THIN SOLID FILMS, V423, P97
    JUNG HS, 2002, THIN SOLID FILMS, P420
    LABELLE CB, 1999, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V17, P445
    MA YJ, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P3353
    XIN Y, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2492
    YANG SH, 1999, MICROCHEM J, V63, P161
    YI JW, 2000, THIN SOLID FILMS, V374, P103
    YOKOMICHI H, 1999, J APPL PHYS, V86, P2468
    YOKOMICHI H, 2000, VACUUM, V59, P771
    YOKOMIEHI H, 1998, J NONCRYSTAL SOLIDS, P227
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 14
 IS 3
 BP 426
 EP 429
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 835AC
 UT ISI:000222451000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, HH
    Hua, TC
    Li, J
    Gu, XL
    Wang, X
    Wu, ZJ
    Meng, LR
    Gao, QR
    Chen, J
    Gong, ZP
 TI Freeze-drying of mononuclear cells and whole blood of human cord blood
 SO CRYOLETTERS
 DT Article
 DE freeze-drying; human cord blood; MNC; lyoprotectant; CD34(+) cell
 ID UNRELATED BONE-MARROW; COOLING RATE; CRYOPRESERVATION; GROWTH
 AB The research on haematopoietic stem cells of human cord blood has
    become more important recently. People have concentrated on the
    preservation of cord blood stem cells. At present, cord blood can be
    preserved at ultra-low temperatures. In this study, we try to preserve
    cord blood and its constituents by freeze-drying. The experiments on
    both the mononuclear cell content and the whole blood of human cord
    blood were carried out respectively. The samples were frozen firstly by
    different cooling protocols in the presence of PVP, sucrose, and
    mannitol. Afterwards, they were vacuum-dried at a selected shelf
    temperature of -30degreesC for the main drying stage, and then
    vacuum-dried at 15degreesC for the second drying stage. The entire time
    of the freeze drying was 52 hours. Samples were stored at room
    temperature for 2 days prior to evaluation. Subsequently, the dried
    samples were suspended in an isotonic phosphate-buffered saline
    solution.
    The recovery of the cells were tested by a haemacytometer, and the
    highest cell numerical count recovery of MNC was 75.0 +/- 4.1%(P<0.01),
    obtained in the protocol of 40% VP + 20% Sucrose + 10% Mannitol. The
    viability of the nucleated cells measured by PI staining and the ratio
    of the number of CD34(+) to the number of lymphocytes (by the FITC
    anti-human CD34(+) conjugated antibody method) were measured using a
    flow cytometer (FCM). The protocol of 40% PVP + 20% Sucrose + 10% fetal
    bovine serum had the highest viability of 98.57 &PLUSMN; 0.68%(P<0.01).
    The highest ratio of CD34(+) to lymphocytes was 1.17%, and the highest
    recovery of C1334(+) was 68.42 +/- 39.5% (P<0.05). Comparing the
    results of the lyophilized MNC subfraction with that of the whole
    blood, the lyophilization of the isolated MNC was more successful than
    that of whole blood.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryomed & Food Refrigerat, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biochem & Cell Biol, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
 RP Hua, TC, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryomed & Food Refrigerat,
    No 516 Jun Gong Rd, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM tchua@sh163.net
 CR BROXMEYER HE, 1992, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V89, P4109
    CROWE LM, 1986, MEMBRANES METABOLISM, P210
    GOODRICH RP, 1992, 5171661, US
    GOODRICH RP, 1992, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V89, P967
    HOWS JM, 1992, LANCET, V340, P73
    HUNT CJ, 2003, CRYOBIOLOGY, V46, P76
    LANSDORP PM, 1993, J EXP MED, V178, P787
    RINDLER V, 1999, CRYOBIOLOGY, V38, P2
    RINDLER V, 1999, CRYOBIOLOGY, V39, P228
    ROCHA V, 2001, BLOOD, V97, P2962
    RUBINSTEIN P, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P10119
    SPIELES G, 1996, CRYO-LETT, V17, P43
    WEINSTEIN R, 1995, TRANSFUS CLIN BIOL, V2, P427
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0143-2044
 J9 CRYOLETTERS
 JI CryoLetters
 PD MAR-APR
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 2
 BP 111
 EP 120
 PG 10
 SC Biology; Physiology
 GA 823WE
 UT ISI:000221643700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, WG
    Chang, QS
    Zhang, QR
 TI Lienard equation and exact solutions for some soliton-producing
    nonlinear equations
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE solitary wave; Lienard equation; compound KdV equation; compound
    KdV-Burgers equation; generalized Boussinesq equation; generalized KP
    equation; Ginzburg-Landau equation
 ID EXPLICIT EXACT-SOLUTIONS; KDV-BURGERS EQUATION; SYSTEMS; WAVES
 AB In this paper, we first consider exact solutions for Lienard equation
    with nonlinear terms of any order. Then, explicit exact bell and kink
    profile solitary-wave solutions for many nonlinear evolution equations
    are obtained by means of results of the Lienard equation and proper
    deductions, which transform original partial differential equations
    into the Lienard one. These nonlinear equations include compound KdV,
    compound KdV-Burgers, generalized Boussinesq, generalized KP and
    Ginzburg-Landau equation. Some new solitary-wave solutions are found.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Acad Math & Syst Sci, Inst Appl Math, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, WG, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Sci, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1978, STUD APPL MATH, V58, P17
    BONA JL, 1985, P ROY SOC EDINB A, V101, P207
    CHEN HH, 1979, PHYS SCR, V20, P490
    COFFEY MW, 1990, SIAM J APPL MATH, V50, P1580
    DEY B, 1986, J PHYS A, V19, L9
    FENG ZS, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V293, P50
    GERDJIKOV VS, 1983, BULG J PHYS, V10, P130
    KONG DX, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V196, P301
    KUNDU A, 1984, J MATH PHYS, V25, P3433
    NI WS, 1997, SOLITARY WAVE WATER
    PEGO RL, 1992, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V340, P47
    PEGO RL, 1993, PHYSICA D, V67, P45
    VANSAARLOOS W, 1992, PHYSICA D, V56, P303
    WADATI M, 1975, J PHYS SOC JPN, V38, P673
    WANG ML, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V213, P279
    WHITHAM GB, 1974, LINEAR NONLINEAR WAV
    ZHANG WG, 1996, ACTA MATH SCI, V16, P241
    ZHANG WG, 1998, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V21, P249
 NR 18
 TC 2
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD JUN 15
 PY 2004
 VL 41
 IS 6
 BP 849
 EP 858
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 834JZ
 UT ISI:000222408700011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, QR
    Liu, TY
    Yan, FN
 TI V-F(-) and V-K(+) aggregate colour centres: Origin of the
    room-temperature 350 nm absorption band in PbWO4
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID SINGLE-CRYSTALS; PARAMAGNETIC RESONANCE; DAMAGE
 AB A PbWO4 (PWO) single crystal has been grown by the advanced Bridgman
    method. The as-grown PWO crystal exhibits a weak band at 350 nm. This
    band was fitted into two overlapping bands peaking at 330 nm and 360 nm
    respectively. The absorption spectra of the as-grown crystal sample on
    un-polarized light and polarized light are measured respectively. The
    formation mechanism of colour centres in the as-grown PWO crystal is
    discussed and the 330 nm and 360 nm bands are ascribed to V-F(-) and
    V-K(+) centres respectively. The structure models of V-F(-) and V-K(+)
    centres are illustrated. The configuration terms, absorption
    transitions between the energy terms, the absorption spectral features
    on polarized light and the distributions of V-F(-) and V-K(+) centres
    in PWO are systematically studied.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, QR, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 EM liutyyxj@163.com
 CR ANNENKOV A, 1998, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V170, P47
    BACCARO S, 1998, NUCL PHYS B, V61, P66
    FANG SG, 1989, PHYS COLOUR CTR CRYS
    FENG XQ, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P449
    HAN BG, 1999, J APPL PHYS, V86, P71
    KANZIG W, 1960, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V17, P80
    KANZIG W, 1960, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V17, P88
    KORZHIK MV, 1996, P INT C IN SCINT THE, P241
    LAGUTA VV, 1998, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V10, P7293
    LAGUTA VV, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64, P1
    LIN QS, 2001, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V118, P221
    LIU TY, 2001, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V184, P341
    MOREAU JM, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V284, P104
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V195, P311
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V196, K7
    NIKL M, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P1
    NIKL M, 1997, MATER SCI FORUM, V239, P271
    ZHANG QR, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68, P1
    ZHANG Y, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P12738
 NR 19
 TC 9
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 6
 BP 1131
 EP 1134
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 831NV
 UT ISI:000222202100043
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ali, MY
    Homma, K
    Iwane, AH
    Adachi, K
    Itoh, H
    Kinosita, K
    Yanagida, T
    Ikebe, M
 TI Unconstrained steps of myosin VI appear longest among known molecular
    motors
 SO BIOPHYSICAL JOURNAL
 DT Article
 ID ACTIN-BASED MOTOR; DOMAIN DETERMINES; KINESIN; MOVEMENT; BINDING;
    DIRECTION; PROTEINS; MOTILITY; CORE
 AB Myosin VI is a two-headed molecular motor that moves along an actin
    filament in the direction opposite to most other myosins. Previously, a
    single myosin VI molecule has been shown to proceed with steps that are
    large compared to its neck size: either it walks by somehow extending
    its neck or one head slides along actin for a long distance before the
    other head lands. To inquire into these and other possible mechanism of
    motility, we suspended an actin filament between two plastic beads, and
    let a single myosin VI molecule carrying a bead duplex move along the
    actin. This configuration, unlike previous studies, allows
    unconstrained rotation of myosin VI around the right-handed double
    helix of actin. Myosin VI moved almost straight or as a right-handed
    spiral with a pitch of several micrometers, indicating that the
    molecule walks with strides slightly longer than the actin helical
    repeat of 36 nm. The large steps without much rotation suggest
    kinesin-type walking with extended and flexible necks, but how to move
    forward with flexible necks, even under a backward load, is not clear.
    As an answer, we propose that a conformational change in the lifted
    head would facilitate landing on a forward, rather than backward, site.
    This mechanism may underlie stepping of all two-headed molecular motors
    including kinesin and myosin V.
 C1 Natl Inst Nat Sci, Okazaki Inst Integrat Biosci, Higashiyama 51, Okazaki, Aichi 4448787, Japan.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Fac Phys Sci, Dept Phys, Sylhet 3114, Bangladesh.
    Univ Massachusetts, Sch Med, Dept Physiol, Worcester, MA 01655 USA.
    Osaka Univ, Grad Sch Med, Dept Physiol & Biosignaling, Suita, Osaka 5650871, Japan.
    Hamamatsu Photon KK, Tsukuba Res Lab, Tsukuba, Ibaraki 3002635, Japan.
    Hyperfunct Mol Machine Team 13, Core Res Evolutional Sci & Technol Creat & Applic, Tsukuba, Ibaraki 3002635, Japan.
 RP Kinosita, K, Natl Inst Nat Sci, Okazaki Inst Integrat Biosci,
    Higashiyama 51, Okazaki, Aichi 4448787, Japan.
 EM kazuhiko@ims.ac.jp
 CR ALI MY, 2002, NAT STRUCT BIOL, V9, P464
    BAHLOUL A, 2004, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V101, P4787
    BLOCK SM, 1990, NATURE, V348, P348
    BURGESS S, 2002, J CELL BIOL, V159, P983
    FORKEY JN, 2003, NATURE, V422, P399
    HOMMA K, 2001, NATURE, V412, P831
    HOWARD J, 1996, ANNU REV PHYSIOL, V58, P703
    HUA W, 2002, SCIENCE, V295, P844
    HUXLEY HE, 1969, SCIENCE, V164, P1356
    MEHTA AD, 1999, NATURE, V400, P590
    MERMALL V, 1994, NATURE, V369, P560
    MOORE JR, 2001, J CELL BIOL, V155, P625
    NISHIKAWA S, 2002, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V290, P311
    RICE S, 2003, BIOPHYS J, V84, P1844
    RIEF M, 2000, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V97, P9482
    ROCK RS, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P13655
    SUZUKI N, 1996, BIOPHYS J, V70, P401
    SVOBODA K, 1993, NATURE, V365, P721
    TANAKA H, 2002, NATURE, V415, P192
    TOMINAGA M, 2003, EMBO J, V22, P1263
    UEMURA S, 2003, NAT STRUCT BIOL, V10, P308
    VALE RD, 2000, SCIENCE, V288, P88
    VEIGEL C, 2002, NAT CELL BIOL, V4, P59
    WALKER ML, 2000, NATURE, V405, P804
    WELLS AL, 1999, NATURE, V401, P505
    WOEHLKE G, 2000, BBA-MOL CELL RES, V1496, P117
    XU J, 2000, BIOPHYS J, V79, P1498
    YASUDA R, 1998, CELL, V93, P1117
 NR 28
 TC 6
 SN 0006-3495
 J9 BIOPHYS J
 JI Biophys. J.
 PD JUN
 PY 2004
 VL 86
 IS 6
 BP 3804
 EP 3810
 PG 7
 SC Biophysics
 GA 829GK
 UT ISI:000222035200039
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Liu, W
    Chen, ZL
    Tu, SL
    Du, W
 TI Adaptable QOS management in OSGi-based cooperative gateway middleware
 SO GRID AND COOPERATIVE COMPUTING, PT 2
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB The Open Services Gateway Initiative (OSGi) Specification defines a
    service-oriented cooperative framework between home and outer home. It
    uses the OSGi-gateways to deliver products and services to end-users,
    such as home security control and intelligent home equipments. The
    paper studies the QOS problem of OSGi technology, and puts forward the
    QOS problems and other limitations. And it uses Real-Time Specification
    for Java (RTSJ) and dynamic adaptable QOS management integrating the
    OSGi framework to solve the QOS problem.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Management, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, W, Fudan Univ, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R
    China.
 EM wliu@udan.edu.cn
    chenzl@fudan.edu.cn
    sltu@fudan.edu.cn
    chinawhdw@163.com
 CR *OP SERV GAT IN, 2003, OSGI SERV PLATF REL
    BOLLELLA G, 2000, REAL TIME SPECIFICAT
    CAMPBELL, 1997, IEEE NETWORK
    CHEN K, 2001, PROGRAMMING OPEN SER
    GARDNER ES, J FORECASTING
    HARDIN D, DR DOBBS J, V25
    JORDAN D, 2000, JAVA REPORT      SEP, P104
    JORDAN D, 2000, JAVA REPORT      SEP, P38
    RAJKUMAR R, 1997, 18 IEEE REAL TIM SYS
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2004
 VL 3033
 BP 604
 EP 607
 PG 4
 GA BAC97
 UT ISI:000221609100097
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Chen, WZ
    Wang, CG
    Li, SC
    Qiu, XB
    Yang, CH
 TI Brittle damage and coalescence model of jointed rock mass
 SO ADVANCES IN FRACTURE AND FAILURE PREVENTION, PTS 1 AND 2
 SE KEY ENGINEERING MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE damage; coalescence; fracture; rock mass
 ID SOLIDS
 AB Based on equivalent energy theory, the anisotropy damage constitutive
    model of jointed rock mass is set up with joint surface closing and
    friction considered. The flexibility tensor and its increments are
    deduced. The FEM with the new constitutive model has been applied to
    analyze the stability of a planed two-lane subsea road tunnel between
    the mainland and island in Xiamen city, China. Damage evolution zone of
    fractures, plastic zone and deformation of rock mass due to excavation
    are obtained from numerical results.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Rock & Soil Mech, Key Lab Rock & Soil Mech, Wuhan 430071, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shandong 271019, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, WZ, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Rock & Soil Mech, Key Lab Rock & Soil
    Mech, Wuhan 430071, Peoples R China.
 CR ASHBY MF, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P497
    BETHMONT M, 1990, NUCL ENG DES, V119, P249
    BUDIANSKY B, 1976, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V12, P81
    CHEN WZ, 2000, CHINESE J ROCK MECH, V19, P132
    FANELLA D, 1988, ENG FRACT MECH, V29, P49
    LAWS N, 1987, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V23, P1247
    NEEDLEMAN A, 1987, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V35, P151
    RUGGIERI C, 1996, INT J FRACTURE, V82, P67
    SHEN J, 1998, CHINESE J GEOTECHNIC, V20, P97
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1013-9826
 J9 KEY ENG MAT
 PY 2004
 VL 261-263
 PN Part 1&2
 BP 201
 EP 206
 PG 6
 GA BAC70
 UT ISI:000221573900032
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tao, SQ
    Wang, B
    Burr, GW
    Chen, JB
 TI Diffraction efficiency of volume gratings with finite size: corrected
    analytical solution
 SO JOURNAL OF MODERN OPTICS
 DT Letter
 ID HOLOGRAMS; STORAGE
 AB In order to correct errors in a previously published work on a
    treatment of two-dimensional coupled-wave theory, a complete derivation
    of the two-dimensional `overlap grating' coupled wave equations is
    given. By using the Riemann method, a corrected solution to the
    equations in closed mathematical form is obtained. On the basis of this
    solution a brief investigation of the diffraction properties of
    finite-sized gratings, and in particular the dependence of diffraction
    efficiency on the geometric size of gratings, is given.
 C1 Beijing Univ Technol, Coll Appl Sci, Beijing 100022, Peoples R China.
    IBM Almaden Res Ctr, San Jose, CA 95120 USA.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Elect, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, JB, Beijing Univ Technol, Coll Appl Sci, Beijing 100022, Peoples
    R China.
 CR BARBASTATHIS G, 1999, OPT LETT, V24, P811
    BURR GW, 2001, OPT LETT, V26, P444
    COURANT R, 1962, METHODS MATH PHYS, CH5
    HUKRIEDE J, 1998, OPT LETT, V23, P1405
    JONES ML, 1995, APPL OPTICS, V34, P4149
    KOLGELNIK H, 1969, BELL SYST TECH J, V48, P2909
    MOK FH, 1993, OPT LETT, V18, P915
    RUSSELL PS, 1980, OPT ACTA, V27, P997
    RUSSELL PSJ, 1979, OPT ACTA, V26, P329
    SOLYMAR L, 1977, APPL PHYS LETT, V31, P820
    SOLYMAR L, 1977, MICROWAVES OPT ACOUS, V1, P89
    SOLYMAR L, 1981, VOLUME HOLOGRAPHY VO, P164
    WALPITA LM, 1984, APPL OPTICS, V23, P3434
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0950-0340
 J9 J MOD OPTIC
 JI J. Mod. Opt.
 PD MAY 20
 PY 2004
 VL 51
 IS 8
 BP 1115
 EP 1122
 PG 8
 SC Optics
 GA 822FG
 UT ISI:000221522300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, BS
    Sun, JP
    Zhang, JC
    Cai, ZX
    Jiang, ZX
    Jia, HY
    Zhang, ML
 TI The differences of geochemical characteristics in four coal seams from
    the Huangxian Lignite, China
 SO ENERGY EXPLORATION & EXPLOITATION
 DT Article
 ID SOUTHWEST POLAND; SANGERHAUSEN BASIN; SULFIDE FORMATION; BASAL
    ZECHSTEIN; LUBIN DISTRICT; ORGANIC-MATTER; KUPFERSCHIEFER; SEDIMENTS;
    GERMANY; MINERALIZATION
 AB In order to study the differences of geochemical characteristics of
    four lignite seams from the Huangxiang Basin, China, 68 samples of four
    seams were analyzed by various geochemical methods. Four seams show
    different S, C, H, N, O contents, biomarkers and metal enrichment.
    These differences may indicate that the four seams were formed in
    different environments. The coal quality and its utilization are
    related to the environments in which the coals are formed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Acad Geosci, Shandong 271019, Peoples R China.
    Univ Petr, Basic & Reservoir Res Ctr, Beijing 102200, Peoples R China.
    China Univ Geosci, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Petr Explorat Inst Sinopec, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, BS, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Acad Geosci, Shandong 271019,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BERNER RA, 1983, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V47, P855
    BERNER RA, 1984, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V48, P605
    CAI J, 1981, COAL GEOLOGY EXPLORA, V4, P1
    DAS MC, 1983, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V22, P1071
    DEV S, 1989, NATURAL PRODUCTS, P691
    OURRISSON G, 1984, SPEKTRUM WISSENSCHAF, V10, P54
    PETERS KE, 1993, BIOMARKER GUIDE INTE
    PUTTMANN W, 1994, ENERG FUEL, V8, P1460
    RUSSELL PL, 1990, OIL SHADES WORLD
    SIMONEIT BRT, 1986, METHODS GEOCHEMISTRY, V24, P43
    SUN YZ, 1995, ORG GEOCHEM, V23, P819
    SUN YZ, 1996, 30 INT GEOL C BEIJ, V2, P887
    SUN YZ, 1996, APPL GEOCHEM, V11, P567
    SUN YZ, 1997, APPL GEOCHEM, V12, P577
    SUN YZ, 1998, ORG GEOCHEM, V29, P1419
    SUN YZ, 1998, ORG GEOCHEM, V29, P583
    SUN YZ, 1999, ENERG EXPLOR EXPLOIT, V17, P277
    SUN YZ, 1999, ENVIRON GEOCHEM HLTH, V21, P141
    SUN YZ, 2000, ENVIRON GEOCHEM HLTH, V22, P249
    SUN YZ, 2000, ORG GEOCHEM, V31, P1143
    SUN YZ, 2001, ENERG EXPLOR EXPLOIT, V19, P569
    SUN YZ, 2002, INT J COAL GEOL, V49, P251
    TISSOT BP, 1984, PETROLEUM FORMATION, P699
    VANAARSSEN BGK, 1994, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V58, P223
 NR 24
 TC 0
 SN 0144-5987
 J9 ENERG EXPLOR EXPLOIT
 JI Energy Explor. Exploit.
 PY 2004
 VL 22
 IS 1
 BP 57
 EP 64
 PG 8
 SC Energy & Fuels
 GA 821AH
 UT ISI:000221431000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Serajzadeh, S
 TI Modelling the warm rolling of a low carbon steel
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING A-STRUCTURAL MATERIALS PROPERTIES
    MICROSTRUCTURE AND PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE warm rolling; low carbon steel; dynamic strain aging; finite element
    analysis
 ID TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTION; SERRATED FLOW; STRAIN; BEHAVIOR
 AB Dynamic strain ageing may occur during warm working of low carbon
    steels and causes significant changes in flow behaviour and
    microstructure of the deformed material. Therefore, for a proper
    designing of an industrial forming process performing under warm
    deformation conditions, the effect of dynamic strain aging should be
    taken into account. The aim of this investigation is to predict the
    velocity and the temperature fields within the rolling metal with
    regard to the dynamic strain aging. For this purpose, compression tests
    at various temperatures and strain rates have been conducted to
    evaluate dynamic strain aging in a low carbon steel. Then, by coupling
    the experimental results with a mathematical model based on a
    two-dimensional finite element method, the occurrence of dynamic strain
    aging and its effect on strain distribution during the warm rolling
    process have been determined. (C) 2004 Published by Elsevier B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Tehran, Iran.
 RP Serajzadeh, S, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, POB
    11365-9466,Avadi Ave, Tehran, Iran.
 EM serajzadeh@sharif.edu
 CR ALUKO O, 1998, J MATER ENG PERFORM, V7, P474
    BARNETT MR, 1999, ISIJ INT, V39, P856
    GUPTA C, 2000, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V292, P49
    HAHNER P, 1997, ACTA MATER, V45, P3695
    HALE CL, 2001, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V300, P153
    HARTLEY CS, 1983, T ASME, V105, P162
    HAWKINS DN, 1985, J MECH WORK TECHNOL, V11, P5
    KANEKO K, 2000, INT J PLASTICITY, V16, P337
    KOBAYASHI S, 1988, METAL FORMING FINITE
    KUMAR S, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V33, P81
    MAJTA J, MODELLING FERRITE MI, P461
    MURATA K, 1984, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V24, B309
    RAO KP, 1982, J MECH WORK TECHNOL, V6, P5
    ROBINSON JM, 1994, INT MATER REV, V39, P113
    SERAJZADEH S, 2002, INT J MECH SCI, V44, P2447
    SERAJZADEH S, 2002, MODEL SIMUL MATER SC, V10, P185
    STASA FL, 1985, APPL FINITE ELEMENT
    TAHERI AK, 1995, ISIJ INT, V35, P1532
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0921-5093
 J9 MATER SCI ENG A-STRUCT MATER
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process.
 PD APR 25
 PY 2004
 VL 371
 IS 1-2
 BP 318
 EP 323
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 818IL
 UT ISI:000221238700042
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fu, YL
    Jin, GL
    Yuan, YF
    He, MX
    Deng, GQ
 TI Infrared absorption spectroscopy of optical waveguide in
    proton-exchanged LiNbO3
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE proton-exchanged; LiNbO3 optical waveguide; infrared absorption spectra
 AB Z-cut proton-exchanged LiNbO3 optical wave-guides exchanged with
    different proton sources mixed with adipic acid and benzoic acid in
    different mol ratios were analyzed by infrared absorption spectroscopy.
    The result shows that there is an absorption peak of OH- free group at
    3 500 cm(-1) with the characteristic of substitute protons, and the
    absorption peak of H-bond is nearby 700 cm(-1) with the characteristic
    of packing protons. The different mixing ratios and different
    concentrations of H+ in the proton source, result in different
    proton-exchanged velocities and bring on the change in these absorption
    peaks. It is very important to study the change in these absorption
    peaks for making high quality LiNbO3 optical waveguide.
 C1 Hainan Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Haikou 571158, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Appl Phys, Shanghai 200240, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Elect Informat Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Hainan Normal Coll, Ctr Anal & Testing, Haikou 571158, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, YL, Hainan Normal Coll, Dept Phys, Haikou 571158, Peoples R China.
 CR JACKEL JL, 1991, SPIE, V1583, P54
    KORKISHKO YN, 1996, OPT MATER, V5, P175
    VITORIO MN, 2002, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V20, P71
    WANG YX, 2000, CNS DRUG REV, V6, P1
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 24
 IS 3
 BP 303
 EP 304
 PG 2
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 810FA
 UT ISI:000220689000013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, ZJ
 TI The study of centrality dependence of rapidity densities of
    charged-multiplicity
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE heavy ion collision; charged; multiplicity; pseudo-rapidity densities;
    centrality
 ID AU-AU COLLISIONS; PARTICLE MULTIPLICITY; PSEUDORAPIDITY DISTRIBUTIONS;
    TRANSVERSE ENERGIES; NUCLEUS COLLISIONS; AA COLLISIONS
 AB Based on the theory of independent source model, the
    charged-multiplicity distributions in heavy ion collisions are derived
    which are then used to analyze the centrality dependence of the
    charged-multiplicity pseudo-rapidity densities, dn(ch)/deta, in Au + An
    collisions at rootS(NN) = 130 GeV in midrapidity region. The
    theoretical results agree well with experimental facts.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, ZJ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ADCOX K, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P3500
    ALNER GJ, 1986, Z PHYS C PART FIELDS, V33, P1
    ANDERSSON B, 1986, PHYS SCR, V34, P451
    BACK BB, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P3100
    BEARDEN IG, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V88
    CHAUDHURI AK, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V88
    CSERNAI LP, 1984, PHYS REV D, V29, P2664
    ESKOLA KJ, 2000, NUCL PHYS B, V570, P379
    ESKOLA KJ, 2001, NUCL PHYS A, V696, P715
    GLAUBER RJ, 1970, NUCL PHYS          B, V21, P135
    HUFNER J, 1985, Z PHYS C, V27, P283
    JIANG ZJ, 1989, IL NUOVO CIMENTO A, V102, P771
    KATZY JM, 2002, NUCL PHYS A, V698, C555
    KOLB PF, 2001, NUCL PHYS A, V696, P197
    LIU FH, 1998, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V7, P321
    MARZO CD, 1982, PHYS REV D, V26, P1019
    MILOV A, 2002, NUCL PHYS A, V698, C171
    WANG XN, 1991, PHYS REV D, V44, P3501
    WANG XN, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P3496
    WUOSMAA AH, 2002, NUCL PHYS A, V698, C88
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 4
 BP 1020
 EP 1022
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 807XL
 UT ISI:000220534100010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Long, JW
    Chen, HY
    Zhou, F
    Meng, ZY
 TI Research on microstructure and piezoelectric properties of PMS-PZ-PT
    ceramics doped with NiO
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE PMS-PZ-PT; NiO doping; piezoelectric properties; USM
 AB The microstructure and piezoelectric properties of Pb0.98Sr0.02(Mn-1/3
    Sb-2/3)(x)-(Zr0.5Ti0.5)(1-x)O-3 ceramics were investigated
    systematically as a function of NiO-doping contents. Results show that,
    phases shift from tetragonal to rhombohedral phase with the increase of
    doping amounts, the solubility of NiO in PMS-PZ-PT ceramics is very
    small, and the composition with doping amount of 0.02wt% has superior
    piezoelectric properties. The modified compositions are practically
    suitable for ultrasonic motor (USM) applications.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Long, JW, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 CR GAO YK, 2001, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V40, P687
    GUO XB, 2002, J CHINESE CERAM SOC, V30, P125
    GUO XB, 2002, KEY ENG MATER, V224, P1112
    LI LT, 1980, FERROELECTRICS, V28, P403
    NADOLIISKY MM, 1992, FERROELECTRICS, V129, P141
    PRIBOSIC I, 2001, J EUR CERAM SOC, V21, P1327
    TEXIER N, 2001, J EUR CERAM SOC, V21, P1499
    UEHA S, 1993, ULTRASONIC MOTORS TH, P4
    YOON SJ, 1998, J AM CERAM SOC, V81, P2473
    ZHENG H, 2001, J EUR CERAM SOC, V21, P1371
    ZHU XW, 1992, J CHINESE CERAMIC SO, V20, P532
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 IS 2
 BP 319
 EP 323
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 806WL
 UT ISI:000220463900010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, ZT
    Liang, PH
 TI Novel optical film sensor design based on p-polarized reflectance
 SO OPTICS AND LASER TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE optical film sensor; p-polarized reflectance; optical parameter
 ID SURFACE-PLASMON RESONANCE; TIN OXIDE-FILMS; FIBER
 AB A new scheme of optical film sensor is presented. The sensor is based
    on p-polarized reflectance, consisting of a sensing coated substrate,
    is easily optimized for maximum sensitivity in different applications.
    The resolutions of refractive index m(f), extinction coefficient k(f)
    and thickness h(f) of the sensitive films are predicted to be 10(-7),
    10(-5) and 10(-3) nm, respectively. Experimentally, we selected the
    sol-gel derived SnO2, films as gas-sensitive films and conducted
    preliminary gas-sensing test. The results indicate that novel optical
    film sensor scheme has higher sensitivity, and the detection
    sensitivity is available to 10(-1) ppm on the condition of optimum
    optical parameters and incident angle. (C) 2003 Elsevier Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, ZT, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, POB 249,516 Jun Gong Rd,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM zhengtiangu@yahoo.com.cn
    liangph@mail.shcnc.ac.cn
 CR BADER G, 1998, APPL OPTICS, V37, P1146
    BEVENOT X, 2002, MEAS SCI TECHNOL, V13, P118
    BRIKER CJ, 1990, SOL GEL SCI, P788
    DE G, 1999, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V55, P134
    DOSTALEK J, 2001, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V76, P8
    GU ZT, 2000, MEAS SCI TECHNOL, V12, P56
    HOMOLA J, 1999, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V54, P3
    INGERSOLL CM, 1998, J SOL-GEL SCI TECHN, V11, P169
    LICCIULLI A, 2001, J SOL-GEL SCI TECHN, V21, P195
    MACCRAITH BD, 1995, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V29, P51
    NELSON SG, 1996, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V35, P187
    SLAVIK R, 2001, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V74, P106
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0030-3992
 J9 OPT LASER TECHNOL
 JI Opt. Laser Technol.
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 36
 IS 3
 BP 211
 EP 217
 PG 7
 SC Optics
 GA 804TT
 UT ISI:000220321700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, J
    Wang, JD
    Daw, N
    Wu, QH
 TI Identification of pneumatic cylinder friction parameters using genetic
    algorithms
 SO IEEE-ASME TRANSACTIONS ON MECHATRONICS
 DT Article
 DE genetic algorithms (GA); nonlinear system; pneumatic actuators;
    parameter identification
 ID ACTUATOR SYSTEMS
 AB A method for identifying friction parameters of pneumatic actuator
    systems is developed in this paper, based on genetic algorithms (GA).
    The statistical expectation of mean-squared errors is traditionally
    used to form evaluation functions in general optimization problems
    using GA. However, it has been found that, sometimes, this type of
    evaluation function does not lead the algorithms to have a satisfactory
    convergence, that is, the algorithm takes a long period of time or
    fails to reach the values of parameters to be identified. Different
    evaluation functions are, therefore, studied in the paper and two types
    of evaluation functions are found to have the expected rate of
    convergence and the precision. The algorithm is initially developed and
    tested using the benchmark data generated by simulations before it is
    applied for parameter identification using the data obtained from the
    real system measurement. The results obtained in the paper can provide
    the manufacturers with the observation to the characteristics inside
    the pneumatic cylinders.
 C1 Univ Liverpool, Dept Elect Engn & Elect, Liverpool L69 3GJ, Merseyside, England.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mech Engn, Shandong 250013, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, J, Univ Liverpool, Dept Elect Engn & Elect, Liverpool L69 3GJ,
    Merseyside, England.
 EM jh-wang@liverpool.ac.uk
 CR ANDERSON BW, 1976, ANAL DESIGN PNEUMATI
    ARMSTRONGHELOUV.B, 1994, AUTOMATICA, V30, P1083
    BENDOV D, 1995, IEEE T ROBOTIC AUTOM, V11, P906
    BLACKBURN JF, 1960, FLUID POWER CONTROL
    DAW N, 2002, NONLINEAR ADAPTIVE C, P77
    DRAKUNOV S, 1997, AUTOMATICA, V33, P1401
    GOLDBERG DE, 1989, GENETIC ALGORITHMS S
    HORNER M, 1998, ENG TECHNOL, V1, P24
    MCDONELL BW, 1993, J DYN SYST-T ASME, V115, P427
    MOORE PR, 1993, FLUID POWER CIRCUIT, P347
    SACKS T, 1999, DRIVES CONTROL, P43
    SESMAT S, 1995, P 4 SCAND INT C FLUI, V1, P504
    VANVARSEVELD RB, 1997, IEEE-ASME T MECH, V2, P195
    WANG J, 1998, INT J CONTROL, V71, P459
    WANG J, 2001, IEE P-CONTR THEOR AP, V148, P35
    WANG JH, 1999, CONTROL ENG PRACT, V7, P1483
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1083-4435
 J9 IEEE-ASME TRANS MECHATRON
 JI IEEE-ASME Trans. Mechatron.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 9
 IS 1
 BP 100
 EP 107
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Engineering, Manufacturing;
    Engineering, Mechanical; Automation & Control Systems
 GA 805II
 UT ISI:000220359600011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, F
    Cai, XS
    Ren, KF
 TI Geometrical-optics approximation of forward scattering by coated
    particles
 SO APPLIED OPTICS
 DT Article
 ID LIGHT
 AB By means of geometrical optics we present an approximation algorithm
    with which to accelerate the computation of scattering intensity
    distribution within a forward angular range (0degrees-60degrees) for
    coated particles illuminated by a collimated incident beam. Phases of
    emerging rays are exactly calculated to improve the approximation
    precision. This method proves effective for transparent and tiny
    absorbent particles with size parameters larger than 75 but fails to
    give good approximation results at scattering angles at which
    refractive rays are absent. When the absorption coefficient of a
    particle is greater than 0.01, the geometrical optics approximation is
    effective only for forward small angles, typically less than 10degrees
    or so. (C) 2004 Optical Society of America.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Particle & Phase Flow Measurement Technol 2, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Inst Natl Sci Appl, CNRS, Lab Energet Syst & Procedes, UMR 6614, F-76801 St Etienne, France.
    Univ Rouen, F-76801 St Etienne, France.
 RP Xu, F, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Particle & Phase Flow
    Measurement Technol 2, 516 Jungong Rd, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM xufeng123@etang.com
 CR ADEN AL, 1951, J APPL PHYS, V22, P1242
    BARTH HG, 1984, MODERN METHODS PARTI
    BAYVEL LP, 1981, ELECTROMAGNETIC SCAT
    BELAFHAL A, 2002, J QUANT SPECTROSC RA, V72, P385
    BOHREN CF, 1983, ABSORPTION SCATTERIN
    CHEN TW, 1987, APPL OPTICS, V26, P4155
    GHATAK A, 1977, OPTICS
    GLANTSCHNIG WJ, 1981, APPL OPTICS, V20, P2499
    GRYNKO Y, 2003, J QUANT SPECTROSC RA, V78, P319
    MIN M, 2003, J QUANT SPECTROSC RA, V79, P939
    SCHIFF LI, 1956, PHYS REV, V104, P1481
    VANDEHULST HC, 1981, LIGHT SCATTERING SMA
    XU F, 2003, ACTA OPT SINICA, V23, P1464
    XU R, 1996, LIQUID SURFACE BORN, P745
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0003-6935
 J9 APPL OPT
 JI Appl. Optics
 PD MAR 20
 PY 2004
 VL 43
 IS 9
 BP 1870
 EP 1879
 PG 10
 SC Optics
 GA 805JK
 UT ISI:000220362400014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, YF
    Yan, QY
 TI Applications of an anti-symmetry loop algebra and its expanding forms
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS
 AB Constructing an anti-symmetry subalgebra (A) over tilde (2) of loop
    algebra (A) over tilde (2) gives the well-known Jaulent-Miodek (JM)
    hierarchy, the JM equation and its new Lax pair. Further, the Darboux
    transformation of the JM equation is deduced by anstaz method. By
    making use of a high-order loop algebra and Tu scheme, an expanding
    integrable model of the JM hierarchy is obtained. A direct expansion
    (A) over tilde (2) of loop algebra (A) over tilde (2) by considering
    the definition of Lie algebra is presented, which is used to establish
    two isospectral problems. It follows that corresponding two new
    integrable systems are engendered, which possess bi-Hamiltonian
    structures, respectively. Furthermore, a scalar transformation is
    applied to turn the loop algebra (A) over bar (*)(2) into its
    equivalent subalgebra (A) over tilde (1) of loop algebra (A) over tilde
    (1). With the help of (A) over tilde (1) another new high-order loop
    algebra G is constructed, which is used to obtain an expanding
    integrable model of one of two integrable systems presented. (C) 2004
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Informat Sci & Engn, Tai An, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Acad Math & Syst Sci, Inst Computat Mech, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Finance Inst, Dept Ecol & Stat, Jinan 250014, Peoples R China.
    Dalian Univ Technol, Sch Mech Engn, Dalian 116024, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, YF, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Informat Sci & Engn, Tai
    An, Peoples R China.
 EM zhang_yfshandong@163.com
    yanqingyou@263.net
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITONS INVERSE SCA
    BOITI M, 1988, STUD APPL MATH, V78, P1
    FUCHSSTEINER B, 1993, COUPLING COMPLETELY, P125
    GUO FK, 2003, J SHANDONG U SCI TEC, V22, P87
    GUO FK, 2004, IN PRESS ACTA MATH S, V47
    LI YS, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V275, P60
    LUO SY, 1999, CHINESE PHYS, V8, P280
    MAGRI F, 1978, J MATH PHYS, V19, P1156
    SHIMIZU T, 1980, PROG THEOR PHYS, V63, P808
    TU GZ, 1989, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V22, P2375
    WADATI M, 1972, J PHYS SOC JPN, V32, P1681
    WADATI M, 1973, J PHYS SOC JPN, V34, P1289
    WADATI M, 1979, J PHYS SOC JPN, V47, P1698
    ZHANG QY, 2000, DIS AQUAT ORGAN, V42, P1
    ZHANG TG, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V8, P330
    ZHANG Y, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V299, P466
    ZHANG YF, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V16, P263
    ZHOU RG, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P2535
 NR 18
 TC 11
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 413
 EP 423
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 802FS
 UT ISI:000220150000017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yan, QY
    Zhang, YF
    Wei, XP
 TI A new subalgebra of the Lie algebra A(2) and two types of integrable
    Hamiltonian hierarchies, expanding integrable models
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID EQUATIONS; SYSTEMS; PERTURBATION
 AB A new subalgebra G of the Lie algebra A(2) is first constructed. Then
    two loop algebra (G) over tilde (1), (G) over tilde (2) are presented
    in terms of different definitions of gradations. Using (G) over tilde
    (1), (G) over tilde (2) designs two isospectral problems, respectively.
    Again utilizing Tu-pattern obtains two types of various integrable
    Hamiltonian hierarchies of evolution equations. As reduction cases, the
    well-known Schrodinger equation and MKdV equation are obtained. At
    last, we turn the subalgebras (G) over tilde (1), (G) over tilde (2) of
    the loop algebra (A) over tilde (2) into equivalent subalgebras of the
    loop algebra (A) over tilde (1) by making a suitable linear
    transformation so that the two types of 5-dimensional loop algebras are
    constructed. Two kinds of integrable couplings of the obtained
    hierarchies are showed. Specially, the integrable couplings of
    Schrodinger equation and MKdV equation are obtained, respectively. (C)
    2003 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Dalian Univ, Ctr Adv Design Technol, Dalian 116622, Peoples R China.
    N China Elect Power Univ, Sch Business Adm, Beijing 102206, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Finance Inst, Dept Econ & Stat, Jinan 250014, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Math Inst, Tai An 271019, Peoples R China.
 RP Yan, QY, Dalian Univ, Ctr Adv Design Technol, Dalian 116622, Peoples R
    China.
 EM yanqingyou@263.net
 CR FAN E, 2001, PHYSICA A, V301, P105
    FAN EG, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P7769
    GUO FK, 1997, ACTA MATH SINICA, V40, P801
    GUO FK, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P951
    HU XB, 1997, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V30, P619
    LAKSHMANAN M, 1985, J MATH PHYS, V26, P1189
    MA WX, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P1227
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    ZHANG Y, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P1
    ZHANG Y, 2002, J MATH RES EXP, V21, P289
    ZHANG YF, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V299, P543
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 425
 EP 434
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 802FS
 UT ISI:000220150000018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, YF
    Xu, XX
 TI A trick loop algebra and a corresponding Liouville integrable hierarchy
    of evolution equations
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID BI-HAMILTONIAN STRUCTURE; LIE-ALGEBRAS; SYSTEMS; PERTURBATION;
    SYMMETRIES; COUPLINGS
 AB A subalgebra of loop algebra (A) over tilde (2) is first constructed,
    which has its own special feature. It follows that a new Liouville
    integrable hierarchy of evolution equations is obtained, possessing a
    tri-Hamiltonian structure, which is proved by us in this paper.
    Especially, three symplectic operators are constructed directly from
    recurrence relations. The conjugate operator of a recurrence operator
    is a hereditary symmetry. As reduction cases of the hierarchy presented
    in this paper, the celebrated MKdV equation and heat-conduction
    equation are engendered, respectively. Therefore, we call the hierarchy
    a generalized MKdV-H system. At last, a high-dimension loop algebra (G)
    over tilde is constructed by making use of a proper scalar
    transformation. As a result, a type expanding integrable model of the
    MKdV-H system is given. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Math Inst, Informat Sch, Tai An 271019, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Acad Math & Syst Sci, Inst Computat Math, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Care, Tai An 271019, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, YF, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Math Inst, Informat Sch, Tai An
    271019, Peoples R China.
 EM zhang_yfshandong@163.com
 CR FAN EG, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P7769
    GU C, 1990, SOLITON THEORY ITS A
    GUO F, 2002, J SYS SCI MATH SCI, V22, P36
    GUO FK, 1997, ACTA MATH SINICA, V40, P801
    GUO FK, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P951
    HU XB, 1994, J PHYS A, V27, P2497
    LAKSHMANAN M, 1985, J MATH PHYS, V26, P1189
    MA W, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P1227
    MA WX, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P2707
    MA WX, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V213, P49
    MAGRI F, 1978, J MATH PHYS, V19, P1156
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    WADATI M, 1973, J PHYS SOC JPN, V34, P1289
    ZHANG YF, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P466
    ZHANG YF, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V299, P543
    ZHANG YF, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V310, P19
    ZHOU ZX, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P1857
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD JUL
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 445
 EP 456
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 802FS
 UT ISI:000220150000020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, WJ
 TI Spectrophotometric determination of chondroitin sulfate by Victoria
    Pure Blue BO.
 SO ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY
 DT Meeting Abstract
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll City Construct, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM swj1957@msn.com
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0065-7727
 J9 ABSTR PAP AMER CHEM SOC
 JI Abstr. Pap. Am. Chem. Soc.
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 VL 226
 PN Part 1
 BP U105
 EP U105
 PG 1
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 751JF
 UT ISI:000187062400421
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, WJ
 TI Chromogenic reaction of victoria pure blue to anions.
 SO ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY
 DT Meeting Abstract
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll City Construct, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM swj1957@msn.com
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0065-7727
 J9 ABSTR PAP AMER CHEM SOC
 JI Abstr. Pap. Am. Chem. Soc.
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 VL 226
 PN Part 1
 BP U105
 EP U105
 PG 1
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 751JF
 UT ISI:000187062400422
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, WJ
 TI Treat industrial wastewater with sulfhydryl cotton fiber.
 SO ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY
 DT Meeting Abstract
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll City Construct, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 EM swj1975@msn.com
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0065-7727
 J9 ABSTR PAP AMER CHEM SOC
 JI Abstr. Pap. Am. Chem. Soc.
 PD SEP
 PY 2003
 VL 226
 PN Part 1
 BP U498
 EP U498
 PG 1
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 751JF
 UT ISI:000187062402387
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, X
    Bai, YJ
    Lu, B
    Zhao, YR
    Yang, H
    Chi, HR
 TI A novel reduction-oxidation synthetic route to cubic zirconia
    nanocrystallite
 SO JOURNAL OF CRYSTAL GROWTH
 DT Article
 DE nanostructure; X-ray diffration; crystal morphology; nanomaterials;
    ceramics; oxides
 ID GLASS-FORMING MELTS; ZRO2; PHASE; SILICATE; OXIDES
 AB Cubic ZrO2 nanocrystals were successfully synthesized through a novel
    reduction-oxidation route, in which metal zirconium was reduced from
    zirconium tetrachloride (ZrCl4) by sodium, and then oxidized in
    atmosphere. The crystals were characterized by high temperature X-ray
    powder diffraction and transmission electron microscopy. It was shown
    that cubic nanocrystalline ZrO2 with high crystallinity was obtained,
    which consists dominantly of spherical particles with an average size
    of 17 nm or so. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mech Engn, Jinan 250031, Peoples R China.
    Ocean Univ Qingdao, Coll Mech Engn, Qingdao 266071, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, X, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mech Engn, Jinan 250031,
    Peoples R China.
 EM fengx01@hotmail.com
    byj97@263.net
 CR *AN CTR, 1985, XRD HDB CHEM
    AKOPOV FA, 2001, HIGH TEMP+, V39, P846
    ATIK M, 1992, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V813, P147
    BELYKH DB, 2002, GLASS PHYS CHEM+, V28, P36
    BELYKH DB, 2003, GLASS PHYS CHEM+, V29, P75
    BENEDETTI A, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P467
    CHATTERJEE A, 1994, J MATER RES, V9, P263
    ELSHANSHOURY IA, 1970, J AM CERAM SOC, V53, P264
    GILLAN EG, 2001, J MATER CHEM, V11, P1951
    KATZ G, 1971, J AM CERAM SOC, V54, P531
    LAJAVARDI M, 2000, J CHIN CHEM SOC-TAIP, V47, P1055
    LANGE EF, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P40
    MAZDIYASNI KS, 1965, J AM CERAM SOC, V48, P372
    MAZDIYASNI KS, 1967, J AM CERAM SOC, V50, P532
    POZHIDAEVA OV, 2002, RUSS J GEN CHEM+, V72, P849
    SHANE M, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P1537
    SHULA S, 2002, J NANOPART RES, V4, P553
    STREKALOVSKII VN, 1969, ELEKTROKHIMIYA RASPL, P120
    SWAIN MV, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P358
    YOSHIMURA M, 1981, ADV CERAM, V3, P455
 NR 20
 TC 2
 SN 0022-0248
 J9 J CRYST GROWTH
 JI J. Cryst. Growth
 PD FEB 15
 PY 2004
 VL 262
 IS 1-4
 BP 420
 EP 423
 PG 4
 SC Crystallography
 GA 776FN
 UT ISI:000189098700066
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, C
    Zhou, GY
    Xu, Y
    Hua, ZZ
 TI Freezing properties of EG and glycerol aqueous solutions studied by DSC
 SO ACTA PHYSICO-CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE ethylene glycol (EG); glycerol.; differential scanning
    calorimetry(DSC); supercooling degree; hydration; glass transition and
    devitrification
 ID DIFFERENTIAL SCANNING CALORIMETRY; VITRIFICATION SOLUTIONS; ICE
    NUCLEATION; CRYSTALLIZATION; WATER
 AB In order to examine possible relationship between freezing properties
    and the number of hydroxyl group in solute molecules, a differential
    scanning calorimeter (Pyris-Diamond DSC) was employed to study the
    thermal behaviors (supercooling degree of heterogeneous nucleating
    temperature, hydration properties, glass transition and
    devitrification) of ethylene glycol and glycerol aqueous solutions.
    Experiments were conducted on 12 groups (24 in total) aqueous solutions
    with different concentrations. At the same concentrations (mass
    fraction, w), the supercooling behaviors of these two polyols aqueous
    solutions followed similar rules of change. At concentration of 0
    similar to 5% ( w), supercooling degrees decreased first and then
    increased with increasing concentration. But at concentration of 5%
    similar to 25% ( w), experimental results showed that supercooling
    behaviors became disorder. At concentrations > 25%, supercooling
    degrees enhanced monotonically with the increasing solutes contents.
    Hydration experiments showed that the unfreezable water content in
    aqueous solutions of these two polyols solutions had no significant
    difference (ratios of unfreezable water contents are 1.04 similar to
    1.15) with the same mass percentage. However, the temperature of glass
    transition and devitrification exhibited distinct difference. It can be
    concluded that "hydroxyl-group concentration" of this two polyols
    aqueous solutions could predict supercooling behaviors and hydration
    capabilities. Neither mass percentage nor molality of these two polyols
    solutions could characterize glass transition and devitrification
    temperature.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryomed & Food Freezing, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Hua, ZZ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryomed & Food Freezing,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM tchua@shl63.net
 CR ANGELL CA, 1987, BIOPHYSICS ORGAN CRY, P79
    BRONSHTEYN VL, 1995, CRYOBIOLOGY, V32, P1
    DEVIREDDY RV, 2002, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V45, P1915
    FAHY GM, 1987, CRYOBIOLOGY, V24, P196
    FRANKS F, 1987, NATURE, V325, P146
    HEY JM, 1996, CRYOBIOLOGY, V33, P205
    HUA ZZ, 1994, CRYOBIOLOGY CRYOMEDI, P78
    KRISTIANSEN E, 1999, J COMP PHYSIOL B, V169, P5
    MACFARLANE DR, 1990, CRYOBIOLOGY, V27, P345
    OKAWA S, 2001, INT J REFRIG, V24, P108
    RASMUSSEN PH, 1997, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V303, P23
    VIGIER G, 1987, CRYOBIOLOGY, V24, P345
    WILSON PW, 1999, BIOPHYS J, V77, P2850
    WILSON PW, 2003, CRYOBIOLOGY, V46, P88
    WOWK B, 1999, CRYOBIOLOGY, V39, P215
 NR 15
 TC 5
 SN 1000-6818
 J9 ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Phys.-Chim. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 123
 EP 128
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical
 GA 777PH
 UT ISI:000189186400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Deng, BQ
    Kim, CN
 TI An analytical model for VOCs emission from dry building materials
 SO ATMOSPHERIC ENVIRONMENT
 DT Article
 DE VOCs emission; analytical model; gas-phase mass transfer coefficient;
    diffusion
 ID VOLATILE ORGANIC-COMPOUNDS
 AB A new analytical model for VOCs emission is presented in this paper.
    This model considers both the diffusion in the materials and the mass
    transfer through the air boundary layer. Compared to other models
    capable of accounting for those two mechanisms, this model is fully
    analytical. A general characteristic equation is developed, which would
    reduce to that of Little et al. (Atmos. Environ. 28 (1994) 227) when
    the gas-phase mass transfer coefficient becomes infinite. Thus, with
    the current model the concentration in the air can be solved
    conveniently without iteration. Results of the present model show a
    good agreement with the experimental data while the model of Little et
    al., overestimated the concentration in the air. Also, further analysis
    on this model shows that the concentration in the air increases with
    the increase of the gas-phase mass transfer coefficient in the early
    stage. And the normalization of the concentrations in the materials and
    in the air shows that five dimensionless numbers are needed to
    determine the characteristics of VOCs transport from the building
    materials to the air. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Civil & Environm Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Kyung Hee Univ, Ind Liaison Res Inst, Yongin 449701, South Korea.
    Kyung Hee Univ, Coll Adv Technol, Yongin 449701, South Korea.
 RP Kim, CN, Kyung Hee Univ, Coll Mech & Ind Syst Engn, 1 Sechon, Yongin
    449701, Kyunggi, South Korea.
 EM cnkim@khu.ac.kr
 CR COX SS, 2002, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V36, P709
    HUANG H, 2002, BUILD ENVIRON, V37, P1349
    LITTLE JC, 1994, ATMOS ENVIRON, V28, P227
    SHIN DM, 2003, J SAREK, V15, P40
    WHITE FM, 1988, HEAT MASS TRANSFER
    XU Y, 2003, ATMOS ENVIRON, V37, P2497
    YANG X, 2001, BUILD ENVIRON, V36, P1099
    ZHAO D, 2002, INDOOR AIR, V12, P184
 NR 8
 TC 4
 SN 1352-2310
 J9 ATMOS ENVIRON
 JI Atmos. Environ.
 PD MAR
 PY 2004
 VL 38
 IS 8
 BP 1173
 EP 1180
 PG 8
 SC Environmental Sciences; Meteorology & Atmospheric Sciences
 GA 776DQ
 UT ISI:000189101800011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, HY
    Xu, XX
    Zhao, XD
 TI A hierarchy of lattice soliton equations and its Darboux transformation
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE discrete lattice equation; trace identity; Darboux transformation
 ID INTEGRABLE SYSTEMS; BACKLUND TRANSFORMATION; SYMMETRY CONSTRAINT; TRACE
    IDENTITY
 AB A new discrete spectral problem is introduced and the corresponding
    hierarchy of the lattice soliton equations are derived by means of the
    trace identity. We find a new Darboux transformation of the lattice
    soliton equation, through which the explicit solutions are shown.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Course, Tai An 271019, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, HY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Course, Tai An
    271019, Peoples R China.
 EM dhyong@tom.com
 CR BAI CL, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P1091
    GUO FK, 2002, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V51, P5
    LIU SK, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2068
    LIU SK, 2001, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V51, P10
    MA W, 1992, CHINESE ANN MATH A, V13, P115
    MA WX, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V185, P277
    MA WX, 1995, PHYSICA A, V219, P467
    TAMIZHMANI KM, 2000, J PHYS SOC JPN, V69, P351
    TU GZ, 1989, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V5, P89
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    TU GZ, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P3903
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    WU YT, 1998, J PHYS A, V31, L678
    XU XX, 1997, ACTA MATH SCI, V17, P57
    XU XX, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V301, P250
    YAN ZY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V50, P7
    ZHANG GX, 2000, SCI CHINA SER A, V30, P1103
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P425
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P651
    ZHANG JL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P245
 NR 20
 TC 5
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 13
 IS 2
 BP 125
 EP 131
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 770UK
 UT ISI:000188749100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, YF
    Tam, HW
    Guo, FK
 TI A subalgebra of loop algebra A(2) and its applications
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE loop algebra; integrable hierarchy; Hamiltonian structure
 ID INTEGRABLE COUPLINGS; HIERARCHY; EQUATIONS
 AB A subalgebra of loop algebra (A) over tilde (2) and its expanding loop
    algebra G are constructed. It follows that both resulting integrable
    Hamiltonian hierarchies are obtained. As a reduction case of the first
    hierarchy, a generalized nonlinear coupled Schrodinger equation, the
    standard heat-conduction and a formalism of the well known Ablowitz,
    Kaup, Newell and Segur hierarchy are given, respectively. As a
    reduction case of the second hierarchy, the nonlinear Schrodinger and
    modified Korteweg de Vries hierarchy and a new integrable system are
    presented. Especially, a coupled generalized Burgers equation is
    generated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Math, Informat Sch, Tai An 271019, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Baptist Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, YF, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Math, Informat Sch, Tai An
    271019, Peoples R China.
 EM zhang_yfshandong@163.com
 CR GUO F, 1999, ACTA MATH PHYS SINIC, V19, P507
    GUO F, 2002, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V51, P13
    GUO FK, 1997, ACTA MATH SINICA, V40, P801
    GUO FK, 2000, ACTA MATH APPL SIN, V23, P181
    MA WX, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P2707
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    ZHANG YF, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P466
    ZHANG YF, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V299, P543
    ZHANG YF, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P5
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD FEB
 PY 2004
 VL 13
 IS 2
 BP 132
 EP 138
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 770UK
 UT ISI:000188749100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, EB
    Yang, ZD
    Gu, GQ
 TI Effective ac response in weakly nonlinear composites
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS D-APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID ELECTRORHEOLOGICAL FLUIDS; ELECTRIC-FIELD
 AB The perturbation method is developed to deal with the problem of
    determining the effective nonlinear conductivity of Kerr-like nonlinear
    media under an external ac electric field. As an example, we have
    considered the cylindrical inclusion embedded in a host under the
    sinusoidal external field E-1 sin(omegat) + E-3 sin(3omegat) with
    frequencies omega and 3omega. The potentials of composites at higher
    harmonics are derived in both local inclusion particle and host
    regions. The effective responses of bulk nonlinear composites at basic
    frequency and harmonics are given for cylindrical composites in the
    dilute limit. Moreover, the relationships between the nonlinear
    effective responses at the basic frequency and the third harmonics are
    derived.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Oceanol, Qingdao 266071, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Informat Coll Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, EB, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Oceanol, Qingdao 266071, Peoples R
    China.
 EM ebwei@bms.qdio.ac.cn
 CR GU GQ, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P4502
    GU GQ, 2000, PHYSICA B, V279, P62
    GU GQ, 2001, INT J MOD PHYS B, V15, P1033
    GU GQ, 2002, INT J MOD PHYS B, V16, P2597
    HUI PM, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P3451
    TAO R, 1999, INT J MOD PHYS B, V13, P2189
    TAO R, 2001, INT J MOD PHYS B, V15, P918
    WANG ZW, 1997, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V30, P1265
    WEI EB, 2001, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V35, P501
    WEI EB, 2002, PHYSICA B, V324, P322
    WEI EB, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V309, P160
    YU KW, 2000, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V129, P177
 NR 12
 TC 5
 SN 0022-3727
 J9 J PHYS-D-APPL PHYS
 JI J. Phys. D-Appl. Phys.
 PD JAN 7
 PY 2004
 VL 37
 IS 1
 BP 107
 EP 111
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 768MD
 UT ISI:000188546000020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, GH
    Liu, LY
    Jia, HZ
    Yu, JM
    Xu, L
    Wang, WC
 TI Simultaneous strain and temperature measurements with fiber Bragg
    grating written in novel Hi-Bi optical fiber
 SO IEEE PHOTONICS TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE Bragg wavelength; fiber Bragg grating (FBG); high birefringence (Hi-Bi)
    fiber; sensors; strain measurement; temperature measurement
 ID SENSORS; DISCRIMINATION; SYSTEM
 AB A fiber Bragg grating (FBG) was written in a novel "quasi-rectangle"
    high birefringence fiber by the phase-mask method. Two Bragg
    wavelengths corresponding to the fast-axis mode and slow-axis mode are
    observed in this grating, and a wavelength splitting as large as 0.765
    nm was obtained. The wavelength splitting changes proportionally to the
    temperature, but remains the same as the strain increases. This novel
    FBG can be used to measure temperature and strain simultaneously.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Opt Sci & Engn, State Key Lab Adv Photon Mat & Devices, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    China Elect Technol Grp Corp, Res Inst 23, Shanghai 200437, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Elect Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, GH, Fudan Univ, Dept Opt Sci & Engn, State Key Lab Adv Photon Mat
    & Devices, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 EM stlgkyzx@81890.net
 CR FERREIRA LA, 2000, OPT ENG, V39, P2226
    HJELME DR, 1997, APPL OPTICS, V36, P328
    JIN W, 1997, OPT ENG, V36, P2272
    KANELLOPOULOS SE, 1995, OPT LETT, V20, P333
    MEASURES RM, 1994, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2294, P53
    NELLEN PM, 1995, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2507, P14
    NODA J, 1986, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V4, P1071
    PATRICK HJ, 1996, IEEE PHOTONIC TECH L, V8, P1223
    SUDO M, 1997, P 12 INT C OPT FIB S, P170
    ULRICH R, 1980, OPT LETT, V5, P273
    XU MG, 1994, ELECTRON LETT, V30, P1085
    YE CC, 2002, MEAS SCI TECHNOL, V13, P1446
 NR 12
 TC 10
 SN 1041-1135
 J9 IEEE PHOTONIC TECHNOL LETT
 JI IEEE Photonics Technol. Lett.
 PD JAN
 PY 2004
 VL 16
 IS 1
 BP 221
 EP 223
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied; Optics
 GA 761DX
 UT ISI:000187885800074
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sui, JL
    Li, MS
    Lu, YP
    Yin, LW
    Song, YJ
 TI Plasma-sprayed hydroxyapatite coatings on carbon/carbon composites
 SO SURFACE & COATINGS TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE scanning electron microscopy; plasma spraying; carbon fiber reinforced
    carbon composites; hydroxyapatite coating
 ID TITANIUM
 AB Carbon fiber reinforced carbon composites (C/C composites) are
    candidate materials for loaded human bones because of their excellent
    biocompatibility, as well as appropriate elastic modulus similar to
    that of human cortical bone. A simple plasma spraying method was used
    to coat hydroxyapatite (HA) on C/C composite substrates to endow
    surface bioactivity. The microstructure and composition of the
    plasma-sprayed HA coatings before and after heat treatment have been
    examined by scanning electron microscopy and X-ray diffraction,
    respectively. A stronger adhesive interface between the HA coating and
    C/C substrate was also analyzed by cross-sectional observation. (C)
    2003 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shandong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Jinan 250061, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Power & Control Engn, Jinan 250031, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Elect Power Res Inst, Jinan 250002, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, MS, Shandong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, 73 Jing Shi Rd, Jinan
    250061, Peoples R China.
 CR CHANG YL, 1999, J ORAL MAXIL SURG, V57, P1096
    HARRIS DH, 1990, THERMAL SPRAY RES AP, P419
    HASTINGS GW, 1988, BIOCERAMICS, V4, P355
    LEEA IS, 2000, SURF COAT TECH, V131, P181
    LI SH, 1998, J BIOMED MATER RES, V40, P520
    LIN H, 1992, J BIOMED MATER RES, V26, P7
    LUCIE BK, 2001, J BIOMED MATER RES, V54, P567
    TSUI YC, 1998, BIOMATERIALS, V19, P2015
    WHITEHEAD RY, 1993, J BIOMED MATER RES, V27, P1501
    WILLIAMS DF, 1989, J BIOMED ENG, V11, P185
    ZHANG CG, 2001, BIOMATERIALS, V22, P1357
 NR 11
 TC 3
 SN 0257-8972
 J9 SURF COAT TECH
 JI Surf. Coat. Technol.
 PD JAN 1
 PY 2004
 VL 176
 IS 2
 BP 188
 EP 192
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Coatings & Films
 GA 759RN
 UT ISI:000187750800008
 ER
 
 EF
 FN ISI Export Format
 VR 1.0
 PT J
 AU Lu, XG
    Liang, XW
    Yuan, W
    Sun, MS
    Ding, WZ
    Zhou, GZ
 TI Study of unpolluted deoxidization method with applied voltage between
    metal and slag
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Cu melt; deoxidization; applied voltage; metal-slag reaction
 ID STABILIZED ZIRCONIA; MOLTEN METALS; DEOXIDATION; TRANSPORT; OXYGEN; CELL
 AB Unpolluted deoxidization technique has been studied with applied stable
    DC voltage between Na(3)AIF(6)-Al2O3 slag and Cu melt. The experimental
    result shows that the oxygen concentration in Cu melt can be decreased
    to 10 X 10(-6) rapidly and effectively with this method. The comparison
    of experimental data with model calculation representing oxygen ion
    immigration between slag and metal melt under applied voltage has
    proved that the model is right. Based on the experimental result, the
    electrochemistry of oxygen ion transpcrt in slag has been discussed.
    The technique can avoid oxide inclusion to contaminate metal melts,
    high cost and secondary oxidation of solid oxide electrolyte
    deoxidation methods.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, XG, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM luxg@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR FISCHER WA, 1972, SCRIPTA METALL, V6, P923
    HASHAM Z, 1995, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V142, P469
    HU XJ, 1999, ACTA METALL SIN, V35, P316
    IWASE M, 1981, METALL T B, V12, P517
    LI FS, 2000, J CHIN RARE EARTH SO, V18, P258
    LU XG, 1999, ACTA METALL SIN, V35, P743
    LU XG, 2002, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V12, P326
    OBERG KE, 1973, METALL T B, V4, P75
    ODLE RR, 1997, METALL T B, V8, P581
    QIU ZX, 1985, PHYS CHEM ALUMINUM M
    WANG LM, 2000, J STEEL IRON RES, V12, P16
    YUAN S, 1994, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V141, P467
    YUAN S, 1996, J AM CERAM SOC, V79, P641
    ZHOU GZ, 1997, 971169543, CN
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 41
 IS 2
 BP 113
 EP 117
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 906QI
 UT ISI:000227656500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WG
    Chen, GD
    Chen, J
    Chen, RQ
 TI Simple approach to the high stereoselective synthesis of
    trans-2,3-dihydrofuran derivatives
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE stereoselective synthesis; arsonium ylide; dihydrofuran derivatives
 AB In the presence of K2CO3, benzoylmethyltriphenylarsonium bromide I
    reacted with 3-arylidene-2,4-pentadione 2 in benzene under heating to
    give 2-benzoyl-3-aryl-4-acetyl-5-methyl-trans-2,3-dihydrofurans 3 in
    good yield with high stereoselectivity.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Organomet Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM wgcao@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR CAO WG, 2000, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V30, P3793
    CAO WG, 2004, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V34, P1599
    CHEN YL, 1998, CHEM J CHINESE U, V19, P1614
    DULERE JP, 1994, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P303
    EISTERT B, 1961, CHEM BER, V94, P929
    HUDLICKY T, 1990, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V20, P1721
    PALLAUD R, 1963, CHIM IND, V89, P283
    PU JQ, 2000, HECHENG HUAXUE, V8, P356
    SUGIMURA H, 1994, J ORG CHEM, V59, P7653
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2005
 VL 35
 IS 4
 BP 527
 EP 533
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 907HP
 UT ISI:000227707400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, SC
    Zhang, LN
    Li, GR
    Wang, TB
    Ding, AL
 TI Dielectric properties of Na0.25K0.25Bi0.5TiO3 lead-free ceramics
 SO PHYSICA STATUS SOLIDI A-APPLIED RESEARCH
 DT Article
 ID PIEZOELECTRIC PROPERTIES; AXIAL PRESSURE
 AB Na0.25K0.25Bi0.5TiO3 (NKBT50) lead-free ceramics were prepared by
    solid-state reaction. The dielectric property of the ceramics was
    investigated from room temperature to 400 degrees C. There exists a
    dielectric anomaly between room temperature and 150 degrees C for the
    unpoled ceramics sintered in air atmosphere while the anomaly
    disappears after the ceramic were poled or sintered in oxygen. It is
    believed that the dielectric anomaly is caused by defect dipoles
    related to oxygen vacancies due to the volatility of the bismuth
    component and the effect of poling to it is discussed. The materials
    undergo a ferroelectric-antiferroelectric phase transition at 225
    degrees C and the dielectric anomaly corresponding to this phase
    transition also is affected by oxygen vacancies.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Grad Sch, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GR, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High
    Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 EM sicaccn@yahoo.com.cn
 CR CAITO Y, 2004, NATURE, V432, P84
    CHEN A, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P228
    CHU BJ, 2002, J EUR CERAM SOC, V22, P2115
    DONG Y, 2005, J CRYST GROWTH, V273, P500
    ELKCHAL O, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V157, P499
    LI HD, 2004, MATER LETT, V58, P1194
    NAGATA H, 1998, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V37, P5311
    RAYMOND MV, 1996, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V57, P1507
    SAID S, 2001, J EUR CERAM SOC, V21, P1333
    SAKATA K, 1974, FERROELECTRICS, V7, P347
    SASKI A, 1999, JPN J APPL PHYS, V38, P5564
    SUCHANICZ J, 2001, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V225, P459
    SUCHANICZ J, 2002, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V193, P179
    SUCHANICZ J, 2003, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V97, P154
    TAKANAKA T, 1991, JPN J APPL PHYS, V30, P2236
    WADA T, 2001, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V40, P5703
    WADA T, 2002, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V41, P7025
    WANG B, 1987, J CHIN CERAM SOC, V15, P248
    WANG XX, 2003, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V125, P395
    WOLNY WW, 2004, CERAM INT, V30, P1079
    YAO YY, 2004, J APPL PHYS, V95, P3126
    ZHAO SC, 2005, KEY ENG MAT 1-2, V280, P251
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0031-8965
 J9 PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A-APPL RES
 JI Phys. Status Solidi A-Appl. Res.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 202
 IS 3
 BP R22
 EP R24
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 907NU
 UT ISI:000227725600003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, JQ
    Riebel, U
 TI Transmission fluctuation spectrometry in concentrated suspensions part
    one: Effects of the monolayer structure
 SO PARTICLE & PARTICLE SYSTEMS CHARACTERIZATION
 DT Article
 DE high concentration effects; monolayer; particle size analysis;
    transmission fluctuation spectrometry
 ID PERCUS-YEVICK EQUATION; SIZE ANALYSIS; GAUSSIAN-BEAM; FUNDAMENTALS;
    SPHERES
 AB The theory of transmission fluctuation spectrometry (TFS) was recently
    developed for particle size analysis in dilute flowing particle
    suspensions, whereby the statistical transmission fluctuations are used
    to extract the particle size distribution and particle concentration.
    This study addresses the high concentration effects on TFS. As a first
    part of this publication, the steric interactions between particles
    within the same monolayer are investigated by introducing a
    2-dimensional particle-particle pair correlation function (PPCF), which
    describes the monolayer structure. As a result, the expression for the
    expectancy of the transmission square (ETS) through a monolayer is
    extended to high concentrations. The transmission fluctuation spectrum
    is found to be influenced by the monolayer structure, which is
    determined by the particle concentration and the particle-particle
    interaction potentials.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Brandenburg Tech Univ Cottbus, Lehrstuhl Mech Verfahrenstech, D-03013 Cottbus, Germany.
 RP Shen, JQ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM shenjq@online.sh.cn
 CR BAXTER RJ, 1968, J CHEM PHYS, V49, P2770
    BREITENSTEIN M, 1999, PART PART SYST CHAR, V16, P249
    BREITENSTEIN M, 2001, PART PART SYST CHAR, V18, P134
    KAUTER U, 1995, PART PART SYST CHAR, V12, P132
    KRAUTER U, 1995, THESIS U KARLRUHE
    RIEBEL U, 1993, PART PART SYST CHAR, V10, P201
    RIEBEL U, 1994, PART PART SYST CHAR, V11, P212
    RIPLEY BD, 1981, SPATIAL STAT
    RIPOLL MS, 1995, MOL PHYS, V85, P423
    SHEN J, 2001, PART PART SYST CHAR, V18, P254
    SHEN JQ, 2003, PART PART SYST CHAR, V20, P250
    SHEN JQ, 2003, PART PART SYST CHAR, V20, P94
    SMITH WR, 1981, CHEM PHYS LETT, V82, P96
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0934-0866
 J9 PART PART SYST CHARACT
 JI Part. Part. Syst. Charact.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 21
 IS 6
 BP 429
 EP 439
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Chemical; Materials Science, Characterization & Testing
 GA 907QT
 UT ISI:000227733700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Song, X
    Gong, X
    Peng, S
    Shao, F
 TI Effect of content of Nb2O5-Ta2O5 on properties of low power loss Mn-Zn
    ferrites
 SO MATERIALS TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Tiantong Elect Co Ltd, Zhejiang 314412, Peoples R China.
 RP Song, X, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR INABA H, 1994, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V133, P487
    JEONG WH, 2002, J APPL PHYS 2, V91, P7619
    KAWANO T, 1998, P J MAG SOC JPN, V22, P219
    MORINEAU R, 1975, IEEE T MAGN, V11
    NIE J, 2003, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V265, P172
    OTOBE S, 1999, IEEE T MAGN 2, V35, P3409
    PANKERT J, 1994, ELECTROCERAMICS, V4, P1129
    STIJNTJES TGW, 1989, P ICF, V5, P589
    STOPPELS D, 1996, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V160, P323
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1066-7857
 J9 MATER TECHNOL
 JI Mater. Technol.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 20
 IS 1
 BP 23
 EP 25
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 908DF
 UT ISI:000227766800007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU You, JL
    Jiang, GC
    Hou, HY
    Chen, H
    Wu, YQ
    Xu, KD
 TI Quantum chemistry study on superstructure and Raman spectra of binary
    sodium silicates
 SO JOURNAL OF RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY
 DT Article
 DE R; silicate; ab initio calculation; Raman scattering cross-section;
    stress
 ID MOLECULAR-ORBITAL CALCULATIONS; NUCLEAR MAGNETIC-RESONANCE;
    X-RAY-DIFFRACTION; THERMODYNAMIC PROPERTIES; VIBRATIONAL-SPECTRA;
    LATTICE-VIBRATIONS; PHASE-TRANSITION; BULK COMPOSITION; GLASSES;
    TEMPERATURE
 AB Raman spectra of binary sodium silicates in various components were
    calculated by the self-consistent field molecular orbital ab initio
    calculation quantum chemical (QC) method with several
    polysilicon-oxygen tetrahedral model clusters with both 6-31G and
    6-31G(d) basis sets being applied. Relevant pure anion clusters were
    also be calculated in order to determine the cation effect by
    comparison with the available sodium series. High and intermediate
    Raman-active wavenumber ranges were especially considered. The
    symmetric stretching vibrational wavenumber of non-bridging oxygen
    (NBO) in the high-wavenumber range and its Raman scattering
    cross-section were deduced and analyzed. Several synthesized binary
    sodium silicate crystals were measured for comparison. The correlation
    between the vibrational Raman shift and the microscopic environment of
    the silicon-oxygen tetrahedron (SiOT) was found based on interior
    stress of configuration or superstructure, which depends on the
    connecting topology of adjacent SiOTs. A newly established empirical
    stress index of a tetrahedron (SIT) was introduced to elucidate the
    above relationship. A new notation of SiOT accompanied by
    superstructure information was proposed and used to describe the
    practical and delicate types of SiOT in various states of binary sodium
    silicates. The Raman scattering cross-section of the symmetric
    stretching vibration of NBO shows a roughly decreasing relationship
    with SIT or the Raman shift in the high-wavenumber range only under the
    circumstance of equivalent linkage between SiOTs, and Raman optical
    activity (ROA) enhancement of Q(3) species occurs with Q(4) species as
    its nearest neighbor, which indicates the electronic coupling between
    them. It was also demonstrated that the Si-Ob-Si bending vibrational
    Raman shift in the intermediate wavenumber range shows a monotonic
    decreasing relationship with the value of the Si-Ob-Si angle while
    other minor impacting factors remains unknown. This work offers basic
    information on the superstructure of binary sodium silicates and its
    relationship with characteristic vibrational Raman spectra, which can
    be widely applied in qualitative and quantitative studies of the
    microstructure of silicates. Copyright (c) 2004 John Wiley R Sons, Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP You, JL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, 149 Yanchang
    Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM jlyou@163.com
 CR AKAOGI M, 1984, AM MINERAL, V69, P499
    AMOS RD, 1986, CHEM PHYS LETT, V124, P376
    ANDREI ME, 1999, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V253, P95
    BRAGG WL, 1930, Z KRISTALLOGR, V74, P237
    BRAWER S, 1975, PHYS REV B, V11, P3173
    CHANTRY GW, 1971, RAMAN EFFECT, V1, CH2
    DURBEN DJ, 1991, EOS T AM GEOPHYS UN, V72, P464
    FARNAN I, 1990, J AM CHEM SOC, V112, P32
    FRIEDRICH L, 1985, STRUCTURAL CHEM SILI
    FRISCH MJ, 1986, J CHEM PHYS, V84, P531
    FRISCH MJ, 1998, GAUSSIAN 98 REVISION
    FRUKAWA T, 1981, J CHEM PHYS, V75, P3226
    GILLET P, 1991, J GEOPHYS RES-SOLID, V96, P11805
    HANDKE M, 1995, J MOL STRUCT, V348, P341
    HARRIS RK, 1983, J CHEM SOC FARAD T 2, V79, P1525
    HARRIS RK, 1983, J CHEM SOC FARAD T 2, V79, P1539
    HATALOVA B, 1992, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V146, P218
    HESS AC, 1986, J PHYS CHEM-US, V90, P5661
    IGUCHI Y, 1981, CAN METALL Q, V20, P51
    KIER LB, 1986, MOL CONNECTIVITY STR, P69
    KOSTOV I, 1975, BULG ACAD SCI GEOCHE, V1, P5
    LAZAREV AN, 1972, VIBRATIONAL SPECTRA
    LONG DA, 1977, RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY, CH4
    MACHATSCHKI F, 1928, ZENTRALBL MINERAL, P97
    MAEKAWA H, 1991, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V127, P53
    MATSON DW, 1983, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V58, P323
    MURAKAMI M, 1987, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V95, P225
    MYSEN BO, 1990, J GEOPHYS RES-SOLID, V95, P15733
    MYSEN BO, 1994, CONTRIB MINERAL PETR, V117, P1
    NARAYSZABO SV, 1930, Z PHYS CHEM, V9, P356
    NAVROTSKY A, 1985, PHYS CHEM MINER, V11, P284
    OLIVIER L, 2001, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V293, P53
    PENG MS, 2001, ACTA MINERAL SIN, V21, P165
    POLAVARAPU PL, 1990, J PHYS CHEM-US, V94, P8106
    RICHET P, 1996, PHYS CHEM MINER, V23, P157
    SALJE E, 1982, CONTRIB MINERAL PETR, V79, P56
    SALJE E, 1985, PHYS CHEM MINER, V12, P93
    SALJE E, 1986, PHYS CHEM MINER, V13, P340
    SHARMA SK, 1978, CARNEGIE I WASHINGTO, V77, P649
    SMITH W, 1995, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V192, P267
    UCHIDA N, 1990, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V122, P276
    UCHINO T, 1991, J PHYS CHEM-US, V95, P5455
    UMESAKI N, 1993, J MATER SCI, V28, P3473
    VORONKO YK, 1991, GROWTH CRYSTALS, V16, P199
    WANG Z, 1991, EOS T AM GEOPHYS RES, V92, P8116
    XU KD, 1999, SCI CHINA, V22, P77
    XU PC, 1996, RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY G, CH7
    XUEDONG G, 1998, CHINESE J INORG CHEM, V14, P175
    YASUI I, 1983, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V24, P65
    YOU JL, 1998, J CHINESE RARE EARTH, V16, P505
    YOU JL, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P991
    YOU JL, 2001, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V282, P125
    ZOLTAI T, 1960, AM MINERAL, V45, P960
    ZOTOV N, 1996, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V197, P179
 NR 54
 TC 1
 SN 0377-0486
 J9 J RAMAN SPECTROSC
 JI J. Raman Spectrosc.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 36
 IS 3
 BP 237
 EP 249
 PG 13
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 907VT
 UT ISI:000227746900007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chang, TC
    Li, GQ
    Hou, J
 TI Effects of applied stress level on plastic zone size and opening stress
    ratio of a fatigue crack
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF FATIGUE
 DT Article
 DE fatigue crack closure; stress level; reversed plastic zone; opening
    stress
 ID FINITE-ELEMENT-ANALYSIS; STRIP-YIELD MODEL; CLOSURE; GROWTH;
    CONSTRAINT; LOAD
 AB Based on a complex function method developed by Budiansky and
    Hutchinson [J Appl Mech, 1978;45:267], a theoretical analysis of the
    effects of the applied stress level on fatigue crack closure under
    large-scale yielding conditions is conducted. Firstly, we obtain the
    explicit expression for the crack opening displacement in plastic zone
    under large-scale yielding conditions from the Dugdale model. The
    expression, along with that of the plastic zone size under large-scale
    yielding conditions, is then introduced into the Budiansky and
    Hutchinson model to account for the effects of the applied stress level
    over a large stress range on the reversed-to-forward ratio and the
    opening stress ratio of fatigue cracks. We show that both the ratios
    decrease with the increasing applied stress level. The present results
    are compared with the experimental data, the finite element
    calculations and the prediction of the Newman equation. (c) 2004
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chang, TC, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM tchang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BATHIAS C, 1973, METALL T, V4, P1265
    BERGNER F, 2001, INT J FATIGUE, V23, P383
    BLANDFORD RS, 2002, FATIGUE FRACT ENG M, V25, P17
    BLOM AF, 1985, ENG FRACT MECH, V22, P997
    BUDIANSKY B, 1978, J APPLIED MECHANICS, V45, P267
    CHANG T, 1999, ENG FRACT MECH, V64, P59
    CHANG T, 1999, INT J FATIGUE, V21, P881
    CHERMAHINI RG, 1989, ENG FRACT MECH, V34, P393
    DANIEWICZ SR, 1994, ENG FRACT MECH, V49, P95
    DANIEWICZ SR, 1996, INT J FATIGUE, V18, P483
    ELBER W, 1971, ASTM STP, V486, P230
    FLECK NA, 1986, ENG FRACT MECH, V25, P441
    GUO WL, 1994, ENG FRACT MECH, V49, P265
    GUO WL, 1994, ENG FRACT MECH, V49, P277
    KIM CY, 1994, ENG FRACT MECH, V49, P105
    KIM SW, 2000, IPAP CONFERENCE SER, V1, P247
    MCCLUNG RC, 1989, ENG FRACT MECH, V33, P253
    MCCLUNG RC, 1991, FATIGUE FRACT ENG M, V14, P455
    MCCLUNG RC, 1994, FATIGUE FRACT ENG M, V17, P861
    NEWMAN JC, NASATM1999209133
    NEWMAN JC, 1975, AIAA J, V13, P1017
    NEWMAN JC, 1976, ASTM STP, V590, P281
    NEWMAN JC, 1981, ASTM SPEC TECH PUBL, V748, P53
    NEWMAN JC, 1984, INT J FRACTURE, V24, R131
    NICOLETTO G, 1989, INT J FATIGUE, V11, P107
    NYSTROM M, 1995, INT J FATIGUE, V17, P141
    OHJI K, 1975, ENG FRACT MECH, V7, P457
    PARK HB, 1996, INT J PRES VES PIP, V68, P279
    PINEAU AG, 1974, METALL T, V5, P1013
    RUBIOLO GH, 1998, ENG FRACT MECH, V60, P447
    SCHIJVE J, 1981, ENG FRACT MECH, V14, P461
 NR 31
 TC 0
 SN 0142-1123
 J9 INT J FATIGUE
 JI Int. J. Fatigue
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 27
 IS 5
 BP 519
 EP 526
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 904HL
 UT ISI:000227486600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, XY
    Lin, GW
    Li, HG
 TI Effect of atomic ordering on the hydrogen-induced environmental
    embrittlement of Ni4Mo intermetallics
 SO INTERMETALLICS
 DT Article
 DE intermetallics, miscellaneous; hydrogen embrittlement; order/disorder
    transformations; diffraction
 ID DUCTILITY; NI3AL; NI3FE
 AB Hydrogen induced environmental embrittlement of a Ni4Mo alloy in
    different degree of ordered conditions was investigated by tensile
    tests in various atmosphere. The results show that the disordered Ni4Mo
    alloy is not susceptible to embrittlement in hydrogen gas, but very
    susceptible to embrittlement in hydrogen charging. However, for the
    ordered Ni4Mo alloy, there is similar deterioration in ductility when
    the environment changes from oxygen to hydrogen gas and simultaneous
    hydrogen charging. It indicates that the atomic ordering does not
    influence the dynamic hydrogen charging-induced environmental
    embrittlement, but has a considerable effect on the gaseous
    hydrogen-induced environmental embrittlement. In addition, hydrogen
    absorption and desorption of the Ni4Mo alloy with disordered and
    ordered structures were also investigated using gas chromatographic
    analysis. The results show that the atomic ordering can promote gaseous
    hydrogen absorption at room temperature. This suggests that the atomic
    ordering accelerates the kinetics of the catalytic reaction for the
    dissociation of molecular hydrogen into atomic hydrogen due to the
    change of the outer layer electron structure and therefore exacerbates
    the hydrogen gas-induced environmental embrittlement. (c) 2004 Elsevier
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Mat Res Inst, Dept Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, XY, Shanghai Univ, Mat Res Inst, Dept Mat, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM hhtxy@online.sh.cn
 CR BROOKS CR, 1984, INT MET REV, V29, P210
    BROOKS CR, 1992, PHILOS MAG A, V65, P327
    CAMUS GM, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P1497
    CAO SQ, 1995, MATER CHARACT, V34, P87
    COHRON JW, 1997, ACTA MATER, V45, P2801
    FRIEND WZ, 1980, CORROSION NICKEL NIC, P248
    GEORGE EP, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V28, P857
    GEORGE EP, 1994, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V30, P37
    HAMMER B, 1995, SURF SCI, V343, P211
    KOLTS J, 1983, METAL PROG       SEP, P25
    LIU CT, 1990, HIGH TEMPERATURE ALU, P133
    NISHIMURA C, 1996, SCRIPTA MATER, V35, P1441
    NORSKOV JK, 1981, J VAC SCI TECHNOL, V18, P420
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    TAKASUGI T, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P1173
    TAKASUGI T, 1994, INTERMETALLICS, V2, P225
    WAN X, 1994, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V10, P39
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    WRIGHT JL, 1998, SCRIPTA MATER, V38, P253
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0966-9795
 J9 INTERMETALLICS
 JI Intermetallics
 PD MAR-APR
 PY 2005
 VL 13
 IS 3-4
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 289
 EP 294
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 906UC
 UT ISI:000227668000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, XJ
    Chen, YX
    Chen, AP
    Yan, SR
 TI The influence of atomic order on H-2-induced environmental
    embrittlement of Ni3Fe intermetallics
 SO INTERMETALLICS
 DT Article
 DE intermetallics; miscellaneous; environmental embrittlement
 ID INTERGRANULAR HYDROGEN EMBRITTLEMENT; DUCTILITY; FRACTURE; ALLOYS;
    FE3AL; CO3TI; FEAL
 AB The different sensitivity to H-2-induced environmental embrittlement
    for the ordered and disordered Ni3Fe alloys has been investigated. The
    results show no environmental embrittlement in disordered Ni3Fe in
    gaseous H-2 when tested at room temperature. However, the H-2-induced
    environmental embrittlement for the ordered Ni3Fe becomes severer as
    the degree of order increases. The results of testing on simultaneous
    hydrogen charging show that disordered Ni3Fe embritted as hydrogen
    atoms are forced into the material, implying that the embrittlement of
    ordered Ni3Fe in gaseous H-2 is due to the acceleration of the kinetics
    of catalytic reaction to produce more atomic hydrogen. Further more,
    the hydrogen adsorption test of Ni3Fe powder shows that the amount of
    chemically adsorbed hydrogen in the ordered state at room temperature
    is significantly larger than that adsorbed by the disordered materials,
    indicating that the more sensitive to H-2-induced embrittlement in the
    ordered Ni3Fe is essentially due to accelerated catalytic reaction to
    produce more atomic hydrogen. (c) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Sci Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Key Lab Mol Catal & Innovat Mat, Shanghai 200933, Peoples R China.
 RP Wan, XJ, Shanghai Univ, Inst Sci Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM xjwan@sh163.net
 CR ALFRED C, 1970, PHYSL CHEM SERIES MO, V18, P333
    BHATIA S, 1990, CATAL TODAY, V7, P309
    CAMS GM, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P1497
    CHENG XY, 2001, SCRIPTA MATER, V44, P325
    CHENG XY, 2002, SCRIPTA MATER, V46, P465
    KURUVILLA AK, 1982, 3RD P INT C HYDR MET, V2, P629
    LIU CT, 1989, SCRIPTA METALL, V23, P875
    LIU CT, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P1285
    LIU CT, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P385
    LIU CT, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P25
    MORRIS DG, 1976, ACTA METALL, V24, P21
    TAKASUGI T, 1985, SCRIPTA METALL, V19, P903
    TAKASUGI T, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P607
    TAKASUGI T, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P3032
    TAKASUGI T, 1992, J MATER RES, V7, P2739
    TAKASUGI T, 1994, INTERMETALLICS, V2, P225
    WAN XJ, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V26, P473
    WANG J, 2000, INTERMETALLICS, V8, P353
    ZHU JH, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V29, P429
    ZHU JH, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V32, P1399
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0966-9795
 J9 INTERMETALLICS
 JI Intermetallics
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 13
 IS 5
 BP 454
 EP 459
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 907ER
 UT ISI:000227698800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Peng, XZ
    Zhang, G
    Zheng, LP
    Mai, BX
    Zeng, SW
 TI The vertical variations of hydrocarbon pollutants and organochlorine
    pesticide residues in a sediment core in Lake Taihu, East China
 SO GEOCHEMISTRY-EXPLORATION ENVIRONMENT ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE Lake Taihu; sediment core; hydrocarbon pollutants; organochlorine
    pesticides residues
 ID POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC-HYDROCARBONS; PADDY FIELD; REGION; TRANSPORT;
    URBAN; PCBS; SOIL; DDT
 AB A sedimentary core in Wulihu Bay in Lake Taihu, the third largest
    freshwater lake in China, was analysed to delineate the vertical
    variation of alkanes, polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon compounds (PAHs)
    and organochlorine pesticide (OCP) residues. The measured PAH compounds
    are the 16 US Environmental Protection Agency (US EPA) priority
    contaminants. The distribution patterns of normal alkanes indicate that
    they originate mainly from terrestrial inputs and autochthonous
    organisms as well as petroleum residues. Total PAH levels are mainly in
    the range of 698-962 ng/g dry weight with 4-ring compounds dominant.
    Twenty organochlorine pesticides were quantitatively determined, of
    which alpha- HCH, beta- HCH, p,p'-DDT and its degradation product
    p,p'-DDD and Dieldrin were dominant. Total organochlorine pesticides,
    HCH compounds and DDT compounds were in the range of 14-104 ng/g,
    3.0-10.4 ng/g and 0.65-38 ng/g dry weight, respectively. The sum of DDT
    and HCH compounds represents 30-47% of total pesticides residues. Total
    OCP residues, DDT compounds and HCH compounds reach peak concentrations
    at the depth of 2-4 cm, which may be related to the serious flooding in
    the Yangzi River in 1998.Their sharp drop in the 0-2 cm interval may be
    due to the comprehensive control and treatment of pollution in Lake
    Taihu drainage area implemented by the Chinese Government since 1998.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, State Key Lab Organ Geochem, Guangzhou Inst Geochem, Guangzhou 510640, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Peng, XZ, Chinese Acad Sci, State Key Lab Organ Geochem, Guangzhou Inst
    Geochem, Guangzhou 510640, Peoples R China.
 EM pengx@gig.ac.cn
 CR CATALLO WJ, 1995, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V29, P1436
    CHEN H, 1999, WATER RESOURCE PROTE, V3, P11
    CHEN JF, 1999, CHINA ENV SCI, V19, P206
    CHEN XM, 2003, CHEMOSPHERE, V50, P703
    CHRISTENSEN ER, 1993, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V27, P139
    COLOMBO JC, 1989, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V23, P888
    FENG K, 2003, CHEMOSPHERE, V50, P683
    GARRISON AW, 2000, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V34, P1663
    HOWARD PH, 1989, HDB ENV FATE EXPOSUR
    HU CH, 2000, OCEANOLOGIA LIMNOLOG, V31, P327
    JIN X, 1999, RES ENV SCI, V12, P4
    JONES KC, 1999, ENVIRON POLLUT, V100, P209
    KIDD KA, 1998, ENVIRON POLLUT, V102, P91
    KUMBLAD L, 2001, ENVIRON POLLUT, V112, P193
    LIZEMBACH GWM, 1975, P 9 WPC 1
    MACHAY D, 2000, CHEMOSPHERE, V41, P681
    MAI BX, 2002, ENVIRON POLLUT, V117, P457
    MAI BX, 2003, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V37, P4855
    MEYERS PA, 1993, ORG GEOCHEM, V20, P867
    MUIR DCG, 1995, SCI TOTAL ENVIRON, V160, P447
    NHAN DD, 2001, ENVIRON POLLUT, V112, P311
    RACHDAWONG P, 1998, WATER RES, V32, P2422
    REN T, 1998, INORG CHEM COMMUN, V1, P23
    SANDERS G, 1996, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V30, P2958
    SMIRNOV A, 1998, ORG GEOCHEM, V29, P1813
    VANMETRE PC, 1997, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V31, P2339
    VANMETRE PC, 2000, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V34, P4064
    WANG XC, 2003, CHEMOSPHERE, V50, P707
    WANG ZD, 1999, J CHROMATOGR A, V843, P369
    WU WZ, 1997, CHEMOSPHERE, V34, P191
    ZHANG XN, 1999, SCRIPTA MATER, V41, P39
    ZOU S, 1997, WATER CONSERVANCY HY, V28, P2
    ZUO QA, 2003, CHEMOSPHERE, V50, P689
 NR 33
 TC 0
 SN 1467-7873
 J9 GEOCHEM-EXPLOR ENVIRON ANAL
 JI Geochem.-Explor. Environ. Anal.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 5
 PN Part 1
 BP 99
 EP 104
 PG 6
 SC Geochemistry & Geophysics
 GA 906XA
 UT ISI:000227676900011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ruan, HB
    Zhang, N
    Gao, X
 TI Identification. of a novel point mutation of mouse proto-oncogene c-kit
    through N-ethyl-N-nitrosourea mutagenesis
 SO GENETICS
 DT Article
 ID RECEPTOR TYROSINE KINASE; W-LOCUS; ENU MUTAGENESIS; NEOPLASTIC
    TRANSFORMATION; CONFORMATION POLYMORPHISM; HEMATOPOIETIC-CELLS; HUMAN
    PIEBALDISM; GENE-MUTATIONS; GROWTH-FACTOR; STEEL FACTOR
 AB Manipulation of the mouse genome has emerged as an important approach
    for studying gene function and establishing human disease models. In
    this study, the mouse mutants were generated through
    N-ethyl-N-nitrosourea (ENU)-induced mutagenesis in C57BL/6J mice. The
    screening for dominant mutations yielded several mice with fur color
    abnormalities. One of them causes a phenotype similar to that shown by
    dominant-white spotting (W) allele mutants. This strain was named Wads
    because the homozygous mutant mice are white color, anemic, deaf, and
    sterile. The new mutation was mapped to 42 cM on chromosome five, where
    proto-oncogene c-kit resides. Sequence analysis of c-kit cDNA from
    Wads(m/m) revealed a unique T-to-C transition mutation that resulted in
    Phe-to-Ser substitution at amino acid 856 within a highly conserved
    tyrosine kinase domain. Compared with other c-kit mutants, Wads may
    present a novel loss-of-function or hypomorphic mutation. In addition
    to the examination of adult phenotypes in hearing loss, anemia, and
    mast cell deficiency, we also detected some early developmental defects
    during germ cell differentiation in the testis and ovary of neonatal
    Wads(m/m). mice. Therefore, the Wads mutant may serve as a new disease
    model of human piebaldism, anemia, deafness, sterility, and mast cell
    diseases.
 C1 Nanjing Univ, Model Anim Res Ctr, State Key Lab Pharmaceut Biotechnol, Nanjing 210089, Peoples R China.
    Van Andel Res Inst, Grand Rapids, MI 49503 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Model Organism Div, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, X, Nanjing Univ, Model Anim Res Ctr, State Key Lab Pharmaceut
    Biotechnol, 308 Xuefu Rd,Pukou Dist, Nanjing 210089, Peoples R China.
 EM gaoxiang@nju.edu.cn
 CR BALLING R, 2001, ANNU REV GENOM HUM G, V2, P463
    BELLVE AR, 1977, J CELL BIOL, V74, P68
    BENNETT DC, 2003, PIGM CELL RES, V16, P333
    BERNSTEIN A, 1991, SEMIN HEMATOL, V28, P138
    BLUMEJENSEN P, 2000, NAT GENET, V24, P157
    BROWN SDM, 2003, SEMIN CELL DEV BIOL, V14, P19
    CABLE J, 1994, PIGM CELL RES, V7, P17
    CABLE J, 1995, MECH DEVELOP, V50, P139
    CHABOT B, 1988, NATURE, V335, P88
    DEANGELIS MH, 2000, NAT GENET, V25, P444
    FLEISCHMAN RA, 1996, J INVEST DERMATOL, V107, P703
    GEISSLER EN, 1981, GENETICS, V97, P337
    HE F, 2003, CHINESE SCI BULL, V48, P2665
    HELDIN CH, 1995, CELL, V80, P213
    HERRON BJ, 2002, NAT GENET, V30, P185
    HIROTA S, 1998, SCIENCE, V279, P577
    HORIE K, 1991, BIOL REPROD, V45, P547
    HOSHINO T, 1999, HEARING RES, V140, P145
    HOU L, 2000, DEVELOPMENT, V127, P5379
    HUIZINGA JD, 1995, NATURE, V373, P347
    IKUTA K, 1992, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V89, P1502
    KISSEL H, 2000, EMBO J, V19, P1312
    KITAYAMA H, 1996, BLOOD, V88, P995
    KUNISADA T, 1998, DEVELOPMENT, V125, P2915
    KURODA H, 1988, DEV BIOL, V126, P71
    LAUTERMANN J, 1998, CELL TISSUE RES, V294, P415
    LINNEKIN D, 1999, INT J BIOCHEM CELL B, V31, P1053
    MANOVA K, 1991, DEV BIOL, V146, P312
    NOLAN PM, 2000, NAT GENET, V25, P440
    OGAWA M, 1991, J EXP MED, V174, P63
    OHTA H, 2003, BIOL REPROD, V69, P1815
    PIAO XH, 1996, BLOOD, V87, P3117
    PIELBERG G, 2002, GENETICS, V160, P305
    PRICE ER, 1998, J BIOL CHEM, V273, P17983
    REEVES RH, 1997, GENOME ANAL LAB MANU, P71
    REITH AD, 1990, GENE DEV, V4, P390
    RUSSELL ES, 1949, GENETICS, V34, P708
    SCHRANSSTASSEN BHGJ, 1999, ENDOCRINOLOGY, V140, P5894
    SPRITZ RA, 1994, J INVEST DERMATOL, V103, S137
    STRIPPOLI P, 2001, INT J MOL MED, V8, P567
    SU AI, 2002, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V99, P4465
    SUNNUCKS P, 2000, MOL ECOL, V9, P1699
    TIAN QS, 1999, AM J PATHOL, V154, P1643
    TIMOKHINA I, 1998, EMBO J, V17, P6250
    TSUJIMURA T, 1991, BLOOD, V78, P1942
    TSUJIMURA T, 1996, PATHOL INT, V46, P933
    VANDENBARK GR, 1992, ONCOGENE, V7, P1259
    WITTE ON, 1990, CELL, V63, P5
    ZEMKE D, 2002, VET PATHOL, V39, P529
    ZHAO SL, 1997, INT REV CYTOL, V171, P225
    ZHENG QY, 1999, HEARING RES, V130, P94
 NR 51
 TC 0
 SN 0016-6731
 J9 GENETICS
 JI Genetics
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 169
 IS 2
 BP 819
 EP 831
 PG 13
 SC Genetics & Heredity
 GA 907EC
 UT ISI:000227697200026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JC
    Cao, SX
    Zhang, RY
    Yu, LM
    Jing, C
 TI Effect of fabrication conditions on I-V properties for ZnO varistor
    with high concentration additives by sol-gel technique
 SO CURRENT APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE ZnO nonlinear varistor; sol-gel method; threshold voltage; the
    sintering characteristics
 ID ZINC-OXIDE VARISTOR; LEVEL TRANSIENT SPECTROSCOPY; GRAIN-BOUNDARIES;
    NONLINEARITY COEFFICIENTS; CERAMICS; SIZE
 AB Polycrystalline nano-grain-boundary multi-doping ZnO-based nonlinear
    varistors with higher concentration additives have been fabricated by
    sol-gel and standard solid-state reaction method, of which the best
    sample has a very high threshold voltage of E-b = 3300 V/mm. The effect
    of sintering processes, sintering temperature and sintering time, and
    that of additive concentration of Bi2O3 on E-b of the samples are
    systematically investigated. The results show that the great merit of
    sol-gel method is its high threshold voltage obtained by a lower
    sintering temperature than the solid-state reaction method. The present
    work also shows that five phases including solid-state sintering, rich
    Bi liquid phase formation and ZnO as well as other additive
    dissolution, ZnO grain growth, the secondary phase sufficient formation
    and evolution have been experienced at different sintering
    temperatures. The hole type defect and nonhomogeneity of the
    microstructure will lead to the decrease of threshold voltage, i.e.,
    the grain size and the homogeneity of the material will be important
    factors and directly affect the characteristic of the varistor. The
    sintering characteristic and the influence of Bi2O3 content on the
    threshold voltage are also discussed. (c) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Ctr Nanosci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Semicond, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Ctr Nanosci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shangda Rd
    99, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM jczhang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BLATTER G, 1986, PHYS REV B, V33, P3952
    BLATTER G, 1986, PHYS REV B, V34, P8555
    BURTKOWIAK M, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P10825
    EMTAGE PR, 1979, J APPL PHYS, V50, P6833
    EZHILVALAVAN S, 1996, J MATER SCI-MATER EL, V7, P137
    EZHILVALAVAN S, 1997, MATER CHEM PHYS, V49, P258
    GUPTA TK, 1981, J APPL PHYS, V52, P4104
    GUPTA TK, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V66, P6132
    KUTTY TRN, 1994, MATER CHEM PHYS, V38, P267
    KUTTY TRN, 1996, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V29, P809
    LEVINSON LM, 1986, B AM CERAM SOC, V65, P639
    NAN CW, 1996, J AM CERAM SOC, V79, P3185
    PIKE GE, 1982, MATER RES SOC S P, V5, P369
    PIKE GE, 1984, PHYS REV B, V30, P795
    PIKE GE, 1985, J APPL PHYS, V57, P5521
    ROHATGI A, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V63, P5375
    SANTOS JD, 1998, J MATER RES, V13, P1152
    STUCKI F, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V57, P446
    ULRICH S, 1984, J APPL PHYS, V57, P5372
    WANG YP, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P1807
 NR 20
 TC 1
 SN 1567-1739
 J9 CURR APPL PHYS
 JI Curr. Appl. Phys.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 5
 IS 4
 BP 381
 EP 386
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 907BT
 UT ISI:000227690700018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, H
    Qin, QH
 TI A second-order scheme for integration of one-dimensional dynamic
    analysis
 SO COMPUTERS & MATHEMATICS WITH APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE precision integration; second-order scheme; initial problem;
    differential quadrature method
 ID DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM EQUATIONS; TIME-STEP INTEGRATION; DIFFERENTIAL
    QUADRATURE; INSIGHTS
 AB This paper proposes a second-order scheme of precision integration for
    dynamic analysis with respect to long-term integration. Rather than
    transforming into first-order equations, a recursive scheme is
    presented in detail for direct solution of the homogeneous part of
    second-order algebraic and differential equations. The sine and cosine
    matrices involved in the scheme are calculated using the so-called 2(N)
    algorithm. Numerical tests show that both the efficiency and the
    accuracy of homogeneous equations can be improved considerably with the
    second-order scheme. The corresponding particular solution is also
    presented, incorporated with the second-order scheme where the
    excitation vector is approximated by the truncated Taylor series. (c)
    2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Australian Natl Univ, Dept Engn, Canberra, ACT 0200, Australia.
 RP Ma, H, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BELLMAN R, 1972, J COMPUT PHYS, V10, P40
    BERT CW, 1996, APPL MECH REV, V49, P1
    DEIF AS, 1991, ASV MATRIX THEORY SC
    LIN JH, 1995, COMPUT STRUCT, V56, P113
    LIN JH, 1995, STRUCT ENG MECH, V3, P215
    LIN JH, 1997, ENG STRUCT, V19, P586
    LIU XJ, 1997, STRUCT ENG MECH, V5, P283
    QUAN JR, 1989, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V13, P1017
    QUAN JR, 1989, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V13, P779
    SMITH BT, 1976, MATRIX EIGENSYSTEM R
    WILLIAM HP, 1997, NUMERICAL RECIPES FO, V1
    ZHONG WX, 1994, J DALIAN U TECHNOLOG, V34, P131
    ZHONG WX, 1994, P I MECH ENG C-J MEC, V208, P427
    ZHU XQ, 2001, J SOUND VIB, V240, P962
    ZONG Z, 2002, COMPUT MECH, V29, P382
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 0898-1221
 J9 COMPUT MATH APPL
 JI Comput. Math. Appl.
 PD JAN-FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 49
 IS 2-3
 BP 239
 EP 252
 PG 14
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 907CT
 UT ISI:000227693600005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, ZG
    Lu, HQ
    Pan, PP
 TI The deviation of light path in Einstein-Brans-Dicke theory
 SO ASTROPHYSICS AND SPACE SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE EBD theory; spherically symmetric metric; cosmological medel; deviation
    of light path
 ID INFLATIONARY COSMOLOGY; EXTENDED INFLATION; SCALAR FIELD; GRAVITY; DELAY
 AB Both Jordan-Brans-Dicke (shortened JBD) theory and Brans-Dicke theory
    in the Einstein's frame (shortened EBD) are treated as Brans-Dicke
    theory. However, we learn that only Pauli metric represents the
    massless spin-two graviton and thus, should be identified as physical.
    If one just considers the weak field approximation and Newtonian limit,
    EBD theory gives the same results with Einstein's general relativity.
    So, it is necessary to consider strong field effects and cosmological
    model. The purpose of this paper is to find the exact spherically
    symmetric metric in the strong field situation, and deduce the
    deviation of light path in EBD theory.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, ZG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 EM hzg800213@sohu.com
 CR BERKIN AL, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P141
    CHO YM, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P3133
    CIUFOLINI I, 2002, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V19, P3863
    DAMOUR T, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P123
    HOLMAN R, 1991, PHYS REV D, V43, P3833
    LA D, 1989, PHYS LETT B, V220, P375
    LA D, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P376
    LA D, 1991, PHYS REV D, V44, P1680
    LU HQ, 1996, ASTROPHYS SPACE SCI, V235, P207
    LU HQ, 1997, ASTROPHYS SPACE SCI, V253, P291
    LU HQ, 1999, INT J MOD PHYS D, V8, P625
    MAGNANO G, 1994, PHYS REV D, V50, P5039
    MAGNUS W, 1966, FORMULAS THEOREMS SP, V3, P37
    NOJIRI S, 1998, PHYS REV D, V57, P2363
    REASENBERG RD, 1979, ASTROPHYS J, V234, P219
    STEINHARDT PJ, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P2740
    WEINBERG EJ, 1989, PHYS REV D, V40, P3950
    WEINBERG S, 1972, GRAVITATION COSMOLOG, V1, P149
    YOON JH, 1990, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V7, P1253
    ZHANG YZ, 1993, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V10, P513
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0004-640X
 J9 ASTROPHYS SPACE SCI
 JI Astrophys. Space Sci.
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 295
 IS 4
 BP 493
 EP 505
 PG 13
 SC Astronomy & Astrophysics
 GA 907FR
 UT ISI:000227701700008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Han, YH
    Wang, Q
    Jiang, H
    Miao, XW
    Chen, JS
    Chi, CW
 TI Sequence diversity of T-superfamily conotoxins from Conus marmoreus
 SO TOXICON
 DT Article
 DE Conus marmroeus; T-superfamily conotoxin; cDNA cloning; protein
    purification; sequence diversity
 ID NICOTINIC ACETYLCHOLINE-RECEPTORS; SODIUM-CHANNELS;
    GAMMA-CARBOXYGLUTAMATE; CYSTEINE PATTERN; VENOM PEPTIDES; CONANTOKIN-T;
    ION-CHANNEL; TRYPTOPHAN; SUBTYPES; TARGETS
 AB Remarkable sequence diversity of T-superfamily conotoxins was found in
    a mollusk-hunting cone snail Conus marmoreus. The sequence of mr5a
    purified from the snail venom was determined, while six other sequences
    of Mr5.1a, Mr5.1b, Mr5.2, Mr5.3, Mr5.4a, and Mr5.4b were deduced from
    their corresponding cDNA cloned by RACE approach. mr5a of 10 amino acid
    residues is one of the shortest T-superfamily conotoxins ever found.
    They all share a typical (-CC-CC-) Cys pattern, a conserved signal
    peptide and a long 3'-untranslated region. A consensus Glu residue is
    preceded by the second two adjacent cysteines in all these toxins
    except in mr5a, whereas Mr5.1a, Mr5.1b, Mr5.4a and Mr5.4b are abundant
    in Trp residues. The identification of these highly divergent
    T-superfamily conotoxins will facilitate the understanding the
    relationship of their structure and function. (c) 2004 Elsevier Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biochem & Cell Biol, Inst Biochem & Cell Biol, Grad Sch, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Inst Prot Res, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Beijing Inst Pharmaceut Chem, Beijing 102005, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Biol Engn, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chi, CW, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biochem & Cell Biol, Inst
    Biochem & Cell Biol, Grad Sch, 320 Yue Yang Rd, Shanghai 200031,
    Peoples R China.
 EM chi@sunm.shcnc.ac.cn
 CR ADAMS DJ, 1999, DRUG DEVELOP RES, V46, P219
    BALAJI RA, 2000, J BIOL CHEM, V275, P39516
    CRAIG AG, 1998, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V37, P16019
    CRAIG AG, 1999, EUR J BIOCHEM, V264, P271
    CRAIG AG, 1999, J BIOL CHEM, V274, P13752
    ENGLAND LJ, 1998, SCIENCE, V281, P575
    FAN CX, 2003, J BIOL CHEM, V278, P12624
    HAACK JA, 1990, J BIOL CHEM, V265, P6025
    HANSSON K, 2004, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V319, P1081
    JACOBSEN R, 1998, J PEPT RES, V51, P173
    JIMENEZ EC, 1996, J BIOL CHEM, V271, P28002
    JIMENEZ EC, 1997, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V36, P989
    JIMENEZ EC, 2002, EPILEPSY RES, P73
    LOUGHNAN M, 1998, J BIOL CHEM, V273, P15667
    LOUGHNAN ML, 2004, J MED CHEM, V47, P1234
    MCINTOSH JM, 1984, J BIOL CHEM, V259, P4343
    MCINTOSH JM, 2000, J BIOL CHEM, V275, P32391
    OLIVERA BM, 1997, MOL BIOL CELL, V8, P2101
    RIGBY AC, 1997, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V36, P6906
    RIGBY AC, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P5758
    ROGERS JP, 1999, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V38, P3874
    SAFO P, 2000, J NEUROSCI, V20, P76
    SATO K, 1991, J BIOL CHEM, V266, P16989
    SHARPE IA, 2001, NAT NEUROSCI, V4, P902
    SHON KJ, 1998, J NEUROSCI, V18, P4473
    SKJAERBAEK N, 1997, J BIOL CHEM, V272, P2291
    TARLAU H, 2003, PHYSIOL REV, V84, P41
    WALKER CS, 1999, J BIOL CHEM, V274, P30664
    WEST PJ, 2002, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V41, P15388
    WHITE HS, 2000, J PHARMACOL EXP THER, V292, P425
    WOODWARD SR, 1990, EMBO J, V9, P1015
 NR 31
 TC 1
 SN 0041-0101
 J9 TOXICON
 JI Toxicon
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2005
 VL 45
 IS 4
 BP 481
 EP 487
 PG 7
 SC Pharmacology & Pharmacy; Toxicology
 GA 905PE
 UT ISI:000227580500012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chu, XT
    Ye, ZM
    Kettle, R
    Li, LY
 TI Buckling behaviour of cold-formed channel sections under uniformly
    distributed loads
 SO THIN-WALLED STRUCTURES
 DT Article
 DE local buckling; distortional buckling; cold-formed section; finite
    strip analysis
 ID ZED-PURLINS
 AB This paper presents an investigation on the buckling behaviour of
    cold-formed steel channel section beams when subjected to a uniformly
    distributed load. The focus of the study is on the local and
    distortional buckling, for which existing results are only for sections
    subjected to pure compression and/or pure bending. The results obtained
    from this study have shown that, for local buckling, there is no
    practical difference in the critical loads between pure bending and a
    uniformly distributed load. For distortional buckling, however,
    remarkable difference exists. The critical load for a uniformly
    distributed load is generally higher than that for pure bending by
    about 10% for beams between 3 and 6 m in length. (c) 2004 Elsevier Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Aston Univ, Sch Engn & Appl Sci, Birmingham B4 7ET, W Midlands, England.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, LY, Aston Univ, Sch Engn & Appl Sci, Birmingham B4 7ET, W Midlands,
    England.
 EM l.y.li@aston.ac.uk
 CR BORESI AP, 2002, APPROXIMATE SOLUTION
    CAMOTIM D, 2004, INT WORKSH ADV FUT T, P137
    CHU XT, 2004, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V71, P742
    CHU XT, 2004, J CONSTR STEEL RES, V60, P1159
    HANCOCK G, 1997, STEEL CONSTRUCTION, V15, P2
    HANCOCK GJ, 2003, J CONSTR STEEL RES, V59, P473
    LI LY, 2004, THIN WALL STRUCT, V42, P995
    RHODES J, 1993, SCI PUBLICATION
    SCHAFER BW, 1999, ICSAS 99 4 INT C LIG, V20, P89
    SCHAFER BW, 2003, ADV STRUCTURES
    SCHAFER BW, 2003, CUFSM VERSION 2 6
    VONKARMAN T, 1932, T ASME, V54, P54
    WINTER G, 1968, 8 C INT ASS BRIDG ST, P101
    YE ZM, 2002, THIN WALL STRUCT, V40, P853
    YE ZM, 2004, COMPUT STRUCT, V82, P731
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 0263-8231
 J9 THIN WALL STRUCT
 JI Thin-Walled Struct.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 43
 IS 4
 BP 531
 EP 542
 PG 12
 SC Engineering, Civil
 GA 905PC
 UT ISI:000227580300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zu, JH
    Wu, MH
    Fu, HY
    Yao, S
 TI Cation-exchange membranes by radiation-induced graft copolymerization
    of monomers onto HDPE
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID ION; ACID; POLYETHYLENE; POLYMERS; FILM
 AB Studies were made on preparation of the cation-exchange membranes
    obtained by pre-irradiation grafting of acrylic acid (AA) and sodium
    styrene sulfonate (SSS) onto high-density polyethylene (HDPE), and its
    properties such as swelling behavior and electric resistance were
    measured as a function of ion-exchange capacity (IEC). Thermal and
    chemical stability was also investigated. These properties were found
    to be mainly dependent on IEC. The grafted membranes possessed good
    electrochemical, thermal and chemical properties, and were found to be
    acceptable for practical use as cation-exchange membranes. (C) 2004
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zu, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zujianhua1999@163.com
 CR CHAKRAVORTY B, 1989, J MEMBRANE SCI, V41, P155
    CHEN WKW, 1957, J POLYM SCI, V23, P903
    COHN D, 1987, J APPL POLYM SCI, V33, P1
    GUPTA B, 1996, J MEMBRANE SCI, V118, P231
    HIROTSU T, 1987, J APPL POLYM SCI, V34, P1159
    ISHIGAKI I, 1982, J APPL POLYM SCI, V27, P1033
    JIANHUA Z, 2001, NUCL SCI TECH, V11, P202
    MIZUTANI Y, 1963, B CHEM SOC JPN, V36, P361
    NASEF MM, 2000, POLYM DEGRAD STABIL, V68, P231
    NHO YC, 1992, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V30, P1219
    OMICHI H, 1985, J APPL POLYM SCI, V30, P1277
    SCHERER GG, 1992, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V17, P115
    SHKOLNIK S, 1982, J APPL POLYM SCI, V27, P2189
    SZENTIRMAY MN, 1984, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V131, P1652
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0969-806X
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 72
 IS 6
 BP 759
 EP 764
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA 904TM
 UT ISI:000227520600015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, CJ
    Leng, GS
 TI Inequalities for dual quermassintegrals of mixed intersection bodies
 SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE INDIAN ACADEMY OF SCIENCES-MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE dual mixed volumes; mixed projection bodies; mixed intersection bodies
 ID MINKOWSKI-FIREY THEORY; BUSEMANN-PETTY PROBLEM; PROJECTION BODIES;
    VOLUMES
 AB In this paper, we first introduce a new concept of dual
    quermassintegral sum function of two star bodies and establish
    Minkowski's typed inequality for dual quermassintegral sum of mixed
    intersection bodies, which is a general form of the Minkowski
    inequality for mixed intersection bodies. Then, we give the
    Aleksandrov-Fenchel inequality and the Brunn-Minkowski inequality for
    mixed intersection bodies and some related results. Our results
    present, for intersection bodies, all dual inequalities for Lutwak's
    mixed prosection bodies inequalities.
 C1 China Inst Metrol, Coll Sci, Dept Informat & Math Sci, Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, CJ, China Inst Metrol, Coll Sci, Dept Informat & Math Sci,
    Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R China.
 EM chjzhao@163.com
    lenggangsong@163.com
 CR BALL K, 1991, J LOND MATH SOC, V44, P351
    BALL K, 1991, T AM MATH SOC, V327, P891
    BOURGAIN J, 1991, GEOM FUNCT ANAL, V1, P1
    BUSEMANN H, 1949, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V35, P27
    BUSEMANN H, 1950, COMMENT MATH HELV, V24, P156
    GARDNER RJ, 1994, ANN MATH, V140, P435
    GARDNER RJ, 1994, T AM MATH SOC, V342, P435
    GARDNER RJ, 1995, GEOMETRIC TOMOGRAPHY
    HARDY GH, 1934, INEQUALITIES
    LENG GS, 2004, ADV APPL MATH, V32, P615
    LUTWAK E, 1975, PAC J MATH, V58, P531
    LUTWAK E, 1985, T AM MATH SOC, V287, P92
    LUTWAK E, 1988, ADV MATH, V71, P232
    LUTWAK E, 1990, GEOM DEDICATA, V33, P51
    LUTWAK E, 1990, P LOND MATH SOC, V60, P365
    LUTWAK E, 1993, J DIFFER GEOM, V38, P131
    LUTWAK E, 1993, T AM MATH SOC, V339, P901
    LUTWAK E, 1996, ADV MATH, V118, P244
    SCHNEIDER R, 1993, BRUNNMINKOWSKI THEOR
    SUSS W, 1932, TOHOKU MATH J, V35, P47
    ZHANG GY, 1994, T AM MATH SOC, V345, P777
 NR 21
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4142
 J9 PROC INDIAN ACAD SCI-MATH SCI
 JI Proc. Indian Acad. Sci.-Math. Sci.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 115
 IS 1
 BP 79
 EP 91
 PG 13
 SC Mathematics
 GA 904QZ
 UT ISI:000227514100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, QW
    Xu, J
    Zhu, LH
    Gu, H
    Wang, PL
 TI Molten salt synthesis of acicular Ba2NaNb5O15 seed crystals
 SO JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CERAMIC SOCIETY
 DT Article
 ID BARIUM SODIUM NIOBATE; FERROELECTRIC PROPERTIES; PARTICLES; POWDERS;
    GROWTH
 AB , (BNN) seed crystals Well-developed acicular Ba2NaNb5O15, have been
    successfully prepared by the reaction between BaCO3, Nb2O5 and molten
    NaCl salt. The effects of the calcination temperature, time, and weight
    ratio of the oxide mixture to salt on the morphology of BNN particles
    were investigated. Uniform acicular seeds with high aspect ratio could
    be achieved at 1200 degrees C for 4 h with the salt-to-oxide mixture of
    2:1.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance & Superfine Micros, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, H, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High
    Performance & Superfine Micros, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 EM gu@mail.sic.ac.cn
 CR BRAHMAROUTU B, 1996, ISAF 96 P 10 IEEE IN, V2, P883
    BRAHMAROUTU B, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P1565
    DURAN C, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P2203
    FERRIOL M, 2001, PROG CRYST GROWTH CH, V43, P221
    GEUSIC JE, 1967, APPL PHYS LETT, V11, P269
    GRANHAN M, 1982, J AM CERAM SOC, V64, C68
    HASHIMOTO S, 2000, J EUR CERAM SOC, V20, P397
    HAYASHI Y, 1986, J MATER SCI, V21, P757
    JOHANSSON KE, 1980, J PHYS E, V13, P1289
    KIMURA T, 1982, J MATER SCI, V17, P1863
    KIMURA T, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P597
    OLIVER JR, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P202
    PICARD G, 1991, MATER SCI FORUM, V73, P505
    RAO KS, 2003, J MATER SCI, V38, P391
    SINGH S, 1970, PHYS REV           B, V2, P2709
    WERNER PE, 1969, ARK KEMI, V31, P513
    YOHANNAN K, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V156, P227
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 0002-7820
 J9 J AMER CERAM SOC
 JI J. Am. Ceram. Soc.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 88
 IS 2
 BP 447
 EP 449
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 904PM
 UT ISI:000227510200033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cui, YJ
    Ge, HL
    Jia, GQ
    Han, YB
    Yu, SJ
    Zhang, JC
 TI Transport properties of rare earth manganese oxide
    La0.67Ca0.33Mn1-xFexO3
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE metal material; transport properties; Fe doping; La2/3Ca1/3MnO3; rare
    earths
 ID COLOSSAL MAGNETORESISTANCE; DOUBLE EXCHANGE; TRANSITION; FILMS;
    RESISTIVITY; MANGANITES
 AB The transport properties were studied for rare earth manganese oxide
    La0.67Ca0.33Mn1-xFexO3(x = 0 similar to 0.3) systems. It is found that
    with increasing Fe3+-doping content x, the resistance increases and the
    insulator-metal transition temperature (T-IM) shifts to lower
    temperature. If the doping content is small, the transport properties,
    manifest metallic characteristics in the temperature range of T < T-IM,
    while they will obey a thermal activation model in the temperature
    range of T > T-IM. Such a behavior may be attributed to the Fe3+-doping
    and possible Mn ions scattering,,to electrons. The Fe3+ doping may lead
    to the formation of Fe3+-O2--Mn4+ channels, which could terminate the
    double exchange Mn3+O2--Mn4+ channels. The antiferromagnetic clusters
    of Fe ions may induce the Mn ions to scetter to the electrons.
 C1 China Inst Metrol, Dept Phys, Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Cui, YJ, China Inst Metrol, Dept Phys, Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R China.
 EM yjcui@cim.edu.cn
 CR AHN KH, 1996, PHYSICAL REV B, V54, P299
    BLASCO J, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P8905
    CAI JW, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P1727
    CHAHARA K, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P1990
    CUI YJ, 2004, J RARE EARTH, V22, P492
    FENG JW, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P1592
    GARATHRI N, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, P1345
    GHOSH K, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P533
    HWANG HY, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P914
    JAIME M, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P11914
    JIN S, 1994, SCIENCE, V264, P413
    LANZARA A, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P878
    LEE HJ, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P5251
    LI BH, 2001, J RARE EARTH, V19, P174
    LIU YH, 2001, J RARE EARTH, V19, P418
    MILLIS AJ, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P5144
    OGALE SB, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P7841
    SIMOPOULOS A, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P1263
    SUN Y, 1999, PHYS REV B, V63
    VONHELMOLT R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2331
    WANG ZH, 1999, J APPL PHYS 2B, V85, P5399
    ZENER C, 1951, PHYS REV, V82, P403
    ZHOU JS, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P2665
 NR 23
 TC 1
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 22
 IS 5
 BP 663
 EP 667
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA 904AO
 UT ISI:000227467600021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, LJ
    Lu, JF
    Zhang, ML
    Yang, Y
    Wang, L
    Su, QF
    Shi, WM
    Xia, YB
 TI Development of MSGC detectors on diamond film-coated silicon composite
    substrates
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS D-APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID ELECTRICAL-PROPERTIES; GLASS; CARBON
 AB In this paper, diamond film-coated silicon was developed to be used as
    a substrate in a microstrip gas chamber (MSGC) for the first time. The
    toughness of the composite substrate was rather low, and the
    resistivity was in the range of 10(10)-10(11) Omega cm. Its capacitance
    was very small and almost had no variation with frequency. All these
    results prove that the diamond film/Si composite material is a
    promising substrate for MSGCs. Using this composite substrate, a MSGC
    detector with an area of 2 x 2 cm(2) was fabricated. The effects of the
    drift voltage and cathode voltage on the energy resolution for 5.9 keV
    55 Fe x-rays have been examined in detail and discussed. An energy
    resolution (the relative full width at half maximum of the x-ray peak)
    of 12.3% was achieved when the MSGC was operated at a drift voltage of
    -1000 V and a cathode voltage of -650 V with a gas mixture (90% Ar +
    10% CH4).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Inst Sci & Technol Informat, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, LJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BATEMAN JE, 2002, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V484, P384
    BISHAI MR, 1997, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V400, P233
    CICOGNANI G, 1997, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V392, P115
    OED A, 1988, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V263, P351
    POPOVICI G, 1994, J MATER RES, V9, P2839
    WANG LJ, 2003, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V36, P2548
    YOSHIDA Y, 1990, CHIRALITY, V2, P10
    ZHANG ML, 2003, DIAM RELAT MATER, V12, P1544
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0022-3727
 J9 J PHYS-D-APPL PHYS
 JI J. Phys. D-Appl. Phys.
 PD FEB 7
 PY 2005
 VL 38
 IS 3
 BP 464
 EP 467
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 904GC
 UT ISI:000227483100019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, LM
    Zhang, JC
    Liu, YS
    Jing, C
    Cao, SX
 TI Fabrication, structure and magnetic properties of nanocrystalline
    NiZn-ferrite by high-energy milling
 SO JOURNAL OF MAGNETISM AND MAGNETIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE NiZn-ferrite; Fe3O4; nanocrystalline; high-energy milling
 ID FERROMAGNETS; PARTICLES; HEMATITE
 AB Nanocrystalline NiZn-ferrite was fabricated by a high-energy milling
    method with Fe3O4 + NiO + ZnO. The structure and magnetic properties of
    the milled powder were measured and analyzed. The results show that the
    grain possesses a single-phase NiZn-ferrite structure in a typical size
    of 10-50 tim. The magnetic measurement gives a typical value of the
    saturation magnetization of 45emu/g and a coercivity of 367 Oe.
    Superparamagnetic behavior is not observed. The experiment reveals that
    a purer NiZn-ferrite material can be obtained after the milled powder
    is annealed at relatively low temperature of about 1000 degreesC. The
    mechanism and efficiency of the synthesis technique are also discussed
    in this paper. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200435, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200435,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zjincang@online.sh.cn
 CR BADESHA H, 1998, 5840796, US
    BALOGH J, 1997, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V9, L503
    HARRIS VG, 2003, J APPL PHYS, V94, P496
    HELLSTERN E, 1989, J MATER RES, V4, P1292
    HERZER G, 1989, IEEE T MAGN, V25, P3327
    HERZER G, 1990, IEEE T MAGN, V26, P1397
    JIANG JS, 1999, J MAT SI LETT, V18
    JILES DC, 2002, J MAGN MAGN MATER 1, V242, P116
    KLETETSCHKA G, 2002, PHYS EARTH PLANET IN, V129, P173
    LEE J, 1996, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V177, P490
    LIU KW, 2001, J MATER RES, V16, P2459
    OHANDLEY RC, 2000, MODERN MAGNETIC MAT
    RAMING TP, 2002, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V249, P346
    VERMA A, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V192, P271
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0304-8853
 J9 J MAGN MAGN MATER
 JI J. Magn. Magn. Mater.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 288
 BP 54
 EP 59
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 904FF
 UT ISI:000227480800007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YT
    Lv, F
    Zou, J
    Zhang, D
    Yao, ZG
 TI Synthesis and photographic properties of novel development accelerator
    releasing (DAR) coupler
 SO DYES AND PIGMENTS
 DT Article
 DE coupler; DAR coupler; synthesis; structure
 AB Several novel DAR couplers were synthesized. The structures of the
    compounds were confirmed by elemental analysis, MS, IR and H-1 NMR. (c)
    2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 E China Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Fine Chem, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Chem & Chem Engn, Xianyang 712081, Peoples R China.
    China Luckyfilm Cooperat, Baoding 071054, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YT, E China Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Fine Chem, Shanghai 200237,
    Peoples R China.
 EM yutingliu318@sohu.com
 CR JARVIS JR, 1989, J IMAGING SCI, V33, P217
    KOBAYASHI H, 1982, 3209110, DE
    KOBAYASHI H, 1985, 147765
    KOBAYASHI H, 1986, P 16 S NIPP SHASH KO, P58
    LIU YT, IN PRESS DYES PIGMEN
    TSOI SC, 1999, 5958664, US
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0143-7208
 J9 DYE PIGMENT
 JI Dyes Pigment.
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 66
 IS 2
 BP 143
 EP 148
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Applied; Engineering, Chemical; Materials Science, Textiles
 GA 904RU
 UT ISI:000227516200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Chen, LQ
 TI Solitons with fission and fusion behaviors in a variable coefficient
    Broer-Kaup system
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID (2+1)-DIMENSIONAL INTEGRABLE SYSTEMS; LOCALIZED COHERENT STRUCTURES;
    KUPERSHMIDT EQUATION; EXCITATIONS
 AB Using an extended homogeneous balance approach and a linear variable
    separation method, a general variable separation excitation of the (2 +
    1)-dimensional variable coefficient Broer-Kaup (VCBK) system is
    derived. Based on the derived solution, we reveal soliton fission and
    fusion phenomena in the (2 + 1)-dimensional soliton system. (c) 2004
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zjclzheng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1973, PHYS REV LETT, V31, P125
    BOITI M, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P371
    CHEN CL, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P129
    KADOMTSEV BB, 1970, SOV PHYS DOKL, V15, P539
    LIN J, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P1049
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LOU SY, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10619
    SERKIN VN, 2001, OPT COMMUN, V192, P237
    STOITCHEVA G, 2001, MATH COMPUT SIMULAT, V55, P621
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4000
    WANG S, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P231
    YING JP, 2001, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V35, P405
    YING JP, 2001, Z NATURFORSCH A, V56, P619
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1968, J APPL MECH TECH PHY, V2, P190
    ZHANG JF, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P705
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P533
    ZHANG JL, 2003, J ATOM MOL PHYS, V20, P92
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P783
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P25
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
 NR 23
 TC 6
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 24
 IS 5
 BP 1347
 EP 1351
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 905VE
 UT ISI:000227597900020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tang, T
    Chen, XC
    Meng, XY
    Chen, H
    Ding, YP
 TI Synthesis of multiwalled carbon nanotubes by catalytic combustion of
    polypropylene
 SO ANGEWANDTE CHEMIE-INTERNATIONAL EDITION
 DT Article
 DE clays; nanotubes; nickel; polymers synthetic; methods
 ID LAYERED SILICATE NANOCOMPOSITES; GRAPHITE NANOTUBES; PYROLYSIS;
    NANOSTRUCTURES; PRODUCTS; PLASTICS; MIXTURE; GROWTH; WASTE; LONG
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, State Key Lab Polymer Phys & Chem, Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Tang, T, Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, State Key Lab
    Polymer Phys & Chem, Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
 EM ttang@ciac.jl.cn
 CR ALEXANDRE M, 2000, MAT SCI ENG R, V28, P1
    AMELINCKX S, 1994, SCIENCE, V265, P635
    BERNHOLC J, 1997, CURR OPIN SOLID ST M, V2, P706
    BETHUNE DS, 1993, NATURE, V363, P605
    BHARADWAJ RK, 2001, MACROMOLECULES, V34, P9189
    BOCKHORN H, 1985, J ANAL APPL PYROL, V7, P427
    CASSELL AM, 1999, J PHYS CHEM B, V103, P6484
    CHE G, 1998, CHEM MATER, V10, P260
    COLLINS PG, 1997, SCIENCE, V278, P100
    DEAMORIM MTS, 1982, J ANAL APPL PYROL, V4, P73
    GENG JF, 2002, CHEM COMMUN     1121, P2666
    HOU HQ, 2003, CHEM MATER, V15, P3170
    HUANG SM, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P5636
    HUCZKO A, 2003, J PHYS CHEM B, V107, P2519
    KONG J, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P622
    KRIVORUCHKO OP, 2000, CARBON, V38, P1075
    KROTO HW, 1985, NATURE, V318, P162
    KUKOVITSKII EF, 1997, CHEM PHYS LETT, V266, P323
    LIJIMA S, 1991, NATURE, V354, P56
    LIU C, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P1127
    LOVETT S, 1997, IND ENG CHEM RES, V36, P4436
    LYU SC, 2004, J PHYS CHEM B, V108, P2192
    MAKSIMOVA NI, 2000, J MOL CATAL A-CHEM, V158, P301
    MOLINER R, 1997, ENERG FUEL, V11, P1165
    RAO AM, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P187
    RAY SS, 2003, PROG POLYM SCI, V28, P1539
    REN ZF, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, P1105
    THESS A, 1996, SCIENCE, V273, P483
    VANDERWAL RL, 2001, J PHYS CHEM B, V105, P10249
    WILLIAMS EA, 1997, J CHEM TECHNOL BIOT, V70, P9
    WONG HW, 2001, IND ENG CHEM RES, V40, P4716
    YUAN LM, 2001, CHEM PHYS LETT, V340, P237
    YUAN LM, 2001, CHEM PHYS LETT, V346, P23
    ZANETTI M, 2001, POLYMER, V42, P4501
    ZANETTI M, 2002, CHEM MATER, V14, P881
    ZHU HW, 2002, SCIENCE, V296, P884
 NR 36
 TC 2
 SN 1433-7851
 J9 ANGEW CHEM INT ED
 JI Angew. Chem.-Int. Edit.
 PD FEB 25
 PY 2005
 VL 44
 IS 10
 BP 1517
 EP 1520
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 904DE
 UT ISI:000227475500015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, HY
    Zhou, ZN
    Ji, YH
 TI The role of voltage-gated Na+ channels in excitation-contraction
    coupling of rat heart determined by BmK I, an alpha-like scorpion
    neurotoxin
 SO TOXICOLOGY IN VITRO
 DT Article
 DE inotropism; voltage-gated Na+ channel; reverse-mode Na+-Ca (2+)
    exchanger; BmK I
 ID BUTHUS-MARTENSI KARSCH; PRIMARY SENSORY NEURONS; SODIUM-CHANNELS;
    VENTRICULAR MYOCYTES; SARCOPLASMIC-RETICULUM; NA+-CA2+ EXCHANGE;
    CARDIAC-CELLS; MOLECULAR-MECHANISMS; CA2+ RELEASE; TOXINS
 AB A mechanism underlying the increase in rat heart contractility
    modulated by BmK I, an alpha-like scorpion neurotoxin, was investigated
    using whole-cell patch-clamp and fluorescence digital imaging
    techniques. Results showed that (a) L-type Ca2+ current could not be
    modified by 500 nM BmK I; (b) The inactivation process of Na+ current
    was significantly delayed with no change of its amplitude; (c) The
    overall intracellular Na+ and Ca2+ concentration could be augmented in
    the presence of BmK I; (p < 0.05); (d) The increase of free
    intracellular Ca2+ concentration induced by BmK I was inhibited
    completely by 5mM NiCl2 (p < 0.05), an inhibitor of Na+-Ca2+ exchanger;
    (e) The spontaneous Ca2+ release induced by 10mM caffeine from
    sarcoplasmic reticulum could not be modulated by 500nM BmK I in the
    absence of external Ca2+. These results indicate that cardiac
    voltage-gated Na+ channels are also targets of BrnK I. Na+ accumulation
    through Na+ channels can trigger sarcoplasmic reticulum Ca2+ release in
    rat cardiac myocytes via reverse-mode Na+-Ca2+ exchanger. Furthermore,
    Ca2+ release from sarcoplasmic reticulum induced by BmK I most likely
    involves a Ca2+-induced release mechanism. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Physiol, Key Lab Neurobiol, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Pharm, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ji, YH, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Physiol, Key Lab
    Neurobiol, 320 Yue Yang Rd, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
 EM yhji@server.shcnc.ac.cn
 CR ALMEIDA AP, 1982, TOXICON, V20, P855
    BARNES S, 1988, J GEN PHYSIOL, V91, P421
    BENN SC, 2001, J NEUROSCI, V21, P6077
    BERS DM, 1988, J MOL CELL CARDIOL, V20, P405
    BEUCKELMANN DJ, 1988, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V405, P233
    CARMELIET E, 1992, CARDIOVASC RES, V26, P433
    CATTERALL WA, 2000, NEURON, V26, P13
    CESTELE S, 1999, EUR J NEUROSCI, V11, P975
    CESTELE S, 2000, BIOCHIMIE, V82, P883
    CHEN B, 2001, NEUROTOXICOL TERATOL, V23, P675
    DECOSTERD I, 2002, PAIN, V96, P269
    DENAC H, 2000, N-S ARCH PHARMACOL, V362, P453
    GELLENS ME, 1992, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V89, P554
    GOLD MS, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P7645
    GOLDIN AL, 2000, NEURON, V28, P365
    GOLDIN AL, 2001, ANNU REV PHYSIOL, V63, P871
    GORDON D, 1996, J BIOL CHEM, V271, P8034
    GORDON D, 1998, J TOXICOL-TOXIN REV, V17, P131
    GOUDET C, 2001, FEBS LETT, V495, P61
    HAN CL, 2002, BIOPHYS J, V82, P1483
    JI YH, 1996, TOXICON, V34, P987
    JOSEPHINE L, 2002, PAIN, V95, P143
    LEE D, 2000, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V83, P1181
    LEVI AJ, 1993, CARDIOVASC RES, V27, P1743
    LI YJ, 2000, J PEPT RES, V56, P195
    LIPP P, 1994, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V474, P439
    LITWIN SE, 1998, BIOPHYS J, V75, P359
    MARCOTTE P, 1997, CIRC RES, V80, P363
    NUSS HB, 1992, AM J PHYSIOL 2, V263, H1161
    NUSS HB, 1993, CIRC RES, V73, P777
    RENAUD JF, 1986, EUR J PHARMACOL, V120, P161
    SATOH H, 1994, AM J PHYSIOL 2, V266, H568
    SHAM JSK, 1992, SCIENCE, V255, P850
    SIPIDO KR, 1997, CIRC RES, V81, P1034
    SONG LS, 1998, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V512, P677
    SUN HY, 2003, ACTA PHYSL SINIC, V55, P530
    TAN ZY, 2001, NEUROPHARMACOLOGY, V40, P352
    TERAKAWA S, 1989, TOXICON, V27, P569
    TYRRELL L, 2001, J NEUROSCI, V21, P9629
    VARGAS O, 1987, EUR J BIOCHEM, V162, P589
    WANG GK, 1982, BIOPHYS J, V40, P175
    WASSERSTROM JA, 1996, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V493, P529
 NR 42
 TC 1
 SN 0887-2333
 J9 TOXICOL VITRO
 JI Toxicol. Vitro
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 19
 IS 2
 BP 183
 EP 190
 PG 8
 SC Toxicology
 GA 902NR
 UT ISI:000227364300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qiu, HL
    Wang, AH
    You, JL
    Liu, XJ
    Chen, H
    Liu, ST
 TI High temperature Raman spectra and structure character study of BSO
    crystal
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE BSO crystal; high temperature Raman spectrum; vibration mode; high
    temperature structure
 ID BI12SIO20; BI12GEO20; MODES
 AB The structure character of BSO crystal at room temperature was
    generalized. The main Raman shifts of lattice vibration at room
    temperature were interpreted. The Raman spectra of BSO crystal were
    measured in a temperature range from 293 K to 1 123 K with high
    temperature Raman spectroscopy and time-resolved detection techniques.
    Temperature-dependence character of the Raman spectra of the crystal
    was investigated. The vibration mode of the longest bond Bi-O-(1) in
    crystal shifts from 542 cm(-1) to 512 cm(-1) with the temperature
    increasing from room temperature to 1 123 K. It can be attributed to
    the fact that oxygen atoms are electrostatic bond to Bi atoms. The
    intensity of 88 cm(-1) modes, which belongs to combination mode of
    bending and stretching in Bi3O4 unit, changes not so noticeably as
    other modes, and even the 58 cm(-1) mode of Bi atoms motions in crystal
    lattice decreases rapidly when the temperature is higher than 873 K,
    which indicates that the framework structure of the crystal is broken
    down at high temperature, while the Bi3O4 unit still exists.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Anhui Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Hefei 230031, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Qiu, HL, Chinese Acad Sci, Anhui Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Hefei 230031,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BABONAS GA, 1982, OPT SPECTROSC, V53, P211
    STEUDNER R, 1985, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V46, P803
    VENUGOPALAN S, 1972, PHYS REV B, V5, P4065
    WANG TJ, 1983, CHINESE LASER, V11, P483
    WOJDOWSKI W, 1985, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V130, P121
    XU PC, 1996, RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY G
    ZARETSKII YG, 1983, OPT SPECTROSC, V54, P338
    ZHANG SA, 1987, J SYNTHETIC CRYSTAL, V16, P185
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 25
 IS 2
 BP 222
 EP 225
 PG 4
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 903WY
 UT ISI:000227457500018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tan, XH
    Xu, H
    Wang, Q
    Hou, XL
    Dong, YD
 TI Structure, magnetic properties and crystalline behavior of bulk
    Nd60Fe20Al10-xCo10Bx amorphous alloys
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE bulk amorphous alloys; hard magnetic properties; crystalline behavior
 ID GLASS
 AB The structure and magnetic properties of bulk Nd60Fe20Al10-xCo10Bx (x =
    0, 2, 5) amorphous alloys were investigated by x-ray diffraction (XRD),
    differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) and the vibrating sample
    magnetometer (VSM). The results show that there is a wide exothermic
    reaction peak at 360degreesC to 475degreesC for Nd60Fe20Al10Co10 alloy
    in DSC measurements, while it disappeare after B was added. The as-cast
    Nd60Fe20Al10-xCo10Bx(x = 0, 2, 5) alloys show hard magnetic behaviorat
    room temperature. With increasing of B content, the intrinsic
    coercivity increases significantly while the saturation magnetization
    and remanence decrease monotonously. The crystalline behavior of
    Nd60Fe20Al10Co10 alloy has an obvious difference to alloys with B
    addition.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Tan, XH, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM tanxiaohua123@163.com
 CR FAN GJ, 2000, J MATER RES, V15, P1556
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P99
    KONG HZ, 2000, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V217, P65
    KUMAR G, 2003, ACTA MATER, V51, P229
    LI Y, 1998, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V187, P273
    NGUYEN C, 2002, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V242, P1314
    SIRATORI K, 1990, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V83, P341
    WEI BC, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P4357
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 34
 IS 2
 BP 263
 EP 265
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 902OZ
 UT ISI:000227367700022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, LT
    Ding, JY
    Zhang, CM
    Jia, JW
    Weng, HB
    Liu, WX
    Zhang, DB
 TI Estimating the copy number of transgenes in transformed rice by
    real-time quantitative PCR
 SO PLANT CELL REPORTS
 DT Article
 DE transgenic rice; TaqMan real-time PCR; GUS; HPT; copy number
 ID GENE; PLANTS; HYBRIDIZATION; ASSAY
 AB In transgenic plants, transgene copy number can greatly influence the
    expression level and genetic stability of the target gene, making
    estimation of transgene copy number an important area of genetically
    modified (GM) crop research. Transgene copy numbers are currently
    estimated by Southern analysis, which is laborious and time-consuming,
    requires relatively large amounts of plant materials and may involve
    hazardous radioisotopes. We report here the development of a sensitive,
    high-throughput real-time (RT)-PCR technique for estimating transgene
    copy number in GM rice. This system uses TaqMan quantitative RT-PCR and
    comparison to a novel rice endogenous reference gene coding for sucrose
    phosphate synthase (SPS) to determine the copy numbers of the exogenous
    beta-glucuronidase (GUS) and hygromycin phosphortransferase (HPT) genes
    in transgenic rice. The copy numbers of the GUS and HPT in primary rice
    transformants (T-0) were calculated by comparing quantitative PCR
    results of the GUS and HPT genes with those of the internal standard,
    SPS. With optimized PCR conditions, we achieved significantly accurate
    estimates of one, two, three and four transgene copies in the T-0
    transformants. Furthermore, our copy number estimations of both the GUS
    reporter gene and the HPT selective marker gene showed that
    rearrangements of the T-DNA occurred more frequently than is generally
    believed in transgenic rice.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Life Sci & Biotechnol, Shanghai 200240, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Dept Biol Sci & Technol, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Acad Agr Sci, Agrobiotech Res Ctr, Key Lab Agr Genet & Breeding, Shanghai 201106, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, DB, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Life Sci & Biotechnol, 800
    Dongchuan Rd, Shanghai 200240, Peoples R China.
 EM zdb3000@yahoo.com.cn
 CR 1994, FED REG, V59, P26700
    AHMED FE, 2002, TRENDS BIOTECHNOL, V20, P215
    ARMOUR JAL, 2000, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V28, P605
    BONFINI L, 2002, 20348EN EUR
    CALLAWAY AS, 2002, PLANT MOL BIOL REP, V20, P265
    CIRILLO C, 1999, PETRIA, V9, P344
    DEPRETER K, 2002, MODERN PATHOL, V15, P159
    DING JY, 2004, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V52, P3372
    EINSPANIER R, 2001, EUR FOOD RES TECHNOL, V213, P415
    FLAVELL RB, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P3490
    HOLLOX EJ, 2002, EXPERT REV MOL DIAGN, V2, P370
    INGHAM DJ, 2001, BIOTECHNIQUES, V31, P132
    KALLIONIEMI A, 1996, METHODS, V9, P113
    KOK EJ, 2003, TRENDS BIOTECHNOL, V21, P439
    LARRAMENDY ML, 1998, CANCER GENET CYTOGEN, V106, P62
    LI JF, 2002, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V99, P10724
    LUCITO R, 2000, GENOME RES, V10, P1726
    MASON G, 2002, BMC BIOTECHNOL, V2, P20
    ROBERTS CS, 1998, ROCK FDN M INT PROGR, P15
    SAMBROOK J, 1989, MOL CLONING LAB MANU
    SONG P, 2002, PLANT CELL REP, V20, P948
    VAUCHERET H, 1998, PLANT J, V16, P651
    ZHANG YL, 2003, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V31
 NR 23
 TC 2
 SN 0721-7714
 J9 PLANT CELL REP
 JI Plant Cell Reports
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 IS 10-11
 BP 759
 EP 763
 PG 5
 SC Plant Sciences
 GA 903QZ
 UT ISI:000227442000015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hua, Q
    Zhang, YH
    Yan, YS
 TI On-line prediction of carbon equivalent on high-nickel austenitic
    ductile iron
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING A-STRUCTURAL MATERIALS PROPERTIES
    MICROSTRUCTURE AND PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE carbon equivalent; high-nickel ductile irons; on-line prediction;
    cooling curve
 AB In this paper, experiments have been made on high-nickel ductile iron
    for controlling the property by the computer-aided thermal analysis
    system. The experimental results have been analyzed with statistics and
    applied to on-line predicting and controlling carbon equivalent, which
    obtained satisfying result. The experiments show that the relationship
    between the carbon equivalent of high-nickel ductile iron and its
    liquidus temperature is linear, which can be expressed as: CEL =
    15.7826 - 0.0096575 x T-L. In order to ensure the tensile strength
    greater than 400 MPa with the probability up to 99%, the liquidus
    temperature of high-nickel austenitic ductile iron must be in the range
    of [ 1203-1226 degreesC]. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Hua, Q, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM qhua@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BACKERUD SL, 1989, AFS T, V97, P459
    CHEN IG, 1984, AFS T, V92, P947
    CHEN K, 2000, APPL PROBABILITY STA, P360
    FRAS E, 1993, AFS T, V101, P505
    KARSAY I, 1961, AFS T, V69, P725
    SCHELLENG RD, 1960, AFS T, V68, P301
    UPADHYA KG, 1989, AFS T, V97, P61
    ZEJI S, 2003, FOUNDRY TECHNOL, V24, P91
    ZENG DW, 2002, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V333, P223
    ZHU P, 1995, AFS T, V103, P601
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0921-5093
 J9 MATER SCI ENG A-STRUCT MATER
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process.
 PD FEB 25
 PY 2005
 VL 393
 IS 1-2
 BP 310
 EP 314
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 902TE
 UT ISI:000227378600038
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, JP
    Zheng, CL
    Liu, Q
 TI Nonpropagating solitons in (2+1)-dimensional dispersive long-water wave
    system
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE extended mapping approach; DLW system; localized excitation
 ID 2 SPACE DIMENSIONS; LOCALIZED COHERENT STRUCTURES; EQUATIONS
 AB With the help of an extended mapping approach, a new type of variable
    separation excitation with three arbitrary functions of the
    (2+1)-dimensional dispersive long-water wave system (DLW) is derived.
    Based on the derived variable separation excitation, abundant
    non-propagating solitons such as dromion, ring, peakon, and compacton
    etc. are revealed by selecting appropriate functions in this paper.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zjclzheng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BOITI M, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P371
    LARRAZA A, 1984, J FLUID MECH, V148, P443
    LOU S, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V176, P96
    LOU SL, 1984, J PHYS A, V27, P3235
    LOU SY, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1614
    LOU SY, 1995, MATH METHOD APPL SCI, V18, P789
    LU Z, 2003, SOLITIONS FRACTALS, V19, P527
    MILES JW, 1984, J FLUID MECH, V148, P451
    PAQUIN G, 1990, PHYSICA D, V46, P122
    TAANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4000
    WU J, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V52, P1421
    XU YG, 1990, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V12, P7
    YAN JR, 1993, EUROPHYS LETT, V23, P335
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P25
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
    ZHENG CL, 2004, J PHYS SOC JPN, V73, P293
 NR 19
 TC 1
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD FEB 15
 PY 2005
 VL 43
 IS 2
 BP 245
 EP 250
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 903KI
 UT ISI:000227424300012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ge, HX
    Dai, SQ
    Dong, LY
    Lei, L
 TI A modified sensitive driving cellular automaton model
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE traffic flow; cellular automaton model; sensitive behavior; variable
    security gap
 ID TRAFFIC FLOW; METASTABLE STATES; HIGHWAY; PHASE
 AB A modified cellular automaton model for traffic flow on highway is
    proposed with a novel concept about the variable security gap. The
    concept is first introduced into the original Nagel-Schreckenberg
    model, which is called the non-sensitive driving cellular automaton
    model. And then it is incorporated with a sensitive driving NaSch
    model, in which the randomization brake is arranged before the
    deterministic deceleration. A parameter related to the variable
    security gap is determined through simulation. Comparison of the
    simulation results indicates that the variable security gap has
    different influence on the two models. The fundamental diagram obtained
    by simulation with the modified sensitive driving NaSch model shows
    that the maximum How are in good agreement with the observed data,
    indicating that the presented model is more reasonable and realistic.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ge, HX, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM ghxmocy@tom.com
 CR BARLOVIC R, 1998, EUR PHYS J B, V5, P793
    BENJAMIN SC, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P3119
    CHOWDHURY D, 2000, PHYS REP, V329, P199
    FUKUI M, 1997, J PHYS SOC JPN, V66, P385
    GE HX, 2004, J SHANGHAI U, P1
    HELBING D, 1996, PHYS REV E, V53, P2366
    HELBING D, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P3042
    KERNER BS, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P2335
    KERNER BS, 1995, PHYS REV E B, V51, P6243
    KNOSPE W, 2000, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V33, L477
    LEE K, 2001, J PHYS SOC JPN, V70, P3507
    LI L, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P2121
    LI XB, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V64
    NAGATANI T, 1997, PHYSICA A, V237, P67
    NAGEL K, 1992, J PHYS I, V2, P2221
    NISHINARI K, 2000, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V33, P7709
    SCHADSCHNEIDER A, 1997, ANN PHYS-LEIPZIG, V6, P541
    TAKAYASU M, 1993, FRACTALS, V1, P860
    WAGNER P, 1996, TRAFFIC GRANULAR FLO, P193
    WANG BH, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P906
    YU X, 2001, ACTA PHYS SINI, V50, P444
    YU X, 2002, P 4 INT C NONL MECH, P919
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD FEB 15
 PY 2005
 VL 43
 IS 2
 BP 321
 EP 324
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 903KI
 UT ISI:000227424300025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jia, XS
    Zhang, YM
 TI Reductive cleavage of the carbon-sulfur bond by samarium/Cp2TiCl2
    system for the synthesis of dialkyl disulfides
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE carbon-sulfur bond; samarium/Cp2TiCl2; dialkyl disulfide
 ID DISELENIDES; DERIVATIVES; OXIDATION; EFFICIENT; SELENOLS; REAGENT;
    HALIDES; THIOLS
 AB Methods for the formation of sulfur-sulfur bond are indispensable tools
    in synthetic chemistry and biochemistry. Their importance stems from
    the existence of sulfur-sulfur bond in many molecules such as proteins,
    peptides, natural products and pharmacologically active compounds.' In
    addition, disulfides are useful synthetic intermediates in a variety of
    chemical transformations. (2) In recognition of their importance,
    various methods for the synthesis of disulfides have been reported, (3)
    for example the oxidation of thiols (3a), the reaction of alkyl
    bromides with the sodium hydroxide and sulfur, (3b) the reduction of
    sulfonic acids and sodium sulfortates, (3c) the reaction of sulfur,
    borohydride exchange resin with halides, (3g) the reaction of
    benzyltriethylammonium tetraco-sathioheptamolybdate with alkyl halides.
    (3h) Thus, most of the methods for the synthesis of disulfides usually
    require expensive, (3i) unstable and foul reagents, 3a strong base 3b
    or long reaction time.(3j) The reduction of sulfoxides with active
    halides 4 and reductive cleavage of sulfur-sulfur bond(5) using
    samarium/CP2TiCl2 system have been reported. Here, a mild and rapid
    method for the reductive cleavage of carbon-sulfur bond using
    samariUM/CP2TiCl2 system, which is a novel method for the formation of
    disulfides, is described. The carbon-sulfur bond in the
    alkylthiocyanates was reductively cleaved by samarium/Cp2TiCl2 system
    to give the corresponding dialkyl disulfides in moderate to good yields
    (Scheme 1).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou 310028, Zhejiang, Peoples R China.
 RP Jia, XS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM xsjia@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ANTEBI S, 1985, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V26, P2609
    BANDGAR BP, 2001, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V42, P6741
    BEZZI S, 1950, GAZZ CHIM ITAL, V80, P180
    BILLARD T, 1996, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V37, P6865
    BLUM SA, 2003, J ORG CHEM, V68, P150
    BUSTANJI Y, 2002, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V41, P1546
    CHORBADZHIEV S, 1981, REV ROUM CHIM, V26, P1447
    DAVEY W, 1957, WEAR, V1, P291
    DECKERAND QW, 1957, J ORG CHEM, V22, P145
    FREEMAN F, 1993, REV HETEROATOM CHEM, V9, P1
    FUJIKI K, 2002, SYNTHESIS-STUTTG FEB, P343
    GHOSH S, 1996, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V37, P5769
    ITO S, 1993, CHEM PHARM BULL, V41, P1066
    JIA XS, 2003, J CHEM RES SYNOP, V9, P540
    KISHI Y, 1973, J AM CHEM SOC, V95, P6493
    KUTIL B, 187958, CS
    MCKILLOP A, 1990, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V31, P5007
    OAE S, 1982, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P152
    OGAWA A, 1987, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V28, P3271
    OGURA F, 1982, B CHEM SOC JPN, V55, P641
    PAUL AJ, 1935, J AM CHEM SOC, V57, P198
    POLSHETTIWAR V, 2003, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V44, P887
    RAMESHA AR, 1992, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V22, P3277
    SCHNAIBLE V, 2002, ANAL CHEM, V74, P2386
    SZILAGYI L, 2001, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V42, P3901
    TIAN XB, 2002, ORG LETT, V4, P4013
    TITSSKVORTSOVA IN, 1951, ZH OBSHCH KHIM, V21, P242
    VRUDHULA VM, 2002, BIOORG MED CHEM LETT, V12, P3591
    ZHANG YM, 1995, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V25, P1825
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 1001-604X
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Chem.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 IS 3
 BP 303
 EP 304
 PG 2
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 902JW
 UT ISI:000227352300015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, XM
    Dai, SQ
 TI Intracellular solitary pulse calcium waves in frog sympathetic neurons
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE calcium oscillation; solitary pulse calcium wave; sympathetic neuron;
    ryanodine receptor
 ID OSCILLATIONS; RELEASE; MODEL
 AB In certain extracellular environments, there would appear a kind of
    solitary pulse calcium waves in Rana pipiens sympathetic neurons,
    propagating inwards along the radial direction from the plasma
    membrane. To gain a deeper insight into the waves, a model describing
    intracellular calcium waves in frog sympathetic neurons was
    established. In the piecewise linear approximation, the present model
    is identical to the Sneyd model. Thus, with Sheyd's method, analytical
    expressions for the wave speed and profiles of 1-D solitary pulse wave
    were obtained. A wave speed of 21.5 mum/s was deduced, which agrees
    rather well with experimental data.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, XM, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM xminshi@sohu.com
 CR CHOPRA GC, 1999, B MATH BIOL, V61, P273
    FRIEL DD, 1995, BIOPHYS J, V68, P1752
    GOLDBETER A, 1990, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V87, P1461
    KEENER J, 1998, MATH PHYSL, P332
    MCDONOUGH SI, 2000, J NEUROSCI, V20, P9059
    MURRAY JD, 1993, MATH BIOL, P704
    SHI XM, 2003, J SHANGHAI U, V9, P365
    SHI XM, 2003, THESIS  SHANGHAI U
    SNEYD J, 1993, B MATH BIOL, V55, P315
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 2
 BP 150
 EP 159
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 903AP
 UT ISI:000227398100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yuan, XG
    Zhu, ZY
 TI Qualitative study of cavitated, bifurcation for a class of
    incompressible generalized neo-Hookean spheres
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE incompressible generalized neo-Hookean material; cavitated bifurcation;
    normal form; stability and catastrophe
 ID ELASTIC-MATERIALS; VOID NUCLEATION
 AB The problem of spherical cavitated bifurcation was examined for a class
    of incompressible generalized neo-Hookean materials, in which the
    materials may be viewed as the homogeneous incompressible isotropic
    neo-Hookean material with radial perturbations. The condition of void
    nucleation for this problem was obtained In contrast to the situation
    for a homogeneous isotropic neo-Hookean sphere, it is shown that not
    only there exists a secondary turning bifurcation point on the
    cavitated bifurcation solution which bifurcates locally to the left
    from trivial solution, and also the critical load is smaller than that
    for the material with no. perturbations, as the parameters belong to
    some regions. It is proved that the cavitated bifurcation equation is
    equivalent to a class of normal forms with single-sided constraints
    near the critical point by using singularity theory. The stability of
    solutions and the actual stable equilibrium state were discussed
    respectively by using the minimal potential energy principle.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Yantai Univ, Dept Math & Informat Sci, Shandong 264005, Peoples R China.
 RP Yuan, XG, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Math,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM chjcheng@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BALL JM, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V306, P557
    CHOUWANG MSO, 1989, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V25, P1239
    CHUNG DT, 1987, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V23, P983
    GOLUBITSKY M, 1985, SINGULARITIES GROUPS, P463
    HORGAN CO, 1995, APPL MECH REV, V48, P471
    HOU HS, 1993, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V60, P1
    POLIGNONE DA, 1993, J ELASTICITY, V33, P27
    REN JS, 2001, J SHANGHAI U, V5, P177
    REN JS, 2002, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V15, P208
    REN JS, 2002, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V23, P881
    REN JS, 2002, J SHANGHAI U, V6, P185
    SHANG XC, 1996, ACTA MECH SINICA, V28, P751
    SHANG XC, 2001, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P1101
    YUAN XG, 2004, J SHANGHAI U, V8, P13
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 2
 BP 185
 EP 194
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 903AP
 UT ISI:000227398100007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, D
    Sun, XL
    McKinnon, K
 TI An exact solution method for reliability optimization in complex systems
 SO ANNALS OF OPERATIONS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE reliability optimization; complex system; global optimization;
    convexification method; mixed-integer nonlinear programming;
    branch-and-bound
 ID NONLINEAR KNAPSACK CLASS; SMART GREEDY PROCEDURE; GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION;
    ALGORITHM; CONVEXIFICATION; ALLOCATION; BRANCH
 AB Systems reliability plays an important role in systems design,
    operation and management. Systems reliability can be improved by adding
    redundant components or increasing the reliability levels of
    subsystems. Determination of the optimal amount of redundancy and
    reliability levels among various subsystems under limited resource
    constraints leads to a mixed-integer nonlinear programming problem. The
    continuous relaxation of this problem in a complex system is a
    nonconvex nonseparable optimization problem with certain monotone
    properties. In this paper, we propose a convexification method to solve
    this class of continuous relaxation problems. Combined with a
    branch-and-bound method, our solution scheme provides an efficient way
    to find an exact optimal solution to integer reliability optimization
    in complex systems.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Edinburgh, Sch Math, Edinburgh EH9 3JZ, Midlothian, Scotland.
 RP Li, D, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Hong
    Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 EM dli@se.cuhk.edu.hk
    xlsun@staff.shu.edu.cn
    ken@maths.ed.ac.uk
 CR ABRAHAM JA, 1979, IEEE T RELIAB, V28, P58
    AVRIEL M, 1976, NONLINEAR PROGRAMMIN
    BENSON HP, 1996, NAV RES LOG, V43, P765
    CHEN PC, 1981, OPER RES LETT, V7, P403
    FOX B, 1966, MANAGE SCI, V13, P210
    GEN M, 1997, GENETIC ALGORITHMS E
    GLOVER F, 1993, MODERN HEURISTIC TEC
    GUPTA OK, 1985, MANAGE SCI, V31, P1533
    HOFFMAN KL, 1981, MATH PROGRAM, V20, P22
    HORST R, 1988, OPER RES LETT, V7, P85
    HORST R, 1993, GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
    KIM JH, 1993, IEEE T RELIAB, V42, P572
    KUO W, 2000, IEEE T RELIAB, V49, P176
    LI D, 1992, IEEE T RELIAB, V41, P83
    LI D, 1995, J MATH ANAL APPL, V191, P589
    LI D, 2001, ANN OPER RES, V105, P213
    MISRA KB, 1991, IEEE T RELIAB, V40, P81
    NAKAGAWA Y, 1978, IEEE T RELIAB, V27, P31
    NG KYK, 2001, IIE TRANS, V33, P1047
    OHTAGAKI H, 1995, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V22, P261
    OHTAGAKI H, 2000, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V31, P283
    PARDALOS PM, 1987, CONSTRAINED GLOBAL O
    PRASAD VR, 2000, IEEE T RELIAB, V49, P323
    RAVI V, 1997, IEEE T RELIAB, V46, P2323
    SNIEDOVICH M, 1990, AM J MATH MANAGM SCI, V10, P51
    SUN XL, 2001, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V21, P185
    TAWARMALANI M, 1999, GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
    TILLMAN FA, 1980, OPTIMIZATION SYSTEM
    TZAFESTAS SG, 1980, INT J SYST SCI, V11, P455
    WU ZY, 2004, IN PRESS J GLOBAL OP
 NR 30
 TC 1
 SN 0254-5330
 J9 ANN OPER RES
 JI Ann. Oper. Res.
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 133
 IS 1-3
 BP 129
 EP 148
 PG 20
 SC Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 901TN
 UT ISI:000227304900008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, BX
    Xu, DJ
 TI 2,2 '-Diamino-4,4 ',-bi-1,3-thiazolium (2R,3R)-tartrate
 SO ACTA CRYSTALLOGRAPHICA SECTION E-STRUCTURE REPORTS ONLINE
 DT Article
 AB Crystals of the title chiral compound, C6H8N4S22+.C4H4O62-, were
    obtained from a solution containing diaminobithiazole (DABT) and
    racentic tartaric acid. The crystal structure consists of a protonated
    DABT dications (H(2)DABT) and (2R,3R)-tartrate dianions linked via
    hydrogen bonding. An overlapped arrangement and a centroid-to-centroid
    separation of 3.4620 (11) Angstrom between nearly parallel thiazole
    rings of adjacent H(2)DABT cations indicate the existence of pi-pi
    stacking in the crystal structure.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, DJ, Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou 310027, Peoples R China.
 EM xudj@mail.hz.zj.cn
 CR *RIG CORP, 1995, ABSCOR
    *RIG CORP, 1998, PROCESS AUTO
    *RIG MSC, 2002, CRYSTALSTRUCTURE VER
    ALTOMARE A, 1993, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V26, P343
    ERLENMEYER H, 1948, HELV CHIM ACTA, V31, P206
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1997, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V30, P565
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P837
    FISHER LM, 1985, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V24, P3199
    FLACK HD, 1983, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR A, V39, P876
    SHELDRICK GM, 1997, SHELXL97
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 1600-5368
 J9 ACTA CRYSTALLOGR E-STRUCT REP
 JI Acta Crystallogr. Sect. E.-Struct Rep. Online
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 61
 PN Part 3
 BP O753
 EP O755
 PG 3
 SC Crystallography
 GA 902ST
 UT ISI:000227377500182
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Fang, JP
    Chen, LQ
 TI New variable separation excitations of a (2+1)-dimensional
    Broer-Kaup-Kupershmidt system obtained by an extended mapping approach
 SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR NATURFORSCHUNG SECTION A-A JOURNAL OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE extended mapping approach; (2+1)-dimensional BKK system; localized
    excitation
 ID SYMMETRY CONSTRAINTS; SOLITON SYSTEM; EQUATION
 AB Using an extended mapping approach, a new type of variable separation
    excitation with two arbitrary functions of the (2+1)-dimensional
    Broer-Kaup-Kupershmidt system (BKK) is derived. Based on this
    excitation, abundant propagating and non-propagating solitons, such as
    dromions, rings, peakons, compactons, etc. are found by selecting
    appropriate functions.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zjclzheng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BOITI M, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P37
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    CLERC M, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P3820
    DUROVSKY VG, 1994, J PHYS A, V27, P4619
    LARRAZA A, 1984, J FLUID MECH, V148, P443
    LORENZ EN, 1963, J ATMOS SCI, V20, P130
    LOU SY, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1614
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LOU SY, 1998, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V29, P145
    LU Z, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V19, P527
    ROSENAU P, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P564
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4000
    WU J, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V52, P1421
    XU YG, 1990, J CHIN PHYS LETT, V12, P7
    YAN JR, 1993, EUROPHYS LETT, V23, P335
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P783
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
    ZHENG CL, 2004, J PHYS SOC JPN, V73, P293
 NR 21
 TC 9
 SN 0932-0784
 J9 Z NATURFORSCH SECT A
 JI Z. Naturfors. Sect. A-J. Phys. Sci.
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 59
 IS 12
 BP 912
 EP 918
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 899ZO
 UT ISI:000227184700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JM
    Yang, W
    Wang, S
    He, P
    Zhu, SH
 TI Microwave-promoted one-pot three-component reaction to
    [60]Fulleropyrrolidine derivatives
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE Fullerence C-60; fulleropyrrolidine; microwave irradiation; 1,3-dipolar
    cycloaddition
 ID FULLERENES; C-60
 AB Under microwave irradiation and solvent-free condition, one-pot
    three-component reaction of C-60, amino acid and aldehyde gave the
    corresponding [60]fulleropyrrolidine derivatives via dipolar [2 + 3]
    cycloaddition in moderate to good yields. Compared to the conventional
    thermal heating method, it provides a convenient and expeditious route
    to N-unsubstituted fulleropyrrolidines.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Key Lab Organofluorine, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, SH, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Key Lab
    Organofluorine, 345 Lingling Lu, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM zhusz@mail.sioc.ac.cn
 CR CRUZ P, 1997, TETRAHEDRON, V53, P2599
    DIEDERICH F, 1994, CHEM SOC REV, V23, P243
    GAN LB, 1996, J ORG CHEM, V61, P1954
    HIRSCH A, 1993, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V32, P1138
    JENSEN AW, 1996, BIOORGAN MED CHEM, V4, P767
    LIDSTROM P, 2001, TETRAHEDRON, V57, P9225
    MAGGINI M, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P9798
    MAGGINI M, 1994, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V35, P2985
    PRATO M, 1999, TOP CURR CHEM, V199, P173
    VARMA RS, 1999, GREEN CHEM, V1, P43
    WILSON SR, 1996, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V37, P775
    YADAV JS, 2002, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V43, P1905
    ZHANG JM, 2004, CHINESE J CHEM, V22, P1008
    ZHANG XJ, 1993, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V34, P8187
 NR 14
 TC 3
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2005
 VL 35
 IS 1
 BP 89
 EP 96
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 900AY
 UT ISI:000227189000011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, X
    Shi, LY
    Hang, JZ
    Zhang, JP
    Fang, JH
    Zhong, QD
 TI Low temperature synthesis of boron phosphide nanocrystals
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE boron phosphide; nanomaterials; X-ray techniques; transmission electron
    microscopy; semiconductors
 ID CHEMICAL-VAPOR-DEPOSITION; BP
 AB Nanocrystalline boron phosphide (BP) was successfully synthesized at
    low temperature (400 degreesC) by a simple reaction between PCl3 and
    NaBF4 using Na as reductant. X-ray powder diffraction patterns
    indicated that the resultant was cubic BP with a lattice constant
    a=4.533 Angstrom. Transmission electron microscopy revealed that the
    crystals were composed of spherical particles with the diameter of 80
    nm or so and lots of worm-like rods. The possible formation mechanism
    was also investigated. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All tights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Nano Sci & Technol Res Ctr, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, X, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM fengx01@hotmail.com
 CR *AN CTR, 1985, XRD HDB CHEM
    ARCHER RJ, 1964, PHYS REV LETT, V12, P538
    GU YL, 2002, CHEM LETT       0705, P724
    GU YL, 2003, B CHEM SOC JPN, V76, P1469
    KUMASHIRO Y, 1990, J MATER RES, V5, P2993
    MIZUTANI T, 1977, JPN J APPL PHYS, V16, P1629
    MOTOJIMA S, 1979, J MATER SCI, V14, P496
    NIEMYSKI T, 1967, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V1, P585
    SCHROTEN E, 1996, J APPL PHYS 1, V79, P4465
    SCHROTEN E, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P1660
    SCHROTEN E, 1999, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V46, P2045
    UDAGAWA T, 2003, J CERAM PROCESS RES, V4, P80
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 59
 IS 8-9
 BP 865
 EP 867
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 899SB
 UT ISI:000227164000001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, F
    Li, MS
    Lu, YP
    Qi, YX
 TI A simple sol-gel technique for preparing hydroxyapatite nanopowders
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE biomaterial; HA; nanopowders; sol-gel
 ID HYDROTHERMAL SYNTHESIS; CALCIUM-PHOSPHATE; POWDERS; COATINGS
 AB HA powder was prepared using a sol-gel method with phosphoric pentoxide
    (P2O5) and calcium nitrate tetrahydrate (Ca(NO3)(2) (.) 4H(2)O). The
    effect of sintering temperatures on crystalline degree and composition
    of the HA phase, and also the effect of aging times on crystal size of
    the HA powder were studied using XRD and TEM. It was found that at
    sintering temperatures ranging from 600 to 900 degreesC, the dominant
    phase in the powders was HA with small amounts of calcium oxide and
    beta-tricalcium phosphate (beta-TCP) at 800 and 900 degreesC, and only
    HA phase was observed at 600 and 700 degreesC. 10-15 nm HA powders were
    obtained using this technique. This technique has an advantage over
    other sot-gel methods in more simple and shorter time because of no
    requiring pH value control and long hydrolysis time. (C) 2004 Elsevier
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shandong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Jinan 250061, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Chem & Environm Engn, Jinan 250031, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, MS, Shandong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, 73 Jingshi Rd, Jinan 250061,
    Peoples R China.
 EM wf890916@163.com
 CR *JCPDS, 1994, JCPDS CARD NO 9 432
    ANEE TK, 2003, MATER CHEM PHYS, V80, P725
    BEZZI G, 2003, MATER CHEM PHYS, V78, P816
    BRNKER CJ, 1990, SOL GEL SCI
    CHAI CS, 1998, BIOMATERIALS, V19, P2291
    HUANG LY, 2000, J MATER SCI-MATER M, V11, P667
    KIM W, 2000, J MATER SCI, V35, P5401
    LAYROLLE P, 1998, J AM CERAM SOC, V81, P1421
    LI PJ, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P2094
    LIM GK, 1999, J MATER CHEM, V9, P1635
    LOPATIN CM, 1998, THIN SOLID FILMS, V326, P227
    LOPEZMACIPE A, 1998, J MATER SYNTH PROC, V6, P121
    TAS AC, 2000, J EUR CERAM SOC, V20, P2389
    WENG WJ, 1998, BIOMATERIALS, V19, P125
    YOSHIMURA M, 1994, J MATER SCI, V29, P3399
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 59
 IS 8-9
 BP 916
 EP 919
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 899SB
 UT ISI:000227164000013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, JJ
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Differential quadrature method for nonlinear vibration of orthotropic
    plates with finite deformation and transverse shear effect
 SO JOURNAL OF SOUND AND VIBRATION
 DT Article
 ID RECTANGULAR-PLATES; ELEMENT METHOD; LAMINATED PLATES; COMPOSITE PLATES;
    BEAMS
 AB Based on the Reddy's theory of plates with the effect of higher-order
    shear deformations, the governing equations for nonlinear vibration of
    orthotropic plates with finite deformations are presented. The
    nonlinear free vibration is analyzed by the differential quadrature
    method. The differential quadrature approach suggested by Wang and Bert
    is extended to handle the multiple boundary conditions of the plate. A
    new technique is also further extended to simplify nonlinear
    computations and the harmonic balance method is used in deriving the
    equation of motion. The numerical convergence and comparison studies
    are carried out to validate the present solutions. The results show
    that the presented differential quadrature method is fairly reliable
    and valid. Influences of geometric and material parameters, transverse
    shear deformations and rotation inertia, as well as vibration
    amplitudes, on the nonlinear free vibration characteristics of
    orthotropic plates are studied. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM chjcheng@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BELLMAN R, 1971, J MATH ANAL APPL, V34, P235
    BERT CW, 1989, COMPUT MECH, V5, P217
    BERT CW, 1993, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V30, P1737
    BERT CW, 1996, APPL MECH REV, V49, P1
    CHEN LQ, 2001, NONLINEAR VIBRATION
    CHEN W, 2000, COMPUT STRUCT, V74, P65
    CHIA CY, 1980, NONLINEAR ANAL PLATE
    CHIA CY, 1988, APPL MECH REV, V41, P439
    LANCASTER P, 1982, THEORY MATRICES APPL
    LEE YS, 1996, COMPUT STRUCT, V61, P573
    LIU FL, 1999, J SOUND VIB, V225, P915
    LIU FL, 1999, J VIB ACOUST, V121, P204
    MEI C, 1985, AIAA J, V23, P1104
    REDDY JN, 1984, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V20, P881
    SATHYAMOORTHY M, 1987, APPLIED MECHANICS RE, V40, P1553
    SHIAU LC, 1997, J VIB ACOUST, V119, P635
    SINGH G, 1995, J SOUND VIB, V181, P315
    TENNETI R, 1994, ADV COMPOS MATER, V4, P145
    TENNETI R, 1994, J SOUND VIB, V176, P279
    WANG X, 1993, COMPUT STRUCT, V48, P473
    WANG X, 1993, J SOUND VIB, V162, P566
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0022-460X
 J9 J SOUND VIB
 JI J. Sound Vibr.
 PD MAR 7
 PY 2005
 VL 281
 IS 1-2
 BP 295
 EP 309
 PG 15
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Acoustics; Mechanics
 GA 899AY
 UT ISI:000227118500015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, XY
    Wu, QY
    Sun, YK
 TI Hydrogen permeation behavior in a Fe3Al-based alloy at high temperature
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Article
 DE iron alummides; hydrogen diffusivity; activation energy; gaseous
    permeation technique
 ID IRON ALUMINIDE; DIFFUSIVITY; TRANSPORT; FEAL; EMBRITTLEMENT; NICKEL;
    WATER
 AB The hydrogen permeation behavior in a Fe3Al-based alloy, with three
    types of heat treatments, was investigated by an ultrahigh vacuum
    gaseous permeation technique at the temperature range of
    240-320degreesC. A well-defined second stage is observed in hydrogen
    permeation curves of the Fe3Al alloy superimposed on the basic curves.
    On the basis of optical microstructures, determined permeabilities and
    diffusivities, corresponding activation energies, it is suggested that
    the two sigmoidal curves result from the ordered B-2 phase and
    disordered alpha-Fe phase in the Fe3Al alloy; the first stage of
    permeation reflects the hydrogen transport in matrix disordered
    alpha-Fe phase, while the second stage reflects the hydrogen transport
    in ordered B-2 phase. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Mat Res Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Inst Met Sci & Technol, Shenyang 110015, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, XY, Shanghai Univ, Mat Res Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM hhtxy@online.sh.cn
 CR BALASUBRAMANIAM R, 2002, J ALLOY COMPD, V330, P506
    BANERJEE P, 1997, B MATER SCI, V20, P713
    CHENG XY, 1998, SCRIPTA MATER, V38, P1505
    CHENG XY, 2001, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V17, P841
    CHIU H, 1996, SCRIPTA MATER, V34, P963
    DEVANATHAN MAV, 1962, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V270, P90
    DOSSANTOS DS, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V348, P241
    HOSADA H, 1997, JOM, V49, P56
    HUANG YD, 2002, INTERMETALLICS, V10, P473
    KASUL DB, 1994, METALL MATER TRANS A, V25, P1285
    LIU CT, 1989, SCRIPTA METALL, V23, P875
    LUU WC, 2001, CORROS SCI, V43, P2325
    OKI K, 1973, JPN J APPL PHYS, V12, P1522
    OKI K, 1973, T JAPAN I METALS, V14, P8
    PALUMBO G, 1991, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V25, P679
    SUN XK, 1989, ACTA METALL, V37, P217
    SUN XK, 1989, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V114, P179
    TSURU T, 1982, SCRIPTA METALL, V16, P575
    VOLKL J, 1978, TOP APPL PHYS, V28, P321
    WAN X, 1994, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V10, P39
    XU J, 1993, ACTA METALL MATER, V41, P1455
    YANG Y, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V32, P1719
    ZHU YF, 1996, SCRIPTA MATER, V35, P1435
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD MAR 8
 PY 2005
 VL 389
 IS 1-2
 BP 198
 EP 203
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 901AL
 UT ISI:000227255300031
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JC
    Li, PL
    Cao, SX
    Cao, GX
    Jing, C
 TI Distribution of substitution clusters, change of positron lifetime and
    superconductivity in magnetic ion Fe and Ni doping YBa(2)Cu3O(7-delta)
    systems
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS B
 DT Article
 DE YBCO high-T-c superconductor; magnetic ion substitution; positron
    annihilation; simulated calculations
 ID BA-CU-O; CUPRATE SUPERCONDUCTORS; ZN-SUBSTITUTION; COPPER OXIDES;
    ANNIHILATION; YBA2CU3O7-DELTA; TRANSITION; OXYGEN; DIFFRACTION;
    RELAXATION
 AB To recognize the distributional characteristics of Fe and Ni doping and
    the fundamental effects of magnetic ions on superconductivity, the
    X-ray diffraction, positron annihilation technology and simulated
    calculations are utilized to investigate systemically YBa2Cu3-x(Fe,
    Ni)(x)O7-delta (x = 0.0 similar to 0.5). The results show that Fe and
    Ni doping form different kinds of ion clusters and enter the crystal
    lattice. When occupying Cu(2) sites in the CuO2 planes, ions gather
    into Double Square and/or other clusters, which results in a strong
    electronic localization and would directly influence the pairing and
    transportation of carriers, so the superconductivity is suppressed
    dramatically. While doping ions enter the Cu(1) sites through gathering
    Hexamer and/or other clusters, this induces the localization of holes
    and weakens the function of carrier reservoir, so carriers cannot be
    easily transferred to the CuO2 planes. However, in this case, the
    pairing and transportation of carriers are not affected directly, thus
    the superconductivity is suppressed weakly. Besides, the present
    results indicate that the superconductivity suppressed has no direct
    correlation with the magnetism of Fe and Ni ion itself.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABRIKOSOV A, 1961, SOV PHYS JETP, V12, P1234
    AXNAS J, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, R3003
    BANERJEE T, 2000, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V114, P655
    BHARATHI A, 1989, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V1, P1467
    BORDET P, 1988, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V66, P435
    BRANDT W, 1967, POSITRON ANNIHILATIO
    BRANDT W, 1971, PHYS LETT          A, V35, P109
    BRIDGES F, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P2137
    BRINGLEY JF, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P2432
    CAPONE M, 2002, SCIENCE, V296, P2364
    CHAKRABORTY B, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P215
    DEUDAYAN D, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P14519
    FRANCOIS M, 1987, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V63, P1149
    FUKUZUMI Y, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P684
    GINSBERG DM, 1990, PHYS PROPERTIES HIGH
    GUO SQ, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P379
    GUO W, 2001, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V18, P582
    GUPTA RP, 1998, PHYSICA C, V305, P179
    HAGHIGHI H, 1990, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V2, P1911
    HORLAND RS, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P9017
    ISLAM MS, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P9492
    JEAN YC, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P1069
    JEAN YC, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1593
    JENSEN KO, 1989, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V1, P3727
    JORGENSEN JD, 1991, PHYS TODAY, V44, P34
    KUO YK, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, P6201
    LI PC, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P282
    MACDONALD AH, 2001, NATURE, V414, P409
    NACHUMI B, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P5421
    NAGEL C, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P9212
    SAARINEN K, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P1883
    SAITOVITCH B, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P7697
    SOMOZA A, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P14454
    STAAB TEM, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P5519
    TAKAGI H, 2000, PHYSICA C 1, V341, P3
    TAMAKI T, 1988, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V65, P43
    TARASCON JM, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P8393
    TARASCON JM, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P7458
    VONSTETTEN EC, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P2198
    XIAO G, 1987, PHYS REV B, V35, P8782
    ZHANG HB, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P1697
    ZHANG JC, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V201, P70
    ZHANG JC, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
 NR 43
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9792
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS B
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. B
 PD DEC 10
 PY 2004
 VL 18
 IS 30
 BP 3887
 EP 3903
 PG 17
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 899JI
 UT ISI:000227140300002
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Bian, JJ
    Gao, HB
    Wang, XW
 TI Microwave dielectric properties of A-site modified Pb(Mg1/2W1/2)O-3
 SO HIGH-PERFORMANCE CERAMICS III, PTS 1 AND 2
 SE KEY ENGINEERING MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE antiferroelectric ceramics; microwave dielectric properties
 AB The sintering behavior, microstructure and microwave dielectric
    properties of A-site modified Pb(Mg1/2W1/2)O-3 with Ca2+, Ba2+ and La3+
    were investigated in this paper. It is discovered that a series of
    single-phase perovskite type solid solutions with A-site vacancies were
    formed for Pb1-3/2xLax(Mg1/2W1/2)O-3 (0 less than or equal to x less
    than or equal to 2/3)). The solid solution took cubic perovskite type
    structure (Fm3m) with random distribution of A-site vacancies when 0 <
    x < 0.5, and tetragonal or orthorhombic structure with the ordering of
    A-site vacancies when 0.5 :5 x : 2/3. However, the solid solubility of
    Ba(Mg1/2W1/2)O-3 and Ca(Mg1/2W1/2)O-3 in Pb(Mg1/2W1/2)O-3 is limited to
    15 and 5 mol%, respectively, in spite of no structural difference
    between the end member. It was also found that the A-site substitution
    with Ca2+ Ba2+ and La3+ for Pb2+ has no influences on the degree of
    B-site ordering between M2+ and W6+. However, the antiferroelectric T-c
    decreases with increase in the content of A-site substitution. The
    dielectric constants and temperature coefficient of resonant frequency
    of La3+ modified Pb(Mg1/2W1/2)O-3 are much lower than that of Ca2+ and
    Ba2+ modified Pb(Mg1/2W1/2)O-3, and decrease with increasing La
    content. However, its Qxf values is much higher than that of Ca2+ and
    B2+ modified Pb((MgW1/2)-W-1/2)O-3, and increase with increase in La
    content. Relatively good combination microwave dielectric properties
    were obtained for Pb1-3/2xLax(Mg1/2W1/2)O-3 with x=0.56:
    epsilon(r)=28.7, Qxf=18098, and tau(f)=-5.8ppm/degreesC.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Bian, JJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BABAKISHI KZ, 1992, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V25, P477
    BALDINOZZI G, 1993, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V86, P541
    CHO SY, 1999, J MATER RES, V14, P114
    KATO J, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V31, P3144
    PENN SJ, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P1885
    TORII Y, 1981, MAT RES B, V16, P1153
    YANG JH, 1994, FERROELECTRICS, V152, P243
    YASUDA N, 1986, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V19, P1055
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1013-9826
 J9 KEY ENG MAT
 PY 2005
 VL 280-283
 PN Part 1-2
 BP 1
 EP 4
 PG 4
 GA BBQ34
 UT ISI:000227051400001
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Zhao, SC
    Zhang, L
    Li, GR
    Zheng, LY
    Ding, AL
 TI Dielectric and piezoelectric properties of Na0.42K0.08K0.08Bi0.5TiO3
    and Na0.45K0.05Bi0.5TiO3 ceramics
 SO HIGH-PERFORMANCE CERAMICS III, PTS 1 AND 2
 SE KEY ENGINEERING MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE lead-free titanates; (Na, K, Bi) TiO3; piezoelectric properties;
    dielectric properties
 ID LEAD; SYSTEM
 AB Na0.42KD0.08Bi0.5TiO3 and Na0.45K0.05Bi0.5TiO3 ceramics were fabricated
    by the solid-state reaction. The structures were determined by X-ray
    diffraction. Dielectric, ferroelectric and piezoelectric properties of
    the ceramics were measured and discussed. The ceramics have a single
    perovskite phase with rhombohedral. symmetry at room temperature. The
    thermal variations of the permittivity follow the law 1/epsilon -
    1/epsilon(m) = C(T - T-m)(2) which is the character of typical relax
    ferroelectrics, when temperature is higher than the temperature of the
    maximum of dielectric constant (Tm). The depolarization. temperature
    (T-d) of spontaneous polarization is 215degreesC for
    Na0.45K0.05Bi0.5TiO3 and 152degreesC for Na0.42K0.08Bi0.5TiO3
    respectively. There exist two different dielectric behaviors of the
    Na0.42K0.08Bi0.5TiO3 ceramic, without and after poling.
    Na0.45K0.05Bi0.5TiO3 possesses relatively high k(t) and T-d. The use
    device application has been indicated.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GR, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050, Peoples
    R China.
 EM lzz@sunm.shcnc.ac.cn
 CR CHU BJ, 2002, J EUR CERAM SOC, V22, P2115
    ELKECHAI O, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V157, P499
    NAGATA H, 1998, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V37, P5311
    SAID S, 2001, J EUR CERAM SOC, V21, P1333
    SUCHANICZ J, 2003, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V97, P154
    TAKANAKA T, 1990, FERROELECTRICS, V106, P175
    WANG XX, 2003, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V125, P395
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 1013-9826
 J9 KEY ENG MAT
 PY 2005
 VL 280-283
 PN Part 1-2
 BP 251
 EP 254
 PG 4
 GA BBQ34
 UT ISI:000227051400064
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, XY
    Leng, GS
 TI The mixed volume of two finite vector sets
 SO DISCRETE & COMPUTATIONAL GEOMETRY
 DT Article
 ID HADAMARD INEQUALITY; SINE THEOREM; SIMPLICES; BODIES; DETERMINANTS
 AB We introduce the concept of the mixed volume of two finite vector sets
    in R-n. By employing the exterior differential, we prove a new and
    powerful inequality and establish a series of quantity relations
    associated with the mixed volume of two finite vector sets. As
    applications, we discuss some well-known results of simplices and the
    Hadamard inequality.
 C1 Hunan Normal Univ, Dept Math, Changsha 410081, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, XY, Hunan Normal Univ, Dept Math, Changsha 410081, Peoples R China.
 EM lixy77@sohu.com
    lenggangsong@163.com
 CR BARTOS P, 1968, CAS PEST MAT, V93, P273
    BLUMENTHAL LM, 1953, THEORY APPL DISTANCE
    DIXON JD, 1984, CANAD MATH B, V27, P260
    ENGLE GM, 1976, LINEAR MULTILINEAR A, V4, P155
    ERIKSSON F, 1978, GEOM DEDICATA, V7, P71
    GARDNER RJ, 1994, T AM MATH SOC, V342, P435
    GARDNER RJ, 1995, GEOMETRIC TOMOGRAPHY
    GUO R, 1997, CHEM J CHINESE U, V18, P600
    HORN R, 1985, MATRIX ANAL
    JOHNSON CR, 1974, J RES NBS, V78, P167
    JOHNSON CR, 1985, LINEAR MULTILINEAR A, V18, P23
    LENG GS, 1997, ACTA MATH SINICA, V40, P14
    LENG GS, 1998, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V278, P237
    LENG GS, 2000, DISCRETE MATH, V211, P111
    LENG GS, 2000, J MATH ANAL APPL, V248, P429
    LENG GS, 2002, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V23, P990
    LUTWAK E, 1975, PAC J MATH, V58, P531
    LUTWAK E, 1986, T AM MATH SOC, V294, P487
    LUTWAK E, 1990, P LOND MATH SOC, V60, P365
    PEDOE D, 1942, MATH P CAMBRIDGE PHI, V38, P397
    PEDOE D, 1970, AM MATH MONTHLY, V77, P711
    REZNIKOV AG, 1995, OPER THEORY ADV APPL, V77, P139
    SCHNEIDER R, 1993, CONVEX BODIES BRUNNM
    VELJAN D, 1995, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V219, P79
    WOLKOWICZ H, 1980, LINEAR ALGEBRA ITS A, V29, P471
    YANG DH, IN PRESS GEOMETRIC R
    YANG L, 1983, B AUST MATH SOC, V27, P203
    ZHANG GY, 1994, T AM MATH SOC, V345, P777
    ZHANG Y, 1992, J SYSTEM SCI MATH SC, V12, P371
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 0179-5376
 J9 DISCRETE COMPUT GEOM
 JI Discret. Comput. Geom.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 33
 IS 3
 BP 403
 EP 421
 PG 19
 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods; Mathematics
 GA 899MQ
 UT ISI:000227148900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Fang, JP
    Chen, LQ
 TI Localized excitations in (2+1)-dimensions obtained by a mapping approach
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID LONG-WAVE EQUATIONS; 2 SPACE DIMENSIONS; COHERENT SOLITON-STRUCTURES;
    FRACTAL BEHAVIORS; SYSTEM
 AB With the aid of an extended mapping approach, a new type of variable
    separation excitation with two arbitrary functions of the
    (2+1)-dimensional dispersive long-water wave system is derived. Based
    on the derived variable separation excitation, abundant propagating and
    non-propagating solitons such as dromion, ring, peakon, and compacton
    are revealed by selecting appropriate functions.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BOITI M, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P371
    BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P432
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    CLERC M, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P3820
    LARRAZA A, 1984, J FLUID M ECH, V148, P43
    LORENZ EN, 1963, J ATMOS SCI, V20, P130
    LOU S, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V176, P96
    LOU SY, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1614
    LOU SY, 1994, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V27, P3235
    LOU SY, 1995, MATH METHOD APPL SCI, V18, P789
    LU Z, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V19, P527
    MILES JW, 1984, J FLUID MECH, V148, P443
    PAQUIN G, 1990, PHYSICA D, V46, P122
    ROSENAU P, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P564
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4000
    WU J, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V52, P1421
    XU YG, 1990, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V12, P7
    YAN JR, 1993, EUROPHYS LETT, V23, P335
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE J PHYS, V41, P442
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P25
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
    ZHENG CL, 2004, J PHYS SOC JPN, V73, P293
 NR 25
 TC 1
 SN 0577-9073
 J9 CHIN J PHYS
 JI Chin. J. Phys.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 43
 IS 1
 PN Part 1
 BP 17
 EP 25
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 899VK
 UT ISI:000227173600002
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Chen, YL
    Sun, J
 TI Mechanism of crack extension in rock
 SO ADVANCES IN ENGINEERING PLASTICITY AND ITS APPLICATIONS,  PTS 1 AND 2
 SE KEY ENGINEERING MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE crack; initiation and propagation; sandstone; creep
 AB The mechanism and criterion of crack initiation and propagation of
    rocks were investigated by many researchers. And the creep behaviour of
    rocks was also theoretically and experimentally studied by some
    scientists and engineers. The characteristics of crack initiation and
    propagation of rocks under creep condition, however, are very important
    for rock engineering and still not paid enough attention by
    researchers. In this paper, the criterion and mechanism of crack
    initiation and propagation under creep condition were investigated
    using specimens collected from sandstone rock formations outcropping in
    Emei Mountain, the Sichuan Province of China. Cuboid specimens under
    three point bending were used in this investigation. All specimens were
    classified into four sorts and used for Mode-I fracture or creep
    fracture tests. The experimental result shows that due to creep
    deformation, rock crack will inevitably initiate and propagate under a
    load of K-I, which is less than fracture toughness K-IC but not less
    than a constant (marked as K-IC2). K-IC2 indicates the ability of rock
    to resist crack initiation and propagation under creep conditions and
    is less than fracture toughness K-IC, it is defined as creep fracture
    toughness in this paper. K-IC2 should be considered as an important
    parameter on design and computation of rock engineering.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Dept Geotech Engn, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM chenyouliang2001@yahoo.com.cn
    sunjunk@online.sh.cn
 CR HUNSCHE ND, 1998, TIME EFFECTS ROCK ME, P1
    SILBERSCHMIDT VG, 2000, ROCK MECH ROCK ENG, V33, P53
    YUAN LW, 1984, RHEOLOGY, P74
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 1013-9826
 J9 KEY ENG MAT
 PY 2004
 VL 274-276
 BP 157
 EP 162
 PG 6
 GA BBQ58
 UT ISI:000227161500024
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Huang, J
    He, JM
    Zhang, JQ
 TI Viscoplastic flow of the MR fluid in a cylindrical valve
 SO ADVANCES IN ENGINEERING PLASTICITY AND ITS APPLICATIONS,  PTS 1 AND 2
 SE KEY ENGINEERING MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE MR fluids; MR valve; viscoplastic flow; yield stress
 AB Bingham viscoplastic model is used to describe the constitutive
    behavior of Magnetorheological (MR) fluids subject to an applied
    magnetic field. Based on Navier-Stokes' equation, a theoretical
    analysis of the effect of the applied magnetic field on the
    viscoplastic flow in a cylindrical valve is presented. The expressions
    for the velocity in viscoplastic flow are derived. The results indicate
    that the volumetric flow rate can be continuously adjusted by an
    external magnetic field. With the increase of the applied magnetic
    field the yield boundary gets closer to the two cylindrical surfaces,
    and the restriction of flow is increased.
 C1 Chongqing Inst Technol, Sch Vehicle Engn, Chongqing 400050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, J, Chongqing Inst Technol, Sch Vehicle Engn, Chongqing 400050,
    Peoples R China.
 EM jhuangcq@sohu.com
    hjm@cqit.edu.cn
    jqzhang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ASHOUR O, 1996, J INTEL MAT SYST STR, V7, P123
    CARLSON JD, 1996, P 5 INT C ER FLUIDS, P20
    HUANG J, 2002, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V129, P552
    PINKUS O, 1980, THEORY HYDRODYNAMIC
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 1013-9826
 J9 KEY ENG MAT
 PY 2004
 VL 274-276
 BP 969
 EP 974
 PG 6
 GA BBQ58
 UT ISI:000227161500160
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
    Li, P
 TI Simultaneously inducing synthesis of semiconductor selenium multi-armed
    nanorods and nanobars through bio-membrane bi-templates
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES B-CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE selenium; multi-armed nanorods; nanobars; bio-membrane; bi-templates
 ID NANOWIRES; NANOPARTICLES
 AB Multi-armed nanorods and nanobars of semiconductor selenium were
    simultaneously synthesized in the light of biomineralization process
    through bio-membrane bi-templates of rush at room temperature. The
    multi-armed nanorods are 60 nm in diameter and 1.5 mum in length; the
    nanobars are 150 nm in diameter and 1000-1100 nm in length. The XRD
    pattern indicates that these nanocrystals were crystallized in the
    hexagonal structure with lattice constants a 0.437 nm, c = 0.495 nm.
    The possible formation mechanism was investigated.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Anhui Agr Univ, Dept Food, Hefei 230036, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR ABDELOUAS A, 2000, CHEM MATER, V12, P1510
    BAEUERLEIN E, 2003, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V42, P614
    BEHRENS S, 2002, ADV MATER, V14, P1621
    COLVIN VL, 1992, J AM CHEM SOC, V114, P5221
    FRANKLIN K, 2001, J AM CHEM SOC, V123, P4360
    GATES B, 2000, J AM CHEM SOC, V122, P12582
    LI M, 1999, NATURE, V402, P393
    LI YD, 1999, INORG CHEM, V38, P4737
    LI Z, 2003, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V42, P2306
    MANN S, 1995, J MATER CHEM, V5, P935
    PRIYABRATA M, 2001, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V40, P3585
    RAO CNR, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P1853
    WANG LJ, 1999, PROGR CHEM, V11, P119
    WU QS, 2000, CHEM J CHINESE U, V211, P1471
    XIA YN, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P353
    XUN Y, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P8094
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1006-9291
 J9 SCI CHINA SER B
 JI Sci. China Ser. B-Chem.
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 47
 IS 6
 BP 507
 EP 511
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 897YD
 UT ISI:000227041900007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, W
    Zhang, LS
    Xu, YF
 TI A revised conjugate gradient projection algorithm for inequality
    constrained optimizations
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE constrained optimization; conjugate gradient projection; revised
    direction; superlinear convergence
 ID SUPERLINEARLY CONVERGENT ALGORITHM; QP-FREE
 AB A revised conjugate gradient projection method for nonlinear inequality
    constrained optimization problems is proposed in the paper, since the
    search direction is the combination of the conjugate projection
    gradient and the quasi-Newton direction. It has two merits. The one is
    that the amount of computation is lower because the gradient matrix
    only needs to be computed one time at each iteration. The other is that
    the algorithm is of global convergence and locally superlinear
    convergence without strict complementary condition under some mild
    assumptions. In addition the search direction is explicit.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Appl Math, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Sch Management, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, W, Tongji Univ, Dept Appl Math, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 CR BONNANS JF, 1995, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V54, P792
    FACCHINEI F, 1995, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V85, P265
    GAO ZY, 1997, SCI CHINA SER A, V27, P24
    HAN SP, 1976, MATHEMATICAL PROGRAM, V11, P263
    KLEIMMICHEL H, 1988, P 20 JAHR MATH OPT H, P53
    KLEINMICHEL H, 1992, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V73, P465
    MAYNE DQ, 1982, MATH PROGRAM STUD, V16, P45
    POWELL MJD, 1978, NONLINEAR PROGRAMMIN, V3, P27
    PU DG, 2004, J COMPUT MATH, V22, P651
    SCHITTKOWSKI K, 1987, MORE TEST EXAMPLES N
    XU YF, 1998, THESIS CHINESE ACAD
    XU YF, 2001, ACTA MATH SCI, V21, P121
    YUAN Y, 2003, J COMPUT MATH, V21, P71
    ZHANG D, 2002, BIOGERONTOLOGY, V3, P61
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 IS 2
 BP 217
 EP 224
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 898QP
 UT ISI:000227091600010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZH
    Xu, S
 TI Analytic calculation of absorption efficiency for double-clad fibers
    using modal method
 SO JAPANESE JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS PART 1-REGULAR PAPERS SHORT NOTES &
    REVIEW PAPERS
 DT Article
 DE pump absorption; double-clad fibers; modal method
 AB The absorption efficiency for circular or offset double-clad optical
    fibers is investigated with modal analysis method. First, calculate the
    number of all the propagating modes approximately using WKB method and
    derive the analytic formulas for calculating the number of propagating
    modes that can't be absorbed by active core. Then the absorption
    efficiency can be obtained analytically. Comparison of modal method
    with the ray optics method is made and the condition of using both
    methods is also discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHERNIKOV SV, 1997, OPT LETT, V22, P298
    DOYA V, 2001, OPT LETT, V26, P372
    GLOGE D, 1975, IEEE T           MTT, V23, P106
    LIU AP, 1996, OPT COMMUN, V132, P511
    MARCUSE D, 1974, THEORY DIELECTIC OPT
    MUENDEL MH, 1996, CLEO 96, P209
    WANG ZH, 2003, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V37, P111
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0021-4922
 J9 JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1
 JI Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. Part 1 - Regul. Pap. Short Notes Rev. Pap.
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 44
 IS 1A
 BP 174
 EP 176
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 897IF
 UT ISI:000226996600036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, TC
    Yu, FJ
    Chen, DG
 TI The multi-component generalized Wadati-Konono-Ichikawa (WKI) hierarchy
    and its multi-component integrable couplings system with two arbitrary
    functions
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID COUPLED BURGERS HIERARCHY; BI-HAMILTONIAN STRUCTURE; SOLITON-EQUATIONS;
    TRANSFORMATION; EVOLUTION
 AB A new simple loop algebra (G) over tilde (M) is constructed, which is
    devoted to establishing an isospectral problem. By making use of Tu
    scheme, the multi-component WKI hierarchy is obtained. Furthermore, an
    expanding loop algebra (F) over tilde (M) of the loop algebra (G) over
    tilde (M) is presented. Based on (F) over tilde (M), the
    multi-component integrable couplings system with two arbitrary
    functions of the multi-component WKI hierarchy is worked out. How to
    design the isospectral problem of the multi-component hierarchy of
    equations is a technique and interesting topic. The method can be
    applied to other nonlinear evolution equations hierarchy. (C) 2004
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, TC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM xiatc@yahoo.com.cn
    yufajun888@163.com
 CR ALBOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    FAN E, 2001, PHYSICA A, V301, P105
    FAN EG, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P7769
    GUO F, 2002, J SYS SCI MATH SCI, V22, P36
    GUO FK, 2000, ACTA MATH APPL SIN, V23, P181
    GUO FK, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P5793
    HIANG X, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P475
    MA WX, 2002, CHINESE ANN MATH B, V23, P373
    NEWELL AC, 1985, SOLITON MATH PHYS
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V68, P2241
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V257, P53
    TU GZ, 1989, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V5, P89
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    WADATI M, 1972, J PHYS SOC JPN, V32, P1681
    WADATI M, 1973, J PHYS SOC JPN, V34, P1289
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    XIA TC, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P939
    XIA TC, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V42, P180
    XIA TC, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V42, P494
    XIA TC, 2004, PHYSICA A, V343, P238
    XIA TC, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1033
    XIA TC, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1163
    XIA TC, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1911
    XIA TC, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P451
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P7225
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P305
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 24
 IS 3
 BP 877
 EP 883
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 897TD
 UT ISI:000227027200019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, NH
    Chen, LQ
 TI Nonlinear dynamical analysis of axially moving viscoelastic strings
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID CHAOTIC RESPONSE; VIBRATION; BIFURCATION; WEB
 AB In this paper, nonlinear dynamical behaviors of axially moving
    viscoelastic strings are investigated. The one-term and the two-term
    Galerkin truncations using translating string eigenfunctions are
    respectively employed to reduce the partial-differential equation that
    governs the transverse motions of the string to a set of ordinary
    differential equations. The bifurcation diagrams are presented in the
    case that the amplitude of the periodic perturbation, or the dynamic
    viscosity is respectively varied while other parameters are fixed. The
    dynamical behaviors are numerically identified based on the Poincare
    maps. Numerical results show that regular and chaotic motions occur in
    the transverse vibration of the axially moving viscoelastic strings.
    (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples
    R China.
 EM lqchen@online.sh.cn
 CR CHEN LQ, IN PRESS ASME APPL M
    CHEN LQ, 2002, MECH RES COMMUN, V29, P81
    CHEN LQ, 2003, J SOUND VIB, V261, P764
    CHEN LQ, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P349
    CHEN LQ, 2004, NONLINEAR DYNAM, V35, P347
    MARYNOWSKI K, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V37, P1147
    MARYNOWSKI K, 2002, J THEORET APPL MECH, V40, P465
    MARYNOWSKI K, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P481
    PELLICANO F, 2002, J SOUND VIB, V258, P31
    RAVINDRA B, 1998, ARCH APPL MECH, V68, P195
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
    WICKERT JA, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P738
    YANG XD, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P249
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P396
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 24
 IS 4
 BP 1065
 EP 1074
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 899CO
 UT ISI:000227122700015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, GX
    Zhang, JC
    Cao, SX
    Jing, C
    Shen, XC
 TI Magnetization step and spin reorientation in Pr5/8Ca3/8MnO3 manganites
 SO APPLIED PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID COLOSSAL MAGNETORESISTANCE; DOPED MANGANITES; DOUBLE EXCHANGE; CHARGE;
    FIELD; TRANSITIONS
 AB The structural, magnetic, and transport properties of Pr5/8Ca3/8MnO3
    single crystals with a phase-separated characteristic were
    systematically studied. One steplike charge-ordered
    antiferromagnetic-ferromagnetic transition was found below 60 K when a
    magnetic field of only several teslas was applied, and the step in the
    M-H curve became ultrasharp below 4.2 K. Here, the given charge/orbital
    ordering and spin structure indicated that the energy difference
    between ferromagnetic and charge ordering was small for Pr5/8Ca3/8MnO3.
    According to the model of spin and orbital coupling, the steps should
    be the result of spin reorientation under the magnetic field. Above 10
    K, however, the step was not sharp, which was caused by thermal
    fluctuation and then affects the fluctuation rate of orbit. (C) 2005
    American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM jczhang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ANDERSON PW, 1955, PHYS REV, V100, P675
    COX DE, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P3305
    DEAC IG, 2001, PHYS REV B, V63
    DEGENNES PG, 1960, PHYS REV, V118, P141
    DESSAU DS, 1999, COLOSSAL MAGNETORESI
    FRONTERA C, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P3381
    HARDY V, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
    HEBERT S, 2002, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V165, P6
    HEBERT S, 2002, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V122, P335
    HOTTA T, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P11879
    KILIAN R, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P13458
    KOSHIBAE W, 1997, J PHYS SOC JPN, V66, P2985
    MAIGNAN A, 2002, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V14, P11809
    MILLIS AJ, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P175
    TOKUNAGA M, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P5259
    UEHARA M, 1999, NATURE, V399, P560
    VANDENBRINK J, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P5118
 NR 17
 TC 2
 SN 0003-6951
 J9 APPL PHYS LETT
 JI Appl. Phys. Lett.
 PD JAN 24
 PY 2005
 VL 86
 IS 4
 AR 042507
 DI ARTN 042507
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 894AE
 UT ISI:000226761400052
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Weng, XC
    Wu, H
    Ho, CT
 TI Potential use of spermine as a novel antioxidant
 SO ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY
 DT Meeting Abstract
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Rutgers State Univ, Dept Food Sci, New Brunswick, NJ 08901 USA.
 EM weng_xinchu@sina.com
    houwu@eden.rutgers.edu
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0065-7727
 J9 ABSTR PAP AMER CHEM SOC
 JI Abstr. Pap. Am. Chem. Soc.
 PD AUG 22
 PY 2004
 VL 228
 PN Part 1
 BP U59
 EP U59
 PG 1
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 851UZ
 UT ISI:000223712800205
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, FW
    Zhang, QR
    Sun, YY
    Tao, K
 TI Influence in the absorption spectrum of PbWO4 crystal by K+ doping
 SO PHYSICA B-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 DE PWO; doping; computer simulation; GULP
 ID SINGLE-CRYSTALS; SIMULATION
 AB The positions of the impurity K ion in the crystal are simulated by
    computer technology. The various kinds of defects corresponding in the
    K:PbWO4 are calculated. The defect chemistry and the defect reactions
    with the different impurity concentration doping PWO crystal have been
    studied. The origin of the decrease of the 350nm absorption band of
    K:PbWO4 under low concentration is discussed, and the previous
    experimental results recur by computer simulation. The calculated
    results show that the 420 nm absorption band will be eliminated and the
    property of the light-induced refractive will be enhanced under the
    condition of heavily doped K:PbWO4. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, FW, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Box 251,516 Jungong
    Rd, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM feiwu80@hotmail.com
 CR *ECAL CMS, 1997, TECHN DES REP EL CAL, P97
    ANNENKOV AN, 1998, CMS NOTE, P41
    BUSH TS, 1994, J MATER CHEM, V4, P831
    CATLOW CRA, 1989, J CHEM SOC FARAD T 2, V85, P335
    FANG SG, 1989, PHYS COLOUR CTR CRYS
    FEIWU Z, 2004, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V26, P9
    GALE JD, 1996, GEN UTILITY LATTICE
    GALE JD, 1996, PHILOS MAG B, V73, P3
    GALE JD, 1997, J CHEM SOC FARADAY T, V93, P629
    HUANG YL, 2003, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V127, P1
    KOBAYASHI M, 1997, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V399, P261
    KROGER FA, 1948, SOME ASPECTS LUMINES
    LECOQ P, 1995, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V365, P291
    LIDUARD AB, 1989, J CHEM SOC F2, P341
    LIN Q, 2001, PRB, V63
    LIN QS, 2003, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V15, P1963
    MOREAU JM, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V238, P46
    MOTT NF, 1938, T FARADAY SOC, V34, P485
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V196, K7
    NIKL M, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P3755
    NIKL M, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P5758
    QIREN Z, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P1131
    ZHANG Q, 2003, PRB, V68
 NR 23
 TC 2
 SN 0921-4526
 J9 PHYSICA B
 JI Physica B
 PD JAN 31
 PY 2005
 VL 355
 IS 1-4
 BP 427
 EP 431
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 893QC
 UT ISI:000226733300055
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, H
    An, BL
    Pan, QY
    Wang, YF
    Cheng, ZX
    Dong, XW
 TI Bright red luminescence from novel europium complex sensitized by
    dibenzamide
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE dibenzamide; europium organic complex; luminescence; charge transfer;
    rare earths
 AB A novel europium complex, bi(dibenzamide) benzoate europium (III)
    (Eu-DBA-B), was. synthesized. The composition and photoluminescence
    properties of Eu-DBA-B were investigated. The results show that the
    europium complex is an electroneutral complex, and it emits very strong
    red luminescence from D-5(1)-->F-7(j) (j = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4) transitions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP An, BL, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM anbaolii@263.sina.com
 CR AN BL, 2002, J LUMIN, V99, P155
    ANBAOLI, 2004, CHEM PHYS LETT, V390, P345
    ARNAUD N, 2003, SPECTROCHIM ACTA A, V59, P1829
    FRIEND RH, 1999, NATURE, V397, P121
    KIDO J, 2002, CHEM REV, V102, P2357
    MELBY LR, 1964, J AM CHEM SOC, V86, P5117
    MOYNAGH J, 1999, NATURE, V400, P105
    PARK W, 2000, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V78, P28
    PETER KHH, 1999, SCIENCE, V285, P233
    SADE GF, 2000, COORDIN CHEM REV, V196, P165
    SANO T, 2000, J MATER CHEM, V10, P157
    SHI HH, 1994, J ALLOY COMPD, V207, P29
    SLOOFF LH, 2000, OPT MATER, V14, P101
    TITHERLEY AW, 1904, J CHEM SOC 2, V85, P1673
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 22
 SU Suppl. S
 BP 76
 EP 79
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA 894RE
 UT ISI:000226808500017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xing, CH
    Zhai, QJ
 TI Heat transfer characteristic of molten pool for twin-roll strip casting
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE body-fitted coordinate; twin-roll strip casting; heat transfer; molten
    pool; temperature field
 ID FLOW
 AB Body-fitted coordinate transformation equation was deduced and used to
    generate the body-fitted grids of molten pool for twin-roll strip
    casting. The orthogonality of the grids on the boundary was modified by
    adjusting source item. The energy equation and the boundary conditions
    were transformed from physical space to computational space. The
    velocity field model proposed by Hirohiko Takuda was used to calculate
    the temperature field of molten steel, and the influence of technical
    factors was also discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xing, CH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ABOUTALEBI MR, 1994, STEEL RES, V65, P225
    JIN ZM, 1998, ENERGY METALLURGICAL, V17, P34
    MIAO YC, 2000, STEEL ROLLING, V17, P11
    MIETTINEN J, 1997, METALL MATER TRANS B, V28, P281
    NAM H, 2000, ISIJ INT, V40, P886
    PATANKAR SV, 1980, NUMERICAL HEAT TRANS
    SHUAI SJ, 1997, J HUAZHONG U SCI TEC, V25, P69
    STREZOV L, 1998, ISIJ INT, V38, P959
    TAKUDA H, 1990, STEEL RES, V61, P312
    THOMAS PD, 1980, AIAA J, V18, P652
    THOMPSON JF, 1974, J COMPUT PHYS, V15, P299
    THOMPSON JF, 1982, NUMERICAL GRID GENER
    YANG HL, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS B, V29, P1345
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 11
 IS 6
 BP 14
 EP 19
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 894IT
 UT ISI:000226785400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fan, JH
    Chen, Y
    Li, RX
    Zhai, QJ
 TI Effects of pulse current on solidification structure of austenitic
    stainless steel
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE pulse current; austenitic stainless steel; solidification structure
 AB The 1Cr18Ni9Ti specimens were treated respectively with pulse current
    under 520 V and 2 600 V during solidification and the solidification
    structure was observed. The results showed that pulse current can
    refine solidification grains, cut primary dentrities remarkably and
    reduce second dentritic arm spacing. The mechanism and effect are
    changed with operation parameters.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Hebei Univ Sci & Technol, Shijiazhuang 050054, Peoples R China.
 RP Fan, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BARNAK JP, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V32, P879
    NAKADA M, 1990, ISIJ INT, V30, P27
    WANG JZ, 1998, RES TREATING TECHNOL
    YAN HC, 1997, ACTA METALL SIN, V33, P352
    ZI BT, 2000, SPECIAL CASTING NONF, P4
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 11
 IS 6
 BP 37
 EP 39
 PG 3
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 894IT
 UT ISI:000226785400009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, TY
    Zhang, QR
    Zhuang, SL
 TI Study on the optical polarized properties for the PbWO4 crystal with a
    pair of V-Pb(2-)-V-O(2+)
 SO JOURNAL OF ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY AND RELATED PHENOMENA
 DT Article
 DE PbWO4; electronic structure; optical properties; a pair of
    V-Pb(2-)-V-O(2+)
 ID LEAD TUNGSTATE CRYSTALS; ABSORPTION; ORIGIN; BAND
 AB The electronic structures, dielectric function, complex refractive
    index and absorption spectra of both the perfect PbWO4 Crystal and the
    crystal containing a pair of V-Pb(2-) -V-O(2+) have been calculated
    using LAPW + lo method with the lattice structure optimized. The
    results indicate that the optical properties of the PWO crystal exhibit
    anisotropy and its optical symmetry coincides with lattice structure
    geometry of the PWO crystal. The absorption spectrum of the PWO crystal
    containing a pair of V-Pb(2+)-V-O(2+) also does not occur in the
    visible and near-ultraviolet range. It reveals that the existence of
    the pair of V-Pb(2+)-V-O(2+) in PWO crystal has no visible effects on
    the optical properties of the PWO crystal. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, TY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM liutyyxj@163.com
 CR ABRAHAM Y, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P3
    ABRAHAM YB, 2001, PHYS REV, V6424, P5109
    ANNENKOV A, 1998, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V170, P47
    EPELBAUM BM, 1997, J CRYST GROWTH, V178, P426
    FENG XQ, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P449
    GOUBIN F, 2004, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V177, P89
    GRIGORJEVA L, 2000, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V166, P329
    KORZHIK MV, 1996, P INT C IN SCINT THE, P241
    LIAO JY, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P286
    LIN QS, 2000, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, P181
    LIU T, UNPUB CHIN PHYS LETT
    LIU TY, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P596
    LIU TY, 2004, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V132, P169
    MOREAU JM, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V238, P46
    MOREAU JM, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V284, P104
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V195, P311
    SHAO M, 2001, HIGH ENERG PHYS NUC, V25, P1
    SHARMA S, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P12
    ZHANG QR, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
    ZHANG QR, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P1131
    ZHANG Y, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P12738
 NR 21
 TC 2
 SN 0368-2048
 J9 J ELECTRON SPECTROSC RELAT PH
 JI J. Electron Spectrosc. Relat. Phenom.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 142
 IS 2
 BP 139
 EP 143
 PG 5
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 894AW
 UT ISI:000226763200008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, X
    Zhang, JQ
    Guo, XM
 TI Two circular inclusions with inhomogeneously imperfect interfaces in
    plane elasticity
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SOLIDS AND STRUCTURES
 DT Article
 DE two circular inclusions; imperfect interface; complex variable
    techniques
 ID BOUNDARY INTEGRAL METHOD; ARRAY FIBER COMPOSITES; ELLIPTIC INCLUSION;
    ANTIPLANE SHEAR; STRESS-ANALYSIS; FIELD
 AB This paper is concerned with the problem of two circular inclusions
    with circumferentially inhomogeneously imperfect interfaces embedded in
    an infinite matrix in plane elastostatics. Infinite series form
    solutions to this problem are derived by applying complex variable
    techniques. The numerical results demonstrate that the interface
    imperfection, interface inhomogeneity, and interaction among
    neighboring inclusions (fibers) will exert a significant influence on
    the stresses along the interfaces and average stresses within the
    inclusions. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, X, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM xuwang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ACHENBACH JD, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P956
    BIGONI D, 1998, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V35, P3239
    CAO WJ, 1988, CONFORMAL MAPPING TH
    CHEN TY, 2001, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V38, P3081
    DVORAK GJ, 2001, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V49, P2517
    ENGLAND AH, 1971, COMPLEX VARIABLE MET
    GAO Z, 1995, ASME, V62, P860
    GULRAJANI SN, 1993, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V30, P2009
    KANAUN SK, 2001, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V49, P2339
    KATTIS MA, 1998, THEOR APPL FRACT MEC, V28, P213
    KOURIS D, 1993, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V60, P203
    LIU Y, 2001, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P2033
    MOGILEVSKAYA SG, 2002, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V39, P4723
    MOGILEVSKAYA SG, 2004, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V41, P1285
    MUSKHELISHVILI NI, 1953, SOME BASIC PROBLEMS
    PAN LY, 1998, COMPUT STRUCT, V66, P685
    RU CQ, 1997, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V453, P2551
    RU CQ, 1998, ASME, V65, P30
    SHEN H, 2001, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V38, P7587
    SHEN H, 2001, J ELASTICITY, V62, P25
    SUDAK LJ, 1999, J ELASTICITY, V55, P19
    TONG J, 2001, ACTA MECH, V146, P127
    WANG X, 2001, ACTA MECH SINICA, V33, P639
    WANG X, 2002, ACTA MECH, V158, P67
    ZHONG Z, 1997, J ELASTICITY, V46, P91
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7683
 J9 INT J SOLIDS STRUCT
 JI Int. J. Solids Struct.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 42
 IS 9-10
 BP 2601
 EP 2623
 PG 23
 SC Mechanics
 GA 896QE
 UT ISI:000226947800008
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Li, LX
    Fei, MR
    Zhou, XB
 TI Analysis on network-induced delays in networked learning based control
    systems
 SO COMPUTATIONAL AND INFORMATION SCIENCE, PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB Local controller and remote learning device are connected through
    communication network in Networked Learning based Control Systems
    (NLCSs). Network-induced delays are inevitable during data
    transmission, and will deteriorate the real-time transmission of
    learning result from learning device to controller and even destabilize
    the entire system. This paper deals with the delays in NLCSs. The
    sources of delays are discussed and the possibility of reducing all
    delays into an equivalent delay is proposed. Finally, experimental
    measurements for that equivalent delay on Ethernet are conducted.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, LX, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM lilix@sh163.net
 CR BAUER PH, 2001, P IASTED C MOD ID CO, P792
    FEI MR, 2003, P CIAC 2003 HONG KON
    LIAN FL, 2001, IEEE CONTR SYST MAG, V21, P66
    NILSSON J, 1998, THESIS ISRN
    ZHANG W, 2001, IEEE CONTR SYST MAG, V21, P84
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2004
 VL 3314
 BP 310
 EP 315
 PG 6
 GA BBO38
 UT ISI:000226644400049
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Feng, DQ
    Dong, LJ
    Fei, MR
    Chen, TJ
 TI Genetic algorithm based neuro-fuzzy network adaptive PID control and
    its applications
 SO COMPUTATIONAL AND INFORMATION SCIENCE, PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB It is difficult to satisfy most of the performance targets by using the
    PID control law only, if the plants are the processes with uncertain
    time-delay, varying parameters and non-linearity. For this reason a
    genetic algorithm based neuro-fuzzy network adaptive PID controller is
    proposed in this paper. The neuro-fuzzy network is used to amend the
    parameters of the PID controller online, the global optimal parameters
    of the network are found with a high speed, and the improved genetic
    algorithm is introduced to overcome the local optimum defect of the BP
    algorithm. Finally, the simulation experiment of the control method on
    the tobacco-drying control process is performed. The simulation results
    demonstrate that this kind of control method is effective.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhengzhou Univ, Inst Informat & Control, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, DQ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM dqfeng@zzu.edu.cn
    dlj7905@zzu.edu.cn
    mrfei888@x263.net
    tchen@zzu.edu.cn
 CR BAKER Z, 1985, P 1 INT C GEN ALG L, P110
    CHEN G, 1996, GENETIC ALGORITHM AP
    CHEN J, 2001, TOBACCO DRYING INTEL, V6
    FENG D, 1998, FUZZY INTELLIGENCE C
    LI S, 1996, INTELLIGENCE CONTROL
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2004
 VL 3314
 BP 330
 EP 335
 PG 6
 GA BBO38
 UT ISI:000226644400052
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, Y
    Qiu, XJ
    Li, RX
 TI A pseudo-spin model for the wall of cytoskeletal microtubule
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE cell microtubule; double-well potential; pseudo-spin hamiltonian;
    mean-field approximation
 ID ENERGY-TRANSFER; COHERENCE; MECHANISM
 AB A pseudo-spin model is intended to describe the physical dynamics of
    unbound electrons in the wall of cytoskeletal microtubule (MT). Due to
    the inherent symmetry of the structure and the electric properties in
    the MT, one may treat it as a one-dimensional ferroelectric system, and
    describe the nonlinear dynamics of dimer electric dipoles in one
    protofilament of the MT by virtue of the double-well potential.
    Consequently, the physical problem has been mapped onto the pseudo-spin
    system, and the mean-field approximation has been taken to get some
    physical results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, Y, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM siyuyingying@hotmail.com
 CR AMOS LA, 1974, J CELL SCI, V14, P523
    BLINC R, 1974, SOFT MODES FERROELEC, P132
    CHEN Y, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1554
    COLLINS MA, 1979, PHYS REV B, V19, P3630
    DAVYDOV AS, 1982, BIOL QUANTUM MECH IN, V109, P150
    DEL GE, 1986, NUCL PHYS B, V275, P185
    ENGELBORGHS Y, 1992, NANOBIOLOGY, V1, P97
    FROHLICH H, 1968, INT J QUANTUM CHEM, V2, P641
    FROHLICH H, 1980, ADV ELECTRON ELECTRO, V53, P85
    HAKEN H, 1976, QUANTUM FIELD THEORY, P142
    HAMEROFF SR, 1982, J THEOR BIOL, V98, P549
    JIBU M, 1994, BIOSYSTEMS, V32, P195
    MAVROMATOS NE, 1998, INT J MOD PHYS B, V12, P517
    MAVROMATOS NE, 1999, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V48, P273
    MAVROMATOS NE, 2002, INT J MOD PHYS B, V16, P3623
    NOGALES E, 1998, NATURE, V391, P199
    SATARIC M, 1990, J MOL ELECTRON, V6, P63
    SATARIC MV, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P589
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 14
 IS 2
 BP 427
 EP 432
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 896LQ
 UT ISI:000226936000036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, Y
    Pan, QY
    Cheng, ZX
    Zhang, W
    Xia, W
 TI Synthesis and photochroism of a novel organic-inorganic nanocomposite
    film entrapping tungstosilicate acid
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Article
 DE organic-inorganic composite; self-assembly; sol-gel method;
    photochroism; tungstosilicate acid
 ID BEHAVIOR
 AB A novel photochromic organic-inorganic nanocomposite film was prepared
    through entrapping Keggin structure H4SiW12O40 into MAAM/VTEOS/TEOS
    matrix by combining supramolecular self-assembly technology with
    sol-gel process. The composite film was characterized by IR, XRD and
    TG-DSC, and its photochromic behavior and mechanism were also studied
    and discussed. The transparent film changed from colorless to dark-blue
    under UV irradiation and was measured by UV-Vis and ESR spectra. The
    results indicate that [SiW12O40](4-) anions maintain Keggin structure
    in the composite film and interacted strongly with -NH2 group of the
    matrix via hydrogen bond. After irradiation under UV fight, a hydrogen
    atom is transferred to a [SiW12O40](4-) anion, and a free radical is
    formed at the same time. The bleaching process is closely related to
    the presence of O-2, and the experiments show that the composite film
    has excellent photochromic properties, with a short response and
    bleaching time and good reversibility.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Pan, QY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM qypan@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BI LH, 2001, CHEM J CHINESE U, V22, P883
    FENG W, 2001, CHEM J CHINESE U, V22, P830
    GAMELAS JAF, 2002, POLYHEDRON, V21, P2537
    GOMEZROMERO P, 1996, J PHYS CHEM-US, V100, P12448
    HILL CL, 1985, J AM CHEM SOC, V107, P5148
    KIM JD, 2003, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V48, P3633
    MO YG, 1999, THIN SOLID FILMS, V355, P1
    RENNEKE RF, 1988, J AM CHEM SOC, V110, P5461
    SADAKANE M, 1998, CHEM REV, V98, P219
    UNOURA K, 1983, INORG CHEM, V22, P2963
    URSKA L, 2001, MONATSH CHEM, V132, P103
    VARGA GM, 1970, INORG CHEM, V9, P662
    YAMASE T, 1998, CHEM REV, V98, P307
    ZHANG HY, 2003, MATER LETT, V57, P1417
    ZHANG TR, 2002, CHEM J CHINESE U, V23, P1979
    ZHANG TR, 2002, CHEM J CHINESE U, V23, P297
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 2
 BP 204
 EP 208
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 896XH
 UT ISI:000226967200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, GQ
    Li, ZB
 TI Exact travelling wave solutions of the Whitham-Broer-Kaup and
    Broer-Kaup-Kupershmidt equations
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID NONLINEAR EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; ELLIPTIC FUNCTION EXPANSION; BACKLUND
    TRANSFORMATION; INVERSE METHOD; WATER
 AB In this paper, an interesting fact is found that the auxiliary equation
    method is also applicable to a coupled system of two different
    equations involving both even-order and odd-order partial derivative
    terms. Furthermore, singular travelling wave solutions can also be
    obtained by considering other types of exact solutions of auxiliary
    equation. The Whitham-Broer-Kaup and the (2 +1)-dimensional
    Broer-Kaup-Kupershmidt equations are chosen as examples to illustrate
    the effectiveness of the auxiliary equation method. (C) 2004 Elsevier
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Informat Management, Coll Int Business & Management, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, GQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Informat Management, Coll Int Business &
    Management, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM xuguiqiong@yahoo.com
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, NONLINEAR EVOLUTION
    FAN EG, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P212
    FENG X, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V213, P167
    FENG X, 2000, INT J THEOR PHYS, V39, P207
    FU ZT, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V290, P72
    GU CH, 1995, SOLITON THEORY ITS A
    HEREMAN W, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P4805
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    KONNO K, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P1652
    KUPERSHMIDT BA, 1985, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V99, P51
    LI DS, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V18, P193
    LI ZB, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P6027
    LIU SK, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V289, P69
    LIU YP, 2002, COMM PHYS COMMUN, V155, P65
    MALFLIET W, 1992, AM J PHYS, V60, P650
    RUAN HY, 1998, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V7, P241
    SIRENDAOREJI, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V309, P387
    SIRENDAOREJI, 2004, CHAOS SOLITONS FRACT, V19, P147
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    XU GQ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P1424
    YAN CT, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V224, P77
    YAN ZY, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V285, P355
    YAO RX, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V297, P196
    YING JP, 2001, Z NATURFORSCH A, V56, P619
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1968, J APPL MECH TECH PHY, V2, P190
 NR 26
 TC 3
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 24
 IS 2
 BP 549
 EP 556
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 895IU
 UT ISI:000226855200015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, JK
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
    Yi, Y
 TI Assembling synthesis of barium chromate nano-superstructures using
    eggshell membrane as template
 SO BULLETIN OF THE KOREAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY
 DT Article
 DE superstructure; nanomaterials; template; barium chromate
 ID MATRIX; NANOSTRUCTURES; LOCALIZATION; NANOCRYSTALS; NANOFIBERS;
    NUCLEATION; BACRO4; GROWTH
 AB The branch-like, feather-like BaCrO4 nano-superstructures were
    synthesized with bioactive eggshell membrane as directing and assembly
    template. Studies on the two products revealed that they formed through
    the self-assembly of nanoparticles, and that the optical properties of
    the products were different from BaCrO4 bulk materials.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.com.cn
 CR ADAMSKI T, 1961, NATURE, V190, P524
    AJIKUMAR PK, 2003, BIOMACROMOLECULES, V4, P1321
    FERNANDEZ MS, 2001, MATRIX BIOL, V19, P793
    GAO F, 2003, NANO LETT, V3, P85
    HINCKE MT, 2000, MATRIX BIOL, V19, P443
    KIM F, 2001, J AM CHEM SOC, V123, P4360
    LI M, 1999, NATURE, V402, P393
    LI M, 2000, LANGMUIR, V16, P7088
    PENG Q, 2002, INORG CHEM, V41, P5249
    PESIKA NS, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P1289
    SHI HT, 2002, CHEM COMMUN, V16, P1704
    SHI HT, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P3450
    SUN XM, 2003, J CHEM EUR, V9, P2229
    YANG D, 2002, ADV MATER, V14, P1543
    YU SH, 2002, CHEM-EUR J, V8, P2937
    YU SH, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P133
    YU SH, 2003, NANO LETT, V3, P379
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0253-2964
 J9 BULL KOR CHEM SOC
 JI Bull. Korean Chem. Soc.
 PD DEC 20
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 12
 BP 1775
 EP 1778
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 895IQ
 UT ISI:000226854800005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, LD
    Li, HQ
 TI Global stability of an epidemic model with nonlinear incidence rate and
    differential infectivity
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE epidemic model; basic reproduction number; disease-free equilibrium;
    endemic equilibrium; stability
 ID DISEASES; TRANSMISSION
 AB This paper considers an SI1I2R epidemic model that incorporates two
    classes of infectious individuals with differential infectivity, and
    the incidence rate is nonlinear. The basic reproduction number R-0 is
    found. If R-0 less than or equal to 1, the disease-free equilibrium is
    globally asymptotically stable and the disease always dies out
    eventually. If R-0 > 1, a unique endemic equilibrium is locally
    asymptotically stable for general assumption. For a special case the
    global stability of the endemic equilibrium is proved. (C) 2004
    Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanxi Univ Finance & Econ, Dept Appl Math, Taiyuan 030006, Shanxi, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    AF Engn Univ, Telecommun Engn Inst, Xian 710077, Shanxi, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, LD, Shanxi Univ Finance & Econ, Dept Appl Math, Taiyuan 030006,
    Shanxi, Peoples R China.
 EM zhangsuo@public.ty.sx.cn
 CR ANDERSON RM, 1991, INFECTIOUS DIS HUMAN
    ESTEVA L, 1998, MATH BIOSCI, V150, P131
    ESTEVA L, 2001, J BIOL SYST, V9, P235
    HETHCOTE HW, 2000, SIAM REV, V42, P599
    HYMAN JM, 1999, MATH BIOSCI, V155, P77
    HYMAN JM, 2000, MATH BIOSCI, V167, P65
    LASALLE JP, 1976, REG C SER APPL MATH
    LI J, 2002, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V20, P1235
    MAY RM, 1979, NATURE, V280, P455
    MENALORCA J, 1992, J MATH BIOL, V30, P693
    WANG W, 2002, NONLINEAR ANAL-REAL, V3, P809
    WANG WD, 2002, APPL MATH LETT, V15, P423
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD FEB 25
 PY 2005
 VL 161
 IS 3
 BP 769
 EP 778
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 895KI
 UT ISI:000226859800007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Zhao, WJ
 TI A computation method for nonlinear vibration of axially accelerating
    viscoelastic strings
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 AB A numerical algorithm is proposed for computing nonlinear vibration of
    axially accelerating viscoelastic strings. Based on independent
    functions, the variational principle is used to discretize the
    governing equation into a set of differential/algebraic equations.
    Numerical examples are presented. (C) 2004 Elsevier Inc. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Qingdao, Dept Math, Qingdao 266071, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM lqchen@mie.utoronto.ca
 CR BRENAN KE, 1996, SIAM
    CHEN LQ, IN PRESS APPL MATH C
    CHEN LQ, IN PRESS ASME APPL M
    CHEN LQ, IN PRESS J SOUND VIB
    CHEN LQ, IN PRESS NONLINEAR D
    CHEN LQ, 2004, J ENG MATH, V48, P171
    FUNG RF, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V201, P153
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
 NR 8
 TC 2
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD MAR 4
 PY 2005
 VL 162
 IS 1
 BP 305
 EP 310
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 895KJ
 UT ISI:000226859900025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Instability of nonlinear viscoelastic plates
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 ID DYNAMIC STABILITY; LYAPUNOV EXPONENTS
 AB This paper investigates the instability of an isotropic, homogeneous,
    simply supported rectangular plate subjected to a prescribed periodic
    in-plane load. The material is assumed to be viscoelastic and obey the
    Leaderman nonlinear constitutive relation. The equation of motion is
    derived as a nonlinear integro-partial-differential equation, and is
    simplified into a nonlinear integro-differential equation by the
    Galerkin method. The averaging method is developed to establish the
    condition of instability. Numerical results are presented to compare
    with the analytical ones. (C) 2004 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Suit 1101,Bldg 2,555 Hu Tai Rd,
    Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM lqchen@mie.utoronto.ca
 CR ABOUDI J, 1990, J SOUND VIB, V139, P459
    CEDERBAUM G, 1991, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V28, P317
    CEDERBAUM G, 1992, MECH STRUCT MACH, V20, P37
    CHENG CJ, 1998, ACTA MECH SINICA, V30, P690
    LEADERMAN H, 1962, T SOC RHEOL, V6, P361
    SMART J, 1972, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V20, P313
    TOUATI D, 1994, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V31, P2367
    TOUATI D, 1995, ACTA MECH, V113, P215
    ZHANG NH, 1998, P 3 INT C NONL MECH, P432
    ZHU YY, 1998, P 3 INT C NONL MECH, P445
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD MAR 25
 PY 2005
 VL 162
 IS 3
 BP 1453
 EP 1463
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 895KL
 UT ISI:000226860100034
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dong, CH
 TI The quantum description of polarization states of light and its
    evolutions in the processes of interaction with atoms
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Stokes operators; Stokes parameters; polarizing quantum state; quantum
    fluctuation
 ID KERR-LIKE MEDIUM; 3-LEVEL ATOM; STOKES PARAMETERS; PHASE; FLUCTUATIONS;
    FIELD
 AB The quantum theory of polarizing light and the Stokes operators are
    applied to the study of the evolutions of polarization states of light
    in the processes of interaction with atoms in the case with or without
    Kerr medium. The non-classic behavior in the fluctuations of Stokes
    parameters for the polarizing light and their squeezing are
    investigated. The polarization ellipse, the degree of polarization of
    the field in quantum optics and the signal-to-noise ratio in the Stokes
    parameters are discussed. It is shown that the modulated oscillations
    appear in the evolutions of Stokes parameters and their fluctuations.
    These oscillations collapse and revive intermittently. The polarization
    ellipse does not vary in the interaction with atoms but the degree of
    polarization will oscillate. Kerr medium changes these oscillations
    distinctly.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Dong, CH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AGARWAL GS, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P5179
    ALODJANTS AP, 1999, J MOD OPTIC, V46, P475
    BARNETT SM, 1986, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V19, P3849
    BOM M, 1980, PRINCIPLES OPTICS
    BUZEK V, 1990, OPT COMMUN, V78, P425
    GORA P, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P6816
    GRANGIER P, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V59, P2152
    HANG CJ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V51, P1978
    LAI ZJ, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1714
    LI WD, 2001, J MOD OPTIC, V48, P1357
    LUIS A, 2002, PHYS REV A, V66
    PEGG DT, 1989, PHYS REV A, V39, P1665
    SCHWINGER J, 1965, QUANTUM THEORY ANGUL, P229
    TANAS R, 1990, J MOD OPTIC, V37, P1935
    TANAS R, 1992, J MOD OPTIC, V39, P749
    TAO XY, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1464
    TU HT, 1993, J MOD OPTIC, V40, P57
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 54
 IS 2
 BP 687
 EP 695
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 896ED
 UT ISI:000226916500034
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, TY
    Zhang, QR
    Zhuang, SL
 TI The colour centre model related to lead vacancy in PbWO4 crystal
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE lead vacancy VPPb2-; PbWO4; geometry optimization; electronic
    structure; color centre
 ID SINGLE-CRYSTALS; TUNGSTATE CRYSTALS; ABSORPTION-BAND; ORIGIN; DEFECTS
 AB The local structure geometry around a lead vacancy V-Pb(2-) in PbWO4 is
    optimized using a plane-wave pseudo-potential formulation within the
    framework of local density approximation (LDA), with generalized
    gradient correction in the form of Perdew-Wang-91. The results of the
    lattice relaxation decrease the electrical negativity on V-Pb(2-) site
    and increase the electrical positivity on O2- site near by the
    V-Pb(2-). All of the electronic structures around V-Pb(2-) in PWO
    crystal are studied in the molecular-cluster model with the framework
    of the fully relativistic self-consistent Direc-Slater theory by using
    a numerically discrete variational (DV-Xalpha) method. By analyzing the
    electronic structures, we can reasonably believe that once V-Pb(2-) is
    formed in PWO crystal, O2- turns to be prior to trap holes to
    compensate the electrical negativity of V-Pb(2-). Pb2+ may never be the
    hole-trapper compensating V-Pb(2-), and Pb3+ and Pb4+ in PWO crystal
    may not actually exist. The possible defect micro-model caused by
    V-Pb(2-) in the as-grown PWO crystal is that each V-Pb(2-) creates a
    V-K(+) - V-F(-) aggregate color center.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Elect Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, TY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 EM liutyyxj@163.com
 CR ANNENKOV A, 1998, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V170, P47
    ANNENKOV AN, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V156, P493
    EPELBAUM BM, 1997, J CRYST GROWTH, V178, P426
    FANG SG, 1989, PHYS COLOUR CTR CRYS
    FENG XQ, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P449
    KORZHIK MV, 1996, P INT C IN SCINT THE, P241
    LIAO JY, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P286
    LIN QS, 2000, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V181, R1
    LIN QS, 2001, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V118, P221
    MOREAU JM, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V238, P46
    MOREAU JM, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V284, P104
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V195, P311
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V196, K7
    NIKL M, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P5758
    NIKL M, 1997, MATER SCI FORUM, V239, P271
    QI JL, 2000, NUCL TECHNOL, V23, P433
    WANG YX, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P214
    WU L, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P6
    YAO MZ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P125
    YE XL, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1923
    ZHANG QR, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
 NR 21
 TC 2
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 54
 IS 2
 BP 863
 EP 867
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 896ED
 UT ISI:000226916500062
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Kang, BJ
    Cao, SX
    Wang, XY
    Li, LW
    Li, WF
    Liu, F
 TI Study on magnetic transition behavior for (Pr1-yNdy)(2/3)Sr-1/3 MnO3
    system under superposed fields
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE perovskite manganite; superposed field; magnetic properties
 ID COLOSSAL MAGNETORESISTANCE; PEROVSKITE; MANGANITES; SUBSTITUTION;
    RESISTANCE; LAMNO3
 AB The magnetic transition behaviors of (Pr1-yNdy)(2/3)Sr1/3MnO3 (y =
    2/8,4/8,6/8) polycrystalline samples under superposed magnetic fields
    (i.e., the superposed ac and dc magnetic field) were systematically
    studied at temperatures ranging from 4.2 to 300K. The results showed
    that the magnetization increases with the increase of magnetic field,
    and the real part of the ac susceptibility decreases as the superposed
    dc magnetic field increases. Under the superposed magnetic field, a
    characteristic sharp peak of the real part of the susceptibility
    appears near the magnetic transition temperature (Curie temperature).
    For the (Pr1-yNdy)(2/3)Sr/3MnO3 system, as the Nd content increases,
    the peak temperature of the relative variation of the real part of
    susceptibility (E-chi' = Deltachi'/chi'(dc)) decreases, in consistent
    with that of the magnetoresistivity of this system. The magnetic
    transition behaviors under superposed magnetic fields for the manganite
    systems are discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Kang, BJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM sxcao@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BOUJELBEN W, 2002, PHYSICA B, V321, P68
    CAI JW, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P1727
    CAIGNAERT V, 1995, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V95, P357
    CHATTERJEE S, 2002, PHYS REV B, V66
    CHATTERJEE S, 2002, PHYS REV B, V66
    DAI DS, 1997, PROGR PHYSICS, V17, P201
    DETERESA JM, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P3392
    DHO J, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V89, P27202
    FAN JY, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
    HAJTMANEK J, 2002, PHYS REV B, V66
    HASANAIN SK, 2001, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V225, P322
    HONG CS, 2001, PHYS REV B, V63
    HWANG HY, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P914
    JIA YX, 1995, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V94, P917
    JONKER GH, 1950, PHYSICA, V16, P337
    JONKER GH, 1956, PHYSICA, V22, P707
    KOLESNIK S, 2001, J APPL PHYS 2, V89, P7407
    LI RW, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH E S, V48, S105
    LU Y, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1520
    LU Y, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P2057
    PENA A, 2003, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V174, P52
    VANDERBEMDEN P, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
    WHITE RM, 1970, QUANTUM THEORY MAGNE, P116
    WU J, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P370
    WU SY, 2002, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V14, P12585
    XIONG CS, 2003, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V15, P7063
    YE SL, 2002, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V248, P26
    ZHAO JH, 2002, PHYS REV B, V66
 NR 28
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 54
 IS 2
 BP 902
 EP 906
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 896ED
 UT ISI:000226916500069
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, YQ
    Jiang, GC
    You, JL
    Hou, HY
    Chen, H
 TI Raman scattering coefficients of symmetrical stretching modes of
    microstructural units in sodium silicate melts
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Raman scattering coefficient; Si-O tetrahedron; silicate melt; high
    temperature Raman spectra
 ID DISILICATE CRYSTAL; STRUCTURAL UNITS; TEMPERATURE; GLASS; SPECTRA;
    SPECTROSCOPY; LIQUID; AL
 AB Quantitative analysis of Raman spectra of vitreous or molten silicate
    is always one of the key subjects in some fields, e.g. materials
    science, geological physics, etc. But there are many difficulties with
    this analysis, one of which is the determination of Raman scattering
    coefficient. Not long ago, we developed a new method for the
    calculation of Raman spectrum of amorphous silicate. Essentially, this
    method combines the molecular dynamics simulation with wilson's GF
    matrix method, electro-optical parameter method and bond polarizability
    model. With this theoretical method, we have studied the Raman
    scattering coefficients of symmetrical stretching modes of Q(i) in
    sodium silicate melts, and concluded that these coefficients are
    independent of composition. Meanwhile, the five values of the
    coefficients are also given as follows: S-0 = 1, S-1 = 0.514, S-2 =
    0.242, S-3 = 0.090 and S-4 = 0.015. In order to apply these quantities
    to experiments, the Raman spectrum of sodium disilicate melt has been
    measured and its high-frequency envelope has been deconvolved into
    three Gaussian bands. Finally, the molar fractions of Q(i) were
    achieved by dividing the area fractions of the three Gaussian bands by
    corresponding scattering coefficients. Additionally, combining the
    results of theoretical calculation and quantitative analysis of
    experimental spectra, we found that the intensities of anti-symmetrical
    stretching modes of Q(0) and Q(2) in sodium silicate melts are so
    strong that they cannot be neglected in the deconvolution process.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, YQ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM yqwu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BROWER SA, 1977, PHYS REV, V11, P3173
    DUER MJ, 1995, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V189, P107
    JIANG GC, 2000, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V20, P206
    MACKWA H, 1991, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V127, P53
    MCMILLAN P, 1984, AM MINERAL, V69, P622
    MCMILLAN PF, 1994, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V58, P3653
    MYSEN BO, 1990, AM MINERAL, V75, P120
    MYSEN BO, 1994, CONTRIB MINERAL PETR, V117, P1
    SEN PN, 1977, PHYS REV B, V15, P4030
    STEBBINS JF, 1988, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V106, P359
    WU YQ, 2001, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V11, P965
    WU YQ, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1880
    WU YQ, 2004, CHINESE J INORG CHEM, V20, P133
    WU YQ, 2004, J CHEM PHYS, V121, P7883
    XIANG J, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1474
    YANG WB, 2003, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V52, P141
    YOU JL, 2000, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V20, P797
    YOU JL, 2001, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V282, P125
    ZOTOV N, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P6383
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 54
 IS 2
 BP 961
 EP 966
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 896ED
 UT ISI:000226916500079
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yuan, XG
    Zhu, ZY
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Cavity formation and its vibration for a class of generalized
    incompressible hyper-elastic materials
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE generalized incompressible neo-Hookean materials; analytic solution;
    motion equation of cavity; nonlinear periodic vibration
 ID HYPERELASTIC MATERIALS; BIFURCATION; CAVITATION
 AB The problem of radial symmetric motion for a solid sphere composed of a
    class of generalized incompressible neo-Hookean materials, subjected to
    a suddenly applied surface tensile dead load, is examined. The analytic
    solutions for this problem and the motion equation of cavity that
    describes cavity formation and growth with time are obtained. The
    effect of radial perturbation of the materials on cavity formation and
    its motion is discussed. The plane of the perturbation parameters of
    the materials is divided into four regions. The existential conditions
    and qualitative properties of solutions of the motion equation of the
    cavity are studied in different parameters' regions in detail. It is
    proved that the cavity motion with time is a nonlinear periodic
    vibration. The vibration center is then determined.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Yantai Univ, Dept Math & Informat Sci, Yantai 264005, Peoples R China.
 RP Yuan, XG, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Coll Sci,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BALL JM, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V306, P557
    CALDERER C, 1983, J ELASTICITY, V13, P17
    CHOUWANG MS, 1989, INT J ENG SCI, V27, P967
    GENT AN, 1958, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V249, P195
    HORGAN CO, 1995, APPL MECH REV, V48, P471
    POLIGNONE DA, 1993, J ELASTICITY, V33, P27
    REN JS, 2002, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V15, P208
    REN JS, 2002, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V23, P881
    SHANG XC, 1996, ACTA MECH SINICA, V28, P751
    SHANG XC, 2001, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P1101
    YUAN XG, 2004, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V17, P158
    YUAN XG, 2004, J SHANGHAI U, V8, P13
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 17
 IS 4
 BP 361
 EP 369
 PG 9
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA 893TL
 UT ISI:000226742100011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, J
    Yuan, AB
    Song, WX
 TI Study of alkaline nano-composite polymer electrolytes
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE alkaline polymer electrolyte; PEO; nano-additive; ionic conductivity;
    modification
 ID POLY(VINYL ALCOHOL)-KOH-H2O; POLY(ETHYLENE OXIDE); SECONDARY BATTERIES
 AB In order to enhance the ionic conductivity of polyethylene oxide
    (PEO)-KOH based polymer electrolytes, three types of ceramic
    nano-powders, i.e., TiO2, beta-Al2O3 and SiO2 were added to PEO-KOH
    complex respectively, and the corresponding alkaline polymer
    electrolytes containing nano-powders were prepared. The experimental
    results showed that the prepared polymer electrolytes exhibited a high
    ionic conductivity at room temperature, typically 10(-3) S(.)cm(-1) as
    measured by AC impedance method, and moreover good electrochemical
    stability. The potential stability window is of ca. 1.6 V on stainless
    steel blocking electrodes, as determined by cyclic voltammetry. The
    influence of the film composition such as KOH, H2O and nano-ceramic
    additives was investigated. The relationship between conductivity and
    temperature was also examined and explained.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yuan, AB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples
    R China.
 EM abyuan@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ARMAND MB, 1979, FAST ION TRANSPORT S, P131
    FAUVARQUE JF, 1995, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V40, P2449
    FENTON DE, 1973, POLYMER, V14, P589
    GUNOT S, 1998, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V43, P1163
    LEWANDOWSKI A, 2000, SOLID STATE IONICS, V133, P265
    PALACIOS I, 2003, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V48, P2195
    VASSAL N, 1999, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V146, P20
    VASSAL N, 2000, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V45, P1527
    WRIGHT PV, 1975, BRIT POLYM J, V7, P319
    YANG CC, 2002, J POWER SOURCES, V109, P22
    YANG CC, 2002, MATER LETT, V57, P873
    YANG CC, 2003, J POWER SOURCES, V122, P210
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PD FEB 14
 PY 2005
 VL 63
 IS 3
 BP 219
 EP 222
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 895GA
 UT ISI:000226847700008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhuang, Y
    Huang, J
    Zhou, Z
    Ge, Y
    Fan, Y
    Qi, C
    Zhen, L
    Monchatre, E
    Edelman, L
    Zhang, X
 TI A novel blocking monoclonal antibody recognizing a distinct epitope of
    human CD40 molecule
 SO TISSUE ANTIGENS
 DT Article
 DE CD40; ELISA; monoclonal antibody; soluble CD40
 ID CD40-CD40 LIGAND INTERACTION; SOLUBLE CD40; CELL; ACCEPTANCE;
    PROLIFERATION; PATHWAY; DISEASE; MYELOMA; SERUM
 AB CD40, a member of the tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily, is an
    important costimulatory molecule during the immune response. Here, we
    report a blocking mouse antihuman CD40 monoclonal antibody, mAb 3G3, of
    which the specificity was verified by flow cytometry and Western blot.
    It was shown by competition test that 3G3 bound to a different site
    (epitope) of CD40 from the reported CD40 mAbs, including clone mAb89,
    3B2, and 5C11. It was also found that mAb 3G3 could inhibit homotypic
    aggregation of Daudi cells induced by the agonistic anti-CD40 mAb 5C11.
    Furthermore, mAb 3G3 effectively inhibited the proliferation of
    peripheral blood mononuclear cells in mixed lymphocyte reaction assay.
    Finally, a sensitive and specific soluble CD40 (sCD40) ELISA kit was
    established by matching mAb 3G3 with 5C11, and it was found that the
    levels of sCD40 in sera from patients with immune disorders such as
    hyperthyroidism, chronic nephritis, and rheumatoid arthritis were
    obviously higher than those from normal individuals. Thus, this
    blocking anti-CD40 mAb provides a novel tool for the study of CD40.
 C1 Soochow Univ, Inst Biotechnol, Suzhou 215007, Peoples R China.
    Soochow Univ, Clin Immunol Res Lab Jiangsu, Suzhou 215007, Peoples R China.
    Soochow Univ 1, Affiliated Hosp, Suzhou, Peoples R China.
    Inst Pasteur, Lab Technol Cellaire Antitumorale, Paris, France.
    Shanghai Univ, Div Immunol, E Inst, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, X, Soochow Univ, Inst Biotechnol, 48 Renmin Rd, Suzhou 215007,
    Peoples R China.
 EM smbxuegz@public1.sz.js.cn
 CR CONTIN C, 2003, IMMUNOLOGY, V110, P131
    CONTIN C, 2003, J BIOL CHEM, V278, P32801
    DATTA SK, 1997, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V40, P1735
    ELWOOD ET, 1998, TRANSPLANTATION, V65, P1422
    FAN Y, 2004, TISSUE ANTIGENS, V64, P257
    FULEIHAN R, 1993, CURR OPIN IMMUNOL, V5, P963
    GREWAL IS, 1996, IMMUNOL TODAY, V17, P410
    GROTH SFD, 1980, J IMMUNOL METHODS, V35, P1
    HAN SH, 1995, J IMMUNOL, V155, P556
    HESS S, 1996, J EXP MED, V183, P159
    KIRK AD, 1999, NAT MED, V5, P5686
    LARSEN CP, 1996, NATURE, V381, P434
    LARSEN CP, 1997, CURR OPIN IMMUNOL, V9, P641
    NISHIOKA Y, 1994, J IMMUNOL, V153, P1027
    PEARSON TC, 2002, TRANSPLANTATION, V74, P933
    ROUSSET F, 1991, J EXP MED, V173, P705
    SCHMILOVITZWEISS H, 2004, APOPTOSIS, V9, P205
    SCHONBECK U, 2001, CELL MOL LIFE SCI, V58, P4
    SCHWABE RF, 1999, CLIN EXP IMMUNOL, V117, P153
    STOUT RD, 1996, J IMMUNOL, V156, P8
    TONE M, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P1751
    ZHANG XG, 1994, BLOOD, V83, P3654
    ZHOU ZH, 1999, HYBRIDOMA, V18, P471
 NR 23
 TC 1
 SN 0001-2815
 J9 TISSUE ANTIGEN
 JI Tissue Antigens
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 65
 IS 1
 BP 81
 EP 87
 PG 7
 SC Cell Biology; Immunology; Pathology
 GA 890KZ
 UT ISI:000226511400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, BQ
    Murata, J
    Hirasawa, K
 TI A new learning method using prior information of neural networks
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES F-INFORMATION SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE prior information; neural network learning; part parameter learning;
    exact mathematical structure
 ID ALGORITHMS; SYSTEMS
 AB In this paper, we present a new learning method using prior information
    for three-layered neural networks. Usually when neural networks are
    used for identification of systems, all of their weights are trained
    independently, without considering their interrelation of weight
    values. Thus the training results are not usually good. The reason for
    this is that each parameter has its influence on others during the
    learning. To overcome this problem, first, we give an exact
    mathematical equation that describes the relation between weight values
    given by a set of data conveying prior information. Then we present a
    new learning method that trains a part of the weights and calculates
    the others by using these exact mathematical equations. In almost all
    cases, this method keeps prior information given by a mathematical
    structure exactly during the learning. In addition, a learning method
    using prior information expressed by inequality is also presented. In
    any case, the degree of freedom of networks (the number of adjustable
    weights) is appropriately limited in order to speed up the learning and
    ensure small errors. Numerical computer simulation results are provided
    to support the present approaches.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Kyushu Univ, Grad Sch Informat Sci & Elect Engn, Dept Elect & Elect Syst Engn, Div Syst Control Engn,Higashi Ku, Fukuoka 8128581, Japan.
 RP Lu, BQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM bqlu@Mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BORGHESE NA, 1995, NEURAL NETWORKS, V8, P39
    CARPENTER GA, 1992, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V3, P698
    CHEN TP, 1995, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V6, P904
    FARAG WA, 1998, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V9, P756
    GOUTTE C, 1997, NEURAL NETWORKS, V10, P1053
    HASEGAWA A, 1996, NEURAL NETWORKS, V9, P345
    HWANG JN, 1997, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V45, P553
    IGELNIK B, 1999, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V10, P19
    JACK SN, 1994, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V5, P753
    JUHAKARHUNEN JJ, 1995, NEURAL NETWORKS, V8, P549
    MACKAY DJC, 1992, NEURAL COMPUT, V4, P415
    MACKAY DJC, 1992, NEURAL COMPUT, V4, P448
    MOSTAGHIMI M, 1997, IEEE T SYST MAN CY A, V27, P506
    REED R, 1993, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V4, P740
    RIDELLA S, 1999, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V10, P31
    SAATY TL, 1964, NONLINEAR MATH
    VERMA B, 1997, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V8, P1314
    WANG LP, 1997, IEEE T SYST MAN CY B, V27, P868
    WIILLIAMS PM, 1995, NEURAL COMPUT, V7, P117
    ZHANG YQ, 1998, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V9, P83
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1009-2757
 J9 SCI CHINA SER F
 JI Sci. China Ser. F-Inf. Sci.
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 47
 IS 6
 BP 793
 EP 814
 PG 22
 SC Computer Science, Information Systems
 GA 891MT
 UT ISI:000226585900010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZY
    Zhou, BX
    Xu, H
    Ni, JS
 TI Research on the crystallization of melt-spinning nanocomposite rare
    earth permanent magnets
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Review
 DE crystallization; nanocomposite magnets; alloy elements; annealing
    sequence
 ID AMORPHOUS PHASE; ALLOYS; FE; MICROSTRUCTURE; EVOLUTION; CR; ND; CO;
    SOLIDIFICATION; ENHANCEMENT
 AB The crystallization of amorphous alloys predestinates the
    microstructure and magnetic properties of the melt spun nanocomposite
    rare earth permanent magnets. Obeying the nucleation regularity, the
    model of the crystallization of amorphous alloys,namely, continually
    and explosively nucleation and growth. is put forward. The main factors
    affecting it were analyzed, such as melt-spun speed, the addition of
    alloys and the annealing sequence with or without the applied magnetic
    field, Especially, the re-distribution of the alloys during
    crystallization. On the bases, the ideas to gain ideal grain structure
    were discussed, for example, refining the grains by decomposition of
    metastable phase.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Res, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Res, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM zhanyong@sina.com
 CR BAUER J, 1996, J APPL PHYS, V80, P1667
    BRANAGAN DJ, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V244, P40
    BRANAGAN DJ, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V245, P15
    CHANG WC, 2002, J APPL PHYS 3, V91, P8171
    CHIRIAC H, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V202, P22
    COEHOORN R, 1989, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V80, P101
    CROAT JJ, 1984, J APPL PHYS, V55, P2078
    CUI BZ, 2002, J APPL PHYS 3, V91, P7881
    GABAY AM, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V245, P119
    HIROSAWA S, 2002, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V239, P424
    HIROSAWA S, 2003, SCRIPTA MATER, V48, P839
    HONO K, 2002, PROG MATER SCI, V47, P621
    KOJIMA A, 2001, SCRIPTA MATER, V44, P1383
    LEWIS LH, 1998, J ALLOY COMPD, V270, P265
    LI SD, 2002, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V35, P732
    OHKUBO T, 2001, SCRIPTA MATER, V44, P971
    PING DH, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P7769
    PING DH, 1999, ACTA MATER, V47, P4641
    PING DH, 1999, IEEE MAG MAG J, V35, P3265
    PING DH, 2002, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V239, P437
    SANKARANARAYANAN VK, 2001, APPL SURF SCI, V182, P381
    SANO N, 1998, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V250, P146
    SKOMSKI R, 1994, J APPL PHYS 2, V76, P7059
    UEHARA M, 1998, J MAGN MAGN MATER 2, V177, P997
    UEHARA M, 1998, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V10, P151
    WANG ZC, 2002, J APPL PHYS 3, V91, P7884
    WANG ZC, 2002, J APPL PHYS, V91, P3769
    WANG ZC, 2003, SCRIPTA MATER, V48, P845
    WU YQ, 1999, IEEE T MAGN 2, V35, P3295
    WU YQ, 2001, SCRIPTA MATER, V44, P2399
    WU YQ, 2001, SCRIPTA MATER, V45, P355
    WU YQ, 2002, J APPL PHYS 3, V91, P8174
    XIONG XY, 2002, J APPL PHYS, V91, P9308
    YANG CJ, 1997, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V166, P243
    YANG S, 2002, J ALLOY COMPD, V343, P217
    ZHAO TM, 1999, J APPL PHYS, V85, P518
 NR 36
 TC 1
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 34
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 6
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 893QG
 UT ISI:000226733700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, HF
    Zhu, LH
    Huang, QW
 TI Nanocrystalline WC-10%Co-0.8%VC cemented carbides prepared by spark
    plasma sintering
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE cemented carbide; nanometer; spark plasma sintering
 ID WC
 AB The densification mechanism of nanocrystalline WC-10%Co-0.8%VC cemented
    carbides prepared by spark plasma sintering (SPS.) was investigated
    Their microstructure and mechanical properties were compared with those
    of sample prepared by vacuum sintering. The evaporation-solidification,
    plastic fluxion and surface diffusion during SPS are enhanced by the
    application of a special DC pulse voltage, which accelerates
    densification at low temperature and restrains grain growth. The
    average grain size of WC prepared by SPS at 1200degreesC for 5 min. is
    less than 100 nm Compared with the vacuum sintered sample, spark plasma
    sintered samples have higher density and hardness. For example, the SPS
    sample prepared at 1300degreesC for 3 min has a relative density of
    97.7%; as compared with the 92.8%. t of t a sample vacuum sintered at
    the same temperature for 30 min Furthermore its HV30 increases by 16.4%
    When the SPS temperature decreases to 1200degreesC, HV30 and K-1C
    increase by 15.4% and 12.2%, respectively, in spite of relatively lower
    density.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Mat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, HF, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Mat Engn, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM zhaohaifeng88888@sohu.com
 CR GILLE G, 2000, INT J REFRACT MET H, V18, P87
    HUANG PY, 1997, POWDER METALLURGY M
    LI W, 1999, J INORG MATER, V14, P985
    LI WX, 1998, VACUUM ELECT J, V1, P17
    MILMAN YV, 1999, INT J REFRACT MET H, V17, P39
    PORAT R, 1996, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V7, P429
    RAJENDRA K, 1999, INT J POWDER METAL J, V35, P27
    SATOSHI KS, 2001, J JAPAN SOC POWDER J, V49, P299
    YAMAZAKI K, 1996, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V56, P955
    YAO Z, 1998, MPR, V53, P26
    ZHANG J, 2000, CLIN J SPORT MED, V10, P15
    ZHU LH, 2004, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V33, P349
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 34
 IS 1
 BP 82
 EP 85
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 893QG
 UT ISI:000226733700018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ning, W
    Chen, F
    Mao, BZ
    Li, Q
    Liu, ZX
    Guo, ZJ
    He, ZH
 TI N-acetylchitooligosaccharides elicit rice defence responses including
    hypersensitive response-like cell death, oxidative burst and defence
    gene expression
 SO PHYSIOLOGICAL AND MOLECULAR PLANT PATHOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE cell death; N-acetylchitooligosacchirides; defence activation;
    hypersensitive response; Oryza sativa; Magnaporthe grisea
 ID HIGH-AFFINITY BINDING; SYSTEMIC ACQUIRED-RESISTANCE; PHENYLALANINE
    AMMONIA-LYASE; DISEASE RESISTANCE; PLASMA-MEMBRANE; PHYTOALEXIN
    PRODUCTION; CHITIN OLIGOSACCHARIDES; MAGNAPORTHE-GRISEA; BIOTIC
    ELICITOR; NADPH OXIDASE
 AB Rice, a monocotyledonous model plant, can be used to dissect the
    molecular mechanism of plant defence activation in cereal crops. In the
    present work, we investigated acetylchitooligosaccharide (COS)-mediated
    defence activation in rice. COS strongly induced cell death and defence
    gene expression in rice suspension cells in a dose- and degree of
    polymerization-dependent manner. COS treatment could also induce
    risible cell death on rice leaves. Rapid production of H2O2 was
    observed preceding cell death in the COS-stimulated rice cells. The
    H2O2 generation and consequential cell death could be blocked by
    diphenylene iodonium, indicating that the COS-mediated oxidative burst
    depends on an NADPH oxidase. The rice defence-related genes, RCH10 and
    PAL were strongly induced by COS, and OsCatB was first repressed and
    when induced by COS. Consequentially, rice disease resistance was
    enhanced by COS against the blast fungus. Taken together, these results
    strongly suggested that COS activates the rice defence responses via a
    mechanism similar to the hypersensitive response involved in the
    plant-microbe interactions. Our study shows the feasibility of this
    system to dissect elicitor-mediated activation of non-specific defence
    in rice. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All fights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, SHARF, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Shanghai Inst Plant Physiol & Ecol, Natl Lab Plant Mol Genet, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ, Inst Biotechnol, Hangzhou 310029, Peoples R China.
 RP He, ZH, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, SHARF, Shanghai
    200032, Peoples R China.
 EM zhe@iris.sipp.ac.cn
 CR ALVAREZ ME, 1998, CELL, V92, P773
    BARBER MS, 1989, PHYSIOL MOL PLANT P, V34, P3
    BAUREITHEL K, 1994, J BIOL CHEM, V269, P17931
    CHEN ZX, 1993, SCIENCE, V262, P1883
    DAY RB, 2001, PLANT PHYSIOL, V126, P1162
    DAY RB, 2003, BBA-GENE STRUCT EXPR, V1625, P261
    FELIX G, 1993, PLANT J, V4, P307
    GRANT M, 1999, CURR OPIN PLANT BIOL, V2, P312
    GREENBERG JT, 1994, CELL, V77, P551
    HADWIGER LA, 1994, MOL PLANT MICROBE IN, V7, P531
    HE ZH, 2000, MOL GEN GENET, V264, P2
    HE ZH, 2000, SCIENCE, V288, P2360
    INUI H, 1997, BIOSCI BIOTECH BIOCH, V61, P975
    ITO Y, 1997, PLANT J, V12, P347
    KELLER T, 1998, PLANT CELL, V10, P255
    KIKUYAMA M, 1997, PLANT CELL PHYSIOL, V38, P902
    KIM YS, 2000, PLANT PHYSIOL, V123, P905
    KUCHITSU K, 1993, PROTOPLASMA, V174, P79
    KUCHITSU K, 1995, PROTOPLASMA, V188, P138
    KUCHITSU K, 1997, PLANT CELL PHYSIOL, V38, P1012
    LAMB C, 1997, ANNU REV PLANT PHYS, V48, P251
    LEVINE A, 1994, CELL, V79, P583
    LOW PS, 1986, ARCH BIOCHEM BIOPHYS, V249, P472
    MINAMI E, 1996, PLANT CELL PHYSIOL, V37, P563
    MONTESANO M, 2003, MOL PLANT PATHOL, V4, P73
    MORRIS SW, 1998, MOL PLANT MICROBE IN, V11, P643
    MULLER J, 2000, PLANT PHYSIOL, V124, P733
    NAKASHITA H, 2002, PLANT CELL PHYSIOL, V43, P823
    NISHIZAWA Y, 1999, PLANT MOL BIOL, V39, P907
    NOJIRI H, 1996, PLANT PHYSIOL, V110, P387
    OKADA M, 2002, PLANT CELL PHYSIOL, V43, P505
    PETERHANSEL C, 1997, PLANT CELL, V9, P1397
    RAMONELL KM, 2002, MOL PLANT PATHOL, V3, P301
    REN YY, 1992, PLANT PHYSIOL, V99, P1169
    RICHTER TE, 2000, PLANT MOL BIOL, V42, P195
    RYALS JA, 1996, PLANT CELL, V8, P1809
    RYERSON DE, 1996, PLANT CELL, V8, P393
    SAGI M, 2001, PLANT PHYSIOL, V126, P1281
    SIMONPLAS F, 2002, PLANT J, V31, P137
    TADA Y, 2001, MOL PLANT MICROBE IN, V14, P477
    TAKAHASHI H, 1997, PLANT J, V11, P993
    THORDALCHRISTENSEN, 1997, PLANT J, V11, P1187
    TSUKADA K, 2002, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V116, P373
    VALENT B, 1991, GENETICS, V127, P87
    VANDER P, 1998, PLANT PHYSIOL, V118, P1353
    YAMADA A, 1993, BIOSCI BIOTECH BIOCH, V57, P405
    YAMAGUCHI T, 2000, PLANT CELL, V12, P817
    ZHANG K, 2004, INT J SOFTW ENG KNOW, V14, P1
    ZHU Q, 1991, MOL GEN GENET, V226, P289
    ZHU Q, 1995, PLANT MOL BIOL, V29, P535
 NR 50
 TC 0
 SN 0885-5765
 J9 PHYSIOL MOLEC PLANT PATHOL
 JI Physiol. Mol. Plant Pathol.
 PD MAY
 PY 2004
 VL 64
 IS 5
 BP 263
 EP 271
 PG 9
 SC Plant Sciences
 GA 893BY
 UT ISI:000226695500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, BF
    Xiao, E
    Hong, Y
 TI The spectral radius of trees on k pendant vertices
 SO LINEAR ALGEBRA AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE graph; tree; pendant vertex; spectral radius
 AB In this paper we consider the following problem: Of all trees of order
    n with k pendant vertices (n, k fixed), which achieves the maximal
    spectral radius?
    We show that the maximal spectral radius is obtained uniquely at
    T-n,T-k, where T-n,T-k is a tree obtained from a star K-1,K-k and k
    paths of almost equal lengths by joining each pendant vertex of K-1,K-k
    to an end vertex of one path. We also discuss the spectral radius of
    T-n,T-k and get some results. (C) 2004 Elsevier Inc. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, BF, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples
    R China.
 EM wu_baofeng@yahoo.com.cn
    enry2000@163.net
    yhong@math.ecnu.edu.cn
 CR BERMAN A, 1979, NONNEGATIVE MATRICES
    CVETKOVIC D, 1997, EIGENSPACES GRAPHS
    GUO JM, 2001, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V329, P1
    HOFMEISTER M, 1997, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V260, P46
    LI Q, 1979, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V2, P167
    NEUMAIER A, 1982, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V46, P9
    SCHWENK AJ, 1978, SELECTED TOPICS GRAP, P307
    XU GH, 1997, COMBINATORIES GRAPH
 NR 8
 TC 4
 SN 0024-3795
 J9 LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL
 JI Linear Alg. Appl.
 PD JAN 15
 PY 2005
 VL 395
 BP 343
 EP 349
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 891XE
 UT ISI:000226613500020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JC
    Zhang, YF
    Gao, SX
    Jing, C
 TI Effect of mean ion size and spatial spin disorders for
    (La1-xYx)(2/3)Ca1/3MnO3 manganites
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS B
 DT Article
 DE ionic size; CMR; (La1-xYx)(2/3)Ca1/3MnO3; spatial-spin disorders
 ID DOPED MANGANESE PEROVSKITES; COLOSSAL MAGNETORESISTANCE; TEMPERATURE
    MAGNETORESISTANCE; TRANSPORT-PROPERTIES; DOUBLE EXCHANGE; FILMS; GLASS;
    RESISTIVITY; LAMNO3; STATE
 AB The structure and transport properties of perovskite
    (La1-xYx)(2/3)Ca1/3MnO3 (0 less than or equal to x less than or equal
    to 0.3) systems are systematically investigated. It is found that, all
    the specimens show a single-phase structure and reveal a direct
    relationship between the Curie temperature T-c and the average ionic
    radius <r(A)> of La site. With increasing Y3+ doped content, the
    metal-insulator transition temperature T-M1 (M-I) shifts to lower
    temperature. While the relevant resistivity peak pp is sharp increased,
    for the specimens with large doping content, x = 0.3: it has enhanced
    eight orders of magnitudes larger than the non-doped samples (x = 0.0).
    At high concentration area, that, is to say. when x > 0.1, magnetic
    studies show a gradual increase of antiferromagnetic interaction with
    an increase of x. ultimately leading to a spatial-spin disorders, that,
    is, spin-glass-like state for x = 0.2 and x = 0.3 compounds at about 35
    K. The results show that it, has connected a reduction of T-c and an
    increase in magnetoresistance with a decrease in the microstructural
    Mn-O-Mn bond angle.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM jczhang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ANDERSON PW, 1955, PHYS REV, V100, P675
    BALCELLS LL, 1998, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V10, P1883
    CAI JW, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P1727
    CHEN X, 1999, J APPL PHYS, V86, P4534
    COEY JMD, 1999, ADV PHYS, V48, P167
    DAI DS, 1997, PROGR PHYSICS, V17, P201
    DEGENNES PG, 1960, PHYS REV, V118, P141
    DETERESA JM, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P3392
    FONTCUBERTA J, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1122
    GARCIAMUNOZ JL, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P668
    GONG GQ, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P1783
    GOODENOUGH JB, 1997, J APPL PHYS 2B, V81, P5330
    HWANG HY, 1995, PHYS REV B, V52, P15046
    HWANG HY, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P914
    HWANG HY, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P2041
    JAIME M, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P1028
    JIN S, 1994, J APPL PHYS 2, V76, P6929
    JIN S, 1994, SCIENCE, V264, P413
    KHAZENI K, 1996, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V8, P7723
    LI XW, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P1124
    MAHENDIRAN R, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P3348
    MILLIS AJ, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P175
    MOORJANI K, 1984, MAGNETIC GLASSES, V6, P181
    MOORJANI K, 1984, METHODS PHENOMENA, V6, P337
    MORGOWNIK AFJ, 1981, PHYS REV B, V24, P5277
    PRADHAN AK, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P763
    RAVINDRANATH V, 2001, PHYS REV B, V63
    TERAI T, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P14908
    TOMIOKA Y, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P5108
    VOLHELMHOLT R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2331
    YUAN SL, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V77, P4398
    ZENER C, 1951, PHYS REV, V82, P403
 NR 32
 TC 1
 SN 0217-9792
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS B
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. B
 PD OCT 30
 PY 2004
 VL 18
 IS 26
 BP 3451
 EP 3464
 PG 14
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 893OD
 UT ISI:000226728200008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chou, KC
    Li, Q
    Lin, Q
    Jiang, LJ
    Xu, KD
 TI Kinetics of absorption and desorption of hydrogen in alloy powder
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF HYDROGEN ENERGY
 DT Article
 DE hydrogen storage materials; hydrogen absorption/desorption;
    Mg1.95Ag0.05Ni and LaNiMg17 alloys
 ID HYDRIDING COMBUSTION SYNTHESIS; MG-NI ALLOYS; STORAGE PROPERTIES;
    SORPTION KINETICS
 AB A new model for predicting the reacted fraction of
    hydriding/dehydriding (H/D) in powder hydrogen storage materials has
    been developed, which offers an analytic form expressing the reacted
    fraction of hydrogen absorption/desorption (A/D) as a function of time,
    temperature and pressure explicitly. Therefore it is simple and
    practical. Besides, an important new concept, so called the
    "characteristic absorption/desorption time" has been introduced that
    greatly simplifies the formulae and offers some sigificant physical
    meaning that might be useful for theoretical discussion in future. The
    application of this new model to Mg1.95Ag0.05Ni and LaNiMg17 alloys
    indicates that this new model works very well. (C) 2004 International
    Association for Hydrogen Energy. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Dept Phys Chem, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Gen Res Inst NonFerrous Met, Beijing 100088, Peoples R China.
 RP Chou, KC, Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Dept Phys Chem, Beijing 100083,
    Peoples R China.
 EM kcc@public.bta.net.cn
 CR ALBERTY RA, 1987, PHYSL CHEM
    BARKHORDARIAN G, 2003, SCRIPTA MATER, V49, P213
    BOBET JL, 2002, J ALLOY COMPD, V336, P292
    DOUGLASS DL, 1975, MET T A, V6, P2179
    FANG SS, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V293, P10
    FERNANDEZ GE, 1998, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V23, P1193
    GERARD N, 1992, HYDROGEN INTERMETALL, V2, CH4
    HUOT J, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V293, P495
    KOHNO T, 2000, J ALLOY COMPD, V311, L5
    LI LQ, 2001, J ALLOY COMPD, V316, P118
    LI Q, 2004, J ALLOY COMPD, V373, P122
    LI QA, 2004, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V29, P843
    LIANG G, 2000, J ALLOY COMPD, V305, P239
    MARTIN M, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V238, P193
    MING L, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V283, P146
    YIN JT, 2001, MATER TRANS, V42, P712
 NR 16
 TC 5
 SN 0360-3199
 J9 INT J HYDROGEN ENERG
 JI Int. J. Hydrog. Energy
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 30
 IS 3
 BP 301
 EP 309
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Energy & Fuels; Environmental
    Sciences
 GA 893BX
 UT ISI:000226695400011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, JM
    Weng, XC
    Wu, H
    Li, QH
    Bi, KS
 TI Antioxidants from a Chinese medicinal herb - Psoralea corylifolia L.
 SO FOOD CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE antioxidant activity; Psoralea corylifolia L.; bakuchiol; psoralen;
    isopsoralen; corylifolin; corylin; psoralidin
 ID SEEDS; FOOD
 AB The powder and extracts of Psoralea corylifolia L. were tested in lard
    at 100 degreesC by using the oxidative stability instrument (OSI) and
    were found to have strong antioxidant effects. Six compounds,
    bakuchiol, psoralen, isopsoralen, corylifolin, corylin and psoralidin
    were isolated from the herb and identified by UV, IR, Mass, H-1 and
    C-13 NMR spectra and melting point. Their antioxidant activities were
    investigated individually and compared with butylated hydroxytoluene
    (BHT) and alpha-tocopherol by the OSI at 100 degreesC. The results
    showed that bakuchiol, corylifolin, corylin and psoralidin had strong
    antioxidant activities, and especially psoralidin (stronger antioxidant
    property than BHT), but psoralen and isopsoralen had no antioxidant
    activities at 0.02% and 0.04% levels. The antioxidant activities of the
    compounds decrease in the following order: Psoralidin > BHT >
    alpha-tocopherol > bakuchiol > corylifolin > corylin > isopsoralen
    similar to psoralen. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shenyang Pharmaceut Univ, Sch Pharm, Shenyang 110016, Peoples R China.
 RP Weng, XC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM weng_xinchu@sina.com
 CR AMES BN, 1983, SCIENCE, V221, P1256
    BAARDSETH P, 1989, FOOD ADDIT CONTAM, V6, P201
    DUAN S, 1998, FOOD CHEM, V61, P101
    EDWIN N, 1996, FOOD CHEMISTRY, V57, P51
    EDWIN NF, 1996, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V44, P131
    GRICE HC, 1986, FOOD CHEM TOXICOL, V24, P1127
    GU LW, 2001, FOOD CHEM, P299
    GUPTA S, 1990, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V29, P2371
    ITO N, 1983, J NATL CANCER I, V70, P343
    ITO N, 1986, FOOD CHEM TOXICOL, V24, P1099
    KANNER J, 1991, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V39, P1017
    KHASTGIR HN, 1961, TETRAHEDRON, V14, P275
    KOTIYAL JP, 1992, B MEDICOETNOBOTANIC, V13, P209
    LABBE C, 1996, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V62, P217
    MEHTA G, 1973, TETRAHEDRON, V29, P1119
    NAMIKI M, 1990, CRIT REV FOOD SCI, V29, P273
    PENG G, 1996, J CHINESE MED MAT, V19, P563
    SHAHIDI F, 1992, CRIT REV FOOD SCI, V32, P67
    TSUDA T, 1994, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V42, P248
    WALL ME, 1988, J NAT PRODUCTS, V51, P1148
    WANG DX, 1999, ELECTROPHORESIS, V20, P1895
    WANG W, 2000, FOOD CHEM, V71, P45
    WENG XC, 1993, J ZHENGZHOU GRAIN CO, V3, P20
    WICHI HP, 1988, FOOD CHEM TOXICOL, V26, P717
    ZHU DY, 1979, ACTA PHARMACOL SINIC, V14, P605
    ZHU YP, 1998, CHINESE MAT MED CHEM, P609
 NR 26
 TC 2
 SN 0308-8146
 J9 FOOD CHEM
 JI Food Chem.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 91
 IS 2
 BP 287
 EP 292
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Applied; Food Science & Technology; Nutrition & Dietetics
 GA 891GV
 UT ISI:000226570200013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, ZY
    Zhu, JM
    Zheng, CL
 TI Solitary wave and periodic wave solutions for the relativistic Toda
    lattices
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE tanh-method; solitary wave and periodic wave solutions;
    differential-difference equation; Toda lattice
 ID NOVIKOV-VESELOV EQUATION; DIFFERENCE EQUATIONS; COHERENT STRUCTURES;
    GENERAL-SOLUTION; SYSTEM; EXCITATIONS; SOLITONS; DROMION; PEAKON
 AB In this work, an adaptation of the tanh/tan-method that is discussed
    usually in the nonlinear partial differential equations is presented to
    solve nonlinear polynomial differential-difference equations. As a
    concrete example. several solitary wave and periodic wave solutions for
    the chain which is related to the relativistic Toda lattice are
    derived. Some systems of the differential-difference equations that can
    be solved using our-approach are listed and a discussion is given in
    conclusion.
 C1 Lishui Univ, Dept Math & Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, ZY, Lishui Univ, Dept Math & Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
 EM ma-zhengyi@163.com
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1975, J MATH PHYS, V16, P598
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1976, STUD APPL MATH, V55, P213
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1977, STUD APPL MATH, V57, P1
    BALDWIN D, 2003, SI0312004 ARXIV NLIN
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    CARDNER CS, 1967, PHYS REV LETT, V19, P1095
    FAN EG, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1409
    FAN EG, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V295, P280
    FAN EG, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V305, P383
    FERMI E, 1965, COLLECTED PAPERS ENR, P978
    FU ZT, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V290, P72
    GU CH, 1987, LETT MATH PHYS, V13, P179
    HIROTA R, 1981, PHYS LETT A, V85, P407
    KAJIWARA K, 1991, J MATH PHYS, V32, P506
    LIU SK, 2001, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V51, P718
    LIU SK, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V289, P290
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2002, PHYS SCRIPTA, V65, P7
    LU J, 2002, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V51, P1448
    PARKES EJ, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V280, P295
    SURIS YB, 1997, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V30, P1745
    SURIS YB, 2001, MIURA TRANSFORMATION
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    TODA M, 1981, THEORY NONLINEAR LAT
    VAKHNENKO VA, 1992, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V25, P4181
    VAKHNENKO VO, 1998, NONLINEARITY, V11, P1457
    WAHLQUIST HD, 1971, PHYS LETT, V31, P1386
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    XIA TC, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P694
    XU GQ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P946
    ZHANG JF, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P448
    ZHENG CL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2426
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P653
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P783
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P11
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P261
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P9
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P25
    ZHENG Y, 2000, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V49, P1
 NR 42
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD JAN 15
 PY 2005
 VL 43
 IS 1
 BP 27
 EP 30
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 891GC
 UT ISI:000226568300006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, TY
    Zhang, QR
    Zhuang, SL
 TI First-principles studies on the electronic structures and optical
    properties for the PbWO4 crystal containing V-Pb(2-)
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID LEAD TUNGSTATE CRYSTALS; SINGLE-CRYSTALS; ABSORPTION-BAND;
    COLOR-CENTERS; ORIGIN
 AB The electronic structures, dielectric functions, complex refractive
    indices and absorption spectra for a perfect PbWO4 (PWO) crystal and
    the PWO crystals containing lead vacancy V-Pb(2-), have been calculated
    using a full-potential (linearized) augmented plane-wave (LAPW) + local
    orbitals (LO) method with the lattice structure optimized. The peaks of
    the absorption spectra corresponding to the electronic transitions have
    been studied. The calculated results indicate that the absorption band
    of the perfect PWO crystal does not occur in the visible region.
    However, the PWO crystal containing has two additional absorption bands
    in this region. The two bands can be well decomposed into four
    gaussian-shape bands peaking at 350nm, 405nm, 550nm and 670nm,
    respectively, which coincide well with the 350nm, 420nm, 550nm and
    680nm absorption bands measured in PWO crystals. Therefore, it can be
    concluded that the 350nm, 420nm, 550nm and 680nm absorption bands are
    related to the existence of V-Pb(2-) in the PWO crystal.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, TY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 EM liutyyxj@163.com
 CR ABRAHAM Y, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P1733
    ANNENKOV A, 1998, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V170, P47
    EPELBAUM BM, 1997, J CRYST GROWTH, V178, P426
    FENG XQ, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P449
    GOUBIN F, 2004, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V177, P89
    GRIGORJEVA L, 2000, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, P166
    GRIGORJEVA L, 2000, NUCL INSTRUM METHO B, V329
    KORZHIK MV, 1996, P INT C IN SCINT THE, P241
    LIAO JY, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P286
    LIN QS, 2001, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V118, P221
    LIU TY, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P1596
    LIU TY, 2004, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V132, P169
    MOREAU JM, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V238, P46
    MOREAU JM, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V284, P104
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V195, P311
    NIKL M, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P5758
    NIKL M, 1997, MATER SCI FORUM, V239, P271
    SHAO M, 2001, HIGH ENERG PHYS NUC, V25, P1
    SHARMA S, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P8610
    YAO MZ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V51, P1
    YE XL, 1999, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V48, P10
    ZHANG QR, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
    ZHANG QR, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P1131
    ZHANG Y, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P12738
 NR 24
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 22
 IS 2
 BP 442
 EP 445
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 892YL
 UT ISI:000226685800048
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, XJ
    Hu, GH
    Zhou, ZW
 TI Variation of velocity profile of jet and its effect on interfacial
    stability
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE free jet; velocity profile; Chebyshev collocation method; interfacial
    stability
 ID VISCOUS-GAS; INSTABILITY; PIPE
 AB Linear stability theory is used to study a double fluid model for a
    liquid jet surrounded by a coaxial gas steam. Under the different
    pressure gradients for liquid and gas flow, the variation of the
    velocity profile in the model and the thickness of the shear layer were
    investigated. The effects of such variation on the interfacial
    stability were discussed with the application of Chebyshev spectral
    collocation method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, ZW, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM zhwzhou@yc.shu.edu.cn
 CR LIN SP, 1990, J FLUID MECH, V218, P641
    LIN SP, 1998, J FLUID MECH, V376, P37
    MA Z, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P1061
    SU HR, 2004, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V25, P1323
    TAYLOR GI, 1965, SCI PAPERS GI TAYLOR, V3, P952
    XIANG XM, 2000, NUMERICAL ANAL SPECT
    ZHOU ZW, 1999, 4 INT C SPRAY FORM U, P35
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 6
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 893FC
 UT ISI:000226703700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, MZ
    Song, J
 TI On the nonlinear Riemann problems for general first elliptic systems in
    the plane
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Riemann problem; elliptic system; singular integral equation
 AB The nonlinear Riemann problem for general systems of the first-order
    linear and quasi-linear equations in the plane are considered. It
    translates them to singular integral equations and proves the existence
    of the solution by means of contract principle or general contract
    principle. The known results are generalized.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, MZ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM mzhli@public8.sta.net.cn
    songjie@ecust.edu.cn
 CR DZHURAEV A, 1992, COMPLEX VARIABLES, V18, P109
    HOU ZY, 1990, THEORY SINGULAR INTE
    LI MZ, 1990, THEORY BOUNDARY VALU
    LI MZ, 2002, CHINA ANN MATH A, V23, P13
    SONG J, 1997, MODERN MATH MECH, P533
    VEKUA IN, 1962, GEN ANAL FUNCTIONS
    WOLFERSDORF LV, 1984, MATH NACHR, V116, P89
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 1
 BP 79
 EP 84
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 893FC
 UT ISI:000226703700011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, GQ
    Li, ZB
 TI Explicit solutions to the coupled KdV equations with variable
    coefficients
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE cn-function method; sn-function method; periodic wave-like solution;
    solitary wave-like solution; coupled KdV equations with variable
    coefficient
 ID SOLITARY WAVE SOLUTIONS; ELLIPTIC FUNCTION EXPANSION; NONLINEAR
    EVOLUTION
 AB By means of sn-function expansion method and cn-function expansion
    method, several kinds of explicit solutions to the coupled KdV
    equations with variable coefficients are obtained, which include three
    sets of periodic wave-like solutions. These solutions degenerate to
    solitary wave-like solutions at a certain limit. Some new solutions are
    presented.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Informat Adm, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, GQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Informat Adm, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 EM xuguiqiong@yahoo.com
 CR FAN EG, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V246, P403
    FU ZT, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V290, P72
    HEREMAN W, 1986, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V19, P607
    HU XB, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V262, P409
    LIU SK, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P1923
    PARKES EJ, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V295, P280
    RUAN HY, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P177
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    WEN SC, 1997, SCI CHINA SER A, V27, P949
    XU GQ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P946
    YAN ZY, 2000, APPL MATH MECH, V21, P645
    ZHANG CC, 2002, J EUR CERAM SOC, V22, P61
    ZHANG JF, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1648
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 1
 BP 101
 EP 107
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 893FC
 UT ISI:000226703700014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zuo, XP
    Ji, YH
 TI Molecular mechanism of scorpion neurotoxins acting on sodium channels
 SO MOLECULAR NEUROBIOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE scorpion toxin; voltage-gated sodium channel; selectivity; receptor
    site; phylogenetic tree
 ID ALPHA-LIKE TOXIN; ANDROCTONUS-AUSTRALIS-HECTOR;
    LEIURUS-QUINQUESTRIATUS-HEBRAEUS; DEPRESSANT INSECT TOXIN;
    BUTHUS-MARTENSII KARSCH; CENTRAL-NERVOUS-SYSTEM;
    CENTRUROIDES-SCULPTURATUS; NA+-CHANNELS; CRYSTAL-STRUCTURE;
    RECEPTOR-SITES
 AB Scorpion toxins that affect sodium channel gating traditionally are
    divided into alpha- and beta-classes. They show vast diversity in their
    selectivity for phyletic- or isoform-specific sodium channels. This
    article discusses the molecular mechanism of the selectivity. Moreover,
    a phylogenetic tree of scorpion toxins has been constructed, which,
    together with the worldwide distribution of toxins and the
    zoogeographic dispersion of the studied genera, offers an insight into
    the evolution of diverse scorpion toxins.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Key Lab Neurobiol, Inst Physiol, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Ji, YH, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Key Lab Neurobiol,
    Inst Physiol, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 EM yhji@server.shcnc.ac.cn
 CR BENZINGER GR, 1998, J BIOL CHEM, V273, P80
    BLUMENTHAL KM, 2003, CELL BIOCHEM BIOPHYS, V38, P215
    CEARD B, 2001, FEBS LETT, V494, P246
    CESTELE S, 1997, EUR J BIOCHEM, V243, P93
    CESTELE S, 1998, NEURON, V21, P919
    CESTELE S, 1999, EUR J NEUROSCI, V11, P975
    CESTELE S, 2000, BIOCHIMIE, V82, P883
    CHEN H, 2001, J GEN PHYSIOL, V117, P505
    CHEN HJ, 2002, EUR J NEUROSCI, V16, P767
    CHEN ZG, 2000, CHINESE CHEM LETT, V11, P439
    COHEN L, 2004, J BIOL CHEM, V279, P8206
    COOK WJ, 2002, PROTEIN SCI, V11, P479
    CORONA M, 2003, BBA-PROTEINS PROTEOM, V1649, P58
    COURAUD F, 1982, TOXICON, V20, P9
    DARBON H, 1991, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V30, P1836
    DELIMA ME, 1989, INSECT BIOCHEM, V19, P413
    FET V, 2003, EUSCORPIUS, V4, P1
    FROY O, 1999, J BIOL CHEM, V274, P5769
    FROY O, 2003, TOXICON, V42, P549
    GILLES N, 1999, J NEUROSCI, V19, P8730
    GILLES N, 2000, EUR J NEUROSCI, V12, P2823
    GORDON D, 1984, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V778, P349
    GORDON D, 1987, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V84, P8682
    GORDON D, 1992, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V31, P7622
    GORDON D, 2002, PERSPECTIVES MOL TOX, P215
    GORDON D, 2003, EUR J BIOCHEM, V270, P2663
    GORDON D, 2003, TOXICON, V41, P125
    GOUDET C, 2002, TOXICON, V40, P1239
    HAMON A, 2002, EUR J BIOCHEM, V269, P3920
    HE XL, 1999, J MOL BIOL, V292, P125
    HE XL, 2000, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR D 1, V56, P25
    HOUSSET D, 1994, J MOL BIOL, V238, P88
    INCEOGLU AB, 2002, EUR J BIOCHEM, V269, P5369
    INCEOGLU B, 2001, EUR J BIOCHEM, V268, P5407
    JABLONSKY MJ, 1995, J MOL BIOL, V248, P449
    KRIMM I, 1999, J MOL BIOL, V285, P1749
    LANDON C, 1997, PROTEINS, V28, P360
    LEE WT, 1994, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V33, P2468
    LEIPOLD E, 2004, MOL PHARMACOL, V65, P685
    LI HM, 1996, J MOL BIOL, V261, P415
    LI YJ, 2000, J NEUROSCI RES, V61, P541
    LI YJ, 2000, J PEPT RES, V56, P195
    LI YJ, 2000, NEUROSCI RES, V38, P257
    LOPREATO GF, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P7588
    LORET EP, 1991, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V30, P633
    MARCOTTE P, 1997, CIRC RES, V80, P363
    MEVES H, 1984, J PHYSIOL-PARIS, V79, P185
    OLAMENDIPORTUGAL T, 2002, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V299, P562
    OREN DA, 1998, STRUCTURE, V6, P1095
    PINTAR A, 1999, J MOL BIOL, V287, P359
    POLIKARPOV I, 1999, J MOL BIOL, V290, P175
    POSSANI LD, 1999, EUR J BIOCHEM, V264, P287
    ROGERS JC, 1996, J BIOL CHEM, V271, P15950
    SHICHOR I, 2002, J NEUROSCI, V22, P4364
    SHUNYI Z, 2004, J MOL EVOL, V58, P143
    TEJEDOR FJ, 1988, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V85, P8742
    THOMSEN WJ, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P10161
    TUGARINOV V, 1997, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V36, P2414
    WANG CG, 2003, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V42, P4699
    YE JG, 2000, FEBS LETT, V479, P136
    ZHAO B, 1992, PLATELETS, V3, P1
    ZLOTKIN E, 1985, ARCH BIOCHEM BIOPHYS, V240, P877
    ZLOTKIN E, 1991, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V30, P4814
 NR 63
 TC 5
 SN 0893-7648
 J9 MOL NEUROBIOL
 JI Mol. Neurobiol.
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 30
 IS 3
 BP 265
 EP 278
 PG 14
 SC Neurosciences
 GA 889SW
 UT ISI:000226463900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, YY
    Shen, XJ
    Chen, XY
 TI Model of polysilicon electro-thermal micro actuator and research of
    micro scale effect
 SO JOURNAL OF WUHAN UNIVERSITY OF TECHNOLOGY-MATERIALS SCIENCE EDITION
 DT Article
 DE MEMS; electro-thermal micro actuator; micro scale effect; thermal
    expansion coefficient
 ID CANTILEVER; BEAM; GEL
 AB A type of crank beam electro-thermal micro actuator was prescribed.
    Mechanical model of the actuator was established, and the static
    characteristic was analyzed. Comparing the theoretical analysis with
    experimental data, it is found that the thermodynamic character of
    material in micro actuator has a different variable regularity
    contrasted to that used in macro scale machines. It is the micro scale
    effect that results in the deviation between the simulating result and,
    experimental results. The thermodynamic expression of polysilicon,
    which was fitted by means of the experimental data concerned, was used
    to modify the mechanical model. The modified/model, in which the micro
    scale thermodynamic characteristic was considered, was more reasonable
    and could make the optimal design and control strategies analyzing the
    straight-line micro actuator more feasible.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mech Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, YY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mech Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BOCHOBZADEGANI O, 2002, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V97, P563
    CHEN XY, 2001, P INT C MECH TRANSM, P292
    COMTOIS JH, 1997, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V58, P19
    LEE KB, 1998, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V70, P112
    LIU C, 1998, MECHATRONICS, V8, P613
    MATSUURA T, 2000, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V83, P220
    MORITA T, 2003, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V103, P291
    QUE L, 2001, J MICROELECTROMECH S, V10, P247
    REYNAERTS D, 1998, MECHATRONICS, V8, P635
    ROSSI C, 1999, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V74, P211
    TABATA O, 2002, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V95, P234
    TAMAGAWA H, 2000, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V285, P314
    XU W, 1996, PRECIS ENG, V19, P4
    YAO K, 2001, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V89, P215
    ZOU QB, 1999, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V78, P212
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 1000-2413
 J9 J WUHAN UNIV TECHNOL-MAT SCI
 JI J. Wuhan Univ. Technol.-Mat. Sci. Edit.
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 SU Suppl. S
 BP 59
 EP 62
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 890PU
 UT ISI:000226524100018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qiang, G
    Song, YF
    Qiao, HB
    Luo, WL
 TI The friction and wear properties of the spherical plain bearings with
    self-lubricating composite liner in oscillatory movement
 SO JOURNAL OF WUHAN UNIVERSITY OF TECHNOLOGY-MATERIALS SCIENCE EDITION
 DT Article
 DE spherical plain bearing; dry friction; self-lubricating liner; wear
    resistant composite; oscillatory tester
 AB A test method based on the condition simulation and a friction and wear
    test machine featuring in oscillatory movement were set up for
    self-lubricating spherical plain hearings (SPB). In the machine, the
    condition parameters such as load, angle and frequency of oscillation
    and number of test cycles call be properly controlled. The data
    relating to the tribological properties of the hearing, in terms of
    friction coefficient, linear wear amount, temperature near friction
    surface and applied load, can be monitored and recorded simultaneously
    during test process by a computerized measuring system of the machine.
    Efforts were made to improve the measurement technology of the friction
    coefficient in oscillating motion. In result, a well-designed bearing
    torque mechanism was developed, which could reveal the relation between
    the friction coefficient and the displacement of oscillating angle in
    any defined cycle while the curve of friction coefficient vs number of
    testing cycles was continuously plotted. The tribological properties
    and service life of four kinds of the bearings, i. e, the sample I - IV
    with different self-lubricating composite liners, including three kinds
    of polytetrafluoroethylene ( PTFE ) fiber weave / epoxy resin composite
    liners and a PTFE plastic / copper grid composite liner, were evaluated
    by testing, and the wear mechanisms of the liner materials were
    analyzed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Res Inst Mat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Qiang, G, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR DI BZ, 1999, BEARING, P25
    GUO Q, 1993, J SYNTHETIC LUBRICAT, V10, P213
    GUO Q, 1994, DEV SELFLUBRICATING
    GUO Q, 1996, PROG NAT SCI, V6, P593
    GUO Q, 1998, P 1 AS INT C TRIB BE, P443
    GUO Q, 2002, WEAR, V249, P924
    SLINEY HE, 1978, LUBR C ASLE ASME
    TEVRUZ T, 1991, WEAR, V230, P61
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1000-2413
 J9 J WUHAN UNIV TECHNOL-MAT SCI
 JI J. Wuhan Univ. Technol.-Mat. Sci. Edit.
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 SU Suppl. S
 BP 86
 EP 91
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 890PU
 UT ISI:000226524100026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liang, XF
    Meng, ZY
    Wu, WB
 TI Effect of acceptor and donor dopants on the dielectric and tunable
    properties of barium strontium titanate
 SO JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CERAMIC SOCIETY
 DT Article
 ID PARAELECTRIC STATE; THIN-FILMS; CERAMICS; CAPACITORS; DEPENDENCE
 AB The effects of different concentrations of Mn2+, Mg2+, Al3+, Fe3+,
    La3+, and Nb5+ on the dielectric and tunable properties of
    Ba0.6Sr0.4TiO3 ceramics were investigated. It was found that doping in
    small amounts with acceptor ions such as Mg2+, Fe3+, and Al3+ could
    meliorate the dielectric properties clearly. Decrease of dielectric
    loss was attributed to the formation of compensating defects
    originating from acceptor substitution. It was concluded that the
    tunability was linked to both the dielectric constant and the grain
    size. A higher figure of merit was obtained by doping the ceramics with
    smaller ions of Al and Fe, compared to Ti.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Meng, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zymeng@guomai.sh.cn
 CR BATLLO F, 1990, FERROELECTRICS, V109, P113
    BUESSEM WR, 1966, J AM CERAM SOC, V49, P33
    BUSCAGLIA MT, 2001, J AM CERAM SOC, V84, P376
    CHANG W, 1998, MATER RES SOC S P, V541, P699
    COLE MW, 2000, IEEE ANT PROP SOC AP, V1, A384
    COLE MW, 2000, THIN SOLID FILMS, V374, P34
    DING YP, 2002, MATER CHEM PHYS, V75, P220
    ERKER EG, 2000, IEEE MICROW GUIDED W, V10, P10
    GARCIA S, 2001, J ELECTROCERAM, V6, P101
    GEYER RG, 1996, ISAF 96 P 10 IEEE IN, V2, P851
    HERNER SB, 1993, MATER LETT, V15, P317
    HOFMAN W, 1997, THIN SOLID FILMS, V305, P66
    ITOH T, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V32, P4261
    KIM DW, 2002, J AM CERAM SOC, V85, P1169
    LI D, 2000, SOLID STATE SCI, V2, P507
    LIANG XF, 2003, J INORG MATER, V18, P1240
    LIANG XF, 2003, J MAT SCI ENG B, V99, P366
    LIOU JW, 1998, J PHYS CONDENS MATT, V10, P1773
    MICHIURA N, 1995, J AM CERAM SOC, V78, P1793
    MORRISON FD, 2001, J AM CERAM SOC, V84, P531
    OUTZOURHIT A, 1995, J MATER RES, V10, P1411
    TAKADA T, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P1909
    WU L, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P1713
    ZIMMERMANN F, 2001, J EUR CERAM SOC, V21, P2019
 NR 24
 TC 2
 SN 0002-7820
 J9 J AMER CERAM SOC
 JI J. Am. Ceram. Soc.
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 87
 IS 12
 BP 2218
 EP 2222
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 889PJ
 UT ISI:000226454600010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, YP
    Liu, WL
    Wu, QS
    Wang, XG
 TI Direct simultaneous determination of dihydroxybenzene isomers at
    C-nanotube-modified electrodes by derivative voltammetry
 SO JOURNAL OF ELECTROANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE carbon nanotubes; modified electrode; dihydroxybenzenes; derivative
    voltammetry
 ID PERFORMANCE LIQUID-CHROMATOGRAPHY; GLASSY-CARBON ELECTRODE;
    PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS; CATECHOL DERIVATIVES; PHENOLIC-COMPOUNDS;
    BIOSENSOR; PHASE
 AB The voltammetric behavior of dihydroxybenzene isomers was studied with
    glassy carbon electrodes modified with multi-wall carbon nanotubes. In
    0.1 mol L-1 HAc + NaAc buffer solution (pH 5.5), the modified electrode
    showed a good electrocatalytic response towards dihydroxybenzenes. The
    peak currents increased significantly and their oxidation potentials
    shifted negatively. Through a derivative technique, the three oxidation
    peaks of dihydroxybenzene isomers can be separated, thus the method can
    be applied to direct simultaneous determination without previous
    separation. The linear calibration ranges were 2 x 10(-6)-1 X 10(-4)
    mol L-1 for hydroquinone and catechol, respectively, and 5 x 10(-6) to
    8 X 10(-5) mol L-1 for resorcinol, with detection limits of 6 x 10(-7),
    6 x 10(-7) and I X 10(-6) mol L-1, respectively. This method has been
    applied to the direct determination of dihydroxybenzene isomers in
    artificial wastewater, and the recovery was from 92% to 104%. (C) 2004
    Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, YP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM ypding@mail.shu.edu.cn
    qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR AJAYAN PM, 1999, CHEM REV, V99, P1787
    ASAN A, 2003, J CHROMATOGR A, V988, P145
    CHEN GN, 2000, TALANTA, V53, P651
    CUI H, 1999, J CHROMATOGR A, V855, P171
    DECARVALHO RM, 2000, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V420, P109
    DEHEER WA, 1995, SCIENCE, V270, P1179
    FANG YZ, 1998, CHINESE J ANAL CHEM, V26, P694
    FUJINO K, 2003, J CHROMATOGR A, V1012, P169
    HIURA H, 1995, ADV MATER, V7, P275
    JIAO K, 2000, FRESEN J ANAL CHEM, V367, P667
    LI JN, 2001, ANALYST, V126, P2032
    LIJIMA S, 1991, NATURE, V354, P56
    LUO HX, 2001, ANAL CHEM, V73, P915
    MUSAMEH M, 2002, ELECTROCHEM COMMUN, V4, P743
    NAGARAJA P, 2001, J PHARMACEUT BIOMED, V25, P417
    NAGARAJA P, 2001, TALANTA, V55, P1039
    PENNER NA, 2001, J ANAL CHEM+, V56, P93
    SOTOMAYOR MDT, 2002, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V455, P215
    TSANG SC, 1994, NATURE, V372, P159
    VIEIRA IC, 2000, TALANTA, V52, P681
    WANG JX, 2001, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V47, P651
    WU QS, 1997, CHIMIA, V51, P539
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0022-0728
 J9 J ELECTROANAL CHEM
 JI J. Electroanal. Chem.
 PD FEB 1
 PY 2005
 VL 575
 IS 2
 BP 275
 EP 280
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Electrochemistry
 GA 891CI
 UT ISI:000226558500013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, QA
    Chou, KC
    Xu, KD
    Lin, Q
    Jiang, LJ
    Zhan, F
 TI Determination and interpretation of the hydriding and dehydriding
    kinetics in mechanically alloyed LaNiMg17 composite
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Article
 DE hydrogen storage alloys; mechanical alloying; hydriding/dehydriding
    kinetics; model
 ID HYDROGEN STORAGE ALLOYS; COMBUSTION SYNTHESIS; MELT-SPUN; MG;
    ABSORPTION; DESORPTION; SYSTEM
 AB The hydriding/dehydriding (H/D) rates in the two-phase (alpha-beta)
    region of LaNiMg17 were determined and investigated at temperature
    ranges from 523 to 623 K under approximately isobaric condition. The
    obtained data of H/D rates indicated that the rate-controlling step was
    the hydrogen diffusion through the hydride phase. The new model
    developed by us has been used to these experiments, from which two
    formulae describing the H/D processes are obtained in an explicit
    analytic form. The corresponding activation energy is 71000 J/mole H-2
    for both processes. It can be seen that the theoretical calculation
    consists with the experimental data very well. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Dept Phys Chem, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Gen Res Inst NonFerrous Met, Res Ctr Energy Mat & Technol, Beijing 100088, Peoples R China.
 RP Chou, KC, Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Dept Phys Chem, Beijing 100083,
    Peoples R China.
 EM kcc@public.bta.net.cn
 CR CAI GM, 2003, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V28, P509
    CHOU KC, IN PRESS INT J HYDRO
    DUTTA K, 1990, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V15, P341
    FERNANDEZ JF, 2002, J ALLOY COMPD, V340, P189
    LI Q, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V359, P128
    LI Q, 2003, J MATER SCI, V38, P1
    LI Q, 2003, J RARE EARTH, V21, P337
    LI Q, 2004, J ALLOY COMPD, V368, P101
    LI Q, 2004, J ALLOY COMPD, V373, P122
    LIANG G, 1998, J ALLOY COMPD, V268, P302
    MARTIN M, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V238, P193
    RUDMAN PS, 1983, J LESS-COMMON MET, V89, P93
    SPASSOV T, 1998, J ALLOY COMPD, V279, P279
    SPASSOV T, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V287, P243
    SPASSOV T, 2002, J ALLOY COMPD, V334, P219
    WANG CS, 1996, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V21, P471
    YIN JT, 2002, MATER TRANS, V43, P417
    ZENG K, 1999, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V24, P989
    ZHU M, 2002, J ALLOY COMPD, V330, P708
 NR 19
 TC 1
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD JAN 25
 PY 2005
 VL 387
 IS 1-2
 BP 86
 EP 89
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 887BN
 UT ISI:000226277400021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, CL
    Li, G
    Kuriyama, K
    Mizuta, Y
 TI Development of a computer program for inhomogeneous modeling using 3-D
    BEM with analytical integration and its application to rock slope
    stability evaluation
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ROCK MECHANICS AND MINING SCIENCES
 DT Article
 ID 3-DIMENSIONAL ELASTIC ANALYSIS; TRIANGULAR LEAF ELEMENTS
 C1 Sojo Univ, Fac Engn, Dept Civil Engn, Kumamoto 8600082, Japan.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shandong, Peoples R China.
    Yamaguchi Univ, Grad Sch Sci & Technol, Ube, Yamaguchi 7558611, Japan.
    Yamaguchi Univ, Fac Engn, Ube, Yamaguchi 7558611, Japan.
 RP Mizuta, Y, Sojo Univ, Fac Engn, Dept Civil Engn, Kumamoto 8600082,
    Japan.
 EM ymizuta@ce.sojo-u.ac.jp
 CR CORNET FH, 1984, J GEOPHYS RES, V89, P11527
    CROUCH SL, 1983, BOUNDARY ELEMENT MET
    HOCKING G, 1976, INT J ROCK MECH MIN, V13, P331
    KURIYAMA K, 1993, INT J ROCK MECH MIN, V30, P111
    KURIYAMA K, 1995, INT J ROCK MECH MIN, V32, P77
    LIU C, 1999, ANAL INTEGRATIONS 3, V115, P7198
    MIZUTA Y, 1999, 9 ISRM C PAR, P1163
    OTAKA N, 1994, P MMIJ AUSIMM JOINT, P305
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1365-1609
 J9 INT J ROCK MECH MINING SCI
 JI Int. J. Rock Mech. Min. Sci.
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 42
 IS 1
 BP 137
 EP 144
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Geological; Mining & Mineral Processing
 GA 888XP
 UT ISI:000226407800010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XH
    Wang, TJ
    Tang, JP
    Gu, F
 TI Thermal diffusion characteristics of atmosphere-particle two phase flow
    in dust storm
 SO HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER
 DT Article
 ID MODEL
 AB A model, coupling metrological dynamic model MM5 and dust transport
    model, is developed for the atmosphere-particle two phases flow of dust
    storm. The simulations of the dust storm events in north China with a
    geographic information database are performed using the model, and
    represent an overview of dust transport pathways and particles
    concentration distribution over the north China. The comparison between
    computations and practical observations shows that the simulations
    succeed in description of dust storm evolvement and particle transport
    behavior. Based on the computations and analysis, the characteristics
    of particle transport, especially well-concerning the factor of the
    particle thermal diffusion, are studied. A new definition of mass
    transfer Grd is put forward to discover the internal principle of
    particle thermal diffusion at various atmospheric layers. Several
    phenomena, such as thermal diffusion item QT-Grd distribution, and
    relationships, Particle Grd probability function, are obtained. The
    investigation indicates particle thermal diffusion can be not ignored
    in mesoscale atmospheric-particle multiphase flow.
 C1 SE Univ, Thermal Energy Engn Inst, Nanjing 210096, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Particle & 2 Phase Measurement Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Dept Atmosphere Sci, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, F, SE Univ, Thermal Energy Engn Inst, Nanjing 210096, Peoples R
    China.
 EM fangu@seu.edu.cn
 CR *NCAR, 2002, PENN STAT 5 GEN MES
    ALLEN T, 1981, PARTICLE SIZE MEASUR
    ANTHES R, 1994, DESCRIPTION PENN STA
    BIRD RB, 2002, TRANSPORT PHENOMENA
    BUTLER HJ, 1996, ENVIRON SOFTW, V11, P45
    CHEN W, 2002, ATMOS RES, V61, P75
    CHERNOVA EA, 1996, J AEROSOL SCI     S1, V27, S285
    EPSTEIN PS, 1924, PHYS REV, V23, P710
    GANOR E, 1996, J AEROSOL SCI, V27, P824
    GOMES L, 1993, ATMOS ENVIRON A-GEN, V27, P2539
    GOUDIE AS, 2001, EARTH-SCI REV, V56, P179
    KENNARD EH, 1938, KINETIC THEORY GASES, P327
    KNIGHT AW, 1995, CATENA, V24, P195
    MA CJ, 2001, ATMOS ENVIRON, V35, P2707
    REHEIS MC, 2002, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V66, P1569
    SOO SL, 1989, PARTICULATES CONTINU
    TAHSIUNG L, 2001, ATMOS ENVIRON, V35, P5873
    TINDALE NW, 1999, DEEP-SEA RES PT II, V46, P1577
    WALDMANN L, 1966, AEROSOL SCI, CH6
    YAMARTINO RJ, 1992, ATMOS ENVIRON A-GEN, V26, P1493
    ZHANG D, 1999, AUTHOR ATMOS ENV, V33, P19
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0947-7411
 J9 HEAT MASS TRANSFER
 JI Heat Mass Transf.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 41
 IS 4
 BP 306
 EP 314
 PG 9
 SC Mechanics; Thermodynamics
 GA 888EO
 UT ISI:000226357200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dai, YM
    Wang, ZC
    Zhao, DY
    Song, XL
 TI A new high efficient and high accurate Obrechkoff four-step method for
    the periodic nonlinear undamped Duffing's equation
 SO COMPUTER PHYSICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE Obrechkoff method; high-order derivative; multistep method;
    second-order initial value problem with periodic solutions; numerical
    solution to the Duffing equation
 ID INITIAL-VALUE-PROBLEMS; DIFFERENTIAL-EQUATIONS; NUMERICAL-INTEGRATION;
    STABLE METHODS
 AB Based on the idea of the previous Obrechkoff's two-step method, a new
    kind of four-step numerical method with free parameters is developed
    for the second order initial-value problems with oscillation solutions.
    By using high-order derivatives and apropos first-order derivative
    formula, the new method has greatly improved the accuracy of the
    numerical solution. Although this is a multistep method, it still has a
    remarkably wide interval of periodicity, H-0(2) similar to 16.33. The
    numerical test to the well known problem, the nonlinear undamped
    Duffing's equation forced by a harmonic function, shows that the new
    method gives the solution with four to five orders higher than those by
    the previous Obrechkoff's two-step method. The ultimate accuracy of the
    new method can reach about 5 x 10(-13), which is much better than the
    one the previous method could. Furthermore, the new method shows the
    great superiority in efficiency due to a reasonable arrangement of the
    structure. To finish the same computational task, the new method can
    take only about 20% CPU time consumed by the previous method. By using
    the new method, one can find a better 'exact' solution to this problem,
    reducing the error tolerance of the one widely used method (10(-11)),
    to below 10(-14). (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 ShangDa Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zc_wang89@hotmail.com
 CR ANANTHAKRISHNAI.U, 1982, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V8, P101
    ANANTHAKRISHNAI.U, 1987, MATH COMPUT, V49, P553
    CHAWLA MM, 1986, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V15, P213
    CHAWLA MM, 1996, NEURAL PARALLEL SCI, V4, P505
    GUCKENHEIMER J, 1983, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    HAIRER E, 1979, NUMER MATH, V32, P373
    JAIN MK, 1988, BIT, V28, P302
    LAMBERT JD, 1976, J INST MATH APPL, V18, P189
    MICKENS RE, 1981, INTRO NONLINEAR OSCI
    NETA B, 2003, COMPUT MATH APPL, V45, P383
    RAPTIS AD, 1991, BIT, V31, P160
    SIMOS TE, 1993, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V6, P283
    VANDOOREN R, 1974, J COMPUT PHYS, V16, P186
    WANG Z, IN PRESS COMPUT PHYS
    WANG Z, 2003, J MODERN PHYS C, V14
    WANG Z, 2003, N MATH J CHIN U, V12, P146
 NR 16
 TC 5
 SN 0010-4655
 J9 COMPUT PHYS COMMUN
 JI Comput. Phys. Commun.
 PD JAN 15
 PY 2005
 VL 165
 IS 2
 BP 110
 EP 126
 PG 17
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 888SU
 UT ISI:000226395300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tao, K
    Zhang, QR
    Liu, TY
    Zhang, FW
 TI Origin of the 420 nm absorption band and effect of doping fluorine in
    PbWO4 crystals
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID LEAD TUNGSTATE CRYSTALS; SINGLE-CRYSTALS; CENTERS
 AB The electronic structures for three types of PbWO4 (PWO) crystals, the
    perfect, PWO, the PWO containing lead vacancy (PWO-V-Pb) and fluorine
    doped PWO crystal (F-:PWO), are systematically studied within the
    framework of density functional theory. The computational results show
    that the Pb 6s state situates below the valence band so that Pb2+ ions
    are unable to trap holes forming Pb3+ or Pb4+ to compensate for
    V-Pb(2-). The hole-trappers in PWO-V-Pb are O2- ions. Two of the
    longer-bond O2- ions share a hole forming O-2(3-), and four of the
    longer-bond oxygen ions trap two holes forming an associated color
    centre [O-2(3-) V-Pb-O-2(3-)] which may be the origin of the 420nm
    absorption band. It is also concluded that the doping of F- would
    reduce the band gap and F- ions substituting for O2- can effectively
    restrict the formation of [O-2(3-)-V-Pb-O-2(3-)] and weaken the 420 nm
    absorption band and hence enhance the scintillation property of PWO.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Tao, K, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples
    R China.
 EM zhqrsys@163.com
 CR ABRAHAM YB, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    ANNENKOV A, 1998, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V170, P47
    FANG SG, 1989, PHYS COLOR CTR CRYST, P136
    FENG XQ, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P449
    GONZE X, 2002, COMP MATER SCI, V25, P478
    HIZHNYI YA, 2003, J LUMIN, V102, P688
    HUNAG HW, 2003, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V196, R7
    LAGUTA VV, 1998, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V10, P7293
    LECOQ P, 1995, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V365, P291
    LIN QS, 2001, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V118, P221
    LIU TY, 2001, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V184, P341
    LIU TY, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P1596
    LIU XC, 2002, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V190, R1
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V195, P311
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V196, K7
    ZHANG QR, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
    ZHANG QR, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P1131
    ZHANG Y, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P12738
    ZHAO QZ, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P1858
 NR 19
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 22
 IS 1
 BP 215
 EP 218
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 890IV
 UT ISI:000226505800061
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fu, JL
    Chen, LQ
    Bai, JH
 TI Localized Lie symmetries and conserved quantities for the
    finite-degree-of-freedom systems
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE localized Lie symmetry; infinite continuous group; conservation law;
    finite degree of freedom system
 ID NON-NOETHER SYMMETRIES
 AB This paper focuses on the study of localized Lie symmetries under the
    infinitesimal transformation of an infinite continuous group for the
    finite-degree-of-freedom systems. Based on an invariance of
    differential equation under an infinitesimal transformation, we present
    the localized Lie symmetries including direct and inverse problems for
    the finite degree-of-freedom mechanical systems. We also give the
    definitions, determining equations, structural equation and conserved
    laws of localized Lie symmetries, and further, the Lie symmetries under
    the infinitesimal transformation of a finite continuous group derived
    from localized Lie symmetry. Finally, an example is discussed to
    illustrate these results.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ Sci, Sch Nat Sci, Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Kaifeng Univ, Dept Math, Kaifeng 475000, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, JL, Zhejiang Univ Sci, Sch Nat Sci, Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R
    China.
 EM sqfujingli@163.com
    lqchen@online.sh.cn
 CR ANDERSON JL, 1951, PHYS REV, V83, P1018
    AVRAMENKO AA, 2001, ACTA MECH, V151, P1
    BERGMANN PG, 1949, PHYS REV, V75, P680
    DROBAT S, 1958, ARCH RATIONAL MECHAN, V2, P293
    FANG JH, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P1620
    FU JL, 2000, ACTA MATH PHYS SIN, V20, P63
    FU JL, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1023
    FU JL, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P549
    FU JL, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V317, P255
    FU JL, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P1611
    FU JL, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P1784
    FU JL, 2004, PHYS LETT A, V331, P138
    HILBERT D, 1924, MATH ANN, V92, P1
    LI ZP, 1987, INT J THEOR PHYS, V26, P853
    LI ZP, 1988, HIGH ENERG PHYS NUC, V12, P782
    LI ZP, 1993, CLASSICAL QUANTUM CO
    LI ZP, 1999, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V32, P6391
    LIE S, 1893, THEORIE TRANSFORMATI
    LU ZP, 1986, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V35, P553
    LUTZKY M, 1979, J PHYS A, V12, P973
    MEI FX, 1998, ACTA MECH SINICA, V30, P468
    MEI FX, 1999, APPL LIE GROUPS LIE
    MEI FX, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1207
    MEI FX, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1901
    NOETHER E, 1918, NACH GES WISS GOTT K, V1, P235
    OLIVER PJ, 1985, APPL LIE GROUPS DIFF
    QIAO YF, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P811
    SUNDERMEYER K, 1982, CONSTRAINED DYNAMICS
    ZHANG RC, 2000, CHINESE PHYS, V9, P801
    ZHANG Y, 2000, CHINESE PHYS, V9, P401
    ZHAO YY, 1993, ADV MECH, V23, P360
    ZHAO YY, 1994, ACTA MECH SINICA, V26, P380
 NR 32
 TC 1
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 14
 IS 1
 BP 6
 EP 11
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 889WQ
 UT ISI:000226473900002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jin, Z
    Shu, S
    Liu, ZR
 TI Periodic solutions of forced Lienard-type equations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE Lienard-type equations; Lienard system; periodic solutions; topological
    degree
 ID X+F(1)(X)X+F(2)(X)X(2)+G(X)=0
 AB Using Mawhin's coincidence degree theory and Brosuk's theorem, some new
    sufficient conditions of the existence of periodic solutions for the
    well-known forced Lienard-type equations x + f(1)(x)x + f(2)(x)x(2) +
    g(x) = e(t) are given. These new conditions are natural extension and
    generalization of the corresponding results already obtained results in
    the literature. (C) 2004 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Hebei Univ Technol, Dept Appl Math, Tianjin 300130, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Jin, Z, Hebei Univ Technol, Dept Appl Math, Tianjin 300130, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zhoujinhut@163.com
 CR ANTOSIEWICZ HA, 1955, J LOND MATH SOC, V30, P64
    DEIMLING K, 1985, NONLINEAR FUNCTIONAL
    FREEDMAN HI, 1990, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V15, P333
    GAINES RE, 1977, COINCIDENCE DEGREE N
    GUIDORIZZI HL, 1993, J MATH ANAL APPL, V176, P11
    JIANG JF, 1993, ANN MAT PUR APPL, V165, P29
    JIANG JF, 1995, J MATH ANAL APPL, V194, P597
    OMARI P, 1987, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V67, P278
    QIAN C, 1992, B LOND MATH SOC, V249, P281
    QIAN C, 1994, NONLINEAR ANAL, V24, P823
    SANSONE G, 1964, NONLINEAR DIFFERENTI
    ZHOU J, 1996, NONLINEAR ANAL, V27, P1463
    ZHOU J, 1999, ACTA MATH SINICA, V42, P571
    ZHOU J, 1999, SYST SCI MATH SCI, V12, P185
    ZHOU J, 2001, J MATH ANAL APPL, V256, P360
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD FEB 15
 PY 2005
 VL 161
 IS 2
 BP 655
 EP 666
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 891CP
 UT ISI:000226559200024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dong, N
    Lu, WC
    Chen, NY
    Zhu, YC
    Chen, KX
 TI Using support vector classification for SAR of fentanyl derivatives
 SO ACTA PHARMACOLOGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE structure-activity relationship; support vector machine; fentanyl
    derivatives; support vector classification
 ID MACHINES
 AB Aim: To discriminate between fentanyl derivatives with high and low
    activities. Methods: The support vector classification (SVC) method, a
    novel approach, was employed to investigate structure-activity
    relationship (SAR) of fentanyl derivatives based on the molecular
    descriptors, which were quantum parameters including DeltaE [energy
    difference between highest occupied molecular orbital energy (HOMO) and
    lowest empty molecular orbital energy (LUMO)], MR (molecular
    refractivity) and M-r (molecular weight). Results: By using
    leave-one-out cross-validation test, the accuracies of prediction for
    activities of fentanyl derivatives in SVC, principal component analysis
    (PCA), artificial neural network (ANN) and K-nearest neighbor (KNN)
    models were 93%, 86%, 57%, and 71%, respectively. The results indicated
    that the performance of the SVC model was better than those of PCA,
    ANN, and KNN models for this data. Conclusion: SVC can be used to
    investigate SAR of fentanyl derivatives and could be a promising tool
    in the field of SAR research.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Lab Chem Data Min, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Mat Med, Shanghai 201203, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, WC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Lab Chem Data Min, Shanghai
    200436, Peoples R China.
 EM wclu@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BURBIDGE R, 2001, COMPUT CHEM, V26, P5
    CAI YD, 2003, PEPTIDES, V24, P629
    CAI YD, 2003, PEPTIDES, V24, P665
    CHEN NY, 2000, PATTERN RECOGNITION
    CHEN NY, 2002, COMPUT APPL CHEM, V19, P673
    DASH M, 1997, INTELLIGENT DATA ANA, V1, P131
    GERAK LR, 1999, PHARMACOL BIOCHEM BE, V64, P367
    LI GZ, 2002, COMPUT APPL CHEM, V19, P703
    LU WC, 2002, COMPUT APPL CHEM, V19, P697
    MADDOCKS I, 1992, AUST J HOSP PHARM, V22, P181
    TROTTER MWB, 2001, MEAS CONTROL-UK, V34, P235
    VAPNIK VN, 1998, STAT LEARNING THEORY
    WAN V, 2000, P IEEE SIGN PROC SOC, V2, P775
    ZHU YC, 1981, ACTA PHARMACOL SINIC, V16, P97
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1671-4083
 J9 ACTA PHARMACOL SIN
 JI Acta Pharmacol. Sin.
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 1
 BP 107
 EP 112
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary; Pharmacology & Pharmacy
 GA 889EP
 UT ISI:000226426600016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, WJ
    Hua, ZZ
    Yang, Y
 TI Spectrophotometric determination of trace amount of iodide in foods.
 SO ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY
 DT Meeting Abstract
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Urban Construct, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM swj1957@msn.com
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0065-7727
 J9 ABSTR PAP AMER CHEM SOC
 JI Abstr. Pap. Am. Chem. Soc.
 PD MAR 28
 PY 2004
 VL 227
 PN Part 1
 BP U37
 EP U37
 PG 1
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 851AJ
 UT ISI:000223655600067
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, WJ
 TI New synthesis method of sulfhydryl cotton fiber.
 SO ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY
 DT Meeting Abstract
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Urban Construct, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM swj1957@msn.com
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0065-7727
 J9 ABSTR PAP AMER CHEM SOC
 JI Abstr. Pap. Am. Chem. Soc.
 PD MAR 28
 PY 2004
 VL 227
 PN Part 1
 BP U286
 EP U286
 PG 1
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 851AJ
 UT ISI:000223655601104
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, ZQ
    Zhang, Q
    Kido, Y
 TI Inspection of intermediate stress-induced electronic traps in Si/Al2O3
    system
 SO VACUUM
 DT Article
 DE silicon on sapphire; XPS; RBS; Raman spectrum; interface trap; film
    stress
 ID BURIED-OXIDE; SILICON; SAPPHIRE; OXYGEN; SI; GENERATION; SPECTROSCOPY;
    IMPLANTATION; SEPARATION; SUBSTRATE
 AB The physical characteristics of device-grade thin silicon film at (10
    0) grown on alpha-Al2O3 substrate using the chemical vapour deposition
    (CVD) technique has been studied in this paper. Its thickness,
    crystalline structure, elemental interdiffusion in the interface region
    and the quality were characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD),
    Rutherford backscattering spectroscopy (RBS), core level X-ray
    photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) and nuclear resonance reaction
    Al-27(p, gamma)Si-28, respectively. The results of stoichiometric
    defect profile and individual silicon suboxide (such as SiO, and Si2O3
    components with respect to the metallic Si element) formation in the
    intermediate region were observed. The deep traps located around E-c =
    0.26eV, in similar to500 nm thick n-type Si films, were attributed to
    the defects caused by the strain of the silicon lattice. Raman
    spectroscopy was used to evaluate the compressive stress in the Si
    film. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Ritsumeikan Univ, Dept Phys, Shiga 52577, Japan.
 RP Ma, ZQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shangda Rd 99, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zqma@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ADONIN AS, 2002, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V4761, P13
    AMANO J, 1981, APPL PHYS LETT, V39, P163
    CHEN J, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P73
    CRISTOLOVEANU S, 1987, REP PROG PHYS, V50, P327
    CZUBANOWSKI M, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P350
    ISHIKAWA Y, 2002, APPL SURF SCI, V190, P11
    JOHNSON RA, 1998, IEEE T ELECTRON DEV, V45, P1047
    KIDO Y, 1983, PHYS REV B, V34, P73
    KIMURA T, 1998, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V37, P1285
    LAGNADO I, 2001, MICROELECTRON ENG, V59, P455
    LIU KPH, 2003, J APPL PHYS, V93, P9012
    MA Z, 1990, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V7, P226
    MA ZQ, 1992, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V71, P278
    MANASEVIT HM, 1964, J APPL PHYS, V35, P1349
    NAKASHIMA S, 1993, J MATER RES, V8, P523
    NAZAROV AN, 2003, J APPL PHYS, V94, P1823
    OGURA A, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P2188
    ONO H, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V87, P7782
    SADANA DK, 1994, P IEEE INT SOI C, P6
    THURZO I, 1981, J PHYS D, V14, P1477
    USENKO AY, 2002, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V41, P5021
    WEINSTEIN BA, 1975, PHYS REV           B, V12, P1172
    WETZEL M, 1998, UCSD C WIR COMM
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0042-207X
 J9 VACUUM
 JI Vacuum
 PD DEC 17
 PY 2004
 VL 77
 IS 1
 BP 5
 EP 9
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 886YS
 UT ISI:000226269700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ge, HX
    Dai, SQ
    Dong, LY
    Xue, Y
 TI Stabilization effect of traffic flow in an extended car-following model
    based on an intelligent transportation system application
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 ID JAMMING TRANSITION; CONGESTION; SIMULATION; EQUATION; PHASE
 AB An extended car following model is proposed by incorporating an
    intelligent transportation system in traffic. The stability condition
    of this model is obtained by using the linear stability theory. The
    results show that anticipating the behavior of more vehicles ahead
    leads to the stabilization of traffic systems. The modified Korteweg-de
    Vries equation (the mKdV equation, for short) near the critical point
    is derived by applying the reductive perturbation method. The traffic
    jam could be thus described by the kink-antikink soliton solution for
    the mKdV equation. From the simulation of space-time evolution of the
    vehicle headway, it is shown that the traffic jam is suppressed
    efficiently with taking into account the information about the motion
    of more vehicles in front, and the analytical result is consonant with
    the simulation one.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Guangxi Univ, Dept Phys, Nanning 530004, Peoples R China.
 RP Ge, HX, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BANDO M, 1994, JPN J IND APPL MATH, V11, P203
    BANDO M, 1995, PHYS REV E, V51, P1035
    CHOWDHURY D, 2000, PHYS REP, V329, P199
    CROSS MC, 1993, REV MOD PHYS, V65, P851
    DAI SQ, 1982, ADV MECH, V12, P2
    GE HX, 2004, J SHANGHAI U, V8, P1
    HASEBE K, 2003, PHYS REV E 2, V68
    HASEBE K, 2004, PHYS REV E 2, V69
    HELBING D, 1996, PHYS REV E, V53, P2366
    HELBING D, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P3042
    HELBING D, 2001, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V35, P183
    KOMATSU TS, 1995, PHYS REV E B, V52, P5574
    KURTZE DA, 1995, PHYS REV E A, V52, P218
    LENZ H, 1999, EUR PHYS J B, V7, P331
    NAGATANI T, 1998, PHYS REV E, V58, P4271
    NAGATANI T, 1998, PHYSICA A, V261, P599
    NAGATANI T, 1999, PHYS REV E A, V60, P6395
    NAGATANI T, 1999, PHYSICA A, V265, P297
    NAGATANI T, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V61, P3564
    NAYFEH AH, 1981, INTRO PERTURBATION T
    NISHINARI K, 2000, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V33, P7709
    WHITHAM GB, 1990, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V428, P49
    XUE Y, 2001, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V50, P444
    XUE Y, 2004, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V53, P25
 NR 24
 TC 5
 SN 1063-651X
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 70
 IS 6
 PN Part 2
 AR 066134
 DI ARTN 066134
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 887IM
 UT ISI:000226299200041
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, XF
    Shi, YM
    Song, XL
    Zhou, SP
    Chen, H
 TI Spin-dependent Andreev reflection tunneling through a quantum dot with
    intradot spin-flip scattering
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW B
 DT Article
 ID SUPERCONDUCTOR JUNCTIONS; SPECTROSCOPY; RELAXATION
 AB We study Andreev reflection tunneling through a ferromagnet-quantum
    dot-superconductor system. The intradot spin-flip interaction is
    considered. By using the nonequilibrium Green function method, an
    expression for the linear Andreev reflection conductance is derived at
    zero temperature. It is found that competition between the intradot
    spin-flip scattering and the tunneling coupling to the leads dominates
    the resonant behaviors of the Andreev reflection conductance versus the
    gate voltage. A weak spin-flip scattering leads to a single-peak
    resonance. However, with the spin-flip scattering strength increasing,
    the Andreev reflection conductance will develop into a double-peak
    resonance indicating a novel structure in the conductance tunneling
    spectrum. Besides, the influences of the spin-dependent tunneling
    couplings, the Fermi velocity matching condition, and the spin
    polarization of the ferromagnet on the conductance are examined in
    detail.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, XF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM ymshi@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BLONDER GE, 1982, PHYS REV B, V25, P4515
    DEJONG MJM, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P1657
    DONG B, 2003, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V15, P8435
    FENG AF, 2003, PHYS REV B, V67
    GUERON S, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P4148
    KHAETSKII AV, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P12639
    KHAETSKII AV, 2001, PHYSICA E, V10, P27
    LOPEZ R, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V90
    MA J, CONDMAT0309520
    MESERVEY R, 1994, PHYS REP, V238, P173
    MORPURGO AF, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P4010
    POIRIER W, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P2105
    PRINZ GA, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, P1660
    RUDZINSKI W, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    SOULEN RJ, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, P85
    SOUZA FM, CONDMAT0209263
    UPADHYAY SK, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P3247
    WOLF SA, 2001, SCIENCE, V294, P1488
    ZENG ZY, CONDMAT0110502
    ZHANG P, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V89
    ZHU Y, 2001, PHYS REV B, V65
    ZHU Y, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
    ZUTIC I, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P16322
    ZUTIC I, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P6320
    ZUTIC I, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P1555
 NR 25
 TC 2
 SN 1098-0121
 J9 PHYS REV B
 JI Phys. Rev. B
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 70
 IS 23
 AR 235341
 DI ARTN 235341
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 884UL
 UT ISI:000226112100120
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, LW
    Cao, SX
    Liu, F
    Li, WF
    Chi, CY
    Jing, C
    Zhang, JC
 TI Local electronic structure, O-T phase transition and oxygen content
    inY(0.8)Ca(0.2)Ba(2)CU(3)O(y) (y=6.84-6.32) high-T-c superconductors
 SO PHYSICA C-SUPERCONDUCTIVITY AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE high-T-c; superconductor; positron annihilation; O-T phase transition;
    electron structure
 ID POSITRON-LIFETIME; VACANCY PROPERTIES; YBA2CU3O7-DELTA; DENSITY;
    SUBSTITUTION; DEPENDENCE
 AB Y0.8Ca0.2Ba2Cu3Oy samples with large range of oxygen content, have been
    systematically studied by means of positron annihilation technology,
    transport property measurements and X-ray diffraction. The positron
    lifetime parameters have a strong dependence on oxygen content y, and
    show evident changes during orthorhombic-tetragonal phase transition (y
    = 6.50 +/- 0.05). The local electron density n(e) and vacancy
    concentration C-v are evaluated as a function of oxygen content. The
    correlations between local electronic structure, O-T phase transition
    and superconductivity are discussed. n(e) mainly has an effect on
    high-T-c superconductivity, no direct evidence shows that it is related
    to the O-T phase transition; and C,, is mainly caused by oxygen
    vacancy. The small increase of T-c with decreasing y around y similar
    to 6.80 is due to the charge carriers over-doping, which is confirmed
    by the change of n(e) in this work. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, SX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM sxcao@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR AUGIERI A, 2004, PHYSICA C, V401, P320
    AWANA VPS, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P594
    BRANDT W, 1971, PHYS LETT          A, V35, P109
    CHAKRABORTY B, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P215
    FISHER B, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P6054
    GUPTA RP, 1977, PHYS REV LETT, V39, P1212
    GUPTA RP, 1998, PHYSICA C, V305, P179
    GUTH K, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    HATADA K, 1997, PHYSICA C 2, V282, P793
    HEJTMANEK J, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P16226
    HILGENKAMP H, 1999, PHYSICA C, V381, P7
    JEAN YC, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1593
    JORGENSEN JD, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P5731
    JORGENSEN JD, 1991, PHYS TODAY, V44, P34
    LI PL, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
    LORAM JW, 1997, PHYSICA C 3, V282, P1405
    TOKURA Y, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P6667
    VONSTETTEN EC, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P2198
    YAO X, 2002, PHYSICA C 1, V378, P107
    ZHANG JC, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P16830
    ZHANG JC, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V201, P70
    ZHANG JC, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V263, P452
 NR 22
 TC 1
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD JAN 15
 PY 2005
 VL 418
 IS 1-2
 BP 43
 EP 48
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 887NW
 UT ISI:000226313800007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, J
    Zheng, G
    Sun, GQ
    Tu, QJ
 TI Fractal character of dynamic light scattering of particles
 SO PARTICLE & PARTICLE SYSTEMS CHARACTERIZATION
 DT Article
 DE fractals; particle sizing; scattering
 AB Dynamic light scattering signals from particles, exhibit fractal
    characteristics. This feature can be used to determine the particle
    size. The use of the fractal dimension, as a quantitative method to
    analyze the properties of dynamic light scattering signals from
    submicron particles, is presented. The analysis is performed directly
    on the time-resolved scattered intensity, and the Box Dimensions of
    light scattering signals of particles with diameters 100, 200, 500 and
    1000 nm. The experimental results show that the fractal dimensions of
    light scattering signals correlate well with particle size. In the
    submicron size range, the smaller the particles, the larger their
    fractal dimensions. Compared with the PCS technique, only several
    hundreds of samples are required in the fractal method. Therefore, the
    data processing is easily accomplished. However, this method only
    provides the mean particle size, but not the particle size distribution.
 C1 Shandong Univ Technol, Coll Elect Engn, Shandong 255049, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Elect Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, J, Shandong Univ Technol, Coll Elect Engn, Shandong 255049,
    Peoples R China.
 EM shenjin62@hotmail.com
 CR FALCONER KJ, 1991, FRACTAL GEOMETRY MAT, P191
    PECORA R, 1985, DYNAMIC LIGHT SCATTE, P14
    PROVDER T, 1997, PROG ORG COAT, V32, P143
    ZHANG J, 1995, FRACTALS, P111
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0934-0866
 J9 PART PART SYST CHARACT
 JI Part. Part. Syst. Charact.
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 5
 BP 411
 EP 414
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Chemical; Materials Science, Characterization & Testing
 GA 887UD
 UT ISI:000226330100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liang, XL
    Zhong, SS
    Wei, W
 TI Design of a dual-polarized microstrip patch antenna with excellent
    polarization purity
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE microstrip patch antenna; dual-polarized; isolation; cross-polarization
 ID PLANAR ANTENNA; ARRAYS
 AB In this paper, the design of a broadband dual-polarized microstrip
    patch antenna with excellent polarization purity is investigated
    theoretically and experimentally. Based on cavity-model theoretical
    analysis, a test dual-polarized microstrip patch antenna fed by double
    slot-coupled feeds with a 180degrees phase shift and a coplanar
    microstrip,feed is presented. The simulated and measured results show
    that this antenna achieves a high isolation (< -41 dB) across the
    entire operating frequency and low cross-polarization level (< - 30
    dB). (C) 2005 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liang, XL, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ADRIAN A, 1987, ELECTRON LETT, V23, P1226
    CHIOU TW, 2002, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V50, P399
    EDIMO M, 1992, ELECTRON LETT, V28, P1785
    GAO SC, 2003, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V51, P441
    HABIB L, 1993, ELECTRON LETT, V29, P916
    KIM Y, 1999, ELECTRON LETT, V35, P1399
    TSAO CH, 1988, P IEEE ANT PROP S DI, P936
    WONG H, 2004, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V52, P45
    WONG KL, 2002, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V50, P346
    YAMAZAKI M, 1994, ELECTRON LETT, V30, P1814
    ZHONG SS, 1991, MICROSTRIP ANTENNA T
    ZHONG SS, 2002, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V50, P1473
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD FEB 20
 PY 2005
 VL 44
 IS 4
 BP 329
 EP 331
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 888CC
 UT ISI:000226350800008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, WH
    Luo, SJ
    Fang, F
    Chen, CS
    Hu, HW
    Jia, XS
    Zhai, HB
 TI Total synthesis of absinthin
 SO JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY
 DT Article
 ID CONFIGURATION; SANTONIN; ALCOHOLS
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Lab Modern Synth Organ Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Bioorgan & Nat Prod Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhai, HB, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Lab Modern Synth
    Organ Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM zhaih@mail.sioc.ac.cn
 CR ABE Y, 1956, J AM CHEM SOC, V78, P1422
    BARTON DHR, 1957, J CHEM SOC, P929
    BAZHENOVA ED, 1977, CHEM ABSTR 193909F, V87
    BAZHENOVA ED, 1977, MED ZH UZB, P47
    BEAUHAIRE J, 1980, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V21, P3191
    BLAY G, 2001, J ORG CHEM, V66, P7700
    BUDAVARI S, 1996, MERCK INDEX
    EVANS DA, 1974, ACCOUNTS CHEM RES, V7, P147
    HEROUT V, 1953, COLLECT CZECH CHEM C, V18, P854
    HEROUT V, 1954, COLLECT CZECH CHEM C, V19, P792
    KARIMOV Z, 1985, CHEM ABSTR 115241, V105
    KARIMOV Z, 1985, KRISTALLOGRAFIYA, V30, P682
    LAURIDSEN A, 1991, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V45, P56
    MARSHALL JA, 1978, J ORG CHEM, V43, P1086
    MUKAIYAMA T, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P10538
    NOVOTNY L, 1960, COLLECT CZECH CHEM C, V25, P1492
    SHI YJ, 2003, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V44, P3609
    VOKAC K, 1968, TETRAHEDRON LETT, P3855
    YU CL, 1993, ZHONG YAO CI HAI, V1, P1751
 NR 19
 TC 2
 SN 0002-7863
 J9 J AM CHEM SOC
 JI J. Am. Chem. Soc.
 PD JAN 12
 PY 2005
 VL 127
 IS 1
 BP 18
 EP 19
 PG 2
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 886PN
 UT ISI:000226240900008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ML
    Xia, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Gu, BB
    Su, QF
    Lou, YY
 TI Effects of the deposition conditions and annealing process on the
    electric properties of hot-filament CVD diamond films
 SO JOURNAL OF CRYSTAL GROWTH
 DT Article
 DE annealing process; chemical vapor deposited diamond films; deposition
    condition
 ID THIN-FILMS; PLASMA; RAMAN
 AB By using different deposition conditions, four CVD diamond films with
    different qualities and orientation were grown by the hot-filament CVD
    technique. The dielectric properties of these films before and after
    annealing were investigated in detail. A study of the relationship
    between the different deposition conditions and annealing process with
    respect to the dielectric properties was carried out. These CVD diamond
    films were also characterized with Raman spectroscopy, XRD and I-V
    characteristics. High-quality CVD diamond films were grown on Si
    substrate mechanically scratched with diamond powder. The annealing
    process reduces the hydrogen contamination of the films and therefore
    improves the film quality. CVD diamond films with good electric
    properties such as a resistivity of 1.2 x 10(11) Omegacm at a voltage
    of 50V, a dielectric constant of 5.73 and a dielectric loss of 0.02 at
    a frequency of 2 MHz were obtained (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ML, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM zhamilong@hotmail.com
 CR ADAMSCHIK M, 2001, DIAM RELAT MATER, V10, P1670
    CHAKRABARTI K, 1998, DIAM RELAT MATER, V7, P1227
    GARCIA I, 1997, DIAM RELAT MATER, V6, P1210
    JIN S, 1994, DIAM RELAT MATER, V3, P878
    KULKARNI AK, 1994, THIN SOLID FILMS, V253, P141
    KUO CT, 1996, THIN SOLID FILMS, V290, P254
    KUO CT, 2001, MATER CHEM PHYS, V72, P114
    LEGRICE YM, 1990, MATER RES SOC S P, V162, P219
    MARKS CM, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P755
    PANDEY M, 2002, J ALLOY COMPD, V333, P260
    RAVI KV, 1993, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V19, P203
    SHERMER JJ, 1994, DIAM RELAT MATER, V3, P408
    SILVEIRA M, 1993, DIAM RELAT MATER, V2, P1257
    SPEAR KE, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P171
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0022-0248
 J9 J CRYST GROWTH
 JI J. Cryst. Growth
 PD JAN 15
 PY 2005
 VL 274
 IS 1-2
 BP 21
 EP 27
 PG 7
 SC Crystallography
 GA 887YH
 UT ISI:000226340900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, TC
    Yu, FJ
    Chen, DY
    Zhang, Y
 TI Multi-component SC lax integrable hierarchy of soliton equations and
    its multi-component integrable coupling system with two arbitrary
    functions
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE loop algebra; multi-component SC hierarchy; multi-component integrable
    couplings system
 ID BI-HAMILTONIAN STRUCTURE; BURGERS HIERARCHY; TRANSFORMATION
 AB A new simple loop algebra (G) over bar (M) is constructed which is
    devoted to establishing an isospectral problem. By making use of
    generalized Tu scheme, the multi-component SC hierarchy is obtained.
    Furthermore, an expanding loop algebra (F) over bar (M) of the loop
    algebra (G) over bar (M) is presented. Based on (F) over bar (M), the
    multi-component integrable coupling system of the multi-component SC
    hierarchy of soliton equations is worked out. How to design isospectral
    problem of mulit-component hierarchy of soliton equations is a
    technique and interesting topic. The method can be applied to other
    nonlinear evolution equations hierarchy.
 C1 Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Dept Math, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, TC, Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    FAN E, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P513
    FAN E, 2001, PHYSICA A, V301, P105
    FAN EG, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P7769
    GUO F, 2002, J SYS SCI MATH SCI, V22, P36
    GUO FK, 2000, ACTA MATH APPL SIN, V23, P181
    GUO FK, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P5793
    MA WX, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P4419
    MA WX, 2002, CHINESE ANN MATH B, V23, P373
    NEWELL AC, 1985, SOLITION MATH PHYS
    SAHA M, 2000, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V11, P1183
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V68, P2241
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V257, P53
    TU GZ, 1989, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V5, P89
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    WADATI M, 1972, J PHYS SOC JPN, V32, P1681
    WADATI M, 1973, J PHYS SOC JPN, V34, P1289
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    XIA TC, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P939
    XIA TC, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V42, P180
    XIA TC, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V42, P494
    XIA TC, 2004, PHYSICA A, V343, P238
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P7225
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P305
 NR 24
 TC 1
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD DEC 15
 PY 2004
 VL 42
 IS 6
 BP 807
 EP 810
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 884TY
 UT ISI:000226110700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xin, ZH
    Wei, GZ
    Liang, YQ
    Zhang, QI
 TI Study of properties of mixed ferro-ferrimagnetic ising compounds with
    (A(x)B(1-x))(y)C
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE mixed ferro-ferrimagnet; Ising model; phase diagram; internal energy;
    specific heat
 ID MEAN-FIELD ANALYSIS; MAGNETIC-PROPERTIES; PRUSSIAN BLUE; ALLOY
 AB The magnetic properties of the mixed ferro-ferrimagnetic compounds with
    (A(x)B(1-x))(y)C-z where A(z) B-z and C are three different magnetic
    ions and form three different sublattices, are studied by using the
    standard mean-field theory. The phase diagram which is related to
    experimental work of molecule-based ferro-ferrimagnet
    ((NixMn1-xII)-Mn-II)(1.5)[Cr-III(CN)(6)].zH(2)O is obtained. The
    magnetization curves(z) internal energy(z) and specific heat of the
    same mixed (A(x)B(1-x))(y)C system are also investigated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    NE Univ, Coll Sci, Shenyang 110006, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Int Ctr Mat Phys, Shenyang 110015, Peoples R China.
 RP Xin, ZH, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ENTLEY WR, 1994, INORG CHEM, V33, P5165
    FERLAY S, 1995, NATURE, V378, P701
    JASCUR M, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P9232
    KANEYOSHI T, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P2545
    KANEYOSHI T, 1991, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V98, P201
    KANEYOSHI T, 1995, J MAGN MAGN MATER 1, V140, P261
    LIU WM, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P12893
    LIU WM, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
    MALLAH T, 1993, SCIENCE, V262, P1554
    MILLER JS, 1995, CHEM ENG NEWS, V73, P30
    OHKOSHI S, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, P11642
    SATO O, 1996, SCIENCE, V271, P49
    WILLIAM RE, 1995, SCIENCE, V268, P397
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD DEC 15
 PY 2004
 VL 42
 IS 6
 BP 831
 EP 834
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 884TY
 UT ISI:000226110700010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YL
    Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Sun, XH
 TI Study on the reaction of electron-deficient cyclopropane derivatives
    with arsonium ylides
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE cyclopropane derivative; arsonium ylide; weak nucleophile;
    stereoselectivity
 ID STEREOSELECTIVE SYNTHESIS
 AB The reaction of electron-deficient cyclopropane derivatives,
    cis-1-methoxycarbonyl-2-aryl-6,6-dimethyl-5,7-dioxospiro[2,5]octa-4,8-di
    ones with benzoylmethylenetriphenylarsorane (2) and
    methoxycarbonylmethylenetriphenylarsorane (4) was found to form
    cis,trans-1-methoxycarbonyl-2-aryl-3-benzoyl-7,7-dimethyl-6,8-dioxospiro
    [3,5]nona-5,9-dione (3a-3e) and
    trans,cis,trans-5-[2'-methoxycarbonyl-2'-(triphenylarsoranylidene)acetyl
    ]-6-oxo-3-aryl-tetrahydro-pyran-2,4-dicarboxylic acid dimethyl esters
    (5a-5c) respectively with high stereoselectivity. The possible reaction
    mechanisms for the formation of the different products were also
    proposed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, State Key Lab Organomet Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM chenyali3@yahoo.com.cn
 CR CAO WG, 2000, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V30, P4531
    CHEN YL, 2001, CHINESE J CHEM, V19, P901
    CHEN YL, 2001, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V31, P3107
    CHEN YL, 2002, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V32, P1953
    SUN RS, 2004, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V12, P351
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1001-604X
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Chem.
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 IS 1
 BP 81
 EP 84
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 887IP
 UT ISI:000226299500017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, XL
    Zhang, BH
    Zhang, JQ
    Wang, ZP
 TI Analysis of 5-sodium sulfo bis-(hydroxyethyl) isophthalate by high
    performance liquid chromatography
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE high performance liquid chromatography; 5-sodium suflo
    bis-(hydroxyethyl) isophthalate); ester exchanging rate
 AB A method for determining the ester exchanging rate in the synthesis of
    5-sodium sulfo bis( Hydroxyethyl) isophthalate by high performance
    liquid chromatography ( HPLC) was developed. It was carried out on a
    Zorbax SB-C-18 column with diolde array detector at 230 nm, using
    methanol/water(21:79) as mobile phase at a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min.
    This method is specific, rapid and accurate.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, BH, Shanghai Univ, Coll Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR JIANG Y, 1998, TEXTILE SCI RES, V1, P29
    LIAO Q, 1996, J BEIJING I CLOTHING, V16, P25
    WANG YJ, 2004, PROTEOMICS, V4, P20
    ZUO ZJ, 1999, SYNTHETIC TECHNOLOGY, V14, P5
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0253-3820
 J9 CHINESE J ANAL CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Anal. Chem.
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 32
 IS 12
 BP 1653
 EP 1655
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA 886RH
 UT ISI:000226245500022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, TC
    Yu, FJ
    Chen, DY
 TI The multi-component Yang hierarchy and its multi-component integrable
    coupling system with two arbitrary functions
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID BI-HAMILTONIAN STRUCTURE; EQUATIONS; TRANSFORMATION; GENERATE
 AB A new simple loop algebra (G) over tilde (M) is constructed, which is
    devoted to establishing an isospectral problem. By making use of Tu
    scheme, the multi-component Yang hierarchy is obtained. Furthermore, an
    expanding loop algrebra (F) over tilde (M) of the loop algebra (G) over
    tilde (M) is presented. Based on (F) over tilde (M), the
    multi-component integrable coupling system with two arbitrary functions
    of the multi-component Yang hierarchy is worked out. The method can be
    applied to other nonlinear evolution equations hierarchy. (C) 2004
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, TC, Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
 EM xiatc@yahoo.com.cn
    yufajun888@163.com
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    FAN E, 2001, PHYSICA A, V301, P105
    FAN EG, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P7769
    GUO F, 2002, J SYS SCI MATH SCI, V22, P36
    GUO FK, 2000, ACTA MATH APPL SIN, V23, P181
    GUO FK, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P5793
    HU XB, 1994, J PHYS A, V27, P2497
    HU XB, 1997, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V30, P619
    MA WX, 2002, CHINESE ANN MATH B, V23, P373
    NEWELL AC, 1985, SOLITON MATH PHYS
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V68, P2241
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V257, P53
    TU GZ, 1989, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V5, P89
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    TU GZ, 1989, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V22, P2375
    WADATI M, 1972, J PHYS SOC JPN, V32, P1681
    WADATI M, 1973, J PHYS SOC JPN, V34, P1289
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    XIA TC, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P939
    XIA TC, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V42, P180
    XIA TC, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1163
    XIA TC, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P451
    XIAO TC, 2004, PHYSICA A, V343, P238
    XIAO TX, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1033
    YANG CN, 1987, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V112, P205
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P7225
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V44, P305
 NR 27
 TC 1
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 24
 IS 1
 BP 235
 EP 240
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 887XD
 UT ISI:000226337900028
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Bao, HQ
    Zhang, ZY
 TI Motion objects segmentation using a new level set based method
 SO ADVANCES IN MULTIMEDIA INFORMATION PROCESSING - PCM 2004, PT 1,
    PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID MOVING-OBJECTS
 AB Segmentation of moving object in a video sequence is one of the
    difficult problems in video processing. Moreover, multiple objects
    segmenting and extracting is more challenging task due to the
    complexity of multiple motion. This paper presents a novel multiple
    object segmentation approach based on spatial-temporal curve evolution.
    First, According to the characteristic of the intra-frame and
    inter-frame (spatial and temporal) information, a joint energy model is
    proposed with global and local features, thus, a curve evolution
    equation could be achieved based on the method of level set. Then,
    after an initial object model is achieved with a simplified method
    using the difference between two successive frames, multiple object are
    tracked and extracted with spatio-temporal curve evolution. Finally,
    while the occlusion is emerged due to multiple object overlapping
    motion, the covered/uncovered object could be segmented using motion
    field template matching. The experiment results show that the approach
    is effective.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Minist Educ, Key Lab Adv Display & Syst Applicat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Bao, HQ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM bhq05@yahoo.com.cn
 CR CHANG AC, 1995, CURR OPIN CARDIOL, V10, P9
    MASOURI AR, 2002, IEEE T IP, V12, P1
    MECH R, 1998, SIGNAL PROCESS, V66, P203
    OSHER S, 1988, J COMPUT PHYS, V79, P12
    PARAGIOS N, 1997, P SIRS97 STOCKH SWED
    PARAGIOS N, 2000, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V22, P266
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2004
 VL 3331
 BP 312
 EP 318
 PG 7
 GA BBL54
 UT ISI:000226023600039
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, YQ
    El Ghami, M
    Roos, C
 TI A comparative study of kernel functions for primal-dual interior-point
    algorithms in linear optimization
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE linear optimization; interior-point method; primal-dual method;
    large-update method; polynomial complexity
 ID SEMIDEFINITE OPTIMIZATION
 AB Recently, so-called self-regular barrier functions for primal-dual
    interior-point methods (IPMs) for linear optimization were introduced.
    Each such barrier function is determined by its (univariate)
    self-regular kernel function. We introduce a new class of kernel
    functions. The class is defined by some simple conditions on the kernel
    function and its derivatives. These properties enable us to derive many
    new and tight estimates that greatly simplify the analysis of IPMs
    based on these kernel functions. In both the algorithm and its analysis
    we use a single neighborhood of the central path; the neighborhood
    naturally depends on the kernel function. An important conclusion is
    that inverse functions of suitable restrictions of the kernel function
    and its first derivative more or less determine the behavior of the
    corresponding IPMs. Based on the new estimates we present a simple and
    unified computational scheme for the complexity analysis of kernel
    function in the new class. We apply this scheme to seven specific
    kernel functions. Some of these functions are self-regular, and others
    are not. One of the functions differs from the others, and from all
    self-regular functions, in the sense that its growth term is linear.
    Iteration bounds for both large- and small-update methods are derived.
    It is shown that small-update methods based on the new kernel functions
    all have the same complexity as the classical primal-dual IPM, namely,
    O(rootn log n/epsilon). For large- update methods the best obtained
    bound is O(rootn(log n) log n/epsilon), which until now has been the
    best known bound for such methods.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Delft Univ Technol, Fac Informat Technol & Syst, NL-2600 GA Delft, Netherlands.
 RP Bai, YQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM yqbai@staff.shu.edu.cn
    M.Elghami@ewi.tudelft.nl
    C.Roos@ewi.tudelft.nl
 CR ANDERSEN ED, 1996, INTERIOR POINT METHO, P189
    BAI YQ, 2002, IN PRESS P 9 AUSTR O
    BAI YQ, 2002, OPTIM METHOD SOFTW, V17, P985
    BAI YQ, 2003, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V13, P766
    KARMARKAR N, 1984, COMBINATORICA, V4, P373
    MEGIDDO N, 1989, PROGR MATH PROGRAMMI, P131
    PENG J, 2000, ANN OPER RES, V99, P23
    PENG J, 2001, VYCHISL TEKHNOL, V6, P61
    PENG J, 2002, SELF REGULARITY NEW
    PENG JM, 2002, EUR J OPER RES, V143, P234
    PENG JM, 2002, MATH PROGRAM, V93, P129
    PENG JM, 2002, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V13, P179
    RENEGAR J, 2001, MPS SIAM SER OPTIM, V3
    ROOS C, 1997, THEORY ALGORITHMS LI
    SONNEVEND G, 1986, LECT NOTES CONTR INF, V84, P866
    WRIGHT SJ, 1997, PRIMAL DUAL INTERIOR
    YE Y, 1997, INTERIOR POINT ALGOR
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 1052-6234
 J9 SIAM J OPTIMIZATION
 JI SIAM J. Optim.
 PY 2004
 VL 15
 IS 1
 BP 101
 EP 128
 PG 28
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 883XI
 UT ISI:000226048600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yan, XN
    Yang, B
    Yu, BK
 TI Diffraction study of photorefractive hologram under ultrashort pulse
    readout
 SO OPTIK
 DT Article
 DE ultrashort pulse; diffraction efficiency; diffraction spectrum; total
    diffraction efficiency
 ID GRATING FORMATION
 AB Based on the diffraction efficiency equation of Kogelnik, the
    diffraction effect of a cw photorefractive hologram under ultrashort
    pulse illumination is theoretically analyzed. We find that the recorded
    grating has the function of filter to the incident pulse, the crystal
    width must be smaller and grating period must be larger. In this paper
    we also discuss the total diffraction efficiency of the hologram, and
    find that the total diffraction efficiency is functions of the crystal
    length, pulse duration and the grating period. The conclusion of our
    paper can be used in ultrashort pulse shaping application.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Phys Dept, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yan, XN, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Phys Dept, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM xnyan@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR DING Y, 2000, J OPT SOC AM B, V15, P2763
    KOGELNIK H, 1969, BELL SYST TECH J, V48, P2909
    OKAMURA H, 1997, J OPT SOC AM B, V14, P2650
    OKAMURA H, 2001, J OPT SOC AM B, V18, P960
    YAO XS, 1990, J OPT SOC AM B, V7, P2347
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0030-4026
 J9 OPTIK
 JI Optik
 PY 2004
 VL 115
 IS 11
 BP 512
 EP 516
 PG 5
 SC Optics
 GA 885OM
 UT ISI:000226166800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, FG
    Liu, YQ
    Li, RY
    Yu, HL
    Lin, ZH
 TI An empirical correlation for EHD enhanced natural convection heat
    transfer along a plate surface
 SO JOURNAL OF ENHANCED HEAT TRANSFER
 DT Article
 AB The experiment of ether natural convection heat transfer, along a
    horizontal plate brass, was performed with an applied uniform electric
    field. A new empirical correlation was presented for predicating the
    extent of EHD enhancement of natural convection from heated horizontal
    plate. This correlation is applicable over a range of electric Rayleigh
    Numbers from 3 x 10(4) to 4 x 10(7) and heat fluxes from 0.5 kW/m(2) to
    3.5 kW/m(2). The error between the experimental data and calculated
    results is less than 20%. This correlation is suitable only for the
    liquid ether in some range of heat fluxes.
 C1 Shandong Univ Technol, Shandong Zibo 255049, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, FG, Shandong Univ Technol, Shandong Zibo 255049, Peoples R China.
 EM wangfagang@hotmail.com
 CR *ASHRAE, 1993, ASHRAE HDB FUND
    AHSMANN G, 1950, APPL SCI RES A, V2, P235
    ALLEN PHG, 1995, HEAT RECOV SYST CHP, V15, P389
    HOLMAN JP, 1985, HEAT TRANSFER, P272
    JONES TB, 1978, ADV HEAT TRANSFER, V14, P107
    KRONIG R, 1947, APPL SCI RES A, V1, P35
    MELCHER JR, 1981, CONTINUUM ELECTROMEC, P3
    PASCUAL CC, 1999, J HEAT MASS TRANSFER, V43, P965
    RUTKOWSKI J, 1977, CRYOGENICS, V14, P242
    YAO YB, 1985, PHYS CHEM HDB
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1065-5131
 J9 J ENHANC HEAT TRANSF
 JI J. Enhanc. Heat Transf.
 PD OCT-DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 11
 IS 4
 BP 249
 EP 255
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Thermodynamics
 GA 883SR
 UT ISI:000226036500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, HL
    Li, RY
    Huang, X
    Chen, ZH
 TI EHD boiling heat transfer enhancement outside horizontal tubes
 SO JOURNAL OF ENHANCED HEAT TRANSFER
 DT Article
 DE EHD; boiling heat transfer enhancement; tubes
 ID ELECTRIC-FIELD; PART
 AB The application of the electrohydrodynamic (EHD) technique on boiling
    heat transfer enhancement outside a single tube and a tube bundle was
    investigated experimentally. A tube bundle with seven tubes and a
    single tube have been made as test sections. R11 and R123 were used as
    working fluids. The test tube was a smooth copper tube with 25 mm
    outside diameter (OD) and 400 mm length. Six copper wires, each with a
    diameter of 2 mm and located 5 mm. away from the heat transfer surface,
    served as the high-voltage electrodes. The electrodes were oriented at
    60degrees intervals. Comparison between the EHD enhancement factors of
    different test sections and different working fluids was conducted. The
    results show that the EHD enhancement factor of the single tube is
    greater than that of the tube bundle, R123 has a much better response
    to the EHD effect than R11, the EHD enhancement factor decreased with
    the heat flux, and the power consumption by EHD high voltage supplier
    is different for R11 and R123.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, RY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 EM lizhendk@online.sh.cn
 CR ALLEN PHG, 1995, HEAT RECOV SYST CHP, V15, P389
    BOCHIROL L, 1960, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V250, P76
    CHEUNG KH, 1997, ASME J HEAT TRANSFER, V119, P332
    CHUBB LW, 1916, 100796, GB
    COOPER P, 1990, J HEAT TRANS-T ASME, V112, P458
    KARAYIANNIS TG, 1998, J ENHANC HEAT TRANSF, V5, P217
    KARAYIANNIS TG, 1998, J ENHANC HEAT TRANSF, V5, P231
    MARCO PD, 1993, J ENHANC HEAT TRANSF, V1, P99
    OGATA J, 1992, ASHRAE T, V98, P435
    OGATA J, 1993, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V36, P775
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1065-5131
 J9 J ENHANC HEAT TRANSF
 JI J. Enhanc. Heat Transf.
 PD OCT-DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 11
 IS 4
 BP 291
 EP 297
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Thermodynamics
 GA 883SR
 UT ISI:000226036500007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, X
    Li, RY
    Yu, HL
 TI Enhancement of boiling heat transfer for R11 and R123 by appling
    uniform electric field
 SO JOURNAL OF ENHANCED HEAT TRANSFER
 DT Article
 DE boiling heat transfer enhancement; uniform electric field; EHD
 ID PART
 AB Electrohydrodynamic (EHD) heat transfer enhancement refers to a kind of
    heat transfer technique that can increase heat transfer efficiency
    greatly by coupling the flow and temperature field with a high-voltage,
    low-current electric field in a dielectric fluid medium. The
    experimental studies of EHD enhancement of boiling heat transfer with
    R11 and R123 in a uniform electric field are presented in this paper.
    The experiments were performed using a horizontal brass plate immersed
    in working fluid as the heat exchange surface. A brass mesh electrode
    was installed parallel above the plate in the test chamber in order to
    exert a uniform electric field on the fluid. The applied voltages
    varied from -25kV to +25kV for R11 and -20kV to +20kV for R123 in steps
    of 5 W. Relationships among high electric field voltage, heat flux,
    heat transfer coefficient, and enhancement ratio were obtained. The
    efficiency of EHD enhancement using positive and negative electric
    field was analyzed respectively. These results have laid a foundation
    for exploring the mechanism of EHD augmentation of boiling heat
    transfer.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, RY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 EM lizhendk@online.sh.cn
 CR ALLEN PHG, 1995, HEAT RECOV SYST CHP, V15, P389
    BOCHIROL L, 1960, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V250, P76
    CHUBB LW, 1916, 100796, GB
    JONES TB, 1978, ADV HEAT TRANSFER, V14, P107
    KARAYIANNIS TG, 1998, APPL THERM ENG, V18, P809
    KARAYIANNIS TG, 1998, J ENHANC HEAT TRANSF, V5, P217
    KARAYIANNIS TG, 1998, J ENHANC HEAT TRANSF, V5, P231
    MARCO PD, 1993, J ENHANC HEAT TRANSF, V1, P99
    OGATA J, 1993, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V36, P775
    XU Y, 1996, THESIS S BANK U UK
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1065-5131
 J9 J ENHANC HEAT TRANSF
 JI J. Enhanc. Heat Transf.
 PD OCT-DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 11
 IS 4
 BP 299
 EP 306
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Thermodynamics
 GA 883SR
 UT ISI:000226036500008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Su, HR
    Hu, GH
    Zhou, ZW
 TI Pseudospectral analysis of the interfacial stability of free jets with
    different velocity profiles
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE free jet; Chebyshev pseudospectral method; interfacial stability
 ID LIQUID JET; CONVECTIVE INSTABILITY; ABSOLUTE; GAS
 AB A double fluid model for a liquid jet surrounded by a coaxial gas
    stream was constructed. The interfacial stability of the model was
    studied by Chebyshev pseudospectral method for different basic velocity
    profiles. The physical variables were mapped into computational space
    using a nonlinear coordinates transformation. The general eigenvalues
    of the dispersion relation obtained are solved by QZ method, and the
    basic characteristics and their dependence on the flow parameters are
    analyzed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, ZW, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM zhwzhou@yc.shu.edu.cn
 CR BOYD JP, 1989, CHEBYSHEV FOURIER SP
    CHANDRASEKHAR S, 1961, HYDRODYNAMIC HYDROMA
    LIN SP, 1989, PHYS FLUIDS A-FLUID, V1, P490
    LIN SP, 1998, J FLUID MECH, V376, P37
    PLATEAU J, 1873, MOL GAUTHIER VILLARS, V1, P2
    REYNOLDS AJ, 1962, J FLUID MECH, V14, P552
    SEVILLA A, 2002, PHYS FLUIDS, V14, P3028
    SHEN J, 1998, ACTA MECH, V130, P95
    SU HR, 2003, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    TAYLOR GI, 1965, GEN RIPPLES WIND BLO
    ZHOU ZW, 1992, PHYS FLUIDS A-FLUID, V4, P277
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 12
 BP 1323
 EP 1332
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 884RJ
 UT ISI:000226103300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, GY
    Zhang, XL
    Cheng, Y
    Xue, LP
    Han, K
 TI Investigation on the diamagnetic Faraday rotation spectra in
    Pr-substituted yttrium iron garnet
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Pr : YIG crystal; single ion model; diamagnetic Faraday rotation
 AB By using the single particle model, the diamagnetic Faraday rotation
    (FR) spectra of pr(3+) ion in Pr:YIG crystal is presented based on the
    quantum theory. The linear dependence of lambdaF(0)(-1/2) on lambda(2)
    is calculated at 300 and 77K in the 1.05-1.3 micron wavelength range.
    It is found that the diamagnetic FR is 64% of paramagnetic FR at 77K
    and the two types of FR can be of more or less equal importance. The
    diamagnetic FR depends on the temperature and the exchange field for
    the ions with orbit single ground states derived from the crystal field.
 C1 China Univ Mining & Technol, Coll Sci, Xuzhou 221008, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Med Mech, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, GY, China Univ Mining & Technol, Coll Sci, Xuzhou 221008,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CROSSLEY WA, 1969, PHYS REV, V181, P896
    GUILLOT M, 1979, J PHYS, V40, P883
    KAMADA O, 2001, IEEE T MAGN 1, V37, P2013
    KIM HJ, 1999, IEEE T MAGN 1, V35, P3163
    LEYCURAS C, 1982, J APPL PHYS, V53, P8181
    NEKVASIL V, 1985, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V18, P3551
    SINHA SP, 1983, SYSTEMATICS PROPERTI, P424
    XU Y, 1993, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V5, P8927
    YANG JH, 1993, CHINESE SCI BULL, V38, P1860
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 54
 IS 1
 BP 407
 EP 410
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 883IP
 UT ISI:000226005100076
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, WQ
    Zheng, XY
    Ding, BD
    Jiang, XY
    Zhang, ZL
    Xu, SH
 TI Exciplex emissions and properties in bilayer organic electroluminescent
    diodes
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE organic electroluminescence; exciplex; color tuning; molecular structure
 ID WHITE-LIGHT EMISSION; DEVICES; INTERFACE; POLYMERS
 AB The bilayer organic electroluminescent diodes using two common aromatic
    diamines TPD (N, N'-diphenyl-N, N'-bis(3-methylphenyl)-1,
    1'-biphenyl-4,4'-diamine) and NPB (N, N'-bis(1-naphthyl)-N,
    N'-diphenyl-(1, 1'-biphenyl)-4,4'-diamine) as hole transporting
    materials (HTM) and BBOT
    (2,5-bis(5-tert-butyl-2-benzoxazolyl)-thiophene) as electron
    transporting material have been fabricated. Redshifted and broad
    electroluminescent spectra relative to the fluorescent spectra of
    constituent materials were obtained. This electroluminescence was
    originated mainly from exciplexes evidenced by photoluminescence
    measurements, and the type of which were interpreted as the complex
    formed by the interaction between the excited state of BBOT (BBOT*) and
    ground state of the HTM in terms of the energy level diagram of the
    bilayer devices. By comparing the molecular structures and energy
    levels of TPD and NPB, it is demonstrated that exciplex formation can
    more easily take place for a molecule with favorable geometry and
    orientation than the one with appropriate energy level.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, WQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM wqzhu@mail.shu.edu.en
 CR ADACHI C, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V56, P799
    BIRKS JB, 1970, PHOTOPHYSICS AROMATI, P420
    CHAO CI, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V73, P426
    GEBLER DD, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P1644
    ITANO K, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P636
    JENEKHE SA, 1994, SCIENCE, V265, P765
    KIDO J, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P2281
    OGAWA H, 1998, APPL PHYS A-MATER, V67, P599
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    THOMPSON J, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P560
    TIAN WJ, 2001, SYNTHETIC MET, V121, P1725
    WANG JF, 1998, ADV MATER, V10, P230
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PD DEC 28
 PY 2004
 VL 62
 IS 24
 BP 2421
 EP 2424
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 883BB
 UT ISI:000225983900010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, ZJ
    Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Wen, S
 TI Solvent-free stereoselective synthesis of
    cis-1-carbomethoxy-2-aryl-3,3-dicyanocyclopropanes by grinding
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE arsonium salt; cyclopropanation; grinding; solvent-free;
    stereoselective synthesis
 ID SOLID-STATE; CYCLOPROPANATION; ABSENCE
 AB The novel route of high stereoselective synthesis of
    cis-1-carbomethoxy-2-aryl-3,3-dicyanocyclopropanes by grinding is
    described. This process is simple. efficient, and environmentally
    benign.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Organomet Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM renrui198229@hotmail.com
 CR ALEXANDER K, 2001, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V42, P6137
    ANASTAS PT, 1996, GREEN CHEM DESIGNING, V2, P1
    BRUNEL JM, 1999, J AM CHEM SOC, V121, P5807
    DAVIES HML, 1999, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V40, P5287
    DOYLE MP, 1998, TETRAHEDRON, V54, P7919
    FERGUSON G, 1988, J CHEM SOC P2, P1829
    HAN C, 2000, ORG LETT, V2, P1649
    HOW MLD, 2000, ORG LETT, V2, P823
    IM J, 1997, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V38, P451
    JERZY K, 2001, J ORG CHEM, V66, P8240
    MICHAIL NE, 2000, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V41, P4937
    REN ZJ, 2002, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V32, P3143
    SCHMEYERS T, 1998, J CHEM SOC P2, P989
    STONE FGA, 1982, ADV ORGANOMETALLIC C, V20, P115
    TANAKA K, 1991, J ORG CHEM, V56, P4333
    TODA F, 1989, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V28, P320
    TODA F, 1989, CHEM EXP, V4, P507
    TODA F, 1989, J ORG CHEM, V54, P3007
    TODA F, 1990, J CHEM SOC P1, P3207
    TODA F, 1998, J CHEM SOC PERK 1107, P3521
    WELTON T, 1999, CHEM REV, V99, P2071
    WONG HNC, 1989, CHEM REV, V89, P165
 NR 22
 TC 2
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2004
 VL 34
 IS 23
 BP 4395
 EP 4400
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 880VX
 UT ISI:000225819000017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, WB
    Ma, HP
    Tang, T
    Yan, NN
 TI A posteriori error estimates for discontinuous Galerkin time-stepping
    method for optimal control problems governed by parabolic equations
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE optimal control; a posteriori error analysis; finite element
    approximation; discontinuous Galerkin method
 ID BOUNDARY CONTROL-PROBLEMS; FINITE-ELEMENT METHODS;
    PARTIAL-DIFFERENTIAL-EQUATIONS; APPROXIMATION; CONVEX; OPTIMIZATION;
    CONVERGENCE
 AB In this paper, we examine the discontinuous Galerkin (DG) finite
    element approximation to convex distributed optimal control problems
    governed by linear parabolic equations, where the discontinuous finite
    element method is used for the time discretization and the conforming
    finite element method is used for the space discretization. We derive a
    posteriori error estimates for both the state and the control
    approximation, assuming only that the underlying mesh in space is
    nondegenerate. For problems with control constraints of obstacle type,
    which are the kind most frequently met in applications, further
    improved error estimates are obtained.
 C1 Xiangtan Univ, Dept Math, Xiangtan 411100, Peoples R China.
    Univ Kent, Inst Math & Stat, Canterbury CT2 7NF, Kent, England.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Baptist univ, Dept Math, Kowloon Tong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Acad Math & Syst Sci, Inst Syst Sci, Beijing, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, WB, Xiangtan Univ, Dept Math, Xiangtan 411100, Peoples R China.
 EM W.B.Liu@ukc.ac.uk
    hpma@guomai.sh.cn
    ttang@math.hkbu.edu.hk
    yan@staff.iss.ac.cn
 CR AINSWORTH M, 1997, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V142, P1
    ALOTTO P, 1996, IEEE T MAGN 1, V32, P2954
    ALT W, 1989, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V27, P718
    BANICHUK NV, 1995, STRUCTURAL OPTIMISAT, V9, P45
    BANK RE, 1985, MATH COMPUT, V44, P283
    BECKER R, 1998, 9820 U HEID SFB 359
    BECKER R, 2000, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V39, P113
    BOMAN M, 2000, POSTERIORI ERROR ANA
    CARSTENSEN C, 2000, E W J NUMERICAL ANAL, V8, P153
    CIARLET PG, 1978, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
    COCKBURN B, 2001, J SCI COMPUT, V16, P173
    ERIKSSON K, 1985, RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUM, V19, P611
    ERIKSSON K, 1991, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V28, P43
    ERIKSSON K, 1995, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V32, P706
    FALK RS, 1973, J MATH ANAL APPL, V44, P28
    FRENCH DA, 1991, NUMER FUNC ANAL OPT, V12, P299
    FRENCH DA, 2001, COMPUT METHODS APPL, V1, P18
    GEVECI T, 1979, RAIRO ANAL NUMER, V13, P313
    GUNZBURGER MD, 1991, RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUM, V25, P711
    HOU LS, 1995, NUMER MATH, V71, P289
    HOUSTON P, 1997, 9703 OXF U COMP LAB
    JOHNSON C, 1992, MATH MOD METH APPL S, V2, P483
    JOHNSON C, 1995, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V32, P1058
    KNOWLES G, 1982, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V20, P414
    KUFNER A, 1977, FUNCTION SPACES
    LASIECKA I, 1984, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V22, P477
    LI R, 2002, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V41, P1321
    LIONS JL, 1971, OPTIMAL CONTROL SYST
    LIONS JL, 1972, NONHOMOGENEOUS BOUND
    LIU WB, 1993, APPL MATH OPT, V27, P291
    LIU WB, 2001, ADV COMPUT MATH, V15, P285
    LIU WB, 2001, INT S NUM M, V138, P154
    LIU WB, 2001, NUMER FUNC ANAL OPT, V22, P953
    LIU WB, 2001, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V39, P100
    LIU WB, 2001, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V39, P73
    LIU WB, 2003, NUMER MATH, V93, P497
    MALANOWSKI K, 1982, APPL MATH OPT, V8, P69
    MAUTE K, 1998, STRUCT OPTIMIZATION, V15, P81
    MCKNIGHT RS, 1973, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V11, P510
    NEITTAANMAKI P, 1994, OPTIMAL CONTROL NONL
    PIRONNEAU O, 1984, OPTIMAL SHAPE DESIGN
    SCHLEUPEN A, 2000, STRUCT MULTIDISCIP O, V19, P282
    TIBA D, 1995, LECT OPTIMAL CONTROL
    TIBA D, 1996, NUMER FUNC ANAL OPT, V17, P1005
    TROLTZSCH F, 1994, APPL MATH OPT, V29, P309
    VERFURTH R, 1996, REV POSTERIORI ERROR
 NR 46
 TC 0
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PY 2004
 VL 42
 IS 3
 BP 1032
 EP 1061
 PG 30
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 881RQ
 UT ISI:000225887500008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, TY
    Zhang, QR
    Zhuang, SL
 TI First principle studies on the electronic structures and absorption
    spectra under polarized light for the PbWO4 crystal with oxygen vacancy
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE PbWO4; electronic structure; absorption spectra; oxygen vacancy
 ID LEAD TUNGSTATE CRYSTALS; ORIGIN; BAND
 AB The electronic structures and absorption spectra for the perfect PbWO4
    (PWO) crystal and the PWO crystal containing oxygen vacancy V-O(2+)
    have been studied by using full-potential (linearized) augmented
    plane-wave (LAPW) divided by local orbit, (lo) method with the lattice
    structure optimized. The calculated results indicate that the optical
    properties of the two types of PWO crystals are anisotropy and their
    optical symmetries correspond to their lattice structure geometries,
    respectively. The perfect PWO crystal has no absorption spectrum in the
    energy region of visible light. However. for the PWO crystal containing
    V-O(2+), there occurs an additional absorption spectrum in this region,
    which can be fit into two Gaussian-shape absorption spectra with peaks
    at 370 and 420 nm. These peaks are located at the experimentally
    observed position. As a conclusion. the 350 and 420 nm absorption
    spectra are related to the existence of V-O(2+) in the PWO crystal. (C)
    2004 Elsevier B.V All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, TY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM liutyyxj@163.com
 CR ABRAHAM Y, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P3
    ANNENKOV A, 1998, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V170, P47
    BOHACEK P, 2004, IN PRESS NUCL METH A
    EPELBAUM BM, 1997, J CRYST GROWTH, V178, P426
    FENG XQ, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P449
    GOUBIN F, 2004, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V177, P89
    GRIGORJEVA L, 2000, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V166, P329
    KORZHIK MV, 1996, P INT C IN SCINT THE, P241
    LIAO JY, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P286
    LIN QS, 2001, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V118, P221
    LIU TY, UNPUB CHIN PHYS LETT
    LIU TY, 2001, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V132, P169
    LIU TY, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P596
    MOREAU JM, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V238, P46
    MOREAU JM, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V284, P104
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V195, P311
    SHARMA S, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P12
    YAO MZ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V51, P1
    YE XL, 1999, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V48, P10
    ZHANG QR, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
    ZHANG QR, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P1131
    ZHANG Y, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P12738
 NR 22
 TC 4
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD DEC 13
 PY 2004
 VL 333
 IS 5-6
 BP 473
 EP 477
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 879UK
 UT ISI:000225744200019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yan, XN
    Jing, HM
 TI Theory of variable-angle switch by anisotropic diffraction in
    photorefractive LiNbO3 crystal
 SO OPTIK
 DT Article
 DE anisotropic diffraction; variable-angle switch; effective
    susceptibility; phase-matching condition
 AB Based on the anisotropic diffraction of photore-fractive LiNbO3
    crystal, we present the theoretical result of a variable-angle switch.
    The deflection angle of the proposed switch can be changed by changing
    value of writing angles of the grating, and the result shows that the
    deflection angle can change in the range of -1degrees to +1degrees. The
    proposed theory can be used in switching design.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Beijing Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Beijing 100875, Peoples R China.
 RP Yan, XN, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM xnyan@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR KENAN RP, 1974, APPL PHYS LETT, V24, P428
    LIU LR, 1992, J APPL PHYS, V72, P337
    TEMPLE DA, 1986, J OPT SOC AM B, V3, P337
    VOIT E, 1986, OPT LETT, V11, P309
    WILLIAM H, 1989, OPT LETT, V14, P224
    YAN XN, 1998, OPT COMMUN, V154, P87
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0030-4026
 J9 OPTIK
 JI Optik
 PY 2004
 VL 115
 IS 10
 BP 455
 EP 458
 PG 4
 SC Optics
 GA 882WV
 UT ISI:000225972000005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
 TI Living bio-membrane bi-template route for simultaneous synthesis of
    lead selenide nanorods and nanotubes
 SO NANOTECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID PBSE NANOWIRES; ZNS NANOWIRES; MINERALIZATION; NANOPARTICLES;
    TEMPERATURE; MEMBRANES; MAGNETISM
 AB In this paper, a novel method is reported by which semiconductor
    materials are synthesized via controlled organism membranes.
    Semiconductor lead selenide nanorods and nanotubes have been
    successfully prepared simultaneously through living bio-membrane
    bi-templates of the mungbean sprout. The lead selenide nanorods are
    approximately 45 nm in diameter, and up to 1100 nm in length; all of
    them are single crystalline in structure. Lead selenide nanotubes are
    50 nm in diameter, and up to 2000 nm in length, and are
    poly-crystalline in structure. The characteristics of the products are
    illustrated by various means, and their possible formation mechanism is
    explored.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Natl Ctr Nanosci & Nanotechnol, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR ABDELOUAS A, 2000, CHEM MATER, V12, P1510
    ALIVISATOS AP, 1998, ADV MATER, V10, P1297
    BETHELL D, 1996, NATURE, V382, P581
    GATES B, 2002, ADV FUNCT MATER, V12, P219
    JIANG X, 2001, CHEM MATER, V13, P1213
    JIRAGE KB, 1997, SCIENCE, V278, P655
    LI XL, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V32, P4832
    LI YD, 2001, J AM CHEM SOC, V123, P9904
    LIFSHITZ E, 2003, NANO LETT, V3, P857
    LIU YF, 2003, EUR J INORG CHEM FEB, P644
    SHENTON W, 1999, ADV MATER, V11, P253
    STRELTSOV EA, 1998, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V43, P869
    SUI YC, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P1525
    THIAVILLE A, 1999, SCIENCE, V284, P1939
    WANG WH, 1998, ADV MATER, V10, P1479
    WANG X, 2002, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V41, P4790
    WU QS, 2002, INORG CHEM COMMUN, V5, P671
    XIA YN, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P353
    YANG D, 2003, J MATER CHEM, V13, P1119
    ZHU JJ, 2000, J PHYS CHEM B, V104, P7344
    ZHU JJ, 2002, LANGMUIR, V18, P3306
 NR 21
 TC 1
 SN 0957-4484
 J9 NANOTECHNOL
 JI Nanotechnology
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 15
 IS 12
 BP 1877
 EP 1881
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary;
    Physics, Applied
 GA 881DI
 UT ISI:000225843200033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, Y
    Gu, F
    Chen, JM
    Zhang, JC
    Xia, YB
 TI The influence of C-60 and C-60-toluene derivative on the
    photoconductivity of Fe-phthalocyanine-polystyrene
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE C-60; C-60-toluene derivative;
    Fe(III)--tertracarboxy-phthalocyanine-polystyrene [Fe-taPc-PS];
    photoconductivity
 ID POLYMERS
 AB The influence of the C-60 and C-60-toluene derivative on
    photoconductivity of the Fe(III)-
    -tertracarboxy-phthalocyanine-polystyrene [Fe-taPc-PS] is studied. The
    results show that the photoconductivity of C-60-toluene derivative
    doped Fe-taPc-PS/C-60/Fe-taPc-PS multilayer films have increased by one
    order of magnitude in several seconds. The charge-transfer complex
    (CTC) of C-60 and Fe-taPc-PS may be formed and the C-60-toluene can be
    used as a hole transporting material. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, Y, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 EM yuesen@china.com
 CR ALLEMAND PM, 1991, SCIENCE, V253, P301
    CHEN HZ, 1993, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V31, P1165
    DAYIN L, 1993, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P603
    HISATOMO Y, 1996, THIN SOLID FILMS, V278, P108
    KROTO HW, 1985, NATURE, V318, P162
    SHEN Y, 1999, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V57, P1034
    SHEN Y, 2003, MATER CHEM PHYS, V82, P401
    SHIRAI H, 1980, MAKROMOL CHEM      4, V181, P575
    SMILOWITZ L, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P13853
    YOSHINO K, 1993, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V85, P85
    YU C, 1996, J POLYLM SCI B, V34, P631
    ZHUDE X, 1995, J MATER SCI LETT, V14, P1030
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 59
 IS 5
 BP 546
 EP 548
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 879WT
 UT ISI:000225750600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZY
    Zhang, GD
    Li, H
    Sun, JL
    Ren, MS
 TI Al infiltrated C-C hybrid composites
 SO MATERIALS & DESIGN
 DT Article
 DE metal matrix composites; thermal properties; mechanical properties
 AB Carbon-carbon reinforced aluminum composites with different content of
    pyrolytic carbon and carbon fibers were manufactured. Porous
    carbon-carbon preforms in sandwich structure are composed of
    unidirectional T300 carbon fibers and carbon felt encapsulated and
    connected by C-PY sheaths. The characterizations of C-C/Al composites
    were investigated. The obtained thermal conductivity (kappa) reaches
    128 W/m K and CTE of samples varies in a wide range. Mechanical
    properties are analyzed through three-point bending. The effects of
    graphitization are investigated. Graphitization of carbon-carbon
    preforms strengthens bonding between carbon fibers and CPY sheaths so
    that the characterizations of composites are changed. (C) 2004 Elsevier
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, State Key Lab Met Matrix Composites, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Composites Ctr, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, ZY, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, State Key Lab Met Matrix Composites,
    Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 EM zhenyi_liu@hotmail.com
 CR GHOMASHCHI MR, 2000, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V101, P1
    KRISTEN KM, 1998, SAMPE S EXH, V3, P1362
    SHEEHAN JE, 1994, ANNU REV MATER SCI, V24, P19
    VIDALSETIF MH, 1999, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V272, P321
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0261-3069
 J9 MATER DESIGN
 JI Mater. Des.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 1
 BP 83
 EP 87
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 880NH
 UT ISI:000225796000013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YS
    Zhang, JC
    Yu, LM
    Jia, GQ
    Jing, C
    Cao, SX
 TI Magnetic and frequency properties for nanocrystalline Fe-Ni alloys
    prepared by high-energy milling method
 SO JOURNAL OF MAGNETISM AND MAGNETIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE nanocrystalline Fe-Ni alloy; magnetism materials; frequency property;
    high-energy ball milling
 ID GRAIN-SIZE; CO; POWDERS; AL; PARTICLES; INVAR; PHASE; FE/CO; MN; CU
 AB Fe-based nano-crystalline soft magnetic alloy with Ni-doping was
    fabricated successfully by high-energy milling. It was proved that a
    Fe-Ni solid solution is formed and the evaluated average grain size is
    about 20 nm. The effect of doping Ni on the frequency properties was
    systematically investigated. From the magnetic measurement results, it
    can be concluded that, the nickel doped decreases the resonance
    frequency of Fe-Ni alloy, but Ni doping enhances the frequency
    stability. The corresponding value of initial permeability as a
    function of Ni doping concentration was given at 10 kHz and the result
    indicates that the peak value of initial permeability shifts to the
    region of low Ni concentration for the samples milled for 72 h. (C)
    2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Ctr Nano Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM zjincang@online.sb.cn
 CR ASAKA K, 1999, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V273, P262
    CALKA A, 2002, NATURE, V419, P147
    COEY JMD, 2001, J ALLOY COMPD, V326, P2
    DEFU W, 1994, MAGNETIC PHYS
    DING J, 2002, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V247, P249
    ESCORIAL AG, 1991, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V134, P1394
    FADEEVA VI, 1996, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V206, P90
    FADEEVA VI, 2001, INORG MATER, V37, P190
    GUODONG L, 1999, CONT MAGNETISM, V187
    HERZER G, 1990, IEEE T MAGN, V26, P1397
    JARTYCH E, 1999, NANOSTRUCT MATER B, V12, P927
    JEN SU, 1999, J APPL PHYS, V85, P8217
    KALOSHKIN SD, 2001, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V287, P329
    KIM YD, 2000, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V291, P17
    LEE BH, 2003, MATER LETT, V57, P1103
    LI T, 1997, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V9, P1381
    LI XG, 1997, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V170, P339
    LINDEROTH S, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V75, P5869
    LIPINSKI S, 1995, J MAGN MAGN MATER 1, V140, P233
    LIU YS, 2004, J ALLOY COMPD, V377, P202
    MILHAM CD, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V75, P5659
    MURAYAMA M, 2002, SCIENCE, V295, P2433
    NASCIMENTO VP, 2001, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V13, P665
    PASSAMANI EC, 2002, J MATER SCI, V37, P819
    QIN W, 2001, J ALLOY COMPD, V322, P286
    ROCHMAN NT, 1999, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V89, P367
    SEDOV VL, 1998, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V183, P117
    SHIYUE X, 1998, J SHANGHAI U, V2, P301
    SHIYUE X, 2001, J SHANGHAI U, V5, P147
    SZABO S, 2000, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V215, P60
    ZHU LH, 2001, J MATER SCI, P5571
    ZHU M, 1998, J MATER SCI LETT, V17, P445
 NR 32
 TC 1
 SN 0304-8853
 J9 J MAGN MAGN MATER
 JI J. Magn. Magn. Mater.
 PD JAN 1
 PY 2005
 VL 285
 IS 1-2
 BP 138
 EP 144
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 879WW
 UT ISI:000225750900018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ouyang, ZG
    Zhou, SF
    Yin, FQ
 TI Oscillation for a class of odd-order delay parabolic differential
    equations
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE oscillation; odd order; delay parabolic differential equation;
    eventually positive solution
 AB Some sufficient conditions and some sufficient and necessary conditions
    are established for the oscillation of a class of odd-order delay
    parabolic differential equations of the form
    [GRAPHICS]
    where N is an odd integer, Omega is a bounded domain in R-M with a
    smooth boundary deltaOmega, and Delta is the Laplacian operation with
    three different boundary conditions. To some extent, our results
    extended and improved the oscillatory results of some references.
    Meanwhile, we corrected some mistakes in a main conclusion of
    reference. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Nanhua Univ, Dept Math, Hengyang 421001, Peoples R China.
 RP Ouyang, ZG, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM ouyanazigen@hotmail.com
    sfzhou@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BYKOV V, 1983, IZV AKAD NAUK KIRGIZ, V6, P3
    ELABBSY EM, 2000, ELECT J DIFFERENTIAL, V13, P1
    FU XL, 1995, J PARTIAL DIFF EQS, V8, P82
    KUBIACZYK I, 2002, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V147, P263
    KUSANO T, 1994, HIROSHIMA MATH J, V24, P123
    VLADIMIROV VS, 1981, EQUATIONS MATH PHYS
    YOSHIDA N, 1986, HIROSHIMA MATH J, V16, P305
    YOSHIDA N, 1987, B AUSTR MATH SOC, P36
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0377-0427
 J9 J COMPUT APPL MATH
 JI J. Comput. Appl. Math.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2005
 VL 175
 IS 2
 BP 305
 EP 319
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 881WF
 UT ISI:000225899400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, ZY
    Wang, ZH
 TI Novel bandpass filter configuration using coupled linear tapered line
    resonators
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE stripline filters; bandpass filters; multistepped resonators; linear
    tapered-line resonators
 AB A novel tapped bandpass filter composed of two-coupled linear
    tapered-line resonators (LTLRs) is proposed. Multistepped resonators
    are applied to analyzing LTLRs, which are difficult to analyze
    directly. Through this analysis method, fundamental characteristics of
    LTLRs and their filter design parameters can be easily derived. This
    new filter has insertion loss less than 0.6dB at 1.9 GHz, the return
    loss less than 18dB in the range 1.8-1.93GHz and 12.3% 3dB bandwidth.
    Experimental results of fabricated filter are in good agreement with
    the design results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiao, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHANG HC, 1996, IEEE MTT-S, P619
    CRUTE JR, 2002, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V34, P336
    ISHIZAKI T, 1991, IEICE T E, V74, P1556
    ISHIZAKI T, 1994, IEEE MTT S, P617
    ISHIZAKI T, 1996, IEICE T ELECTRON EC, V79, P671
    MATTHAEI GL, 1963, MICROWAVE J, V6, P82
    TSAI JT, 2000, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V27, P105
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0195-9271
 J9 INT J INFRAR MILLIM WAVE
 JI Int. J. Infrared Millimeter Waves
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 12
 BP 1811
 EP 1818
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied; Optics
 GA 880IY
 UT ISI:000225784700011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, RM
    Yang, HL
    Wang, HX
 TI On the distribution of surplus immediately after ruin under interest
    force and subexponential claims
 SO INSURANCE MATHEMATICS & ECONOMICS
 DT Article
 DE Surplus immediately after ruin; Laplace transform; integral equation;
    subexponential distribution; compound Poisson model
 AB The compound Poisson risk process with a constant interest force is an
    interesting stochastic model in risk theory. It provides a basic
    understanding about how investments will affect the ruin probability
    and related ruin functions. This paper considers the compound Poisson
    risk model with a constant interest force for an insurance portfolio
    and studies the distribution of the surplus immediately after ruin
    under the model. By using the techniques of Kalashnikov and
    Konstantinides [Kalashnikov, V, Konstantinides, D., 2000. Ruin under
    interest force and subexponential claims: a simple treatment. Insurance
    Math. Econ. 27, 145-149] and a formula obtained by Yang and Zhang
    [Yang, H.L., Zhang, L.H., 2001a. On the distribution of surplus
    immediately after ruin under interest force. Insurance Math. Econ. 29,
    247-255], we give asymptotic formulas of the low and upper bounds for
    the distribution of the surplus immediately after ruin under
    subexponential claims. To some extent, we can view our work here as the
    continuation of the recent important work of Kalashnikov and
    Konstantinides [Kalashnikov, V., Konstantinides, D., 2000. Ruin under
    interest force and subexponential claims: a simple treatment. Insurance
    Math. Econ. 27, 145-149], Yang and Zhang [Yang, H.L., Zhang, L.H.,
    2001a. On the distribution of surplus immediately after ruin under
    interest force. Insurance: Mathematics and Economics 29, 247-255] and
    Konstantinides et al. [Konstantinides, D., Tang, Q.H., Tsitsiashvili,
    G., 2002. Estimates for the ruin probability in the classical risk
    model with constant interest force in the presence of heavy tails.
    Insurance Math. Econ. 31, 447-460]. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V All rights
    reserved.
 C1 E China Normal Univ, Dept Stat, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
    Univ Hong Kong, Dept Stat & Actuarial Sci, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, RM, E China Normal Univ, Dept Stat, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R
    China.
 EM rmwang@stat.ecnu.edu.cn
    hlyang@hkusua.hku.hk
    whx@citiz.net
 CR ASMUSSEN S, 1998, ANN APPL PROBAB, V8, P354
    CAI J, 2002, INSUR MATH ECON, V30, P389
    KALASHNIKOV V, 2000, INSUR MATH ECON, V27, P145
    KLUPPELBERG C, 1998, SCAND ACTUAR J, P49
    KONSTANTINIDES D, 2002, INSUR MATH ECON, V31, P447
    ROLSKI T, 1999, STOCHASTIC PROCESSES
    SUNDT B, 1995, INSUR MATH ECON, V16, P7
    SUNDT B, 1997, INSUR MATH ECON, V19, P85
    WILLMOT GE, 2001, LECT NOTES STAT, V156
    YANG HL, 2001, INSUR MATH ECON, V29, P247
    YANG HL, 2001, STAT PROBABIL LETT, V55, P329
    YANG SK, 1999, RELIAB ENG SYST SAFE, V66, P29
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0167-6687
 J9 INSUR MATH ECON
 JI Insur. Math. Econ.
 PD DEC 6
 PY 2004
 VL 35
 IS 3
 BP 703
 EP 714
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Interdisciplinary Applications; Social Sciences,
    Mathematical Methods; Economics; Statistics & Probability
 GA 880TT
 UT ISI:000225813100013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, XP
    Wang, SZ
 TI Steganography using multiple-base notational system and human vision
    sensitivity
 SO IEEE SIGNAL PROCESSING LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE human vision system (HVS); information hiding; steganography
 ID IMAGES
 AB This letter proposes a novel steganographic scheme that employs human
    vision sensitivity to hide a large amount of secret bits into a still
    image with a high imperceptibility. In this method, data to be embedded
    are converted into a series of symbols in a notation system with
    multiple bases. The specific bases used are determined by the degree of
    local variation of the pixel magnitudes in the host image so that
    pixels in busy areas can potentially carry more hidden data.
    Experimental results are given to show the advantage of this adaptive
    technique.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, XP, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xzhang@staff.shu.edu.cn
    shuowang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR KUTTER M, 2002, IEEE T IMAGE PROCESS, V11, P16
    MAYACHE A, 1998, P INT C IM PROC ICIP, V3, P409
    NODA H, 2002, IEEE SIGNAL PROC LET, V9, P410
    PETITCOLAS FAP, 1999, P IEEE, V87, P1062
    WANG HQ, 2004, COMMUN ACM, V47, P76
    WANG Z, 2002, IEEE SIGNAL PROC LET, V9, P81
    WU DC, 2003, PATTERN RECOGN LETT, V24, P1613
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 1070-9908
 J9 IEEE SIGNAL PROCESS LETT
 JI IEEE Signal Process. Lett.
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 12
 IS 1
 BP 67
 EP 70
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 881DA
 UT ISI:000225842400018
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Liu, L
    Miao, HK
 TI A specification-based approach to testing polymorphic attributes
 SO FORMAL METHODS AND SOFTWARE ENGINEERING, PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB The object-oriented features, such as aggregation, inheritance and
    polymorphism, facilitate software reuse and improve software quality.
    But those features also cause new problems that traditional testing
    techniques cannot resolve effectively. Existing researches on
    object-oriented software testing are mainly based on some graph
    representations and seldom consider the combinational effect of
    aggregation, inheritance and polymorphism. For some model-based
    specifications that do not include graph representations, it is
    difficult to use the graph based testing techniques to derive test
    cases. This paper provides an approach to deriving test cases for
    testing the combinational effect of aggregation, inheritance and
    polymorphism from a model-based class specification. This approach
    contains two techniques at intra-class and inter-class testing levels
    and is mechanized using the algorithms presented in this paper.
    Finally, through the experimental analysis, we present the
    effectiveness and applicability of our testing approach.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, L, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM liuling@staff.shu.edu.cn
    hkmiao@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ALEXANDER RT, 2000, P INT S SOFTW REL EN, P8
    GALLAGHER L, 2002, UNPUB INTEGRATION TE
    HARROLD M, 1994, S FDN SOFTW ENG NEW, P200
    HARROLD MJ, 1992, P 14 INT C SOFTW ENG, P68
    LIU L, 2002, P C ENG COMPL COMP S, P153
    LU L, 2004, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    MARTENA V, 2002, P C ENG COMPL COMP S, P135
    MEI H, 1999, P INT S SOFTW REL EN, P73
    MURRAY L, 1997, AUSTR SOFTW ENG C AS, P80
    OFFUTT J, 2001, S SOFTW REL ENG HONG, P84
    OSTRAND TJ, 1988, COMMUN ACM, V31, P676
    SMITH G, 1992, THESIS U QUEENSLAND
    SMITH G, 2000, OBJECT Z SPECIFICATI
    STOCKS P, 1996, IEEE T SOFTWARE ENG, V22, P777
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2004
 VL 3308
 BP 306
 EP 319
 PG 14
 GA BBI65
 UT ISI:000225639600024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhi, XL
    Rong, L
    Tong, WQ
 TI Improving grid service's QoS through self-configuring regulation
 SO ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS OF ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
 DT Article
 DE grid service; QoS; improvement; regulation; self-configuring
 AB A new regulation based approach is proposed to improve grid resource
    services' quality of service (QoS). The main idea of regulation and
    some typical regulation algorithms are described. To automatically
    adapt a regulation system to the changing runtime environment, a
    self-configuring mechanism based on the computation of fitness is
    introduced. The goal of self-configuring regulation is to provide a
    virtual grid resource service with improved QoS to best satisfy users'
    requirements on the basis of resource services with lower QoS. (C) 2004
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Microsyst & Informat Technol, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhi, XL, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM xlzhi@mail.shu.edu.cn
    lu.rong@shrcwc.org
 CR *GLOB, 2004, GLOB TOOLK 3 2 1
    *IBM, 2003, IBM AUTONOMIC CO APR
    BRANDT S, 1998, P 19 IEEE REAL TIM S, P307
    CZAJKOWSKI K, 2004, WS RESOUCE FRAMEWORK
    FARKAS P, 2003, P 1 INT WORKSH C NUM, P9
    FOSTER I, 2002, OP GRID SERV INFR WG
    FOSTER I, 2004, GRID BLUEPRINT NEW C
    JANN J, 2003, IBM SYST J, V42, P29
    KANT L, 1998, P IEEE MIL COMM C MI, V2, P415
    LANFRANCHI G, 2003, IBM SYST J, V42, P119
    LEFF A, 2003, IEEE INTERNET COMPUT, V7, P44
    MATEESCU G, 2003, INT J HIGH PERFORM C, V17, P209
    ROY A, 1999, GRID RESOURCE MANAGE, P377
    TABB L, 2004, GRID COMPUTING FINAN
    WHISNANT K, 2003, IBM SYST J, V42, P45
    XU D, 2001, CLUSTER COMPUTING, V4, P95
    ZHANG H, 2003, NANO LETT, V3, P43
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 0952-1976
 J9 ENG APPL ARTIF INTELL
 JI Eng. Appl. Artif. Intell.
 PD OCT
 PY 2004
 VL 17
 IS 7
 BP 701
 EP 710
 PG 10
 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Engineering, Electrical &
    Electronic; Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Automation & Control Systems
 GA 881NH
 UT ISI:000225873700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ni, J
    Ni, Y
    Wang, XH
    Xu, W
    Wang, Y
    Xiong, SD
 TI Application of a gene vaccine targeting HER-2/Neu in Immunocontraception
 SO DNA AND CELL BIOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID EPIDERMAL-GROWTH-FACTOR; ANTI-ERBB-2 MONOCLONAL-ANTIBODIES; MOUSE
    UTERUS; NEU ONCOGENE; EGF-RECEPTOR; DIFFERENTIAL EXPRESSION; SIGNALING
    NETWORK; MAMMARY-TUMORS; BREAST-CANCER; DNA VACCINES
 AB HER-2/neu was widely used as a target for tumor prevention and therapy
    because of its overexpression in many tumors. However, it also plays an
    important role in proliferation of endometrium, embryo implantation,
    and development. Here, HER-2/neu was used in immunocontraception. A
    gene vaccine encoding the extracellular domain of human HER-2/neu was
    constructed. After immunization, it especially elicited both humoral
    and cellular responses in mice. Embryo implantation was interfered by
    intravenous and intraluminal injection of anti-HER-2/neu serum or
    lymphocytes. Lower fertility was induced after vaccination when
    compared with the control groups, while injuries to the uterus and
    ovary were not observed. Our results suggested a new and impactful
    target for contraceptive vaccines development.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Dept Immunol, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Ctr Gene Immunizat & Vaccine Res, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Div Immunol, E Inst, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiong, SD, Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Dept Immunol, 138 Yixueyuan
    Rd, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM sdxiong@shmu.edu.cn
 CR BARBER MR, 2000, J REPROD IMMUNOL, V46, P103
    BARGMANN CI, 1986, NATURE, V319, P226
    CHEN Y, 1998, CANCER RES, V58, P1965
    CONCETTI A, 1996, CANCER IMMUNOL IMMUN, V43, P307
    COUSSENS L, 1985, SCIENCE, V230, P1132
    DAS SK, 1994, DEVELOPMENT, V120, P1071
    DAS SK, 1994, ENDOCRINOLOGY, V134, P971
    DELVES PJ, 2002, TRENDS IMMUNOL, V123, P213
    DEPOTTER CR, 1989, INT J CANCER, V44, P969
    DISIS ML, 1996, J IMMUNOL, V156, P3151
    DISIS ML, 1999, CLIN CANCER RES, V5, P1289
    DSOUZA B, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P7202
    EARP HS, 1995, BREAST CANCER RES TR, V35, P115
    ESSERMAN LJ, 1999, CANCER IMMUNOL IMMUN, V47, P337
    FINN CA, 1974, J REPROD FERTIL, V39, P195
    FOY TM, 2002, SEMIN ONCOL S11, V29, P53
    HALPERIN R, 2002, AM J REPROD IMMUNOL, V48, P291
    HANA V, 1994, ENDOCRINOLOGY, V135, P107
    HEHL EM, 2001, INT J CLIN PHARM TH, V39, P503
    HUNG MC, 1999, SEMIN ONCOL S12, V26, P51
    HYNES NE, 1994, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V1198, P165
    KLAPPER LN, 2000, ADV CANCER RES, V77, P25
    KNEZEVIC VR, 1994, J ANAT, V185, P181
    KOKAI Y, 1987, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V84, P8498
    KRAUS MH, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P9193
    LI XH, 1998, CHIN J IMMUNOL, V14, P191
    LIM H, 1997, ENDOCRINOLOGY, V138, P1328
    MARTIN KL, 1998, HUM REPROD, V13, P1645
    MICHEL ML, 2001, INTERVIROLOGY, V44, P78
    NAGATA Y, 1997, J IMMUNOL, V159, P1336
    NIE GY, 1997, REPROD FERT DEVELOP, V9, P65
    PARIA BC, 1990, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V87, P4756
    PARIA BC, 1993, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V90, P55
    PARIA BC, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P1047
    PARIA BC, 2002, SCIENCE, V296, P2185
    PIECHOCKI MP, 2001, J IMMUNOL, V167, P3367
    PLOWMAN GD, 1990, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V87, P4905
    PRESS MF, 1990, ONCOGENE, V5, P953
    PRESS MF, 1994, CANCER RES, V54, P5675
    PSYCHOYOS A, 1973, HDB PHYSL, P187
    REEKA N, 1998, HUM REPROD, V13, P2199
    STEWART CL, 1992, NATURE, V359, P76
    TAYLOR P, 1996, CANCER IMMUNOL IMMUN, V42, P179
    TZAHAR E, 1997, EMBO J, V16, P4938
    VENANZI FM, 1995, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V772, P274
    YIP YL, 2001, J IMMUNOL, V166, P5271
    YIP YL, 2002, CANCER IMMUNOL IMMUN, V50, P569
    ZHANG YJ, 2000, CHIN J CANC BIOTHER, V7, P15
 NR 48
 TC 0
 SN 1044-5498
 J9 DNA CELL BIOL
 JI DNA Cell Biol.
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 23
 IS 12
 BP 807
 EP 814
 PG 8
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Cell Biology; Genetics & Heredity
 GA 880EZ
 UT ISI:000225773100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, MS
    Tian, LJ
    Zhang, HB
 TI Explicit analysis of creating maximally entangled state in the Mott
    insulator state
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID ATOMS
 AB We clarify the essence of the method proposed by You (Phys. Rev. Lett.
    90 (2004) 030402) to create the maximally entangled atomic N-GHZ state
    in the Mott insulator state. Based on the time-independent perturbation
    theory, we find that the validity of the method can be summarized as
    that the Hamiltonian governing the evolution is approximately
    equivalent to the type aJ(x)(2) + bJ(x), which is the well known form
    used to create the maximally entangled state.
 C1 Nankai Univ, Nankai Inst Math, Div Phys Theor, Tianjin 300071, Peoples R China.
    Nankai Univ, Liuhui Ctr Appl Math, Tianjin 300071, Peoples R China.
    Tianjin Univ, Liuhui Ctr Appl Math, Tianjin 300071, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    NE Normal Univ, Inst Theoret Phys, Changchun 130024, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, MS, Nankai Univ, Nankai Inst Math, Div Phys Theor, Tianjin 300071,
    Peoples R China.
 EM nklimit@eyou.com
 CR BIGELOW N, 2001, NATURE, V409, P27
    DUAN LM, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P3991
    DUAN LM, 2001, QUANTPH0107055
    FACCHI P, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V89
    FACCHI P, 2002, QUANTPH0207030
    GREINER M, 2002, NATURE, V415, P39
    HELMERSON K, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V87
    JAKSCH D, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P3108
    KITAGAWA M, 1993, PHYS REV A, V47, P5138
    LANDAU LD, 1977, QUANTUM MECH, P133
    MOLMER K, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P1835
    ORZEL C, 2001, SCIENCE, V291, P2386
    POULSEN UV, 2001, PHYS REV A, V64
    PU H, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P3987
    SACKETT CA, 2000, NATURE, V404, P256
    SOENSEN A, 2001, NATURE, V409, P63
    WINELAND DJ, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P6797
    YOU L, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V90
    ZHANG M, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
 NR 19
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 21
 IS 12
 BP 2347
 EP 2350
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 880IP
 UT ISI:000225782500008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cai, DM
    Lin, KH
    Li, MZ
    Wen, JW
    Li, HY
    You, TP
 TI Synthesis of novel 1,3-dioxolane nucleoside analogues
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE nucleoside; 1,3-dioxolane; tiazofurin; ribavirin; imidazole
 ID ANTIVIRAL AGENT; INVITRO; HIV; INFECTIVITY; BREDININ; CYTIDINE
 AB Novel 1,3-dioxolane C-nucleoside analogues of tiazofurin
    2-(2-hydroxymethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl)-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide as
    well as N-nucleoside analogues of substituted imidazoles
    1-(2-hydroxymethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl)-4-nitroimidazole and
    1-(2-hydroxymethyl-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl)-4,5-dicyanoimidazole were
    synthesized from methyl acrylate through a multistep procedure. Their
    structures were confirmed by IR, H-1 NMR, C-13 NMR spectra and
    elemental analysis.
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Chem, Anhua 230026, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP You, TP, Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Chem, Anhua 230026, Peoples R
    China.
 EM ytp@ustc.edu.cn
 CR BEACH JW, 1992, J ORG CHEM, V57, P2217
    BELLEAU B, 1993, BIOORG MED CHEM LETT, V3, P1723
    CHU CK, 1991, J ORG CHEM, V56, P6503
    COHEN J, 1997, SCIENCE, V276, P520
    GROVE KL, 1995, CANCER RES, V55, P3008
    GROVE KL, 1997, NUCLEOS NUCLEOT, V16, P1229
    JEONG LS, 1992, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V33, P595
    JEONG LS, 1993, J MED CHEM, V36, P2627
    KAMATA K, 1983, TRANSPLANTATION, V35, P144
    MINAKAWA N, 1991, J MED CHEM, V34, P778
    MITSUYA H, 1985, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V82, P7096
    MITSUYA H, 1986, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V83, P1911
    MIZUNO K, 1974, J ANTIBIOT, V27, P775
    PETERSON ML, 1991, J MED CHEM, V34, P2787
    RIDDLER SA, 1995, ANTIVIR RES, V27, P189
    SHAW E, 1958, J AM CHEM SOC, V80, P3899
    SMITH RA, 1980, ANNU REV PHARMACOL, V20, P259
    SOUDEYNS H, 1991, ANTIMICROB AGENTS CH, V35, P1386
    STRIVASTAVA PC, 1977, J MED CHEM, V20, P256
    STRIVASTAVA PC, 1983, J MED CHEM, V26, P445
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1001-604X
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Chem.
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 22
 IS 12
 BP 1425
 EP 1431
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 879NN
 UT ISI:000225724600009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chang, TC
    Li, GQ
    Guo, XM
 TI Elastic axial buckling of carbon nanotubes via a molecular mechanics
    model
 SO CARBON
 DT Article
 DE carbon nanotubes; modeling; mechanical properties
 ID STRAIN; STIFFNESS
 AB Based on a molecular mechanics model, analytical solutions for the
    critical buckling strain of single-walled achiral carbon nanotubes
    under axial compression are obtained. The results show that zigzag
    tubes are more stable than armchair tubes with the same diameter.
    Comparison with the results given by continuum mechanics model shows
    that the continuum mechanics model underestimates the critical buckling
    strain for smaller tubes if a Young's modulus for larger tubes (or for
    graphene sheets) is adopted. The effect of intertube van der Waals
    interaction from the inner tube of multi-walled carbon nanotubes on the
    buckling of the outermost tube is also qualitatively discussed and it
    is found that the van der Waals interaction has little effect on the
    critical buckling strain for double-walled carbon nanotubes. (C) 2004
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 RP Chang, TC, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 149 Yanchang
    Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM tchang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ALLINGER NL, 1977, J AM CHEM SOC, V99, P8127
    ARROYO M, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    BURKERT U, 1982, ACS MONOGRAPH, V177
    CHANG TC, 2003, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V51, P1059
    CHENG HM, 2002, CARBON NANOTUBES SYN, P203
    DAI HJ, 1996, NATURE, V384, P147
    DRESSELHAUS MS, 1996, SCI FULLERENES CARBO, P1
    GARG A, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P2260
    HAN Q, 2003, EUR J MECH A-SOLID, V22, P875
    HERNANDEZ E, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P4502
    IIJIMA S, 1996, J CHEM PHYS, V104, P2089
    LEACH AR, 1996, MOL MODELLING PRINCI, P131
    LI CY, 2003, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V40, P2487
    ODEGARD GM, 2002, COMPOS SCI TECHNOL, V62, P1869
    OZAKI T, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P1712
    PANTANO A, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    PONCHARAL P, 1999, SCIENCE, V283, P1513
    QIAN D, 2002, APPL MECH REV, V55, P495
    RU CQ, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V87, P7227
    RU CQ, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P9973
    RU CQ, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V89, P3426
    SANCHEZPORTAL D, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P12678
    SHEN HS, 2004, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V41, P2643
    SHEN LX, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
    SRIVASTAVA D, 1997, P 1997 ACM IEEE C SU, P1
    TIMOSHENKO SP, 1961, THEORY ELASTIC STABI, P457
    VODENITCHAROVA T, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
    WANG CY, 2003, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V40, P3893
    WHITE CT, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P5485
    YAKOBSON BI, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P2511
    ZHOU X, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P13692
 NR 31
 TC 2
 SN 0008-6223
 J9 CARBON
 JI Carbon
 PY 2005
 VL 43
 IS 2
 BP 287
 EP 294
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 881IK
 UT ISI:000225856400008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xue, Y
    Chen, LQ
    Liu, YZ
 TI Special solutions of Kirchhoff equations and their Lyapunov stability
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE super-thin elastic rod; Kirchhoff equation; special solution; Lyapunov
    stability
 ID DNA CONFIGURATIONS; EQUILIBRIUM STATE; ELASTIC STABILITY; SYSTEMS; MODEL
 AB The special solutions of the Kirchhoff equations, which are those
    relative to fixed coordinate system, principal coordinate system of a
    cross section of the rod, and Frenet coordinate system of the central
    line of the rod, respectively, are derived in this paper. Lyapunov
    stability of these solutions is discussed by use of theory on the
    first-approximation stability, and at the same time stability area in
    parameter's plane is given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Technol, Sch Mech & Automat Engn, Shanghai 200233, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Xue, Y, Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR 1979, HDB MATH, P97
    BENHAM CJ, 1979, BIOPOLYMERS, V18, P609
    CHEN ZD, 1994, THEORY LAGER DEFORMA
    COLEMAN BD, 2000, PHYS REV E, V61, P759
    FU JL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2683
    FU JL, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P256
    GORIELY A, 2000, PHYS REV E B, V61, P4508
    HUNT NG, 1991, J CHEM PHYS, V95, P9329
    LIU YZ, 2001, ADV DYNAMICS, P118
    LIU YZ, 2001, CIN Q MECH, V22, P147
    LIU YZ, 2002, J SHANGHAI JIAOTONG, V36, P1587
    LIU YZ, 2003, MECH PRACTICE, V25, P1
    LIU YZ, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P2424
    LOVE AEH, 1927, TREATISE MATH THEORY
    MEI FX, 1997, STABILITY MOTION CON, P119
    MERGELL B, 2003, PHYS REV E, V68, P21911
    SCHLICK T, 1995, CURR OPIN STRUC BIOL, V5, P245
    TANAKA F, 1985, J CHEM PHYS, V83, P6017
    TOBIAS I, 2000, PHYS REV E, V61, P747
    VANDERHEIJDEN GHM, 1998, SIAM J APPL MATH, V59, P198
    VOLOGODSKII AV, 1979, NATURE, V280, P294
    WU DR, 1981, DIFFERENTIAL GEOMETR, P38
 NR 22
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 12
 BP 4029
 EP 4036
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 880IU
 UT ISI:000225783100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YH
    Xue, Y
 TI Effects of the stochastic delay probability on traffic flow
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE traffic flow; cellular automaton model; fundamental diagram; traffic jam
 ID CELLULAR-AUTOMATON MODEL
 AB Considering the effects of different factors on the stochastic delay
    probability, we have classified the delay probability into three cases.
    The first case, corresponding to the deceleration state, has a large
    delay probability if anticipant velocity is larger than the gap between
    the successive cars. The second one, corresponding to the leader
    following stably, has an intermediate delay probability if the
    anticipant velocity is equal to the gap. The last is the one with
    acceleration with the minimum delay probability. The fundamental
    diagram obtained by the numerical simulation shows the different
    properties compared with that by the NaSch model, in which there exist
    two different jamming regions corresponding to the coexistent
    congestion and jamming with different properties of shock wave.
 C1 Guangxi Univ, Dept Phys, Nanning 530004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YH, Guangxi Univ, Dept Phys, Nanning 530004, Peoples R China.
 CR BARLOVIC R, 1998, EUR PHYS J B, V5, P793
    BENJAMIN SC, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P3119
    BIHAM O, 1992, PHYS REV A, V46, P6124
    DONG LY, 2002, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V23, P363
    HELBING D, 2001, REV MOD PHYS, V73, P1067
    ISHIBASHI Y, 1994, J PHYS SOC JPN, V63, P2882
    JOST D, 2002, THESIS ZURICH U ZURI
    KERNER BS, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P3797
    KERNER BS, 2001, NETW SPAT ECON, V1, P35
    NAGEL K, 1992, J PHYS I, V2, P2221
    NAGEL K, 1995, THESIS U COLOGNE COL
    TAKAYASU M, 1993, FRACTALS, V1, P860
    TAN HL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2713
    TREITERER J, 1975, OHIO STATE TECHNICAL, V246, P94
    WAGNER P, 1996, TRAFFIC GRANULAR FLO
    XUE Y, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P445
    ZHANG HM, 2001, NETW SPAT ECON, V1, P9
    ZHANG HM, 2003, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V37, P561
 NR 18
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 53
 IS 12
 BP 4145
 EP 4150
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 880IU
 UT ISI:000225783100021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liang, RZ
    Li, YX
    Li, CY
    Chen, BH
 TI In-situ transient DRIFTS studies of the reaction pathway of n-butane
    selective oxidation over (VO)(2)P2O7 catalysts
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE n-butane; selective oxidation; maleic anhydride; reaction pathway;
    (VO)(2)P2O7 catalysts; in situ; transient; DRIFTS
 ID P-O CATALYSTS; MALEIC-ANHYDRIDE; INSITU FTIR; 1,3-BUTADIENE;
    ADSORPTION; FURAN; MECHANISM; 1-BUTENE; STATE
 AB The reaction pathway of n-butane selective oxidation to maleic
    anhydride (MA) over vanadium phosphorous oxide (VO)(2)P2O7 catalysts
    was systematically probed using in situ transient Diffuse Reflectance
    Infrared Fourier-Transform Spectroscopy (DRIFTS) in high
    temperature/high pressure chamber. The unsaturated and saturated
    noncyclic carbonyl species were determined to be intermediates in
    n-butane selective oxidation to MA. Furan was detected on the surface
    of the (VO)(2)P2O7 catalysts in 1-butene, 1, 3-butadiene selective
    oxidation. It was deduced that furan ring was cleaved to form
    unsaturated noncyclic carbonyl species before its conversion to MA.
    Based on these results and in comparison with the literature, a
    simplified scheme of the reaction network structure can be proposed for
    n-butane selective oxidation to maleic anhydride.
 C1 Beijing Univ Chem Technol, Key Lab Educ Minist Controlling Chem React, Beijing 100029, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liang, RZ, Beijing Univ Chem Technol, Key Lab Educ Minist Controlling
    Chem React, Beijing 100029, Peoples R China.
 CR BALIAMY LJ, 1980, INFRARED SPECTRA COM, V2
    BUSCA G, 1986, J AM CHEM SOC, V108, P46
    BUSCA G, 1989, J MOL CATAL, V55, P1
    CENTI G, 1984, J CATAL, V89, P44
    CENTI G, 1988, CHEM REV, V88, P55
    CONTRACTOR RM, 1999, CHEM ENG SCI, V54, P5627
    COULSTON GW, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P191
    CREW WW, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P729
    DAVYDOV AA, 1984, INFRARED SPECTROSCOP
    DO NT, 1988, APPL CATAL, V45, P9
    HUANG XF, 2001, IND ENG CHEM RES, V40, P768
    LIANG RZ, 2001, J MOL CATAL, V15, P86
    NAKANISHI K, 1977, INFRARED ABSORPTION
    PEKAR M, 1997, CHEM ENG SCI, V52, P2291
    POUCHERT CJ, 1989, ALDRICH LIB FTIR SPE, V3
    PUTTOCK SJ, 1986, J CHEM SOC FARADAY T, V182, P3013
    PUTTOCK SJ, 1986, J CHEM SOC FARADAY T, V182, P3033
    RAMSTETTER A, 1988, J CATAL, V109, P303
    TRIMM DL, 1980, DESIGN IND CATALYSTS
    WENIG RW, 1986, J PHYS CHEM-US, V90, P6480
    WENIG RW, 1987, J PHYS CHEM-US, V91, P1911
    WENIG RW, 1987, J PHYS CHEM-US, V91, P5674
    XUE ZY, 1999, J CATAL, V184, P87
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 24
 IS 11
 BP 1309
 EP 1314
 PG 6
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 878QM
 UT ISI:000225661600009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, SS
    Xiao, XS
    Wang, Q
    Xia, L
    Dong, Y
 TI Relationship between supercooled liquid region and bond parameters of
    Pd-based bulk metallic glasses
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE bulk metallic glass; supercooled region; electronegativity difference;
    atomic size parameter; electron concentration
 ID AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; FORMING ABILITY
 AB The regression analysis of the expression of supercooled liquid region
    DeltaT(x) for Pd-based bulk metallic glass was conducted by computer.
    It was obtained that the supercooled liquid region of Pd-based bulk
    metallic glass has close relation with their bond parameters, which can
    be expressed by the follow equation with a relative coefficient 97.2%:
    DeltaT(x) = 29.369 09+3 602.458 98(Deltax)(2)+9 992.767 58 delta(2) 213
    -3.958 97n(2/3), It can be seen from the equation that the values of
    DeltaT(x) increase with increasing the electronegativity and atomic
    size parameter difference of the alloys while they decrease very little
    with increasing electron density.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, SS, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM ssfang@eastday.com
 CR CHE YX, 1999, CHEM ELEMENTAL PERIO, P48
    FANG SS, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V293, P10
    FANG SS, 2002, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V27, P329
    GANG J, 1999, MATER SCI ENG, V17, P55
    HU X, 2003, ACTA MATER, V51, P561
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P181
    INOUE A, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V226, P401
    INOUE A, 1997, MATER T JIM, V38, P175
    INOUE A, 2000, ACTA MATER, V48, P279
    KAWAMURA Y, 1998, SCRIPTA MATER, V39, P301
    LI Y, 1997, SCRIPTA MATER, V36, P783
    LU ZP, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V270, P103
    PAN ZL, 1984, CRYSTALLOGRAPHY MINE, P133
    QIN FX, 2003, ACTA METALL SIN, V39, P305
    WANG L, 2000, CHINESE SCI, V30, P176
    WANG WH, 1998, PHYSICS, V27, P398
    XIAO J, 2000, ENERGETICS MAT, P256
    ZHANG BW, 1981, ACTA METALL SIN, V17, P285
    ZHANG HF, 2001, ACTA METALL SIN, V37, P1131
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 33
 IS 11
 BP 1132
 EP 1135
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 877PL
 UT ISI:000225582400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
 TI Global dynamics in the periodically forced Chen system
 SO PROGRESS OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID DIFFUSIONLESS LORENZ EQUATIONS; HAMILTONIAN-SYSTEMS; CHAOTIC ATTRACTOR;
    MELNIKOV THEORY; PERTURBATIONS; BIFURCATIONS; CONVECTION; ORBITS
 AB In this paper, we study qualitatively the global dynamics in the
    periodically forced Chen system. Firstly we develop the classical
    Melnikov method with the aid of the Fredholm alternative condition and
    first integral. Then we apply this method to prove rigorously that
    there exist periodic orbits and homoclinic chaos in the periodically
    forced Chen system with certain parametric conditions. The obtained
    results are in agreement with the numerical results found previously in
    the forced Lorenz system, which indicates the inherent connection
    between the Chen system and the Lorenz system.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM dbhuang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ACKERHALT JR, 1985, PHYS REP, V128, P205
    AHLERS G, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V53, P48
    AHLERS G, 1985, PHYS REV A, V32, P3493
    AIZAWA Y, 1982, PROG THEOR PHYS, V68, P1543
    AIZAWA Y, 1982, PROG THEOR PHYS, V68, P1864
    ARECCHI FT, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P1217
    BALASURIYA S, 2003, PHYSICA D, V176, P82
    CELIKOVSKY S, 2002, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P1789
    CHEN GR, 1999, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V9, P1465
    DELSHAMS A, 2000, J NONLINEAR SCI, V10, P433
    GUCKENHEIMER J, 1983, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    HUANG DB, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V309, P248
    KEENER JP, 1982, STUD APPL MATH, V67, P25
    SANDSTEDE B, 2000, NONLINEARITY, V13, P1357
    SPARROW C, 1982, LORENZ EQUATIONS BIF
    TUCKER W, 1999, CR ACAD SCI I-MATH, V328, P1197
    UETA T, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P1917
    UETA T, 2000, P IEEE INT S CIRC SY, V5, P505
    VANDERSCHRIER G, 2000, PHYSICA D, V141, P19
    WIGGINS S, 1988, GLOBAL BIFURCATION C
    WILKE C, 1989, PHYS LETT A, V136, P114
    YAGASAKI K, 1999, NONLINEARITY, V12, P799
    YU XH, 2000, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V10, P1987
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0033-068X
 J9 PROG THEOR PHYS KYOTO
 JI Prog. Theor. Phys.
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 112
 IS 5
 BP 785
 EP 796
 PG 12
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 878EC
 UT ISI:000225628400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Peng, XF
    Zhong, SS
    Xu, SQ
    Wu, Q
 TI Compact dual-band GPS microstrip antenna
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE microstrip antenna; GPS; dual-band; circular polarization; miniature
 AB Recently, in order to satisfy the demand for precise and reliable
    global positioning system (GPS) applications, the dual-band circularly
    polarized (CP) antenna has been developed. This paper describes a new
    design of a probe-fed dual-band CP microstrip antenna with two
    corner-truncated square patches that overlap without an air gap.
    Compared with the conventional dual-band CP antenna with all air-gap
    layer between the two patches, the volume of this antenna is reduced
    and its fabrication is easier. Details of the proposed antenna design
    and experimental results are presented and discussed. The measured
    results confirm the validity of this design, which call meet the
    requirement of GPS application at 1575/1227-MHz frequencies. (C) 2004
    Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Zhengyuan Elect Co Ltd, Jiaxing 314003, Peoples R China.
 RP Peng, XF, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR *TOK AM INC, 1997, MICROWAVE J, V40, P116
    BOCCIA L, 2001, IEEE APS BOSTON, P66
    JAN JY, 2000, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V24, P354
    POZAR DM, 1997, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V45, P1618
    SNDHA T, 2002, IEEE APS SAN ANTONIO, P68
    SU CM, 2002, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V33, P238
    ZHONG SS, 2004, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V46, P497
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD JAN 5
 PY 2005
 VL 44
 IS 1
 BP 58
 EP 61
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 878NC
 UT ISI:000225652500018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, W
    Zhong, SS
    Jin, J
    Liang, XL
 TI An untilted edge-slotted waveguide antenna array with very low
    cross-polarization
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE waveguide; slot; antenna
 AB A novel untilted edge-slotted waveguide antenna array with very low
    cross-polarization is presented, in which the radiating element is
    composed of an untilted narrow-wall slot and a pair of shaped irises
    that flank the slot in the waveguide. An array with 16 proposed
    elements for X-band application is designed and measured. The
    experimental results show that the antenna has an excellent
    cross-polarization level of < -40 dB and over 7% bandwidth of VSWR less
    than or equal to 1.5. (C) 2004 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, W, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR HANSEN RC, 1998, PHASED ARRAY ANTENNA
    HASHEMIYEGANEH S, 1990, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V38, P1737
    HIROKAWA J, 1997, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V45, P1032
    JOHNSON RC, 1984, ANTENNA ENG HDB
    ZHONG SS, 1976, J XIDIAN U, V4, P165
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD JAN 5
 PY 2005
 VL 44
 IS 1
 BP 91
 EP 93
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 878NC
 UT ISI:000225652500027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XC
    Feng, JY
    An, HR
    Sun, M
 TI Phosphate modified lanolin fatliquors produced by a sustained-release
    method
 SO JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF LEATHER TECHNOLOGISTS AND CHEMISTS
 DT Article
 AB The synthesis of a phosphate modified lanolin fatliquor was made using
    ethanolamine via lanoline amidate reaction followed by the phosphate
    reaction by a sustained-release method using P2O5 dispersed in a
    solvent. The phosphate reaction confirmed that the best conditions were
    at 75degreesC for 2.5 hrs with a 3.0:1.0 molar ratio of hydroxy to
    P2O5. The result indicated that mole fraction of phosphoric acid
    monoester (MAP) made by the sustained-release method and the conversion
    of P2O5 increased by 12.3% and 5.7% respectively compared to the direct
    addition of P2O5 method. Phosphate fatliquor preparation by this method
    overcomes the odour problem of lanoline and is controllable. It is an
    eco-friendly reaction without wastage and is in accord with the demands
    of green production.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Resource & Environm, Xiangtan 712081, Shaanxi Provinc, Peoples R China.
 RP An, HR, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Resource & Environm, Xiangtan
    712081, Shaanxi Provinc, Peoples R China.
 EM anhuaqing@163.com
 CR 738461996, GB
    LIU YS, 1990, CHINE LEATHER, V19, P5
    LOU LJ, 2001, IND LEATHER CHEM, V18, P40
    MA JZ, 2001, CHEM PRODUCTS LEATHE, P352
    SHEN YD, 1996, IND FINE CHEM, V13, P12
    SUN GL, 1999, SCI PERSONAL PRODUCT, V4, P13
    TANG YF, 1995, IND PETROLEUM NATURA, V24, P28
    VIJAYALAKS K, 1984, LEATHER SCI, V31, P1
    WANG NN, 2001, PART PART SYST CHAR, V18, P26
    WANG XC, 2002, CHINA LEATHER, V31, P23
    WEI SH, 1998, IND FINE CHEM, V15, P1
    ZHANG JB, 1999, PRINTING DYEING, V24, P39
    ZHOU FR, 2000, INVOLVEMENT IND FINE, V1, P13
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0144-0322
 J9 J SOC LEATHER TECHNOL CHEM
 JI J. Soc. Leather Technol. Chem.
 PD NOV-DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 88
 IS 6
 BP 228
 EP 230
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Textiles
 GA 878KS
 UT ISI:000225646300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gracien, EB
    Zhou, RM
    Li, J
    Xin, LH
    Keto, T
 TI Synthesis of nanocomposite, (CdxZn1-x)S by gamma-irradiation in an
    aqueous system
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID ULTRAFINE PARTICLES; NANOCRYSTALS; ELECTROLUMINESCENCE; CHEMISTRY
 AB Gamma-irradiation has been applied to synthesize the nanocomposite
    semiconductor constituted of zinc and cadmium sulfide Cd1-xZnxS ultra
    fine particles at room temperature by utilizing homogeneous release of
    S2- ions from the decomposition of sodium thiosulfate. The structure,
    morphology, size and optical properties of that compound have been
    studied by X-ray powder diffraction (XRD), transmission electron
    microscopy (TEM) and ultraviolet-visible spectrometer (UV-visible). The
    product obtained from irradiated solutions containing zinc ions,
    cadmium ions and the sulfur source has been characterized as a
    composite of (CdxZn1-x)S, with spherical morphology and with a diameter
    of average size of about 5.3 nm. The possible mechanism of formation of
    the composite is proposed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    China Univ Geosci, Sch Geophys & Geodetect, Wuhan 430074, Hubei Province, Peoples R China.
 RP Gracien, EB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM ekokob@yahoo.com
 CR ARTEMYEV MV, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V81, P6975
    ARTEMYEV MV, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V184, P374
    CORREADUARTE MA, 1998, CHEM PHYS LETT, V286, P497
    HINES MA, 1996, J PHYS CHEM-US, V100, P468
    HIRAI T, 1994, J CHEM ENG JPN, V27, P590
    HUANG JM, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P2335
    MARTIN CR, 1998, ANAL CHEM, V70, A322
    NORRIS DJ, 1997, MOL ELECT, P281
    SATO H, 1997, IND ENG CHEM RES, V36, P92
    SOOKLAL K, 1996, J PHYS CHEM-US, V100, P4551
    WACHTMAN JB, 1993, CHARACTERIZATION MAT, P314
    WELLER H, 1993, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V32, P41
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PY 2004
 VL 262
 IS 3
 BP 751
 EP 754
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 877UN
 UT ISI:000225598900032
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ML
    Xia, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Gu, BB
 TI CVD diamond photoconductive devices for detection of x-rays
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS D-APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID RADIATION
 AB Diamond is a very attractive material to realize radiation detectors
    due to its exceptional properties (thermal, mechanical, optical,
    electronic, etc). But, the detector performances are highly dependent
    on the film quality. In this work, two chemical vapour deposition (CVD)
    diamond films, differing in film quality, obtained by a hot-filament
    CVD technique were used to fabricate radiation detectors. The
    measurements of photocurrents and pulse height distributions (PHDs) of
    the two detectors were carried out using 5.9 keV x-rays from a Fe-55
    source. For the detector with a better film quality, the electrical
    contact is fine Ohmic for bias voltages up to 150 V, and a dark current
    of 23.3 nA and the photocurrent of 16.8 nA are obtained at an
    electrical field of 50 W cm(-1). The peak of the PHD is well separated
    from the noise, indicating a high counting efficiency and a high
    signal-to-noise ratio. After several minutes' stabilization, the
    time-dependent photocurrent reveals that the photocurrent increases and
    then levels off due to the polarization effect.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ML, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM zhamilong@hotmail.com
 CR BAUER C, 1996, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V383, P64
    CHOI BK, 2003, DIAM RELAT MATER, V12, P696
    FRANKLIN M, 1992, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V315, P39
    KANEKO J, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V422, P211
    MANFREDOTTI C, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V1234, P378
    SALVATORI S, 1997, DIAM RELAT MATER, V6, P361
    SOUW EK, 1997, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V400, P69
    VATNITSKY S, 1993, PHYS MED BIOL, V38, P173
    ZHANG ML, 2004, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V130, P551
 NR 9
 TC 2
 SN 0022-3727
 J9 J PHYS-D-APPL PHYS
 JI J. Phys. D-Appl. Phys.
 PD NOV 21
 PY 2004
 VL 37
 IS 22
 BP 3198
 EP 3201
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 877HE
 UT ISI:000225557800025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jia, HZ
    Chen, GG
    Wang, WC
 TI Refractive index and absorption spectra changes induced by UV
    irradiation in lead silicate glasses
 SO JOURNAL OF NON-CRYSTALLINE SOLIDS
 DT Article
 ID OPTICAL WAVE-GUIDES; PHOTOSENSITIVITY; FIBERS; LASER
 AB The negative refractive index changes were obtained in lead silicate
    glasses with different lead concentrations (from 30 mo1% PbO to 50 mol%
    PbO) by irradiation with the frequency-quadrupled output of a
    Q-switched YAG laser (266 nm, 10 Hz repetition rate) at low energy
    density (50mJ/cm(2)). The largest refractive index change Deltan was
    -0.25 +/- 0.04 in lead silicate glasses with 50 mol% PbO. UV-visible
    absorption spectra of the lead silicate glass with 43 mo1% PbO were
    measured after exposure to the 266 nm laser beams with energy density
    from 50 mJ/cm(2) to 350 mJ/cm(2). The absorption coefficients in
    visible wavelength increased suddenly when the energy density of the
    laser beam was larger than a threshold value. This showed that the
    structural changes of lead silicate glasses were different after
    exposure to the 266 nm laser beam with different energy densities. (C)
    2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Opt & Elect Informat Engn Coll, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Opt Sci & Engn, State Key Lab Adv Photon Mat & Devices, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Jia, HZ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Opt & Elect Informat Engn Coll,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM hzjia@usst.edu.cn
 CR ALBERT J, 1994, OPT LETT, V19, P387
    AUGUSTSSON T, 1998, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V16, P1517
    CHIODINI N, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    CONTARDI C, 2001, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V291, P113
    HAND DP, 1990, OPT LETT, V15, P102
    HILL KO, 1978, APPL PHYS LETT, V32, P647
    JIA HZ, 2003, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V319, P322
    LONG XC, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P2110
    LONG XC, 1999, OPT LETT, V24, P1136
    OTHONOS A, 1997, REV SCI INSTRUM, V68, P4309
    OUELLETTE F, 1987, OPT LETT, V12, P847
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0022-3093
 J9 J NON-CRYST SOLIDS
 JI J. Non-Cryst. Solids
 PD NOV 1
 PY 2004
 VL 347
 IS 1-3
 BP 220
 EP 223
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 877GJ
 UT ISI:000225555600030
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, CJ
    Leng, GS
 TI Brunn-Minkowski inequality for mixed intersection bodies
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE dual mixed volumes; intersection bodies; mixed intersection bodies
 ID BUSEMANN-PETTY PROBLEM; CONVEX-BODIES; VOLUMES
 AB Dual of the Brumn-Minkowski inequality for mixed projection bodies are
    established for mixed intersection bodies. (C) 2004 Elsevier Inc. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Binzhou Univ, Dept Math, Shandong 256600, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM chjzhao@163.com
    lenggangsong@163.com
 CR FALLERT H, 1997, ADV MATH, V129, P301
    GARDNER RJ, 1994, ANN MATH, V140, P435
    GARDNER RJ, 1995, GEOMETRIC TOMOGRAPHY
    GARDNER RJ, 1999, ANN MATH, V149, P691
    GOODEY P, 1996, MATH Z, V222, P363
    LUTWAK E, 1975, PAC J MATH, V58, P531
    LUTWAK E, 1985, T AM MATH SOC, V287, P91
    LUTWAK E, 1986, T AM MATH SOC, V294, P487
    LUTWAK E, 1988, ADV MATH, V71, P232
    LUTWAK E, 1993, T AM MATH SOC, V339, P901
    ZHANG GY, 1994, T AM MATH SOC, V345, P777
    ZHANG GY, 1999, ANN MATH, V149, P535
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0022-247X
 J9 J MATH ANAL APPL
 JI J. Math. Anal. Appl.
 PD JAN 1
 PY 2005
 VL 301
 IS 1
 BP 115
 EP 123
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 878OY
 UT ISI:000225657400008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, WW
    Sang, WB
    Zhang, B
    Min, JH
    Yu, F
 TI Annealing high resistivity CdZnTe wafers under controlled Cd/Zn partial
    pressures
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE CdZnTe annealing; partial pressures over Cd1-xZnx; gamma-ray detector
 ID DETECTORS; CD1-XZNXTE; CRYSTALS
 AB In order to improve the performances of CdZnTe gamma-ray detector, it
    is key issue to get the crystal with high quality. Equilibrium partial
    pressures, p(Cd) and p(Zn), over Cd1-xZnx melt were estimated based on
    thermodynamic relationship and then Cd0.9Zn0.1Te wafers were annealed
    under controlled Cd/Zn partial pressures provided by Cd1-xZnx alloy
    reservoir. The experimental results show that when CdZnTe wafers are
    annealed under the equilibrium partial pressures provided by
    Cd0.99Zn0.01 alloy reservoir for 5 days or more at 1073 K, the
    resistivity of the wafer can be raised by 6 times and IR transmittance
    raised by 10% or more, the size and density of Te precipitates are
    greatly reduced. Moreover, losing of Zn from the surface can be
    avoided, which leads to improvement of the Zn radial distribution. In
    addition, the relationship between the electrical performances of the
    wafers and different controlled pressures is also discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Composite Mat, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, WW, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Jiading Campus, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 EM fangwanli@sohu.com
 CR BAVDAZ M, 2001, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V458, P123
    BERTOLUCCI E, 2002, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V487, P193
    CZOCK KH, 2001, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V458, P175
    EISEN Y, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V184, P1302
    HAN MS, 1999, APPL SURF SCI, V148, P105
    HULTGREN R, 1963, SELECTED VALUES THER, P637
    KOYAMA A, 1999, J ELECTRON MATER, V28, P683
    LI B, 1997, J CRYST GROWTH, V181, P357
    LI YJ, 2002, J ELECTRON MATER, V31, P834
    SCHIEBER M, 2002, J CRYST GROWTH 3, V237, P2082
    SEN S, 1990, MATER RES SOC S P, V161, P3
    UMAY T, 2003, NUCL INSTRUMENTS MET, V497, P21
    VYDYANATH HR, 1993, J ELECTRON MATER, V22, P1067
    VYDYANATH HR, 1993, J ELECTRON MATER, V22, P1073
    YU TC, 1992, J PHASE EQUILIB, V476, P1351
    ZHU JQ, 1997, J CRYST GROWTH, V171, P204
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 20
 IS 6
 BP 703
 EP 706
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 878CE
 UT ISI:000225623300018
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Zhan, XD
    Miao, HK
 TI An approach to formalizing the semantics of UML statecharts
 SO CONCEPTUAL MODELING - ER 2004, PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB UML is a language for specifying, visualizing and documenting
    object-oriented systems. However, UML statecharts lack precisely
    defined syntax and semantics. This paper provides a method of
    formalizing semantics of UML statecharts with Z. According to this
    precise semantics, UML statecharts are transformed into FREE (Flattened
    Regular Expression) state models. The hierarchical and concurrent
    structure of states is flattened in the resulting FREE state model. The
    model helps to determine whether the software design is consistent,
    unambiguous and complete. It is also beneficial to software testing.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp Engn & Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhan, XD, Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp Engn & Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM xdzhan@mail.shu.edu.cn
    hkmiao@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR *OMG, 2003, UML SPEC VERS 2 0
    BINDER RV, 2000, TESTING OBJECT ORIEN
    BOWEN JP, 1996, FORMAL SPECIFICATION
    BOWEN JP, 2000, SBUCISM0030 SCISM S
    HAREL D, 1987, P 2 IEEE S LOG COMP, P56
    HAREL D, 1996, ACM T SOFTW ENG METH, V5, P293
    HUIZING C, 1988, LECTURE NOTES COMPUT, V299, P271
    JACKY J, 1997, WAY Z PRACTICAL PROG
    JIN Y, 2002, P DIAGRAMS 2002
    KIM SK, 2002, LNCS, V2495
    KUSKE S, 2001, LNCS, V2185, P406
    LI LY, 2001, J SOFTWARE, V12, P1864
    MIAO HK, 2002, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V2495, P523
    MIKK E, 1997, 2 BCS FACS NO FORM M
    PNUELI, 1991, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V298, P245
    USELTON AC, 1994, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V836, P2
    VANDERBEECK M, 2001, LNCS, V2185, P406
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2004
 VL 3288
 BP 753
 EP 765
 PG 13
 GA BBF86
 UT ISI:000225289900056
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, Y
    Chen, DY
 TI N-soliton-like solution of Ito equation
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE soliton-like solution; Ito equation; Hirota method
 ID DE VRIES EQUATION; MULTISOLITON SOLUTIONS
 AB By using the extended Hirota's method, the N-soliton-like solution of
    the Ito equation is obtained. Furthermore, we also investigate the
    soliton-like solution interaction and find singularity.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Dept Math, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, Y, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Dept Math, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zy2836@163.com
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITON INVERSE SCAT
    CHEN DY, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P2072
    CHEN DY, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P658
    DENG SF, 2001, J PHYS SOC JPN, V70, P3174
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    ITO M, 1980, J PHYS SOC JPN, V49, P771
    SATSUMA J, 1976, J PHYS SOC JPN, V40, P286
    WADATI M, 1982, J PHYS SOC JPN, V51, P2029
    ZHANG Y, 2003, J PHYS SOC JPN, V72, P763
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD NOV 15
 PY 2004
 VL 42
 IS 5
 BP 641
 EP 644
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 878VC
 UT ISI:000225674200001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, DS
    Yu, ZS
    Zhang, HQ
 TI New soliton-like solutions to variable coefficients MKdV equation
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE projective Riccati equation method; variable coefficients MKdV
    equation; soliton-like solutions
 ID NONLINEAR EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; TRAVELING-WAVE SOLUTIONS; TANH-FUNCTION
    METHOD; BACKLUND TRANSFORMATION; KDV EQUATION; SYSTEMS
 AB A further improved projective Riccati equation method is proposed. By
    applying it to solve the variable coefficients MKdV equation, we obtain
    many new-type soliton-like solutions to this equation.
 C1 Shenyang Normal Univ, Dept Math, Shenyang 110034, Peoples R China.
    Dalian Univ Technol, Dept Appl Math, Dalian 116024, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, DS, Shenyang Normal Univ, Dept Math, Shenyang 110034, Peoples R
    China.
 EM lds_6638@163.com
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    BOUNTIS TC, 1986, J MATH PHYS, V27, P1215
    CONTE R, 1992, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V25, P5609
    FAN EG, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P212
    FAN EG, 2001, Z NATURFORSCH A, V56, P312
    FAN EG, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V16, P819
    FU ZT, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V20, P301
    GARDNER CS, 1967, PHYS REV LETT, V19, P1095
    GU CH, 1999, DARBOUZ TRANSFORMATI
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    LAMB GL, 1971, REV MOD PHYS, V43, P99
    LI DS, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1569
    LI ZB, 2002, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V148, P256
    LOU SY, 1992, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V41, P182
    MALFLIET W, 1992, AM J PHYS, V60, P650
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    WANG ML, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V303, P45
    WU WS, 1992, ADV COMP RES, V6, P103
    WU WS, 1992, P AS MATH C, P1
    YAN CT, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V224, P77
    YAN ZY, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V292, P100
    YAN ZY, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V16, P759
    ZHANG GX, 2000, SCI CHINA SER A, V30, P1103
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD NOV 15
 PY 2004
 VL 42
 IS 5
 BP 649
 EP 654
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 878VC
 UT ISI:000225674200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, JM
    Zheng, CL
    Ma, ZY
 TI A general mapping approach and new travelling wave solutions to the
    general variable coefficient KdV equation
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE generalized variable coefficient KdV equation; general mapping
    approach; travelling wave solution
 ID JACOBI ELLIPTIC FUNCTION; NONLINEAR EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; FUNCTION
    EXPANSION METHOD; PERIODIC-SOLUTIONS; SERIES
 AB A general mapping deformation method is applied to a generalized
    variable coefficient KdV equation. Many new types of exact solutions,
    including solitary wave solutions, periodic wave solutions, Jacobian
    and Weierstrass doubly periodic wave solutions and other exact
    excitations are obtained by the use of a simple algebraic
    transformation relation between the generalized variable coefficient
    KdV equation and a generalized cubic nonlinear Klein-Gordon equation.
 C1 Lishui Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, JM, Lishui Coll, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
 EM lsxywlx@163.com
 CR FAN EG, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P212
    FAN EG, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V16, P819
    FAN EG, 2003, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V36, P7009
    GUO GP, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P1159
    GUO GP, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P2660
    HONG WY, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V257, P149
    LI DS, 2003, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V52, P1573
    LI HM, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P745
    LIU SD, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P718
    LIU SK, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2068
    LIU SK, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P10
    LOU SY, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1614
    WANG ML, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P1341
    YAN ZY, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1957
    YAO RX, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P864
    ZHANG JF, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1648
    ZHANG JL, 2003, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V52, P1578
    ZHU JM, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P798
 NR 18
 TC 1
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 13
 IS 12
 BP 2008
 EP 2012
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 877EI
 UT ISI:000225550200006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, HJ
    Xu, XQ
    Xu, F
    Hua, ZZ
 TI The comparison of two kinds of enzyme in rapid detection of pesticide
    residue
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE pesticide residue; fowl liver esterase; acetyl cholinesterase activity;
    general esterase activity
 ID ESTERASES
 AB Acetyl cholinesterase (AChE, C3389, type VI-S, from electric eel) and
    homogenate from fowl liver were used for pesticides detection. The
    inhibition of AChE activity and general esterase activity under
    different concentrations of dichlorvos, trichlorfon, malathion and
    carbaryl were compared. The results showed that the AChE activity in
    fowl liver was very low; the sensitivities to the four pesticides were
    similar in the two measuring systems and the detection limits of
    general esterase from fowl liver for the pesticide residues were lower
    than those of AChE (except for malathion). Simultaneously, the pH for
    determining the general esterase activity was optimized. It was
    manifested that the total esterase activity was high at pH 6.5 (40
    mmol/L citrate buffer).
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Food Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, F, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Food Sci & Engn, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 CR BAKER JE, 1998, INSECT BIOCHEM MOLEC, V28, P1039
    ELLMAN GL, 1961, BIOCHEM PHARMACOL, V7, P88
    FALLSCHEER HO, 1956, OFF AGR CHEM, P692
    FRANCOIS V, 1998, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V13, P157
    GUILBAULT GG, 1970, ENZYMATIC METHODS AN
    HUANG WF, 2000, J INSTRUMENTAL ANAL, V19, P87
    IVANOV AN, 2000, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V404, P55
    LI ZX, 1987, ACTA SCI CIRCUMSTANT, V74, P472
    VANASPEREN K, 1962, J INSECT PHYSIOL, V8, P401
    ZHU KY, 1996, PESTIC BIOCHEM PHYS, V55, P100
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0253-3820
 J9 CHINESE J ANAL CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Anal. Chem.
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 32
 IS 11
 BP 1517
 EP 1520
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA 877ZU
 UT ISI:000225615700025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZJ
    Zhou, ZW
 TI On the receptivity of pipe poiseuille flow with a bump on the wall
    under the periodical pressure
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE poiseuille flow; bi-orthogonal; eigen-function; receptivity
 ID EXPANSIONS
 AB Asymptotic method was adopted to obtain a receptivity model for a pipe
    Poiseuille flow under periodical pressure, the wall of the pipe with a
    bump. Bi-orthogonal eigen-function systems and Chebyshev collocation
    method were used to resolve the problem. Various spatial modes and the
    receptivity coefficients were obtained. The results show that different
    modes dominate the flow in different stages, which is comparable with
    the phenomena observed in experiments.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, ZW, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM wangzl_one@sina.com.cn
    zhwzhou@yc.shu.edu.cn
 CR HILL DC, 1995, J FLUID MECH, V292, P183
    LEITE RJ, 1959, J FLUID MECH, V5, P81
    REYNOLDS O, 1883, PHILOS T ROY SOC LON, V174, P935
    SALWEN H, 1979, B AM PHYS SOC, V24, P74
    SALWEN H, 1981, J FLUID MECH, V104, P445
    SCHENSTED IV, 1960, THESIS U MICHIGAN
    TATSUMI T, 1952, J PHYS SOC JPN, V7, P495
    TUMIN A, 1996, J FLUID MECH, V315, P119
    TUMIN AM, 1984, J APPL MECH TECH PHY, V25, P867
    WYGNANSKI IJ, 1973, J FLUID MECH, V59, P281
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 11
 BP 1203
 EP 1214
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 876NG
 UT ISI:000225503200001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, JS
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Dynamical formation of cavity in a composed hyper-elastic sphere
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE composed incompressible hyper-elastic material; finite deformation
    dynamics; cavity formation; nonlinear periodic oscillation
 ID BIFURCATION; CAVITATION
 AB The dynamical formation of cavity in a hyper-elastic sphere composed of
    two materials with the incompressible strain energy function, subjected
    to a suddenly applied uniform radial tensile boundary dead-load, was
    studied following the theory of finite deformation dynamics. Besides a
    trivial solution corresponding to the homogeneous static state, a
    cavity forms at the center of the sphere when the tensile load is
    larger than its critical value. An exact differential relation between
    the cavity radius and the tensile land was obtained. It is proved that
    the evolution of cavity radius with time displays nonlinear periodic
    oscillations. The phase diagram for oscillation, the maximum amplitude,
    the approximate period and the critical load were all discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, JS, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM jsren@mail.shu.edu.cn
    chjcheng@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BALL JM, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V306, P557
    CALDERER C, 1983, J ELASTICITY, V13, P17
    CHALTON DT, 1994, RUBBER CHEM TECHNOL, V67, P481
    CHOUWANG MS, 1989, INT J ENG SCI, V27, P967
    GENT AN, 1959, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V249, P195
    GUO ZH, 1963, ARCH MECH STOSOW, V15, P427
    HORGAN CO, 1995, APPL MECH REV, V48, P471
    KNOWLES JK, 1960, Q APPL MATH, V18, P71
    REN JS, 2002, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V15, P208
    REN JS, 2002, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V23, P881
    REN JS, 2003, ACTA MECH SINICA, V19, P320
    REN JS, 2003, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V24, P1009
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 11
 BP 1220
 EP 1227
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 876NG
 UT ISI:000225503200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yao, WJ
    Ye, ZM
 TI Analytical solution of bending-compression column using different
    tension-compression modulus
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE different modulus; analytical solution; neutral axis;
    bending-compression column
 ID ELEMENTS; PLATES
 AB Based on elastic theory of different tension-compression modulus, the
    analytical solution was deduced for bending-compression column subject
    to combined loadings by the flowing coordinate system and phased
    integration method. The formulations for the neutral axis, stress,
    strain and displacement were developed, the finite element program was
    compiled for calculation, and the comparison between the result of
    finite element and analytical solution were given too. Finally, compare
    and analyze the result of different modulus and the same modulus,
    obtain the difference of two theories in result, and propose the
    reasonable suggestion for the calculation of this structure.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yao, WJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM wjyao@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR AMBARTSUMYAN SA, 1986, ELASTICITY THEORY DI
    LIU XB, 2000, J DALIAN U TECHNOLOG, V40, P527
    MEDRI G, 1982, T ASME, V26, P26
    PAPAZOGLOU JL, 1991, COMPOS STRUCT, V17, P1
    SRINIVASAN RS, 1989, COMPUT STRUCT, V31, P681
    SRINIVASAN RS, 1989, ENG STRUCT, V11, P195
    TSENG YP, 1995, COMPOS STRUCT, V30, P341
    TSENG YP, 1998, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V35, P2025
    YANG HT, 1992, J DALIAN U TECHNOLOG, V62, P35
    YE ZM, 1997, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V40, P2579
    YE ZM, 2001, COM2M C COMP MATH C, P2
    ZHANG YZ, 1989, J COMPUTED STRUCT, V6, P236
    ZINNO R, 2001, COMPOS STRUCT, V53, P381
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 9
 BP 983
 EP 993
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 877MM
 UT ISI:000225574700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, J
    Chen, LQ
 TI Steady-state responses and their stability of nonlinear vibration of an
    axially accelerating string
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE axially moving string; transverse vibration; geometric nonlinearity;
    method of multiple scale; steady-state response
 ID VISCOELASTIC MOVING BELTS; PART II
 AB The steady-state transverse vibration of an axially moving string with
    geometric nonlinearity was investigated. The transport speed was
    assumed to be a constant mean speed with small harmonic variations. The
    nonlinear partial-differential equation that governs the transverse
    vibration of the string was derived by use of the Hamilton principle.
    The method of multiple scales was applied directly to the equation. The
    solvability condition of eliminating the secular terms was established.
    Closed form solutions for the amplitude and the existence conditions of
    nontrivial steady-state response of the two-to-one parametric resonance
    were obtained. Some numerical examples showing effects of the mean
    transport speed, the amplitude and the frequency of speed variation
    were presented. The Liapunov linearized stability theory was employed
    to derive the instability conditions of the trivial solution and the
    nontrivial solutions for the two-to-one parametric resonance. Some
    numerical examples highlighting influences of the related parameters on
    the instability conditions were presented.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, J, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM lqchen@online.sh.cn
 CR CHEN LQ, 2001, ADV MECH, V31, P535
    OZKAYA E, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V230, P729
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1993, J SOUND VIB, V168, P371
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1994, J SOUND VIB, V169, P179
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V203, P815
    WICKERT JA, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P738
    ZHANG L, 1998, J SOUND VIB, V216, P75
    ZHANG L, 1998, J SOUND VIB, V216, P93
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P396
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P403
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 2004
 VL 25
 IS 9
 BP 1001
 EP 1011
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 877MM
 UT ISI:000225574700006
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Sun, J
    Huang, CZ
    Liu, HL
    Wang, SL
 TI Effect of TiN addition on microstructure and mechanical properties of
    zirconia matrix ceramic tool material
 SO ADVANCES IN MATERIALS MANUFACTURING SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
 SE MATERIALS SCIENCE FORUM
 DT Article
 DE 3Y-TZP; TiN; microstructure; mechanical properties
 ID COMPOSITES
 AB In this paper, 3mol% yttria-stabilized tetragonal zirconia polycrystal
    (3Y-TZP) and TiN/3Y-TZP(adding TiN particles to 3Y-TZP) composites were
    fabricated by hot-pressing technique. Phase composition, microstructure
    and mechanical properties of the composites were investigated. it is
    shown that the flexural strength, fracture toughness and Vickers
    hardness of TiN/3Y-TZP was significantly improved by the addition of
    TiN particles compared with 3Y-TZP. The flexural strength of ZYT2
    (20wt% TiN addition) is 1318 MPa. The fracture toughness of ZYT4 (40wt%
    TiN addition) is 16.8MPa(.)m(1/2). The toughening and strengthening
    mechanisms were analyzed. The XRD results show that the additing of TiN
    can hinder the transformation from tetragonal phase to monoclinic phase
    of 3Y-TZP during fabrication process.
 C1 Shandong Univ, Sch Mech Engn, Ctr Adv Jet Engn Technol, Jinan 250061, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Power & Control, Qingdao 266510, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, J, Shandong Univ, Sch Mech Engn, Ctr Adv Jet Engn Technol, Jinan
    250061, Peoples R China.
 EM sj2912@vip.sina.com
    chuanzhenh@sdu.edu.cn
    lh170@sdu.edu.cn
    suilw@sdu.edu.cn
 CR GLASS SJ, 1996, J AM CERAM SOC, V79, P2227
    LI JF, 1995, J AM CERAM SOC, V78, P1079
    MIKIO F, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P236
    RAJENDRAN S, 1988, J MATER SCI, V23, P1805
    TAUKUMA K, 1988, ADV CERAMICS A, V24, P397
    TSUBAKINO H, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P440
    WATANABE H, 1986, YOGYO-KYOKAI-SHI, V94, P255
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0255-5476
 J9 MATER SCI FORUM
 PY 2004
 VL 471-472
 BP 321
 EP 325
 PG 5
 GA BBF53
 UT ISI:000225237800066
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Wang, YG
    Zhou, Y
    Yang, J
    Wang, YQ
 TI JSEG based color separation of tongue image in traditional Chinese
    medicine
 SO PROGRESS IN PATTERN RECOGNITION, IMAGE ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB The process of color separation of tongue image in traditional Chinese
    medicine (TCM) is decomposed into two steps: region partition and color
    classification. In the first step, a partition method based on JSEG is
    proposed to obtain homogenous regions in the tongue. In the second
    step, a priori template and some standard color patches are designed to
    assist the classification according to a priori knowledge from the TCM
    experts, where the nearest neighbour classifier is applied for color
    classification. The experimental results show that the proposed
    approach is greatly promising to computerized tongue diagnosis.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Image Proc & Pattern Recognit, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Basic Med, TCM, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, YG, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Image Proc & Pattern Recognit,
    Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 EM yonggangwang@sjtu.edu.cn
    zhouyue@sjtu.edu.cn
    jieyang@sjtu.edu.cn
    wangyq@stcm.edu.cn
 CR CHIU CC, 2000, COMPUT METH PROG BIO, V61, P77
    DENG Y, 1999, P IEEE INT S CIRC SY, V4, P21
    DENG YN, 2001, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V23, P800
    DUDA RO, 2001, PATTERN CLASSIFICATI
    JANG JH, 2002, IEEE P 2 JOINT EMBS, V1, P1033
    WANG YG, 2001, THESIS BEIJING POLYT
    ZHAO ZX, 1999, 4 INT C EL MEAS INST, P830
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2004
 VL 3287
 BP 503
 EP 508
 PG 6
 GA BBE01
 UT ISI:000225085900063
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YS
    Zhang, JC
    Jia, GQ
    Zhang, XY
    Ren, ZM
    Li, X
    Jing, C
    Cao, SX
    Deng, K
 TI Magnetic anisotropy properties and spin reorientation for textured
    Bi-Mn alloys fabricated by a field-inducing technique
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW B
 DT Article
 ID ELECTRONIC PHASE-TRANSITIONS; INTERMETALLIC COMPOUND; MANGANESE
    BISMUTHIDE; HIGH-TEMPERATURE; SOLIDIFICATION; TRANSFORMATIONS;
    DIFFRACTION
 AB By a magnetic-field-inducing technique, Bi-Mn alloys were fabricated
    with the textured structure and anisotropic characteristics. Magnetic
    properties of MnBi compound aligned in alloys with 6 wt % Mn have been
    investigated systematically. The saturation magnetization M-s decreases
    with the increase of temperature. At temperatures below 150 K, the
    coercive field H-c decreases with the increase of temperature, while
    the coercive field H-c increases with temperature above 150 K. In the
    range of temperature from 150 to 300 K, the remanent magnetization M-r
    and the M-r/M-s increase with the temperature, while below 150 K, the
    M-r and the M-r/M-s reach a constant value of nearly zero. The magnetic
    moments rotated from being parallel to the c axis toward the basal
    plane for MnBi (the low-temperature phase) at about 90 K. Most of all,
    under a dc magnetic field applied parallel to the c axis, the
    transition temperature of the spin reorientation decreases with the
    increase of magnetic field, and even decreases 30 K under 5 T. The
    mechanism of the spin-reorientation transition and the change of its
    transition temperature are discussed and explained by phenomenological
    theory.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM jczhang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ALBERT PA, 1961, J APPL PHYS, V32, S201
    AWAJI S, 2001, J CRYST GROWTH, V226, P83
    CHAIKIN PM, 1998, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V10, P11301
    CHEN T, 1974, IEEE T MAGN, V10, P581
    CHIKAZUMI SS, 1997, PHYS FERROMAGNETISM
    COEHOORN R, 1985, J PHYS F MET PHYS, V15, P2135
    DECARLO JL, 1984, METALL TRANS A, V15, P2155
    DEFU W, 1994, PHYS MAGNETISM
    DERANGO P, 1991, NATURE, V349, P770
    FERREIRA PJ, 1999, J MATER RES, V14, P2751
    GUO X, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P14578
    HARDER KU, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P3625
    HIHARA T, 1970, J PHYS SOC JPN, V29, P343
    KOCH CC, 2000, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V287, P213
    LAKE B, 2002, NATURE, V415, P299
    LI BQ, 1998, JOM, V50
    LU XY, 2001, IEEE T APPL SUPERC 3, V11, P3553
    MA YW, 2000, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V113, P671
    MORIKAWA H, 1998, MATER T JIM, V39, P814
    RASTELLI E, 1995, Z PHYS B, V99, P61
    ROBERTS BW, 1956, PHYS REV, V104, P607
    SAHA S, 2002, J APPL PHYS 3, V91, P8525
    SCHNEIDER T, 1999, EUR PHYS J B, V8, P331
    SHIMAMOTO Y, 1998, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V10, P11289
    TAGAMI M, 1999, J CRYST GROWTH, V203, P594
    UJI S, 2001, NATURE, V410, P908
    VALKO L, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P1122
    WANG H, 2002, ACTA METALL SIN, V38, P41
    WANG H, 2002, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V12, P556
    WESSEL S, 2000, EUR PHYS J B, V16, P393
    XU YQ, 2002, PHYS REV B, V66
    YANG JB, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P1846
    YANG JB, 2002, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V14, P6509
    ZENER C, 1954, PHYS REV, V96, P1335
    ZI BT, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1010
 NR 35
 TC 2
 SN 1098-0121
 J9 PHYS REV B
 JI Phys. Rev. B
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 70
 IS 18
 AR 184424
 DI ARTN 184424
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 876DX
 UT ISI:000225477300076
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bian, JJ
    Kim, D
    Hong, K
 TI Microwave dielectric properties of (Ca1-xZnx)(2)P2O7
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE mixed pyrophosphates; microwave dielectric properties
 AB The phase evolution, sintering behavior and microwave dielectric
    properties of mixed pyrophosphates (Ca1-xZnx)(2)P2O7 (X=0.1-0.9) were
    investigated in this paper. The results show that samples with
    x=0.1-0.4 exhibit mixture phases of CaZnP2O7 and beta-Ca2P2O7, and the
    samples with x=0.6-0.9 exhibit mixed phases of CaZnP2O7 and Zn2P2O7. A
    single-phase composition of CaZnP2O7 could be formed when x=0.5. The
    mixed pyrophosphates (Ca1 -xZnx)2P(2)O(7) (x=O. 1-0.9) exhibit low
    sintering temperature (less than or equal to 900 degreesC), low
    relative permittivity (<9), high Q x f value and negative temperature
    coefficient of resonant frequency. Maximum Q x f value of 63,130 GHz
    could be obtained for CaZnP2O7 sintered at 900 degreesC/2 h. Its
    dielectric constant and Tf value are 7.56 and -82 ppm/degreesC,
    respectively. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Seoul Natl Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Seoul 151742, South Korea.
 RP Bian, JJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM jjbian1@sohu.com
 CR BIAN JJ, 2004, JPN J APPL PHYS.PT 1, V6, P3521
    CHO SY, 1999, J MATER RES, V14, P114
    DUBE DC, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P1095
    HAKKI BW, 1960, IRE T MICROWAVE THEO, V8, P402
    MAADI AE, 1994, J ALLOY COMPD, V205, P243
    PENN SJ, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P1885
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 59
 IS 2-3
 BP 257
 EP 260
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 876LH
 UT ISI:000225497800027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, DH
    Leng, GS
    Zhou, YG
 TI Inequalities for vertex distances of two simplices
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE simplices; mass-point system; vertex distances; inequality
 ID NEUBERG-PEDOE; SINE THEOREM
 AB We establish in this paper some inequalities for vertex distances of
    two simplices, and give some applications thereof. (C) 2004 Published
    by Elsevier Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Leng, GS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM lenggangsong@chinaren.com
 CR CHEN J, 1999, J SICHUAN U, V36, P197
    GREGORAC RJ, 1996, J GEOM, V456, P45
    KLAMKIN MS, 1985, SIAM REV, V27, P576
    KORCHMAROS G, 1974, ATTI ACCAD LINCEI RE, V56, P876
    LENG G, IN PRESS ACTA MATH S
    LENG GS, 1997, ACTA MATH SINICA, V40, P14
    LENG GS, 1997, GEOM DEDICATA, V68, P43
    LENG GS, 1997, GEOMETRIAE DEDICATA, V66, P89
    LENG GS, 1998, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V278, P237
    LENG GS, 1999, DISCRETE MATH, V202, P163
    LENG GS, 2000, J MATH ANAL APPL, V248, P429
    MITRINOVIC D, 1989, RECENT ADV GEOMETRIC
    MITRINOVIC DS, 1988, J MATH ANAL APPL, V129, P196
    PEDOE D, 1942, MATH P CAMBRIDGE PHI, V38, P397
    PEDOE D, 1970, AM MATH MONTHLY, V77, P711
    PEDOE D, 1976, U BEOGRAD PUBL EL MF, V544, P95
    SCHNEIDER R, 1993, CONVEX BRUNN MINKOWS
    VELJAN D, 1995, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V219, P79
    YANG L, 1983, B AUST MATH SOC, V27, P203
    ZHANG JZ, 1981, J CHINA U SCI TECHNO, V11, P1
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0022-247X
 J9 J MATH ANAL APPL
 JI J. Math. Anal. Appl.
 PD DEC 15
 PY 2004
 VL 300
 IS 2
 BP 265
 EP 272
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 875JZ
 UT ISI:000225417700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lei, JX
 TI Prediction and control of wrinkle and fracture for stamping regular
    polygonal box
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE regular polygonal box stamped part; wrinkle; fracture; stamping
    criterion; prediction; control
 AB Based on the deformation characteristic of regular polygonal box
    stamped parts and the superfluous triangle material wrinkle model, the
    criterion of regular polygonal box stamped parts without wrinkle was
    deduced and used to predict and control the wrinkle limit. According to
    the fracture model, the criterion of regular polygonal box stamped
    parts without fracture was deduced and used to predict and control the
    fracture limit. Combining the criterion for stamping without wrinkle
    with that without fracture, the stamping criterion of regular polygonal
    box stamped parts was obtained to predict and control the stamping
    limit. Taken the stainless steel 0Cr18Ni9 (SUS304) sheet and the square
    box stamped part as examples, the limit diagram was given to predict
    and control the wrinkle, fracture and stamping limits. It is suitable
    for the deep drawing without flange, the deep drawing and stretching
    combined forming with flange and the rigid punch stretching of plane
    blank. The limit deep-drawing coefficient and the minimum deep-drawing
    coefficient can be determined, and the appropriate BHF (blank holder
    force) and the deep-drawing force can be chosen. These provide a
    reference for the technology planning, the die and mold design and the
    equipment determination, and a new criterion evaluating sheet stamping
    formability, which predicts and controls the stamping process, can be
    applied to the deep drawing under constant or variable BHF conditions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Lei, JX, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR *CHIN MECH ENG SOC, 2002, FORG STAMP HDB
    LEI JX, 1998, J UNIV SCI TECHNOL B, V5, P237
    LEI JX, 1998, J UNIV SCI TECHNOL B, V5, P250
    LEI JX, 2002, J PLASTICITY ENG, V9, P39
    WANG XP, 1990, STAMPING HDB
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD SEP
 PY 2004
 VL 11
 IS 5
 BP 44
 EP 49
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 876MZ
 UT ISI:000225502500010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, XJ
    Huang, ZY
    Huang, LP
    Zhang, PZ
    Chen, XY
 TI Mechanical properties and microstructure of silicon nitride ceramics by
    pressureless sintering
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE silicon nitride; pressless sintering; mechanical properties;
    microstructure
 ID SI3N4; YTTRIA; ADDITIVES
 AB The mechanical properties and microstructure of silicon nitride
    ceramics with MgOAl2O3-SiO2 as additives produced by pressless
    sintering were investigated by XRD, SEM, TEM, EDS, and HRTEM. The
    relationship among preparation processing, microstructure, and
    mechanical properties was emphatically discussed. Intensifying blend by
    planetary blender, silicon nitride ceramics sintered at 1780 degreesC
    for 3h has an uniform microstructure with bigger aspect ratio of
    elongated grains (diameter in 0.3 similar to 0.8mum, length in 3
    similar to 6mum, aspect ratio in 7 similar to 10), flexure strength of
    1.06GPa, HRA hardness of 92, H-v hardness of 14.2GPa, and fracture
    toughness of 6.6 MPa(.)m(0.5).
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Mat, Shanghai 200437, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, XJ, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BISWAS SK, 2003, J AM CERAM SOC, V86, P212
    KIM HD, 2002, J AM CERAM SOC, V85, P245
    KNUTSONWEDEL EM, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P5575
    LAI KR, 1993, J AM CERAM SOC, V76, P91
    LEE DD, 1990, J AM CERAM SOC, V73, P767
    MITOMO M, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P103
    ORDONEZ S, 1999, J MATER SCI, V34, P147
    PABLOS AD, 2001, J AM CERAM SOC, V84, P1033
    PAINTER GS, 2002, J AM CERAM SOC, V85, P65
    PEJRYD L, 1988, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V105, P169
    SUN EY, 1998, J AM CERAM SOC, V81, P2831
    YANG JF, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P2094
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 IS 6
 BP 1282
 EP 1286
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 875TG
 UT ISI:000225444000010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, YK
    Sang, WB
    Min, JH
 TI Etching morphology and symmetry of TeO2 crystal
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE TeO2 crystal; etching; dislocation; symmetry
 ID PARATELLURITE; GROWTH; ATTENUATION; GRADIENT
 AB The etching morphologies of TeO2 crystal on (110) and (001) faces were
    observed by means of chemical etching and analyzed with the theory of
    symmetry group. The morphologies of etch pits are very special compared
    with the tetragonal system crystal with 422 point group. The
    morphologies of etch pits by theoretical analysis are in conformity
    with the experiment. It shows that the patterns of etch pits consist of
    {110} planes. It is clear that the habitual plane of TeO2 crystal is
    {110} plane.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, YK, Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR GRABMAIER JG, 1973, J CRYST GROWTH, V20, P82
    HOLOVEY VM, 1996, MATER SCI FORUM, V215, P119
    JANSZKY J, 1982, KRIST, V27, P152
    KALASHNIKOV AP, 1982, SOV PHYS DOKL, V27, P279
    KUMARAGURUBARAN S, 2000, J CRYST GROWTH, V211, P276
    OTSI L, 1985, ACTA PHYS HUNGARICA, V57, P295
    SMIRNOV YM, 1994, PHYS CRYSTALLIZATION, P24
    YASUTAKE K, 1991, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V125, P489
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 IS 6
 BP 1419
 EP 1422
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 875TG
 UT ISI:000225444000033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, JQ
    Wang, HX
    Zhang, JR
    Shen, JN
 TI Preparation and gas-sensing properties of zinc oxide nano-powders by
    microwave hydrolysis
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE microware hydrolysis; ZnO; nano-sized materials; gas-sensing
    properties; gas sensor
 AB ZnO nano-powders were prepared by using microwave hydrolysis and
    constant temperature hydrolysis methods, using Zn(CH3COO)(2)(.)2H(2)O
    as the starting material. In order to improve gas sensitivities, ZnO
    nano-powders doped with Pt of Pd were also prepared by using the
    microwave hydrolysis method. Their phase constitution and crystal
    structure were characterized by TEM and XRD analyses, and their gas
    sensitivities were measured. results show that the microwave hydrolysis
    method is better than the canstant temperature hydrolysis method, for
    obtaining ZnO nano-powders. The ZnO nanopowders prepared by using the
    two methods possess higher sensitivities to ethanol and gasoline, and
    the ZnO nanopowders doped with Pt or Pd can enhance their selectivities
    to ethonal and gasoline, respectively.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Mat Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Coll Mat & Chem Engn, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab Performance Ceram & Superfine Micro, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, JQ, Shanghai Univ, Mat Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HAN XB, 1999, J INORG MATER, V14, P669
    KOUDELKA L, 1994, J MATER SCI, V29, P1497
    MEEK TT, 1988, 4784686, US
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 19
 IS 6
 BP 1441
 EP 1445
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 875TG
 UT ISI:000225444000038
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GZ
    Yang, J
    Song, HF
    Yang, SS
    Lu, WC
    Chen, NY
 TI Semiempirical quantum chemical method and artificial neural networks
    applied for lambda(max) computation of some azo dyes
 SO JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL INFORMATION AND COMPUTER SCIENCES
 DT Article
 AB The maximum absorption wavelengths of 31 azo dyes have been calculated
    by two comprehensive methods using the semiempirical quantum chemical
    method, PM3, and the weight decay based artificial neural network
    (WD-ANN) or the early stopping based artificial neural network
    (ES-ANN). The average absolute errors of WD-ANN and that of ES-ANN are
    10.07 nm and 12.40 nm, respectively. These results are much better than
    the results using ZINDO/S with the default value (0.585) only.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Image Proc & Pattern Recognit, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Lab Chem Technol Fine Chem, Shanghai 200232, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Lab Chem Data Min, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GZ, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Image Proc & Pattern Recognit,
    Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 EM lgz@sjtu.eda.cn
 CR *HYP INC, HYP 7 0
    ADACHI M, 1991, DYES PIGMENTS, V17, P287
    DEMUT, 2001, NEURAL NETWORK TOOLB, P51
    DUDA RO, 2000, PATTERN CLASSIFICATI
    GRIFFITHS J, 1976, COLOR CONSTITUTION O
    LUZHKOV V, 1991, J AM CHEM SOC, V113, P4491
    MOODY JE, 1992, ADV NEURAL INFORMATI, V4, P847
    SONG HF, 2004, DYES PIGMENTS, V60, P111
    STAREV KK, 1995, J AM CHEM SOC, V117, P8684
    TETKO IV, 1995, J CHEM INF COMP SCI, V35, P826
    ZERNER MC, 1980, J AM CHEM SOC, V102, P589
    ZUPAN J, 1999, J NEURAL NETWORKS CH
 NR 12
 TC 2
 SN 0095-2338
 J9 J CHEM INFORM COMPUT SCI
 JI J. Chem. Inf. Comput. Sci.
 PD NOV-DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 44
 IS 6
 BP 2047
 EP 2050
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary; Computer Science, Information Systems;
    Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications
 GA 875HQ
 UT ISI:000225411300018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, SG
    Li, L
    Van der Biest, O
    Vleugels, J
 TI Thermodynamic assessment of the Co-V and Co-V-C system
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Article
 DE phase diagram calculation; Co-V-C; thermodynamics
 ID SIGMA-PHASE; VANADIUM; CARBIDE; ALLOYS
 AB The phase diagram of the Co-V system has been evaluated using
    thermodynamic models for the Gibbs energy of the individual phases
    including liquid, fcc, bcc, sigma, Co3M, and CoM3. The optimization is
    performed by coupling the experimental and thermo-chemical data with
    thermodynamic parameters. Combining the thermodynamic properties of the
    Co-C and V-C lower-order systems available in literature with the
    assessed Co-V system allowed to calculate the isothermal section at
    1300 and 1500degreesC and liquidus projection of the Co-V-C system. The
    lowest eutectic point is calculated at 1229degreesC with composition
    1.168 at.% C, 42.54 at.% V and the other eutectic reaction, liquid
    <----> fcc + VC + graphite, is at 1309degreesC at a composition of
    12.06 at.% C, 1.425 at.% V. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Met & Mat Engn, B-3001 Heverlee, Belgium.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Vleugels, J, Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Met & Mat Engn, Kasteelpk
    Arenberg 44, B-3001 Heverlee, Belgium.
 EM jozef.vleugels@mtm.kuleuven.ac.be
 CR ANDERSSON JO, 1987, CALPHAD, V11, P83
    CARLSON ON, 1985, B ALLOY PHASE DIAGRA, V6, P115
    CHO SA, 1997, INT J REFRACT MET H, V15, P205
    DINSDALE AT, 1991, CALPHAD, V15, P317
    GREENFIELD P, 1954, T AIME, V200, P253
    GUILLERMET AF, 1987, Z METALLKD, V78, P700
    HILLERT M, 2001, J ALLOY COMPD, V320, P161
    HUANG W, 1991, Z METALLKD, V82, P174
    KOSTER W, 1955, Z METALLKD, V46, P195
    LEE BJ, 1991, CALPHAD, V15, P283
    LIPATNIKOV VN, 1997, J ALLOY COMPD, V261, P192
    MUGGIANU YM, 1975, J CHIMIE PHYSIQUE, V72, P83
    NAGEL LJ, 1997, J PHASE EQUILIB, V18, P21
    OBBARD EG, 2001, INT J REFRACT MET H, V19, P349
    OHTANI H, 1984, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V24, P857
    SMITH JF, 1982, B ALLOY PHASE DIAGRA, V3, P342
    SMITH JF, 1989, PHASE DIAGRAM BINARY
    SMITH JF, 1991, J PHASE EQUILIB, V12, P324
    SPENCER PJ, 1976, J CHEM THERMODYN, V8, P551
    STUWE HP, 1959, T METALL SOC AIME, V215, P408
    SULLY AH, 1951, J I MET, V80, P173
    SUNDMAN B, 1985, CALPHAD, V9, P153
    UPADHYAYA A, 2001, MATER DESIGN, V22, P511
    WATSON A, 2001, J ALLOY COMPD, V320, P199
    ZEGLER ST, 1963, T TMS AIME, V227, P1407
 NR 25
 TC 1
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD DEC 28
 PY 2004
 VL 385
 IS 1-2
 BP 114
 EP 118
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 874UU
 UT ISI:000225376500019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, GX
    Zhang, JC
    Cao, SX
    Jing, C
    Shen, XC
 TI Study of positron lifetime and infrared spectroscopy for Pr-substituted
    YBa2Cu3O7-delta systems
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS B
 DT Article
 DE positron annihilation; Pr-substituted; Y123 systems; Pr-Ba defects;
    oxygen vacancies
 ID HIGH-TC SUPERCONDUCTORS; NEUTRON-DIFFRACTION; FERMI-SURFACE;
    ANNIHILATION; Y1-XPRXBA2CU3O7-DELTA; PRBA2CU3O7; CRYSTAL; STATE;
    CONDUCTIVITY; LOCALIZATION
 AB The Pr-substituted YBa2Cu3O7-delta(Y123) superconducting systems with
    the content of 0.0-1.0 have been systematically studied by positron
    lifetime and infrared absorption experiments. The results show that the
    short lifetime tau(1) decreases as a function of Pr-substitution x
    below x = 0.6, but when above x = 0.6, it increases inversely. The long
    lifetime tau(2) decreases as a function of Pr-substituted x. Based on
    the present results, we discuss that Pr4+ substitutes on Ba2+ ion and
    forms Pr-Ba defects. The variation of tau(1) is caused by the oxygen
    vacancies and tau(2) is probably affected by the absence of Cu due to
    PrBa defects. The infrared absorption of Pr-substituted Y123 systems
    gives three variational modes, located at 560 cm(-1) (A(1)), 1435
    cm(-1) (A(2)) and 1631 cm(-1) (A(3)) respectively. Here the A3 mode
    shows that with Pr content increasing from x = 0.1 to 1.0, the infrared
    absorption decreases and the peak tends to broaden. So, combining with
    the results of the positron lifetime spectra, we can argue that there
    always exists portion of Pr-Ba defects in the Pr-substituted systems,
    and the Pr4+ substituted into Ba2+ is also increasing with the Pr
    content increasing. When the Pr content is 0.6, the systems have a
    metal-insulator transition and Pr-Ba defects begin to domain the
    samples' microstructure.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM jczhang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ABDELRAZEK MM, 1999, INT J MOD PHYS B, V13, P3615
    BALOGH AG, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P2883
    BARBA D, 2001, PHYS REV B, V63
    BLACKSTEAD HA, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V207, P109
    BLACKSTEAD HA, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P11830
    BRANDT W, 1967, POSITRON ANNIHILATIO
    CHAKRABORTY B, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P215
    COOPER SL, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P2549
    DALICHAOUCH Y, 1988, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V65, P1001
    ERB A, 1997, I PHYS C SER, V58, P1109
    FEHRENBACHER R, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P1000
    FINCHER CR, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P2902
    FINK J, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P4823
    GREVIN B, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P4334
    GUILLAUME M, 1993, Z PHYS B, V90, P13
    GUO GY, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P6372
    GUPTA HC, 1989, PHYSICA C, V157, P257
    HAN ZP, 1991, PHYSICA C, V181, P355
    HAUTOJARRI P, 1979, POSITRON SOLIDS
    HOFFMANN L, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P4047
    ILIEV MN, 1988, PHYSICA C, V156, P193
    JEAN YC, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P3994
    JEAN YC, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1593
    JINCANG Z, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
    JUNG K, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P5534
    KEBEDE A, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P4453
    LANZARA A, 2001, NATURE, V412, P510
    LEVIN GA, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P841
    LISTER SJS, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P5994
    LU X, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P7989
    MATSUDA A, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P2910
    MIZOKAWA T, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P4779
    NAGEL C, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P9212
    NAGOSHI M, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P8635
    NEUMEIER JJ, 1990, PHYSICA C, V166, P191
    PARK M, 1996, PHYSICA C, V259, P43
    SAPRIEL J, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P339
    SCHLESINGER Z, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P801
    SHUKLA A, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P6028
    SHUKLA A, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P12127
    SODERHOLM L, 1987, NATURE, V328, P604
    SOMOZA A, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P14454
    TAKENAKA K, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P5833
    USAGAWA T, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P1772
    VEHANEN A, 1982, PHYS REV B, V25, P762
    VONSTETTEN EC, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P2198
    ZHANG JC, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V201, P70
    ZOU ZG, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1074
 NR 48
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9792
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS B
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. B
 PD SEP 20
 PY 2004
 VL 18
 IS 22
 BP 3001
 EP 3014
 PG 14
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 874SB
 UT ISI:000225369000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, Y
    Lygeros, J
    Quincampoix, M
    Seube, N
 TI On the control of uncertain impulsive systems: approximate
    stabilization and controlled invariance
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF CONTROL
 DT Article
 ID HYBRID DYNAMICAL-SYSTEMS; SWITCHED SYSTEMS; LINEAR-SYSTEMS;
    CONFLICT-RESOLUTION; LYAPUNOV FUNCTIONS; PREDICTIVE CONTROL; STATE
    CONSTRAINTS; DIFFERENTIAL GAME; STABILITY THEORY; ONE-TARGET
 AB The problems of stabilization and controlled invariance of a fairly
    wide class of uncertain hybrid systems is considered. Uncertainty
    enters in the form of a disturbance input that can affect both the
    continuous and the discrete dynamics. A method for designing piecewise
    constant, feedback controllers for this class of systems is developed.
    In the case of controlled invariance, the controller ensures that the
    state of the system remains arbitrarily close to a desired set over an
    arbitrarily long time horizon. In the case of stabilization, the
    controller ensures approximate exponential convergence of the runs of
    the closed loop system to the zero level set of a Lyapunov function.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Management, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Univ Patras, Dept Elect & Comp Engn, GR-26500 Patras, Greece.
    Univ Bretagne Occidentale, Dept Math, F-29285 Brest, France.
    ENSIETA, F-29806 Brest 9, France.
 RP Gao, Y, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Management, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 EM gaoyan1962@263.net
 CR ASARIN E, 2000, P IEEE, V88, P1011
    AUBIN JP, 1990, SET VALUED ANAL
    AUBIN JP, 1991, VIABILITY THEORY
    AUBIN JP, 2002, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V47, P2
    AXELSSON H, 2003, IFAC C AN DES HYBR S, P147
    BEMPORAD A, 2002, AUTOMATICA, V38, P3
    BITSORIS G, 1995, AUTOMATICA, V31, P217
    BLANCHINI F, 1999, AUTOMATICA, V35, P1747
    BRANICKY MS, 1998, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V43, P475
    CARDALIAGUET P, 1993, THESIS U PARIS 9 DAU
    CARDALIAGUET P, 1996, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V34, P1441
    CARDALIAGUET P, 1997, APPL MATH OPT, V36, P125
    CARDALIAGUET P, 2001, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V39, P1615
    CASTELAN EB, 1993, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V38, P1680
    CLARKE FH, 1998, NONSMOOTH ANAL CONTR
    CORLESS M, 1981, IEEE T AUTOMATIC CON, V25
    CRUCK E, 2002, J MATH ANAL APPL, V270, P636
    DECARLO RA, 2000, P IEEE, V88, P1069
    FILIPPOV AF, 1988, DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIO
    GABOR G, 2002, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V185, P483
    GAO Y, 2003, IEEE C DEC CONTR MAU
    GAO Y, 2003, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V2623, P203
    GILBERT EG, 1991, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V36, P1008
    GUTMAN S, 1979, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V24, P437
    HSU A, 1994, DISCRETE EVENT DYN S, V2, P183
    HU B, 1999, SYST CONTROL LETT, V38, P197
    JOHANSSON KH, 1999, SYST CONTROL LETT, V38, P141
    JOHANSSON M, 1998, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V43, P555
    KERRIGAN EC, 2000, THESIS U CAMBRIDGE D
    KOKOTIVIC PK, 1996, ROBUST NONLINEAR CON
    KRASOVSKII NN, 1988, GAME THEORETICAL CON
    LAKSHMIKANTHAM V, 1990, PRACTICAL STABILITY
    LEE YI, 2000, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V45, P1765
    LIBERZON D, 1999, IEEE CONTR SYST MAG, V19, P59
    LIBERZON D, 1999, SYST CONTROL LETT, V37, P117
    LYGEROS J, 1998, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V43, P522
    LYGEROS J, 2002, IEEE DECIS CONTR P, P2427
    LYGEROS J, 2003, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V48, P2
    LYNCH N, 1996, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V1066, P496
    MACIEJOWSKI JM, 2002, PREDICTIVE CONTROL C
    MAYNE DQ, 2000, AUTOMATICA, V36, P789
    MAYNE DQ, 2001, EUR J CONTROL, V7, P87
    MICHEL AN, 1999, AUTOMATICA, V35, P371
    MORSE AS, 1995, TRENDS CONTROL EUROP, P69
    QUINCAMPOIX M, 1998, J MATH ANAL APPL, V218, P240
    SAVKIN AV, 1999, AUTOMATICA, V35, P69
    TOMLIN C, 1998, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V43, P509
    TOMLIN C, 2001, IEEE T INTELL TRANSP, V2, P110
    TOMLIN CJ, IN PRESS P IEEE
    TOMLIN CJ, 2000, P IEEE, V88, P949
    WICKS MA, 1998, EUROPEAN J CONTROL, V4, P140
    XU XP, 2000, INT J CONTROL, V73, P1261
    XU XP, 2004, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V2993, P615
    YE H, 1998, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V43, P461
    ZHANG J, 2001, INT J ROBUST NONLIN, V11, P435
 NR 55
 TC 2
 SN 0020-7179
 J9 INT J CONTR
 JI Int. J. Control
 PD NOV 10
 PY 2004
 VL 77
 IS 16
 BP 1393
 EP 1407
 PG 15
 SC Automation & Control Systems
 GA 876ZI
 UT ISI:000225537200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yan, JP
    Li, CP
 TI On synchronization of three chaotic systems
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID CHENS SYSTEM
 AB In this paper, a simple but efficient method is applied to the
    synchronization of three chaotic systems, i.e., the chaotic Lorenz,
    Chua, and Chen systems. Numerical simulations show this method works
    very well. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Pretoria, Dept Elect Engn & Comp Engn, ZA-0002 Pretoria, South Africa.
 RP Yan, JP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM hnyanjianping@eyou.com
 CR BOCCALETTI S, 2002, PHYS REP, V366, P1
    CHEN GR, 1999, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V9, P1465
    GUEMEZ J, 1995, PHYS REV E A, V52, R2145
    KAPITANIAK T, 1992, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V2, P519
    KAPITANIAK T, 1994, PHYS REV E, V50, P1642
    KAPITANIAK T, 1995, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V6, P237
    LI CP, 2003, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V13, P1609
    LI CP, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P443
    MADAN RK, 1993, CHUA CIRCUIT PARADIG
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    SPARROW C, 1982, LORENZ EQUATIONS BIF
    STEFANSKI A, 2003, SOLITIONS FRACTALS, V40, P175
 NR 12
 TC 6
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 IS 5
 BP 1683
 EP 1688
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 877BJ
 UT ISI:000225542500020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Fang, JP
    Chen, LQ
 TI New variable separation excitations of (2+1)-dimensional dispersive
    long-water wave system obtained by an extended mapping approach
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID 2 SPACE DIMENSIONS; LOCALIZED COHERENT STRUCTURES; SOLITON SYSTEM;
    EQUATIONS
 AB By means of an extended mapping approach, a new type of variable
    separation excitation with three arbitrary functions of the (2 +
    1)-dimensional dispersive long-water wave system (DLW) is derived.
    Based on the derived variable separation excitation, abundant localized
    structures such as dromion, ring, peakon and foldon etc. are
    re-revealed by selecting appropriate functions in this paper. (C) 2004
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Zhejiang 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Zhejiang 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zjclzheng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BOITI M, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P371
    LOU S, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V176, P96
    LOU SY, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1614
    LOU SY, 1994, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V27, P3235
    LOU SY, 1995, MATH METHOD APPL SCI, V18, P789
    LU Z, 2003, SOLITIONS FRACTALS, V19, P527
    PAQUIN G, 1990, PHYSICA D, V46, P122
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4000
    WU J, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V52, P1421
    ZHANG JF, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V37, P277
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P783
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
    ZHENG CL, 2004, J PHYS SOC JPN, V73, P293
 NR 16
 TC 10
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 IS 5
 BP 1741
 EP 1748
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 877BJ
 UT ISI:000225542500025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, TC
    You, FC
    Chen, DY
 TI A generalized AKNS hierarchy and its bi-Hamiltonian structures
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID LAX INTEGRABLE HIERARCHY; NEWELL SPECTRAL PROBLEM; CONSTRAINED FLOWS;
    SYSTEM; NONLINEARIZATION; EQUATIONS; TRANSFORMATION; COUPLINGS
 AB First we construct a new isospectral problem with 8 potentials in the
    present paper. And then a new Lax pair is presented. By making use of
    Tu scheme, a class of new soliton hierarchy of equations is derived,
    which is integrable in the sense of Liouville and possesses
    bi-Hamiltonian structures. After making some reductions, the well-known
    AKNS hierarchy and other hierarchies of evolution equations are
    obtained. Finally, in order to illustrate that soliton hierarchy
    obtained in the paper possesses bi-Hamiltonian structures exactly, we
    prove that the linear combination of two-Hamiltonian operators admitted
    are also a Hamiltonian operator constantly. We point out that two
    Hamiltonian operators obtained of the system are directly derived from
    a recurrence relations, not from a recurrence operator. (C) 2004
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, TC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM xiatc@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    CAO CW, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V33, P528
    FAN E, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P513
    FAN E, 2001, PHYSICA A, V301, P105
    FAN EG, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P7769
    GENG XG, 1993, J MATH PHYS, V34, P805
    GUO F, 2002, J SYS SCI MATH SCI, V22, P36
    GUO FK, 2000, ACTA MATH APPL SIN, V23, P181
    KUNDU A, 1987, PHYSICA D, V25, P339
    MA W, 1992, CHINESE ANN MATH A, V13, P115
    MA WX, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P1227
    MA WX, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P4419
    NEWELL AC, 1985, SOLITON MATH PHYS
    QIAO ZJ, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P4407
    TSUCHIDA T, 1998, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V9, P869
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    WADATI M, 1972, J PHYS SOC JPN, V32, P1681
    WADATI M, 1973, J PHYS SOC JPN, V34, P1289
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    XIA TC, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P939
    XIA TC, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V42, P180
    XIA TC, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P451
    XU XX, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P475
    YAN ZY, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P441
    YAN ZY, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P639
    ZENG YB, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V160, P541
    ZENG YB, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P5241
    ZHANG YF, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V18, P855
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P305
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P413
 NR 30
 TC 3
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 IS 5
 BP 1911
 EP 1919
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 877BJ
 UT ISI:000225542500040
 ER
 
 EF
 FN ISI Export Format
 VR 1.0
 PT J
 AU Guo, XA
    Riebel, U
 TI Experimental study on particle size distribution and concentration
    using transmission fluctuation spectrometry with the autocorrelation
    technique
 SO PARTICLE & PARTICLE SYSTEMS CHARACTERIZATION
 DT Article
 DE autocorrelation; extinction measurements; particle size analysis;
    transmission fluctuation spectrometry
 ID GAUSSIAN-BEAM; FUNDAMENTALS; EXTINCTION; SPHERES
 AB Based on the statistical characteristics of the transmission
    fluctuations in the particle suspension, transmission fluctuation
    spectrometry with autocorrelation (TFSAC) is described theoretically,
    with the assumptions of geometric ray propagation and completely
    absorbent particles in the suspension. The experiments presented here
    are realized in a focused Gaussian beam with the TFS-AC technique. The
    acquisition of transmission fluctuation signals is achieved by using a
    high-resolution digital oscilloscope. The transition function of TFS-AC
    is obtained by varying the autocorrelation time. With a modified
    iterative Chahine inversion algorithm, solving a linear equation
    retrieves information on the particle size distribution and particle
    concentration. Some experimental results on spherical and non-spherical
    particles are presented and discussed. The experiments cover a particle
    size range from 1 mu m to 1000 mu m and a particle concentration of up
    to 12 %.
 C1 Brandenburg Tech Univ Cottbus, Lehrstuhl Mech Verfahrenstech, D-03013 Cottbus, Germany.
 RP Guo, XA, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM xiaoai_guo@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BREITENSTEIN M, 1999, PART PART SYST CHAR, V16, P249
    BREITENSTEIN M, 2001, PART PART SYST CHAR, V18, P134
    FERRI F, 1995, APPL OPTICS, V34, P5829
    GUO X, 2004, PARTICLE SIZE ANAL T
    RIEBEL U, 1993, PART PART SYST CHAR, V10, P201
    RIEBEL U, 1994, PART PART SYST CHAR, V11, P212
    SHEN J, 2001, PART PART SYST CHAR, V18, P254
    SHEN J, 2003, THESIS COTTBUS
    SHEN JQ, 2003, PART PART SYST CHAR, V20, P250
    SHEN JQ, 2003, PART PART SYST CHAR, V20, P94
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0934-0866
 J9 PART PART SYST CHARACT
 JI Part. Part. Syst. Charact.
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 22
 IS 3
 BP 161
 EP 171
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Chemical; Materials Science, Characterization & Testing
 GA 992QK
 UT ISI:000233898700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dong, JP
    Xu, YJ
    Long, YC
 TI Preferred growth of siliceous MEL zeolite film on silicon wafer
 SO MICROPOROUS AND MESOPOROUS MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE MEL zeolite; thin film; seeding; preferred growth; precursor layer
 ID SECONDARY GROWTH; SILICALITE-1 FILMS; MFI MEMBRANES; THIN-FILMS;
    IN-SITU; ORIENTATION; ZSM-11; PERVAPORATION; LAYERS
 AB Continuous and dense siliceous MEL type zeolite films were prepared by
    seeding methods on a silicon (100) substrate in the clear solution of
    TBAOH-TEOS-H2O. The effects of the precursor layer adsorbed on the
    substrate surface, the content of water in the reactant solution, the
    reaction period and the substrate position on the morphology and the
    orientation of MEL zeolite crystallites in the films were investigated.
    The zeolite films are composed of a monolayer of well-intergrowth
    zeolite crystallites grown preferentially along the (101) direction.
    The films less than 2 mu m in thickness are oriented, regardless of the
    wafer being covered with a precursor layer or not. The reaction period
    has an important effect on zeolite film orientation whether in the
    concentrate or in the dilute synthesis solution. The shorter reaction
    period is preferred. The oriented zeolite films grow either on the
    vertically placed substrates or on the horizontally placed substrates.
    (c) 2005 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai Key Lab Mol Catalysis & Innovat Mat, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Long, YC, Fudan Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai Key Lab Mol Catalysis &
    Innovat Mat, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 EM yclong@fudan.edu.cn
 CR BEIN T, 1996, CHEM MATER, V8, P1636
    BIBBY DM, 1979, NATURE, V280, P664
    BONILLA G, 2001, MICROPOR MESOPOR MAT, V42, P191
    BOUDREAU LC, 1997, CHEM MATER, V9, P1705
    BOUDREAU LC, 1999, J MEMBRANE SCI, V152, P41
    CARO J, 2000, MICROPOR MESOPOR MAT, V38, P3
    DENEXTER MJ, 1997, ZEOLITES, V19, P13
    DONG JP, 2002, MICROPOR MESOPOR MAT, V57, P9
    FENG S, 1994, NATURE, V368, P834
    GOUZINIS A, 1998, CHEM MATER, V10, P2497
    HEDLUND J, 1997, CHEM COMMUN     0707, P1193
    HEDLUND J, 1997, STUD SURF SCI CA A-C, V105, P2203
    HEDLUND J, 1999, MICROPOR MESOPOR MAT, V28, P185
    KOKOTAILO GT, 1978, NATURE, V275, P119
    LAI SM, 2002, MICROPOR MESOPOR MAT, V54, P63
    LASSINANTTI M, 2000, MICROPOR MESOPOR MAT, V38, P25
    LI SG, 2002, AICHE J, V48, P269
    LOVALLO MC, 1996, CHEM MATER, V8, P1579
    LOVALLO MC, 1998, AICHE J, V44, P1903
    MINTOVA S, 1997, CHEM COMMUN     0107, P15
    NOACK M, 2000, MICROPOR MESOPOR MAT, V35, P253
    SANO T, 1992, P 9 INT ZEOL C MONTR, P239
    TAVOLARO A, 1999, ADV MATER, V11, P975
    VANDERDRIFT A, 1967, PHILIPS RES REP, V22, P267
    WANG ZB, 2001, CHEM MATER, V13, P1101
    WONG WC, 2001, J MEMBRANE SCI, V191, P143
    ZOVALLO MC, 1996, AICHE J, V42, P3020
 NR 27
 TC 0
 SN 1387-1811
 J9 MICROPOROUS MESOPOROUS MAT
 JI Microporous Mesoporous Mat.
 PD DEC 29
 PY 2005
 VL 87
 IS 1
 BP 59
 EP 66
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Applied; Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary
 GA 993BO
 UT ISI:000233927900008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dai, YM
    Wang, ZC
    Wu, DM
 TI A four-step trigonometric fitted P-stable Obrechkoff method for
    periodic initial-value problems
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE Obrechkoff method; P-stable; high-order derivative; first-order
    derivative formula; second-order initial value problem with periodic
    solutions
 ID DIMENSIONAL SCHRODINGER-EQUATION; MINIMAL PHASE-LAG;
    NUMERICAL-INTEGRATION; DIFFERENTIAL-EQUATIONS
 AB In this paper, we present a new P-stable Obrechkoff four-step method,
    which greatly improves the performance of our previous Obrechkoff
    four-step method and extends its application range. By trigonometric
    fitting, we extend the interval of periodicity of the previous
    four-step method from about H-2 similar to 16 to infinity and at the
    same time, we keep all its advantage in the accuracy and efficiency. We
    have tested the new method by four well-known problems, (1) the
    test-equation; (2) Stiefel and Bettis problem; (3) Duffing equation
    without damping; and (4) Bessel equation. The numerical results show
    that the new method is more accurate than any previous method. It also
    has great advantage in stability and efficiency. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 ShangDa Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zc_wang89@hotmail.com
 CR ANANTHAKRISHNAI.U, 1982, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V8, P101
    ANANTHAKRISHNAI.U, 1987, MATH COMPUT, V49, P553
    DAI YM, 2005, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V165, P110
    HAIRER E, 1979, NUMER MATH, V32, P373
    NETA B, 2003, COMPUT MATH APPL, V45, P383
    OBRECHKOFF N, 1942, AKAD NAUK, V65, P191
    RAI AS, 1997, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V79, P167
    RAPTIS AD, 1991, BIT, V31, P160
    SIMOS TE, 1990, COMPUTING, V45, P175
    SIMOS TE, 1991, APPL NUMER MATH, V7, P201
    SIMOS TE, 1991, INT J COMPUT MATH, V39, P135
    SIMOS TE, 1992, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V39, P89
    SIMOS TE, 1993, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V6, P283
    STIEFEL E, 1969, NUMER MATH, V13, P154
    WANG Z, 2003, N MATH J CHIN U, V12, P146
    WANG Z, 2003, NUMER J MODERN PHYS, V14, P1087
    WANG ZC, 2004, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V160, P23
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0377-0427
 J9 J COMPUT APPL MATH
 JI J. Comput. Appl. Math.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2006
 VL 187
 IS 2
 BP 192
 EP 201
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 993KK
 UT ISI:000233952800004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, ML
    Wu, MY
    Li, Y
    Cao, J
    Huang, LP
    Deng, QN
    Lin, XH
    Jiang, CJ
    Tong, WQ
    Gui, YD
    Zhou, AY
    Wu, XH
    Jiang, SI
 TI ShanghaiGrid: an Information Service Grid
 SO CONCURRENCY AND COMPUTATION-PRACTICE & EXPERIENCE
 DT Article
 DE ShanghaiGrid; information Grid; metropolitan-area information services;
    Information Service Grid Toolkit; Grid application
 ID PARALLEL TABU SEARCH; NETWORK
 AB The goal of the ShanghaiGrid is to provide information services to the
    people. It aims to construct a metropolitan-area information service
    infrastructure and establish an open standard for widespread
    upper-layer applications from both communities and the government. The
    Information Service Grid Toolkit and a typical application called the
    Traffic Information Grid are discussed in detail. Copyright (c) 2005
    John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Detp Comp Sci & Engn, Grid Comp Ctr, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Soochow Univ, Comp Sci & technol Sch, Suzhou, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Supercomp Ctr, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Urban Transportat Informat Ctr, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    E China Inst Comp Technol, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, MY, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Detp Comp Sci & Engn, Grid Comp Ctr,
    Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 EM mwu@sjtu.edu.cn
 CR AMIN K, 2004, P 37 ANN HAW INT C S, P210
    BARMOUTA A, 2003, P 17 INT S PAR DISTR, P48
    BOX D, 2000, SIMPLE OBJECT ACCESS
    BUYYA R, 2004, P 1 IEEE INT WORKSH, P19
    CHEN SD, 2004, P 2004 IEEE INT C SE, P588
    CHRISTENSEN E, 2001, WEB SERVICES DESCRIP
    CZAJKOWSKI K, 2001, P 10 IEEE INT S HIGH, P181
    FOSTER I, 1997, INT J SUPERCOMPUT AP, V11, P115
    FOSTER I, 1998, GRID BLUEPRINT NEW C
    GENDREAU M, 1999, TRANSPORT SCI, V33, P381
    GENDREAU M, 2001, PARALLEL COMPUT, V27, P1641
    GRAHAM PJ, OGSA DAI MIN WORKSH
    HONG F, 2004, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V3207, P1096
    HRIBAR MR, 2001, PARALLEL COMPUT, V27, P1537
    LI BY, 2003, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V3032, P786
    LI ML, 2003, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V3032, P616
    LI Y, 2004, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V3222, P175
    LIN XH, 2004, P 2004 IEEE INT C SE, P588
    LIU HP, 2001, METEOROL Z, V10, P71
    MINERVA Y, 2003, P INT FOR DIG CIT CI, P43
    NOVOTNY J, 2001, P 10 INT S HIGH PERF, P104
    SINGH G, 2003, P ACM IEEE SUP 2003, P33
    STOCKINGER H, 2002, J CLUSTER COMPUTING, V5, P305
    STOICA I, 2003, IEEE ACM T NETWORK, V11, P17
    TANG FL, 2003, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V3032, P108
    TANG FL, 2004, ENG APPL ARTIF INTEL, V17, P799
    WELCH V, 2003, P 12 IEEE INT S HIGH, P48
    WENG CL, 2003, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V3032, P669
    XUE GT, 2004, P 2004 IEEE INT C SE, P527
    YU J, 2003, GRIDSTR20030 U MELB
    ZHANG ZH, 2003, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V3032
 NR 31
 TC 0
 SN 1532-0626
 J9 CONCURR COMPUT-PRACT EXP
 JI Concurr. Comput.-Pract. Exp.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 18
 IS 1
 BP 111
 EP 135
 PG 25
 SC Computer Science, Software Engineering; Computer Science, Theory &
    Methods
 GA 994FT
 UT ISI:000234017200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, WC
    Dong, N
    Naray-Szabo, G
 TI Predicting anti-HIV-1 activities of HEPT-analog compounds by using
    support vector classification
 SO QSAR & COMBINATORIAL SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE HEPT-analogue compounds; structure-activity relationship; support
    vector machine; support vector classification; PM3
 ID MACHINES; PARAMETERS
 AB The support vector classification (SVC), as a novel approach, was
    employed to make a distinction within a class of non-nucleoside reverse
    transcriptase inhibitors. 1-[2-hydroxyethoxy) methyl]-6-(phenyl
    thio)-thymine (HEPT) derivatives with high anti-HIV-1 activities and
    those with low anti-HIV-1 activities were compared on the basis of the
    following molecular descriptors: net atomic charge on atom 4, molecular
    volume, partition coefficient, molecular refractivity, molecular
    polarisability and molecular weight. By using the SVC, a mathematical
    model was constructed, which can predict the anti-HIV-1 activities of
    the HEPT-analogue compounds, with an accuracy of 100% as calculated on
    the basis of the leave-one-out cross-validation (LOOCV) test. The
    results indicate that the performance of the SVC model exceeds that of
    the stepwise discriminant analysis (SDA) model, for which a prediction
    accuracy of 94% was reported.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Lorand Eotvos Univ, Dept Theoret Chem, H-1518 Budapest, Hungary.
    Lorand Eotvos Univ, Hungarian Acad Sci, Prot Modelling Grp, H-1518 Budapest, Hungary.
 RP Lu, WC, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R
    China.
 EM wclu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR *HYP INC, 2002, HYPERCHEM REL 7 0 WI
    ALVES CN, 2000, J MOL STRUC-THEOCHEM, V530, P39
    BURBIDGE R, 2001, COMPUT CHEM, V26, P5
    CAI YD, 2003, PEPTIDES, V24, P629
    CAI YD, 2003, PEPTIDES, V24, P665
    CHEN NY, 1999, PATTERN RECOGNITION
    CHEN NY, 2004, SUPPORT VECTOR MACHI
    GAYEN S, 2004, BIOORGAN MED CHEM, V12, P1493
    LI GZ, 2002, COMPUT APPL CHEM, V19, P703
    LU WC, 2002, COMPUT APPL CHEM, V19, P697
    STEWART JJP, 1989, J COMPUT CHEM, V10, P209
    TROTTER MWB, 2001, MEAS CONTROL-UK, V34, P235
    VAPNIK VN, 1998, STAT LEARNING THEORY
    WAN V, 2000, P IEEE SIGN PROC SOC, V2, P775
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1611-020X
 J9 QSAR COMB SCI
 JI QSAR Comb. Sci.
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 24
 IS 9
 BP 1021
 EP 1025
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Medicinal; Chemistry, Multidisciplinary; Computer Science,
    Interdisciplinary Applications; Pharmacology & Pharmacy
 GA 990ZU
 UT ISI:000233782700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tang, LC
    Huang, JY
    Chang, CS
    Lee, MH
    Liu, LQ
 TI New infrared nonlinear optical crystal CsGeBr3: synthesis, structure
    and powder second-harmonic generation properties
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 ID EFFECTIVE IONIC-RADII; X-RAY; PHASE-TRANSFORMATIONS; IR REGION;
    AB-INITIO; CSGECL3; PRESSURE; DIFFRACTION; OXIDES; CSGEI3
 AB An innovative infrared nonlinear optical crystal CsGeBr3 was
    synthesized. Ab initio calculations on CsGeBr3 were also carried out in
    order to analyse the second-order nonlinear susceptibilities. From its
    powder x-ray diffraction pattern, this crystal was characterized as a
    rhombohedral structure with an (R3m, No 160) space group symmetry. The
    reflection powder second-harmonic generation (PSHG) measurement of CGBr
    showed that its nonlinear optical efficiency is 1.62 times larger than
    that of rhombohedral CsGeCl3 and is 9.63 times larger than that of
    KH2PO4 (KDP), and most important of all that CsGeBr3 is
    phase-matchable. The rescaled d(eff)((2)) of CGBr was about 2.45 times
    larger than that of rhombohedral CsGeCl3, and this trend was coincident
    with the ab initio calculation results. The infrared transparent
    spectrum of rhombohedral CsGeBr3 was extended to more than 22.5 mu m.
    The rhombohedral CsGeBr3 shows the potential in the realm of nonlinear
    optics and can be applied to the infrared region.
 C1 Natl Chiao Tung Univ, Dept Photon, Hsinchu 305, Taiwan.
    Natl Chiao Tung Univ, Inst Electroopt Engn, Hsinchu 305, Taiwan.
    Tamkang Univ, Dept Phys, Taipei 251, Taiwan.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Shandong, Peoples R China.
 RP Tang, LC, Natl Chiao Tung Univ, Dept Photon, Hsinchu 305, Taiwan.
 EM newton4538.eo85g@nctu.edu.tw
    cschang@mail.nctu.edu.tw
 CR BOYD RW, 2003, NONLINEAR OPTICS
    BURLAND DM, 1994, CHEM REV, V94, P1
    BUTLER V, 1983, SOLID STATE IONICS, V8, P109
    CHAMPAGNE B, 2003, ADV CHEM PHYS, V126, P41
    CHEMLA DS, 1987, NONLINEAR OPTICAL PR
    CHEN WK, 2000, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V61, P969
    CHRISTENSEN AN, 1965, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V19, P421
    DMITRIEV VG, 1999, HDB NONLINEAR OPTICA
    DOUGHERTY JP, 1976, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V9, P145
    EWBANK MD, 1997, CLEO 97, P462
    GALASSO FS, 1990, PEROVSKITES HIGH T S
    GOLDSCHMIDT VM, 1927, BER DTSCH CHEM GES 1, V60, P1263
    GOLDSCHMIDT VM, 1931, FORTSCHR MINERAL, V15, P73
    GU QT, 2000, J CRYST GROWTH, V212, P605
    GU QT, 2000, PROG CRYST GROWTH CH, V40, P89
    GU QT, 2001, J CRYST GROWTH, V225, P501
    HUANG JY, 2001, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V13, P10417
    KLEINMAN DA, 1962, PHYS REV, V126, P1977
    KRAUS W, 1996, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR 3, V29, P301
    KURTZ SK, 1968, J APPL PHYS, V39, P3798
    MONKHORST HJ, 1976, PHYS REV B, V13, P5188
    NYE JF, 1957, PHYS PROPERTIES CRYS
    PAYNE MC, 1992, REV MOD PHYS, V64, P1045
    PRASAD PN, 1991, INTRO NONLINEAR OPTI, CH6
    RASHKEEV SN, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P3905
    REN P, 2003, INORG CHEM, V42, P8
    SCHWARZ U, 1995, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V118, P20
    SCHWARZ U, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P12545
    SEGALL MD, 2002, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V14, P2717
    SEO DK, 1998, INORG CHEM, V37, P407
    SHANNON RD, 1969, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR B, V25, P925
    SHANNON RD, 1976, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR A, V32, P751
    SHEN YR, 2002, PRINCIPLES NONLINEAR
    TANANAEV IV, 1964, ZH NEORG KHIM, V9, P1570
    TANG LC, 2000, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V12, P9129
    TANG LC, 2003, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V15, P6043
    TEJUCA LG, 1989, ADV CATAL, V36, P237
    THIELE G, 1987, Z ANORG ALLG CHEM, V545, P148
    THIELE G, 1988, Z ANORG ALLG CHEM, V559, P7
    THOMAS NW, 1997, BRIT CERAM T, V96, P7
    YOKOKAWA H, 1992, SOLID STATE IONICS, V52, P43
    ZHANG J, 1995, THESIS WUHAN U
    ZHANG J, 1998, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3556, P1
 NR 43
 TC 0
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD NOV 23
 PY 2005
 VL 17
 IS 46
 BP 7275
 EP 7286
 PG 12
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 991AY
 UT ISI:000233785700016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hao, HH
    Lu, LL
    Chen, DY
 TI Double Wronskian soliton solution for mixed AKNS system
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID INTEGRABLE SYSTEMS; KORTEWEG-DEVRIES; WAVE EQUATIONS
 AB The Lax pair of the mixed Ablowitz-Kap-Newell-Segur (AKNS) system is
    obtained from compatibility condition. Hirota's bilinear form is
    derived by some dependent variable transformation. Moreover, by means
    of the Wronskian technique, the double Wronskian form of soliton
    solutions are found. Specially, the two-soliton solution is presented.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Hao, HH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM hao_haier@163.com
 CR BI JB, IN PRESS PHYSICA A
    CHEN DY, 1996, J MATH PHYS, V37, P5524
    FREEMAN NC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P1
    GARDNER CS, 1967, PHYS REV LETT, V19, P1095
    GU CH, 1992, LETT MATH PHYS, V26, P199
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HUANG GX, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P802
    LI Y, 1982, SCI CHINA SER A, V5, P385
    LIU SK, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2068
    LOU SY, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P6491
    LOU SY, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P1020
    NIMMO JJC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V99, P279
    NIMMO JJC, 1984, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V17, P1415
    URASBOEV GU, 2001, THEOR MATH PHYS+, V129, P1341
    ZHANG HY, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P1234
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P533
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 22
 IS 12
 BP 2987
 EP 2990
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 991GE
 UT ISI:000233799600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, XM
    Liu, ZR
 TI An intracellular calcium oscillations model including mitochondrial
    calcium cycling
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB Calcium is a ubiquitous second messenger. Mitochondria contributes
    significantly to intracellular Ca2+ dynamics. The experiment of Kaftan
    et a]. [J. Biol. Chem. 275(2000) 25465] demonstrated that inhibiting
    mitochondrial Ca2+ uptake can reduce the frequency of cytosolic Ca2+
    concentration oscillations of gonadotropes. By considering the
    mitochondrial Ca2+ cycling we develop a three-variable model of
    intracellular Ca2+ oscillations based on the models of Atri et* a].
    [Biophys. J. 65 (1993) 1727] and Falcke et a]. [Biophys. J. 77 (1999)
    37]. The model reproduces the fact that mitochondrial Ca2+ Cycling
    increases the frequency of cytosolic Ca2+ oscillations, which accords
    with Kaftan's results. Moreover the model predicts that when the
    mitochondria overload with Ca2+, the CytoSoliC Ca2+ oscillations
    vanish, which may trigger apoptosis.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, XM, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM xminshi@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ATRI A, 1993, BIOPHYS J, V65, P1727
    BABCOCK DF, 1997, J CELL BIOL, V136, P2675
    BERRIDGE MJ, 1998, NATURE, V395, P645
    BERRIDGE MJ, 2000, NAT REV MOL CELL BIO, V1, P11
    FALCKE M, 1999, BIOPHYS J, V77, P37
    FALCKE M, 1999, TRANSPORT STRUCTURE, P165
    JIA Y, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P1666
    KAFTAN EJ, 2000, J BIOL CHEM, V275, P25465
    RIZZUTO R, 1993, SCIENCE, V262, P744
    SCHUSTER S, 2002, EUR J BIOCHEM, V269, P1333
    SHI XM, 2003, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    SUN DY, 2000, CELL SIGNAL TRANSDUC, P99
    YING YJ, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P1168
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 22
 IS 12
 BP 3206
 EP 3209
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 991GE
 UT ISI:000233799600063
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mo, JQ
    Lin, YH
    Wang, H
 TI The homotopic mapping method for sea-air oscillator model of
    interdecadal climate fluctuations
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear; homotopic mapping; El Nino-Southern oscillator model
 ID NONLINEAR EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; VARIATIONAL ITERATION METHOD;
    COMPUTATIONAL STABILITY; PERTURBATIVE SOLUTION; ENSO MODEL; MECHANISM;
    TROPICS; OCEAN
 AB The El Nino/La Nina Southern Oscillation (ENSO) is an interannual
    phenomenon involved in the tropical Pacific ocean-atmosphere
    interactions. In this paper, a coupled system of sea-air oscillator
    model is studied. The aim is to create an asymptotic solving method of
    nonlinear equation for the ENSO model. And based on a class of
    oscillators of ENSO model, employing the method of homotopic mapping,
    the approximate solution of corresponding problem is studied. It is
    proven from the results that the homotopic method can be used for
    analysing the sea surface temperature anomaly in the equatorial eastern
    Pacific and the thermocline depth anomaly of the atmosphere-ocean
    oscillation for ENSO model.
 C1 Anhui Normal Univ, Wuhu 241000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Div Computat Sci, E Inst, Shanghai 200240, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Atmospher Phys, LASG, Beijing 100029, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Meteorol Sci, Beijing 100081, Peoples R China.
 RP Mo, JQ, Anhui Normal Univ, Wuhu 241000, Peoples R China.
 EM mojiaqi@mail.ahnu.edu.cn
 CR ADAMS KL, 2003, J ENG MATH, V45, P197
    BELL DC, 2003, NONLINEAR ANAL-REAL, V3, P515
    BIONDI F, 2001, J CLIMATE, V14, P5
    DEJAGER EM, 1996, THEORY SINGULAR PERT
    FENG GL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P1181
    GU DF, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P805
    HAN XL, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P4061
    HAN XL, 2005, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V54, P2590
    HWANG S, 2004, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V200, P191
    KUSHNIR Y, 2002, J CLIMATE, V15, P2233
    LIAO SJ, 2004, PERTURBATION INTRO H
    LIN WT, 2000, CHINESE SCI BULL, V45, P1358
    LIN WT, 2001, ACTA AERODYNAMICA SI, V19, P348
    LIN WT, 2002, ADV ATMOS SCI, V19, P699
    LIN WT, 2002, PROGR NATURAL SCI, V12, P1326
    LIN WT, 2004, CHINESE SCI BULL, V48, P5
    LIN YH, 1999, PROG NAT SCI, V9, P211
    LIN YH, 1999, PROG NAT SCI, V9, P532
    LIN YH, 2001, ACTA METEOROLOGICA S, V59, P1
    LIN YH, 2001, CHIN J ATMOS SCI, V25, P111
    LIU SK, 2002, CHIN PHYS SIN, V51, P11
    MCPHADEN MJ, 2002, NATURE, V415, P603
    MO JQ, 2003, PROG NAT SCI, V13, P768
    MO JQ, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P3245
    MO JQ, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P996
    MO JQ, 2004, PROG NAT SCI, V14, P1126
    MO JQ, 2004, PROG NAT SCI, V14, P550
    MO JQ, 2005, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V54, P1081
    MO JQ, 2005, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V54, P3967
    MO JQ, 2005, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V54, P3971
    MO JQ, 2005, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V54, P983
    MO JQ, 2005, CHINESE PHYS, V14, P869
    WANG CZ, 2001, ADV ATMOS SCI, V18, P674
    WU QK, 2005, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V54, P2510
 NR 34
 TC 1
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 14
 IS 12
 BP 2387
 EP 2390
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 991TH
 UT ISI:000233836300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, XF
    Zhu, JM
    Ma, ZY
 TI Interaction between two folded solitary waves for a modified Broer-Kaup
    system
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE modified Broer-Kaup system; Backlund transformation;
    separation-of-variable method; folded localized excitations
 ID LOOP SOLITON; LOCALIZED EXCITATIONS; PAINLEVE ANALYSIS; EQUATION
 AB By means of a Painleve-Backlund transformation and a multi-linear
    separation-of-variable approach, abundant localized coherent
    excitations of a modified Broer-Kaup system are derived. There appear
    possible phase shifts for the interactions of the (2 + 1) -dimensional
    novel localized structures, which are discussed in this paper.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, XF, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
 EM xfwu66@163.com
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1973, PHYS REV LETT, V30, P1262
    BOITI M, 1988, PHYS REV LETT A, V102, P432
    BROER LJF, 1975, APPL SCI RES, V31, P377
    HUANG DJ, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P601
    KAKUHATA H, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V68, P757
    KAUP DJ, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V54, P396
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LOU SY, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P5027
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    LOU SY, 2003, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V36, P3877
    MA ZY, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P1382
    MATSUTANI S, 1995, MOD PHYS LETT A, V10, P717
    MATSUTANI S, 2000, J GEOM PHYS, V43, P146
    MORRISON AJ, 1999, NONLINEARITY, V12, P1427
    RUAN HY, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1313
    SCHLEIF M, 1998, EUR PHYS J A, V1, P171
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4040
    VAKHNENKO VA, 1992, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V25, P4181
    XU CZ, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P2407
    ZHANG JF, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2676
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P533
    ZHANG SL, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V300, P40
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P11
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P472
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P385
    ZHENG CL, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P592
    ZHU JM, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P3248
 NR 28
 TC 0
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 14
 IS 12
 BP 2395
 EP 2401
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 991TH
 UT ISI:000233836300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zha, XJ
    Zhu, SZ
    Yu, QQ
    Wang, Y
 TI Topology of toroidal helical fields in non-circular cross-sectional
    tokamaks
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE plasma equilibrium; magnetic island; stochasticity
 ID MAGNETIC-STRUCTURE; TRANSPORT; EDGE; FLUCTUATIONS; PLASMAS; CHAOS; HT-7
 AB The ordinary differential magnetic field line equations are solved
    numerically; the tokamak magnetic structure is studied on Hefei
    Tokamak-7 Upgrade (HT-7U) when the equilibrium field with a monotonic
    q-profile is perturbed by a helical magnetic field. We find that a
    single mode (m, n) helical perturbation can cause the formation of
    islands on rational surfaces with q = m/n and q = (m +/- 1, +/- 2, +/-
    3,...)/n due to the toroidicity and plasma shape (i.e. elongation and
    triangularity), while there are many undestroyed magnetic surfaces
    called Kolmogorov-Arnold-Moser (KAM) barriers on irrational surfaces.
    The islands on the same rational surface do not have the same size.
    When the ratio between the perturbing magnetic field B-r(r) and the
    toroidal magnetic field amplitude B(phi)0 is large enough, the magnetic
    island chains on different rational surfaces will overlap and chaotic
    orbits appear in the overlapping area, and the magnetic field becomes
    stochastic. It is remarkable that the stochastic layer appears first in
    the plasma edge region.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, State Key Lab High Field Laser Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Plasma Phys, Hefei 230031, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zha, XJ, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, State Key Lab
    High Field Laser Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM xjzha@siom.ac.cn
 CR ABDULLAEV SS, 2003, NUCL FUSION, V43, P299
    BALESCU R, 1998, PHYS REV E, V58, P951
    BICKERTON RJ, 1997, PLASMA PHYS CONTR F, V39, P339
    BOOZER AH, 1983, PHYS FLUIDS, V26, P1288
    CARDOZO NL, 2002, TRANS FUSION SCI TEC, V41, P163
    CONNOR JW, 1994, PLASMA PHYS, V36, P719
    DONNE AJH, 2005, PHYS REV LETT, V94
    EVANS TE, 2002, PHYS PLASMAS, V9, P4957
    FISCHER O, 2001, LRP, V693
    GAO Y, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1440
    GARCIA L, 2001, PHYS PLASMAS, V8, P4111
    LI W, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1434
    MONTEIRO LHA, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V193, P89
    PRESS WH, 1986, NUMERICAL RECIPES
    WAN YX, 2000, NUCL FUSION, V40, P1057
    WANG WH, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P1956
    WANG WH, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P139
    ZHA XJ, 2002, CHIN J COMPUTATIONAL, V19, P413
    ZHA XJ, 2003, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V52, P1981
    ZHENG SB, 1995, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V44, P715
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 14
 IS 12
 BP 2552
 EP 2559
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 991TH
 UT ISI:000233836300029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yao, YR
    Zhang, LS
    Han, BS
 TI Newton method for solving a class of smooth convex programming
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE convex programming; Newton method; KKT multiplier
 AB An algorithm for solving a class of smooth convex programming is given.
    Using smooth exact multiplier penalty function, a smooth convex
    programming is minimized to a minimizing strongly convex function on
    the compact set was reduced. Then the strongly convex function with a
    Newton method on the given compact set was minimized.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Yao, YR, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM yryao@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BAZARAA MS, 1993, NONLINEAR PROGR THEO, P504
    DIPILLO G, 1994, ALGORITHMS CONTINUOU, P209
    GULER O, 1993, COMPLEXITY NUMERICAL, P180
    SERGE L, 1983, REAL ANAL, P106
    WANG SG, 1994, INEQUALITY MATRIX TH, P129
    WILKINSON JH, 1965, ALGEBRAIC EIGENVALUE
    YU N, 1994, INTERIOR POINT POLYM, P50
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 11
 BP 1491
 EP 1498
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 990YP
 UT ISI:000233779600013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, Q
    Xu, B
    Jiang, B
    Fu, HT
    Zhu, WQ
    Jiang, XY
    Zhang, ZL
 TI A novel fluorene derivative containing four triphenylamine groups:
    Highly thermostable blue emitter with hole-transporting ability for
    organic light-emitting diode (OLED)
 SO SYNTHETIC METALS
 DT Article
 DE organic light-emitting diode (OLED); triphenylamine derivatives;
    fluorene; blue electroluminescent materials; hole-transporting materials
 ID GLASSES; DEVICES
 AB Four triphenylammine groups-substituted fluorene with rather high glass
    transition temperature, T-g, of 165 degrees C, was prepared and
    employed together with TPD as a composite hole-transporting layer to
    give a device with very low turn-on voltage and high efficiency. When a
    hole block layer was fabricated, the new compound can be used as a
    light-emitting layer for OLED to give a device emitting blue color. (C)
    2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, Q, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, 354 Fenglin Rd,
    Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM qiangfang@yahoo.com
 CR ADACHI C, 1988, JPN J APPL PHYS, V27, P269
    ADACHI C, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V55, P1489
    BERNIUS MT, 2000, ADV MATER, V12, P1737
    HAN EM, 1996, J APPL PHYS, V80, P3297
    KOENE BE, 1998, CHEM MATER, V10, P2235
    KUWABARA Y, 1994, ADV MATER, V6, P667
    MI BX, 2003, CHEM MATER, V15, P3148
    NAITO K, 1993, J PHYS CHEM-US, V97, P6240
    OBRIEN DF, 1998, ADV MATER, V10, P1108
    POMMEREHNE J, 1995, ADV MATER, V7, P55
    SALBECK J, 1997, SYNTHETIC MET, V91, P209
    SCHMITZ C, 2001, ADV FUNCT MATER, V11, P41
    SHIROTA Y, 1989, CHEM LETT, P1145
    SHIROTA Y, 2000, J MATER CHEM, V10, P1
    STROHRIEGL P, 2002, ADV MATER, V14, P1439
    TOKITO S, 1929, APPL PHYS LETT, V70
    WU TY, 2003, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V41, P1444
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0379-6779
 J9 SYNTHET METAL
 JI Synth. Met.
 PD OCT 15
 PY 2005
 VL 155
 IS 1
 BP 206
 EP 210
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter;
    Polymer Science
 GA 989DE
 UT ISI:000233652300035
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, ZJ
    Cao, WG
    Chen, J
    Wang, Y
    Ding, WY
 TI Stereoselective synthesis of
    cis-1-aryl-2-benzoyl-3,3-dicyanocyclopropanes in water
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE arsonium salt; cis-cyclopropane; cyclopropanation; stereoselective
    synthesis; water
 ID KNOEVENAGEL CONDENSATION; ORGANIC-REACTIONS; DERIVATIVES; ALDEHYDES
 AB The highly stereoselective preparation of cis
    -1-aryl-2-benzoyl-3,3-dicyanocyclopropanes with arsonium salt and
    olefin in water is described. It is simple, efficient, and
    environmentally benign.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Organomet Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM renruil98229@hotmail.com
 CR CAO WG, 2000, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V30, P4523
    DING WY, 1996, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V12, P50
    FERGUSON G, 1988, J CHEM SOC P2, P1829
    GRIECO PA, 1998, ORGANIC SYNTHESIS WA
    GUNTHER H, 1980, NMR SPECTROSCOPY, P108
    LI CJ, 1993, CHEM REV, V93, P2023
    LI CJ, 1997, ORGANIC REACTIONS AQ
    LINDSTROM UM, 2002, CHEM REV, V102, P2751
    REN ZJ, 2002, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V32, P1947
    REN ZJ, 2002, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V32, P3143
    REN ZJ, 2004, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V34, P3785
    STONE FGA, 1982, ADV ORGANOMETALLIC C, V20, P115
    WANG S, 2001, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V31, P673
    WONG HNC, 1989, CHEM REV, V89, P165
    WURZ RP, 2002, ORG LETT, V4, P4531
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2005
 VL 35
 IS 24
 BP 3099
 EP 3104
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 990BA
 UT ISI:000233717000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, DY
    Ren, ZJ
    Cao, WG
    Tong, WQ
 TI Solvent-free synthesis of 2-arylideneindan-1,3-diones in the presence
    of magnesium oxide or silica gel under grinding
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE arylideneindan-1,3-dione; Knoevenagel condensation; magnesium oxide;
    silica gel; solvent-free reaction
 ID SOLID-STATE; ABSENCE
 AB The solvent-free synthesis of 2-arylideneindan-1,3-diones can be
    achieved in the presence of MgO or silica gel under grinding. This
    process is simple, efficient, and environmentally benign.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Organomet Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM renrui198229@hotmail.com
 CR CLARK JH, 1998, CHEM COMMUN     0421, P853
    GAMAI RA, 2004, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V34, P1819
    IM J, 1997, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V38, P451
    INAYAMA S, 1976, J MED CHEM, V19, P433
    KODOMARI M, 2004, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V34, P1783
    LI JP, 2001, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V31, P781
    LU YY, 2004, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V34, P2047
    PETROW V, 1949, J CHEM SOC, P2134
    REN ZJ, 2002, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V32, P3475
    REN ZJ, 2004, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V34, P4395
    SCHMEYERS T, 1998, J CHEM SOC P2, P989
    SMINNOV EA, 1969, ZH OBSHCH KHIM, V39, P1373
    TANAKA K, 1991, J ORG CHEM, V56, P4333
    TANAKA K, 2000, CHEM REV, V100, P1025
    TODA F, 1989, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V28, P329
    TODA F, 1989, CHEM EXP, V4, P507
    TODA F, 1990, J CHEM SOC P1, P3207
    TODA F, 1998, J CHEM SOC PERK 1107, P3521
    TROST BM, 1991, COMPREHENSIVE ORGANI, V2, P341
    XIAO JP, 2001, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V31, P661
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2005
 VL 35
 IS 24
 BP 3157
 EP 3162
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 990BA
 UT ISI:000233717000011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, J
    Lin, M
    Zhuang, SL
 TI Analysis for the near infrared spectrum characteristic of tea based on
    orthogonal wavelet packet
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE orthogonal wavelet packet; near infrared spectnim; tea; Shannon entropy
 AB According to the high co-linearity and dimension in the near
    infrared(NIR) spectrum of tea, the present paper describes
    quantitatively the characteristic of tea NIR spectra with wavelet
    packet by introducing the retained energy and number of zeros, based on
    the decorrelation capacity of orthogonal wavelet packet. Results show
    that the energy retained is as high as 99.98% after compressing, while
    the percentage for number of zeros is 95.87%. It was concluded. that
    orthogonal wavelet packet has a good compressibility for NIR spectra,
    which has significance in storing, searching and processing the NIR
    spectrogram.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Elect Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    China Inst Metrol, Coll Metrol Technol & Engn, Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, J, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Elect Engn, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN FS, 1998, WAVELET TRANSFORMATI
    DONOHO DL, 1995, IEEE T INFORM THEORY, V41, P613
    FAN Z, 1996, CHINESE J ELECTRON, V24, P78
    GAO L, 2004, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V24, P106
    LI N, 2004, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V24, P45
    LIANG YZ, 2000, HDB ANAL CHEM, V10
    LU WZ, 2000, MODERN ANAL TECHNIQU
    YANG FS, 2000, ENG ANAL APPL WAVELE
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 25
 IS 11
 BP 1790
 EP 1792
 PG 3
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 990NM
 UT ISI:000233750500013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, BQ
    Xia, YB
    Qi, LJ
    You, JL
 TI Raman spectra study of thermal transformation of nephrite cat's eye
    from Sichuan province
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE nephrite cat's eye; tremolite; Raman spectrum; XRD; thermal
    transformation
 AB Raman spectrum and X-ray powder diffraction (XRD) were used to study
    the process and product of thermal transformation of nephrite cat's eye
    from Sichuan province. The results indicate that upon being heated till
    900 degrees C, tremolite in the nephrite cat's eye is dehydrated
    completely and the appearance of a new characteristic band near 671
    cm(-1) indicates the form of a new product. At 1000 degrees C, the
    intensity of band near 1014 cm(-1) rises obviously, and the weak bands
    near 573 cm(-1) and 934 cm(-1) present. Up to 1100 degrees C, the band
    near 1033 cm(-1) appears. All these evidences show that the final
    thermal transformation product is identified as Ca-Mg pyroxene which is
    similar to diopside both in structure and in composition. This
    conclusion is confirmed by XRD.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    China Univ Geosci, Inst Geol, Wuhan 430074, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, BQ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR LU BQ, 2004, ACTA PETROLOGICA MIN, V23, P268
    MERNAGH TP, 1996, TERRA NOVA S2, V8, P9
    PENG MS, 1991, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V11, P16
    SMITH DC, 1997, J RAMAN SPECTROSC, V28, P731
    WANG A, 1988, APPL SPECTROSC, V42, P1441
    WENG ZP, 2001, J SHANGHAI U, V7, P137
    XU J, 1996, ACTA GEOLOGICA TAIWA, V32, P11
    XU PC, 1996, RAMAN SPECTROSCOPY G, P53
    YOU JL, 2002, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V22, P787
    ZHOU KC, 2003, J GEM GEMMOLOGY, V15, P38
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 25
 IS 11
 BP 1824
 EP 1826
 PG 3
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 990NM
 UT ISI:000233750500023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhen, QA
    Kale, GM
    Shi, G
    Li, R
    He, WM
    Liu, JQ
 TI Processing of dense nanocrystalline Bi2O3-Y2O3 solid electolyte
 SO SOLID STATE IONICS
 DT Article
 DE nanocrystalline; Bi2O3-Y2O3; solid electrolyte; pressureless reactive
    sintering; grain growth; microstructure; coprecipitation; reverse
    titration
 ID LOW-TEMPERATURE; ELECTROLYTES; CERAMICS
 AB Processing of nanocrystalline Bi2O3-Y2O3 solid electrolyte having high
    density has been investigated and reported in this paper. Nanopowders
    of mixed bismuth oxide and yttrium oxide (75 mol% Bi2O3 + 25 mol% Y2O3)
    have been prepared by reverse titration chemical coprecipitation from
    Bi3+ and Y3+ containing aqueous solution. The high density,
    nanocrystalline Bi2O3-Y2O3 solid electrolyte has been synthesized by
    pressureless reactive sintering. The XRD results of the formation of
    nano delta-Bi2O3 and its grain growth indicates that the solid solution
    reaction between Y2O3 and beta-Bi2O3 occurs essentially in the initial
    stage of sintering and the growth of nano delta-Bi2O3 crystallites
    obeys the parabolic rate law, expressed as (D - D-0)(2) = K(.)t, during
    sintering process. After sintering at 600 C for 2 h, the relative
    density of the samples has been found to be greater than 96%. The
    microstructure reveals that the nanocrystalline Bi2O3-Y2O3 solid
    electrolyte samples have dense equiaxed microstructure with few
    isolated pores and delta-Bi2O3 grains are less than 100 nm in diameter.
    (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Univ Leeds, Inst Mat Res, Leeds LS2 9JT, W Yorkshire, England.
    Shanghai Univ, Nanosci & Nanotechnol Res Ctr, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Kale, GM, Univ Leeds, Inst Mat Res, Leeds LS2 9JT, W Yorkshire, England.
 EM g.m.kale@leeds.ac.uk
 CR BATTLE PD, 1986, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V63, P8
    BHATTACHARYA AK, 1994, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V91, P357
    FERRARI A, 1995, P NANOSTRUCTURE MAT
    HE WM, 2003, J FUNCTIONAL MAT, V34, P702
    HIRANO T, 1999, IEEE T MAGN 2, V35, P3487
    JOSHI PC, 1992, J APPL PHYS, V72, P5827
    KALE GM, 2003, J MATER SCI, V38, P2393
    KALE GM, 2003, SOLID STATE IONICS, V161, P155
    KALE GM, 2005, UNPUB
    KARCH J, 1987, NATURE, V330, P556
    KHARTON VV, 1993, RUSS J ELECTROCHEM+, V29, P1297
    KINGERY WD, 1967, INTRO CERAMICS
    KRUIDHOF H, 1987, MATER RES BULL, V22, P1635
    LAWLESS WN, 1992, SOLID STATE IONICS, V52, P219
    LI WQ, 1999, ACTA CHIMI SIN, V57, P491
    LI X, 2005, SOLID STATE LETT, V8, H27
    POURBAIX M, 1966, ATLAS ELECTROCHEMICA
    SAMMES NM, 1999, J EUR CERAM SOC, V19, P1801
    STEPHEN H, 1963, SOLUBILITIES INORGAN, V1
    WACHSMAN ED, 1997, CERAMIC MEMBRANES, V1, P237
    WATANABE A, 1986, SOLID STATE IONICS, V21, P287
    ZENG Y, 2001, J MATER SCI, V36, P1271
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0167-2738
 J9 SOLID STATE IONICS
 JI Solid State Ion.
 PD NOV 30
 PY 2005
 VL 176
 IS 37-38
 BP 2727
 EP 2733
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 988PC
 UT ISI:000233612100007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, TS
    Li, CP
 TI Synchronization in fractional-order differential systems
 SO PHYSICA D-NONLINEAR PHENOMENA
 DT Article
 DE fractional differential equation; synchronization; mode decomposition
 ID ECHO WAVES; EQUATIONS; CHAOS; OREGONATORS; STABILITY
 AB An omega-symmetrically coupled system consisting of identical
    fractional-order differential systems including chaotic and non-chaotic
    systems is investigated in this paper. Such a coupled system has, in
    its synchronous state, a mode decomposition by which the linearized
    equation can be decomposed into motions transverse to and parallel to
    the synchronous manifold. Furthermore, the decomposition can induce a
    sufficient condition on synchronization of the overall system, which
    guarantees, if satisfied, that a group synchronization is achieved. Two
    typical numerical examples, fractional Brusselators and the fractional
    Rossler system, are used to verify the theoretical prediction. The
    theoretical analysis and numerical results show that the lower the
    order of the fractional system, the longer the time for achieving
    synchronization at a fixed coupling strength. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhongshan Univ, Dept Math, Guangzhou 510275, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, TS, Zhongshan Univ, Dept Math, Guangzhou 510275, Peoples R China.
 EM mcszhtsh@zsu.edu.cn
 CR DAFTARDARGEJJI V, 2004, J MATH ANAL APPL, V293, P511
    DELBOSCO D, 1996, J MATH ANAL APPL, V204, P609
    DENG WH, 2005, J PHYS SOC JPN, V74, P1645
    DENG WH, 2005, PHYSICA A, V353, P61
    DIETHELM K, 2002, J MATH ANAL APPL, V265, P229
    DIETHELM K, 2002, NONLINEAR DYNAM, V29, P3
    DIETHELM K, 2004, NUMER ALGORITHMS, V36, P31
    HEAVISIDE O, 1971, ELECTROMAGNETIC THEO
    KOELLER RC, 1984, J APPL MECH, V51, P229
    LI CP, IN PRESS PHYSICA A, V360
    LI CP, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P443
    LI CP, 2004, CHAOS, V14, P557
    LUBICH C, 1983, MATH COMPUT, V41, P87
    MATIGNON D, 1996, IMACS IEEE SMC, V2, P963
    MILLER RK, 1971, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V2, P242
    NICOLIS G, 1977, SELF ORG NONEQUILIBR
    NISHIMOTO K, 1984, FRACTIONAL CALCULUS
    PODLUBNY I, 1999, FRACTIONAL DIFFERENT
    ROSSLER OE, 1976, PHYS LETT A, V57, P397
    SUN HH, 1984, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V29, P441
    SUN HH, 1984, IEEE T BIO-MED ENG, V31, P664
    ZHANG ZF, 1985, THEORY DIFFERENTIAL
    ZHOU TS, 2001, PHYSICA D, V151, P199
    ZHOU TS, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V13, P621
    ZHOU TS, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V301, P231
    ZHOU TS, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V320, P116
    ZHOU TS, 2005, PHYS REV E 2, V71
 NR 27
 TC 0
 SN 0167-2789
 J9 PHYSICA D
 JI Physica D
 PD DEC 1
 PY 2005
 VL 212
 IS 1-2
 BP 111
 EP 125
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 989OG
 UT ISI:000233682800007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sha, YN
    Zhang, JC
    Cao, GX
    Yao, K
    Jing, C
    Cao, SX
 TI Multi-step magnetization induced by the field and thermal effect in the
    phase-separated Pr2/3Ca1/3MnO3 manganites
 SO MODERN PHYSICS LETTERS B
 DT Article
 DE CMR manganites; multi-step transition; charge order; phase separation
 ID ORBITALLY ORDERED MANGANITES; METAMAGNETIC TRANSITIONS; CHARGE; STATES;
    JUMPS
 AB The multi-step transition by the field inducement is reported in
    pristine Pr2/3Ca1/3-MnO3 manganites. This step effect shows a strong
    dependence on the temperature and field sweep rate, which is sensitive
    to thermal perturbation. The results prove that they axe related with
    the internal magnetic structure of phase-separated Pr2/3Ca1/3MnO3
    manganites in low temperatures, while the influence of sweep rate can
    be accounted for within a martensitic-like scenario.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM jczhang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BALCELLS L, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P14697
    CAO GX, 2005, APPL PHYS LETT, V86
    FISHER LM, 2004, PHYS REV B, V70
    HARDY V, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    HARDY V, 2003, J APPL PHYS, V94, P5316
    HARDY V, 2003, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V264, P183
    HARDY V, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
    HEBERT S, 2002, EUR PHYS J B, V29, P419
    HEBERT S, 2002, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V165, P6
    HEBERT S, 2002, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V122, P335
    KOSHIBAE W, 1997, J PHYS SOC JPN, V66, P2985
    KUSHAUER J, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P11647
    MAHENDIRAN R, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V89
    MAIGNAN A, 2002, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V14, P11809
    MAIGNAN A, 2003, J APPL PHYS 2, V93, P7361
    PODZOROV V, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P1694
    RAMIREZ AP, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P3188
    UEHARA M, 2000, EUROPHYS LETT, V52, P674
    VANHUMBEECK J, 1991, J PHYS IV, V1, P189
    XIAO G, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P6073
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9849
 J9 MOD PHYS LETT B
 JI Mod. Phys. Lett. B
 PD OCT 30
 PY 2005
 VL 19
 IS 24
 BP 1223
 EP 1230
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 989UO
 UT ISI:000233699600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Su, QF
    Xia, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Liu, JM
    Ruan, JF
    Shi, WM
 TI Electrical properties of CVD diamond detector and detection for alpha
    particle
 SO MODERN PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE diamond films; alpha particle detector; charge collected efficiency;
    energy resolution
 ID X-RAY; DEPOSITED DIAMOND; THIN-FILMS; RADIATION
 AB The outstanding properties of diamond make it an ideal material for
    radiation detectors especially in the high temperature, high radiation
    and corrosion environments. For this purpose, electrical and
    irradiation properties of high quality CVD diamond detector were
    investigated at room temperature under irradiation conditions. For
    freestanding diamond films, dark current was in the order of 10(-10) A
    and photocurrent was in the order of 10(-8) A by 5.9 keV X-ray
    irradiation from a Fe-55 source with the applied voltage of 40 V. Pulse
    height spectrum acquired using a Am-241 alpha particle source show a
    full-energy peak at 820 channel which corresponded to an average charge
    collection efficiency of approximately 40.5%. However, a good
    signal-to-noise ratio and an energy resolution of 1.33% for alpha
    particles detecting were also obtained.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Su, QF, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ADAM W, 2000, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V453, P141
    BAUER C, 1995, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V367, P207
    BERGONZO P, 2000, DIAM RELAT MATER, V9, P1003
    FANG ZJ, 2003, CARBON, V41, P967
    FRIEDL M, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V435, P194
    HECHT K, 1932, Z PHYS, V77, P235
    ISBERG J, 2002, SCIENCE, V297, P1670
    KOZLOV SF, 1975, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V22, P160
    KULKARNI AK, 1995, THIN SOLID FILMS, V270, P189
    LANDSTRASS MI, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V55, P975
    MANFREDOTTI C, 1998, DIAM RELAT MATER, V7, P523
    MAY PW, 2000, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V358, P473
    WANG LJ, 2000, DIAM RELAT MATER, V9, P1617
    ZHANG ML, 2004, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V130, P425
    ZHANG ML, 2005, J CRYST GROWTH, V274, P21
    ZHANG WJ, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P1896
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0217-7323
 J9 MOD PHYS LETT A
 JI Mod. Phys. Lett. A
 PD DEC 14
 PY 2005
 VL 20
 IS 38
 BP 2949
 EP 2956
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Nuclear; Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA 989UL
 UT ISI:000233699300006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, DA
    Yao, YP
    Matsuoka, H
 TI Modification of critical state models by Mohr-Coulomb criterion
 SO MECHANICS RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE anisotropy; constitutive relations; deformation; failure; soil
 AB In order to combine the Mohr-Coulomb criterion and the critical state
    models for soils, a transformed stress tensor based on the Mohr-Coulomb
    criterion is proposed. The new stress tensor is determined by a
    transformation that makes the Mohr-Coulomb criterion become a cone
    having an axis as the space diagonal in transformed principal stress
    space, and is applied to the Cam-clay and Sekiguchi-Ohta models, which
    are two typical isotropic and anisotropic hardening critical state
    models for soils, for improving modelling capability of describing soil
    behaviour in general stresses. The revised models give more accurately
    predicted results than the original ones. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Beijing Univ Aeronaut & Astronaut, Dept Civil Engn, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Nagoya Inst Technol, Dept Civil Engn, Showa Ku, Nagoya, Aichi 4668555, Japan.
 RP Sun, DA, Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM sundean@hotmail.com
 CR ARGYRIS JH, 1973, 2 INT C SMIRT BERL
    GUDEHUS G, 1973, ING ARCH, V42, P151
    ICHIHARA W, 1997, THESIS NAGOYA I TECH
    LADE PV, 1975, J GEOTECHNICAL ENGIN, V101, P1037
    MATSUOKA H, 1974, P JAPANESE SOC CIVIL, V232, P59
    NAKAI T, 1983, SOILS FOUND, V23, P87
    NAKAI T, 1986, SOILS FOUND, V26, P67
    NAYAK GC, 1972, ASCE, V98, P949
    OHTA H, 1985, SOILS FOUND, V25, P73
    ROSCOE KH, 1963, GEOTECHNIQUE, V13, P211
    ROSCOE KH, 1968, ENG PLASTICITY, P535
    SCHOFIELD AN, 1968, CRITICAL STATE SOIL
    SCHWER LE, 1994, INT J NUMER ANAL MET, V18, P657
    SEKIGUCHI H, 1977, P 9 ICSMFE SPEC SESS, V9, P229
    YAMADA Y, 1982, SOILS FDN, V22, P15
    YAO YP, 2000, J ENG MECH-ASCE, V126, P112
    ZIENKIEWICZ OC, 1975, GEOTECHNIQUE, V25, P671
    ZIENKIEWICZ OC, 1977, FINITE ELEMENTS GEOM, P179
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0093-6413
 J9 MECH RES COMMUN
 JI Mech. Res. Commun.
 PD MAR-APR
 PY 2006
 VL 33
 IS 2
 BP 217
 EP 232
 PG 16
 SC Mechanics
 GA 989YT
 UT ISI:000233710800008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, DS
    Shi, LY
    Fang, JH
    Dai, K
 TI Removal of NaCl from saltwater solution using carbon
    nanotubes/activated carbon composite electrode
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE carbon nanotubes; activated carbon; NaCl; adsorption
 AB Removal of NaCl from saltwater solution and a recycling operation were
    carried out using a flow-through capacitor (FTC) with carbon nanotubes
    (CNTs)/activated carbon (AC) composite electrode. As a result, the
    content of CNTs had a great effect on the removal characteristics of
    composite electrodes. The removal characteristic of the composite
    electrode with 10% CNTs was the best of all, above 90% removal
    efficiency achieved, and the removal energy-consumption thereof could
    be reduced by about 67% compared with that of the AC electrode. The
    highly efficient regeneration of the composite electrode was easily
    achieved. Therefore it was efficient enough to remove NaCl from
    saltwater solution by this technique. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, LY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM sly0726@163.com
 CR ALDELMAN M, 1998, FILTR SEPARAT, V35, P345
    ANDELMAN M, 1995, 5415768, US
    ANDELMAN M, 2003, 5192432
    NISHINO A, 1996, J POWER SOURCES, V60, P137
    NOACK A, 2002, 1003457, DE
    ODA H, 2003, CARBON, V41, P1037
    SHI L, 2003, 1463927, CN
    ZHANG DS, 2005, J FUNCT MAT, V36, P282
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 60
 IS 3
 BP 360
 EP 363
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 989ZN
 UT ISI:000233713000017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liew, KM
    Cheng, YM
    Kitipornchai, S
 TI Boundary element-free method (BEFM) for two-dimensional elastodynamic
    analysis using Laplace transform
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL FOR NUMERICAL METHODS IN ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE moving least-squares approximation; improved moving least-squares
    approximation; weighted orthogonal function; boundary integral
    equation; meshless/mesh-free method; boundary element-free method;
    elastodynamics
 ID POINT INTERPOLATION METHOD; NODE METHOD; ELASTICITY PROBLEMS; LINEAR
    ELASTICITY; PLATES
 AB In this paper, we present a direct meshless method of boundary integral
    equation (BIE), known as the boundary element-free method (BEFM), for
    two-dimensional (2D) elastodynamic problems that combines the BIE
    method for 2D elastodynamics in the Laplace-transformed domain and the
    improved moving least-squares (IMLS) approximation. The formulae for
    the BEFM for 2D elastodynamic problems are given, and the numerical
    procedures are also shown. The BEFM is a direct numerical method, in
    which the basic unknown quantities are the real solutions of the nodal
    variables, and the boundary conditions can be implemented directly and
    easily that leads to a greater computational precision. For the purpose
    of demonstration, some selected numerical examples are solved using the
    BEFM. Copyright (c) 2005 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Bldg & Construct, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Mech & Aerosp Engn, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Kitipornchai, S, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Bldg & Construct, Tat Chee
    Ave, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 EM S.Kitipornchai@cityu.edu.hk
 CR ATLURI SN, 2002, MESHLESS LOCAL PETRO
    BELYTSCHKO T, 1996, COMPUTER METHODS APP, V136, P3
    BESKOS DE, 1997, APPL MECH REV, V50, P149
    CHATI MK, 1999, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V46, P1163
    CHATI MK, 2000, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V47, P1523
    CHENG YM, 1997, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V10, P246
    DURBIN F, 1974, COMPUT J, V17, P371
    ERINGEN AC, 1975, ELASTODYNAMICS, V2
    GU YT, 2002, COMPUT MECH, V28, P47
    GU YT, 2003, STRUCT ENG MECH, V15, P535
    KITIPORNCHAI S, 2005, COMPUT MECH, V36, P13
    KOTHNUR VS, 1999, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V36, P1129
    LANCASTER P, 1981, MATH COMPUT, V37, P141
    LIEW KM, IN PRESS INT J NUMER
    LIEW KM, 2003, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V56, P2331
    LIEW KM, 2003, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V57, P599
    LIEW KM, 2004, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V60, P1861
    LIEW KM, 2005, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V63, P1014
    MANOLIS GD, 1988, BOUNDARY ELEMENT MET
    MUKHERJEE YX, 1997, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V40, P797
    MURTI V, 1986, ENG FRACT MECH, V23, P585
    RADHED YF, 2002, COMPUT STRUCT, V80, P1351
    SELLOUNTOS EJ, 2001, 5 INT WORKSH MATH ME, P265
    SLADEK J, 2003, COMPUT STRUCT, V81, P1643
    SLADEK J, 2003, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V57, P235
    ZHU T, 1998, COMPUT MECH, V21, P223
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 0029-5981
 J9 INT J NUMER METHOD ENG
 JI Int. J. Numer. Methods Eng.
 PD NOV 28
 PY 2005
 VL 64
 IS 12
 BP 1610
 EP 1627
 PG 18
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 990FM
 UT ISI:000233728600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Y
    Zha, XJ
    Yan, JK
 TI Reflection and refraction of light at the interface of a uniaxial
    bicrystal
 SO EUROPHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID NEGATIVE REFRACTION; INDEX
 AB This paper deals with a theoretical analysis of the reflection and
    refraction of light at the interface of a bicrystal by use of Maxwell's
    equations. For a general case, the formulas of Snell's Law and the four
    Fresnel coefficients for the reflection and refraction of extraordinary
    light at the interface of a uniaxial bicrystal are derived for the
    first time, as well as the Brewster angle value. The condition for
    total reflection is presented and the electromagnetic fields
    distributions at both sides of a bicrystal are presented when total
    reflection occurs.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, State Key Lab High Field Laser Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, Y, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 EM yanwang@staff.shu.edu.cn
    xjzha@siom.ac.cn
    jkyan@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR FANG N, 2005, SCIENCE, V308, P534
    FENG ZF, 2005, PHYS REV LETT, V94
    GRBIC A, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V92
    KONG JA, 2002, ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE
    KROWNE CM, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V93
    LIH JS, 2005, EUROPHYS LETT, V69, P544
    PENDRY JB, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P3966
    SHELBY RA, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P77
    ZHANG Y, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    ZHANG Y, 2005, MOD PHYS LETT B, V19, P21
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0295-5075
 J9 EUROPHYS LETT
 JI Europhys. Lett.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 72
 IS 5
 BP 830
 EP 836
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 989FQ
 UT ISI:000233658700022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Kang, LY
    Sohn, MY
    Kim, HK
 TI Bondage number of the discrete torus C-n x C-4
 SO DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE graph; domination number; bondage number
 AB The bondage number b(G) of a graph G is the cardinality of a smallest
    set of edges whose removal from G results in a graph with a domination
    number greater than the domination number of G. In this paper, we show
    that the bondage number of the Cartesian product C-n x C-4 of two
    cycles C-n (n >= 4) and C4 is equal to 4, i.e., b(C-n x C-4) = 4 for
    any n >= 4. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Changwon Natl Univ, Dept Appl Math, Chang Won 641773, South Korea.
    Catholic Univ Daegu, Dept Math, Kyongsan 712702, South Korea.
 RP Kang, LY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM mysohn@changwon.ac.kr
 CR DUNBAR JE, 1998, DOMINATION GRAPHS AD, P471
    FINK JF, 1990, DISCRETE MATH, V86, P47
    HARTNELL BL, 1992, ARS COMBINATORIA, V33, P65
    HAYNES TW, 1998, DOMINATIONS GRAPHS A
    KLAVZAR S, 1995, DISCRETE APPL MATH, V59, P129
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0012-365X
 J9 DISCRETE MATH
 JI Discret. Math.
 PD NOV 6
 PY 2005
 VL 303
 IS 1-3
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 80
 EP 86
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics
 GA 990AU
 UT ISI:000233716400008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, TC
    You, FC
 TI Generalized multi-component TC hierarchy and its multi-component
    integrable coupling system
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE loop algebra; multi-component TC hierarchy; multi-component integrable
    coupling system
 ID BI-HAMILTONIAN STRUCTURE; LOOP ALGEBRA; SOLITON-EQUATIONS; CONSTRAINED
    FLOWS; BURGERS HIERARCHY; AKNS HIERARCHY; NONLINEARIZATION; EVOLUTION;
    MODELS; FAMILY
 AB A new W-dimensional Lie algebra X is constructed firstly. Then, the
    corresponding loop algebra X is produced, whose commutation operation
    defined by us is as simple and straightforward as that in the loop
    algebra A,. It follows that a general scheme for generating
    multi-component integrable hierarchy is proposed. By taking advantage
    of X, a new isospectral problem is established, and then well-known
    multi-component TC hierarchy is obtained. Finally, an expanding loop
    algebra F-M of the loop algebra X is presented. Based on the Pm, the
    multi-component integrable coupling system of the generalized
    multi-coinponent TC hierarchy has been worked out. The method in this
    paper can be applied to other nonlinear evolution equations
    hierarchies. It is easy to find that we can construct any
    finite-dimensional Lie algebra by this approach.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, TC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM xiatc@yahoo.com.cn
    fcyou2008@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    CAO CW, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V33, P528
    FAN E, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P513
    FAN E, 2001, PHYSICA A, V301, P105
    FAN EG, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P7769
    FUSSTEINER B, 1993, APPL ANAL GEOMETRIC, P125
    GUO FK, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P951
    GUO FK, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P5793
    GUOAND FK, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44
    LI YS, 1999, SOLITON INTEGRABLE S
    LI YS, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V275, P60
    MA WX, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P1227
    MA WX, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P4419
    MA WX, 2002, CHINESE ANN MATH B, V23, P373
    NEWELL AC, 1985, SOLITON MATH PHYS
    TAM HW, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P535
    TSUCHIDA T, 1996, J PHYS SOC JPN, V65, P3153
    TSUCHIDA T, 1998, J PHYS SOC JPN, V67, P1175
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, J PHYS LETT A, V53, P257
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V69, P2241
    TU GZ, 1989, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V5, P89
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    XIA TC, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P939
    XIA TC, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V42, P180
    XIA TC, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V42, P494
    XIA TC, 2004, PHYSICA A, V343, P238
    XIA TC, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1033
    XIA TC, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1163
    XU XX, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P321
    XU XX, 2004, PHYS LETT A, V326, P199
    ZENG YB, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V160, P541
    ZENG YB, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P5241
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P7225
    ZHANG YF, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P5
    ZHANG YF, 2003, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V53, P2190
    ZHANG YF, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V18, P855
    ZHANG YF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P1194
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P305
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P413
 NR 39
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD NOV 15
 PY 2005
 VL 44
 IS 5
 BP 793
 EP 798
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 989FA
 UT ISI:000233657100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Su, LP
    Zhang, JP
    Xu, HB
    Wang, Y
    Chu, YW
    Liu, RZ
    Xiong, SD
 TI Differential expression of CXCR4 is associated with the metastatic
    potential of human non-small cell lung cancer cells
 SO CLINICAL CANCER RESEARCH
 DT Article
 ID CHEMOKINE RECEPTOR CXCR4; TUMOR PROGRESSION; FACTOR-I; MIGRATION;
    SYSTEM; CARCINOMA; INVOLVEMENT; PROGENITORS; FACTOR-1; AXIS
 AB Purpose: To evaluate the relation between CXCR4 expression and the
    presence of metastatic disease in human non -small cell lung cancer
    (NSCLC) patients and investigate whether modulation of CXCR4 expression
    could serve as a potential pathway in preventing metastasis of NSCLC.
    Experimental Design: CXCR4 expression in 36 patients with NSCLC and 10
    normal lung tissues was detected by real-time PCR and
    immunohistochemistry. CXCR4 expression in two human NSCLC clones (95C
    and 95D) with different metastatic potential was determined by
    real-time PCR and flow cytometry. 95C and 95D cells were transfected
    with the plasmid DNA containing CXCR4 coding gene or CXCR4 antisense
    nucleotide fragment, respectively, and the effects on in vitro cell
    migration, invasion, and adhesion and in vivo metastasis were measured.
    Results: Up-regulated expression of CXCR4 was detected in 34 tumors,
    which were further divided into 17 high expression cancers and 17 low
    expression cancers by their staining intensities. High CXCR4 tumors (13
    of 17) were more prone to clinical metastasis in comparison with low
    expression tumors. CXCR4 was differentially expressed in 95C and 95D
    cells with low or high metastatic potential, and the surface expression
    of CXCR4 were 50% up-regulated or down-regulated following the stable
    transfection. The metastatic potential of NSCLC in vitro, such as
    migration, invasion, and adhesion, were significantly enhanced or
    impaired. In addition, neutralizing the interactions of stromal cell -
    derived factor-1/CXCR4 in vitro with CXCR4-specific antibodies
    inhibited the CXCR4-dependent migration, invasion, and adhesion.
    Furthermore, s.c. inoculation of lung cancer cells with low expression
    of CXCR4 in nude mice showed 0- to 2-fold decrease in lung metastatic
    foci than that with high expression of CXCR4.
    Conclusions: Differential expression of CXCR4 is associated with the
    metastatic potential of human NSCLC, raising the possibility that
    blockade of CXCR4/stromal cell -derived factor-1 interaction may lead
    the way to design novel therapeutic tools for the treatment of
    metastatic NSCLC patients.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Dept Immunol, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Key Lab Mol Med, Minist Educ, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Div Immunol, E Inst, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiong, SD, Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Dept Immunol, 138 Yixueyuan
    Rd, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM sdxiongfd@126.com
 CR *MET GROUP, 2000, CORCHR DAT SYST REV
    AIUTI A, 1999, EUR J IMMUNOL, V29, P1823
    FENG Y, 1996, SCIENCE, V272, P872
    FIDLER IJ, 1990, CANCER RES, V50, P6130
    FIDLER IJ, 1999, CANCER CHEMOTH PHA S, V43, S3
    HE C, 2001, J CANCER RES CLIN, V127, P180
    HOOGEWERF AJ, 1997, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V36, P13570
    HORIKAWA T, 2005, LARYNGOSCOPE, V115, P62
    INOUE K, 2000, CLIN CANCER RES, V6, P2104
    ITO S, 2001, INT J CANCER, V93, P212
    KATO M, 2003, BREAST CANCER RES, V5, R144
    KOSHIBA T, 2000, CLIN CANCER RES, V6, P3530
    LU XL, 1989, CHINESE J ONCOL, V11, P3
    MOHLE R, 1998, BLOOD, V91, P4523
    MULLER A, 2001, NATURE, V410, P50
    NAVOLOTSKI A, 1997, CANCER LETT, V118, P181
    OONAKAHARA K, 2004, AM J RESP CELL MOL, V30, P671
    PATEL DD, 2001, CLIN IMMUNOL, V99, P43
    PERISSINOTTO E, 2005, CLIN CANCER RES, V11, P490
    PHILLIPS RJ, 2003, AM J RESP CRIT CARE, V167, P1676
    ROBLEDO MM, 2001, J BIOL CHEM, V276, P45098
    ROLLINS BJ, 1997, BLOOD, V90, P909
    SCOTTON CJ, 2001, CANCER RES, V61, P4961
    SIEGEL G, 1998, MICROSC RES TECHNIQ, V43, P276
    STRIETER RM, 2001, NAT IMMUNOL, V2, P285
    SUN YX, 2003, J CELL BIOCHEM, V89, P462
    TAMAMURA H, 1998, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V253, P877
    WANG JF, 1998, BLOOD, V92, P756
    WANG JM, 1998, J IMMUNOL METHODS, V220, P1
    WANG N, 1982, CANCER RES, V42, P1046
    ZLOTNIK A, 2000, IMMUNITY, V12, P121
    ZLOTNIK A, 2004, SEMIN CANCER BIOL, V14, P181
 NR 32
 TC 0
 SN 1078-0432
 J9 CLIN CANCER RES
 JI Clin. Cancer Res.
 PD DEC 1
 PY 2005
 VL 11
 IS 23
 BP 8273
 EP 8280
 PG 8
 SC Oncology
 GA 989VF
 UT ISI:000233701300009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, J
    Chen, TP
    Xiang, L
 TI Chaotic Lag synchronization of coupled delayed neural networks and its
    applications in secure communication
 SO CIRCUITS SYSTEMS AND SIGNAL PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE Lag synchronization; chaos; adaptive control; chaotic delayed Hopfied
    neural networks; secure communication
 ID SYSTEMS
 AB In this paper, the issues of lag synchronization of coupled chaotic
    delayed neural networks are investigated. By using the adaptive control
    with the linear feedback updated law, some simple yet generic criteria
    for determining the lag synchronization of coupled chaotic delayed
    neural networks are derived based on the invariance principle of
    functional differential equations. It is shown that the approaches
    developed here further extend the ideas and techniques presented in the
    literature, and they are also simple to implement in practice. By using
    the proposed lag synchronization technique of coupled chaotic delayed
    neural networks, an application toward a secure communication scheme
    with certain external random noises is also discussed. Furthermore, the
    numerical simulations demonstrate the effectiveness and feasibility of
    the proposed techniques. 34K23, 34K35, 92F05, 92B20.
 C1 Hebei Univ Technol, Dept Appl Math & Phys, Tianjin 300130, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Lab Nonlinear Sci, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, J, Hebei Univ Technol, Dept Appl Math & Phys, Tianjin 300130,
    Peoples R China.
 EM Jinzhou@fudan.edu.cn
    Tchen@fudan.edu.cn
    Xianglan.htu@eyou.com.cn
 CR CHEN G, 1998, CHAOS ORDER METHODOL
    CHEN GR, 2004, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V14, P2229
    FIRE P, 2001, SCIENCE, V291, P1560
    HOPPENSTEADT FC, 2000, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V11, P734
    HUANG DB, 2004, PHYS REV E, V69
    KUANG Y, 1993, DELAY DIFFERENTIAL E
    LI CD, 2004, PHYSICA D, V194, P187
    LU HT, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V298, P109
    LU WL, 2004, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V51, P2491
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    PECORA LM, 1997, CHAOS, V7, P520
    PENG J, 2003, J COMPUT RES DEV, V40, P263
    PYRAGAS K, 1998, PHYS REV E A, V58, P3067
    SHAHVERDIEV EM, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V292, P320
    STEINMETZ PN, 2000, NATURE, V404, P187
    XIANG L, 2002, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V23, P1367
    ZHANG Y, 1997, IEEE INT C INTELL PR, V1, P521
    ZHOU J, 2004, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V3173, P144
    ZHOU J, 2004, NEURAL NETWORKS, V17, P87
    ZHOU J, 2005, IN PRESS DYNS DIS B, V11
    ZHOU J, 2005, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V3496, P308
    ZHOU X, 2000, ALGORITHMICA, V26, P3
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0278-081X
 J9 CIRC SYST SIGNAL PROCESS
 JI Circuits Syst. Signal Process.
 PD SEP-OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 24
 IS 5
 BP 599
 EP 613
 PG 15
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 988GR
 UT ISI:000233581300011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xing, HM
    Sun, L
    Chen, XG
 TI On a generalization of signed total dominating functions of graphs
 SO ARS COMBINATORIA
 DT Article
 AB Let G = (V, E) be a simple graph. For any real valued function f : V ->
    R, the weight of f is defined as f (V) = Sigma f (v), over all vertices
    V is an element of V. For positive integer k, a total k-subdominating
    function (TkSF) is a function of f : V -> {- 1, 1} such that f (N(v))
    >= 1 for at least k vertices v of G. The total k-subdomination number
    gamma(ks)(t) (G) of a graph G equals the minimum weight of a TkSF on G.
    In the special case where k = vertical bar V vertical bar,
    gamma(ks)(t), is the signed total domination number (5). We research
    total k-subdomination numbers of some graphs and obtain a few lower
    bounds of gamma(ks)(t)(G).
 C1 Langfang Teachers Coll, Dept Math, Hebei 065000, Peoples R China.
    Beijing Inst Technol, Dept Math, Beijing 100081, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Info Sci & Engn, Tai An 271019, Peoples R China.
 RP Xing, HM, Langfang Teachers Coll, Dept Math, Hebei 065000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM huaming_xing@sohu.com
 CR BROERE I, 1995, DISCRETE MATH, V138, P125
    COCKAYNE EJ, 1980, NETWORKS, V10, P211
    COCKAYNE EJ, 1996, ARS COMBINATORIA, V43, P235
    HARRIS L, UNPUB DISCRETE APPL
    HATTINGH JH, 1998, DOMINATION GRAPHICS, CH4
    HENNING MA, IN PRESS DISCRETE MA
    ZELINKA B, 2001, CZECH MATH J, V51, P225
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0381-7032
 J9 ARS COMB
 JI ARS Comb.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 77
 BP 205
 EP 215
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics
 GA 988MH
 UT ISI:000233604800018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, GX
    Zhang, JC
    Xu, Y
    Wang, SP
    Yu, J
    Cao, SX
    Jing, C
    Shen, XC
 TI Action of strong coupling on steplike magnetization and transport
    properties in phase-separated manganite
 SO APPLIED PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID COLOSSAL MAGNETORESISTANCE; FIELD; TRANSITIONS; COMPETITION; PHYSICS;
    OXIDES
 AB For phase-separated La0.275Pr0.35Ca0.375MnO3 manganite, a steplike
    charge-ordered antiferromagnetic-ferromagnetic transition was observed
    by field induction and accompanied by a sudden drop of resistivity. The
    results can be explained in terms of the spin reorientation in the
    antiferromagnetic (AFM) phase and simultaneous destruction of orbital
    ordering by a magnetic field. Combined with specific heat and
    magnetization measurements, the electronic state density at Fermi
    energy was greatly enhanced at 5 T, which shows the increase of carrier
    number due to delocalization effect, by analogy with the spin
    reorientation due to destruction of orbital ordering by magnetic field.
    The present results prove that the strong coupling among spin, charge,
    and orbital ordering would be the main cause of existing complex
    physical behavior at low temperature, which depends sensitively on the
    spin orientation of adjacent charge-ordered AFM domains and can be
    controlled by applied field. (c) 2005 Americian Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM jczhang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR AHN KH, 2004, NATURE, V428, P401
    CAO GX, 2005, APPL PHYS LETT, V86
    CAO GX, 2005, PHYS REV B, V71
    DEAC IG, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
    GHIVELDER L, 2005, PHYS REV B, V71
    GHOSH N, 2004, PHYS REV B, V70
    HARDY V, 2003, PHYS REV B, V67
    HEBERT S, 2002, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V165, P6
    HEBERT S, 2002, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V122, P335
    HOTTA T, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P11879
    KAWANO H, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P4253
    LEE HJ, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
    LEVY P, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P6437
    MA YQ, 2004, PHYS REV B, V70
    MAIGNAN A, 2002, J PHYS CONDENS MATT, V14, P809
    MOREO A, 1999, SCIENCE, V283, P2034
    PARK SH, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, P67
    ROY M, 1999, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V11, P4843
    SARMA DD, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V93
    TOKER D, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
    TOKUNAGA M, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P5259
    TOKURA Y, 2000, SCIENCE, V288, P462
    UEHARA M, 1999, NATURE, V399, P560
    VARELOGIANNIS G, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P4172
 NR 24
 TC 0
 SN 0003-6951
 J9 APPL PHYS LETT
 JI Appl. Phys. Lett.
 PD DEC 5
 PY 2005
 VL 87
 IS 23
 AR 232501
 DI ARTN 232501
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 990DK
 UT ISI:000233723200050
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, BX
    Yu, JY
    Xu, DJ
 TI 2,2 '-Diamino-4,4 '-bi-1,3-thiazol-3,3 '-diium bis(2,2 '-diamino-4,4
    '-bi-1,3-thiazol-3-ium) tetrakis(2-nitrobenzoate)
 SO ACTA CRYSTALLOGRAPHICA SECTION E-STRUCTURE REPORTS ONLINE
 DT Article
 AB The crystal structure of the title compound,
    C6H8N4S22+.-2C(6)H(7)N(4)S(2)(+.)4C(7)H(4)NO(4)(-), comprises
    diprotonated diaminobithiazole (DABT) dications located on inversion
    centers, monoprotonated DABT cations and nitrobenzoate anions. The
    relatively short C - N( amino) bond distances, ranging from 1.310 (2)
    to 1.350 (2) angstrom, indicate electron delocalization between the
    amino groups and thiazole rings. Intermolecular N - H (...) O and N - H
    (...) N hydrogen bonds stabilize the crystal packing.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, DJ, Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou, Peoples R China.
 EM xudj@mail.hz.zj.cn
 CR *RIG CORP, 1998, PROCESS AUTO
    *RIG MSC, 2002, CRYST STRUCT VERS 3
    ALTOMARE A, 1993, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V26, P343
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1997, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V30, P565
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P837
    FISHER LM, 1985, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V24, P3199
    HIGASHI T, 1995, ABSCOR
    LIU BX, 2005, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR E 3, V61, O753
    LIU JG, 2002, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR E 8, V58, O929
    LIU JG, 2003, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR E 3, V59, O312
    LIU JG, 2003, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR E 6, V59, O812
    SHELDRICK GM, 1997, SHELXL97
    SUN WL, 1997, J APPL POLYM SCI, V64, P2309
    WARING MJ, 1981, ANNU REV BIOCHEM, V50, P159
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1600-5368
 J9 ACTA CRYSTALLOGR E-STRUCT REP
 JI Acta Crystallogr. Sect. E.-Struct Rep. Online
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 61
 PN Part 12
 BP O4119
 EP O4120
 PG 2
 SC Crystallography
 GA 989ER
 UT ISI:000233656200192
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bao, KY
    Wen, TQ
    Chen, FX
    Song, HS
    Zhao, CP
 TI Isolation of a gene greatly expressed in Kluyveromyces marxianus at
    high temperature
 SO WORLD JOURNAL OF MICROBIOLOGY & BIOTECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE differential expression; differential display polymerase chain
    reaction; expressed sequence tag; Kluyveromyces marxianus;
    thermotolerance
 ID SACCHAROMYCES-CEREVISIAE; ETHANOL-PRODUCTION; THERMOTOLERANT; YEAST;
    TOLERANCE; IMB3
 AB This research provides insight into the expression of
    thermotolerance-related genes in Kluyveromyces marxianus by
    differential display polymerase chain reaction (DD-PCR) techniques.
    Fourteen differential expressed sequence tags (ESTs) were observed and
    one of them, SHWBY10 was confirmed to be positive by reverse Northern
    blot analysis. The sequence has the GenBank Accession ID No. CD374838.
    DNA sequencing showed that it encoded a 279 bp ORF containing 92 amino
    acids. Analysis of protein sequence indicated that it has significant
    sequence homology with a peroxisomal protein product (gi 50309315) from
    Kluyveromyces lactis. This discovery suggests this gene may be related
    to yeast thermotolerance.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Mol Biol Lab, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wen, TQ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Mol Biol Lab, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM tqwen@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BANAT IM, 1996, ACTA BIOTECHNOL, V16, P215
    DEMCHENKO LN, 1979, MICROBIOLOGY, V48, P730
    DUJON B, 2004, NATURE, V1430, P35
    GROSS C, 1998, YEAST, V14, P431
    KIRANSREE N, 1999, PROCESS BIOCHEM, V34, P115
    LOPEZHUERTAS E, 2000, EMBO J, V19, P6770
    SINGH D, 1998, BIOTECHNOL LETT, V20, P753
    SREE NK, 2000, BIORESOURCE TECHNOL, V72, P43
    SRIDHAR M, 2002, BIORESOURCE TECHNOL, V83, P199
    SWAN TM, 1998, FEMS MICROBIOL LETT, V169, P191
    TIEQIAO W, 1998, MYCOSYSTEMA, V17, P35
    WATSON K, 1990, ADV MICROB PHYSIOL, V31, P183
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0959-3993
 J9 WORLD J MICROBIOL BIOTECHNOL
 JI World J. Microbiol. Biotechnol.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 21
 IS 6-7
 BP 1083
 EP 1086
 PG 4
 SC Biotechnology & Applied Microbiology
 GA 985NT
 UT ISI:000233385500044
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yi, ZJ
    Liu, TY
    Zhang, QR
    Sun, YY
 TI First-principles study on the electronic structures and absorption
    spectra for Th4+ : PbWO4 crystal
 SO SOLID STATE COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE PbWO4 crystal; electronic structures; lead vacancy; absorption spectra
 ID PBWO4 SCINTILLATING CRYSTALS; SINGLE-CRYSTALS; COLOR-CENTERS;
    IMPROVEMENT; ORIGIN; IONS; BAND
 AB The electronic structures and absorption spectra for Th4+: PbWO4 have
    been calculated using density functional theory code CASTEP with the
    lattice structure optimized. It is shown by calculation that the
    visible range absorptions of the lead vacancy contained PWO crystal can
    be completely quenched by the doping of Th4+. The quenching of the 330,
    360 and 420 nm absorption bands are discussed. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd,
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Yi, ZJ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, 516 Jungong Rd, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 EM yzu_8147@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ABRAHAM Y, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P3
    FAN RC, 2001, SPECTROSCOPY SOLID
    FENG XQ, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P449
    FENG XQ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P315
    FENG XQ, 2003, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V52, P2065
    GODBY RW, 1992, TOP APPL PHYS, V69, P51
    KOBAYASHI M, 1998, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V404, P149
    KOBAYASHI M, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V434, P412
    KOBAYASHI M, 2001, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V465, P428
    KORZHIK MV, 1996, P INT C IN SCINT THE, P241
    LIU TY, 2001, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V184
    LIU TY, 2005, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V135, P382
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V195, P311
    PAYNE MC, 1992, REV MOD PHYS, V64, P1045
    SEGALL MD, 2002, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V14, P2717
    TAO K, 2005, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V22, P215
    ZHANG QR, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
    ZHANG QR, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P1131
    ZHU WL, 2003, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V125, P253
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0038-1098
 J9 SOLID STATE COMMUN
 JI Solid State Commun.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 136
 IS 9-10
 BP 550
 EP 553
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 987CJ
 UT ISI:000233495700013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, GH
 TI Weakly nonlinear stability of ultra-thin slipping films
 SO PROGRESS IN NATURAL SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE ultra-thin film; weakly nonlinear theory; hydrodynamic stability;
    rupture of thin film
 ID LIQUID-FILMS; RUPTURE; INSTABILITY; DYNAMICS
 AB A weakly nonlinear theory is presented to study the effects of slippage
    on the stability of the ultra-thin polymer films. The nonlinear
    mathematical model is constructed for perturbations of small finite
    amplitude based on hydrodynamic equations with the long wave
    approximation. Results reveal that the nonlinearity always accelerates
    the rupture of the films. The influences of the slip length, film
    thickness, and initial amplitude of perturbations on the rupture of the
    films are investigated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Hu, GH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM ghhu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BARRAT JL, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P4671
    ERNEUX T, 1993, PHYS FLUIDS A-FLUID, V5, P1117
    KARGUPTA K, 2004, LANGMUIR, V20, P244
    ORON A, 1997, REV MOD PHYS, V69, P931
    PRIEZJEV NV, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V92
    REITER G, 1994, SCIENCE, V263, P1741
    SHARMA A, 1993, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V161, P190
    SHARMA A, 1995, PHYS FLUIDS, V7, P1832
    SHARMA A, 1996, MACROMOLECULES, V29, P6959
    SHARMA A, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V83, P3549
    SHUGAI GA, 1998, EUR J MECH B-FLUID, V17, P371
    TELETZKE GF, 1988, REV PHYS APPL, V23, P989
    WILLIAMS MB, 1982, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V90, P220
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0071
 J9 PROG NAT SCI
 JI Prog. Nat. Sci.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 15
 IS 9
 BP 827
 EP 831
 PG 5
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 986XC
 UT ISI:000233482000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, QH
    Shi, DH
 TI Markov chains theory for scale-free networks
 SO PHYSICA A-STATISTICAL MECHANICS AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE scale-free networks; degree distribution; degree exponent; Markov chains
 ID WORLD-WIDE-WEB; COMPLEX NETWORKS; TOPOLOGY
 AB This paper proposes a Markov chain method to predict the growth
    dynamics of the individual nodes in scale-free networks, and uses this
    to calculate numerically the degree distribution. We first find that
    the degree evolution of a node in the BA model is a nonhomogeneous
    Markov chain. An efficient algorithm to calculate the degree
    distribution is developed by the theory of Markov chains. The numerical
    results for the BA model are consistent with those of the analytical
    approach. A directed network with the logarithmic growth is introduced.
    The algorithm is applied to calculate the degree distribution for the
    model. The numerical results show that the system self-organizes into a
    scale-free network. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Fujian Normal Univ, Coll Math & Comp Sci, Fuzhou 350007, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, QH, Fujian Normal Univ, Coll Math & Comp Sci, Fuzhou 350007,
    Peoples R China.
 EM qhdchen@yahoo.com.cn
    shidh2001@263.net
 CR ALBERT R, 1999, NATURE, V401, P130
    ALBERT R, 2000, NATURE, V406, P378
    ALBERT R, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P5234
    ALBERT R, 2002, REV MOD PHYS, V74, P47
    BARABASI AL, 1999, PHYSICA A, V272, P173
    BARABASI AL, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P509
    BARABASI AL, 2000, PHYSICA A, V281, P69
    BIANCONI G, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P5632
    CHEN QH, 2004, PHYSICA A, V335, P240
    DOROGOVTSEV SN, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V62, P1842
    DOROGOVTSEV SN, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P4633
    DOROGOVTSEV SN, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V63
    DOROGOVTSEV SN, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V63
    DOROGOVTSEV SN, 2002, CONDMAT0204102
    ERDOS P, 1960, PUBL MATH I HUNG, V5, P17
    JEONG H, 2000, NATURE, V407, P651
    JEONG H, 2001, NATURE, V411, P41
    KRAPIVSKY PL, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P4629
    NEWMAN MEJ, 2003, SIAM REV, V45, P167
    RAVASZ E, 2002, CONDMAT0206130
    ROSS SM, 1983, STOCHASTIC PROCESSES
    STROGATZ SH, 2001, NATURE, V410, P268
    WATTS DJ, 1998, NATURE, V393, P440
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0378-4371
 J9 PHYSICA A
 JI Physica A
 PD JAN 15
 PY 2006
 VL 360
 IS 1
 BP 121
 EP 133
 PG 13
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 986WH
 UT ISI:000233479900009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bian, JJ
    Kim, DW
    Hong, KS
 TI Glass-free LTCC microwave dielectric ceramics
 SO MATERIALS RESEARCH BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE ceramics; dielectric properties
 AB The sintering behavior, microstructure and microwave dielectric
    properties of complex pyrophosphate compounds AMP(2)O(7) (A = Ca, Sr; M
    = Zn, Cu) were investigated in this paper. All compounds could be
    densified below the temperature of 950 degrees C without any glass
    addition, and exhibit low permittivity (epsilon(r) < 8), high Q x f
    value and negative temperature coefficient of resonant frequency. The Q
    x f value was discussed from the point of view of bond strength. The
    chemical compatibility with silver and copper was also investigated.
    All compounds seriously react with silver at similar to 700 degrees C.
    However SrZnP2O7 could be co-fired with copper in reduced atmosphere,
    The microwave dielectric properties of SrZnP2O7 sintered at 950 degrees
    C in reducing atmosphere are: epsilon(r) = 7.06, Q x f = 52781 GHz,
    tau(f) = -70 ppm/degrees C. In terms of its lower sintering
    temperature, chemical compatibility with copper and good microwave
    dielectric properties, SrZnP2O7 ceramic is very promising for low
    temperature co-fired ceramic (LTCC) applications. (C) 2005 Elsevier
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Seoul Natl Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Seoul 151742, South Korea.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Bian, JJ, Seoul Natl Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Seoul 151742, South
    Korea.
 EM jjbian1@sohu.com
 CR *JCPS ICDD, 1998, PCPDFWIN VERS 2 01
    BIAN JJ, 2004, JPN J APPL PHYS.PT 1, V6, P3521
    DUBE DC, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P1095
    HAKKI BW, 1960, IRE T MICROWAVE THEO, V8, P402
    KAGATA H, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V31, P3152
    KIM DW, 2003, J EUR CERAM SOC, V23, P2597
    KIM HT, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P3476
    MOQINE A, 1993, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V107, P368
    RIOU D, 1990, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C, V46, P1191
    TEMPLETON A, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P95
    VALANT M, 2001, J AM CERAM SOC, V84, P2900
    VALANT M, 2004, J EUR CERAM SOC, V24, P1715
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0025-5408
 J9 MATER RES BULL
 JI Mater. Res. Bull.
 PD DEC 8
 PY 2005
 VL 40
 IS 12
 BP 2120
 EP 2129
 PG 10
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 987EZ
 UT ISI:000233502500011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, JL
    Jian, JB
 TI A superlinearly convergent SSLE algorithm for optimization problems
    with linear complementarity constraints
 SO JOURNAL OF GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE algorithm; complementarity constraints; global convergence; sequential
    systems of linear equations; superlinear convergence
 ID QUADRATIC-PROGRAMMING ALGORITHM; MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMS; GLOBALLY
    CONVERGENT; SYSTEMS
 AB In this paper we study a special kind of optimization problems with
    linear complementarity constraints. First, by a generalized
    complementarity function and perturbed technique, the discussed problem
    is transformed into a family of general nonlinear optimization problems
    containing parameters. And then, using a special penalty function as a
    merit function, we establish a sequential systems of linear equations
    (SSLE) algorithm. Three systems of equations solved at each iteration
    have the same coefficients. Under some suitable conditions, the
    algorithm is proved to possess not only global convergence, but also
    strong and superlinear convergence. At the end of the paper, some
    preliminary numerical experiments are reported.
 C1 Guangxi Univ, Coll Math & Informat Sci, Nanning 530004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, JL, Guangxi Univ, Coll Math & Informat Sci, Nanning 530004, Peoples
    R China.
 EM ljl123@gxu.edu.cn
    jianjb@gxu.edu.cn
 CR CHEN BT, 1993, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V14, P1168
    FACCHINEI F, 1997, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V92, P543
    FACCHINEI F, 1999, MATH PROGRAM, V85, P107
    FUKUSHIMA M, 1998, COMPUT OPTIM APPL, V10, P5
    GAO ZY, 1997, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V95, P371
    GAO ZY, 1997, SCI CHINA SER A, V27, P24
    HAN SP, 1976, MATHEMATICAL PROGRAM, V11, P263
    JIAN JB, 2000, THESIS XIAN JIAOTONG
    JIAN JB, 2002, ACTA MATH SINICA, V45, P1137
    JIANG HY, 2000, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V10, P779
    KANZOW C, 1996, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V17, P851
    KOCVARA M, 1994, NUMER FUNC ANAL OPT, V15, P869
    KOCVARA M, 1995, P INT C COMPL PROBL, P148
    KOJIMA M, 1991, UNIFIED APPROACH INT
    LUO ZQ, 1996, MATH PROGRAMS EQUILI
    OUTRATA JV, 1998, NONSMOOTH APPROACH O
    PANIER ER, 1988, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V26, P788
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0925-5001
 J9 J GLOBAL OPTIM
 JI J. Glob. Optim.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 33
 IS 4
 BP 477
 EP 510
 PG 34
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 987MI
 UT ISI:000233521600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, J
    Liu, ZR
    Chen, GR
 TI Global dynamics of periodic delayed neural networks models
 SO DYNAMICS OF CONTINUOUS DISCRETE AND IMPULSIVE SYSTEMS-SERIES
    B-APPLICATIONS & ALGORITHMS
 DT Article
 DE periodic delayed recurrent neural networks; dynamic attractor; periodic
    solutions; stability; topological degree theory; Lyapunov functional
 ID EXPONENTIAL STABILITY; ENVIRONMENTS; NEURONS
 AB In this paper, without assuming the smoothness, rnonotonicity and
    boundedness of the activation functions, some new and simple sufficient
    conditions of the existence and global exponential stability of
    periodic attractors for a model of periodic delayed recurrent neural
    networks are obtained by utilizing topological degree theory and the
    Lyapunov functional methods, which are natural extension and
    generalization of the corresponding results existing in the literature.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Hebei Inst Technol, Dept Appl Math, Tianjin 300130, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, J, Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 CR CAO JD, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V270, P157
    CHUA LO, 1988, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V35, P1257
    GAIN RE, 1977, COINCIDENCE DEGREE N
    GOPALSAMY K, 2002, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V13, P551
    HALE JK, 1977, INTRO FUNCTIONAL DIF
    HOPFIELD JJ, 1984, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V81, P3088
    HUANG H, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V298, P393
    MOHAMAD S, 2000, DISCRET CONTIN DYN S, V6, P841
    ZHANG Y, 2002, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V49, P256
    ZHOU J, 2004, NEURAL NETWORKS, V17, P87
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1492-8760
 J9 DYN CONT DISCR IMP SYST SER B
 JI Dyn. Contin. Discret. Impuls. Syst. Ser. B-Appl. Algorithms
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 12
 IS 5-6
 BP 689
 EP 699
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 987AY
 UT ISI:000233492000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zuo, JG
    Hua, TC
    Liu, BL
    Zhou, GY
 TI Thermal analysis of tertiary butyl alcohol/sucrose/water ternary system
 SO CRYOLETTERS
 DT Article
 DE freeze-drying; tertiary butyl alcohol (TBA); sucrose; glass transition;
    differential scanning calorimetry (DSC); annealing
 ID COSOLVENT SYSTEMS; MOLECULAR MOBILITY; CRYSTALLIZATION; ALCOHOL;
    LYOPHILIZATION; GLASS; TEMPERATURES
 AB The purpose of this work is to investigate the freezing properties of
    tertiary butyl alcohol (TBA)/sucrose/water ternary system. Differential
    scanning calorimetry (DSC) is employed to determine the glass
    transition temperature of the maximally freeze-concentrated solution
    T-g' and the crystallization (or devitrification) temperature T-r. DSC
    measurements show that the presence of sucrose hinders the
    crystallization of TBA during cooling. The residual TBA in the glassy
    state will cause a decrease in T-g' and will crystallize during
    heating. An increase in the the cooling rate causes a decrease in T-g'.
    For 10% TBA/10% sucrose/water ternary system, the critical heating rate
    is approximately 250 degrees C/min. Annealing treatment at temperatures
    below T-g causes the crystallization of TBA, which indicates that TBA
    molecules still have appreciable mobility even at temperatures below
    T-g'. When the ratio of TBA to sucrose is less than 0.2, TBA cannot
    crystallize during cooling.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryomed & Food Freezing, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Hua, TC, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryomed & Food Freezing, 516
    Jun Gong Rd, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM tchua@sh163.net
 CR ASO Y, 2000, J PHARM SCI, V89, P408
    CARPENTER JF, 1997, PHARMACEUT RES, V14, P969
    FOX KC, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P1922
    FRANKS F, 1990, CRYOLETT, V11, P93
    FRANKS F, 1994, P I REFRIG, V91, P32
    HANCOCK BC, 1995, PHARMACEUT RES, V12, P799
    IZUTSU KI, 1994, PHARMACEUT RES, V11, P995
    KASRAIAN K, 1995, PHARM RES, V12, P484
    KASRAIAN K, 1995, PHARM RES, V12, P491
    KETT VL, 2004, CRYOLETTERS, V25, P389
    MILTON N, 1997, CRYO-LETT, V18, P335
    OESTERLE J, 1998, PHARM DEV TECHNOL, V3, P175
    OTT JB, 1979, J CHEM THERMODYN, V11, P739
    REY L, 2004, FREEZE DRYING LYOPHI, P385
    SEAGER H, 1985, J PARENTER SCI TECHN, V39, P161
    SEARLES JA, 2001, J PHARM SCI, V90, P872
    TEAGARDEN DL, 2002, EUR J PHARM SCI, V15, P115
    TELANG C, 2005, PHARM RES, V22, P153
    WITTAYAAREEKUL S, 1998, J PHARM SCI, V87, P491
    WITTAYAAREEKUL S, 2002, J PHARM SCI, V91, P1147
    YOSHIOKA M, 1994, J PHARM SCI, V83, P1700
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0143-2044
 J9 CRYOLETTERS
 JI CryoLetters
 PD SEP-OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 5
 BP 289
 EP 296
 PG 8
 SC Biology; Physiology
 GA 986TJ
 UT ISI:000233472300003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, X
    Cheng, QK
    Gao, C
    Yang, PF
    Hua, TC
    Deng, CL
    Yang, GH
    Cui, L
    Liu, W
    Cao, WL
    Zhao, TC
    Sun, FZ
 TI Water permeability parameters of dermal fibroblast employed in tissue
    engineering in subzero temperatures
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES E-ENGINEERING & MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE permeability characteristics; DSC; tissue engineered dermis; fibroblast
 AB Fibroblast is a crucial kind of cell in the construction of the tissue
    engineered dermal equivalent. In order to optimize the cryopreservation
    protocols of the tissue-engineered dermis, the characteristics of
    dermal fibroblast in subzero temperatures are required, which include
    the water permeability of the cell membrane and the apparent activation
    energy. Using the differential scanning calorimeter (DSC), the
    volumetric shrinkage during freezing of human dermal fibroblast
    suspensions was obtained at the cooling rate of 5 degrees C.min(-1) in
    the presence of extracellular ice. To ensure the presence of
    extracellular ice, a small quantity of ice nucleation bacteria (INA
    bacteria), pseudomonas syringae was added in the samples. And based on
    the Karlsson's model, a nonlinear-least-squares curve fitting technique
    was implemented to calculate the cryogenic parameters. At the reference
    temperature T-R (= 0 degrees C), the water permeability of membrane
    L-pg = 0.578 mu m.min(-1).atm(-1) and the apparent activation energy
    E-Lp = 308.8 kJ-mol(-1). These parameters were then used to simulate
    water transport of fibroblast during constant cooling at rates between
    0.01-50 degrees C.min(-1). The simulation results were analyzed to
    predict the amount of water left in the cell after dehydration and the
    "optimal cooling rate" for fibroblast cryopreservation. For the dermal
    fibroblast with DMEM solution, a cooling rate of 4.6 degrees C.min(-1)
    was optimal.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryomed & Food Refrigerat, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Res & Dev Ctr Tissue Engn, Shanghai 200235, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Agr Sci, Inst Plant Protect, Beijing 100094, Peoples R China.
 RP Hua, TC, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryomed & Food Refrigerat,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM tchua@sh163.net
 CR GARY B, 1995, CRYOBIOLOGY, V32, P114
    HUA TC, 1994, CRYOBIOMEDICAL TECHN
    KARLSSON JOM, 1993, BIOPHYS J, V65, P2524
    LEVIN RL, 1976, CRYOBIOLOGY, V13, P415
    MAZUR P, 1963, J GEN PHYSIOL, V47, P347
    MAZUR P, 1990, CELL BIOPHYS, V17, P53
    RAMACHANDRA VD, 1998, CRYOBIOLOGY, V36, P124
    RAMACHANDRA VD, 1998, CRYOBIOLOGY, V36, P124
    RAMACHANDRA VD, 1999, BIOL REFRIGERATION, V61, P746
    RAMACHANDRA VD, 1999, CRYOBIOLOGY, V38, P310
    WANG X, 2004, CHINESE J CELL BIOL, V26, P301
    YANG ZM, 2000, TISSUE ENG BASIC RES
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1006-9321
 J9 SCI CHINA SER E
 JI Sci. China Ser. E-Eng. Mater. Sci.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 48
 IS 5
 BP 530
 EP 537
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 985GP
 UT ISI:000233365700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
    Sun, WG
    Xu, DL
 TI Synchronization of complex dynamical networks with nonlinear
    inner-coupling functions and time delays
 SO PROGRESS OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID LIMIT-CYCLE OSCILLATORS; SYSTEMS; ARRAY; MAPS
 AB In this paper, we further study the complex dynamical networks with
    nonlinear inner-coupling functions and time delays. Several
    synchronization theorems are established for such networks. And two
    examples are numerically investigated. All involved numerical
    simulations are in line with the theoretical analyses.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Mech & Aerosp Engn, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM leecp@online.sh.cn
 CR EARL MG, 2003, PHYS REV E 2, V67
    HALE JK, 1993, INTRO FUNCTIONAL DIF
    KOLMANOVSKII VB, 1999, INTRO THEORY APPL FU
    LI CG, 2004, PHYSICA A, V343, P263
    LI CP, IN PRESS PHYSICA A
    LI CP, 2004, CHAOS, V14, P557
    LI CP, 2005, P 24 CHIN CONTR C GU, P202
    MA ZE, 2001, QUALITATIVITY STABIL
    MARTI AC, 2003, PHYS REV E 2, V67
    MARTI AC, 2004, PHYSICA A, V342, P344
    MASOLLER C, 2003, PHYSICA A, V325, P186
    NIEBUR E, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P2753
    SCHUSTER HG, 1989, PROG THEOR PHYS, V81, P939
    VIDYASAGAR F, 1978, NONLINEAR SYSTEMS AN
    WANG XF, 2002, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V49, P54
    WU CW, 1995, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V42, P430
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0033-068X
 J9 PROG THEOR PHYS KYOTO
 JI Prog. Theor. Phys.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 114
 IS 4
 BP 749
 EP 761
 PG 13
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 983JN
 UT ISI:000233227700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jie, Y
    Fang, YY
    Zhang, RJ
    Song, QF
 TI Fingerprint minutiae matching algorithm for real time system
 SO PATTERN RECOGNITION
 DT Article
 DE fingerprint; matching algorithm; minutiae; core
 AB Many fingerprint matching algorithms have been reported in articles in
    recent years. And people did fingerprint images matching through
    minutiae matching in most of the algorithms. In this paper, we proposed
    a new fingerprint minutiae matching algorithm, which is fast, accurate
    and suitable for the real time fingerprint identification system. In
    this algorithm we used the core point to determine the reference point
    and used a round bounding box for matching. Experiments done on a set
    of fingerprint images captured with a scanner showed that our algorithm
    is faster and more accurate than Xiping Luo's algorithm. (c) 2005
    Pattern Recognition Society. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Opt & Elect Informat Engn Coll, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Zhaohong Informat & Technol Co Ltd, Shanghai 200040, Peoples R China.
 RP Jie, Y, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Opt & Elect Informat Engn Coll,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM yingj@msn.com
 CR CHANG SH, 1997, PATTERN RECOGN, V30, P311
    FARINA A, 1999, PATTERN RECOGN, V32, P877
    JAIN A, 1997, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V19, P302
    JAIN AK, 1999, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V21, P348
    LUO XP, 2000, 15 ICPR, V4, P833
    PRABHAKAR S, 2001, THESIS MICHIGAN STAT
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0031-3203
 J9 PATT RECOG
 JI Pattern Recognit.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 39
 IS 1
 BP 143
 EP 146
 PG 4
 SC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Engineering, Electrical &
    Electronic
 GA 983HS
 UT ISI:000233222700015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, FW
    Zhang, QR
    Liu, TY
    Tao, K
 TI Computer simulation of the defect pair V-Pb-V-O in PbWO4 crystals
 SO NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTS & METHODS IN PHYSICS RESEARCH SECTION B-BEAM
    INTERACTIONS WITH MATERIALS AND ATOMS
 DT Article
 DE PbWO4; computer simulation; GULP; point defects; defect pair V
    ''(Pb)-V-O
 ID LEAD TUNGSTATE CRYSTALS; NM ABSORPTION-BAND; SINGLE-CRYSTALS;
    COLOR-CENTERS; ORIGIN; DAMAGE
 AB A computer simulation study has been performed to investigate the
    defects in PbWO4(PWO). The formation energies of isolated point defects
    V"(Pb), V-O and cluster defect V"(Pb)-V-O pair have been calculated. It
    is theoretically demonstrated that the most of V-O in the as-grown PWO
    crystal exists in the form of the vacancy pair V"(Pb)-V-O, which plays
    an important role in the formation and transformation process of light
    induced color centers in the PWO crystal. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, FW, Swiss Fed Inst Technol, ETH Honggerberg, Crystallog Lab,
    Dept Mat, HCI G512, CH-8093 Zurich, Switzerland.
 EM feiwu.zhang@mat.ethz.ch
 CR ABRAHAM YB, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    ANNENKOV A, 1998, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V170, P47
    ANNENKOV AN, 1998, CMS NOTE, P41
    BARISHEVSKI VG, 1992, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V322, P231
    BORN M, 1923, ATOMTHEORIE FESTEN Z
    CATLOW CRA, 1989, J CHEM SOC FARAD T 2, V85, P335
    DICK BG, 1958, PHYS REV, V112, P90
    EPELBAUM BM, 1997, J CRYST GROWTH, V178, P426
    GALE JD, 1996, GEN UTILITY LATTICE
    GALE JD, 1996, PHILOS MAG B, V73, P3
    GALE JD, 1997, J CHEM SOC FARADAY T, V93, P629
    HAN BG, 1999, J APPL PHYS, V86, P3571
    ISLAM MS, 1998, J MATER CHEM, V8, P655
    KORZHIK MV, 1996, SCINT 96, P241
    LAGUTA VV, 1998, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V10, P7293
    LECOQ P, 1995, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V365, P291
    LIAO JY, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P286
    LIDIARD AB, 1989, J CHEM SOC FARAD T 2, V85, P341
    LIN QS, 2000, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V181, R1
    LIN QS, 2001, PHYS REV B, V63
    LIN QS, 2001, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V118, P221
    LIU T, 2001, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V184, P34
    MINERVINI L, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, P83
    MOREAU JM, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V238, P46
    MOTT NF, 1938, T FARADAY SOC, V34, P485
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V196, K7
    NIKL M, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P5758
    NIKL M, 1997, MATER SCI FORUM, V239, P271
    YIN Z, 1997, P SCINT 97 SHANGH CH, V4, P191
    ZHANG FW, 2005, PHYSICA B, V355, P427
    ZHANG Q, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
    ZHANG QR, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P1131
    ZHANG Y, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P12738
    ZHU RY, 1996, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V376, P319
 NR 34
 TC 0
 SN 0168-583X
 J9 NUCL INSTRUM METH PHYS RES B
 JI Nucl. Instrum. Methods Phys. Res. Sect. B-Beam Interact. Mater. Atoms
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 240
 IS 3
 BP 675
 EP 680
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Physics, Nuclear; Instruments &
    Instrumentation; Nuclear Science & Technology
 GA 984ZH
 UT ISI:000233345400010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZC
 TI A new trigonometrically-fitting technique to construct a symmetric
    linear multi-step method for the numerical solution of an orbital
    problem
 SO NEW ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE methods; numerical
 ID DIMENSIONAL SCHRODINGER-EQUATION; LONG-TERM INTEGRATION; FITTED
    METHODS; ORDER
 AB Some previous works show that the linear multi-step methods with the
    trigonometrically-fitting technique suffer from the numerical
    instability due to the parameters, so that these parameters must be
    converted into Taylor series. In this paper, we present a general way
    to construct the symmetric linear multi-step method for the approximate
    solution of orbital problem by using a new trigonometrically-fitting
    technique. By using the new technique, we can eliminate the parameter
    instability so that the Taylor series expansion is avoided and show
    that the new obtained method is P-stable. Comparing with the previous
    trigonometrically-fitting technique for the implicit eight-step method,
    new technique extends the interval of periodicity from H-0(2) similar
    to 5 to infinity and cuts the error constant nearly off 28%. By using a
    new efficient algorithm, we can cut off about one-fifth CPU time,
    because the first-stage and the iterative calculation can be completely
    avoided. Numerical results from the application to the well-known
    periodic orbital problems show that the new improved eight-step method
    is better than the previous eight-step method in accuracy and
    efficiency. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 ShangDa Rd, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zc_wang89@hotmail.com
 CR ARAKIDA H, 2000, ASTRON J, V120, P3333
    DAI Y, 2005, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V167, P110
    FRANCO JM, 1990, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V30, P1
    KONGUETSOF A, 2001, J COMPUT METH SCI EN, V1, P143
    LAMBERT JD, 1962, ZAMP, V13, P223
    LAMBERT JD, 1973, COMPUTATIONAL METHOD
    LAMBERT JD, 1976, J INST MATH APPL, V18, P189
    LYCHE T, 1972, NUMER MATH, V19, P65
    MILANI A, 1998, CELESTIAL MECH, V43, P1
    PSIHOYIOS G, 2003, NEW ASTRON, V8, P679
    QUINLAN GD, 1990, ASTRON J, V100, P1694
    QUINLAN GD, 1999, ARXIVASTROPH9901136
    SIMOS TE, 2002, NEW ASTRON, V7, P1
    SIMOS TE, 2003, NEW ASTRON, V8, P391
    SIMOS TE, 2003, NEWA, V9, P59
    SIMOS TE, 2004, NEW ASTRON, V9, P409
    STIEFEL E, 1969, NUMER MATH, V13, P154
    WANG ZC, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS C, V14, P1087
    WANG ZC, 2004, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V160, P23
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 1384-1076
 J9 NEW ASTRON
 JI New Astron.
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 11
 IS 2
 BP 90
 EP 102
 PG 13
 SC Astronomy & Astrophysics
 GA 984KE
 UT ISI:000233303000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liang, XL
    Zhong, SS
    Wang, W
 TI Dual-polarized corner-fed patch antenna array with high isolation
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE microstrip antenna array; dual-polarization; corner-fed; isolation
 AB A 16 x 1-element microstrip antenna array with dual-polarized stacked
    corner-fed square patches as its elements is presented. This linear
    array fed by the coplanar feed and the slot-coupled feed for dual
    polarization, respectively, together with the pair-wise anti-phase
    feeding technique, achieves measured port isolation better than 33 dB
    with the maximum reaching 43 dB in the bandwidth of 9.375-9.825 GHz.
    The measured bandwidths of VSWR <= 1.5 reach 15% and 13.5% for the two
    ports, respectively, and the measured gain is better than 16.7 dB in
    the operating bandwidth, which are suitable for synthetic aperture
    radar (SAR) application (c) 2005 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liang, XL, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHAKRABARTY SB, 2002, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V33, P52
    CUI JH, 2002, J APPL SCI, V20, P373
    DUTOLT LJ, 1987, IEEE AP S INT S LOS, P810
    GAO SC, 1998, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V19, P214
    LEE B, 2001, IEE P-MICROW ANTEN P, V148, P334
    ROSTAN F, 1995, INT GEOSCI REMOTE SE, V3, P2277
    ZHONG SS, 2002, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V50, P1473
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD DEC 20
 PY 2005
 VL 47
 IS 6
 BP 520
 EP 522
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 983JX
 UT ISI:000233228800004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, N
    Geng, T
    Li, G
 TI Phase component study for Ag doped LaMnO3
 SO MATERIALS RESEARCH INNOVATIONS
 DT Article
 DE magnetic ordered materials; fine-particle systems; X-ray diffraction;
    phase analysis
 ID GIANT MAGNETORESISTANCE; ELECTRICAL-TRANSPORT; FILMS; MANGANITE;
    RESISTIVITY; PEROVSKITES
 C1 Nanjing Normal Univ, Inst Phys, Nanjing 210097, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200000, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, N, Nanjing Normal Univ, Inst Phys, Nanjing 210097, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHAHARA K, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P1990
    HAMAYA K, 2001, J APPL PHYS 1, V89, P6320
    HELMOLT RV, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2331
    JIN S, 1994, SCIENCE, V264, P413
    JY G, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P1113
    RAO GH, 1999, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V11, P1523
    RIVAS J, 2000, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V221, P57
    ROZENBERG E, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V88, P2578
    SANCHEZ RD, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P134
    SCHIFFER P, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P3336
    SRINIVASAN G, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P641
    SRINIVASAN G, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P464
    TAO T, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V77, P723
    TODD NK, 1999, J APPL PHYS, V85, P7263
    URUSHIBARA A, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P14103
    VONHELMOLT R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2331
    ZENER C, 1951, PHYS REV, V82, P403
    ZHANG N, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V219, P319
    ZHANG N, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, P8138
    ZHANG N, 1999, J VAC SCI TECHNOL B, V17, P1050
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1432-8917
 J9 MATER RES INNOV
 JI Mater. Res. Innov.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 9
 IS 2
 BP 47
 EP 49
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 977NI
 UT ISI:000232810100009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, HW
    Guo, C
    Cheng, Y
    Liu, XF
    Shao, GJ
 TI Interfacial strength and structure of stainless steel-semi-solid
    aluminum alloy clad metal
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE semi-solid joining; interfacial shear strength; interfacial structure;
    non-equilibrium diffusion; compound fracture
 ID LIQUID ALUMINUM
 AB Interfacial strength and structure of stainless steel-semi-solid
    aluminum alloy clad metal are studied by means of the experimental and
    analytical methods. Using semi-solid joining technique, the bonding of
    stainless steel and semi-solid aluminum alloy is successfully realized.
    The relationship between interfacial shear strength with solid fraction
    of aluminum alloy is established. The interfacial structure of the
    bonding clad plate is studied by means of OM and SEM. It is shown that
    the best solid fraction of aluminum alloy is 30% and the maximum
    interfacial shear strength is 106.17 MPa. Solid phase and liquid phase
    are bonded with stainless steel by turns along the bonding interface,
    because of different diffusion ability of solid and liquid phase of
    aluminum alloy. There is a compound fracture combined plastic fracture
    and brittle fracture, and a new type of non-equilibrium diffusion
    interfacial structure is constructed in the interface. (c) 2005
    Elsevier B.V All rights reserved.
 C1 Xian Jiaotong Univ, Sch Mech Engn, Xian 710049, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Automobile Met Mat Res & Engn Ctr, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, C, Xian Jiaotong Univ, Sch Mech Engn, Xian 710049, Peoples R China.
 EM gch@mail.xjtu.edu.cn
 CR DYBKOV VI, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P3615
    KIUCHI M, 2003, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V140, P163
    MENDEZ PF, 2002, WELDING RES, V9
    NAIMON ER, 1981, WELD J, V11, P17
    THORU S, 2000, J JSTP, V41, P1221
    TOMIHARU O, 2002, DISSOLVE WELDING LIG, V40, P516
    WANG L, 1996, MECH SCI TECHNOLOGY, V7, P605
    XU DM, 1998, ACTA METALL SIN, V34, P678
    ZHANG P, 2000, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V10, P389
    ZHANG P, 2002, ACTA MAT COMPOSITE, V1, P46
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 60
 IS 2
 BP 180
 EP 184
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 984UE
 UT ISI:000233329000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, XD
    Chen, LQ
 TI Stability in parametric resonance of axially accelerating beams
    constituted by Boltzmann's superposition principle
 SO JOURNAL OF SOUND AND VIBRATION
 DT Article
 ID VISCOELASTIC BEAM; VIBRATIONS; VELOCITY
 AB Stability in transverse parametric vibration of axially accelerating
    viscoelastic beams is investigated. The governing equation is derived
    from Newton's second law, Boltzmann's superposition principle, and the
    geometrical relation. When the axial speed is a constant mean speed
    with small harmonic variations, the governing equation can be treated
    as a continuous gyroscopic system with small periodically parametric
    excitations and a damping term. The method of multiple scales is
    applied directly to the governing equation without discretization. The
    stability conditions are obtained for combination and principal
    parametric resonance. Numerical examples demonstrate that the increase
    of the viscosity coefficient causes the lager instability threshold of
    speed fluctuation amplitude for given detuning parameter and smaller
    instability range of the detuning parameter for given speed fluctuation
    amplitude. The instability region is much bigger in lower order
    principal resonance than that in the higher order. (c) 2005 Elsevier
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shenyang Inst Aeronaut Engn, Dept Engn Mech, Shenyang 110034, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM lqchen@online.sh.cn
 CR ABRATE S, 1992, MECH MACH THEORY, V27, P645
    CHEN LQ, IN PRESS J SOUND VIB
    CHEN LQ, 2004, EUR J MECH A-SOLID, V23, P659
    OZ HR, 1998, J SOUND VIB, V215, P571
    OZ HR, 1999, J SOUND VIB, V227, P239
    OZ HR, 2001, J SOUND VIB, V239, P556
    OZKAYA E, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V234, P521
    OZKAYA E, 2002, J SOUND VIB, V252, P782
    PARKER RG, 2001, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V68, P49
    PASIN F, 1972, ING ARCH, V41, P387
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
    WICKERT JA, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P738
    YANG XD, IN PRESS APPL MATH M
    YANG XD, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P249
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0022-460X
 J9 J SOUND VIB
 JI J. Sound Vibr.
 PD JAN 3
 PY 2006
 VL 289
 IS 1-2
 BP 54
 EP 65
 PG 12
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Acoustics; Mechanics
 GA 985RV
 UT ISI:000233396900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, TL
    Li, XM
    Wu, WB
    Yao, SD
    Wang, K
 TI All-epitaxial growth of single-crystalline Ba-0.Sr-6(0).4TiO3/Ir/MgO/Si
    heterostructures
 SO JOURNAL OF CRYSTAL GROWTH
 DT Article
 DE growth modes; reflection high energy electron diffraction; laser
    epitaxy; oxides; perovskites; dielectric materials
 ID THIN-FILMS; MGO FILMS; SI(100); BUFFER; LAYERS; PLD
 AB Crystalline quality of thin films can be mediated by their growth modes
    and crystallographic orientations. Normally, a growth mode of
    layer-by-layer can effectively suppress formations of defects (such as
    domain walls, grain boundaries, column-structures, dislocations, etc.)
    in thin films, reduce films' surface roughness, and consequently,
    promote films' crystallinity. Such a film grown by layer-by-layer
    growth mode may exhibit less defects and fiat surfaces, even presenting
    a single-crystalline nature (single domain). In this paper, we have
    characterized the crystallinity of pulsed-laser-deposited
    Ba0.6Sr0.4TiO3/Ir/MgO/Si heterostructures by X-ray diffraction, atomic
    force microscopy, reflection high-energy electron diffraction,
    Rutherford backscattering spectrometry and transmission electron
    microscopy. These investigations show that the heterostructures exhibit
    not only an epitaxial layer-by-layer growth mode but also a
    single-crystalline nature. This work demonstrates an effective way in
    monolithic integration of Ba0.6Sr0.4TiO3 with silicon for frequency
    agile devices. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Grad Sch, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Peking Univ, Sch Phys, Dept Tech Phys, Beijing 100871, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, XM, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High
    Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 EM ctlj@mail.sic.ac.cn
    lixm@mail.sic.ac.cn
 CR CHEN TL, 2004, APPL PHYS A-MATER, V79, P1857
    CHEN TL, 2004, J CRYST GROWTH, V267, P80
    CHEN TL, 2004, J CRYST GROWTH, V270, P553
    CHEN TL, 2004, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V131, P523
    DOOLITTLE LR, 1985, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V9, P334
    IM J, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P625
    KOTECKI DE, 1997, INTEGR FERROELECTR, V16, P1
    MASUDA A, 1996, J CRYST GROWTH, V158, P84
    TAO K, 2003, J APPL PHYS, V94, P4042
    WAKIYA N, 2001, THIN SOLID FILMS, V384, P189
    YU T, 1999, APPL SURF SCI, V138, P605
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0022-0248
 J9 J CRYST GROWTH
 JI J. Cryst. Growth
 PD NOV 15
 PY 2005
 VL 285
 IS 1-2
 BP 1
 EP 5
 PG 5
 SC Crystallography
 GA 982IY
 UT ISI:000233152500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, B
    Yu, BK
    Chen, B
    Yan, XN
    Qiu, JR
    Jiang, XW
    Zhu, CS
 TI Study of crystal formation in titanate glass irradiated by 800 nm
    femtosecond laser pulse
 SO JOURNAL OF CRYSTAL GROWTH
 DT Article
 DE anatase crystal; femtosecond laser; titanate glass; Raman spectra
 ID BARIUM ORTHOTITANATE; OPTICAL FIBER; FABRICATION; RAMAN
 AB The structure of the titanate glass is destroyed during irradiation by
    the femtosecond laser pulses, and (TiO6)(8-) and (TiO4)(4-) anion units
    are exsolved from the network of the titanate glass. These anion units
    are rearranged to form some crystals such as anatase and Ba2TiO4
    crystals. By Raman spectroscopy, it is found that these crystals have a
    strong dependence on the intensity of the femtosecond laser pulses. The
    relation between the generation of these crystals and space
    distribution of the femtosecond laser power intensity is qualitatively
    explained. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, B, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM ib9901md@hotmail.com
 CR BESTT MF, 1982, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V52, P357
    HILL KO, 1978, APPL PHYS LETT, V32, P647
    HSUANFU Y, 2000, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V261, P260
    LEE SW, 1999, PHYS CHEM GLASSES, V40, P171
    MIAO L, 2004, J CRYST GROWTH, V264, P246
    MIURA K, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P3329
    NASU H, 1997, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V217, P182
    OSTERBERG U, 1986, OPT LETT, V11, P516
    PETERS J, 1997, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V222, P113
    SONG XL, 1998, CHIN J LIGHT SCATT, V10, P30
    STRICKLER JH, 1991, OPT LETT, V16, P1780
    TARTE P, 1961, NATURE, V191, P1002
    VIVEKANANDAN K, 1997, MATER CHEM PHYS, V49, P204
    WIJZEN F, 1999, SPECTROCHIM ACTA A, V55, P325
    WILL M, 2000, OSA TRENDS OPTICS PH
    YANGQUING Z, 2002, SCI CHINA SER E, V45, P120
    YU B, 2004, J OPT SOC AM B, V21, P83
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0022-0248
 J9 J CRYST GROWTH
 JI J. Cryst. Growth
 PD NOV 15
 PY 2005
 VL 285
 IS 1-2
 BP 76
 EP 80
 PG 5
 SC Crystallography
 GA 982IY
 UT ISI:000233152500011
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Tong, WQ
    Luo, QH
    Yin, ZJ
    Zhi, XL
    Zong, YW
 TI Component-based integration towards a frequeney-regulating home
    appliance control system
 SO EMBEDDED SOFTWARE AND SYSTEMS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB Conventional approaches to embedded software development are very
    costly, mainly because of their close reliance on application-dependant
    design, ad-hoc implementation, time-consuming performance tuning and
    verification. The resulting software is often hard to maintain, upgrade
    and customize. Component-based integration is an effective method to
    address the problem. As the result of our effort, an embedded software
    developing platform is constructed while developing an embedded control
    system for frequency-regulating home appliances. In this paper, the
    control system is described, and the developing platform is presented
    in detail, including an Application Component Library and a Fast
    Developing Tool. Component-based embedded software design and
    implementation are also put forward.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Software Technol Dev Ctr, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Tong, WQ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 EM wqtong@mail.shu.edu.cn
    luoqinghui@qraduate.shu.edu.cn
 CR *E CHIN I COMP TEC, 2004, REW REF MAN
    BOOCH G, 1997, UNIFIED MODELING LAN
    GENSSLER T, 2002, COMPONENTS EMBEDDE J
    JENKO M, 2001, MICROPROCESS MICROSY, V25, P287
    YANG F, 1999, ACTA ELECT SINICA, V27, P68
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2005
 VL 3605
 BP 118
 EP 123
 PG 6
 GA BDE41
 UT ISI:000233067600016
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Chen, ZL
    Liu, W
    Tu, SL
    Du, W
 TI A cooperative web framework of Jini into OSGi-based open home gateway
 SO EMBEDDED SOFTWARE AND SYSTEMS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB The administration of heterogeneous networks with many embedded
    equipments and mobile devices is a hard and time-consuming task.
    Today's methods only provide static configuration files and make the
    addition and removal of devices a manual chore. The Open Services
    Gateway Initiative (OSGi) specification defines a service-oriented
    framework for use in residential gateways. OSGi framework acts as a
    gateway from the Internet to consumer devices attached to the
    residence's home-area network. And Jini is an infrastructure for
    spontaneous and ad hoc service networks. It allows users to find
    services which consumer devices provide without prior knowledge of
    their network environments. The paper presents a cooperative web
    framework for the integration of Jini into OSGi open home gateway which
    can provide much easier, more intelligent and powerful home network
    control service. It can federate home-area network devices and services
    in secure ways by Internet. This paper puts forward relative design and
    reference implementation.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Management, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, ZL, Fudan Univ, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R
    China.
 EM chenzl@fudan.edu.cn
    wliu@fudan.edu.cn
    sltu@fudan.edu..cn
 CR *SUN MICR, JIN SPEC
    BLAZE M, 1996, P IEEE S SECUR PRIV, P164
    BLAZE M, 1999, 2704 RFC IETF
    ELLISON C, 1999, 2693 RFC IETF
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2005
 VL 3605
 BP 570
 EP 575
 PG 6
 GA BDE41
 UT ISI:000233067600083
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, D
    Liu, HJ
    Wang, YF
 TI BSS-HMM(3)s: An improved HMM method for identifying transcription
    factor binding sites
 SO DNA SEQUENCE
 DT Article
 DE gene expression; transcription factor binding sites; HMM; BSS-HMM(3)s
 ID DNA-BINDING; HOMEODOMAIN PROTEIN; IDENTIFICATION; SPECIFICITY
 AB Today, an important problem in molecular biology is the study of gene
    expression mechanism. The first step in determining differential gene
    expression is the binding of sequence specific transcription factors to
    regulatory regions of the genes. An important aspect to understand how
    a given transcription factor functions is to know the entire gamut of
    binding sites and potential target genes that the factor may regulate.
    In this paper, we presented an improved prediction method based on
    hidden Markov model (HMM) called BSS-HMM(3)s (binding site search based
    on third-order HMMs) for transcription factor binding sites. The
    results show that the predicted sensitivity and specificity of BSS-HMM
    3 s increased 11.95 and 12.97%, respectively, compared with Match(TM).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, YF, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Math, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai
    200444, Peoples R China.
 EM yifei_wang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BALDI P, 2001, BIOINFORMATICS MACHI, P145
    GEORGE C, 2002, STAT INFERENCE, P109
    HUANG H, 1995, PLANT MOL BIOL, V28, P549
    IKEDA K, 1995, EUR J BIOCHEM, V233, P73
    LU Q, 1994, MOL CELL BIOL, V14, P3938
    MAUHIN V, 1993, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V21, P3951
    MERTIN S, 1999, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V27, P1359
    PEREZSANCHEZ C, 2000, J BIOL CHEM, V275, P12909
    PETERSON RS, 1997, CELL GROWTH DIFFER, V8, P69
    QUANDT K, 1995, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V23, P4878
    ROGOZIN IB, 1999, GENE, V226, P129
    ROONEY RJ, 1990, MOL CELL BIOL, V10, P5138
    SANTORO IM, 1991, MOL CELL BIOL, V11, P1944
    SEAN RE, 1998, BIOINFORMATICS, V14, P755
    SHINOZAKI D, 2003, BIOINFORMATICS, V19, P206
    SINHA S, 2000, P INT C INT SYST MOL, V8, P344
    SINHA S, 2003, BIOINFORMATICS, V19, I292
    SOLOMON DLC, 1993, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V21, P5372
    STORMO GD, 2000, BIOINFORMATICS, V16, P16
    THAKURTA DG, 2001, BIOINFORMATICS, V17, P608
    WAGNER A, 1999, BIOINFORMATICS, V15, P776
    YADA T, 1999, BIOINFORMATICS, V15, P987
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 1042-5179
 J9 DNA SEQUENCE
 JI DNA Seq.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 16
 IS 6
 BP 403
 EP 411
 PG 9
 SC Biotechnology & Applied Microbiology; Genetics & Heredity
 GA 984LC
 UT ISI:000233305400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, TJ
    Zhou, GY
    Gao, C
    Xu, Y
    Hua, ZZ
 TI Supercooling and hydration properties of polyalcohols aqueous solutions
    used as cryoprotectants
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE polyalcohols; cryoprotectants; differential scanning calorimetry;
    supercooling; hydration
 ID ETHYLENE-GLYCOL; CRYSTALLIZATION; VITRIFICATION; NUCLEATION; SYSTEM
 AB A differential scanning calorimeter was used to study the thermal
    behaviors of polyalcohols aqueous solutions, such as supercooling
    degree of heterogeneous nucleating temperature, hydration properties.
    The experimental results show that the variation of supercooling and
    hydration behavior does not have obvious rules at the low
    concentrations. However, the supercooling degree and the content of
    unfrozen water increased with the solution concentration at the high
    concentrations. The difference of hydration properties shows the
    important effects of function groups (methyl groups and hydroxyl
    groups).
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryomed & Food Refrigerat, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Hua, ZZ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryomed & Food Refrigerat,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM tchua@sh163.net
 CR ANNE P, 2002, CRYOBIOLOGY, V44, P150
    BRIAN W, 1999, CRYOBIOLOGY, V39, P215
    BRONSHTEYN VL, 1995, CRYOBIOLOGY, V32, P1
    DEVISSER C, 1974, Z PHYS CHEM NEUE FOL, V92
    FAHY GM, 1987, CRYOBIOLOGY, V24, P196
    GAO C, 2004, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V20, P123
    GAO C, 2004, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V20, P701
    HUA ZZ, 1994, CRYOBIOLOGY CRYOMEDI
    JABRANE S, 1995, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V258, P33
    KRISTIANSEN E, 1999, J COMP PHYSIOL B, V169, P5
    MEHL P, 1985, CRYOLETT, V6, P343
    VIGIER G, 1987, CRYOBIOLOGY, V24, P345
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1003-7713
 J9 CHIN J CHEM PHYS
 JI Chin. J. Chem. Phys.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 18
 IS 5
 BP 845
 EP 848
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical
 GA 983KZ
 UT ISI:000233231700038
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dai, K
    Shi, LY
    Zhang, DS
    Fang, JH
 TI NaCl adsorption in multi-walled carbon nanotube/active carbon
    combination electrode
 SO CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE carbon nanotube; active carbon; salt water; desalination
 ID ELECTROCHEMICAL CAPACITORS
 AB In this paper, we proposed a new process for fabricating
    electrochemical double layer capacitors employing active carbon and
    multiwalled carbon nanotubes to adsorb Na+ and Cl- from NaCl solution.
    Due to their unique mesoporosity, active carbons have high ability to
    desalt NaCl solution. But they have many defects such as high
    electrical resistance, high-energy consumption and low intensity. Since
    carbon nanotube is a new material which has high intensity and low
    resistance, we can composite the merits of active carbon and carbon
    nanotube and develop carbon nanotube/active carbon materials
    combination electrode. It was tested that when carbon nanotube content
    in carbon materials is 10%, the characteristics of combination
    electrode is the best for us to desalt brackish water because of their
    high desalination characterization and low energy consumption. Though
    there are a few technical problems to be solved, our results show a
    promising technique for desalting salt water. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Nanosci & Technol Ctr, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Dai, K, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai
    200444, Peoples R China.
 EM sly@snpc.org.cn
 CR CONWAY BE, 1997, J POWER SOURCES, V65, P53
    GHENCIU F, 2002, CURR OPIN SOLID ST M, V6, P389
    HAICHAO L, 2004, ELECTROCHIMA ACTA, V49, P3463
    HOU PX, 2002, CARBON, V40, P81
    JAYALAKSHMI M, 2004, ELECTROCHEM COMMUN, V6, P1119
    MICHAEL MS, 2004, J POWER SOURCES, V136, P250
    MOTOO T, 1997, J POWER SOURCES, V66, P186
    NISHINO A, 1988, TANSO, V132, P57
    PAULO L, 2004, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V280, P149
    PENZA M, 2004, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V100, P47
    ROBERTS D, 2003, ELECTROCHIMIA ACTA, V48, P3709
    SARANGI D, 2002, PHYSICA B, V323, P165
    TARASEVICH MR, 2003, ELECTROCHEM COMMUN, V5, P491
    WEI JM, 2000, APPL CATAL A-GEN, V196, P167
    ZHANHONG Y, 2003, MATER LETT, V57, P3160
    ZHENG JP, 2004, J POWER SOURCES, V137, P158
    ZHONGHUA H, 1999, MICROPOR MESOPOR MAT, V27, P11
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0009-2509
 J9 CHEM ENG SCI
 JI Chem. Eng. Sci.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 61
 IS 2
 BP 428
 EP 433
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Chemical
 GA 983WC
 UT ISI:000233262000011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, Y
    Qiu, XJ
    Dong, XL
 TI Pseudo-spin model for the microtubule wall in external field
 SO BIOSYSTEMS
 DT Article
 DE microtubule; double-well potential; pseudo-spin; external electric field
 ID CYTOSKELETAL MICROTUBULE; ENERGY-TRANSFER; EXCITATIONS; COHERENCE;
    MECHANISM
 AB Microtubules (MTs) in the cytoskeletons of eukaryotic cells provide a
    wide range of microskeletal and micromuscular functionalities. Some
    evidence has indicated that they can serve as a medium for
    intracellular signaling processing. In this paper, for the inherent
    symmetry structures and the electric properties of tubulin dimers, the
    microtubule (MT) is treated as a one-dimensional ferroelectric system.
    The nonlinear dynamics of the dimer electric dipoles is described by
    virtue of the double-well potential and the physical problem is further
    mapped onto the pseudo-spin system. In addition, the effect of the
    external electric field on the NIT has been taken into account. (c)
    2005 Elsevier Ireland Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, Y, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, 1295 Dingxi Rd,
    Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 EM siyuyingying@hotmail.com
 CR AMOS LA, 1974, J CELL SCI, V14, P523
    BLINC R, 1974, SOFT MODES FERROELEC, P132
    CHEN Y, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1554
    CHEN Y, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P2313
    COLLINS MA, 1979, PHYS REV B, V19, P3630
    DAVYDOV AS, 1982, INT SERIES NAT PHILO, V109, P185
    DELGIUDICE E, 1986, NUCL PHYS B, V275, P185
    DUSTIN P, 1984, MICROTUBULES
    ENGELBORGHS Y, 1992, NANOBIOLOGY, V1, P97
    EVANS MG, 1949, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V3, P188
    FROHLICH H, 1968, INT J QUANTUM CHEM, V2, P641
    FROHLICH H, 1980, ADV ELECTRON ELECTRO, V53, P85
    GUTMANN F, 1968, NATURE, V219, P1359
    HAKEN H, 1976, QUANTUM FIELD THEORY, P198
    HAMEROFF S, 2002, BIOSYSTEMS, V64, P149
    HAMEROFF SR, 1982, J THEOR BIOL, V98, P549
    JIBU M, 1994, BIOSYSTEMS, V32, P195
    KARPLUS M, 1983, DYNAMICS PROTEINS EL, P263
    MAVROMATOS NE, 1998, INT J MOD PHYS B, V12, P517
    MAVROMATOS NE, 1999, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V48, P273
    MAVROMATOS NE, 2002, INT J MOD PHYS B, V16, P3623
    NOGALES E, 1998, NATURE, V391, P199
    POKORNY J, 1998, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V45, P239
    POKORNY J, 1999, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V48, P267
    RASMUSSEN S, 1990, PHYSICA D, V42, P428
    SATARIC M, 1990, J MOL ELECTRON, V6, P63
    SATARIC MV, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P589
    SATARIC MV, 1998, PHYS REV E B, V58, P6333
    SZENTGYORGYI A, 1941, NATURE, V148, P157
    SZENTGYORGYI A, 1957, BIOENERGETICS
    TUSZYNSKI JA, 1995, J THEOR BIOL, V174, P371
 NR 31
 TC 0
 SN 0303-2647
 J9 BIOSYSTEMS
 JI Biosystems
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 82
 IS 2
 BP 127
 EP 136
 PG 10
 SC Biology
 GA 985AB
 UT ISI:000233347400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, J
    Liang, JQ
 TI Energy spectrum analysis of donor-center quantum dots
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE donor- center quantum dots; Gaussian potential; energy spectrum
 ID MAGNETIC-FIELDS; ELECTRON QUANTUM; STATES; TRANSITIONS; SINGLET; WELLS
 AB Within the effective mass approximation, the energy spectra of the
    donor- center quantum dot system in Gaussian confining potential are
    calculated by using the method of numerical matrix diagonalization. The
    results show that the property of the ground and low-lying states of
    the quantum dot is rather sensitive to the size and the strength of
    confinement
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Theoret Phys, Taiyuan 030006, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, J, Shanghai Univ, Inst Theoret Phys, Taiyuan 030006, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ADAMOWSKI J, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P4234
    DZYUBENKO AB, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P14690
    HOLMES S, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P2571
    JACAK L, 1998, QUANTUM DOTS
    JIANG ZX, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, R1692
    LAMPERT MA, 1958, PHYS REV LETT, V1, P450
    LARSEN DM, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P3485
    LOK JGS, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P9554
    RUAN WY, 1996, J MATH PHYS, V37, P3760
    SHI JM, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P7714
    XIE WF, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P102
    XIE WF, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P107
    XIE WF, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P478
    XIE WF, 1999, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V48, P53
    XIE WF, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P53
    XIE WF, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V263, P127
    XIE WF, 2000, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V12, P3849
    XIE WF, 2000, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V115, P417
    XIE WF, 2002, PHYSICA B, V315, P117
    XIE WF, 2003, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V127, P401
    XIE WF, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V42, P151
    XIE WF, 2004, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V131, P7
    ZHU JL, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P15819
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 54
 IS 11
 BP 5335
 EP 5338
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 983HJ
 UT ISI:000233221800060
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, ZP
    Xue, YC
    Su, YL
    Gong, SC
    Zhang, JC
 TI Phase structures and local electron structures of Gd-doped
    YBa2Cu3O7-delta systems
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE superconductivity; positron annihilation; phase structure; local
    electronic density
 ID OXYGEN-DEFICIENT YBA2CU3O7-DELTA; POSITRON-ANNIHILATION;
    SUPERCONDUCTING PROPERTIES; DEFECTS; YBCO; TRANSITION; FE
 AB The Gd substituted Y1-x, GdxBa2Cu3O7 - delta systems are studied
    systematically by positron annihilation and x-ray diffraction. The
    x-ray results show that the crystal parameters and crystal volume of
    the systems increase with the increase of Gd content. However, all the
    substituted samples maintain the single orthorhombic phase as
    YBa2Cu3O7-delta (YBCO) sample does. The positron annihilation results
    show that positron lifetimes depend on the Gd content strongly.
    According to the positron annihilation result, the local electronic
    density on Cu-O chain is calculated. The result shows the local
    electronic density decreases with the increase of the Gd content, while
    the T, increases with the decrease of the local electronic density. The
    relationship between the local electronic density and superconductivity
    is different from the substitution on Cu site, which may be one of the
    reasons why the mixed rare earth cuprate superconductor has a higher
    critical electric cur-rent density than the YBCO. These experimental
    results give the corresponding positron experiment data for the
    application of cuprate superconductors and study of the mechanism.
 C1 Zhengzhou Univ, Dept Technol & Phys, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200463, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, ZP, Zhengzhou Univ, Dept Technol & Phys, Zhengzhou 450002,
    Peoples R China.
 EM czhping@zzuli.edu.cn
 CR BHARATHI A, 1989, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V1, P1467
    BUCHNER B, 1990, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V73, P357
    CHAKRABORTY B, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P215
    CHEN ZP, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P550
    CHEN ZP, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2150
    CHEN ZP, 2002, MATER LETT, V57, P374
    DONG C, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P838
    HORLAND RS, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P9017
    JEAN YC, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1593
    JIN S, 1991, PHYSICA C, V173, P75
    KWOK WK, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P106
    LI LW, IN PRESS ACTA PHYS S
    LI LW, 2005, PHYSICA C, V418, P43
    LI PL, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P1223
    LI PL, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
    LI Y, 1997, SCI CHINA SER A, V27, P667
    LIU LH, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P769
    MOHAMMADIZADEH MR, 2004, EUROPEAN PHYSL J, V422, P321
    NISHCHENKO MM, 2002, THEORETICAL EXPT CHE, V38, P162
    POLITY A, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P10025
    SEEGER A, 1973, J PHYS F MET PHYS, V3, P248
    TARASCON JM, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P7458
    THOMAS J, 1988, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V65, P981
    UDAYAN D, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P14519
    VONSTETTEN EC, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P2198
    ZHANG JC, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V263, P452
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 54
 IS 11
 BP 5382
 EP 5388
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 983HJ
 UT ISI:000233221800069
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zeng, ZJ
    Yang, QH
    Xu, J
 TI Spectroscopic characteristics of Cr3+: Al2O3 polycrystalline
    transparent alumina ceramics
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE alumina; polycrystalline transparent ceramics; ion site; spectroscopic
    characteristics
 AB Spectral properties of transparent polycrystalline C3+ : Al2O3 ceramics
    were studied. The results indicated that the absorption peaks of
    polycrystalline Cr3+ : Al2O3 ceramics coincide with the absorption
    spectrum of a ruby single crystal. The crystal field and Racah
    parameters were calculated according to the Tanabe-Sugano energy level
    diagram and absorption spectra. The crystal field intensity of Cr3+ :
    Al2O3 polycrystalline ceramics is almost the same as that of Cr3(+) :
    Al2O3 single crystal, and the characteristics of the emission spectra
    still retains the R-line emission even as the Cr3+ concentration
    increases up to 0.8wt%. In particular, one 670nm emission peak of Cr3+
    was first found in the polycrystalline ceramics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zeng, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM yangqiuhongcn@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BEALL GH, 1985, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V73, P413
    CAO GX, 2002, ACTA OPT SINICA, V22, P226
    CRONEMEYER DC, 1956, J OPT SOC AM, V56, P1703
    KENYON PT, 1982, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V18, P1189
    LU J, 2000, APPL PHYS B-LASERS O, V71, P469
    MUROTANI H, 2000, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V39, P2748
    NELSON DF, 1965, PHYS REV A, V137, P1117
    TANABE Y, 1954, J PHYS SOC JPN, V9, P753
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 54
 IS 11
 BP 5445
 EP 5449
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 983HJ
 UT ISI:000233221800079
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yin, RH
    Dong, XM
    Wang, HJ
    Dai, YC
    Zhang, XS
    Qian, YH
 TI Study on the formation of poly (2-vinylpyridine) coatings
    electropolymerized on zinc-electroplated steel and its corrosion
    behavior
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE cyclic voltammetry; 2-vinylpyridine; EIS; anticorrosion property;
    chromating film
 ID ELECTROCHEMICAL SYNTHESIS; MILD-STEEL; COPOLYMERS; SALICYLATE
 AB The effects of sweep rate on the formation of poly (2-vinylpyridine,
    2-Vpy) coatings electropolymerized on zinc-electroplated steel have
    been investigated by cyclic voltammetry technique. The morphology and
    thickness of poly 2-Vpy coatings are evidently affected by the sweep
    rate, which suggests the best sweep rate is 0.05 V/s. The structure and
    doped ions ClO4- of poly 2-Vpy coatings have been investigated using
    reflection-absorption infrared spectroscopy. Corrosion behavior of
    chromating film and poly 2-Vpy coatings in 3.5%NaCl solution is studied
    by salt spray test, anodic polarization experiment and electrochemical
    impedance spectroscopy (EIS) method. Experimental results show that the
    anticorrosion property of poly 2-Vpy coating is better than that of
    chromating film because of its good shielding and inhibiting
    properties, and the anticorrosion mechanism of poly 2-Vpy coatings is
    discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Natl United Chem Engn Lab, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
    Baoshan Steel Co, Ctr Tech, Shanghai 201900, Peoples R China.
 RP Yin, RH, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM yinrh@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR CASCALHEIRA AC, 2003, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V48, P2523
    GABASTON LI, 1999, POLYMER, V40, P4505
    ISAO S, 1992, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V139, P3090
    JANDREY AC, 2004, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V424, P63
    JIANG YF, 2002, J FUNCT POLYM, V15, P473
    KINLEN PJ, 1997, SYNTHETIC MET, V85, P1327
    LACROIX JC, 2000, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V481, P76
    LING X, 1997, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V27, P1343
    LING X, 1998, MACROMOLECULES, V31, P9134
    RAJAGOPALAN R, 2002, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V47, P1847
    TANTAVICHET N, 2001, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V31, P281
    WATANABE J, 1999, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V60, P1329
    YIN RH, 2004, ACTA METALL SIN, V40, P168
    ZHAO YP, 2004, ACTA METALL SIN, V17, P849
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 41
 IS 10
 BP 1111
 EP 1115
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 983TT
 UT ISI:000233255700021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JL
    Fang, SS
    Zhou, ZQ
    Lin, GW
    Ge, JS
    Feng, F
 TI Maximum solid solubility of transition metals in vanadium solvent
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE solid solubility; vanadium alloys; function Z(f); electronegativity
    difference; atomic size parameters; electron concentration
 ID ELECTROCHEMICAL PROPERTIES; ALLOYS; TI
 AB Maximum solid solubility (C-max) of different transition metals in
    metal solvent can be described by a semi-empirical equation using
    function Z(f) that contains electronegativity difference, atomic
    diameter and electron concentration. The relation between C-max and
    these parameters of transition metals in vanadium solvent was studied.
    It is shown that the relation of C-max and function Zf can be expressed
    as In C-max = Z(f) = 7.316 5 - 2.780 5 (Delta X)(2) - 71. 2788 delta(2)
    - 0.855 56n(2/3). The factor of atomic size parameter has the largest
    effect on the C-max of the V binary alloy; followed by the factor of
    electronegativity difference; the electrons concentration has the
    smallest effect among the three bond parameters. Function Z(f) is used
    for predicting the unknown C-max of the transition metals in vanadium
    solvent. The results are compared with Darken-Gurry theorem, which can
    be deduced by the obtained function Zf in this work.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Hydrogen Storage Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Windsor, Dept Mech Automat & Mat Engn, Windsor, ON N9B 3P4, Canada.
 RP Zhou, ZQ, Shanghai Univ, Inst Hydrogen Storage Mat, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zqzhou408@21cn.com
 CR AVASHIMA H, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V356, P405
    CHAI YJ, 2005, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V30, P279
    DARKEN LS, 1953, PHYSICAL CHEM METALS, P74
    FANG SS, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V293, P10
    FANG SS, 2002, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V27, P329
    GSCHNEIDNER KA, 1980, THEORY ALLOY PHASE F, P1
    KIM JH, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V348, P293
    LI R, 2004, J ALLOY COMPD, V373, P223
    MASSALSKI TB, 1996, BINARY ALLOY PHASE D
    UNO M, 2004, J ALLOY COMPD, V366, P213
    XIA J, 1985, ENERGETICS ALLOYS, P296
    ZHOU Z, 1993, NEW ENERGY SYSTEMS C, P79
    ZHOU Z, 1998, MAXIMUM SOLID SOLUBI, P37
    ZHOU ZQ, 2003, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V13, P1185
    ZHOU ZQ, 2003, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V13, P864
    ZHU YF, 2003, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V28, P389
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 15
 IS 5
 BP 1085
 EP 1088
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 983ER
 UT ISI:000233214500023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, GC
    Wu, YQ
    You, JL
    Chen, H
    Xu, KD
 TI The investigation on the microstructure of metallurgical molten slags
    and the foundation of the primary cluster theory
 SO STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE high temperature Raman spectra; Si-O tetrahedra; SiOT model; CEMS model
 ID HIGH-TEMPERATURE; BOND POLARIZABILITY; PARAMETERS; SPECTROSCOPY;
    INTENSITIES; PRESSURE; GLASSES; MELTS
 AB This paper presents the characteristics of the properties of
    metallurgical molten slags based on the bond structure or the existence
    of certain ion clusters. Some experimental and theoretical approaches
    were adopted in the investigation. Two sets of high temperature Raman
    spectroscopy (HTRS) were established at Shanghai University; both can
    be successfully operated at 2000K or higher. One of them combines the
    accumulated time resolution together with the spatial resolution, and
    it is designed for both ultraviolet (UV) and visible (VIS) light. The
    SiOT model uses 5 kinds of Si-O tetrahedra (On) as microsturctural
    units. In this model, each sample contains 250000 or more tetrahedra.
    The calculation using a GF matrix and electro-optical parameter (EOP)
    methods were performed for every tetrahedron one by one to determine
    the partial Raman spectra Of On. Then the spectra were integrated to
    obtain an envelope of the sample. In addition to the SiOT model, a CEMS
    model was also developed to link the ion cluster structure and the
    thermodynamic properties at equilibrium (as mixing free energy).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, GC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 EM gcjiang@online.sh.cn
 CR ABBATE S, 1977, J CHEM PHYS, V67, P1519
    GO S, 1975, PHYS REV LETT, V34, P580
    GUHA S, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P13106
    GUSSONI M, 1976, J CHEM PHYS, V65, P3439
    GUYOT F, 1996, PHYS EARTH PLANET IN, V98, P17
    MCMILLAN PF, 1992, CHEM GEOL, V96, P351
    MYSEN BO, 1990, J GEOPHYS RES-SOLID, V95, P15733
    NIEMEIER D, 1996, PHYS CHEM MINER, V23, P284
    NOWACK N, 1992, P 4 INT C MOLT SLAGS, P34
    NOWACK N, 2001, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V282, P30
    SEETHARAMAN S, 2000, METALL MATER TRANS B, V31, P105
    STEBBINS JF, 1988, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V106, P359
    WASEDA Y, 1984, NOVEL APPLICATION AN, P20
    WASEDA Y, 1995, Z NATURFORSCH A, V50, P770
    WILSON EB, 1955, MOL VIBRATIONS
    XU J, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P9213
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1611-3683
 J9 STEEL RES INT
 JI Steel Res. Int.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 76
 IS 10
 BP 746
 EP 751
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 982YR
 UT ISI:000233198800017
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Zhang, XP
    Wang, SZ
 TI Analysis of parity assignment steganography in palette images
 SO KNOWLEDGE-BASED INTELLIGENT INFORMATION AND ENGINEERING SYSTEMS, PT 3,
    PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
 DT Article
 ID STEGANALYSIS
 AB In parity assignment-based steganography for palette images, all colors
    in a host image are divided into two subsets, and each pixel is used to
    carry one secret bit. This paper describes an analytic method against
    the parity assignment-based steganographic techniques. By finding the
    rule of color modifications, a steganalyst can attempt to recover the
    original histogram in a way that is a reverse of data embedding.
    Because of the abnormal colors in the original image, an excessive
    operation will cause some negative values in the recovered histogram.
    This provides a clue for revealing the presence of secret message and
    estimating the length of embedded bit sequence.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, XP, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xzhang@staff.shu.edu.cn
    shuowang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR FRIDRICH J, 1998, P IS T PICS C APR 19, P285
    FRIDRICH J, 2000, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V1768, P47
    FRIDRICH J, 2002, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V4675, P1
    PETITCOLAS FAP, 1999, P IEEE, V87, P1062
    WANG HQ, 2004, COMMUN ACM, V47, P76
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE ARTIF INTELL
 PY 2005
 VL 3683
 BP 1025
 EP 1031
 PG 7
 GA BDC79
 UT ISI:000232722500144
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Zhang, XP
    Wang, SH
 TI Watermarking protocol compatible with secret algorithms for resisting
    invertibility attack
 SO KNOWLEDGE-BASED INTELLIGENT INFORMATION AND ENGINEERING SYSTEMS, PT 2,
    PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
 DT Article
 ID SCHEMES
 AB Invertibility attack is a hostile measure to breach watermarking
    systems. In this paper, a novel watermarking protocol using a one-way
    hash function and a check of random watermarks is proposed in order to
    combat invertibility attacks. The described technique can be used in
    conjunction with any watermarking algorithm, no matter it is kept
    secret or made public, without resorting to a third party jury as
    required by some previous approaches. By introducing a set of reference
    sequences, segmentation of the digital information and iterative
    computation of watermarks, the protocol is further enhanced so that it
    can resist more sophisticated types of attack based on forging an
    illegitimate detector.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, XP, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xzhang@staff.shu.edu.cn
    shuowang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR CRAVER S, 1998, IEEE J SEL AREA COMM, V16, P573
    HARTUNG F, 1999, P IEEE, V87, P1079
    HWANG MS, 1999, IEEE T CONSUM ELECTR, V45, P286
    KATZENBEISSER S, 2002, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V4675, P260
    LI QM, 2004, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V3200, P13
    PETITCOLAS FAP, 1999, P IEEE, V87, P1062
    SWANSON MD, 1998, SIGNAL PROCESS, V66, P337
    VOLOSHYNOVSKIY S, 2001, IEEE COMMUNICATI AUG, P118
    ZHANG XP, 2004, PATTERN RECOGN LETT, V25, P967
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE ARTIF INTELL
 PY 2005
 VL 3682
 BP 1134
 EP 1144
 PG 11
 GA BDC78
 UT ISI:000232722200157
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, FK
    Zhang, YF
 TI The quadratic-form identity for constructing the Hamiltonian structure
    of integrable systems
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS A-MATHEMATICAL AND GENERAL
 DT Article
 ID AKNS HIERARCHY; TRACE IDENTITY; WELL
 AB A usual loop algebra, not necessarily the matrix form of the loop
    algebra (A) over tilde (n-1), is also made use of for constructing
    linear isospectral problems, whose compatibility conditions exhibit a
    zero-curvature equation from which integrable systems are derived. In
    order to look for the Hamiltonian structure of such integrable systems,
    a quadratic-form identity is created in the present paper whose special
    case is just the trace identity; that is, when taking the loop algebra
    (A) over tilde (1), the quadratic-form identity presented in this paper
    is completely consistent with the trace identity.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Informat Sch, Qingdao 266510, Huangdao, Peoples R China.
    Liaoning Normal Univ, Sch Math, Dalian 116029, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, FK, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Informat Sch, Qingdao 266510,
    Huangdao, Peoples R China.
 EM mathzhang@126.com
 CR FUSSTEINER B, 1993, APPL ANAL GEOMETRIC, P125
    GUO FK, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P951
    GUO FK, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P5793
    GUO FK, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V19, P1207
    MA WX, 2000, METH APPL ANAL, V7, P21
    TU GZ, 1988, SCI SIN A, V12, P1243
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    TU GZ, 1991, J MATH PHYS, V32, P1900
 NR 8
 TC 3
 SN 0305-4470
 J9 J PHYS-A-MATH GEN
 JI J. Phys. A-Math. Gen.
 PD OCT 7
 PY 2005
 VL 38
 IS 40
 BP 8537
 EP 8548
 PG 12
 SC Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 981TZ
 UT ISI:000233112200007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, XL
    Wang, FL
    Li, D
 TI Exact algorithm for concave knapsack problems: Linear underestimation
    and partition method
 SO JOURNAL OF GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE concave knapsack problem; domain cut; domain partition; linear
    underestimation; nonlinear integer programming
 ID INTEGER MINIMIZATION; PROGRAMMING-PROBLEMS; POLYHEDRON; BRANCH
 AB Integer programming problems with a concave cost function are often
    encountered in optimization models involving economics of scale. In
    this paper, we propose an efficient exact algorithm for solving concave
    knapsack problems. The algorithm consists of an iterative process
    between finding lower and upper bounds by linearly underestimating the
    objective function and performing domain cut and partition by exploring
    the special structure of the problem. The lower bound is improved
    iteratively via cutting and partitioning the domain. This iteration
    process converges to the optimality in a finite number of steps.
    Promising computational results are reported for large-scale concave
    knapsack problems with up to 1200 integer variables. Comparison results
    with other existing methods in the literature are also presented.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, XL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 EM dli@se.cuhk.edu.hk
 CR BELLMAN R, 1962, APPL DYNAMIC PROGRAM
    BENSON HP, 1990, ANN OPER RES, V25, P243
    BENSON HP, 1990, NAV RES LOG, V37, P515
    BRETTHAUER KM, 1994, NAV RES LOG, V41, P435
    BRETTHAUER KM, 1995, OPER RES, V43, P670
    BRETTHAUER KM, 2002, COMPUT OPER RES, V29, P505
    BRETTHAUER KM, 2002, EUR J OPER RES, V138, P459
    CABOT AV, 1986, NAV RES LOG, V33, P559
    COOPER MW, 1981, MANAGE SCI, V27, P353
    DANTZIG G, 1957, OPER RES, V5, P266
    DJERDJOUR M, 1988, OPER RES LETT, V7, P253
    HOCHBAUM DS, 1995, OPER RES LETT, V17, P103
    HOST R, 1998, OR SPEKTRUM, V20, P47
    IBARAKI T, 1988, RESOURCE ALLOCATION
    KODIALAM MS, 1998, OPER RES, V46, P272
    MARSTEN RE, 1978, MATH PROGRAM, V14, P21
    MARTELLO S, 1990, KNAPSACK PROBLEMS AL
    MATHUR K, 1983, OPERATION RES LETT, V2, P55
    MATHUR K, 1986, OPER RES LETT, V5, P79
    MORIN TL, 1976, MANAGE SCI, V22, P1147
    MORIN TL, 1976, OPER RES, V24, P611
    PARDALOS PM, 1988, INT J COMPUT MATH, V24, P55
    PARDALOS PM, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V46, P321
    ROSEN JJB, 1987, CONSTRAINED GLOBAL O
    SUN XL, 2002, OPTIMIZATION ENG, V3, P53
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 0925-5001
 J9 J GLOBAL OPTIM
 JI J. Glob. Optim.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 33
 IS 1
 BP 15
 EP 30
 PG 16
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 983MT
 UT ISI:000233237200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qin, XL
    Gao, SX
    Yu, LM
    Zhang, JC
    Nishimura, K
    Mori, K
 TI XRD study of the Er1-xDyxNi2B2C system magnetic superconductors
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS B
 DT Article
 DE XRD; Er1-xDyxNi2B2C; crystalline structure
 ID TRANSPORT; CRYSTAL
 AB The magnetic superconducting samples of the intermetallic
    Er1-xDyxNi2B2C system are prepared by the arc melting method. Powder
    XRD measurements are systematically conducted and analyzed. The change
    of microstructure reflects the contribution of the different magnetic
    moments and the ionic radius difference of Er and Dy to the crystal
    structure in the substitution of Er1-xDyxNi2B2C system. The element
    substitution of Dy for Er in the magnetic superconducting compound is
    verified commendably in microstructure level by the powder XRD
    experiment.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Toyama Univ, Fac Engn, Toyama 9308555, Japan.
 RP Qin, XL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 CR CAO SX, 2003, CHINESE LOW TEMP PHY, V25, P241
    CAVA RJ, 1994, NATURE, V367, P146
    CHOI CK, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P126
    LYNN JW, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P6584
    NAGARAJAN R, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P274
    RATHNAYAKA KDD, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P8506
    SONG KJ, 2003, PHYSICA C, V398, P107
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9792
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS B
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. B
 PD OCT 20
 PY 2005
 VL 19
 IS 26
 BP 3945
 EP 3950
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 982PB
 UT ISI:000233173000004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, RC
 TI Joyce's aesthetic pursuit reflected in A Portrait of the Artist as a
    Young Man
 SO FOREIGN LITERATURE STUDIES
 DT Article
 DE Joyce; A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man; aesthetic pursuit;
    impersonality
 AB Joyce's aesthetic pursuit reflected in A Portrait of the Artist as a
    Young Man can be summed up as follows: the principle of stasis; the
    nature of art; "impersonality" and "the author' s withdrawal from the
    novel"; three characteristics of the artistic beauty: "wholeness",
    "harmony", "radiance"; three forms of art: "the lyrical form", "the
    epical form", "the dramatic form". His theory of "impersonality", the
    core of his aesthetic theory, retorts and overturns the traditional
    theories, but is also his contribution to the theories of English
    modernist novels. Joyce's aesthetics not only inherits the quintessence
    of classical theories, but also transcends them. The modernity and the
    value of his aesthetics do lie in his transcendence.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Foreign Languages, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, RC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Foreign Languages, Shanghai 200041, Peoples
    R China.
 CR BLOCK HM, 1962, CRITICISMS CRITIQUES
    CONNOLLY TE, 1962, CRITICISMS CRITIQUES
    ELLMAN R, 1983, J JOYCE
    JOYCE J, 1944, S HERO
    JOYCE J, 1959, CRITICAL WRITINGS J
    JOYCE J, 1977, PORTRAIT ARTIST YOUN
    LI WP, 2000, JOYCES AESTHETIC CON
    YIN QP, 2001, HIST CRITICISM BRIT
    ZHNAG LX, 1982, COLLECTION TRANSLATE
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1003-7519
 J9 FOREIGN LIT STUD
 JI Foreign Lit. Stud.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 IS 5
 BP 91
 EP +
 PG 7
 GA 980WT
 UT ISI:000233049600016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Du, L
    Hu, QY
    Liu, LM
 TI A profit sharing scheme for a two-firm joint venture
 SO EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF OPERATIONAL RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE joint venture; profit sharing; technology; auction
 AB Consider the scenario when two firms are setting up a joint venture.
    One firm has a set of technologies and knowhow for a new product while
    the other contributes the necessary capital for setting up and running
    the venture. The key issue that the two firms face in negotiating the
    joint venture is to determine a fair value for the technologies and
    knowhow. This paper presents an approach by which each firm bids a
    price for the technology with an objective to maximize their own
    profits from the joint venture. Provided that their bids satisfy a
    cooperation condition, the two firms settle on a price using a simple
    valuation formula. We analyze the impact of various factors on the
    decision process and provide numerical results to illustrate the
    bidding strategies. We conclude that in order to maximize their
    profits, it is often more important for both firms to increase the
    chance of cooperation than to increase their own shares of the joint
    venture. (c) 2004 Published by Elsevier B.V.
 C1 Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Ind Engn & Engn Management, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Int Business & Management, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Xidian Univ, Sch Econ & Management, Xian 710071, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, LM, Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Ind Engn & Engn Management,
    Clear Water Bay, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 EM liulim@ust.hk
 CR BIGLAISER G, 1992, GAME ECON BEHAV, V4, P37
    CHE YK, 1999, RAND J ECON, V30, P84
    KLEINDORFER PR, 1990, EUROPEAN J OPERATION, V47
    LEE TK, 1985, MANAGE SCI, V31, P959
    MCAFEE RP, 1987, J ECON LIT, V25, P699
    NAIR SK, 1992, EUR J OPER RES, V63, P207
    SAMUELSON W, 1986, MANAGE SCI, V32, P1533
    SARIT K, 1996, ARTIF INTELL, P297
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0377-2217
 J9 EUR J OPER RES
 JI Eur. J. Oper. Res.
 PD APR 1
 PY 2005
 VL 170
 IS 1
 BP 277
 EP 292
 PG 16
 SC Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 981TA
 UT ISI:000233109700019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhong, SS
    Wang, W
    Liang, XL
 TI Compact ridge waveguide slot antenna array fed by convex waveguide
    divider
 SO ELECTRONICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID PERFORMANCE
 AB A ridge waveguide longitudinal-slot antenna array with a compact
    transverse dimension is introduced. To broaden the bandwidth of the E
    array, it is divided into two sub-arrays fed by a novel compact convex
    waveguide divider. A 16-element uniform linear array at X-band was
    fabricated and measured to verify the validity of the design. The
    measured bandwidth of S-11 <= - 5 dB reaches 14.9% while the measured
    cross-polarisation level is less than -36 dB over the entire bandwidth.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Res Inst Elect Engn, Hefei 230031, Anhui, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhong, SS, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Box 151,149
    Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM sszhongf@163.com
 CR COETZEE JC, 1999, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V22, P35
    FREZZA F, 1995, IEE P-MICROW ANTEN P, V42, P47
    GREEN J, 1990, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V38, P1161
    HAMADALLAH M, 1989, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V37, P817
    KIM DY, 1988, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V36, P1531
    POZAR DM, 1998, MICROWAVE ENG
    STANGLE M, 2003, IEEE INT S PHAS ARR, P70
    WANG W, 2005, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V44, P91
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0013-5194
 J9 ELECTRON LETT
 JI Electron. Lett.
 PD OCT 13
 PY 2005
 VL 41
 IS 21
 BP 1151
 EP 1152
 PG 2
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 982SH
 UT ISI:000233181400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, N
    Bao, JC
    Li, G
    Geng, T
    Chen, JK
 TI Intergranular tunnelling and field-induced percolation fluctuation of
    granular composites (La1-zAgzMnO3)/(MnO2/Mn2O3)
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID GIANT NEGATIVE MAGNETORESISTANCE; ELECTRICAL-TRANSPORT; FILMS;
    MANGANITE; RESISTIVITY; BEHAVIOR; SYSTEM
 AB We investigate the giant magnetoresistance of composites
    (La1-zAgzMnO3)(1-y)(MnO2/Mn2O3)(y). The magnetoresistive property of
    the composites shows the characteristics of intergranular tunnelling. A
    conductivity leap has been observed around y = 0.7. The composite
    (La0.926Ag0.074MnO3)(0.698)(MnO2/Mn2O3)(0.302) has been found to show
    the greatest magnetoresistance in the samples. Its room-temperature MR
    ratio reaches 24% under a field of 1.8 T. These phenomena suggest a
    percolation transformation and a kind of field-induced fluctuation in
    percolation in the samples investigated.
 C1 Nanjing Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Nanjing 210097, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Normal Univ, Dept Chem, Nanjing 210097, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Normal Univ, Ctr Anal & Measurement, Nanjing 210097, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200000, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, N, Nanjing Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Nanjing 210097, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zhangning@njnu.edu.cn
 CR BALCELLS L, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P4014
    BERKOWITZ AE, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P5320
    CHAHARA K, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P1990
    CHEN XJ, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
    CHIEN CL, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P5309
    FITZPATRICK JP, 1974, PHYS LETT A, V47, P207
    HAMAYA K, 2001, J APPL PHYS 1, V89, P6320
    HSU JH, 2003, J APPL PHYS 3, V93, P7702
    HUANG BX, 2003, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V36, P1923
    HUESO LE, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V89, P1746
    HWANG HY, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P2041
    JIN S, 1994, SCIENCE, V264, P413
    KINZEL W, 1983, PERCOLATION STRUCTUR
    LIU JM, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P1110
    ROZENBERG E, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V88, P2578
    SANCHEZ RD, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P134
    SANG H, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P2017
    SRINIVASAN G, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P641
    SRINIVASAN G, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P464
    TAO T, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V77, P723
    VAZQUEZVAZQUEZ C, 1998, J MATER CHEM, V8, P991
    VOGEL AI, 1978, TXB QUANTITATIVE INO
    VONHELMOLT R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2331
    YE SL, 2002, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V248, P26
    ZENER C, 1951, PHYS REV, V82, P403
    ZHANG N, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V219, P319
    ZHANG N, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, P8138
    ZHANG N, 1999, J VAC SCI TECHNOL B, V17, P1050
    ZHANG N, 2005, UNPUB PHYSICA B
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 22
 IS 11
 BP 2940
 EP 2943
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 982SB
 UT ISI:000233180800059
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, NC
    Xia, YB
    Tan, SH
    Wang, LJ
 TI Effect of gas pressure on nanocrystalline diamond films prepared by
    electron-assisted chemical vapour deposition
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID HOT-FILAMENT CVD; HYDROGEN; BIAS; NUCLEATION; GROWTH; SYSTEM
 AB With use of electron-assisted chemical vapour deposition (EACVD)
    technology, nanocrystalline diamond films are successfully deposited on
    an alpha-SiC single phase ceramics substrate by means of reduction of
    the reactive gas pressure. The structure and surface morphology of the
    deposited films are characterized by Raman spectroscopy, x-ray
    diffraction (XRD), field emission scanning electron microscopy
    (FE-SEAT) and atomic force microscopy (AFM). The results examined by
    FE-SEM and AFM show that when the gas pressure was reduced to 0.5-1
    kPa, the surface grain size and surface roughness of the diamond film
    are decreased greatly to 18-32 nm and 34-58 nm respectively. The grain
    sizes estimated from full with at half maximum of (111) XRD peak by the
    Scherrer formula are 6-28 nm. However, too high secondary nucleation
    rate may result in pores and defects in the deposited films. Only at
    suitable gas pressure (I kPa) to deposit films can we obtain
    densification and better quality nanocrystalline films.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, NC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM wunanchun@126.com
 CR BOLAND JJ, 1992, SURF SCI, V261, P17
    CHANG L, 2000, DIAM RELAT MATER, V9, P283
    CUI JB, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P3507
    DONG LF, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P1597
    DUA AK, 2004, DIAM RELAT MATER, V13, P74
    GOEDEN C, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V81, P5027
    GRUEN DM, 1999, ANNU REV MATER SCI, V29, P211
    GU BB, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P2051
    LEE ST, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P15937
    LI X, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V36, P6295
    LIN T, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V77, P2692
    ONG TP, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V55, P2063
    SUN Z, 2000, DIAM RELAT MATER, V9, P1979
    WANG LJ, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P1161
    WANG T, 2004, DIAM RELAT MATER, V13, P6
    ZHAO YM, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P904
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 22
 IS 11
 BP 2969
 EP 2972
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 982SB
 UT ISI:000233180800068
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, HF
    Wu, RX
    Fu, XC
 TI The emergence of chaos in complex dynamical networks
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID SYNCHRONIZATION; SYSTEMS
 AB The emergence of chaos is an important issue in the study of coupled
    dynamical networks. In this paper, we. suppose that all nodes are
    non-chaotic before they are coupled together, however, the chaotic
    state will emerge without changing each node's parameter if these nodes
    are connected through a certain type of network. First we give a
    sufficient condition for the emergence of chaotic state, then such
    mergence in several types of networks are discussed. Moreover, we
    extend our results to a general case. Finally, we illustrate our
    results by some numerical examples. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Coll Math & Phys, Jinhua 321004, Zhejiang, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, XC, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Coll Math & Phys, Jinhua 321004,
    Zhejiang, Peoples R China.
 EM hfzhang@graduate.shu.edu.cn
    rxwu@graduate.shu.edu.cn
    xcfu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BARABASI AL, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P509
    LI X, 2003, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V50, P1381
    LI X, 2004, PHYSICA A, V338, P367
    LU JH, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P529
    LU JH, 2004, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V51, P787
    MORENO Y, 2002, EUR PHYS J B, V26, P521
    RANGARAJAN G, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V296, P204
    WANG XF, 2001, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P187
    WANG XF, 2002, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V49, P54
    WU CW, 1995, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V42, P430
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 28
 IS 2
 BP 472
 EP 479
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 982HE
 UT ISI:000233147900022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, YQ
    Shao, C
    Fu, XC
 TI Complete synchronization and stability of star-shaped complex networks
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID COUPLED CHAOTIC SYSTEMS
 AB The synchronization of the tar-shaped networks are investigated using
    linear stability analysis. Three different cases of simple-center node
    or multi-center nodes with Logistic map couplings are discussed and the
    stability conditions for synchronization are given. The main results
    are illustrated via a network of eight nodes with four centers. (c)
    2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Coll Math & Phys, Jinhua 321004, Zhejiang, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, XC, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Coll Math & Phys, Jinhua 321004,
    Zhejiang, Peoples R China.
 EM guyaqin@graduate.shu.edu.cn
    shaochun@graduate.shu.edu.cn
    xcfu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR AMRITKAR RE, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P3407
    BARAHONA M, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V89
    CHENG CJ, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V24, P197
    FUJISAKA H, 1983, PROG THEOR PHYS, V69, P32
    GADE PM, 1996, PHYS REV E, V54, P64
    GADE PM, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V62, P6409
    HONG H, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V65
    HU G, 1998, PHYS REV E, V58, P4400
    JALAN S, CD0307029
    JOST J, 2001, PHYS REV E, V65
    LU JH, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P529
    RANGARAJAN G, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V296, P204
    SONIS M, 2002, PHYSICA D, V165, P12
    WANG XF, 2002, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P187
    YANG SS, 1998, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V9, P1703
    YANG XS, 2000, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V11, P1365
    YU YG, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P189
    YU YG, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V24, P1233
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 28
 IS 2
 BP 480
 EP 488
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 982HE
 UT ISI:000233147900023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, P
    Andersson, C
    Wei, XC
    Cao, LQ
    Cheng, ZN
    Liu, JH
 TI Low cycle fatigue testing and simulation of Sn-8Zn-3Bi and Sn-37Pb
    solder joints
 SO SOLDERING & SURFACE MOUNT TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE fatigue; simulation; alloys; solder
 AB Purpose - Sn-Zn based lead free solders with a melting temperature
    around 199 degrees C are an attractive alternative to the conventional
    Sn-Pb solder and the addition of bismuth improves its wetability.
    Whilst lead-free soldering with Sn-8Zn-3Bi has already been used in the
    electronics assembly industry, it is necessary to study its low cycle
    fatigue properties since such data have not been reported up to now.
    Design/methodology/approach - In this study, displacement-control led
    low cycle fatigue testing of Sn-8Zn-3Bi and Sn-37Pb solder joints was
    done on lap shear samples. The test amplitude was varied whilst the
    frequency was kept constant at 0.2 Hz and failure was defined as a 50
    per cent load reduction. Finite element (FE) modelling was used for
    analysis and the results were compared to the experimental data.
    Findings - The microstructure of the Sn-8Zn-3Bi solder showed a mixed
    phase of small cellular-shaped and coarser needle-shaped areas. Au-Zn
    intermetallic compounds were observed near the interface from the
    SEM-EDS observation. The average lifetime for the Sn-8Zn-3Bi solder
    joints was 17 per cent longer compared to the Sn-37Pb solder joints.
    The cross section observation indicated that the fatigue cracks
    propagated along the interface between the solder bulk and the Au/Ni
    layer. The locations of maximum equivalent stress from the FE
    simulation were found to be at the two opposite corners of the solder
    joints, coinciding with the experimental observations of crack
    initiation.
    Originality/value - This is believed to be the first time, the low
    cycle fatigue properties of Sn-8Zn-3Bi solder have been reported.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sino Swedish Micosyst Integrat Technol Ctr, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Chalmers Univ Technol, Dept Microtechnol & Nanosci, SinoSwedish Microsyst Integrat Technol Ctr, Gothenburg, Sweden.
 RP Sun, P, Shanghai Univ, Sino Swedish Micosyst Integrat Technol Ctr,
    Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 EM psun@mail.shu.edu.cn
    cristina.andersson@mc2.chalmers.se
    wxc1028@mail.shu.edu.cn
    liqiang.cao@me.chalmers.se
    zncheng@mail.shu.edu.cn
    johan.liu@mc2.chalmers.se
 CR ABTEW M, 2000, MAT SCI ENG R, V27, P95
    ANDERSSON C, 2005, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V394, P20
    FUKADA Y, 2003, IEEE T COMPON PACK T, V26, P616
    KANCHANOMAI C, 2004, SCRIPTA MATER, V50, P83
    KIM KS, 2004, J ALLOY COMPD, V379, P314
    KIM KS, 2005, MICROELECTRON RELIAB, V45, P647
    KIM YS, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V352, P237
    PANG JHL, 2004, INT J FATIGUE, V26, P865
    SUN P, 2005, P 55 EL COMP TECHN C, P696
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0954-0911
 J9 SOLDER SURF MT TECHNOL
 JI Solder. Surf. Mt. Technol.
 PY 2005
 VL 17
 IS 4
 BP 38
 EP 45
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Engineering, Manufacturing;
    Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 980SS
 UT ISI:000233039100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, Y
 TI Representative of quasidifferentials and its formula for a
    quasidifferentiable function
 SO SET-VALUED ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE nonsmooth analysis; quasidifferential calculus; representative of
    quasidifferentials; nonsmooth optimization
 ID SETS
 AB The quasidifferential of a quasidifferentiable function in the sense of
    Demyanov and Rubinov is not uniquely defined. Xia proposed the notion
    of the kernelled quasidifferential, which is expected to be a
    representative for the equivalent class of quasidifferentials. In the
    2-dimensional case, the existence of the kernelled quasidifferential
    was shown. In this paper, the existence of the kernelled
    quasidifferential in the n-dimensional space (n > 2) is proved under
    the assumption that the Minkowski difference and the Demyanov
    difference of subdifferential and minus superdifferential coincide. In
    particular, given a quasidifferential, the kernelled quasidifferential
    can be formulated. Applications to two classes of generalized separable
    quasidifferentiable functions are developed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Management, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, Y, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Management, 516 Jungong Rd,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM gaoyan1962@263.net
 CR CLARKE FH, 1998, NONSMOOTH ANAL CONTR
    DEMYANOV VF, 1981, VESTNIK LENINGRAD U, V13, P183
    DENG MR, 1991, CHINESE J OPERATIONS, V10, P65
    DENYANOV VF, 1986, MATH PROGRAM STUD, V29, P74
    DENYANOV VF, 1995, CONSTRUCTIVE NONSMOO
    GAO Y, 2000, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V104, P377
    GAO Y, 2001, J CONVEX ANAL, V8, P401
    GAO Y, 2002, NEW MINIMALITY CIRTE
    GRZYBOWSKI J, 1994, ARCH MATH, V63, P173
    HIRIARTURRUTY JB, 1993, CONVEX ANAL MINIMIZA
    PALLASCHKE D, 1991, B POLISH ACAD SCI MA, V39, P1
    RUBINOV AM, 1992, OPTIMIZATION, V23, P179
    RUBINOV AM, 2000, QUASIDIFFERENTIABILI, V43, P263
    XIA ZQ, 1987, WP8789 IIASA
    XIA ZQ, 1993, DEMONSTRATIO MATH, V26, P159
    ZHANG LW, 2001, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V108, P439
    ZHANG LW, 2002, J CONVEX ANAL, V9, P139
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0927-6947
 J9 SET-VALUED ANALYSIS
 JI Set-Valued Anal.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 13
 IS 4
 BP 323
 EP 336
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 980RZ
 UT ISI:000233037200001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, DQ
    Chwang, AT
 TI Interfacial waves due to a singularity in a system of two semi-infinite
    fluids
 SO PHYSICS OF FLUIDS
 DT Article
 ID SHIP WAVES; FINITE DEPTH; FREE-SURFACE; VISCOUS-FLUID; WAKES; PATTERN
 AB The three-dimensional interfacial waves due to a fundamental
    singularity steadily moving in a system of two semi-infinite immiscible
    fluids of different densities are investigated analytically. The two
    fluids are assumed to be incompressible and homogenous. There are three
    systems to be considered: one with two inviscid fluids, one with an
    upper viscous and a lower inviscid fluid, and one with an upper
    inviscid and a lower viscous fluid. The Laplace equation is taken as
    the governing equation for inviscid flows while the steady Oseen
    equations are taken for viscous flows. The kinematic and dynamic
    conditions on the interface are linearized for small-amplitude waves.
    The singularity immersed above or beneath the interface is modeled as a
    simple source in the inviscid fluid while as an Oseenlet in the viscous
    fluid. Based on the integral solutions for the interfacial waves, the
    asymptotic representations of wave profiles in the far field are
    explicitly derived by means of Lighthill's two-stage scheme. An
    analytical solution is presented for the density ratio at which the
    maximum wave amplitude occurs. The effects of density ratio, immersion
    depth, and viscosity on wave patterns are analytically expressed. It is
    found that the wavelength of interfacial waves is elongated in
    comparison with that of free-surface waves in a single fluid. (c) 2005
    American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mech Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Chwang, AT, Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mech Engn, Pokfulam Rd, Hong Kong,
    Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 EM dqlu@mail.shu.edu.cn
    atchwang@hkucc.hku.hk
 CR CHAN AT, 1996, PHYS FLUIDS, V8, P421
    CHAN AT, 1997, PHYS FLUIDS, V9, P940
    CHEN XB, 2001, J FLUID MECH, V445, P77
    CHEN XB, 2002, P 17 INT WORKSH WAT, P25
    CHUNG YK, 1991, J SHIP RES, V35, P191
    CHWANG AT, 1975, J FLUID MECH, V67, P787
    CRAPPER GD, 1964, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V282, P547
    CUMBERBATCH E, 1965, J FLUID MECH, V23, P471
    DUFFY DG, 1994, TRANSFORM METHODS SO, P117
    GANG W, 2005, ACTA MECH SINICA, V21, P24
    HE YS, 1991, APPL MATH MECH, V12, P131
    LIGHTHILL MJ, 1960, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V252, P397
    LIU MJ, 2001, PHYS FLUIDS, V13, P3610
    LIU MJ, 2002, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V23, P1221
    LU DQ, 2003, J HYDRODYNAMICS B, V15, P10
    LU DQ, 2003, P 17 NAT C HYDR 6 NA, P283
    LU DQ, 2004, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V25, P647
    LU DQ, 2004, RECENT ADV FLUID MEC, P292
    LU DQ, 2005, J HYDRODYNAM, V17, P22
    LU DQ, 2005, PHYS REV E 2, V71
    LURYE JR, 1968, PHYS FLUIDS, V11, P261
    LURYE JR, 1973, PHYS FLUIDS, V16, P750
    MILGRAM JH, 1988, J SHIP RES, V32, P54
    NOBLESSE F, 1995, SHIP TECHNOL RES, V42, P167
    PALANIAPPAN D, 2000, ACTA MECH, V193, P1
    REED AM, 2002, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V34, P469
    URSELL F, 1960, J FLUID MECH, V8, P418
    WEHAUSEN JV, 1960, ENCY PHYS, V3, P446
    WEN SL, 1969, INT J ENG SCI, V7, P53
    YEUNG RW, 1999, J ENG MATH, V35, P85
 NR 30
 TC 0
 SN 1070-6631
 J9 PHYS FLUIDS
 JI Phys. Fluids
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 17
 IS 10
 AR 102107
 DI ARTN 102107
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Mechanics
 GA 979JW
 UT ISI:000232939200024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, XM
    Ru, P
    Weber, HJ
 TI Triple-quark elastic scatterings and thermalization.
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS B
 DT Article
 DE triple-quark scattering; transport equation; thermalization
 AB Triple-quark elastic scattering amplitudes from perturbative QCD are
    first calculated and then used in a transport equation to study the
    thermalization of quark matter. By examining momentum isotropy to which
    the transport equation leads, we can determine thermalization time and
    offer an initial thermal quark distribution function. With an
    anisotropic initial quark distribution, which is relevant to quark
    matter initially created in a central Au-Au collision at root(S)NN =
    200 GeV, the transport equation gives a time of the order of 1.8 fm/c
    for quark matter itself to thermalize by the triple-quark scatterings.
    (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Appl Phys, Div Nucl Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Wuhan Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Wuhan 430081, Peoples R China.
    Univ Virginia, Dept Phys, Charlottesville, VA 22904 USA.
 RP Xu, XM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM xmxu@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ACKERMANN KH, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P402
    ADLER C, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V87
    ADLER C, 2002, PHYS REV C, V66
    ADLER C, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V90
    ADLER SS, NUCLEX0411040
    ADLER SS, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    BASS SA, 2003, PHYS LETT B, V551, P277
    BIRO TS, 1992, PHYS LETT B, V283, P171
    CHEN LW, 2004, PHYS REV C, V69
    COMBRIDGE BL, 1977, PHYS LETT B, V70, P234
    COOPER F, 2003, PHYS LETT B, V555, P181
    CUTLER R, 1978, PHYS REV D, V17, P196
    ESKOLA KJ, 1996, PHYS LETT B, V374, P20
    ESKOLA KJ, 2001, PHYS LETT B, V497, P39
    ESKOLA KJ, 2003, NUCL PHYS A, V715, C561
    ESKOLA KJ, 2003, PHYS LETT B, V566, P187
    GEIGER K, 1992, PHYS REV D, V46, P4965
    GEIGER K, 1992, PHYS REV D, V46, P4986
    GYULASSY M, 1994, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V83, P307
    GYULASSY M, 2001, NUCL PHYS B, V594, P371
    GYULASSY M, 2002, PHYS LETT B, V526, P301
    HEINZ U, 2002, P 18 WINT WORKSH NUC
    HIRANO T, 2002, PHYS REV C, V65
    HUOVINEN P, 2003, NUCL PHYS A, V715, C299
    LACEY RA, 2002, NUCL PHYS A, V698, C559
    LEVAI P, 1995, PHYS REV C, V51, P3326
    MOLNAR D, 2002, NUCL PHYS A, V697, P495
    MORITA K, 2002, PHYS REV C, V66
    SHURYAK EV, 2003, NUCL PHYS A, V715, C289
    SNELLINGS RJM, 2002, NUCL PHYS A, V698, C193
    TEANEY D, NUCLTH0110037
    WANG XN, 1991, PHYS REV D, V44, P3501
    WANG XN, 1997, PHYS REP, V280, P287
    XU XM, 1996, PHYS REV C, V53, P3051
    XU XM, 2004, NUCL PHYS A, V744, P347
    ZHANG B, 1998, PHYS REV C, V58, P1175
 NR 36
 TC 0
 SN 0370-2693
 J9 PHYS LETT B
 JI Phys. Lett. B
 PD NOV 24
 PY 2005
 VL 629
 IS 2-4
 BP 68
 EP 76
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 981BI
 UT ISI:000233061700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tao, K
    Zhang, QR
    Liu, TY
    Zhang, FW
 TI Ab initio lattice relaxation and compensation mechanism for the lightly
    fluorine doped PbWO4
 SO PHYSICA STATUS SOLIDI A-APPLICATIONS AND MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID LEAD TUNGSTATE CRYSTALS; SINGLE-CRYSTALS; ABSORPTION-BAND; ORIGIN
 AB The lattice structure of lightly F-doped PbWO4 (F- : PWO) crystal is
    optimized within the framework of density functional theory. The
    lattice relaxation results demonstrate that the F ion and two
    longer-bond O2- ions shift towards V-Pb(2-) while other O(2-)ions and
    cations Ph2+ and W6+ shift outwards. By analyzing the electronic
    structure of lightly F-:PWO crystals, the role of the F in F:PWO is
    revealed and it can also be concluded that the two longer-bond O2-
    could share a hole forming a diatomic molecular ion O-2(3-) Thus the
    V-Pb(2-) is completely compensated by a F ion and a diatomic molecular
    ion O-2(3-). Thus the doping of the F- ion could effectively restrict
    the formation of [O-2(3-)-V-Pb-O-2(3-)] and weaken the 420 nm
    absorption band and improve the scintillation property of the PWO. (c)
    2005 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Tao, K, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, 516 Jungong Rd, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 EM taokun76@hotmail.com
 CR ABRAHAM YB, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    ANNENKOV A, 1998, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V170, P47
    ANNENKOV AN, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V156, P493
    EPELBAUM BM, 1997, J CRYST GROWTH, V178, P426
    FANG SG, 1998, PHYS COLOR CTR CRYST
    FENG XQ, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P449
    GONZE X, 2002, COMP MATER SCI, V25, P478
    HAUNG HW, 2003, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V196, R7
    HIZHNYI YA, 2003, J LUMIN, V102, P688
    KORZHIK MV, 1996, SCINT 95, V241
    LIAO JY, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P286
    LIN QS, 2001, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V118, P221
    LIU XC, 2002, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V190, R1
    MOREAU JM, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V238, P46
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V195, P311
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V196, K7
    TAO K, 2005, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V2, P215
    ZHANG Y, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P12738
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0031-8965
 J9 PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A-APPL MAT
 JI Phys. Status Solidi A-Appl. Mat.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 202
 IS 13
 BP 2413
 EP 2418
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 979SG
 UT ISI:000232964500006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, J
    Tan, ZY
    Zhao, R
    Feng, XH
    Shi, J
    Ji, YH
 TI The modulation effects of BmK I, an alpha-like scorpion neurotoxin, on
    voltage-gated Na+ currents in rat dorsal root ganglion neurons
 SO NEUROSCIENCE LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE sodium channel; subtype; scorpion toxin
 ID BUTHUS-MARTENSI KARSCH; SODIUM-CHANNEL; AUXILIARY SUBUNIT; VENOM;
    INJECTION; BINDING; TOXIN
 AB The present study investigated the effects of BmK I, a Na+ channel
    receptor site 3 modulator purified from the Buthus martensi Karsch
    (BmK) venom, on the voltage-gated sodium currents in dorsal root
    ganglion (DRG) neurons. Whole-cell patch-clamping was used to record
    the tetrodotoxin-sensitive (TTX-S) and tetrodotoxin-resistant (TTX-R)
    components of voltage-gated Na+ currents in small DRG neurons. It was
    found that the inhibitory effect of BmK I on open-state inactivation of
    TTX-S Na+ currents was stronger than that of TTX-R Na+ currents. In
    addition, BmK I exhibited a selective enhancing effect on
    voltage-dependent activation of TTX-S currents, and an opposite effect
    on time-dependent activation of TTX-S and TTX-R Na+ currents. The
    results suggested that the inhibitory effect of BmK I on open-state
    inactivation might contribute to the increase of peak TTX-S and TTX-R
    currents, and the enhancing effect of BmK I on time-dependent
    activation might also contribute to the increase of peak TTX-S
    currents. It was further suggested that a combined effect of BmK I
    including inhibiting the inactivation of TTX-S and TTX-R channels,
    accelerating activation and decreasing the activation threshold of
    TTX-S channels, might produce a hyperexcitability of small DRG neurons,
    and thus contribute to the BmK I-induced hyperalgesia. (C) 2005
    Elsevier Ireland Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Biol Sci, Shanghai Inst Physiol, Grad Sch, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Yale Univ, Sch Med, Dept Anesthesiol, New Haven, CT 06510 USA.
 RP Ji, YH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shang Da Rd 99, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 EM yhji@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BAI ZT, 2003, TOXICOL APPL PHARM, V192, P78
    BLACK JA, 1996, MOL BRAIN RES, V43, P117
    CESTELE S, 2000, BIOCHIMIE, V82, P883
    CHEN B, 2001, NEUROTOXICOL TERATOL, V23, P675
    GOUDET C, 2001, FEBS LETT, V495, P61
    HAMILL OP, 1981, PFLUG ARCH EUR J PHY, V391, P85
    HODGKIN AL, 1952, J PHYSIOL, V117, P500
    JI YH, 1996, TOXICON, V34, P987
    KAYANO T, 1988, FEBS LETT, V228, P187
    LI YJ, 2000, J PEPT RES, V56, P195
    LIU LH, 2005, FASEB J, V19, P594
    MORGAN K, 2000, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V97, P2308
    OGATA N, 1992, DEV BRAIN RES, V65, P93
    RENGANATHAN M, 2002, MOL BRAIN RES, V106, P70
    ROGERS JC, 1996, J BIOL CHEM, V271, P15950
    SAAB CY, 2002, NEUROSCI LETT, V331, P79
    SONG JH, 1997, J PHARMACOL EXP THER, V282, P707
    SUN HY, 2005, TOXICOL IN VITRO, V19, P183
    WAXMAN SG, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P7635
    YU FH, 2003, J NEUROSCI, V23, P7577
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0304-3940
 J9 NEUROSCI LETT
 JI Neurosci. Lett.
 PD DEC 23
 PY 2005
 VL 390
 IS 2
 BP 66
 EP 71
 PG 6
 SC Neurosciences
 GA 980FK
 UT ISI:000232999400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, JK
    Li, Y
 TI Analysis of method of lines for a novel open truncated circular-groove
    guide
 SO JOURNAL OF ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 AB Groove guide is a millimeter wave and sub-millimeter wave transmission
    line. It has some characteristics that are superior to the other
    transmission lines such as simple structure, easy manufacture for its
    large size, low loss, low dispersion and wide bandwidth etc., when
    operational frequency is higher than 100 GHz. The groove guide with
    arbitrary cross-section is analyzed by using the method of lines in
    this paper. The correctness of the analytic model for solving this
    guide is demonstrated. A novel truncated circular-groove guide is
    presented and its transmission characteristics are numerically
    calculated and analyzed. It can be consulted for theoretical
    researching of groove guide and disposing electromagnetic field
    boundary value problems. The analytic method in this paper has some
    virtues such as easy formulation, less computation and universal
    application etc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiao, JK, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 CR CHOI YM, 1984, INFRARED MILLIMETER, V11, CH11
    CHOI YM, 1987, IEEE MTT S INT MICR, P165
    HONG W, 1993, PRINCIPLES APPL METH, P1
    HU C, 1995, INT J INFRARED MILLI, V16, P401
    SHI WM, 1996, INT J INFRARED MILLI, V17, P1957
    XU SJ, 1993, INT J INFRARED MILLI, V14, P1055
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0920-5071
 J9 J ELECTROMAGNET WAVE APPLICAT
 JI J. Electromagn. Waves Appl.
 PY 2005
 VL 19
 IS 13
 BP 1795
 EP 1805
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical
 GA 980BA
 UT ISI:000232987700008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, JK
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
 TI Self-assembly and fluorescent modification of hydroxyapatite nanoribbon
    spherulites
 SO EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE fluorescence; hydroxyapatite; nanostructures; self-assembly
 ID HOLLOW SPHERES; CALCIUM-PHOSPHATE; NANOBELTS; NANOSTRUCTURES;
    SUPERSTRUCTURES; TRANSFORMATION; ORGANIZATION; NANOSPHERES; NUCLEATION
 AB Hydroxyapatite nanoribbon spherulites have been successfully
    synthesized, with the bioactive eggshell membrane as directing template
    and in the presence of ethylenediamine, in a one-step reaction under
    mild conditions. The spherulites are about 2.5 mu m in diameter and the
    extended nanoribbon about 1.1 mu m long. The spherulites were modified
    with fluorescein to obtain a fluorescent probe material with strong
    luminescence. ((c) Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, 69451 Weinheim,
    Germany, 2005).
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
    ypding@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR AJIKUMAR PK, 2003, BIOMACROMOLECULES, V4, P1321
    ANTONIETTI M, 1998, CHEM-EUR J, V4, P2493
    BOWDEN N, 1997, SCIENCE, V276, P233
    CAO XB, 2004, ADV MATER, V16, P649
    CARUSO F, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, P1111
    COLFEN H, 2003, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V42, P2350
    DUAN HW, 2001, J AM CHEM SOC, V123, P12097
    EULISS LE, 2004, CHEM COMMUN, V15, P1736
    FLEMING MS, 2001, CHEM MATER, V13, P2210
    HIRAI T, 2000, LANGMUIR, V16, P955
    HUANG JX, 2000, ADV MATER, V12, P808
    JIANG Y, 2004, J PHYS CHEM B, V108, P784
    LI XL, 2003, CHEM-EUR J, V9, P2726
    LI YD, 2001, J AM CHEM SOC, V123, P9904
    LIU B, 2004, J AM CHEM SOC, V126, P8124
    LIU ZP, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P936
    LOU XW, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P2697
    LOVE JC, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P12696
    MA C, 2004, J AM CHEM SOC, V126, P708
    MAITI A, 2003, NANO LETT, V3, P1025
    PACHOLSKI C, 2002, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V41, P1188
    PAN ZW, 2001, SCIENCE, V291, P1947
    PARK S, 2004, SCIENCE, V303, P348
    PENG Q, 2003, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V42, P3027
    RHEE SH, 1999, BIOMATERIALS, V20, P2155
    SHI HT, 2002, CHEM COMMUN, V16, P1704
    SHI HT, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P1647
    SUN XM, 2004, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V43, P597
    SUN YG, 2003, NANO LETT, V3, P675
    SWAMI A, 2003, CHEM MATER, V15, P17
    VELIKOV KP, 2002, SCIENCE, V296, P106
    WANG CF, 2004, CHEM COMMUN, V15, P1766
    WHITESIDES GM, 2002, SCIENCE, V295, P2418
    WU CZ, 2003, J PHYS CHEM B, V107, P13583
    YANG D, 2002, ADV MATER, V14, P1543
    YANG PD, 2003, NATURE, V425, P243
    YU SH, 2004, CRYST GROWTH DES, V4, P33
    YUAN JK, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P4966
    ZHANG J, 2004, J PHYS CHEM B, V108, P7002
    ZHANG XT, 2004, CHEM COMMUN, V16, P1852
 NR 40
 TC 0
 SN 1434-1948
 J9 EUR J INORG CHEM
 JI Eur. J. Inorg. Chem.
 PD OCT 21
 PY 2005
 IS 20
 BP 4145
 EP 4149
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear
 GA 979RG
 UT ISI:000232961900021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, ZJ
    Tang, XH
    Ni, HW
    Cao, WG
 TI Synthesis and characterization of two kinds of perfluromethylcoumarins
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE nuclear magnetic resonance; mass spectroscopy; infrared spectroscopy;
    Ethyl 4; 4; 4-trifluoroacetoacetate; m-substituted phenol
 AB Perfluromethylcoumarins was obtained by the reaction of m-substituted
    phenol and Ethyl 4, 4, 4-trifluoro-2-butynoate or Ethyl 4, 4,
    4-trifluoroacetoacetate. The products were analyzed by H-1 NMR C-13
    NMR, IR, MS and element analysis. The UV-visible spectra of these
    products were also studied.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Key Lab Organofluorine Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 CR DING WY, 1993, J CHEM SOC P1, P855
    ISSA Y, 1998, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V39, P2391
    JI XS, 1997, CHINESE J MAGNETIC R, V14, P185
    SHI ZJ, 2004, CHINESE J ANAL CHEM, V32, P161
    TANG XH, 2004, CHINESE J MAGNETIC R, V21, P354
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0253-3820
 J9 CHINESE J ANAL CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Anal. Chem.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 33
 IS 10
 BP 1452
 EP 1454
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA 980XP
 UT ISI:000233051800024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CZ
    Yang, J
    Yao, LX
    Lu, WC
    Chen, NY
 TI Study on sherds excavated in Laohudong Kiln by chemometrics method
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE ancient ceramic; support vector machine; Laohudong Kiln; handed down Ge
    Ware; Wansong Mountain
 AB Chemometrics methods such as support vector machine (SVM) algorithm and
    feature selection methods were applied to the study on sherds excavated
    at Laohudong Kiln in Hangzhou. As a new type of chemometrics method,
    SVM can effectively handle problems with small number of samples and
    many redundant and/or irrelevant features especially when combined with
    feature selection methods. Ancient ceramic can be distinguished by
    analytical chemistry methods of components measured. Now too few
    samples and too many chemical components are measured that they will
    make the chemometrics methods be overffiting and the model to
    distinguish the sherds be not confident. So SVM is combined with the
    backward search feature selection algorithm and other chemometrics
    methods like Fisher discrimination algorithm to treat the problems of
    place decision and period decision of sherds excavated in Laohudong
    Kiln and the handed down Ge Ware. Modeling results show that (1) sherds
    excavated in Laohudong Kiln is different from those in Jiaotanxia Kiln,
    (2) sherds collected in Wansong Mountain is from Laohudong Kiln, (3)
    the handed down Ge Ware might be the products in Yuan Dynasty. From
    these works, It is clear that combined with chemical analysis, SVM can
    be a new kind of useful chemometrics method to treat the problems of
    place decision. and period decision of ancient. ceramic. Keywords
    Ancient ceramic, support vector machine, Laohudong kiln, handed down Ge
    Ware, Wansong
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CZ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHEN NY, 2004, SUPPORT VECTOR MACHI, P74
    CRISTIANINI N, 2000, INTRO SUPPORT VECTOR, P93
    GUO JK, 1997, CHINESE CERAMIC SOC, V25, P614
    LI BP, 2003, CHINESE SCI BULL, V48, P659
    LI GZ, 2005, IN PRESS COMPUTERS B
    LI JZ, 2000, J BUILDING MAT, V3, P297
    LI JZ, 2003, J BUILDING MAT, V6, P118
    PUDIL P, 1994, PATTERN RECOGN LETT, V15, P1119
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0253-3820
 J9 CHINESE J ANAL CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Anal. Chem.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 33
 IS 10
 BP 1465
 EP 1468
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA 980XP
 UT ISI:000233051800028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    Wang, ZQ
    Wan, ZS
    Chu, DL
 TI Second order Jacobi approximation with applications to fourth-order
    differential equations
 SO APPLIED NUMERICAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE second order Jacobi approximation; spectral method for fourth-order
    problems; convergence; numerical results
 ID FINITE-ELEMENT-METHOD; P-VERSION; HILBERT-SPACES
 AB Second order Jacobi approximation in non-uniformly weighted Sobolev
    space is investigated. Some approximation results on various orthogonal
    projections are established, which serve as the mathematical foundation
    of Jacobi spectral methods for differential equations of fourth order.
    Jacobi spectral schemes are provided for several model problems. The
    convergence is proved. Numerical results agree well with theoretical
    analysis and show the efficiency of this new approach. (c) 2005 IMACS.
    Published by Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Normal Univ, Dept Math, Div Comp Sci, E Inst, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Natl Univ Singapore, Dept Math, Singapore 117543, Singapore.
 RP Guo, BY, Shanghai Normal Univ, Dept Math, Div Comp Sci, E Inst,
    Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
 EM byguo@shnu.edu.cn
 CR BABUSKA I, 2000, NUMER MATH, V85, P219
    BABUSKA I, 2002, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V39, P1512
    BEDHACHMI Z, 2001, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V38, P1926
    BERGH J, 1976, INTERPOLATION SPACES
    BERNARDI C, 1997, HDBK NUM AN 2, V5, P209
    BERNARDI C, 1999, SERIES APPL MATH, V3
    BOYD JP, 1989, CHEBYSHEV FOURIER SP
    CANUTO C, 1988, SPECTRAL METHODS FLU
    EZZIRANI A, 1999, MATH COMPUT, V225, P217
    FUNARO D, 1992, POLYNOMIAL APPROXIMA
    GOTTLIEB D, 1977, NUMERICAL ANAL SPECT
    GUO BY, 1998, SPECTRAL METHODS THE
    GUO BY, 2000, J MATH ANAL APPL, V243, P373
    GUO BY, 2000, J SCI COMPUT, V15, P117
    GUO BY, 2000, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V37, P621
    GUO BY, 2001, ADV COMPUT MATH, V14, P227
    GUO BY, 2002, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V53, P65
    GUO BY, 2004, J APPROX THEORY, V128, P1
    HARDY GH, 1952, INEQUALITIES
    JUNGHANNS VP, 1984, WISS SCHR TU K MARX, V26, P250
    KARNIADAKIS G, 1999, SPECTRAL HP ELEMENT
    KUFNER A, 1980, WEIGHTED SOBOLEV SPA
    LI H, 2001, THESIS SHANGHAI U SH
    LIONS JL, 1972, NONHOMOGENEOUS BOUND
    STEPHAN EP, 1989, MATH COMPUT, V52, P31
    WANG ZQ, 2002, J MATH ANAL APPL, V274, P374
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 0168-9274
 J9 APPL NUMER MATH
 JI Appl. Numer. Math.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 55
 IS 4
 BP 480
 EP 502
 PG 23
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 980BU
 UT ISI:000232989700008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qiu, WD
 TI Converting normal DLP-based signatures into blind
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE blind signature; discrete logarithm problem; electronic cash system
 ID CASH SYSTEMS; ANONYMITY
 AB Since the concept of blind signature was first introduced by Chaum,
    there are many applications of blind signatures. Especially, blind
    signatures have been applied widely in anonymous E-Cash systems. The
    most used blind signatures in E-Cash systems are based on discrete
    logarithm problem (DLP ill short).
    This paper investigates the method to construct DLP-based blind
    signatures and tries to generalize how can these blind signatures be
    utilized to build double-spending resistant anonymous E-Cash systems.
    (c) 2005 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Informat Secur Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Grad Sch, State Key Lab Informat Secur, Natl Lab Modern Commun, Beijing 100864, Peoples R China.
 RP Qiu, WD, Shanghai Univ, Sch Informat Secur Engn, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 EM qiuwd@sjtu.edu.cn
 CR ABE M, 1996, LNCS, V1163, P244
    ABE M, 1997, P 1997 SCIS SCIS 97
    ABE M, 2000, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V1880, P271
    BRANDS S, 1993, LNCS, V773, P302
    BRICKELL E, 1995, P 6 ANN ACM SIAM S D, P457
    CAMENISCH J, 1994, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V950, P428
    CAMENISCH J, 1996, ESORICS 96, P33
    CAMENISCH J, 1996, P 3 ACM C COMP COMM, P88
    CHAUM D, 1983, ADV CRYPTOLOGY CRYPT, V82, P199
    CHAUM D, 1993, ADV CRYPTOLOGY, V92, P1
    FRANKEL Y, 1996, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V1163, P286
    GAUD M, 2003, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V2742, P34
    HORSTER P, 1994, TR946 U TECH CHEM ZW
    MAITLAND G, 2001, LNCS, V2229, P461
    MAITLAND G, 2002, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V2274, P99
    NYBERG K, 1993, C COMP COMM SEC CCS, P58
    OKAMOTO T, 1993, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V740, P31
    QIU WD, 2002, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V2433, P177
    STADLER M, 1995, LNCS, V921, P209
    TRAORE J, 1999, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V1587, P228
    TRAORE J, 2003, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V2727, P237
    ZHANG FG, 2002, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V2501, P533
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD NOV 1
 PY 2005
 VL 170
 IS 1
 BP 657
 EP 665
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 979TR
 UT ISI:000232968200049
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, CH
    Qiu, XJ
    An, WK
    Li, RX
 TI Influence of intense pulse laser on penetron-atomic ionization in
    muon-catalysed fusion
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE muon; fusion; laser; ionization
 ID ABOVE-THRESHOLD IONIZATION; MULTIPHOTON IONIZATION; ELECTRON
    LOCALIZATION; SCHRODINGER-EQUATION; SPECTRAL METHOD; FIELD;
    AMPLIFICATION; RADIATION; PLASMA; XENON
 AB In this paper, the one-dimensional time-dependent Schrodinger equation
    is numerically solved; in muon-catalysed fusion, the influence of
    different laser intensities and wavelengths on the mu(3) He ionization
    is studied. Results show that the ionization probability is about 2.7
    percent when the magnitude of laser intensity is from 10(19) to loll
    W/cm(2), and can increase obviously when the laser intensity reaches
    3.0 x 10(24) W/cm(2). Furthermore, the ionization probability increases
    with the laser intensity and wavelength, that is, to enhance the
    efficiency of the muon-catalysed fusion.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Hunan Inst Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Yueyang 414000, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, CH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM shi-chunhua@163.com
    xjqiu@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR *APPL ION BEAM PHY, 2001, APPL ION BEAM PHYS L, P2
    AGOSTINI P, 1979, PHYS REV LETT, V42, P1127
    ALVAREZ LW, 1957, PHYS REV, V105, P1127
    BUCKSBAUM PH, 1987, J OPT SOC AM B, V4, P760
    DAVIES BL, 1992, SOV J QUANTUM ELECTR, V22, P2899
    DUBEITIS A, 1992, OPT COMMUN, V88, P437
    FEIT MD, 1982, J COMPUT PHYS, V47, P412
    FRANK FC, 1947, NATURE, V160, P525
    FUKUSHIMA K, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P3028
    GIUSTI SA, 1995, J PHYS B ATOM MOL PH, V28, P309
    HE JT, 2003, PHYSICS, V18, P461
    HEATHER RW, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P7560
    HERMANN MR, 1988, PHYS REV A, V38, P6000
    HU CY, 1986, PHYS REV A, V34, P2536
    JAVANAINEN J, 1988, PHYS REV A, V38, P3430
    JOSHI C, 1995, PHYS TODAY, V1, P361
    KRAUSE JL, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P4998
    KRIVEC R, 1995, PHYS REV A, V52, P221
    KRUIT P, 1983, PHYS REV A, V28, P248
    LATINNE O, 1994, EUROPHYS LETT, V26, P333
    LING K, 1993, J PHYS B ATOM MOL PH, V26, P783
    MALKIN VM, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P1208
    MOUROU G, 1998, PHYS TODAY, V1, P22
    MULLER HG, 1983, J PHYS B-AT MOL OPT, V16, L679
    NEIL GR, 2003, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V507, P537
    PARKER J, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P5651
    PERRY MD, 1994, SCIENCE, V264, P9170
    SEIDEMAN T, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P2819
    SHEN YR, 1984, PRINCIPLE NONLINEAR
    SHVETS G, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P4879
    SU Q, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P862
    SU Q, 1996, J PHYS B-AT MOL OPT, V29, P5755
    VERLUISE F, 2000, OPT LETT, V25, P575
    ZUO T, 1995, PHYS REV A, V52, R2511
 NR 34
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 54
 IS 9
 BP 4087
 EP 4091
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 960DD
 UT ISI:000231569500023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, JY
    Liu, BX
    Xu, DJ
 TI (2,2 '-Diamino-4,4 '-bi-1,3-thiazole-kappa N-2,N ')bis(glycinato-kappa
    N-2,O)cobalt(II) dihydrate
 SO ACTA CRYSTALLOGRAPHICA SECTION E-STRUCTURE REPORTS ONLINE
 DT Article
 AB In the title compound, [Co(C2H4NO2)(2)(C6H6N2S)]center dot 2H(2)O, the
    Co-II ion ( site symmetry 2) is coordinated by an N, N-bidentate
    diaminobithiazole ligand and two N,O-bidentate glycinate anions in a
    distorted octahedral geometry. The five-membered Co-glycinate ring
    displays an envelope conformation. A network of O-H center dot center
    dot center dot O and N-H center dot center dot center dot O hydrogen
    bonds helps to consolidate the crystal packing.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, DJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 EM xudj@mail.hz.zj.cn
 CR *RIG CORP, 1998, PROC AUT
    *RIG MSC, 2002, CRYST STRUCT VERS 3
    ALTOMARE A, 1993, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V26, P343
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1997, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V30, P565
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P837
    HIGASHI T, 1995, ABSCOR
    LIU JG, 2001, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C 4, V57, P354
    LIU JG, 2003, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR  10, V59, M886
    LIU JG, 2004, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR E 1, V60, M108
    SHELDRICK GM, 1997, SHELXL97
    SUN WL, 1997, J APPL POLYM SCI, V64, P2309
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 1600-5368
 J9 ACTA CRYSTALLOGR E-STRUCT REP
 JI Acta Crystallogr. Sect. E.-Struct Rep. Online
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 61
 PN Part 11
 BP M2232
 EP M2233
 PG 2
 SC Crystallography
 GA 979SP
 UT ISI:000232965400034
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, BX
    Yu, JY
    Xu, DJ
 TI catena-Poly[[chloro(2,2 '-diamino-4,4 '-bi-1,3-thiazole-kappa(2) N,N
    ')cadmium(II)]-mu-glycinato-kappa N-2,O : O ']
 SO ACTA CRYSTALLOGRAPHICA SECTION E-STRUCTURE REPORTS ONLINE
 DT Article
 AB In the polymeric title complex, [Cd(C2H4NO2)Cl-(C6H6N4S2)](n), the
    glycinate anions bridge neighbouring Cd-II ions to form zigzag chains
    along the b axis direction. The Cd-II ion is coordinated by two
    glycinate ions (one O-monodentate and one N, O-bidentate), a Cl- ion
    and a bidentate diaminobithiazole ligand in a distorted octahedral
    geometry. Various N-(HO)-O-... and N-(HCl)-Cl-... hydrogen bonds
    between adjacent complex chains help to consolidate the crystal packing.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, DJ, Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou, Peoples R China.
 EM xudj@mail.hz.zj.cn
 CR *RIG CORP, 1998, PROCESS AUTO
    *RIG MSC, 2002, CRYST VERS 3 00
    ALTOMARE A, 1993, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V26, P343
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1997, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V30, P565
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P837
    FLACK HD, 1983, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR A, V39, P876
    HIGASHI T, 1995, ABSCOR
    LIU JG, 2001, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C 4, V57, P354
    LIU JG, 2004, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR E 1, V60, M108
    LIU JG, 2005, J COORD CHEM, V58, P735
    LIU Q, 2004, SPECTROCHIM ACTA A, V60, P1453
    SHELDRICK GM, 1997, SHELXL97
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 1600-5368
 J9 ACTA CRYSTALLOGR E-STRUCT REP
 JI Acta Crystallogr. Sect. E.-Struct Rep. Online
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 61
 PN Part 11
 BP M2291
 EP M2293
 PG 3
 SC Crystallography
 GA 979SP
 UT ISI:000232965400056
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, ZJ
    Cao, WG
    Ding, WY
    Wang, Y
 TI One-pot method for stereoselective cyclopropanation of
    electron-deficient olefins with methyl bromoacetate and phenacyl
    bromide in the presence of triphenylarsine
 SO SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART
 DT Article
 DE one-pot; triphenylarsine; cyclopropanation; stereoselectivity; NaHCO3
 ID ASYMMETRIC CYCLOPROPANATION; DERIVATIVES; CATALYSTS
 AB A triphenylarsine-catalyzed one-pot procedure for the preparation of
    cis-cyclopropanes with acyclic electron-deficient olefins with
    carbonyl-stabilized arsonium ylides formed from methyl bromoacetate or
    phenacyl bromide in the presence of NaHCO3 has been achieved. This
    method is simple, high-yielding and cis-selective. The success of this
    method depends on the choice of base, solvent and temperature.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Organomet Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM renrui198229@hotmail.com
 CR BRUNEL JM, 1999, J AM CHEM SOC, V121, P5807
    CALO V, 2000, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V41, P8977
    COREY EJ, 1962, J AM CHEM SOC, V84, P867
    DEMEIJERE A, 1997, HOUBENWEYL METHODS O, V17
    DEMEIJERE A, 2000, TOPICS CURRENT CHEM, V207
    DING WY, 1996, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V12, P50
    DOYLE MP, 1996, SYNLETT          JUL, P697
    GUNTHER H, 1980, NMR SPECTROSCOPY, P108
    GUNTHER H, 1980, NMR SPECTROSCOPY, P384
    GUSTAFSSON J, 1995, TETRAHEDRON, V51, P3865
    HALY B, 1996, SYNLETT          JUL, P687
    HU WH, 2002, ORG LETT, V4, P901
    HUANG LY, 2003, J ORG CHEM, V68, P8179
    HUANG YZ, 1982, ADV ORGANOMETALLIC C, V20, P115
    HUANG YZ, 1994, J CHEM SOC P1, P893
    IWASA S, 2001, CHEM COMMUN, P59
    KRYSIAK J, 2001, J ORG CHEM, V66, P8240
    LEBEL H, 2003, CHEM REV, V103, P977
    PU JQ, 2000, HECHENG HUAXUE, V8, P356
    REN ZJ, 2002, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V32, P3143
    REN ZJ, 2004, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V34, P3785
    TSUJI T, 1987, CHEM CYCLOPROPYL GRO
    WONG HNC, 1989, CHEM REV, V89, P165
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0039-7881
 J9 SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART
 JI Synthesis
 PD OCT 17
 PY 2005
 IS 16
 BP 2718
 EP 2722
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 977RU
 UT ISI:000232821700014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, ZJ
    Long, JL
    Ma, YG
    Xu, XM
    Liu, B
 TI Hard photons from a chemically equilibrating quark-gluon plasma at
    finite baryon density
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS B
 DT Article
 DE hard photon; chemically equilibrating quark-gluon plasma; finite baryon
    density
 ID HEAVY-ION COLLISIONS; THERMAL PHOTONS; NONEQUILIBRIUM; GAS
 AB We study hard photon production in a chemically equilibrating
    quark-gluon plasma at finite baryon density, and find that the effect
    of the system evolution on the photon production and large contribution
    of the bremsstrahlung and Compton qg -> gamma q processes make the
    total photon yield as a strongly increasing function of the initial
    quark chemical potential. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Appl Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    CCAST, World Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Res Ctr Nucl Theory, Natl Lab Heavy Ion Accelerator, Inst Modern Phys, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst High Energy Phys, Beijing 100039, Peoples R China.
 RP He, ZJ, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Appl Phys, POB 800-204,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM hezejun@sinap.ac.cn
 CR ARLEO F, HEPPH0311131
    ARNOLD P, 2001, J HIGH ENERGY PHYS
    ARNOLD P, 2001, J HIGH ENERGY PHYS
    BAIER R, 1992, Z PHYS C, V53, P433
    BASS SA, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    BIRO TS, 1993, PHYS REV C, V48, P1275
    DUMITRU A, 3191992 UFTP
    DUMITRU A, 1993, MOD PHYS LETT A, V8, P1291
    DUTTA D, 1999, PHYS REV C, V60
    ELLIOTT DM, 2000, NUCL PHYS A, V671, P583
    ESKOLA KJ, 1996, PHYS LETT B, V374, P20
    GEIGER K, 1993, PHYS REV D, V47, P4905
    GELIS F, 2004, J PHYS G NUCL PARTIC, V30, S1031
    HAMMON N, 2000, PHYS REV C, V61
    HE ZJ, 2003, PHYS REV C, V68
    HE ZJ, 2004, PHYS REV C, V69
    KAMPFER B, 1995, PHYS REV C, V52, P2704
    KAPUSTA J, 1991, PHYS REV D, V44, P2774
    LEVAI P, 1995, PHYS REV C, V51, P3326
    MAJUMDER A, 2001, PHYS REV D, V63
    MUSTAFA MG, 2000, PHYS REV C, V62
    NAGAMIYA S, 1992, NUCL PHYS A, V544, C5
    RUUSKANEN PV, 1992, NUCL PHYS A, V544, P169
    STRICKLAND M, 1994, PHYS LETT B, V331, P245
    TRAXLER CT, 1995, PHYS LETT B, V346, P329
    TRAXLER CT, 1996, PHYS REV C, V53, P1348
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 0370-2693
 J9 PHYS LETT B
 JI Phys. Lett. B
 PD NOV 3
 PY 2005
 VL 628
 IS 1-2
 BP 25
 EP 32
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 979OX
 UT ISI:000232955800004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, X
 TI Interaction between an edge dislocation and a circular inclusion with
    an inhomogeneously imperfect interface
 SO MECHANICS RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE inhomogeneously imperfect interface; edge dislocation; circular
    inclusion; complex variable method; conformal mapping
 ID COMPOSITE CYLINDER MODEL; ELLIPTIC INCLUSION; PLANE ELASTICITY;
    STRESS-ANALYSIS
 AB This research presents an analytical study of the interaction problem
    of an edge dislocation with a circular inclusion with a
    circumferentially inhomogeneously imperfect interface. The interface,
    which is modeled as a spring (interphase) layer with vanishing
    thickness, is characterized by that in which there is a displacement
    jump across the interface in the same direction as the corresponding
    tractions, and the same degree of imperfection is realized in both the
    normal and tangential directions. Furthermore, the interface parameter
    is nonuniform along the interface. In order to arrive at an elementary
    form solution, we introduce a conformal mapping function. Then the
    stress field as well as the Peach-Koehler force acting on the edge
    dislocation can be obtained from the derived complex potentials.
    Calculations demonstrate that the nonuniform interface parameter has a
    significant influence oil the stress field. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, X, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM xuwang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ACHENBACH JD, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P956
    DUNDURS J, 1964, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V12, P177
    FAN H, 2003, MECH MATER, V35, P943
    LIU Y, 2001, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P2033
    LUO HA, 1991, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V58, P75
    MUSKHELISHVILI NI, 1953, SOME BASIC PROBLEMS
    SHEN H, 2001, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V38, P7587
    SHEN H, 2001, J ELASTICITY, V62, P25
    SUDAK LJ, 1999, J ELASTICITY, V55, P19
    SUDAK LJ, 2003, MECH RES COMMUN, V30, P53
    WANG X, 2002, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V69, P527
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0093-6413
 J9 MECH RES COMMUN
 JI Mech. Res. Commun.
 PD JAN-FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 33
 IS 1
 BP 17
 EP 25
 PG 9
 SC Mechanics
 GA 977OO
 UT ISI:000232813300003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, WD
    Lu, FH
    Leng, GS
 TI A type of monotonicity on the L-p centroid body and L-p projection body
 SO MATHEMATICAL INEQUALITIES & APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE L-p mixed volume; L-p dual mixed volume; L-p centroid body; L-p
    projection body; monotonicity; inequality
 ID DUAL MIXED VOLUMES; MINKOWSKI PROBLEM; BODIES; INEQUALITIES
 AB Associated with L-p centroid body and L-p projection body, Lutwak, Yang
    and Zhang recently made a series of studies. In this paper, associated
    with the L-p mixed volume and dual mixed volumes, we establish several
    inequalities for the monotonicity of L-p centroid body and L-p
    projection body.
 C1 Hubei Inst Natl, Dept Math, Hubei Enshi 445000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, WD, Hubei Inst Natl, Dept Math, Hubei Enshi 445000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM gleng@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BOURGAIN J, 1988, LECT NOTES MATH, V1317, P250
    CAMPI S, 2002, ADV MATH, V167, P128
    GARDNER RJ, 1995, GEOMETRIC TOMOGRAPHY
    LUTWAK E, 1986, J DIFFER GEOM, V23, P1
    LUTWAK E, 1988, ADV MATH, V71, P232
    LUTWAK E, 1990, P LOND MATH SOC, V60, P365
    LUTWAK E, 1993, HDB CONVEX GEOMETRY, P151
    LUTWAK E, 1993, J DIFFER GEOM, V38, P131
    LUTWAK E, 1997, J DIFFER GEOM, V47, P1
    LUTWAK E, 2000, DUKE MATH J, V104, P375
    LUTWAK E, 2000, J DIFFER GEOM, V56, P111
    LUTWAK E, 2001, T AM MATH SOC, V353, P1767
    LUTWAK E, 2002, DUKE MATH J, V112, P59
    LUTWAK E, 2004, T AM MATH SOC, V356, P4359
    SCHNEIDER R, 1993, CONVEX BODIES BRUNNM
    ZHANG GY, 1994, T AM MATH SOC, V345, P777
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1331-4343
 J9 MATH INEQUAL APPL
 JI Math. Inequal. Appl.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 8
 IS 4
 BP 735
 EP 742
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics
 GA 978ZE
 UT ISI:000232910900018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xie, YF
    Wang, XQ
    Chen, LD
    Li, XD
    Guo, HL
 TI Research on preparation of nano-grained cemented carbide by spark
    plasma sintering
 SO MATERIALS RESEARCH INNOVATIONS
 DT Article
 DE SPS; nano-grain cemented carbide; sintering
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 2000050, Peoples R China.
 RP Xie, YF, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM yingfangxie@163.com
 CR FU ZY, 2001, CHINESE J MAT RES, V15, P484
    GAO L, 1998, J INORG MATER, V13, P18
    HAN FL, 1994, METAL DIRECTORY, P1062
    HONG H, 2000, COLLECT SPARK SPS BA, B31
    JING SJ, 1978, NEW METAL PROCESSING
    LI W, 1999, J INORG MATER, V14, P985
    LIU JF, 2001, J CERAMICS, V22, P157
    PANG TT, 2001, J CERAMICS, V22, P129
    SHE ZH, 1998, CEMENTED CARBIDE, V15, P453
    XUO XY, 2001, POWDER METALLURGY IN, V11, P7
    YIN H, 1997, POWDER METALLURGY TE, V15, P299
    ZHANG DM, 1999, J WUHAN UNIV TECHNOL, V21, P15
    ZHANG JX, 2002, POWDER METALLURGY TE, V20, P129
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1432-8917
 J9 MATER RES INNOV
 JI Mater. Res. Innov.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 9
 IS 3
 BP 82
 EP 83
 PG 2
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 976QJ
 UT ISI:000232748000012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, HT
    Sang, WB
    Min, JH
    Zhan, F
 TI Purification of Cd0.9Zn0.1Te by physical vapor transport method
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE SCDI physical vapor transport (PVT); purification; Cd(0.9)Zno(0.1)Te
 ID CADMIUM-ZINC TELLURIDE; CDZNTE
 AB In this experiment physical vapor transport (PVT) method had been
    successfully applied to purify Cd0.9Zn0.1Te, and the concentration of
    impurities, Ag, Cu, Al, Fe, Na, Au and Ni decreased remarkably. The
    determination of two main processing parameters, the source end
    temperature and temperature gradient, had a strong effect on
    purification time, the furnace capacity and the physical and chemical
    properties of the impurities. In this experiment the relationship
    between the vapor pressure of Ag, Cu, Al, Fe, Na, An and Ni and
    temperature were analyzed and the source end temperature was confirmed
    at 1173 K in the vacuum of 1.5 x 10(-2) Pa. The mechanism of PVT was
    discussed and the process of PVT can be described by W Palosz's
    thermochemical model [W. Palosz, S.L. Lehocaky, F. R. Szofran,
    Thermochemical model of physical vapor transport of cadmium-zinc
    telluride. Journal of Crystal Growth 148, 1995, 49-55]. The transport
    time dependence on gradient temperature was given. Considering
    purification time and the furnace capacity, temperature gradient of 13
    K/cm were chosen. (C) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, HT, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Elect Informat Mat,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM clinton_liu@126.com
 CR BREBRICK RF, 1969, SOLID STATE SCI, P1274
    GUO YM, 1999, TECHNIQUE SUPER PURI, P97
    GUSKOV VN, 2004, J ALLOY COMPD, V371, P118
    LIMOUSIN O, 2003, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V504, P24
    MARBEUF A, 1985, J CRYST GROWTH, V72, P126
    PALOSZ W, 1995, J CRYST GROWTH, V148, P49
    PALOSZ W, 1995, J CRYST GROWTH, V148, P56
    PALOSZ W, 1996, J CRYST GROWTH, V169, P20
    SATO K, 1999, J CRYST GROWTH, V197, P413
    SCHLESINGER TE, 2001, MAT SCI ENG R, V32, P103
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 59
 IS 29-30
 BP 3837
 EP 3840
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 978HS
 UT ISI:000232864800010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, DS
    Shi, LY
    Fang, JH
    Li, XK
    Dai, K
 TI Preparation and modification of carbon nanotubes
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE carbon nanotubes; preparation; modification; surface area
 ID PURIFICATION; CAPACITORS; HYDROCARBONS; ELECTRODES; HYDROGEN
 AB Carbon nanotubes (CNTs) were prepared by the catalytic decomposition of
    methane at 680 degrees C for 120 min, using nickel oxide-silica binary
    aerogels as the catalyst. The morphological structure of CNTs was
    investigated by transmission electron microscopy (TEM), X-ray
    Diffraction (XRD) and Raman spectroscopy. The results revealed that
    CNTs with diameter 40-60 nm showed high quality, uniform diameter and
    high length/diameter ratio, the wall structure of CNTs was similar with
    that of highly oriented pyrolytic graphite (HOPG), and some metal
    catalyst particles were encapsulated at the tip of CNTs. Different
    methods were compared to modify CNTs. Investigated by TEM, XRD, Raman
    spectroscopy and nitrogen adsorption/desorption for modified CNTs, it
    was confirmed that after modification treatment by immersion in diluted
    HNO3 solution with ultrasonic and then milling by ball at a high
    velocity, the metal catalyst particles at the tip of CNTs disappeared,
    the unique cylinder wall structure remained, the CNT length became
    short, the cap at the tip of nanotube was opened, and thus the internal
    surface area could be effectively used, leading to the increase of the
    specific surface area and pore volume. This technique is relatively
    simple and effective for modifying CNTs which can be scaled up for
    industrial applications. (C) 2005 Published by Elsevier B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Wuhan Univ Sci & Technol, Ctr Nanomat & Technol, Wuhan 430081, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, LY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM sly0726@163.com
 CR BANDOW S, 1998, APPL PHYS A-MATER, V67, P23
    CANTALINI C, 2004, J EUR CERAM SOC, V24, P1405
    CHEN JH, 2002, CARBON, V40, P1193
    CHENG HM, 1998, CHEM PHYS LETT, V289, P602
    COLOMER JF, 1999, SYNTHETIC MET, V103, P2482
    DILLON AC, 1997, NATURE, V386, P377
    FRACKOWIAK E, 2002, CHEM PHYS LETT, V361, P35
    FRACKOWIAK E, 2002, FUEL PROCESS TECHNOL, V77, P213
    HIURA H, 1993, CHEM PHYS LETT, V202, P509
    HOLZINGER M, 2000, APPL PHYS A-MATER, V70, P599
    JIANG Q, 2002, MATER LETT, V57, P988
    LAI HJ, 2001, MAT SCI ENG C-BIO S, V16, P23
    LIU F, 2003, CARBON, V41, P2527
    MA RZ, 1999, J POWER SOURCES, V84, P126
    NAKAYAMA Y, 2001, SYNTHETIC MET, V117, P207
    ODANI A, 2003, J POWER SOURCES, V119, P517
    SAITO T, 2002, PHYSICA B, V323, P280
    TSANG SC, 1994, NATURE, V372, P159
    YUDASAKA M, 1997, CHEM PHYS LETT, V278, P102
    ZHANG DS, 2004, IND MINER PROCESS, V33, P14
    ZHANG Y, 2000, CARBON, V38, P2055
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 59
 IS 29-30
 BP 4044
 EP 4047
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 978HS
 UT ISI:000232864800057
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, YF
    Tao, J
    Li, MO
    Zhang, DQ
    Chi, HB
    Henegariu, O
    Kaech, SM
    Davis, RJ
    Flavell, RA
    Yin, ZN
 TI JNK1 is essential for CD8(+) T cell-mediated tumor immune surveillance
 SO JOURNAL OF IMMUNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID NH2-TERMINAL KINASE (JNK)1; GAMMA GENE-EXPRESSION; INTERFERON-GAMMA;
    IFN-GAMMA; MAP KINASES; TRANSCRIPTION FACTOR; DIFFERENTIATION; MICE;
    ANTIGEN; IL-12
 AB JNK1 has divergent roles in regulating the effector functions of CD4(+)
    and CD8(+) T cells. However, the function of JNK1 in tumor immune
    surveillance is unknown. In this study, we show that similar to
    IFN-gamma(-/-) mice, JNK1(-/-) mice are highly susceptible to tumor
    development after inoculation of both melanoma cell line B16 and
    lymphoma cell line EL-4. Using T cell depletion and reconstitution
    approaches, we show that CD8(+) T cells, but not CD4(+) T cells, from
    JNK1(-/-) mice are responsible for tumor susceptibility. JNK1(-/-)
    CD8(+) T cells have an intrinsic defect in early IFN-gamma gene
    transcription and production after activation by either
    anti-CD3/anti-CD28 Abs or dendritic cells loaded with specific Ag in
    vitro. The impaired IFN-gamma production in JNK1(-/-) CD8(+) T cells is
    associated with reduced expression of both T-bet and Eomesodermin,
    indicating that JNK1 regulates the transcription program of CD8(+) T
    cells. Finally, JNK1(-/-) CD8(+) T cells showed reduced perforin
    expression and impaired CTL function. Taken together, our results
    demonstrate that JNK1 plays an important role in tumor immune
    surveillance through regulating the effector functions of CD8(+) T
    cells.
 C1 Yale Univ, Sch Med, Rheumatol Sect, Dept Med, New Haven, CT 06520 USA.
    Yale Univ, Sch Med, Immunobiol Sect, New Haven, CT 06520 USA.
    Univ Massachusetts, Sch Med, Worcester, MA 01605 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Div Immunol, E Inst, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Yin, ZN, Yale Univ, Sch Med, Rheumatol Sect, Dept Med, Box
    208031,Anylan Ctr Bldg,Room S517,300 Cedar St, New Haven, CT 06520 USA.
 EM zhinan.yin@yale.edu
 CR ARBOUR N, 2002, J EXP MED, V195, P801
    BERARD F, 2000, J EXP MED, V192, P1535
    CHEN NY, 2001, CANCER RES, V61, P3908
    CONZE D, 2002, J EXP MED, V195, P811
    DAVIS RJ, 2000, CELL, V103, P239
    DOBRZANSKI MJ, 1999, J IMMUNOL, V162, P6671
    DONG C, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, P2092
    DONG C, 2002, ANNU REV IMMUNOL, V20, P55
    DUNN GP, 2004, IMMUNITY, V21, P137
    GAO YF, 2003, J EXP MED, V198, P433
    GIRARDI M, 2001, SCIENCE, V294, P605
    GROGAN JL, 2001, IMMUNITY, V14, P205
    HELMICH BK, 2001, J IMMUNOL, V166, P6500
    HOGQUIST KA, 1994, CELL, V76, P17
    IKEDA H, 2002, CYTOKINE GROWTH F R, V13, P95
    KAISHO T, 2001, J IMMUNOL, V166, P5688
    KAPLAN DH, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P7556
    KIANI A, 2001, BLOOD, V98, P1480
    LU HT, 1999, EMBO J, V18, P1845
    MATZINGER P, 1991, J IMMUNOL METHODS, V145, P185
    NAKAHIRA M, 2002, J IMMUNOL, V168, P1146
    NELSON D, 2000, J IMMUNOL, V165, P6123
    OSTRANDROSENBERG S, 2000, J IMMUNOL, V165, P6015
    PEARCE EL, 2003, SCIENCE, V302, P1041
    RINCON M, 1994, EMBO J, V13, P4370
    RINCON M, 2003, IMMUNOL REV, V192, P131
    SAD S, 1995, IMMUNITY, V2, P271
    SHANKARAN V, 2001, NATURE, V410, P1107
    SHE QB, 2002, CANCER RES, V62, P1343
    STREET SEA, 2001, BLOOD, V97, P192
    SULLIVAN BM, 2003, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V100, P15818
    SZABO SJ, 2000, CELL, V100, P655
    VANSTIPDONK MJB, 2001, NAT IMMUNOL, V2, P423
    WANG XY, 2003, J ASIAN NAT PROD RES, V5, P1
    WILDE DB, 1983, J IMMUNOL, V131, P2178
    WONG P, 2003, IMMUNITY, V18, P499
    YANG DD, 1998, IMMUNITY, V9, P575
    YIN ZN, 2000, J IMMUNOL, V164, P3056
 NR 38
 TC 0
 SN 0022-1767
 J9 J IMMUNOL
 JI J. Immunol.
 PD NOV 1
 PY 2005
 VL 175
 IS 9
 BP 5783
 EP 5789
 PG 7
 SC Immunology
 GA 977EW
 UT ISI:000232786300032
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, JR
    Meng, ZY
    Cross, LE
 TI High-field and high-T-c piezoelectric ceramics based on
    Bi(Ga,Fe)O-3-PbTiO3 crystalline solutions
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID MORPHOTROPIC PHASE-BOUNDARY; ELECTROMECHANICAL PROPERTIES; BIFEO3;
    STRESS
 AB The gallium-modified bismuth ferrite-lead titanate compositions of
    0.4Bi(Ga0.4Fe0.6)O-3-0.6PbTiO(3) (0.4BGF-0.6PT), has been investigated
    for the potential as a high-field and high-temperature piezoelectric
    ceramic. The crystalline solutions of 0.4BGF-0.6PT were fabricated by
    using the solid-state reaction method. X-ray diffraction analysis
    revealed that 0.4BGF-0.6PT has a tetragonal perovskite structure. The
    Curie temperature T-c of 0.4BGF-0.6PT was determined to be 540 degrees
    C. Our 0.4BGF-0.6PT ceramic specimens could withstand the electric
    field of >250 kV/cm, reflecting the excellent dielectric breakdown
    strength. The remanent polarization (Pr) and induced strain (epsilon)
    achieved were 30 mu C/cm(2) and 0.2%, respectively, revealing the
    strong ferroelectricity of 0.4BGF-0.6PT. The specimen could be poled
    into the piezoelectric state under a poling field of 240 kV/cm, giving
    a weak-field piezoelectric constant d(33) of 52 pC/N. (c) 2005 American
    Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Penn State Univ, Mat Res Inst 187, University Pk, PA 16802 USA.
 RP Cheng, JR, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 CR CHENG JR, 2003, J AM CERAM SOC, V86, P2111
    CHENG JR, 2003, J APPL PHYS, V94, P5153
    CHENG JR, 2003, J APPL PHYS, V94, P5188
    FISHER P, 1980, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V13, P1931
    HERABUT A, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2954
    KUMAR MM, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P2764
    POPOV YF, 2001, LOW TEMP PHYS+, V27, P478
    ROSSETTI GA, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V59, P2524
    SMOLENSKY GA, 1961, FIZ TVERD TELA, V2, P2651
    SUNDER VVSSS, 1995, J MATER RES, V10, P1301
    VIEHLAND D, 2004, J APPL PHYS, V95, P1969
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD OCT 15
 PY 2005
 VL 98
 IS 8
 AR 084102
 DI ARTN 084102
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 979JF
 UT ISI:000232937500051
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Hu, HT
 TI Mathematical modelling of molten steel flow in a whole degasser during
    RH refining process
 SO IRONMAKING & STEELMAKING
 DT Article
 DE RH refining process; flow of molten steel; two phase flow; gas holdup;
    circulation rate; mathematical modelling
 ID COPPER CONVERTER; HEAT-SOURCE; FLUID-FLOW; BUBBLES; LADLE; BATH;
    DECARBURIZATION; TURBULENCE; ORIFICES; TUYERE
 AB A three-dimensional mathematical model for molten steel flow in a whole
    degasser during the RH (Ruhrstahl-Heraeus) refining process is
    proposed. The model has been developed considering the physical
    characteristics of the process, particularly the behaviour of
    gas-liquid two phase flow in the up snorkel and the momentum exchange
    between the two phases. The fluid flow fields and gas holdups of liquid
    phases, among other parameters, in a 90 t RH degasser and a water model
    unit of one-fifth linear scale have been computed using this
    mathematical model. The results show that the flow pattern of molten
    steel in a whole RH degasser can be well represented by the
    mathematical model. Apart from the area close to the free surface and
    the zone between the two snorkels in the ladle, the molten steel in an
    RH degasser, especially in the vacuum vessel, is reasonably fully mixed
    during the refining process. However, there is a boundary layer between
    the descending liquid stream from the down snorkel and the surrounding
    liquid, which is typical liquid-liquid two phase flow, and the molten
    steel in the ladle is not perfectly mixed. The blown lifting gas
    ascends mostly near the up snorkel wall, which is more obvious under
    the conditions of an actual RH degasser, and the flow pattern of
    bubbles and molten steel in the up snorkel is closer to annular flow.
    Calculated circulation rates for the water model unit at various
    lifting gas rates are in good agreement with values determined by means
    of water modelling experiments.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM jihew@hotmail.com
 CR *CHAM LTD, 2002, PHOENICS VER 3 5 ENC
    AJMANI SK, 2004, ISIJ INT, V44, P82
    CAI ZP, 1988, IRON STEEL, V23, P19
    CASTILLEJOS AH, 1987, METALL T B, V18, P659
    CHEN CL, 2001, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V11, P950
    DAVIDSON L, 1956, AICHE J, V2, P337
    DEBERTODANO ML, 1990, J FLUID ENG-T ASME, V112, P107
    FILHO GAV, 2001, ISS STEELM C P, V60, P661
    HANNA RK, 1994, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V21, P37
    HUANG HF, 2004, THESIS SHANGHAI U CH
    IGUCHI M, 1995, METALL MATER TRANS B, V26, P67
    ILEGBUSI OJ, 1990, ISIJ INT, V30, P731
    ILEGBUSI OJ, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P474
    ILEGBUSI OJ, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS B, V29, P211
    JIA B, 2000, J IRON STEEL RES I, P27
    KATO Y, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P1088
    KUO JT, 1988, INT J MULTIPHASE FLO, V14, P547
    LEIBSON I, 1956, AICHE J, V2, P296
    NAKANISHI K, 1975, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V2, P115
    NU NW, 2001, THESIS SHANGHAI U CH
    PARK YG, 2000, ISIJ INT, V40, P749
    SHIRABE K, 1983, T ISIJ, V23, P564
    SPALDING DB, 1980, RECENT ADV NUMERICAL, P139
    SVENDSEN HF, 1992, CHEM ENG SCI, V47, P3297
    SZATKOWSKI M, 1991, IRON STEELMAKER, P65
    THEMELIS NJ, 1969, T METALL SOC AIME, V245, P2425
    TILLIANDER A, 2004, ISIJ INT, V44, P326
    TSUJINO R, 1989, ISIJ INT, V29, P589
    TURKDOGAN ET, 1980, PHYS CHEM HIGH TEMPE
    TURKOGLU H, 1990, ISIJ INT, V30, P961
    WEI JH, 1993, SEM REACT ENG NONF M
    WEI JH, 2000, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V27, P294
    WEI JH, 2001, STEEL RES, V72, P161
    WEI JH, 2001, STEEL RES, V72, P168
    WEI JH, 2002, J SHANGHAI U, V2, P167
    WEI JH, 2002, STEEL RES, V73, P135
    WEI JH, 2002, STEEL RES, V73, P143
    ZHU MY, 2000, ACTA METALLURGICAL S, V36, P1176
 NR 38
 TC 0
 SN 0301-9233
 J9 IRONMAKING STEELMAKING
 JI Ironmak. Steelmak.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 32
 IS 5
 BP 427
 EP 434
 PG 8
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 977AU
 UT ISI:000232775600011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, JH
    Cao, LQ
    Xie, M
    Goh, TN
    Tang, Y
 TI A general Weibull model for reliability analysis under different
    failure criteria - Application on anisotropic conductive adhesive
    joining technology
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON ELECTRONICS PACKAGING MANUFACTURING
 DT Article
 DE anisotropic conductive adhesive; failure criteria; flip-chip;
    reliability; Weibull model
 ID PARTICLES; JOINTS
 AB In this paper, a generic four-parameter model has been developed and
    applied to the anisotropic conductive adhesive (ACA) flip-chip joining
    technology for electronics packaging applications. The model can also
    be used to predict any minimum failure cycles if the maximum acceptable
    failure criterion (in this case, a preset electrical resistance value)
    is set. The original reliability testing from which the test data was
    obtained was carried out on flip-chip anisotropically conductive
    adhesive joints on an FR-4 substrate. In the study, nine types of ACA
    and one nonconductive film (NCF) were used. In total, nearly 1000
    single joints were subjected to reliability tests in terms of
    temperature cycling between -40 degrees C and 125 degrees C with a
    dwell time of 15 min and a ramp rate of 110 degrees C/min. The
    reliability was characterized by single contact resistance measured
    using the four-probe method during temperature cycling testing up to
    3000 cycles. A single Weibull model is used for two failure definitions
    defined as larger than 50 m Omega and larger than 100 m Omega
    respectively using the in situ electrical resistance measurement
    technique. The failure criteria are incorporated into this Weibull
    model. This paper shows the flexibility and usefulness of Weibull
    distribution in this type of applications.
 C1 Chalmers Univ Technol, Div Elect Prod, SE-41296 Gothenburg, Sweden.
    IVF, SE-43153 Molndal, Sweden.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Natl Univ Singapore, Dept Ind & Syst Engn, Singapore, Singapore.
 RP Liu, JH, Chalmers Univ Technol, Div Elect Prod, SE-41296 Gothenburg,
    Sweden.
 CR AMAGAI M, 1999, MICROELECTRON RELIAB, V39, P463
    GERKE RD, 1999, IEEE T COMPON PACK T, V22, P488
    ISHIBASHI K, 1996, IEEE T COMPON PACK B, V19, P752
    JIN SH, 1993, IEEE T COMPON HYBR, V16, P972
    JOYCE CF, 1991, IEEE T COMPON HYBR, V14, P124
    KIVILAHTI JK, 1999, CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVES, CH7
    LAI ZH, 1996, IEEE T COMPON PACK B, V19, P644
    LIU J, 1995, MATER TECHNOL, V10, P247
    LIU J, 1996, INT J ADHES ADHES, V16, P285
    LIU J, 1999, IEEE T COMPON PACK T, V22, P186
    PECHT MG, 1997, IEEE T COMPON PACK B, V20, P229
    SUMIKAWA M, 2001, IEEE T COMPON PACK T, V24, P293
    TAMAI T, 1996, IEEE T COMPON PACK A, V19, P329
    WANG XT, 1998, IEEE T COMPON PACK A, V21, P248
    WANG ZP, 1999, MICROELECTRON RELIAB, V39, P1351
    WEIBULL W, 1951, J APPL MECH, V18, P293
    WILLIAMS DJ, 1993, J ELECTRON MANUF, V3, P85
    WU S, 1999, CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVES, CH8
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 1521-334X
 J9 IEEE TRANS ELECTRON PACKAG MA
 JI IEEE Trans. Electron. Packag. Manuf.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 28
 IS 4
 BP 322
 EP 327
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Manufacturing
 GA 979LG
 UT ISI:000232942900006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Kitipornchai, S
    Liew, KM
    Cheng, Y
 TI A boundary element-free method (BEFM) for three-dimensional elasticity
    problems
 SO COMPUTATIONAL MECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE moving least-squares (MLS) approximation; improved moving least-squares
    (IMLS) approximation; weighted orthogonal function; weight function;
    compact support domain; boundary integral equation; meshless method;
    boundary element-free method (BEFM); elasticity
 ID POINT INTERPOLATION METHOD; MATERIAL INTERFACES; STRESS-ANALYSIS; FREE
    GALERKIN; NODE METHOD; SOLIDS; CRACKS
 AB This study combines the boundary integral equation (BIE) method and
    improved moving least-squares (IMLS) approximation to present a direct
    meshless boundary integral equation method, the boundary element-free
    method (BEFM) for three-dimensional elasticity. Based on the improved
    moving least-squares approximation and the boundary integral equation
    for three-dimensional elasticity, the formulae of the boundary
    element-free method are given, and the numerical procedure is also
    shown. Unlike other meshless boundary integral equation methods, the
    BEFM is a direct numerical method in which the basic unknown quantity
    is the real solution of the nodal variables, and the boundary
    conditions can be applied directly and easily, thus giving it a greater
    computational precision. Three selected numerical examples are
    presented to demonstrate the method.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Bldg & Construct, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Nanyang Technol Univ, Nanyang Ctr Supercomp & Visualizat, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
    Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Mech & Prod Engn, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Kitipornchai, S, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Bldg & Construct, Kowloon,
    Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 CR BEER G, 1989, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V28, P1233
    BEER G, 1993, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V36, P3579
    BELYTSCHKO T, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P3
    CHATI MK, 1999, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V46, P1163
    CHATI MK, 2000, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V47, P1523
    GU YT, 2001, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V190, P4405
    GU YT, 2002, COMPUT MECH, V28, P47
    GU YT, 2003, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V27, P905
    GU YT, 2003, STRUCT ENG MECH, V15, P535
    LANCASTER P, 1981, MATH COMPUT, V37, P141
    LIEW KM, 2003, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V56, P2331
    LIEW KM, 2003, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V57, P599
    LIU GR, 2000, COMPUT MECH, V26, P166
    LIU GR, 2002, MESH FREE METHODS MO
    TABATABAISTOCKER B, 1998, COMMUN NUMER METH EN, V14, P355
    TIMOSHENKO SP, 1970, THEORY ELASTICITY
    ZHU T, 1998, COMPUT MECH, V21, P223
 NR 17
 TC 2
 SN 0178-7675
 J9 COMPUTATION MECH
 JI Comput. Mech.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 36
 IS 1
 BP 13
 EP 20
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 978CG
 UT ISI:000232849200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, H
    Qin, QH
 TI Boundary integral equation supported differential quadrature method to
    solve problems over general irregular geometries
 SO COMPUTATIONAL MECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE differential quadrature; boundary integral equation; irregular
    geometry; interpolation; fundamental solution
 ID DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM EQUATIONS; ELEMENT METHOD; NUMERICAL EVALUATION;
    VIBRATION ANALYSIS; INTERNAL CELLS; INSIGHTS; STRESS; PLATES; BEM
 AB Based on the interpolation technique with the aid of boundary integral
    equations, a new differential quadrature method has been developed (
    boundary integral equation supported differential quadrature method,
    BIE-DQM) to solve boundary value problems over generally irregular
    geometries. The quadrature rule of the BIE-DQM is that the first and
    the second derivatives of a function with respect to independent
    variables are approximated by a weighted linear combination of the
    function values at all discrete nodal points and the corresponding
    normal derivatives at all boundary points. Several numerical examples
    are considered to verify the feasibility and effectiveness of the
    proposed algorithm.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Australian Natl Univ, Dept Engn, Canberra, ACT 0200, Australia.
 RP Ma, H, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM hangma@staff.shu.edu.cn
    Qinghua.Qin@ANU.EDU.AU
 CR BELLMAN R, 1972, J COMPUT PHYS, V10, P40
    BERT CW, 1996, APPL MECH REV, V49, P1
    BREBBIA CA, 1984, BOUNDARY ELEMENT TEC
    CHEN WL, 2000, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V37, P627
    CHOI ST, 2002, J SOUND VIBRATION, V259, P525
    CIVAN F, 1994, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V18, P1005
    GAO XW, 2002, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V26, P905
    GAO XW, 2002, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V69, P154
    GUIGGIANI M, 1992, ASME, V59, P604
    JANG SK, 1989, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V28, P561
    KARAMI G, 2003, J SOUND VIB, V263, P415
    MA H, 2002, COMPUT MECH, V29, P277
    MA H, 2002, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V26, P329
    MALIK M, 1995, CHEM ENG SCI, V50, P531
    NOWAK AJ, 1994, MULTIPLE RECIPROCITY
    OCHIAI Y, 1995, ADV ENG SOFTW, V22, P113
    OCHIAI Y, 1995, J THERM STRESSES, V18, P603
    OCHIAI Y, 2001, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V50, P1877
    OCHIAI Y, 2003, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V27, P241
    PARTRIDGE PW, 1992, DUAL RECIPROCITY BOU
    QUAN JR, 1989, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V13, P1017
    QUAN JR, 1989, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V13, P779
    TOMASIELLO S, 1998, J SOUND VIB, V218, P573
    WANG X, 1994, AIAA J, V32, P886
    WU L, 2002, COMPUT MECH, V29, P477
    ZONG Z, 2002, COMPUT MECH, V29, P382
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 0178-7675
 J9 COMPUTATION MECH
 JI Comput. Mech.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 36
 IS 1
 BP 21
 EP 33
 PG 13
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 978CG
 UT ISI:000232849200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Su, XB
    Wei, G
    Dai, SQ
 TI Two-dimensional algebraic solitary wave and its vertical structure in
    stratified fluid
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE two-dimensional Benjamin-Ono equation; stratified fluid; eigenvalue;
    vertical structure
 ID INTERNAL WAVES; GREAT DEPTH
 AB The algebraic solitary wave and its associated eigenvalue problem in a
    deep stratified fluid with a free surface and a shallow upper layer
    were studied. And its vertical structure was examined. An exact
    solution for the derived 2D Benjamin-Ono equation was obtained, and
    physical explanation was given with the corresponding dispersion
    relation. As a special case, the vertical structure of the weakly
    nonlinear internal wave for the Holmboe density distribution was
    numerically investigated, and the propagating mechanism of the internal
    wave was studied by using the ray theory.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Naval Architecture & Ocean Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    PLA Univ Sci & Technol, Fac Sci, Nanjing 211101, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, G, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Naval Architecture & Ocean Engn,
    Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 EM gwei@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1980, STUD APPL MATH, V62, P249
    BENJAMIN TB, 1967, J FLUID MECH, V29, P559
    BROUTMAN D, 2004, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V34, P559
    CHENG YL, 2001, P 5 NAT C HYDR 15 NA, P53
    DAI SQ, 1982, ADV MECH, V12, P2
    GRIMSHAW R, 1994, STUD APPL MATH, V92, P249
    GUO DR, 1965, METHODS MATH PHYS
    HAN XX, 1996, ANN MATH A, V17, P163
    KANTHA L, 2000, SMALL SCALE PROCESSE
    LI JC, 1998, ASYMPTOTIC METHODS M
    LIGHTHILL J, 1978, WAVES FLUID
    ONO H, 1975, J PHYS SOC JPN, V39, P1082
    SHEN GG, 1996, J HYDRODYNAMICS A, V11, P43
    TOMINAGA, 1984, OCEAN WAVES
    TSUJI H, 2001, FLUID DYN RES, V29, P251
    XU ZT, 1999, DYNAMICS INTERNAL WA
    YIH CS, 1983, FLUID MECH
    ZHANG HQ, 2001, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V22, P1127
    ZHANG LH, 1993, ACTA PHYS MATH SINIC, V13, P473
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 10
 BP 1255
 EP 1265
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 979HW
 UT ISI:000232934000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, GQ
    Li, ZB
 TI PDEPtest: a package for the Painleve test of nonlinear partial
    differential equations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear partial differential equations; Painleve test; the WTC
    method; Kruskal's simplification; symbolic computation
 ID EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; WAVE SOLUTIONS; UNIFIED APPROACH; INTEGRABILITY;
    SYMMETRIES; MAPLE
 AB The so-called WTC-Kruskal algorithm is presented in order to study the
    Painleve integrability of nonlinear partial differential equations,
    which combines the WTC method and Kruskal's simplification method.
    Based on the WTC, Kruskal and WTC-Kruskal algorithms, we give an
    implementation in Maple called PDEPtest. This package can handle
    nonlinear partial differential equations which can be transformed to
    polynomial ones, and its effectiveness is illustrated by applying it to
    a variety of equations. Some new results are reported. (c) 2004
    Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Int Business & Management, Dept Informat Mangement, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, GQ, Shanghai Univ, Coll Int Business & Management, Dept Informat
    Mangement, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM xuguiqiong@yahoo.com
    yb01242103@student.ecnu.edu.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1999, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    AYSE KK, 2001, J PHSY SOC JPN, V70, P1165
    CHOWDHURY AR, 2000, PAINLEVE ANAL ITS AP
    CONTE R, 1989, PHYS LETT A, V140, P383
    CONTE R, 1993, PHYSICA D, V69, P33
    CONTE R, 1999, PAINLEVE PROPERTY ON
    DAS KP, 1989, J PLASMA PHYS, V41, P139
    ESTEVEZ PG, 1998, J NONLINEAR MATH PHY, V5, P82
    FOURSOV MV, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P6173
    GENG XG, 2003, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V36, P2289
    HEREMAN W, 1989, MACSYMA NEWSLETTER, V6, P11
    HEREMAN W, 1998, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V115, P428
    HLAVATY L, 1986, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V42, P427
    HU XB, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V262, P409
    JIMBO M, 1982, PHYS LETT A, V92, P59
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    NEWELL AC, 1987, PHYSICA D, V29, P1
    PARKES EJ, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V295, P280
    SCHEEN C, 1997, THEOR COMPUT SCI, V187, P87
    WEISS J, 1983, J MATH PHYS, V24, P522
    XIE FD, 2003, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V154, P197
    XU GQ, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P975
    XU GQ, 2004, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V161, P65
    YAN ZY, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V292, P100
    YAN ZY, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V318, P78
 NR 25
 TC 1
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD OCT 15
 PY 2005
 VL 169
 IS 2
 BP 1364
 EP 1379
 PG 16
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 977NX
 UT ISI:000232811600049
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Liu, J
    Yao, JX
    Wu, GF
 TI Sentiment classification using Information Extraction technique
 SO ADVANCES IN INTELLIGENT DATA ANALYSIS VI, PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB This paper explores the sentiment classification with Information
    Extraction (IE) approach. The IE approach here is required to detect
    the sentiment expressions on specific subject (person, product, company
    and so on) and then to evaluate the sentiment strength and/or the
    validation of them. Our method can be illustrated logically as: (1)
    From a given text, extract the sentiment expressions on the specific
    subjects and attach certain sentiment tag and weight to each of them;
    (2) Calculate the sentiment indicator for each sentiment genre by
    accumulating the weights of all the expression with the corresponding
    tag; (3) Given the indicators on different sentiment genres, use a
    classifier to predict the sentiment label of the given text. To extract
    expression robustly when encounter some complex linguistic phenomena
    (such as ellipsis, anaphora), a new parsing idea named super parsing is
    proposed. It enables some non-adjacent linguistic constituents to be
    merged to deduce a new one. As an incremental implementation of super
    parsing, a system named Approximate Text Analysis (ATA) is described in
    this paper. As for the classification task, two different classifiers
    are used: simple linear classifier (called SLC here) and SVM. The
    experiments show the reasonable performance of our approach.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, J, Shanghai Univ, Dept Comp Sci, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM liujian@mail.shu.edu.cn
    jianxin_yao@mail.shu.edu.cn
    gfwu@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BOSER BE, 1992, P 5 ANN ACM WORKSH C, P144
    COLLOBERT R, 2001, J MACH LEARN RES, V1, P143
    DAS S, 2001, AS PAC FIN ASS ANN C
    EIKVIL L, 1999, 945 NORW COMP CTR
    HEARST MA, 1992, TEXTBASED INTELLIGEN, P257
    HU M, 2004, P 19 NAT C ART INT A
    HU M, 2004, P ACM SIGKDD INT C K
    JOHNSON M, 1985, P 23 ACL M CHIC, P127
    KOBAYASHI N, 2004, P 1 INT JOINT C NAT, P584
    LIU J, 2005, 2005100235898, CN, APPL
    MUSLEA I, 1999, AAAI WORKSH MACH LEA
    NASUKAWA T, 2003, 2 INT C KNOWL CAPT K, P70
    PANG B, 2002, P C EMP METH NAT LAN, P79
    SACK W, 1995, P AAAI94 SEATTL WA, P1488
    SALTON G, 1975, COMMUN ACM, V18, P613
    SPERTUS E, 1997, P INN APPL ART INT I, P1058
    TATEMURA J, 2000, P 5 INT C INT US INT, P272
    TERVEEN L, 1997, COMMUN ACM, V40, P59
    TONG RM, 2001, SIGIR WORKSH OP TEXT
    TURNEY P, 2002, P 40 ANN M ASS COMP, P417
    YI J, 2003, 3 IEEE INT C DAT MIN
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2005
 VL 3646
 BP 216
 EP 227
 PG 12
 GA BDA54
 UT ISI:000232273600020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zuo, JG
    Hua, ZZ
    Liu, BL
    Zhou, GY
    Xu, Y
 TI Annealing properties of lyoprotectant solution
 SO ACTA PHYSICO-CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE freeze-drying; tertiary butyl alcohol; sucrose; annealing; differential
    scanning calorimetry; glass transition; devitrification
 ID TERTIARY BUTYL ALCOHOL; COSOLVENT SYSTEMS; WATER; LYOPHILIZATION
 AB In order to examine the annealing behaviors of aqueous solutions of 10%
    tertiary butyl alcohol (TBA) and 10% sucrose in freeze-drying, a
    differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) has been employed to study
    freezing properties, annealing temperature, and annealing time. The
    experimental results show that when the solution is cooled, the
    existence of sucrose hinders the crystallization of TBA and the value
    of T-g' decreases from -32.5 degrees C to -42.0 degrees C, and TBA
    devitrifies at -30 degrees C when the solution is heated. When annealed
    at different temperatures around the devitrification peak, TBA all can
    crystallize completely and the value of T-g' increases from -42.0
    degrees C to -34.9 degrees C. Annealing time depends on annealing
    temperature. The closer the annealing temperature is to T-g', the
    longer the annealing time is. The devitrification will disappear after
    annealing at -37 degrees C for 20 min.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryomed & Food Freezing, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Hua, ZZ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryomed & Food Freezing,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM tchua@sh163.net
 CR GAO C, 2004, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V20, P701
    HUA ZZ, 1994, CRYOBIOLOGY CRYOMEDI, P80
    KASRAIAN K, 1995, PHARM RES, V12, P484
    KASRAIAN K, 1995, PHARM RES, V12, P491
    MILTON N, 1997, CRYO-LETT, V18, P335
    REY L, 2004, FREEZE DRYING LYOPHI, P2
    SEARLES JA, 2001, J PHARM SCI, V90, P872
    VANDROOGE DI, 2004, J PHARM SCI-US, V93, P713
    WITTAYAAREEKUL S, 1998, J PHARM SCI, V87, P491
    WITTAYAAREEKUL S, 2002, J PHARM SCI, V91, P1147
    XIAO HH, 2004, CRYOLETTERS, V25, P111
    ZUO JG, 2005, CRYGOENICS, P48
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1000-6818
 J9 ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Phys.-Chim. Sin.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 21
 IS 10
 BP 1178
 EP 1181
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical
 GA 977PA
 UT ISI:000232814500024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, SH
    Xia, MC
    Xu, W
    Chu, YW
    Wang, Y
    Xiong, SD
 TI All-trans retinoic acid biases immune response induced by DNA vaccine
    in a Th2 direction
 SO VACCINE
 DT Article
 DE DNA vaccine; ATRA; immune response
 ID VITAMIN-A-DEFICIENCY; ANTIBODY-RESPONSE; IN-VITRO; TRANSCRIPTION
    FACTOR; VIRUS-INFECTION; IGG RESPONSES; BALB/C MICE; GATA-3; IL-5;
    LYMPHOCYTES
 AB Vitamin A deficiency diminishes Th2-mediated Ab responses. Providing
    Vitamin A or its active metabolites reverses this defect. All-trans
    retinoic acid (ATRA), an acid derivation of Vitamin A, regulates the
    balance of immune response induced by TR421-hCG beta DNA vaccine.
    Compared to DNA vaccine alone or treatment with vehicle, significantly
    higher level of antibody against the protein encoded by DNA vaccine was
    observed in mice 6 weeks after the first immunization. The IgG2a/IgG1
    ratio was lower in mice treated with ATRA. We also found that treatment
    with ATRA also diminishes specific cellular immune response induced by
    gene immunization by measuring the marker of cellular immune response.
    We conclude that ATRA biases the immune response to Th2 direction
    induced by DNA vaccine and acts as a candidate adjuvant and
    immunomodulatory molecule. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Dept Immunol, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Minist Educ, Key Lab Mol Med, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiong, SD, Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Dept Immunol, Shanghai
    200032, Peoples R China.
 EM sdxiong@shmu.edu.cn
 CR AHLERS JD, 1997, J IMMUNOL, V158, P3947
    BLOMHOFF HK, 1998, VITAMIN A HLTH DIS, P451
    BOONSTRA A, 2001, J IMMUNOL, V167, P4974
    CANTORNA MT, 1994, J IMMUNOL, V152, P1515
    CANTORNA MT, 1995, EUR J IMMUNOL, V25, P1673
    CARMAN JA, 1989, J IMMUNOL, V142, P388
    CARMAN JA, 1991, J IMMUNOL, V147, P1247
    CHUN TY, 1992, J NUTR, V122, P1062
    CUI DM, 2000, J NUTR, V130, P1132
    DONNELLY JJ, 1997, ANNU REV IMMUNOL, V15, P617
    FARRAR JD, 2001, J EXP MED, V193, P643
    FERBER IA, 1999, CLIN IMMUNOL, V91, P134
    FRANKENBURG S, 1998, CELL IMMUNOL, V185, P75
    KATHLEEN AH, 2002, J NUTR, V13, P3736
    MONTGOMERY DL, 1997, PHARMACOL THERAPEUT, V74, P195
    NIKAWA T, 2001, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V285, P546
    PASATIEMPO AMG, 1994, J INFECT DIS, V169, P441
    PIEDRAFITA FJ, 1999, HDB EXPT PHARM RETIN, P153
    RACKE MK, 1995, J IMMUNOL, V154, P450
    RENGARAJAN J, 2000, IMMUNOL TODAY, V21, P479
    ROSS AC, 1992, P SOC EXP BIOL MED, V200, P303
    ROSS AC, 1996, FASEB J, V10, P979
    SAMBROOK J, 1989, MOL CLONING LAB MANU
    SEMBA RD, 1998, NUTR REV, V56, P38
    SMITH SM, 1987, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V84, P5878
    SOMMER A, 1993, J INFECT DIS, V167, P1003
    STEPHENSEN CB, 1996, J NUTR, V126, P94
    STEPHENSEN CB, 2002, J IMMUNOL, V168, P4495
    SZABO SJ, 2000, CELL, V100, P655
    TALWAR GP, 1990, CONTRACEPTION, V41, P301
    TALWAR GP, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P8532
    WHALEN RG, 1996, EMERG INFECT DIS, V2, P168
    WIEDERMANN U, 1993, IMMUNOLOGY, V80, P581
    YANG KJ, 2001, VACCINE, V19, P3285
    ZHANG DH, 1998, J IMMUNOL, V161, P3817
 NR 35
 TC 0
 SN 0264-410X
 J9 VACCINE
 JI Vaccine
 PD OCT 25
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 IS 44
 BP 5160
 EP 5167
 PG 8
 SC Medicine, Research & Experimental; Immunology; Veterinary Sciences
 GA 976KU
 UT ISI:000232733100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bi, XH
    Sheng, GY
    Liu, XH
    Li, C
    Fu, JM
 TI Molecular and carbon and hydrogen isotopic composition of n-alkanes in
    plant leaf waxes
 SO ORGANIC GEOCHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID ORGANIC-MATTER; D/H RATIOS; LIPID BIOSYNTHESIS; AEROSOLS;
    FRACTIONATION; SEDIMENTS; TERRESTRIAL; BIOMARKERS; VALUES; CHINA
 AB Molecular composition and compound-specific carbon and hydrogen stable
    isotope ratios of leaf wax n-alkanes are presented for 26 plant species
    operating C-3, C-4 and CAM photosynthetic pathways. In contrast to
    delta(13)C values, delta D values are not diagnostic discriminators for
    C-3, C-4 and CAM plants. D and delta(13)C values of n-alkanes from C-4
    plants seem to express an inverse linear relationship while Some C-3
    plants showed a positive relationship. The carbon and hydrocarbon
    isotopic correlation is dependent on plant types as well as
    photosynthetic pathways. However, our data imply that the combined use
    of carbon and hydrogen isotopic characterization may have superior
    diagnostic potential for source apportionment when compared with more
    limited isotopic approaches. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Guangzhou Inst Geochem, Guangdong Key Lab Environm & Resources, State Key Lab Organ Geochem, Ghangzhou 510640, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, JM, Chinese Acad Sci, Guangzhou Inst Geochem, Guangdong Key Lab
    Environm & Resources, State Key Lab Organ Geochem, Ghangzhou 510640,
    Peoples R China.
 EM fujm@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BALL DJ, 1998, SPORTS EXERC INJURY, V4, P3
    BI XH, 2002, SCI TOTAL ENVIRON, V300, P213
    CHIKARAISHI Y, 2003, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V63, P361
    CHIKARAISHI Y, 2004, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V65, P323
    COLLISTER JW, 1994, ORG GEOCHEM, V21, P619
    CONTE MH, 2002, GLOBAL BIOGEOCHEM CY, V16
    CONTE MH, 2002, NATURE, V417, P639
    CONTE MH, 2003, OECOLOGIA, V135, P67
    DAWSON TE, 1993, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V57, P3487
    ESTEP MF, 1980, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V44, P1197
    FILLEY TR, 2001, ORG GEOCHEM, V32, P1153
    FU JM, 1990, ORG GEOCHEM, V16, P769
    GOGOU A, 1996, ORG GEOCHEM, V25, P79
    GUELZ PG, 1991, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V30, P769
    HASSAN KM, 2001, CHEM GEOL, V175, P713
    HAYES JM, 1993, MAR GEOL, V113, P111
    KAVOURAS IG, 1998, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V32, P1369
    LI MW, 2001, ORG GEOCHEM, V32, P1387
    LICHTFOUSE E, 1994, ORG GEOCHEM, V22, P1023
    LOCKHEART MJ, 1997, ORG GEOCHEM, V26, P137
    MAFFEI M, 1992, PHYTOCHEMISTRY, V31, P479
    MAZEAS L, 2002, ORG GEOCHEM, V33, P1259
    MCRAE C, 1999, ORG GEOCHEM, V30, P881
    OMALLEY VP, 1994, ORG GEOCHEM, V21, P809
    OMALLEY VP, 1997, ORG GEOCHEM, V27, P567
    OROUS DR, 2001, APPL GEOCHEM, V16, P1545
    OTIENO DO, 2005, IN PRESS J ARID ENV
    PIO C, 2001, ATMOS ENVIRON, V35, P389
    POND KL, 2002, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V36, P724
    SAUER PE, 2001, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V65, P213
    SCHIMMELMANN A, 2004, ORG GEOCHEM, V35, P1169
    SESSIONS AL, 1999, ORG GEOCHEM, V30, P1193
    SIMONEIT BRT, 1977, NATURE, V267, P682
    SIMONEIT BRT, 1990, CHEMOSPHERE, V21, P1285
    SIMONEIT BRT, 1997, ATMOS ENVIRON, V31, P2225
    STERNBERG LDL, 1988, NATURE, V333, P59
    SUN YG, 2000, ORG GEOCHEM, V31, P1349
    WANG Y, 2001, ORG GEOCHEM, V32, P991
    WARD JAM, 2000, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V34, P4577
    XIE S, 2000, ORG GEOCHEM, V31, P1053
    XIONG XQ, 2000, ORG GEOCHEM, V31, P1441
    YAPP CJ, 1982, NATURE, V97, P636
 NR 42
 TC 2
 SN 0146-6380
 J9 ORG GEOCHEM
 JI Org. Geochem.
 PY 2005
 VL 36
 IS 10
 BP 1405
 EP 1417
 PG 13
 SC Geochemistry & Geophysics
 GA 976QQ
 UT ISI:000232748700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, LJ
    Lou, YY
    Su, QF
    Shi, WM
    Xia, YB
 TI CVD diamond alpha-particle detectors with different electrode geometry
 SO OPTICS EXPRESS
 DT Article
 ID RADIATION
 AB In this paper, two types of detectors, one with a coplanar and the
    other with a sandwich geometry using an identical CVD diamond film, are
    fabricated in order to investigate the effects of the film
    microstructure on the performance of diamond film alpha-particle
    detectors. An average charge collection efficiency of 42.9% for the
    coplanar structure and of 37.4% for the sandwich structure detectors is
    obtained, respectively. Raman scattering studies directly demonstrate
    that the different counts, collection efficiencies and photocurrents of
    the two types of detectors mainly result from the different
    micro-structural features between the final growth side and the
    nucleation side of the diamond film. Under a particle irradiation the
    detector with sandwich geometry has a similar trend on energy
    resolution with coplanar geometry under different applied electric
    field. A good energy resolution of 1.1% is obtained for both detectors.
    (c) 2005 Optical Society of America.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, LJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM ljwang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ADAM W, 2000, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V447, P244
    GIVARGIZOV EI, 1996, APPL SURF SCI, V94, P117
    KOZLOV SF, 1977, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V24, P235
    MARINELLI M, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V89, P1430
    NAVA F, 1979, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V26, P308
    VATNITSKY S, 1993, PHYS MED BIOL, V38, P173
    WANG LJ, 2003, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V36, P2548
    ZHANG ML, 2005, J CRYST GROWTH, V274, P1
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1094-4087
 J9 OPT EXPRESS
 JI Opt. Express
 PD OCT 17
 PY 2005
 VL 13
 IS 21
 BP 8612
 EP 8617
 PG 6
 SC Optics
 GA 975HK
 UT ISI:000232651400032
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, HW
    He, HT
    Yu, YJ
    Chen, MY
 TI Least-squares calibration method for fringe projection profilometry
 SO OPTICAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE three-dimensional measurement; fringe projection profilometry;
    calibration; least-squares estimation
 ID PHASE-MEASURING PROFILOMETRY; FOURIER-TRANSFORM PROFILOMETRY; MACHINE
    VISION METROLOGY; 3-D OBJECT SHAPES; AUTOMATIC-MEASUREMENT; SYSTEM
 AB This paper presents a novel calibration approach for determining the
    mapping relationship between the depth map and the phase difference in
    fringe projection profilometry. This approach is based on a simple
    nonlinear function, which is deduced by analyzing the geometry of
    measurement system and hence perfectly describes the mapping between
    the depth map and the phase-difference distribution. The calibration is
    implemented by translating a target plane to a sequence of given
    positions with known depths, and measuring its phase distributions. A
    least-squares estimation algorithm with linear computation is deduced
    to retrieve the related parameters and to reconstruct the mapping
    function. Both computer simulation and experiment are carried out to
    demonstrate the validity of this technique. (c) 2005 Society of
    Photo-Optical Instrumentation Engineers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Lab Appl Opt & Metrol, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, HW, Shanghai Univ, Lab Appl Opt & Metrol, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM hw-guo@yeah.net
 CR ASUNDI A, 1999, APPL OPTICS, V38, P3556
    GANOTRA D, 2002, OPT COMMUN, V209, P291
    HU QY, 2003, OPT ENG, V42, P487
    HUNG YY, 2000, OPT ENG, V39, P143
    LENZ RK, 1988, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V10, P713
    LIN JF, 1995, OPT ENG, V34, P3297
    LIU HY, 1999, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3782, P283
    PIRGA M, 1994, MEASUREMENT, V13, P191
    SITNIK R, 2002, OPT ENG, V41, P443
    SRINIVASAN V, 1984, APPL OPTICS, V23, P3105
    SRINIVASAN V, 1985, APPL OPTICS, V24, P185
    TAKEDA M, 1983, APPL OPTICS, V22, P3977
    TANG S, 1990, APPL OPTICS, V29, P3012
    TSAI RY, 1987, IEEE J ROBOTIC AUTOM, V3, P323
    WOMACK KH, 1984, OPT ENG, V23, P391
    ZHOU WS, 1994, J MOD OPTIC, V41, P89
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0091-3286
 J9 OPT ENG
 JI Opt. Eng.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 44
 IS 3
 AR 033603
 DI ARTN 033603
 PG 9
 SC Optics
 GA 974KK
 UT ISI:000232590100008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Peng, NS
    Yang, J
    Liu, Z
 TI Performance analysis for tracking of variable scale objects using
    mean-shift algorithm
 SO OPTICAL ENGINEERING
 DT Editorial Material
 DE mean-shift tracking; Bhaftacharyya coefficient; scaling problem
 AB Classic mean-shift trackers have no integrated scale adaptation, which
    limits their performance in tracking variable scale objects. By
    analyzing the similarity of object kernel histograms, we found that the
    changes of object scale and position within the fixed kernel make the
    Bhattacharyya coefficient monotonic decreasing. The work plays a
    guiding role in solving scaling problems within the mean-shift
    framework. (c) 2005 Society of Photo-Optical Instrumentation Engineers.
 C1 Henan Univ Sci & Technol, Luoyang 471039, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Peng, NS, Henan Univ Sci & Technol, Luoyang 471039, Peoples R China.
 CR BRADSKI GR, 1998, IEEE WORKSH APPL COM, P214
    COMANICIU D, 2003, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V5, P564
    FUKANAGA K, 1975, IEEE T INFORM THEORY, V21, P32
    PENG NS, 2004, LECT NOTES COMPUT  2, V3212, P581
    YILMAZ A, 2003, IMAGE VISION COMPUT, V21, P623
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0091-3286
 J9 OPT ENG
 JI Opt. Eng.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 44
 IS 7
 AR 070505
 DI ARTN 070505
 PG 3
 SC Optics
 GA 974KU
 UT ISI:000232591100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, H
    Tan, XH
    Bai, Q
    Wang, Q
    Dong, YD
 TI Influence of B substituting for Al on the structure and magnetic
    properties of the bulk Nd60Fe20Al10-xCo10Bx amorphous alloys
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Letter
 ID GLASS; ND60FE30AL10
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, H, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM hxu@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR CHAU N, 2002, J MAGN MAGN MATER 2, V242, P1314
    DING J, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P1763
    FAN GJ, 2000, J MATER RES, V15, P1556
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P1731
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P636
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P99
    KONG HZ, 2000, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V217, P65
    SCHNEIDER S, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P1749
    SIRATORI K, 1990, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V83, P341
    WEI BC, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    WEI BC, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P4357
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 40
 IS 21
 BP 5775
 EP 5777
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 975WS
 UT ISI:000232695400032
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, L
    Jo, CL
    Dong, YD
 TI Glass forming ability of hard magnetic Nd55Al20Fe25 bulk glassy alloy
    with distinct glass transition
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS B
 DT Article
 DE metallic glass; glass-forming ability; microstructure; coercivity
 ID PRIMARY CRYSTALLIZATION; METALLIC GLASSES; AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; PHASE;
    MICROSTRUCTURE
 AB Nd55Al20Fe25 bulk sample was prepared in the shape of rods 3 mm in
    diameter by suction casting. The sample exhibits typical amorphous
    characters in XRD pattern, distinct glass transition in DSC traces and
    hard magnetic properties. The distinct glass transition, which is
    invisible in DSC traces of previously reported Nd-Al-Fe ternary BMGs,
    allows us to investigate the glass forming ability (GFA) of
    Nd55Al20Fe25 alloy using the reduced glass transition temperature T-tau
    g and the recently defined parameter gamma. However, it is found that
    the obtained diameter of the Nd55Al20Fe25 glassy rod is much larger
    than the critical section thickness of the BMG predicted by either T-rg
    or gamma. The microstructure of Nd55Al20Fe25 as-cast rod was studied
    and the apparent GFA of the alloy was supposed to be enhanced by the
    metastable nano-precipitates dispersed within the glassy matrix.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Ctr Microanal, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, L, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM xialei@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BUSCH R, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P1544
    DELAMARE J, 1994, J ALLOY COMPD, V216, P273
    FAN GJ, 2000, J MATER RES, V15, P1556
    FRANKWICZ PS, 1996, MATER LETT, V28, P77
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P99
    INOUE A, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS A, V29, P1779
    LOFFLER JF, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P1990
    LU ZP, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P3501
    LU ZP, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    MEUNSHENKOV VP, 1998, P 10 INT S MAGN AN C, P97
    MIEDEMA AR, 1975, J LESS-COMMON MET, V41, P283
    SCHNEIDER S, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P1749
    TAKEUCHI A, 2001, MATER TRANS, V42, P1435
    TURNBULL D, 1969, CONTEMP PHYS, V10, P473
    WANG XZ, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V290, P209
    WEI BC, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P4357
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V36, P2954
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V36, P775
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V15, P3531
    XING LQ, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V88, P3565
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9792
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS B
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. B
 PD SEP 10
 PY 2005
 VL 19
 IS 22
 BP 3493
 EP 3500
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 976AL
 UT ISI:000232705100004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, WD
    Leng, GS
 TI L-p-dual mixed quermassintegrals
 SO INDIAN JOURNAL OF PURE & APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE L-p-harmonic radial combination; dual quermassintegrals; L-p-mixed
    quermassintegrals; L-p-dual mixed quermassintegrals; L-p-dual mixed
    volume
 ID VOLUMES
 AB Associated with the notions of L-p-harmonic radial combination and dual
    quermassintegrals, we give the "dual" of L-p-mixed quermassintegrals -
    the notion of L-p-dual mixed quermassintegrals, the L-p-dual mixed
    volume is its special case. Further, we prove an integral
    representation and inequalities for L-p-dual mixed quermassintegrals.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Hubei Inst Nationalities, Dept Math, Hubei Enshi 445000, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, WD, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM wangwd722@eyou.com
 CR FIREY WJ, 1961, CAN J MATH, V13, P444
    FIREY WJ, 1961, PAC J MATH, V11, P1263
    FIREY WJ, 1962, MATH SCAND, V10, P17
    GARDNER RJ, 1995, GEOMETRIC TOMOGRAPHY
    LUTWAK E, 1975, PAC J MATH, V58, P531
    LUTWAK E, 1993, J DIFFER GEOM, V38, P131
    LUTWAK E, 1996, ADV MATH, V118, P224
    SCHNEIDER R, 1993, CONVEX BODIES BRUNN
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0019-5588
 J9 INDIAN J PURE APPL MATH
 JI Indian J. Pure Appl. Math.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 36
 IS 4
 BP 177
 EP 188
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics
 GA 975SN
 UT ISI:000232682300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CX
    Zhang, JY
 TI Evaluation of arbitrary integer based multiple tuned mass dampers for
    structures
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF STRUCTURAL STABILITY AND DYNAMICS
 DT Article
 DE base isolation; multiple tuned mass dampers (MTMD); structural control;
    structural isolation; tuned mass damper
 ID GROUND ACCELERATION; DYNAMIC CHARACTERISTICS; OSCILLATIONS;
    FREQUENCIES; PERFORMANCE; SYSTEM
 AB In contrast with the odd number based multiple tuned mass dampers
    (ON-MTMD) used conventionally, which is targeted at the central natural
    frequency, the arbitrary integer based multiple tuned mass dampers
    (AI-MTMD) is proposed for the convenient applications of MTMD by giving
    up the central natural frequency hypothesis. The total number of the
    TMD units constituting the AI-MTMD may be selected as an arbitrary
    integer according to the practical requirements. In terms of the
    dynamic magnification factors (DMF) of the AI-MTMD structure system,
    the criterion for evaluating the optimum parameters and effectiveness
    of the AI-MTMD is selected as the minimization of the minimum values of
    the maximum DMF of the structure with the AI-MTMD. Employing the
    maximum DMF of every mass block in the AI-MTMD, the stroke of the
    AI-MTMD is simultaneously evaluated. The results indicate that both the
    AI-MTMD and the ON-MTMD can practically render the same performance,
    thus demonstrating that the former can be more convenient in mitigating
    structural oscillations with respect to the ON-MTMD stuck to the
    central natural frequency hypothesis.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM li-chunxiang@vip.sina.com
 CR ABE M, 1994, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V23, P813
    ABE M, 1995, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V24, P247
    CHEN GD, 2001, J STRUCT ENG-ASCE, V127, P1054
    GU M, 2001, J WIND ENG IND AEROD, V89, P987
    JANGID RS, 1995, STRUCT ENG MECH, V3, P497
    JANGID RS, 1999, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V28, P1041
    KAMIYA K, 1992, P 3 INT C MOT VIBR C, V2, P322
    KAREEM A, 1995, J STRUCT ENG-ASCE, V121, P348
    LI CX, 2000, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V29, P1405
    LI CX, 2002, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V31, P897
    LI CX, 2002, J STRUCT ENG-ASCE, V128, P1362
    LI CX, 2003, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V32, P671
    LI CX, 2003, J STRUCT ENG-ASCE, V129, P972
    LI CX, 2004, ENG STRUCT, V26, P303
    PARK J, 2001, ENG STRUCT, V23, P802
    XU KM, 1992, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V21, P1059
    YAMAGUCHI H, 1993, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V22, P51
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 0219-4554
 J9 INT J STRUCT STAB DYN
 JI Int. J. Struct. Stab. Dyn.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 5
 IS 3
 BP 475
 EP 488
 PG 14
 GA 975GA
 UT ISI:000232647800008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, GH
    Yan, JJ
    Tian, LJ
    Duan, YS
 TI Topological aspects of entropy and phase transition of Kerr black holes
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE topological current; entropy; Kerr black hole; Euler characteristic;
    Killing vector field
 ID GRAND-CANONICAL ENSEMBLE; EXTREME STATE; THERMODYNAMICS;
    CLASSIFICATION; PARTICLE; AREA
 AB In the light of topological current and the relationship between the
    entropy and the Euler characteristic, the topological aspects of
    entropy and phase transition of Kerr black holes are studied. From
    Gauss-Bonnet-Chern theorem, it is shown that the entropy of Kerr black
    holes is determined by the singularities of the Killing vector field of
    spacetime. By calculating the Hopf indices and Brouwer degrees of the
    Killing vector field at the singularities, the entropy S = A/4 for
    nonextreme Kerr black holes and S = 0 for extreme ones are obtained,
    respectively. It is also discussed that, with the change of the ratio
    of mass to angular momentum for unit mass, the Euler characteristic and
    the entropy of Kerr black holes will change discontinuously when the
    singularities on Cauchy horizon merge with the singularities on event
    horizon, which will lead to the first-order phase transition of Kerr
    black holes.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Inst Theoret Phys, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM ghyang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR CAI RG, 2004, PHYS LETT B, V582, P237
    CHERN SS, 1944, ANN MATH, V45, P747
    CHERN SS, 1945, ANN MATH, V46, P674
    CHERN SS, 1959, LECT NOTES
    DUAN YS, 1993, J MATH PHYS, V34, P1149
    DUAN YS, 1997, HELV PHYS ACTA, V70, P565
    DUAN YS, 1998, NUCL PHYS B, V514, P705
    GELFAND IM, 1958, GEN FUNCTION
    GHOSH A, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P4848
    GHOSH A, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P1858
    GIBBONS GW, 1979, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V66, P291
    GIBBONS GW, 1995, PHYS REV D, V51, P2839
    HAWKING SW, 1975, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V43, P199
    HAWKING SW, 1995, PHYS REV D, V51, P4302
    HUANG CG, 2003, PHYS REV D, V68
    LIBERATI S, 1997, PHYS REV D, V56, P6458
    MA ZZ, 2003, PHYS REV D, V67
    PEER AW, 1998, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V15, P3291
    SEN A, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V10, P2081
    STROMINGER A, 1996, PHYS LETT B, V379, P99
    TEITELBOIM C, 1995, PHYS REV D, V51, P4315
    WANG B, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V432, P69
    WANG B, 1998, PHYS REV D, V57, P5284
    WANG B, 1999, PHYS REV D, V59
    WANG B, 2000, PHYS REV D, V62
    YANG GH, 2001, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V33, P1027
    YANG GH, 2001, MOD PHYS LETT A, V16, P1457
    YANG GH, 2002, INT J THEOR PHYS, V41, P953
    YORK JW, 1986, PHYS REV D, V33, P2092
    ZASLAVSKII OB, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P2211
 NR 30
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD OCT 15
 PY 2005
 VL 44
 IS 4
 BP 631
 EP 637
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 976IB
 UT ISI:000232725700012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yi, ZJ
    Liu, TY
    Zhang, QR
    Sun, YY
 TI Electronic structures of PbWO4 crystals containing F-type colour centres
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID SINGLE-CRYSTALS; V-PB(2-)
 AB Electronic structures of PbWO4 Crystals Containing F-type colour
    centres with the lattice structure optimized are studied within the
    framework of the fully relativistic self-consistent Dirac-Slater
    theory, using a numerically discrete variational (DV-X alpha) method.
    The calculated results show that F and F+ centres have donor energy
    levels in the forbidden bands. Their optical transition energies are
    1.84 eV and 2.21 eV, respectively, which correspond to the 680 rim and
    550 nm absorption bands. It is predicted that the 680 nm and 550 nm
    absorption banas originate from the F and F+ centres in PbWO4 crystals.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, TY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 EM liutyyxj@163.com
 CR AVERILL FW, 1973, J CHEM PHYS, V59, P6412
    BOHACEK P, 2005, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V537, P86
    ELLIS DE, 1995, ELECT DENSITY FUNCTI, P263
    FANG SG, 1998, PHYS COLOUR CTR CRYS
    FENG XQ, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P449
    LIU FX, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V426, P464
    LIU TY, 2001, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V184
    LIU TY, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P1596
    LIU TY, 2005, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V22, P442
    MI XW, 2002, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V24, P209
    MURK V, 1997, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V9, P249
    NIKL M, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P5758
    VAN LW, 1975, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V27, P565
    XU GX, 1999, FUNDAMENTAL THEORY A
    YE XL, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P1923
    ZHANG QR, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 22
 IS 10
 BP 2618
 EP 2621
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 974SW
 UT ISI:000232612700045
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dai, Y
    Yu, BK
    Lu, B
    Qiu, JR
    Yan, XN
    Jiang, XW
    Zhu, CS
 TI Thermal stress-induced birefringence in borate glass irradiated by
    femtosecond laser pulses
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID WRITTEN WAVE-GUIDES; TRANSPARENT MATERIALS; FUSED-SILICA
 AB Thermal stress-induced birefringence in borate glass which has been
    irradiated by 800-nm femtosecond laser pulses is observed under
    cross-polarized light. Due to the high temperature and pressure formed
    in the focal volume, the material at the edge of the micro-modified
    region is compressed between the expanding region and the unheated one,
    then stress emerges. Raman spectroscopy is used to investigate the
    stress distribution in the micro-modified region and indicates the
    redistributions of density and refractive index by Raman peak shift. We
    suggest that this technique can develop waveguide polarizers and
    Fresnel zone plates in integrated optics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Dai, Y, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R
    China.
 EM yedai@126.com
 CR BHARDWAJ VR, 2004, OPT LETT, V29, P1312
    CERDEIRA F, 1972, PHYS REV B-SOLID ST, V5, P580
    CHAN JW, 2001, OPT LETT, V26, P1726
    DAVIS KM, 1996, OPT LETT, V21, P1729
    GLEZER EN, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P882
    MIURA K, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P3329
    NAKAYA T, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P1061
    QIU JR, 2004, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V43, P2230
    SCHAFFER CB, 2003, APPL PHYS A-MATER, V76, P351
    STRELTSOV AM, 2002, J OPT SOC AM B, V19, P2496
    YU B, 2004, J OPT SOC AM B, V21, P83
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 22
 IS 10
 BP 2626
 EP 2629
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 974SW
 UT ISI:000232612700047
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, MX
    Shao, M
    Dai, H
    An, BL
    Lu, WC
    Zhu, Y
    Du, CX
 TI Synthesis and crystal structure of a novel copper (II) complex with
    acetylenedicarboxylate and 2, 2 '-bipyridine
 SO CHINESE CHEMICAL LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE copper complex; crystal structure; coordination polymer;
    acetylenedicarboxylate acid
 ID COORDINATION; ACID
 AB The title compound [Cu (ADC) (2, 2'-bipy)](n) (ADC = C-2 (COO)(2)(2-))
    was prepared and characterized by elemental analysis, IR spectroscopy,
    X-ray analysis, respectively. The analysis of the crystal structure
    reveals that the copper atom is five-coordinated with two nitrogen
    atoms of 2, 2'-bipy and three oxygen atoms of different
    acetylenedicarboxylate dianions. ADC as bridging ligands link the Cu
    (II) ions, forming coordination polymer structure.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Zhengzhou Univ, Dept Chem, Zhengzhou 450052, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, MX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM mx_li@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BILLETTER H, 2003, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C, V59, P130
    CHOI HJ, 1999, INORG CHEM, V38, P6309
    DEACON GB, 1980, COORDIN CHEM REV, V33, P227
    KONAR S, 2003, INORG CHEM, V42, P2545
    LI H, 1998, J AM CHEM SOC, V120, P8571
    LI MX, 1996, POLYHEDRON, V15, P535
    MARCH J, 1977, ADV ORG CHEM, P17
    MURO IG, 1998, INORG CHEM, V37, P3243
    PANTENBURG I, 2002, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C, V58, P483
    PAVLISHCHUK VV, 2001, EUR J INORG CHEM JAN, P297
    RUIZPEREZ C, 2003, POLYHEDRON, V22, P2111
    SHI Q, 2001, POLYHEDRON, V20, P3287
    SKOULIKA S, 2003, CHEM MATER, V15, P4576
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 1001-8417
 J9 CHIN CHEM LETT
 JI Chin. Chem. Lett.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 16
 IS 10
 BP 1405
 EP 1408
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 975CL
 UT ISI:000232638500037
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yin, RH
    Zeng, SH
    Cao, WM
    Dong, XM
 TI Structure and magnetic properties of electrodeposited Co/Pt multilayers
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE electrocrystallization; multilayer; X-ray diffraction; hysteresis loop;
    perpendicular magnetic anisotropy
 ID LAYERED STRUCTURES; FILMS; ANISOTROPY
 AB The Co/Pt multilayers film was deposited on monocrystal Si(111) using
    electrocrystallization in boric acid system, in which
    Pt(NO2)(2)(NH3)(2) and CoSO4 were used as main salts. The cross section
    morphology of the multilayers was characterized by SEM method. The
    results showed that a periodically layered structure was obtained by
    electrodeposition. In Co/Pt interface, CoPt3 was found by middle angle
    X-ray diffraction method. The hysteresis loop of the multilayers was
    determined by PPMS method. The result showed that the coercivity of
    multilayers was about 165 Oe parallelly, and the coercivity in
    perpendicular increased with the content of Co, 396 Oe at a maximun.
    The Co/Pt multilayer with the easy-magnetization axis perpendicular to
    the face of layers was firstly prepared by electrocrystallization
    method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Yin, RH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R
    China.
 EM yinrh@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR CARCIA PF, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V63, P5066
    CHAPPERT C, 1986, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V54, P795
    FARROW RFC, 1992, B AM PHYS SOC, V37, P305
    GEORGESCU V, 1996, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V156, P27
    GURNEY PD, 1993, PLATINUM MET REV, V37, P130
    HASEEB ASMA, 1994, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V141, P230
    HASIMOTO S, 1990, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V88, P21
    JYOKO Y, 1993, MAT T JIM, V10, P946
    JYOKO Y, 1996, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V156, P35
    JYOKO Y, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V198, P239
    LEE CH, 1991, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V93, P592
    LIN CJ, 1991, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V93, P194
    LULICA Z, 2003, ELECTROCHEM SOLID ST, V6, P153
    TAKAHASHI H, 1993, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V126, P282
    TSOUKATOS A, 1993, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V118, P387
    WELLER D, 1992, IEEE T MAGN, V28, P500
    YIN RH, 1998, ACTA METAL SINICA, V34, P892
    YIN RH, 1999, ACTA METAL SINICA, V35, P109
    ZEPER WB, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V65, P4971
    ZHANG P, 1996, CHIN J HEMATOL, V17, P58
    ZHOU J, 2000, THESIS CHINESE ACAD
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PD OCT 28
 PY 2005
 VL 63
 IS 20
 BP 1871
 EP 1874
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 975EZ
 UT ISI:000232645100004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, ZJ
    Cao, WG
    Tong, WQ
    Jin, Z
 TI Solvent-free, one-pot synthesis of pyrano[2,3-c]pyrazole derivatives in
    the presence of KF center dot 2H(2)O by grinding
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE grinding; 4H-pyran; one-pot synthesis; potassium fluoride dihydrate;
    solvent-free
 ID SOLID-STATE; STEREOSELECTIVE-SYNTHESIS; AQUEOUS-MEDIA; ABSENCE
 AB A solvent-free, one-pot process for the preparation of 4H-pyrans in the
    presence of KF center dot 2H(2)O by grinding was achieved. Its
    advantages are easy workup, mild reaction conditions, high yields, and
    environmental friendliness.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Organomet Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM renrui198229@hotmail.com
 CR BONSIGNORE L, 1993, EUR J MED CHEM, V28, P517
    CLARK JH, 1980, CHEM REV, V80, P429
    HYAMA T, 1987, 62181276, JAP
    IM J, 1997, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V38, P451
    JIN TS, 2004, SYNLETT         0403, P871
    KUTHAN J, 1995, ADV HETEROCYCLIC CHE
    LI JP, 2001, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V31, P781
    NAIR V, 2002, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V43, P2293
    REN ZJ, 2002, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V32, P3475
    REN ZJ, 2004, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V34, P3785
    REN ZJ, 2004, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V34, P4395
    SCHMEYERS T, 1998, J CHEM SOC P2, P989
    SHAWALI AS, 2002, J HETEROCYCLIC CHEM, V39, P45
    SHI DQ, 2004, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V34, P4557
    TANAKA K, 1991, J ORG CHEM, V56, P4333
    TODA F, 1989, ANGEW CHEM, V101, P329
    TODA F, 1989, CHEM EXP, V4, P507
    TODA F, 1990, CHEM LETT, P373
    TODA F, 1990, J CHEM SOC P1, P3207
    TODA F, 1998, J CHEM SOC PERK 1107, P3521
    WITTE EC, 1986, 347985, DE
    XI CJ, 2005, ORG LETT, V7, P347
    XIAO JP, 2001, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V31, P661
    ZHOU JF, 2002, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V32, P3363
 NR 24
 TC 0
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2005
 VL 35
 IS 19
 BP 2509
 EP 2513
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 972MJ
 UT ISI:000232457600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, HT
    Chen, MY
    Guo, HW
    Yu, YJ
 TI Novel multiview connection method based on virtual cylinder for 3-D
    surface measurement
 SO OPTICAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE 3-D measurement; surface measurement; multiview connection; virtual
    cylinder; coordinate transformation
 ID OVERLAP-SCANNING TECHNIQUE; PROFILOMETRY; OBJECTS; SHAPES
 AB In optical 3-D measurements, two steps are generally required to obtain
    the whole-body 3-D shapes of objects: measuring the 3-D shape from
    different views, and afterwards connecting them together. The multiview
    overlapping scanning connection technique in a cylindrical coordinate
    system is an effective method for measuring a surface with a rotation
    axis, e.g., a 360-deg shape. However, there are great difficulties in
    measuring a more complex surface, such as those with concavities or
    composed of several discontinuous patches, because a complex surface
    generally cannot be explicitly represented in cylindrical coordinates.
    To solve these problems, a novel multiview connection method based on
    virtual cylinders for measurement of 3-D surfaces is proposed. In a
    Cartesian coordinate system, the virtual cylinders are determined by
    least-squares fitting to the local overlapping surface patches. The
    error movements are obtained from a linear equation system based on the
    virtual cylinders. The connection of adjacent views is then performed
    by coordinate transformation in 3-D space. Both computer simulation and
    experimental results are presented to verify the effectiveness of the
    suggested method. (c) 2005 Society of Photo-Optical Instrumentation
    Engineers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Lab Appl Opt & Metrol, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, HT, Shanghai Univ, Lab Appl Opt & Metrol, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM hspear@eastday.com
 CR BEST PJ, 1992, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V14, P239
    CHEN F, 2000, OPT ENG, V39, P10
    CHEN MY, 1991, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V1553, P626
    CHEN MY, 1996, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2861, P107
    CHEN MY, 2000, P SOC PHOTO-OPT  A&B, V4101, P193
    CHENG WM, 1993, OPT ENG, V32, P1947
    CHENG WM, 1996, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2860, P321
    GUO HW, 2003, OPT ENG, V42, P900
    JOST T, 2003, P 4 INT C 3D DIG IM, P427
    LI ST, 2002, ACTA AUTOMATIC SINA, V28, P310
    OTSUBO M, 1994, OPT ENG, V33, P608
    REICH C, 1998, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3520, P100
    SRINIVASAN V, 1984, APPL OPTICS, V23, P3105
    TAKEDA M, 1983, APPL OPTICS, V22, P3977
    ZHU X, 2000, FREE FORM SURFACE CU, P28
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0091-3286
 J9 OPT ENG
 JI Opt. Eng.
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 44
 IS 8
 AR 083605
 DI ARTN 083605
 PG 8
 SC Optics
 GA 974MN
 UT ISI:000232596000011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yue, RX
    Hickernell, FJ
 TI Strong tractability of integration using scrambled Niederreiter points
 SO MATHEMATICS OF COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE multivariate integration; quasi-Monte Carlo methods; nets and
    sequences; scrambling
 ID MONTE CARLO ALGORITHMS; MULTIVARIATE INTEGRATION; QUADRATURE; VARIANCE;
    NETS; DISCREPANCY; SEQUENCES
 AB We study the randomized worst-case error and the randomized error of
    scrambled quasi - Monte Carlo (QMC) quadrature as proposed by Owen. The
    function spaces considered in this article are the weighted Hilbert
    spaces generated by Haar-like wavelets and the weighted Sobolev-Hilbert
    spaces. Conditions are found under which multivariate integration is
    strongly tractable in the randomized worst-case setting and the
    randomized setting, respectively. The epsilon-exponents of strong
    tractability are found for the scrambled Niederreiter nets and
    sequences. The sufficient conditions for strong tractability for
    Sobolev spaces are more lenient for scrambled QMC quadratures than
    those for deterministic QMC net quadratures.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Div Sci Computat, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Normal Univ, Dept Appl Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Yue, RX, Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Div Sci Computat, 100 Guilin Rd,
    Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
 EM yue2@shnu.edu.cn
    fred@hkbu.edu.hk
 CR HEINRICH S, 2004, MATH COMPUT, V73, P259
    HICKERNELL FJ, 1996, ACM T MODELING COMPU, V6, P274
    HICKERNELL FJ, 1999, MATH COMPUT, V68, P767
    HICKERNELL FJ, 2000, ADV COMPUT MATH, V12, P25
    HICKERNELL FJ, 2000, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V38, P1089
    HICKERNELL FJ, 2001, J COMPLEXITY, V17, P625
    HICKERNELL FJ, 2001, J COMPLEXITY, V17, P660
    HICKERNELL FJ, 2002, MATH COMPUT, V71, P1641
    KUO FY, 2004, IN PRESS J COMPLEXIT
    NIEDERREITER H, 1988, J NUMBER THEORY, V30, P51
    NIEDERREITER H, 1992, RANDOM NUMBER GENERA
    NIEDERREITER H, 2001, J COMPLEXITY, V17, P683
    OWEN AB, 1995, LECT NOTES STAT, V106, P299
    OWEN AB, 1997, ANN STAT, V25, P1541
    OWEN AB, 1997, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V34, P1884
    OWEN AB, 1998, J COMPLEXITY, V14, P466
    SLOAN IH, 1998, J COMPLEXITY, V14, P1
    SLOAN IH, 2001, J COMPLEXITY, V17, P697
    SLOAN IH, 2004, MONTE CARLO QUASIMON, P407
    SOBOL IM, 1967, ZH VYCHISL MAT MAT F, V7, P784
    WAHBA G, 1990, SPLINE MODELS OBSERV
    WANG XQ, 2002, J COMPLEXITY, V18, P683
    WANG XQ, 2003, MATH COMPUT, V72, P823
    WOZNIAKOWSKI H, 2000, MONTE CARLO QUASIMON, P114
    YUE RX, 1999, STAT PROBABIL LETT, V44, P267
    YUE RX, 1999, STAT SINICA, V9, P451
    YUE RX, 2001, J COMPLEXITY, V17, P897
 NR 27
 TC 0
 SN 0025-5718
 J9 MATH COMPUT
 JI Math. Comput.
 PY 2005
 VL 74
 IS 252
 BP 1871
 EP 1893
 PG 23
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 972ZX
 UT ISI:000232493700015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, L
    Perevalov, VI
    Tashkun, SA
    Liu, AW
    Hu, SM
 TI Absorption spectra of (CO2)-C-12-O-16 and (CO2)-C-13-O-16 near 1.05 mu m
 SO JOURNAL OF MOLECULAR SPECTROSCOPY
 DT Article
 DE carbon dioxide; infrared; Fourier-transform spectroscopy; absolute line
    intensities; transition dipole moment; global modeling
 ID EFFECTIVE OPERATOR APPROACH; CW-CAVITY RINGDOWN; LINE-INTENSITIES;
    CARBON-DIOXIDE; SPECTROSCOPY; BANDS
 AB The absolute line intensities of the Fermi triad 2003i-00001 (i = 1, 2,
    3) of (CO2)-C-12-O-16 and (CO2)-C-13-O-16 isotopic species of carbon
    dioxide were retrieved from Fourier-transform spectra recorded at
    Doppler limited resolution in the region 9200-9700 cm(-1). The accuracy
    of the line intensity determination is estimated to be better than 15%
    for most lines. The vibrational transition dipole moments squared and
    Herman-Wallis coefficients have been determined. The global fittings of
    the observed line intensities within the framework of the effective
    operators method have been performed. The fitting results reproduce the
    data within experimental uncertainty. (c) 2005 Elsevier Inc. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai Inst Adv Studies, Shanghai 201315, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol China, Hefei Natl Lab Phys Sci Microscale, Dept Phys Chem, Hefei 230026, Peoples R China.
    SB RAS, Inst Atmospher Opt, Lab Theoret Spect, Tomsk 634055, Russia.
 RP Hu, SM, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai Inst Adv Studies,
    Shanghai 201315, Peoples R China.
 EM smhu@ustc.edu.cn
 CR BOESE RW, 1966, J QUANT SPECTROSC RA, V6, P717
    DING Y, 2002, J MOL SPECTROSC, V212, P219
    DING Y, 2004, J MOL SPECTROSC, V226, P146
    DING Y, 2005, J MOL SPECTROSC, V231, P117
    GAMACHE RR, 1990, J MOL SPECTROSC, V142, P205
    MAJCHEROVA Z, 2005, J MOL SPECTROSC, V230, P1
    MANDIN JY, 1977, J MOL SPECTROSC, V67, P304
    MANDIN JY, 2000, J QUANT SPECTROSC RA, V67, P429
    PEREVALOV VI, 1995, J MOL SPECTROSC, V171, P435
    ROTHMAN LS, 1992, J QUANT SPECTROSC RA, V48, P527
    ROTHMAN LS, 2003, J QUANT SPECTROSC RA, V82, P5
    TASHKUN SA, 1999, J QUANT SPECTROSC RA, V62, P571
    TASHKUN SA, 2003, J QUANT SPECTROSC RA, V82, P165
    TEFFO JL, 1998, J MOL SPECTROSC, V187, P28
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2852
 J9 J MOL SPECTROSC
 JI J. Mol. Spectrosc.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 233
 IS 2
 BP 297
 EP 300
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Spectroscopy
 GA 971TK
 UT ISI:000232407400018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, XS
    Wang, GM
    Fang, SS
    Hua, Q
    Gu, JZ
    Dong, YD
 TI Effect of thermo-mechanical histories on the microstructure and
    properties of Zr65Al10Ni10Cu15 metallic glassy plates
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID DUCTILITY; ALLOY
 AB Effect of thermo-mechanical histories during hot rolling in the
    supercooled liquid region on the microstructure and properties of
    Zr65Al10Ni10Cu15 metallic glassy plates was investigated by X-ray
    diffraction (XRD), high-resolution transmission electron microscopy
    (HRTEM), differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), microhardness and
    electrical resistivity measurements. It was found that some nano-scale
    clusters and a few crystalline phases were dispersed in the amorphous
    matrix, which may depress the crystallization onset temperature (T-x).
    The microhardness increased while the electrical resistivity first
    increased and then decreased with hot rolling times. So, it is
    important for the working and forming of bulk metallic glasses in the
    supercooled liquid region to take the thermo-mechanical histories into
    account. (c) 2005 Springer Science + Business Media, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiao, XS, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM xsxiao@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR EKELUND S, 1927, JERNKONT ANN, V2, P39
    INOUE A, 1990, MATER T JIM, V31, P17
    KAWAMURA Y, 1998, ACTA METALL MATER, V46, P253
    PEKER A, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2342
    WANG TB, 1988, PLAST PROCESSING MET, P34
    XIAO XS, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V351, P324
    YOKOYAMA Y, 2001, MATER TRANS, V42, P623
    YOKOYAMA Y, 2003, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V316, P104
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 40
 IS 20
 BP 5435
 EP 5438
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 971RW
 UT ISI:000232403100016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Du, L
    Hu, QY
    Yue, WY
 TI Analysis and evaluation for optimal allocation in sequential Internet
    auction systems with reserve price
 SO DYNAMICS OF CONTINUOUS DISCRETE AND IMPULSIVE SYSTEMS-SERIES
    B-APPLICATIONS & ALGORITHMS
 DT Article
 DE Web services; Internet auction; Markov decision process; performance
    analysis; optimal allocation
 AB In this paper, we present a new performance model and an analysis for
    its optimal allocation in a sequential Internet auction system with a
    set reserve price. In the sequential Internet auction system, a seller
    wants to sell a given amount, of items through sequential auctions on
    the Internet. The seller has a reserve price for each item. For each
    auction, the seller should allocate a quantity of items from the total
    available items to be auctioned. The buyers arrive according to a
    Poisson process and bid honestly. We first, consider the model to be a
    Markov decision process and present its performance analysis. In the
    analysis, we show that the result is no difference whether the reserve
    price is or public. Then we show that in the monotonous properties of
    the optimal policy, a greater number of items will be allocated if
    there are more items held or there are fewer horizons remaining.
    Finally, numerical results are given.
 C1 Xidian Univ, Sch Econ & Management, Xian 710071, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Int Business & Management, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Konan Univ, Dept Informat Sci & Syst Engn, Kobe, Hyogo 6588501, Japan.
 RP Du, L, Xidian Univ, Sch Econ & Management, Xian 710071, Peoples R China.
 EM journal@monotone.uwaterloo.ca
 CR BEAM C, 1996, 96WP1019 CITM
    HU Q, 2000, INTRO MARKOV DEICISI
    OCKENFELS A, 2002, ARTIFICIAL INTEL FAL, P79
    SEGEV A, 2001, INFORM TECH MANAGEME, V2, P121
    VULCANO G, 2002, MANAGE SCI, V38, P1388
    VULCANO G, 2002, MANUFACTURING SERVIC, V4, P7
    WILCOX RT, 2000, MARKET LETT, V11, P363
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1492-8760
 J9 DYN CONT DISCR IMP SYST SER B
 JI Dyn. Contin. Discret. Impuls. Syst. Ser. B-Appl. Algorithms
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 12
 IS 4
 BP 617
 EP 631
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 971ZU
 UT ISI:000232424400009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, XH
    Wu, QS
    Li, L
    Ding, YP
    Zhang, GX
 TI Controlled synthesis of the semiconductor CdS quasi-nanospheres,
    nanoshuttles, nanowires and nanotubes by the reverse micelle systems
    with different surfactants
 SO COLLOIDS AND SURFACES A-PHYSICOCHEMICAL AND ENGINEERING ASPECTS
 DT Article
 DE reverse micelles; microemulsion template; surfactant; CdS;
    quasi-nanospheres; nanoshuttles; nanowires; nanotubes
 ID NANOPARTICLES; ROUTE; MICROEMULSIONS; NANOBELTS; TEMPLATE; GROWTH; METAL
 AB A series of CdS nanomaterials with different morphologies and
    structures were self-assembled in a simple reverse micelle solvent
    system containing cyclohexane, aqueous solution, n-pentanol and
    surfactant. Cds quasi-nanospheres (i.d. 200-500nm), Cds nanoshuttles
    (i.d. 248 nm and length similar to 450 nm), Cds nanowires (i.d. similar
    to 46 nm and length 1.65-4.15 mu m) and Cds nanotubes (inner i.d. 25
    nm, outer i.d. 38 nm and length similar to 400nm long) were produced by
    employing the surfactant of Tween-80, Peregals, C12E9 and Triton X-100,
    respectively. The Cds nanomaterials were found to possess different
    optical properties from the bulk CdS when analyzed by photoluminescence
    and UV-visible spectroscopy. A mechanism involving the possible
    formation of nanomaterials based on surfactant microemulsion template
    was also proposed. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Chizhou Teachers Coll, Dept Chem, Chizhou 247000, Anhui, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, 1239 Siping Rd, Shanghai 200092,
    Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR ADAMPENG Z, 2001, J AM CHEM SOC, V123, P183
    BARRELET CJ, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P11498
    BERMAN A, 1999, ADV MATER, V11, P296
    CAO HQ, 2001, ADV MATER, V13, P1393
    CAO YC, 2004, J AM CHEM SOC, V126, P14336
    GAO T, 2004, J PHYS CHEM B, V108, P20045
    GE JP, 2004, ADV FUNCT MATER, V14, P157
    HENGLEIN A, 1989, CHEM REV, V89, P1861
    JUN YW, 2001, J AM CHEM SOC, V123, P5150
    LADE M, 2000, COLLOID SURFACE A, V163, P3
    LI YD, 1998, CHEM MATER, V10, P2301
    LI YD, 1999, INORG CHEM, V38, P4737
    REITER G, 1993, SCIENCE, V259, P1305
    ROSSETTI R, 1983, J CHEM PHYS, V79, P1086
    TAYLOR JR, 2000, ANAL CHEM, V72, P1979
    VIJAYA R, 2001, LANGMUIR, V17, P1406
    WANG CC, 2001, COLLOID SURFACE A, V189, P145
    WANG YW, 2002, CHEM MATER, V14, P1773
    WU J, 2002, J CRYST GROWTH, V235, P421
    WU QS, 2003, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V61, P1824
    ZHANG J, 2004, J PHYS CHEM B, V108, P7002
    ZHANG P, 2003, LANGMUIR, V19, P208
    ZHAO HY, 2001, LANGMUIR, V17, P8428
    ZHOU SM, 2003, EUR J INORG CHEM MAY, P1794
 NR 24
 TC 0
 SN 0927-7757
 J9 COLLOID SURFACE A
 JI Colloid Surf. A-Physicochem. Eng. Asp.
 PD AUG 15
 PY 2005
 VL 264
 IS 1-3
 BP 172
 EP 178
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Physical
 GA 970RK
 UT ISI:000232327100024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dai, HJ
    Xu, GJ
    Thomas, JL
    Wang, ZG
    Jiang, RJ
    Fei, J
 TI Efficient and stable generation of transgenic silkworn Bombyx mori with
    the lepidopteran derived transposon piggyBac
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE Bombyx mori; genes transgene; piggyBac; screening marker
 ID YELLOW-FEVER MOSQUITO; DROSOPHILA-VIRILIS; GERMLINE TRANSFORMATION;
    GENETIC-TRANSFORMATION; AEDES-AEGYPTI; ELEMENT; VECTOR; INSECTS;
    MARINER; MARKER
 AB The piggyBac transposable element was successfully used for generation
    of the transgenic silkworm, Bombyx mori. The EGFP was adopted in this
    study as a screening marker in transgenic vector under the control of
    an artificial promoter containing Pax-6 binding sites that can drive
    eye-specific genes expression in various insect species including B.
    mori and Drosophila. 111 independent transgenic lines were obtained
    among 700 fertile G(0) moths. Most of the transgenic lines contained
    two or more chromosomal insertions of the EGFP marker, which were
    stably inherited over more than six generations during the time of this
    project. PiggyBac-mediated transposition was confirmed by identifying
    the characteristic TTAA duplication sequence at the insertion sites.
    The stable and high efficient transmission of a genetic marker into B.
    mori confirms the usage of this vector-marker system for industrial
    production and theoretical research.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Grad Sch, Chinese Acad Sci,Inst Plant Physiol & Ecol, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Res Ctr Model Org, Shanghai 201203, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Model Org Res Ctr, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Model Org Div, E Inst, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
 RP Fei, J, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Grad Sch, Chinese
    Acad Sci,Inst Plant Physiol & Ecol, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM jfei@sibs.ac.cn
 CR BERGHAMMER AJ, 1999, NATURE, V402, P370
    COATES CJ, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P3748
    FRASER MJ, 1995, VIROLOGY, V211, P397
    GOMEZ SP, 1997, INSECT MOL BIOL, V6, P165
    HANDLER AM, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P7520
    HARRIS AS, 2001, J PINEAL RES, V31, P199
    HEDIGER M, 2001, INSECT MOL BIOL, V10, P113
    HORN C, 2000, DEV GENES EVOL, V210, P630
    JASINSKIENE N, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P3743
    LOHE AR, 1996, GENETICS, V143, P365
    LOUKERIS TG, 1995, SCIENCE, V270, P2002
    LOZOVSKAYA ER, 1996, GENETICS, V142, P173
    MASAHIRO T, 2003, NAT BIOTECHNOL, V21, P52
    MIRKA U, 2002, DEV GENES EVOL, V212, P145
    OBROCHTA DA, 1996, INSECT BIOCHEM MOLEC, V26, P739
    RUBIN GM, 1982, SCIENCE, V218, P348
    SHENG GJ, 1997, GENE DEV, V11, P1122
    STEPHEN TT, 2004, NAT GENET, V36, P283
    TAMURA T, 2000, NAT BIOTECHNOL, V18, P81
    THOMAS JL, 2002, INSECT BIOCHEM MOLEC, V32, P247
    WANG HH, 1993, INSECT MOL BIOL, V1, P109
    XIA QY, 2004, SCIENCE, V306, P1937
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 50
 IS 15
 BP 1617
 EP 1621
 PG 5
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 974RQ
 UT ISI:000232609500015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Fang, JP
 TI New exact solutions and fractal patterns of generalized Broer-Kaup
    system via a mapping approach
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID VARIABLE SEPARATION EXCITATIONS; LOCALIZED COHERENT STRUCTURES;
    NONLINEAR SCHRODINGER SYSTEM; DISPERSIVE WAVE SYSTEM; SIMILARITY
    REDUCTIONS; BOUSSINESQ EQUATION; SOLITON-SOLUTIONS; BEHAVIORS; CHAOS
 AB With the help of an extended mapping approach, a new type of variable
    separation solution with two arbitrary functions of the (2 +
    1)-dimensional generalized Broer-Kaup (GBK) system is derived. Based on
    the derived solitary wave excitation, we reveal some regular fractal
    and stochastic fractal patterns in the (2 + I)-dimensional GBK system.
    (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Zhejiang, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Zhejiang,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zjclzheng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1973, PHYS REV LETT, V31, P125
    BOITI M, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P371
    BROER LJF, 1975, APPL SCI RES, V31, P377
    CHEN CL, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P129
    CHEN HS, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P85
    CLARKSON PA, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P2201
    FAN EG, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V282, P18
    GEDALIN M, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P448
    GOLLUB JP, 2000, NATURE, V404, P710
    HUANG DJ, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P601
    KADOMTSEV B, 1970, SOV PHYS DOKL, V35, P539
    KAUP DJ, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V54, P396
    KIVSHAR YS, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P765
    LI B, 2003, Z NATURFORSCH A, V58, P464
    LOU SY, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1614
    LOU SY, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V151, P133
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LOU SY, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10619
    LOUTSENKO I, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P3011
    STEGEMAN GI, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P1518
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    YING JP, 2001, Z NATURFORSCH A, V56, P619
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1968, J APPL MECH TECH PHY, V2, P190
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P448
    ZHANG SL, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V300, P40
    ZHENG CL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2426
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P261
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P25
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P385
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
    ZHENG CL, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P671
    ZHENG CL, 2004, J PHYS SOC JPN, V73, P293
    ZHENG CL, 2004, Z NATURFORSCH A, V59, P912
    ZHENG CL, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1741
    ZHENG CL, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V24, P1347
    ZHENG CL, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V26, P187
 NR 38
 TC 2
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 27
 IS 5
 BP 1321
 EP 1327
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 972LU
 UT ISI:000232456100020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, H
    Lu, GZ
    Guo, YL
    Guo, Y
 TI Synthesis of TS-1 using amorphous SiO2 and its catalytic properties for
    hydroxylation of phenol in fixed-bed reactor
 SO APPLIED CATALYSIS A-GENERAL
 DT Article
 DE titanium silicalite-1; amorphous SiO2; hydroxylation of phenol;
    fixed-bed reactor
 ID TITANIUM SILICALITE-1; HYDROGEN-PEROXIDE; ZEOLITES; CRYSTALLIZATION;
    MEDIA
 AB Titanium silicalite-1 (TS-1) has been synthesized using amorphous SiO2
    as silicon source and tetrapropylammonium bromide (TPABr) as template.
    The effects of preparation parameters, such as silicon sources,
    crystallization temperature and time, aging time, H2O/SiO2, SiO2/ TiO2,
    TPABr/SiO2 and n-butylamine (NBA)/SiO2, and nonionic surfactants on the
    physicochemical and catalytic properties of TS-1 were investigated in
    detail. The TS-1 samples were characterized by XRD, FF-IR, UV-vis, SEM,
    ICP-AES and N-2 adsorption. In the fixed-bed reactor, the catalytic
    property of TS-1 for the phenol hydroxylation was tested. The studies
    show that the catalytic performance of TS-1 synthesized using amorphous
    SiO2 is close to that of the samples prepared with tetraethyl
    orthosilicalite (TEOS) for the phenol hydroxylation with H2O2. The
    crystallinity of the sample increases with an increase of the
    crystallization temperature, crystallization time, the ratio Of SiO2/
    TiO2, SiO2/H2O and NBA/SiO2. TS-1 with smaller crystals can be obtained
    by increasing aging time, H2O/SiO2 and NBA/SiO2, and using the nonionic
    surfactants. Moreover, adding the nonionic surfactants in the matrix
    gel can increase the amount of Ti incorporated in framework of zeolite
    and reduces the amount of TiO2 in an extra framework. (c) 2005 Elsevier
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 E China Univ Sci & Technol, Res Inst Ind Catalysis, Adv Mat Lab, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, GZ, E China Univ Sci & Technol, Res Inst Ind Catalysis, Adv Mat
    Lab, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
 EM gzhlu@ecust.edu.cn
 CR ALLIAN M, 1995, STUD SURF SCI CATAL, V92, P239
    ASTORINO E, 1995, J CATAL, V157, P482
    CLERICI MG, 1991, APPL CATAL, V68, P394
    CLERICI MG, 1991, J CATAL, V129, P159
    ERNST S, 1987, ZEOLITES, V7, P458
    GONTIER S, 1996, ZEOLITES, V16, P184
    JORDA E, 1997, ZEOLITES, V19, P238
    KHOMANE RB, 2002, MATER CHEM PHYS, V76, P99
    LIU H, 2004, CATAL TODAY, V93, P351
    MARTENS JA, 1993, APPL CATAL A-GEN, V99, P71
    MASPERO F, 1994, J CATAL, V146, P476
    MILLINI R, 1992, J CATAL, V137, P497
    MULLER U, 1994, STUD SURF SCI CA A-C, V84, P203
    NOTARI B, 1993, CATAL TODAY, V18, P163
    REDDY JS, 1992, J MOL CATAL, V71, P373
    SHIBATA M, 1997, STUD SURF SCI CA A-C, V105, P245
    SHIBATA M, 1997, ZEOLITES, V19, P246
    THANGARAJ A, 1990, APPL CATAL, V57, L1
    TUEL A, 1996, ZEOLITES, V16, P108
    TVARUZKOVA Z, 1993, APPL CATAL A-GEN, V103, L1
    VANDERPOL AJHP, 1992, APPL CATAL A-GEN, V92, P113
    WANG XS, 1999, CATAL TODAY, V51, P177
    XIA QH, 1997, MATER CHEM PHYS, V47, P225
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0926-860X
 J9 APPL CATAL A-GEN
 JI Appl. Catal. A-Gen.
 PD SEP 28
 PY 2005
 VL 293
 BP 153
 EP 161
 PG 9
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Environmental Sciences
 GA 972EF
 UT ISI:000232436200017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XW
    Shi, L
    Li, MX
    Ding, KL
 TI Heterogenization of Shibasaki's binol/la catalyst for enantioselective
    epoxidation of alpha,beta-unsaturated ketones with multitopic binol
    ligands: The impact of bridging spacers
 SO ANGEWANDTE CHEMIE-INTERNATIONAL EDITION
 DT Article
 DE asymmetric catalysis; epoxidation; heterogeneous catalysis; ketones;
    lanthanum
 ID HETEROGENEOUS ASYMMETRIC HYDROGENATION; CARBOXYLIC-ACID IMIDAZOLIDES;
    CHIRAL LANTHANUM; SYNTHETIC ENZYMES; CINCHONA ALKALOIDS; ESTER
    SURROGATES; TRIPHASE SYSTEM; POLYAMINO-ACIDS; METAL-COMPLEXES; HYBRID
    SOLIDS
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Organomet Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, KL, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab
    Organomet Chem, 345 Fenglin Rd, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM kding@mail.sioc.ac.cn
 CR ADGER MA, 1997, J CHEM SOC P1, P3501
    ARAI S, 1998, SYNLETT          NOV, P1201
    ARAI S, 1998, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V39, P7563
    ARAI S, 2002, TETRAHEDRON, V58, P1623
    ARAI T, 2002, TETRAHEDRON-ASYMMETR, V13, P2083
    ARAI T, 2003, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V42, P2144
    ARAI T, 2003, ANGEW CHEM, V115, P2194
    BANFI S, 1984, TETRAHEDRON, V40, P5207
    BERGBREITER DE, 2002, CHEM REV, V102, P3345
    BOUGAUCHI M, 1997, J AM CHEM SOC, V119, P2329
    CHAUDARY BM, 2004, J AM CHEM SOC, V126, P3396
    CHEN RF, 2001, TETRAHEDRON, V57, P9837
    CHEN WP, 1998, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V39, P8495
    COLONNA S, 1983, TETRAHEDRON, V39, P1635
    COREY EJ, 1999, ORG LETT, V1, P1287
    DAI LX, 2004, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V43, P5726
    DAI LX, 2004, ANGEW CHEM, V116, P5846
    DAIKAI K, 1998, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V39, P7321
    DAIKAI K, 2003, CHIRALITY, V15, P83
    DEVOS DE, 2000, CHIRAL CATALYST IMMO
    DEVOS DE, 2002, CHEM REV, V102, P3615
    ELSTON CL, 1997, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V36, P410
    ELSTON CL, 1997, ANGEW CHEM, V109, P379
    ENDERS D, 1996, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V35, P1725
    ENDERS D, 1996, ANGEW CHEM, V108, P1727
    ENDERS D, 1998, TETRAHEDRON-ASYMMETR, V9, P3959
    FAN QH, 2002, CHEM REV, V102, P3385
    GUO HC, 2004, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V45, P2009
    HU A, 2003, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V42, P6000
    HU A, 2003, ANGEW CHEM, V115, P6182
    HU AG, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P11490
    JAYAPRAKASH D, 2003, J MOL CATAL A-CHEM, V196, P145
    JAYAPRAKASH D, 2003, TETRAHEDRON-ASYMMETR, V14, P1587
    JULIA S, 1980, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V19, P929
    JULIA S, 1980, ANGEW CHEM, V92, P968
    JULIA S, 1982, J CHEM SOC P1, P1317
    KINO R, 2004, ORG BIOMOL CHEM, V2, P1822
    KINOSHITA T, 2003, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V42, P4680
    KINOSHITA T, 2003, ANGEW CHEM, V115, P4828
    KUMARASWAMY G, 2003, TETRAHEDRON-ASYMMETR, V14, P3797
    LEADBEATER NE, 2002, CHEM REV, V102, P3217
    LIANG YX, 2005, J AM CHEM SOC, V127, P7694
    LYGO B, 1998, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V39, P1599
    LYGO B, 1999, TETRAHEDRON, V55, P6289
    MACDONALD G, 1998, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V39, P5431
    MATSUNAGA S, 2002, ADV SYNTH CATAL, V344, P3
    MATSUNAGA S, 2004, J AM CHEM SOC, V126, P7559
    NEL RJJ, 1999, TETRAHEDRON, V55, P9727
    NEMOTO T, 2001, J AM CHEM SOC, V123, P2725
    NEMOTO T, 2001, J AM CHEM SOC, V123, P9474
    NEMOTO T, 2002, J SYN ORG CHEM JPN, V60, P94
    OHSHIMA T, 2003, TETRAHEDRON, V59, P10485
    PORTER MJ, 1999, BIOORGAN MED CHEM, V7, P2145
    PORTER MJ, 2000, CHEM COMMUN, P1215
    PU L, 1998, CHEM REV, V98, P2405
    SEKIGUTI T, 2003, ORG LETT, V5, P2647
    SEO JS, 2000, NATURE, V404, P982
    SHI Y, 2004, ACCOUNTS CHEM RES, V37, P488
    SONG CE, 2002, CHEM REV, V102, P3495
    TAKIZAWA S, 2003, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V42, P5711
    TAKIZAWA S, 2003, ANGEW CHEM, V115, P5889
    WANG XS, 2005, CHEM-EUR J, V11, P4078
    WANG XW, 2004, J AM CHEM SOC, V126, P10524
    WATANABE S, 1998, J ORG CHEM, V63, P8090
    WATANABE S, 1998, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V39, P7353
    WU CD, 2005, J AM CHEM SOC, V127, P8940
    YAGHI OM, 2003, NATURE, V423, P705
    YANG D, 2004, ACCOUNTS CHEM RES, V37, P497
    YU HB, 1999, J ORG CHEM, V64, P8149
 NR 69
 TC 4
 SN 1433-7851
 J9 ANGEW CHEM INT ED
 JI Angew. Chem.-Int. Edit.
 PY 2005
 VL 44
 IS 39
 BP 6362
 EP 6366
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 974BI
 UT ISI:000232565900018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, YM
    Li, JH
 TI A meshless method with complex variables for elasticity
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE moving least-square approximation; moving least-square approximation
    with complex variables; meshless method; elasticity; meshless method
    with complex variables
 ID FINITE-ELEMENT-METHOD; BOUNDARY NODE METHOD; COMPUTATIONAL MECHANICS
 AB The moving least-square approximation with complex variables (MLSCV) is
    developed on the basis of moving least-square approximation. The
    advantages of MLSCV are that the approximation function of a 2-D
    problem is formed with 1-D basis function, and the meshless method
    obtained has greater computational efficiency. A meshless method with
    complex variables for 2-D elasticity is then presented using MLSCV, and
    the formulae of the meshless method with complex variables are
    obtained. Compared with the conventional meshless method, the rneshless
    method with complex variables introduced in this paper has greater
    precision and computational efficiency. Some examples are given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Xian Univ Technol, Dept Bldg Engn, Xian 710048, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, YM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM ymcheng@sh163.net
    ymcheng@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ATLURI SN, 1998, COMPUT MECH, V22, P117
    BELYTSCHKO T, 1994, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V37, P229
    BELYTSCHKO T, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P3
    CAI Y, 2003, ACTA MECH SINICA, V35, P187
    CHENG Y, 2003, ACTA MECH SINICA, V35, P181
    DUARTE CA, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P237
    HAO S, 2002, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V53, P1937
    HON YC, 2003, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V56, P1931
    IDELSOHN SR, 2003, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V58, P893
    KOTHNUR VS, 1999, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V36, P1129
    KOU X, 2000, J HYDRAULIC ENG, V10, P28
    LI S, 2002, APPL MECH REV, V55, P1
    LI S, 2004, ACTA MECH SINICA, V36, P496
    LIU WK, 1995, INT J NUMER METH FL, V21, P901
    LIU WK, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P91
    LONG SY, 2000, ACTA MECH SINICA, V32, P566
    NAYROLES B, 1992, COMPUT MECH, V10, P307
    ONARTE E, 1996, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V39, P3839
    ZHANG JM, 2002, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V53, P751
    ZHANG X, 2003, ACTA MECH SINICA, V35, P425
    ZHANG XG, 2001, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V51, P1089
    ZHU T, 1998, COMPUT MECH, V21, P223
 NR 22
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 54
 IS 10
 BP 4463
 EP 4471
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 972GU
 UT ISI:000232443100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, CY
    Tan, WH
 TI Quantum fluctuation in the time-dependent linearly driven degenerate
    parametric amplification
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE time-dependent linearly driven degenerate parametric amplification;
    Fokker-Planck equation; quantum fluctuation
 ID FOKKER-PLANCK EQUATION; STATE GENERATION; SQUEEZED-LIGHT; OSCILLATOR;
    SYSTEMS; OPTICS
 AB A systematic theory of quantum fluctuation in the time-dependent
    linearly driven parametric amplification is developed. At first, a
    time-dependent linearly driven Fokker-Planck equation for the
    degenerate optical parametric amplification system is deduced when the
    pump depletion is considered, and then the quantum fluctuation below or
    near the threshold is evaluated, which is in agreement with that
    obtained by the linear theory or perturbation expansion near the
    threshold. Above the threshold, the short-time behavior of our solution
    is close to the linearization approximation; however, with the increase
    of interaction time tau, the long-time behavior of our solution shows
    that the squeezing is quite different from the linear theory.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, CY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 CR BOURDURANT RS, 1984, PHYS REV A, V30, P343
    CHATURVEDI S, PHYS REV A, V65
    COLLETT MJ, 1985, PHYS REV A, V32, P2887
    DRUMMOND PD, 1980, J PHYS             A, V13, P2353
    DRUMMOND PD, 2002, PHYS REV A B, V65
    GAMAL M, 1999, CHINESE PHYS, V8, P754
    GARDINER CW, 1983, HDB STOCHASTIC METHO, P75
    GARDINER CW, 1985, PHYS REV A, V31, P3761
    KINSLER P, 1991, PHYS REV A, V43, P6194
    KUMAR P, 1984, PHYS REV A, V30, P1568
    LI XY, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P966
    LI YM, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P849
    LIU HJ, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P105
    PLIMAK LI, 1994, PHYS REV A, V50, P2627
    TAN WH, 1987, OPT COMMUN, V64, P195
    WALL DF, 1996, QUANTUM OPT, P177
    WANG DL, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1484
    WOLINSKY M, 1985, OPT COMMUN, V55, P138
    WU LA, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V57, P2520
    YURKE B, 1985, PHYS REV A, V32, P300
    ZHANG Y, 2000, PHYS REV A, V62
    ZHAO CY, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P2694
    ZHENG SB, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P51
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 54
 IS 10
 BP 4526
 EP 4531
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 972GU
 UT ISI:000232443100012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ge, HX
    Zhu, HB
    Dai, SQ
 TI Cellular automaton traffic flow model considering intelligent
    transportation system
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE traffic flow; intelligent transportation system (ITS); cellular
    automaton model; brake light; variable security gap
 AB A. novel cellular automaton model for traffic flow on highway is
    proposed considering Intelligent Transportation System (ITS). Based on
    the Nagel-Schreckenberg model (NS for short), it includes effective gap
    and brake light. Morvover, a novel concept about the variable security
    gap is introduced. The simulation shows that the road capacity of the
    modified ITS cellular automaton model is higher than the measured data
    on certain highway, further indicating the important role of ITS,
    enlarged traffic flow and suppressed traffic jam. The mixed traffic
    flow related to two different vehicles' velocity is studied. The
    simulation shows even few slow vehicles will lead to drastic decrease
    of traffic flow, which demonstrates the necessity to implement strictly
    special fast lane.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Ningbo Univ, Fac Architectural Civil Engn & Environm, Ningbo 315211, Peoples R China.
 RP Ge, HX, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM moey1109@163.com
 CR *OLSIM, ONL SIM INN CIT DUIS
    BARLOVIC R, 1998, EUR PHYS J B, V5, P793
    BENJAMIN SC, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P3119
    DAI SQ, 2004, TRAFFIC FLOW GRAND F, P66
    DONG LY, 2002, APPL MATH MECH, V23, P331
    GE HX, 2004, J SHANGHAI U, V8, P1
    KNOSPE W, 2000, J PHYS A, V33, P477
    KNOSPE W, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V65
    KNOSPE W, 2004, PHYS REV E 2, V70
    LEI, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN, V52, P2121
    LI ZM, 2000, TRAFFIC ENG
    NAGEL K, 1992, J PHYS I, V2, P2221
    NAGEL K, 1997, TRANSIMS TRAFFIC FLO
    TAKAYASU M, 1993, FRACTALS L, P860
    TAN HL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2713
    WAGNER P, 1996, TRAFFIC GRANULAR FLO, P193
    WANG BH, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P906
    WANG L, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P808
    XUE Y, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P445
    XUE Y, 2002, THESIS SHANGHAI U
 NR 20
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 54
 IS 10
 BP 4621
 EP 4626
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 972GU
 UT ISI:000232443100027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XQ
    Xie, YF
    Guo, HL
 TI Research on preparation of nano-grained cemented carbide by spark
    plasma sintering
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE spark plasma sintering; nano-grained cemented carbide; sintering
    isostatic pressure
 AB 92WC-8Co powder mixtures with 33 nm WC grain were sintered by spark
    plasma sintering (SPS) and sintering isostatic pressure (SIP)
    respectively. The sample was. sintered to complete density by SPS at
    1100 degrees C for 5 min. The best result of sample with 175 nm WC
    grains and 942 MPa hardness was obtained by SPS at 1150 degrees C and
    under 4.5 kN for 5 min. SIP was carried out at 1380 degrees C under 5
    MPa for 30 min with a result of samples about 400 nm WC grains and 920
    MPa hardness. The results show that sintering time is largely
    shortened, WC grain growth is effectively retarded and microstructures
    are finely improved, which is very useful to get excellent mechanical
    properties.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XQ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM xqwang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR CHA HH, 2000, BAS LECT 2000 TOK JA, B31
    CHA SI, 2003, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V351, P31
    FU ZY, 2001, CHINESE J MAT RES, V15, P484
    GAO L, 1998, J INORG MATER, V13, P18
    HAN FL, 1994, METAL DIRECTORY, P1062
    JING SJ, 1978, NEW METAL PROCESSING
    LI W, 1999, J INORG MATER, V14, P985
    LIU JF, 2001, J CERAMICS, V22, P157
    LUO XY, 2001, POWDER METALLURGY IN, V11, P7
    PANG TT, 2001, J CERAMICS, V22, P129
    SHE ZH, 1998, CEMENTED CARBIDE, V15, P49
    YIN H, 1997, POWDER METALLURGY TE, V15, P299
    ZHANG DM, 1999, J WUHAN UNIV TECHNOL, V21, P15
    ZHANG JX, 2002, POWDER METALLURGY TE, V20, P129
    ZHANG YM, 2003, BMC MOL BIOL, V4
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 34
 SU Suppl. 2
 BP 108
 EP 111
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 969CG
 UT ISI:000232210400027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, XP
    Zhu, LH
    Huang, QW
 TI Study on the formation mechanism of WC by molten salt synthesis
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE WC; molten salt synthesis; solid state reaction; X-ray diffraction
 ID BRONZES
 AB WC was synthesized in molten NaCl salt under At atmosphere in this
    paper, using WO3 and graphite as raw materials. The formation mechanism
    of WC powder during molten salt synthesis was studied and compared with
    solid state reaction. The results show that in molten salt NaxWO3
    occurs at 900 degrees C due to the reaction Of WO3 and NaCl. At 1000
    degrees CNaxWO3 transforms into NaWO3, during which W is obtained. WC
    appears at 1050 degrees C. When the temperature increases to 1100
    degrees C, W is carburized by carbon completely and becomes WC. While
    for solid state reaction, WC forms in the following sequence: WO3->
    W18O49-> WO2-> W -> W2C -> WC. A small amount of WC is synthesized at
    1200 degrees C. It's obvious that MSS is superior in low temperature
    and high efficiency.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Hu, XP, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM lhzhu@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BARTHA L, 1995, INT J REFRACT MET H, V13, P77
    CHANG ML, 1989, RARE METAL HARD ALLO, V99, P53
    CHEN SY, 1995, J CTR S U TECHNOLOGY, V26, P605
    DUAN SZ, 1990, MOLTEN SALT CHEM PRI, P25
    KOC R, 2000, J EUR CERAM SOC, V20, P1859
    KOCH CC, 1997, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V9, P13
    LEKSHMI IC, 2002, MATER RES BULL, V37, P1815
    LI XF, 2000, FOREIGN REFRACTORY M, V16, P23
    LOFBERG A, 2000, J CATAL, V189, P170
    WANNER S, 2000, APPL CATAL A-GEN, V203, P55
    YIH SWH, 1983, TUNGSTEN SOURCES MET, P338
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 34
 SU Suppl. 2
 BP 231
 EP 233
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 969CG
 UT ISI:000232210400058
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, Y
    Wang, JN
    Sang, WB
    Wu, RF
    Yan, LL
    Fang, YY
 TI Oriented growth of well-aligned ZNO nanowires by polymer self-assembling
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE ZnO nanowire; chemical synthesis; polymer complexzation; orientation
    growth
 ID NANORODS
 AB Well-aligned ZnO nanowires were self-assembling oriented grown on the
    (111) plane of silicon substrates via a novel process of polymer
    complexation-sintering by using polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) as
    self-assembling medium coordinated zinc metal salts into polymermetal
    complex, then sintered the complex at low temperature. The
    characterization results from FE-SEM and XRD indicated that the
    nanowires are hexagonal ZnO growing mostly orientatedly along the
    [0001] direction of ZnO with the wurzite structure, and the diameter of
    those nanowires varies from 20 nm to 80 nm and the length from 0.5 mu m
    to 1.5 mu m. The formation of well-aligned hexagonal ZnO nanowires is
    mainly due to the space confinement of polymer grid backbones.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, Y, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM yinghe@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR FUJIMURA N, 1993, J CRYST GROWTH, V130, P269
    GUO L, 2002, J AM CHEM SOC, V124, P14864
    HUANG MH, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P1897
    KIND H, 2002, ADV MATER, V14, P158
    VAYSSIERES L, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P464
    WANG Z, 2002, APPL PHYS A-MATER, V74, P201
    WIERSMA D, 2000, NATURE, V406, P132
    WU JJ, 2002, ADV MATER, V14, P215
    XING YJ, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V83, P1689
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 34
 SU Suppl. 2
 BP 292
 EP 295
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 969CG
 UT ISI:000232210400072
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jin, M
    Shao, GJ
 TI Influence of dispersoid particles on heat-resistant property and grain
    growth in Al-Mg-Si alloys
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE heat-resistant property; Al3Zr; Al-Mg-Si alloy; zirconium
 ID COMMERCIAL ALUMINUM-ALLOYS; MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES; PRECIPITATION;
    ZIRCONIUM; ZR; MICROSTRUCTURE; STRENGTH; SC
 AB The heat-resistant property of 6082 Al-Mg-Si alloy added Zr has been
    studied by hardness measurement, isothermally hold for different time
    at 250 degrees C. The microstructures were observed by using TEM. The
    results showed the addition of Zr to 6082 Al-Mg-Si alloy restricted the
    decrease in hardness and improved the heat-resistant property of alloy.
    The heat-resistant property increment is mainly attributed to the
    inhibition effect of Al3Zr dispersoids on the movements of grain
    boundaries and dislocations and the precipitation strengthening of
    thermal stability of Al3Zr particles.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Jin, M, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM jinman919@graduate.shu.edu.cn
 CR ASHBY MF, 1969, T METALL SOC AIME, V245, P413
    FULLER CB, 2002, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V338, P8
    HORNBOGEN E, 1993, ACTA METALL MATER, V41, P1
    MAN J, 2004, T MAT HEAT TREATM P, V25, P143
    MUKHOPADHYAY AK, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P307
    MUKHOPADHYAYA K, 1994, ACTA METALL MATER, V43, P3083
    MURAYAMA M, 1998, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V250, P127
    NES E, 1985, ACTA METALL, V33, P11
    ROBSON JD, 2001, ACTA MATER, V49, P599
    ROBSON JD, 2002, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V338, P219
    VETRANO JS, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V238, P101
    YIN ZM, 2000, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V280, P151
    YOSHIDA H, 1982, T I MET, V23, P620
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 34
 SU Suppl. 2
 BP 380
 EP 383
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 969CG
 UT ISI:000232210400094
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, NG
    Cheng, J
    Pyatakov, A
    Zvezdin, AK
    Li, JF
    Cross, LE
    Viehland, D
 TI Multiferroic properties of modified BiFeO3-PbTiO3-based ceramics:
    Random-field induced release of latent magnetization and polarization
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW B
 DT Article
 ID MORPHOTROPIC PHASE-BOUNDARY; HIGH-TEMPERATURE; BISMUTH FERRITE; BIFEO3;
    TRANSITIONS; ANTIFERROMAGNETS; CRYSTAL; RELAXOR
 AB It has been found that aliovalent-substituted BiFeO3-PbTiO3-based
    polycrystalline materials have significantly enhanced multiferroic
    properties. Relative to unmodified BiFeO3, our results for modified
    BiFeO3-PbTiO3-based ceramics reveal: (i) a dramatic increase in the
    electric-field-induced polarization; and (ii) the establishment of a
    remanent magnetization. The results evidence the destruction of a
    space-modulated spin structure in bulk materials, via substituent
    effects, releasing a latent magnetization locked within the cycloid.
 C1 Virginia Tech, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Blacksburg, VA 24061 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Moscow MV Lomonosov State Univ, MSU, Dept Phys, Moscow 119992, Russia.
    Russian Acad Sci, Inst Gen Phys, Moscow 119991, Russia.
    Penn State Univ, Inst Mat Res, University Pk, PA 16802 USA.
 RP Wang, NG, Virginia Tech, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Blacksburg, VA 24061 USA.
 CR BUCCI JD, 1972, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V5, P187
    CHENG JR, 2003, J AM CERAM SOC, V86, P2111
    CHENG JR, 2003, J APPL PHYS, V94, P5188
    CHENG JR, 2003, MATER LETT, V57, P2090
    CROSS LE, 1987, FERROELECTRICS, V76, P249
    DAI XH, 1994, PHILOS MAG B, V70, P33
    EITEL RE, 2002, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V41, P2099
    FEDULOV SA, 1962, KRISTALLOGRAFIYA, V7, P77
    FISCHER P, 1980, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V13, P1931
    GABBASOVA ZV, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V158, P491
    HEMBERGER J, 2005, NATURE, V434, P364
    KADOMTSEVA AM, 1995, PHYSICA B, V211, P327
    KADOMTSEVA AM, 2004, JETP LETT+, V79, P571
    KISELEV SV, 1963, SOV PHYS DOKL, V7, P742
    KLEEMANN W, 1993, INT J MOD PHYS B, V7, P2469
    LI JF, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P5261
    MICHEL C, 1969, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V7, P701
    POPOV YF, 1993, JETP LETT, V57, P69
    POPOV YF, 2001, LOW TEMP PHYS+, V27, P478
    POPOV YF, 2004, MAGNETOELECTRONIC PH
    ROGINSKAYA YE, 1966, SOV PHYS JETP, V23, P47
    RUETTE B, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
    SALJE EHK, 1990, CAMBRIDGE U
    SMOLENSKII GA, 1963, SOV PHYS JETP, V16, P622
    SMOLENSKII GA, 1982, SOV PHYS USP, V25, P475
    SMOLENSKY GA, 1961, FIZ TVERD TELA, V2, P2651
    SOSNOWSKA I, 1982, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V15, P4835
    SOSNOWSKA I, 1992, PHYSICA B A, V180, P117
    TEAGUE JR, 1970, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V8, P1073
    VENEVTSEV YN, 1960, SOV PHYS-CRYSTALLOGR, V4, P538
    WANG J, 2003, SCIENCE, V299, P1719
    ZALESSKII AV, 2000, JETP LETT+, V71, P465
    ZALESSKY AV, 2000, EUROPHYS LETT, V50, P547
 NR 33
 TC 3
 SN 1098-0121
 J9 PHYS REV B
 JI Phys. Rev. B
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 72
 IS 10
 AR 104434
 DI ARTN 104434
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 969IW
 UT ISI:000232228800074
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ning, TK
    Chen, DYL
    Zhang, D
 TI Solutions to tau-equation hierarchy related to the AKNS spectral
    problem: Addendum to "The exact solutions for the nonisospectral AKNS
    hierarchy through the inverse scattering transform" - [Physica A 339
    (2004) 248-266]
 SO PHYSICA A-STATISTICAL MECHANICS AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE exact solution; tau equation; the AKNS hierarchy; the inverse
    scattering transform
 AB This paper is an addendum to (Physica A 339 (2004) 248-266): The exact
    solutions for the nonisospectral AKNS hierarchy through the inverse
    scattering transform. Exact solutions to T-equations related to the
    AKNS spectral problem are obtained via the inverse scattering
    transform. As reductions, tau-equation hierarchy corresponding to the
    mKdV system, the nonlinear Schrodinger system and sine-Gordon system
    are considered.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, D, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM tkning@mail.shu.edu.cn
    dychen@mail.shu.edu.cn
    djzhang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR MA WX, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P2707
    NING TK, 2004, PHYSICA A, V339, P248
 NR 2
 TC 0
 SN 0378-4371
 J9 PHYSICA A
 JI Physica A
 PD NOV 15
 PY 2005
 VL 357
 IS 3-4
 BP 415
 EP 426
 PG 12
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 969LO
 UT ISI:000232235900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ge, HX
    Cheng, RJ
    Dai, SQ
 TI KdV and kink-antikink solitons in car-following models
 SO PHYSICA A-STATISTICAL MECHANICS AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE traffic flow; car-following models; KdV; kink-antikink soliton
 ID TRAFFIC FLOW; CONGESTION; TRANSITION; DYNAMICS; JAMS
 AB The jams in the congested traffic are related with various density
    waves, which might be governed by the nonlinear wave equations, such as
    the Korteweg-de-Vries (KdV) equation, the Burgers equation and the
    modified Korteweg-de-Vries (mKdV) equation. Three different versions of
    optimal velocity models are examined. The stability conditions of the
    models are obtained by using the linear stability theory. The KdV
    equation near the neutral stability line and the mKdV equation around
    the critical point are derived by applying the reductive perturbation
    method, respectively. The traffic jams could be thus described by the
    KdV and kink-antikink soliton solutions for the two kinds of equations.
    The general solutions are given for, which can lead to specific
    solutions in previous work. Moreover, they are applied to solve a new
    model-the full velocity difference model and the corresponding KdV and
    kink-antikink soliton solutions could be quickly obtained, which
    demonstrates the general solutions presented herein are useful. (c)
    2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Anhui Normal Univ, Dept Math, Wuhu 241000, Peoples R China.
 RP Ge, HX, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM mocy1109@163.com
 CR BANDO M, 1995, PHYS REV E, V51, P1035
    DAI SQ, 1982, ADV MECH, V12, P2
    GE HX, 2004, PHYS REV E 2, V70
    HELBING D, 1998, PHYS REV E, V58, P133
    JIANG R, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V64
    KERNER BS, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P2335
    KOMATSU TS, 1995, PHYS REV E B, V52, P5574
    KURTZE DA, 1995, PHYS REV E A, V52, P218
    MASAKUNI M, 1999, PHYS REV E, V60, P180
    NAGATANI T, 1998, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V31, P5431
    NAGATANI T, 1998, PHYS REV E, V58, P4271
    NAGATANI T, 1999, PHYS REV E A, V60, P6395
    NAGATANI T, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V61, P3564
    NAGATANI T, 2002, REP PROG PHYS, V65, P1331
    NAYFEH AH, 1981, INTRO PERTURBATION T
    NEWELL GF, 1961, OPER RES, V9, P209
    TATSUMI T, 1972, J FLUID MECH, V55, P659
    WHITHAM GB, 1990, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V428, P49
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0378-4371
 J9 PHYSICA A
 JI Physica A
 PD NOV 15
 PY 2005
 VL 357
 IS 3-4
 BP 466
 EP 476
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 969LO
 UT ISI:000232235900009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Su, QF
    Xia, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Yang, Y
    Shi, WM
 TI Energy resolution and counting properties of micro-strip gas counter
    for X-ray detecting
 SO MODERN PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE X-ray detector; MSGC; CVD diamond film; energy resolution
 ID DIAMOND FILMS; CHAMBER
 AB A two-dimensional micro-strip Gas Chamber (MSGC) with a 20 x 20 mm(2)
    detection area had been developed. The MSGC had a thin diamond film of
    10 mu m deposited on a silicon wafer as substrate and lots of
    micro-strip anode and cathode electrodes made by multi-chip module
    technology. Energy resolution and pulse signal under 5.9 keV Fe-55
    X-rays were measured by a multi-channel energy spectrometer with
    different voltage under room temperature in atmospheric pressure.
    Results indicated high signal-to-noise ratio, count rate >= 10(3) Hz
    and stable gas gain of the MSGC were obtained. When Ar:CH4 = 90:10,
    drift voltage, cathode voltage and anode voltage was -1000 V, -650 V
    and 0 V, respectively. However, the energy resolution of 12.3% for 5.9
    keV Fe-55 X-rays was achieved. The effects of cathode voltage and drift
    voltage on energy resolution and count rate were also obtained.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Su, QF, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BAR SE, 1998, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V405, P274
    BATEMAN JE, 2002, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V484, P384
    BATEMAN JE, 2003, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V513, P273
    GONON P, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P2996
    ISBERG J, 2002, SCIENCE, V297, P1670
    KEY MJ, 2003, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V496, P504
    MACK V, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V423, P369
    MIYAMOTO J, 1999, NUCL PHYS B-PROC SUP, V78, P695
    OCHI A, 2002, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V477, P48
    OED A, 1988, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V263, P351
    SU QF, 2004, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V5774, P389
    TAKAHASHI H, 2002, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V477, P13
    TANIMORI T, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V436, P188
    ZHUKOV V, 2001, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V461, P118
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0217-7323
 J9 MOD PHYS LETT A
 JI Mod. Phys. Lett. A
 PD SEP 21
 PY 2005
 VL 20
 IS 29
 BP 2253
 EP 2259
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Nuclear; Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA 971II
 UT ISI:000232377000006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, JM
    Zhang, C
 TI Elasto-dynamics of internal gear planetary transmissions
 SO MECHANISM AND MACHINE THEORY
 DT Article
 DE internal-gear planetary transmission; elasto-dynamics; lower order
    harmonic resonance
 ID BEHAVIOR; DYNAMICS; SYSTEM; TRAINS; MODEL
 AB An internal gear planetary transmission is an innovative type of
    transmission with unique advantages over traditional gear
    transmissions. However severe vibration, premature fatigue of bearings,
    high level of noise and heat producing block its further application in
    industry. In this paper, an elasto-dynamic model is developed and
    computer simulation is carried out. This model considers the elasticity
    of bearings, shafts and gear meshes. The dynamic load of bearings and
    gears is calculated based on the simulation program and the results are
    analyzed. The result shows that the planetary bearings are in more
    severe load conditions compared with housing bearings. And parametric
    resonance will occur when input speed is close to 1/3, 1/6 and 1/9 of
    the mean primary frequency. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mech Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Tianjin Univ, Sch Mech Engn, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, JM, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mech Engn, 516 Jungong Rd,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM jianming.y@163.com
 CR 85106692A, CN
    AUGUST R, 1986, ASME, V108, P348
    KAHRAMAN A, 1994, J MECH DESIGN, V116, P713
    KAHRAMAN A, 1994, J SOUND VIB, V173, P125
    KAHRAMAN A, 1994, MECH MACH THEORY, V29, P1151
    KAHRAMAN A, 2001, J MECH DESIGN, V123, P408
    LI HM, 2000, P 8 INT ASME POW TRA
    LIANG YS, 2000, MECH DESIGN, V17, P19
    LIN J, 1999, ASME, V121, P316
    MIDHA A, 1979, ASME, V101, P154
    PARKER RG, 2000, J MECH DESIGN, V122, P304
    SAADA A, 1995, J MECH DESIGN, V117, P241
    SUN T, 2003, MECH MACH THEORY, V38, P1371
    TIMOSHENKO SP, 1990, VIBRATION PROBLEMS E
    VELEX P, 1996, ASME, V118, P7
    WANG ST, 1997, J HARBIN I TECHNOLOG, V4, P43
    YANG JM, 2001, P INT C MECH TRANSM, P421
    YING HY, 1992, MECH TRANSMISSION, V16, P37
    ZHU CC, 1998, THESIS CHONGQING U
    ZHU CC, 2001, P INT C MECH TRANSM, P262
    ZHU J, 1998, J AUTOIMMUN, V11, P319
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0094-114X
 J9 MECH MACH THEOR
 JI Mech. Mach. Theory
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 40
 IS 10
 BP 1107
 EP 1125
 PG 19
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 970XS
 UT ISI:000232346300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ML
    Xia, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Gu, BB
 TI Effects of the grain size of CVD diamond films on the detector
    performance
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID CHEMICAL-VAPOR-DEPOSITION; X-RAY; RADIATION; POLYCRYSTALLINE; QUALITY
 AB Although the unique properties of CVD diamond films have made it a
    candidate material for radiation detectors, the detector performance is
    strongly dependent on the film quality. In this paper, three CVD
    diamond films with different grain size were grown by using a
    hot-filament chemical vapor deposition (HFCVD) technique and the ratio
    of the grain size to the film thickness is high to 50%. 5.9 keV Fe-55
    X-rays measured the photocurrents and the pulse height distributions
    (PHDs) of these CVD diamond detectors. The detector performance is
    improved with the grain size increasing. The dark-current of 16.0 nA
    and the photocurrent of 15.9 nA are obtained at an electrical field of
    50 kV(.)cm(-1) and the PHD peak is well separated from the noise
    pedestal. (c) 2005 Springer Science + Business Media, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ML, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM zhamilong@hotmail.com
 CR ADAM W, 2000, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V447, P244
    BERGONZO P, 2001, DIAM RELAT MATER, V10, P631
    DONATO MG, 2001, DIAM RELAT MATER, V10, P1788
    FRIEDL M, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V435, P194
    GIVARGIZOV EI, 1996, APPL SURF SCI, V94, P117
    KANEKO J, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V422, P211
    KOZLOV SF, 1977, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V24, P235
    MANFREDOTTI C, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V154, P327
    MARINELLI M, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V89, P1430
    MEIER D, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V426, P173
    NAVA F, 1979, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V26, P308
    SALVATORI S, 1997, DIAM RELAT MATER, V6, P361
    TROMSON D, 2000, DIAM RELAT MATER, V9, P1850
    VATNITSKY S, 1993, PHYS MED BIOL, V38, P173
    ZHANG ML, 2004, J CRYST GROWTH, V274, P21
    ZHANG ML, 2004, PHYS LETT A, V332, P320
    ZHANG ML, 2004, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V130, P425
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 40
 IS 19
 BP 5269
 EP 5272
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 969XF
 UT ISI:000232268400022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, TL
    Li, XM
    Wu, WB
 TI All-epitaxial growth of Ba0.6Sr0.4(Ti0.94Al0.06)O-3-Si heterostructures
    and their leakage current characteristics
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID THIN-FILMS; MGO FILMS; BA0.7SR0.3TIO3; CAPACITORS; ACCEPTOR; SI(100);
    BUFFER; LAYERS; PLD
 AB 6 at. % Al-doped Ba0.6Sr0.4TiO3 (BSTA) thin films were grown on
    Ir/MgO-buffered Si(001) substrates by in situ pulsed-laser deposition
    techniques. All-epitaxial growth of BSTA/Ir/MgO/Si(001)
    heterostructures with layer-by-layer mode was evidenced by in situ
    reflection high-energy electron-diffraction observation and x-ray
    diffraction. The epitaxy relationship was determined as: BSTA < 100
    >parallel to Ir < 100 > MgO < 100 >parallel to Si < 100 > (in-plane)
    and BSTA(001)parallel to Ir(001)MgO(001)parallel to Si(001)
    (out-of-plane). The BSTA thin films exhibit an extremely smooth surface
    with a roughness of RMS=0.89 nm. The largely reduced leakage current
    for BSTA thin films, which was dominated by the Schottky emission
    mechanism, might be attributed to combination effects of the
    crystal-structure-perfection and acceptor Al doping. Moreover, the BSTA
    thin films show good dielectric properties at low-frequency regime. (c)
    2005 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Grad Sch, Beijing 100039, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, TL, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High
    Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 EM lixm@mail.sic.ac.cn
 CR CHEN TL, 2004, APPL PHYS A-MATER, V79, P1857
    CHEN TL, 2004, J CRYST GROWTH, V267, P80
    CHEN TL, 2004, J CRYST GROWTH, V270, P553
    CHEN TL, 2004, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V131, P523
    COPEL M, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P3227
    DIETZ GW, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P2359
    IM J, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P625
    KIM SS, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P2554
    KOTECKI DE, 1997, INTEGR FERROELECTR, V16, P1
    LIANG XF, 2004, J AM CERAM SOC, V87, P2218
    MASUDA A, 1996, J CRYST GROWTH, V158, P84
    SHIMADA Y, 1996, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V35, P140
    SZE SM, 1981, PHYS SEMICONDUCTOR D
    TAO K, 2003, J APPL PHYS, V94, P4042
    TU Y, 1999, APPL SURF SCI, V138, P605
    WAKIYA N, 2001, THIN SOLID FILMS, V384, P189
    WANG SY, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P4116
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD SEP 15
 PY 2005
 VL 98
 IS 6
 AR 064109
 DI ARTN 064109
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 969HU
 UT ISI:000232226000069
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, TL
    Li, YX
    Cai, YD
    Chou, KC
 TI Computational methods for protein-protein interaction and their
    application
 SO CURRENT PROTEIN & PEPTIDE SCIENCE
 DT Review
 ID FUNCTIONAL DOMAIN COMPOSITION; AMINO-ACID-COMPOSITION; CORONAVIRUS MAIN
    PROTEINASE; SUPPORT VECTOR MACHINES; GENOME EXPRESSION DATA; TERTIARY
    STRUCTURE; SACCHAROMYCES-CEREVISIAE; INTERACTION NETWORKS;
    SUBCELLULAR-LOCALIZATION; CAENORHABDITIS-ELEGANS
 AB Protein-protein interactions play a central role in numerous processes
    in cell and are one of the main research fields in current functional
    proteomics. The increase of finished genomic sequences has greatly
    stimulated the progress for detecting the functions of the genes and
    their encoded proteins. As complementary ways to the high through-put
    experimental methods, various methods of bioinformatics have been
    developed for the study of the protein-protein interaction. These
    methods range from the sequence homology-based to the genomic-context
    based. Recently, it tends to integrate the data from different methods
    to build the protein-protein interaction network, and to predict the
    protein function from the analysis of the network structure. Efforts
    are ongoing to improve these methods and to search for novel aspects in
    genomes that could be exploited for function prediction. This review
    highlights the recent advances of the bioinformatics methods in
    protein-protein interaction researches. In the end, the application of
    the protein-protein interaction has also been discussed.
 C1 UMIST, Dept Biomol Sci, Manchester M60 1QD, Lancs, England.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Bioinformat Ctr, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Bioinformat Ctr, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Ctr Bioinformat Technol, Shanghai 200235, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Gordon Life Sci Inst, San Diego, CA 92130 USA.
 RP Cai, YD, UMIST, Dept Biomol Sci, POB 88, Manchester M60 1QD, Lancs,
    England.
 EM y.cai@umist.ac.uk
 CR ADACHI N, 2002, CELL, V109, P807
    ALOY P, 2002, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V99, P5896
    ALTSCHUL SF, 1990, J MOL BIOL, V215, P403
    ARCHAKOV AI, 2003, PROTEOMICS, V3, P380
    ATHENSTAEDT K, 1999, J BACTERIOL, V181, P6441
    BARABASI AL, 2004, NAT REV GENET, V5, P101
    BERMAN HM, 2000, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V28, P235
    BHATTACHARYA S, 2003, MICROB CELL FACT, V2, P3
    BLUMENTHAL T, 2002, NATURE, V417, P851
    BU DB, 2003, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V31, P2443
    CAI YD, 2003, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V305, P407
    CAI YD, 2003, BIOPHYS J, V84, P3257
    CAI YD, 2005, J PROTEOME RES, V4, P109
    CAI YD, 2005, J PROTEOME RES, V4, P967
    CHEN Y, 2003, CURR PROTEIN PEPT SC, V4, P159
    CHOU JJ, 1998, CELL, V94, P171
    CHOU JJ, 1999, CELL, V96, P615
    CHOU KC, 1995, FEBS LETT, V363, P123
    CHOU KC, 1997, FEBS LETT, V419, P49
    CHOU KC, 1998, PROTEIN ENG, V11, P523
    CHOU KC, 1998, PROTEINS, V31, P97
    CHOU KC, 1999, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V259, P420
    CHOU KC, 2000, FEBS LETT, V470, P249
    CHOU KC, 2002, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V292, P702
    CHOU KC, 2002, J BIOL CHEM, V277, P45765
    CHOU KC, 2003, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V308, P148
    CHOU KC, 2003, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V311, P743
    CHOU KC, 2004, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V316, P636
    CHOU KC, 2004, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V319, P433
    CHOU KC, 2004, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V321, P1007
    CHOU KC, 2004, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V325, P506
    CHOU KC, 2004, CURR MED CHEM, V11, P2105
    CHOU KC, 2004, J CELL BIOCHEM, V91, P1197
    CHOU KC, 2004, J PROTEOME RES, V3, P1069
    CHOU KC, 2004, J PROTEOME RES, V3, P1284
    CHOU KC, 2004, J PROTEOME RES, V3, P856
    CHOU KC, 2004, PROTEIN SCI, V13, P2857
    CHOU KC, 2005, J PROTEO RES
    CHOU KC, 2005, J PROTEO RES
    COHEN BA, 2000, NAT GENET, V26, P183
    DANDEKAR T, 1998, TRENDS BIOCHEM SCI, V23, P324
    DATE SV, 2004, NAT BIOTECHNOL, V9, P1055
    DENG MH, 2002, GENOME RES, V12, P1540
    DREWES G, 2003, CURR OPIN CELL BIOL, V15, P199
    DU QH, 2005, ANAL BIOCHEM, V337, P262
    EISENBERG D, 2000, NATURE, V405, P823
    ENRIGHT AJ, 1999, NATURE, V402, P86
    FRANZOT G, 2003, J STRUCT FUNCT GENOM, V4, P245
    FRASER HB, 2002, SCIENCE, V296, P750
    FREIBERG C, 2001, DRUG DISCOV TODAY S, V6, S72
    GE H, 2001, NAT GENET, V29, P482
    GIOT L, 2003, SCIENCE, V302, P1727
    GUNTHER C, 2001, WORKSH GEN INF, V12, P34
    HAZBUN TR, 2003, MOL CELL, V12, P1353
    HISHIGAKI H, 2001, YEAST, V18, P523
    HUYNEN M, 2000, GENOME RES, V10, P1204
    HUYNEN MA, 2003, CURR OPIN CELL BIOL, V15, P191
    ITO T, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P4569
    JANSEN R, 2002, GENOME RES, V12, P37
    KARAOZ U, 2004, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V101, P2888
    KEMMEREN P, 2002, MOL CELL, V9, P1133
    KOONIN EV, 2002, NATURE, V420, P218
    KORBEL JO, 2004, NAT BIOTECHNOL, V7, P911
    LANDER ES, 2001, NATURE, V409, P860
    LAWRENCE JG, 2002, CELL, V110, P407
    LERCHER MJ, 2002, NAT GENET, V31, P180
    LERCHER MJ, 2003, GENOME RES, V13, P238
    LI SM, 2004, SCIENCE, V30, P540
    LU L, 2002, PROTEINS, V49, P350
    MARCOTTE EM, 1999, SCIENCE, V285, P751
    OVERBEEK R, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P2896
    PAZOS F, 2001, PROTEIN ENG, V14, P609
    PAZOS F, 2002, PROTEINS, V47, P219
    PEARSON WR, 1988, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V85, P2444
    PELLEGRINI M, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P4285
    RHEE KY, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P14294
    RUETTINGER RT, 1989, J BIOL CHEM, V264, P10987
    SALWINSKI L, 2003, CURR OPIN STRUC BIOL, V13, P77
    SAMANTA MP, 2003, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V100, P12579
    SCHWIKOWSKI B, 2000, NAT BIOTECHNOL, V18, P1257
    SIROIS S, 2004, J CHEM INF COMP SCI, V44, P1111
    SNEL B, 2004, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V32, P4725
    SPIRIN V, 2003, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V100, P12123
    STEFAN W, 2004, GENOME RES, V14, P1310
    STRONG M, 2003, GENOME BIOL, V4
    SUN JC, 2005, BIOINFORMATICS
    SUN JC, 2005, IN PRESS CHINESE SCI
    TATUSOV RL, 1997, SCIENCE, V278, P631
    UETZ P, 2000, NATURE, V403, P623
    VALENCIA A, 2002, CURR OPIN STRUC BIOL, V12, P368
    VAZQUEZ A, 2003, NAT BIOTECHNOL, V21, P697
    VENTER JC, 2001, SCIENCE, V291, P1304
    VONMERING C, 2005, NUCL ACIDS RES, V33
    WILLIAMS EJB, 2004, GENOME RES, V14, P1060
    WOJCIK J, 2001, BIOINFORMATICS S1, V17, S296
    XENARIOS I, 2002, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V30, P303
    YAMADA M, 2003, J MOL MICROB BIOTECH, V6, P206
    ZHANG JW, 2002, PROTEINS, V48, P447
    ZHANG XP, 2004, J BIOL CHEM, V279, P22030
    ZHENG Y, 2002, GENOME BIOL, V3, P9
    ZHOU XH, 2002, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V99, P12783
    ZHU H, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P2101
 NR 102
 TC 0
 SN 1389-2037
 J9 CURR PROTEIN PEPT SCI
 JI Curr. Protein Pept. Sci.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 6
 IS 5
 BP 443
 EP 449
 PG 7
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology
 GA 971MJ
 UT ISI:000232388000006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, J
    Liu, ZR
 TI Partial synchronization between different systems
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE chaos; chaos synchronization; partial synchronization
 ID NEURONS
 AB A new method for partial synchronization between different systems was
    obtained. The definition of partial synchronization under which the
    problem works is given. ne stability of the method is analyzed by the
    Liapunov function method and the condition of choosing the control term
    is derived. The reliability of this method is proved by some numerical
    examples, in which the dynamical behaviors of the synchronized systems
    are observed and it is found that whatever state the response system is
    partial synchronization can be always achieved by adding some proper
    control term.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Aetna Sch Management, Shanghai 200052, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, J, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Aetna Sch Management, Shanghai
    200052, Peoples R China.
 EM chenjunshu@163.com
 CR BAO SW, 2001, NATURE, V412, P79
    BRAMO MC, 2000, NATURE, V405, P685
    BROWN R, 2000, CHAOS, V10, P344
    CARROLL TL, 1991, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V38, P453
    GLASS L, 2001, NATURE, V410, P277
    JENSEN RV, 1998, COMPUTATIONAL NEUROS, P403
    MAINEN ZF, 1995, SCIENCE, V268, P1503
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    STEINMETZ PN, 2000, NATURE, V404, P187
    TANG DY, 1998, CHAOS, V8, P697
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 9
 BP 1132
 EP 1137
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 970XH
 UT ISI:000232345200005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Meng, ZH
    Zhang, JJ
 TI Nonlinear krylov subspace methods for solving nonsmooth equations
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE nonsmooth equations; Newton-FOM algorithm; Newton-GMRES algorithm
 ID B-DIFFERENTIABLE EQUATIONS; CONVERGENCE THEORY; LOCAL CONVERGENCE;
    NEWTON METHODS; ALGORITHMS
 AB Newton-FOM (Full Orthogonalization Method) algorithm and Newton-GMRES
    (Generalized Minimum Residual Method) algorithm for solving nonsmooth
    equations are presented. It is proved that these Krylov subspace
    algorithms have the locally quadratic convergence. Numerical
    experiments demonstrate the effectiveness of the algorithms.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM jzhang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BROWN PN, 1987, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V24, P407
    BROWN PN, 1990, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V11, P450
    BROWN PN, 1994, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V4, P297
    CLARKE FH, 1983, OPTIMIZATION NONSMOO, P69
    HARKER PT, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V48, P339
    IP CM, 1992, MATH PROGRAM, V56, P71
    MARTINEZ JM, 1995, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V60, P127
    PANG JS, 1990, MATH OPER RES, V15, P311
    PANG JS, 1993, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V3, P443
    QI L, 1993, MATH PROGRAM, V58, P353
    QI LQ, 1993, MATH OPER RES, V18, P227
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 9
 BP 1172
 EP 1180
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 970XH
 UT ISI:000232345200010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, BX
    Yu, JY
    Xu, DJ
 TI Aqua(2,2 '-diamino-4,4 '-bi-1,3-thiazole-kappa N-2,N
    ')-(thiodiacetato-kappa O-3,S,O ')cobalt(II) dihydrate
 SO ACTA CRYSTALLOGRAPHICA SECTION E-STRUCTURE REPORTS ONLINE
 DT Article
 AB The title Co-II complex, [Co(C6H6N4S2)(C4H4O4S)(H2O)]-2H(2)O, assumes a
    distorted octahedral coordination geometry formed by a
    diaminobithiazole (DABT) ligand, a thio-diacetate dianion (TDA) and a
    water molecule. The TDA dianion chelates to the Co-II atom with a
    facial configuration. Within the chelating DABT ligand, the two
    thiazole rings are twisted with respect to each other [ dihedral angle
    = 12.04 (9)degrees].
 C1 Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, BX, Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou, Peoples R China.
 EM r5744011@yahoo.com.cn
 CR *RIG CORP, 1998, PROCESS AUTO
    *RIG MSC, 2002, CRYST VERS 3 00
    ALTOMARE A, 1993, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V26, P343
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1997, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V30, P565
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P837
    FISHER LM, 1985, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V24, P3199
    HIGASHI T, 1995, ABSCOR
    LIU JG, 2001, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C 4, V57, P354
    LIU JG, 2003, J COORD CHEM, V56, P71
    PAN TT, 2005, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR E 8, V61, M1576
    SHELDRICK GM, 1997, SHELXL97
    SHEN YH, 2004, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR E 6, V60, M842
    WARING MJ, 1981, ANNU REV BIOCHEM, V50, P159
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1600-5368
 J9 ACTA CRYSTALLOGR E-STRUCT REP
 JI Acta Crystallogr. Sect. E.-Struct Rep. Online
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 61
 PN Part 10
 BP M1978
 EP M1980
 PG 3
 SC Crystallography
 GA 970JI
 UT ISI:000232301100039
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, BX
    Xu, DJ
 TI A dimeric manganese(II) complex bridged by 4-aminobenzoate
 SO ACTA CRYSTALLOGRAPHICA SECTION E-STRUCTURE REPORTS ONLINE
 DT Article
 AB The dimeric Mn-II title complex,
    di-mu-4-aminobenzoato-bis[(4-aminobenzoato)(
    2,2'-diamino-4,40-bithiazole) manganese(II)] dihydrate,
    [Mn-2(C6H6N4S2)(2)(C7H6NO2)(4)](.)2H(2)O, bridged by aminobenzoate
    anions, is located on an inversion center. Each Mn II atom is
    coordinated by one diaminobithiazole and three aminobenzoate ligands
    with a distorted octahedral geometry.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, DJ, Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou, Peoples R China.
 EM xudj@mail.hz.zj.cn
 CR *RIG MSC, 2002, CRYST VERS 3 00
    *RIG, 1998, PROCESS AUTO
    ALTOMARE A, 1993, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V26, P343
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1997, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V30, P565
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P837
    FU XD, 2005, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR E 9, V61, M1823
    HIGASHI T, 1995, ABSCOR
    LIU JG, 2005, J COORD CHEM, P735
    NIE JJ, 2001, J COORD CHEM, V53, P365
    SHELDRICK GM, 1997, SHELXL97
    SU JR, 2005, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C 6, V61, M256
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1600-5368
 J9 ACTA CRYSTALLOGR E-STRUCT REP
 JI Acta Crystallogr. Sect. E.-Struct Rep. Online
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 61
 PN Part 10
 BP M2011
 EP M2013
 PG 3
 SC Crystallography
 GA 970JI
 UT ISI:000232301100051
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, DX
    Shen, YJ
    Xiao, Y
    Sun, L
    Wang, J
    Hua, ZZ
 TI Aquapentakis(1H-imidazole-kappa N-3)nickel(II) dibromosuccinate
 SO ACTA CRYSTALLOGRAPHICA SECTION E-STRUCTURE REPORTS ONLINE
 DT Article
 AB The title compound, [ Ni( C3H4N2) 5( H2O)]( C4H2Br2O4), consists of
    Ni-II complex cations and dibromosuccinate anions. The Ni atom, water O
    atom and one imidazole N atom of the complex cation lie on a twofold
    axis. The anion lies on an inversion centre. The crystal packing is
    reinforced by O H (...) O and N - H (...) O hydrogen bonds, but there
    are no pi - pi stacking interactions even though the complex contains
    five aromatic imidazole rings. The compound is isostructural with its
    cobalt analogue.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Biomed & Food Sci, Shanghai 210093, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, DX, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Biomed & Food Sci, Shanghai
    210093, Peoples R China.
 EM dxli75@sohu.com
 CR *BRUK, 1999, SADABS SAINT SMART
    DEISENHOFER J, 1989, EMBO J, V8, P2149
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1997, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V30, P565
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P837
    LI DX, 2004, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR  12, V60, M1892
    SHELDRICK GM, 1997, SHELXS97 SHELXL97
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 1600-5368
 J9 ACTA CRYSTALLOGR E-STRUCT REP
 JI Acta Crystallogr. Sect. E.-Struct Rep. Online
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 61
 PN Part 10
 BP M2145
 EP M2147
 PG 3
 SC Crystallography
 GA 970JI
 UT ISI:000232301100099
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, Y
    Jing, C
    Yang, JG
    Cao, SX
    Zhang, JC
 TI Electronic structure and magnetic properties of ordered Fe1-xNix and
    Fe1-xCox alloys
 SO PHYSICA B-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 DE LAPW; electronic structure; magnetic properties; ordered Fe1-xNix and
    Fe1-xCox alloys
 ID EPITAXIAL-GROWTH; BAND THEORY; FILMS; CO; FERROMAGNETISM; IRON; FECO;
    STABILIZATION; TRANSITION; CU(001)
 AB The electronic structure and magnetism of ordered Fe1-xNix and Fe1-xCox
    alloys were calculated by using the first-principles linearized
    augmented plane-wave (LAPW) method with the local spin density
    approximation (LSDA). The results indicate that the magnetic properties
    of both Fe1-xNix and Fe1-xCox are sensitive to their compositions as
    well as their structures. The FCC structured Fe1-xNix alloys with x =
    0, 0.5, 0.75, 1 are ferromagnetic ordered, while Fe1-xNix at x = 0.25
    is ferrimagnetic ordered. For both BCC and FCC structured Fe1-xCox
    alloys, however, they present ferromagnetic ordering in all
    compositions. With the increase of Fe compositions for Fe1-xCox, the
    average magnetic moments increase abruptly and then decrease smoothly,
    which is in good agreement with experimental results. (c) 2005 Elsevier
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, Y, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shangda Rd 99, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 EM y-y8641@163.com
    cjing@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BOZORTH RM, 1951, FERROMAGNETISM, P15
    DANAN H, 1968, J APPL PHYS, V39, P669
    DANG MZ, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P2291
    DIFABRIZIO E, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P9502
    DITTSCHAR A, 1996, J APPL PHYS 2B, V79, P5618
    DOSTERNAK M, 1980, PHYS REV B, V21, P5601
    HEDIN L, 1971, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V4, P2064
    JIN X, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P3078
    JOHNSON DD, 1987, J APPL PHYS, V61, P3715
    KIM TH, 1997, J APPL PHYS 2B, V81, P4764
    KITTEL C, 1996, INTRO SOLID STATE PH, P23
    KULKOVA SE, 2002, PHYSICA B, V322, P236
    LI C, 1988, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V75, P53
    NAKAMURA Y, 1976, IEEE TRANS MAGN, V12, P278
    PRINZ GA, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V54, P1051
    RICHTER R, 1988, J PHYS F MET PHYS, V18, P1813
    SCHULL CG, 1955, PHYS REV, V97, P304
    SCHWARZ K, 1982, PHYS REV B, V25, P3427
    SCHWARZ K, 1984, J PHYS F MET PHYS, V14, P2659
    SCHWARZACHER W, 1989, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V71, P563
    SERENA PA, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P944
    SHULL CG, 1955, PHYS REV, V97, P304
    SINGH DJ, 1993, PLANEWAVES PSEUDOPOT, P35
    TALMADGE JM, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P4197
    WANG CS, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V54, P1852
    WEINBERGER P, 2001, PHYS REV B, V63
    WILLIS RF, 1988, J APPL PHYS 3, V63, P4051
    WU RQ, 1992, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V116, P202
    ZHANG XG, 2004, PHYS REV B, V70
    ZHOU YM, 1997, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V167, P136
 NR 30
 TC 0
 SN 0921-4526
 J9 PHYSICA B
 JI Physica B
 PD OCT 1
 PY 2005
 VL 367
 IS 1-4
 BP 61
 EP 71
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 967FD
 UT ISI:000232076000009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liang, XL
    Zhong, SS
    Wang, W
 TI Design of a high isolation dual-polarized slot-coupled microstrip
    antenna
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE microstrip antenna; dual-polarization; isolation; cross-polarization
 ID APERTURE
 AB The design of a wideband dual-polarized slot-coupled stacked microstrip
    antenna with high isolation is introduced. The proposed stacked-patch
    antenna is excited by both open-ended and T-shaped microstrip lines via
    two H-shaped slots placed orthogonally so as to improve the isolation
    between the two polarization ports. The measured isolation is better
    than 40.5 dB over the bandwidth from 8.8 to 9.8 GHz with
    cross-polarization level of less than -28.5 dB. The measured VSWR <= 2
    bandwidths reach 20.7% and 19.1% for the two polarization ports,
    respectively. This antenna is suitable as an array element for
    spaceborne synthetic aperture radar (SAR) and active phased-radar
    applications. (c) 2005 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liang, XL, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ADRIAN A, 1987, ELECTRON LETT, V23, P1226
    CHAKRABARTY SB, 2000, IEEE ANT PROP S DIG, P2216
    GAO SC, 1998, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V19, P214
    GAO SC, 2002, IEEE T VEH TECHNOL, V51, P17
    GAO SC, 2003, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V51, P441
    LIANG XL, 2004, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V42, P448
    PARKER GS, 1998, ELECTRON LETT, V34, P1043
    POZAR DM, 1995, MICROSTRIP ANTENNA A
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD NOV 5
 PY 2005
 VL 47
 IS 3
 BP 212
 EP 215
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 967YZ
 UT ISI:000232128700004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhong, Q
    Rohwerder, M
    Shi, L
 TI The effect of ionic peneration on semiconducting behaviour of
    temporarily protective oil coating on the surface of AISI 304 stainless
    steel
 SO MATERIALS AND CORROSION-WERKSTOFFE UND KORROSION
 DT Article
 ID WIRE-BEAM ELECTRODE; ORGANIC COATINGS; ELECTROCHEMICAL INHOMOGENEITY;
    PENETRATION; STEEL; CAPACITANCE; LAYER
 AB In this paper, the semiconducting behaviour of temporarily protective
    oil coatings on the surface of naked and prepassivated AISI 304
    stainless steel immersed in 3% aqueous NaCl solution was studied by
    utilizing potential-capacitance methode, Mott-Schottky analysis and
    impedance analysis. It was pointed out that the temporarily protective
    oil coating behaves as a semiconductor during its degradation. The
    ionic penetration and the substrate greatly affect the conduction
    behaviour of the oil coating. On the surface of naked AISI 304
    stainless steel, the oil coating behaves as a n-type semiconductor.
    With increasing immersion time, the donor density of the space charge
    layer in the temporarily protective oil coating increases from 10(19)
    to 10(25) m(-3). However, on the surface of the prepassivated substrate
    the space charge layer in the oil coating is significantly affected by
    the oxide on the steel electrode. In this case immersion time does not
    influence the density of charge carriers in the oil coating (10(21)
    m(-3)). Impedance analysis also verify above results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Elect Power, Key Lab State Power Corp, Electrochem Res Grp, Shanghai 200090, Peoples R China.
    Max Planck Inst Eisenforsch GmbH, D-40237 Dusseldorf, Germany.
    Shanghai Univ, Nano Sci & Technol Ctr, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhong, Q, Shanghai Univ Elect Power, Key Lab State Power Corp,
    Electrochem Res Grp, Shanghai 200090, Peoples R China.
 EM qdzhong@hotmail.com
 CR CHENG YF, 1999, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V44, P2947
    DAIKHIN LI, 2001, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V500, P461
    KOLEK Z, 1997, PROG ORG COAT, V30, P287
    MISKOVICSTANKOV.VB, 1995, CORROS SCI, V37, P241
    SIMOES AMP, 1990, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V137, P82
    STIMMING U, 1976, BER BUNSEN PHYS CHEM, V80, P1297
    TAN YJ, 1991, PROG ORG COAT, V19, P257
    TAN YJ, 1991, PROG ORG COAT, V19, P89
    TOPKAR A, 1995, THIN SOLID FILMS, V259, P259
    WU CL, 1995, PROG ORG COAT, V25, P379
    ZHONG QD, 1997, PROG ORG COAT, V30, P213
    ZHONG QD, 1997, PROG ORG COAT, V30, P279
    ZHONG QD, 2004, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V15, B446
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0947-5117
 J9 MATER CORROS
 JI Mater. Corros.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 56
 IS 9
 BP 597
 EP 605
 PG 9
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 968HE
 UT ISI:000232151700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Deng, SF
    Zhang, DJ
    Chen, DY
 TI Exact solutions for the nonisospectral Kadomtshev-Petviashvili equation
 SO JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN
 DT Article
 DE nonisospectral KP equation; Hirota method; Wronskian technique
 ID LINEAR EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; N-SOLITON SOLUTIONS; KORTEWEG-DEVRIES
 AB The nonisospectral Kadomtshev-Petviashvili (KP) equation is solved by
    the Hirota method and Wronskian technique. Exact solutions that possess
    soliton characters with nonisospectral properties are obtained. In
    addition, rational and mixed solutions are derived. We also obtain a
    new molecular equation that admits a solution in the Wronskian form.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Deng, SF, Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 EM sfangd@163.com
 CR CHEN DY, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P761
    DENG SF, 2003, J PHYS SOC JPN, V72, P2184
    FREEMAN NC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P1
    FREEMAN NC, 1984, IMA J APPL MATH, V32, P125
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 1976, J PHYS SOC JPN, V41, P2141
    HIROTA R, 1980, DIRECT METHOD SOLITO
    HIROTA R, 1981, PHYS LETT A, V85, P407
    NIMMO JJC, 1984, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V17, P1415
    SATSUMA J, 1979, J PHYS SOC JPN, V46, P359
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0031-9015
 J9 J PHYS SOC JPN
 JI J. Phys. Soc. Jpn.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 74
 IS 9
 BP 2383
 EP 2385
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 968WB
 UT ISI:000232192500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YY
    Huang, ZM
    Wang, Q
    Li, CF
    Shi, JL
 TI Photon tunnelling in one-dimensional metamaterial photonic crystals
 SO JOURNAL OF OPTICS A-PURE AND APPLIED OPTICS
 DT Article
 DE photon tunnelling; negative index materials; group delay time
 ID NEGATIVE REFRACTIVE-INDEX; PERFECT LENS; PHASE TIME; PERMITTIVITY;
    PERMEABILITY; WAVES; MEDIA
 AB Photon tunnelling in a metamaterial photonic crystal composed by
    positive index material (PIM) and negative index material (NIM) layers
    is discussed. First, a single period of this photonic crystal is
    considered as the barrier in a frustrated total internal reflection
    (FTIR) structure, and the transmittance, the post-tunnelling position
    shift and the group delay time of different frequency incident waves
    through the barrier are calculated. In the case of a barrier of more
    periods of photonic crystal, the transmittance and the group delay time
    also vary with layer number, which are analysed in detail.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM cyyuan@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR AGRANOVICH VM, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
    BERMAN PR, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    CENTINI M, 1999, PHYS REV E B, V60, P4891
    CHEN X, 2003, PHYS REV A, V68
    CUMMER SA, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V82, P2008
    FEISE MW, 2002, PHYS REV, V66, P35113
    FOTEINOPOULOU S, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V90
    JAPHA Y, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P586
    KIM KY, 2004, PHYS REV E 2, V70
    LEE B, 1997, J OPT SOC AM B, V14, P777
    LI CF, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V275, P287
    LUO C, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
    PENDRY JB, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P4773
    PENDRY JB, 1999, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V47, P2075
    PENDRY JB, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P3966
    QING DK, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P669
    QING DK, 2004, OPT LETT, V29, P872
    RAMAKRISHNA SA, 2002, J MOD OPTIC, V49, P1747
    RUPPIN R, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P61
    SHELBY RA, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P489
    SHELBY RA, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P77
    SMITH DR, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P4184
    SMITH DR, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P2933
    SMITH DR, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V81, P2713
    STEINBERG AM, 1994, PHYS REV A, V49, P3283
    VESELAGO VG, 1968, SOV PHYS USP, V10, P509
    ZHANG ZM, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P1097
    ZHAROV AA, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    ZIOLKOWSKI RW, 2001, PHYS REV E, V64, P56625
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 1464-4258
 J9 J OPT A-PURE APPL OPT
 JI J. Opt. A-Pure Appl. Opt.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 7
 IS 9
 BP 519
 EP 524
 PG 6
 SC Optics
 GA 967HU
 UT ISI:000232083100012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, HT
    Yue, ZQ
    Tham, LG
    Lee, CF
 TI Analysis of elliptical cracks perpendicular to the interface of two
    joined transversely isotropic solids
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF FRACTURE
 DT Article
 DE bi-material solids; boundary element method; elliptical cracks;
    fundamental singular solution; stress intensity factors; transverse
    isotropy
 ID BOUNDARY-ELEMENT ANALYSIS; STRESS INTENSITY FACTOR; FORMULATION; BODIES
 AB This paper presents a boundary element analysis of elliptical cracks in
    two joined transversely isotropic solids. The boundary element method
    is developed by incorporating the fundamental singular solution for a
    concentrated point load in a transversely isotropic bi-material solid
    of infinite space into the conventional displacement boundary integral
    equations. The multi-region method is used to analyze the crack
    problems. The traction-singular elements are employed to capture the
    singularity around the crack front. The values of stress intensity
    factors (SIFs) are obtained by using crack opening displacements. The
    results of the proposed method compare well with the existing exact
    solutions for an elliptical crack parallel to the isotropic plane of a
    transversely isotropic solid of infinite extent. Elliptical cracks
    perpendicular to the interface of transversely isotropic bi-material
    solids of either infinite extent or occupying a cubic region are
    further examined in detail. The crack surfaces are subject to the
    uniform normal tractions. The stress intensity factor values of the
    elliptical cracks of the two types are analyzed and compared. Numerical
    results have shown that the stress intensity factors are strongly
    affected by the anisotropy and the combination of the two joined solids.
 C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Civil Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Engn Mech, Qingdao 266510, Peoples R China.
 RP Yue, ZQ, Univ Hong Kong, Dept Civil Engn, Pokfulam Rd, Hong Kong, Hong
    Kong, Peoples R China.
 EM yueqzq@hkucc.hku.hk
 CR ARIZA MP, 2004, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V60, P719
    HOEING A, 1978, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V14, P925
    IRWIN GR, 1962, J APPL MECH, V29, P651
    KASSIR MK, 1966, J APP MECH T ASME, V33, P601
    KASSIR MKI, 1975, MECH FRACTURE
    KOU CH, 1995, ASME, V62, P273
    LACHAT JC, 1976, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V10, P991
    LIN W, 1989, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V424, P307
    LUCHI ML, 1987, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V24, P2253
    NODA NA, 2003, MECH MATER, V11, P1059
    NODA NA, 2004, INT J FRACTURE, V127, P167
    PAN E, 2000, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V48, P211
    PAN YC, 1976, J APPL MECH, V43, P608
    SAEZ A, 1997, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V20, P287
    SANFORD RJ, 2003, PRINCIPLES FRACTURE
    SIH GC, 1965, INTL J FRACTURE MECH, V1, P189
    TING TCT, 1996, ANISOTROPIC ELASTICI
    WEN PH, 1998, ENG FRACT MECH, V59, P563
    XIAO HT, 2005, MECH MATER, V37, P785
    YUE ZQ, 1995, INT J ENG SCI, V33, P351
    YUE ZQ, 2002, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V26, P691
    YUE ZQ, 2003, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V40, P3273
    YUE ZQ, 2004, THEOR APPL FRACT MEC, V42, P227
    ZHANG ZG, 1989, ENG FRACT MECH, V34, P645
 NR 24
 TC 0
 SN 0376-9429
 J9 INT J FRACTURE
 JI Int. J. Fract.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 133
 IS 4
 BP 329
 EP 354
 PG 26
 SC Mechanics
 GA 968CB
 UT ISI:000232138400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SF
    Jia, QL
    Yin, FQ
 TI Kolmogorov's epsilon-entropy of attractors for lattice systems
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 DE lattice system; Kolmogorov's epsilon-entropy; global attractor
 ID DYNAMICAL-SYSTEMS
 AB In this paper, by using the element decomposition and the covering
    property of a polyhedron by balls of radii epsilon in the finite
    dimensional space, we obtain an upper bound of the Kolmogorov's
    epsilon-entropy of the global attractors for the first- and
    second-order lattice systems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Henan Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math & Phys, Henan 471003, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM zhoushengfan@sohu.com
 CR BABIN AV, 1992, STUD MATH APPL, V25
    BATES PW, 2001, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V11, P143
    CHATE H, 1997, PHYSICA D, V103, P1
    CHEPYZHOV VV, 1998, MAT SBORNIK, V189, P81
    HALE JK, 1988, ASYMPTOTIC BEHAV DIS
    KOLMOGOROV AN, 1961, AM MATH SOC TRANSL, V17, P277
    LORENZ G, 1996, GRUNDLEHREN MATH WIS, V304
    TEMAM R, 1988, INFINITE DIMENSIONAL
    ZHOU SF, 2002, NONLINEARITY, V15, P1079
    ZHOU SF, 2003, PHYSICA D, V178, P51
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 15
 IS 7
 BP 2295
 EP 2301
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 967EF
 UT ISI:000232073600018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Niu, ZH
    Xiao, GZ
 TI Analysis of the linear complexity and its stability for 2p(n)-periodic
    binary sequences
 SO IEICE TRANSACTIONS ON FUNDAMENTALS OF ELECTRONICS COMMUNICATIONS AND
    COMPUTER SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE stream ciphers; periodic sequences; linear complexity; k-error; linear
    complexity; polynomial weight
 AB The linear complexity and its stability of periodic sequences are of
    fundamental importance as measure indexes on the security of stream
    ciphers and the k-error linear complexity reveals the stability of,the
    linear complexity properly. The k-error linear complexity of periodic
    sequences is defined to be the smallest linear complexity that can be
    obtained by changing k or fewer bits of the sequence per period. For
    2p(n)-periodic binary sequences, where p is an odd prime and 2 is a
    primitive root modulo p(2), we present and prove the unique expression
    of the linear complexity. Moreover we show a relationship between the
    linear complexity and the minimum value k for which the k-error linear
    complexity is strictly less than the linear complexity.
 C1 Xidian Univ, ISN Natl Key Lab, Xian 710071, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp Technol & Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Niu, ZH, Xidian Univ, ISN Natl Key Lab, Xian 710071, Peoples R China.
 EM zhihua-niu@163.com
    gzxiao@xidian.edu.cn
 CR DING C, 1991, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V561
    KAIDA T, 2001, SEQUENCES THEIR APPL, P218
    KUROSAWA K, 2000, IEEE T INFORM THEORY, V46, P694
    MASSEY JL, 1969, IEEE T INFORM THEORY, V15, P122
    MCELIECE RJ, 1987, FINITE FIELDS COMPUT
    MEIDL W, 2004, DESIGN CODE CRYPTOGR, V33, P109
    MEIDL W, 2004, PROG COM SC, V23, P227
    ROSEN KH, 1988, ELEMENTARY NUMBER TH
    SHANKS D, 1978, SOLVED UNSOLVED PROB
    STAMP M, 1993, IEEE T INFORM THEORY, V39, P1398
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0916-8508
 J9 IEICE TRANS FUND ELEC COM COM
 JI IEICE Trans. Fundam. Electron. Commun. Comput. Sci.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL E88A
 IS 9
 BP 2412
 EP 2418
 PG 7
 SC Computer Science, Hardware & Architecture; Computer Science,
    Information Systems; Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 967GY
 UT ISI:000232080800020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZC
 TI P-stable linear symmetric multistep methods for periodic initial-value
    problems
 SO COMPUTER PHYSICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE multistep method; P-stable; second-order initial value problem with
    periodic solutions; numerical solution to the Duffing equation; Stiefel
    and Bettis problem
 ID DIMENSIONAL SCHRODINGER-EQUATION; MINIMAL PHASE-LAG;
    NUMERICAL-INTEGRATION; OBRECHKOFF; STABILIZATION; 1ST-ORDER; FORMULA
 AB In this paper we present a new kind of P-stable multistep methods for
    periodic initial-value problems. From the numerical results obtained by
    the new method to well-known periodic problems, show the superior
    efficiency, accuracy, stability of the method presented in this paper.
    (C) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 ShangDa Rd, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zc_wang89@hotmail.com
 CR ALLISON AC, 1970, J COMPUT PHYS, V6, P378
    ANANTHAKRISHNAI.U, 1987, MATH COMPUT, V49, P553
    AVDELAS G, 1996, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V72, P345
    AVDELAS G, 2001, COMPUT CHEM, V25, P3
    CASH JR, 1981, NUMER MATH, V37, P355
    DAI Y, 2005, IN PRESS J COMPUT AP
    DAI YM, 2005, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V165, P110
    HAIRER E, 1979, NUMER MATH, V32, P373
    LAMBERT JD, 1976, J INST MATH APPL, V18, P189
    LANDAU L, 1974, QUANTUM MECH
    MICKENS RE, 1981, INTRO NONLINEAR OSCI
    NETA B, 2003, COMPUT MATH APPL, V45, P383
    PSIHOYIOS G, 2003, NEW ASTRON, V8, P679
    QUINLAN GD, 1990, ASTRON J, V100, P1694
    RAPTIS AD, 1991, BIT, V31, P160
    SIMOS TE, 1990, COMPUTING, V45, P175
    SIMOS TE, 1993, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V6, P283
    SIMOS TE, 1997, J COMPUT PHYS, V130, P123
    SIMOS TE, 1997, PHYS SCRIPTA, V55, P644
    SIMOS TE, 1999, COMPUT CHEM, V23, P513
    SIMOS TE, 2000, ATOMIC STRUCTURE COM, P38
    SIMOS TE, 2002, NUMERICAL METHODS 1D, V2, P170
    SIMOS TE, 2004, NUMERICAL METHODS CH, V2, P271
    STIEFEL E, 1969, NUMER MATH, V13, P154
    VANDOOREN R, 1974, J COMPUT PHYS, V16, P186
    WANG Z, 2003, N MATH J CHIN U, V12, P146
    WANG Z, 2005, IN PRESS P ROY SOC A
    WANG ZC, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS C, V14, P1087
    WANG ZC, 2004, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V160, P23
    WANG ZC, 2005, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V167, P1
    ZHAO D, 2005, IN PRESS INT J MOD C
    ZHAO DY, 2005, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V167, P65
 NR 32
 TC 1
 SN 0010-4655
 J9 COMPUT PHYS COMMUN
 JI Comput. Phys. Commun.
 PD OCT 1
 PY 2005
 VL 171
 IS 3
 BP 162
 EP 174
 PG 13
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 968XX
 UT ISI:000232197700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, WH
    Liu, YL
    Zhang, JF
    Lai, XJ
 TI A new class of periodic solutions to (2+1)-dimensional KdV equations
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE (2+1)-dimensional KdV equation; linear superposition; periodic solution
 ID FUNCTION EXPANSION METHOD; NOVIKOV-VESELOV EQUATION; NONLINEAR
    EQUATIONS; LOCALIZED EXCITATIONS; WAVE SOLUTIONS; DIMENSIONS; SYSTEM
 AB We investigate a new class of periodic solutions to (2+1)-dimensional
    KdV equations, by both the linear superposition approach and the
    mapping deformation method. These new periodic solutions are suitable
    combinations of the periodic solutions to the (2+1)-dimensional KdV
    equations obtained by means of the Jacobian elliptic function method,
    but they possess different periods and velocities.
 C1 Huzhou Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Phys, Huzhou 313000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, WH, Huzhou Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Phys, Huzhou 313000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM whhuang2002cn@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1981, SOLITON INVERSE SCAT
    ALBER MS, 2001, INVERSE PROBL, V17, P1017
    BELOKOLOS E, 1994, ALGERO GENERICAL APP
    BOITI M, 1986, INVERSE PROBL, V2, P271
    CAO CW, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P621
    COOPER F, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10085
    ESTEVEZ PG, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P1406
    FAN EG, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V305, P383
    HUANG WH, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12
    HUANG WH, 2004, Z NATURFORSCH A, V59, P250
    KHARE A, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P3798
    KHARE A, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V88
    LAI XJ, 2004, CHINESE J PHYS 1, V42, P361
    LI HM, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V37, P561
    LIN J, 2002, Z NATURFORSCH A, V57, P929
    LIU SK, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V289, P69
    LOU SY, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1614
    LOU SY, 1995, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V28, P7227
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LOU SY, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P5027
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    MIURA MR, 1978, BACKLUND TRANSFORMAT
    NOVIKOV DP, 1999, SIBERIAN MATH J+, V40, P136
    TAM HW, 2000, J PHYS SOC JPN, V69, P45
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4000
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    WANG ML, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V216, P67
    ZHANG JF, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P659
    ZHANG JF, 2004, J PHYS SOC JPN, V73, P1
    ZHU JM, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P798
 NR 32
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD SEP 15
 PY 2005
 VL 44
 IS 3
 BP 401
 EP 406
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 967LY
 UT ISI:000232093900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, TC
    You, FC
    Chen, DY
 TI A generalized cubic Volterra lattice hierarchy and its integrable
    couplings system
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID DIFFERENTIAL-DIFFERENCE EQUATIONS; COUPLED BURGERS HIERARCHY;
    BI-HAMILTONIAN STRUCTURE; LOOP ALGEBRA; EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS;
    CONSTRAINED FLOWS; SOLITON-EQUATIONS; TRACE IDENTITY; LAX PAIRS;
    NONLINEARIZATION
 AB In terms of properties of the known loop algebra (A) over tilde (1) and
    difference operators, a new algebraic system chi is constructed. By
    using the algebraic system chi, a discrete matrix spectral problem is
    introduced and a hierarchy of nonlinear lattice equations is derived.
    From the hierarchy the celebrated cubic Volterra lattice equation is
    engendered. We call the hierarchy a generalized cubic Volterra
    hierarchy. Then an extended algebraic system (chi) over tilde of chi is
    presented, from which the integrable couplings system of the
    generalized cubic Volterra lattice are obtained. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Liaoning Prov, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Tianjin Univ, Dept Math, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, TC, Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Liaoning Prov, Peoples
    R China.
 EM xiatc@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1975, J MATH PHYS, V16, P598
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    BOGOYAVLENSKY OI, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V134, P34
    CAO CW, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V33, P528
    FAN E, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P513
    FAN E, 2001, PHYSICA A, V301, P105
    FAN EG, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P7769
    FUCHSSTEINER B, 1993, APPL ANAL GEOMETRIC, P125
    GUO FK, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P5793
    HU X, 1998, J MATH PHYS, V38, P4766
    HU XB, 2000, APPL MATH LETT, V13, P45
    HU XB, 2000, J PHYS SOC JPN, V69, P1042
    HU XB, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V276, P65
    HU XB, 2001, GLASGOW MATH J A, V43, P43
    KAC M, 1975, ADV MATH, V16, P160
    MA WX, 1992, CHIN J CONT MATH, V13, P79
    MA WX, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P1227
    MA WX, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P2400
    NEWELL AC, 1985, SOLITON MATH PHYS
    PROG Y, 1987, ITOH THEOR PHYS, V78, P507
    SURIS YB, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P4179
    SURIS YB, 1997, SOLVINT970900514
    TAM H, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P151
    TAM HW, 2003, J PHYS SOC JPN, V72, P265
    TU GZ, 1989, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V5, P89
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    TU GZ, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P3903
    WADATI M, 1972, J PHYS SOC JPN, V32, P1681
    WADATI M, 1976, PROG THEOR PHYS SUPP, V59, P36
    XIA TC, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P939
    XIA TC, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V42, P180
    XIA TC, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V42, P494
    XIA TC, 2004, PHYSICA A, V343, P238
    XIA TC, 2005, SOLITONS FRACTALS, V23, P1033
    XU XX, 2004, PHYS LETT A, V326, P199
    ZENG YB, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V160, P541
    ZENG YB, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P5241
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P7225
    ZHANG YF, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P466
    ZHANG YF, 2003, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V53, P2190
    ZHANG YF, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V16, P263
    ZHANG YF, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V18, P855
    ZHANG YF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P1194
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P305
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P413
 NR 45
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 27
 IS 1
 BP 153
 EP 158
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 967MG
 UT ISI:000232094700018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Yang, XD
 TI Transverse nonlinear dynamics of axially accelerating viscoelastic
    beams based on 4-term Galerkin truncation
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID MOVING BEAM; VIBRATIONS; SPEED; WEB
 AB This paper investigates bifurcation and chaos in transverse motion of
    axially accelerating viscoelastic beams. The Kelvin model is used to
    describe the viscoelastic property of the beam material, and the
    Lagrangian strain is used to account for geometric nonlinearity due to
    small but finite stretching of the beam. The transverse motion is
    governed by a nonlinear partial-differential equation. The Galerkin
    method is applied to truncate the partial-differential equation into a
    set of ordinary differential equations. When the Galerkin truncation is
    based on the eigenfunctions of a linear non-translating beam subjected
    to the same boundary constraints, a computation technique is proposed
    by regrouping nonlinear terms. The scheme can be easily implemented in
    practical computations. When the transport speed is assumed to be a
    constant mean speed with small harmonic variations, the Poincare map is
    numerically calculated based on 4-term Galerkin truncation to identify
    dynamical behaviors. The bifurcation diagrams are present for varying
    one of the following parameter: the axial speed fluctuation amplitude,
    the mean axial speed and the beam viscosity coefficient, while other
    parameters are unchanged. (c) 2005 Published by Elsevier Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shenyang Inst Aeronaut Engn, Dept Engn Mech, Shenyang 110034, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM lqchen@online.sh.cn
 CR ABRATE S, 1992, MECH MACH THEORY, V27, P645
    CHEN LQ, 2005, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V42, P37
    MARYNOWSKI K, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V37, P1147
    MARYNOWSKI K, 2002, J THEORET APPL MECH, V40, P465
    MARYNOWSKI K, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P481
    OZ HR, 2001, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V36, P107
    PELLICANO F, 2000, J VIB ACOUST, V122, P21
    PELLICANO F, 2002, J SOUND VIB, V258, P31
    RAVINDRA B, 1998, ARCH APPL MECH, V68, P195
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
    YANG XD, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P249
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 27
 IS 3
 BP 748
 EP 757
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 968WN
 UT ISI:000232193700017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Q
    Pelletier, J
    Xu, H
    Xia, L
    Tan, X
    Dong, Y
 TI The dynamic shear response of the Zr base bulk metallic glass around
    the calorimetric glass transition temperature
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID INTERNAL-FRICTION; LIQUIDS; ALLOYS; RELAXATIONS; FLOW; NI
 AB The dynamic shear response of a bulk Zr55Cu25Ni5Al10Nb5 metallic glass
    has been investigated in the vicinity of calorimetric glass transition
    temperature, T-g. Similar to other glass formers, the Zr base bulk
    metallic glass exhibits typical features of the dynamic glass
    transition. The intermediate fragility index, m, indicates that the Zr
    base alloy belongs to the category of relatively strong glass formers
    in the general classification scheme. On the other hand, the time
    temperature equivalence principle is found to be applicable for
    constructing the master curve of dynamic shear modulus as well as shear
    viscosity over the temperature range studied. Theses master functions
    can be fitted with phenomenological models, such as generalized Maxwell
    model, or a Kohlrausch-Williams-Watts ( KWW) relation, and therefore
    reflect a broad distribution of local structural relaxation time for
    dynamic glass transition in the Zr base bulk metallic glass. (c) 2005
    Springer Science + Business Media, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Inst Natl Sci Appl, GEMPPM, F-69621 Villeurbanne, France.
 RP Wang, Q, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM wangqingfr@hotmail.com
 CR ANGELL CA, 1991, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V131, P13
    BOBROV OP, 2003, SCRIPTA MATER, V49, P255
    BOHMER R, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P10091
    BOHMER R, 1993, J CHEM PHYS, V99, P4201
    ETIENNE S, 1982, REV SCI INSTRUM, V53, P1261
    HAYS CC, 2000, MATER SCI FORUM 1&2, V343, P103
    HODGE IM, 1996, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V202, P164
    INOUE A, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P866
    JOHNSON WL, 1996, MATER SCI FORUM, V225, P35
    KATO H, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V73, P3665
    LEE ML, 2003, PHYS REV B, V67
    PEKER A, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2342
    PERERA DN, 1999, J PHYS D, V32, P2993
    PERERA DN, 1999, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V11, P3029
    PERERA DN, 2000, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V33, P1937
    RAMBOUSKY R, 1996, Z PHYS B CON MAT, V99, P387
    SCHROTER K, 1998, EUR PHYS J B, V5, P1
    SCHROTER K, 2002, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V307, P270
    SUH D, 2002, ACTA MAT, V50, P537
    ZHANG B, 2002, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V14, P7461
    ZHANG T, 1991, MATER T JIM, V32, P1005
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 40
 IS 18
 BP 4795
 EP 4799
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 966YV
 UT ISI:000232059600011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, MS
    Ding, WZ
    Lu, XG
 TI Nitrogen removal from molten steel under argon DC glow plasma
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE argon DC glow plasma; nitrogen removal; molten steel; kinetic
 ID ARC; IRON
 AB Under argon DC glow plasma, the nitrogen removal from molten steel was
    studied. The experimental result showed that nitrogen mass percent
    could be reduced to 0. 000 8%. The change of polarity had no impact on
    nitrogen removal when the nitrogen mass percent was low. The mechanism
    of denitrogenation of molten steel under.argon DC glow plasma was
    discussed.
 C1 Taiyuan Iron & Steel Grp Co, Taiyuan 030003, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, MS, Taiyuan Iron & Steel Grp Co, Taiyuan 030003, Peoples R China.
 EM sunmsh@etang.com
 CR FENG XH, 1998, TECHNOLOGY FINE TREA, P63
    FENG XH, 1998, TECHNOLOGY SEMICONDU, V23, P44
    FU J, 2001, PROCESS KINETICS STE
    KATZ JD, 1989, METALL TRANS B, V20, P175
    MIMURA K, 1999, J JPN I MET, V63, P1181
    QIAO ZY, 1999, COMPUTATION PHYS CHE
    QIU B, 1989, FERROALLOY, P23
    QIU B, 1989, FERROALLOY, P28
    SUN MS, 2002, J IRON STEEL RES, V14, P52
    TAKEDA K, 1978, T ISIJ, V18, P641
    ZHENG Q, 1998, RES FOAMING SLAG ELE
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 12
 IS 4
 BP 6
 EP 8
 PG 3
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 967BX
 UT ISI:000232067600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, YL
    Li, L
    Wollants, P
 TI Computer simulation of carbide transformation in die steel for plastic
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE Thermo-Calc software package; die steel for plastic; M7C3 carbide; TEM
    analysis
 ID THERMO-CALC; DISSOLUTION; PRECIPITATION; CEMENTITE; KINETICS; DICTRA
 AB Thermo-Calc software package (TCP + DICTRA) was used to simulate the
    carbide transformation process in die steel for plastic. Combined with
    TEM analysis, the calculated result confirms that the carbide in
    equilibrium state is M7C3 carbide. The dissolution of M7C3 carbide in
    steel is predicted by DICTRA program. It was shown that the temperature
    remarkably affects the dissolution process Of M7C3 carbide, but the
    influence of alloy elements such as manganese and molybdenum can be
    neglected in this steel.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Katholieke Univ Leuven, B-3001 Heverlee, Belgium.
 RP He, YL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM yanlinhe@163.com
 CR AGREN J, 1990, SCAND J METALL, V19, P2
    AGREN J, 1992, ISIJ INT, V32, P291
    ANDERSSON JO, 1992, J APPL PHYS, V72, P1350
    ANDERSSON JO, 2002, CALPHAD, V26, P273
    BJARBO A, 2001, METALL MATER TRANS A, V32, P19
    BORGENSTAM A, 2000, J PHASE EQUILIB, V21, P269
    GHOSH G, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P2099
    HILLERT M, 1985, METALL TRANS A, V16, P261
    LIU ZK, 1991, METALL TRANS A, V22, P1745
    ROBSON JD, 1996, CALPHAD, V20, P447
    SUNDMAN B, 1985, CALPHAD, V9, P153
    YAMASHITA T, 1999, J PHASE EQUILIB, V20, P231
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 12
 IS 4
 BP 44
 EP 49
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 967BX
 UT ISI:000232067600010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JP
    Sun, ZM
    Shi, LY
    Jia, GL
    Xie, XF
    Rao, WW
    Zhu, YF
 TI Preparation of TiO2 film on stainless steel webnet and the degradation
    of formaldehyde
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE sol-gel route; titanium dioxide films; formaldehyde; photocatalysis
 ID TITANIUM-DIOXIDE; PHOTOCATALYST
 AB Photocatalytic titanium dioxide films coated on stainless steel webnet
    were prepared by a sol-gel route. SEM, XRD and TG-DTA were employed to
    characterize the samples. The effects of the films prepared with
    different proceedings on photoactivity were investigated by
    formaldehyde photodegradation, such as the molecular weight of PEG, the
    amount of PEG, moisture content, the thickness of the films and the
    annealing temperatures. The formaldehyde photodegradation ratio can
    reach above 90% by the TiO2-based films. XRD patterns and SEM
    observation indicate that the TiO2 films with mesoporous structure are
    composed of mixed rutile and anatase crystals.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Res Ctr Nanosci & Nanotechnol, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Tsing Hua Univ, Dept Chem, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JP, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples
    R China.
 EM sly0726@163.com
 CR FURMAN P, 1997, J MATER SCI LETT, V16, P471
    JIN S, 2004, CHEM ENG J, V97, P203
    KOELSCH M, 2002, THIN SOLID FILMS, V403, P312
    NEGISHI N, 1998, J MATER SCI, V33, P5789
    NEGISHI N, 1998, J SOL-GEL SCI TECHN, V13, P691
    SHI LY, 1999, J INORG MATER, V14, P717
    SRIKANTH K, 2001, SOL ENERG MAT SOL C, V65, P171
    TAKEDA S, 2001, THIN SOLID FILMS, V392, P338
    TANADA S, 1999, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V214, P106
    YANG JJ, 2000, J PHOTOCH PHOTOBIO A, V137, P197
    ZHANG L, 2003, APPL CATAL B-ENVIRON, V40, P287
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 20
 IS 5
 BP 1243
 EP 1249
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 966KZ
 UT ISI:000232020000036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yuan, SJ
    Sui, YX
    Zhou, SM
 TI Isotropic ferromagnetic resonance field shift in as-prepared
    permalloy/FeMn bilayers
 SO EUROPEAN PHYSICAL JOURNAL B
 DT Article
 ID EXCHANGE BIAS; MAGNETIC-ANISOTROPY; THIN-FILMS; MULTILAYERS
 AB Exchange-coupled wedged-permalloy (Py)/FeMn bilayers are studied by
    ferromagnetic resonance (FMR) technique at room temperature. In
    comparison, Py single layer films were also made. For Py single layer
    films and Py/FeMn bilayers, only one uniform resonance peak was
    observed at high magnetic fields, indicating no interfacial diffusion
    at the Py/FeMn and Py/Cu interfaces. Negative isotropic in-plane
    resonance field does exist in Py/FeMn bilayers and its magnitude
    increases with decreasing Py layer thickness. In order to explain above
    phenomena, interfacial perpendicular anisotropy must be considered
    simultaneously, in addition to irreversible rotation of spins in FeMn
    layers. This is because the perpendicular resonance field of the
    bilayers is larger than that of Py single layer films.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Surface Phys Lab, State Key Lab, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Ctr Mat Anal & Measurements, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Yuan, SJ, Fudan Univ, Surface Phys Lab, State Key Lab, Shanghai 200433,
    Peoples R China.
 EM shimingzhou@yahoo.com
 CR DIENY B, 1991, PHYS REV B, V43, P1297
    MCMICHAEL RD, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P8605
    MEIKLEJOHN WH, 1956, PHYS REV, V102, P1413
    MIZUKAMI S, 2001, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V40, P580
    NAKAMURA K, 2004, PHYS REV B, V70
    NIKITENKO VI, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P8111
    NOGUES J, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V192, P203
    RUBINSTEIN M, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V195, P299
    STAMPS RL, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P4159
    STILES MD, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P3722
    STOECKLEIN W, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P6847
    XI HW, 2000, J APPL PHYS 1, V87, P4367
    YUAN SJ, 2004, APPL PHYS A, V79, P703
    ZHOU SM, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V83, P2013
    ZHOU SM, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
 NR 15
 TC 1
 SN 1434-6028
 J9 EUR PHYS J B
 JI Eur. Phys. J. B
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 44
 IS 4
 BP 557
 EP 562
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 966NF
 UT ISI:000232026000018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, X
    Li, CF
 TI The reflection and transmission group delay times in an asymmetric
    single quantum barrier
 SO EUROPEAN PHYSICAL JOURNAL B
 DT Article
 ID TUNNELING-TIME; TRAVERSAL TIME; ELECTRON; SCATTERING; STATES;
    CONDUCTORS; DENSITIES; PULSES; WELL
 AB The reflection and transmission group delay times are systematically
    investigated in an asymmetric single quantum barrier. It is reported
    that the reflection times in both evanescent and propagating cases can
    be either negative or positive, depending on the relative height of the
    potential energies on the two sides of the barrier. In the evanescent
    case where the energy of incident particles is less than the height of
    the barrier, the reflection and transmission times in the opaque limit
    are both independent of the barrier's thickness, showing
    superluminality. On the other hand, in the propagating case where the
    energy of incident particles is larger than the height of the barrier,
    the reflection and transmission times as the periodical function of the
    barrier's thickness can be greatly enhanced by the transmission
    resonance. It is also shown that the transmission time and the
    reflection times for the two propagation directions in the same
    asymmetric configuration satisfy the reciprocal relation, as
    consequence of time reversal invariance in quantum mechanics. These
    phenomena may lead to novel applications in electronic devices.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Xian Inst Opt & Precis Mech, State Key Lab Transient Opt Technol, Xian 710068, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xchen@graduate.shu.edu.cn
    cfli@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BALCOU P, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P851
    BANDOPADHYAY S, 2004, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V131, P447
    BANDOPADHYAY S, 2005, PHYS LETT A, V335, P266
    BERESFORD R, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V55, P1555
    BROWN ER, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P2291
    BUTTIKER M, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P1739
    BUTTIKER M, 1983, PHYS REV B, V27, P6178
    BUTTIKER M, 1990, ELECT PROPERTIES MUL, P297
    BUTTIKER M, 1993, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V5, P9361
    BUTTIKER M, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V180, P364
    BUTTIKER M, 2002, PRAMANA-J PHYS, V58, P241
    BUTTIKER M, 2003, NATURE, V422, P271
    CHEN X, 2003, PHYS REV A, V68
    CHIAO RY, 1997, PROG OPTICS, V37, P345
    DRAGOMAN D, 1996, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V32, P1150
    DRAGOMAN D, 1999, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V35, P118
    DRAGOMAN D, 2003, J APPL PHYS 1, V93, P6133
    GARCIACALDERON G, 1989, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V71, P237
    GASPARIAN V, 1996, PHYS REV A, V54, P4022
    GROSSEL P, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P9787
    HAIBEL A, 2001, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V10, P707
    HARTMAN TE, 1962, J APPL PHYS, V33, P3427
    HAUGE EH, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P4203
    HAUGE EH, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P917
    JAPHA Y, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P586
    LANDAUER R, 1989, NATURE, V341, P567
    LANDAUER R, 1994, REV MOD PHYS, V66, P217
    LEAVENS CR, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P5387
    LI CF, UNPUB OPT COMM
    LI CF, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V275, P287
    LONGHI S, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V64
    LUNA E, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V83, P3111
    LUO H, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P1307
    MARTINEZ JC, 2003, PHYS SCRIPTA, V68, P108
    MARTINEZ JC, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P1320
    MUGA JG, 2002, PHYS REV A, V66
    MUGA JG, 2002, TIME QUANTUM MECH
    NIMTZ G, 1994, J PHYS I, V4, P565
    NIMTZ G, 2003, PROG QUANT ELECTRON, V27, P417
    PARANJAPE VV, 1995, PHYS REV B, V52, P10740
    RANFAGNI A, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P774
    SEKATSKII SK, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    SLIVKEN S, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P4091
    SOLLI D, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66
    SPIELMANN C, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P2308
    STEINBERG AM, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P708
    STEINBERG AM, 1994, PHYS REV A, V49, P3283
    VETTER RM, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V63
    VISSCHER EH, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P2014
    WANG XH, 1998, EUR PHYS J B, V2, P121
    WIGNER EP, 1955, PHYS REV, V98, P145
    WINFUL HG, 2003, PHYS REV E 2, V68
    WINFUL HG, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V90
    WINFUL HG, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
 NR 54
 TC 0
 SN 1434-6028
 J9 EUR PHYS J B
 JI Eur. Phys. J. B
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 46
 IS 3
 BP 433
 EP 440
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 966RX
 UT ISI:000232039900018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZC
    Wang, Y
 TI A new kind of high-efficient and high-accurate P-stable Obrechkoff
    three-step method for periodic initial-value problems
 SO COMPUTER PHYSICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE Obrechkoff method; trigonometric fitting; P-stable; high-order
    derivative; first-order derivative formula; second-order initial value
    problem with periodic solutions; numerical solution to the Duffing
    equation
 ID DIMENSIONAL SCHRODINGER-EQUATION; MINIMAL PHASE-LAG; 2ND-ORDER
    DIFFERENTIAL-EQUATIONS; NUMERICAL-INTEGRATION; HIGH-ORDER;
    STABILIZATION; FORMULAS
 AB In order to improve the efficiency and accuracy of the previous
    Obrechkoff method, in this paper we put forward a new kind of P-stable
    three-step Obrechkoff method of O(h(10)) for periodic initial-value
    problems. By using a new structure and an embedded high accurate
    first-order derivative formula, we can avoid time-consuming iterative
    calculation to obtain the high-order derivatives. By taking advantage
    of new trigonometrically-fitting scheme we can make both the main
    structure and the first-order derivative formula to be P-stable. We
    apply our new method to three periodic problems and compare it with the
    previous three Obrechkoff methods. Numerical results demonstrate that
    our new method is superior over the previous ones in accuracy,
    efficiency and stability. (C) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 ShangDa Rd, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zc_wang89@hotmail.com
 CR ALLISON AC, 1970, J COMPUT PHYS, V6, P378
    ANANTHAKRISHNAI.U, 1982, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V8, P101
    ANANTHAKRISHNAI.U, 1987, MATH COMPUT, V49, P553
    BRUSA L, 1980, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V15, P685
    CASH JR, 1981, NUMER MATH, V37, P355
    CHAWLA MM, 1981, BIT, V21, P190
    CHAWLA MM, 1986, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V15, P213
    CHAWLA MM, 1986, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V15, P329
    CHAWLA MM, 1986, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V16, P233
    CHAWLA MM, 1987, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V17, P365
    CHAWLA MM, 1996, NEURAL PARALLEL SCI, V4, P505
    COLEMAN JP, 1989, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V9, P145
    GLADWELL I, 1983, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V19, P495
    HAIRER E, 1979, NUMER MATH, V32, P373
    JAIN MK, 1988, BIT, V28, P302
    LAMBERT JD, 1962, ZAMP, V13, P223
    LAMBERT JD, 1973, COMPUTATIONAL METHOD
    LAMBERT JD, 1976, J INST MATH APPL, V18, P189
    LANDAU L, 1974, QUANTUM MECH
    MICKENS RE, 1981, INTRO NONLINEAR OSCI
    NETA B, 2003, COMPUT MATH APPL, V45, P383
    OBRECHKOFF N, 1942, SPISANIE BULGAR AKAD, V65, P191
    RAI AS, 1997, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V79, P167
    RAPTIS AD, 1991, BIT, V31, P160
    SIMOS TE, 1990, COMPUTING, V45, P175
    SIMOS TE, 1991, APPL NUMER MATH, V7, P201
    SIMOS TE, 1991, INT J COMPUT MATH, V39, P135
    SIMOS TE, 1992, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V39, P89
    SIMOS TE, 1993, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V6, P283
    STIEFEL E, 1969, NUMER MATH, V13, P154
    THOMAS RM, 1984, BIT, V24, P225
    VANDERHOUWEN PJ, 1987, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V24, P595
    VANDOOREN R, 1974, J COMPUT PHYS, V16, P186
    WANG Z, 2003, J CHIN U S146, V12
    WANG ZC, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS C, V14, P1087
    WANG ZC, 2004, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V160, P23
 NR 36
 TC 0
 SN 0010-4655
 J9 COMPUT PHYS COMMUN
 JI Comput. Phys. Commun.
 PD SEP 15
 PY 2005
 VL 171
 IS 2
 BP 79
 EP 92
 PG 14
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 966UT
 UT ISI:000232048500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, BT
 TI Experimental investigation of flow patterns in cyclones with
    conventional and symmetrical inlet geometries
 SO CHEMICAL ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID GAS CYCLONE; COLLECTION; SEPARATOR
 AB The gas flow patterns in two different cyclone separators with
    conventional and symmetrical inlet geometries are analyzed and
    compared. Based on the results of experimental investigations of
    tangential velocity, axial velocity and static pressure distribution in
    these separators, the similarities and differences between the flow
    patterns are discussed. Furthermore, the influence of the inlet
    geometry on the flow patterns as well as the mechanism of gas-particle
    separation and pressure drop are evaluated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Inst Chem Proc Equipment, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, BT, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Inst Chem Proc
    Equipment, 516 Jungong Rd, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM zhaobingtao@mail.dhu.edu.cn
 CR ALEXANDER RM, 1949, P AUSTRALAS I MIN M, V152, P202
    GARWOOD DR, 1993, FILT C HORSH UK
    HOFFMANN AC, 1996, CAN J CHEM ENG, V74, P464
    OBERMAIR S, 2003, POWDER TECHNOL, V138, P239
    PATTERSON PA, 1996, CAN J CHEM ENG, V74, P213
    PENG W, 2002, POWDER TECHNOL, V127, P212
    TERLINDEN AJ, 1949, P I MECH ENG, V160, P129
    WAKELIN R, 1992, THESIS U CANTERBURY
    WANG LZ, 2001, AEROSOL SCI TECH, V35, P909
    WIE Y, 1991, P INTERPEC BEIJ CHIN
    ZHAO BT, 2004, POWDER TECHNOL, V145, P47
    ZHOU LX, 1990, POWDER TECHNOL, V63, P45
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0930-7516
 J9 CHEM ENG TECHNOL
 JI Chem. Eng. Technol.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 28
 IS 9
 BP 969
 EP 972
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Chemical
 GA 966XD
 UT ISI:000232055200001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shang, B
    Wang, XY
    Yuan, JW
    Vabret, A
    Wu, XD
    Yang, RF
    Tian, L
    Ji, YY
    Deubel, V
    Sun, B
 TI Characterization and application of monoclonal antibodies against N
    protein of SARS-coronavirus
 SO BIOCHEMICAL AND BIOPHYSICAL RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE severe acute respiratory syndrome; nucleocapsid protein; truncated N
    protein fragments; monoclonal antibody; B cell epitopernapping; human
    coronaviruses; diagnosis
 ID ACUTE RESPIRATORY SYNDROME; NUCLEOCAPSID PROTEIN; STRUCTURAL PROTEINS;
    ENZYME-IMMUNOASSAY
 AB Severe acute respiratory syndrome-coronavirus (SARS-CoV) causes an
    infectious disease through respiratory route. Diagnosing the disease
    effectively and accurately at early stage is essential for preventing
    the disease transmission and performing antiviral treatment. In this
    study, we raised monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) against the nucleocapsid
    (N) protein of SARS-CoV and mapped epitopes by using different
    truncated N protein fragments. The mapping of those epitopes was
    valuable for constructing pair-Abs used in serological diagnosis. The
    results showed that all of the six raised mAbs were divided into two
    groups recognizing the region of amino acids 249-317 (A group) or
    317-395 (B group). This region spanning amino acids 249-395 contains
    predominant B cell epitopes located at the C-terminus of N protein. One
    pair-Abs, consisting of N protein-specific rabbit polyclonal antibody
    and SARS-CoV N protein-specific mAb, was selected to construct a
    sandwich ELISA-kit. The kit was able to specifically detect SARS-CoV N
    proteins in serum samples. (c) 2005 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Biochem & Cell Biol, Lab Mol Cell Biol, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
    Acad Mil Med Sci, Inst Basic Med Sci, Inst Microbiol & Epidemiol, State Key Lab Pathogen & Biosecur, Beijing 100071, Peoples R China.
    CHU Caen, EA2128, UPRES, Lab Human & Mol Virol, F-14000 Caen, France.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Pasteur Shanghai, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Immunol Div, E Inst, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, B, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Biochem & Cell
    Biol, Lab Mol Cell Biol, 320 Yue Yang Rd, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R
    China.
 EM bsun@sibs.ac.cn
 CR BEATTY JD, 1987, J IMMUNOL METHODS, V100, P173
    CHE XY, 2004, EMERG INFECT DIS, V10, P1947
    CHE XY, 2004, J CLIN MICROBIOL, V42, P2629
    CHEN ZL, 2004, CLIN CHEM, V50, P988
    HE R, 2003, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V11, P870
    KING B, 1982, J VIROL, V42, P700
    LAU YL, 2005, CURR OPIN IMMUNOL, V17, P404
    MARRA MA, 2003, SCIENCE, V300, P1399
    ROTA PA, 2003, SCIENCE, V300, P1394
    SIMMONS G, 2004, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V101, P4240
    TAN YJ, 2004, CLIN DIAGN LAB IMMUN, V11, P362
    WEI L, 2005, FEBS LETT, V579, P2130
    WU HS, 2004, J BIOMED SCI, V11, P117
    WU XD, 2004, CELL RES, V14, P400
    YING L, 2004, CELL MOL IMMUNOL, V1, P137
    ZENG R, 2004, J PROTEOME RES, V3, P549
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0006-291X
 J9 BIOCHEM BIOPHYS RES COMMUN
 JI Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun.
 PD OCT 14
 PY 2005
 VL 336
 IS 1
 BP 110
 EP 117
 PG 8
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Biophysics
 GA 965HP
 UT ISI:000231941500018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yuan, JH
    Cheng, YM
    Zhang, ZH
 TI Spectral properties and crystal field parameters of the Cr3+ ions in
    Ca3Al2Ge3O12 germanate garnet
 SO ACTA PHYSICO-CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE spectroscopy; Cr3+ doped calcium aluminium germanate garnet; broad-band
    emission; crystal; field parameter; tunable laser material
 ID UP-CONVERSION; LASER; CR-3
 AB In order to investigate the spectral properties of the Cr3+ in
    Ca3Al2Ge3O12 garnet, the polycrystal material Ca3Al2Ge3O12:Cr3+ was
    synthesized; its X-ray diffraction patterns, diffuse reflection
    spectra, excitation and emission spectra were measured. The spectral
    properties of the material were discussed and the crystal field
    strength (D-q / B), Stokes displacements(Delta E-s) along with
    Huang-Rhys factors(S) were calculated. Under the excitation of 450 nm
    light, the emission spectrum of Cr3+ in Ca3Al2Ge3O12 garnet at room
    temperature mainly consists of three broad bands with weak R line.
    Three broad bands correspond to T-4(1)-(4)A(2), T-4(2)-(4)A(2), and
    T-2(2)-(4)A(2) transitions of Cr3+ ions, respectively. The R line
    becomes stronger and sharper at low temperature of 30 K. The calculated
    results showed D-q / B=2.43, Delta E-s=1884 cm(-1) and S=5.21,
    indicating that Cr3+ ions in Ca3Al2Ge3O12 garnet locate at weaker
    crystal field strength and the coupling between the electrons and the
    phonons is strong. The results imply that Ca3Al2Ge3O12:Cr3+ would be a
    promising material for tunable laser.
 C1 Changsha Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys & Elect Sci, Changsha 410076, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yuan, JH, Changsha Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys & Elect Sci, Changsha
    410076, Peoples R China.
 EM yuanjianhui2003@163.com
 CR CAVALLI E, 1996, OPT MATER, V6, P153
    CHEN W, 1993, OPT COMMUN, V104, P71
    CHRISTIANSEN HP, 1982, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V18, P1197
    HOMMERICH U, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P12133
    HOMMERICH U, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P8595
    KENYON PT, 1982, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V18, P1189
    ODONNELL KP, 1989, J LUMIN, V42, P365
    STRUVE B, 1985, APPL PHYS B-PHOTO, V36, P195
    TANABE Y, 1954, J PHYS SOC JPN, V9, P753
    TANG HG, 1986, ACTA OPTICA SINIA, V6, P155
    WALLING JC, 1980, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V16, P1302
    WANG Y, 2003, LASER J, V24, P58
    YANKOV P, 1994, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V27, P1118
    ZHANG X, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P3987
    ZHANG XA, 1997, CHEM PHYS LETT, V273, P416
    ZHOU SH, 1993, OPT LETT, V18, P511
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1000-6818
 J9 ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Phys.-Chim. Sin.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 21
 IS 9
 BP 1059
 EP 1062
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical
 GA 966AB
 UT ISI:000231990900023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, H
    Ren, ZM
    Xu, KD
    Huang, H
    Wang, QL
    Yan, LG
 TI Solidification behaviors of Al3Ni precipitated phase in Al-Ni alloy
    under a high magnetic field
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE high magnetic field; orientation; laminated alignment structure; Al-Ni
    alloy; Al3Ni precipitated phase
 ID AL-AL3NI; ORIENTATION; COMPOSITES
 AB The solidification behaviors of nonferromagnetic Al3Ni precipitated
    phase in Al-8%Ni alloy with a high magnetic field applied have been
    studied experimentally. It is found that the magnetic field induces the
    crystals of Al3Ni phase to orient with their c-axes parallel to the
    field and the long axes of the crystals are perpendicular to their
    c-axes. There are several Al3Ni congregation planes parallel with each
    other, which are perpendicular to the field, that is, regular Al3Ni
    laminated alignment structure is formed in the alloy. In the planes,
    there are several big Al3Ni congregations, in the inner part of which
    there are aligned Al3Ni crystals.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Elect Engn, Ctr Appl Supercond, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, H, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Elect Engn, Ctr Appl Supercond, Beijing
    100080, Peoples R China.
 CR ASAI S, 2004, MODEL SIMUL MATER SC, V12, R1
    FARAG MM, 1975, METALL T A, V6, P1009
    FARAG MM, 1976, METALL T A, V7, P215
    FERREIRA PJ, 1999, J MATER RES, V14, P2751
    GARMONG G, 1975, METALLURGICAL T A, V6, P1335
    GILLON P, 2000, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V287, P146
    GOTO S, 2000, KEY ENG MAT, V171, P161
    HUI W, 2003, EFFECTS HIGH MAGNETI
    KATSUKI A, 1996, CHEM LETT, P607
    MIKELSON AE, 1981, J CRYST GROWTH, V52, P524
    RANGO PD, 1991, NATURE, V349, P770
    STASSEN S, 1994, PHYSICA C 1, V235, P515
    TAHASHI M, 2000, MATER T JIM, V41, P985
    TOURNIER RF, 2001, J MAGN MAGN MATER, P226
    WANG H, 2001, MATER SCI ENG, V19, P119
    YU JQ, 1987, CONSTITUTION BINARY, P150
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 34
 IS 7
 BP 1033
 EP 1035
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 964GV
 UT ISI:000231868200007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, W
    Ni, JS
    Zhou, XY
    Xu, H
    Zhou, BX
 TI Effect of Cr addition on crystallization behavior and magnetic
    properties of nanocomposite Nd2Fe14B/a-Fe alloys
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE nanocomposite; melt spinning; metastable phase; magnetic properties
 ID PERMANENT-MAGNETS
 AB The influence of Cr addition on the crystallization behavior and
    magnetic properties of melt-spun Nd11Fe72-xCo8V1.5CrxB7.5 (x=0,1)
    nanocomposite alloys have been studied. The results show that Cr
    addition can increase the forming temperature of alpha-Fe and Nd2Fe14B
    phases, decrease the Curie temperature of hard magnetic phase Nd2Fe14B.
    The magnetic properties of the bonded magnets are obviously improved by
    the Cr addition. The intrinsic coercivity (H-J(C)) and maximum magnetic
    energy product ((BH) (max)) are increased from 780 kA/m and 68 kJ/m(3)
    for x=0 to 903.5 kA/m and 71 kJ/m(3) for x=1, respectively. The
    addition of Cr element shows significant advantage in reducing grain
    size and increasing the intrinsic coercivity.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Engn Sci, Sch Mat Engn, Shanghai 200336, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, W, Shanghai Univ Engn Sci, Sch Mat Engn, Shanghai 200336, Peoples
    R China.
 CR CHANG WC, 1997, J APPL PHYS 2A, V81, P4453
    FISCHER R, 1995, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V150, P329
    HADJIPANAYIS GC, 1995, IEEE T MAGN 2, V31, P3596
    HIROSAWA S, 1996, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V217, P367
    JIANG S, 1993, THEORY FERROMAGNETIC, V1, P141
    KNELLER EF, 1991, IEEE T MAGN, V27, P3588
    LEINEWEBER T, 1997, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V176, P145
    LIU W, 2004, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V33, P646
    RAVE W, 1997, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V171, P69
    SCHRAEDER T, 1994, PIMA MAG, V76, P10
    YAMASAKI M, 2001, SCRIPTA MATER, V44, P1375
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 34
 IS 7
 BP 1051
 EP 1054
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 964GV
 UT ISI:000231868200012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Z
    Ni, JS
    Xu, H
    Zhou, BX
    Hou, XL
    Chen, G
    Yang, XL
 TI A study of two-phase nanocrystalline Nd10Fe75Co5Zr3Cr0.5B6.5 permanent
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE rare earths; nanocrystalline; bonded magnet; magnetic properties
 ID MAGNETS
 AB Nd10Fe75Co5Zr3Cr0.5B6.5 magnet was prepared by melt-spun and
    subsequently annealed. After treated at 710 degrees C for 4 min, the
    mean grain size of the ribbon was 50 nm similar to 60 nm. The excellent
    magnetic properties of the bonded magnet were achieved: B-r = 0.67 T,
    H-1(C)=707 kA(.)m(-1) and (BH)(max)=74 kJ(.)m(-3).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Eight Res Inst Nucl Ind, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, Z, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR CHAN TW, 1997, INT J ARTIFICIAL INT, V8, P1
    JURCZYK M, 1998, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V185, P66
    KNELLER E, 1991, IEEE T MAGN, V27, P3589
    LIAO HC, 1999, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V28, P65
    LIU JF, 1996, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V157, P29
    RIEGER G, 1995, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V151, P193
    YONEYAMA T, 1990, IEEE T MAGN, V26, P1963
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 34
 IS 7
 BP 1055
 EP 1057
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 964GV
 UT ISI:000231868200013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hou, XL
    Kong, JF
    Jin, HM
    Li, ZF
    Pang, W
 TI Microstructure evolution of hydrided and dehydrided Nd13Fe81.5B5.5
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE NdFeB alloy; materials of magnetic refrigeration; magnetocaloric
    effect; hydrided and dehydrided
 AB The alloy with chemical compositions of Nd13Fe81.5B5.5 has the function
    of hydrogen absorption in room temperature. When heated, its function
    of hydrogen absorbing is better. The results show that absorbing
    hydrogen for the nonheated Nd13Fe81.5B5.5 alloy occurs only in the
    crystal boundary of the rich Nd-phase accompanying the release of heat
    in process of absorbing hydrogen. When heated up, absorbing hydrogen
    for the alloy occurs not only in crystal boundary of rich Nd-phase but
    also in the crystal inner. After absorbing hydrogen, the main phases of
    the alloy are NdH2.9 and alpha-Fe with minor phases Fe2B and Fe2Nd
    accompanying the release of the mass heat. The hydrogen absorbing
    temperature for the alloy is 700 degrees C. Dehydriding occurs in the
    range of 730 degrees C similar to 800 degrees C. High quality of the
    hydride can be produced under the above-mentioned condition.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Mat Res Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    NW Inst Nonferrous Met Res, Xian 710016, Peoples R China.
 RP Hou, XL, Shanghai Univ, Mat Res Inst, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BOOK D, 1992, IEEE T MAGN, V28, P21
    JEANNOT D, 1993, IEEE T MAGN, V29, P2770
    SHI YJ, 1999, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V28, P53
    YAMAMOTO H, 1987, IEEE T MAGN, V23, P2100
    ZHOU SZ, 1999, RARE EARTH PERMANENT, P336
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 34
 IS 7
 BP 1058
 EP 1060
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 964GV
 UT ISI:000231868200014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
 TI Principal parametric resonance of axially accelerating viscoelastic
    strings with an integral constitutive law
 SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY A-MATHEMATICAL PHYSICAL AND
    ENGINEERING SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear parametric vibration; method of multiple scales; stability;
    axially moving string; viscoelasticity
 ID NONLINEAR VIBRATION; GEOMETRIC NONLINEARITY; TRANSVERSE VIBRATION;
    STABILITY; BELTS; OSCILLATION
 AB The steady-state transverse responses and the stability of an axially
    accelerating viscoelastic string are investigated. The governing
    equation is derived from the Eulerian equation of motion of a
    continuum, which leads to the Mote model for transverse motion. The
    Kirchhoff model is derived from the Mote model by replacing the tension
    with the averaged tension over the string. The method of multiple
    scales is applied to the two models in the case of principal parametric
    resonance. Closed-form expressions of the amplitudes and the existence
    conditions of steady-state periodical responses are presented. The
    Lyapunov linearized stability theory is employed to demonstrate that
    the first (second) non-trivial steady-state response is always stable
    (unstable). Numerical calculations show that the two models are
    qualitatively the same, but quantitatively different. Numerical results
    are also presented to highlight the effects of the mean axial speed,
    the axial-speed fluctuation amplitude, and the viscoelastic parameters.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM lqchen@online.sh.cn
 CR ABRATE S, 1992, MECH MACH THEORY, V27, P645
    ANDRIANOV IV, 2003, ASME, V56, P87
    CARTMELL MP, 2003, APPL MECH REV, V56, P455
    CHEN LQ, 2001, ADV MECH, V31, P535
    CHEN LQ, 2003, ACTA MECH, V162, P143
    CHEN LQ, 2003, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V4, P169
    CHEN LQ, 2004, J ENG MATH, V48, P171
    CHEN LQ, 2004, J SOUND VIB, V278, P861
    CHEN LQ, 2004, NONLINEAR DYNAM, V35, P347
    CHEN LQ, 2005, APPL MATH COMPUT, V162, P305
    CHEN LQ, 2005, APPL MECH REV, V58, P91
    CHEN LQ, 2005, J ACOUST SOC AM, V117, P55
    CHRISTENSEN RM, 1982, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    CHUNG J, 2001, J SOUND VIB, V240, P733
    FUNG RF, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V201, P153
    FUNG YC, 1995, FDN SOLID MECH
    KIRCHHOFF G, 1877, VORLESUNGEN MATH PHY
    KOIVUROVA H, 1999, J SOUND VIB, V225, P845
    MIRANKER WL, 1960, IBM J RES DEV, V4, P36
    MOON J, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V200, P419
    MOTE CD, 1966, J APPL MECH, V33, P463
    NAYFEH AH, 1979, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    OZKAYA E, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V230, P729
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1993, J SOUND VIB, V168, P371
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1994, J SOUND VIB, V169, P179
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V203, P815
    THURMAN AL, 1969, J APPLIED MECHANICS, V36, P83
    WASHIZU K, 1982, VARIATIONAL METHODS
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
    WICKERT JA, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P738
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P396
    ZHANG L, 2002, INT J STRUCTURAL STA, V2, P265
 NR 32
 TC 0
 SN 1364-5021
 J9 PROC ROY SOC A-MATH PHYS ENG
 JI Proc. R. Soc.  A-Math. Phys. Eng. Sci.
 PD SEP 8
 PY 2005
 VL 461
 IS 2061
 BP 2701
 EP 2720
 PG 20
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 963IP
 UT ISI:000231798000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU An, BL
    Gong, ML
    Li, MX
    Zhang, JM
    Cheng, ZX
 TI Synthesis and luminescence of a novel conjugated europium complex with
    6-aniline carbonyl 2-pyridine carboxylic acid
 SO JOURNAL OF FLUORESCENCE
 DT Article
 DE Europium organic complex; luminescence; lifetime; absorption spectra
 ID BRIGHT LUMINESCENCE; QUANTUM EFFICIENCY; ENERGY-TRANSFER; POLYMERS;
    ELECTROLUMINESCENCE; FLUORESCENCE; EU(III)
 AB A novel organic ligand, 6-aniline carbonyl 2-pyridine carboxylic acid
    (HAP), and the corresponding europium complex, tris(6-aniline carbonyl
    2-pyridine carboxylato) europium (III) (Eu-AP) have been designed and
    synthesized. The results showed that Eu-AP was a conjugated complex,
    emitting strong red luminescence. The lifetimes of D-5(0) of Eu3+ in
    the complex were examined using time-resolved spectroscopic analysis,
    and the lifetime value was 0.55 +/- 0.01 ms for solid Eu(AP)(3).
    Thermogravimetric analysis showed that the europium complex had good
    thermal stability.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Sun Yat Sen Univ, State Key Lab Optoelect Mat & Technol, Ghangzhou 510275, Peoples R China.
 RP An, BL, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R
    China.
 EM blan@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR AN BL, 2003, POLYHEDRON, V22, P2719
    AN BL, 2004, CHEM PHYS LETT, V385, P345
    AN DC, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P2806
    CAO Y, 1999, NATURE, V397, P414
    CHEN GZ, 1990, FLUORESCENCE ANAL ME
    FRIEND RH, 1999, NATURE, V397, P121
    HASEGAWA Y, 2003, J PHYS CHEM A, V107, P1697
    HEMMILA I, 1995, J ALLOY COMPD, V225, P480
    HO PKH, 1999, SCIENCE, V285, P233
    KIDO J, 2002, CHEM REV, V102, P2357
    LESSMANN JJ, 2000, INORG CHEM, V39, P3114
    MCGEHEE MD, 1999, ADV MATER, V11, P1349
    MELBY LR, 1964, J AM CHEM SOC, V86, P5117
    MOYNAGH J, 1999, NATURE, V400, P105
    SANO T, 2000, J MATER CHEM, V10, P157
    SLOOFF LH, 2000, OPT MATER, V14, P101
    WEISSMAN SI, 1942, J CHEM PHYS, V10, P214
    YANG YS, 1994, J ALLOY COMPD, V207, P112
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 1053-0509
 J9 J FLUORESC
 JI J. Fluoresc.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 613
 EP 617
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Biochemical Research Methods
 GA 965HH
 UT ISI:000231940700017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, DY
    Wang, ZC
    Dai, YM
    Wang, Y
 TI A high-accurate and efficient Obrechkoff five-step method for undamped
    Duffing's equation
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS C
 DT Article
 DE Obrechkoff method; high-order derivative; multistep method;
    second-order initial value problem with periodic solutions; numerical
    solution to the Duffing equation
 ID INITIAL-VALUE-PROBLEMS
 AB In this paper, we present a five-step Obrechkoff method to improve the
    previous two-step one for a second-order initial-value problem with the
    oscillatory solution. We use a special structure to construct the
    iterative formula, in which the higher-even-order derivatives are
    placed at central four nodes, and show there existence of periodic
    solutions in it with a remarkably wide interval of periodicity, H-0(2)
    similar to 16.28. By using a proper first-order derivative (1701))
    formula to make this five-step method to have two advantages (a) a very
    high accuracy since the local truncation error (LTE) of both the main
    structure and the FOD formula are the same as O(h(14)); (b) a high
    efficiency because it avoids solving a polynomial equation with
    degree-nine by Picard iterative. By applying the new method to the
    well-known problem, the nonlinear Duffing's equation without damping,
    we can show that our numerical solution is four to five orders higher
    than the one by the previous Obrechkoff two-step method and it takes
    only 25% of CPU time required by the previous method to fulfil the same
    task. By using the new method, a better "exact" solution is found by
    fitting, whose error tolerance is below 5 X 10(-15), than the one
    widely used in the lectures, whose error tolerance is below 10(-11).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, DY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 ShangDa Rd, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ANANTHAKRISHNAI.U, 1982, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V8, P101
    ANANTHAKRISHNAI.U, 1987, MATH COMPUT, V49, P553
    CHAWLA MM, 1987, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V15, P213
    CHAWLA MM, 1996, NEURAL PARALLEL SCI, V4, P505
    GUCKENHEIMER J, 1983, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    HAIRER E, 1979, NUMER MATH, V32, P373
    JAIN MK, 1988, BIT, V28, P302
    LAMBERT JD, 1976, J INST MATH APPL, V18, P189
    MICKENS RE, 1981, INTRO NONLINEAR OSCI
    NETA B, 2003, COMPUT MATH APPL, V45, P383
    SIMOS TE, 1993, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V6, P283
    VANDOOREN R, 1974, J COMPUT PHYS, V16, P186
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0129-1831
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS C
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. C
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 16
 IS 7
 BP 1027
 EP 1041
 PG 15
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 965CC
 UT ISI:000231926600003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fung, RYK
    Chen, YZ
    Chen, L
    Tang, JF
 TI A fuzzy expected value-based goal programing model for product planning
    using quality function deployment
 SO ENGINEERING OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE product planning; quality function deployment; fuzzy linear regression;
    least squares regression
 ID CUSTOMER REQUIREMENTS; QFD; COEFFICIENTS
 AB Product planning is one of four important processes in new product
    development using quality function deployment (QFD), which is a widely
    used customer-driven approach. In this article, a hierarchical
    framework for product planning using QFD is developed. To tackle the
    fuzziness in functional relationships between customer requirements and
    engineering characteristics (ECs) in product planning, the least
    squares method is incorporated into fuzzy regression to investigate
    those functional relationships, by which a more central tendency can be
    obtained. Furthermore, a fuzzy expected value-based goal programming
    model is proposed to specify target values of ECs. Different from some
    fuzzy product planning approaches for QFD, the proposed programming
    model has unambiguous interpretations. An illustrated example of a
    quality improvement problem of emulsification dynamite-packing machine
    design is given to demonstrate the application and performance of the
    proposed approach.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Kong Loon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron Engn & Automat, Dept Precis Mech Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    NE Univ Technol, Sch Informat Sci & Engn, Key Lab Proc Ind Automat MOE, Shenyang 110004, Liaoning, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YZ, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mfg Engn & Engn Management, Tat
    Chee Ave, Kong Loon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 EM zhycyz@yahoo.com.cn
 CR AKAO Y, 1990, QUALITY FUNCTION DEP
    ARMACOST RL, 1994, IIE TRANS, V26, P72
    BAI H, 2003, INT J PROD RES, V41, P3861
    CHEN Y, 2004, INT J PROD RES, V42, P1009
    DOBOIS D, 1987, FUZZY SET SYST, V24, P279
    FUNG RYK, 1998, INT J PROD RES, V36, P13
    HAJIME Y, 2002, INT J PROD RES, V40, P1031
    HAUSER JR, 1988, HARVARD BUS REV, V66, P63
    ISHIBUCHI H, 2001, FUZZY SET SYST, V119, P273
    KIM KJ, 2000, EUR J OPER RES, V121, P504
    LIU BD, 2002, IEEE T FUZZY SYST, V10, P445
    PARK T, 1998, J OPERATIONS MANAGEM, V16, P469
    TANG JF, 2002, COMPUT OPER RES, V29, P1447
    WASSERMAN GS, 1993, IIE TRANS, V25, P59
    YAGER RR, 2002, FUZZY OPTIMIZATION D, V1, P13
    YEN KK, 1999, FUZZY SET SYST, V106, P167
    ZHOU M, 1998, COMPUT IND ENG, V35, P237
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0305-215X
 J9 ENG OPTIMIZ
 JI Eng. Optimiz.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 37
 IS 6
 BP 633
 EP 647
 PG 15
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 965WZ
 UT ISI:000231982900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hou, JM
    Tian, LJ
    Ge, ML
 TI Two-qubit quantum logic gate in molecular magnets
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID COMPUTATION; DYNAMICS; DIMER
 AB We propose a scheme to realize a controlled-NOT quantum logic gate in a
    dimer of exchange coupled single-molecule magnets, [Mn-4](2). We chosen
    the ground state and the three low-lying excited states of a dimer in a
    finite longitudinal magnetic field as the quantum computing bases and
    introduced a pulsed transverse magnetic field with a special frequency.
    The pulsed transverse magnetic field induces the transitions between
    the quantum computing bases so as to realize a controlled-NOT quantum
    logic gate. The transition rates between a pair of the four quantum
    computing bases and between the quantum computing bases and excited
    states are evaluated and analysed.
 C1 SE Univ, Dept Phys, Nanjing 210096, Peoples R China.
    Nankai Univ, Nankai Inst Math, Div Theoret Phys, Tianjin 300071, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Hou, JM, SE Univ, Dept Phys, Nanjing 210096, Peoples R China.
 EM jmhou@eyou.com
 CR AVERIN DV, 1998, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V105, P659
    BARENCO A, 1995, PHYS REV A, V52, P3457
    BARENCO A, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P4083
    BERMAN GP, 1997, PHYSICA B, V240, P61
    CIRAC JI, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P4901
    CORY DG, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P1634
    GERSHENFELD NA, 1996, PHYSCOMP96 P 4 WORKS, P136
    GROVER LK, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P325
    HILL S, 2003, SCIENCE, V302, P1015
    LEUENBERGER MN, 2001, NATURE, V410, P789
    LOSS D, 1998, PHYS REV A, V57, P120
    MAKHLIN Y, 2001, REV MOD PHYS, V73, P357
    MEIER F, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
    MEIER F, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V90
    SHOR PW, 1994, P 35 ANN S FDN COMP, P124
    TIRON R, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    WERNSDORFER W, 2002, NATURE, V416, P406
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 22
 IS 9
 BP 2147
 EP 2150
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 963PR
 UT ISI:000231816800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, YP
 TI Well-posedness of initial value problem for Euler equations of inviscid
    compressible adiabatic fluid
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Euler equation; initial or boundary value problem; well-posedness;
    stratification theory
 AB The well-posedness of the initial value problem of the Euler equations
    was mainly discussed based on the stratification theory, and the
    necessary and sufficient conditions of well-posedness are presented for
    some representative initial or boundary value problem, thus the
    structure of solution space for local (exact) solution of the Euler
    equations is determined. Moreover the computation formulas of the
    analytical solution of the well-posed problem are also given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, YP, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM eduwyp@eyou.com
 CR LANDAU L, 1971, MECANIQUE FLUIDES, P10
    LI DQ, 1997, PHYS PARTIAL DIFFERE, V1, P96
    SHEN Z, 2003, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V24, P545
    SHIH WH, 1992, SOLUTIONS ANAL QUELQ
    SHIH WH, 2001, FDN STRATIFICATION T
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 7
 BP 865
 EP 871
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 964GH
 UT ISI:000231866600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qian, SQ
    Wu, JS
 TI Sputter-deposited TiNiPd alloy films on Si wafer
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE TiNiPd; thin film; sputter deposition; crystallization; martensitic
    transformation; fracture morphology; nano-hardness
 ID MARTENSITIC-TRANSFORMATION; TI50NI50-XPDX ALLOYS; THIN-FILMS
 AB Amorphous thin films of Ti51.78Ni22.24Pd25.98 alloys were deposited
    onto n-type(100) Si wafer by radio frequency magnetron sputtering. From
    X-ray diffraction patterns, the crystallization temperature of thin
    film on Si wafer is found to be higher than 553.1 degrees C. The film
    heated at 750 degrees C for 1 h quite crystallizes along with some
    precipitation, but at 550 C it partially crystallizes. With heating for
    50 h at 450 degrees C before crystallization, the film will contain
    more B19' phases after succeeding heat-treatment at 650 degrees C, but
    less B19' phases after 750 degrees C treatment are found. The fracture
    morphology of the film heated at 550 degrees C shows a flat pattern
    with more steps, whereas that of the film preparing at 750 degrees C
    displays a well-defined fine granulation structure. 550 degrees
    C-heated film is harder than as-deposited film because of good cohesion
    between film and Si wafer.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Engn, Shanghai 200336, Peoples R China.
 RP Qian, SQ, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 EM qsqli@online.sh.cn
 CR CHU JP, 2000, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V277, P11
    GADIEU F, 1975, IEEE T MAGN, V11, P227
    KOHL M, 1999, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V273, P784
    LO YC, 1990, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V24, P1571
    LO YC, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P1097
    MATHEWS S, 1999, PHIL MAG LETT, V79, P265
    MATVEEVA NM, 1982, J PHYS-PARIS, V43, P249
    MIYAZAKI S, 1999, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V273, P106
    OHTA A, 2000, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V86, P165
    OTSUKA K, 1999, INTERMETALLICS, V7, P511
    QUANDT E, 1996, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V53, P434
    SAWAGUCHI T, 2002, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V332, P47
    TIAN QC, 2001, ACTA METALL SIN, V6, P658
    TIAN QC, 2001, Z METAKD, V5, P436
    WEN SL, 2002, J CHINESE ELECT MICR, V3, P294
    WU TB, 2001, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V11, P272
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 868
 EP 872
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 962GP
 UT ISI:000231719300028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, C
    Zhou, GY
    Xu, Y
    Hua, TC
 TI Glass transition and enthalpy relaxation of ethylene glycol and its
    aqueous solution
 SO THERMOCHIMICA ACTA
 DT Article
 DE enthalpy relaxation; glass transition; ethylene glycol; differential
    scanning calorimetry; cryomicroscopy
 ID DIFFERENTIAL SCANNING CALORIMETRY; DIMETHYL-SULFOXIDE; SUCROSE
    SOLUTIONS; FROZEN SUCROSE; ICE CRYSTALS; GLYCEROL; VITRIFICATION;
    POLYALCOHOLS; PHASE; DSC
 AB Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) and cryomicroscopy were
    employed to investigate the glass transition and enthalpy relaxation
    behaviors of ethylene glycol (EG)and its aqueous solution (50% EG) with
    different crystallization percent. Isothermal crystallization method
    was used in devitrification region to get different crystallinity after
    samples quenched below glass transition temperature. The DSC
    thermograms upon warming showed that the pure EG has a single glass
    transition, while the 50% EG solution has two if the solution
    crystallized partially. It is believed that the lower temperature
    transition represents the glass transition of bulk amorphous phase of
    EG aqueous solution glass state, while the higher one is related to ice
    inclusions, whose mobility is restricted by ice crystal.
    Cryomicroscopic observation indicated that the EG crystal has regular
    shape while the ice crystal in 50% EG aqueous solution glass matrix has
    no regular surface. Isothermal annealing experiments at temperatures
    lower than T-g were also conducted on these amorphous samples in DSC,
    and the results showed that both the two amorphous phases presented in
    50% EG experience enthalpy relaxation. The relaxation process of
    restricted amorphous phase is more sensitive to annealing temperature.
    (C) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhongyuan Inst Technol, Dept Energy & Environm Engn, Zhengzhou 450007, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryomed & Food Refrigerat, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, C, Zhongyuan Inst Technol, Dept Energy & Environm Engn, Zhengzhou
    450007, Peoples R China.
 EM gao_cai@hotmail.com
 CR ABLETT S, 1992, J CHEM SOC FARADAY T, V88, P789
    ALBEROLA N, 1983, J PHYS CHEM-US, V87, P4264
    ALVES NM, 2002, POLYMER, V43, P4111
    ANGELL CA, 1982, J PHYS CHEM-US, V86, P3845
    BRONSHTEYN VL, 1995, CRYOBIOLOGY, V32, P1
    CHANG ZH, 1991, CRYOBIOLOGY, V28, P87
    CLAUDY P, 1997, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V293, P1
    FAHY GM, 1987, CRYOBIOLOGY, V24, P196
    GAO C, 2004, J PHYS CHEM SIN, V20, P123
    GOFF HD, 2003, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V399, P43
    HANCOCK BC, 2001, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V380, P95
    IZZARD MJ, 1996, J THERM ANAL CALORIM, V47, P1407
    LEMESTE ML, 1980, CRYOLETT, V9, P21
    LUYET B, 1968, BIODYNAMICA, V10, P1167
    MACFARLANE DR, 1987, CRYOBIOLOGY, V24, P181
    MEHL PM, 1996, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V272, P201
    MEHL PM, 1996, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V284, P191
    MURTHY SSN, 1997, J PHYS CHEM B, V101, P6043
    MURTHY SSN, 1998, CRYOBIOLOGY, V36, P84
    PIKAL MJ, 1999, FREEZE DRYING LYOPHI, P161
    PYNE A, 2003, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V405, P225
    RASMUSSEN PH, 1997, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V303, P23
    SHAW JM, 1997, CRYOBIOLOGY, V35, P219
    TAKEDA K, 1998, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V231, P273
    THOM F, 1986, CRYOLETT, V7, P311
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 0040-6031
 J9 THERMOCHIM ACTA
 JI Thermochim. Acta
 PD SEP 1
 PY 2005
 VL 435
 IS 1
 BP 38
 EP 43
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Physical
 GA 963DN
 UT ISI:000231783600007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, YX
    Wen, S
    Feng, YL
    Bi, XH
    Wang, XM
    Sheng, GY
    Fu, JM
 TI A novel method for the stable carbon isotope analysis of atmospheric
    formaldehyde by means of cysteamine derivatization
 SO RAPID COMMUNICATIONS IN MASS SPECTROMETRY
 DT Letter
 ID NONMETHANE HYDROCARBONS; ORGANIC-COMPOUNDS; AIR; EXPOSURE; CHINA;
    COLLECTION; GUANGZHOU; EMISSIONS; LEUKEMIA; CANCER
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Guangzhou Inst Geochem, State Key Lab Organ Geochem, Guangdong Key Lab Environm Resources Utilizat & P, Ghangzhou 510640, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, JM, Chinese Acad Sci, Guangzhou Inst Geochem, State Key Lab Organ
    Geochem, Guangdong Key Lab Environm Resources Utilizat & P, Ghangzhou
    510640, Peoples R China.
 EM fujm@gig.ac.cn
 CR *US EPA, 1999, COMP METH 11A
    ABRAJANO TA, 1994, ORG GEOCHEM, V21, P611
    ANDRADE JB, 1992, ATMOS ENVIRON A-GEN, V26, P819
    BLAIR A, 1990, AM J IND MED, V17, P683
    BLAIR A, 1990, SCAND J WORK ENV HEA, V16, P381
    COLE P, 2004, REGUL TOXICOL PHARM, V40, P107
    COLLINS JJ, 2004, REGUL TOXICOL PHARM, V40, P81
    CONNY JM, 1996, ATMOS ENVIRON, V30, P621
    ERDEM N, 1996, TOXICOL LETT, V88, P74
    FENG YL, 2004, ATMOS ENVIRON, V38, P103
    FENG YL, 2005, ATMOS ENVIRON, V39, P1789
    GOLDMAN FH, 1943, IND ENG CHEM, V15, P377
    GRANBY K, 1997, ATMOS ENVIRON, V31, P1403
    GRIMALDI F, 1998, TOXICOL LETT S, V95, P222
    GRUTTER M, 2005, ATMOS ENVIRON, V39, P1027
    HAYASHI T, 1986, J ASSOC OFF ANA CHEM, V69, P101
    HUANG TC, 1998, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V46, P224
    JOHNSON BJ, 1990, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V24, P898
    MELANDER L, 1980, REACTION RATES ISOTO
    MIYAKE T, 1993, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V41, P1968
    RAYNER AC, 1961, ANAL CHEM, V33, P627
    RIELEY G, 1994, ANALYST, V119, P915
    RUDOLPH J, 2002, ATMOS ENVIRON, V36, P1173
    SAITO T, 2002, J GEOPHYS RES, V107
    TANNER RL, 1996, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOS, V101, P28961
    TODA K, 2005, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V531, P41
    WEN S, 2004, RAPID COMMUN MASS SP, V18, P2669
    WEN S, 2005, IN PRESS ENV SCI TEC, V39
    YASUHARA A, 1989, J ASSOC OFF ANA CHEM, V72, P899
    ZHANG JF, 1999, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V33, P2311
    ZHONG WG, 2004, MUTAT RES-GEN TOX EN, V563, P13
    ZWANK L, 2003, ANAL CHEM, V75, P5575
 NR 32
 TC 1
 SN 0951-4198
 J9 RAPID COMMUN MASS SPECTROM
 JI Rapid Commun. Mass Spectrom.
 PY 2005
 VL 19
 IS 17
 BP 2469
 EP 2472
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Spectroscopy
 GA 961IA
 UT ISI:000231654100014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Q
    Pelletier, JM
    Lu, J
    Dong, YD
 TI Study of internal friction behavior in a Zr base bulk amorphous alloy
    around the glass transition
 SO MATERIALS SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING A-STRUCTURAL MATERIALS PROPERTIES
    MICROSTRUCTURE AND PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE bulk metallic glass; internal friction; glass transition
 ID METALLIC-GLASS; MECHANICAL SPECTROSCOPY; STRUCTURAL RELAXATION;
    FREQUENCY-DEPENDENCE; SUPERCOOLED LIQUIDS; COOLING RATES; POLYMERS;
    MODULUS; MODEL; MICROSTRUCTURE
 AB In the present work, mechanical spectroscopy measurements have been
    performed over broad frequency and temperature regions on a bulk
    Zr55Cu25Ni5Al10Nb5 amorphous alloy. This alloy shows a distinct
    calorimetric glass transition and a high thermal stability with respect
    to crystallization. Dynamic mechanical analysis clearly demonstrates a
    main relaxation related to the glass transition, T-g. Frequency
    dependence of internal friction at temperatures in the vicinity of the
    glass transition temperature can be well described using a physical
    model, which can characterize the mechanical response of disordered
    condensed materials and especially the characteristic main relaxation
    time tau(mol). As a consequence, activation parameters for the dynamic
    glass transition of the amorphous alloy are determined through
    isothermal measurements of internal friction. Furthermore, the
    temperature dependence of the characteristic relaxation time is
    theoretically confirmed. There is also a good agreement between the
    well-known fragility parameter, m, and the parameter a of the physical
    model which characterizes the degree of deviation from the Arrhenius
    law of the tau(mol). (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Inst Natl Sci Appl, GEMPPM, F-69621 Villeurbanne, France.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Pelletier, JM, Inst Natl Sci Appl, GEMPPM, Bat B Pascal, F-69621
    Villeurbanne, France.
 EM jean-marc.pelletier@insa-lyon.fr
 CR ABOKI TAM, 2004, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V370, P330
    ADAM G, 1965, J CHEM PHYS, V43, P139
    ARGON AS, 1977, ACTA METALL, V25, P407
    BIRGE NO, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V54, P2674
    BOBROV OP, 2003, SCRIPTA MATER, V49, P255
    BOHMER R, 1992, PHYS REV B, V45, P10091
    BOHMER R, 1993, J CHEM PHYS, V99, P4201
    BUSH R, 1998, ACTA MAT, V46, P4725
    BUSH R, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P2695
    CAVAILLE JY, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P2411
    CAVAILLE JY, 1991, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V131, P935
    COHEN MH, 1959, J CHEM PHYS, V31, P1164
    DEBENEDETTI PG, 2001, NATURE, V410, P259
    DOEN B, 2000, J ALLOY COMPD, V310, P36
    DONZEL L, 1997, PHILOS MAG, V76, P953
    ETIENNE S, 1982, REV SCI INSTRUM, V53, P1261
    GADAUD P, 2003, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V316, P146
    GAUTHIER C, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V274, P181
    GOETZE W, 1992, REP PROG PHYS, V55
    GOETZE W, 1999, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V1, P11
    GRANATO AV, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P974
    GRANATO AV, 1994, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V55, P931
    GREST GS, 1980, PHYS REV B, V21, P4113
    HIKI Y, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V35, P42
    HIKI Y, 2004, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V370, P302
    HU X, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P3169
    INOUE A, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P866
    JOHNSON WL, 1996, MATER SCI FORUM, V225, P35
    LEE ML, 2002, INTERMETALLICS, V10, P1061
    LEE ML, 2003, PHYS REV B, V67
    MENON N, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P1230
    MEZARD M, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P747
    MORITO N, 1984, ACTA METALL, V32, P603
    MYUNG WN, 1992, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V150, P406
    MYUNG WN, 1995, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V192, P401
    NGAI KL, 1988, J CHEM PHYS, V88, P5086
    NGAI KL, 1998, PHYS REV E, V57, P7346
    PALMER RG, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V53, P958
    PARISI G, 2000, J PHYS CONDENS MATT, V12, P6655
    PEKER A, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2342
    PELLETIER JM, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V274, P301
    PELLETIER JM, 2002, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V336, P190
    PERERA DN, 1999, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V32, P2933
    PERERA DN, 1999, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V11, P3807
    PEREZ J, 1988, POLYM SCI SER B, V40, P102
    PEREZ J, 1990, J CHIM PHYS PCB, V87, P1923
    RAJAGOPAL AK, 1991, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V131, P282
    RAMBOUSKY R, 1996, Z PHYS B CON MAT, V99, P387
    RENDELL RW, 1987, MACROMOLECULES, V20, P2250
    SCARFONE R, 2000, J ALLOY COMPD, V310, P229
    SCHALLER R, 2001, MAT SCI FORUM, V366
    SCHROTER K, 1998, EUR PHYS J B, V5, P1
    SCHROTER K, 2002, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V307, P270
    SUH D, 2002, ACTA MAT, V50, P37
    TSANG KY, 1997, PHYS REV E, V54, P3067
    TSANG KY, 1997, PHYS REV E, V56, P17
    TURNBULL D, 1970, J CHEM PHYS, V52, P3038
    WANG Q, 2004, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V379, P197
    YUE LP, 1988, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V105, P33
    ZHANG B, 2002, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V14, P7461
    ZHANG JX, 1989, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V1, P9717
    ZHANG T, 1991, MATER T JIM, V32, P1005
 NR 62
 TC 0
 SN 0921-5093
 J9 MATER SCI ENG A-STRUCT MATER
 JI Mater. Sci. Eng. A-Struct. Mater. Prop. Microstruct. Process.
 PD AUG 25
 PY 2005
 VL 403
 IS 1-2
 BP 328
 EP 333
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 961XK
 UT ISI:000231694900041
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ekoko, BG
    Zhou, RM
    Xin, LH
    Olukunle, FA
    Lobo, KK
 TI Synthesis of nanocrystalline zinc sulfide in a non-aqueous system by
    gamma-irradiation
 SO JOURNAL OF RADIOANALYTICAL AND NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID ZNS NANOPARTICLES
 AB Gamma-irradiation has been applied to synthesize nanocrystalline ZnS
    with average size of 38 nm in a non-aqueous system at room temperature
    by utilizing homogeneous release of S2- ions from the decomposition of
    carbon disulfide under gamma-irradiation. The structure, morphology,
    size and optical properties have been studied by X-ray powder
    diffraction (XRD), transmission electron microscopy (TEM),
    ultraviolet-visible spectrometer (UV-visible). The product containing
    zinc ions and the sulfur source has been characterized as beta-ZnS,
    sphalerite phase, with spherical morphology and with a diameter average
    size of about 38 nm.The possible mechanism of formation of the product
    is suggested in accord with the experiment.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Kinshasa, Fac Sci, Dept Chim, Unite Chim Nucl & Radiochim, Kinshasa, Zaire.
 RP Ekoko, BG, Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM ekokob@yahoo.com
 CR CELIKKAYA A, 1990, J AM CERAM SOC, V73, P2360
    FENG Q, 1995, ORGANOMETALLICS, V14, P297
    GARLICK GFJ, 1949, J OPT SOC AM, V39, P935
    KLUG H, 1962, XRAY DIFFRACTION PRO, P125
    LENGGORO IW, 2000, J AEROSOL SCI, V31, P121
    LIVERI VT, 1999, APPL PHYS A-MATER, V69, P369
    NAKAOKA Y, 1997, LANGMUIR, V13, P708
    NORRIS DJ, 1997, MOL ELECT, P281
    ONE YA, 1995, ELECTROLUMINESCENT D, P3
    REBER JF, 1984, J PHYS CHEM-US, V88, P5903
    SOOKLAL K, 1996, J PHYS CHEM-US, V100, P4551
    WACHTMAN JB, 1993, CHARACTERIZATION MAT, P314
    WOODS RJ, 1994, APPL RAD CHEM RAD PR
    XU JF, 1998, APPL PHYS A-MATER, V66, P639
    YU SH, 1998, CHEM MATER, V10, P2309
    YU SH, 2002, ADV MATER, V14, P296
    ZHU Y, 2002, J APPL PHYS, V92, P6828
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0236-5731
 J9 J RADIOANAL NUCL CHEM
 JI J. Radioanal. Nucl. Chem.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 265
 IS 1
 BP 3
 EP 6
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Nuclear Science
    & Technology
 GA 962VF
 UT ISI:000231760400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    Zhang, XY
 TI A new generalized Laguerre spectral approximation and its applications
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE new generalized Laguerre approximation; mixed spherical
    harmonic-generalized Laguerre spectral method
 ID PARTIAL-DIFFERENTIAL-EQUATIONS; PSEUDOSPECTRAL METHOD; UNBOUNDED-DOMAINS
 AB A new family of generalized Laguerre polynomials is introduced. Various
    orthogonal projections are investigated. Some approximation results are
    established. As an example of their important applications, the mixed
    spherical harmonic-generalized Laguerre approximation is developed. A
    mixed spectral scheme is proposed for a three-dimensional model
    problem. Its convergence is proved. Numerical results demonstrate the
    high accuracy of this new spectral method. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Normal Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Div Computat Sci, E Inst, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Maritime Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200135, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, BY, Shanghai Normal Univ, Dept Math, Guilan Rd,100, Shanghai
    200234, Peoples R China.
 EM byguo@shnu.edu.cn
 CR BERGH J, 1976, INTERPOLATION SPACES
    COURANT R, 1953, METHODS MATH PHYSICS, V1
    FUNARO D, 1991, MATH COMPUT, V57, P597
    FUNARO D, 1992, POLYNOMIAL APPROXIMA
    GUO BY, 1995, MATH COMPUT, V64, P1067
    GUO BY, 1999, MATH COMPUT, V68, P1067
    GUO BY, 2000, ESAIM-MATH MODEL NUM, V34, P859
    GUO BY, 2000, NUMER MATH, V86, P635
    GUO BY, 2003, MATH COMPUT, V73, P95
    GUO BY, 2005, J COMPUT MATH, V23, P113
    MADAY Y, 1985, RECH AEROSPATIALE, V6, P13
    MASTROIANNI G, 1997, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V17, P621
    SHEN J, 2000, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V38, P1113
    XU CL, 2002, J COMPUT MATH, V20, P413
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0377-0427
 J9 J COMPUT APPL MATH
 JI J. Comput. Appl. Math.
 PD DEC 15
 PY 2005
 VL 184
 IS 2
 BP 382
 EP 403
 PG 22
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 962NB
 UT ISI:000231738400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, BH
    Zhou, SP
    Yang, G
    Zha, GQ
 TI Method for finding multi-soliton solutions of the stimulated Raman
    scattering equations
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS B
 DT Article
 DE stimulated Raman scattering; Darboux transformation; Backlund
    transformation; soliton
 AB In this paper, we show that the Darboux transformation can be used to
    derive iterated Backlund transformations and construct exact
    multi-soliton solutions of the stimulated Raman scattering equations by
    converting the system to the Ablowitz-Kaup-Newell-Segur system.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, BH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1973, PHYS REV LETT, V31, P125
    CARMAN RL, 1969, PHYS REV LETT, V23, P1327
    CARMAN RL, 1970, PHYS REV           A, V2, P60
    CARMAN RL, 1972, PHYS REV A, V5, P341
    CHEN HH, 1974, PHYS REV LETT, V33, P925
    CHU FYF, 1975, PHYS REV A, V12, P2065
    CHU FYF, 1976, LECT NOTES MATH, V515
    CHU YF, 1975, PHYS REV A, V12, P2060
    DRUHL K, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V51, P1171
    FEYNMAN RP, 1957, J APPL PHYS, V28, P49
    HAGENLOCKER EE, 1969, PHYS REV, V154, P226
    LANDSBERG G, 1928, NATURWISSENSCHAFTEN, V16, P557
    MACK ME, 1970, APPL PHYS LETT, V16, P209
    RAMAN CV, 1928, NATURE, V121, P501
    RANGWALA AA, 1985, PHYS LETT A, V112, P188
    WANG CS, 1969, PHYS REV, V182, P482
    WOODBURY EJ, 1962, P IRE, V50, P2367
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9792
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS B
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. B
 PD JUL 30
 PY 2005
 VL 19
 IS 19
 BP 3185
 EP 3191
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 961BN
 UT ISI:000231637000006
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Huang, SG
    Li, L
    Vleugels, J
    Van der Biest, O
 TI Thermodynamics and microstructure of Co-V8C7 alloy
 SO FUNCTIONALLY GRADED MATERIALS VIII
 SE MATERIALS SCIENCE FORUM
 DT Article
 DE Co-V8C7; Co-V-C; phase diagram; thermodynamics
 ID C SYSTEM
 AB The thermodynamic properties of the Co-V-C and CO-V8C7 systems are of
    interest for superfine cemented carbide applications. The model
    parameters for the Gibbs energy of the individual phases have been
    evaluated using the CALPHAD method by combining the recently optimized
    phase diagram information of the V-C, Co-C and CON system. The
    isothermal sections of ternary system Co-V-C at 1400 degrees C and 1600
    degrees C, as well as the vertical section Of Co-V8C7 system were
    extrapolated. The calculated results, especially the liquid forming
    temperature Of CO-V8C7 system was validated with experiments by using
    differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) analysis. Through controlling
    the carbon activity, various vertical sections with different carbon
    activity in Co-V8C7 system are presented.
 C1 Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Met & Mat Engn, B-3001 Heverlee, Belgium.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, SG, Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Met & Mat Engn, Kasteelpk
    Arenberg 44, B-3001 Heverlee, Belgium.
 EM Shuigen.Huang@mtm.kuleuven.ac.be
    Liling@public6.sta.net.cn
    Jozef.Vieugels@mtm.kuleuven.ac.be
    Omer.VanderBiest@mtm.kuleuven.ac.be
 CR CHO SA, 1997, INT J REFRACT MET H, V15, P205
    DINSDALE AT, 1991, CALPHAD, V15, P317
    GUILLERMET AF, 1987, Z METALLKD, V78, P700
    HILLSON S, 2000, INT J OSTEOARCHAEOL, V10, P1
    HUANG S, 2005, IN PRESS J ALLOY COM, V385, P114
    HUANG W, 1991, Z METALLKD, V82, P174
    MUGGIANU YM, 1975, J CHIMIE PHYSIQUE, V72, P83
    SUNDMAN B, 1985, CALPHAD, V9, P153
    UPADHYAYA A, 2001, MATER DESIGN, V22, P511
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0255-5476
 J9 MATER SCI FORUM
 PY 2005
 VL 492-493
 BP 523
 EP 528
 PG 6
 GA BCR97
 UT ISI:000230986100085
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Huang, SG
    Li, L
    Vleugels, J
    Wang, PL
    Van der Biest, O
 TI Influence of Al2O3 addition on the microstructure and mechanical
    properties of pressureless sintered Ce-TZP
 SO FUNCTIONALLY GRADED MATERIALS VIII
 SE MATERIALS SCIENCE FORUM
 DT Article
 DE Al2O3; Ce-TZP; mechanical properties; microstructures
 ID ZIRCONIA ALUMINA COMPOSITES; FRACTURE-TOUGHNESS; PHASE-DIAGRAM;
    CERAMICS; SYSTEM; TRANSFORMATION; STRENGTH; HARDNESS
 AB Mixtures of 12 mol% CeO2-stabilised ZrO2 with 5 to 20 wt % Al2O3 were
    prepared and densified through pressureless sintering in air at 1450 C
    for 1 to 4 h. The influence of the Al2O3 content and sintering time on
    the phase constitution, microstructure and mechanical properties of the
    as-sintered composites were investigated. Fully dense Ce-TZP/Al2O3
    ceramics with a good combination of hardness and fracture toughness can
    be obtained by pressureless sintering in air for only 1 h. The addition
    of Al2O3 to Ce-TZP improves the mechanical properties and suppresses
    ZrO2 grain growth. The average ZrO2 grain size increases with
    increasing sintering time and decreasing Al2O3 content. This leads to
    an increase in toughness. An excellent fracture toughness of 14.3
    MPam(1/2) in combination with a Vickers hardness of 9.14 GPa was
    obtained for 12 mol CeO2-TZP with 5 wt % Al2O3, sintered for 4 h.
 C1 Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Met & Mat Engn, B-3001 Louvain, Belgium.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, SG, Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Met & Mat Engn, Kasteelpk
    Arenberg 44, B-3001 Louvain, Belgium.
 EM Shuigen.Huang@mtm.kuleuven.ac.be
    Liling@public6.sta.net.cn
    Jozef.Vleugels@mtm.kuleuven.ac.be
    Plwang@sunm.shcnc.ac.cn
    Omer.VanderBiest@mtm.kuleuven.ac.be
 CR ANSTIS GR, 1981, J AM CERAM SOC, V64, P533
    BLEIER A, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P2619
    CAWLEY JD, 1994, MAT SCI TECHNOLOGY S, V11, P101
    CUTLER RA, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P179
    HANNINK RHJ, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P461
    HAUSSNER K, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P1044
    HAUSSNER KH, 1989, J EUROP CERAM SOC, V5, P193
    HIRANO M, 1991, BRIT CERAM TRANS J, V90, P48
    HIRANO M, 1992, J MATER SCI, V27, P3511
    HUANG SG, 2004, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V20, P75
    LI L, 1996, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V12, P159
    MARSHALL DB, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P2979
    SATO T, 1985, AM CERAM SOC BULL, V64, P1382
    TANI E, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P506
    THEUNISSEN GSAM, 1992, J EUR CERAM SOC, V9, P251
    YUAN ZX, 2000, MATER LETT, V46, P249
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0255-5476
 J9 MATER SCI FORUM
 PY 2005
 VL 492-493
 BP 783
 EP 788
 PG 6
 GA BCR97
 UT ISI:000230986100127
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZR
    Zhang, G
    Ma, ZJ
 TI Several results to realize generalized synchronization in dynamical
    systems
 SO DYNAMICS OF CONTINUOUS DISCRETE AND IMPULSIVE SYSTEMS-SERIES
    B-APPLICATIONS & ALGORITHMS
 DT Article
 ID CHAOTIC SYSTEMS; PHASE SYNCHRONIZATION; OSCILLATORS
 AB In this paper, generalized synchronization between two coupled
    dynamical systems is discussed. By constructing appropriately coupling
    term, some sufficient conditions for determining the generalized
    synchronization between coupled systems are derived. The effectiveness
    of the sufficient conditions is illustrated by two examples.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, ZR, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM zrongliu@online.sh.cn
    zg_1970@sina.com
    mzj1234402@sohu.com
 CR BOCCALETTI S, 2002, PHYS REP, V366, P1
    HUNT BR, 1997, PHYS REV E, V55, P4029
    KOCAREV L, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1816
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    PECORA LM, 1995, PHYS REV E A, V52, P3420
    ROSA E, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1642
    ROSENBLUM MG, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1804
    ROSENBLUM MG, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P4193
    RULKOV NF, 1995, PHYS REV E, V51, P980
    SPARROW C, 1982, LORENZ EQUATIONS BIF
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1492-8760
 J9 DYN CONT DISCR IMP SYST SER B
 JI Dyn. Contin. Discret. Impuls. Syst. Ser. B-Appl. Algorithms
 PY 2005
 VL 2
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 790
 EP 794
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 962FQ
 UT ISI:000231716800062
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZC
    Cui, DL
 TI Reduction of nitrogen on gallium phosphide nanoparticles
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE nitrogen; ammonia; gallium phosphide; nanoparticle
 ID NANOCRYSTALS
 AB Under mild ambient conditions gallium phosphide (Gal?) nanoparticles
    were employed to carry out the reduction of nitrogen. By using
    Nessler's reagent ammonia was detected in the slurry where the
    aggregated Gal? particles were suspended in water and bubbled by pure
    nitrogen. Dependence of the concentration of ammonia upon bubbling
    time, velocity of the flow of nitrogen, and dosage of Gal? particles
    was investigated. In comparison with the original Gal? nanoparticles,
    the Raman scattering of the Gal? particles undergoing the process of
    nitrogen fixation reveals that two sharp lines at 138 and 182 cm(-1),
    respectively, emerged from the broad continuum around 100200 cm(-1).
    These two lines might be assigned to the translational motions of
    ammonia adsorbed on the surface of the GaP particles. An assessment of
    the infrared spectra of the two GaP particles led to the conclusion
    that the environment of the two H2O molecules was not identical.
    Analysis of the electron spin resonance results showed that the
    structure defect, gallium self-interstitial, was not involved in the
    nitrogen fixation of the Gal? nanoparticles.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ, Inst Crystal Mat, Jinan 250100, Shandong, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ZC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zhczhang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR CUI DL, 2000, PROG CRYST GROWTH CH, V40, P145
    CUI DL, 2001, SCI CHINA SER B, V44, P627
    DICKSON CR, 1978, J AM CHEM SOC, V100, P8007
    ILIEVA D, 2001, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V283, P195
    JENKINS TE, 1984, J RAMAN SPECTROSC, V15, P308
    LEE KM, 1988, MATERIALS RES SOC S, V104, P449
    LI Q, 1983, CHEM LETT, P321
    PASQUIER B, 1990, J RAMAN SPECTROSC, V21, P465
    SCHRAUZER GN, 1977, J AM CHEM SOC, V99, P7189
    WALDRON RD, 1953, J AM CHEM SOC, V75, P6079
    ZHANG ZC, 2003, CHIN J MAGN RESON, V20, P335
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1001-604X
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Chem.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 IS 9
 BP 1213
 EP 1217
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 962IC
 UT ISI:000231723700016
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Shao, JL
    Xu, D
    Wang, LZ
    Wang, YF
 TI Bayesian neural networks for prediction of protein secondary structure
 SO ADVANCED DATA MINING AND APPLICATIONS, PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
 DT Article
 AB A novel approach is developed for Protein Secondary Structure
    Prediction based on Bayesian Neural Networks (BNN). BNN usually
    outperforms the traditional Back-Propagation Neural Networks (BPNN) due
    to its excellent ability to control the complexity of the model.
    Results indicates that BNN has an average overall three-state accuracy
    Q(3) increase 3.65% and 4.01% on the 4-fold cross- vali dati on data
    sets and TEST data set respectively, comparing with the traditional
    BPNN. Meanwhile, a so-called cross-validation choice of starting values
    is presented, which will shorten the bum-in phase during the MCMC
    (Markov Chain Monte Carlo) simulation substantially.
 C1 China Jiliang Univ, Coll Life Sci, Hangzhou 310018, Zhejiang, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Shao, JL, China Jiliang Univ, Coll Life Sci, Hangzhou 310018, Zhejiang,
    Peoples R China.
 EM Colin_shao@cjlu.edu.cn
    xstone@citiz.net
    wlzcim@163.com
    yifei_wang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BROOKS SP, 1998, STAT COMPUT, V8, P319
    BUNTINE WL, 1991, COMPLEX SYSTEMS, V5, P603
    CUFF JA, 1999, PROTEINS, V34, P508
    FRISHMAN D, 1995, PROTEINS, V23, P566
    GUO J, 2004, PROTEINS, V54, P738
    MACKAY DJC, 1992, NEURAL COMPUT, V4, P448
    NEAL R, 1996, BAYESIAN LEARNING NE
    NEAL RM, 1998, LEARNING GRAPHICAL M, P205
    ROST B, 1994, PROTEINS, V19, P55
    SPIEGELHALTER DJ, 2002, J ROY STAT SOC B 4, V64, P583
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE ARTIF INTELL
 PY 2005
 VL 3584
 BP 544
 EP 551
 PG 8
 GA BCR26
 UT ISI:000230895000065
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Min, DC
 TI Awakening again: Travelling feminism in China in the 1980s
 SO WOMENS STUDIES INTERNATIONAL FORUM
 DT Article
 AB This article is concerned with why and how the ideas and knowledge of
    feminism and Women's Studies travel from 'here' (the West) to 'there'
    (China), and in what form they were received, understood and
    'localised' during the 1980s. In exploring such complex matters, I will
    start my 'journey' from the point of departure, at which the route of
    information on feminism and Women's Studies travelled. By taking up one
    of the major feminist works-Simone de Beauvoir's The Second Sex-that
    'travelled' to China I hope to illustrate that the intellectual history
    involved in this process was far more complex and ambiguous than
    assumed. Finally, I will look at the development of 'theorising theory'
    about women in China. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Social Sci, Shanghai 200430, Peoples R China.
 RP Min, DC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Social Sci, 99 Shang Da Rd, Shanghai
    200430, Peoples R China.
 CR BARLOW TE, 1994, ENG CHINA WOMEN CULT, P339
    BARLOW TE, 1997, POLITICS CULTURE SHA, P506
    BRAIDOTTI R, 2000, MAKING EUROPEAN WOME, P12
    CAI YP, 1999, ENGENDERING STUDY HI
    DAI JH, 1999, JUST MIRROR INTERVIE
    DEBEAUVOIR S, 1969, 2 SEX
    DELAURETIS T, 1986, TECHNOLOGIES GENDER
    DU FQ, 1996, J YUNNAN ACAD RES, V1, P57
    EAGLETON M, 1986, FEMINIST LITERARY TH
    FRIEDAN B, 1963, FEMININE MYSTIQUE
    GILBERT SM, 1979, MADWOMAN ATTIC WOMAN
    LI XJ, SIGNS, V20, P137
    LI XJ, 1988, EVES EXPLORATION THE
    LI XJ, 1994, ENGENDERING CHINA WO, P360
    LI XJ, 1994, WOMENS STUDIES WOMEN, P100
    LI XJ, 1995, WOMEN REPORT WOMENS
    LI XJ, 1999, DUSHU, V12, P98
    LI XJ, 2000, DUSHU, V6, P144
    LI XJ, 2003, DUSHU, V6, P19
    LIN C, 1997, TRANSITIONS ENV TRAN, P11
    LIN C, 1998, COMPANION FEMINIST P, P108
    LIN C, 2001, SIGNS, V26, P1281
    LIN SM, 1995, FEMINIST LITERARY CR
    LIU LH, 1993, GENDER POLITICS MODE, P33
    MENG Y, 1989, EMERGING HORIZON HIS
    MIN DC, 1991, INT WOMENS MOVEMENT
    MIN DC, 1997, M WOOLSTONECRAFT 200, P193
    MIN DC, 1999, INSIDE TRANSLATION M, P26
    MIN DC, 1999, WOMEN CHINA EC SOCIA, P211
    MIN DC, 2002, THESIS U MANCHESTER
    RONG WY, 1994, COLLECTION WOMENS ST, V2, P46
    STANLEY L, 1993, SOCIOLOGY, V27, P41
    TAN S, 1992, WOMEN STUD, V1, P1
    TIAN H, 1991, WOMEN STUD, V4, P7
    TONG SS, 1993, CHINESE WOMEN DEV ST, P13
    WAN SP, 1988, WOMENS STUDIES INT 5, V11, P455
    WANG Q, 1999, WOMENS CHINA EC SOCI, P19
    WANG Z, 1993, GENDER POLITICS MODE, P159
    WANG Z, 1997, J WOMENS HIST, V8, P126
    WOOLF V, 1929, ROOM 1S OWN
    XIE LH, 1995, REFLECTIONS RESONANC, P50
    YANG M, 1999, SPACES THEIR OWN WOM, P35
    ZHANG YM, 1991, WOMENS STUDIES CHINA, P118
 NR 43
 TC 0
 SN 0277-5395
 J9 WOMEN STUD INT FORUM
 JI Women Stud. Int. Forum
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 28
 IS 4
 BP 274
 EP 288
 PG 15
 SC Women's Studies
 GA 959CY
 UT ISI:000231495700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qiao, B
    Wu, J
    Chu, YW
    Wang, Y
    Wang, DP
    Wu, HS
    Xiong, SD
 TI Induction of systemic lupus erythematosus-like syndrome in syngeneic
    mice by immunization with activated lymphocyte-derived DNA
 SO RHEUMATOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE SLE; induced model; anti-dsDNA antibody; syndrome
 ID DOUBLE-STRANDED DNA; RHEUMATIC-DISEASES; IMMUNE DEPOSITS; PATHOGENIC
    ROLE; MAMMALIAN DNA; ANTIBODIES; AUTOANTIBODIES; HYPOMETHYLATION;
    AUTOIMMUNITY; METHYLATION
 AB Objectives. Systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) is the prototype of
    autoimmune disease and the mechanisms underlying the disease have not
    yet been elucidated. Thus, animal models of SLE would facilitate
    investigation of pathogenetic mechanisms involved in the development of
    the disease. This study characterizes a murine model of SLE-like
    syndrome induced by syngeneic activated lymphocyte-derived DNA
    (referred to as ALD DNA).
    Methods. Normal BALB/c mice were immunized subcutaneously with highly
    purified ALD DNA. Anti-double-stranded DNA (anti-dsDNA) antibodies were
    determined by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay. Other SLE-associated
    autoantibodies were examined by indirect immunofluorescence and
    anti-ENA (extractable nuclear antigen) profile assay. Pathological
    changes were analysed by light microscopy and electron microscopy.
    Kidney cryostat sections were viewed by immunofluorescence for the
    presence of glomerular IgG and C3 deposits. Proteinuria was measured by
    Coomassie brilliant blue assay.
    Results. High levels of anti-dsDNA antibodies and other autoantibodies
    frequently appearing in SLE were detectable in the sera of ALD
    DNA-immunized mice. Glomerulonephritis and glomerular deposition of IgG
    plus C3 were observed in the kidney sections. Moreover, proteinuria was
    seen in the immunized mice.
    Conclusions. SLE-like syndrome can be induced by ALD DNA in normal
    mice. This induced model may be useful for elucidating the mechanisms
    involved in autoimmunity to DNA and the development of SLE.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Dept Immunol, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Minist Educ, Key Lab Mol Med, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Div Immunol, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiong, SD, Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Dept Immunol, 138 Yixueyuan
    Rd, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM sdxiongfd@126.com
 CR ANDREWS BS, 1978, J EXP MED, V148, P1198
    AOTSUKA S, 1988, CLIN EXP IMMUNOL, V73, P436
    BIRD AP, 1987, TRENDS GENET, V3, P342
    CHEN G, 2002, J CHROMATOGR A, V954, P267
    DESAI DD, 1993, J IMMUNOL, V151, P1614
    ELKON KB, 2000, RHEUMATOLOGY, V2
    GILBERT D, 1995, MOL IMMUNOL, V32, P477
    KOFFLER D, 1967, J EXP MED, V126, P607
    KURODA Y, 2004, BIOMED PHARMACOTHER, V58, P325
    LEFKOWITH JB, 1996, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V39, P894
    LI H, 2004, ACTA PHARMACOL SIN, V25, P807
    LU L, 1998, CHINESE MED J-PEKING, V111, P524
    MADAIO MP, 1987, J IMMUNOL, V138, P2883
    MARION TN, 1989, J IMMUNOL, V142, P4269
    MARION TN, 1990, J IMMUNOL, V145, P2322
    NARAYAN A, 1998, INT J CANCER, V77, P833
    PISETSKY DS, 2001, CLIN IMMUNOL, V100, P157
    PUTTERMAN C, 1998, J EXP MED, V188, P29
    QU GZ, 1999, MUTAT RES-FUND MOL M, V423, P91
    RICHARDSON B, 1990, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V33, P1665
    RICHARDSON BC, 1993, EUR J IMMUNOL, V23, P1450
    SCHLOMCHIK M, 1990, J EXP MED, V171, P265
    STEINMAN CR, 1975, J CLIN INVEST, V56, P512
    STOLL ML, 2000, RHEUMATOLOGY, V39, P18
    SUZUKI N, 1993, J IMMUNOL, V151, P1128
    TAN EM, 1988, CLIN IMMUNOL IMMUNOP, V47, P121
    TEBBE B, 1997, LUPUS, V6, P96
    TILLMAN DM, 1992, J EXP MED, V176, P761
    TRAN TT, 2003, CLIN IMMUNOL, V109, P278
    VLAHAKOS D, 1992, J AM SOC NEPHROL, V2, P1345
    VONMUHLEN CA, 1995, SEMIN ARTHRITIS RHEU, V24, P323
    YUNG RL, 1994, LUPUS, V3, P487
 NR 32
 TC 1
 SN 1462-0324
 J9 RHEUMATOLOGY
 JI RHEUMATOLOGY
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 44
 IS 9
 BP 1108
 EP 1114
 PG 7
 SC Rheumatology
 GA 958UB
 UT ISI:000231472600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, WJ
    Chen, R
    Dong, LY
    Dai, SQ
 TI Centrifugal force model for pedestrian dynamics
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 ID CELLULAR-AUTOMATON MODELS; FLOW
 AB In this paper, a centrifugal force model is developed for pedestrian
    dynamics. The effects of both the headway and the relative velocity
    among pedestrians are taken into account, which can be expressed by a
    "centrifugal force" term in dynamic equation. The jamming probability
    due to the arching at exits for crowd flows is provided. A quantitative
    analysis of the crowd flowing out of a hall shows that the average
    leaving time T is a function of the exit width W in negative power. The
    related simulation indicates that the proposed model is able to
    reproduce the self-organization phenomena of lane formation for sparse
    flows.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yu, WJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR *TRANSP RES BOARD, 1995, HIGHW CAP MAN, CH13
    BLUE V, 2000, TRANSPORT RES REC, V1710, P20
    BLUE VJ, 1999, P 14 INT S TRANSP TR, P235
    FUKUI M, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V68, P2861
    FUKUI M, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V68, P3738
    HANKIN BD, 1958, OPERATIONAL RES Q, V9, P81
    HELBING D, 1992, COMPLEX SYSTEMS, V6, P391
    HELBING D, 1995, PHYS REV E A, V51, P4282
    HELBING D, 1999, NEW J PHYS, V1, P1
    HELBING D, 2000, NATURE, V407, P487
    HELBING D, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P1240
    HENDERSON LF, 1971, NATURE, V229, P381
    HENDERSON LF, 1974, TRANSPN RES, V8, P509
    LIN CC, 1974, MATH APPL DETERMINIS, P199
    MINTZ A, 1951, J ABNORMAL SOCIAL PS, V46, P150
    NAVIN FPD, 1969, TRAFFIC ENG, V39, P30
    OEDING D, 1963, VERKEHRSBELASTUNG DI
    OKAZAKI S, 1979, T AIJ, V284, P101
    SCHADSCHNEIDER A, 2002, PEDESTRIAN EVACUATIO, P75
    SMITH RA, 1993, ENG CROWD SAFETY
    TAJIMA Y, 2001, PHYSICA A, V292, P545
    TEKNOMO K, 2000, P JAP SOC CIV ENG C
    TO K, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P71
    WANG BH, 2004, WORKSH THEOR PRACT T
    WEIDMANN U, 1993, TRANSPORTTECHNIK FUS, P87
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 1539-3755
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 72
 IS 2
 PN Part 2
 AR 026112
 DI ARTN 026112
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 960BB
 UT ISI:000231564100026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Duan, WQ
    Chen, Z
    Liu, ZR
    Jin, W
 TI Efficient target strategies for contagion in scale-free networks
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 ID SMALL-WORLD NETWORKS; COMPLEX NETWORKS; WEB
 AB Organizations or individuals often have an incentive to target a
    certain number of agents to launch a contagion process effectively and
    efficiently, for example, sampling consumers in the diffusion of new
    products. We present an effective strategy for contagion in scale-free
    networks. The proposed strategy, hub strategy, calls for targeting
    mostly the highly connected nodes. The biased level implemented in this
    strategy characterizes its ability to identify hub nodes. We
    demonstrate that hub strategy can improve the contagion effects
    evidently. We find that biased level increases first with heterogeneity
    level of contagion network but decreases with that after a certain
    value, and decreases with initial adopter rate all the time. Moreover,
    degree correlations in contagion networks may reduce biased level.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Antai Sch Management, Shanghai 200052, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Duan, WQ, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Antai Sch Management, Shanghai
    200052, Peoples R China.
 CR ALBERT R, 2000, NATURE, V406, P378
    ANDERGASSEN R, 2003, UNPUB ECONOMIA
    ARENAS A, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V61, P3466
    COHEN R, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    DAVIS GF, 2003, STRATEGIC ORG, V1, P301
    ELGAZZAR AS, 2002, PHYSICA A, V303, P154
    ELGAZZAR AS, 2003, PHYSICA A, V324, P402
    GUARDIOLA X, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    LILJEROS F, 2001, NATURE, V411, P907
    LLAS M, 2003, PHYS REV E, V66
    MORRIS S, 2000, REV ECON STUD, V67, P57
    MOTTER AE, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V93
    NEWMAN MEJ, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V89
    NEWMAN MEJ, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V89
    NEWMAN MEJ, 2003, SIAM REV, V45, P167
    PASTORSATORRAS R, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P3200
    PASTORSATORRAS R, 2002, PHYS REV E 2A, V65
    PENNOCK DM, 2002, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V99, P5207
    TANIZAWA T, 2005, PHYS REV E 2, V71
    VALENTE TW, 1999, ANN AAPSS        NOV, P566
    VAZQUEZ A, 2003, PHYS REV E 2, V67
    VIPAK J, 1995, J PROD INNOV MANAGE, V12, P124
    WATTS DJ, 1998, NATURE, V393, P440
    WATTS DJ, 2002, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V99, P5766
    YANG S, 2003, J MARKETING RES, V40, P282
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 1539-3755
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 72
 IS 2
 PN Part 2
 AR 026133
 DI ARTN 026133
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 960BB
 UT ISI:000231564100047
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, M
    Wang, Q
    Shi, JL
    Chen, YY
    Wang, XL
 TI Nonlocal incoherent white-light solitons in logarithmically nonlinear
    media
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 ID NEMATIC LIQUID-CRYSTALS; SPATIAL SOLITONS; MODULATIONAL INSTABILITY;
    PROPAGATION; BEAMS; DARK
 AB The propagation properties of white-light solitons in spatially
    nonlocal media with a logarithmically nonlinearity are investigated
    theoretically. The existence curve of the stationary nonlocal
    incoherent soliton is obtained and the coherence characteristics of the
    soliton are also described. The evolution behaviors of the nonlocal
    white-light soliton are discussed in detail by both approximate
    analytical solution and numerical simulation when the solitons undergo
    periodic oscillation.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, M, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 EM shenmingluck@graduate.shu.edu.cn
 CR ASSANTO G, 2003, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V39, P13
    BANG O, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    BRAUN E, 1993, EUROPHYS LETT, V23, P239
    BRIEDIS D, 2005, OPT EXPRESS, V13, P435
    BULJAN H, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66
    BULJAN H, 2003, PHYS REV E 2, V68
    BULJAN H, 2004, J OPT SOC AM B, V21, P397
    CARVALHO MI, 1999, PHYS REV E B, V59, P1193
    CHEN YY, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P559
    CHRISTODOULIDES DN, 1997, OPT LETT, V22, P1080
    CHRISTODOULIDES DN, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P646
    CHRISTODOULIDES DN, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P2310
    CONTI C, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    CONTI C, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V92
    DESYATNIKOV AS, 2005, OPT LETT, V30, P869
    FRATALOCCHI A, 2004, OPT LETT, V29, P1530
    GUO Q, 2004, PHYS REV E, V69
    HUTSEBAUT X, 2004, OPT COMMUN, V233, P211
    KARTASHOV YV, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V93
    KIVSHAR YS, 2003, OPTICAL SOLITONS FIB
    KRISTIAN M, 2004, OPT LETT, V29, P280
    KROLIKOWSKI W, 2000, PHYS REV E, V61, P3122
    KROLIKOWSKI W, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V63
    KROLIKOWSKI W, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V64
    KROLIKOWSKI W, 2004, J OPT B-QUANTUM S O, V6, S288
    KROLIKOWSKI W, 2004, PHYS REV E 2, V70
    MANDEL L, 1995, OPTICAL COHERENCE QU
    MITCHELL DJ, 1999, J OPT SOC AM B, V16, P236
    MITCHELL M, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P490
    MITCHELL M, 1997, NATURE, V387, P880
    MITCHELL M, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P4990
    NIKOLOV NI, 2003, PHYS REV E 2, V68
    NIKOLOV NI, 2004, OPT LETT, V29, P286
    PECCIANTI M, 2001, OPT LETT, V26, P1791
    PECCIANTI M, 2002, OPT LETT, V27, P1460
    PECCIANTI M, 2002, PHYS REV E, V65
    PECCIANTI M, 2003, PHYS REV E, V68
    PECCIANTI M, 2004, NATURE, V432, P733
    PECCIANTI M, 2005, OPT LETT, V30, P415
    PONOMARENKO SA, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V64
    SCHWARTZ T, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V93
    SEARS SM, 2002, PHYS REV E 2B, V65
    SNYDER AW, 1996, J OPT SOC AM B, V13, P1146
    SNYDER AW, 1997, SCIENCE, V276, P1538
    WEI Q, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1645
    WYLLER J, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66
    YAKIMENKO AI, UNPUB
 NR 47
 TC 0
 SN 1539-3755
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 72
 IS 2
 PN Part 2
 AR 026604
 DI ARTN 026604
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 960BB
 UT ISI:000231564100109
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JC
    Xu, Y
    Cao, SX
    Cao, GX
    Zhang, YF
    Jing, C
 TI Kondo-like transport and its correlation with the spin-glass phase in
    perovskite manganites
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW B
 DT Article
 ID MAGNETORESISTANCE; RESISTIVITY; SYSTEMS; FILMS; CA
 AB A Kondo-like transport was observed in a metal-semiconductor transition
    (MSC) at low temperatures in the ferromagnetic metallic phase of the
    perovskite manganites. Experimental data can be best fitted in the
    framework of Kondo scattering, electron-electron (e-e), and
    electron-phonon (e-p) interaction. The results show that this behavior
    depends strongly on the content of the spin-glass phase and can be
    tuned with an applied magnetic field, which can be explained by the
    spin disorder scattering of electrons and/or antiferromagnetic cluster
    on a nanoscale and/or microscale, the interaction and strong
    correlation between electrons, and antiferromagnetic background. For
    the undoped samples, the MSC transition means the existence of
    intrinsic spin disorder with magnetic inhomogeneity. It is important
    that the present results give a direct evidence of Kondo scattering in
    ferromagnetic metallic manganites and prove that Kondo anomaly appears
    not only in metals containing small amounts of magnetic impurities but
    also in ferromagnetic conducting compounds containing spin-disorder
    clusters. This could be a general characteristic of the strongly
    correlated electron systems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM jczhang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR AHN KH, 2004, NATURE, V428, P401
    BURGY J, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V87
    CHAKRABORTY S, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P6235
    COLEMAN P, CONDMAT0206003
    CRONENWETT SM, 1998, SCIENCE, V281, P540
    DETERESA JM, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P3392
    GOLDHABERGORDON D, 1998, NATURE, V391, P156
    HWANG HY, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P914
    JIN S, 1994, SCIENCE, V264, P413
    KONDO J, 1969, SOLID STATE PHYS, V23, P183
    KUMAR D, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
    LEE PA, 1985, REV MOD PHYS, V57, P287
    MAHENDIRAN R, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V89
    MAJUMDAR AK, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
    MILLIS AJ, 1998, NATURE, V392, P147
    MORGOWNIK AFJ, 1981, PHYS REV B, V24, P5277
    NATH TK, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P5554
    PASUPATHY AN, 2004, SCIENCE, V306, P86
    PETROV DK, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P995
    RAMIREZ AP, 1997, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V9, P8171
    SASAKI S, 2000, NATURE, V405, P764
    SINGH S, 2003, PHYS REV B, V38
    SINGH SK, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P263
    SYSKAKIS E, 2003, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V15, P7735
    TIWARI A, 1999, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V111, P33
    VANDERWIEL WG, 2000, SCIENCE, V289, P2105
    ZHANG JC, 2004, INT J MOD PHYS B, V18, P3451
 NR 27
 TC 1
 SN 1098-0121
 J9 PHYS REV B
 JI Phys. Rev. B
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 72
 IS 5
 AR 054410
 DI ARTN 054410
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 960BD
 UT ISI:000231564300086
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chang, TC
    Guo, WL
    Guo, XM
 TI Buckling of multiwalled carbon nanotubes under axial compression and
    bending via a molecular mechanics model
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW B
 DT Article
 ID ELASTIC MEDIUM; LARGE-STRAIN; SINGLE; DEFORMATION; RESONANCES;
    STIFFNESS; WALL
 AB Based on a molecular mechanics model, analytical solutions are obtained
    for the critical buckling strain of multiwalled carbon nanotubes
    (MWNT's) under axial compression and bending. We show that only part of
    the outer layers buckles first while the remaining inner part remains
    stable in a very thick MWNT, which is quite different from the initial
    buckling mode of a relatively thin MWNT in which all individual tubes
    buckle simultaneously. Such a difference in the initial buckling modes
    results in quite different size effects on the critical buckling strain
    of thin and thick MWNT's. For instance, inserting more inner individual
    tubes may increase the critical buckling strain of a thin MWNT, but
    cannot increase the critical buckling strain of a thick tube. The
    effects of tube size on the initial buckling wavelength are also
    examined, and it is shown that the initial buckling wavelength is
    weakly dependent on the thickness of the MWNT.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ Aeronaut & Astronaut, Inst Nano Sci, Nanjing 210016, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 RP Chang, TC, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM tchang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ALLINGER NL, 1977, J AM CHEM SOC, V99, P8127
    ARROYO M, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    BOWER C, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P3317
    CHANG TC, 2003, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V51, P1059
    CHANG TC, 2005, CARBON, V43, P287
    CHENG HM, 2002, CARBON NANOTUBES SYN
    DAI HJ, 1996, NATURE, V384, P147
    DRESSELHAUS MS, 1996, SCI FULLERENES CARBO
    FALVO MR, 1997, NATURE, V389, P582
    GARG A, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P2260
    GIRIFALCO LA, 1956, J CHEM PHYS, V25, P693
    GIRIFALCO LA, 1991, J PHYS CHEM-US, V95, P5370
    HAN Q, 2003, EUR J MECH A-SOLID, V22, P875
    HE XQ, 2005, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V53, P303
    IIJIMA S, 1996, J CHEM PHYS, V104, P2089
    LEACH AR, 1996, MOL MODELING PRINCIP
    LI CY, 2004, MECH MATER, V36, P1047
    LIEW KM, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
    LIU JZ, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P4843
    LIU JZ, 2003, PHYS REV B, V67
    LOURIE O, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P1638
    OGATA S, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
    OZAKI T, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P1712
    PANTANO A, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    PANTANO A, 2004, J ENG MATER-T ASME, V126, P279
    PANTANO A, 2004, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V52, P789
    PONCHARAL P, 1999, SCIENCE, V283, P1513
    POSTMA HWC, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P76
    QIAN D, 2002, APPL MECH REV, V55, P495
    QIAN D, 2004, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V193, P1603
    QIAN H, 2005, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V42, P5426
    RECHEFORT A, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P13824
    RU CQ, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P9973
    RU CQ, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V89, P3426
    RU CQ, 2001, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V49, P1265
    SHEN HS, 2004, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V41, P2643
    SHIBUTANI Y, 2004, MODEL SIMUL MATER SC, V12, P599
    SHIBUTANI Y, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V12, P599
    SMALLEY RE, 1998, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V107, P597
    SRIVASTAVA D, 1997, MOL DYNAMICS SIMULAT
    TIMOSHENKO SP, 1961, THEORY ELASTIC STABI
    TOMBLER TW, 2000, NATURE, V405, P769
    WANG CY, 2003, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V40, P3893
    WANG CY, 2004, ASME, V71, P622
    WANG X, 2004, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V41, P6429
    WHITE CT, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P5485
    WONG EW, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P1971
    XIAO T, 2004, J APPL PHYS, V95, P8145
    YAKOBSON BI, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P2511
    YAKOBSON BI, 1997, AM SCI, V85, P324
    YU MF, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P63
 NR 51
 TC 4
 SN 1098-0121
 J9 PHYS REV B
 JI Phys. Rev. B
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 72
 IS 6
 AR 064101
 DI ARTN 064101
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 960BE
 UT ISI:000231564400031
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, B
    Yan, X
    Yu, BK
 TI Theoretical study on grating formation in photovoltaic photorefractive
    LiNbO3 crystal with short light pulses
 SO OPTICAL AND QUANTUM ELECTRONICS
 DT Article
 DE instantaneous approximation; photorefractive effect; photovoltaic
    effect; quasi-cw approximation; space charge field; time constants
 ID LITHIUM-NIOBATE
 AB Based on Valley's quasi-cw approximation, the grating formation in
    materials exhibiting bulk photovoltaic effect on illumination with
    short light pulses (such as ns pulses) is investigated. We give the
    expression of the space-charge field, and find that it has two time
    constants. When considering and not considering the photovoltaic
    effect, the diagrams of two time constants as a function of irradiance
    in units of 1/(s tau(R)) are the same. The energy required to erase a
    grating to 1/e of its initial value is also studied in the two cases.
    The two results are also the same.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, B, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R
    China.
 EM internet@ruyi.com
 CR CHEN CT, 1979, APPL PHYS LETT, V34, P321
    GUNTER P, 1988, PHOTOREFRACTIVE MAT, V1, P19
    LIU B, 1998, APPL OPTICS, V37, P2170
    OKAMURA H, 1997, J OPT SOC AM B, V14, P860
    OKAMURA H, 2001, J OPT SOC AM B, V18, P960
    VALLEY GC, 1983, IEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V19, P11
    YAO XS, 1990, J OPT SOC AM B, V7, P2347
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0306-8919
 J9 OPT QUANT ELECTRON
 JI Opt. Quantum Electron.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 37
 IS 8
 BP 723
 EP 733
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 958OE
 UT ISI:000231456800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, Y
    Sang, WB
    Wang, JA
    Wu, RF
    Min, JH
 TI Vertically well-aligned ZnO nanowires generated with self-assembling
    polymers
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE ZnO nanowire; chemical synthesis; polymer complexation; orientation
    growth
 ID FABRICATION; DEPOSITION; TEMPLATE
 AB Vertically well-aligned ZnO nanowires were prepared on the (111) plane
    of silicon substrates by using polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) as
    self-assembling complex polymer. A polymer solution containing ligands
    Zn2+ via complexing the homogenous polar radicals hydroxy groups (-OH)
    in polymers with Zn2+ ions in semiconductor metal salts was distributed
    evenly on Si substrates by coating. Then, Zn2+ transforms into ZnO
    quantum nanospots by chemical transformation and thermal hydrolysis.
    All the polymers were removed after chemical oxdization and only the
    carbonized grid backbones remained that confine the ZnO nanowire's
    diameter and enhance the absorption and diffusion of ZnO at the tips of
    nanowires during growth. The ZnO nanowires have been characterized by
    FE-SEM and XRD. The results indicated that the nanowires are hexagonal
    ZnO and the diameter of ZnO semiconductor nanowires varies from 20 to
    80 nm and the length up to about I mu m. A polymer localized ZnO growth
    model is proposed, which well explains the growth behavior of ZnO
    nanowires. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, Y, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM yinghe@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR FUJIMURA N, 1993, J CRYST GROWTH, V130, P269
    HUANG MH, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P1897
    KIND H, 2002, ADV MATER, V14, P158
    KOVTYUKHOVA NI, 2002, MAT SCI ENG C-BIO S, V19, P255
    PAN ZW, 2001, SCIENCE, V291, P1947
    RYU YR, 2000, J CRYST GROWTH, V219, P419
    SUN XM, 2002, MATER CHEM PHYS, V78, P99
    WANG Z, 2002, APPL PHYS A-MATER, V74, P201
    WIERSMA D, 2000, NATURE, V406, P132
    WU JJ, 2002, ADV MATER, V14, P215
    ZHENG MJ, 2002, CHEM PHYS LETT, V363, P123
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD NOV 15
 PY 2005
 VL 94
 IS 1
 BP 29
 EP 33
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 960LO
 UT ISI:000231592300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, X
    Shi, LY
 TI Novel chemical metathesis route to prepare TiCN nanocrystallites at low
    temperature
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE chemical synthesis; nanostructures; ceramic; X-ray photoemission
    spectroscopy
 ID TITANIUM CARBONITRIDE; CARBOTHERMAL REDUCTION; THIN-FILMS; C-N;
    POWDERS; TIO2; MECHANISM; COATINGS; CARBIDE; CERMETS
 AB Nanocrystalline titanium carbonitride (TiCN) was successfully
    synthesized at low temperature (420 degrees C) via a chemical
    metathesis route using the source materials of TiCl4, CCl4 and NaN3,
    which are readily attainable. X-ray powder diffraction (XRD) indicated
    that the product was cubic TiCN with a lattice constant a = 4.244
    angstrom. Transmission electron microscopy revealed that the crystals
    were composed of spherical particles with an average diameter of 13 nm.
    X-ray photoemission spectra analysed that the atomic ratio was in good
    agreement with the TiC0.2N0.8 stoichiometry. (c) 2005 Published by
    Elsevier B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Nano Sci & Technol Res Ctr, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, X, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM fengx01@hotmail.com
 CR BERGER LM, 1999, INT J REFRACT MET H, V17, P235
    BROOKES KJA, 1992, INT CARBIDE DATA
    BURROW BJ, 1986, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V4, P2463
    ESLAMLOOGRAMI M, 1994, J MATER RES, V9, P431
    ETTMAYER P, 1995, INT J REFRACT MET H, V13, P343
    GALUSKA AA, 1988, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V6, P110
    GILLAN EG, 2001, J MATER CHEM, V11, P1951
    GORETZKI H, 1989, FRESEN Z ANAL CHEM, V333, P451
    GUEMMAZ M, 1997, APPL PHYS A-MATER, V64, P407
    HOLZSCHUH H, 2002, INT J REFRACT MET H, V20, P143
    IHARA H, 1973, JPN J APPL PHYS, V12, P1462
    JHA A, 1999, J MATER SCI, V34, P307
    KERR A, 1999, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V11, P233
    KOC R, 1997, J MATER SCI, V32, P3101
    KUO DH, 2002, APPL SURF SCI, V199, P278
    LICHTENBERGER O, 2003, MATER CHEM PHYS, V81, P195
    MAATSUMURA Y, 1993, SURF COAT TECH, V60, P489
    NARULA CK, 1995, CERAMIC PRECURSOR TE, P235
    PASTOR H, 1988, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V401, P105
    RAMQVIST L, 1969, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V30, P1835
    RIE KT, 1999, SURF COAT TECH, V112, P226
    SHAVIV R, 1996, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V209, P345
    WEIMER AW, 1997, CARBIDE NITRIDE BORI
    XIANG JH, 2000, J EUR CERAM SOC, V20, P933
    YOSHIMURA M, 1987, J MATER SCI LETT, V6, P1463
    ZHANG SY, 1993, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V163, P141
 NR 26
 TC 1
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD NOV 15
 PY 2005
 VL 94
 IS 1
 BP 58
 EP 61
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 960LO
 UT ISI:000231592300010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, HM
    Chen, JB
    Li, XN
    Zhuang, SL
 TI Diffraction characteristics with various polarizations of overlapping
    holographic gratings in a uniaxial crystal
 SO JOURNAL OF THE OPTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA A-OPTICS IMAGE SCIENCE AND
    VISION
 DT Article
 ID LITHIUM-NIOBATE; BRAGG-DIFFRACTION; THICK GRATINGS; BEAMS
 AB By the Riemann method, a coupled wave model is derived for the
    ordinary-to-ordinary (00) and extraordinary-to-extraordinary (EE) Bragg
    diffraction of a Gaussian beam by overlapping holographic gratings in a
    uniaxial crystal. The computer simulation is used to discuss the
    relations among the diffraction efficiency, the index modulation, the
    wavelength sensitivity, the angular sensitivity, and the the widths of
    the recording and reading beams. The characteristics of EE and 00
    diffraction in a uniaxial crystal are found to be remarkably different.
    The simulation shows that EE diffraction may exhibit far higher
    diffraction efficiency than does 00 diffraction for very low index
    modulation with the same hologram size, for example, nearly 90% when
    the size is 8.2 x 10(-5). (c) 2005 Optical Society of America.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai Key Lab Contemporary Opt Syst, Coll Opt & Elect, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhuang, SL, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai Key Lab Contemporary
    Opt Syst, Coll Opt & Elect, 516 Jungong Rd, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R
    China.
 EM ghanming@vip.sina.com
    slzhuangx@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BENLARBI B, 1982, APPL PHYS B, V28, P383
    BENLARBI B, 1982, APPL PHYS B, V28, P63
    BREER S, 1998, APPL PHYS B-LASERS O, V66, P339
    GLYTSIS EN, 1987, J OPT SOC AM A, V4, P2061
    GUO D, 1978, MATH METHOD PHYS, P428
    HEANUE JF, 1996, OPT LETT, V21, P1615
    JAREM JM, 1996, J OPT SOC AM A, V13, P819
    KENAN RP, 1978, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V14, P924
    KOGELNIK H, 1969, BELL SYST TECH J, V48, P2909
    LIU S, 1992, PHOTOREFRACTIVE NONL, P136
    MOHARAM MG, 1979, J OPT SOC AM, V70, P437
    MOHARAM MG, 1981, J OPT SOC AM, V71, P811
    MULLER R, 1994, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V27, P241
    PEITHMANN K, 1999, ADV PHOTOREFRACTIVE, V27, P50
    SOLYMAR L, 1977, OPT QUANT ELECTRON, V9, P437
    TARN CW, 1998, OPT ENG, V37, P229
    YARIV A, 1996, J OPT SOC AM B, V13, P2513
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 1084-7529
 J9 J OPT SOC AM A-OPT IMAGE SCI
 JI J. Opt. Soc. Am. A-Opt. Image Sci. Vis.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 22
 IS 9
 BP 1834
 EP 1843
 PG 10
 SC Optics
 GA 959UI
 UT ISI:000231544400014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, TB
    Ren, J
    Jia, XZ
    Pan, KF
 TI The bone formation in vitro and mandibular defect repair using PLGA
    porous scaffolds
 SO JOURNAL OF BIOMEDICAL MATERIALS RESEARCH PART A
 DT Article
 DE poly(D,L-lactide-co-glycolide); mesenchymal stem cells; bone tissue
    engineering; mandibular defect
 ID MESENCHYMAL STEM-CELLS; POLY(DL-LACTIC-CO-GLYCOLIC ACID) FOAMS;
    BIODEGRADABLE POLYMER SCAFFOLDS; TISSUE-ENGINEERED BONE;
    TRANSPLANTATION; DEXAMETHASONE; DEGRADATION; FABRICATION; DELIVERY;
    SPONGES
 AB Highly porous scaffolds of poly(lactide-co-gtycolide) (PLGA) were
    prepared by solution-casting/ saltleaching method. The in vitro
    degradation behavior of PLGA scaffold was investigated by measuring the
    change of normalized weight, water absorption, pH, and molecular weight
    during degradation period. Mesenchymal stem cells (MSCs) were seeded
    and cultured in three-dimensional PLGA scaffolds to fabricate in vitro
    tissue engineering bone, which was investigated by cell morphology,
    cell number and deposition of mineralized matrix. The proliferation of
    seeded MSCs and their differentiated function were demonstrated by
    experimental results. To compare the reconstructive functions of
    different groups, mandibular defect repair of rabbit was made with
    PLGA/MSCs tissue engineering bone, control PLGA scaffold, and blank
    group without scaffold. Histopathologic methods were used to estimate
    the reconstructive functions. The result suggests that it is feasible
    to regenerate bone tissue in vitro using PLGA foams with pore size
    ranging from 100-250 mu m as scaffolding for the transplantation of
    MSCs, and the PLGA/MSCs tissue engineering bone can greatly promote
    cell growth and have better healing functions for mandibular defect
    repair. The defect can be completely recuperated after 3 months with
    PLGA/MSCs tissue engineering bone, and the contrastive experiments show
    that the defects could not be repaired with blank PLGA scaffold.
    PLGA/MSCs tissue engineering bone has great potential as appropriate
    replacement for successful repair of bone defect. (c) 2005 Wiley
    Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Inst Nano & Biopolymer Mat, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Stomatol, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, J, Tongji Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Inst Nano & Biopolymer Mat,
    Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM renjie@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR AMIN SFE, 2003, BIOMATERIALS, V24, P1213
    CIMA LG, 1991, J BIOMECH ENG-T ASME, V113, P143
    DUNEAS N, 1998, GROWTH FACTORS, V15, P259
    FRAJ R, 2002, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V292, P1
    GOEPFERICH A, 1996, BIOMATERIALS, V17, P103
    HOLY CE, 1999, BIOMATERIALS, V20, P1177
    ISHAUG SL, 1997, J BIOMED MATER RES, V36, P17
    ISHAUGRILEY SL, 1997, J BIOMED MATER RES, V36, P1
    JAISWAL N, 1997, J CELL BIOCHEM, V64, P295
    KIM H, 2003, BIOMATERIALS, V24, P4671
    LAMIABLE D, 1986, J CHROMATOGR, V378, P486
    LANGER R, 1993, SCIENCE, V260, P920
    LINCOFF AM, 1997, J AM COLL CARDIOL, V29, P808
    LU L, 2000, BIOMATERIALS, V21, P1837
    MEYER U, 2003, INT CONGR SER, V1256, P726
    MIKOS AG, 1993, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V42, P716
    MOONEY DJ, 1995, J BIOMED MATER RES, V29, P959
    MOONEY DJ, 1997, J BIOMED MATER RES, V37, P413
    NAKAMURA T, 1989, J BIOMED MATER RES, V23, P1115
    PETITE H, 2000, NAT BIOTECHNOL, V18, P959
    PITTENGER MF, 1999, SCIENCE, V284, P143
    SAKAI T, 1996, J CHROMATOGR B, V685, P196
    SCHORTINGHUIS J, 2003, ARCH ORAL BIOL, V48, P155
    SCHRIER JA, 1999, PHARM DEV TECHNOL, V4, P611
    SINGH L, 2004, BIOMATERIALS, V25, P2611
    SOLCHAGA LA, 1999, CELL TRANSPLANT, V8, P511
    TERAI H, 2002, MAT SCI ENG C-BIO S, V20, P3
    THOMSON RC, 1995, J BIOMAT SCI-POLYM E, V7, P23
    WAN C, 2002, CHIN J TRAUMATOL, V5, P374
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 1549-3296
 J9 J BIOMED MATER RES PART A
 JI J. Biomed. Mater. Res. Part A
 PD SEP 15
 PY 2005
 VL 74A
 IS 4
 BP 562
 EP 569
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Biomedical; Materials Science, Biomaterials
 GA 959JC
 UT ISI:000231513000007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, JP
    Zheng, CL
    Zhu, HP
    Ren, QB
    Chen, LQ
 TI New family of exact solutions and chaotic soltions of generalized
    Breor-Kaup system in (2+1)-dimensions via an extended mapping approach
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE extended mapping approach; GBK system; exact solution; chaotic soliton
 ID LOCALIZED COHERENT STRUCTURES; VARIABLE SEPARATION EXCITATIONS;
    NONLINEAR SCHRODINGER SYSTEM; WATER-WAVE SYSTEM; SIMILARITY REDUCTIONS;
    BOUSSINESQ EQUATION; BEHAVIORS
 AB Starting from an extended mapping approach, a new type of variable
    separation solution with arbitrary functions of generalized
    (2+1)-dimensional Broer-Kaup system (GBK) system is derived. Then based
    on the derived solitary wave solution, we obtain some specific chaotic
    solitons to the (2+1)-dimensional GBK system.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zjclzheng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1973, PHYS REV LETT, V31, P125
    BOITI M, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P371
    BROER LJF, 1975, APPL SCI RES, V31, P377
    CHEN CL, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P129
    CLARKSON PA, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P2201
    FAN EG, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V282, P18
    HUANG DJ, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P601
    KADOMTSEV B, 1970, SOV PHYS DOKL, V35, P539
    KAUP DJ, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V54, P396
    LI B, 2003, Z NATURFORSCH A, V58, P464
    LOU SY, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1614
    LOU SY, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V151, P133
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LOU SY, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P769
    LOU SY, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10619
    SACHDEV PL, 1994, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V4, P2015
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    YING JP, 2001, Z NATURFORSCH A, V56, P619
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1968, J APPL MECH TECH PHY, V2, P190
    ZHANG JF, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P705
    ZHANG SL, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V300, P40
    ZHENG CL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2426
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P261
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P25
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P385
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
    ZHENG CL, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P671
    ZHENG CL, 2004, J PHYS SOC JPN, V73, P293
    ZHENG CL, 2004, Z NATURFORSCH A, V59, P912
    ZHENG CL, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1741
    ZHENG CL, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V24, P1347
 NR 31
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD AUG 15
 PY 2005
 VL 44
 IS 2
 BP 203
 EP 208
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 960TN
 UT ISI:000231616200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, GH
    Zhang, H
    Tian, LJ
    Wang, YS
    Duan, YS
 TI Effect of disclination lines on free energy of nematic liquid crystals
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE director field; disclination line; free energy; saddle-splay;
    bifurcation
 ID CONDENSED MATTER PHYSICS; SPACE-TIME DEFECTS; EARLY UNIVERSE; ORDERED
    MEDIA; CONFIGURATIONS; BIFURCATION; TOPOLOGY; SYSTEMS
 AB In the light of phi-mapping method and topological current theory, the
    effect of disclination lines on the density of nematic liquid crystals
    is studied. It is pointed out that the total Frank free energy density
    can be divided into two parts, One is the distorted energy density of
    director field around the disclination lines. The other is the
    saddle-splay energy density, which is shown to be centralized at the
    disclination lines and to be topologically quantized in the unit of k
    pi/2 when the Jacobian determinant of the director field does not
    vanish at the singularities of the director field. The topological
    quantum numbers are determined by the Hopf indices and Brouwer degrees
    of the director held at the disclination lines, i.e., the disclination
    strengthes. When the Jacobian determinant vanishes, the generation,
    annihilation, intersection, splitting and merging processes of the
    saddle-splay energy density are detailed in the neighborhoods of the
    limit points and bifurcation points, respectively. It is shown that the
    disclination line with high topological quantum number is unstable and
    will evolve to the low topological quantum number states through the
    splitting process.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Inst Theoret Phys, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM ghyang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ANDERSON PW, 1984, BASIC NOTIONS CONDEN
    BRAY AJ, 1994, ADV PHYS, V43, P375
    BRAY AJ, 1997, PHYS REV E A, V55, P5297
    DAFERMOS CM, 1970, Q J MECH APPL MATH S, V23, P49
    DEGENNES PG, 1970, LECT NOTES
    DEGENNES PG, 1974, PHYS LIQUID CRYSTALS
    DUAN YS, 1984, SLACPUB3301
    DUAN YS, 1997, GEN RELAT GRAVIT, V29, P715
    DUAN YS, 1997, HELV PHYS ACTA, V70, P565
    FINBELSTEIN D, 1966, J MATH PHYS, V7, P1218
    FRANK FC, 1958, DISCUSS FARADAY SOC, P19
    FRIEDEL J, 1964, DISLOCATIONS
    HOLZ A, 1992, PHYSICA A, V182, P240
    KLEMAN M, 1972, LIQUID CRYSTALLINE S
    KLEMAN M, 1973, PHILOS MAG, V27, P1057
    KLEMAN M, 1977, J PHYSIQUE LETT, V38, L195
    KLEMAN M, 1983, POINTS LINES WALLS L
    KURIK MV, 1988, SOV PHYS USP, V31, P196
    KURIK MV, 1988, USP FIZ NAUK, V154, P281
    LUBENSKY TC, 1997, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V102, P187
    MAZENKO GF, CONDMAT9808223
    MERMIN ND, 1979, REV MOD PHYS, V51, P591
    MICHEL L, 1980, REV MOD PHYS, V52, P617
    NABARRO FRN, 1967, THEORY CRYSTAL DISLO
    NYE JF, 1974, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V336, P165
    ROGULA D, 1976, TRENDS APPL PURE MAT
    SHANKAR R, 1977, J PHYSIQUE, V38, P1405
    TOULOUSE G, 1976, J PHYSIQUE LETT, V37, P149
    TREBIN HR, 1982, ADV PHYS, V31, P195
    VOLOVIK GE, 1976, JETP LETT, V24, P561
    VOLOVIK GE, 1977, SOV PHYS JETP, V45, P1186
    VOLOVIK GE, 1977, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V46, P401
    YANG GH, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V37, P513
    YANG GH, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V42, P185
 NR 34
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD AUG 15
 PY 2005
 VL 44
 IS 2
 BP 213
 EP 222
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 960TN
 UT ISI:000231616200005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, HY
    Gu, SW
    Shi, YM
 TI Electronic and shallow impurity states in semiconductor
    heterostructures under an applied electric field
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE heterostructures; electric field; impurity states
 ID QUANTUM WELL STRUCTURES; HYDROGENIC IMPURITIES; CORNER; WIRES
 AB With the use of variational method to solve the effective mass
    equation, we have studied the electronic and shallow impurity states in
    semiconductor heterostructures under an applied electric field. The
    electron energy levels are calculated exactly and the impurity binding
    energies are calculated with the variational approach. It is found that
    the behaviors of electronic and shallow impurity states in
    heterostructures under an applied electric field are analogous to that
    of quantum wells. Our results show that with the increasing strength of
    electric field, the electron confinement energies increase, and the
    impurity binding energy increases also when the impurity is on the
    surface, while the impurity binding energy increases at first, to a
    peak value, then decreases to a value which is related to the impurity
    position when the impurity is away from the surface. In the absence of
    electric field, the result tends to the Levine's ground state energy
    (-1/4 effective Rydberg) when the impurity is on the surface, and the
    ground impurity binding energy tends to that in the bulk when the
    impurity is far away from the surface. The dependence of the impurity
    binding energy on the impurity position for different electric field is
    also discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Appl Phys, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, HY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR AMRANI BE, 2001, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V226, P393
    BASTARD G, 1981, PHYS REV B, V24, P4714
    BEHAM E, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P2808
    BRANIS SV, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P1316
    BROWN JW, 1986, J APPL PHYS, V59, P1179
    DENG ZY, 1994, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V6, P9729
    DENG ZY, 1998, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V10, P2983
    FUJIWARA K, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P9698
    GEROHONI D, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V65, P1631
    GREENE RL, 1985, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V53, P1103
    HANSON R, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    LANDAU LD, 1977, QUANTUM MECH
    LEE WW, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P3352
    LI SS, 1994, J SEMICONDUCTORS, V15, P223
    LOZANOCETINA JC, 1998, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V210, P717
    MADUENO AC, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V90, P2333
    OLIVEIRA LE, 2001, PHYSICA B, V302, P72
    STOPA M, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P8466
    TANAKA M, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V54, P1326
    TSUCHIYA M, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P466
    WEISBUCH C, 1980, J VAC SCI TECHNOL, V17, P1128
    ZHOU HY, 1997, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V9, P1241
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD AUG 15
 PY 2005
 VL 44
 IS 2
 BP 375
 EP 380
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 960TN
 UT ISI:000231616200037
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yuan, SF
    Leng, GS
 TI Inequalities for mixed intersection bodies
 SO CHINESE ANNALS OF MATHEMATICS SERIES B
 DT Article
 DE star body; mixed intersection body; dual mixed volume; spherical radon
    transform
 ID BUSEMANN-PETTY PROBLEM; PROJECTION BODIES; CONVEX-BODIES; VOLUMES
 AB In this paper, some properties of mixed intersection bodies are given,
    and inequalities from the dual Brunn-Minkowski theory (such as the dual
    Minkowski inequality, the dual Aleksandrov-Fenchel inequalities and the
    dual Brunn-Minkowski inequalities) are established for mixed
    intersection bodies.
 C1 Shaoxing Univ, Shangyu Coll, Dept Math, Zhejiang 312300, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yuan, SF, Shaoxing Univ, Shangyu Coll, Dept Math, Zhejiang 312300,
    Peoples R China.
 EM yuanshufeng2003@163.com
    gleng@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BOLKER ED, 1969, T AM MATH SOC, V145, P323
    BOURGAIN J, 1988, LECT NOTES MATH, V1317, P250
    BUSEMANN H, 1949, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V35, P27
    GARDNER RJ, 1994, ANN MATH, V140, P435
    GARDNER RJ, 1994, T AM MATH SOC, V342, P435
    GARDNER RJ, 1995, GEOMETRIC TOMOGRAPHY
    GARDNER RJ, 1999, ANN MATH, V149, P691
    GARDNER RJ, 2003, ADV APPL MATH, V30, P397
    HARDY GH, 1959, INEQUALITIES
    KOLDOBSKY A, 1997, CR ACAD SCI I-MATH, V325, P1181
    KOLDOBSKY A, 1998, AM J MATH, V120, P827
    LEICHTWEISS K, 1998, AFFINE GEOMETRY CONV
    LTUWAK E, 1990, GEOM DEDI, V33, P51
    LUTWAK E, 1985, T AM MATH SOC, V287, P91
    LUTWAK E, 1988, ADV MATH, V71, P232
    LUTWAK E, 1991, J MATH ANAL APPL, V159, P18
    LUTWAK E, 1993, T AM MATH SOC, V339, P901
    MEYER M, 1990, ARCH MATH, V55, P82
    PETTY CM, 1967, P COLL CONV COP 1965, P234
    ROGERS CA, 1965, PORT MATH, V24, P99
    SCHNEIDER R, 1993, CONVEX BODIES BRUNN
    SCHNIEDERJANS DG, 2001, ADV MATH PR, V6, P71
    STRICHARTZ RS, 1981, DUKE MATH J, V48, P699
    THOMPSON AC, 1996, MINKOWSKI GEOMETRY
    WAWRZYNCZYK A, 1984, GROUP REPRESENTATION
    ZHANG GY, 1994, ANN MATH, V140, P331
    ZHANG GY, 1994, T AM MATH SOC, V345, P777
    ZHANG GY, 1999, ANN MATH, V149, P535
 NR 28
 TC 0
 SN 0252-9599
 J9 CHIN ANN MATH SER B
 JI Chin. Ann. Math. Ser. B
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 3
 BP 423
 EP 436
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics
 GA 959XW
 UT ISI:000231553800009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, ZY
    Bai, FS
    Zhang, LS
 TI Monotonization in global optimization
 SO CHINESE ANNALS OF MATHEMATICS SERIES B
 DT Article
 DE global optimization; monotone programming problem; monotonization
 ID CONVEXIFICATION; CONCAVIFICATION
 AB A general monotonization method is proposed for converting a
    constrained programming problem with non-monotone objective function
    and monotone constraint functions into a monotone programming problem.
    An equivalent monotone programming problem with only inequality
    constraints is obtained via this monotonization method. Then the
    existing convexification and concavefication methods can be used to
    convert the monotone programming problem into an equivalent
    better-structured optimization problem.
 C1 Chongqing Normal Univ, Dept Math, Chongqing 400047, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Sch Math Sci, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, ZY, Chongqing Normal Univ, Dept Math, Chongqing 400047, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zhiyouwu@263.net
    fsbai@fudan.edu.cn
 CR BAZARAA MS, 1993, NONLINEAR PROGRAMMIN
    BENSON HP, 1996, NAV RES LOG, V43, P765
    BERTSEKAS DP, 1999, NONLINEAR PROGRAMMIN
    HOFFMAN KL, 1981, MATH PROGRAM, V20, P22
    HORST R, 1990, NAV RES LOG, V37, P433
    HORST R, 1995, INTRO GLOBAL OPTIMIZ
    LI D, 2001, ANN OPER RES, V105, P213
    PARDALOS PM, 1987, CONSTRAINED GLOBAL O
    PARDALOS PM, 2002, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V124, P209
    SUN XL, 2001, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V21, P185
    TUY H, 1998, CONVEX ANAL GLOBAL O
    WU ZY, 2005, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V31, P45
    ZHANG LS, 2002, CHIN ANN MATH A, V23, P537
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0252-9599
 J9 CHIN ANN MATH SER B
 JI Chin. Ann. Math. Ser. B
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 3
 BP 475
 EP 490
 PG 16
 SC Mathematics
 GA 959XW
 UT ISI:000231553800013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yuan, XG
    Zhu, ZY
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Qualitative analysis of dynamical behavior for an imperfect
    incompressible neo-Hookean spherical shell
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE imperfect incompressible neo-Hookean material; dynamical behavior;
    critical value; nonlinear periodic oscillation
 ID HYPER-ELASTIC MATERIALS; HYPERELASTIC MATERIALS; CAVITATED BIFURCATION
 AB The radial symmetric motion problem was examined for a spherical shell
    composed of a class of imperfect incompressible hyper-elastic
    materials, in which the materials may be viewed as the homogeneous
    incompressible isotropic neo-Hookean material with radial
    perturbations. A second-order nonlinear ordinary differential equation
    that describes the radial motion of the inner surface of the shell was
    obtained. And the first integral of the equation was then carried out.
    Via analyzing the dynamical properties of the solution of the
    differential equation, the effects of the prescribed imperfection
    parameter of the material and the ratio of the inner and the outer
    radii of the underformed shell on the motion of the inner surface of
    the shell were discussed, and the corresponding numerical examples
    were. carried out simultaneously. In particular, for some given
    parameters, it was proved that, there exists a positive critical value,
    and the motion of the inner surface with respect to time will present a
    nonlinear periodic oscillation as the difference between the inner and
    the outer presses does not exceed the critical value; However, as the
    difference exceeds the critical value, the motion of the inner surface
    with respect to time will increase infinitely. That is to say, the
    shell will be destroyed ultimately.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Yantai Univ, Dept Math & Informat Sci, Yantai 264005, Shandong Prov, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM chjcheng@yc.shu.edu.cn
 CR BALL JM, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V306, P557
    CALDERER C, 1983, J ELASTICITY, V13, P17
    GUO ZH, 1963, ARCH MECH STOSOW, V15, P427
    HORGAN CO, 1995, APPL MECH REV, V48, P471
    KNOWLES JK, 1960, Q APPL MATH, V18, P71
    KNOWLES JK, 1962, J APPL MECH, V29, P283
    POLIGNONE DA, 1993, J ELASTICITY, V33, P27
    REN JS, 2002, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V23, P881
    REN JS, 2002, J ENG MATH, V44, P245
    SHANG XC, 2001, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P1101
    YUAN XG, 2004, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V17, P158
    YUAN XG, 2004, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V17, P361
    YUAN XG, 2004, J SHANGHAI U, V8, P13
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 8
 BP 973
 EP 981
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 960IG
 UT ISI:000231583200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, XD
    Chen, LQ
 TI Dynamic stability of axially moving viscoelastic beams with pulsating
    speed
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE subharmonic resonance; averaging method; stability of vibration;
    axially moving beam
 ID VIBRATIONS; VELOCITY
 AB Parametric vibration of an axially moving, elastic, tensioned beam with
    pulsating speed was investigated in the vicinity of subharmonic and
    combination resonance. The method of averaging was used to yield a set
    of autonomous equations when the parametric excitation frequency is
    twice or the combination of the natural frequencies. Instability
    boundaries were presented in the plane of parametric frequency and
    amplitude. The analytical results were 7 numerically verified. The
    effects of the viscoelastic damping, steady speed and tension on the
    instability boundaries were numerically demonstrated. It is found that
    the viscoelastic damping decreases the instability regions and the
    steady speed and the tension make the instability region drift along
    the frequency axis.
 C1 Shenyang Inst Aeronaut Engn, Dept Engn Mech, Shenyang 110034, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, XD, Shenyang Inst Aeronaut Engn, Dept Engn Mech, Shenyang 110034,
    Peoples R China.
 EM jxdyang@161.com
 CR ARIARATNAM ST, 1986, J SOUND VIB, V107, P215
    ASOKANTHAN S, 1994, ASME, V116, P275
    OZ HR, 1998, J SOUND VIB, V215, P571
    OZ HR, 1999, J SOUND VIB, V227, P239
    OZ HR, 2001, J SOUND VIB, V239, P556
    OZKAYA E, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V234, P521
    PELLICANO F, 2000, J VIB ACOUST, V122, P21
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
    WICKERT JA, 1990, ASME J APPL MECH, V57, P267
 NR 9
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 8
 BP 989
 EP 995
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 960IG
 UT ISI:000231583200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, XL
    Li, D
    McKinnon, KIM
 TI On saddle points of augmented Lagrangians for constrained nonconvex
    optimization
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE nonconvex optimization; constrained global optimization; saddle point
    and duality; augmented Lagrangian functions
 ID ZERO DUALITY GAP; GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION; CONVEXIFICATION; CONVERGENCE;
    EXISTENCE
 AB We present in this paper new results on the existence of saddle points
    of augmented Lagrangian functions for constrained nonconvex
    optimization. Four classes of augmented Lagrangian functions are
    considered: the essentially quadratic augmented Lagrangian, the
    exponential-type augmented Lagrangian, the modified barrier augmented
    Lagrangian, and the penalized exponential-type augmented Lagrangian. We
    first show that under second-order sufficiency conditions, all these
    augmented Lagrangian functions possess local saddle points. We then
    prove that global saddle points of these augmented Lagrangian functions
    exist under certain mild additional conditions. The results obtained in
    this paper provide a theoretical foundation for the use of augmented
    Lagrangians in constrained global optimization. Our findings also give
    new insights to the role played by augmented Lagrangians in local
    duality theory of constrained nonconvex optimization.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Univ Edinburgh, Sch Math, Edinburgh EH9 3JZ, Midlothian, Scotland.
 RP Li, D, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management,
    Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 EM xlsun@staff.shu.edu.cn
    dli@se.cuhk.edu.hk
    ken@maths.ed.ac.uk
 CR BENTAL A, 1997, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V7, P347
    BERTSEKAS DP, 1982, CONSTRAINED OPTIMIZA
    HESTENES MR, 1969, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V4, P303
    HORST R, 1993, GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
    HORST R, 2000, NONCONVEX OPTIM, V48
    HUANG XX, 2003, MATH OPER RES, V28, P524
    KARLIN S, 1959, MATH METHODS THEORY, V1
    KORT BW, 1972, P IEEE C DEC CONTR N, P162
    LI D, 1995, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V85, P309
    LI D, 1997, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V30, P4339
    LI D, 2001, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V21, P39
    LI D, 2001, NONLINEAR ANAL-THE 8, V47, P5611
    MANGASARIAN OL, 1994, CLASSICS APPL MATH, V10
    MINOUX M, 1986, MATH PROGRAMMING THE
    NGUYEN VH, 1979, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V27, P495
    POLYAK R, 1992, MATH PROGRAM, V54, P177
    POLYAK R, 2004, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V122, P111
    POWELL MJD, 1969, OPTIMIZATION, P283
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 1974, SIAM J CONT, V12, P268
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 1993, SIAM REV, V35, P183
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 1998, VARIATIONAL ANAL
    ROSEN JB, 1987, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V268
    RUBINOV AM, 2002, MATH OPER RES, V27, P775
    RUBINOV AM, 2003, LAGRANGE TYPE FUNCTI
    SUN XL, 1999, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V102, P385
    SUN XL, 2001, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V21, P185
    THATCH PT, 1990, NAVAL RES LOGIST, V37, P473
    TSENG P, 1993, MATH PROGRAM, V60, P1
    TUY H, 2000, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V11, P464
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 1052-6234
 J9 SIAM J OPTIMIZATION
 JI SIAM J. Optim.
 PY 2005
 VL 15
 IS 4
 BP 1128
 EP 1146
 PG 19
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 957GK
 UT ISI:000231357600010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, GH
 TI Linear stability of ultrathin slipping films with insoluble surfactant
 SO PHYSICS OF FLUIDS
 DT Article
 ID THIN LIQUID-FILMS; INSTABILITY; MORPHOLOGY; INTERFACE; EVOLUTION;
    DYNAMICS; RUPTURE
 AB To study the dewetting process of ultrathin slipping films, the
    stability characteristics of the surfactant-covered ultrathin films
    with slippage are analyzed with linear theory. A set of nonlinear
    equations for the film thickness and the concentration of surfactant is
    derived based on lubrication approximation for Newtonian viscous fluid.
    Results show slippage can always enhance the development of
    perturbations, and reduce the number density of holes when rupture
    occurs. A prominent characteristic of the stability is that two
    branches of solutions are found in the dispersion relation. This might
    lead to an inflexion in the growth rate curve of the most unstable
    modes, and a cusp point in the corresponding wave number curve for
    infinite slippage, which indicates that the slip has a profound effect
    on the linear stability of the films. The influences of the Marangoni
    number M, equilibrium distance l(c), and the base concentration of
    surfactant Gamma(0) on the linear stability are also discussed for
    different slip lengths in the present study.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Hu, GH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Yanchang Rd 149,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM ghhu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR AFSARSIDDIQUI AB, 2003, ADV COLLOID INTERFAC, V106, P183
    BARRAT JL, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P4671
    JENSEN OE, 1992, J FLUID MECH, V240, P259
    KARGUPTA K, 2004, LANGMUIR, V20, P244
    ORON A, 1997, REV MOD PHYS, V69, P931
    PRIEZJEV NV, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V92
    REITER G, 1994, SCIENCE, V263, P174
    SHARMA A, 1993, LANGMUIR, V9, P861
    SHARMA A, 1996, MACROMOLECULES, V29, P6959
    SHARMA A, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V83, P3549
    SOUZA ER, 1998, PHYS FLUIDS, V10, P1804
    STONE HA, 1990, PHYS FLUIDS A-FLUID, V2, P111
    WARNER MRE, 2002, PHYS FLUIDS, V14, P4040
    ZHANG YL, 2003, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V264, P160
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1070-6631
 J9 PHYS FLUIDS
 JI Phys. Fluids
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 17
 IS 8
 AR 088105
 DI ARTN 088105
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Mechanics
 GA 957RW
 UT ISI:000231392000047
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, G
    Jiang, DM
    Lin, F
    Shi, WZ
    Ma, XM
    Cao, SX
    Zhang, JC
 TI Glassy magnetism in mechanically alloyed FexCr90-xMn10 (x=18 and 35)
 SO PHYSICA B-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 DE mechanical alloying; Fe-CrMn alloys; re-entrant spin glass
 ID NEUTRON POWDER-DIFFRACTION; GIANT MAGNETORESISTANCE; CRFEMN ALLOYS;
    SPIN-GLASS; MOSSBAUER
 AB X-ray diffraction (XRD), Fe-57 Mossbauer and magnetic measurements were
    performed on mechanically alloyed FexCr90-xMn10 (x = 18 and 35) alloys.
    XRD and Fe-57 Mossbauer spectra show the systems are non-magnetic BCC
    phase. The irreversibility between field-cooled and zero-field-cooled
    magnetization curves at relative high temperature is due to the
    blocking of some single particles. A correlation between the Fe
    concentration and T-max of ZFC curves can be explained by the fine
    Fe-rich clusters which are embedded in a paramagnetic solid solution.
    The Fe35Cr55Mn10 alloy exhibits two type of blocking/freezing in an
    ensemble of nanoparticles. With the decreasing of temperature, the
    Fe18Cr72Mn10 alloy shows spin-glass-like behavior and the Fe35Cr55Mn10
    alloy goes through two magnetic transitions from paramagnetic phase to
    ferromagnetic phase and then to re-entrant spin-glass state. (c) 2005
    Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 E China Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
    Hunan Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Changsha 410082, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, XM, E China Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R
    China.
 EM shenganghey@163.com
    xmma@phy.ecnu.edu.cn
 CR ACET M, 1989, PHYSICA B, V161, P63
    BELLOUARD C, 2000, MATER SCI FORUM 1&2, V343, P819
    BERKOWITZ AE, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P3745
    DAS A, 1999, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V11, P5209
    DETORO JA, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    DETORO JA, 2004, J MAGN MAGN MATER 2, V272, P1340
    DORMANN JL, 1992, STUDIES MAGNETIC PRO
    GALKIN VY, 1996, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V159, L23
    GALKIN VY, 1997, PHYSICA B, V237, P443
    LECAER G, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P12775
    LEMOINE C, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V203, P184
    MIRABEAU I, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P11405
    RICO MM, 2002, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V189, P811
    RIETVELD HM, 1967, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR, V22, P151
    RODRIGUEZCARVAJ.J, 1993, PHYSICA B, V192, P55
    SHEN G, 2004, PHYSICA B, V351, P96
    SZYMANSKI K, 2001, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V236, P56
    XU WM, 1997, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V172, P183
    YERMAKOV AY, 2002, MATER SCI FORUM, V386, P455
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0921-4526
 J9 PHYSICA B
 JI Physica B
 PD SEP 1
 PY 2005
 VL 366
 IS 1-4
 BP 162
 EP 167
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 957UA
 UT ISI:000231397600020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, W
    Cai, GL
    Zhuang, ZY
    Jia, XS
    Zhai, HB
 TI One-step assembly of functionalized gamma-butyrolactones from benzoins
    or benzaldehydes via an N-heterocyclic carbene-mediated tandem reaction
 SO ORGANIC LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID INTRAMOLECULAR STETTER REACTIONS; MULTICOMPONENT REACTIONS;
    NUCLEOPHILIC CARBENES; CARBON-MONOXIDE; THIAZOLIUM; CONDENSATION;
    ALDEHYDES; CATALYSTS; KETONES; SALTS
 AB We describe here a direct, efficient, one-step construction of
    gamma,gamma-difunctionalized gamma-butyrolactones from benzoins or
    benzaldehydes via a tandem reaction promoted by 1,3-dimethyl
    imidazolin-2-ylidene, an N-heterocyclic carbene (NHC).
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Inst Chem Def, Analyt Ctr, Beijing 102205, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhai, HB, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Shanghai 200032,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zhaih@mail.sioc.ac.cn
 CR ARDUENGO AJ, 1991, J AM CHEM SOC, V113, P361
    ARDUENGO AJ, 1992, J AM CHEM SOC, V114, P5530
    BARRETT AGM, 2004, ORG LETT, V6, P3377
    BURSTEIN C, 2004, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V43, P6205
    CESAR V, 2004, CHEM SOC REV, V33, P619
    CHATANI N, 1999, J AM CHEM SOC, V121, P7160
    CIGANEK E, 1995, SYNTHESIS-STUTTG OCT, P1311
    DVORAK CA, 1998, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V39, P2925
    ENDERS D, 2002, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V41, P1743
    ENDERS D, 2004, ACCOUNTS CHEM RES, V37, P534
    GRASA GA, 2003, J ORG CHEM, V68, P2812
    HERRMANN WA, 2002, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V41, P1290
    KANO T, 2005, ORG LETT, V7, P1347
    KERR MS, 2002, J AM CHEM SOC, V124, P10298
    KERR MS, 2003, SYNLETT         0929, P1934
    KERR MS, 2004, J AM CHEM SOC, V126, P8876
    KNIGHT RL, 1998, J CHEM SOC PERK 0621, P1891
    LINGHU X, 2003, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V42, P2534
    MA C, 2005, ORG LETT, V7, P1343
    MATTSON AE, 2004, J AM CHEM SOC, V126, P2314
    NAIR V, 2003, ORG LETT, V5, P665
    NAIR V, 2004, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V43, P5130
    NAIR V, 2005, ORG LETT, V7, P2297
    NYCE GW, 2002, ORG LETT, V4, P3587
    PESCH J, 2004, EUR J ORG CHEM  0426, P2025
    SINGH R, 2004, J ORG CHEM, V69, P209
    TOBISU M, 2000, J AM CHEM SOC, V122, P12663
 NR 27
 TC 3
 SN 1523-7060
 J9 ORG LETT
 JI Org. Lett.
 PD AUG 18
 PY 2005
 VL 7
 IS 17
 BP 3769
 EP 3771
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 956IW
 UT ISI:000231294400043
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, HB
    Chen, LQ
 TI Connection of first integrals with particular solutions of the
    nonsimultaneous variational equations for nonholonomic systems
 SO MECHANICS RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE analytical mechanical; nonholonomic system; first integral;
    nonsimultaneous variational equation
 AB In this paper, the nonsimultaneous variational equations of the
    nonholonomic mechanical systems are presented, and their solutions are
    studied. It is proven that, under some conditions, a particular
    solution of the nonsimultaneous variational equations can be obtained
    by using a first integral. At the end of the paper, an example is given
    to illustrate the applications of the results. (C) 2005 Elsevier Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Chaohu Coll, Dept Phys, Chaohu 238000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, HB, Chaohu Coll, Dept Phys, Chaohu 238000, Peoples R China.
 EM hbzhang2002@eyou.com
 CR ARNOLD VI, 1978, MATH METHODS CLASSIC
    JACKSON EA, 1989, PERSPECTIVES NONLINE, V1
    JURDJEVIC V, 1997, GEOMETRIC CONTROL TH
    LANCZOS C, 1970, VARIATIONAL PRINCIPL
    MEI FX, 1985, FDN MECH NONHOLONOMI
    MEI FX, 1991, ACTA MECH SINICA, V23, P366
    MEI FX, 1999, CHINESE SCI BULL, V44, P2262
    VUJANOVIC B, 1978, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V13, P185
    WHITTAKER ET, 1952, TREASTISE ANAL DYNAM
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0093-6413
 J9 MECH RES COMMUN
 JI Mech. Res. Commun.
 PD NOV-DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 32
 IS 6
 BP 628
 EP 635
 PG 8
 SC Mechanics
 GA 956KA
 UT ISI:000231297400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Peng, LM
    Mao, XM
    Xu, KD
    Ding, WJ
 TI Property and thermal stability of in situ composite Cu-Cr alloy contact
    cable
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE in situ composite; Cu-Cr alloy; thermal stability; M index
 AB The in situ composite Cu-Cr alloy, a new type of potential electric
    material that can be used for contact cables, is reported in this
    paper. The combination property and thermal stability of the in situ
    composite Cu-Cr alloy were investigated. Experimental results showed
    that the in situ composite Cu-Cr alloy has not only high room
    temperature properties, including ultimate tensile strength Orb,
    elongation rate 5, relative conductivity sigma(r), and combination
    property that is scaled by M index (sigma(b)(2)kappa(r)), but also
    excellent thermal stability of these properties. At room temperature,
    the combination property of in situ composite Cu-Cr could be up to 18.3
    x 10(6) MPa2%, which is higher than those of commonly used copper
    contact cables all over the world. After being heated for 3 h at 500
    degrees C, the combination property of the in situ composite Cu-Cr
    alloy only decreased 3%. In this paper, the relationship between
    thermal stability and strengthening mechanism of in situ composite
    alloy was analyzed. (c) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, State Key Lab Met Matrix Composite, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Peng, LM, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, State Key Lab Met Matrix Composite,
    Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 EM plm616@mail.sjtu.edu.cn
 CR KIM ST, 1995, J MATER ENG PERFORM, V4, P573
    NAGASAWA H, 1990, FUJIKURA TECH REV, V20, P7
    PENG LM, 2000, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V29, P307
    WAN CK, 1992, MAT REV, V2, P23
    WEN HQ, 1995, FUNCT MAT, V26, P553
    WEN HQ, 1998, P 3 PAC RIM INT C AD, P137
    WEN HQ, 1998, RARE METALS, V17, P23
    WU NP, 1993, ELECT MAT, P24
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0924-0136
 J9 J MATER PROCESS TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Process. Technol.
 PD AUG 1
 PY 2005
 VL 166
 IS 2
 BP 193
 EP 198
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Industrial; Engineering, Manufacturing; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary
 GA 957LW
 UT ISI:000231372300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lei, D
    Wu, Z
 TI Tabu search approach based on a similarity coefficient for cell
    formation in generalized group technology
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF PRODUCTION RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE tabu search; similarity coefficient; cell formation; group technology
 ID ALTERNATIVE PROCESS PLANS; CLUSTERING-ALGORITHM; MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS;
    GENETIC ALGORITHM; DESIGN; ROUTES
 AB Both a similarity coefficient method ( SCM)- based algorithm and meta-
    heuristics have been widely applied to various cell formation problems;
    however, few studies have explored the combination of the two methods.
    This paper addresses a hybrid algorithm, in which, based on the initial
    solution produced by a new SCM- based hierarchical clustering method, a
    fast and effective tabu search approach is presented to solve cell
    formation in group technology ( GT). The proposed algorithm is applied
    to several problems from literature and a group of the randomly
    generated instances with alternative process plans and compared with
    simulated annealing ( SA) and other TS; the results demonstrate that
    the proposed algorithm is available and efficient for cell formation in
    generalized GT.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Automat, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Lei, D, Shanghai Univ, Inst Automat, 1954 Huashan Rd, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 EM dmlei@sjtu.edu.cn
 CR ADENSODIAZ B, 2001, COMPUT IND ENG, V41, P227
    BALAKRISHNAN J, 1996, PROD PLAN CONTROL, V7, P11
    BROWN EC, 2001, INT J PROD RES, V39, P3651
    CAUX C, 2000, INT J PROD ECON, V64, P279
    DIMOPOULOS C, 2001, INT J PROD RES, V39, P1
    GLOVER F, 1986, COMPUT OPER RES, V13, P533
    GUPTA T, 1990, INT J PROD RES, V28, P1247
    HWANG H, 1996, COMPUT IND ENG, V30, P423
    JACCARD P, 1908, B SOCIETE VAUDOISE S, V44, P223
    KING JR, 1980, INT J PROD RES, V18, P213
    KUMAR KR, 1986, EUR J OPER RES, V24, P387
    KUSIAK A, 1987, INT J PROD RES, V25, P561
    KUSIAK A, 1987, J MANUF SYST, V6, P117
    MCAULEY J, 1972, PRODUCTION ENG, V51, P53
    MOON YB, 1992, J MANUF SYST, V11, P149
    NAGI R, 1990, INT J PROD RES, V28, P2243
    ONWUBOLU GC, 2000, PROD PLAN CONTROL, V11, P153
    RAJAGOPALAN R, 1975, INT J PROD RES, V13, P567
    SEIFODDINI H, 1986, IIE TRANS, V18, P271
    SEIFODDINI HK, 1989, COMPUT IND ENG, V16, P419
    SHAFER SM, 1993, INT J PROD RES, V31, P1315
    SOFIANOPOULOU S, 1999, INT J PROD RES, V37, P707
    SRINIVASAN G, 1990, INT J PROD RES, V28, P145
    SRINIVASAN G, 1991, INT J PROD RES, V29, P463
    SRINIVASAN G, 1994, INT J PROD RES, V32, P2149
    SUN D, 1995, COMPUT IND ENG, V28, P485
    WON Y, 1997, COMPUT IND ENG, V32, P207
    YIN Y, 2002, INT J PROD RES, V40, P885
    ZHAO CW, 2000, INT J PROD RES, V38, P385
    ZOLFAGHARI S, 2002, INT J PROD RES, V40, P2141
 NR 30
 TC 1
 SN 0020-7543
 J9 INT J PROD RES
 JI Int. J. Prod. Res.
 PD OCT 1
 PY 2005
 VL 43
 IS 19
 BP 4035
 EP 4047
 PG 13
 SC Engineering, Industrial; Engineering, Manufacturing; Operations
    Research & Management Science
 GA 957SS
 UT ISI:000231394200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, SW
    Liao, HB
    Wen, WJ
    Wong, GKL
 TI Nonlinear optical properties of Au : TiO2 multilayer composite fields
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS B
 DT Article
 DE metal particles; nonlinearity
 AB Au:TiO2 multilayer composite films were prepared by the method of
    alternating multitarget magnetron sputtering technique. Samples were
    annealed afterwards. The surface plasmon resonances of the annealed
    films are around 700nm. TEM pictures showed the remained layered
    structure with grown gold particles between the layers. The values of
    chi((3)) measured by degenerated four wave mixing (DFWM) are in the
    order of 10(-7) esu which are one order larger than the previous work.
    The figure of merit (FOM), chi((3))/alpha, is in the order of 10(-12)
    esu cm. The great improvement of chi((3)) is assumed to be the result
    from the enhancement of field localization caused by the
    metallic/dielectric host multilayer structure.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Beijing Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Beijing 100875, Peoples R China.
 RP Yu, SW, Shanghai Univ, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, 149
    Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM yusw@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ASPNES DE, 1982, AM J PHYS, V50, P704
    FLYTZANIS C, 1991, PROGR OPT, V29, P322
    FUKUMI K, 1991, JPN J APPL PHYS, V30, P742
    LEE M, 1992, THIN SOLID FILMS
    LIAO HB, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P1817
    MATSUOKA J, 1992, J CERAM SOC JPN, V100, P599
    RICHARD D, 1985, OPT LETT, V10, P511
    SHEN YR, 1984, PRINCIPLES NONLINEAR
    SUTHERLAND RL, 1996, HDB NONLINEAR OPTICS
    TANAHASHI I, 1996, J APPL PHYS, V79, P1244
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9792
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS B
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. B
 PD JUL 10
 PY 2005
 VL 19
 IS 15-17
 PN Part 1
 BP 2616
 EP 2620
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 955OZ
 UT ISI:000231237000052
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JC
    Ni, QL
    Shen, YU
    Zhou, XA
    Jiang, SY
    Yue, LM
 TI Analysis of characteristics of ordered mesoporous assembled with Fe, Bi
    and B
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS B
 DT Article
 DE mesoporous assemble; SiO2 composites; magnetic properties; bronsted
    acid sites
 AB Ordered SiO2 mesoporous materials called SBA were prepared by
    hydrothermal or sol-gel method through using the surfactants as the
    template, such as cetytrimethylammonium bromide or triblock copolymer.
    SBA assembled with some different elements and compounds, including Fe,
    Bi, and B or Fe2O3, B2O3 and others by dipping or adding of chelating
    or coupling agents were prepared to form some composites, which
    characterized by wide or small angle X-ray diffraction, infrared
    spectra, N-2 static and kinetic adsorption, high resolution
    transmission electron microscopy and magnetic intensity instrument,
    respectively. The assembled alpha-Fe or alpha- Fe2O3 under different
    conditions possessed lower magnetic coercive force (Hc), for instance
    the latter was about 87-117(Hc -10(3)/4 pi A*m(-1)-Os), but specific
    saturation magnetization (sigma s-A*m(2)*kg(-1)) increase by 75.4% as
    compared with the conventional alpha- Fe2O3(17650s) particles. However,
    the properties of the composites assembled with alpha- Fe was different
    from alpha-Fe2O3 as mentioned-above. And the relationship between os or
    Os and structure for the assembled systems was discussed. After
    introduced B and Bi to the mesoporous materials, the composites showed
    not only existence of Bronsted acid sites for 13, but also improvement
    of the hydrothermal stability and enhance of the long-range order
    magnitude.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM jchzhang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR EDLER KJ, 1995, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P155
    MACLACHLAN MJ, 1999, NATURE, V397, P681
    PETKOV N, 2003, MAT SCI ENG C-BIO S, V23, P827
    TRONG OD, 1996, J PHYS CHEM-US, V100, P6743
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9792
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS B
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. B
 PD JUL 10
 PY 2005
 VL 19
 IS 15-17
 PN Part 2
 BP 2780
 EP 2785
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 955PE
 UT ISI:000231237600029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shan, S
 TI On the generalized Zipf distribution. Part I
 SO INFORMATION PROCESSING & MANAGEMENT
 DT Article
 ID SKEW DISTRIBUTION; MODEL
 AB This article is concerned with a class of informetric distribution, a
    family of skew distributions found to describe a wide range of
    phenomena both within or outside of information sciences and referred
    to as being of Zipf-type. A generalization of Zipf distribution (a
    size-frequency form of the Zipf's law), named the generalized Zipf
    distribution, is introduced. Two main characterizations of the
    generalized Zipf distribution are obtained based on the proportionate
    hazard rate and truncated moments. Finally, some asymptotic properties
    of the generalized Zipf distribution are investigated. (c) 2005
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Informat Res Ctr, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Management & Informat Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Shan, S, Shanghai Univ, Informat Res Ctr, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 EM rita_kaoru_chen@163.com
 CR BURR IW, 1942, ANN MATH STAT, V13, P215
    EGGHE L, 1990, INTRO INFORMETRICS
    EGGHE L, 1992, INFORM PROCESS MANAG, V28, P35
    ETO H, 1983, SCIENTOMETRICS, V5, P219
    FELLER W, 1978, INTRO PROBABILITY TH, V2
    GLANZEL W, 1984, Z WAHRSCHEINLICHKEIT, V66, P173
    HILL M, 1975, J AM STAT ASSOC, V70, P1017
    IJIRI Y, 1977, SKEW DISTRIBUTIONS S
    IRWIN JO, 1975, J ROYAL STATISTI A 1, V138, P18
    KLAMBAUER G, 1975, MATH ANAL
    MANDELBROT B, 1960, INT ECON REV, V1, P79
    MANDELBROT B, 1961, STRUCTURE LANGUAGE M, P129
    PENNOCK DM, 2002, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V99, P5207
    PRICE DJD, 1976, J AM SOC INFORM SCI, V27, P292
    ROUSSEAU R, 1995, INFORMATION PROCESSI, V28, P45
    ROUSSEAU R, 1997, CYBERMETRICS, V1, P1
    RUDIN W, 1976, PRINCIPLES MATH ANAL
    SCHUBERT A, 1984, SCIENTOMETRICS, V6, P149
    SIBUYA M, 1979, ANN I STAT MATH, V31, P373
    SIMON HA, 1955, BIOMETRIKA, V42, P425
    SINGH ABZ, 1974, ECONOMETRICA, V44, P963
    TIROLE J, 1988, THEORY IND OR
    ZIPF GK, 1949, HUMAN BEHAV PRINCIPL
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0306-4573
 J9 INFORM PROCESS MANAGE
 JI Inf. Process. Manage.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 41
 IS 6
 BP 1369
 EP 1386
 PG 18
 SC Computer Science, Information Systems; Information Science & Library
    Science
 GA 956XE
 UT ISI:000231332600005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cai, XS
    Li, JF
    Xin, OY
    Zhao, ZJ
    Su, MX
 TI In-line measurement of pneumatically conveyed particles by a light
    transmission fluctuation method
 SO FLOW MEASUREMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION
 DT Article
 DE particle sizing; in-line measurement; pneumatically conveyed particles;
    light transmission fluctuation
 AB An optical method for particle sizing in two-phase flow, the so-called
    light transmission fluctuation method, is presented in this paper. On
    the basis of this method, a novel optical instrument capable of in-line
    measurement of pneumatically conveyed particles is introduced. Quite a
    few medium-term tests validate the reliability and the applicability of
    this technique. Some measurement results are shown and discussed,
    concerning real-time in-line continuous monitoring of pulverized coal
    flow at coal-fired power plants and relevant laboratory experiments.
    (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Particle & Two Phase Flow Measurement Techno, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Cai, XS, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Particle & Two Phase Flow
    Measurement Techno, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM caixs@public.sta.net.cn
 CR CAI X, 2003, P 4 ASME JSME JOINT
    CAI X, 2004, CHINA PARTICUOL, V2, P89
    EARLEY D, 2000, ELECT POWER 2000
    GREGORY J, 1985, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V105, P357
    LAUX S, 2001, POWER GEN EUROPE 200
    LU W, 2004, 4 INT S MEAS TECHN M
    SHIFRIIN KS, 1971, C R USSR ACAD SCI, V199, P589
    SHIFRIN KS, 1988, PHYS OPTICS OCEAN WA
    TEIPEL U, 2002, CHEM ENG TECHNOL, V25, P13
    VANDEHULST HC, 1957, LIGHT SCATTERING SMA
    YAN Y, 1996, MEAS SCI TECHNOL, V7, P1687
    YAN Y, 2001, POWDER HANDLING PROC, V13, P343
    YAN Y, 2004, 4 INT S MEAS TECHN M
    ZADIRAKA AJ, 1996, ISA CLEV S JUN 3 5 O
    ZHOU H, 2004, 4 INT S MEAS TECHN M
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0955-5986
 J9 FLOW MEAS INSTRUM
 JI Flow Meas. Instrum.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 16
 IS 5
 BP 315
 EP 320
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 957VU
 UT ISI:000231402200007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ouyang, Z
    Zhou, SF
    Yin, FQ
 TI Oscillation for a class of neutral parabolic differential equations
 SO COMPUTERS & MATHEMATICS WITH APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE oscillation; neutral; parabolic; differential equation; eventually
    positive solution
 AB Some sufficient conditions are established for the oscillation of a
    class of neutral parabolic differential equations of the form,
    partial derivative N(u(x, t) - Sigma(k=1)(r) lambda(k)u (x, t -
    rho(k)))/partial derivative t(N) -a(t)Delta + Sigma(i=1)(n) p(i) (x, t)
    u(x, t - sigma(i)) - Sigma(j=1)(m) q(j) (x, t) u (x, t - tau(j))
    +h(t) f(u(x, t - r1), ..., u(x, t - r(1))) = 0, (x, t) is an element of
    Omega x [t0, + infinity) equivalent to G, t(0) is an element of R+,
    where N is an odd number, Omega is a bounded domain in R-M with a
    smooth boundary partial derivative Omega, and Delta is the Laplacian
    operation with three different boundary conditions. We obtained some
    new oscillatory conditions for the odd-order neutral parabolic
    differential equation. To some extent, our results are new oscillatory
    conditions, and extended some oscillatory results of some references.
    (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Nanhua Univ, Dept Math, Hengyang 421001, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ouyang, Z, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM Ouyangzigen@hotmail.com
 CR BYKOV V, 1983, IZV AKAD NAUK KIRGIZ, V6, P3
    ELABBSY EM, 2000, ELECT J DIFFERENTIAL, V13, P1
    FU XL, 1995, J PARTIAL DIFF EQS, V8, P82
    GYORI I, 1991, OSCILLATION THEORY D
    KUBIACZYK I, 2002, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V147, P263
    KUSANO T, 1994, HIROSHIMA MATH J, V24, P123
    OUYANG Z, IN PRESS J COMPL APP
    OUYANG Z, 2004, APPL MATH LETT, V17, P159
    VLADIMIROV VS, 1981, EQUATIONS MATH PHYS
    YOSHIDA N, 1986, HIROSHIMA MATH J, V16, P305
    YOSHIDA N, 1987, B AUSTRAL MATH SOC, V36
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0898-1221
 J9 COMPUT MATH APPL
 JI Comput. Math. Appl.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 50
 IS 1-2
 BP 145
 EP 155
 PG 11
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 956DL
 UT ISI:000231279000012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, BQ
    Hu, SJ
    Qiu, LH
    Shan, QX
    Sun, J
    Xia, Q
    Bian, K
 TI Diphasic effects of Astragalus membranaceus Bunge (Leguminosae) on
    vascular tone in rat thoracic aorta
 SO BIOLOGICAL & PHARMACEUTICAL BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE Astragalus membranuceus; nitric oxide; calcium ion; thoracic aorta;
    vasomotion
 ID NITRIC-OXIDE; CONTRACTION
 AB This study was designed to investigate the effects of the aqueous
    ethanol extract of Astragalus membranaceus BUNGE (Leguminosae) on rat
    thoracic aorta. Isometric tension was recorded in response to drugs in
    organ bath. In endothelium-intact aortic rings, A. membranaceus extract
    induced a significant dose-dependent relaxation of the rings
    precontracted by phenylephrine, which could be inhibited by
    preincubation with L-N(omega)-nitro-arginine methyl ester or
    methylthioninium chloride. In endothelium-denuded ones, the extract
    could dose-dependently relax the rings contracted by phenylephrine, not
    by KCl; and it could also attenuate contractile response to
    phenylephrine, not to caffeine or phorbol-12,13-diacetate in Ca2+-free
    medium; but it failed to affect the CaCl2-induced enhancement of
    contractile response to phenylephrine in Ca2+-free medium. These
    results indicate that nitric oxide signaling and Ca2+-handling pathway
    are involved in the A. membranaceus extract-induced vasodilatation.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ, Coll Med, Affiliated Hosp 1, Dept Cardiol, Hangzhou 310003, Zhejiang, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ, Coll Med, Dept Physiol, Hangzhou 310031, Zhejiang, Peoples R China.
    Univ Texas, Sch Med, Dept Integrat Biol & Pharmacol, Houston, TX 77030 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Div Nitr Oxide & Inflammatory Med, Shanghai 201203, Peoples R China.
 RP Hu, SJ, Zhejiang Univ, Coll Med, Affiliated Hosp 1, Dept Cardiol, 79
    Qingchun St, Hangzhou 310003, Zhejiang, Peoples R China.
 EM s0hu0001@hotmail.com
 CR CHEN ZK, 2003, CHIN J CHIN MAT MED, V28, P155
    CHEN ZK, 2003, CHIN J LAB DIAGN, V7, P403
    CHEN ZK, 2003, TRADIT CHIN DRUG RES, V14, P372
    CHEW DKW, 2003, HYPERTENSION 2, V42, P818
    GU Y, 2001, CHIN ARCH TRADIT CHI, V19, P324
    GUO ZG, 1980, J TRADIT CHIN MED, V21, P73
    HE L, 2003, ACAD J HUNAN TRADIT, V23, P4
    HUANG Y, 1997, LIFE SCI, V60, P1749
    HUANG ZQ, 1995, CHIN J INTEGRATED TR, V15, P328
    JIA SQ, 1994, TIANJIN PHARM, V6, P24
    JIAO Y, 1999, CIN J INTEGRATED TRA, V19, P356
    KARAKI H, 1997, PHARMACOL REV, V49, P157
    KO WH, 2000, EUR J PHARMACOL, V399, P187
    KOBAYASHI S, 1991, AM J PHYSIOL 1, V260, C364
    MARTIN E, 2000, SEMIN PERINATOL, V24, P2
    MONCADA S, 1991, PHARMACOL REV, V43, P109
    SONG DJ, 1989, CHIN TRADIT HERB DRU, V20, P25
    TODA S, 1999, J ETHNOPHARMACOL, V68, P331
    WANG CH, 1996, SHANDONG J TRADIT CH, V15, P351
    WANG KH, 1996, FOREIGN MED SCI TCM, V18, P38
    ZHA YZ, 2000, J TRADIT CHIM MED, V41, P329
    ZHAO CL, 1998, TRADIT CHIN MED RES, V14, P25
    ZIMMERMANN M, 2002, ACTA NEUROCHIR, V144, P1213
 NR 23
 TC 1
 SN 0918-6158
 J9 BIOL PHARM BULL
 JI Biol. Pharm. Bull.
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 28
 IS 8
 BP 1450
 EP 1454
 PG 5
 SC Pharmacology & Pharmacy
 GA 957BE
 UT ISI:000231343500021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YJ
    Cheng, TCE
    Ng, CT
    Shan, EF
 TI Note on domination and minus domination numbers in cubic graphs
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE domination number; minus domination number; cubic graphs
 AB Let G = (V, E) be a graph. A subset S of V is called a dominating set
    if each vertex of V - S has at least one neighbor in S. The domination
    number gamma (G) equals the minimum cardinality of a dominating set in
    G. A minus dominating function on G is a function f : V -> {-1, 0, 1}
    such that f(N[v]) = Sigma(u is an element of N[v]) f(u) >= 1 for each v
    is an element of V, where N[v] is the closed neighborhood of v. The
    minus domination number of G is gamma(-)(G) = min{Sigma(v is an element
    of V) f(v) vertical bar f is a minus dominating function on G). It was
    incorrectly shown in [X. Yang, Q. Hou, X. Huang, H. Xuan, The
    difference between the domination number and minus domination number of
    a cubic graph, Applied Mathematics Letters 16 (2003) 1089-1093] that
    there is an infinite family of cubic graphs in which the difference
    gamma - gamma(-) can be made arbitrary large. This note corrects the
    mistakes in the proof and poses a new problem on the upper bound for
    gamma - gamma(-) in cubic graphs. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Logist, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Dept Math, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YJ, Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Logist, Kowloon, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 EM yaojunc@nju.edu.cn
 CR DUNBAR J, 1996, DISCRETE MATH, V149, P311
    DUNBAR J, 1999, DISCRETE MATH, V199, P35
    HENNING MA, 1996, DISCRETE MATH, V158, P87
    REED BA, 1993, PATHS STARS NUMBER 3
    REED BA, 1996, COMB PROBAB COMPUT, V5, P277
    YANG XF, 2003, APPL MATH LETT, V16, P1089
    ZELINKA B, 1996, DISCRETE MATH, V158, P249
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0893-9659
 J9 APPL MATH LETT
 JI Appl. Math. Lett.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 18
 IS 9
 BP 1062
 EP 1067
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 957YJ
 UT ISI:000231409100014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, C
    Zhou, GY
 TI Phenomenological study of structure relaxation of glycerol aqueous glass
 SO ACTA PHYSICO-CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE structure relaxation; glycerol; aqueous solutions; differential
    scanning calorimetry (DSC)
 ID ADAM-GIBBS FORMULATION; ENTHALPY RELAXATION; DIMETHYL-SULFOXIDE;
    TEMPERATURE-DEPENDENCE; FICTIVE TEMPERATURE; FORMING LIQUIDS;
    HEAT-CAPACITY; CRYSTALLIZATION; TRANSITION; ICE
 AB In order to examine the effects of water contents on structure
    relaxation parameters of glycerol aqueous glasses, heat capacity and
    glass transition temperature of five aqueous solutions (60%, 70%, 80%,
    90%, and 100%) were determined using the differential scanning
    calorimetry (DSC). Structure relaxation behaviors of glycerol aqueous
    glasses were investigated in the term of Tool-Narayanaswamy-Monihan
    (TNM) model parameters. The structure relaxation time was found to
    decrease as the water content increased. Curve-fitting results
    indicated that the apparent activation energy and non-exponential
    parameter decreased while non-linear parameter and pre-exponential
    parameter increased as the water content increased.
 C1 Zhongyuan Inst Technol, Dept Energy & Environm Engn, Zhengzhou 450007, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryomed & Food Refrigerat, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, C, Zhongyuan Inst Technol, Dept Energy & Environm Engn, Zhengzhou
    450007, Peoples R China.
 EM gao_cai@hotmail.com
 CR ADAM G, 1965, J CHEM PHYS, V43, P139
    ANGELL CA, 1997, J RES NATL INST STAN, V102, P171
    CHANG ZH, 1991, CRYOBIOLOGY, V28, P87
    CLAUDY P, 1997, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V293, P1
    CORTES P, 1998, J POLYM SCI POL PHYS, V36, P113
    FRANKS F, 2003, BIOPHYS CHEM, V105, P251
    GAO C, IN PRESS Z CHINESE J
    GAO C, 2004, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V20, P701
    GAO C, 2004, Z ACTA PHYS CHIM SIN, V20, P123
    GARDON R, 1970, J AM CERAM SOC, V53, P380
    HEY JM, 1996, CRYOBIOLOGY, V33, P205
    HEY JM, 1997, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V211, P262
    HEY JM, 1998, CRYOBIOLOGY, V37, P119
    HODGE IM, 1986, MACROMOLECULES, V19, P936
    HODGE IM, 1991, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V131, P435
    HODGE IM, 1994, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V169, P211
    HUA ZZ, 1994, CRYOBIOLOGY CRYOMEDI
    HUANG J, 1992, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V139, P239
    MEHL PM, 1996, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V272, P201
    MOYNIHAN CT, 1976, J AM CERAM SOC, V59, P12
    MOYNIHAN CT, 1991, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V131, P420
    NARAYANASWAMY OS, 1970, J AM CERAM SOC, V53, P491
    NARAYANASWAMY OS, 1971, J AM CERAM SOC, V54, P491
    SHERER GW, 1986, RELAXATION GLASS COM, P130
    SIMATOS D, 1995, FOOD PRESERVATION MO, P188
    SIMON SL, 1997, J CHEM PHYS, V107, P8678
    SOKOLOV AP, 1996, SCIENCE, V273, P1675
    TOOL AQ, 1946, J AM CERAM SOC, V29, P240
    VIGIER G, 1987, CRYOBIOLOGY, V24, P345
    WUNGTANAGORN R, 2001, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V369, P95
    YAMAMURO O, 1998, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V235, P517
 NR 31
 TC 0
 SN 1000-6818
 J9 ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Phys.-Chim. Sin.
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 21
 IS 8
 BP 909
 EP 914
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical
 GA 956IR
 UT ISI:000231293900018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, DM
    Wu, QS
    Zhu, Y
    Ding, YP
 TI Biomimetic self-assembly synthesis of ZnS chain-like nanospheres with
    supported liquid membrane
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE supported liquid membrane; biomimetic; zinc sulfide; nano-sphere;
    chain-like
 ID CRYSTAL NUCLEATION; CALCIUM-CARBONATE; NANOSTRUCTURES; NANOPARTICLES;
    TEMPLATE; MICROSPHERES; MONOLAYERS; NANOWIRES; NANOTUBES; NANORODS
 AB A novel synthesis method of ZnS chain-like nanospheres by supported
    liquid membrane system has been investigated. The system, with
    o-phenanthroline as a mobile carrier, can selectively transport zinc
    ions to the other side of the membrane. Nucleation process was under
    the control of SLM template effect by directionally combining anion,
    local super saturation solution and the interfacial microenvironment.
    XRD and TEM data indicated that the crystal has cubic structure of
    blende with cell constant of a=0.5390 nm in the range of 250 similar to
    300 nm. In addition, the morphological formation mechanism and
    luminescence properties of ZnS have been discussed.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, DM, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR AIZENBERG J, 1999, NATURE, V398, P495
    ALIVISATOS AP, 1996, J PHYS CHEM-US, V100, P13226
    BAYBURT TH, 2002, NANO LETTERS, V2, P853
    CEPAK VM, 1999, CHEM MATER, V11, P1363
    CHEN SH, 2002, NANO LETT, V2, P1003
    CHEN XJ, 2003, INORG CHEM, V42, P3100
    FENG L, 2002, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V41, P1221
    LIANG HJ, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P11786
    LIU L, 2004, AUST J CHEM, V57, P219
    MA YR, 2003, LANGMUIR, V19, P4040
    MANN S, 1988, NATURE, V334, P692
    NAKA K, 2001, CHEM MATER, V13, P3245
    PAN ZW, 2001, J PHYS CHEM B, V105, P2507
    PENG Q, 2003, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V42, P3027
    PORRATA P, 2002, CHEM MATER, V14, P4378
    REDDY S, 2003, B MATER SCI, V26, P283
    TANG ZY, 2002, SCIENCE, V297, P237
    WANG TX, 2002, LANGMUIR, V18, P8655
    WEI GD, 2003, CHEM MATER, V15, P4436
    WU QS, 2003, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V61, P1824
    WU QS, 2004, CRYST GROWTH DES, V4, P717
    YANAGISHITA T, 2004, LANGMUIR, V20, P554
    YIN JL, 2003, MATER LETT, V57, P3859
    ZHANG WH, 2001, CHEM MATER, V13, P648
    ZHANG ZL, 2003, INORG CHEM COMMUN, V6, P1393
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PD AUG 28
 PY 2005
 VL 63
 IS 16
 BP 1479
 EP 1482
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 957YI
 UT ISI:000231409000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, ZT
    Yin, JL
    Liang, PH
    Gan, FX
 TI Temperature characteristics of optical parameters of phthalocyanine LB
    films and spin-coated films
 SO OPTICAL MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE phthalocyanine; LB film; spin-coating; optical properties
 ID THIN-FILMS
 AB The LB films and spin-coated films of tetra-neopentoxy phthalocyanine
    zinc (TNPPcZn) were prepared and annealed at different temperatures.
    Their refractive index (n) and extinction coefficient (k) were measured
    by p-polarized reflectance. The similar value of n and k, as well as
    similar changing tendency of it and k at varied annealing temperatures,
    was found between LB films and spin-coated films. In addition, the
    absorption curves of TNPPcZn LB films and spin-coated films in visible
    range at different annealing temperature were investigated. The results
    indicate that the changing tendency of the extinction coefficient of
    two kinds of TNPPcZn films obtained from two methods mentioned above
    were coincident. When the annealing temperature increased to 150
    degrees C, the monomers of TNPPcZn films transformed to aggregates,
    n(f) and k(f) of the films increased. Further, n(f) and k(f) decreased
    as aggregates changed back to monomers again at the annealing
    temperature of 300 degrees C. The experimental results coincide well
    with the theoretical analysis. (C) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, ZT, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, POB 249,516 Jun Gong Rd,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM zhengtiangu@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BADER G, 1998, APPL OPTICS, V37, P1146
    BRYANT GC, 1994, THIN SOLID FILMS, V243, P316
    COLLINS RA, 1993, THIN SOLID FILMS, V229, P113
    DJURISIC AB, 2002, OPT COMMUN, V205, P155
    DUGOILLE B, 1994, APPL OPTICS, V33, P5853
    GAN FX, 1992, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2053, P95
    GU ZT, 2000, MEAS SCI TECHNOL, V12, P56
    KAJIHARA K, 1996, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V35, P6110
    LUO T, 1992, OPT MATER, V1, P267
    MARTENSSON J, 1991, THIN SOLID FILMS, V205, P252
    YING JL, 1999, ACTA OPIT SIN, V19, P528
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0925-3467
 J9 OPT MATER
 JI Opt. Mater.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 27
 IS 10
 BP 1618
 EP 1622
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Optics
 GA 955TO
 UT ISI:000231250700014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Andrae, ASG
    Andersson, DR
    Liu, JH
 TI Significance of intermediate production processes in life cycle
    assessment of electronic products assessed using a generic compact model
 SO JOURNAL OF CLEANER PRODUCTION
 DT Article
 DE data collection model; electronic products; global warming potential;
    intermediate upstream processes; life cycle assessment; life cycle
    inventory
 AB In this paper a generic model for life cycle inventory (LCI) data
    collection is presented and applied to a product system of a Digital
    System Telephone (DST). It is shown that the intermediate unit
    processes (IUPs) are of global warming importance. Compared to earlier
    efforts in the field of environmental life cycle assessment of
    electronic products, this model enables a more partitioned LCA result,
    with respect to both components and processes. In our model the
    components are first divided into main groups and then into sub-groups.
    This division results in process modules for unit processes, some of
    which are similar to the ongoing components, thus, reducing the
    computational effort. The model is demonstrated for a "cradle-to-gate"
    calculation focusing on greenhouse gas emissions. Using scenario
    analysis for integrated circuits and printed wiring boards, the
    possible contribution from IUPs was analysed. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Chalmers Univ Technol, Dept Microtechnol & Nanosci, S-43153 Molndal, Sweden.
    Chalmers Univ Technol, SMIT Ctr, S-43153 Molndal, Sweden.
    IVF, Ind Res & Dev Corp, SE-43153 Molndal, Sweden.
    Shanghai Univ, SMIT Ctr, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Andrae, ASG, Chalmers Univ Technol, Dept Microtechnol & Nanosci,
    S-43153 Molndal, Sweden.
 EM anders.andrae@mc2.chalmers.se
 CR 1998, CONFIDENTIAL IND SOU
    2000, CONFIDENTIAL IND SOU
    *DAN ENV PROT AG, 2004, 960 DAN ENV PROT AG
    *EL, DES GUID EC DES EL E
    *ENV CAN, 2000, EPA ONT CAN, P3
    *ETH, LCI DAT 1996 SIL MET
    *ISO, 1998, 140411998 ISO, P2
    *NORD PORT, FDN EC
    ANDRAE A, 2001, P 1 INT C DES MAN SU, P241
    ANDRAE ASG, 2001, J ELECTRON MANUF, V10, P147
    ANDRAE ASG, 2004, INT J LIFE CYCLE ASS, V9, P45
    DOKA G, 2001, P ENV IMP TEL SYST S, P9
    GOEDKOOP M, ECOINDICATOR 99 DAMA
    HERRMANN C, 2000, P 2000 IEEE INT S EL, P124
    LINHER O, 2001, P IPP GREEN PAP LAUN
    LIU J, 2001, SOLDER SURF MT TECH, V13, P39
    MALMODIN J, 2001, P 2 INT S ENV CONSC, P328
    MUELLER KG, 2001, P IEEE INT S EL ENV, P245
    MURPHY CF, 2003, P 2003 IEEE INT S EL, P276
    POLLOCK D, 1996, P 1996 IEEE INT S EL, P154
    SATAKE K, 1998, P IEEE INT S EL ENV, P176
    SCHELLER H, 1999, LIFE CYCLE ASSESSMEN, P124
    SCHISCHKE K, 2001, P 2001 IEEE INT S EL, P145
    SPIELMANN M, 2001, P ENV IMP TEL SYST S
    SUH S, 2004, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V38, P657
    TAIARIOL F, 2001, P 2001 IEEE INT S EL, P128
    UENO T, 1999, J CYCLES WASTE MANAG, V1, P25
    VANDERWEL H, 1997, P CARTS 97 EUR PASS, P147
    WARBURG N, 2003, P APEX TECHN C AN CA, P10
    WILLIAMS E, 2004, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V38, P6166
 NR 30
 TC 0
 SN 0959-6526
 J9 J CLEAN PROD
 JI J. Clean Prod.
 PY 2005
 VL 13
 IS 13-14
 BP 1269
 EP 1279
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Environmental; Environmental Sciences
 GA 954EO
 UT ISI:000231137100007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wen, S
    Feng, YL
    Yu, YX
    Bi, XH
    Wang, XM
    Sheng, GY
    Fu, JM
    Peng, PA
 TI Development of a compound-specific isotope analysis method for
    atmospheric formaldehyde and acetaldehyde
 SO ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID ORGANIC-COMPOUNDS; CARBONYL-COMPOUNDS; NONMETHANE HYDROCARBONS;
    FATTY-ACIDS; CHINA; CHEMISTRY; GUANGZHOU; AREA; AIR
 AB A novel method determining compound-specific carbon isotopic
    compositions for atmospheric formaldehyde and acetaldehyde in ppb or
    sub-ppb levels by gas chromatography/combustion/isotope ratio mass
    spectrometry (GC/C/IRMS) is presented. Atmospheric carbonyls are
    collected using the conventional 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine (DNPH)
    derivatization method, and their delta(13)C values are calculated based
    on stoichiometric mass balance after measuring the carbon isotopic
    compositions of the carbonyl-DNPH derivatives and DNPH, respectively.
    Using formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, and DNPH standards with their
    delta(13)C values predetermined, the delta(13)C fractionation is
    evaluated for derivatization processes both in solutions and in
    simulation experiment of atmospheric sampling. In these two
    derivatization systems, through reduplicate 613 C analysis' good
    reproducibility of the derivertization process is found with an average
    error of less than 0.5 parts per thousand, and the differences between
    the predicted and the measured delta(13)C values range from -0.18 to
    0.49 parts per thousand, indicating that the derivatization process
    introduces no isotopic fractionation for both formaldehyde and
    acetaldehyde. Thus, the delta(13)C values of the original underivatized
    carbonyls can be accurately calculated through mass balance equation.
    Using the method developed, preliminary tests of atmospheric
    formaldehyde and acetaldehyde at two urban sites were conducted and
    revealed significant differences of their isotopic compositions,
    implying possible application of the method in helping us understand
    the primary emission, secondary formation, or removal processes of
    carbonyls in the atmosphere.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, State Key Lab Organ Geochem, Guangdong Key Lab Environm Resources Utilizat & P, Guangzhou Inst Geochem, Guangzhou 510640, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, JM, Chinese Acad Sci, State Key Lab Organ Geochem, Guangdong Key
    Lab Environm Resources Utilizat & P, Guangzhou Inst Geochem, Guangzhou
    510640, Peoples R China.
 EM fujm@gig.ac.cn
 CR ABRAJANO TA, 1994, ORG GEOCHEM, V21, P611
    ATKINSON R, 1990, ATMOS ENVIRON A-GEN, V24, P1
    CARTER WPL, 1990, ATMOS ENVIRON A-GEN, V24, P481
    CARTER WPL, 1995, ATMOS ENVIRON, V29, P2513
    CONNY JM, 1996, ATMOS ENVIRON, V30, P621
    FENG YL, 2004, ATMOS ENVIRON, V38, P103
    FENG YL, 2005, ATMOS ENVIRON, V39, P1789
    GROSJEAN E, 1997, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V31, P2421
    HO KF, 2002, ATMOS ENVIRON, V36, P1259
    HU JF, 2002, ORG GEOCHEM, V33, P1197
    JIA GD, 2003, MAR CHEM, V82, P47
    JOHNSON BJ, 1990, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V24, P898
    LU H, 2003, ORG GEOCHEM, V34, P745
    MCKEEN SA, 1997, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOS, V102, P6467
    MELANDER L, 1980, REACTION RATES ISOTO
    POSSANZINI M, 1996, ATMOS ENVIRON, V30, P3757
    RIELEY G, 1994, ANALYST, V119, P915
    RUDOLPH J, 2002, ATMOS ENVIRON, V36, P1173
    SAITO T, 2002, J GEOPHYS RES, V107
    SATSUMABAYASHI H, 1995, ATMOS ENVIRON, V29, P255
    SIRJU AP, 1995, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V29, P384
    STONE T, 1989, EOS T, V70, P1017
    SUMNER AL, 2001, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOS, V106, P24387
    UCHIYAMA S, 2003, J CHROMATOGR A, V996, P95
    YU JZ, 1997, ATMOS ENVIRON, V31, P2261
 NR 25
 TC 3
 SN 0013-936X
 J9 ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL
 JI Environ. Sci. Technol.
 PD AUG 15
 PY 2005
 VL 39
 IS 16
 BP 6202
 EP 6207
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Environmental; Environmental Sciences
 GA 955CR
 UT ISI:000231203100042
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zeng, XY
    Sheng, GY
    Xiong, Y
    Fu, JM
 TI Determination of polycyclic musks in sewage sludge from Guangdong,
    China using GC-EI-MS
 SO CHEMOSPHERE
 DT Article
 DE polycyclic musks; sewage sludge; wastewater treatment plant;
    quantification; GC; GC-EI-MS; Guangdong; China
 ID MASS-SPECTROMETRIC DETECTION; SOLID-PHASE MICROEXTRACTION; HUMAN
    ADIPOSE-TISSUE; AMINO METABOLITES; QUANTITATIVE-DETERMINATION;
    ORGANOCHLORINE PESTICIDES; FRAGRANCE MATERIALS; PARTICULATE MATTER;
    WASTE-WATER; GERMANY
 AB Polycyclic musks [Cashmeran (DPMI), Celestolide (ADBI), Phantolide
    (AHMI), Traseolide (ATII), Tonalide (AHTN) and Galaxolide (HHCB)] were
    Soxhlet extracted, separated and analyzed in sewage sludge from six
    different wastewater treatment plants from Guangdong, China, using GC
    and GC-EI-MS. DPMI, ADBI, HHCB, AHTN were found in all samples, and
    ATII was not found in any sample. AHMI was detected in five out of six
    samples. HHCB and AHTN were the two major polycyclic musks found in
    highest concentrations in sludge. The sludge from municipal wastewater
    treatment plants contained HHCB, AHTN and DPMI at concentrations
    between 5.416 and 21.214, 0.715 and 6.195 and 0.599 and 2.870 mg/kg
    (dry), respectively. The highest concentration was found in sludge from
    one cosmetic plant at 703.681 mg HHCB/kg (dry). The results indicate
    that there are two sources of polycyclic musks: domestic sewage and
    industrial wastewater. (C) 2005 Published by Elsevier Ltd.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Guangzhou Inst Geochem, State Key Lab Organ Geochem, Guangdong Key Lab Environm & Resources, Guangzhou 510640, Guangdong Prov, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Grad Sch, Beijing 100864, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, JM, Chinese Acad Sci, Guangzhou Inst Geochem, State Key Lab Organ
    Geochem, Guangdong Key Lab Environm & Resources, Guangzhou 510640,
    Guangdong Prov, Peoples R China.
 EM fujm@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BERSET JD, 1999, J CHROMATOGR A, V852, P545
    BERSET JD, 2000, ANAL CHEM, V72, P2124
    BESTER K, 1998, WATER RES, V32, P1857
    CARMEN GJ, 2002, J CHROMATOGR A, V963, P277
    DRAISCI R, 1998, J CHROMATOGR A, V814, P187
    DSIKOWITZKY L, 2002, ORG GEOCHEM, V33, P1747
    FORD RA, 1999, TOXICOL LETT, V111, P133
    FROMME H, 2001, WATER RES, V35, P121
    HEBERER T, 2002, ACTA HYDROCH HYDROB, V30, P227
    HERREN D, 2000, CHEMOSPHERE, V40, P565
    KALLENBORN R, 1999, J CHROMATOGR A, V846, P295
    KUPPER T, 2004, CHEMOSPHERE, V54, P1111
    LLOMPART M, 2003, J CHROMATOGR A, V999, P185
    MULLER S, 1996, CHEMOSPHERE, V33, P17
    PECK AM, 2004, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V38, P367
    RICKING M, 2003, MAR POLLUT BULL, V46, P410
    RIMKUS GG, 1996, CHEMOSPHERE, V33, P2033
    RIMKUS GG, 1999, TOXICOL LETT, V111, P5
    SIMONICH SL, 2000, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V34, P959
    SIMONICH SL, 2002, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V36, P2839
    STEVENS JL, 2003, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V37, P462
    TAS JW, 1997, CHEMOSPHERE, V35, P2973
    WINKLER M, 1998, CHEMOSPHERE, V37, P1139
    WINKLER M, 2000, J CHROMATOGR A, V903, P203
 NR 24
 TC 1
 SN 0045-6535
 J9 CHEMOSPHERE
 JI Chemosphere
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 60
 IS 6
 BP 817
 EP 823
 PG 7
 SC Environmental Sciences
 GA 954PF
 UT ISI:000231166300013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chang, ZT
    Song, XJ
    Munn, R
    Marosszeky, M
 TI Using limestone aggregates and different cements for enhancing
    resistance of concrete to sulphuric acid attack
 SO CEMENT AND CONCRETE RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE sulphuric acid attack; concrete; fly ash; silica fume; slag; limestone
    aggregates; silicious aggregates
 ID CORROSION
 AB A research program was undertaken to improve concrete's resistance
    against sulphuric acid attack. Six concretes were investigated, four
    using calcareous limestone aggregates and two using silicious
    aggregates. Cements used in these concretes included a portland cement,
    a binary cement containing ground granulated blast furnace slag, and
    two ternary cements containing slag and silica fume or fly ash and
    silica fume. All the concretes had the same water/cement ratio of 0.4,
    with compressive strengths in the range of 45 MPa and 58 MPa at the age
    of 28 days. In the experiment, concrete cylinders were immersed in 1%
    sulphuric acid solution and they were periodically examined for
    appearance, measured for mass change and tested in compression up to
    168 days. The concrete using limestone aggregates and the ternary
    cement containing silica fume and fly ash performed the best. (c) 2005
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Univ New S Wales, Sch Civil & Environm Engn, ACCI, Sydney, NSW 2052, Australia.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 271019, Peoples R China.
 RP Chang, ZT, Univ New S Wales, Sch Civil & Environm Engn, ACCI, Sydney,
    NSW 2052, Australia.
 EM z.chang@unsw.edu.au
 CR *ASTM, 1994, C26782 ASTM
    *AUSTR STAND, 1999, 10129 AS
    ATTIGOBE EK, 1988, ACI MATER J, V85, P481
    BARNARD JL, 1967, 250 CSIR
    CABALLERO CE, 2000, CORROS REV, V18, P105
    DURNING TA, 1991, CONCRETE INT, V13, P42
    FATTUHI NI, 1988, ACI MATER J, V85, P512
    HARRISON WH, 1987, CONCRETE, V21, P18
    HEWLETT PC, 1998, LEAS CHEM CEMENT CON, P759
    HUGHES BP, 1978, MAGAZINE CONCRETE RE, V30, P11
    JEYAPALAN JK, 1992, ASTM STP, V1137, P273
    KAZUYUKI T, 1994, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V24, P361
    MCGOVERN MS, 1999, ABERDEENS CONCRETE C, V44, P53
    MEHTA PK, 1985, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V15, P969
    MEYER AH, 1970, P ASCE, V96, P1167
    MORI T, 1992, WATER RES, V26, P29
    SAND W, 1984, ENVIRON TECHNOL LETT, V5, P517
    SARICIMEN H, 1987, DURABILITY BUILD MAT, V5, P145
    SARKAR SL, CONCRETE DURABILITY, P1357
    STEWART WF, 1999, J INFRASTRUCTURE SYS, V5, P150
    TAMIMI AK, 1997, MATER STRUCT, V30, P188
    THISTELTHWAYTE DKB, 1972, CONTROL SULPHIDES SE
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0008-8846
 J9 CEM CONCR RES
 JI Cem. Concr. Res.
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 35
 IS 8
 BP 1486
 EP 1494
 PG 9
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Construction & Building Technology
 GA 954YZ
 UT ISI:000231192700005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, WJ
    Zhu, XX
    Yang, Y
    Li, L
 TI Study on the synthetic polymers as cellulosic film-strengthening aids
 SO CELLULOSE CHEMISTRY AND TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE synthetic polymers; cellulosic film; strengthening agent; PVA; PMA-Co-BA
 AB Polyvinyl acetate (PVA) and methyl acrylate-butyl acrylate copolymer
    (PMA-Co-BA) were used as cellulose ester membrane strengthening aids.
    The effect of the synthetic and applied methods for polymers as
    additives on films strength was studied. The results showed that, when
    5 % PMA-Co-BA was used, the tearing strength of cellulose ester
    membrane increased by 192 %, and tensile strength by 42.3 %.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Urban Construct, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, WJ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Urban Construct, 516 Jun
    Gong Rd, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR GB130221991
    GBT165781996
    WANG JW, 1993, 205 ACS NAT M DENV C
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0576-9787
 J9 CELL CHEM TECHNOL
 JI Cell Chem. Technol.
 PD MAY-AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 39
 IS 3-4
 BP 253
 EP 260
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Paper & Wood
 GA 954YO
 UT ISI:000231191600009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, QW
 TI A system of four matrix equations over von Neumann regular rings and
    its applications
 SO ACTA MATHEMATICA SINICA-ENGLISH SERIES
 DT Article
 DE von Neumann regular ring; system of matrix equations; perselfconjugate
    matrix; centrosymmetric matrix; bisymmetric matrix
 ID LINEAR MATRIX EQUATION; CENTROSYMMETRIC MATRICES; SYMMETRIC-SOLUTIONS;
    EIGENVECTORS; EIGENVALUES
 AB We consider the system of four linear matrix equations A(1)X= C-1, XB2
    = C-2, A(3)XB(3) = C-3 and A(4)XB(4) = C-4 over R, an arbitrary von
    Neumann regular ring with identity. A necessary and sufficient
    condition for the existence and the expression of the general solution
    to the system are derived. As applications, necessary and sufficient
    conditions are given for the system of matrix equations A(1)X = C-1 and
    A(3)X = C-3 to have a bisymmetric solution, the system of matrix
    equations A(1)X = C-1 and A(3)XB(3) = C-3 to have a perselfconjugate
    solution over R with an involution and char R not equal 2,
    respectively. The representations of such solutions are also presented.
    Moreover, some auxiliary results on other systems over R are obtained.
    The previous known results on some systems of matrix equations are
    special cases of the new results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, QW, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM wqw858@yahoo.com.cn
 CR AITKEN AC, 1939, DETERMINANTS MATRICE
    ANDREW AL, 1998, SIAM REV, V40, P697
    BHIMASANKARAM P, 1976, SANKHYA A, V38, P404
    CANTONI A, 1976, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V13, P275
    CHU KWE, 1989, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V119, P35
    DAI H, 1990, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V131, P1
    DATTA L, 1989, CIRC SYST SIGNAL PR, V8, P71
    DON FJH, 1987, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V93, P1
    HELL RD, 1990, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V11, P128
    HELL RD, 1990, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V11, P173
    KHATRI CG, 1976, SIAM J APPL MATH, V31, P578
    LEE A, 1980, LINEAR ALGEBRA ITS A, V29, P205
    MAGNUS JR, 1980, SIAM J ALGEBRAIC DIS, V1, P422
    MELMAN A, 2000, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V320, P193
    PRESSMAN IS, 1998, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V284, P239
    RUSSELL M, 1997, SIAM REV, V39, P313
    TAO D, 2002, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V23, P885
    VETTER WJ, 1975, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V9, P181
    WANG QW, 2002, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V353, P169
    WANG QW, 2002, MATH SCI RES J, V6, P333
    WANG QW, 2004, ACTA MATH SINICA, V47, P27
    WANG QW, 2004, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V384, P43
    WANG QW, 2004, SE ASIAN B MATH, V27, P929
    WEAVER JR, 1985, AM MATH MON, V92, P711
 NR 24
 TC 0
 SN 1439-8516
 J9 ACTA MATH SIN-ENGLISH SERIES
 JI Acta. Math. Sin.-English Ser.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 323
 EP 334
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 924LA
 UT ISI:000228979100010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, JQ
    Riebel, U
    Guo, X
 TI Measurements of particle-size distribution and concentration by
    transmission fluctuation spectrometry with temporal correlation
 SO OPTICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID GAUSSIAN-BEAM; FUNDAMENTALS; EXTINCTION
 AB A new method of transmission fluctuation spectrometry with signal
    correlation was recently developed for particle-size analysis, whereby
    both particle-size distribution and particle concentration can be
    measured simultaneously. The measurements were realized with temporal
    correlation of the transmission fluctuation signals of a focused
    Gaussian beam. (c) 2005 Optical Society of America.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Tech Univ Cottbus, Chair Mech Proc Engn, D-03046 Cottbus, Germany.
 RP Shen, JQ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Sci, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 EM shenjq@online.sh.cn
 CR BREITENSTEIN M, 1999, PART PART SYST CHAR, V16, P249
    BREITENSTEIN M, 2001, PART PART SYST CHAR, V18, P134
    FERRI F, 1995, APPL OPTICS, V34, P5829
    RIEBEL U, 1994, PART PART SYST CHAR, V11, P212
    SHEN J, 2003, THESIS CUVILLIER VER
    SHEN JQ, 2003, PART PART SYST CHAR, V20, P250
    SHEN JQ, 2003, PART PART SYST CHAR, V20, P94
    SHEN JQ, 2005, PART PART SYST CHAR, V22, P24
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0146-9592
 J9 OPTICS LETTERS
 JI Opt. Lett.
 PD AUG 15
 PY 2005
 VL 30
 IS 16
 BP 2098
 EP 2100
 PG 3
 SC Optics
 GA 953JO
 UT ISI:000231072700016
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Zeng, YW
    Peng, LM
    Mao, XM
    Zeng, XQ
    Ding, WJ
 TI A new low GWP protective atmosphere containing HFC-152a for molten
    magnesium against ignition
 SO MAGNESIUM - SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND APPLICATIONS
 SE MATERIALS SCIENCE FORUM
 DT Article
 DE protective atmosphere; SF6; HFC-152a
 AB Sulphur hexafluoride (SF6) is widely used by the magnesium industry as
    a protective atmosphere. It has been demonstrated that SF6 prevents
    molten magnesium from further oxidation by reacting with magnesium to
    make the surface film on the magnesium melt denser. However, due to its
    high greenhouse effect (GWP=23900), the alternatives of SF6 must be
    sought. In this paper, 1,1-difluoroethane (commercially named
    HFC-152a), whose GWP value is only 140 and far lower than that of SF6,
    was tested to check its capacity of ignition-proof and
    further-oxidation-proof. Similar to SF6, the melt's surface film formed
    in the protective atmosphere containing HFC-152a has a shiny metallic
    appearance. The surface film's microstructure has been characterized
    with X-ray diffraction (XRD) and scanning electron microscopy (SEM).
    XRD's results showed that the film contains only MgO and MgF2 phases
    while SEM showed their morphologies are uniform.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Zeng, YW, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zengyiwen@126.com
    plm616@sjtu.edu.cn
    xmmao@public6.sta.net.cn
    xgzeng@sjtu.edu.cn
 CR AARSTAD K, 2003, P MAGN TECHN, P5
    BURGESS DR, 1996, PROG ENERG COMBUST, V21, P453
    CASHION SP, 1998, THESIS U QUEENSLAND
    COULING SL, 1977, LIGHT MET AGE, P12
    KING JF, 2003, MAGNESIUM ELEKT SWIN, P10
    LI LH, 2003, ENV REGRIGENTS FLUOR
    PETTERSEN G, 2002, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V332, P285
    RICKETTS NJ, 2001, P MAGN TECHN 2001 HR, P31
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0255-5476
 J9 MATER SCI FORUM
 PY 2005
 VL 488-489
 BP 73
 EP 76
 PG 4
 GA BCO26
 UT ISI:000230390900015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Zhao, WJ
 TI A conserved quantity and the stability of axially moving nonlinear beams
 SO JOURNAL OF SOUND AND VIBRATION
 DT Article
 ID TRAVELING BEAM; ENERGETICS; VIBRATION; DYNAMICS; CONTINUA
 AB Free nonlinear transverse vibration is investigated for an axially
    moving beam modeled by an integro-partial-differential equation. Based
    on the equation, a conserved quantity is defined and confirmed for
    axially moving beams with pinned or clamped ends. The conserved
    quantity is applied to demonstrate the Lyapunov stability of the
    straight equilibrium configuration in transverse nonlinear of beam with
    a low axial speed. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 EM lqchen@online.sh.cn
 CR ABRATE S, 1992, MECH MACH THEORY, V27, P645
    BARAKAT R, 1968, J ACOUST SOC AM, V43, P533
    CHAKRABORTY G, 1999, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V34, P655
    CHAKRABORTY G, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V236, P277
    CHEN LQ, 2004, J VIB ACOUST, V126, P452
    CHEN LQ, 2005, J ACOUST SOC AM, V117, P55
    LEE SY, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V204, P735
    OZ HR, 2001, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V36, P107
    PELLICANO F, 1997, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V32, P691
    PELLICANO F, 2000, J VIB ACOUST, V122, P21
    PELLICANO F, 2002, J SOUND VIB, V258, P31
    RENSHAW AA, 1998, J VIB ACOUST, V120, P634
    TABARROK B, 1974, J FRANKLIN I, V297, P201
    THURMAN AL, 1969, J APPLIED MECHANICS, V36, P83
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
    WICKERT JA, 1989, J ACOUST SOC AM, V85, P1365
    WICKERT JA, 1992, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V27, P503
    ZHU WD, 2000, J VIB ACOUST, V122, P295
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0022-460X
 J9 J SOUND VIB
 JI J. Sound Vibr.
 PD SEP 6
 PY 2005
 VL 286
 IS 3
 BP 663
 EP 668
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Acoustics; Mechanics
 GA 952AX
 UT ISI:000230974800014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, XF
    Tian, ZF
    Dai, SQ
 TI Numerical solution of the incompressible Navier-Stokes equations with
    exponential type schemes
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF COMPUTER MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE exponential type; Navier-Stokes equations; driven cavity; velocity
    profile
 ID DRIVEN-CAVITY PROBLEM; FLOW; SIMULATION
 AB A new exponential type finite-difference scheme of second-order
    accuracy for solving the unsteady incompressible Navier-Stokes equation
    is presented. The driven flow in a square cavity is used as the model
    problem. Numerical results for various Reynolds numbers are given, and
    are in good agreement with those presented by Ghia et al. ( Ghia, U.,
    Ghia, K. N. and Shin, C. T., 1982, High-Resolutions for incompressible
    flow using the Navier-Stokes equations and a multi-grid method. Journal
    of Computational Physics, 48, 387-411.).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Ningxia Univ, Sch Math & Comp Sci, Yinchuan 750021, Peoples R China.
 RP Feng, XF, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM xiufang-feng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR AUTERI F, 2002, J COMPUT PHYS, V183, P1
    BARRAGY E, 1997, COMPUT FLUIDS, V26, P453
    EVANS DJ, 1983, INT J COMPUT MATH, V14, P325
    EVANS DJ, 1983, INT J COMPUT MATH, V14, P73
    FENG XF, 2002, J NINGXIA U NATURAL, V23, P210
    GE YB, 2003, THESIS U SHANGHAI SC
    GHIA U, 1982, J COMPUT PHYS, V48, P387
    GUO DX, 2000, APPL NUMER MATH, V35, P307
    GUPTA MM, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V93, P343
    GUSTAFSON K, 1995, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V22, P57
    HOU SL, 1995, J COMPUT PHYS, V118, P329
    KIM J, 1985, J COMPUT PHYS, V59, P308
    LIU CH, 2001, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V190, P4301
    LU JF, 1994, J NUMER METH COMP AP, V15, P284
    MEI R, 1986, COMPUT FLUIDS, V14, P239
    NATARAJAN R, 1992, J COMPUT PHYS, V100, P384
    PEACEMAN DW, 1955, J SOC IND APPL MATH, V3, P28
    SOH WY, 1988, J COMPUT PHYS, V79, P113
    TIAN ZF, 2000, J ENG MATH, V17, P65
    ZHANG J, 2003, COMPUT MATH APPL, V45, P43
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7160
 J9 INT J COMPUT MATH
 JI Int. J. Comput. Math.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 82
 IS 9
 BP 1167
 EP 1176
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 954NV
 UT ISI:000231162700011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, HB
    Xu, W
    Chu, YW
    Wang, Y
    Xiong, SD
 TI Single B or T-cell epitope-based DNA vaccine using modified vector
    induces specific immune response against hepadnavirus
 SO IMMUNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE DNA vaccine; T-cell epitope; B-cell epitope; hepadnavirus
 ID PLASMACYTOID DENDRITIC CELLS; CPG OLIGODEOXYNUCLEOTIDES INDUCE;
    PRE-S-PROTEIN; IMMUNOSTIMULATORY DNA; LYMPHOCYTE-RESPONSES;
    CARCINOEMBRYONIC ANTIGEN; MULTIPLE-EPITOPES; EARLY GENE; VIRUS;
    IMMUNIZATION
 AB Epitope-based DNA vaccine is an effective and powerful approach against
    a variety of pathogens or tumors. In present study, we reconstructed a
    vector that could effectively express short B and T-cell epitope of
    duck/hepatitis B virus, and investigated the role of the epitope-based
    DNA vaccination. The pUC19 was modified by inserting the compact
    transient framework (CTF), including HCMV IE1 promoter, enhancer, Kozak
    sequence, dual stop codon and 3' terminal bovine growth hormone
    terminal signal and so on. This modified vector was designated pEC(K)
    and supposed to effectively express short peptide. A well-defined
    single B-cell and T-cell epitope encoding gene of duck/hepatitis B
    virus has been synthesized as candidate epitope and cloned into pEC(K)
    plasmid, respectively. Transfection of the recombinant DNA into C2C12
    cell showed that modified plasmid could effectively express both the
    single B-cell and T-cell short epitope in the culture supernatant as
    confirmed by dot immunoblot assay (DIA). The recombinant single B and
    T-cell epitope-based DNA vaccine was administrated to C57BL/6 mice and
    could greatly induce specific humoral and CTL response. In addition,
    the specific antibody against B epitope could specifically bind to the
    DHBV particles. This report demonstrated that single epitope-based DNA
    vaccine using modified plasmid vector pECK could induce effective
    specific immune responses and could be of great use for DNA vaccines.
    (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Dept Immunol, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Minist Educ, Key Lab Mol Med, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Div Immunol, E Inst, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiong, SD, Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Dept Immunol, Shanghai
    200032, Peoples R China.
 EM sdxiongfd@126.com
 CR AUTRAN B, 2004, SCIENCE, V305, P205
    BAZHAN SI, 2004, VACCINE, V22, P1672
    BERZOFSKY JA, 2004, J CLIN INVEST, V113, P1515
    CHAKRABARTI R, 2004, VACCINE, V22, P1199
    CHAPMAN BS, 1991, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V19, P3979
    CHASSOT S, 1993, VIROLOGY, V192, P217
    CONRY RM, 2002, CLIN CANCER RES, V8, P2782
    DIKOPOULOS N, 2004, HEPATOLOGY, V40, P300
    GURUNATHAN S, 2000, ANNU REV IMMUNOL, V18, P927
    HINODA K, 2004, VACCINE, V22, P3676
    HUBERT FX, 2004, J IMMUNOL, V172, P7485
    JAKOB T, 1998, J IMMUNOL, V161, P3042
    KOCK J, 1993, J VIROL, V67, P4867
    KRIEG AM, 1995, NATURE, V374, P546
    LIPFORD GB, 1997, EUR J IMMUNOL, V27, P2340
    LIPFORD GB, 1997, EUR J IMMUNOL, V27, P3420
    LOI PK, 1997, PEPTIDES, V18, P749
    MANCINIBOURGINE M, 2004, HEPATOLOGY, V40, P874
    MOSEMAN EA, 2004, J IMMUNOL, V173, P4433
    POECK H, 2004, BLOOD, V103, P3058
    RODRIGUEZ F, 1998, J VIROL, V72, P5174
    ROSSET MB, 2004, J IMMUNOL, V172, P5168
    SATO Y, 1996, SCIENCE, V273, P352
    SONG K, 2000, GENE THER, V7, P481
    SUBBRAMANIAN RA, 2003, J VIROL, V77, P10113
    TAKESHITA S, 2000, CELL IMMUNOL, V206, P101
    TUTTLEMAN JS, 1986, J VIROL, V58, P17
    ULMER JB, 1993, SCIENCE, V259, P1745
    VIGLIANTI GA, 2003, IMMUNITY, V19, P837
    VOLLMER J, 2004, IMMUNOLOGY, V113, P212
    WEN YM, 1990, CHIN J VIROL, V6, P145
    WEN YM, 1990, J GEN VIROL, V71, P2467
    WEN YM, 1994, J GEN VIROL 2, V75, P335
    WILSON CC, 2003, J IMMUNOL, V171, P5611
    YE M, 2004, J VIROL, V78, P11233
    YUASA S, 1991, VIROLOGY, V181, P14
    ZHANG HY, 2003, VACCINE, V21, P4704
    ZHANG W, 1988, CHIN J MICROBIOL IMM, V3, P258
 NR 38
 TC 0
 SN 0165-2478
 J9 IMMUNOL LETT
 JI Immunol. Lett.
 PD JUL 15
 PY 2005
 VL 99
 IS 2
 BP 186
 EP 192
 PG 7
 SC Immunology
 GA 952AB
 UT ISI:000230972400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lv, S
    Zhang, JP
    Wu, J
    Zheng, XJ
    Chu, YW
    Xiong, SD
 TI Origin and anti-tumor effects of anti-dsDNA autoantibodies in cancer
    patients and tumor-bearing mice
 SO IMMUNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE anti-dsDNA autoantibodies; tumor functional affinity; systemic lupus
    erythematosus (SLE); apoptosis; DNA
 ID SYSTEMIC-LUPUS-ERYTHEMATOSUS; DOUBLE-STRANDED DNA; ANTINUCLEAR
    AUTOANTIBODIES; FUNCTIONAL AFFINITY; ANTIBODIES; CELLS; IMMUNIZATION;
    PENETRATION; EXPRESSION; INDUCTION
 AB In the present investigation, we detected anti-dsDNA autoantibodies in
    cancer patients and modeled the production of anti-dsDNA autoantibodies
    by inoculating tumors in BALB/c mice. Moreover, induction of anti-dsDNA
    autoantibodies by immunization with inactivated tumor cells and their
    DNA indicated that DNA of tumor cells was probably the primary antigen,
    which was supported by the significantly increasing levels of sera free
    DNA in cancer patients and tumor-bearing mice. cELISA and indirect
    immunofluorescence assay showed that the anti-dsDNA autoantibodies
    could bind to the Surface components of tumor cells. In vitro assay
    showed that immunosera at week 6 from immunized mice displayed
    significant cytotoxicity to tumor cells compared to that of negative
    control, but no cytotoxicity mediated by immunosera at week 22 was
    observed. In addition, by flow cytometry and electrophoresis of
    fragmented DNA, the cytotoxicity might probably be mediated by
    apoptosis. Our data also showed that the ability of the anti-dsDNA
    autoantibodies to induce apoptosis of SP2/0 and Wehi 164 cells was
    significantly correlated (r= 0.990, p < 0.01 and r= 0.901, p < 0.05)
    with their functional affinity. In vivo, the growth of solid tumors was
    significantly inhibited in the immunized mice inoculated directly with
    SP2/0 and Wehi 164 cells, or in the naive mice which were inoculated
    with SP2/0 cells preincubated with immunosera containing anti-dsDNA
    autoantibodies. In conclusion, we demonstrated the origin of anti-dsDNA
    autoantibodies in cancer patients and tumor-bearing mice. And our data
    also showed that these autoantibodies revealed anti-tumor effect by
    inducing apoptosis. (c) 2005 Published by Elsevier B.V.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Dept Immunol, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Minist Educ, Key Lab Mol Med, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Div Immunol, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiong, SD, Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Dept Immunol, 138 Yixueyuan
    Rd, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM sdxiongfd@126.com
 CR ALARCONSEGOVIA D, 1996, IMMUNOL TODAY, V17, P163
    ALBERDI F, 2001, CLIN IMMUNOL, V98, P293
    BLAES F, 2000, ANN THORAC SURG, V69, P254
    BLATT NB, 1999, PHARMACOL THERAPEUT, V83, P125
    CERUTTI ML, 2001, J BIOL CHEM, V276, P12769
    COHEN BE, 1990, FEBS LETT, V259, P286
    DAVIS DW, 2000, J EXP MED, V192, P857
    DEVEY ME, 1988, J AUTOIMMUN, V1, P483
    DEVEY ME, 1988, J IMMUNOL METHODS, V106, P119
    DUBROVSKAYA VV, 2003, BIOCHEMISTRY-MOSCOW+, V68, P1081
    HALE GM, 1986, SCAND J RHEUMATOL, V15, P243
    HANAHAN D, 2000, CELL, V100, P57
    IAKOUBOV L, 1995, IMMUNOL LETT, V47, P147
    IMRAN A, 2003, INDIAN J MED SCI, V57, P113
    JANG YJ, 2003, CELL MOL LIFE SCI, V60, P309
    KOMATSU N, 2003, J BIOL CHEM, V278, P6411
    KOZYR AV, 2002, IMMUNOL LETT, V80, P41
    LIDER O, 1987, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V84, P4577
    LU L, 1998, CHINESE MED J-PEKING, V111, P524
    MOENS U, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P12393
    NICOLETTI I, 1991, J IMMUNOL METHODS, V139, P271
    PISETSKY DS, 2001, CLIN IMMUNOL, V100, P157
    RAHMAN A, 2002, LUPUS, V11, P776
    RAHMAN MAA, 1998, J AUTOIMMUN, V11, P661
    REKVIG OP, 1989, IMMUNOL INVEST, V18, P657
    REKVIG OP, 2003, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V48, P300
    RUIZARGUELLES A, 1998, J AUTOIMMUN, V11, P547
    SANCHEZ B, 1993, HUM ANTIBODIES HYBRI, V4, P198
    SHARMA A, 2001, J AUTOIMMUN, V16, P479
    SHUSTER AM, 1992, SCIENCE, V256, P665
    SUNDAR K, 2000, FASEB J, V15, A1085
    SYRIGOS KN, 2000, ANTICANCER RES, V20, P4351
    TORCHILIN VP, 2001, TRENDS IMMUNOL, V22, P424
    TRAN TT, 2003, CLIN IMMUNOL, V109, P278
    TURNBULL AR, 1978, BRIT J CANCER, V38, P461
    VERTHELYI D, 2002, J IMMUNOL, V168, P1659
 NR 36
 TC 0
 SN 0165-2478
 J9 IMMUNOL LETT
 JI Immunol. Lett.
 PD JUL 15
 PY 2005
 VL 99
 IS 2
 BP 217
 EP 227
 PG 11
 SC Immunology
 GA 952AB
 UT ISI:000230972400011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Y
    Yu, XL
    Yin, ST
 TI Study on the morphology of lithium formate monohydrate (HCOOLi center
    dot H2O) crystal by the Periodic Bond Chain theory
 SO CRYSTAL RESEARCH AND TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE LFM crystal; morphology; PBC theory; surface anisotropy factor
 ID HABIT CONTROLLING FACTOR; ATTACHMENT ENERGY
 AB The theoretical growth morphology of Lithium Formate Monohydrate (LFM)
    had been derived by means of the Periodic Bond Chain (PBC) theory and
    compared to that of synthetic crystals. From this derivation, the
    surface anisotropy factors (xi hkl) for the different faces were
    obtained. (c) 2005 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ, State Key Lab Crystal Mat, Jinan 250100, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Anhui Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Hefei 230031, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, Y, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM yanwang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BENNEMA P, 1973, CRYSTAL GROWTH INTRO
    GRIMBERGEN RFP, 1998, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR A 4, V54, P491
    HARTMAN P, 1955, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR, V8, P49
    HARTMAN P, 1955, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR, V8, P521
    HARTMAN P, 1980, J CRYST GROWTH, V49, P145
    HARTMAN P, 1980, J CRYST GROWTH, V49, P157
    HARTMAN P, 1987, MORPHOLOGY CRYSTALS, CH1
    JACKSON KA, 1958, LIQUID METALS SOLIDI
    STROM CS, 1997, J CRYST GROWTH, V159, P173
    SZEWCZYK J, 1982, J CRYST GROWTH, V14, P60
    THOMAS JO, 1975, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR B, V31, P1946
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0232-1300
 J9 CRYST RES TECH
 JI Cryst. Res. Technol.
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 40
 IS 8
 BP 768
 EP 772
 PG 5
 SC Crystallography
 GA 952YC
 UT ISI:000231041200008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Duan, WQ
    Chen, Z
    Liu, ZR
 TI Phase transition dynamics of collective decision in scale-free networks
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID SYSTEM; MODEL
 AB A strategic collective decision model is introduced to investigate the
    role of decision transmission mechanism and interaction networks in
    determining the collective decision dynamics. Assuming that agents are
    located in a scale-free network and their decisions are interdependent
    of each other. In our model, it is found that the effective decision
    transmission rate (lambda) over bar exists a threshold (lambda) over
    bar (c) = 1, which marks the transition between the two regimes, i.e.
    the decision spreading and the decision disappearing in the population.
    Furthermore, (lambda) over bar is mainly determined by the decision
    transmission mechanism and interaction network's topology.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Management, Shanghai 200052, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Duan, WQ, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Management, Shanghai 200052,
    Peoples R China.
 EM wenqiduan@126.com
 CR ADAMIC LA, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P2115
    BOGUNA M, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V90
    CHI LP, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P1393
    CRUCITTI P, 2003, ARXIVCONDMAT0309141
    DAVIS GF, 2003, STRATEGIC ORG, V1, P301
    EGUILUZ VM, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V89
    JOO J, 2004, PHYS REV E 2, V69
    MORENO Y, 2002, CONDMATY0209474
    MORRIS S, 2000, REV ECON STUD, V67, P57
    MOTTER AE, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    MOTTER AE, 2004, ARXIVCONDMAT0401074
    OLINKY R, 2004, PHYS REV E, V70
    PASTORSATORRAS R, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P3200
    PASTORSATORRAS R, 2002, PHYS REV E 2A, V65
    SACHTJEN ML, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V61, P4877
    SZAB G, 2004, PHYS REV E, V67
    TANIZAWA T, 1920, ARXIVCONDMAT0406567
    WANG WN, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P243
    WATTS DJ, 2002, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V99, P5766
    YANG CB, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P215
    YANG WS, CHIN PHYS LETT, V20, P1659
    ZHOU T, 2005, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V22, P1072
 NR 22
 TC 2
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 22
 IS 8
 BP 2137
 EP 2139
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 953AY
 UT ISI:000231049100087
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, GD
    Zhou, SM
    Zhang, JJ
    Zhao, ZW
    Zhou, GQ
    Xu, J
 TI Structure and luminescent properties of Y3Al5O12 : Eu3+ nano-phosphor
    by gel combustion synthesis
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE sol-gel; combustion; luminescence; YAG : Eu
 ID YTTRIUM-ALUMINUM-GARNET; YAG; NANOCRYSTALS; POWDERS; SIZE; ION
 AB Y3AlO12:Eu nanophosphors were synthesized by a gel combustion method.
    The structure of phosphors was characterized by XRD and FFIR. YAG phase
    came to occur when YAG:Eu precursors were sintered at 800 degrees C,
    although the phase was mainly amorphous. The organic groups pyrolyzed
    completely and pure YAG phase was obtained in the samples sintered at
    900 degrees C. In the formation of YAG phase, no intermediate phases
    such as YAP and YAM were detected. Both D-5(0) -> F-7(1), orange and
    D-5(0) -> F-7(2) red emission could be observed for all the sintered
    samples. However, the emission of amorphous samples was greatly
    different from that of crystalline ones. The former was mainly D-5(0)
    -> F-7(2), red emission, but the latter was D-5(0) -> F-7(1), orange
    emission. As sintering temperature rises, the ratio of orange to red
    for phosphors increases. Eu could be doped up to 8% in YAG host
    lattice, and fluorescence quenching was absent. It indicated that the
    gel combustion synthesis method can increase emission intensity and
    quenching concentration due to a good distribution of Eu3+ activators
    in Y3Al5O12 matrix.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Grad Sch, Beijing 100039, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Testing & Anal Ctr, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SM, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 EM zhousm@mail.siom.ac.cn
 CR APTE P, 1992, J MATER RES, V7, P706
    DHANARAJ J, 2004, CHEM PHYS LETT, V387, P23
    GUO XZ, 2004, J MATER CHEM, V14, P1288
    HRENIAK D, 2002, J ALLOY COMPD, V341, P183
    JIA CJ, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P5305
    KAKADE MB, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V350, P123
    LI YX, 2003, CHINESE J INORG CHEM, V19, P1169
    LU CH, 2004, J EUR CERAM SOC, V24, P3723
    MCKITTRICK J, 1994, MATER RES SOC S P, V348, P519
    NELSON JA, 2003, CHEM MATER, V15, P688
    SHI SK, 2001, J ALLOY COMPD, V327, P82
    SHI SK, 2002, CHIN J INORG CHEM, V18, P431
    SUN ZH, 2004, J ALLOY COMPD, V379, L1
    TANNER PA, 2003, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI, V2, P403
    WEN L, 2004, J EUR CERAM SOC, V24, P2681
    YAN CH, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V82, P3511
    YAN QZ, 2005, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V21, P57
    ZHANG XD, 2004, J ALLOY COMPD, V372, P300
    ZHOU Y, 2004, J ALLOY COMPD, V375, P93
    ZHOU YH, 2002, OPT MATER, V20, P13
    ZYCH E, 2003, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V15, P5145
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 1001-4861
 J9 CHIN J INORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Inorg. Chem.
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 21
 IS 8
 BP 1203
 EP 1207
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear
 GA 952EL
 UT ISI:000230985100018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, XB
    Hu, XJ
    Sun, YF
    Chen, JC
    Zhu, RR
    Sang, YK
    Liao, DZ
    Zhu, SJ
 TI Magnetic and catalytic properties of new Schiff base dinuclear complexes
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE Schiff base; dinuclear complexes; magnetic exchange; catalysis;
    synergism
 ID SPECTRAL CHARACTER; MONOOXYGENATION; CYCLOHEXANE; OXIDATION;
    METALLOPORPHYRINS; EPOXIDATION; MECHANISM; PHIO
 AB This paper reports the catalytic properties of "porphyrin-like" Schiff
    base mononuclear complexes MH2L {M=Mn(II), Fe(III)Cl, Cr(III)Cl,
    Cu(II), Co(II), Ni(II), Zn(II); L=bis[N, N'-ethylene-2,
    2'-(phenylmethylene)bis(3,4-dimethylpyrrole-5-aldimino)]} and dinuclear
    complexes MnML [M=Mn(II), Fe(III)Cl, Cr(III)Cl, Cu(III), Co(II),
    Ni(II), Zn(II)] for cyelohexane monooxygenation with PhIO and magnetic
    properties of the dinuclear complexes. The magnetic investigations (4
    similar to 300 K) of the dinuclear complexes revealed that their
    antiferromagnetic spin exchange with J ranged from -10.49 to -0.482
    cm(-1) except MnZnL and antiferromagnetle spin exchange decreased in
    the following order: Mn-II-Cu-II > Mn-II-Ni-II > Mn-II-Mn-II >
    Mn-II-Fe-III > Mn-II- Co-III > Mn-II-Cr-III. The results of catalyzed
    oxidation of cyclohexane indicated that the catalytic property of the
    dinuclear complex was better than that of the corresponding mononuclear
    complex. It was found that there was the synergism decreased in the
    order: Mn-Fe > Mn-Cr > Mn-Cu > Mn-Mn > Mn-Co > Mn-Ni > Mn-Zn. It seems
    that this synergism increases with the increase of the number of
    unpaired d electrons and the magnetic exchange between the two metals
    in these dinuclear complexes.
 C1 Shanghai Normal Univ, Coll Biotechnol & Environm Sci, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Nankai Univ, Dept Chem, Tianjin 300071, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, XB, Shanghai Normal Univ, Coll Biotechnol & Environm Sci,
    Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
 EM xbchen@shtu.edu.cn
 CR BENELLI C, 1984, INORG CHEM, V23, P3074
    CHEN XB, 1995, CHEM J CHINESE U, V16, P1051
    CHEN XB, 1998, CHEM J CHINESE U, V19, P1065
    CHEN XB, 1998, CHEM J CHINESE U, V19, P385
    CHEN XB, 1999, CHEM J CHINESE U, V20, P1238
    CHEN XB, 2000, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V58, P971
    CHEN XB, 2000, CHEM J CHINESE U, V21, P1684
    CHEN XB, 2001, CHEM J CHINESE U, V22, P569
    CHEN XB, 2002, CHEM J CHINESE U, V23, P1291
    CHEN XB, 2002, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V22, P145
    CHEN XB, 2003, CHEM J CHINESE U, V24, P1435
    GUO CC, 2000, J MOL CATAL A-CHEM, V157, P31
    HAY PJ, 1975, J AM CHEM SOC, V97, P4884
    JOSIE H, 1991, J CHEM EDUC, V68, P59
    LUCAS HJ, 1955, ORGANIC SYTHESES, V3, P482
    MANSUY D, 1993, COORDIN CHEM REV, V125, P129
    MEUNIER B, 1992, CHEM REV, V92, P1411
    PUNNIYAMURTHY T, 1996, PURE APPL CHEM, V68, P619
    RONCO S, 1990, INORG CHEM, V29, P3961
    SIDDALL TL, 1983, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1185
    SMEGAL JA, 1983, J AM CHEM SOC, V105, P3515
    SRINIVASAN K, 1986, J AM CHEM SOC, V108, P2309
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 1001-4861
 J9 CHIN J INORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Inorg. Chem.
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 21
 IS 8
 BP 1208
 EP 1212
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear
 GA 952EL
 UT ISI:000230985100019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, HW
    Chen, MY
 TI Least-squares algorithm for phase-stepping interferometry with an
    unknown relative step
 SO APPLIED OPTICS
 DT Article
 ID SHIFTING INTERFEROMETRY; FRINGE PATTERNS; EXTRACTION
 AB A pointwise least-squares phase-stepping algorithm with an unknown
    relative phase step is proposed. In phase-stepping interferometry the
    recorded temporal intensity sequence is a discrete sinusoidal signal
    biased by a direct-current component. Its value at a certain time can
    be predicted from its three past samples by use of a recursive formula.
    Based on this linear prediction property, an unbiased least-squares
    estimator is deduced to determine the relative phase step from a
    sequence of intensity values, and the result is used to evaluate the
    phase value. The validity and performance of this algorithm are
    verified by computer simulations. (c) 2005 Optical Society of America.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Lab Appl Opt & Metrol, Shanghai 20072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, HW, Shanghai Univ, Lab Appl Opt & Metrol, Shanghai 20072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM hw-guo@yeah.net
 CR CAI LZ, 2003, OPT LETT, V28, P1808
    CARRE P, 1966, METROLOGIA, V2, P13
    CHEN MY, 2000, APPL OPTICS, V39, P3894
    CREATH K, 1993, INTERFEROGRAM ANAL, P94
    DELEGA XC, 1996, APPL OPTICS, V35, P5115
    DOBROIU A, 2002, APPL OPTICS, V41, P2435
    FARRELL CT, 1992, MEAS SCI TECHNOL, V3, P953
    GONZALEZ RC, 2001, DIGITAL IMAGE PROCES
    GREIVENKAMP JE, 1984, OPT ENG, V23, P350
    HO HC, 2004, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V52, P1128
    KONG IB, 1995, OPT ENG, V34, P183
    KREIS TM, 1993, OPT LASER ENG, V19, P221
    LADAK HM, 2000, APPL OPTICS, V39, P3266
    LAI G, 1991, J OPT SOC AM A, V8, P822
    LARKIN KG, 2001, OPT EXPRESS, V9, P236
    MORGAN CJ, 1982, OPT LETT, V7, P368
    OKADA K, 1991, OPT COMMUN, V84, P118
    SOTOILOV G, 1997, OPT LASER ENG, V28, P61
    WANG ZY, 2004, OPT LETT, V29, P1671
    WEI CL, 1999, OPT ENG, V38, P1357
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0003-6935
 J9 APPL OPT
 JI Appl. Optics
 PD AUG 10
 PY 2005
 VL 44
 IS 23
 BP 4854
 EP 4859
 PG 6
 SC Optics
 GA 952YP
 UT ISI:000231042700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, X
    Ren, ZM
    Yu, JB
    Wang, H
    Deng, K
 TI Solidification structure of primary MnBi phase in Bi-Mn alloy under
    high magnetic field
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Bi-Mn alloy; high magnetic field; easy magnetization axis; MnBi phase;
    alignment
 ID CRYSTALLIZATION
 AB The influence of high intensity magnetic field on the solidified
    structure and behavior of Bi-6%Mn alloy has been investigated
    experimentally. The morphology of primary MnBi phase in the alloy
    cooled to 360 degrees C from melt and hemi-melt above Curie temperature
    at 10 T magnetic field was blade-like and its short axis is the easy
    magnetization. Under high intensity magnetic field, the easy
    magnetization axis turned to the direction of magnetic field and
    aggregated along the direction of magnetic field, and finally formed
    lath-like structure. The solidified microstructure of Bi-Mn alloy under
    magnetic field was discussed on the base of magnetization and crystal
    growth theory.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zmrenb@163.com
 CR DECARLO JL, 1984, METALL TRANS A, V15, P2155
    FARRELL DE, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P4025
    FENG D, 1998, PHYSICS METAL, V4, P460
    GUO X, 1991, J APPL PHYS 2B, V69, P6067
    KATSUKI A, 1996, CHEM LETT, P607
    MIKELSON AE, 1981, J CRYST GROWTH, V52, P524
    MOFFATT WG, 1984, HDB BINARY PHASE DIA, V11, P83
    RANGO PD, 1991, NATURE, V349, P770
    SASSA K, 1997, J JPN I MET, V61, P1283
    SHETTY MN, 1987, J MATER SCI, V22, P1908
    WAN DF, 1987, PHYSICS MAGNETISM, P8
    WANG H, 2002, ACTA METALL SIN, V38, P41
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 41
 IS 7
 BP 685
 EP 690
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 952VG
 UT ISI:000231033000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, XY
    Leng, GS
 TI Some inequalities about dual mixed volumes of star bodies
 SO ACTA MATHEMATICA SCIENTIA
 DT Article
 DE Brunn-Minkowski theory; star bodies; dual mixed volumes;
    Aleksandrov-Fenchel inequality
 ID INTERSECTION BODIES; QUERMASSINTEGRALS; ALEKSANDROV
 AB The authors establish some inequalities about the dual mixed volumes of
    star bodies in R-n. These inequalities are the analogue in the
    Brunn-Minkowski theory of the inequalities of Marcus-Lopes and
    Bergstrom about symmetric functions of positive reals.
 C1 Hunan Normal Univ, Dept Math, Changsha 410081, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, XY, Hunan Normal Univ, Dept Math, Changsha 410081, Peoples R China.
 EM lixy77@sohu.com
 CR BALL K, 1991, T AM MATH SOC, V327, P891
    BERGSTROM H, 1952, TRIANGLE INEQUALITY
    FAN K, 1955, P CAMBRIDGE PHIL SOC, V51, P414
    FRADELIZI M, 2003, ISRAEL J MATH, V135, P157
    GARDNER RJ, 1994, T AM MATH SOC, V342, P435
    GARDNER RJ, 1999, J MATH ANAL APPL, V231, P568
    GE X, 2004, ACTA MATH SCI B, V24, P608
    GIANNOPOULOS A, 2002, P AM MATH SOC, V130, P2403
    KLAIN DA, 1996, ADV MATH, V121, P80
    LENG GS, 2001, SCI CHINA SER A, V44, P837
    LUTWAK E, 1975, PAC J MATH, V58, P531
    LUTWAK E, 1988, ADV MATH, V71, P232
    LUTWAK E, 1990, P LOND MATH SOC, V60, P365
    SCHNEIDER R, 1993, CONVEX BODIES BRUNN
    STANLEY RP, 1981, J COMB THEORY A, V31, P56
    ZHANG GY, 1994, ANN MATH, V140, P331
    ZHANG GY, 1994, T AM MATH SOC, V345, P777
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0252-9602
 J9 ACTA MATH SCI
 JI Acta Math. Sci.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 25
 IS 3
 BP 505
 EP 510
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics
 GA 952EH
 UT ISI:000230984700013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, TY
    Shen, JQ
    Zhang, QR
 TI First-principles study on the electronic structures and absorption
    spectra for the PbWO4 crystal with lead vacancy
 SO SOLID STATE COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE PbWO4 crystal; electronic structures; absorption spectra; lead vacancy
 ID BAND; ORIGIN
 AB The electronic structures and absorption spectra for the perfect PbWO4
    (PWO) crystal and the crystal containing lead vacancy V-Pb(2-) have
    been calculated using density functional theory code CASTEP with the
    lattice structure optimized. The calculated absorption spectra of the
    PWO crystal containing v(Pb)(2-) exhibit seven absorption bands peaking
    at 1.72 eV (720 nm), 2.16 eV (570 nm), 2.81 eV (440 nm), 3.01 eV (4 10
    nm), 3.36 eV (365 nm), 3.70 eV (335 nm) and 4.0 eV (3 10 turn), which
    are very close to the experimental values. It predicts that the 330,
    360, 420, 500-750 nm absorption bands are related to the existence of
    V-Pb(2-) in the PWO crystal. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, TY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, 516 JunGon Rd, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 EM liutyyxj@163.corn
 CR ABRAHAM Y, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P3
    EPELBAUM BM, 1997, J CRYST GROWTH, V178, P426
    FAN RC, 2001, SPECTROSCOPY SOLID M
    FENG XQ, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P449
    GODBY RW, 1992, TOP APPL PHYS, V69, P51
    GRIGORJEVA L, 2000, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V166, P329
    KORZHIK MV, 1996, P INT C IN SCINT THE, P241
    LIAO JY, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P286
    LIN QS, 2001, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V118, P221
    LIU TY, 2004, PHYS LETT A, V333, P473
    LIU TY, 2004, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V132, P169
    MOREAU JM, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V238, P46
    MOREAU JM, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V284, P104
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V195, P311
    PAYNE MC, 1992, REV MOD PHYS, V64, P1045
    SEGALL MD, 2002, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V14, P2717
    WAN JF, 2005, PHYSICA B, V355, P172
    YANG XP, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
    YE XL, 1999, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V48, P10
    ZHANG QR, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
    ZHANG QR, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P1131
    ZHANG Y, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P12738
 NR 22
 TC 1
 SN 0038-1098
 J9 SOLID STATE COMMUN
 JI Solid State Commun.
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 135
 IS 6
 BP 382
 EP 385
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 951MF
 UT ISI:000230933900009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, AL
 TI Regge-trajectory analysis of D-SJ(star)(2317)(+/-), D-SJ(2460)(+/-) and
    D-SJ(2632)(+) mesons
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW D
 DT Article
 ID HEAVY-QUARK SYMMETRY; LIGHT MESONS; RADIAL EXCITATION; WILSON LOOP;
    SPECTRUM; MODEL; QCD; SELEX; D-SJ(+)(2632); RESONANCES
 AB Status of investigations of the new observed charmed strange mesons
    D-SJ(star)(2317)(+/-), D-SJ(2460)(+/-) and D-SJ(2632)(+) is simply
    reviewed. A systemic classification to these states with Regge
    trajectories (RTs) was made. We found that D-SJ(star)(2317)(+/-) and
    D-SJ(2460)(+/-) are reasonable to be arranged as (0(+),1(+)) states,
    but D-SJ(2632)(+) seems not possible to be an orbital excited tensor
    particle. As a byproduct, the nonstrange charmed mesons including
    D-1'(2427) and D-star(2637)(+) were analyzed also.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, AL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 CR ABE K, 2004, PHYS REV D, V69
    ABREU P, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V426, P231
    ANISOVICH AV, 2000, PHYS REV D, V62
    AUBERT B, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V90
    AUBERT B, 2004, PHYS REV D, V69
    BADALIAN AM, 2002, PHYS REV D, V66
    BADALIAN AM, 2002, PHYS REV D, V66
    BALI GS, 2003, PHYS REV D, V68
    BARDEEN WA, 1994, PHYS REV D, V49, P409
    BARDEEN WA, 2003, PHYS REV D, V68
    BARNES T, 2003, PHYS REV D, V68
    BARNES T, 2004, PHYS LETT B, V600, P223
    BESSON D, 2003, PHYS REV D, V68
    BEVEREN E, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    BEVEREN E, 2004, EUR PHYS J C, V32, P493
    BEVEREN E, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V93
    BRISUDOVA MM, 2000, PHYS REV D, V61
    BRISUDOVA MM, 2003, PHYS REV D, V67
    BROUDER T, 2004, PHYS LETT B, V578, P365
    BURAKOVSKY L, 1997, PHYS REV D, V56, P7124
    BURAKOVSKY L, 1998, PHYS REV D, V58
    CAHN RN, 2003, PHYS REV D, V68
    CALDERINI G, HEPEX0405081 BABAR C
    CASALBUONI R, 1992, PHYS LETT B, V292, P371
    CASALBUONI R, 1993, PHYS LETT B, V299, P139
    CHAO KT, 2004, PHYS LETT B, V599, P43
    CHEN YQ, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V93
    CHEW GF, 1962, PHYS REV LETT, V8, P41
    COLANGELO P, 2003, PHYS LETT B, V570, P180
    COLANGELO P, 2004, MOD PHYS LETT A, V19, P2083
    DAI YB, 2003, PHYS REV D, V68
    DATTA A, 2003, PHYS LETT B, V567, P273
    DEANDREA A, 1998, PHYS REV D, V58
    DEFAZIO F, HEPPH0407296
    DOUGALL A, 2003, PHYS LETT B, V569, P41
    EBERT D, 1995, NUCL PHYS B, V434, P619
    EBERT D, 1996, PHYS LETT B, V388, P154
    EBERT D, 1998, PHYS REV D, V57, P5663
    EBERT G, 1999, PHYS REV D, V59
    EIDELMAN S, 2004, PHYS LETT B, V592, P1
    EVDOKIMOV AV, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V93
    FILIPPONI S, 1998, PHYS REV D, V58
    FILIPPONI S, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1838
    FIORE R, 2004, PHYS REV D, V70
    GODFREY S, 1985, PHYS REV D, V32, P189
    GODFREY S, 1991, PHYS REV D, V43, P1679
    HEIN J, 2000, PHYS REV D, V62
    HIORTH A, 2002, PHYS REV D, V66
    INOPIN A, 2001, PHYS REV D, V63
    ISGUR N, 1998, PHYS REV D, V57, P4041
    KAIDALOV AB, 2000, PHYS ATOM NUCL+, V63, P1428
    KALASHNIKOVA YS, 2000, PHYS LETT B, V492, P91
    KALASHNIKOVA YS, 2001, PHYS REV D, V64
    KALASHNIKOVA YS, 2002, PHYS LETT B, V530, P117
    KOLOMEITSEV EE, 2004, PHYS LETT B, V582, P39
    KROKOVNY P, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    LEWIS R, 2000, PHYS REV D, V62
    LIU YR, 2004, PHYS REV D, V70
    MAIANI L, 2004, PHYS REV D, V70
    MELIKHOV D, 1999, PHYS LETT B, V446, P336
    MEYER HB, 2003, NUCL PHYS B, V668, P111
    MIKAMI Y, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V92
    NICOLESCU B, HEPPH0407088
    NOWAK MA, 1993, PHYS REV D, V48, P4370
    NOWAK MA, 2005, INT J MOD PHYS A, V20, P229
    PAGE PR, 1999, PHYS REV D, V60
    SADZIKOWSKI M, 2004, PHYS LETT B, V579, P39
    SIMONOV YA, 1989, PHYS LETT B, V228, P413
    SIMONOV YA, 2003, PHYS ATOM NUCL+, V66, P2038
    SZCZEPANIAK AP, 2003, PHYS LETT B, V567, P23
    TANG A, 2000, PHYS REV D, V62
    TERASAKI K, 2003, PHYS REV D, V68
    VAANDERING E, HEPEX0406044 FOCUS C
    YUFRYAKOV Y, HEPPH9510358
    ZAYAS LAP, 2004, NUCL PHYS B, V682, P3
 NR 75
 TC 2
 SN 1550-7998
 J9 PHYS REV D
 JI Phys. Rev. D
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 72
 IS 1
 AR 017902
 DI ARTN 017902
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA 950WM
 UT ISI:000230889400067
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, ZB
    Ma, HX
    Lu, DR
    Zhou, JN
    Chen, YJ
    Xu, L
    Zhu, JF
    Huo, X
    Qian, J
    Wei, QY
    Shen, HB
 TI A promoter polymorphism (-77T > C) of DNA repair gene XRCC1 is
    associated with risk of lung cancer in relation to tobacco smoking
 SO PHARMACOGENETICS AND GENOMICS
 DT Article
 DE lung cancer; polymorphisms; promoter; XRCC1
 ID IONIZING-RADIATION SENSITIVITY; ACID SUBSTITUTION VARIANTS; CHINESE
    POPULATION; P53 MUTATIONS; ADDUCTS; FREQUENCY; CELLS; XPD; ALLELE; ERCC2
 AB X-ray repair cross complementing group 1 (XRCC1) is one of the major
    DNA repair proteins involved in the base-excision repair pathway.
    Functional Polymorphisms in the XRCC1 gene may lead to decreased DNA
    repair capacity and thus confer inherited predisposition to cancer
    risk. In this case-control study of 710 patients with incident lung
    cancer and 710 cancer-free controls who were frequency matched on age,
    sex and residential area, we genotyped a novel T > C transition at the
    promoter region (-77T > C) of XRCC1 and other two common non-synonymous
    polymorphisms (Arg194Trp and Arg399Gln) to determine their associations
    with risk of lung cancer. We found that compared with the -77TT
    wild-type homozygote, the variant genotypes were associated with
    significantly increased risk of lung cancer [adjusted odds ratio
    (OR)=1.51; 95% confidence interval (CI)=1.17-1.94 for -77TC; OR=2.98;
    95% CI=0.93-9.59 for -77CC; and OR 1.55; 95% CI=1.21-1.98 for
    -77TC/CC]. By contrast, no significant associations were observed
    between the other two exonic variants (Arg194Trp and Arg399Gln) and
    lung cancer risk. Furthermore, we observed a 9.82-fold increased risk
    (95% CI=5.66-17.02) for heavy smokers carrying the -77C variant
    (-77TC/CC) and a 4.07-fold increased risk (95% CI=2.85-5.81) for heavy
    smokers not carrying the variant. However, the interaction between the
    -77T > C variant and cumulative smoking was not statistically
    significant (P=0.1560). These findings indicate that: the new XRCC1
    -77T > C polymorphism may contribute to the aetiology of lung cancer.
    Further functional studies are warranted to elucidate the underlying
    molecular mechanisms of the association.
 C1 Nanjing Med Univ, Sch Publ Hlth, Dept Epidemiol & Biostat, Nanjing 210029, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Genet, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Jiangsu Canc Hosp, Dept Thorac Surg, Nanjing, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Med Univ, Affiliated Hosp 1, Dept Thorac & Cardiac Surg, Nanjing, Peoples R China.
    Univ Texas, MD Anderson Canc Ctr, Dept Epidemiol, Houston, TX 77030 USA.
 RP Shen, HB, Nanjing Med Univ, Sch Publ Hlth, Dept Epidemiol & Biostat,
    140 Hanzhong Rd, Nanjing 210029, Peoples R China.
 EM hbshen@njmu.edu.cn
 CR CALDECOTT KW, 1995, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V23, P4836
    CASSE C, 2003, MUTAT RES-FUND MOL M, V528, P19
    CHEN SQ, 2002, CARCINOGENESIS, V23, P1321
    DAVIDBEABES GL, 2001, LUNG CANCER-J IASLC, V34, P333
    DIANOV GL, 1999, J BIOL CHEM, V274, P13741
    DIVINE KK, 2001, MUTAT RES-DNA REPAIR, V461, P273
    DUELL EJ, 2000, CARCINOGENESIS, V21, P965
    FAN JS, 2004, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V32, P2193
    GOODE EL, 2002, CANCER EPIDEM BIOMAR, V11, P1513
    HSIEH LL, 2003, CANCER EPIDEM BIOMAR, V12, P439
    HU JJ, 2001, CARCINOGENESIS, V22, P917
    HU JJ, 2002, ENVIRON MOL MUTAGEN, V39, P208
    LUNN RM, 1999, CANCER RES, V59, P2557
    MATULLO G, 2001, CARCINOGENESIS, V22, P1437
    MATULLO G, 2001, INT J CANCER, V92, P562
    MISRA RR, 2003, CANCER LETT, V191, P171
    PARK JY, 2002, CANCER EPIDEM BIOMAR, V11, P23
    RAO B, 2004, CANCER RES, V64, P4878
    RATNASINGHE D, 2001, CANCER EPIDEM BIOMAR, V10, P119
    SHEN HB, 2000, INT J CANCER, V88, P601
    SHEN MR, 1998, CANCER RES, V58, P604
    SHIELDS PG, 2000, J CLIN ONCOL, V18, P2309
    STEPHENS M, 2003, AM J HUM GENET, V73, P1162
    THOMPSON LH, 2000, MUTAT RES-DNA REPAIR, V459, P1
    WEI QY, 1996, CANCER RES, V56, P4103
    WEI QY, 2000, J NATL CANCER I, V92, P1764
    ZHOU W, 2003, CANCER EPIDEM BIOMAR, V12, P359
 NR 27
 TC 1
 SN 1744-6872
 J9 PHARMACOGENET GENOMICS
 JI Pharmacogenet. Genomics
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 15
 IS 7
 BP 457
 EP 463
 PG 7
 GA 949PE
 UT ISI:000230799800003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, SG
    Vleugels, J
    Li, L
    Van der Biest, O
    Wang, PL
 TI Composition design and mechanical properties of mixed (Ce,Y)-TZP
    ceramics obtained from coated starting powders
 SO JOURNAL OF THE EUROPEAN CERAMIC SOCIETY
 DT Article
 DE ZrO2; sintering; microstructure; mechanical properties; thermodynamics;
    TZP; coatings
 ID ZIRCONIA ALUMINA COMPOSITES; FRACTURE-TOUGHNESS; GRAIN-SIZE; VICKERS
    HARDNESS; PHASE-DIAGRAM; TZP CERAMICS; ZRO2 POWDER; SYSTEM; CERIA;
    MICROSTRUCTURE
 AB The microstructure and mechanical properties of a selection of ceramics
    with compositions in the low ceria and yttria corner of the
    ZrO2-CeO2-Y2O3 system were investigated and evaluated. The calculated
    isothermal section of the ZrO2-CeO2-Y2O3 system at 1450 degrees C was
    used to define the CeO2 content range of interest resulting in an
    optimum amount of tetragonal ZrO2 phase for TZP ceramics with an
    overall yttria content of 2 and 1 mol%. Pure monoclinic ZrO2 starting
    powder was coated with the appropriate amount of yttria and ceria
    stabiliser by means of a suspension coating technique and pressureless
    sintered in air at 1450 degrees C. The indentation toughness and
    Vickers hardness were evaluated as a function of the sintering time,
    grain-size and stabiliser content. An excellent fracture toughness of
    13-15 MPa m(1/2) was obtained for ZrO2 ceramics with 1 mol% Y2O3 + 4
    mol% CeO2, sintered for 1-4h at 1450 degrees C. (c) 2004 Elsevier Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Met & Mat Engn, B-3001 Louvain, Belgium.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Vleugels, J, Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Met & Mat Engn, B-3001
    Louvain, Belgium.
 EM jozef.vleugels@mtm.kuleuven.ac.be
 CR ANSTIS GR, 1981, J AM CERAM SOC, V64, P533
    ANTHONY GE, 1990, J AM CERAM SOC, V73, P187
    BOUTZ MMR, 1994, J EUR CERAM SOC, V13, P89
    DUH JG, 1988, J AM CERAM SOC, V71, P813
    GRITZNER G, 1993, J EUR CERAM SOC, V12, P461
    HANNINK RHJ, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P461
    HIRANO M, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P5047
    HIRANO M, 1992, J MATER SCI, V27, P3511
    LANGE FF, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P240
    LI L, 1996, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V12, P159
    LI L, 2001, J EUR CERAM SOC, V21, P2903
    LIN JD, 1998, J AM CERAM SOC, V81, P853
    MENDELSON MI, 1969, J AM CERAM SOC, V52, P443
    SUNDMAN B, 1985, CALPHAD, V9, P153
    TSUKUMA K, 1985, J MATER SCI, V20, P1178
    VLEUGELS J, 2002, J EUR CERAM SOC, V22, P873
    WANG J, 1989, BRIT CERAM TRANS J, V88, P1
    WANG J, 1992, J MATER SCI, V27, P5348
    YUAN ZX, 2000, J MATER SCI LETT, V19, P359
    YUAN ZX, 2000, MATER LETT, V46, P249
    ZHANG YL, 2003, J EUR CERAM SOC, V23, P685
 NR 21
 TC 1
 SN 0955-2219
 J9 J EUR CERAM SOC
 JI J. European Ceram. Soc.
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 25
 IS 13
 BP 3109
 EP 3115
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 950VG
 UT ISI:000230885700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dong, YH
    Lu, XY
 TI Direct numerical simulation of stably and unstably stratified turbulent
    open channel flows
 SO ACTA MECHANICA
 DT Article
 ID LARGE-EDDY SIMULATION; FREE-SURFACE TURBULENCE; PASSIVE SCALAR;
    MASS-TRANSFER; BOUNDARY-LAYERS; INTERFACE; TRANSPORT; HEAT; WALL;
    TEMPERATURE
 AB Direct numerical simulation of stably and unstably stratified turbulent
    open channel flow is performed. The three-dimensional Navier-Stokes and
    enegy equations under the Boussinesq approximation are numerically
    solved using a fractional-step method based on high-order accurate
    spatial schemes. The objective of this study is to reveal the effects
    of thermally stable and unstable stratification on the characteristics
    of turbulent flow and heat transfer and on turbulence structures near
    the free surface of open channel flow. Here, fully developed weakly
    stratified turbulent open channel flows are calculated for the
    Richardson number ranging from 20 (stably stratified flow) to 0
    (unstratified flow) and to -10 (unstably stratified flow), the Reynolds
    number 180 based on the wall friction velocity and the channel depth,
    and the Prandtl number 1. To elucidate the turbulent flow and heat
    transfer behaviors, typical quantities including the mean velocity,
    temperature and their fluctuations, turbulent heat fluxes, and the
    structures of velocity and temperature fluctuations are analyzed.
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Modern Mech, Hefei 230026, Anhui, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, XY, Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Modern Mech, Hefei 230026,
    Anhui, Peoples R China.
 EM xlu@ustc.edu.cn
 CR ARMENIO V, 2002, J FLUID MECH, V459, P1
    ARYA SPS, 1975, J FLUID MECH, V68, P321
    DONG YH, 2003, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V46, P1529
    DONG YH, 2004, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V47, P2109
    GARG RP, 2001, PHYS FLUIDS, V12, P2569
    GERZ T, 1989, J FLUID MECH, V200, P563
    HANDLER RA, 1999, PHYS FLUIDS, V11, P2607
    HANDLER RA, 2003, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V46, P2219
    HINZE JO, 1975, TURBULENCE
    HOLT SE, 1992, J FLUID MECH, V237, P499
    KADER BA, 1972, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V15, P2329
    KADER BA, 1981, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V24, P1541
    KAYS WM, 1987, CONVECTIVE HEAT MASS
    KOMORI S, 1983, J FLUID MECH, V130, P13
    KOMORI S, 1989, J FLUID MECH, V203, P103
    KOMORI S, 1993, J FLUID MECH, V249, P161
    KOMORI S, 1993, PHYS FLUIDS A-FLUID, V5, P115
    KUMAR S, 1998, PHYS FLUIDS, V10, P437
    LAM K, 1992, PHYS FLUIDS A-FLUID, V4, P306
    LIU NS, 2004, INT J NUMER METH FL, V45, P1317
    LOMBARDI P, 1996, PHYS FLUIDS, V8, P1643
    NAGAOSA R, 1997, AICHE J, V43, P2393
    NAGAOSA R, 1999, PHYS FLUIDS, V11, P1581
    NAKAGAWA H, 1981, J FLUID MECH, V104, P1
    PAN Y, 1995, PHYS FLUIDS, V7, P1649
    PEROT B, 1995, J FLUID MECH, V295, P199
    RAI MM, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V96, P15
    RASHIDI M, 1988, PHYS FLUIDS, V31, P2491
    RASHIDI M, 1991, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V34, P1799
    RASHIDI M, 1997, PHYS FLUIDS, V9, P3485
    SHEN L, 1999, J FLUID MECH, V386, P167
    SHEN L, 2001, PHYS FLUIDS, V13, P913
    VERZICCO R, 1996, J COMPUT PHYS, V123, P402
    WANG L, 2002, COMP FLUIDS, V34, P23
    WANG L, 2004, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V47, P2161
 NR 35
 TC 1
 SN 0001-5970
 J9 ACTA MECH
 JI Acta Mech.
 PY 2005
 VL 177
 IS 1-4
 BP 115
 EP 136
 PG 22
 SC Mechanics
 GA 949PM
 UT ISI:000230800600009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, FX
    Guo, QG
    Yang, Y
    Song, HS
    Wen, TQ
 TI Inhibition of AF116909 gene expression enhances the differentiation of
    neural stem cells
 SO NEUROLOGICAL RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE RNA interference; neural stem cells; small hairpin RNA; differentiation
    of NSCs
 ID CENTRAL-NERVOUS-SYSTEM; DOUBLE-STRANDED-RNA; INTERFERENCE; ELEGANS;
    NEURONS
 AB Objectives: Neural stem cells (NSCs) are self-renewed, pluripotent
    cells that can differentiate into neurons, astrocytes and
    oligodendrocytes. Such multipotency that allows production of specific
    types of nerve cells for basic research and therapeutic purposes
    depends on how these cells are directed in their differentiation. Here,
    we investigate the function of the AF116909 gene in the differentiation
    of NSC.
    Methods: NSC culture was isolated from the striatum corpora of
    embryonic brain tissues in a 14-day pregnant rat. A constructed RNAi
    (RNA-mediated interference) vector was transfected to knock down the
    expression of this gene. Afterwards, RT-PC7 was lied to examine the
    presence of endogenous AF116909 mRNA and the effect of RNA interrerence.
    Results: After the knockdown of this gene, we detected that the
    differentiation rate of cells was enhanced to 80% on the 11th day in
    comparison with 12% in the control cells transfected with the
    expression vector alone.
    Discussion: These findings suggest that AF116909 functions in
    inhibiting the differentiation of NSCs, and AF116909 gene-targeting by
    RNAi provides a useful method to study the differentiation mechanisms
    of NSCs.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, FX, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 EM chenfuxue@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR AARUM J, 2003, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V100, P15983
    ARSENIJEVIC Y, 2003, MOL NEUROBIOL, V27, P73
    BASS BL, 2001, NATURE, V411, P428
    ELBASHIR SM, 2001, GENE DEV, V15, P188
    ELBASHIR SM, 2001, NATURE, V411, P494
    FIRE A, 1998, NATURE, V391, P806
    FLAX JD, 1998, NAT BIOTECHNOL, V16, P1033
    GITILIN L, 2002, NATURE, V20, P500
    HAMMOND SM, 2000, NATURE, V404, P293
    KARSTEN SL, 2003, DEV BIOL, V261, P165
    KENNERDELL JR, 1998, CELL, V95, P1017
    KORHONEN L, 2003, J NEUROSCI RES, V71, P769
    MARX J, 2000, SCIENCE, V288, P1370
    MCKAY R, 1997, SCIENCE, V276, P66
    OKANO H, 2002, J NEUROSCI RES, V69, P698
    OUREDNIK V, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P1820
    RIETZE RL, 2001, NATURE, V412, P736
    SHARP PA, 2001, GENE DEV, V15, P485
    TABARA H, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, P430
    WACHS FP, 2003, LAB INVEST, V83, P949
    WEN T, 2002, NEUROSCI LETT, V329, P101
    WESTERLUND U, 2003, EXP CELL RES, V289, P378
    YANG SC, 2001, MOL CELL BIOL, V21, P7807
    ZHOU Y, 2002, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V30, P1664
 NR 24
 TC 1
 SN 0161-6412
 J9 NEUROL RES
 JI Neurol. Res.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 27
 IS 5
 BP 557
 EP 561
 PG 5
 SC Clinical Neurology; Neurosciences
 GA 948VP
 UT ISI:000230744100017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, XY
    Leng, GS
    Tang, LH
 TI Inequalities for a simplex and any point
 SO MATHEMATICAL INEQUALITIES & APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE simplex; moment of inertia; mass-point system; volume inequality
 ID NEUBERG-PEDOE; SIMPLICES
 AB By applying an analytic inequality and the polar moment of inertia
    inequality in El, we establish some inequalities for the volume, facet
    areas and distances between any point of E-n and vertices of an
    n-simplex.
 C1 Hunan Normal Univ, Dept Math, Changsha 410081, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, XY, Hunan Normal Univ, Dept Math, Changsha 410081, Peoples R China.
 EM lixy77@sohu.com
    gleng@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ALI MM, 1970, PAC J MATH, V33, P1
    CHEN J, 1999, J SICHUAN U, V36, P197
    FEJES L, 1965, REGULARE FIGUREN
    GERBER L, 1975, PAC J MATH, V56, P97
    HUANG Y, 1999, J YANAN U, V18, P19
    KLAMKIN MS, 1975, MATH MAG, V48, P44
    KLAMKIN MS, 1978, SIAM REV, V20, P400
    LENG GS, IN PRESS J MATH ANAL
    LENG GS, 1997, ACTA MATH SINICA, V40, P14
    LENG GS, 1999, DISCRETE MATH, V202, P163
    MITRINOVIC DS, 1988, J MATH ANAL APPL, V129, P196
    MITRINOVIC DS, 1989, RECENT ADV GEOMETRIC
    PEDOE D, 1942, P CAMB PHILOS SOC 4, V38, P397
    PETTY CM, 1955, MONATSH MATH, V59, P320
    SHI H, 2000, B CHINESE INEQUALITI, V26, P6
    SLEPIAN D, 1969, PAC J MATH, V31, P795
    VELJAN D, 1995, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V219, P79
    XU T, 2001, B CHINESE INEQUALITI, V29, P11
    YANG L, 1983, B AUST MATH SOC, V27, P203
    ZHANG JZ, 1981, J CHINA U SCI TECHNO, V11, P1
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1331-4343
 J9 MATH INEQUAL APPL
 JI Math. Inequal. Appl.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 8
 IS 3
 BP 547
 EP 557
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics
 GA 949DF
 UT ISI:000230764400016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qian, H
    Xu, KY
    Ru, CQ
 TI Curvature effects on axially compressed buckling of a small-diameter
    double-walled carbon nanotube
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SOLIDS AND STRUCTURES
 DT Article
 DE carbon nanotube; buckling; curvature effects; van der Waals forces
 ID STRAIN
 AB The curvature effects of interlayer van der Waals (vdW) forces on
    axially compressed buckling of a double-walled carbon nanotube (DWNT)
    of diameter down to 0.7 nm are studied. Unlike most existing models
    which assume that the interlayer vdW pressure at a point between the
    inner and outer tubes depends merely on the change of the interlayer
    spacing at that point, the present model considers the dependence of
    the interlayer vdW pressure on the change of the curvatures of the
    inner and outer tubes at that point. A simple expression is derived for
    the curvature-dependence of the interlayer vdW pressure in which the
    curvature coefficient is determined. Based on this model, an explicit
    formula is obtained for the axial buckling strain. It is shown that
    neglecting the curvature effect alone leads to an under-estimate of the
    critical buckling strain with a relative error up to -7%, while taking
    the average radius of two tubes as the representative radius and the
    curvature effect leads to an over-estimate of the critical buckling
    strain with a relative error up to 20% when the inner radius downs to
    0.35 nm. Therefore, the curvature effects play a significant role in
    axially compressed buckling problems only for DWNTs of very small
    radii. In addition, our results show that the effect of the vdW
    interaction pressure prior to buckling of DWNTs under pure axial stress
    is small enough and can be negligible whether the vdW interaction
    curvature effects are neglected or not. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, KY, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, 99
    Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM kyxu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BALL P, 2001, NATURE, V414, P142
    BAUGHMAN RH, 2002, SCIENCE, V297, P787
    CALLADINE CR, 1983, THEORY SHELL STRUCTU
    FALVO MR, 1997, NATURE, V389, P582
    FENG JT, 2004, INT J STRUCTURAL STA, V4, P515
    HE XQ, 2005, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V53, P303
    KIANG CH, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P1869
    PONCHARAL P, 1999, SCIENCE, V283, P1513
    QIAN D, 2002, APPL MECH REV, V55, P495
    RU CQ, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V87, P7227
    RU CQ, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P9973
    RU CQ, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V89, P3426
    RU CQ, 2001, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V49, P1265
    RU CQ, 2004, ENCY NANOSCIENCE NAN, V2, P731
    TANG DS, 2000, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V61, P1175
    TIMOSHENKO SP, 1961, THEORY ELASTIC STABI
    TREACY MMJ, 1996, NATURE, V381, P678
    WANG CY, 2003, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V40, P3893
    WANG CY, 2004, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V71, P622
    WONG EW, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P1971
    YAKOBSON BI, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P2511
 NR 21
 TC 1
 SN 0020-7683
 J9 INT J SOLIDS STRUCT
 JI Int. J. Solids Struct.
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 42
 IS 20
 BP 5426
 EP 5440
 PG 15
 SC Mechanics
 GA 948HT
 UT ISI:000230707400008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, Q
    Xu, KD
    Chou, KC
    Lin, Q
    Zhang, JY
    Lu, XG
 TI Investigation of the hydriding kinetic mechanism in the
    MgH2/Cr2O3-nanocomposite
 SO INTERMETALLICS
 DT Article
 DE composites; hydrogen storage; diffusion
 ID HYDROGEN DESORPTION-KINETICS; NANOCRYSTALLINE MG; COMBUSTION SYNTHESIS;
    STORAGE PROPERTIES; SYSTEM; ABSORPTION; COMPOSITE; SORPTION; ALLOYS
 AB A kinetic analysis was done in the nano-MgH2 and
    MgH2/MexOy-nanocomposite (MexOy = V2O5, Cr2O3 and Fe3O4) using a new
    kinetic model proposed recently in our group. The summarized data of
    hydriding rate are very well fitted using the new model, and it
    indicates that the rate-controlling step is the hydrogen diffusion
    through the hydride phase. Compared with the characteristic absorption
    time of these nano-MgH2 and MgH2/MexOy-nanocomposite, the difference in
    the kinetic property was investigated in an explicit analytic form and
    the order of reaction rate and the optimal amount of oxide catalyst
    Cr2O3 can be determined exactly. These facts support that our model is
    reasonable in the nano-MgH2 and MgH2/MexOy-nanocomposite system. (c)
    2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Dept Phys Chem, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, Q, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, 275 Mailbox,149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM lq75@263.net
 CR BARKHORDARIAN G, 2003, SCRIPTA MATER, V49, P213
    BERNHARDT B, 2002, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V382, P249
    CHOU KC, 2005, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V30, P301
    IMAMURA H, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V232, P218
    KHRUSSANOVA M, 1991, MAT RES B, V26, P1291
    LI L, 2002, INTERMETALLICS, V10, P927
    LI Q, 2004, INTERMETALLICS, V12, P1293
    LI Q, 2004, J MATER RES, V19, P2871
    LIANG G, 2000, J ALLOY COMPD, V305, P239
    MUNGOLE MN, 1998, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V23, P349
    OELERICH W, 2001, J ALLOY COMPD, V315, P237
    OELERICH W, 2001, J ALLOY COMPD, V322, L5
    SONG MY, 1997, J MATER SCI LETT, V16, P1774
    TERZIEVA M, 1995, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V20, P53
    WANG P, 2000, J ALLOY COMPD, V297, P240
    WANG P, 2000, J ALLOY COMPD, V313, P218
    YANG J, 2000, MATER LETT, V43, P234
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0966-9795
 J9 INTERMETALLICS
 JI Intermetallics
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 13
 IS 11
 BP 1190
 EP 1194
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 946YE
 UT ISI:000230608400008
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Xu, GQ
    Li, ZB
 TI The painleve test of nonlinear partial differential equations and its
    implementation using maple
 SO COMPUTER ALGEBRA AND GEOMETRIC ALGEBRA WITH APPLICATIONS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; UNIFIED APPROACH; 2+1 DIMENSIONS; WAVE SOLUTIONS;
    INTEGRABILITY
 AB The so-called WTC-Kruskal algorithm is presented in order to study the
    Painleve integrability of nonlinear partial differential equations,
    which combines the WTC algorithm and Kruskal's simplification
    algorithm. Based on the WTC, Kruskal and WTC-Kruskal algorithms, we
    give an implementation in Maple called PDEPtest. The applications of
    PDEPtest to several nonlinear partial differential equations are also
    presented and some new results are reported.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Int Business & Management, Dept Informat Management, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, GQ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Int Business & Management,
    Dept Informat Management, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM xuguiqiong@yahoo.com
    xugq@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1999, NONLINEAR EVOLUTION
    AYSE KK, 2001, J PHSY SOC JPN, V70, P1165
    BALDWIN D, 2004, CRM P LECT SERIES, V39, P17
    CHOWDHURY AR, 2000, PAINLEVE ANAL ITS AP
    CONTE R, 1989, PHYS LETT A, V140, P383
    CONTE R, 1993, PHYSICA D, V69, P33
    CONTE R, 1999, PAINLEVE PROPERTY ON
    DAS KP, 1989, J PLASMA PHYS, V41, P139
    ESTEVEZ PG, 1998, J NONLINEAR MATH PHY, V5, P82
    ESTEVEZ PG, 2001, INVERSE PROBL, V17, P1043
    GENG XG, 2003, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V36, P2289
    HEREMAN W, 1989, MACSYMA NEWSLETTER, V6, P11
    HEREMAN W, 1998, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V115, P428
    HIROTA R, 1980, SOLITONS
    HLAVATY L, 1986, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V42, P427
    JIMBO M, 1982, PHYS LETT A, V92, P59
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    MACCARI A, 1998, J MATH PHYS, V39, P6547
    NEWELL AC, 1987, PHYSICA D, V29, P1
    PARKES EJ, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V295, P280
    SCHEEN C, 1997, THEOR COMPUT SCI, V187, P87
    WEISS J, 1983, J MATH PHYS, V24, P522
    XIE FD, 2003, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V154, P197
    XU GQ, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P975
    XU GQ, 2004, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V161, P65
    YAN ZY, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V318, P78
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2005
 VL 3519
 BP 179
 EP 190
 PG 12
 GA BCO03
 UT ISI:000230362900015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ming, K
    Hu, X
    Dong, YS
    Li, GY
    Gu, MY
 TI A study on interfacial phase of Ti-Si-N composite films
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Ti-Si-N composite films; interfacial phase; microstructure;
    superhardness effect
 ID MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES; MICROSTRUCTURE; SUPERHARDNESS; MULTILAYERS;
    COATINGS; GROWTH
 AB To reveal the interfacial phase structure and its effect on mechanical
    properties of Ti-Si-N composite films, x-ray diffractometry,
    high-resolution transmission electron microscopy, Auger electron
    spectroscopy, and microhardness tester were employed to investigate the
    interfacial phase structure and mechanical properties of magnetron
    sputtered Ti-Si-N composite films. A series of TiN/Si3N4 multilayered
    films in nanometer scale were also prepared and characterized for
    comparison. The results indicated that Ti-Si-N composite films formed a
    structure of nanocrystalline TiN surrounded by Si3N4 interfacial phase.
    In the Ti-Si-N composite film with lower silicon content, the Si3N4
    interfacial phase with a thickness of less than 1 nm crystallized and
    formed a coherent interface with TiN nanocrystals, leading to an
    enhancement in the hardness of the film. Whereas, in the composite film
    of larger silicon content, Si3N4 phase existed as amorphous and
    resulted in a decrease in hardness. Our research indicated that the
    crystallization of Si3N4 interfacial phase was essential to obtain a
    high hardness in the Ti-Si-N composite films, and the strengthening
    mechanism of the composite films appeared to be the same as TiN/Si3N4
    multilayered films.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, State Key Lab Met Matrix Composites, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ming, K, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, State Key Lab Met Matrix Composites,
    Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDSON PM, 1995, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V5, P349
    CHU X, 1995, MATER RES SOC SYMP P, V382, P291
    HU XP, 2002, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V20, P1921
    HU XP, 2005, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V23, P114
    KOEHLER JS, 1970, PHYS REV B, V2, P547
    LAO JJ, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P1961
    NOSE M, 2002, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V20, P823
    SANBASIVAN S, 1994, J MATER RES, V9, P2362
    VEPREK S, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P2640
    VEPREK S, 1996, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V14, P46
    VEPREK S, 1996, SURF COAT TECH, V394, P86
    VEPREK S, 1998, THIN SOLID FILMS, V317, P449
    VEPREK S, 2000, SURF COAT TECH, V133, P152
    WEI L, 2005, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V54, P1742
    WU DW, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P904
    WU ML, 1997, J VAC SCI TECHNOL  1, V15, P946
    ZHANG CH, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P182
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 54
 IS 8
 BP 3774
 EP 3779
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 948SQ
 UT ISI:000230736400054
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, TY
    Zhang, QR
    Zhuang, SL
 TI Optical polarized properties for the PbWO4 crystal containing lead
    vacancy
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE PbWO4 crystal; electronic structures; optical properties; lead vacancy
 ID NM ABSORPTION-BAND; TUNGSTATE CRYSTALS; ORIGIN; MODEL
 AB The electronic structure, dielectric functions, complex refractive
    indices and absorption spectra for the polarized light from the perfect
    PbWO4(PWO) crystal and the PWO crystal containing V-Pb(2-) have been
    calculated using LAPW + LDA method with lattice structure optimized.
    The peaks of the absorption spectra corresponding to the electronic
    transitions have been studied. The optical properties of PWO crystal
    containing V-Pb(2-) are anisotropic. It may be caused by the anisotropy
    of lattice structure of the PWO crystal. Our calculated results
    indicate that the perfect PWO crystal does not have absorption band in
    the visible and near-ultraviolet region, but the PWO. crystal
    containing V-Pb(2-) has absorption bands in visible and
    near-ultraviolet region. The absorption bands can be well decomposed
    into four Gaussian-shape bands peaking at about 350, 405, 550 and 670
    nm. It predicates that these absorption bands are related to the
    existence of the V-Pb(2-) in the PWO crystal.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Elect Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, QR, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zhqrsys@163.com
 CR ANNENKOV A, 1998, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V170, P47
    FAN RC, 2001, SPECTROSCOPY SOLID
    FENG XQ, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P449
    FENG XQ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V51, P2
    GOUBIN F, 2004, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V177, P89
    HIZHNYI YA, 2003, J LUMIN, V102, P688
    KORZHIK MV, 1996, P INT C IN SCINT THE, P241
    LIAO JY, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P286
    LIU TY, 2001, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V184, P341
    LIU TY, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P1596
    LIU TY, 2004, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V132, P169
    LIU TY, 2005, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V54, P863
    LIU TY, 2005, CHINESE PHYS, V14, P1142
    MOREAU JM, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V284, P104
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V195, P311
    WANG YX, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P214
    WU L, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P6
    YAO MZ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P125
    YAO MZ, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P459
    YE XL, 1999, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V48, P10
    ZHANG QR, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
    ZHANG QR, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P1131
    ZHANG Y, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P12738
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 54
 IS 8
 BP 3780
 EP 3786
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 948SQ
 UT ISI:000230736400055
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, LW
    Cao, SX
    Li, WF
    Fen, L
    Chi, CY
    Jing, C
    Zhang, JC
 TI Effect of oxygen content on carrier localization and ion-cluster effect
    for the Fe-doped YBCO system
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE oxygen content; Hall coefficient; carrier localization; ion-cluster
    effect
 ID HIGH-PRESSURE; THIN-FILMS; SUPERCONDUCTIVITY; TEMPERATURE;
    YBA2CU3O7-DELTA; PEROVSKITE; CO
 AB The oxygen content, Hall coefficient and super-conductivity are
    systematically studied on YBa2 Cu3-x Fe-x O-y ( X = 0. 0, 0. 1, 0. 2)
    and YBa2 Cu-2.8 Fe-0.2 O-y ( y = 7.05-6.53) systems. The results show
    that oxygen content has a great influence on the transport and transfer
    of carriers and the superconductivity of the samples, the suppression
    of T-c caused by Cu ( 1) site substitution could be weakened by the
    increase of oxygen content to some extent. The carrier (holes) density
    in CuO2 plane plays a key role in affecting the superconductivity.
    Based on the charge transfer model, and considering the carrier
    localization and ion-cluster effect resulting from Fe substitution on
    Cu( 1) site, we have discussed the change of carrier density caused by
    the oxygen content and Fe doping concentration. It proves that with the
    increase of Fe doping concentration or the decrease of oxygen content
    (for the same doping concentration), the efficient oxygen vacancy
    increases, which enhances the ion-cluster effect and the carrier
    localization effect, resulting in the decrease of carrier density that
    participats in superconducting transport in the CuO2 plane, and
    accordingly, the decrease of T-c.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, SX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM sxcao@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR CARRINGTON A, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P2855
    CARRINGTON A, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P13051
    DONALD M, 1990, PHYS PROPERTIES HIGH, V2, P459
    GUO SQ, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P379
    ISLAM MS, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P9492
    JORGENSEN JD, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P5731
    JORGENSEN JD, 1991, PHYS TODAY, V44, P34
    KALLIAS G, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P15992
    LI PL, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
    LIU LH, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P769
    LIU YH, 2004, PHYSICA C, V411, P47
    MORR DK, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V90
    NAROZHNYI VN, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P5836
    NEIMAN RL, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P16028
    REN ZA, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
    SYDOW JP, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P3512
    TARASCON JM, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P7458
    TOKURA Y, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P7156
    XIAO G, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P1446
    YU HC, 2004, PHYSICA C, V411, P94
    ZHANG JC, 1995, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V44, P929
    ZHANG JC, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
    ZHAO YL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P1836
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 54
 IS 8
 BP 3839
 EP 3844
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 948SQ
 UT ISI:000230736400064
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, TY
    Zhang, QR
    Zhuang, SL
 TI Study on the electronic structures and absorption spectra for the PbWO4
    crystal with the defect [V-O(2+)-V-Pb(2-)-V-O(2+)](2+)
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE PbWO4 crystal; electronic structures; absorption spectra; point defect
 ID LEAD TUNGSTATE CRYSTALS; BAND; VACANCY; ORIGIN; LIGHT; PAIR
 AB The electronic structures and absorption spectra for the perfect PbWO4
    (PWO) crystal and the crystal containing aggregated defect
    [V-O(2+)-V-Pb(2-)-V-O(2+)](2+) have been calculated using density
    functional theory code CASTEP with the lattice structure optimized. The
    calculated absorption spectra of the PWO crystal containing the
    aggregated defect [V-O(2+)-V-Pb(2-)-V-O(2+)](2+) exhibit three
    absorption bands peaking at 1.68 eV (740 nm), 2.25 eV (560 nm), 2.50 eV
    (470 nm). It predicts that the 450-750 nm absorption bands are related
    to the existence of the aggregated defect
    [V-O(2+)-V-Pb(2-)-V-O(2+)](2+) in the PWO crystal. (c) 2005 Elsevier
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, TY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM liutyyxj@163.com
 CR ABRAHAM Y, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P1733
    ABRAHAM YB, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    ANNENKOV A, 1998, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V170, P47
    ANNENKOV AA, 2002, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V490, P30
    EPELBAUM BM, 1997, J CRYST GROWTH, V178, P426
    FAN TY, 2001, SPECTROSCOPY SOLID
    FENG XQ, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P449
    GODBY RW, 1992, TOP APPL PHYS, V69, P51
    GRIGORJEVA L, 2000, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V166, P329
    KORZHIK MV, 1996, P INT C IN SCINT THE, P241
    LAGUTA VV, 2003, PHYS REV B, V67
    LIAO JY, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P286
    LIAO QS, 2001, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V118, P221
    LIN QS, 2001, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V118, P221
    LIU TY, 2001, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V184, P341
    LIU TY, 2004, PHYS LETT A, V333, P473
    LIU TY, 2004, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V132, P169
    LIU TY, 2005, J ELECTRON SPECTROSC, V142, P139
    MOREAU JM, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V238, P46
    MOREAU JM, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V284, P104
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V195, P311
    NIKL M, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P1
    NIKL M, 2000, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V178, P595
    PAYNE MC, 1992, REV MOD PHYS, V64, P1045
    SEGALL MD, 2002, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V14, P2717
    WAN JF, 2005, PHYSICA B, V355, P172
    YANG XP, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
    ZHANG QR, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
 NR 28
 TC 1
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD AUG 1
 PY 2005
 VL 343
 IS 1-3
 BP 238
 EP 242
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 946QH
 UT ISI:000230586700033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, Y
    Yang, ZY
    Gao, XS
    Li, QY
    Zhang, QQ
    Xu, ZK
 TI Expression of foreign genes in Dunaliella by electroporation
 SO MOLECULAR BIOTECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE Dunaliella salina; electroporation; ble gene; zeocin; episomal DNA
 ID CHLAMYDOMONAS-REINHARDTII; NUCLEAR TRANSFORMATION; PHLEOMYCIN
    RESISTANCE; ALGA DUNALIELLA; DNA; SALINA; BLE
 AB An electroporation procedure has been described for introducing plasmid
    DNA into Dunaliella salina cells. By this procedure, a bulk of plasmid
    DNA was delivered into the cells and retained for at least 3 d. Reverse
    transcriptase polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) and sequencing
    analyses indicated that the transcription and pre-mRNA splicing of ble
    gene (contributing the Zeocin resistance) were detected in the cells as
    early as I h after the electroporation. Individual colonies could
    retain the resistance to 10 mg/L Zeocin for at least 6 mo. Subsequent
    Southern blot analysis showed the existence of introduced plasmid DNA
    inside these colonies. However, most of the cells (approx 90%) lost the
    resistance in the presence of 5 mg/L Zeocin during subculturing, which
    was consistent with the observations of both rearranged and episomal
    plasmid DNA existed in the cells. Nevertheless, the electroporation
    procedure allows introducing a gene of interest and studying its
    expression and function in D. salina cells.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Plant Physiol & Ecol, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, ZK, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Plant Physiol &
    Ecol, 345 Lingling Lu, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM zkxu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BENAMOTZ A, 1992, DUNALIELLA PHYSL BIO, P205
    BROWN SJ, 1999, EVOL DEV, V1, P11
    COWAN AK, 1992, J EXP BOT, V43, P1535
    DAY A, 1990, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V78, P254
    DROCOURT D, 1990, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V18, P4009
    GENG DG, 2003, J APPL PHYCOL, V15, P451
    HARRIS EH, 2001, ANNU REV PLANT PHYS, V52, P363
    JIN ES, 2001, BBA-BIOENERGETICS, V1506, P244
    KATZ A, 2001, BBA-BIOENERGETICS, V1504, P423
    KINDLE KL, 1989, J CELL BIOL, V109, P2589
    KINDLE KL, 1990, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V87, P1228
    LEE MGS, 1995, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V23, P4893
    LUMBRERAS V, 1998, PLANT J, V14, P441
    PAPADOPOULOU B, 1994, MOL BIOCHEM PARASIT, V39, P925
    PASION SG, 1994, J CELL SCI 12, V107, P3515
    PORATH JB, 1997, PHYCOLOGIA S, V36, P89
    ROCHAIX JD, 1982, NATURE, V296, P70
    SAMBROOK J, 1989, MOL CLONING LAB MANU
    SHIMOGAWARA K, 1998, GENETICS, V148, P1821
    STEVENS DR, 1996, MOL GEN GENET, V251, P23
    TANG DKH, 1995, BIOCHEM MOL BIOL INT, V36, P1025
    TOYOMIZU M, 2001, J APPL PHYCOL, V8, P303
    YANG ZY, 2000, SUCCESSFUL CULTURE D
 NR 23
 TC 1
 SN 1073-6085
 J9 MOL BIOTECHNOL
 JI Mol. Biotechnol.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 30
 IS 3
 BP 185
 EP 192
 PG 8
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Biotechnology & Applied Microbiology
 GA 946BP
 UT ISI:000230547300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wen, TQ
    Li, HL
    Song, HS
    Chen, FX
    Zhao, CP
    Lu, W
    Bao, KY
    Jin, Y
 TI Down-regulation of specific gene expression by double-strand RNA
    induces neural stem cell differentiation in vitro
 SO MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR BIOCHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE differentiation; double-strand RNA (dsRNA); neural stem cells; RNA
    interference (RNAi); reverse transcript PCR (RT-PCR)
 ID EYE REGENERATION; INTERFERENCE; DEMONSTRATE; DEGRADATION; ASTROCYTES;
    ELEGANS; NETWORK; NEURONS; VIRUS; RAT
 AB In the postgenomic era the elucidation of the physiological function of
    genes has become the rate-limiting step in the quest to understand the
    development and function of living organisms. Double-stranded RNA
    (dsRNA) interferes with gene expression in various species, a
    phenomenon known as RNA interference (RNAi). We show here that RNAi is
    also effective in modifying gene expression in neural stem cell
    differentiation. The progenitor cells were obtained from E14 mouse
    embryonic forebrain and maintained using N-2 medium containing basic
    fibroblast growth factor (bFGF), epidermal growth factor (EGF) and
    B27.A gene (NM017084.1) was previously discovered and validated to
    express obviously differently between differentiated and
    undifferentiated neural stem cells in our laboratory. Here we report a
    long double-stranded RNA to knock out or knock down this gene. The
    results demonstrated that following RNAi inhibition of expression of
    the NM017084.1 gene, the differentiation of neural stem cells is
    accelerated. Thus the NM017084.1 gene may play a pivotal role in the
    process of differentiation of neural stem cells.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Lab Neural Mol Biol, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wen, TQ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Lab Neural Mol Biol, Shanghai,
    Peoples R China.
 EM tqwen@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BILLY E, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P14428
    BUENO D, 2002, DEV BIOL, V252, P188
    CAO MM, 2004, J VIROL METHODS, V119, P189
    CHU RY, 2004, MOL CELL BIOL, V24, P6288
    DALMAY T, 2000, CELL, V101, P543
    ELBASHIR SM, 2001, NATURE, V411, P494
    FIRE A, 1998, NATURE, V391, P806
    FIRE A, 1999, TRENDS GENET, V15, P358
    GROSS CG, 2000, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V1, P67
    HUSSEIN AS, 2002, MOL BIOCHEM PARASIT, V122, P91
    HUTVAGNER G, 2002, CURR OPIN GENET DEV, V12, P225
    KENNERDELL JR, 1998, CELL, V95, P1017
    KETTING RF, 1999, CELL, V99, P133
    MARX J, 2000, SCIENCE, V288, P1370
    MCROBERT L, 2002, MOL BIOCHEM PARASIT, V119, P273
    MORRISON SJ, 1997, CELL, V88, P287
    MOURRAIN P, 2000, CELL, V101, P533
    NGO H, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P14687
    PALMER TD, 1997, MOL CELL NEUROSCI, V8, P389
    PINEDA D, 2000, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V97, P4525
    PINEDA D, 2002, DEVELOPMENT, V129, P1423
    REYNOLDS BA, 1992, J NEUROSCI, V12, P4565
    REYNOLDS BA, 1992, SCIENCE, V255, P1707
    REYNOLDS BA, 1996, DEV BIOL, V175, P1
    SANCHEZALVARADO A, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P5049
    SHARP PA, 2001, GENE DEV, V15, P485
    SVOBODA P, 2000, DEVELOPMENT, V127, P4147
    TUSCHL T, 1999, GENE DEV, V13, P3191
    VESCOVI AL, 1993, NEURON, V11, P951
    WEN TQ, 2002, CELL MOL NEUROBIOL, V22, P407
    WIANNY F, 2000, NAT CELL BIOL, V2, P70
    YANG SC, 2001, MOL CELL BIOL, V21, P7807
 NR 32
 TC 0
 SN 0300-8177
 J9 MOL CELL BIOCHEM
 JI Mol. Cell. Biochem.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 275
 IS 1-2
 BP 215
 EP 221
 PG 7
 SC Cell Biology
 GA 946IU
 UT ISI:000230566400023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, Q
    Jiang, LJ
    Chou, KC
    Lin, Q
    Zhan, F
    Xu, KD
    Lu, XG
    Zhang, JY
 TI Effect of hydrogen pressure on hydriding kinetics in the Mg2-xAgxNi-H
    (x=0.05, 0.1) system
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Article
 DE hydrogen absorbing materials; gas-solid reactions; kinetics
 ID DEHYDRIDING KINETICS; DESORPTION-KINETICS; ALLOY; STORAGE;
    NANOCOMPOSITE; ABSORPTION
 AB The aim of this paper is to study the effect of the initial hydrogen
    pressure on hydriding kinetics in the two-phase region (alpha-beta) of
    the ternary alloy Mg2-xAgxNi (x=0.05, 0.1). The experiments were
    carefully performed by a volumetric technique under initial hydrogen
    pressures ranging from 0.298 to 1.203 MPa at 553 K. The experimental
    investigation suggests that an increase of the initial hydrogen
    pressure results in an acceleration of hydriding reacted fraction. A
    new kinetic model developed in our laboratory recently was successfully
    applied to this system and the rate-controlling step in the hydriding
    process was hydrogen diffusion in the beta phase. Our study further
    revealed that a higher content of silver in the Mg2-xAgxNi alloys leads
    to a faster rate of hydriding; the hydriding kinetics Of Mg2Ni could be
    improved by a partial substitution of Ag for Mg. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Gen Res Inst NonFerrous Met, Res Ctr Energy Mat & Technol, Beijing 100088, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Dept Phys Chem, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, Q, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, 275 Mailbox,149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM lq75@263.net
 CR AKIYAMA T, 1997, J ALLOY COMPD, V252, P1
    BARKHORDARIAN G, 2003, SCRIPTA MATER, V49, P213
    CHOU KC, 2005, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V30, P301
    DEHOUCHE Z, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V288, P269
    FUKAI Y, 1995, J ALLOY COMPD, V231, P35
    GOLTSOV VA, 1999, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V24, P913
    GOLTSOV VA, 2001, DONETSK CORAL GABLES, P367
    LI Q, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V359, P128
    LI Q, 2003, J NONFERROUS MET, V8, P864
    LI Q, 2004, J MATER SCI, V39, P61
    LI QA, 2005, J ALLOY COMPD, V387, P86
    LIANG G, 2000, J ALLOY COMPD, V305, P239
    MARTIN M, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V238, P193
    SATO T, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V356, P494
    SONG MY, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V282, P243
    SONG MY, 2003, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V28, P403
    WANG LB, 2002, J ALLOY COMPD, V336, P297
    YU ZX, 2002, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V335, P43
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD AUG 16
 PY 2005
 VL 399
 IS 1-2
 BP 101
 EP 105
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 947AO
 UT ISI:000230614600019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, GD
 TI Restarted GMRES augmented with harmonic Ritz vectors for shifted linear
    systems
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF COMPUTER MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE shifted linear systems; augmented GMRES method; harmonic Ritz vector;
    restarting
 ID KRYLOV SUBSPACE METHODS; RIGHT-HAND SIDES; EIGENVALUE PROBLEMS; ARNOLDI
    METHODS; ALGORITHM; EQUATIONS
 AB Frommer and Glassner [Frommer, A. and Glassner, U., 1998, Restarted
    GMRES for shifted linear systems, SIAM Journal on Scientific Computing,
    19,15-26.] develop a variant of the restarted GM RES method for shifted
    linear systems at the expense of only one matrix-vector multiplication
    per iteration. However, restarting slows down the convergence, even
    stagnation. We present a variant of the restarted GMRES augmented with
    some approximate eigenvectors for the shifted systems. The convergence
    can be much faster at little extra expense. Numerical experiments show
    its efficiency.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math Appl, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, GD, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math Appl, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 EM guiding@online.sh.cn
 CR CHAPMAN A, 1997, NUMER LINEAR ALGEBR, V4, P43
    DATTA BN, 1991, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V154, P225
    ERHEL J, 1996, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V69, P303
    FERIANI A, 2000, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V190, P1719
    FREUD S, 1993, OEUVRES COMPLETES, V10, P1
    FROMMER A, 1995, INT J MOD PHYS C, V6, P627
    FROMMER A, 1998, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V19, P15
    GU G, 2003, INT J COMPUT MATH, V80, P1039
    GU GD, 1999, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V299, P1
    GU GD, 2002, INT J COMPUT MATH, V79, P307
    LECALVEZ C, 1999, NUMER ALGORITHMS, V21, P261
    MORGAN RB, 1995, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V16, P1154
    MORGAN RB, 1998, NUMER LINEAR ALGEBR, V5, P33
    MORGAN RB, 2000, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V21, P1112
    PAIGE CC, 1995, NUMER LINEAR ALGEBR, V2, P115
    SAAD Y, 1996, ITERATIVE METHODS SP
    SAAD Y, 1997, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V18, P435
    SIMONCINI V, 2000, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V22, P430
    SIMONCINI V, 2003, BIT, V43, P459
    SLEIJPEN GLG, 1996, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V17, P401
    SWEET R, 1988, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V9, P89
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7160
 J9 INT J COMPUT MATH
 JI Int. J. Comput. Math.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 82
 IS 7
 BP 837
 EP 849
 PG 13
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 946PT
 UT ISI:000230585200006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, XM
 TI Thermalization of quark matter produced at the highest energy of a
    relativistic heavy-ion collider
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID ULTRARELATIVISTIC NUCLEAR COLLISIONS; PLASMA; DEPENDENCE; LHC
 AB Thermalization of quark matter is studied via a transport equation,
    which includes triple-quark elastic scattering amplitudes calculated in
    perturbative QCD. The triple-quark scatterings are demonstrated to be
    important for an anisotropic initial quark distribution produced in
    central Au-Au collisions at root SNN = 200 GeV. By examining momentum
    isotropy to which the transport equation leads, we can determine a
    thermalization time of 2.2 fm/c for quark matter itself to thermalize
    by the two-quark and the triple-quark elastic scatterings. Meanwhile,
    an initial thermal quark distribution function is obtained.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Appl Phys, Div Nucl Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, XM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM xmxucaod@sh.cnuninet.net
 CR ACKERMANN KH, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P402
    ADLER C, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V87
    ADLER C, 2002, PHYS REV C, V66
    ADLER C, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V90
    ADLER SS, NUCLEX0411040 PHENIX
    ADLER SS, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    CHEN LW, 2004, PHYS REV C, V69
    COMBRIDGE BL, 1977, PHYS LETT B, V70, P234
    COOPER F, 2003, PHYS LETT B, V555, P181
    CUTLER R, 1978, PHYS REV D, V17, P196
    ESKOLA KJ, 2001, PHYS LETT B, V497, P39
    ESKOLA KJ, 2003, NUCL PHYS A, V715, C561
    ESKOLA KJ, 2003, PHYS LETT B, V566, P187
    GEIGER K, 1992, PHYS REV D, V46, P4965
    GEIGER K, 1992, PHYS REV D, V46, P4986
    GYULASSY M, 2001, NUCL PHYS B, V594, P371
    GYULASSY M, 2002, PHYS LETT B, V526, P301
    HEINZ H, 2002, P 18 WINT WORKSH NUC
    HIRANO T, 2002, PHYS REV C, V65
    HUOVINEN P, 2003, NUCL PHYS A, V715, C299
    LACEY RA, 2002, NUCL PHYS A, V698, P559
    LEVAI P, 1995, PHYS REV C, V51, P3326
    MORITA K, 2002, PHYS REV C, V66
    NAYAK GC, 2001, NUCL PHYS A, V687, P457
    SHURYAK EV, 2003, NUCL PHYS A, V715, P289
    SNELLINGS RJM, 2002, NUCL PHYS A, V698, P193
    TEANEY D, NUCLTH0110037
    XU XM, 1999, NUCL PHYS A, V658, P165
    XU XM, 2004, NUCL PHYS A, V744, P347
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 22
 IS 7
 BP 1631
 EP 1633
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 945UY
 UT ISI:000230529000020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, YP
    Gu, ZT
    Chen, JB
 TI Long-period fibre grating thin film sensors based on cladding mode
    coupling
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID SENSITIVITY
 AB Based on a method of rigorous vector-field analysis, a numerical model
    of triple-clad long-period fibre grating is established. The vector
    components of the electric field for the HE,, cladding mode are plotted
    to study the field distribution of the cladding mode. The local
    intensity curves of the first six l = 1 cladding modes are also given.
    It is found that the low-order HE modes have a larger proportion of
    intensity localized in the core than the low-order EH modes, just like
    the double-clad LPFG. Further, the coupling constant between the core
    mode and the cladding mode is analysed. The results show that the
    coupling constant of the low-order HE increases monotonously when the
    mode number becomes larger, and it varies monotonously with the film
    thickness except for a certain specific region.
 C1 Univ Shanghai Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Elect Informat Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, ZT, Univ Shanghai Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Elect Informat Engn,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM zhengtiangu@163.com
 CR ALLSOP T, 2001, OPT COMMUN, V191, P181
    CHARLES T, 1992, OPTICAL FIBRE WAVEGU
    CHONG JH, 2004, OPT COMMUN, V229, P65
    FALCIAI R, 2001, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V74, P74
    LIU ZX, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P1549
    NICHOLAS DR, 2002, OPT LETT, V27, P686
    SHU XW, 1999, OPT COMMUN, V171, P65
    TURAN E, 1997, J OPT SOC AM A, V14, P1760
    VENGSARKAR AM, 1995, C OPT FIB COMM SAN D
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 22
 IS 7
 BP 1702
 EP 1705
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 945UY
 UT ISI:000230529000039
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, X
    Shi, LY
 TI Facile synthesis of nanocrystalline titanium carbonitride via a
    chemical metathesis route
 SO CHEMISTRY LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID CARBOTHERMAL REDUCTION; C-N; POWDERS; TIO2; MECHANISM; COATINGS; TIN
 AB Nanocrystalline titanium carbonitride (TiCN) was successfully
    synthesized at low temperature (450 degrees C) via a chemical
    metathesis route using the readily attainable TiCl4, CaC2 and NaN3 as
    source materials. X-ray powder diffraction indicated that the product
    was cubic TiCN with a lattice constant a = 4.252 angstrom. Transmission
    electron microscopy revealed that the crystals were composed of
    spherical particles with the diameter of 66 nm. X-ray photoemission
    spectra analysed that the atomic ratio was good agreement with the
    TiC0.4N0.6 stoichiometry. The possible formation mechanism was
    investigated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Nano Sci & Technol Res Ctr, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, LY, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 CR BERGER LM, 1999, INT J REFRACT MET H, V17, P235
    ESLAMLOOGRAMI M, 1994, J MATER RES, V9, P431
    ETTMAYER P, 1995, INT J REFRACT MET H, V13, P343
    GUEMMAZ M, 1997, APPL PHYS A-MATER, V64, P407
    HOLZSCHUH H, 2002, INT J REFRACT MET H, V20, P143
    JHA A, 1999, J MATER SCI, V34, P307
    KERR A, 1999, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V11, P233
    KOC R, 1997, J MATER SCI, V32, P3101
    KUO DH, 2002, APPL SURF SCI, V199, P278
    LICHTENBERGER O, 2003, MATER CHEM PHYS, V81, P195
    PASTOR H, 1988, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V401, P105
    RIE KT, 1999, SURF COAT TECH, V112, P226
    SHAVIV R, 1996, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V209, P345
    SHEN GZ, 2002, MATER RES BULL, V37, P1207
    WEIMER AW, 1997, CARBIDE NITRIDE BORI
    XIANG JH, 2000, J EUR CERAM SOC, V20, P933
    YOSHIMURA M, 1987, J MATER SCI LETT, V6, P1463
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0366-7022
 J9 CHEM LETT
 JI Chem. Lett.
 PD JUL 5
 PY 2005
 VL 34
 IS 7
 BP 1002
 EP 1003
 PG 2
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 946DA
 UT ISI:000230551200057
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Liu, Y
    Li, Y
    Li, GZ
    Zhang, BF
    Wu, GF
 TI Constructive ensemble of RBF neural networks and its application to
    earthquake prediction
 SO ADVANCES IN NEURAL NETWORKS - ISNN 2005, PT 1, PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB Neural networks ensemble is a hot topic in machine learning community,
    which can significantly improve the generalization ability of single
    neural networks. However, the design of ensemble architecture still
    relies on either a tedious trial-and-error process or the experts'
    experience. Tbs paper proposes a novel method called CERNN
    (Constructive Ensemble of RBF Neural Networks), in which the number of
    individuals, the number of hidden nodes and training epoch of each
    individual are determined automatically. The generalization performance
    of CERNN can be improved by using different training subsets and
    individuals with different architectures. Experiments on UCI datasets
    demonstrate that CERNN is effective to release the user from the
    tedious trialand-error process, so is it when applied to earthquake
    prediction.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, Y, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM yliu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BLAKE CL, 1998, UCI REPOSITORY MACHI
    DIETTERICH TG, 2000, P 1 INT WORKSH MULT, P1
    EFRON B, 1993, INTRO BOOTSTRAP
    GUTTA S, 1996, P IEEE INT C NEUR NE, P1017
    HAN J, 2000, DATA MINING CONCEPTS
    HANSEN LK, 1990, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V12, P993
    ISLAM M, 2003, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V14, P820
    LIU Y, 2004, P ISNN 04, P962
    MEI S, 1993, INTRO EARTHQUAKE PRE
    MOODEY J, 1989, NEURAL COMPUT, V1, P1281
    WANG W, 1999, EARTHQUAKE, V19, P118
    WANG Z, 2004, P IDEAL 04, P572
    ZHANG Z, 1990, CHINA EARTHQUAKE CAS
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2005
 VL 3496
 BP 532
 EP 537
 PG 6
 GA BCN38
 UT ISI:000230166900085
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Fan, J
    Wu, GF
 TI A foremost-policy reinforcement learning based ART2 neural network and
    its learning algorithm
 SO ADVANCES IN NEURAL NETWORKS - ISNN 2005, PT 1, PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB This paper proposes a Foremost-Policy Reinforcement Learning based ART2
    neural network (FPRL-ART2) and its learning algorithm. For real time
    learning, we select the first awarded behavior based on current state
    in the Foremost-Policy Reinforcement Learning (FPRL) in stead of the
    optimal behavior in 1-step Q-Learning. The paper also gives the
    algorithm of FPRL and integrates it with ART2 neural network. ART2 is
    used for storing the classified pattern and the stored weights of
    classified pattern is increased or decreased by reinforcement learning.
    FPRL-ART2 is successfully used in collision avoidance of mobile robot
    and the simulation experiment indicates that collision times between
    robot and obstacle are decreased effectively. FPRL-ART2 makes favorable
    effect against collision avoidance.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Fan, J, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 EM jfan@mail.shu.edu.cn
    gfwu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR CHEN CT, 1997, P IEEE INT C ROB AUT, P2007
    FAN J, 2004, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V3174, P35
    WHITEHEAD SD, 1990, P 5 IEEE INT S SEPT, V2, P1289
    XIAO NF, 2002, IEEE ICIT BANGK THAI, V2, P1096
    YANG SX, 2000, P IEEE RSJ INT C INT, P239
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2005
 VL 3496
 BP 634
 EP 639
 PG 6
 GA BCN38
 UT ISI:000230166900101
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Gu, SS
 TI An improved transiently chaotic neural network for solving the
    K-coloring problem
 SO ADVANCES IN NEURAL NETWORKS - ISNN 2005, PT 1, PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB This paper applies a new version of the transiently chaotic neural
    network (TCNN), the speedy convergent chaotic neural network (SCCNN),
    to solve the k-coloring problem, a classic NP-complete graph
    optimization problem, which has many real-world applications. From
    analyzing the chaotic states of its computational energy, we reach the
    conclusion that, like the TCNN, the SCCNN can avoid getting stuck in
    local minima and thus yield excellent solutions, which overcome the
    disadvantage of the Hopfield neural network (HNN). In addition, the
    experimental results verify that the SCCNN converges more quickly than
    the TCNN does in solving the k-coloring problem, which leads it to be a
    practical algorithm like the HNN. Therefore, the SCCNN not only adopts
    the advantages of the HNN as well as the TCNN but also avoids their
    drawbacks, thus provides an effective and efficient approach to solve
    the k-coloring problem.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, SS, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM gushenshen@163.com
 CR BERGER MO, 1994, P INT C NEUR NETW, V7, P4514
    CHEN LN, 1995, NEURAL NETWORKS, V8, P915
    GAREY MR, 1979, COMPUTERS INTRACTABI
    GU SS, 2004, LECT NOTES ARTIF INT, V3060, P391
    HOPFIELD JJ, 1985, BIOL CYBERN, V52, P141
    KANG B, 2004, P 2004 IEEE INT C CO, V2, P1057
    TAKEFUJI Y, 1991, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V38, P326
    XIE CQ, 2003, J SHANGHAI JIAOTANG, V37, P36
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2005
 VL 3496
 BP 750
 EP 755
 PG 6
 GA BCN38
 UT ISI:000230166900120
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, YW
    Ding, WZ
    Lu, XG
    Guo, SQ
    Xu, KD
 TI Reduction of TiO2 with hydrogen cold plasma in DC pulsed glow discharge
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE hydrogen; cold plasma; reduction; TiO2; pulsed glow discharge
 ID AR-H2
 AB The reduction of TiO2 to Ti2O3 with hydrogen cold plasma generated by a
    DC pulsed glow discharge was realized under 2 500 Pa at 1 233 K. Only a
    little of Ti10O19 and Ti9O17 was detected for using molecular hydrogen.
    Enhancement effects of hydrogen cold plasma on the reduction were
    discussed in terms of thermodynamic coupling, kinetics and plasma
    sheath. The exited hydrogen species are considered more effective
    reducing agents. It is instructive to reduce refractory oxides with
    plasma hydrogen at the reduced temperature.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Key Lab Modern Met & Mat Proc, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, WZ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Key Lab Modern Met & Mat Proc,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM wzhding@public7.sta.net.cn
 CR ALEMANY C, 2002, SOL ENERG MAT SOL C, V72, P41
    BELMONTE T, 2002, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V20, P1347
    BIRAT JP, 1999, REV METALL CIT, P1203
    BULLARD DE, 1997, METALL MATER TRANS B, V28, P1069
    DEMBOVSKY V, 1998, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V78, P34
    DIETMAR V, 1989, STEEL RES, V60, P177
    FLAMM DL, 1989, INTRO PLASMA CHEM, P115
    HIDEO S, 2002, ELECT ENG PLASMA, P34
    HUCZKO A, 1988, METALLURGICAL T B, V19, P927
    KITAMURA T, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P1150
    KOJI K, 1984, T ISIJ, V24, P7
    MOHAI I, 2001, PLASMA CHEM PLASMA P, V21, P547
    PALMER RA, 2002, PLASMA CHEM PLASMA P, V22, P335
    POLAK LS, 1998, PLASMA CHEM
    ROBINO CV, 1996, METALL MATER TRANS B, V27, P65
    ROINE A, 1999, OUTOKUMPU HSC CHEM W
    WATANABE T, 1999, THIN SOLID FILMS, V345, P161
    XU KD, 1999, XIANGSH SCI M CTR 12, P31
    ZHANG YW, 2004, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V14, P315
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 15
 IS 3
 BP 594
 EP 599
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 944SN
 UT ISI:000230449600021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HP
    Sun, WW
    Tang, T
 TI Hermite spectral methods with a time-dependent scaling for parabolic
    equations in unbounded domains
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE Hermite spectral method; time-dependent scaling; stability; convergence
 ID PARTIAL-DIFFERENTIAL-EQUATIONS; LEGENDRE-PETROV-GALERKIN;
    LAGUERRE-POLYNOMIALS; APPROXIMATION; INTERVAL
 AB Hermite spectral methods are investigated for linear diffusion
    equations and nonlinear convection-diffusion equations in unbounded
    domains. When the solution domain is unbounded, the diffusion operator
    no longer has a compact resolvent, which makes the Hermite spectral
    methods unstable. To overcome this difficulty, a time-dependent scaling
    factor is employed in the Hermite expansions, which yields a positive
    bilinear form. As a consequence, stability and spectral convergence can
    be established for this approach. The present method plays a similar
    role in the stability of the similarity transformation technique
    proposed by Funaro and Kavian [Math. Comp., 57 (1991), pp. 597-619].
    However, since coordinate transformations are not required, the present
    approach is more efficient and is easier to implement. In fact, with
    the time-dependent scaling the resulting discretization system is of
    the same form as that associated with the classical (straightforward
    but unstable) Hermite spectral method. Numerical experiments are
    carried out to support the theoretical stability and convergence
    results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Baptist Univ, Dept Math, Kowloon Tong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Computat Math, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM hpma@mail.shu.edu.cn
    maweiw@math.cityu.edu.hk
    ttang@math.hkbu.edu.hk
 CR ADZIC N, 1992, B AUSTR MATH SOC, V45, P267
    BERNARDI C, 1997, HDBK NUM AN 2, V5, P209
    BOYD JP, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V69, P112
    COULAUD O, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P451
    FOK JCM, 2002, MATH COMPUT, V71, P1497
    FUNARO D, 1991, MATH COMPUT, V57, P597
    GUO BY, 1999, MATH COMPUT, V68, P1067
    GUO BY, 2000, ESAIM-MATH MODEL NUM, V34, P859
    GUO BY, 2000, J SCI COMPUT, V15, P117
    GUO BY, 2000, NUMER MATH, V86, P635
    IRANZO V, 1992, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V98, P105
    KHABIBRAKHMANOV IK, 1998, COMPUT MATH APPL, V36, P65
    LIU Y, 1994, J COMPUT PHYS, V111, P373
    MA HP, 2000, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V38, P1425
    MA HP, 2001, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V39, P1380
    MADAY Y, 1985, RECH AEROSPATIALE, P353
    MADAY Y, 1989, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V26, P854
    MASTROIANNI G, 1997, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V17, P621
    MUCKENHOUPT B, 1970, T AM MATH SOC, V147, P433
    SCHUMER JW, 1998, J COMPUT PHYS, V144, P626
    SHEN J, 2000, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V38, P1113
    TANG T, 1993, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V14, P594
    THANGAVELU S, 1990, REV MAT IBEROAM, V6, P61
    THANNGAVELU S, 1993, LECT HERMITE LAGUERR
    WEIDEMAN JAC, 1992, NUMER MATH, V61, P409
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PY 2005
 VL 43
 IS 1
 BP 58
 EP 75
 PG 18
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 945KY
 UT ISI:000230502600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, BW
    Leng, GS
 TI Isotropic bodies and Bourgain's problem
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE convex body; isotropic body; isotropic constant; Bourgain's problem;
    spherical section function
 ID CONVEX-BODIES
 AB Let K subset of R-n be a convex body of volume 1 whose barycenter is at
    the origin, L-K be the isotropic constant of K. Finding the least upper
    bound of L-K, being called Bourgain's problem, is a well known open
    problem in the local theory of Banach space. The best estimate known
    today is L-K < cn(1/4)log n, recently shown by Bourgain, for an
    arbitrary convex body in any finite dimension. Utilizing the method of
    spherical section function, it is proven that if K is a convex body
    with volume 1 and r(1)B(2)(n) subset of K subset of r(2)B(2)(n), (r1 >=
    1/2, r(2) <= root n-/2), then (1)/(root 2 pi e) <= L-K <= (1)/(2 root
    3), and find the conditions with equality Further, the geometric
    characteristic of isotropic bodies is shown.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP He, BW, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM hebinwu@163.com
 CR BALL K, 1991, LECT NOTES MATH, V1470, P36
    BALL K, 1997, ELEMENTARY INTRO MOD, V31
    BLASCHKE W, 1917, LEIPZ BER, V69, P436
    BLASCHKE W, 1918, BER VERH SACHS AK MP, V70, P72
    BOURGAIN J, 1991, LECT NOTES MATH, V1469, P127
    BOURGAIN J, 2003, CR MATH, V336, P331
    BREHM U, 2002, MATH Z, V240, P37
    DAR S, 1995, OPERATOR THEORY ADV, V77, P61
    GARDNER RJ, 1995, GEOMETRIC TOMOGRAPHY
    GIANNOPOULOS AA, 2000, ISRAEL J MATH, V117, P29
    JOHN F, 1937, DUKE MATH J, V3, P355
    JOHN F, 1948, EXTREMUM PROBLEMS IN, P187
    LEICHTWEISS K, 1998, AFFINE GEOMETRY CONV
    LINDENSTRAUSS J, 1993, LOCAL THEORY NORMED
    LUTWAK E, 2000, DUKE MATH J, V104, P375
    MILMAN VD, 1989, LECT NOTES MATH, V1376, P64
    REN DL, 1988, INTRO INREGRAL GEOME
    SCHNEIDER R, 1983, ZONOIDS RELATED TOPI, P296
    SCHNEIDER R, 1993, BRUNN MINKOWSKI THEO
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 1006-9283
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 48
 IS 5
 BP 666
 EP 679
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 945AK
 UT ISI:000230472500008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xie, CL
    Yang, AL
 TI Nozzle flow modeled for rotary drillbit design
 SO OIL & GAS JOURNAL
 DT Article
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Xie, CL, Shanghai Univ, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 EM xcl_usst@yahoo.com
    alyang@usst.edu.cn
 CR CHEN J, 1996, FLOW THEORY DRILL LI
    LIU G, 1979, BASIC AERODYNAMICS T
    LIU X, 1988, PRINCIPLE DRILL PROC
    PAN W, 1988, THESIS TSINGHUA U
    SHEN S, 1998, PETROLEUM MACHINERY, V6, P57
    XIE C, 2002, THESIS U SHANGHAI SC, P30
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0030-1388
 J9 OIL GAS J
 JI Oil Gas J.
 PD JUN 24
 PY 2005
 VL 103
 IS 24
 BP 42
 EP 44
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Petroleum; Energy & Fuels
 GA 943KI
 UT ISI:000230352000019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, TC
    Yu, H
    Fei, M
    Li, LX
 TI Networked control systems: a historical review and current research
    topics
 SO MEASUREMENT & CONTROL
 DT Review
 ID STABILIZATION; STABILITY
 C1 Univ Sussex, Dept Engn & Design, Brighton BN1 9RH, E Sussex, England.
    Staffordshire Univ, Fac Comp Engn & Technol, Stoke On Trent ST4 2DE, Staffs, England.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, TC, Univ Sussex, Dept Engn & Design, Brighton BN1 9RH, E Sussex,
    England.
 CR FUTURE DIRECTIONS DY
    AMIN M, 2002, IEEE CONTROL SYS FEB
    ANTSAKLIS P, 2004, IEEE T AUT CONTR SEP, V49
    BABAK AS, 2003, P 2003 IEEE C DEC CO
    BHOWMIK S, 2004, IEEE T POW SYST FEB, V19
    BRANICKY MS, 2002, P IEEE C DEC CONTR L
    BUSHNELL LG, 2001, IEEE CONTROL SYS FEB, V21
    CERVIN A, 2002, P 2 WORKSH REAL TIM
    CERVIN A, 2003, THESIS LUND I TECHNO
    CERVIN, 2003, IEEE CONTROL SYS JUN, P16
    CHEN Z, 2004, IEEE C SYST MAN CYB
    GUAN L, 2004, P 5 INF WORKSH RES S
    ISHII H, 2002, AUTOMATICA, V38, P1745
    ISHII H, 2002, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V47, P1962
    ISHII H, 2003, AUTOMATICA, V39, P1793
    LIAN FL, 2001, INT MECH ENG C EXP N
    LIU GP, 2004, P CONTR 2004 U BATH
    LOW SH, 2002, IEEE CONTROL SYS FEB
    MURRAY RM, 2003, IEEE CONTROL SYS APR
    NILSON J, 1998, THESIS LUND I TECHNO
    SILJAK D, 1991, DECENTRALIZED CONTRO
    SILVIUIULIAN N, 2002, AUTOMATICA, V38, P885
    WALSH GC, 2001, IEEE CONTROL SYS FEB
    WALSH GC, 2002, IEEE T CONTR SYST T, V10, P438
    WANG SH, 1973, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V18, P473
    YANG SH, 2004, P CONTR 2004 U BATH
    YANG TC, 1997, INV SEM ORG NAT GRID
    YANG TC, 1998, CHQ169732GSI
    YANG TC, 1999, P IFAC 14 WORLD C, L, P211
    YU J, 2004, IEEE C SYST MAN CYB
    YU X, 2004, IEEE T POWER SYSTEMS, V19
    ZHANG W, 2001, IEEE CONTR SYST MAG, V21, P84
 NR 32
 TC 0
 SN 0020-2940
 J9 MEASUREMENT CONTROL
 JI Meas. Control
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 38
 IS 1
 BP 12
 EP 16
 PG 5
 SC Automation & Control Systems; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 945GA
 UT ISI:000230489800002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, CJ
    Pecaric, J
    Leng, GS
 TI On dual Brunn-Minkowski inequalities
 SO MATHEMATICAL INEQUALITIES & APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE dual Brunn-Minkowski inequality; the radial Minkowski linear
    combination; the Blaschke linear combination
 ID MIXED VOLUMES; BODIES
 AB The main purpose of this paper is first to improve two classical dual
    Brunn-Minkowski inequalities, then we generalize another dual
    Brunn-Minkowski inequality from generic volume to Quermassintegral.
 C1 China Inst Metrol, Coll Sci, Dept Informat & Math Sci, Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R China.
    Univ Zagreb, Fac Text Technol, Zagreb 10000, Croatia.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, CJ, China Inst Metrol, Coll Sci, Dept Informat & Math Sci,
    Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R China.
 EM chjzhao@163.com
    pecaric@hazu.hr
 CR BALL K, 1989, LECT NOTES MATH, V1376, P251
    BALL K, 1991, J LOND MATH SOC, V44, P351
    BALL K, 1991, T AM MATH SOC, V327, P891
    BOURGAIN J, 1988, LECT NOTES MATH, V1317, P250
    GARDNER RJ, 1994, ANN MATH, V140, P435
    GARDNER RJ, 1995, GEOMETRIC TOMOGRAPHY
    LENG GS, 2004, IN PRESS INEQUALITIE
    LUTWAK E, 1975, PAC J MATH, V58, P531
    LUTWAK E, 1985, T AM MATH SOC, V287, P92
    LUTWAK E, 1988, ADV MATH, V71, P232
    LUTWAK E, 1990, P LOND MATH SOC, V60, P365
    SCHNEIDER R, 1993, CONVEX BODIES BRUNN
    ZHAO CJ, 2003, INVERSE DISPERSE CON, V46, P1248
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1331-4343
 J9 MATH INEQUAL APPL
 JI Math. Inequal. Appl.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 8
 IS 2
 BP 357
 EP 363
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics
 GA 943SJ
 UT ISI:000230374300018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, YH
    Hua, TC
    Xu, F
 TI A novel thermal biosensor based on enzyme reaction for pesticides
    measurement
 SO JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES-CHINA
 DT Article
 DE thermal biosensor; pesticides residue; thermoelectric module; flow
    injection analysis(FIA)
 ID ORGANOPHOSPHORUS; PRINCIPLES; THERMISTOR
 AB A novel thermal biosensor based on enzyme reaction for pesticides
    detection has been developed. This biosensor is a flow injection
    analysis system and consists of two channels with enzyme reaction
    column and identical reference column, which is set for eliminating the
    unspecific heat. The enzyme reaction takes place in the enzyme reaction
    column at a constant temperature(40 degrees C) realized by a
    thermoelectric thermostat. Thermosensor based on the thermoelectric
    module containing 127 serial BiTe-thermocouples is used to monitor the
    temperature difference between two effluents from enzyme reaction
    column and reference column. The ability of this biosensor to detect
    pesticides is demonstrated by the decreased degree of the hydrolytic
    heat in two types of thermosensor mode. The hydrolytic reaction is
    inhibited by 36% at 1 mg/L DDVP and 50 % at 10 mg/L DDVP when
    cell-typed thermosensor is used. The percent inhibition is 30% at I
    mg/L DDVP and 42% at 10 mg/L DDVP in tube-typed thermosensor mode. The
    detection for real sample shows that this biosensor can be used for
    detection of organophosphate pesticides residue.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Food Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Qingdao Univ, Coll Electromech Engn, Qingdao 266071, Peoples R China.
 RP Hua, TC, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Food Sci & Engn, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 EM tchua@sh163.net
 CR ABAD JM, 1998, ANAL CHEM, V70, P2848
    ASPEREN KV, 1962, J INSECT PHYSIOL, P6401
    BATAILLARD P, 1993, TRAC-TREND ANAL CHEM, V12, P387
    BERNABEI M, 1991, ANAL LETT, V24, P1317
    BOUBLIK Y, 2002, PROTEIN ENG, V15, P43
    CHEPALAMADUGU S, 1992, CRIT REV BIOTECHNOL, V12, P357
    DANIELSSON B, 1996, HDB CHEM BIOL SENSOR, V20, P495
    DONARSKI WJ, 1989, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V28, P4650
    ELYAMANI H, 1988, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V15, P193
    GALGANI F, 1989, ENVIRON TECHNOL LETT, V10, P311
    HOEBEL W, 1992, FRESEN J ANAL CHEM, V343, P101
    HUA TC, 2002, 012538876, CN
    KIBA N, 1984, TALANTA, V31, P131
    LEONGONZALEZ MF, 1991, CHROMATOGRAPHIA, V534, P47
    MARTY JL, 1995, TRAC-TREND ANAL CHEM, V14, P329
    MATTIASSON B, 1976, ANAL LETT, V9, P867
    MOSBACH K, 1974, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V364, P140
    PYLYPIW HM, 1993, J AOAC INT, V76, P1369
    RAMANATHAN K, 2001, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V16, P417
    ROTH M, 1972, CLIN CHEM, V18, P739
    RUZICKA J, 1988, FLOW INJECTION ANAL
    SATICH K, 1992, ANAL BIOCHEM, V200, P187
    XIE B, 1992, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V6, P127
    XIE B, 1995, ANALYST, V120, P155
    ZHANG JY, 2004, INT J CIRC THEOR APP, V32, P11
    ZHAO XI, 2004, CHINESE J FOOD SCI, V25, P127
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 1001-0742
 J9 J ENVIRON SCI-CHINA
 JI J. Environ. Sci.
 PY 2005
 VL 17
 IS 4
 BP 615
 EP 619
 PG 5
 SC Environmental Sciences
 GA 944NP
 UT ISI:000230436100018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, L
    Li, XY
    Chen, Y
    Sun, HT
    Wang, WQ
    Su, TW
    Jiang, L
    Cui, B
    Ning, G
 TI Autosomal dominant neurohypophyseal diabetes insipidus with linkage to
    chromosome 20p13 but without mutations in the AVP-NPII gene
 SO JOURNAL OF CLINICAL ENDOCRINOLOGY AND METABOLISM
 DT Article
 ID NEUROPHYSIN-II GENE; ARGININE-VASOPRESSIN; MOLECULAR ANALYSIS; MISSENSE
    MUTATION; EXPRESSION; IDENTIFICATION; HYPOTHALAMUS; SECRETION;
    PRECURSOR; OXYTOCIN
 AB Context: Autosomal dominant neurohypophyseal diabetes insipidus (ADNDI)
    has been known as a rare disorder transmitted as an autosomal dominant
    trait, characterized by polyuria and polydipsia, and caused by
    deficient neurosecretion of arginine vasopressin precursor (AVP-NPII).
    We reported an ADNDI family with linkage to chromosome 20p13 but
    without mutations in the AVP-NPII gene.
    Objective: The objective of this study was to identify the
    corresponding locus responsible for ADNDI in a family without AVP-NPII
    gene mutations.
    Subjects and Methods: Two families with ADNDI were diagnosed by water
    deprivation test. The AVP-NPII gene was amplified by PCR and sequenced.
    A genomewide scan was performed in one family using 400 microsatellite
    markers covering 22 autosomes.
    Results: A 3-bp deletion (1827-1829delAGG) of AVP-NPII gene was
    identified in the affected individuals in one family. Although no
    mutations could be detected in the coding, the promoter, and intronic
    regions of AVP-NPII gene in the other family, a maximum LOD score of
    1.202999 (theta = 0.00) was obtained at marker D20S889 by genomewide
    scan, and a 7-cM interval on chromosome 20p13 was defined by fine
    mapping with markers D20S199-D20S849. Furthermore, the intragenic
    region that regulates AVP-NPII and oxytocin expression as an enhancer
    element and the UBCE7IP5 gene that participates in prohormone
    degradation were sequenced. No alterations could be detected either.
    Conclusion: The corresponding locus responsible for ADNDI is possibly
    heterogeneous regarding the slightly different clinical features in
    these two families.
 C1 Shanghai Med Univ 2, Clin Ctr Endocrine & Metab Dis, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Med Univ 2, Inst Endocine & Metab Dis, Ruijin Hosp, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Div Endocrine & Metab Dis, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
 RP Ning, G, Shanghai Med Univ 2, Ruijin Hosp, Dept Endocrinol & Metab,
    Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
 EM guangning@medmail.com.cn
 CR BULLMANN C, 2002, EXP CLIN ENDOCR DIAB, V110, P134
    CHEN LQ, 1991, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V88, P4240
    DIMEGLIO LA, 2001, MOL GENET METAB, V72, P39
    ELIAS PC, 2003, CLIN ENDOCRINOL, V59, P511
    FELIG LAP, 2001, FROHMAN ENDOCRINOLOG, P228
    FIELDS RL, 2003, J NEUROSCI, V23, P7801
    GABREELS BATF, 1998, J CLIN ENDOCR METAB, V83, P591
    ISHIZAKI S, 2002, ENDOCRINOLOGY, V143, P1589
    JACKSON L, 1998, WILLIAMS TXB ENDOCRI, P362
    KUWAHARA S, 2003, J NEUROSCI, V23, P10231
    MAHONEY CP, 2002, J CLIN ENDOCR METAB, V87, P870
    NIJENHUIS M, 2000, MOL CELL ENDOCRINOL, V167, P55
    PRINGA E, 2001, J BIOL CHEM, V276, P19617
    REPASKE DR, 1990, J CLIN ENDOCR METAB, V70, P752
    REPASKE DR, 1997, J CLIN ENDOCR METAB, V82, P51
    RITTIG S, 1996, AM J HUM GENET, V58, P107
    RITTIG S, 2002, J CLIN ENDOCR METAB, V87, P3351
    ROBERTSON GL, 1995, ENDOCRIN METAB CLIN, V24, P549
    ROSSI NF, 2004, AM J PHYSIOL-ENDOC M, V286, E535
    RUTISHAUSER J, 2002, EUR J ENDOCRINOL, V146, P649
    VACHER CM, 2003, J NEUROSCI RES, V71, P791
    VENTURA RR, 2002, BRAZ J MED BIOL RES, V35, P1101
    WOLF MTF, 2003, HORM RES, V60, P143
    YUASA H, 1993, J CLIN ENDOCR METAB, V77, P600
 NR 24
 TC 0
 SN 0021-972X
 J9 J CLIN ENDOCRINOL METAB
 JI J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 90
 IS 7
 BP 4388
 EP 4393
 PG 6
 SC Endocrinology & Metabolism
 GA 943FT
 UT ISI:000230339100090
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZC
    Chen, QM
 TI A trigonometrically-fitted one-step method with multi-derivative for
    the numerical solution to the one-dimensional Schrodinger equation
 SO COMPUTER PHYSICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE Schrodinger equation; single-step method; Obrechkoff method; numerov
    method; P-stable
 ID INITIAL-VALUE-PROBLEMS; FITTING METHODS; INTEGRATION; ORDER; FORMULA
 AB In this paper we present a new multi-derivative or Obrechkoff one-step
    method for the numerical solution to an one-dimensional Schrodinger
    equation. By using trigonometrically- fitting method (TFM), we overcome
    the traditional Obrechkoff one-step method (or called as the non-TFM)
    for its poor-accuracy in the resonant state. In order to demonstrate
    the excellent performance for the resonant state, we consider only the
    simplest TFM, of which the local truncation error (LTE) is of O(h(7)),
    a little higher than the one of the traditional Numerov method of
    O(h(6)), and only the first- and second-order derivatives of the
    potential function are needed. In the new method, in order to solve two
    unknowns, wave function and its first-order derivative, we use a pair
    of two symmetrically linear-independent one-step difference equations.
    By applying it to the well-known Woods-Saxon's potential problem, we
    find that the TFM can surpass the non-TFM by five orders for the
    highest resonant state, and surpass Numerov method by eight orders. On
    the other hand, because of the small error constant, the accuracy
    improvement to the ground state is also remarkable, and the numerical
    result obtained by TFM can be four to five orders higher than the one
    by Numerov method. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Technol, Sch Mech & Automat Engn, Shanghai 200235, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 ShangDa Rd, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zc_wang89@hotmail.com
 CR ALLISON AC, 1970, J COMPUT PHYS, V6, P378
    ALLISON AC, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V97, P240
    AVDELAS G, 1996, COMPUT MATH APPL, V31, P85
    BLATT JM, 1967, J COMP PHYSIOL, V1, P382
    CASH JR, 1984, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V33, P299
    COOLEY JW, 1961, MATH COMPUT, V15, P363
    DAI YM, 2005, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V165, P110
    HERZBERG G, 1950, SPECTRA DIATOMIC MOL
    IXARU LG, 1980, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V19, P23
    LAMBERT JD, 1962, ZAMP, V13, P223
    LAMBERT JD, 1973, COMPUTATIONAL METHOD
    LAMBERT JD, 1976, J INST MATH APPL, V18, P189
    LANDAU L, 1974, QUANTUM MECH
    OBRECHKOFF N, 1942, SPISANIE BULGAR AKAD, V65, P191
    RAPTIS AD, 1978, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V14, P1
    RAPTIS AD, 1982, COMPUTING, V28, P373
    RAPTIS AD, 1985, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V36, P113
    RAPTIS AD, 1987, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V44, P95
    SIMOS TE, 1993, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V441, P283
    SIMOS TE, 1999, J COMPUT PHYS, V148, P305
    WANG Z, 2003, J MODERN PHYS C, V14, P1087
    WANG Z, 2003, N MATH J CHIN U, V12, P146
    WANG Z, 2005, IN PRESS P ROY SOC L
    WANG ZC, 2004, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V160, P23
    WANG ZC, 2005, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V167, P1
    WILLIAMS PS, 2000, INT J MOD PHYS C, V11, P785
    ZHAO DY, 2005, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V167, P65
 NR 27
 TC 1
 SN 0010-4655
 J9 COMPUT PHYS COMMUN
 JI Comput. Phys. Commun.
 PD JUL 15
 PY 2005
 VL 170
 IS 1
 BP 49
 EP 64
 PG 16
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 944TA
 UT ISI:000230450900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, XF
    Zhu, Y
    Shen, MN
 TI Grain-size evidence for multiple origins of the reticulate red clay in
    southern China
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE reticulate red clay; grain-size distribution; aeolian characteristics;
    quartz; Quaternary environment
 ID LOESS; QUARTZ; EARTH
 AB Grain-size distributions of the reticulate red clay in Xuancheng, Anhui
    Province, and Jiujiang, Taihe and Ganzhou, Jiangxi Province, are
    analyzed. The results are as follows: (1) Generally fine and uniform,
    grain-size characteristics of the reticulate red clay in Xuancheng and
    Jiujiang are much similar, with no > 2 mm gravels, 0.30% and 1.14% of >
    63 mu m fraction on average, respectively, and 34.65% and 37.20% of
    10-50 mu m fraction, which is apparently accumulated. The patterns of
    the grain-size distribution curves of the uppermost yellow-brown earth
    of the profiles in the two areas much resemble those of the loess in
    northern China and the Xiashu loess in southeastern China, while the
    patterns of the other layers also apparently show some attributes
    inherited from the above. The grain-size distribution patterns of the
    quartz separated from the whole profiles in the areas are almost
    identical, which could also be compared with those of the loess and the
    Xiashu loess. All the features above reveal aeolian characteristics of
    the reticulated red clay in these two areas. (2) The reticulate red
    clay in Taihe and Ganzhou is much coarser than that in Xuancheng and
    Jiujiang, with high content of > 63 mu m fraction and relatively low
    content of 10-50 mu m fraction. The variations in grain-size
    distributions of the profiles are also observed. The grain-size
    distribution patterns of both the original samples and the quartz of
    the red clay could hardly be compared with those of the loess and the
    Xiashu loess. All the features above reveal their alluvial or diluvial
    origins. (3) The multiple origins of the reticulate red clay in the
    areas reflect the diversity and complexity of the Quaternary
    environment in southern China. The existence of the reticulate red clay
    with aeolian characteristics brings forth objective evidence for the
    occurrence of large-scale dust deposition in southern China during the
    Quaternary glacial periods. Further investigation and study on the
    regional distribution of this kind of the red clay will be conducive to
    revealing the southern border of the large-scale dust deposition in
    southern China during the Quaternary glacial periods.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Dept Geog, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 RP Hu, XF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xfhu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR FANG HQ, 1961, ACTA GEOL SINICA, V41, P354
    GONG ZT, 2000, PEDOSPHERE, V10, P125
    HU XF, 1998, PEDOSPHERE, V8, P267
    HU XF, 1999, PEDOSPHERE, V9, P311
    HU XF, 2001, ACTA PEDOLOGICA SINI, V38, P1
    HU XF, 2003, CHINESE SCI BULL, V48, P1251
    HU XF, 2004, QUATERNARY SCI, V24, P160
    JIANG F, 1997, J GEOMECH, V3, P27
    LI JJ, 1983, SCI CHINA SER B, V13, P734
    LI XS, 1997, MARINE GEOLOGY QUATE, V17, P73
    LI YY, 1965, GEOLOGICAL REV, V23, P144
    LIU LW, 2000, MARINE GEOLOGY QUATE, V20, P37
    LIU LW, 2000, QUATERNARY SCI, V20, P464
    LIU TS, 1985, LOESS ENV, P1
    QIAO YS, 2003, CHINESE SCI BULL, V48, P2088
    SUN YB, 2000, CHINESE SCI BULL, V45, P2296
    SUN YB, 2001, ROCK MINERAL ANAL, V20, P23
    XI CF, 1965, CHINESE QUATERNARY S, V4, P42
    XIAO J, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V43, P22
    XIONG SF, 1999, CHINESE SCI BULL, V44, P1690
    XIONG SF, 2002, J QUATERNARY SCI, V17, P181
    XU X, 1984, S QUAT GLAC QUAT GEO, V1, P104
    YANG D, 1991, MARINE GEOLOGY QUATE, V11, P97
    YANG DY, 1991, QUATERNARY SCI, P354
    YANG H, 1995, ACTA PEDOLOGICA SI S, V32, P177
    YANG H, 1995, ACTA PEDOLOGICA SI S, V32, P195
    YANG H, 1996, ACTA PEDOLOGICA SINI, V33, P293
    YU ZJ, 1996, GEOLOGY ANHUI, V6, P48
    YUAN GD, 1990, ACTA PEDOLOGICA SINI, V27, P54
    ZHAO QC, 1991, PEDOSPHERE, V1, P117
    ZHAO QG, 1995, QUATERNARY SCI, V2, P107
    ZHU JJ, 1988, GEOGRAPHICAL RES, V7, P12
    ZHU XM, 1948, J SOIL SCI SOC CHINA, V1, P51
    ZHU XM, 1993, QUATERNARY SCI, P75
    ZHU ZY, 1991, QUATERNARY SCI, P18
    ZHU ZY, 1995, Q SCI, P267
 NR 36
 TC 0
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 50
 IS 9
 BP 910
 EP 918
 PG 9
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 945BF
 UT ISI:000230474700013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guan, WB
    Gao, YL
    Zhai, QJ
    Xu, KD
 TI DSC study on the undercooling of droplet solidification of metal melt
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE DSC; cooling rate; undercooling; droplet solidification
 ID ELECTROMAGNETIC-LEVITATION; NUCLEATION; ALLOYS
 AB In this paper, the influence of cooling rate on the undercooling of
    droplet solidification of metal melt has been investigated by employing
    the differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) method. The effect of
    cooling rate on the undercooling as well as its change tendency is
    analyzed theoretically. It is shown that the undercooling degree
    increases whereas the change rate of undercooling decreases with
    increasing cooling rate. Moreover, the change tendency approaches zero
    when the cooling rate exceedingly increased, indicating that an
    extremum of undercooling exists with increasing cooling rate.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhai, QJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM qjzhai@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR CAO CD, 2001, J ALLOY COMPD, V325, P113
    GUAN WB, 2005, IN PRESS MAT LETT
    JIAN ZY, 2000, SCI CHINA SER E, V43, P113
    KIM YS, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V237, P237
    LI Q, 2004, SCI CHINA SER G, V34, P241
    LIU RP, 2001, ACTA MATER, V49, P439
    LIU XR, 2002, SCRIPTA MATER, V46, P13
    LIU Y, 2001, SCI TECHNOL ADV MAT, V2, P181
    MIZOGUCHI T, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V226, P813
    MUELLER BA, 1987, METALL TRANS A, V18, P1143
    OJHA SN, 2001, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V304, P114
    WANG WM, 1999, CHIN J MAT RES, V13, P58
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 50
 IS 9
 BP 929
 EP 931
 PG 3
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 945BF
 UT ISI:000230474700016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cai, G
    Zhou, GY
    Yi, X
    Hu, TJ
    Hua, ZZ
 TI Glass transition and structure relaxation parameters of glycerol/water
    mixtures with high concentrations: a DSC study
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE glass transition; glycerol; DSC; plasticization constant; specific
    heat; activation energy; fragility
 ID ENTHALPY RELAXATION; AQUEOUS-SOLUTIONS; DIMETHYL-SULFOXIDE; FICTIVE
    TEMPERATURE; LIQUIDS; CRYSTALLIZATION; FRAGILITY; POLYMERS; ICE;
    EQUATION
 AB In order to examine the effects of water contents and heating/cooling
    rates on the glass transition and the structure relaxation parameters
    of glycerol/water mixtures, five aqueous solutions (60%, 70%, 80%, 90%
    and 100%) were investigated using the differential scanning
    calorimetry. Four scanning rates (10, 15, 20, 25 K/min) were used to
    obtain the glass transition parameters. The fitting results of
    plasticization constants indicated that Gordon-Taylor relationship
    could not be used effectively without considering scanning rates and
    that point on calorimetric step was chosen as the glass transition
    temperature. The specific heat changes during glass transition
    processes were relative not only to water content but also to heating
    rates. With the increasing of water contents in glycerol aqueous
    solutions, the structure relaxation activation energies and dynamic
    fragilities were decreased. Since the thermodynamic fragilities were
    increased with the increasing of water content, so the dynamic
    fragility and thermodynamic fragility were changed inversely if the
    water contents were changed in glycerol/water mixtures.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryomed & Food Refrigerat, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Hua, ZZ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryomed & Food Refrigerat,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM tchua@sh163.net
 CR *PERK ELM, 2002, PYR SOFTW 5 02 US MA
    ANGELL CA, 1982, J PHYS CHEM-US, V86, P3845
    ANGELL CA, 1988, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V49, P863
    ANGELL CA, 1991, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V131, P13
    ANGELL CA, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P1924
    ANGELL CA, 1997, J RES NATL INST STAN, V102, P171
    ANGELL CA, 1997, POLYMER, V38, P6261
    BOHMER R, 1993, J CHEM PHYS, V99, P4201
    CLAUDY P, 1997, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V293, P1
    GAO C, 2004, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V20, P123
    GAO C, 2004, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V20, P701
    GORDON M, 1952, J APPL CHEM-USSR, V2, P493
    HEY JM, 1996, CRYOBIOLOGY, V33, P205
    HEY JM, 1997, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V211, P262
    HEY JM, 1998, CRYOBIOLOGY, V37, P119
    HODGE IM, 1991, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V131, P435
    HODGE IM, 1994, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V169, P211
    HUA ZZ, 1994, CRYOBIOLOGY CRYOMEDI
    HUANG DH, 2001, J CHEM PHYS, V114, P5621
    IIJIMA T, 1998, CRYOBIOLOGY, V36, P165
    JABRANE S, 1996, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V290, P31
    JOHARI GP, 1987, NATURE, V330, P552
    MEHL PM, 1996, P 11 C THERM AN CAL, P119
    MEHL PM, 1996, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V272, P201
    MEHL PM, 1998, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V324, P215
    MOYNIHAN CT, 1976, J AM CERAM SOC, V59, P12
    MOYNIHAN CT, 1993, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V160, P52
    PIKAL MJ, 1999, FREEZE DRYING PHARM
    ROLAND CM, 1999, J CHEM PHYS, V111, P5593
    SIMATOS D, 1995, FOOD PRESERVATION MO
    VIGIER G, 1987, CRYOBIOLOGY, V24, P345
 NR 31
 TC 0
 SN 1003-7713
 J9 CHIN J CHEM PHYS
 JI Chin. J. Chem. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 18
 IS 3
 BP 457
 EP 462
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical
 GA 943CT
 UT ISI:000230330400032
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Luo, RZ
    Sun, SJ
 TI Semi-on-line scheduling problem for maximizing the minimum machine
    completion time on three special uniform machines
 SO ASIA-PACIFIC JOURNAL OF OPERATIONAL RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE scheduling; semi-on-line; competitive ratio
 ID IDENTICAL MACHINES; ONLINE
 AB In this paper, we investigate a semi-on-line version for a special case
    of three machines M-1, M-2, M-3 where the processing time of the
    largest job is known in advance. A speed s(i)(s(1) = s(2) = 1, 1 <=
    s(3) = s) is associated with machine M-i. Our goal is to maximize the
    C-min - the minimum workload of three machines. We give a C-min3
    algorithm and prove its competitive ratio is max {2, 3s+2/2+s} and the
    algorithm is the best possible for 1 <= s <= 2. We also claim the
    competitive ratio of algorithm C-min3 is tight.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Luo, RZ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM luo-rz@eyou.com
    sun_sj@eyou.com
 CR AZAR Y, 1997, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V1284, P23
    CSIRIK J, 1992, OPER RES LETT, V11, P281
    DEUERMEYER BL, 1982, SIAM J ALGEBRAIC DIS, V3, P190
    EPSTEIN L, 2002, P 3 ARACNE, P39
    GAREY MR, 1979, COMPUTERS INTRACTABI
    HE Y, 1999, COMPUTING, V62, P179
    HE Y, 2000, COMPUT MATH APPL, V39, P117
    HE Y, 2001, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V17, P107
    HE Y, 2002, J COMB OPTIM, V6, P199
    HE Y, 2003, ASIA PAC J OPER RES, V20, P31
    LUO RZ, J SYSTEMS SCI COMPLE
    WOEGINGER GJ, 1997, OPER RES LETT, V20, P149
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0217-5959
 J9 ASIA PAC J OPER RES
 JI Asia Pac. J. Oper. Res.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 22
 IS 2
 BP 229
 EP 237
 PG 9
 SC Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 944PK
 UT ISI:000230441000006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tang, ZY
    Yu, R
    Lu, YR
    Parlow, AF
    Liu, JL
 TI Age-dependent onset of liver-specific IGF-I gene deficiency and its
    persistence in old age: implications for postnatal growth and insulin
    resistance in LID mice
 SO AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PHYSIOLOGY-ENDOCRINOLOGY AND METABOLISM
 DT Article
 DE Cre recombinase; sexual dimorphism; pancreatic islets; insulin-like
    growth factor I; liver-specific insulin-like growth factor I gene
    deficiency
 ID TRANSGENIC MICE; RECEPTOR GENE; DEVELOPMENTAL REGULATION; HORMONE
    SECRETION; NEONATAL GROWTH; MILK-BORNE; RAT; EXPRESSION; PROTEIN; MOUSE
 AB To explore the limitations of the liver-specific IGF-I gene-deficient
    (LID) model and to further evaluate the role of endocrine IGF-I in
    early postnatal life and old age, we have studied these mice during the
    prepubertal period (from birth to 3 wk of age) and when they are 2 yr
    old. During the first 2 wk of life, IGF-I gene deficiency and the
    resulting reduction in serum IGF-I levels in LID mice did not reach
    sufficiently low levels when mice experience the most rapid and growth
    hormone (GH)-independent growth. It suggests that the role of
    liver-derived IGF-I in prepubertal, GH-independent postnatal growth
    cannot be established. From our previous studies, liver IGF-I mRNA
    level was abolished in adult LID mice, which causes elevated GH level,
    insulin resistance, pancreatic islet enlargement, and hyperinsulinemia.
    Interestingly in 2-yr-old LID mice, although liver IGF-I mRNA and serum
    IGF-I levels were still suppressed, serum insulin and GH levels had
    returned to normal. Compared with same-sex control littermates, aged
    male LID mice had significantly reduced body weight and fat mass and
    exhibited normal insulin sensitivity. On the other hand, aged female
    LID mice exhibited normal weight and marginal resistance to insulin
    actions. The pancreatic islet percentage (reflecting islet cell mass)
    was also restored to normal levels in aged LID mice. Thus, although the
    IGF-I gene deficiency is well maintained into old age, the insulin
    sensitivity, islet enlargement, and hyperinsulinemia that occurred in
    young adult mice have been mostly restored to normal levels, further
    supporting the age-dependent and sexual dimorphic features of the LID
    mice.
 C1 McGill Univ, Ctr Hlth, Dept Med, Fraser Labs Diabet Res, Montreal, PQ, Canada.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Endocrine & Metab Div, Shanghai Clin Ctr Endocrine & Metab Dis, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Harbor Univ Calif Los Angeles Med Ctr, Natl Hormone & Peptide Program, Torrance, CA USA.
 RP Liu, JL, Royal Victoria Hosp, Fraser Labs, M3-15,687 Pine Ave W,
    Montreal, PQ H3A 1A1, Canada.
 EM jun-li.liu@mcgill.ca
 CR BAYNE ML, 1990, J BIOL CHEM, V265, P15648
    BURRIN DG, 1997, J ANIM SCI, V75, P2739
    BURRIN DG, 1997, J NUTR S5, V127, S975
    CHOMCZYNSKI P, 1987, ANAL BIOCHEM, V162, P159
    CLARK RG, 1986, J ENDOCRINOL, V111, P27
    CLARK RG, 1987, J ENDOCRINOL, V114, P399
    DUGUAY SJ, 1995, J BIOL CHEM, V270, P17566
    DUGUAY SJ, 1997, J BIOL CHEM, V272, P6663
    EDEN S, 1979, ENDOCRINOLOGY, V105, P555
    HALL LJ, 1992, DNA CELL BIOL, V11, P301
    HSU SM, 1981, J HISTOCHEM CYTOCHEM, V29, P577
    LEROITH D, 1997, NEW ENGL J MED, V336, P633
    LEROITH D, 2001, ENDOCR REV, V22, P53
    LI YL, 2003, ENDOCRINOLOGY, V144, P3505
    LIN XY, 2004, J CLIN INVEST, V114, P908
    LIU JL, 1998, MOL ENDOCRINOL, V12, P1452
    LIU JL, 1999, ENDOCRINOLOGY, V140, P5178
    LIU JL, 2000, ENDOCRINOLOGY, V141, P4436
    LIU JL, 2004, AM J PHYSIOL-ENDOC M, V287, E405
    LIU JP, 1993, CELL, V75, P59
    MIAO DS, 2001, ENDOCRINOLOGY, V142, P926
    NEUENSCHWANDER S, 1996, J CLIN INVEST, V97, P2225
    PENNISI PA, 2004, ENDOCRINOLOGY, V145, P4748
    PHILIPPS AF, 1997, AM J PHYSIOL, V272, P1532
    POWELLBRAXTON L, 1993, GENE DEV, V7, P2609
    RAJKUMAR K, 1999, J ENDOCRINOL, V162, P457
    SALTIEL AR, 2000, J CLIN INVEST, V106, P163
    SELLEM CH, 1984, DEV BIOL, V102, P51
    SHOBA L, 1999, MOL CELL ENDOCRINOL, V152, P125
    SJOGREN K, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P7088
    SJOGREN K, 2001, DIABETES, V50, P1539
    TANNENBAUM GS, 1976, ENDOCRINOLOGY, V98, P562
    TILGHMAN SM, 1982, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V79, P5254
    VASAVADA RC, 1996, J BIOL CHEM, V271, P1200
    WALLENIUS K, 2001, ENDOCRINOLOGY, V142, P4762
    WERNER H, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P7451
    YAKAR S, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P7324
    YAKAR S, 2001, DIABETES, V50, P1110
    YAKAR S, 2004, J CLIN INVEST, V113, P96
    YU R, 2003, MOL CELL ENDOCRINOL, V204, P31
    ZHOU YH, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P13215
 NR 41
 TC 0
 SN 0193-1849
 J9 AMER J PHYSIOL-ENDOCRINOL MET
 JI Am. J. Physiol.-Endocrinol. Metab.
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 289
 IS 2
 BP E288
 EP E295
 PG 8
 SC Endocrinology & Metabolism; Physiology
 GA 945CA
 UT ISI:000230477700015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, Y
    Liu, GL
    Wu, XJ
 TI Hybrid design methods of cascade profile based on variational principles
 SO AIRCRAFT ENGINEERING AND AEROSPACE TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE aerodynamics; turbines
 AB Purpose - Provides two hybrid methods for the aerodynamic design of
    cascade profiles, of which the design constraints are the combination
    of aerodynamic and geometric conditions.
    Design/methodology/approach - In the first method, the design constrain
    is composed of the velocity (or pressure) distribution on part of the
    blade surface and the geometry of the rest part. In the second method,
    the aerodynamic load distribution, i.e. the pressure difference between
    the suction and pressure surfaces, and the blade thickness distribution
    are employed as the design constrain. These constraints, together with
    all the other boundary conditions, are involved in the stationary
    conditions of a variational principle. The solution domain, i.e. the
    blade-to-blade passage, is transformed into a square in the image
    plane, while the blade contour is projected to a straight line; thus,
    the difficulty caused by the unknown geometry of profile is avoided.
    Finite element method is employed to produce the calculation code.
    Findings - Applications show the accuracy and the flexibility of the
    two methods, which can satisfy the different needs from blade design.
    Finally, the possibility of combining the hybrid methods with the
    through-flow method is discussed, which would develop the present
    methods to three-dimensional design of cascades.
    Research limitations/implications - The design methods are limited to
    frictionless flow.
    Practical implications - A design software of cascade profiles based on
    this method has been developed, and will be provided to the engineering
    users for cascade design.
    Originality/value - The hybrid methods developed in this paper can
    satisfy the demands from different aspects of engineering designs:
    aerodynamics, strength, manufacture, strength, manufacture, etc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, Y, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR HORLOCK JK, 1958, AXIAL FLOW COMPRESSO
    LIU GI, 1986, J ENG GAS TURB POWER, V108, P254
    LIU GL, 1980, SCI SINICA, V23, P1339
    LIU GL, 1981, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V2, P24
    LIU GL, 1982, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V3, P138
    LIU GL, 1986, CHINESE J ENG THERMO, V7, P329
    YAO Z, 1989, J ACTA AERODYNAMICS, V7, P313
    YAO Z, 2003, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V24, P886
    YAO Z, 2004, J ACTA AERODYNAMICS, V22, P259
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0002-2667
 J9 AIRCRAFT ENG AEROSP TECHNOL
 JI Aircr. Eng. Aerosp. Technol.
 PY 2005
 VL 77
 IS 3
 BP 228
 EP 235
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 944FP
 UT ISI:000230412300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, WQ
    Zheng, XY
    Jiang, XY
    Zhang, ZL
    Xu, SH
    Zhang, BW
 TI Exciplex emissions from organic electroluminescent devices containing
    pyrazoline derivates
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE electroluminescence; exciplex; mixed emissive layer; color tuning
 ID WHITE-LIGHT EMISSION; COLOR
 AB The bilayer organic electroluminescent diodes using two novel
    pyrazoline derivatives as hole transporting materials (HTM) and BBOT
    [2,5-bis(5-tert-butyl-2-benzoxazolyl)thiophene] as electron
    transporting material have been constructed, in which the
    electroluminescent spectra were red-shifted and broadened relative to
    the fluorescent spectra of constituent materials. Formation of
    exciplexes at the interfaces of the pyrazoline derivatives and BBOT
    layers were determined by photoluminescence spectral studies on the
    HTM/BBOT bilayers and HTM : BBOT mixed evaporated films as well as
    electroluminescence measurements. The type of exciplexes formed by the
    interaction between the excited state of MOT (BBOT) and ground state of
    the HTM were confirmed in light of the energy level diagram of these
    bilayer devices. The maximum luminance and efficiency of the HTM : BBOT
    mixed emissive layer devices in which the interface of exciplex
    formation was enlarged, have been improved by about a factor of 2 in
    comparing with the corresponding bilayer devices.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Tech Inst Phys & Chem, Beijing 100101, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, WQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat, Jiading Campus, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 EM wqzhu@mailshu.edu.cn
 CR ADACHI C, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V56, P799
    CHAO CI, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V73, P426
    COCCHI M, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P2401
    DING BD, 2003, CHIN J LUMIN, V24, P606
    GEBLER DD, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P1644
    KALINOWSKI J, 1996, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V2780, P293
    KIDO J, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P2281
    OGAWA H, 1998, APPL PHYS A-MATER, V67, P599
    THOMPSON J, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P560
    TIAN WJ, 2001, SYNTHETIC MET, V121, P1725
    WANG JF, 1998, ADV MATER, V10, P230
    WU F, 2000, CHEM J CHINESE U, V21, P1851
    ZHANG XH, 2000, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V58, P293
    ZHANG XH, 2000, PHOTOGRAPHIC SCI PHO, V18, P160
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PD JUL 14
 PY 2005
 VL 63
 IS 13
 BP 1182
 EP 1186
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 944PU
 UT ISI:000230442000005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ML
    Gu, BB
    Wang, LJ
    Xia, YB
 TI Preparation and characterization of (100)-textured diamond films
    obtained by hot-filament CVD
 SO VACUUM
 DT Article
 DE (100)-textured diamond film; hot-filament CVD; Raman spectroscopy;
    thermally stimulated current
 ID CHEMICAL VAPOR-DEPOSITION; FLAME DEPOSITION; THIN-FILMS; GAS-PHASE;
    GROWTH; TEXTURE; PLASMA; MORPHOLOGY
 AB (100)-textured chemival vapor deposited (CVD) diamond films were
    deposited on both ultrasonically roughened and manually scratched
    silicon substrates using hot-filament chemical vapor deposition
    (HFCVD). Scanning electron microscopy (SEM), Raman spectroscopy, X-ray
    diffraction (XRD), Fourier-transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR) and
    thermally stimulated current (TSC) were used to characterize the
    structure, morphology, residual stress. impurities and/or defects and
    other properties of CVD diamond films. The results indicate that manual
    scratching results in (100) texturing of the diamond films and these
    have improved properties due to larger grain size. fewer grain
    boundaries, increased fraction of diamond components and lower residual
    stress. The TSC results suggest two possible electronic conduction
    mechanisms corresponding to an activation energy E, of about 1,68 eV in
    the high-temperature region (T > 500 K) and about 0.31 eV in the
    low-temperature region (T < 500 K). respectively. (c) 2005 Elsevier
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ML, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, 149,Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM zhamilong@hotmail.com
 CR DUBRAY JJ, 1991, DIAMOND DIAMOND LIKE
    JANSEN F, 1990, J VAC SCI TECHNOL A, V8, P3785
    KAMO M, 1983, J CRYST GROWTH, V62, P642
    KHOMICH AV, 2001, DIAM RELAT MATER, V10, P546
    KUO CT, 1996, THIN SOLID FILMS, V290, P254
    LEGRICE YM, 1990, MATER RES SOC S P, V162, P219
    LIJIMA S, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V57, P2646
    LOCHER R, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P34
    MARINELLI M, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P2839
    MATSUMOTO S, 1982, J MATER SCI, V17, P3106
    RAWLES RE, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P4032
    SATO Y, 1989, SURF COAT TECH, V39, P183
    SAWABE A, 1986, THIN SOLID FILMS, V137, P89
    SCHERMER JJ, 1994, DIAM RELAT MATER, V3, P408
    SCHERMER JJ, 1995, DIAM RELAT MATER, V4, P1113
    SCHERMER JJ, 2002, J CRYST GROWTH, V243, P302
    SHARDA T, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P1120
    SILVEIRA M, 1993, DIAM RELAT MATER, V2, P1257
    SPEAR KE, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P171
    TRAVAAIROLDI VJ, 1995, DIAM RELAT MATER, V4, P1255
    WILD C, 1994, DIAM RELAT MATER, V3, P373
    YUGO S, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P1036
    ZHANG GF, 2003, APPL SURF SCI, V207, P121
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0042-207X
 J9 VACUUM
 JI Vacuum
 PD JUL 8
 PY 2005
 VL 79
 IS 1-2
 BP 84
 EP 89
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 942CS
 UT ISI:000230261100012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ML
    Xia, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Gu, BB
 TI CVD diamond devices for charged particle detection
 SO SEMICONDUCTOR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID RADIATION DETECTORS; ALPHA-RADIATION; FILMS; IRRADIATION
 AB A (100)-oriented chemical vapour deposited (CVD) diamond film was grown
    by using a hot-filament chemical vapour deposition technique and then
    fabricated as an alpha particle detector. The current characteristics
    indicate a fine Ohmic contact for bias voltage up to 150 V. The dark
    current and the net current induced by alpha particles of similar to
    16.0 nA and similar to 6.9 nA, respectively, are achieved at 100 V. The
    net current initially increases linearly with voltage and irradiation
    time, and then levels off, due to the 'polarization' effect. After
    irradiation, the dark current increases due to the release of captured
    carriers in shallow energy levels. The response of the CVD diamond
    detector to 5.5 MeV a particles demonstrates clearly that the
    'polarization' and 'priming' effects intensively affect the detector
    performance. By pre-irradiating the detector with particles, the charge
    collection efficiency is dramatically improved from 19.38% to 36.91%
    due to the 'priming' effect of the deep traps.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ML, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM zhamilong@hotmail.com
 CR ADAM W, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V434, P131
    AVILA O, 1995, RADIAT PROT DOSIM, V58, P61
    BERGONZO P, 2002, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V476, P694
    BORCHELT F, 1995, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V354, P318
    CAMPBELL B, 2002, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V476, P680
    FOULON F, 1994, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V41, P927
    HECHT K, 1932, Z PHYS, V77, P235
    KANG MS, 2001, THIN SOLID FILMS, V398, P175
    KANIA DR, 1990, J APPL PHYS, V68, P124
    KEDDY RJ, 1993, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V41, P767
    PINI S, 2003, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V514, P135
    PLANO MA, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V64, P193
    SOUW EK, 1997, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V400, P69
    SPIELMAN RB, 1995, REV SCI INSTRUM, V66, P867
    TROMSON D, 2000, DIAM RELAT MATER, V9, P1850
    VAITKUS R, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P2384
    ZHANG ML, 2004, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V37, P3198
    ZHANG ML, 2004, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V130, P551
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0268-1242
 J9 SEMICOND SCI TECHNOL
 JI Semicond. Sci. Technol.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 20
 IS 6
 BP 555
 EP 558
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 942CO
 UT ISI:000230260700014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, YF
 TI A multi-component matrix loop algebra and a unified expression of the
    multi-component AKNS hierarchy and the multi-component BPT hierarchy
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE Lie algebra; multi-component integrable hierarchy; Hamiltonian structure
 ID BI-HAMILTONIAN STRUCTURE; INTEGRABLE SYSTEMS; EQUATIONS; COUPLINGS;
    GENERATE
 AB A set of multi-component matrix Lie algebra is constructed, which is
    devote to obtaining a new loop algebra A(M-1). It follows that an
    isospectral problem is established. By making use of Tu scheme, a
    Liouville integrable multi-component hierarchy of soliton equations is
    generated, which possesses the bi-Hamiltonian structures. As its
    reduction cases, the multi-component AKNS hierarchy and the formalism
    of the multi-component BPT hierarchy are given, respectively. (c) 2005
    Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Liaoning Normal Univ, Sch Math, Dalian 116029, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Math, Informat Sch, Qingdao 266510, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, YF, Liaoning Normal Univ, Sch Math, Dalian 116029, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zhang_yfshandong@163.com
 CR FAN EG, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P7769
    FAN EG, 2002, PHYSICA A, V301, P105
    GUO F, 2002, J SYS SCI MATH SCI, V22, P36
    GUO FK, 2000, ACTA MATH APPL SIN, V23, P181
    GUO FK, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P5793
    HU XB, 1994, J PHYS A, V27, P2497
    HU XB, 1997, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V30, P619
    MA WX, 1992, CHIN J CONT MATH, V13, P79
    MA WX, 2002, CHINESE ANN MATH B, V23, P373
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V257, P53
    TU G, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V33, P330
    ZHANG YF, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P466
    ZHANG YF, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V16, P263
    ZHANG YF, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V317, P280
 NR 14
 TC 3
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD JUL 4
 PY 2005
 VL 342
 IS 1-2
 BP 82
 EP 89
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 941XS
 UT ISI:000230248100011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ge, HX
    Dai, SQ
    Xue, Y
    Dong, LY
 TI Stabilization analysis and modified Korteweg-de Vries equation in a
    cooperative driving system
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 ID JAMMING TRANSITION; TRAFFIC MODEL; LATTICE MODELS; FLOW; PHASE;
    CONGESTION; SIMULATION; JAMS
 AB Two lattice traffic models are proposed by incorporating a cooperative
    driving system. The lattice versions of the hydrodynamic model of
    traffic flow are described by the differential-difference equation and
    difference-difference equation, respectively. The stability conditions
    for the two models are obtained using the linear stability theory. The
    results show that considering more than one site ahead in vehicle
    motion leads to the stabilization of the system. The modified
    Korteweg-de Vries equation (the mKdV equation, for short) near the
    critical point is derived by using the reductive perturbation method to
    show the traffic jam which is proved to be described by kink-anti-kink
    soliton solutions obtained from the mKdV equations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Guangxi Univ, Dept Phys, Nanning 530004, Peoples R China.
 RP Ge, HX, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BANDO M, 1994, JPN J IND APPL MATH, V11, P203
    BANDO M, 1995, PHYS REV E, V51, P1035
    CHOWDHURY D, 2000, PHYS REP, V329, P199
    CROSS MC, 1993, REV MOD PHYS, V65, P851
    DAI SQ, 1982, ADV MECH, V12, P2
    GE HX, 2004, PHYS REV E 2, V70
    HASEBE K, 2004, PHYS REV E 2, V69
    HASEBE K, 2004, PHYS REV E, V68
    HELBING D, 1996, PHYS REV E, V53, P2366
    HELBING D, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P3042
    HELBING D, 2001, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V35, P183
    ISHIBASHI Y, 1996, J PHYS SOC JPN, V65, P2793
    KEMER BS, 1994, PHYS REV E, V50, P54
    KERNER BS, 1996, PHYS REV E, V53, P1297
    KERNER BS, 1997, PHYS REV E, V56, P4200
    KNOSPE W, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V65
    KOMATSU TS, 1995, PHYS REV E B, V52, P5574
    KURTZE DA, 1995, PHYS REV E A, V52, P218
    LENZ H, 1999, EUR PHYS J B, V7, P331
    NAGATANI T, 1998, PHYS REV E, V58, P4271
    NAGATANI T, 1998, PHYSICA A, V261, P599
    NAGATANI T, 1999, PHYS REV E A, V60, P6395
    NAGATANI T, 1999, PHYSICA A, V264, P581
    NAGATANI T, 1999, PHYSICA A, V265, P297
    NAYFEH AH, 1981, INTRO PERTURBATION T, P7
    NISHINARI K, 2000, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V33, P7709
    YU X, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P25
 NR 27
 TC 1
 SN 1539-3755
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 71
 IS 6
 PN Part 2
 AR 066119
 DI ARTN 066119
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 942IB
 UT ISI:000230275000035
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, DQ
    Chwang, AT
 TI Unsteady free-surface waves due to a submerged body moving in a viscous
    fluid
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 ID SHIP WAVES; SINGULARITY METHOD; FLOW; BODIES; DEPTH; WAKE
 AB Unsteady viscous free-surface waves generated by a three-dimensional
    submerged body moving in an incompressible fluid of infinite depth are
    investigated analytically. It is assumed that the body experiences a
    Heaviside step change in velocity at the initial instant. Two
    categories of the velocity change, (i) from zero to a constant and (ii)
    from a constant to zero, will be analyzed. The flow is assumed to be
    laminar and the submerged body is mathematically represented by an
    Oseenlet. The Green functions for the unbounded unsteady Oseen flows
    are derived. The solutions in closed integral form for the wave
    profiles are given. By employing Lighthill's two-stage scheme, the
    asymptotic representations of free-surface waves in the far wake for
    large Reynolds numbers are derived. It is shown that the effects of
    viscosity and submergence depth on the free-surface wave profiles are
    respectively expressed by the exponential decay factors. Furthermore,
    the unsteady wave system due to the suddenly starting body consists of
    two families of steady-state waves and two families of nonstationary
    waves, which are confined within a finite region. As time increases,
    the waves move away from the body and the finite region extends to an
    infinite V-shaped region. It is found that the nonstationary waves are
    the transient response to the suddenly started motion of the body. The
    waves due to a suddenly stopping body consist of a transient component
    only, which vanish as time approaches infinity.
 C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mech Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chwang, AT, Univ Hong Kong, Dept Mech Engn, Pokfulam Rd, Hong Kong,
    Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 EM atchwang@hkucc.hku.hk
 CR AMMICHT E, 1979, J ENG MATH, V13, P327
    BRARD R, 1970, J SHIP RES, V14, P207
    CHAN AT, 1996, PHYS FLUIDS, V8, P421
    CHAN AT, 1997, PHYS FLUIDS, V9, P940
    CHAN AT, 2000, P I MECH ENG C-J MEC, V214, P175
    CHUNG YK, 1991, J SHIP RES, V35, P191
    CHWANG AT, 1975, J FLUID MECH, V67, P787
    CLAUSER FH, 1983, PHYS FLUIDS, V26, P2787
    CUMBERBATCH E, 1965, J FLUID MECH, V23, P471
    DABROS T, 1985, J FLUID MECH, V156, P1
    DUGAN JP, 1969, PHYS FLUIDS, V12, P1
    LIGHTHILL MJ, 1960, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V252, P397
    LIU MJ, 2001, PHYS FLUIDS, V13, P3610
    LIU MJ, 2002, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V23, P1221
    LU DQ, P 2 INT C AS PAC COA, P1
    LU DQ, 2001, P 1 AS PAC COAST ENG, P334
    LU DQ, 2002, THESIS U HONG KONG
    LU DQ, 2003, J HYDRODYNAMICS B, V15, P10
    LU DQ, 2004, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V25, P647
    LU DQ, 2004, J SHIP MECH, V8, P8
    LU DQ, 2005, J HYDRODYNAM, V17, P22
    LURYE JR, 1968, PHYS FLUIDS, V10, P261
    LURYE JR, 1973, PHYS FLUIDS, V16, P750
    MAXEY MR, 1983, PHYS FLUIDS, V26, P883
    NOBLESSE F, 1995, SHIP TECHNOL RES, V42, P167
    POZRIKIDIS C, 1989, PHYS FLUIDS A-FLUID, V1, P1508
    PRICE WG, 1992, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V438, P447
    SHU JJ, 1999, P 8 AS C FLUID MECH, P321
    SHU JJ, 2000, P 14 ENG MECH C AUST
    SHU JJ, 2001, PHYS REV E 1, V63
    TYVAND PA, 1998, FREE SURFACE FLOWS V, R9
    WEHAUSEN JV, 1960, ENCY PHYS, V9, P483
    WU TY, 1958, 858 CALT
 NR 33
 TC 1
 SN 1539-3755
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 71
 IS 6
 PN Part 2
 AR 066303
 DI ARTN 066303
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 942IB
 UT ISI:000230275000066
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cui, W
    Chau, KT
    Jiang, JZ
    Fan, Y
 TI Design of a novel phase-decoupling permanent magnet brushless ac motor
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID ELECTRIC VEHICLES; MACHINES; DRIVE
 AB This paper presents a phase-decoupling permanent magnet brushless ac
    motor which can offer better controllability, faster response, and
    smoother torque than its counterparts. The key is due to its different
    motor configuration and simple scalar control. The motor configuration
    is so unique that it inherently offers the features of phase
    decoupling, flux focusing, and flux shaping, hence achieving
    independent phase control, fast response, and smooth torque. The scalar
    control is fundamentally different from the complicated vector control.
    It can achieve direct torque control through independent control of the
    phase currents. The proposed motor is prototyped and experimentally
    verified. (c) 2005 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect & Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Automat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Cui, W, Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect & Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 CR CHAN CC, 1996, IEEE T VEH TECHNOL, V45, P180
    CHAU KT, 2003, IEEE T MAGN 2, V39, P3001
    CHENG M, 2001, IEEE T MAGN 2, V37, P3012
    GAN JY, 2000, IEEE T MAGN 2, V36, P3810
    JAHNS TM, 1994, P IEEE, V82, P1241
    ZHU ZQ, 2003, IEEE T MAGN 2, V39, P3238
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD MAY 15
 PY 2005
 VL 97
 IS 10
 PN Part 3
 AR 10Q515
 DI ARTN 10Q515
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 940TQ
 UT ISI:000230168500290
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, GQ
    Li, ZB
 TI On the Painleve integrability, periodic wave solutions and soliton
    solutions of generalized coupled higher-order nonlinear Schrodinger
    equations
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID ELLIPTIC FUNCTION EXPANSION; PARTIAL-DIFFERENTIAL-EQUATIONS;
    EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; PROPAGATION; LATTICE
 AB It is proven that generalized coupled higher-order nonlinear
    Schrodinger equations possess the Painleve property for two particular
    choices of parameters, using the Weiss-Tabor-Carnevale method and
    Kruskal's simplification. Abundant families of periodic wave solutions
    are obtained by using the Jacobi elliptic function expansion method
    with the assistance of symbolic manipulation system, Maple. It is also
    shown that these solutions exactly degenerate to bright soliton, dark
    soliton and mixed dark and bright soliton solutions with physical
    interests. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Informat Management, Coll Int Business & Management, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, GQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Informat Management, Coll Int Business &
    Management, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM xugq@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    ADDULLAEV F, 1993, OPTICAL SOLITONS
    CHEN Y, 1998, OPT COMMUN, V50, P381
    FAN EG, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P212
    FAN EG, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P6853
    FU ZT, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V290, P72
    HEREMAN W, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P4805
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 1981, PHYS LETT A, V85, P407
    HISAKADO M, 1994, J PHYS SOC JPN, V63, P2887
    HISAKADO M, 1994, J PHYS SOC JPN, V63, P3962
    JIMBO M, 1982, PHYS LETT A, V92, P59
    KNONO K, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P1652
    LI ZB, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P6027
    LI ZB, 2002, COMP PHYS COMMUN, V155, P65
    LIU SK, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V289, P69
    LIU SK, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P1923
    MALFLIET W, 1992, AM J PHYS, V60, P650
    MATVEEV VA, 1991, DARBOUX TRANSFORMATI
    PARK QH, 1999, PHYS REV E B, V59, P2373
    PORUBOV AV, 1999, WAVE MOTION, V29, P97
    SAHADEVAN R, 1986, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V19, P1783
    SAKOVICH SY, 2000, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V33, P7217
    TASGAL RS, 1992, J MATH PHYS, V33, P1208
    VINOJ MN, 2000, PHYS REV E B, V62, P8719
    WADATI M, 1975, J PHYS SOC JPN, V38, P673
    WADATI M, 1975, J PHYS SOC JPN, V38, P681
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    WEISS J, 1983, J MATH PHYS, V24, P522
    XU GQ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P1424
    XU GQ, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1848
    XU GQ, 2004, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V161, P65
    XU GQ, 2005, APPL MATH MECH, V26, P92
    XU GQ, 2005, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V43, P385
    YAN ZY, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P141
    YAO RX, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V297, P196
 NR 37
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 5
 BP 1363
 EP 1375
 PG 13
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 943CX
 UT ISI:000230330800012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GH
 TI Synchronization of chaotic systems with parameter driven by a chaotic
    signal
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID GENERALIZED SYNCHRONIZATION; OSCILLATORS
 AB Chaos control with driving parameter scheme in uncoupled identical
    chaotic oscillators is presented. By driving the parameter of chaotic
    systems using external chaotic signal, synchronization and
    anti-synchronization can be implemented. Numerical simulations show
    that either synchronization or anti-synchronization can appear
    depending significantly on initial condition and on driving strength.
    The proposed method is particularly suited for a variety of chaotic
    systems, which cannot couple with each other in engineering. (c) 2005
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Yanchang Rd 149, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM ghlee@shl63.net
 CR CARROLL TL, 1996, PHYS REV E, V54, P4676
    CHEN GR, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P311
    DAI D, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V288, P23
    KIM CM, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V320, P39
    KOCAREV L, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1816
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    ROSENBLUM MG, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1804
    YANG SP, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P619
    YANG SS, 1998, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V9, P1703
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 5
 BP 1485
 EP 1489
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 943CX
 UT ISI:000230330800025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, P
    Dai, SQ
    Liu, RX
 TI Description and weno numerical approximation to nonlinear waves of a
    multi-class traffic flow LWR model
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE hyperbolicity; characteristic; traffic wave; WENO scheme
 ID SCHEMES
 AB A strict proof of the hyperbolicity of the multi-class LWR
    (Lighthill-Whitham-Richards) traffic flow model, as well as the
    descriptions on those nonlinear waves characterized in the traffic flow
    problems were given. They were mainly about the monotonicity of
    densities across shocks and in rarefactions. As the system had no
    characteristic decomposition explicitly, a high resolution and higher
    order accuracy WENO(weighted essentially non-oscillatory) scheme was
    introduced to the numerical simulation, which coincides with the
    analytical description.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Math, Hefei 230026, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, P, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM pengzhang@ustc.edu.cn
 CR DAI SQ, 1997, J NATURE, V11, P196
    HARTEN A, 1987, J COMPUT PHYS, V71, P2
    HELBING D, 2001, REV MOD PHYS, V73, P1067
    JIANG GS, 1996, J COMPUT PHYS, V126, P202
    LAX PD, 1971, NONLINEAR FUNCTIONAL
    LAX PD, 1973, HYPERBOLIC SYSTEMS C
    LIGHTHILL MH, 1955, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V22, P317
    LIU XD, 1994, J COMPUT PHYS, V115, P200
    RICHARDS PI, 1956, OPER RES, V4, P42
    SHU CW, 1987, MATH COMPUT, V49, P105
    SHU CW, 1988, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V9, P1073
    SHU CW, 1997, LECT NOTES MATH ESSE, V1697, P329
    TORO EF, 1999, RIEMANN SOLVERS NUME
    WHITHAM GB, 1974, LINEAR NONLINEAR WAV
    WONG GCK, 2002, TRANSPORT RES A-POL, V36, P827
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 6
 BP 691
 EP 699
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 941VO
 UT ISI:000230242500002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, YJ
    Cheng, CJ
    Yang, X
 TI Nonlinear dynamical characteristics of piles under horizontal vibration
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE system of pile-soil interaction; nonlinear visco-elasticity half-space;
    continuum mechanics; parameter study; dynamical stiffness
 AB The pile-soil system is regarded as a visco-elastic half-space embedded
    pile. Based on the method of continuum mechanics, a nonlinear
    mathematical model of pile-soil interaction was established-a coupling
    nonlinear boundary value problem. Under the case of horizontal
    vibration, the nonlinearly dynamical characteristics of pile applying
    the axis force were studied in horizontal direction in frequency
    domain. The effects of parameters, especially the axis force on the
    stiffness were studied in detail. The numerical results suggest that it
    is possible that the pile applying an axis force will lose its
    stability. So, the effect of the axis force on the pile is considered.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Mech,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM chjcheng@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ANESTISE S, 1985, J GEOTECHNICAL ENG, V112, P363
    ANGELIDES DC, 1981, J GEOTECH ENG DIV AS, V107, P1443
    CHENG CJ, 1996, THEORY ELASTICITY
    NOVAK M, 1974, CANADIAN GEOTECHNICA, V11, P574
    NOVAK M, 1977, EARTHQ ENG STRUCT D, V5, P249
    NOVAK M, 1977, EARTHQ ENG STRUCT D, V5, P263
    NOVAK M, 1990, J GEOTECH ENG-ASCE, V116, P1008
    XIAO Y, 2000, INT C THEOR APPL MEC, P72
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 6
 BP 700
 EP 708
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 941VO
 UT ISI:000230242500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, JP
    Zheng, CL
    Zhu, JM
 TI New variable separation excitations, rectangle-like solitons and
    fractal solitons in the Boiti-Leon-Pempinelli system
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Boiti-Leon-Pempinelli system; extended Riccati mapping approach;
    rectangle-like soliton; fractal soliton
 ID EQUATION
 AB Using an extended Riccati mapping approach, we obtain a new type of
    varable separation solutions for the ( 2 + 1)-dimensional
    Boiti-Leon-Pempinelli system. Based on the derived solutions, two new
    kinds of soliton excitations, i.e. rectangle-like soliton and fractal
    soliton are constructed in this paper.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, JP, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BOITI M, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P293
    BOITI M, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P1329
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    DEBIN H, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V314, P51
    FAN EG, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V7, P649
    FANG JP, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V42, P175
    FOKAS AS, 1995, PHYSICA D, V87, P145
    FOKAS AS, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V132, P432
    LOU SY, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P5027
    LOU SY, 2003, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V36, P3877
    LU ZS, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V19, P527
    MATRASULOV DU, 2003, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V36, P10227
    RUAN HY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P586
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    ZHANG JF, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P655
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P11
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P472
    ZHENG CL, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P592
 NR 18
 TC 1
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 54
 IS 7
 BP 2990
 EP 2995
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 941RK
 UT ISI:000230231700005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, S
    He, P
    Zhang, JM
    Jiang, H
    Zhu, SZ
 TI Novel and efficient synthesis of water-soluble [60]fullerenol by
    solvent-free reaction
 SO SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE fullerene; fullerenol; H2O2; sodium hydroxide; solvent-free reaction
 ID POLYHYDROXYLATED C-60; FULLERENOL; PRECURSORS; FULLEROLS; CHEMISTRY
 AB Water-soluble fullerenol was conveniently synthesized via the direct
    solvent-free reaction of fullerene with a mixture of H2O2 and NaOH
    under grinding conditions in air at room temperature. This practical
    method provides a novel and efficient access to water-soluble
    fullerenol in excellent yield.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Key Lab Organofluorine Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, SZ, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Key Lab
    Organofluorine Chem, 354 Fenglin Lu, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM zhusz@mail.sioc.ac.cn
 CR CHEN Y, 2001, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V62, P999
    CHIANG LY, 1992, J AM CHEM SOC, V114, P10154
    CHIANG LY, 1992, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1791
    CHIANG LY, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P5453
    CHIANG LY, 1994, J ORG CHEM, V59, P3960
    CHIANG LY, 1995, J CHEM SOC CHEM 0621, P1283
    CHIANG LY, 1996, TETRAHEDRON, V52, P4963
    DESIRAJU GR, 1987, ORGANIC SOLID STATE, P179
    LI J, 1993, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1784
    LI XL, 1998, JOU JI HUA XUE, V18, P20
    LU LH, 1998, BRIT J PHARMACOL, V123, P1097
    NAIM A, 1992, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V33, P7097
    RASMUSSEN MO, 1997, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V27, P4027
    SCHNEIDER NS, 1994, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P463
    SINGH NB, 1994, TETRAHEDRON, V50, P6441
    SUN DY, 1996, CHEM J CHINESE U, V1, P19
    TODA F, 1993, SYNLETT, P303
    TSAI MC, 1997, J PHARM PHARMACOL, V49, P438
    WANG T, 1992, ACTA ACAD MED TERT, V14, P18
    ZHANG JM, 2004, CHINESE J CHEM, V22, P1008
    ZHANG P, 2003, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V33, P2469
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0039-7911
 J9 SYN COMMUN
 JI Synth. Commun.
 PY 2005
 VL 35
 IS 13
 BP 1803
 EP 1808
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 939YC
 UT ISI:000230107700011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZC
    Zhao, DY
    Dai, YM
    Wu, DM
 TI An improved trigonometrically fitted P-stable Obrechkoff method for
    periodic initial-value problems
 SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY  A-MATHEMATICAL PHYSICAL AND
    ENGINEERING SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE Obrechkoff method high-order derivative; first-order derivative
    formula; second-order initial value problem with periodic solutions;
    numerical solution to the Duffing equation
 ID DIMENSIONAL SCHRODINGER-EQUATION; MINIMAL PHASE-LAG; 2ND-ORDER
    DIFFERENTIAL-EQUATIONS; NUMERICAL-INTEGRATION; MULTISTEP METHODS;
    ORBITAL PROBLEMS; HIGH-ORDER; STABILIZATION; FORMULAS
 AB In this paper we present an improved P-stable trigonometrically fitted
    Obrechkoff method with phase-lag (frequency distortion) infinity.
    Compared with the previous P-stable trigonometrically fitted Obrechkoff
    method developed by Simos, our new method is simpler in structure and
    more stable in computation. We have also improved the accuracy of the
    first-order derivative formula. From the numerical illustration
    presented, we can show that the new method is much more accurate than
    the previous methods.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 ShangDa Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM huilan@public.sta.net.cn
 CR ALLISON AC, 1970, J COMPUT PHYS, V6, P378
    ANANTHAKRISHNAI.U, 1982, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V8, P101
    ANANTHAKRISHNAI.U, 1987, MATH COMPUT, V49, P553
    CASH JR, 1981, NUMER MATH, V37, P355
    CHAWLA MM, 1981, BIT, V21, P190
    CHAWLA MM, 1984, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V11, P277
    CHAWLA MM, 1986, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V15, P213
    CHAWLA MM, 1986, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V15, P327
    CHAWLA MM, 1986, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V16, P233
    CHAWLA MM, 1987, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V17, P365
    GAUTSCHI W, 1961, NUMER MATH, V3, P381
    GLADWELL I, 1983, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V19, P495
    HAIRER E, 1979, NUMER MATH, V32, P373
    JAIN MK, 1988, BIT, V28, P302
    LAMBERT JD, 1976, J INST MATH APPL, V18, P189
    LANDAU L, 1974, QUANTUM MECH
    MICKENS RE, 1981, INTRO NONLINEAR OSCI
    NETA B, 2003, COMPUT MATH APPL, V45, P383
    OBRECHKOFF N, 1942, SPISANIE BULGAR AKAD, V65, P191
    RAI AS, 1997, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V79, P167
    SIMOS TE, 1990, COMPUTING, V45, P175
    SIMOS TE, 1991, APPL NUMER MATH, V7, P201
    SIMOS TE, 1991, INT J COMPUT MATH, V39, P135
    SIMOS TE, 1992, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V39, P89
    SIMOS TE, 1993, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V441, P283
    SIMOS TE, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V315, P437
    SIMOS TE, 2004, NEW ASTRON, V9, P59
    STIEFEL E, 1969, NUMER MATH, V13, P154
    THOMAS RM, 1984, BIT, V24, P225
    VANDOOREN R, 1974, J COMPUT PHYS, V16, P186
    WANG Z, 2003, N MATH J CHIN U, V12, P146
    WANG ZC, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS C, V14, P1087
    WANG ZC, 2004, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V160, P23
 NR 33
 TC 1
 SN 1364-5021
 J9 PROC ROY SOC A-MATH PHYS ENG
 JI Proc. R. Soc.  A-Math. Phys. Eng. Sci.
 PD JUN 8
 PY 2005
 VL 461
 IS 2058
 BP 1639
 EP 1658
 PG 20
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 941GK
 UT ISI:000230203100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yao, FW
    Zhong, SS
    Wang, W
    Liang, XL
 TI Wideband slot antenna with a novel microstrip feed
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE slot antenna; microstrip; wideband
 ID GROUND PLANE; STUB
 AB A novel slot antenna of large bandwidth and small size, which is fed by
    a fan-shaped microstrip feed with a straight stub, is introduced. The
    effect of the fan feed on the impedance characteristics is investigated
    theoretically and experimentally. Good agreement between the
    theoretical and experimental results is obtained. Its measured VSWR <=
    2 bandwidth reaches approximately 114%, covering 1.55-5.66 GHz. The
    measured standing-wave ratio curves and radiation patterns of the
    antenna at f = 2 GHz and at f = 5 GHz are both presented. (c) 2005
    Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yao, FW, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABDELNASSER A, 2003, IEEE RADAR C, P79
    ATWATER HA, 1985, MICROWAVE J, V28, P149
    BOOKER HG, 1946, J IEE LONDON 3A, V93, P620
    COLLIN RE, 1972, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V20, P760
    JANG YW, 2002, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V32, P278
    JANG YW, 2003, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V36, P61
    JANG YW, 2004, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V41, P161
    NIU JW, 2004, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V41, P218
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD AUG 5
 PY 2005
 VL 46
 IS 3
 BP 275
 EP 278
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 940WW
 UT ISI:000230177600023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, Y
    Sang, WB
    Wang, J
    Wu, RF
    Min, JH
 TI Polymer-assisted complexing controlled orientation growth of ZnO
    nanorods
 SO JOURNAL OF NANOPARTICLE RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE ZnO nanorod; polymer complexzation; self-assembling; orientation
    growth; composite material
 ID OPTICAL-PROPERTIES; FILMS; FABRICATION; TEMPLATE; ARRAYS; LASER
 AB The growth of the oriented zinc oxide (ZnO) nanorods on silicon
    substrates based on a simple novel chemical transformation and thermal
    hydrolysis by using polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) as self-assembling complex
    polymer was introduced in this paper. All the polymers were removed
    after chemical oxidation and only the carbonized grid backbones
    remained that confines the ZnO nanorod's diameter and enhance the
    absorption and diffusion of ZnO at the tips of the nanorods during
    growth. The ZnO nanorods are investigated by FTIR, XRD and FE-SEM. The
    results indicated that these nanorods have fine hexagonal wurtzite
    crystal structure and their diameter varies from 20 to 90 nm and the
    length up to about 1 mu m. A polymer-localized ZnO growth model is
    proposed, which well explains the growth behavior of ZnO nanorods.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, Y, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM yhe@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR CHEN SJ, 2003, J CRYST GROWTH, V254, P86
    CHOY JH, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P1911
    FUJIMURA N, 1993, J CRYST GROWTH, V130, P269
    HAGA K, 2003, THIN SOLID FILMS, V433, P131
    HUANG MH, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P1897
    JIU J, 2003, MATER CHEM PHYS, V81, P93
    KIND H, 2002, ADV MATER, V14, P158
    NYQUIST RA, 1997, HDB INFRARED RAMAN S
    RYU YR, 2000, J CRYST GROWTH, V219, P419
    WANG Z, 2002, APPL PHYS A-MATER, V74, P201
    WIERSMA D, 2000, NATURE, V406, P132
    XING YJ, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V83, P1689
    ZHENG MJ, 2002, CHEM PHYS LETT, V363, P123
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1388-0764
 J9 J NANOPART RES
 JI J. Nanopart. Res.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 7
 IS 2
 BP 307
 EP 311
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 940JX
 UT ISI:000230141900018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, BN
    Zhang, JQ
 TI Electromechanical interaction behaviors of piezoelectric sensor and
    actuator on elastic substrate
 SO JOURNAL OF INTELLIGENT MATERIAL SYSTEMS AND STRUCTURES
 DT Article
 DE piezoelectric-elastic; sensor; actuator; size effect; interaction
    behaviors
 ID LAYER; CRACK; MODEL
 AB In this article, the model and the algorithm developed in our previous
    work are used to investigate the thickness effect and the length effect
    of the piezoelectric patch and the influence of the substrate material
    properties on the responses of the piezoelectric-elastic structure. For
    an actuator-substrate structure, a thicker piezoelectric patch may be
    preferable in decreasing the stress concentration. Longer the
    piezoelectric patch, lower the interfacial normal stress. The
    interfacial stresses will go up with the increase of the stiffness of
    the host materials. For a sensor system, the strain transfer from
    substrate to sensor will decrease with the increase of the thickness of
    the piezoelectric sensor patch. The output voltage of the piezoelectric
    sensor rises with the increase of both the thickness and the length. A
    harder host material can make higher output voltage under the same
    strain.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chongqing Jiaotong Univ, Coll Comp & Informat, Chongqing 400074, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM jqzhang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR GONG X, 1996, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V44, P751
    GRANGER R, 2000, J INTEL MAT SYST STR, V11, P225
    KEKANA M, 2003, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V40, P715
    KWON JH, 2000, EUR J MECH A-SOLID, V19, P979
    LIU M, 2003, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V51, P921
    PAL PF, 2000, J INTEL MAT SYST STR, V11, P642
    QI H, 2001, ACTA MECH SINICA, V17, P59
    TIAN WY, 2000, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V37, P7743
    WANG BL, 2001, ENG FRACT MECH, V68, P1003
    WANG BL, 2002, INT J ENG SCI, V40, P1697
    WANG BT, 2000, J INTEL MAT SYST STR, V11, P713
    WANG XD, 2000, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V37, P3231
    YU N, 1999, COMPOS PART B-ENG, V30, P709
    ZHANG BN, 2003, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V40, P6799
    ZHANG BN, 2004, ACTA MECH, V170, P163
    ZHANG JQ, 2003, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V40, P6781
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1045-389X
 J9 J INTEL MAT SYST STRUCT
 JI J. Intell. Mater. Syst. Struct.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 16
 IS 7-8
 BP 589
 EP 595
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 939RC
 UT ISI:000230089100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, HB
    Xu, W
    Chu, YW
    Gong, YP
    Jiang, ZG
    Xiong, SD
 TI Involvement of up-regulated CXC chemokine ligand 16/scavenger receptor
    that binds phosphatidylserine and oxidized lipoprotein in
    endotoxin-induced lethal liver injury via regulation of T-cell
    recruitment and adhesion
 SO INFECTION AND IMMUNITY
 DT Article
 ID INDUCED FULMINANT-HEPATITIS; GAMMA-DEFICIENT MICE; FAS-LIGAND;
    TNF-ALPHA; PROPIONIBACTERIUM-ACNES; ENDOTHELIAL-CELLS; IL-18
    PRODUCTION; CALMETTE-GUERIN; MURINE MODEL; PIVOTAL ROLE
 AB A marine model of endotoxin-induced lethal liver injury induced by
    Mycobacterium bovis BCG plus lipopolysaccharide (LPS) has been widely
    accepted and used. It has been reported that T cells play an important
    role in the pathogenesis of liver damage in this model. However, the
    precise mechanisms involved in regulation of the trafficking of
    effector T cells need to be elucidated. In the present study, we first
    reported that CXCL16/ SR-PSOX (CXC chemokine ligand 16/scavenger
    receptor that binds phosphatidylserine and oxidized lipoprotein), a
    chemokine containing both membrane-anchored and soluble forms, was
    strongly up-regulated and predominantly distributed in the vascular
    endothelium in the injured liver tissue in the model. The secretory and
    membrane-anchored CXCL16/SR-PSOX functioned as a chemokine and an
    adhesive molecule, respectively, to attract T cells to a tumor necrosis
    factor alpha-activated endothelial cell line (SVEC) in vitro. To
    further identify the pathophysiological roles of CXCL16/SR-PSOX in the
    liver injury, the anti-CXCL16 antibody was administered to the
    BCG-primed mice before LPS challenge in vivo. Significant protection
    effects were observed with 70 % of mice regarding lethality, the
    massive necrosis in the liver was reduced, and the intrahepatic
    infiltrating T cells were significantly inhibited. Taken together,
    these findings strongly suggest that functional CXCL16/SR-PSOX, as both
    a chemokine and an adhesion molecule, may be involved in the
    pathogenesis of the endotoxin-induced lethal liver injury via
    recruitment and adhesion of activated T cells to the vascular
    endothelium.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Dept Immunol, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Key Lab Mol Med Minist Educ, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Div Immunol, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiong, SD, Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Dept Immunol, 138 Yi Xue Yuan
    Rd, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM sdxiongfd@126.com
 CR ADAMS DH, 1994, HEPATOLOGY, V19, P588
    AGACE WW, 2000, CURR OPIN CELL BIOL, V12, P563
    BAZAN JF, 1997, NATURE, V385, P640
    BONDER CS, 2004, J IMMUNOL, V172, P45
    CINES DB, 1998, BLOOD, V91, P3527
    COHEN J, 2002, NATURE, V420, P885
    DECLERCK LS, 1994, J IMMUNOL METHODS, V172, P115
    DONG H, 2002, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V298, P675
    DUMOULIN FL, 2000, J IMMUNOL METHODS, V241, P109
    DUNNE JL, 2003, J IMMUNOL, V171, P6105
    EMOTO M, 2003, J IMMUNOL, V171, P584
    FAOUZI S, 2001, J BIOL CHEM, V276, P49077
    FERLUGA J, 1981, AM J PATHOL, V105, P82
    FUJIOKA N, 1995, J LEUKOCYTE BIOL, V58, P90
    GUNZER M, 2001, J IMMUNOL METHODS, V258, P55
    HEYDTMANN M, 2002, GUT, V50, P102
    JAESCHKE H, 1991, AM J PHYSIOL, V261, P1051
    JOHNSTON B, 2003, J IMMUNOL, V171, P2960
    KAJDACSYBALLA A, 1996, SHOCK, V5, P357
    KAMIYASU M, 1997, CLIN IMMUNOL IMMUNOP, V83, P302
    KIM CC, 2001, MRS INTERNET J N S R, V6
    KOBAYASHI S, 1999, HEPATOLOGY, V29, P1752
    KONDO T, 1997, NAT MED, V3, P409
    LALOR PF, 2002, IMMUNOL CELL BIOL, V80, P52
    LI XK, 2001, TRANSPLANTATION, V71, P503
    LOWIN B, 1994, NATURE, V370, P650
    LUSCINSKAS FW, 1996, ANNU REV MED, V47, P413
    MARRA F, 1998, AM J PATHOL, V152, P423
    MATLOUBIAN M, 2000, NAT IMMUNOL, V1, P298
    MATSUI K, 1997, J IMMUNOL, V159, P97
    MIZOGUCHI Y, 1988, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V155, P1305
    MOCHIDA S, 1996, HEPATOLOGY, V23, P320
    NAGAKAWA J, 1990, GASTROENTEROLOGY, V99, P758
    NAKAYAMA T, 2002, J VIROL, V76, P3072
    NAKAYAMA T, 2003, J IMMUNOL, V170, P1136
    NISHIMURA T, 1999, J IMMUNOL, V162, P6503
    OGASAWARA J, 1993, NATURE, V364, P806
    RAETZ CRH, 1990, ANNU REV BIOCHEM, V59, P129
    RYO K, 2000, AM J GASTROENTEROL, V95, P2047
    SCAPINI P, 2000, IMMUNOL REV, V177, P195
    SEINO KI, 1997, GASTROENTEROLOGY, V113, P1315
    SHANDS JW, 1972, AM J PATHOL, V67, P23
    SHIMAOKA T, 2004, J LEUKOCYTE BIOL, V75, P267
    SHIMIZU Y, 2002, HEPATOLOGY, V35, P805
    SONG EW, 2003, NAT MED, V9, P347
    TAKEDA K, 2000, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V97, P5498
    TANAKA J, 1996, IEEE ELECTR INSUL M, V12, P8
    TANAKA Y, 1995, J IMMUNOL METHODS, V182, P21
    TSUJI H, 1997, INFECT IMMUN, V65, P1892
    TSUJI H, 1999, J IMMUNOL, V162, P1049
    TSUTSUI H, 1996, J IMMUNOL, V157, P3967
    TSUTSUI H, 1997, J IMMUNOL, V159, P3961
    ULMER AJ, 2000, TOXICOLOGY, V152, P37
    WAGNER JG, 1999, J LEUKOCYTE BIOL, V66, P10
    WATANABE H, 1992, J IMMUNOL METHODS, V146, P145
    WILBANKS A, 2001, J IMMUNOL, V166, P5145
    YAJIMA T, 2004, INFECT IMMUN, V72, P3855
    YAMAUCHI R, 2004, ARTERIOSCL THROM VAS, V24, P282
    YONEYAMA H, 1998, J CLIN INVEST, V102, P1933
    YONEYAMA H, 2002, J EXP MED, V195, P1257
    YOONG KF, 1998, J IMMUNOL, V160, P3978
 NR 61
 TC 0
 SN 0019-9567
 J9 INFEC IMMUNITY
 JI Infect. Immun.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 73
 IS 7
 BP 4007
 EP 4016
 PG 10
 SC Immunology; Infectious Diseases
 GA 940NL
 UT ISI:000230151100022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, QH
    Lin, HX
    Han, N
    Chen, MQ
    Yang, MF
 TI Synthesis and crystal structure of
    9-pyridyl-1,8-dioxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydtoxanthene
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF STRUCTURAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE crystal structure; xathene; preparation
 ID DERIVATIVES
 AB 9-Pyridyl-1,8-dioxo-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydroxanthene 3 (C18H17NO3) was
    prepared by the reaction of 4-pyridinecarboxaldehyde and
    1,3-cyclohexanedione using Nafion-H as catalyst. The crystal and
    molecular structures were studied. The crystal is of orthorhombic,
    space group Pbcn with a = 20.369(4), b = 14.528(2), c = 9.747(17)
    angstrom, V = 2884.3(9) angstrom(3), D-c = 1.360 g/cm(3), Z = 8, F(000)
    = 1248 and p(MoK alpha) = 0.093 mm(-1). The final R = 0.0395, wR 0.1087
    for 1458 observed reflections (I > 2 sigma(I)), and R = 0.1032, wR =
    0.1340 for all 2580 reflections. The outer rings of the xanthene groups
    adopt an almost ideal envelope conformation, and the heterocyclic
    central ring exhibits a distorted boat conformation. The pyridyl group
    is rotated with respect to the xanthene system by 87 degrees.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Res Ctr Anal & Measurement, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Lin, HX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM linhaixia@online.sh.cn
 CR DESIRAJU GR, 1991, ACCOUNTS CHEM RES, V24, P290
    JONES G, 1967, ORG REACTIONS, V15, P204
    KESTEN SJ, 1992, J MED CHEM, V35, P3429
    MARCO BA, 1999, J CHEM CRYSTALLOGR, V7, P759
    NAGARAJAN K, 1988, EUROP J MEDNL CHEM, V23, P189
    NAGARAJAN K, 1992, INDIAN J CHEM B, V31, P73
    NAMGOONG SK, 2000, B KOR CHEM SOC, V21, P264
    ORLEWSKA C, 2001, POL J CHEM, V75, P1237
    PATAI S, 1960, J CHEM SOC, P2020
    TU SJ, 2001, CHINESE J STRUC CHEM, V1, P53
    TU SJ, 2002, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V19, P3063
    VAUGHAN K, 2004, CAN J CHEM, V82, P448
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0254-5861
 J9 CHIN J STRUCT CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Struct. Chem.
 PY 2005
 VL 24
 IS 6
 BP 701
 EP 705
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Crystallography
 GA 939VY
 UT ISI:000230101800017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, X
    Ren, ZM
    Deng, K
    Zhuang, YQ
    Xu, KD
 TI Effect of high vertical magnetic field on directional solidification
    structure of eutectic MnBi/Bi
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE high magnetic field; MnBi/Bi eutectic; directional solidification
 ID BI-MN ALLOY; PHASE
 AB Effect of high vertical magnetic field on the directional
    solidification structure of eutectic MnBi/Bi has been investigated. It
    has been found that high magnetic field has enhanced the formation of
    MnBi fiber and make the directional solidification structure of
    eutectic MnBi/Bi. more regular; with the increase of the intensity of
    the magnetic field, the average spacing and diameters of MnBi fibers
    increase at same growth rate; magnetic field makes the morphology of
    MnBi phase change and enhances the faceted growth character of MnBi
    phase.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zmrenb@online.sh.cn
 CR CHEN T, 1974, J APPL PHYS, V45, P2358
    DECARLO JL, 1984, METALL TRANS A, V15, P2155
    ELLOIT R, 1983, EUTECTIC SOLIDIFICAT, P165
    FENG D, 1998, PHYSICS METAL, V4, P460
    GABER FE, 1986, J CRYST GROWTH, V78, P159
    GUO X, 1991, J APPL PHYS 2B, V69, P6067
    LI X, 2004, ACTA METALL SIN, V40, P40
    NOTIS MR, 1979, IEEE T MAGN, V3, P957
    PIRICH RG, 1982, MAT PROCESSING REDUC, P593
    PIRICH RG, 1984, METALL TRANS A, V15, P2139
    SAVAS MA, 1986, J CRYST GROWTH, V76, P880
    WANG H, 2002, ACTA METALL SIN, V38, P41
    YASUDA H, 2003, MATER TRANS, V44, P2207
    YU JS, 1992, PANAMER MATH J, V2, P59
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 41
 IS 6
 BP 588
 EP 592
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 941UD
 UT ISI:000230238800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, IJ
    Yu, Y
 TI Determination of nitrite by J-acid spectrophotometry.
 SO ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY
 DT Meeting Abstract
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Urban Construct, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM shiwjusst@msn.com
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0065-7727
 J9 ABSTR PAP AMER CHEM SOC
 JI Abstr. Pap. Am. Chem. Soc.
 PD MAR 13
 PY 2005
 VL 229
 PN Part 1
 BP U55
 EP U55
 PG 1
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 913TZ
 UT ISI:000228177700176
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, WJ
    Wen, HF
    Wang, LS
    Yang, Y
    Yu, Y
 TI Studies on the preparation and properties of cotton cellulose xanthate.
 SO ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY
 DT Meeting Abstract
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Urban Construct, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 EM shiwjusst@msn.com
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0065-7727
 J9 ABSTR PAP AMER CHEM SOC
 JI Abstr. Pap. Am. Chem. Soc.
 PD MAR 13
 PY 2005
 VL 229
 PN Part 1
 BP U287
 EP U287
 PG 1
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 913TZ
 UT ISI:000228177701600
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, WJ
    Chan, FS
    Zhang, DF
    Yang, Y
 TI Removal of heavy metals from wastewater using cotton cellulose xanthate.
 SO ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY
 DT Meeting Abstract
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Urban Construct, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Bemidji State Univ, Ctr Environm Earth & Space Studies, Bemidji, MN USA.
 EM shiwjusst@msn.com
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0065-7727
 J9 ABSTR PAP AMER CHEM SOC
 JI Abstr. Pap. Am. Chem. Soc.
 PD MAR 13
 PY 2005
 VL 229
 PN Part 1
 BP U287
 EP U288
 PG 2
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 913TZ
 UT ISI:000228177701601
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, CF
    Shi, WJ
    Zhuang, QJ
 TI Teaching-experiment design of treatment of oil-contaminated wastewater
    with improved powdered cinder
 SO ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY
 DT Meeting Abstract
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Mech Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Urban Construct, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Coll Life Sci & Biotechnol, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 EM shiwjusst@msn.com
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0065-7727
 J9 ABSTR PAP AMER CHEM SOC
 JI Abstr. Pap. Am. Chem. Soc.
 PD MAR 13
 PY 2005
 VL 229
 PN Part 1
 BP U352
 EP U352
 PG 1
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 913TZ
 UT ISI:000228177702092
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, WJ
    Wen, HF
    Chen, CL
 TI New method to treat cationic byes-containing wastewater.
 SO ABSTRACTS OF PAPERS OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY
 DT Meeting Abstract
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Urban Construct, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Mech Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM shiwjusst@msn.com
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0065-7727
 J9 ABSTR PAP AMER CHEM SOC
 JI Abstr. Pap. Am. Chem. Soc.
 PD MAR 13
 PY 2005
 VL 229
 PN Part 1
 BP U915
 EP U915
 PG 1
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 913TZ
 UT ISI:000228177706482
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, FX
    Xie, J
    Li, NL
    Zhou, Y
    Xin, LJ
    Chou, KY
 TI Novel SLA-DQ alleles and their recombinant molecules in xenogeneic
    stimulation of human T cells
 SO TRANSPLANT IMMUNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE MHC-DQ; swine leukocyte antigens (SLA); xenotransplantation; Chinese
    miniature pig; lymphoproliferation to xenoantigens
 ID MAJOR HISTOCOMPATIBILITY COMPLEX; RECOGNITION; SWINE; PIGS
 AB MHC class II antigens DR and DQ are essential for graft rejection both
    in allo- and xeno-transplantation. The antigens, especially the DQA and
    DQB gene-coencoded DQ molecules, are also involved in transplantation
    tolerance induced by activation of regulatory T cells. Here we report
    six novel DQ alleles from three properly inbred Chinese pig strains Gz,
    Bin and Yn. In our study, cDNA of swine leukocyte antigen (SLA)-DQA and
    -DQB were amplified by RT-PCR and sequenced for each strain. The
    ORF-containing SLA-DQA and -DQB genes are composed of 768 (or 765) and
    786 nucleotides, encoding antigen molecules of 255 (or 254) and 261
    amino acid residues, respectively. Sequences of both SLA-DQA and -DQB
    alleles showed disparities when compared either among the three pig
    strains or with available SLA data, which allows our novel alleles
    receiving their accession numbers AY102473-AY102478 from GenBank. The
    sequence analysis further revealed a phylogenic connection of our
    SLA-DQ alleles with SLA-DQ(c) haplotype. In addition, the homologies of
    MHC DQ or DQ-like molecules between Chinese pigs (SLA) and human (HLA)
    are higher than those between pigs and mice (H-2). By co-transfection
    of Bm pig DQA and DQB genes into L929 cells, the Bm-DQ
    heterodimer-expressed cells could effectively stimulate the human
    lymphoproliferation in presence of human APCs with a mean stimulation
    index (SI) 9.9 +/- 1.4. This functional assay indicated that our
    recombinant DQ antigens are capable of initiating human
    lymphoproliferation in a xeno-MLR. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Med Univ 2, Shanghai Inst Immunol, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Div Immunol, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Oriental Hosp, Shanghai 200120, Peoples R China.
 RP Chou, KY, Shanghai Med Univ 2, Shanghai Inst Immunol, 280 S Chongqing
    Rd, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
 EM my@shsmu.edu.cn
 CR AUCHINCLOSS H, 1998, ANNU REV IMMUNOL, V16, P433
    BATTEN P, 1995, J IMMUNOL, V155, P1057
    BHATTI FNK, 1999, TRANSPLANT P, V31, P958
    BRAVERY CA, 1995, TRANSPLANTATION, V60, P1024
    CHARDON P, 1999, IMMUNOL REV, V167, P179
    DONNELLY CE, 1997, CELL IMMUNOL, V175, P171
    HIRSCH F, 1992, J IMMUNOL, V149, P841
    LAI LX, 2002, SCIENCE, V295, P1089
    LIGAN JS, 2000, CURR OPIN IMMUNOL, V12, P563
    SCHMOECKEL M, 1997, J HEART LUNG TRANSPL, V16, P758
    SUN YP, 1992, CHIN J IMMUNOL, V8, P283
    VELTEN F, 1998, TISSUE ANTIGENS, V51, P183
    XIE J, 2000, SHANGHAI J IMMUNOL, V20, P136
    YAMADA K, 1995, J IMMUNOL, V155, P5249
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0966-3274
 J9 TRANSPL IMMUNOL
 JI Transpl. Immunol.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 14
 IS 2
 BP 83
 EP 89
 PG 7
 SC Immunology; Transplantation
 GA 939CU
 UT ISI:000230050700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Su, QF
    Lu, JF
    Wang, LJ
    Liu, JM
    Ruan, JF
    Cui, JT
    Shi, WM
    Xia, YB
 TI Electrical properties of [100]-oriented CVD diamond film
 SO SOLID-STATE ELECTRONICS
 DT Article
 DE diamond films; HFCVD; [100]-oriented growth; electrical properties
 ID CHEMICAL-VAPOR-DEPOSITION; ORIENTED DIAMOND; THIN-FILMS; NUCLEATION;
    BIAS; SILICON; ENHANCEMENT; DETECTORS; SURFACES; GROWTH
 AB We reported the growth and its electrical properties of [100]-oriented
    diamond film using alcohol and hydrogen by HFCVD. SEM and Raman
    measurements indicated that high quality polycrystalline diamond films
    with [100]-faced structure were obtained. Dark current-voltage (I V),
    capacitance-frequency (C F), capacitance-voltage (C-V) and photocurrent
    under steady-state 55 Fe 5.9 keV X-ray excitation of freestanding
    diamond film were investigated at room temperature. Results indicated
    that after post-annealing for [10 0]-oriented diamond films dark
    current was in the order of 10(-10) A and the photocurrent was of in
    the order 10(-8) A by X-ray irradiation with the applied voltage of 40
    V, capacitance and dielectric loss were very small with the value of 2
    pF and 2 x 10(-3) with the bias voltage of 0.05 V, respectively, and
    almost had no variation with the change of frequency in high
    frequencies from 100 kHz to 10 MHz. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Inst Sci & Technol Informat, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 RP Su, QF, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM qfsu@163.com
 CR ALVAREZ J, 2001, DIAM RELAT MATER, V10, P588
    BARANAUSKAS V, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V88, P1650
    FAN QH, 2000, DIAM RELAT MATER, V9, P1739
    GRONING O, 2001, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V45, P929
    ISBERG J, 2002, SCIENCE, V297, P1670
    JANISCHOWSKY K, 2003, DIAM RELAT MATER, V12, P336
    KULKARNI AK, 1995, THIN SOLID FILMS, V270, P189
    LANDSTRASS MI, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V55, P975
    LIU JJ, 2001, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V45, P915
    LOOI HJ, 2000, DIAM RELAT MATER, V9, P975
    MANFREDOTTI C, 1998, DIAM RELAT MATER, V7, P523
    RUAN J, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P1379
    SHAH SI, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V61, P3113
    TITUS E, 2002, DIAM RELAT MATER, V11, P1403
    WANG LJ, 2003, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V36, P2548
    WOLTER SD, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P3558
    XIA YB, 2000, DIAM RELAT MATER, V9, P1636
    ZHANG WJ, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P2195
    ZHANG WJ, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P1896
 NR 19
 TC 1
 SN 0038-1101
 J9 SOLID STATE ELECTRON
 JI Solid-State Electron.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 49
 IS 6
 BP 1044
 EP 1048
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Condensed Matter
 GA 937ED
 UT ISI:000229906500027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, GX
    Zhang, JC
    Cao, SX
    Jing, C
    Shen, XC
 TI Magnetization step, history-dependence, and possible spin quantum
    transition in Pr5/8Ca3/8MnO3 manganites
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW B
 DT Article
 ID METAL-INSULATOR-TRANSITION; PHASE-SEPARATION; COLOSSAL
    MAGNETORESISTANCE; ORDERED MANGANITES; DOPED MANGANITES; DOUBLE
    EXCHANGE; FIELD; CHARGE; PR1-XCAXMNO3; PEROVSKITES
 AB In order to clarify the physical mechanism of magnetization step in
    strong correlation manganites with a phase separation, one
    Pr5/8Ca3/8MnO3 single crystal was successfully grown by the optical
    floating-zone method and investigated systematically on its structural,
    magnetic, and transport properties. One steplike charge ordered
    antiferromagnetic-ferromagnetic transition was proved below 60K as an
    applied magnetic field is only several T, and the step in the M-H curve
    became ultrasharp below 4.2 K. A history-dependent magnetization effect
    was also observed. Here, the given charge/orbital ordering and spin
    structure indicated that the energy difference between ferromagnetic
    and charge ordering phases was small for Pr5/8Ca3/8MnO3. According to
    the model of spin and orbital coupling, the steps should be the result
    of spin reorientation under the magnetic field. Meanwhile, the two
    sharp step transitions appeared in the different field-cooled (FQ
    conditions at T =2.0 K, which shows a possible existence of spin
    quantum transition. The observed history-dependent magnetization
    reflected the existence of d(x)(-y)(2)(2) orbital ordering state within
    the FM state. The correlation between the magnetic structure and the
    mechanism was also discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, GX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ANDERSON PW, 1955, PHYS REV, V100, P675
    ASAKA T, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V88
    ASAMITSU A, 1997, NATURE, V388, P50
    BALKE GR, 2002, PHYS REV B, V66
    COX DE, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P3305
    DAI P, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P3694
    DEGENNES PG, 1960, PHYS REV, V118, P141
    FRONTERA C, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P3381
    GOODENOUGH JB, 1955, PHYS REV, V100, P564
    GORDON I, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    HARDY V, 2003, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V264, P183
    HARDY V, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
    HEBERT S, 2002, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V165, P6
    HEBERT S, 2002, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V122, P335
    HOTTA T, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P11879
    JIRAK Z, 1985, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V53, P153
    KAWANO H, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P4253
    KAWANOFUKURKAWA H, 2003, PHYS REV B, V67, P17442
    KILIAN R, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P13458
    KONISHI Y, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V73, P3004
    KOSHIBAE Y, 1997, J PHYS SOC JPN, V10, P2985
    KUWAHARA H, 1995, SCIENCE, V270, P961
    LEVY P, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P6437
    MAHENDIRAN R, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V89
    MAIGNAN A, 2002, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V14, P11809
    MILLIS AJ, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P175
    MOREO A, 1999, SCIENCE, V283, P2034
    OKIMOTO Y, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P7401
    POLLERT E, 1982, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V43, P1137
    SOLOVYEV I, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P4825
    TOKUNAGA M, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P5259
    TOMIOKA Y, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, R1689
    UEHARA M, 1999, NATURE, V399, P560
    VANDENBRINK J, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P5118
    VANDERBEMDEN P, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
    XIAO G, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P6073
    YAMADA S, 2000, J PHYS SOC JPN, V69, P1278
    YUNOKI S, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P5612
    ZHAO JH, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P8391
 NR 39
 TC 3
 SN 1098-0121
 J9 PHYS REV B
 JI Phys. Rev. B
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 71
 IS 17
 AR 174414
 DI ARTN 174414
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 937OI
 UT ISI:000229935000062
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Deng, WH
    Li, CP
 TI Chaos synchronization of the fractional Lu system
 SO PHYSICA A-STATISTICAL MECHANICS AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE synchronization; fractional order; Lu system
 ID CHENS SYSTEM; ATTRACTOR; ORDER
 AB Chaos synchronization of the fractional Lu system is theoretically and
    numerically studied by two methods. The suitable conditions for
    achieving synchronization of this fractional differential system are
    derived by using the Laplace transform theory. Numerical simulations
    coincide with the theoretical analysis. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Sch Math & Stat, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
    Univ Pretoria, Dept Elect Elect & Comp Engn, ZA-0002 Pretoria, South Africa.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM leecp@online.sh.cn
 CR ARENA P, 1997, P ECCTD TU BUD BUD S, P1259
    BOCCALETTI S, 2002, PHYS REP, V366, P1
    BUTZER PL, 2000, INTRO FRACTIONAL CAL
    CAPUTO M, 1967, GEOPHYS J ROY ASTRON, V13, P529
    CHEN GR, 1999, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V9, P1465
    DIETHELM K, 2004, NUMER ALGORITHMS, V36, P31
    HARTLEY TT, 1995, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V42, P485
    KENNETH SM, 1993, INTRO FRACTIONAL CAL
    LI CG, 2003, PHYS REV E 2, V68
    LI CP, UNPUB PHYS A
    LI CP, 2003, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V13, P1609
    LI CP, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P443
    LORENZ EN, 1963, J ATMOS SCI, V20, P130
    LU JH, 2002, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P659
    MUTH EJ, 1977, TRANSFORM METHODS AP
    OUSTLAOUP A, 1983, SYSTEMS ASSERVIS ORD
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    PIKOVSKY A, 2001, SYNCHRONIZATION UNIT
    ROSS B, 1974, LECT NOTES MATH
    VANECEK A, 1996, CONTROL SYSTEMS LINE
    YAN JP, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1683
 NR 21
 TC 6
 SN 0378-4371
 J9 PHYSICA A
 JI Physica A
 PD AUG 1
 PY 2005
 VL 353
 BP 61
 EP 72
 PG 12
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 937HM
 UT ISI:000229915200006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, JQ
    Riebel, U
 TI Transmission fluctuation spectrometry in concentrated suspensions. Part
    three: Measurements
 SO PARTICLE & PARTICLE SYSTEMS CHARACTERIZATION
 DT Article
 DE high concentration measurement; particle size analysis; transmission
    fluctuation spectrometry
 ID STERICALLY INTERACTING SYSTEMS; SIZE ANALYSIS; MONODISPERSE SPHERES;
    GAUSSIAN-BEAM; FUNDAMENTALS; EXTINCTION
 AB The theory of transmission fluctuation spectrometry (TFS) was developed
    for particle size analysis in flowing particle suspensions, whereby the
    statistical transmission fluctuations are used to extract the particle
    size distribution (PSD) and particle concentration. In the previous
    parts of this publication high concentration effects on TFS were
    investigated theoretically and by simulation. This work presents a
    study on TFS measurements in concentrated suspensions. By introducing
    an empirical correction to include the high concentration effects front
    both the monolayer structure and particle overlapping in the inversion
    algorithm, it is possible to obtain the particle size distribution and
    particle concentration over broad ranges of particle sizes and
    concentrations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Brandenburg Tech Univ, Lehrstuhl Mech Verfahrenstechnik, D-03013 Cottbus, Germany.
 RP Shen, JQ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM shenjq@online.sh.cn
 CR BREITENSTEIN M, 1999, PART PART SYST CHAR, V16, P249
    BREITENSTEIN M, 2001, PART PART SYST CHAR, V18, P134
    FELLER U, 1998, P 7 EUR S PART CHAR, P367
    FERRI F, 1995, APPL OPTICS, V34, P5829
    GREGORY J, 1985, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V105, P357
    KRAUTER U, 1995, PART PART SYST CHAR, V12, P132
    RIEBEL U, 1994, PART PART SYST CHAR, V11, P212
    RIEBEL U, 2004, PART PART SYST CHAR, V21, P440
    SHEN J, 2001, PART PART SYST CHAR, V18, P254
    SHEN J, 2003, THESIS BTU COTTBUS
    SHEN J, 2004, PART PART SYST CHAR, V21, P429
    SHEN JQ, 2003, PART PART SYST CHAR, V20, P250
    SHEN JQ, 2003, PART PART SYST CHAR, V20, P94
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0934-0866
 J9 PART PART SYST CHARACT
 JI Part. Part. Syst. Charact.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 22
 IS 1
 BP 14
 EP 23
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Chemical; Materials Science, Characterization & Testing
 GA 937IB
 UT ISI:000229916700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, JQ
    Riebel, U
    Guo, X
 TI Transmission fluctuation spectrometry with spatial correlation
 SO PARTICLE & PARTICLE SYSTEMS CHARACTERIZATION
 DT Article
 DE expectancy of the transmission product (ETP); particle size analysis;
    transmission fluctuation spectrometry with spatial correlation (TFS-SC)
 ID PARTICLE-SIZE ANALYSIS; GAUSSIAN-BEAM; FUNDAMENTALS
 AB Transmission fluctuation spectrometry (TFS) is being developed as a new
    method of particle size analysis. In the early approaches, the particle
    suspension was illuminated by one beam with finite beam diameter and
    the transmission signals underwent a process with variable spatial
    and/or temporal averaging and a subsequent nonlinear operation. The
    transmission fluctuations were obtained as a spectrum which included
    the information on particle size distribution and particle
    concentration. A new approach presented here employs two narrow
    parallel beams. While changing the beam separation, the transmission
    fluctuations of these two beams are expressed in terms of the
    expectancy of the transmission product (ETP). The analytical expression
    of the ETP through a monolayer is derived and the ETP of a
    3-dimensional suspension is formulated based on the layer model. The
    deviation between the transition functions of 3-dimensional suspensions
    and monolayers is found to be affected by effects from particle
    overlapping and monolayer structure.
 C1 Brandenburg Tech Univ Cottbus, Lehrstuhl Mech Verfahrenstech, D-03013 Cottbus, Germany.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, JQ, Brandenburg Tech Univ Cottbus, Lehrstuhl Mech Verfahrenstech,
    D-03013 Cottbus, Germany.
 EM shenjq@online.sh.cn
 CR BREITENSTEIN M, 1998, 7 EUR S PART CHAR 10, P377
    BREITENSTEIN M, 1999, PART PART SYST CHAR, V16, P249
    BREITENSTEIN M, 2000, THESIS TU COTTBUS
    BREITENSTEIN M, 2001, PART PART SYST CHAR, V18, P134
    KRAUTER U, 1995, THESIS TU KARLSRUHE
    RIEBEL U, 1994, PART PART SYST CHAR, V11, P212
    RIEBEL U, 2003, GEMEINSAME SITZUNG G
    RIEBEL U, 2004, PART PART SYST CHAR, V21, P440
    RIPOLL MS, 1995, MOL PHYS, V85, P423
    SHEN J, IN PRESS PART PART S
    SHEN JQ, 2003, PART PART SYST CHAR, V20, P250
    SHEN JQ, 2003, PART PART SYST CHAR, V20, P94
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 0934-0866
 J9 PART PART SYST CHARACT
 JI Part. Part. Syst. Charact.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 22
 IS 1
 BP 24
 EP 37
 PG 14
 SC Engineering, Chemical; Materials Science, Characterization & Testing
 GA 937IB
 UT ISI:000229916700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, J
    Yang, LM
    Liu, YF
    Ding, GW
    Pei, Y
    Li, J
    Hua, GF
    Huang, J
 TI Preparation and characterization of magnetic targeted drug
    controlled-release hydrogel microspheres
 SO MACROMOLECULAR SYMPOSIA
 DT Article
 DE bleomycin; hydrogel; magnetic particle; microsphere; PVP; VX2
 ID PARTICLES
 AB Magnetic targeted drug controlled release hydrogel microspheres were
    prepared by a radiation technique. Ferric oxide granules (size around
    50 nm) were used as the core for magnetic target. The PVP ferrogels
    (ferromagnetic nanoparticles in hydrogel microsphere) were obtained by
    irradiating an emulsion of Poly (N-vinylpyrrolidone) PVP/ferromagnetic
    granule with cobalt 60 gamma-ray. The morphology of the PVP ferrogel
    was studied by both optical and electronic microscopy, respectively. A
    broad-spectrum anticancer drug, Bleomycin A5 Hydrochloride (BLM), was
    immobilized in the ferrogel and the release property of the drug in
    vitro was studied. The function of targeting and anti-cancer was
    studied on the New Zealand)White rabbits, based on the implantation of
    experimental VX2 squamous cell carcinoma in the auricles of the rabbits.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem Engn & Technol, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Tongji Hosp, Shanghai 200065, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, J, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem Engn & Technol, Jiading Campus,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR CAMMAS S, 1997, J CONTROL RELEASE, V48, P157
    GOMEZLOPERA SA, 2001, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V240, P40
    HUA GF, 2003, P 3 NAT WORKSH MACR, P260
    IANNONE A, 1991, MAGNET RESON MED, V22, P435
    MULER RH, 1996, INT J PHARM, V138, P85
    RITA C, 1999, EUROPEAN J PHARM BIO, V47, P153
    SERSHEN S, 2002, ADV DRUG DELIVER REV, V54, P1225
    SHENOY DB, 2002, J MICROENCAPSUL, V19, P523
    TEIXEIRA AV, 2003, COMPOS SCI TECHNOL, V63, P1105
    TOROK G, 2000, PHYSICA B, V276, P396
    VANES RJJ, 2001, INT J ORAL MAX SURG, V30, P407
    ZRINYI M, 1996, J CHEM PHYS, V104, P8750
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 1022-1360
 J9 MACROMOL SYMPOSIA
 JI Macromol. Symp.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 225
 BP 71
 EP 80
 PG 10
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 939EI
 UT ISI:000230054800007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, LM
    Shi, LL
    Chen, J
    Pei, Y
    Zhu, F
    Xia, YB
 TI Preparation and characterization of pH-sensitive hydrogel film of
    chitosan/poly(acrylic acid) copolymer
 SO MACROMOLECULAR SYMPOSIA
 DT Article
 DE chitosan; hydrogel; pH-sensitivity; poly(acrylic acid)
 ID POLY(ACRYLIC ACID); SWELLING BEHAVIOR; BLEND FILM; CHITOSAN; WATER;
    POLYMERIZATION; COMPLEXES; MEMBRANES; RELEASE
 AB A hydrogel film of chitosan/poly(acrylic acid) (CS/PAAc) copolymer with
    the property of pH sensitivity, was prepared by irradiating the
    chitosan film, which was then swelled by aqueous AAc solutions of
    different concentrations. The effects of the feed ratio of chitosan and
    AAc on the properties of the hydrogels, such as swelling ratio and
    pH-sensitivity, were determined. Fourier transform infrared (FT-IR)
    spectroscopy was applied in the attenuated total reflectance (ATR) mode
    for analyzing the structure change of the hydrogels after the treatment
    in buffer solutions of different pHs.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem Engn & Technol, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, LM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem Engn & Technol, Jiading Campus,
    Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR AHN JS, 2001, BIOMATERIALS, V22, P923
    AHN JS, 2002, BIOMATERIALS, V23, P1411
    DELATORRE PM, 2003, BIOMATERIALS, V24, P1499
    FANG Y, 2000, J PHOTOCH PHOTOBIO A, V135, P141
    HU Y, 2002, BIOMATERIALS, V23, P3193
    JIN JJ, 1994, REACT POLYM, V23, P95
    KIM SJ, 2003, REACT FUNCT POLYM, V55, P53
    KWEON HY, 2001, POLYMER, V42, P6651
    LI Z, 2002, POLYMER, V43, P1541
    NAM SY, 1997, J MEMBRANE SCI, V135, P161
    PARK SY, 2001, MATER RES BULL, V36, P511
    PENICHE C, 1999, BIOMATERIALS, V20, P1869
    PUTTIPIPATKHACHORN, 2001, J CONTROL RELEASE, V75, P143
    QU X, 2000, POLYMER, V41, P4589
    REMUNANLOPEZ C, 1997, J CONTROL RELEASE, V44, P215
    RUEDA DR, 1999, CARBOHYD POLYM, V40, P49
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1022-1360
 J9 MACROMOL SYMPOSIA
 JI Macromol. Symp.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 225
 BP 95
 EP 102
 PG 8
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 939EI
 UT ISI:000230054800009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, J
    Pei, Y
    Yang, LM
    Shi, LL
    Luo, HJ
 TI Synthesis and properties of poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylamide)
    hydrogels
 SO MACROMOLECULAR SYMPOSIA
 DT Article
 DE hydrogel; ionic strength; LCST; pH-sensitive;
    Poly(N-isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylamide)
 ID PHASE-TRANSITIONS; LCST; GELS
 AB Poly (N-isopropylacrylamide-co-acrylamide) [Poly(NIPAAm-co-AAm)] with
    different feed ratios were obtained by radiation polymerization using
    Co-60 gamma-rays. Swelling equilibrium data in various media: deionized
    water, aqueous NaCl solutions and different pH buffer solutions, were
    determined. It appeared that the lower critical transition temperature
    (LCST) of the hydrogels increased with an increasing acrylamide content
    and decreased with increasing ionic strength. Moreover, LCST was
    affected by pH.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Dept Chem Engn & Technol, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, J, Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Dept Chem Engn &
    Technol, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 CR DONG LC, 1990, THESIS U WASHINGTON
    HIROKAWA Y, 1984, J CHEM PHYS, V81, P6379
    HIROTSU S, 1987, J CHEM PHYS, V87, P1392
    LIU XH, 2002, ACTA POLYM SIN, V3, P358
    PARK TG, 1993, MACROMOLECULES, V26, P5045
    PEI Y, 2004, J BIOMAT SCI-POLYM E, V15, P585
    PU HT, 1997, J POLYM MAT SCI ENG, V13, P79
    SCHILD HG, 1990, J PHYS CHEM-US, V94, P4352
    TANAKA T, 1980, PHYS REV LETT, V45, P1636
    WINNIK FM, 1990, MACROMOLECULES, V23, P233
    WU MH, 1999, THESIS CHINESE ACAD
    ZENG F, 1999, SCI CHINA SER B, V29, P426
    ZHANG XZ, 2000, CHEM J CHINESE U, V21, P1309
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1022-1360
 J9 MACROMOL SYMPOSIA
 JI Macromol. Symp.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 225
 BP 103
 EP 111
 PG 9
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 939EI
 UT ISI:000230054800010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Deng, WH
    Li, CP
 TI Synchronization of chaotic fractional Chen system
 SO JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN
 DT Article
 DE synchronization; fractional order; Chen's system
 ID HOPF-BIFURCATION; ORDER
 AB In this paper, chaos synchronization for Chen's system with a
    fractional order (or called "the fractional Chen system") is
    considered. The condition for achieving synchronization of Chen's
    system is analyzed on the basis of the Laplace transform theory.
    Numerical simulations affirm the theoretical analysis, which also
    provides a new synchronization method for other chaotic systems with
    some fractional orders.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Sch Math & Stat, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM leecp@online.sh.cn
 CR ARENA P, 1997, P ECCTD TU BUD BUD S, P1259
    BOCCALETTI S, 2002, PHYS REP, V366, P1
    BUTZER PL, 2000, INTRO FRACTIONAL CAL
    CAPUTO M, 1967, GEOPHYS J ROY ASTRON, V13, P529
    CHEN GR, 1999, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V9, P1465
    DENG WH, 2005, PHYSICA A, V353, P61
    DIETHELM K, 2004, NUMER ALGORITHMS, V36, P31
    FUJISAKA H, 1983, PROG THEOR PHYS, V69, P32
    HARTLEY TT, 1995, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V42, P485
    KAPITANIAK T, 1994, PHYS REV E, V50, P1642
    KENNETH SM, 1993, INTRO FRACTIONAL CAL
    KENNETH SM, 1993, INTRO FRACTIONAL CAL, P70
    LI CP, 2003, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V13, P1609
    LI CP, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P443
    LIAO XF, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V25, P197
    MUTH EJ, 1977, TRANSFORM METHODS AP
    OUSTLAOUP A, 1983, SYSTEMS ASSERVIS ORD
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    PIKOVSKY A, 2001, SYNCHRONIZATION UNIT
    ROSS B, 1974, LECT NOTES MATH
    YAN JP, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1683
    YAN JP, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V26, P1119
 NR 22
 TC 4
 SN 0031-9015
 J9 J PHYS SOC JPN
 JI J. Phys. Soc. Jpn.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 74
 IS 6
 BP 1645
 EP 1648
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 938YN
 UT ISI:000230039400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, XY
    Shum, KP
 TI Finite p-nilpotent groups with some subgroups c-supplemented
 SO JOURNAL OF THE AUSTRALIAN MATHEMATICAL SOCIETY
 DT Article
 ID MINIMAL SUBGROUPS; ODD ORDER; NORMALITY
 AB A subgroup H of a finite group G is said to be c-supplemented in G if
    there exists a subgroup K of G such that G = H K and H boolean AND K is
    contained in core(G) (H). In this paper some results for finite
    p-nilpotent groups are given based on some subgroups of P
    c-supplemented in G, where p is a prime factor of the order of G and P
    is a Sylow p-subgroup of G. We also give some applications of these
    results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Fac Sci, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, XY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM xyguo@staff.shu.edu.cn
    kpshum@math.cuhk.edu.hk
 CR ARAD Z, 1984, J ALGEBRA, V86, P522
    ASAAD M, 1996, COMMUN ALGEBRA, V24, P2771
    BALLESTERBOLINC.A, 1989, ISRAEL J MATH, V67, P312
    BALLESTERBOLINCHES, 2000, GLASGOW MATH J 3, V42, P383
    BUCKLEY J, 1970, MATH Z, V116, P15
    DOERK K, 1992, FINITE SOLVABLE GROU
    DORNHOFF L, 1967, MATH Z, V100, P226
    FEIT W, 1963, PAC J MATH, V13, P775
    GROSS F, 1987, B LOND MATH SOC, V19, P311
    LI DY, 1998, COMMUN ALGEBRA, V26, P1913
    LI DY, 2000, J PURE APPL ALGEBRA, V150, P53
    ROBINSON DJS, 1993, COURSE THEORY GROUPS
    SRINIVASAN S, 1980, ISRAEL J MATH, V35, P210
    WALL G, 1982, ISRAEL J MATH, V43, P166
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1446-7887
 J9 J AUST MATH SOC
 JI J. Aust. Math. Soc.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 78
 PN Part 3
 BP 429
 EP 439
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics
 GA 939TX
 UT ISI:000230096400009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, JQ
    Chen, YP
    Li, YD
    Shen, JN
 TI Gas sensing properties of ZnO nanorods prepared by hydrothermal method
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID VAPOR-DEPOSITION; ROOM-TEMPERATURE; NANOWIRES; SENSORS; ARRAYS
 AB ZnO nanorods are prepared by a hydrothermal process with
    cetyltrimethylammonium bromide ( CTAB) and zinc powder at 182 degrees
    C. The samples are characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD), scanning
    electron microscopy (SEM), and transmission electron microscopy (TEM).
    The gas sensing properties of the materials have been investigated. The
    results indicate that the as-prepared ZnO nanorods are uniform with
    diameters of 40 - 80 nm and lengths about 1 mu m, the relatively high
    sensitivity and stability of these sensors made from ZnO nanorods
    demonstrate the potential for developing a new class of stable and very
    sensitive sensors. (C) 2005 Springer Science + Business Media, Inc.
 C1 Zhengzhou Univ Light Ind, Coll Mat & Chem Engn, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Tsing Hua Univ, Dept Chem, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, JQ, Zhengzhou Univ Light Ind, Coll Mat & Chem Engn, Zhengzhou
    450002, Peoples R China.
 EM xujiaqiang@zzuli.edu.cn
 CR GAO PX, 2003, NANO LETT, V3, P1315
    HU JT, 1999, ACCOUNTS CHEM RES, V32, P435
    HUANG MH, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P1897
    KOLMAKOV A, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P997
    KONG YC, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P407
    LAW M, 2002, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V41, P2405
    LI C, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V82, P1613
    LI ZQ, 2003, INORG CHEM, V42, P8105
    LIU B, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P4430
    PARK WI, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V82, P4358
    SIYAMA T, 1962, ANAL CHEM, V34, P1502
    SUN XM, 2002, MATER CHEM PHYS, V78, P99
    TOMCHENKO AA, 2003, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V93, P126
    WANG ZL, 2000, ADV MATER, V12, P1295
    WU JJ, 2002, ADV MATER, V14, P215
    XIA YN, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P353
    XU JQ, 1992, J RARE EARTH, V10, P125
    XU JQ, 2000, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V66, P277
    YAMAZOE N, 2003, CATAL SURV ASIA, V1, P63
    ZHENG MJ, 2002, CHEM PHYS LETT, V363, P123
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 40
 IS 11
 BP 2919
 EP 2921
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 936TN
 UT ISI:000229878400023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, J
    Liu, W
    Zhu, LH
    Huang, QW
 TI Phase transformation behaviors of aluminum hydroxides to alpha alumina
    in air and molten salt
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Letter
 ID POWDERS; SEEDS
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    China Aluminium Co Ltd, Zhongzhou Branch, Jiaozuo 454174, Henan, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, LH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM lhzhu@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ARENDT RH, 1979, MATER RES BULL, V14, P703
    BURKIN AR, 1987, PRODUCTION ALUMINUM, P43
    DORRE E, 1984, ALUMINA PROCESSING P, P216
    DYNYS FW, 1982, J AM CERAM SOC, V65, P442
    KUMAGAI M, 1984, J AM CERAM SOC, V67, P230
    LI JG, 2000, ACTA MATER, V48, P3103
    NORDAHL CS, 2002, J EUR CERAM SOC, V22, P415
    PANCHULA ML, 1997, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V9, P161
    XIE ZP, 2003, MATER DESIGN, V24, P209
    YOON KH, 1998, J MATER SCI, V33, P2922
    YOSHIZAWA Y, 2004, J EUR CERAM SOC, V24, P325
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 40
 IS 12
 BP 3259
 EP 3261
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 938AQ
 UT ISI:000229972700034
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, Q
    Lin, Q
    Chou, KC
    Jiang, LJ
    Xu, KD
 TI A mathematical calculation of the hydriding characteristics of
    Mg(2-x)A(x)Ni(1-y)B(y) alloy systems
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Article
 DE hydrogen storage materials; Mg(2-x)A(x)Ni(1-y)B(y) alloy; enthalpy of
    formation; hydrogen storage capacity; atomic parameters
 ID PRESSURE-COMPOSITION ISOTHERMS; HYDROGEN STORAGE PROPERTIES; EXTENDED
    MIEDEMA MODEL; ELECTROCHEMICAL PROPERTIES; MG2NI; HEAT; SUBSTITUTION;
    ABSORPTION; MN
 AB Two semi-empirical models have been presented by the stepwise
    regression method and atomic parameters for the formation enthalpy
    (Delta H) in the hydriding process and the hydrogen storage capacity
    (C) Of Mg(2-x)A(x)Ni(1-y)B(y) alloy systems. The main factors
    influencing Delta H and C are given and we illustrate the relationship
    between the macroscopic characteristics and atomic structure. In
    general a decrease in Delta X-2 and an increase in (e/a)(2/3) as well
    as T will result in an increase of p(eq) and Delta H. On the other
    hand, when Delta X-2 and T increase but (e/a)(2/3) and Z/R decrease, C
    will increase. The calculated results by the models presented in this
    paper are in good agreement with our experimental data, the calculated
    Delta H and C values were within 6.5 U mol(-1) H and 0.5 mass% H. (c)
    2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Dept Phys Chem, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Gen Res Inst NonFerrous Met, Beijing 100088, Peoples R China.
 RP Chou, KC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, 275 Mail Box,149 Yanchang
    Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM kcc@public.bta.net.cn
 CR AKIBA E, 1982, J LESS-COMMON MET, V83, L43
    BIRIS A, 1982, P 3 INT C HYDR MAT P, P383
    DARNAUDERY JP, 1983, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V8, P705
    DARNAUDERY JP, 1983, J LESS-COMMON MET, V92, P199
    FANG SS, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V293, P10
    GASIOROWSKI A, 2004, J ALLOY COMPD, V364, P283
    GONCALVES AP, 1996, PHYSICA B, V228, P289
    GRIESSEN R, 1984, PHYS REV B, V30, P4372
    GUTHRIE SE, 1998, MATER RES SOC SYMP P, V513, P93
    HIRATA T, 1983, J LESS-COMMON MET, V89, P85
    KUJI T, 2002, J ALLOY COMPD, V330, P590
    LI LQ, 2001, J ALLOY COMPD, V316, P118
    LI Q, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V359, P128
    LI Q, 2004, P 2 INT HYDR EN FOR, P623
    LI Q, 2004, THESIS USTB
    LIANG G, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V282, P286
    LIN Q, 2000, SOLID STATE IONICS, V136, P663
    LUPU D, 1982, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V7, P783
    MIEDEMA AR, 1973, J LESS-COMMON MET, V32, P117
    MIEDEMA AR, 1975, J LESS-COMMON MET, V41, P283
    NIU H, 2002, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V27, P69
    SHILOV AL, 1987, J LESS-COMMON MET, V128, P1
    XIAO J, 1985, ENERGY ALLOYS, P256
    YANG HB, 2002, J ALLOY COMPD, V330, P640
    YUAN HT, 1997, J ALLOY COMPD, V260, P256
    ZHANG BW, 2002, PHYSICA B, V315, P123
    ZHANG Y, 2000, CHIN J NONFERROUS ME, V10, P882
    ZHANG YS, 1998, J ALLOY COMPD, V269, P278
    ZHOU Z, 1993, NEW ENERGY SYSTEMS C, P79
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD JUL 19
 PY 2005
 VL 397
 IS 1-2
 BP 68
 EP 73
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 939JE
 UT ISI:000230067900015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, HX
    Xu, XX
 TI Integrable expanding models for discrete systems application: Coupled
    toda and relativistic toda lattice
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS B
 DT Article
 DE integrable expanding model; Toda lattice; relativistic Toda lattice;
    Lax pairs
 ID EQUATIONS; HIERARCHY; EVOLUTION
 AB A direct method for constructing integrable expanding models for
    lattice soliton hierarchies is developed through enlarging associated
    Lax pairs. As illustrated by examples, the integrable expanding models
    for Toda and relativistic Toda lattice hierarchies are investigated.
 C1 Taishan Coll, Dept Informat Sci & Technol, Tai An 271021, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Qingdao 266510, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, HX, Taishan Coll, Dept Informat Sci & Technol, Tai An 271021,
    Peoples R China.
 EM hxiang_yang@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1975, J MATH PHYS, V16, P598
    BLASZAK M, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4661
    DAI HH, 2003, J PHYS SOC JPN, V72, P3063
    FERMI E, 1965, COLLECTED WORKS ENRI, V2, P978
    FUCHSSTEINER B, 1993, APPL ANAL GEOMETRIC, P125
    GUO FK, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P951
    LAKSHMANAN M, 1985, J MATH PHYS, V26, P1189
    LAX PD, 1968, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V21, P467
    MA WX, INTEGRABLE COUPLINGS
    MA WX, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V316, P72
    MA WX, 2004, INT J THEOR PHYS, V43, P219
    MA WX, 2004, J PHYS A, V37, P132
    SURIS YB, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V180, P419
    TU GZ, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P3903
    XU XX, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P321
    ZHU Z, 2004, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P1864
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 0217-9792
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS B
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. B
 PD MAY 20
 PY 2005
 VL 19
 IS 13
 BP 2121
 EP 2128
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 939UM
 UT ISI:000230097900002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, ZY
    Zheng, CL
 TI Fission and fusion of localized coherent structures for a higher-order
    Broer-Kaup system
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE higher-order Broer-Kaup system; variable separation approach; Backlund
    transformation; soliton fission; soliton fusion
 ID SOLITON FISSION; EQUATION; EXCITATIONS; COMPACTON; PEAKON
 AB Starting from a Backlund transformation and taking a special ansatz for
    the function f, we can obtain a much more general expression of
    solution that includes some variable separated functions for the
    higher-order Broer-Kaup system. From this expression, we investigate
    the interactions of localized coherent structures such as the
    multi-solitonic excitations and find the novel phenomenon that their
    interactions have non-elastic behavior because the fission/fusion may
    occur after the interaction of each localized coherent structure.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Math, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, ZY, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Math, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
 EM ma-zhengyi@163.com
 CR FANG JP, 2005, CHINESE PHYS, V14, P669
    LIN J, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P1049
    LIN J, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V313, P93
    LIN J, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V19, P189
    LOU SY, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10619
    ONO H, 1994, J PHYS SOC JPN, V63, P40
    SERKIN VN, 2001, OPT COMMUN, V192, P237
    STOITCHEVA G, 2001, MATH COMPUT SIMULAT, V55, P621
    TANG XY, 2002, J PHYS A, V35, P4078
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4000
    WANG S, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P231
    YING JP, 2001, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V35, P405
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P533
    ZHANG JF, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P7
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P783
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P472
 NR 17
 TC 1
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD JUN 15
 PY 2005
 VL 43
 IS 6
 BP 993
 EP 997
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 939IA
 UT ISI:000230064700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
 TI Variable, separation solutions of generalized Broer-Kaup system via a
    projective method
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE extended projective method; (2+1)-dimensional GBK system; exact
    solution; localized excitation
 ID LOCALIZED COHERENT STRUCTURES; (2+1)-DIMENSIONAL INTEGRABLE SYSTEMS;
    SOLITON-STRUCTURES; WAVE EQUATION; EXCITATIONS
 AB Using an extended projective method, anew type of variable separation
    solution with two arbitrary functions of the (2+1)-dimensional
    generalized Broer-Kaup system (GBK) is derived. Based on the derived
    variable separation solution, some special localized coherent soliton
    excitations with or without elastic behaviors such as dromions,
    peakons, and foldons etc. are revealed by selecting appropriate
    functions in this paper.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zjclzheng@yahoo.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1973, PHYS REV LETT, V31, P125
    BOITI M, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P371
    BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P432
    BROER LJF, 1975, APPL SCI RES, V31, P377
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    CHEN CL, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P129
    CLERC M, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P3820
    HUANG DJ, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P601
    KADOMTSEV BB, 1970, SOV PHYS DOKL, V15, P539
    KAUP DJ, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V54, P396
    LORENZ EN, 1963, J ATMOS SCI, V20, P130
    LOU SY, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1614
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LOU SY, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10619
    LU Z, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V19, P527
    ROSENAU P, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P564
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4000
    YING JP, 2001, Z NATURFORSCH A, V56, P619
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1968, J APPL MECH TECH PHY, V2, P190
    ZHANG JF, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P705
    ZHANG JF, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V313, P401
    ZHANG SL, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V300, P40
    ZHENG CL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2426
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P9
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P25
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
    ZHENG CL, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P391
    ZHENG CL, 2004, J PHYS SOC JPN, V73, P293
    ZHENG CL, 2005, SOLITONS FRACTALS, V23, P1741
 NR 32
 TC 1
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD JUN 15
 PY 2005
 VL 43
 IS 6
 BP 1061
 EP 1067
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 939IA
 UT ISI:000230064700022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yin, JB
    Chen, HD
    Luo, K
    Zhuang, XL
    Chen, XS
    Cao, T
 TI Preparation and properties of biodegradable microspheres containing
    5-fluorouracil
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Letter
 DE 5-fluorouracil; poly (lactic acide) (PLA); poly(lactic
    acid)-polyethylene glycol (PLA-PEG); microspheres; nano-silica;
    controlled drug-release
 ID CONTROLLED-RELEASE
 AB Microspheres containing an antimetabolite drug 5-Fluorouracil were
    prepared from poly(lactic acide) (PLA) or poly (lactic
    acid)-polyethylene glycol (PLA-PEG) as the carrier by using a
    water-in-oil-in-water emulsion solvent evaporation technique. The
    conditions of the microspheres preparation such as Poly- mer
    concentration in organic solvent, relative molecular weight of PLA-PEG
    and PLA/PEG mass ratio were discussed. The surface morphology and the
    size of the microspheres were observed by SEM. The drug content of
    microspheres was examined by TGA and the drug release in vitro was
    evaluated. According to the results, the drug content increased with
    the nano-silica used. The highest drug content in this study was 39.9%.
    The drug-release kinetics satisfied the requirements of controlled
    drug-release.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, State Key Lab Polymer Phys & Chem, Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, XS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 EM xschen@ciac.jl.cn
 CR FOURNIER E, 2004, EUR J PHARM BIOPHARM, V57, P189
    FU YJ, 2002, COLLOID SURFACE B, V25, P269
    HAZRATI AM, 1989, P INT S CONTR REL BI, V16, P79
    MENG FT, 2004, COLLOID SURFACE B, V33, P177
    PINEDO HM, 1988, J CLIN ONCOL, V6, P1653
    RUAN G, 2003, BIOMATERIALS, V24, P5037
    TAKAO M, 2000, COLLOID SURFACE B, V17, P153
    XIONG SB, 2003, CHINESE J PHARMACEUT, V34, P330
    YANG YN, 2004, CHEM J CHINESE U, V25, P162
    ZHANG WG, 1996, ACAD J 2 MILITARY ME, V17, P395
    ZHUO RX, 1997, CHEM J CHINESE U, V18, P1207
    ZINUTTI C, 1994, J MICROENCAPSUL, V11, P555
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD JUL 10
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 6
 BP 1174
 EP 1176
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 939KV
 UT ISI:000230072500047
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yao, YQ
 TI New type of exact solutions of nonlinear evolution equations via the
    new Sine-Poisson equation expansion method
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID BREAKING SOLITON EQUATION; SYMBOLIC COMPUTATION; WAVE SOLUTIONS
 AB In this paper, based on the well-known Sine-Poisson equation, a new
    Sine-Poisson equation expansion method with constant coefficients or
    variable coefficients is presented, which can be used to construct more
    new exact solutions of nonlinear evolution equations in mathematical
    physics. The KdV-mKdV equation and the typical breaking soliton
    equation are chosen to illustrate our method such that many types of
    new exact solutions are obtained, which include exponential solutions,
    kink-shaped solutions, singular solutions and soliton-like solutions.
    (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yao, YQ, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM yyqinw@126.com
 CR CALOGERO F, 1977, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V39
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    KHATER AH, 2002, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V140, P435
    LI BA, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V17, P885
    MALFLIET W, 2003, MATH COMPUT SIMULAT, V62, P101
    MEI JQ, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V20, P771
    TIAN B, 1997, INT J ENG SCI, V35, P1081
    YAN ZY, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V8, P889
    YAN ZY, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V285, P355
    YAN ZY, 2003, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V36, P1961
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 4
 BP 1081
 EP 1086
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 936RZ
 UT ISI:000229874400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yao, YQ
    Zhang, YF
 TI The multi-component WKI hierarchy
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID INTEGRABLE SYSTEMS; HAMILTONIAN-STRUCTURE
 AB Firstly a new loop algebra (G) over tilde (M) with 3M dimensions is
    constructed, which is devoted to establishing a new isospectral
    problem. Then the multi-component WKI hierarchy of soliton equations is
    obtained. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shandong Univ Sci & Technol, Informat Sch, Tai An 271019, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Liaoning Normal Univ, Sch Math, Dalian 166000, Peoples R China.
 RP Yao, YQ, Shandong Univ Sci & Technol, Informat Sch, Tai An 271019,
    Peoples R China.
 EM yyqin_78@163.com
 CR GU Z, 1993, ACTA MATH SIC, V3, P366
    GUO F, 1999, ACTA MATH PHYS SINIC, V19, P507
    GUO FK, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P5793
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V68, P2241
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V257, P53
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    ZHAN YF, 2003, MATH PRACT THEORY, V33, P109
    ZHANG YF, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V317, P280
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P305
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 4
 BP 1087
 EP 1089
 PG 3
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 936RZ
 UT ISI:000229874400008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yan, HP
    Li, CP
 TI Generalized projective synchronization of a unified chaotic system
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID DISCRETE-TIME-SYSTEMS; CHENS SYSTEM
 AB In the present paper, a simple but efficient control technique of the
    generalized projective synchronization is applied to a unified chaotic
    system. Numerical simulations show that this method works very well,
    which can also be applied to other chaotic systems. (c) 2005 Elsevier
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Hunan Univ Sci & Engn, Dept Math, Hunan 425006, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Pretoria, Dept Elect Engn & Comp Engn, ZA-0002 Pretoria, South Africa.
 RP Yan, HP, Hunan Univ Sci & Engn, Dept Math, Hunan 425006, Peoples R
    China.
 EM hnyanjianping@eyou.com
 CR ABARBANEL HDI, 1996, PHYS REV E A, V53, P4528
    AFRAIMOVICH VS, 1986, IZV VUZ RADIOFIZ+, V29, P1050
    CHEE CY, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V318, P112
    CHEN GR, 1999, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V9, P1465
    GONZALEZMIRANDA JM, 1996, PHYS REV E A, V53, R5
    KAPITANIAK T, 1992, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V2, P519
    KAPITANIAK T, 1994, PHYS REV E, V50, P1642
    KOCAREV L, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1816
    LI CP, 2003, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V13, P1609
    LI CP, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P443
    LI CP, 2004, CHAOS, V14
    LI CP, 2004, CHAOS, V14, P343
    LI Z, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V282, P175
    LORENZ EN, 1963, J ATMOS SCI, V20, P130
    LU J, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V305, P365
    LU JA, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P632
    LU JH, 2002, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P2917
    MAINIERI R, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P3042
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    RULKOV NF, 1995, PHYS REV E, V51, P980
    STEFANSKI A, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V40, P175
    TAO CH, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P281
    XU DL, 2001, CHAOS, V11, P439
    XU DL, 2002, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P1395
    XU DL, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V305, P167
    XU DL, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    XU DL, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P175
    YAN JP, UNPUB J SHANGHAI U
    YAN JP, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1683
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 4
 BP 1119
 EP 1124
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 936RZ
 UT ISI:000229874400012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Luo, H
    Zhuang, RK
    Guo, XM
 TI Oscillation criteria for second order nonlinear differential equation
    with damping
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE second order nonlinear differential equation with damping; oscillation;
    Riccati transformation; integral averaging technique
 AB By the generalized Riccati transformation and the integral averaging
    technique, some. sufficient conditions of oscillation of. the solutions
    for second. order nonlinear differential equations with damping were
    discussed. Some sufficient oscillation criteria for previous equations
    were built up. Some oscillation criteria have been expanded and
    strengthened in some other known results.
 C1 Huizhou Coll, Dept Math, Huizhou 516015, Guangdong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Luo, H, Huizhou Coll, Dept Math, Huizhou 516015, Guangdong, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zclh@hzu.edu.cn
 CR HARTMAN P, 1952, AM J MATH, V74, P389
    KAMENEV IV, 1978, MAT ZAMETKI, V23, P249
    KIRANE M, 2000, J MATH ANAL APPL, V250, P118
    LI HJ, 1995, J MATH ANAL APPL, V194, P217
    LI WT, 1999, INDIAN J PURE AP MAT, V30, P1017
    PHILOS CG, 1989, ARCH MATH, V53, P489
    WANG QR, 2001, ACTA MATH SINICA, V44, P371
    WONG JSW, 1968, FUNKCIAL EKVAC, V11, P207
    YAN JR, 1986, P AM MATH SOC, V98, P276
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 4
 BP 441
 EP 448
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 938OJ
 UT ISI:000230012400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Andre, C
    Ping, L
    Thomassin, M
    Robert, JF
    Guillaume, YC
 TI Modelling of the association mechanism of a series of rodenticide
    molecules with lipid membrane investigated by computational chemistry
    and biochromatography
 SO ANALYTICA CHIMICA ACTA
 DT Article
 DE biochromatography; IAM surface; rodenticide; polar retention effect;
    hydrophobic effect; computational chemistry
 ID BLOOD-BRAIN-BARRIER; HUMIC-ACID; CHROMATOGRAPHY; PENETRATION;
    HYDROPHOBICITY; BRODIFACOUM; CHOLESTEROL; ADSORPTION; RETENTION;
    SURFACES
 AB The increase of pest rodents population in urban and rural areas is
    tackled by dissemination of baits poisoned with anticoagulant
    compounds. In order to modelize the cell membrane transport of these
    rodenticides, which have toxic effect on human keratynocytes and break
    the vitamin K cycle, a new general model based on the perturbation
    method was developed to describe the association process between these
    rodenticide and an immobilized artificial membrane (IAM). The
    thermodynamic functions of the rodenticide transfer from the bulk
    solvent to the IAM surface were also determined. The variation plots of
    the solute transfer data versus the salt concentration (x) in the bulk
    solvent allow to demonstrate hat the rolenticides-IAM surface
    association mechanism was governed by both the hydrophobic effect and
    the van der Waals interactions/hydrogen bonds between the rodenticide
    polar groups with the polar headgroups of phospholipid monolayers
    (polar retention effect). This result was also corroborated by a
    comparison of the number of water molecules surrounded the rodenticide
    in the medium (obtained by computational chemistry) and the number of
    water molecule release at the IAM-rodenticide interface (obtained
    thanks to the Tanford's equation). (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Univ Franche Comte, Fac Med & Pharm, Chim Analyt Lab, F-25030 Besancon, France.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Guillaume, YC, Univ Franche Comte, Fac Med & Pharm, Chim Analyt Lab, Pl
    St Jacques, F-25030 Besancon, France.
 EM yves.guillaume@univ-comte.fr
 CR ANDRE C, 2004, CHROMATOGPAPHIA, V59, P419
    ANDRE C, 2004, J CHROMATOGR B, V813, P295
    BEVINGTON PR, 1969, DATA REDUCTION ERROR
    BLUMEL C, 1999, J CHROMATOGR A, V865
    BRAUN W, 1996, COMPUTER SIMULATION
    CALDWELL GW, 1998, J CHROMATOGR A, V800
    CHIO CT, 1989, REACTIONS MOVEMENT O, V22
    CHIOU CT, 1985, ORG GEOCHEM, V8, P9
    CLAPO CE, 1996, J ENVIRON QUAL, V26, P1277
    DACK MR, 1969, J CHEM SOC REV, V4, P211
    DIMITROV OA, 1998, J STEROID BIOCHEM, V66, P55
    DOHERTY PJ, 1969, WEED RES, V9, P20
    DUCARME A, 1998, EUR J MED CHEM, V33, P215
    EISENHABER F, 1995, J COMPUT CHEM, V16, P273
    HA H, 1992, J MOL BIOL, V228, P252
    HUI CH, 1996, FORENSIC SCI INT, V78, P13
    HYGNSTROM SE, 2001, CONTROLLING HOUSE MI
    KRUG RR, 1980, IND ENG CHEM FUND, V19, P50
    KRUSE JA, 1992, ANN EMERG MED, V21, P331
    LAOR Y, 1998, WATER RES, V32, P1923
    LI J, 1994, J CHROMATOGR, V12, P105
    LISELLA FS, 1970, J ENV HLTH, V33, P231
    MELANDER W, 1986, HIGH PERFORMANCE LIQ, V23
    NASAL A, 1995, J CHROMATOGR A, V692, P83
    OKAMURA E, 1999, J PHYS CHEM B, V103, P3505
    ONG S, 1995, ANAL CHEM, V67, P755
    ONG SW, 1994, ANAL CHEM, V66, P782
    ONG SW, 1996, J CHROMATOGR A, V728, P113
    PARSONS BJ, 1996, AUST NZ J PUBL HEAL, V20, P488
    PIDGEON C, 1989, ANAL BIOCHEM, V176, P36
    RANATUNGA R, 2002, J CHROMATOGR A, V946, P47
    REICHEL A, 1998, PHARMACEUT RES, V15, P1270
    ROWE ES, 1998, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V37, P2430
    SALMINEN T, 1997, J PHARMACEUT BIOMED, V15, P469
    SIDOROVA NY, 1996, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V93, P12272
    STEWART BH, 1998, PHARMACEUT RES, V15, P1401
    TANFORD C, 1969, J MOL BIOL, V39, P539
    TANFORD C, 1973, HYDROPHOBIC EFFECT
    TOMLIN C, 2001, PESTICIDE MANUAL
    WALLIN R, 1986, BIOCHEM J, V236, P685
    WEITZEL JN, 1990, BLOOD, V76, P2555
    WONG PTT, 1989, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V980, P37
    WU SL, 1986, J CHROMATOGR, V359, P3
 NR 43
 TC 0
 SN 0003-2670
 J9 ANAL CHIM ACTA
 JI Anal. Chim. Acta
 PD JUN 29
 PY 2005
 VL 542
 IS 2
 BP 199
 EP 206
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA 936XR
 UT ISI:000229889400010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, Y
    Wang, JA
    Sang, WB
    Wu, RF
    Yan, LL
    Fang, YY
 TI ZnO nanowire self-assembling generated via polymer and the formation
    mechanism
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE ZnO nanowire; self-assembling; polymer induced; oriented growth;
    coordinate complexation
 ID OPTICAL-PROPERTIES; NANORODS; GROWTH; FABRICATION; DEPOSITION; ARRAYS
 AB A novel process was reported for preparing zinc oxide (ZnO) nanowires
    almost vertically well-aligned on various planes of silicon substrates
    by using polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) as self-assembling complex polymer to
    control nucleation and crystal growth via polymer complexation and
    low-temperature oxidizing-sintering. Highly regular Zn(OH)(2) nanodots
    on the Si substrate were, first synthesized via complexing the
    homogeneous polar hydroxy groups -OH on PVA side-chains with Zn2+ ions
    in zinc salt solution when the pH value of the solution was adjusted to
    8.5 +/- 0.1 by addition of a concentrated aqueous ammonia. Then the
    synthesized Zn(OH)(2) nanodots decomposed into ZnO nanodots at about
    125 V by thermal hydrolysis. Subsequently the ZnO nanodots grew
    gradually up into the well-oriented ZnO nanowires on the substrate at
    sintering temperature of 420 degrees C. In the early stage of
    sintering, the carbonized PVA grid backbones were formed, which
    confined the ZnO nanowire ' s diameter and enhanced the absorption of
    ZnO at the tips of nanowires. At the presence of carbonized PVA, part
    of ZnO reduced to Zn through carbothermal reduction and in oxygen Zn
    was further oxidized to ZnO, forming the catalytically active site at
    the tips of nanowires. All the polymers were removed after sintering.
    The analytical results of FE-SEM, TEM, HR-TEM and XRD indicated that
    the ZnO nanowires are evenly distributed on Si substrate and possess a
    hexagonal wurtzite structure with preferred orientation along the [000
    1] direction of ZnO, and their diameter varies from 20 to 80 nm and the
    length from 0.5 to several mu m. A polymer-controlled crystallization
    and morphogenesis by polymer grid backbone localization model was
    proposed to explain the growth behavior of ZnO nanowires.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP He, Y, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM yinghe@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR GUO L, 2002, J AM CHEM SOC, V124, P14864
    HUANG MH, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P1897
    LIU CH, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P838
    MATSUO T, 1962, MAKROMOL CHEM, V55, P150
    RYU YR, 2000, J CRYST GROWTH, V219, P419
    VAYSSIERES L, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P464
    WANG Z, 2002, APPL PHYS A-MATER, V74, P201
    WU JJ, 2002, ADV MATER, V14, P215
    XING YJ, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V83, P1689
    ZHENG MJ, 2002, CHEM PHYS LETT, V363, P123
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PD JUN 28
 PY 2005
 VL 63
 IS 12
 BP 1037
 EP 1041
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 938CO
 UT ISI:000229977700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, CA
    Zhang, WM
    Li, GH
    Zheng, YF
    Zhou, BX
    Cheng, DH
 TI Preparation of hollow global tungsten carbide (WC) catalysts with
    meso-porosity and its characterization
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE meso-porosity; hollow globe; tungsten carbide; characterization
 ID TRANSITION-METAL CARBIDES; TEMPERATURE-PROGRAMMED REACTION; SOLID-STATE
    METATHESIS; REDUCTION; CARBURIZATION; MIXTURES; CARBON; MO2C; GAS
 AB Hollow global tungsten carbide (WC) catalysts with meso-porosity were
    prepared by spray drying sphere miniaturation-gas-solid reaction, using
    ammonium metatungstate as precursors, carbon monoxide as deoxidizing
    gas and carbon dioxide as carrier gas. The samples were characterized
    by XRD, SEM, EDS and TG-DTA, respectively. XRD and EDS results show
    that the sample took pure WC phase, with a ratio of W/C near 1. TG-DTA
    results show that the sample is stable in the air under 400 degrees C.
    SEM images indicate that the morphology of the sample is hollow globe
    with meso-porosity on the surface. The hollow globe was constituted by
    a lot of puncheons, with a length of 100 similar to 800 nm and a width
    of 50 similar to 150 nm. The joint between two puncheons lies on tips
    or tip and the surface of puncheon. Puncheons were surrounded by
    cavities. The cavity connects with each other, with different shapes
    and a size of 0 similar to 200 nm.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ Technol, Breeding Base State Key Lab Green Chem Synth Tech, Hangzhou 310014, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ Technol, Res Ctr Nano Sci & Technol, Hangzhou 310014, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Univ Technol, Sch Chem Engn & Mat Sci, Hangzhou 310014, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, CA, Zhejiang Univ Technol, Breeding Base State Key Lab Green Chem
    Synth Tech, Hangzhou 310014, Peoples R China.
 EM science@zjut.edu.cn
 CR BAIKALOVA YV, 2000, J ALLOY COMPD, V297, P87
    BOHM H, 1970, NATURE, V227, P484
    CHOI S, 1997, MATER RES SOC S P, V454, P41
    CLARIDGE JB, 2000, CHEM MATER, V12, P132
    CURRY KE, 1994, CATAL TODAY, V21, P171
    GIRAUDON JM, 2000, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V145, P412
    JOHNSON C, 2001, CHEM MATER, V13, P3876
    KIC R, 2000, J EUR CERAM SOC, V20, P1859
    LECLERCQ G, 1996, J CATAL, V158, P142
    LEVY RB, 1973, SCIENCE, V181, P547
    LOFBERG A, 2000, J CATAL, V189, P170
    MA CA, 1990, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V6, P622
    MEDEIROS FFP, 2001, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V315, P58
    MORENOCASTILLA C, 2001, LANGMUIR, V17, P1752
    NARTOWSKI AM, 1999, J MATER CHEM, V9, P1275
    NARTOWSKI AM, 2001, J MATER CHEM, V11, P3116
    NELSON JA, 2002, CHEM MATER, V14, P1639
    OYAMA ST, 1997, CHEM LETT, P949
    RIBEIRO FH, 1991, J CATAL, V130, P498
    WANG GJ, 2001, J QINGDAO U, V16, P51
    WANNER S, 2000, APPL CATAL A-GEN, V203, P55
    XIAO TC, 2002, PHYS CHEM CHEM PHYS, V4, P3522
    XUE HX, 2003, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V61, P208
    YAMADA K, 2000, J ALLOY COMPD, V305, P253
    YORK APE, 1997, STUD SURF SCI CATAL, V110, P711
    YORK APE, 2000, STUD SURF SCI CATA B, V130, P989
    ZENG D, 1993, CHEM MATER, V5, P681
    ZHANG YF, 2004, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V62, P1041
    ZHU LZ, 1999, CHIN J APPL CHEM, V16, P52
 NR 29
 TC 1
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PD JUN 28
 PY 2005
 VL 63
 IS 12
 BP 1151
 EP 1154
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 938CO
 UT ISI:000229977700021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, ZM
    Liu, YL
 TI The generation of lump solitons by a bottom topography in a
    surface-tension dominated flow
 SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR NATURFORSCHUNG SECTION A-A JOURNAL OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE Kadomtsev-Petviashvili-I equation; lump soliton; bottom topography
 ID KADOMTSEV-PETVIASHVILI EQUATION
 AB The generation of lump solitons by a three-dimensional bottom
    topography is numerically investigated by use of a forced
    Kadomtsev-Petviashvili-I (KP-I) equation. The numerical method is based
    on the third order Runge-Kutta method and the Crank-Nicolson scheme.
    The main result is the pairwise periodic generation of two pairs of
    lump-type solitons downstream of the obstacle. The pair with the
    smaller amplitude is generated with a longer period and moves in a
    larger angle with respect to the positive x-axis than the one with the
    larger amplitude. Furthermore, the effects of the detuning parameter on
    the generation and evolution of lumps are studied. Finally the waves
    propagating upstream of the obstacle are also briefly investigated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zmlu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P570
    ALBOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    BERGER KM, 2000, SIAM J APPL MATH, V61, P731
    GORSHKOV KA, 1993, SOV PHYS JETP, V77, P237
    LU ZM, 2004, WAVE MOTION, V40, P123
    MANAKOV SV, 1977, PHYS LETT A, V63, P205
    PELINOVSKII DE, 1993, JETP LETT, V57, P24
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0932-0784
 J9 Z NATURFORSCH SECT A
 JI Z. Naturfors. Sect. A-J. Phys. Sci.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 60
 IS 5
 BP 328
 EP 334
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 935KD
 UT ISI:000229779400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sang, WB
    Wang, KS
    Min, JH
    Teng, JY
    Zhang, Q
    Qian, YB
 TI A novel two-step chemical passivation process for CdZnTe detectors
 SO SEMICONDUCTOR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID GAMMA-RAY DETECTORS; SURFACE PASSIVATION; CDTE; INDUSTRIAL
 AB The spectrum resolution of cadmium zinc telluride (CZT) room
    temperature nuclear radiation detectors is often limited by the
    presence of conducting surface species that increase the surface
    leakage current. Surface passivation plays a dominant role in reducing
    the surface leakage current and therefore decreasing the noise and
    improving the spectral energy resolution of the detectors. In this
    paper, a novel two-step chemical passivation process for CZT detectors,
    in which the mixed solution of bromine-methanol and lactic acid in
    ethylene glycol (BMLB) treated CZT wafer was first etched by using a
    KOH aqueous solution, and then by using a NH4F/H2O2 mixed solution, is
    presented. The Auger electron spectroscopy (AES) and atomic force
    microscopy (AFM) results show that the first-step KOH process consumed
    the Te-rich layer caused by BMLB and left a more stoichiometric surface
    and the second-step NH4F/H2O2 process oxidized the elemental
    constituents of the CZT surface obtained by the KOH etching and formed
    an oxide layer on the surface. The I-V characteristics show that the
    novel process leads to a lower surface leakage current compared to the
    processing by using either a KOH or NH4F/H2O2 agent. The results
    indicate that this two-step passivation process has a promising
    potential in the fabrication of CZT detectors.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Sang, WB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ARLT R, 1996, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V380, P455
    CHATTOPADHYAY K, 2000, J ELECTRON MATER, V29, P708
    CHEN KT, 1997, J VAC SCI TECHNOL  1, V15, P850
    EISEN Y, 1996, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V380, P431
    EISEN Y, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V428, P158
    ILLER A, 1998, CRYST RES TECHNOL, V33, P401
    LUKE PN, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P2884
    LUKE PN, 1996, IEEE T NUCL SCI 2, V43, P1481
    MESCHER MJ, 1999, J ELECTRON MATER, V28, P700
    NIEMELA A, 1994, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V41, P1054
    ROSSI M, 1996, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V380, P419
    SANG WB, 2000, J CRYST GROWTH, V214, P30
    WRIGHT GW, 1999, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V3768, P481
    WRIGHT GW, 2000, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V4141, P324
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0268-1242
 J9 SEMICOND SCI TECHNOL
 JI Semicond. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 20
 IS 5
 BP 343
 EP 346
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Materials Science,
    Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 935QX
 UT ISI:000229797900006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shang, YL
    Zhang, LS
 TI A filled function method for finding a global minimizer on global
    integer optimization
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE integer programming; local minimizer; global minimizer; filled
    function; global optimization
 ID TUNNELING ALGORITHM; VARIABLES
 AB The paper gives a definition of the filled function for nonlinear
    integer programming. This definition is modified from that of the
    global convexized filled function for continuous global optimization. A
    filled function with only one parameter which satisfies this definition
    is presented. We also discuss the properties of the proposed function
    and give a filled function method to solve the nonlinear integer
    programming problem. The implementation of the algorithm on several
    test problems is reported with satisfactory numerical results. (c) 2004
    Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Henan Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Luoyang 471003, Peoples R China.
 RP Shang, YL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, 99 Shang Da Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM ylshang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR DIXON LCW, 1976, OPTIMIZATION ACTION, P398
    GE R, 1989, APPL MATH COMPUT, V34, P39
    GE R, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V46, P191
    GE RP, 1987, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V54, P241
    GE RP, 1990, APPL MATH COMPUT, V35, P131
    LEVY AV, 1985, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V6, P15
    LIU X, 2001, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V137, P62
    LUCIDI S, 2002, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V24, P219
    OBLOW EM, 2001, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V20, P195
    PARDALOS PM, 2000, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V124, P209
    ZHANG LS, 1998, OR T, V2, P59
    ZHANG LS, 2004, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V28, P17
    ZHU WX, 1997, OR T, V1, P72
    ZHU WX, 2000, CHINESE ACTA MATH AP, V23, P481
    ZHU WX, 2003, OPTIMIZATION LINE
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0377-0427
 J9 J COMPUT APPL MATH
 JI J. Comput. Appl. Math.
 PD SEP 1
 PY 2005
 VL 181
 IS 1
 BP 200
 EP 210
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 935TE
 UT ISI:000229805500014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    Zhang, XY
 TI A new generalized Laguerre spectral approximation and its applications
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE new generalized Laguerre approximation; mixed spherical
    harmonic-generalized Laguerre spectral method
 ID UNBOUNDED-DOMAINS; EQUATIONS
 AB A new family of generalized Laguerre polynomials is introduced. Various
    orthogonal projections are investigated. Some approximation results are
    established. As an example of their important applications, the mixed
    spherical harmonic-generalized Laguerre approximation is developed. A
    mixed spectral scheme is proposed for a three-dimensional model
    problem. Its convergence is proved. Numerical results demonstrate the
    high accuracy of this new spectral method. (c) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Normal Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Div Computat Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Maritime Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200135, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, BY, Shanghai Normal Univ, Dept Math, Guilin Rd 100, Shanghai
    200234, Peoples R China.
 EM byguo@shnu.edu.cn
 CR BENYU G, IN PRESS J COMP MATH
    BENYU G, 1995, MATH COMPUT, V64, P1067
    BENYU G, 1999, MATH COMPUT, V68, P1067
    BENYU G, 2000, N2AN MATH MODEL NUME, V34, P859
    BENYU G, 2000, NUMER MATH, V86, P635
    BENYU G, 2003, MATH COMPUT, V73, P95
    BERGH J, 1976, INTERPOLATION SPACES
    CHENGLONG X, 2002, J COMPUT MATH, V20, P413
    COUANT R, 1953, METHODS MATH PHYS, V1
    FUNARO D, 1991, MATH COMPUT, V57, P597
    FUNARO D, 1992, POLYNOMIAL APPROXIMA
    MADAY Y, 1985, RECH AEROSPATIALE, V6, P13
    MASTROIANNI G, 1997, IMA J NUMER ANAL, V17, P621
    SHEN J, 2000, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V38, P1113
 NR 14
 TC 1
 SN 0377-0427
 J9 J COMPUT APPL MATH
 JI J. Comput. Appl. Math.
 PD SEP 15
 PY 2005
 VL 181
 IS 2
 BP 342
 EP 363
 PG 22
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 935WG
 UT ISI:000229813500010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiong, HK
    Zou, JN
    Yu, SY
    Sun, J
 TI Network TV broadcasting with multi-programs on application-oriented QoS
 SO IEICE TRANSACTIONS ON COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE application-oriented QoS; network TV variable bit-rate
 ID BIT ALLOCATION; VIDEO
 AB This paper introduces the design procedure of the contrived network TV
    broadcasting transcoder/encoder system, especially develops a new
    variable bit-rate (VBR) coding bit allocation strategy with a
    constraint channel bandwidth and consistent picture quality for
    multiple parallel video sequences broadcasting, which accommodates the
    complicated video sources with different frame rates and GOP
    structures, and combines the buffer control and the optimized
    macroblock (MB) coding mode selection. The proposed strategy absorbs
    several reasonable metrics in a hierarchical structure, and provides
    flexibility and promotion for resource allocation in multi-access
    scenario. Experimental results demon strate the effect of the proposed
    scheme.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Image Commun & Informat Proc, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiong, HK, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Image Commun & Informat Proc,
    Huashan Ave 1954, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 EM xionghongkai@sjtu.edu.cn
 CR *MOV PICT EXP GROU, 1993, JTC1SC29WG11N0400 IS
    HANG HM, 1997, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V7, P287
    NASIOPOULOS P, 2002, IEEE T BROADCAST, V48, P207
    SORIAL H, 2000, 2000 IEEE INT S CIRC, V2, P9
    VETRO A, 1999, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V9, P186
    WANG LM, 1999, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V9, P949
    WU DP, 2001, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V11, P282
    XIN J, 2001, 2001 IEEE INT C MULT, V1, P119
    XIONG HK, 2002, IEEE T CONSUM ELECTR, V48, P898
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0916-8516
 J9 IEICE TRANS COMMUN
 JI IEICE Trans. Commun.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL E88B
 IS 6
 BP 2688
 EP 2692
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Telecommunications
 GA 935ZZ
 UT ISI:000229823300065
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, W
    Daichin
    Lee, SJ
 TI PIV measurements of the near-wake behind a sinusoidal cylinder
 SO EXPERIMENTS IN FLUIDS
 DT Article
 ID BLUFF-BODY; WAVY CYLINDER; VORTICES; REDUCTION; DRAG
 AB The three-dimensional near-wake structures behind a sinusoidal cylinder
    have been investigated using a particle image velocimetry (PIV)
    measurement technique at Re=3,000. The mean velocity fields and spatial
    distributions of ensemble-averaged turbulence statistics for flows
    around the sinusoidal and corresponding smooth cylinders were compared.
    The near-wake behind the sinusoidal cylinder exhibited pronounced
    spanwise periodic variations in the flow structure. Well-organized
    streamwise vortices with alternating positive and negative vorticity
    were observed along the span of the sinusoidal cylinder. They suppress
    the formation of the large-scale spanwise vortices and decrease the
    overall turbulent kinetic energy in the near-wake of the sinusoidal
    cylinder. The sinusoidal surface geometry significantly modifies the
    near-wake structure and strongly controls the three-dimensional
    vortices formed in the near-wake.
 C1 Pohang Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mech Engn, Pohang 3191188, Kyong Buk, South Korea.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lee, SJ, Pohang Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mech Engn, Pohang 3191188,
    Kyong Buk, South Korea.
 EM sjlee@postech.ac.kr
 CR AHMED A, 1992, PHYS FLUIDS A-FLUID, V4, P1959
    AHMED A, 1993, AIAA J, V31, P559
    BEARMAN PW, 1998, J FLUID STRUCT, V12, P123
    BREDE M, 1996, PHYS FLUIDS, V8, P2117
    LAM K, 2004, J FLUID STRUCT, V19, P815
    LAM KM, 2003, P 6 PAC RIM INT WORK, P25
    LIN JC, 1995, J FLUID STRUCT, V9, P231
    NGUYEN AT, 2004, THESIS POSTECH KOREA
    OWEN JC, 2001, J FLUID STRUCT, V15, P597
    WANG FH, 2004, FLOW MEAS INSTRUM, V15, P105
    WILLIAMSON CHK, 1996, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V28, P477
    WU J, 1994, J FLUID STRUCT, V8, P621
    WU J, 1996, J FLUID ENG-T ASME, V118, P531
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0723-4864
 J9 EXP FLUID
 JI Exp. Fluids
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 38
 IS 6
 BP 824
 EP 832
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 934VC
 UT ISI:000229736000014
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Peng, DL
    Huang, S
    Wang, XL
    Zhou, AY
 TI Concept-based retrieval of alternate Web services
 SO DATABASE SYSTEMS FOR ADVANCED APPLICATIONS, PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID CONCEPT LATTICES
 AB Web services have attracted much attention in recent years with the
    development of e-commercial technologies over the Internet. Although
    there are some standards and protocols for web service technologies,
    such as WSDL, UDDI and SOAP, the core technologies underlying Web
    services need further study in order to make these technologies
    practical and flexible. Efficient services management is the main task
    for services execution and services composition and there is no good
    solution until now. In this paper, we present a concept-based method
    for services management, which is efficient for services selection and
    alternative. Our method takes advantage of lattice and retrieves the
    optimal alternates for a given Web service efficiently by employing
    formal concept analysis and concept lattice. Compared with the former
    methods, this method is more efficient and accurate because the
    underlying semantics of Web services and users' requirements are
    exploited during the processing of retrieval. Experimental results also
    verify the efficiency and scalability of our approach.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Comp Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Peng, DL, Fudan Univ, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R
    China.
 EM dlpeng@fudan.edu.cn
    shhuang@fudan.edu.cn
    wxling@fudan.edu.cn
    ayzhou@fudan.edu.cn
 CR BELLWOOD T, UNIVERSAL DESCRIPTIO
    BOOTH D, 2004, WEB SERVICES ARCHITE
    CHAPPELL D, 2002, JAVA WEB SERVICE, P22
    CHRISTENSEN E, WEB SERVICE DESCRIPT
    DON X, 2004, P 30 VLDB C TOR CAN
    GANTER B, 1999, FORMAL CONCEPT ANAL
    GODIN R, 1995, COMPUT INTELL, V11, P246
    GUDGIN M, SIMPLE OBJECT ACCESS
    KOICS L, 2002, P IEEE INT C SYST MA
    KOVACS I, 2001, P 2 ISHR COMP IN BUD
    LIU W, 2002, P 5 INT C ALG ARCH P
    SALTON G, 1975, J AM SOC INFORM SCI, P13
    WANG Y, 2003, P 4 INT C WEB INF SY
    WILLE R, 1982, ORDERED SETS, P445
    WILLE R, 1992, COMPUT MATH APPL, V23, P493
    ZHUGE H, 2004, J SYST SOFTWARE, P106
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2005
 VL 3453
 BP 359
 EP 371
 PG 13
 GA BCG53
 UT ISI:000229213600030
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fu, GC
    Dong, C
    Li, MX
    Guo, J
    Yang, LH
 TI Structural, transport and magnetic properties of KxCoO2 (x=0.36)
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID PHASE; SUPERCONDUCTIVITY
 AB Layered potassium cobaltate KxCoO2 with x = 0.36 has been successfully
    synthesized in KOH fluxes at 480 degrees C, and its hydrated form
    K-0.36 CoO2 center dot yH(2)O (y <= 0.8) has been obtained by
    intercalation with water. The diffraction peaks of K0.36CoO2 can be
    indexed by an orthorhombic cell similar to Na0.5CoO2, and K0.36CoO2
    center dot 0.8H2O is isostructural with its sodium analog, monolayer
    hydrate Na(x)CoO(2)center dot yH(2)O. While the samples KxCoO2 and
    K(0.36)CoO(2)yH(2)O (y < 0.8) show semiconductor behaviour, a
    metal-insulator transition around 30 K was observed in the sample
    KxCoO2 center dot 0.8H(2)O. Both the samples show complicated magnetic
    behaviour, and they are primarily paramagnetic in the range from 5 K to
    300 K with a spin-glass-like transition around 56 K.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Beijing Natl Lab Condensed Matter Phys, Natl Lab Supercond, Beijing 10080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Dong, C, Chinese Acad Sci, Beijing Natl Lab Condensed Matter Phys, Natl
    Lab Supercond, Beijing 10080, Peoples R China.
 EM chengdon@aphy.iphy.ac.cn
 CR BUTEL M, 1999, SOLID STATE IONICS, V122, P271
    DONG C, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P838
    HUANG Q, 2004, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V16, P5803
    LUO JL, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V93
    MOTOHASHI T, 2003, PHYS REV B, V67, P64406
    PRABHAKARN D, CONDMAT0312943
    SCHAAK RE, 2003, NATURE, V424, P527
    SHANNON RD, 1976, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR A, V32, P751
    SHIN N, 1996, J PHYS SOC JPN, V65, P358
    TAKADA K, 2003, NATURE, V422, P53
    TAKADA K, 2004, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V177, P372
    YANG HX, CONDMAT0409308
    ZANDBERGEN HW, 2004, PHYS REV B, V70
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 22
 IS 6
 BP 1478
 EP 1480
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 934WB
 UT ISI:000229738700050
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Chen, LQ
 TI New localized excitations in a (2+1)-dimensional generalized
    Nozhnik-Novikov-Veselov system
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID COHERENT SOLITON-STRUCTURES; EQUATION; SCATTERING; TRANSFORM
 AB Using an extended homogeneous balance approach and a multilinear
    variable separation method, we obtain a new general variable separation
    excitation for the (2+1)-dimensional generalized
    Nozhnik-Novikov-Veselov(GNNV) system. Based on the derived solution,
    two new types of localized excitations, i.e., a bell-like loop soliton
    and a peak-like loop soliton, are constructed and some evolutional
    properties of these novel semifolded localized structures axe briefly
    discussed.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zjclzheng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BOITI M, 1986, INVERSE PROBL, V2, P271
    BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P432
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    FOKAS AS, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P1329
    HU XB, 1991, J PHYS A, V24, P1331
    HU XB, 1991, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V24, P1979
    HUANG WH, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V42, P4
    LOU SY, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P5027
    LOU SY, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P781
    NIZHNIK LP, 1980, SOV PHYS DOKL, V25, P706
    NOVIKOV SP, 1986, PHYSICA D, V18, P267
    OHTA Y, 1992, J PHYS SOC JPN, V61, P3928
    RADHA R, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4746
    TAGAMI Y, 1989, PHYS LETT A, V141, P116
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4000
    VESELOV AP, 1984, SOV MATH DOKL, V30, P88
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P651
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE J PHYS, V41, P442
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P783
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0577-9073
 J9 CHIN J PHYS
 JI Chin. J. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 43
 IS 3
 PN Part 1
 BP 393
 EP 399
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 934RT
 UT ISI:000229726700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, SX
    Li, LW
    Liu, F
    Li, WF
    Chi, CY
    Jing, C
    Zhang, JC
 TI Structure and charge transfer correlated with oxygen content for a
    Y0.8Ca0.2Ba2Cu3Oy, (y=6.84-6.32) system: a positron study
 SO SUPERCONDUCTOR SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID VACANCY PROPERTIES; ELECTRON-STRUCTURE; SUPERCONDUCTIVITY; YBA2CU3O7-X;
    LIFETIME; DENSITY
 AB The structure and charge transfer correlated with oxygen content are
    studied by measuring the positron lifetime parameters of the
    Y0.8Ca0.2Ba2Cu3Oy system with a large range of oxygen content (y =
    6.84-6.32). The local electron density n(e) is evaluated from the
    positron lifetime data. The positron lifetime parameters show a clear
    change around y = 6.50 where the compounds undergo the
    orthorhombic-tetragonal phase transition. The effect of ne and oxygen
    content on the structure, charge transfer and superconductivity are
    discussed. With the decrease of oxygen content y, O(4) tends to the
    Cu(1) site, causing carrier localization, and accordingly, the decrease
    of n(e). This would prove that the localized carriers (electrons and
    holes) in the Cu-O chain region have great influence on the
    superconductivity by affecting the charge transfer between the
    reservoir layers and the conducting layers. The positron annihilation
    mechanism and its relation with superconductivity are also discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, SX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM sxcao@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR AWANA VPS, 1994, PHYS REV B, V50, P594
    BRANDT W, 1967, POSITRON ANNIHILATIO, V155
    BRANDT W, 1971, PHYS LETT          A, V35, P109
    CHAKRABORTY B, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P215
    FISHER B, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P6054
    HATADA K, 1997, PHYSICA C 2, V282, P793
    HEJTMANEK J, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P16226
    JEAN YC, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1593
    JENSEN KO, 1989, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V1, P3727
    JORGENSEN JD, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P5731
    JORGENSEN JD, 1991, PHYS TODAY, V44, P34
    LI PL, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
    LORAM JW, 1997, PHYSICA C 3, V282, P1405
    MICELI PF, 1988, PHYS REV B B, V37, P5932
    TOKURA Y, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P6667
    VONSTETTEN EC, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P2198
    ZHANG JC, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P16830
    ZHANG JC, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V201, P70
    ZHANG JC, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V263, P452
    ZHANG JC, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
 NR 20
 TC 1
 SN 0953-2048
 J9 SUPERCONDUCT SCI TECHNOL
 JI Supercond. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 18
 IS 5
 BP 606
 EP 610
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 931VJ
 UT ISI:000229513300007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, WJ
    Xu, F
    Yu, Y
 TI Study and spectrophotometric determination of trace silver with
    Iodide-Victoria pure blue BO system
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE naphthyl diphenymethane; silver; spectrophotometry
 ID EXTRACTION; DYES
 AB Analytical properties and spectra of naphthyl diphenymethane basic dyes
    and associated complexes of dye with [AgI2](-) was studied. A new
    method for the spectrophotometric determination of trace amount of
    silver was developed. The method was based on the Victoria Pure Blue BO
    reacted with [AgI2](-) to form blue associated complex in the buffer
    medium of H3PO4-NaH2PO4. The spectrophotometric measurements were
    directly carried out at 574 mn, the apparent molar absorptivity of
    associated complex was 7.25 X 10(4) L center dot mol(-1) center dot
    cm(-1). The Beer's law was obeyed in the range of 4-250 mu g center dot
    L-1. The recoveries were in the range of 97.0% - 98.3%. RSD was 2.7%.
    The method has been used to determination of trace silver in river
    water with satisfactory results.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Urban Construct, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, WJ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Urban Construct, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 CR 1997, ENV CHEM, P10
    BAI X, 2004, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V24, P125
    CONSTANTINESCU C, 1975, REV ROUM CHIM, V20, P985
    SHI WJ, 2003, ABSTR PAP AM SOC 1, V226
    WANG L, 2004, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V24, P187
    XU H, 2002, CHEM J CHINESE U, V23, P216
    ZHOU CS, 2001, CHEM SEPARATION CONC, P311
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 25
 IS 5
 BP 765
 EP 767
 PG 3
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 932QE
 UT ISI:000229567600034
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JF
    Lai, XJ
 TI An alternative construction of linear superposition periodic solutions
    to nonlinear equations
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE periodic solution; linear superposition method; mapping deformation
    method
 AB An alternative derivation of linear superposition periodic solutions
    for Korteweg-de Vries equation and Kadomtsev-Petviashivili equation is
    presented. These new solutions are the suitable combinations of the
    known periodic solutions to these two equations obtained by means of
    Jacobian elliptic function method, and they exists with different
    periods and velocities. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JF, Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004,
    Peoples R China.
 EM jfzhang2002@yahoo.com.cn
 CR COOPER F, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10085
    FAN EG, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V305, P383
    KHARE A, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P3798
    KHARE A, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V88
    LIU SK, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V289, P69
    LOU SY, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1614
    LOU SY, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P5027
    YAN ZY, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V18, P299
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD JUN 6
 PY 2005
 VL 340
 IS 1-4
 BP 188
 EP 193
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 933SN
 UT ISI:000229653300024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dong, CH
 TI Higher-order fluctuations and squeezing of supercurrents in mesoscopic
    Josephson junction with light in thermal states and squeezed coherent
    states
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE Josephson effect; supercurrent; squeezing of supercurrent; squeezed
    coherent state; displaced thermal state; squeezed thermal state
 ID JAYNES-CUMMINGS MODEL; NONCLASSICAL MICROWAVES; ELECTROMAGNETIC-FIELDS;
    NUMBER STATES; CAVITY FIELDS; 3-LEVEL ATOM; GENERATION; PHASE
 AB The supercurrents and their even order fluctuations in the mesoscopic
    Josephson junction in the presence of the light in thermal states
    (including displaced thermal states and squeezed thermal states) and
    squeezed coherent states are studied. The definition of even order
    squeezing of the supercurrent is introduced in this Letter. The
    supercurrents and their fluctuations exhibit oscillations with
    modulated frequency for displaced thermal states, modulated amplitude
    for squeezed thermal states, and modulated both frequency and amplitude
    for squeezed coherent states. Quantization of light field leads up to
    the fundamental quantum fluctuations of the supercurrents. With
    appropriate parameters of the field, the supercurrents can be squeezed
    to 2nd-and higher-order. In thermal states, raising temperature will
    reduce the supercurrents and increase their fluctuations. Deepening the
    squeezing degree of the field will weaken the squeezing degree of the
    supercurrent. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Dong, CH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM chdong@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR AN NB, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V284, P72
    ASHRAF MM, 1992, PHYS REV A, V45, P8121
    DEOLIVEIRA FAM, 1990, PHYS REV A, V41, P2645
    DODONOV VV, 2002, J OPT B-QUANTUM S O, V4, R1
    DU SD, 1993, PHYS REV A, V48, P2198
    GERRY C, 1987, PHYS REV A, V35, P4440
    HONG CK, 1985, PHYS REV A, V32, P974
    IMAMOGLU A, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P15982
    JOSEPHSON BD, 1964, REV MOD PHYS, V36, P216
    KASTNER MA, 1992, REV MOD PHYS, V64, P849
    KIM MS, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P2494
    KOZIEROWSKI M, 2001, J MOD OPTIC, V48, P773
    LI WD, 2001, J MOD OPTIC, V48, P1357
    LI XS, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P228
    LOUDON R, 1987, J MOD OPTIC, V34, P709
    SCHON G, 1990, PHYS REP, V198, P237
    SHAO B, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V242, P105
    SHAO B, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P339
    SHORE BW, 1993, J MOD OPTIC, V40, P1195
    VOURDAS A, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P12040
    VOURDAS A, 1996, Z PHYS B CON MAT, V100, P455
    VOURDAS A, 1997, Z PHYS B CON MAT, V102, P43
    WALLS DF, 1994, QUANTUM OPTICS
    YURKE B, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P764
    ZOU J, 1997, PHYS LETT A, V231, P123
    ZOU J, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, P14116
    ZOU J, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V256, P375
 NR 27
 TC 0
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD JUN 6
 PY 2005
 VL 340
 IS 1-4
 BP 326
 EP 336
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 933SN
 UT ISI:000229653300044
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Chen, LQ
    Zhang, JF
 TI Peakon, compacton and loop excitations with periodic behavior in KdV
    type models related to Schrodinger system
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE KdV type system; variable separation approach; soliton; periodic
    behavior
 ID MULTISCALE REDUCTION; VAKHNENKO EQUATION; SOLITON SOLUTION;
    INTEGRABILITY; PDES; SETS
 AB In this Letter, the linear variable separation approach is successfully
    extended to (1 + 1)-dimensional Korteweg-de Vries (KdV) type models
    related to Schrodinger system. Some significant types of solitons such
    as compacton, peakon and loop solutions with periodic behavior are
    simultaneously derived from the (1 + 1)-dimensional soliton system by
    entrancing appropriate piecewise smooth functions and multivalued
    functions. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinan 321004, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zjclzheng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR CALOGERO F, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P6399
    CALOGERO F, 2001, J MATH PHYS, V42, P2635
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    KONNO K, 1981, J PHYS SOC JPN, V50, P1025
    KRAENKEL RA, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V260, P218
    LOU SY, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V175, P23
    LOU SY, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P5027
    LOU SY, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V262, P344
    LOU SY, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10619
    MORRISON AJ, 1999, NONLINEARITY, V12, P1427
    NIMMO JJC, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V168, P113
    ROSENAU P, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P564
    ROSENAU P, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P1737
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4000
    VAKHNENKO VO, 1998, NONLINEARITY, V11, P1457
    VEROSKY JM, 1991, J MATH PHYS, V32, P1733
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P783
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
    ZHENG CL, 2004, J PHYS SOC JPN, V73, P293
 NR 23
 TC 2
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD JUN 13
 PY 2005
 VL 340
 IS 5-6
 BP 397
 EP 402
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 933SR
 UT ISI:000229653700006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, WQ
    Li, QA
    Zhou, BX
    Yan, QS
    Yao, MY
 TI Effect of heat treatment on the microstructure and corrosion resistance
    of a Zr-Sn-Nb-Fe-Cr alloy
 SO JOURNAL OF NUCLEAR MATERIALS
 DT Article
 AB Zr-Sn-Nb-Fe-Cr zirconium alloy specimens treated in different ways were
    exposed to 0.01 M LiOH aqueous solution at 350 degrees C, 16.8 MPa. The
    microstructures of these specimens were investigated by transmission
    electron microscopy (TEM). It is found that the specimen treated by 800
    degrees C/500 degrees C had best corrosion resistance among all the
    specimens. TEM analysis of this specimen showed that, in addition to
    Zr(Fe, Cr)(2), there existed Zr-Nb-Fe type precipitates containing much
    more Nb element, which reduced niobium content in alpha Zr solid
    solution and, therefore, resulted in an improvement in the corrosion
    resistance of Zr-Sn-Nb-Fe-Cr zirconium alloy. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Instrumental Anal & Res Ctr, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, WQ, Shanghai Univ, Instrumental Anal & Res Ctr, POB 129, Shanghai
    200444, Peoples R China.
 EM wqliu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BAEK JH, 2000, J NUCL MATER, V280, P235
    CHARQUET D, 1989, ASTM STP, V1023, P405
    COMSTOCK RJ, 1996, ASTM STP, V1295, P710
    GARZAROLLI F, 1989, ASTM STP, V1023, P202
    ISOBE T, 1991, ASTM STP, V1132, P346
    KIM YS, 2000, J NUCL MATER, V279, P335
    LI Q, 2002, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V31, P389
    LIU WQ, 2003, NUCL POWER NUCL, V24, P33
    MARDON JP, 2000, AM SOC TEST MATER, V1354, P505
    NIKULINA AV, 1996, ASTM STP, V1295, P785
    RUDLING P, 1989, ASTM STP, V1023, P213
    THORVALDSSON T, 1989, ASTM STP, V1023, P128
    ZHAO WJ, 2002, J CHIN SOC CORROS PR, V22, P124
    ZHOU BX, 1996, CNIC01074 SINRE0066
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0022-3115
 J9 J NUCL MATER
 JI J. Nucl. Mater.
 PD MAY 15
 PY 2005
 VL 341
 IS 2-3
 BP 97
 EP 102
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mining & Mineral Processing;
    Nuclear Science & Technology
 GA 934DH
 UT ISI:000229686600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, JK
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
 TI Morphologies-controlled synthesis of CaWO4 crystals by a novel
    supramolecular template method
 SO JOURNAL OF CRYSTAL GROWTH
 DT Article
 DE supramolecules; template; synthesis; crystal
 ID GROWTH; MICROCRYSTAL; SCHEELITE; SURFACE; PBWO4
 AB The paper provides a novel method of using biomembrane/organic-addition
    supramolecular templates to control morphologies and sizes of CaWO4
    crystals. The method can be applied for the controlled synthesis of
    other inorganic crystals. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, 1239 Siping Rd, Shanghai 200092,
    Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR AJIKUMAR PK, 2003, BIOMACROMOLECULES, V4, P1321
    CHO W, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P1026
    COOPER TG, 2003, SURF SCI, V531, P159
    FAURE N, 1996, APPL PHYS B-LASERS O, V63, P593
    FERNANDEZ MS, 2001, MATRIX BIOL, V19, P79
    GAO PX, 2004, J PHYS CHEM B, V108, P7534
    GUO XM, 1999, IMAGING SCI J, V47, P29
    HU XL, 2004, LANGMUIR, V20, P1521
    KAMINSKII AA, 1999, APPL OPTICS, V38, P4533
    KIM DS, 1996, J MOL CATAL A-CHEM, V106, P93
    KOEPKE C, 1993, J LUMIN, V54, P345
    LI M, 1999, NATURE, V402, P393
    LIU ZP, 2004, LANGMUIR, V20, P214
    PENG Q, 2003, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V42, P3027
    SHI HT, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P3450
    SINELNIKOV BM, 1996, INORG MATER+, V32, P999
    SUN XM, 2003, J CHEM EUR, V9, P2229
    WANG BG, 1998, J INORG MATER, V13, P648
    WANG X, 2002, J AM CHEM SOC, V124, P2880
    WU QS, 2004, CRYST DES GROWTH, V4, P1028
    XIE B, 2002, J CRYST GROWTH, V235, P283
    YU SH, 2002, CHEM-EUR J, V8, P2937
    YU SH, 2003, NANO LETT, V3, P379
    ZHANG ZL, 2003, INORG CHEM COMMUN, V6, P1393
 NR 24
 TC 1
 SN 0022-0248
 J9 J CRYST GROWTH
 JI J. Cryst. Growth
 PD JUN 1
 PY 2005
 VL 279
 IS 3-4
 BP 410
 EP 414
 PG 5
 SC Crystallography
 GA 934DD
 UT ISI:000229686200024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, XH
    Yamazaki, K
 TI Adaptive growth technique of stiffener layout pattern for plate and
    shell structures to achieve minimum compliance
 SO ENGINEERING OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE structural optimization; plates; shells; stiffener layout; minimum
    compliance
 ID TOPOLOGY OPTIMIZATION; OPTIMAL-DESIGN; TREE
 AB A new and effective generation method for the stiffener layout pattern
    for plate and shell structures to achieve minimum compliance, the
    so-called adaptive growth technique, is suggested in this paper. The
    method is based on the adaptive growth rule of branch systems in nature
    that branches grow and branch off automatically towards such directions
    that can improve the global functional performance, such as the maximum
    absorption of sunlight or water. It is expected that a plate or shell
    structure can achieve good mechanical performance if the stiffeners
    extend by obeying a similar adaptive growing and branching rule as
    branch systems in nature. The stiffeners, starting from the so-called
    seeds, grow and branch off towards the direction with the maximum
    effectiveness of the global mechanical performance, which is dependent
    on the design sensitivity of the current structure. During the growth
    process, the volume increment is controlled so as to make it possible
    to create new branches and to eliminate degenerate branches. The
    validity and effectiveness of the suggested method are confirmed by
    some typical stiffener layout design problems.
 C1 Kanazawa Univ, Dept Human & Mech Syst Engn, Kanazawa, Ishikawa 9208667, Japan.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mech Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Yamazaki, K, Kanazawa Univ, Dept Human & Mech Syst Engn, Kodatsuno
    2-40-20, Kanazawa, Ishikawa 9208667, Japan.
 EM yamazaki@t.kanazawa-u.ac.jp
 CR BENDSOE MP, 1988, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V71, P197
    CHENG KT, 1981, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V17, P305
    CHENG KT, 1982, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V18, P153
    FISHER JB, 1977, BOT GAZ, V138, P377
    HASSANI B, 1999, HOMOGENIZATION STRUC
    HONDA H, 1971, J THEOR BIOL, V31, P331
    KROG LA, 1999, COMPUT STRUCT, V72, P535
    LAM YC, 2003, STRUCT MULTIDISCIP O, V25, P35
    LUO J, 1998, STRUCT OPTIMIZATION, V16, P280
    ODA J, 1998, T JPN SOC MECH ENG A, V64, P236
    ODA J, 1999, JSME INT J A-SOLID M, V42, P348
    OLHOFF N, 1998, STRUCT OPTIMIZATION, V16, P1
    SCHREINER W, 2000, SFI S SCI C, P145
    TAKANASHI S, 1999, EUR RESPIR J, V14, P309
    YAMAZAKI K, 1988, T JPN SOC MECH ENG A, V54, P1165
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0305-215X
 J9 ENG OPTIMIZ
 JI Eng. Optimiz.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 37
 IS 3
 BP 259
 EP 276
 PG 18
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 933HT
 UT ISI:000229620200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tang, T
    Chen, XC
    Chen, H
    Meng, XY
    Jiang, ZW
    Bi, WG
 TI Catalyzing carbonization of polypropylene itself by supported nickel
    catalyst during combustion of polypropylene/clay nanocomposite for
    improving fire retardancy
 SO CHEMISTRY OF MATERIALS
 DT Article
 ID LAYERED-SILICATE NANOCOMPOSITES; FLAMMABILITY PROPERTIES; POLYMER
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, State Key Lab Polymer Phys & Chem, Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Tang, T, Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, State Key Lab
    Polymer Phys & Chem, Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
 EM ttang@ciac.jl.cn
 CR ALEXANDRE M, 2000, MAT SCI ENG R, V28, P1
    BARTHOLMAI M, 2004, POLYM ADVAN TECHNOL, V15, P355
    BEYER G, 2001, FIRE MATER, V25, P193
    BOCKHORN H, 1985, J ANAL APPL PYROL, V8, P427
    BOURBIGOT S, 2004, POLYM DEGRAD STABIL, V84, P483
    GILMAN JW, 1997, SAMPE J, V33, P40
    GILMAN JW, 2000, CHEM MATER, V12, P1866
    GILMAN JW, 2000, POLYM CLAY NANOCOMPO
    KASHIWAGI T, 2004, POLYMER, V45, P4227
    LEWIN M, 2003, FIRE MATER, V27, P1
    TANG T, 2005, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V44, P1517
    WAGENKNECHT U, 2003, MACROMOL SYMP, V194, P207
    XIE RC, 2001, J APPL POLYM SCI, V80, P1181
    ZANETTI M, 2001, MACROMOL RAPID COMM, V22, P176
    ZANETTI M, 2001, POLYM DEGRAD STABIL, V74, P414
    ZANETTI M, 2002, CHEM MATER, V14, P189
    ZANETTI M, 2002, CHEM MATER, V14, P881
    ZHU J, 2001, CHEM MATER, V13, P3774
    ZHU J, 2001, CHEM MATER, V13, P4649
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0897-4756
 J9 CHEM MATER
 JI Chem. Mat.
 PD MAY 31
 PY 2005
 VL 17
 IS 11
 BP 2799
 EP 2802
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 933TO
 UT ISI:000229656000005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, TC
    You, FC
 TI The multi-component TA hierarchy and its multi-component integrable
    couplings system with six arbitrary functions
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID COUPLED BURGERS HIERARCHY; BI-HAMILTONIAN STRUCTURE; SOLITON-EQUATIONS;
    LOOP ALGEBRA; CONSTRAINED FLOWS; AKNS HIERARCHY; NONLINEARIZATION;
    EVOLUTION; MODELS; FAMILY
 AB A new simple 3M dimensional loop algebra (X) over tilde is produced,
    whose commutation operation defined by us as simple and straightforward
    as that in the loop algebra (A) over tilde (1). It follows that a
    general scheme for generating multi-component integrable hierarchy is
    proposed. By taking advantage of (X) over tilde, a new isospectral
    problem is established, and then by making use of the Tu scheme the
    well-known multi-component TA hierarchy is obtained. Finally, an
    expanding loop algebra (F) over tilde (M) of the loop algebra (X) over
    tilde is presented, based on the (F) over tilde (M), the
    multi-component integrable couplings system of the multi-component TA
    hierarchy with six arbitrary functions are worked out. The method in
    this paper can be applied to other nonlinear evolution equations
    hierarchies. It is easy to find that we can construct any
    finite-dimensional Lie algebra by this approach in this paper. (c) 2005
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Tianjin Univ, Dept Math, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
    Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, TC, Tianjin Univ, Dept Math, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
 EM xiatc@yahoo.com.cn
    fcyou2008@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    CAO CW, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V33, P528
    FAN E, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P513
    FAN E, 2001, PHYSICA A, V301, P105
    FAN EG, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P7769
    FUSSTEINER B, 1993, APPL ANAL GEOMETRIC, P125
    GUO FK, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P951
    GUO FK, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P5793
    LI Y, 1999, SOLITON INTEGRABLE S
    LI YS, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V275, P60
    MA WX, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P1227
    MA WX, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P4419
    MA WX, 2002, CHINESE ANN MATH B, V23, P373
    NEWELL AC, 1985, SOLITON MATH PHYS
    TSUCHIDA T, 1996, J PHYS SOC JPN, V65, P3153
    TSUCHIDA T, 1998, J PHYS SOC JPN, V67, P1175
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V69, P2241
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V53, P257
    TU GZ, 1989, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V5, P89
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    XIA TC, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P939
    XIA TC, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V42, P180
    XIA TC, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V42, P494
    XIA TC, 2004, PHYSICA A, V343, P238
    XIA TC, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1033
    XIA TC, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1163
    XU XX, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P321
    XU XX, 2004, PHYS LETT A, V326, P199
    ZENG YB, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V160, P541
    ZENG YB, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P5241
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P7225
    ZHANG YF, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P5
    ZHANG YF, 2003, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V53, P2190
    ZHANG YF, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V18, P855
    ZHANG YF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P1194
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P305
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P413
 NR 37
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 2
 BP 605
 EP 613
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 933SW
 UT ISI:000229654200033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, TC
    Chen, XH
    Chen, DY
 TI Darboux transformation and soliton-like solutions of nonlinear
    Schrodinger equations
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID SYSTEMS; HIERARCHY
 AB In this Letter, a systematic method is presented to construct c the
    Darboux transformation with multi-parameters for the coupled nonlinear
    Schrodinger equations, from which the solutions of Schrodinger
    equations are reduced to solving a linear algebraic system and a
    constraint differential equation. With the aid of symbolic computation,
    new soliton-like solutions for the nonlinear Schrodinger equations are
    obtained by using its Darboux transformation. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Tianjin Univ, Dept Math, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
    Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
    Anshan Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Anshan 114007, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, TC, Tianjin Univ, Dept Math, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
 EM xiatc@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    CHEN HH, 1979, PHYS SCR, V20, P490
    CIESLINSKI J, 1995, J MATH PHYS, V36, P1567
    CLARKSON PA, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P4269
    CLARKSON PA, 2003, J PHYS A, P20
    ESTEVEZ PG, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P1406
    FAN EG, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P2058
    FAN EG, 2000, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V33, P6925
    GERDJIKOV VS, 1983, BULG J PHYS, V10, P130
    GU CH, 1986, LETT MATH PHYS, V11, P325
    GU CH, 1994, LETT MATH PHYS, V19, P9
    JOHNSON RS, 1977, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V357, P131
    KAKEI S, 1995, J PHYS SOC JPN, V64, P1519
    KAUP DJ, 1978, J MATH PHYS, V19, P798
    KODAMA Y, 1985, J START PHYS, V39, P957
    KUNDU A, 1984, J MATH PHYS, V25, P3433
    KUNDU A, 1987, PHYSICA D, V25, P399
    LEVI D, 1988, INVERSE PROBL, V4, P165
    TU GZ, 1990, RES REPORTS PHYSICS, P2
    WADATI M, 1983, J PHYS SOC JPN, V52, P1519
    ZENG YB, 1994, PHYSICA D, V73, P171
    ZHOU ZX, 1998, LETT MATH PHYS, V32, P1
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 3
 BP 889
 EP 896
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 934UQ
 UT ISI:000229734700024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, YP
    Bi, JB
    Chen, DY
 TI N-soliton solutions and double Wronskian solution of the
    non-isospectral AKNS equation
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID BACKLUND TRANSFORMATION; MULTISOLITON SOLUTIONS; KORTEWEG-DEVRIES
 AB The bilinear equation of the non-isospectral AKNS equation is derived.
    The N-soliton solutions and the double Wronskian solution are obtained
    through the Hirota method and the Wronskian technique, respectively. A
    non-isospectral Schrodinger equation and its multi-soliton solutions
    are given by reducing. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, YP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM yepsun@163.com
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1974, STUD APPL MATH, V53, P249
    CHEN DY, 1996, J MATH PHYS, V37, P5524
    CHEN DY, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P658
    DENG SF, 2001, J PHYS SOC JPN, V70, P3174
    FREEMAN NC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P1
    GARDNER CS, 1967, PHYS REV LETT, V19, P1095
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    MATVEEV VB, 1991, DARBOUX TRANSFORMATI
    NIMMO JJC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P4
    NIMMO JJC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V99, P279
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    WADATI M, 1979, J PHYS SOC JPN, V46, P1965
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P2649
 NR 13
 TC 1
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 3
 BP 905
 EP 912
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 934UQ
 UT ISI:000229734700026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, HB
    Chen, LQ
    Liu, RW
    Gu, SL
 TI The generalized Hojman's theorem
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE dynamical system; generalization Hojman's theorem; Lie symmetry;
    conserved quantity
 ID CONSERVED QUANTITIES; FORM INVARIANCE; LIE SYMMETRY; SYSTEMS;
    EQUATIONS; LAW
 AB A new conservation theorem is studied, the conserved quantity is only
    constructed in terms of the infinitesimal generators tau ( t, q, q) and
    xi, ( t, q, q) of Lie symmetry of the dynamical equations. Three
    special cases are discussed, where the Hojman conserved quantity can be
    deduced as a corollary of this general conservation theorem at tau( t,
    q, q) = 0, and the Lutzky conserved quantity can be derived by using
    this general conservation theorem at tau = tau ( t, q) and xi(s) =
    xi(s) ( t, q). Moreover, a condition is presented to exclude trivial
    conserved quantities. Finally, two examples to illustrate the
    application of the results are given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chaohu Coll, Dept Phys, Chaohu 238000, Peoples R China.
    Shaoguan Univ, Dept Phys, Shaoguan 512005, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, HB, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR FU JL, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P287
    GONZALEZGASCON F, 1994, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V27, L59
    HOJMAN SA, 1992, J PHYS A, V25, P291
    LUO SK, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P666
    LUTZKY M, 1979, J PHYS A, V12, P973
    LUTZKY M, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V75, P8
    LUTZKY M, 1995, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V28, L637
    MEI FX, 2000, J BEIJING I TECHNOL, V9, P120
    MEI FX, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P177
    MEI FX, 2001, J BEIJING I TECHNOL, V10, P138
    MEI FX, 2002, CHINESE SCI BULL, V47, P1544
    MEI FX, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1048
    MEI FX, 2004, J DYN CONTROL, V2, P28
    NOETHER AE, 1918, NACHR AKAD WISS GO 2, P235
    PILLAY T, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P6999
    WANG SY, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P373
    WANG SY, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P5
    ZHANG HB, 2005, J PHYS SOC JPN, V74, P905
    ZHANG RC, 2001, THESIS BEIJING I TEC
    ZHANG Y, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P461
 NR 20
 TC 3
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 54
 IS 6
 BP 2489
 EP 2493
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 934CO
 UT ISI:000229684700007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, CY
    Tan, WH
 TI The solution of phase-mismatched Fokker-Planck equation and its
    application in the QPM device
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE degenerate parametric amplification; phase-mismatched Fokker-Planck
    equation; QPM technique
 ID PARAMETRIC AMPLIFICATION; GENERATION; LIGHT
 AB A new analytical solution for the phase-mismatched Fokker-Planck
    equation of degenerate parametric amplification, and its application in
    evaluation of the amplitude quantum fluctuation after passing through
    the quasi-phase-matching(QPM) device is presented. The calculated
    results for QPM device, agree with that of the Langevin equation in the
    case of no loss k = 0, and give a general solution for k not equal 0,
    from which we can derive the influence of squeezing on the loss
    coefficient k.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, CY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 CR ARMSTRONG JA, 1962, PHYS REV, V127, P1918
    BENCHEIKH K, 1995, J OPT SOC AM B, V12, P847
    BOYD RW, 1992, NONLINEAR OPTICS, P75
    CHICKARMANE VS, 1998, OPT LETT, V23, P1132
    FEJER MM, 1992, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V28, P2631
    LI YM, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P790
    LONGHI S, 2002, PHYS REV A, V66
    NOIRIE L, 1997, J OPT SOC AM B, V14, P1
    SHEN YR, 1984, PRINCIPLES NONLINEAR, P127
    TAN WH, 1987, OPT COMMUN, V64, P196
    TAN WH, 1988, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V37, P396
    YAO JH, 1999, CHIN J QUANT ELECT, V16, P289
    ZHAO CY, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P2694
    ZHU S, 1997, SCIENCE, V278, P843
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 54
 IS 6
 BP 2723
 EP 2730
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 934CO
 UT ISI:000229684700047
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, JP
    Ren, QB
    Zheng, CL
 TI New exact solutions and fractal localized structures for the
    (2+1)-dimensional Boiti-Leon-Pempinelli system
 SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR NATURFORSCHUNG SECTION A-A JOURNAL OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE extended mapping approach; Boiti-Leon-Pempinelli system; fractal soliton
 ID VARIABLE SEPARATION EXCITATIONS; NONLINEAR SCHRODINGER SYSTEM; EXTENDED
    MAPPING APPROACH; DISPERSIVE WAVE SYSTEM; SIMILARITY REDUCTIONS;
    BOUSSINESQ EQUATION; COHERENT STRUCTURES; SOLITON-SOLUTIONS; CHAOS
 AB In this work, a novel phenomenon that localized coherent structures of
    a (2+1)-dimensional physical model possess fractal properties is
    discussed. To clarify this interesting phenomenon, we take the
    (2+1)-dimensional Boiti-Leon-Pempinelli (BLP) system as a concrete
    example. First, with the help of an extended mapping approach, a new
    type of variable separation solution with two arbitrary functions is
    derived. Based on the derived solitary wave excitation, we reveal some
    special regular fractal and stochastic fractal solitons in the
    (2+1)-dimensional BLP system.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zjclzheng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BOITI M, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P37
    CHEN HS, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P85
    CLARKSON PA, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P2201
    FAN EG, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V282, P18
    GARAGASH TI, 1994, THEOR MATH PHYS, V100, P1075
    GEDALIN M, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P448
    GOLLUB JP, 2000, NATURE, V404, P710
    KIVSHAR YS, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P765
    LI B, 2003, Z NATURFORSCH A, V58, P464
    LOU SY, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1614
    LOU SY, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V151, P133
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LOU SY, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P769
    LOUTSENKO I, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P3011
    LU ZS, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V19, P527
    STEGEMAN GI, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P1518
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P448
    ZHENG CL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2426
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P261
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P25
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P385
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
    ZHENG CL, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P671
    ZHENG CL, 2004, J PHYS SOC JPN, V73, P293
    ZHENG CL, 2004, Z NATURFORSCH A, V59, P912
    ZHENG CL, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1741
 NR 29
 TC 4
 SN 0932-0784
 J9 Z NATURFORSCH SECT A
 JI Z. Naturfors. Sect. A-J. Phys. Sci.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 60
 IS 4
 BP 245
 EP 251
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 930RE
 UT ISI:000229433100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Zhu, HL
    Yan, SL
    Wang, XC
    Ma, JC
    Shi, GM
    Jiang, QY
    Chi, HB
    Che, LB
    Zhang, K
 TI Preliminary investigation of fluid mixing characteristics during side
    and top combined blowing AOD refining process of stainless steel
 SO STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE stainless steel; AOD refining; side and top combined blowing; mixing
    characteristics; water modelling
 ID GAS-FLOW PROPERTIES; HEAT-SOURCE; CONVERTER; TUYERE; LANCE; MODEL
 AB The fluid mixing characteristics in the bath during the side and top
    combined blowing AOD (argon-oxygen decarburization) refining process of
    stainless steel were preliminarily investigated on a water model unit
    of a 120 t AOD converter. The geometric similarity ratio between the
    model and its prototype (including the side tuyeres and the top lances)
    was 1:4. On the basis of the theoretical calculations for the
    parameters of the gas streams in the side tuyeres and the top lances,
    the gas blowing rates used for the model were more reasonably
    determined. The influence of the tuyere number and position
    arrangement, and the gas flow rates for side and top blowing on the
    characteristics was examined. The results demonstrated that the liquid
    in the bath underwent vigorous circulatory motion during gas blowing,
    without obvious dead zone in the bath, resulting in a high mixing
    effectiveness. The gas flow rate of the main tuyere had a governing
    role on the characteristics, a suitable increase in the gas flow rate
    of the subtuyere could improve mixing efficiency, and the gas jet from
    the top lance made the mixing time prolong. Corresponding to the oxygen
    top blowing rate specified by the technology, a roughly equivalent and
    good mixing effectiveness could be reached by using six side tuyeres
    with an angle of 27 degrees between each tuyere, and five side tuyeres
    with an angular separation of 22.5 or 27 degrees between each tuyere.
    The relationships of the mixing time with the gas blowing rates of
    main-tuyeres and sub-tuyeres and top lance, the angle between each
    tuyere, and the tuyere number were evaluated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Iron & Steel Co Ltd 1, Bao Steel Grp Corp, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Met Mat, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, 149 Yan
    Chang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM jihew@hotmail.com
 CR FABRITIUS T, 2001, SCAND J METALL, V30, P57
    FABRITIUS TMJ, 2001, STEEL RES, V72, P237
    FABRITIUS TMJ, 2003, ISIJ INT, V43, P1177
    GORGES H, 1978, 3 INT IR STEEL C P A, P161
    SHU JH, 2004, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    TOHGE T, 1984, 4 PROC TECHN C P ISS, P129
    WEI JH, 1999, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V26, P363
    WEI JH, 2000, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V27, P294
    WEI JH, 2001, STEEL RES, V72, P161
    WEI JH, 2001, STEEL RES, V72, P168
    WEI JH, 2002, METALL MATER TRANS B, V33, P111
    WEI JH, 2002, METALL MATER TRANS B, V33, P121
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1611-3683
 J9 STEEL RES INT
 JI Steel Res. Int.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 76
 IS 5
 BP 362
 EP 371
 PG 10
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 932GJ
 UT ISI:000229541900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, S
    Li, L
    Van der Biest, O
    Vleugels, J
 TI Influence of the oxygen partial pressure on the reduction of CeO2 and
    CeO2-ZrO2 ceramics
 SO SOLID STATE SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE CeO2-ZrO2-CeO1.5; thermodynamics; CezZr1-zO2-x; ceria reduction;
    catalyst
 ID STORAGE CAPACITY; THERMODYNAMIC ASSESSMENT; STRUCTURAL-PROPERTIES;
    SOLID-SOLUTIONS; PHASE-DIAGRAM; SYSTEM; OXIDE; CERIA; ENHANCEMENT;
    PREDICTION
 AB Based on recent thermodynamic estimations on the CeO2-CeO1.5, CeO2-ZrO2
    and CeO1.5-ZrO2 systems, isothermal sections of the ternary
    CeO2-ZrO2-CeO1.5 system are calculated in the 1300-1700 degrees C
    region. Additionally, the complex relation between the
    nonstoichiometry, gamma, in CeO2-y, the composition of the CeO2-ZrO2
    solid solution and the oxygen partial pressure (PO2) for different ZrO2
    containing solid solutions CezZr1-zO2-x (with z = 0.2, 0.5, 0.8) are
    evaluated from 600 to 900 degrees C. The relation between the degree of
    Ce+4 to Ce+3 reduction under different PO2 in the fluorite CeO2-y and
    CezZr1-zO2-x, solid solutions at different temperatures can be used as
    a guide in the development of functional ceramics or assist in
    explaining their performance as function of the operating atmosphere
    and temperature. (c) 2005 Elsevier SAS. All rights reserved.
 C1 Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Met & Mat Engn, B-3001 Heverlee, Belgium.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Vleugels, J, Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Met & Mat Engn, Kasteekpk
    Arenberg 44, B-3001 Heverlee, Belgium.
 EM jozef.vleugels@mtm.kuleuven.ac.be
 CR CAMPSERVEUX J, 1978, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V23, P73
    CHO BK, 1991, J CATAL, V131, P74
    DELEITENBURG C, 1996, APPL CATAL B-ENVIRON, V11, L29
    DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P1569
    DU Y, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P2107
    FORNASIERO P, 1995, J CATAL, V151, P168
    FORNASIERO P, 1996, J CATAL, V164, P173
    GUILLERMET AF, 1981, METALL T B, V12, P745
    HILLERT M, 1975, METALL T B, V6, P37
    HUANG S, 2002, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V16, P422
    HUANG SG, 2002, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V18, P325
    HUANG SG, 2003, J EUR CERAM SOC, V23, P99
    INABA H, 1996, SOLID STATE IONICS, V83, P1
    IZU N, 2001, SCI TECHNOL ADV MAT, V2, P397
    KASPAR J, 1999, CATAL TODAY, V50, P285
    KASPAR J, 2003, INORG CHIM ACTA, V349, P217
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P35
    LI L, 1996, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V12, P159
    LI L, 2001, J EUR CERAM SOC, V21, P2903
    LI L, 2001, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V17, P529
    LINDEMER TB, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P867
    MAMONTOV E, 2000, J PHYS CHEM B, V104, P11110
    MUROTA T, 1993, J ALLOY COMPD, V193, P298
    SUNDMAN B, 1985, CALPHAD, V9, P153
    TROVARELLI A, 2001, J ALLOY COMPD, V323, P584
    VLEUGELS J, 2004, SCRIPTA MATER, V50, P679
    ZHU WZ, 2003, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V362, P228
 NR 27
 TC 1
 SN 1293-2558
 J9 SOLID STATE SCI
 JI Solid State Sci.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 7
 IS 5
 BP 539
 EP 544
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Condensed
    Matter
 GA 930NB
 UT ISI:000229421600007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guan, XH
    Li, GH
    Ma, ZW
 TI A novel low-pass filter using defected ground structures
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE defected ground structure; equivalent circuit; optimization; low-pass
    filter
 ID DESIGN; LINE
 AB In this paper, an equivalent-circuit model of a defected ground
    structure (DGS) is applied to explain the characteristics of the DGS.
    The parameters of the circuit model are extracted from the
    EM-simulation results. A novel three-pole lowpass filter is proposed
    and optimized by using the defected ground structures. It is
    demonstrated that the filter can provide a sharp rate of attenuation in
    the stop-band, as predicted. To further verify this method, the filter
    with DGS is fabricated on a 30 x 30 mm(2) substrate. A comparison
    between the simulation and the measurement confirms the effectiveness
    of the proposed schemes. (c) 2005 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guan, XH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AHN D, 2001, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V49, P86
    HONG JS, 2000, MICRO STRIP FILTERS
    KIM CS, 2000, IEEE MICROW GUIDED W, V10, P131
    LIM JS, 2002, ELECTRON LETT, V38, P1357
    LIM JS, 2002, IEEE MTT-S, P1153
    PARK JS, 2002, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V50, P2037
    YUN JS, 2000, IEEE MTT-S, P327
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD JUL 5
 PY 2005
 VL 46
 IS 1
 BP 17
 EP 20
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 931DU
 UT ISI:000229466800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, WX
    Ji, YH
 TI Scorpion venom induces glioma cell apoptosis in vivo and inhibits
    glioma tumor growth in vitro
 SO JOURNAL OF NEURO-ONCOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE apoptosis; BmK venom; channels; glioma; tumor inhibition
 ID BUTHUS-MARTENSI KARSCH; GATED SODIUM-CHANNELS; K+ CHANNEL; POTASSIUM
    CHANNELS; POSSIBLE MECHANISM; NA+ CHANNELS; BRAIN-TUMORS; BK CHANNELS;
    BMK; RAT
 AB Malignant gliomas are the main brain tumors notoriously resistant to
    currently available therapies, since they fail to undergo apoptosis
    upon anticancer treatment. Recent progress on enhanced studies of ion
    channels involved in glioma cells shed new light on the investigation
    of glioma cell growth and proliferation. Here we report BmK scorpion
    venom, a rich resource of various ion channels blockers/modulators,
    induces cell death of cultured malignant glioma U251-MG cells in vitro
    specifically at a dose of 10 mg/ml while shows no effect on human
    hepatocellular carcinoma cells and Chinese hamster ovary cells. The
    glioma cell death was then determined as apoptosis using
    4,6-diamidino-2-phenylindole staining and fluorescence-activated cell
    sorting analysis. After incubation with BmK venom for 32 and 40 h,
    36.20% and 63.08% of U251-MG cells showed apoptosis. Furthermore, BmK
    venom could significantly inhibit the tumor growth in vitro, which was
    assessed using U251-MG tumor xenografts on severe combined
    immunodeficiency mice. The tumor volume of the BmK venom treated mice
    is nearly 1/8 of that of control after 21 days, and the tumor weight is
    less than half of that of control. That BmK venom induces apoptosis and
    inhibits growth of glioma may result from the inhibition and/or
    modulation of various ion channels in glioma cells.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Physiol, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Grad Sch, Beijing 100864, Peoples R China.
 RP Ji, YH, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Physiol, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, 320
    Yueyang Rd, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
 EM yhji@-server.shcnc.ac.cn
 CR BASRAI D, 2002, NEUROREPORT, V13, P403
    BORDEY A, 2000, J MEMBRANE BIOL, V176, P31
    BURTON EC, 2000, CURR TREAT OPTIONS O, V1, P459
    CHEN B, 2001, NEUROTOXICOL TERATOL, V23, P675
    CHEN B, 2002, TOXICON, V40, P527
    CHIN LS, 1997, J NEUROSCI RES, V48, P122
    DEBIN JA, 1993, AM J PHYSIOL, V264, C361
    DUBOIS JM, 1993, PROG BIOPHYS MOL BIO, V59, P1
    GOUDET C, 2002, TOXICON, V40, P1239
    HAWKINS CJ, 2004, VITAM HORM, V67, P427
    JI YH, 2002, EUR J PHARMACOL, V454, P25
    JI YH, 2003, J NEUROCHEM, V84, P325
    KLEIHUES P, 2002, J NEUROPATH EXP NEUR, V61, P215
    KOEGEL H, 2003, J BIOL CHEM, V278, P3323
    KRAFT R, 2003, PFLUG ARCH EUR J PHY, V446, P248
    LAWS ER, 1993, CA-CANCER J CLIN, V43, P263
    LI YJ, 2000, J NEUROSCI RES, V61, P541
    LI YJ, 2000, J PEPT RES, V56, P195
    LIU XJ, 2002, J NEUROSCI, V22, P1840
    MEI YA, 2000, BRAIN RES, V873, P46
    OLSEN ML, 2003, J NEUROSCI, V23, P5572
    OLSEN ML, 2004, GLIA, V46, P63
    PREUSSAT K, 2003, NEUROSCI LETT, V346, P33
    RANSOM CB, 2001, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V85, P790
    RANSOM CB, 2001, J NEUROSCI, V21, P7674
    SCHREY M, 2002, NEUROREPORT, V13, P2493
    SONTHEIMER H, 2003, TRENDS NEUROSCI, V26, P543
    SONTHEIMER H, 2004, MOL NEUROBIOL, V29, P61
    SOROCEANU L, 1999, J NEUROSCI, V19, P5942
    TAN ZY, 2001, NEUROPHARMACOLOGY, V40, P352
    TONG QC, 2000, REGUL PEPTIDES, V90, P85
    ZHANG XY, 2002, BRAIN RES BULL, V58, P27
 NR 32
 TC 0
 SN 0167-594X
 J9 J NEURO-ONCOL
 JI J. Neuro-Oncol.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 73
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 7
 PG 7
 SC Clinical Neurology; Oncology
 GA 932UE
 UT ISI:000229578200001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, QS
    Liu, LQ
    Zhai, QJ
 TI Analysis of graphite morphology of gray cast iron in pulse magnetic
    field
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE pulse magnetic field; gray cast iron; graphite morphology;
    solidification
 AB By self-made pulse electrical source and strong magnetic field
    solidification tester, the effect of strong pulse magnetic field on
    graphite morphology and solidification structure of gray cast iron was
    studied. The results show that the structure is remarkably refined
    after treated by pulse magnetic field, and the width of graphite flakes
    is decreased while the length is increased after a slight decrease. The
    solidification temperature and eutectic temperature are increased and
    the undercooling degree of eutectic transformation is decreased by
    magnetic field.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Taiyuan Heavy Mech Inst, Taiyuan 030024, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, QS, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM qjzhai@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ASAI S, 1989, ISIJ INT, V29, P981
    BASSYOUNI TA, 1983, LIGHT METAL, V33, P733
    GE FD, 1989, CHINESE J MECH ENG, V25, P1
    HAUS HA, 1992, ELECTROMAGNETIC FIEL
    NING ZL, 1997, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V7, P129
    PURCELL EM, 1979, BERKELEY PHYS COURSE, V2
    VIVES C, 1996, METALL MATER TRANS B, V27, P445
    XING SM, 1998, SPECIAL CASTING NONF, P37
    ZI BT, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1010
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 12
 IS 2
 BP 45
 EP 48
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 931MO
 UT ISI:000229489600008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qian, GG
    Zhang, HH
    Zhang, XL
    Chui, PC
 TI Modification of MSW fly ash by anionic chelating surfactant
 SO JOURNAL OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE MSW fly ash; surface modification; anionic chelating surfactant; heavy
    metals
 ID STABILIZATION; WOLLASTONITE; INCINERATOR; COMPOSITES; TOXICITY; BEHAVIOR
 AB This paper elucidates a study on the re-utilization and stabilization
    of municipal solid waste (MSW) fly ash in producing a high value-added
    product by the surface modification of anionic chelating surfactant on
    the particles. After modification, MSW fly ash can be expected using as
    a filler of ultra-high molecular weight polymers. The effects of
    anionic chelating surfactants (ACS) on surface modification of MSW fly
    ash and fixing capacity for heavy metals were explored. Meanwhile, the
    interaction mechanism between surfactants and MSW fly ash was
    suggested. The results showed that anionic chelating surfactants can be
    used to effectively modify MSW fly ash particles and achieve a high
    active ratio. At the same time, they also exhibited a strong fixing
    capacity for heavy metals. Of the two modified MSW fly ash,
    ED3A-modified MSW fly ash has a much higher active ratio than
    MAP-modified MSW fly ash at over 95%, although its fixing capacity for
    heavy metals was a shade lower than MAP-modified MSW fly ash. &COPY;
    2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Environm Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Civil & Environm Engn, Singapore 2263, Singapore.
 RP Qian, GG, Shanghai Univ, Coll Environm Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM grqian@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR *US EPA, 1986, 1311 US EPA
    AKTAS Z, 2000, FUEL PROCESS TECHNOL, V62, P1
    AMMANN AA, 2002, J CHROMATOGR A, V947, P205
    CRANNELL BS, 2000, WASTE MANAGE, V20, P135
    FERRIRA C, 2003, WEAR, V255, P734
    GAUTHIER D, 1999, CHEM ENG J, V74, P181
    JUNG CH, 2004, WASTE MANAGE, V24, P381
    KYUNGJIN H, 2000, J HAZARD MATER, V75, P57
    MARCUS Y, 1978, EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANT
    MIZUTANI S, 1996, WASTE MANAGE, V16, P537
    OSAKO M, 2004, CHEMOSPHERE, V54, P105
    POON CS, 1997, WASTE MANAGE, V17, P15
    RAO KH, 1998, COLLOID SURFACE A, V133, P107
    SECO JI, 2003, ECOTOX ENVIRON SAFE, V56, P339
    SUN Y, 2003, NEW SURFACE ACTIVE A
    TONG J, 2003, WEAR 1, V255, P734
    WANG YM, 2001, J HAZARD MATER, V88, P63
    WU W, 2003, POWDER TECHNOL, V137, P41
    XIAO J, 2002, APPL PRINCIPLE SURFA
    ZANA R, 2002, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V248, P203
    ZHAO YC, 2002, J HAZARD MATER, V95, P47
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0304-3894
 J9 J HAZARD MATER
 JI J. Hazard. Mater.
 PD MAY 20
 PY 2005
 VL 121
 IS 1-3
 BP 251
 EP 258
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Civil; Engineering, Environmental; Environmental Sciences
 GA 932LZ
 UT ISI:000229556500030
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, S
    Vleugels, J
    Li, L
    Van der Biest, O
 TI Experimental investigation and thermodynamic assessment of the V-W-C
    system
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Article
 DE V-W-C; phase diagram; carbides; thermodynamics; interaction couple
 ID PHASE-DIAGRAMS
 AB Phase equilibrium information of the V-C, W-C and V-W systems are
    reviewed and the V-W phase diagram was optimized by the substitutional
    solution model for liquid and bcc phases. A set of self-consistent
    thermodynamic parameters on the interaction of W and V atoms in the fcc
    (V,W)C and hcp (VW)(2)C phases was established by CALPHAD techniques.
    The calculated isothermal section at 1500&DEG; C was consistent with
    the available experimental literature data of the V-W-C system. To
    validate the thermodynamic calculations, V8C7/WC interaction couples
    were annealed at 1400&DEG; C for 196 h and WC powder mixtures with 20,
    40 and 70 wt.% V8C7 were sintered at 1400&DEG; C for 15 h. The obtained
    materials were investigated by scanning electron microscopy (SEM),
    electron probe microanalysis (EPMA) and X-ray diffraction (XRD). The
    composition of the single phase fcc (VW)C reaction product in the
    interaction couple and the constituent phases of the sintered materials
    were consistent with the calculated phase diagram at 1400 &DEG; C.
    &COPY; 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Met & Mat Engn, B-3001 Heverlee, Belgium.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Vleugels, J, Katholieke Univ Leuven, Dept Met & Mat Engn, Kasteelpk
    Arenberg 44, B-3001 Heverlee, Belgium.
 EM jozef.vleugels@mtm.kuleuven.ac.be
 CR ARENAS F, 1999, INT J REFRACT MET H, V17, P91
    CARLSON ON, 1985, B ALLOY PHASE DIAGRA, V6, P115
    CUI YW, 1999, Z METALLKD, V90, P233
    DINSDALE AT, 1991, CALPHAD, V15, P317
    EGAMI A, 1993, P 13 INT PLANS SEM R, V3, P639
    GUSTAFSON P, 1986, MATER SCI TECH SER, V2, P653
    HILLERT M, 2001, J ALLOY COMPD, V320, P161
    HUANG W, 1991, Z METALLKD, V82, P174
    KAUFMAN L, 1978, CALPHAD, V2, P295
    KODENTSOV AA, 2001, J ALLOY COMPD, V320, P207
    LAVERGNE O, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P1683
    LEE BJ, 1991, CALPHAD, V15, P283
    LIPATNIKOV VN, 1997, J ALLOY COMPD, V261, P192
    LUYCKX S, 2001, MATER DESIGN, V22, P507
    NAIDU SV, 1989, PHASE DIAGRAM BINARY, P313
    RUDY E, 1962, MONATSH CHEM, V93, P693
    RUDY E, 1967, J AM CERAM SOC, V50, P272
    RUDY E, 1967, PLANSEEBER PULVERMET, V15, P174
    RUDY E, 1973, J LESS-COMMON MET, V33, P245
    SUNDMAN B, 1985, CALPHAD, V9, P153
    TANIUCHI T, 1997, P 14 INT PLANS SEM, V2, P644
    UHRENIUS B, 1984, CALPHAD, V8, P101
 NR 22
 TC 1
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD MAY 31
 PY 2005
 VL 395
 IS 1-2
 BP 68
 EP 74
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 930IZ
 UT ISI:000229410600014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, MC
    Luo, SZ
    Wu, PF
    Shena, JN
 TI Photocathodic protection effect of TiO2 films for carbon steel in 3%
    NaCl solutions.
 SO ELECTROCHIMICA ACTA
 DT Article
 DE titanium dioxide; photocathodic protection effect; EIS; corrosion;
    anodization
 ID ELECTROCHEMICAL IMPEDANCE SPECTROSCOPY; ANODIC OXIDE-FILMS; CORROSION
    PROTECTION; TITANIUM-DIOXIDE; ELECTRODES; GROWTH; BREAKDOWN; COATINGS;
    SYSTEM; ACID
 AB Titanium dioxide (TiO2) films were prepared by anodization of titanium
    foils at different voltages in dilute NaOH solutions and characterized
    by XRD and scanning electron microscopy (SEM) techniques. The thin TiO2
    films are mainly composed of anatase phase in the form of
    nano-crystallites. The photoelectrochemical behavior and photocathodic
    protection effect, for these films were also investigated in 3% NaCl
    solutions by using electrochemical measurement techniques and coupling
    test. The tremendous decrease of film resistance and open circuit
    potential of each TiO2 film takes place under ultraviolet (UV)
    illumination. TiO2 film formed at 120 V can serve as photoanode and
    supply a protective photocurrent about 8 8 &mu; A/cm(2) to carbon
    steel, when it is connected to carbon steel in test solution with an
    area ratio of 2:1. But TiO2 films can accelerate the corrosion of
    carbon steel in the dark. In addition, electrochemical impedance
    spectroscopy (EIS) characteristics and coupling behaviors for TiO2
    films were discussed in detail. &COPY; 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Met Res, State Key Lab Corros & Protect, Shenyang 110016, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, MC, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, POB 269,149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM mouchengli@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ARSOV LD, 1991, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V138, P2964
    BEERMANN N, 2002, J PHOTOCH PHOTOBIO A, V152, P213
    BIRCH JR, 2000, CORROSION, V56, P1233
    BISQUERT J, 2000, J PHYS CHEM B, V104, P2287
    BOUKAMP BA, 1989, P 9 EUR CORR C UTR N, V1
    BYRNE JA, 2002, J PHOTOCH PHOTOBIO A, V148, P365
    DYER CK, 1978, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V125, P1032
    EPPLER AA, 2002, PHYSICA E, V14, P197
    HU SX, 2000, HDB CATHODIC PROTECT
    HUANG J, 1997, ZAIRYO TO KANKYO, V46, P651
    HUANG J, 1998, ZAIRYO TO KANKYO, V47, P193
    IMOKAWA T, 1994, ZAIRYO TO KANKYO, V43, P482
    JONES DA, 1984, CORROSION, V40, P181
    KONISHI T, 1995, ZAIRYO KANKYO, V44, P534
    KONISHI T, 1997, ZAIRYO TO KANKYO, V46, P709
    LI MC, 2001, B ELECTROCHEM, V17, P299
    LI MC, 2003, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V48, P1735
    MANSFELD F, 1995, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V25, P187
    OHKO Y, 2001, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V148, P24
    OHKO Y, 2002, ELECTROCHEM SOLID ST, V5, P9
    PANG M, 2001, CORROSION, V57, P523
    PARK H, 2002, J PHYS CHEM B, V106, P4775
    PARK JR, 1983, CORROS SCI, V23, P295
    RAMMELT U, 1987, CORROS SCI, V27, P373
    SCLAFANI A, 1996, J PHYS CHEM-US, V100, P13655
    SUBASRI R, 2003, ELECTROCHEM COMMUN, V5, P897
    SUL YT, 2001, MED ENG PHYS, V23, P329
    TATSUMA T, 2001, CHEM MATER, V13, P2838
    VANMAEKELBERGH D, 1997, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V42, P1121
    WU XJ, 1999, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V146, P1847
    YAHALOM J, 1970, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V15, P1429
    YUAN J, 1994, ZAIRYOU TO KANKYOU, V43, P433
    YUAN J, 1995, ZAIRYO TO KANKYO, V44, P627
    YUAN JN, 1995, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V142, P3444
 NR 34
 TC 0
 SN 0013-4686
 J9 ELECTROCHIM ACTA
 JI Electrochim. Acta
 PD MAY 30
 PY 2005
 VL 50
 IS 16-17
 BP 3401
 EP 3406
 PG 6
 SC Electrochemistry
 GA 932RF
 UT ISI:000229570300026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, WH
    Zhang, JF
    Ge, WK
 TI Applications of extended mapping deformation method in two
    (3+1)-dimensional nonlinear models
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE (3+1)-dimensional JM equation; (3+1)-dimensional KP equation;
    travelling wave solution
 ID TRAVELING-WAVE SOLUTIONS; PARTIAL-DIFFERENTIAL-EQUATIONS; PAINLEVE
    INTEGRABLE MODELS; NOVIKOV-VESELOV EQUATION; (2+1)-DIMENSIONAL
    BOUSSINESQ EQUATION; KADOMTSEV-PETVIASHVILI EQUATION; MULTISOLITON
    SOLUTIONS; EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; TRANSFORMATION; EXPANSION
 AB Based on the extended mapping deformation method and symbolic
    computation, many exact travelling wave solutions are found for the
    (3+1)-dimensional JM equation and the (3+1)-dimensional KP equation.
    The obtained solutions include solitary solution, periodic wave
    solution, rational travelling wave solution, and Jacobian and
    Weierstrass function solution, etc.
 C1 Huzhou Univ, Coll Sci, Huzhou 313000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, WH, Huzhou Univ, Coll Sci, Huzhou 313000, Peoples R China.
 CR BAI CL, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P15
    CHEN Y, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P1
    DORREN HJS, 1998, J MATH PHYS, V39, P3711
    ELWAKIL SA, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V299, P179
    ELWAKIL SA, 2002, Z NATURFORSCH, V58, P39
    FAN EG, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P559
    FAN EG, 2003, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V36, P7009
    FU ZT, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P25
    FU ZT, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P527
    HUANG WH, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12
    HUANG WH, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P262
    HUANG WH, 2004, Z NATURFORSCH A, V59, P250
    JIMBO M, 1983, PUBL RES I MATH SCI, V19, P943
    LI B, 2003, Z NATURFORSCH A, V58, P511
    LI HM, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P745
    LI HM, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P1111
    LI HM, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V37, P561
    LI HM, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P829
    LIAN ZJ, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P219
    LIN J, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V37, P265
    LOU SY, 1998, J MATH PHYS, V39, P5364
    LOU SY, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P781
    MURRAY JD, 1989, MATH BIOL
    RUAN HY, 1999, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V32, P2719
    RUAN HY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P577
    SCOTT AC, 1999, NONLINEAR SCI EMERGE
    SIRENDAORIJI, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V298, P133
    SIRENDAORIJI, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V309, P387
    WHITHAM GB, 1974, LINEAR NONLINEAR WAV
    XUAN HN, 2003, Z NATURFORSCH A, V58, P167
    YAN ZY, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P144
    ZHANG JF, 2001, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V36, P523
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P425
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P533
    ZHENG CL, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P671
    ZHU JM, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P798
 NR 36
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAY 15
 PY 2005
 VL 43
 IS 5
 BP 775
 EP 780
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 930WY
 UT ISI:000229449000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Zhang, JF
    Xu, CZ
    Chen, LQ
 TI Solitons with periodic behavior in Korteweg-de Vries type models
    related to Schrodinger system
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE KdV type system; variable separation approach; soliton; periodic
    behavior
 ID LOCALIZED COHERENT STRUCTURES; VARIABLE SEPARATION APPROACH; MULTISCALE
    REDUCTION; VAKHNENKO EQUATION; EXCITATIONS; COMPACTONS; PDES; WAVE
 AB The linear variable separation approach is successfully extended to
    (1+1)-dimensional Korteweg-de Vries (KdV) type models related to
    Schrodinger system. Some significant types of solitons such as
    compacton, peakon, and coop solutions with periodic behavior are
    simultaneously derived from the (1+1)-dimensional soliton system by
    entrancing appropriate piecewise smooth functions and multivalued
    functions.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Inst Nonlinear Phys, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zjclzheng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR CALOGERO F, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P6399
    CALOGERO F, 2001, J MATH PHYS, V42, P2635
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    KONNO K, 1981, J PHYS SOC JPN, V50, P1025
    KRAENKEL RA, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V260, P218
    LOU SY, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V175, P23
    LOU SY, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P5027
    LOU SY, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V262, P3449
    LOU SY, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10619
    MORRISON AJ, 1999, NONLINEARITY, V12, P1427
    NIMMO JJC, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V168, P113
    ROSENAU P, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P564
    ROSENAU P, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P1737
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4000
    VAKHNENKO VO, 1998, NONLINEARITY, V11, P1457
    VEROSKY JM, 1991, J MATH PHYS, V32, P1733
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P783
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P25
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
    ZHENG CL, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P391
    ZHENG CL, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P513
    ZHENG CL, 2004, J PHYS SOC JPN, V73, P293
 NR 26
 TC 2
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAY 15
 PY 2005
 VL 43
 IS 5
 BP 850
 EP 854
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 930WY
 UT ISI:000229449000019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, HB
    Chen, LQ
    Liu, RW
 TI The discrete variational principle in Hamiltonian formalism and first
    integrals
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE discrete mechanics; Hamiltonian system; Noether's theorem; first
    integral
 ID MATRIX POLYNOMIALS; SYSTEMS; FACTORIZATION; MECHANICS; VERSIONS; TIME
 AB The aim of this paper is to show that first integrals of discrete
    equation of motion for Hamiltonian systems can be determined explicitly
    by investigating the invariance properties of the discrete Lagrangian
    in phase space. The result obtained is a discrete analog of the theorem
    of Noether in the calculus of variations.
 C1 Chaohu Coll, Dept Phys, Chaohu 238000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, HB, Chaohu Coll, Dept Phys, Chaohu 238000, Peoples R China.
 CR CHEN B, 1987, ANAL DYNAMICS
    FENG K, 1985, P 1984 BEIJ S DIFF G
    GUO HY, 2001, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V35, P703
    GUO HY, 2001, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V37, P1
    GUO HY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P5978
    LEE TD, 1983, LECT GIV INT SCH SUB
    LEE TD, 1983, PHYS LETT B, V122, P217
    LEE TD, 1987, J STAT PHYS, V46, P843
    MARSDEN JE, 2001, ACT NUMERIC, V10, P357
    MEI FX, 1991, ADV ANAL MECH
    MILLER KS, 1968, LINEAR DIFFERENCE EQ
    MOSER J, 1991, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V139, P217
    SANZSERNA JM, 1994, NUMERICAL HAMILTONIA
    VESELOV AP, 1988, FUNCT ANAL APPL+, V22, P83
    VESELOV AP, 1991, FUNCT ANAL APPL, V25, P112
    ZHANG HB, 2005, CHINESE PHYS, V14, P238
    ZHANG HB, 2005, CHINESE PHYS, V14, P888
 NR 17
 TC 2
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 14
 IS 6
 BP 1063
 EP 1068
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 931NG
 UT ISI:000229491400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, TY
    Zhang, QR
    Zhuang, SL
 TI Optical polarized properties related to the oxygen vacancy defect in
    the PbWO4 crystal
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE PbWO4 crystal; electronic structure; optical properties; oxygen vacancy
 ID NM ABSORPTION-BAND; ORIGIN; MODEL
 AB The electronic structures, dielectric functions, complex refractive
    index and absorption spectra for the PbWO4 (PWO) crystal with and
    without oxygen vacancy V-O(2+) have been calculated using the
    full-potential (linearized) augmented planewave (FP-LAPW)+local
    orbitals (LO) method with the lattice structure optimized. The
    calculated results indicate that the optical properties of the PWO
    crystal show anisotropy and its optical symmetry coincides with the
    lattice structure geometry of the PWO crystal. The calculated
    absorption spectra indicate that the stoichiometric PWO crystal does
    not display absorption band in the visible and near-ultraviolet range.
    However, in this range, the absorption V-O(2+) spectra of the PWO
    crystal containing. exhibit two peaks at 3.35eV (370nm) and 2.95eV
    (420nm), respectively. It is revealed that the 350nm and 420nm
    absorption bands are related to the existence of V-O(2+) in the PWO
    crystal.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, TY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM liutyyxj@163.com
 CR ABRAHAM Y, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P3
    BOHACEK P, 2005, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V537, P86
    FAN RC, 2001, SPECTROSCOPY SOLID
    FENG XQ, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P449
    FENG XQ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V51, P2315
    GOUBIN F, 2004, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V177, P89
    KORZHIK MV, 1996, P INT C IN SCINT THE, P241
    LIAO JY, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P286
    LIU TY, IN PRESS ACTA PHYS S
    LIU TY, 2001, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V184, P341
    LIU TY, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P1596
    LIU TY, 2005, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V54, P863
    LIU TY, 2005, J ELECTRON SPECTROSC, V142, P139
    MOREAU JM, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V238, P46
    MOREAU JM, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V284, P104
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V195, P311
    SANGEETA S, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P12
    SHAO M, 2001, HIGH ENERG PHYS NUC, V25, P50
    YAO MZ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V51, P126
    YE XL, 1999, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V48, P10
    ZHANG QR, 2003, PHYS REV B, V6806, P4101
    ZHANG QR, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P1131
    ZHANG Y, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P12738
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 14
 IS 6
 BP 1142
 EP 1146
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 931NG
 UT ISI:000229491400015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, WF
    Gong, ZB
    Wang, QQ
 TI Investigation on Kane dynamic equations based on screw theory for
    open-chain manipulators
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE screw theory; partial velocity twist; open-chain manipulator; Kane
    dynamic equation
 AB First, screw theory, product of exponential formulas and Jacobian
    matrix are introduced. Then definitions are given about active force
    wrench, inertial force wrench, partial velocity twist, generalized
    active force, and generalized inertial force according to screw theory.
    After that Kane dynamic equations based on screw theory for open-chain
    manipulators have been derived. Later on how to compute the partial
    velocity twist by geometrical method is illustrated. Finally the
    correctness of conclusions is verified by example.
 C1 Zhengzhou Univ, Coll Mech Engn, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Electromech Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, WF, Zhengzhou Univ, Coll Mech Engn, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R
    China.
 EM liuwufa@zzu.edu.cn
 CR BROCKETT RW, 1993, IEEE INT C ROB AUT, P637
    CHEN WL, 1991, ANAL MECH
    GONG ZB, 1995, MECH DESIGN ROBOTS, P132
    GREENWOOD DT, 1982, CLASSICAL DYNAMICS
    MURRAY RM, 1998, MATH INTRO ROBOTIC M, P11
    PARK FC, 1994, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V39, P643
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 5
 BP 627
 EP 635
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 932NO
 UT ISI:000229560600011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ML
    Xia, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Gu, BB
 TI Effects of microstructure of films on CVD diamond X-ray detectors
 SO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS A-PHYSICAL
 DT Article
 DE CVD diamond film; X-ray detector; photocurrent; pulse height
    distribution; microstructure
 ID RADIATION; QUALITY
 AB Although the unique properties of chemical vapor deposition (CVD)
    diamond films have made it a candidate material for radiation
    detectors, the polycrystalline nature of the films has severely limited
    the development of CVD diamond detectors. In this work, three CVD
    diamond films with different microstructure were grown by using a
    hot-filament chemical vapor deposition (HFCVD) technique and were
    fabricated as CVD diamond detectors. The electric contact is good ohmic
    for bias voltage up to 150 V. 5.9 keV Fe-55 X-ray was used to measure
    the photocurrent and the pulse height distribution (PHD). For the
    detector based on the best quality film, the dark-current of 16.0 nA
    and the net photocurrent of 15.9 nA are obtained at an electric field
    of 50 kV cm(-1). The PHD peak is well separated from the noise
    pedestal, indicating a high counting efficiency and a low detection
    limit. (c) 2004 Elsevier B.V All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ML, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM zhamilong@hotmail.com
 CR ADAM W, 2000, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V447, P244
    DONATO MG, 2001, DIAM RELAT MATER, V10, P1788
    FRIEDL M, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V435, P194
    KANEKO JH, 2004, NEW DIAM FRONT C TEC, V14, P299
    KOZLOV SF, 1977, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V24, P235
    MANFREDOTTI C, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V154, P327
    NAVA F, 1979, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V26, P308
    SALVATORI S, 1997, DIAM RELAT MATER, V6, P361
    SU W, 1985, PHYS B C, V139, P654
    VATNITSKY S, 1993, PHYS MED BIOL, V38, P173
    ZHANG ML, 2004, J CRYST GROWTH, V274, P21
    ZHANG ML, 2004, PHYS LETT A, V332, P320
    ZHANG ML, 2004, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V130, P425
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0924-4247
 J9 SENSOR ACTUATOR A-PHYS
 JI Sens. Actuator A-Phys.
 PD MAY 17
 PY 2005
 VL 120
 IS 2
 BP 349
 EP 353
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 928UW
 UT ISI:000229298200007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Yang, XD
 TI Stability in parametric resonance of axially moving viscoelastic beams
    with time-dependent speed
 SO JOURNAL OF SOUND AND VIBRATION
 DT Article
 ID VIBRATIONS; VELOCITY; TENSION; WEB
 AB Stability in transverse parametric vibration of axially accelerating
    viscoelastic beams is investigated. The governing equation is derived
    from Newton's second law, the Kelvin constitution relation, and the
    geometrical relation. When the axial speed is a constant mean speed
    with small harmonic variations, the governing equation can be regarded
    as a continuous gyroscopic system under small periodically parametric
    excitations and a damping term. The method of multiple scales is
    applied directly to the governing equation without discretization. The
    stability conditions are obtained for combination and principal
    parametric resonance. Numerical examples are presented for beams with
    simple supports and fixed supports, respectively, to demonstrate the
    effect of viscoelasticity on the stability boundaries in both cases.
    (c) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 EM lqchen@online.sh.cn
 CR ABRATE S, 1992, MECH MACH THEORY, V27, P645
    CHEN LQ, 2004, EUR J MECH A-SOLID, V23, P659
    MARYNOWSKI K, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V37, P1147
    MARYNOWSKI K, 2002, J THEORET APPL MECH, V40, P465
    MARYNOWSKI K, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P481
    OZ HR, 1998, J SOUND VIB, V215, P571
    OZ HR, 1999, J SOUND VIB, V227, P239
    OZ HR, 2001, J SOUND VIB, V239, P556
    OZKAYA E, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V234, P521
    OZKAYA E, 2002, J SOUND VIB, V254, P782
    PARKER RG, 2001, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V68, P49
    PASIN F, 1972, ING ARCH, V41, P387
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
    WICKERT JA, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P738
    YANG XD, IN PRESS APPL MATH M
    YANG XD, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P249
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0022-460X
 J9 J SOUND VIB
 JI J. Sound Vibr.
 PD JUN 21
 PY 2005
 VL 284
 IS 3-5
 BP 879
 EP 891
 PG 13
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Acoustics; Mechanics
 GA 930FG
 UT ISI:000229400600018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, MS
    Ren, QW
    Wang, HH
 TI A method of detecting seismic singularities using combined wavelet with
    fractal
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF GEOPHYSICS-CHINESE EDITION
 DT Article
 DE seismic wave; frequency and time-ordered non-decimated wavelet packet
    transform; correlation dimension; profile fractal dimension spectrum;
    singularity detection
 ID DIMENSION
 AB A new method of utilizing combined wavelet with fractal to detect
    seismic singularities is proposed aiming at improving the detecting
    precision. Firstly the fractal property of seismic wave is
    comprehensively investigated based on its power spectrum density
    analysis, and the conclusion is made that seismic wave is of
    self-affine fractal property only in several higher frequency bands.
    This not only provides the theoretic foundation for reasonably applying
    fractal into seismic wave analysis, but also reveals the shortage of
    employing single integrated fractal dimension to detect seismic
    singularities. Secondly an algorithm of frequency and time-ordered
    non-decimated wavelet packet transform is put forward to produce
    excellent platform for fractal analysis of seismic wave. On the basis
    of the above two aspects, a wavelet-fractal based method for detecting
    seismic singularities is developed, which consists of three successive
    steps: seismic wave is decomposed into multi-scale coefficient
    sequences, and then fractal-parameter space of seismic profile is
    constructed depending on the correlation dimension analysis of
    effective scale coefficient sequences; in the end, singular parameters
    are identified and they indicate the seismic singularities. An
    engineering example shows that the proposed method outperforms the
    existing wavelet and fractal concerned methods in rationality and
    practicability, so it provides a new approach for parameterized
    accurate seismic geophysical prospecting.
 C1 Hohai Univ, Coll Civil Engn, Nanjing 210098, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Agr Univ, Coll Water Conservancy & Civil Engn, Tai An 271018, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Geoinformat Sci & Engn, Tai An 271019, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, MS, Hohai Univ, Coll Civil Engn, Nanjing 210098, Peoples R China.
 EM cmszhy@sohu.com
 CR BOSCHETTI F, 1996, GEOPHYSICS, V61, P1095
    CHANG X, 1998, CHINESE J GEOPHYSICS, V41, P826
    CHANG X, 2002, CHINESE J GEOPHYS-CH, V45, P839
    COIFMAN RR, 1992, WAVELETS THEIR APPL, P153
    LI QZ, 1996, OIL GEOPHYS PROSPECT, V61, P136
    LI SX, 1995, CHINESE J GEOPHYS, V38, P93
    LI SX, 2000, CHINESE J GEOPHYS-CH, V43, P97
    LIU F, 2001, PROGR NATURAL SCI, V11, P621
    NASON GP, 2001, SANKHYA SER B, V63, P199
    PESQUET JC, 1996, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V44, P1964
    THEILER J, 1986, PHYS REV A, V34, P2427
    TURCOTTE DL, 1997, FRACTALS CHAOS GEOLO
    WANG FQ, 1994, PHYSICS, V23, P539
    ZENG JG, 1995, OIL GEOPHYS PROSPECT, V30, P743
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0001-5733
 J9 CHINESE J GEOPHYS-CHINESE ED
 JI Chinese J. Geophys.-Chinese Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 48
 IS 3
 BP 672
 EP 679
 PG 8
 SC Geochemistry & Geophysics
 GA 930FQ
 UT ISI:000229401600027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, RW
    Huang, DB
    Zhang, LZ
 TI Chaotic synchronization based on Lie derivative method
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID DYNAMICAL-SYSTEMS; ACTIVE CONTROL
 AB In this paper, based on the idea of Lie derivative, we develop a method
    to synchronize two identical chaotic systems. In comparison with the
    previous methods such as active control, the present control scheme is
    simple, and therefore it is easily implemented in practice. The
    synchronization of two identical Lorenz systems are used to illustrate
    the effectiveness of the proposed method. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Inst Light Ind, Dept Math & Phys, Jinan 200100, Peoples R China.
    Tianjin Polytech Univ, Dept Math, Tianjin 300160, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM dbhuang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BAI EW, 1997, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P51
    BAI EW, 2000, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V11, P1041
    BOCCALETTI S, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V63
    BOCCALETTI S, 2002, PHYS REP, V366, P1
    BROWN R, 2000, CHAOS, V10, P344
    DEBIN H, 2004, PHYS REV E, V69
    FEMAT R, 2002, CHAOS, V12, P1027
    HUANG DB, 2004, CHAOS, V14, P152
    KOCAREV L, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1816
    KOCAREV L, 1998, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V9, P1359
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    STELIANA C, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P507
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 25
 IS 5
 BP 1255
 EP 1259
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 929NL
 UT ISI:000229352700031
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GH
 TI Synchronization and anti-synchronization of Colpitts oscillators using
    active control
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID SYSTEMS; CHAOS
 AB With a simple piecewise-linear mode, this paper describes the nonlinear
    dynamics and its control of the Colpitts oscillator. An active control
    method is applied to guiding the design of the controllers to
    synchronize and anti-synchronize two identical Colpitts oscillators.
    And a sufficient condition is drawn for the stability of the error
    dynamics. Finally, numerical simulations show the effectiveness of the
    proposed control strategy. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Yangchang Rd 149, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM ghlee@sh163.net
 CR BAI EW, 1997, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P51
    CENYS A, 1998, P INT S NONL THEOR I, V2, P519
    CENYS A, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V17, P349
    KENNEDY MP, 1994, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V41, P771
    KENNEDY MP, 1995, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V42, P376
    MAGGIO GM, 1999, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V46, P1118
    MYKOLAITIS G, 2004, ELECTRON LETT, V40, P91
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    TAMASEVICIUS A, 2001, ELECTRON LETT, V37, P549
    WEGENER C, 1995, P NDES 95, P255
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 1
 BP 87
 EP 93
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 929NO
 UT ISI:000229353000012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Zhu, HP
    Chen, LQ
 TI Exact solution and semifolded structures of generalized Broer-Kaup
    system in (2+1)-dimensions
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID LOCALIZED COHERENT STRUCTURES; WATER-WAVE SYSTEM; INTEGRABLE SYSTEMS;
    PAINLEVE ANALYSIS; SOLITON SYSTEM; EQUATION; EXCITATIONS
 AB Starting from a special Painleve-Bdcklund transformation, the nonlinear
    generalized Broer-Kaup(GBK) system in (2+1)-dimensions is reduced to a
    linear system. Then by means of the linear superposition theorem, a
    general variable separation excitation to the generalized Broer-Kaup
    system is obtained. Finally, based on the derived solution, a new type
    of localized structure, i.e., semifolded localized coherent structure
    is constructed and some evolution properties of the novel semifolded
    localized structure are briefly discussed. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Zhejian Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejian Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zjclzheng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1973, PHYS REV LETT, V31, P125
    BOITI M, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P371
    BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P432
    BROER LJF, 1975, APPL SCI RES, V31, P377
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    CHEN CL, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P129
    FOKAS AS, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P1329
    HUANG DJ, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P601
    KADOMTSEV BB, 1970, SOV PHYS DOKL, V15, P539
    KAUP DJ, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V54, P396
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LOU SY, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P5027
    LOU SY, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10619
    ROSENAU P, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P564
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4000
    YING JP, 2001, Z NATURFORSCH A, V56, P619
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1968, J APPL MECH TECH PHY, V2, P190
    ZHANG JF, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P705
    ZHANG JF, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V313, P401
    ZHANG SL, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V300, P40
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P783
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P25
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
    ZHENG CL, 2004, J PHYS SOC JPN, V73, P293
    ZHENG CL, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1741
 NR 28
 TC 2
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 1
 BP 187
 EP 194
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 929NO
 UT ISI:000229353000022
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Chen, SP
    Shi, B
 TI P2P-based web text information retrieval
 SO WEB TECHNOLOGIES RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT -  APWEB 2005
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB This paper proposes a query routing infrastructure that aims at the
    Wet) text information retrieval. The routing information is distributed
    in each query routing node, and needs no central infrastructure, so it
    can be used in large distributed system to determine which node need to
    be queried to achieve the function of query routing in semantic
    network. At the same time, this paper proposes the concept of
    preference circle, which organizes Web text data sources efficiently,
    so querying the information for routing become simpler and easier for
    maintenance, which improves the efficiency of query routing. In
    addition, we demonstrate the advantages of our system in work load
    balancing and the completeness of result of query etc.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Informat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, SP, Fudan Univ, Dept Informat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200433,
    Peoples R China.
 EM chensp@usst.edu.cn
    bshi@fudan.edu.cn
 CR GALANIS L, 2003, P 29 VLDB C BERL GER
    RATNASAMY S, P 2001 C APPL TECHN
    STOICA I, 2001, P SIGCOMM
    YU C, 2001, 1 ACM IEEE CS JOINT
    YU C, 2003, P 29 VLDB C BERL GER
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2005
 VL 3399
 BP 247
 EP 252
 PG 6
 GA BCD84
 UT ISI:000228780500025
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Li, ML
    Wu, MY
    Li, Y
    Huang, LP
    Deng, QN
    Cao, J
    Xue, GT
    Weng, CL
    Lin, XH
    Lu, XD
    Jiang, CJ
    Tong, WQ
    Gui, YD
    Zhou, AY
    Wu, XH
    Jiang, S
 TI ShanghaiGrid: A Grid prototype for metropolis information services
 SO WEB TECHNOLOGIES RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT -  APWEB 2005
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB The goal of ShanghaiGrid is providing information services to the
    people. It aims at constructing a metropolitan-area information service
    infrastructure and establishing an open standard for widespread
    upper-layer applications from both communities and the government. A
    typical application named as Traffic Information Grid is discussed in
    detail.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Supercomp Ctr, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Urban Transportat Informat Ctr, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    E China Inst Comp Technol, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, ML, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 EM li-ml@cs.sjtu.edu.cn
    wu-my@cs.sjtu.edu.cn
    liying@cs.sjtu.edu.cn
 NR 0
 TC 1
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2005
 VL 3399
 BP 1033
 EP 1036
 PG 4
 GA BCD84
 UT ISI:000228780500100
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, J
    Sun, SJ
    Hu, GH
    Yin, XY
 TI Secondary instabilities of linearly heated falling films
 SO PROGRESS IN NATURAL SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE linearly heated falling film; secondary instability; Floquet theorem
 ID LONG-WAVE INSTABILITIES; LIQUID-FILMS; EVOLUTION
 AB Secondary instabilities of linearly heated falling films are studied
    through three steps. Firstly, the analysis of the primary linear
    instability on Miladinova's tong wave equation of the linearly heated
    film is performed. Secondly, the similar Landau equation is derived
    through weak nonlinear theory, and a two-dimensional nonlinear
    saturation solution of primary instability is obtained within the weak
    nonlinear domain. Thirdly, the secondary (three-dimensional)
    instability of the two-dimensional wave is studied by the Floquet
    theorem. Our secondary instability analysis shows that the Marangoni
    number has destabilization effect on the secondary instability.
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Modern Mech, Hefei 230027, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Hu, J, Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Modern Mech, Hefei 230027,
    Peoples R China.
 EM hucom@mail.ustc.edu
 CR BENNEY DJ, 1966, J MATH PHYS, V45, P150
    BOYD JP, 1999, CHEBYSHEV FOURIER SP
    CHANG HC, 1989, PHYS FLUIDS A-FLUID, V1, P1314
    CHANG HC, 1994, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V26, P103
    GJEVIK B, 1970, PHYS FLUIDS, V13, P1918
    HERBERT T, 1983, PHYS FLUIDS, V26, P871
    JOO SW, 1991, J FLUID MECH, V230, P117
    JOO SW, 1992, J FLUID MECH, V242, P529
    KALITZOVAKURTEV.P, 2000, J THEOR APPL MECH, V30, P12
    KAPITSA PL, 1948, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V18, P3
    KAPITZA PL, 1949, ZH EKSP TEOR FIZ, V19, P105
    LIN SP, 1974, J FLUID MECH, V63, P417
    MILADINOVA S, 2002, J FLUID MECH, V453, P153
    ORON A, 1997, REV MOD PHYS, V69, P931
    ORSZAG SA, 1983, J FLUID MECH, V128, P347
    ROSKES GJ, 1970, PHYS FLUIDS, V13, P1440
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0071
 J9 PROG NAT SCI
 JI Prog. Nat. Sci.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 15
 IS 3
 BP 205
 EP 212
 PG 8
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 926YC
 UT ISI:000229158600003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, XC
    Ding, YP
    Tang, T
 TI Synergistic effect of nickel formate on the thermal and flame-retardant
    properties of polypropylene
 SO POLYMER INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE polypropylene; nickel formate; intumescent flame-retardant (IFR);
    synergism
 AB Nickel formate was used as a catalyst to improve the flame-retardancy
    of intumescent systems based on ammonium polyphosphate (APP) and
    pentaerythritol (petol) in polypropylene (PP). Limited oxygen index
    (LOI), X-ray diffraction (XRD) and thermogravimetric analysis (TGA)
    were used to characterize the fire-retardancy and thermal stability of
    the PP system and the microstructure of the burned residue. The
    catalytic effect was shown in an increase in LOI, and a change in the
    residue microstructure and the thermal stability of the PP system. LOI
    increased with the concentration of the catalyst in the range 0.1-5 wt%
    of the composition until a maximum was reached. At higher concentration
    of the catalyst a decrease in the LOI was observed. (c) 2005 Society of
    Chemical Industry.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, State Key Lab Polymer Phys & Chem, Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Tang, T, Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, State Key Lab
    Polymer Phys & Chem, Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
 EM ttang@ciac.jl.cn
 CR BALJINDER KK, 1996, POLYM DEGRAD STABIL, V54, P289
    BERLIN AI, 1998, FIRE RETARDANCY POLY, P104
    CAMINO G, 2000, FIRE RETARDANCY POLY, P217
    HORACEK H, 1996, POLYM DEGRAD STABIL, V54, P205
    LEVCHIK SV, 1992, POLYM DEGRAD STABIL, V36, P229
    LEWIN M, 2003, POLYM ADVAN TECHNOL, V14, P3
    XIA B, 2001, J AM CERAM SOC, V84, P1
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0959-8103
 J9 POLYM INT
 JI Polym. Int.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 54
 IS 6
 BP 904
 EP 908
 PG 5
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 927UK
 UT ISI:000229225800008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, DH
    Chen, QH
    Liu, LM
 TI Markov chain-based numerical method for degree distributions of growing
    networks
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 ID COMPLEX NETWORKS; INTERNET; TOPOLOGY
 AB In this paper, we establish a relation between growing networks and
    Markov chains, and propose a computational approach for network degree
    distributions. Using the Barabasi-Albert model as an example, we first
    show that the degree evolution of a node in a growing network follows a
    nonhomogeneous Markov chain. Exploring the special structure of these
    Markov chains, we develop an efficient algorithm to compute the degree
    distribution numerically with a computation complexity of O(t(2)),
    where t is the number of time steps. We use three examples to
    demonstrate the computation procedure and compare the results with
    those from existing methods.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Ind Engn & Engn Management, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Fujian Normal Univ, Coll Math & Comp Sci, Fuzhou 350007, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, DH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM liulim@ust.hk
 CR ALBERT R, 1999, NATURE, V401, P130
    ALBERT R, 2000, NATURE, V406, P378
    ALBERT R, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P5234
    ALBERT R, 2002, REV MOD PHYS, V74, P47
    BARABASI AL, 1999, PHYSICA A, V272, P173
    BARABASI AL, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P509
    BIANCONI G, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P5632
    CHEN QH, 2004, PHYSICA A, V335, P240
    DOROGOVTSEV SN, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V62, P1842
    DOROGOVTSEV SN, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P4633
    DOROGOVTSEV SN, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V63
    ERDOS P, 1960, PUBL MATH I HUNG, V5, P17
    FALOUTSOS M, 1999, COMP COMM R, V29, P251
    JEONG H, 2000, NATURE, V407, P651
    JEONG H, 2001, NATURE, V411, P41
    KRAPIVSKY PL, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P4629
    MILGRAM S, 1967, PSYCHOL TODAY, V2, P60
    RAVASZ E, CONDMAT0206130
    ROSS SM, 1983, STOCHASTIC PROCESSES
    SHI D, 1996, MATRIX ANAL METHODS, P207
    STROGATZ SH, 2001, NATURE, V410, P268
    WATTS DJ, 1998, NATURE, V393, P440
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 1063-651X
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 71
 IS 3
 PN Part 2
 AR 036140
 DI ARTN 036140
 PG 9
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 922EC
 UT ISI:000228818200050
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DB
 TI Simple adaptive-feedback controller for identical chaos synchronization
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 ID CONDITIONAL LYAPUNOV EXPONENTS; INVARIANT-MANIFOLDS; SYSTEMS;
    OSCILLATORS; STABILITY
 AB Based on the invariance principle of differential equations, a simple
    adaptive-feedback scheme is proposed to strictly synchronize almost all
    chaotic systems. Unlike the usual linear feedback, the variable
    feedback strength is automatically adapted to completely synchronize
    two almost arbitrary identical chaotic systems, so this scheme is
    analytical, and simple to implement in practice. Moreover, it is quite
    robust against the effect of noise. The famous Lorenz and Rossler
    hyperchaos systems are used as illustrative examples.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM dbhuang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ASHWIN P, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V193, P126
    BARRETO E, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P1689
    BOCCALETTI S, 2002, PHYS REP, V366, P1
    BROWN R, 1997, CHAOS, V7, P395
    BROWN R, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P4189
    CUOMO KM, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P65
    GAUTHIER DJ, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P1751
    GROSU I, 1997, PHYS REV E B, V56, P3709
    HUANG DB, 2004, CHAOS, V14, P152
    HUANG DB, 2004, PHYS REV E 2, V69
    HUANG DB, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V93
    JOSIC K, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P3053
    KOCAREV L, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P5028
    LASALLE J, 1960, IRE T CIRCUIT THEORY, V7, P520
    LASALLE JP, 1960, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V46, P363
    MORGUL O, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P77
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    PARLITZ U, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1232
    PARLITZ U, 1997, CHAOS, V7
    PARLITZ U, 2003, CHAOS, V13
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    PECORA LM, 1991, PHYS REV A, V44, P2374
    ROSENBLUM MG, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V92
    RULKOV NF, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P183
    SHUAI JW, 1997, PHYS REV E, V56, P2272
    VENKATARAMANI SC, 1996, PHYS REV E, V54, P1346
    VENKATARAMANI SC, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P5361
    ZHOU CS, 1998, PHYS REV E, V58, P5188
    ZHOU CS, 2000, PHYSICA D, V135, P1
 NR 29
 TC 3
 SN 1063-651X
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 71
 IS 3
 PN Part 2
 AR 037203
 DI ARTN 037203
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 922EC
 UT ISI:000228818200164
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, SW
    Liao, HB
    Wen, WJ
    Wong, GKL
 TI Au/TiO2/SiO2 sandwich multilayer composite films with large nonlinear
    optical susceptibility
 SO OPTICAL MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE metal particles; nonlinearity; size
 AB Au/TiO2/SiO2 sandwich composite multilayer films were deposited by
    alternating multitarget magnetron sputtering technique. Annealing
    process was performed for as-growth. Au particles appeared between the
    layers and grew with the increasing of the annealing temperature. The
    surface plasmon resonance of the annealed films is around 570-590nm.
    The third-order nonlinear susceptibility was measured with the backward
    degenerate four wave mixing (DFWM) scheme at a 532nm wavelength. The
    calculated values of divided by((3)) at 532nm of the composite films
    are larger than 1.02 x 10(-6)esu. We assume the multilayer sandwich
    topology of the Au/TiO2/SiO2 composite films has greatly enhanced the
    local field factor f and caused a larger divided by((3)) which is even
    not measured at the wavelength near the surface plasmon resonance of
    the composite materials. (c) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Beijing Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Beijing 100875, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Yu, SW, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Elect Informat Mat, 149
    Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM yusw@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR FUKUMI K, 1991, JPN J APPL PHYS, V30, L742
    LEE M, 1992, THIN SOLID FILMS
    LIAO HB, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P1
    LIAO HB, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P1817
    MAGRUDER RH, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V62, P1730
    MATSUOKA J, 1992, J CERAM SOC JPN, V100, P599
    PUECH K, 1995, OPT LETT, V20, P1613
    RICHARD D, 1985, OPT LETT, V10, P511
    TAKEDA Y, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P3420
    TANAHASHI I, 1996, J APPL PHYS, V79, P1244
 NR 10
 TC 1
 SN 0925-3467
 J9 OPT MATER
 JI Opt. Mater.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 27
 IS 8
 BP 1433
 EP 1437
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Optics
 GA 927MA
 UT ISI:000229196800019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, YJ
    Li, Y
 TI Parallel PBG microstrip line
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE PBG; microstrip line
 AB A novel photonic bandgap (PBG) microstrip line is proposed for 50 Omega
    conventional microstrip line. The proposed structure is fabricated with
    a periodic rectangle etched on the edge of the conductor line, and a
    flat and low-rippled passband is obtained. The characteristics of the
    novel PBG microstrip line are improved, as compared those of the
    conventional PBG microstrip line with holes etched in the conductor
    line or in the ground plane. The width of the stopband or passband can
    be changed according to the requirements. The measurement data of this
    novel PBG microstrip line agree well with the simulations. (c) 2005
    Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Zhengzhou Univ, Coll Informat Engn, Zhengzhou, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, YJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 CR ELLIS TJ, 1996, IEEE MTT S INT MICR, V14, P1157
    RADISIC V, 1998, IEEE MICROW GUIDED W, V8, P69
    XUE Q, 2000, IEEE MICROW GUIDED W, V10, P403
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD JUN 20
 PY 2005
 VL 45
 IS 6
 BP 548
 EP 550
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 927CN
 UT ISI:000229170100023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dai, K
    Shi, LY
    Fang, JH
    Zhang, DS
    Yu, BK
 TI NaCl adsorption in multi-walled carbon nanotubes
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE carbon nanotubes; NaCl; adsorption
 ID DOUBLE-LAYER; CAPACITORS; STORAGE
 AB Three kinds of multi-walled carbon nanotube electrodes were fabricated
    in electrochemical double layer capacitors to adsorb Na+ and Cl- from
    NaCl solution. The amount of ions adsorbed by electrodes depends on the
    specific surface area, pore specific volume. The specific NaCl
    adsorption was investigated, it was found that purified carbon nanotube
    electrode after carbonization is the best NaCl adsorption electrode
    with the largest specific surface area and pore specific volume, the
    percentage of NaCl desorption is nearly 90%, and the regeneration
    property of the electrode was also studied in this paper. &COPY; 2005
    Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, NanoSci & Technol Ctr, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Dai, K, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai
    200436, Peoples R China.
 EM daikai940@163.com
 CR ARULEPP M, 2004, J POWER SOURCES, V133, P320
    DARKRIM FL, 2002, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V27, P193
    EBBESEN TW, 1996, NATURE, V382, P54
    FAWCETT WR, 1998, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V44, P881
    FRACKOWIAK E, 2001, CARBON, V39, P937
    GRUJICIC M, 2002, APPL SURF SCI, V199, P90
    HENDERSON D, 2001, J MOL LIQ, V92, P29
    HOU PX, 2002, CARBON, V40, P81
    KOTZ R, 2000, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V45, P2483
    KUMAR TP, 2004, ELECTROCHEM COMMUN, V6, P520
    LIJIMA S, 1991, NATURE, V354, P56
    LOZANO P, 2004, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V280, P149
    NISHINO A, 1988, TANSO, V132, P57
    PENZA M, 2004, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V100, P47
    SARANGI D, 2002, PHYSICA B, V323, P165
    WORASUWANNARAK N, 2003, CARBON, V41, P933
    ZHANHONG Y, 2003, MATER LETT, V57, P3160
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 59
 IS 16
 BP 1989
 EP 1992
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 926DR
 UT ISI:000229103600005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ge, XS
    Chen, LQ
    Liu, YZ
 TI Motion planning of a nonholonomic multibody system using genetic
    algorithm
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 DE multibody system; nonholonomic; motion planning; genetic algorithm
 ID RIGID BODIES
 AB The motion planning of a nonholonomic multibody system is investigated.
    Nonholonomicity arises in many mechanical systems Subject to
    nonintegrable velocity constraints or nonintegrable conservation laws.
    When the total angular momentum is zero, the control problern of system
    can be converted to the motion planning problem for a driftless control
    system. In this paper, an optimal control approach is proposed for the
    discussed problem. To connect the initial and final configurations and
    to generate a feasible trajectory for a nonholonomic system, the
    genetic algorithm is used to optimize the performance of motion
    planning. The feasible trajectory and its control inputs are searched
    through a genetic algorithm. The effectiveness of the genetic algorithm
    is demonstrated by numerical simulation.
 C1 Beijing Inst Machinery, Basic Sci Courses Dept, Beijing 100085, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mech Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Ge, XS, Beijing Inst Machinery, Basic Sci Courses Dept, Beijing 100085,
    Peoples R China.
 EM gebim@vip.sina.com
    lqchen@online.sh.cn
    liuyzhc@online.sh.cn
 CR FERNANDES C, 1994, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V39, P450
    GE XS, 1998, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V11, P351
    GE XS, 2003, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V4, P279
    GOLDBERG DE, 1989, GENETIC ALGORITHMS S
    GOLDBERG DE, 1991, COMPLEX SYSTEMS, V5, P139
    ISIDORI A, 1989, NONLINEAR CONTROL SY
    LAFFERRIERE G, 1991, P IEEE INT C ROB AUT, P1148
    LAUMOND JP, 1991, P INT C ADV ROB, P1033
    LI ZX, 1990, IEEE T ROBOTIC AUTOM, V6, P62
    LYULINA IA, 2004, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V5, P79
    MAGINI M, 2004, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V5, P275
    MURRAY RM, 1993, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V38, P700
    MURRAY RM, 1994, MATH INTRO ROBOTIC M
    NAKAMURA Y, 1990, P 1990 IEEE ROB AUT, P1764
    OSMAN MS, 2004, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V5, P371
    SOPHIANOPOULOS DS, 2004, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V5, P67
    TSUCHIYA K, 2002, J GUID CONTROL DYNAM, V25, P285
    WALSH GC, 1995, IEEE T ROBOTIC AUTOM, V11, P139
    ZHAO WJ, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V3, P129
    ZHOU J, 2004, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V5, P393
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2005
 VL 6
 IS 2
 BP 113
 EP 120
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 926MD
 UT ISI:000229126400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, YL
    Yu, JY
    Hou, DX
    Zhang, SQ
    Wu, H
 TI Study on properties of Electrorheological fluid and its application in
    machining vibration control
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS B
 DT Article
 ID VISCOELASTIC RESPONSE; DEPENDENCE; SYSTEM; DAMPER
 AB The better mechanical properties of Electrorheological fluid (ERF) are
    critical for its engineering application. In this paper, the effects of
    electric field strength and circumstance temperature on steady flow
    characteristic of ERF are analyzed; the effects of electric field
    strength, vibration amplitude, vibration frequency and circumstance
    temperature on ERF's dynamic mechanical properties are investigated
    using orthogonal tests. In addition, the ERF damper of lathe tool slide
    worked on shear-mode is developed; the turning experiments with the
    damper are performed in order to validate the suppressive effect of
    vibration. The experimental results demonstrate that ERF dampers can
    decrease the machining vibration response effectively.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mech Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Jilin Univ, Sch Mech Sci & Engn, Changchun 130025, Peoples R China.
    Nanyang Technol Univ, Singapore 2263, Singapore.
 RP Zhang, YL, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mech Engn, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AOYAMA T, 1997, ANN CIRP, V46, P309
    EHRGOTT RC, 1994, J VIB ACOUST, V116, P53
    HASHIZUME H, 2000, JSME INT J C-MECH SY, V43, P183
    JORDAN TC, 1992, J RHEOL, V36, P441
    LOU Z, 1993, 931403 SAE, V1, P334
    MCLEISH TCB, 1991, J RHEOL, V35, P427
    PEEL DJ, 1996, SMART MATER STRUCT, V5, P591
    PETEK NK, 1992, 920275 SAE, V6, P350
    STEVENS NG, 1987, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V54, P456
    YAO GZ, 2000, J VIB ACOUST, V122, P7
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9792
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS B
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. B
 PD APR 10
 PY 2005
 VL 19
 IS 7-9
 PN Part 2 Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 1710
 EP 1716
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 928DS
 UT ISI:000229251900037
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, AL
    Steele, TG
 TI Analysis of J(PC)=1(-+) exotic hybrid eta pi, eta 'pi decays
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS A
 DT Article
 DE hybrids; sum rules; decay
 ID 18 GEV/C; MESON PRODUCTION; QCD; HADRONS; PHYSICS; MODEL; STATE
 AB Investigations of the mass and decays of the J(PC) = 1(-+) hybrid are
    reviewed, including calculation of the &pi;(1)(1(-+)) &RARR; &eta;&pi;,
    &eta;'&pi; decay widths within the QCD sum rules technique. In this
    calculation, the recently-proposed &eta;, &eta;' quark mixing scheme is
    employed. The results indicate that the decay width &UGamma;(&pi; 1
    &RARR; &eta;&pi;) &AP; 250 MeV is large compared with the decay width
    &UGamma;(&pi; 1 &RARR; &eta;'&pi;) &AP; 20 MeV. Inspired by these
    results, some phenomenological approaches are suggested to gain an
    understanding of the underlying mechanism of &eta;&pi; and &eta;'&pi;
    hybrid decays.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Saskatchewan, Dept Phys & Engn Phys, Saskatoon, SK S7N 5E2, Canada.
 RP Zhang, AL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ABELE A, 1998, PHYS LETT B, V423, P175
    ADAMS GS, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P5760
    ALOISIO A, 2002, PHYS LETT B, V451, P45
    AUBERT B, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V90
    BAI JZ, 1998, PHYS REV D, V58
    BAI JZ, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    BERNARD C, 1997, PHYS REV D, V56, P7039
    BERNARD C, 2003, NUCL PHYS B-PROC SUP, V119, P260
    BERNARD C, 2003, PHYS REV D, V68
    CHANOWITZ M, 1983, NUCL PHYS B, V222, P211
    CHETYRKIN K, 2000, PHYS LETT B, V485, P145
    CHODOS A, 1974, PHYS REV D, V9, P3471
    CLOSE FE, 1995, NUCL PHYS B, V443, P233
    EIDELMAN S, 2004, PHYS LETT B, V592, P1
    FELDMANN T, 1998, PHYS REV D, V58
    GOVAERTS J, 1987, NUCL PHYS B, V284, P674
    ISGUR N, 1985, PHYS REV D, V31, P2910
    IVANOV EI, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P3977
    JIN HY, 2003, PHYS REV D, V67
    NAKANO T, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    PAGE PR, 1999, PHYS REV D, V59
    SHIFMAN MA, 1979, NUCL PHYS B, V147, P385
    THOMPSON DR, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P1630
    ZHANG AL, 2002, PHYS REV D, V65
    ZHANG AL, 2003, PHYS REV D, V67
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 0217-751X
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS A
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. A
 PD APR 10
 PY 2005
 VL 20
 IS 8-9
 BP 1973
 EP 1976
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Nuclear; Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA 925XA
 UT ISI:000229085600083
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, WQ
    Zhou, BX
    Li, Q
    Yao, MY
 TI Detrimental role of LiOH on the oxide film formed on Zircaloy-4
 SO CORROSION SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE Zircaloy-4; X-ray diffraction; SIMS; corrosion resistance
 ID LITHIUM HYDROXIDE; ZIRCONIUM ALLOYS; BORIC-ACID; CORROSION;
    DEGRADATION; OXIDATION; CHEMISTRY; HYDROGEN; ZR-2.5NB; WATER
 AB To understand the degradation behavior of Zircaloy-4 corroded in LiOH
    aqueous solution, X-ray diffraction was performed to analyze the
    crystal structure of Zircaloy-4 oxide formed in three different media.
    Second ion mass spectrometry (SIMS) was utilized to measure the
    penetration of Li+ and OH-into the oxide film when Zircaloy-4 is
    exposed in LiOH aqueous solution. It was found that the SIMS depth
    profile of OH- in the oxide film is in accord with that of Li+, which
    indicates that there exists OH- in the oxide film. Based on the
    results, it is put forward that OH- diffuses faster than O-2 in the
    oxide films, which can enhance the corrosion rate of Zircaloy-4 and the
    transformation from tetragonal zirconia (t-ZrO2) to monoclinic zirconia
    (m-ZrO2,). OH- plays a detrimental role on the oxide film formed on
    Zircaloy-4. (c) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, WQ, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM wqliu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BEIE HJ, 1994, AM SOC TEST MATER, V1245, P615
    BLAT M, 2000, AM SOC TEST MATER, V1354, P563
    COX B, 1995, J NUCL MATER, V224, P169
    GODLEWSKI J, 2000, AM SOC TEST MATER, V1354, P877
    HILLNER E, 1961, WAPDTM307 BETT AT PO
    KIM YS, 1999, J NUCL MATER, V270, P165
    LI ZK, 2001, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V30, P68
    LIU WQ, 2002, THESIS SHANGHAI U SH, P52
    PECHEUR D, 1996, ASTM STP, V1295, P94
    PECHEUR D, 2000, AM SOC TEST MATER, V1354, P793
    RAMASUBRAMANIAN N, 1994, AM SOC TEST MATER, V1245, P378
    SAARIO T, 1993, IAEA TECHN COMM M IN
    SATO T, 1985, J MATER SCI, V20, P3988
    URBANIC VF, 2000, AM SOC TEST MATER, V1354, P641
    WADMAN B, 1994, AM SOC TEST MATER, V1245, P579
    XUE XY, 1996, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V25, P33
    YANG FL, 1999, RARE METALS, V23, P236
    YOSHIMURA M, 1987, J MATER SCI LETT, V6, P465
    ZHOU BX, 2000, NUCL POWER ENG, V21, P439
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0010-938X
 J9 CORROS SCI
 JI Corrosion Sci.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 47
 IS 7
 BP 1855
 EP 1860
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 927NN
 UT ISI:000229200700018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ng, CK
    Zhang, LS
    Li, D
    Tian, WW
 TI Discrete filled function method for discrete global optimization
 SO COMPUTATIONAL OPTIMIZATION AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear integer programming; quadratic integer programming; linear
    integer programming; discrete global optimization; discrete filled
    function method
 ID INTEGER PROGRAMMING-PROBLEMS; CONTROLLED RANDOM SEARCH; POWER
    LAGRANGIAN METHOD; SOLVING INTEGER; ALGORITHM; MINIMIZATION; VARIABLES;
    BRANCH; MINIMA
 AB A discrete filled function method is developed in this paper to solve
    discrete global optimization problems over "strictly pathwise connected
    domains." Theoretical properties of the proposed discrete filled
    function are investigated and a solution algorithm is proposed.
    Numerical experiments reported in this paper on several test problems
    with up to 200 variables have demonstrated the applicability and
    efficiency of the proposed method.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ng, CK, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management,
    Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 EM ckng@se.cuhk.edu.hk
    dli@se.cuhk.edu.hk
    wwtian@guomai.sh.cn
 CR BECK A, 2000, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V11, P179
    CONLEY W, 1980, COMPUTER OPTIMIZATIO
    COOPER MW, 1981, MANAGE SCI, V27, P353
    COOPER MW, 1983, NAV RES LOG, V29, P585
    DIXON LCW, 1976, OPTIMIZATION ACTION, P398
    FISHER ML, 1981, MANAGE SCI, V27, P1
    GE R, 1989, APPL MATH COMPUT, V34, P39
    GE R, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V46, P191
    GE RP, 1987, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V54, P241
    GEOFFRION AM, 1974, MATHEMATICAL PROGRAM, V2, P82
    GOLDSTEIN AA, 1971, MATH COMPUT, V25, P569
    GUPTA OK, 1985, MANAGE SCI, V31, P1533
    HAN QM, 2001, APPL MATH COMPUT, V119, P217
    HOCK W, 1981, TEST EXAMPLES NONLIN
    KORNER F, 1988, BIT, V28, P701
    LEVY AV, 1985, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V6, P15
    LI D, 2000, ANN OPER RES, V98, P151
    LI D, 2000, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V18, P235
    LITINETSKI VV, 1998, ENG OPTIMIZ, V30, P125
    LIU X, 2001, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V19, P151
    LUUS R, 1973, AICHE J, V19, P760
    MOHAN C, 1999, COMPUT OPTIM APPL, V14, P103
    MORE JJ, 1981, ACM T MATH SOFTWARE, V7, P17
    PRICE WL, 1983, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V40, P333
    SCHITTKOWSKI K, 1987, MORE TEST EXAMPLES N
    SUN XL, 2000, MATH OPER RES, V25, P625
    XU Z, 2001, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V20, P49
    YANG XQ, 2001, LOCAL GLOBAL OPTIMIZ
    ZHANG LS, 1999, J COMPUT MATH, V17, P179
    ZHANG LS, 2004, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V28, P17
    ZHENG Q, 1995, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V7, P421
    ZHU WX, 1998, APPL MATH COMPUT, V93, P183
 NR 32
 TC 0
 SN 0926-6003
 J9 COMPUT OPTIM APPL
 JI Comput. Optim. Appl.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 31
 IS 1
 BP 87
 EP 115
 PG 29
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 927RM
 UT ISI:000229218200005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU An, WK
    Qiu, XJ
    Shi, CH
    Zhu, ZY
 TI Dependence of the average Lorentz factor on temperature in relativistic
    plasmas
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID HOT PLASMA; PHYSICS; ELECTRONS
 AB For the relativistic plasma, how to fix the Lorentz factors of the
    particles is an important but difficult problem. We resolve this
    problem by demonstrating the exact relation between the average Lorentz
    factor and temperature in relativistic plasmas. A rather simple
    relation is also obtained for the ultra-relativistic case.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Hunan Inst Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Yueyang 414000, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP An, WK, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM anweike@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ABRAMOWITZ M, 1964, HDB MATH FUNCTIONS
    ADAN JC, 2001, PHYS PLASMAS, V8, P1664
    BERGMAN J, 2001, PHYS PLASMAS 1, V8, P1482
    CAI HB, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P891
    DEUTSCH C, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P2483
    GROOT SR, 1980, RELATIVISTIC KINETIC
    MA JY, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P1306
    MA JY, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P376
    MALKA G, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P75
    MORA P, 2001, PLASMA PHYS CONT 12A, V43, A31
    OVCHINNIKOV KN, 1996, PLASMA PHYS REP, V22, P395
    PEGORARO F, 1984, PHYS FLUIDS, V27, P1665
    QUESNEL B, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P2132
    UMSTADTER D, 2001, PHYS PLASMAS 2, V8, P1774
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 22
 IS 5
 BP 1176
 EP 1178
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 927OF
 UT ISI:000229202500042
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ML
    Xia, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Gu, BB
 TI Characterization of defects in chemical vapour deposited diamonds
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID CVD-DIAMOND; X-RAY; DETECTORS; CENTERS; VACANCY; FILMS
 AB Room-temperature Raman and PL spectra, photocurrent (PC) and thermally
    stimulated current (TSC) were measured to investigate the mid-gap
    defects in diamonds grown by using a hot-filament chemical vapour
    deposition (CVD) technique. The [Si-V](0) centres caused by the Si-C
    bonds in diamond grains and at grain boundaries are located at 1.68eV.
    We firstly detect the level 1.55eV by using PL and it is tentatively
    attributed to the zero-phonon luminescence line or vibronic band of the
    [Si-V](0) induced by the Si-O bonds. The 2.7-3.2eV and 1.9-2.1 eV PC
    peaks were detected and discussed. The [N-V] complex may be attributed
    to these defect levels. Some shallow energy levels lower than 1.0eV
    were also observed in the CVD diamond.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ML, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM zhamilong@hotmail.com
 CR GARRIDO JA, 2002, DIAM RELAT MATER, V11, P347
    GU BB, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P2051
    IAKOUBOVSKII K, 2000, DIAM RELAT MATER, V9, P1349
    IAKOUBOVSKII K, 2000, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V12, P189
    KUPRIYANOV IN, 2000, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V12, P7843
    LOWTHER JE, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P11592
    MUTO Y, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V59, P843
    NEBEL CE, 2003, SEMICOND SCI TECH S, V18, S1
    ZHANG ML, 2004, J CRYST GROWTH, V274, P21
    ZHANG ML, 2004, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V37, P3198
    ZHANG ML, 2004, PHYS LETT A, V332, P320
    ZHANG ML, 2004, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V130, P425
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 22
 IS 5
 BP 1264
 EP 1266
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 927OF
 UT ISI:000229202500067
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, H
    Lu, GZ
    Guo, YL
    Guo, Y
    Wang, JS
 TI Deactivation and regeneration of TS-1/diatomite catalyst for
    hydroxylation of phenol in fixed-bed reactor
 SO CHEMICAL ENGINEERING JOURNAL
 DT Article
 DE TS-1/diatomite; deactivation; regeneration; hydroxylation of phenol;
    fixed-bed reactor
 ID TITANIUM SILICALITE; HYDROGEN-PEROXIDE; CYCLOHEXANONE; AMMOXIMATION;
    OXIDATION; PROPYLENE; SURFACE; TS-1
 AB The performance of the TS-1/diatomite catalyst for hydroxylation of
    phenol was investigated in the fixed-bed reactor. The results show that
    the activity and the selectivity to product of the TS-1/diatomite
    catalyst decrease simultaneously with an increase of the reaction time,
    which indicates that the TS-1/diatomite catalyst has deactivated
    gradually during the reaction. The deactivated catalyst was
    characterized by XRD, UV-vis, FT-IR, N-2 adsorption and
    thermogravimetric analysis techniques. It was found that the
    crystallinity of TS-1/diatomite catalyst decreased slightly, but the
    structure of TS-1 zeolite and the content of titanium in the framework
    were unchanged. Compared with the fresh catalyst, the channels of the
    TS-1/diatomite catalyst were blocked by the organic byproducts, to
    result in the obvious decrease in the surface area and pore volume of
    the deactivated catalyst. The deposited byproducts inside the channels
    of TS-1/diatomite can be removed by calcining at 550 degrees C or
    refluxing with dilute hydrogen peroxide, which makes the performance of
    the deactivated catalyst recover completely. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 E China Univ Sci & Technol, Lab Adv Mat, Res Inst Ind Catalysis, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, H, E China Univ Sci & Technol, Lab Adv Mat, Res Inst Ind
    Catalysis, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
 EM gzhlu@ecust.edu.cn
 CR CHEN XH, 2001, CHIN J FUEL CHEM TEC, V29, P426
    CLERICI MG, 1991, APPL CATAL, V68, P394
    CLERICI MG, 1991, J CATAL, V129, P159
    HUYBRECHTS DRC, 1992, J MOL CATAL, V71, P129
    LI G, 2001, MATER CHEM PHYS, V71, P195
    LI P, 2000, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V58, P204
    LIU H, 2004, CHINESE J CATAL+, V25, P49
    MARTENS JA, 1993, APPL CATAL A-GEN, V99, P71
    MASPERO F, 1994, J CATAL, V146, P476
    REDDY JS, 1992, J MOL CATAL, V71, P373
    SING KSW, 1985, PURE APPL CHEM, V57, P603
    THIELE GF, 1997, J MOL CATAL A-CHEM, V117, P351
    TUEL A, 1991, J MOL CATAL, V68, P45
    TVARUZKOVA Z, 1993, APPL CATAL A-GEN, V103, L1
 NR 14
 TC 2
 SN 1385-8947
 J9 CHEM ENG J
 JI Chem. Eng. J.
 PD APR 15
 PY 2005
 VL 108
 IS 3
 BP 187
 EP 192
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Chemical
 GA 927EH
 UT ISI:000229174700001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, QM
    Ding, YP
    Chen, QM
    Zhao, MH
    Cheng, JR
 TI Crystalline orientation dependence of nanomechanical properties of
    Pb(Zr0.52Ti0.48)O-3 thin films
 SO APPLIED PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID ELECTRICAL-PROPERTIES; POLARIZATION; TEMPERATURE
 AB It has been recognized that the control of crystalline orientation and
    thickness of Pb(Zr0.52Ti0.48)O-3 (PZT) thin-films is very critical in
    the fabrication of piezoelectric thin-film devices with desirable
    dielectric and electromechanical properties. Here, we present our
    recent studies on the fabrication of PZT films with (001), (111), and
    random crystalline orientations onto platinized silicon substrates and
    the crystalline orientation dependence of the nanomechanical
    properties. A 1.0-&mu; m PZT film with a strong (100) orientation is
    deposited by a 2-methoxyethanol- (2-MOE)-based sol-gel precursor
    solution, while random orientation is obtained by acetic acid-based
    sol-gel precursor. Rapid thermal annealing of 2-MOE sol-gel-based PZT
    films leads to strong (111) orientation. All PZT films show similar
    hysteresis behavior and large remnant polarizations; however, the
    nanomechanical test using AFM and nanoindentation indicates distinct
    values of Young's modulus for PZT films with different orientations.
    &COPY; 2005 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Univ Pittsburgh, Dept Engn Mech, Pittsburgh, PA 15261 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, QM, Univ Pittsburgh, Dept Engn Mech, Pittsburgh, PA 15261 USA.
 EM qmwang@engr.pitt.edu
 CR BROOKS RL, 1994, AFRICAN AM L POLICY, V1, P9
    CATTAN E, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P1718
    CHEN HD, 1996, J AM CERAM SOC, V79, P2189
    CHEN SY, 1994, J AM CERAM SOC, V77, P2337
    CROSS LE, 1997, ENCY APPL PHYS, V21, P429
    FANG TH, 2003, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V15, P5253
    FU DS, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P3572
    GONG W, 2004, J EUR CERAM SOC, V24, P2977
    LEDERMANN N, 2003, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V105, P162
    LEE CK, 1996, IEEE T ULTRASON FERR, V43, P553
    LIN Y, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V73, P2781
    LUGINBUHL P, 1996, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V54, P530
    MORIOKA H, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V82, P4761
    POLLA DL, 1996, MRS BULL, V21, P59
    TANG XG, 2004, J CRYST GROWTH, V267, P15
    WANG QM, 2004, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V113, P1
    WANG YK, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P3790
    XU BM, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P3549
    YI G, 1988, J APPL PHYS, V64, P2717
    ZHENG XJ, 2003, ACTA MATER, V51, P3985
 NR 20
 TC 1
 SN 0003-6951
 J9 APPL PHYS LETT
 JI Appl. Phys. Lett.
 PD APR 18
 PY 2005
 VL 86
 IS 16
 AR 162903
 DI ARTN 162903
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 925GD
 UT ISI:000229040300054
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, JB
    Qiu, X
    Lu, ZM
    Liu, YL
 TI Orthogonal wavelet analysis of counter gradient transport phenomena in
    turbulent asymmetric channel flow
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE turbulent counter gradient transport (CGT); wavelet analysis;
    turbulence structure
 AB In this paper four families of orthogonal wavelets are applied to
    analyze the turbulent counter gradient transport phenomena in fully
    developed asymmetric channel flows. The results show that: (1) In the
    instance of counter gradient transport, the principal scale of the
    coherent structure is responsible for the strong local counter. radient
    transport; (2) Counter gradient transport phenomena have a strong
    effect on the intermittency of turbulence; (3) Non-Gaussian part of the
    principal coherent structure is essential for counter gradient
    transport phenomena.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM ylliu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ESKINAZI S, 1956, J AERONAUT SCI, V23, P23
    ESKINAZI S, 1969, PHYS FLUIDS, V12, P1988
    FARGE M, 1992, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V232, P469
    FARGE M, 1996, P IEEE, V84, P639
    FRISH UD, 1995, TURBULENCE
    HUDGINS L, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P3279
    JIANG JB, 2000, ADV MECH, V30, P1
    JIANG N, 1997, ACTA MECH SINICA, V29, P406
    KOLMOGOROV AN, 1941, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR, V30, P301
    LI L, 2001, ACTA MECH SINICA, V33, P153
    LIANDRAT J, 1990, EUR J MECH B-FLUID, V9, P1
    LU ZM, 2001, ACTA MECH SINICA, V17, P125
    MENEVEAU C, 1991, J FLUID MECH, V232, P569
    MOURI H, 1999, J FLUID MECH, V389, P229
    ONORATO M, 2000, PHYS REV E, V61, P1447
    ROBINSON SK, 1991, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V23, P601
    ROSE HA, 1977, J FLUID MECH, V81, P719
    SHE ZS, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P336
    SZILAGYI J, 1999, ADV WATER RESOUR, V22, P561
    YAMADA M, 1990, PROG THEOR PHYS, V83, P819
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7718
 J9 ACTA MECH SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Sin.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 133
 EP 141
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 926DM
 UT ISI:000229103100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU He, YL
    Li, L
    Gao, W
    Wang, QL
    Wu, XC
 TI Computer aided design of free-machinability prehardened mold steel for
    plastic
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE prehardened mold steel for plastic; machinability; Thermo-Calc software
    package; non-metallic inclusion
 ID THERMO-CALC; INCLUSIONS; SPEED
 AB In order to improve the machinability but not to impair other
    properties of the prehardened mold steel for plastic, the composition
    was designed by application of Thermo-Calc software package to regulate
    the type of nonmetallic inclusion formed in the steel. The regulated
    non-metallic inclusion type was also observed by SEM and EDX. Then the
    machinability assessment of the steel with designed composition under
    different conditions was studied by the measurement of tool wear amount
    and cutting force. The results show that the composition of free
    cutting elements adding to mold steel for plastic can be optimized to
    obtain proper type of non-metallic inclusion in the aid of Thermo-Calc,
    compared with the large volume fraction of soft inclusion which is
    needed for promoting ductile fracture at low cutting speeds, the proper
    type of inclusion at high cutting speeds is glassy oxide inclusion. All
    those can be obtained in the present work.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Baoshan Steel Grp Co, Shanghai Steel Co Ltd 5, Shanghai 200940, Peoples R China.
 RP He, YL, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM ylhe@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ANDERSSON JO, 2002, CALPHAD, V26, P273
    BLAIS C, 1997, MATER CHARACT, V38, P25
    CICUTTI CE, 1997, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V24, P155
    GAYE H, 1984, P 2 INT S MET SLAGS, P357
    GAYE H, 1990, SCANDINAVIAN J METAL, V19, P137
    GAYE H, 2001, HIGH TEMP MAT PR-ISR, V20, P285
    GAYE H, 2001, STEEL RES, P446
    HOLAPPA L, 2003, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V30, P111
    JANSSON B, 1993, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V214, P93
    NG EG, 2002, J MANUF SCI E-T ASME, V124, P588
    PRESERN V, 1991, STEEL RES, V62, P289
    QI HS, 1996, WEAR, V198, P192
    RUBYMEYER F, 2000, SCAND J METALL, V29, P206
    SUBRAMANIAN SV, 1998, CIM BULL, V91, P107
    SUNDMAN B, 1985, CALPHAD, V9, P153
    SUNDMAN B, 1991, SCAND J METALL, V20, P79
    TAO JG, 1993, RES IRON STEEL, V71, P20
    TOMITA Y, 1994, J MATER SCI, V29, P2873
    TRENT EM, 2000, METAL CUTTING, P186
    VAINOLA RV, 1995, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V53, P453
    VLEUGELS J, 1999, WEAR, V225, P285
    YAMASHITA T, 1999, J PHASE EQUILIB, V20, P231
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 15
 IS 2
 BP 437
 EP 442
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 924CQ
 UT ISI:000228956700050
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, JA
    Zhou, BX
    Li, Q
    Zhu, YL
    Sun, HD
 TI AlN plus MnS inclusions in oriented electrical steels
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE oriented electrical steels; field emission-scanning electron microscopy
    (FE-SEM); inclusions
 ID LOW-CARBON STEEL; PRECIPITATION KINETICS; TEXTURE DEVELOPMENT;
    SILICON-IRON; MORPHOLOGY; ALUMINUM; AIN
 AB Field emission-scanning electron microscopy (FE-SEM) technique was
    employed to observe the shape, size and distribution of AIN+MnS
    inclusions in oriented electrical steels. Specimens used for FE-SEM
    observation were deeply electrolytic etched at room temperature in
    non-aqueous acetylacetone(AA) solution. The results indicate that the
    FE-SEM technique has obvious advantage in specimen preparation.
    Therefore, it can be easily used to identify the AIN+MnS inclusions and
    even copper nano-particles in oriented electrical steels with the same
    analysis accuracy as that by TEM. This technique is a good substitute
    for TEM and the associated specimen preparation in the observation of
    inclusions in electrical steels. It will be a powerful technique for
    routine analysis in the production of grain oriented electrical steels.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Baoshan Iron & Steel Co Ltd, Ctr Res & Dev, Shanghai 201900, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, JA, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM jawang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR *RES GROUP SIL IR, 1977, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V13, P80
    FIEDLER HC, 1977, METALL T A, V8, P1307
    GARBARZ B, 2003, MATER CHEM PHYS, V81, P486
    KANG YL, 2003, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V351, P265
    KUROSAWA F, 1979, J JAPAN I METALS, V43, P1068
    NAKAYAMA T, 2000, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V213, P87
    PARK JY, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P1825
    PETROVIC DS, 2003, VACUUM, V71, P33
    RODRIGUES VA, 1998, J PHYS IV, V8, P527
    SAKAI T, 1979, J APPL PHYS, V50, P2369
    SENNOUR M, 2003, ACTA MATER, V51, P943
    SHEN TH, 1986, METALL T A, V17, P1347
    TAGUCHI SA, 1966, 3287183, US
    YOSHITOMI Y, 1993, MATER SCI FORUM, V113, P281
    ZAVERYUKHA A, 2003, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V345, P23
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 15
 IS 2
 BP 460
 EP 463
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 924CQ
 UT ISI:000228956700055
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, Z
    Jiao, Z
    Wu, MH
    Wang, DQ
    Wang, YL
    Gu, JZ
 TI Study of sol-gel-prepared NiO thin film
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE NiO; thin film; sol-gel technique; electrochromism
 AB NiO thin film was prepared by the sol-gel technique and analyzed by
    thermogravimetry, X-ray diffractometry and X-ray photoelectron
    spectroscopy. The electrochromic characteristics were studied by
    ultraviolet spectroscopy. The experiment results showed that the
    sol-gel process with dip-coating deposition is an effective way to make
    NiO thin films. The thin film composition depends strongly on the heat
    treatment temperature, and the electrochromism efficiency of the films
    prepared at 450&DEG; C is optimum.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, Z, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AGARWAL V, 1996, ELECTROCHEMS SOC, V143, P239
    FERREIRA FF, 1996, SOLID STATE IONICS 2, V86, P971
    OZER N, 1996, P 5 WORLD C CHEM ENG, P933
    SCARMINIO J, 1992, J MATER SCI LETT, V562, P11
    SURCA A, 1996, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V408, P83
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 33
 SU Suppl. 3
 BP 108
 EP 110
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 925AT
 UT ISI:000229024600030
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, WP
    Zhou, BX
    Li, Q
    Yao, MY
 TI Effect of different kinds of media on oxide of Zircaloy-4
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE Zircaloy-4; corrosion resistance; XRD; SIMS
 ID PHASE-TRANSFORMATION; STABILIZED ZIRCONIA; DEGRADATION; WATER
 AB In order to understand the degradation behavior of Zircaloy-4 corroded
    in LiOH aqueous solution, three groups of Zr-4 powder specimens are
    exposed in 500&DEG; C air, 500&DEG; C superheated steam, and 0.1 mol/L
    LiOH aqueous solution at 350&DEG; C respectively, till the thickness of
    the oxide film is about 1.5 &mu; m. XRD is performed on the specimens
    to distinguish the oxide crystal structure. A Zr-4 plate specimen is
    exposed in 0.04 mol/L LiOH solution at 350&DEG; C for 2 d, then SIMS is
    carried out to obtain the Li+ and OH- profiles in the oxide film. Based
    on the results, it is put forward that OH- diffuses faster than O-2
    does in the oxide film and can enhance the transformation from t-ZrO2
    to m-ZrO2, which quickens the corrosion rate of Zircalor-4.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, WP, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM wqliu@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR COX B, 1995, J NUCL MATER, V224, P169
    HILLNER E, 1962, WAPDTM307 BETT AT PO
    KIM YS, 1999, J NUCL MATER, V270, P165
    LI ZK, 2001, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V30, P68
    LIU WQ, 2002, EFFECT ALLOY ELEMENT
    OSKARSSON M, 2001, J NUCL MATER, V295, P126
    PECHEUR D, 2000, ZIRCONIUM NUCL IND, P793
    RAMASUBRAMANIAN N, 1994, ZIRCONIUM NUCL IND, P378
    SAARIO T, 2003, IAEA TECHN COMM M IN
    SATO T, 1985, J MATER SCI, V20, P3988
    XU XY, 1996, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V25, P33
    YANG FL, 1999, CHINESE J RARE MET, V23, P236
    YOSHIMURA M, 1987, J MATER SCI LETT, V6, P465
    ZHOU BX, 2000, NUCL POWER ENG, V21, P439
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 34
 IS 4
 BP 562
 EP 564
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 923ZM
 UT ISI:000228948100012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hong, J
    Li, NL
    Zhang, XJ
    Zheng, B
    Zhang, JWZ
 TI Induction of CD4(+)CD25(+) regulatory T cells by copolymer-I through
    activation of transcription factor Foxp3
 SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES OF THE UNITED STATES OF
    AMERICA
 DT Article
 DE IFN-gamma; multiple sclerosis
 ID MYELIN BASIC-PROTEIN; EXPERIMENTAL AUTOIMMUNE ENCEPHALOMYELITIS;
    RELAPSING MULTIPLE-SCLEROSIS; GLATIRAMER ACETATE; SYNTHETIC
    COPOLYMER-1; DISEASE; LINES; MECHANISMS; REACTIVITY; SCURFIN
 AB Copolymerd (COP-1) has unique immune regulatory properties and is a
    treatment option for multiple sclerosis (MS). This study revealed that
    CON induced the conversion of peripheral CD4(+)CD25(-) to CD4(+)CD25(+)
    regulatory T cells through the activation of transcription factor
    Foxp3. CON treatment led to a significant increase in Foxp3 expression
    in CD4(+) T cells in MS patients whose Foxp3 expression was reduced at
    baseline. CD4(+)CD25(+) T cell lines generated by CON expressed high
    levels of Foxp3 that correlated with an increased regulatory potential.
    Furthermore, we demonstrated that the induction of Foxp3 in CD4(+) T
    cells by CON was mediated through its ability to produce IFN-&gamma;
    and, to a lesser degree, TGF-&beta; 1, as shown by antibody blocking
    and direct cytokine induction of Foxp3 expression in T cells. It was
    evident that in vitro treatment and administration with CON
    significantly raised the level of Foxp3 expression in CD4(+) T cells
    and promoted conversion of CD4(+)CD25(+) regulatory T cells in
    wild-type 136 mice but not in IFN-&gamma; knockout mice. This study
    provides evidence for the role and mechanism of action of CON in the
    induction of CD4(+)CD25(+) regulatory T cells in general and its
    relevance to the treatment of MS.
 C1 Baylor Coll Med, Dept Neurol, Houston, TX 77030 USA.
    Baylor Coll Med, Dept Immunol, Houston, TX 77030 USA.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Shanghai Inst Immunol, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Hlth Sci, Joint Immunol Lab, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Med Univ 2, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JWZ, Baylor Coll Med, Dept Neurol, 6501 Fannin St,NB302,
    Houston, TX 77030 USA.
 EM jzang@bcm.tmc.edu
 CR AHARONI R, 1998, J NEUROIMMUNOL, V91, P135
    BARTH H, 2002, J NEUROIMMUNOL, V133, P175
    BENNUN A, 1996, J NEUROL S1, V243, S14
    BORNSTEIN MB, 1987, NEW ENGL J MED, V317, P408
    BROD SA, 1997, INT J NEUROSCI, V90, P187
    BRUNKOW ME, 2001, NAT GENET, V27, P68
    CHEN M, 2001, MULT SCLER, V7, P209
    CHEN WJ, 2003, J EXP MED, V198, P1875
    COMI G, 2001, ANN NEUROL, V49, P290
    DHIBJALBUT S, 2003, J NEUROIMMUNOL, V140, P163
    DUDA PW, 2000, J CLIN INVEST, V105, P967
    FANTINI MC, 2004, J IMMUNOL, V172, P5149
    FARINA C, 2001, BRAIN 4, V124, P705
    FONTENOT JD, 2003, NAT IMMUNOL, V4, P330
    FRIDKISHARELI M, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P4872
    FRIDKISHARELI M, 1999, J IMMUNOL, V162, P4697
    GRAN B, 2000, NEUROLOGY, V55, P1704
    HONG J, 2004, J NEUROIMMUNOL, V152, P126
    HORI S, 2003, SCIENCE, V299, P1057
    KHATTRI R, 2003, NAT IMMUNOL, V4, P337
    KUKREJA A, 2002, J CLIN INVEST, V109, P131
    LAFAILLE JJ, 1997, J EXP MED, V186, P307
    LANDO Z, 1979, J IMMUNOL, V123, P2156
    MILLER A, 1998, J NEUROIMMUNOL, V92, P113
    MOREAU T, 1996, BRAIN 1, V119, P225
    MUSETTE P, 1996, RES IMMUNOL, V147, P435
    NEUHAUS O, 2000, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V97, P7452
    NEUHAUS O, 2001, NEUROLOGY, V56, P702
    NISHIBORI T, 2004, J EXP MED, V199, P25
    RACKE MK, 1992, J NEUROIMMUNOL, V37, P75
    SCHUBERT LA, 2001, J BIOL CHEM, V276, P37672
    TEITELBAUM D, 1992, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V89, P137
    TEITELBAUM D, 1996, J NEUROIMMUNOL, V64, P209
    VIGLIETTA V, 2004, J EXP MED, V199, P971
    WAISMAN A, 1996, NAT MED, V2, P899
    WALKER MR, 2003, J CLIN INVEST, V112, P1437
    ZANG Y, 2003, J NEUROIMMUNOL, V137, P144
    ZHANG J, 2005, ANNU REV MED, V56, P237
    ZIEMSSEN T, 2002, BRAIN 11, V125, P2381
 NR 39
 TC 8
 SN 0027-8424
 J9 PROC NAT ACAD SCI USA
 JI Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U. S. A.
 PD MAY 3
 PY 2005
 VL 102
 IS 18
 BP 6449
 EP 6454
 PG 6
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 923OE
 UT ISI:000228918400038
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Daichin
    Lee, SJ
 TI Experimental analysis of flow fields inside intake heads of a vacuum
    cleaner
 SO JOURNAL OF MECHANICAL SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE vacuum cleaner; intake head; flow structure; suction efficiency
 AB The flow structure inside the intake head greatly affects the working
    efficiency of a vacuum cleaner such as suction power and aero-acoustic
    noise. In this study, the flow inside intake heads of a vacuum cleaner
    was investigated using qualitative flow visualization and quantitative
    PIV (Particle Image Velocimetry) techniques. The aerodynamic power,
    suction efficiency and noise level of the intake heads were also
    measured. In order to improve the performance of the vacuum cleaner,
    inner structure of the flow paths of the intake head, such as trench
    height and shape of connection chamber were modified. The flow
    structures of modified intake heads were compared with that of the
    original intake head. The aero-acoustic noise caused by flow separation
    was reduced and the suction efficiency was also changed due to flow
    path modification of intake head. In this paper, the variations of flow
    fields for different intake heads are presented and discussed together
    with results of aerodynamic power, suction efficiency and noise level.
 C1 Pohang Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mech Engn, Pohang 790784, South Korea.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lee, SJ, Pohang Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Mech Engn, Pohang 790784,
    South Korea.
 EM sjlee@postech.ac.kr
 CR BENTOUATI S, 1999, P 9 INT C EL MACH DR, P118
    BRUNGART TA, 2001, NOISE CONTROL ENG J, V49, P73
    OMORI M, 1997, JAPAN TAPPI J, V51, P76
    PARK CW, IN PRESS KSME INT J
    RAFFEL M, 1998, PARTICLE IMAGE VELOC
    SARBU M, 1996, NOISE VIBRATION WORL, V27, P10
    TUNCAY RN, 2001, P IEEE INT C EL MACH, P926
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1738-494X
 J9 J MECH SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mech. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 19
 IS 3
 BP 894
 EP 904
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 925WF
 UT ISI:000229083300017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, HB
    Chen, LQ
    Liu, RW
 TI Discrete variational principle and the first integrals of the
    conservative holonomic systems in event space
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE event space; discrete mechanics; conservative holonomic system;
    Noether's theorem; first integral
 AB It is shown in this paper that first integrals of discrete equation of
    motion for the conservative holonomic systems can be determined
    explicitly by investigating the invariance properties of the discrete
    Lagrangian in event space. The result obtained is a discrete analogue
    of Noether's theorem in the calculus of variations. Two examples are
    given to illustrate the applications of the result.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Anhui Chaohu Coll, Dept Phys, Chaohu 238000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, HB, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM hbzhang2002@eyou.com
 CR CADZOW JA, 1970, INT J CONTROL, V11, P393
    LOGAN JD, 1973, AEQUAT MATH, V9, P210
    MAEDA S, 1981, MATH JPN, V26, P85
    MARSDEN JE, 2001, ACT NUMERIC, V10, P357
    MEI FX, 1990, ACTA MECH SINICA, V6, P160
    MEI FX, 2000, ASME, V53, P283
    MILLER KS, 1968, LINEAR DIFFERENCE EQ
    SYNGE JL, 1960, CLASSICAL DYNAMICS
    ZHANG HB, 2005, CHINESE PHYS, V14, P238
 NR 9
 TC 2
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 14
 IS 5
 BP 888
 EP 892
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 925QE
 UT ISI:000229066900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chi, CY
    Zhang, JC
    Li, LW
    Liu, F
    Li, WF
    Jing, C
    Cao, SX
    Miryala, M
    Yao, X
 TI Flux jumps in textured (Nd0.33Eu0.33Gd0.33) Ba2CU3O7-delta
    superconductor with high content Gd-211 phase
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE (Nd-0.33 Eu0.33Gd0.33) Ba2Cu3O1-delta superconductor; oxygen-controlled
    melt growth method; flux jump
 ID STABILITY; CREEP; (ND; EU
 AB Flux jumps behavior in textured (Nd0.33Eu0.33Gd0.33)Ba2CU3O7-&delta;
    (with high content of Gd-211 phase) have been studied. With the
    magnetic field parallel to the c axis, partial flux jumps have been
    observed in the temperature range 2-3 K, and there were no jumps found
    above 5 K. When ab plane is parallel to the field direction, no flux
    jumps have been observed in the whole temperature range (from 2 K to
    T-c). The anisotropic flux instability may be due to the anisotropic
    pinning force and geometrical demagnetization factor. As the
    temperature increases, the number of flux jumps is decreased, and the
    third quadrant of M(H) curve is the most flux instability quadrant.
    Finally we have studied the magnetic field sweep rate dependence of
    flux jump, and discussed the influence of flux creep on flux jump.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chi, CY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM jczhang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR AWAJI S, 2004, SUPERCOND SCI TECH S, V17, S6
    JIRSA M, 2001, SUPERCOND SCI TECH, V14, P50
    KOBLISCHKA MR, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V73, P2351
    MCHENRY ME, 1992, PHYSICA C, V190, P403
    MINTS RG, 1981, REV MOD PHYS, V53, P551
    MINTS RG, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P12311
    MULLER KH, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P1294
    MURALIDHAR M, 1997, SUPERCOND SCI TECH, V10, P663
    MURALIDHAR M, 1998, SUPERCOND SCI TECH, V11, P1349
    NABIALEK A, 2003, PHYS REV B, V67
    PRADHAN AK, 2000, SUPERCOND SCI TECH, V13, P761
    WIPF SL, 1965, PHYS LETT, V16, P106
    WIPF SL, 1991, CRYOGENICS, V31, P936
    XING YT, 2000, PHYSICA C, V337, P200
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 54
 IS 5
 BP 2307
 EP 2312
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 925JR
 UT ISI:000229049900062
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, X
 TI Gurtin-type variational principles for dynamics of a non-local thermal
    equilibrium saturated porous medium
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE non-local thermal equilibrium; thermal-mechanical coupling;
    mathematical model; variational principle; porous media theory
 ID WAVE-PROPAGATION; CONSOLIDATION; EQUATIONS; BEHAVIOR
 AB Based on the porous media theory and by taking into account the effects
    of the pore fluid viscidity, energy exchanges due to the additional
    thermal conduction and convection between solid and fluid phases, a
    mathematical model for the dynamic-thermo-hydro-mechanical coupling of
    a non-local thermal equilibrium fluid-saturated porous medium, in which
    the two constituents are assumed to be incompressible and immiscible,
    is established under the assumption of small deformation of the solid
    phase, small velocity of the fluid phase and small temperature changes
    of the two constituents. The mathematical model of a local thermal
    equilibrium fluid-saturated porous medium can be obtained directly from
    the above one. Several Gurtin-type variational principles, especially
    Hu-Washizu type variational principles, for the initial boundary value
    problems of dynamic and quasi-static responses are presented. It should
    be pointed out that these variational principles can be degenerated
    easily into the case of isothermal incompressible fluid-saturated
    elastic porous media, which have been discussed previously.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, X, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200444, Peoples R China.
 EM xyang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ABOUSTIT BL, 1985, INT J NUMER ANAL MET, V9, P49
    BIOT MA, 1956, J ACOUST SOC AM, V28, P168
    BREUER S, 1999, TRANSPORT POROUS MED, V34, P285
    DEBOER R, 2000, APPL MECH REV, V53, P323
    DEBOER R, 2000, THEORY POROUS MEDIA
    DERSKI W, 1979, ARCH MECH, V31, P303
    EDELMAN I, 2002, CONTINUUM MECH THERM, V14, P25
    EHLERS W, 2000, GRANUL MATTER, V2, P153
    GAJO A, 2002, INT J PLASTICITY, V18, P313
    GREEN AE, 1966, INT J ENG SCI, V4, P483
    HUANG NC, 1990, INT J NUMER ANAL MET, V14, P1
    LEE CK, 1997, ADV WATER RESOUR, V20, P127
    PAPASTAVROU A, 1997, MECH COHES-FRICT MAT, V2, P185
    PECKER C, 1973, ACTA MECH, V16, P45
    SCHIFFMAN RL, 1971, ENV GEOPHYSICAL HEAT, P78
    SHI ZF, 1999, APPL MATH MECH, V20, P249
    YANG X, 2003, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V16, P24
    YANG X, 2003, J LANZHOU U, V39, P24
    ZHANG HW, 1996, INT J NUMER ANAL MET, V19, P851
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 18
 IS 1
 BP 37
 EP 45
 PG 9
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA 924MS
 UT ISI:000228983500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, X
 TI Green functions for a decagonal quasicrystalline material with a
    parabolic boundary
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE decagonal quasicrystal; parabola; Green function; conformal mapping
 ID CRACK
 AB This investigation presents the Green functions for a decagonal
    quasicrystalline material with a parabolic boundary subject to a line
    force and a line dislocation by means of the complex variable method.
    The surface Green functions are treated as a special case, and the
    explicit expressions of displacements and hoop stress at the parabolic
    boundary are also given. Finally, the stresses and displacements
    induced by a phonon line force acting at the origin of the lower
    half-space are presented.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, X, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HU YT, 1996, APPL MATH MECH, V17, P393
    ING TCT, 1996, ANISOTROIPIC ELASTIC
    SHECHTMAN D, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V53, P1951
    TING TCT, 2001, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V68, P537
    WANG X, 2003, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V16, P8
    WANG X, 2004, INT J ENG SCI, V42, P521
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 18
 IS 1
 BP 57
 EP 62
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA 924MS
 UT ISI:000228983500008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, WQ
    Wu, YZ
    Zheng, XY
    Jiang, XY
    Zhang, ZL
    Sun, RG
    Xu, SH
 TI Multiple emissions in organic electroluminescent device using a mixed
    layer as an emitter
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE electroluminescence; monomer emission; exciplex; electroplex
 ID WHITE-LIGHT; EXCIPLEX; POLYMERS; DIODE; COLOR
 AB A organic electroluminescent device has been fabricated by using a
    mixed layre as an emitter. The configuration of the device is
    ITO/TPD/TPD: PBD(equimole)/PBD/Al, in which TPD (N, N'-diphenyl-N,
    N'-bis(3-methylphenyl)-1, 1'-biphenyl-4, 4'-diamine) and
    PBD(2-(4'-biphenyl)-5-(4"-tert-butylphenyl)-1, 3, 4-oxadiazole) are
    used as hole transport material and electron transport material,
    respectively. Broad and red-shifted electroluminescent spectra related
    to the fluorescence of constituent materials were observed. It is
    suggested that the monomer, exciplex and electroplex emissions are
    simultaneously involved in EL spectra by comparison of the EL with the
    PL spectra and decomposition of the EL spectrum. The type of exciplex
    is the interaction between the excited state TPD(TPD*) and PBD in the
    ground state, and the type of electroplex is a (D+ - A(-)) * complex by
    cross-recombination of hole on the charged hole transport molecule(D+)
    and electron on the charged electron transport molecule(A(-)). All
    types of excited states show different formation mechanisms and
    recombination processes under electric field. The change of emission
    strengths from monomer and excited complexes lead to a blue-shift of
    the emissive spectra with an increasing electric field. The maximum
    luminance and external quantum efficiency of this device are 240 cd (.)
    (cm(2))(-1) and 0.49%, respectively. The emissions from exciplex or
    electroplex fort-nation. at the organic solid interface generally
    present a broad and red-shifted emissive band, providing an effective
    method for tuning of emission color in organic electroluminescent
    devices.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, WQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat, Jiading Campus, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BERGGREN M, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V76, P7530
    CAO H, 2000, APPL SURF SCI, V161, P443
    CHAO CI, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V73, P426
    COCCHI M, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P2401
    GRANLUND T, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V81, P8097
    JENEKHE SA, 1994, SCIENCE, V265, P765
    OGAWA H, 1998, APPL PHYS A-MATER, V67, P599
    WANG JF, 1998, ADV MATER, V10, P230
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 25
 IS 4
 BP 509
 EP 511
 PG 3
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 923XT
 UT ISI:000228943600009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qiu, HL
    Wang, AH
    You, JL
    Chen, H
    Yin, ST
 TI Structure analysis on growth solid-liquid boundary layer of BSO crystal
    at real time
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE real time; solid-liquid boundary layer; structure; micro high
    temperature Raman spectrum; BSO crystal
 ID BI12SIO20; BI12GEO20; MODES
 AB The micro Raman spectra of solid-liquid boundary layer, the melts and
    crystal side, were measured at real time, concerning BSO crystal grown
    with zone-melting method. The structure characters in boundary layer,
    melts and crystal were analyzed. The process, of which the growth unit
    structure changed while they transited from melts through boundary
    layer to crystal lattice, was analyzed. The results show that, there
    exists Bi-3 O-4 and [SiO4] bonding structure in the melts of BSO
    crystal. While in the solid-liquid boundary layer, the Bi3O4 molecular
    units converge into [BiO7] octahedron monomer of polymer in form, the
    monomer or the polymer converge with the [SiO4] structure units, then
    all these converged structure enter into crystal lattice sites.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Anhui Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Hefei 230031, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Qiu, HL, Chinese Acad Sci, Anhui Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Hefei 230031,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BABONAS GA, 1982, OPT SPECTROSC, V53, P211
    QIU HL, 2002, J SYNTHETIC CRYSTALS, V31, P555
    STEUDNER R, 1985, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V46, P803
    VENUGOPALAN S, 1972, PHYS REV B, V5, P4065
    WANG JY, 2001, CRYSTAL MIROTOPOGRAP
    WANG TJ, 1983, CHINESE LASER, V11, P483
    WOJDOWSKI W, 1985, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V130, P121
    YOU JL, 1999, OPTICAL INSTRUMENT, V21, P21
    ZARETSKII YG, 1983, OPT SPECTROSC, V54, P338
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 25
 IS 4
 BP 529
 EP 531
 PG 3
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 923XT
 UT ISI:000228943600014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Su, J
    Yu, XL
    You, JL
    Yin, ST
 TI Raman spectroscopy studies on the aqueous solutions of sodium formate
    and lithium formate
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE sodium formate; lithium formate; solution structure; Raman spectroscopy
 ID BOUNDARY-LAYERS; SPECTRUM; CRYSTAL; RATIOS; WATER; ION
 AB The structures of the aqueous solutions of sodium formate and lithium
    formate are studied according to the growth conditions of the crystals
    under different supersaturations and temperatures by Raman
    spectroscopy. The effects of temperature, concentration,
    supersaturation and cation on the structures of solutions and the
    structure difference between lithium formate solution and lithium
    formate monohydrate crystal are analyzed. The result shows that the
    concentration, temperature and supersaturation effect the structures of
    the solutions slightly and the cation effects the frequency of the
    bands greatly.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Anhui Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Hefei 230031, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ, Inst Crystal Mat, Jian 200500, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Su, J, Chinese Acad Sci, Anhui Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Hefei 230031,
    Peoples R China.
 CR AGARWAL A, 1983, CAN J CHEM, V61, P2282
    BARTHOLOMEW RJ, 1993, CAN J CHEM, V71, P1728
    CERRETA MK, 1987, J CRYST GROWTH, V84, P577
    CHANG TG, 1973, J PHYS CHEM-US, V77, P52
    CHEN JZ, 1995, J FUZHOU U, V23, P88
    DAVIS AR, 1973, J PHYS CHEM-US, V77, P1315
    ITO K, 1981, AUST J CHEM, V34, P170
    JAMES DW, 1982, J RAMAN SPECTROSC, V13, P115
    KAMEDA Y, 1996, B CHEM SOC JPN, V69, P1495
    LIU XJ, 2003, SPECTROSC SPECT ANAL, V23, P484
    REMKO M, 1997, MOL PHYS, V91, P929
    RUSLI IT, 1989, J CRYST GROWTH, V97, P345
    SPINNER E, 1967, J CHEM SOC B, P879
    SPINNER E, 1985, AUST J CHEM, V38, P47
    WANG Y, 2000, J SYNTHETIC CRYSTAL, V29, P188
    YU XL, 1994, CRYST RES TECHNOL, V29, P229
    YU XL, 2000, 98110030, ZL
    YU XL, 2001, PRICM JAPAN, P2403
    YU XL, 2001, SCI CHINA SER E, V44, P265
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 25
 IS 4
 BP 532
 EP 536
 PG 5
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 923XT
 UT ISI:000228943600015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Niu, YP
    Li, RX
    Gong, SQ
 TI High efficiency four-wave mixing induced by double-dark resonances in a
    five-level tripod system
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW A
 DT Article
 ID ELECTROMAGNETICALLY INDUCED TRANSPARENCY; QUANTUM INTERFERENCE;
    DESTRUCTIVE INTERFERENCE; ATOMIC-HYDROGEN; LIGHT; GENERATION;
    COHERENCE; STORAGE; VAPOR
 AB A five-level tripod scheme is proposed for obtaining a high efficiency
    four-wave-mixing (FWM) process. The existence of double-dark resonances
    leads to a strong modification of the absorption and dispersion
    properties against a pump wave at two transparency windows. We show
    that both of them can be used to open the four-wave mixing channel and
    produce efficient mixing waves. In particular, higher FWM efficiency is
    always produced at the transparent window corresponding to the
    relatively weak-coupling field. By manipulating the intensity of the
    two coupling fields, the conversion efficiency of FWM can be controlled.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, State Key Lab High Field Laser Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Gong, SQ, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, State Key
    Lab High Field Laser Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM sqgong@mail.siom.ac.cn
 CR BOLLER KJ, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P2593
    DENG L, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V88
    DENG L, 2003, PHYS REV A, V68
    DENG L, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    DENG L, 2004, OPT COMMUN, V242, P641
    DORMAN C, 1999, PHYS REV A, V61
    FIELD JE, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V67, P3062
    FRY ES, 2000, OPT COMMUN, V179, P499
    GOREN C, 2004, PHYS REV A, V69
    HAKUTA K, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P596
    HARRIS SE, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1107
    HARRIS SE, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P3611
    HAU LV, 1999, NATURE, V397, P594
    JAIN M, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P4385
    JIN SQ, 2004, PHYS REV A, V69
    LIU C, 2001, NATURE, V409, P490
    LUKIN MD, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P2675
    LUKIN MD, 1999, PHYS REV A, V60, P3225
    MERRIAM AJ, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P5308
    MULCHAN N, 2000, J OPT SOC AM B, V17, P820
    NIU YP, 2004, PHYS REV A, V70
    PASPALAKIS E, 2002, J OPT B-QUANTUM S O, V4, S372
    PETCH JC, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P543
    PHILLIPS DF, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P783
    WASIK G, 2001, PHYS REV A, V64
    WU Y, 2004, OPT LETT, V28, P631
    WU Y, 2004, OPT LETT, V29, P2294
    WU Y, 2004, PHYS REV A, V70
    YELIN SF, 2003, PHYS REV A, V68
    ZHANG GZ, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P3099
    ZHU YF, 2004, J OPT SOC AM B, V21, P806
    ZIBROV AS, 2002, PHYS REV A, V65
 NR 32
 TC 10
 SN 1050-2947
 J9 PHYS REV A
 JI Phys. Rev. A
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 71
 IS 4
 AR 043819
 DI ARTN 043819
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Optics
 GA 921GR
 UT ISI:000228752700121
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, X
    Zhang, JQ
 TI A steady line heat source in a decagonal quasicrystalline half-space
 SO MECHANICS RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE decagonal quasicrystal; half-space; heat source; complex variable method
 ID CRACK
 AB The problem of a steady line heat source within a decagonal
    quasicrystalline half-space, in which the boundary is traction-free, is
    investigated in detail by applying the complex variable technique. The
    line heat source is infinitely long in the period direction, then the
    plane strain condition prevails. The four complex stress functions are
    derived. It is found that the determination of the complex stress
    functions is independent of the thermal boundary conditions. The stress
    fields induced by the heat source are explicitly given based on the
    complex stress functions. Furthermore, we consider, both qualitatively
    and quantitatively, the distribution of sigma(11) on the boundary gamma
    = 0 of the half-space to demonstrate the influence of the phonon-phason
    coupling constant R on the stress field. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, X, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM xuwang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR HU CZ, 1997, PROG PHYS, V17, P345
    LI XF, 1999, PHILOS MAG A, V79, P1943
    MUSKHELISHVILI NI, 1953, SOME BASIC PROBLEMS
    SHECHTMAN D, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V53, P1951
    WANG A, 2003, ACTA MECH SINICA, V35, P690
    WANG HG, 1988, GEN THEORY THERMOELA
    WANG X, 2003, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V16, P8
    WANG X, 2004, INT J ENG SCI, V42, P521
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0093-6413
 J9 MECH RES COMMUN
 JI Mech. Res. Commun.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 32
 IS 4
 BP 420
 EP 428
 PG 9
 SC Mechanics
 GA 921WT
 UT ISI:000228797000007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, QW
    Zhu, LH
 TI High-temperature strength and toughness behaviors for reaction-bonded
    SiC ceramics below 1400 degrees C
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE reaction-bonded SiC ceramics; high-temperature strength and toughness
 ID SILICONIZED SILICON-CARBIDE; CREEP; MICROSTRUCTURE; MECHANISMS;
    OXIDATION; KINETICS
 AB High-temperature strength and toughness behaviors of reaction-bonded
    SiC ceramics with 12 and 26 vol.% of free Si were investigated. The
    flexural strength and fracture toughness started to increase at 1000
    degrees C and reached a maximum at 1300 degrees and 1330 degrees C
    before a sharp drop, respectively. The transition from transgranular to
    intergranular fracture is considered to lead to the slight increase of
    strength and toughness from room temperature to 1000 degrees C, while
    the plastic deformation of free Si contributes to the great increase
    above 1000 degrees C. However, too high a temperature will result in
    the extreme softening of free Si and therefore decrease strength and
    toughness. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance & Superfine Micros, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, QW, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High
    Performance & Superfine Micros, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 EM huangqw@mail.sic.ac.cn
 CR CARTER CH, 1984, J AM CERAM SOC, V67, P409
    CARTER CH, 1984, J AM CERAM SOC, V67, P732
    CHAKRABARTI OP, 1994, CERAM INT, V20, P283
    CHAKRABARTI OP, 2001, CERAM INT, V27, P559
    CHU MC, 2004, MATER LETT, V58, P1313
    DAPKUNAS SJ, 1988, AM CERAM SOC B, V67, P388
    FERNANDEZ JM, 2000, SER MAT, V43, P813
    FERNANDEZ JM, 2002, J EUR CERAM SOC, V22, P2719
    FERNANDEZ JM, 2003, ACTA MATER, V51, P3259
    HOCKEY BJ, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P1822
    HOZER L, 1995, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V195, P131
    HUANG QW, 2001, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V110, P142
    KIM HW, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P1601
    MUNOZ A, 1998, J EUR CERAM SOC, V18, P65
    NESS JN, 1986, J MATER SCI, V21, P1377
    PAIK U, 2002, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V334, P267
    PEARSON GL, 1957, ACTA METALL, V5, P191
    SINGH M, 1994, J MATER RES, V9, P1701
    STROCK HB, 1992, SPECTRUM MAT MANUFAC, V35, P1
    WIEDERHORN SM, 1988, J AM CERAM SOC, V71, P602
    WIEDERHORN SM, 1999, J EUR CERAM SOC, V19, P2273
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 59
 IS 14-15
 BP 1732
 EP 1735
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 921WU
 UT ISI:000228797100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, GY
    Chen, YL
 TI A nearly pure monoclinic nanocrystalline zirconia
 SO JOURNAL OF SOLID STATE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE nanocrystalline zirconia; crystallization; thermal behavior; monoclinic
    structure
 ID AQUEOUS SALT-SOLUTIONS; X-RAY-DIFFRACTION; PHASE-TRANSFORMATION;
    TETRAGONAL ZIRCONIA; STRUCTURAL ASPECTS; HYDROUS-ZIRCONIA; ZROCL2
    SOLUTIONS; ZRO2 POWDER; CRYSTALLIZATION; HYDROLYSIS
 AB Generally, monoclinic zirconia is considered to be much more difficult
    to prepare at low temperatures and particularly in a pure state. The
    present work is the first example that shows that the hydrous zirconia
    formed by precipitation can yield a nearly pure nanocrystalline
    monoclinic zirconia at a temperature as low as 320 &DEG; C. The
    crystallite size of the monoclinic zirconia produced in the present
    work is around 15nm, and it does not change appreciably as calcination
    temperature is increased from 320 to or above 400 &DEG; C. Such a small
    monoclinic crystallite arises from some of the chemical and physical
    factors built into the solution-gelationxerogel process such as acidic
    preparation-pH, rapid precipitation, and moderate aging time and drying
    temperature, which result in a structure different from those of the
    existing zirconium hydroxides. In addition, the hydrous zirconia
    exhibits a unique thermal behavior in two respects: first, a sudden
    weight drop in the region of exothermic peak of the thermogravimetric
    curve is seen, suggesting that the main decomposition of the hydrous
    zirconia occurs in this region; second, there is an endothermic peak at
    high temperature in the differential thermal analysis curve, indicating
    the presence of coordinated water in the hydrous zirconia. &COPY; 2005
    Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Div 540, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Chem & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, GY, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Div 540, 1954
    Hua Shan Rd, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 EM guo_gongyi@hotmail.com
 CR ADAIR JH, 1988, CERAM T CERAM POWDER, V1, P135
    AFANASIEV P, 1999, TOP CATAL, V8, P147
    BLEIER A, 1986, MATER RES SOC S P, V73, P71
    BLESA MA, 1985, J MATER SCI, V20, P4601
    BLUMENTHAL WB, 1958, CHEM BEHAV ZIRCONIUM, P181
    CHANG HL, 2003, MICROPOR MESOPOR MAT, V59, P29
    CHRASKA T, 2000, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V286, P169
    CHRISTENSEN A, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P8050
    CLEARFIELD A, 1964, INORG CHEM, V3, P146
    CLEARFIELD A, 1964, REV PURE APPL CHEM, V14, P91
    CLEARFIELD A, 1990, J MATER RES, V5, P161
    DAVIS BH, 1984, J AM CERAM SOC, V67, P168
    DENKEWICZ RP, 1990, J MATER RES, V5, P2698
    GARVIE RC, 1965, J PHYS CHEM-US, V69, P1238
    HOFMANN A, 2004, J PHYS CHEM B, V108, P14652
    HU MZC, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P2313
    JAKUBUS P, 2003, J THERM ANAL CALORIM, V72, P299
    JONES SL, 1988, J AM CERAM SOC, V71, P190
    LEE K, 1999, J AM CERAM SOC, V82, P338
    MAMOTT GT, 1991, J MATER SCI, V26, P4054
    MATSUI K, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P1949
    MATTA J, 1999, PHYS CHEM CHEM PHYS, V1, P4975
    MOON YT, 1995, J AM CERAM SOC, V78, P2690
    MORGAN PED, 1984, J AM CERAM SOC, V67, C204
    MOTTET B, 1992, J AM CERAM SOC, V75, P2515
    MURASE Y, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P196
    POWERS DA, 1973, INORG CHEM, V12, P2721
    SATO T, 2002, J THERM ANAL CALORIM, V69, P255
    SERGENT N, 2000, CHEM MATER, V12, P3830
    SRINIVASAN R, 1986, J MATER RES, V1, P583
    SRINIVASAN R, 1988, J MATER RES, V3, P787
    SRINIVASAN R, 1990, J AM CERAM SOC, V73, P3528
    SRINIVASAN R, 1992, CATAL LETT, V14, P165
    SRINIVASAN R, 1993, CHEM MATER, V5, P27
    STEFANIC G, 1998, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V59, P879
    TANI E, 1981, J AM CERAM SOC, V64, C181
    TANI E, 1983, J AM CERAM SOC, V66, P11
    TORRESGARCIA E, 2001, J MATER RES, V16, P2209
    TOSAN JL, 1993, EUR J SOL STATE INOR, V30, P179
    TSUKADA T, 1995, SCIENCE TECHNOLOGY A, P123
    TURRILLAS X, 1995, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V45, P491
    WHITNEY ED, 1970, J AM CERAM SOC, V53, P697
    XIE SB, 2000, CHEM MATER, V12, P2442
    YAMAGUCHI T, 1994, CATAL TODAY, V20, P199
    ZAITSEV LM, 1966, ZH NEORG KHIM+, V11, P1684
 NR 45
 TC 0
 SN 0022-4596
 J9 J SOLID STATE CHEM
 JI J. Solid State Chem.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 178
 IS 5
 BP 1675
 EP 1682
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Chemistry, Physical
 GA 923UM
 UT ISI:000228934800045
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, SY
    Zhang, JC
    Zhong, MJ
    Liu, YS
    Zhang, ZM
    Chen, HD
    He, ZM
 TI Preparation and magnetic properties for supersaturated Fe-C solid
    solution with nanocrystalline structure
 SO JOURNAL OF MAGNETISM AND MAGNETIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE Fe-C alloy; mechanical alloying; magnetic materials; nanostructural
    system
 ID AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; CURIE-TEMPERATURE; NI; MICROSTRUCTURE; FERROMAGNETS;
    METALLOIDS; DEPENDENCE; MOSSBAUER; GLASSES; POWDERS
 AB The supersaturated solid solutions Fe1-xCx (0 <= x <= 0.9) have been
    prepared by mechanical alloying process. The nanocrystalline phase was
    formed for 0 <= x <= 0.67 and the large grain phase for 0.75 <= x <=
    0.9. The large fraction of graphite volume puts off the formation of
    nanocrystalline phase for high carbon content. In the large grain
    phase, magnetization follows the simple magnetic dilution and the
    coercivity H-C is mainly due to the dissolution of carbon in the grain
    boundaries. In the nanocrystalline phase, the alloying effect of carbon
    is revealed by a distinct reduction of average magnetic moment. The
    increasing lattice constant with increasing carbon content is observed
    for x <= 0.5, which suggests that the high carbon concentration
    enhances the diffusion of carbon into the Fe lattice. It is observed
    the dependence of grain size on the coercivity H,. The decrease in the
    mean moment per Fe atom is probably linear with the increasing carbon
    content for nanocrystalline phase x <= 0.5. The solubility limit of
    carbon in alpha-Fe extended by nanocrystalline phase formation is also
    discussed in this paper. (c) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, SY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xushiyue@online.sh.cn
    jczhang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BAKKER H, 1995, PROG MATER SCI, V39, P159
    COWLAM N, 1985, J PHYS F MET PHYS, V15, P1109
    DING J, 2001, J ALLOY COMPD, V314, P262
    ECKERT J, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V73, P2794
    FAISKA EJ, 1967, T METALL SOC AIME, V239, P1818
    FDEZGUBIEDA ML, 2001, PHYS REV B, V62, P5746
    GARCIAARRIBAS A, 1995, PHYS REV B, V52, P12805
    HALL WH, 1950, J I MET, V75, P1127
    HASEGAWA R, 1991, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V100, P1
    HERZER G, 1990, IEEE T MAGN, V26, P1397
    HERZER G, 1991, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V133, P1
    HULLER K, 1985, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V53, P103
    JARTYCH E, 2000, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V208, P221
    JOHOSONM WL, 1986, PROG MATER SCI, V30, P81
    KAZAMA NS, 1980, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V15, P1331
    KRONMULLER H, 1981, J APPL PHYS, V52, P1859
    KUHRT C, 1992, J APPL PHYS, V71, P1896
    KUHRT C, 1993, J APPL PHYS 2B, V73, P6588
    LECAER G, 1990, J MATER SCI, V25, P4726
    LUBORSKY FE, 1978, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V7, P143
    LUBORSKY FE, 1980, J PHYS F MET PHYS, V10, P959
    OHANDLEY RC, 1978, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V45, P607
    ROCHMAN NT, 1999, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V89, P367
    SALIMON AI, 1999, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V271, P196
    SHIMADA Y, 1976, J APPL PHYS, V47, P4156
    SOSTARICH M, 1990, J APPL PHYS 2B, V67, P5793
    SURYANARAYANA C, 2001, PROG MATER SCI, V46, P1
    SUZUKI K, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P2730
    TANAKA T, 1991, J LESS-COMMON MET, V171, P237
    TANAKA T, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P276
    TOKUMITSU K, 2001, MATER SCI FORUM, V360, P183
    ZHOU TJ, 1996, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V164, P219
 NR 32
 TC 1
 SN 0304-8853
 J9 J MAGN MAGN MATER
 JI J. Magn. Magn. Mater.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 292
 BP 126
 EP 134
 PG 9
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 922KY
 UT ISI:000228838000017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, ZY
    Bai, FS
    Zhang, LS
 TI Convexification and concavification for a general class of global
    optimization problems
 SO JOURNAL OF GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE concave minimization; DC programming; global optimization; monotone
    programming; reverse convex programming
 ID NONCONVEX OPTIMIZATION
 AB A kind of general convexification and concavification methods is
    proposed for solving some classes of global optimization problems with
    certain monotone properties. It is shown that these minimization
    problems can be transformed into equivalent concave minimization
    problem or reverse convex programming problem or canonical D.C.
    programming problem by using the proposed convexification and
    concavification schemes. The existing algorithms then can be used to
    find the global solutions of the transformed problems.
 C1 Chongqing Normal Univ, Dept Math & Comp Sci, Chongqing 400047, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, ZY, Chongqing Normal Univ, Dept Math & Comp Sci, Chongqing 400047,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zhiyouwu@263.net
    fsbai@fundan.edu.cn
 CR BENSON HP, 1996, NAV RES LOG, V43, P765
    HOFFMAN KL, 1981, MATH PROGRAM, V20, P22
    HORST R, 1990, NAV RES LOG, V37, P433
    HORST R, 1996, INTRO GLOBAL OPTIMIZ
    LI D, 1995, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V85, P309
    LI D, 1996, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V88, P177
    LI D, 2000, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V104, P109
    LI D, 2001, ANN OPER RES, V105, P213
    MORDECAI A, 1976, NONLINEAR PROGRAMMIN
    PARDALOS PM, 1987, CONSTRAINED GLOBAL O
    SUN XL, 2001, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V21, P185
    TUY H, 1998, CONVEX ANAL GLOBAL O
 NR 12
 TC 2
 SN 0925-5001
 J9 J GLOBAL OPTIM
 JI J. Glob. Optim.
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 31
 IS 1
 BP 45
 EP 60
 PG 16
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 922RE
 UT ISI:000228854700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yuan, XG
    Zhu, ZY
    Cheng, CJ
 TI Study on cavitated bifurcation problems for spheres composed of
    hyper-elastic materials
 SO JOURNAL OF ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE cavitated bifurcation; critical dead load and stretch; hyper-elastic
    material; secondary bifurcation point; singularity theory
 ID VOID NUCLEATION; HYPERELASTIC MATERIAL; ISOTROPIC ELASTICITY; EQUATION
    REDUCTIONS; FINITE ELASTICITY; GROWTH; DEFORMATIONS; TRANSFORMATIONS;
    STABILITY; STRESS
 AB In this paper, spherical cavitated bifurcation problems are examined
    for incompressible hyper-elastic materials and compressible
    hyper-elastic materials, respectively. For incompressible hyper-elastic
    materials, a cavitated bifurcation equation that describes cavity
    formation and growth for a solid sphere, composed of a class of
    transversely isotropic incompressible hyper-elastic materials, is
    obtained. Some qualitative properties of the solutions of the cavitated
    bifurcation equation are discussed in the different regions of the
    plane partitioned by material parameters indicating the degree of
    radial anisotropy in detail. It is shown that the cavitated bifurcation
    equation is equivalent, by use of singularity theory, to a class of
    normal forms with single-sided constraint conditions at the critical
    point. Stability and catastrophe of the solutions of the cavitated
    bifurcation equation are discussed by using the minimal
    potential-energy principle. For compressible hyper-elastic materials, a
    group of parameter-type solutions for the cavitated deformation for a
    solid sphere, composed of a class of isotropic compressible
    hyper-elastic materials, is obtained. Stability of the solutions is
    also discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Math, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Yantai Univ, Dept Math & Informat Sci, Yantai 264005, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Math,
    Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM chjcheng@yc.shu.edu.cn
 CR ARRIGO DJ, 1996, MATH MECH SOLIDS, V1, P177
    BALL JM, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V306, P557
    BEAHAN P, 1976, J MATER SCI, V11, P1209
    BIWA S, 1994, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V61, P395
    BIWA S, 1995, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V30, P899
    CARROLL MM, 1988, J ELASTICITY, V20, P65
    CHOUWANG MSO, 1989, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V25, P1239
    CHUNG DT, 1987, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V23, P983
    ERICKSEN JL, 1955, J MATH PHYS, V34, P126
    GENT AN, 1958, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V249, P195
    GOLUBITSKY M, 1985, SINGULARITIES GROUPS, V1
    HILL JM, 1995, IMA J APPL MATH, V54, P109
    HILL JM, 1996, MATH MECH SOLIDS, V1, P155
    HORGAN CO, 1986, J ELASTICITY, V16, P189
    HORGAN CO, 1992, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V29, P279
    HORGAN CO, 1995, APPL MECH REV, V48, P471
    KAKAVAS PA, 2002, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V39, P783
    LAZZERI A, 1993, J MATER SCI, V28, P6799
    LEI HC, 1996, J ENG MATH, V30, P693
    MURPHY JG, 1997, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V34, P3859
    OBERTH AE, 1965, T SOC RHEOL, V9, P165
    OGDEN RW, 1972, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V326, P565
    OGDEN RW, 1984, NONLINEAR ELASTIC DE
    POLIGNONE DA, 1993, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V30, P3321
    POLIGNONE DA, 1993, J ELASTICITY, V33, P27
    REN JS, 2002, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V15, P208
    REN JS, 2002, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V23, P881
    REN JS, 2002, J ENG MATH, V44, P245
    REN JS, 2002, J SHANGHAI U, V6, P185
    RIVLIN RS, 1974, Q APPL MATH, V32, P265
    SHANG XC, 1996, ACTA MECH SINICA, V28, P751
    SHANG XC, 2001, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P1101
    SIVALOGANATHAN J, 1986, MATH PROC CAMBRIDGE, V99, P589
    VARGA OH, 1966, STRESS STRAIN BEHAV
 NR 34
 TC 1
 SN 0022-0833
 J9 J ENG MATH
 JI J. Eng. Math.
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 51
 IS 1
 BP 15
 EP 34
 PG 20
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 922BL
 UT ISI:000228810600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Fang, JP
    Chen, LQ
 TI Soliton fission and fusion in (2+1)-dimensional Boiti-Leon-Pempinelli
    system
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE variable separation approach; BLP system; soliton fission; soliton
    fusion
 ID LOCALIZED COHERENT STRUCTURES; VARIABLE SEPARATION APPROACH;
    NEWELL-SEGUR SYSTEM; INTEGRABLE SYSTEMS; WAVE SYSTEM; EQUATION;
    EXCITATIONS; PEAKON
 AB By means of a special Painleve-Bicklund transformation and a
    multilinear variable separation approach, an exact solution with
    arbitrary functions of the (2+1)-dimensional Boiti-Leon Pempinelli
    system (BLP) is derived. Based on the derived variable separation
    solution, we obtain some special soliton fission and fusion solutions
    for the higher dimensional BLP system.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zjclzheng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BOITI M, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P37
    CLERC M, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P3820
    GARAGASH TI, 1994, THEOR MATH PHYS, V100, P1075
    LIN J, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P1049
    LIN J, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V313, P93
    LORENZ EN, 1963, J ATMOS SCI, V20, P130
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4209
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    LOU SY, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10619
    LOU SY, 2002, MOD PHYS LETT B, V16, P1075
    LU ZS, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V19, P527
    ONO H, 1994, J PHYS SOC JPN, V63, P40
    SERKIN VN, 2001, OPT COMMUN, V192, P237
    STOITCHEVA G, 2001, MATH COMPUT SIMULAT, V55, P621
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4000
    WANG S, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P231
    YING JP, 2001, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V35, P405
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P533
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P783
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P472
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P261
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P25
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
    ZHENG CL, 2004, J PHYS SOC JPN, V73, P293
 NR 28
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD APR 15
 PY 2005
 VL 43
 IS 4
 BP 681
 EP 686
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 922GU
 UT ISI:000228825600021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Peng, RD
    Hao, J
 TI Recent development in the synthesis of fluorinated-amino acids and
    their derivatives
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE fluorinated beta-amino acid; building block; synthesis; development;
    bioactivity
 ID SOLID-PHASE SYNTHESIS; <1,3>-PROTON SHIFT REACTION; PARTIALLY-MODIFIED
    RETRO; KETO CARBOXYLIC ESTERS; STEREOSELECTIVE-SYNTHESIS;
    ASYMMETRIC-SYNTHESIS; BIOMIMETIC TRANSAMINATION; DIASTEREOSELECTIVE
    SYNTHESIS; PRACTICAL SYNTHESIS; ALPHA,ALPHA-DIFLUORO-BETA-AMINO ACIDS
 AB Fluorinated &SZLIG;-amino acids and their derivatives with specific
    bioactivities have been attracting great attention. This review briefly
    summarized the recent development in the methodologies for the
    synthesis of biologically important fluorinated &SZLIG;-amino acids and
    their derivatives with classification by the ways of the direct and
    indirect fluorination respectively.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Key Lab Organofluorine Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Peng, RD, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM jhao@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ABOUABDELLAH A, 1996, SYNLETT          APR, P399
    ABOUABDELLAH A, 1997, J ORG CHEM, V62, P8826
    ABOUABDELLAH A, 1999, ACS SYM SER, V746, P84
    ARAKI K, 1991, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V32, P5461
    ARNONE A, 1998, TETRAHEDRON, V54, P11841
    BEGUE JP, 1996, ACS SYM SER, V639, P59
    BEVILACQUA PF, 1984, J ORG CHEM, V49, P1430
    BRAVO P, 1994, TETRAHEDRON-ASYMMETR, V5, P987
    CARDILLO G, 1996, CHEM SOC REV, P117
    CEN WB, 1995, J FLUORINE CHEM, V73, P161
    CHEGUILLAUME A, 2003, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V44, P2375
    CHEN QY, 1999, DEV CHINESE ORGANOFL, P1
    COLE DC, 1994, TETRAHEDRON, V50, P9517
    CROUSSE B, 2001, SYNLETT          MAY, P679
    DAVIS FA, 1994, TETRAHEDRON-ASYMMETR, V5, P955
    DAVOLI P, 1999, TETRAHEDRON-ASYMMETR, V10, P2361
    DOUCET C, 1997, TETRAHEDRON-ASYMMETR, V8, P739
    FILLER R, 1983, BIOMEDICINAL ASPECTS
    FILLER R, 1999, ACS SYM SER, V746, P1
    FOKINA NA, 2001, J FLUORINE CHEM, V111, P69
    FUJISAWA T, 1992, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V33, P7903
    FUSTERO S, 1997, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V38, P6771
    FUSTERO S, 1999, ORG LETT, V1, P977
    FUSTERO S, 2001, TETRAHEDRON, V57, P6475
    FUSTERO S, 2002, J ORG CHEM, V67, P4667
    FUSTERO S, 2003, ORG LETT, V5, P2523
    GEOR GI, 1995, TAXANE ANTICANCER AG
    GONG YF, 2001, J FLUORINE CHEM, V111, P77
    ISHIHARA T, 1996, TETRAHEDRON, V52, P255
    JIANG ZX, 2003, J ORG CHEM, V68, P7544
    JIANG ZX, 2004, THESIS SHANGHAI
    KANEKO S, 1993, J ORG CHEM, V58, P2302
    KATRITZKY AR, 1998, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V39, P7063
    KIRK KL, 1996, ACS SYM SER, V639, P1
    KUKHAR VP, 1995, FLUORINE CONTAINING
    LEBOUVIER N, 2002, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V43, P2827
    LIU M, 2002, TETRAHEDRON, V58, P7991
    MA ZH, 2002, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V22, P807
    MARCOTTE S, 1999, J ORG CHEM, V64, P8461
    OJIMA I, 1989, J ORG CHEM, V54, P4511
    OJIMA I, 1996, ACS SYM SER, V639, P228
    OJIMA I, 1997, BIOORG MED CHEM LETT, V7, P133
    OJIMA I, 1997, CHIRALITY, V9, P487
    OJIMA I, 1999, ACS SYM SER, V746, P158
    PERBONI A, 1993, RECENT ADV CHEM ANTI, P21
    QIU XL, 2002, J CHEM SOC PERK T 1, P2052
    QIU XL, 2002, J ORG CHEM, V67, P7162
    QIU XL, 2003, J ORG CHEM, V68, P3614
    QIU XL, 2004, TETRAHEDRON, V60, P5201
    QIU XL, 2004, TETRAHEDRON, V60, P6711
    SERGEEVA NN, 2001, J FLUORINE CHEM, V111, P41
    SERGEEVA NN, 2001, SYNTHESIS-STUTTG FEB, P281
    SERGEEVA NN, 2002, SYNTHESIS-STUTTG DEC, P2579
    SOLOSHONOK V, 1999, ACS SYM SER, V746, P74
    SOLOSHONOK VA, 1993, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V34, P3621
    SOLOSHONOK VA, 1994, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V35, P5063
    SOLOSHONOK VA, 1994, TETRAHEDRON-ASYMMETR, V5, P1119
    SOLOSHONOK VA, 1994, TETRAHEDRON-ASYMMETR, V5, P1225
    SOLOSHONOK VA, 1996, TETRAHEDRON, V52, P14701
    SOLOSHONOK VA, 1996, TETRAHEDRON, V52, P6953
    SOLOSHONOK VA, 1997, J ORG CHEM, V62, P7538
    SOLOSHONOK VA, 1997, TETRAHEDRON, V53, P8307
    SOLOSHONOK VA, 1998, J ORG CHEM, V63, P1878
    SOLOSHONOK VA, 2000, ENATIOCONTROLLED SYN
    SOLOSHONOK VA, 2002, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V43, P5445
    SOMEKH L, 1992, J AM CHEM SOC, V104, P5836
    STANFORTH SP, 2001, TETRAHEDRON, V57, P1833
    TAKAYA J, 2000, ORG LETT, V2, P1577
    TAMURA K, 1993, J ORG CHEM, V58, P32
    TEUTSCH G, 1984, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V25, P1561
    TSUKAMOTO T, 1993, J CHEM SOC P1, P1177
    UNEYAMA K, 1998, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V39, P4079
    UNEYAMA K, 1999, J FLUORINE CHEM, V97, P11
    UNEYAMA K, 2001, J ORG CHEM, V66, P1026
    VERAAYOSO Y, 2001, TETRAHEDRON-ASYMMETR, V12, P2031
    VIDAL A, 2001, J ORG CHEM, V66, P8268
    VOLONTERIO A, 2000, ORG LETT, V2, P1827
    VOLONTERIO A, 2000, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V41, P6517
    VOLONTERIO A, 2001, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V42, P3134
    VOLONTERIO A, 2003, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V44, P7019
    WANG Y, 2002, THESIS SHANGHAI
    WELCH JT, 1993, J ORG CHEM, V58, P2454
    WOLLMANN T, 1993, RECENT ADV CHEM ANTI, P50
    ZHAO G, 2002, DEV STRATEGY ORGANIC, P149
    ZHU SZ, 2003, TETRAHEDRON, V59, P4389
 NR 85
 TC 0
 SN 0253-2786
 J9 CHINESE J ORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Org. Chem.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 25
 IS 5
 BP 485
 EP 495
 PG 11
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 922PN
 UT ISI:000228850100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, DH
    Guo, JL
    Liu, LM
 TI On the SPH-distribution class
 SO ACTA MATHEMATICA SCIENTIA
 DT Article
 DE phase type distribution; absorbing Markov chain; operator theory;
    SPH-distribution; properties
 ID PHASE-TYPE DISTRIBUTIONS; TIME
 AB Following up Neuts' idea, the SPH-distribution class associated with
    bounded Q matrices for infinite Markov chains is defined. The main
    result in this paper is to characterize the SPH class through the
    derivatives of the distribution functions. Based on the
    characterization theorem, closure properties, the expansion, uniform
    approximation, and the matrix representations of the SPH class are also
    discussed by the derivatives of the distribution functions at origin.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Management, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Ind Engn & Engn Management, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, DH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 CR ASMUSSEN S, 1987, APPL PROBABILITY QUE
    ASSAF D, 1984, OPER RES, V32, P688
    BOTTA RF, 1986, QUEUEING SYST, V1, P169
    BOTTA RF, 1987, COMMUN STATIST STOCH, V3, P115
    CHAU KL, 1992, J MULTICULTURAL SOCI, V1, P1
    COMMAULT C, 1993, STOCH MODELS, V8, P421
    COX DR, 1955, P CAMBRIDGE PHILOS S, V51, P313
    ESARY JD, 1973, ANN PROBAB, V1, P627
    GUO DJ, 1985, NONLINEAR FUNCTIONAL
    HE SW, 1989, INTRO STOCHASTIC PRO
    JENSEN A, 1954, DISTRIBUTION MODEL A
    KLEINROCK L, 1976, QUEUEING SYSTEM I
    LUCHAK G, 1956, OPER RES, V4, P711
    MAIER BS, 1991, STOCH MODELS, V7, P573
    MAIER RS, 1992, J APPL PROBAB, V29, P92
    NEUTS MF, 1975, LIBER AMICORUM PROF, P173
    NEUTS MF, 1981, MATRIX GEOMETRIC SOL
    NEUTS MF, 1989, STRUCTURED STOCHASTI
    OCINNEIDE CA, 1989, STOCH MODELS, V5, P245
    OCINNEIDE CA, 1990, STOCH MODELS, V6, P1
    OTT TJ, 1989, ADV APPL PROBAB, V19, P240
    SCHASSBERGER R, 1970, ANN MATH STAT, V41, P182
    SENGUPTA B, 1989, ADV APPL PROBAB, V21, P159
    SHANTHIKUMAR JG, 1985, NAV RES LOG, V32, P119
    SHI D, 1996, MATRIX ANAL METHODS, P207
    SHI DH, 1985, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V8, P101
    SHI DH, 1994, CHIN J APPL PROB STA, V10, P84
 NR 27
 TC 0
 SN 0252-9602
 J9 ACTA MATH SCI
 JI Acta Math. Sci.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 25
 IS 2
 BP 201
 EP 214
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics
 GA 922EJ
 UT ISI:000228818900002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, SX
    Kang, BJ
    Wang, XY
    Zhang, JC
    Cao, GX
    Yu, LM
    Jing, C
 TI Lattice effect and magnetic transition behaviors of
    (Pr,Nd)(0.67)Sr0.33MnO3 under superposed fields
 SO SOLID STATE COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE CMR; lattice effect; magnetic transition; magnetic susceptibility
 ID COLOSSAL MAGNETORESISTANCE; PEROVSKITE MANGANITES; RESISTANCE; LAMNO3
 AB The lattice effect and magnetic transition behaviors of
    (Pr1-yNdv)(0.67)Sr0.33MnO3 (y=0, 1/4, 2/4, 3/4, 1) samples under
    superposed magnetic fields (i.e. the superposed AC and DC magnetic
    field) were systematically studied in the temperature range from 4.2 to
    330 K. The results show that the magnetic transition temperature (Curie
    temperature, T-C) of (Pr1-y Nd-y)(0.67)Sr0.33MnO3 shifts to a lower
    temperature as Nd substitutes for Pr, which is related to the degree of
    lattice distortion. The magnetization of samples increases with the
    increase in applied magnetic field and the in-phase-part of the AC
    susceptibility decreases as the superposed DC magnetic field increases.
    Under superposed magnetic fields, a characteristic sharp peak of the
    in-phase part of the susceptibility appears near T-C. For the
    (Pr1-yNdy)(2/3)Sr1/3MnO3 system, as the Nd content increases, the peak
    temperature of the relative variation for the in-phase part of magnetic
    susceptibility (E chi'=Delta chi'/chi'(dc)) decreases, in consistent
    with that of the magnetoresistivity of this system. The magnetic
    transition behaviors under superposed magnetic fields for the manganite
    systems are discussed. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Inst Metrol, Dept Phys, Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, SX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shangda Rd 99, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 EM sxcao@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BOUJELBEN W, 2002, PHYSICA B, V321, P68
    CAI JW, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P1727
    CAIGNAERT V, 1995, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V95, P357
    CHATTERJEE S, 2002, PHYS REV B, V66
    DAI DS, 1997, PROGR PHYSICS, V17, P201
    DETERESA JM, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P3392
    DHO J, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V89, P27202
    FAN JY, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
    HASANAIN SK, 2001, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V225, P322
    HEJTMANEK J, 2002, PHYS REV B, V66
    HONG CS, 2001, PHYS REV B, V63
    HWANG HY, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P914
    JONKER GH, 1950, PHYSICA, V16, P337
    KOLESNIK S, 2001, J APPL PHYS 2, V89, P7407
    PENA A, 2003, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V174, P52
    TOKURA Y, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V200, P1
    TOMIOKA Y, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P3609
    VANDERBEMDEN P, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
    WU SY, 2002, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V14, P12585
    XIONG CS, 2003, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V15, P7063
    YE SL, 2002, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V248, P26
    ZHAO JH, 2002, PHYS REV B, V66
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0038-1098
 J9 SOLID STATE COMMUN
 JI Solid State Commun.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 134
 IS 4
 BP 265
 EP 270
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 919ME
 UT ISI:000228621300007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, JZ
 TI Training translators in China
 SO META
 DT Article
 DE translation training; China; interpretation; translator accreditation
    tests
 AB Translation training in China has a long history, but it is only in the
    last two decades that translation training has been developing
    increasingly fast. This article firstly reviews the history of
    translation training in China, then examines its present practice such
    as training program, training materials, training methods,
    interpretation training, advanced translation training, and Translator
    Accreditation Tests, and finally makes suggestions for improvement of
    training translators in China.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shaanxi, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, JZ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shaanxi, Peoples R China.
 EM xujianzhong2003@yahoo.com.cn
 CR *STAT GEN ADM QUAL, 2003, SPEC TRANS SERV 1
    BAO CY, 2003, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V2, P48
    CAI JG, 2003, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V1, P63
    CAI XH, 2001, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V2, P26
    CHEN J, 2002, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V1, P51
    CHEN J, 2003, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V1, P67
    CHEN KQ, 2002, FOREIGN LANGUAGES TH, V7, P42
    CHEN ZD, 2003, SHANGHAI J TRANSLATO, V1, P29
    DU YH, 2002, CHINESE SCI TECHNOLO, V4, P36
    FAN SY, 2000, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V1, P64
    FAN ZY, 1994, APPL THEORY TRANASLA
    FANG JZ, 2002, CHINESE SCI TECHNOLO, V2, P22
    FENG SJ, 1995, PRACTICAL ENGLISH CH
    FENG YH, 2001, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V2, P37
    GUO YD, 1995, COMMERCIAL ENGLISH C
    HAN ZY, 2002, CHINESE SCI TECHNOLO, V2, P25
    HAN ZY, 2002, CHINESE SCI TECHNOLO, V2, P33
    HU QP, 2004, CHINESE SCI TECHNOLO, V1, P44
    HUANG Z, 2003, SHANGHAI J TRANSLATO, V4, P10
    HUANG Z, 2003, SHANGHAI J TRANSLATO, V4, P25
    HUANG ZL, 2000, STUDY TRANSLATION VA
    KE P, 1993, ENGLISH CHINESE CHIN
    KE P, 2002, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V4, P59
    KE P, 2002, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V5, P52
    KE P, 2002, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V6, P45
    LI NQ, 2002, CHINA INTERPRETATION
    LI YX, 2003, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V4, P58
    LIN BC, 2000, SHANGHAI J TRANSLATO, V2, P34
    LIN YR, 1999, INTREPRETING TOMORRO
    LIU B, 2003, CHINESE SCI TECHNOLO, V3, P31
    LIU HP, 2001, INTREPRETATION SKILL
    LIU HP, 2003, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V3, P32
    LIU JC, 2003, SHANGHAI J TRANSLATO, V3, P52
    LU DY, 1958, ENGLISH CHINESE TRAN
    LU SY, 2000, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V1, P41
    LUO XM, 2002, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V4, P56
    MA ZY, 1998, BRIEF HIST TRANSLATI
    MENG Z, 2003, SHANGHAI J TRANSLATO, V1, P43
    MU L, 1999, TRANSLATION TEACHING
    REN XP, 2004, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V1, P61
    TAN BZ, 1997, MODERN ENGLISH TRANS
    TIAN Y, 2002, SHANGHAI J TRANSLATO, V3, P30
    WANG DW, 1997, SHANGHAI J TRANSLATO, V4, P17
    WANG FX, 1992, CHINESE ENGLISH INTE
    WANG LD, 2000, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V5, P34
    WANG LD, 2001, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V2, P19
    WANG LD, 2003, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V6, P51
    WANG SH, 2001, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V5, P36
    WANG XX, 2004, CHINESE SCI TECHNOLO, V1, P19
    WU B, 1995, COURSE ORAL INTERPRE
    XU JZ, 2000, TRANSLATIO, V4, P384
    XU JZ, 2002, INTRO ENTERPRISE TRA
    XU LN, 1997, SHANGHAI J TRANSLATO, V4, P30
    XU YN, 2000, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V3, P35
    YAN LL, 2000, CHINESE SCI TECHNOLO, V1, P32
    YANG L, 1993, COURSE ENGLISH CHINE
    YANG L, 2001, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V5, P3
    YANG M, 2001, SHANGHAI J TRANSLATO, V3, P32
    ZENG XH, 2002, NAT MATER, V1, P35
    ZHANG BJ, 2003, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V3, P37
    ZHANG JL, 2003, SHANGHAI J TRANSLATO, V1, P33
    ZHANG L, 2000, SHANGHAI J TRANSLATO, V3, P46
    ZHANG LL, 1996, PRACTICAL ENGLISH CH
    ZHANG MF, 2001, ENGLISH CHINESE TRAN
    ZHANG PJ, 1980, COURSEBOOK ENGLISH C
    ZHONG WH, 2001, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V2, P30
    ZHONG WH, 2001, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V5, P39
    ZHONG WH, 2003, CHINESE TRANSLATORS, V4, P63
 NR 68
 TC 0
 SN 0026-0452
 J9 META
 JI Meta
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 50
 IS 1
 BP 231
 EP 249
 PG 19
 SC Language & Linguistics Theory
 GA 918ZT
 UT ISI:000228588800021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, S
    Zhang, JM
    Song, LP
    Jiang, H
    Zhu, SZ
 TI One-pot three-component reaction of C-60, amino acid and fluorinted
    benzaldehyde to C-60-pyrrolidine derivatives
 SO JOURNAL OF FLUORINE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE C-60; amino acid; fluorinated benzaldehyde; 1,3-dipolar cycloaddition;
    C-60-pyrrolidines
 ID FULLERENE; BUCKMINSTERFULLERENE; FULLEROPYRROLIDINE
 AB A series of fluorinated 2,5-disubstituted C-60-pyrrolidine derivatives
    were synthesized via one-pot three-component reaction of C-60, amino
    acid and fluorinated benzaldehyde under reflux in toluene or microwave
    irradiation. The cis- and trans-isomers could be isolated by
    chromatography and fully confirmed by H-1 NMR. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Organofluorine Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Sch Sci, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai
    200436, Peoples R China.
 EM zhusz@mail.sioc.ac.cn
 CR CURZ P, 1997, TETRAHEDRON, V53, P2599
    JENSEN AW, 1996, BIOORGAN MED CHEM, V4, P767
    LANGA F, 2000, CARBON, V38, P1641
    MAGGINI M, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P9798
    MUTHU S, 1994, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V35, P1763
    ORTIZ AD, 1995, J ORG CHEM, V60, P4160
    PRATO M, 1999, TOP CURR CHEM, V199, P173
    SHU LH, 1995, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V36, P3871
    TAN XF, 1998, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V39, P4187
    WANG YL, 2002, SYNTHESIS-STUTTG SEP, P1813
    WILSON SR, 1996, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V37, P775
    WUDL F, 1992, ACCOUNTS CHEM RES, V25, P157
    ZHANG JM, 2004, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V45, P5771
    ZHANG JM, 2005, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V35, P89
    ZHANG S, 2002, J ORG CHEM, V67, P883
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0022-1139
 J9 J FLUORINE CHEM
 JI J. Fluor. Chem.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 126
 IS 3
 BP 349
 EP 353
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Chemistry, Organic
 GA 919QC
 UT ISI:000228631600012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ML
    Xia, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Gu, BB
 TI Effects of the film microstructures on CVD diamond radiation detectors
 SO JOURNAL OF CRYSTAL GROWTH
 DT Article
 DE film microstructure; photocurrent; chemical vapor deposition diamond
    film; radiation detector
 ID CHEMICAL-VAPOR-DEPOSITION; PARTICLE DETECTORS; X-RAY; QUALITY
 AB The polycrystalline nature of the films has limited the improvement of
    CVD diamond radiation detectors. In this work, three CVD diamond films
    with different microstructures were grown by a hot-filament chemical
    vapor deposition (HFCVD) technique and were fabricated as CVD diamond
    radiation detectors. The photocurrents and the pulse height
    distributions (PHDs) obtained by the detectors were measured by using
    5.9 keV 55 Fe X-rays. The dark-current of 16.0 nA and the photocurrent
    of 15.9 nA are achieved at a bias voltage of 100 V. The PHD peak is
    well separated from the noise and a better energy resolution of 21.2%
    is obtained due to the high ratio of grain size to the film thickness.
    The time-dependent photocurrent initially increases rapidly and then
    levels off due to the 'polarization' effect. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ML, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, 149 Yanhang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM zhamilong@hotmail.com
 CR BERGONZO P, 2001, DIAM RELAT MATER, V10, P631
    DONATO MG, 2001, DIAM RELAT MATER, V10, P1788
    FRIEDL M, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V435, P194
    JANY C, 2000, DIAM RELAT MATER, V9, P1086
    KANEKO J, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V422, P211
    KOZLOV SF, 1975, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V22, P160
    KOZLOV SF, 1988, CARBON, V26, P345
    MANFREDOTTI C, 1996, APPL RES, V1234, P378
    MARINELLI M, 2001, DIAM RELAT MATER, V10, P645
    MARINELLI M, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V89, P1430
    MEIER D, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V426, P173
    NAVA F, 1979, IEEE T NUCL SCI, V26, P308
    SALVATORI S, 1997, DIAM RELAT MATER, V6, P361
    SOUW EK, 1997, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V400, P69
    TROMSON D, 2000, DIAM RELAT MATER, V9, P1850
    VATNITSKY S, 1993, PHYS MED BIOL, V38, P173
    VATNITSKY SM, 1993, RADIAT PROT DOSIM, V47, P515
    ZHANG ML, 2004, J CRYST GROWTH, V274, P21
    ZHANG ML, 2004, PHYS LETT A, V332, P320
    ZHANG ML, 2004, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V130, P425
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0022-0248
 J9 J CRYST GROWTH
 JI J. Cryst. Growth
 PD APR 15
 PY 2005
 VL 277
 IS 1-4
 BP 382
 EP 387
 PG 6
 SC Crystallography
 GA 921AZ
 UT ISI:000228737900060
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, HQ
 TI Phantom cosmology with a nonlinear Born-Infeld type scalar field
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS D
 DT Article
 DE dark energy; Born-Infeld type scalar field; phantom cosmology
 ID HIGH-REDSHIFT SUPERNOVAE; ENERGY COMPONENT; CONSTRAINTS; EQUATION; STATE
 AB Recent many physicists suggest that the dark energy in the universe
    might result from the Born-Infeld (B-I) type scalar field of string
    theory. The universe of B-I type scalar field with potential can
    undergo a phase of accelerating expansion. The corresponding equation
    of state parameter lies in the range of -1 < omega < -1/3. The equation
    of state parameter of B-I type scalar field without potential lies in
    the range of 0 <= omega <= 1. We find that weak energy condition and
    strong energy condition are violated for phantom B-I type scalar field.
    The equation of state parameter lies in the range of omega < -1.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, HQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM alberthq_lu@hotmail.com
 CR BENAOUM HB, HEPTH0205140
    BENNETT CL, ASTROPH0302207
    BENTO MC, HEPTH020812
    BORN M, 1934, PROC R SOC LON SER-A, V144, P425
    CALDWELL RR, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1582
    CALDWELL RR, 2002, PHYS LETT B, V545, P23
    CARROLL SM, ASTROTH0301273
    CHEN B, HEPTH0209222
    CHIBA T, ASTROPH0206298
    CLINE JM, HEPTH0207156
    DEBERNARDIS P, ASTROPH0105296
    DEOLIVEIRA HP, 1995, J MATH PHYS, V36, P2988
    DIAMANDIS GA, HEPTH0107124
    DIAMANDIS GA, HEPTH0203241
    FARAONI V, 2002, INT J MOD PHYS D, V11, P471
    FEINSTEIN A, HEPTH0304069
    FELDER G, HEPTH0208019
    FELDER G, 2002, JHEP, V209, P26
    FRIEMAN JA, 1998, PHYS REV D, V57, P4642
    FROLOV A, HEPTH0204187
    GAROUSI MR, HEPTH0209068
    GIBBONS G, HEPTH0209034
    GIBBONS GW, HEPTH0302199
    GIBBONS GW, HEPTH031117
    HALVERSON NW, 2002, ASTROPHYS J 1, V568, P38
    HAO JG, 2002, HEPTH0305207
    HAO JG, 2002, PHYS REV D, V66
    ISHIDA L, HEPTH0206102
    KIN C, HEPTH0301142
    KOFMAN L, HEPTH020512
    LEBLOND F, HEPTH0305059
    LEE AT, ASTROPH0104460
    LEE H, HEPTH0210221
    LI XZ, 2003, PHYS REV D, V67
    LU HQ, 1999, INT J MOD PHYS D, V8, P625
    LU HQ, 2003, INT J THEOR PHYS, V42, P837
    LUSON J, HEPTH0209255
    MEHEN T, HEPTH0206212
    MELHIORI A, ASTROPH0211522
    MOELLER N, 2002, J HIGH ENERGY PHYS
    MUKHOPADHYAY P, HEPTH020814
    MUKOHYAMA S, HEPTH0208094
    MUKOHYAMA S, 2002, PHYS REV D, V66
    NETTERFIELD CB, ASTROPH0104460
    NOJIRI S, HEPTH0304131
    NOJIRI S, HEPTH0306212
    OKUNDA T, HEPTH0208196
    PADMANABHAN T, 2002, PHYS REV D, V66
    PERLMUTTER S, 1999, ASTROPHYS J 1, V517, P565
    PIAO YS, HEPPH0207143
    SAMI H, HEPTH0301140
    SAMI M, 2003, PHYS REV D, V67
    SEN A, HEPTH0203211
    SEN A, HEPTH0204143
    SEN A, HEPTH0207105
    SEN A, HEPTH0209122
    SHCULZ E, 2001, PHYS REV D, V64
    SHIU G, 2002, PHYS LETT B, V541, P6
    SPERGEL DN, ASTROPH0302209
    STACHOWIAK T, HEPTH0307128
    STOMPOR R, ASTROPH0105062
 NR 61
 TC 3
 SN 0218-2718
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS D
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. D
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 14
 IS 2
 BP 355
 EP 362
 PG 8
 SC Astronomy & Astrophysics
 GA 920YR
 UT ISI:000228731900010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, J
    Zhang, JQ
    Liu, JN
 TI Effect of magnetic field on properties of MR fluids
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS B
 DT Article
 DE MR fluids; magnetic field; yield stress
 ID STRESS
 AB The yield stress is one of the most important parameters that
    characterize viscoplastic properties of magnetorheological (MR) fluids.
    Based on the microstructure of magnetic-chain a theoretical model is
    developed to analyze the effect of the applied magnetic field on the
    yield stress. It has been shown that, the values of the yield stress
    calculated by the model agree well with the experimental data.
 C1 Chongqing Inst Technol, Chongqing 400050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chongqing Univ, Chongqing 630044, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, J, Chongqing Inst Technol, Chongqing 400050, Peoples R China.
 EM jhuangcq@sohu.com
    jqzhang@mail.shuy.edu.cn
    ljn@cqu.edu.cn
 CR GINDER JM, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P3410
    HUANG J, 2002, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V129, P559
    LEMAIRE E, 1991, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V24, P1473
    ROSENSWEIG RE, 1995, J RHEOL, V39, P179
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9792
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS B
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. B
 PD JAN 30
 PY 2005
 VL 19
 IS 1-3
 PN Part 2
 BP 597
 EP 601
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 919RO
 UT ISI:000228635500053
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, W
    Nie, H
    Li, N
    Zang, YCQ
    Zhang, D
    Feng, G
    Ni, L
    Xu, R
    Prasad, S
    Robinson, RR
    Ho, W
    Sercarz, E
    Zhang, JZ
 TI Skewed T-cell receptor BV14 and BV16 expression and shared CDR3
    sequence and common sequence motifs in synovial T cells of rheumatoid
    arthritis
 SO GENES AND IMMUNITY
 DT Article
 DE complementarity-determining region; human leukocyte antigens;
    rheumatoid arthritis; synovial T cells; T-cell receptor
 ID MYELIN BASIC-PROTEIN; PEPTIDE VACCINATION; MULTIPLE-SCLEROSIS; FLUID
    LYMPHOCYTES; GENE USAGE; PERSISTENCE; DOMINANT; CLONES; TRANSCRIPTS;
    SPECIFICITY
 AB T-lymphocytes play an important role in rheumatoid arthritis ( RA). In
    this study, we evaluated the hypothesis that common T-cell receptor
    (TCR) structural features may exist among infiltrating T cells of
    different RA patients, if the TCR repertoire is shaped by interaction
    with common self or microbial antigens in the context of susceptible
    HLA genes in RA. Synovial lesion tissue (ST), synovial fluid ( SF) and
    blood specimens from RA patients and controls were analyzed for TCR V
    gene repertoire by real-time PCR. There was highly skewed BV14 and BV16
    usage in synovial T cells of RA as opposed to those of controls, which
    was accompanied with a trend for correlation between skewed BV16 and
    DRB1* 0405. Immunoscope analysis of the V - D - J region of ST-derived
    T cells demonstrated oligoclonal and polyclonal expansion of BV14(+)
    and BV16(+) T cells. Detailed characterization using specific BV and BJ
    primers further revealed common clonotypes combining the same
    BV14/BV16, BJ and CDR3 length. DNA cloning and sequence analysis of the
    clonotypes confirmed identical CDR3 sequences and common CDR3 sequence
    motifs among different RA patients. The findings are important in the
    understanding of BV gene skewing and CDR3 structural characteristics
    among synovial infiltrating T cells of RA.
 C1 Baylor Coll Med, Dept Immunol, Houston, TX 77030 USA.
    Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Hlth Sci Ctr, Joint Immunol Lab, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Shanghai Inst Immunol, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Med Univ 2, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Guanghua Rheumatol Hosp, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Torrey Pines Inst Mol Studies, San Diego, CA USA.
 RP Zhang, JZ, Baylor Coll Med, Dept Immunol, 1 Baylor Plaza,Mail Stn
    NB302, Houston, TX 77030 USA.
 EM jzang@bcm.tmc.edu
 CR ALAM A, 1995, HUM IMMUNOL, V42, P331
    ALAM A, 1996, J IMMUNOL, V156, P3480
    BERNER B, 2000, J RHEUMATOL, V27, P1128
    COHEN ES, 2003, IMMUNOLOGY, V109, P8
    DAVEY MP, 1997, HUM IMMUNOL, V55, P11
    DAVIS LS, 2001, ARTHRITIS RES, V3, P54
    DEVEREUX D, 1991, INT IMMUNOL, V3, P635
    DOLHAIN RJE, 1996, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V12, P1961
    EVEN J, 1995, RES IMMUNOL, V146, P65
    FELDMANN M, 1996, ANNU REV IMMUNOL, V14, P397
    FRIES JF, 2002, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V46, P2320
    GONZALEZQUINTIAL R, 1996, J CLIN INVEST, V97, P1335
    GORONZY JJ, 1994, J CLIN INVEST, V94, P2068
    HOLOSHITZ J, 1986, LANCET, V2, P305
    HONG J, 1999, J IMMUNOL, V163, P3530
    JENKINS RN, 1993, J CLIN INVEST, V92, P2688
    KERLANCANDON S, 2001, CLIN EXP IMMUNOL, V124, P142
    LEE DM, 2001, LANCET, V358, P903
    LI YX, 1994, J CLIN INVEST, V94, P2525
    LIPSKY PE, 1998, IMMUNOLOGIST, V6, P121
    LONDEI M, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P636
    MACGREGOR A, 1995, J RHEUMATOL, V22, P1032
    MIMA T, 1999, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V263, P172
    MORELAND LW, 1996, J RHEUMATOL, V23, P1353
    MORELAND LW, 1998, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V41, P1919
    OKSENBERG JR, 1993, NATURE, V362, P68
    PALIARD X, 1991, SCIENCE, V253, P325
    POPE RM, 1989, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V32, P1371
    RES PCM, 1994, HUM IMMUNOL, V40, P291
    STRUYK L, 1993, HUM IMMUNOL, V37, P237
    TANG JM, 2001, HUM IMMUNOL, V62, P269
    VANDERBORGHT A, 2000, RHEUMATOLOGY, V39, P1189
    WAGNER UG, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P14447
    WILLIAMS WV, 1992, J CLIN INVEST, V90, P326
    ZAGON G, 1994, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V37, P1431
 NR 35
 TC 0
 SN 1466-4879
 J9 GENES IMMUN
 JI Genes Immun.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 6
 IS 3
 BP 248
 EP 261
 PG 14
 SC Genetics & Heredity; Immunology
 GA 920LW
 UT ISI:000228691900011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, JK
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
 TI Controlled synthesis of different morphologies of BaWO4 crystals
    through biomembrane/organic-addition supramolecule templates
 SO CRYSTAL GROWTH & DESIGN
 DT Article
 ID REVERSE MICELLES; BARIUM TUNGSTATE; NANORODS; GROWTH
 AB By the employment of supramolecule templates composed of biomembrane
    and organic reagents, control over the morphologies and sizes of BaWO4
    crystals has been successfully achieved, and a series of flower-like,
    sphere-like, fasciculus-like, and other morphologies of BaWO4 were
    obtained at room temperature. Most of the morphologies are reported for
    the first time. Furthermore, the control rule of supramolecule
    templates was also discussed. This method may satisfy the requirements
    of materials of various morphologies and sizes by using different
    supramolecule templates, and provide significant theoretical reference
    to the controlled synthesis of other crystals.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR AJIKUMAR PK, 2003, BIOMACROMOLECULES, V4, P1321
    BASEIVE TT, 2000, OPT MATER, V15, P205
    BLASSE G, 1974, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V25, P163
    BLASSE G, 1981, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V36, P124
    CHAUHAN AK, 2003, J CRYST GROWTH, V254, P418
    CHO WS, 1997, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V36, P1216
    FERNANDEZ MS, 2001, MATRIX BIOL, V19, P793
    FUJITA T, 1974, MATER RES B, V9, P141
    HU XL, 2004, LANGMUIR, V20, P1521
    JAYARAMAN A, 1983, PHYS REV B, V28, P4774
    KIMA JS, 2001, J EUR CERAM SOC, V21, P2599
    KWAN S, 2001, CHEM COMMUN, P447
    LI M, 1999, NATURE, V402, P393
    LIAO HW, 2000, CHEM MATER, V12, P2819
    NISHIGAKI S, 1988, AM CERAM SOC BULL, V71, C11
    PENG Q, 2003, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V42, P3027
    RAUTARAY D, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P14656
    RAUTARAY D, 2004, CHEM MATER, V16, P1356
    ROY BN, 1981, CRYST RES TECHNOL, V16, P1267
    SHI HT, 2002, CHEM COMMUN     0821, P1704
    SHI HT, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P3450
    SUN XM, 2003, CHEM-EUR J, V9, P2229
    TIAN ZRR, 2002, J AM CHEM SOC, V124, P12954
    XIE B, 2002, J CRYST GROWTH, V235, P283
    YU SH, 2002, CHEM-EUR J, V8, P2937
    YU SH, 2003, NANO LETT, V3, P379
 NR 26
 TC 3
 SN 1528-7483
 J9 CRYST GROWTH DES
 JI Cryst. Growth Des.
 PD MAR-APR
 PY 2005
 VL 5
 IS 2
 BP 445
 EP 449
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary;
    Crystallography
 GA 903GW
 UT ISI:000227414900011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, GX
    Zhang, JC
    Sha, YN
    Yao, K
    Cao, SX
    Jing, C
    Shen, XC
 TI Reentrant spin glass behaviour and CE-type antiferromagnetic phase in
    half doping (La,Pr)(1/2)Ca-1/2 MnO3 manganites
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID COLOSSAL MAGNETORESISTANCE; MAGNETIC-PROPERTIES; TRANSITION;
    LA0.5CA0.5MNO3; PEROVSKITE; SEPARATION
 AB The reentrant spin glass behaviour was observed in half doping
    (La,Pr)(1/2)Ca1/2MnO3 manganites with a CE-type antiferromagnetic
    structure. It shows sequential multiple magnetic transitions from the
    paramagnetic to the ferromagnetic, antiferromagnetic, spin glass (SG)
    transitions, which reflects the complex magnetic interaction in the
    ground state of manganites. This can be explained by the competition
    interaction between the ferromagnetic and the CE-type antiferromagnetic
    matrix, and the disorder due to the tolerance factor t and A-cation
    size variance sigma(2). The results reveals the coexistence of
    ferromagnetic clusters and SG clusters in the background of the
    antiferromagnetic matrix in the ground state of half doping (Pr,
    La)(1/2)Ca1/2MnO3 systems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM jczhang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR CUI YJ, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P540
    DETERESA JM, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P3392
    DHO J, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V89, P27202
    DHO JG, 2003, PHYS REV B, V67
    ELLIOT S, 1998, PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, CHR6
    GORDON I, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    KIMURA T, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P3940
    LEVY P, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P6437
    LIU Y, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P1603
    LOUDON JC, 2002, NATURE, V420, P797
    MYDOSH JA, 1993, SPIN GLASSES EXPT IN
    SHENG L, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P1710
    SUDYOADSUK T, 2004, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V16, P3691
    TERAI T, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P14908
    TERAI T, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P3488
    YANG HP, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P729
    YUAN SL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1675
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 22
 IS 3
 BP 682
 EP 685
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 907IV
 UT ISI:000227711200045
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ning, TK
    Zhang, DJ
    Chen, DY
    Deng, SF
 TI Exact solutions and conservation laws for a nonisospectral sine-Gordon
    equation
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID SELF-CONSISTENT SOURCES; N-SOLITON SOLUTIONS; MULTIPLE COLLISIONS;
    KORTEWEG-DEVRIES
 AB A bilinear form of a nonisospectral sine-Gordon equation is given.
    Exact solutions are further obtained through the Hirota method and
    Wronskian technique, respectively. Some nonisospectral characteristics
    of the obtained solutions, such as the time-dependent shape,
    time-dependent speed and some non-propagating solitary waves, are
    discussed. The conservation laws are derived. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Ning, TK, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 EM tkning@mail.shu.edu.cn
    djzhang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR CHAN WL, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P2521
    CHEN HH, 1976, PHYS REV LETT, V37, P693
    FREEMAN NC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P1
    GUPTA MR, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V72, P420
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 1972, J PHYS SOC JPN, V33, P1459
    HIROTA R, 1976, J PHYS SOC JPN, V41, P2141
    NEWELL AC, 1978, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V365, P283
    NING TK, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V166, P395
    TIAN C, 1990, NONLINEAR PHYS RES R, P35
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    WEI R, 1989, P 3 AS PAC PHYS C SI, V2, P871
    WU J, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V52, P1421
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P573
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P2649
    ZHANG DJ, 2003, J PHYS A, V36, P1
    ZHANG DJ, 2003, PHYSICA A, V321, P467
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 25
 IS 3
 BP 611
 EP 620
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 919GO
 UT ISI:000228606600014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gang, W
    Lu, DQ
    Dai, SQ
 TI Waves induced by a submerged moving dipole in a two-layer fluid of
    finite depth
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE divergence field; internal wave; small density difference; Green's
    function; the method of stationary phase
 ID SYNTHETIC APERTURE RADAR; SHIP WAVES; STRATIFIED FLUID; OCEAN; REAL
 AB The waves induced by a moving dipole in a twofluid system are
    analytically and experimentally investigated. The velocity potential of
    a dipole moving horizontally in the lower layer of a two-layer fluid
    with finite depth is derived by superposing Green's functions of
    sources (or sinks). The far-field waves are studied by using the method
    of stationary phase. The effects of two resulting modes, i.e. the
    surface and internal-wave modes, on both the surface divergence field
    and the interfacial elevation are analyzed. A laboratory study on the
    internal waves generated by a moving sphere in a two-layer fluid is
    conducted in a towing tank under the same conditions as in the
    theoretical approach. The qualitative consistency between the present
    theory and the laboratory study is examined and confirmed.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Naval Architecture & Ocean Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Gang, W, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Naval Architecture & Ocean Engn,
    Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 EM gwei@mail.shu.edu.cn
    dqiu@mail.shu.edu.cn
    shqdai@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ALPERS W, 1984, J GEOPHYS RES, V89, P10529
    ALPERS WR, 1981, J GEOPHYS RES, V86, P6481
    CRAPPER GD, 1967, J FLUID MECH, V29, P667
    EKMAN VW, 1904, SCI RESULTS, P1
    GANG W, 2003, APPL MATH MECH, V24, P20
    GILREATH HE, 1985, AIAA J, V23, P693
    GUO HD, 2001, THEORY APPL RADAR OB
    HUDIMAC AA, 1961, J FLUID MECH, V11, P229
    KALLEN E, 1987, J FLUID MECH, V182, P111
    KELLER JB, 1970, PHYS FLUIDS, V13, P1425
    LAMB H, 1932, HYDRODYNAMICS
    LI JC, 1998, PERTURBATION METHODS
    MENG JM, 2001, J HYDRODYNAMICS B, V13, P88
    MILOH T, 1993, J OFFSHORE MECH ARCT, V115, P105
    MOTYGIN OV, 1997, J ENG MATH, V32, P53
    PHILLIPS OM, 1977, DYNAMICS UPPER OCEAN
    RADKO T, 2001, J SHIP RES, V45, P1
    SHARMAN RD, 1983, J ATMOS SCI, V40, P396
    STEFANICK T, 1988, SCI AM, V258, P41
    STEWART RH, 1985, METHODS SATELLITE OC
    TERKRIKOROV AM, 2002, PMM-J APPL MATH MEC+, V66, P59
    WU TY, 2001, ADV MECH, V31, P327
    YEUNG RW, 1999, J ENG MATH, V35, P85
    YIH CS, 1989, Q APPL MATH, V47, P17
 NR 24
 TC 1
 SN 0567-7718
 J9 ACTA MECH SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 21
 IS 1
 BP 24
 EP 31
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 919ZN
 UT ISI:000228656600003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qian, XS
    Xu, CL
    Jiang, LS
    Bian, BJ
 TI Convergence of the binomial tree method for American options in a
    jump-diffusion model
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE binomial tree method; explicit difference method; American option;
    jump-diffusion model; integrodifferential equation; viscosity solution
 ID VISCOSITY SOLUTIONS; EQUATIONS
 AB The paper studies the binomial tree method for American options in a
    jump-diffusion model. We employ the theory of viscosity solution to
    show uniform convergence of the binomial tree method for American
    options. We also prove existence and convergence of the optimal
    exercise boundary in the binomial tree approximation. In addition, the
    terminal value of the optimal exercise boundary is given for American
    options in jump-diffusion models.
 C1 Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225002, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Dept Appl Math, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Div Computat Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Qian, XS, Yangzhou Univ, Dept Math, Yangzhou 225002, Peoples R China.
 EM qian@yzu.edu.cn
    clxu601@online.sh.cn
    jianglsk@online.sh.cn
    bianbj@263.net
 CR ALVAREZ O, 1996, ANN I H POINCARE-AN, V13, P293
    AMIN KI, 1993, J FINANC, V48, P1833
    BARLES G, 1995, MATH MOD METH APPL S, V5, P125
    COX JC, 1979, J FINANC ECON, V7, P229
    CRANDALL MG, 1992, B AM MATH SOC, V27, P1
    HARRISON JM, 1979, J ECON THEORY, V20, P381
    JIANG L, 1999, PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL, P106
    LAMBERTON D, 1993, MATH FINANC, V3, P179
    PHAM H, 1997, APPL MATH OPT, V35, P145
    XU CL, 2003, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V156, P23
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0036-1429
 J9 SIAM J NUMER ANAL
 JI SIAM J. Numer. Anal.
 PY 2005
 VL 42
 IS 5
 BP 1899
 EP 1913
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 917QF
 UT ISI:000228477700007
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Song, YP
    Mao, XM
    Dong, QM
    Li, BZ
    Liang, HY
 TI Effects of the rotating speed of centrifugal machine on the gradient
    structure and properties of heavy cross-sectional WCP/Fe-C composites
 SO PRICM 5: THE FIFTH PACIFIC RIM INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ADVANCED
    MATERIALS AND PROCESSING, PTS 1-5
 SE MATERIALS SCIENCE FORUM
 DT Article
 DE centrifugal casting; mold rotating speed; heavy cross-sectional
    WCp/Fe-C composites; gradient microstructure; mechanical property
 ID FUNCTIONALLY GRADED MATERIAL
 AB Effects of the mold rotating speeds on the gradient microstructure and
    properties of heavy cross-sectional WCp/Fe-C composites made in a
    self-made centrifugal machine have been investigated with SEM, EDS etc.
    The results show the ring sample of WCp/Fe-C composites made in a
    centrifugal machine was free of any defects. And the transition layer
    between the working layer of WCp/Fe-C composites and matrix Fe-C alloy
    core was also perfect. The experimental results also show that the
    WCp-radius-directional distribution in the composites was a continuous
    component gradient one, which was changed with the various mold
    rotating speeds. At 1000 rpm the volume fractions of the WC particle
    from outer layer to inner layer were about 70 vol% to 50 vol% and, at
    1400 rpm the volume fractions were about 80 vol% to 65 vol%
    respectively. The hardness and impact toughness of the working layer of
    WCp/Fe-C composites were changed with increasing of the mold rotating
    speeds respectively. Finally, the mechanism of the effects of the mold
    rotating speeds was discussed in the paper.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Henan Univ Sci & Technol, Mat Sci & Eng Coll, Luoyang 471003, Peoples R China.
 RP Song, YP, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM sypei@mail.haust.edu.cn
    xmmao@sh163.net
    dqm@mail.haust.edu.cn
    lbz@mail.haust.edu.cn
    lhy0351@163.com
 CR FUKUI Y, 1991, JSME INT J III-VIB C, V34, P144
    FUKUI Y, 1996, METALL MATER TRANS A, V27, P4145
    HIRAI T, 1996, MAT SCI TECHNOLOGY B, V17, P293
    HO S, 1996, METALL MATER TRANS A, V27, P3241
    ICHINO K, 1997, 37 KAW STEEL, P13
    MATSUDA K, 2001, CERAM TRANS, V114, P491
    MIYAMOTO Y, 1999, FUNCTIONALLY GRADED
    MORTENSEN A, 1995, INT MATER REV, V40, P239
    MORTENSEN SS, 1998, FUNDAMENTALS FUNCTIO
    WATANABE Y, 1998, COMPOS PART A-APPL S, V29, P595
    WATANABE Y, 2000, ALUMINUM T, V2, P195
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0255-5476
 J9 MATER SCI FORUM
 PY 2005
 VL 475-479
 PN Part 1-5
 BP 1517
 EP 1520
 PG 4
 GA BBR99
 UT ISI:000227494701152
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Ni, JS
    Wang, Z
    Xu, H
    Wu, YS
    Zhou, BX
    Hou, XL
    Li, Y
 TI Study on two-phase nanocrystalline Nd2Fe14B/alpha-Fe bonded magnet
 SO PRICM 5: THE FIFTH PACIFIC RIM INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ADVANCED
    MATERIALS AND PROCESSING, PTS 1-5
 SE MATERIALS SCIENCE FORUM
 DT Article
 DE rare earths; Nd-Fe-B; bonded magnet; two-phase nanocrystalline
 AB Two-phase nanocrystalline ribbons were prepared by melt-spun and
    subsequent heat treatment. Excellent magnetic properties of the bonded
    magnet were achieved as follows: B-r = 0.67 T, H-j(c) = 664.3 kA center
    dot m(-1), (BH)(max) = 75.0 kJ center dot m(-3). The mean grain size of
    the ribbons heat-treated at 710 degrees C/4 min is about 50 nm. After
    heat-treated the ribbons at 750 degrees C/4 min, the mean grain size is
    about 100 nm.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Res Ctr Nanosci & Nanotechnol, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ni, JS, Shanghai Univ, Res Ctr Nanosci & Nanotechnol, Inst Mat,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM nijiansen@163.com
 CR CHANG WC, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V81, P44
    KNELLER EF, 1991, IEEE T MAGN, V27, P3588
    NI JS, 2003, J RARE EARTH, V21, P401
    YONEYAMA T, 1990, IEEE T MAGN, V26, P1963
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0255-5476
 J9 MATER SCI FORUM
 PY 2005
 VL 475-479
 PN Part 1-5
 BP 2165
 EP 2168
 PG 4
 GA BBR99
 UT ISI:000227494702119
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Xu, H
    Tan, XH
    Qi, NN
    Wang, Q
    Dong, YD
 TI Investigation of the bulk Nd60-xDyxFe30Al10 (x=0,2,5) amorphous alloys
 SO PRICM 5: THE FIFTH PACIFIC RIM INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ADVANCED
    MATERIALS AND PROCESSING, PTS 1-5
 SE MATERIALS SCIENCE FORUM
 DT Article
 DE bulk amorphous alloys; microstructure; hard magnetic properties;
    Nd-based alloys
 ID SUPERCOOLED LIQUID REGION; HARD MAGNETIC-PROPERTIES; GLASS
 AB The glass-forming ability, thermal stability and magnetic properties of
    the Nd60-xDyxFe30Al10 (x=0, 2, 5) bulk amorphous alloys were
    investigated by x-ray diffraction (XRD), differential scanning
    calorimetry (DSC), scanning electron microscope (SEM) and the vibrating
    sample magnetometer (VSM). The results show that the glass forming
    ability of the Nd60-xDyxFe30Al10 (x=0, 2, 5) alloys decrease with
    increasing Dy content. The as-cast Nd60-xDyxFe30Al10 (x=0, 2, 5) alloys
    show hard magnetic behavior at room temperature. With increasing Dy
    content, the intrinsic coercivity of the alloys increase significantly
    while the saturation magnetization and remanence of the alloys decrease
    monotonously. With increasing annealed temperature, the intrinsic
    coercivity of the Nd55Fe30Al10Dy5 alloy decreased significantly, while
    the saturation magnetization and remanence decrease monotonously. The
    Nd55Fe30Al10Dy5 alloy shows soft magnetic behavior after annealed at
    773K for 30 min.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, H, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM hxu@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR DING J, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P1763
    HE Y, 1994, PHIL MAG LETT, V70, P371
    INOUE A, 1988, JPN J APPL PHYS 2, V27, L2248
    INOUE A, 1989, MATER T JIM, V30, P965
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P181
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P99
    INOUE A, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V226, P357
    PEKER A, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2342
    SCHNEIDER S, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P1749
    SIRATORI K, 1990, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V83, P341
    WEI BC, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    ZHANG BG, 2000, COMPUT MATH APPL, V39, P1
    ZHANG W, 2000, MATER T JIM, V41, P696
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0255-5476
 J9 MATER SCI FORUM
 PY 2005
 VL 475-479
 PN Part 1-5
 BP 3393
 EP 3396
 PG 4
 GA BBR99
 UT ISI:000227494704012
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Wang, HB
    Wang, XY
    Zhang, JH
    Hsu, TY
 TI Grain growth and mechanical properties of nanograined bulk Fe-25Ni alloy
 SO PRICM 5: THE FIFTH PACIFIC RIM INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ADVANCED
    MATERIALS AND PROCESSING, PTS 1-5
 SE MATERIALS SCIENCE FORUM
 DT Article
 DE grain growth; nanograined alloy; microindentation; phase transformations
 ID METALS
 AB The grain growth and mechanical properties of nanograined bulk
    Fe-25at%Ni alloy prepared by an inert gas condensation and in-situ warm
    consolidation technique were investigated. About 43% high temperature
    face-centered-cubic (FCC) phase and 57% low temperature
    body-centered-cubic (BCC) phase were observed in the sample at room
    temperature, which was significantly different from that of the
    corresponding conventional coarse-grained alloy. The in-situ X-ray
    diffraction results show that the start and the finish temperature of
    BCC to FCC phase transformation are 450 degrees C and 600 degrees C,
    respectively. The isothermal grain growth exponent n from D-1/n -
    D-0(1/n) = k't for nanograined single FCC phase Fe-25at%Ni alloy is
    0.38 at 750 degrees C. The 0 mechanical properties changing with the
    grain size were studied by means of microindentation test.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, HB, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 EM jihua@sjtu.edu.cn
 CR ATKINSON HV, 1988, ACTA METALL, V36, P469
    DIVINSKI SV, 2002, Z METALLKD, V93, P256
    GLEITER H, 1989, PROG MATER SCI, V33, P223
    GLEITER H, 2000, ACTA MAT, V45, P1
    GUNTHER B, 1992, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V27, P833
    KAJIWARA S, 1991, PHILOS MAG A, V63, P625
    KAUFMAN L, 1956, T AIME, V206, P1393
    MALOW TR, 1997, ACTA MATER, V45, P2177
    RONG YH, 2001, P 4 PAC RIM C ADV MA, V1, P147
    WANG H, 2004, IN PRESS MAT SCI E A
    WANG HB, 2003, NANOTECHNOLOGY, V14, P696
    ZHAO M, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V361, P160
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0255-5476
 J9 MATER SCI FORUM
 PY 2005
 VL 475-479
 PN Part 1-5
 BP 3459
 EP 3462
 PG 4
 GA BBR99
 UT ISI:000227494704026
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Wu, XC
    Peng, WY
    Min, YA
 TI Study on thermal fatigue behavior of boride layer of H13 steel
 SO PRICM 5: THE FIFTH PACIFIC RIM INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ADVANCED
    MATERIALS AND PROCESSING, PTS 1-5
 SE MATERIALS SCIENCE FORUM
 DT Article
 DE boride layer; H13 steel; thermal fatigue behavior
 AB With the Uddeholm self-restricted thermal fatigue method, the
    transformation of phase constitutions and morphology of boride layer
    after 3000 cycles of thermal fatigue test was studied by XRD and SEM
    and the surface residual stress in the process of thermal fatigue test
    was researched by X-ray Stress Analyzer; the formation of the heat
    checking of boride layer was also analyzed. The results show that with
    the high strength and excellent thermal stability of boride layer,
    morphology of heat checking alters. Therefore, boronizing treatment of
    H13 steel improves its thermal fatigue behavior.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, XC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM wuxc@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR HAN D, 1983, HARDNESSMETALS THEIR
    PENG W, 2002, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    PENG W, 2003, J SHANGHAI U, V7, P87
    WANG YC, 1997, SURF COAT TECH, V94, P60
    WANG Z, 1980, CHEM HEAT TREATMENTS
    WU YD, 1989, MAT MECH ENG, V75, P49
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0255-5476
 J9 MATER SCI FORUM
 PY 2005
 VL 475-479
 PN Part 1-5
 BP 249
 EP 252
 PG 4
 GA BBR99
 UT ISI:000227494709054
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Zhou, CD
    Fan, JF
    Le, HR
    Jiang, GC
    Zhang, JG
 TI An investigation of a nitrogen enhanced steel processed by explosive
    powder compaction
 SO PRICM 5: THE FIFTH PACIFIC RIM INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ADVANCED
    MATERIALS AND PROCESSING, PTS 1-5
 SE MATERIALS SCIENCE FORUM
 DT Article
 DE explosive powder compaction; high nitrogen steel; structural steel;
    microstructure
 AB A structural steel, 35CrMoV steel, has been attempted firstly by
    explosive powder compaction followed by sintering (EPC-sintering). The
    nitrogen content of the steel was 0.15wt%, which was accordant with the
    definition of high nitrogen steel (NNS). The final density of the
    EPC-sintering steel was only about 6.9g/cm(3), which indicated that the
    processing parameters must be modulated further. In the sample of this
    steel, some radial cracks were found around the center of the
    cross-section of the steel, resulting in no mechanical tests carrying
    out. Observing the majority of the rim region of the sample of this
    steel, the microstructures were very tight, suggesting that it was
    possible and successful to manufacture HNS through EPC-sintering. The
    characteristics of the EPC-sintering high nitrogen 35CrMoV steel were
    that the cementites in the pearlites were found to be extremely fine.
    There were many (Cr,MO)(23)(C,N)(6) carbonitrides precipitates in the
    matrix. Some precipitates were round and others were needle-like. Some
    were distributing orderly in matrix and crossing over the dislocations.
    The dislocation density in the EPC-sintering steel remained high.
 C1 Baosteel Tech Ctr, Shanghai 20190, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Ferromet, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, CD, Baosteel Tech Ctr, Shanghai 20190, Peoples R China.
 EM zhoucd@baosteel.com
    bfanjf@baosteel.com
    lehr@baosteel.com
    qcjiang@online.sh.cn
    jgzhangi@public9.sta.net.cn
 CR CAMBRONERO LEG, 1996, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V207, P36
    MAMALIS AG, 1996, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V57, P112
    QI ZF, 1992, PRINCIPLES METAL HEA, P46
    RAWERS J, 1996, ISIJ INT, V36, P947
    RAWERS JC, 1996, NANOSTRUCT MATER, V7, P25
    SPEIDEL M, 1988, P INT C HIGH NITR ST, P92
    ZHANG GY, 2000, MAT MECH ENG, V24, P20
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0255-5476
 J9 MATER SCI FORUM
 PY 2005
 VL 475-479
 PN Part 1-5
 BP 265
 EP 268
 PG 4
 GA BBR99
 UT ISI:000227494709058
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Mao, XM
    Ouyang, ZY
    Zhang, JL
 TI A low environmental load modifying and refining treatment of casting
 SO PRICM 5: THE FIFTH PACIFIC RIM INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ADVANCED
    MATERIALS AND PROCESSING, PTS 1-5
 SE MATERIALS SCIENCE FORUM
 DT Article
 DE Rare Earth elements; casting Al alloys; modify; refine; purify;
    environmental pollution
 AB Melt treatment is one of the most important processes in the production
    of casting Al alloys. It is also a source of environmental pollution. A
    green and effective melt treatment with low environmental load (EI),
    which added with RE (Rare Earth) elements, was investigated in the
    paper. The research results show that this new treatment can modify,
    refine and purify the casting Al alloys simultaneously. Compared with
    the conventional treatment, the process is simplified, the metallurgic
    quality and mechanical properties are improved, and the environmental
    pollution which existed in the conventional treatment is solved
    thoroughly, so represented its wide applicative values.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Mao, XM, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM xmmao@sh163.net
    zhiyin0617@sina.com.cn
    jinlongzhang@shu.edu.cn
 CR ALEFELD G, 1978, J HYDROGEN METALS, V2
    GU XL, 1998, MODIFICATION EUTECTI, P1
    JIN M, 1994, FERROUS METALS APPL, P34
    LU HH, 1997, FOUNDRY, P44
    MAO XM, 2002, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, P43
    TANG DG, 2000, P 2 CHIN INT DIE CAS, P116
    YANG ZYO, 2003, SPECIAL CASTING NONF, P22
    YU JQ, 1987, COLLECTION BINARY ST
    ZHANG ZH, 1999, FOUNDRY, P5
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0255-5476
 J9 MATER SCI FORUM
 PY 2005
 VL 475-479
 PN Part 1-5
 BP 429
 EP 432
 PG 4
 GA BBR99
 UT ISI:000227494709098
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, BH
    Zhou, SP
    Zha, GQ
    Yang, K
 TI Charge distributions due to paramagnetism and diamagnetism in thin
    mesoscopic superconducting rings
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE vortex charge; mesoscopic superconductor
 ID DISKS; VORTICES
 AB The charge distribution in a thin mesoscopic superconducting ring is
    investigated by the phenomenological Ginzburg-Landau theory.
    Considering a ring in a giant vortex state, we find that the charge
    near the inner radius may change its sign from negative to positive
    with increasing the applied field. It is also found that the charge
    distributions are due to the competition between the paramagnetic
    Meissner effect and the diamagnetic Meissner effect. (c) 2005 Elsevier
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, BH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 EM ehoab@citiz.net
 CR BAELUS BJ, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P9734
    BLATTER G, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P566
    CHEN Y, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V89
    DEGENNES PG, 1966, SUPERCONDUCTIVITY ME
    DEO PS, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P6039
    GEIM AK, 2000, NATURE, V407, P55
    KHOMSKII DI, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P1384
    KOLACEK J, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P312
    KUMAGAI K, 2001, PHYS REV B, V63
    MACHIDA M, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V90
    MEYERS C, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
    MOSHCHALKOV VV, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P11793
    PALACIOS JJ, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P1796
    SCHWEIGERT VA, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P13817
    SIMANEK E, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
    YAMPOLSKII SV, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P9663
    YAMPOLSKII SV, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    ZHARKOV GF, 2001, PHYS REV B, V63
    ZHOU SP, UNPUB
 NR 19
 TC 2
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD MAY 2
 PY 2005
 VL 338
 IS 3-5
 BP 420
 EP 424
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 919DH
 UT ISI:000228598000036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, JS
    Xu, CL
    Xu, DM
    Yang, XX
 TI Diode large-signal characteristics measurement for high-power rectennas
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE microwave diode; rectenne; rectifying circuit; rectifying efficiency
 AB In this paper, an Agilent 8722ES Network Analyzer with option 085 is
    configured to directly measure the diode large-signal characteristics.
    A set of smart microstrip calibration standards corresponding to this
    measurement system is also designed. Using the measured nonlinear
    equivalent-circuit parameters of the diode, a matching circuit is
    designed to improve the power conversion efficiency from RF to DC, at
    an input power level of 90 mw and 200 Omega load, and a maximum
    conversion efficiency of 70% was achieved at frequency of 9.75 GHz. (c)
    2005 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, JS, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR EPP LW, 2000, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V48, P111
    MCSPADDEN JO, 1992, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V40, P2359
    ROE JM, 1970, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V18, P638
    STEER MB, 1991, IEEE MTT S BOST MA, P173
    STRASSNER B, 2000, 35 INT EN CONV ENG C, P1458
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD MAY 5
 PY 2005
 VL 45
 IS 3
 BP 249
 EP 251
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 918AO
 UT ISI:000228510700021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
    Wang, PM
 TI Control synthesis of semiconductor ZnSe quasi-nanospheres by reverse
    micelles soft template
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE ZnSe; nanospheres; semiconductor; reverse micelles; template
 ID MICROEMULSIONS; NANOPARTICLES; NANOCRYSTALS; NANOWIRES
 AB Semiconductor ZnSe quasi-nanospheres have been successfully prepared by
    the reaction between Zn2+ and Se2- under the induction of reverse
    micelles soft template. The products were characterized by X-ray
    diffraction, transmission electron microscopy and photoluminescence.
    XRD and TEM revealed that the products were spherical and homogeneous
    with cubic structure, which ranged from 200 nm to 300 nm in diameter.
    The corresponding photoluminescence peaks showed a red shift compared
    to bulk ZnSe. The possible formation mechanism was investigated. (c)
    2005 Elsevier B.V All rights reserved.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR ALIVISATOS AP, 1996, SCIENCE, V271, P933
    BHASKAR S, 1999, J APPL PHYS, V85, P439
    GAN LH, 1998, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V14, P97
    HINES MA, 1998, J PHYS CHEM B, V102, P3655
    HU Y, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P726
    LANDFESTER K, 2002, ADV MATER, V14, P651
    LUO H, 1995, SEMICOND SCI TECH, V10, P1041
    MICHAEL H, 1999, ANGEW CHEM, V38, P1962
    PIERO M, 2003, APPL ORGANOMET CHEM, V17, P711
    QI P, 2003, ANGEW CHEM, V42, P3027
    QUINLAN FT, 2000, LANGMUIR, V16, P4049
    REITER G, 1993, SCIENCE, V259, P1305
    SERP P, 2001, CARBON, V39, P615
    SHI HT, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P1647
    TAYLOR JR, 2000, ANAL CHEM, V72, P1979
    WALSH D, 1994, SCIENCE, V264, P1576
    WANG W, 2003, J PHYS CHEM B, V107, P3400
    WU JS, 2002, ADV MATER, V14, P1847
    WU QS, 2002, INORG CHEM COMMUN, V5, P671
    ZHENG NW, 2000, CHEM LETT       0605, P638
    ZIMMERMAN JL, 2001, LETTERS, V12, P731
 NR 21
 TC 1
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 59
 IS 13
 BP 1623
 EP 1626
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 918JU
 UT ISI:000228538900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guan, WB
    Gao, YL
    Zhai, QH
    Xu, KD
 TI Undercooling of droplet solidification for molten pure aluminum
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE droplet solidification; droplet size; cooling rate; undercooling
 ID EVOLUTION; ALLOY
 AB The effects of droplet size and cooling rate on the undercooling of
    droplet solidification were investigated in the present paper, and the
    relation between the droplet size and cooling rate versus the
    undercooling was obtained by DSC. It is shown that the undercooling
    increases with the decrease of droplet size and increase of cooling
    rate. Moreover, it is interesting to find that the undercooling and its
    change rate increase significantly with the droplet size below 20 mu m
    on condition that the cooling rate remains unchanged. Additionally, it
    is a novelty that the change trend of undercooling decreases with the
    increasing cooling rate. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhai, QH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM qjzhai@staff.shu.edu.en
 CR CAO CD, 2000, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V283, P86
    GUO XF, 1998, CHINESE J MAT RES, V12, P380
    GUO XF, 2000, ACTA METALLURGICA SI, V36, P351
    LIU YZ, 2001, SCI TECHNOL ADV MAT, V2, P182
    LU XY, 2001, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V313, P198
    MIZOGUCHI T, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V226, P814
    MULLER BA, 1987, PHYS METALLURGY MAT, V18, P1145
    PARK JC, 2001, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V304, P226
    PEREPEZKO JH, 2002, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V326, P147
    PU J, 2003, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V8, P837
    WITTMANN K, 1996, ACTA ASTRONAUT, V38, P63
    YAO WJ, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V348, P88
    ZHANG XZ, 1998, MATER SCI ENG, V247, P220
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 59
 IS 13
 BP 1701
 EP 1704
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 918JU
 UT ISI:000228538900023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, SS
    Lu, WC
    Chen, NY
    Hu, QN
 TI Support vector regression based QSPR for the prediction of some
    physicochemical properties of alkyl benzenes
 SO JOURNAL OF MOLECULAR STRUCTURE-THEOCHEM
 DT Article
 DE support vector regression; topological index; quantitative
    structure-property relationship; alkyl benzene
 ID DESCRIPTORS; MACHINES
 AB Physicochemical properties of alkyl benzenes are essential to separate
    pure component from alkyl benzene mixture. Support vector regression
    (SVR), a novel powerful machine learning technology based on
    statistical learning theory (SLT), integrated with topological indices
    was applied to the prediction of five physicochemical properties of
    alkyl benzenes including the normal boiling point (bp), enthalpy of
    vaporization at the boiling point (H-vb), critical temperature (T-c),
    critical pressure (P-c), and critical volume (V-c). In a benchmark
    test, SVR models for bp, Hvb, Tc, Pc, and V. were compared with several
    modeling techniques currently used in this field. The prediction
    accuracy of the model was discussed on the basis of the leave-one-out
    cross-validation. The results show that the prediction accuracy of SVR
    model was higher than those of back propagation artificial neural
    network (BP ANN) and partial least squares (PLS) methods. (c) 2004
    Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Cent S Univ Technol, Coll Chem & Chem Engn, Res Ctr Modernizat Chinese Herb Med, Changsha 410083, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, WC, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM wclu@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BROWN RD, 1997, J CHEM INF COMP SCI, V37, P1
    BURBIDGE R, 2001, COMPUT CHEM, V26, P5
    BVASAK SC, 1999, TOPOLOGICAL INDICES
    CAI YD, 2003, PEPTIDES, V24, P629
    CHEN JW, 2003, COMPUT BIOL CHEM, V27, P165
    CHEN NY, 2002, APPL APPL CHEM, V19, P673
    CORTES C, 1995, MACH LEARN, V20, P273
    FIRPO M, 2000, J MOL STRUC-THEOCHEM, V501, P419
    HU QN, 2003, COMPUT APPL CHEM, V20, P386
    LI GZ, 2002, COMPUT APPL CHEM, V19, P703
    LU HZ, 1982, HDB FUNADAMENTAL DAT
    LU WC, 2002, COMPUT APPL CHEM, V19, P697
    MA PS, 1993, HDB FUNDAMENTAL DATA
    MRACEC M, 1996, THEOCHEM-J MOL STRUC, V367, P139
    RIBEIRO FAD, 2003, J MOL STRUC-THEOCHEM, V663, P109
    STEPHENSON RM, 1987, HDB THERMODYNAMICS O
    TROTTER MWB, 2001, MEAS CONTROL-UK, V34, P235
    VAPNIK VN, 1998, STAT LEARNING THEORY
    YAO XJ, 2002, COMPUT CHEM, V26, P159
    ZHAO H, 2004, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V62, P649
 NR 20
 TC 1
 SN 0166-1280
 J9 J MOL STRUC-THEOCHEM
 JI Theochem-J. Mol. Struct.
 PD APR 14
 PY 2005
 VL 719
 IS 1-3
 BP 119
 EP 127
 PG 9
 SC Chemistry, Physical
 GA 918FL
 UT ISI:000228527600017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, TC
    Fan, EG
 TI The multicomponent generalized Kaup-Newell hierarchy and its
    multicomponent integrable couplings system with two arbitrary functions
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID COUPLED BURGERS HIERARCHY; BI-HAMILTONIAN STRUCTURE; SOLITON-EQUATIONS;
    TRANSFORMATION
 AB We devise a new simple loop algebra G(M) and an isospectral problem. By
    making use of the Tu scheme, the multicomponent generalized Kaup-Newell
    hierarchy is obtained. Furthermore, an expanding loop algebra F-M of
    the loop algebra G(M) is presented. Based on F-M, the multicomponent
    integrable couplings system with two arbitrary functions of the
    multicomponent generalized Kaup-Newell hierarchy are worked out. The
    method can be applied to other nonlinear evolution equations hierarchy.
    (C) 2005 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Tianjin Univ, Dept Math, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
    Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, TC, Tianjin Univ, Dept Math, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
 EM xiatc@yahoo.com.cn
    faneg@fudan.edu.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    DAI HH, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P93
    FAN E, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P513
    FAN E, 2001, PHYSICA A, V301, P105
    FAN EG, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P7769
    GUO F, 2002, J SYS SCI MATH SCI, V22, P36
    GUO FK, 2000, ACTA MATH APPL SIN, V23, P181
    GUO FK, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P5793
    MA WX, 2002, CHINESE ANN MATH B, V23, P373
    NEWELL AC, 1985, SOLITON MATH PHYS
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V68, P2241
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V257, P53
    TU GZ, 1989, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V5, P89
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    WADATI M, 1972, J PHYS SOC JPN, V32, P1681
    WADATI M, 1973, J PHYS SOC JPN, V34, P1289
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    XIA TC, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P939
    XIA TC, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V42, P180
    XIA TC, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V42, P494
    XIA TC, 2004, PHYSICA A, V343, P238
    XIA TC, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P451
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P7225
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P305
 NR 24
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2488
 J9 J MATH PHYS-NY
 JI J. Math. Phys.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 46
 IS 4
 AR 043510
 DI ARTN 043510
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Mathematical
 GA 917RS
 UT ISI:000228487500046
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YQ
    Li, RY
    Wang, FG
    Yu, HL
 TI The effect of electrode polarity on EHD enhancement of boiling heat
    transfer in a vertical tube
 SO EXPERIMENTAL THERMAL AND FLUID SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE electrohydrodynamics; electrode polarity; heat transfer enhancement;
    boiling heat transfer
 ID FIELD; AUGMENTATION; BEHAVIOR; BUNDLE
 AB The effect of the electrode polarity on EHD enhancement of boiling heat
    transfer for R-123 in a vertical tube was investigated experimentally
    by using a concentric wire/cylinder test section. Either positive or
    negative high voltage was applied to the cylindrical brass electrode,
    with the stainless steel tube grounded. It was demonstrated that the
    positive high voltage gave much greater enhancements and require lower
    average electric field strength to obtain a maximum enhancement factor
    than the negative high voltage. A maximum enhancement factor of 2.1 for
    the positive polarity was obtained at the heat flux of 1.5 kW/m(2) with
    an average electric field strength of 1333 Mm. The electric field
    breakdown strength for both polarities was also tested. The results
    showed that the breakdown strength of negative polarity was slightly
    higher than that of positive polarity. The experimental phenomena were
    discussed. (c) 2004 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, RY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 EM lizhendk@online.sh.cn
 CR CHEUNG KH, 1995, ASHRAE T, V101, P1
    CHEUNG KH, 1997, T ASME, V199, P332
    COOPER P, 1990, J HEAT TRANS-T ASME, V112, P458
    DARABI J, 2000, J ENHANC HEAT TRANSF, V7, P347
    JONES TB, 1978, ADV HEAT TRANSFER, V14, P107
    KARAYIANNIS TG, 1998, APPL THERM ENG, V18, P809
    KWEON YC, 2000, INT J MULTIPHAS FLOW, V26, P1351
    LIU YQ, 2002, TECHNOL CHINA, V24, P130
    NAVE SE, 1996, INT J HEAT FLUID FL, V17, P403
    OGATA J, 1992, ASHRAE T, V98, P435
    OGATA J, 1993, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V36, P783
    OHADI MM, 1992, ASHRAE T, V98, P427
    PANOFSKY W, 1962, CLASSICAL ELECT MAGN, P107
    PASCHKEWITZ JS, 2000, J ENHANC HEAT TRANSF, V7, P371
    POHL HA, 1951, J APPL PHYS, V22, P869
    SINGH A, 1992, ASHRAE T, V98, P818
    ZAHN M, 1998, IEEE T DIELECT EL IN, V5, P627
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0894-1777
 J9 EXP THERM FLUID SCI
 JI Exp. Therm. Fluid Sci.
 PD JUN
 PY 2005
 VL 29
 IS 5
 BP 601
 EP 608
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Thermodynamics
 GA 918IX
 UT ISI:000228536600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, QW
 TI Bisymmetric and centrosymmetric solutions to systems of real quaternion
    matrix equations
 SO COMPUTERS & MATHEMATICS WITH APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE system of quaternion matrix equations; inner inverse of a matrix;
    reflexive inverse of a matrix; centrosymmetric matrix; bisymmetric
    matrix
 ID EIGENVECTORS; EIGENVALUES
 AB In this paper we consider bisymmetric and centrosymmetric solutions to
    certain matrix equations over the real quaternion algebra H. Necessary
    and sufficient conditions are obtained for the matrix equation AX = C
    and the following systems
    A1X = C-1, A(1)x = C-1,
    XB3 = C-3, A(2)X = C-2,
    to have bisymmetric solutions, and the system
    A(1)X = C-1,
    A(3)XB(3) = C-3,
    to have centrosymmetric solutions. The expressions of such solutions of
    the matrix and the systems mentioned above are also given. Moreover a
    criterion for a quaternion matrix to be bisymmetric is established and
    some auxiliary results on other sets over H are also mentioned. (c)
    2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, QW, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM wqw858@yahoo.com.cn
 CR AITKEN C, 1939, DETERMINANTS MATRICE
    ANDREW AL, 1998, SIAM REV, V40, P697
    CANTONI A, 1976, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V13, P275
    DAI H, 1990, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V131, P1
    DATTA L, 1989, CIRC SYST SIGNAL PR, V8, P71
    HELL RD, 1990, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V11, P128
    HELL RD, 1990, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V11, P173
    HENK DJ, 1987, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V93, P1
    KHATRI CG, 1976, SIAM J APPL MATH, V31, P578
    LEE A, 1980, LINEAR ALGEBRA ITS A, V29, P205
    MAGNUS JR, 1980, SIAM J ALGEBRAIC DIS, V1, P422
    MELMAN A, 2000, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V320, P193
    NAVARRA A, 2001, COMPUT MATH APPL, V41, P929
    PRESSMAN IS, 1998, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V284, P239
    REID RM, 1997, SIAM REV, V39, P313
    VETTER WJ, 1975, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V9, P181
    WANG QW, 2002, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V353, P169
    WANG QW, 2004, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V384, P43
    WANG QW, 2005, COMPUT MATH APPL, V49, P665
    WEAVER JR, 1985, AM MATH MON, V92, P711
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0898-1221
 J9 COMPUT MATH APPL
 JI Comput. Math. Appl.
 PD APR-MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 49
 IS 5-6
 BP 641
 EP 650
 PG 10
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 918KO
 UT ISI:000228540900001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, QW
 TI The general solution to a system of real quaternion matrix equations
 SO COMPUTERS & MATHEMATICS WITH APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE real quaternion algebra; quaternion matrix equation; system of
    quaternion matrix equations; inner inverse of a matrix; reflexive
    inverse of a matrix
 ID CENTROSYMMETRIC MATRICES; COMMON SOLUTION; EIGENVECTORS; EIGENVALUES;
    PAIR
 AB In this paper, we consider the system of matrix equations, A(1)X = C-1,
    A(2)X = C-2, A(3)XB(3) = C-3, and A(4)XB(4) = C-4, over the real
    quaternion algebra H. A necessary and sufficient condition for the
    existence and the expression of the general solution to the system are
    given. As particular cases, the corresponding results on other systems
    over H are also obtained. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, QW, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM wqw858@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ADLER SL, 1994, QUATERNIONIC QUANTUM
    AITKEN AC, 1939, DETERMINANTS MATRICE
    ANDREW AL, 1998, SIAM REV, V40, P697
    BHIMASANKARAM P, 1976, SANKHYA A, V38, P404
    CANTONI A, 1976, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V13, P275
    DATTA L, 1989, CIRC SYST SIGNAL PR, V8, P71
    LEE A, 1980, LINEAR ALGEBRA ITS A, V29, P205
    MELMAN A, 2000, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V320, P193
    MITRA SK, 1973, P CAMBRIDGE PHILOS S, V74, P213
    MITRA SK, 1990, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V131, P97
    NAVARRA A, 2001, COMPUT MATH APPL, V41, P929
    OZGULER AB, 1991, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V144, P85
    PRESSMAN IS, 1998, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V284, P239
    REZON A, 1992, J MATH PHYS SCI, V33, P3098
    SHINOZAKI N, 1974, KEIO ENG REP, V27, P141
    SHUAI JW, 1995, ACTA COMPUT SINICA, V18, P372
    TIAN YG, 2000, LINEAR MULTILINEAR A, V48, P123
    VANDERWOUDE JW, 1987, SYST CONTROL LETT, V9, P7
    VANDERWOULDE J, 1987, THESIS TU EINDHOVEN
    WANG QW, 1996, ACTA MATH SINICA, V39, P396
    WANG QW, 2002, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V353, P169
    WANG QW, 2004, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V384, P43
    WEAVER JR, 1985, AM MATH MON, V92, P711
    ZHANG F, 1993, THESIS U CALIFORNIA
    ZHANG F, 1995, J MATH PHYS SCI, V29, P235
    ZHANG FZ, 1997, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V251, P21
 NR 26
 TC 1
 SN 0898-1221
 J9 COMPUT MATH APPL
 JI Comput. Math. Appl.
 PD APR-MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 49
 IS 5-6
 BP 665
 EP 675
 PG 11
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 918KO
 UT ISI:000228540900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, S
    Cheng, Y
    Wu, YF
 TI Numerical manifold method based on the method of weighted residuals
 SO COMPUTATIONAL MECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE numerical manifold method; method of weighted residuals; Galerkin
    method; manifold element; finite covers
 AB Usually, the governing equations of the numerical manifold method (NMM)
    are derived from the minimum potential energy principle. For many
    applied problems it is difficult to derive in general outset the
    functional forms of the governing equations. This obviously strongly
    restricts the implementation of the minimum potential energy principle
    or other variational principles in NMM. In fact, the governing
    equations of NMM can be derived from a more general method of weighted
    residuals. By choosing suitable weight functions, the derivation of the
    governing equations of the NMM from the weighted residual method leads
    to the same result as that derived from the minimum potential energy
    principle. This is demonstrated in the paper by deriving the governing
    equations of the NMM for linear elasticity problems, and also for
    Laplace's equation for which the governing equations of the NMM cannot
    be derived from the minimum potential energy principle. The performance
    of the method is illustrated by three numerical examples.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Bldg & Construct, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, Y, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM shuchenli@eyou.com
    ymcheng@sh163.net
    yfwu00@cityu.edu.hk
 CR BELYTSCHKO T, 1994, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V37, P229
    CHENGYU K, 2001, THESIS PITTSBURGH
    EWALDS H, 1989, FRACTURE MECH
    GUANQI C, 1998, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V43, P685
    JEENSHANG L, 2003, COMPUT METH APPL MEC, V192, P1515
    KENJIRO T, 2003, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V58, P1321
    SHI G, 1992, P 33 US S ROCK MECH, P639
    SHI GH, 1996, P 1 INT FOR DISC DEF, P52
    SHI GH, 1997, P 2 INT C AN DISC DE, P1
    SHI GH, 1998, THESIS U CALIFORNIA
    SMITH IM, 1998, PROGRAMMING FINITE E
    XING J, 1997, DEV BOUNDARY ELEMENT
    XU CD, 1987, WMR SOLID MECH
    YAWJENG C, 2002, INT J FRACTURE, V114, P327
    YUMIN C, 1996, J TONGJI U, V24, P726
    ZIENKIEWICZ OC, 1977, FINITE ELEMENT METHO
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0178-7675
 J9 COMPUTATION MECH
 JI Comput. Mech.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 35
 IS 6
 BP 470
 EP 480
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 917XS
 UT ISI:000228503200008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Fang, JP
    Chen, LQ
 TI Bell-like and peak-like loop solitons in (2+1)-dimensional
    Boiti-Leon-Pempinelli system
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Boiti-Leon-Pempinelli system; multilinear variable separation approach;
    bell-like loop soliton; peak-like loop soliton
 ID VARIABLE SEPARATION APPROACH; LOCALIZED EXCITATIONS; COHERENT
    STRUCTURES; GORDON EQUATION
 AB In this work, starting from a Painleve-Backlund transformation and a
    multilinear variable separation approach, a general variable separation
    excitation of the three-dimensional Boiti-Leon-Pempinelli system is
    derived first. Then based on the derived excitation, we can construct
    many localized structures like peakons and compactons etc. Meanwhile,
    two new types of solitary waves, i.e., a bell-like loop soliton and a
    peak-like loop soliton are constructed and their evolution properties
    of the novel localized structures are briefly discussed.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BOITI M, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P37
    BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P432
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    DEBIN H, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V314, P51
    FOKAS AS, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P1329
    FOKAS AS, 1995, PHYSICA D, V87, P145
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4209
    LOU SY, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P5027
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P305
    LU ZS, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V19, P527
    MATRASULOV DU, 2003, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V36, P10227
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4000
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P783
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
    ZHENG CL, 2004, J PHYS SOC JPN, V73, P293
 NR 18
 TC 5
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 54
 IS 4
 BP 1468
 EP 1475
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 918AN
 UT ISI:000228510600004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xue, Y
    Dong, LY
    Li, L
    Dai, SQ
 TI Effects of changing orders in the update rules on traffic flow
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW E
 DT Article
 ID STATISTICAL PHYSICS; CELLULAR-AUTOMATA; SYSTEMS; MODELS
 AB Based on the Nagel-Schreckenberg (NaSch) model of traffic flow, we
    study the effects of the orders of the evolutive rule on traffic flow.
    It has been found from simulation that the cellular automaton (CA)
    traffic model is very sensitively dependent on the orders of the
    evolutive rule. Changing the evolutive steps of the NaSch model will
    result in two modified models, called the SDNaSch model and the
    noise-first model, with different fundamental diagrams and jamming
    states. We analyze the mechanism of these two different traffic models
    and corresponding traffic behaviors in detail and compare the two
    modified model with the NaSch model. It is concluded that the order
    arrangement of the stochastic delay and deterministic deceleration
    indeed has remarkable effects on traffic flow.
 C1 Beijing Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Beijing 100875, Peoples R China.
    Guangxi Univ, Coll Phys Engn & Technol, Nanjing 530004, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Beijing Normal Univ, Lab Computat & Simulat Phys, Beijing 100875, Peoples R China.
 RP Xue, Y, Beijing Normal Univ, Dept Phys, Beijing 100875, Peoples R China.
 EM yuxuegxu@gxu.edu.cn
 CR BARLOVIC R, 1998, EUR PHYS J B, V5, P793
    BENJAMIN SC, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P3119
    CHOWDHURY D, 2000, PHYS REP, V329, P199
    DAGANZO CF, 2002, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V36, P131
    HELBING D, 2001, REV MOD PHYS, V73, P1067
    HUANG DW, 2003, PHYS REV E 2, V68
    KERNER BS, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P3797
    KERNER BS, 2001, NETW SPAT ECON, V1, P35
    KERNER BS, 2002, J PHYS A, V35, P997
    NAGATANI T, 2002, REP PROG PHYS, V65, P1331
    NAGEL K, 1992, J PHYS I, V2, P2221
    NAGEL K, 1995, THESIS U COLOGNE COL
    SCHADSCHNEIDER A, 2002, PHYSICA A, V313, P153
    SCHREKENBERG M, 1995, PHYS REV E A, V51, P2939
    TAKAYASU M, 1993, FRACTALS, V1, P860
    WAGNER P, 1996, TRAFFIC GRANULAR FLO, P139
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1063-651X
 J9 PHYS REV E
 JI Phys. Rev. E
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 71
 IS 2
 PN Part 2
 AR 026123
 DI ARTN 026123
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 914RV
 UT ISI:000228246200032
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, Y
    Xia, YB
    Gu, F
    Zhang, JC
 TI The influence of the diamond-like carbon film on photoconductivity of
    the copper phthalocyanine/azo-polymer films
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE diamond-like carbon (DLC) film; azo-polymer; CuPc; photoconductivity
 AB The influence of the diamond-like carbon (DLC) thin film on
    photoconductivity of the copper phthalocyanine (CuPc) multilayer films
    is studied. The results show that the layer of diamond-like carbon can
    be used as a passivation film to reduce the influence of environment.
    The reasons of the changed photoconductivity of azo-polymer/CuPc/DLC
    multilayer films are discussed. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, Y, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 EM yuesen@china.com
 CR ALLEMAND PM, 1991, SCIENCE, V253, P301
    CHEN Y, 1996, J POLYM SCI POL PHYS, V34, P631
    FAN YM, 2001, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V120, P435
    HISATOMO Y, 1996, THIN SOLID FILMS, V278, P108
    SHEN Y, 2003, MATER CHEM PHYS, V82, P401
    SMILOWITZ L, 1993, PHYS REV B, V47, P13853
    XU ZD, 1995, J MATER SCI LETT, V14, P1030
    YOSHINO K, 1993, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V85, P85
    ZHANG ML, 2003, DIAM RELAT MATER, V12, P1544
    ZHOU XQ, 2002, MATER CHEM PHYS, V73, P70
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD JUN 15
 PY 2005
 VL 91
 IS 2-3
 BP 468
 EP 470
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 917DM
 UT ISI:000228436200038
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tan, XH
    Xu, H
    Li, QA
    Qi, NN
    Ni, JS
    Dong, YD
 TI Influence of Zr additions on microstructure and magnetic properties of
    nanocomposite Nd10.5Fe78-xCo5ZrxB6.5 (x=0 similar to 5) alloys
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE materials science; nanocomposite alloy; grain size; magnetic
    properties; rare earths
 ID PERMANENT-MAGNETS
 AB The influence of Zr addition on the microstructure and magnetic
    properties of nanocomposite Nd-10.5 Fe78-x Co5ZrxB6.5 (x = 0 similar to
    5) alloys was investigated. It was found that the intrinsic coercivity
    could be significantly improved by the addition of 2% (atom fraction)
    Zr. The presence of small amount of amorphous phase is responsible for
    the low Intrinsic coercivity for Zr-free alloy. The small amount
    addition of Zr may suppress the growth of grains of alpha-Fe and
    Nd2Fe14B phases. The more homogeneous microstructure with an average
    grain size of 20 nm can be obtained for Nd-10.5 Fe-76 Co5Zr2B6.5 alloy.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Tan, XH, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM tanxiaohua123@163.com
 CR CHANG WC, 1996, J APPL PHYS 2A, V79, P4843
    CHEN ZM, 1999, J APPL PHYS 2B, V85, P5908
    FISCHER R, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, P35
    HADJIPANAYIS GC, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V200, P373
    KNELLER EF, 1991, IEEE T MAGN, V27, P3588
    LU JS, 1990, METAL MAT QUANTITATI, P659
    SCHREFL T, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P6100
 NR 7
 TC 1
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 IS 1
 BP 24
 EP 26
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA 915WN
 UT ISI:000228342200006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yao, K
    Imai, YS
    Shi, LY
    Dong, AM
    Adachi, Y
    Nishikubo, K
    Abe, E
    Tateyama, H
 TI The functional layered organosilica materials prepared with anion
    surfactant templates
 SO JOURNAL OF COLLOID AND INTERFACE SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE layered organosilica; organosilane; ionic interaction; sodium dodecyl
    sulfate; intercalation
 ID MESOPOROUS MOLECULAR-SIEVES; HYDROTALCITE CRYSTAL; COLLOIDAL CLAY;
    ORGANIC GROUPS; SILICA; ADSORPTION; MONOLAYERS; COMPLEXES; PARTICLES;
    CHEMISTRY
 AB A novel strategy for the synthesis of layered organosilica is
    demonstrated. The ionic interaction between the anionic group of a
    surfactant (sodium dodecyl sulfate) and the cationic organic group of
    an organosilane (3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, ATMS) under acidic
    conditions was utilized to create a layered organosilica at room
    temperature. The inorganic part of the organosilica layer was an Si-O
    hexagonal sheet, and organofunctional groups were alternately arranged
    on both sides of the sheet. The layered structure of the ATMS
    organosilica was retained after the removal of the surfactant with
    chloride anion. The properties of the layered ATMS organosilica were
    investigated. The layered ATMS-Cl organosilica is stable and possesses
    a definite layer structure in water or ethanol. Various kinds of anions
    can be intercalated in the interlayer space of the layered ATMS
    organosilicas and the layer was expanded dependent on the intercalated
    anions. The structure of the layered ATMS organosilica was well
    retained during the intercalation processes. (c) 2004 Published by
    Elsevier Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 2004436, Peoples R China.
    AIST, Natl Inst Adv Ind Sci & Technol, Tosu, Saga 8410052, Japan.
 RP Yao, K, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 2004436, Peoples R China.
 EM yao850618jp@yahoo.co.jp
 CR ASEFA T, 1999, NATURE, V402, P867
    BAGSHAW SA, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P1242
    BECK JS, 1992, J AM CHEM SOC, V114, P10834
    BROWN G, 1961, XRAY IDENTIFICATION, P475
    BURKETT SL, 1996, CHEM COMMUN     0607, P1367
    BURKETT SL, 1997, CHEM MATER, V9, P1071
    CHOY JH, 2000, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V39, P4042
    DEJUAN F, 2000, ADV MATER, V12, P430
    DFONSECA MG, 1999, CHEM SOC DA, P3687
    FENG X, 1997, SCIENCE, V276, P923
    FITCH A, 1988, J PHYS CHEM-US, V92, P6665
    FONSECA MG, 1999, LANGMUIR, V15, P5048
    FOWLER CE, 1997, CHEM COMMUN     0921, P1769
    GIANNELIS EP, 1988, J AM CHEM SOC, V110, P3880
    GRIM RE, 1978, BENTONITES GEOLOGY M, CH4
    GUAN S, 2000, J AM CHEM SOC, V122, P5660
    HUO QS, 1994, CHEM MATER, V6, P1176
    HUO QS, 1994, NATURE, V378, P317
    HUO QS, 1995, SCIENCE, V268, P1324
    HUO QS, 1996, CHEM MATER, V8, P1147
    INAGAKI S, 1993, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P680
    INAGAKI S, 1999, J AM CHEM SOC, V121, P9611
    JONES CW, 1998, NATURE, V393, P52
    JOSHI V, 1989, J AM CHEM SOC, V111, P5604
    KANEKO Y, 2003, J MATER CHEM, V13, P2058
    KIM YI, 1991, J AM CHEM SOC, V113, P9561
    KIMURA T, 1999, LANGMUIR, V15, P2794
    KRESGE CT, 1992, NATURE, V359, P710
    LIM MH, 1997, J AM CHEM SOC, V119, P4090
    LIM MH, 1998, CHEM MATER, V10, P467
    MACQUARRIE DJ, 1996, CHEM COMMUN     0821, P1961
    MIYAMOTO N, 2001, J AM CHEM SOC, V123, P6949
    MONNIER A, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P1299
    OGAWA M, 1995, CHEM REV, V95, P399
    PARIKH AN, 1997, J AM CHEM SOC, V119, P3135
    SANCHEZ C, 1994, NEW J CHEM, V18, P1007
    STEIN A, 2000, ADV MATER, V12, P1403
    TANEV PT, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P865
    VILLEMURE G, 1990, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V283, P403
    YAMAGISHI A, 1981, J AM CHEM SOC, V103, P4640
    YAMAGISHI A, 1982, J PHYS CHEM-US, V86, P2472
    YANAGISAWA T, 1990, B CHEM SOC JPN, V63, P988
    YAO K, 1998, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V458, P249
    YAO K, 1998, LANGMUIR, V14, P2410
    YAO K, 1998, LANGMUIR, V14, P2890
    YAO K, 2001, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V510, P144
    YAO K, 2002, COLLOID SURFACE A, V201, P63
    YAO K, 2003, CHEM SOC JAP 83 SPRI, V1, P101
    YAO K, 2003, LANGMUIR, V19, P321
    ZHAO DY, 1998, SCIENCE, V279, P548
 NR 50
 TC 0
 SN 0021-9797
 J9 J COLLOID INTERFACE SCI
 JI J. Colloid Interface Sci.
 PD MAY 1
 PY 2005
 VL 285
 IS 1
 BP 259
 EP 266
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Physical
 GA 917CY
 UT ISI:000228434800034
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, JQ
    Ying, Z
 TI Applying prospective memory in emergency treatment
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLOGY
 DT Meeting Abstract
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7594
 J9 INT J PSYCHOL
 JI Int. J. Psychol.
 PD OCT-DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 39
 IS 5-6
 SU Suppl. S
 BP 471
 EP 471
 PG 1
 SC Psychology, Multidisciplinary
 GA 884WS
 UT ISI:000226118004273
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, XJ
    Kong, KQ
    Liu, JH
 TI The relationship of feelings of academic success with personality,
    self-esteem, psychological health and positive behavior
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLOGY
 DT Meeting Abstract
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Social Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    8 Middle Sch, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7594
 J9 INT J PSYCHOL
 JI Int. J. Psychol.
 PD OCT-DEC
 PY 2004
 VL 39
 IS 5-6
 SU Suppl. S
 BP 531
 EP 531
 PG 1
 SC Psychology, Multidisciplinary
 GA 884WS
 UT ISI:000226118004808
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, W
    Wu, XD
    De Shi, M
    Yang, RF
    He, YY
    Bian, C
    Shi, TL
    Yang, S
    Zhu, XL
    Jiang, WH
    Li, YX
    Yan, LC
    Ji, YY
    Lin, Y
    Lin, GM
    Tian, L
    Wang, J
    Wang, HX
    Xie, YH
    Pei, G
    Wu, JR
    Sun, B
 TI Synthetic peptides derived from SARS coronavirus S protein with
    diagnostic and therapeutic potential
 SO FEBS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus; spike protein; synthetic
    peptide; syncytia formation and disease prevention
 ID ACUTE RESPIRATORY SYNDROME; SPIKE PROTEIN; IDENTIFICATION; INFECTION;
    SEQUENCE
 AB The spike (S) protein of severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus
    (SARS-CoV) is an important viral structural protein. Based on
    bioinformaties analysis, 10 antigenic peptides derived from the S
    protein sequence were selected and synthesized. The antigenicity and
    immunoreactivity of all the peptides were tested in vivo and in vitro.
    Four peptides (P6, P8, P9 and P10) which contain B cell epitopes of the
    S protein were identified, and P8 peptide was confirmed in vivo to have
    a potential in serological diagnosis. By using a syncytia formation
    model, we tested the neutralization ability of all 10 peptides and
    their corresponding antibodies. It is interesting to find that P8 and
    P9 peptides inhibited syncytia formation, suggesting that the P8 and P9
    spanning regions may provide a good target for anti-SARS-CoV drug
    design. Our data suggest that we have identified peptides derived from
    the S protein of SARS-CoV, which are useful for SARS treatment and
    diagnosis. (c) 2005 Federation of European Biochemical Societies.
    Published by Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Mol Cell Biol Lab, Grad Sch, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
    Bioinformat Ctr, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Plant Physiol & Ecol, Grad Sch, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
    Acad Mil Med Sci, Inst Basic Med Sci, Inst Microbiol & Epidemiol, Beijing 100071, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Div Immunol, E Inst, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, JR, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Mol Cell Biol Lab,
    Grad Sch, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
 EM wujr@sibs.ac.cn
    bsun@sibs.ac.cn
 CR BOSCH BJ, 2004, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V101, P8455
    DROSTEN C, 2003, NEW ENGL J MED, V348, P1967
    HO TY, 2004, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V313, P938
    IJAZ MK, 1995, VACCINE, V13, P331
    KSIAZEK TG, 2003, NEW ENGL J MED, V348, P1947
    LIN Y, 2003, CELL RES, V13, P141
    MARRA MA, 2003, SCIENCE, V300, P1399
    POON LLM, 2003, J CLIN VIROL, V28, P233
    QIN E, 2003, CHINESE SCI BULL, V48, P941
    STAVRINIDES J, 2004, J VIROL, V78, P76
    SUI JH, 2004, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V101, P2536
    TAOUJI S, 2004, VACCINE, V22, P1114
    WANG, 2004, CLIN CHEM, V49, P1989
    WENHUI L, 2003, NATURE, V426, P450
    WONG SK, 2004, J BIOL CHEM, V279, P3197
    WU, 2003, J NEUROIMMUNOL, V137, P145
    WU, 2004, CELL RES, V14, P400
    XIAO XD, 2003, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V312, P1159
    ZENG R, 2004, J MOL BIOL, V341, P271
 NR 19
 TC 2
 SN 0014-5793
 J9 FEBS LETT
 JI FEBS Lett.
 PD APR 11
 PY 2005
 VL 579
 IS 10
 BP 2130
 EP 2136
 PG 7
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Biophysics; Cell Biology
 GA 915NK
 UT ISI:000228310700019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, DY
    Wang, ZC
    Dai, YM
 TI Importance of the first-order derivative formula in the Obrechkoff
    method
 SO COMPUTER PHYSICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE Obrechkoff method; multi-step; high-order derivative; first-order
    derivative; accuracy
 ID 2ND-ORDER DIFFERENTIAL-EQUATIONS; INITIAL-VALUE PROBLEMS; STABLE
    METHODS; ORDER
 AB In this paper we present a delicately designed numerical experiment to
    explore the relationship between the accuracy of the first-order
    derivative (FOD) formula and the one of the main structure in an
    Obrechkoff method. We choose three two-step P-stable Obrechkoff methods
    as the main structure, which are available from the previous published
    literature, their local truncation error (LTE(h)) ranging from
    0(h(8)y(n)((8))) to O(h(12)y(n)((12))), and six FOD formulas, of which
    the former five ones have the similar structures and the sixth is the
    'exact' value of the FOD, their LTE(h) arranged from O(h(4)y(n)((5)))
    to O(h(13)y(n)((14))) (we will use O(y(n)((m))) to represent the order
    of a LTE(h)). as the main ingredients for our numerical experiment. We
    survey the numerical results by integrating the Duffing equation
    without damping and compare them with the 'exact' solution, and find
    out how its numerical accuracy is affected by a FOD formula. The
    experiment shows that a high accurate FOD formula can greatly improve
    the numerical accuracy of an Obrechkoff method for a given main
    structure, and the error in the numerical solution decreases with the
    order of the LTE(h) of a FOD formula, only when the order of LTE(h) of
    the FOD formula is equal to or higher than the one of the main
    structure, the accuracy of the Obrechkoff method is no longer affected
    by the approximation of the FOD formula. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 ShangDa Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zc_wang89@hotmail.com
 CR ANANTHAKRISHNAI.U, 1982, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V8, P101
    ANANTHAKRISHNAI.U, 1987, MATH COMPUT, V49, P553
    CHAWLA MM, 1986, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V15, P213
    CHAWLA MM, 1996, NEURAL PARALLEL SCI, V4, P505
    DAI Y, 2004, IN PRESS COMPUT PHYS
    HAIRER E, 1979, NUMER MATH, V32, P373
    JAIN MK, 1988, BIT, V28, P302
    LAMBERT JD, 1962, ZAMP, V13, P223
    NETA B, 2003, COMPUT MATH APPL, V45, P383
    OBRECHKOFF N, 1942, BULGAR AKAD NAUK, V65, P191
    RAI AS, 1997, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V79, P167
    SIMOS TE, 1993, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V6, P283
    VANDOOREN R, 1974, J COMPUT PHYS, V16, P186
    WANG Z, 2003, INT J MORDERN PHYS C, V14
    WANG Z, 2003, N MATH J CHIN U, V12, P146
    WANG ZC, 2004, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V160, P23
 NR 16
 TC 4
 SN 0010-4655
 J9 COMPUT PHYS COMMUN
 JI Comput. Phys. Commun.
 PD APR 15
 PY 2005
 VL 167
 IS 2
 BP 65
 EP 75
 PG 11
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 916YA
 UT ISI:000228421500001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, TL
    Li, XM
    Wu, WB
    Yu, WD
    Gao, XD
    Zhang, X
 TI Electrical conduction transition and largely reduced leakage current in
    aluminum-doped barium strontium titanate thin films heteroepitaxially
    grown on Ir/MgO/Si(100)
 SO APPLIED PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID BA0.7SR0.3TIO3; CAPACITORS; MECHANISM
 AB Ba0.6Sr0.4Ti1-xAlxO3 (BSTA, x=0, 3 at. %, 6 at. %) thin films have been
    prepared on Ir/MgO-buffered silicon substrates by pulsed-laser
    deposition. All-epitaxial growth of BSTA/Ir/MgO/Si heterostructures has
    been evidenced by x-ray diffraction and reflection high-energy electron
    diffraction. A large reduction in the leakage current density of BSTA
    thin films was observed by aluminum doping. For 3 at. % Al-doped BSTA
    thin films, the dominant conduction mechanism shows
    space-charge-limited current behavior at a low electric field, where
    the trap-filled limit field is determined as E-TFL = 10 KV/cm, while at
    a high electric field the Poole-Frenkel emission is operative. In
    contrast, the conduction mechanism for 6 at. % Al-doped BSTA thin film
    is dominated by field-enhanced Schottky emission. (C) 2005 American
    Institute of Physics.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, TL, Chinese Acad Sci, Grad Sch, Beijing 100864, Peoples R China.
 EM lixm@mail.sic.ac.cn
 CR CHANG ST, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P655
    CHEN TL, 2004, J CRYST GROWTH, V267, P80
    COPEL M, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P3227
    DIETZ GW, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P2359
    FOX GR, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V74, P1949
    HSU WY, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P2975
    IM J, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P625
    KIM SS, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P2554
    KOTECKI DE, 1997, INTEGR FERROELECTR, V16, P1
    LI P, 1991, PHYS REV B, V43, P14261
    PENG CJ, 1995, J MATER RES, V10, P708
    SZE SM, 1981, PHYS SEMICONDUCTOR D
    TAO K, 2003, J APPL PHYS, V94, P4042
    WANG SY, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P4116
    ZAFAR S, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V73, P3533
 NR 15
 TC 4
 SN 0003-6951
 J9 APPL PHYS LETT
 JI Appl. Phys. Lett.
 PD MAR 28
 PY 2005
 VL 86
 IS 13
 AR 132902
 DI ARTN 132902
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 916YL
 UT ISI:000228422600057
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, W
    Chu, YW
    Zhang, RH
    Xu, HB
    Wang, Y
    Xiong, SD
 TI Endoplasmic reticulum targeting sequence enhances HBV-specific
    cytotoxic T lymphocytes induced by a CTL epitope-based DNA vaccine
 SO VIROLOGY
 DT Article
 DE epitope; DNA vaccine; hepatitis B virus; CTL; endoplasmic reticulum
    targeting sequence
 ID B-VIRUS-INFECTION; CLASS-I MOLECULES; HEPATITIS-B; CELL RESPONSES;
    ANTIGEN PRESENTATION; SURFACE-ANTIGEN; VIRAL CONTROL; LIVER-DAMAGE;
    PEPTIDES; IMMUNIZATION
 AB CD8(+) T cells play a critical role in protective immunity against
    Hepatitis B Virus (HBV). Epitope-based DNA vaccines expressing
    HBV-dominant CTL epitopes can be used as candidate vaccines capable of
    inducing cytotoxic T Lymphocytes (CTL) responses. A plasmid DNA
    encoding a CTL epitope of HBV core antigen, HBc(18-27), was
    constructed. Intramuscular immunization of C57BL/6 mice with this DNA
    vaccine resulted in successful induction of HBV-specific CTL responses.
    In order to promote transportation of the peptide into endoplasmic
    reticulum (ER) to bind to MHC class I molecules for optimal class I
    antigen presentation, an ER targeting sequence (ERTS) was fused with
    the C18-27 encoding gene. ERTS fusion significantly enhanced specific
    CD8(+) T cell responses in terms of CTL cytolysis as well as IFN-gamma
    secretion. This enhancement was correlated with promoted epitope
    presentation on target cell surface. We report here an enhanced
    immunogenicity of an epitope-based DNA vaccine using an ER targeting
    signal sequence, which has significant implications for future design
    of therapeutic HBV vaccine. (c) 2005 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Dept Immunol, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst E, Div Immunol, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Minist Educ, Key Lab Mol Med, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiong, SD, Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Dept Immunol, Shanghai
    200032, Peoples R China.
 EM sdxiongfd@126.com
 CR ANDERSEN MH, 2001, CANCER RES, V61, P869
    ANDERSON K, 1991, J EXP MED, V174, P489
    BACIK I, 1994, J IMMUNOL, V152, P381
    BAIRD M, 2004, SCAND J IMMUNOL, V60, P363
    BERTOLETTI A, 1997, HEPATOLOGY, V26, P1027
    BERTOLETTI A, 2000, CURR OPIN IMMUNOL, V12, P403
    BERTOLETTI A, 2003, ANTIVIR RES, V60, P61
    BOCHER WO, 2001, EUR J IMMUNOL, V31, P2071
    CHARINI WA, 2001, J IMMUNOL, V167, P4996
    CHEN WN, 1999, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V262, P757
    CHIKH GG, 2001, J IMMUNOL, V167, P6462
    CIERNIK F, 1996, J IMMUNOL, V156, P2369
    DAVIS HL, 1999, MICROBES INFECT, V1, P7
    DEHAAN L, 2002, INFECT IMMUN, V70, P3249
    ENGELHARD VH, 1994, CURR OPIN IMMUNOL, V6, P13
    GOULDER PJR, 2000, J VIROL, V74, P5679
    GROMME M, 2002, MOL IMMUNOL, V39, P181
    GUIDOTTI LG, 1999, SCIENCE, V284, P825
    KLENERMAN P, 1998, NATURE, V394, P482
    KUHOBER A, 1996, J IMMUNOL, V156, P3687
    KWISSA M, 2000, J MOL MED-JMM, V78, P495
    LEE RS, 1998, EUR J IMMUNOL, V28, P2726
    LEE YS, 2001, IMMUNOL LETT, V78, P13
    LEIFERT JA, 2004, IMMUNOL REV, V199, P40
    LINDINGER P, 2003, VACCINE, V21, P4285
    LIVINGSTON BD, 2001, VACCINE, V19, P4652
    LOI PK, 1997, PEPTIDES, V18, P749
    MAINI MK, 2000, EUR J IMMUNOL, V30, P3067
    MAINI MK, 2000, J EXP MED, V191, P1269
    MELIEF CJM, 2002, IMMUNOL REV, V188, P177
    MISSALE G, 1993, J EXP MED, V177, P751
    MORON G, 2004, TRENDS IMMUNOL, V25, P92
    NAGATA T, 2004, DNA CELL BIOL, V23, P93
    NAKAMURA Y, 2003, INFECT IMMUN, V71, P1748
    PETROVSKY N, 2004, IMMUNOL CELL BIOL, V82, P488
    PLANK C, 1994, J BIOL CHEM, V269, P12918
    RESTIFO NP, 1995, J IMMUNOL, V154, P4414
    RICE J, 1999, VACCINE, V17, P3030
    RIMMELZWAAN GF, 2004, VIRUS RES, V103, P97
    RODRIGUEZ F, 1998, J VIROL, V72, P5174
    SCHIRMBECK R, 1998, EUR J IMMUNOL, V28, P4149
    SETTE A, 2003, CURR OPIN IMMUNOL, V15, P461
    SHANKAR P, 2001, VACCINE, V20, P744
    SUBBRAMANIAN RA, 2003, J VIROL, V77, P10113
    TAKADA A, 2003, REV MED VIROL, V13, P387
    THERMET A, 2003, VACCINE, V21, P659
    THERMET A, 2004, J VIROL, V78, P1945
    WEBSTER G, 2001, MOL IMMUNOL, V38, P467
    WU YQ, 1997, J IMMUNOL, V159, P6037
    ZHONG WM, 2003, J BIOL CHEM, V278, P45135
    ZWAVELING S, 2002, J IMMUNOL, V169, P350
 NR 51
 TC 0
 SN 0042-6822
 J9 VIROLOGY
 JI Virology
 PD APR 10
 PY 2005
 VL 334
 IS 2
 BP 255
 EP 263
 PG 9
 SC Virology
 GA 912WW
 UT ISI:000228111600012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jin, Y
    He, HC
    Al, LR
 TI Lane of parallel through carry in ternary optical adder
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES F-INFORMATION SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE optical computer; ternary; adder; through carry lane
 AB At the present 50 to 100 microseconds are necessary for a liquid
    crystal to change its state from opacity to clarity; 1.14X10(-5)
    microseconds are however proved to be enough for light to pass through
    a clarity liquid crystal device. Rooted from this great difference in
    time, an optical adder was constructed with parallel through carry
    lanes (PTCL) composed of liquid crystals. Because all carries in PTCL
    process in parallel, the carry delay in the ternary optical computer's
    adder is avoided. Eliminating the carry delay in adder of ternary
    optical computer by physical means, the PTCL is also applicable for
    other types of optical adders. Moreover a light diagram of the adder
    and one PTCL structure are provided.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Northwestern Polytech Univ, Coll Comp Sci & Engn, Xian 710072, Peoples R China.
 RP Jin, Y, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM yijin@nwpu.edu.cn
 CR CHERRI AK, 1998, APPL OPTICS, V37, P2153
    IFTEKHARUDDIN KM, 2000, OPT LASER TECHNOL, V32, P413
    JIN Y, 2002, COMPUTER ENG APPL S, V38, P34
    JIN Y, 2003, 1 INT M APPL PHYS BA
    JIN Y, 2003, SCI CHINA SER E, V33, P111
    JIN Y, 2003, SCI CHINA SER F, V46, P145
    LI GQ, 1995, OPTICS T, V15, P580
    LI XM, 1999, SEMICONDUCTOR PHOTOE, V20, P1
    LIU YZ, 2000, LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPL, P56
    QIAN F, 1999, OPT LASER TECHNOL, P403
    QIAN G, 2001, MICROELECTRONICS COM, P33
    SHEN XJ, 2000, OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY, V26, P62
    SOTO H, 1999, P C LAS EL CLEO PAC, V3, P888
    WANG L, 2002, MICROELECTRONICS, V32, P195
    XING YH, 2001, PRACTICAL TUTORIAL C, P73
    YU FH, 1995, PHOTONS T, V24, P212
    ZENG PY, 1998, MICROELECTRONICS, V28, P396
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 1009-2757
 J9 SCI CHINA SER F
 JI Sci. China Ser. F-Inf. Sci.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 48
 IS 1
 BP 107
 EP 116
 PG 10
 SC Computer Science, Information Systems
 GA 914JL
 UT ISI:000228223600008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bhat, S
    Tang, L
    Krueger, A
    Smith, C
    Ford, S
    Dickey, L
    Petracek, M
 TI The Fed-1 (CAUU)(4) element is a 5 ' UTR dark-responsive mRNA
    instability element that functions independently of dark-induced
    polyribosome dissociation
 SO PLANT MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE light regulation; mRNA half-life; photosynthesis; post-transcriptional
 ID 5' UNTRANSLATED REGION; GENE-EXPRESSION; LIGHT REGULATION; CODING
    REGION; STABILITY; TRANSLATION; TRANSCRIPT; SEQUENCES; ABUNDANCE;
    TOBACCO
 AB Darkness rapidly induces a decline in the stability and translation of
    the pea Ferredoxin-1 (Fed-1) mRNA in transgenic tobacco. Direct
    half-life measurement showed that mutation of the (CAUU)(4) stabilizes
    Fed-1 mRNA in the dark. ( CAUU) 1, a feature more common in plant 50
    UTRs than ( CAUU) 4, confers slight light-responsive mRNA accumulation.
    At least three but less than 11 CAUU repeats near the 50 end of the 5'
    UTR are required for full light-responsive accumulation. Furthermore,
    26 nt of the 5' UTR, including the (CAUU)(4) repeat, is sufficient to
    confer a significant similar to 2.5-fold increase in light-regulated
    mRNA accumulation when fused to the 50 end of a heterologous plant
    mRNA. A mutation of the ( CAUU) 4 repeat that compromises
    light-regulated mRNA stability changes in vitro the accessibility of
    the region to ribonuclease V-1 and ribonuclease A suggesting the
    geometry formed by the repeat may be important for instability.
    Finally, dark-induced Fed-1 mRNA instability occurs even when most of
    the mRNA is retained on polyribosomes, and thus is likely an
    independent event regulated by darkness.
 C1 Oklahoma State Univ, Dept Biochem & Mol Biol, Stillwater, OK 74078 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Life Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Biolex, Raleigh, NC 27695 USA.
    Biolex, Pittsboro, NC 27312 USA.
 RP Petracek, M, Oklahoma State Univ, Dept Biochem & Mol Biol, 246 Noble
    Res Ctr, Stillwater, OK 74078 USA.
 EM petracek@biochem.okstate.edu
 CR ANDERSON MB, 1999, PLANT CELL, V11, P1579
    BAGINSKY S, 2002, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V30, P4527
    CHAN MT, 1998, PLANT J, V15, P685
    CHEN CY, 2001, CELL, V107, P451
    DEMARIA CT, 1996, J BIOL CHEM, V271, P12179
    DICKEY LF, 1992, EMBO J, V11, P2311
    DICKEY LF, 1994, PLANT CELL, V6, P1171
    DICKEY LF, 1998, PLANT CELL, V10, P475
    DRAPIER D, 2002, PLANT J, V31, P687
    EIBL C, 1999, PLANT J, V19, P333
    ELLIOTT RC, 1989, PLANT CELL, V1, P691
    FOLTA KM, 2003, PLANT MOL BIOL, V51, P609
    GATZ C, 1995, METHOD CELL BIOL, V50, P411
    GIL P, 1996, EMBO J, V15, P1678
    GUTIERREZ RA, 1999, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V4, P429
    HANSEN ER, 2001, PLANT PHYSIOL, V125, P770
    HELLIWELL CA, 1997, PLANT J, V12, P499
    HENICS T, 1999, J BIOL CHEM, V274, P17318
    HIGGS DC, 1994, PLANT CELL, V6, P1007
    HIGGS DC, 1999, MOL CELL BIOL, V19, P8479
    JEFFERSON RA, 1987, EMBO J, V6, P3901
    JEFFERSON RA, 1987, PLANT MOL BIOL REP, V5, P387
    KOZIEL MG, 1996, PLANT MOL BIOL, V32, P393
    LEMM I, 2002, MOL CELL BIOL, V22, P3959
    LING J, 2000, PLANT CELL, V12, P1213
    LOWMAN HB, 1986, J BIOL CHEM, V261, P5396
    MAQUAT LE, 2004, NAT REV MOL CELL BIO, V5, P89
    OHMETAKAGI M, 1993, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V90, P11811
    PEREZAMADOR MA, 2001, PLANT CELL, V13, P2703
    PETRACEK ME, 1997, PLANT CELL, V9, P2291
    PETRACEK ME, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P9009
    PETRACEK ME, 2000, GENETIC ENG, P1
    PETRACEK ME, 2000, PLANT J, V21, P563
    SARKAR B, 2003, MOL CELL BIOL, V23, P6685
    SOUKUP GA, 1999, RNA, V5, P1308
    SULLIVAN JA, 2002, PLANT J, V32, P763
    TANG L, 2003, PLANT PHYSIOL, V133, P1979
    VANHOOF A, 1996, PLANT J, V10, P415
    VANHOOF A, 1997, PLANT MOL BIOL, V35, P383
    WEINMANN P, 1994, PLANT J, V5, P559
    ZOU Z, 2003, MOL GENET GENOMICS
    ZUKER M, 1999, NATO ASI SERIES
 NR 42
 TC 0
 SN 0167-4412
 J9 PLANT MOL BIOL
 JI Plant Mol.Biol.
 PD NOV
 PY 2004
 VL 56
 IS 5
 BP 761
 EP 773
 PG 13
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Plant Sciences
 GA 913ZA
 UT ISI:000228193000006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ji, PY
    Zhou, H
    Lu, HQ
 TI Gravitational Faraday effect induced by high-power lasers
 SO MODERN PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE curved spacetime; Faraday effect
 AB Gravitational field produced by high-power laser is calculated
    according to the linearized Einstein field equation in weak field
    approximation. Gravitational Faraday effect of electromagnetic wave
    propagating in the above gravitational field is studied and the
    rotation angle of polarization plane of electromagnetic wave is
    derived. The result is discussed and estimated in the condition of
    present experimental facility.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ji, PY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM pyji@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BALAKIN AB, 2002, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V19, P4897
    JI PY, 1998, INT J THEOR PHYS, V37, P1779
    KOPEIKIN SM, 2002, PHYS REV D, V65
    MISNER CW, 1973, GRAVITATION
    NOURIZONOZ M, 1999, PHYS REV D, V60
    SCULLY MO, 1978, PHYS REV D, V19, P3582
    SKROTSKII GV, 1957, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR, V114, P73
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0217-7323
 J9 MOD PHYS LETT A
 JI Mod. Phys. Lett. A
 PD MAR 14
 PY 2005
 VL 20
 IS 8
 BP 597
 EP 603
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Nuclear; Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA 913ON
 UT ISI:000228162800004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, EX
 TI Perturbation in eigenvalues of a symmetric tridiagonal matrix
 SO LINEAR ALGEBRA AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE symmetric tridiagonal matrix; eigenvalue; eigenvector; QR algorithm; QL
    algorithm; perturbation bound
 ID MULTISHIFT QR ALGORITHM
 AB We study the eigenvalue perturbations of an n x n real unreduced
    symmetric tridiagonal matrix T when one of the off-diagonal element is
    replaced by zero. We provide both the lower and upper perturbation
    bounds for every eigenvalue of T. The bounds are described by the jth
    off-diagonal element (the one that is replaced), and the eigenvalues
    and eigenvectors of the leading j x j and trailing (n - j) x (n - j)
    principal submatrices of T. We also provide several simpler
    perturbation bounds that are easy to estimate in practice. Numerical
    examples show that the bounds predict the perturbations well. They are
    sharper than whose classical results only related to the off-diagonal
    element, especially for extreme eigenvalues. The bounds can also be
    incorporated with numerical methods, such as the QL(QR) algorithm and
    the divide-conquer algorithm, to estimates the errors of computed
    eigenvalues, (c) 2004 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, EX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM ejiang@fudan.edu.cn
 CR BRAMAN K, 2002, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V23, P929
    BRAMAN K, 2002, SIAM J MATRIX ANAL A, V23, P948
    GOLUB GH, 1996, MATRIX COMPUTATIONS
    HAGER WW, 1982, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V42, P39
    JIANG B, 1999, COMP EXPTL METHODS, V1, P101
    JIANG EX, 1984, SYMMETRIC MATRIX COM
    JIANG EX, 1987, J COMPUT MATH, V5, P144
    JIANG EX, 1992, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V171, P121
    KAHAN W, 1966, CS42 STNF U COMP SCI
    LIU XG, 1997, J COMPUT MATH, V4, P345
    PAIGE CC, 1974, LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL, V8, P1
    PARLETT BN, 1980, SYMMETRIC EIGENVALUE
    STEWART GW, 1990, MATRIX PERTURBATION
    WEYL H, 1912, MATH ANN, V71, P441
    WILKINSON JH, 1965, ALGEBRAIC EIGENVALUE
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0024-3795
 J9 LINEAR ALGEBRA APPL
 JI Linear Alg. Appl.
 PD APR 1
 PY 2005
 VL 399
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 91
 EP 107
 PG 17
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 913CG
 UT ISI:000228127400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, ZY
    Zhang, LS
    Teo, KL
    Bai, FS
 TI New modified function method for global optimization
 SO JOURNAL OF OPTIMIZATION THEORY AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE modified functions; global optimization methods; local minima; global
    minima
 ID CONVEXIZED FILLED FUNCTIONS; VARIABLES
 AB In this paper, a class of global optimization problems is considered.
    Corresponding to each local minimizer obtained, we introduced a new
    modified function and construct a corresponding optimization subproblem
    with one constraint. Then, by applying a local search method to the
    one-constraint optimization subproblem and using the local minimizer as
    the starting point, we obtain a better local optimal solution. This
    process is continued iteratively. A termination rule is obtained which
    can serve as stopping criterion for the iterating process. To
    demonstrate the efficiency of the proposed approach, numerical examples
    are solved.
 C1 Chongqing Normal Univ, Dept Math, Chongqing, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Appl Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, ZY, Chongqing Normal Univ, Dept Math, Chongqing, Peoples R China.
 CR DIXON LCM, 1978, GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION, V2
    GE R, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V46, P191
    GE RP, 1987, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V54, P241
    GE RP, 1990, APPL MATH COMPUT, V35, P131
    HIMMELBLAU DM, 1972, APPL NONLINEAR PROGR
    KANZOW C, 2000, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V16, P1
    LIU X, 2001, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V19, P151
    LUCIDI S, 2002, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V24, P219
    PARDALOS PM, 2000, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V124, P209
    RASTRIGIN L, 1994, SYSTEMS EXTERNAL CON
    XU Z, 2001, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V20, P49
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0022-3239
 J9 J OPTIMIZ THEOR APPL
 JI J. Optim. Theory Appl.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 125
 IS 1
 BP 181
 EP 203
 PG 23
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 913UA
 UT ISI:000228177800009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, D
    Wu, ZY
    Lee, HWJ
    Yang, XM
    Zhang, LS
 TI Hidden convex minimization
 SO JOURNAL OF GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION
 DT Article
 DE convexification; convex optimization; global optimization; hidden
    convex optimization; nonconvex optimization
 ID GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION; CONVEXIFICATION
 AB A class of nonconvex minimization problems can be classified as hidden
    convex minimization problems. A nonconvex minimization problem is
    called a hidden convex minimization problem if there exists an
    equivalent transformation such that the equivalent transformation of it
    is a convex minimization problem. Sufficient conditions that are
    independent of transformations are derived in this paper for
    identifying such a class of seemingly nonconvex minimization problems
    that are equivalent to convex minimization problems. Thus, a global
    optimality can be achieved for this class of hidden convex optimization
    problems by using local search methods. The results presented in this
    paper extend the reach of convex minimization by identifying its
    equivalent with a nonconvex representation.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Chongqing Normal Univ, Dept Math & Comp Sci, Chongqing 400047, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Appl Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, D, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management,
    Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 EM dli@se.cuhk.edu.hk
 CR AVRIEL M, 1988, GEN CONCAVITY
    BENTAL A, 1996, MATH PROGRAM, V72, P51
    CRAVEN BD, 1977, B AUSTRALIAN MATH SO, V16, P325
    HORST R, 1984, EUR J OPER RES, V15, P382
    LI D, 2001, ANN OPER RES, V105, P213
    MANGASARIAN OL, 1994, NONLINEAR PROGRAMMIN
    SCHAIBLE S, 1981, GEN CONCAVITY OPTIMI
    SUN XL, 2001, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V21, P185
    WU ZY, 2003, THESIS SHANGHAI U SH
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0925-5001
 J9 J GLOBAL OPTIM
 JI J. Glob. Optim.
 PD FEB
 PY 2005
 VL 31
 IS 2
 BP 211
 EP 233
 PG 23
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 913SP
 UT ISI:000228173700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, GW
    Nie, H
    Li, NL
    Zheng, WX
    Zhang, DQ
    Feng, GZ
    Ni, LQ
    Xu, R
    Hong, J
    Zhang, JWZ
 TI Role of osteopontin in amplification and perpetuation of rheumatoid
    synovitis
 SO JOURNAL OF CLINICAL INVESTIGATION
 DT Article
 ID CELL-MEDIATED-IMMUNITY; ARTHRITIS; INTERLEUKIN-10; DISEASE;
    PROLIFERATION; METHOTREXATE; INFLIXIMAB; EXPRESSION; CYTOKINE; ANTIBODY
 AB Osteopontin (OPN) is an extracellular matrix protein of pleiotropic
    properties and has been recently recognized as a potential inflammatory
    cytokine. In this study, we demonstrate, for the first time to our
    knowledge, that overexpression of OPN in synovial T cells is associated
    with local inflammatory milieu and that OPN acts as an important
    mediator in amplification and perpetuation of rheumatoid synovitis. The
    study revealed that mRNA expression of OPN was highly elevated in
    CD4(+) synovial T cells derived from patients with RA, which correlated
    with increased OPN concentrations in synovial fluid (SF). The pattern
    of OPN overexpression was confined to rheumatoid synovium. and
    correlated with coexpression of selected OPN receptors in synovial T
    cells, including integrins alpha v and beta 1 and CD44. RA-derived SF
    stimulated the expression of OPN in T cells, which was attributable to
    IL-10 present in SF and abrogated by anti-IL-10 antibody. Among the
    more than 300 autoimmune and inflammatory response genes examined, OPN
    selectively induced the expression of proinflammatory cytokines and
    chemokines known to promote migration and recruitment of inflammatory
    cells. Furthermore, it was evident that OPN activated transcription
    factor NF-KB in mononuclear cells. The study has important implications
    for understanding the role of OPN in rheumatoid synovitis and other
    inflammatory conditions.
 C1 Baylor Coll Med, Dept Immunol, Houston, TX 77030 USA.
    Baylor Coll Med, Dept Neurol, Houston, TX 77030 USA.
    Guanghua Rheumatol Hosp, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Med Univ 2, Shanghai Inst Immunol, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Med Univ 2, Joint Immunol Lab, Hlth Sci Ctr, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JWZ, Baylor Coll Med, Dept Immunol, Mail Stn NB302,1 Baylor
    Plaza, Houston, TX 77030 USA.
 EM jzhang@bcm.tmc.edu
 CR ASADULLAH K, 2003, PHARMACOL REV, V55, P241
    ASHKAR S, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P860
    CHABAS D, 2001, SCIENCE, V294, P1731
    CHOY EHS, 2001, NEW ENGL J MED, V344, P907
    CUSH JJ, 1995, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V38, P96
    DEVEREUX D, 1991, INT IMMUNOL, V3, P635
    FURUZAWACARBALLEDA, 1999, SCAND J IMMUNOL, V50, P215
    GRAVALLESE EM, 2003, J CLIN INVEST, V112, P147
    ISODA K, 2003, CIRCULATION, V107, P679
    JOHNSON BA, 1993, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V36, P137
    KNIGHT JA, 2000, ANN CLIN LAB SCI, V30, P145
    LIPSKY PE, 2000, NEW ENGL J MED, V343, P1594
    LONDEI M, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P636
    MAINI R, 1999, LANCET, V354, P1932
    MULLERLADNER U, 2002, CURR RHEUMATOL REP, V4, P201
    NAKAYAMADA S, 2003, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V48, P1239
    OHSHIMA S, 2002, J RHEUMATOL, V29, P2061
    OREGAN AW, 2000, IMMUNOL TODAY, V21, P475
    PETROW PK, 2000, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V43, P1597
    POPE RM, 1989, ARTHRITIS RHEUM, V32, P1371
    RANKIN ECC, 1995, BRIT J RHEUMATOL, V34, P334
    RES PCM, 1994, HUM IMMUNOL, V40, P291
    RICHMOND A, 2002, NAT REV IMMUNOL, V2, P664
    SHANAHAN JC, 2002, CLIN IMMUNOL 1, V103, P231
    STCLAIR EW, 2000, CURR DIRECT AUTOIMMU, V2, P126
    SZEKANECZ Z, 2003, SEMIN IMMUNOL, V15, P15
    VOGT MHJ, 2003, ANN NEUROL, V53, P819
    WALSH DA, 1998, AM J PATHOL, V152, P691
    YAMAMOTO N, 2003, J CLIN INVEST, V112, P181
 NR 29
 TC 4
 SN 0021-9738
 J9 J CLIN INVEST
 JI J. Clin. Invest.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 115
 IS 4
 BP 1060
 EP 1067
 PG 8
 SC Medicine, Research & Experimental
 GA 913IU
 UT ISI:000228145700038
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZC
 TI A new effective algorithm for the resonant state of a Schrodinger
    equation
 SO COMPUTER PHYSICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE numerov method; trigonometric fitting; P-stable; high-oscillatory
    solution; Schrodinger equation
 ID NUMERICAL-SOLUTION; FITTING METHODS; INTEGRATION; FORMULA
 AB In this paper we present a new effective algorithm for the Schrodinger
    equation. This new method differs from the original Numerov method only
    in one simple coefficient, by which we can extend the interval of
    periodicity from 6 to infinity and obtain an embedded correct factor to
    improve the accuracy. We compare the new method with the original
    Numerov method by the well-known problem of Woods-Saxon potential. The
    numerical results show that the new method has great advantage in
    accuracy over the original. Particularly for the resonant state, the
    accuracy is improved with four orders overall, and even six to seven
    orders for the highest oscillatory solution. Surely, this method will
    replace the original Numerov method and be widely used in various area.
    (c) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 ShangDa Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zc_wang89@hotmail.com
 CR ALLISON AC, 1970, J COMPUT PHYS, V6, P378
    ALLISON AC, 1991, J COMPUT PHYS, V97, P240
    AVDELAS G, 1996, COMPUT MATH APPL, V31, P85
    BLATT JM, 1967, J COMP PHYSIOL, V1, P382
    CASH JR, 1984, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V33, P299
    COOLEY JW, 1961, MATH COMPUT, V15, P363
    HERZBERG G, 1950, SPECTRA DIATOMIC MOL
    IXARU LG, 1980, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V19, P23
    LAMBERT JD, 1976, J INST MATH APPL, V18, P189
    RAPTIS AD, 1978, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V14, P1
    RAPTIS AD, 1982, COMPUTING, V28, P373
    RAPTIS AD, 1985, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V36, P113
    RAPTIS AD, 1987, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V44, P95
    SIMOS TE, 1999, J COMPUT PHYS, V148, P305
    WANG Z, 2003, J CHIN U S, V12, P146
    WANG ZC, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS C, V14, P1087
    WANG ZC, 2004, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V160, P23
    WILLIAMS PS, 2000, INT J MOD PHYS C, V11, P785
 NR 18
 TC 3
 SN 0010-4655
 J9 COMPUT PHYS COMMUN
 JI Comput. Phys. Commun.
 PD APR 1
 PY 2005
 VL 167
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 6
 PG 6
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 913KG
 UT ISI:000228149900001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, GQ
    Li, ZB
 TI Applications of Jacobi elliptic function expansion method for nonlinear
    differential-difference equations
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear differential-difference equation; Jacobi elliptic function;
    periodic wave solution
 ID TRAVELING-WAVE SOLUTIONS; MODIFIED KDV EQUATION; EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS;
    ALGEBRAIC-METHOD; PERIODIC-SOLUTIONS; DISCRETE
 AB The Jacobi elliptic function expansion method is extended to derive the
    explicit periodic wave solutions for nonlinear differential-difference
    equations. Three well-known examples are chosen to illustrate the,
    application of the Jacobi elliptic function expansion method. As a
    result, three types of periodic wave solutions including Jacobi
    elliptic sine function, Jacobi elliptic cosine function and the third
    elliptic function solutions are obtained. It is shown that the shock
    wave solutions and solitary wave solutions can be obtained at their
    limit condition.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Informat Management, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Dept Comp Sci, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, GQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Informat Management, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xuguiqiong@yahoo.com
    lizb@cs.ecnu.edu.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1977, SIAM REV, V19, P663
    ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    BALDWIN D, 2004, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V162, P203
    CHEN HT, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P585
    CHEN LL, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P2149
    FAN EG, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P212
    FAN EG, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P6853
    FAN EG, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P567
    FAN EG, 2003, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V36, P7009
    FENG X, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V213, P167
    FENG X, 2000, INT J THEOR PHYS, V39, P207
    FU ZT, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V290, P72
    GU CH, 1995, SOLITON THEORY ITS A
    HEREMAN W, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P4805
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 2000, CRM P LECT NOTES, V25, P217
    LI ZB, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P6027
    LIU SK, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V289, P69
    LIU SK, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P10
    LIU SK, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P1923
    MALFLIET W, 1992, AM J PHYS, V60, P650
    MARUNO KI, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V311, P214
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    XU GQ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P1424
    XU GQ, 2003, CHINESE J PHYS, V41, P232
    XU GQ, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P39
    YAN ZY, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P141
    YAN ZY, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P400
    YAN ZY, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P144
    YAO RX, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V297, P196
 NR 31
 TC 1
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2005
 VL 43
 IS 3
 BP 385
 EP 388
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 913KC
 UT ISI:000228149400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, JP
    Zheng, CL
 TI New exact excitations and soliton fission and fusion for the
    (2+1)-dimensional Broer-Kaup-Kupershmidt system
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE extended mapping approach; BKK system; exact solution; soliton fission;
    soliton fusion
 ID LOCALIZED COHERENT STRUCTURES; SIMILARITY REDUCTIONS; INTEGRABLE
    SYSTEMS; EQUATION
 AB With the help of an extended mapping approach, a series of new types of
    exact excitations with two arbitrary functions of the (2+1)-dimensional
    Broer-Kaup-Kupershmidt (BKK) system is derived. Based on the derived
    solitary wave excitation, some specific soliton fission and fusion
    solutions of the higher-dimensional BKK system are also obtained.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, JP, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zjlsfjp@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BOITI M, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P37
    CHEN CL, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P129
    CLARKSON PA, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P2201
    DUROVSKY VG, 1994, J PHYS A, V27, P4619
    LI HM, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P513
    LIN J, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P1049
    LOU SY, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1614
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LOU SY, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10619
    LU Z, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V19, P527
    ONO H, 1994, J PHYS SOC JPN, V63, P40
    SERKIN VN, 2001, OPT COMMUN, V192, P237
    STOITCHEVA G, 2001, MATH COMPUT SIMULAT, V55, P621
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4000
    WANG S, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P231
    YING JP, 2001, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V35, P405
    YING JP, 2001, Z NATURFORSCH A, V56, P619
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1998, APPL MECH TECH PHYS, V9, P190
    ZHANG JF, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P705
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P533
    ZHENG CL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2426
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V6, P783
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P472
 NR 24
 TC 1
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 14
 IS 4
 BP 669
 EP 675
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 913JX
 UT ISI:000228148900006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, CL
    Fang, JP
    Chen, LQ
 TI Localized excitations with and without propagating properties in
    (2+1)-dimensions obtained by a mapping approach
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE extended mapping approach; modified dispersive water-wave system;
    nonpropagating soliton; propagating soliton
 ID COHERENT SOLITON-STRUCTURES; NEWELL-SEGUR SYSTEM; EQUATION
 AB By means of an extended mapping approach, a new type of
    variable-separation excitation is derived with two arbitrary functions
    in a (2+1)-dimensional modified dispersive water-wave system. Based on
    the derived variable-separation excitation, abundant nonpropagating and
    propagating solitons such as dromions, rings, peakons and compactons
    are revealed by selecting appropriate functions in this paper.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zjclzheng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BOITI M, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P37
    BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P432
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    DUROVSKY VG, 1994, J PHYS A, V27, P4619
    LARRAZA A, 1984, J FLUID MECH, V148, P443
    LORENZ EN, 1963, J ATMOS SCI, V20, P130
    LOU SY, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1614
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LU Z, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V19, P527
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4000
    WU J, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V52, P1421
    XU YG, 1990, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V12, P7
    YAN JR, 1993, EUROPHYS LETT, V23, P335
    ZHENG CL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2426
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P11
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P472
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
    ZHENG CL, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P592
    ZHENG CL, 2004, J PHYS SOC JPN, V73, P293
 NR 22
 TC 5
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 14
 IS 4
 BP 676
 EP 682
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 913JX
 UT ISI:000228148900007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, F
    Zhang, LS
 TI Semi-definite relaxation algorithm for single machine scheduling with
    controllable processing times
 SO CHINESE ANNALS OF MATHEMATICS SERIES B
 DT Article
 DE scheduling with controllable times; semi-definite programming;
    approximation algorithm
 ID IMPROVED APPROXIMATION ALGORITHMS; COMBINATORIAL OPTIMIZATION; CUT
 AB The authors present a semi-definite relaxation algorithm for the
    scheduling problem with controllable times on a single machine. Their
    approach shows how to relate this problem with the maximum vertex-cover
    problem with kernel constraints (MKVC). The established relationship
    enables to transfer the approximate solutions of MKVC into the
    approximate solutions for the scheduling problem. Then, they show how
    to obtain an integer approximate solution for MKVC based on the
    semi-definite relaxation and randomized rounding technique.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Ind Engn & Management, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, F, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM fchen@sjtu.edu.cn
 CR ALIZADEH F, 1995, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V5, P13
    FRIEZE A, 1997, ALGORITHMICA, V18, P67
    GOEMANS MX, 1995, J ACM, V42, P1115
    GOEMANS MX, 1997, MATH PROGRAM, V79, P143
    GROTSCHEL M, 1988, GEOMETRIC ALGORITHMS, V2
    HOOGEVEEN JA, SCHEDULING CONTROLLA
    HUANG SL, 1999, ADV ECOL SCI, V2, P15
    MATUURA S, 2001, 0935 APPROXIMATION R
    MOTWANI R, 1995, RANDOMIZED ALGORITHM
    NESTEROV Y, 1998, OPTIM METHOD SOFTW, V9, P141
    PETRANK E, 1994, COMPUT COMPLEX, V4, P133
    SKUTELLA M, 1998, P 39 ANN IEEE S FDN, P472
    VICKSON RG, 1980, OPS RES, V28, P1155
    XU DC, 2003, ACTA MATH SINICA, V46, P1047
    YE YY, 1999, MATH PROGRAM, V84, P219
    ZHANG F, 2001, OPER RES LETT, V29, P41
    ZWICK U, 2000, 69978 TEL AVIV
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0252-9599
 J9 CHIN ANN MATH SER B
 JI Chin. Ann. Math. Ser. B
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 1
 BP 153
 EP 158
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics
 GA 913JY
 UT ISI:000228149000013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, JK
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
 TI Assembling synthesis of BaSO4 biomimetic nano-superstructures through
    eggshell membrane template
 SO CHEMICAL RESEARCH IN CHINESE UNIVERSITIES
 DT Article
 DE nanomaterials; superstructure; barium sulphate; biomimetic
 ID NANOCRYSTALS; MINERALIZATION; NANOPARTICLES; MORPHOLOGY; PATTERN; GROWTH
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR AJIKUMAR PK, 2003, BIOMACROMOLECULES, V4, P1321
    ARCHIBALD DD, 1993, NATURE, V364, P430
    FERNANDEZ MS, 2001, MATRIX BIOL, V19, P793
    LEE SM, 2002, J AM CHEM SOC, V124, P11244
    LU QY, 2002, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V41, P1932
    PENG Q, 2002, INORG CHEM, V41, P5249
    RAUTARAY D, 2003, LANGMUIR, V19, P888
    REES GD, 1999, LANGMUIR, V15, P1993
    SHI HT, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P3450
    SU XG, 2003, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V19, P269
    SUN XM, 2004, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V43, P597
    WEI JJ, 2004, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V20, P73
    YU SH, 2002, CHEM-EUR J, V8, P2937
    YU SH, 2003, NANO LETT, V3, P379
    ZHANG ZL, 2003, INORG CHEM COMMUN, V6, P1393
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 1005-9040
 J9 CHEM RES CHINESE UNIV
 JI Chem. Res. Chin. Univ.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 243
 EP 245
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 914YG
 UT ISI:000228263400030
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, X
 TI An electric point charge moving along the poling direction of a
    transversely isotropic piezoelectric solid
 SO ARCHIVE OF APPLIED MECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE moving electric point charge; piezoelectric solid; transversely
    isotropic; general solution
 ID CRACK; CERAMICS
 AB The problem of an electric point charge moving constantly along the
    poling direction of a transversely isotropic piezoelectric solid is
    considered in a moving coordinate system, which moves together with the
    electric point charge. A general solution in the moving coordinate
    system is given, and all the field components, such as displacements,
    electric potential, stresses and electric displacements, can be
    concisely expressed in terms of four quasi-harmonic functions. We also
    present two examples to demonstrate the effect of the moving velocity
    on the values of lambda(i). Once the general solution is given, the
    axisymmetric problem of a moving electric point charge can be easily
    solved. The explicit expressions of all the field components caused by
    the moving electric charge are presented, and the effect of the moving
    velocity on these field components is numerically investigated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, X, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM xuwang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR DING HJ, 1996, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V33, P2283
    DING HJ, 1997, TRANSVERSELY ISOTROP
    MA XK, 1997, ELECTROMAGNETIC THEO
    PAK YE, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P863
    PAN E, 2001, ASME, V68, P608
    REDDY JN, 2001, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V68, P234
    RU CQ, 2000, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V456, P1051
    SUO Z, 1992, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V40, P739
    WANG B, 1992, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V29, P293
    WANG X, 2003, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V40, P2381
    WANG ZK, 1995, ENG FRACT MECH, V51, P447
    ZHAO MH, 1997, THEOR APPL FRACT MEC, V26, P129
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0939-1533
 J9 ARCH APPL MECH
 JI Arch. Appl. Mech.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 74
 IS 7
 BP 509
 EP 516
 PG 8
 SC Mechanics
 GA 913UI
 UT ISI:000228178700005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, JB
    Qiu, Y
    Lu, ZM
    Liu, YL
 TI Scaling exponents in fully developed asymmetric channel flow
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE turbulent counter-gradient-transport(CGT); scaling exponent; wavelet
    analysis
 ID TURBULENCE; LAWS
 AB Wavelet analysis is applied to study the global and local scaling
    exponents in fully developed asymmetric channel flow. Global exponents
    are calculated by orthogonal wavelets and Extended Scaling Similarity
    (ESS). The results show that the flow in an asymmetric channel flow
    exhibits different characteristics of intermittency from that in a
    symmetric flow. It is also shown that the intermittency property of the
    streamwise fluctuations is different from that of vertical
    fluctuations, and the intermittency does not decay with the increase of
    the distance from the wall. In addition, the Continuous Wavelet
    Transform(CWT) method is found to be unreliable to calculate the local
    scaling components. Finally, it is pointed out that the existence and
    the significance of negative local scaling components need further
    study.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, YL, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM ylliu@yc.shu.edu.cn
 CR BACRY E, 1990, TURBULENCE COHERENT, P203
    BENZI R, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P29
    BI WT, 2001, EXPT MEASUREMENT FLU, V15, P71
    CAMUSSI R, 1996, PHYS FLUIDS, V8, P1181
    CANUS C, 1998, P INT WAV C, P281
    FARGE M, 1992, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V232, P469
    FRISCH U, 1995, TURBULENCE
    JAFFARD S, 2000, ANN APPL PROBAB, V10, P313
    JIANG N, 1997, EXPT MEASUREMENTS FL, V11, P12
    KATUL G, 2001, PHYS FLUIDS, V13, P241
    KOLWANKAR KM, 2002, J FOURIER ANAL APPL, V8, P319
    LI L, 2001, ACTA MECH SINICA, V33, P153
    LI L, 2001, ACTA MECH SINICA, V33, P433
    LU ZM, 2001, ACTA MECH SINICA, V17, P125
    MOURI H, 1999, J FLUID MECH, V389, P229
    NAN J, 1998, ACTA MECH SINICA, V29, P406
    ONORATO M, 2000, PHYS REV E, V61, P1447
    SHE ZS, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V72, P336
    VEHEL JL, 1996, IEEE DSP WORKSH LOEN
    YAMADA M, 1990, PROG THEOR PHYS, V83, P819
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 3
 BP 292
 EP 298
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 913PN
 UT ISI:000228165400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, J
    Liu, ZR
    Xiang, L
 TI Global dynamics of delayed bidirectional associative memory (BAM)
    neural networks
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE bidirectional associative memory (BAM); neural network; global
    exponential stability; Liapunov function
 ID STABILITY; SYNCHRONIZATION; TIME
 AB Without assuming the smoothness, monotonicity and boundedness of the
    activation functions, some novel criteria on the existence and global
    exponential stability of equilibrium point for delayed bidirectional
    associative memory (BAM) neural networks are established by applying
    the Liapunov functional methods and matrix-algebraic techniques. It is
    shown that the new conditions presented in terms of a nonsingular M
    matrix described by the networks parameters, the connection matrix and
    the Lipschitz constant of the activation functions, are not only simple
    and practical, but also easier to check and less conservative than
    those imposed by similar results in recent literature.
 C1 Hebei Univ Technol, Inst Appl Math, Tianjin 300130, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Hebei Univ Technol, Dept Phys, Tianjin 300130, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, J, Hebei Univ Technol, Inst Appl Math, Tianjin 300130, Peoples R
    China.
 EM jinzhou@fudan.edu.cn
 CR CHEN GR, 2004, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V14, P2229
    GOPALSAMY K, 1994, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V5, P998
    HALE JK, 1977, INTRO FUNCTIONAL DIF
    KENNEDY MP, 1988, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V35, P554
    KOSKO B, 1988, IEEE T SYST MAN CYB, V18, P49
    KOSKO B, 1990, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V1, P1
    KOSKO B, 1991, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V36, P785
    LIAO X, 2001, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V11, P1835
    LIAO XF, 2002, INT J CIRC THEOR APP, V30, P519
    MAUNDY B, 1990, IEEE T CIRCUITS SYST, V37, P1568
    MOHAMAD S, 2001, PHYSICA D, V159, P233
    MORITA M, 1993, NEURAL NETWORKS, V6, P115
    XIANG L, 2002, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V23, P1367
    YOSHIZAWA S, 1993, NEURAL NETWORKS, V6, P167
    ZHOU J, 2004, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V3173, P144
    ZHOU J, 2004, NEURAL NETWORKS, V16, P87
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 3
 BP 327
 EP 335
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 913PN
 UT ISI:000228165400008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, YL
    Xu, CX
    Wang, YJ
    Zhang, LS
 TI A new two-level linear relaxed bound method for geometric programming
    problems
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE geometric programs; global optimization; linearization technique;
    branch-and-bound method; relaxed approximation
 ID GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION; NONCONVEX NLPS; ALGORITHM; BRANCH; MINIMIZATION
 AB In this paper a new two-level linear relaxed bound method is proposed
    for solving the global solution of geometric programming problems, and
    its convergent properties is proved, and a numerical example is used to
    illustrate the effectiveness of the presented algorithm. The bound
    technique in this algorithm is different from the other ones. The
    two-level relaxed linear programming problems of geometric programming
    problems are given without additional new variables and constraints by
    making use of the linear approximation of power functions and the new
    formulas for product to be unequal with sum. (c) 2004 Elsevier Inc. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    NW Secondly Natl Coll, Dept Informat & Comp Sci, Yinchuan 750021, Peoples R China.
    Xian Jiaotong Univ, Sch Sci, Xian 710049, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, YL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM gaoyuelin@263.net
 CR ALKHAYYAL FA, 1983, MATH OPER RES, V8, P273
    BENSON HP, 1997, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V94, P487
    BENSON HP, 1999, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V15, P315
    COLE F, 1980, EUROPEAN J OPERATION, V5, P26
    COLE F, 1985, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V47, P159
    FLOUDAS CA, 1990, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V14, P1397
    HANSEN P, 1992, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V2, P41
    HANSEN P, 1993, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V3, P421
    JAUMARD B, 1997, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V10, P229
    KONNO H, 1988, J OPER RES SOC JPN, V32, P142
    KONNO H, 1990, ANN OPER RES, V25, P147
    KUNO T, 1993, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V3, P325
    MCCRMICK GP, 1976, MATH PROGRAM, V10, P147
    RYOO HS, 1995, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V19, P551
    SCHAIBLE S, 1995, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V87, P441
    SHERALI HD, 1992, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V2, P101
    SHERALI HD, 1992, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V2, P379
    SHERALI HD, 1995, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V7, P1
    SHERALI HD, 1997, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V10, P381
    SHERALI HD, 1998, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V12, P267
    ZAMORA JM, 1999, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V14, P217
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD MAY 5
 PY 2005
 VL 164
 IS 1
 BP 117
 EP 131
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 914IR
 UT ISI:000228221600008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, QX
    Zhong, YB
    Ren, ZM
    Lou, L
    Deng, K
    Xu, KD
 TI Effect of electromagnetic field on the behavior and distribution of the
    particles in front of metallic solidification interface
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE electromagnetic field; behavior of the particle; solidifying interface;
    distribution of the particle; Al-Si alloy
 ID SOLID-LIQUID INTERFACE; ENGULFMENT
 AB The quantitative relationship between the nonmetallic particle's
    redistribution in metal and electromagnetic force (EMF) was developed
    during the process of unidirectional solidification in electromagnetic
    field. It was pointed theoretically that controlling the cycle of the
    electromagnetic field and the solidified parameters could produce a new
    composite material in which the content of the particles is a function
    of the unidistance from the growing interface. Experimental results
    show that by applying periodical electromagnetic force to the
    unidirectionally solidified hypereutectic Al-19%Si alloy, the primary
    silicon-rich particles distributed layer by layer, and the surface
    hardness fluctuated periodically. Through adjusting the frequency of
    the electromagnetic force and the rate of the solidifying interface,
    the width between the two adjacent layers could be changed freely.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Modern Met & Mat Proc, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhong, YB, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Modern Met & Mat Proc,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM yunboz@263.net
 CR BOLLING GF, 1971, J CRYST GROWTH, V10, P56
    CISSE J, 1971, J CRYST GROWTH, V10, P67
    GARVIN JW, 2003, J CRYST GROWTH, V252, P451
    HADJI L, 2003, SCRIPTA MATER, V48, P665
    HAN Q, 1995, ISIJ INT, V35, P693
    HAN QY, 1996, ACTA METALL SIN, V32, P363
    KOLIN A, 1953, SCIENCE, V117, P134
    KORBER C, 1985, J CRYST GROWTH, V72, P649
    LEENOV D, 1954, J CHEM PHYS, V22, P683
    LI QC, 1982, THEORY CAST FORMING, P89
    MARTY P, 1982, P S IUTAM MET SOC LO, P245
    OMENYI SN, 1976, J APPL PHYS, V47, P3956
    SHANGGUAN D, 1992, METALL TRANS A, V23, P669
    STEFANESCU DM, 1988, METALL T A, V19, P2847
    TANIGUCHI S, 1994, INT S EL PROC MAT NA, P429
    UHLMANN DR, 1964, J APPL PHYS, V35, P2986
    WU SS, 1998, SPEC FDN NONFERROUS, P34
    ZHONG YB, 2003, ACTA METALL SIN, V39, P1269
    ZHONG YB, 2003, P 4 INT C EL PROC MA, P404
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD MAR 11
 PY 2005
 VL 41
 IS 3
 BP 321
 EP 325
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 912VK
 UT ISI:000228107800020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, XY
    Wu, YZ
    Sun, RG
    Zhu, WQ
    Jiang, XY
    Zhang, ZL
    Xu, SH
 TI Efficiency improvement of organic light-emitting diodes using
    8-hydroxy-quinolinato lithium as an electron injection layer
 SO THIN SOLID FILMS
 DT Article
 DE organic light-emitting diode; efficiency; improvement;
    8-hydroxy-quinolinato lithium
 ID CHARGE INJECTION; ALUMINUM; DEVICES; CATHODE; INTERFACES
 AB Organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs) using
    tris-(8-hydroxy-quinolinato) aluminum (Alq(3)) as an emitter,
    8-hydroxy-quinolinato lithium (Liq) as an electron injection layer,
    were prepared. Experimental results show that the efficiency of device
    with Liq is three times higher than that without Liq. The device using
    Liq as an injection layer is less sensitive in efficiency to the Liq
    thickness than that using LiF. In addition to the Alq3 based devices,
    Liq is also very effective as an electron injection layer for
    4,4'-bis(2,2-diphenylvinyl)-1,1'-biphenyl based blue OLED and poly
    (2-methoxy,5-(2-ethyl-hexyloxy)-1,4-phenylenevinylene) based orange
    polymer OLED. (c) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Sci Res Management Div, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, XY, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Sci Res
    Management Div, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM xyzheng@mail.siom.ac.cn
 CR CAMPBELL IH, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P3528
    CAO Y, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V88, P3618
    DAVIDS PS, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P2270
    ENDO J, 1999, P INT C ADV TECHN PO, P124
    HE P, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V82, P3218
    HUNG LS, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P152
    JABBOUR GE, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V73, P1185
    LE QT, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V87, P375
    LIU ZG, 2002, SYNTHETIC MET, V128, P211
    MORI T, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V73, P2763
    PARKER ID, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V75, P1656
    SCHMITZ C, 2001, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V4105, P193
    SHAHEEN SE, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P2324
    STAMPOR W, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P1935
    TANG CW, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V51, P913
    YANG XH, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P563
 NR 16
 TC 1
 SN 0040-6090
 J9 THIN SOLID FILMS
 JI Thin Solid Films
 PD MAY 1
 PY 2005
 VL 478
 IS 1-2
 BP 252
 EP 255
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Condensed Matter
 GA 911XJ
 UT ISI:000228039800041
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bian, JJ
    Kim, D
    Hong, KS
 TI Microwave dielectric properties of (Zn1-xMnx)(2)P2O7
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Letter
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Seoul Natl Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Seoul 151742, South Korea.
 RP Bian, JJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, 149 YanChang Rd,Zhabei Dist,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BIAN JJ, IN PRESS JPN J APPL
    CHO SY, 1999, J MATER RES, V14, P114
    DUBE DC, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P1095
    HAKKI BW, 1960, IRE T MICROWAVE THEO, V8, P402
    MAADI AE, 1994, J ALLOY COMPD, V205, P243
    PENN SJ, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P1885
    TEMPLETON A, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P95
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2461
 J9 J MATER SCI
 JI J. Mater. Sci.
 PD APR
 PY 2005
 VL 40
 IS 7
 BP 1801
 EP 1803
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 910UC
 UT ISI:000227956700037
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, BQ
    Xia, YB
    Qi, LJ
 TI Infrared absorption spectra of serpentine cat's eye and the mechanism
    of it's thermotransformation
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE serpentine cat's eye; forsterite; enstatite; thermotransformation
 AB DTA, IR and XRD were used to study the characteristics of serpentine
    cat's eye from Sichuan province at different temperatures. Also, the
    thermotransformation products and mechanism of Sichuan serpentine cat's
    eye were discussed. Finally, the mechanism of thermotransformation of
    chrysotile cat's eye was proposed. The results show that when heated up
    to 700 degrees C, the serpentine cat's eye completely dehydrates and
    partly transforms into crystalline forsterite and non-crystalline
    enstatite. At 800 degrees C, crystalline enstatite is formed. Heated
    above 800 to 1100 degrees C, the amount of crystalline forsterite and
    enstatite increases gradually: Up to 1100 degrees C, the degree of
    crystalline order of enstatite is improved. During
    thermotransformation, no SiO2 phase is formed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinas Geol Univ, Wuhan 430074, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, BQ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM lubaoqi@hotmail.com
 CR BALAN E, 2002, AM MINERAL, V87, P1286
    BRINDLEY GW, 1990, MINERAL MAG, V75, P189
    SOMA Y, 1997, CLAY SCI, V16, P251
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 285
 EP 290
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 910MA
 UT ISI:000227934300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhen, Q
    He, WM
    Liu, JQ
    Pan, QY
 TI Preparation process of nanocrystalline Bi2O3-Y2O3 fast ionic conductor
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE coprecipitation method; pressureless reactive sintering;
    nanocrystalline Bi2O3-Y2O3 fast ionic conductor; technique optimization
 ID CERAMICS; PARTICLES
 AB With nanometer (75mol%Bi2O3+25mol%Y2O3) powder prepared by
    coprecipitation as raw material, the nanocrystalline Bi2O3-Y2O3 fast
    ionic conductor was fabricated through pressureless reactive sintering
    technique. The study results on formation law of highly conductive
    phase (nano delta-Bi2O3) in the sintering process show that the solid
    solution reaction happens at the early stage of sintering process, and
    the grain growth accords with the rule of para-curve equation (D -
    D-0)(2) = K (.) t. The optimizing domain of sintering technique
    parameters forming delta-Bi2O3 was optimized by the pattern recognition
    technique, that is Y > -1.846X + 3.433 (X = 0.0059T + 0.0101t, Y =
    -0.0059T + 0.0101t, where T is sintering temperature, t is sintering
    time). At the pressureless reactive sintering conditions of T = 600
    degrees C, t=2h, the nanocrystalline Bi2O3-Y2O3 fast ionic conductor
    can reach to a relative density of higher than 96%, and its
    microstructure is compact and homogeneous with few remaining pores or
    cracks, its average grain size is less than 100 nm.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Nanosci & Nanotechnol Res Ctr, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhen, Q, Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zhenqiang@263.net
 CR BHATTACHARYA AK, 1994, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V91, P357
    HIRANO T, 1999, IEEE T MAGN 2, V35, P3487
    JOSHI PC, 1992, J APPL PHYS, V72, P5827
    KINGERY WD, 1967, INTRO CERAMICS, P458
    KRUIDHOF H, 1987, MATER RES BULL, V22, P1635
    LARKER HT, 1999, J EUR CERAM SOC, V19, P2367
    LI W, 2001, J CHINESE CERAMIC SO, V29, P84
    MAYO MJ, 1996, INT MATER REV, V41, P85
    NISHIMURA T, 1995, J MATER SCI LETT, V14, P1046
    ZENG Y, 2001, J MATER SCI, V36, P1271
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 20
 IS 2
 BP 393
 EP 400
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 910MA
 UT ISI:000227934300021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, F
    Hua, TC
    Sun, DW
    Xiao, JJ
    Zhao, XL
 TI Enzyme activity of wheat esterase as affected by various
    cryopreservation conditions
 SO JOURNAL OF FOOD ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE wheat esterase; preservation; cooling procedure; cryoprotectant;
    pretreatment
 ID ACETYLCHOLINESTERASE; BIOSENSOR; ORGANOPHOSPHATE; INSECTICIDES;
    PESTICIDES
 AB Seven cryoprotectants (polyethyleneglycol, sucrose, glycerol,
    ethyleneglycol, NaCl, Me2SO and sodium acetate anhydrous) for
    preserving the wheat esterase were studied and sodium acetate anhydrous
    (SAA) was chosen as the most effective cryoprotectant. The effects of
    pretreatment conditions (temperature and time), SAA concentration and
    the cooling procedures on the recovery ratio of enzyme activity were
    investigated. The study indicated that the effects of cooling procedure
    and pretreatment temperature on the recovery ratio of enzyme activity
    were significant and a suitable cooling procedure and lower
    pretreatment temperature should be chosen in order to preserve the
    enzyme activity of wheat esterase. (c) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Food Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Natl Univ Ireland, Univ Coll Dublin, FRCFT Grp, Dept Biosyst Engn, Dublin 2, Ireland.
 RP Hua, TC, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Food Sci & Engn, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 EM tchua@sh163.net
    dawen.sun@ucd.ie
 CR ASPEREN VK, 1962, J INSECT PHYSL, V8, P401
    BAKER JE, 1998, INSECT BIOCHEM MOLEC, V28, P1039
    CUMMINS I, 2001, PHYSIOL PLANTARUM, V113, P477
    GUILBAULT GG, 1970, ENZYMATIC METHODS AN
    NEUFELD T, 2000, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V15, P323
    POGACNIK L, 2003, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V18, P1
    RODRIGUES TC, 2001, ANAL SCI, V17, P629
    SCHULZE H, 2002, ANAL BIOANAL CHEM, V372, P268
    SCHULZE H, 2003, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V18, P201
    SEGURO K, 1990, CRYOBIOLOGY, V27, P70
    VILLATTE F, 1998, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V13, P157
    XIAO J, 2002, THESIS U SHANGHAI SC
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0260-8774
 J9 J FOOD ENG
 JI J. Food Eng.
 PD JUL
 PY 2005
 VL 69
 IS 1
 BP 17
 EP 22
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Chemical; Food Science & Technology
 GA 910WU
 UT ISI:000227963700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Adeleke, OF
    Zhou, RM
    Zu, JH
    Ekoko, BG
 TI Effect of electron beam irradiation on the degradation of
    monochlorophenols in aqueous solution
 SO JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES-CHINA
 DT Article
 DE electron beam; monochlorophenols; degradation; deaeration
 ID RADIATION; WATER; 2,4-DICHLOROPHENOL; DETOXIFICATION; DECOMPOSITION
 AB Electron beam was successfully used for the degradation of
    2-chlorophenol (2-CP) and 4-chlorophenol (4-CP) in aqueous solutions in
    this research. The effect of radiation dose on substrate degradation
    and dechlorination of solutions with concentration of 50 mg/L was
    investigated. The effect of initial concentration, pH and presence of
    oxygen was also investigated. The concentration of 2-CP and 4-CP
    remaining in solution after irradiation were measured by HPLC. The
    results showed that increased radiation dose led to increased
    degradation of the chlorophenols and increased CI- yield. Deaeration
    was also found to significantly increase the rate of degradation of
    chlorophenols in water while degradation and dechlorination under
    alkaline condition was lower than at low to neutral pH.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Adeleke, OF, Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM kadeleke@yahoo.com
 CR COOPER WJ, 1992, J ENV SCI HLTH A, V27, P219
    GEHRINGER P, 1998, ENV APPL IONIZING RA, CH20
    GETOFF N, 1988, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V31, P121
    GETOFF N, 1996, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V47, P581
    HE YK, 2002, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V65, P565
    JAUREGUI O, 2001, ENV ANAL, P3
    LIN KJ, 1995, APPL RADIAT ISOTOPES, V46, P1307
    NICKELSEN MG, 1992, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V26, P144
    SAMPA MHO, 1998, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V52, P365
    SCHMID S, 1997, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V50, P493
    SONG W, 2001, J NANJING U, V37, P730
    SONG WH, 2002, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V65, P559
    TROJANOWICZ M, 2002, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V65, P357
    ZELE SR, 1998, ENV APPL IONIZING RA, CH25
    ZHANG Z, 1994, WATER SUPPLY ENG, P624
    ZONA R, 1999, WATER RES, V33, P1314
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1001-0742
 J9 J ENVIRON SCI-CHINA
 JI J. Environ. Sci.
 PY 2005
 VL 17
 IS 2
 BP 301
 EP 304
 PG 4
 SC Environmental Sciences
 GA 911ZH
 UT ISI:000228046400028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, FY
    Xiao, JK
 TI Analysis of the method of lines for H-waveguide with multichip
    dielectric
 SO JOURNAL OF ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 AB An analytic model for solving H-waveguide filled in multichip
    dielectric is established by using the method of lines in this paper.
    The characteristic equations of H-guide under different mode are
    obtained. Some dispersion and cut-off characteristics of H-guides with
    double and four dielectric strips are numerically calculated and some
    valuable results are got. The correctness of this model is verified.
    Difficulty on disposing of electromagnetic boundary value problem in
    regular guide filled in non-uniform dielectric is overcome by using the
    model. The application scope of the method of lines is developed as
    well. This is of important values in study and application of H-guide
    filled in multichip dielectric as well as disposing of electromagnetic
    boundary value problem with non-uniform dielectric.
 C1 Lanzhou Univ, Sch Informat Sci & Engn, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, FY, Lanzhou Univ, Sch Informat Sci & Engn, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples
    R China.
 CR CONLON RFB, 1966, P I ELECTR ENG, V133, P1311
    HONG W, 1987, ELECT SCI T, V9, P309
    LI BH, 1990, MILLIMETER WAVES TEC, P116
    SCHULZ U, 1980, AEU-ARCH ELEKTRON UB, V34, P169
    TISCHER FJ, 1970, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V18, P9
    WORM SB, 1984, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V32, P191
    XU FY, 1996, INT J INFRARED MILLI, V17, P1789
    XU FY, 2004, J ELECTROMAGNET WAVE, V18, P233
    ZHAO KY, 1996, INT J INFRARED MILLI, V17, P212
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0920-5071
 J9 J ELECTROMAGNET WAVE APPLICAT
 JI J. Electromagn. Waves Appl.
 PY 2005
 VL 19
 IS 5
 BP 591
 EP 604
 PG 14
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical
 GA 911SD
 UT ISI:000228024000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tong, CL
    Cheng, J
    Yamamoto, M
 TI Reconstruction of convection coefficients of an elliptic equation in
    the plane by Dirichlet to Neumann map
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES A-MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE inverse problems; Dirichlet to Neumann map; reconstruction; inverse
    scattering; elliptic system
 ID INVERSE SCATTERING TRANSFORM; STEWARTSON-II EQUATIONS; BOUNDARY
    MEASUREMENTS; DETERMINING CONDUCTIVITY; UNIQUENESS
 AB The inverse problem of determining two convection coefficients of an
    elliptic partial differential equation by Dirichlet to Neumann map is
    discussed. It is well known that this is a severely ill-posed problem
    with high nonlinearity. By the inverse scattering technique for first
    order elliptic system in the plane and the theory of generalized
    analytic functions, we give a constructive method for this inverse
    problem.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Div Computat Sci, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Univ Tokyo, Dept Math Sci, Tokyo 1538914, Japan.
 RP Cheng, J, Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 EM tongchongliang@hotmail.com
    jcheng@fudan.edu.cn
    myama@ms.u-tokyo.ac.jp
 CR BARCELO JA, 2001, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V173, P231
    BEALS R, 1988, NONLINEAR EVOLUTION, P15
    BROWN RM, 1997, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V22, P1009
    CALDERON AP, 1980, SEM NUM AN ITS APPL, P65
    CHEN YS, 2000, J INF SCI ENG, V16, P25
    CHENG J, 2001, COMM KOREAN MATH SOC, V16, P405
    CHENG J, 2004, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V35, P1371
    ISAKOV V, 1998, INVERSE PROBLEMS PAR
    KOHN R, 1984, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V37, P289
    KOHN RV, 1985, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V38, P643
    KUNDSEN K, 2001, RECONSTRUCTION LESS
    NACHMAN AI, 1988, ANN MATH, V128, P531
    NACHMAN AI, 1995, ANN MATH, V142, P71
    NAKAMURA G, 1995, MATH ANN, V303, P377
    SUNG LY, 1994, J MATH ANAL APPL, V183, P121
    SUNG LY, 1994, J MATH ANAL APPL, V183, P289
    SUNG LY, 1994, J MATH ANAL APPL, V183, P477
    SYLVESTER J, 1987, ANN MATH, V125, P153
    TAMASAN A, IN PRESS INVERSE PRO
    VEKUA IN, 1962, GEN ANAL FUNCTIONS
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1006-9283
 J9 SCI CHINA SER A
 JI Sci. China Ser. A-Math.
 PD JAN
 PY 2005
 VL 48
 IS 1
 BP 40
 EP 56
 PG 17
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 908KT
 UT ISI:000227786600003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, W
    Zhong, SS
    Qi, MQ
    Liang, XL
 TI Broadband ridged-waveguide slot-antenna array fed by a back-to-back
    ridged waveguide
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE ridged waveguides; antenna arrays; slot arrays
 AB A symmetric rectangular single-ridged waveguide (SRSRW)
    longitudinal-slot antenna array fed by four-way SRSRW power divider is
    presented. The measured results are compared with the calculated ones,
    showing good agreement. The array has a compact transverse dimension
    and achieves a wide bandwidth. (c) 2005 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Res Inst Elect & Engn, Hefei 230031, Anhui, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, W, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR FREZZA F, 1995, IEE P-MICROW ANTEN P, V142, P47
    GREEN J, 1990, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V38, P1161
    HAMADALLAH M, 1989, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V37, P817
    HANSEN RC, 1998, PHASED ARRAY ANTENNA
    KIM DY, 1988, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V36, P1531
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD APR 20
 PY 2005
 VL 45
 IS 2
 BP 102
 EP 104
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 910DG
 UT ISI:000227909900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, HB
    Chen, LQ
 TI The unified form of Hojman's conservation law and Lutzky's conservation
    law
 SO JOURNAL OF THE PHYSICAL SOCIETY OF JAPAN
 DT Article
 DE second-order differential equation; Lie symmetry; Hojman's conservation
    law; Lutzky's conservation law
 ID NONHOLONOMIC SYSTEMS; LIE SYMMETRY; INVARIANCE; QUANTITIES; EQUATIONS;
    THEOREM
 AB In this paper, a unified form of Hojman's conservation law and Lutzky's
    one is derived. The conserved quantity is constructed in terms of a
    symmetry transformation vector of the equation of motion only. The
    Hojman's conservation law and the Lutzky's one may be regarded as two
    special cases of this unified form. A condition is deduced to exclude
    trivial conserved quantities. Two simple examples are presented to
    illustrate the applications of the results.
 C1 Anhui Chaohu Coll, Dept Phys, Chaohu 238000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, HB, Anhui Chaohu Coll, Dept Phys, Chaohu 238000, Peoples R China.
 EM hbzhang2002@eyou.com
 CR BLUMAN GW, 1974, SIMILARITY METHODS D
    BLUMAN GW, 1989, SYMMETRIES DIFFERENT
    COHEN A, 1931, INTRO LIE THEORY ONE
    FU JL, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V317, P255
    GONALEZGASCON F, 1994, J PHYS A, V27, L59
    HOJMAN SA, 1992, J PHYS A, V25, P291
    LUTZKY M, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V72, P86
    LUTZKY M, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V75, P8
    LUTZKY M, 1995, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V28, L637
    LUTZKY M, 2002, J PHYS A, V47, P1544
    MEI FX, 2000, J BEIJING I TECHNOL, V9, P120
    MEI FX, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P177
    MEI FX, 2001, J BEIJING I TECHNOL, V10, P138
    MEI FX, 2002, CHINESE SCI BULL, V47, P1544
    MEI FX, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1048
    MEI FX, 2004, J DYN CONTROL, V2, P28
    NOETHER AE, 1918, NACHR KGL GES WISS G, V2, P235
    OLVER PJ, 1993, APPL LIE GROUPS DIFF
    PILLAY T, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P6999
    SARLET W, 1981, SIAM REV, V23, P467
    WANG SY, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P373
    WANG SY, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P5
    ZHANG HB, 2004, ACTA MECH SINICA, V36, P254
    ZHANG HB, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V42, P321
 NR 24
 TC 2
 SN 0031-9015
 J9 J PHYS SOC JPN
 JI J. Phys. Soc. Jpn.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 74
 IS 3
 BP 905
 EP 909
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 909WO
 UT ISI:000227891600021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, QW
    Zhu, LH
    Xu, J
    Wang, PL
    Gu, H
    Cheng, YB
 TI Effect of V2O5 on sintering behaviour, microstructure and dielectric
    properties of textured Sr0.4Ba0.6Nb2O6 ceramics
 SO JOURNAL OF THE EUROPEAN CERAMIC SOCIETY
 DT Article
 DE (SrBa)Nb2O6; additives; sintering; microstructure; dielectric properties
 ID STRONTIUM-BARIUM-NIOBATE; TEMPLATED GRAIN-GROWTH; SR0.53BA0.47NB2O6
    CERAMICS; PHOTOREFRACTIVE PROPERTIES; ELECTRICAL-PROPERTIES; CRYSTAL
    STRUCTURES; SR1-XBAXNB2O6; FABRICATION; PHASE
 AB The acicular Sr0.39Ba0.48K0.32Nb2O6 single crystal particles were first
    prepared by the reaction of SrCO3, BaCO3 and Nb2O5 in molten K2SO4 at
    1300 degrees C for 3 h. By using these single crystal particles as
    seeds and V2O5 as additives, textured Sr0.4Ba0.6Nb2O6 (SBN40) ceramics
    were obtained. The effect of V2O5 on sintering behaviour,
    microstructure and dielectric properties of textured SBN40 ceramics was
    investigated. The experimental results show that the addition of V2O5
    can accelerate the densification rate of the material and encourage the
    texture of SBN40 ceramics, which further improves the anisotropy in
    dielectric properties between different directions of textured SBN40
    ceramics. (c) 2004 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Monash Univ, Sch Phys & Mat Engn, Clayton, Vic 3800, Australia.
 RP Huang, QW, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High
    Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 EM huangqw@mail.sic.ac.cn
 CR ANTISIGIN VD, 1981, FERROELECTRICS, V38, P761
    DURAN C, 2000, J AM CERAM SOC, V83, P2203
    DURAN C, 2002, J MATER RES, V17, P2399
    GLASS AM, 1969, J APPL PHYS, V40, P4699
    HUANG QW, 2002, MATER LETT, V56, P915
    JAMIESON PB, 1968, J CHEM PHYS, V48, P5048
    LEE SI, 1988, FERROELECTRICS, V87, P209
    LENZO PV, 1967, APPL PHYS LETT, V11, P23
    LOTGERING FK, 1959, J INORG NUCL CHEM, V9, P113
    MORENOGOBBI A, 2000, J ALLOY COMPD, V310, P29
    MURTY SN, 1994, FERROELECTRICS, V158, P325
    NEURGAONKAR RR, 1980, MATER RES BULL, V15, P1235
    NEURGAONKAR RR, 1986, J OPT SOC AM B, V3, P274
    NEURGAONKAR RR, 1987, OPT ENG, V26, P392
    NEURGAONKAR RR, 1988, FERROELECTRICS, V87, P167
    NISHIWAKI S, 1996, J CERAM SOC JPN, V104, P413
    UMAKANTHAM K, 1987, J MATER SCI LETT, V6, P565
    VANDAMME NS, 1991, J AM CERAM SOC, V74, P1785
    WOIKE T, 2001, APPL PHYS B-LASERS O, V72, P661
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0955-2219
 J9 J EUR CERAM SOC
 JI J. European Ceram. Soc.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 25
 IS 6
 BP 957
 EP 962
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 908XB
 UT ISI:000227822400023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lin, HX
    Jiang, Y
    Chen, JM
    Chen, JK
    Chen, MQ
 TI Synthesis and crystal structure of 2-debenzoyl and 4-deacetyl
    1-deoxybaccatin VI derivatives
 SO JOURNAL OF MOLECULAR STRUCTURE
 DT Article
 DE 1-deoxybaccatin VI derivatives; synthesis; crystal structure;
    conformation; hydrogen bond
 ID BIOLOGICAL EVALUATION; BETA-TUBULIN; TAXOL; ANALOGS; CONFORMATION
 AB Two novel 4-deacetyl and 2,4-deacyl 1-deoxybaccatin VI derivatives were
    prepared from 1-deoxybaccatin VI. Their structures were elucidated
    using extensive spectroscopic techniques (IR, 1HNMR, DEPT, COSY, HMQC
    and MS). In addition, the conformations for these compounds were
    obtained by X-ray diffraction methods. Comparisons to 1-deoxybaccatin
    VI and paclitaxel identify relative differences principally in the
    cyclohexenyl ring (A ring). Conformational analysis showed that removal
    of 4-acetyl or 2,4-diacyl moiety has a decisive influence on the
    conformation of the A ring. (c) 2004 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Sch Life Sci, Inst Biodivers, Minist Key Lab Biodivers Sci & Ecol Engn, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Res Ctr Anal & Measurement, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, JM, Fudan Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200433,
    Peoples R China.
 EM jmchen@fudan.ac.cn
 CR CHAUDHARY AG, 1994, J AM CHEM SOC, V116, P4097
    CHEN SH, 1993, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V34, P3205
    DATTA A, 1994, J MED CHEM, V37, P4258
    GABETTA B, 1995, J NAT PROD, V58, P1508
    GANESH T, 2004, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V101, P10006
    GEORG GI, 1995, TAXOL SCI APPL, P317
    GUENARD D, 2000, BIOORGAN MED CHEM, V8, P145
    HARPER JK, 2001, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C 1, V57, P64
    HE LF, 2000, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V39, P3972
    KINGSTON DGI, 1999, J ORG CHEM, V64, P1814
    LI YK, 2000, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V39, P281
    LIN HX, 2004, CHINESE J CHEM, V22, P751
    MASTROPAOLO D, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P6920
    METAFERIA BB, 2001, ORG LETT, V3, P2461
    NICOLAOU KC, 1995, J AM CHEM SOC, V117, P2409
    NOGALES E, 1998, NATURE, V391, P199
    OJIAM I, 1997, J AM CHEM SOC, V40, P279
    SCHIFF PB, 1979, NATURE, V277, P665
    SNYDER JP, 2001, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V98, P5312
    THAYER AM, 2000, CHEM ENG NEWS, V78, P20
    VERWEIJ J, 1994, ANN ONCOL, V5, P495
    WU N, 1998, ACTA PHARMACOL SINIC, V33, P759
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0022-2860
 J9 J MOL STRUCT
 JI J. Mol. Struct.
 PD MAR 14
 PY 2005
 VL 738
 IS 1-3
 BP 59
 EP 65
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Physical
 GA 907UW
 UT ISI:000227744500009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GH
 TI An active control synchronization for two modified Chua circuits
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE chaos; synchronization; modified Chua circuit; active control; state
    observer
 ID NONFEEDBACK METHODS; CHAOS; SYSTEMS
 AB From modern control theory, an active control method to synchronize two
    modified Chua circuits with each other, which exhibit chaos, is
    presented. Some sufficient conditions of linear stability of the
    chaotic synchronization are obtained from rigorous mathematic
    justification. On the basis of the state-observer, the controller is
    analytically deduced using the active control. It is shown that this
    technique can be applied to achieve synchronization of the two systems
    with each other, whether they are identical or not. Finally, numerical
    simulations show the effectiveness of the proposed control scheme.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM ghlee@sh163.net
 CR BAI EW, 1997, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P51
    CUOMO KM, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P65
    GE SS, 2000, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V47, P1397
    HARTLEY TT, 1993, J CIRCUIT SYST COMP, V3, P173
    HWANG CC, 1996, PHYSICA D, V92, P95
    MORGUL O, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P77
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    RAJASEKAR S, 1997, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P1545
    RAMESH M, 1999, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V10, P1473
    SAITO T, 1995, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V42, P168
    YASSEN MT, 2002, APPL MATH COMPUT, V135, P113
 NR 12
 TC 1
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 14
 IS 3
 BP 472
 EP 475
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 908OZ
 UT ISI:000227798000007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, HL
 TI Measurement of hyperfine structure and isotope shifts in the 580.56nm
    line of Nd-142-145,146,148,150(+)
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE isotope shifts; hyperfine structure; fast-ion-beam laser spectroscopy;
    hyperfine coupling constants
 ID NEODYMIUM; SPECTROSCOPY; TRANSITIONS
 AB Isotope shifts and hyperfine spectrum of singly ionized neodymium ion
    was measured by collinear fast-ion-beam. laser spectroscopy. The
    hyperfine A constants and B constants are obtained for the
    (23230)degrees(912) level and 4f(4)5d K-6(9/2) level, respectively. The
    optical isotope shifts between seven isotopes in the 580.56 nm of
    Nd-142-145,146,148,150(+) line are determined. The configuration
    admixtures for (23230)degrees(9/2) level were quantitatively analysed
    to be 4f(4)6p, 4f(3)5d(2), and 4f(3)5d6p with mixing coefficients of
    67%, 5%, and 28%, respectively.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, HL, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM hl-ma@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR AHMAD SA, 1981, SPECTROCHIM ACTA B, V36, P943
    BLAISE J, 1984, PHYS SCR, V29, P119
    DENHARTOG EA, 2001, J OPT SOC AM B, V18, P861
    EMERY GT, 1996, ATOMIC MOL OPTICAL P, P198
    HOHLE C, 1982, Z PHYS A, V304, P279
    KING WH, 1973, Z PHYS, V265, P207
    KOLACHEVSKII NN, 2001, OPT SPECTROSC+, V90, P164
    KROGER S, 2002, PHYS SCRIPTA, V65, P56
    LAWLER JE, 2001, ASTROPHYS J SUPPL S, V137, P351
    MA HL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P905
    REHSE SJ, 2001, J OPT SOC AM B, V18, P855
    VILLEMOES P, 1995, PHYS REV A, V51, P2838
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 14
 IS 3
 BP 511
 EP 515
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 908OZ
 UT ISI:000227798000014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, L
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
    Liu, HJ
 TI Assembling synthesis of ZnSe orthohexagonal slices through emulsion
    liquid membrane system of gas-liquid transport
 SO CHINESE CHEMICAL LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE ZnSe; emulsion liquid membrane; orthohexagonal slices; self-assembly
 ID NANOSHEET CRYSTALLITES; OPTICAL-PROPERTIES; CDSE; NANOPARTICLES;
    NANOCRYSTALS; ORGANIZATION; PARTICLES; CHEMISTRY
 AB Orthohexagonal slices assembled by ZnSe quantum dots were synthesized
    through emulsion liquid membrane system. These orthohexagonal slices
    were 1.5-3.5 mu m in side length and were self-assembled by ZnSe
    quantum dots of 2-3 nm. It was proposed the surfactant molecules on
    ZnSe quantum dots played a key role in the self-assembly process.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR ALIVISATOS AP, 1996, J PHYS CHEM-US, V100, P13226
    HAO EC, 1999, CHEM MATER, V11, P3096
    HIRAI T, 2002, CHEM MATER, V14, P3576
    KAGAN CR, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1517
    KRESGE CT, 1992, NATURE, V359, P710
    LI M, 1999, NATURE, V402, P393
    MANN S, 1995, J MATER CHEM, V5, P935
    PENG Q, 2001, INORG CHEM, V40, P3840
    RINGSDORF H, 1988, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V27, P113
    SASAKI T, 1997, J PHYS CHEM B, V101, P10159
    SASAKI T, 2001, J PHYS CHEM B, V105, P6116
    WU QS, 2000, J MEMBRANE SCI, V172, P199
    YANG D, 2002, ADV MATER, V14, P1543
    YU SH, 2002, ADV MATER, V14, P296
    ZHAN JH, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P621
    ZHAO DY, 1998, SCIENCE, V279, P548
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1001-8417
 J9 CHIN CHEM LETT
 JI Chin. Chem. Lett.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 16
 IS 3
 BP 375
 EP 378
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 908PS
 UT ISI:000227800300029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, XL
    Liu, P
    Wang, BS
 TI Evaluation of Pa-233 decay data
 SO APPLIED RADIATION AND ISOTOPES
 DT Article
 DE protactinium-233; decay; half-life; emission probabilities; internal
    conversion coefficients
 ID PHOTON-EMISSION PROBABILITIES; NP-237; STANDARDIZATION; EQUILIBRIUM;
    U-233; RAYS
 AB An evaluation of the complete scheme and data for Pa-233 decay,
    including results of the recent measurements, is presented. Several
    data evaluation procedures were used in the analysis of the half-life
    data. The half-life has been determined to be 26.971 +/- 0.013 days.
    All the gamma-ray emission probabilities ever published have been
    examined, and the gamma-ray emission probability for the reference
    312-keV gamma line is recommended as 38.35 +/- 0.28%. The calculated
    internal conversion coefficients and their uncertainties have been used
    to obtain the complete decay intensity balance. Other decay
    characteristics have been calculated using the ENSDF analysis program.
    Finally, a new Pa-233 decay scheme has been built. (c) 2004 Elsevier
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 China Nucl Data Ctr, China Inst Atom Energy, Beijing 102413, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, XL, China Nucl Data Ctr, China Inst Atom Energy, POB 275-41,
    Beijing 102413, Peoples R China.
 EM huangxl@iris.ciae.ac.cn
 CR AKOVALI YA, 1990, NUCL DATA SHEETS, V59, P263
    ALBRIDGE RG, 1961, NUCL PHYS, V27, P529
    AUDI G, 2003, NUCL PHYS A, V729, P337
    BORNER HG, 1979, NUCL INSTRUM METHODS, V166, P251
    GEHRKE RJ, 1979, NUCL SCI ENG, V70, P298
    GROSSE AV, 1941, PHYS REV, V59, P322
    JAMES MF, 1992, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V313, P277
    JONES RT, 1986, NUCL SCI ENG, V93, P171
    KOUASSI MC, 1990, J PHYS G, V16, P1881
    KRANE KS, 1986, NUCL PHYS A, V459, P1
    LUCA A, 2000, APPL RADIAT ISOTOPES, V52, P481
    LUCA A, 2002, APPL RADIAT ISOTOPES, V56, P173
    MCISAAC LD, 1956, NUCLEONICS, V14, P65
    RAJPUT MU, 1992, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V312, P289
    SCHOTZIG U, 2000, APPL RADIAT ISOTOPES, V52, P883
    SHCHUKIN G, 2004, APPL RADIAT ISOTOPES, V60, P239
    USMAN K, 2000, APPL RADIAT ISOTOPES, V52, P585
    VALKEAPAA T, 1973, PHYS FENN, V9, P43
    VANINBROUKX R, 1984, INT J APPL RADIAT IS, V35, P905
    VONEGIDY T, 1971, Z NATURFORSCH A, V26, P1092
    WOODS SA, 1988, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V264, P333
    WOODS SA, 2000, APPL RADIAT ISOTOPES, V52, P475
    WRIGHT HW, 1957, NUCL SCI ENG, V2, P427
    ZIJP WL, 1985, ECN179
 NR 24
 TC 1
 SN 0969-8043
 J9 APPL RADIAT ISOTOPES
 JI Appl. Radiat. Isot.
 PD MAY
 PY 2005
 VL 62
 IS 5
 BP 797
 EP 804
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Radiology, Nuclear Medicine & Medical
    Imaging; Nuclear Science & Technology
 GA 910JC
 UT ISI:000227926300016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jia, GQ
    Zhang, JC
    Liu, YS
    Zhang, XY
 TI Effect of induced magnetic field on microstructure and magnetic
    properties of Bi-Mn alloy
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE magnetic field inducement; Bi-Mn alloy; MnBi phase; directional
    alignment
 ID TEMPERATURE DEPENDENCE; MANGANESE BISMUTHIDE; ELECTRONIC-STRUCTURE;
    NEUTRON DIFFRACTION; SOLIDIFICATION; ANISOTROPY; PHASE;
    CRYSTALLIZATION; TRANSFORMATION; RESONANCE
 AB The Bi-Mn wt6% alloys were solidified from semi-solid state in a
    magnetic field. The microstructure and magnetic properties have been
    studied systematically. The results show that the samples were of a
    eutectic structure of double phases and have large anisotropy. It was
    shown that the alignment of MnBi crystals occurred along the induced,
    field. With increasing induced magnetic field, the remanence(M-r)
    increased gradually, which shows that the higher the induced magnetic
    field, the better the alignment. The spin reorientation temperature
    (T-SR) for MnBi alloys increases with increasing induced magnetic
    field. The effects of the induced field on the microstructure and the
    magnetic properties of Bi-Mn wt6% alloys were also discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM jczhang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ALBERT PA, 1961, J APPL PHYS, V32, S201
    ANDRESEN AF, 1967, ACTA CHEM SCAND, V21, P1543
    BEAUGNON E, 1991, NATURE, V349, P470
    BRAITHWAITE D, 1991, NATURE, V354, P134
    BROOKS JS, 1998, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V59, P569
    CHEN D, 1964, J APPL PHYS, V35, P1024
    CHEN T, 1974, IEEE T MAGN, V10, P581
    CHEN T, 1974, J APPL PHYS, V45, P2358
    CHIKAZUMI S, 1955, J PHYS SOC JPN, V10, P842
    CHIKAZUMI S, 1956, J PHYS SOC JPN, V11, P551
    COEHOORN R, 1985, J PHYS F MET PHYS, V15, P2135
    DERANGO P, 1991, NATURE, V349, P770
    DILLINGER JF, 1935, PHYSICS, V6, P279
    GUILLAUD C, 1951, J PHYS RADIUM, V12, P143
    GUO X, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P14578
    HEIKES RR, 1955, PHYS REV, V99, P446
    HIHARA T, 1970, J PHYS SOC JPN, V29, P343
    KELSALL GA, 1934, PHYSICS, V5, P169
    LEGRAND B, 1998, J ALLOY COMPD, V275, P660
    LEGRAND BA, 1997, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V173, P20
    MIKELSON AE, 1981, J CRYST GROWTH, V52, P524
    NEEL L, 1954, J PHYS RADIUM, V15, P225
    PENG ZZ, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P95
    ROBERTS BW, 1956, PHYS REV, V104, P607
    SAVITSKY EM, 1981, J CRYST GROWTH, V52, P519
    UNGER WK, 1972, J APPL PHYS, V43, P2875
    WABG JL, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P910
    WANG H, 2002, ACTA METALL SIN, V38, P41
    WANG W, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2846
    YANG D, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH E S, V48, S80
    YANG JB, 2002, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V14, P6509
    YOSHIDA H, 2001, J ALLOY COMPD, V317, P297
    ZHANG LG, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P817
 NR 33
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 54
 IS 3
 BP 1126
 EP 1131
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 908KQ
 UT ISI:000227786300022
 ER
 
 EF
 FN ISI Export Format
 VR 1.0
 PT J
 AU Xu, JQ
    Wang, XH
    Shen, JN
 TI Hydrothermal synthesis of In2O3 for detecting H2S in air
 SO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS B-CHEMICAL
 DT Article
 DE hydrothermal reaction; indium oxide; nanomaterial; gas sensor
 ID GAS-SENSING PROPERTIES; SOL-GEL METHOD; THIN-FILM; INDIUM; OXIDE;
    SENSOR; ITO
 AB Nanocrystalline In2O3 gas sensing material was prepared by sintering a
    precursor In(OH)(3) at 600 degrees C which was hydrothermally
    synthesized at 250 degrees C for 24 h by using InCl(3)(.)4H(2)O as a
    starting material. The nanopowder was characterized by X-ray
    diffraction (XRD), transmission electron microscopy (TEM),
    thermogravimetry-differential scanning calorimetry (TG-DSC) and X-ray
    photoelectron spectrometer (XPS). The results indicated that the
    precursor of indium oxide was cubic indium hydroxide with range size of
    50-80 nm, and indium oxide was composed of In and O. Gas sensing
    properties of the sensors were tested by mixing a gas in air at static
    state, the tested results showed that the sensor based on In2O3
    nanocrystals had satisfying H2S gas sensing properties at rather low
    temperature. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhengzhou Univ Light Ind, Coll Mat & Chem Engn, Zhengzhou 450002, Henan, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, JQ, Zhengzhou Univ Light Ind, Coll Mat & Chem Engn, Zhengzhou
    450002, Henan, Peoples R China.
 EM xujiaqiang@zzuli.edu.cn
 CR ALI EB, 2002, MATER CHEM PHYS, V73, P78
    BELYSHEVA TV, 2001, J ANAL CHEM+, V56, P676
    CHUNG WY, 2001, J MATER SCI-MATER EL, V12, P591
    EPIFANI M, 2003, J SOL-GEL SCI TECHN, V26, P741
    GAGAOUDAKIS E, 2001, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V80, P155
    GURLO A, 2003, CHEM MATER, V15, P4377
    HU JQ, 2003, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V93, P175
    JIAO Z, 2003, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V94, P216
    LAO JY, 2004, ADV MATER, V16, P65
    LI YB, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P581
    SHUKLA S, 2004, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V97, P256
    TANG SC, 2003, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V137, P82
    XU JQ, 1999, J CHINESE CERAMIC SO, V27, P591
    YAMAZOE N, 2003, CATAL SURV ASIA, V7, P63
    YU DB, 2003, ADV FUNCT MATER, V13, P497
    ZHAN ZL, 2003, CHIN J T TECHNOL, V22, P31
    ZHAN ZL, 2003, CHIN J TRAN TECHNOL, V22, P1
    ZHAN ZL, 2004, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V271, P366
    ZHU HL, 2004, SEMICOND SCI TECH, V19, P1020
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0925-4005
 J9 SENSOR ACTUATOR B-CHEM
 JI Sens. Actuator B-Chem.
 PD JUN 26
 PY 2006
 VL 115
 IS 2
 BP 642
 EP 646
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Electrochemistry; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 045RY
 UT ISI:000237761000012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, X
    Li, CF
    Ban, Y
 TI Novel displacement in transmission through a two-dimensional
    semiconductor barrier
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE lateral displacement; ballistic electron beam; resonance enhancement
 ID ELECTRON-WAVE-OPTICS; TUNNELING TIME; HETEROSTRUCTURE; GUIDES;
    INTERFERENCE
 AB The lateral displacement of electron beams transmitting through a
    two-dimensional semiconductor barrier is quite different from the
    prediction from Snell's law for electron waves. It is shown that the
    displacement can be greatly enhanced by transmission resonance when the
    incidence angle is less than but close to the critical angle for total
    reflection. The displacement depends not only on the barrier's
    thickness but also on the incidence angle and the incidence energy. The
    influence of electron's effective mass is also discussed. Theoretical
    results of the stationary-phase approach are confirmed by numerical
    simulations for a Gaussian-shaped incident beam. These phenomena may
    lead to novel applications in quantum electronic devices. (c) 2006
    Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Xian Inst Opt & Precis Mech, State Key Lab Transient Opt Technol, Xian 710068, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, X, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xchen@graduate.shu.edu.cn
 CR BOHM D, 1951, QUANTUM THEORY, P257
    DATTA S, 1996, ELECT TRANSPORT MESO, P276
    DEBRAY P, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P10950
    DRAGOMAN D, 1999, PROG QUANT ELECTRON, V23, P131
    FURUYA K, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    GAYLORD TK, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V65, P814
    GAYLORD TK, 1991, P IEEE, V79, P1159
    GAYLORD TK, 1991, P IEEE, V79, P1159
    GOOS F, 1947, ANN PHYSIK, V1, P333
    GOOS F, 1949, ANN PHYS-LEIPZIG, V5, P251
    JI Y, 2003, NATURE, V422, P415
    JONES GM, 2005, APPL PHYS LETT, V86
    KANAN AM, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V74, P370
    KANAN AM, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V75, P351
    LEE B, 1993, SUPERLATTICE MICROST, V14, P295
    LIANG WJ, 2001, NATURE, V411, P665
    PARANJAPE VV, 1995, PHYS REV B, V52, P10740
    PARK KW, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P13805
    SPECTOR J, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V56, P1290
    SPECTOR J, 1990, APPL PHYS LETT, V56, P2433
    SPECTOR J, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P263
    TAKAGAKI Y, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P1782
    WHITE CT, 2001, NATURE, V411, P649
    WILSON DW, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V59, P1855
    WILSON DW, 1993, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V29, P1364
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD MAY 22
 PY 2006
 VL 354
 IS 1-2
 BP 161
 EP 165
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 044QE
 UT ISI:000237686500025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, Y
    Qiu, XJ
    Dong, XL
 TI A theory for cell microtubule wall in external field and pseudo-spin
    wave excitation
 SO PHYSICA A-STATISTICAL MECHANICS AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE microtubule; double-well potential; pseudo-spin; external electric
    field; random phase approximation
 ID ENERGY-TRANSFER; MECHANISM; MODEL
 AB The cytoskeleton of eukaryotic cells contains networks of protein
    polymers called microtubules (MTs), which provide a wide range of
    microskeletal and micromuscular functionalities. Evidences from a
    number of directions suggest that they can also serve as a medium for
    intracellular signal processing. For the inherent symmetry structures
    and the electric properties of the microtubule (MT), we treat the NIT
    wall as a one-dimension ferroelectric system and describe the nonlinear
    dynamics of the dimer electric dipoles with the double-well potential,
    and then map the physical problems onto the pseudo-spin system. By
    using the random phase approximation, the effect from the external
    electric field has been taken into account. We have developed an
    expression for the Hamiltonian in the pseudo-spin system and obtained
    the coupled motion equations for the disturbed pseudo-spin wave, and
    there appears to be a transverse collective excitation with an
    intrinsic frequency. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, Y, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, 1295 Dingxi Rd,
    Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 EM siyuyingying@hotmail.com
 CR AMOS LA, 1974, J CELL SCI, V14, P523
    BLINC R, 1974, SOFT MODES FERROELEC, P132
    CHEN Y, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1554
    COLLINS MA, 1979, PHYS REV B, V19, P3630
    DELGIUDICE E, 1986, NUCL PHYS B, V275, P185
    DOMBECK DA, 2003, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V100, P7081
    ENGELBORGHS Y, 1992, NANOBIOLOGY, V1, P97
    FROHLICH H, 1980, ADV ELECTRON ELECTRO, V53, P85
    HAKEN H, 1976, QUANTUM FIELD THEORY, P198
    HAMEROFF SR, 1982, J THEOR BIOL, V98, P549
    JIBU M, 1994, BIOSYSTEMS, V32, P195
    KARPLUS M, 1983, DYNAMICS PROTEINS EL, P263
    MAVROMATOS NE, 1998, INT J MOD PHYS B, V12, P517
    MAVROMATOS NE, 2002, INT J MOD PHYS B, V16, P3623
    NOGALES E, 1998, NATURE, V391, P199
    POKORNY J, 1998, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V45, P239
    POKORNY J, 1999, BIOELECTROCH BIOENER, V48, P267
    RASMUSSEN S, 1990, PHYSICA D, V42, P428
    SATARIC M, 1990, J MOL ELECTRON, V6, P63
    SATARIC MV, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P589
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0378-4371
 J9 PHYSICA A
 JI Physica A
 PD JUN 15
 PY 2006
 VL 365
 IS 2
 BP 463
 EP 472
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 044QS
 UT ISI:000237687900015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ge, HX
    Dai, SQ
    Dong, LY
 TI An extended car-following model based on intelligent transportation
    system application
 SO PHYSICA A-STATISTICAL MECHANICS AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE traffic flow; intelligent transportation system; density waves
 ID TRAFFIC FLOW; JAMMING TRANSITION; JAMS
 AB The jams in the congested traffic reveal various density waves. Some of
    them are described by the nonlinear wave equations: the
    Korteweg-de-Vries (KdV) equation, the Burgers equation and the modified
    KdV equation. An extended car following model are proposed in previous
    work, and the kink-antikink solution has been obtained from the mKdV
    equation. We continue to derive the KdV equation near the neutral
    stability line by applying the reductive perturbation method. The
    traffic jam could be thus described by the soliton solution, and the
    analysis result is consistent with the previous one. From the numerical
    simulations results, the soliton waves are found, and traffic jam is
    suppressed efficiently as encounter big disturbances. (c) 2005 Elsevier
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Ningbo Univ, Fac Sci, Ningbo 315211, Peoples R China.
 RP Dai, SQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM sqdai@126.com
 CR DAI SQ, 1982, ADV MECH, V12, P2
    GE HX, 2004, PHYS REV E 2, V70
    GE HX, 2005, IN PRESS PHYS A
    GE HX, 2005, PHYS REV E 2, V71
    KERNER BS, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P2335
    KOMATSU TS, 1995, PHYS REV E B, V52, P5574
    KURTZE DA, 1995, PHYS REV E A, V52, P218
    LIU ZZ, 2003, PHYS REV E 2, V67
    MASAKUNI M, 1999, PHYS REV E, V60, P180
    NAGATANI T, 1998, PHYS REV E, V58, P4271
    NAGATANI T, 1999, PHYS REV E A, V60, P6395
    NAGATANI T, 1999, PHYSICA A, V271, P200
    NAGATANI T, 2002, REP PROG PHYS, V65, P1331
    NAYFEH AH, 1981, INTRO PERTURBATION T
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0378-4371
 J9 PHYSICA A
 JI Physica A
 PD JUN 15
 PY 2006
 VL 365
 IS 2
 BP 543
 EP 548
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 044QS
 UT ISI:000237687900023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, DS
    Luo, M
    Arola, DD
 TI Displacement/strain measurements using an optical microscope and
    digital image correlation
 SO OPTICAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE digital image correlation; lens aberration; light microscope
 AB We conduct displacement/strain measurements on the microscale using
    light microscopy and digital image correlation (DIC). Errors in the
    measurements attributed to the optical arrangement and aberration
    induced at high magnification are identified using a warping function.
    Coefficients of the warping function are determined using a simple
    technique that employs a precisely made orthogonal cross-grating plate.
    By acquiring images of the grating and identifying the nodes using
    subpixel techniques, a relationship between the object and the image
    planes is established. Thus, the displacement/strain derived by means
    of DIC is corrected by converting the displacement components in the
    image plane to the coordinate system existing on the object's surface.
    The approach is validated through a determination of the elastic
    properties of common metals; errors in estimation of the elastic
    modulus were within 4%. Although surface preparation generally plays a
    critical role in successful application of DIC, it is found to be of
    minimal importance under high magnification. Instead, the natural
    surface texture can be used with adjustment of the light incident
    angle. Results of the study show that DIC is a powerful tool in
    performing displacement/ strain measurements on the microscale using a
    light microscope provided that an adequate correction is employed for
    image distortion. (c) 2006 Society of Photo-Optical Instrumentation
    Engineers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Maryland Baltimore Cty, Dept Mech Engn, Baltimore, MD 21250 USA.
 RP Zhang, DS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM donzhang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR CARDARELLI F, 1999, MAT HDB CONCISE DESK
    DOWLING NE, 1998, MECH BEHAV MAT
    FAUGERAS O, 1993, 3 DIMENSIONAL COMPUT
    LU H, 1997, EXP MECH, V37, P433
    SCHREIER HW, 2004, EXP MECH, V44, P278
    SUTTON MA, 1993, AMD AM SOC MECH ENG, V176, P123
    SUTTON MA, 2000, P INT C TRENDS OPT N, P571
    TONG SY, 1997, SURF REV LETT, V4, P459
    TSAI RY, 1987, IEEE J ROBOTIC AUTOM, V3, P8323
    YU Q, 1996, P IEEE INT C SYST MA, V1, P484
    ZHANG D, 1999, EXP MECH, V39, P62
    ZHANG D, 2004, J MATER SCI, V39, P4495
    ZHAO WZ, 1996, J APPL POLYM SCI, V60, P1083
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0091-3286
 J9 OPT ENG
 JI Opt. Eng.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 45
 IS 3
 AR 033605
 DI ARTN 033605
 PG 9
 SC Optics
 GA 043SL
 UT ISI:000237621800012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, J
    Liu, L
 TI Novel Mach-Zehnder interferometer structure for tunable optical
    interleaver
 SO OPTICAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE optical interleaver; dense wavelength; division multiplexing (DWDM);
    Mach-Zehnder interferometer; center-frequency tunability
 ID FLAT-PASSBAND; FILTER; MULTIPLEXERS; DESIGN
 AB A novel optical interleaver scheme based on nested optical glass pairs
    is proposed. The assembly of pairs behaves as a cascaded Mach-Zehnder
    interferometer. The interleaver, with simple structure, low cost, and
    compact size, can be easily implemented with inexpensive material and
    mature preparation technology. Small channel spacing (<= 50 GHz), high
    isolation (<-30 dB), a wide, flat passband and stop band (> 2/11
    period), and center-frequency tunability can be obtained
    simultaneously. An optimum design of a 50-GHz tunable interleaver based
    on this structure is given as an example. Its environmental temperature
    sensitivity and fabrication tolerance are also analyzed. (c) 2006
    Society of Photo-Optical Instrumentation Engineers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, J, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM juanzhang_zj@hotmail.com
 CR CARLSEN WJ, 1987, ELECTRON LETT, V23, P106
    CHIBA T, 2001, OPT FIB COMM C WB5 O
    DINGEL BB, 1999, J LIGHTWAVE TECHNOL, V17, P1461
    HUANG D, 2001, OPT FIB COMM C WDD80
    LIANG F, 2002, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V4906, P442
    LOH WH, 1999, OPT LETT, V24, P1457
    LU S, 2004, CHIN OPT LETT, V2, P314
    OGUMA M, 2000, ELECTRON LETT, V36, P1299
    OGUMA M, 2002, IEEE PHOTONIC TECH L, V14, P328
    PAEK EG, 1997, OPT LETT, V22, P1195
    SHINE B, 2000, LIGHTWAVE, V8, P140
    XU X, 2005, 6871022, US
    ZHANG J, 2003, J MOD OPTIC, V50, P2031
    ZHANG J, 2003, OPT EXPRESS, V11, P2217
    ZHANG Z, 1994, BRAIN TOPOGRAPHY, V6, P283
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0091-3286
 J9 OPT ENG
 JI Opt. Eng.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 45
 IS 4
 AR 045003
 DI ARTN 045003
 PG 7
 SC Optics
 GA 043SP
 UT ISI:000237622200029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, L
    Fang, SS
    Jo, CL
    Dong, YD
 TI Glass forming ability and microstructure of hard magnetic Nd60Al20Fe20
    glass forming alloy
 SO INTERMETALLICS
 DT Article
 DE glasses, metallic; magnetic properties; microstructure
 ID BULK METALLIC-GLASS; PRIMARY CRYSTALLIZATION; AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; PHASE
 AB Glass forming ability (GFA), magnetic properties and microstructure of
    Nd60Al20Fe20 as-cast rod were investigated and further compared with
    Nd60Al10Fe30 glass forming alloy. The rod prepared by suction casting
    with a diameter of 3 mm exhibits the typical amorphous nature in XRD
    pattern, distinct glass transition in DSC traces and hard magnetic
    properties. It is found that the diameter of cast Nd60Al20Fe20 glassy
    rod is much larger than the critical section thickness (Z(c)) of bulk
    metallic glass (BMG) predicted from DSC measurements. A few
    nano-crystalline particles with the structure and composition similar
    to A(x) phase in Nd-Fe alloys were found embedded randomly in amorphous
    matrix and could be the origin of hard magnetic properties of the
    as-cast rods. The GFA of the alloy appears to be enhanced by the
    precipitation of metastable nanoparticles with small positive forming
    enthalpy and the real Z(c) of the alloy could be less than 1 mm
    predicted by parameter gamma. (c) 2006 Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Ctr Microanal, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, L, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM xialei@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BUSCH R, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P1544
    DELAMARE J, 1994, J ALLOY COMPD, V216, P273
    FAN GJ, 2000, J MATER RES, V15, P1556
    FRANKWICZ PS, 1996, MATER LETT, V28, P77
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P99
    INOUE A, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS A, V29, P1779
    LOFFLER JF, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P1990
    LU ZP, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P3501
    LU ZP, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    MENUSHENKOV VP, 1998, P 10 INT S MAGN AN C, P97
    MIEDEMA AR, 1975, J LESS-COMMON MET, V41, P283
    SCHNEIDER S, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P1749
    TAKEUCHI A, 2001, MATER TRANS, V42, P1435
    TURNBULL D, 1969, CONTEMP PHYS, V10, P473
    WANG XZ, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V290, P209
    WEI BC, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P4357
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V36, P2954
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V36, P775
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V15, P3531
    XING LQ, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V88, P3565
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0966-9795
 J9 INTERMETALLICS
 JI Intermetallics
 PD AUG-SEP
 PY 2006
 VL 14
 IS 8-9
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 1098
 EP 1101
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 045VK
 UT ISI:000237770600045
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, JQ
    Wang, XH
    Li, C
 TI Electrochemical-deposited In2O3 nanocrystals for H2S detecting in air
 SO ELECTROCHEMICAL AND SOLID STATE LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID INDIUM OXIDE; GAS SENSOR; THIN-FILM; ITO
 AB In2O3 gas sensing material was synthesized by a one step
    electrochemical-deposition process with 3.0 V working voltage and 40
    A/m(2) current density using indium salt as a raw material. The crystal
    structure and morphology of In2O3 nanocrystals were characterized by
    X-ray diffraction, transmission electron microscopy, and X-ray
    photoelectron spectrometer. The results indicated that the structure of
    In2O3 without being treated was cubic structure In2O3 nanocrystals with
    mean grain size of 20 nm, and roundness morphology. Gas sensitivities
    of In2O3-based gas sensors to different kinds of gases were tested by
    mixing gas in air at steady state. The results indicated that the
    sensors showed fast response to 50 ppm H2S in air, the gas response is
    149 times, response time is 2 s, and the relationship between response
    and H2S concentration is correlated linearly in a log-log scale. (c)
    2006 The Electrochemical Society.
 C1 Zhengzhou Univ Light Ind, Coll Mat & Chem Engn, Zhengzhou 450002, Henan, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, JQ, Zhengzhou Univ Light Ind, Coll Mat & Chem Engn, Zhengzhou
    450002, Henan, Peoples R China.
 EM xujiaqiang@zzuli.edu.cn
 CR ALI EB, 2002, MATER CHEM PHYS, V73, P78
    GAGAOUDAKIS E, 2001, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V80, P155
    HAO Y, 2003, MAT PROTECTION, V36, P42
    HU JQ, 2003, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V93, P175
    JIAO Z, 2003, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V94, P216
    KIM ST, 2004, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V102, P253
    LAO JY, 2004, ADV MATER, V16, P65
    LI YB, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P581
    PRASAD KR, 2004, CHEM MATER, V16, P1845
    SHUKLA S, 2004, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V97, P256
    TANG SC, 2003, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V137, P82
    XU JQ, 1992, CHIN J INORG MAT, V7, P32
    XU JQ, 1999, J CHINESE CERAMIC SO, V27, P591
    XU JQ, 2005, J CHIN CERAM SOC, V33, P832
    XU JQ, 2006, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V113, P526
    YAMAZOE N, 2003, CATAL SURV ASIA, V7, P63
    YANG HM, 2004, SCRIPTA MATER, V50, P413
    ZHAN ZL, 2004, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V271, P366
    ZHANG ZY, 2004, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V102, P155
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 1099-0062
 J9 ELECTROCHEM SOLID STATE LETT
 JI Electrochem. Solid State Lett.
 PY 2006
 VL 9
 IS 7
 BP H53
 EP H56
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Electrochemistry
 GA 044OP
 UT ISI:000237682300036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lin, KH
    Zeng, QB
    Li, MX
    Pan, QY
    Song, MP
    Wu, YJ
 TI Synthesis of a polymer(fiber)-supported chiral amino alcohol and its
    application to enantioselective addition of diethylzinc to benzaldehyde
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE polymer(fiber)-supported chiral amino alcohol; diethylzinc;
    benzaldehyde; enantioselective addition
 ID ASYMMETRIC CATALYSIS; AROMATIC-ALDEHYDES; POLYMER FIBERS; LIGANDS;
    DIALKYLZINCS; COMPLEXES; REAGENTS
 AB A polymer(fiber)-supported chiral amino alcohol was synthesized and
    applied to the enantioselective addition of diethylzinc to
    benzaldehyde. Compared with the resin-supported chiral amino alcohol in
    the same reactive time, the fiber-supported amino alcohol could
    increase the yield and ee value by 34% and 9% respectively. This
    fiber-supported catalyst could be recycled more than 5 times. The
    reason why catalytic property was dropped down in recycle was proved to
    be the loss of catalyst by the analysis of their SEM photographs.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Zhengzhou Univ, Dept Chem, Zhengzhou 450052, Peoples R China.
 RP Lin, KH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM khlin@sohu.com
 CR ANYANWU UK, 2003, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V44, P6445
    BURGUETE MI, 2002, ORG LETT, V4, P3947
    DANGEL BD, 2000, ORG LETT, V2, P3003
    DEGNI S, 2001, ORG LETT, V3, P2551
    DEGNI S, 2004, TETRAHEDRON-ASYMMETR, V15, P231
    DEGNI S, 2005, REACT FUNCT POLYM, V62, P231
    DONG C, 2000, TETRAHEDRON-ASYMMETR, V11, P2449
    EDWARDS CW, 2003, TETRAHEDRON, V59, P5823
    ELMOUALIJ N, 1995, EUR POLYM J, V31, P193
    FAN QH, 2001, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V42, P9047
    FAN QH, 2002, CHEM REV, V102, P3385
    HOLTE P, 1999, ORG LETT, V1, P1095
    HU QS, 2001, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V42, P7725
    ITSUNO S, 1987, J ORG CHEM, V52, P4140
    KANTH JVB, 1993, TETRAHEDRON, V49, P5127
    LESMA G, 2003, TETRAHEDRON-ASYMMETR, V14, P2453
    LIPSHUTZ BH, 2000, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V41, P9515
    SHAIKH NS, 2002, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V43, P5587
    SOAI K, 1987, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1690
    SOAI K, 1988, J ORG CHEM, V53, P927
    WATANABE M, 1994, J CHEM SOC P1, P837
    YANG XW, 2000, J ORG CHEM, V65, P295
    YANG XW, 2000, TETRAHEDRON, V56, P3511
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0253-2786
 J9 CHINESE J ORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Org. Chem.
 PD MAY
 PY 2006
 VL 26
 IS 5
 BP 718
 EP 722
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 044PE
 UT ISI:000237683900023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, GQ
 TI An elliptic equation method and its applications in nonlinear evolution
    equations
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID TRAVELING-WAVE SOLUTIONS; PARTIAL-DIFFERENTIAL-EQUATIONS; BACKLUND
    TRANSFORMATION; INVERSE METHOD; SOLITONS; SERIES; MAPLE
 AB An elliptic equation method is presented for constructing new types of
    elliptic function solutions of nonlinear evolution equations. The key
    idea of this method is to use solutions of an elliptic equation
    involving four real distinct roots to construct solutions of nonlinear
    evolution equations. The (3+1)-dimensional modified KdV-ZK equation and
    Whitham-Broer-Kaup equation are chosen to illustrate the application of
    the elliptic equation method. Consequently, new elliptic function
    solutions of rational forms are derived that are not obtained by the
    previously known methods. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Int Business & Management, Dept Informat Management, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, GQ, Shanghai Univ, Coll Int Business & Management, Dept Informat
    Management, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM xugq@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    DAS KP, 1989, J PLASMA PHYS, V41, P139
    FAN EG, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P212
    FAN EG, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P6853
    FAN EG, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V16, P819
    FU ZT, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V299, P507
    GU CH, 1995, SOLITON THEORY ITS A
    HEREMAN W, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P4805
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    KONNO K, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P1652
    KUPERSHMIDT BA, 1985, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V99, P51
    LI ZB, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P6027
    LI ZB, 2004, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V163, P191
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    WANG ML, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V199, P169
    WEISS J, 1983, J MATH PHYS, V24, P522
    XU GQ, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P1424
    XU GQ, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P39
    XU GQ, 2004, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V161, P65
    XU GQ, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V24, P549
    YAN CT, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V224, P77
    YAN ZY, 2003, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V36, P1961
    YAN ZY, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P1013
    YAO RX, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V297, P196
 NR 24
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD AUG
 PY 2006
 VL 29
 IS 4
 BP 942
 EP 947
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 045SV
 UT ISI:000237763400018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, YP
    Chen, DY
 TI A Liouville integrable hierarchy, symmetry constraint, new
    finite-dimensional integrable systems, involutive solution and
    expanding integrable models
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID BI-HAMILTONIAN STRUCTURE; NONLINEAR EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; KONNO-ICHIKAWA
    HIERARCHY; BINARY NONLINEARIZATION; TRANSFORMATION
 AB A new spectral problem and the associated integrable hierarchy of
    nonlinear evolution equations are presented in this paper. It is shown
    that the hierarchy is completely integrable in the Liouville sense and
    possesses bi-Hamiltonian structure. An explicit symmetry constraint is
    proposed for the Lax pairs and the adjoint Lax pairs of the hierarchy.
    Moreover, the corresponding Lax pairs and adjoint Lax pairs are
    nonlinearized into a hierarchy of commutative, new finite-dimensional
    completely integrable Hamiltonian systems in the Liouville sense.
    Further, an involutive representation of solution of each equation in
    the hierarchy is given. Finally, expanding integrable models of the
    hierarchy are constructed by using a new Loop algebra. (c) 2005
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, YP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM yepsun@163.com
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITON NONLINEAR EV
    CAO CW, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V33, P528
    CHEN DY, 1987, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V20, P313
    CHEN DY, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P761
    FAN EG, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P7769
    GENG XG, 1993, J MATH PHYS, V34, P805
    HU XB, 1992, J PHYS A, V25, P231
    ICHIKAWA YH, 1981, J PHYS SOC JPN, V50, P1799
    MA WX, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V185, P277
    MA WX, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P1227
    MA WX, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P1227
    MA WX, 2000, METH APPL ANAL, V7, P21
    QIAO ZJ, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P4407
    TSUCHIDA T, 1998, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V9, P869
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    WADATI M, 1972, J PHYS SOC JPN, V32, P1681
    WADATI M, 1973, J PHYS SOC JPN, V34, P1289
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    WADATI M, 1979, J PHYS SOC JPN, V46, P1965
    WADATI M, 1979, J PHYS SOC JPN, V47, P1698
    XIA TC, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P939
    XU XX, 1995, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V12, P513
    XU XX, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V301, P250
    XU XX, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P475
    YAN ZY, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P45
    ZENG YB, 2002, J PHYS A, V35, P7225
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P413
 NR 27
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD AUG
 PY 2006
 VL 29
 IS 4
 BP 978
 EP 987
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 045SV
 UT ISI:000237763400021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, GY
    Hu, TJ
    Gao, C
    Hua, ZZ
 TI The influcence of alcohol cryoprotectants on eutectic crystallization
    of NaCl aqueous solutions studied by DSC
 SO ACTA PHYSICO-CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE alcohol cryoprotective agent; differential scanning calorimetry;
    eutectic crystallization; NaCl; dimethyl sulfoxide
 ID DIFFERENTIAL SCANNING CALORIMETRY; BEHAVIOR
 AB In order to investigate the effect of cryoprotective agent (CPA) on the
    eutectic crystallization of salt solution, differential scanning
    calorimetry (DSC) is used to study the eutectic phenomena of NaCl
    aqueous solutions with different concentrations of glycerol, ethylene
    glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propylene glycol, and dimethyl
    sulfoxide. It is found that the eutectic crystallization is a
    super-cooling and random process. Cryoprotective agent can restrain the
    eutectic crystallization of NaCl aqueous solutions. The higher the
    concentration of cryoprotective agents, the less the enthalpy of
    eutectic crystallization and the bigger the capability of restraining
    the eutectic crystallization. The restraining effects of cryoprotective
    agents on eutectic crystallization are different. The best is glycerol
    and then is ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, and 1,3-propylene
    glycol, respectively. The restraining capability of alcohols is largely
    determined by the ratio of molecular weight to number of hydroxyl
    group, and affected by the number of methyl group as well. The
    capability of dimethyl sulfoxide to restrain the eutectic phenomena of
    NaCl aqueous solutions is similar to that of ethylene glycol. It is
    also found that the glass transition and devitrification phenomena take
    place during the heating process.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryomed & Food Refrigerat, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, GY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryomed & Food Refrigerat,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM efly_snow@163.com
 CR CHEN N, 2005, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V431, P106
    COCKS FH, 1974, CRYOBIOLOGY, V11, P340
    COCKS FH, 1975, J APPL PHYS, V46, P3444
    DEVISSER C, 1978, J CHEM SOC FARAD T 1, V74, P1159
    ECHLIN P, 1992, LOW TEMPERATURE MICR, P141
    GAO C, 2004, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V20, P123
    GAO C, 2004, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V20, P701
    GAO C, 2004, THESIS SHANGHAI U SC
    GREAVES RIN, 1965, CRYOBIOLOGY, S253
    HAN B, 2002, ASME 2002 INT MECH E, P32564
    HUA ZZ, 1994, CRYOBIOLOGY CRYOMEDI, P149
    IZUTSU K, 1995, CHEM PHARM BULL, V43, P1804
    KRISTIANSEN J, 1992, CRYOBIOLOGY, V29, P575
    MACFARLANE DR, 1987, CRYOBIOLOGY, V24, P181
    MERYMAN HT, 1966, CRYOBIOLOGY, P1
    NICOLAJSEN H, 1994, CRYOBIOLOGY, V31, P199
    ONEILL MJ, 1964, ANAL CHEM, V36, P1238
    RASMUSSEN PH, 1997, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V303, P23
    SHACKELFORD JF, 2004, INTRO MAT SCI ENG, P304
    SPENCER JN, 1981, J PHYS CHEM-US, V85, P1236
    WILSON PW, 1999, BIOPHYS J, V77, P2850
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 1000-6818
 J9 ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Phys.-Chim. Sin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2006
 VL 22
 IS 5
 BP 638
 EP 643
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical
 GA 044YH
 UT ISI:000237709200024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, JQ
    Jia, XH
    Lou, XD
    Shen, JN
 TI One-step hydrothermal synthesis and gas sensing property of ZnSnO3
    microparticles
 SO SOLID-STATE ELECTRONICS
 DT Article
 DE hydrothermal synthesis; ZnSnO3; gas sensor; perovskite
 AB The paper reports the preparation and gas sensing characteristic of
    ZnSnO3. The perovskite structure ZnSnO3 was prepared by hydrothermal
    process directly. Its crystal structure and ceramic microstructure were
    characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD) and transmission electron
    microscopy (TEM) and scanning electron microscopy (SEM). Its grain size
    is about 500 nm, and homogeneous as well as monodispersive in shape.
    Furthermore, the gas sensing properties of the materials were tested in
    static state. It is found that the sensors have good sensitivity and
    selectivity to H2S. (c) 2006 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Coll Mat & Chem Engn, Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Chem Engn, Zhengzhou 450002, Henan, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Henan Normal Univ, Coll Chem & Environm Sci, Xinxiang 453007, Henan, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, JQ, Coll Mat & Chem Engn, Zhengzhou Inst Light Ind, Dept Chem Engn,
    Zhengzhou 450002, Henan, Peoples R China.
 EM xujiaqiang@zzuli.edu.cn
 CR AGUAS MD, 2002, J MATER SCI, V37, P375
    CHEN D, 2000, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V113, P363
    INAGAKI M, 1985, ANORG Z ALLG CHEM, V527, P193
    KOVACHEVA D, 1998, SOLID STATE IONICS, V109, P327
    LIU HL, 1999, FUNCT MAT, V30, P549
    MATIJEVIC E, 1998, J EUR CERAM SOC, V18, P1357
    RAMAMURTHY P, 1971, CAN J CHEM, V49, P2813
    SHEN YS, 1993, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V12, P5
    WANG ZC, 2004, J CHIN CERAM SOC, V32, P1555
    WU XH, 2002, MATER CHEM PHYS, V77, P588
    WU XH, 2002, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V46, P715
    ZHANG TS, 1995, MATER LETT, V23, P69
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0038-1101
 J9 SOLID STATE ELECTRON
 JI Solid-State Electron.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 50
 IS 3
 BP 504
 EP 507
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Condensed Matter
 GA 043QN
 UT ISI:000237616500033
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, P
    Andersson, C
    Wei, XC
    Cheng, ZN
    Shangguan, D
    Liu, J
 TI Coffin-Manson constant determination for a Sn-8Zn-3Bi lead-free solder
    joint
 SO SOLDERING & SURFACE MOUNT TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE finite element analysis; fatigue; joining materials; simulation; solders
 ID LOW-CYCLE FATIGUE; BEHAVIOR
 AB Purpose - To determine the Coffin-Manson (CM) equation constants for
    fatigue life estimation of Sn-8Zn-3Bi solder joints, since Sn-8Zn-3Bi
    solder has a melting temperature of around 199 degrees C which is close
    to that of the conventional Sn-Pb solder which has previously been used
    in the electronics assembly industry.
    Design/methodology/approach - Three dimensional finite element (FE)
    simulation analysis was used for comparison with the experimentally
    measured data and to determine the CM constants. Low cycle fatigue
    tests and FE simulations were carried out for these lead-free solder
    joints, and eutectic Sn-37Pb solder was used as a reference.
    Findings - The CM equation for Sn-8Zn-3Bi solder joints was fitted to
    the lifetimes measured and the shear strains simulated. The constants
    were determined to be 0.0294 for C, the proportional constant, and for
    the fatigue exponent, beta, -2.833.
    Originality/value - The CM equation can now be used to predict the
    reliability of Sn-8Zn-3Bi solder joints in electronics assembly and the
    knowledge base for the properties of the Sn-Zn solder system has been
    increased.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, SMIT Ctr, Chinese Minist Educ, Key State Lab New Displays & Syst Integrat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Chalmers Univ Technol, SMIT Ctr, Dept Microtechnol & Nanosci, S-41296 Gothenburg, Sweden.
    Flextron Int, San Jose, CA USA.
 RP Sun, P, Shanghai Univ, SMIT Ctr, Chinese Minist Educ, Key State Lab New
    Displays & Syst Integrat, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 EM psun@mail.shu.edu.cn
    cristina.andersson@mc2.chalmers.se
    wxc1028@mail.shu.edu.cn
    zncheng@mail.shu.edu.cn
    johan.liu@mc2.chalmers.se
 CR ABTEW M, 2000, MAT SCI ENG R, V27, P95
    ANDERSSON C, 2005, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V394, P20
    DATE M, 2004, SCRIPTA MATER, V51, P641
    FUKADA Y, 2003, IEEE T COMPON PACK T, V26, P616
    KANCHANOMAI C, 2002, J ELECTRON MATER, V31, P142
    KANCHANOMAI C, 2002, J ELECTRON MATER, V31, P456
    KIM YS, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V352, P237
    LAU JH, 1991, SOLDER JOINT RELIABI, P413
    MCCORMACK M, 1995, P 1995 IEEE INT S EL, P171
    PANG JHL, 2004, INT J FATIGUE, V26, P865
    PANG JHL, 2004, THIN SOLID FILMS, V462, P408
    SUN P, 2005, P 55 EL COMP TECHN C, P696
    SUN P, 2005, SOLDER SURF MT TECH, V17, P38
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0954-0911
 J9 SOLDER SURF MT TECHNOL
 JI Solder. Surf. Mt. Technol.
 PY 2006
 VL 18
 IS 2
 BP 4
 EP 11
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Engineering, Manufacturing;
    Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 042WN
 UT ISI:000237561400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yao, SD
    Shen, JN
    Sun, J
 TI The evaluation method and analysis of the degradation mechanism of an
    IrO2-Ta2O5 coated titanium oxide anode
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE titanium anodes; surface morphology; standard accelerated lifetime
    test; failure mechanism; iridium oxide (IrO2); tantalum pentoxide
    (Ta2O5)
 ID LONG SERVICE LIFE; OXYGEN-EVOLVING ELECTRODES; DEACTIVATION; ACID
 AB The IrO2-Ta2O5 coated titanium anodes were made with platinum (Pt)
    surface modification (SM) and special surface treatment (SST), the
    sublayer between the titanium and the electrocatalytic layer has very
    long accelerated lifetime at the flat stage in cell voltage vs. time
    curve. The morphology was investigated in details before and after
    accelerated lifetime test. The failure mechanism of oxide anodes has
    demonstrated that electrochemical oxygen evolution process, referred to
    as electrochemical dissolving, was just like stormy waves corroding
    bank in lake occurring layer by layer. The electrolysis factors
    affecting the accelerated lifetime of dimensionally stable anode (DSA)
    such as electrolyte composition, temperature and electrical densities
    were discussed. The experimental method and setup for standard
    accelerated lifetime test were discussed in the paper. As the result,
    optimal electrolysis conditions were derived as follows: 0.5 mol H2SO4
    solution; 323 K electrolyte temperature; 4 A(.)cm(-2) current density.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Electrochem Lab, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Beijing Inst Met Equipment Res, Beijing 100029, Peoples R China.
 RP Yao, SD, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Electrochem Lab, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BEER HB, 1980, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V127, C303
    BOCK C, 2000, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V30, P523
    CARDARELLI F, 1998, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V28, P245
    COMNINELLIS C, 1991, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V21, P335
    HU JM, 2002, CORROS SCI, V44, P1655
    KAMEGAYA Y, 1995, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V40, P889
    KULANDAISAMY S, 1997, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V27, P579
    MORIMITSU M, 2000, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V30, P511
    MRAZ R, 1994, J APPL ELECTROCHEM, V24, P1262
    TRASATTI S, 1991, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V36, P225
    TRASATTI S, 1994, ELECTROCHEMISTRY NOV, P207
    TRASATTI S, 2000, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V45, P2377
    XU LK, 2003, CORROS SCI, V45, P2729
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 35
 SU Suppl. 1
 BP 285
 EP 288
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 041FY
 UT ISI:000237440700070
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, YY
    Zhang, QR
    Liu, TY
    Yi, ZJ
 TI First principle studies on the electronic structures of raspite- and
    scheelite-structured PbWO4 and raspite with V-o(2+)
 SO PHYSICA STATUS SOLIDI B-BASIC SOLID STATE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID SINGLE-CRYSTALS; ABSORPTION-SPECTRA; COLOR-CENTERS; DEFECT; CAWO4
 AB We present first-principle calculations on the electronic structures of
    perfect raspite- and scheelite-structured PbWO4 (PWO). The results
    indicate that profiles of the electronic structures for the two types
    of PWO are similar to each other and the bandgap of RSP is 1.1 eV
    smaller than that of SSP. This bandgap difference between the two types
    of PWO is induced by the different coordination of W. The electronic
    structure of raspite-structured PWO containing oxygen vacancies V-O(2+)
    is also calculated. An additional energy level occurs in the forbidden
    band, which would induce an absorption peaking at 620 nm in the yellow
    region. Compared to the absorption spectra of scheelite-structured PWO
    with V-O(2+), it is concluded that in PWO crystals the different ligand
    field around V-O(2+) would not greatly affect the absorption band
    related to V-O(2+). (c) 2006 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, YY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Box 251,516 Jungong Rd,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM yuanyuan99@163.com
 CR ALOV DC, 1996, P INT C IN SCINT THE, P267
    BOHACEK P, 2005, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V537, P86
    FENG XQ, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P449
    FUJITA T, 1977, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR B, V33, P162
    HIZHNYI YA, 2003, J LUMIN, V102, P688
    ITOH M, 2000, J LUMIN, V87, P1243
    ITOH M, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P12825
    KOBAYASHI M, 2005, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V537, P312
    LIU FX, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V426, P464
    LIU TY, 2004, PHYS LETT A, V333, P473
    LIU TY, 2005, PHYS LETT A, V343, P238
    MOREAU JM, 1996, J ALLOY COMPD, V238, P46
    MURK V, 1997, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V9, P249
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V195, P311
    NIKL M, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P5758
    PERDEW JP, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P3865
    YI ZJ, 2005, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V22, P2618
    YONAS YB, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    ZHANG FW, 2005, PHYSICA B, V355, P427
    ZHANG Y, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P12738
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0370-1972
 J9 PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B-BASIC SO
 JI Phys. Status Solidi B-Basic Solid State Phys.
 PD MAY
 PY 2006
 VL 243
 IS 6
 BP 1248
 EP 1252
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 042WE
 UT ISI:000237560500015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, L
    Ding, D
    Shan, ST
    Dong, YD
 TI The glass forming ability of Cu-rich Cu-Hf binary alloys
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS-CONDENSED MATTER
 DT Article
 ID BULK METALLIC GLASSES; TRANSITION; SYSTEMS; NI
 AB We studied the glass forming ability (GFA) of Cu-rich Cu-Hf binary
    alloys and found that some of the alloys can be prepared as bulk
    metallic glasses with maximum diameter up to 2 mm by a conventional
    Cu-mould casting. The best glass former within the compositional range
    studied is off-eutectic Cu65Hf35 alloy, which is markedly different
    from the prediction from the multicomponent and deep eutectic rules.
    The GFA, thermal stability, kinetics of the glass transition and
    crystallization for Cu65Hf35 glassy rods were studied. The glass
    formation mechanism for binary Cu-Hf alloys was investigated from the
    thermodynamic point of view. It is suggested that the better GFA of
    offeutectic Cu65Hf35 alloy could be due to its higher value of the
    parameter gamma*, which is defined as the ratio between the driving
    force for glass formation and the resistance of glass formation to
    crystallization.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Ctr Adv Microanal, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, L, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM xialei@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR COHEN MH, 1961, NATURE, V189, P131
    DEBOER FR, 1988, COHESION METALS TRAN
    DELAMARE J, 1994, J ALLOY COMPD, V216, P273
    FECHT HJ, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P777
    FRIEDEL J, 1954, ADV PHYS, V3, P446
    GREER AL, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P1947
    INOUE A, 1998, MATER SCI FORUM 2, V269, P855
    JOHNSON WL, 1999, MRS BULL, V24, P42
    KISSINGER HE, 1956, J RES NAT BUR STAND, V57, P217
    LU ZP, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P3501
    LU ZP, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    MASSALSKI TB, 1990, BINARY ALLOY PHASE D
    MURTY BS, 1992, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V149, P231
    SHINDO T, 2002, MATER TRANS, V43, P2502
    TAKEUCHI A, 2001, MATER TRANS, V42, P1435
    TANG MB, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P901
    TURNBULL D, 1969, CONTEMP PHYS, V10, P473
    WANG D, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P4029
    WANG WH, 2004, MAT SCI ENG R, V44, P45
    XIA L, 2006, J APPL PHYS, V99
    XU DH, 2004, ACTA MATER, V52, P2621
    ZHUANG YX, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P2392
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0953-8984
 J9 J PHYS-CONDENS MATTER
 JI J. Phys.-Condes. Matter
 PD APR 19
 PY 2006
 VL 18
 IS 15
 BP 3543
 EP 3548
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 040WA
 UT ISI:000237410400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, JA
    Zhou, BX
    Yao, MY
    Li, Q
    Chen, WJ
 TI Formation and control of sharp {100}<021> texture in electrical steel
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE {100}<021> texture; electrical steel; recrystallization; grain growth
 ID SECONDARY RECRYSTALLIZATION; SILICON; SHEETS
 AB The formation and control of sharp {100}<021> texture in electrical
    steels were experimentally investigated and the main influencing
    factors were discussed. The steels of a base composition of Fe-3.2%Si
    with a certain amount of carbon and manganese were employed to obtain
    {100}<021> texture through one stage cold rolling and annealing. The
    results indicated that by careful control of the amount of alloying
    elements and the annealing temperature, a relatively sharp {100}<021>
    texture in fairly thick sheets is obtained. After primary
    recrystallization, a weak component of {100}<021> and strong component
    of (447)<18 11 4> texture, which constitute Sigma 9 coincidence site
    lattice boundaries with a common <011> axis for 39 degrees difference,
    are presented. This special grain boundary promotes the growth of
    (100)<021> grains in addition to the lower surface energy of (100)
    grains during see ondary recrystallization.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, JA, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM jawang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ASSMUS F, 1957, Z METALLKD, V48, P344
    BARRETT CS, 1966, STRUCTURE METALS
    DETERT K, 1959, ACTA METALL, V7, P589
    RANDLE V, 1996, ROLE COINCIDENCE SIT
    SADAYORI T, 1982, KAWASAKI STEEL GIHO, V21, P239
    TAKASHIMA M, 2001, RECRYSTALLIZATION GR, P1215
    TOMIDA T, 1995, ISIJ INT, V35, P548
    TOMIDA T, 1996, J MATER ENG PERFORM, V5, P316
    WALTER JL, 1960, T AIME, V218, P914
    WIENER GW, 1964, J APPL PHYS, V35, P856
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 13
 IS 2
 BP 54
 EP 58
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 042OW
 UT ISI:000237538800014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, YB
    Zhu, HM
    Zhou, SP
    Ding, SY
    Lin, ZW
    Zhu, JG
 TI Uniform MgB2 thin films grown on Si(111) and Al2O3(0001) substrates
    prepared by e-beam evaporation and in situ annealing methods
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID MAGNESIUM DIBORIDE; DEPOSITION
 AB MgB2 superconducting thin films on Si(111) and Al2O3(0001) substrates
    were prepared by high vacuum e-beam evaporation and two-step in situ
    annealing techniques. The precursor films [B(100 angstrom)/Mg(151
    angstrom)](6)/Al2O3 (or Si) were deposited at room temperature and
    1x10(-7) mbar of background vacuum, then annealed in situ at 630
    degrees C for 30 min in an argon atmosphere of 150 Pa. The atomic force
    microscopy image showed that the films were uniform with grain sizes of
    about 100 nm. An extremely sharp superconducting transition with a
    width of 0.1 K and a zero-resistance temperature of 30.3 K was
    obtained, indicating a film of high uniformity and purity in its phase
    with perfect connection between the MgB2 grains. (C) 2006 American
    Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Natl Lab Solid State Microstruct, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Univ Technol Sydney, Fac Engn, Broadway, NSW 2007, Australia.
 RP Zhang, YB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples
    R China.
 EM zyb_shu@staff.shu.edu.cn
    syding@nju.edu.cn
    jacklin@eng.uts.edu.au
 CR BLANK DHA, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P394
    CHEANGWONG JC, 2003, SUPERCOND SCI TECH, V16, P879
    FAN ZY, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P87
    FENG QR, 2004, PHYSICA C, V411, P41
    JERGEL M, 2003, PHYSICA C, V383, P287
    MOON SH, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P2429
    NAGAMATSU J, 2001, NATURE, V410, P63
    NAITO M, 2004, SUPERCOND SCI TECH, V17, R1
    ROGAI R, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P703
    XI XX, 2003, J SUPERCOND, V16, P801
    YATES KA, 2005, APPL PHYS LETT, V86
    ZHAI HY, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P2603
    ZHU HM, 2004, CRYOGENICS SUPERCOND, V32, P51
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD APR 15
 PY 2006
 VL 99
 IS 8
 AR 08M512
 DI ARTN 08M512
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 040TV
 UT ISI:000237404200554
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chau, KT
    Cui, W
    Jiang, JZ
    Wang, Z
 TI Design of permanent magnet brushless motors with asymmetric air gap for
    electric vehicles
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID DRIVE
 AB This paper proposes a cost-effective approach to design permanent
    magnet brushless dc motors for electric vehicles. The key is to shape
    the pole arc in such a way that the air gap length is at a maximum at
    the leading edge of each rotor pole arc and at a minimum at the
    trailing edge of the same pole arc, hence resulting in an asymmetric
    air gap. Thus, for a specified rotational direction, the distortion of
    air gap flux density and hence the torque ripple can be significantly
    suppressed. Also, with the use of advanced conduction angle control,
    the motor can achieve a wide speed range. The proposed motor drive is
    designed and implemented for a low-voltage battery-powered electric
    motorcycle. (C) 2006 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect & Elect Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chau, KT, Univ Hong Kong, Dept Elect & Elect Engn, Pok Fu Lam Rd, Hong
    Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 EM ktchau@eee.hku.hk
 CR CHAN CC, 1996, IEEE T IND ELECTRON, V43, P331
    CHAN CC, 1996, IEEE T VEH TECHNOL, V45, P180
    CUI W, 2005, J APPL PHYS, V97, P1
    GAN JY, 2000, IEEE T MAGN 2, V36, P3810
    JAHNS TM, 1994, P IEEE, V82, P1241
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD APR 15
 PY 2006
 VL 99
 IS 8
 AR 08R322
 DI ARTN 08R322
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 040TV
 UT ISI:000237404200740
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liang, XL
    Zhong, SS
    Wang, W
 TI Elliptical planar monopole antenna with extremely wide bandwidth
 SO ELECTRONICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB A planar monopole antenna with an extremely wide bandwidth is
    introduced, which is composed of an elliptical monopole patch and a
    trapeziform ground plane, both printed on the same side of a substrate,
    and is fed by a tapered CPW feeder in the middle of the ground plane.
    The simulated and experimental results demonstrate that this antenna
    achieves a ratio impedance bandwidth of 21.6:1 for VSWR <= 2, and
    exhibits a nearly omnidirectional radiation pattern, while its area is
    only about 0. 19 lambda(1) x 0. 16 lambda(1) where lambda(1) is the
    wavelength of the lowest operating frequency.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Res Inst Elect Engn, Hefei 230031, Peoples R China.
 RP Liang, XL, Shanghai Univ, Box 151,149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xililiang@163.com
 CR HUANG CY, 2005, ELECTRON LETT, V41, P296
    LIANG XL, 2006, ELECTRON LETT, V42, P71
    STUTZMAN WL, 1998, ANTENNA THEORY DESIG
    SUH SY, 2004, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V52, P1361
    YING J, 2004, IEE P-MICROW ANTEN P, V151, P486
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0013-5194
 J9 ELECTRON LETT
 JI Electron. Lett.
 PD APR 13
 PY 2006
 VL 42
 IS 8
 BP 441
 EP 442
 PG 2
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 042DC
 UT ISI:000237506600005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, B
    Chen, Z
    Liu, ZR
    Duan, NQ
 TI Research on structural evolution and pattern emergence of
    socio-economic complex networks based on individual choices
 SO DYNAMICS OF CONTINUOUS DISCRETE AND IMPULSIVE SYSTEMS-SERIES
    B-APPLICATIONS & ALGORITHMS
 DT Article
 DE complex network; individual choice; evolution; pattern; emergence
 AB In this paper, we are concerned with the effects of individual
    behaviors at a microscopic level on the structures of complex networks
    at a macroscopic level in terms of the different micro features between
    socio-economic complex networks and other networks. We start with a
    random network and show the evolving process of topological structure
    of this network. A main conclusion is that agents' individually
    choosing behaviors lead to the dynamical evolution of a complex
    network, which follows the spontaneous emergence of some common
    structural features including small-world effect and power-law
    distribution of node degrees. We aim to understand how the dynamical
    processes taking place on a network shape the network topology from the
    viewpoint of socio-economic research.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Management Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200052, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, B, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Management Sci & Engn, Shanghai
    200052, Peoples R China.
 CR ALBERT R, 2002, REV MOD PHYS, V74, P47
    AMARAL LAN, 2004, EUR PHYS J B, V38, P143
    BATTISTON S, 2003, PHYSICA A, V322, P567
    COWAN R, 2004, J ECON DYN CONTROL, V28, P1557
    EHRHARDT G, 2004, EMERGENCE RESILIENCE
    GRANOVETTER MS, 1973, AM J SOCIOL, V78, P1360
    HARHOFF D, 2005, PROFITING VOLUNTARY
    JACKSON MO, 2002, J ECON THEORY, V106, P265
    JACKSON MO, 2004, STRATEGIC FORMATION
    JOHNSON C, 2000, REV EC DESIGN, V5, P273
    LIBENNOWELL D, 2003, P 1I INT C INF KNOWL, P556
    NEWMAN MEJ, 2002, SIAM REV, V45, P167
    STROGATZ SH, 2001, NATURE, V410, P268
    WILHITE A, 2002, COMPUTATIONAL EC, V18, P49
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1492-8760
 J9 DYN CONT DISCR IMP SYST SER B
 JI Dyn. Contin. Discret. Impuls. Syst. Ser. B-Appl. Algorithms
 PD JUN
 PY 2006
 VL 13
 IS 3-4
 BP 387
 EP 394
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 041ZE
 UT ISI:000237495400008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wan, YS
    Chen, Z
    Liu, ZR
 TI Modeling the two-power-law degree distribution of banking networks
 SO DYNAMICS OF CONTINUOUS DISCRETE AND IMPULSIVE SYSTEMS-SERIES
    B-APPLICATIONS & ALGORITHMS
 DT Article
 DE interbank market; complex network; interbank lending and borrowing;
    network growth; two-power-law degree distribution
 ID WEB
 AB Most of the social-economic systems are showing basic features of
    complex network structures. The banking network, which is formed by
    interbank credit lines, is just one of them. The empirical research on
    the structural features of the banking systems has shown that, a
    two-power-law degree distribution has been observed in these banking
    networks. But, to our knowledge, the features of these two-power-law
    degree distribution are still not illuminated by theoretical analysis.
    Based on the analysis of the structural features of banking networks,
    such as hierarchy and community, and the analysis of the interbank
    liability features, we present a model of network growth and
    theoretically explain the phenomenon of the two-power-law degree
    distribution in banking networks. We also show that this two-power-law
    degree distribution is a critical phenomenon.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Antai Sch Management, Shanghai 200052, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wan, YS, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Antai Sch Management, Shanghai
    200052, Peoples R China.
 EM wanyangsong@163.com
 CR BARABASI AL, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P509
    BOGUNA M, 2004, PHYS REV E 2, V70
    BOSS M, 2004, QUANT FINANC, V4, P677
    DOROGOVTSEV SN, 2001, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V268, P2603
    DOROGOVTSEV SN, 2002, ARXIVCONDMAT0204102
    FERRER R, 2001, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V268, P2261
    GARLASCHELLI D, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V93
    GOH KI, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V88
    GUIMERA R, 2005, NATURE, V433, P895
    GUIMERA R, 2005, SCIENCE, V308, P697
    LI L, 2005, ARXIVCONDMAT0501169
    LI X, 2003, PHYSICA A, V328, P287
    RESENDISANTONIO O, 2004, PHYSICA A, V342, P551
    SOUMA W, 2003, PHYSICA A, V324, P396
    TANAKA R, 2005, PHYS REV LETT, V94
    UZZI B, 2005, AM J SOCIOLOGY
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1492-8760
 J9 DYN CONT DISCR IMP SYST SER B
 JI Dyn. Contin. Discret. Impuls. Syst. Ser. B-Appl. Algorithms
 PD JUN
 PY 2006
 VL 13
 IS 3-4
 BP 441
 EP 449
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 041ZE
 UT ISI:000237495400014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, JL
    Bai, YQ
 TI A note on mean-field theory for scale-free random networks
 SO DYNAMICS OF CONTINUOUS DISCRETE AND IMPULSIVE SYSTEMS-SERIES
    B-APPLICATIONS & ALGORITHMS
 DT Article
 DE BA model; Poisson model; G growth model; complex network; degree
    distribution; renewal process
 ID COMPLEX NETWORKS
 AB Usually, the BA model describes the growth and preferential attachment
    of scale-free networks. In this paper we present the G growth model and
    the Poisson model in order to describe real networks more precisely
    than the BA model. We recognize that the vertices arrival process is a
    renewal process. By using the renewal process theory and continuum
    theory, we calculate the degree distribution and stationary average
    degree distribution of the models. The consequences are that the
    stationary average degree distributions of these models are independent
    of the arrival process of vertices of the networks and the degree
    distributions are dependent on the arrival process. The advantage of
    our results is more accurate than that reported in [1, 2, 3].
    Furthermore, the flaw of analysis in [1, 2, 3] is modified in this
    paper.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Management, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, JL, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Management, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 EM phd5816@163.com
    yqbai@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ALBERT R, 2002, REV MOD PHYS, V74, P47
    BARABASI AL, 1999, PHYSICA A, V272, P173
    BARABASI AL, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P509
    BARABASI AL, 2002, PHYSICA A, V311, P590
    DOROGOVTSEV SN, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P4633
    NEWMAN MEJ, 2003, SIAM REV, V45, P167
    ROSS SM, 1983, STOCHASTIC PROCESSES
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1492-8760
 J9 DYN CONT DISCR IMP SYST SER B
 JI Dyn. Contin. Discret. Impuls. Syst. Ser. B-Appl. Algorithms
 PD JUN
 PY 2006
 VL 13
 IS 3-4
 BP 523
 EP 531
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 041ZE
 UT ISI:000237495400023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Yaping, D
    Qingsheng, W
 TI Simultaneously inducing synthesis of semiconductor CdS nanotubes and
    nanospheres through living bio-membrane bi-template
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE cadmium sulfide; nanotube; nanosphere; living bio-membrane; bi-template
 ID NANOCRYSTALS; NANOPARTICLES
 AB Semiconductor CdS nanotubes with a small ratio of length to diameter
    and nanospheres were simultaneously synthesized in the light of
    biomineralization process through living bio-membrane bi-template of
    mungbean sprouts at room temperature. The outside diameter of the
    nanotube is 220-240 nm and the inner diameter is 200-220 nm, the length
    is up to 600-700 nm and the ratio of length to diameter is 2:1. The
    nanoshpheres are 25 nm in diameter and well distributed. The XRD
    pattern indicates that these nanocrystals were crystallized in the
    cubic structure with lattice a = 5.818 angstrom. The optical properties
    of the products are illustrated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 RP Yaping, D, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM wdingyp@sina.com
    qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR BAEUERLEIN E, 2003, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V42, P614
    BARRELET CJ, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P11498
    CAO HQ, 2001, ADV MATER, V13, P1395
    CAO YC, 2004, J AM CHEM SOC, V126, P14336
    GAO F, 2002, CHEM PHYS LETT, V360, P585
    LI M, 1999, NATURE, V402, P393
    LI YD, 1999, INORG CHEM, V38, P4737
    MANN S, 1995, J MATER CHEM, V5, P935
    PEDONE L, 2005, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V284, P495
    PENG TY, 2003, CHEM PHYS LETT, V379, P432
    PENG XG, 2000, NATURE, V404, P59
    WU QS, 2003, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V61, P1824
    ZHANG H, 2004, J CRYST GROWTH, V263, P372
    ZHANG P, 2003, J COLLOID INTERF SCI, V266, P457
    ZHOU SM, 2003, EUR J INORG CHEM MAY, P1794
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 51
 IS 7
 BP 791
 EP 795
 PG 5
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 041YM
 UT ISI:000237493500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZR
    Luo, JG
 TI Realization of complete synchronization between different systems by
    using structure adaptation
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID CHAOTIC SYNCHRONIZATION; DYNAMICAL-SYSTEMS
 AB We study the complete synchronization between different systems. Based
    on our new idea about structure adaptation, a new synchronized method,
    i.e. the structure adaptive method, is proposed. We believe that this
    self-adaptive mechanism correctly represents essential characteristics
    of self-adaptation in complex systems. We also show that this method is
    reasonable both from the coupling viewpoint in physics and from the
    controller design viewpoint in control theory.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Ctr Nonlinear Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, ZR, Shanghai Univ, Ctr Nonlinear Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zrongliu@online.sh.cn
 CR AGIZA HN, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V278, P191
    BOCCALETTI S, 2002, PHYS REP, V366, P1
    BROWN R, 2000, CHAOS, V10, P344
    FEMAT R, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V262, P50
    IMAI Y, 2003, OPT COMMUN, V217, P415
    LIU ZR, 2004, ZIRAN, V26
    LUO JG, 2006, UNPUB CHAOS SOLITONS
    MOEZ F, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V309, P53
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    TANG DY, 1998, CHAOS, V8, P697
    VAIDYA PG, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V17, P433
    WANG JG, 2005, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V22, P2508
    YUE D, 2000, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V11, P1231
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD MAY
 PY 2006
 VL 23
 IS 5
 BP 1118
 EP 1121
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 042TF
 UT ISI:000237551700015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, YQ
    Xu, XM
 TI Cross sections for pi pi <-> pp and pi pi <->omega omega reactions
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID QUARK POTENTIAL MODEL; HEAVY-ION COLLISIONS; NUCLEUS-NUCLEUS
    COLLISIONS; PI-PI SCATTERING; GLUON PLASMA; GEV-C; COLLABORATION;
    PERSPECTIVE; MATTER
 AB To study chemical equilibrium of hadronic matter created in
    relativistic heavy ion collisions, phase shifts for the I = 2 pi pi
    elastic scattering and cross sections for the I = 2and0 pi pi <-> pp
    and I = 0 pi pi <-> omega omega reactions are calculated with the prior
    and post forms. While the post-prior equivalence holds for the elastic
    scattering, the post-prior discrepancy of the inelastic scatterings
    relies on the spin-dependent terms of quark-antiquark potential.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, YQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM yuqilishu@graduate.shu.edu.cn
 CR ADAMS J, 2005, NUCL PHYS A, V757, P102
    ADCOX K, 2005, NUCL PHYS A, V757, P184
    ARSENE I, 2005, NUCL PHYS A, V757, P1
    BACK BB, 2005, NUCL PHYS A, V757, P28
    BARNES T, 1992, PHYS REV D, V46, P131
    BARNES T, 1992, PHYS REV D, V46, P4868
    BARNES T, 2001, PHYS REV C, V63
    BASS SA, 1998, PROG PART NUCL PHYS, V41, P255
    BUCHMULLER W, 1981, PHYS REV D, V24, P132
    COLTON E, 1971, PHYS REV D, V3, P2028
    DUMITRU A, 1999, PHYS LETT B, V460, P411
    DURUSOY NB, 1973, PHYS LETT B, V45, P517
    HOOGLAND W, 1977, NUCL PHYS B, V126, P109
    LI BA, 1995, PHYS REV C, V52, P2037
    LIN ZW, 2005, PHYS REV C, V72
    LOSTY MJ, 1974, NUCL PHYS B, V69, P185
    SORGE H, 1995, PHYS REV C, V52, P3291
    WONG CY, 2001, PHYS REV C, V63
    XU XM, 2002, NUCL PHYS A, V697, P825
    XU XM, 2003, NUCL PHYS A, V713, P470
    ZHAO GQ, 1998, PHYS REV D, V58
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD MAY
 PY 2006
 VL 23
 IS 5
 BP 1132
 EP 1135
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 042TF
 UT ISI:000237551700019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XP
    Wang, LJ
    Zhang, BL
    Yao, N
    Zang, QR
    Chen, J
    Duan, XC
 TI An effective method for improvement of field electron emission site
    density and uniformity of amorphous carbon thin films
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID DIAMOND-LIKE CARBON; DEPOSITED DIAMOND; COLD-CATHODE
 AB Amorphous carbon films are deposited on the Mo film/ceramic substrates,
    which are pretreated by a laser spattering chiselling technique (2
    line/mm), by using the microwave chemical vapour deposition technique.
    The films are characterized by x-ray diffraction, Raman spectrum,
    optical microscopy, and scanning electron microscopy. The experimental
    result indicates that the laser spattering chiselling pretreated
    techniques can essentially improve the field emission uniformity and
    the emission site density of the amorphous carbon thin film devices so
    that its emission site density can reach the level of actual
    application (undistinguishable by naked eye) from a broad
    well-proportioned emission area of 50mm X 50mm. This kind of device can
    show various digits and words clearly. The lowest turn-on field below 1
    V/m, the emission current density over 5.0 +/- 0.1 mA/cm(2), and the
    highest luminance 1.0 x 10(3) cd/m(2) are obtained. Meanwhile, the role
    of the laser spattering chiselling techniques in improving the field
    emission properties of the amorphous carbon film are explained.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Zhengzhou Univ, Dept Phys, Zhengzhou 450052, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XP, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 EM wxpchina@sohu.com
 CR CHAI Y, 2005, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V22, P911
    CHUANG FY, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P3504
    GEIS MW, 1991, IEEE ELECTR DEVICE L, V12, P456
    GUPTA S, 2002, DIAM RELAT MATER, V11, P799
    HART A, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P1594
    HYUNCHUL S, 1996, MATER RES SOC S P, V416, P455
    LEEA KY, 2002, VACUUM, V66, P239
    LI YJ, 1997, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V30, P2271
    OKANO K, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P2201
    OKPALUGO TIT, 2004, DIAM RELAT MATER, V13, P1549
    ROBERTSON J, 1997, MATER RES SOC SYMP P, V471, P217
    ROBERTSON J, 1998, MATER RES SOC SYMP P, V498, P197
    STARYGA E, 2005, DIAM RELAT MATER, V14, P23
    TALIN AA, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P3842
    WANG XP, 1998, CHIN J LUMIN, V3, P267
    WANG XP, 1998, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V15, P611
    ZHAO YM, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P904
    ZHU Q, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V8, P1157
    ZHU W, 1996, J VAC SCI TECHNOL B, V14, P2011
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD MAY
 PY 2006
 VL 23
 IS 5
 BP 1314
 EP 1316
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 042TF
 UT ISI:000237551700069
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Duan, WQ
    Chen, Z
    Liu, ZR
 TI Epidemic spreading in contact networks based on exposure level
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID SCALE-FREE NETWORKS; COMPLEX NETWORKS; DYNAMICS; OUTBREAKS; VIRUSES
 AB Most epidemic models for the spread of diseases in contact networks
    take the assumption of the infected probability of a susceptible agent
    dependent on its absolute number of infectious neighbours. We introduce
    a new epidemic model in which the infected probability of a susceptible
    agent in contact networks depends not on its degree but on its exposure
    level. We find that effective average infection rate lambda (i.e., the
    average number of infections produced by a single contact between
    infected individuals and susceptible individuals) has an epidemic
    threshold lambda(c) = 1, which is related to recovery rate, epidemic
    mechanisms and topology of contact network. Furthermore, we show the
    dominating importance of epidemic mechanisms in determining epidemic
    patterns and discussed the implications of our model for infection
    control policy.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Management, Shanghai 200052, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Duan, WQ, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Management, Shanghai 200052,
    Peoples R China.
 EM wenqiduan@126.com
 CR ANDERSON RM, 1992, INFECT DIS HUMANS
    BALKHY HH, 2004, J TRAVEL MED, V11, P82
    BALTHROP J, 2004, SCIENCE, V304, P527
    BARABASI AL, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P509
    BARTHELEMY M, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V92
    BARTHELEMY M, 2005, J THEOR BIOL, V235, P275
    BOGUNA M, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V90
    COHEN R, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    DEZSO Z, 2002, PHYS REV E, V65
    DIEKMANN O, 2000, MATH EPIDEMIOLOGY IN
    DODDS PS, 2004, J THEOR BIOL
    DUAN WQ, 2005, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V22, P2137
    EGUILUZ VM, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V89
    ERDOS P, 1959, PUBL MATH-DEBRECEN, V6, P290
    FERGUSON NM, 2003, NATURE, V425, P681
    JOO J, 2004, PHYS REV E 2, V69
    LLOYD AL, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P1316
    MAY RM, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V64
    MEDLEY GF, 2001, NAT MED, V7, P619
    NEWMAN MEJ, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    NEWMAN MEJ, 2003, SIAM REV, V45, P167
    OLINKY R, 2004, PHYS REV E, V70
    PASTORSATORRAS R, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P3200
    PASTORSATORRAS R, 2002, PHYS REV E 2A, V65
    RILEY S, 2003, SCIENCE, V300, P1961
    STROGATZ SH, 2001, NATURE, V410, P268
    VALDISERRI RO, 2003, NAT MED, V9, P881
    VAZQUEZ A, 2003, PHYS REV E 2, V67
    WATTS DJ, 1998, NATURE, V393, P440
    YAN G, 2005, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V22, P510
 NR 30
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD MAY
 PY 2006
 VL 23
 IS 5
 BP 1347
 EP 1350
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 042TF
 UT ISI:000237551700078
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, X
    Lu, WC
    Jin, SL
    Li, YW
    Chen, NY
 TI Support vector regression applied to materials optimization of sialon
    ceramics
 SO CHEMOMETRICS AND INTELLIGENT LABORATORY SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 DE support vector regression; mixture of kernels; materials optimization
 ID ARTIFICIAL NEURAL-NETWORKS
 AB Partial Least Squares (PLS) and Back Propagation Artificial Neural
    Network (BP-ANN) are widely known machine learning techniques for
    materials optimization, whereas Support Vector Machine (SVM) is seldom
    used in materials science. In this paper, Support Vector Regression
    (SVR), a machine learning technology based on statistical learning
    theory (SLT), was applied to predict the cold modulus of sialon ceramic
    with satisfactory results. In a benchmark test, the performances of SVR
    were compared with those of PLS and BP-ANN. The prediction accuracies
    of the different models were discussed on the basis of the
    leave-one-out cross-validation. The results showed that the prediction
    accuracy of SVR model was higher than those of BP-ANN and PLS models.
    (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Lab Chem Data Min, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Wuhan Univ Sci & Technol, Hubei Prov Key Lab High Temp Ceram & Refractories, Wuhan 430081, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, WC, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Lab Chem Data Min, Shanghai
    200444, Peoples R China.
 CR AMENDOLIA SR, 2003, CHEMOMETR INTELL LAB, V69, P13
    BAKSHI BR, 1998, J ALLOY COMPD, V279, P39
    BELOUSOV AI, 2002, CHEMOMETR INTELL LAB, V64, P15
    CEHN NY, 1999, LAB INFORM MANAGEMEN, V45, P329
    CHEN NY, 2004, SUPPORT VECTOR MACHI
    HOLDEN SB, 1996, 9 ANN ACM WORKSH COM
    KANG DS, 1996, J CHINESE RARE EARTH, V14, P365
    KEARNS M, 1997, P 10 ANN C COMP LEAR, P152
    KUDYBAJANSEN AA, 2001, J EUR CERAM SOC, V21, P2153
    LI YW, 2001, P 44 INT C REFR 26 2, P26
    LU WC, 2002, COMPUT APPL CHEM, V19, P697
    MACKENZIE KJD, 2003, J EUR CERAM SOC, V23, P1069
    SMITS GF, 2002, IJCNN 02 P 2002 INT, P2785
    SMOLA AJ, 1998, NCTR98030 U LOND ROY
    VAPNIK V, 1998, STAT LEARNING THEORY
    VERIKAS A, 2003, CHEMOMETR INTELL LAB, V67, P187
    WOLD S, 2001, CHEMOMETR INTELL LAB, V58, P109
    ZHANG Z, 2003, COMPOS SCI TECHNOL, V63, P2029
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0169-7439
 J9 CHEMOMETR INTELL LAB SYST
 JI Chemometrics Intell. Lab. Syst.
 PD MAY 26
 PY 2006
 VL 82
 IS 1-2
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 8
 EP 14
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence;
    Automation & Control Systems; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 043GL
 UT ISI:000237588100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, LD
    Li, JQ
 TI Qualitative analysis of an SEIS epidemic model with nonlinear incidence
    rate
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE epidemic model; equilibrium; stability; persistence
 ID BEHAVIOR
 AB By means of limit theory and Fonda's theorem, an SEIS epidemic model
    with constant recruitment and the disease-related rate is considered.
    The incidence term is of the nonlinear form, and the basic reproduction
    number is found. If the basic reproduction number is less than one,
    there exists only the disease-free equilibrium, which is globally
    asymptotically stable, and the disease dies out eventually. If the
    basic reproduction number is greater than one, besides the unstable
    disease-free equilibrium, there exists also a unique endemic
    equilibrium, which is locally asymptotically stable, and the disease is
    uniformly persistent.
 C1 AF Engn Univ, Dept Appl Math & Phys, Xian 710051, Peoples R China.
    Shanxi Univ Finance & Econ, Dept Appl Math, Taiyuan 030006, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, JQ, AF Engn Univ, Dept Appl Math & Phys, Xian 710051, Peoples R
    China.
 EM jianq_li@263.net
 CR CAPASSO V, 1978, MATH BIOSCI, V42, P327
    DERRICK WR, 1993, J MATH BIOL, V31, P495
    FONDA A, 1988, P AM MATH SOC, V104, P111
    HETHCOTE HW, 2000, SIAM REV, V42, P599
    LI J, 2002, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V20, P1235
    LIU WM, 1986, J MATH BIOL, V23, P187
    LIU WM, 1987, J MATH BIOL, V25, P359
    RUAN SG, 2003, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V188, P135
    THIEME HR, 1993, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V24, P407
    WANG M, 2002, NONLINEAR ANAL-REAL, V3, P809
    WANG WD, 2002, APPL MATH LETT, V15, P423
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAY
 PY 2006
 VL 27
 IS 5
 BP 667
 EP 672
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 044IL
 UT ISI:000237665500013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, GY
    Cheng, Y
    Zhang, XL
    Xia, T
    Xue, LP
 TI Effect of Pb, Ga doping on magneto-optical propertics of Ce : YIG
    crystal
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE PbGaCe : YIG crystal; crystal field; superexchange interaction;
    magneto-optical effect
 ID YTTRIUM-IRON-GARNET; FARADAY-ROTATION
 AB The effects of Pb, Ga doping on the crystal field, superexchange
    interaction and magneto-optical effect of Ce:YIG crystal are studied
    based on the quantum theory. It is found that when the molecular
    concentration of Ga doping is 12%, the molecular field on the Ce3+ ion
    is reduced by 51 % and the difference of occupation probability between
    the two lowest energy levels of the Ce3+ is reduced by 49%. The Ga
    doping affects the crystal field and molecular field at the same time,
    while the Pb doping affects the crystal field only.
 C1 China Univ Min & Technol, Coll Sci, Xuzhou 221008, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Med Mech, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, GY, China Univ Min & Technol, Coll Sci, Xuzhou 221008, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zhang57168@sina.com.cn
 CR ABULAFYA G, 1972, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V11, P629
    CROSSLEY WA, 1969, PHYS REV, V181, P896
    GOMI M, 1990, IEEE T J MAGN JPN, V5, P294
    KAMADA O, 2001, IEEE T MAGN 1, V37, P2013
    KUCERA M, 1991, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V101, P242
    LUO GQ, 2001, MAGNETOOPTICS
    XU Y, 1993, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V5, P8927
    YANG GL, 1994, J NANJING U, V30, P429
    ZHANG GY, 1994, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V3, P608
    ZHANG GY, 2005, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V54, P407
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAY
 PY 2006
 VL 55
 IS 5
 BP 2601
 EP 2605
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 042IR
 UT ISI:000237522000084
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, SL
    Li, SJ
    Du, YC
    Xu, B
    Li, LQ
    Zhu, Y
 TI Nanostructural evolution of Zn by dry roller vibration milling at room
    temperature
 SO PROGRESS IN NATURAL SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE nanoparticles; nanostructures; vibration milling
 ID PARTICLES
 AB It remains open to date to produce stable nanostructures of single
    element by dry mechanical method at room temperature on a large scale.
    Here we report nanostructural evolution of zinc by dry roller vibration
    milling at room temperature, which leads to structurally near perfect
    zinc flakes sized 3-5 out in diameter. The synthesized nanostructures
    are single crystalline, transparent, uniform, randomly oriented, almost
    equiaxed, and mostly free from defects. The evolution seems to open a
    way to optimize zinc nanostructures by the mechanical method, offer
    valuable references to prepare nanostructures of other metals
    optimally, and shed light on how to lower the size limit by mechanical
    milling. Single elemental metal nanostructures with excellent
    properties give rise to new opportunities in scientific research and
    development of nanotechnology.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Med Apparatus, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, SL, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Power Engn, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 EM wangshul@online.sh.cn
 CR BILGILI E, 2004, CHINA PARTICUOLOGY, V2, P93
    JETTE ER, 1935, J CHEM PHYS, V3, P605
    KENDALL K, 1978, NATURE, V272, P710
    MENDE S, 2003, POWDER TECHNOL, V132, P64
    MURAYAMA M, 2002, SCIENCE, V295, P2433
    OVIDKO IA, 2002, SCIENCE, V295, P2386
    PAN ZW, 2001, SCIENCE, V291, P1947
    SCHIOTZ J, 1998, NATURE, V391, P561
    SCHIOTZ J, 2003, SCIENCE, V301, P1357
    STRAZISAR J, 1996, INT J MINER PROCESS, V44, P673
    SWYGENHOVEN HV, 2002, SCIENCE, V296, P66
    WANG SL, 2002, PROG NAT SCI, V12, P336
    WANG SL, 2003, 991120, CN
    WEN SB, 1988, POWDER TECHNOL, V55, P11
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0071
 J9 PROG NAT SCI
 JI Prog. Nat. Sci.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 16
 IS 4
 BP 441
 EP 444
 PG 4
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 041CF
 UT ISI:000237430000017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, JQ
    Riebel, U
    Guo, XA
 TI Scattering and transmission by a monolayer of spheres: A study on the
    monolayer structure
 SO PARTICLE & PARTICLE SYSTEMS CHARACTERIZATION
 DT Article
 DE monolayer structure; scattering; transmission
 AB The angular distribution of scattered light and the transmission of
    radiation through a monolayer of monodisperse spherical particles at
    variable particle concentration are studied. The scattering of light by
    a single particle is calculated with the classical Lorentz-Mie theory.
    For a monolayer of mono-dispersed spherical particles, if the monolayer
    density is less than 0.5 and the particle size parameter is larger than
    5, effects from multiple scattering and dependent scattering can be
    excluded so that only steric interactions are considered. It is found
    that the scattering pattern, especially in the forward and backward
    directions, and the transmission are strongly dependent on the
    monolayer density.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Brandenburg Tech Univ Cottbus, Chair Particle Technol, D-03013 Cottbus, Germany.
 RP Shen, JQ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 EM shenjq@online.sh.cn
    sekretariat@mvt.tu-cottbus.de
    sekretaria@mvt.tu-cottbus.de
 CR HONG KM, 1988, J OPT SOC AM A, V5, P237
    KAUTER U, 1995, PART PART SYST CHAR, V12, P132
    LOIKO V, 1995, PARTEC 95 4 INT C OP, P335
    LYBOVTZEVA YS, 1982, IZV AN USSR FAO, V18, P922
    PERCUS JK, 1958, PHYS REV, V110, P1
    RIEBEL U, 1992, PARTICLE SIZE ANAL
    RIEBEL U, 1994, PART PART SYST CHAR, V11, P212
    RIPOLL MS, 1995, MOL PHYS, V85, P423
    SHEN J, 2003, THESIS
    SHEN J, 2004, CHINA PARTICUOLOGY, V2, P248
    TSANG L, 2001, SCATTERING ELECTROMA, P453
    VANDEHULST HC, 1957, LIGHT SCATTERING SMA
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0934-0866
 J9 PART PART SYST CHARACT
 JI Part. Part. Syst. Charact.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 22
 IS 5
 BP 320
 EP 328
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Chemical; Materials Science, Characterization & Testing
 GA 040RP
 UT ISI:000237398400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, YP
    Chen, DY
    Xu, XX
 TI Positive and negative hierarchies of nonlinear integrable lattice
    models and three integrable coupling systems associated with a discrete
    spectral problem
 SO NONLINEAR ANALYSIS-THEORY METHODS & APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear integrable lattice models; discrete Hamiltonian structure;
    zero curvature representation; integrable coupling
 ID DIFFERENTIAL-DIFFERENCE EQUATIONS; SOLITON-EQUATIONS; SYMPLECTIC MAP;
    CONSERVATION-LAWS; MASTER-SYMMETRIES; TRANSFORMATION
 AB Positive and negative hierarchies of nonlinear integrable lattice
    models are derived from a discrete spectral problem. The two lattice
    hierarchies are proved to have discrete zero curvature representations
    associated with a discrete spectral problem, which also shows that the
    positive and negative hierarchies correspond to positive and negative
    power expansions of Lax operators with respect to the spectral
    parameter, respectively. Moreover, the integrable lattice models in the
    positive hierarchy are of polynomial type, and the integrable lattice
    models in the negative hierarchy are of rational type. Further, we
    construct three integrable coupling systems of the positive hierarchy
    through enlarging Lax pair method. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Qingdao 266510, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, YP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM yepsun@163.com
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1975, J MATH PHYS, V16, P598
    BOGOYAVLENSKY OI, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V134, P34
    FUCHSSTEINER B, 1993, COUPLING COMPLETELY, P125
    GARDNER CS, 1967, PHYS REV LETT, V19, P1095
    MA WX, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P1227
    MA WX, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P2400
    MA WX, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V316, P72
    MA WX, 2004, INT J THEOR PHYS, V43, P219
    MARVEEV VB, 1991, DARBOUX TRANSFORMATI
    NARITA K, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P2401
    OEVEL W, 1989, PROG THEOR PHYS, V81, P294
    OHTA Y, 1991, J PHYS SOC JPN, V60, P2059
    TU GZ, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P3903
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    WADATI M, 1979, J PHYS SOC JPN, V46, P1965
    WU YT, 1996, J MATH PHYS, V37, P2338
    WU YT, 1998, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V31, L677
    XU XX, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P523
    XU XX, 2003, ACTA MATH SCI A, V23, P298
    XU XX, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P321
    XU XX, 2005, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V61, P1225
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P573
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P7225
    ZHANG HW, 1991, J MATH PHYS, V32, P1908
 NR 24
 TC 0
 SN 0362-546X
 J9 NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR METH APP
 JI Nonlinear Anal.-Theory Methods Appl.
 PD JUN 1
 PY 2006
 VL 64
 IS 11
 BP 2604
 EP 2618
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 039IN
 UT ISI:000237299300017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, NC
    Xia, YB
    Tan, SH
    Wang, LJ
    Cui, JT
 TI Si/nanocrystalline diamond film heterojunction diodes preparation
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE nanocrystalline diamond film; p-n heterojunction diode; rectification
    characterization; EACVD
 AB With electron assisted hot filament chemical vapor deposition
    technology, nanocrystalline diamond films were deposited on polished
    n-( 100)Si wafer surface. The deposited Films were characterized and
    observed by Raman spectrum, X-ray diffraction, semiconductor
    characterization system and Hall effective measurement system. The
    results show that with EA-HFCVD, not only an undoped nanocrystalline
    diamond films with high-conductivity (p-type semiconducting) but also a
    p-n heterojunction diode between the nanocrystalline diamond films and
    n-Si substrate is fabricated successfully. The p-n heterojunction has
    smaller forward resistance and bigger positive resistance. The p-n
    junction effective is evident.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, YB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM ybxia@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR DONG LF, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P1597
    GARRIDO JA, 2005, PHYS REV B, V71
    GROT SA, 1990, IEEE ELECTR DEVICE L, V11, P100
    LANDSTRASS MI, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V55, P1391
    YAGYU H, 1996, THIN SOLID FILMS, V281, P271
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 24
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 45
 EP 48
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA 039TY
 UT ISI:000237331400014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, NC
    Xia, YB
    Tan, SH
    Wang, LJ
 TI Nanocrystalline diamond films deposited by electron assisted hot
    filament chemical vapor deposition
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE nanocrystalline diamond film; surface roughness; resistivity; EACVD
 ID HYDROGEN
 AB Nanocrystalline diamond films were deposited on polished Si wafer
    surface with electron assisted hot filament chemical vapor deposition
    at 1 kPa gas pressure, the deposited films were characterized and
    observed by Raman spectrum, X-ray diffraction, atomic force microscopy
    and semiconductor characterization system. The results show that when 8
    A bias current is applied for 5 h, the surface roughness decreases to
    28.5 nm. After 6 and 8 A bias current are applied for 1 h, and the
    nanocrystalline films deposition continue for 4 It with 0 A bias
    current at I kPa gas pressure. The nanocrystalline diamond films with
    0.5 x 10(9) and 1 x 10(10) Omega(.)cm resistivity respectively are
    obtained. It is demonstrated that electron bombardment plays an
    important role of nucleation to deposit diamond films with smooth
    surface and high resistivity.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, YB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM ybxia@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR DONG LF, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P1597
    GOEDEN C, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V81, P5027
    GRUEN DM, 1999, ANNU REV MATER SCI, V29, P211
    SAITOH H, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V74, P7002
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 24
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 107
 EP 110
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA 039TY
 UT ISI:000237331400030
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SF
    Shi, W
 TI Attractors and dimension of dissipative lattice systems
 SO JOURNAL OF DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
 DT Article
 ID DYNAMICAL-SYSTEMS; PATTERN-FORMATION; TRAVELING WAVES; NAGUMO EQUATION;
    SPATIAL CHAOS; ENTROPY; DOMAIN
 AB In this paper, by using the argument in [Q.F Ma, S.H. Wang, C.K. Zhong,
    Necessary and sufficient conditions for the existence of global
    attractor for semigroup and application, Indiana Univ. Math. J., 51(6)
    (2002), 1541-1559.], we prove that the condition given in [S. Zhou,
    Attractors and approximations for lattice dynamical systems, J.
    Differential Equations 200 (2004) 342-368.] for the existence of a
    global attractor for the semigroup associated with general lattice
    systems on a discrete Hilbert space is a sufficient and necessary
    condition. As an application, we consider the existence of a global
    attractor for a second-order lattice system in a discrete weighted
    space containing all bounded sequences. Finally, we show that the
    global attractor for first-order and partly dissipative lattice systems
    corresponding to (partly dissipative) reaction-diffusion equations and
    second-order dissipative lattice systems corresponding to the strongly
    damped wave equations have finite fractal dimension if the derivative
    of the nonlinear term is small at the origin. (c) 2005 Elsevier Inc.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM sfzhou@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR AFRAIMOVICH V, 1993, NONLINEARITY, V6, P429
    AFRAIMOVICH VS, 1994, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V4, P631
    AFRAIMOVICH VS, 1995, JAPAN J IND APPL MAT, V12, P1
    BATES PW, 2001, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V11, P143
    BELL J, 1984, Q APPL MATH, V42, P1
    BEYN PJ, 2003, J DYN DIFFERENTIAL E, V15, P485
    BUNIMOVICH LA, 1988, NONLINEARITY, V1, P491
    CAHN JW, 1960, ACTA METALL, V8, P554
    CHATE H, 1997, PHYSICA D, V103, P1
    CHOW SN, 1995, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V42, P746
    CHOW SN, 1995, SIAM J APPL MATH, V55, P1764
    CHUA LO, 1993, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V40, P147
    CHUESHOV I, 2004, J DYN DIFFERENTIAL E, V16, P477
    DOGARU R, 1998, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V8, P211
    ERNEUX T, 1993, PHYSICA D, V67, P237
    FABINY L, 1993, PHYS REV A, P479
    FOIAS C, 1996, INDIANA U MATH J, V45, P603
    JIA QL, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P5804
    JIANG MH, 1999, J STAT PHYS, V95, P791
    KANEKO K, 1993, THEORY APPL COUPLED
    KANEKO K, 1993, THEORY APPL COYUPLED
    LI XJ, 2005, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V177, P159
    MA QF, 2002, INDIANA U MATH J, V51, P1541
    MALLETPARET J, 1995, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V42, P752
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    TEMAM R, 1997, INFINITE DIMENSIONAL
    ZELIK SV, 2001, MATH NACHR, V232, P129
    ZHOU SF, 2002, NONLINEARITY, V15, P1079
    ZHOU SF, 2003, PHYSICA D, V178, P51
    ZHOU SF, 2004, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V200, P342
 NR 30
 TC 0
 SN 0022-0396
 J9 J DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
 JI J. Differ. Equ.
 PD MAY 1
 PY 2006
 VL 224
 IS 1
 BP 172
 EP 204
 PG 33
 SC Mathematics
 GA 040GA
 UT ISI:000237365800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fang, W
    Lu, HQ
    Huang, ZG
    Zhang, KF
 TI The evolution of the universe with the B-I type phantom scalar field
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS D
 DT Article
 DE dark energy; Born-Infeld type scalar field; attractor solution; phantom
    cosmology
 ID COSMOLOGICAL CONSEQUENCES; ENERGY COMPONENT; DARK ENERGY; QUINTESSENCE;
    EQUATION; MATTER; STATE
 AB We consider the phantom cosmology with a Lagrangian L = 1/eta [1- root
    1 + eta g (mu nu) phi, mu phi, nu] - u(phi) originated from the
    nonlinear Born-Infeld type scalar field. This cosmological model can
    explain the accelerating expansion of the universe with the equation of
    state parameter w <= -1. We get a sufficient condition for an arbitrary
    potential that admits a late time attractor solution: the value of
    potential u(X-c) at the critical point (X-c, 0) should be maximum and
    greater than zero. We study a specific potential with the form of
    u(phi) = V-0 (1 + phi/phi(0)) e(-phi/phi(0)) via phase plane analysis
    and compute the cosmological evolution by numerical analysis in detail.
    The results show that the phantom field survives till today (to account
    for the present observed accelerating expansion) without interfering
    with the nucleosynthesis of the standard model (the density parameter
    Omega(phi) similar or equal to 10(-12) at the equipartition epoch), and
    also avoid the future collapse of the universe.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Fang, W, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM fangwei@graduate.shu.edu.cn
    alberthq_lu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR AGUIRREGABIRIA JM, 2004, PHYS REV D, V70
    BENAOUM HB, HEPTH0205140
    BENNETT CL, ASTROPH0302207
    BENTO MC, HEPTH020812
    BILIC N, 2002, PHYS LETT B, V535, P17
    BORN M, 1934, PROC R SOC LON SER-A, V144, P425
    BRUNIER T, GRQC0408080
    CALDWELL RR, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1582
    CALDWELL RR, 2002, PHYS LETT B, V545, P23
    CALDWELL RR, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    CARROLL SM, ASTROPH0301273
    CARROLL SM, 2003, PHYS REV D, V68
    CARROLL SM, 2003, PHYS REV D, V68, P23509
    CHEN B, HEPTH0209222
    CHIBA T, ASTROPH0206298
    CHIBA T, 2000, PHYS REV D, V62
    CHIMENTO LP, 2004, PHYS REV D, V7
    CLINE JM, HEPTH0207156
    DABROWSKI MP, HEPTH0307128
    DABROWSKI MP, 2003, PHYS REV D, V68
    DEBERNARDIS P, ASTROPH0105296
    DEOLIVEIRA HP, 1995, J MATH PHYS, V36, P2988
    DIAMANDIS GA, HEPTH0107124
    DIAMANDIS GA, HEPTH0203241
    ERICKSON JK, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V88
    FARAONI V, 2002, INT J MOD PHYS D, V11, P471
    FEINSTEIN A, HEPTH0304069
    FELDER G, HEPTH0208019
    FELDER G, 2002, JHEP, V209, P26
    FROLOV A, HEPTH0204187
    GAROUSI MR, HEPTH0209068
    GIBBONS G, HEPTH0209034
    GIBBONS GW, HEPTH0301299
    GIBBONS GW, HEPTH0302199
    GIBBONS GW, HEPTH031117
    HALVERSON NW, 2002, ASTROPHYS J 1, V568, P38
    HAO JG, HEPTH0305207
    HAO JG, 2002, PHYS REV D, V66
    HAO JG, 2003, PHYS REV D, V68
    HEISENBERG W, 1939, Z PHYS, V113, P61
    HEISENBERG W, 1949, Z PHYS, V126, P519
    HEISENBERG W, 1952, Z PHYS, V133, P79
    ISHIDA L, HEPTH0206102
    KAMENSHCHIK A, 2001, PHYS LETT B, V511, P265
    KIN C, HEPTH0301142
    KOFMAN L, HEPTH020512
    KUTASOV D, 2000, J HIGH ENERGY PHYS
    LEBLOND F, HEPTH0305059
    LEE AT, ASTROPH0105062
    LEE H, HEPTH0210221
    LI K, 1993, PHYS REV D, V48, P853
    LI XZ, 2002, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V19, P6049
    LI XZ, 2003, PHYS REV D, V67
    LIU DJ, 2003, PHYS REV D, V68
    LU HQ, 1999, INT J MOD PHYS D, V8, P625
    LU HQ, 2005, INT J MOD PHYS D, V14, P355
    LUSON J, HEPTH0209255
    MACORRA A, ASTROPH0212302
    MCINNES B, HEPTH0112066
    MEHEN T, HEPTH0206212
    MELCHIORRI A, ASTROPH0406652
    MELHIORI A, ASTROPH0211522
    MOELLER N, 2002, J HIGH ENERGY PHYS
    MUKHOPADHYAY P, HEPTH020814
    MUKOHYAMA S, HEPTH0208094
    MUKOHYAMA S, 2002, PHYS REV D, V66
    NETTERFIELD CB, ASTROPH0104460
    NOJIRI S, HEPTH0304131
    NOJIRI S, HEPTH0306212
    OKUNDA T, HEPTH0208196
    ONEMLI VK, GRQC0204065
    ONEMLI VK, GRQC0406098
    PADMANABHAN T, 2002, PHYS REV D, V66
    PERLMUTTER S, 1999, ASTROPHYS J 1, V517, P565
    PIAO YS, HEPPH0207143
    PICON CA, 1999, PHYS LETT B, V458, P209
    PICON CA, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P4438
    RATRA B, 1988, PHYS REV D, V37, P3406
    SAMI M, HEPTH0301140
    SAMI M, 2003, PHYS REV D, V67
    SAMI M, 2004, MOD PHYS LETT A, V19, P1509
    SCHULZ E, 2001, PHYS REV D, V64
    SEN A, HEPTH0203211
    SEN A, HEPTH0204143
    SEN A, HEPTH0207105
    SEN A, HEPTH0209122
    SHIU G, 2002, PHYS LETT B, V541, P6
    SINGH P, 2003, PHYS REV D, V68
    SPERGEL DN, ASTROPH0302209
    STEINHARDT PJ, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P896
    STOMPOR R, ASTROPH0105062
    TANIUTI T, 1958, PROG THEOR PHYS SUPP, V9, P69
    TONRY JL, ASTROPH0305008
    WITTEN E, 1992, PHYS REV D, V46, P5467
    WITTEN E, 1993, PHYS REV D, V47, P3405
 NR 95
 TC 0
 SN 0218-2718
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS D
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. D
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 15
 IS 2
 BP 199
 EP 214
 PG 16
 SC Astronomy & Astrophysics
 GA 041SG
 UT ISI:000237475400006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, HJ
    Li, MX
    Shao, M
    Liu, HJ
 TI Aqua(L-aspartato-kappa(2) N, O)(2,2 '-bipyridine-kappa N-2,
    N)copper(II) pentahydrate
 SO ACTA CRYSTALLOGRAPHICA SECTION E-STRUCTURE REPORTS ONLINE
 DT Article
 ID TRIHYDRATE; COMPLEX; ACID
 AB In the title compound, [Cu(C4H5NO4)(C10H8N2)(H2O)]center dot 5H(2)O,
    the Cu-II atom is coordinated by an N,O-bidentate L-aspartate dianion,
    a bipyridine ligand and a water molecule in a distorted
    square-pyramidal geometry. Intermolecular hydrogen bonds involving the
    non-coordinated water molecules help to consolidate the crystal packing.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Res Ctr Anal & Measurement, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, MX, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R
    China.
 EM mx_li@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR *BRUK AXS INC, 2000, APEX2 SAINT
    ANTOLINI L, 1983, INORG CHEM, V22, P141
    BRONDINO CD, 1995, INORG CHIM ACTA, V228, P261
    CASELLATO U, 1991, J CHEM SOC DA, P23
    HU ZQ, 2004, CHINESE J STRUC CHEM, V23, P38
    MA LF, 2004, CHINESE J INORG CHEM, V20, P1429
    SHELDRICK GM, 1996, SADABS
    SHELDRICK GM, 1997, SHELXS97 SHELXL97
    SHELDRICK GM, 2000, SHELXTL VERS 6 1
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1600-5368
 J9 ACTA CRYSTALLOGR E-STRUCT REP
 JI Acta Crystallogr. Sect. E.-Struct Rep. Online
 PD MAY
 PY 2006
 VL 62
 PN Part 5
 BP M965
 EP M967
 PG 3
 SC Crystallography
 GA 038QE
 UT ISI:000237237000019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qiu, L
    Wang, L
    Zhao, YM
 TI 2-Hydroxy-2 ',4,4 '-trimethoxybenzophenone
 SO ACTA CRYSTALLOGRAPHICA SECTION E-STRUCTURE REPORTS ONLINE
 DT Article
 AB In the crystal structure, the title compound, C16H16O5, forms an
    intramolecular O-H center dot center dot center dot O hydrogen bond and
    two short intermolecular C-H center dot center dot center dot O
    contacts.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Xinyang Vocat & Technol Inst, Dept Biol & Chem, Henan 464000, Peoples R China.
    Jiangsu Univ, Coll Chem & Chem Engn, Zhenjiang 212013, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, YM, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples
    R China.
 EM zhaoym86@163.com
 CR *BRUK, 2000, SMART SAINT SADABS S
    HOSLER JF, 1960, 2928878, US
    KUMAGAI S, 1990, 02180909, JP
    MULHOLLAND BM, 1999, 953595, EP, APPL
    PRESTON PN, 1983, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P89
    SCHLEMPER EO, 1982, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR B, V38, P554
    SUZUKI T, 2005, TOXICOL APPL PHARM, V203, P9
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1600-5368
 J9 ACTA CRYSTALLOGR E-STRUCT REP
 JI Acta Crystallogr. Sect. E.-Struct Rep. Online
 PD MAY
 PY 2006
 VL 62
 PN Part 5
 BP O1980
 EP O1981
 PG 2
 SC Crystallography
 GA 038QE
 UT ISI:000237237000231
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, S
    Zhou, BX
    Chen, WJ
    Wang, WG
 TI Effects of strain and annealing processes on the distribution of Sigma
    3 boundaries in a Ni-based superalloy
 SO SCRIPTA MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 DE annealing twinning; grain boundary; coincidence lattice; alloy 690
 ID CHARACTER-DISTRIBUTION; INTERGRANULAR CORROSION; GRAIN-BOUNDARIES;
    MICROSTRUCTURE; OPTIMIZATION; ALLOY
 AB The effects of thermomechanical treatments on the distributions of D
    boundaries in Alloy 690(Ni-30Cr-10Fe, wt.%) were investigated. With 5%
    cold rolling and annealed at 1100 degrees C for 5 min, almost all the
    Sigma 3 boundaries were parts of clusters, but with 50% cold rolling
    and annealed under the same condition, almost no clusters existed. (c)
    2006 Acta Materialia Inc. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ Technol, Sch Mech Engn, Shandong 255049, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, S, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xiashuang14@sohu.com
 CR DAVIES P, 2002, J MATER SCI, V37, P4203
    GERTSMAN VY, 1994, ACTA METALL MATER, V42, P1785
    GERTSMAN VY, 2003, INTERFACE SCI, V11, P403
    KING WE, 1998, SCRIPTA MATER, V38, P449
    KOPEZKY CV, 1991, ACTA METALL MATER, V39, P1603
    KRONBERG ML, 1949, T AIME, V185, P501
    LEE DS, 2003, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V354, P106
    LIN P, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V33, P1387
    PALUMBO G, 1998, SCRIPTA MATER, V38, P1685
    PALUMBO G, 1999, MRS BULL, V24, P27
    RANDLE V, 2002, ULTRAMICROSCOPY, V90, P153
    RANDLE V, 2005, J MATER SCI, V40, P3243
    SCHUH CA, 2005, J MATER SCI, V40, P847
    SHIMADA M, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P2331
    SPIGARELLI S, 2003, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V352, P93
    THUVANDER M, 2000, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V281, P96
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1359-6462
 J9 SCRIPTA MATER
 JI Scr. Mater.
 PD JUN
 PY 2006
 VL 54
 IS 12
 BP 2019
 EP 2022
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 037QW
 UT ISI:000237163000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, P
    Gu, GB
    Qu, ZP
    Huang, YF
    Yao, WX
 TI The pilot test of Pt-Pd and Pt-Rh feeds extracted and separated with a
    new sulfoxide extractant
 SO RARE METALS
 DT Article
 DE solvent extraction; pilot test; sulfoxide; platinum group metals
 ID OTMSO
 AB Platinum, palladium and rhodium of the raw feeds extracted and
    separated with a new sulfoxide extractant (MSO) were studied in the
    paper. The pilot test results showed that the percentage extractions
    are more than 99% for platinum and palladium in Pt-Pd feed, and the
    percentage strippings are 100% and 99.2% with HCl and ammonia,
    respectively. The ratio of palladium to platinum is 0.0016 in stripping
    platinum solution, and the ratio of platinum to palladium is 0.0020 in
    stripping palladium solution. The percentage extraction of platinum is
    99% in Pt-Rh feed, and the percentage stripping is 100%. The ratio of
    rhodium to platinum is 0.0002 in stripping platinum solution.
    Therefore, platinum, palladium, and rhodium feeds are separated
    effectively with MSO.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    S China Univ Technol, Dept Appl Chem, Ghangzhou 510640, Peoples R China.
    Minist Internal Trade, Inst Mat Reutilizat, Xuzhou 221006, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, P, Shanghai Univ, Coll Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xhnzp@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR LI YL, 2003, J S CHINA U TECHNOL, V31, P31
    LIU SJ, 2001, MINING METALLURGY PL, P363
    QIAN HF, 2001, ADV SCI TECHNOL, V8, P33
    WANG JD, 2001, SOLVENT EXTRACTION H, P608
    WU SP, 2004, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V33, P957
    WU SP, 2004, RARE METALS, V23, P97
    ZHANG BL, 1998, J SHANXI NORM U, V26, P70
    ZHU P, 2003, PRECIOUS MET, V24, P21
    ZHU P, 2003, SEPARATION RECOVERY, P44
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1001-0521
 J9 RARE METALS
 JI Rare Metals
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 25
 IS 2
 BP 99
 EP 105
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 038YZ
 UT ISI:000237267100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hou, JM
    Tian, LJ
    Jin, S
 TI Dark states and coherent control of spin states in molecular magnets
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW B
 DT Article
 ID ELECTROMAGNETICALLY INDUCED TRANSPARENCY; ATOMIC VAPOR; LIGHT; STORAGE;
    SLOW
 AB We propose a scheme to realize the coherent control of spin states of
    the molecule magnet, Ni-4. We introduce transverse magnetic fields with
    special frequencies. When the frequencies of transverse magnetic fields
    match in some conditions, we obtain dark states in Ni-4 molecules.
    Through adjusting the magnitude of the magnetic fields, we can obtain
    any arbitrary superposition of the two ground spin states of Ni-4
    molecules.
 C1 Southeast Univ, Dept Phys, Nanjing 210096, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Beihang Univ, Dept Phys, Sch Sci, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
 RP Hou, JM, Southeast Univ, Dept Phys, Nanjing 210096, Peoples R China.
 EM jmhou@eyou.com
 CR ARIMONDO E, 1996, PROG OPTICS, V35, P257
    BERGMANN K, 1998, REV MOD PHYS, V70, P1003
    BUDKER D, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P1767
    DELBARCO E, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V93
    FLEISCHHAUER M, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P5094
    HARRIS SE, 1997, PHYS TODAY, V50, P36
    HAU LV, 1999, NATURE, V397, P594
    HOU JM, 2005, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V22, P2147
    HUSS AF, 2002, J MOD OPTIC, V49, P141
    KOCHAROVSKAYA O, 1992, PHYS REP, V219, P175
    LIU C, 2001, NATURE, V409, P490
    LUKIN MD, 2001, NATURE, V413, P273
    MARANGOS JP, 1998, J MOD OPTIC, V45, P471
    MATSKO AB, 2001, ADV ATOM MOL OPT PHY, V46, P191
    MESSIAH A, 1962, QUANTUM MECH
    NEUENBERGER MN, 2001, NATURE, V410, P789
    PARK K, 2005, J APPL PHYS, V97, P522
    PHILLIPS DF, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P783
    SCULLY MO, 1997, QUANTUM OPTICS
    TERMIKAELYAN ML, 1997, PHYS-USP, V40, P1195
    TURUKHIN AV, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V88
    VITANOV NV, 2001, ADV ATOM MOL OPT PHY, V46, P57
    YANG EC, 2003, POLYHEDRON, V22, P1727
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 1098-0121
 J9 PHYS REV B
 JI Phys. Rev. B
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 73
 IS 13
 AR 134425
 DI ARTN 134425
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 037NN
 UT ISI:000237153800079
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yuan, J
    Yuan, SF
    Leng, GS
 TI Inequalities for dual harmonic quermassintegrals
 SO JOURNAL OF THE KOREAN MATHEMATICAL SOCIETY
 DT Article
 DE convex body; star body; dual harmonic quermassintegrals; the
    Brunn-Minkowski inequality; the Blaschke-Santalo inequality
 ID MIXED VOLUMES
 AB In this paper, we study the properties of the dual harmonic
    quermassintegrals systematically and establish some inequalities for
    the dual harmonic quermassintegrals, such as the Minkowski inequality,
    the Brunn-Minkowski inequality, the Blaschke-Santalo inequality and the
    Bieberbach inequality.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yuan, J, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM yuanjun@graduate.shu.edu.cn
    yuanshufeng2003@163.com
    gleng@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BIEBERBACH L, 1915, JAHRESBER D M V, V24, P247
    BLASCHKE W, 1917, BER VERH SACHS AK MP, V69, P412
    BONNESEN T, 1934, THEORIE KONVEXEN KOR
    GARDNER RJ, 1995, GEOMETRIC TOMOGRAPHY
    HADWIGER H, 1958, AM MATH MONTHLY, V65, P300
    KLAIN DA, 1996, ADV MATH, V121, P80
    LEICHTWEISS K, 1980, KONVEXE MENGEN
    LUTWAK E, 1975, MATH P CAMBRIGDE PHI, V78, P493
    LUTWAK E, 1975, PAC J MATH, V58, P531
    LUTWAK E, 1979, ANN MAT PUR APPL, V119, P139
    LUTWAK E, 1984, P AM MATH SOC, V90, P415
    LUTWAK E, 1988, ADV MATH, V71, P232
    LUTWAK E, 1988, MATH ANN, V280, P165
    MARIA M, 1999, J MATH ANAL APPL, V232, P45
    SANTALO LA, 1949, PORT MATH, V8, P155
    SANTALO LA, 1976, INTEGRAL GEOMETRY GE
    SCHNEIDER R, 1993, CONVEX BODIES BRUNNM
    URYSOHN P, 1924, REC MATH SOC MATH MO, V8, P477
    ZHANG GY, 1999, T AM MATH SOC, V351, P985
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0304-9914
 J9 J KOREAN MATH SOC
 JI J. Korean. Math. Soc.
 PD MAY
 PY 2006
 VL 43
 IS 3
 BP 593
 EP 607
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 039RQ
 UT ISI:000237324900009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, WY
    Wu, DH
 TI The monotony properties of generalized projection bodies, intersection
    bodies and centroid bodies
 SO JOURNAL OF THE KOREAN MATHEMATICAL SOCIETY
 DT Article
 DE projection bodies; intersection bodies; centroid bodies;
    quermassintegrals; dual quermassintegrals; monotony properties.
 ID DUAL MIXED VOLUMES; BUSEMANN-PETTY PROBLEM; INEQUALITIES
 AB In this paper, we established the monotony properties of generalized
    projection bodies Pi K-i, intersection bodies IiK and centroid bodies
    Gamma K-i.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Yu, WY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM yu_wuyang@163.com
 CR CHAKERIAN GD, 1997, T AM MATH SOC, V349, P1811
    GARDNER RJ, 1994, ANN MATH, V140, P435
    GARDNER RJ, 1994, T AM MATH SOC, V342, P435
    GARDNER RJ, 1995, ENCY MATH ITS APPL, V58
    HARDY GH, 1952, INEQUALITIES
    HELGASON S, 1999, PROGR MATH, V5
    LEICHTWEISS K, 1980, KONVEXE MENGEN
    LUTWAK E, 1975, PAC J MATH, V58, P531
    LUTWAK E, 1985, T AM MATH SOC, V287, P91
    LUTWAK E, 1988, ADV MATH, V71, P232
    LUTWAK E, 1990, GEOM DEDICATA, V33, P51
    LUTWAK E, 1990, P LOND MATH SOC, V60, P365
    LUTWAK E, 1993, J DIFFER GEOM, V38, P131
    LUTWAK E, 1997, J DIFFER GEOM, V47, P1
    PETTY CM, 1961, PAC J MATH, V11, P1535
    PETTY CM, 1967, P COLL CONV COP 1965, P234
    RUDIN W, 1976, PRINCIPLES MATH ANAL
    SCHNEIDER R, 1967, MATH Z, V101, P71
    SCHNEIDER R, 1993, ENCY MATH ITS APPL, V44
    SHEPHARD GC, 1964, ISRAEL J MATH, V2, P229
    ZHANG GY, 1994, T AM MATH SOC, V345, P777
    ZHANG GY, 1996, AM J MATH, V118, P319
    ZHANG GY, 1999, ANN MATH, V149, P535
    ZHANG GY, 1999, T AM MATH SOC, V351, P985
 NR 24
 TC 0
 SN 0304-9914
 J9 J KOREAN MATH SOC
 JI J. Korean. Math. Soc.
 PD MAY
 PY 2006
 VL 43
 IS 3
 BP 609
 EP 622
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 039RQ
 UT ISI:000237324900010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, X
    Ren, ZM
    Fautrelle, Y
 TI Effect of a vertical magnetic field on the dendrite morphology during
    Bridgman crystal growth of Al-4.5 wt% Cu
 SO JOURNAL OF CRYSTAL GROWTH
 DT Article
 DE Bridgman growth; high magnetic field; dendrite growth; Al-4.5wt%Cu alloy
 ID SOLIDIFICATION; ALLOYS; PHASE
 AB The effect of a vertical high magnetic field (up to 10T) on the
    dendrite morphology has been investigated during Bridgman growth of
    Al-4.5 wt%Cu alloys experimentally. It is found that the field causes
    disorder in dendrites and their tilt in orientation. Along with the
    increase of the magnetic field and decrease of the growth velocity, the
    dendrites became broken and orientated in < 111 > along the direction
    of solidification instead of < 100 >. The field also enlarged the
    primary dendrite spacing and promoted the branching of the dendrites to
    form high-order arms. Above phenomena are attributed to the
    thermoelectromagnetic convection effect and orientation caused by the
    high magnetic field. (c) 2006 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 ENSHMG, EPM Madylam, St Martin Dheres, France.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, X, ENSHMG, EPM Madylam, BP 38402, St Martin Dheres, France.
 EM xi@hmg.inpg.fr
 CR ALBOUSSIERE T, 1991, CR ACAD SCI II-MEC P, V313, P749
    ASAI S, 2000, SCI TECHNOL ADV MAT, V1, P199
    CHEN WP, 1999, J CRYST GROWTH, V204, P69
    CROLL A, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V183, P554
    GORBUNOV LA, 1987, MAGNETOHYDRODYNAMICS, V23, P404
    LAKAR O, 1994, THESI INPG FRANCE
    LU XY, 2002, PHYSICA C, V382, P27
    MOREAU R, 1991, MAT SCI PARIS, V313, P749
    RANGO PD, 1991, NATURE, V349, P770
    WANG H, 2002, ACTA METALL SIN, V38, P41
    YASUDA H, 2003, MATER TRANS, V44, P2550
    YOUDELIS WV, 1966, CAN J PHYS, V44, P139
    ZHONG QC, 1994, METALLOGRAPHY HEAT T, P10
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0022-0248
 J9 J CRYST GROWTH
 JI J. Cryst. Growth
 PD MAY 1
 PY 2006
 VL 290
 IS 2
 BP 571
 EP 575
 PG 5
 SC Crystallography
 GA 037OM
 UT ISI:000237156400046
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guan, XH
    Ma, ZW
    Cai, P
    Kobayashi, Y
    Anada, T
    Hagiwara, G
 TI Synthesizing microstrip dual-band bandpass filters using frequency
    transformation and circuit conversion technique
 SO IEICE TRANSACTIONS ON ELECTRONICS
 DT Article
 DE admittance inverter; dual-band filter frequency transformation;
    microstrip line
 ID DESIGN; GHZ
 AB A novel method is proposed to synthesize dual-band bandpass filters
    (BPFs) from a prototype lowpass filter. By implementing successive
    frequency transformations and circuit conversions, a new filter
    topology is obtained which consists of only admittance inverters and
    series or shunt resonators, and is thereby easy to be realized by using
    conventional distributed elements. A microstrip dual-band BPI" with
    central frequencies of 1.8 GHz and 2.4 GHz is designed and fabricated
    using microstrip lines and stubs. The simulated and measured results
    show a good agreement and validate thereby the proposed theory.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Saitama Univ, Dept Elect & Elect Syst, Urawa, Saitama 3388570, Japan.
    Kanagawa Univ, High Tech Res Ctr, Yokohama, Kanagawa 2218686, Japan.
 RP Ma, ZW, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM ma@ees.saitai-na-u.ac.jp
 CR 2004, SONN SUIT VER 9 52
    CHANG SF, 2004, ELECTRON LETT, V40, P38
    GUAN X, 2005, 2005 AS PAC MICR C P, P2294
    HASHEMI H, 2002, IEEE T MICROW THEO 2, V50, P288
    HSU MH, 2005, IEICE T ELECTRON EC, V88, P47
    KUO JT, 2004, 2004 AS PAC MICR C P, P246
    KUO YL, 2003, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V51, P2187
    LEE HM, 2005, 2005 IEEE MTT S INT, P2191
    MA Z, 2005, 35 EUR MICR C P OCT, P1255
    MATTHAEI G, 1980, MICROWAVE FILTER IMP
    MIYAKE H, 1997, 1997 INT MICR S DIG, P789
    QUENDO C, 2003, 2003 IEEE MTT S INT, P1093
    TSAI LC, 2004, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V52, P1111
    UCHIDA H, 2004, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V52, P2550
    WADA K, 2000, IEICE T ELECTRON EC, V83, P1763
    YIM HYA, 2005, 2005 IEEE MTT S INT, P2187
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0916-8524
 J9 IEICE TRANS ELECTRON
 JI IEICE Trans. Electron.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL E89C
 IS 4
 BP 495
 EP 502
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 038FG
 UT ISI:000237203600008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, WL
    Ma, ZW
    Kobayashi, Y
    Anada, T
    Hagiwara, G
 TI Dual-mode bandpass filters using microstrip slotted equilateral
    triangular patch resonators
 SO IEICE TRANSACTIONS ON ELECTRONICS
 DT Article
 DE dual-mode filter; microstrip filter; size-reduction; triangular patch
    resonator
 ID DEGENERATE MODES; LOOP RESONATOR; SIZE
 AB Two compact and low loss dual-mode filters are proposed by using
    degenerate modes of slotted triangular microstrip patch resonators. The
    geometrical size and radiation loss of the triangular patch are reduced
    simultaneously by loading both horizontal and vertical slots. The
    resonant frequencies of two degenerate modes can be easily controlled
    by varying the dimensions and positions of the slots. A two-pole
    dualmode filter operating at 3.94 GHz with a fractional bandwidth of
    4.3% is designed, fabricated, and measured. The measured results verify
    well the theoretical predictions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Saitama Univ, Dept Elect & Elect Syst, Urawa, Saitama 3388570, Japan.
    Kanagawa Univ, High Tech Res Ctr, Yokohama, Kanagawa 2218686, Japan.
 RP Ma, ZW, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM ma@ees.saitama-u.ac.jp
 CR 2004, SONNET SUITE VER 9 5
    GORUR A, 2004, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V52, P671
    HELSZAJN J, 1978, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V26, P95
    HONG JS, 1995, IEEE MICROW GUIDED W, V5, P371
    HONG JS, 2000, IEEE MTT-S, P331
    HONG JS, 2004, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V52, P1237
    HONG JS, 2005, IEEE MTT S MICR S WE
    HSIEH LH, 2001, ELECTRON LETT, V37, P1070
    TAN BT, 2002, IEEE MICROW WIREL CO, V12, P252
    WOLFF I, 1972, ELECTRON LETT, V8, P302
    ZHU L, 1999, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V47, P650
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0916-8524
 J9 IEICE TRANS ELECTRON
 JI IEICE Trans. Electron.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL E89C
 IS 4
 BP 503
 EP 508
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 038FG
 UT ISI:000237203600009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fan, JY
    Pan, JY
 TI Convergence properties of a self-adaptive Levenberg-Marquardt algorithm
    under local error bound condition
 SO COMPUTATIONAL OPTIMIZATION AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE singular nonlinear equations; Levenberg-Marquardt method; trust region
    method
 ID NONLINEAR EQUATIONS
 AB We propose a new self-adaptive Levenberg-Marquardt algorithm for the
    system of nonlinear equations F(x) = 0. The Levenberg-Marquardt
    parameter is chosen as the product of parallel to F-k parallel to delta
    with delta being a positive constant, and some function of the ratio
    between the actual reduction and predicted reduction of the merit
    function. Under the local error bound condition which is weaker than
    the nonsingularity, we show that the Levenberg-Marquardt method
    converges superlinearly to the solution for delta is an element of (0,
    1), while quadratically for delta is an element of [1, 2]. Numerical
    results show that the new algorithm performs very well for the
    nonlinear equations with high rank deficiency.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200240, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, SJTU, E Inst, Div Computat Sci, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
    E China Normal Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200062, Peoples R China.
 RP Fan, JY, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200240, Peoples R
    China.
 CR DAN H, 2002, OPTIM METHOD SOFTW, V17, P605
    FAN JY, 2003, J COMPUT MATH, V21, P625
    FAN JY, 2005, COMPUTING, V74, P23
    HEI L, 2000, SELF ADAPTIVE TRUST
    LEVENBERG K, 1944, QUART APPL MATH, V2, P164
    MARQUARDT DW, 1963, J SOC IND APPL MATH, V11, P441
    MORE JJ, 1977, LECT NOTES MATH, V630, P105
    MORE JJ, 1981, ACM T MATH SOFTWARE, V7, P17
    MORE JJ, 1983, MATH PROGRAMMING STA, P258
    NOCEDAL J, 1998, ADV NONLINEAR PROGRA, P153
    POWELL MJD, 1975, NONLINEAR PROGRAMMIN, V2, P1
    SCHNABEL RB, 1984, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V21, P815
    STEWART GW, 1990, MATRIX PERTURBATION
    YAMAOKA Y, 2001, APPL ORGANOMET CHEM, V15, P239
    YUAN Y, 1994, CONT MATH, V163, P205
    YUAN YX, 1998, INFORMATION, V1, P7
    YUAN YX, 2000, ICM99 P 4 INT C IND, P271
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0926-6003
 J9 COMPUT OPTIM APPL
 JI Comput. Optim. Appl.
 PD MAY
 PY 2006
 VL 34
 IS 1
 BP 47
 EP 62
 PG 16
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 039WR
 UT ISI:000237339300003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, L
    Fang, SS
    Wang, Q
    Dong, YD
    Liu, CT
 TI Thermodynamic modeling of glass formation in metallic glasses
 SO APPLIED PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID BULK AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; CU-ZR; MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES; FORMING ABILITY;
    NI; STABILIZATION; SYSTEMS; PHASE
 AB In the study of metallic glasses, it is vitally important for us to
    understand glass formation and glass forming ability (GFA). This letter
    presents a thermodynamic model for evaluating glass formation in
    metallic glasses. An expression has been derived from considering both
    the stability of amorphous phases and the resistance to the formation
    of crystalline intermetallic phases. This equation is very useful for
    identifying alloy compositions with good GFA in binary and other alloy
    systems. The prediction of this equation has been verified by the
    experimental study of glass formation and glass forming ability in the
    Zr-Cu system. (c) 2006 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Ctr Adv Microanal, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Tennessee, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Knoxville, TN 37996 USA.
 RP Xia, L, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM liuct@ornl.gov
 CR BAKKER H, 1998, ENTHALPIES ALLOYS MI
    CHEN HS, 1973, ACTA METALL, V21, P395
    COHEN MH, 1961, NATURE, V189, P131
    DEBOER FR, 1988, COHESION METALS TRAN
    DELAMARE J, 1994, J ALLOY COMPD, V216, P273
    ESHELBY JD, 1954, J APPL PHYS, V25, P255
    ESHELBY JD, 1956, SOLID STATE PHYS, V3, P79
    FECHT HJ, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P777
    FRIEDEL J, 1954, ADV PHYS, V3, P446
    GREER AL, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P1947
    INOUE A, 1998, MATER SCI FORUM 2, V269, P855
    INOUE A, 2000, ACTA MATER, V48, P279
    INOUE A, 2004, MATER TRANS, V45, P584
    JOHNSON WL, 1999, MRS BULL, V24, P42
    LEONHARDT M, 1999, ACTA MATER, V47, P2961
    LU ZP, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P3501
    LU ZP, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    MIEDEMA AR, 1975, J LESS-COMMON MET, V41, P283
    MURTY BS, 1992, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V149, P231
    NAGENDRA N, 2000, ACTA MATER, V48, P2603
    SCHROERS J, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P2343
    SHEN TD, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P49
    SHINDO T, 2002, MATER TRANS, V43, P2502
    TAKEUCHI A, 2000, MATER T JIM, V41, P1372
    TAKEUCHI A, 2001, MATER TRANS, V42, P1435
    TANG MB, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P901
    TURNBULL D, 1969, CONTEMP PHYS, V10, P473
    WANG D, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P4029
    XU DH, 2004, ACTA MATER, V52, P2621
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 0003-6951
 J9 APPL PHYS LETT
 JI Appl. Phys. Lett.
 PD APR 24
 PY 2006
 VL 88
 IS 17
 AR 171905
 DI ARTN 171905
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 037HB
 UT ISI:000237136600020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, SX
    Kang, BJ
    Zhang, JC
    Yuan, SJ
 TI Orbital-order-induced magnetic anisotropy and intrinsic phase
    separation of the Pr0.50+XSr0.50-XMnO3 single crystals
 SO APPLIED PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID FIELD
 AB Magnetization and torque magnetization measurements, together with the
    results of electron paramagnetic resonance experiment, were conducted
    on the Pr0.50+xSr0.50-xMnO3 single crystals. Orbital-order-induced
    strong magnetic anisotropy is found in the ferromagnetic (FM) state. It
    is observed by torque magnetization that magnetic anisotropy exists
    even in the paramagnetic (PM) and antiferromagnetic (AFM) states,
    indicating existence of the FM cluster in the A-type AFM state below
    the FM-AFM transition temperature and the PM state far above the Curie
    temperature. The results prove that the interplay of spin and orbital
    results in intrinsic phase separation in the manganite systems. (c)
    2006 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, SX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM sxcao@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ANGAPPANE S, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
    ARGYRIOU DN, 1996, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V124, P381
    DAGTTO E, 2001, PHYS REP, V344, P1
    HEJTMANEK J, 2002, PHYS REV B, V66
    KAWAOFURUKAWA H, 2002, PHYS REV B, V67
    KUWAHARA H, 1995, SCIENCE, V270, P961
    MAEZONO R, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P1189
    POLLERT E, 2002, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V246, P290
    TOMIOKA Y, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P5108
    YOSHIZAWA H, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, R571
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0003-6951
 J9 APPL PHYS LETT
 JI Appl. Phys. Lett.
 PD APR 24
 PY 2006
 VL 88
 IS 17
 AR 172503
 DI ARTN 172503
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 037HB
 UT ISI:000237136600048
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XR
    Sun, RG
    Wang, CS
    Mo, YJ
 TI Surface enhanced Raman scattering spectra of carbozole and azobenzene
    disperse red polymer
 SO SPECTROSCOPY AND SPECTRAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE azobenzene polymer; resonance Raman scattering; surface enhanced
    resonance Raman scattering
 ID POLARIZATION HOLOGRAPHY; PHOTOINDUCED BIREFRINGENCE; SILVER ELECTRODE;
    PYRIDINE
 AB Surface enhanced resonance Raman scattering (SERRS) was employed to
    study the molecule alignment of carbozole and azobenzene disperse red
    polymer on the surface of rough silver thin film. According to the
    selection rule of optical transitions and experiment results, it was
    found that the surface geometry of carbozole and azobenzene disperse
    red polymer was: this was physical adsorption between the carbazole
    group, which is from the monomer of carbazole and nitro-group which is
    from the monomer of azobenzene on the surface of rough silver film, and
    there is almost no interaction between the principal chain and the
    substrate because of the distance. This geometrical configuration of
    CAP on the surface of the substrate was proposed to damage the
    stabilities and efficiency of azobenzene derivatives based optical
    storage devices.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Henan Univ, Dept Phys, Kaifeng 475001, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, RG, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ALBRECHT MG, 1977, J AM CHEM SOC, V99, P5215
    DOLLISH FR, 1980, CHARACTERISTIC RAMAN
    GU RA, 2002, CHEM J CHINESE U, V23, P1960
    JEANMAIRE DL, 1977, J ELECTROANAL CH INF, V84, P1
    MO YJ, 1984, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V50, P829
    TODOROV T, 1984, APPL OPTICS, V23, P4309
    TODOROV T, 1984, APPL OPTICS, V23, P4588
    TODOROV T, 1985, APPL OPTICS, V24, P785
    WANG CS, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P19
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1000-0593
 J9 SPECTROSC SPECTR ANAL
 JI Spectrosc. Spectr. Anal.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 26
 IS 4
 BP 649
 EP 652
 PG 4
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 037RB
 UT ISI:000237163500016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, F
    Cao, SX
    Zhang, JC
    Li, LW
    Chi, CY
 TI Effect on superconductivity of high valence ions V4+ and Ni3+
    substitution for Cu site in Pr1.85Ce0.15CuO4-delta system
 SO PHYSICA C-SUPERCONDUCTIVITY AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE electron-doped superconductor; element substitution; high-T-c
    superconductivity
 ID HIGH-TEMPERATURE SUPERCONDUCTORS; ND1.85CE0.15CUO4; STATE; ZN
 AB Effects of high valence ions V4+ and Ni3+ substitution oil
    superconductivity are studied systematically for the electron-doped
    superconducting Pr1.85Ce0.15CuO4-delta (PCCO) system. The results
    indicate that very small amount of V4+ substitution (x <= 0.04) for
    Cu2+ site improves the superconductivity, but further substitution (x
    >= 0.06) will depress the superconductivity. Contrasting with V4+, Ni3+
    substitution shows a strong suppression on superconductivity, even for
    extremely small amount substitution of 0.01. Both the change of lattice
    parameters and the similar 3d electron structure of V4+ ion to the Cu2+
    ion support the improvement of superconductivity while x <= 0.04 in the
    V-substituted PCCO system. The results of Hall effect indicate that
    high valence ion substitution for Cu2+ increase the carrier
    concentration, which is also one reason for the improvement of
    superconductivity of V4+ substitution PCCO. (c) 2006 Elsevier B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, SX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shangda Rd,99, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 EM sxcao@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BRINKMANN M, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P4927
    BRINKMANN M, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P6680
    CONCEICAO A, 2000, PHYSICA C, V333, P170
    DAGAN Y, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V92
    HILSCHER G, 1991, SUPERCOND SCI TECH, V4, S79
    IKEGAWA S, 1991, PHYS REV B, V43, P2885
    IMADA M, 1998, REV MOD PHYS 1, V70, P1039
    JAYARAM B, 1995, PHYS REV B, V52, P3742
    KANG HJ, 2003, NATURE, V423, P522
    KANG HJ, 2005, PHYS REV B, V71
    KIM JS, 1993, PHYSICA C, V209, P381
    KUKLEWICZ CE, 1995, PHYSICA C, V253, P308
    MANG PK, 2004, PHYS REV B, V70
    MATSUURA M, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
    TIMUSK T, 1999, REP PROG PHYS, V62, P61
    WANG E, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P6582
    WESTERHOLT K, 1994, J LOW TEMP PHYS, V95, P123
    WOODS SI, 2002, PHYS REV B, V66
    XIAO G, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P8752
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD APR 15
 PY 2006
 VL 436
 IS 2
 BP 81
 EP 85
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 036GR
 UT ISI:000237060100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bi, JB
    Sun, YP
    Chen, DY
 TI Soliton solutions to the 3rd nonisospectral AKNS system
 SO PHYSICA A-STATISTICAL MECHANICS AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE nonisospectral AKNS equation; nonisospectral MKdV equation; Wronskian
    technique
 ID KADOMTSEV-PETVIASHVILI EQUATIONS; KORTEWEG-DEVRIES;
    EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; WRONSKIAN TECHNIQUE; TRANSFORM
 AB Bilinear form of the nonisospectral AKNS equation is given. The
    N-soliton solutions and double Wronskian solution are obtained through
    Hirota's direct method and Wronskian technique, respectively. The
    nonisospectral MKdV equation and its multi-soliton solutions are
    presented by reducing. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Bi, JB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM bijinbo@163.com
 CR CALOGERO F, 1978, LETT NUOVO CIMENTO, V22, P131
    CHAN WL, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P2521
    CHEN DG, 1991, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V24, P377
    FREEMAN NC, 1983, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V389, P319
    FREEMAN NC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P1
    GUPTA MR, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V72, P420
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 1976, J PHYS SOC JPN, V41, P2141
    MA WX, 1992, J MATH PHYS, V33, P2464
    NIMMO JJC, 1984, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V17, P1415
    NING TK, 2004, PHYSICA A, V339, P248
    TIAN C, 1990, RES REPORTS PHYS, P35
    ZHANG Y, 2004, PHYSICA A, V339, P228
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0378-4371
 J9 PHYSICA A
 JI Physica A
 PD MAY 15
 PY 2006
 VL 364
 BP 157
 EP 169
 PG 13
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 035KQ
 UT ISI:000237000300013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, TC
    Qiu, XJ
    Zhu, ZY
 TI Energy deposition of relativistic electrons in a hot super-compressed
    plasma
 SO JOURNAL OF PLASMA PHYSICS
 DT Letter
 ID COLLECTIVE OSCILLATION; PULSES
 AB The relativistic modified formula. for the energy loss of the
    relativistic electron began Clue to binary electron-electron collisions
    is obtained. Another important energy loss mechanism, the excitation of
    Langmuir collective plasma oscillation, is also treated within the
    relativistic framework. Then the relevant physics parameters in the
    fast-ignitor scenario, including the continuous winded range, the
    maximum penetration depth and the stopping time, have been calculated.
    The results obtained axe much better than those from non-relativistic
    cases and even partially relativistic modified theories. Thus, we
    re-examine theoretically, the possibility of igniting hot spots in a.
    super-compressed deuterium-tritium plasma.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, TC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM wu-tongchen@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BAROV N, 2004, PHYS REV SPEC TOP-AC, V7
    BLANCHOT N, 1995, OPT LETT, V20, P395
    DEUTSCH C, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P2483
    DEUTSCH C, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P1140
    HEMMER PC, 1968, PHYS REV, V168, P294
    HUBBELL HH, 1982, PHYS REV A, V26, P2460
    MA JY, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P1306
    MA JY, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P373
    MACCHI A, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V87
    MOLLER C, 1932, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V14, P531
    NARDI E, 1978, PHYS REV A, V18, P1246
    NUCKOLLS JH, 1972, NATURE, V239, P129
    ROUYER C, 1996, J OPT SOC AM B, V13, P55
    SLUTZ SA, 2004, PHYS PLASMAS, V11, P3483
    SPITKOVSKY A, 2000, AIP C P, V569, P183
    TABAK M, 1994, PHYS PLASMAS, V1, P1626
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0022-3778
 J9 J PLASMA PHYS
 JI J. Plasma Phys.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 72
 PN Part 2
 BP 153
 EP 158
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Fluids & Plasmas
 GA 035MO
 UT ISI:000237005600003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, CY
    Tan, WH
 TI Quantum travelling-wave analysis of a quasi-phase-matched parametric
    amplifier
 SO JOURNAL OF MODERN OPTICS
 DT Article
 ID FOKKER-PLANCK EQUATION; GENERATION; AMPLIFICATION; LIGHT
 AB The paper describes a phase-mismatched Fokker-Planck equation
    formulation for parametric amplification in periodically inverted
    nonlinear media. An analytical solution of the phase-mismatched
    Fokker-Planck equation and the amplitude quantum fluctuation after
    passing through the quasi-phase-matched (QPM) device are obtained. The
    calculated results for the QPM device conform to that of the Langevin
    equation in the case of no loss k = 0, and give a general solution for
    k not equal 0. From this one can derive knowledge of the dependence of
    squeezing on the loss coefficient k and make a comparison between the
    QPM device and a phase matched device at the threshold k = epsilon(0).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, CY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM zchy49@sohu.com
 CR ARMSTRONG JA, 1962, PHYS REV, V127, P1918
    BENCHEIKH K, 1995, J OPT SOC AM B, V12, P847
    CAVES CM, 1987, J OPT SOC AM B, V4, P1535
    CHICKARMANE VS, 1998, OPT LETT, V23, P1132
    DRUMMOND PD, 1987, J OPT SOC AM B, V4, P1565
    FEJER MM, 1992, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V28, P2631
    HAKEN H, 1970, LIGH MATTER IC ENCY, V25
    LI YM, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P790
    LONGHI S, 2002, PHYS REV A, V66
    NOIRIE L, 1997, J OPT SOC AM B, V14, P1
    SHEN YR, 1984, PRINCIPLES NONLINEAR
    TAN WH, 1987, OPT COMMUN, V64, P195
    TAN WH, 1988, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V37, P396
    WALLS DF, 1994, QUANTUM OPTICS
    WOLINSKY M, 1985, OPT COMMUN, V55, P138
    ZHAO CY, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P2694
    ZHU S, 1997, SCIENCE, V278, P843
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0950-0340
 J9 J MOD OPTIC
 JI J. Mod. Opt.
 PD MAY 20
 PY 2006
 VL 53
 IS 8
 BP 1069
 EP 1081
 PG 13
 SC Optics
 GA 036IU
 UT ISI:000237065600005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, SY
    Zhong, MJ
    Yu, LM
    Chen, HD
    He, ZM
    Zhang, JC
 TI Effect of carbon content on structure and magnetic properties for (Fe,
    Ni)(1-x)C-x by mechanical alloying
 SO JOURNAL OF MAGNETISM AND MAGNETIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE mechanical alloying; magnetic materials; nanostructural system;
    magnetization
 ID AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; CURIE-TEMPERATURE; METALLOID ALLOYS; FE; MOMENTS; NI;
    CO; DEPENDENCE; SYMMETRY
 AB FCC (Fe55Ni45)(1-x)C-x supersaturated solid solution was prepared in a
    wide concentration range (0 <= x <= 0.9) by mechanical alloying of
    nanocrystalline Fe55Ni45 with graphite. The lattice constant of
    Fe55Ni45 increases linearly with increasing carbon content up to x =
    0.25. At the same time, it is found that the magnetic moment per metal
    atom (Fe, Ni) decreases linearly with increasing carbon content for 0
    <= x <= 0.25 with a slope of 1.2 mu(B)/at. For high carbon content, x
    >= 0.5, it is observed that the decrease of lattice constant and
    increase of moment per metal atom (Fe, Ni) with increasing C content,
    indicates that the dissolution of carbon is hindered by the high-volume
    fraction of graphite in the initial powder mixture. The complete
    amorphization of x = 0.5 does not occur after the extended ball
    milling. The alloying effect of carbon on the magnetization is compared
    with other metalloid B, P, and Si in Fe- and Ni-based binary system.
    (C) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, SY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM xushiyue@online.sh.cn
    jczhang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ALBERT PA, 1967, J APPL PHYS, V38, P1258
    BAKKER H, 1998, T TECH PUBLICATION
    BECKER JJ, 1977, IEEE T MAGN, V13, P988
    BUSCHOW KHJ, 1981, J APPL PHYS, V52, P3557
    CORB BW, 1983, PHYS REV B, V27, P636
    CORB BW, 1985, PHYS REV B, V31, P2521
    DING J, 2001, J ALLOY COMPD, V314, P262
    FUKAMICHI K, 1979, IEEE T MAGN, V15, P1404
    HALL WH, 1950, J I MET, V75, P1127
    HULLER K, 1985, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V53, P103
    KAUL SN, 1982, PHYS REV B, V25, P5863
    KAZAMA NS, 1980, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V15, P1331
    LUBORSKY FE, 1978, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V7, P143
    LUBORSKY FE, 1980, J PHYS F MET PHYS, V10, P959
    MALOZEMOFF AP, 1984, PHYS REV B, V29, P1620
    MIEDEMA AR, 1973, J LESS-COMMON MET, V32, P117
    OHANDLEY RC, 1987, J APPL PHYS, V62, P15
    RAY R, 1978, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V27, P471
    ROCHMAN NT, 1999, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V89, P367
    SCHULTZ L, 1988, MATER SCI ENG, V97, P15
    SHIMADA Y, 1976, J APPL PHYS, V47, P4156
    STEIN F, 1992, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V117, P45
    SURYANARAYANA C, 2001, PROG MATER SCI, V46, P1
    TANAKA T, 1991, J LESS-COMMON MET, V171, P237
    WILLIAMS AR, 1983, IEEE T MAGN, V19, P1983
    XU SY, 2005, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V292, P126
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 0304-8853
 J9 J MAGN MAGN MATER
 JI J. Magn. Magn. Mater.
 PD AUG
 PY 2006
 VL 303
 IS 1
 BP 73
 EP 78
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 037TG
 UT ISI:000237169400013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Su, QF
    Xia, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Liu, JM
    Shi, WM
 TI Studies on infrared spectroscopic ellipsometry of different oriented
    CVD diamond films
 SO JOURNAL OF INFRARED AND MILLIMETER WAVES
 DT Article
 DE CVD diamond film; infrared spectroscopic ellipsometry; refractive
    index; extinction coefficient
 ID CONSTANTS; SURFACE
 AB Optical properties of different oriented diamond films obtained by hot
    filament chemical vapor deposition ( HF-CVD) were measured by using
    infrared spectroscopic ellipsometry in the wavelength range of 2.5
    similar to 12.5 mu m. The measured results indicate that (001)-oriented
    diamond film is optical thin-film in high quality and almost entire
    transparent in the whole infrared region. Refractive index and
    extinction coefficient of (001) -oriented diamond film are 2.391 and in
    the order of 10(-5), respectively. For the (111)-oriented one,
    refractive index and extinction coefficient have a little variation
    with the wavelength change and are not as good as that of
    (001)-oriented one. However, the dielectric constant calculated for
    both films show that (001)-oriented film with a value of 5.83 is much
    better than that of (111)-oriented one.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Su, QF, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR BRUGGEMAN DAG, 1935, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V24, P636
    COMFORT JC, 1987, ANN SIM S NEW YORK, P185
    FANG ZJ, 2003, CARBON, V41, P967
    FERRIEU F, 1990, J APPL PHYS, V68, P5810
    HU ZG, 2004, J INFRARED MILLIM W, V23, P47
    HUANG ZM, 1999, J INFRARED MILLIM W, V18, P23
    JU JH, 2002, J INFRARED MILLIM W, V21, P238
    KUMAGAI N, 2004, DIAM RELAT MATER, V13, P2092
    MCGEOCH SP, 1999, DIAM RELAT MATER, V8, P916
    QIU DJ, 2002, J INFRARED MILLIM W, V21, P167
    SU QF, 2005, SOLID STATE ELECTRON, V49, P1044
    XIA YB, 2000, J CRYST GROWTH, V213, P328
    YIN Z, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P3658
    YIN Z, 1996, DIAM RELAT MATER, V5, P1490
    ZHANG WJ, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P1896
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 1001-9014
 J9 J INFRARED MILIM WAVES
 JI J. Infrared Millim. Waves
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 25
 IS 2
 BP 86
 EP 89
 PG 4
 SC Optics
 GA 038JU
 UT ISI:000237216600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, DX
    Sun, YX
    Liu, SL
    Hua, ZZ
 TI Synthesis, characterization and crystal structure of copper(I)
    tetra(phenyl thiourea) chloride
 SO JOURNAL OF COORDINATION CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE supermolecular complex; phenyl thiourea; crystal structure; bioactivity
 AB The title compound C28H32N8S4ClCu has been synthesized, crystallized
    and characterized by density measurement, element analysis and IR
    spectra. Its crystal structure has been determined by X-ray diffraction
    methods. The most interesting structure feature of the complex is that
    the dihedral angle between the thiourea framework and the benzene ring
    is 52.03(22)degrees, the minimal value in the literature. All four
    bonds around Cu(I) are equivalent, but the six S-Cu-S angles are
    non-equivalent.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryogenics & Food Sci, Shanghai 210093, Peoples R China.
    Qufu Normal Univ, Coll Chem Sci, Qufu 273165, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Coll Med, Dept Biochem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, DX, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryogenics & Food Sci,
    Shanghai 210093, Peoples R China.
 EM dxli75@sohu.com
 CR DCRUZ OJ, 2000, BIOL REPROD, V63, P196
    JINLING W, 1991, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V11, P388
    LUDOVICI DW, 2001, BIOORG MED CHEM LETT, V11, P2225
    MAO C, 1999, BIOORG MED CHEM LETT, V9, P1593
    NARY E, 2000, IMMUNOPHARMACOLOGY, V47, P25
    SHAMIM A, 1999, TALANTA, V48, P63
    SHELDRICK GM, 1996, SAINT V4 SOFTWARE RE
    SHELDRICK GM, 1997, SHELXL97
    WILSON AJ, 1992, INT TABLE XRAY CRYST, C
    ZHIHUA M, 1993, CHIN J STRUC CHEM, V12, P197
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0095-8972
 J9 J COORD CHEM
 JI J. Coord. Chem.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 59
 IS 4
 BP 403
 EP 408
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear
 GA 037RV
 UT ISI:000237165600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, HX
    Shi, FJ
    Guo, JH
 TI Numerical research on the three dimensional unsteady flow within the
    vortex pump
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 DE vortex pump; unsteady internal flow; turbulence
 AB Based on the standard k - epsilon turbulent model and the
    Reynolds-Averaged Navier-Stokes equations, the finite volume method and
    the SIMPLE algorithm were adopted to carry out the three-dimensional
    numerical simulation of the internal unsteady flow within a vortex pump
    in the double reference frames. According to the results of the
    numerical simulation, the internal unsteady flow in the vortex pump was
    analyzed. The calculated results of the blade surface pressure of the
    impeller and performance prediction of the pump were compared with the
    experimental data to prove the feasibility of the calculation method.
    It is very useful to the internal flow pattern analysis, performance
    prediction, efficiency enhancement and optimum design of the vortex
    pump.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, HX, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM chenhx@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR AOKI M, 1982, JSME, V48, P1292
    AOKI M, 1982, JSME, V48, P1300
    AOKI M, 1982, JSME, V48, P1963
    AOKI M, 1982, JSME, V48, P1969
    CHEN HX, 1993, T CHINESE SOC AGR MA, V24, P24
    CHEN HX, 1996, T CHINESE SOC AGR MA, V27, P49
    GUAN XF, 1995, TECHNICAL MANUAL MOD
    JUN F, 1987, THESIS BEIJING AGR E
    OHBA H, 1978, JSME, V44, P1311
    OHBA H, 1982, JSME, V48, P1945
    OHBA H, 1982, JSME, V48, P1953
    PATANKAR SV, 1972, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V15, P1787
    PATANKER SV, 1980, NUMERICAL HEAT TRANS
    SCHIVLEY GP, 1970, T ASME, V92, P889
    SHI XG, 1994, TURBULENCE, P84
    WEN DS, 1990, ENG FLUID MECH
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 2006
 VL 23
 IS 1
 BP 27
 EP 35
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 037BH
 UT ISI:000237121200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, ZC
 TI Variational principle for 3-D steady rotational flow in rotor using two
    stream functions
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF TURBO & JET-ENGINES
 DT Article
 DE variational theory; 3-D transonic steady; compressible flow; stream
    function
 AB Two special stream functions are introduced for three dimensional
    inviscid compressible rotational flows, and variational principles for
    potential flow, Beltrami flow, and rotational flow are established,
    where the two stream functions are independent variations.
 C1 Shanghai Inst Technol, Dept Environm & Energy Engn, Shanghai 200235, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, ZC, Shanghai Inst Technol, Dept Environm & Energy Engn, 121 Caobao
    Rd, Shanghai 200235, Peoples R China.
 EM shwzc@sohu.com
 CR DULIKRAVICH GS, 1992, J AIRCRAFT, V29, P1020
    HAFEZ MM, 1983, AIAA J, V21, P327
    LIU GL, 1993, ACTA MECH, V97, P229
    LIU HM, 2004, COMPUT CHEM ENG, V28, P1549
    LIU HM, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P573
    NOOR AK, 1984, UNIFICATION FINITE E, P275
    SIENIUTYCZ S, 2005, VARIATIONAL EXTREMUM, P75
    WU CH, 1952, 2604 NACA TN
    ZHANG J, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V24, P309
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0334-0082
 J9 INT J TURBO JET ENGINES
 JI Int. J. Turbo. Jet-Engines
 PY 2006
 VL 23
 IS 1
 BP 37
 EP 42
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Aerospace
 GA 037BH
 UT ISI:000237121200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yao, ZH
    Fei, MR
    Qu, BD
    Kong, HN
 TI Evolving neural networks for forecasting and early warning red tide and
    blue-green alga disaster
 SO DYNAMICS OF CONTINUOUS DISCRETE AND IMPULSIVE SYSTEMS-SERIES
    A-MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE neural network; genetic algorithm; forecast; red tide; blue-green alga
 ID AIR
 AB Multi-layer feed-forward neural network (MNN) was chosen to be
    examined. An improved genetic algorithm (IGA) was proposed and
    introduced for designing the high-lever architecture and learning
    weight value of an MNN model for forecasting and early warning red tide
    in ocean and blue-green alga in lakes and reservoirs in the southeast
    of china. The experiment results show that the IGA has a better
    performance than ordinary genetic algorithm (CA), and the MNN models
    based oil IGA is effective.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Elect Informat & Elect Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    So Yangtze Univ, Control Sci & Engn Res Ctr, Wuxi 214122, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Environm Sch, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Yao, ZH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM yaozh@sjtu.edu.cn
 CR BLANCO A, 2003, INT J APPROX REASON, V123, P67
    ENGOZINER S, 1995, IEEE T NEURAL NETWOR, V6, P31
    GARDNER MW, 1999, ATMOS ENVIRON, V33, P709
    HOLLAND JH, 1975, ADAPTATION NATURAL A
    KOLEHMAINEN M, 2001, ATMOS ENVIRON, V35, P815
    NAG PK, 1998, SEMICONDUCTOR INT, V21, P163
    NISHINA S, 2004, NEURAL NETWORKS, V17, P159
    PAN YY, 2004, P 2004 CHIN CONTR DE, P545
    SMITH AE, 1997, ENG ECON, V42, P137
    STEFANOS K, 1989, IEEE T CS, V36, P1092
    YAO X, 1999, P IEEE, V87, P1423
    YAO ZH, 1999, J SHANGHAI JIAOTONG, V33, P1533
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1201-3390
 J9 DYN CONT DISCR IMP SYST SER A
 JI Dyn. Contin. Discret. Impuls. Syst. Ser. A-Math Anal.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 13
 PN Part 1 Suppl. S
 BP 241
 EP 247
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 035GT
 UT ISI:000236989500032
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, MH
    Ran, F
    Chen, ZJ
 TI The scanning methodology research based on space-time mapping
    optimization
 SO DYNAMICS OF CONTINUOUS DISCRETE AND IMPULSIVE SYSTEMS-SERIES
    A-MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE scanning; space-time mapping optimization; sub-partition; time
    redundancy; pulse width modulation
 AB According to the imaging mechanism analysis of gray scales display and
    time redundancy in the imaging process, this paper put forward a
    proposition of the space-time mapping optimization frame of gray scale
    image in FPD system, and proposed a novel scanning method based on
    sub-partitions of space-time mapping plane. This proposition
    fundamentally accounts for the theoretical problem of the relationship
    between display gray scale and frame scanning frequency. Comparing with
    traditional scanning method, the scanning availability increases
    apparently, and the objective of the highest articulation and
    resolution can be easily realized in FPD system with large size display
    using the proposed method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mech Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Microelect Res & Dev Ctr, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, MH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mech Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200041,
    Peoples R China.
 EM mhxu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR HU SY, 2001, J ZIBO U, V3
    KIM JS, 2003, SIDI003, P450
    PARK CH, 2001, IEEE T ELECTRON DEV, V48, P1082
    PRACHE O, 2001, DISPLAYS, V22, P49
    PRIBAT D, 2001, THIN SOLID FILMS, V383, P25
    YOO JY, 2001, SID, P798
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 1201-3390
 J9 DYN CONT DISCR IMP SYST SER A
 JI Dyn. Contin. Discret. Impuls. Syst. Ser. A-Math Anal.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 13
 PN Part 3 Suppl. S
 BP 1093
 EP 1101
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 035GZ
 UT ISI:000236990100005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, FQ
    Cao, JL
 TI Filtering for Chirp impulse noise based on fractional Fourier domain
 SO DYNAMICS OF CONTINUOUS DISCRETE AND IMPULSIVE SYSTEMS-SERIES
    A-MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE fractional Fourier transform; time-varying filtering; impulse Chirp
    noise; tune-frequency analysis
 ID TRANSFORM; CONVOLUTION
 AB Because of the time-varing frequency characteristic of Chirp impulse
    noise, the filter in common Fourier transform domain couldn't eliminate
    effectively the interference. In this paper, the concept of the
    filtering in fractional Fourier domain is introduced. And the
    convolution and the correlation in fractional Fourier transform domain
    are also proposed, which are basis on time-varying filtering in
    fractional Fourier domain. The simulation results have shown that the
    time-varying filtering for Chirp impulse noise based on fractional
    Fourier domain excelled to that of the traditional frequency domain
    filtering.
 C1 Jiangnan Univ, Sch Commun & Control Engn, Jiangsu 214122, Wuxi, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch machine Elect & Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yu, FQ, Jiangnan Univ, Sch Commun & Control Engn, Jiangsu 214122, Wuxi,
    Peoples R China.
 EM yufengqin@china.com
 CR AKAY O, 2000, UNITARY HERMITIAN FR
    AKAY O, 2001, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V49, P979
    COHEN L, 1989, P IEEE, V77, P41
    HALDUN M, 1994, J OPT SOC AM A, V11, P547
    MCBRIDE AC, 1987, IMA J APPL MATH, V39, P159
    NAMIAS V, 1980, J I MATH APPL, V25, P241
    OZAKTAS HM, 2001, FRACTIONAL FOURIER T
    QIAN S, 1993, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V41, P2429
    VETTERLI M, 1992, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V40, P2207
    ZAYED AI, 1998, IEEE SIGNAL PROC LET, V5, P101
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1201-3390
 J9 DYN CONT DISCR IMP SYST SER A
 JI Dyn. Contin. Discret. Impuls. Syst. Ser. A-Math Anal.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 13
 PN Part 4 Suppl. S
 BP 1813
 EP 1820
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 035HE
 UT ISI:000236990600029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, J
    Shen, JN
    Yao, SD
 TI Study on preparation and electrocatalytic activities of the modified
    Ti/TiO2 electrodes by doping noble metal
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE titanium anode; electrocatalytic; doping; microporous film; secondary
    ion mass spectrometry
 ID ANODIC-OXIDATION; TITANIUM
 AB A two-step procedure was used for the preparation of the modified
    Ti/TiO2-Pt/Ir anodes: anodisation of the titanium substrate to form a
    microporous oxide film with subsequent doping Pt or Ir by cathodic
    deposition of an oxygen evolution reaction (OER) electrocatalyser. The
    characterization of the modified films was carried out by X-ray and
    SEM. In the case of Ti/TiO2-Pt, Pt is deposited preferentially within
    some of the micropores of the TiO2 film. Ir however, is distributed
    preferentially across the surface of the oxide film. The difference is
    thought to result from the position of the metal deposition potential
    with respect to the flat band potential of n-TiO2. Composition profile
    of different elements in thin film Ti/TiO2-(Pt/Ir) anodes was carried
    out by SIMS, and the TiO2 film thickness is obtained, ca. 750 rim.
    According to the results obtained by means of stationary
    current-potential curves and impedance spectra, Pt/Ir doping has
    improved the electrocatalytic activities.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Beijing Inst Met Equipment Res, Beijing 100029, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, J, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM sun-juan@163.com
 CR DEMUSSY JPG, 2003, ACTA ELECTROCHEM, V48, P1133
    DEMUSSY JPG, 2003, THESIS LIBRE BRUXELL
    LI MC, 1986, J CHIN SOC CORROS PR, V3, P211
    MACHE E, 2000, ACTA ELECTROCHEM, V46, P629
    MARCHENOIR JC, 1980, THIN SOLID FILMS, V66, P357
    SATO N, 1998, ELECTROCHEMISTRY MET, CH8
    SERRUYS Y, 1993, SURF SCI, V282, P279
    VOIGT O, 1999, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V44, P3731
    WANG HS, 1994, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V52, P1053
    YANG H, 2000, CHEM J CHINESE U, V21, P1283
    ZHU DB, 2002, CHEM J CHINESE U, V23, P678
    ZHU DB, 2004, ACTA PHYS-CHIM SIN, V20, P182
    ZOU Z, 2001, CHIN J NONFER MET, V11, P91
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PD APR 14
 PY 2006
 VL 64
 IS 7
 BP 647
 EP 651
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 036FP
 UT ISI:000237056800010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, XL
    Chu, YW
    Wang, Y
    Guo, Q
    Xiong, SD
 TI Vaccination with IFN-inducible T cell alpha chemoattractant (ITAC)
    gene-modified tumor cell attenuates disseminated metastases of
    circulating tumor cells
 SO VACCINE
 DT Article
 DE ITAC; anti-tumor immunity; 4T1
 ID COMPLEX CLASS-II; CHEMOKINE RECEPTOR CXCR3; DIFFERENTIAL EXPRESSION;
    BREAST-CANCER; CXCL11; IMMUNOTHERAPY; ACTIVATION; LIGANDS; MODEL;
    INFLAMMATION
 AB Immunotherapeutic strategies for metastatic diseases are being
    developed. IFN-inducible T cell a chemoattractant (ITAC) has been
    demonstrated to be able to induce Th1-type immune response. However,
    the effects of ITAC on the tumor metastasis have not been fully
    understood. In the present study, the ITAC-modified tumor cell vaccine
    in inhibiting the disseminated pulmonary metastasis was evaluated.
    ITAC-modified tumor cell vaccine 4T1-ITAC was developed by stably
    transfecting 4T1 cells with pcDNA3-ITAC piasmid. Mice were vaccinated
    with 4T1-ITAC. Mice vaccinated with 4T1-pcDNA3 and 4T1 were used as
    controls. Specific cellular immune responses against 4T1 were tested by
    in vitro proliferation, cytokine production and cytotoxic assay. The
    number of clonogenic metastatic tumor cells and metastatic forci on the
    surface of lung were counted by histological examination. Results
    showed that a significant enhancement of proliferative and cytotoxic
    activities accompanied with increased IFN-gamma and TNF-alpha
    production as well as decreased IL-4 production were obtained from the
    mice vaccinated with 4T1-ITAC. The number of clonogenic metastatic
    tumor cells in the mice vaccinated with 4T1-ITAC cells reduced markedly
    and no visible metastasis was found in the lungs of the 4T1-ITAC
    vaccinated mice. Consequently, the survival rate was dramatically
    increased in these mice. Taken together, our results demonstrated that
    ITAC-modified tumor cell vaccine can enhance the anti-tumor immunity
    and reduce the incidence of disseminated metastasis. (c) 2005 Elsevier
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Dept Immunol, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Ctr Gene Immunizat & Vaccine Res, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Immunobiol, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Div Immunol, E Inst, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiong, SD, Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Dept Immunol, 138 Yixueyuan
    Rd, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM sdxiongfd@126.com
 CR BONECCHI R, 1998, J EXP MED, V187, P129
    CLARKLEWIS I, 2003, J BIOL CHEM, V278, P289
    COLVIN RA, 2004, J BIOL CHEM, V279, P30219
    DAMBROSIO D, 2002, J IMMUNOL, V169, P2303
    DEMARIA S, 2005, CLIN CANCER RES, V11, P728
    DISSANAYAKE SK, 2004, CANCER RES, V64, P1867
    DUFOUR JH, 2002, J IMMUNOL, V168, P3195
    FLIER J, 2001, J PATHOL, V194, P398
    HUANG H, 2002, CELL IMMUNOL, V217, P12
    KAO J, 2003, CIRCULATION, V107, P1958
    LECOEUR H, 2001, J IMMUNOL METHODS, V253, P177
    LODE HN, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P2475
    LUDWIG A, 2002, J LEUKOCYTE BIOL, V72, P183
    MARTINELLI R, 2001, J BIOL CHEM, V276, P42957
    MCCOLL SR, 2004, LAB INVEST, V84, P1418
    MEYER M, 2001, EUR J IMMUNOL, V31, P2521
    MITSUHASHI M, 2004, J LEUKOCYTE BIOL, V76, P322
    MULLINS IM, 2004, CANCER RES, V64, P7697
    NANKI T, 2000, J IMMUNOL, V164, P5010
    OGASAWARA K, 2002, GENES CELLS, V7, P309
    PERTL U, 2001, J IMMUNOL, V166, P6944
    PULASKI BA, 1998, CANCER RES, V58, P1486
    PULASKI BA, 2000, CANCER RES, V60, P2710
    SAUTY A, 2001, J IMMUNOL, V167, P7084
    STEINBERG T, 2005, VACCINE, V23, P1149
    WHITING D, 2004, J IMMUNOL, V172, P7417
    WIDNEY DP, 2000, J IMMUNOL, V164, P6322
    XANTHOU G, 2003, EUR J IMMUNOL, V33, P2241
    XIE JH, 2003, J LEUKOCYTE BIOL, V73, P771
    YU P, 2003, J EXP MED, V197, P985
    ZOU WP, 2000, J IMMUNOL, V165, P4388
 NR 31
 TC 0
 SN 0264-410X
 J9 VACCINE
 JI Vaccine
 PD APR 5
 PY 2006
 VL 24
 IS 15
 BP 2966
 EP 2974
 PG 9
 SC Medicine, Research & Experimental; Immunology; Veterinary Sciences
 GA 034LY
 UT ISI:000236931700031
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YS
    Zhang, JC
    Cao, SX
    Jia, GQ
    Zhang, XY
    Ren, ZM
    Li, X
    Jing, C
    Deng, K
 TI Effect of magnetic field on the Tc and magnetic properties for the
    aligned MnBi compound
 SO SOLID STATE COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE magnetic-field-induced transition; MnBi compound; aligned;
    spin-reorientation; magnetic properties
 ID STRUCTURAL PHASE-TRANSITION; INTERMETALLIC COMPOUND;
    ELECTRONIC-STRUCTURE; SINGLE-CRYSTAL; TRANSFORMATION; SOLIDIFICATION;
    DIFFRACTION
 AB In the compound MnBi, a first-order transition from the paramagnetic to
    the ferromagnetic state can be triggered by an applied magnetic field
    and the Curie temperature increases nearly linearly with an increase in
    magnetic field by similar to 2 K/T. Under a field of 10 T, T-C
    increases by 20 and 22 K during heating and cooling, respectively.
    Under certain conditions a reversible magnetic field or temperature
    induced transition between the paramagnetic and ferromagnetic states
    can occur. A magnetic and crystallographic H-T phase diagram for MnBi
    is given. Magnetic properties of MnBi compound aligned in a Bi matrix
    have been investigated. In the low temperature phase MnBi, a
    spin-reorientation takes place during which the magnetic moments rotate
    from being parallel to the c-axis towards the basal plane at similar to
    90 K. A measuring Dc magnetic field applied parallel to the c-axis of
    MnBi suppresses partly the spin-reorientation transition.
    Interestingly, the fabricated magnetic field increases the temperature
    of spin., and the change in magnetization for MnBi. For the sample
    solidified under 0.5 T, the change in magnetization is similar to 70%
    reorientation transition and T-s is similar to 91 K. (c) 2006 Elsevier
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Elect Power, Dept Math & Phys, Shanghai 200090, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 EM czhang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ALBERT PA, 1961, J APPL PHYS, V32, S201
    ASAMITSU A, 1995, NATURE, V373, P407
    BEAN CP, 1962, PHYS REV, V126, P104
    CHEN T, 1974, IEEE T MAGN, V10, P581
    COEHOORN R, 1985, J PHYS F MET PHYS, V15, P2135
    DEBLOIS RW, 1963, PHYS REV, V130, P1347
    GUILLAUD C, 1951, J PHYS RADIUM, V12, P492
    GUO X, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P14578
    HARDER KU, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P3625
    HEIKES RR, 1955, PHYS REV, V99, P446
    HUBER EE, 1964, PHYS REV, V135, A1033
    KIDO G, 1987, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V70, P207
    KOMATSUBARA T, 1965, J PHYS SOC JPN, V20, P2036
    LAKE B, 2002, NATURE, V415, P299
    LEVIN EM, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
    LI BQ, 1998, JOM E, V50
    LU XY, 2001, IEEE T APPL SUPERC 3, V11, P3553
    MA YW, 2000, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V113, P671
    POOLE PH, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P322
    ROBERTS BW, 1956, PHYS REV, V104, P607
    SAHA S, 2002, J APPL PHYS 3, V91, P8525
    SHIMAMOTO Y, 1998, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V10, P11289
    SMART JS, 1953, PHYS REV, V90, P55
    UJI S, 2001, NATURE, V410, P908
    WESSEL S, 2000, EUR PHYS J B, V16, P393
    XU YQ, 2002, PHYS REV B, V66
    YANG JB, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P1846
    YANG JB, 2002, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V14, P6509
    YOSHIDA H, 2001, J ALLOY COMPD, V317, P297
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 0038-1098
 J9 SOLID STATE COMMUN
 JI Solid State Commun.
 PY 2006
 VL 138
 IS 2
 BP 104
 EP 109
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 035QU
 UT ISI:000237017300012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, GP
    Cai, YD
 TI Predicting protease types by hybridizing gene ontology and pseudo amino
    acid composition
 SO PROTEINS-STRUCTURE FUNCTION AND BIOINFORMATICS
 DT Article
 DE gene ontology; pseudo amino acid composition; hybrid space; NN
    predictor; InterPro database; proteases
 ID FUNCTIONAL DOMAIN COMPOSITION; RECOGNITION SEQUENCE PEPTIDES; HIV-1
    REVERSE-TRANSCRIPTASE; STRUCTURAL CLASS PREDICTION; CORONAVIRUS MAIN
    PROTEINASE; SUPPORT VECTOR MACHINES; SUBCELLULAR LOCATION; TERTIARY
    STRUCTURE; CHEMICAL-MODIFICATION; MEMBRANE-STRUCTURE
 AB Proteases play a vitally important role in regulating most
    physiological processes. Different types of proteases perform different
    functions with different biological processes. Therefore, it is highly
    desired to develop a fast and reliable means to identify the types of
    proteases according to their sequences, or even just identify whether
    they are proteases or nonproteases. The avalanche of protein sequences
    generated in the postgenomic era has made such a challenge become even
    more critical and urgent. By hybridizing the gene ontology approach and
    pseudo amino acid composition approach, a powerful predictor called
    GO-PseAA predictor was introduced to address the problems. To avoid
    redundancy and bias, demonstrations were performed on a dataset where
    none of proteins has >= 25% sequence identity to any other. The overall
    success rates thus obtained by the jackknife cross-validation test in
    identifying protease and nonprotease was 91.82%, and that in
    identifying the protease type was 85.49% among the folowing five types:
    (1) aspartic, (2) cysteine, (3) metallo, serine, and (5) threonine. The
    high jackknife success rates yielded for such a stringent dataset
    indicate the GO-PseAA predictor is very powerful and might become a
    useful tool in bioinformatics and proteomics.
 C1 Harvard Univ, Sch Med, Vasc Biol Res Ctr, Beth Israel Deaconess Med Ctr, Boston, MA 02115 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Univ Manchester Sci & Technol, Dept Biomed Sci, Manchester, Lancs, England.
 RP Zhou, GP, Harvard Univ, Sch Med, Beth Israel Deaconess Med Ctr, Div Mol
    & Vasc Med, 330 Brookline Ave,E-RW 759, Boston, MA 02115 USA.
 EM gzhou@bidmc.harvard.edu
 CR ALTHAUS IW, 1993, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V32, P6548
    ALTHAUS IW, 1993, J BIOL CHEM, V268, P14875
    ALTHAUS IW, 1993, J BIOL CHEM, V268, P6119
    APWEILER R, 2001, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V29, P37
    CAI YD, 2003, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V305, P407
    CHOU JJ, 1993, J PROTEIN CHEM, V12, P291
    CHOU JJ, 1998, CELL, V94, P171
    CHOU KC, 1993, J BIOL CHEM, V268, P16938
    CHOU KC, 1994, ANAL BIOCHEM, V221, P217
    CHOU KC, 1994, J BIOL CHEM, V269, P22014
    CHOU KC, 1995, CRIT REV BIOCHEM MOL, V30, P275
    CHOU KC, 1995, PROTEINS, V21, P319
    CHOU KC, 1996, ANAL BIOCHEM, V233, P1
    CHOU KC, 1997, FEBS LETT, V419, P49
    CHOU KC, 2000, FEBS LETT, V470, P249
    CHOU KC, 2001, PROTEINS, V43, P246
    CHOU KC, 2002, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V292, P702
    CHOU KC, 2002, J BIOL CHEM, V277, P45765
    CHOU KC, 2003, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V308, P148
    CHOU KC, 2004, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V321, P1007
    CHOU KC, 2004, CURR MED CHEM, V11, P2105
    CHOU KC, 2004, J CELL BIOCHEM, V91, P1197
    CHOU KC, 2004, PROTEIN SCI, V13, P2857
    CHOU KC, 2005, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V327, P845
    CHOU KC, 2005, BIOINFORMATICS, V21, P10
    CHOU KC, 2005, CURR PROTEIN PEPT SC, V6, P423
    CHOU KC, 2005, J PROTEOME RES, V4, P1413
    DU QH, 2005, ANAL BIOCHEM, V337, P262
    DU QS, 2004, PEPTIDES, V25, P1857
    DU QS, 2005, MED CHEM, V1, P209
    FENG KY, 2005, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V334, P213
    FENG ZP, 2001, BIOPOLYMERS, V58, P491
    FRIEDMAN JH, 1975, IEEE T COMPUT, V24, P1000
    GAN YR, 2005, IN PRESS PEPTIDES
    GAO Y, 2005, AMINO ACIDS, V28, P373
    LUO RY, 2002, EUR J BIOCHEM, V269, P4219
    PAN YX, 2003, J PROTEIN CHEM, V22, P395
    PIGEON RP, 1994, MOL MICROBIOL, V14, P871
    POORMAN RA, 1991, J BIOL CHEM, V266, P14554
    SHEN HB, 2005, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V334, P288
    SHEN HB, 2005, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V334, P577
    SIROIS S, 2004, J CHEM INF COMP SCI, V44, P1111
    WANG GL, 2003, BIOINFORMATICS, V19, P1589
    WANG M, 2004, PROTEIN ENG DES SEL, V17, P509
    WANG M, 2005, J THEOR BIOL, V232, P7
    XIAO X, 2005, AMINO ACIDS
    XIAO X, 2005, AMINO ACIDS, V28, P57
    ZHOU GP, 1998, J PROTEIN CHEM, V17, P729
    ZHOU GP, 2001, PROTEINS, V44, P57
    ZHOU GP, 2003, GLYCOBIOLOGY, V13, P51
    ZHOU GP, 2003, PROTEINS, V50, P44
    ZHOU GP, 2005, CURR PROTEIN PEPT SC, V6, P399
    ZHOU GP, 2005, GLYCOBIOLOGY, V15, P347
 NR 53
 TC 0
 SN 0887-3585
 J9 PROTEINS
 JI Proteins
 PD MAY 15
 PY 2006
 VL 63
 IS 3
 BP 681
 EP 684
 PG 4
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Genetics & Heredity
 GA 034QR
 UT ISI:000236946200025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jin, Y
    He, HC
    Lu, YT
 TI Ternary optical computer architecture
 SO PHYSICA SCRIPTA
 DT Article
 AB A fire-new way to construct an optical computer is put forward in this
    paper. Distinguished from others, the optical computer in this study
    expresses information by two polarized states with orthogonal vibration
    directions and no-intensity of light, therefore it was named ternary
    optical computer. Constituting its general architecture by the good
    combination of electric control and optical calculation, the ternary
    optical computer employs optical fiber ring as register, semiconductor
    memory as ternary cell, and liquid crystal as modulator and adder.
    Meanwhile, an electronic computer group produces signals to control
    every part of the ternary optical computer. The superiority of this
    novel ternary optical computer was also introduced in this paper.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Northwestern Polytech Univ, Sch Comp Sci & Engn, Xian 710072, Peoples R China.
 RP Jin, Y, Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM yijin@nwpu.edu.cn
 CR FERINGA BL, 2002, APPL PHYS A-MATER, V75, P301
    JIN Y, 2001, FUT TEL C 2001, P368
    JIN Y, 2003, SCI CHINA SER F, V46, P145
    KWIAT PG, 2000, J MOD OPTIC, V47, P257
    SHEN XJ, 2000, OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY, V26, P62
    ZIAVRAS SG, 2000, FUTURE GENER COMP SY, V17, P315
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0031-8949
 J9 PHYS SCR
 JI Phys. Scr.
 PY 2005
 VL T118
 BP 98
 EP 101
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 034DQ
 UT ISI:000236906800026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, DS
    Shi, LY
    Fang, JH
    Dai, K
    Li, XK
 TI Preparation and desalination performance of multiwall carbon nanotubes
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE multiwall carbon nanotubes; preparation; desalination; surface area
 ID HYDROCARBONS; NANOFIBERS; CAPACITORS; RAMAN
 AB Multiwall carbon nanotubes (MWCNTs) were prepared by catalytic
    decomposition of methane at 680-700 degrees C, using nickel
    oxide-silica binary aerogels as the catalyst. The morphological
    structure of MWCNTs was investigated by transmission electron
    microscopy (TEM), X-ray diffraction (XRD) and Raman spectroscopy. The
    results revealed that MWCNTs had a diameter of 40-60 nm, with high
    quality and high length/diameter ratio, and some metal catalyst
    particles were encapsulated at the tip of nanotubes. Using MWCNTs as
    the electrodes of flow-through capacitor (FTC), desalination
    performance was investigated. The results showed that modification
    methods had great effect on desalination performance of MWCNTs. The
    removal amount of NaCl was generally dependent on the surface area and
    pore volume of MWCNTs. After modification in diluted HNO3 solution with
    ultrasonic and then hall milling, the metal catalyst particles at the
    tip of nanotubes disappeared, the nanotube length became short, the cap
    at the tip of nanotubes was opened, the internal surface area could be
    effectively used, leading to increasing the specific surface area and
    pore volume for MWCNTs, and thus, the desalination performance thereof
    was the best of all. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Wuhan Univ Sci & Technol, Ctr Nanomat & Technol, Wuhan 430081, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, LY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM sly0726@163.com
 CR ANDELMAN M, 1993, 5192432, US
    CANTALINI C, 2004, J EUR CERAM SOC, V24, P1405
    CHEN JH, 2002, CARBON, V40, P1193
    CHENG HM, 1998, CHEM PHYS LETT, V289, P602
    DEMIRCIOGLU M, 2003, DESALINATION, V153, P329
    ELSAYED YM, 1999, DESALINATION, V125, P251
    FRACKOWIAK E, 2002, CHEM PHYS LETT, V361, P35
    FRACKOWIAK E, 2002, FUEL PROCESS TECHNOL, V77, P213
    GRUNDISCH A, 2001, DESALINATION, V138, P223
    HIURA H, 1993, CHEM PHYS LETT, V202, P509
    LAI HJ, 2001, MAT SCI ENG C-BIO S, V16, P23
    LIU YL, 2004, J MATER SCI, V39, P1091
    NAKAYAMA Y, 2001, SYNTHETIC MET, V117, P207
    NISHINO A, 1996, J POWER SOURCES, V60, P137
    ODANI A, 2003, J POWER SOURCES, V119, P517
    REDDY BC, 1997, DESALINATION, V113, P27
    SEMIAT R, 2001, DESALINATION, V140, P27
    SHI L, 2003, 1463927, CN
    SIMONYAN VV, 2002, J ALLOY COMPD, V330, P659
    YUDASAKA M, 1997, CHEM PHYS LETT, V278, P102
    ZHANG DS, 2004, IND MINER PROCESS, V33, P14
    ZHANG DS, 2005, J FUNCT MAT, V36, P282
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD JUN 10
 PY 2006
 VL 97
 IS 2-3
 BP 415
 EP 419
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 034IN
 UT ISI:000236922600037
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, Y
    Pan, QY
    Dong, XW
    Cheng, ZX
 TI Synthesis and photochromism of a novel organic-inorganic hybrid film
    embedded with polyoxomatalates
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE organic-inorganic; self-assemble; sol-gel; photochromic;
    polyoxometalates
 AB Tungstosilicates (SiWA), acting as target molecules, were entrapped
    into MAAM/VTEOS/TEOS hybrid matrix by combining self-assembly technique
    and sol-gel process. The hybrid film was obtained by spin coating
    process and was characterized by IR, XRD and TG-DSC. Its photochromic
    behavior and mechanism were also studied by UV-vis and ESR
    spectrometries. The results show that SiWA still maintain Keggin
    structure in the matrix, interacted with -NH2 group of matrix through
    hydrogen bond. After UV irradiation, W6+ is reduced to W5+ due to
    ligand-to-metal charge transfer (LMCT) and a free radical is formed at
    the same time. The decoloration process is closely related to the
    presence of 0,. The hybrid film exhibits an excellent photochromism,
    mechanical strength and thermodynamic stability. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Pan, QY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, 99 Shang Da Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM qypan@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ATTANASIO D, 1994, ADV MATER, V6, P145
    BOUSSEKSOU A, 2003, J MATER CHEM, V13, P2069
    FENG W, 2002, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V169, P1
    GAMELAS JAF, 2002, POLYHEDRON, V21, P2537
    GOMEZROMERO P, 1996, J PHYS CHEM-US, V100, P12448
    JUDEINSTEIN P, 1997, ADV MATER OPT ELECTR, V7, P123
    JUDENSTEIN P, 1991, CHEM MATER, V4, P4
    MO YG, 1999, THIN SOLID FILMS, V355, P1
    NITANDA J, 1992, J MATER SCI-MATER M, V3, P137
    OUBAHA M, 2003, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V318, P305
    PAPACONSTANTINO.E, 1989, CHEM SOC REV, V18, P1
    POPALL M, 1998, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V43, P1155
    POPE MT, 1983, HETEROPOLY ISOPOLYOX
    SADAKANE M, 1998, CHEM REV, V98, P219
    SANCHEZ C, 2003, ADV MAT, V15
    SARTORI G, 2004, J CATAL, V222, P410
    STANGAR UL, 2001, MONATSH CHEM, V132, P103
    UNOURA K, INORG CHEM, V22
    VARGA GM, 1970, INORG CHEM, V9, P662
    WEI F, 2002, THIN SOLID FILM, V402, P237
    WIZEL S, 1998, J MATER RES, V13, P211
    YAMASE T, 1998, CHEM REV, V98, P307
    ZHANG HY, 2003, MATER LETT, V57, P1417
    ZHANG L, 2001, J MOL STRUCT, V597, P83
    ZHANG TR, 2002, CHEM J CHINESE U, V23, P1979
    ZHANG TR, 2002, MATER CHEM PHYS, V78, P380
    ZHAO L, 2003, MATER LETT, V57, P2116
 NR 27
 TC 0
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD JUN 10
 PY 2006
 VL 97
 IS 2-3
 BP 431
 EP 436
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 034IN
 UT ISI:000236922600040
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, Y
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
 TI Synthesis and properties of nanoparticles-assembled ZnS-microspheres
    and CdS-nanoshuttles through hydrothermal reaction of simultaneous
    solvent-oxidation-hydrolysis
 SO KOVOVE MATERIALY-METALLIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE solvent-oxidation-hydrolysis; hydrothermal; nanoparticles;
    nanoshuttles; microspheres; ZnS; CdS
 ID SEMICONDUCTOR QUANTUM DOTS; LIGHT-EMITTING-DIODES; NANOCRYSTALS;
    PARTICLES; POLYMER
 AB A new kind of reaction based on a simultaneous
    solvent-oxidation-hydrolysis process was first developed to synthesize
    ZnS and CdS. ZnS microspheres and CdS nanoshuttles assembled with
    nanoparticles were obtained through this method. The products were
    characterized by XRD, ED, TEM, UV-VIS and PL. The results indicated
    that ZnS and CdS nanoparticles with 15-20 nm diameters could
    self-assemble into 1.2 mu m-diameter microspheres and about 40 x 100 nm
    nanoshuttles, respectively. In addition, the formation mechanism of the
    products was explored.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, 1239 Siping Rd, Shanghai 200092,
    Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR BRUCHEZ M, 1998, SCIENCE, V281, P2013
    CHAN WCW, 1998, SCIENCE, V281, P2016
    CHEN YF, 2002, ANAL CHEM, V74, P5132
    COLVIN VL, 1994, NATURE, V370, P354
    ELSAYED MA, 2004, ACCOUNTS CHEM RES, V37, P326
    HOFFMAN AJ, 1992, J PHYS CHEM-US, V96, P5546
    LEMON BI, 2000, J AM CHEM SOC, V122, P12886
    LI YD, 1999, INORG CHEM, V38, P1382
    MANDAL S, 2004, J PHYS CHEM B, V108, P7126
    METCALF HC, 1982, MODERN CHEM, P54
    MIKULEC FV, 2000, J AM CHEM SOC, V122, P2532
    MIYAMOTO M, 2004, PHYS STAT SOL C, V1, P783
    NAIR PS, 2003, POLYHEDRON, V22, P3129
    PARHAK S, 2001, J AM CHEM SOC, V123, P4103
    PENG Q, 2003, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V42, P3027
    QUINLAN FT, 2000, LANGMUIR, V16, P4049
    SAMIA ACS, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P15736
    SCHLAMP MC, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P5837
    TRINDADE T, 1997, CHEM MATER, V9, P523
    TRINDADE T, 2001, CHEM MATER, V13, P3843
    WANG Y, 2004, J NANOPART RES, V6, P253
    WELLER H, 1993, ADV MATER, V5, P88
    WYRWA D, 2002, NANO LETTERS, V2, P419
    ZHU JJ, 2000, J PHYS CHEM B, V104, P7344
 NR 24
 TC 0
 SN 0023-432X
 J9 KOVOVE MATER-METAL MATER
 JI Kov. Mater.-Met. Mater.
 PY 2006
 VL 44
 IS 1
 BP 19
 EP 24
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 034CT
 UT ISI:000236903100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Pei, GQ
    Xia, CT
    Cao, SX
    Zhang, JG
    Wu, F
    Xu, J
 TI Synthesis and magnetic properties of Ni-doped zinc oxide powders
 SO JOURNAL OF MAGNETISM AND MAGNETIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE magnetic semiconductors; ZnNiO; magnetic properties; combustion method
 ID AB-INITIO; SEMICONDUCTORS; ZNO; SPINTRONICS; FILMS
 AB Polycrystalline Zn1-xNixO diluted magnetic semiconductors have been
    successfully synthesized by an auto-combustion method. X-ray
    diffraction measurements indicated that the 5 at% Ni-cloped ZnO had the
    pure wurtzite structure. Refinements of cell parameters from powder
    diffraction data revealed that the cell parameters of Zn0.95Ni0.05O
    were a little bit larger than ZnO. Transmission electron microscopy
    observation showed that the as-synthesized powders were of the size
    similar to 60 nm. Magnetic investigations showed that the
    nanocystalline Zn0.95Ni0.05O possessed room temperature ferromagnetisin
    with the saturation magnetic moment of 0.1 emu/g (0.29 mu(B)/Ni2+). (c)
    2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Grad Sch, Beijing 100039, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Pei, GQ, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 EM gqpei@126.com
    Xia_CT@siom.ac.cn
 CR DASSARMA S, 2001, AM SCI, V89, P516
    DEKA S, 2004, CHEM MATER, V16, P1168
    DESOUSA VC, 2000, CERAM INT, V26, P561
    DIETL T, 2002, SEMICOND SCI TECH, V17, P377
    HOLLAND TJB, 1997, MINERAL MAG, V61, P65
    JEONG YH, 2004, J MAGN MAGN MATER 3, V272, P1976
    JIN ZW, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P3824
    KITTILSTVED KR, 2005, PHYS REV LETT, V94
    RADOVANOVIC PV, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    SATO K, 2002, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V229, P673
    SATO K, 2002, SEMICOND SCI TECH, V17, P367
    SCHWARTZ DA, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P13205
    UEDA K, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P988
    USPENSKII Y, 2003, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V258, P248
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0304-8853
 J9 J MAGN MAGN MATER
 JI J. Magn. Magn. Mater.
 PD JUL
 PY 2006
 VL 302
 IS 2
 BP 340
 EP 342
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 035NV
 UT ISI:000237009000014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, JW
    Song, LP
    Wang, YK
    Zhu, SZ
 TI Synthesis of nickel-salicylideneimines complexes and catalyzing
    cross-coupling reaction of aryl halides and Grignard reagents
 SO JOURNAL OF FLUORINE CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE cross-coupling; Ni complex; Grignard reagents; aryl halide;
    perfluorobiphenyl; catalyst
 ID ORGANIC HALIDES; BOND FORMATION; CHLORIDE; BIARYLS
 AB A series of nickel-salicylideneimines complexes were prepared in wild
    way and these complexes were stable to air and moisture. The
    nickel-salicylideneimines complexes exhibited good activity in
    catalyzing Grignard reagents with aryl halids to biphenyl derivatives
    and the more fluorine atoms contained by N-substituted benzene moiety
    could function the better activity. (c) 2006 Elsevier B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Key Lab Organofluorine Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Ningbo Sci & Technol Bur, Ningbo 315001, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, SZ, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Key Lab
    Organofluorine Chem, 345 Lingling Lu, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM zhusz@mail.sioc.ac.cn
 CR BOHN VPW, 2000, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V39, P1602
    CHAO CS, 1983, J ORG CHEM, V48, P4904
    HASSAN J, 2002, CHEM REV, V102, P1359
    HAYASHI T, 1984, J AM CHEM SOC, V106, P158
    IKOMA Y, 1990, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P147
    KUMADA M, 1980, PURE APPL CHEM, V52, P669
    LI GY, 2002, J ORGANOMET CHEM, V653, P63
    NEGISHI E, 1977, J ORG CHEM, V42, P1821
    SEKIYA A, 1977, J ORGANOMET CHEM, V125, P279
    SONG LP, 2005, CHINESE J CHEM, V61, P669
    TERAO Y, 2003, J ORG CHEM, V68, P5236
    WANG JP, 1995, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V36, P2571
    YAMADA S, 1969, B CHEM SOC JPN, V42, P131
    YAULADA L, 1997, J MOL CATAL A-CHEM, V120, P13
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0022-1139
 J9 J FLUORINE CHEM
 JI J. Fluor. Chem.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 127
 IS 3
 BP 405
 EP 408
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Chemistry, Organic
 GA 034JW
 UT ISI:000236926300014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jia, XS
    Wang, HL
    Huang, C
    Kong, LL
    Zhang, WH
 TI A fast and simple method for the acylation of alcohols with acid
    chlorides promoted by metallic samarium
 SO JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL RESEARCH-S
 DT Article
 DE samarium; acylation; alcohol; acid chloride
 ID CATALYSTS; REAGENT; ESTERS; SMI2; MILD
 AB Acylation of primary, secondary, allyl and benzyl alcohols with acid
    chlorides promoted by samarium metal under neutral condition gave
    carboxylic acid esters in good to excellent yields. Acylation of a
    tertiary alcohol did not occur under the same reaction conditions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Jia, XS, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM xsjla@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ADDY JK, 1964, J CHEM SOC, P2473
    ALLEN CFH, 1943, ORG SYNTH, V2, P156
    BAKER R, ORG SYN COLL, V3
    BERGMANN ED, 1957, J AM CHEM SOC, V79, P4174
    DORRIS TB, 1938, J AM CHEM SOC, V60, P358
    ELIEL EL, 1952, J AM CHEM SOC, V74, P547
    GAJARE AS, 1998, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V28, P25
    GHATAK A, 2000, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V41, P3793
    GIRARD P, 1980, J AM CHEM SOC, V102, P2693
    GREENE TW, 1991, PROTECTIVE GROUPS OR
    ISHII Y, 1997, REV HETEROATOM CHEM, V17, P109
    KLEMM LH, 1964, TETRAHEDRON, V20, P871
    KRIEF A, 1999, CHEM REV, V99, P745
    LIU YJ, 2004, TETRAHEDRON, V60, P4867
    MARZIEH S, 2003, J CHEM RES S, P172
    MEYER G, 1970, B SOC CHIM FR, P730
    MOLANDER GA, 1996, CHEM REV, V96, P307
    MUKAIYAMA N, 1976, CHEM LETT, P13
    NEWMAN MS, 1961, J ORG CHEM, V26, P4306
    NISHIYAMA Y, 2000, J SYN ORG CHEM JPN, V58, P129
    OHSHIMA M, 1963, NIPPON KAGAKU ZASSHI, V84, P177
    PAGNI RM, 1988, J ORG CHEM, V53, P4477
    POST HW, 1936, J ORG CHEM, V3, P231
    REISHAKHRIT LS, 1982, J GEN CHEM USSR, V52, P829
    RIDEAL RAE, 1926, J AM CHEM SOC, V48, P1758
    RUEGGEBERG WHC, 1945, J AM CHEM SOC, V67, P2154
    SANO T, 1999, SYNTHESIS-STUTTG JUL, P1141
    SMITH GG, 1963, J ORG CHEM, P3496
    SUBHASH C, 1981, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P142
    YADAV JS, 1998, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V28, P2337
 NR 30
 TC 0
 SN 0308-2342
 J9 J CHEM RES-S
 JI J. Chem. Res.-S
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 IS 2
 BP 135
 EP 138
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 033ZT
 UT ISI:000236894300019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ye, JF
    Zheng, CL
    Xie, LS
 TI Exact solutions and localized excitations of general
    Nizhnik-Novikov-Veselov system in (2+1)-dimensions via a projective
    approach
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 DE projective approach; GNNV system; exact solution; localized excitation
 ID VARIABLE SEPARATION EXCITATIONS; EXTENDED MAPPING APPROACH; BROER-KAUP
    SYSTEM; GORDON EQUATION; SOLITONS; WAVE
 AB Starting from an extended projective approach, a new type of variable
    separation solution with two arbitrary functions to the
    (2+1)-dimensional general Nizhnik-Novikov-Veselov (GNNV) system is
    derived. Based on the derived variable separation, some single valued
    and multiple valued localized coherent soliton excitations such as
    dromions, peakons, compactons, foldons with novel evolutional
    properties are revealed by introducing appropriate initial conditions.
 C1 Lishui Univ, Coll Phys & Math, Lishui 323000, Zhejiang, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Coll Lishui Profess Technol, Dept Informat Engn, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Lishui Univ, Coll Phys & Math, Lishui 323000, Zhejiang,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zjclzheng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BOITI M, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P37
    BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P432
    CAMASSA R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P1661
    DEBIN H, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V314, P51
    FOKAS AS, 1995, PHYSICA D, V87, P145
    HU HC, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P327
    LOU SY, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1614
    MATRASULOV DU, 2003, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V36, P10227
    REN YJ, 2006, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V27, P959
    ROSENAU P, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P564
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4000
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
    ZHENG CL, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P391
    ZHENG CL, 2004, J PHYS SOC JPN, V73, P293
    ZHENG CL, 2004, Z NATURFORSCH A, V59, P912
    ZHENG CL, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1741
    ZHENG CL, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V24, P1347
    ZHENG CL, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V26, P189
    ZHENG CL, 2006, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V27, P1321
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2006
 VL 7
 IS 2
 BP 203
 EP 208
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 034WC
 UT ISI:000236960300015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yao, WJ
    Zhang, CH
    Jiang, XF
 TI Nonlinear mechanical behavior of combined members with different moduli
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NONLINEAR SCIENCES AND NUMERICAL SIMULATION
 DT Article
 DE combined members; stress analysis
 ID COMPOSITE; PARTICLE; PLATES; DAMAGE
 AB The classic single-modulus material model for tension expression cannot
    satisfactorily describe the behavior of many materials with different
    moduli in engineering, especially the composites developed in recent
    years where the modulus ratio of tension to compression comes to four
    or more. Based on this fact, a strategy program code is designed in
    this paper for the structure constructed by combined members with
    materials with different moduli. Numerical verification is successfully
    made, and comparison between the present theory and the classical one
    is made and discussed. In addition, it is suggested that, for some of
    the structures with large magnitude of internal force, the modulus
    ratio of tension to compression should be modified to improve the
    stress distribution of the combined members and optimize the structures.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Xiamen Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Xiamen 361005, Peoples R China.
 RP Yao, WJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM Wjyao@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR AMBARTSUMYAN SA, 1986, ELASTICITY THEORY DI
    ANDRIANOV IV, 2004, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V5, P23
    CAI WZ, 2005, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V6, P409
    CHEN LH, 2005, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V6, P55
    GU BH, 2005, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V6, P215
    LING Z, 2004, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V5, P217
    LIU XL, 2004, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V5, P616
    MEDRI GA, 1982, J ENG MATH TECHNOLOG, V26, P26
    PAPAZOGLOU JL, 1991, COMPOS STRUCT, V17, P1
    PATEL BP, 2005, J SOUND VIBRATION VO, V23, P167
    RAFFAELE Z, 2001, COMPOS STRUCT, V53, P381
    SHEN LX, 2003, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V40, P1393
    TSENG YP, 1995, COMPOS STRUCT, V30, P341
    TSENG YP, 1998, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V35, P2025
    WU XF, 2004, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V5, P341
    WU XF, 2004, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V5, P347
    YAO WJ, 2004, APPL MATH MECH, V25, P901
    YE ZM, 1997, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V40, P2579
    ZHENG YF, 2005, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V6, P87
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 1565-1339
 J9 INT J NONLINEAR SCI NUMER SIM
 JI Int. J. Nonlinear Sci. Numer. Simul.
 PY 2006
 VL 7
 IS 2
 BP 233
 EP 238
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical; Mechanics
 GA 034WC
 UT ISI:000236960300021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YZ
    Chen, L
 TI A non-linear possibilistic regression approach to model functional
    relationships in product planning
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ADVANCED MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE house of quality; non-linear programming; possibilistic regression;
    product planning; quality function deployment; triangular fuzzy number
 ID QUALITY FUNCTION DEPLOYMENT; QFD; REQUIREMENTS; SYSTEM
 AB Product planning is one of four important processes in new product
    development (NPD) using quality function deployment (QFD). In order to
    model the process of product planning, the first problem to be solved
    is how to incorporate both qualitative and quantitative information
    regarding relationships between customer requirements and engineering
    characteristics, as well as among engineering characteristics, into the
    problem formulation. The inherent fuzziness of functional relationships
    in product planning makes the use of possibilistic regression
    justifiable. However, when linear programming in possibilistic
    regression analysis is used, some coefficients tend to become crisp
    because of the characteristic of linear programming. To tackle the
    problem, a non-linear programming based possibilistic regression
    approach is proposed, by which more diverse spread coefficients can be
    obtained than from a linear programming approach. An emulsification
    dynamite packing-machine design is used to illustrate the performance
    of the proposed approach.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Precis Mech Engn, Sch Mechatron Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, L, Shanghai Univ, Dept Precis Mech Engn, Sch Mechatron Engn &
    Automat, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 EM zhycyz@yahoo.com.cn
 CR AKAO Y, 1990, QUALITY FUNCTION DEP
    CHEN Y, 2004, INT J PROD RES, V42, P1009
    FUNG RYK, 1998, INT J PROD RES, V36, P13
    HAUSER JR, 1988, HARVARD BUS REV, V66, P63
    KIM KJ, 2000, EUR J OPER RES, V121, P504
    MOSKOWITZ H, 1997, COMPUT IND ENG, V32, P641
    PARK T, 1998, J OPERATIONS MANAGEM, V16, P469
    TANAKA H, 1988, FUZZY SETS SYSTEMS, V27, P275
    TANG JF, 2002, COMPUT OPER RES, V29, P1447
    WASSERMAN GS, 1993, IIE TRANS, V25, P59
    YANG MS, 2003, FUZZY SET SYST, V135, P305
    YEN KK, 1999, FUZZY SET SYST, V106, P167
    ZHOU M, 1998, COMPUT IND ENG, V35, P237
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0268-3768
 J9 INT J ADV MANUF TECHNOL
 JI Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol.
 PD MAY
 PY 2006
 VL 28
 IS 11-12
 BP 1175
 EP 1181
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Manufacturing; Automation & Control Systems
 GA 035BK
 UT ISI:000236974600018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, JR
    He, L
    Yu, SW
    Meng, ZY
 TI Detection of residual stresses in Pb(Zr0.53Ti0.47)O-3 thin films
    prepared on LaNiO3 buffered metal substrates with Raman spectroscopy
 SO APPLIED PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID PBTIO3; TITANATE; LAYERS; MODES
 AB Sol-gel derived Pb(Zr0.53Ti0.47)O-3 (PZT) thin films have been prepared
    on LaNiO3 buffered Si, Ti, NiCr, and stainless steel. Raman scattering
    was carried out on both PZT thin films and powders. Compared with PZT
    powders, notable shifts of Raman modes to the lower frequency were
    observed in the spectra of PZT thin films on metal substrates, whereas
    to a higher frequency for PZT on Si. The correlation between Raman
    shifts and thermal stresses agrees well with the Curie-Weiss law, which
    indicates that the Raman scattering technique provides an effective way
    to estimate the magnitude and types of residual stresses in the film.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 20072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, JR, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 20072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM jrcheng@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ASHCROFT NW, 1976, SOLIDS STATE PHYS, CH24
    BEGG BD, 1996, J AM CERAM SOC, V79, P2666
    BURNS G, 1970, PHYS REV LETT, V25, P167
    DESU SB, 1994, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V141, P119
    FREIRE JD, 1988, PHYS REV B, V37, P2074
    FU DS, 2000, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V12, P399
    GARINO TJ, 1992, MATER RES SOC S P, V243, P341
    GEIST DE, 1995, ADV XRAY ANAL, V38, P471
    HE L, 2004, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V5774, P246
    HE Q, 1999, PHYSICA C, V314, P105
    HOFFMAN DW, 1983, THIN SOLID FILMS, V107, P353
    LEWIS DB, 1997, SURF COAT TECH, V90, P164
    MENG JF, 1997, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V164, P851
    OHRING M, 1991, MAT SCI THIN FILMS, CH9
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0003-6951
 J9 APPL PHYS LETT
 JI Appl. Phys. Lett.
 PD APR 10
 PY 2006
 VL 88
 IS 15
 AR 152906
 DI ARTN 152906
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 032TA
 UT ISI:000236796400061
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zou, LE
    Chen, BX
    Chen, L
    Yuan, YF
    Hamanaka, M
    Iso, M
 TI Fabrication of an As2S8 stripe waveguide with an optical stopping
    effect by exposure to ultraviolet irradiation
 SO APPLIED PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID CHALCOGENIDE-GLASS-FIBERS
 AB Amorphous As2S8 chalcogenide glass is shown to undergo changes in the
    refractive index upon exposure to ultraviolet light. This phenomenon is
    employed to fabricate an As2S8 stripe waveguide, which is shown to be
    an effective guided mode device with a useful switching functionality
    based on the photo-optical effect. (c) 2006 American Institute of
    Physics.
 C1 Tokyo Univ Agr & Technol, Dept Chem Engn, Tokyo 1848588, Japan.
    Hosei Univ, Dept Mat Chem Engn, Tokyo 1848584, Japan.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Elect Informat Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Iso, M, Tokyo Univ Agr & Technol, Dept Chem Engn, Tokyo 1848588, Japan.
 EM isomamor@cc.tuat.ac.jp
 CR ASOBE M, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V60, P1153
    ASOBE M, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P1518
    ASOBE M, 1997, OPT FIBER TECHNOL, V3, P142
    GUPTA PK, 1996, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V195, P158
    KANBARA H, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P925
    KIKUSHI M, 1976, P 6 INT C AM LIQ SEM, P35
    LIANG DB, 2002, OPTOELECTRON TECHNOL, V15, P19
    LIU QM, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1726
    LONG CH, 2004, ACTA OPT SINICA, V24, P442
    LYUBIN VM, 1991, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V135, P37
    SHI CZ, 2002, ACTA OPT SINICA, V22, P535
    SPALTER S, 2000, OPT FIB COMM C MARCH, V3, P137
    TANAKA K, 2004, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V338, P534
    ULRICH R, 1973, APPL OPTICS, V12, P2901
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0003-6951
 J9 APPL PHYS LETT
 JI Appl. Phys. Lett.
 PD APR 10
 PY 2006
 VL 88
 IS 15
 AR 153510
 DI ARTN 153510
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 032TA
 UT ISI:000236796400101
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, CJ
    Mei, B
 TI Dynamical formation of cavity for composed thermal hyperelastic spheres
    in nonuniform temperature fields
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE composed thermal-hyperelastic sphere; non-uniform temperature field;
    dynamical formation and growth of cavity; nonlinear periodic vibration;
    influence of temperature
 ID CAVITATION
 AB Dynamical formation and growth of cavity in a sphere composed of two
    incompressible thermal-hyperelastic Gent-Thomas materials were
    discussed under the case of a non-uniform temperature field and the
    surface dead loading. The mathematical model was first presented based
    on the dynamical theory of finite deformations. An exact differential
    relation between the void radius and surface load was obtained by using
    the variable transformation method. By numerical computation, critical
    loads and cavitation growth curves were obtained for different
    temperatures. The influence of the temperature and material parameters
    of the composed sphere on the void formation and growth was considered
    and compared with those for static analysis. The results show that the
    cavity occurs suddenly with a finite radius and its evolvement with
    time displays a non-linear periodic vibration and that the critical
    load decreases with the increase of temperature and also the dynamical
    critical load is lower than the static critical load under the same
    conditions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM chjcheng@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BALL JM, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V306, P557
    CALDERER C, 1983, J ELASTICITY, V13, P17
    CASEY J, 1999, FINITE THERMOELASTIC
    CHOUWANG MS, 1989, INT J ENG SCI, V27, P967
    ERINGEN AC, 1980, MECH CONTINUA
    GENT AN, 1958, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V249, P195
    GUO ZH, 1963, ARCH MECH STOSOW, V15, P427
    HORGAN CO, 1986, J ELASTICITY, V16, P189
    HORGAN CO, 1995, APPL MECH REV, V48, P471
    KNOWLES JK, 1962, J APPL MECH, V29, P283
    NICHOLSON DW, 1996, ACTA MECH, V116, P15
    NICHOLSON W, 1990, RUBBER CHEM TECHNOL, V63, P358
    REN JS, 2003, ACTA MECH SINICA, V19, P320
    REN JS, 2004, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V25, P42
    WILLIAMS ML, 1965, INT J FRACTURE MECH, V1, P64
    ZHU ZX, 1994, INSTABILITY MAT STRU
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 27
 IS 4
 BP 443
 EP 452
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 034BL
 UT ISI:000236899300003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, YD
    Wu, WQ
 TI Numerical study of particle distribution in wake of liquid-particle
    flows past a circular cylinder using discrete vortex method
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE liquid-particle; high Reynolds number; discrete vortex method (DVM);
    wake vortex; particle dispersion
 AB Particle-laden water flows past a circular cylinder were numerically
    investigated. The discrete vortex method (DVM) was employed to evaluate
    the unsteady water flow fields and a Lagrangian approach was applied
    for tracking individual solid particles. A dispersion function was
    defined to represent the dispersion scale of the particle. The wake
    vortex patterns, the distributions and the time series of dispersion
    functions of particles with different Stokes numbers were obtained.
    Numerical results show that the particle distribution in the wake of
    the circular cylinder is closely related to the particle's Stokes
    number and the structure of wake vortices: (1) the intermediate sized
    particles with Stokes numbers, St, of 0.25, 1.0 and 4.0 can not enter
    the vortex cores and concentrate near the peripheries of the vortex
    structures, (2) in the circular cylinder wake, the dispersion intensity
    of particles decreases as St is increased from 0.25 to 4.0.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Environm Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, YD, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Environm Engn, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 EM huangyuandong@tsinghua.org.cn
 CR CHORIN AJ, 1973, J FLUID MECH, V57, P785
    DAVID ES, 1996, J FLUID ENG, V118, P4
    GRANT G, 1975, J AIRCRAFT, V12, P471
    HUANG YD, 2002, ADV WATER SCI, V13, P1
    ISHII R, 1989, J FLUID MECH, V203, P475
    LING W, 1998, J FLUID MECH, V358, P61
    NARAYANAN C, 2002, POWDER TECHNOL, V125, P122
    SISTO F, 1989, AIAA J, V27, P462
    TOMOMI U, 2000, P 1 AS PART TECHN S
    WU WQ, 1987, P 5 INT C NUM METH L, P1686
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 27
 IS 4
 BP 535
 EP 542
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 034BL
 UT ISI:000236899300014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, WH
    Han, YH
    Wang, Q
    Miao, XW
    Ou, L
    Shao, XX
 TI cDNA cloning of two novel T-superfamily conotoxins from Conus leopardus
 SO ACTA BIOCHIMICA ET BIOPHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Conus leopardus; T-superfamily; conotoxin; cDNA cloning
 ID NICOTINIC ACETYLCHOLINE-RECEPTOR; CYSTEINE PATTERN; ALPHA-CONOTOXINS;
    VENOM PEPTIDES; A-SUPERFAMILY; CHANNEL; MARMOREUS; TEXTILE; UNIQUE;
    TOOLS
 AB The full-length cDNAs of two novel T-superfamily conotoxins, Lp5.1 and
    Lp5.2, were cloned from a vermivorous cone snail Conus leopardus using
    3'/5'-rapid amplification of cDNA ends. The cDNA of Lp5.1 encodes a
    precursor of 65 residues, including a 22-residue signal peptide, a
    28-residue propeptide and a 15-residue mature peptide. Lp5.1 is
    processed at the common signal site -X-Arg-immediately before the
    mature peptide sequences. In the case of Lp5.2, the precursor includes
    a 25-residue signal peptide and a 43-residue sequence comprising the
    propeptide and mature peptide, which is probably cleaved to yield a
    29-residue propeptide and a 14-residue mature toxin. Although these two
    conotoxins share a similar signal sequence and a conserved disulfide
    pattern with the known T-superfamily, the pro-region and mature
    peptides are of low identity, especially Lp5.2 with an identity as low
    as 10.7% compared with the reference Mr5.1a. The elucidated cDNAs of
    these two toxins will facilitate a better understanding of the species
    distribution, the sequence diversity of T-superfamily conotoxins, the
    special gene structure and the evolution of these peptides.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Inst Prot Res, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Bioengn Inst, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biochem Sci, Inst Biochem & Cell Biol, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Dept Biol Engn, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Shao, XX, Tongji Univ, Inst Prot Res, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM shxx@sibs.ac.cn
 CR BALAJI RA, 2000, J BIOL CHEM, V275, P39516
    BUCZEK O, 2005, CELL MOL LIFE SCI, V62, P3067
    BUSH KA, 1999, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V38, P14660
    DUTTON JL, 2001, CURR MED CHEM, V8, P327
    ESPIRITU DJD, 2001, TOXICON, V39, P1899
    FAN CX, 2003, J BIOL CHEM, V278, P12624
    HAN YH, 2005, TOXICON, V45, P481
    HANSSON K, 2004, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V319, P1081
    MCINTOSH JM, 2000, J BIOL CHEM, V275, P32391
    NICKE A, 2004, EUR J BIOCHEM, V271, P2305
    OLIVERA BM, 1997, MOL BIOL CELL, V8, P2101
    OLIVERA BM, 2001, TOXICON, V39, P7
    RIGBY AC, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P5758
    SANTOS AD, 2004, J BIOL CHEM, V279, P17596
    SHARPE IA, 2001, NAT NEUROSCI, V4, P902
    SHARPE IA, 2003, J BIOL CHEM, V278, P40317
    SHON KJ, 1997, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V36, P9581
    SHON KJ, 1998, J BIOL CHEM, V273, P33
    WALKER CS, 1999, J BIOL CHEM, V274, P30664
    WANG CZ, 2003, TOXICON, V42, P613
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1672-9145
 J9 ACTA BIOCHIM BIOPHYS SINICA
 JI Acta Biochim. Biophys. Sin.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 38
 IS 4
 BP 287
 EP 291
 PG 5
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Biophysics
 GA 034ES
 UT ISI:000236911900010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Su, QF
    Liu, JM
    Wang, LJ
    Shi, WM
    Xia, YB
 TI Effects of activated hydrogen etching on surface roughness and optical
    properties of diamond films
 SO SCRIPTA MATERIALIA
 DT Article
 DE CVD; hydrogen ion etching; thin films; optical properties
 ID ION-BOMBARDMENT; THIN-FILMS; GROWTH
 AB The surface roughness and optical properties of diamond films untreated
    and treated by activated hydrogen have been investigated. After
    hydrogen ion treatment the surface of the film is modified effectively.
    Optical properties of the treated film are better than those of the
    untreated one. (c) 2006 Acta Materialia Inc. Published by Elsevier Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Elect Informat Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, YB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Elect Informat Mat,
    149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM ybxia@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR DORE P, 1998, APPL OPTICS, V37, P5731
    GERBI JE, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V83, P2001
    GLOOR S, 1999, APPL SURF SCI, V138, P135
    JIANG X, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P7064
    JIANG X, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P3935
    KOHN E, 2001, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V34, R77
    MALSHE AP, 1999, DIAM RELAT MATER, V8, P1198
    MARDARE D, 1999, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V68, P42
    MAY PW, 2000, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V358, P473
    MCGEOCH SP, 1999, DIAM RELAT MATER, V8, P916
    MOLLIS S, 2003, J GEN INTERN MED S1, V18, P117
    OZKAN AM, 1997, DIAM RELAT MATER, V6, P1789
    SAHLI S, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P2051
    SHIM JY, 2001, DIAM RELAT MATER, V10, P847
    SINGH RK, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P2181
    SPEAR KE, 1989, J AM CERAM SOC, V72, P171
    WERNER M, 1998, REP PROG PHYS, V61, P1665
    XIA YB, 2000, J CRYST GROWTH, V213, P328
    YIN Z, 1997, DIAM RELAT MATER, V6, P153
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 1359-6462
 J9 SCRIPTA MATER
 JI Scr. Mater.
 PD JUN
 PY 2006
 VL 54
 IS 11
 BP 1871
 EP 1874
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 031JI
 UT ISI:000236700300008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wen, S
    Yu, YX
    Guo, SJ
    Feng, YL
    Sheng, GY
    Wang, XM
    Bi, XH
    Fu, JM
    Jia, WL
 TI Improvement of 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine derivatization method for
    carbon isotope analysis of atmospheric acetone
 SO RAPID COMMUNICATIONS IN MASS SPECTROMETRY
 DT Article
 ID UPPER TROPOSPHERE; NONMETHANE HYDROCARBONS; HYDROGEN RADICALS;
    ORGANIC-COMPOUNDS; ODD-HYDROGEN; FORMALDEHYDE; GUANGZHOU; SINKS; CHINA;
    FATE
 AB Through simulation experiments of atmospheric sampling, a method via
    2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine (DNPH) derivatization was developed to
    measure the carbon isotopic composition of atmospheric acetone. Using
    acetone and a DNPH reagent of known carbon isotopic compositions, the
    simulation experiments were performed to show that no carbon isotope
    fractionation occurred during the processes: the differences between
    the predicted and measured data of acetone-DNPH derivatives were all
    less than 0.5 parts per thousand. The results permitted the calculation
    of the carbon isotopic compositions of atmospheric acetone using a mass
    balance equation. In this method, the atmospheric acetone was collected
    by a DNPH-coated silica cartridge, washed out as acetone-DNPH
    derivatives, and then analyzed by gas chromatography/combustion/isotope
    ratio mass spectrometry (GC/C/IRMS). Using this method, the first
    available delta C-13 data of atmospheric acetone are presented.
    Copyright (c) 2006 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, State Key Lab Organ Geochem, Guangdong Key Lab Environm Resources Utilizat & P, Guangzhou Inst Geochem, Guangzhou 510640, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, JM, Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM fujm@gig.ac.cn
 CR ABRAJANO TA, 1994, ORG GEOCHEM, V21, P611
    ATKINSON R, 2000, ATMOS ENVIRON, V34, P2063
    CHATFIELD RB, 1987, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOSP, V92, P4208
    COLLINS WJ, 1999, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOS, V104, P26927
    CONNY JM, 1996, ATMOS ENVIRON, V30, P621
    FENG YL, 2004, ATMOS ENVIRON, V38, P103
    FENG YL, 2005, ATMOS ENVIRON, V39, P1789
    HO KF, 2002, ATMOS ENVIRON, V36, P1259
    MCKEEN SA, 1997, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V24, P3177
    MELANDER L, 1980, REACTION RATES ISOTO
    RIELEY G, 1994, ANALYST, V119, P915
    RUDOLPH J, 2002, ATMOS ENVIRON, V36, P1173
    SAITO T, 2002, J GEOPHYS RES, V107
    SINGH H, 2000, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOS, V105, P3795
    SINGH H, 2001, NATURE, V410, P1078
    SINGH HB, 1994, J GEOPHYS RES, V99, P1805
    SINGH HB, 1995, NATURE, V378, P50
    SIRJU AP, 1995, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V29, P384
    WEN S, 2004, RAPID COMMUN MASS SP, V18, P2669
    WEN S, 2005, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V39, P6202
    WENNBERG PO, 1998, SCIENCE, V279, P49
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0951-4198
 J9 RAPID COMMUN MASS SPECTROM
 JI Rapid Commun. Mass Spectrom.
 PY 2006
 VL 20
 IS 8
 BP 1322
 EP 1326
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Spectroscopy
 GA 033MV
 UT ISI:000236852800022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, X
 TI The general solution of one-dimensional hexagonal quasicrystal
 SO MECHANICS RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE 1D hexagonal quasicrystal; general solution; dynamic problem;
    displacement function
 ID CRACK
 AB A general solution is given for three-dimensional dynamic problems in
    1D hexagonal quasicrystalline material with Laue class 6/m(h)mm. In the
    general solution, the phonon and phason displacements and stresses are
    controlled by two displacement functions Psi and F, which satisfy a
    second-order partial differential equation, and a sixth-order partial
    differential equation, respectively. The general solution for static
    equilibrium problems is treated as a special case. (C) 2005 Elsevier
    Ltd. Ali rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, X, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM xuwang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR FAN TY, 2000, ADV MECH, V30, P161
    HU HC, 1953, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V9, P130
    LI XF, 1999, PHILOS MAG A, V79, P1943
    SHECHTMAN D, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V53, P1951
    WANG RH, 1997, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V9, P2411
    WANG X, 2004, INT J ENG SCI, V42, P521
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0093-6413
 J9 MECH RES COMMUN
 JI Mech. Res. Commun.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 2006
 VL 33
 IS 4
 BP 576
 EP 580
 PG 5
 SC Mechanics
 GA 033HL
 UT ISI:000236837700015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, H
    Lin, HX
    Jiang, H
    Zhou, XT
    Wu, BL
    Chen, JM
 TI Synthesis and antitumor activity of 20-O-linked succinate-based
    camptothecin ester derivatives
 SO LETTERS IN DRUG DESIGN & DISCOVERY
 DT Article
 DE camptothecin; ester; succinate; prodrug; antitumor
 ID MAMMALIAN TOPOISOMERASE-I; ENZYME PRODRUG THERAPY; POLYETHYLENE-GLYCOL;
    DELIVERY-SYSTEMS; AMINO-ACID; VITRO; PACLITAXEL; PDEPT;
    PHARMACOKINETICS; BIODISTRIBUTION
 AB A series of new 20-O-linked succinate-based camptothecin ester
    derivatives were synthesized and their cytotoxicities were tested on
    five human cancer cell lines by MTT assay. All the derivatives showed
    moderate antitumor activity in vitro, and they were 20-to-several
    thousand-fold less toxic than their parent drug.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, JM, Fudan Univ, Dept Environm Sci & Engn, 220 Handan Rd, Shanghai
    200433, Peoples R China.
 EM jmchen@fudan.edu.cn
 CR BURKE TG, 1994, J MED CHEM, V37, P40
    CAIOLFA VR, 2000, J CONTROL RELEASE, V65, P105
    CAO ZS, 1998, J MED CHEM, V41, P31
    CERUTI M, 2000, J CONTROL RELEASE, V63, P141
    CONOVER CD, 1998, CANCER CHEMOTH PHARM, V42, P407
    CONOVER CD, 1999, ANTI-CANCER DRUG DES, V14, P499
    COVEY JM, 1989, CANCER RES, V49, P5016
    DEGROOT FMH, 2002, BIOORG MED CHEM LETT, V12, P2371
    DHAON MK, 1982, J ORG CHEM, V47, P1962
    DOSIO F, 1997, J CONTROL RELEASE, V47, P293
    DUNCAN R, 2001, J CONTROL RELEASE, V74, P135
    FASSBERG J, 1992, J PHARM SCI, V81, P676
    GIOVANELLA BC, 1991, CANCER RES, V51, P3052
    GREENWALD RB, 1998, BIOORGAN MED CHEM, V6, P551
    HERTZBERG RP, 1989, J MED CHEM, V32, P715
    HSIANG YH, 1985, J BIOL CHEM, V260, P14873
    HSIANG YH, 1989, CANCER RES, V49, P4385
    JAXEL C, 1989, CANCER RES, V49, P1465
    LERCHEN HG, 2000, J PRAKT CHEM, V342, P753
    PARANJPE PV, 2004, J CONTROL RELEASE, V100, P275
    PASSAH N, 2004, BIOORGAN MED CHEM, V12, P1859
    RICE A, 2005, J MED CHEM, V48, P832
    SAFAVY A, 2004, BIOCONJUGATE CHEM, V15, P1264
    SATCHI R, 2001, BRIT J CANCER, V85, P1070
    SATCHIFAINARO R, 2003, BIOCONJUGATE CHEM, V14, P797
    VISHNUVAJJALA BR, 1986, PHARM RES, V3, P225
    WALL ME, 1966, J AM CHEM SOC, V88, P3888
    WANG CY, 2004, BIOORGAN MED CHEM, V12, P3657
    YANG LX, 2002, BIOORG MED CHEM LETT, V12, P1241
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 1570-1808
 J9 LETT DRUG DES DISCOV
 JI Lett. Drug Des. Discov.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 3
 IS 2
 BP 83
 EP 86
 PG 4
 GA 033JK
 UT ISI:000236843000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yao, MY
    Zhou, BX
    Li, Q
    Liu, WQ
    Chu, YL
 TI The effect of alloying modifications on hydrogen uptake of
    zirconium-alloy welding specimens during corrosion tests
 SO JOURNAL OF NUCLEAR MATERIALS
 DT Article
 ID NB; OXIDATION; ZR-2.5NB; PICKUP; IMPACT; ZR
 AB The hydrogen uptake behavior during corrosion tests for electron beam
    welding specimens made out of Zircaloy-4 and zirconium alloys with
    different compositions was investigated. Results showed that the
    hydrogen uptake in the specimens after corrosion tests increased with
    increasing Cr content in the molten zone. This indicated that Cr
    element significantly affected the hydrogen uptake behavior. Fe and Cr
    have a low solubility in alpha-Zr and exist mainly in the form of
    Zr(Fe,Cr)(2) precipitates, which is extremely reactive with hydrogen in
    its metallic state. It is concluded that the presence of Zr(Fe,Cr)(2)
    second phase particles (SPPs) is responsible for the increase in the
    amount of hydrogen uptake in the molten zone of the welding samples
    after corrosion, as Zr(Fe,Cr)(2) SPPs embedded in a-Zr matrix and
    exposed at the metal/oxide interface could act as a preferred path for
    hydrogen uptake. (c) 2006 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Key Lab Adv Microanal, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Yao, MY, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM yaomeiyi@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BARBERIS P, 2002, AM SOC TEST MATER, V1423, P33
    CHOO KN, 1994, J NUCL MATER, V209, P226
    COX B, 1965, 2519 AECL
    FORSTER JS, 1992, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V64, P403
    HARADA M, 1991, ASTM STP, V1132, P368
    KASS S, 1962, ASM T Q, V56, P77
    KASS S, 1973, WAPDTM972
    KHATAMIAN D, 1993, Z PHYS CHEM, V181, P435
    LELIEVRE G, 1998, J ALLOY COMPD, V268, P308
    MCDONALD SG, 1982, ASTM STP, V754, P412
    PECHEUR D, 1994, AM SOC TEST MATER, V1245, P687
    PERRYMAN ECW, 1978, NUCL ENERGY, V17, P95
    PLOC RA, 2002, AM SOC TEST MATER, V1423, P297
    SHALTIEL D, 1977, J LESS-COMMON MET, V53, P117
    SIMPSON CJ, 1974, J NUCL MATER, V52, P289
    TAGSTROM P, 2002, AM SOC TEST MATER, V1423, P96
    YAO MY, 2004, NUCL POWER ENG, V25, P147
    ZHOU BX, 1988, CHINESE J NUCL SCI E, V8, P130
    ZHOU BX, 1996, CNIC01074
    ZHOU BX, 1997, BIOMATERIALS ECOMATE, P183
    ZHOU BX, 2000, J NUCL POWER ENG, V21, P339
    ZHOU BX, 2003, NUCL POWER ENG, V24, P236
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0022-3115
 J9 J NUCL MATER
 JI J. Nucl. Mater.
 PD APR 15
 PY 2006
 VL 350
 IS 2
 BP 195
 EP 201
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mining & Mineral Processing;
    Nuclear Science & Technology
 GA 032OW
 UT ISI:000236785000012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, GQ
    Ma, HL
    Zhong, MJ
    Zhou, T
    Yue, YZ
    He, ZM
 TI Influence of pH on characteristics of BaFe12O19 powder prepared by
    sol-gel auto-combustion
 SO JOURNAL OF MAGNETISM AND MAGNETIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE barium hexaferrite; sol-gel auto-combustion; pH; magnetic properties
 ID BARIUM FERRITE; MAGNETIC-PROPERTIES; HEXAFERRITE; PARTICLES;
    COPRECIPITATION; COMPOSITE; MEDIA; GLASS
 AB BaFe12O19 powders with nanocrystalline sizes were produced by sol-gel
    auto-combustion. Fe3+ and Ba2+ in a molar ratio of 11.5, were chelated
    by citric acid ions at different pH. After dehydration, auto-combustion
    and calcinations, BaFe12O19 powders were formed. TG/DSC indicated the
    action to form BaFe12O19 first occurred at about 800. XRD patterns of
    the annealed powders showed that the well-crystalline powder was
    produced when pH = 10. In addition, the data from XRD showed the
    lattice parameters a and c. and the unit-cell volume V had a little
    decrease and the density went up with the increasing pH. The data from
    PPMS exhibited that pH in the starting solution had an important
    influence on magnetic properties. In this case, BaFe12O19 powder, of
    maximum magnetization M(3 T) approximate to 60 A m(2)/kg, the remanent
    magnetization M-r approximate to 33 A m(2)/kg and the intrinsic
    coercive H-c approximate to 432 kA/m, was produced under the molar
    ratio of citric acid to the metal nitrate of 1.5 when pH = 10. (c) 2005
    Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, GQ, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM icexgq2003@163.com
 CR BARB D, 1986, J MATER SCI, V21, P1118
    CHO HS, 1999, IEEE T MAGN 1, V35, P3151
    FUJIWARA T, 1985, IEEE T MAGN, V21, P1480
    IMAMURA M, 1986, IEEE T MAGN, V22, P1185
    JACOBO SE, 1997, J MATER SCI, V32, P1025
    KUBO O, 1982, IEEE T MAGN, V18, P1122
    LIU XY, 1998, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V184, P344
    LUCCHINI E, 1983, J MATER SCI, V18, P1331
    MALI A, 2004, CERAM INT, V30, P1979
    ROOS W, 1980, J AM CERAM SOC, V63, P601
    RUAN SP, 2000, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V212, P175
    SHIRK BT, 1970, J AM CERAM SOC, V53, P192
    STABLIN H, 1982, FERROMAGNETIC MAT, V3, CH7
    SUGIMOTO S, 1999, IEEE T MAGN 1, V35, P3154
    SURIG C, 1994, IEEE T MAGN 1, V30, P4092
    YAMAMORI K, 1986, IEEE T MAGN, V22, P1188
    YU HF, 2003, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V260, P455
    YUE ZX, 2004, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V270, P216
    ZHANG D, 2000, ELECT COMPONENT MAT, V19, P17
    ZHENG ZY, 1989, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V78, P73
    ZHONG W, 1997, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V168, P196
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0304-8853
 J9 J MAGN MAGN MATER
 JI J. Magn. Magn. Mater.
 PD JUN
 PY 2006
 VL 301
 IS 2
 BP 383
 EP 388
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 031DA
 UT ISI:000236683100016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, HJ
    Zhu, WP
    Liu, H
    Zhao, JJ
 TI Investigation on fracture performance of aqueous polymer isocyanates in
    terms of energy release rate
 SO JOURNAL OF ADHESION SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE aqueous polymer isocyanates; adhesive; energy release rate
 ID ADHESIVELY-BONDED JOINTS; CRACK-GROWTH; WOOD; FILMS
 AB In order to investigate the fracture performance of aqueous polymer
    isocyanates (APIs), an analytical expression for the energy release
    rate of adhesively-bonded three-point bending specimens has been
    derived from linear elastic fracture mechanics (LEFM) and the energy
    release rates of nine API samples are evaluated. Experimental results
    show that a proper loading of polymeric
    diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate (p-MDI) as cross-linker can improve
    the resistance of aqueous polymer latex adhesive layer to cracking.
    Excess cross-linker cannot maintain such an effect of strengthening and
    may decrease considerably the energy release rate of API polymer. When
    the loading of polyisocyanate is less than the critical value, the
    polymer cross-linked by aqueous emulsified p-MDI has a higher
    resistance to cracking. In contrast, polymers modified by p-MDI blended
    with an organic solvent have much better performance.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Heibei N Univ, Dept Base Courses, Zhangjiakou 075100, Peoples R China.
 RP Hu, HJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM huhongjiu@163.corn
 CR ALFREDSSON KS, 2004, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V41, P4787
    BOUCHET J, 2001, J ADHES SCI TECHNOL, V15, P321
    CHENG YS, 1999, ENG FRACT MECH, V64, P117
    CURLEY AJ, 2000, INT J FRACTURE, V103, P41
    GARDNER DJ, 1994, FOREST PROD J, V44, P62
    HODZIC A, 2000, POLYMER, V41, P6895
    HUANG LY, 2003, WEAR, V254, P1032
    HUANG SJ, 2004, J ADHES SCI TECHNOL, V18, P833
    KILMER WR, 1998, WOOD FIBER SCI, V30, P175
    MADHUSUDHANA KS, 2002, ENG FRACT MECH, V69, P865
    MIYAZAKI J, 2002, MOKUZAI GAKKAISHI, V48, P184
    MOTOTANI Y, 1996, MOKUZAI GAKKAISHI, V42, P140
    PAGEL H, 1981, ADHES AGE, V24, P34
    PRADHAN SC, 1995, INT J ADHES ADHES, V15, P33
    QIAO LJ, 2000, PIGMENT RESIN TECHNO, V29, P229
    REEDY ED, 2000, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V37, P2429
    VICK CB, 1993, INT J ADHES ADHES, V13, P139
    VRAZEL M, 2004, FOREST PROD J, V54, P66
    WANG MJ, 2004, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V52, P2329
    WILLIAMS JG, 2005, J ADHES SCI TECHNOL, V19, P257
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0169-4243
 J9 J ADHES SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Adhes. Sci. Technol.
 PY 2006
 VL 20
 IS 2-3
 BP 161
 EP 174
 PG 14
 SC Engineering, Chemical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA 030YI
 UT ISI:000236670900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
    Deng, WH
 TI Chaos synchronization of fractional-order differential systems
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS B
 DT Article
 DE synchronization; fractional order; Duffing system; Lorenz system;
    Rossler system
 ID CHENS SYSTEM
 AB Chaos synchronization of the Duffing, Lorenz and Rossler systems with
    fractional orders are studied theoretically and numerically. Three
    methods are applied in this paper: combination of active-passive
    decomposition (APD) and one-way coupling methods, Pecora-Carroll
    method, bidirectional coupling method. The sufficient conditions of
    achieving synchronization between two identical fractional systems are
    derived by using the Laplace transform theory. Numerical simulations
    demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed synchronization schemes
    for these fractional systems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Sch Math & Stat, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM leecp@online.sh.cn
    dengwh@lzu.edu.cn
 CR BOCCALETTI S, 2002, PHYS REP, V366, P1
    BUTZER PL, 2000, INTRO FRACTIONAL CAL
    CAPUTO M, 1967, GEOPHYS J ROY ASTRON, V13, P529
    CHEN GR, 1999, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V9, P1465
    DENG WH, 2005, J PHYS SOC JPN, V74, P1645
    DENG WH, 2005, PHYSICA A, V353, P61
    DIETHELM K, 2004, NUMER ALGORITHMS, V36, P31
    GRIGORENKO I, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    HARTLEY TT, 1995, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V42, P485
    HILFER R, 2001, APPL FRACTIONAL CALC
    KENNETH SM, 1993, INTRO FRACTIONAL CAL
    LI CG, 2004, PHYSICA A, V341, P55
    LI CP, 2003, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V13, P1609
    LI CP, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P443
    LI CP, 2006, PHYSICA A, V360, P171
    MATIGNON D, 1996, COMPUTATIONAL ENG SY, V2, P963
    MUTH EJ, 1977, TRANSFORM METHODS AP
    OUSTLAOUP A, 1983, SYSTEMS ASSERVIS ORD
    ROSS B, 1974, LECT NOTES MATH, V457
    SEYDEL R, 1994, PRACTICAL BIFURCATIO
    YAN JP, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1683
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9792
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS B
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. B
 PD MAR 20
 PY 2006
 VL 20
 IS 7
 BP 791
 EP 803
 PG 13
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 031ZS
 UT ISI:000236744300003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, YP
    Chen, DY
 TI Integrable couplings and new exact solutions for the nonisospectral
    AKNS equation
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MODERN PHYSICS B
 DT Article
 DE integrable coupling; nonisospectral AKNS equation; exact solution;
    Hirota method
 ID SOLITONS
 AB In this paper, we derive nonisospectral AKNS equations from the AKNS
    spectral problem. By using a new Loop algebra (A) over tilde2, their
    integrable couplings are constructed. Moreover, bilinear forms of the
    nonisospectral AKNS equation are given. New exact solutions are
    obtained through the Hirota method. Some nonisospectral characteristics
    of the obtained solutions are discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, YP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM yepsun@163.com
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1973, PHYS REV LETT, V31, P125
    CHAN WL, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P2521
    CHEN HH, 1976, PHYS REV LETT, V37, P693
    GUO FK, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P5793
    GUPTA MR, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V72, P420
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 1976, J PHYS SOC JPN, V41, P2141
    MA WX, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P1227
    NING TK, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V16, P395
    PICKERING A, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P4395
    SUN YP, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V26, P905
    TIAN C, 1990, NONLINEAR PHYS RES R, P35
    WADATI M, 1975, PROG THEOR PHYS, V53, P419
    ZHANG DJ, 2003, J PHYS A, V36, P1
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9792
 J9 INT J MOD PHYS B
 JI Int. J. Mod. Phys. B
 PD MAR 30
 PY 2006
 VL 20
 IS 8
 BP 925
 EP 935
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 031ZT
 UT ISI:000236744400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Deng, WH
    Wu, YJ
    Li, CP
 TI Stability analysis of differential equations with time-dependent delay
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 DE differential equation; time-dependent delay; internal stability;
    Liapunov stability
 ID BIFURCATION
 AB In this Letter, we study the stability of differential equations with
    time-dependeut delay. Several theorems are established for stability on
    a finite time interval, called "interval stability" for simplicity, and
    Liapunov stability. These theorems are applied to the generalized
    Gauss-type predator-prey models, and satisfactory results are obtained.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Sch Math & Stat, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
    Univ Pretoria, Dept Elect Elect & Comp Engn, ZA-0002 Pretoria, South Africa.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 CR BAER SM, 1989, SIAM J APPL MATH, V49, P55
    CAHLON B, 1997, EUR J APPL MATH, V8, P199
    CAHLON B, 1998, J MATH ANAL APPL, V223, P288
    CHEN J, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P1433
    CHICONE C, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V285, P17
    CHICONE C, 2003, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V190, P364
    FAVINI A, 2003, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V192, P93
    GOPALSAMY K, 1992, STABILITY OSCILLATIO
    HUA CC, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P733
    HUA CC, 2001, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V11, P3153
    LIN KJ, 1996, J CONT SYST TECHNOL, V4, P127
    MARTIN A, 2001, J MATH BIOL, V43, P247
    MAY R, 1973, ECOLOGY, V4, P215
    RYABOV YA, 1960, AUTOMAT REM CONTR, V21, P507
    TANG XH, 2004, J MATH ANAL APPL, V289, P367
    YANG K, 1993, DELAY DIFFERENTIAL
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 16
 IS 2
 BP 465
 EP 472
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 033SE
 UT ISI:000236868700016
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, MX
    Dai, H
    Shao, M
    Shi, L
    Lin, KH
    Cheng, ZX
    Weng, LH
 TI Synthesis, crystal structures, thermal analysis and magnetic property
    of mono- and bi-nuclear 1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylate copper complexes
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE copper complex; 1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylate; crystal structure;
    thermal analysis; magnetic property
 ID HYDROTHERMAL SYNTHESIS; TETRANUCLEAR; FRAMEWORK
 AB Two new copper complexes, [Cu(cbdc)(phen)(H2O)]center dot 2H(2)O
    (1)and[CU2(cbdc)(phen)(2)(H2O)(2)](CIo(4))(2)-H2O (2)
    (cbdc=1,1-cyclobutanedicarboxylate and phen=1,10-phenanthroline), were
    synthesized by reaction of cbdc with CU(CI04)2 and phen in ethanol
    aqueous solution. Complex 1 crystallizes in monoclinic system with
    space group 3 P2(1)/c and a=0.9428(4) mn, b=1.2183(5) nm, c=1.6265(7)
    nm, ss=102.418(5)degrees, V=1.8246(13) nm, Z=4, R=0.0445, wR(2)=0.0947.
    The structure of 1 is discretely mononuclear, which is packed by
    pi(...)pi interaction forming a 3D supramolecular structure where Cu(H)
    ion is five-coordinated and has square-pyramidal coordination geometry.
    Its thermal decomposition procedure detail was studied by thermal
    analysis TG-DSC. Complex 2 belongs to monoclinic system with space
    group P2(1)/c and a=0.8897(3) nm, b=1.9130(8) nm, c=1.9936(8) nm,
    P=99.04(2)degrees ,V=3.351(2) nm(3), Z=4, R=0.0540, wR(2)=0.1102. The
    structure of 2 is a discrete binucleus, where Cu(1) is four-coordinated
    by phen and cbdc in a square-planar geometry while Cu(2) is
    five-coordinated by phen, one O of cbdc and two H2O, which can be best
    described as distorted trigonal-bipyramidal geometry. Cu(1) and Cu(2)
    are linked by carboxytic group of cbdc in a bidentate bridging fashion.
    Variable-temperature magnetic susceptibilities of 2 in 2--300 K showed
    that its magnetic behavior obeyed Curie law.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, MX, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R
    China.
 EM mx_li@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ANG SG, 2004, INORG CHEM COMMUN, V7, P795
    BARMAN RK, 2002, POLYHEDRON, V21, P1189
    BI WH, 2004, CHINESE J CHEM, V22, P271
    CHOI HJ, 1999, INORG CHEM, V38, P6309
    DEACON GB, 1980, COORDIN CHEM REV, V33, P227
    HAGRMAN PJ, 1999, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V38, P2638
    LI H, 1998, J AM CHEM SOC, V120, P8571
    LI MX, 1996, POLYHEDRON, V15, P535
    LI MX, 2005, CHINESE CHEM LETT, V16, P1405
    LI YG, 2003, EUR J INORG CHE 0725, P2567
    MELNIK M, 1981, COORDIN CHEM REV, V36, P1
    SHAO M, 2005, CHEM RES APPL, V17, P197
    SHEN HY, 2000, INORG CHEM COMMUN, V3, P497
    SUN DF, 2003, CHINESE J CHEM, V21, P405
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1001-604X
 J9 CHINESE J CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Chem.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 24
 IS 4
 BP 487
 EP 492
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 033IC
 UT ISI:000236839500008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhuang, ZH
    Sun, L
    Kong, L
    Hu, JH
    Yu, MC
    Reinach, P
    Zang, JW
    Ge, BX
 TI Drosophila TAB2 is required for the immune activation of JNK and
    NF-kappaB
 SO CELLULAR SIGNALLING
 DT Article
 DE Drosophila TAB2
 ID BETA SIGNAL-TRANSDUCTION; B KINASE COMPLEX; HOST-DEFENSE; TAK1 MAPKKK;
    PATHWAY; PROTEIN; IL-1; MELANOGASTER; TRAF6; IMD
 AB The TAK1 plays a pivotal role in the innate immune response of
    Drosophila by controlling the activation of JNK and NF-kappaB.
    Activation of TAK1 in mammals is mediated by two TAK1-binding proteins,
    TAB I and TAB2, but the role of the TAB proteins in the immune response
    of Drosophila has not yet been established. Here, we report the
    identification of a TAB2-like protein in Drosophila called dTAB2. dTAB2
    can interact with dTAK1, and stimulate the activation of the JNK and
    NF-kB signaling pathway. Furthermore, we have found that silencing of
    dTAB2 expression by dsRNAi inhibits JNK activation by peptidoglycans
    (PGN), but not by NaCl or sorbitol. In addition, suppression of dTAB2
    blocked PGN-induced expression of antibacterial peptide genes, a
    function normally mediated by the activation of NF-kappaB signaling
    pathway. No significant effect on p38 activation by dTAB2 was found.
    These results suggest that dTAB2 is specifically required for
    PGN-induced activation of JNK and NF-kappaB signaling pathways, (c)
    2005 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Med Univ 2, Joint Immunol Lab, Hlth Sci Ctr, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Med Univ 2, Shanghai Inst Immunol, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
    SUNY Coll Optometry, Dept Biol Sci, New York, NY 10036 USA.
 RP Ge, BX, Shanghai Med Univ 2, Joint Immunol Lab, Hlth Sci Ctr, Shanghai,
    Peoples R China.
 EM gebaoxue@sibs.ac.cn
 CR CHA GH, 2003, MOL CELL BIOL, V23, P7982
    CHEN W, 2002, J BIOL CHEM, V277, P49105
    CHEUNG PCF, 2004, BIOCHEM J 1, V378, P27
    DENG L, 2000, CELL, V103, P351
    GE BX, 2002, SCIENCE, V295, P1291
    GE BX, 2003, J BIOL CHEM, V278, P2286
    HETRU C, 2003, J INFECT DIS S2, V187, S327
    HOFFMANN JA, 2003, NATURE, V426, P33
    HULTMARK D, 2003, CURR OPIN IMMUNOL, V15, P12
    IMLER JL, 2004, J ENDOTOXIN RES, V10, P241
    ISHITANI T, 2003, EMBO J, V22, P6277
    JIN G, 2004, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V101, P2028
    KANAYAMA A, 2004, MOL CELL, V15, P535
    KANEKO T, 2004, IMMUNITY, V20, P637
    LECLERC V, 2004, IMMUNOL REV, V198, P59
    LEMAITRE B, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P9465
    LEMAITRE B, 1996, CELL, V86, P973
    LEMAITRE B, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P14614
    LEULIER F, 2003, NAT IMMUNOL, V4, P478
    NINOMIYATSUJI J, 1999, NATURE, V398, P252
    QIAN YC, 2001, J BIOL CHEM, V276, P41661
    SAMAKOVLIS C, 1992, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V188, P1169
    SANJO H, 2003, MOL CELL BIOL, V23, P1231
    SHIBUYA H, 1996, SCIENCE, V272, P1179
    SILVERMAN N, 2000, GENE DEV, V14, P2461
    SILVERMAN N, 2001, GENE DEV, V15, P2321
    SILVERMAN N, 2003, J BIOL CHEM, V278, P48928
    TAKAESU G, 2000, MOL CELL, V5, P649
    TAKAESU G, 2001, MOL CELL BIOL, V21, P2475
    TAKAESU G, 2003, J MOL BIOL, V326, P105
    TANJI T, 2005, TRENDS IMMUNOL, V26, P193
    VIDAL S, 2001, GENE DEV, V15, P1900
    WANG C, 2001, NATURE, V412, P346
    WORBY CA, 2001, SCI STKE
    YAMAGUCHI K, 1995, SCIENCE, V270, P2008
    ZHUANG ZH, IN PRESS CELL SIGNAL
 NR 36
 TC 0
 SN 0898-6568
 J9 CELL SIGNAL
 JI Cell. Signal.
 PD JUL
 PY 2006
 VL 18
 IS 7
 BP 964
 EP 970
 PG 7
 SC Cell Biology
 GA 032EN
 UT ISI:000236756800005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chu, Y
    Xia, M
    Lin, Y
    Li, A
    Wang, Y
    Liu, R
    Xiong, S
 TI Th2-dominated antitumor immunity induced by DNA immunization with the
    genes coding for a basal core peptide PDTRP and GM-CSF
 SO CANCER GENE THERAPY
 DT Article
 DE mucin1; gamma 1neo-PDTRP/GM-CSF; gene immunization; Th2 type
 ID COLONY-STIMULATING FACTOR; SOMATIC TRANSGENE IMMUNIZATION; DENDRITIC
    CELLS; IN-VIVO; OVARIAN-CANCER; T-CELLS; TRANSCRIPTION FACTOR; LINEAGE
    COMMITMENT; MUC1 GENE; ANTIBODIES
 AB Our previous study showed that DNA vaccination with a plasmid vector
    encoding a core peptide of mucin1 (PDTRP) provided modest protection
    against challenge with tumor cells that expressed mucin1 protein. We
    report here that a DNA vaccine comprising a modified PDTRP plasmid and
    GM-CSF coding sequence at the C-terminus induced better protection
    against tumor challenge. The increased protection was directly
    correlated with a stronger PDTRP-specific immune response induced by
    the GM-CSF fusion plasmid. The plasmid encoding GM-CSF and the target
    PDTRP antigen induced a greater PDTRP-specific Th proliferation,
    antibodies, and cytotoxicity. Interestingly, the modified plasmid
    vaccine predominantely enhanced the type 2 immune responses manifested
    by an increased IgG1 to IgG2a antibody ratio and a greater induction of
    GATA-3 and IL-4 mRNA than that of T-bet and IFN-gamma mRNA in spleen
    cells from vaccinated mice. In addition, protection against tumor
    challenge in vaccinated mice showed that there was no significant
    change in mice survival after in vivo CD8+CTL depletion, indicating
    that antitumor immunity augmented by plasmid encoding GM-CSF and target
    PDTRP gene vaccine was dominated by Th2 immune response.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Dept Immunol, Minist Educ,Key Lab Mol Med, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst E, Div Immunol, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiong, S, Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Dept Immunol, Minist Educ,Key
    Lab Mol Med, 138 Yixue Yuan Rd, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM sdxiongfd@126.com
 CR BARND DL, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P7159
    BORRELLO I, 2002, CYTOKINE GROWTH F R, V13, P185
    BURCHELL J, 1987, CANCER RES, V47, P5476
    BURCHELL J, 1993, EPITHELIAL CELL BIOL, V2, P155
    CHOW YH, 1998, J IMMUNOL, V160, P1320
    CRAMER DW, 2005, CANCER EPIDEM BIOMAR, V14, P1125
    DING L, 1993, CANCER IMMUNOL IMMUN, V36, P9
    DRANOFF G, 1993, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V90, P3539
    FINN OJ, 1995, IMMUNOL REV, V145, P61
    FYNAN EF, 1993, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V90, P11478
    GERLONI M, 1997, DNA CELL BIOL, V16, P611
    GERLONI M, 1998, EUR J IMMUNOL, V28, P1832
    GERLONI M, 1998, EUR J IMMUNOL, V28, P516
    GERLONI M, 2000, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V97, P13269
    GERLONI M, 2004, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V101, P3892
    INABA K, 1992, J EXP MED, V176, P1693
    KARSTEN U, 2004, GLYCOBIOLOGY, V14, P681
    KONTANI K, 2002, CANCER GENE THER, V9, P330
    KUSAKABE K, 2000, J IMMUNOL, V164, P3102
    LEE GR, 2001, IMMUNITY, V14, P447
    LIU HM, 1998, BLOOD, V92, P3730
    LOBELL A, 2003, J IMMUNOL, V170, P1806
    MALDONADOLOPEZ R, 1999, J EXP MED, V189, P587
    MARAVEYAS A, 1994, CANCER S, V73, P1067
    MORRISON SL, 1985, SCIENCE, V229, P1202
    MURPHY KM, 2002, NAT REV IMMUNOL, V2, P933
    NICHOLSON S, 2004, CANCER IMMUNOL IMMUN, V53, P809
    OKADA E, 1997, J IMMUNOL, V159, P3638
    PARDOLL DM, 1995, ANNU REV IMMUNOL, V13, P399
    PU OY, 2002, J MED VIROL, V66, P320
    PULENDRAN B, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P1036
    PULLEN GR, 1986, J IMMUNOL METHODS, V86, P83
    RIETHMULLER G, 1994, LANCET, V343, P1177
    RITZ SA, 2004, CLIN EXP IMMUNOL, V138, P213
    SHEN Y, 2004, J VIROL, V78, P12548
    SIN JI, 1998, EUR J IMMUNOL, V28, P3530
    SOLLAZZO M, 1989, EUR J IMMUNOL, V19, P453
    SPICER AP, 1995, J BIOL CHEM, V270, P30093
    SZABO SJ, 2000, CELL, V100, P655
    SZABO SJ, 2002, SCIENCE, V295, P338
    TAYLORPAPADIMITRIOU J, 1999, BBA-MOL BASIS DIS, V1455, P301
    THIENES CP, 1997, J IMMUNOL, V158, P5874
    ULMER JB, 1993, SCIENCE, V259, P1745
    WANG B, 1995, HUM GENE THER, V6, P407
    XIA MC, 2004, CHIN J CANC BIOTHER, V11, P170
    YE M, 2004, J VIROL, V78, P11233
    ZANETTI M, 1992, NATURE, V355, P476
    ZHU JF, 2004, NAT IMMUNOL, V5, P1157
 NR 48
 TC 0
 SN 0929-1903
 J9 CANCER GENE THERAPY
 JI Cancer Gene Ther.
 PD MAY
 PY 2006
 VL 13
 IS 5
 BP 510
 EP 519
 PG 10
 SC Medicine, Research & Experimental; Biotechnology & Applied
    Microbiology; Genetics & Heredity; Oncology
 GA 032WZ
 UT ISI:000236808400008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, XH
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
    Liu, JK
 TI Synthesis and optical properties of the semiconductor lead sulfide
    nanobelts
 SO BULLETIN OF THE KOREAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY
 DT Article
 DE reverse micelles; controlled synthesis; PbS; nanobelt
 ID THERMAL EVAPORATION; ZNS NANOBELTS; PBS; NANORODS; GROWTH;
    NANOSTRUCTURES; NANOPARTICLES; TRANSPORT; NETWORKS; ARRAYS
 AB The semiconductor PbS nanobelts (width 50-120 nm and length over 3 mu
    m) were self-assembled in a simple reverse micelle solvent system
    containig the surfactant of polyoxyethylene (9) dodecy ether (C12E9).
    The nanobelts synthesized were found to possess cube galena
    poly-crystal structure with high purity when analyzed by ED and X-ray
    diffraction. Significant "blue shift" from bulk material was observed
    on the PbS nanobelts using photoluminescence and UV-Vis spectroscopy. A
    mechanism involving the possible formation of nanobelts based oil
    surfactant template was also proposed.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Chizhou Teacher Coll, Dept Chem, Chizhou 247000, Anhui, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR CHEN YJ, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V85, P5682
    DAI ZR, 2003, ADV FUNCT MATER, V13, P9
    DAVEN R, 1969, INFRARED PHYS, V9, P141
    GAO T, 2004, J PHYS CHEM B, V108, P5
    GE JP, 2005, CHEM-EUR J, V11, P1889
    HU PA, 2004, J PHYS CHEM B, V108, P936
    KUANG DB, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P1747
    LEONTIDIS E, 2003, NANO LETT, V3, P569
    LI YJ, 2004, NANOTECHNOLOGY, V15, P581
    LIANG CH, 2004, J PHYS CHEM B, V108, P9728
    LIU J, 1996, ADV COLLOID INTERFAC, V69, P131
    MA BC, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P228
    MACHOL JL, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P2819
    PAN ZW, 2001, SCIENCE, V291, P1947
    WANG SH, 2000, LANGMUIR, V16, P389
    WINIARZ JG, 2002, J PHYS CHEM B, V106, P967
    YU DB, 2003, J CRYST GROWTH, V249, P195
    ZENG ZH, 1999, CHEM MATER, V11, P3365
    ZHANG J, 2004, J PHYS CHEM B, V108, P7002
    ZHANG M, 2004, J CRYST GROWTH, V268, P215
    ZHANG NW, 2000, CHEM LETT, V6, P638
    ZHANG WR, 1997, SURFACTANT ANHE, P106
    ZHOU SM, 2005, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V178, P399
    ZHOU Y, 2002, LANGMUIR, V18, P5287
 NR 24
 TC 0
 SN 0253-2964
 J9 BULL KOR CHEM SOC
 JI Bull. Korean Chem. Soc.
 PD MAR 20
 PY 2006
 VL 27
 IS 3
 BP 377
 EP 380
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 033HV
 UT ISI:000236838700009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, CJ
    Josip, P
    Leng, GS
 TI Inverses of some new inequalities similar to Hilbert's inequalities
 SO TAIWANESE JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE Hilbert's inequality; holder integral inequality; Jensen's inequality
 AB In the present paper we first establish inverse versions of some new
    inequalities similar to Hilbert's inequality involving series of
    nonnegative terms. Then, the integral analogues of our main results are
    also given. Our Theorems provide new estimates on these types of
    inequalities.
 C1 China Jiliang Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Informat & Math Sci, Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R China.
    Univ Zagreb, Fac Text Technol, Zagreb 10000, Croatia.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, CJ, China Jiliang Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Informat & Math Sci,
    Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R China.
 EM chjzhao@163.com
    lenggangsong@163.com
 CR BECKENBACH EF, 1961, INEQUALITIES
    GAO MZ, 1998, P AM MATH SOC, V126, P751
    HANDLEY GD, 2000, TAMKANG J MATH, V31, P311
    HANDLEY GD, 2001, J MATH ANAL APPL, V257, P238
    HARDY GH, 1934, LITTLEWOOD POLYA
    KUANG JC, 1999, J MATH ANAL APPL, V235, P608
    PACHPATTE BG, 1998, J MATH ANAL APPL, V226, P166
    YANG BC, 2000, J MATH ANAL APPL, V248, P29
    ZHAO CJ, 2000, J MATH, V20, P413
    ZHAO CJ, 2001, J MATH ANAL APPL, V262, P411
    ZHAO CJ, 2003, ACTA MATH SINICA, V46, P1111
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1027-5487
 J9 TAIWAN J MATH
 JI Taiwan. J. Math.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 10
 IS 3
 BP 699
 EP 712
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics
 GA 029BG
 UT ISI:000236532200009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, H
    Li, HQ
    Sun, YZ
    Li, M
 TI Microstructure and properties of coatings with rare earth formed by
    DC-plasma jet surface metallurgy
 SO SURFACE & COATINGS TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE rare earth; microstructure; wear resistance; DC-plasma jet surface
    metallurgy
 AB A new method of surface modification, DC-plasma jet surface metallurgy,
    is proposed in order to improve wear resistance of materials. This
    paper reports on all experiment, in which some metallurgical coatings
    of iron-based alloy with different contents of La2O3 and CeO2 were
    prepared oil AIS11020 steel using a homemade DC-plasma jet surface
    metallurgy equipment. A scanning electron microscope (SEM), energy
    dispersive X-ray (EDX) microanalysis and X-ray diffraction analysis
    (XRD) were employed to observe the microstructure and analyzed the
    chemical compositions of coatings. The effect of RE oxide (La2O3 and
    CeO2) on microstructure and properties of coatings was investigated.
    The result shows that addition of a proper amount of RE oxide (La2O3
    and CeCO2) can refine and purify the microstructure, significantly
    increase microhardness and enhance the wear resistance. (c) 2005
    Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci, Qingdao 266510, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, H, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci, Qingdao 266510,
    Peoples R China.
 EM chenhao_168168@163.com
 CR LI HQ, 2004, 14 IFHTSE C, P952
    LI M, 2004, 14 IFHTSE C, P23
    LI Q, 1995, J CHIN RARE EARTH SO, V13, P280
    LI Q, 2001, SURF COAT TECH, V137, P122
    LIAN YF, 1995, WEAR 1, V181, P436
    SHANG L, 1995, J RARE METALS, V19, P132
    SHEN YF, 1997, J RARE EARTH, P344
    SHENG D, 1995, CHIN RARE EARTHS, V16, P36
    SUN YX, 1995, SURF ENG, V3, P43
    WANG W, 1990, J CHIN RARE EARTH SO, V8, P252
    ZHANG MQ, 2000, HEAT TREAT MET, P32
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0257-8972
 J9 SURF COAT TECH
 JI Surf. Coat. Technol.
 PD APR 27
 PY 2006
 VL 200
 IS 16-17
 BP 4741
 EP 4745
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Coatings & Films
 GA 029UQ
 UT ISI:000236590300011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jia, SJ
    Jiang, PK
    Zhang, ZC
    Wang, ZG
 TI Effect of carbon-black treatment by radiation emulsion polymerization
    on temperature dependence of resistivity of carbon-black-filled polymer
    blends
 SO RADIATION PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE low-density-polyethylene(LDPE); carbon black(CB); positive temperature
    coefficient; negative temperature coefficient; irradiation
 ID ELECTRICAL-CONDUCTIVITY; MECHANICAL PROPERTY; COMPOSITES; COEFFICIENT;
    BEHAVIOR; IRRADIATION; MORPHOLOGY; FIBER; VAPOR
 AB High dispersibility and stability of carbon black particles in
    low-density-polyethylene (LDPE) matrix were obtained by radiation
    emulsion polymerization on carbon particles surface, and electrical
    resistivities of its simple were examined. First carbon particles
    treatment on radiation emulsion polymerization on surface were
    synthesized by the reaction with a polymer-emulsion systems containing
    reactive group in the molecular unit, carbon particles and emulsifier.
    Then, the carbon particles treatment on radiation emulsion
    polymerization on surface was dispersed into LDPE, and its composites
    were prepared for electrical measurements. The effect of radiation
    crosslinking of the composite on the Positive temperature coefficient
    (PTC) and negative temperature coefficient (NTC) phenomenon was
    investigated. The experimental results showed that PTC and NTC effects
    of the composites were obviously influenced by the irradiation dose.
    Various microstructure-exploring means were used to study the
    conductive composite, such as scanning electron microscopy (SEM), X-ray
    diffraction (XRD) and transmission electron microscopy (TEM). (c) 2005
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Polymer Sci & Engn, Anhua 230026, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Polymer Engn & Sci, Key Lab Insulat & Thermal Aging Shanghai, Shanghai 200240, Peoples R China.
 RP Jia, SJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem Engn, Chengzhong Rd 20, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 EM jiashaojin2@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ANDO N, 1998, THIN SOLID FILMS, V334, P182
    BEAUCAGE G, 1999, J POLYM SCI POL PHYS, V37, P1105
    CHEN JH, 2002, POLYMER, V43, P2201
    CHEN JH, 2003, POLYMER, V44, P3201
    FAN YM, 2002, CHINESE J POLYM SCI, V20, P243
    GE XW, 1998, POLYMER, V39, P1917
    GUBBELS F, 1994, MACROMOLECULES, V27, P1972
    GUOZHANG W, 1999, MACROMOLECULES, V32, P3534
    HIRANO S, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V73, P25
    HIRANO S, 2000, POLYMER, V41, P4559
    JIA WT, 1996, J APPL POLYM SCI, V60, P2317
    JIA WT, 1997, J APPL POLYM SCI, V66, P1885
    KAZUMI M, 1996, THIN SOLID FILMS, V273, P128
    LEE MG, 2001, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V61, P75
    MEYER J, 1973, POLYM ENG SCI, V13, P6
    NARKIS M, 1978, J APPL POLYM SCI, V22, P1163
    TANG H, 1994, J APPL POLYM SCI, V51, P1159
    TANG H, 1997, EUR POLYM J, V33, P1383
    THONGRUANG W, 2002, POLYMER, V43, P2279
    THONGRUANG W, 2002, POLYMER, V43, P3717
    WESSLING B, 1991, POLYM ENG SCI, V31, P1200
    YANG GC, 1997, POLYM COMPOSITE, V18, P484
    YI XS, 2000, J APPL POLYM SCI, V77, P494
    YU G, 1998, J APPL POLYM SCI, V70, P559
    YU G, 1999, COMPOS INTERFACE, V6, P275
    YU G, 1999, POLYM ENG SCI, V39, P1678
    ZHANG GX, 2004, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V71, P273
 NR 27
 TC 0
 SN 0969-806X
 J9 RADIAT PHYS CHEM
 JI Radiat. Phys. Chem.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 75
 IS 4
 BP 524
 EP 531
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Nuclear
    Science & Technology
 GA 028YU
 UT ISI:000236525500008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zha, GQ
    Zhou, SP
    Zhu, BH
 TI Superconducting properties of thin mesoscopic rings with enhanced
    surface superconductivity
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW B
 DT Article
 ID DISKS; PARAMAGNETISM
 AB The superconducting state of a thin mesoscopic superconducting ring
    surrounded by a medium which enhanced its superconductivity near the
    boundary is investigated by the phenomenological Ginzburg-Landau
    theory. The free energy, the Cooper-pair density, and the current
    density as well as the H-T phase diagram are investigated for a ring
    with different surface enhancement or for different rings with the same
    surface enhancement. It is also found that the stable multivortex state
    can occur in the small ring that we studied if the enhanced surface
    superconductivity is stronger, and the stable (1:L-2) and (2:L-2)
    states can exist as the ground states with increasing the inner radius.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zha, GQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BAELUS BJ, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P9734
    BAELUS BJ, 2001, PHYS REV B, V63
    BAELUS BJ, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
    DEGENNES PG, 1994, SUPERCONDUCITIVITY M
    LITTLE WA, 1962, PHYS REV LETT, V9, P9
    PALACIOS JJ, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, R5948
    PALACIOS JJ, 1998, PHYSICA B, V256, P610
    PALACIOS JJ, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P1796
    PARKS RD, 1964, PHYS REV A-GEN PHYS, V133, A97
    SCHWEIGERT VA, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P2783
    SCHWEIGERT VA, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P2409
    YAMPOLSKII SV, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P9663
    ZHU BH, 2005, PHYS LETT A, V338, P420
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1098-0121
 J9 PHYS REV B
 JI Phys. Rev. B
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 73
 IS 9
 AR 092512
 DI ARTN 092512
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 028DM
 UT ISI:000236467100040
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zha, GQ
    Zhou, SP
    Zhu, BH
    Shi, YM
 TI Charge distribution in thin mesoscopic superconducting rings with
    enhanced surface superconductivity
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW B
 DT Article
 ID PHASE-TRANSITIONS; MAGNETIC-FIELD; DISKS; VORTICES; PARAMAGNETISM;
    PENETRATION; STATES; KIND
 AB The charge distribution in a thin mesoscopic superconducting ring with
    enhanced surface superconductivity (of a negative surface extrapolation
    length b) is investigated by the phenomenological Ginzburg-Landau
    theory. The nature of charge distribution is considerably influenced by
    the extrapolation length b, the inner and outer radius, and the applied
    magnetic field. We find a complete negative charge distribution besides
    the conventional charge distributions of charging vortex states in the
    Meissner state and the giant vortex state. In addition, one type of
    charge distribution that only exists in a giant vortex state can also
    be found in the Meissner state for a ring with a small inner radius.
    For the multivortex state, we find that the stable multivortex state
    can exist in small mesoscopic superconducting rings that we studied.
    The charge distributions for different kinds of multivortex states are
    given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zha, GQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 CR BAELUS BJ, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P9734
    BAELUS BJ, 2001, PHYS REV B, V63
    BAELUS BJ, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
    BLATTER G, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P566
    CHEN Y, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V89
    DEGENNES PG, 1964, REV MOD PHYS, V36, P45
    DEGENNES PG, 1994, SUPERCONDUCTIVITY ME
    GEIM AK, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P2379
    GEIM AK, 1997, NATURE, V390, P259
    GEIM AK, 2000, NATURE, V407, P55
    GEIM AK, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P1528
    GURITANU V, 2004, PHYS REV B, V70
    HAYASHI N, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P2921
    JAKEMAN E, 1967, P PHYS SOC LOND, V91, P422
    KHOMSKII DI, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P1384
    KOLACEK J, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P312
    KUMAGAI K, 2001, PHYS REV B, V63
    LIPAVSKY P, 2002, PHYS REV B, V66
    MACHIDA M, 2002, PHYSICA C 1, V378, P443
    MACHIDA M, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V90
    MOSHCHALKOV VV, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P11793
    PALACIOS JJ, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P5948
    PALACIOS JJ, 1998, PHYSICA B, V256, P610
    PALACIOS JJ, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P1796
    POGOSOV WV, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
    POGOSOV WV, 2002, PHYSICA C, V356, P225
    SCHWEIGERT VA, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P13817
    SCHWEIGERT VA, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P2783
    SCHWEIGERT VA, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P2409
    SIMANEK E, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
    YAMPOLSKII SV, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P9663
    YAMPOLSKII SV, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    ZHARKOV GF, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P12293
    ZHARKOV GF, 2001, PHYS REV B, V63
    ZHU BH, 2005, PHYS LETT A, V338, P420
 NR 35
 TC 0
 SN 1098-0121
 J9 PHYS REV B
 JI Phys. Rev. B
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 73
 IS 10
 AR 104508
 DI ARTN 104508
 PG 13
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 028DN
 UT ISI:000236467200110
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xie, YF
    Wang, YQ
    Chen, LD
    Li, YD
    Guo, HL
 TI Preparation of superfine-cemented carbide by spark plasma sintering
 SO JOURNAL OF WUHAN UNIVERSITY OF TECHNOLOGY-MATERIALS SCIENCE EDITION
 DT Article
 DE spark plasma sintering; cemented carbide; superfine grain; sintering
    mechanism
 AB 92 WC-8 Co powder mixture with superfine-tungsten, carbide was
    respectively sintered by spark plasma sintering(SPS) and sintering
    isostatic pressure (SIP). Complete dense samples with. 200 nm WC grains
    and 94.2HRA hardness were prepared by spark plasma sintering at 1 150
    degrees C and under 4.5 kN for 5 minutes. SIP was carried out at 1 400
    degrees C for 30 minutes with a result of 300 - 400 nm WC grains and 93
    HRA hardness. Me results show that sintering temperature is greatly
    decreased by SPS, sintering time 5 largely shortened and WC grain.
    growth 5 effectively retarded. Micropores and drawbacks in
    superfine-cemented carbide made by SPS are greatly declined, which is
    very useful to improving mechanical properties.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, YQ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM yingfangxie@163.com
    xqwang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR CHA SI, 2003, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V351, P31
    FU ZY, 2001, CHINESE J MAT RES, V15, P484
    GAO L, 1998, J INORG MATER, V13, P18
    HAN FL, 1994, METAL DIRECTORY
    HONG H, 2000, COLLECT SPARK SPS BA, B31
    LI GH, 2003, J WUHAN UNIV TECHNOL, V18, P82
    LI W, 1999, J INORG MATER, V14, P985
    LIU JF, 2001, J CERAMICS, V22, P157
    LUO XY, 2001, POWDER METALLURGY IN, V11, P7
    PANG TT, 2001, J CERAMICS, V22, P129
    SHANGJIE J, 1978, NEW METAL PROCESSING
    SHE ZH, 1998, CEMENTED CARBIDE, V15, P49
    YIN H, 1997, POWDER METALLURGY TE, V15, P299
    ZHANG DM, 1999, J WUHAN UNIV TECHNOL, V21, P15
    ZHANG DM, 2002, J WUHAN UNIV TECHNOL, V17, P30
    ZHANG JX, 2002, POWDER METALLURGY TE, V20, P129
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1000-2413
 J9 J WUHAN UNIV TECHNOL-MAT SCI
 JI J. Wuhan Univ. Technol.-Mat. Sci. Edit.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 21
 IS 1
 BP 42
 EP 45
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 030UW
 UT ISI:000236661500012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, XB
    Zhang, M
    Wu, XC
    Li, L
 TI Simulations of coarsening behavior for M23C6 carbides in AISI H13 steel
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE DICTRA simulation; carbides coarsening; AISI H13 steel; interfacial
    energy
 ID WORK TOOL STEEL; LOW-CYCLE FATIGUE; CHROMIUM STEEL; TEMPERATURE
 AB Based on the local equilibrium assumption, coarsening behavior of M23C6
    carbide at 700 degrees C in H13 steel was simulated by DICTRA software.
    The results from the calculations were compared with transmission
    electron microscopy (TEM) observations. The results show the
    interfacial energy for M23C6 in H13 steel at 700 degrees C is thus
    probably 0.7 J(.)m(-2), which fits the experiments well. The influence
    of composition and temperature on the coarsening rate was also
    investigated by simulations. Simulations show a decrease in the
    coarsening rate when V/Mo ratio is increased, while the coarsening rate
    increases with increasing temperature.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Hubei Univ Technol, Sch Mech Engn, Wuhan 430068, Peoples R China.
 RP Hu, XB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM huxbshu@163.com
 CR *TCFE, 1998, SE11347 AB TCFE, P1
    AGREN J, 1992, ISIJ INT, V32, P291
    ANDERSSON JO, 1992, J APPL PHYS, V72, P1350
    AYROSTKOV A, 1997, ACTA MAT, V1, P31
    BJARBO A, 2001, METALL MATER TRANS A, V32, P19
    BORGENSTAM A, 2000, J PHASE EQUILIB, V21, P269
    CALISKANOGLU D, 2002, P 6 INT TOOL C US TO, P591
    DOBRZANSKI LA, 2001, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V113, P527
    ELIAS CN, 1992, MAT SCI TECHNOL, V9, P785
    ENGSTRM A, 1998, SE11347 AB, P1
    FUCHS KD, 2002, P ITC 6 KARLST, P15
    GUSTAFSON A, 2000, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V287, P52
    GUSTAFSON A, 2002, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V333, P279
    HE YL, 2003, T MAT HEAT TRATMENT, V24, P73
    HU X, 2004, J STEEL RELATED MAT, V4, P301
    KROUPA A, 1997, ACTA MAT, V1, P39
    LIFTSHITZ IM, 1959, SOV PHYS JETP, V35, P331
    LIFTSHITZ IM, 1961, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V19, P35
    MEBARKI N, 2002, P 6 INT TOOL C US TO, P617
    MONTGOMERY JS, 1987, C P INNOVATIONS ULTR
    PERSSON A, 2004, INT J FATIGUE, V26, P1095
    RAABE D, 1998, COMP MATER SCI, P231
    ROMIG AD, 1981, MET T A, V12, P243
    SJOSTROM J, 2004, J MATER PROCESS TE 1, V153, P1089
    SUNDMAN B, 1994, SE10044 ROYAL I TECH
    TSUJII N, 1995, ISIJ INT, V35, P920
    TSUJII N, 1996, J MATER SCI LETT, V15, P1251
    WAGNER C, 1961, Z ELEKTROCHEM, V65, P581
 NR 28
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 22
 IS 2
 BP 153
 EP 158
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 029UN
 UT ISI:000236590000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, SY
    Zhang, JC
    Gu, F
    Shen, Y
    Wang, H
 TI Crystallization kinetics of nanophase glass-ceramics as magnetic disk
    substrate
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE glass-ceramics; kinetics; disk substrate
 ID PHASE-CHANGE; GROWTH
 AB Glass-ceramics containing beta-quartz as a main crystal phase based on
    the system Of SiO2-Al2O3-Li2O-K2O-MgO-ZnO were investigated for the
    application to magnetic storage substrate for higher storage capacity.
    Parent glasses were prepared, then nucleated and crystallized at
    certain temperatures for 3 similar to 4 h. The crystallization kinetics
    of glass-ceramics was also studied. The grain size was estimated by
    Scherrer formula and image treatment of transmission electron
    microscopy (TEM). The results showed that the Avrami exponent was
    determined to be 3.88, the activation energy 189.3 +/- 7 kJ/mol and the
    grain size 30 similar to 60 nm. A detailed microstructure of the
    glass-ceramics, including grain distribution and the morphology of
    nano-crystalline was characterized by TEM, X-ray diffraction (XRD),
    differential scanning calorimeter (DSC), differential thermal analysis
    (DTA). The relationship between microstructure and mechanical
    proper-ties was also discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM jchzhang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ALTON J, 2002, CHEM ENG SCI, V57, P2503
    AUGIS JA, 1978, J THERM ANAL, V13, P283
    AVRAMI M, 1939, J CHEM PHYS, V7, P1103
    AVRAMI M, 1940, J CHEM PHYS, V8, P212
    AVRAMI M, 1941, J CHEM PHYS, V9, P177
    BHUSHAN B, 1995, WEAR, V190, P44
    CAHN JW, 1956, ACTA METALL, V4, P449
    CAHN JW, 1956, ACTA METALL, V4, P572
    CHENG KG, 2001, J MATER SCI, V36, P1043
    GRONG O, 2000, ACTA MATER, V48, P445
    HOLAND W, 1997, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V219, P192
    KHURSHUDOV A, 2001, WEAR 2, V250, P1124
    KISSINGER HE, 1956, J RES NAT BUR STAND, V57, P217
    KOGA N, 2000, J THERM ANAL CALORIM, V60, P667
    OVECOGLU ML, 1997, J EUR CERAM SOC, V17, P957
    PARK YJ, 2002, CERAM INT, V28, P669
    PEITL O, 2004, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V372, P245
    PEREZMAQUEDA LA, 2003, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V320, P84
    POON CY, 1995, WEAR, V190, P89
    SOHN SB, 2000, J MATER SCI, V35, P4815
    WANG CC, 2002, INT J MACH TOOL MANU, V42, P979
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 1005-0302
 J9 J MATER SCI TECHNOL
 JI J. Mater. Sci. Technol.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 22
 IS 2
 BP 211
 EP 214
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 029UN
 UT ISI:000236590000014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Su, QF
    Xia, YB
    Wang, LJ
    Shi, WM
 TI Improvement smoothness of CVD diamond by composite polishing
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE CVD diamond films; composite polishing; surface roughness
 ID CHEMICAL-VAPOR-DEPOSITION; ELECTRICAL-PROPERTIES; FILMS
 AB Diamond films prepared by hot filament chemical vapor deposition (CVD)
    were polished by a composite technique of laser polishing and hot
    chemical polishing. The surface morphology and microstructure of the
    films were characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD), Raman, scan
    electron microscopes (SEM) and atomic force microscopes (AFM). The
    measurement results of the diamond films before and after composite
    polishing show that the diamond films are high quality (111)-oriented
    polycrystalline diamond films. The roughness of the diamond films is
    decreased obviously and is in the order of 100 nm after polishing. The
    microstructure of the diamond films can't be changed by composite
    polishing. All the results obtained indicate that the composite
    polishing technique is an effective way for diamond surface disposal.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Su, QF, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ANGUS JC, 1992, THIN SOLID FILMS, V216, P126
    CHOI SK, 1996, THIN SOLID FILMS, V279, P110
    MALSHE AP, 1999, DIAM RELAT MATER, V8, P1198
    PIMENOV SM, 1999, APPL PHYS A-MATER, V69, P81
    SU QF, 2004, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V5774, P389
    TOKAREV VN, 1995, DIAM RELAT MATER, V4, P169
    WANG LJ, 2000, DIAM RELAT MATER, V9, P1617
    WANG LJ, 2003, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V36, P2548
    WANG LJ, 2004, J INORG MATER, V19, P902
    WANG ZM, 2002, J INORG MATER, V17, P765
    XIA YB, 2000, J CRYST GROWTH, V213, P328
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 21
 IS 2
 BP 499
 EP 502
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 030PW
 UT ISI:000236647800039
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, XD
    Chen, LQ
 TI Dynamic stability of an axially accelerating viscoelastic beam with two
    fixed supports
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF STRUCTURAL STABILITY AND DYNAMICS
 DT Article
 DE axially accelerating beam; stability; viscoelastic beam; Galerkin
    truncation; averaging method
 ID VIBRATIONS; VELOCITY; SPEED
 AB The dynamic stability of an axially accelerating viscoelastic beam with
    two fixed supports is investigated. The Kelvin model is used for the
    constitutive law of the beam. A small simple harmonic is allowed to
    fluctuate about the constant mean speed applied to the beam, and the
    governing equation is truncated using the Galerkin method based on the
    eigenfunctions of the stationary beam. The averaged equations are
    derived for the cases of subharmonic and combination resonance.
    Finally, numerical examples are presented to demonstrate the effects of
    the viscosity coefficient, the mean axial speed and the beam bending
    stiffness on the stability boundaries.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shenyang Inst Aeronaut Engn, Dept Engn Mech, Shenyang 110034, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM lqchen@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ABRATE S, 1992, MECH MACH THEORY, V27, P645
    ARIARATNAM ST, 1986, J SOUND VIB, V107, P215
    CHEN LQ, 2004, EUR J MECH A-SOLID, V23, P659
    MEIROVITCH L, 2001, FUNDAMENTALS VIBRATI
    OZ HR, 1998, J SOUND VIB, V215, P571
    OZ HR, 1999, J SOUND VIB, V227, P239
    OZ HR, 2001, J SOUND VIB, V239, P556
    OZKAYA E, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V234, P521
    OZKAYA E, 2002, J SOUND VIB, V254, P782
    PARKER RG, 2001, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V68, P49
    PASIN F, 1972, ING ARCH, V41, P387
    WICKERT JA, 1988, SHOCK VIBRATION DIGE, V20, P3
    WICKERT JA, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P738
    YANG XD, 2005, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V26, P989
    YANG XD, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P249
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0219-4554
 J9 INT J STRUCT STAB DYN
 JI Int. J. Struct. Stab. Dyn.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 6
 IS 1
 BP 31
 EP 42
 PG 12
 GA 031AJ
 UT ISI:000236676200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Han, BK
    Li, CX
 TI Evaluation of multiple dual tuned mass dampers for structures under
    harmonic ground acceleration
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF STRUCTURAL STABILITY AND DYNAMICS
 DT Article
 DE damping; dual tuned mass dampers (DTMD); ground acceleration; multiple
    tuned mass dampers (MTMD); multiple dual tuned mass dampers (MDTMD);
    vibration control
 ID DYNAMIC CHARACTERISTICS; PERFORMANCE; SYSTEM; OSCILLATIONS;
    FREQUENCIES; PARAMETERS; BRIDGES; DESIGN
 AB The multiple dual tuned mass dampers, referred to as the MDTMD,
    consisting of several units of dual tuned mass dampers (DTMD) are
    proposed for the first time herein, aimed at the effectiveness and
    robustness of the system for suppressing the undesirable vibrations of
    structures under the ground acceleration. The total number of dampers
    can be arbitrary and their natural frequencies are uniformly
    distributed. Ten typical types of the MDTMD can be devised by varying
    the system parameters. Employing the criteria chosen for optimum
    searching, parametric studies were carried out to evaluate the
    performance of the MDTMD of Type I-1 for its convenience in
    manufacturing, in which the larger mass blocks (LMBs) are assumed to
    have identical stiffness, but unequal masses, and the smaller mass
    blocks (SMBs) have identical stiffness and damping coefficient, but
    unequal masses and damping ratios. By adopting the maximum dynamic
    magnification factor (DMF) for each LMB and SMB used in estimating the
    stroke, an evaluation is also made for the stroke of the MDTMD. The
    numerical results indicate that the MDTMD (I-1) can provide better
    effectiveness and higher robustness in comparison with the dual tuned
    mass dampers (DTMD) and other MTMD systems of similar complexities.
    However, the stroke of the MDTMD is greater than that of the DTMD and
    the stroke of each SMB in the MDTMD is larger than that of the mass
    blocks (MBs) in the arbitrary integer and odd number based MTMD.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Sch Civil Engn, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, No 149 Yan Chang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM li-chunxiang@vip.sina.com
 CR ABE M, 1994, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V23, P813
    ABE M, 1995, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V24, P247
    BAKRE SV, 2004, INT J STRUCT STAB DY, V4, P527
    CHEN GD, 2001, J STRUCT ENG-ASCE, V127, P1054
    GU M, 2001, J WIND ENG IND AEROD, V89, P987
    JANGID RS, 1995, STRUCT ENG MECH, V3, P497
    JANGID RS, 1999, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V28, P1041
    JOSHI AS, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V202, P657
    KAMIYA K, 1996, P 3 INT C MOT VIBR C, V2, P322
    KAREEM A, 1995, J STRUCT ENG-ASCE, V121, P348
    KWON SD, 2004, J WIND ENG IND AEROD, V92, P919
    LI CX, 2000, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V29, P1405
    LI CX, 2002, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V31, P897
    LI CX, 2002, J STRUCT ENG-ASCE, V128, P1362
    LI CX, 2003, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V32, P671
    LI CX, 2004, J EARTHQ ENG, V8, P89
    LI CX, 2005, INT J STRUCT STAB DY, V5, P475
    LIN CC, 2005, J BRIDGE ENG, V10, P398
    PARK J, 2001, ENG STRUCT, V23, P802
    WANG JF, 2005, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V42, P5536
    XU KM, 1992, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V21, P1059
    YAMAGUCHI H, 1993, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V22, P51
    YAU JD, 2004, ENG STRUCT, V26, P1795
    YAU JD, 2004, FINITE ELEM ANAL DES, V40, P341
 NR 24
 TC 0
 SN 0219-4554
 J9 INT J STRUCT STAB DYN
 JI Int. J. Struct. Stab. Dyn.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 6
 IS 1
 BP 59
 EP 75
 PG 17
 GA 031AJ
 UT ISI:000236676200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, YR
    Yanga, JS
    Zhang, KM
 TI A note on Ramsey numbers with two parameters
 SO EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF COMBINATORICS
 DT Article
 AB The Ramsey number R(G(1), G(2)) is the smallest integer p such that for
    any graph G on p vertices either G contains G(1) or (G) over bar
    contains G(2), where (G) over bar denotes the complement of G. In this
    paper, some new bounds with two parameters for the Ramsey number
    R(G(1), G(2)), under some assumptions, are obtained. Especially, we
    prove that R(K-6 - e. K-6) <= 116 and R(K-6 - e, K-7) <= 202, these
    improve the two upper bounds for the classical Ramsey number in [S.P.
    Radziszowski, Small Ramsey number, Electron. J. Combin. DS1 (2002)
    1-36]. (c) 2006 Published by Elsevier Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Dept Math, Nanjing 210008, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, YR, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM yrhuang119@sina.com.cn
 CR GOODMAN AW, 1959, AM MATH MONTHLY, V66, P778
    HUANG YR, 1998, EUROPEAN J COMBIN, V19, P391
    RADZISZOWSKI SP, 2002, ELECTRON J COMB, V1, P1
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0195-6698
 J9 EUR J COMBINATORIC
 JI Eur. J. Comb.
 PD MAY
 PY 2006
 VL 27
 IS 4
 BP 574
 EP 576
 PG 3
 SC Mathematics
 GA 030NF
 UT ISI:000236640700008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dou, SX
    Yeoh, WK
    Shcherbakova, O
    Weyler, D
    Li, Y
    Ren, ZM
    Munroe, P
    Chen, SK
    Tan, KS
    Glowacki, BA
    MacManus-Driscoll, JL
 TI Alignment of carbon nanotube additives for improved performance of
    magnesium diboride superconductors
 SO ADVANCED MATERIALS
 DT Article
 ID CRITICAL-CURRENT DENSITY; MGB2 SUPERCONDUCTOR; DOPED MGB2; COMPOSITES;
    ENHANCEMENT; ROUTE; FIELD
 AB A method for aligning carbon nanotubes (CNTs) in CNT-MgB2
    superconductor composite wires through a readily scalable drawing
    technique is described. The aligned CNT-doped MgB2 wires show an
    enhancement in magnetic critical current density by more than an order
    of magnitude in high magnetic fields compared to undoped wires. The
    arrows in the figure indicate CNTs in the composite.
 C1 Univ Wollongong, Inst Supercond & Elect Mat, Wollongong, NSW 2522, Australia.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ New S Wales, Electron Microscope Unit, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia.
    Univ Cambridge, Dept Mat Sci & Met, Cambridge CB2 3QZ, England.
 RP Dou, SX, Univ Wollongong, Inst Supercond & Elect Mat, Northfields Ave,
    Wollongong, NSW 2522, Australia.
 EM shi_dou@uow.edu.au
 CR BAUGHMAN RH, 2002, SCIENCE, V297, P787
    BRACCINI V, 2004, PHYS REV B, V71
    CHOI ES, 2003, J APPL PHYS, V94, P6034
    DOU SX, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V81, P3419
    DOU SX, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V83, P4996
    DOU SX, 2003, IEEE T APPL SUPERC 3, V13, P3199
    DOU SX, 2004, J APPL PHYS, V96, P7549
    FOSSHEIM K, 1995, PHYSICA C, V248, P195
    FRANK S, 1998, SCIENCE, V280, P1744
    GUREVICH A, 2003, PHYS REV B, V67
    HORVAT J, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P3109
    KIM P, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V87
    KUMAKURA H, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P3669
    LARBALESTIER DC, 2001, NATURE, V410, P186
    LI YL, 2004, SCIENCE, V304, P276
    MATSUMOTO A, 2003, SUPERCOND SCI TECH, V16, P926
    NAGAMATSU J, 2001, NATURE, V410, P63
    QIN MJ, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
    SOLTANIAN S, 2001, PHYSICA C, V361, P84
    SUMPTION MD, 2005, APPL PHYS LETT, V86
    TREACY MMJ, 1996, NATURE, V381, P678
    WANG J, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V81, P2026
    WEI BQ, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P1172
    WILKE RHT, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V92
    YANG PD, 1996, SCIENCE, V273, P1836
    YANG PD, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P3158
    YANG PD, 1997, J MATER RES, V12, P2981
    YEOH WK, 2004, SUPERCOND SCI TECH, V17, S572
 NR 28
 TC 0
 SN 0935-9648
 J9 ADVAN MATER
 JI Adv. Mater.
 PD MAR 17
 PY 2006
 VL 18
 IS 6
 BP 785
 EP +
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 029ZU
 UT ISI:000236603700019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lei, L
    Dong, LY
    Song, T
    Dai, SQ
 TI Study on the traffic flow of weaving section in elevated road system
    with cellular automaton model
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE traffic flow; cellular automaton model; elevated road; weaving section
 AB The weaving sections often turn into the bottleneck on the elevated
    roads. On the basis of the NS cellular automaton traffic model I the
    weaving section with one-lane main road was simulated and analyzed. For
    the free traffic flow, weaving almost has no influence on the system,
    even with increased weaving length. On the other hand, when the traffic
    flow is in congested state, weaving conflicts have negative effects on
    the system. The traffic condition will be improved with the increase of
    weaving length. Our simulation results suggest that the length of
    weaving sections need not to be inappropriately increased, and a proper
    moderate value should be chosen to get an optimal traffic condition.
 C1 Shandong Univ, Sch Energy & Power Engn, Jinan 250061, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lei, L, Shandong Univ, Sch Energy & Power Engn, Jinan 250061, Peoples R
    China.
 CR AWAD WH, 2004, APPL SOFT COMPUT, V4, P395
    CHEN JC, 2000, J HIGHWAY TRANSPORTA, V17, P46
    CHEN WX, 2001, CHIN J CHEM PHYS, V14, P88
    DONG LY, 2002, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V23, P363
    GE HX, 2004, J SHANGHAI U, V8, P1
    KUANG H, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P2894
    LEI L, 2003, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V52, P2121
    MASOUD O, 2001, IEEE T INTELL TRANSP, V2, P18
    NAGEL K, 1992, J PHYS I, V2, P2221
    PONLATHEP L, 2003, T RES B, V37, P459
    SUN LJ, 2001, P 2000 SHANGH INT S, P19
    TAN HL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2713
    TAN HL, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1127
    THOMAS FG, 2004, T RES A, V38, P35
    XUE Y, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P445
    ZHENG RS, 2005, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V54, P3516
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 55
 IS 4
 BP 1711
 EP 1717
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 029OB
 UT ISI:000236571600028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zou, LE
    Chen, BX
    Chen, L
    Yuan, YF
    Hamanaka, H
    Iso, M
 TI Optical-stopping effect of As2S8 channel waveguide fabricated by method
    of photoinduced refractive index changes
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE optical waveguide technique; As2S8; channel waveguide; optical-stopping
    effect; irradiation technique
 ID CHALCOGENIDE GLASSES; FIBERS
 AB The photorefractive phenomenon of As2S8 film is reported in this paper.
    An ultraviolet irradiation technique is presented and applied
    successfully to As2S8 channel waveguide preparation on the basis of
    analyzing these experimental data. This channel waveguide of As2S8
    displays good characteristics of a waveguide using a guided mode
    excitation. It is found that the optical stopping effect of As2S8
    channel waveguide has the rotential application owing to its switching
    function with the photo-optical effect.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Electron Informat Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Hosei Univ, Dept Mat Chem Engn, Tokyo 1848584, Japan.
    Tokyo Univ Agr & Technol, Dept Chem Engn, Tokyo 1848588, Japan.
 RP Zou, LE, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Electron Informat
    Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 CR BALAN V, 2003, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V326, P455
    CHEN YX, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V48, P775
    GUPTA PK, 1996, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V195, P158
    KANBARA H, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P925
    KIKUSHI M, 1976, P 6 INT C AM LIQ SEM, P35
    LIANG DB, 2002, OPTOELECTRON TECHNOL, V15, P19
    LIU JW, 2005, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V54, P6
    LIU QM, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1726
    LONG CH, 2002, SEMICOND OPTOELECTRO, V23, P333
    LONG CH, 2004, ACTA OPT SINICA, V24, P442
    LYUBIN VM, 1991, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V135, P37
    SAITOH A, 2002, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS B, V299, P983
    SHI CZ, 2001, LASER J, V22, P1
    SHI CZ, 2002, ACTA OPT SINICA, V22, P535
    TANAKA K, 1985, B FACULTY ENGIN HOKK, V125, P9
    TANAKA K, 1987, SOLID PHYS, V22, P445
    ULRICH R, 1973, APPL OPTICS, V12, P2901
    WAGNER T, 2003, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V326, P500
    YU BL, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P324
    ZHAO JM, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P1023
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 55
 IS 4
 BP 1868
 EP 1872
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 029OB
 UT ISI:000236571600054
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, J
    Zhang, JC
    Cao, GX
    Wang, SP
    Jing, C
    Cao, SX
 TI Reentering spin glass behavior and charge ordering in phase separation
    Nd0.5Ca0.5MnO3 system
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE colossal magnetoresistance; spin glass; negative magnetization; charge
    ordering
 ID GIANT MAGNETORESISTANCE; TRANSPORT-PROPERTIES; MAGNETIC-PROPERTIES;
    DOUBLE EXCHANGE; FILMS; LA1-XCAXMNO3; DIFFRACTION; MANGANITES
 AB Half-doped manganese oxides are very important on clarifying physical
    mechanism of strong correlation electron system and colossal
    magnetoresistance (CMR) effect due to their rich physical content. The
    structure, electrical and magnetic transport properties of
    Nd0.5Ca0.5MnO3 manganite was systemically studied. The results show
    that Nd0.5Ca0.5MnO3 compound displays the O'-orthorhombic structure and
    indicate the existence of the typical Jahn-Teller distortion under 300
    K. The transport properties show that the system undergoes paramagnetic
    insulator-ferromagnetic metal transition under a magnetic field of 8 T
    and is accompanied by CMR effect. Meanwhile, it is found that the
    temperature of antiferromagnetic transition and charge ordering is
    around 150 and 240 K, respectively. There appears a typical reentrant
    spin glass behavior around 41 K and the negative magnetization is also
    observed in the compound. All these phenomena indicate that there exist
    several complex magnetic interactions in the ground state of this
    half-doped Nd0.5Ca0.5MnO3 compound at low temperature. The present
    results provide experimental data for strongly electronic correlated
    system of manganites.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM jczhang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ANDERSON PW, 1955, PHYS REV, V100, P675
    BAIBICH MN, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P2472
    ELBIO D, 2001, PHYS REP, V344, P1
    GOODENOUGH JB, 1955, PHYS REV, V100, P564
    HYLTON TL, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P1021
    JIN S, 1994, SCIENCE, V264, P413
    KAWANO H, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P2202
    KIMURA T, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P3188
    KOU ZQ, 2005, CHINESE PHYS, V14, P398
    LIU K, 1996, PHYS REV B, V54, P3007
    LOPEZ J, 2003, J APPL PHYS, V94, P4395
    MA X, 2005, CHINESE PHYS, V14, P192
    MOSES D, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P2710
    MYDOSH JA, 1993, SPIN GLASS EXPT INTR
    RAMIREZ AP, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P3188
    SCHIFFER P, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P3336
    TOKURA Y, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V200, P1
    TOMIOKA Y, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, R1689
    VONHELMOLT R, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P2331
    WOLLAN EO, 1955, PHYS REV, V100, P545
    XIAO CT, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1245
    XU MX, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1007
    ZENER C, 1951, PHYS REV, V82, P403
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 55
 IS 4
 BP 1914
 EP 1920
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 029OB
 UT ISI:000236571600061
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, FX
    Cao, J
    Zhang, XB
    Liu, X
    Jiang, XY
    Zhang, ZL
    Zhu, WQ
    Xu, SH
 TI Blue and white organic light emitting diodes based on a new stilbene
    derivative dopant
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE organic electroluminescence; blue dopant; blue electroluminescent
    devices; white electroluminescent devices
 ID ELECTROLUMINESCENCE; LAYER
 AB In this paper the electroluminescene of highly efficient blue dopant
    EBDP was investigated. The blue and white organic light emitting diodes
    with the structure: indium-tin oxide (ITO)/ copper phthalocyanine
    (CuPc)/N, N '-bis-(1-naphenyl)-N, N '-biphenyl-1, 1 '-biphenyl-4-4
    '-diamine (NPB)/2-t-butyl-9, 10-di-(2-naphthyl) anthracene (TBADN) :
    EBDP/tris (8-hydroxyquinoline) aluminum(Alq(3))/LiF/Al and
    ITO/CuPc/NPB/TBADN:EBDP:
    4-(dicyanomethylene)-2-t-butyl-6-(1,1,7,7-tetramethyljulolidyl-9-enyl)-4
    H-pyran/Alq(3)/LiF/Al were studied by using EBDP as blue dopant. For
    the blue device, the maximum luminance was 26961 cd/m(2), and its
    maximum efficiency was 8.29 cd/A. The luminance at a current density 20
    mA/cm(2) was 1597 cd/m(2). For the white device, the maximum luminance
    32291 cd/m(2) and maximum efficiency 8.31 cd/A, the luminance of 1413
    cd/m(2) at a current density 20 mA/cm(2) were obtained. The slow
    decrease of efficiency with the increase of current density indicates
    weak exciton-exciton annihilation, which results from the large steric
    hindrance due to a non-planar structure of the fluorescence dye EBDP.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, FX, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR CHEUN CH, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V81, P4499
    HOSOKAWA C, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P1322
    HOSOKAWA C, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P3583
    JIANG XY, 2002, SYNTHETIC MET, V129, P9
    PFEIFFER M, 2003, ORG ELECTRON, V4, P89
    SHI JM, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P3201
    SUN SJ, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P3934
    WU XM, 2002, CHIN J LUMIN, V23, P595
    XIONG ZH, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1222
    ZHOU X, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P410
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 55
 IS 4
 BP 2008
 EP 2013
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 029OB
 UT ISI:000236571600077
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tang, W
    Zhou, R
    Yang, Y
    Li, YC
    Yang, YF
    Zuo, JP
 TI Suppression of (5R)-5-hydroxytriptolide (LLDT-8) on allograft rejection
    in full MHC-mismatched mouse cardiac transplantation
 SO TRANSPLANTATION
 DT Article
 DE (5R)-5-hydroxytriptolide; cardiac transplantation; chemokine;
    immunosuppression
 ID WILFORDII HOOK F; RECEPTOR-GENE-EXPRESSION; VERSUS-HOST-DISEASE;
    TRIPTERYGIUM-WILFORDII; LYMPHOPROLIFERATIVE DISORDERS;
    RENAL-TRANSPLANTATION; ORGAN-TRANSPLANTATION; PERIPHERAL TOLERANCE;
    T-CELLS; TRIPTOLIDE
 AB Background. (5R)-5-hydroxytriptolide (LLDT-8) is a new Compound derived
    from triptolide, which is the major immunosuppressive fraction of
    Tripterygium wilfordii Hook. F(TWHF). Studies in vitro and in vivo have
    demonstrated that LLDT-8 had potent immunosuppressive activities. Here
    we tested LLDT-8 in major histocompatibility complex (MHC)-mismatched
    cardiac transplantation and investigated the mechanisms underlying the
    prevention of transplant rejection.
    Methods. LLDT-8 was administered orally to recipients in Balb/c to
    C57BL/6 murine cardiac transplantation model. Allograft survival after
    transplantation was recorded in recipients. The T cell immunity and
    cytokine production were observed. Histological analysis was performed.
    The chemokine and its receptor were analyzed by reverse
    transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction on cardiac graft RNA.
    Results. LLDT-8 administered orally significantly induced the survival
    prolongation of allogeneic cardiac graft. Histological results showed
    that LLDT-8 well preserved myocardium and significantly reduced
    infiltration of the graft with inflammatory cells. LLDT-8 decreased
    IL-2 production in recipient splenocytes stimulated by concanavalin A
    (ConA) ex vivo. LLDT-8 significantly inhibited the immunoreactivity of
    recipient to specific donor alloantigens, but preserved immunity to
    third-part), alloantigens and mitogen. However, the flow cytometry
    analysis of the proportion of CD4(+), CD8(+) T cell subgroup in
    recipient spleens showed LLDT-8 had a normalizing effect on the splenic
    lymphocytes Population. LLDT-8 decreased CC chemokine receptor 5 (CCR5)
    and their ligands macrophage inflammatory protein 1 alpha (MIP-1 alpha)
    and beta (MIP-1 beta) mRNA expressions in allografts.
    Conclusion. The results Outline the great potential of LLDT-8 as a
    therapeutic tool in transplant rejection.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Mat Med, Lab Immunopharmacol,Grad Sch, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci,State Key Lab Drug Res, Shanghai 201203, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Lab Immunol & Virol, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Mat Med, Chem Lab, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
 RP Zuo, JP, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Mat Med, Lab
    Immunopharmacol,Grad Sch, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci,State Key Lab Drug
    Res, 555 Zuchongzhi Rd, Shanghai 201203, Peoples R China.
 EM jpzuo@mail.shcnc.ac.cn
 CR ABEHSIRAAMAR O, 1992, J IMMUNOL, V148, P3820
    ASANO K, 1998, IMMUNOPHARMACOLOGY, V39, P117
    BABANY G, 1988, J PHARMACOL EXP THER, V244, P259
    BILLINGHAM ME, 1990, PATHOLOGY ORGAN TRAN, P133
    BOUBENIDER S, 1997, J NEPHROL, V10, P136
    CANAFAX DM, 1987, PHARMACOTHERAPY, V7, S20
    CARPENTER CB, 1995, KIDNEY INT S, V50, S40
    CHEN BJ, 2001, LEUKEMIA LYMPHOMA, V42, P253
    DALLMAN MJ, 1993, CURR OPIN IMMUNOL, V5, P788
    DENTON MD, 1999, LANCET, V353, P1083
    ELSAWY T, 2002, CURR OPIN IMMUNOL, V14, P562
    FAHMY NM, 2003, TRANSPLANTATION, V75, P2044
    FIDLER JM, 2002, TRANSPLANTATION, V74, P445
    FISHMAN MA, 1994, J THEOR BIOL, V170, P25
    FULMER RI, 1963, AM J ANAT, V113, P273
    GAO W, 2001, TRANSPLANTATION, V72, P1199
    GU WZ, 1998, INT J IMMUNOPHARMACO, V20, P389
    GUO JL, 1981, CHINESE MED J, V94, P405
    HALL BM, 1991, TRANSPLANTATION, V51, P1141
    HIKIM APS, 2000, J ANDROL, V21, P431
    HORIGUCHI K, 2002, J HEART LUNG TRANSPL, V21, P1090
    JUDD KP, 1971, TRANSPLANTATION, V11, P298
    KAHAN BD, 1989, NEW ENGL J MED, V321, P1725
    KRAMS SM, 1992, TRANSPLANTATION, V53, P151
    KRIEGER NR, 2004, PEDIATR TRANSPLANT, V8, P594
    LAKE KD, 1995, J ANTIMICROB CHEMOTH, V36, P11
    LEBLOND V, 1995, J CLIN ONCOL, V13, P961
    LINDHOLM A, 1990, BRIT J CLIN PHARMACO, V30, P443
    LUE YH, 1998, J ANDROL, V19, P479
    MATAS AJ, 1994, TRANSPLANTATION, V57, P857
    MATAS AJ, 2000, TRANSPLANTATION, V69, P54
    MOSMANN TR, 1988, IMMUNOL TODAY, V9, P306
    MOSMANN TR, 1996, IMMUNOL TODAY, V17, P138
    NICKERSON PW, 1994, KIDNEY INT S, V44, S40
    NIKOLOVA Z, 2001, TRANSPLANTATION, V72, P168
    PAUL WE, 1994, CELL, V76, P241
    POSTON RS, 2004, J INTENSIVE CARE MED, V19, P3
    QIN WH, 1983, J TRAD CHIN MED, V3, P131
    RAMGOLAM V, 2000, ANN ACAD MED SINGAP, V29, P11
    ROSENBERG AS, 1992, ANNU REV IMMUNOL, V10, P333
    SUTHANTHIRAN M, 1994, NEW ENGL J MED, V331, P365
    TAKEUCHI T, 1992, TRANSPLANTATION, V53, P1281
    TANG W, 2005, INT IMMUNOPHARMACOL, V5, P1904
    TAO XL, 2000, RHEUM DIS CLIN N AM, V26, P29
    WALDMANN TA, 1998, CURR OPIN IMMUNOL, V10, P507
    WHITING D, 2004, J IMMUNOL, V172, P7417
    WOOD KJ, 1993, EUR J IMMUNOGENET, V20, P439
    ZHOU R, 2005, INT IMMUNOPHARMACOL, V5, P1895
    ZHOU R, 2006, J PHARMACOL EXP THER, V316, P121
 NR 49
 TC 0
 SN 0041-1337
 J9 TRANSPLANTATION
 JI Transplantation
 PD MAR 27
 PY 2006
 VL 81
 IS 6
 BP 927
 EP 933
 PG 7
 SC Immunology; Surgery; Transplantation
 GA 027UK
 UT ISI:000236440900019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hong, J
    Zang, YCQ
    Nie, H
    Zhang, JZ
 TI CD4(+) regulatory T cell responses induced by T cell vaccination in
    patients with multiple sclerosis
 SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES OF THE UNITED STATES OF
    AMERICA
 DT Article
 DE Foxp3; myelin basic protein
 ID MYELIN BASIC-PROTEIN; EXPERIMENTAL AUTOIMMUNE ENCEPHALOMYELITIS;
    ADJUVANT ARTHRITIS; IDENTIFICATION; PEPTIDE; TREGS
 AB Immunization with irradiated autologous T cells (T cell vaccination) is
    shown to induce regulatory T cell responses that are poorly understood.
    In this study, CD4(+) regulatory T cell lines were generated from
    patients with multiple sclerosis that received immunization with
    irradiated autologous myelin basic protein-reactive T cells. The
    resulting CD4(+) regulatory T cell lines had marked inhibition on
    autologous myelin basic protein-reactive T cells and displayed two
    distinctive patterns distinguishable by the expression of transcription
    factor Foxp3 and cytokine profile. The majority of the T cell lines had
    high Foxp3 expression and secreted both IFN-gamma and IL-10 as compared
    with the other pattern characteristic of low Foxp3 expression and
    predominant production of IL-10 but not IFN-gamma. CD4(+) regulatory T
    cell lines of both patterns expressed CD25 and reacted with activated
    autologous T cells but not resting T cells, irrespective of antigen
    specificity of the target T cells. It was evident that they recognized
    preferentially a synthetic peptide corresponding to residues 61-73 of
    the IL-2 receptor a chain. T cell vaccination correlated with increased
    Foxp3 expression and T cell reactivity to peptide 61-73. The findings
    have important implications in the understanding of the role of CD4(+)
    regulatory T cell response induced by T cell vaccination.
 C1 Baylor Coll Med, Dept Neurol, Houston, TX 77030 USA.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Chinese Acad Sci, Sch Med, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci,Inst Hlth Sci,Joint Immuno, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Chinese Acad Sci, Sch Med, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci,Shanghai Inst Immunol, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JZ, Baylor Coll Med, Dept Neurol, Stn NB302, Houston, TX 77030
    USA.
 EM jzang@bcm.tmc.edu
 CR ACHIRON A, 2004, CLIN IMMUNOL, V113, P155
    BENNUN A, 1981, NATURE, V292, P60
    BUENAFE AC, 2004, J NEUROSCI RES, V76, P129
    COHEN IR, 2004, J CLIN INVEST, V114, P1227
    CORREALE J, 2000, J NEUROIMMUNOL, V107, P130
    ENGELHARD VH, 1994, ANNU REV IMMUNOL, V12, P181
    HUAN J, 2005, J NEUROSCI RES, V81, P45
    KUMAR V, 2001, TRENDS IMMUNOL, V22, P539
    KUMAR V, 2004, J CLIN INVEST, V114, P1222
    LIDER O, 1989, J AUTOIMMUN, V2, P87
    LOHSE AW, 1989, SCIENCE, V244, P820
    MADAER R, 1995, LANCET, V346, P807
    MANICI S, 1999, J EXP MED, V189, P871
    MIMRAN A, 2004, J CLIN INVEST, V113, P924
    MOR F, 1996, J IMMUNOL, V157, P4855
    QUINTANA FJ, 2003, J IMMUNOL, V171, P3533
    SCHROERS R, 2002, CANCER RES, V62, P2600
    VANDERAA A, 2003, CLIN EXP IMMUNOL, V131, P155
    VIGLIETTA V, 2004, J EXP MED, V199, P971
    ZANG YCQ, 2000, EUR J IMMUNOL, V30, P908
    ZANG YCQ, 2000, J IMMUNOL, V164, P4011
    ZANG YCQ, 2003, INT IMMUNOL, V15, P1073
    ZHANG J, 2002, EXPERT REV VACCINES, V1, P285
    ZHANG JW, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P1451
    ZHANG JW, 1995, J IMMUNOL, V155, P5868
    ZHANG JZ, 2002, J NEUROL, V249, P212
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 0027-8424
 J9 PROC NAT ACAD SCI USA
 JI Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U. S. A.
 PD MAR 28
 PY 2006
 VL 103
 IS 13
 BP 5024
 EP 5029
 PG 6
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 028FO
 UT ISI:000236472500043
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU An, WK
    Qiu, XJ
    Jiang, Y
    Zhu, ZY
 TI Behavior of Coulomb-hydrodynamic explosion of deuterium clusters
 SO MODERN PHYSICS LETTERS B
 DT Article
 DE deuterium cluster; laser pulse; cluster explosion
 ID RARE-GAS CLUSTERS; ATOMIC CLUSTERS; NUCLEAR-FUSION; LASER FIELDS;
    IONIZATION; DYNAMICS
 AB Considering the Coulomb-hydrodynamic explosion induced by the
    interaction of a deuterium cluster target with ultra-intensity
    femtosecond laser, the mechanism which generates energetic deuterium
    nuclei for the fusion has been analyzed. The formulas for expansions of
    the deuterium ion cluster, which are driven by the Coulomb-hydrodynamic
    explosion, are proposed. Hence the kinetic energies of deuterium nuclei
    and the expansion time of deuterium ion cluster have been estimated.
 C1 Hunan Inst Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Yueyang 414000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Nucl Res, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP An, WK, Hunan Inst Sci & Technol, Dept Phys, Yueyang 414000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM anweike12@163.com
 CR AUGST S, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V63, P2212
    DITMIRE T, 1997, NATURE, V386, P54
    DITMIRE T, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P2732
    DITMIRE T, 1999, NATURE, V398, P489
    DOBOSZ S, 1997, PHYS REV A, V56, P2526
    KOLLER L, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P3783
    LAST I, 1997, J CHEM PHYS, V107, P6685
    LAST I, 1998, J PHYS CHEM A, V102, P9655
    LEZIUS M, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P261
    MORSE PM, 1968, THEORETICAL ACOUSTIC
    SCHLIPPER R, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P1194
    SHAV YL, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P3343
    SPITZER L, 1967, PHYS FULLY IONIZED G
    SWRAND E, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P2296
    ZWEIBACK J, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P2634
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9849
 J9 MOD PHYS LETT B
 JI Mod. Phys. Lett. B
 PD MAR 10
 PY 2006
 VL 20
 IS 6
 BP 289
 EP 294
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 027JS
 UT ISI:000236412300003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jing, C
    Yang, Y
    Cao, SX
    Zhang, JC
 TI Electronic structure and magnetism of Mn1-xPdx alloys
 SO MODERN PHYSICS LETTERS B
 DT Article
 DE LAPW; electronic structure; magnetism; Mn1-xPdx alloys
 ID EPITAXIAL-GROWTH; PDMN ALLOYS; FERROMAGNETISM; MAGNETIZATION;
    TEMPERATURE; BILAYERS; MNPD3; BCC; MN
 AB An ab initio linearized augmented plane-wave method has been employed
    to calculate the electronic and magnetic structures of both
    face-centered-cubic and body-centered-cubic Mn1-xPdx alloys with x = 0,
    0.25, 0.5, 0.75 and 1, respectively. The calculated result for fcc
    Mn1-xPdx alloys at different concentrations shows that fcc Mn1-xPdx
    alloys with x = 0.5, 0.75 is ferromagnetic ordering. With low Pd
    concentration and pure Mn, it presents ferrimagnetic and anti fer
    romagnetic ordering, respectively. As expected, pure Pd is paramagnetic
    ordering. For bcc Mn1-xPdx alloys with x = 0, 0.5 and 0.75, the
    calculated result indicates that these alloys are ferromagnetic. For
    the Nin-rich alloy and pure Pd, however, it presents ferrimagnetic and
    paramagnetic ordering, respectively.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Jing, C, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shangda Rd 99, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM cjing@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BLOMQVIST P, 2004, J APPL PHYS, V95, P8019
    BLOMQVIST P, 2004, J MAGN MAGN MATER 2, V272, P1237
    CABLE JW, 1962, PHYS REV, V128, P2118
    CHENG N, 2001, J APPL PHYS 2, V89, P6597
    FRY JL, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P868
    FUSTER G, 1988, PHYS REV B, V38, P423
    HEDIN L, 1971, J PHYS C SOLID STATE, V4, P2064
    HO SC, 1982, J APPL PHYS, V53, P2235
    JIN X, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P3078
    JING C, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
    MORRUZZI VL, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P471
    NAUTIYAL T, 1989, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V1, P2211
    PARRA RE, 1991, J APPL PHYS 2B, V69, P6138
    PARRA RE, 1996, J APPL PHYS 2A, V79, P5242
    RAO CN, 1964, CAN J PHYS, V42, P1336
    RASHID MH, 1984, J APPL PHYS, V55, P1735
    ROOS BFP, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V198, P725
    STAR WM, 1975, PHYS REV B, V12, P2690
    THOMPSON JR, 1981, J APPL PHYS, V52, P1782
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9849
 J9 MOD PHYS LETT B
 JI Mod. Phys. Lett. B
 PD MAR 10
 PY 2006
 VL 20
 IS 6
 BP 305
 EP 314
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 027JS
 UT ISI:000236412300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, QH
    Zeng, ZJ
    Xu, J
    Zhang, HW
    Ding, J
 TI Effect of La2O3 on microstructure and transmittance of transparent
    alumina ceramics
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE inorganic nonmetallic material; alumina; transparent ceramics;
    microstructure; La2O3; rare earths
 ID AL2O3 CERAMICS
 AB Optically transparent alumina ceramics were fabricated by conventional
    process and sintered without pressure in H-2 atmosphere. The results
    indicate that relative densities of alumina specimens increase to
    theoretical densities (T. D.) with increasing content of La2O3. With
    increasing holding time during sintering, much less pores and larger
    grains were found in the sintered alumina samples. Higher transmittance
    was achieved in alumina codoped with MgO and La2O3 as compared with
    that doped with MgO only. The total-transmittance of alumina sample is
    up to 86% at a wavelength range of 300 - 800 nm.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, QH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM yangqiuhongcn@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BERRY KA, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P143
    CHENG JP, 2002, MATER LETT, V56, P587
    LI Y, 1995, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V12, P393
    LU K, 2000, APPL PHYS, V71, P469
    MOULTON PF, 1986, J OPT SOC AM B, V3, P125
    MUROTANI H, 2000, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V39, P2748
    SHAW NJ, 1986, J AM CERAM SOC, V69, P107
    SU CH, 1998, J CHINESE CERAMICS S, V26, P802
    VYDRIK GA, 1987, TRANSPARENT CERAMICS, P22
    YAMMAMOTO N, 1972, AM CERAM SOC B, V51, P326
    YANG QH, 2004, J FUNC MAT DEV, V10, P299
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 24
 IS 1
 BP 72
 EP 75
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA 027RW
 UT ISI:000236434100014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, SL
    Zhang, JY
    Lu, XG
    Chou, KC
    Chang, YA
 TI Application of Graham scan algorithm in binary phase diagram calculation
 SO JOURNAL OF PHASE EQUILIBRIA AND DIFFUSION
 DT Article
 DE binary system; computational studies; phase diagram; thermodynamic
    stability
 ID PANDAT
 AB Graham scan, a computational geometric algorithm for finding a
    two-dimensional convex hull, is introduced to calculate binary phase
    diagrams. This algorithm is modified and applied to find the convex
    hull of discrete points in the space of Gibbs energy vs mol fraction.
    The modified Graham scan algorithm has a very low computational cost,
    which improves efficiency in binary phase diagram calculation.
 C1 CompuTherm LLC, Madison, WI 53719 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Wisconsin, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Madison, WI 53706 USA.
 RP Chen, SL, CompuTherm LLC, 437 S Yellowstone Dr, Madison, WI 53719 USA.
 EM chen@chorus.net
 CR CHEN SL, 1993, CALPHAD, V17, P237
    CHEN SL, 1993, CALPHAD, V17, P297
    CHEN SL, 2002, CALPHAD, V26, P175
    CHEN SL, 2003, JOM-J MIN MET MAT S, V55, P48
    CORMEN TH, 1989, INTRO ALGORITHMS
    GRAHAM RL, 1972, INFORM PROCESS LETT, V1, P132
    LASZLO MJ, 1996, COMPUTATIONAL GEOMET
    OROURKE J, 1993, COMPUTATIONAL GEOMET
    PREPARATA FP, 1988, COMPUTATIONAL GEOMET
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1547-7037
 J9 J PHASE EQUILIB DIFFUS
 JI J. Phase Equilib. Diffus.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 27
 IS 2
 BP 121
 EP 125
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 027QM
 UT ISI:000236430200002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, LM
    Cao, SX
    Liu, YS
    Wang, JJ
    Jing, C
    Zhang, JC
 TI Thermal and structural analysis on the nanocrystalline NiCuZn ferrite
    synthesis in different atmospheres
 SO JOURNAL OF MAGNETISM AND MAGNETIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE thermal analysis; magnetic materials; sol-gel method; auto-combustion
 ID CITRATE PRECURSOR METHOD; NICKEL-ZINC FERRITES; MAGNETIC-PROPERTIES;
    NIZN FERRITES; INITIAL PERMEABILITY; AUTO-COMBUSTION; POWDERS
 AB The formation mechanisms of nanocrystalline Ni0.35Zn0.57Cu0.11Fe1.97O4
    (NCZF) ferrite prepared by sol-gel combustion method were investigated
    via thermal analysis (thermogravimetry (TG) and differential
    thermogravimetry (DTG)) techniques. The thermal decompositions in the
    air and nitrogen atmospheres were studied in the temperature range from
    20 to 700 degrees C, respectively. The structure and magnetic
    properties were studied by X-ray diffraction (XRD) and vibrating sample
    magnetometer (VSM) techniques. The results show that the thermal
    decomposition of the gel can be classified into two parts: below 222
    degrees C, it experiences a similar reaction as that of nitrifying
    substances decomposition. Above 222 degrees C, with hydroxyl water
    slowly deprived from goethite or lepidocrocite, a solid-to-solid
    reaction process is carried on in forming nanocrystalline powder. This
    reaction process is faster in flowing air than in flowing nitrogen
    atmosphere. A complete spinel construction of NiCuZn ferrite
    nanocrystalline may form at the temperature 481 degrees C in flowing
    air. The powder obtained in flowing nitrogen atmosphere presented a
    larger saturation magnetization, which is described as the
    contributions of some magnetite and Fe-N compounds. (c) 2005 Elsevier
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Yu, LM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM lmyu@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ALBUQUERQUE AS, 2000, J APPL PHYS 1, V87, P4352
    DIAS A, 1997, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V58, P543
    HAN DH, 1994, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V136, P176
    KIM CS, 1999, J APPL PHYS 2A, V85, P5223
    MARCILLY C, 1970, J AM CERAM SOC, V53, P56
    SHAHEEN WM, 2002, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V381, P153
    TAO Z, 2002, J FINE CHEM, V19, P707
    VERMA A, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V192, P271
    VERMA A, 1999, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V60, P156
    VERMA A, 2000, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V208, P13
    VERMA A, 2000, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V210, P274
    WU KH, 2004, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V269, P150
    YU LM, 2005, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V288, P54
    YUE ZX, 1999, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V64, P68
    YUE ZX, 2004, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V270, P216
    ZHANG HG, 2000, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V213, P304
    ZHENHAI L, 2000, ANAL CHEM HDB, V8, P268
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0304-8853
 J9 J MAGN MAGN MATER
 JI J. Magn. Magn. Mater.
 PD JUN
 PY 2006
 VL 301
 IS 1
 BP 100
 EP 106
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 028HM
 UT ISI:000236477800014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, GX
    Zhang, JC
    Wang, SP
    Yu, J
    Jing, C
    Cao, SX
    Shen, XC
 TI Reentrant spin glass behavior in CE-type AFM Pr0.5Ca0.5MnO3 manganite
 SO JOURNAL OF MAGNETISM AND MAGNETIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE reentrant spin glass; half-doping CMR system; FM cluster; phase
    separation
 ID PHASE-SEPARATION; MAGNETIC-PROPERTIES; COLOSSAL MAGNETORESISTANCE;
    FERROMAGNETIC PHASE; LA0.5CA0.5MNO3; TRANSITION; STATE
 AB The magnetic and transport properties of Pr0.5Ca0.5MnO3 with a CE-type
    antiferromagnetic structure were systematically investigated. A
    distinctive sequence of multiple magnetic transitions is found:
    paramagnetic (PM)-ferromagnetic (FM)-antiferromagnetic (AFM)-spin glass
    (SG) transitions. The results show that the low-temperature SG state is
    different from a conventional SG but has a reentrant character. The
    reentrant SG behavior accompanied with colossal magnetoresistance might
    be due to the competing interaction between FM and the CE-type AFM
    matrix. Also, this phase may be related to the disorder due to the
    variance of tolerance factor I and characteristic parameter sigma(2)
    (reflecting A-site cation size variance). Meanwhile, this kind of
    reentrant SG state exists in most manganites and it shows a complex
    magnetic ground state. The present experimental data establishes that
    Pr0.5Ca0.5MnO3 compound shows the coexistence of FM clusters and SG
    clusters in the background of an AFM matrix. Here, all the rich variety
    of phases can be explained by the bandgap modified locally by strain
    within each grain. At the same time, the present results indicate also
    that Pr0.5Ca0.5MnO3 has a ground state, which shows the presence of
    some FM clusters in the background of the remaining region in a spin
    frozen state. The RSG phenomena should be a universal characteristic of
    manganites with CE-type AFM structure and it is very sensitive to the
    subtle disorder. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM jczhang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR CAMPBELL IA, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V50, P1615
    CHEN CH, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P4042
    DETERESA JM, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P3392
    DHO J, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V89, P27202
    DHO JG, 2003, PHYS REV B, V67
    ELLIOT S, 1996, PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, CH6
    HERVIEU M, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P726
    HWANG HY, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P914
    JONASON K, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P2562
    KAJIMOTO R, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
    KIMURA T, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P3940
    LEVY P, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P6437
    LOUDON JC, 2002, NATURE, V420, P797
    MAIGNAN A, 1997, Z PHYS B CON MAT, V104, P21
    MITRA C, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V192, P130
    MOREO A, 1999, SCIENCE, V283, P2034
    MYDOSH JA, 1993, SPIN GLASSES EXPT IN
    SHENG L, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P1710
    SUDYOADSUK T, 2004, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V16, P3691
    TERAI T, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P14908
    TERAI T, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P3488
    UEHARA M, 1999, NATURE, V399, P560
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0304-8853
 J9 J MAGN MAGN MATER
 JI J. Magn. Magn. Mater.
 PD JUN
 PY 2006
 VL 301
 IS 1
 BP 147
 EP 154
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 028HM
 UT ISI:000236477800020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, WN
    Xiao, JK
    Zhang, S
    Li, Y
 TI A novel PBG planar inverted-F antenna for wearable system
 SO JOURNAL OF ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID PIFA
 AB In this paper, a novel PBG planar inverted-F antenna (PIFA) is
    presented. The PBG structure which is stuck on the back of the Teflon
    substrate (epsilon(r) = 2.65) can suppress the surface waves
    effectively, the simulated impedance bandwidth of the novel PBG PIFA is
    27.5% (1.984 GHz-2.621 GHz), increased 2.1% than that of the regular
    PIFA, and the resonant frequency is decreased at the same time. It can
    be proved that the size of the antenna is reduced 10.6%. The measured
    impedance bandwidth is 40%, and it shows that the novel PBG PIFA is
    more effective and useful. The simulated radiation patterns at the two
    principle planes of the novel PBG PIFA are narrower than that of the
    regular PIFA, so the performance of the antenna is improved. The novel
    PBG PIFA can be applied in some wireless communication systems such as
    the WLAN2.4 and Bluetooth wireless technology system etc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, WN, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 CR ABBOUD F, 1988, P I ELECT ENG H, V135, P323
    ARKKO AT, 2001, IEE 11 INT C ANT PRO, V2, P651
    CARVER KR, 1981, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V29, P1
    DOU WP, 2000, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V27, P58
    GONZALO R, 1999, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V47, P2131
    IKONEN P, 2005, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V46, P205
    JAMES JR, 1981, IEEE ELECTROMAGNETIC, V12
    PUES HF, 1989, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V37, P1345
    QIAN Y, 2000, AP2000 MILL C ANT PR
    ROWELL CR, 1997, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V45, P837
    YANG FP, 1999, IEEE T MTT, V47
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0920-5071
 J9 J ELECTROMAGNET WAVE APPLICAT
 JI J. Electromagn. Waves Appl.
 PY 2006
 VL 20
 IS 5
 BP 615
 EP 622
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical
 GA 028CC
 UT ISI:000236462200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KY
    Guo, XN
    Ru, CQ
 TI Vibration of a double-walled carbon nanotube aroused by nonlinear
    intertube van der Waals forces
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID MECHANICS; FRICTION
 AB Vibration of a double-walled carbon nanotube aroused by nonlinear
    interlayer van der Waals (vdW) forces is studied. The interlayer vdW
    forces as a nonlinear function are described by the interlayer spacing.
    The inner and outer carbon nanotubes are modeled as two individual
    elastic beams. Detailed results are demonstrated for double-walled
    carbon nanotubes (DWCNTs) with an aspect ratios of 10 and 20, based on
    the simply supported, fixed, or free end conditions, respectively.
    Harmonic balance method is used to analyze the relation between the
    amplitudes of deflection and the frequencies of coaxial and noncoaxial
    free vibrations. Our results indicate that the nonlinear factors of vdW
    forces have little effect on the coaxial free vibration, and that the
    deflection amplitudes increase rapidly with the increasing frequency,
    which are almost the same with those of the linear free vibration. On
    the other hand, the nonlinear factors of vdW forces have a great effect
    on noncoaxial free vibration. The relation between the deflection
    amplitudes and the frequencies shows nonlinear trend, which indicates
    that the aspect ratio and end condition almost have no affect on the
    noncoaxial amplitudes of DWCNTs.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Univ Alberta, Dept Mech Engn, Edmonton, AB T6G 2G8, Canada.
 RP Xu, KY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, 99
    Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM kyxu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR AHLSKOG M, 2001, J LOW TEMP PHYS, V124, P335
    BISHOP RED, 1979, MECH VIBRATION
    CUMINGS J, 2000, SCIENCE, V289, P602
    DAI HJ, 1996, NATURE, V384, P147
    DEQUESNES M, 2002, NANOTECHNOLOGY, V13, P120
    HARIK VM, 2001, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V120, P331
    ISHIKAWA M, 2002, APPL SURF SCI, V188, P456
    KIM P, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P2148
    LI CY, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P121
    LIU YZ, 2001, NONLINEAR VIBRATIONS
    PONCHARAL P, 1999, SCIENCE, V283, P1513
    POSTMA HWC, 2001, SCIENCE, V293, P76
    QIAN D, 2002, APPL MECH REV, V55, P495
    ROSCHIER L, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P3295
    RU CQ, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P16962
    RU CQ, 2004, ENCY NANOSCIENCE NAN, V2, P731
    RUECKES T, 2000, SCIENCE, V289, P94
    SNOW ES, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P2002
    THOSTENSON ET, 2001, COMPOS SCI TECHNOL, V61, P1899
    TREACY MMJ, 1996, NATURE, V381, P678
    WONG EW, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P1971
    YOON J, 2002, PHYS REV B, V66
    YOON J, 2005, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V72, P10
    ZHAO Y, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
 NR 24
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2006
 VL 99
 IS 6
 AR 064303
 DI ARTN 064303
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 028CR
 UT ISI:000236464400054
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, Q
    Chou, KC
    Xu, KD
    Jiang, LJ
    Lin, Q
    Lin, GW
    Lu, XG
    Zhang, JY
 TI Hydrogen absorption and desorption characteristics in the
    La0.5Ni1.5Mg17 prepared by hydriding combustion synthesis
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF HYDROGEN ENERGY
 DT Article
 DE Mg-based hydrogen storage alloys; hydriding combustion synthesis; H/D
    kinetics; La0.5Ni1.5Mg17 alloy
 ID MAGNESIUM; KINETICS; STORAGE; ALLOYS; MG; COMPOSITES
 AB The La0.5Ni1.5Mg17 alloy prepared by hydriding combustion synthesis
    (HCS) was investigated by an isovolumetric method and X-ray diffraction
    and this alloy has a large hydrogen storage capacity with good
    hydriding/dehydriding (H/D) kinetics. The kinetics of hydrogen
    absorption/desorption (A/D) in the two-phase (alpha-beta) region has
    been studied between 523 and 573 K under approximately isobaric
    conditions and the experimental data were analyzed to find the kinetics
    mechanisms for both the H/D processes. It is shown that the
    rate-controlling step of the H/D processes is the diffusion of
    hydrogen, due to the good agreement between the experimental results
    and calculated curves using a simple new kinetic model. The activation
    energies are calculated to be 86.8 kJ/mol H-2 for absorption and 84.9
    kJ/mol H-2 for desorption, which were much smaller than that of MgH2,
    and can be attributed to the La and Ni additions. (c) 2005
    International Association for Hydrogen Energy. Published by Elsevier
    Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Dept Phys Chem, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Gen Res Inst Nonferrous Met, Beijing 100088, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, Q, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, 275 Mailbox,148 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM lq75@263.net
 CR CHOU KC, 2005, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V30, P301
    FERNANDEZ JF, 2002, J ALLOY COMPD, V340, P189
    HUOT J, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V293, P495
    IMAMURA H, 1995, J ALLOY COMPD, V231, P810
    JACOBSON N, 2002, COMP MATER SCI, V24, P273
    KURUSSANOVA M, 1988, J MATER SCI, V23, P2247
    LI Q, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V359, P128
    LI Q, 2004, J ALLOY COMPD, V368, P101
    LI Q, 2004, J MATER SCI, V39, P61
    LIANG G, 2000, J ALLOY COMPD, V297, P261
    LIANG G, 2000, J ALLOY COMPD, V305, P239
    LIANG GX, 1995, J ALLOY COMPD, V223, P111
    PAL K, 1997, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V22, P903
    SPASSOV T, 2002, J ALLOY COMPD, V334, P219
    TERZIEVA M, 1995, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V20, P53
    TSUSHIO Y, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V285, P298
    YIN JT, 2001, MATER TRANS, V42, P712
    ZALUSKA A, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V288, P217
    ZHU M, 2002, J ALLOY COMPD, V330, P708
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0360-3199
 J9 INT J HYDROGEN ENERG
 JI Int. J. Hydrog. Energy
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 31
 IS 4
 BP 497
 EP 503
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Atomic, Molecular & Chemical; Energy & Fuels; Environmental
    Sciences
 GA 028RU
 UT ISI:000236507000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fei, MR
    Yi, J
    Hu, HS
 TI Robust stability analysis of an uncertain nonlinear networked control
    system category
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF CONTROL AUTOMATION AND SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 DE networked control system; nonlinear controlled object; robust
    asymptotic stability; uncertain network-induced delay
 ID DELAY
 AB In the networked control system (NCS), the uncertain network-induced
    delay and nonlinear controlled object are the main problems, because
    they can degrade the performance of the control system and even
    destabilize it. In this paper, a class of uncertain and nonlinear
    networked control systems is discussed and its sufficient condition for
    the robust asymptotic stability is presented. Further, the maximum
    network-induced delay that insures the system stability is obtained.
    The Lyapunov and LMI theorems are employed to investigate the problem.
    The result of an illustrative example shows that the robust stability
    analysis is sufficient.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron Engn & Automat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Essex, Dept Comp Sci, Colchester CO4 3SQ, Essex, England.
 RP Fei, MR, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mechatron Engn & Automat, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM mrfei@staff.shu.edu.cn
    ggdyj@tom.com
    hhu@essex.ac.uk
 CR BRANICKY MS, 1997, P IEEE C DEC CONTR S, P120
    BRANICKY MS, 2000, P AMER CONTR CONF, P2352
    FENG YK, 2001, MACROMOL BIOSCI, V1, P66
    KIM DS, 2001, P IFAC NTCC      NOV, P77
    KIM DS, 2003, CONTROL ENG PRACT, V11, P1301
    LIN H, 2003, P 42 IEEE C DEC CONT
    MEI S, 2003, MODERN ROBUST CONTRO
    PARK HS, 2002, IEEE T CONTR SYST T, V10, P318
    WALSH GC, 2002, IEEE T CONTR SYST T, V10, P438
    YI J, 2004, P WCICA
    ZHANG JZ, 2001, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V84, P200
    ZHANG W, 2001, P ALL C COMM CONTR C
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1598-6446
 J9 INT J CONTROL AUTOM SYST
 JI Int. J. Control  Autom. Syst.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 4
 IS 2
 BP 172
 EP 177
 PG 6
 SC Automation & Control Systems
 GA 027EU
 UT ISI:000236397500006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, HX
    Wu, H
    Ho, CT
    Weng, XC
 TI Cocoa butter equivalent from enzymatic interesterification of tea seed
    oil and fatty acid methyl esters
 SO FOOD CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID CANDIDA-RUGOSA; LIPASE; IMMOBILIZATION
 AB Cocoa butter equivalent (CBE) was prepared by interesterification of
    tea seed oil, methyl palmitate and methyl stearate with lipase. The
    lipase was immobilized on macroporous resin selected from eight
    carriers. The rate of reaction of lipase immobilized on macroporous
    resin was 6.9 times higher than that of the free enzyme. After
    repeating application five times, 83.50% activity, of the immobilized
    lipase, was retained. Factors such as reaction time, temperature, water
    content, enzyme load and substrate ratio were studied. Three major
    acyls (palmitoyl, oleoyl and stearoyl) in triacylglycerols of the
    product were similar to those of cocoa butter. The melting range and
    dilatation-temperature curves of the prepared CBE were close to that of
    the cocoa butter. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Rutgers State Univ, Dept Food Sci, New Brunswick, NJ 08901 USA.
 RP Weng, XC, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM weng_xinchu@sina.com
 CR BAGI K, 1999, BIOTECHNOL TECH, V13, P309
    GODERIS HL, 1990, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V130, P256
    GULAY B, 2002, J FOOD ENG, V52, P367
    HAN GQ, 1995, FAT OIL CHEM, P333
    MOJOVIC L, 1998, APPL MICROBIOL BIOT, V50, P676
    MORENO JM, 1997, ENZYME MICROB TECH, V21, P552
    PAQUOT C, 1979, STANDARD METHODS ANA, P44
    RONALD LB, 1961, 2975060, US
    SONNTAG NOV, 1979, BAILEYS IND OIL FAT, V1, P406
    TANAKA Y, 1987, 4705692, US
    ZORICA K, 1998, ENZYME MICROB TECHNO, V22, P275
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0308-8146
 J9 FOOD CHEM
 JI Food Chem.
 PD AUG
 PY 2006
 VL 97
 IS 4
 BP 661
 EP 665
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Applied; Food Science & Technology; Nutrition & Dietetics
 GA 026TN
 UT ISI:000236365300013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, TC
    You, FC
 TI A generalized MKdV hierarchy, tri-Hamiltonian structure, higher-order
    binary constrained flows and its integrable couplings system
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID AKNS HIERARCHY; PERTURBATION EQUATIONS; EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS;
    LIE-ALGEBRAS; FACTORIZATION; SYMMETRIES
 AB A subalgebra of higher-dimension loop algebra 42 is constructed, from
    which a new 3 x 3 isospectral problem is designed. By making use of
    Tu's scheme, an integrable Hamiltonian hierarchy of equations in the
    sense of Liouville is obtained, which possesses tri-Hamiltonian
    structure. As reduction cases of the hierarchy presented in this paper,
    the generalized MKdV equation is engendered. By establishing binary
    symmetric constraints, three constrained flows of the hierarchy are
    presented, which are then reduced to Hamiltonian systems. Finally, an
    integrable coupling system is obtained by constructing a high-dimension
    loop algebra. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Tianjin Univ, Dept Math, Tianjin 300072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, TC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM xiatc@yahoo.com.cn
    fcyou2008@yahoo.com.cn
 CR CAO CW, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V33, P528
    FAN EG, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P7769
    GELFAND IM, 1981, FUNCT ANAL APPL, V15, P173
    GU CH, 1990, SOLITON THEORY ITS A
    GUO F, 2002, J SYS SCI MATH SCI, V22, P36
    GUO FK, 1997, ACTA MATH SINICA, V40, P801
    GUO FK, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P951
    HU XB, 1994, J PHYS A, V27, P2497
    LAKSHMANAN M, 1985, J MATH PHYS, V26, P1189
    LI YS, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V272, P245
    MA WX, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P2707
    MA WX, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V185, P277
    MA WX, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P1227
    MA WX, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V213, P49
    MAGRI F, 1978, J MATH PHYS, V19, P1156
    MAGRI F, 1980, LECT NOTES PHYS, V120
    NATKU Y, 1987, J MATH PHYS, V28, P2579
    OLVER PJ, 1986, APPL LIE GROUPS DIFF
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    WADATI M, 1973, J PHYS SOC JPN, V34, P1289
    XIA TC, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1911
    ZENG YB, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V160, P541
    ZENG YB, 1994, PHYSICA D, V73, P171
    ZENG YB, 1997, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V30, P3719
    ZHANG YF, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P466
    ZHANG YF, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V299, P543
    ZHOU ZX, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P1857
 NR 27
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD MAY
 PY 2006
 VL 28
 IS 4
 BP 938
 EP 948
 PG 11
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 028JT
 UT ISI:000236484200011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LQ
    Chen, H
    Zu, JW
 TI Equilibrium and bifurcation of varying cross-section microcantilevers
    subject to the atomic force
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID MICROSCOPE CANTILEVERS
 AB This paper treats a microcantilever with varying cross-section subject
    to interatomic force derived from the Lennard-Jones potential. Such a
    microcantilever may be used in the atomic force microscope. The
    equilibrium configurations are calculated via the Bernoulli-Euler beam
    theory. The effect of the microcantilever length and its working
    distance from the sample on the number and the stability of the
    equilibrium configurations are analyzed via the Lagrange-Dirichlet
    theorem. (c) 2005 Published by Elsevier Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200070, Peoples R China.
    Univ Toronto, Dept Mech & Ind Engn, Toronto, ON M5S 3G8, Canada.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM lqchen@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BINNIG G, 1986, PHYS REV LETT, V56, P930
    ISRAELACHVILI JN, 1985, INTERMOLECULAR SURFA
    MORITA S, 2002, NONCONTACT ATOMIC FO
    RUTZEL S, 2003, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V459, P1925
    SADER JE, 1995, REV SCI INSTRUM, V66, P4583
    SADER JE, 2003, REV SCI INSTRUM, V74, P2438
    SADER JE, 2004, REV SCI INSTRUM, V75, P878
    ZU JW, 2004, INT C MEMS NANO SMAR
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD JUN
 PY 2006
 VL 28
 IS 5
 BP 1159
 EP 1164
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 027ZY
 UT ISI:000236456200006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, WH
 TI A polynomial expansion method and its application in the coupled
    Zakharov-Kuznetsov equations
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID SOLITARY WAVE SOLUTIONS; TANH-FUNCTION METHOD; NONLINEAR
    EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; KDV-BURGERS EQUATION; SOLITONS; SYSTEMS
 AB A polynomial expansion method is presented to solve nonlinear evolution
    equations. Applying this method, the coupled Zakharov-Kuznetsov
    equations in fluid system are studied and many exact travelling wave
    solutions are obtained. These solutions include solitary wave
    solutions, periodic solutions and rational type solutions. (c) 2005
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Huzhou Univ, Coll Sci, Huzhou 313000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shaghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, WH, Huzhou Univ, Coll Sci, Huzhou 313000, Peoples R China.
 EM whhuanghz@hutc.zj.cn
 CR 1997, COMPUT MATH APPL, V33, P115
    DUFFY BR, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V214, P271
    ELWAKIL SA, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V299, P179
    ELWAKIL SA, 2003, Z NATURFORSCH A, V58, P39
    FAN EG, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V246, P403
    FAN EG, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P212
    FAN EG, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V282, P18
    FAN EG, 2001, PHYS LETT A, V291, P376
    FAN EG, 2001, Z NATURFORSCH A, V56, P312
    FAN EG, 2002, Z NATURFORSCH A, V57, P692
    GOTTWALD G, 1997, PHYS LETT A, V227, P47
    GOTTWALD G, 1998, PHYS LETT A, V248, P208
    LI ZB, 1997, ACTA MATH SINICA, V17, P81
    MALFLIET W, 1992, AM J PHYS, V60, P650
    PARKES EJ, 1994, J PHYS A, V27, P497
    PARKES EJ, 1996, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V98, P288
    PARKES EJ, 1997, PHYS LETT A, V229, P217
    SRIENDAOREJI, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACTA, V19, P147
    TIAN B, 1996, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V95, P139
    ZHANG D, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V25, P1155
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD JUL
 PY 2006
 VL 29
 IS 2
 BP 365
 EP 371
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 028JV
 UT ISI:000236484400013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GH
 TI Projective synchronization of chaotic system using backstepping control
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID DESIGN
 AB An effective backstepping design is applied to projective
    synchronization in a general class of the so-called strict-feedback
    chaotic systems. Only one controller is required via backstepping
    design technique that recursively interlaces the choice of a Lyapunov
    function with the design of feedback control. Moreover, dead-beat
    synchronization in finite time can be achieved. This control method
    also allows us to arbitrarily amplify or reduce the scale of the
    dynamics of the slave system through a control. The chaotic Henon
    system is taken as an example to illustrate the effectiveness of the
    proposed approach. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Yanchang Rd 149, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM ghlee@sh163.net
 CR ANISHCHENKO VS, 1992, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V2, P633
    KOCAREV L, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1816
    LU JG, 2001, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V48, P1359
    MAINIERI R, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P3042
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    ROSENBLUM MG, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1804
    TAHERION S, 1999, PHYS REV E, V59, P6247
    TAN XH, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V16, P37
    WANG C, 2001, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V12, P1199
    WEN GL, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V26, P71
    ZHANG YP, 2004, PHYS LETT A, V330, P442
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD JUL
 PY 2006
 VL 29
 IS 2
 BP 490
 EP 494
 PG 5
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 028JV
 UT ISI:000236484400028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GH
    Zhou, SP
 TI An observer-based anti-synchronization
 SO CHAOS SOLITONS & FRACTALS
 DT Article
 ID CHAOTIC SYSTEMS; GENERALIZED SYNCHRONIZATION
 AB Anti-synchronization is characterized by the phenomenon that the state
    vectors of synchronized systems have the same absolute values but
    opposite signs. By means of techniques from the classic state observer,
    an anti-phase synchronization of a class of chaotic systems is
    investigated in this Letter. Compared with other strategies, the
    technique presented here is rather simple and the convergence rate can
    be determined by adjusting the eigenvalues through the pole placement
    technique. Numerical simulations are provided to verify the
    effectiveness of the proposed methods. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Commun Engn, Yanchang Rd 149, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM ghlee@sh163.net
 CR FEKI M, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P831
    KOCAREV L, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1816
    LI GH, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V26, P87
    MICHAEL GR, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P1804
    MORGUL O, 1996, PHYS REV E, V54, P4803
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    TAHERION S, 1999, PHYS REV E, V59, P6247
    WANG J, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1013
    WEN GL, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V26, P71
    YANG SS, 1998, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V9, P1703
    ZHANG YP, 2004, PHYS LETT A, V330, P442
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0960-0779
 J9 CHAOS SOLITON FRACTAL
 JI Chaos Solitons Fractals
 PD JUL
 PY 2006
 VL 29
 IS 2
 BP 495
 EP 498
 PG 4
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 028JV
 UT ISI:000236484400029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, CJ
    Sheng, DF
    Li, JJ
 TI Quasi-static analysis for viscoelastic Timoshenko beams with damage
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE viscoelastic solids with damage; Timosenko beam; quasi-static response
 ID DYNAMIC-ANALYSIS
 AB Based on convolution-type constitutive equations for linear
    viscoelastic materials with damage and the hypotheses of Timoshenko
    beams, the equations governing quasi-static and dynamical behavior of
    Timoshenko beams with damage were first derived. The quasi-static
    behavior of the viscoelastic Timoshenko beam under step loading was
    analyzed and the analytical solution was obtained in the Laplace
    transformation domain. The deflection and damage curves at different
    time were obtained by using the numerical inverse transform and the
    influences of material parameters on the quasi-static behavior of the
    beam were investigated in detail.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Fujian Univ Technol, Dept Electromech & Automat Engn, Fuzhou 350014, Fujian Province, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, CJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM chjcheng@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR AKOZ Y, 1999, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V44, P1909
    ARGYRIS J, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P151
    CHEN LQ, 2000, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V21, P995
    CHENG CJ, 1998, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V35, P4491
    CHRISTENSEN RM, 1990, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    COWIN SC, 1983, J ELASTICITY, V13, P125
    MILLER MK, 1966, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V3, P624
    SHENG DF, 2003, CHINESE Q MECH, V24, P30
    YANG TQ, 1990, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    ZHU ZY, 2002, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V23, P1
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 27
 IS 3
 BP 295
 EP 304
 PG 10
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 027GV
 UT ISI:000236403900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shen, C
    Wang, YP
    Shi, WH
 TI Stability of system of two-dimensional non-hydrostatic revolving fluids
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE Boussinesq equations; stability; initial or boundary value problem;
    stratification
 ID FRONTOGENESIS
 AB Applying the theory of stratification, it is proved that the system of
    the two-dimensional non-hydrostatic revolving fluids is unstable in the
    two-order continuous function class. The construction of solution space
    is given and the solution approach is offered. The sufficient and
    necessary conditions of the existence of formal solutions are expressed
    for some typical initial and boundary value problems and the
    calculating formulae to formal solutions are presented in detail.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Shen, C, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM shenchun3641@sina.com
 CR CHEN DD, 2002, CHINESE J ATMOSPHERI, V26, P293
    CHEN DD, 2004, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V25, P288
    HOSKINS BJ, 1972, J ATMOS SCI, V29, P11
    JI ZZ, 2003, CHINESE J COMPUTATIO, V20, P311
    SHEN C, 2005, J SHANGHAI U, V9, P114
    SHI WH, 2001, THEORY STRATIFICATIO, P10
    SIMPSON JE, 1989, J FLUID MECH, V202, P1
    WANG XB, 1998, SCI METEOROLOGICA SI, V18, P305
    XIAO QN, 1997, SCI ATMOSPHERICA SIN, V21, P283
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 27
 IS 3
 BP 317
 EP 325
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 027GV
 UT ISI:000236403900006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fan, JY
    Wang, DZ
    Zhang, Y
 TI Large-scale vortical structures produced by an impinging density jet in
    shallow crossflow
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE impinging jet; crossflow; large-scale vortical structure; concentration
    distribution
 AB The large-scale vortical structures produced by an impinging density
    jet in shallow crossflow were numerically investigated in detail using
    RNG turbulence model. The scales, formation mechanism and evolution
    feature of the upstream wall vortex in relation to stagnation point and
    the Scarf vortex in near field were analyzed. The computed
    characteristic scales of the upstream vortex show distinguished
    three-dimensionality and vary with the velocity ratio and the water
    depth. The Scarf vortex in the near field plays an important role in
    the lateral concentration distributions of the impinging jet in
    crossflow. When the velocity ratio is relatively small, there exists a
    distinct lateral high concentration aggregation zone at the lateral
    edge between the bottom layer wall jet and the ambient crossflow, which
    is dominated by the Scarf vortex in the near field.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, SMIT Ctr, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chalmers Univ Technol, Dept Appl Mech, SE-41296 Gothenburg, Sweden.
 RP Fan, JY, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM jyfan@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BARATA JMM, 1996, AIAA J, V34, P2523
    CORTELEZZI L, 2001, J FLUID MECH, V446, P347
    FAN JY, 2004, J HYDRODYNAMICS B, V16, P737
    FRIC TF, 1994, J FLUID MECH, V279, P1
    SMITH SH, 1998, J FLUID MECH, V357, P83
    ZHANG Y, 2002, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V23, P1429
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 27
 IS 3
 BP 363
 EP 369
 PG 7
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 027GV
 UT ISI:000236403900012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, XD
    Chen, LQ
 TI Free non-linear vibration of axially moving beams with fixed ends
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE non-linear vibration; axially moving beam; perturbation methods
 ID OSCILLATION; VELOCITY
 AB The free non-linear vibration of axially moving, elastic, and tensioned
    beams on fixed supports is investigated in this paper. Two types of
    non-linearity, namely, the differential type and integro-differential
    type, are analyzed. Approximate solutions are sought using the method
    of multiple scales. The contribution of non-linearity to the response
    increases with the axial speed, and grows most rapidly near the
    critical speed. It has been found that the differential type
    non-linearity is stronger than the integro-differential type
    non-linearity by analyzing the non-linear effects on natural
    frequencies.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, LQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM lqchen@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR MOTE CD, 1966, J APPL MECH, V33, P463
    NAYFEH AH, 1981, INTRO PERTURBATION T
    OZ HR, 1999, J SOUND VIB, V227, P239
    OZ HR, 2001, J SOUND VIB, V239, P556
    OZKAYA E, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V234, P521
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1995, J SOUND VIB, V186, P837
    PAKDEMIRLI M, 1997, J SOUND VIB, V203, P815
    THURMAN AL, 1969, J APPLIED MECHANICS, V36, P83
    WICKERT JA, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P738
    WICKERT JA, 1991, APPL MECH REV, V44, P279
    WICKERT JA, 1992, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V27, P503
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD SEP
 PY 2005
 VL 18
 IS 3
 BP 242
 EP 247
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA 028RB
 UT ISI:000236504800007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, HM
    Chen, JB
    Zhuang, SL
 TI Vector plane wave spectrum of an arbitrary polarized electromagnetic
    wave
 SO OPTICS EXPRESS
 DT Article
 ID MAXWELLS EQUATIONS; BEAMS; APPROXIMATION; AZIMUTHAL
 AB By using the method of modal expansions of the independent transverse
    fields, a formula of vector plane wave spectrum ( VPWS) of an arbitrary
    polarized electromagnetic wave in a homogenous medium is derived. In
    this formula VPWS is composed of TM- and TE- mode plane wave spectrum,
    where the amplitude and unit polarized direction of every plane wave
    are separable, which has more obviously physical meaning and is more
    convenient to apply in some cases compared to previous formula of VPWS.
    As an example, the formula of VPWS is applied to the well- known
    radially and azimuthally polarized beam. In addition, vector Fourier-
    Bessel transform pairs of an arbitrary polarized electromagnetic wave
    with circular symmetry are also derived. (c) 2006 Optical Society of
    America.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Elect, Shanghai Key Lab Contemporary Opt Syst, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhuang, SL, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Opt & Elect, Shanghai Key
    Lab Contemporary Opt Syst, 516 Jungong Rd, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R
    China.
 EM ghanming@vip.sina.com
    slzhuangx@yahoo.com.cn
 CR CIATTONI A, 2000, OPT COMMUN, V177, P9
    DAVIS LW, 1979, PHYS REV A, V19, P1177
    DOICU A, 1997, OPT COMMUN, V136, P114
    FELSEN LB, 1994, RADIATION SCATTERING, P183
    JORDAN RH, 1994, OPT LETT, V19, P427
    KIM HC, 1999, OPT COMMUN, V169, P9
    MARTINEZHERRERO R, 2001, J OPT SOC AM A, V18, P1678
    MORSE PM, 1953, METHODS THEORETICAL, P21
    ORON R, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V77, P3322
    RICHARDS B, 1959, P R SOC LONDON SER A, V253, P358
    SESHADRI SR, 1998, J OPT SOC AM A, V15, P2712
    VARGA P, 1996, OPT LETT, V21, P1523
    VARGA P, 1998, OPT COMMUN, V152, P108
    YOUNGWORTH KS, 2000, OPT EXPRESS, V7, P77
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1094-4087
 J9 OPT EXPRESS
 JI Opt. Express
 PD MAR 20
 PY 2006
 VL 14
 IS 6
 BP 2095
 EP 2100
 PG 6
 SC Optics
 GA 024NR
 UT ISI:000236202800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, L
    Dong, YD
 TI Kinetics and thermal stability of Nd55Al20Fe25 bulk metallic glass
 SO MODERN PHYSICS LETTERS B
 DT Article
 DE bulk metallic glass; kinetics; thermal stability
 ID HARD MAGNETIC-PROPERTIES; AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; FE; TRANSITION;
    CRYSTALLIZATION; TEMPERATURE; SOLIDS
 AB In this work, we studied the thermal stability and kinetics of
    Nd55Al20Fe25 bulk metallic glass (BMG) with distinct glass transition
    and multistage crystallizations. The kinetics of glass transition and
    crystallizations were investigated using the Kissinger method and the
    ideal glass transition temperature of the alloy was obtained via
    Lasoka's equation. The thermal stability of the BIMG was investigated
    by means of continuous transformation diagrams obtained from the
    extension of Kissinger analysis. It is suggested that the stability
    limit of the supercooled liquid, i.e. Kauzmann temperature, could also
    be regarded as the long-term stability criteria of the BMG.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Ctr Adv Microanal, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, L, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM xialei@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BUSCH R, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V77, P4093
    CROAT JJ, 1982, J APPL PHYS, V53, P3161
    ELLIOT SR, 1990, PHYSICS AMORPHOUS MA, P139
    FECHT HJ, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P777
    HAY CC, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P2901
    HWANG CH, 1985, SCRIPTA METALL, V19, P1403
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P99
    INOUE A, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS A, V29, P1779
    KAUZMANN W, 1948, CHEM REV, V43, P219
    KISSINGER HE, 1956, J RES NAT BUR STAND, V57, P217
    LASOCKA M, 1976, MATER SCI ENG, V23, P173
    LOUZGUINE DV, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V81, P2561
    LOUZGUINE DV, 2002, SCRIPTA MATER, V47, P887
    OKAMOTO PR, 1999, SOLID STATE PHYS, V52, P1
    SCHNEIDER S, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P1749
    WANG XZ, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V290, P209
    WEI BC, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P4357
    WILDE G, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V226, P434
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V36, P2954
    XIA L, 2004, J MATER RES, V19, P1307
    XING LQ, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V88, P3565
    ZHU J, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V70, P1709
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0217-9849
 J9 MOD PHYS LETT B
 JI Mod. Phys. Lett. B
 PD FEB 20
 PY 2006
 VL 20
 IS 5
 BP 225
 EP 232
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 026CW
 UT ISI:000236315300003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qian, GG
    Cao, YL
    Chui, P
    Tay, J
 TI Utilization of MSWI fly ash for stabilization/solidification of
    industrial waste sludge
 SO JOURNAL OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE MSWI fly ash; heavy metals; sludge; stabilization/solidification;
    co-disposal
 ID SOLIDIFICATION/STABILIZATION; STABILIZATION; ETTRINGITE; HYDROXIDE;
    CHLORIDE; PHASES; BINDER
 AB This work investigated the potential for utilization of MSWI
    incineration fly ash as solidification binder to treat heavy
    metals-bearing industrial waste sludge. In the study, Municipal Solid
    Waste Incineration (MSWI) fly ash was used along with ordinary Portland
    cement to immobilize three different types of industrial sludge while
    MSWI incineration fly ash was stabilized at the same time. The results
    showed that the matrixes with heavy metals-bearing sludge and MSWI fly
    ash have a strong fixing capacity for heavy metals: Zn, Pb, Cu, Ni and
    Mn. Specimens with only 5-15% cement content was observed to be
    sufficient to achieve the target compressive strength of 0.3 MPa
    required for landfill disposal. An optimum mix comprising 45% fly ash,
    5% cement and 50% of the industrial sludge could provide the required
    solidification and stabilization. Addition of MSWI can improve the
    strength of matrix. Meanwhile, the main hydration products of new S/S
    matrix are ettringite AFt, Friedel's salt and C-S-H. These hydration
    products play an important role in the fixing of heavy metals. The
    co-disposal of MSWI fly ash with heavy metals-bearing sludge can
    minimize the enlargement of the landfill volume and stabilize the heavy
    metals effectively. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Environm Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Nanyang Technol Univ, Sch Civil & Environm Engn, Singapore, Singapore.
 RP Qian, GG, Shanghai Univ, Coll Environm Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM grqian@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR *USEPA, 1311 USEPA
    ALBINO V, 1996, WASTE MANAGE RES, V14, P29
    ANDRES A, 1998, J HAZARD MATER, V57, P155
    AUBERT JE, 2004, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V34, P957
    AUER S, 1994, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V109, P187
    AUER S, 1995, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V25, P1347
    BIRMINYAURI UA, 1998, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V28, P1713
    CONNER JR, 1990, CHEM FIXATION SOLIDI
    CSIZMADIA J, 2001, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V31, P577
    GLASSER FP, 1993, CHEM MICROSTRUCTURE, P1
    GLASSER FP, 1999, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V29, P861
    GREGA MD, 2001, HAZARDOUS WASTE MANA
    GURJAR BR, 2001, SLUDGE TREAT DISPOSA
    KLEMM WA, 2002, FIXATION HEAVY METAL
    LI XD, 2001, J HAZARD MATER, V82, P215
    MINOCHA AK, 2003, CONSTR BUILD MATER, V17, P77
    MYNENI SCB, 1998, GEOCHIM COSMOCHIM AC, V62, P3499
    NIE YF, 2002, ENG NOTEBOOK 3 KINDS
    PEREIRA CF, 2001, J HAZARD MATER, V82, P183
    REMOND S, 2002, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V32, P565
    SECO JI, 2003, ECOTOX ENVIRON SAFE, V56, P339
    SINGH M, 1999, CEMENT CONCRETE RES, V29, P309
    STOCH A, 1999, J MOL STRUCT, V511, P319
    VEMPATI RK, 1995, WASTE MANAGE, V15, P433
    YOUSUF M, 1998, SCI TOTAL ENVIRON, V224, P57
    ZHANG M, 2003, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V37, P2947
    ZHAO YC, 2002, J HAZARD MATER, V95, P47
 NR 27
 TC 0
 SN 0304-3894
 J9 J HAZARD MATER
 JI J. Hazard. Mater.
 PD FEB 28
 PY 2006
 VL 129
 IS 1-3
 BP 274
 EP 281
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Civil; Engineering, Environmental; Environmental Sciences
 GA 025WY
 UT ISI:000236299100036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, JK
    Li, Y
 TI Analysis for transmission characteristics of similar rectangular guide
    filled with arbitrarily-shaped inhomogeneous dielectric
 SO JOURNAL OF ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID LINES
 AB In this paper, an analytic model for analyzing similar rectangular
    guide filled with axbitrarily-shaped inhomogeneous dielectric by using
    the method of lines is presented, and characteristic equations of
    different mode axe obtained. Rectangular guide partially filled with
    1-D inhomogeneous dielectric slab is exemplified, its dispersion and
    cut-off characteristics are numerically calculated and analyzed, and
    the correctness of the analytic model is demonstrated as well. The
    analytic method in this paper has virtues such as easy formulation,
    less computation and so on, and it can be extensively applied for
    analyzing guide filled with inhomogeneous dielectric problems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiao, JK, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 CR ALU A, 2003, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V51, P1582
    HAN T, 1990, PRINCIPLES MICROWAVE, P171
    HONG W, 1993, PRINCIPLES APPL METH
    KREMER D, 1994, ELECTRON LETT, V30, P1088
    KREMER D, 1997, IEEE T MICROW THEO 1, V45, P2152
    WORM SB, 1990, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V38, P1510
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0920-5071
 J9 J ELECTROMAGNET WAVE APPLICAT
 JI J. Electromagn. Waves Appl.
 PY 2006
 VL 20
 IS 3
 BP 331
 EP 340
 PG 10
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical
 GA 025AK
 UT ISI:000236237500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xiao, JK
    Ji, WS
    Zhang, S
    Li, Y
 TI A field theoretical method for analyzing microwave cavity with
    arbitrary cross-section
 SO JOURNAL OF ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 ID MICROSTRIP BANDPASS-FILTERS; PLANAR WAVE-GUIDES; LINES; FREQUENCIES;
    DESIGN
 AB In this paper a microwave cavity with an arbitrary cross-section is
    analyzed using the method of lines, and the correctness of the analytic
    method is demonstrated. A novel truncated circular microwave cavity is
    presented and its electromagnetic field distribution and resonances are
    calculated and analyzed. The analytic model in this paper has some
    advantages including less computational quantity, easy formulation, and
    extensive application. It can be used for researching electromagnetic
    field boundary value problems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Teachers Coll, Inst Elect Informat Sci & Technol, Lanzhou 730070, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiao, JK, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 CR ALU A, 2003, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V51, P1582
    CHEN MY, 1989, ELECTROMAGNETIC FIEL
    HONG JS, 1999, IEEE T MICROW THEO 2, V47, P1848
    HONG JS, 2000, IEEE T MICROW THEO 1, V48, P1098
    HSIEH LH, 2003, IEEE T MICROW THEO 1, V51, P1141
    KREMER D, 1997, IEEE T MICROW THEO 1, V45, P2152
    SCHULZ U, 1980, AEU-ARCH ELEKTRON UB, V34, P169
    WORM SB, 1984, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V32, P191
    WORM SB, 1990, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V38, P1510
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 0920-5071
 J9 J ELECTROMAGNET WAVE APPLICAT
 JI J. Electromagn. Waves Appl.
 PY 2006
 VL 20
 IS 4
 BP 435
 EP 446
 PG 12
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Physics, Applied; Physics,
    Mathematical
 GA 025AL
 UT ISI:000236237600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, Q
    Pelletier, JM
    Xia, L
    Xu, H
    Dong, YD
 TI The viscoelastic properties of bulk Zr55Cu25Ni5Al10Nb5 metallic glass
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Article
 DE bulk metallic glass; viscoelasticity; relaxation; fragility index
 ID INTERNAL-FRICTION; FREQUENCY-DEPENDENCE; AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; COOLING
    RATES; TRANSITION; RELAXATION; POLYMERS; LIQUIDS; MODULUS; NI
 AB In this work, we have investigated the dynamic shear modulus of the
    bulk Zr55Cu25Ni5Al10Nb5 metallic glasses over large temperature and
    frequency ranges. Like in other conventional glass forming systems. a
    distinct alpha relaxation with typical kinetic features is
    experimentally detected. Therefore, the fragility parameter, m, which
    is estimated from the activation energy for viscoelastic deformation,
    indicates that the Zr base bulk amorphous alloy is a relatively strong
    liquid. On the other hand. during the main mechanical relaxation, the
    frequency dependence of dynamic shear modulus of the Zr base bulk
    amorphous alloy follows the biparabolic equation derived from a
    physical model, which can characterize the atomic mobility and
    mechanical response of disordered condensed materials. (c) 2005
    Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Inst Natl Sci Appl, GEMPPM, F-69621 Villeurbanne, France.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Pelletier, JM, Inst Natl Sci Appl, GEMPPM, Bat B Pascal, F-69621
    Villeurbanne, France.
 EM jean-marc.pelletier@insa-lyon.fr
 CR ADAM G, 1965, J CHEM PHYS, V43, P139
    BIRGE NO, 1985, PHYS REV LETT, V54, P2674
    BOBROV OP, 2003, SCRIPTA MATER, V49, P255
    BOHMER R, 1993, J CHEM PHYS, V99, P420
    BUSH R, 1998, ACTA MAT, V46, P4725
    BUSH R, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P2695
    CAVAILLE JY, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P2411
    CAVAILLE JY, 1991, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V131, P935
    COHEN MH, 1959, J CHEM PHYS, V31, P1164
    DEBENEDETTI PG, 2001, NATURE, V410, P259
    ETIENNE S, 1982, REV SCI INSTRUM, V53, P1261
    GAUTHIER C, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V274, P181
    GOETZE W, 1992, REP PROG PHYS, V55
    GOETZE W, 1999, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V1, P11
    GREST GS, 1980, PHYS REV B, V21, P4113
    HU X, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P3169
    INOUE A, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P866
    JOHNSON WL, 1996, MATER SCI FORUM, V225, P35
    LEE ML, 2002, INTERMETALLICS, V10, P1061
    LEE ML, 2003, PHYS REV B, V67
    MENON N, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P1230
    MEZARD M, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P747
    NGAI KL, 1998, PHYS REV E, V57, P7346
    PARISI G, 2000, J PHYS CONDENS MATT, V12, P6655
    PEKER A, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2342
    PELLETIER JM, 2002, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V336, P190
    PERERA DN, 1999, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V32, P2933
    PERERA DN, 2000, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V33, P1937
    PEREZ J, 1988, POLYM SCI SER B, V40, P102
    PEREZ J, 1990, J CHIM PHYS PCB, V87, P1923
    SCHROTER K, 1998, EUR PHYS J B, V5, P1
    SCHROTER K, 2002, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V307, P270
    SUH D, 2002, ACTA MAT, V50, P537
    TSANG KY, 1997, PHYS REV E, V54, P3067
    TSANG KY, 1997, PHYS REV E, V56, P17
    TURNBULL D, 1970, J CHEM PHYS, V52, P3038
    YUE LP, 1988, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V105, P33
    ZHANG B, 2002, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V14, P7461
    ZHANG T, 1991, MATER T JIM, V32, P1005
 NR 39
 TC 0
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD MAR 9
 PY 2006
 VL 413
 IS 1-2
 BP 181
 EP 187
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 026BY
 UT ISI:000236312900029
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chu, XT
    Ye, ZM
    Li, LY
    Kettle, R
 TI Local and distortional buckling of cold-formed zed-section beams under
    uniformly distributed transverse loads
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MECHANICAL SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE cold-formed section; finite strip analysis; local buckling;
    distortional buckling; stress gradient
 ID PURLINS; BEHAVIOR
 AB This paper presents a numerical investigation on the local and
    distortional buckling behaviour of cold-formed steel zed-section beams
    subjected to uniformly distributed transverse loads. The analysis is
    performed using a semi-analytical finite strip method. The beams
    investigated include both detached sections and restrained sections.
    The results obtained from the present study highlight the differences
    in the local and distortional buckling behaviours of the thin-walled
    sections between pure bending and the uniformly distributed loading.
    (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Auckland Univ Technol, Sch Engn, Engn Res Inst, Auckland 1020, New Zealand.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Aston Univ, Sch Engn & Appl Sci, Birmingham B4 7ET, W Midlands, England.
 RP Chu, XT, Auckland Univ Technol, Sch Engn, Engn Res Inst, Auckland 1020,
    New Zealand.
 CR BORESI AP, 2002, APPROXIMATE SOLUTION
    CAMOTIM D, 2004, INT WORKSH ADV FUT T, P137
    CHU XT, 2004, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V71, P742
    CHU XT, 2004, J CONSTR STEEL RES, V60, P1159
    CHU XT, 2004, THIN WALL STRUCT, P265
    CHU XT, 2005, THIN WALL STRUCT, V43, P531
    CHU XT, 2005, THIN WALL STRUCT, V43, P800
    HANCOCK GJ, 1981, STEEL CONSTRUCTION, V15, P2
    HANCOCK GJ, 2003, J CONSTR STEEL RES, V59, P473
    LI LY, 2004, THIN WALL STRUCT, V42, P995
    RHODES J, 1993, SCI PUBLICATION, V89
    SCHAFER BW, 1997, THESIS CORNELL U
    SCHAFER BW, 1999, ICSAS 99 4 INT C LIG, P89
    SCHAFER BW, 2003, P ADV STRUCT C ASSCC, P56
    VONKARMAN T, 1932, T ASME, V54, P54
    WINTER G, 1968, 8 C INT ASS BRIDG ST, P101
    YE ZM, 2002, THIN WALL STRUCT, V40, P853
    YE ZM, 2004, COMPUT STRUCT, V82, P731
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7403
 J9 INT J MECH SCI
 JI Int. J. Mech. Sci.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 48
 IS 4
 BP 378
 EP 388
 PG 11
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 025XU
 UT ISI:000236301700002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, ZR
    Chung, KW
 TI Hybrid control of bifurcation in continuous nonlinear dynamical systems
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIFURCATION AND CHAOS
 DT Article
 DE hybrid control; Hopf bifurcation; Poincare bifurcation; chaos
 ID HOPF-BIFURCATION; CHAOTIC DYNAMICS; FEEDBACK-CONTROL; PERTURBATIONS
 AB In this paper, a new hybrid control strategy is proposed, in which
    state feedback and parameter perturbation are used to control the
    bifurcations of continuous dynamical systems. The hybrid control can be
    applied to any component of a several dimensional dynamical system and
    is still effective even when the system becomes chaotic. Our results
    show, that various bifurcations, such as Hopf bifurcation and Poincare
    bifurcation, can be controlled by means of this method.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Ctr Nonlinear Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Aetna Sch Management, Shanghai 200052, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, ZR, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Math, Tat Chee Ave, Kowloon, Hong
    Kong, Peoples R China.
 EM makchung@citya.edu.hk
 CR ABED FH, 1994, PHYSICA D, V74, P154
    BRAIMAN Y, 1991, PHYS REV LETT, V66, P2545
    CHEN GR, 1993, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V40, P591
    CHEN GR, 1997, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P1461
    CHEN GR, 1998, CHAOS ORDER METHODOL
    CHEN GR, 1999, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V46, P767
    CHUNG KW, 2003, J SOUND VIB, V267, P787
    KHIBNIK AI, 1993, CHUAS CIRCUIT PARADI, P145
    LIMA R, 1990, PHYS REV A, V41, P726
    LUO XS, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V8, P895
    LUO XS, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V18, P775
    NAYFEH AH, 1990, MECH RES COMMUN, V17, P191
    OTT E, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P1196
    PYRAGAS K, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V170, P421
    RAJASEKAR S, 1997, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V8, P1545
    RAND RH, 1989, MECH RES COMMUN, V16, P117
    YANG L, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P67
    YANG L, 2002, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P1121
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0218-1274
 J9 INT J BIFURCATION CHAOS
 JI Int. J. Bifurcation Chaos
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 15
 IS 12
 BP 3895
 EP 3903
 PG 9
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 025UY
 UT ISI:000236293600005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, XP
    Yang, GK
    Wu, ZM
    Huang, ZH
 TI A hybrid fine-timed multi-objective memetic algorithm
 SO IEICE TRANSACTIONS ON FUNDAMENTALS OF ELECTRONICS COMMUNICATIONS AND
    COMPUTER SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE hybrid; fine-tuned; memetic algorithm; multi-objective optimization;
    multi-objective 0/1 knapsack problem
 ID GENETIC LOCAL SEARCH; EVOLUTIONARY ALGORITHMS; OPTIMIZATION; BALANCE
 AB In this paper, we propose a hybrid fine-tuned multiobjective memetic
    algorithm hybridizing different solution fitness evaluation methods for
    global exploitation and exploration. To search across all regions in
    objective space, the algorithm uses a widely diversified set of weights
    at each generation, and employs a simulated annealing to optimize each
    utility function. For broader exploration, a grid-based technique is
    adopted to discover the missing nondominated regions on existing
    tradeoff surface, and a Pareto-based local perturbation is performed to
    reproduce incrementing solutions trying to fill up the discontinuous
    areas. Additional advanced feature is that the procedure is made
    dynamic and adaptive to the online optimization conditions based on a
    function of improvement ratio to obtain better stability and
    convergence of the algorithm. Effectiveness of our approach is shown by
    applying it to multi-objective 0/1 knapsack problem (MOKP).
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Automat, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, XP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Automat, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 EM gxp@sjtu.edu.cn
 CR BOSMAN PAN, 2003, IEEE T EVOLUT COMPUT, V7, P174
    DEB K, 2002, IEEE T EVOLUT COMPUT, V6, P182
    FIELDSEND JE, 2003, IEEE T EVOLUT COMPUT, V7, P305
    ISHIBUCHI H, 1996, P 3 IEEE INT C EV CO, P119
    ISHIBUCHI H, 1998, IEEE T SYST MAN CY C, V28, P392
    ISHIBUCHI H, 2003, IEEE T EVOLUT COMPUT, V7, P204
    JASZKIEWICZ A, 2002, EUR J OPER RES, V137, P50
    JASZKIEWICZ A, 2002, IEEE T EVOLUT COMPUT, V6, P402
    KNOWLES J, 1999, P 1999 C EV COMP PIS, P98
    KNOWLES JD, 2000, P 2000 C EV COMP, P325
    TAN KC, 2001, IEEE T EVOLUT COMPUT, V5, P565
    ULUNGU EL, 1999, J MULTICRITERIA DECI, V8, P221
    YANG SM, 2005, APPL MATH COMPUT, P1
    YEN GG, 2003, IEEE T EVOLUT COMPUT, V7, P253
    ZITZLER E, 1999, IEEE T EVOLUT COMPUT, V3, P257
    ZITZLER E, 2001, 103 TIK
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0916-8508
 J9 IEICE TRANS FUND ELEC COM COM
 JI IEICE Trans. Fundam. Electron. Commun. Comput. Sci.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL E89A
 IS 3
 BP 790
 EP 797
 PG 8
 SC Computer Science, Hardware & Architecture; Computer Science,
    Information Systems; Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 025TO
 UT ISI:000236290000020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zou, JN
    Xiong, HK
    Lin, RJ
 TI A priority-based packet scheduling architecture for integrated services
    networks
 SO IEICE TRANSACTIONS ON COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE QoS; priority; packet scheduling; sorted-priority; frame-based
 AB To simultaneously support guaranteed real-time services and best-effort
    service, a Priority-based Scheduling Architecture (PSA) designed for
    high-speed switches is proposed. PSA divides packet scheduling into
    high-priority phase and low-priority phase. In the high-priority phase,
    an improved sorted-priority algorithm is presented. It introduces a new
    constraint into the scheduling discipline to overcome bandwidth
    pre-emption. Meanwhile, the virtual time function with a control factor
    a is employed. Both computer simulation results and theoretic analysis
    show that the PSA mechanism has excellent performance in terms of the
    implementation complexity, fairness and delay properties.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Image Commun & Informat Proc, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Zou, JN, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, 179 Yanchang Ave,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM zoujn@graduate.shu.edu.cn
 CR BENNETT JCR, 1996, P IEEE INFOCOM 96 SA, P120
    BENNETT JCR, 1997, IEEE ACM T NETWORK, V5, P675
    CHUANXIONG G, 2001, P ACM SIGCOMM 01, P211
    PAREKH AK, 1993, IEEE ACM T NETWORK, V1, P344
    SHREEDHAR M, 1996, IEEE ACM T NETWORK, V4, P375
    STILIADIS D, 1996, THESIS U CALIFORNIA
    ZHANG Y, 1991, RANDOM STRUCT ALGOR, V2, P101
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0916-8516
 J9 IEICE TRANS COMMUN
 JI IEICE Trans. Commun.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL E89B
 IS 3
 BP 704
 EP 708
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Telecommunications
 GA 025TX
 UT ISI:000236290900010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yao, YQ
    Chen, DY
 TI A new loop algebra and its corresponding multi-component integrable
    hierarchy
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE cycled numbers; loop algebra; multi-component integrable hierarchy
 ID HAMILTONIAN-STRUCTURE
 AB A type of new loop algebra (G) over tilde (M) is constructed by making
    use of the concept of cycled numbers. As its application, an
    isospectral problem is designed and a new multi-component integrable
    hierarchy with multi-potential functions is worked out, which can be
    reduced to the famous KN hierarchy.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Yao, YQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 CR FAN E, 2001, PHYSICA A, V301, P105
    GUO FK, 2000, ACTA MATH APPL SIN, V22, P181
    GUO FK, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P5793
    GUO FK, 2004, APPL MATH J CHINES A, V19, P41
    GUO FK, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P1063
    MA WX, 1993, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V9, P92
    TSLUCHIDA T, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V69, P2241
    TSLUCHIDA T, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V257, P53
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    ZHANG YF, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V317, P280
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2006
 VL 45
 IS 3
 BP 385
 EP 388
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 026CS
 UT ISI:000236314900001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bi, JB
    Sun, YP
    Chen, DY
 TI Soliton solutions for nonisospectral AKNS equation by Hirota's method
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE nonisospectral AKNS equation; soliton solutions; Hirota's method
 AB Bilinear form of the nonisospectral AKNS equation is given. The
    N-soliton solutions are obtained through Hirota's method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Bi, JB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM bijinbo@163.com
 CR CALOGERO F, 1978, LETT NUOVO CIMENTO, V22, P131
    CHAN WL, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P2521
    GUPTA MR, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V72, P420
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    HIROTA R, 1976, J PHYS SOC JPN, V41, P2141
    TIAN C, 1990, RES REPORTS PHYS, P35
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2006
 VL 45
 IS 3
 BP 398
 EP 400
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 026CS
 UT ISI:000236314900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, YP
    Chen, DY
    Xu, XX
 TI A hierarchy of integrable lattice soliton equations and new integrable
    symplectic map
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE lattice soliton equation; discrete Hamiltonian structure; integrable
    symplectic map
 ID DIFFERENTIAL-DIFFERENCE EQUATIONS; EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; BINARY
    NONLINEARIZATION; SYMMETRY CONSTRAINT; MASTER-SYMMETRIES; SYSTEMS
 AB Starting from a discrete spectral problem, a hierarchy of integrable
    lattice soliton equations is derived. It is shown that the hierarchy is
    completely integrable in the Liouville sense and possesses discrete
    bi-Hamiltonian structure. A new integrable symplectic map and
    finite-dimensional integrable systems are given by nonlinearization
    method. The binary Bargmann constraint gives rise to a Backlund
    transformation for the resulting integrable lattice equations. At last,
    conservation laws of the hierarchy are presented.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Qingdao 266510, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, YP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1975, J MATH PHYS, V16, P598
    BOGOYAVLENSKY OI, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V134, P34
    BRUSCHI M, 1991, PHYSICA D, V49, P273
    CAO CW, 1990, NONLINEAR PHYSICS RE, P68
    CAO CW, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V33, P528
    CAO CW, 1999, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V32, P8059
    CHEN DY, 1987, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V20, P313
    CHEN DY, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P761
    LI YS, 2000, SOLITONS FRACTALS, V11, P697
    MA WX, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V185, P277
    MA WX, 1996, IL NUOVO CIMENTO B, V111, P1135
    MA WX, 1997, CHINESE ANN MATH B, V18, P79
    MA WX, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P2400
    MA WX, 1999, P AARMS CRM WORKSH B
    NARITA K, 2002, J PHYS SOC JPN, V71, P2401
    OEVEL W, 1989, PROG THEOR PHYS, V81, P294
    OHTA Y, 1990, J PHYS A, V23, P3903
    OHTA Y, 1991, J PHYS SOC JPN, V60, P2059
    WADATI M, 1979, J PHYS SOC JPN, V47, P1698
    WU YT, 1996, J MATH PHYS, V37, P2338
    WU YT, 1998, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V31, L677
    XU XX, 1995, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V12, P513
    XU XX, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P523
    XU XX, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V301, P250
    XU XX, 2003, ACTA MATH SCI A, V23, P298
    XU XX, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P321
    XU XX, 2005, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V61, P1225
    ZENG YB, 1995, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V28, P113
    ZENG YB, 1997, ANN MATH B, V18, P457
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P573
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P7225
    ZHANG HW, 1991, J MATH PHYS, V32, P1908
    ZHOU RG, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V269, P103
 NR 33
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2006
 VL 45
 IS 3
 BP 405
 EP 410
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 026CS
 UT ISI:000236314900006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, HP
    Zheng, CL
    Fang, JP
 TI Explicit and exact solutions to N-order Schrodinger system via an
    extended mapping approach
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE extended mapping approach; Schrodinger equation; exact solution
 ID VARIABLE SEPARATION EXCITATIONS; COHERENT SOLITON-STRUCTURES;
    BROER-KAUP SYSTEM; MULTISCALE REDUCTION; BOUSSINESQ EQUATION; MODELS;
    PDES
 AB In this paper, we extend the mapping approach to the N-order
    Schrodinger equation. In terms of the extended mapping approach, new
    families of variable separation solutions with some arbitrary functions
    are derived.
 C1 Zheijiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zheijiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zclzheng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR CALOGERO F, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P6399
    CALOGERO F, 2001, J MATH PHYS, V42, P2635
    FANG JP, 2005, Z NATURFORSCH A, V60, P245
    GARDNER CS, 1967, PHYS REV LETT, V19, P1095
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    LOU SY, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V151, P133
    LOU SY, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V175, P23
    LOU SY, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P5027
    LOU SY, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P659
    LOU SY, 2001, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V35, P589
    MA YL, 2005, PHYS REV A, V71
    MATVEEV VB, DARBOUX TRANSFORMATI
    NIMMO JJC, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V168, P113
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    VEROSKY JM, 1991, J MATH PHYS, V32, P1733
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P9
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
    ZHENG CL, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P671
    ZHENG CL, 2004, J PHYS SOC JPN, V73, P293
    ZHENG CL, 2004, Z NATURFORSCH A, V59, P912
    ZHENG CL, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1741
    ZHENG CL, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V24, P1347
    ZHENG CL, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V26, P187
    ZHENG CL, 2005, PHYS LETT A, V340, P397
 NR 24
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2006
 VL 45
 IS 3
 BP 483
 EP 486
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 026CS
 UT ISI:000236314900021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GJ
    Yan, SF
    Zhou, EL
    Chen, YM
 TI Preparation of magnetic and conductive NiZn ferrite-polyaniline
    nanocomposites with core-shell structure
 SO COLLOIDS AND SURFACES A-PHYSICOCHEMICAL AND ENGINEERING ASPECTS
 DT Article
 DE crystallites; crystal structure; X-ray diffraction; nanomaterials
 ID NANOPARTICLES; COMPOSITE; OXIDE; MICROSPHERES
 AB Magnetic and conductive NiZn ferrite-polyaniline nanocomposites with
    novel core-shell structure have been fabricated by microemulsion
    process. The samples were characterized by XRD, TEM, SEM, IR, UV-vis,
    voltage/current detector and SQUID magnetometry. The core-shell
    structure of nanocomposites was observed by TEM. The changes of the
    magnetic and conductive properties after polyaniline coating were
    investigated. (c) 2006 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Donghua Univ, State Key Lab Chem Fibers & Polymer Mat, Shanghai 200051, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, State Key Lab Polymer Phys & Chem, Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GJ, Donghua Univ, State Key Lab Chem Fibers & Polymer Mat, Shanghai
    200051, Peoples R China.
 EM lgj@mail.dhu.edu.cn
 CR DENG JG, 2003, SYNTHETIC MET, V139, P295
    DHANABALAN A, 1999, J MATER SCI LETT, V18, P603
    GRASSET F, 2002, LANGMUIR, V18, P8209
    HE YJ, 2005, MATER CHEM PHYS, V92, P134
    KALININA O, 1999, MACROMOLECULES, V32, P4122
    KAWAGUCHI H, 2000, PROG POLYM SCI, V25, P1171
    KLUG HP, 1954, XRAY DIFFRACTION PRO
    LYON JL, 2004, NANO LETT, V4, P719
    MARCHESSAULT RH, 1992, POLYMER, V33, P4024
    PEDRO GR, 2001, ADV MATER, V13, P163
    TAGO T, 2002, J AM CERAM SOC, V85, P2188
    WAN MX, 1997, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V35, P2129
    WAN MX, 1998, J POLYM SCI POL CHEM, V36, P2749
    XIA HS, 2002, CHEM MATER, V14, P2158
    YAVUZ O, 2005, J MATER CHEM, V15, P810
    ZINS D, 1999, J MOL LIQ, V83, P217
    ZIOLO RF, 1992, SCIENCE, V257, P219
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0927-7757
 J9 COLLOID SURFACE A
 JI Colloid Surf. A-Physicochem. Eng. Asp.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2006
 VL 276
 IS 1-3
 BP 40
 EP 44
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical
 GA 024YA
 UT ISI:000236231300007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JC
    Zhang, ZQ
    Xu, Y
    Jing, C
    Cao, SX
    Zhao, Y
 TI Low temperature transport behavior and Kondo scattering in dilute
    Mn-doped Na gamma Co1-xMnxO2
 SO APPLIED PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID NAXCO2O4; NACO2O4
 AB We studied the low temperature transport behavior and its dependence on
    applied magnetic field for dilute Mn-doped Na gamma Co1-xMnxO2 (x=0,
    0.03, 0.07, 0.1). Strikingly, a resistivity minimum was discovered for
    all the doped samples at low temperatures and was weakly dependent on
    the external magnetic field. Combining with the susceptibility
    measurements, the results prove the coexistence of Kondo scattering and
    possibly enhanced electron-electron (e-e) interaction induced by dilute
    Mn doping. This signature of e-e interaction may reflect a typical
    characteristic of strong correlation systems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Tsing Hua Univ, Dept Phys, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM jczhang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BAYRAKCI SP, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
    BOOTHROYD AT, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V92
    FOO ML, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V92
    JANSEN M, 1974, Z ANORG ALLG CHEM, V408, P104
    KAWATA T, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P10584
    KONDO J, 1964, PROG THEOR PHYS, V32, P37
    LEE KW, 2005, PHYS REV LETT, V94
    LUO JL, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V93
    MENDELS P, 2005, PHYS REV LETT, V94
    MOTOHASHI T, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P1480
    ONG NP, 2004, SCIENCE, V305, P52
    PASUPATHY AN, 2004, SCIENCE, V306, P86
    SCHAAK RE, 2003, NATURE, V424, P527
    TAKADA K, 2003, NATURE, V6, P53
    TAKEUCHI T, 2002, PHYSICA B, V312, P719
    TERASAKI I, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, P12685
    TERASAKI I, 2003, PHYSICA B, V328, P63
    TERASAKI L, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
    WANG YY, 2003, NATURE, V423, P425
    YANG HD, 2005, PHYS REV B, V71
    ZHANG JC, 2005, PHYS REV B, V72
    ZHANG WY, 2004, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V16, P4935
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0003-6951
 J9 APPL PHYS LETT
 JI Appl. Phys. Lett.
 PD MAR 20
 PY 2006
 VL 88
 IS 12
 AR 122102
 DI ARTN 122102
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 025FG
 UT ISI:000236250100062
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fu, GC
    Li, MX
    Dong, C
    Guo, J
    Yang, LH
 TI Structural, transport and magnetic properties of KxCoO2 center dot
    yH(2)O(x < 0.2,y <= 0.8)
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE KxCoO2; crystal structure; spin glass; magnetic properties
 ID PHASE; SUPERCONDUCTIVITY
 AB Layered potassium cobaltate K0.36CoO2 has been successfully synthesized
    from KOH fluxes at 480 degrees C. The K0.36CoO2 sample can be oxidized
    and intercalated with water by treatment in KMnO4 and K2S2O8 solutions.
    K0.12CoO2 center dot 0.8H(2)O and K0.16CoO2 center dot 0.6H(2)O have
    been obtained after the KMnO4 and K2S2O8 treatment, respectively. The
    diffraction peaks of K0.12CoO2 center dot 0.8H(2)O and K0.16CoO2 center
    dot 0.6H(2)O can be well indexed by a hexagonal cell similar to the
    monolayer hydrate NaxCoO2 center dot yH(2)O. Afterdehydration, the
    major phases have an orthorhombic structure similar to Na0.5CoO2 and
    show semiconductor behavior. Both K0.12CoO2 center dot 0.8H(2)O and
    K0.16CoO2 center dot 0.6H(2)O are primarily paramagnetic and show
    metallic behavior. K0.16CoO2 center dot 0.6H(2)O has a spin-glass-like
    transition or other magnetic fluctuations around 56 K. The
    spin-glass-like transition or the regions of magnetic phase separation
    are reduced in K0.12CoO2 center dot 0.8H(2)O due to the increasing of
    the intercalated water. We also discussed similarities and differences
    between the structural and physical properties of KxCoO2 and NaxCoO2.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Phys, Natl Lab Superconduct, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, GC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM chengdon@aphy.iphy.ac.cn
 CR BUTEL M, 1999, SOLID STATE IONICS, V122, P271
    DONG C, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P838
    FOO ML, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V92
    FU GC, 2005, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V22, P1478
    HUANG Q, 2004, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V16, P5803
    LIU CJ, 2004, PHYSICA C, V416, P43
    LUO JL, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V93
    SCHAAK RE, 2003, NATURE, V424, P527
    SHIN N, 1996, J PHYS SOC JPN, V65, P358
    TAKADA K, 2003, NATURE, V422, P53
    TAKADA K, 2004, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V177, P372
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 54
 IS 12
 BP 5713
 EP 5716
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 997PQ
 UT ISI:000234259300037
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, ZY
    Hua, GS
    Zheng, CL
 TI Multisoliton excitations for the Kadomtsev-Petviashvili equation
 SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR NATURFORSCHUNG SECTION A-A JOURNAL OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE Kadomtsev-Petviashvili equation; variable separation approach; Backlund
    transformation; annihilation
 ID VARIABLE SEPARATION APPROACH; BROER-KAUP SYSTEM; (2+1)-DIMENSIONAL KDV
    EQUATION; LOCALIZED COHERENT STRUCTURES; KORTEWEG-DEVRIES EQUATION;
    SOLITON SOLUTION; PAINLEVE INTEGRABILITY; BURGERS-EQUATION;
    WAVE-EQUATION; LONG
 AB By means of the standard truncated Painleve expansion and a special
    Backlund trans format ion, some exact multisoliton solutions are
    derived for the Kadomtsev-Petviashvili equation. The evolution
    properties of the multisoliton excitations are investigated and some
    novel features or interesting behaviors Lire revealed. The results show
    that four straight-line solitons are annihilated or produced with the
    time increases. which is very similar to the completely nonelastic
    collision among electrons and positrons.
 C1 Lishui Univ, Coll Sci, Zhejiang 232000, Lishui, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, ZY, Lishui Univ, Coll Sci, Zhejiang 232000, Lishui, Peoples R China.
 EM mazhengyi_77@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BOITI M, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P371
    BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P432
    DENG SF, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V25, P475
    FANG JP, 2005, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V43, P245
    FREEMAN NC, 1983, PHYS LETT A, V95, P1
    HIROTA R, 1980, DIRECT METHODS SOLIT
    HUANG WH, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P1101
    KADOMTSEV BB, 1970, SOV PHYS DOKL, V15, P539
    LIN J, 2002, Z NATURFORSCH A, V57, P929
    LIN J, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V19, P189
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4209
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2001, J PHYS A, V34, P237
    LOU SY, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P4078
    LOU SY, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P10619
    MA ZY, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P1382
    MA ZY, 2005, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V43, P993
    MACCARI A, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P4151
    OIKAWA M, 1989, J PHYS SOC JPN, V58, P4416
    RUAN HY, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P586
    SATSUMA J, 1976, J PHYS SOC JPN, V40, P286
    TANG XY, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V38, P1
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    UTHAYAKUMAR A, 1999, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V10, P1513
    WADATI M, 1980, J PHYS SOC JPN, V48, P312
    WANG S, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P231
    YING JP, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P1448
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1974, FUNC ANAL APPLIC, V8, P226
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1979, SOV SCI REV PHYS REV, V1, P133
    ZHANG JF, 2001, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V35, P267
    ZHANG JF, 2003, Z NATURFORSCH A, V58, P280
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P261
    ZHENG CL, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P391
    ZHENG CL, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P903
    ZHENG CL, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V24, P1347
 NR 35
 TC 0
 SN 0932-0784
 J9 Z NATURFORSCH SECT A
 JI Z. Naturfors. Sect. A-J. Phys. Sci.
 PD JAN-FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 61
 IS 1-2
 BP 32
 EP 38
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 023SC
 UT ISI:000236145500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, HP
    Zheng, CL
    Fang, JP
 TI Bell-like and peak-like loop solitons in (2+1)-dimensional dispersive
    long water-wave system
 SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR NATURFORSCHUNG SECTION A-A JOURNAL OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE extended mapping approach; dispersive long water-wave system (DLW);
    bell-like loop solitons; peak-like loop solitons
 ID VARIABLE SEPARATION EXCITATIONS; LOCALIZED COHERENT STRUCTURES;
    EXTENDED MAPPING APPROACH; LEON-PEMPINELLI SYSTEM; 2 SPACE DIMENSIONS;
    BROER-KAUP SYSTEM; SCHRODINGER SYSTEM; EQUATIONS; MODELS
 AB Starting from an extended mapping approach, a new type of variable
    separation solution with arbitrary functions of the (2+1)-dimensional
    dispersive long water-wave (DLW) system is derived. Then based on the
    derived solution, we reveal some new types of loop solitons such as
    bell-like loop solitons and peak-like loop solitons in the
    (2+1)-dimensional DLW system.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Zhejiang, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Zhejiang,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zjclzheng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR BOITI M, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P371
    BOITI M, 1988, PHYS LETT A, V132, P432
    FANG JP, 2005, CHINESE PHYS, V14, P13
    FANG JP, 2005, Z NATURFORSCH A, V60, P245
    LOU SY, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V76, P96
    LOU SY, 1994, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V27, P3235
    LOU SY, 1995, MATH METHOD APPL SCI, V18, P789
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LOU SY, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P5027
    PAQUIN G, 1990, PHYSICA D, V46, P122
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4000
    ZHANG JF, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V37, P277
    ZHENG CL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2426
    ZHENG CL, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P1399
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P783
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
    ZHENG CL, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P592
    ZHENG CL, 2004, J PHYS SOC JPN, V73, P293
    ZHENG CL, 2004, Z NATURFORSCH A, V59, P912
    ZHENG CL, 2005, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V54, P1468
    ZHENG CL, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1741
    ZHENG CL, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V24, P1347
    ZHENG CL, 2005, CHINESE PHYS, V14, P676
    ZHENG CL, 2005, PHYS LETT A, V340, P397
    ZHENG CL, 2006, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V27, P1321
 NR 27
 TC 0
 SN 0932-0784
 J9 Z NATURFORSCH SECT A
 JI Z. Naturfors. Sect. A-J. Phys. Sci.
 PD JAN-FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 61
 IS 1-2
 BP 39
 EP 44
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 023SC
 UT ISI:000236145500006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Hu, HT
 TI Mathematical modelling of molten steel flow process in a whole RH
    degasser during the vacuum circulation refining process: Application of
    the model and results
 SO STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 ID DECARBURIZATION
 AB A three-dimensional mathematical model for the molten steel flow during
    the RH refining process has been applied to the circulatory flow
    processes in both a practical RH degasser and its water model unit. The
    model was presented earlier [1] and one of its characteristics is that
    ladle, snorkels and vacuum vessel are regarded as a whole. Using this
    model, the fluid flow field and the gas holdups of liquid phases and
    others have been computed respectively for a 90 t RH degasser and its
    water model unit with a 1/5 linear scale. The results show that the
    mathematical model can properly describe the flow pattern of molten
    steel during the refining process in an RH degasser. Except in the area
    close to the liquid's free surface and in the zone between the two
    snorkels in the ladle, a strong mixing of the molten steel occurs,
    especially in the vacuum vessel. However, there is a boundary layer
    between the descending liquid stream from the down-snorkel and its
    surrounding liquid, which is a typical liquid-liquid two-phase flow,
    and the molten steel in the ladle is not in a perfect mixing state. The
    lifting gas blown is ascending mostly near the up-snorkel wall, which
    is more obvious under the conditions of a practical RH degasser, and
    the flow pattern of the bubbles and molten steel in the up-snorkel is
    closer to an annular flow. The calculated circulation rates for the
    water model unit at different lifting gas rates are in good agreement
    with experimentally determined values.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Met Mat, 149 Yan
    Chang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM jihew@hotmail.com
 CR AJMANI SK, 2004, ISIJ INT, V44, P82
    FILHO GAV, 2001, 2001 STEELM C P, P661
    HANNO PM, 1994, UROL CLIN N AM, V21, P1
    HUANG HF, 2004, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    ILEGBUSI OJ, 1990, ISIJ INT, V30, P731
    JIAO B, 2000, J IRON STEEL RES, P27
    KATO Y, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P1088
    PARK YG, 2000, ISIJ INT, V40, P749
    SHIRABE K, 1983, T ISIJ, V23, P564
    SZATKOWSKI M, 1991, IRON STEELMAKER, P65
    WEI JH, 2002, STEEL RES, V73, P135
    WEI JH, 2002, STEEL RES, V73, P143
    WEI JH, 2006, STEEL RES INT, V77, P32
    YU NW, 2001, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    ZHU MY, 2000, ACTA METALLURGICAL S, V36, P1176
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 1611-3683
 J9 STEEL RES INT
 JI Steel Res. Int.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 77
 IS 2
 BP 91
 EP 96
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 023RJ
 UT ISI:000236143600003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, YM
    Li, JH
 TI A complex variable meshless method for fracture problems
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES G-PHYSICS MECHANICS & ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE moving least-square approximation; complex variable moving least-square
    approximation; meshless method; complex variable meshless method;
    fracture
 ID FINITE-ELEMENT-METHOD; BOUNDARY NODE METHOD; COMPUTATIONAL MECHANICS
 AB Based on the moving least-square (MLS) approximation, the complex
    variable moving least-square approximation (CVMLS) is discussed in this
    paper. The complex variable moving least-square approximation cannot
    form ill-conditioned equations, and has greater precision and
    computational efficiency. Using the analytical solution near the tip of
    a crack, the trial functions in the complex variable moving
    least-square approximation are extended, and the corresponding
    approximation function is obtained. And from the minimum potential
    energy principle, a complex variable meshless method for fracture
    problems is presented, and the formulae of the complex variable
    meshless method are obtained. The complex variable meshless method in
    this paper has greater precision and computational efficiency than the
    conventional meshless method. Some examples are given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Xian Univ Technol, Dept Bldg Engn, Xian 710048, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, YM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM ymcheng@sh163.net
 CR ATLURI SN, 1998, COMPUT MECH, V22, P117
    BELYTSCHKO T, 1994, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V37, P229
    BELYTSCHKO T, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P3
    CAI Y, 2003, ACTA MECH SINICA, V35, P187
    CHEN W, 2000, NEW RBF COLLOCATION, V1
    CHENG Y, 2003, ACTA MECH SINICA, V35, P181
    DUARTE CA, 1995, 9505 U TEX AUST I CO
    HAO S, 2002, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V53, P1937
    IDELSOHN SR, 2003, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V58, P893
    KOTHNUR VS, 1999, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V36, P1129
    LI S, 2002, APPL MECH REV, V55, P1
    LI S, 2004, ACTA MECH SINICA, V36, P496
    LIU WK, 1995, INT J NUMER METH FL, V21, P901
    LIU WK, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P91
    LONG SY, 2000, ACTA MECH SINICA, V32, P566
    NAYROLES B, 1992, COMPUT MECH, V10, P307
    ONARTE E, 1996, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V39, P3839
    ZHANG JM, 2002, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V53, P751
    ZHANG X, 2003, ACTA MECH SINICA, V35, P425
    ZHANG XG, 2001, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V51, P1089
    ZHU T, 1998, COMPUT MECH, V21, P223
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 1672-1799
 J9 SCI CHINA SER G
 JI Sci. China Ser. G-Phys. Mech. Astron.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 49
 IS 1
 BP 46
 EP 59
 PG 14
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 023WM
 UT ISI:000236156900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tang, XY
    Liang, ZF
 TI Variable separation solutions for the (3+1)-dimensional Jimbo-Miwa
    equation
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 ID NONLINEAR EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; LOCALIZED EXCITATIONS; SYSTEM;
    DEFORMATION; SOLITONS
 AB Two types of variable separation solutions, obtained by the
    multi-linear variable separation approach, for the (3 + 1)-dimensional
    Jimbo-Miwa equation are presented in this Letter. Some two-dimensional
    arbitrary functions are included in the solutions which lead to some
    interesting (3 + 1)-dimensional structures. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Power Engn Coll, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Tang, XY, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200030, Peoples
    R China.
 EM xytang@sjtu.edu.cn
 CR DORRIZZI B, 1986, J MATH PHYS, V27, P2848
    FAN EG, 2003, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V36, P7009
    HU HC, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P327
    HU HC, 2004, PHYS LETT, V21, P2073
    JIMBO M, 1983, PUBL RES I MATH SCI, V19, P943
    LIN J, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V313, P93
    LIU XQ, 2004, APPL MATH COMPUT, V158, P177
    LOU SY, 1995, J MATH PHYS, V36, P3492
    LOU SY, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P4209
    LOU SY, 2000, Z NATURFORSCH A, V55, P867
    LOU SY, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P769
    LOU SY, 2003, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V36, P3877
    LOU SY, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P1020
    MA HC, 2005, PHYS LETT, V22, P554
    RUBIN J, 1990, J MATH PHYS, V31, P2085
    TANG XY, 2002, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V37, P139
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    TANG XY, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V3, P335
    TANG XY, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P6
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4000
    YING JP, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P1448
    YU J, 2000, SCI CHINA SER A, V43, P655
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P425
    ZHANG SL, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V300, P40
    ZHENG CL, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1741
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD MAR 13
 PY 2006
 VL 351
 IS 6
 BP 398
 EP 402
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 021SP
 UT ISI:000236006100006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, HC
    Tong, B
    Lou, SY
 TI Nonsingular positon and complexiton solutions for the coupled KdV system
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 ID KORTEWEG-DEVRIES EQUATION; DE-VRIES EQUATION; SOLITARY WAVES;
    CLASSIFICATION; SYMMETRIES; HIERARCHY
 AB Taking the coupled KdV system as a simple example, analytical and
    nonsingular complexiton solutions are firstly discovered in this Letter
    for integrable systems. Additionally, the analytical and nonsingular
    positon-negaton interaction solutions are also firstly found for
    S-integrable model. The new analytical positon, negaton and complexiton
    solutions of the coupled KdV system are given out both analytically and
    graphically by means of the iterative Darboux transformations. (c) 2005
    Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Ningbo Univ, Dept Phys, Ningbo 315211, Peoples R China.
 RP Lou, SY, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R
    China.
 EM sylou@mail.sjtu.edu.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V72, P277
    AIRAULT H, 1977, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V30, P95
    BRAZHNYI VA, 2005, PHYS REV E 2, V72
    CHEN Y, 2005, PHYS LETT A, V347, P215
    DODD R, 1982, PHYS LETT A, V89, P168
    DRINFELD VG, 1985, J SOVIET MATH, V30, P1975
    FOURSOV MV, 2000, INVERSE PROBL, V16, P259
    FUCHSSTEINER B, 1982, PROG THEOR PHYS, V68, P1082
    GEAR JA, 1984, STUD APPL MATH, V70, P235
    GEAR JA, 1985, STUD APPL MATH, V72, P95
    HIROTA R, 1981, PHYS LETT A, V85, P407
    HU HC, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V17, P921
    HU HC, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P327
    HU HC, 2005, PHYS LETT A, V341, P422
    ITO M, 1982, PHYS LETT A, V91, P335
    KRUSKAL MD, 1974, LECTURES APPLIED MAT, V15, P61
    LIAN ZJ, 2005, IN PRESS NONLINEAR A
    LOU SY, NLINSI0508029
    LOU SY, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P2390
    LOU SY, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V277, P94
    LOU SY, 2005, PHYS REV E 2, V71
    MA WX, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V301, P35
    MA WX, 2004, PHYSICA A, V343, P219
    MA WX, 2005, T AM MATH SOC, V357, P1753
    MAGRI F, 1978, J MATH PHYS, V19, P1156
    MATVEEV VB, 1991, DARBOUX TRANSFORMATI
    MATVEEV VB, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V166, P205
    MATVEEV VB, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V166, P209
    MATVEEV VB, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V168, P463
    MATVEEV VB, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P2955
    MIURA RM, 1968, J MATH PHYS, V9, P1204
    NUTKU Y, 1990, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V105, P1381
    RASINARIU C, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P1803
    SATSUMA J, 1982, J PHYS SOC JPN, V51, P3390
    SOKOLOV VV, 1994, THEOR MATH PHYS, V100, P959
    SOKOLOV VV, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P11139
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    XU GQ, 2004, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V161, P65
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1971, FUNCT ANAL APPL, V5, P280
    ZHARKOV AY, 1993, J SYMB COMPUT, V15, P85
 NR 40
 TC 0
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD MAR 13
 PY 2006
 VL 351
 IS 6
 BP 403
 EP 412
 PG 10
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 021SP
 UT ISI:000236006100007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, ZP
    Zhang, JC
    Su, YL
    Xue, YC
    Cao, SX
 TI Effect of rare-earth ion size on local electron structure in
    RBa2Cu3O7-delta (R = Tm, Dy, Gd, Eu, Nd and Y) superconductors: A
    positron study
 SO PHYSICA C-SUPERCONDUCTIVITY AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE high-Tc superconductivity; rare-earth ionic size; local electron
    density; positron annihilation; orhtorhombic distortion
 ID VACANCY PROPERTIES; LIFETIME; TEMPERATURE; DEPENDENCE; DEFECTS;
    ANNIHILATION; YBA2CU3O7; CERAMICS; RADIUS
 AB The effects of rarc-earth ionic size on the local electron structure,
    lattice parameters and superconductivity have been investigated by
    positron annihilation technique (PAT) and related experiments for
    RBa2Cu3O7-delta (R = Tm, Dy, Gd, Eu, Nd and Y) superconductors. The
    local electron density ne is evaluated as a function of the rare-earth
    radius. The results show that both the bulk-lifetime tau(B) and the
    defect lifetime tau(2) increase with increasing rare-earth ionic
    radius, while the local electron density n(e) decrease with increasing
    rare-earth ionic radius. These results prove that the changes of n(e),
    the degree of orthorhombic distortion and the coupling between the Cu-O
    chains and the CuO2 planes all have an effect on the superconductivity
    of RBa2Cu3O7-delta systems. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhengzhou Univ Light Ind, Dept Technol & Phys, Zhengzhou 450002, Henan, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, ZP, Zhengzhou Univ Light Ind, Dept Technol & Phys, 5 Dongfeng Rd,
    Zhengzhou 450002, Henan, Peoples R China.
 EM czhping@zzuli.edu.cn
 CR BERGERSEN B, 1969, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V7, P1203
    BRANDT W, 1967, POSITRON ANNIHILATIO
    BRANDT W, 1971, PHYS LETT          A, V35, P109
    BUCHNER B, 1990, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V73, P357
    CHEN ZP, 2002, MATER LETT, V57, P374
    DE UY, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P14519
    GINSBERG DM, 1990, PHYSICAL PROPERTIES, P324
    HAUTOJARRI P, 1979, POSITRON SOLIDS
    JEAN YC, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P1069
    JORGENSEN JD, 1991, PHYS TODAY, V44, P34
    KISTENMACHER TJ, 1988, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V65, P981
    NAROZHNYI VN, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P5856
    POLITY A, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P10025
    SOMOZA A, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P14454
    VONSTETTEN EC, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P2198
    WEST RN, 1973, ADV PHYS, V22, P263
    ZHANG JC, 1993, PHYS REV B, V48, P16830
    ZHANG JC, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V201, P70
    ZHANG QR, 1993, CHIN SCI A, V23, P409
    ZHAO Y, 1990, PROG PHYS, V10, P421
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0921-4534
 J9 PHYSICA C
 JI Physica C
 PD FEB 15
 PY 2006
 VL 434
 IS 2
 BP 161
 EP 166
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 023YT
 UT ISI:000236162800008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, YN
    Li, KC
    Li, Z
    Shang, GW
    Liu, DN
    Lu, ZM
    Zhang, JW
    Ji, YH
    Gao, GD
    Chen, J
 TI Effects of bee venom peptidergic components on rat pain-related
    behaviors and inflammation
 SO NEUROSCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE peptidergic biotoxins; local inflammation; ongoing pain; thermal and
    mechanical hypersensitivity; TRPV1
 ID DYNAMIC-RANGE NEURONS; SUBCUTANEOUS INJECTION; RECEPTOR ANTAGONIST;
    CONSCIOUS RAT; DORSAL-HORN; MELITTIN; HYPERALGESIA; CAPSAICIN;
    RESPONSES; NOCICEPTION
 AB To identify the active components of honeybee venom in production of
    inflammation and pain-related behaviors, five major peptidergic
    subfractions were separated, purified and identified from the whole
    honeybee venom. Among them, four active peptidergic components were
    characterized as apamin, mast-cell degranulating peptide (MCDP),
    phospholipase A(2) (PLA(2))-related peptide and melittin, respectively.
    All five subfractions were effective in production of local
    inflammatory responses (paw edema) in rats although the efficacies were
    different. Among the five identified subfractions, only MCDP,
    PLA(2)-related peptide and melittin were able to produce ongoing
    pain-related behaviors shown as paw flinches, while only apamin and
    melittin were potent to produce both thermal and mechanical
    hypersensitivity. As shown in our previous report, melittin was the
    most potent polypeptide in production of local inflammation as well as
    ongoing pain and hypersensitivity. To further explore the peripheral
    mechanisms underlying melittin-induced nociception and
    hypersensitivity, a single dose of capsazepine, a blocker of thermal
    nociceptor transient receptor potential vanilloid receptor 1, was
    treated s.c. prior to or after melittin administration. The results
    showed that both pre- and post-treatment of capsazepine could
    significantly prevent and suppress the melittin-induced ongoing
    nociceptive responses and thermal hypersensitivity, but were without
    influencing mechanical hypersensitivity. The present results suggest
    that the naturally occurring peptidergic substances of the whole
    honeybee venom have various pharmacological potencies to produce local
    inflammation, nociception and pain hypersensitivity in mammals, and
    among the five identified reverse-phase high pressure liquid
    chromatography subfractions (four polypeptides), melittin, a
    polypeptide occupying over 50% of the whole honeybee venom, plays a
    central role in production of local inflammation, nociception and
    hyperalgesia or allodynia following the experimental honeybee's sting.
    Peripheral transient receptor potential vanilloid receptor 1 is likely
    to be involved in melittin-produced ongoing pain and heat hyperalgesia,
    but not mechanical hyperalgesia, in rats. (c) 2005 Published by
    Elsevier Ltd on behalf of IBRO.
 C1 Fourth Mil Med Univ, Inst Funct Brain Disorders, Xian 710038, Peoples R China.
    Fourth Mil Med Univ, Inst Biomed Sci Pain, Tangdu Hosp, Xian 710038, Peoples R China.
    Capital Univ Med Sci, Inst Biomed Sci Pain, Beijing 100054, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Gao, GD, Fourth Mil Med Univ, Inst Funct Brain Disorders, 1 Xinsi Rd,
    Xian 710038, Peoples R China.
 EM gguodong@fmmu.edu.cn
    junchen@fmmu.edu.cn
 CR BREITHAUPT H, 1968, N-S ARCH PHARMACOL, V261, P252
    CHEN HS, 2000, EUR J PAIN-LONDON, V4, P389
    CHEN J, 1998, EUR J PAIN-LONDON, V2, P359
    CHEN J, 1999, BRAIN RES, V844, P98
    CHEN J, 1999, PAIN, V83, P67
    CHEN J, 2001, PAIN, V91, P367
    CHEN J, 2003, EXPT PATHOLOGICAL PA, P77
    CHEN J, 2005, 11 WORLD C PAIN AUST, P403
    FISCHER FG, 1961, BIOCHEM Z, V335, P51
    GAULDIE J, 1978, EUR J BIOCHEM, V83, P405
    GUSHCHIN IS, 1977, B EKSP BIOL MED, V87, P78
    HABERMANN E, 1965, BIOCHEM Z, V343, P192
    HABERMANN E, 1972, SCIENCE, V177, P314
    HUGUES M, 1982, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V79, P1308
    JI YH, 1996, TOXICON, V34, P987
    JULIUS D, 2001, NATURE, V413, P203
    JULIUS D, 2006, WALL MELZACKS TXB PA, P35
    KOYAMA N, 2000, PAIN, V84, P133
    KWAK JY, 1998, NEUROSCIENCE, V86, P619
    KWON YB, 2001, AM J CHINESE MED, V29, P187
    KWON YB, 2001, NEUROSCI LETT, V308, P133
    KWON YB, 2002, LIFE SCI, V71, P191
    LARIVIERE WR, 1996, PAIN, V66, P271
    LARIVIERE WR, 2002, PAIN, V97, P75
    LARIVIERE WR, 2005, ACTA PHYSL SIN, V57, P278
    LEE JH, 2001, J VET MED SCI, V63, P251
    LI KC, 2004, NEUROSCIENCE, V126, P753
    MINTON SA, 1974, VENOM DIS
    SHIN HK, 2004, NEUROREPORT, V15, P1745
    SUMIKURA H, 2003, NEUROSCI LETT, V337, P147
    TU AT, 1977, VENOMS CHEM MOL BIOL
    VALENTIN E, 2000, J BIOL CHEM, V275, P7492
    YE JG, 2000, FEBS LETT, V479, P136
    YOU HJ, 1999, EUR J PAIN-LONDON, V3, P177
    YOU HJ, 2002, BRAIN RES BULL, V58, P561
    ZALUZEC EJ, 1995, PROTEIN EXPRES PURIF, V6, P109
    ZHENG JH, 2002, J COMPUT NEUROSCI, V13, P23
    ZIMMERMANN M, 1983, PAIN, V16, P109
 NR 38
 TC 0
 SN 0306-4522
 J9 NEUROSCIENCE
 JI Neuroscience
 PY 2006
 VL 138
 IS 2
 BP 631
 EP 640
 PG 10
 SC Neurosciences
 GA 022HL
 UT ISI:000236046100024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JX
    Xu, N
    Ge, HH
    Wei, ZF
    Yan, LC
 TI Determining optimum cathodic protection potential for brass
 SO MATERIALS PERFORMANCE
 DT Article
 ID CALCAREOUS DEPOSITS; ELECTROCHEMICAL-BEHAVIOR; ARTIFICIAL SEAWATER;
    CORROSION; CACO3
 AB The use of electrochemical impedance spectroscopy (EIS) to investigate
    corrosion protection was illustrated for cathodic protection (CP) of
    brass in artificial freshwater. Based on the results, the optimum
    protection potential of brass under CP was determined. EIS and optical
    microscopy were performed to characterize the surface of test
    electrodes at different stages during the test. The results show that
    EIS is an effective method to determine the optimum protection
    potential of brass.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JX, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 CR BARCHICHE C, 2003, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V48, P1645
    BARCHICHE C, 2004, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V49, P2833
    DAN WT, 2002, CORROSION 2002
    DESLOUIS C, 2000, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V45, P1837
    DINNAPPA RK, 1987, CORROS SCI, V27, P349
    ELSHERIF RM, 2004, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V49, P5139
    GILBERT PT, 1995, CORROSION METAL ENV
    HABIB K, 1998, CORROS SCI, V40, P1435
    HODGKIESS T, 2003, DESALINATION, V158, P23
    KEAR G, 2005, CORROS SCI, V47, P1694
    MANSFELD F, 1990, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V35, P1533
    QUARTARONE G, 1998, CORROSION, V54, P606
    RAVICHANDRAN R, 2005, APPL SURF SCI, V241, P449
    SHREIR LL, 1990, DESIGN OPERATIONAL G
    XU LK, 2003, CORROS SCI, V45, P2729
    ZHANG JX, 2005, IN PRESS CORROSION P, V26
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0094-1492
 J9 MATER PERFORM
 JI Mater. Perform.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 45
 IS 3
 BP 20
 EP 25
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Characterization & Testing
 GA 022QZ
 UT ISI:000236072100010
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liao, QQ
    Wu, YP
    Zhou, GD
 TI Case history - Evaluation of the scale and inhibition effect of a water
    stabilizer
 SO MATERIALS PERFORMANCE
 DT Article
 AB The complex effect of a water stabilizer on copper, iron, and zinc ions
    was tested by spectrophotometry, and its corrosion inhibition on copper
    alloy tubes was measured using electrochemical methods. The results
    showed that the water stabilizer not only had a strong antiscaling
    effect on Ca2+ and Mg2+, but also had certain complex effects on Cu2+
    and Zn2+ under conventionally used concentration. The water stabilizer
    provided insufficient corrosion inhibition on copper tubes at the usual
    concentration.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Liao, QQ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 CR *THERM POW RES I, 1995, STAND COLL WAT VAP T, P172
    *THERM POW RES I, 1995, STAND COLL WAT VAP T, P196
    *THERM POW RES I, 1995, STAND COLL WAT VAP T, P71
    YU ZH, 2000, CHINA ELECT POWER, V33, P31
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 0094-1492
 J9 MATER PERFORM
 JI Mater. Perform.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 45
 IS 3
 BP 42
 EP 45
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Characterization & Testing
 GA 022QZ
 UT ISI:000236072100019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, QH
    Kim, ES
    Xu, J
 TI Effect of La3+ on microwave dielectric properties of (Pb0.45Ca0.55)
    (Fe0.5Nb0.5)O-3 ceramics
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE (Pb0.45Ca0.55)(Fe0.5Nb0.5)O-3; microwave dielectric properties; oxygen
    vacancy; A-site substitution; rare earths
 ID FREQUENCIES
 AB In this work, microwave dielectric properties of A-site substitution by
    La3+ in (Pb0.45Ca0.55) (Fe0.5Nb0.5) 03 system were investigated.
    Microwave dielectric properties of A-site charge unbalance substitution
    of [(Pb0.45Ca0.55)(1-x) La-x] (Fe0.5Nb0.5)O-3(+) (P45CLFN) were
    improved because the solid solution of small amount of surplus La3+
    with (Pb, Ca)(2+) could eliminate oxygen vacancies, and the formation
    of secondary phase (pyrochlore) was also caused by surplus La3+. The
    decreasing of dielectric constant with the increase of La3+ content is
    due to the formation of pyrochlore. The grain size is changed slightly
    and Q(f) values (7000 similar to 7300 GHz) are almost unchanged at x =
    0.02 similar to 0.10, but the temperature coefficient of resonant
    frequency (TCF) are increased and changed from negative to positive.
    TCF is zero at x 0.075 with Q(f) = 7267 GHz and K = 89. TCF of all
    specimens are within +/- 5 x 10(-6)degrees C-1.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Kyonggi Univ, Dept Mat Engn, Suwon, South Korea.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, QH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM yangqiuhongen@yahoo.com
 CR FERREIRA VM, 1995, J MATER RES, V10, P2301
    KAGATA H, 1993, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V32, P4332
    KATO J, 1991, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V30, P2343
    KATO J, 1992, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V31, P3144
    KUCHEIKO S, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P2937
    MICHIURA N, 1995, J AM CERAM SOC, V78, P793
    PLOURDE JK, 1981, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V29, P754
    RAO TS, 1990, FERROELECTRICS, V102, P155
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 SU Suppl. S
 BP 145
 EP 147
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA 022YY
 UT ISI:000236093300038
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZY
    Xu, H
    Ni, JS
    Jin, HM
    Zhou, BX
 TI Texture evolution in nanocomposite Nd2Fe14B/alpha-Fe magnets prepared
    by direct melt spinning
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE nanocomposite magnet; Nd2Fe14B/alpha-Fe; melt spinning; anisotropic
    magnets; rare earths
 ID ND2FE14B/FE3B MAGNET; FIELD TREATMENT
 AB Texture evolution in nanocomposite Nd(2)Fel(4)B/alpha-Fe magnets
    prepared by direct melt spinning was investigated. The free surface and
    wheel-contacted surface exhibit different texture direction.
    Modification of composition not only enhances magnetic properties, but
    also changes texture direction of the ribbon. Low temperature heat
    treatment can increase the magnetic properties to some extent, and high
    temperature annealing decreases the magnetic properties. Both low and
    high temperature heat treatment have effects on grain orientation, but
    the difference still exists between the two surfaces of the ribbon. So
    it is infeasibility to prepare anisotropic Nd2Fe14B/alpha-Fe
    nanocomposite magnets by direct melt spinning.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ni, JS, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM nijiansen@163.com
 CR BAO XQ, 2003, J CHINESE RARE EARTH, V21, P27
    CHEN Y, 2003, J TSINGHUA U SCI TEC, V43, P1301
    GAO YH, 1999, J IRON STEEL RES INT, V6, P36
    JI QG, 2005, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V288, P84
    JIANG ZL, 2004, J RARE EARTH, V22, P227
    TAN XH, 2005, J RARE EARTH, V23, P24
    YANG CJ, 1996, IEEE T MAGN 2, V32, P4428
    YANG CJ, 1997, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V166, P243
    YANG CJ, 1997, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V168, P278
    ZHAO TM, 1999, J APPL PHYS, V85, P518
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 SU Suppl. S
 BP 298
 EP 301
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA 022YY
 UT ISI:000236093300078
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, XZ
    Sang, WB
    Chen, J
    Mao, L
 TI Synthesis and properties of La and Sb mped SnO2 conductive nanopartides
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE conductive nanoparticles; doping; chemical synthesis; coprecipitation;
    spectra; rare earths
 AB La and Sb doped SnO2 conductive nanoparticles were prepared by the
    coprecipitation method with SnCl4 - 5H(2)O, SbCl3 and La2O3 as the raw
    materials. Thermal behavior, crystal phase, and structure of the
    prepared conductive nanoparticles were characterized by TG/DSC/DTG,
    FTIR, XRD and TEM techniques, respectively. The resistivity of the
    prepared conductive nanoparticles is 2.5 Omega(-)cm. TG/DSC/DTG curves
    show that the precursors lose weight completely before 750 degrees C.
    FTIR spectrum show that the vibration peak are wide peak in 718 - 615
    cm(-1), and the La and Sb doped SnO2 conductive nanoparticles have
    intense absorption in 4000 - 2000 cm(-1). X-ray powder diffraction
    pattern of the conductive nanoparticles indicates that the Sb-doping in
    SnO2 is replacement doping and La3+ combines with Sn4+ and O2- form
    La2Sn2O7. TME shows that the particles are weakly agglomerated, and the
    size of the particles calcined at 1000 degrees C ranged about 20 - 30
    nm.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Inst Technol, Dept Chem Engn, Shanghai 200235, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, XZ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM liuxiaozhen3373@vip.sina.com
 CR CRNJAKOREL Z, 1992, J MATER SCI, V27, P313
    DUSASTRE V, 1998, J PHYS CHEM B, V102, P6732
    LIU XZ, 2004, 200410053276, CN
    LIU XZ, 2004, 2004100532777, CN
    LIU XZ, 2005, CHINESE J SPECTROSCO, V22, P397
    ROCKENBERGER J, 2000, J CHEM PHYS, V112, P4296
    ZHANG JP, 2003, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V61, P1965
    ZHANG JR, 2003, CHEM J CHINESE U, V24, P1544
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 SU Suppl. S
 BP 302
 EP 305
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA 022YY
 UT ISI:000236093300079
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, W
    Ni, JS
    Xu, H
    Zhou, BX
    Li, Q
    Wang, ZY
 TI Crystallization behavior and magnetic properties of nanocomposite NdFeB
    alloys
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE nanocomposite; melt spinning; metastable phase; magnetic properties;
    rare earths
 ID MICROSTRUCTURE; CR
 AB The influence of Cr substitution on the crystallization behavior and
    magnetic properties of melt-spun Nd11Fe72 - x Co8V1.5CrxB7.5(x = 0, 1)
    nanocomposite alloys was studied. The annealed samples consist of a
    mixture of Nd2Fe14B and alpha-Fe phases. Presence of grains of the
    metastable Nd2Fe23B3 phase was revealed in the Cr-containing
    Nd11Fe71Co8V1.5 Cr1B7.5 sample. The magnetic properties of the bonded
    magnets are obviously improved by the Cr substitution. The intrinsic
    coercivity (H-J(c)) and maximum magnetic energy product ((BH)(max)) are
    increased from 780 kA center dot m(-1) and 68 kJ center dot m(-3) for x
    = 0 to 903.5 kA center dot m(-1) and 71 kJ center dot m(-1) for x = 1,
    respectively. The addition of Cr element shows significant advantage in
    reducing grain size and increasing intrinsic coercivity.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Engn Sci, Sch Mat Engn, Shanghai 200336, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, W, Shanghai Univ Engn Sci, Sch Mat Engn, Shanghai 200336, Peoples
    R China.
 EM wangwei200l73@sina.com
 CR BETANCOURT I, 2003, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V261, P328
    CHANG WC, 1997, J APPL PHYS 2A, V81, P4453
    COEHOORN R, 1990, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V83, P228
    GEORGE CH, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V200, P373
    JAKUBOWICZ J, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V349, P311
    JURCZYK M, 1998, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V185, P66
    KNELLER EF, 1991, IEEE T MAGN, V27, P3588
    LEWIS LH, 1998, J ALLOY COMPD, V270, P265
    PING DH, 2002, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V239, P437
    WANG W, 2004, J RARE EARTH, V22, P505
    XIAO QF, 2001, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V223, P215
    ZHANG ZD, 2000, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V33, R217
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 SU Suppl. S
 BP 313
 EP 316
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA 022YY
 UT ISI:000236093300082
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, YM
    Liang, Y
    Yang, XX
    Chen, HH
    Zhao, JT
 TI Syntheses and crystal structure characterizations of new rare earth
    nickel bismuth compounds RENiBi2 (RE = La, Pr, Nd and Sm)
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE intermetallics; nickel; bismuth; rare earths
 ID DY; GD; HO
 AB The title new compounds with chemical formula RNiBi2 were synthesized
    by arc melting method followed by annealing. The crystal structures
    refined using Rietveld method and X-ray powder diffraction data show to
    be isotypic to CaMnBi2 structure type with space group P4/nmm (No.
    129). The unit cell parameters are LaNiBi2: a = 0.454238(2) nm, c =
    0.96845(3) nm, V = 0.199822(3) nm(3); PrNiBi2: a = 0.452714(7) nm, c =
    0.95754(4) nm, V = 0.196248(1) nm(3); NdNiBi2: a = 0.452435(2) nm, c =
    0.95530(3) nm, V = 0.195516(2) nm(3); SmNiBi2: a = 0.450073(5) nm, c =
    0.94292(3) nm, V = 0. 191003(1) nm(3); respectively, showing lanthanide
    contraction. The structure was characterized by layers of edge-shearing
    NiBi4 tetrahedron and covalently bonded Bi square net separated by rare
    earth atoms.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, JT, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Ceram, State Key Lab High
    Performance Ceram & Superfine, Shanghai 200050, Peoples R China.
 EM jtzhao@mail.sic.ac.cn
 CR LANGES HDB CHEM
    AKSELRUD LG, 1989, 12 EUR CRYST M MOSC, V3, P155
    BRECHTEL E, 1980, Z NATURFORSCH B, V35, P1
    DONG C, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P838
    FERGUSON MJ, 1997, J ALLOY COMPD, V249, P191
    HOHNKE D, 1969, J LESS-COMMON MET, V17, P291
    LU YM, 2004, J RARE EARTH, V22, P746
    PARK JG, 2002, PHYSICA B, V312, P475
    TANG XF, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P2437
    ZENG LM, 2002, J ALLOY COMPD, V343, P122
    ZHAO JT, 1999, J RARE EARTH, V17, P228
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 SU Suppl. S
 BP 336
 EP 338
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA 022YY
 UT ISI:000236093300088
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, YQ
    Li, J
    Tian, R
    Fang, SS
    Xiao, XS
 TI Bulk metallic glasses in Sm-Cu-Ni-Al alloy systems
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE Sm-based; bulk metallic glasses; glass-forming ability; thermal
    stability
 ID SUPERCOOLED LIQUID REGION; THERMAL-STABILITY; FORMING ABILITY;
    AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; PHASE-FORMATION; CRYSTALLIZATION; OXYGEN; TM; CO
 AB A new series of Sm-Cu-Ni-Al bulk metallic glasses were prepared by
    suction casting. Their glass-forming ability and thermal stability were
    investigated by X-ray diffraction (XRD) and differential scanning
    calorimetry (DSC). The results of DSC indicate that the alloy
    components strongly affect the widths of supercooled liquid region
    (Delta T-x + T-x - T-g(onset)).The widths of supercooled liquid region
    for Sm70-xCuxNi10Al20(x = 12.5, 15.0, 17.5), SM65-x Cu15NixAl20 (x = 8,
    10, 12) and Sm75-xCu15Ni10Alx(x = 15, 20, 25) increase first and then
    decrease with the increase of x atomic fraction. And Sm55Cu15Ni10Al20
    alloy was found to be with the largest width and it can be cast into
    bulk metallic glass with up to 3 mm in diameter. The glass-forming
    ability of the alloys was explained in terms of Miedema's theory,
    electronegativity difference and atomic size parameter of the amorphous
    alloys.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiao, XS, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM xsxiao@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BAKKER H, 1998, ENTHALPIES ALLOYS, P1
    CHOIYIM H, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V82, P1030
    ECKERT J, 1998, MATER T JIM, V39, P623
    FAN GJ, 2000, ACTA MATER, V48, P3823
    FANG SS, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V293, P10
    FANG SS, 2003, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V321, P120
    GEBERT A, 1998, ACTA MATER, V46, P5475
    INOUE A, 1990, MATER T JIM, V31, P425
    INOUE A, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V226, P393
    INOUE A, 1997, MATER T JIM, V38, P175
    INOUE A, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V83, P2351
    JOHNSON WL, 1996, MATER SCI FORUM, V225, P35
    PEKER A, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2342
    PONNAMBALAM V, 2004, J MATER RES, V19, P3046
    XIAO XS, 2004, J ALLOY COMPD, V376, P145
    ZHAO ZF, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P850
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 SU Suppl. S
 BP 415
 EP 418
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA 022YY
 UT ISI:000236093300106
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, CJ
    Leng, GS
 TI On polars of mixed projection bodies
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS AND APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE mixed volumes; mixed projection bodies; polars of mixed projection
    bodies
 ID MINIMAL VOLUME-PRODUCT; CONVEX-BODIES; INTERSECTION BODIES;
    INEQUALITIES; QUERMASSINTEGRALS; ZONOIDS; WIDTH
 AB Recently, Lutwak established general Minkowski inequality,
    Brunn-Minkowski inequality and Aleksandrov-Fenchel inequality for mixed
    projection bodies. In this paper, following Lutwak, we established
    their polar forms. As applications, we prove some interrelated results.
    (c) 2005 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Coll Sci, China Inst Metrol, Dept Informat & Math Sci, Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, CJ, Coll Sci, China Inst Metrol, Dept Informat & Math Sci,
    Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R China.
 EM chjzhao@163.com
    lenggangsong@163.com
 CR ALEXANDER K, 1998, AM J MATH, V120, P827
    ALEXANDER R, 1988, GEOM DEDICATA, V28, P199
    BALL K, 1991, T AM MATH SOC, V327, P891
    BETKE U, 1983, J LOND MATH SOC, V27, P525
    BLASCHKE W, 1936, VORLESUNGEN INTEGRAL, V1
    BLASCHKE W, 1937, VORLESUNGEN INTEGRAL, V2
    BOLKER ED, 1969, T AM MATH SOC, V145, P323
    BONNESEN T, 1934, THEORIE KONVEXEN KOR
    BOURGAIN J, 1988, LECT NOTES MATH, V1317, P250
    BRANNEN NS, 1996, MATHEMATIKA 2, V43, P255
    CHAKERIAN GD, 1967, T AM MATH SOC, V129, P26
    CHAKERIAN GD, 1997, T AM MATH SOC, V349, P1811
    GARDNER RJ, 1998, AM J MATH, V120, P505
    GOODEY P, 1993, HDB CONVEX GEOMETRY, P1297
    GORDON Y, 1988, P AM MATH SOC, V104, P273
    GRINBERG E, 1999, P LOND MATH SOC 1, V78, P77
    HARDY GH, 1934, INEQUALITIES
    LUTWAK E, 1975, P AM MATH SOC, V53, P435
    LUTWAK E, 1975, PAC J MATH, V58, P531
    LUTWAK E, 1985, T AM MATH SOC, V285, P91
    LUTWAK E, 1988, ADV MATH, V71, P232
    LUTWAK E, 1990, GEOM DEDICATA, V33, P51
    LUTWAK E, 1990, P LOND MATH SOC, V60, P365
    LUTWAK E, 1993, T AM MATH SOC, V339, P901
    MARTINI H, 1984, BEITRAGE ALGEBRA GEO, V18, P75
    MONIKA L, 2002, ADV MATH, V172, P158
    REISNER S, 1986, MATH Z, V192, P339
    ROGERS CA, 1965, PORT MATH, V24, P99
    SCHNEIDER R, 1982, B LOND MATH SOC, V14, P549
    SCHNEIDER R, 1983, ZONOIDS RELATED TOPI, P296
    SCHNEIDER R, 1993, CONVEX BODIES BRUNNM
    STANLEY RP, 1981, J COMB THEORY A, V31, P56
    VITALE RA, 1991, ANN APPL PROBAB, V1, P293
    WITSENHAUSEN HS, 1978, MATHEMATIKA, V25, P13
    ZHAO CJ, 2005, J MATH ANAL APPL, V301, P115
    ZHAO CJ, 2005, P INDIAN AS-MATH SCI, V115, P79
 NR 36
 TC 0
 SN 0022-247X
 J9 J MATH ANAL APPL
 JI J. Math. Anal. Appl.
 PD APR 15
 PY 2006
 VL 316
 IS 2
 BP 664
 EP 678
 PG 15
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 022TL
 UT ISI:000236078700022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, B
    Zhang, JY
    Fan, JF
    Zhao, SL
    Fang, Y
    An, SL
 TI Water modeling of twin-roll strip casting
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE twin roll strip casting; level fluctuation; water modeling
 ID QUALITY
 AB Twin-roll strip casting is regarded as a prospective technology of near
    net shape continuous casting. The fluid flow field and level
    fluctuation in the pool have a strong influence not only on composition
    and temperature homogeneity of pool, but also on the strip quality. A 1
    : 1 water model of a twin-roll strip caster was set up based on the
    criteria of Froude number and Reynold number similarity. The level
    fluctuation was measured. The influence of pool depth, casting speed
    and feeding system configuration on level fluctuation in the pool was
    studied. The experimental results provided a basis for the optimization
    of feeding system and process parameters.
 C1 Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Sch Met & Ecol Engn, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Inner Mongolia Univ Sci & Technol, Mat & Met Sch, Baotou 014010, Inner Mongolia, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Baoshan Iron & Steel Co Ltd, Res Inst, Shanghai 201900, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, B, Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Sch Met & Ecol Engn, Beijing
    100083, Peoples R China.
 EM wangbo1974@263.net
 CR BOUCHARD D, 1999, STEELMAKING C P, P427
    COOK R, 1995, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V55, P76
    MIYAKE S, 1991, ISIJ INT, V31, P689
    MOON HK, 2002, P 60 EL FURN P WARR, P499
    YASUNAKA H, 1995, ISIJ INT, V35, P784
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 13
 IS 1
 BP 14
 EP 17
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 021TP
 UT ISI:000236009000004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Min, YA
    Wu, XC
    Wang, R
    Li, L
    Xu, LP
 TI Prediction and analysis on oxidation of H13 hot work steel
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE oxidation; hot work steel; surface treatment; die casting
 ID HIGH-TEMPERATURE OXIDATION; OXYGEN
 AB The understanding of oxidation behaviors on H13 steel was helpful to
    improve the service life and performance of hot work moulds and dies.
    Thermal-Calc Software was performed to calculate the oxidation phases
    on H13 steel along with different partial oxygen pressures in the
    interesting temperature range of 500 - 700 degrees C. In this range H13
    steel samples were treated respectively in different atmosphere
    including flowing water vapor (0.2 MPa), normal pressure air (0.1 MPa)
    and low pressure air (0.001 MPa). The different oxidation films were
    detected with optical microscopy and X-ray diffraction. The
    microstructures and phase constitutions of the films formed in low
    pressure air were similar to those of the films formed in water vapor,
    and obviously different to those of the films formed in normal pressure
    air. The oxidation mechanisms of H13 steel in different atmosphere were
    also discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Min, YA, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM mya@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ATKINSON A, 1988, MATER SCI TECH SER, V4, P1046
    BOGGS WE, 1967, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V114, P32
    CHEN Y, 2001, J INFRARED MILLIM W, V20, P53
    FRASER DT, 2001, EC SURFACE TREATMENT, V33, P13
    JAHEDI MZ, 2000, DIE CASTING ENG, V44, P33
    KLARENFJORD B, 1998, P INT C TOOL STEEL D, P3
    MITTERER C, 2000, SURF COAT TECH, V125, P233
    NICHOLAS C, 1987, OXID MET, V28, P237
    SIMMS NJ, 1987, OXID MET, V27, P283
    SONG SH, 2003, J MATER SCI, V38, P499
    SUNDQVIST YM, 1994, TRIBOLOGICAL ASPECTS
    WAANDERS FB, 2000, SCRIPTA MATER, V42, P997
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 13
 IS 1
 BP 44
 EP 49
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 021TP
 UT ISI:000236009000011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, ZJ
    Cao, WG
    Chen, J
    Wang, Y
    Ding, WY
 TI A novel synthesis of 5-aryl-3-phenylpyrazole from
    2-aryl-3-benzoyl-1,1-cyclopropanedicarbonitrile and hydrazine
 SO JOURNAL OF HETEROCYCLIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID REGIOSELECTIVE SYNTHESIS; ORGANIC-SYNTHESIS; PYRAZOLES; DERIVATIVES;
    AGENTS
 AB A new process for synthesis of 5-aryl-3-phenylpyrazole is achieved. The
    regioselective ring-opening reaction of
    2-aryl-3-benzoyl-1,1-cyclopropanedicarbonitrile with hydrazine plays a
    crucial role in the described process.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Organomet Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM renrui198229@hotmail.com
 CR AGGARWAL VK, 2003, J ORG CHEM, V68, P5381
    ALMIRANTE N, 1999, SYNLETT          MAR, P299
    AZARIFAR D, 2004, SYNTHESIS-STUTT 0803, P1744
    BOURRAIN S, 2004, SYNLETT         0403, P795
    BRATUSEK U, 1998, J HETEROCYCLIC CHEM, V35, P1281
    CAO WG, 2000, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V30, P4531
    CHEN YL, 2001, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V31, P3112
    ELGUERO J, 1984, COMPREHENSIVE HETERO, V5, P277
    ELGUERO J, 1996, COMPREHENSIVE HETERO, V3, P1
    GROSCHE P, 1999, SYNTHESIS-STUTTG NOV, P1961
    GROTJAHN DB, 2002, J ORG CHEM, V67, P9200
    HANZLOWSKY A, 2003, J HETEROCYCLIC CHEM, V40, P487
    HARRIS DJ, 1974, CAN J CHEM, V51, P2805
    HUANG YR, 2000, ORG LETT, V2, P2833
    KEES KL, 1996, J MED CHEM, V39, P3920
    KOST AN, 1966, ADV HETEROCYCLIC CHE, V6, P347
    LOMBARDINO JG, 1981, J MED CHEM, V24, P830
    MARZINZIK AL, 1998, J ORG CHEM, V63, P723
    NEUBAUER A, 1972, TETRAHEDRON, V28, P3241
    PADWA A, 1984, 1 3 DIPOLARCYCLOADDI, V1, P1
    RAMALINGAM K, 1977, J MED CHEM, V20, P847
    REN ZJ, 2004, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V34, P3785
    WIDMAN O, 1916, CHEM BER, V49, P477
    WONG HNC, 1989, CHEM REV, V89, P165
 NR 24
 TC 0
 SN 0022-152X
 J9 J HETEROCYCL CHEM
 JI J. Heterocycl. Chem.
 PD MAR-APR
 PY 2006
 VL 43
 IS 2
 BP 495
 EP 497
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 022ZL
 UT ISI:000236094600037
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yi, ZJ
    Liu, TY
    Zhang, QR
    Sun, YY
 TI First-principles study on the origin of optical transitions to be
    associated with F colour centers for PbWO4 crystals
 SO JOURNAL OF ELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY AND RELATED PHENOMENA
 DT Article
 DE PbWO4 crystal; F; F+ color centers; DV-X alpha; absorption spectra
 ID SINGLE-CRYSTALS; BAND
 AB The electronic structures of PbWO4 crystals containing F type color
    centers with the lattice structure optimized are studied within the
    framework of the fully relativistic self-consistent Direc-Slater
    theory, using a numerically discrete variational (DV-X alpha) method.
    The calculated results show that F and F+ centers have donor energy
    level in forbidden band. Their optical transition energy are 1.84 eV,
    2.21 eV, respectively, which corresponds to the 680 nm, 550 nm
    absorption bands. It predicts that the 680 nm, 550 nm absorption bands
    originate form the F and P centers in PbW04 crystals. (c) 2005 Elsevier
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, TY, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, 516 JunGon Rd, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 EM liutyyxj@163.com
 CR AVERILL FW, 1973, J CHEM PHYS, V59, P6412
    ELLIS DE, 1995, ELECT DENSITY FUNCTI, P263
    FANG SG, 1998, PHYS COLOR CTR CRYST
    FENG XQ, 1997, J INORGANIC MAT, V12, P449
    LIU FX, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH A, V426, P464
    LIU TY, 2001, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V184, P341
    LIU TY, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P1596
    MI XW, 2002, J U SHANGHAI SCI TEC, V24, P209
    MURK V, 1997, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V9, P249
    NIKL M, 1996, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI B, V195, P311
    NIKL M, 1997, J APPL PHYS, V82, P5758
    TONG HY, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1545
    VAN LW, 1975, PHYS STATUS SOLIDI A, V27, P565
    XU GX, 1999, FUNDAMENTAL THEORY A, P1075
    ZHANG QR, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0368-2048
 J9 J ELECTRON SPECTROSC RELAT PH
 JI J. Electron Spectrosc. Relat. Phenom.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 151
 IS 2
 BP 140
 EP 143
 PG 4
 SC Spectroscopy
 GA 022LJ
 UT ISI:000236057000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, X
    Gao, H
    Zhang, C
 TI Global asymptotic stabilization of feedforward nonlinear systems with a
    delay in the input
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SYSTEMS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE feedforward nonlinear systems; time-delay systems; state feedback;
    Lyapunov-Krasovskii functionals ( LKF); linear matrix inequality
 ID OUTPUT-FEEDBACK
 AB In this paper, by constructing appropriate Lyapunov-Krasovskii
    functionals (LKF) and applying the model transformation of time-delay
    systems, a design scheme of state feedback controller for a class of
    feedforward nonlinear systems with a delay in the input is proposed.
    The designed controllers have a very simple structure and do not
    involve any saturation or recursive computation, which is widely
    applied in designing a controller of feedforward nonlinear systems.
    Using the transformation of coordinates and the property of Hurwitz
    polynomial, the problem of designing controller can be converted into
    the problem of finding a parameter, which can be solved by solving the
    optimization problem with linear matrix inequalities (LMIs)
    constraints. A simulation example is given to show the effectiveness of
    the proposed design procedure.
 C1 Shandong Inst Architecture & Engn, Dept Math & Phys, Jinan 250101, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Informat & Elect Engn, Qingdao 266510, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ, Sch Control Sci & Engn, Jinan 250100, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, X, Shandong Inst Architecture & Engn, Dept Math & Phys, Jinan
    250101, Peoples R China.
 EM zhangxianfu@sdai.edu.cn
 CR CHEN J, 2001, SPECIAL MATRICES
    CHOI HL, 2005, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V50, P255
    GUO Y, 2002, SYST CONTROL LETT, V45, P35
    HALE JK, 1993, INTRO FUNCTIONAL DIF
    ISIDORI A, 1999, NONLINEAR CONTROL SY, V2
    MAZENC F, 2003, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V48, P57
    MAZENC F, 2003, P 42 IEEE C DEC CONT, P4020
    PRALY L, 2003, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V48, P1103
    QIAN C, 1999, P IFAC WORLD C BEIJ, E, P309
    QIAN CJ, 2002, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V47, P1710
    SEPULCHRE R, 1997, CONSTRUCTIVE NONLINE
    XU SY, 2002, INT J CONTROL, V75, P766
    XUDONG Y, 2003, AUTOMATICA, V39, P141
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7721
 J9 INT J SYST SCI
 JI Int. J. Syst. Sci.
 PD FEB 20
 PY 2006
 VL 37
 IS 3
 BP 141
 EP 148
 PG 8
 SC Computer Science, Theory & Methods; Automation & Control Systems;
    Operations Research & Management Science
 GA 022SR
 UT ISI:000236076600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, J
    Chen, TP
 TI Synchronization in general complex delayed dynamical networks
 SO IEEE TRANSACTIONS ON CIRCUITS AND SYSTEMS I-REGULAR PAPERS
 DT Article
 DE chaos synchronization; chaotic Duffing oscillator; complex networks;
    exponential stability; scale-free network; small-world network; time
    delays
 ID NEURAL-NETWORKS; CHAOTIC SYSTEMS; COUPLING DELAYS; STABILITY; MODEL
 AB This paper investigates synchronization dynamics of a general model of
    complex delayed networks as well as the effects of time delays. Some
    simple yet generic criteria ensuring delay-independent and
    delay-dependent synchronization are derived, which are less
    conservative than those reported so far in the literature. Moreover, a
    scale "v" denoted by a function of the smallest and the second largest
    eigenvalues of coupling matrix is presented to analyze the effects of
    time delays on synchronization of the networks. Furthermore, various
    kinds of coupling schemes, including small-world networks and
    scale-free networks, are studied. It is shown that, if the coupling
    delays are less than a positive threshold, then the network will be
    synchronized. On the other hand, with the increase of the coupling
    delays, the synchronizability of the network will be restrained and
    even eventually desynchronized. The results are illustrated by a
    prototype composed of the chaotic Duffing oscillators. Numerical
    simulations are also given to verify theoretical results.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Minist Educ, Key Lab Math Nonlinear Sci, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Hebei Univ Technol, Dept Appl Math, Tianjin 300130, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Lab Nonlinear Sci, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, J, Fudan Univ, Inst Math, Minist Educ, Key Lab Math Nonlinear
    Sci, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 EM jinzhou@fudan.edu.cn
    tcben@fudan.edu.cn
 CR ALBERT R, 2000, NATURE, V406, P378
    ALBERT R, 2002, REV MOD PHYS, V74, P47
    ALMAAS E, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V88
    BARABASI AL, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P2115
    BARABSI AL, 1999, SCIENCE, V285, P509
    BARAHONA M, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V89
    BELYKH VN, 2004, PHYSICA D, V195, P159
    BERMAN A, 1970, NONNEGATIVE MATRICES
    CHEN G, 1998, CHAOS ORDER METHODOL
    CHEN WY, 2004, WOMEN HEALTH ISS, V14, P7
    FRADKOV AL, 1995, INTRO CONTROL OSCILL
    GOPALSAMY K, 1992, STABILITY OSCILLATIO
    GUCKENHEIMER J, 1983, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    HALE JK, 1977, INTRO FUNCTIONAL DIF
    HALE JK, 1977, THEORY FUNCTIONAL DI
    HONG H, 2002, PHYS REV E, V65
    LI CG, 2004, PHYSICA A, V335, P359
    LI CG, 2004, PHYSICA A, V335, P365
    LI CG, 2004, PHYSICA A, V343, P263
    LI X, 2003, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V50, P1381
    LU JH, 2004, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V51, P787
    LU JH, 2004, PHYSICA A, V334, P281
    LU JH, 2005, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V50, P841
    LU WL, 2004, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V51, P2491
    LU WL, 2004, PHYSICA D, V198, P148
    LU WL, 2006, PHYSICA D, V213, P214
    MANRUBIA SC, 1999, PHYS REV E A, V60, P1579
    NEWMAN MEJ, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V263, P341
    NEWMAN MEJ, 2003, SIAM REV, V45, P167
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P8
    PECORA LM, 1997, CHAOS, V7, P520
    PECORA LM, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P2109
    POGROMSKY A, 2001, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V48, P152
    PYRAGAS K, 1998, PHYS REV E A, V58, P3067
    RANGARAJAN G, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V296, P204
    STROGATZ SH, 2001, NATURE, V410, P268
    THOMAS M, 2001, LECT NOTES CONTROL I, V269
    WANG XF, 2002, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V49, P54
    WANG XF, 2002, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P187
    WANG XF, 2002, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P885
    WATTS DJ, 1998, NATURE, V393, P440
    WU CW, 1995, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V42, P430
    WU CW, 2002, SYNCHRONIZATION COUP
    YANG XS, 2001, PHYS REV E, V63
    ZHOU J, 2004, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V3173, P144
    ZHOU J, 2004, NEURAL NETWORKS, V17, P87
 NR 46
 TC 0
 SN 1057-7122
 J9 IEEE TRANS CIRCUIT SYST-I
 JI IEEE Trans. Circuits Syst. I-Regul. Pap.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 53
 IS 3
 BP 733
 EP 744
 PG 12
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 022KO
 UT ISI:000236054900024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guan, XH
    Ma, ZW
    Cai, P
    Kobayashi, Y
    Anada, T
    Hagiwara, G
 TI Synthesis of dual-band bandpass filters using successive frequency
    transformations and circuit conversions
 SO IEEE MICROWAVE AND WIRELESS COMPONENTS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE admittance inverter; dual-band filter; frequency transformation;
    microstrip line
 AB A novel method is proposed to synthesize dual-band bandpass filters
    (BPFs) from a prototype low-pass filter. By implementing successive
    frequency transformations and circuit conversions, a new filter
    topology is obtained which consists of only admittance inverters and
    series resonators, and is thereby easy to be realized by using
    conventional distributed elements. A dual-band BPF with center
    frequencies of 1.8 GHz and 2.4 GHz is designed and fabricated using
    microstrip lines and stubs. The simulated and measured results show a
    good agreement and validate the proposed theory.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Saitama Univ, Dept Elect & Elect Syst, Urawa, Saitama 3388570, Japan.
    Kanagawa Univ, High Tech Res Ctr, Kanagawa 528520, Japan.
    Link Circuit Inc, Kawaguchi 3330844, Japan.
 RP Guan, XH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xue-huiguan@yahoo.com.cn
    ma@ees.saitama-u.ac.jp
 CR *SONN SOFTW INC, 2004, SONN SUIT
    CHANG SF, 2004, ELECTRON LETT, V40, P38
    HASHEMI H, 2002, IEEE T MICROW THEO 2, V50, P288
    KUO YL, 2003, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V51, P2187
    MA Z, 2005, P 35 EUR MICR C OCT, P1255
    MATTHAEI G, 1980, MICROWAVE FILTER IMP
    MIYAKE H, 1997, IEEE MTT-S, P789
    TSAI LC, 2004, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V52, P1111
    UICHIDA H, 2004, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V52, P2550
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1531-1309
 J9 IEEE MICROW WIREL COMPON LETT
 JI IEEE Microw. Wirel. Compon. Lett.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 16
 IS 3
 BP 110
 EP 112
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 023KA
 UT ISI:000236124400004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Du, G
 TI Eye location method based on symmetry analysis and high-order fractal
    feature
 SO IEE PROCEEDINGS-VISION IMAGE AND SIGNAL PROCESSING
 DT Article
 ID LACUNARITY ESTIMATION METHOD; DEFORMABLE TEMPLATES; IMAGE
 AB A method for eye location in human facial images based on symmetry
    analysis and the lacunarity, which is a high-order fractal feature, is
    proposed. First, the valley field algorithm is applied to the facial
    image and the eye candidates are identified. Then, principal component
    analysis is used to detect the symmetry axis of the human face. The eye
    candidates are grouped to form eye-pair candidates, and the whole image
    is rotated around the symmetry axis. Finally, a novel approach to
    estimate lacunarity value is proposed to describe accurately the local
    structure of eye regions. By comparing the lacunarity values of two eye
    regions within each eye-pair candidate, the eye-pair candidate with
    minimum lacunarity value difference is identified as the true one.
    Numerical experiments demonstrate the effectiveness and reliability of
    this method.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp & Informat Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Du, G, Shanghai Univ, Sch Comp & Informat Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R
    China.
 EM du_gan2002@yahoo.com
 CR CHENG SC, 2003, IEEE T INF TECHNOL B, V7, P163
    DONG P, 2000, INT J REMOTE SENS, V21, P3369
    DU G, 2002, IEEE T GEOSCI REMOTE, V40, P2687
    FENG GC, 2001, PATTERN RECOGN, V34, P1033
    HUANG J, 2000, IEEE T EVOLUT COMPUT, V4, P73
    JESORSKY O, 2001, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V2091, P90
    LIN KH, 2001, IEE P-VIS IMAGE SIGN, V148, P413
    LU CY, 1998, P SIGN PROC BEIJ CHI
    LU CY, 1999, ACTA ELECT SINICA, V27, P25
    MA Y, 2004, IEEE INT C AUT FAC G, P339
    MANDELBROT BB, 1977, FRACTALS FORM CHANCE
    MARAGOS P, 1987, OPT ENG, V26, P623
    PLOTNICK RE, 1996, PHYS REV E B, V53, P5461
    REISFELD D, 1992, P 11 INT C PATT REC, P117
    TAO L, 2002, IEEE INT S CIRCUITS, P26
    XIE X, 1994, PATTERN RECOGN, V27, P791
    YU M, 2000, P ICSP, P1419
    YUILLE AL, 1991, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V3, P59
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 1350-245X
 J9 IEE PROC-VIS IMAGE SIGNAL PRO
 JI IEE Proc.-Vis. Image Signal Process.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 153
 IS 1
 BP 11
 EP 16
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 023JN
 UT ISI:000236123000002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yuan, AB
    Zhao, J
 TI Composite alkaline polymer electrolytes and its application to
    nickel-metal hydride batteries
 SO ELECTROCHIMICA ACTA
 DT Article
 DE alkaline polymer electrolyte; ionic conductivity; PEO; PVA;
    nano-additives
 ID SECONDARY BATTERIES; POLY(VINYL ALCOHOL)-KOH-H2O; POLY(ETHYLENE OXIDE);
    CONDUCTIVITY; CELLS
 AB In order to enhance the ionic conductivity of polyethylene oxide
    (PEO)-KOH based alkaline polymer electrolytes, three types of
    nanopowders, i.e., TiO2, beta-Al2O3 and SiO2 were added to PEO-KOH
    complex, respectively, and the corresponding composite alkaline polymer
    electrolytes were prepared. The experimental results showed that the
    prepared polymer electrolytes exhibited higher ionic conductivities at
    room temperature, typically 10(-3) S cm(-1) as measured by ac impedance
    method, and good electrochemical stability. The electrochemical
    stability window of ca. 1.6 V was determined by cyclic voltammetry with
    stainless steel blocking electrodes. The influence of the film
    composition such as KOH, H2O and nano-additives on ion conductivity was
    investigated and explained. The temperature dependence of conductivity
    was also determined. In addition, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA)-sodium
    carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC)-KOH alkaline polymer electrolytes were
    obtained using solvent casting method. The properties of the polymer
    electrolytes were characterized by ac impedance, cyclic voltammetry and
    differential thermal analysis methods. The ionic conductivity of the
    prepared PVA-CMC-KOH-H2O electrolytes can reach the order of 10(-2) S
    cm(-1). The effect of CMC addition on the alkaline polymer electrolytes
    was also explained. The experimental results demonstrated that the
    PVA-CMC-KOH-H2O polymer electrolyte could be used in Ni/MH battery. (c)
    2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Yuan, AB, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples
    R China.
 EM abyuan@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ARMAND MB, 1979, FAST ION TRANSPORT S, V131
    FAUVARQUE JF, 1995, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V40, P2449
    FENTON DE, 1973, POLYMER, V14, P589
    GUINOT S, 1998, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V43, P1163
    LEWANDOWSKI A, 2000, SOLID STATE IONICS, V133, P265
    LIAO CS, 2004, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V49, P4993
    MISHRA R, 1999, EUR POLYM J, V35, P1883
    MOHAMAD AA, 2002, J ALLOY COMPD, V337, P208
    MOHAMAD AA, 2003, SOLID STATE IONICS, V156, P171
    PALACIOS I, 2003, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V48, P2195
    VASSAL N, 1999, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V146, P20
    VASSAL N, 2000, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V45, P1527
    WRIGHT PV, 1975, BRIT POLYM J, V7, P319
    YANG CC, 2002, J POWER SOURCES, V109, P22
    YANG CC, 2002, J POWER SOURCES, V112, P497
    YANG CC, 2002, MATER LETT, V57, P873
    YANG CC, 2003, J POWER SOURCES, V122, P210
    YANG CC, 2003, MATER LETT, V58, P33
    YANG KX, 2002, J MAGN MAT DEVICES, V33, P40
    ZHANG GQ, 2003, SOLID STATE IONICS, V160, P155
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0013-4686
 J9 ELECTROCHIM ACTA
 JI Electrochim. Acta
 PD FEB 25
 PY 2006
 VL 51
 IS 12
 BP 2454
 EP 2462
 PG 9
 SC Electrochemistry
 GA 021XQ
 UT ISI:000236019600009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wu, DM
    Wang, ZC
 TI A mathernatica program for the approximate analytical solution to a
    nonlinear undamped Duffing equation by a new approximate approach
 SO COMPUTER PHYSICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE undamped Duffing equation; approximate analytical solution; nonlinear
    second-order ordinary differential equation; high-accurate methods;
    nonlinear oscillator; harmonic balance method
 ID INITIAL-VALUE PROBLEMS; NUMERICAL-INTEGRATION; OBRECHKOFF; OSCILLATORS;
    1ST-ORDER
 AB According to Mickens [R.E. Mickens, Comments on a Generalized
    Galerkin's method for non-linear oscillators, J. Sound Vib. 118 (1987)
    563], the general HB (harmonic balance) method is an approximation to
    the convergent Fourier series representation of the periodic solution
    of a nonlinear oscillator and not an approximation to an expansion in
    terms of a small parameter. Consequently, for a nonlinear undamped
    Duffing equation with a driving force B cos(omega x), to find a
    periodic solution when the fundamental frequency is identical to omega,
    the corresponding Fourier series can be written as
    y(x) = Sigma(m)(n=1)a(n) cos[(2n - 1)omega x].
    How to calculate the coefficients of the Fourier series efficiently
    with a computer program is still an open problem. For HB method, by
    substituting approximation y(x) into force equation, expanding the
    resulting expression into a trigonometric series, then letting the
    coefficients of the resulting lowest-order harmonic be zero, one can
    obtain approximate coefficients of approximation (x) [R.E. Mickens,
    Comments on a Generalized Galerkin's method for non-linear oscillators,
    J. Sound Vib. 118 (1987) 563]. But for nonlinear differential equations
    such as Duffing equation, it is very difficult to construct
    higher-order analytical approximations, because the HB method requires
    solving a set of algebraic equations for a large number of unknowns
    with very complex nonlinearities. To overcome the difficulty, forty
    years ago, Urabe derived a computational method for Duffing equation
    based on Galerkin procedure [M. Urabe, A. Reiter, Numerical computation
    of nonlinear forced oscillations by Galerkin's procedure, J. Math,
    Anal. Appl. 14 (1966) 107-140]. Dooren obtained an approximate solution
    of the Duffing oscillator with a special set of parameters by using
    Urabe's method [R. van Dooren, Stabilization of Cowell's classic finite
    difference method for numerical integration, J. Comput. Phys. 16 (1974)
    186-192].
    In this paper, in the frame of the general HB method, we present a new
    iteration algorithm to calculate the coefficients of the Fourier
    series. By using this new method, the iteration procedure starts with a
    (x) cos(cox) + b(x) sin(cox), and the accuracy may be improved
    gradually by determining new coefficients a(1), a(2).... will be
    produced automatically in an one-by-one manner. In all the stage of
    calculation, we need only to solve a cubic equation. Using this new
    algorithm, we develop a Mathematica program, which demonstrates
    following main advantages over the previous HB method: (1) it avoids
    solving a set of associate nonlinear equations; (2) it is easier to be
    implemented into a computer program, and produces a highly accurate
    solution with analytical expression efficiently. It is interesting to
    find that, generally, for a given set of parameters, a nonlinear
    Duffing equation can have three independent oscillation modes. For some
    sets of the parameters, it can have two modes with complex displacement
    and one with real displacement. But in some cases, it can have three
    modes, all of them having real displacement. Therefore, we can divide
    the parameters into two classes, according to the solution property:
    there is only one mode with real displacement and there are three modes
    with real displacement. This program should be useful to Study the
    dynamically periodic behavior of a Duffing oscillator and can provide
    an approximate analytical solution with high-accuracy for testing the
    error behavior of newly developed numerical methods with a wide range
    of parameters.
    Program summary
    Title of program: AnalyDuffing.nb
    Catalogue identifier: ADWR_v1_0
    Program summary URL: http://cpc.cs.qub.ac.uk/summaries/ADWR_v1_0
    Program obtainable from: CPC Program Library, Queen's University of
    Belfast, N. Ireland
    Licensing provisions: none
    Computer for which the program is designed and others on which it has
    been tested: the program has been designed for a microcomputer and been
    tested on the microcomputer.
    Computers: IBM PC
    Installations: the address(es) of your computer(s)
    Operating systems under which the program has been tested: Windows XP
    Programming language used: Software Mathematica 4.2, 5.0 and 5.1
    No. of lines in distributed program, including test data, etc.: 23 663
    No. of bytes in distributed program, including test data, etc.: 152 321
    Distribution formal: tar.gz
    Memory required to execute with typical data: 51712 Bytes
    No. of bits in a word:
    No. of processors used: 1
    Has the code been vectorized?: no
    Peripherals used: no
    Program Library subprograms used: no
    Nature of physical problem: To find an approximate solution with
    analytical expressions for the undamped nonlinear Duffing equation with
    periodic driving force when the fundamental frequency is identical to
    the driving force.
    Method of solution: In the frame of the general HB method, by using a
    new iteration algorithm to calculate the coefficients of the Fourier
    series, we can obtain an approximate analytical solution with
    high-accuracy efficiently.
    Restrictions on the complexity of the problem: For problems, which have
    a large driving frequency, the convergence may be a little slow,
    because more iterative times are needed.
    Typical running time: several seconds
    Unusual features of the program: For an undamped Duffing equation, it
    can provide all the solutions or the oscillation modes with real
    displacement for any interesting parameters, for the required accuracy,
    efficiently. The program can be used to study the dynamically periodic
    behavior of a nonlinear oscillator, and can provide a high-accurate
    approximate analytical solution for developing high-accurate numerical
    method. (c) 2005 Published by Elsevier B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zc_wang89@hotmail.com
 CR ANANTHAKRISHNAI.U, 1982, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V8, P101
    ANANTHAKRISHNAI.U, 1987, MATH COMPUT, V49, P553
    CHAWLA MM, 1986, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V15, P213
    CHEN G, 1987, J SOUND VIB, V112, P503
    DAI YM, 2005, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V165, P110
    GUCKENHEIMER J, 1983, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    HAIRER E, 1987, NUMER MATH, V32, P503
    JAIN MK, 1988, BIT, V28, P302
    MICKENS RE, 1981, INTRO NONLINEAR OSCI
    MICKENS RE, 1986, J SOUND VIB, V111, P515
    MICKENS RE, 1987, J SOUND VIB, V118, P563
    NETA B, 2003, COMPUT MATH APPL, V45, P383
    RAPTIS AD, 1991, BIT, V31, P160
    SIMOS TE, 1993, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V6, P283
    URABE M, 1965, ARCH RATIONAL MECH A, V20, P120
    URABE M, 1966, J MATH ANAL APPL, V14, P107
    VANDOOREN R, 1974, J COMPUT PHYS, V16, P186
    WANG Z, 2004, P ROY SOC LONDON A
    ZHAO DY, 2005, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V167, P65
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0010-4655
 J9 COMPUT PHYS COMMUN
 JI Comput. Phys. Commun.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2006
 VL 174
 IS 6
 BP 447
 EP 463
 PG 17
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 022MU
 UT ISI:000236060700003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, YJ
    Wu, HK
    Ma, XY
    Zhou, HH
    Wei, Q
    Chang, WB
 TI Study on LiNi1-xCoxO2 structure
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE layered Li(Ni1-xCox)O-2; the ordering of Ni2+ in Li+ sites; Ni-O
    octahedron
 ID ELECTRODE MATERIALS; SUBSTITUTION; BEHAVIOR; LINIO2
 AB LiNi1-xCoxO2 with X=0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5 and 1 were prepared by
    co-precipitation of mixed solution of Ni-and Co-salt in NaOH. The
    structure of LiNi1-xCoxO2 was analyzed by XRD. The results show that
    the unit cell constants a and c decrease as the Co content increases.
    Although the change of unit cell constants can reflect the substitution
    of Co ions with Ni ions in the lab, the splits of the pairs of (006),
    (102) and (108), (110) in the XRD pattern can not reflect the presence
    of Ni2+ in the lithium site.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Shandong 266510, Peoples R China.
    Qingdao Auema Co Ltd, New Energy Mat R&D Ctr, Shandong 266510, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ Sci & Engn, Shandong 266510, Peoples R China.
    Datong Cement Co Ltd, Shanxi 037044, Peoples R China.
    Peking Univ, Coll Chem & Mol Engn, Beijing 100871, Peoples R China.
 RP Gu, YJ, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Shandong
    266510, Peoples R China.
 EM guyijie@sdust.edu.cn
 CR BANOV B, 1995, J POWER SOURCES, V54, P268
    CHO J, 1999, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V146, P3571
    DELMAS C, 1999, ELECTROCHIM ACTA, V45, P243
    LEE KK, 2000, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V147, P1709
    PARDO G, 2000, SOLID STATE IONICS, V138, P19
    POUILLERIE C, 2001, J POWER SOURCES, V96, P293
    ROUGIER A, 1995, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V94, P123
    ROUGIER A, 1996, SOLID STATE IONICS, V90, P83
    SAADOUNE I, 1996, J MATER CHEM, V6, P193
    WANG GX, 2000, J POWER SOURCES, V85, P279
    ZHECHEVA E, 1993, SOLID STATE IONICS, V66, P143
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1001-4861
 J9 CHIN J INORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Inorg. Chem.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 22
 IS 3
 BP 494
 EP 497
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear
 GA 022ZR
 UT ISI:000236095200020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, Q
    Babajide, AE
    Zhu, P
    Zou, LP
 TI Removal of xylene from waste gases using biotrickling filters
 SO CHEMICAL ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID BIOFILTER; BIOFILTRATION; MEDIA; BTEX
 AB Two identical laboratory-scale biotrickling filters, filled with
    different ceramic materials, were operated in order to investigate the
    removal of xylene from a waste gas stream. The biotrickling filter
    columns were seeded with pure bacteria identified as Bacillus firmus,
    which can utilize xylene as the sole carbon and energy source. The
    purification performance of the biotrickling filters was examined for
    xylene inlet concentrations C-g <= 3000 mg/m(3) at different gas flow
    rates of 0.2 m(3)/h, 0.6 m(3)/h, and 1 m(3)/h, which correspond to gas
    empty bed residence times (EBRTs) of 84.8 s, 28.3 s, and 17.0 s,
    respectively. Both biofilters displayed a removal efficiency of no less
    than 95% with the inlet xylene less than 3000 mg/m(3) at the EBRTs of
    84.8 and 28.3 s. When EBRT decreased to 1.7.0 s, the biofilter filled
    with ceramic particle type 2 had a better performance. The flow rate of
    trickling liquid has little effect on the removal efficiencies of the
    two filters. In the case of uneven distribution of trickling liquid in
    the packing materials, the performance of the biofilter can be improved
    by increasing the nitrogen nutrient supplement. Biomass quantity
    decreases as the depth of packing material increases in both
    biofilters, but the biofilter filled with ceramic particle type 1 had
    more alive bacteria per unit mass of packing material than the other.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, Q, Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM qliu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BIBEAU L, 2000, WATER AIR SOIL POLL, V118, P377
    CORSI RL, 1995, ENVIRON PROG, V14, P151
    DEVINNY JS, 1999, BIOFILTRATION AIR PO
    EDWARDS FG, 1996, WATER SCI TECHNOL, V34, P565
    EVANS GM, 2003, ENV BIOTECHNOLOGY TH
    JORIO H, 1998, J CHEM TECHNOL BIOT, V73, P183
    KENNES C, 1996, J CHEM TECHNOL BIOT, V66, P300
    KRAILAS S, 2002, BIOCHEM ENG J, V10, P103
    MALLAKIN A, 1996, J IND MICROBIOL, V16, P309
    MORGANSAGERUME F, 2001, J ENV ENG, V27, P388
    NGUYEN HD, 1997, J ENVIRON ENG-ASCE, V123, P615
    SMITH FL, 1994, P WAT ENV FED 67 ANN, V11, P553
    SONG JH, 2000, BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, V68, P509
    WRENN BA, 1996, CAN J MICROBIOL, V42, P252
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0930-7516
 J9 CHEM ENG TECHNOL
 JI Chem. Eng. Technol.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 29
 IS 3
 BP 320
 EP 325
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Chemical
 GA 022KZ
 UT ISI:000236056000004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Saeki, M
    Irie, Y
    Ni, L
    Yoshida, M
    Itsuki, Y
    Kamisaki, Y
 TI Monad, a WD40 repeat protein, promotes apoptosis induced by TNF-alpha
 SO BIOCHEMICAL AND BIOPHYSICAL RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE WD40; apoptosis; caspase; TNF-alpha; monad; Apaf-1; testis; HEK293;
    NF-kappa B
 ID BETA-SUBUNIT; CYTOCHROME-C; SACCHAROMYCES-CEREVISIAE;
    CRYSTAL-STRUCTURE; CELL-DEATH; ACTIVATION; CASPASE-3; COMPLEX;
    REPRESSION; RECEPTOR
 AB WD40 repeat proteins have a wide range of diverse biological functions
    including signal transduction, cell cycle regulation, RNA splicing, and
    transcription. Here we report the identification and characterization
    of a novel human WD40 repeat protein, Monad. Monad is unique, since it
    contains only two WD40 repeats. Monad is widely expressed in human
    tissues with the highest expression in testis. Overexpression of Monad
    in HEK293 cells potentiated apoptosis and caspase-3 activation induced
    by tumor necrosis factor-alpha and cycloheximide. These results raise
    the possibility that Monad may function as a novel modulator of
    apoptosis pathway. (c) 2006 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Osaka Univ, Grad Sch Dent, Dept Pharmacol, Suita, Osaka, Japan.
    Osaka Univ, Sch Med, Dept Pharmacol, Suita, Osaka, Japan.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Div Nitr Oxide & Inflammatory Med, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Saeki, M, Osaka Univ, Grad Sch Dent, Dept Pharmacol, 2-2 Yamadaoka,
    Suita, Osaka, Japan.
 EM msaeki@dent.osaka-u.ac.jp
 CR CAIN K, 1999, J BIOL CHEM, V274, P22686
    FONG HKW, 1986, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V83, P2162
    KELEHER CA, 1992, CELL, V68, P709
    KOMACHI K, 1997, MOL CELL BIOL, V17, P6023
    KUROSU K, 2004, NEUROCHEM INT, V44, P199
    LAMBRIGHT DG, 1996, NATURE, V379, P311
    LI P, 1997, CELL, V91, P479
    LIU ZG, 1996, CELL, V87, P400
    MUKAI Y, 1991, MOL CELL BIOL, V11, P3773
    NEER EJ, 1994, NATURE, V371, P297
    PAROUSH Z, 1994, CELL, V79, P805
    RON D, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P839
    SAEKI M, 2002, J CELL BIOCHEM, V84, P708
    SMITH TF, 1999, TRENDS BIOCHEM SCI, V24, P181
    SONDEK J, 1996, NATURE, V379, P369
    SRINIVASULA SM, 1998, MOL CELL, V1, P949
    TAKAGAKI Y, 1992, J BIOL CHEM, V267, P23471
    VANDERVOORN L, 1992, FEBS LETT, V307, P131
    WALL MA, 1995, CELL, V83, P1047
    WHITEWAY M, 1989, CELL, V56, P467
    WILLIAMS FE, 1990, MOL CELL BIOL, V10, P6500
    YUAN JY, 1990, DEV BIOL, V138, P33
    ZOU H, 1997, CELL, V90, P405
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0006-291X
 J9 BIOCHEM BIOPHYS RES COMMUN
 JI Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun.
 PD APR 7
 PY 2006
 VL 342
 IS 2
 BP 568
 EP 572
 PG 5
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Biophysics
 GA 021VR
 UT ISI:000236014500027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cai, JM
    Yao, FS
    Yi, WM
    He, F
 TI New temperature integral approximation for nonisothermal kinetics
 SO AICHE JOURNAL
 DT Article
 DE nonisothermal thermal analysis; temperature integral; pattern search
    method; approximation
 ID THERMOGRAVIMETRIC DATA; FORMULA
 AB A new approximation for the temperature integral has been obtained by
    using Pattern Search method. The corresponding equation for the
    evaluation of kinetic parameters is presented, which can be put in the
    form
    ln[8(alpha)/T-2] = ln[AR/beta E E+ 0.66691RT/2.64943RT] - E/RT
    The validity of the new temperature integral approximation has been
    tested by numerical calculation. Its deviation from the values
    calculated by numerical integrating was discussed. Compared with
    several published approximate formulas, this new one is much superior
    to all other approximations, and is the most suitable solution for the
    evaluation of kinetic parameters from nonisothermal kinetic analysis.
    (c) 2006 American Institute of Chemical Engineers.
 C1 Shandong Univ Technol, Sch Light Ind & Agr Engn, Zibo 255049, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Power Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP He, F, Shandong Univ Technol, Sch Light Ind & Agr Engn, Zibo 255049,
    Peoples R China.
 EM hefang_sdut@163.com
 CR AGRAWAL RK, 1987, AICHE J, V33, P1212
    COATS AW, 1964, NATURE, V201, P68
    FLYNN JH, 1997, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V300, P83
    GORBACHEV VM, 1975, J THERM ANAL, V8, P349
    HEAL GR, 1999, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V340, P69
    LEE TV, 1984, AICHE J, V30, P517
    LEWIS RM, 2000, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V124, P191
    LI CH, 1985, AICHE J, V31, P1037
    LYON RE, 1997, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V297, P117
    ORFAO JJM, 2002, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V390, P195
    ORTEGA A, 1996, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V282, P29
    PEREZMAQUEDA LA, 2000, J THERM ANAL CALORIM, V60, P909
    QUANYIN R, 1995, J THERM ANAL, V44, P1147
    RONGZU H, 2001, THERMAL ANAL KINETIC
    STARINK MJ, 1996, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V288, P97
    WANJUN T, 2003, J THERM ANAL CALORIM, V74, P309
    ZHIMING G, 2001, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V369, P137
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0001-1541
 J9 AICHE J
 JI AICHE J.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 52
 IS 4
 BP 1554
 EP 1557
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Chemical
 GA 023VY
 UT ISI:000236155500026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wen, Y
    Shi, LY
    Fang, JH
    Cao, WM
 TI Research on electrocatalytic degradation of active red dye by
    compressed nanotube electrodes
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE carbon nanotube; electrocatalytic; dye
 ID CARBON NANOTUBES
 AB Carbon nanotubes were processed by circumfluence with concentrated
    nitric acid, high-temperature calcination and milling with high speed
    after calcination, respectively. The specific surface area was tested
    by the low-temperature nitrogen adsorption method. The morphologies of
    such carbon nanotubes before and after treatment were characterized by
    transmission electron microscopy while infrared spectra were used to
    analyze the change of surface functional group. The content of
    amorphous carbon and graphite carbon was determined by Raman spectrum.
    The carbon nanotubes before and after treatment were made into
    electrocatalytic anode to degrade active red X-3B simulated wastewater.
    The experimental results indicated that the stability and
    electrocatalytic degradation efficiency of the electrodes made of
    carbon nanotubes after treatment were obviously improved. The process
    of milling with high speed after calcination was considered the best
    pre-treatment.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Wen, Y, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM sly0726@163.com
 CR FEDERICA V, 2004, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V100, P117
    HINO S, 2001, SYNTHETIC MET, V121, P1213
    JIANG Q, 2004, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V62, P829
    LI LQ, 2003, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V61, P931
    LIJIMA S, 1991, NATURE, V354, P56
    LIU LY, 2004, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V116, P394
    MARCO P, 2000, WATER RES, V34, P2601
    MASAYUKI Y, 2005, J ELECTROANAL CHEM, V579, P83
    SHAO J, 2000, CHIN ENV SCI, V20, P61
    ZHANG DS, 2005, J FUNCT MAT, V36, P282
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PD MAR 14
 PY 2006
 VL 64
 IS 5
 BP 439
 EP 443
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 024IP
 UT ISI:000236189000015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, BW
    Ren, ZM
    Wu, JX
 TI Continuous electromagnetic separation of inclusion from aluminum melt
    using alternating current
 SO TRANSACTIONS OF NONFERROUS METALS SOCIETY OF CHINA
 DT Article
 DE aluminum melt; alternating current; flow field; concentration field;
    inclusion; electromagnetic separation
 ID MAGNETIC-FIELD; PARTICLES
 AB A novel scheme about the continuous electromagnetic purification of
    aluminum melt was put forward based on the utilization of a square
    separation pipe and a 50 Hz alternating current to produce
    electromagnetic force. It is experimentally found that with electrical
    current of 400 A/cm(2), it takes only 10 s to remove 95% inclusion from
    aluminum melt. Comprehensive numerical simulations were carried out to
    investigate the dynamics mechanisms behind the process. The results
    show that the removal of inclusion is attributed to the cooperative
    effects of electromagnetic buoyancy and the secondary flow induced by
    the rotational electromagnetic force, and the removal efficient
    increases with the size of inclusion and the electrical current
    imposed. Theoretical predictions on the distribution and removal
    efficiency of inclusion were supported by the experiments.
 C1 Huazhong Univ Sci & Technol, State Key Lab Plast Forming Simulat & Die & Moul, Wuhan 430074, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Enhanced Lab Met, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, BW, Huazhong Univ Sci & Technol, State Key Lab Plast Forming
    Simulat & Die & Moul, Wuhan 430074, Peoples R China.
 EM bang1973@sina.com
 CR CREPEAU PN, 1997, MOD CAST, V87, P39
    ELKADDAH N, 1995, JOM-J MIN MET MAT S, V47, P46
    FAN MW, 1988, INTEGRAL EQUATION ME, P58
    LEENOV D, 1954, J CHEM PHYS, V22, P683
    LI K, 2002, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V12, P1107
    LI K, 2004, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V14, P82
    PARK JP, 1994, TETSU TO HAGANE, V80, P31
    SHU D, 1999, METALL MATER TRANS A, V30, P2979
    TANIGUCHI S, 1994, ISIJ INT, V34, P722
    WU JX, 2004, CHINESE J NONFERROUS, V14, P354
    YAMAO F, 1997, TETSU TO HAGANE, V83, P30
    ZHANG BW, 2002, ACTA METALL SIN, V15, P416
    ZHANG BW, 2002, COMPUT PHYS, V19, P527
    ZHANG BW, 2004, ACTA METALL SIN, V40, P623
    ZHONG YB, 2000, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V10, P240
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 1003-6326
 J9 TRANS NONFERROUS METAL SOC CH
 JI Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc. China
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 16
 IS 1
 BP 33
 EP 38
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 020LR
 UT ISI:000235911400006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Geng, T
    Zhang, N
 TI Electronic structure of the perovskite oxides La1-xSrxMnO3
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE electronic structures; LSDA; La1-xSrxMnO3; Mn-O bond length; c/a ratio,
    and half-metal state
 ID LOCAL LATTICE-DISTORTIONS; DOUBLE-EXCHANGE; MANGANITE PEROVSKITES; SPIN
    POLARIZATION; SPECTROSCOPY; FERROMAGNETS
 AB The electronic structures of perovskite oxides La1-xSrxMnO3 are studied
    with local spin-density approximation (LSDA). Results show that the
    lowest energy is obtained when the Mn-O bond length is 1.95 angstrom
    with ideal cubic crystal structure. This value of Mn-O bond length is
    consistent with the experimental data. Considering a proper tetragonal
    distortion of the crystal, the total energy of system becomes lower. A
    half-metal state can be got both for the undistorted structure (Mn-O
    bond lengths are 1.95-2.10 angstrom) and the distorted structure. It is
    suggested that the effect of Jahn-Teller distortion is not the main
    reason of formation of half-metal state. However, the electronic
    properties are very sensitive to the c/a ratio. Along with the increase
    of c/a ratio, system transforms from metal to half metal and further
    the insulator. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Normal Univ, Sch Phys Sci & Technol, Nanjing 2120097, Peoples R China.
 RP Geng, T, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 EM max_geng@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ANDERSON PW, 1955, PHYS REV, V100, P675
    BANACH G, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
    COHN JL, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, R8495
    DEBOER PK, 1997, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V102, P621
    DEGROOT RA, 1983, PHYS REV LETT, V50, P2024
    FERRARI V, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    HU WY, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P1223
    HWANG HY, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P2041
    JONKER GH, 1950, PHYSICA, V16, P337
    KONISHI Y, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V68, P3790
    LOUCA D, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P6193
    MAZIN II, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P1427
    MILLIS AJ, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P5144
    MOREO A, 1999, SCIENCE, V283, P2034
    NEUMEIER JJ, 1995, PHYS REV B, V52, P7006
    OKIMOTO Y, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P109
    PARK JH, 1998, NATURE, V392, P794
    PAYNE MC, 1992, REV MOD PHYS, V64, P1045
    SAITOH T, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P13942
    SATPATHY S, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P960
    SEGALL MD, 2002, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V14, P2717
    SHI M, 2005, PHYS REV B, V70
    SINGH DJ, 1998, J APPL PHYS 2, V83, P7354
    SINGH DJ, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P88
    SOLOVYEV I, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P7158
    SUBIAS G, 1997, PHYS REV B, V56, P8183
    URUSHIBARA A, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P14103
    ZENER C, 1951, PHYS REV, V82, P403
 NR 28
 TC 0
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD MAR 6
 PY 2006
 VL 351
 IS 4-5
 BP 314
 EP 318
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 021SN
 UT ISI:000236005900020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, H
    Lu, GZ
    Guo, YL
    Guo, Y
    Wang, JS
 TI Synthesis of framework-substituted Fe-HMS and its catalytic performance
    for phenol hydroxylation
 SO NANOTECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID MESOPOROUS MOLECULAR-SIEVES; TITANIUM SILICALITE-1; SILICAS; IRON;
    ZEOLITES; BENZENE; FEZSM-5; SIZE; PORE; TS-2
 AB The iron-incorporated mesoporous silica material Fe-HMS was
    successfully synthesized at ambient temperature by using dodecylamine
    as the template agent, and it was characterized by XRD, SEM, FT-IR,
    UV-vis, ESR and N-2 adsorption measurements. Its catalytic performance
    was studied for phenol hydroxylation with H2O2 in a fixed-bed reactor.
    The results show that Fe3+ ions have been successfully incorporated
    into the framework of HMS, and Fe-HMS has a uniform mesoporous
    structure with about 2.7 nm pore diameter. After Fe-HMS is calcined,
    most of the Fe3+ ions remain in the tetrahedral coordinated framework,
    and only a small part of Fe species migrate to the extraframework.
    Fe-HMS has high catalytic activity and very high selectivity to
    dihydroxybenzene for the hydroxylation of phenol. Over the Fe-HMS
    catalyst, the product distribution of phenol hydroxylation is different
    from that over the microporous TS-1 zeolite. The solvents have great
    influence on the catalytic activity of Fe-HMS, and water is the best
    solvent.
 C1 E China Univ Sci & Technol, Res Inst Ind Catalysis, Lab Adv Mat, Shanghai 2000237, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, GZ, E China Univ Sci & Technol, Res Inst Ind Catalysis, Lab Adv
    Mat, Shanghai 2000237, Peoples R China.
 EM gzhlu@ecust.edu.cn
 CR ABDELFATTAH TM, 1996, CHEM COMMUN     0307, P665
    AHN WS, 1999, APPL CATAL A-GEN, V181, P39
    ASTORINO E, 1995, J CATAL, V157, P482
    BACHARI K, 2004, J CATAL, V221, P55
    BAGSHAW SA, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P1242
    CHAUDHARI K, 1999, J CATAL, V183, P281
    ECHCHAHED B, 1997, CHEM MATER, V9, P1716
    GONTIER S, 1995, ZEOLITES, V15, P601
    HE NY, 1997, STUD SURF SCI CA A-C, V105, P85
    HEIJBOER WM, 2004, J PHYS CHEM B, V108, P10002
    HUYBRECHTS DRC, 1992, J MOL CATAL, V71, P129
    INUI T, 1993, J CATAL, V139, P482
    KE YY, 1998, J E CHINA U SCI TECH, V24, P116
    KRESGE CT, 1992, NATURE, V359, P10
    LIN S, 2000, J MOL CATAL A-CHEM, V156, P113
    LIU H, 2005, CHEM ENG J, V108, P187
    MARIA DA, 1996, J PHYS CHEM-US, V100, P2178
    PANOV GI, 1998, CATAL TODAY, V41, P365
    PANOV GI, 2000, CATTECH, V4, P18
    PAULY TR, 2001, CHEM MATER, V13, P987
    PEREZRAMIREZ J, 2002, J CATAL, V207, P113
    RATNASAMY P, 1991, CATAL TODAY, V9, P341
    REDDY JS, 1992, J MOL CATAL, V71, P373
    REDDY JS, 1992, ZEOLITES, V12, P95
    RENZO FD, 1999, MICROPOR MESOPOR MAT, V28, P437
    SAYARI A, 1996, CHEM MATER, V8, P1840
    TUEL A, 1991, J MOL CATAL, V68, P45
    TUEL A, 1998, J CHEM SOC FARADAY T, V94, P3501
    TUEL A, 1999, MICROPOR MESOPOR MAT, V27, P151
    VANDERPOL AJHP, 1992, APPL CATAL A-GEN, V92, P113
    WILKENHONER U, 2001, J CATAL, V203, P201
    XIONG CR, 2000, CATAL LETT, V69, P231
    YANG RT, 1997, J CATAL, V172, P488
    YUE YH, 1998, APPL CATAL A-GEN, V175, P131
    ZHANG WZ, 1996, CHEM COMMUN     0421, P979
 NR 35
 TC 0
 SN 0957-4484
 J9 NANOTECHNOL
 JI Nanotechnology
 PD FEB 28
 PY 2006
 VL 17
 IS 4
 BP 997
 EP 1003
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary;
    Physics, Applied
 GA 020GL
 UT ISI:000235896600026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lou, J
    Ruggeri, T
    Tebaldi, C
 TI Modeling cancer in HIV-1 infected individuals: Equilibria, cycles and
    chaotic behavior
 SO MATHEMATICAL BIOSCIENCES AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE HIV-1 infection; cancer; steady state; stability; Hopf bifurcation;
    chaos
 ID HUMAN-IMMUNODEFICIENCY-VIRUS; HIV-1 INFECTION; T-CELLS; TRANSMISSION;
    DELAY; LAV
 AB For HIV-infected individuals, cancer remains a significant burden.
    Gaining insight into the epidemiology and mechanisms that underlie
    AIDS-related cancers can provide us with a better understanding of
    cancer immunity and viral oncogenesis. In this paper, an HIV-1
    dynamical model incorporating the AIDS-related cancer cells was
    studied. The model consists of three components, cancer cells, healthy
    CD4+ T lymphocytes and infected CD4+ T lymphocytes, and can have six
    steady states. We discuss the existence, the stability properties and
    the biological meanings of these steady states, in particular for the
    positive one: cancer-HIV-healthy cells steady state. We find conditions
    for Hopf bifurcation of the positive steady state, leading to periodic
    solutions, sequences of period doubling bifurcations and appearance of
    chaos. Further, chaos and periodic behavior alternate. Our results are
    consistent with some clinical and experimental observations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Univ Bologna, Dept Math, I-40123 Bologna, Italy.
    Univ Bologna, Res Ctr Appl Math, CIRAM, I-40123 Bologna, Italy.
    Politecn Turin, Dept Math, I-10129 Turin, Italy.
 RP Lou, J, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 EM jie.lou@126.com
    ruggeri@ciram.unibo.it
    claudio.tebaldi@polito.it
 CR ANDERSON RM, 1989, CELL CELL SIGNALLING, P335
    BOSHOFF C, 2002, NAT REV CANCER, V2, P373
    BURNET FM, 1971, TRANSPLANT REV, V7
    CALLAWAY DS, 2002, B MATH BIOL, V64, P29
    CRANAGE MP, 1997, VIROLOGY, V229, P143
    CULSHAW RV, 2000, MATH BIOSCI, V165, P27
    DIEGEL ML, 1993, AIDS RES HUM RETROV, V9, P465
    FEIGENBAUM MJ, 1978, J STAT PHYS, V19, P25
    FRANCESCHINI V, 1979, J STAT PHYS, V21, P707
    GATTI RA, 1973, BLOOD, V41, P771
    GROSS L, 1943, CANCER RES, V3, P326
    GUPTA P, 1989, J VIROL, V63, P2361
    KIRSCHNER D, 1997, J MATH BIOL, V35, P775
    KLATZMANN D, 1984, NATURE, V312, P767
    KLATZMANN D, 1984, SCIENCE, V225, P59
    KLEIN G, 1956, NATURE, V178, P1389
    LAYNE SP, 1990, NATURE, V346, P277
    LEFEVER R, 1984, NONLINEAR ELECTRODYN, P287
    LEVY JA, 1999, HIV PATHOGENESIS AID, P239
    LOU J, 2004, J BIOL SYST, V12, P73
    PEARCEPRATT R, 1993, BIOL REPROD, V48, P431
    PERELSON AS, 1993, MATH BIOSCI, V114, P81
    QI AS, 1998, NONLINEAR MEDELS IMM
    ROSENBERG YJ, 1999, SEMIN IMMUNOL, V11, P139
    SCHRIER RD, 1993, J VIROL, V67, P5713
    SPOUGE JL, 1996, MATH BIOSCI, V138, P1
    STRAUS DJ, 2001, HIV ASS LYMPHOMAS, V16, P260
 NR 27
 TC 0
 SN 1547-1063
 J9 MATH BIOSCI ENG
 JI Math. Biosci. Eng.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 3
 IS 2
 BP 313
 EP 324
 PG 12
 GA 021IX
 UT ISI:000235978000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhen, Q
    Dong, LY
    Shi, G
    Li, R
    He, WM
    Liu, JQ
 TI Pressureless reactive sintering mechanism of nanocrystalline Bi2O3-Y2O3
    solid electrolyte
 SO JOURNAL OF UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY BEIJING
 DT Article
 DE nanocrystalline bismuth oxide-yttrium oxide; solid electrolyte;
    pressureless reactive sintering process; crystal grain growth; phase
    transformation
 ID TEMPERATURE
 AB The nanocrystalline BiO3-Y2O3 Solid electrolyte material was
    synthesized by pressureless reactive sintering process with Bi2O3 and
    Y2O3 nano mixed powder as raw materials, which was prepared by a
    chemical coprecipitation process. The study on the behavior of nano
    delta-Bi2O3 formation and its grain growth showed that the solid
    solution reaction of Y2O3, and beta-Bi2O3 to form delta-Bi2O3 occurs
    mainly in the initial stage of sintering process, and nano delta-Bi2O3
    crystal grains grow approximately following the rule of paracurve
    ((D-D-0)(2) = K(.)t) during sintering process. After sintered at 600
    degrees C for 2 h, the samples could reach above 96% in relative
    density and have dense microstructure with few remaining pores, the
    delta-Bi2O3 grains are less than 100 nm in size.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, NanoSci & Nanotechnol Res Ctr, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Railway Worker Coll Qiqihar, Qiqihar 161002, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhen, Q, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, NanoSci & Nanotechnol Res
    Ctr, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM zhenqiang@263.net
 CR BATTLE PD, 1986, J SOLID STATE CHEM, V63, P8
    FERRARI A, 1995, P NAN MAT COAT 9K AT
    HE WM, 2003, J FUNCTIONAL MAT, V34, P702
    HE WM, 2004, J FUNCTIONAL MAT, V35, P722
    KARCH J, 1987, NATURE, V330, P556
    KINGERY KD, 1967, INTRO CERAMICS
    LAWLESS WN, 1992, SOLID STATE IONICS, V52, P219
    SHUK P, 1996, SOLID STATE IONICS, V89, P179
    WATANABE A, 1986, SOLID STATE IONICS, V21, P287
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1005-8850
 J9 J UNIV SCI TECHNOL BEIJING
 JI J. Univ. Sci. Technol. Beijing
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 13
 IS 1
 BP 87
 EP 91
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering; Mining & Mineral Processing
 GA 020OQ
 UT ISI:000235919600018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, BY
    Wang, LL
 TI Modified Laguerre pseudospectral method refined by multidomain Legendre
    pseudospectral approximation
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE modified Laguerre pseudospectral method; multidomain Legendre
    approximation; differential equations on the half-line
 ID PARTIAL-DIFFERENTIAL-EQUATIONS; SPECTRAL METHODS; INTERPOLATION;
    DOMAINS; SPACES
 AB A modified Laguerre pseudospectral method is proposed for differential
    equations on the half-line. The numerical solutions are refined by
    multidomain Legendre pseudospectral approximation. Numerical results
    show the spectral accuracy of this approach. Some approximation results
    on the modified Laguerre and Legendre interpolations are established.
    The convergence of proposed method is proved. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Normal Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Div Computat Sci Einst, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, BY, Shanghai Normal Univ, Dept Math, Guilin Rd,100, Shanghai
    200234, Peoples R China.
 EM byguo@shnu.edu.cn
 CR BABUSKA I, 2001, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V39, P1512
    BERNARDI C, 1997, HDBK NUM AN 2, V5, P209
    COULAUD O, 1990, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V80, P451
    FUNARO D, 1991, ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIA, P263
    GUO BY, 2000, J MATH ANAL APPL, V243, P373
    GUO BY, 2000, NUMER MATH, V86, P635
    GUO BY, 2001, ADV COMPUT MATH, V14, P227
    MA HP, UNPUB MULTIDOMAIN LE
    MADAY Y, 1985, RECH AEROSPATIALE, P353
    MASTROIANNI G, 2001, ACTA MATH HUNG, V91, P27
    SHEN J, 2000, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V38, P1113
    SZEGO G, 1959, ORTHOGONAL POLYNOMIA
    WANG LL, IN PRESS ADV COMPUT
    XU CL, 2002, J COMPUT MATH, V20, P413
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0377-0427
 J9 J COMPUT APPL MATH
 JI J. Comput. Appl. Math.
 PD JUN 1
 PY 2006
 VL 190
 IS 1-2
 BP 304
 EP 324
 PG 21
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 019QG
 UT ISI:000235851200021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, JY
    Zhang, H
    Zheng, HF
    Zhu, M
    Zeng, YS
 TI In situ visualization of transformation of organic matter in water at
    high pressures and temperatures
 SO JOURNAL OF ANALYTICAL AND APPLIED PYROLYSIS
 DT Article
 DE in situ; visualization; organic matter; transformation; high-pressure
    and -temperature water
 ID SUPERCRITICAL WATER; RAMAN-SPECTROSCOPY; MOLECULAR CLUSTERS;
    CHEMICAL-REACTIONS; PHASE-EQUILIBRIA; MODEL COMPOUNDS; DECOMPOSITION;
    POLYETHYLENE; CONVERSION; BEHAVIOR
 AB Water of high pressure and temperature is attracting attention for its
    unique properties and here an in situ observational technique has been
    developed to study organic matter transformations in H-P and -T
    (high-pressure and -temperature) water. Three samples of different kind
    involving aromatic organic compound, polymer, and natural biomass
    behave greatly different. Anthracene dissolves in water at the
    temperature of 325 degrees C and corresponding pressure of 315.9 MPa
    and remains stable till the highest temperature of 420 degrees C of
    this work. Polystyrene and rice straw hydrolyze in the form of
    heterogeneous phases in H-P and -T water. Polystyrene melts to form
    non-soluble liquid spherule before hydrolysis, whereas rice straw
    hydrolyzes directly from non-soluble solid. The light organic molecules
    produced from hydrolysis dissolve in water at high temperatures and
    separate out during cooling. The study is helpful to understand
    reaction mechanism and process of hydrolysis of biomass and polymer in
    H-P and -T water. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Carnegie Inst Washington, Geophys Lab, Washington, DC 20015 USA.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Grad Sch, Guangzhou Inst Geochem, Ghangzhou 510640, Peoples R China.
    Peking Univ, Sch Earth & Space Sci, Beijing 100871, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, JY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 EM j.chen@gl.ciw.edu
 CR AKIYA N, 2002, CHEM REV, V102, P2725
    ARITA T, 2003, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V44, P1083
    BELSKY AJ, 1998, J PHYS CHEM A, V102, P4509
    BROOKES A, 1997, SPECTROCHIM ACTA A, V53, P2303
    CAREY DM, 1998, APPL SPECTROSC, V52, P958
    CHEN JY, 2003, APPL SPECTROSC, V57, P1295
    CHENG LM, 2004, FUEL PROCESS TECHNOL, V85, P921
    CHURAKOV SV, 1999, J STRUCT CHEM+, V40, P548
    EDERER HJ, 1999, J SUPERCRIT FLUID, V15, P191
    FANG Z, 1999, J SUPERCRIT FLUID, V15, P229
    FANG Z, 2000, J SUPERCRIT FLUID, V16, P207
    FENG W, 2004, CHEM ENG J, V98, P105
    FENG W, 2004, CHEM ENG PROCESS, V43, P1459
    GOTO M, 2004, BIORESOURCE TECHNOL, V93, P279
    GUARDIA E, 2004, PHYS REV E, V69, P11502
    IKUSHIMA Y, 1998, J CHEM PHYS, V108, P5855
    KALINICHEV AG, 1999, CHEM PHYS LETT, V302, P411
    KALINICHEV AG, 2001, FLUID PHASE EQUILIBR, V183, P271
    KIM IC, 2004, CHEM ENG PROCESS, V43, P997
    MENG LH, 2004, POLYM DEGRAD STABIL, V83, P389
    SASAKI M, 2004, AICHE J, V50, P192
    SATO T, 2003, J ANAL APPL PYROL, V70, P735
    SATO T, 2004, CHEM ENG SCI, V59, P1247
    SAVAGE PE, 1995, AICHE J, V41, P1723
    SAVAGE PE, 1999, CHEM REV, V99, P603
    SHAW RW, 1991, CHEM ENG NEWS, V69, P26
    SHEN AH, 1992, HIGH PRESSURE RES AP, P61
    SHIBASAKI Y, 2004, POLYM DEGRAD STABIL, V83, P481
    SHINOHARA H, 1998, J MOL STRUCT, V442, P221
    SONG CC, 2004, ENERG FUEL, V18, P90
    SU XL, 2004, FUEL PROCESS TECHNOL, V85, P1249
    SUGIMOTO K, 2004, J SUPERCRIT FLUID, V32, P293
    TUCKER SC, 1999, CHEM REV, V99, P391
    YOSHIDA H, 2004, J CHEM ENG JPN, V37, P253
    YOSHIDA T, 2004, BIOMASS BIOENERG, V26, P71
    YOSHII N, 1999, B CHEM SOC JPN, V72, P151
 NR 36
 TC 0
 SN 0165-2370
 J9 J ANAL APPL PYROL
 JI J. Anal. Appl. Pyrolysis
 PD JUN
 PY 2006
 VL 76
 IS 1-2
 BP 260
 EP 264
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Spectroscopy
 GA 021TF
 UT ISI:000236007900037
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yan, F
    Guan, XL
    He, XF
    Fan, S
 TI Modification project of the terminal electrode of the HI-13 tandem
    accelerator
 SO HIGH ENERGY PHYSICS AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS-CHINESE EDITION
 DT Article
 DE terminal electrode; electrostatic field; equi-potential ring
 AB To improve the configuration of the terminal electrostatic field by
    modifying the shape of the terminal electrode, a calculation of the
    surface electrostatic field distributing for several possible shapes
    was done using Poisson code, and provide the optimum modification
    constructions.
 C1 China Inst Atom Energy, Beijing 102413, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yan, F, China Inst Atom Energy, Beijing 102413, Peoples R China.
 EM yf991@iris.ciae.ac.cn
 CR LI T, 1995, ATOMIC ENERGY SCI TE, V27, P396
    YANG BF, 2003, ATOMIC ENERGY SCI TE, V37, P513
    ZHANG GL, 1996, ATOMIC ENERGY SCI TE, V30, P207
 NR 3
 TC 0
 SN 0254-3052
 J9 HIGH ENERGY PHYS NUCL PHYS-CH
 JI High Energy Phys. Nucl. Phys.-Chin. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 30
 SU Suppl. 1
 BP 111
 EP 113
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Nuclear; Physics, Particles & Fields
 GA 020ZC
 UT ISI:000235951000036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JP
    Wang, Y
    Chu, YW
    Su, LP
    Gong, YP
    Zhang, RH
    Xiong, SD
 TI Agrin is involved in lymphocytes activation that is mediated by
    alpha-dystroglycan
 SO FASEB JOURNAL
 DT Article
 DE agrin; alpha-dystroglycan; immunological synapse; lymphocyte activation
 ID IMMUNOLOGICAL SYNAPSE FORMATION; T-CELL-ACTIVATION;
    DYSTROPHIN-ASSOCIATED GLYCOPROTEINS; TORPEDO ELECTRIC ORGAN;
    BETA-DYSTROGLYCAN; ACETYLCHOLINE-RECEPTORS; EXTRACELLULAR-MATRIX;
    MUTANT MICE; COSTIMULATION; IDENTIFICATION
 AB It is well established that agrin, an extracellular matrix protein,
    plays a crucial role in the formation of neuromuscular junctions.
    Recent evidence indicates that agrin also contributes to immunological
    synapse formation. However, little is known about how agrin induces the
    activation of lymphocytes and whose receptors mediate its regulatory
    effects on these cells. In the present study, agrin was detected in
    lymphocytes. Up-regulation of agrin expression was involved in
    lymphocyte activation whereas down-regulation of its expression led to
    inhibition of both antigen-specific and nonspecific lymphocyte
    activation, indicating an intrinsic role for agrin in the activation of
    lymphocytes. Unexpectedly, unlike that found in muscle cells where
    there is coexpression of muscle-specific kinase (MuSK) and
    alpha-dystroglycan receptors for agrin, only alpha-dystroglycan could
    be detected in lymphocytes. Confocal examination showed that
    alpha-dystroglycan colocalized with agrin in forming the immunological
    synapse. Down-regulation of alpha-dystroglycan expression inhibited
    lymphocyte activation even in the presence of agrin. However, agrin
    involved in down-regulation of alpha-dystroglycan receptors did not
    increase the inhibitory effect on lymphocytes activation. The
    anti-alpha-dystroglycan antibody also induced lymphocytes activation.
    Taken together, these findings strongly indicate that agrin and
    alpha-dystroglycan mediate lymphocyte activation. Furthermore,
    agrin-involved lymphocyte activation is mediated by
    alpha-dystroglycan.-Zhang, J., Wang, Y., Chu, Y., Su, L., Gong, Y.,
    Zhang, R., Xiong, S. Agrin is involved in lymphocytes activation that
    is mediated by alpha-dystroglycan.
 C1 Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Dept Immunol, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Key Lab Mol Med, Minist Educ, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Div Immunol, E Inst, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Xiong, SD, Fudan Univ, Shanghai Med Coll, Dept Immunol, 138 Yixueyuan
    Rd, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM sdxiongfd@126.com
 CR ANDRES PG, 2004, J IMMUNOL, V172, P5880
    BEZAKOVA G, 2003, NAT REV MOL CELL BIO, V4, P295
    BOWE MA, 1994, NEURON, V12, P1173
    BROMLEY SK, 2001, ANNU REV IMMUNOL, V19, P375
    BROMLEY SK, 2001, NAT IMMUNOL, V2, P1159
    BROMLEY SK, 2002, IMMUNOLOGY, V106, P289
    CAMPANELLI JT, 1994, CELL, V77, P663
    COTE PD, 1999, NAT GENET, V23, P338
    DECHIARA TM, 1996, CELL, V85, P501
    DUSTIN ML, 2000, NAT IMMUNOL, V1, P23
    FRIEDL P, 2002, IMMUNOL REV, V186, P83
    FRIEDL P, 2004, TRENDS CELL BIOL, V14, P557
    GAUTAM M, 1996, CELL, V85, P525
    GEE SH, 1994, CELL, V77, P675
    GINGRAS J, 2002, J CELL BIOL, V158, P1109
    GODFREY EW, 1984, J CELL BIOL, V99, P615
    GRAKOUI A, 1999, SCIENCE, V285, P221
    HAILMAN E, 2002, IMMUNITY, V16, P839
    HERBST R, 2002, DEVELOPMENT, V129, P5449
    HUPPA JB, 2003, NAT REV IMMUNOL, V3, P973
    IBRAGHIMOVBESKR.O, 1992, NATURE, V355, P696
    IBRAGHIMOVBESKR.O, 1993, HUM MOL GENET, V2, P1651
    ILSLEY JL, 2001, CELL SIGNAL, V13, P625
    INABA K, 1992, J EXP MED, V176, P1693
    JACOBSON C, 1998, J NEUROSCI, V18, P6340
    JAMES M, 2000, J CELL SCI, V113, P1717
    KAHL J, 2003, J NEUROSCI, V23, P392
    KHAN AA, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P1681
    KIEFER F, 2002, TRANSPL IMMUNOL, V9, P69
    KROGSGAARD M, 2003, SEMIN IMMUNOL, V15, P307
    LEE KH, 2002, SCIENCE, V295, P1539
    MALDONADO RA, 2004, NATURE, V431, P527
    MICELI MC, 2001, SEMIN IMMUNOL, V13, P115
    NITKIN RM, 1987, J CELL BIOL, V105, P2471
    OPENSHAW P, 1995, J EXP MED, V182, P1357
    PAUL WE, 1994, CELL, V76, P241
    PHILLIPS WD, 1995, CLIN EXP PHARMACOL P, V22, P961
    RICHIE LI, 2002, IMMUNITY, V16, P595
    SALGADO FJ, 2003, J BIOL CHEM, V278, P24849
    SAMBROOK J, MOL CLONING LAB MANU
    SAMSTAG Y, 2003, J LEUKOCYTE BIOL, V73, P30
    SCHWARTZ JCD, 2002, NAT IMMUNOL, V3, P427
    SCIANDRA F, 2001, EUR J BIOCHEM, V268, P4590
    SHAW AS, 2001, NAT IMMUNOL, V2, P575
    TSENG SY, 2002, CURR OPIN CELL BIOL, V14, P575
    WALLACE BG, 1989, J NEUROSCI, V9, P1294
    WANG DH, 2004, MOL CELL BIOL, V24, P164
    WETZEL SA, 2002, J IMMUNOL, V169, P6092
    WULFING C, 2002, NAT IMMUNOL, V3, P42
 NR 49
 TC 0
 SN 0892-6638
 J9 FASEB J
 JI Faseb J.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 20
 IS 1
 BP 50
 EP 58
 PG 9
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Biology; Cell Biology
 GA 021PU
 UT ISI:000235996000044
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XG
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
 TI Direct simultaneous determination of alpha- and beta-naphthol isomers
    at GC-electrode modified with CNTs network joined by Pt nanoparticles
    through derivative voltammetry
 SO ELECTROANALYSIS
 DT Article
 DE modified electrode; naphthol isomers; simultaneous determination
 ID POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC-HYDROCARBONS; CARBON NANOTUBES; PLATINUM
    NANOPARTICLES; LIQUID-CHROMATOGRAPHY; 1-NAPHTHOL; 2-NAPHTHOL; URINE;
    WATER
 AB The semi-derivative technique was adopted to improve the resolution and
    surfactant was added to sample solution to enhance the sensitivity,
    alpha- and beta-naphthol isomers could be determined directly and
    simultaneously at glassy carbon electrode modified with carbon
    nanotubes network joined by Pt nanoparticles. In 0.1 mol L-1 HAc-NaAc
    buffer solution (pH 5.8) the linear calibration ranges were 1.0 x
    10(-6) to 8.0 X 10(-4) mol L-1 for both alpha- and beta-naphthols, with
    detection limits of 5.0 X 10(-7) for alpha- and 6.0 x 10(-7) mol L-1
    for beta-naphthol. The amount of naphthol isomers in artificial
    wastewater has been tested with above method, and the recovery was from
    98% to 103%.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
    ypding@mail.shu.ee.cn
 CR BO T, 1995, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V53, P805
    CHEN WX, 2003, CHEM J CHINESE U, V24, P2285
    FU XY, 2002, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V60, P1324
    HRAPOVIC S, 2004, ANAL CHEM, V76, P1083
    JANSEN EHJM, 1995, CLIN CHEM, V41, P1905
    LI YQ, 1994, TALANTA, V41, P695
    LOPEZ MH, 1999, TALANTA, V49, P679
    MASSEY KA, 1995, TALANTA, V42, P1457
    PREUSS R, 2004, J CHROMATOGR B, V801, P307
    REVILLA AL, 1996, J CHROMATOGR A, V745, P225
    SMITH CJ, 2002, J CHROMATOGR B, V778, P157
    TSANG SC, 1994, NATURE, V372, P159
    WANG JX, 2004, ELECTROANAL, V16, P140
    ZHAO Q, 2002, ELECTROANAL, V14, P1609
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1040-0397
 J9 ELECTROANAL
 JI Electroanalysis
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 18
 IS 5
 BP 517
 EP 520
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA 021LC
 UT ISI:000235983700013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yan, Y
    Wu, QS
    Li, L
    Ding, YP
 TI Simultaneous synthesis of dendritic superstructural and fractal
    crystals of BaCrO4 by vegetal Bi-templates
 SO CRYSTAL GROWTH & DESIGN
 DT Article
 ID TOBACCO-MOSAIC-VIRUS; HYDROTHERMAL SYNTHESIS; SHAPE EVOLUTION; BARIUM
    CHROMATE; NANOPARTICLES; MORPHOGENESIS; LUMINESCENCE; NANOSTRUCTURES;
    ZEOLITIZATION; NANORODS
 AB Two novel dendritic superstructural and fractal BaCrO4 crystals were
    simultaneously synthesized in the same reaction system via facile
    vegetal bi-templates, mung bean sprouts (MBS). The two dendritic
    crystals in different shapes were grown on the outer surface and the
    inner stem wall of NIBS. The two BaCrO4 dendrites are characterized by
    scanning electron microscopy (SEM), X-ray diffraction (XRD), and
    photoluminescence (PL). The luminescent property indicates that the
    products have a broad emission band peak may have applications in an
    electronic light device. A presumable mechanism is also given.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR ANDERSON MW, 2000, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V39, P2707
    BLASSE G, 1980, STRUCT BOND, V42, P1
    CHEN SH, 2002, NANO LETT, V2, P1003
    CHENG Y, 2005, J PHYS CHEM B, V109, P794
    COLFEN H, 2003, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V42, P2350
    DALHOEVEN GAM, 1980, CHEM PHYS LETT, V76, P27
    DUJARDIN E, 2003, NANO LETT, V3, P413
    ECONOMY J, 1965, J CATAL, V4, P446
    FOWLER CE, 2001, ADV MATER, V13, P1266
    JANG J, 2004, LANGMUIR, V20, P8419
    JIANG CL, 2005, J PHYS CHEM B, V109, P1361
    KROGER N, 2000, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V97, P14133
    KROGER N, 2002, SCIENCE, V298, P584
    KUANG DB, 2003, ADV MATER, V20, P1747
    LI CM, 2002, CRYST GROWTH DES, V2, P387
    LI L, 2004, NANOTECHNOLOGY, V15, P1877
    LIANG P, 2004, LANGMUIR, V20, P10444
    MA YR, 2004, CRYST GROWTH DES, V4, P351
    MANN S, 1988, NATURE, V332, P119
    MILLER RM, 1986, J LUMIN, V36, P143
    MOORE DF, 2004, J AM CHEM SOC, V126, P14372
    POULSEN N, 2003, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V100, P12075
    PUNTES VF, 2001, SCIENCE, V291, P2115
    SANDHAGE KH, 2002, ADV MATER, V14, P429
    SHENTON W, 1999, ADV MATER, V11, P253
    SHI HT, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P1647
    SPEK AL, 1996, J LUMIN, V69, P319
    STOILOVA D, 2005, J MOL STRUCT, V738, P211
    SUN YG, 2000, SCIENCE, V298, P2176
    VALTCHEV V, 2003, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V42, P2782
    VICSEK T, 1992, FRACTAL GROWTH PHENO
    WANG DB, 2003, CRYST GROWTH DES, V3, P717
    WANG JW, 2004, MATER CHEM PHYS, V87, P420
    WANG YJ, 2002, J MATER CHEM, V12, P1812
    XIA YN, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P353
    YANG D, 2002, ADV MATER, V14, P1543
    YANG PD, 1996, SCIENCE, V273, P1836
    YIN JA, 2003, CHEM PHYS LETT, V378, P24
    YU JC, 2004, J PHYS CHEM B, V18, P64
    YU SH, 2002, CHEM-EUR J, V8, P2937
    ZHANG J, 2004, CRYST GROWTH DES, V4, P309
    ZHANG Y, 2003, J PHYS CHEM B, V107, P8289
    ZHOU GJ, 2005, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V116, P71
    ZHOU Y, 1999, ADV MATER, V11, P850
 NR 44
 TC 0
 SN 1528-7483
 J9 CRYST GROWTH DES
 JI Cryst. Growth Des.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 6
 IS 3
 BP 769
 EP 773
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary;
    Crystallography
 GA 019YM
 UT ISI:000235874600023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jo, CL
    Xia, L
    Ding, D
    Dong, YD
 TI Glass formation ability and kinetics of the Gd55Al20Ni25 bulk metallic
    glass
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID TEMPERATURE MAGNETIC REFRIGERATION; AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; TRANSITION
    TEMPERATURE; FORMING ABILITY; CRYSTALLIZATION; GADOLINIUM; FE
 AB We report a new bulk glass-fornling alloy Gd55Al20Ni25. The bulk sample
    of the alloy is prepared in the shape of rods in diameter 2 mm by
    suction casting. The rod exhibits typical amorphous characteristics in
    the x-ray diffraction pattern, paramagnetic property at 300 K, distinct
    glass transition and multi-step crystallization behaviour in
    differential scanning calorimetry traces. The glass formation ability
    of the alloy is investigated by using the reduced glass transition
    temperature T-rg and the parameter gamma. Kinetics of glass transition
    and primary crystallization is also studied. The fragility parameter m
    obtained from the Vogel-Fulcher-Tammann dependence of glass transition
    temperature T-g on 1n phi (phi is the heating rate) classifies the bulk
    metallic glasses into the intermediate category according to Angell's
    classification.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Ctr Adv Microanal, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, L, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM xialei@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ANGELL CA, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P1924
    BENFORD SM, 1981, J APPL PHYS, V52, P2110
    BOHMER R, 1993, J CHEM PHYS, V99, P4201
    BORREGO JM, 2002, J APPL PHYS, V92, P6607
    BRUNING R, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P11318
    FECHT HJ, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P777
    GAO MC, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V353, P114
    GREER AL, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P1947
    HASHIMOTO T, 1987, J APPL PHYS, V62, P3873
    HE Y, 1994, PHIL MAG LETT, V70, P371
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P99
    INOUE A, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS A, V29, P1779
    JOHNSON WL, 1999, MRS BULL, V24, P42
    KISSINGER HE, 1956, J RES NAT BUR STAND, V57, P217
    KORTE BJ, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P5677
    LASOCKA M, 1976, MATER SCI ENG, V23, P173
    LI S, 2005, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V351, P2568
    LU ZP, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P3501
    LU ZP, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    MITROVIC N, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P2145
    PERERA DN, 1999, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V11, P3807
    PROVENZANO V, 2004, NATURE, V429, P853
    SI L, 2002, APPL PHYS A-MATER, V75, P535
    TAKEYA H, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V64, P2739
    TANG MB, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P901
    TURNBULL D, 1969, CONTEMP PHYS, V10, P473
    YU BF, 2003, INT J REFRIG, V26, P622
    ZHAO ZF, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V82, P4699
    ZHU AW, 2004, SCRIPTA MATER, V50, P1451
    ZHUANG YX, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V87, P8209
    ZIMM CB, 1992, ADV CRYOG ENG B, V37, P883
 NR 31
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 23
 IS 3
 BP 672
 EP 674
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 020RU
 UT ISI:000235928800041
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, H
 TI Generalized mean-flow theory of wave-current-bottom interactions
 SO CHINA OCEAN ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE mean-flow equations; wave action; large-scale slowly varying currents;
    wave-current-bottom interactions; dissipative dynamical system
 ID WATER-WAVES; EQUATION
 AB The interaction between waves, currents and bottoms in estuarine and
    coastal regions is ubiquitious, in particular the dynamic mechanism of
    waves on large-scale slowly varying currents. The wave action concept
    may be extended and applicated to the study of the mechanism.
    Considering the effects of moving bottoms and starting from the
    Navier-Stokes equation of motion of a viscous fluid including the
    Coriolis force, a generalized mean-flow model theory for the nearshore
    region, that is, a set of mean-flow equations and their generalized
    wave action equation involving the three new kinds of actions termed
    respectively as the current wave action, the bottom wave action and the
    dissipative wave action which can be applied to arbitrary depth over
    moving bottoms and ambient currents with a typical vertical structure,
    is developed by vertical integration and time-averaging over a wave
    period, thus extending the classical concept, wave action, from the
    ideal averaged flow conservative system to the real averaged flow
    dissipative dynamical system, and having a large range of application.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, H, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM hhuang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ANDREWS DG, 1978, J FLUID MECH, V89, P609
    ATHANASSOULIS GA, 1999, J FLUID MECH, V389, P275
    BERKHOFF JCW, 1972, P 13 C COAST ENG VAN, V2, P471
    BRETHERTHON FP, 1968, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V302, P529
    CHRISTOFFERSEN JB, 1980, APPL OCEAN RES, V2, P179
    DING PX, 1999, CHINESE SCI BULL, V44, P1814
    DINGEMANS MW, 1997, WATER WAVE PROPAGATI
    FENG SZ, 1992, CIRCULATION PHYS SHA
    GRIMSHAW R, 1984, ANNU REV FLUID MECH, V16, P11
    HUANG H, 2003, ACTA MECH SINICA, V35, P461
    HUANG H, 2005, CHINESE J THEORETICA, V37, P627
    KIRBY JT, 1984, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V89, P745
    MEI CC, 1989, APPL DYNAMICS OCEAN
    PEREGRINE DH, 1976, ADV APPL MECH, V16, P9
    PHILLIPS OM, 1977, DYNAMICS OCEAN
    PORTER D, 2003, J FLUID MECH, V494, P51
    PRIGOGINE I, 1996, END CERTAINTY TIME C
    SALMAN R, 1998, LECT GEOPHYS FLUID D
    SUO YH, 2004, CHINA OCEAN ENG, V18, P163
    WHITHAM GB, 1999, LINEAR NONLINEAR WAV
    ZUO QH, 2003, CHINA OCEAN ENG, V17, P247
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0890-5487
 J9 CHINA OCEAN ENG
 JI China Ocean Eng.
 PY 2006
 VL 20
 IS 1
 BP 165
 EP 172
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Civil; Engineering, Mechanical; Engineering, Ocean; Water
    Resources
 GA 019YG
 UT ISI:000235874000014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qin, LH
    Kong, L
    Shi, GJ
    Wang, ZT
    Ge, BX
 TI Andrographolide inhibits the production of TNF-alpha and interleukin-12
    in lipopolysaccharide-stimulated macrophages: Role of mitogen-activated
    protein kinases
 SO BIOLOGICAL & PHARMACEUTICAL BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE andrographolide; macrophage; TNF-alpha; IL-12; MAPKs; ERK1/2
 ID TUMOR-NECROSIS-FACTOR; NITRIC-OXIDE SYNTHASE; KAPPA-B; DITERPENOID
    CONSTITUENTS; IL-12 PRODUCTION; PANICULATA; MICE; LPS; PHOSPHORYLATION;
    BIOSYNTHESIS
 AB Andrographolide has been reported to possess a variety of
    pharmacological activities. In this study, we have investigated the
    effect of andrographolide on the production of TNF-alpha and IL-12
    (Interleukin-12) in murine peritoneal macrophages. Andrographolide
    decreased TNF-alpha IL-12a and IL-12b at mRNA level, and reduced the
    production of TNF-a and IL-12p79 proteins in a concentration-dependent
    manner. Furthermore, we have found that addition of andrographolide
    inhibited the activation of ERK1/2 MAP kinase, but not that of JNK, p38
    or NF-kappa B. These results suggested that andrographolide inhibit
    LPS-induced production of TNF-a via suppression of the ERK1/2 signaling
    pathway.
 C1 Shanghai Med Univ 2, Joint Immunol Lab, Hlth Sci Ctr, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Med Univ 2, Shanghai Inst Immunol, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Tradit Chinese Med, Inst Chinese Mat Med, Shanghai 201203, Peoples R China.
 RP Ge, BX, Shanghai Med Univ 2, Joint Immunol Lab, Hlth Sci Ctr, 225 S
    Chongqing Rd, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
 EM gebaoxue@sibs.ac.cn
 CR AMROYAN E, 1999, PHYTOMEDICINE, V6, P27
    BAEUERLE PA, 1988, SCIENCE, V242, P540
    BASAK A, 1999, BIOCHEM J 1, V338, P107
    CHIOU WF, 2000, BRIT J PHARMACOL, V129, P1553
    DUMITRU CD, 2000, CELL, V103, P1071
    FENG GJ, 1999, J IMMUNOL, V163, P6403
    FINCO TS, 1995, IMMUNITY, V3, P263
    GOZALBES R, 1999, ENVIRON RES, V10, P27
    HANDA SS, 1990, INDIAN J MED RES-B, V92, P276
    KANG BY, 2005, CELL SIGNAL, V17, P665
    KAPIL A, 1993, BIOCHEM PHARMACOL, V46, P182
    KIM CS, 2003, CELL SIGNAL, V15, P299
    KONTOYIANNIS D, 1999, IMMUNITY, V10, P387
    KOTLYAROV A, 1999, NAT CELL BIOL, V1, P94
    LASALA A, 2005, J IMMUNOL, V175, P2994
    LOCKSLEY RM, 2001, CELL, V104, P487
    LU XJ, 1981, ACTA PHARMACOL SINIC, V16, P182
    MA XJ, 1997, J BIOL CHEM, V272, P10389
    PASPARAKIS M, 1996, J EXP MED, V184, P1397
    PFEFFER K, 1993, CELL, V73, P457
    PURI A, 1993, J NAT PRODUCTS, V56, P995
    SIRIPONG P, 1992, J SCI SOC THAILAND, V18, P187
    TRACEY KJ, 1991, CIRC SHOCK, V35, P123
    TRINCHIERI G, 2003, NAT REV IMMUNOL, V2, P133
    TSAI HR, 2004, EUR J PHARMACOL, V498, P45
    VARFOLOMEEV EE, 2004, CELL, V116, P491
    VISEN PKS, 1993, J ETHNOPHARMACOL, V40, P131
    XIA YF, 2004, J IMMUNOL, V173, P4207
    XU HP, 2005, J BIOL CHEM, V280, P20879
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 0918-6158
 J9 BIOL PHARM BULL
 JI Biol. Pharm. Bull.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 29
 IS 2
 BP 220
 EP 224
 PG 5
 SC Pharmacology & Pharmacy
 GA 019QE
 UT ISI:000235851000006
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Song, JN
    Tong, WQ
    Zhi, XL
 TI ServiceBSP model with QoS considerations in grids
 SO ADVANCED WEB AND NETWORK TECHNOLOGIES, AND APPLICATIONS, PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB Grid computing is the cutting-edge computing technology which is
    promising to aggregate large-scale and geographically-distributed
    computing resources for next generation of computing. Though the Grid
    computing is popular in today's IT infrastructure, the concrete
    service-oriented Grid environment (system) is difficult to develop.
    Quality of Grid Services (QoGS) shields the heterogeneity of available
    resources. Such a QoGS requires interoperability between Grid resources
    and a consistent developer's interface, which must be specified by
    feasible and applicable virtual organizations (VO). In addition, an
    economic model of Grid community may also be considered. With the
    consideration of the behaviors and characteristics of such desirable
    Grid systems, an architecture and model of service-based BSP or
    ServiceBSP (service-based Bulk-Synchronous Parallelism) is proposed, at
    the aim at establishing a high interoperation and high quality
    cooperation between each Grid service, while developing an efficient
    mechanism to evaluate the performances of Grid applications.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Normal Univ, Sch Informat Sci & Engn, Jinhua 321004, Peoples R China.
 RP Song, JN, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM songjiong_cs@163.com
    wqtong@mail.shu.edu.cn
    xlzhi@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR CZAJKOWSKI K, 2004, WS RESOURCE FRAMEWOR
    DAVIES EK, 2002, J COMPUT CHEM, V23, P1544
    FARKAS P, 2003, P 1 INT WORKSH C NUM, V2, P9
    FOSTER I, 2001, INT J HIGH PERFORM C, V15, P200
    FOSTER I, 2002, PHYSL GRID OPEN GRID
    GOUX JP, 2001, CLUSTER COMPUTING, V4, P63
    MARTIN JMR, 2004, COMMUNICATION PROCES, P219
    SKILLICORN D, 1997, SCI PROG, V6, P249
    TONG WQ, 2003, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V2658, P225
    VALIANT LG, 1990, COMMUN ACM, V33, P103
    VASILEV V, 2003, PARALLEL PROCESSING, V13, P329
    WILLIAMS TL, 2000, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V1800, P102
    ZHI XL, 2004, ENG APPL ARTIF INTEL, V17, P701
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2006
 VL 3842
 BP 827
 EP 834
 PG 8
 GA BDV63
 UT ISI:000235659100113
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, QH
    Xu, J
    Su, LB
    Zhang, HW
 TI Spectroscopic characteristics of transparent Yb : Y2-2xLa2xO3 laser
    ceramics
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE yttrium lanthanum oxide; laser ceramics; low-temperature sintering;
    spectral property
 AB It was first reported the spectral properties of a low-temperature
    sintered transparent Yb: Y2-2x La-2x O-3 laser ceramics. Yb: Y2-2x
    La-2x O-3 laser ceramics have broad absorption band and large
    absorption cross- section of 4.0 x 10(-20) cm(2) at wavelengths 977nm
    of the highest absorption peak. Its fluorescence lifetime is 1.1 ms,
    and the emission cross-sections are 1.0 x 10(-20) cm(2) and 0.7 x
    10(-20) cm(2) at wavelengths 1033nm and 1077nm, respectively. All the
    optical properties are similar to those of single crystals.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Opt & Fine Mech, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, QH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM yangqiuhongcn@yahoo.com.cn
 CR KRUPKE WF, 2000, IEEE J SEL TOP QUANT, V6, P1287
    MOULTON PF, 1986, J OPT SOC AM B, V3, P125
    SAITO N, 1998, J AM CERAM SOC, V81, P2023
    SUMIDA DS, 1998, P SOC PHOTOOPT INSTR, V100, P3265
    TAKAICHI K, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P317
    WEN L, 2003, J CHIN REAR EARTH SO, V12, P166
    YANG QH, 200510023376, CN, APPL
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 55
 IS 3
 BP 1207
 EP 1210
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 020ON
 UT ISI:000235919300035
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, SA
    Zhou, BX
    Chen, WJ
    Wang, WG
 TI Evolution of grain boundary character distributions in Pb alloy during
    high temperature annealing
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Pb alloy; grain boundary character distribution; thermomechanical
    treatment
 ID INTERGRANULAR CORROSION; OPTIMIZATION
 AB Grain boundary character distributions (GBCD) in Pb alloy after
    thermomechanical treatments were analyzed by electron back scatter
    diffraction (EBSD) and orientation imaging microscopy (OIM). The
    frequencies of low Sigma coincidence site lattice (CSL) grain
    boundaries in Pb-alloy can be enhanced to more than 70% after proper
    cold rolling combined with annealing at high temperature (0.9T(m)) for
    a very short period of time. Together with Sigma(1) boundaries, the
    Sigma(3) boundaries appeared during recovering. The development of
    Sigma(3) boundaries in the primary stage of recrystallization is the
    main reason for enhancing the frequencies of low Sigma CSL grain
    boundaries. Triple junctions contained three CSL grain boundaries could
    be easily found in the OIM map of the specimen with high frequencies of
    low Sigma CSL grain boundaries, and there are specific orientation
    relationships among the grains assembled by the triple junctions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ Technol, Sch Mech Engn, Zibo 255049, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, SA, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM xiashuang14@sohu.com
 CR KING WE, 1998, SCRIPTA MATER, V38, P449
    LEE DS, 2003, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V345, P106
    LEHOCKEY EM, 1997, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V237, P168
    LEHOCKEY EM, 1997, SCRIPTA MATER, V36, P1211
    LEHOCKEY EM, 1998, SCRIPTA MATER, V39, P353
    LEHOCKEY EM, 2004, CORROS SCI, V46, P2383
    LIN P, 1995, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V33, P1387
    MYKURA H, 1980, GRAIN BOUNDARY STRUC, P79
    PALUMBO G, 1998, SCRIPTA MATER, V38, P1685
    PALUMBO G, 1999, MRS BULL, V24, P27
    RANDLE V, 1996, ROLE COINCIDENCE SIT, P2
    SHIMADA M, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P2331
    SPIGARELLI S, 2003, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V352, P93
    WATANABE T, 1984, RES MECH, V11, P47
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD FEB 11
 PY 2006
 VL 42
 IS 2
 BP 129
 EP 133
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 020RW
 UT ISI:000235929000004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, F
    Chen, YX
    Wan, XJ
    Wang, QJ
    Liu, YY
 TI Effects of hydrogen on the microstructure and high temperature
    mechanical properties of Ti-60 alloy
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Ti-60 alloy; hydrogen; transformation temperature; yield strength
 AB The volume fraction of primary alpha-phase, the (alpha+beta)->beta
    transformation temperature and high temperature yield strength of Ti-60
    alloy are continuously decreased with increasing hydrogen content in
    the alloy. The minimum yield strength of the alloy at high temperature
    occurs at the hydrogen concentration corresponding to the
    (alpha+beta)->beta transition and then increases due to the hardening
    effect of hydrogen addition on the beta-phase. The relationship between
    hydrogen concentration and transformation temperature can be expressed
    as: t((alpha+beta)->beta)(degrees C)=815+210exp(-3(H)). Tensile at 900
    degrees C will make the yield strength reduce about 70% for the alloy
    containing 0.3% hydrogen.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Sci Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Met Res, Shenyang 110016, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, YX, Shanghai Univ, Inst Sci Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM yxchen@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR COSTA JE, 1987, METALL TRANS A, V18, P1421
    FANG TY, 1998, MATER CHEM PHYS, V56, P35
    HAN MC, 1999, AEROSP MAT TECHNOL, P23
    HOU HL, 2003, CHIN J NONFERROUS, V13, P533
    ILYIN AA, 1996, TITANIUM 95 SCI TE C, P2462
    KERR WR, 1980, TITANIUM 80 SCI TECH, P2477
    LAI ZH, 1991, P 7 NAT C TIT TIT AL, P266
    MURZINOVA MA, 2002, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V27, P775
    SENKOV ON, 1996, METALL MATER TRANS A, V27, P1869
    SENKOV ON, 1999, INT J HYDROGEN ENERG, V24, P565
    YANG K, 1993, SCRIPTA METALL MATER, V28, P71
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD FEB 11
 PY 2006
 VL 42
 IS 2
 BP 143
 EP 146
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 020RW
 UT ISI:000235929000007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, X
    Ren, ZM
    Sun, YH
    Wang, J
    Yu, JB
    Ren, WL
 TI Effect of high longitudinal magnetic field on the microstructure of
    directionally solidified Al-4.5% Cu alloy
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE Al-4.5%Cu alloy; directional solidification; high magnetic field;
    dendritic growth
 ID MACROSEGREGATION; CONVECTION; FILMS
 AB An investigation of the microstructure of directionally solidified
    hypoeutectic Al-4.5%Cu (mass fraction) alloys under a longitudinal
    magnetic field of 10 T showed that the field has a great influence on
    the dendritic arrays. The field caused severe distortion of the
    dendritic array morphology in the mushy zone and the directional
    dendrites disappeared below the eutectic isotherm at lower growth speed
    of R=5 mu m/s, opposed to the well-aligned dendritic crystals in the
    absence of the field. At the growth speed of R=50 mu m/s and a
    temperature gradient of 38 K/cm in the liquid, the alignment structure
    formed and the crystal < 111 > direction turned to the direction of the
    magnetic field, opposed to the dendrite growth along the crystal < 100
    > direction. It has also been found that the field caused the increase
    of primary dendrite arm spacing at the growth speed of R=100 mu m/s.
    Above phenomena are analyzed on the base of theories of the TEMHD and
    crystal magnetic anisotropy.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zmren@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BOETTINGER WJ, 1981, METALL T A A, V12, P321
    CALLEN HB, 1948, PHYS REV, V73, P1349
    CUI ZQ, 1994, METALLURGY HEAT TRAN, P10
    FANG QQ, 1998, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V188, P241
    KATSUKI A, 1996, CHEM LETT, P607
    LEHMANN P, 1998, ACTA MATER, V46, P4067
    MA JP, 2004, PROG NAT SCI, V14, P837
    SHERCLIFF JA, 1979, J FLUID MECH, V91, P231
    TAHASHI M, 2002, MATER TRANS, V43, P2813
    TEWARI SN, 1994, METALL MATER TRANS A, V25, P1535
    WU Q, 2004, PROG NAT SCI, V14, P830
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD FEB 11
 PY 2006
 VL 42
 IS 2
 BP 147
 EP 152
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 020RW
 UT ISI:000235929000008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Silber-Li, ZH
    Cui, HH
    Tan, YP
    Tabeling, P
 TI Flow characteristics of liquid with pressure-dependent viscosities in
    microtubes
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE microfluidic; liquid; microtubc; viscosity
 ID MICROCHANNELS; LAMINAR
 AB It is obvious that the pressure gradient alone, the axial direction in
    a pipe flow keeps constant according to the Haoen-Poiseuille equation.
    However, recent experiments indicated that the distribution of the
    pressure seemed no longer linear for liquid flows in microtubes driven
    by high pressure (1-30MPa). Based on H-P equation with slip boundary
    condition and Bridgman's relation of viscosity vs. static pressure, the
    nonlinear distribution of pressure along the axial direction is
    analyzed in this paper. The revised standard Poiseuille number with the
    effect of pressure-dependent viscosity taken into account agrees well
    with the experimental results. Therefore, the dependence of the
    viscosity on the pressure is one of the dominating, factors under high
    driven pressure, and is represented by an important property
    coefficient et of the liquid.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, SIAMM, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    ESPCI, MMN, F-75231 Paris, France.
 RP Silber-Li, ZH, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080,
    Peoples R China.
 EM lili@imech.ac.cn
 CR BRIDGMAN PW, 1952, PHYS HIGH PRESSURE
    CHOI CH, 2003, PHYS FLUIDS, V15, P2898
    CUI HH, 2004, PHYS FLUIDS, V16, P1803
    JUDY J, 2002, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V45, P3477
    LI ZH, 2002, ACTA MECH SINICA, V3, P432
    LI ZH, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V3, P577
    PAPAUTSKY I, 1999, SENSOR ACTUAT A-PHYS, V73, P101
    PFAHLER J, 1991, ASME DSC, V32, P49
    SHARP KV, 2004, EXP FLUIDS, V36, P741
    TRETHEWAY DC, 2002, PHYS FLUIDS, V14, P9
    WHITE FM, 1991, VISCOUS FLUID FLOW
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7718
 J9 ACTA MECH SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 22
 IS 1
 BP 17
 EP 21
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 021FV
 UT ISI:000235970000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tsirlin, AM
    Kan, NM
    Trushkov, VV
 TI Thermodynamic analysis and evaluation of the feasibility range of a
    chemical reactor
 SO THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 AB The conditions of minimal irreversibility of finite-time processes
    performed in chemical reactors to a given conversion are determined.
    The estimated entropy production allows one to find the feasibility
    range of a chemical reactor.
 C1 Russian Acad Sci, Inst Program Syst, Pereslavl Zalesskii 152020, Yaroslavl Oblas, Russia.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Tsirlin, AM, Russian Acad Sci, Inst Program Syst, Ul Sovetskaya 2,
    Pereslavl Zalesskii 152020, Yaroslavl Oblas, Russia.
 EM tsirlin@sarc.botik.ru
 CR AMELKIN SA, 1998, IZV ROSS AKAD NAUK E, P118
    AMELKIN SA, 1999, IVZ ROSS AKAD NAUK E, P152
    ANDRESEN B, 1983, FINITE TIME THERMODY, P189
    NOVIKOV II, 1957, ATOM ENERGY, V3, P409
    ORLOV VN, 1985, AVTOMAT TELEMEKH, V5, P7
    ORLOV VN, 1986, 10 VSES SOV PROBL UP, P187
    PRIGOGINE I, 1954, CHEM THERMODYNAMICS
    SALAMON P, 1981, J CHEM PHYS, V74, P3546
    TSIRLIN AM, 1998, PHYS REV E, V58, P215
    TSIRLIN AM, 2003, METODY OPTIMIZATSII
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0040-5795
 J9 THEOR FOUND CHEM ENGINEERING
 JI Theor. Found. Chem. Eng.
 PD JAN-FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 40
 IS 1
 BP 32
 EP 37
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Chemical
 GA 017NM
 UT ISI:000235700300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, ZQ
    Li, W
    Wang, DM
    Zhao, ZX
    Wang, Y
    Yang, WJ
    Zhao, WG
 TI Argon ion-dissipated energy on atomic driving in zinc-VIA films growth
 SO SOLID STATE COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE semiconductors; zinc compounds; epitaxy; energy dissipation
 ID GREEN LIGHT EMITTERS; CLUSTER BEAM EPITAXY; ZNTE FILMS
 AB Under an assumption of rectilinear trajectories for the projectile into
    a solid surface, a distinct expression for the 'energy window' of the
    driving atoms in a monolayer has been drawn for different ion-target
    systems, in which the atomic displacements take place primarily in the
    surface layer, while the subsurface layer is kept undamaged. This
    approach of determining the appropriate energy interval to enhance the
    mobility of adatom is applied to ion-assisted growth of zinc sulfide
    (ZnS), zinc selenide (ZnSe), and zinc telluride (ZnTe) epitaxial
    layers, respectively. The calculating results are in good agreement
    with the experimental observation of ZnTe semiconductor materials in
    the energetic cluster beam. (c) 2006 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Microelect Lab, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, ZQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Microelect Lab, Shang Da Rd 99,
    Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM zqma@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR *US NBS, 1964, US NBS MON, V25, P358
    BUNNIK BS, 2002, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V187, P57
    CHU TL, 1992, J APPL PHYS, V71, P3865
    FENG JY, 1996, THIN SOLID FILMS, V274, P46
    FENG JY, 1998, J CRYST GROWTH, V187, P387
    FUYAT S, 1953, 593 US NBS
    GUHA S, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P3107
    HAASE MA, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V59, P1272
    ISHIBASHI A, 1996, J CRYST GROWTH, V159, P555
    KALBITZER S, 1976, Z PHYS A ATOMS NUCL, V278, P223
    MA ZQ, 1999, APPL SURF SCI, V137, P184
    MA ZQ, 2000, THIN SOLID FILMS, V359, P288
    MCMURDIE H, 1986, POWDER DIFFR, V1, P345
    PETROV I, 2003, J VAC SCI TECHNOL  S, V21, S117
    REINHOLD B, 1999, PHYS B, V273, P856
    RICOLLEAU C, 1998, THIN SOLID FILMS, V336, P213
    VAVILOV VS, 1997, PHYS-USP, V40, P387
    WHERRETT BS, 1996, J CRYST GROWTH, V159, P766
    YING F, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P3007
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0038-1098
 J9 SOLID STATE COMMUN
 JI Solid State Commun.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 137
 IS 8
 BP 413
 EP 416
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 018FK
 UT ISI:000235749300003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, P
    Gu, GB
 TI Kinetics of stripping of gold loaded in DBC organic phase by sodium
    sulfite
 SO RARE METALS
 DT Article
 DE kinetics; stripping; gold; Lewis cell
 AB The kinetics of stripping of gold loaded in dibutyl carbito (DBC)
    organic phase by sodium sulfite was investigated in a Lewis cell. After
    the stirring speed reached 400 r-min(-1), the reaction of gold
    stripping conformed with the pseudo-first-order reaction. The stripping
    rate of gold was in direct proportion to interfacial area,
    concentration of sodium sulfite and reaction temperature. The
    experimental results showed that the process of stripping gold was
    controlled by interfacial chemical reaction, and its activation energy
    was 36.06 kJ.mol(-1). The kinetics equation was put forward for gold
    stripping by sodium sulfite.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    S China Univ Technol, Dept Appl Chem, Ghangzhou 510640, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, P, Shanghai Univ, Coll Environm Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xhnzp@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR FU JS, 1990, E CHINA CHEM TECHNOL, V16, P509
    GAO ZL, 1991, SOLVENT EXTRACTION C
    JIANG JZ, 2003, HYDROMETALLURGY, V70, P73
    LIU SJ, 2001, MINING METALLURGY PL
 NR 4
 TC 0
 SN 1001-0521
 J9 RARE METALS
 JI Rare Metals
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 25
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 6
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 019FZ
 UT ISI:000235822300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, HH
    Duan, HL
    Shao, GJ
    Xu, LP
    Yin, JL
    Yan, B
 TI Modification mechanism of cerium on the Al-18Si alloy
 SO RARE METALS
 DT Article
 DE metal material; modification mechanism; thermodynamics analysis; rare
    earth element; hypereutectic Al-Si alloy
 ID AL-SI ALLOYS; RARE-EARTH; LA
 AB The effect of the rare earth cerium (Ce) on the hypereutectic Al-Si
    alloy under different casting states have been studied by optical
    microscope and quantitative image analysis. It is found that the size
    and the quantity of primary silicon in castings decrease with the
    increase of added Ce in the melt. Meanwhile primary silicon changes
    from branched shape to fine facetted shape. Although the modification
    on eutectic silicon in castings also improves with the increase of
    added Ce in the melt, the effect of modification on eutectic silicon
    away from primary silicon is more obvious than that on eutectic silicon
    close to primary silicon. The modification mechanism was analyzed in
    detail by means of scanning electron microscope equipped with energy
    dispersive analysis of X-ray and thermodynamics analysis, which
    included the analysis on the change in standard Gibbs energy of
    reaction and reaction equilibrium.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, HH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM hhzhang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BELOV VD, 1994, LITEINOE PROIZVOD, V4, P11
    CHANG JY, 1998, J MATER SCI, V33, P5015
    CHANG JY, 1998, SCRIPTA MATER, V39, P307
    GRIFFITHS WD, 1990, LIGHT MET, P1047
    JIRATTITICHAROE.W, 2004, SOL PROC MICR S, P269
    NAFISI S, 2004, TMS LIGHT MET, P851
    SUN BD, 1999, J SHANGHAI JIAOTONG, V33, P795
    WU SS, 2003, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V13, P1285
    XIAN ZH, 1995, LIGHT MET, P995
    XIAO JM, 1985, ENERGY ALLOYS, P120
    YE DL, 2002, PRACTICAL DATA MANUA, P2
    YI HK, 2002, Z METALLKD, V93, P1237
    ZHANG D, 2003, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V13, P541
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1001-0521
 J9 RARE METALS
 JI Rare Metals
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 25
 IS 1
 BP 11
 EP 15
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 019FZ
 UT ISI:000235822300003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, YP
 TI Large-time behaviour of the solutions for a multidimensional
    non-isentropic hydrodynamic model for semiconductors
 SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE EDINBURGH MATHEMATICAL SOCIETY
 DT Article
 DE large-time behaviour; smooth solutions; multidimensional;
    non-isentropic hydrodynamic model; semiconductors
 ID GLOBAL SMOOTH SOLUTIONS; EULER-POISSON SYSTEM; WEAK SOLUTIONS;
    ASYMPTOTIC-BEHAVIOR; ENERGY-TRANSPORT; RELAXATION; EXISTENCE
 AB We investigate the multidimensional non-isentropic Euler-Poisson (or
    full hydrodynamic) model for semiconductors, which contain an
    energy-conserved equation with non-zero thermal conductivity
    coefficient. We first discuss existence and uniqueness of the
    non-constant stationary solutions to the corresponding drift-diffusion
    equations. Then we establish the global existence of smooth solutions
    to the Cauchy problem with initial data, which are close to the
    stationary solutions. We find that these smooth solutions tend to the
    stationary solutions exponentially fast as t --> +infinity.
 C1 Xianning Coll, Dept Math, Xianning, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, YP, Xianning Coll, Dept Math, Xianning, Peoples R China.
 EM yepinglee197211@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ALI G, 1996, Z ANGEW MATH MECH S2, V76, P301
    ALI G, 2000, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V32, P572
    ALI G, 2003, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V190, P663
    ANILE AM, 1992, CONTINUUM MECH THERM, V4, P187
    ANILE AM, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P16728
    ANILE AM, 1995, PITMAN RES NOTES MAT, V340
    DEGOND P, 1990, APPL MATH LETT, V3, P25
    DEGOND P, 1997, CR ACAD SCI I-MATH, V324, P867
    FANG WF, 1997, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V28, P947
    GAMBA IM, 1992, COMMUN PART DIFF EQ, V17, P553
    GASSER I, 1999, Q APPL MATH, V57, P269
    GUO Y, 1998, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V195, P249
    HSIAO L, 2001, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V170, P472
    HSIAO L, 2002, MATH MOD METH APPL S, V12, P777
    HSIAO L, 2003, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V192, P111
    JOCHMANN F, 1993, MATH MOD METH APPL S, V3, P759
    JUNGEL A, 2001, PROGR NONLINEAR DIFF, V41
    LUO T, 1998, SIAM J APPL MATH, V59, P810
    MAJDA A, 1984, APPL MATH SCI, V53
    MARCATI P, 1995, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V129, P129
    MARKOWICH PA, 1990, SEMICONDUCTORS EQUAT
    MARKOWICH PA, 1991, Z ANGEW MATH PHYS, V62, P389
    MATSUMURA A, 1980, J MATH KYOTO U, V20, P67
    NIRENBERG L, 1959, ANN SCUOLA NORM SUP, V13, P115
    POUPAUD F, 1995, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V123, P93
    STEIN EM, 1970, SINGULAR INTEGRALS D
    ZHANG B, 1993, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V157, P1
 NR 27
 TC 0
 SN 0013-0915
 J9 PROC EDINBURGH MATH SOC
 JI Proc. Edinb. Math. Soc.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 49
 PN Part 1
 BP 145
 EP 172
 PG 28
 SC Mathematics
 GA 019XU
 UT ISI:000235872500011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, YD
    Wu, WQ
    Zhang, HW
 TI Numerical study of particle dispersion in the wake of gas-particle
    flows past a circular cylinder using discrete vortex method
 SO POWDER TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE gas-particle; discrete vortex method; wake vortex; particle
    distribution; dispersion intensity
 ID SIMULATION
 AB A numerical investigation on the particle dispersion in the wake of
    particle-laden gas flows past a circular cylinder at Reynolds number of
    10(5) is presented. In the numerical method, the Discrete Vortex Method
    with the diffusion velocity model is employed to calculate the unsteady
    gas flow fields and a Lagrangian approach is applied to track
    individual particles. A dispersion function is defined to represent the
    dispersion scale of the particle. The distributions of gas velocities
    and vortex blobs, the trajectories and dispersion functions as well as
    distributions for particles with various Stokes numbers ranging from
    0.01 to 1000 are obtained. The numerical results show that: (1) very
    small sized particles with St = 0.01 can distribute both in the vortex
    core and around the vortex periphery, whereas intermediate sized
    particles with St = 1.0, 10 are distributed around the vortex
    periphery, and very large sized particles with St = 1000 do not feel
    the gas flow; (2) only at small Stokes number (St = 0.01, 0.1) the
    particles do not impact with the cylinder; (3) the particle's
    dispersion intensity decreases precipitously as St is increased from
    0.01 to 10. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Environm Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Tsing Hua Univ, Sch Civil Engn, Beijing 100084, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, YD, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Environm Engn, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 EM hyd1119@tom.com
 CR CHORIN AJ, 1973, J FLUID MECH, V57, P785
    GRANT G, 1975, J AIRCRAFT, V12, P471
    LAITONE JA, 1981, J APPL MECH, V48, P465
    LING W, 1998, J FLUID MECH, V358, P61
    NARAYANAN C, 2002, POWDER TECHNOL, V125, P122
    OGAMI Y, 1991, COMPUT FLUIDS, V19, P433
    SISTO F, 1989, AIAA J, V27, P462
    STOCK DE, 1996, J FLUID ENG-T ASME, V118, P4
    UCHIYAMA T, 2005, POWDER TECHNOL, V149, P112
    WU WQ, 1987, NUMERICAL METHODS LA, V5, P1686
    WU WQ, 1999, P INT GAS TURB C KOB, P497
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0032-5910
 J9 POWDER TECHNOL
 JI Powder Technol.
 PD FEB 16
 PY 2006
 VL 162
 IS 1
 BP 73
 EP 81
 PG 9
 SC Engineering, Chemical
 GA 017DW
 UT ISI:000235675300009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ou, ZH
    Dai, SQ
    Dong, LY
    Wu, Z
    Tao, MD
 TI New equilibrium function of traffic flow
 SO PHYSICA A-STATISTICAL MECHANICS AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE equilibrium function; flow-density relationship; traffic flow
 ID SPEED-DENSITY RELATIONSHIP; MODEL; SIMULATION; STABILITY; FORM
 AB Using nonlinear stability theory in macroscopic traffic flow model, we
    proposed a new equilibrium function starting from the existing
    equilibrium functions. The kinematic wave velocity at jam density
    yielded by this equilibrium function is consistent with the empirical
    value, and this equilibrium function is related to the critical
    stability in higher density interval. (c) 2006 Elsevier B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Mech & Engn Sci, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Ou, ZH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM ouzhonghui@vip.sina.com
 CR BANDO M, 1995, J PHYS I, V5, P1389
    DELCASTILLO JM, 1995, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V29, P373
    DELCASTILLO JM, 1995, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V29, P391
    GREENSHIELD BD, 1935, HIGHWAY RES BOARD P, V14, P448
    HELBING D, 2002, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V35, P517
    HITHAM GB, 1974, LINEAR NONLINEAR WAV
    JIANG R, 2002, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V36, P405
    KERNER BS, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P2335
    KERNER BS, 1996, PHYS REV E, V53, P1297
    KERNER BS, 1996, PHYS REV E, V53, P4275
    KNOSPE W, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P3369
    LEE HY, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P1130
    MICHELL AJ, 1993, CELL CHEM TECHNOL, V27, P3
    OU ZH, 2005, PHYSICA A, V351, P620
    PAYNE HJ, 1971, MATH MODELS PUBLIC S, V1, P51
    PAYNE HJ, 1979, TRANSPORT RES REC, V722, P68
    PIPES LA, 1967, TRANSPORT RES, V1, P21
    TREIBER M, 1999, PHYS REV E A, V59, P239
    XUE Y, 2002, THESIS SHAGHAI U, P39
    XUE Y, 2003, PHYS REV E 2, V68
    YI JG, 2003, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V37, P661
    ZHANG HM, 1998, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V32, P485
    ZHANG HM, 1999, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V33, P399
    ZHANG HM, 2002, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V36, P275
 NR 24
 TC 0
 SN 0378-4371
 J9 PHYSICA A
 JI Physica A
 PD APR 1
 PY 2006
 VL 362
 IS 2
 BP 525
 EP 531
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 019PE
 UT ISI:000235848400027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dou, YP
 TI Asymptotic stability of viscous shock wave profiles for viscous
    conservation laws
 SO NONLINEAR ANALYSIS-THEORY METHODS & APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE asymptotic stability; viscous conservation laws; viscous shock wave;
    perturbation
 AB This paper is concerned with the asymptotic stability of travelling
    wave solution to the two-dimensional steady isentropic irrotational
    flow with artificial viscosity. We prove that there exists a unique
    travelling wave solution up to a shift to the system if the end states
    satisfy both the Rankine-Hugoniot condition and Lax's shock condition,
    and that the travelling wave solution is stable if the initial
    disturbance is small. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Dou, YP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM dyp59@163.com
 CR DOU YP, 2005, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V61, P115
    GOODMAN J, 1986, ARCH RATION MECH AN, V95, P325
    ILIN AM, 1960, MAT SBORNIK, V51, P191
    KAWASHIMA S, 1985, COMMUN MATH PHYS, V101, P97
    MATSUMURA A, 1986, JAPAN J APPL MATH, V3, P1
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0362-546X
 J9 NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR METH APP
 JI Nonlinear Anal.-Theory Methods Appl.
 PD APR 1
 PY 2006
 VL 64
 IS 7
 BP 1401
 EP 1414
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 017LF
 UT ISI:000235694400001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, Y
    Ren, WW
    Chen, FX
 TI Knockdown of Stat3 in C17.2 neural stem cells facilitates the
    generation of neurons: a possibility of transplantation with a low
    level of oncogene
 SO NEUROREPORT
 DT Article
 DE cell transplantation; differentiation; neural stem cells; RNAi; Stat3
 ID CENTRAL-NERVOUS-SYSTEM; DIFFERENTIATION; BRAIN; ACTIVATION; EXPRESSION;
    RENEWAL; FAMILY
 AB This study investigates the role of a low level of Stat3 in the C17.2
    neural stem cells, which are popular stem cell candidates for
    transplantation research. The results reveal that C17.2 neural stem
    cells will undergo increased differentiation into neurons without
    generating glia after knockdown of Stat3 expression via an interfering
    RNA expression plasmid. As constitutively activated Stat3 is considered
    to be an oncogene, this study raises the possibility of stem cell
    transplantation with a low level of Stat3 to reduce the oncogenesis and
    facilitate the generation of neurons.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Lab Neural Mol Biol, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, FX, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Lab Neural Mol Biol, 99 ShangDa
    Rd, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM chenfuxue@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ARENAS E, 2002, BRAIN RES BULL, V57, P795
    BEACHY PA, 2004, NATURE, V432, P324
    BOWMAN T, 2000, ONCOGENE, V19, P2474
    BROMBERG JF, 1999, CELL, V98, P295
    CHEN FX, 2005, NEUROL RES, V27, P557
    CHOW SY, 2000, BRAIN RES, V874, P87
    DARNELL JE, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P1630
    GAGE FH, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P1433
    GALDERISI U, 2006, CELL DEATH DIFFER, V13, P5
    IHLE JN, 2001, CURR OPIN CELL BIOL, V13, P211
    JOHE KK, 1996, GENE DEV, V10, P3129
    KONNIKOVA L, 2003, BMC CANCER, V3
    LEVY DE, 2002, J CLIN INVEST, V109, P1143
    MATSUDA T, 1999, EMBO J, V18, P4261
    MCKAY R, 1997, SCIENCE, V276, P66
    NIWA H, 1998, GENE DEV, V12, P2048
    SAMBROOK J, 2001, MOL CLONING LAB MANU
    SNYDER EY, 1992, CELL, V68, P33
    SNYDER EY, 1995, NATURE, V374, P367
    TAKEDA K, 2000, CYTOKINE GROWTH F R, V11, P199
    VALKLINGBEEK ME, 2004, CELL, V118, P409
    WILLIAMS JG, 2000, CURR OPIN GENET DEV, V10, P503
    WINKLER C, 1998, MOL CELL NEUROSCI, V11, P99
    YOON K, 2005, NAT NEUROSCI, V8, P709
 NR 24
 TC 0
 SN 0959-4965
 J9 NEUROREPORT
 JI Neuroreport
 PD FEB 27
 PY 2006
 VL 17
 IS 3
 BP 235
 EP 238
 PG 4
 SC Neurosciences
 GA 019KF
 UT ISI:000235833300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, JW
    Zhong, SS
    Wu, Q
 TI Large-bandwidth patch antenna with ridge-shaped ground plate
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE microstrip antenna; bandnidth; wide beam; feeding
 ID MICROSTRIP ANTENNA; BAND
 AB A large-bandwidth patch antenna with a ridge-shaped ground plate is
    introduced. The patch with an air substrate is excited by a coaxial
    probe which is stretched from the top of a ridge-shaped ground plate;
    thus, the probe inductance is reduced and broadband operation is
    obtained. Its measured impedance bandwidth of VSWR <= 2 reaches about
    90%, covering 1.75-4.62 GHZ. Moreover, the proposed antenna has
    wide-beam characteristics. The design and the simulated and measured
    results of the proposed antenna are presented and discussed. (c) 2006
    Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JW, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR HERSCOVICI N, 2003, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V51, P1277
    HUYNH T, 1995, ELECTRON LETT, V31, P1310
    LAI HW, 2003, ELECTRON LETT, V39, P641
    MAK CL, 2000, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V48, P777
    WONG KL, 1997, ELECTRON LETT, V33, P2085
    WONG KL, 2001, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V49, P1345
    WONG KL, 2002, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V2, P526
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 48
 IS 3
 BP 487
 EP 488
 PG 2
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 017GF
 UT ISI:000235681400021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, HH
    Tang, X
    Shao, GJ
    Xu, LP
 TI Microstructure and mechanical properties of purity aluminum refined
    with salt containing Ti and B elements
 SO JSME INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL SERIES A-SOLID MECHANICS AND MATERIAL
    ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE purity aluminum; structure and mechanical properties; heterogeneous
    nuclei; refining mechanism
 ID GRAIN-REFINEMENT; MASTER ALLOY; EFFICIENCY; PARTICLES
 AB The microstructure and mechanical properties of purity aluminum refined
    with salt containing Ti and B elements have been studied in detail with
    Optical Microscope and MTS (Mechanical Testing and Simulation). The
    salt containing weight ratio of 22.2 Ti: I B has the most refining
    effect on the purity aluminum with the finest structure and the best
    mechanical properties, meanwhile it also possesses the advantages of
    short reacting time (within 5 minutes) and long fading time (more than
    20 hours). The refining effect of the salt increases with the content
    of Ti and B in the melting and the refining mechanism is mainly
    contributed to the heterogeneous nuclei of more fine TiAl3 particles
    dispersed in the melting, which come from the reaction between the salt
    and aluminum. Purity B contained salt has little or no directly
    refining effect, However, B contained salt has indirect refining effect
    on the purity aluminum when it is added simultaneously with Ti
    contained salt, this may be due to that the dispersive and fine boride
    (TiB2) could be taken as the heterogeneous nuclei for TiAl3 particle,
    and then prevents the coarsening of the TiAl3 particle.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, HH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Box 15,149 Yanchang Rd,
    Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM hhzhang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR FU GS, 2003, J RARE EARTH, V21, P571
    HU XZ, 2004, FOUNDRY, V53, P534
    HU XZ, 2004, J CHINESE RARE EARTH, V22, P247
    KENICHI Y, 2000, MATER SCI FORUM, V331, P391
    LEE CT, 2002, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V325, P242
    LI PJ, 2003, MATER LETT, V57, P3694
    LIMMANEEVICHITR C, 2003, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V349, P197
    LIMMANEEVICHITR C, 2003, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V355, P174
    MOHANTY PS, 1995, ACTA METALL MATER, V43, P2001
    MOHANTY PS, 1995, METALL MATER TRANS B, V26, P103
    QUESTED TE, 2002, MATER SCI FORUM, V396, P53
    TANG X, 2004, HEAT TREATMENT, V19, P12
    VENKATESWARLU K, 2001, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V301, P180
    VENKATESWARLU K, 2003, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V351, P237
    VENKATESWARLU K, 2004, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V364, P75
    ZHANG H, 2006, UNPUB J MAT PROCESSI
    ZHANG SH, 2005, J CENTRAL S U, V36, P386
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 1344-7912
 J9 JSME INT J A-SOLID MECH MAT E
 JI JSME Int. J. Ser. A-Solid Mech. Mat. Eng.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 49
 IS 1
 BP 95
 EP 99
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 018BS
 UT ISI:000235738400018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lou, SY
    Tong, B
    Hu, HC
    Tang, XY
 TI Coupled KdV equations derived from two-layer fluids
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS A-MATHEMATICAL AND GENERAL
 DT Article
 ID PARTIAL-DIFFERENTIAL-EQUATIONS; INTEGRABLE SYSTEMS; PAINLEVE PROPERTY;
    SOLITARY WAVES; EXPANSION
 AB Some types of coupled Korteweg de-Vries (KdV) equations are derived
    from a two-layer fluid system. In the derivation procedure, an
    unreasonable y-average trick (usually adopted in the literature) is
    removed. The derived models are classified by means of the Painleve
    test. Three types of tau-function and multiple soliton solutions of the
    models are explicitly given via the exact solutions of the usual KdV
    equation. It is also discovered that a non-Painleve integrable coupled
    KdV system can have multiple soliton solutions.
 C1 Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Ningbo Univ, Ctr Nonlinear Sci, Ningbo 315211, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Lou, SY, Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, LECT NOTES SERIES, V149
    CHEN CL, 2000, PHYS REV, V66
    CHEN CL, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V16, P27
    CHEN Y, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V26, P231
    CONTE R, 1989, PHYS LETT A, V140, P383
    GEAR JA, 1984, STUD APPL MATH, V70, P235
    GEAR JA, 1985, STUD APPL MATH, V72, P95
    HUANG F, 2005, IN PRESS J ATMOS SCI
    JIMBO M, 1982, PHYS LETT A, V92, P59
    KIVSHAR YS, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P763
    LOU SY, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1614
    LOU SY, 1989, PHYS LETT A, V140, P33
    LOU SY, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V146, P45
    LOU SY, 1993, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V19, P247
    LOU SY, 1998, Z NATURFORSCH A, V53, P251
    LOU SY, 1999, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V32, P4521
    LOU SY, 2005, NLINPS0509039
    LOU SY, 2005, PHYS REV E 2, V71
    PEDLOSKY J, 1979, GEOPHYS FLUIDS DYNAM
    RAMANI A, 1989, PHYS REP, V180, P159
    REX DF, 1950, TELLUS, V2, P196
    REX DF, 1950, TELLUS, V2, P275
    WANG Q, CHAOS SOLITONS FRACT, V25, P1019
    WEISS J, 1983, J MATH PHYS, V24, P522
    XU GQ, 2004, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V161, P65
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1980, THEORY SOLITONS
    ZAKHAROV VE, 1984, THEORY SOLITONS
 NR 27
 TC 0
 SN 0305-4470
 J9 J PHYS-A-MATH GEN
 JI J. Phys. A-Math. Gen.
 PD JAN 20
 PY 2006
 VL 39
 IS 3
 BP 513
 EP 527
 PG 15
 SC Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 017RW
 UT ISI:000235712000006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ou, ZH
    Dai, SQ
    Dong, LY
 TI Density waves in the full velocity difference model
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS A-MATHEMATICAL AND GENERAL
 DT Article
 ID TRAFFIC FLOW; JAMMING TRANSITION; JAMS; SOLITON; PHASE; CONGESTION;
    EQUATION; DYNAMICS
 AB Density waves are investigated in the full velocity difference model
    (FVDM) analytically and numerically. By the use of nonlinear analysis,
    the Burgers, Korteweg-de Vries (KdV) and Modified KdV equations are
    derived for the triangular shock wave, the soliton wave and the
    kink-antikink wave, respectively, appearing in the stable region out of
    the coexisting curve, near the spinodal line, and in the unstable
    region within the spinodal line. It is shown, numerically, that the
    triangular shock wave and the soliton wave are determined by the
    initial perturbation configuration and different initial perturbations
    will produce different waveforms in the stable region or near the
    spinodal line.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ou, ZH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM ouzhonghui@vip.sina.com
 CR BANDO M, 1994, JPN J IND APPL MATH, V11, P203
    BANDO M, 1995, J PHYS I, V5, P10389
    BANDO M, 1995, PHYS REV E, V51, P1035
    CROSS MC, 1993, REV MOD PHYS, V65, P851
    HELBING D, 1998, PHYS REV E, V58, P133
    JIANG R, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V64
    KERNER BS, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P2335
    KERNER BS, 1994, PHYS REV E, V50, P54
    KERNER BS, 1995, PHYS REV E B, V51, P6243
    KERNER BS, 1996, PHYS REV E, V53, P1297
    KERNER BS, 2002, MATH COMPUT MODEL, V35, P481
    KOMATSU TS, 1995, PHYS REV E B, V52, P5574
    KURTZE DA, 1995, PHYS REV E A, V52, P218
    MURAMATSU M, 1999, PHYS REV E, V60, P180
    NAGATANI T, 1998, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V31, P5431
    NAGATANI T, 1998, PHYS REV E, V57, P6415
    NAGATANI T, 1998, PHYS REV E, V58, P4271
    NAGATANI T, 1998, PHYSICA A, V261, P599
    NAGATANI T, 2000, PHYS REV E A, V61, P3564
    NAGATANI T, 2002, REP PROG PHYS, V65, P1331
    NAGEL K, 1992, J PHYS I, V2, P2221
    TATSUMI T, 1972, J FLUID MECH, V55, P659
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0305-4470
 J9 J PHYS-A-MATH GEN
 JI J. Phys. A-Math. Gen.
 PD FEB 10
 PY 2006
 VL 39
 IS 6
 BP 1251
 EP 1263
 PG 13
 SC Physics, Mathematical; Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 019EI
 UT ISI:000235818000004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yuan, XG
    Zhu, ZY
    Zhang, RJ
 TI Cavity formation and singular periodic oscillations in isotropic
    incompressible hyperelastic materials
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF NON-LINEAR MECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE incompressible hyperelastic material; motion equation of cavity;
    periodic step loads; non-linear periodic oscillation; classical (or
    generalized) periodic solution
 ID HYPER-ELASTIC MATERIALS; CAVITATION; BIFURCATION; NUCLEATION; SPHERES;
    GROWTH
 AB In this paper, a dynamical problem is considered for an incompressible
    hyperelastic solid sphere composed of the classical isotropic
    neo-Hookean material, where the sphere is subjected to a class of
    periodic step radial tensile loads on its surface. A second-order
    non-linear ordinary differential equation that describes cavity
    formation and motion is proposed. The qualitative properties of the
    solutions of the equation are examined. Correspondingly, under a
    prescribed constant dead-load, it is proved that a cavity forms in the
    sphere as the dead-load exceeds a certain critical value and the motion
    of the formed cavity presents a class of singular periodic
    oscillations. Under periodic step loads, the existence conditions for
    periodic oscillation of the formed cavity are determined by using the
    phase diagrams of the motion equation of cavity. In each section,
    numerical examples are also carried out. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All
    fights reserved.
 C1 Yantai Univ, Dept Math & Informat Sci, Shandong 264005, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Dept Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Minist Educ, Key Lab Solid Mech, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 RP Yuan, XG, Yantai Univ, Dept Math & Informat Sci, Shandong 264005,
    Peoples R China.
 EM yxg1971@163.com
 CR BALL JM, 1982, PHILOS T ROY SOC A, V306, P557
    CHOUWANG MS, 1989, INT J ENG SCI, V27, P967
    CHOUWANG MSO, 1989, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V25, P1239
    GENT AN, 1958, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V249, P195
    GENT AN, 1990, RUBBER CHEM TECHNOL, V63, G49
    HORGAN CO, 1995, APPL MECH REV, V48, P471
    POLIGNONE DA, 1993, J ELASTICITY, V33, P27
    REN JS, 2002, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V23, P881
    REN JS, 2002, J ENG MATH, V44, P245
    SHANG XC, 2001, INT J ENG SCI, V39, P1101
    YUAN XG, 2004, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V17, P158
    YUAN XG, 2005, J ENG MATH, V51, P15
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7462
 J9 INT J NON-LINEAR MECH
 JI Int. J. Non-Linear Mech.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 41
 IS 2
 BP 294
 EP 303
 PG 10
 SC Mechanics
 GA 019PG
 UT ISI:000235848600012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Shi, YM
    Zhou, SP
    Cao, XF
    Huang, H
    Chen, H
 TI Spin-polarized Andreev reflection tunneling through a precessing
    magnetic spin
 SO EUROPHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID MAGNETORESISTANCE; SPINTRONICS; RESONANCE; STM
 AB We study theoretically the spin-polarized Andreev reflection tunneling
    through a local precessing magnetic spin weakly coupled to a
    ferromagnet and to a superconductor. The linear Andreev reflection
    conductance is obtained at zero temperature by using a nonequilibrium
    Green function approach. It shows that the spin-exchange interaction on
    the local spin-site can result in two spin-coherent states, from which
    the Andreev reflection conductance resonance with either a double peak
    or a single peak is developed. We find that the spin-orbit interaction
    in the barrier between the local spin-site and the
    ferromagnet-electrode leads only to a conductance oscillation with base
    frequency twice the Larmor frequency, 2 omega(L), and a variable
    amplitude with equilibrium chemical potential and spin-flip tunneling
    coupling.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, YM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 CR BAIBICH MN, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P2472
    BALATSKY AV, 2002, PHYS REV B, V66
    BALATSKY AV, 2002, QUANTUM INF PROCESS, V1, P355
    BARNAS J, 1990, PHYS REV B, V42, P8110
    DEJONG MJM, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P1657
    DURKAN C, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P458
    FENG JF, 2003, PHYS REV B, V67
    MANASSEN Y, 1997, J MAGN RESON, V126, P133
    MANASSEN Y, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P16223
    MANOHARAN H, 2002, NATURE, V403, P512
    PRINZ GA, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, P1660
    SOULEN RJ, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, P85
    SUN QF, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V87
    WOLF SA, 2001, SCIENCE, V294, P1488
    ZHU JX, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V89
    ZUTIC I, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P16322
    ZUTIC I, 2004, REV MOD PHYS, V76, P323
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0295-5075
 J9 EUROPHYS LETT
 JI Europhys. Lett.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 73
 IS 6
 BP 941
 EP 947
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 018PU
 UT ISI:000235778100020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, YJ
    Shang, YL
 TI A new filled function method for unconstrained global optimization
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE filled function; unconstrained global optimization; global minimizer
 ID TUNNELING ALGORITHM
 AB In this paper, a new definition of the filled function is given, it is
    different from the primary definition which was given by Ge in paper
    [R.P. Ge, A filled function method for finding a global minimzer of a
    function of several variables, Math. Program. 46 (1990) 191-204]. Based
    on the definition, a new filled function is proposed, and it has better
    properties. An algorithm for unconstrained global optimization is
    developed from the new filled function. The implementation of the
    algorithm on several test problems is reported with satisfactory
    numerical results. (c) 2005 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Henan Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Luoyang 471003, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, YJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM yjyang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR CETIN BC, 1993, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V77, P97
    GE R, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V46, P191
    GE RP, 1990, APPL MATH COMPUT, V35, P131
    HAN QM, 2001, APPL MATH COMPUT, V119, P217
    HORST R, 2000, INTRO GLOBAL OPTIMIZ
    LEVY AV, 1985, SIAM J SCI STAT COMP, V6, P15
    YAO Y, 1989, IEEE T SYST MAN CYB, V19, P1222
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD FEB 1
 PY 2006
 VL 173
 IS 1
 BP 501
 EP 512
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 018KJ
 UT ISI:000235762800036
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, X
    Ren, ZM
    Wang, LL
    Yu, JB
    Deng, K
    Xu, KD
 TI Effect of high magnetic field on phase morpholgy and transformation in
    Bi-6%Mn alloys
 SO ACTA METALLURGICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE high magnetic field; Bi-Mn alloy; ferromagnetic phase; paramagnetic
    phase
 ID BI-MN; SOLIDIFICATION; YBA2CU3O7-DELTA; TEMPERATURE; GRAINS
 AB Under no magnetic field applied on Bi-6%Mg alloy the peritectic
    transformation from paramagnetic Mn1.08Bi phase to ferromagnetic MnBi
    phase happens at 340 degrees C during cooling process, while the
    bulk-like Mn1.08Bi phase changes to plate-like MnBi phase. The above
    phenomena took place at 360-370 degrees C under 10 T magnetic field.
    The transformed MnBi grains broake up and divided into small crystals,
    and the divided crystals aligned and aggregated along the direction of
    the magnetic field. Based on the theory of magnetic field inducing
    stress, the above phase transformation and the morphology change of
    MnBi phase have been analyzed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ren, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM zmrenb@163.com
 CR BRAITHWAITE D, 1991, NATURE, V354, P134
    CHEN K, 1989, APPL PHYS LETT, V55, P289
    DECARLO JL, 1984, METALL TRANS A, V15, P2155
    DERANGO P, 1991, NATURE, V349, P770
    FARRELL DE, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P4025
    GUO X, 1990, J MATER RES, V5, P2646
    GUO X, 1991, J APPL PHYS 2B, V69, P6067
    LI X, 2005, CHIN J NONFERR MET, V15, P397
    LIU Y, 2004, THESIS SHANGHAI I CE
    MOFFATT WG, 1984, HDB BINARY PHASE DIA
    OSTERTAG CP, 1988, CERAMIC SUPERCOND, V2, P232
    SHETTY MN, 1987, J MATER SCI, V22, P19089
    SUGIYAMA T, 1998, MAT T JIM, V39, P814
    TKACZYK JE, 1990, J MATER RES, V5, P1368
    WANG H, 2002, ACTA METALL SIN, V38, P41
    YASUDA H, 2003, MATER TRANS, V44, P2207
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0412-1961
 J9 ACTA METALL SIN
 JI Acta Metall. Sin.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 42
 IS 1
 BP 77
 EP 82
 PG 6
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 017IR
 UT ISI:000235687800014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, NH
    Wang, ML
 TI A mathematical model of thermoviscoelastic FGM thin plates and Ritz
    approximate solutions
 SO ACTA MECHANICA
 DT Article
 ID NONHOMOGENEOUS VISCOELASTIC BODY; FUNCTIONALLY GRADED PLATES;
    VARIATIONAL-PRINCIPLES; PERTURBED MOTION; CYLINDRICAL-SHELLS; III
    FRACTURE; CRACK; VIBRATION; LAYERS; TIME
 AB According to the constitutive relation of linear thermoviscoelasticity,
    a mathematical model of viscoelastic FGM thin plates under thermal
    loads is set up with the help of Laplace transformation method and the
    introduction of ``structural functions'' and ``thermal functions''. The
    corresponding simplified Gurtin's type variational principle of FGM
    thin plates is presented by means of convolution bilinear forms. By
    combining the Ritz method in the spatial domain and the Legendre
    interpolation method in the temporal domain, the influence of
    temperature variation and effects of graded parameters on the
    quasi-static responses of the FGM plate are investigated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Inst Light Ind, Jinan 250100, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, NH, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200444, Peoples
    R China.
 EM nhzhang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ALEX R, 1996, ENG FRACT MECH, V55, P727
    ALTAY GA, 2000, ACTA MECH, V143, P91
    BRILLA J, 1981, J THERM STRESSES, V4, P479
    CHENG CJ, 1998, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V35, P4491
    CHENG CJ, 2002, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V23, P190
    CHIEN WZ, 1980, VARIATIONAL METHODS
    CHRISTENSEN RM, 1982, THEORY VISCOELASTICI
    DALLASTA A, 1993, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V30, P325
    DALLASTA A, 1994, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V31, P247
    ESLAMI MR, 1999, J THERM STRESSES, V22, P527
    FUNG TC, 2001, COMPUT METH APPL MEC, V191, P1311
    HAN X, 2002, MECH RES COMMUN, V29, P327
    HE XQ, 2002, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V54, P853
    HERRMANN JM, 1990, ACTA MECH, V85, P235
    HERRMANN JM, 1994, ACTA MECH, V106, P41
    JAVAHERI R, 2002, AIAA J, V40, P162
    KOIZUMI M, 1993, CERAMIC T, V34, P3
    LEITMAN JM, 1973, HDB PHYSIK, V6, P10
    LOY CT, 1999, INT J MECH SCI, V41, P309
    LUO E, 1990, ACTA MECH SINICA, V22, P484
    OBATA Y, 1996, ARCH APPL MECH, V66, P581
    OTHMAN MIA, 2005, ACTA MECH, V174, P129
    PAULINO GH, 2001, ASME, V68, P129
    PAULINO GH, 2001, ASME, V68, P284
    PAULINO GH, 2001, INT J FRACTURE, V111, P283
    PAULINO GH, 2003, ASME, V70, P359
    PRAVEEN GN, 1998, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V35, P4457
    REDDY JN, 1976, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V12, P227
    REDDY JN, 2000, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V47, P663
    SCHOVANEC L, 1987, ACTA MECH, V67, P61
    SCHOVANEC L, 1987, ENG FRACT MECH, V28, P445
    SHEN HS, 2004, ADV MECH, V34, P53
    SHENG DF, 2004, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V25, P381
    WILLIAMSON RL, 1993, J APPL PHYS, V74, P1310
    WOO J, 2001, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V38, P7409
    YAMANOUSHI M, 1990, P 1 INT S FUNCT GRAD
    YANG J, 2003, J SOUND VIB, V261, P871
    YANG YY, 2000, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V37, P7593
    ZHANG NH, 1999, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V12, P121
 NR 39
 TC 0
 SN 0001-5970
 J9 ACTA MECH
 JI Acta Mech.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 181
 IS 3-4
 BP 153
 EP 167
 PG 15
 SC Mechanics
 GA 017TE
 UT ISI:000235715400003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, XF
    Song, LP
    Xin, CH
    Zhao, JW
    Zhu, SZ
 TI Study on the reactions of ethyl 4,4,4-trifluoro-3-oxobutanoate with
    arylidenemalononitriles
 SO TETRAHEDRON
 DT Article
 DE ethyl 4,4,4-trifluoro-3-oxobutanoate; arylidenemalononitriles;
    heterocycles; X-ray diffraction analysis
 ID BENZYLIDENEMALONONITRILES
 AB In the presence of a catalytic amount of NEt3, ethyl
    4,4,4-trifluoro-3-oxobutanoate 1 reacted readily with
    arylidenemalononitriles 2 in ethanol at room temperature. It gave two
    products 2-trifluoromethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran derivatives 3 and
    2-(trifluoromethyl)piperidine derivatives 4, the ratio of 3 and 4 was
    depended on the substrates 2 and reaction solvents. Reflux of the
    ethanol solution of 4 with a catalytic amount of NEt3 afforded
    2-trifluoromethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridine derivatives 5 in moderate
    to good yields. The structures of new compounds 3, 4 and 5 were
    determined by spectral methods, microanalysis and X-ray diffraction
    analysis. A possible reaction mechanism for the formation of 3, 4 and 5
    was presented. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhu, SZ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, 99,Shangda Rd, Shanghai
    200444, Peoples R China.
 EM zhusz@mail.sioc.ac.cn
 CR BANKS RE, 1994, ORGANOFLUORINE CHEM
    BEGUE JP, 1993, J CHEM SOC P1, P2787
    BERGMANN ED, 1959, ORG REACTIONS, V10, P416
    BLOXHAM J, 1994, HETEROCYCLES, V38, P399
    HIYAMA T, 2000, ORGANOFLUORINE COMPO
    LEMEK T, 2003, J ORG CHEM, V68, P6880
    LIEBMAN JF, 1988, FLUORINE CONTAINING
    MAGGI R, 2004, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V45, P2297
    MARULL M, 2003, EUR J ORG CHEM   APR, P1576
    SONG LP, 2001, J FLUORINE CHEM, V111, P201
    VENKATI M, 2005, INDIAN J CHEM B, P618
    VOLOCHNYUK DM, 2003, SYNTHESIS-STUTTG JUL, P1531
    WANG YL, 2003, ORG LETT, V5, P745
    WELCH JT, 1991, FLUORINE BIOORGANIC
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0040-4020
 J9 TETRAHEDRON
 JI Tetrahedron
 PD MAR 6
 PY 2006
 VL 62
 IS 10
 BP 2255
 EP 2263
 PG 9
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 015VR
 UT ISI:000235579800013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wei, JH
    Hu, HT
 TI Mathematical modelling of molten steel flow process in a whole RH
    degasser during the vacuum circulation refining process: Mathematical
    model of the flow
 SO STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE RH refining process; flow of molten steel; two-phase flow; gas holdup;
    circulation rate; gas-liquid two-fluid model; mathematical modeling
 ID COPPER CONVERTER; GAS INJECTION; HEAT-SOURCE; FLUID-FLOW; LIQUID;
    BUBBLES; LADLE; BATH; DECARBURIZATION; TURBULENCE
 AB A three-dimensional mathematical model for the molten steel flow in a
    degasser during the RH refining process has been proposed and
    developed. The physical characteristics of the process, particularly
    the behaviour of gas-liquid two-phase flow in the up-snorkel and the
    momentum exchange between the two phases are considered. The ladle,
    snorkels and vacuum vessel are regarded as a whole in the model, and
    the gas-liquid two-phase flow is treated and described on the basis of
    the two-fluid model and using the especially modified two-equation K-S
    model. The details of the model are presented.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Met Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, JH, Shanghai Univ, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Dept Met Mat, 149 Yan
    Chang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM jihew@hotmail.com
 CR *CHAM LTD, 2002, PHOENICS VER 3 5 ENC
    ABDULMOUT H, 2002, INT J FLUID DYNAMICS, V6, P1
    AJMANI SK, 2004, ISIJ INT, V44, P82
    BAI H, 2001, METALL MATER TRANS B, V32, P1143
    CAI ZP, 1988, IRON STEEL, V23, P19
    CASTILLEJOS AH, 1987, METALL T B, V18, P659
    CHEN CL, 2001, T NONFERR METAL SOC, V11, P950
    DAVIDSON L, 1956, AICHE J, V2, P337
    DEBERTODANO ML, 1990, J FLUID ENG-T ASME, V112, P107
    FILHO GAV, 2001 STEELM C P, P661
    HUANG HF, 2004, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    IGUCHI M, 1995, METALL MATER TRANS B, V26, P67
    ILEGBUSI OJ, 1990, ISIJ INT, V30, P731
    ILEGBUSI OJ, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P474
    ILEGBUSI OJ, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS B, V29, P211
    JIAO B, 2000, J IRON STEEL RES, P27
    JOHANSEN ST, 1996, LIGHT METALS 1996, P1027
    JOHANSEN ST, 1997, LIGHT MET, P663
    KATO Y, 1993, ISIJ INT, V33, P1088
    KREPPER E, 2005, NUCL ENG DES, V235, P597
    KUO JT, 1988, INT J MULTIPHASE FLO, V14, P547
    LEIBSON I, 1956, A I CH E J       SEP, P296
    NAKANISHI K, 1975, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V2, P115
    PARK YG, 2000, ISIJ INT, V40, P749
    SHIRABE K, 1983, T ISIJ, V23, P564
    SPALDING DB, 1980, RECENT ADV NUMERICAL, P139
    SUZUKI T, 2003, NUCL ENG DES, V220, P207
    SVENDSEN HF, 1992, CHEM ENG SCI, V47, P3297
    SZATKOWSKI M, 1991, IRON STEELMAKER, P65
    THEMELIS NJ, 1969, T METALL SOC AIME, V245, P2425
    TILLIANDER A, 2004, ISIJ INT, V44, P326
    TSUJINO R, 1989, ISIJ INT, V29, P589
    TURKDOGEN ET, 1980, PHYS CHEM HIGH TEMPE
    TURKOGLU H, 1990, ISIJ INT, V30, P961
    WANGJIRANIRAN W, 2005, EXP THERM FLUID SCI, V29, P315
    WEI JH, 1993, SEM REACT ENG NONF M
    WEI JH, 2000, IRONMAK STEELMAK, V27, P294
    WEI JH, 2001, STEEL RES, V72, P161
    WEI JH, 2001, STEEL RES, V72, P168
    WEI JH, 2002, J SHANGHAI U, V2, P167
    WEI JH, 2002, STEEL RES, V73, P135
    WEI JH, 2002, STEEL RES, V73, P143
    WEI JH, 2006, IN PRESS STEEL RES I, V77
    YU NW, 2001, THESIS SHANGHAI U
    ZHU MY, 2000, ACTA METALLURGICAL S, V36, P1176
 NR 45
 TC 1
 SN 1611-3683
 J9 STEEL RES INT
 JI Steel Res. Int.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 77
 IS 1
 BP 32
 EP 36
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 016EX
 UT ISI:000235604600006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gu, TH
    Lu, WC
    Bao, XH
    Chen, NY
 TI Using support vector regression for the prediction of the band gap and
    melting point of binary and ternary compound semiconductors
 SO SOLID STATE SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE semiconductor; band gap; melting point; support vector regression;
    atomic parameters
 ID MACHINES
 AB In this work, atomic parameters support vector regression (APSVR) was
    proposed to predict the band gap and melting point of III-V, II-VI
    binary and I-III-VI2, II-IV-V-2 ternary compound semiconductors. The
    predicted results of APSVR were in good agreement with the experimental
    ones. The prediction accuracies of different models were discussed on
    the basis of their mean error functions (MEF) in the leave-one-out
    cross-validation. It was found that the performance of APSVR model
    outperformed those of back propagation-artificial neural network
    (BP-ANN), multiple linear regression (MLR) and partial least squares
    regression (PLSR) methods. (c) 2005 Elsevier SAS. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, WC, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R
    China.
 EM wclu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ABRIKOSOV NK, 1969, SEMICONDUCTING 2 6 4
    BOCA R, 1997, SEMICONDUCTORS MAT
    BURBIDGE R, 2001, COMPUT CHEM, V26, P5
    CAI YD, 2003, PEPTIDES, V24, P629
    CAI YD, 2003, PEPTIDES, V24, P665
    CHEN NY, 1976, APPOL BOND PARAMETER
    CHEN NY, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V289, P120
    CHEN NY, 2000, PATTERN RECOGNITION
    CHEN NY, 2004, SUPPORT VECTOR MACHI
    GUYON I, 2002, MACH LEARN, V46, P389
    HADAMARD J, 1923, LECT CAUCHYS PROBLEM
    MATSUSHITA H, 1991, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V30, P1181
    MOOSER E, 1956, PHYS REV, V101, P1608
    OTFRIED M, 1996, SEMICONDUCTORS BASIC
    PAULING LC, 1960, NATURE CHEM BOND
    PLATT J, SEQUENTIAL MINIMAL O
    SHIZHONG Y, 1986, APPL SEMICONDUCTOR M
    TROTTER MWB, 2001, MEAS CONTROL-UK, V34, P235
    VAPNIK VN, 1998, STAST LEARNING THEOR
    ZHANG ZC, 1998, MAT SCI ENG B-SOLID, V54, P149
    ZUNGER A, 1987, APPL PHYS LETT, V50, P164
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 1293-2558
 J9 SOLID STATE SCI
 JI Solid State Sci.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 8
 IS 2
 BP 129
 EP 136
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear; Chemistry, Physical; Physics, Condensed
    Matter
 GA 015ZW
 UT ISI:000235591300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, WX
    Xu, XX
    Zhang, YF
 TI Semi-direct sums of Lie algebras and continuous integrable couplings
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 DE semi-direct sums of Lie algebras; zero curvature equations; integrable
    couplings; symmetries
 ID PERTURBATION EQUATIONS; SPECTRAL PROBLEMS; KDV SYSTEMS; HIERARCHY;
    NONLINEARIZATION; REPRESENTATIONS
 AB A relation between semi-direct sums of Lie algebras and integrable
    couplings of continuous soliton equations is presented, and
    correspondingly, a feasible way to construct integrable couplings is
    furnished. A direct application to the AKNS spectral problem leads to a
    novel hierarchy of integrable couplings of the AKNS hierarchy of
    soliton equations. It is also indicated that the study of integrable
    couplings using semi-direct sums of Lie algebras is an important step
    towards complete classification of integrable systems. (c) 2005
    Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Univ S Florida, Dept Math, Tampa, FL 33620 USA.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Qingdao 266510, Peoples R China.
    Liaoning Normal Univ, Sch Math, Dalian 116029, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, WX, Univ S Florida, Dept Math, Tampa, FL 33620 USA.
 EM mawx@math.usf.edu
    xu_xixiang@sohu.com
    zhang_yfshandong@163.com
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1992, STUD APPL MATH, V13, P115
    FAN E, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V25, P425
    FRAPPAT L, 2000, DICT LIE ALGEBRAS SU
    GUO FK, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P5793
    MA WX, 1992, J MATH PHYS, V33, P2464
    MA WX, 1993, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V26, P2573
    MA WX, 1994, PHYS LETT A, V185, P277
    MA WX, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P1227
    MA WX, 1996, PHYS LETT A, V213, P49
    MA WX, 2000, METH APPL ANAL, V7, P21
    MA WX, 2001, PHYSICA A, V296, P60
    MA WX, 2002, J MATH PHYS, V43, P1408
    MA WX, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V316, P72
    MA WX, 2005, J MATH PHYS, V46
    OLVER PJ, 1986, GRADUATE TEXTS MATH, V107
    SAKOVICH SY, 1998, J NONLINEAR MATH PHY, V5, P230
    SAKOVICH SY, 1999, J NONLINEAR MATH PHY, V6, P255
    TU GZ, 1989, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V22, P2375
    XU XX, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V15, P475
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P305
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD FEB 27
 PY 2006
 VL 351
 IS 3
 BP 125
 EP 130
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 015QT
 UT ISI:000235566600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
    Sun, WG
    Kurths, J
 TI Synchronization of complex dynamical networks with time delays
 SO PHYSICA A-STATISTICAL MECHANICS AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE synchronization; complex dynamical networks; time delay
 ID SYSTEMS; ARRAY; MAPS
 AB In the present paper, two kinds of dynamical complex networks are
    considered. The first is that elements of every node have different
    time delays but all nodes in Such networks have the same time-delay
    vector. The second is that different nodes have different time-delay
    vectors, and the elements of each node also have different time delays.
    Corresponding synchronization theorems are established. Numerical
    examples show the efficiency of the derived theorems. (c) 2005 Elsevier
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Univ Potsdam, Inst Phys, D-14415 Potsdam, Germany.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM leecp@online.sh.cn
    qdswg@eyou.com
    juergen@agnld.uni-potsdam.de
 CR ALBERT R, 2002, REV MOD PHYS, V74, P47
    BARABASI AL, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P509
    DENG WH, 2006, IN PRESS INT J BIFUR, V16
    ERDOS P, 1960, PUBL MATH I HUNG, V5, P17
    HALE JK, 1993, INTRO FUNCTIONAL DIF
    LI CG, 2004, PHYSICA A, V343, P263
    LI CP, 2004, CHAOS, V14, P557
    LI CP, 2005, 24 CHIN CONTR C GUAN, P202
    LI CP, 2005, IN PRESS 2 CHIN AC F
    LI CP, 2005, IN PRESS PROG THEOR, V114
    LI X, 2004, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V51, P2074
    LU JH, 2004, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V51, P787
    MARTI AC, 2003, PHYS REV E 2, V67
    MARTI AC, 2004, PHYSICA A, V342, P344
    MASOLLER C, 2003, PHYSICA A, V325, P186
    VIDYASAGAR F, 1978, NONLINEAR SYSTEMS AN
    WANG XF, 2002, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V49, P54
    WANG XF, 2002, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V12, P187
    WATTS DJ, 1998, NATURE, V393, P440
    WATTS DJ, 1999, SMALL WORLDS DYNAMIC
    WU CW, 1995, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V42, P430
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0378-4371
 J9 PHYSICA A
 JI Physica A
 PD FEB 15
 PY 2006
 VL 361
 IS 1
 BP 24
 EP 34
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 015DX
 UT ISI:000235533200003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
    Zhu, QB
    Nimtz, G
    Chen, X
    Zhang, Y
 TI Experimental observation of negative lateral displacements of microwave
    beams transmitting through dielectric slabs
 SO OPTICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE negative lateral displacements; thin slab of optically denser medium;
    Snell's law
 ID REFLECTION
 AB It was theoretically predicted that when a beam of light travels
    through a thin slab of optically denser medium in the air, the emerging
    beam from the slab will suffer a lateral displacement that is different
    from the prediction of geometrical optics, that is, the Snell's law of
    refraction and can be zero and negative as well as positive. These
    phenomena have been directly observed in microwave experiments in which
    large angles of incidence are chosen for the purpose of obtaining
    negative lateral displacements. (C) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Xian Inst Opt & Precis Mech, State Key Lab Transient Opt Technol, Xian 710068, Peoples R China.
    Univ Cologne, Inst Phys 2, D-50937 Cologne, Germany.
 RP Li, CF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 EM cfli@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ARTMANN K, 1948, ANN PHYS, V2, P87
    CHEN X, 2004, PHYS REV E 2, V69
    COWAN JJ, 1977, J OPT SOC AM, V67, P1307
    HSUE CW, 1985, J OPT SOC AM A, V2, P978
    KONG JA, 2002, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V33, P136
    LI CF, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    LI CF, 2004, PHYS REV E, V69
    MOLLER KD, 1988, OPTICS
    READ LAA, 1978, J OPT SOC AM, V68, P319
    READ LAA, 1979, CAN J PHYS, V57, P1409
    SHELBY RA, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P77
    STEINBERG AM, 1994, PHYS REV A, V49, P3283
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0030-4018
 J9 OPT COMMUN
 JI Opt. Commun.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2006
 VL 259
 IS 2
 BP 470
 EP 473
 PG 4
 SC Optics
 GA 016TK
 UT ISI:000235643100012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bian, JJ
    Yan, K
    Gao, HB
 TI Effect of TiO2 addition on the microwave dielectric properties of
    La-2/3(Mg1/2W1/2)O-3
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE TiO2 modified La-2/3(Mg1/2W1/2)O-3; microwave dielectric properties
 ID CERAMICS; RESONATORS
 AB Effects of TiO2 addition on the sinterability, microstructure and
    microwave dielectric properties were investigated in this paper. The
    addition of TiO2 increased the sintering temperature slightly. Addition
    of TiO2 successfully lowered the temperature coefficient of resonant
    frequency to less than 10 ppm degrees C-1 when 2.0 mol% TiO2 was added,
    and decreased the Q x f value from 32,500 to 14,800 GHz at the same
    time, but did not significantly affect the dielectric constant (22-24
    at 6 GHz). Those changes seemed to be attributed to the chemical
    reaction between TiO2 and La-2/3(Mg1/2W1/2)O-3 (LMW) during sintering
    and inhomogeneous multiphase existed as the TiO2 addition amount
    increased. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, Shanghai 20072, Peoples R China.
 RP Bian, JJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Inorgan Mat, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    20072, Peoples R China.
 EM jjbian1@sohu.com
 CR BIAN JJ, 2004, MATER RES BULL, V39, P2127
    DUBE DC, 1997, J AM CERAM SOC, V80, P1095
    FERREIRA VM, 1997, J MATER RES, V12, P3293
    HAKKI BW, 1960, IRE T MICROWAVE THEO, V8, P402
    HEIAO YC, 1988, MATER RES BULL, V23, P1687
    PLOURDE JK, 1975, J AM CERAM SOC, V58, P418
    RICHTMYER RD, 1939, J APPL PHYS, V10, P391
    TORRI Y, 1981, MAT RES B, V16, P1153
    WAKINO K, 1989, FERROELECTRICS, V91, P68
    WERSING W, 1996, CURR OPIN SOLID ST M, V1, P715
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD APR 10
 PY 2006
 VL 96
 IS 2-3
 BP 349
 EP 352
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 016UD
 UT ISI:000235645000027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, YZ
    Zhang, Z
    Kitipornchai, S
    Liew, KM
 TI Analyzing the interaction between collinear interfacial cracks by an
    efficient boundary element-free method
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF ENGINEERING SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE interface crack; boundary integral equation; moving least-squares
    approximation; meshless method; boundary element-free method; stress
    intensity factor
 ID STRESS INTENSITY FACTORS; DISSIMILAR MEDIA; NODE METHOD; INTEGRALS;
    ELASTICITY
 AB A new traction boundary integral equation is presented for analyzing
    the interaction effect of any number of collinear interface cracks in a
    two-dimensional bimaterial. The dislocation densities on every crack
    surface are expressed in the products of the characteristic terms and
    the weight functions, and the unknown weight functions are approximated
    using the moving least-squares technique based on the constructed
    orthogonal basis functions. An efficient numerical integral method is
    employed to evaluate the Cauchy principal integrals that appear in the
    meshless method. The boundary element-free method is established, and a
    series of numerical results is presented. The interaction between the
    collinear interfacial cracks is analyzed. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Bldg & Construct, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liew, KM, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Bldg & Construct, Tat Chee Ave,
    Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 EM kmliew@cityu.edu.hk
 CR BELYTSCHKO T, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P3
    BROBERG KB, 1999, CRACKS FRACTURE
    CHAU KT, 1999, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V36, P2041
    CHEN MC, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P885
    COMNINOU M, 1977, J APPL MECH, V44, P631
    DELVES LM, 1968, J COMPUT, V10, P389
    ELLIOTT D, 1979, MATH COMPUT, V33, P301
    ENGLAND AH, 1965, J APPL MECH, V32, P400
    ERDOGAN F, 1965, J APPL MECH, V32, P403
    HONG HK, 1988, J ENG MECH-ASCE, V114, P180
    KITIPORNCHAI S, 2005, COMPUT MECH, V36, P13
    KOTHNUR VS, 1999, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V36, P1129
    MUKHERJEE YX, 1997, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V40, P797
    MURAKAMI Y, 1987, STRESS INTENSITY FAC, V1
    NODA NA, 1997, INT J FRACTURE, V84, P117
    NODA NA, 2003, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V40, P6577
    POLYANIN AD, 1998, HDB INTEGRAL EQUATIO
    PORTELA A, 1992, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V33, P1269
    RICE JR, 1965, J APPL MECH E, V32, P418
    RICE JR, 1988, J APPL MECH, V55, P98
    SHIFRIN EI, 1989, INT J FRACTURE, V94, P201
    STARK VJE, 1971, AIAA J, V9, P1854
    TADA H, 2000, STRESS ANAL CRACKS H
    TAN CL, 1990, ENG FRACT MECH, V36, P919
    TORINO GM, 1982, J COMPUT, V29, P337
    WANG YB, 1997, INT J FRACTURE, V89, P1
    WANG ZW, 2001, CHINA SURFACTANT DET, V31, P14
    WILLIAMS ML, 1959, B SEISMOL SOC AM, V49, P199
    YUKKI R, 1989, ENG FRACT MECH, V34, P179
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7225
 J9 INT J ENG SCI
 JI Int. J. Eng. Sci.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 44
 IS 1-2
 BP 37
 EP 48
 PG 12
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary
 GA 016PJ
 UT ISI:000235631900004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, XP
    Wang, SZ
 TI Dynamical running coding in digital steganography
 SO IEEE SIGNAL PROCESSING LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE encoding; information hiding; steganography
 ID STEGANALYSIS; IMAGES
 AB A novel coding method for digital steganography is described, in which
    the amount of bit alterations introduced into a cover medium is
    significantly reduced, leading to less distortion and enhanced security
    against steganalysis. Unlike other block-based stego-coding approaches,
    the proposed method works in a running manner. In this way, each secret
    bit is represented by a series of consecutive cover bits, and flipping
    of one cover bit can be used to insert several secret bits. Theoretical
    analysis shows that, by reducing host alterations and inducing less
    distortion, the running coding has advantages over a previous technique.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, XP, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xzhang@staff.shu.edu.cn
    shuowang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR DIJK M, 2001, P 22 S INF THEOR BEN, P147
    FRIDRICH J, 2002, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V4675, P1
    KER AD, 2005, IEEE SIGNAL PROC LET, V12, P441
    SALLEE P, 2004, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V2939, P154
    TSENG YC, 2002, IEEE T COMMUN, V50, P1227
    WANG HQ, 2004, COMMUN ACM, V47, P76
    WESTFELD A, 2001, LNCS, V2137, P289
    ZHANG XP, 2003, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V2776, P395
    ZHANG XP, 2004, PATTERN RECOGN LETT, V25, P331
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1070-9908
 J9 IEEE SIGNAL PROCESS LETT
 JI IEEE Signal Process. Lett.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 13
 IS 3
 BP 165
 EP 168
 PG 4
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 016JE
 UT ISI:000235615700013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, GZ
    Yang, J
    Ye, CZ
    Geng, DY
 TI Degree prediction of malignancy in brain glioma using support vector
    machines
 SO COMPUTERS IN BIOLOGY AND MEDICINE
 DT Article
 DE support vector machines; feature selection; brain glioma; degree of
    malignancy; floating search method
 ID FEATURE-SELECTION; GLIOBLASTOMA; TUMORS
 AB The degree of malignancy in brain glioma needs to be assessed by MRI
    findings and clinical data before operations. There have been previous
    attempts to solve this problem with a fuzzy rule extraction algorithm
    based on fuzzy min-max neural networks. We utilize support vector
    machines with floating search method to select relevant features and to
    predict the degree of malignancy. Computation results show that the
    feature subset selected by our techniques can yield better
    classification performance. In contrast with the base line method,
    which generated two rules and obtained 83.21% accuracy on the whole
    data set, our method generates one rule to yield 88.21% accuracy. (C)
    2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Inst Image Proc & Pattern Recognit, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Hua Shan Hosp, Med Ctr, Shanghai 200040, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, GZ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Engn & Comp Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM gzli@staff.shu.edu.cn
    jieyang@sjtu.edu.cn
    ye2002@sina.com
    gengdy@163.com
 CR ARLE JE, 1997, J NEUROSURG, V86, P755
    BOSER B, 1992, P 5 ANN WORKSH COMP, V5, P144
    BREDEL M, 1999, BRAIN RES REV, V29, P232
    CHOW KL, 2000, AM J NEURORADIOL, V21, P471
    CRISTIANINI N, 2000, INTRO SUPPORT VECTOR
    DEMUTH H, 2001, NEURAL NETWORK TOOLB
    ELNAQA I, 2002, P IEEE INT S BIOM IM, P201
    FORESEE FD, 1997, P 1997 INT JOINT C N, P1930
    GINSBERG LE, 1998, SURG NEUROL, V49, P436
    GUYON I, 2002, MACH LEARN, V46, P389
    GUYON I, 2003, J MACHINE LEARNING R, V3, P1157
    JAIN A, 1997, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V19, P153
    JOACHIMS T, 1998, P EUR C MACH LEARN E
    KARUSH W, 1939, THESIS U CHICAGO
    KOHAVI R, 1997, ARTIF INTELL, V97, P273
    KUHN HW, 1951, P 2 BERK S MATH STAT, P481
    LECUN Y, 1995, P INT C ART NEUR NET, V2, P53
    LOPEZGONZALEZ MA, 2000, SURG NEUROL, V53, P157
    PAULO JG, 2000, ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NE
    PONTIL M, 1998, IEEE T PATTERN ANAL, V20, P637
    PUDIL P, 1994, PATTERN RECOGN LETT, V15, P1119
    ROJOALVAREZ JL, 2002, IEEE ENG MED BIOL, V21, P27
    RUPING S, 2000, LEHRSTUHL INFORM, V8
    VAPNIK V, 1995, NATURE STAT LEARNING
    WANG CC, 2000, SURG NEUROL, V53, P41
    YE CZ, 2002, MED BIOL ENG COMPUT, V40, P145
    ZHOU ZH, 2003, IEEE T INF TECHNOL B, V7, P37
 NR 27
 TC 0
 SN 0010-4825
 J9 COMPUT BIOL MED
 JI Comput. Biol. Med.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 36
 IS 3
 BP 313
 EP 325
 PG 13
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Engineering,
    Biomedical; Biology
 GA 017KU
 UT ISI:000235693300008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, H
    Lu, GZ
    Guo, YL
    Guo, Y
    Wang, JS
 TI Chemical kinetics of hydroxylation of phenol catalyzed by
    TS-1/diatomite in fixed-bed reactor
 SO CHEMICAL ENGINEERING JOURNAL
 DT Article
 DE TS-1/diatomite catalyst; hydroxylation of phenol; chemical kinetics;
    reaction mechanism; fixed-bed reactor
 ID TITANIUM SILICALITE-1; HYDROGEN-PEROXIDE; EPOXIDATION; OXIDATION;
    ZEOLITES; SORPTION; BENZENE; TS-1
 AB The chemical kinetics of hydroxylation of phenol with 30% H2O2 over the
    TS-1/diatomite catalyst in a fixed-bed reactor system was studied at
    50-90 degrees C. The rate of hydroxylation of phenol was found to
    increase with increase in temperature, phenol and hydrogen peroxide
    concentrations. Simultaneously, the rate of decomposition of hydrogen
    peroxide also increased with increase in temperature and hydrogen
    peroxide concentration. Based on our analysis, the consuming rate of
    phenol, formation rate of catechol and hydroquinone and the rate of
    decomposition of hydrogen peroxide can be described as: r(p) = 7.18 x
    10(3) e(-(42.0/RT))C(P)(1.06)C(H2O2)(0.34), r(CAT) =3 92 x 10(3)
    e(-(42.1/RT))C(P)(1.09)C(H2O2)(0.33), r(HQ) = 3.13 x 10(3)
    e(-(41.9/RT))C(P)(1.04)CH(2O2)(0.35) and r(H2O2) = 1.75 x 10(7)
    e-C-(57.8/RT)(H2O2)0.75, respectively. Based on the Eley-Rideal
    mechanism for an adsorption of single molecule, the reaction kinetic
    model of hydroxylation of phenol has been fou nded, that is r = (k
    K1CH2O2 C-P)/(1 + K1CH2O2 + K-2 C-P + K-3 C-Prod), which is in
    agreement wi th the experimental data. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 E China Univ Sci & Technol, Lab Adv Mat, Res Inst Ind Catalysis, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, GZ, E China Univ Sci & Technol, Lab Adv Mat, Res Inst Ind
    Catalysis, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
 EM gzhlu@ecust.edu.cn
 CR ATOGUCHI T, 2001, J MOL CATAL A-CHEM, V176, P173
    CLERICI MG, 1993, J CATAL, V140, P71
    GAO HX, 1996, APPL CATAL A-GEN, V138, P27
    GHIACI M, 2004, SEP PURIF TECHNOL, V40, P217
    HUYBRECHTS DRC, 1992, J MOL CATAL, V71, P129
    KHOMANE RB, 2002, MATER CHEM PHYS, V76, P99
    KLEMM E, 1998, MICROPOR MESOPOR MAT, V26, P11
    LIU H, 2005, CHEM ENG J, V108, P187
    LIU LG, 2001, LIBR COLLECT ACQUIS, V25, P49
    MARTENS JA, 1993, APPL CATAL A-GEN, V99, P71
    MASPERO F, 1994, J CATAL, V146, P476
    REDDY JS, 1992, J MOL CATAL, V71, P373
    THANGARAJ A, 1991, J CATAL, V131, P294
    TUEL A, 1996, ZEOLITES, V16, P108
    WILKENHONER U, 2001, J CATAL, V203, P201
    XUE J, 2000, J CHEM IND ENG, V51, P204
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1385-8947
 J9 CHEM ENG J
 JI Chem. Eng. J.
 PD MAR 1
 PY 2006
 VL 116
 IS 3
 BP 179
 EP 186
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Chemical
 GA 016TV
 UT ISI:000235644200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, HJ
    Guo, XM
    Li, PN
    Xie, YJ
    Li, J
 TI A new cyclic J-integral for low-cycle fatigue crack growth
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE cyclic J-integral; low-cycle fatigue; constitutive equation; numerical
    evaluation; fatigue retardation
 ID PROPAGATION
 AB The constitutive equation under the low-cycle fatigue (LCF) was
    discussed, and a two-dimensional (2-D) model for simulating fatigue
    crack extension was put forward in order to propose a new cyclic
    J-integral. The definition, primary characteristics, physical
    interpretations and numerical evaluation of the new parameter were
    investigated in detail. Moreover, the new cyclic J-integral for LCF
    behaviors was validated by the compact tension (CT) specimens. Results
    show that the calculated values of the new parameter can correlate well
    with LCF crack growth rate, during constant-amplitude loading. In
    addition, the phenomenon of fatigue retardation was explained through
    the viewpoint of energy based on the concept of the new parameter.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Mech Engn, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
 RP Hu, HJ, Shanghai Univ, Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM huhongjiu@163.com
 CR ANDERSON TL, 2000, FRACTURE MECH FUNDAM
    BROSE WR, 1979, ASTM STP, V668, P720
    CHEN XD, 2003, J EXP MEDH, V18, P520
    CHOW CL, 1991, ENG FRACT MECH, V39, P1
    DOWLING NE, 1976, ASTM STP, V590, P82
    HU HJ, 1998, J MECH STRENGHT, V20, P257
    KUMAR V, 1981, ENG APPROACH ELASTIC
    LEI YB, 1993, THESIS E CHINA U SCI
    MIURA N, 1996, J PRESS VESS T ASME, V323, P249
    OWEN DRJ, 1983, ENG FRACTURE MECH NA
    PARIS PC, 1963, J BASIC ENG, V85, P528
    RICE JR, 1968, J APPL MECH, V35, P379
    SKALLERUD B, 2001, FATIGUE FRACT ENG M, V24, P81
    TANAKA K, 1983, INT J FRACTURE, V22, P91
    TANAKA K, 1996, ENG FRACT MECH, V55, P751
    WEICK M, 2003, INT J FATIGUE, V25, P1117
    WUTHRICH C, 1982, INT J FRACTURE, V20, R35
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 27
 IS 2
 BP 149
 EP 160
 PG 12
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 015LT
 UT ISI:000235553600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Du, XW
    Zhang, LS
    Gao, YL
 TI A class of augmented Lagrangians for equality constraints in nonlinear
    programming problems
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTATION
 DT Article
 DE optimization; nonlinear programming; constrained optimization;
    augmented Lagrangian functions; augmented Lagrangian functions of Di
    Pillo and Grippo
 ID OPTIMIZATION PROBLEMS; MULTIPLIER METHODS; PENALTY
 AB In this paper a class of augmented Lagrangians is considered, for
    solving equality constrained nonlinear optimization problems via
    unconstrained minimization techniques. This class of augmented
    Lagrangians is obtained by multiplying the penalty term on the first
    order necessary optimality condition in a class of augmented
    Lagrangians of Di Pillo and Grippo by a penalty parameter. Under
    suitable assumptions, the exactly corresponding relationship is
    established between the solution of the original constrained problem
    and the unconstrained minimization of this class of augmented
    Lagrangians on the product space of problem variables and multipliers
    for sufficiently large but finite values of penalty parameters.
    Therefore, a solution of the original constrained problem and the
    corresponding values of the Lagrange multipliers can be found by
    performing a single unconstrained minimization of an augmented
    Lagrangian on the product space of problem variables and multipliers.
    In particular, for quadratic programming problerns with equality
    constraints,. the optimizer is obtained by minimizing a quadratic
    function on the expanded space. (c) 2005 Elsevier Inc. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Henan Polytech Univ, Dept Appl Math, Jiaozuo 454010, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    NW Secondly Natl Coll, Dept Informat & Computat Sci, Yinchuan 750021, Peoples R China.
 RP Du, XW, Henan Polytech Univ, Dept Appl Math, Jiaozuo 454010, Peoples R
    China.
 EM duxuewu@hpu.edu.cn
 CR BERTSEKAS DP, 1976, AUTOMATICA, V12, P133
    BERTSEKAS DP, 1976, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V14, P216
    BERTSEKAS DP, 1982, CONSTRAINED OPTIMIZA
    BERTSEKAS DP, 1999, NONLINEAR PROGRAMMIN
    BOUKARI D, 1995, OPTIMIZATION, V32, P301
    CONTALDI G, 1994, 0194 DIS U ROM SAP
    DIPILLO G, 1979, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V17, P618
    DIPILLO G, 1982, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V36, P495
    DIPILLO G, 1994, ALGORITHMS CONTINUOU, P1
    DIPILLO G, 1996, NONLINEAR OPTIMIZATI, P85
    DIPILLO G, 2001, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V12, P376
    FLETCHER R, 1973, MATH PROGRAM, V5, P129
    GILL PE, 1974, NUMERICAL METHODS CO, P219
    GLAD T, 1979, MATH PROGRAM, V17, P140
    HESTENES MR, 1969, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V4, P303
    HESTENES MR, 1975, OPTIMIZATION THEORY
    LUCIDI S, 1988, JOTA, V58, P259
    MIELE A, 1972, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V10, P1
    MUKAI H, 1975, MATH PROGRAM, V9, P336
    POWELL MJD, 1969, OPTIMIZATION, P283
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 1973, 5 IFIP C OPT TECHN 1, P418
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 1973, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V12, P555
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 1974, SIAM J CONT, V12, P268
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 1976, MATH OPER RES, V1, P97
    WIERZBICKI AP, 1976, RECERCHE AUTOMATICA, V7, P34
    YEVTUSHENKO Y, 1990, USSR COMP MATH MATH, V30, P31
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 0096-3003
 J9 APPL MATH COMPUT
 JI Appl. Math. Comput.
 PD JAN 1
 PY 2006
 VL 172
 IS 1
 BP 644
 EP 663
 PG 20
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 014WM
 UT ISI:000235511200048
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yu, YK
    Wen, S
    Feng, YL
    Bi, XH
    Wang, XM
    Peng, PA
    Sheng, GY
    Fu, JM
 TI Development of a compound-specific carbon isotope analysis method for
    atmospheric formaldehyde via NaHSO3 and cysteamine derivatization
 SO ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 ID ORGANIC-COMPOUNDS; GAS-PHASE; AIR; RATIOS; CHINA; HYDROCARBONS;
    ACETALDEHYDE; COLLECTION; GUANGZHOU; EMISSIONS
 AB A novel method has been developed for the compound-specific carbon
    isotope analysis of atmospheric formaldehyde using gas
    chromatography/combustion/isotope ratio mass spectrometry (GC/C/IRMS).
    The method allows the determination of the delta C-13 value for
    atmospheric formaldehyde at nanogram levels with higher precision and
    lower detection limit. In the present work, atmospheric formaldehyde
    was collected using NaHSO3-coated Sep-Pak silica gel cartridges, washed
    out by water, then derivatized by cysteamine of known delta C-13 value,
    and the delta C-13 value of its derivative (thiazotidine) determined by
    GC/C/IRMS. Finally, the delta C-13 value of atmospheric formaldehyde
    could be calculated by a simple mass balance equation between
    formaldehyde, cysteamine, and thiazolidine. Using three formaldehydes
    with different delta C-13 values, calibration experiments were carried
    out over large ranges of formaldehyde concentrations. The carbon
    isotope analysis method achieved excellent reproducibility and high
    accuracy. There was no carbon isotopic fractionation throughout the
    derivatization processes. The differences in the carbon isotopic
    compositions of thiazolidine between the measured and predicted values
    were always < 0.5 parts per thousand, within the specifications of the
    GC/C/IRMS system. The present method was also compared with the
    previous 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine derivatization method, and this
    method could be performed with lower analytical error and detection
    limit. Using this method, four 6-h ambient atmospheric formaldehyde
    samples were consecutively collected from 8 to 9 March 2005. The
    results showed that the delta C-13 values of atmospheric formaldehyde
    were different during the daytime and nighttime. This method proved.
    suitable for the routine operation and may provide additional insight
    on sources and sinks of atmospheric formaldehyde.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Res Inst Environm Pollut & Hlth, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, State Key Lab Organ Geochem, Guangdong Key Lab Environm Resources Utilizat & P, Guangzhou Inst Geochem, Ghangzhou 510640, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, JM, Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Res Inst Environm
    Pollut & Hlth, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM fujm@gig.ac.cn
 CR *US EPA, 1999, TO11A US EPA
    ABRAJANO TA, 1994, ORG GEOCHEM, V21, P611
    ANDRADE JB, 1992, ATMOS ENVIRON A-GEN, V26, P819
    CARLIER P, 1986, ATMOS ENVIRON, V20, P2079
    CHRISTENSEN CS, 2000, ATMOS ENVIRON, V34, P287
    FELTHAM EJ, 2000, SPECTROCHIM ACTA A, V56, P2605
    FENG YL, 2004, ATMOS ENVIRON, V38, P103
    FENG YL, 2005, ATMOS ENVIRON, V39, P1789
    GOLDMAN FH, 1943, IND ENG CHEM, V15, P377
    GRUTTER M, 2005, ATMOS ENVIRON, V39, P1027
    GRUTTER M, 2005, ATMOS ENVIRON, V39, P1027
    HAYASHI T, 1986, J ASSOC OFF ANA CHEM, V69, P101
    HUANG TC, 1998, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V46, P224
    IANNONE R, 2003, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V30
    JIA GD, 2003, MAR CHEM, V82, P47
    JOHNSON BJ, 1990, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V24, P898
    LOWE DC, 1994, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOS, V99, P16913
    MELANDER L, 1980, REACTION RATES ISOTO
    MIYAKE T, 1993, J AGR FOOD CHEM, V41, P1968
    MOOK WG, 1983, J GEOPHYS RES, V88, P10915
    MULLER K, 2002, CHEMOSPHERE, V49, P1247
    RAYNER AC, 1961, ANAL CHEM, V33, P627
    RIELEY G, 1994, ANALYST, V119, P915
    RUDOLPH J, 2002, ATMOS ENVIRON, V36, P1173
    SAITO T, 2002, J GEOPHYS RES, V107
    TAGUCHI T, 1959, J AM CHEM SOC, V81, P4322
    TAKEKAWA H, 2003, ATMOS ENVIRON, V37, P3413
    TANNER RL, 1996, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOS, V101, P28961
    WEN S, 2004, RAPID COMMUN MASS SP, V18, P2669
    WEN S, 2005, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V39, P6202
    YASUHARA A, 1989, J ASSOC OFF ANA CHEM, V72, P899
    YU YX, 2005, RAPID COMMUN MASS SP, V19, P2469
    YU YX, 2005, THESIS GRADUATE SCH, P41
    ZWANK L, 2003, ANAL CHEM, V75, P5575
 NR 34
 TC 0
 SN 0003-2700
 J9 ANAL CHEM
 JI Anal. Chem.
 PD FEB 15
 PY 2006
 VL 78
 IS 4
 BP 1206
 EP 1211
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA 015TQ
 UT ISI:000235574300028
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, KX
    Qiu, JH
    Shi, LY
 TI Non-power-law I-V characteristics in Ca-doped polycrystalline
    Y1-xCaxBa2Cu3O7-delta
 SO SUPERCONDUCTOR SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID GRAIN-BOUNDARIES; SUPERCONDUCTORS; YBA2CU3O7-DELTA; BICRYSTALS;
    MISORIENTATION; TRANSPORT; ENHANCEMENT; TRANSITION; DENSITY; FILMS
 AB Experiments reveal that there is a non-ohmic dissipation behaviour in
    the Ca-doped polycrystalline Y1-xCaxBa2Cu3O7-delta even at temperature
    T = 20 K. This non-ohmic dissipation seems to come from the vortex
    excitation along the grain boundaries and appears in anomalous I-V
    characteristics with a non-power-law behaviour at temperatures below 60
    K, and then with a power-law behaviour as the temperature approaches
    T-c. This abnormal behaviour cannot be explained by the thermal flux
    creep model. We suppose that a giant flux motion along the grain
    boundaries might be responsible for this anomalous non-ohmic
    dissipation behaviour. A modified I-V relation was worked out based on
    Larkin's collective pinning model, and the analytical I-V curves were
    found to be coincident with the experimental curves quite well. This
    confirmed that the vortex excitation process along the grain boundaries
    in Ca-doped polycrystalline Y1-xCaxBa2Cu3O7-delta might be described
    with a modified collective pinning model.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, NanoSci & NanoTechnol Res Ctr, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, KX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM kxxu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR CAI XY, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P10951
    DIAZ A, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P2960
    DIMOS D, 1990, PHYS REV B, V41, P4038
    DUBSON MA, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P1061
    FIELD MB, 1997, PHYSICA C, V280, P221
    GRAY KE, 1998, PHYS REV B, V58, P9543
    GRAY KE, 2000, PHYSICA C 3, V341, P1397
    GUBSER DU, 1979, AIP C P, V58
    HAGEN CW, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P2857
    HAMMERL G, 2000, NATURE, V407, P162
    HEINIG NF, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P577
    HEINIG NF, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P1409
    HILGENKAMP H, 2002, REV MOD PHYS, V74, P496
    HOGG MJ, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P1433
    KIM D, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P12505
    KLIE RF, 2005, NATURE, V435, P475
    RANSLEY JHT, 2004, PHYS REV B, V70
    REDWING RD, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P3171
    SCHOFIELD MA, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V92
    TINKHAM M, 1995, INTRO SUPERCONDUCTIV, P363
    VANDERBEEK CJ, 1992, PHYSICA C, V197, P320
    VEREBELYI DT, 1999, IEEE T APPL SUPERC 2, V9, P2655
    VEREBELYI DT, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P1755
    ZELDOV E, 1989, PHYS REV LETT, V62, P3093
    ZHAO YE, 2004, PHYSICA C, V415, P197
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 0953-2048
 J9 SUPERCONDUCT SCI TECHNOL
 JI Supercond. Sci. Technol.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 19
 IS 2
 BP 178
 EP 183
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Applied; Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 013SU
 UT ISI:000235430600007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chou, KC
    Cai, YD
 TI Predicting protein-protein interactions from sequences in a
    hybridization space
 SO JOURNAL OF PROTEOME RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE genomic scale; gene ontology; pseudo-amino acid composition; ISort
    predictor; GO-PseAA fusion classifier; network biology; yeast
 ID AMINO-ACID-COMPOSITION; SUBCELLULAR LOCATION PREDICTION; STRUCTURAL
    CLASS PREDICTION; SECONDARY STRUCTURE-CONTENT; CLASSIFIER
 AB To understand the networks in living cells, it is indispensably
    important to identify protein-protein interactions on a genomic scale.
    Unfortunately, it is both time-consuming and expensive to do so solely
    based on experiments due to the nature of the problem whose complexity
    is obviously overwhelming, just like the fact that "life is
    complicated". Therefore, developing computational techniques for
    predicting protein-protein interactions would be of significant value
    in this regard. By fusing the approach based on the gene ontology and
    the approach of pseudo-amino acid composition, a predictor called
    "GO-PseAA" predictor was established to deal with this problem. As a
    showcase, prediction was performed on 6323 protein pairs from yeast. To
    avoid redundancy and homology bias, none of the protein pairs
    investigated has >= 40% sequence identity with any other. The overall
    success rate obtained by jackknife cross-validation was 81.6%,
    indicating the GO-PseAA predictor is very promising for predicting
    protein-protein interactions from protein sequences, and might become a
    useful vehicle for studying the network biology in the postgenomic era.
 C1 Gordon Life Sci Inst, San Diego, CA 92130 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    UMIST, Dept Biomol Sci, Manchester M60 1QD, Lancs, England.
 RP Chou, KC, Gordon Life Sci Inst, 13784 Torrey Del Mar, San Diego, CA
    92130 USA.
 EM kchou@san.rr.com
 CR APWEILER R, 2001, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V29, P37
    ASHBURNER M, 2000, NAT GENET, V25, P25
    CHOU JJ, 1999, CELL, V96, P615
    CHOU KC, 1994, J BIOL CHEM, V269, P22014
    CHOU KC, 1995, CRIT REV BIOCHEM MOL, V30, P275
    CHOU KC, 1995, PROTEINS, V21, P319
    CHOU KC, 1999, J PROTEIN CHEM, V18, P473
    CHOU KC, 1999, PROTEIN ENG, V12, P107
    CHOU KC, 2001, PROTEINS, V43, P246
    CHOU KC, 2002, J BIOL CHEM, V277, P45765
    FENG KY, 2005, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V334, P213
    FENG ZP, 2001, BIOPOLYMERS, V58, P491
    GAO Y, 2005, AMINO ACIDS, V28, P373
    HOPP TP, 1981, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V78, P3824
    HUA SJ, 2001, BIOINFORMATICS, V17, P721
    LIU H, 2005, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V336, P737
    LIU WM, 1999, PROTEIN ENG, V12, P1041
    LUO RY, 2002, EUR J BIOCHEM, V269, P4219
    OXENOID K, 2005, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V102, P10870
    PAN YX, 2003, J PROTEIN CHEM, V22, P395
    SHEN HB, 2005, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V334, P288
    SHEN HB, 2005, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V334, P577
    TANFORD C, 1962, J AM CHEM SOC, V84, P4240
    VONMERING C, 2002, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V33, D433
    WANG M, 2005, J THEOR BIOL, V232, P7
    XIAO X, 2005, AMINO ACIDS
    XIAO X, 2005, AMINO ACIDS, V28, P57
    YUAN Z, 1999, FEBS LETT, V451, P23
    ZHOU GP, 1998, J PROTEIN CHEM, V17, P729
    ZHOU GP, 2001, PROTEINS, V44, P57
    ZHOU GP, 2003, PROTEINS, V50, P44
 NR 31
 TC 0
 SN 1535-3893
 J9 J PROTEOME RES
 JI J. Proteome Res.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 5
 IS 2
 BP 316
 EP 322
 PG 7
 SC Biochemical Research Methods
 GA 012DE
 UT ISI:000235317600012
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, JQ
    Chen, YP
    Shen, JN
 TI Solvothermal preparation and gas sensing properties of ZnO whiskers
 SO JOURNAL OF NANOSCIENCE AND NANOTECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE zinc oxide; whiskers; gas sensors; solvothermal; microemulsion
 ID VAPOR-DEPOSITION; ROOM-TEMPERATURE; NANOWIRE; NANORODS; SENSORS;
    FABRICATION; ARRAYS
 AB ZnO whiskers were prepared by a solvothermal process with
    Zn(OH)(4)(2-), cetyltrimethylammonium bromide (CTAB), n-amyl alcohol
    and n-hexane at 140 degrees C. The influence of preparation condition
    on the morphology of the resultant sample was investigated through
    change zinc salts, co-surfactants, surfactants, reaction temperature,
    and reaction time. Experimental results revealed that the morphology of
    as-obtained ZnO was affected strongly by the zinc salts and
    surfactants. The samples were characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD),
    scanning electron microscopy (SEM), transmission electron microscopy
    (TEM), and electron diffraction (ED). Results showed that ZnO whiskers
    had the diameters of 100-500 nm, the lengths of several mu m, and grown
    along orientation of [0001]. The gas sensitivities of the as-prepared
    ZnO whiskers were detected. The results revealed that the ZnO whiskers
    had excellent potential application for gas sensor.
 C1 Zhengzhou Univ Light Ind, Coll Mat & Chem Engn, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, JQ, Zhengzhou Univ Light Ind, Coll Mat & Chem Engn, Zhengzhou
    450002, Peoples R China.
 CR GAO PX, 2003, NANO LETT, V3, P1315
    HUANG MH, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P1897
    KOLMAKOV A, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P997
    KONG YC, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P407
    LAW M, 2002, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V41, P2405
    LI C, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V82, P1613
    LI Q, 2003, CHEM PHYS LETT, V375, P525
    LI ZQ, 2003, INORG CHEM, V42, P8105
    LIU B, 2003, J AM CHEM SOC, V125, P4430
    PAN ZW, 2001, SCIENCE, V291, P1947
    PARK WI, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V82, P4358
    RAO BB, 2000, MATER CHEM PHYS, V64, P62
    SHI QF, 2003, SOLID STATE LETT E, V6, P35
    SIYAMA T, 1962, ANAL CHEM, V34, P1502
    SUN XM, 2002, MATER CHEM PHYS, V78, P99
    TOMCHENKO AA, 2003, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V93, P126
    WAN Q, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P3654
    WU JJ, 2002, ADV MATER, V14, P215
    XU J, 1998, J INORG CHEM, V14, P355
    YAMAZOE N, 2003, CATAL SURV ASIA, V1, P63
    ZHENG MJ, 2002, CHEM PHYS LETT, V363, P123
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 1533-4880
 J9 J NANOSCI NANOTECHNOL
 JI J. Nanosci. Nanotechnol.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 6
 IS 1
 BP 248
 EP 253
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 012FM
 UT ISI:000235323600042
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, DS
    Shi, LY
    Fang, JH
    Dai, K
    Zhang, LY
 TI Effect of moulding techniques on electro-adsorption desalination of
    carbon nanotube electrodes
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE carbon nanotubes; electrode; moulding; desalination
 ID DOUBLE-LAYER CAPACITORS; ACTIVATED CARBONS
 AB The carbon nanotube electrodes with different kinds and quantities of
    binders, using methods such as press molding at room-temperature and
    hot-press molding combined with carbonization, were moulded. The
    charge-discharge tests of the electrodes were performed in saltwater by
    the DC-5 battery testing instrument, and the specific
    electro-adsorption capacitance and equivalent resistance were compared.
    The results are as follows: the electrodes can be molded at
    room-temperature with 10% polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) or 15%
    polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) and at high temperature with 20%
    phenolic resin (PR), and the specific electro-adsorption capacitance
    decreases and the equivalent resistance increases with the increasing
    content of the binders. The surface structure, morphology, specific
    electro-adsorption capacitance, equivalent resistance and
    hydrophilicity of the electrodes were investigated, and the
    electro-adsorption desalination performances were compared. The results
    show that the electrode hot-pressed with 20% PR, after carbonization,
    with high specific surface area, many pores, good hydrophilicity, high
    specific electro-adsorption capacitance and low equivalent resistance,
    has the best electro-adsorption desalination performance.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 2000444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Res Ctr Nanosci & Nanotechnol, Shanghai 2000444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, DS, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200444, Peoples
    R China.
 EM sly0726@163.com
 CR ANDELMAN M, 1993, 5192432, US
    CANTALINI C, 2004, J EUR CERAM SOC, V24, P1405
    CHEN JH, 2002, CARBON, V40, P1193
    DEMIRCIOGLU M, 2003, DESALINATION, V153, P329
    DEYANG Q, 1998, J POWER SOURCES, P99
    GAMBY J, 2001, J POWER SOURCES, V101, P109
    LI CS, 2004, MATER LETT, V58, P3774
    NAKAMURA M, 1996, J POWER SOURCES, V60, P225
    NISHINO A, 1988, TANSO, V132, P57
    ODA H, 2003, CARBON, V41, P1037
    ODANI A, 2003, J POWER SOURCES, V119, P517
    OTOWA T, 1996, 5538611, US
    SEMIAT R, 2001, DESALINATION, V140, P27
    WANG DZ, 2001, J INORG MATER, V16, P672
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 21
 IS 1
 BP 87
 EP 93
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 013PI
 UT ISI:000235420900015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Pan, QY
    Cheng, ZX
    Dong, XN
    Chen, HH
 TI NH3 sensing properties of CNT-WO3 sensors
 SO JOURNAL OF INORGANIC MATERIALS
 DT Article
 DE carbon nanotube; WO3; gas sensitivity; NH3
 ID CARBON NANOTUBES
 AB CNT-WO3 indirectly heated gas sensors were fabricated with carbon
    nanotubes as the dopant. The as-grown carbon nanotube was purified by
    mixed acid oxidation process and WO3 nanopowders were prepared by a
    chemical precipitation method. FT-IR, TEM, TG-DSC and XRD were
    introduced to characterize them. The gas sensitive performance of the
    made sensors was measured at room temperature. The experimental results
    show the gas sensitivity of the carbon nanotube-doped sensor is far
    higher than that of a pure WO3 sensor and the 0.8wt% carbon
    nanotube-doped sensor has the highest sensitivity. In addition, the
    carbon nanotube-doped sensor is superior for its lowest detectable
    concentration, wide detectable range and excellent gas selectivity. It
    is an ideal NH3 sensor.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, L, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R
    China.
 EM qypan@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR CANTALINI C, 2004, J EUR CERAM SOC, V24, P1405
    JANG YT, 2004, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V99, P118
    KONG J, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P622
    VARGHESE OK, 2001, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V81, P32
    WANG SG, 2004, DIAM RELAT MATER, V13, P1327
    WEI BY, 2004, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V101, P81
    WONG YM, 2003, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V93, P327
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1000-324X
 J9 J INORG MATER
 JI J. Inorg. Mater.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 21
 IS 1
 BP 151
 EP 156
 PG 6
 SC Materials Science, Ceramics
 GA 013PI
 UT ISI:000235420900025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, MM
    Shang, YL
    Zhang, LS
 TI A new filled function method for integer programming
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL MATHEMATICS
 DT Article
 DE global minimization; integer programming; filled function method
 ID ALGORITHM
 AB The Filled Function Method is a class of effective algorithms for
    continuous global optimization. In this paper, a new filled function
    method is introduced and used to solve integer programming. Firstly,
    some basic definitions of discrete optimization are given. Then an
    algorithm and the implementation of this algorithm on several test
    problems are showed. The computational results show the algorithm is
    effective.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Engn Sci, Dept Math, Shanghai 200336, Peoples R China.
    Henan Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Math, Luoyang 471003, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, MM, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 CR BERTOCCHI BM, 1992, COMPUTING, V48, P259
    CONLEY W, 1980, COMPUTER OPTIMIZATIO
    GE R, 1989, APPL MATH COMPUT, V34, P39
    GE R, 1990, MATH PROGRAM, V46, P191
    GIRLICH E, 1981, NICHTLINEARE DISCRET
    JEROSLOW RG, 1973, OPER RES, V21, P221
    MILLER BL, 1971, SIAM J APPL MATH, V21
    TIAN WW, 2004, J COMPUT MATH, V22, P69
    VASSILEV V, 1994, EUR J OPER RES, V74, P170
    ZANAKIS SH, 1989, EUR J OPER RES, V43, P88
    ZHENG Q, 1994, TESTING INTEGRAL GLO
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0254-9409
 J9 J COMPUT MATH
 JI J. Comput. Math.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 24
 IS 1
 BP 25
 EP 32
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 013FP
 UT ISI:000235395500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zu, JH
    Yu, CH
    Wu, MH
    Jiao, Z
    Zhang, JQ
    Liu, XW
 TI Radiation-induced grafting of acrylic acid and sodium styrene sulfonate
    onto high-density polyethylene membranes. II. Thermal and chemical
    properties
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED POLYMER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE radiation-induced grafting; acrylic acid; sodium styrene sulfonate;
    high-density polyethylene membranes
 ID FILMS; FIBERS
 AB Strong acid cation-exchange membranes were obtained by
    radiation-induced grafting of acrylic acid and sodium styrene sulfonate
    onto high-density polyethylene (HDPE). Thermal and chemical properties
    of the cation-exchange membranes were investigated. The effectiveness
    of -SO3Na containing membranes was conformed in inducing high
    resistance to oxidative degradation. The char residue of the grafted
    HDPE is greater than that of ungrafted HDPE. It shows that the branch
    chains, including -SO3Na and -COOH groups, give catalytic impetus to
    the charring. The crystallinity of the grafted membranes was decreased
    when increasing the grafting yield. It was assumed that the decreased
    crystallinity was due to collective effects of the inherent
    crystallinity dilution by the amorphous grafted chains and the crystal
    distortion of the HDPE component. (c) 2006 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zu, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zujianhua1999@163.com
 CR ALBRIGHT RL, 1987, ENCY POLYM SCI ENG, V8
    GUPTA B, 1993, ANGEW MAKROMOL CHEM, V210, P151
    GUPTA B, 1994, J APPL POLYM SCI, V51, P1659
    GUPTA B, 2001, J APPL POLYM SCI, V82, P2629
    ISHIGAKI I, 1982, J APPL POLYM SCI, V27, P1033
    JIANHUA Z, IN PRESS J APPL POLY
    MADORSKY SL, 1949, J RES NATL BUR STAND, V42, P499
    MADORSKY SL, 1954, J RES NBS, V53, P361
    MUKHERJEE AK, 1985, J APPL POLYM SCI, V30, P2253
    SHKOLNIK S, 1982, J APPL POLYM SCI, V27, P2189
    WHEATON RM, 1981, ENCY CHEM TECHNOLOGY, V13
    ZEVIN L, 1982, POLYMER, V23, P601
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8995
 J9 J APPL POLYM SCI
 JI J. Appl. Polym. Sci.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2006
 VL 99
 IS 6
 BP 3396
 EP 3400
 PG 5
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 012MO
 UT ISI:000235343500069
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zu, JH
    Wu, MH
    Zhang, JQ
    Yu, CH
    Liu, XW
    Tong, L
 TI Radiation-induced grafting of acrylic acid and sodium styrene sulfonate
    onto high-density polyethylene membranes. I. Effect of grafting
    conditions
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED POLYMER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE radiation-induced grafting; acrylic acid; sodium styrene sulfonate;
    high-density polyethylene
 ID PRE-IRRADIATION METHOD; MONOMERS; COPOLYMERIZATION; POLYMERIZATION;
    FILMS
 AB Radiation-induced grafting of sodium styrene sulfonate and acrylic acid
    onto high-density polyethylene (HDPE) membranes was studied by the
    preirradiation technique. Grafting was carried out using an electronic
    beam from a 2-MeV accelerator at room temperature. The effects of the
    type of solvent, inhibitor concentration, preirradiation atmosphere,
    monomer concentration, and storage time of preirradiated HDPE membranes
    on the grafting yield were investigated. Easy control over the grafting
    yield was achieved by proper selection of the reaction conditions. IR
    spectroscopy analysis of the grafted membrane confirmed the existence
    of sulfonate and carboxylic acid groups in the grafted membranes. (c)
    2006 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zu, JH, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zujianhua1999@163.com
 CR AYDINLI B, 2001, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V60, P237
    CHAPIRO A, 1962, HIGH POLYM RAD CHEM, V15
    GHOSH P, 1998, POLYMER, V39, P193
    GUPTA B, 1996, J MEMBRANE SCI, V118, P231
    HEGAZY ESA, 1999, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V151, P386
    ISHIGAKI I, 1982, J APPL POLYM SCI, V27, P1033
    ISHIGAKI I, 1982, J APPL POLYM SCI, V27, P1043
    KAUR I, 1997, DESALINATION, V110, P129
    NASEF MM, 2000, POLYM DEGRAD STABIL, V70, P497
    SARA D, 1997, SOLID STATE IONICS, V97, P299
    SHKOLNIK S, 1982, J APPL POLYM SCI, V27, P2189
    TAHER NH, 1998, RADIAT PHYS CHEM, V53, P437
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8995
 J9 J APPL POLYM SCI
 JI J. Appl. Polym. Sci.
 PD MAR 15
 PY 2006
 VL 99
 IS 6
 BP 3401
 EP 3405
 PG 5
 SC Polymer Science
 GA 012MO
 UT ISI:000235343500070
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, LG
    Mai, BX
    Bi, XH
    Chen, SJ
    Wang, XM
    Ran, Y
    Luo, XJ
    Sheng, GY
    Fu, JM
    Zeng, EY
 TI Concentration levels, compositional profiles, and gas-particle
    partitioning of polybrominated diphenyl ethers in the atmosphere of an
    urban city in South China
 SO ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 ID POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC-HYDROCARBONS; BROMINATED FLAME RETARDANTS;
    ORGANIC-COMPOUNDS; POLYCHLORINATED-BIPHENYLS; DECABROMODIPHENYL ETHER;
    ABSORPTION-MODEL; VAPOR-PRESSURES; AIR; PAHS; PCBS
 AB Air samples were collected in June of 2004 from four sites in the city
    of Guangzhou, a typical urban center in South China, to determine the
    levels, compositional profiles, and gas-particle distribution of 11
    polybrominated diphenyl ether (PBDE) congeners (BDE-28, -47, -66, -100,
    -99, -85, -154, -153, -138, -183, and -209). The arithmetic mean
    atmospheric concentrations of Sigma PBDEs (sum of all target PBDE
    congeners except for BDE-209) in samples from the urban and city
    background sites were comparable to or slightly higher than those from
    other places around the world. The arithmetic mean atmospheric
    concentrations of BDE-209, however, were higher than those in North
    America and Europe, and similar to the values from Japan. Congener
    compositions were dominated by BDE-209 in all (> 70%) but an industrial
    site, with an average abundance of 48% for BDE-209. The PBDE patterns
    were generally similar to that in the technical penta-BDE mixture,
    Bromkal 70-5DE. Partitioning of PBDEs between the gas and particle
    phases (K-p) was well correlated with the subcooled liquid vapor
    pressure (P-L(degrees)) for all of the samples, but the relationship
    differed between samples from different sites. The measured fractions
    of PBDEs in the particulate phase were compared to the predictions from
    the Junge-Pankow adsorption and KOA-based absorption models. The
    results indicated that the KOA-based model worked better than the
    Junge-Pankow model that tended to overestimate the particulate
    fractions for most PBDE congeners.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Guangzhou Inst Geochem, State Key Lab Organ Geochem, Ghangzhou 510640, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Guangzhou Inst Geochem, Guangdong Key Lab Environm Protect & Resource Uti, Ghangzhou 510640, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Inst Environm Pollut & Hlth, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Grad Sch, Beijing 100049, Peoples R China.
 RP Mai, BX, Chinese Acad Sci, Guangzhou Inst Geochem, State Key Lab Organ
    Geochem, Ghangzhou 510640, Peoples R China.
 EM nancymai@gig.ac.cn
 CR ALAEE M, 2000, 48 AM SOC MASS SPECT
    BERGMAN A, 1999, ORGANOHALOGEN COMPD, V43, P89
    BEZARESCRUZ J, 2004, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V38, P4149
    BIDLEMAN TF, 1988, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V22, P361
    COTHAM WE, 1995, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V29, P2782
    DACHS J, 2000, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V34, P3690
    GOSS KU, 1998, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V32, P2025
    GUSTAFSON KE, 1997, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V31, P140
    HALE RC, 2001, NATURE, V412, P140
    HARNER T, 1998, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V32, P1494
    HARNER T, 2002, J CHEM ENG DATA, V47, P228
    HARRAD S, 2004, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V38, P2345
    HAYAKAWA K, 2004, CHEMOSPHERE, V57, P343
    HELM PA, 2005, SCI TOTAL ENVIRON, V342, P161
    HITES RA, 2004, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V38, P945
    HOH E, 2005, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V39, P7794
    JAWARD FM, 2004, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V38, P2523
    JAWARD FM, 2004, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V38, P34
    LEE RGM, 1999, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V33, P3596
    LEE RGM, 2002, ORGANOHALOGEN COMPD, V58, P193
    LOHMANN R, 2000, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V34, P4943
    MAI BX, 2005, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V39, P3521
    MANDALAKIS M, 2002, ATMOS ENVIRON, V36, P4023
    OHTA S, 2002, ORGANOHALOGEN COMPD, V57, P57
    PANKOW JF, 1987, ATMOS ENVIRON, V21, P2275
    PANKOW JF, 1991, ATMOS ENVIRON A-GEN, V25, P2241
    PANKOW JF, 1992, ATMOS ENVIRON A-GEN, V26, P1071
    PANKOW JF, 1994, ATMOS ENVIRON, V28, P185
    PANKOW JF, 1994, ATMOS ENVIRON, V28, P189
    PETTERSSONJULANDER A, 2004, J ENVIRON MONITOR, V6, P874
    POZO K, 2004, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V39, P6529
    RAYNE S, 2002, ENVIRON TOXICOL CHEM, V21, P2292
    SHOEIB M, 2004, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V38, P1313
    SIMCIK MF, 1998, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V32, P251
    SJODIN A, 1998, J CHROMATOGR A, V822, P83
    SJODIN A, 2001, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V35, P448
    SODERSTROM G, 2004, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V38, P127
    STRANDBERG B, 2001, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V35, P1078
    TERSCHURE AFH, 2004, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V38, P1282
    TITTLEMIER SA, 2002, ENVIRON TOXICOL CHEM, V21, P1804
    WANG XM, 2005, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V39, P7803
    WATANABE I, 1995, ORGANOHALOGEN COMPOU, V24, P337
    WIJESEKERA R, 2002, ORGANOHALOGEN COMPD, V55, P239
    WONG A, 2001, J CHEM ENG DATA, V46, P239
 NR 44
 TC 0
 SN 0013-936X
 J9 ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL
 JI Environ. Sci. Technol.
 PD FEB 15
 PY 2006
 VL 40
 IS 4
 BP 1190
 EP 1196
 PG 7
 SC Engineering, Environmental; Environmental Sciences
 GA 014KK
 UT ISI:000235478700019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liang, XL
    Zhong, SS
    Wang, W
    Yao, FW
 TI Printed annular monopole antenna for ultra-wideband applications
 SO ELECTRONICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB A novel printed monopole antenna for ultra-wideband applications is
    introduced, which consists of an annular monopole patch and a
    trapeziform ground plane with a tapered CPW feeder in the middle. The
    simulated and experimental results demonstrate that this antenna
    achieves a ratio impedance bandwidth of more than 10:1 for VSWR <= 2,
    and exhibits the nearly omnidirectional radiation pattern with a simple
    structure.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E China Res Inst Elect Engn, Hefei 230031, Anhui, Peoples R China.
 RP Liang, XL, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Box 151,149
    Yanchang Rd, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM x.chen@elec.qmul.ac.uk
 CR AGRAWALL NP, 1998, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V46, P294
    HUANG CY, 2005, ELECTRON LETT, V41, P296
    STUTZMAN WL, 1998, ANTENNA THEORY DESIG
    WANG W, 2004, MICROW OPT TECHN LET, V43, P50
    WONG KL, 2005, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V53, P1262
 NR 5
 TC 1
 SN 0013-5194
 J9 ELECTRON LETT
 JI Electron. Lett.
 PD JAN 19
 PY 2006
 VL 42
 IS 2
 BP 71
 EP 72
 PG 2
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 013DT
 UT ISI:000235390500005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, HJ
    Xu, D
    Shao, JL
    Wang, YF
 TI An RNA folding algorithm including pseudoknots based on dynamic
    weighted matching
 SO COMPUTATIONAL BIOLOGY AND CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE RNA secondary structure; pseudoknots; dynamic weighted matching
 ID GENETIC ALGORITHM; PREDICTION; MODELS
 AB On the basis of maximum weighted matching (MWM) algorithm, we
    introduced a dynamic weight related with stem length and used a
    recursive algorithm to predict RNA secondary structures by searching
    the stem structure with maximum weight summation step-by-step. This
    algorithm not only avoids the complicated free energy calculation, but
    also it could attain higher prediction accuracy. Moreover, our
    algorithm can predict most types of potential pseudoknots in the RNA
    structure. (C) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    China Jiliang Univ, Coll Life Sci, Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, YF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM yifei_wang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BALDI P, 2000, BIOINFORMATICS, V16, P412
    CARY R, 1995, P INT C INTELL SYST, V3, P75
    EDDY SR, 1994, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V22, P2079
    LYNGSO RB, 2000, J COMPUT BIOL, V7, P409
    RIVAS E, 1999, J MOL BIOL, V285, P2053
    RUAN JH, 2004, BIOINFORMATICS, V20, P58
    SCHMITZ M, 1996, J MOL BIOL, V255, P254
    SHAPIRO BA, 1997, COMPUT APPL BIOSCI, V13, P459
    TABASKA JE, 1998, BIOINFORMATICS, V14, P691
    VANBATENBURG FHD, 1995, J THEOR BIOL, V174, P269
    ZUKER M, 1981, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V9, P133
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1476-9271
 J9 COMPUT BIOL CHEM
 JI Comput. Biol. Chem.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 30
 IS 1
 BP 72
 EP 76
 PG 5
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Biology
 GA 014GO
 UT ISI:000235467800009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhuang, ZY
    Zhang, WH
    Jia, XS
    Zhai, HB
 TI Application of titanocene monochloride to organic synthesis
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Review
 DE titanocene monochloride; organic synthesis; application
 ID FREE-RADICAL REACTIONS; CP2TICL-MEDIATED SELECTIVE REDUCTION; CATALYZED
    PINACOL COUPLINGS; ELECTRON-TRANSFER REACTIONS; TUNGSTEN CARBENE
    COMPLEXES; BUFFERED PROTIC CONDITIONS; DICHLORIDE-INDIUM SYSTEM;
    BETA-HYDROXY KETONES; ALPHA,BETA-EPOXY KETONES; CARBONYL-COMPOUNDS
 AB The synthetic transformations mediated by titanocene monochloride in
    the latest several years are reviewed. They involve mainly reductive
    ring opening of epoxides, other reductions, Refomatsky reactions,
    pinacol coupling, radical addition to unsaturated metal carbenes, and
    reactions of preparing glycols and C-glycosides.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Lab Modern Synthet Organ Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhuang, ZY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM xsjia@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BARDEN MC, 1996, J AM CHEM SOC, V118, P5484
    BARLUENGA J, 1988, CHEM REV, V88, P487
    BARRERO AF, 2001, J ORG CHEM, V66, P4047
    BARRERO AF, 2003, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V44, P1079
    BECKWITH AL, 1987, TETRAHEDRON, V37, P3073
    BEREN JG, 1989, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P305
    BERMEJO F, 2004, J ORG CHEM, V69, P5275
    BIRMINGHAM JM, 1955, NATURWISSENSCHAFTEN, V42, P96
    BOLDRINI GP, 1983, J ORG CHEM, V48, P4108
    BOOMA C, 1993, J CHEM SOC PERK T 1, P393
    CASEY CP, 1974, J ORGANOMET CHEM, V77, P345
    CASEY CP, 1977, INORG CHEM, V16, P391
    CAVALLARO CL, 1995, J ORG CHEM, V60, P7055
    CAVALLARO CL, 1995, J ORG CHEM, V60, P7055
    CAVALLARO CL, 1995, J ORG CHEM, V60, P7057
    CHAKRABORTY TK, 1997, J CHEM SOC PERK 0507, P1257
    CHAKRABORTY TK, 1998, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V39, P101
    CHAKRABORTY TK, 2001, J INDIAN CHEM SOC, V78, P45
    CHAKRABORTY TK, 2002, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V43, P2313
    COUTTS RSP, 1973, J ORGANOMET CHEM, V47, P375
    CSUK R, 1986, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1149
    CURRAN DP, 1988, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P489
    DANISHEFSKY SJ, 1993, SCIENCE, V260, P1307
    DING Y, 1992, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P941
    DING Y, 1992, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V33, P8117
    DING Y, 1997, TETRAHEDRON, V53, P2899
    DOTZ KH, 2000, TETRAHEDRON, V56, P8291
    DUNLAP MS, 1999, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V29, P1097
    DUNLAP MS, 1999, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V29, P1097
    ENEMAERKE RJ, 2004, J AM CHEM SOC, V126, P7853
    ENGMAN L, 1994, J ORG CHEM, V59, P5179
    FAULKNER DJ, 1994, NAT PROD REP, V11, P355
    FISCHER EO, 1977, J ORGANOMET CHEM, V131, P57
    FUSE S, 2004, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V45, P1961
    GANSAUER A, 1997, CHEM COMMUN     0307, P457
    GANSAUER A, 1997, SYNLETT          APR, P363
    GANSAUER A, 1998, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V37, P101
    GANSAUER A, 1998, CHEM COMMUN     1007, P2143
    GANSAUER A, 1998, EUR J ORG CHEM   NOV, P2673
    GANSAUER A, 1998, EUR J ORG CHEM   SEP, P1923
    GANSAUER A, 1998, J AM CHEM SOC, V120, P12849
    GANSAUER A, 1998, J ORG CHEM, V63, P2070
    GANSAUER A, 1998, SYNLETT          AUG, P801
    GANSAUER A, 2000, CHEM REV, V100, P2771
    GANSAUER A, 2000, CHEM REV, V100, P2788
    GANSAUER A, 2001, CHEM REV, V100, P2781
    GANSAUER A, 2001, SYNTHESIS-STUTTG DEC, P2500
    GANSAUER A, 2002, ADV SYNTH CATAL, V344, P465
    GANSAUER A, 2002, TETRAHEDRON, V58, P7017
    GIESE B, 1981, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V20, P967
    GIESE B, 1983, ANGEW CHEM, V95, P771
    GIESE B, 1985, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V24, P553
    GIESE B, 1986, RADICALS ORGANIC SYN
    GIESE B, 1989, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V28, P969
    GIOVANNI P, 1989, TETRAHEDRON, V45, P7411
    GOLD HJ, 1999, SYNLETT          JAN, P159
    HALCOMB RL, 1989, J AM CHEM SOC, V111, P6661
    HANDA Y, 1987, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V28, P5717
    HARDOUIN C, 2001, J ORG CHEM, V66, P1046
    HARDOUIN C, 2001, J ORG CHEM, V66, P1046
    HASEGAWA E, 1992, J ORG CHEM, V57, P5352
    HASEGAWA E, 1996, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V37, P7079
    HASEGAWA E, 1997, J ORG CHEM, V62, P2396
    HEDENSTROM E, 2000, J CHEM SOC P1, P1513
    HIRAO T, 1998, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V39, P5247
    HUANG Y, 1996, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V26, P2911
    HUANG Y, 1997, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V27, P1059
    IQBAL J, 1994, CHEM REV, V94, P519
    IRELAND RE, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P7166
    JIA XS, 2003, J CHEM RES-S     SEP, P540
    LI JJ, 2000, TETRAHEDRON, V57, P1
    LI JJ, 2001, TETRAHEDRON, V57, P1
    LI TJ, 1981, J ORG CHEM, V46, P4323
    LIU KKC, 1994, J ORG CHEM, V59, P1895
    LIU Y, 1994, J ORG CHEM, V59, P940
    MACOMBER DW, 1991, ORGANOMETALLICS, V10, P737
    MCCHESNEY JD, 1985, J ORG CHEM, V50, P3473
    MCVINISH LM, 1994, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V35, P923
    MERLIC CA, 1991, J AM CHEM SOC, V113, P9855
    MERLIC CA, 1993, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V34, P227
    MIYASHITA M, 1997, TETRAHEDRON, V53, P12469
    MOISAN L, 2002, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V43, P2013
    MOLANDER GA, 1986, J ORG CHEM, V51, P2596
    MOMURA R, 1996, J AM CHEM SOC, V118, P11666
    MORENO MJSM, 1993, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V34, P353
    MURPHY PJ, 1987, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V28, P2037
    NELSEN TR, 1975, J ORG CHEM, V40, P3159
    ORSINI F, 1997, J ORG CHEM, V62, P1159
    OSUKA A, 1984, CHEM LETT, P271
    PARKER KA, 1994, J AM CHEM SOC, V116, P11149
    PARRISH JD, 2002, ORG LETT, V4, P1439
    PARRISH JD, 2003, ORG LETT, V5, P3615
    POLLON JHP, 1989, SYNTHESIS-STUTTG OCT, P758
    PORTER NA, 1991, ACCOUNTS CHEM RES, V24, P296
    RAJANBABU TV, 1989, J AM CHEM SOC, V111, P4525
    RAJANBABU TV, 1991, ACCOUNTS CHEM RES, V24, P139
    RAJANBABU TV, 1994, J AM CHEM SOC, V116, P986
    RAJANBABU TV, 1994, J AM CHEM SOC, V116, P986
    RATHKE MW, 1970, J ORG CHEM, V35, P3966
    ROTH W, 1963, METHODS CARBOHYD CHE, V2, P405
    SANTANIELLO E, 1977, SYNTHESIS-STUTTGART, P698
    SANTOYOGONZALEZ F, 1994, TETRAHEDRON, V50, P2877
    SHIBATA I, 2002, ORG LETT, V4, P301
    SHIMIZU T, 2002, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V43, P1039
    SHINADA H, 1995, CHEM LETT, P671
    SHLOMO A, 1986, ORGANOMETALLICS, V27, P3791
    SKYDSTRUP T, 1999, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V40, P6087
    SKYDSTRUP T, 2000, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V41, P8645
    SO JH, 1988, J ORG CHEM, V53, P5871
    SOMSAK L, 1993, J CARBOHYD CHEM, V12, P679
    SPENCER RP, 1996, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V37, P4357
    SPENCER RP, 1996, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V37, P4360
    SPENCER RP, 1997, J ORG CHEM, V62, P4204
    SPENCER RP, 1999, J ORG CHEM, V64, P3987
    SPENCER RP, 2000, TETRAHEDRON, V56, P2103
    TANAKA K, 1991, J ORG CHEM, V56, P4333
    TORRI S, 1997, J ORG CHEM, V62, P2396
    TOSHIMA K, 1993, CHEM REV, V93, P1503
    TUFARIELLO JJ, 1973, J ORG CHEM, V40, P3159
    WANG SLB, 1990, J AM CHEM SOC, V112, P4550
    YOO BW, 2002, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V32, P2489
    YOO BW, 2002, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V32, P63
    ZHANG YM, 1995, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V25, P1825
    ZHANG YM, 1995, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V25, P1825
    ZHAO G, 2001, J FLUORINE CHEM, V111, P217
    ZHAO ZB, 2001, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V31, P2089
 NR 126
 TC 0
 SN 0253-2786
 J9 CHINESE J ORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Org. Chem.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 26
 IS 2
 BP 145
 EP 157
 PG 13
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 013MB
 UT ISI:000235412300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, S
    Jiang, H
    Song, LP
    Zhang, JM
 TI Progress in the synthesis of heterocycle-fused C-60-fullerene
    derivatives
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE C-60; heterocycle; synthesis
 ID DIELS-ALDER REACTION; 1,3-DIPOLAR CYCLOADDITION REACTION; SOLUBLE
    FULLERENE DERIVATIVES; ACTIVE METHYLENE-COMPOUNDS; SOLVENT-FREE
    REACTIONS; AMINO-ACID ESTERS; AZOMETHINE YLIDES; BUCKMINSTERFULLERENE
    C-60; MICROWAVE IRRADIATION; LIPID-PEROXIDATION
 AB This review deals with the recent progress in the study on preparing
    the three-, five-, six- and seven-membered heterocycle-fused
    C-60-fullerene derivatives via the cycloaddition reactions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, S, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM jmzhang@public6.sta.net.cn
 CR AKASAKA T, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P10366
    AKSAKA T, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P1605
    AVERDUNG J, 1994, CHEM BER, V127, P787
    AVERDUNG J, 1995, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V36, P2957
    AVERDUNG J, 1996, TETRAHEDRON, V52, P5407
    BANKS MR, 1994, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V35, P9067
    BANKS MR, 1995, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1171
    BANKS MR, 1995, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P885
    BARTOSZEK M, 1996, SYNTHETIC MET, V77, P93
    BENSASSON RV, 2000, FREE RADICAL BIO MED, V29, P26
    BERNSTEIN R, 1998, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V39, P7051
    BOSI S, 2004, J MED CHEM, V47, P6711
    CAPACCIO M, 2005, BIOCONJUGATE CHEM, V16, P241
    CREEGAN KM, 1992, J AM CHEM SOC, V114, P1103
    CRUZ P, 1997, TETRAHEDRON, V53, P2599
    CRUZ P, 1999, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V40, P1587
    CRUZ P, 1999, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V40, P4889
    DA RT, 1999, CHEM COMMUN, P663
    DUCZEK W, 1995, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V36, P2457
    DUGAN LL, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P9434
    DUGAN LL, 2001, PARKINSONISM RELAT D, V7, P243
    ECKERT JF, 2002, CHEM COMMUN, P712
    FONG R, 1999, ORG LETT, V1, P729
    GAN LB, 1996, J ORG CHEM, P1423
    GROSSER T, 1995, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V34, P1343
    HAMANO T, 1995, J CHEM SOC CHEM 0807, P1537
    HSU HC, 2000, J CARDIOVASC PHARM, V36, P423
    HUO YP, 2004, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V24, P1191
    ILLESCAS BM, 2003, TETRAHEDRON, V59, P6569
    IRNGARTINGER H, 1999, TETRAHEDRON, V55, P10753
    ISHIDA H, 1999, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V40, P1543
    ISHIDA T, 1994, CHEM LETT, P561
    IYODA M, 1995, CHEM LETT, P1133
    JAGEROVIC N, 1996, J CHEM SOC PERK 0321, P499
    JENSEN W, 1996, BIOORGAN MED CHEM, V4, P767
    KAMPE KD, 1993, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V32, P1174
    KOMATSU K, 1999, FULLERENE SCI TECHN, V7, P609
    KOMORI A, 1996, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V37, P4031
    KRABTSCHMER W, 1990, NATURE, V347, P354
    KROTO HW, 1985, NATURE, V318, P162
    KUWASHIMA SY, 1994, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V35, P4371
    LANGA F, 2000, CARBON, V38, P1641
    LAWSON GE, 1995, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P2225
    LI K, 2004, J AM CHEM SOC, V126, P3388
    LI X, 2001, CHEM J CHINESE U, V22, P515
    LIOU KF, 1996, CHEM COMMUN     0621, P1423
    MA SL, 2001, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V59, P1344
    MAGGINI M, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P9798
    MASHINO T, 2003, BIOORGAN MED CHEM, V11, P1433
    MATSUBARA Y, 1995, J ORG CHEM, V60, P5372
    MEIER MS, 1993, J ORG CHEM, V58, P4524
    MEIER MS, 1996, TETRAHEDRON, V52, P5043
    MORTON JR, 1998, ACCOUNTS CHEM RES, V31, P63
    NAIR V, 1999, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V40, P5087
    OHNO M, 1993, CHEM LETT, P1833
    OHNO M, 1995, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P565
    OHNO M, 1995, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V36, P6899
    OHNO M, 1996, CHEM COMMUN     0207, P291
    OHNO M, 1996, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V37, P9211
    OVCHARENKO AA, 1997, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V38, P6933
    PRATO M, 1996, SYNTHETIC MET, V77, P89
    SCHICK G, 1998, TETRAHEDRON, V54, P4283
    SCHUSTER DI, 2004, J AM CHEM SOC, V126, P7257
    SHEN CKF, 1995, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V36, P5383
    SHU LH, 1995, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V36, P3871
    SUAREZ M, 2003, TETRAHEDRON, V59, P9179
    WANG GW, 2003, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V44, P4407
    WANG GW, 2003, TETRAHEDRON, V59, P55
    WANG GW, 2004, TETRAHEDRON, V60, P3921
    WANG IC, 1999, J MED CHEM, V42, P4614
    WEISMAN RB, 2001, J AM CHEM SOC, V123, P9720
    WU SH, 1998, J CHEM SOC PERK 0521, P1733
    YAN MD, 1994, J ORG CHEM, V59, P5951
    YANG W, 2004, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V24, P231
    ZHANG JM, 2005, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V35, P89
    ZHANG TH, 2004, ORG BIOMOL CHEM, V2, P1698
    ZHANG X, 2004, J ORG CHEM, V69, P5800
    ZHANG XJ, 1993, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V34, P8187
    ZHANG XJ, 1995, J AM CHEM SOC, V117, P4271
    ZHENG LP, 2004, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V62, P88
 NR 80
 TC 0
 SN 0253-2786
 J9 CHINESE J ORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Org. Chem.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 26
 IS 2
 BP 168
 EP 180
 PG 13
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 013MB
 UT ISI:000235412300003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, T
    Yin, JB
    Luo, K
    Chen, HD
    Chen, XS
 TI Synthesis and characterization of poly-L-glutamic acid with a high
    molecular weight
 SO CHEMICAL JOURNAL OF CHINESE UNIVERSITIES-CHINESE
 DT Article
 DE L-glutamic acid; gamma-benzyl L-glutamate; poly(gamma-benzyl
    L-glutamate); poly-L-glutamic acid
 ID POLYMERIZATION
 AB Poly-L-glutamic acid with a high molecular weight was prepared by
    chemical synthesis. The structures of PBLG and PLGA were confirmed by
    FTIR and H-1 NMR spectroscopies and their molecular weights were
    measured by GPC and viscosity measurements. The results show that the
    average molecular weight of poly-L-glutamic acid is about 7 x 10(4) -
    35 x 10(4). Furthermore, when the anhydride-initiator malar ratio
    n(A)/n(I)> 50, the average molecular weight was independent of the
    amount of triethylamine initiator.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, State Key Lab Polymer Phys & Chem, Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
 RP Yin, JB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM jbyin@staff.shu.edu.cn
    xschen@ciac.jl.cn
 CR BLOUT ER, 1956, J AM CHEM SOC, V78, P941
    DALY WH, 1988, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V29, P5859
    GOODMAN M, 1966, J AM CHEM SOC, V88, P3627
    HE B, 2003, POLYMER, V44, P989
    HE MJ, 1983, POLYM PHYS, P105
    IWATA H, 1998, BIOMATERIALS, V19, P1869
    KATCHALSKI E, 1951, ADV PROTEIN CHEM, V6, P123
    KRICHELDORF HR, 1987, A AMINO ACID N CARBO
    LEUCHS H, 1906, CHEM BER, V39, P857
    PAN CY, 1997, POLYM CHEM, P245
    PEGGION E, 1966, J AM CHEM SOC, V88, P3630
    WANG D, 1997, MACROMOLECULES, V30, P5688
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 0251-0790
 J9 CHEM J CHINESE UNIV-CHINESE
 JI Chem. J. Chin. Univ.-Chin.
 PD FEB 10
 PY 2006
 VL 27
 IS 2
 BP 369
 EP 371
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 013MV
 UT ISI:000235414300040
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yin, JB
    Luo, K
    Chen, XS
    Khutoryanskiy, VV
 TI Miscibility studies of the blends of chitosan with some cellulose ethers
 SO CARBOHYDRATE POLYMERS
 DT Article
 DE chitosan; cellulose ethers; blends; miscibility; hydrophilic films
 ID POLYMER BLENDS; ACID)
 AB The polymeric films have been prepared based on blends of chitosan with
    two cellulose ethers-hydroxypropylmethylcellulose and methylcellulose
    by casting from acetic acid solutions. The films were transparent and
    brittle in a dry state but an immersion of the samples in deionized
    water for over 24 h leads to their disintegration or partial
    dissolution. The miscibility of the polymers in the blends has been
    assessed by infrared spectroscopy, wide-angle X-ray diffraction,
    scanning electron microscopy and thermal gravimetric analysis. It was
    shown that although weak hydrogen bonding exists between the polymer
    functional groups the blends are not fully miscible in a dry state. (c)
    2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, State Key Lab Polymer Phys & Chem, Changchun 130022, Peoples R China.
    Univ Reading, Sch Pharm, Reading RG6 6AD, Berks, England.
 RP Yin, JB, Shanghai Univ, Dept Polymer Mat, 20 Chengzhong St, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 EM jbyin@staff.shu.edu.cn
    v.khutoryanskiy@reading.ac.uk
 CR AMIJI MM, 1995, BIOMATERIALS, V16, P593
    BO YJ, 2001, EURAS CHEM TECHNOL J, V3, P191
    COLEMAN MM, 1995, PROG POLYM SCI, V20, P1
    HE Y, 2004, PROG POLYM SCI, V29, P1021
    JIANG M, 1999, ADV POLYM SCI, V146, P121
    KHUTORYANSKIY VV, 2003, POLYM INT, V52, P62
    KHUTORYANSKIY VV, 2004, POLYM INT, V53, P307
    LIANG CY, 1959, J POLYM SCI, V39, P269
    MUCHA M, 2005, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V427, P69
    NURKEEVA ZS, IN PRESS CARBOHYDRAT, V62, P80
    PAWLAK A, 2003, THERMOCHIM ACTA, V396, P153
    RITTHIDEJ GC, 2002, INT J PHARM, V232, P11
    SAKURAI K, 2000, POLYMER, V41, P7051
    SUTO S, 1996, J APPL POLYM SCI, V61, P2273
    TWU YK, 2003, CARBOHYD POLYM, V54, P425
    WANJUN T, 2005, POLYM DEGRADATION ST, V87, P389
    WU YB, 2004, CARBOHYD POLYM, V57, P435
    XU YX, 2005, IND CROP PROD, V21, P185
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0144-8617
 J9 CARBOHYD POLYM
 JI Carbohydr. Polym.
 PD FEB 3
 PY 2006
 VL 63
 IS 2
 BP 238
 EP 244
 PG 7
 SC Chemistry, Applied; Chemistry, Organic; Polymer Science
 GA 012RY
 UT ISI:000235358200011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mo, JQ
    Wang, H
    Lin, WT
 TI Approximate analytic solution of land-air couplind dynamical system
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE nonlinear; land-air coupling; dynamical system; homotopic mapping
 ID PARTIAL-DIFFERENTIAL-EQUATIONS; NONLINEAR EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS;
    VARIATIONAL ITERATION METHOD; HOMOTOPIC SOLVING METHOD; COMPUTATIONAL
    STABILITY; PERTURBATIVE SOLUTION; OSCILLATOR MECHANISM; ENSO MODEL;
    PACIFIC; LAYERS
 AB Atmospheric physics deals with very complicated natural phenomena.
    Basic models have to be implemented for the sea-air and land-air
    oscillators and then solve them using the approximate method. In this
    paper, a class of nonlinear coupling system for land-air oscillator
    model is studied. Using the homotopic mapping method, it is translated
    into solving linear problems, and the approximate expressions for the
    original nonlinear problem are obtained.
 C1 Anhui Normal Univ, Wuhan, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Div Computat Sci, E Inst, Shanghai 200240, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Meteorol Sci, Beijing 100081, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Atmospher Sci, LASG, Beijing 100029, Peoples R China.
 RP Mo, JQ, Anhui Normal Univ, Wuhan, Peoples R China.
 EM mojiaqi@mail.ahnu.edu.cn
 CR AKHMETOV DR, 2003, ASYMPTOTIC ANAL, V35, P65
    BELL DC, 2003, NONLINEAR ANAL-REAL, V3, P515
    DEJAGER EM, 1996, THEORY SINGULAR PERT
    FAN XG, 1999, ACTA METEOROLOGICA S, V57, P190
    GU DF, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P805
    HAMOUDA M, 2003, APPL ANAL, V81, P837
    HAN HL, 2004, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V53, P4061
    HAN HL, 2005, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V54, P2510
    HE JH, 2002, APPROXIMATE ANAL MET
    HSU CS, 1980, ASME J APPLIED MECHA, V47, P931
    HWANG S, 2004, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V200, P191
    LIAO SJ, 2004, BEYOND PERTURBATION
    LIN WT, 2000, CHINESE SCI BULL, V45, P1358
    LIN WT, 2001, ACTA AERODYNAMICA SI, V19, P348
    LIN WT, 2002, ADV ATMOS SCI, V19, P699
    LIN WT, 2002, PROGR NATURAL SCI, V12, P1326
    LIN WT, 2004, CHINESE SCI BULL, V48, P5
    MARQUES I, 2005, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V61, P21
    MCPHADEN MJ, 2002, NATURE, V415, P603
    MO JQ, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P3245
    MO JQ, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P996
    MO JQ, 2004, PROG NAT SCI, V14, P1126
    MO JQ, 2004, PROG NAT SCI, V14, P550
    MO JQ, 2005, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V54, P1081
    MO JQ, 2005, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V54, P3967
    MO JQ, 2005, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V54, P3971
    MO JQ, 2005, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V54, P993
    MO JQ, 2005, CHINESE PHYS, V14, P875
    OUYANG C, 2004, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V53, P1900
    PERJAN A, 2003, BULETINUL ACAD DE SU, V42, P95
    SHUKLA J, 1981, J ATMOS SCI, V38, P2547
    WU QK, 2005, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V54, P2590
    YU JJ, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P3701
    ZHANG F, 2004, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V205, P77
 NR 34
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 55
 IS 2
 BP 485
 EP 489
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 013QE
 UT ISI:000235423300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tang, RR
 TI Analysis of evolution and life-time of the plasma channel produced by
    ultra-stort ultra-high power laser pulse
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE density; laser pulse; plasma channel; perturbation
 ID HOMOTOPIC SOLVING METHOD; SEA-AIR OSCILLATOR; MECHANISM; MODEL
 AB Using the perturbed theory, the plasma channel produced by ultra-short
    ultra-high power laser pulses is considered. Under the actions of
    recombination, attachment and detachment, the perturbed asymptotic
    expressions of the density of each kind of charged panicles in the
    course of evolution of the plasma channel are obtained. The influence
    of each action on the evolution and life-time of the channel is
    discussed.
 C1 Huzhou Teachers Coll, Fac Sci, Huzhou 313000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Div Computat Sci, Shanghai 200240, Peoples R China.
 RP Tang, RR, Huzhou Teachers Coll, Fac Sci, Huzhou 313000, Peoples R China.
 EM rrtang@hutc.zj.cn
 CR CHENG CF, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P1826
    HAN XL, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P4061
    JONES DJ, 2000, SCIENCE, V288, P635
    LU X, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P3404
    MLEJNEK M, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P2938
    MO JQ, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P3245
    MO JQ, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P996
    MO JQ, 2004, APPL MATH J CHINESE, V19, P57
    MO JQ, 2005, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V54, P1081
    MO JQ, 2005, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V54, P993
    MO JQ, 2005, CHINESE PHYS, V14, P875
    SPRANGLE P, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    TANG RR, 2004, ANN DIFF EQS, V20, P407
    TANG RR, 2005, ADV MATH, V34, P233
    TANG RR, 2005, ADV MATH, V34, P497
    TZORTZAKIS S, 2000, OPT COMMUN, V181, P123
    TZORTZAKIS S, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P5470
    YANG H, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V65
    ZHAO XM, 1995, IEEE J QUANTUM ELECT, V31, P599
    ZHENG ZM, 2003, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V52, P125
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 55
 IS 2
 BP 494
 EP 498
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 013QE
 UT ISI:000235423300003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yuan, SJ
    Zhou, SM
    Mu, L
 TI Ferromagnetic resonance study of Ni nanowire arrays
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE nanowires; ferromagnetic resonance; dipolar interactions; anodic
    alumina template
 ID MAGNETIC-PROPERTIES; ANODIC ALUMINA; NICKEL NANOWIRES; FABRICATION;
    ANISOTROPY; WIRES
 AB Arrays of Ni nanowires were electrode posited into anodic alumina oxide
    templates with various pore diameters and porosity. The magnetization
    behavior of the Ni nanowire arrays was investigated with ferromagnetic
    resonance techniques and the vibrating sample magnetometer. Both
    ferromagnetic resonance spectra and hysteresis loops show that there is
    a strong dipolar interaction between the nanowires. The easy axis of
    magnetization is mainly a result of a competition of shape anisotropy
    and dipolar interaction. With increasing array density, the dipolar
    interactions increase and the easy axis is tuned from parallel to
    perpendicular to the wire axis.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, State Key Lab Appl Surface, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, Dept Phys, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
    Nanjing Univ, State Key Lab Solid State Microstruct, Nanjing 210093, Peoples R China.
 RP Yuan, SJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM shujuanyuan@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR DUBOIS S, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P14315
    EBELS U, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    ENCINASOROPESA A, 2001, J APPL PHYS 2, V89, P6704
    ENCINASOROPESA A, 2001, PHYS REV B, V63
    GRIMSDITCH M, 1999, J APPL PHYS 2B, V85, P5901
    HEINRICH B, 1993, ADV PHYS, V42, P523
    HERTEL R, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V90, P5752
    JESSENSKY O, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V72, P1173
    LIU K, 1995, PHYS REV B, V51, P7381
    MASUDA H, 1995, SCIENCE, V268, P1466
    MATHIEU C, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P3968
    QING DH, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P144
    ROSS CA, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
    SKOMSKI R, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P3900
    SOROP TG, 2003, PHYS REV B, V67
    STRIJKERS GJ, 1999, J APPL PHYS, V86, P5141
    SUN L, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P4429
    TAYAOKA A, 1996, J APPL PHYS 2B, V79, P6016
    WHITNEY TM, 1993, SCIENCE, V261, P1316
    YU DL, 2005, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V54, P930
    ZHAN QF, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V85, P4690
    ZHENG M, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P12282
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 55
 IS 2
 BP 891
 EP 896
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 013QE
 UT ISI:000235423300074
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tong, YW
    Zhang, YW
    He, L
    Li, HQ
    Chen, H
 TI The band structure in microwave frequency for quasi-1-D coaxial
    photonic crystals
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE coaxial photonic crystals; coaxial; band gap; transmission matrix
 ID TRANSMISSION
 AB A quasi-one-dimensional coaxial photonic crystal has been assembled
    from a series of "tee", "female" and "male" connectors. With the vector
    network analyzer the transmission coefficient and the phase information
    has been measured for different structures. The energy band structure
    has also been calculated with the method of transmission matrix under
    Bloch periodicity boundary condition. The experimental results agree
    well with the calculated results.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Pohl Inst Solid State Phys, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Sch Elect & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, YW, Tongji Univ, Pohl Inst Solid State Phys, Shanghai 200092,
    Peoples R China.
 EM yewenzhang@online.sh.cn
 CR ANTONIADES MA, 2003, IEEE ANTENNAS WIRELE, V2, P103
    COLLIN RE, 1966, FDN MICROWAVE ENG
    DOBRZYNSKI L, 1998, PHYS REV B, V57, P9388
    DOBRZYNSKI L, 2003, PHYS REV E 2, V67
    DU GQ, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P1095
    ELEFTHERIADES GV, 2002, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V50, P2702
    GRBIC A, 2002, J APPL PHYS, V92, P5930
    HACHE A, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P518
    HACHE A, 2002, PHYS REV E 2B, V65
    HACHE A, 2004, AM J PHYS, V72, P916
    MEHMET FY, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V92
    PRADHAN RD, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P2410
    SAJEEV J, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P2486
    VASSEUR JO, 1997, PHYS REV B, V55, P10434
    WANG H, 2001, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V50, P2175
    YABLONOVITCH E, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P2059
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 55
 IS 2
 BP 935
 EP 940
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 013QE
 UT ISI:000235423300082
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hsing, YT
 TI Brokering power and property in China's townships
 SO PACIFIC REVIEW
 DT Article
 DE land; local government; township; decentralisation; power process;
    property rights
 ID STATE
 AB This paper concerns the process of power at the periphery of state
    bureaucracy with a focus oil township governments and their land
    development projects in the last two decades. I argue that townships at
    the bottom of the state bureaucracy operate like power brokers between
    the state and the village. When dealing with the formal party-state
    system above them, the township's delegated power is highly uncertain.
    Townships choose to maneuver in the unspecified legal and
    administrative zone to bypass the scrutiny of the Supervising
    government. When it comes to the village below them, the township's
    power is under-defined, and therefore can be stretched to intensify and
    centralize the grips over village resources and land. In both cases,
    township officials strategize to maximize their control of village land
    and profit from the booming land-lease market in China's fast
    industrializing and urbanizing areas. Townships' land deals reflect the
    general power process of decentralization. Their brokerage of power
    corresponds directly with that of property rights in post-reform China.
 C1 Univ Calif Berkeley, Dept Geog, Berkeley, CA 94720 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Sociol Div, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Hsing, YT, Univ Calif Berkeley, Dept Geog, 507 McCore Hall, Berkeley,
    CA 94720 USA.
 EM yhsing@berkeley.edu
 CR BAUM R, 1999, PARADOX CHINAS POST, P333
    CHUNG JH, 2004, CHINA Q, V180, P945
    CORRIGAN P, 1985, GREAT ARCH ENGLISH S
    CRZYMALABUSSE A, 2002, POLIT SOC, V30, P529
    DESOUSA S, 1977, LAW SOC REV, V12, P5
    DUARA P, 1988, CULTURE POWER STATE
    EDIN M, 2003, CHINA Q, V173, P35
    FOUCAULT M, 1982, M FOUCAULT STRUCTURA, P221
    HO P, 2001, CHINA Q, V166, P394
    HU YF, 2002, CAIJING         0805
    HUANG P, 2003, EC OBSERVER     0811
    JACOBS H, 1998, WHO OWNS AM SOCIAL C
    LI LC, 1998, CENTRAL PROVINCES CH
    LI LC, 2005, J CONTEMP ASIA, V1, P87
    LIN GCS, 2002, CITIES, V19, P299
    LIN GCS, 2005, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V95, P411
    LIN MY, 2004, TURANG, V26, P27
    LIU SD, 2000, ZHONGGUO XIANGZHEN Z, P117
    MA LJC, 2005, POLIT GEOGR, V24, P477
    MA R, 2000, ZHONGGUO XIANGZHEN Z, P1
    MONTINOLA G, 1997, J ECON PERSPECT, V11, P82
    OBRIEN K, 1999, COMP POLIT, V99, P167
    OI JC, 1992, WORLD POLIT, V45, P99
    REN BY, 2002, ZHONGGUIO NONGCUN YA, P20
    SCOTT J, 1998, SEEING LIKE STATE HO
    SINGER J, 2000, ENTITLEMENT PARADOXE
    SUN LP, 2000, TSINGHUA SHEHUIXUE P, P21
    TONG ZH, 2002, ZHONGGUIO NONGCUN YA, P46
    TSUI KY, 2004, CHINA Q, V177, P71
    VERDERY K, 1999, UNCERTAIN TRANSITION, P53
    WANK D, 1998, COMMODIFYING COMMUNI
    WU A, 2000, CAIJING         0805
    WU FL, 1998, URBAN STUD, V35, P259
    WU LC, 2002, ZHONGGUIO NONGCUN YA, P64
    XIE W, 2004, XINGJING BAO
    XU H, 2004, ZHJONGGUO NONGMIN TU
    YANG LP, 2005, 21 CENTURY BUSI 0714
    YANG YR, 2004, ZHONGGUO DALU YANJIU, V47, P111
    ZHANG FQ, 2004, CHINA Q, V180, P1050
    ZHANG L, 1998, CHINA Q, V154, P330
    ZHOU YX, 2003, CHINA Q, V173, P176
    ZHU DL, 2003, SHEHUI BIANQIAN ZHON
    ZWEIG D, 1992, BUREAUCRACY POLITICS, P334
 NR 43
 TC 0
 SN 0951-2748
 J9 PAC REV
 JI Pac. Rev.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 19
 IS 1
 BP 103
 EP 124
 PG 22
 SC Area Studies
 GA 011PJ
 UT ISI:000235280300006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ren, WW
    Guo, QG
    Yang, Y
    Chen, FX
 TI bFGF and heparin but not laminin are necessary factors in the mediums
    that affect NSCs differentiation into cholinergic neurons
 SO NEUROLOGICAL RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE neural stem cells; differentiate; ChAT; cholinergic neuron
 ID STEM-CELLS; PROGENITOR CELLS; NEURAL STEM; TRANSPLANTATION; EXPRESS;
    BRAIN; CNS
 AB Objectives: Neural stem cells (NSCs) are self-renewed, pluripotent
    cells that can differentiate into neurons, astrocytes and
    oligodendrocytes. Cholinergic neurons are an important kind of neurons
    that play an essential role in the treatment of Parkinsonism and
    epilepsy. We are interested in how different mediums affect NSCs
    differentiation into cholinergic neurons.
    Methods: NSCs were isolated from the striatum corpora of embryonic
    brain in a 14-day pregnant rat. Cells were cultured in basic mediums
    [F12/DMEM (1:1) including 1% B27 (v/v) and 20 ng/ml EGF] but with
    different combinations of three supplements: bFGF (20 ng/ml), heparin
    (5 mg/ml) and laminin (1 mg/ml). After 7 days culturing, cells were
    immunized with choline acetyltransferase (ChAT), a marker enzyme of
    cholinergic neuron.
    Results: We found ChAT could not be detected in the basic mediums with
    only one supplement. Then, we tested the combination of two out of
    three. We found that ChAT positive cells could only be detected in the
    medium with bFGF and heparin (FH). However, when we added the laminin
    into the FH, more ChAT positive cells appeared.
    Discussion: This finding suggests that bFGF and heparin are essential
    in the mediums that affect NSCs differentiation into cholinergic
    neurons, and laminin is an important positive factor in this process.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, FX, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 EM fxchen@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR FLAX JD, 1998, NAT BIOTECHNOL, V16, P1033
    FRICKER RA, 1999, J NEUROSCI, V19, P5990
    GAGE FH, 1995, ANNU REV NEUROSCI, V18, P159
    HARTIKKA J, 1988, J NEUROSCI RES, V21, P352
    KAN MK, 1993, SCIENCE, V259, P1918
    LENDAHL U, 1990, CELL, V60, P585
    MCKAY R, 1997, SCIENCE, V276, P66
    PINCUS DW, 1998, NEUROSURGERY, V42, P858
    SHEEN VL, 1999, EXP NEUROL, V158, P47
    SHIHABUDDIN LS, 1999, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V56, P29
    SHIHABUDDIN LS, 2000, J NEUROSCI, V20, P8727
    SUHONEN JO, 1996, NATURE, V383, P624
    ZHANG SC, 2001, NAT BIOTECHNOL, V19, P1129
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0161-6412
 J9 NEUROL RES
 JI Neurol. Res.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 28
 IS 1
 BP 87
 EP 90
 PG 4
 SC Clinical Neurology; Neurosciences
 GA 009ZB
 UT ISI:000235151100015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, D
    Sun, XL
    Wang, J
 TI Optimal lot solution to cardinality constrained mean-variance
    formulation for portfolio selection
 SO MATHEMATICAL FINANCE
 DT Article
 DE portfolio selection; mean-variance formulation; concave transaction
    costs; cardinality constraint; nonlinear integer programming
 ID MINIMUM TRANSACTION LOTS; POWER LAGRANGIAN METHOD;
    PROGRAMMING-PROBLEMS; OPTIMIZATION MODEL; COSTS; RULE
 AB The pioneering work of the mean-variance formulation proposed by
    Markowitz in the 1950s has provided a scientific foundation for modern
    portfolio selection. Although the trade practice often confines
    portfolio selection with certain discrete features, the existing theory
    and solution methodologies of portfolio selection have been primarily
    developed for the continuous solution of the portfolio policy that
    could be far away from the real integer optimum. We consider in this
    paper an exact solution algorithm in obtaining an optimal lot solution
    to cardinality constrained mean-variance formulation for portfolio
    selection under concave transaction costs. Specifically, a convergent
    Lagrangian and contour-domain cut method is proposed for solving this
    class of discrete-feature constrained portfolio selection problems by
    exploiting some prominent features of the mean-variance formulation and
    the portfolio model under consideration. Computational results are
    reported using data from the Hong Kong stock market.
 C1 Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, D, Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Dept Syst Engn & Engn Management,
    Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 EM dli@se.cuhk.edu.hk
 CR BAWA VS, 1975, J FINANC ECON, V2, P95
    BIENSTOCK D, 1996, MATH PROGRAM, V74, P121
    CHANG TJ, 2000, COMPUT OPER RES, V27, P1271
    CHIODI L, 2003, ANN OPER RES, V124, P245
    CRAMA Y, 2003, EUR J OPER RES, V150, P546
    FEINSTEIN CD, 1993, MANAGE SCI, V39, P1552
    FISHER ML, 1981, MANAGE SCI, V27, P1
    GEOFFRION AM, 1974, MATHEMATICAL PROGRAM, V2, P82
    JOBT NJ, 2001, QUANT FINANC, V1, P1
    KELLERER H, 2000, ANN OPER RES, V99, P287
    KONNO H, 1991, MANAGE SCI, V37, P519
    KONNO H, 2001, MATH PROGRAM, V89, P233
    LI D, 1998, DYN CONTIN DISCRET I, V4, P585
    LI D, 2000, ANN OPER RES, V98, P151
    LI D, 2000, J GLOBAL OPTIM, V18, P235
    LI D, 2000, MATH FINANC, V10, P387
    LI D, 2005, IN PRESS NONLINEAR I
    MANSINI R, 1999, EUR J OPER RES, V114, P219
    MANSINI R, 2002, 20020730 U BRESC DEP
    MANSINI R, 2003, IMA J MANAGEMENT MAT, V14, P187
    MARKOWITZ HM, 1956, NAV RES LOG, V3, P111
    MARKOWITZ HM, 1959, PORTFOLIO SELECTION
    MARKOWITZ HM, 1989, MEAN VARIANCE ANAL P
    MERTON RC, 1972, J FINANCIAL QUANTITA, V7, P1851
    OGRYCZAK W, 2000, ANN OPER RES, V97, P143
    PARKER RG, 1988, DISCRETE OPTIMIZATIO
    ROCKAFELLAR RT, 2002, J BANK FINANC, V26, P1443
    ROY AD, 1952, ECONOMETRICA, V20, P431
    SHAPIRO JF, 1979, ANN DISCRETE MATH, V5, P113
    SUN XL, 2000, MATH OPER RES, V25, P625
    SYAM SS, 1998, EUR J OPER RES, V108, P196
    YITZHAKI S, 1982, AM ECON REV, V72, P178
    YOUNG MR, 1998, MANAGE SCI, V44, P673
    ZHOU XY, 2000, APPL MATH OPT, V42, P19
 NR 34
 TC 0
 SN 0960-1627
 J9 MATH FINANC
 JI Math. Financ.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 16
 IS 1
 BP 83
 EP 101
 PG 19
 SC Business, Finance; Mathematics, Interdisciplinary Applications; Social
    Sciences, Mathematical Methods; Economics
 GA 009TM
 UT ISI:000235136300006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, H
    Liu, SP
    Chen, L
    Huang, JH
    Xiang, SM
 TI Expression of HBcAg mutant with long internal deletion in Saccharomyces
    cerevisiae and observation of its self-assembly particles by atomic
    force microscopy (AFM)
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF BIOLOGICAL MACROMOLECULES
 DT Article
 DE Delta rHBcAg self-assembly; Saccharomyces cerevisiae; Delta rHBcAg
    (core) particles; atomic force microscopy; polymorphism
 ID HEPATITIS-B-VIRUS; CORE NUCLEOTIDE-SEQUENCE; ESCHERICHIA-COLI;
    ELECTRON-MICROSCOPY; GENE-MUTATIONS; ANTIGEN; PROTEIN; PURIFICATION;
    INFECTION; CORRELATE
 AB An internally truncated C gene of adr hepatitis B virus core antigen
    with long internal deletion (aa81-aa116) (Delta HBcAg with 36aa
    truncation) was expressed in Saccharomyces cerevisiae and the products
    (Delta rHBcAg) were purified from a crude lysate of the yeast by three
    steps: Sephrose CL-4B chromatography, sucrose step-gradient
    ultracentrifugation and CsCl-isopycnic ultracentrifugation. Results of
    ELISA test and density analysis of CsCl-isopycnic ultracentrifugation
    indicated that the purified products (Delta rHBcAg protein) with HBeAg
    antigenicity mainly located at the densities of 1.23 g ml(-1).
    Observation and analysis of the purified Delta rHBcAg products by AFM
    indicated that the Delta rHBcAg (core) protein produced in S.
    cerevisiae could self-assemble into three or more size classes of core
    particles which exhibited a polymorphous distribution of Delta rHBcAg
    (core) particles. These different size classes of core particles mainly
    centred oil the range whose mean diameter was from 10 nm to 48 nm,
    especially on the position of 11 nm, 15.6 nm and the range from 27 nm
    to 41 nm, respectively. Furthermore, the most number of core particles
    mainly centred on the range whose mean diameter was from 27 nm to 41
    nm. These results above indicated that the truncated internal long
    fragment (aa81-aa116) probably had no effect on self-assembly of the
    HBcAg core particles which implied the internal length fragment
    (aa81-aa116) was not the sole domain for self-assembly of HBcAg dimer
    or the truncated HBcAg protein Subunit formed the fresh interactive
    domain with each other. These initial results above by AFM analysis
    were very important for further research on the self-assembly,
    ultrastructure, subunit interaction and core internal deletion mutant
    (CIDM) function of HBcAg core particles. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All
    rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Coll Life Sci & Biotechnol, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Generun BioTech Co Ltd, Shanghai 200233, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, H, Univ Alberta, Fac Med, Dept Biochem, Lab 347, Edmonton, AB T6G
    2H7, Canada.
 EM hengc@ualberta.ca
 CR AKARCA US, 1995, HEPATOLOGY, V22, P50
    CHEN H, 2004, MICRON, V35, P311
    COHEN BJ, 1982, NATURE, V296, P677
    CROWTHER RA, 1994, CELL, V77, P943
    EHATA T, 1992, J CLIN INVEST, V89, P332
    EHATA T, 1993, J CLIN INVEST, V91, P1206
    FUJIYAMA A, 1983, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V11, P4601
    GRAY AH, 1997, J VIRAL HEPATITIS, V4, P371
    HOSONO S, 1995, VIROLOGY, V212, P151
    KENNEY JM, 1995, STRUCTURE, V3, P1009
    KONIG S, 1998, J VIROL, V72, P4997
    KOSCHEL M, 1999, J VIROL, V73, P2153
    KOSCHEL M, 2000, J VIROL, V74, P1
    KUZNETSOV YG, 2001, J GEN VIROL 9, V82, P2025
    MILICH DR, 1997, J VIROL, V71, P2192
    MILICH DR, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P14648
    NAITO M, 1997, RES VIROLOGY, V148, P299
    NASSAL M, 1993, TRENDS MICROBIOL, V1, P221
    ONODERA S, 1982, J MED VIROL, V10, P147
    PASEK M, 1979, NATURE, V282, P575
    SALFELD J, 1989, J VIROL, V63, P798
    SAMBROOK J, 1989, MOL CLONING LAB MANU
    SEIFER M, 1995, INTERVIROLOGY, V38, P47
    TAKAYUKI I, 1988, J BIOTECHNOL, V8, P149
    TOWBIN H, 1979, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V76, P4350
    WINGFIELD PT, 1995, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V34, P4919
    WIZEMANN H, 1999, J VIROL METHODS, V77, P189
    WYNNE SA, 1999, MOL CELL, V3, P771
    YANG WG, 1994, J VIROL, V68, P338
    YUAN TTT, 1998, J VIROL, V72, P2168
    YUAN TTT, 1998, J VIROL, V72, P578
    ZHOU SL, 1992, J VIROL, V66, P5393
 NR 32
 TC 0
 SN 0141-8130
 J9 INT J BIOL MACROMOL
 JI Int. J. Biol. Macromol.
 PD DEC 30
 PY 2005
 VL 37
 IS 5
 BP 239
 EP 248
 PG 10
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology
 GA 011LK
 UT ISI:000235269500004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liew, KM
    Cheng, YM
    Kitipornchai, S
 TI Boundary element-free method (BEFM) and its application to
    two-dimensional elasticity problems
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL FOR NUMERICAL METHODS IN ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE moving least-square approximation (MLS); improved moving least-square
    approximation (IMLS); weighted orthogonal function; weight function;
    domain of influence; boundary integral equation; meshless method;
    boundary element-free method (BEFM)
 ID NODE METHOD; MATERIAL INTERFACES; CRACKS; PLATES
 AB In this Study, we first discuss the moving least-square approximation
    (MLS) method. In some cases, the MLS may form an ill-conditioned system
    of equations so that the Solution cannot be correctly obtained. Hence,
    in this paper, we propose an improved moving least-square approximation
    (IMLS) method. In the IMLS method, the orthogonal function system with
    a weight function is used as the basis function. The IMLS has higher
    computational efficiency and precision than the MLS, and will not lead
    to an ill-conditioned system of equations. Combining the boundary
    integral equation (BIE) method and the IMLS approximation method, a
    direct meshless BIE method, the boundary element-free method (BEFM),
    for two-dimensional elasticity is presented. Compared to other meshless
    BIE methods, BEFM is a direct numerical method in which the basic
    unknown quantity is the real solution of the nodal variables, and the
    boundary conditions can be applied easily; hence, it has higher
    computational precision. For demonstration purpose, selected numerical
    examples are given. Copyright (c) 2005 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
 C1 City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Bldg & Construct, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Kitipornchai, S, City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Bldg & Construct, Kowloon,
    Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 EM S.Kitipornchai@cityu.edu.hk
 CR BEER G, 1989, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V28, P1233
    BEER G, 1993, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V36, P3579
    BELYTSCHKO T, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P3
    BROEK D, 1982, ELEMENTARY FRACTURE
    CHATI MK, 1999, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V46, P1163
    CHATI MK, 2000, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V47, P1523
    GU YT, 2001, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V190, P4405
    LANCASTER P, 1981, MATH COMPUT, V37, P141
    LIEW KM, 2003, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V56, P2331
    LIEW KM, 2003, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V57, P599
    LIEW KM, 2004, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V60, P1861
    LIEW KM, 2005, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V63, P1014
    MUKHERJEE YX, 1997, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V40, P797
    TABATABAISTOCKER B, 1998, COMMUN NUMER METH EN, V14, P355
    TIMOSHENKO SP, 1970, THEORY ELASTICITY
    ZHU T, 1998, COMPUT MECH, V21, P223
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0029-5981
 J9 INT J NUMER METHOD ENG
 JI Int. J. Numer. Methods Eng.
 PD FEB 19
 PY 2006
 VL 65
 IS 8
 BP 1310
 EP 1332
 PG 23
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 012EF
 UT ISI:000235320300007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, P
    Wong, SC
    Dai, SQ
 TI Characteristic parameters of a wide cluster in a higher-order traffic
    flow model
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 AB Nonlinear weak solution theory is applied to determine the parameters
    of a wide cluster in an "anisotropic" higher-order traffic flow model.
    These parameters are the maximal and minimal densities and the
    travelling wave speed in the solution structure. Numerical experiments
    show that the convergent simulation results are in good agreement with
    those obtained from the analytical expressions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Hong Kong, Dept Civil Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Wong, SC, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM hhecwsc@hkucc.hku.hk
 CR AW A, 2000, SIAM J APPL MATH, V60, P916
    DAGANZO CF, 1995, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V29, P277
    HELBING D, 2001, REV MOD PHYS, V73, P1067
    JIANG R, 2002, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V36, P405
    JIN WL, 2003, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V37, P207
    KERNER BS, 1993, PHYS REV E, V48, P2335
    KERNER BS, 1994, PHYS REV E, V50, P54
    KERNER BS, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V79, P4030
    LEVEQUE RJ, 2002, FINITE VOLUME METHOD
    LI T, 2005, COMMUN MATH SCI, V3, P101
    LI T, 2005, PHYSICA D, V207, P41
    PAYNE HJ, 1971, MATH MODELS PUBLIC S, V1, P51
    WHITHAM GB, 1974, LINEAR NONLINEAR WAV
    WONG GCK, 2002, TRANSPORT RES A-POL, V36, P827
    WONG SC, 2002, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V36, P683
    XUE Y, 2003, PHYS REV E 2, V68
    ZHANG HM, 2002, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V36, P275
    ZHANG P, IN PRESS EUR J APPL
    ZHANG P, 2003, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V156, P1
    ZHANG P, 2003, NUMER METH PART D E, V21, P80
    ZHANG P, 2005, PHYS REV E 2, V71
    ZHANG P, 2006, J COMPUT PHYS, V212, P739
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 23
 IS 2
 BP 516
 EP 519
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 011GC
 UT ISI:000235255200067
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, SW
    Tang, YF
    Fu, JL
 TI Non-Noether symmetries and Lutzky conservative quantities of
    nonholonomic nonconservative dynamical systems
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE conserved quantity; non-Noether symmetry; nonholonomic nonconservative
    system; infinitesimal transformation
 ID VELOCITY-DEPENDENT SYMMETRIES; MECHANICAL SYSTEMS; LIE SYMMETRIES;
    INVARIANTS
 AB Non-Noether symmetries and conservative quantities of nonholonomic
    nonconservative dynamical systems are investigated in this paper. Based
    on the relationships among motion, nonconservative forces, nonholonomic
    constrained forces and Lagrangian, non-Noether symmetries and Lutzky
    conservative quantities are presented for nonholonomic nonconservative
    dynamical systems. The relation between non-Noether symmetry and
    Noether symmetry is discussed and it is further shown that non-Noether
    conservative quantities can be obtained by a complete set of Noether
    invariants. Finally, an example is given to illustrate these results.
 C1 Shangqiu Teachers Coll, Dept Phys, Shangqiu 476000, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, State Key Lab Sci & Engn Comp, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Zhejiang Sci & Technol Univ, Dept Phys, Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, JL, Shangqiu Teachers Coll, Dept Phys, Shangqiu 476000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM sqfujingli@163.com
 CR CHEN XW, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P1349
    CICOGNA G, 1992, NUOVO CIMENTO B, V107, P1085
    FANG JH, 2005, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V54, P500
    FU JL, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V317, P255
    FU JL, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P287
    GUO YX, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V9, P801
    HOJMAN SA, 1992, J PHYS A, V25, P291
    LIU RW, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P1615
    LUO SK, 2005, CHINESE PHYS, V14, P656
    LUTZKY M, 1978, J PHYS A, V11, P249
    LUTZKY M, 1979, PHYS LETT A, V72, P86
    LUTZKY M, 1995, J PHYS A, V28, P637
    LUTZKY M, 1998, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V33, P393
    MEI FX, 1999, APPL LIE GROUPS LIE, P151
    MEI FX, 2004, SYMMETRIES CONSERVED
    NOETHER AE, 1918, NACHR KGL GES WISS G, V2, P235
    QIAO YF, 2005, CHINESE PHYS, V14, P828
    XU XJ, 2005, CHINESE PHYS, V14, P1287
    ZHANG HB, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P1
    ZHANG HB, 2005, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V54, P2489
    ZHANG HB, 2005, CHINESE PHYS, V14, P238
    ZHANG Y, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P1048
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 15
 IS 2
 BP 243
 EP 248
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 010WJ
 UT ISI:000235228300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, RW
    Zhang, HB
    Chen, LQ
 TI Variational principle and dynamical equations of discrete
    nonconservative holonomic systems
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE discrete mechanics; variational principle; dynamical equation
 ID 1ST INTEGRALS; TIME MECHANICS
 AB By analogue with the methods and processes in continuous mechanics, a
    Lagrangian formulation and a Hamiltonian formulation of discrete
    mechanics are obtained. The dynamical equations including
    Euler-Lagrange equations and Hamilton's canonical equations of the
    discrete nonconservative holonomic systems are derived on a discrete
    variational principle. Some illustrative examples are also given.
 C1 Shaoguan Univ, Dept Phys, Shaoguan 512005, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, RW, Shaoguan Univ, Dept Phys, Shaoguan 512005, Peoples R China.
 EM lrw@sgu.edu.cn
 CR CADZOW JA, 1970, INT J CONTROL, V11, P393
    IKEDA M, 1978, MATH JAPONICA, V23, P231
    JAROSZKIEWICZ G, 1997, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V30, P3115
    JAROSZKIEWICZ G, 1997, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V30, P3145
    LEE TD, 1983, PHYS LETT B, V122, P217
    LOGAN JD, 1973, AEQUAT MATH, V9, P210
    MARSDEN JE, 2001, ACT NUMERIC, V10, P357
    MEI FX, 1991, ADV ANAL MECH
    ZHANG HB, 2005, CHINESE PHYS, V14, P1063
    ZHANG HB, 2005, CHINESE PHYS, V14, P238
    ZHANG HB, 2005, CHINESE PHYS, V14, P888
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 15
 IS 2
 BP 249
 EP 252
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 010WJ
 UT ISI:000235228300002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, XW
    Shi, PF
 TI Studies on electrochemical property of LiFePO4/C as cathode material
    for lithium ion batteries
 SO CHEMICAL RESEARCH IN CHINESE UNIVERSITIES
 DT Article
 DE olivine; lithium ion battery; carbon-coated LiFePO4
 AB LiFePO4/C samples were prepared at different temperatures by adding
    sugar to the synthetic precursor. The samples were characterized by
    X-ray diffraction (XRD). Their crystal phases show an olivine
    structure. Only the sample obtained at 700 degrees C has a larger
    discharge capacity, which has good electrochemical properties: its
    discharge specific capacity is 120.3 mAh/g at a current of 0. 05 mA,
    and its capacity fade is very low after 20 cycles. It is demonstrated
    that the best synthetic temperature should be 700 degrees C.
 C1 Harbin Inst Technol, Fac Appl Chem, Harbin 150001, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Qingdao 266510, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, XW, Harbin Inst Technol, Fac Appl Chem, Harbin 150001, Peoples R
    China.
 EM hxw009@sina.com
 CR CHUNG SY, 2002, NAT MATER, V1, P123
    HUANG H, 2001, ELECTROCHEM SOLID ST, V4, P170
    LARCHER D, 1997, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V144, P408
    MEGAHED S, 1995, J POWER SOURCES, V54, P155
    PADHI AK, 1997, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V144, P1188
    TARASCON JM, 1995, J POWER SOURCES, V54, P103
    YAMADA A, 2001, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V148, A224
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1005-9040
 J9 CHEM RES CHINESE UNIV
 JI Chem. Res. Chin. Univ.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 22
 IS 1
 BP 73
 EP 75
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 010IN
 UT ISI:000235181400018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Luo, J
    Zhai, QJ
    Zhao, P
    Qin, XB
 TI The structure of liquid Fe-C alloy near the melting point
 SO CANADIAN METALLURGICAL QUARTERLY
 DT Article
 ID MEDIUM-RANGE ORDER; DIFFRACTION; INTENSITIES; GLASSES
 AB The structure of liquid Fe-C alloy near the melting point has been
    studied at three different temperatures (1540, 1560 and 1580 degrees
    C). It is shown that the structural correlation length (or the cluster
    size), coordination number, distance between the nearest neighbour
    atoms and number of atoms in a cluster all decrease with increasing
    temperature. Small prepeaks before the first main peak were found in
    the structure factors of liquid alloy and the prepeaks became slightly
    obscure as the temperature increased. In general, the presence of the
    prepeaks corresponds to a medium range order structure. The prepeaks
    fade away with increasing temperature implying that the degree of
    superheat contributes to the disappearance of the medium range order.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol Beijing, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
    Cent Iron & Steel Res Inst, Beijing 100081, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Univ, Jinan 250061, Peoples R China.
 RP Luo, J, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 CR ASHCROFT NW, 1967, PHYS REV, V159, P500
    BORJESSON L, 1989, PHYS REV B, V39, P3404
    CERVINKA L, 1998, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V232, P1
    CROMER DT, 1967, J CHEM PHYS, V47, P1892
    ILINSKII A, 2001, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V325, P98
    KROGHMOE J, 1956, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR, V9, P951
    LUO J, 2002, THESIS U SCI TECH BE, P23
    MARET M, 1989, J PHYS-PARIS, V50, P295
    NORMAN N, 1957, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR, V10, P370
    QIN JY, 1998, CHINESE SCI BULL, V43, P1445
    QIN JY, 1998, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V10, P1211
    QIN JY, 1998, SCI CHINA SER E, V28, P97
    QIN JY, 1998, SCI CHINA SER E, V41, P182
    SOKOLOV AP, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V69, P1540
    VATEVA E, 1995, J NONCRYST SOLIDS, V192, P145
    WASEDA Y, 1980, STRUCTURE NONCRYSTAL, P27
    WASEDA Y, 1995, JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1, V34, P4124
    ZHANG L, 2000, J NON-CRYST SOLIDS, V262, P169
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 0008-4433
 J9 CAN METALL QUART
 JI Can. Metall. Q.
 PD APR
 PY 2004
 VL 43
 IS 2
 BP 177
 EP 181
 PG 5
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 011TS
 UT ISI:000235291800005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, YJ
    Shen, JN
 TI The crystallization heat-treatment of the TiO2 photocatalytic nanofilm
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE TiO2 photocatalytic nanofilm; crystallization heat-treatment; anatase;
    photocatalytic activity
 ID TITANIUM; FILM
 AB The TiO2 photocatalytic nanofilms were isothermally annealed at 400
    degrees C similar to 800 degrees C for I h or 2 h respectively so as to
    diminish amorphous body and improve photocatalytic activity.
    Photocurrent density and microstructure characteristics of both
    as-prepared samples and heat-treated ones were investigated. The
    results show that heat-treatments lead to amorphous crystallization,
    grain growth and increase of photocurrent density of the films. With
    the rise of annealing temperature, the transformation of Amorphous ->
    Anatase -> Rutile occurs in the TiO2 films. Among them, the film
    annealed at 600 degrees C for I h get the (anatase+rutile) mixcrystal
    structure. Its photocurrent density is highest i.e. I-UV=41.2 A/m(2)
    and photocatalytic activity is best.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, YJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM yjzhang@imr.ac.cn
 CR ANPO M, 1987, CHEM EXPRESS, V2, P193
    DEVI LG, 1999, J PHOTOCH PHOTOBIO A, V121, P141
    HOU YQ, 2003, APPL SURF SCI, V218, P97
    LIAO DL, 2003, FINE CHEM, V20, P134
    SHEN JN, 2004, RARE METAL MAT ENG, V33, P1076
    SONG JJ, 2002, J CHINESE T CORROSIO, V22, P98
    XIAO MQ, 2004, STUDY ABSORPTION SPE, P37
    YU JG, 2000, J INORG MATER, V15, P347
    ZHANG QH, 2000, APPL CATAL B-ENVIRON, V26, P207
    ZHANG YJ, 2004, P 04 NAN C SHANGH 20, P493
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 35
 IS 1
 BP 92
 EP 95
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 009NF
 UT ISI:000235118100024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CF
    Spieker, H
 TI Resonance-enhanced group delay times in an asymmetric single quantum
    barrier
 SO OPTICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE group delay time; resonance; quantum barrier; quantum well; quasibound
    state; waveguide
 ID TUNNELING TIMES; TRAVERSAL TIME; REFLECTION TIMES; TRANSMISSION;
    ELECTRON; SCATTERING; PULSES; ENERGY; WELL
 AB It is shown that transmission and reflection group delay times in an
    asymmetric single quantum barrier are greatly enhanced by the
    transmission resonance when the energy of incident particles is larger
    than the height of the barrier. The resonant transmission group delay
    is of the order of the quasibound state lifetime in the barrier region.
    The reflection group delay can be either positive or negative,
    depending on the relative height of the potential energies on the two
    sides of the barrier. Its magnitude is much larger than the quasibound
    state lifetime. These predictions have been observed in microwave
    experiments. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Tech Univ Carolo Wilhelmina Braunschweig, Inst Electromagnet Compatibil, D-38106 Braunschweig, Germany.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Acad Sinica, Xian Inst Opt & Precis Mech, State Key Lab Transient Opt Technol, Xian 710068, Peoples R China.
 RP Spieker, H, Tech Univ Carolo Wilhelmina Braunschweig, Inst
    Electromagnet Compatibil, Schleinitzstr 23, D-38106 Braunschweig,
    Germany.
 EM cfli@staff.shu.edu.cn
    h.spieker@tu-bs.de
 CR BALCOU P, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P851
    BROWN ER, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P2291
    BUTTIKER M, 1982, PHYS REV LETT, V49, P1739
    BUTTIKER M, 1983, PHYS REV B, V27, P6178
    BUTTIKER M, 1990, ELECT PROPERTIES MUL, P297
    BUTTIKER M, 2003, NATURE, V422, P271
    CHEN X, 2003, PHYS REV A, V68
    CHIAO RY, 1997, PROG OPTICS, V37, P345
    DOGARIU A, 2001, OPT EXPRESS, V8, P344
    DRAGOMAN D, 2003, J APPL PHYS 1, V93, P6133
    GROSSEL P, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P9787
    HAIBEL A, 2001, ANN PHYS-BERLIN, V10, P707
    HARTMAN TE, 1962, J APPL PHYS, V33, P3427
    HAUGE EH, 1987, PHYS REV B, V36, P4203
    HAUGE EH, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P917
    JAPHA Y, 1996, PHYS REV A, V53, P586
    LANDAUER R, 1989, NATURE, V341, P567
    LANDAUER R, 1994, REV MOD PHYS, V66, P217
    LEAVENS CR, 1989, PHYS REV B, V40, P5387
    LI CF, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V275, P287
    LONGHI S, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V64
    LUNA E, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V83, P3111
    LUO H, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V70, P1307
    MARTINEZ JC, 2003, PHYS SCRIPTA, V68, P108
    MARTINEZ JC, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P1320
    MUGA JG, 2002, PHYS REV A, V66
    NIMTZ G, 1994, J PHYS I, V4, P565
    NIMTZ G, 1997, PROG QUANT ELECTRON, V21, P81
    NIMTZ G, 2003, PROG QUANT ELECTRON, V27, P417
    PARANJAPE VV, 1995, PHYS REV B, V52, P10740
    RANFAGNI A, 1991, APPL PHYS LETT, V58, P774
    RICCO B, 1984, PHYS REV B, V29, P1970
    SEKATSKII SK, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    SLIVKEN S, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P4091
    SPIELMANN C, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P2308
    STEINBERG AM, 1993, PHYS REV LETT, V71, P708
    STEINBERG AM, 1994, PHYS REV A, V49, P3283
    VETTER RM, 2001, PHYS REV E 2, V63
    VISSCHER EH, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V68, P2014
    WIGNER EP, 1955, PHYS REV, V98, P145
    WINFUL HG, 2003, PHYS REV E 2, V68
    WINFUL HG, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V90
    WINFUL HG, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
 NR 43
 TC 0
 SN 0030-4018
 J9 OPT COMMUN
 JI Opt. Commun.
 PD MAR 1
 PY 2006
 VL 259
 IS 1
 BP 158
 EP 163
 PG 6
 SC Optics
 GA 008UY
 UT ISI:000235067400027
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, WH
    Chang, A
    Zhang, LZ
    Lu, DQ
 TI Unicyclic Huckel molecular graphs with minimal energy
 SO JOURNAL OF MATHEMATICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE Huckel molecular graphs; perfect matching; Kekule structure; capped
    graph; energy
 ID PI-ELECTRON ENERGY; ACYCLIC CONJUGATED MOLECULES; HEXAGONAL CHAINS;
    RADIALENES; SYSTEMS
 AB The minimal energy of unicyclic Hackel molecular graphs with Kekule
    structures, i.e., unicyclic graphs with perfect matchings, of which all
    vertices have degrees less than four in graph theory, is investigated.
    The set of these graphs is denoted by H-n(l), such that for any graph
    in H-n(l), n is the number of vertices of the graph and 1 the number of
    vertices of the cycle contained in the graph. For a given n(n >= 6),
    the graphs with minimal energy of H-n(l) have been discussed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Fuzhou Univ, Dept Math, Fujian 350002, Peoples R China.
    Zhangzhou Teachers Coll, Dept Comp Sci, Fujian 365002, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, WH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM whwang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR AIHARA J, 1980, B CHEM SOC JPN, V53, P1751
    CVETKOVIC DM, 1980, SPECTRA GRAPHS THEOR
    DIAS JR, 2004, CROAT CHEM ACTA, V77, P325
    GUTMAN I, 1972, CROAT CHEM ACTA, V44, P501
    GUTMAN I, 1977, THEOR CHIM ACTA, V45, P79
    GUTMAN I, 1980, J PHYS SCI, V35, P453
    GUTMAN I, 1986, MATH CONCEPTS ORGANI
    GUTMAN I, 2001, MATCH COMMUN MATH CO, V43, P17
    HOU YP, 2001, J MATH CHEM, V29, P163
    HOU YP, 2001, LINEAR MULTILINEAR A, V49, P347
    LI H, 1999, J MATH CHEM, V25, P145
    RADA J, 2005, DISCRETE APPL MATH, V145, P437
    ZHANG F, 1999, DISCRETE APPL MATH, V92, P71
    ZHANG FJ, 2001, CHEM PHYS LETT, V337, P125
    ZHANG FJ, 2001, CHEM PHYS LETT, V337, P131
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0259-9791
 J9 J MATH CHEM
 JI J. Math. Chem.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 39
 IS 1
 BP 231
 EP 241
 PG 11
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Interdisciplinary
    Applications
 GA 008YE
 UT ISI:000235077500014
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, L
    Li, WH
    Fang, SS
    Wei, BC
    Dong, YD
 TI Binary Ni-Nb bulk metallic glasses
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID FORMING ABILITY; CU; ALLOYS; SYSTEMS
 AB We studied the glass forming ability of Ni-Nb binary alloys and found
    that some of the alloys can be prepared into bulk metallic glasses by a
    conventional Cu-mold casting. The best glass former within the
    compositional range studied is off-eutectic Ni62Nb38 alloy, which is
    markedly different from those predicted by the multicomponent and deep
    eutectic rules. The glass formation mechanism for binary Ni-Nb alloys
    was studied from the thermodynamic point of view and a parameter gamma*
    was proposed to approach the ability of glass formation against
    crystallization. (c) 2006 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Ctr Adv Microanal, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, L, Shanghai Univ, Ctr Adv Microanal, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R
    China.
 EM xialei@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR CHEN HS, 1973, ACTA METALL, V21, P395
    COHEN MH, 1961, NATURE, V189, P131
    DEBOER FR, 1988, COHESION METALS TRAN
    DELAMARE J, 1994, J ALLOY COMPD, V216, P273
    ESHELBY JD, 1954, J APPL PHYS, V25, P255
    ESHELBY JD, 1956, SOLID STATE PHYS, V3, P79
    FECHT HJ, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P777
    FRIEDEL J, 1954, ADV PHYS, V3, P446
    GREER AL, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P1947
    INOUE A, 1998, MATER SCI FORUM 2, V269, P855
    JOHNSON WL, 1999, MRS BULL, V24, P42
    LU ZP, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P3501
    LU ZP, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    MURTY BS, 1992, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V149, P231
    SHEN TD, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P49
    SHINDO T, 2002, MATER TRANS, V43, P2502
    TAKEUCHI A, 2001, MATER TRANS, V42, P1435
    TANG MB, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P901
    TURNBULL D, 1969, CONTEMP PHYS, V10, P473
    WANG D, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P4029
    WANG WH, 2004, MAT SCI ENG R, V44, P45
    XIA L, UNPUB
    XU DH, 2004, ACTA MATER, V52, P2621
 NR 23
 TC 1
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD JAN 15
 PY 2006
 VL 99
 IS 2
 AR 026103
 DI ARTN 026103
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 008BH
 UT ISI:000235014700106
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Dai, JZ
    Miao, HK
 TI D_DIPS: An intrusion prevention system for database security
 SO INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY, PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB There is a growing security concern on the increasing number of
    databases that are accessible through the Internet because a variety of
    attacks do succeed to fool the existed database protection mechanisms
    in many applications. Defense-in-depth strategies like intrusion
    prevention is urgently needed for database security. Most of research
    on intrusion prevention focuses on preventing attacks on operating
    systems and computer networks. Few efforts have been put on database
    intrusion prevention. Design and implementation of a database intrusion
    prevention system D-DIPS is presented. The goal of D-DIPS is to detect
    attacks caused by malicious transactions and cancel them timely before
    they succeed. The D-DIPS prototype shows D-DIPS can detect and stop
    attacks of malicious transaction in real time with low false alarm rate.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Comp Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Dai, JZ, Shanghai Univ, Coll Comp Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples
    R China.
 EM daijz@staff.shu.edu.cn
    hkmiao@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR AMANN P, 1999, P 3 INT IFIP TC 11 W, P159
    CHOLTER L, 2002, P DARPA ACT NETW C E, P182
    INGSRISWANG S, 2001, APPL AWARE TRANSACTI
    JANAKIRAMAN R, 2003, P 12 INT WETICE 03 W, P226
    LEE SY, 2002, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V2502, P264
    LEE V, 2000, P 6 IEEE S REAL TIM, P14
    LOW WL, 2002, P 4 INT C ENT INF SY
    MATTSSON UT, REAL TIME INTRUSION
    MATTSSON UT, 2004, MANAGEMENT INFORM SY, P263
    MATTSSON UT, 2004, P 3 IASTED INT C COM, P189
    RYUTOV T, 2003, IEEE T PARALL DISTR, V14, P841
    SEKAR R, 1999, P 8 USENIZ SEC S WAS
    SHUN WH, 2001, P IEEE COMP SOC INT, P249
    STEVENS J, 2003, P 17 INT C ADV INF N, P704
    STOLFO S, 1997, P AAAI WORKSH AI APP
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2005
 VL 3783
 BP 481
 EP 490
 PG 10
 GA BDQ16
 UT ISI:000234857600040
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Luo, XF
 TI Knowledge acquisition based on the global concept of Fuzzy Cognitive
    Maps
 SO GRID AND COOPERATIVE COMPUTING - GCC 2005, PROCEEDINGS
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 ID SYSTEMS
 AB Combination of prior knowledge and implicit knowledge hidden in the
    data of system can enhance the quality of information services in
    Knowledge Grid. Fuzzy Cognitive Maps (FCMs) are constructed by experts
    using prior knowledge and do not acquire the implicit knowledge from
    the data of systems directly, which may distort the dynamical behaviour
    of information services systems in which knowledge representation and
    reasoning are based on FCMs. We propose a global concept of FCMs method
    to acquire implicit knowledge and modify the false knowledge maybe done
    by experts from the data of system. Experiments show that this method
    can acquire the implicit knowledge from the data of system and modify
    the false knowledge hidden in FCMs, which makes the learned FCMs that
    acquire knowledge from the data of system more natural than the FCMs
    constructed by experts to emulate intelligent information services
    behaviors in Knowledge Grid.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Grid Res Lab, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    E Inst Shanghai High Educ Grid, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Luo, XF, Shanghai Univ, Grid Res Lab, Dept Comp Sci & Engn, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM luoxiangfeng@163.com
 CR DICKERSON JA, 1994, PRESENCE, V3, P173
    GROUMPOS PP, 2000, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V11, P329
    LIU ZQ, 1999, IEEE T FUZZY SYST, V7, P495
    NOHA JB, 2000, EXPERT SYSTEMS APPL, V19, P249
    ZHUGE H, 2004, IEEE INTELL SYST, V19, P13
    ZHUGE H, 2005, J COMPUT SCI TECHNOL, V20, P289
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2005
 VL 3795
 BP 579
 EP 584
 PG 6
 GA BDQ17
 UT ISI:000234857700075
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tornero, V
    Borrell, A
    Aguilar, A
    Forcada, J
    Lockyer, C
 TI Organochlorine contaminant and retinoid levels in blubber of common
    dolphins (Delphinus delphis) off northwestern Spain
 SO ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION
 DT Article
 DE retinoids; common dolphin; organochlorine; blubber; biomarker
 ID BOTTLE-NOSED DOLPHINS; SEAL PHOCA-VITULINA; VITAMIN-A PHYSIOLOGY; MINK
    MUSTELA-VISON; OTTERS LUTRA-LUTRA; HALICHOERUS-GRYPUS; MARINE MAMMALS;
    POLYCHLORINATED-BIPHENYLS; TURSIOPS-TRUNCATUS; FRACTIONS THEREOF
 AB The effect of age, sex, nutritive condition and organochlorine
    concentration on blubber retinoid concentrations was examined in 74
    common dolphins incidentally caught off northwestern Spain. Age and
    blubber lipid content were strong determinants of the retinoid
    concentrations in males, while these variables did not account for the
    variation found in females. Retinoids were positively correlated with
    organochlorines in males and negatively in females. However, pollution
    levels were moderate and likely to be below threshold levels above that
    a toxicological response is to be expected. Thus, a cause-effect
    relationship between organochlorine and retinoid concentrations could
    not be properly established, and the observed correlation may be the
    result of an independent association of the two variables with age.
    Further research on the influence of the best predictor variables on
    retinoid dynamics is required to implement the use of retinoids as
    biomarkers of pollutant exposure in cetaceans. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd.
    All rights reserved.
 C1 Univ Barcelona, Fac Biol, Dept Anim Biol Vertebrated, Barcelona 08071, Spain.
    British Antarctic Survey, NERC, Div Biol Sci, Cambridge CB3 0ET, England.
    Age Dynam, DK-2800 Lyngby, Denmark.
 RP Tornero, V, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, 516 Jungong Rd,
    Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 EM victoriatornero@ub.edu
 CR *NRC, 1989, BIOL MARK REPR TOX
    ADDISON RF, 1989, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V46, P360
    AGUILAR A, 1990, J MAMMAL, V71, P544
    AGUILAR A, 1994, NONDESTRUCTIVE BIOMA, P245
    AGUILAR A, 1994, SCI TOTAL ENVIRON, V154, P237
    AGUILAR A, 1999, J CETACEAN RES MANAG, P83
    BECKMEN KB, 1997, J WILDLIFE DIS, V33, P438
    BELAND P, 1993, J GREAT LAKES RES, V19, P766
    BERNARD HJ, 1989, J MAMMAL, V70, P211
    BLOMHOFF R, 1992, ANNU REV NUTR, V12, P37
    BLOMHOFF R, 1994, VITAMIN A HLTH DIS, P1
    BORRELL A, 1999, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V185, P85
    BORRELL A, 2002, J CETACEAN RES MANAG, V4, P203
    BROUWER A, 1989, AQUAT TOXICOL, V15, P99
    BROUWER A, 1989, TOXICOLOGY, V58, P267
    BRUNSTROM B, 1991, PHARMACOL TOXICOL, V69, P421
    BURNHAM KP, 2002, MODEL SELECTION MULT
    CALABRESE EJ, 2003, NATURE, V421, P691
    CHU I, 1995, FUND APPL TOXICOL, V26, P282
    CHU I, 1998, J APPL TOXICOL, V18, P285
    COLLINS FS, 1998, GENET MED, V1, P3
    DEBIER C, 2002, CAN J ZOOL, V80, P1262
    DESWART RL, 1994, AMBIO, V23, P155
    DESWART RL, 1995, INFECT AGENT DIS, V4, P125
    FLETCHER N, 2001, TOXICOL SCI, V62, P166
    HAKANSSON H, 1992, AMBIO, V21, P588
    HANSEN LJ, 2004, SCI TOTAL ENVIRON, V319, P147
    JENSSEN BM, 1995, WHALES SEALS FISH MA, P607
    JENSSEN BM, 2003, ENVIRON RES, V93, P79
    KAKELA R, 1997, COMP BIOCHEM PHYS B, V116, P27
    KAKELA R, 1999, ENVIRON TOXICOL CHEM, V18, P2595
    KELLEY SK, 1998, TOXICOL SCI, V44, P1
    KRAHN MM, 2003, J CETACEAN RES MANAG, V5, P103
    KRASINSKI SD, 1990, J CLIN INVEST, V85, P883
    LAHVIS GP, 1995, ENVIRON HEALTH PERSP, V103, P62
    LEONARDS PEG, 1996, DEV OTTER BASED QUAL, P47
    LOCKYER C, 1995, REP INT WHAL COMM SP, V16, P189
    LOCKYER C, 1995, REP INT WHALING COMM, V16, P511
    MAIANI G, 1989, EUR J CLIN NUTR, V43, P749
    MARTINEAU D, 1987, ARCH ENVIRON CON TOX, V16, P137
    MOS L, 2002, CAN J ZOOL, V80, P1511
    MURK AJ, 1998, ENVIRON TOXICOL PHAR, V6, P91
    MURPHY PG, 1972, J ASSOC OFF ANA CHEM, V55, P1360
    NILSSON CB, 2000, TOXICOL APPL PHARM, V169, P121
    NYMAN M, 2003, MAR ENVIRON RES, V55, P73
    OSHEA TJ, 2001, ECOTOXICOLOGY WILD M, P427
    PEAKALL B, 1992, ECOTOXICOLOGICAL SER, V1
    ROLLAND RM, 2000, J WILDLIFE DIS, V36, P615
    ROSS SA, 2000, PHYSIOL REV, V80, P1021
    SCHWACKE LH, 2002, ENVIRON TOXICOL CHEM, V21, P2752
    SCHWEIGERT FJ, 1987, INT J VITAM NUTR RES, V57, P239
    SCHWEIGERT FJ, 1994, COMP BIOCH PHYSL C, V109, P11
    SCHWEIGERT FJ, 2002, COMP BIOCHEM PHYS A, V131, P901
    SIMMS W, 2000, ENVIRON TOXICOL CHEM, V19, P2844
    SIMMS W, 2000, TOXICOL IND HEALTH, V16, P291
    SIMPSON VR, 2000, ENVIRON POLLUT, V110, P267
    SKAARE JU, 2001, J TOXICOL ENV HEAL A, V62, P227
    SPORN MB, 1994, RETINOIDS
    TANABE S, 1988, MAR MAMMAL SCI, V4, P103
    TANABE S, 2002, MAR POLLUT BULL, V45, P69
    THOMPSON JN, 1976, COMP ANIM NUTRIT, V1, P99
    TORNERO V, 2004, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V280, P275
    TORNERO V, 2005, J ENVIRON MONITOR, V7, P109
    WOLF G, 1984, PHYSIOL REV, V64, P873
    ZILE MH, 1992, P SOC EXP BIOL MED, V201, P141
 NR 65
 TC 0
 SN 0269-7491
 J9 ENVIRON POLLUT
 JI Environ. Pollut.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 140
 IS 2
 BP 312
 EP 321
 PG 10
 SC Environmental Sciences
 GA 009ST
 UT ISI:000235133700013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CX
    Qu, WL
 TI Optimum properties of multiple tuned mass dampers for reduction of
    translational and torsional response of structures subject to ground
    acceleration
 SO ENGINEERING STRUCTURES
 DT Article
 DE vibration control; damping; multiple tuned mass dampers (MTMD);
    asymmetric structures; ground acceleration; torsional to translational
    frequency ratio (TTFR); normalized eccentricity ratio (NER); frequency
    response curves
 ID LONG-SPAN BRIDGES; ABSORBER PARAMETERS; BUFFETING RESPONSE; DESIGN
    FORMULAS; VIBRATION; SYSTEM; PERFORMANCE; BUILDINGS; OSCILLATIONS;
    EXCITATION
 AB The application of multiple tuned mass dampers (MTMD) with identical
    stiffness and damping coefficient but different mass for suppressing
    translational and torsional responses is discussed for a simplified
    two-degree-of-freedom (2DOF) structure, able to represent the dynamic
    characteristics of general asymmetric structures subject to ground
    motions. This 2DOF structure is a generalized 2DOF system of an
    asymmetric structure with predominant translational and torsional
    responses under earthquake excitations using the mode reduced-order
    method. Depending on the ratio of the torsional to the translational
    eigenfrequency, i.e. the torsional to translational frequency ratio
    (TTFR), of asymmetric structures, the following cases can be
    distinguished: (1) torsionally flexible structures (TTFR < 1.0), (2)
    torsionally intermediate stiff structures (TTFR = 1.0), and (3)
    torsionally stiff structures (TTFR > 1.0). Taking into account the even
    placement of the MTMD within the width of the asymmetric structure, a
    careful examination of the effects of the normalized eccentricity ratio
    (NER) on the performance of the MTMD are carried out with resort to the
    provided analytical expressions for the dynamic magnification factors
    (DMF) of both the translational and torsional responses of the
    asymmetric structure. Extensive numerical simulations have been
    performed to accurately estimate the dynamic characteristics of the
    MTMD for asymmetric structures subject to ground acceleration. In the
    simulations, the dimensionless DMF parameters, bounded between zero and
    unity, are used as the formal indexes estimating the effectiveness of
    the MTMD in reducing both the translational and torsional responses of
    the asymmetric structure. A new basic result is that the NER affects
    significantly the performance of the MTMD for both torsionally flexible
    and torsionally intermediate stiff structures; while the influence of
    the NER is rather negligible on the performance of the MTMD for
    torsionally stiff structures, thus implying that in such a case the
    MTMD may be designed by ignoring the effects of torsional coupling.
    Likewise, the effectiveness and robustness of the MTMD strategies with
    different layouts are also investigated and demonstrated for the case
    of mitigating the torsional response of asymmetric structures, thus
    providing valuable guidance for the MTMD design, Furthermore, the
    frequency response curves of asymmetric structures without and with
    both the optimum MTMD and TMD are plotted for the three cases of TTFR
    as well, consequently obtaining some very useful results. (C) 2005
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Wuhan Univ Technol, Inst Civil Engn & Architecture, Wuhan 430070, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM li-chunxiang@vip.sina.com
 CR ABE M, 1994, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V23, P813
    AHLAWAT AS, 2003, ENG STRUCT, V25, P941
    ARFIADI Y, 2000, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V29, P377
    AYORINDE EO, 1980, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V8, P219
    BROCK JE, 1946, J APPL MECH, V13, A284
    CHEN G, 2003, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V32, P793
    DENHARTOG JP, 1956, MECH VIBRATIONS
    FUJINO YZ, 1993, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V22, P833
    GU M, 1992, J WIND ENG IND AEROD, V42, P1383
    GU M, 2001, J WIND ENG IND AEROD, V89, P987
    HOANG N, 2005, EARTHQ ENG STRUCT D, V34, P125
    IGUSA T, 1994, J SOUND VIB, V175, P491
    IWANAMI K, 1984, P JSME C, V50, P44
    JANGID RS, 1997, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V26, P307
    JANGID RS, 1999, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V28, P1041
    KAREEM A, 1995, J STRUCT ENG-ASCE, V121, P348
    KWON SD, 2004, J WIND ENG IND AEROD, V92, P919
    LI CX, 2000, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V29, P1405
    LI CX, 2002, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V31, P1041
    LI CX, 2002, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V31, P897
    LI CX, 2002, J STRUCT ENG-ASCE, V128, P1362
    LI CX, 2003, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V32, P671
    LI QS, 1999, WIND STRUCT, V2, P69
    LIN CC, 1999, ENG STRUCT, V21, P513
    LIN CC, 2005, J BRIDGE ENG, V10, P398
    LIN YY, 2000, ENG STRUCT, V22, P1195
    LUKKUNAPRASIT P, 2001, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V30, P537
    MACINANTE JA, 1984, SEISMIC MOUNTINGS VI
    PANSARE AP, 2003, WIND STRUCT, V6, P23
    PARK J, 2001, ENG STRUCT, V23, P802
    PINKAEW T, 2003, ENG STRUCT, V25, P39
    RANA R, 1998, ENG STRUCT, V20, P193
    SADEK F, 1997, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V26, P617
    SINGH MP, 2002, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V31, P749
    SOTOBRITO R, 1999, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V28, P1255
    THOMPSON AG, 1981, J SOUND VIB, V77, P403
    TSAI HC, 1993, EARTHQ ENG STRUCT D, V22, P957
    TSAI HC, 1993, J SOUND VIBRATION, V89, P385
    VILLAVERDE R, 1985, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V13, P33
    WANG JF, 2005, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V42, P5536
    WARBURTON GB, 1980, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V8, P197
    WARBURTON GB, 1981, EARTHQ ENG STRUCT D, V9, P251
    WARBURTON GB, 1982, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V10, P381
    XU KM, 1992, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V21, P1059
    XU YL, 1992, J WIND ENG IND AEROD, V40, P1
    XU YL, 1994, J STRUCT ENG-ASCE, V120, P747
    YAMAGUCHI H, 1993, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V22, P51
    YAU JD, 2004, ENG STRUCT, V26, P1795
    YAU JD, 2004, FINITE ELEM ANAL DES, V40, P341
 NR 49
 TC 0
 SN 0141-0296
 J9 ENG STRUCT
 JI Eng. Struct.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 28
 IS 4
 BP 472
 EP 494
 PG 23
 SC Engineering, Civil
 GA 009RY
 UT ISI:000235131300001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bao, BR
    Han, Y
    Cao, WG
    Yang, XC
    Chen, MQ
 TI Synthesis and crystal structure of dinitrate N,N '-didecanoylpiperazine
    uranyl(II)
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE N,N '-didecanoylpiperazine; crystal structure; synthesis; uranyl complex
 ID COMPLEXES; EXTRACTION
 AB The Complex UO2(DDPEZ)(NO3)2 has been prepared and characterized by IR
    spectroscopy and XPS spectra. The crystal structure of the complex has
    been determined by X-ray diffraction. The crystal belongs to Tri-clinic
    system and space group P (1) over bar, with cell parameters:
    a=0.6642(3) nm, b=0.8050(2) nm, c=1.5156(5) nm, alpha=
    104.39(2)degrees, beta=91.13(3)degrees, gamma=94.84(3)degrees, and
    V=0.7814(5) nm(3), Z=2, D-c=1676 kg center dot m(-3), mu(Mo K
    alpha)=0.071073 nm, F (000)=390, final R=0.0379 and wR=0.0917 for
    observed reflections [I>2 sigma(I)]. The results indicated that uranyl
    ion is coordinated with six oxygen atoms, four of them from two nitrate
    groups and two from carbonyl groups of different organic ligands. CCDC:
    284452.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Appl Phys Res Inst, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Res Ctr Struct & Measurement, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Han, Y, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM hanyang581@126.com
 CR BAO YZ, 1992, HEHUAXUE YU FANGSHE, P143
    CAO ZB, 1993, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C, V49, P1942
    CASELLATO U, 1983, INORG CHIM A-ARTICLE, V72, P141
    FLEMING JE, 1960, CHEM IND-LONDON, P1415
    GASPARIMMI GM, 1980, SEP SCI TECHNOL, V4, P825
    GREGG JL, 2000, INORG CHIM ACTA, V309, P103
    HAN JT, 2000, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V58, P1286
    HAN JT, 2000, THESIS CHINESE ACAD
    HE HL, 1993, HEHUAXUE YU FANGSHE, P12
    HE MJ, 1990, MACROMOLECULE PHYSIC
    HU LM, 2002, WUJI HAUXUE XUEBAO, V18, P924
    JARVINEN GD, 1987, INORG CHIM ACTA, V129, P139
    JIANG D, 1992, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V50, P1091
    MUSIKAS C, 1988, SEPAR SCI TECHNOL, V23, P1211
    PANATTONI C, 1969, INORG CHEM, V8, P320
    REYNOLDS JG, 1977, INORG CHEM, V16, P3357
    RYAN RR, 1987, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C, V43, P1295
    SHEN CH, 1993, HE JISHU, P42
    WANG HZ, 1993, ACTA CHIM SINICA, V51, P880
    XU GX, 1984, PRINCIPLES EXTRACTIO
    YANG XC, 2001, J RADIOANAL NUCL CH, V250, P573
    YANG XC, 2002, NUCL SCI TECHNICHES, V13, P125
    YANG XC, 2002, THESIS CHINESE ACAD
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 1001-4861
 J9 CHIN J INORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Inorg. Chem.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 22
 IS 2
 BP 351
 EP 354
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Inorganic & Nuclear
 GA 008QB
 UT ISI:000235054700031
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Kang, LY
    Cheng, TCE
    Ng, CT
    Zhao, M
 TI Scheduling to minimize makespan with time-dependent processing times
 SO ALGORITHMS AND COMPUTATION
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE makespan; fully polynomial approximation scheme; parallel machines
    scheduling
 ID LINEAR DETERIORATION; SINGLE-PROCESSOR; EXECUTION TIMES; JOBS
 AB In this paper we study the scheduling problem of minimizing makespan on
    identical parallel machines with time-dependent processing times, We
    first consider the problem with time-dependent processing times on two
    identical machines to minimize makespan, which is NP-hard. We give a
    fully polynomial-time approximation scheme for the problem.
    Furthermore, we generalize the result to the case with m machines.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Hong Kong Polytech Univ, Dept Logist, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Kang, LY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM 1ykang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BACHMAN A, 2000, EUR J OPER RES, V126, P557
    BACHMAN A, 2002, INFORM PROCESS LETT, V81, P81
    BEHZAD M, 1970, FUND MATH, V69, P227
    BROWNE S, 1990, OPER RES, V38, P495
    CHEN ZL, 1995, OPER RES LETT, V17, P127
    CHEN ZL, 1996, DISCRETE APPL MATH, V70, P81
    CHENG TCE, 2000, ACTA INFORM, V36, P673
    CHENG TCE, 2003, NAV RES LOG, V50, P531
    CHENG TCE, 2004, EUR J OPER RES, V152, P1
    CHENG TCE, 2004, J OPER RES SOC, V55, P198
    GRAHAM RL, 1979, ANN DISCRETE MATH, V5, P287
    GUPTA JND, 1988, COMPUT IND ENG, V14, P387
    GUPTA SK, 1987, OMEGA-INT J MANAGE S, V15, P323
    HO KIJ, 1993, INFORM PROCESS LETT, V48, P315
    KOVALYOV MY, 1998, J HEURISTICS, V3, P287
    MOSHEIOV G, 1998, INFOR, V36, P205
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2005
 VL 3827
 BP 925
 EP 933
 PG 9
 GA BDQ35
 UT ISI:000234885900092
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, BX
    Yu, JY
    Xu, DJ
 TI 2,2 '-Diamino-4,4 '-bi-1,3-thiazole-kappa N-2,N ')bis(glycinato-kappa
    N-2,O) nickel(II) dihydrate
 SO ACTA CRYSTALLOGRAPHICA SECTION E-STRUCTURE REPORTS ONLINE
 DT Article
 AB In the crystal structure of the title compound, [Ni(C2H4NO2)(2)(
    C6H6N4S2)]center dot 2H(2)O, the Ni-II atom is located on a twofold
    axis and is coordinated by a diaminobithiazole ligand and two glycinate
    anions in a distorted octahedral geometry. The glycinate anions chelate
    to the Ni-II atom through the amino N and carboxyl O atoms, and display
    an envelope conformation. Hydrogen bonding consolidates the crystal
    structure.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, DJ, Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou, Peoples R China.
 EM xudj@mail.hz.zj.cn
 CR *RIG MSC, 2002, CRYST STRUCT VERS 3
    ALTOMARE A, 1993, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V26, P343
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1997, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V30, P565
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P837
    HIGASHI T, 1995, ABSCOR
    LIU BX, 2004, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C 3, V60, M137
    RIGAKU, 1998, PROCESS AUTO
    SHELDRICK GM, 1997, SHELXL97
    SUN WL, 1997, J APPL POLYM SCI, V64, P2309
    YU JY, 2005, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR E, V61, E2232
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1600-5368
 J9 ACTA CRYSTALLOGR E-STRUCT REP
 JI Acta Crystallogr. Sect. E.-Struct Rep. Online
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 62
 PN Part 2
 BP M222
 EP M223
 PG 2
 SC Crystallography
 GA 008IN
 UT ISI:000235033700021
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, BX
    Yu, JY
    Xu, DJ
 TI Bis(2-anilinobenzoato-kappa O)diaqua(2,2 '-diamino-4,4
    '-bi-1,3-thiazole-kappa N-2(1),N-1)magnesium(II)
 SO ACTA CRYSTALLOGRAPHICA SECTION E-STRUCTURE REPORTS ONLINE
 DT Article
 AB In the title complex, [Mg(C13H10NO2)(2)(C6H6N4S2)(H2O)(2)], the Mg-II
    ion is coordinated by two 2-anilinobenzoate anions, two water molecules
    and an 2-anilinobenzoate molecule in a distorted octahedral geometry.
    The two thiazole rings in the diaminobithiazole molecule are nearly
    coplanar, with a dihedral angle of 3.88 (17)degrees. The two benzene
    rings in each 2-anilinobenzoate anion are twisted with respect to each
    other, the dihedral angles being 56.32 (12) and 45.68 (12)degrees in
    the two anions.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, DJ, Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou, Peoples R China.
 EM xudj@mail.hz.zj.cn
 CR *RIG MSC, 2002, CRY VERS 3 00
    *RIG, 1998, PROCESS AUTO
    ALTOMARE A, 1993, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V26, P343
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1997, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V30, P565
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P837
    HIGASHI T, 1995, ABSCOR
    LIU BX, 2005, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR  11, V61, M2291
    LIU JG, 2001, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C 4, V57, P354
    SHELDRICK GM, 1997, SHELXL97
    SUN WL, 1997, J APPL POLYM SCI, V64, P2309
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1600-5368
 J9 ACTA CRYSTALLOGR E-STRUCT REP
 JI Acta Crystallogr. Sect. E.-Struct Rep. Online
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 62
 PN Part 2
 BP M231
 EP M232
 PG 2
 SC Crystallography
 GA 008IN
 UT ISI:000235033700025
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cheng, YM
    Peng, MJ
 TI Boundary element-free method for elastodynamics
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES G-PHYSICS MECHANICS & ASTRONOMY
 DT Article
 DE moving least-square approximation; improved moving least-square
    approximation; elastodynamics; boundary integral equation; meshless
    method; boundary element-free method; Fourier eigen transform
 ID INTEGRAL-EQUATION LBIE; NODE METHOD; LINEAR ELASTICITY
 AB The moving least-square approximation is discussed first. Sometimes the
    method can form an ill-conditioned equation system, and thus the
    solution cannot be obtained correctly. A Hilbert space is presented on
    which an orthogonal function system mixed a weight function is defined.
    Next the improved moving least-square approximation is discussed in
    detail. The improved method has higher computational efficiency and
    precision than the old method, and cannot form an ill-conditioned
    equation system. A boundary element-free method (BEFM) for
    elastodynamics problems is presented by combining the boundary integral
    equation method for elastodynamics and the improved moving least-square
    approximation. The boundary element-free method is a meshless method of
    boundary integral equation and is a direct numerical method compared
    with others, in which the basic unknowns are the real solutions of the
    nodal variables and the boundary conditions can be applied easily. The
    boundary element-free method has a higher computational efficiency and
    precision. In addition, the numerical procedure of the boundary
    element-free method for elastodynamics problems is presented in this
    paper. Finally, some numerical examples are given.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Cheng, YM, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM ymcheng@sh163.net
 CR ATLURI SN, 2000, COMPUT MECH, V25, P180
    BELYTSCHKO T, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P3
    CHATI MK, 1999, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V46, P1163
    CHATI MK, 2000, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V47, P1523
    CHEN ST, 1987, CHINESE J APPL MECH, V4, P33
    CHENG Y, 2003, ACTA MECH SINICA, V35, P181
    JI X, 1997, ADV BOUNDARY ELEMENT
    KOTHNUR VS, 1999, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V36, P1129
    LI S, 2002, APPL MECH REV, V55, P1
    MUKHERJEE YX, 1997, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V40, P797
    ZHANG JM, 2002, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V53, P751
    ZHU TL, 1999, ENG ANAL BOUND ELEM, V23, P375
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1672-1799
 J9 SCI CHINA SER G
 JI Sci. China Ser. G-Phys. Mech. Astron.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 48
 IS 6
 BP 641
 EP 657
 PG 17
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 008AR
 UT ISI:000235013100001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Gao, YL
    Guan, WB
    Zhai, QJ
    Xu, KD
 TI Study on undercooling of metal droplet in rapid solidification
 SO SCIENCE IN CHINA SERIES E-ENGINEERING & MATERIALS SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE droplet; rapid solidification; relative undercooling; impact factor
 ID ALLOY; NUCLEATION; BEHAVIOR; SI
 AB A mathematical model for the undercooling of the metal droplet during
    the rapid solidification is established, by which the factors that
    influence the undercooling of the metal droplet during the rapid
    solidification are analyzed, and the parameter
    zeta=sigma(SL)(3)/(T(L)Delta H-2) is defined as the impact factor of
    the undercooling for the droplet solidification. Different
    undercoolings of droplets induced by various rapid solidification
    conditions are mainly ascribed to the change of the impact factor.
    Moreover, it is shown that the larger of zeta the higher the relative
    undercooling can be gained. Meanwhile, the parameters such as
    solid-liquid interfacial energy sigma(SL) and latent heat of
    solidification Delta H also vary with the rapid solidification
    conditions of droplets.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhai, QJ, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM qjzhai@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BISWAS K, 2004, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V375, P464
    BUSCH R, 1995, ACTA METALL MATER, V43, P3467
    CHUNG M, 2001, INT J HEAT MASS TRAN, V44, P605
    HU HQ, 2000, PRINCIPLES METAL SOL
    IEHINOSE N, 1992, SUPERFINE PARTICLE T
    JIAN ZY, 2000, SCI CHINA SER E, V43, P113
    KURZ W, 1989, FUNDAMENTALS SOLIDIF
    LI Q, 2004, SCI CHINA SER G, V34, P241
    LIU RP, 2001, ACTA MATER, V49, P439
    LIU Y, 2001, SCI TECHNOL ADV MAT, V2, P181
    PEREPEZKO JH, 1984, MATER SCI ENG, V65, P125
    PEREPEZKO JH, 2002, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V326, P144
    TURNBULL D, 1950, J APPL PHYS, V21, P1022
    VOLKMANN T, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V83, P3028
    WANG N, 2001, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V307, P80
    YAO WJ, 2002, J MATER SCI LETT, V21, P357
    YAO WJ, 2003, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V344, P10
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 1006-9321
 J9 SCI CHINA SER E
 JI Sci. China Ser. E-Eng. Mater. Sci.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 48
 IS 6
 BP 632
 EP 637
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 006BN
 UT ISI:000234870200004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CP
    Deng, WH
    Xu, D
 TI Chaos synchronization of the Chua system with a fractional order
 SO PHYSICA A-STATISTICAL MECHANICS AND ITS APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE synchronization; fractional order; Chua system
 ID CHENS SYSTEM
 AB Chaos synchronization of two identical Chua systems with the same
    fractional order is studied by utilizing the Pecora-Carroll (PC)
    method, the active-passive decomposition (PAD) method, the one-way
    coupling method and the bidirectional coupling one. The sufficient
    conditions for achieving synchronization between these two systems are
    derived via the Laplace transformation theory. Numerical simulations
    show the effectiveness of the theoretical analyses. (c) 2005 Elsevier
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Lanzhou Univ, Sch Math & Stat, Lanzhou 730000, Peoples R China.
    Nanyang Technol Univ, Div Engn Mech, Sch Mech & Aerosp Engn, Singapore 639798, Singapore.
 RP Li, CP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM leecp@online.sh.cn
 CR ARENA P, 1997, P ECCTD TU BUD BUD S, P1259
    BOCCALETTI S, 2002, PHYS REP, V366, P1
    BUTZER PL, 2000, INTRO FRACTIONAL CAL
    CAPUTO M, 1967, GEOPHYS J ROY ASTRON, V13, P529
    CHEN GR, 1999, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V9, P1465
    DENG WH, 2005, J PHYS SOC JPN, V74, P1645
    DENG WH, 2005, PHYSICA A, V353, P61
    DIETHELM K, 2002, NONLINEAR DYNAM, V29, P3
    DIETHELM K, 2004, NUMER ALGORITHMS, V36, P31
    HARTLEY TT, 1995, IEEE T CIRCUITS-I, V42, P485
    HILFER R, 2001, APPL FRACTIONAL CALC
    KENNETH SM, 1993, INTRO FRACTIONAL CAL
    LI CP, 2003, INT J BIFURCAT CHAOS, V13, P1609
    LI CP, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P443
    MADAN RK, 1993, CHUAS CIRCUITS PARAD
    MATIGNON D, 1996, COMPUTATIONAL ENG SY, V2, P963
    MUTH EJ, 1977, TRANSFORM METHODS AP
    OUTSLAOUP A, 1983, SYSTEMS ASSERVIS ORD
    PECORA LM, 1990, PHYS REV LETT, V64, P821
    ROSS R, 1974, LECT NOTES MATH
    YAN JP, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1683
 NR 21
 TC 1
 SN 0378-4371
 J9 PHYSICA A
 JI Physica A
 PD FEB 1
 PY 2006
 VL 360
 IS 2
 BP 171
 EP 185
 PG 15
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 007OZ
 UT ISI:000234980300003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, GH
    Shen, J
    Zhang, ZJ
    Hua, ZY
    Tang, SH
 TI Ultrafast all-optical switching in one-dimensional photonic crystal
    with two defects
 SO OPTICS EXPRESS
 DT Article
 ID NONLINEAR PERIODIC STRUCTURES; WAVE-GUIDE STRUCTURE; ENHANCEMENT;
    STATES; ABSORPTION; SOLITONS; MODES; LAYER
 AB One-dimensional (1D) photonic crystals (PC) containing two-layer CdS
    defects are proposed and fabricated by using electron beam evaporation.
    Ultrafast nonlinear optical responses were characterized with the
    ultrafast pump-probe method in both time and spectral domains.
    Two-photon absorption coefficient enhancement and pump-beam-induced
    defect mode shift were reported. Both effects are attributed to the
    light localization in the defect layer of the multilayer structures.
    Our results demonstrated that defective photonic crystals are good
    candidates for fabrication of ultrafast all-optical switching devices.
    (c) 2006 Optical Society of America.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Natl Univ Singapore, Dept Phys, Singapore 119260, Singapore.
 RP Ma, GH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 Shangda Rd, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 EM ghma@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BIEBER AE, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P3401
    BROWN TG, 1998, OPT EXPRESS, V3, P385
    CHEN W, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P160
    DANLAERT J, 1991, PHYS REV B, V44, P8214
    HATTORI T, 1997, J OPT SOC AM B, V14, P348
    HUANG XQ, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P1721
    KRAUSS TD, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P1739
    LAI YC, 2003, OPT LETT, V28, P2446
    LARCIPRETE MC, 2003, J APPL PHYS, V93, P5013
    MA GH, 2004, OPT LETT, V29, P1769
    MA GH, 2005, APPL PHYS B-LASERS O, V80, P359
    MATIAS IR, 2003, OPT LETT, V28, P1099
    MILLER A, 1995, NONLINEAR OPTICAL MA
    NEMEC H, 2004, J OPT SOC AM B, V21, P548
    OZAKI R, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P1844
    QIN Q, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V82, P4654
    RADIC S, 1994, OPT LETT, V19, P1789
    SANKEY ND, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V60, P1427
    SCALORA M, 1994, PHYS REV LETT, V73, P1368
    SCHNEIDER GJ, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V83, P5350
    SENYUK BI, 2005, OPT LETT, V30, P349
    TSURUMACHI N, 1999, JPN J APPL PHYS 1, V38, P6302
    WILD B, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P846
    WINFUL HG, 1979, APPL PHYS LETT, V35, P379
    YABLONOVITCH E, 1987, PHYS REV LETT, V58, P2059
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 1094-4087
 J9 OPT EXPRESS
 JI Opt. Express
 PD JAN 23
 PY 2006
 VL 14
 IS 2
 BP 858
 EP 865
 PG 8
 SC Optics
 GA 008AG
 UT ISI:000235012000046
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, S
    Zi, HW
 TI Absorption efficiency of graded-index double-clad fiber
 SO OPTICAL ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE pump absorption; double-clad fibers; graded-index multimode fibers
 ID CIRCULAR SYMMETRY; PUMP ABSORPTION; AMPLIFIERS
 AB The absorption efficiency of graded-index double-clad fiber lasers and
    amplifiers is investigated. As ray optics are no longer valid in the
    case of a graded index, a mode analysis method is used. The calculated
    results show that, in symmetric cases, absorption efficiency is higher
    with graded index than that with step index. In the case of an offset
    core, graded index can achieve the same absorption efficiency with a
    much smaller offset distance. Absorption efficiency for different
    graded-index profiles of the inner cladding is also studied and
    compared. (c) 2005 Society of Photo-Optical Instrumentation Engineers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, S, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zhwang@mail.shu.edu.ch
 CR CHERNIKOV SV, 1997, OPT LETT, V22, P298
    DOYA V, 2001, OPT LETT, V26, P872
    GLOGE D, 1975, IEEE T           MTT, V23, P106
    KOUZNETSOV D, 2001, J OPT SOC AM B, V18, P743
    KOUZNETSOV D, 2002, J OPT SOC AM B, V19, P1259
    LIU AP, 1996, OPT COMMUN, V132, P511
    MARCUSE D, 1974, THEORY DIELECTIC OPT
    MUENDEL MH, 1996, CLEO 96, P209
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0091-3286
 J9 OPT ENG
 JI Opt. Eng.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 44
 IS 12
 AR 125002
 DI ARTN 125002
 PG 4
 SC Optics
 GA 006LE
 UT ISI:000234898200019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, WH
    Wei, BC
    Zhang, TH
    Zhang, LC
    Dong, YD
 TI Mechanical behavior of Zr65Al10Ni10Cu15 and Zr52.5Al10Ni10Cu15Be12.5
    bulk metallic glasses
 SO MATERIALS TRANSACTIONS
 DT Article
 DE bulk metallic glass; mechanical property; shear band; nanoindentation
 ID SUPERCOOLED LIQUID REGION; AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; SERRATED FLOW;
    NANOINDENTATION; DEFORMATION
 AB The thermal stability and the mechanical behavior of Zr65Al10Ni10Cu15
    and Zr52.5Al10Ni10Cu15Be12.5 bulk metallic glasses (BMGs) were
    investigated by differential scanning calorimetry, uniaxial compressive
    test, ultrasonic method, and nanoindentation. The substitution of Zr by
    Be significantly improved the thermal stability of the amorphous phase,
    exhibited by a wide supercooled liquid region of 116 K. The Be
    containing BMG exhibited a compressive strength of 1780 MPa, and in
    particular a high plastic strain of about 6%. The simultaneous
    operation of multiple shear bands during plastic deformation in
    Zr52.5Al10Ni10Cu15.5 BMG is proved by the less pronounced serrated flow
    during the loading process in the compression and nanoindentation, as
    well as the fracture surface morphologies. A high Debye temperature
    derived from the ultrasonic measurements indicates a condensed atomic
    arrangement in the Be containing BMG, and may responsible for the high
    thermal stability.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, Natl Micrograv Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, State Key Lab Nonlinear Mech, LNM, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, BC, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, Natl Micrograv Lab, Beijing
    100080, Peoples R China.
 EM weibc@imech.ac.cn
 CR CHOIYIM H, 1997, APPL PHYS LETT, V71, P3808
    FAN C, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P341
    INOUE A, 1990, MATER T JIM, V31, P177
    INOUE A, 1993, MATER T JIM, V34, P1234
    INOUE A, 1995, MATER T JIM, V36, P866
    INOUE A, 2000, ACTA MATER, V48, P279
    JIANG WH, 2003, J MATER RES, V18, P755
    JOHNSON WL, 1999, MRS BULL, V24, P42
    KATO H, 1996, INOUE MAT T JIM, V37, P70
    KAWAMURA Y, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P1208
    LIU LF, 2005, MATER CHEM PHYS, V93, P174
    NIEH TG, 2002, INTERMETALLICS, V10, P1177
    OLIVER WC, 1992, J MATER RES, V7, P1564
    PEKER A, 1993, APPL PHYS LETT, V63, P2342
    SCHROERS J, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V93
    SCHUH CA, 2003, ACTA MATER, V51, P87
    SPACPEN F, 1977, ACTA METALL, V25, P407
    WANG LM, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V77, P1147
    WANG WH, 2001, PHYS REV B, V63, P52204
    WEI BC, 2004, INTERMETALLICS, V12, P1239
    XIAO XS, 2003, J ALLOY COMPD, V351, P324
    XING LQ, 2001, PHYS REV B, V64
    ZHANG Y, 2000, MAT T JIM, V11, P1410
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 1345-9678
 J9 MATER TRANS
 JI Mater. Trans.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 46
 IS 12
 BP 2954
 EP 2958
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 005TK
 UT ISI:000234846500071
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, DS
    Shi, LY
    Fang, JH
    Dai, K
    Liu, JQ
 TI Influence of carbonization of hot-pressed carbon nanotube electrodes on
    removal of NaCl from saltwater solution
 SO MATERIALS CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE carbon nanotubes; hot-pressed; carbonization; desalination
 ID CAPACITORS
 AB Carbon nanotubes (CNTs) were hot-pressed as the electrodes of
    flow-through capacitor (FTC), which were used to remove NaCl from
    saltwater solution. The electrodes, obtained by hot-pressing CNTs with
    at least 20% phenolic resin (PR) binders, were investigated with
    battery-testing, nitrogen adsorption, scanning electron microscopy
    (SEM), atomic force microscope (AFM) and water contact angle. The
    results showed that the binders deteriorated the performance of the
    electrodes, and carbonization improved removal of NaCl from saltwater
    solution, with the efficiency up to 90%. After the electrodes being
    carbonized, many new pores were created on the surface; the specific
    surface area highly increased; the equivalent resistance greatly
    decreased; the hydrophilicity highly increased; the specific
    capacitance tremendously increased; thus, removal efficiency highly
    increased. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, DS, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200444, Peoples
    R China.
 EM dengsongzh@163.com
 CR ANDELMAN M, 1993, 5192432, US
    ANDELMAN MD, 1998, FILTER SEPERAT, V35, P345
    DEMIRCIOGLU M, 2003, DESALINATION, V153, P329
    ELSAYED YM, 1999, DESALINATION, V125, P251
    FRACKOWIAK E, 2002, CHEM PHYS LETT, V361, P35
    GRUNDISCH A, 2001, DESALINATION, V138, P223
    MA RZ, 1999, J POWER SOURCES, V84, P126
    NISHINO A, 1996, J POWER SOURCES, V60, P137
    NOACK A, 2002, 1003457, DE
    ODA H, 2003, CARBON, V41, P1037
    REDDY BC, 1997, DESALINATION, V113, P27
    SEMIAT R, 2001, DESALINATION, V140, P27
    SHI L, 2003, 1463927, CN
    ZHANG DS, IN PRESS APPL MEMBR
    ZHANG DS, 2005, J FUNCT MAT, V36, P282
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0254-0584
 J9 MATER CHEM PHYS
 JI Mater. Chem. Phys.
 PD MAR 10
 PY 2006
 VL 96
 IS 1
 BP 140
 EP 144
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 007RD
 UT ISI:000234986200023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hou, JM
    Tian, LJ
 TI Excitation spectrum of spin-1 bosonic atoms in Mott insulating phase
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE collective excitations; optical lattice; Mott-insulating phase; spinor
    atoms
 ID OPTICAL LATTICE
 AB The effective action for spin-1 bosonic atom in an optical lattice is
    derived. The quasiparticle and quasihole dispersions are calculated for
    different cases by using a functional integral formalism, For all
    cases, the excitation spectra are analyzed. All the quasiparticle and
    quasihole excitations start with a gap.
 C1 SE Univ, Dept Phys, Nanjing 210096, Peoples R China.
    Nankai Univ, Div Theoret Phys, Nankai Inst Math, Tianjin 300071, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Hou, JM, SE Univ, Dept Phys, Nanjing 210096, Peoples R China.
 EM jmhou@eyou.com
 CR BENDAHAN M, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P4508
    CHEN GH, 2003, PHYS REV A, V67
    CHOI DI, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V82, P2022
    DEMLER E, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V88
    GREINER M, 2002, NATURE, V39, P415
    HOU JM, 2003, PHYS REV A, V67
    JAKSCH D, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P3108
    JIN S, 2004, PHYS REV A, V70
    MORSCH O, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V87
    VANOOSTEN D, 2001, PHYS REV A, V63
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 45
 IS 1
 BP 87
 EP 94
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 007BO
 UT ISI:000234942700017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhu, HP
    Zheng, CL
    Fang, JP
 TI Exact solution to (1+1)-dimensional higher-order Schrodinger equation
    via an extended mapping approach
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE extended mapping approach; Schrodinger equation; exact solution
 ID MULTISCALE REDUCTION; BOUSSINESQ EQUATION; SYSTEM; SOLITONS; MODELS;
    PDES
 AB Starting from a special variable transformation and with the help of an
    extended mapping approach, the high-order Schrodinger equation (n =
    3,4) is solved. A new family of variable separation solutions with
    arbitrary functions is derived.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Zheng, CL, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Dept Phys, Lishui 323000, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zjclzheng@ayahoo.com.cn
 CR CALOGERO F, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P6399
    CALOGERO F, 2001, J MATH PHYS, V42, P2635
    FANG JP, 2005, Z NATURFORSCH A, V60, P245
    GARDNER CS, 1967, PHYS REV LETT, V19, P1095
    HIROTA R, 1971, PHYS REV LETT, V27, P1192
    LOU SY, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V151, P133
    LOU SY, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V175, P23
    LOU SY, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P5027
    LOU SY, 1999, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V16, P659
    LOU SY, 2001, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V35, P589
    MATVEEV VB, 1991, DARBOUX TRANSFORMATI
    NIMMO JJC, 1992, PHYS LETT A, V168, P113
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E 2, V66
    VEROSKY JM, 1991, J MATH PHYS, V32, P1733
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V39, P9
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
    ZHENG CL, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P671
    ZHENG CL, 2004, J PHYS SOC JPN, V73, P293
    ZHENG CL, 2004, Z NATURFORSCH A, V59, P912
    ZHENG CL, 2005, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V43, P850
    ZHENG CL, 2005, SOLITONS FRACTALS, V23, P1741
    ZHENG CL, 2005, SOLITONS FRACTALS, V24, P1347
    ZHENG CL, 2005, SOLITONS FRACTALS, V26, P187
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 45
 IS 1
 BP 127
 EP 130
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 007BO
 UT ISI:000234942700024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Feng, W
    Ma, WS
 TI Group theory analysis of braided geometry structures
 SO CHINESE SCIENCE BULLETIN
 DT Article
 DE braided geometry structure; point symbol; plane group; space group;
    symmetry group analysis
 ID PLAIN WEAVE COMPOSITES; MICROSTRUCTURE; PREFORMS; MODEL
 AB The braided geometry structures are analyzed with point groups and
    space groups for which the continuous yarn of the braided preforms is
    segmented and expressed in some special symbols. All structures of
    braided material are described and classified with group theory, and
    new braiding methods are found. The group theory analysis lays the
    theoretical foundation for optimizing material performance.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200071, Peoples R China.
    Jiaozuo Univ, Dept Med & Elect Engn, Jiaozuo, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, WS, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200071,
    Peoples R China.
 EM mawensuo@jzu.cn
 CR BARBERO EJ, 2005, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V42, P489
    BYUN JH, 1991, J COMPOS MATER, V25, P1599
    CHEN L, 1999, COMPOS SCI TECHNOL, V59, P391
    LI JL, 2002, ACT MAT COMPOSITE SI, V19, P69
    LI W, 1990, J TEXT I, V81, P491
    LOEBL EM, 1968, GROUP THEORY ITS APP, P285
    MOURITZ AP, 1999, COMPOS PART A-APPL S, V30, P1445
    SRIRENGAN K, 1997, COMPOS STRUCT, V39, P145
    WANG RH, 1990, SYMMETRY GROUP CRYST
    WU DL, 1996, COMPOS SCI TECHNOL, V56, P225
    YANG JM, 1986, J COMPOS MATER, V20, P472
    ZEMAN J, 2004, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V41, P6549
 NR 12
 TC 0
 SN 1001-6538
 J9 CHIN SCI BULL
 JI Chin. Sci. Bull.
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 50
 IS 21
 BP 2529
 EP 2533
 PG 5
 SC Multidisciplinary Sciences
 GA 005ZW
 UT ISI:000234865900019
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Fu, JL
    Chen, LQ
    Chen, XW
 TI Momentum-dependent symmetries and non-Noether conserved quantities for
    nonholonomic nonconservative Hamilton canonical systems
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE nonholonomic nonconservative Hamiltonian system; momentum-dependent
    symmetry; infinitesimal transformation; Lie group
 ID LIE SYMMETRIES; CONSTRAINTS; EQUATIONS; PARTICLE; THEOREM
 AB This paper investigates the momentum-dependent symmetries for
    nonholonomic nonconservative Hamilton canonical systems. The definition
    and determining equations of the momentum-dependent symmetries are
    presented, based on the invariance of differential equations under
    infinitesimal transformations with respect to the generalized
    coordinates and generalized momentums. The structure equation and the
    non-Noether conserved quantities of the systems are obtained. The
    inverse issues associated with the momentum-dependent symmetries are
    discussed. Finally, an example is discussed to further illustrate the
    applications.
 C1 Zhejiang Sci Tech Univ, Dept Phys, Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shangqiu Teachers Coll, Shangqui 476000, Peoples R China.
 RP Fu, JL, Zhejiang Sci Tech Univ, Dept Phys, Hangzhou 310018, Peoples R
    China.
 EM sqfujingli@163.com
    lqchen@online.sh.cn
 CR ABRAHAMSHRAUNER B, 1995, PHYS LETT A, V203, P169
    CHEN XW, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P936
    CRASMAREANU M, 2000, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V35, P947
    DJUKIC DS, 1975, ACTA MECH, V23, P17
    FANG JH, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P1620
    FRANCISCO JH, 2000, J MATH A, V33, P8217
    GONZALEZGASCON F, 1994, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V27, L59
    GUO YX, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P1
    GUO YX, 2001, CHINESE PHYS, V10, P181
    HAAS F, 2000, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V33, P4661
    HOJMAN SA, 1992, J PHYS A, V25, L291
    LAKSHMANAN M, 1991, J MATH PHYS, V32, P75
    LEVI D, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P9507
    LI ZP, 1981, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V30, P1659
    LIU RW, 1999, APPL MATH MECH-ENGL, V20, P635
    LUO SK, 2004, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V53, P5
    LUTZKY M, 1979, J PHYS A, V12, P973
    LUTZKY M, 1995, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V28, L637
    LUTZKY M, 1998, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V33, P393
    MASQUE JM, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P2013
    MEI FX, 1993, SCI CHINA SER A, V23, P709
    MEI FX, 2000, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V49, P135
    MEI FX, 2000, ASME, V53, P283
    NOETHER AE, 1918, NACHR AKAD WISS GO 2, P235
    PAPASTAVRIDIS JG, 1998, APPL MECH REV, V51, P239
    QIAO YF, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P1790
    SARLET W, 1987, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V20, P1365
    SLEPHANE F, 2001, QUANTUM GRAV, V18, P4863
    SOH CW, 1999, CLASSICAL QUANT GRAV, V16, P3553
    VUJANOVIC B, 1978, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V13, P185
    ZHANG HB, 2002, CHINESE PHYS, V11, P765
    ZHANG Y, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1326
 NR 32
 TC 0
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 15
 IS 1
 BP 8
 EP 12
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 006OS
 UT ISI:000234907400002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ma, ZY
    Zheng, CL
 TI Two classes of fractal structures for the (2+1)-dimensional dispersive
    long wave equation
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE mapping approach; DLW equation; explicit solution; fractal
 ID NONLINEAR SCHRODINGER-EQUATION; COHERENT SOLITON-STRUCTURES; JACOBI
    ELLIPTIC FUNCTION; SIMILARITY REDUCTIONS; SPACE DIMENSIONS; LOCALIZED
    EXCITATIONS; BOUSSINESQ EQUATION; EXPANSION METHOD; SYSTEM; CHAOS
 AB Using the mapping approach via a Riccati equation, a series of variable
    separation excitations with three arbitrary functions for the
    (2+1)-dimensional dispersive long wave (DLW) equation are derived. In
    addition to the usual localized coherent soliton excitations like
    dromions, rings, peakons and compactions, etc, some new types of
    excitations that possess fractal behaviour are obtained by introducing
    appropriate lower-dimensional localized patterns and Jacobian elliptic
    functions.
 C1 Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Coll Sci, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ma, ZY, Zhejiang Lishui Univ, Coll Sci, Lishui 323000, Peoples R China.
 EM ma-zhengyi@163.com
 CR BOITI M, 1987, INVERSE PROBL, V3, P371
    CHEN HS, 2000, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V17, P85
    CLARKSON PA, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P2201
    FAN EG, 2002, PHYS LETT A, V295, P280
    FANG JP, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V43, P245
    GEDALIN M, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P448
    GOLLUB JP, 2000, NATURE, V404, P710
    KIVSHAR YS, 1989, REV MOD PHYS, V61, P765
    LIU SK, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2068
    LIU SK, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P10
    LOU S, 1993, PHYS LETT A, V176, P96
    LOU SY, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P1614
    LOU SY, 1990, PHYS LETT A, V151, P133
    LOU SY, 1994, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V27, P3235
    LOU SY, 1995, MATH METHOD APPL SCI, V18, P789
    LOU SY, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P6401
    LOU SY, 2002, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V19, P769
    LOUTSENKO I, 1997, PHYS REV LETT, V78, P3011
    LU Z, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V19, P527
    PAQUIN G, 1990, PHYSICA D, V46, P122
    STEGEMAN GI, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P1518
    TANG XY, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P1415
    TANG XY, 2002, PHYS REV E, V66, P46601
    TANG XY, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P4000
    WU J, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V52, P1421
    ZHANG JF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P448
    ZHANG SQ, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1066
    ZHENG CL, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P2426
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V20, P331
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P11
    ZHENG CL, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P472
    ZHENG CL, 2003, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V40, P25
    ZHENG CL, 2003, INT J MOD PHYS B 2, V17, P4407
    ZHENG CL, 2004, CHINESE PHYS, V13, P592
    ZHENG CL, 2005, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V54, P1468
    ZHENG CL, 2005, CHINESE PHYS, V14, P676
 NR 36
 TC 0
 SN 1009-1963
 J9 CHIN PHYS
 JI Chin. Phys.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 15
 IS 1
 BP 45
 EP 52
 PG 8
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 006OS
 UT ISI:000234907400008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, GL
    Li, XW
 TI Mesh free method based on local Cartesian frame
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE mesh free; whole derivative; Cartesian frame
 AB A new mesh free method proposed by the authors was presented, in which
    the derivatives at each node were constructed using whole derivative
    formulas through the nodes selected around the node using local
    Cartesian frame in an autonomous manner, so that without any element it
    could be considered as a completely mesh free method. The method was
    tested with a numerical example, and reliable solution was obtained
    with high accuracy and efficiency.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, XW, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xwli@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BEISSEL S, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P49
    FURUKAWA T, 2000, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V47, P1445
    LIU WK, 1995, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V38, P1655
    MONAGHAN JJ, 1992, ANNU REV ASTRON ASTR, V30, P543
    ONATE E, 1995, P 9 INT C FIN EL MET
    ONATE E, 1996, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V39, P3839
    PREMOZE S, 2003, EUROGRAPHICS, V22, P401
    ZIENKIEWICZ OC, 2000, FINITE ELEMENT METHO, V1
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 27
 IS 1
 BP 1
 EP 6
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 006NK
 UT ISI:000234904000001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, WJ
    Chen, LQ
    Zu, JW
 TI Finite difference method for simulating transverse vibrations of an
    axially moving viscoelastic string
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE axially moving strings; transverse vibration; viscoelastic; finite
    difference; alternating iterative; dynamical analysis
 ID BELT DRIVE SYSTEMS; NONLINEAR VIBRATION
 AB A finite difference method is presented to simulate transverse
    vibrations of an axially moving string. By discretizing the governing
    equation and the equation of stress-strain relation at different
    frictional knots, two linear sparse finite difference equation systems
    are obtained. The two explicit difference schemes can be calculated
    alternatively, which make the computation much more efficient. The
    numerical method makes the nonlinear model easier to deal with and of
    truncation errors, O(Delta t(2) + Delta x(2)). It also shows quite good
    stability for small initial values. Numerical examples are presented to
    demonstrate the efficiency and the stability of the algorithm, and
    dynamic analysis of a viscoelastic string is given by using the
    numerical results.
 C1 Qingdao Univ, Dept Math, Qingdao 266071, Shandong Prov, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Appl Math, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Univ Toronto, Dept Mech & Engn, Toronto, ON M5S 3G8, Canada.
 RP Zhao, WJ, Qingdao Univ, Dept Math, Qingdao 266071, Shandong Prov,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zhweijia@sohu.com
 CR ABRATE S, 1992, MECH MACH THEORY, V27, P645
    BEIKMANN RS, 1996, J VIB ACOUST, V118, P406
    CHEN LQ, 2001, ADV MECH, V31, P535
    CHEN LQ, 2005, APPL MATH COMPUT, V162, P305
    CHEN TM, 1995, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V38, P509
    GOBAT JI, 2001, MECH ENG, V190, P487
    MARCHUK GI, 1981, METHODS NUMERICAL MA
    NI YQ, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V238, P189
    ZHANG L, 1999, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V66, P396
    ZHANG L, 2000, J SOUND VIB, V232, P783
    ZHAO WJ, 2002, INT J NONLINEAR SCI, V3, P139
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 27
 IS 1
 BP 23
 EP 28
 PG 6
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 006NK
 UT ISI:000234904000004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, X
 TI Time-harmonic dynamic Green's functions for one-dimensional hexagonal
    quasicrystals
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE dynamic Green's function; one-dimensional hexagonal quasicrystal;
    Helmholtz equation
 AB Quasicrystals have additional phason degrees of freedom not found in
    conventional crystals. In this paper, we present; an exact solution for
    time-harmonic dynamic Green's function of one-dimensional hexagonal
    quasicrystals with the Lane classes 6/m(h) and 6/m(h)mm. Through the
    introduction of two new functions phi and psi, the original problem is
    reduced to the determination of Green's functions for two independent
    Helmholtz equations. The explicit expressions of displacement and
    stress fields are presented and their asymptotic behaviors are
    discussed. The static Green's function can be obtained by letting the
    circular frequency approach zero.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, X, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR BACHTELER J, 1998, EUR PHYS J B, V4, P299
    CHEN WQ, 2004, IN PRESS MECH RES CO
    DE P, 1987, PHYS REV B, V35, P8609
    DING DH, 1995, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V7, P5423
    FAN TY, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V8, P288
    MA XK, 1997, ELECTROMAGNETIC THEO
    MORSE PM, 1953, METHODS THEORETICA 2
    SHECHTMAN D, 1984, PHYS REV LETT, V53, P1951
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 18
 IS 4
 BP 302
 EP 306
 PG 5
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA 008BG
 UT ISI:000235014600003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, XD
    Chen, LQ
 TI The stability of an axially accelerating beam on simple supports with
    torsion springs
 SO ACTA MECHANICA SOLIDA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE axially moving beam; natural frequency; method of multiple scales
 ID VIBRATIONS; VELOCITY
 AB The axially moving beams on simple supports with torsion springs are
    studied. The general modal functions of the axially moving beam with
    constant speed have been obtained from the supporting conditions. The
    contribution of the spring stiffness to the natural frequencies has
    been numerically investigated. Transverse stability is also studied for
    axially moving beams on simple supports with torsion springs. The
    method of multiple scales is applied to the partial-differential
    equation governing the transverse parametric vibration. The stability
    boundary is derived from the solvability condition. Instability occurs
    if the axial speed fluctuation frequency is close to the sum of any two
    natural frequencies or is two fold natural frequency of the unperturbed
    system. It can be concluded that the spring stiffness makes both the
    natural frequencies and the instability regions smaller in the axial
    speed fluctuation frequency-amplitude plane for given mean axial speed
    and bending stiffness of the beam.
 C1 Shenyang Inst Aeronaut Engn, Dept Mech Engn, Shenyang 110034, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mech, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, XD, Shenyang Inst Aeronaut Engn, Dept Mech Engn, Shenyang 110034,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ABRATE S, 1992, MECH MACH THEORY, V27, P645
    OZ HR, 1999, J SOUND VIB, V227, P239
    OZ HR, 2001, J SOUND VIB, V239, P556
    WICKERT JA, 1990, J APPL MECH-T ASME, V57, P738
    YANG XD, 2005, ACTA MECH SOLIDA SIN, V18, P242
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0894-9166
 J9 ACTA MECH SOLIDA SINICA
 JI Acta Mech. Solida Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 18
 IS 4
 BP 340
 EP 347
 PG 8
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA 008BG
 UT ISI:000235014600008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, LB
    Li, QL
    Li, MM
    Zhou, Z
    Wu, LG
    Fan, JH
    Zhang, QQ
    Zhu, HH
    Xu, ZK
 TI A modified TMV-based vector facilitates the expression of longer
    foreign epitopes in tobacco
 SO VACCINE
 DT Article
 DE recombinant TMV; CP modification; FMDV epitope
 ID MOUTH-DISEASE VIRUS; MOSAIC-VIRUS; SYNTHETIC PEPTIDE; PLANT-VIRUSES;
    PROTEIN; SURFACE; PROTECTION; HOST
 AB Based upon a mutant isolated from tobacco infected with a recombinant
    tobacco mosaic vir-us (TMV), a new TMV-based vector was developed in
    which four to six C-terminal amino acid residues were deleted from the
    viral coat protein (CP) subunit. The new vector was quite similar to
    the original TMV-based vector, which all expressed a well characterized
    epitope peptide F11 (p(142) -A(152)) of Vp1 from foot-and-mouth disease
    virus (FMDV) serotype 0 in tobacco, in the infectivity, yield of the
    virus particles and more importantly protective activity of F11 in
    guinea pigs and swine against the FMDV. Furthermore, the capacity of
    the length of foreign peptide encoded by this new vector was much
    improved to successfully express a peptide F25 containing two fused
    epitopes F14 (R-200-L-213) and F11 of FMDV VP1, which was failed using
    the original vector in tobacco. Although animal assays indicated that
    such expressed F25 was not as efficient as F11 in the immunity,
    possibly due to lack of a spacer arm between the two fused epitopes,
    the new TMV-based vector may meet the requirement of expressing longer
    foreign peptides for different vaccines and other medicines. (c) 2005
    Published by Elsevier Ltd.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Plant Physiol & Ecol, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Acad Agr Sci, Vet Sci Inst, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, ZK, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Plant Physiol &
    Ecol, 345 Lingling Lu, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM zkxu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BEACHY RN, 1996, ANN NY ACAD SCI, V792, P43
    BENDAHMANE M, 1999, J MOL BIOL, V290, P9
    DAWSON WO, 1990, ADV VIRUS RES, V38, P307
    DIMARCHI R, 1986, SCIENCE, V232, P639
    FITCHEN J, 1995, VACCINE, V13, P1051
    GOELET P, 1982, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V79, P5819
    GOULDEN MG, 1992, J MOL BIOL, V227, P1
    JOHNSON J, 1997, ANNU REV PHYTOPATHOL, V35, P67
    KOO M, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P7774
    LACOMME C, 1998, GENET ENG P, V20, P225
    LAEMMLI UK, 1970, NATURE, V227, P680
    LOOR F, 1967, VIROLOGY, V33, P215
    MEZO G, 2004, J PEPT SCI, V10, P701
    NAMBA K, 1989, J MOL BIOL, V208, P307
    PARRY NR, 1989, J GEN VIROL, V70, P1493
    SAITO T, 1990, VIROLOGY, V176, P329
    SIEGEL A, 1978, VIROLOGY, V85, P494
    STACZEK J, 2000, VACCINE, V18, P2266
    STROHMAIER K, 1982, J GEN VIROL, V59, P295
    SUGIYAMA Y, 1995, FEBS LETT, V359, P247
    TURPEN TH, 1995, BIO-TECHNOL, V13, P53
    WU LG, 2003, VACCINE, V21, P4390
    XU Z, 1989, VIROLOGY, V168, P73
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0264-410X
 J9 VACCINE
 JI Vaccine
 PD JAN 12
 PY 2006
 VL 24
 IS 2
 BP 109
 EP 115
 PG 7
 SC Medicine, Research & Experimental; Immunology; Veterinary Sciences
 GA 004UM
 UT ISI:000234777800001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, XX
    Yang, HX
    Ding, HY
 TI A Liouville integrable lattice soliton equation, infinitely many
    conservation laws and integrable coupling systems
 SO PHYSICS LETTERS A
 DT Article
 ID SYMMETRY CONSTRAINT; EVOLUTION-EQUATIONS; MASTER-SYMMETRIES; HIERARCHY
 AB A lattice soliton equation is proposed as a typical lattice system in
    the hierarchy of lattice soliton equations, which is derived from a
    discrete matrix spectral problem. The Liouville integrability for the
    corresponding lattice system is demonstrated. Moreover, infinitely many
    conservation laws of corresponding lattice system are obtained by a
    direct way. Finally, the integrable coupling systems of corresponding
    lattice systems are deduced through enlarging associated Lax pairs. (c)
    2005 Published by Elsevier B.V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Qingdao 266510, Peoples R China.
    Taishan Coll, Dept Informat Sci & Technol, Tai An 271021, Peoples R China.
    Shandong Agr Univ, Coll Informat Sci & Technol, Tai An 271018, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, XX, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Sci, Qingdao 266510, Peoples
    R China.
 EM xu_xixiang@sohu.com
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1975, J MATH PHYS, V16, P598
    BLASZAK M, 1994, J MATH PHYS, V35, P4661
    FUCHSSTEINER B, 1993, APPL ANAL GEOMETRIC, P125
    MA WX, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P1227
    MA WX, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P2400
    MA WX, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V316, P72
    MA WX, 2004, INT J THEOR PHYS, V43, P219
    MA WX, 2004, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V37, P1323
    MA WX, 2005, J MATH PHYS, V46
    OEVEL W, 1989, PROG THEOR PHYS, V81, P294
    TSUCHIDA T, 1998, J PHYS SOC JPN, V67, P1175
    TU GZ, 1990, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V23, P3903
    WADATI M, 1979, J PHYS SOC JPN, V47, P1698
    WU YT, 1996, J MATH PHYS, V37, P2338
    XU XX, 2004, PHYS LETT A, V326, P199
    XU XX, 2005, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V61, P1225
    YANG HX, 2005, INT J MOD PHYS B, V13, P2121
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V14, P573
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, J PHYS A, V33, P7225
    ZHANG HW, 1991, J MATH PHYS, V32, P1908
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 0375-9601
 J9 PHYS LETT A
 JI Phys. Lett. A
 PD JAN 9
 PY 2006
 VL 349
 IS 1-4
 BP 153
 EP 163
 PG 11
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 004BJ
 UT ISI:000234726700020
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xie, F
    Han, MA
    Zhang, WJ
 TI Existence of canard manifolds in a class of singularly perturbed systems
 SO NONLINEAR ANALYSIS-THEORY METHODS & APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE singular perturbations; canards; canard manifolds; integral manifolds
 AB In this paper, a class of singularly perturbed systems of ordinary
    differential equations are considered. Sufficient conditions for the
    existence of canard manifolds are obtained by the method of integral
    manifolds. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Donghua Univ, Dept Appl Math, Shanghai 200051, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Normal Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200234, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Normal Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200240, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, SJTU, Div Computat Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Xie, F, Donghua Univ, Dept Appl Math, Shanghai 200051, Peoples R China.
 EM xfeng@sjtu.org
 CR BENOIT E, 1981, COLLECTANEA MATH BAR, V31, P37
    CALLOT JL, 1978, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V286, P1059
    DUMORTIER F, 1996, MEM AM MATH SOC, V577
    ECKHAUS W, 1983, LECT NOTES MATH, V985, P449
    FENICHEL N, 1979, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V31, P53
    GRASMAN J, 1987, ASYMPTOTIC METHODS R
    HAN M, 2005, SCI CHINA SER A, V35, P425
    JONES CKRT, 1995, LECT NOTES MATH, V1609, P44
    KRUPA M, 2001, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V177, P419
    KRUPA M, 2001, SIAM J MATH ANAL, V33, P286
    MISHCHENKO EF, 1994, ASYMPTOTIC METHODS S
    MOEHLIS J, 2002, J NONLINEAR SCI, V12, P319
    SHCHEPAKINA E, 2001, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V44, P897
    XIE F, IN PRESS J NONLINEAR
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0362-546X
 J9 NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR METH APP
 JI Nonlinear Anal.-Theory Methods Appl.
 PD FEB 1
 PY 2006
 VL 64
 IS 3
 BP 457
 EP 470
 PG 14
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 004CO
 UT ISI:000234729800006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Song, YL
    Yuan, SL
 TI Bifurcation analysis in a predator-prey system with time delay
 SO NONLINEAR ANALYSIS-REAL WORLD APPLICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE predator-prey system; time delay; stability; Hopf bifurcation; periodic
    solutions
 ID DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS; STABILITY; MODEL
 AB In this paper, a predator-prey system with a discrete delay and a
    distributed delay is investigated. We first consider the stability of
    the positive equilibrium and the existence of local Hopf bifurcations.
    In succession, using the normal form theory and center manifold
    argument, we derive the explicit formulas determining stability,
    direction and other properties of bifurcating periodic solutions.
    Finally, several numerical simulations for supporting the theoretical
    analysis are also given. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Appl Math, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Dept Basic Sci, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
 RP Song, YL, Tongji Univ, Dept Appl Math, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM syl.mail@163.com
 CR BERETTA E, 1996, J MATH ANAL APPL, V204, P840
    BERRYMAN AA, 1992, ECOLOGY, V73, P1530
    CUSHING JM, 1977, INTEGRODIFFERENTIAL
    DODD RK, 1997, J MATH BIOL, V35, P432
    FARIA T, 2001, J MATH ANAL APPL, V254, P433
    FREEDMAN HI, 1995, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V115, P173
    HASSARD BD, 1981, THEORY APPL HOPF BIF
    HE XZ, 1996, J MATH ANAL APPL, V198, P335
    KUANG Y, 1993, DELAY DIFFERENTIAL A
    RUAN SG, 2003, DYNAM CONT DIS SER A, V10, P863
    SONG YL, 2004, CHINESE ANN MATH SA, V25, P783
    WANG W, 1991, J MATH ANAL APPL, V158, P256
    ZHAO T, 1997, NONLINEAR ANAL-THEOR, V28, P1373
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 1468-1218
 J9 NONLINEAR ANAL-REAL WORLD APP
 JI Nonlinear Anal.-Real World Appl.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 7
 IS 2
 BP 265
 EP 284
 PG 20
 SC Mathematics, Applied
 GA 004CS
 UT ISI:000234730200008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yao, FW
    Zhong, SS
    Liang, XL
 TI Experimental study of ultra-broadband patch antenna using a
    wedge-shaped air substrate
 SO MICROWAVE AND OPTICAL TECHNOLOGY LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE patch antenna; ultra-broadband; wedge-shaped; air substrate
 AB In this paper, an ultra-broadband patch antenna using a wedge-shaped
    car dielectric substrate is introduced. By adjusting the angle alpha,
    the experimental ratio bandwidth of S-11 <= - 10 dB reaches 8.8:1,
    covering frequencies from 3.05 to 26.87 GHz. The measured impedance
    locus and radiation patterns at f = 6 GHz and at f = 18 GHz both are
    presented, and they show broadband characteristics and stability across
    the whole operating frequency bands, respeciively. (C) 2005 Wiley
    Periodicals, Inc.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Yao, FW, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 CR GARG R, 2001, MICROTRIP ANTENNA DE, CH9
    GE YH, 2004, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V52, P3213
    HERSCOVICI N, 1998, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V46, P471
    HUYNH T, 1995, ELECTRON LETT, V31, P1310
    WONG KL, 2002, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V50, P827
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0895-2477
 J9 MICROWAVE OPT TECHNOL LETT
 JI Microw. Opt. Technol. Lett.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 48
 IS 2
 BP 218
 EP 220
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Optics
 GA 004PP
 UT ISI:000234765000005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, P
    Tan, YH
    Yang, JM
    Sun, N
 TI Measurement, simulation on dynamic characteristics of a wire
    gauze-fluid damping shock absorber
 SO MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND SIGNAL PROCESSING
 DT Article
 DE Coulomb-fluid damping coupling shock absorber; dynamic characteristics;
    mathematical model; measurement; simulation
 ID BEHAVIOR
 AB A new kind of shock absorber with Coulomb-fluid damping through
    coupling oil, wire gauze, rubber and spring by ingenious tactics is
    designed for reinforcement of electronic-information equipment in
    atrocious vibration and impact. The physical mechanism of the shock
    absorber is systematically investigated. The key-model machine shows
    complex non-linear dynamic characteristics in multi-parameter coupling
    dynamic test; otherwise, it has a good dynamic performance for
    attenuating vibration and resisting violent impact. Based on this, the
    non-linear dynamic model for attenuating vibration mode of the shock
    absorber is presented by analysing coupling physical mechanism of fluid
    and Coulomb friction and other factors for designing the shock absorber
    with high validity. The analytical results obtained in experimental
    data have been compared with the numerical ones obtained by performing
    the Runge-Kutta method with the mathematical model. As the model
    results agree well with the test data, it can be used for engineering
    design. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 JiangSu Univ, Sch Mech Engn, Res Ctr Micro Nano Sci & Engn, Zhenjiang 212013, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Automobile Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, P, JiangSu Univ, Sch Mech Engn, Res Ctr Micro Nano Sci & Engn,
    Zhenjiang 212013, Peoples R China.
 EM yangpingdm@ujs.edu.cn
 CR AUDENINO AL, 1995, P I MECH ENG D-J AUT, V209, P249
    CAFFERTY S, 1995, P I MECH ENG D-J AUT, V209, P239
    DENHARTOG JP, 1931, T AM SOC MECH ENG, V53, P107
    HARRIS CM, 1990, SHOCK VIBRATION HDB
    JINGCHAO S, 1980, HYDRAULIC FLUID MECH
    PING Y, THESIS HUAZHONG U SC
    PING Y, 2000, J GUILIN I ELECT TEC, V20, P87
    PING Y, 2003, MECH SYST SIGNAL PR, V17, P1367
    RAINDRA B, 1993, INT J NONLINEAR MECH, V28, P427
    SANKAR S, 1991, J SOUND VIBRATION, V169, P55
    SHEKHAR NC, 1998, J SOUND VIB, V214, P589
    SURACE C, 1992, NONLINEAR DYNAM, V3, P413
    WEN YK, 1980, T ASME, V47, P150
 NR 13
 TC 0
 SN 0888-3270
 J9 MECH SYST SIGNAL PROCESS
 JI Mech. Syst. Signal Proc.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 20
 IS 3
 BP 745
 EP 756
 PG 12
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 004JU
 UT ISI:000234749900011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, SL
    Shao, LY
    Wu, MH
    Jiao, Z
 TI Mineralogical characterization of airborne individual particulates in
    Beijing PM10
 SO JOURNAL OF ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES-CHINA
 DT Article
 DE inhalable particulate matter(PM10); individual analysis; mineral
    composition
 ID COARSE AEROSOL COMPOSITION; DUST PARTICLES; SOUTH WALES; CHINA;
    CHEMISTRY; MATTER; URBAN; FINE; LUNG
 AB This work mainly focuses on the mineralogical study of particulate
    matter(PM10) in Beijing. Samples were collected on polycarbonate filter
    from April, 2002 to March, 2003 in Beijing urban area. Scanning
    electronic microscopy coupled with energy dispersive X-ray(SEM/EDX) was
    used to investigate individual mineral particles in Beijing PM10. 1454
    individual mineral particulates from 48 samples were analysed by
    SEM/EDX. The results revealed that mineral particulates were complex
    and heterogeneous. 38 kinds of minerals in PM, were identified. The
    clay minerals, of annual average percentage of 30.1%, were the main
    composition among the identified minerals, and illite/smectite was the
    main composition in clay minerals, reaching up to 35%. Annual average
    percentage of quartz, calcite, compound particulates, carbonates were
    13.5%, 10.9%, 11.95%, 10.31%, respectively. Annual average percentage
    less than 10% were gypsum, feldspar, dolomite, and so on. Fluorite,
    apatite, halite, barite and chloridize zinc (ZnCl2) were firstly
    identified in Beijing PM10. Sulfurization was found on surface of
    mineral particles, suggested extensive atmospheric reaction in air
    during summer.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai Appl Radiat Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    China Univ Min & Technol, Dept Earth Sci, Beijing 100083, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, SL, Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai Appl Radiat
    Inst, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 EM senlinlv@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR *USEPA, 2001, 454R01004 USEPA, P238
    *WRINU, 1992, KOSA
    CHAPMAN RS, 1997, ENVIRON TOXICOL PHAR, V4, P331
    DAVIS BL, 2000, ATMOS ENVIRON, V34, P2703
    DENTENER FJ, 1996, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOS, V101, P22869
    FALKOVICH AH, 2001, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOS, V106, P18029
    GANOR E, 2000, WATER AIR SOIL POLL, V118, P245
    GAO Y, 2001, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOS, V106, P18037
    HE K, 2001, ATMOS ENVIRON, V35, P4954
    JONES TP, 2001, ATMOS ENVIRON, V35, P3573
    KRUEGER BJ, 2004, ATMOS ENVIRON, V38, P6253
    KUPIAINEN K, 2004, SCI TOTAL ENVIRON, V308, P175
    LI X, 2001, ATMOS ENVIRON, V35, P3145
    LIU XD, 1994, RES ENV SCI, V7, P10
    LU SL, 2004, ENV MONITORING CHINA, V20, P9
    MORENO T, 2004, SCI TOTAL ENVIRON, V334, P337
    PETER RB, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P3372
    RICHARDS R, 2003, MINERAL MAG, V67, P129
    SHAO LY, 2003, ENV SCI, V24, P11
    SHI ZB, 2005, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOS, V110
    WANG AP, 1996, ENVIRON CHEM, V15, P488
    WANG P, 1982, SYSTEMIC MINERALOGY
    WINCHESTER JW, 1981, ATMOS ENVIRON, V15, P933
    WINCHESTER JW, 1984, ATMOS ENVIRON, V18, P1399
    XIE RK, 2005, SCI TOTAL ENVIRON, V343, P261
    YAO XH, 2002, ATMOS ENVIRON, V36, P4223
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 1001-0742
 J9 J ENVIRON SCI-CHINA
 JI J. Environ. Sci.
 PY 2006
 VL 18
 IS 1
 BP 90
 EP 95
 PG 6
 SC Environmental Sciences
 GA 004NM
 UT ISI:000234759500017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lazareck, L
 TI Shanghai, China: a city of growth and friendship
 SO IEEE ENGINEERING IN MEDICINE AND BIOLOGY MAGAZINE
 DT Editorial Material
 C1 Univ Ulster, Fac Engn, Coleraine BT52 1SA, Londonderry, North Ireland.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Ctr Biomed Engn, Sha Tin 100083, Peoples R China.
    Univ Ulster, Sch Comp & Intelligent Syst, Coleraine BT52 1SA, Londonderry, North Ireland.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Biomed Engn, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
    Monash Univ, Clayton, Vic 3168, Australia.
 RP Lazareck, L, Univ Ulster, Fac Engn, Coleraine BT52 1SA, Londonderry,
    North Ireland.
 NR 0
 TC 0
 SN 0739-5175
 J9 IEEE ENG MED BIOL MAG
 JI IEEE Eng. Med. Biol. Mag.
 PD JAN-FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 25
 IS 1
 BP 12
 EP 13
 PG 2
 SC Engineering, Biomedical; Medical Informatics
 GA 004MI
 UT ISI:000234756500006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, ZC
 TI Trigonometric ally-fitted method with the Fourier frequency spectrum
    for undamped Duffing equation
 SO COMPUTER PHYSICS COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE trigonometric fitting; multi-frequency; nonlinear periodic initial
    value problem; Duffing equation; Fourier series; Numerov methods
 ID INITIAL-VALUE-PROBLEMS; SYMMETRIC MULTISTEP METHODS;
    DIFFERENTIAL-EQUATIONS; SCHRODINGER-EQUATION; OBRECHKOFF METHOD; STABLE
    METHODS
 AB With non-linearities, the frequency spectrum of an undamped Duffing
    oscillator should be composed of odd multiples of the driving frequency
    which can be interpreted as resonance driving terms. It is expected
    that the frequency spectrum of the corresponding numerical solution
    with high accurateness should contain nearly the same components.
    Hence, to contain these Fourier components and to calculate the
    amplitudes of these components in a more accurate and efficient way is
    the key to develop a new numerical method with high stability, accuracy
    and efficiency for the Duffing equation. To explore the possibility of
    using trigonometrically-fitting technique to build a numerical method
    with resonance spectrum, we design four types of Numerov methods, in
    which the first one is the traditional Numerov method, which contains
    no Fourier component, the second one contains only the first resonance
    term, the third one contains the first two resonance terms, and the
    last one contains the first three resonance terms, and apply them to
    the well-known undamped Duffing equation with Dooren's parameters. The
    numerical results demonstrate that the Numerov method fitted with the
    Fourier components is much more stable, accurate and efficient than the
    one with no Fourier component. The accuracy of the fitted method with
    the first three Fourier components can attain 10(-9) for a remarkable
    range of step sizes, including nearly infinite, except individual small
    range of instability, which is much higher than the one of the
    traditional Numerov method, with eight orders for step size of
    pi/2.011. (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, ZC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, 99 ShangDa Rd, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zc_wang89@hotmail.com
 CR ANANTHAKRISHNAI.U, 1982, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V8, P101
    ANANTHAKRISHNAI.U, 1987, MATH COMPUT, V49, P553
    CHAWLA MM, 1986, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V15, P213
    DAI Y, 2006, IN PRESS J COMPUT AP
    DAI YM, 2005, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V165, P110
    GUCKENHEIMER J, 1983, NONLINEAR OSCILLATIO
    HAIRER E, 1979, NUMER MATH, V32, P373
    JAIN MK, 1988, BIT, V28, P302
    LAMBERT JD, 1976, J INST MATH APPL, V18, P189
    LYCHE T, 1972, NUMER MATH, V19, P65
    MICKENS RE, 1981, INTRO NONLINEAR OSCI
    OBRECHKOFF N, 1942, SPISANIE BULGAR AKAD, V65, P191
    SIMOS TE, 1993, P ROY SOC LOND A MAT, V6, P283
    URABE M, 1966, J MATH ANAL APPL, V14, P107
    VANDOOREN R, 1974, J COMPUT PHYS, V16, P186
    WANG Z, 2005, UNPUB COMPUT PHYS CO
    WANG ZC, 2005, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V167, P1
    WANG ZC, 2005, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V170, P49
    WANG ZC, 2005, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V170, P49
    WANG ZC, 2005, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V171, P162
    WANG ZC, 2005, P ROY SOC A-MATH PHY, V461, P1639
    WU D, 2005, IN PRESS COMUPT PHYS
    ZHAO DY, 2005, COMPUT PHYS COMMUN, V167, P65
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0010-4655
 J9 COMPUT PHYS COMMUN
 JI Comput. Phys. Commun.
 PD JAN 15
 PY 2006
 VL 174
 IS 2
 BP 109
 EP 118
 PG 10
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 005AT
 UT ISI:000234795100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, W
    Ma, ZQ
    Wang, Y
    Wang, DM
 TI Optimization of energy scope for titanium nitride films grown by ion
    beam-assisted deposition
 SO CHINESE PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID THIN-FILMS; MECHANICAL-PROPERTIES; SCATTERING; MICROSTRUCTURE;
    SURFACES; PLASMA
 AB The deposited energy during film growth with ion bombardment,
    correlated to the atomic displacement on the surface monolayer and the
    underlying bulk, has been calculated by a simplified ion-solid
    interaction model under binary collision approximation. The separated
    damage energies caused by Ar ion, different for the surface and the
    bulk, have been determined under the standard collision cross section
    and a well-defined surface and bulk atom displacement threshold energy
    of titanium nitride (TiN). The optimum energy scope shows that the
    incident energy of Ar+ around 110 eV for TiN (111) and 80 eV for TiN
    (200) effectively enhances the mobility of adatom on surface but
    excludes the damage in underlying bulk. The theoretical prediction and
    the experimental result are in good agreement in low energy ion
    beam-assisted deposition.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, W, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM wli@vip.citiz.net
 CR BRICE DK, 1989, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V44, P68
    ENSINGER W, 1997, NUCL INSTRUM METH B, V127, P796
    GLASS RC, 1992, J VAC SCI TECHNOL  2, V10, P1625
    JIANG N, 2004, PHYSICA B, V352, P118
    KALBITZER S, 1976, Z PHYS A ATOMS NUCL, V278, P223
    KASI SR, 1988, J CHEM PHYS, V88, P5902
    LINDHARD J, 1963, K DAN VIDENSK SELSK, V33, P14
    LIU TW, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P2008
    MA ZQ, 1999, APPL SURF SCI, V137, P184
    MA ZQ, 2004, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V132, P347
    OMURA Y, 1991, J MATER RES, V6, P1238
    PATSALAS P, 1999, J APPL PHYS, V86, P5296
    PATSALAS P, 2000, SURF COAT TECH, V125, P335
    PATSALAS P, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V90, P4725
    SCHELL N, 2002, J APPL PHYS, V91, P2037
    SMIDT FA, 1990, INT MATER REV, V35, P61
    TONGSON LL, 1975, SURF SCI, V52, P263
    WRONSKI Z, 2003, VACUUM, V70, P275
    ZIEGLER JF, 1985, STOPPING RANGE IONS
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 0256-307X
 J9 CHIN PHYS LETT
 JI Chin. Phys. Lett.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 23
 IS 1
 BP 178
 EP 181
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 004XT
 UT ISI:000234786700052
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cao, WM
    Hu, Y
    Yin, RH
    Shi, XH
    Zeng, SH
 TI Study of structure and giant magnetoresistance of electrocrystallized
    Cu/Co nanomultilayers
 SO ACTA CHIMICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE electrocrystallization; Cu/Co nanomultilayer; X-ray diffraction; giant
    magnetoresistance; hysteresis loop
 ID MULTILAYERS; ELECTRODEPOSITION
 AB Cu/Co Nanomultilayers were prepared on n-type Si(111) substrate by
    double-bath method in boric acid plating solution and the technical
    conditions were determined. The appearance and structure of
    nanomultilayers were examined by SEM and XRD methods. It has been shown
    that the nanomultilayers had periodical and superlattice structure. The
    physics property measurement system was used to characterize magnetic
    properties of nanomultilayers. The results showed that coercivity of
    these nanomultilayers with different periodicities was all small. In
    this paper, the correlation between structure of nanomultilayers and
    giant magnetoresistance (GMR) was studied. The GMR value was increased
    and then decreased with the increase of Co layer thickness, while
    changed periodically with Cu layer thickness. With stacking number N
    increased, the GMR value was increased firstly and then fell. The GMR
    value as large as 90% was found when N was increased to 60, while N
    reached 80, the GMR value was constant.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Cao, WM, Shanghai Univ, Sch Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R
    China.
 EM cwm213@sohu.com
 CR BAIBICH MN, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V61, P2472
    BERGER A, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P839
    HASEEB ASMA, 1994, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V141, P230
    ITON H, 1994, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V136, P33
    JYOKO Y, 1996, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V156, P35
    KHAN HR, 2000, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V215, P526
    LASHWORE DS, 1998, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V135, P1218
    MATHEIS R, 1993, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V121, P2839
    MOSCA DH, 1991, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V94, L1
    ROSS CA, 1993, J ELECTROCHEM SOC, V140, P91
    SHIMA M, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V198, P52
    WANG H, 1999, J FUNCT MAT DEV, V5, P71
    YU JX, 1997, MAT PROTECT, V30, P1
    ZHANG H, 1997, THESIS SHANGHAI U SH
    ZHAO J, 2002, ELECTROPLAT FINISH, V21, P46
    ZHAO WH, 1997, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V46, P2047
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0567-7351
 J9 ACTA CHIM SIN
 JI Acta Chim. Sin.
 PD JAN 14
 PY 2006
 VL 64
 IS 1
 BP 32
 EP 36
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 003OR
 UT ISI:000234692000006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, SF
    Yin, FQ
    Ouyang, ZG
 TI Random attractor for damped nonlinear wave equations with white noise
 SO SIAM JOURNAL ON APPLIED DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS
 DT Article
 DE stochastic wave equation; random attractor; Hausdorff dimension; Wiener
    process
 ID RANDOM DYNAMICAL-SYSTEMS; SINE-GORDON EQUATION; GLOBAL ATTRACTOR;
    DIMENSION
 AB We first present the existence of a random attractor of a stochastic
    dynamical system generated by a damped nonlinear wave equation with
    white noise under the Dirichlet boundary condition and estimate the
    explicit bound of the random attractor. And then we obtain an estimate
    of the upper bound of the Hausdor. dimension of the random attractor.
    The obtained upper bound of the Hausdor. dimension decreases as the
    damping grows and it is uniformly bounded if the derivative of
    nonlinearity is bounded; moreover, in this case, the upper bound of the
    Hausdor. dimension of the random attractor is just the upper bound of
    the Hausdor. dimension of the global attractor for the corresponding
    deterministic system without noise.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Nanhua Univ, Sch Math & Phys, Hengyang 421001, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhou, SF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM sfzhou@mail.shu.edu.cn
    fuqiyinshu@sohu.com
    zigenouyang@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ARNOLD L, 1991, LECT NOTES MATH, V1486, P1
    ASHWIN P, 2003, DYNAM SYST, V18, P139
    CARABALLO T, 2001, J MATH ANAL APPL, V260, P602
    CARD TC, 1987, MONOGR TXB PURE APPL, V114
    CARMONA R, 1988, PROBAB THEORY REL, V79, P469
    CHUESHOV I, 2004, DYNAM SYST, V19, P127
    CRAUEL H, 1994, PROBAB THEORY REL, V100, P365
    CRAUEL H, 1997, J DYNAMICS DIFFERENT, V9, P307
    DEBUSSCHE A, 1997, STOCH ANAL APPL, V15, P473
    DEBUSSCHE A, 1998, J MATH PURE APPL, V77, P967
    FAN XM, 2004, PAC J MATH, V216, P63
    KUKSIN SB, 2004, FUNCT ANAL APPL+, V38, P28
    LANGA JA, 2003, DYNAM SYST, V18, P57
    ROBINSON JC, 2002, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V186, P652
    SCHEUTZOW M, 2002, ARCH MATH, V78, P233
    TEMAM R, 1997, APPL MATH SCI, V68
    WANG GX, 1997, J MATH PHYS, V38, P3137
    ZHOU SF, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P1432
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 1536-0040
 J9 SIAM J APPL DYN SYST
 JI SIAM J. Appl. Dyn. Syst.
 PY 2005
 VL 4
 IS 4
 BP 883
 EP 903
 PG 21
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 000NZ
 UT ISI:000234470300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xu, JQ
    Chen, YP
    Chen, DY
    Shen, JN
 TI Hydrothermal synthesis and gas sensing characters of ZnO nanorods
 SO SENSORS AND ACTUATORS B-CHEMICAL
 DT Article
 DE zinc oxide; hydrothermal synthesis; gas sensors; nanorods
 ID SENSORS; NANOWIRES
 AB ZnO nanorods are prepared by a hydrothermal process with
    cetyltrimethylammonium (CTAB) and zinc powder at 182 C. The samples are
    characterized by X-ray diffraction (XRD). scanning electron microscopy
    (SEM) and transmission electron microscopy (TEM), The gas sensing
    properties of the materials have been investigated. The results
    indicate that the as-prepared ZnO nanorods show much better sensitivity
    and stability than the conventional materials. The PdO doping can
    improve the sensitivity and selectivity of the sensors. ZnO nanorods
    are excellent potential candidates for gas sensors. (c) 2005 Elsevier
    B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhengzhou Univ Light Ind, Coll Mat & Chem Engn, Zhengzhou 450002, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Mol Sci, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Key Lab Mol Engn Polymers, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, JQ, Zhengzhou Univ Light Ind, Coll Mat & Chem Engn, Zhengzhou
    450002, Peoples R China.
 EM xujiaqiang@zzuli.edu.cn
    chendy@fudan.edu.cn
 CR KOLMAKOV A, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P997
    LAW M, 2002, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V41, P2405
    LI C, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V82, P1613
    LI ZQ, 2003, INORG CHEM, V42, P8105
    MATSUSHIMA S, 1988, JPN J APPL PHYS, V27, P1798
    RAO BB, 2000, MATER CHEM PHYS, V64, P62
    SIYAMA T, 1962, ANAL CHEM, V34, P1502
    SUN XM, 2002, MATER CHEM PHYS, V78, P99
    TOMCHENKO AA, 2003, SENSOR ACTUAT B-CHEM, V93, P126
    XU J, 1998, J INORG CHEM, V14, P355
    YAMAZOE N, 2003, CATAL SURV ASIA, V1, P63
 NR 11
 TC 1
 SN 0925-4005
 J9 SENSOR ACTUATOR B-CHEM
 JI Sens. Actuator B-Chem.
 PD JAN 17
 PY 2006
 VL 113
 IS 1
 BP 526
 EP 531
 PG 6
 SC Chemistry, Analytical; Electrochemistry; Instruments & Instrumentation
 GA 002QS
 UT ISI:000234626900069
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tan, XH
    Xu, H
    Qi, NN
    Ni, JS
    Hou, XL
    Dong, YD
 TI Study on magnetic properties and microstructure of nanocomposite
    Nd10.5Fe78-xCo5ZrxB6.5 alloys
 SO RARE METAL MATERIALS AND ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE nanocomposite; grain size; magnetic properties
 ID ZR
 AB The magnetic properties and microstructure of nanocomposite
    Nd10.5Fe78-xCo5ZrxB6.5 (x=0, 2, 3, 4, 5) alloys were investigated. It
    has been found that the intrinsic coercivity could be significantly
    improved by the addition of 2 at% Zr. The small amount addition of Zr
    may suppress the growth of grains of alpha-Fe and Nd2Fe14B phases.-A
    finer and more homogeneous microstructure with an average grain size of
    20 nm could be obtained for Nd10.5Fe76Co5Zr2B6.5 alloy. The enhancement
    of magnetic properties by Zr addition is found to be mainly due to the
    microstructure refinement, which leads to an enhanced exchange coupling
    between the hard phase and soft phase.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Tan, XH, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat Sci, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM tanxiaohua123@163.com
 CR FISCHER R, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V191, P225
    HADJIPANAYIS GC, 1999, J MAGN MAGN MATER, V200, P373
    HARLAND CL, 2000, J APPL PHYS 3, V87, P6116
    KNELLER EF, 1991, IEEE T MAGN, V27, P3560
    SCHREFL T, 1994, PHYS REV B, V49, P6100
    WU YQ, 2002, J APPL PHYS 3, V91, P8174
    YONEYAMA T, 1990, IEEE T MAGN, V26, P1963
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1002-185X
 J9 RARE METAL MAT ENG
 JI Rare Metal Mat. Eng.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 34
 IS 12
 BP 2006
 EP 2008
 PG 3
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy & Metallurgical
    Engineering
 GA 000KF
 UT ISI:000234459800039
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, WH
    Zhang, TH
    Xing, DM
    Wei, BC
    Wang, YR
    Dong, YD
 TI Instrumented indentation study of plastic deformation in bulk metallic
    glasses
 SO JOURNAL OF MATERIALS RESEARCH
 DT Article
 ID SERRATED FLOW; THIN-FILM; NANOINDENTATION; MICROSTRUCTURE; TEMPERATURE;
    COMPOSITES; DEPENDENCE; FRACTURE; HARDNESS; LIQUID
 AB Mechanical properties and micro-plastic deformation behavior of five
    bulk metallic Glasses (BMGs) were studied by instrumented indentation.
    These materials included La60Al10Ni10Cu20, Mg65Cu25Gd10,
    Zr52.5Al10Ni10Cu15Be12.5, Cu60Zr20Hf10Ti10, and Ni60Nb37Sn3 alloys.
    Remarkable difference in deformation behavior was found in the
    load-displacement curves of nanoindentation and pileup morphologies
    around the indents. Serrated plastic deformation depended on the
    loading rate was found in Mg-, Zr-, and Cu-based BMGs. The subsurface
    plastic deformation zone of typical alloys was investigated through
    bonded interface technique using depth-sensing microindentation. Large
    and widely spaced shear bands were observed in Mg-based BMG. The effect
    of loading rate on the indentation deformation behaviors in different
    BMGs was elucidated by the change of shear band pattern.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, Natl Micrograv Lab, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, State Key Lab Nonlinear Mech, Beijing 100080, Peoples R China.
 RP Wei, BC, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Mech, Natl Micrograv Lab, Beijing
    100080, Peoples R China.
 EM weibc@imech.ac.cn
 CR ARGON AS, 1979, ACTA METALL, V27, P47
    BASU J, 2003, PHILOS MAG, V83, P1747
    CHINH NQ, 2004, J MATER RES, V19, P31
    FLORES KM, 2004, INTERMETALLICS, V12, P1025
    GREER AL, 2002, MATER SCI FORUM, V77, P386
    HAYS CC, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P2901
    HE G, 2003, ACTA MAT, V52, P3035
    INOUE A, 2000, ACTA MATER, V48, P279
    JANA S, 2004, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V375, P1191
    JANG D, 2003, J APPL PHYS, V93, P9282
    JIANG WH, 2003, J MATER RES, V18, P755
    KIM JJ, 2002, SCIENCE, V295, P654
    LI J, 2002, PHILOS MAG A, V82, P2623
    MA H, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V83, P2793
    NIEH TG, 2002, INTERMETALLICS, V10, P1177
    OLIVER WC, 1992, J MATER RES, V7, P1564
    PAJARES A, 1996, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V208, P158
    RAMAMURTY U, 2005, ACTA MATER, V53, P705
    SAWA T, 1999, J MATER RES, V14, P2228
    SCHUH CA, 2003, ACTA MATER, V51, P87
    SCHUH CA, 2004, ACTA MATER, V52, P5879
    SCHUH CA, 2004, J MATER RES, V19, P46
    SPAEPAN F, 1979, ACTA METALL, V25, P407
    TABOR D, 1951, HARDNESS METALS, P37
    TURNBULL D, 1970, J CHEM PHYS, V52, P3038
    WEI BC, 2004, INTERMETALLICS, V12, P1239
    WHITEHEAD AJ, 1992, THIN SOLID FILMS, V220, P277
    XI XK, 2005, PHYS REV LETT, V94
 NR 28
 TC 0
 SN 0884-2914
 J9 J MATER RES
 JI J. Mater. Res.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 21
 IS 1
 BP 75
 EP 81
 PG 7
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 002AD
 UT ISI:000234582900011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lei, D
    Wu, Z
 TI Tabu search approach based on a similarity coefficient for cell
    formation in generalized group technology (vol 43, pg 4035, 2005)
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF PRODUCTION RESEARCH
 DT Correction
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Automat, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Lei, D, Shanghai Univ, Inst Automat, 1954 Huashan Rd, Shanghai 200030,
    Peoples R China.
 CR LEI D, 2005, INT J PROD RES, V43, P4035
 NR 1
 TC 0
 SN 0020-7543
 J9 INT J PROD RES
 JI Int. J. Prod. Res.
 PD JAN 1
 PY 2006
 VL 44
 IS 1
 BP 213
 EP 213
 PG 1
 SC Engineering, Industrial; Engineering, Manufacturing; Operations
    Research & Management Science
 GA 002AL
 UT ISI:000234583700011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, XB
    Li, L
    Wu, XC
    Zhang, M
 TI Coarsening behavior of M23C6 carbides after ageing or thermal fatigue
    in AISI H13 steel with niobium
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF FATIGUE
 DT Article
 DE AISI H13 steel; thermal fatigue; carbides coarsening; DICTRA simulation
 ID WORK TOOL STEEL; LOW-CYCLE FATIGUE; DIE-CASTING DIES; STAINLESS-STEEL;
    TEMPERATURE; SIMULATIONS; CRACKING
 AB Changes of the size and morphology for carbides during thermal fatigue
    from room temperature (20) to 700 degrees C and ageing at 700 degrees C
    were studied using TEM and EDS. The coarsening behavior Of M23C6
    carbide at 700 'C in H 13 steel with and without micro-niobium was also
    simulated by DICTRA software package. The simulation was based on the
    assumption that thermodynamic equilibrium was simultaneously
    established at the moving phase interface. The results from the
    calculations were compared with transmission electron microscopy (TEM)
    observations. It was found that the size of Cr-rich carbide (in the
    type Of M23C6), quickly expanded during fatigue test. However,
    simulations as well as the experiments indicated very low coarsening
    rates for the carbides aged at 700 degrees C. The agreement was
    satisfactory, although the coarsening rate in the case of ageing was
    larger than that of the simulated value both in H13 and HUM steels. The
    coarsening rate Of M23C6 in thermal fatigue test was about 300 times
    bigger than in ageing for both H13 and H13Nb steels. The results from
    experiments and simulation showed that the addition of 0.07 wt% mobium
    into H13 steel could play a role to retard the M23C6 carbide
    coarsening. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Hubei Univ Technol, Sch Mech Engn, Wuhan 430068, Peoples R China.
 RP Hu, XB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM huxbshu@163.com
 CR AGREN J, 1992, ISIJ INT, V32, P291
    ANDERSON DMW, 1972, TECH CHEM NY, V4, P1
    BORGENSTAM A, 2000, J PHASE EQUILIB, V21, P269
    CALISKANOGLU D, 2002, P 6 INT TOOL C US TO, P591
    DOBRZANSKI LA, 2001, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V113, P527
    ELIAS CN, 1992, MAT SCI TECHNOL, V9, P785
    ENGSTROM A, 1998, MOB2 MOBILITY DATA M
    FUCHS KD, 2002, P ITC 6 KARLST, P15
    GRELLIER A, 2002, P 6 INT TOOL C US TO, P33
    GUMPEL CP, 2002, P 6 INT TOOL C US TO, P3
    GUSTAFSON A, 1998, ADV HEAT RESISTANT S, P27
    GUSTAFSON A, 2000, MAT SCI ENG A-STRUCT, V287, P52
    HU ZF, 2003, ACTA METALL SIN, V39, P585
    KUZUCU V, 1998, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V82, P165
    MEBARKI N, 2002, P 6 INT TOOL C US TO, P617
    NORSTROM LA, 1981, MET TECHNOL, V8, P376
    PERSSON A, 2004, INT J FATIGUE, V26, P1095
    PERSSON A, 2004, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V148, P108
    PERSSON A, 2004, J MATER PROCESS TECH, V152, P228
    RAABE D, 1998, COMP MATER SCI, P231
    ROMIG AD, 1981, MET T A, V12, P243
    SHEWMON PG, 1989, DIFFUSION SOLIDS, P30
    SUNDAMAN B, SGTE SOLUTION DATABA
    TSUJII N, 1995, ISIJ INT, V35, P920
    TSUJII N, 1996, J MATER SCI LETT, V15, P1251
    XU Z, 2005, MAT THERMODYNAMIC, P41
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 0142-1123
 J9 INT J FATIGUE
 JI Int. J. Fatigue
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 28
 IS 3
 BP 175
 EP 182
 PG 8
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary
 GA 002OZ
 UT ISI:000234622200001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bai, ZT
    Zhao, R
    Zhang, XY
    Chen, J
    Liu, T
    Ji, YH
 TI The epileptic seizures induced by BmK I, a modulator of sodium channels
 SO EXPERIMENTAL NEUROLOGY
 DT Article
 DE BmK I; intrahippocampal injection; epileptic seizures; c-Fos
    expression; voltage-gated sodium channels
 ID BUTHUS-MARTENSI KARSCH; SERRULATUS SCORPION-VENOM; C-FOS EXPRESSION;
    GENERALIZED EPILEPSY; FEBRILE SEIZURES; SPINAL-CORD; LIMBIC SEIZURES;
    NERVOUS-SYSTEM; TRANSCRIPTION FACTORS; POSSIBLE MECHANISM
 AB In the present study, the Susceptibility to rat epileptic seizures
    induced by the intrahippocampal administration of BmK 1, a modulator of
    sodium channels purified from the venom of Chinese scorpion, has been
    investigate(]. The results showed that the strong epileptic behaviors
    and discharges in the hippocampus were evoked by BmK I
    dose-dependently. The hippocampal c-Fos expression displayed two peak
    waves in a specific spatio-temporal pattern elicited by BmK 1. The
    whole cell patch clamp recordings showed that the inactivation of
    sodium currents in rat cultured hippocampal neurons was prolonged
    significantly by BmK 1, and restored partially after washing. These
    results indicated that the rat hippocampus is a susceptible target for
    the proconvulsant effects of BmK 1, and the induction of epileptic
    seizures may be ascribed to the modulation of BmK I on the inactivation
    of voltage-gated sodium Channels distributing in the rat hippocampal
    neurons. (c) 2005 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Physiol, Grad Sch, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
    Yanan Univ, Coll Life Sci, Yanan 716000, Peoples R China.
 RP Ji, YH, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shang Da Rd 99, Shanghai 200436,
    Peoples R China.
 EM yhji@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ALEKOV AK, 2000, J PHYSIOL-LONDON, V529, P533
    ALEKOV AK, 2001, EUR J NEUROSCI, V13, P2171
    BAI ZT, 2002, NEUROSCI RES, V44, P447
    BAI ZT, 2003, TOXICOL APPL PHARM, V192, P78
    BAULAC S, 1999, AM J HUM GENET, V65, P1078
    BECKH S, 1989, EMBO J, V8, P3611
    BLUMENTHAL KM, 2003, CELL BIOCHEM BIOPHYS, V38, P215
    CARVALHO FF, 1998, PHARMACOL BIOCHEM BE, V60, P7
    CATTERALL WA, 1986, ANNU REV BIOCHEM, V55, P953
    CESTELE S, 2000, BIOCHIMIE, V82, P883
    CHEN B, 2001, NEUROTOXICOL TERATOL, V23, P675
    CHEN B, 2002, BRAIN RES, V952, P322
    CHEN B, 2002, TOXICON, V40, P527
    CHEN J, IN PRESS NEUROSCI LE
    COSFORD ND, 2002, CURR DRUG TARGETS CN, V1, P81
    DANIEL GH, 1996, PROG NEUROBIOL, V50, P83
    DRAGUNOW M, 1987, NEUROSCI LETT, V82, P157
    ELLERKMANN RK, 2003, NEUROSCIENCE, V119, P323
    ESCAYG A, 2000, NAT GENET, V24, P343
    ESCAYG A, 2001, AM J HUM GENET, V68, P866
    FATHOLLAHI Y, 1997, BRAIN RES, V758, P92
    FISHER RS, 1991, NEUROTRANSMITTERS EP, P247
    GASS P, 1992, NEUROSCIENCE, V48, P315
    GASS P, 1993, EUR J NEUROSCI, V5, P933
    GONG B, 1999, J COMP NEUROL, V412, P342
    GOODMAN JH, 1998, NEUROPHARMACOLOGY
    GOUDET C, 2002, TOXICON, V40, P1239
    HERDEGEN T, 1998, BRAIN RES REV, V28, P370
    HOFFMAN GE, 2003, EXP NEUROL, V182, P124
    JI YH, 1996, TOXICON, V34, P987
    JI YH, 1999, TOXICON, V37, P519
    KETELAARS SOM, 2001, NEUROSCIENCE, V105, P109
    KOHLING R, 2002, EPILEPSIA, V43, P1278
    LI YJ, 2000, J PEPT RES, V56, P195
    LOMBARDO AJ, 1996, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V24, P4812
    LOTHMAN EW, 1981, BRAIN RES, V218, P299
    MOULARD B, 1999, AM J HUM GENET, V65, P1396
    NENCIONI ALA, 2000, PHARMACOL TOXICOL, V86, P149
    PAXINOS G, 1998, RAT BRAIN STEREOTAXI
    PENNYPACKER KR, 1994, J NEUROSCI, V14, P3998
    RACINE RJ, 1972, ELECTROEN CLIN NEURO, V32, P281
    RAMAN IM, 1997, NEURON, V19, P881
    RHODES TH, 2004, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V101, P11147
    ROGAWSKI MA, 2004, NAT REV NEUROSCI, V5, P553
    SANDOVAL MRL, 2003, BRAIN RES BULL, V62, P165
    SANDOVAL MRL, 2003, EPILEPSIA, V44, P904
    SOOKYONG K, 2001, ANN NEUROL, V50, P366
    TAMMARO P, 2002, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V291, P1095
    TAN ZY, 2001, NEUROPHARMACOLOGY, V40, P352
    TAN ZY, 2001, NEUROSCI LETT, V297, P65
    TRIMMER JS, 2004, ANNU REV PHYSIOL, V66, P477
    TURSKI WA, 1983, BEHAV BRAIN RES, V9, P315
    VREUGDENHIL M, 1998, NEUROSCIENCE, V86, P99
    WALKER PD, 1993, J NEUROSCI RES, V36, P588
    WALLACE RH, 1998, NAT GENET, V19, P366
    WANG CY, 2000, BRAIN RES BULL, V53, P335
    WESTENBROEK RE, 1989, NEURON, V3, P695
    WHEELER KP, 1983, PFLUG ARCH EUR J PHY, V397, P164
    WHITAKER WR, 2001, BRAIN RES MOL BRAIN, V88, P37
    WHITAKER WRJ, 2000, J COMP NEUROL, V422, P123
    ZHANG XY, 2002, BRAIN RES BULL, V58, P27
    ZHANG XY, 2003, J NEUROSCI RES, V74, P167
    ZUO XP, 2004, MOL NEUROBIOL, V30, P265
 NR 63
 TC 0
 SN 0014-4886
 J9 EXP NEUROL
 JI Exp. Neurol.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 197
 IS 1
 BP 167
 EP 176
 PG 10
 SC Neurosciences
 GA 001LI
 UT ISI:000234534200017
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, L
    Wu, QS
    Ding, YP
    Liu, HJ
 TI Morphologies of barium chromate controlled by carriers in an emulsion
    liquid membrane system
 SO CRYSTAL RESEARCH AND TECHNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE crystal morphology; barium compounds; inorganic compounds; nanomaterials
 ID BIOMINERALIZATION; CHEMISTRY; MORPHOGENESIS; PARTICLES; NANOROD; METAL
 AB Morphology-control of barium chromate has been studied in emulsion
    liquid membrane system. This system consists of Span8O as surfactant,
    N7301 or TBP as carrier, and kerosene as solvent. When BaCl2 solution
    was used as internal-aqueous phase and N7301 as carrier, the morphology
    of products can be varied from crystal wafers to crystal rods. X-ray
    diffraction and transmission electron microscopy were used to
    characterize the structure and morphology. A synthetic mechanism has
    been proposed and the optical properties of the products were also
    discussed.
 C1 Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wu, QS, Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
 EM qswu@mail.tongji.edu.cn
 CR ESTROFF LA, 2001, CHEM MATER, V13, P3227
    GIBSON CP, 1995, SCIENCE, V267, P1338
    GREENFIELD EM, 1984, AM ZOOL, V24, P925
    HENGLEIN A, 1989, CHEM REV, V89, P1861
    HIRAI T, 2000, LANGMUIR, V16, P955
    HU JT, 1999, ACCOUNTS CHEM RES, V32, P435
    KIM F, 2001, J AM CHEM SOC, V123, P4360
    KWAN S, 2001, CHEM COMMUN, P447
    LI M, 1999, NATURE, V402, P393
    LI YD, 1999, INORG CHEM, V38, P1382
    MANN S, 1988, NATURE, V332, P119
    MANN S, 1995, J MATER CHEM, V5, P935
    MANN S, 1996, NATURE, V382, P313
    MANNA L, 2000, J AM CHEM SOC, V122, P12700
    MATIJEVIC E, 1996, CURR OPIN COLLOID IN, V1, P176
    SONG JH, 2001, J AM CHEM SOC, V123, P10397
    VOET D, 1995, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, P524
    WEINER S, 1984, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V304, P425
    WU Q, 2002, CHEM COMMUN, V5, P671
    XIA YN, 2003, ADV MATER, V15, P353
    YANG H, 1997, NATURE, V386, P692
    YU SH, 2002, CHEM-EUR J, V8, P2937
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0232-1300
 J9 CRYST RES TECH
 JI Cryst. Res. Technol.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 41
 IS 1
 BP 27
 EP 31
 PG 5
 SC Crystallography
 GA 002VV
 UT ISI:000234640900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, TC
    You, FC
    Zhao, WY
 TI Multi-component Levi hierarchy and its multi-component integrable
    coupling system
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE loop algebra; multi-component Levi hierarchy; multi-component
    integrable coupling system
 ID BI-HAMILTONIAN STRUCTURE; SOLITON-EQUATIONS; LOOP ALGEBRA; AKNS
    HIERARCHY; CONSTRAINED FLOWS; BURGERS HIERARCHY; EVOLUTION;
    NONLINEARIZATION; MODELS; FAMILY
 AB A simple 3M-dimensional loop algebra (X) over tilde is produced, whose
    commutation operation delined by us is as simple and straightforward as
    that in the loop algebra (A) over tilde (1). It follows that a general
    scheme for generating multicomponent integrable hierarchy is proposed.
    By taking advantage of (X) over tilde, a new isospectral problem is
    established, and then by making use of the Tu scheme the well-known
    multi-component Levi hierarchy is obtained. Finally, an expanding loop
    algebra (F) over tilde (M) of the loop algebra (X) over tilde is
    presented, based on the (F) over tilde (M), the multi-component
    integrable coupling system of the multi-component Levi hierarchy is
    worked out. The method in this paper can be applied to other nonlinear
    evolution equation hierarchies.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Bohai Univ, Dept Math, Jinzhou 121000, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, TC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM xiatc@yahoo.com.cn
    fcyou2008@yahoo.com.cn
 CR ABLOWITZ MJ, 1991, SOLITONS NONLINEAR E
    CAO CW, 1990, SCI CHINA SER A, V33, P528
    FAN E, 2001, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V34, P513
    FAN E, 2001, PHYSICA A, V301, P105
    FAN EG, 2000, J MATH PHYS, V41, P7769
    FUSSTEINER B, 1993, APPL ANAL GEOMETRIC, P125
    GUO F, 2002, J SYS SCI MATH SCI, V22, P36
    GUO F, 2004, INT J THEOR PHYS, V43, P1139
    GUO FK, 2000, ACTA MATH APPL SIN, V23, P181
    GUO FK, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P951
    GUO FK, 2003, J MATH PHYS, V44, P5793
    GUO FK, 2004, ACTA MATH SINICA, V27, P349
    LI YS, 2000, PHYS LETT A, V275, P60
    MA WX, 1996, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V7, P1227
    MA WX, 1999, J MATH PHYS, V40, P4419
    MA WX, 2002, CHINESE ANN MATH B, V23, P373
    NEWELL AC, 1985, SOLITON MATH PHYS
    TAM HW, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P535
    TSUCHIDA T, 1996, J PHYS SOC JPN, V65, P3153
    TSUCHIDA T, 1998, J PHYS SOC JPN, V67, P1175
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, J PHYS SOC JPN, V69, P2241
    TSUCHIDA T, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V53, P257
    TU GZ, 1989, ACTA MATH APPL SINIC, V5, P89
    TU GZ, 1989, J MATH PHYS, V30, P330
    XIA TC, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V22, P939
    XIA TC, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V42, P180
    XIA TC, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V42, P494
    XIA TC, 2004, PHYSICA A, V343, P238
    XIA TC, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1033
    XIA TC, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1163
    XIA TC, 2005, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V23, P1911
    XU XX, 2004, COMMUN THEOR PHYS, V41, P321
    XU XX, 2004, PHYS LETT A, V326, P199
    ZENG YB, 1991, PHYS LETT A, V160, P541
    ZENG YB, 1996, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V29, P5241
    ZHANG DJ, 2002, J PHYS A-MATH GEN, V35, P7225
    ZHANG YF, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P5
    ZHANG YF, 2003, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V53, P2190
    ZHANG YF, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V16, P263
    ZHANG YF, 2003, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V18, P855
    ZHANG YF, 2003, CHINESE PHYS, V12, P1194
    ZHANG YF, 2003, PHYS LETT A, V317, P280
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P305
    ZHANG YF, 2004, CHAOS SOLITON FRACT, V21, P413
 NR 44
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD DEC 15
 PY 2005
 VL 44
 IS 6
 BP 990
 EP 996
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 001LC
 UT ISI:000234533600008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hou, JM
    Tian, LJ
 TI Collective excitations in spin-2 Bose-Einstein condensates
 SO COMMUNICATIONS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE Bose-Einstein condensates; collective excitations; Green's function
 ID MAGNETIC RESPONSE; GAS; PHASE; SOLITONS; ATOMS
 AB The Green's functions and the correlation functions in spin-2
    Bose-Einstein condensates at finite temperature are defined and the
    generalized Dyson-Beliaev equations are introduced. We discuss the spin
    conservation in z direction and decouple the Green's functions and the
    generalized Dyson-Beliaev equations according to different spin
    conservations in z direction. The anomalous vertex functions are
    introduced and the self-energies are separated into the proper
    self-energies and the improper self-energies. The generalized
    Dyson-Beliaev equations are decoupled according to separation of the
    self-energies. We calculate the Green's functions step by step in the
    Bogoliubov approximation and discuss the collective excitations in
    spin-2 Bose-Einstein condensates in the polar, ferromagnetic, and
    cyclic cases, respectively.
 C1 SE Univ, Dept Phys, Nanjing 210096, Peoples R China.
    Nankai Univ, Nankai Inst Math, Div Theoret Phys, Tianjin 300071, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Hou, JM, SE Univ, Dept Phys, Nanjing 210096, Peoples R China.
 EM jmhou@eyou.com
 CR ABOSHAEER JR, 2001, SCIENCE, V292, P476
    ANDERSON MH, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P198
    ANDREWS MR, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P637
    BURGER S, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P5198
    CIOBANU CV, 2000, PHYS REV A, V61
    DAVIS KB, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V75, P3969
    DENSCHLAG J, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P97
    EDWARDS M, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P1671
    HAGLEY EW, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P3112
    HALL DS, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P1543
    HO TL, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V81, P742
    JAVANAINEN J, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P161
    JIN DS, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P420
    KHAYKOVICH L, 2002, SCIENCE, V296, P1290
    KOASHI M, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P1066
    MADISON KW, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P806
    MARAGO OM, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P2056
    MATTHEWS MR, 1999, PHYS REV LETT, V83, P2498
    MEWES MO, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P988
    OHMI T, 1998, J PHYS SOC JPN, V67, P1822
    ONOFRIO R, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V85, P2228
    STAMPERKURN DM, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P2027
    STRINGARI S, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V77, P2360
    SZEPFALUSY P, 2002, PHYS REV A B, V65
    SZIRMAI G, 2003, PHYS REV A, V68
    UEDA M, 2002, PHYS REV A, V65
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 0253-6102
 J9 COMMUN THEOR PHYS
 JI Commun. Theor. Phys.
 PD DEC 15
 PY 2005
 VL 44
 IS 6
 BP 1025
 EP 1036
 PG 12
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 001LC
 UT ISI:000234533600015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhuang, ZH
    Zhou, Y
    Yu, MC
    Silverman, N
    Ge, BX
 TI Regulation of Drosophila p38 activation by specific MAP2 kinase and
    MAP3 kinase in response to different stimuli
 SO CELLULAR SIGNALLING
 DT Article
 DE Drosophila; p38; MEKK1; TAK1; PGN; RNAi
 ID SIGNAL-TRANSDUCTION PATHWAY; PROTEIN-KINASE; GENE-EXPRESSION; KAPPA-B;
    INFLAMMATORY CYTOKINES; DUAL PHOSPHORYLATION; STRESS RESPONSES;
    MITOGEN; JNK; CASCADES
 AB The p38 mitogen-activated protein kinase (MAPK) signaling pathway plays
    an important role in cellular responses to inflammatory stimuli and
    environmental stress. Activation of p38 is mediated through
    phosphorylation by upstream MAPKK, which in turn is activated by
    MAPKKK. However, the mechanism of how different upstream MAP2Ks and
    MAP3Ks specifically contribute to p38 activation in response to
    different stimuli is still not clearly understood. By using
    double-stranded RNA-mediated interference (RNAi) in Drosophila cells,
    we demonstrate that D-NKK3 is a major MAP2K responsible for D-p38
    activation by UV, heat shock, NaCl or peptiodglycan (PGN). Stimulation
    of UV and PGN activates D-p38 through D-MEKK1, heat shock-induced
    activation of D-p38 signals through both D-MEKK1 and D-ASK1. On the
    other hand, maximal activation of D-p38 by NaCl requires the expression
    of four MAP3Ks.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Med Univ 2, Joint Immunol Lab, Hlth Sci Ctr, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Med Univ 2, Shanghai Inst Immunol, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
    Univ Massachusetts, Sch Med, Dept Med, Div Infect Dis, Worcester, MA 01605 USA.
 RP Ge, BX, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, 225 S Chongqing Rd,
    Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
 EM gebaoxue@sibs.ac.cn
 CR ADACHIYAMADA T, 1999, MOL CELL BIOL, V19, P2322
    BRANCHO D, 2003, GENE DEV, V17, P1969
    BRUNET A, 1997, ESSAYS BIOCHEM, V32, P1
    CHEN W, 2002, J BIOL CHEM, V277, P49105
    CHIARIELLO M, 2000, MOL CELL BIOL, V20, P1747
    COBB MH, 1991, CELL REGUL, V2, P965
    COHEN P, 1996, ADV PHARMACOL, V36, P15
    CRAIG CR, 2004, EMBO REP, V5, P1058
    DAVIS RJ, 1994, TRENDS BIOCHEM SCI, V19, P470
    DEACON K, 1999, J BIOL CHEM, V274, P16604
    DEAK M, 1998, EMBO J, V17, P4426
    DERIJARD B, 1994, CELL, V76, P1025
    FAN G, 1996, J BIOL CHEM, V271, P24788
    FUKUNAGA R, 1997, EMBO J, V16, P1921
    GE BX, 2002, SCIENCE, V295, P1291
    HAMMOND SM, 2000, NATURE, V404, P293
    HAN J, 1994, SCIENCE, V265, P808
    HAN J, 1997, NATURE, V386, P296
    HAN SJ, 1998, J BIOL CHEM, V273, P369
    HAN ZQS, 1998, MOL CELL BIOL, V18, P3527
    HER JH, 1993, BIOCHEM J 1, V296, P25
    HERSKOWITZ I, 1995, CELL, V80, P187
    ICHIJO H, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P90
    INOUE H, 2001, EMBO J, V20, P5421
    IORDANOV M, 1997, EMBO J, V16, P1009
    JOHNSON GL, 2002, SCIENCE, V298, P1911
    KANEKO T, 2004, IMMUNITY, V20, P637
    KYRIAKIS JM, 1994, NATURE, V369, P156
    KYRIAKIS JM, 1996, BIOESSAYS, V18, P567
    LEE JC, 1994, NATURE, V372, P739
    LEULIER F, 2003, NAT IMMUNOL, V4, P478
    MIHALY J, 2001, MECH DEVELOP, V102, P67
    MORIGUCHI T, 1996, J BIOL CHEM, V271, P13675
    NEBREDA AR, 2000, TRENDS BIOCHEM SCI, V25, P257
    NEW L, 1998, EMBO J, V17, P3372
    NISHIDA E, 1993, TRENDS BIOCHEM SCI, V18, P128
    ONO K, 2000, CELL SIGNAL, V12, P1
    PEARSON G, 2001, ENDOCR REV, V22, P153
    PIERRAT B, 1998, J BIOL CHEM, V273, P29661
    RAINGEAUD J, 1995, J BIOL CHEM, V270, P7420
    RAINGEAUD J, 1996, MOL CELL BIOL, V16, P1247
    ROBINSON MJ, 1997, CURR OPIN CELL BIOL, V9, P180
    SAMAKOVLIS C, 1992, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V188, P1169
    SCHAEFFER HJ, 1999, MOL CELL BIOL, V19, P2435
    SILVERMAN N, 2000, GENE DEV, V14, P2461
    SILVERMAN N, 2003, J BIOL CHEM, V278, P48928
    STOKOE D, 1992, EMBO J, V11, P3985
    STRONACH BE, 1999, ONCOGENE, V18, P6172
    SU B, 1996, CURR OPIN IMMUNOL, V8, P402
    SUZANNE M, 1999, GENE DEV, V13, P1464
    TAKATSU Y, 2000, MOL CELL BIOL, V20, P3015
    TANAKA N, 2002, EMBO REP, V3, P785
    TIBBLES LA, 1996, EMBO J, V15, P7026
    VIDAL S, 2001, GENE DEV, V15, P1900
    WANG XZ, 1996, SCIENCE, V272, P1347
    WASKIEWICZ AJ, 1995, CURR OPIN CELL BIOL, V7, P798
    WASKIEWICZ AJ, 1997, EMBO J, V16, P1909
    WHITMARSH AJ, 1997, MOL CELL BIOL, V17, P2360
    WIDMANN C, 1999, PHYSIOL REV, V79, P143
    WORBY CA, 2001, SCI STKE, V95, PL1
    WYSK M, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P3763
    YAMAGUCHI K, 1995, SCIENCE, V270, P2008
 NR 62
 TC 0
 SN 0898-6568
 J9 CELL SIGNAL
 JI Cell. Signal.
 PD APR
 PY 2006
 VL 18
 IS 4
 BP 441
 EP 448
 PG 8
 SC Cell Biology
 GA 001PU
 UT ISI:000234549600005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, QY
    Gao, XS
    Sun, Y
    Zhang, QQ
    Song, RT
    Xu, ZK
 TI Isolation and characterization of a sodium-dependent phosphate
    transporter gene in Dunaliella viridis
 SO BIOCHEMICAL AND BIOPHYSICAL RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE Dunaliella viridis; sodium-dependent phosphate transporter; induced
    expression; yeast functional characterization
 ID HALOTOLERANT ALGA DUNALIELLA; SACCHAROMYCES-CEREVISIAE;
    POLYPHOSPHATE-HYDROLYSIS; ALKALINE STRESS; PROTEIN; CHLAMYDOMONAS;
    EXPRESSION; SEQUENCE; SALINA; TRANSCRIPTION
 AB A sodium-dependent phosphate transporter gene, DvSPT1, was isolated
    from a cDNA library using a probe derived from a subtracted cDNA
    library of Dunaliella viridis. Sequencing analyses revealed a
    cDNA-sequence of 2649 bp long and encoded an open-reading frame
    consisting of 672 amino acids. The deduced amino acid sequence of
    DvSPT1 exhibited 31.2% identity to that of TcPHO from Tetraselmis chui.
    Hydrophobicity and secondary structure prediction revealed 11 conserved
    transmembrane domains similar to those found in PHO89 from
    Saccharomyces cerevisiae and PHO4 from Neurospora crassa. Northern blot
    analysis indicated that the DvSPTI expression was induced upon NaCl
    hyperosmotic stress or phosphate depletion. Functional characterization
    in yeast Na+ export pump mutant G19 suggested that DvSPT1 encoded a Na+
    transporter protein. The gene sequence of GDvSPT1 (7922 bp) was
    isolated from a genomic library of D. viridis. Southern blot analysis
    indicated that there exist at least two homologous genes in D. viridis.
    (c) 2005 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Plant Physiol & Ecol, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Grad Sch, Beijing 10039, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, ZK, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Plant Physiol &
    Ecol, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM qyli@cjaas.com
    zkxu@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR AGATEP R, 1998, TRANSFORMATION SACCH
    AMTMANN A, 2001, PLANT PHYSIOL, V126, P1061
    BANUELOS MA, 1998, MICROBIOL-UK 10, V144, P2749
    BENTAL M, 1990, EUR J BIOCHEM, V188, P111
    BENTAL M, 1991, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V1092, P21
    BUNYA M, 1991, MOL CELL BIOL, V11, P3229
    CHUNG CC, 2003, APPL ENVIRON MICROB, P754
    DARAM P, 1999, PLANT CELL, V11, P2153
    DIATCHENKO L, 1996, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V93, P6025
    GRAZIANO LM, 1996, J PHYCOL, V32, P825
    GREGORY PD, 1999, EMBO J, V18, P6407
    HAYASHI N, 1991, MOL CELL BIOL, V11, P785
    HEINEMEYER T, 1998, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V26, P364
    KANG TJ, 1997, PLANT MOL BIOL, V35, P943
    KOMEILI A, 1999, SCIENCE, V284, P977
    LAROCHE J, 1993, J PHYCOL, V29, P767
    LAU WTW, 1998, GENETICS, V150, P1349
    MARTINEZ P, 1998, MOL GEN GENET, V258, P628
    OGAWA N, 1995, MOL GEN GENET, V249, P406
    PERSSON BL, 1999, BBA-REV BIOMEMBRANES, V1422, P255
    PICK U, 1990, FEBS LETT, V274, P15
    PICK U, 1991, PLANT PHYSIOL, V97, P1234
    SAMBROOK J, 1989, MOL CLONING LAB MANU
    SCANLAN DJ, 1993, MOL MICROBIOL, V10, P181
    SCANLAN DJ, 1997, APPL ENVIRON MICROB, V63, P2411
    SHAPIRO MB, 1987, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V15, P7155
    SHIMOGAWARA K, 1999, PLANT PHYSIOL, V120, P685
    SUN Y, 2005, MOL BIOTECHNOL, V30, P185
    ULLRICH WR, 1982, PLANT SCI LETT, V27, P155
    UTHAPPA TM, 2001, PLANT PHYSIOL, V127, P1854
    VERSAW WK, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P3884
    WEISS M, 2001, J PLANT PHYSIOL, V158, P1519
    WU JF, 2000, SCIENCE, V289, P759
    WYKOFF DD, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P15336
    YANG ZY, 2000, ACTA PHYTOPHYSIOL SI, V26, P75
    YANG ZY, 2000, SUCCESSFUL CULTURE D
 NR 36
 TC 0
 SN 0006-291X
 J9 BIOCHEM BIOPHYS RES COMMUN
 JI Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun.
 PD FEB 3
 PY 2006
 VL 340
 IS 1
 BP 95
 EP 104
 PG 10
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Biophysics
 GA 002VS
 UT ISI:000234640600015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Tan, Q
    Xie, S
    Zhu, X
    Lei, W
    Yang, Y
 TI Effect of dietary carbohydrate sources on growth performance and
    utilization for gibel carp (Carassius auratus gibelio) and Chinese
    longsnout catfish (Leiocassis longirostris Gunther)
 SO AQUACULTURE NUTRITION
 DT Article
 DE carbohydrate; Chinese longsnout catfish; gibel carp; gluconeogenesis;
    growth; lipogenesis
 ID STURGEON ACIPENSER-TRANSMONTANUS; X OREOCHROMIS-AUREUS; BASS
    DICENTRARCHUS-LABRAX; TROUT SALMO-GAIRDNERI; MORONE-SAXATILIS MALE;
    BODY-COMPOSITION; PHOSPHOENOLPYRUVATE CARBOXYKINASE; GLUCOSE;
    METABOLISM; NILOTICUS
 AB The nutritional function of monosaccharides, disaccharides and
    polysaccharides for omnivorous gibel carp and carnivorous Chinese
    longsnout catfish were investigated and the ability of these two
    species to utilize carbohydrates was compared. For each species,
    triplicate groups of fish were assigned to each of five groups of
    isoenergetic and isonitrogenous experimental diets with different
    carbohydrate sources: glucose, sucrose, dextrin, soluble starch
    (acid-modified starch) and alpha-cellulose. The carbohydrates were
    included at 60 g kg(-1) in Chinese longsnout catfish diets and at 200 g
    kg(-1) in gibel carp diets. A growth trial was carried out in a
    recirculation system at 27.8 +/- 1.9 degrees C for 8 weeks. The results
    showed that fish with different food habits showed difference in the
    utilization of carbohydrate sources. For gibel carp, better specific
    growth rate (SGR) and feed efficiency (FE) were observed in fish fed
    diets containing soluble starch and cellulose, but for Chinese
    longsnout catfish, better SGR and FE were observed in fish fed diets
    containing dextrin and sucrose. Apparent digestibility coefficient of
    dry matter (ADC(d)) and apparent digestibility coefficient of energy
    (ADC(e)) were significantly affected by dietary carbohydrate sources in
    gibel carp. ADC(d) and ADC(e) significantly decreased as dietary
    carbohydrate complexity increased in Chinese longsnout catfish except
    that glucose diet had medium ADC(d) and ADC(e). In both species, no
    significant difference of apparent digestibility coefficient of protein
    was observed between different carbohydrate sources. Dietary
    carbohydrate sources significantly affected body composition, and liver
    phosphoenolpyruvate carboxykinase (PEPCK), pyruvate kinase (PK),
    glucose 6-phosphate dehydrogenase (G6PD) and malic enzyme (ME)
    activities also varied according to dietary carbohydrate complexity.
    Fish with different food habits showed different abilities to
    synthesize liver glycogen, and the liver glycogen content in gibel carp
    was significantly higher than in Chinese longsnout catfish. The
    influence of carbohydrate source on gluconeogenesis and lipogenesis was
    also different in the two fish species.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Hydrobiol, State Key Lab Freshwater Ecol & Biotechnol, Wuhan, Hubei, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Grad Sch, Beijing, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Aquaculture Div, E Inst, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Xie, S, Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Hydrobiol, State Key Lab Freshwater Ecol
    & Biotechnol, Wuhan, Hubei, Peoples R China.
 EM sqxie@ihb.ac.cn
 CR *AOAC, 1984, OFF METH AN, P1141
    AKIYAMA T, 1982, B JPN SOC SCI FISH, V33, P112
    BARHAM D, 1972, ANALYST, V97, P142
    BERGOT F, 1979, AQUACULTURE, V18, P157
    BOLIN DW, 1952, SCIENCE, V116, P634
    BRADFORD MM, 1976, ANAL BIOCHEM, V72, P248
    BUHLER DR, 1961, J NUTR, V74, P307
    DENG DF, 2001, AQUACULTURE, V199, P107
    DIAS J, 1998, AQUACULTURE, V161, P169
    ERFANULLAH, 1995, AQUACULTURE, V136, P331
    FURUICHI M, 1982, B JAPAN SOC SCI FISH, V48, P945
    FURUICHI M, 1986, B JPN SOC SCI FISH, V52, P99
    HANSON RW, 1972, AM J CLIN NUTR, V25, P1010
    HASSID WZ, 1957, METHOD ENZYMOL, V3, P34
    HEMRE GI, 2002, AQUACULT NUTR, V8, P175
    HILTON JW, 1982, BR J NUTR, V47, P597
    HSIEH SL, 2000, FISHERIES SCI, V66, P32
    HUNG SSO, 1989, J NUTR, V119, P727
    HUTCHINS CG, 1998, AQUACULTURE, V161, P187
    KAHN A, 1982, METHOD ENZYMOL, V90, P131
    LEE MH, 1981, J BIOL CHEM, V256, P2793
    LEE SM, 2003, AQUACULTURE, V221, P427
    LIN JH, 1997, AQUACULTURE, V148, P201
    LIN JS, 1995, FISH PHYSIOL BIOCHEM, V14, P165
    MORITA K, 1982, B JPN SOC SCI FISH, V48, P1617
    PEI Z, 2003, THESIS CHINESE ACAD
    PERES H, 1999, AQUACULTURE, V179, P415
    PIEPER A, 1980, AQUACULTURE, V20, P333
    QIAN XQ, 2001, THESIS CHINESE ACAD
    RAWLES SD, 1998, AQUACULTURE, V161, P201
    SHIAU SY, 1993, AQUACULTURE, V117, P327
    SHIAU SY, 2002, FISHERIES SCI, V68, P991
    SHIKATA T, 1994, FISHERIES SCI, V60, P613
    SHIMENO MA, 1991, GEN COMP ENDOCR, V81, P473
    SHIMENO S, 1977, B JAP SOC SCI FISH, V43, P213
    SHIMENO S, 1993, NIPPON SUISAN GAKK, V59, P827
    STONE DAJ, 2003, AQUAC RES, V34, P97
    WILSON RP, 1987, J NUTR, V117, P280
    WILSON RP, 1994, AQUACULTURE, V124, P67
    YANG Y, 2003, THESIS HUAZHONG AGR
 NR 40
 TC 0
 SN 1353-5773
 J9 AQUAC NUTR
 JI Aquac. Nutr.
 PD FEB
 PY 2006
 VL 12
 IS 1
 BP 61
 EP 70
 PG 10
 SC Fisheries
 GA 003EE
 UT ISI:000234663600007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, BX
    Yu, JY
    Xu, DJ
 TI 2,(2,2 '-Diamino-4,4 '-bi-1,3-thiazole-kappa N-2, N
    ')-bis(glycinato-kappa N-2,O)zinc(II) dihydrate
 SO ACTA CRYSTALLOGRAPHICA SECTION E-STRUCTURE REPORTS ONLINE
 DT Article
 AB In the title Zn-II complex, [Zn(C2H4NO2)(2)(C6H6N4S2)]center dot
    2H(2)O, the Zn-II ion is coordinated by two glycinate anions and a
    diaminobithiazole (DABT) molecule in a distorted octahedral geometry.
    Two thiazole rings of the same DABT are twisted with respect to each
    other with a dihedral angle of 10.56 (6)degrees. The glycinate chelates
    to the Zn-II ion by the amino N and carboxylate O atoms; the chelating
    five-membered ring displays an envelope configuration. A twofold
    rotation axis passes through the Zn atom and the mid-point of the C-C
    bond linking the two thiazole rings.
 C1 Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Xu, DJ, Zhejiang Univ, Dept Chem, Hangzhou, Peoples R China.
 EM xudj@mail.hz.zj.cn
 CR *RIG CORP, 1998, PROCESS AUTO
    *RIG MSC, 2002, CRYST STRUCT
    ALTOMARE A, 1993, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V26, P343
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1997, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V30, P565
    FARRUGIA LJ, 1999, J APPL CRYSTALLOGR, V32, P837
    HIGASHI T, 1995, ABSCOR
    LIU JG, 2001, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR C 4, V57, P354
    SHELDRICK GM, 1997, SHELXL97
    SUN WL, 1997, J APPL POLYM SCI, V64, P2309
    YU JY, 2005, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR  11, V61, M2232
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1600-5368
 J9 ACTA CRYSTALLOGR E-STRUCT REP
 JI Acta Crystallogr. Sect. E.-Struct Rep. Online
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 62
 PN Part 1
 BP M67
 EP M68
 PG 2
 SC Crystallography
 GA 000FS
 UT ISI:000234446900034
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, SC
    Li, SC
    Cheng, YM
 TI Enriched meshless manifold method for two-dimensional crack modeling
 SO THEORETICAL AND APPLIED FRACTURE MECHANICS
 DT Article
 DE meshless manifold method; enriched meshless manifold method; finite
    cover approximation theory; partition of unity; cracks; stress
    intensity factors
 ID FINITE-ELEMENT-METHOD; SMOOTHED PARTICLE HYDRODYNAMICS; UNITY METHOD;
    PARTITION; CONTACT; GROWTH
 AB The meshless manifold method is based on the partition of unity method
    and the finite cover approximation theory which provides a unified
    framework for solving problems dealing with both continuum with and
    without discontinuities. The meshless manifold method employs two cover
    systems. The mathematical cover system provides the nodes for forming
    finite covers of the solution domain and the partition of unity
    functions. And the physical cover system describes geometry of the
    domain and the discontinuous surfaces in the domain. The shape
    functions are derived by the partition of unity and the finite covers
    approximation theory. In meshless manifold method, the mathematical
    finite cover approximation theory is used to model cracks that lead to
    interior discontinuities in the displacement. Therefore, the
    discontinuity is treated mathematically instead of empirically by the
    existing methods. However, one cover of a node is divided into two
    irregular sub-covers when the meshless manifold method is used to model
    the discontinuity. As a result, the method sometimes causes numerical
    errors at the tip of a crack. To improve the precision of the meshless
    manifold method, the enriched methods are introduced in this work for
    crack problems. (C) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shandong Univ, Sch Civil & Hydraul Engn, Dept Underground Space, Jinan 250061, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, SC, Shandong Univ, Sch Civil & Hydraul Engn, Dept Underground
    Space, Jinan 250061, Peoples R China.
 EM shuchenli@sdu.edu.cn
    cai@sdu.edu.cn
 CR BABUSKA I, 1996, COMPUT METHODS APPL, V139, P289
    BABUSKA I, 1997, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V40, P727
    BABUSKA I, 1998, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V152, P1
    BELYTSCHKO T, 1994, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V37, P229
    BELYTSCHKO T, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P3
    BELYTSCHKO T, 1999, COMPUT STRUCT, V71, P173
    BELYTSCHKO T, 2001, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V50, P993
    CHEN JS, 1998, COMPUT MECH, V22, P289
    CHENG Y, 2003, ACTA MECH SINICA, V35, P181
    DAUX C, 2000, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V48, P1741
    DOLBOW J, 2001, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V190, P6825
    DUARTE CA, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P237
    DUARTE CA, 1996, NUMER METH PART D E, V12, P673
    GINGOLD RA, 1977, MON NOT R ASTRON SOC, V181, P375
    HARLOW FH, 1964, METHODS COMPUTATIONA, V3, P319
    JIAN H, 2002, CHIN J ROCK MECH ENG, V21, P1655
    LANCASTER P, 1981, MATH COMPUT, V37, P141
    LI S, 2002, APPL MECH REV, V54, P1
    LI S, 2004, ACTA MECH SINICA, V4, P496
    LI SF, 2000, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V48, P1285
    LIBERSKY LD, 1991, NEXT FREE LAGR C, P248
    LIU WK, 1995, INT J NUMER METH FL, V20, P1081
    LUCY LB, 1977, ASTRON J, V82, P1013
    MELENK JM, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P289
    MOES N, 1999, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V46, P131
    NAYROLES B, 1992, COMPUT MECH, V10, P307
    ODEN JT, 1997, MATH FINITE ELEMENTS, P35
    ONATE E, 1996, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V139, P315
    PERRONE N, 1975, COMPUT STRUCT, V5, P45
    ROBERT L, 1998, COMPUT METH APPL MEC, V152, P73
    SIH GC, 1990, MECH FRACTURE INITIA, P218
    SUKUMAR N, 2001, COMPUT METHOD APPL M, V190, P6183
    SWEGLE JW, 1995, J COMPUT PHYS, V116, P123
    TIMOSHENKO SP, 1970, THEORY ELASTICITY
 NR 34
 TC 0
 SN 0167-8442
 J9 THEOR APPL FRACT MECH
 JI Theor. Appl. Fract. Mech.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 44
 IS 3
 BP 234
 EP 248
 PG 15
 SC Engineering, Mechanical; Mechanics
 GA 998JZ
 UT ISI:000234316100003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YS
    Zhang, JC
    Cao, SX
    Zhang, XY
    Jia, GQ
    Ren, ZM
    Li, X
    Jing, C
    Deng, K
 TI Microstructure, crystallization, and magnetization behaviors in MnBi-Bi
    composites aligned by applied magnetic field
 SO PHYSICAL REVIEW B
 DT Article
 ID STRUCTURAL PHASE-TRANSITION; MAGNETOOPTICAL PROPERTIES; INTERMETALLIC
    COMPOUND; ELECTRONIC-STRUCTURE; HIGH-TEMPERATURE; SOLIDIFICATION;
    TRANSFORMATION; GROWTH
 AB MnBi-Bi composites are fabricated by a magnetic-field-inducing
    technique under different fabrication fields (0, 0.3, 0.5, and 1 T) and
    their microstructure and magnetic properties have been investigated.
    Microstructure results show MnBi crystals are aligned along the c axis
    in a Bi matrix under relatively moderate fabrication fields (0.5 and 1
    T). Magnetic measurement shows a pronounced anisotropy in magnetization
    in directions normal and parallel to the fabrication field, resulting
    from this alignment. Interestingly, the fabrication field not only
    improves the crystal quality of MnBi-Bi composite, but also increases
    the spin-reorientation temperature T-s of MnBi compound as well as the
    change in magnetization. On the other hand, an external field applied
    to the fabricated composite decreases the spin-reorientation
    temperature T-s. During the reversible transformation from the
    paramagnetic state to the ferromagnetic state, the magnetic transition
    temperature T-C increases with the increase of external magnetic field
    for MnBi compound. Under a field of 10 T, a typical increase of T-C is
    20 K during heating and 22 K during cooling, respectively.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, JC, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM jczhang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ALBERT PA, 1961, J APPL PHYS, V32, S201
    ASAMITSU A, 1995, NATURE, V373, P407
    AWAJI S, 2001, J CRYST GROWTH, V226, P83
    CHEN T, 1974, IEEE T MAGN, V10, P581
    COEHOORN R, 1985, J PHYS F MET PHYS, V15, P2135
    DERANGO P, 1991, NATURE, V349, P770
    GUO X, 1992, PHYS REV B, V46, P14578
    HARDER KU, 1998, J APPL PHYS, V84, P3625
    HEIKES RR, 1955, PHYS REV, V99, P446
    HIHARA T, 1970, J PHYS SOC JPN, V29, P343
    KANG K, 2005, J APPL PHYS, V97
    LAKE B, 2002, NATURE, V415, P299
    LEVIN EM, 2002, PHYS REV B, V65
    LI BQ, 1998, 50 JOM
    LIU S, 1994, J APPL PHYS 2, V76, P6757
    LIU YS, 2004, PHYS REV B, V70
    LU XY, 2001, IEEE T APPL SUPERC 3, V11, P3553
    MA YW, 2000, SOLID STATE COMMUN, V113, P671
    POOLE PH, 1997, SCIENCE, V275, P322
    RAVINDRAN P, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P15680
    SAHA S, 2002, J APPL PHYS 3, V91, P8525
    SCHNEIDER T, 1999, EUR PHYS J B, V8, P331
    SHIMAMOTO Y, 1998, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V10, P11289
    SMART JS, 1953, PHYS REV, V90, P55
    SOKOLOV AP, 1996, SCIENCE, V273, P1675
    UJI S, 2001, NATURE, V410, P908
    VALKO L, 1994, IEEE T MAGN, V30, P1122
    XU YQ, 2002, PHYS REV B, V66
    YANG JB, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P1846
    YANG JB, 2002, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V14, P6509
    YIN DC, 2001, J CRYST GROWTH, V226, P534
 NR 31
 TC 0
 SN 1098-0121
 J9 PHYS REV B
 JI Phys. Rev. B
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 72
 IS 21
 AR 214410
 DI ARTN 214410
 PG 7
 SC Physics, Condensed Matter
 GA 998QY
 UT ISI:000234335400079
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, YQ
    Luo, SJ
    Fu, XN
    Fang, F
    Zhuang, ZY
    Xiong, WT
    Jia, XS
    Zhai, HB
 TI Facile construction of the pentacyclic framework of subincanadine B.
    Synthesis of 20-deethylenylated subincanadine B and
    19,20-dihydrosubincanadine B
 SO ORGANIC LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID INDOLE ALKALOIDS; CHIRAL AUXILIARY; CONDENSATION; PRODUCTS; STRATEGY
 AB We describe a facile approach for effectively constructing the
    pentacyclic framework of subincanadine B. The seven-step assembly of
    tetracyclic ketone 14 featured Michael addition, Pictet-Spengler
    cyclization, and Dieckmann condensation. From this key ketone
    intermediate, two analogues of subincanadine 13, i.e.,
    20-deethylenylated subincanadine B (27) and 19,20-dihydrosubincanadine
    B (31), were synthesized in four steps, respectively.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhai, HB, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, 345 Lingling Lu,
    Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
 EM zhaih@mail.sioc.ac.cn
 CR BENSON SC, 2000, TETRAHEDRON, V56, P1165
    COX ED, 1995, CHEM REV, V95, P1797
    DOWD P, 1981, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V11, P935
    ENSLEY HE, 1982, J ORG CHEM, V47, P404
    GREENE TW, 1999, PROTECTIVE GROUPS OR, P494
    GUINDON Y, 1997, J ORG CHEM, V62, P9276
    HUIZENGA RH, 1991, TETRAHEDRON, V47, P4155
    JOHNSON PR, 1984, J ORG CHEM, V49, P4424
    KAWATE T, 1999, HETEROCYCLES, V50, P1033
    KOBAYASHI J, 2002, J ORG CHEM, V67, P6449
    LU YX, 2000, TETRAHEDRON, V56, P4355
    LUO SJ, 2003, ORG LETT, V5, P4709
    SHEEHAN JC, 1950, J AM CHEM SOC, V72, P2786
    SMITH AB, 1981, J AM CHEM SOC, V103, P1501
    SWAREN P, 1999, J AM CHEM SOC, V121, P5353
    THIBONNET J, 2001, TETRAHEDRON, P4787
    WRIGHT CW, 1990, PHYTOTHER RES, V4, P127
    YU JM, 2003, J ORG CHEM, V68, P7565
    YU JM, 2005, J ORG CHEM, V70, P3963
 NR 19
 TC 0
 SN 1523-7060
 J9 ORG LETT
 JI Org. Lett.
 PD JAN 5
 PY 2006
 VL 8
 IS 1
 BP 115
 EP 118
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 999LU
 UT ISI:000234391600030
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Xia, L
    Jo, CL
    Ding, D
    Dong, YD
 TI Microstructure, glass forming ability and magnetic properties of
    Nd60Al20Fe20 glass forming alloys
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS D-APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID BULK METALLIC-GLASS; PRIMARY CRYSTALLIZATION; AMORPHOUS-ALLOYS; PHASE
 AB Glass forming ability (GFA), magnetic properties and the microstructure
    of an Nd60Al20Fe20 as-cast rod were investigated in comparison with
    as-spun ribbons. The as-cast rod with a diameter of 3 mm and as-spun
    ribbons exhibit typical amorphous characters in x-ray diffraction
    patterns and distinct glass transition in differential scanning
    calorimetry traces. However, glass transition, crystallization
    behaviours and magnetic properties of an as-cast rod are different from
    that of as-spun ribbons. Microstructural investigations have revealed
    that a few nano-crystalline particles are embedded randomly in an
    amorphous matrix of the as-cast rod while the as-spun ribbons are fully
    amorphous. The formation of these nano-crystalline particles with a
    structure and composition similar to the A(x) phase, as well as its
    effect on the magnetic properties and apparent GFA of Nd60Al20Fe20
    glass forming alloys, were investigated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Ctr Adv Microanal, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Xia, L, Shanghai Univ, Inst Mat, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM xialei@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BUSCH R, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P1544
    DELAMARE J, 1994, J ALLOY COMPD, V216, P273
    FAN GJ, 2000, J MATER RES, V15, P1556
    FRANKWICZ PS, 1996, MATER LETT, V28, P77
    INOUE A, 1996, MATER T JIM, V37, P99
    INOUE A, 1998, METALL MATER TRANS A, V29, P1779
    KNOCH KG, 1989, IEEE T MAGN, V25, P3426
    MENUSHENKOV VP, 1998, P 10 INT S MAGN AN C, P97
    SCHNEIDER S, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P1749
    TURNBULL D, 1969, CONTEMP PHYS, V10, P473
    WANG XZ, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V290, P209
    WEI BC, 2002, ACTA MATER, V50, P4357
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V36, P2954
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V36, P775
    XIA L, 2003, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V15, P3531
    XING LQ, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V88, P3565
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0022-3727
 J9 J PHYS-D-APPL PHYS
 JI J. Phys. D-Appl. Phys.
 PD DEC 21
 PY 2005
 VL 38
 IS 24
 BP 4335
 EP 4338
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 999IK
 UT ISI:000234382800013
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qi, FP
    Zhai, QJ
    Gao, SL
    Zhang, HB
    Ding, L
 TI Effect of power ultrasonic on solidification structure of HT150 gray
    cast iron
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE power ultrasonic; HT150; gray cast iron; graphite morphology;
    solidification
 AB Power ultrasonic treatment is an efficient way to improve the
    solidification structure and mechanical properties of metals. The
    effect of 600 W power ultrasonic treatment on the solidification
    process and structure of HT150 gray cast iron has been studied, and the
    fitting mechanism of power ultrasonic has been analyzed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Qi, FP, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM fpqi@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR *CAST ASS MECH ENG, 1997, CAST HDB, V1
    ABRAMOV OV, 1994, ULTRASONIC LIQUID SO
    FENG N, 1999, ULTRASONIC HDB
    LU WH, 1996, CASTING ALLOYS THEIR
    PUSKAR A, 1982, USE HIGH INTENSITY U
    QIAN ZW, 1992, NONLINEAR ACOUSTICS
    REHIM MA, 1984, METALL, V38, P131
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 12
 IS 6
 BP 33
 EP 36
 PG 4
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 000IN
 UT ISI:000234454800009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, L
    Zhang, M
    He, YL
    Bruno, D
    Patrick, W
 TI Computer-aided design of some advanced steels and cemented carbides
 SO JOURNAL OF IRON AND STEEL RESEARCH INTERNATIONAL
 DT Article
 DE computer-aided composition design; TRIP steel; cemented carbide;
    prehardened mould steel; concentration profile; thermodynamic; kinetic;
    equilibrium composition
 ID W-C SYSTEM; THERMODYNAMIC ASSESSMENT; TI; DATABASE
 AB Thermodynamic and kinetic study on TRIP (transformation induced
    plasticity) steels, cemented carbides and mold steel for plastics were
    carried out in order to design modern advanced materials. With the
    sublattice mod el, equilibrium compositions of ferrite and austenite
    phases in TRIP steels, as well as volume fraction of austenite at
    inter-critical temperatures for different time were calculated.
    Concentration profiles of carbon. manganese. aluminum and silicon in
    the steels were also estimated in the lattice fixed frame of reference.
    The effect of Si and Mn on TRIP was discussed according to
    thermodynamic and kinetic analyses. In order to understand and produce
    the graded nanophase structure of cemented carbides, miscellaneous
    phases in the M-Co C (M=Ti, Ta, Nb) systems and Co-V-C system were
    modeled. Solution parameters and thermodynamic properties were listed
    in detail. The improvement of machining behavior of prehardened mould
    steel for plastics was obtained by computer aided composition design.
    The results showed that the matrix composition of large section
    prehardened mould steel for plastic markedly influences the
    precipitation of non-metallic inclusion and the composition control by
    the aid of Ther mo-Calc software package minimizes the amount of
    detrimental oxide inclusion. In addition, the modification of calcium
    was optimized in composition design.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Katholieke Univ Leuven, B-3001 Louvain, Belgium.
    Univ Ghent, B-9052 Zwijnaarde, Belgium.
 RP Li, L, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 EM liling@sh163.net
 CR ANDERSSON JO, 1986, ACTA METALL, V34, P437
    BHADESHIA HKD, 1992, BAINITE STEELS
    BLANDER M, 1963, J CHEM PHYS, V39, P2610
    CACCIAMANI G, 2000, INTERMETALLICS, V8, P213
    DUMITRESCU LFS, 1999, Z METALLKD, V90, P534
    DUMITRESCU LFS, 2001, METALL MATER TRANS A, V32, P2167
    EKROTH M, 2000, METALL MATER TRANS B, V31, P615
    FRISELL J, 2001, EUR J SURG, V167, P179
    FRISK K, 2001, J PHASE EQUILIB, V22, P645
    GATELLIER C, 1993, MATER TECHNOL, V1, P87
    GAYE H, 1984, P 2 INT S MET SLAGS, P357
    GUILLERMET AF, 1987, Z METALLKD, V78, P700
    HE YL, 2004, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V20, P71
    HILLERT M, 1957, JERNKONTORETS ANN, V141, P757
    HU XB, 2004, T MAT HEAT TREATMENT, V26, P57
    HUANG S, 2005, J ALLOY COMPD, V395, P68
    HUANG W, 1991, Z METALLKD, V82, P174
    HUANG WM, 1997, Z METALLKD, V88, P55
    KATSAMAS AI, 2000, STEEL RES, V71, P351
    KUMAR KCH, 1998, J ALLOY COMPD, V267, P105
    KUSOFFSKY A, 1997, CALPHAD, V21, P321
    LI L, 2003, J MATER SCI TECHNOL, V19, P273
    MATSUMURA O, 1987, T IRON STEEL I JPN, V27, P570
    MINOTE T, 1996, ISIJ INT, V36, P201
    UMEMOTO M, 1989, 131 132 NISH MEM SEM
    YAMASHITA T, 1999, J PHASE EQUILIB, V20, P231
    YE HI, 2005, T NONFERROUS METALS, V15, P437
    ZAKAY VF, 1967, T ASM Q, V60, P252
    ZHOU Y, 2002, C TRIP AID HIGH STRE, P212
 NR 29
 TC 0
 SN 1006-706X
 J9 J IRON STEEL RES INT
 JI J. Iron Steel Res. Int.
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 12
 IS 6
 BP 42
 EP 48
 PG 7
 SC Metallurgy & Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 000IN
 UT ISI:000234454800011
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cai, C
    Hanisch, J
    Huhne, R
    Stehr, V
    Mickel, C
    Gemming, T
    Holzapfel, B
 TI Structural and magnetotransport properties of YBa2Cu3O7-delta/Y2O3
    quasimultilayers
 SO JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID CRITICAL-CURRENT DENSITY; ARTIFICIAL PINNING CENTERS; THIN-FILMS;
    COLUMNAR DEFECTS; Y2O3 INCLUSIONS; ENHANCEMENT; GROWTH
 AB A series of quasimultilayers of YBa2Cu3O7-delta(YBCO)/Y2O3, namely,
    70x[YBCO(m)/Y2O3(n)] (m=40 pulse, and n=2, 5, 10, and 20 pulse) were
    prepared on single-crystal SrTiO3 using pulsed-laser deposition. X-ray
    diffraction measurements revealed that both in-plane and out-of-plane
    textures of YBCO in the present quasimultilayers are as good as in pure
    YBCO films. Nanoscale Y2O3 precipitates grow epitaxially inside YBCO.
    With increasing Y2O3 pulse number, T-c decreases slightly, while Delta
    T-c remains less than 1.5 K. As well, the YBCO lattice parameter c has
    an increasing trend with increasing n. This can be attributed to the
    effect of epitaxial strain induced by lattice mismatch. The flux
    pinning force density in films with lower Y2O3 content (such as n=2),
    is improved in large ranges of field and temperature. In contrast,
    films with high Y2O3 content show enhanced flux pinning only at low
    temperature, which is understandable from the temperature dependence of
    irreversibility fields. (c) 2005 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Leibniz Inst Solid State & Mat Res, D-01171 Dresden, Germany.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Leibniz Inst Solid State & Mat Res, D-01171 Dresden, Germany.
 RP Cai, C, Leibniz Inst Solid State & Mat Res, Helmholtzstr 20, D-01171
    Dresden, Germany.
 EM cbcai@yahoo.com
 CR BARNES PN, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V85, P4088
    CAI C, UNPUB
    CAI C, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P377
    CAI C, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
    CAI C, 2004, PHYS REV B, V70
    CATANA A, 1992, APPL PHYS LETT, V60, P1016
    CHEN XJ, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P3691
    CRISAN A, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P4547
    FERNANDEZ L, 2003, PHYS REV B, V67
    HAN ZH, 1994, J APPL PHYS, V75, P2020
    HANISCH J, 2005, APPL PHYS LETT, V86
    HAUGAN T, 2004, NATURE, V430, P867
    KRUSINELBAUM L, 1996, PHYS REV B, V53, P11744
    LOWNDES DH, 1995, PHYS REV LETT, V74, P2355
    MACMANUSDRISCOLL JL, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P5329
    MACMANUSDRISCOLL JL, 2004, NAT MATER, V3, P439
    MATSUMOTO K, 2004, PHYSICA C 2, V412, P1267
    MATSUMOTO K, 2005, JPN J APPL PHYS 2, V44, L246
    PETREAN AM, 2000, PHYS REV LETT, V84, P5852
    RYEN L, 1998, PHYSICA C, V304, P307
    TINKHAM M, 1996, INTRO SUPERCONDUCTIV
    VERBIST K, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P1424
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8979
 J9 J APPL PHYS
 JI J. Appl. Phys.
 PD DEC 15
 PY 2005
 VL 98
 IS 12
 AR 123906
 DI ARTN 123906
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 998SM
 UT ISI:000234339700046
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhou, B
    Sun, RG
    Hu, XF
    Wang, LH
    Wu, HP
    Song, SP
    Fan, CH
 TI Facile interfacial electron transfer of hemoglobin mediated by
    conjugated polymers
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MOLECULAR SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE hemoglobin; sulfonated polyaniline; biosensors; protein
    electrochemistry; conducting polymers
 ID AMPEROMETRIC GLUCOSE SENSORS; SPECTROELECTROCHEMICAL METHOD; TRANSFER
    REACTIVITY; HYDROGEN-PEROXIDE; HEME-PROTEINS; DNA FILMS; BIOSENSORS;
    REDUCTION; OXIDASE; ENZYMES
 AB We herein describe a method of depositing hemoglobin (Hb) and
    sulfonated polyaniline (SPAN) on GC electrodes that facilitate
    interfacial protein electron transfer. Well-defined, reproducible,
    chemically reversible peaks of Hb and SPAN can be obtained in our
    experiments. We also observed enhanced peroxidase activity of Hb in
    SPAN films. These results clearly showed that SPAN worked as molecular
    wires and effectively exchanged electrons between Hb and electrodes.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Appl Phys, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, BioX Life Sci Res Ctr, Shanghai 200030, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, RG, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 EM rgsun@shu.edu.cn
    spsong@sinap.ac.cn
 CR ACKERS GK, 1992, SCIENCE, V255, P54
    ARBIZZANI C, 1997, HDB ORGANIC CONDUCTI
    BEISSENHIRTZ MK, 2004, ANAL CHEM, V76, P4665
    BEISSENHIRTZ MK, 2004, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V43, P4357
    EDDOWES MJ, 1977, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P3154
    FAN CH, 2000, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V423, P95
    FAN CH, 2001, ANAL CHEM, V73, P2850
    FAN CH, 2001, ANALYST, V126, P1086
    FAN CH, 2001, BIOELECTROCHEMISTRY, V54, P49
    FAN CH, 2002, J AM CHEM SOC, V124, P5642
    FAULKNER KM, 1994, INORG CHIM ACTA, V226, P187
    FAULKNER KM, 1995, J BIOL CHEM, V270, P13604
    FOULDS NC, 1986, J CHEM SOC FARAD T 1, V82, P1259
    GORTON L, 1991, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V249, P43
    GUISEPPIELIE A, 1998, HDB CONDUCTING POLYM
    GUO LH, 1991, ADV INORG CHEM RAD, V36, P341
    HILLER M, 1996, ADV MATER, V8, P219
    HULTQUIST DE, 1984, CURR TOP CELL REGUL, V24, P287
    LEE TY, 2001, ANAL CHEM, V73, P5629
    NASSAR AEF, 1996, J AM CHEM SOC, V118, P3043
    PERUTZ MF, 1972, NATURE, V237, P495
    PERUTZ MF, 1998, ANNU REV BIOPH BIOM, V27, P1
    RAHMAN A, 2004, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V19, P1565
    RIVERA M, 1998, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V37, P1485
    RUSLING JF, 1993, J AM CHEM SOC, V115, P11891
    RUSLING JF, 1998, ACCOUNTS CHEM RES, V31, P363
    RUZGAS T, 1996, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V330, P123
    SCHLERETH DD, 1992, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V31, P7494
    SCHUHMANN W, 1993, ADV MATER, V5, P124
    SCHUMACHER MA, 1995, NATURE, V375, P84
    STELLWAGEN E, 1978, NATURE, V275, P73
    UMANA M, 1986, ANAL CHEM, V58, P2979
    VOET D, 1994, BIOCHEMISTRY
    WALLACE GG, 1999, TRAC-TREND ANAL CHEM, V18, P245
    WANG CH, 2005, ADV FUNCT MATER, V15, P1267
    WILLNER I, 2000, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V39, P1180
    YU X, 2003, ANAL CHEM, V75, P4565
    ZHANG Z, 2002, ANAL CHEM, V74, P163
 NR 38
 TC 0
 SN 1422-0067
 J9 INT J MOL SCI
 JI Int. J. Mol. Sci.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 6
 IS 12
 BP 303
 EP 310
 PG 8
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 998EJ
 UT ISI:000234301100002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yao, G
    Chen, WY
    Luo, HB
    Jiang, QF
    Xia, ZX
    Zang, L
    Zuo, JP
    Wei, X
    Chen, ZJ
    Shen, X
    Dong, C
    Sun, B
 TI Identification of core functional region of murine IL-4 using peptide
    phage display and molecular modeling
 SO INTERNATIONAL IMMUNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE 11B.11; core functional region of IL-4; IL-4; molecular modeling;
    peptide phage display
 ID AMINO-ACID-RESIDUES; MONOCLONAL-ANTIBODY; HUMAN INTERLEUKIN-4;
    SIGNAL-TRANSDUCTION; IN-VIVO; MOUSE INTERLEUKIN-4; CRYSTAL-STRUCTURE;
    RECEPTOR-BINDING; SWISS-MODEL; GAMMA-CHAIN
 AB Murine IL-4 is a pleiotropic cytokine with undefined core functional
    region for eliciting downstream signaling. We used molecular modeling
    to predict the binding sites recognized by an anti-IL-4-neutralizing
    mAb (11B.11) and peptide phage display to delineate their makeup. The
    results of these approaches were confirmed by site-directed mutagenesis
    analysis. The results suggest that the amino acid residues spanning
    from 79 to 86 (QRLFRAFR) on IL-4 are of the major binding site for
    11B.11. Furthermore, the functional experiments demonstrate that the
    residues R80, R83 and R86, which are located in the helix C of murine
    IL-4, play a crucial role in binding to the IL-4R alpha-chain. Taken
    together, a new core functional region of murine IL-4 is identified,
    which provides new insight into the interaction between IL-4 and IL-4R
    alpha. In addition, the results demonstrate that 11B.11 binds to a core
    functional region of murine IL-4, which prevents this cytokine from
    interacting with its cognate receptor.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Biochem Cell Biol, Mol Cell Biol Lab, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, State Key Lab Bioorgan & Nat Prod Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Mat Med, Shanghai 201203, Peoples R China.
    GL Biochem Shanghai Ltd, Shanghai 201203, Peoples R China.
    Univ Texas, MD Anderson Canc Ctr, Dept Immunol, Houston, TX 77030 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Inst E, Div Immunol, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Sun, B, Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Biol Sci, Inst Biochem Cell
    Biol, Mol Cell Biol Lab, 320 Yueyang Rd, Shanghai 200031, Peoples R
    China.
 EM xiazx@mail.sloc.ac.cn
    bsun@sibs.ac.cn
 CR ANDERSSON A, 1997, EUR J IMMUNOL, V27, P1762
    BASS SH, 1991, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V88, P4498
    BIEDERMANN T, 2001, NAT IMMUNOL, V2, P1054
    BOGDAN C, 1996, CURR OPIN IMMUNOL, V8, P517
    BRUNGER AT, 1998, ACTA CRYSTALLOGR D 5, V54, P905
    CAI X, 2002, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V297, P510
    CHEEVER AW, 1994, J IMMUNOL, V153, P753
    CHOTHIA C, 1976, J MOL BIOL, V105, P1
    CUNNINGHAM BC, 1989, SCIENCE, V244, P1081
    DELANIETA MDG, 2004, TRANSPLANT P, V36, P3016
    DELEAGE G, 1988, COMPUT APPL BIOSCI, V4, P351
    DOMINGUES H, 1999, NAT STRUCT BIOL, V6, P652
    DUSCHL A, 1995, BEHRING I MITT, V96, P87
    ELZAWAHRY A, 2005, BMC CANCER, V5
    ERB KJ, 1997, J EXP MED, V185, P329
    ESSONO S, 2003, J IMMUNOL METHODS, V279, P251
    FAVRE N, 1993, J IMMUNOL METHODS, V164, P213
    FORT MM, 2001, J IMMUNOL, V166, P2793
    GESSNER A, 1994, INFECT IMMUN, V62, P4112
    GREENLUND AC, 1994, EMBO J, V13, P1591
    GRUNEWALD SM, 1997, J BIOL CHEM, V272, P1480
    GRUNEWALD SM, 1998, J IMMUNOL, V160, P4004
    GUEX N, 1997, ELECTROPHORESIS, V18, P2714
    HAGE T, 1999, CELL, V97, P271
    HE TC, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P2509
    ITO S, 2002, J BIOCHEM-TOKYO, V131, P1373
    KABAT EA, 1991, J IMMUNOL, V147, P1709
    KEEGAN AD, 1992, IMMUNOL TODAY, V13, P63
    KOPF M, 1993, NATURE, V362, P245
    KRUSE N, 1992, EMBO J, V11, P3237
    KRUSE N, 1993, EMBO J, V12, P5121
    LUZZAGO A, 1993, GENE, V128, P51
    MATTHEWS DJ, 1995, BLOOD, V85, P38
    MATTHEWS DJ, 1997, EUR J IMMUNOL, V27, P116
    MORRISON BW, 1992, J BIOL CHEM, V267, P11957
    MURATA T, 1998, INT J MOL MED, V1, P551
    MYERS MA, 2000, J IMMUNOL, V165, P3830
    MYLVAGANAM SE, 1998, J MOL BIOL, V281, P301
    NELMS K, 1999, ANNU REV IMMUNOL, V17, P701
    NISIHARA T, 2001, J IMMUNOL, V167, P3266
    OHARA J, 1985, NATURE, V315, P333
    PAUL WE, 1994, CELL, V76, P241
    PEITSCH MC, 1996, BIOCHEM SOC T, V24, P274
    PICCIOLI P, 1991, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V88, P5611
    RAMANATHAN L, 1993, BIOCHEMISTRY-US, V32, P3549
    ROMANI L, 1992, J EXP MED, V176, P19
    ROSE GD, 1985, SCIENCE, V229, P834
    ROUSSEL A, 1991, TURBO FRODO SILICON, P86
    SADICK MD, 1990, J EXP MED, V171, P115
    SATO TA, 1993, J IMMUNOL, V150, P2717
    SCHNARE M, 1998, J IMMUNOL, V161, P3484
    TOMKINSON A, 2001, J IMMUNOL, V166, P5792
    VANREGENMORTEL MHV, 1989, IMMUNOL TODAY, V10, P265
    WALTER MR, 1992, J BIOL CHEM, V267, P20371
    YOSHINO S, 1998, J IMMUNOL, V161, P6904
    ZHU ZY, 2001, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V282, P921
 NR 56
 TC 0
 SN 0953-8178
 J9 INT IMMUNOL
 JI Int. Immunol.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 18
 IS 1
 BP 19
 EP 29
 PG 11
 SC Immunology
 GA 000BS
 UT ISI:000234436500003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, XP
    Wang, SZ
 TI Stego-encoding with error correction capability
 SO IEICE TRANSACTIONS ON FUNDAMENTALS OF ELECTRONICS COMMUNICATIONS AND
    COMPUTER SCIENCES
 DT Article
 DE steganography; encoding; imperceptibility; error correction
 ID STEGANOGRAPHY; STEGANALYSIS; IMAGES
 AB Although a proposed steganographic encoding scheme can reduce
    distortion caused by data hiding, it makes the system susceptible to
    active-warden attacks due to error spreading. Meanwhile,
    straightforward application of error correction encoding inevitably
    increases the required amount of bit alterations so that the risk of
    being detected will increase. To overcome the drawback in both cases,
    an integrated approach is introduced that combines the stego-encoding
    and error correction encoding to provide enhanced robustness against
    active attacks and channel noise while keeping good imperceptibility.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200041, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, XP, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200041,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xzhang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR DIJK M, 2001, P 22 S INF THEOR BEN, P147
    ETTINGER JM, 1998, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V1525, P319
    FISK G, 2002, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V2578, P18
    FRIDRICH J, 2002, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V4675, P1
    LYU S, 2002, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V2578, P340
    PETITCOLAS FAP, 1999, P IEEE, V87, P1062
    TSENG YC, 2002, IEEE T COMMUN, V50, P1227
    WANG HQ, 2004, COMMUN ACM, V47, P76
    WANG S, 2002, J SHANGHAI U, V6, P273
    WESTFELD A, 1999, LNCS, V1768, P61
    WESTFELD A, 2001, LNCS, V2137, P289
    ZHANG KW, 2003, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V2776, P360
    ZHANG XP, 2003, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V2776, P395
    ZHANG XP, 2004, PATTERN RECOGN LETT, V25, P331
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0916-8508
 J9 IEICE TRANS FUND ELEC COM COM
 JI IEICE Trans. Fundam. Electron. Commun. Comput. Sci.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL E88A
 IS 12
 BP 3663
 EP 3667
 PG 5
 SC Computer Science, Hardware & Architecture; Computer Science,
    Information Systems; Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 997XD
 UT ISI:000234281300053
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, XX
    Cai, P
    Zhang, WJ
    Ma, ZW
 TI Study on the stability of the higher-order FDTD (2,4) including lumped
    inductors
 SO IEE PROCEEDINGS-MICROWAVES ANTENNAS AND PROPAGATION
 DT Article
 ID FINITE-DIFFERENCE; FDTD TECHNIQUE; DISPERSION
 AB The paper presents a study of the numerical stability of the
    higher-order finite-difference time domain FDTD (2,4) technique for
    calculating the lumped-inductor-loaded region. Six different cases
    including explicit, implicit and semi-implicit schemes based on the
    differential and integral equations including the lumped inductor's
    current-voltage characteristics are analysed in detail. Five stability
    condition formulas and an unconditional instability conclusion are
    obtained using the Routh-Hurwitz criterion. The theoretical results are
    validated by the numerical results gained by means of actual FDTD (2,4)
    simulations.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    SE Univ, State Key Lab Millimeter Waves, Nanjing 210018, Peoples R China.
 RP Yang, XX, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM xxyang@staff.shu.edu.n
 CR ARANEO R, 2002, 2002 IEEE INT S EL C, V1, P119
    EMILI G, 2000, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V48, P2277
    GEORGAKOPOULOS SV, 2002, IEEE ANTENNAS PROPAG, V44, P134
    ITOH T, 1998, TIME DOMAIN METHODS
    MONORCHIO A, 2004, IEEE T ANTENN PROPAG, V52, P2666
    PEREDA JA, 2001, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V49, P377
    PEREDA JA, 2004, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V52, P1052
    TAFLOVE A, 2000, COMPUTATIONAL ELECTR
    THIEL W, 2002, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V50, P2159
    YANG MW, 2000, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V48, P969
    ZYGIRIDIS TT, 2004, IEEE T MAGN 2, V40, P1464
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1350-2417
 J9 IEE PROC-MICROWAVE
 JI IEE Proc.-Microw. Antennas Propag.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 152
 IS 6
 BP 460
 EP 464
 PG 5
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Telecommunications
 GA 000HO
 UT ISI:000234452100008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, CQ
    Ren, ZJ
    Cao, WG
    Tong, WQ
    Wang, GP
 TI Synthesis of arylidene Meldrum's acids via the Knoevenagel condensation
    reaction under grinding
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE Knoevenagel condensation; solvent-free; grinding; Meldrum's acid
 ID SOLID-STATE; SOLVENT; DERIVATIVES; THIOUREAS; KETONES; ABSENCE
 AB Knoevenagel condensations of aromatic aldehydes with Meldrum's acids in
    the absence of solvent have been found to proceed with high yields
    under grinding conditions.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, CQ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM renrui198229@yahoo.com.cn
 CR CHEN FE, 2002, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V32, P3086
    DING WY, 1996, CHEM RES CHINESE U, V12, P50
    FRANCA B, 2001, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V42, P5203
    GENG LJ, 2002, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V22, P1047
    HAGIWARA H, 1996, MOL CRYST LIQ CRYST, V279, P291
    IM J, 1997, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V38, P451
    LI JP, 2001, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V31, P781
    LU J, 2003, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V23, P958
    SCHEMYERS T, 1998, J CHEM SOC P2, P989
    SCHUSTER P, 1964, MH CHEM, V95, P53
    SHI DQ, 1998, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V18, P82
    TANAKA K, 1991, J ORG CHEM, V56, P4333
    TANAKA K, 2000, CHEM REV, V100, P1025
    TANAKA M, 1998, J CHEM SOC CHEM COMM, P1965
    TODA F, 1989, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V28, P320
    TODA F, 1989, CHEM EXP, V4, P507
    TODA F, 1990, J CHEM SOC P1, P3207
    TODA F, 1998, J CHEM SOC P1, P3251
    TROST RM, 1991, COMPREHENSIVE ORGANI, V2, P369
    WANG SX, 2004, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V24, P447
    XIAO JP, 2001, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V31, P661
    ZHANG LX, 1998, CHIN J ORG SYNTH, V6, P235
    ZHANG Z, 2004, SYNTHETIC COMMUN, V34, P1407
 NR 23
 TC 0
 SN 0253-2786
 J9 CHINESE J ORG CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Org. Chem.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 26
 IS 1
 BP 107
 EP 109
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Organic
 GA 000HV
 UT ISI:000234452800018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ni, HW
    Shi, ZJ
    Cao, WG
    Chen, ZX
 TI Synthesis and structure elucidation of spiro inclouding perfluoroalkyl
 SO CHINESE JOURNAL OF ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
 DT Article
 DE nuclear magnetic resonance; infrared; mass spectrometry; X-diffraction;
    spiro including perfluoroalkyl
 AB A spiro compound
    (2-(5-chloro-2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5-octafluoro-pentyl)-3-(1-iodine-Methyl)-8,8-
    dimethyl-7,9-dioxa-spiro [4.5] decane-6, 10-dione) has been synthesized
    through several steps. The products in all stops were analyzed by H-1
    nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), C-13 NMR, infrared, mass spectrometry
    and X-diffraction. The reaction pathway was also proposed.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Organ Chem, Key Lab Organoflorine Chem, Shanghai 200032, Peoples R China.
    Fudan Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200433, Peoples R China.
 RP Shi, ZJ, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 CR GUO XC, 1999, J FLUORINE CHEM, V93, P81
    HUANG SY, 2002, CHEM REAGENTS, V24, P287
    HUANG WY, 1993, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V13, P633
    WELCH JT, 1987, TETRAHEDRON, V43, P3123
    WU FH, 1997, CHINESE J ORG CHEM, V17, P106
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0253-3820
 J9 CHINESE J ANAL CHEM
 JI Chin. J. Anal. Chem.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 33
 IS 12
 BP 1705
 EP 1708
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA 999IF
 UT ISI:000234382300009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Dai, ZM
    Chen, AP
    Kisch, H
 TI Efficient sonochemical degradation of 4-chlorophenol catalyzed by
    titanium dioxide hydrate
 SO CHEMISTRY LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID ENHANCED REDUCTIVE DEGRADATION; VISIBLE-LIGHT DETOXIFICATION;
    PLATINUM(IV) CHLORIDE; PHOTOELECTROCHEMICAL PROPERTIES; ULTRASONIC
    IRRADIATION; AQUEOUS-SOLUTION; ELEMENTAL IRON; SONOLYSIS; MECHANISM;
    OXIDATION
 AB A nanocrystalline anatase hydrate (Titanhydrat-0, TH) is a highly
    efficient catalyst for low intensity sonochemical degradation of
    4-chlorophenol (4-CP). The initial disappearance rate of 4-CP increases
    by a factor of 95 under the TH dosage of 0.5 g dm(-3). After 120 min of
    ultrasonic irradiation 63% of 4-CP is completely mineralized under the
    TH dosage of 0.5gdm(-3). However, in homogeneous sonochemical
    degradation, no mineralization at all occurs. Moreover, we deduce that
    the process of sonochernical mineralization mainly occurs at the
    interface region of TH. The process of sonocatalytic degradation is
    simple and inexpensive, and appears to be a potentially powerful method
    of remediation of contaminants in water.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    E China Univ Sci & Technol, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200237, Peoples R China.
    Univ Erlangen Nurnberg, Inst Inorgan Chem, D-91058 Erlangen, Germany.
 RP Dai, ZM, Shanghai Univ, Coll Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200444,
    Peoples R China.
 CR ADEWUYI YG, 2001, IND ENG CHEM RES, V40, P4681
    BURGETH G, 2002, COORDIN CHEM REV, V230, P41
    CRUM LA, 1994, SCIENCE, V266, P233
    DESTAILLATS H, 2000, J PHYS CHEM A, V104, P8930
    DESTAILLATS H, 2001, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V35, P3019
    DRIJVERS D, 1999, WATER RES, V33, P1187
    FLINT EB, 1991, SCIENCE, V253, P1397
    GUTIERREZ M, 1988, J PHYS CHEM-US, V92, P2978
    HENGLEIN A, 1988, J PHYS CHEM-US, V92, P3705
    HOFFMANN MR, 1996, ULTRASON SONOCHEM, V3, S163
    HONG Q, 1999, NEW J CHEM, V23, P845
    HUNG HM, 1998, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V32, P3011
    HUNG HM, 2000, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V34, P1758
    JOSEPH JM, 2000, J PHYS CHEM A, V104, P301
    KANG JW, 1999, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V33, P3199
    KISCH H, 1998, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V37, P3034
    KISCH H, 2002, CHEMPHYSCHEM, V3, P399
    MACYK W, 2001, CHEM-EUR J, V7, P1862
    MACYK W, 2003, PHOTOCH PHOTOBIO SCI, V2, P322
    MASON TJ, 2001, ULTRASOUND ENV PROTE, V6
    NIKITENKO SI, 2003, ULTRASON SONOCHEM, V10, P95
    PANDIT AB, 2001, ULTRASON SONOCHEM, V8, P227
    SEKIGUCHI H, 2001, J CHEM ENG JPN, V34, P1045
    SERPONE N, 1994, J PHYS CHEM-US, V98, P2634
    SUSLICK KS, 1990, SCIENCE, V247, P1439
    WEAVERS LK, 1998, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V32, P2727
    WEAVERS LK, 2000, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V34, P1280
    WORSLEY D, 1996, ULTRASON SONOCHEM, V3, S119
    YIM B, 2002, ULTRASON SONOCHEM, V9, P209
    ZANG L, 1998, J PHYS CHEM B, V102, P10765
    ZANG L, 2000, CHEM-EUR J, V6, P379
 NR 31
 TC 0
 SN 0366-7022
 J9 CHEM LETT
 JI Chem. Lett.
 PD DEC 5
 PY 2005
 VL 34
 IS 12
 BP 1706
 EP 1707
 PG 2
 SC Chemistry, Multidisciplinary
 GA 997KQ
 UT ISI:000234244600065
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Sun, ZW
    Qiu, YH
    Shi, YJ
    Tao, R
    Chen, J
    Ge, Y
    Hu, YM
    Ma, HB
    Shi, Q
    Zhang, XG
 TI Time courses of B7 family molecules expressed on activated T-cells and
    their biological significance
 SO CELLULAR IMMUNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE time course; B7 family molecules; confocal microscopy; activated
    T-cells; biological effects
 ID COSTIMULATORY PROPERTIES; DENDRITIC CELLS; CO-STIMULATION;
    PROLIFERATION; CD80; LYMPHOCYTES; LIGAND; MEMBER; ICOS
 AB B7 family molecules are mainly expressed on the outer membrane of
    antigen-presenting cells. Here, our results demonstrate that CD80,
    CD86, and PD-L1 Molecules are also expressed on T-cells that have been
    activated by simultaneous exposure to anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 mAbs, but
    PD-L2 and GL50 molecules were not detectable during the first six days
    of culture that follow such stimulation. We have analysed the time
    course of B7 family molecule expression on activated T-cells. CD28 and
    its ligands, CD80/CD86, have a high degree of co-localization and
    exhibit compartmental distribution on the membrane of activated
    T-cells, which is visualized by confocal microscopy. Interestingly, the
    co-localization of PD-1 and its ligand also exhibit similar phenomenon.
    Additionally, we provide evidence indicating that the CDSO, CD86, and
    PD-L1 molecules are functional, since T-cells expressing 137 family
    molecules are able to stimulate the proliferation of highly purified
    allogeneic or autologous T-cells. Anti-CD80, anti-CD86, and soluble
    CD28-Ig protein could significantly attenuate the proliferation of
    T-cells, whereas anti-PD-L1 mAb may lead to the expansion of activated
    T-cells. We can conclude that activated T-cells expressing 137 family
    molecules could act as "APC" to trigger purified T-cells, and 137
    family molecules play important roles during the activation of T-cells.
    These results indicate a need for further work, exploring the
    regulatory roles these molecules may play in immune responses. (c) 2005
    Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Suzhou Univ, Jiangsu Key Lab Clin Immunol, Biotechnol Res Inst, Suzhou 215007, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Div Immunol, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
    Suzhou Hlth Inst Vocat Technol, Div Immunol, Suzhou 215002, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, XG, 708 Renmin Rd, Suzhou 215007, Jiangsu Prov, Peoples R China.
 EM smbxuegz@publicl.sz.js.cn
 CR AZUMA M, 1993, J EXP MED, V177, P845
    BOISE LH, 1995, IMMUNITY, V3, P87
    BRESTCHER PA, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P185
    BROMLEY SK, 2001, NAT IMMUNOL, V2, P1159
    CHOI IH, 2003, J IMMUNOL, V171, P4650
    DONG HD, 1999, NAT MED, V5, P1365
    FERLAZZO G, 1999, J IMMUNOL, V163, P3597
    FERLAZZO G, 2002, EUR J IMMUNOL, V32, P3092
    FREEMAN GJ, 2000, J EXP MED, V192, P1027
    GRAMMER AC, 2000, ADV IMMUNOL, V76, P161
    GROTH SFD, 1980, J IMMUNOL METHODS, V35, P1
    JEANNIN P, 1999, J IMMUNOL, V162, P2044
    LATCHMAN Y, 2001, NAT IMMUNOL, V2, P261
    LENCHOW DJ, 1996, ANNU REV IMMUNOL, V14, P233
    LENSCHOW DJ, 1996, ANNU REV IMMUNOL, V14, P233
    LIANG L, 2002, CURR OPIN IMMUNOL, V14, P384
    MCADAM AJ, 1998, IMMUNOL REV, V165, P231
    MONIKA CB, 1999, IMMUNOLOGIST, V7, P9
    NISHIMURA H, 1999, IMMUNITY, V11, P141
    QIU YH, 2000, CHIN IMMUNOL, V16, P589
    SABZEVARI H, 2001, J IMMUNOL, V166, P2505
    SCHWEITZER AN, 1999, J IMMUNOL, V163, P4819
    SHARPE AH, 2002, NAT REV IMMUNOL, V2, P116
    SUN ZW, 2005, CHINESE J IMMUNOL, V21, P25
    SUZUKI I, 2000, J IMMUNOL, V165, P5537
    TAKASAKI Y, 1999, INTERNAL MED, V38, P175
    TAMADA K, 2000, J IMMUNOL, V164, P4105
    TSENG SY, 2001, J EXP MED, V193, P839
    URBAN JS, 2002, HUMAN IMMUNOL, V63, P1000
    VERWILGHEN J, 1994, J IMMUNOL, V153, P1378
    WANG SD, 2000, BLOOD, V96, P2808
    WULFING C, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, P2266
    YOSHINAGA SK, 1999, NATURE, V402, P827
 NR 33
 TC 1
 SN 0008-8749
 J9 CELL IMMUNOL
 JI Cell. Immunol.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 236
 IS 1-2
 BP 146
 EP 153
 PG 8
 SC Cell Biology; Immunology
 GA 998MS
 UT ISI:000234323600023
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Qiu, YH
    Sun, ZW
    Shi, Q
    Su, CH
    Chen, YJ
    Shi, YJ
    Tao, R
    Ge, Y
    Zhang, XG
 TI Apoptosis of multiple myeloma cells induced by agonist monoclonal
    antibody against human CD28
 SO CELLULAR IMMUNOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE CD28; agonist monoclonal antibody; multiple myeloma; cell; nuclear
    condensation; cytoplasm shrinkage; DNA ladder; apoptosis
 ID PERIPHERAL-BLOOD MONOCYTES; COSTIMULATORY MOLECULES; ACTIVATION
    PATHWAY; EXPRESSION; B7-2; INTERLEUKIN-6; SURVIVAL; GROWTH; LINES
 AB CD28 is expressed abnormally on human multiple myeloma (NIM) cells but
    the significance had not been identified until now. In this paper, we
    are suggesting that abnormal expression of CD28 might be a marker of
    turnout progression. We therefore took the approach of generating a
    hybridoma cell line capable of secreting agonist monoclonal antibody
    directed against human CD28 (agonist anti-CD28 mAb) and then determined
    the expression of CD28 molecules on the MM cell lines U266 and XG1. The
    biological effects of agonist anti-CD28 mAb on cell growth and
    proliferation of U266 and XGI cell lines were then analysed. Our
    results showed that the expression of CD28 on U266 and XG1 was
    significantly higher than that of PBTC or Jurkat cells. We found that
    by adding the agonist anti-CD28 mAb to cultures of U266 and XG1 cells
    their rate of growth and proliferation was obviously inhibited. Further
    morphological and molecular analyses found that U266 and XG1 incubated
    with agonist anti-CD28 mAb showed signs of nuclear condensation,
    chromatin marginal changes, cells membrane breaking, and cytoplasmic
    shrinkage. Vacuoles and apoptotic bodies were also observed using a
    transmission electron microscope and the development of typical DNA
    laddering patterns were found by the use of electrophoresis assays,
    suggesting that U266 and XG1 cells were undergoing apoptosis induced by
    agonist anti-CD28 mAb in vitro. (c) 2005 Elsevier Inc. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Suzhou Univ, Biotechnol Res Inst, Suzhou 215007, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Div Immunol, Shanghai 200025, Peoples R China.
    Suzhou Univ, Affiliated Hosp 1, Suzhou 215007, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, XG, Suzhou Univ, Biotechnol Res Inst, Suzhou 215007, Peoples R
    China.
 EM uusqyxb@public1.sz.js.cn
 CR AFFIMED T, 2004, INT J CANCER, V112, P509
    ANDERSON DE, 1997, J IMMUNOL, V159, P1669
    BOISE LH, 1995, IMMUNITY, V3, P87
    BOUSSIOTIS VA, 1996, IMMUNOL REV, V153, P5
    BRESTCHER P, 1970, SCIENCE, V169, P1042
    BROWN RD, 1998, LEUKEMIA LYMPHOMA, V31, P379
    CLAVREUL A, 1998, IMMUNOLOGY, V95, P272
    DECEUNYNCK PC, 1994, BLOOD, V15, P2597
    FLEISCHER J, 1996, IMMUNOLOGY, V89, P592
    GREEN JM, 2000, AM J RESP CELL MOL, V22, P261
    GU ZJ, 2000, CHIN J MICROBIOL IMM, V20, P102
    GUO L, 1999, ZHONGHUA YUE YE XUE, V20, P235
    JACKSON GE, 2002, NAT IMMUNOL, V3, P618
    JU SW, 2003, HYBRIDOMA HYBRIDOM, V22, P333
    KLEIN B, 1989, BLOOD, V73, P517
    KURLBERG G, 2000, SCAND J IMMUNOL, V51, P224
    LENSCHOW DJ, 1996, ANNU REV IMMUNOL, V14, P233
    LIANG BL, 1999, J IMMUNOL, V163, P2322
    LIANG LD, 2002, EUR J IMMUNOL, V32, P3092
    LUNDER F, 1998, J EXP MED, V187, P427
    MONIKA CB, 1999, IMMUNOLOGIST, V7, P114
    MONIKA CB, 1999, IMMUNOLOGIST, V7, P9
    QIU YH, 1995, J CLIN IMMUNOL, V5, P12
    QIU YH, 2001, J CELL MOL IMMUNOL, V17, P368
    SCHWEITZER AN, 1998, J IMMUNOL, V161, P2762
    SHAPIRO VS, 2001, BLOOD, V98, P187
    SHARPE AH, 2002, NAT REV IMMUNOL, V2, P116
    THOMPSON CB, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P1333
    TSVETELINA PD, 2004, IMMUNITY, V21, P401
    TUOSTO L, 1998, EUR J IMMUNOL, V28, P2131
    VACCHIO MS, 2005, EUR J IMMUNOL, V35, P1
    VIDAN MT, 1999, AGE AGEING, V28, P221
    WALUNAS TL, 1994, IMMUNITY, V1, P405
    WATTS TH, 1999, CURR OPIN IMMUNOL, V11, P286
    ZHANG XG, 1989, BLOOD, V74, P11
    ZHANG XG, 1994, BLOOD, V83, P3654
    ZHANG XG, 1998, LEUKEMIA, V12, P610
 NR 37
 TC 0
 SN 0008-8749
 J9 CELL IMMUNOL
 JI Cell. Immunol.
 PD JUL-AUG
 PY 2005
 VL 236
 IS 1-2
 BP 154
 EP 160
 PG 7
 SC Cell Biology; Immunology
 GA 998MS
 UT ISI:000234323600024
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chou, KC
    Cai, YD
 TI Prediction of protease types in a hybridization space
 SO BIOCHEMICAL AND BIOPHYSICAL RESEARCH COMMUNICATIONS
 DT Article
 DE protease; FunD-PseAA predictor; functional domain; ISort predictor;
    hybridization space; proteomics; bioinformatics; jackknife
    cross-validation
 ID AMINO-ACID-COMPOSITION; STRUCTURAL CLASS PREDICTION; SECONDARY
    STRUCTURE PREDICTION; SUPPORT VECTOR MACHINES; SUBCELLULAR LOCATION;
    TERTIARY STRUCTURE; NEURAL-NETWORKS; CLEAVAGE SITES; FOLDING TYPES;
    PROTEINS
 AB Regulating most physiological processes by controlling the activation,
    synthesis, and turnover of proteins, proteases play pivotal regulatory
    roles in conception, birth, digestion, growth, maturation, ageing, and
    death of all organisms. Different types of proteases have different
    functions and biological processes. Therefore, it is important for both
    basic research and drug discovery to consider the following two
    problems. (1) Given the sequence of a protein, can we identify whether
    it is a protease or non-protease? (2) If it is, what protease type does
    it belong to? Although the two problems can be solved by various
    experimental means, it is both time-consuming and costly to do so. The
    avalanche of protein sequences generated in the post-genetic era has
    challenged us to develop an automated method for making a fast and
    reliable identification. By hybridizing the functional domain
    composition and pseudo-amino acid composition, we have introduced a new
    method called "FunD-PseAA(1) predictor" that is operated in a
    hybridization space. To avoid redundancy and bias, demonstrations were
    performed on a dataset where none of the proteins has >= 25% sequence
    identity to any other. The overall success rate thus obtained by the
    jackknife cross-validation test in identifying protease and
    non-protease was 92.95%, and that in identifying the protease type was
    94.75% among the following six types: (1) aspartic, (2) cysteine, (3)
    glutamic, (4) metallo, (5) serine, and (6) threonine. Demonstration was
    also made on an independent dataset, and the corresponding overall
    success rates were 98.36% and 97.11%, respectively, suggesting the
    FunD-PseAA predictor is very powerful and may become a useful tool in
    bioinformatics and proteomics. (c) 2005 Elsevier Inc. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Gordon Life Sci Inst, San Diego, CA 92130 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Univ Manchaster Sci & Technol, Dept Biomed Sci, Manchester M60 1QD, Lancs, England.
 RP Chou, KC, Gordon Life Sci Inst, 13784 Torrey Del Mar, San Diego, CA
    92130 USA.
 EM kchou@san.rr.com
 CR APWEILER R, 2001, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V29, P37
    BAHAR I, 1997, PROTEINS, V29, P172
    BAIROCH A, 1997, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V25, P31
    CEDANO J, 1997, J MOL BIOL, V266, P594
    CHANDONIA JM, 1995, PROTEIN SCI, V4, P275
    CHOU JJ, 1998, CELL, V94, P171
    CHOU JJ, 1999, CELL, V96, P615
    CHOU JJW, 1993, J THEOR BIOL, V161, P251
    CHOU KC, 1993, J BIOL CHEM, V268, P16938
    CHOU KC, 1994, J BIOL CHEM, V269, P22014
    CHOU KC, 1995, CRIT REV BIOCHEM MOL, V30, P275
    CHOU KC, 1995, PROTEINS, V21, P319
    CHOU KC, 1996, ANAL BIOCHEM, V233, P1
    CHOU KC, 1999, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V264, P216
    CHOU KC, 2000, FEBS LETT, V470, P249
    CHOU KC, 2001, PROTEINS, V43, P246
    CHOU KC, 2002, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V292, P702
    CHOU KC, 2002, J BIOL CHEM, V277, P45765
    CHOU KC, 2003, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V308, P148
    CHOU KC, 2003, J CELL BIOCHEM, V90, P1250
    CHOU KC, 2003, PROTEINS, V53, P282
    CHOU KC, 2004, CURR MED CHEM, V11, P2105
    CHOU KC, 2004, PROTEIN SCI, V13, P2857
    CHOU KC, 2005, BIOINFORMATICS, V21, P10
    CHOU KC, 2005, CURR PROTEIN PEPT SC, V6, P423
    DELEAGE G, 1987, PROTEIN ENG, V1, P289
    FENG KY, 2005, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V334, P213
    FENG ZP, 2001, BIOPOLYMERS, V58, P491
    GAO Y, 2005, AMINO ACIDS, V28, P373
    HOPP TP, 1981, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V78, P3824
    KLEIN P, 1986, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V874, P205
    KLEIN P, 1986, BIOPOLYMERS, V25, P1659
    KNELLER DG, 1990, J MOL BIOL, V214, P171
    LIU WM, 1999, PROTEIN ENG, V12, P1041
    LUO RY, 2002, EUR J BIOCHEM, V269, P4219
    METFESSEL BA, 1993, PROTEIN SCI, V2, P1171
    PAN YX, 2003, J PROTEIN CHEM, V22, P395
    PUENTE XS, 2003, NAT REV GENET, V4, P544
    RAWLINGS ND, 2004, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V32, D160
    SHEN HB, 2005, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V334, P288
    SHEN HB, 2005, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V334, P577
    TANFORD C, 1962, J AM CHEM SOC, V84, P4240
    WANG GL, 2003, BIOINFORMATICS, V19, P1589
    WANG M, 2004, PROTEIN ENG DES SEL, V17, P509
    WANG M, 2005, J THEOR BIOL, V232, P7
    XIAO X, 2005, AMINO ACIDS
    XIAO X, 2005, AMINO ACIDS, V28, P57
    ZHOU GP, 1998, J PROTEIN CHEM, V17, P729
    ZHOU GP, 2001, PROTEINS, V44, P57
    ZHOU GP, 2003, PROTEINS, V50, P44
 NR 50
 TC 1
 SN 0006-291X
 J9 BIOCHEM BIOPHYS RES COMMUN
 JI Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun.
 PD JAN 20
 PY 2006
 VL 339
 IS 3
 BP 1015
 EP 1020
 PG 6
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Biophysics
 GA 000CT
 UT ISI:000234439200042
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, YF
    Evans, RJ
 TI Information structure considerations for decentralized large-scale
    systems
 SO ASIAN JOURNAL OF CONTROL
 DT Article
 DE decentralized control systems; differential vector space; decentralized
    fixed mode; local controllability; local observability
 ID FIXED MODES; STABILIZATION
 AB Decentralized control problems are studied in a differential vector
    space framework. A new notion called the characteristic subspace, which
    is described by a set of integral chains in the differential vector
    space of a system is introduced to describe the information structure
    of a decentralized control system. New criteria are presented for
    reconfiguring the information structure under decentralized feedback.
    The new criteria expose certain intrinsic properties of decentralized
    control systems.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Coll Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Univ Melbourne, Dept Elect & Elect Engn, Natl ICT Australia, Parkville, Vic 3010, Australia.
 RP Zheng, YF, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Coll Sci, Shanghai, Peoples R
    China.
 EM y.zheng@ee.mu.oz.au
 CR ANDERSON BDO, 1982, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V27, P1176
    CHAMBERLAND JF, 2003, IEEE T WIREL COMMUN, V2, P549
    CONTE G, 1999, NONLINEAR CONTR SYST
    CORFMAT JP, 1976, AUTOMATICA, V12, P479
    DAVISON EJ, 1983, AUTOMATICA, V19, P169
    DAVISON EJ, 1990, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V35, P652
    FLIESS M, 1990, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V35, P994
    FLIESS M, 1993, ESSAYS CONTR PERSPEC
    HUANG M, 2003, P IEEE C DEC CONTR
    ISHII H, 2002, AUTOMATICA, V38, P1745
    KAILATH T, 1980, LINEAR SYSTEMS
    KHARGONEKAR PP, 1994, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V39, P877
    PARK JH, 2002, J OPTIMIZ THEORY APP, V113, P105
    ROMAN S, 1992, 135 GTM
    SILJAK DD, 1991, DECENTRALIZED CONTRO
    STIPANOVIC DM, 2004, AUTOMATICA, V40, P1285
    WANG T, 1995, P 34 IEEE C DEC CONT, P2653
    WONHAM WM, 1984, LINEAR MULTIVARIATE
    YAN W, 1992, IEEE T AUTOMAT CONTR, V37, P1664
    YAN WY, 1989, INT J CONTROL, V49, P2057
    ZHENG YF, 1987, LINEAR ALGEBRA ITS A, V92, P161
    ZHENG YF, 1993, MATH CONTROL SIGNAL, V6, P363
    ZHENG YF, 2000, P WORLD IFAC WORLD C
    ZHENG YF, 2004, P IFAC SSC MEX
 NR 24
 TC 0
 SN 1561-8625
 J9 ASIAN J CONTROL
 JI Asian J. Control
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 7
 IS 4
 BP 424
 EP 432
 PG 9
 SC Automation & Control Systems
 GA 999KG
 UT ISI:000234387600009
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Yang, Y
    Xie, SQ
    Cui, YB
    Zhu, XM
    Lei, W
    Yang, YX
 TI Partial and total replacement of fishmeal with poultry by-product meal
    in diets for gibel carp, Carassius auratus gibelio Bloch
 SO AQUACULTURE RESEARCH
 DT Article
 DE fishmeal; poultry by-product meal; replacement; gibel carp Carassius
    auratus gibelio
 ID TROUT ONCORHYNCHUS-MYKISS; SEABREAM SPARUS-AURATA; RAINBOW-TROUT;
    PRACTICAL DIETS; PROTEIN-SOURCES; DIGESTIBILITY
 AB Triplicate groups of gibel carp Carassius auratus gibelio Bloch
    (initial body weight: 4.89 g) were fed for 8 weeks at 24.8-30.8 degrees
    C with nine isonitrogenous and isoenergetic diets. The control diet
    (F1) used white fishmeal (FM) as the sole protein source. In the other
    eight diets (F2-F9), 40.5-100% of FM protein was substituted by poultry
    by-product meal (PBM) at 8.5% increments. The specific growth rate
    (SGR), feed efficiency ratio, protein efficiency ratio, protein
    retention efficiency and energy retention rate for fish fed PBM diets
    (F2-F9) were all higher, but not always significantly, than those for
    fish fed F1. All apparent digestibility coefficients for fish fed PBM
    diets were lower than those for fish fed F1. Fish fed F1 had a
    significantly higher hepatosomatic index value than fish fed PBM diets
    (P < 0.05). No significant (P > 0.05) effect of diet was found in
    whole-body moisture and fat content. Whole-body protein and energy
    content for fish fed PBM diets were slightly higher than that for fish
    fed F1. The optimal replacement level of FM by PBM was estimated by
    second-order polynomial regression to be 66.5% in protein.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Aquaculture Div, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Inst Hydrobiol, State Key Lab Freshwater Ecol & Biotechnol, Wuhan, Peoples R China.
 RP Xie, SQ, Shanghai Univ, E Inst, Aquaculture Div, Shanghai, Peoples R
    China.
 EM sqxie@ihb.ac.cn
 CR *AOAC, 1984, OFF METH AN
    *FAO, 2001, FAO YB 2001
    ALEXIS MN, 1985, AQUACULTURE, V50, P61
    ALEXIS MN, 1997, FEEDING TOMORROWS FI, P183
    BOLIN DW, 1952, SCIENCE, V116, P634
    BUREAU DP, 1999, AQUACULTURE, V180, P345
    DAVIS DA, 2000, AQUACULTURE, V185, P291
    DONG FM, 1993, AQUACULTURE, V116, P149
    FAGBENRO OA, 1996, BIORESOURCE TECHNOL, V58, P13
    FOWLER LG, 1981, TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER, V3
    FOWLER LG, 1982, TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER, V1
    FOWLER LG, 1991, AQUACULTURE, V99, P309
    GALLAGHER ML, 1988, AQUACULTURE, V73, P177
    HARDY RW, 1990, P INT C FISH BY PROD, P109
    HARDY RW, 2002, RESPONSIBLE MARINE A, P311
    HIGGS DA, 1979, FINFISH NUTR FISHFEE, V2, P193
    KURESHY N, 2000, N AM J AQUACULT, V62, P266
    NENGAS I, 1999, AQUACULTURE, V179, P13
    QIAN X, 2001, THESIS CHINESE ACAD
    ROBAINA L, 1997, AQUACULTURE, V157, P347
    STEFFENS W, 1994, AQUACULTURE, V124, P27
    TAKAGI S, 2000, NIPPON SUISAN GAKK, V66, P428
    WATANABE T, 1991, NIPPON SUISAN GAKK, V57, P495
    WEBSTER CD, 1999, J QORLD AQUACULT SOC, V188, P299
    YANG Y, 2004, AQUACULT NUTR, V10, P1
    ZEITOUN IH, 1976, J FISH RES BOARD CAN, V33, P167
 NR 26
 TC 0
 SN 1355-557X
 J9 AQUAC RES
 JI Aquac. Res.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 37
 IS 1
 BP 40
 EP 48
 PG 9
 SC Fisheries
 GA 999PS
 UT ISI:000234402900005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Du, XW
    Zhang, LS
    Shang, YL
    Li, MM
 TI Exact augmented Lagrangian function for nonlinear programming problems
    with inequality constraints
 SO APPLIED MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS-ENGLISH EDITION
 DT Article
 DE local minimizer; global minimizer; nonlinear programming; exact penalty
    function; augmented Lagrangian function
 ID EXACT PENALTY-FUNCTION; OPTIMIZATION
 AB An exact augmented Lagrangian function for the nonlinear nonconvex
    programming problems with inequality constraints was discussed. Under
    suitable hypotheses, the relationship was established between the local
    unconstrained minimizers of the augmented Lagrangian function on the
    space of problem variables and the local minimizers of the original
    constrained problem. Furthermore, under some assumptions, the
    relationship was also established between the global solutions of the
    augmented Lagrangian function on some compact subset of the space of
    problem variables and the global solutions of the constrained problem.
    Therefore, from the theoretical point of view, a solution of the
    inequality constrained problem and the corresponding values of the
    Lagrange multipliers can be found by the well-known method of
    multipliers which resort to the unconstrained minimization of the
    augmented Lagrangian function presented.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Henan Polytech Univ, Sch Math & Informat, Jiaozuo 454010, Peoples R China.
 RP Du, XW, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM duxuewu@hpu.edu.cn
 CR BERTSEKAS DP, 1982, CONSTRAINED OPTIMIZA
    BURKE JV, 1991, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V29, P968
    CONTALDI G, 1993, OPER RES LETT, V14, P153
    DIPILLO G, 1979, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V17, P618
    DIPILLO G, 1982, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V36, P495
    DIPILLO G, 1985, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V23, P72
    DIPILLO G, 1988, J OPTIMIZATION THEOR, V57, P399
    DIPILLO G, 1989, SIAM J CONTROL OPTIM, V27, P1333
    DIPILLO G, 1994, ALGORITHMS CONTINUOU, P209
    DIPILLO G, 1996, NONLINEAR OPTIMIZATI, P85
    DIPILLO G, 2001, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V12, P376
    LUCIDI S, 1988, JOTA, V58, P259
    LUCIDI S, 1992, SIAM J OPTIMIZ, V2, P558
    YEVTUSHENKO Y, 1990, USSR COMP MATH MATH, V30, P31
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 0253-4827
 J9 APPL MATH MECH-ENGL ED
 JI Appl. Math. Mech.-Engl. Ed.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 26
 IS 12
 BP 1649
 EP 1656
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mechanics
 GA 000EN
 UT ISI:000234443800015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Guo, XY
    Shum, KP
 TI Complementarity of subgroups and the structure of finite groups
 SO ALGEBRA COLLOQUIUM
 DT Article
 DE complemented subgroups; minimal subgroups; saturated formations
 ID MINIMAL SUBGROUPS
 AB In this paper, we consider a finite group in which some subgroups are
    complemented in a special subgroup of a given group. Some new
    conditions are obtained for a finite group in a formation F containing
    the class U of finite supersolvable groups. Our results generalize the
    recent results on the complemented subgroups of finite groups.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Univ Hong Kong, Fac Sci, Shatin, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Guo, XY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Math, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM xyguo@staff.shu.edu.cn
    kpshum@math.cuhk.edu.hk
 CR ARAD Z, 1982, J ALGEBRA, V77, P234
    BALLESTERBOLINCHES A, 1999, ARCH MATH, V72, P161
    DOER K, 1992, FINITE SOLVABLE GROU
    GUO XY, 2002, J PURE APPL ALGEBRA, V169, P43
    GUO XY, 2003, J GROUP THEORY, V6, P159
    HALL P, 1937, J LOND MATH SOC, V12, P198
    HALL P, 1937, J LOND MATH SOC, V12, P201
    HUPPERT B, 1967, ENDLICHE GRUPPEN, V1
    LI DY, 2000, J PURE APPL ALGEBRA, V150, P53
 NR 9
 TC 0
 SN 1005-3867
 J9 ALGEBR COLLOQ
 JI Algebr. Colloq.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 13
 IS 1
 BP 9
 EP 16
 PG 8
 SC Mathematics, Applied; Mathematics
 GA 997OS
 UT ISI:000234256600002
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Huang, DG
 TI Characteristics of torsional vibrations of a shaft system with parallel
    misalignment
 SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE INSTITUTION OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS PART C-JOURNAL
    OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SCIENCE
 DT Article
 DE torsional vibration; shaft; lateral vibration
 AB Couplings are important parts in the movement of a shaft system. A
    coupling can transfer the torque from one shaft to another through
    deforming itself. If parallel misalignment exists, the couplings will
    produce an extra deformation besides the deformation produced by
    transferring the torque. The exciting moment with one-time rotating
    frequency produced by this extra deformation is analysed in this
    article. This moment will result in torsional vibration at one-time
    rotating frequency. By use of DK-II torsional vibration measurement
    system, an experimental study of torsional vibrational behaviour in a
    parallel misalignment shaft system is carried out. The experimental
    results support the conclusion of analysis.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Huang, DG, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 CR HOTA D, 1984, I MECH ENG C, V310, P199
    HUANG D, 1995, TORSIONAL VIBRATION
    HUANG D, 1998, CHIN J MECH ENG, V34, P91
    PENG Z, 2003, TURBINE TECHNOL, V45, P42
    ROSENBERG RM, 1958, J APPL MECH, V25, P47
 NR 5
 TC 0
 SN 0954-4062
 J9 PROC INST MECH ENG C-J MECH E
 JI Proc. Inst. Mech. Eng. Part C-J. Eng. Mech. Eng. Sci.
 PD NOV
 PY 2005
 VL 219
 IS 11
 BP 1219
 EP 1224
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Mechanical
 GA 997PS
 UT ISI:000234259500007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, XB
    Gu, YJ
 TI Plasma jet clad gamma/Cr7C3 composite coating on steel
 SO MATERIALS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE plasma jet cladding; microstructure; wear resistance
 ID ALLOY; ARC
 AB A wear-resistant gamma/Cr7C3 composite coating was fabricated on
    substrate of commercial Q235 plain carbon steel by plasma jet cladding
    using Ni-Cr-C elemental powder blends. The microstructure,
    microhardness and wear resistance of the coating were evaluated and the
    wear mechanisms were discussed. The results show that the plasma jet
    clad composite coating has a rapidly solidified microstructure
    consisting of primary coarse blocky carbide Cr7C3 and the inter-blocky
    tough gamma/Cr7C3 eutectic matrix and is metallurgically bonded to the
    steel substrate. The composite coating possesses high hardness and
    excellent wear resistance under the dry sliding wear test conditions.
    (c) 2005 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Zhongyuan Inst Technol, Dept Chem & Mat Engn, Zhengzhou 450007, Henan Prov, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Coll Mat Sci & Engn, Qingdao 266510, Shandong Prov, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, XB, Zhongyuan Inst Technol, Dept Chem & Mat Engn, 41 Zhongyuan
    Western Rd, Zhengzhou 450007, Henan Prov, Peoples R China.
 EM liuxiubo@zzti.edu.cn
 CR DOLIVEIRA ASCM, 2002, APPL SURF SCI, V201, P154
    LIU YF, 2004, CHINESE PHYS LETT, V21, P1314
    SHEPELEVA L, 2000, SURF COAT TECH, V125, P45
    ZHANG DW, 2001, WEAR, V251, P1372
    ZHANG DW, 2005, SURF COAT TECH, V190, P212
    ZHAO C, 2002, SURF COAT TECH, V155, P80
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0167-577X
 J9 MATER LETT
 JI Mater. Lett.
 PD MAR
 PY 2006
 VL 60
 IS 5
 BP 577
 EP 580
 PG 4
 SC Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Physics, Applied
 GA 996AU
 UT ISI:000234147600001
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Cai, YD
    Feng, KY
    Lu, WC
    Chou, KC
 TI Using LogitBoost classifier to predict protein structural classes
 SO JOURNAL OF THEORETICAL BIOLOGY
 DT Article
 DE protein structure classification; LogitBoost; support vector machines;
    amino acid composition
 ID AMINO-ACID-COMPOSITION; SUPPORT VECTOR MACHINES; FUNCTIONAL DOMAIN
    COMPOSITION; SUBCELLULAR LOCATION PREDICTION; GENE-EXPRESSION DATA;
    GO-PSEAA PREDICTOR; NEURAL-NETWORKS; DECISION TREES; LOCALIZATION;
    RECOGNITION
 AB Prediction of protein classification is an important topic in molecular
    biology. This is because it is able to not only provide useful
    information from the viewpoint of structure itself, but also greatly
    stimulate the characterization of many other features of proteins that
    may be closely correlated with their biological functions. In this
    paper, the LogitBoost, one of the boosting algorithms developed
    recently, is introduced for predicting protein structural classes. It
    performs classification using a regression scheme as the base learner,
    which can handle multi-class problems and is particularly superior in
    coping with noisy data. It was demonstrated that the LogitBoost
    outperformed the support vector machines in predicting the structural
    classes for a given dataset, indicating that the new classifier is very
    promising. It is anticipated that the power in predicting protein
    structural classes as well as many other biomacromolecular attributes
    will be further strengthened if the LogitBoost and some other existing
    algorithms can be effectively complemented with each other. (c) 2005
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Gordon Life Sci Inst, San Diego, CA 92130 USA.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Ctr Bioinformat Technol, Shanghai 200235, Peoples R China.
    Univ Manchester, Sch Med, Manchester M13 9PT, Lancs, England.
 RP Chou, KC, Gordon Life Sci Inst, 13784 Torrey Mar, San Diego, CA 92130
    USA.
 EM kchou@san.rr.com
 CR BAHAR I, 1997, PROTEINS, V29, P172
    BREIMAN L, 1998, ANN STAT, V26, P801
    BROWN MPS, 2000, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V97, P262
    CAI YD, 2000, BBA-PROTEIN STRUCT M, V1476, P1
    CAI YD, 2000, BIOCHIMIE, V82, P783
    CAI YD, 2003, BIOPHYS J, V84, P3257
    CAI YD, 2004, J THEOR BIOL, V226, P373
    CAI YD, 2004, J THEOR BIOL, V228, P551
    CHOU KC, 1994, J BIOL CHEM, V269, P22014
    CHOU KC, 1995, CRIT REV BIOCHEM MOL, V30, P275
    CHOU KC, 1995, PROTEINS, V21, P319
    CHOU KC, 1998, PROTEIN ENG, V11, P523
    CHOU KC, 1998, PROTEINS, V31, P97
    CHOU KC, 1999, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V264, P216
    CHOU KC, 1999, PROTEIN ENG, V12, P107
    CHOU KC, 1999, PROTEINS, V34, P137
    CHOU KC, 2000, CURR PROTEIN PEPT SC, V1, P171
    CHOU KC, 2001, PROTEINS, V43, P246
    CHOU KC, 2002, J BIOL CHEM, V277, P45765
    CHOU KC, 2002, J PROTEOME RES, V1, P429
    CHOU KC, 2003, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V311, P743
    CHOU KC, 2003, J CELL BIOCHEM, V90, P1250
    CHOU KC, 2003, J PROTEOME RES, V2, P183
    CHOU KC, 2003, PROTEINS, V53, P282
    CHOU KC, 2004, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V320, P1236
    CHOU KC, 2004, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V321, P1007
    CHOU KC, 2004, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V325, P506
    CHOU KC, 2004, J CELL BIOCHEM, V91, P1197
    CHOU KC, 2004, PROTEIN SCI, V13, P2857
    CHOU KC, 2004, PROTEINS, V55, P77
    CHOU KC, 2005, BIOCHEM BIOPH RES CO, V327, P845
    CHOU KC, 2005, BIOINFORMATICS, V21, P10
    CHOU KC, 2005, BIOINFORMATICS, V21, P944
    CHOU KC, 2005, J CHEM INF MODEL, V45, P407
    CHOU MW, 1993, DRUG CHEM TOXICOL, V16, P1
    DETTLING M, 2003, BIOINFORMATICS, V19, P1061
    DING CHQ, 2001, BIOINFORMATICS, V17, P349
    DRUCKER H, 1996, ADV NEUR IN, V8, P479
    ELROD DW, 2002, PROTEIN ENG, V15, P713
    FREUND Y, 1997, J COMPUT SYST SCI, V55, P119
    FRIEDMAN J, 2000, ANN STAT, V28, P337
    HARUNO M, 1999, MACH LEARN, V34, P131
    KLEIN P, 1986, BIOPOLYMERS, V25, P1659
    LIU WM, 1998, J PROTEIN CHEM, V17, P209
    MAO BY, 1994, PROTEIN ENG, V7, P319
    MARDIA KV, 1979, MULTIVARIATE ANAL, P322
    PAN YX, 2003, J PROTEIN CHEM, V22, P395
    RATSCH G, 2001, MACH LEARN, V42, P287
    SCHAPIRE RE, 1999, MACH LEARN, V37, P297
    VAPNIK V, 1998, STAT LEARNING THEORY
    WANG M, 2004, PROTEIN ENG DES SEL, V17, P509
    WANG M, 2005, J THEOR BIOL, V232, P7
    XIAO X, 2005, AMINO ACIDS, V28, P57
    ZHOU GP, 1998, J PROTEIN CHEM, V17, P729
    ZHOU GP, 2001, PROTEINS, V44, P57
    ZHOU GP, 2003, PROTEINS, V50, P44
    ZHOU ZH, 2002, ARTIF INTELL MED, V24, P25
 NR 57
 TC 0
 SN 0022-5193
 J9 J THEOR BIOL
 JI J. Theor. Biol.
 PD JAN 7
 PY 2006
 VL 238
 IS 1
 BP 172
 EP 176
 PG 5
 SC Biology
 GA 996DI
 UT ISI:000234154200015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Jiang, XY
    Zhang, ZL
    Zhu, WQ
    Xu, SH
 TI Study of blue organic light emitting diode by inserting a red dye ultra
    thin layer at the emitting layer
 SO JOURNAL OF PHYSICS D-APPLIED PHYSICS
 DT Article
 ID ELECTROLUMINESCENT DEVICE; DISTYRYLARYLENE
 AB Experiments of inserting an ultra thin layer of DCJTB at three
    different levels in a blue emitter layer of a blue device,
    ITO/CuPc/NPB/TBADN/Alq/LiF/Al, were carried out. The spectra of these
    devices indicate that the recombination zone is chiefly located near
    the NPB/TBADN interface, implying that TBADN is capable of electron
    transport. The inserted DCJTB at TBADN/Alq interface has no
    contribution to emission, leaving only the blue emission from TBADN,
    even at high voltage. However, it improved the stability of the device;
    the half lifetime was prolonged twice more and the rise of applied
    voltage during ageing was suppressed from 3 V to 0.4 V.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Jiang, XY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Mat Sci, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R
    China.
 CR ADACHI C, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V66, P2679
    AZIZ H, 1999, SCIENCE, V283, P1900
    GAO ZQ, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P865
    HOSOKAWA C, 1995, APPL PHYS LETT, V67, P3853
    HOSOKAWA C, 1995, J APPL PHYS, V78, P5831
    HOSOKAWA C, 2004, SID 2004 DIGEST, P780
    JIANG XZ, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V76, P1813
    LEE MT, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V85, P3301
    LEE ST, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P1404
    MI BX, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P4055
    MORI T, 1998, APPL PHYS LETT, V73, P2763
    SHI JM, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P3201
    STRUKELJ M, 1996, J AM CHEM SOC, V118, P1213
    TAO XT, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P1655
    YU WL, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P3270
    ZHANG ZL, 2001, J PHYS D APPL PHYS, V34, P3083
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0022-3727
 J9 J PHYS-D-APPL PHYS
 JI J. Phys. D-Appl. Phys.
 PD DEC 7
 PY 2005
 VL 38
 IS 23
 BP 4153
 EP 4156
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 996OH
 UT ISI:000234183000003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zheng, YH
    Hua, TC
    Sun, DW
    Xiao, HJ
    Xu, F
    Wang, FF
 TI Detection of dichlorvos residue by flow injection calorimetric
    biosensor based on immobilized chicken liver esterase
 SO JOURNAL OF FOOD ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE calorimetric biosensor; chicken liver-esterase; pesticides residue
    detection; flow injection analysis; thermoelectric thermostat
 ID ENZYME THERMISTOR; ACETYLCHOLINESTERASE; PESTICIDES; ORGANOPHOSPHORUS;
    PRINCIPLES
 AB A flow injection calorimetric biosensor for dichlorvos residue
    detection is developed. This biosensor consists of a peristaltic pump,
    an injection valve, a thermoelectric thermostat, two cells (an enzyme
    reaction cell and a reference cell), a thermopile sensor and a
    computer. The reaction temperature of mix solution is stabilized at 40
    degrees C by the thermostat when the solution is pumped by the
    peristaltic pump. Chicken liver-esterase as an alternative of acetyl
    cholinesterase is used as the bio-recognition component. The enzymatic
    reaction takes place in the enzyme reaction cell when substrate is
    introduced into the system by injection valve. The identical reference
    cell is used to eliminate virtually the influence of unspecified heat,
    which is not produced by the enzymatic reaction. A thermopile sensor,
    containing 127 pairs of BiTe thermocouples, is used to measure the
    temperature difference of the two cells. There moelectric potential
    caused by enzymatic reaction without inhibition is about 5 mV. The
    enzymatic reaction is inhibited at 30.7% and 41.8% by 1 mg/L and 10
    mg/L of dichlorvos respectively, when the flow rate is 1.0 mL/min,
    incubation time is 10 min and the activity of immobilized enzyme is
    0.83 U/g. The experiments demonstrate that this calorimetric biosensor
    can be used as a simple and rapid method for on site pesticide
    detection. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Food Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Natl Univ Ireland Univ Coll Dublin, FRCFT Res Grp, Dept Biosyst Engn, Dublin 2, Ireland.
 RP Hua, TC, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Food Sci & Engn, Shanghai
    200093, Peoples R China.
 EM tchua@sh163.net
    dawen.sun@ucd.ie
 CR ABAD JM, 1998, ANAL CHEM, V70, P2848
    ANDRES RT, 1997, TALANTA, V44, P1335
    BATAILLARD P, 1993, TRAC-TREND ANAL CHEM, V12, P387
    BIN X, 2000, TRENDS ANAL CHEM, V19, P340
    BOUBLIK Y, 2002, PROTEIN ENG, V15, P43
    BUSH FM, 1973, TOWNSEND COMP BIOC B, V44, P1137
    CHEPALAMADUGU S, 1992, CRIT REV BIOTECHNOL, V12, P357
    ELYAMANI HC, 1998, SENSOR ACTUATOR, V15, P193
    KIBA N, 1984, TALANTA, V31, P131
    LEONGONZALEZ MF, 1991, J CHROMATOGR, V534, P47
    MOSBACH K, 1974, BIOCHIM BIOPHYS ACTA, V364, P140
    MULCHANDANI P, 1999, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V14, P77
    NEUFELD T, 2000, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V15, P323
    PYLYPIW HM, 1993, J AOAC INT, V76, P1369
    RAMANATHAN K, 2001, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V16, P417
    RODRIGUES TC, 2001, ANAL SCI, V17, P629
    RUZICKA J, 1988, FLOW INJECTION ANAL
    SACKS V, 2000, ANAL CHEM, V72, P2055
    SCHELLER F, 1985, ANAL CHEM, V57, P1740
    SCHULZE H, 2003, BIOSENS BIOELECTRON, V18, P201
    WESTLAKE GE, 1983, COMP BIOCHEM PHYS C, V76, P15
 NR 21
 TC 0
 SN 0260-8774
 J9 J FOOD ENG
 JI J. Food Eng.
 PD MAY
 PY 2006
 VL 74
 IS 1
 BP 24
 EP 29
 PG 6
 SC Engineering, Chemical; Food Science & Technology
 GA 995QW
 UT ISI:000234119900003
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, P
    Wong, SC
    Shu, CW
 TI A weighted essentially non-oscillatory numerical scheme for a
    multi-class traffic flow model on an inhomogeneous highway
 SO JOURNAL OF COMPUTATIONAL PHYSICS
 DT Article
 DE multi-class traffic flow; inhomogeneous highway; non-strictly
    hyperbolic conservation laws; spatially varying fluxes; WENO
    reconstruction
 ID HYPERBOLIC CONSERVATION-LAWS; EFFICIENT IMPLEMENTATION; STABILITY
 AB As a new attempt to solve hyperbolic conservation laws with spatially
    varying fluxes, the weighted essentially non-oscillatory (WENO) method
    is applied to solve a multi-class traffic flow model for an
    inhomogeneous highway. The numerical scheme as well as an analytical
    study is based upon a modified equivalent system that is written in a
    "standard" hyperbolic conservation form. Numerical examples, which
    include the difficult traffic signal control problem, are used to
    demonstrate the effectiveness of the WENO scheme in which the results
    are in good agreement with the analytical counterparts. (c) 2005
    Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
 C1 Univ Hong Kong, Dept Civil Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Brown Univ, Dept Appl Math, Providence, RI 02912 USA.
 RP Wong, SC, Univ Hong Kong, Dept Civil Engn, Hong Kong, Hong Kong,
    Peoples R China.
 EM hhecwsc@hkucc.hku.hk
 CR BAITI P, 1997, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V140, P161
    BALE DS, 2002, SIAM J SCI COMPUT, V24, P955
    COCKBURN B, 1989, MATH COMPUT, V52, P411
    COCKBURN B, 1991, RAIRO-MATH MODEL NUM, V25, P337
    COCKBURN B, 1998, LECT NOTES MATH, V1697, P151
    GOTTLIEB S, 2001, SIAM REV, V43, P89
    GREENSHIELDS BD, 1934, P HWY RES BOARD, V14, P448
    JIANG GS, 1996, J COMPUT PHYS, V126, P202
    KLAUSEN RA, 1999, J DIFFER EQUATIONS, V157, P41
    LAX PD, 1957, COMMUN PUR APPL MATH, V10, P537
    LAX PD, 1971, CONTRIBUTIONS NONLIN, P603
    LAX PD, 1973, HYPERBOLIC SYSTEMS C
    LEVEQUE RJ, 2002, INT J NUMER METH FL, V40, P93
    LIN LW, 1995, SIAM J NUMER ANAL, V32, P841
    LIU XD, 1994, J COMPUT PHYS, V115, P200
    SHU CW, 1988, J COMPUT PHYS, V77, P439
    SHU CW, 1998, LECT NOTES MATH, V1697, P325
    SMOLLER J, 1994, SHOCK WAVES REACTION
    TORO EF, 1999, RIEMANN SOLVERS NUME
    WHITHAM GB, 1974, LINEAR NONLINEAR WAV
    WONG GCK, 2002, TRANSPORT RES A-POL, V36, P827
    WONG SC, 2002, TRANSPORT RES B-METH, V36, P683
    ZHANG MQ, 2003, J COMPUT PHYS, V191, P639
    ZHANG P, IN PRESS EUROPEAN J
    ZHANG P, 2003, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V156, P1
    ZHANG P, 2005, J COMPUT APPL MATH, V176, P105
    ZHANG P, 2005, NUMER METH PART D E, V21, P80
    ZHANG P, 2005, PHYS REV E 2, V71
 NR 28
 TC 1
 SN 0021-9991
 J9 J COMPUT PHYS
 JI J. Comput. Phys.
 PD MAR 1
 PY 2005
 VL 212
 IS 2
 BP 739
 EP 756
 PG 18
 SC Computer Science, Interdisciplinary Applications; Physics, Mathematical
 GA 995QY
 UT ISI:000234120100018
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, WH
 TI The electrolyte temperature dependence of the electrochemical hydrogen
    storage property of Mg-Ni alloy codeposited from aqueous solution
 SO JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND COMPOUNDS
 DT Article
 DE temperature dependence; electrochemical hydrogen storage; Mg-Ni alloy;
    codeposition
 AB The temperature dependence of the electrochemical property of Mg-Ni
    alloy codeposited from aqueous solution was studied. Results show that
    not only solvating temperature, deposition temperature but also
    temperature variation in deposition temperature controlling will affect
    Mg-Ni codeposition and electrochemical hydrogen storage property of the
    Mg-Ni deposit synthesized.
    The temperature combination of solvating temperature 87.9 +/- 1.2
    degrees C and deposition temperature 47.9 degrees C is favourable for
    Mg-Ni codeposition, deposit synthesized under this temperature
    combination has a electrochemical capacity of 67 mAh/g. (c) 2005
    Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Liu, WH, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, New Campus, Shanghai 200436, Peoples
    R China.
 EM weihliu@yahoo.com
 CR *SURF TREATM RES C, 1982, EL TECHN, P274
    GUO HT, 2000, ELECTROCHEMISTRY COU, P302
    KOHTTO T, 1999, J ALLOY COMPD, V293, P643
    LIU WH, 1997, J ALLOY COMPD, V252, P234
    LIU WH, 2004, J FUDAN U, V43, P511
    NIU ZJ, 1997, P 9 CHIN EL S SAND T, P345
    ORIMO S, 1997, ACTA MATER, V45, P2271
    YANG QM, 1994, Z PHYS CHEM, V183, P141
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 0925-8388
 J9 J ALLOYS COMPOUNDS
 JI J. Alloy. Compd.
 PD DEC 8
 PY 2005
 VL 404
 BP 694
 EP 698
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Physical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Metallurgy &
    Metallurgical Engineering
 GA 995KV
 UT ISI:000234100100160
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Hu, HJ
    Liu, H
    Zhao, JJ
    Li, J
 TI Investigation of adhesion performance of aqueous polymer latex modified
    by polymeric methylene diisocyanate
 SO JOURNAL OF ADHESION
 DT Article
 DE aqueous polymer isocyanate; percent wood failure; potlife; shear
    strength; water resistance
 ID ISOCYANATE; WOOD; PARTICLEBOARD
 AB Aqueous polymer isocyanate (API), which has good adhesive properties at
    ambient temperature and excellent resistance to warm/boiling water, and
    is friendly to the environment, is widely used in the timber-processing
    industry. To prepare high performance API, vinyl acetate homopolymer
    and copolymer emulsion were respectively cross-linked by three types of
    polymeric methylene diisocyanate (p-MDI). The potlife, curing time,
    bonding strength, and water resistance of API adhesives were tested
    with different cross-linkers and varying loadings (5-20%). Also the
    effect of polyvinyl alcohol (PVOH) content of aqueous vinyl latex on
    the performance of API was investigated. It was shown that the potlife
    and curing time of API were obviously influenced by the types of
    cross-linker and its loading. Correct loadings of p-MDI as crosslinker
    can remarkably improve the adhesive performance of aqueous polymer
    emulsion at ambient temperature. Excess cross-linker cannot maintain
    such an effect of strengthening and may decrease considerably the bond
    properties of API. The warm- and boiling-water resistance of API
    improved markedly with increasing cross-linker loading, where
    emulsifiable isocyanate gave better cross-linking performance, and
    p-MDI mixed with organic solvent was the secondbest. With the increase
    of PVOH content, the curing time of API increased, but no statistically
    apparent differences in the potlife of API were found. The bonding
    performance of API was improved as PVOH content increases, but excess
    PVOH also weakenes the warm- and boiling-water resistance of the joint.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem Engn, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Heibei N Univ, Dept Base Courses, Zhangjiakou City, Peoples R China.
 RP Hu, HJ, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM huhongjiu@163.com
 CR GARDNER DJ, 1994, FOREST PROD J, V44, P62
    JOHNSON F, 1976, 3996154, US
    KILMER WR, 1998, WOOD FIBER SCI, V30, P175
    LIX SX, 1998, POLYURETHANE ADHESIV, P301
    MARTIN M, 2000, PROGR ORGANIC COATIN, V40, P99
    MIYAZAKI J, 2002, MOKUZAI GAKKAISHI, V48, P184
    MOTOTANI Y, 1996, MOKUZAI GAKKAISHI, V42, P140
    PAGEL H, 1981, ADHES AGE, V24, P34
    PAPADOPOULOS AN, 2002, HOLZ ROH WERKST, V60, P394
    PAPADOPOULOS AN, 2002, HOLZ ROH WERKST, V60, P81
    QIAO LJ, 2000, PIGMENT RESIN TECHNO, V29, P229
    TERBILCOX TF, 1984, ELASTOMERICS, V116, P28
    VICK CB, 1993, INT J ADHES ADHES, V13, P139
    VRAZEL M, 2004, FOREST PROD J, V54, P66
    ZHAO JJ, 2005, THESIS SHANGHAI U
 NR 15
 TC 0
 SN 0021-8464
 J9 J ADHES
 JI J. Adhes.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 82
 IS 1
 BP 93
 EP 114
 PG 22
 SC Engineering, Chemical; Materials Science, Multidisciplinary; Mechanics
 GA 997NL
 UT ISI:000234252300005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, XR
    Chen, JS
    You, H
    Ma, DG
    Sun, RG
 TI Efficiency and color coordinate improvement using codopants in blue
    organic light-emitting diode
 SO JAPANESE JOURNAL OF APPLIED PHYSICS PART 1-REGULAR PAPERS BRIEF
    COMMUNICATIONS & REVIEW PAPERS
 DT Article
 DE electroluminescence; organic light-emitling diode; codoping; quantum
    efficiency; interaction
 ID ELECTROLUMINESCENCE; DEVICES
 AB The codoping method is applied to fabricate efficient blue organic
    light-emitting diodes (OLEDs). With the same structure of indium-tin
    oxide
    (ITO)/N,N'-bis(1-naphthyl)-N,N'-diphenyl-1,1'-biphenyl-4,4'diamine
    (NPB)(80nm)/light-emittin- layer
    (30nm)/tris-(8-hydroxy-quinoline)aluminum (Alq(3)) (20nm)/LiF (1 nm)/Al
    (120 nm), a set of three devices was manufactured for comparison. For
    Devices 1, 2, and 3, the light-emitting layers are
    9,10-di(2-naphthyl)anthracene (ADN):4,4'-(1,4-phenylenedi-2,1-ethene
    diyl)bis[N,N-bis(4-methylphenyl)-benzenamine] (DPAVB) (1 wt %),
    ADN:2,5,8,11-tetra-(t-butyl)-perylene (TBPE) (1 wt %), and ADN:DPAVB
    (0.3 wt %):TBPE (0.7 wt %), respectively. It is found that the codoped
    Device 3 has the highest maximum luminance, Electroluminescence (EL)
    quantum efficiency and color saturation. Further study on the effect of
    the codopants was through a relative photoluminescence (PL) quantum
    efficiency measurement. The result shows that the relative PL
    efficiencies of Devices 1, 2, and 3 are 15.6, 19.3, and 24%,
    respectively, as determined using an integrating sphere system excited
    at 375 nm. The codoping method improves the EL efficiency
    intrinsically. Codopants of the heterogeneous light-emitting molecules
    may decrease the possibility of self-quenching from the interaction of
    the homogenous molecules at the same total doping concentration.
    Furthermore, the decrease in the interaction of homogenous molecules
    suppresses the light emission from the aggregations thus narrowing the
    emission spectrum, and results in saturated blue light emission.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Key Lab Adv Displays & Syst Applicat, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Changchun Inst Appl Chem, Changchun 130022, Jilin, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, XR, Shanghai Univ, Key Lab Adv Displays & Syst Applicat, Shanghai
    201800, Peoples R China.
 EM mdg1014@ciac.jl.cn
    runguangsun@126.com
 CR GREENHAM NC, 1995, CHEM PHYS LETT, V241, P89
    HAMADA Y, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V75, P1682
    HOLMES RJ, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V82, P2422
    IM WB, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P1387
    KAN Y, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P1513
    LIU Y, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P2300
    MA DG, UNPUB
    NAKAMURA A, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P130
    NI SY, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V85, P878
    OKUMOTO K, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V79, P1231
    SAKAI T, 2002, J SOC INF DISP, V10, P145
    SHI JM, 2002, APPL PHYS LETT, V80, P3201
    SPREITZER H, 2003, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V4800, P16
    TANG CW, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V65, P3610
    WEAVER MS, 2003, P SOC PHOTO-OPT INS, V5004, P113
    WU YZ, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V83, P5077
    YOSHIDA A, 2003, P SOC INF DISPL S, V34, P856
 NR 17
 TC 0
 SN 0021-4922
 J9 JPN J APPL PHYS PT 1
 JI Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. Part 1 - Regul. Pap. Brief Commun. Rev. Pap.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 44
 IS 12
 BP 8480
 EP 8483
 PG 4
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 997CY
 UT ISI:000234223800041
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, ZN
    Ge, XR
 TI Micromechanical modelling of elastic continuum with virtual
    multi-dimensional internal bonds
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL FOR NUMERICAL METHODS IN ENGINEERING
 DT Article
 DE virtual multi-dimensional internal bonds (VMIB); continua modelling;
    discrete concept; virtual internal bond (VIB)
 ID MECHANICS APPROACH; FORMULATION
 AB A micromechanical model is developed for the elastic continua with
    virtual multi-dimensional internal bonds. The basic idea of the
    presented model is that materials are discretized into mass particles
    and these mass particles are connected with randomized normal and shear
    bonds. Based oil the Cauchy-born rules and the hyperelastic theory, a
    constitutive relationship is derived. The Constitutive relationship
    bridges the Virtual bond stiffness and the macromaterial constants.
    i.e. Youngs's modulus and Poisson ratio. The presented model Could
    represent the diversity of Poisson ratio. The motivation of the
    presented work is to provide a useful rnicromechanical model for the
    numerical Simulation of material failure behaviours and improve the
    understanding of material failure mechanisms. To show the application
    of the presented model, a tensile failure example of brittle materials
    is analysed and numerically simulated. By comparison, a good agreement
    is found between the predicted and the experimental. Tile prospect of
    the presented model seems to be highly promising. Copyright (c) 2005
    John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ, Sch Naval Architecture Ocean & Civil Engn, Shanghai 200240, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, ZN, Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R
    China.
 EM zzn@sjtu.org
    zhennanzhang@sina.com.cn
 CR CHANG CS, 2002, ENG FRACT MECH, V69, P1941
    CHANG CS, 2002, ENG FRACT MECH, V69, P1959
    CHANG CS, 2005, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V42, P4258
    CHANG CS, 2005, J ENG MECH-ASCE, V131, P120
    DAVIE CT, 2003, COMMUN NUMER METH EN, V19, P703
    GANESH T, 2004, ENG FRACT MECH, V71, P401
    GANESH T, 2004, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V41, P2919
    GAO HJ, 1998, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V46, P187
    GRIFFITHS DV, 2001, INT J NUMER METH ENG, V50, P1759
    LI QB, 1999, J ENG MECH-ASCE, V125, P1
    MARSDEN JE, 1983, MATH FDN ELASTICITY
    MILSTEIN F, 1980, J MATER SCI, V15, P1071
    MORIKAWA H, 1993, P 2 INT C DISCR EL M
    OGDEN RW, 1984, NONLINEAR ELASTIC DE
    TADMOR EB, 1996, PHILOS MAG A, V73, P1529
    TIMOSHENKO SP, 1982, THEORY ELASTICITY
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 0029-5981
 J9 INT J NUMER METHOD ENG
 JI Int. J. Numer. Methods Eng.
 PD JAN 1
 PY 2006
 VL 65
 IS 1
 BP 135
 EP 146
 PG 12
 SC Engineering, Multidisciplinary; Mathematics, Applied
 GA 996GD
 UT ISI:000234161500007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Li, CX
    Li, QS
 TI Evaluation of the lever-type multiple tuned mass dampers for mitigating
    harmonically forced vibration
 SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF STRUCTURAL STABILITY AND DYNAMICS
 DT Article
 DE damping; harmonically forced vibration; multiple tuned mass dampers
    (MTMD); lever-type multiple tuned mass dampers (LT-MTMD); long-span
    bridges; stroke; tuned mass damper (TMD); vibration control
 ID CABLE-STAYED BRIDGES; GROUND ACCELERATION; DYNAMIC CHARACTERISTICS;
    PERFORMANCE; SYSTEM; OSCILLATIONS; TMD
 AB The lever-type multiple tuned mass dampers (LT-MTMD), consisting of
    several lever-type tuned mass dampers (LT-TMDs) with a uniform
    distribution of natural frequencies, are proposed for the vibration
    control of long-span bridges. Using the analytical expressions for the
    dynamic magnification factors (DMF) of the LT-MTMD structure system, an
    evaluation, with inclusion of the LT-MTMD stroke, is conducted on the
    performance of the LT-MTMD with identical stiffness and damping
    coefficients but unequal masses for mitigating harmonically forced
    vibrations. The LT-MTMD is found to possess the near-zero optimum
    average damping ratio regimen when the total number of dampers exceeds
    a certain value. In comparison, the LT-MTMD without the near-zero
    optimum average damping ratio and the traditional hanging-type multiple
    tuned mass dampers (HT-MTMD) without the near-zero optimum average
    damping ratio can achieve approximately the same optimum frequency
    spacing (an indicator for robustness), effectiveness, and stroke.
    Compared with the HT-MTMD, the LT-MTMD needs lesser optimum average
    damping ratio but significantly higher optimum tuning frequency ratio.
    Its main advantage is that the static stretching of the spring may be
    adjusted to meet the practical requirements through the support
    movement, while maintaining the same robustness, effectiveness, and
    stroke. Consequently, the LT-MTMD is a better choice for suppressing
    the vibration of long-span bridges as the static stretching of the
    spring required is not large.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    City Univ Hong Kong, Dept Bldg & Construct, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, CX, Shanghai Univ, Dept Civil Engn, 149 Yanchang Rd, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM li-chunxiang@vip.sina.com
    li-chunxiang@263.net
 CR ABE M, 1994, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V23, P813
    CHEN G, 2003, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V32, P793
    CONTI E, 1996, J WIND ENG IND AEROD, V65, P189
    DIANA G, 1992, J WIND ENG IND AEROD, V41, P164
    GU M, 1992, J WIND ENG IND AEROD, V42, P1383
    GU M, 1994, J WIND ENG IND AEROD, V51, P203
    GU M, 1998, CHINESE J VIB ENG, V11, P1
    GU M, 2001, J WIND ENG IND AEROD, V89, P987
    IGUSA T, 1994, J SOUND VIB, V175, P491
    JANGID RS, 1995, STRUCT ENG MECH, V3, P497
    JANGID RS, 1999, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V28, P1041
    KAREEM A, 1995, J STRUCT ENG-ASCE, V121, P348
    KWON SD, 2004, J WIND ENG IND AEROD, V92, P919
    LI CX, 2000, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V29, P1405
    LI CX, 2002, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V31, P897
    LI CX, 2002, J STRUCT ENG-ASCE, V128, P1362
    LI CX, 2003, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V32, P671
    LI CX, 2004, ENG STRUCT, V26, P303
    LIN CC, 2005, J BRIDGE ENG, V10, P398
    PARK J, 2001, ENG STRUCT, V23, P802
    WANG JF, 2005, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V42, P5536
    XU KM, 1992, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V21, P1059
    YAMAGUCHI H, 1993, EARTHQUAKE ENG STRUC, V22, P51
    YAU JD, 2004, ENG STRUCT, V26, P1795
    YAU JD, 2004, FINITE ELEM ANAL DES, V40, P341
 NR 25
 TC 0
 SN 0219-4554
 J9 INT J STRUCT STAB DYN
 JI Int. J. Struct. Stab. Dyn.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 5
 IS 4
 BP 641
 EP 664
 PG 24
 GA 996FJ
 UT ISI:000234159500008
 ER
 
 PT S
 AU Li, ZG
    Zhang, ZY
    Wu, BA
    Zhang, Y
 TI Extended application of scalable video coding methods
 SO IMAGE ANALYSIS AND RECOGNITION
 SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
 DT Article
 AB SP(Synchronization-Predictive) frame coding, which enables high
    efficiency of switching between two video bitstreams with different
    qualities, is supported by H.264/AVC. And
    FGS(Fine-Granular-Scalability) coding is supported by MPEG-4 video
    standard. This paper proposes a solution for combination these two
    tools with each other so as to adapt to high bandwidth variations of
    Internet or wireless networks and to low bandwidth variations flexibly
    for transmitted video streams. Experimental results show that our
    proposed system outperforms FGS coding by 0.47dB and the
    H.264/AVC-based video stream switching approach by 0.23dB on average.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Li, ZG, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM zhgyg@mail.shu.edu.cn
    zhyzhang@yc.shu.edu.cn
    ww5bb@sina.com
    jakelee@graduate.shu.edu.cn
 CR KARCZEWICZ M, 2003, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V13, P637
    RADHA HM, 2001, IEEE T MULTIMEDIA, V3, P53
    SUN XY, 2003, P 2003 INT C 14 17 S, V3, P297
    SUN XY, 2004, IEEE T MULTIMEDIA, V6, P291
    UGUR K, 2003, DESIGN ISSUES PROPOS
    WU F, 2001, IEEE T CIRC SYST VID, V11, P332
 NR 6
 TC 0
 SN 0302-9743
 J9 LECT NOTE COMPUT SCI
 PY 2005
 VL 3656
 BP 359
 EP 366
 PG 8
 GA BDK43
 UT ISI:000233991100045
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Bi, XH
    Sheng, GY
    Feng, YL
    Fu, JM
    Xie, JX
 TI Gas- and particulate-phase specific tracer and toxic organic compounds
    in environmental tobacco smoke
 SO CHEMOSPHERE
 DT Article
 DE environmental tobacco smoke; ETS; organic toxic compounds; human
    exposure; indoor environment
 ID AIR-POLLUTION SOURCES; POLYCYCLIC AROMATIC-HYDROCARBONS;
    CHEMICAL-COMPOSITION; EMISSION FACTORS; COMBUSTION SOURCES;
    MASS-SPECTROMETRY; MAINSTREAM SMOKE; URBAN ATMOSPHERE; VAPOR-PHASE;
    INDOOR
 AB Cigarette smoke constituents are worthy of concern and characterized as
    carcinogens. Different experiment conditions may affect the
    environmental tobacco smoke (ETS) constituents. A study was undertaken
    in a 75.5-m(3) spare office to evaluate ETS constituents in a real
    environment. Thirty-four volatile organic compounds (VOCs) including
    three ETS tracers: nicotine, 2,5-dimethylfuran and 3-ethenylpyridine
    (3-EP), 19 carbonyl compounds, 54 semi-volatile compounds (24
    polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) and 30 alkanes) as well as CO
    and total particulate matter (TPM) from 15 leading commercial brands
    were determined. ETS constituents did not increase with increasing
    cigarette tar. ETS tracers nicotine and 3-EP were affected greatly due
    to more sorption and surface reactions in real world compared to other
    studies conducted in chamber, which resulted in 2-5 times lower.
    Benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, xylenes, acrolein, 2-butanone and the
    high molecular weight compounds exhibited little affect. Pearson
    correlation analyses show that gas-phase and particulate-phase ETS
    tracers did not show significant correlation, but within each homologue
    many of compounds correlated significantly. Indole and
    cholesta-3,5-diene were also detected in ETS. These results may be
    useful in efforts to better understand the health effect of ETS
    exposure and source apportionment. (c) 2005 Elsevier Ltd. All rights
    reserved.
 C1 Chinese Acad Sci, Guangzhou Inst Geochem, Guangdong Key Lab Environm & Resources, State Key Organ Geochem, Ghangzhou 510640, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Environm & Chem Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Sheng, GY, Chinese Acad Sci, Guangzhou Inst Geochem, Guangdong Key Lab
    Environm & Resources, State Key Organ Geochem, Ghangzhou 510640,
    Peoples R China.
 EM shenggy@gig.ac.cn
 CR *CAL EPA, 1997, HLTH EFF EXP ENV TOB
    *NAT RES COUNC, 1986, ENV TOB SMOK MEAS EX
    ASPERGER A, 1999, J ANAL APPL PYROL, V50, P103
    ATKINSON R, 1994, J PHYS CHEM REF DATA, V2, P1
    BENNER CL, 1989, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V23, P688
    BI XH, 2003, ATMOS ENVIRON, V37, P289
    CHEPIGA TA, 2000, FOOD CHEM TOXICOL, V38, P949
    DAISEY JM, 1998, J EXPO ANAL ENV EPID, V8, P313
    EATOUGH DJ, 1989, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V23, P679
    FENG YL, 2004, ATMOS ENVIRON, V38, P103
    GRIMMER G, 1987, TOXICOL LETT, V35, P117
    HEAVNER DL, 1992, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V26, P1737
    HEAVNER DL, 1995, ENVIRON INT, V21, P3
    HODGSON AT, 1996, ENVIRON INT, V22, P295
    JENKINS PL, 1992, ATMOS ENVIRON A-GEN, V26, P2141
    JOHNS RB, 1986, METHODS GEOCHEMISTRY, V24
    JUNKER M, 1998, J AEROSOL SCI, V29, S289
    KAVOURAS IG, 1998, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V32, P1369
    KIM YM, 2001, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V35, P997
    KLEEMAN MJ, 1999, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V33, P3516
    LEWIS CW, 1992, ATMOS ENVIRON A-GEN, V26, P2179
    LOFROTH G, 1989, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V23, P610
    MARTIN P, 1997, ENVIRON INT, V23, P75
    MITRA A, 2002, CHEMOSPHERE, V49, P903
    MORAWSKA L, 1997, SCI TOTAL ENVIRON, V196, P43
    MORRICAL BD, 2002, ATMOS ENVIRON, V36, P801
    NELSON PR, 1992, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V26, P1909
    NELSON PR, 1998, ENVIRON INT, V24, P251
    NELSON PR, 1998, J AEROSOL SCI, V29, S281
    NIVEN RM, 2000, OCCUP ENVIRON MED, V57, P627
    RAMSEY RS, 1990, ANAL CHIM ACTA, V236, P213
    ROEMER E, 2004, TOXICOLOGY, V195, P31
    ROGGE WF, 1994, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V28, P1375
    RUFUS DE, 2001, ATMOS ENVIRON, V35, P4531
    RUSTEMEIER K, 2002, FOOD CHEM TOXICOL, V40, P93
    SABLJIC A, 1990, ATMOS ENVIRON A-GEN, V24, P73
    SCHAUER JJ, 1998, THESIS CALTECH PASAD
    SCHAUER JJ, 1999, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V33, P1566
    SCHAUER JJ, 1999, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V33, P1578
    SCHAUER JJ, 2001, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V35, P1716
    SCHAUER JJ, 2002, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V36, P1169
    SCHAUER JJ, 2002, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V36, P567
    SHAUGHNESSY RJ, 2001, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V35, P2758
    SINGER BC, 2002, ENVIRON SCI TECHNOL, V36, P846
    SINGER BC, 2003, ATMOS ENVIRON, V37, P5551
    SUBRAMANIAN P, 2000, J ENVIRON SCI HEAL A, V35, P999
    XIE JX, 2003, ATMOS ENVIRON, V37, P3365
    ZHANG JF, 2002, CHEMOSPHERE, V49, P1059
 NR 48
 TC 0
 SN 0045-6535
 J9 CHEMOSPHERE
 JI Chemosphere
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 61
 IS 10
 BP 1512
 EP 1522
 PG 11
 SC Environmental Sciences
 GA 995CX
 UT ISI:000234078600015
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chang, TC
    Geng, JY
    Guo, XM
 TI Chirality- and size-dependent elastic properties of single-walled
    carbon nanotubes
 SO APPLIED PHYSICS LETTERS
 DT Article
 ID MOLECULAR-MECHANICS MODEL
 AB An analytical molecular mechanics model is established to relate the
    chirality- and size-dependent elastic properties of a single-walled
    carbon nanotube to its atomic structure. Properties at different length
    scales are directly connected by the derived closed-form expressions.
    The effects of tube chirality and tube diameter are investigated. The
    present analytical results are helpful to the understanding of elastic
    properties of carbon nanotubes, and thus are important for the
    application of carbon nanotubes as building blocks of nanomechanical
    devices. (c) 2005 American Institute of Physics.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Chang, TC, Shanghai Univ, Shanghai Inst Appl Math & Mech, Shanghai
    200072, Peoples R China.
 EM tchang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ALLINGER NL, 1977, J AM CHEM SOC, V99, P8127
    ARROYO M, 2002, AIAA20021317
    ARROYO M, 2003, PHYS REV LETT, V91
    CHANG TC, 2003, J MECH PHYS SOLIDS, V51, P1059
    CHANG TC, 2005, CARBON, V43, P287
    CHANG TC, 2005, PHYS REV B, V72
    HERNANDEZ E, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P4502
    JIANG H, 2004, PHYS REV LETT, V93
    LEACH AR, 1996, MOL MODELLING PRINCI
    LEUNG AYT, 2005, APPL PHYS LETT, V86
    LI CY, 2003, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V40, P2489
    LI CY, 2003, PHYS REV B, V68
    LI CY, 2004, APPL PHYS LETT, V84, P121
    ODEGARD GM, 2002, COMPOS SCI TECHNOL, V62, P1869
    POPOV VN, 2000, PHYS REV B, V61, P3078
    QIAN D, 2002, APPL MECH REV, V55, P495
    SANCHEZPORTAL D, 1999, PHYS REV B, V59, P12678
    SHEN LX, 2004, PHYS REV B, V69
    SHEN LX, 2005, PHYS REV B, V71
    SHEN LX, 2005, PHYS REV B, V71
    XIAO JR, 2005, INT J SOLIDS STRUCT, V42, P3075
    YAKOBSON BI, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P2511
 NR 22
 TC 0
 SN 0003-6951
 J9 APPL PHYS LETT
 JI Appl. Phys. Lett.
 PD DEC 19
 PY 2005
 VL 87
 IS 25
 AR 251929
 DI ARTN 251929
 PG 3
 SC Physics, Applied
 GA 995QM
 UT ISI:000234118900039
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, YP
    Wu, QS
    Su, QD
 TI Multivariate calibration analysis for metal porphyrin mixtures by an
    ant colony algorithm
 SO ANALYTICAL SCIENCES
 DT Article
 AB A new biomimetic algorithm, Chemical Ant Colony Algorithm, has been
    developed, which has the characteristics of intelligent search, global
    optimization, robustness, distributed computation and easy combination
    with other heuristic, The proposed method has been successfully applied
    to the spectroscopy analysis of the Zn2+, Cd2+ Pb2+-porphyin tribasic
    color system with supramolecular properties; the errors are within +/-
    8.0%.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Tongji Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200092, Peoples R China.
    Univ Sci & Technol China, Dept Chem, Hefei 230026, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, YP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM ypding@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR BONABEAU E, 2000, NATURE, V406, P39
    COLORNI A, 1991, P 1 EUR C ART LIF, P134
    COSTA D, 1997, J OPER RES SOC, V48, P295
    DORIGO M, 1997, BIOSYSTEMS, V43, P73
    GAMBARDELLA LM, 1999, J OPER RES SOC, V50, P167
    GAMBARDELLA LM, 1999, NEW IDEAS OPTIMIZATI, P63
    HEUSSE M, 1998, ADV COMPLEX SYST, V1, P237
    KRIEGER MJB, 2000, NATURE, V406, P992
    LEHN JM, 1990, ANGEW CHEM INT EDIT, V29, P1304
    WU QS, 1990, CHINESE J ANAL CHEM, V18, P1109
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 0910-6340
 J9 ANAL SCI
 JI Anal. Sci.
 PD MAR
 PY 2005
 VL 21
 IS 3
 BP 327
 EP 330
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Analytical
 GA 995RD
 UT ISI:000234120600026
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhao, CY
    Tan, WH
 TI Optimum realization of the EPR paradox in the non-degenerate parametric
    amplification system
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE non-degenerate parametric amplification; Fokker-Planck equation; EPR
    paradox
 ID PODOLSKY-ROSEN PARADOX; CONTINUOUS-VARIABLES; SQUEEZED-LIGHT;
    GENERATION; ENTANGLEMENT; OSCILLATION; PHASE; NOPA
 AB In this paper, we use the solution of the Fokker-Planck equation for
    non-degenerate parametric amplification to deduce the condition of
    demonstration of the EPR paradox. The numerical simulation shows that
    the optimum realization of EPR paradox can be achieved by adjusting the
    degree of squeezing, and this is the best condition for demonstrating
    the EPR paradox for a given finite loss k.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhao, CY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 CR BELL JS, 1964, PHYSICS, V1, P195
    BELL JS, 1996, REV MOD PHYS, V38, P447
    BOHM D, 1952, PHYS REV, V85, P166
    BOHM D, 1952, PHYS REV, V85, P180
    EINSTEIN A, 1935, PHYS REV, V47, P777
    JING JT, 2003, ACTA OPT SINICA, V23, P132
    LI XY, 2002, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V51, P966
    LI XY, 2002, PHYS REV LETT, V88
    OU ZY, 1992, APPL PHYS B-PHOTO, V55, P265
    OU ZY, 1992, PHYS REV LETT, V68, P3663
    REID MD, 1988, PHYS REV LETT, V60, P2731
    REID MD, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P4493
    REID MD, 1989, PHYS REV A, V40, P913
    SILBERHORN C, 2001, PHYS REV LETT, V86, P4267
    YE L, 2000, CHINESE PHYS, V9, P171
    ZHANG Y, 1999, PHYS LETT A, V259, P171
    ZHANG Y, 2000, PHYS REV A, V62
    ZHAO CY, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P2694
 NR 18
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 55
 IS 1
 BP 19
 EP 23
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 997OZ
 UT ISI:000234257400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, XB
    Cao, J
    Wei, FX
    Jiang, XY
    Zhang, ZL
    Zhu, WQ
    Xu, SH
 TI High efficiency organic red electrophosphorescence devices with
    changing thickness of the emitting layer
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE triplet state; red dopant; electrophosphorenscence; T-T annihilation
 ID ELECTROLUMINESCENT DEVICES; EMISSION MECHANISM; ENERGY-TRANSFER;
    DERIVATIVES; DIODES
 AB Devices using red phosphorescent dye as dopant with exciton blocking
    layer were constructed. The device structure is
    ITO/CuPc/NPB/TPBi:Btp(2) Ir(acac)/TPBi/Alq/UF/Al. The EL spectra,
    luminance-current, efficiency-current characteristics of the device
    have been investigated. At the CIE coordinates x = 0.62, y = 0.35,
    efficiency 2.43cd/A has been achieved. At 20mA/cm(2) and 400mA/cm(2),
    luminance is 431cd/m(2) and 4798 cd/m(2), respectively. The effects of
    the emitting layer thickness on efficiency and EL spectra of the device
    have been studied also. With the decrease of the emitting layer
    thickness, efficiency deer-eases and the blue band of the El spectra
    increases. For the thickness d < 15nm, the efficiency significantly
    decreases. This is mainly because of pronounced triplet-Triplet (T-T)
    annihilation. Another factor which reduces the efficiency and impairs
    the color is incomplete capture of holes channeling from Btp(2)Ir(acac)
    HOMO energy level. For the thickness d > 20nm, the decrease of the
    efficiency is attributed to the added invalid emitting-layer and more
    annihilation centers.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples R China.
 RP Zhang, XB, Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 201800, Peoples
    R China.
 EM xyjiang@mail.shu.edu.cn
 CR ACACHI C, 2001, APPL PHYS LETT, V78, P1622
    ADACHI C, 2000, J APPL PHYS, V87, P8049
    ADACHI C, 2001, J APPL PHYS, V90, P5048
    BALDO MA, 1998, NATURE, V395, P151
    BALDO MA, 2000, PHYS REV B, V62, P10967
    BURROWS PE, 1996, APPL PHYS LETT, V69, P2959
    DENG ZB, 1997, ACTA PHYS SIN-OV ED, V6, P921
    GAO ZQ, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P865
    HAMADA Y, 1997, IEEE T ELECTRON DEV, V44, P1208
    KIDO J, 1994, APPL PHYS LETT, V65, P2124
    KO CW, 2001, CHEM MATER, V13, P2441
    LI HJ, 2001, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V50, P2247
    LIU TH, 2003, APPL PHYS LETT, V83, P5241
    OBRIEN DF, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P442
    SAKAKIBARA Y, 1999, APPL PHYS LETT, V74, P2587
    TANG CW, 1989, J APPL PHYS, V65, P3610
    TAO YT, 2000, APPL PHYS LETT, V77, P933
    TAO YT, 2002, THIN SOLID FILMS, V417, P61
    XIE YQ, 2005, ACTA PHYS SIN, V54
    YANG SY, 2000, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V49, P1627
 NR 20
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 55
 IS 1
 BP 119
 EP 124
 PG 6
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 997OZ
 UT ISI:000234257400022
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Wang, SP
    Zhang, JC
    Cao, GX
    Yu, J
    Jing, C
    Cao, SX
 TI Charge order phase and reentrant spin-glass behavior in half doped
    Sm0.5Ca0.5MnO3 manganite
 SO ACTA PHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE spin-glass; charge ordering; negative magnetic susceptibility; phase
    competition
 ID A-SITE; PEROVSKITE; TRANSPORT
 AB The structure, transport and magnetic properties of half doped
    Sm0.5Ca0.5MnO3 manganite has been systamatically studied. The results
    show that Sm0.5Ca0.5MnO3 compound has the O' orthorhombic structure and
    shows typical Jahn-Teller distortion. Throughout the temperature range
    used, the electric transport shows semiconducting behavior and there
    are no I-M transition and CMR effect. Meanwhile, it is found that the
    charge-order and antiferromagnetic transition temperatures of the
    system are around 270K and 200K, respectively, whereas at lower
    temperature there appears a typical spin-glass state around 41K with
    reentrant behavior. The negative magnetization is also observed in this
    compound. All these phenomena indicate that for the ground state of
    Sm0.5Ca0.5MnO3, there exists the competition mechanism of several
    complex magnetic interactions. Present study may provide abundant
    experimental information for understanding the mechanism of the
    strongly electron correlated system.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 RP Wang, SP, Shanghai Univ, Dept Phys, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM jczhang@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR ARULRAJ A, 1998, J PHYS-CONDENS MAT, V10, P8497
    BRANDT W, 1967, POSITRON ANNIHILATIO, P155
    CHEN JT, 1998, CHIN J LOW TEMP PHYS, V20, P245
    DETERESA JM, 1996, PHYS REV LETT, V76, P3392
    DETORO JA, 1999, PHYS REV B, V60, P12918
    LI RW, 1999, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH E S, V48, S105
    LIU N, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P3168
    MANIYA H, 1998, PHYS REV LETT, V80, P177
    MYDOSH JA, 1993, SPIN GLASS EXPT INTR
    SURYANARAYANAN R, 2002, J MAGN MAGN MATER 2, V242, P695
    TOMIOKA Y, 2001, J ALLOY COMPD, V326, P27
    XIAO CT, 2003, ACTA PHYS SIN-CH ED, V52, P1245
    XV MX, 1998, ACTA PHYS SINICA, V47, P1007
    ZENER C, 1951, PHYS REV, V82, P403
    ZHAO BR, 1998, PHYSICS, V27, P705
    ZHU YW, 2003, CHIN J LOW TEMP PHYS, V25, P151
 NR 16
 TC 0
 SN 1000-3290
 J9 ACTA PHYS SIN-CHINESE ED
 JI Acta Phys. Sin.
 PD JAN
 PY 2006
 VL 55
 IS 1
 BP 367
 EP 371
 PG 5
 SC Physics, Multidisciplinary
 GA 997OZ
 UT ISI:000234257400064
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Liu, BL
    McGrath, J
 TI Response of cytoskeleton of murine osteoblast cultures to two-step
    freezing
 SO ACTA BIOCHIMICA ET BIOPHYSICA SINICA
 DT Article
 DE cytoskeleton; osteoblast; actin filament; two-step freezing
 ID CRYOPRESERVATION; ORGANIZATION; OOCYTES
 AB Understanding the ultrastructural response of cells to the freezing
    process is important for designing cryopreservation strategies for
    cells and tissues. The cellular structures of attached cells are
    targets of cryopreservation-induced damage. Specific fluorescence
    staining was used to assess the status of the actin filaments (F-actin)
    of murine osteoblasts attached to hydroxyapatite discs and plastic
    coverslips for a two-step freezing process. The F-actin of dead cells
    was depolymerized and distorted in the freezing process, whereas that
    of live cells had little change. The results suggest that the
    cytoskeleton may support the robustness of cells during
    cryopreservation. The present study helps to investigate the damage
    mechanism of attached cells during the freezing process.
 C1 Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryobiol, Shanghai 200093, Peoples R China.
    Univ Arizona, Dept Aerosp & Mech Engn, Tucson, AZ 85721 USA.
 RP Liu, BL, Shanghai Univ Sci & Technol, Inst Cryobiol, Shanghai 200093,
    Peoples R China.
 EM blliuk@163.com
 CR ALBERTS B, 1994, MOL BIOL CELL
    HALL SM, 1993, AM J RESP CELL MOL, V9, P106
    HENDL A, 1987, CRYOLETT, V8, P334
    HUNTER A, 1995, BIOMATERIALS, V16, P287
    LIU BL, 2002, CELL PRESERVATION TE, V1, P33
    LIU BL, 2004, CELL PRESERVATION TE, V2, P133
    LIU K, 2000, TISSUE ENG, V6, P539
    MCGRATH J, 1987, EFFECTS LOW TEMPERAT
    POLLARD T, 2002, CELL BIOL
    SALTZMAN WM, 2002, PRINCIPLES TISSUE EN
    SONGSASEN N, 2002, FERTIL STERIL, V77, P818
    SUDO H, 1983, J CELL BIOL, V96, P191
    VINCENT C, 1989, J REPROD FERTIL, V87, P809
    VINCENT C, 1990, CRYOBIOLOGY, V27, P9
 NR 14
 TC 0
 SN 1672-9145
 J9 ACTA BIOCHIM BIOPHYS SINICA
 JI Acta Biochim. Biophys. Sin.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 37
 IS 12
 BP 814
 EP 818
 PG 5
 SC Biochemistry & Molecular Biology; Biophysics
 GA 995RA
 UT ISI:000234120300004
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Lu, DY
    Chen, XL
    Ding, J
 TI Individualized cancer chemotherapy integrating drug sensitivity tests,
    pathological profile analysis and computational coordination - An
    effective strategy to improve clinical treatment
 SO MEDICAL HYPOTHESES
 DT Article
 ID RECURRENT OVARIAN-CANCER; SUBRENAL CAPSULE ASSAY; ADVANCED
    BREAST-CANCER; TUMOR STEM-CELLS; GASTROINTESTINAL CANCER;
    COST-EFFECTIVENESS; COLORECTAL-CANCER; CDNA MICROARRAYS;
    CHEMOSENSITIVITY; RESISTANCE
 AB Background: Most current cancer chemotherapy is unsatisfactory. There
    is a trend towards changing the norm for drug selection; one approach
    is to seek individualized cancer chemotherapy (ICC).
    Methods and results: ICC is an approach to maximizing the efficacy of
    chemotherapy and reducing its adverse effects to a minimum. It involves
    choosing anticancer drugs through the following critical steps: (i)
    performing drug sensitivity tests in vivo and/or in vitro; (ii)
    analyzing pathogenic information from morphology, histology and
    bioinformatics, so that targeted therapy can be offered to disrupt the
    escalating tumorigenic molecules and pathways; (iii) introducing
    mathematical and computational systems to assist in improving the
    quality of decision-making.
    Conclusion: Increasing clinical evidence indicates that drug
    sensitivity tests, pathological profile analyses and computational
    coordination are ways to improve therapeutic quality. In future, each
    patient should have his own unique chemotherapy protocol. (c) 2005
    Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Dept Bioengn, Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
    Cent Hosp Jing An Dist, Dept Oncol & Thermotherapy, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
    Chinese Acad Sci, Shanghai Inst Mat Med, Shanghai, Peoples R China.
 RP Lu, DY, Shanghai Univ, Sch Life Sci, Dept Bioengn, 99 Shangda St,
    Shanghai 200436, Peoples R China.
 EM ludayong@sh163.net
 CR AKAO S, 1996, GAN KAGAKU RYOHO, V23, P607
    BAYOUMI AM, 2000, J NATL CANCER I, V92, P1731
    BENENSON Y, 2004, NATURE, V429, P423
    BERNS EMJJ, 2003, CLIN CANCER RES, V9, P1253
    BODGEN AE, 1978, P S US ATHY NUD MIC, P231
    BOSANQUET AG, 2002, J EXP THER ONCOL, V2, P53
    BREIDENBACH M, 2003, ANTI-CANCER DRUG, V14, P341
    BROWN RE, 2001, PHARMACOECONOMICS, V19, P1091
    CORTAZAR P, 1999, J CLIN ONCOL, V17, P1625
    EIKELBOOM JW, 2000, NEW ENGL J MED, V343, P1337
    GAZDAR AF, 1990, J NATL CANCER I, V82, P117
    GUO QM, 2003, CURR OPIN ONCOL, V15, P36
    HAMBURGER AW, 1977, SCIENCE, V197, P461
    HASENCLEVER D, 2001, ANN HEMATOL S3, V80, B89
    ICHIKAWA W, 2003, CLIN CANCER RES, V9, P786
    KAWAMURA H, 1997, EUR J CANCER, V33, P960
    KIM R, 2003, ANTI-CANCER DRUG, V14, P715
    KING RD, 2004, NATURE, V427, P247
    KONDO T, 1966, GANN, V57, P113
    KURBACHER CM, 1998, ANTI-CANCER DRUG, V9, P51
    LU DY, 1992, CHINESE J PHARM, V23, P460
    LU DY, 2000, J INT MED RES, V28, P313
    LYMAN GH, 2000, EUR J CANCER S1, V36, S15
    MARX J, 2004, SCIENCE, V304, P657
    MORIOKA H, 2001, ANTICANCER RES, V21, P4147
    MUHONEN T, 1994, ACTA ONCOL, V33, P431
    NESS RB, 2002, ANTICANCER RES, V22, P1145
    PENNISI E, 2003, SCIENCE, V302, P1646
    PUSZTAI L, 2003, ONCOLOGIST, V8, P252
    ROSS DD, 2004, CANCER CELL, V6, P105
    SALMON SE, 1978, NEW ENGL J MED, V298, P1321
    SERVICE RF, 2003, SCIENCE, V302, P1316
    SZAKACS G, 2004, CANCER CELL, V6, P129
    TAKAMURA Y, 2002, INT J CANCER, V98, P450
    TANINO H, 2001, ANTICANCER RES, V21, P4083
    TARABOLETTI G, 2001, CURR OPIN PHARMACOL, V1, P378
    ULUKAYA E, 2004, CHEMOTHERAPY, V50, P43
    VENESMAA P, 1991, BRIT J CANCER, V63, P84
    VONHOFF DD, 1986, CANCER, V58, P1007
    VONHOFF DD, 1990, J NATL CANCER I, V82, P110
    WILLIAMS NS, 2003, CLIN CANCER RES, V9, P931
    WILSON JK, 1990, BRIT J CANCER, V62, P189
    YANG JM, 2003, MOL CANCER RES, V1, P420
 NR 43
 TC 0
 SN 0306-9877
 J9 MED HYPOTHESES
 JI Med. Hypotheses
 PY 2005
 VL 66
 IS 1
 BP 45
 EP 51
 PG 7
 SC Medicine, Research & Experimental
 GA 994MR
 UT ISI:000234036400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Chen, NY
    Ding, YM
    Bao, XH
    Liu, X
    Lu, WC
 TI SVM applied to phase diagram prediction for molten salt systems
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE support vector machine; atomic parameters; phase diagram assessment;
    molten salt systems
 AB Support vector machine-atomic parameter method was used to make data
    mining of the data of known phase diagrams of molten salt systems.
    There can be always to find some regularities about the relationships
    between the atomic parameters (such as ionic radii,
    electronegativities, etc.) and the geometrical characteristics of the
    phase diagrams exists. After the regularity is found, it can be used
    for the assessment or the computerized prediction of phase diagrams.
    Using this strategy, 19 published phase diagrams of molten salt systems
    have already been found to be questionable and must be re-determined.
    Besides, based on the regularity of MeX-Me'X-2 systems, four new
    intermediate compounds (CsCaBr3, Cs2CaBr4, Cs3Ca2Br7 and Cs2CaF4) were
    predicted and confirmed by the experimental work in our laboratory.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Chen, NY, Shanghai Univ, Dept Chem, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM chennianyi@tsinghua.org.cn
 CR CHEN NY, 1997, J PHYS CHEM SOLIDS, V58, P731
    CHEN NY, 2001, P 6 INT S MOLT SALT
    CHEN NY, 2004, LI SUPPORT VECTOR MA
    CRISTANINI N, 2000, INTRO SUPPORT VECTOR
    LEVINE EM, 1974, PHASE DIAGRAMS CERAM
    PACIPAIKO VI, 1977, PHASE DIGRAMS INORGA
    REISS H, 1961, J CHEM PHYS, V35, P820
    SMENTSOVA DV, 1967, RISSIAN J INORGANIC, V12, P1645
    VAPNIK VN, 1998, STAT LEARNING THEORY
    VOSKRESENSKAYA NK, 1961, HDB FUSIBILITY NONAQ
 NR 10
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 30
 EP 34
 PG 5
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA 995LI
 UT ISI:000234101400005
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, YM
    Zhang, TT
    Chen, NY
    Xia, YB
 TI Phase diagrams for systems MF-MCl(M = K, Rb, Cs)
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE DTA; solid solution; phase diagram; MF-MCl(M = K, Rb, Cs) system;
    limiting liquidus slope
 AB The phase diagrams of MF-MCI (M = K, Rb, Cs) systems were reexamined by
    using differential thermal analysis(DTA) and thermodynamic calculation.
    Both DTA and the limiting liquidus slope at the MCI(M = K, Rb, Cs)side
    confirm that, significant solid solubility exist on the KCl-side of
    KF-KCl system (7 % +/- 0.5 % (molar fraction) KF), on the RbCl-side of
    RbF-RbCl system (10% +/- 0.5 % (molar fraction) RbF) and on the
    CsCI-side of CsF-CsCl system (8% +/- 0.5 % (molar fraction) CsF). And
    the phase transition of CsCl makes the phase relation on the CsCl-side
    of the system CsF-CsCl seem more complicated.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, YM, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM dingym@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR CHEN NY, 2004, SUPPORT MACHINE CHEM, P106
    MAMAMTOV G, 1987, MOLTEN SALT CHEM, P79
    PACIPAIKO VE, 1979, PHASE DIAGRAMS SAL 3, P38
    PLATO W, 1907, Z PHYS CHEM-STOCH VE, V58, P350
    REA RF, 1938, J AM CERAM SOC, V21, P98
    SANGSTER J, 1987, J PHYS CHEM REF DATA, V16, P509
    VOSKRESENSKAYA NK, 1961, HDB FUSIBILITY SYS 2, P811
 NR 7
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 35
 EP 38
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA 995LI
 UT ISI:000234101400006
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Ding, YM
    Hou, N
    Chen, NY
    Xia, YB
 TI Phase diagram of NaF-Na2MoO4 system
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE DTA; NaF-Na2MoO4 system; phase diagram; intermediate compound
 AB The phase diagrams of NaF-Na2MoO4 System were re-determined using
    differential thermal analysis and X-ray diffraction analysis. The
    results negate the existence of the intermediate compound 2NaF center
    dot Na2MoO4 and 2NaF center dot 3Na(2)MoO(4), but confirm the
    intermediate compound NaF center dot Na2MoO4. The revised phase diagram
    of this system is drawn. The experimental result is in agreement with
    the computerized prediction by support vector machine-atomic parameter
    method for the assessment of phase diagrams.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
    Shanghai Univ, Sch Mat Sci & Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, YM, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM dingym@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BARIN, 2003, THERMOCHEMICAL DATA, P1122
    CHEN NY, 2004, SUPPORT MACHINE CHEM, P106
    DEAN JA, 2003, LANGES HDB CHEM, V3, P41
    LI GQ, 2002, HDB PHYS DATA CHEM C, V440, P549
    MAAIKO ZA, 1955, J GEN CHEM USSR, V25, P1673
    PASIPAIKO VE, 1979, HDB PHASE DIAGRAMS S, P156
    VOSKRESENSKAYA NK, 1961, HDB FUSIBILITY SYSTE, P761
    XIA YY, 2004, HDB CHEM LAB, P36
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 39
 EP 41
 PG 3
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA 995LI
 UT ISI:000234101400007
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Zhang, J
    Ding, YM
    Chen, NY
 TI Preparation and characterization of a kind of composite phase change
    material based on palmitic acid
 SO JOURNAL OF RARE EARTHS
 DT Article
 DE palmitic acid; sol-gel process; composite material; phase change; heat
    storage
 ID LATENT-HEAT STORAGE
 AB Palmitic acid-silicon dioxide nano-composite phase change material
    (CPCM) was prepared by sol-gel process from tetraethyl orthosilicate
    (TEOS) and palmitic acid (PA). The optimum experimental conditions were
    described. Its structure and properties were investigated by scanning
    electron microscopy (SEM), Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy
    (FTIR) and differential scanning calorimetry (DSC). The results show
    that the composite material is nano-material and it has favorable heat
    capacity. It is expected to apply in the application of solar energy
    and some other applications.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 RP Ding, YM, Shanghai Univ, Coll Sci, Shanghai 200444, Peoples R China.
 EM dingym@staff.shu.edu.cn
 CR BABAEV BD, 2002, INORG MATER+, V38, P83
    BABAEV BD, 2003, INORG MATER+, V39, P1203
    BUDDHI D, 2003, ENERG CONVERS MANAGE, V44, P809
    HE HK, 2002, SYNTHETIC FIBER CHIN, V31, P18
    JIANG Y, 2002, POLYMER, V43, P117
    LEE T, 2000, SOL ENERG MAT SOL C, V62, P217
    LIN YH, 2001, J JIANGHAN PETROLEUM, V23, P81
    NAGANO K, 2004, APPL THERM ENG, V24, P221
    RIFFAT SB, 2001, RENEW ENERG, V23, P313
    WU KZ, 2000, MULTIPURPOSE UTILIZA, V2, P15
    ZHUANG ZN, 2002, J XIAN JIAOTONG U, V6, P1133
 NR 11
 TC 0
 SN 1002-0721
 J9 J RARE EARTH
 JI J. Rare Earths
 PD OCT
 PY 2005
 VL 23
 SI Sp. Iss. SI
 BP 42
 EP 45
 PG 4
 SC Chemistry, Applied
 GA 995LI
 UT ISI:000234101400008
 ER
 
 PT J
 AU Mu, Y
    Ma, ZW
    Xu, DM
 TI A novel compact interdigital bandpass filter using multilayer
    cross-coupled folded quarter-wavelength resonators
 SO IEEE MICROWAVE AND WIRELESS COMPONENTS LETTERS
 DT Article
 DE cross-coupling; folded quarter-wavelength resonator; interdigital
    filter; multilayer structure
 ID WAVE RESONATORS
 AB In this letter, a novel compact cross-coupled interdigital bandpass
    filter (BPF) is developed. By using multilayer folded
    quarter-wavelength resonators, the size of the filter is reduced
    greatly, meanwhile a cross-coupling is introduced to produce
    transmission zeros and thereby improve the stopband characteristics of
    the filter. As an example, a four-pole BPF centered at 2.25 GHz with a
    fractional bandwidth of 31% is designed, fabricated, and measured. The
    simulated and measured results show an excellent agreement.
 C1 Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072, Peoples R China.
    Saitama Univ, Dept Elect & Elect Syst, Urawa, Saitama 3388570, Japan.
 RP Mu, Y, Shanghai Univ, Sch Commun & Informat Engn, Shanghai 200072,
    Peoples R China.
 EM mmyynn@hotmail.com
 CR 2004, SONNET SUITE VER 10
    CHANG CY, 2002, IEEE MTT-S, P1609
    CHANG CY, 2003, IEEE MICROW WIREL CO, V13, P517
    CHEN CC, 2003, IEEE T MICROW THEO 1, V51, P120
    CRISTAL EG, 1975, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V23, P1007
    HONG JS, 2001, MICROSTRIP FILTERS R, P235
    MATTHAEI GL, 1964, MICROWAVE FILTERS IM
    WONG JS, 1979, IEEE T MICROW THEORY, V27, P44
 NR 8
 TC 0
 SN 1531-1309
 J9 IEEE MICROW WIREL COMPON LETT
 JI IEEE Microw. Wirel. Compon. Lett.
 PD DEC
 PY 2005
 VL 15
 IS 12
 BP 847
 EP 849
 PG 3
 SC Engineering, Electrical & Electronic
 GA 994OF
 UT ISI:000234040400007
 ER
 
 EF